# admin Cross Cloud (release-notes) - Full Documentation # 26.1 Release The B2C Commerce 26.1 release occurs between December 4, 2025 and January 29, 2026. To review the 26.1 release notes, see [26.1 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_rn_26_1_release.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. # 26.10 Release This B2C Commerce release occurs between September 29 and October 29, 2026. - **[Reach Shoppers in Any Locale with Agentic Commerce Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_acs_all_locales.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now use Agentic Commerce Search for B2C Commerce storefronts in any locale. Previously, Agentic Commerce Search supported only English locales. No action is required. - **[Get More Workspace with Collapsible Navigation in the Utility Bar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_collapsible_navigation_in_utility_bar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Maximize your workspace in Business Manager by collapsing and expanding the left navigation pane with a toggle in the Utility Bar. Your selected view persists when you switch Business Manager apps or log out. - **[Find Pages to Add to Your Custom App Navigation Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_add_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you create or modify a custom app, zero in on the pages you want by narrowing your search with filters or by clicking one of the common section categories. - **[Choose up to 1,000 Locales in Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_increase_in_locales.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Broaden your global reach with more localized customer experiences. You can select up to 1,000 languages and locales in Business Manager, instead of the previous 200 cap. The increased limit is enabled by default. - **[Check When Your Instance Was Last Updated in Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_instance_last_updated.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In the Business Manager left navigation pane, hover over the release version to see the date of your instance. Previously, this date appeared in the footer. - **[Update Business Manager Cartridges to a More Secure Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_update_business_manager_cartridges.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Business Manager cartridges that use the deprecated pre-2.6 extension format no longer load. Update your cartridges to the current format to maintain functionality. - **[Minimize Downtime to Your B2C Commerce Connection When a Salesforce Sandbox Refreshes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_disconnect.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you refresh a sandbox org that’s connected to Salesforce, the org ID changes, but your B2C Commerce instance doesn't recognize the change. As a result, the B2C Commerce features that rely on the Salesforce connection are unavailable. A **Disconnect** link appears in Business Manager so that you can completely disconnect the affected pairing. You can then reconnect to the same sandbox org or a different one. - **[Connect B2C Commerce to Salesforce Without a Data 360 License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_commerce_data_360_license.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You no longer need a Data 360 license to connect your B2C Commerce instance to a Salesforce org. With that requirement removed, you can more easily set up the trusted connection that powers agentic and cross-cloud experiences, such as Shopper Agent, Merchant Agent, Shopper Profile Sync, and Shopper Notifications - **[Pair Any Nonproduction B2C Commerce Instance with Any Salesforce Sandbox](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_commerce_sandbox_pairing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You no longer need a specific sandbox to establish a connection, giving you more flexibility when pairing an instance. Reduce your total cost of ownership by connecting a nonproduction B2C Commerce instance with any of your Salesforce org's sandboxes, including Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes. - **[Track Per-Level Taxes on Line Items (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_per_level_taxes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Beginning with B2C Commerce 26.10, Multiple Tax Levels is generally available to all merchants. Your tax-provider integration can now store individual tax items on a line item, such as federal, state, county, or local tax. B2C Commerce aggregates those items into one tax amount and uses that amount for totals. There is nothing to turn on. Behavior is opt-in: if a line item has no tax items, you still set the aggregated tax value directly. - **[Keep Service and Email Domain Allow-Lists Independent Across Instances](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_allow_list_replication.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Replication no longer copies your service allow-list and email domain allow-list configurations between instances. Previously, these lists were replicated as preferences, so replicating configuration from a staging instance could overwrite the allow-lists on your production instance. Now your development, staging, and production instances each keep their own allow-list configuration, so a replication doesn't change which services and email domains you allow on production. - **[Apply Rate Limiting to Cached Assets in eCDN Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_rate_limit_cached_assets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you create or edit an eCDN rate-limiting rule in Business Manager, you can now control whether cached assets count toward the rule’s rate limit. This setting is selected by default, so cached assets count toward the limit and rules created before this change keep their current behavior. Clear the checkbox to apply the rule’s rate limits only to non-cached requests. - **[Manage eCDN Security and Analytics for Your SCAPI Zone in Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_scapi_zone_controls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure security controls, including custom rules, rate limits, IP access lists, and cache purges, and view traffic analytics for your SCAPI zone directly in Business Manager or through the CDN Zones API. Previously, SCAPI zones were entirely Salesforce-managed, so every WAF rule or IP block required a support case. Now you can respond to abusive traffic, such as credential stuffing against your login endpoints, in real time, while platform guardrails reject any configuration that would break SCAPI routing or your ecommerce traffic. - **[Protect OCAPI Integrations with Under Attack Mode](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_under_attack_mode_ocapi.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you turn on Under Attack Mode for an eCDN storefront zone, selected Open Commerce API (OCAPI) requests continue without a browser challenge. You can protect storefront pages during an attack without interrupting OCAPI integrations that use the exempt paths. Calls to other storefront paths can still be challenged, so use targeted custom rules and rate limiting when you need to protect those paths. - **[Migrate Legacy eCDN Zones to Proxy Zones Now to Avoid Site Disruption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_migrate_legacy_zones.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The August 15, 2026 deadline to migrate from legacy eCDN zones to proxy zones has passed, and legacy zones and HTTP-only traffic are no longer supported. If your site still relies on a legacy zone, or your DNS (including any stacked third-party CDN) still points to a legacy zone’s CNAME, your site is at risk of an outage when that zone is removed or auto-migrated. This risk isn’t always visible: as soon as your proxy zone is active, eCDN routes traffic based on the incoming hostname regardless of what your upstream DNS still points to, so traffic can look normal even when your DNS hasn’t been updated to reflect the migration. Review your configuration and migrate to proxy zones as needed. - **[Add Products to Categories with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_aicategorization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use AI to suggest categories for products in your product list. The recommendations are based on your current catalog. Categories are created only for base products, not variations. If a product is assigned to multiple sites, it can have different suggestions based on the site catalog. To see which products don't have an assigned category, review the new Products without Categories insight on the dashboard. - **[Find Products Faster with the Merchant Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_aiproductsearch.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce the time spent manually creating filters for large catalogs with many product fields. Describe the products that you want to find, and AI converts your request into filters with product attributes, operators, and values. Generate filters in the Filters pane. - **[Search for Multiple Product IDs in the Product List](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_multipleidproductsearch.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Speed up your search by entering multiple product IDs in the search bar. You can use spaces, commas, colons, semicolons, or line breaks to separate the IDs. If the product IDs contain special characters, separate them with line breaks to ensure that every ID is included. - **[Route B2C Commerce Events to External Systems (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_event_framework.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure connectors in Business Manager to send platform events, including `sf.cc.order.placed`, to your external systems. When a platform event doesn't represent the business event that you want to send, declare and send a custom event from your cartridge. B2C Commerce eventing, now generally available, was previously available as a pilot feature. - **[Investigate Traffic and Recurring Errors in Log Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_log_center_dashboard.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get information about the request volume, peak sessions, response time, system workload, and orders for a selected realm, instance, and time range on the Log Center dashboard. The Requests table highlights the top controllers, OCAPI categories, and SCAPI API families by volume, duration, and errors. Top Stack Traces shows the stack traces that occur most often, so you can investigate recurring application failures. Previously, the dashboard showed a histogram of the top stack traces from the past 10 days. - **[Prevent Store Product Discrepancies with Partial POS Syncs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_pos_partial_sync.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep your product information up to date without waiting on a full catalog sync. Set up a delta sync schedule to update only what's changed, such as product modifications, price changes, and translated details. Shoppers see the same accurate product details whether they're browsing online or standing at the register. - **[Keep Person Accounts Current with Faster Shopper Profile Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_profile_sync_attribute_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If you use Shopper Profile Sync, a change to a mapped attribute in a B2C Commerce shopper profile now triggers an update to the connected person account in Salesforce. Before this change, a scheduled job synced the updates, so changes could take up to 30 minutes to appear. The new sync behavior ensures that agentic workflows and service reps across the connected orgs receive accurate shopper data when it changes. - **[Create Person Accounts from Shopper Login](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_profile_sync_login_account_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If you use Shopper Profile Sync, B2C Commerce now creates a person account in your connected Salesforce org in real time when a registered shopper logs in, if the shopper doesn't already have one. Before this change, these shoppers waited for the scheduled sync job. Agentforce and service reps can now see an active shopper's profile as soon as the shopper logs in. - **[Compare Revenue by External Traffic Source](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_traffic_sources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compare revenue, orders, and conversion for shoppers who reach your storefront from Search, Social, Email, and Chatbot sources. The Traffic Sources dashboard on the Traffic tab in Reports & Dashboards reports this external traffic and doesn't include direct visits. Select a source to focus the trend, top-selling products, and medium chart on that source. Sort the traffic sources table by revenue, conversion rate, or average order value. - **[Orchestrate Checkout with Payment, Gift Cards, and Fraud Commerce Apps (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_payment_gift_cards_fraud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Increase checkout conversion with Payment, Gift Cards, and Fraud Commerce Apps (beta) that work together to keep transactions moving. Handle payment authorization, capture, and refunds with any compatible third-party payment provider. Let shoppers redeem a stored-value gift card and cover a remaining balance with a credit card in the same transaction. Reverse the payment and refund the gift card if an order fails, so no transaction stays uncompleted. Run fraud checks before payment authorization to block high-risk orders and avoid unnecessary processing fees. - **[Include Store URLs in Your XML Sitemap](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_store_urls_in_sitemaps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Search engines can discover your store pages when those URLs are in the sitemap that B2C Commerce generates. On the Sitemaps settings page, include stores and set change frequency, priority, and whether store URLs use a separate file. You no longer need a custom sitemap to include store URLs. - **[View Accurate Line Item Revenue for Order and Shipping Discounts in Reports & Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_weighted_discount_allocation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Previously, reports & Dashboards showed negative revenue on line items that cost less than an equal share of an order or shipping discount. Every line item received the same share of that discount. Now, each line item receives a share that matches its value. The shares still add up to the full discount. # 26.2 Release The B2C Commerce 26.2 release occurs between January 27, 2026 and February 26, 2026. To review the 26.2 release notes, see [26.2 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_rn_26_2_release.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. # 26.3 Release The B2C Commerce 26.3 release occurs between February 24 and March 26, 2026. - **[Guide Shoppers to the Right Products by Prioritizing Question Sequences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_3_smart_questions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Refine how your agent interacts with a shopper by prioritizing the sequence of questions during the product discovery process. You can tailor the sequence for each product type to have the agent ask the most-relevant questions and capture the most business-critical product attributes first. - **[Preserve Shopper Preferences Across Categories](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_3_category_switch.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make it easier for shoppers to discover products by preserving their preferences as they search across categories. When a shopper switches to a new category or a previous one, the agent retains their preferences and proactively prompts to reapply the category. Previously, shoppers needed to reselect filters manually every time they switched to a different category. - **[Search Products for Price and Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_search_products.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find products in your catalog that are missing prices or out of stock by using the new Price and Inventory filters in Advanced Search. You can also search for products that have prices or are in stock. - **[Keep Your Sales Flowing Seamlessly with Omnichannel Inventory Resilience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_3_coc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Ensure order continuity by capturing orders using the last-known inventory levels if connectivity to Omnichannel Inventory is lost. After the connection is restored, the new Continuous Order Capture option pauses order exports to Salesforce Order Management and reconciles pending reservations. - **[Replicate Only the Price Books That You Need](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_replicate_pricebooks.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce system load and update pricing for specific sites faster by replicating individual price books. You can replicate up to 25 price books at a time. - **[Navigate Between Business Manager Apps More Quickly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_3_bmnav.htm&release=260&type=5)** Experience faster page loads and smoother transitions when navigating between Business Manager apps. - **[Clone On-Demand Sandboxes for Faster Development and Testing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_ods_cloning.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create high-fidelity replicas of existing sandbox environments to accelerate development cycles and support realistic testing scenarios. - **[Reuse Content Across Page Designer Pages with Content Asset Binding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_content_asset_binding.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bind component attributes to content asset attributes to reuse content across multiple pages and update it from a single location. - **[Control Content Eligibility with eCDN Cache Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_cache_rules.htm&release=260&type=5)** Customize caching eligibility for your content beyond default file extensions by using eCDN cache rules. Cache rules allow resources like HTML, JSON, and XML to become eligible for caching based on specific request attributes. By defining rules for URI paths, cookies, and headers, you improve cache hit ratios and enable advanced cache purging capabilities. - **[B2C Commerce API Release Notes for 26.3](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_api.htm&release=260&type=5)** Keep track of the new B2C Commerce API features and functionality. # 26.4 Release The B2C Commerce 26.4 release occurs between March 24 and April 23, 2026. - **[Capture Customer and Order Search Queries in Security Logs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_search_queries_security_logs.htm&release=260&type=5)** Capture information about user-initiated search queries from Business Manager or via APIs for customer and order data. The log lists the user name, search parameters, and timestamp. - **[Find Products by Using the Product Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_searchbyname.htm&release=260&type=5)** Search for items in your product list without having to remember product IDs. In addition to the product ID, you can now enter product names in the enhanced search bar in Business Manager. Search supports locale-specific names, so make sure that you have the correct locale selected in Business Manager. - **[Monitor Product Readiness in the Product List View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_readinesscolumn.htm&release=260&type=5)** Quickly check that your products are storefront-ready by viewing their status in the product list. The new Readiness column tracks key attributes, such as image availability, inventory, and pricing, for each product across locales and consolidates them into a single visual indicator. The Readiness badge shows the number of completed attributes for each product. Hover over the badge to see which attributes are present or missing. - **[View Price and Inventory Data in the Product List](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_priceandinventorycolumns.htm&release=260&type=5)** Monitor your product stock levels and pricing strategies without leaving the product list. Add the new Price, Per Unit Price, and Available to Sell (ATS) columns to get a comprehensive view of your product data across locales. These columns provide the best price and real-time inventory quantities (OCI or native). For products using perpetual inventory, the ATS column displays Perpetual. The column values are based on your selected locale in Business Manager. - **[Price Attribute Search Returns More Precise Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_price_attribute_search.htm&release=260&type=5)** Shoppers now get more accurate search results with price filtering. For example, the search process can filter for quantitative ranges, such as “dress under $100.” This feature works with existing keyword search capabilities. - **[Prioritize Exact Matches in Search Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_search_synonymweightage.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver more relevant search results by weighting a customer’s search query term higher than the term’s defined synonyms. Previously, search queries treated all terms in a synonym group with equal weight, often causing products that contained the synonym term to outrank products that actually matched the customer’s search query. By boosting the search query term, customers find exactly what they asked for first while still discovering similar, interchangeable products lower in the results. - **[Improve Japanese Product Discoverability with Enhanced Tokenization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_japanesetokenization.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver more predictable search results for Japanese storefronts with an improved word-breaking algorithm. The search engine now breaks down Japanese text into tokens, resulting in higher relevancy when customers search for products with complex phrases or compound words. - **[Visually Enhance Your Business Manager with the New Cosmos UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_cosmosui.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Salesforce Cosmos Design includes interactive circular motifs, improved fonts and icons, inviting cues, and higher contrast colors. You can switch to the new UI or continue to use the earlier UI styles. - **[Use the Enhanced Proxy Zone Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_proxy_zone_v2.htm&release=260&type=5)** To improve security and performance, all deprecated proxy V1 zones are now migrated to the V2 zone configuration. This update enhances reliability for ghost routing and traffic splitting. Manage all custom hostnames under the more efficient V2 framework. If your site still uses legacy zones, migrate them to proxy zones. - **[Control Center Audit Logs Are Now in Log Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_controlcenterauditlogs.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can no longer access in-app audit logs from Control Center, and the Audit Logs button has been removed. Instead, use the advanced filtering and long-term storage capabilities of Log Center to track configuration changes and user activity. To view your audit data, go to Log Center and filter by the Control Center category. - **[Use Multiple Hostnames and Locales in Hybrid Auth Redirect URIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_hybrid_auth_multiple_hostnames.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now configure multiple hostnames and locales for hybrid authentication (Hybrid Auth) redirect URIs. Support Social Login and third-party identity provider logins in SFRA pages by setting redirect URIs that use subdomains, locales, or locale-mapped domains. - **[Simplify Testing with a Default Domain (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_default_domain.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate time to market by using a preconfigured, Salesforce-managed default hostname for testing in development, staging, and production environments. The default domain, which is provisioned when you create a realm, has embedded CDN capabilities, eliminating the need to manually configure DNS settings. To maintain security, development and staging instances require user credentials. Production instances have a Block All firewall rule applied by default. Configure Allow rules to grant access. - **[B2C Commerce API Release Notes for 26.4](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_api_26_4.htm&release=260&type=5)** Keep track of the new B2C Commerce API features and functionality. # 26.5 Release The B2C Commerce 26.5 release occurs between April 21 and May 21, 2026. - **[Manage Product Rankings and Displays with Visual Merchandising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_visual_merchandising.htm&release=260&type=5)** Visual Merchandising gives you tools to strategically rank, organize, and display products in your storefront so shoppers discover the most suitable products to purchase. Tools include configurable boost and bury rules, rule attributes you can boost or bury, and customizable ways to show products across your B2C Commerce storefront. - **[Update Site Assets Faster with Bulk Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_data_replication_bulk.htm&release=260&type=5)** Update multiple products, price books, or content assets by using existing granular data replication tools. Publish your bulk changes directly from Business Manager. Batch updates require enabling granular data replication and assigning permissions to replicate data. - **[Upgrade Your User Experience with Salesforce Cosmos Design](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_default_cosmos_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Salesforce Cosmos Design includes interactive circular elements, legible fonts and icons, inviting cues, and higher-contrast colors. Cosmos Design is enabled by default starting with B2C Commerce Version 26.5. You can also switch back to an earlier UI. - **[Improve Product Search Results in Japanese with a Custom Dictionary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_japanesecustomdictionary.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add your own entries to a custom Japanese dictionary to control how the search engine interprets Japanese search terms. This new custom dictionary ensures customers find products using industry-specific terms, brand names, or regional language variations. - **[Elevate Store Search with the Upgraded Search Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_lucenev9.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve indexing, memory usage, and query execution speed with the latest search engine. Give shoppers smarter product recommendations, more accurate filters, and faster search response times. When you get an outdated index error, rebuild the search indexes and get the latest changes in your store. # 26.6 Release This B2C Commerce release occurs between May 19 and June 25, 2026. - **[Manage Visual Merchandising Manually or with the B2C Merchant Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_visual_merchandising.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In Business Manager, you can now manage Visual Merchandising using two methods: create boost and bury rules manually through the standard interface, or use the B2C Merchant Agent to create rules with natural language. - **[Create Personalized Shopping Experiences in B2C Commerce with Agentforce Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_marketing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create shopper consents and notifications powered by Agentforce Marketing, Data 360, and Personalization. Add consent messages to your storefront to collect email addresses and build your opt-in marketing audience. Send abandoned cart notifications by email, SMS, or WhatsApp. You can also trigger post-order marketing notifications when shoppers complete a purchase. By integrating with Personalization, you can include tailored recommendations in post-order notifications. - **[Unlock Agentic Shopping and Cross-Cloud Experiences by Connecting B2C Commerce to Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_salesforce_connection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With just a few clicks, create a trusted data exchange between B2C Commerce and a dedicated Salesforce org. By connecting your B2C Commerce instance to a Salesforce org, you can access cross-cloud experiences like Shopper Agent, Merchant Agent, Shopper Profile Sync, and Shopper Notifications. - **[Establish Person Accounts for Shoppers with Shopper Profile Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_sync.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Shopper Profile Sync connects your B2C Commerce shopper data with account records for use with other Salesforce apps. This native integration replaces custom code and manual tools with an automated system that syncs registered shoppers as person accounts or contacts. The sync adds or updates contact and account IDs on the B2C shopper profile. By anchoring shopper identities across the Salesforce Platform, you provide the foundational data needed to power Agentforce actions, personalized service, and loyalty programs. - **[Simplify Product Migrations with Automated Image Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_image_replication.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Product images are now included when you replicate products from staging to production. Granular replication bundles internal product images in a zip file and places the images in their correct locations during the import process. Previously, product images weren't transferred, so you had to move them manually. - **[Create and Manage Reusable Content with Content Blocks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_content_blocks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Content blocks are modular, reusable units of content that you create in Page Designer and manage centrally using the Content Blocks module in Business Manager. This release introduces content blocks, the Content Blocks module for centralized lifecycle management, and an improved component panel in Page Designer. - **[Streamline Catalog Maintenance with Bulk Product Actions and More Export Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_6_productlists.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce time spent on day-to-day catalog operations by copying, deleting, and exporting products directly from a Product List. Copy up to 1,000 products and delete up to 200 products at a time, using fewer steps to maintain your product catalog. When exporting, choose to extract specific products, search results, or entire catalogs to a CSV or XML format. - **[Price Book Quota for a Storefront is Now 5,000](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_pricebookquotaincreased.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Introduce more pricing strategies across regions, promotions, and assortments, and scale complex pricing operations without restructuring your storefront setup. You can now maintain up to 5,000 price books per site. - **[Receive Near Real-Time Notifications with New Eventing Framework (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_eventing_framework.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** React to data and processing changes in B2C Commerce by using the B2C Commerce eventing framework. In the 26.6 release, the eventing framework introduces support for two new asynchronous event notifications related to replications. B2C Commerce plans to add support for more events in later releases. - **[Monitor Order Management Integration Rejections with Log Center Warnings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_6_monitor_log_center_warnings.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Detect and troubleshoot your Order Management integration failures faster by setting up a Log Center alert. When Order Management rejects an order after it has been accepted for asynchronous processing, B2C Commerce writes a warning entry to Log Center. Use these logs to detect and manage asynchronous order rejections. - **[Update Custom Cookies to Comply with RFC 6265 Standards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_rfc_6265_standards.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To close security gaps, B2C Commerce has upgraded third-party libraries to adhere to RFC 6265 cookie compliance. Custom storefront code that emits noncompliant cookies, such as a domain attribute with a leading dot or invalid characters, now fails. Update your cookie-handling code in your On-Demand Sandbox instances to be compliant with the RFC 6265 standard. - **[Launch Promotional Campaigns Faster with Higher-Capacity Coupon Code Imports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_coupon_code_imports.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Run merchant-defined coupon code imports without the extended startup pause that delayed past loads, and process substantially more codes per run. Launch larger personalized-code promotions on tighter timelines. Continue to use system-generated codes when a campaign requires millions of unique codes. - **[Update Product Assets Faster with Bulk Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_6_bulk_replication.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Update multiple products by using existing granular data replication tools. Publish your bulk changes directly from Business Manager. Bulk updates require enabling granular data replication and assigning permissions to replicate data. - **[Use Embedded CDN Capabilities for On-Demand Sandboxes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_ods.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provision a Default Domain hostname with full B2C Commerce embedded content delivery network (eCDN) capabilities for newly provisioned On-Demand Sandbox (ODS) instances. Use eCDN features, such as edge caching and web app firewalls, and test storefront configurations and security rules in a sandbox that closely mirrors your production setup. The storefront host for ODS instances changes from .dx to .my, including for already-provisioned sandboxes. Business Manager, WebDAV/code upload, jobs, and the Sandbox API remain on the .dx host. - **[Manage eCDN Trusted IP Addresses in Web Application Firewall (WAF) Custom Rules After Migration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_trusted_ip_migration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Starting in B2C Commerce 26.6, Salesforce migrates your existing Trusted IP Address configurations from legacy Cloudflare access rules to WAF Custom Rules and Managed IP Lists. After the migration, manage these rules through Business Manager for more granular control over trusted traffic. Security rules also support definition at the account level, applying across all zones in the realm without per-zone configuration. Reference Managed IP Lists by both zone-level and account-level rules. - **[Manage eCDN Settings from a Single Configure Zones Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_configure_zone.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** A new Configure Zones page in Business Manager consolidates all eCDN controls into a single, tabbed interface. Manage TLS certificates, WAF rules, performance optimizations, custom error pages, logs, and analytics from one location. Existing Trusted IP configurations are automatically migrated to the new WAF-backed architecture with no manual action required. - **[Inspect Individual Firewall Events with Sampled Security Logs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_sampled_security_logs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Investigate firewall activity at the per-request level directly from the Analytics tab on the Configure Zones page. Switch to Security mode to view up to 15 sampled firewall events from a selected time range, with detail including action, country, IP, service, WAF Attack Score, SQLi/XSS/RCE scores, Ray ID, User Agent, ASN, HTTP method, query string, host, and matched rule. - **[Create Storefront Next Faster with Automated Setup in Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_business_manager_storefront_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** No need to manually set up API clients, Managed Runtime (MRT) projects and environments, and make the initial storefront deployment—storefront setup does it all for you. The automated setup creates a storefront with an eCDN default domain and certificate. Choose to have your storefront code stored in a GitHub repository and authenticate to GitHub. After setup completes, you can view, clone, delete your MRT environment, and edit some settings. If you have PWA-Kit storefronts created earlier in MRT, you can display them in Business Manager and have all your storefronts available in one interface. - **[Manage Storefront Next Environments Preconfigured with eCDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_managed_runtime_ecdn.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Managed Runtime (MRT) environments that storefront setup or you create in Business Manager are preconfigured with the embedded content delivery network (eCDN). Native eCDN support for Storefront Next provides better performance and security, a default domain for your storefront, and eCDN security features. The default domain, \*.my.cc.salesforce.com, is automatically mapped to the \*.exp-delivery.com MRT domain, and you don't need to set up a proxy. - **[Manage Storefront Next Page Content in Page Designer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_page_designer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Merchants can now use Page Designer to add and customize these Storefront Next pages: Home Page, About Us, Product Detail Page (PDP), and Product Listing Page (PLP). These pages include layout and content components. After an administrator has set up the storefront in Business Manager, merchants can set component properties, and target campaigns and promotions in component settings. - **[Preview Your Storefront in Business Manager with Shopper Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_preview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Verify how your storefront looks based on shopper context, including customer groups, date and time, source code triggers, and qualifiers. Use the preview feature to test changes to products, pricing, and marketing strategies before deploying to production. This process helps you verify that your site displays correctly for scenarios like upcoming sales or seasonal campaigns. - **[Protect Storefront Next Access via Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_access_protection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Control access to your storefronts by using the Business Manager site configuration. Grant access to Managed Runtime environments associated with your storefronts only to users with a basic authentication password. - **[Send Post-Order Notifications via SMS and WhatsApp](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_whatsapp_sms_notifications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reach shoppers on their preferred channels by sending post-order notifications through SMS and WhatsApp in B2C Commerce with Agentforce Marketing. SMS and WhatsApp join email as supported channels for post-order shopper notifications. # 26.7 Release This B2C Commerce release occurs between June 23 and July 23, 2026. - **[Resolve Issues Faster with Centralized, Multi-channel Alert Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_resolve_issues_with_centralized_multi_channel_alert_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track issues across all Log Center data sources from a unified management page. Create alerts for various activities, such as events, log streaming, and anomaly detection. Expand your notification channels to Slack and PagerDuty to quickly inform technical teams. Reduce notification noise with state-aware alerts that fire when an issue is new, ongoing, or resolved. - **[Stream and Download eCDN Logs from Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_logpush_logpull.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor and troubleshoot your eCDN traffic directly from the Logs tab on the Configure Zones page. Use Logpush to stream HTTP Requests, Firewall Events, or Page Shield Events continuously to Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Azure Blob Storage, Datadog, or Splunk, with up to 2 active jobs per zone. Use Logpull to download request logs from the past 7 days on demand with no destination setup required. - **[Track PCI Compliance Alerts for Your eCDN Zone](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_notifications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stay informed about PCI compliance status for your eCDN zone directly from the Configure Zones page. The new Notifications tab surfaces PCI alerts so you can monitor compliance without leaving Business Manager. - **[Curate Your Product Listings in ChatGPT Using Catalog Feed Integration with OpenAI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_openai_product_feed.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reach shoppers in ChatGPT by sending a curated product feed to OpenAI. Map B2C Commerce product fields to the channel fields that OpenAI expects, filter which products are included, and preview the feed before turning on the daily sync. Maintain accurate product titles, prices, images, and availability in ChatGPT without writing custom code. - **[Manage Content for Site-Wide Regions in Storefront Next with Content Blocks (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext_content_blocks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage content for headers and announcement banners consistently across your entire storefront by creating content blocks in site-wide regions. Instead of recreating content that appears across your entire storefront for each individual page, create the content once and apply it everywhere. Maintain brand consistency and save time when updating promotional messages or navigation elements that appear site-wide. Preview your changes directly from Page Designer without switching user interfaces. - **[Protect Your Storefront with Hardened File Upload Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_file_upload_security.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To improve security, Business Manager now enforces multi-factor authentication (MFA) to import or upload JavaScript files and HTML files that contain scripts. JavaScript and HTML files viewed through WebDAV or the Folder Browser no longer execute within Business Manager, but you can still download them locally. - **[Evaluate Promotional Campaigns with Improved A/B Tests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ab_test_improvements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Test the effectiveness of your promotions by using a streamlined A/B test interface. Set the rank, precedence and priority directly in the Promotions experience of the test segment. Use validated dates during test creation, and view date and time values in your local time zone. - **[Create Campaigns for B2C Commerce Storefronts with an Improved UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_campaigns_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The refreshed campaigns interface for B2C Commerce storefronts makes configuration clearer, and shows date and time values in the site's time zone. - **[Manage Category Slicing and Product Variations in Visual Merchandising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_visual_merchandising_variations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Visual Merchandising is now the central place to complete category-level slicing and see all product variants within a category. Access these common tasks right from the dropdown menu on a product card so you no longer leave the merchandising flow. - **[Manage Checkout Integrations with Commerce Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_apps.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Install and configure Commerce apps for payments, tax, and shipping from the Commerce Apps page in Business Manager. Use one-time setup tasks instead of fragmented manual processes. Monitor integration health, control where Commerce app components appear in your storefront, and view real-time status updates for your checkout providers. - **[Deploy Commerce Apps Across Instances with Data Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_comm_apps_data_replication.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Install and configure the Commerce App Package (CAP) on a staging instance and then publish the package to production using the new SITE\_COMMERCE\_FEATURE\_STATE replication group. Run code replication before data replication to deploy cartridge dependencies first and prevent run-time errors when configuration tasks reference custom code or hooks. - **[Track Granular Replication and Shopper Sign-Ups in Real Time (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_event_framework_new_event_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The B2C Commerce eventing framework, introduced as a pilot in the 26.6 release, adds four new event types with the 26.7 release. Three granular replication events, `sf.cc.replication.granular.completed`, `sf.cc.replication.granular.failed`, and `sf.cc.replication.granular.incomplete`, report per-object results for products, price tables, and content assets, indicating which individual object IDs succeeded and which failed. A fourth event, `sf.cc.shopper.registered`, fires when a customer profile is created and committed. This event is site-specific, so you can configure a different endpoint for each site. - **[Create Person Accounts During Shopper Registration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_person_account_registration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When Shopper Profile Sync is turned on, B2C Commerce now creates a person account in the connected Salesforce org in real time when a shopper registers using the B2C Commerce API (SCAPI) or a storefront built with PWA Kit or Storefront Next. This enhancement makes sure that person accounts are immediately available for use in your Salesforce org without waiting for asynchronous Shopper Profile Sync processing. - **[Deliver Smarter Search Results with Agentic Commerce Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_agentic_Commerce_search_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentic Commerce Search enhances native keyword search with an AI model trained on your catalog data, shopper behavior, and simulated queries. It ranks products by relevance and conversion, handling natural language, typos, and emerging trends without manual maintenance. With Agentic Commerce Search, you no longer need to maintain synonym lists, stop word lists, and search rules for every edge case. - **[Generate Consistent Image URLs in Jobs with Job Hostnames](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_job_hostnames_image_urls.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When B2C Commerce generates image URLs in a job context, such as a catalog export, it can now use the job hostnames from your site's aliases file. These URLs match your other job-generated URLs, so you no longer need custom code to correct the hostname. # 26.8 Release This B2C Commerce release occurs between July 21 and August 20, 2026. - **[Maintain Consistent Product Information Across Online and Store Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_catalog_unification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your product data synced between B2C Commerce and Point of Sale with catalog unification. B2C Commerce becomes your single source of truth and automatically syncs product information to Point of Sale on your schedule. Eliminate manual data entry, reduce errors, and make sure that customers see accurate product details whether they shop online or in-store. - **[Catch System Security Issues Early with Anomaly Detection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_anomaly_detection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify performance regressions and security anomalies, such as error spikes or failed logins, earlier by running an Anomaly Detection log. You no longer need to manually investigate issues. B2C Commerce analyzes log patterns and shows anomalies in real time. - **[Evaluate Click-Through Rate in Search Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_clickthroughrate.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor how often shoppers click a result after searching. Use the new Click-Through Rate metric on the On-Site–Top Search dashboard to review search result engagement and spot trends and prioritize conversion opportunities. - **[Access Agentic Commerce Search Directly from the App Launcher](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_acs_app_launcher.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Open Agentic Commerce Search directly from the App Launcher without navigating through Merchant Tools. - **[Design Your Own Merchandising Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_design_your_merchandising_workspace.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create a unified view and customized navigation tailored to your merchandising tasks by using the Merchandising template or build a custom workspace from scratch using Manual Setup. - **[Rename and Delete Apps Directly from the App Header](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_rename_and_delete_apps_directly_from_the_app_header.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage your custom Business Manager apps more efficiently by renaming or removing them directly from the app header. Rename an app to match your business terminology, or permanently remove an app you no longer use to reduce workspace clutter. - **[Work More Efficiently with the Redesigned Business Manager Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_redesigned_business_manager_interface.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Access version, updates, and POD details in the Business Manager navigation panel instead of the footer, which has been removed to reduce clutter. Instance and site time zone are available in a tooltip. - **[Boost Productivity with Unified Header Search and Redesigned Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_unified_header_search_and_redesigned_navigation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline navigation and find tools faster with a new search bar in the header and an updated left navigation menu in Business Manager. Use header search to find pages across Merchant Tools and Administration from one combined list, without opening the waffle menu first. The updated left navigation provides more vertical space for nested categories and improves scanability with tighter spacing, left-aligned accordion toggles, and a higher-contrast layout. - **[Add and Move Modules to Match Your Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_add_and_move_modules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Organize pages and modules to fit your workflow by dragging them into your preferred order. - **[Group Pages and Modules into Sections to Improve Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_group_pages_and_modules_into_sections.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tailor your workspace by grouping pages and modules into custom sections. Create, rename, and remove sections to build a navigation structure that matches your workflow. - **[Show Shoppers Approaching Discounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_approaching_discounts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Inform shoppers how close their cart is to unlocking order and shipping promotions. Add configurable, ready-to-use components to your storefront to display messages such as "You're $10 away from free shipping.” Display a progress bar to indicate how close an order is to achieving a discount. You can turn on the components for mini-cart, cart items, cart order summary, and checkout. - **[Monitor Commerce App Integration Health with Connection Status Reporting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_comm_app_connection_health.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Assess whether your Commerce apps are healthy, degraded, unhealthy, or unknown directly on the installed app screen in Business Manager. Catch broken integrations early with real-time visibility, clear error messages, and timestamps that pinpoint when issues occurred. Resolve connection problems faster with specific remediation steps, such as reauthenticating or updating credentials, before they affect your storefront operations. - **[Refine Duplicate Prevention for Shopper Profile Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_profile_sync_duplicate_prevention.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure three matching rules and three corresponding duplicate rules to prevent duplicate person accounts when Shopper Profile Sync creates or updates shopper records. The updated three-rule model replaces the previous single matching rule and standard duplicate rule, which didn't cleanly distinguish guest records from registered records or let a newly registered shopper claim a prior guest account. - **[Schedule URL Redirect Activation and Expiry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_scheduled_url_redirects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Set Online From and Online To dates on a URL redirect so that it activates and expires automatically, without manual Business Manager changes. Schedule redirects ahead of product go-lives, category changes, and seasonal campaigns. - **[Improve Search and AI Discoverability with JSON-LD (JSON for Linked Data) Tags](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_json_ld_structured_data.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add structured data (for example, Schema.org) to your storefront pages with a JSON-LD page meta tag. Search engines and AI answer engines, such as ChatGPT and Perplexity, can then read facts such as product name and price directly instead of inferring them from your HTML. Improve organic discoverability and enable rich results. - **[Using Catalog Feed Integration with Google to Reach Shoppers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_google_product_feed.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Syndicate your catalog to Google by sending a curated product feed to Google Merchant Center. Map B2C Commerce product fields to the channel fields that Google expects, filter which products are included, and preview the feed before turning on the daily sync. Maintain accurate product titles, prices, images, and availability on Google without writing custom code. - **[Build Boost and Bury Rules Dynamically Based on Active Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_8_boostandbury_activedata.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build boost and bury rules with data metrics instead of relying on static product attributes to reflect current shopper behavior. You can now create rules dynamically based on performance metrics, including sales velocity, order count revenue, and impressions. You can only use system and custom - **[Translate and Refine Product Details with AI (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_8_refineandtranslate.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Speed up localization across multiple locales by using AI to translate and refine product information directly from product lists. This feature requires enabling Agentforce Merchant Agent and providing the agent Business Manager permissions. # 26.9 Release This B2C Commerce release occurs between August 18 and October 1, 2026. - **[Manage Commerce Apps from a Dedicated Business Manager Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_apps_workspace.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Discover, install, and manage Commerce Apps across every feature domain from one location. Browse the full app catalog, discover apps in a featured apps carousel, and get quick access to documentation before you install. The App Catalog brings your native, partner, and custom apps into one list and tracks each app's setup progress. - **[Honor Shopper Consents Across Notification Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_marketing_honor_shopper_consents.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can create a flow so that Data Cloud syncs shopper consent preferences to B2C Commerce automatically. When a shopper changes email or text message notification preferences, a consent sync flow updates the shopper's record in B2C Commerce. Use this feature to protect shopper trust and stay compliant with consent preference regulations. - **[Build Your Consented Marketing Audience at SFRA Checkout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_marketing_sfra_consent_capture.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** SFRA storefronts now support shopper consent capture at checkout. Capture consents at the moment shoppers place their orders without interrupting order placement. - **[Access Tools from One Place with the Business Manager Utility Bar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_utility_bar.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reach your most-used tools from anywhere in Business Manager with the Utility Bar. Review alerts, access tools, preview a storefront, and manage your user preferences, all from a single bar. Previously, these tools were on the Business Manager header. - **[Manage Multiple Tax Items on a Basket Line Item](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_multiple_tax_item.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track up to 10 individual tax items on a basket line item, in addition to the standard aggregated tax value. Each tax item includes an ID, value, and rate, and depending on your requirements, can capture the taxes that apply to where you do business, such as federal, state, or district. Tax items automatically sum into the existing aggregated tax fields without adding fields at the order-totals level, so you manage either the aggregated tax field or the individual tax items, not both. - **[Avoid Data Residency and Privacy Issues with Salesforce Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_data_residency_privacy_issues.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Before you connect your B2C Commerce instance to a Salesforce org, an advisory message appears if the regions don’t match, or if B2C Commerce can’t determine the region. Review the advisory message and verify that your cross-region configuration meets data residency and privacy requirements. - **[Allow Traffic from Search Engine and Other Verified Bots with eCDN Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_verified_bots.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Match verified bots—search engines, AI crawlers, feed fetchers, and others—with two new fields in eCDN custom firewall and rate limiting rules. - **[Customize Product Readiness Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_productreadinesschecks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make sure that products are ready for sale on your storefront by adding custom attributes to consider before publishing. In addition to the standard readiness check, you can select up to 20 attributes to determine that each product meets your catalog standards before it's marked storefront-ready. - **[Detect Leaked Credentials with eCDN Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ecdn_leaked_credentials.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Five new Cloudflare Leaked Credentials Detection fields let you challenge or block login attempts that submit previously exposed credentials. - **[Follow Requests Across Services with Traces (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_traces_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Now you can follow a single request in Log Center as it travels across B2C Commerce services. The new Traces page (Beta) shows the end-to-end path of a request and the time spent in each service, so you can pinpoint where latency or errors occur without stitching together separate logs. Search traces by service and time period, open a trace to read its nested span waterfall, and share a view with a colleague through a copyable link. - **[Build New Customer Realms on SCAPI Instead of OCAPI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_new_customer_realms_scapi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give new customers a single, modern REST API for their custom implementations with SCAPI, the Salesforce Commerce API. Starting September 1, 2026, Business Manager no longer offers OCAPI settings for new customer realms. SCAPI provides the long-term support and extensibility to build on. Existing customers who provision a new realm after that date and need OCAPI settings can request access by contacting Salesforce Customer Support. - **[Manage Content in Site-Wide Regions with Content Blocks (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext_content_blocks_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep content consistent across the entire storefront by creating content blocks in site-wide regions in Page Designer, including headers and mega menus. Instead of recreating content for each individual page, create the content once and apply it everywhere. Site-Wide Regions for Content Blocks, now generally available, helps you maintain brand consistency and save time when updating promotional messages or navigation elements that appear site-wide. Preview your changes in Page Designer without switching user interfaces. # A New Permission Set Was Added to the Sales Management User Permission Set Group The Sales Management User Permission Set Group now includes the Manage Unmetered Sales Management Users permission set. This change streamlines permission assignment and reduces unexpected billing issues because you no longer manually assign the Unmetered User Based AI permission to users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, and it's included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry edition. **When:** The updated Sales Management User permission set group is available in early April 2026. **How:** To assign the Sales Management User Permission set group, on the Agentforce for Sales page in Salesforce Go, locate the Pipeline Management or Account Management section. Go to the Manage User Access step and click **Manage**. # A New Permission Set Was Added to the Sales Management User Permission Set Group The Sales Management User Permission Set Group now includes the Manage Unmetered Sales Management Users permission set. This change streamlines permission assignment and reduces unexpected billing issues because you no longer manually assign the Unmetered User Based AI permission to users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, and it's included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry edition. **When:** The updated Sales Management User permission set group became available in April 2026. **How:** To assign the Sales Management User Permission set group, on the Agentforce for Sales page in Salesforce Go, locate the Pipeline Management or Account Management section. Go to the Manage User Access step and click **Manage**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Pipeline Management Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_mgmt_perms.htm&language=en_US) # A Warning Was Added for Potential Custom Domain Disruption If your custom domain can experience disruption when you move to Salesforce Edge Network, you see a warning on the My Domain Setup page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** A custom domain serves your site content on a domain that you own, such as https://www.example.com. When a third-party service or content delivery network (CDN) hosts a custom domain, the target host name for that domain changes when your org moves to Salesforce Edge Network. Until your third-party service or CDN updates that value, your custom domain stops working. To reduce the risk of outages during the move to Salesforce Edge Network, we added a warning on the My Domain page when you edit the Routing and Policies section. If your org isn’t on Salesforce Edge Network and a third party serves at least one of the custom domains in the org, you see this warning. ![The warning message in a yellow box on the My Domain page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/custom_domain_warning_edge.png) **How:** If you see this warning, coordinate with your third-party service or CDN to update the target host name for your custom domain as part of your move to Salesforce Edge Network. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations for Custom Domains That Use a Third-Party Service or CDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.domain_mgmt_external_host_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Accelerate Ad Catalog Setup with an AI Agent Configure ad product catalogs in Advertising Sales Management by describing your target setup to an AI agent. Instead of navigating multiple setup pages by hand, guide your agent through catalog intake, audit, and remediation to generate your catalog configurations. This conversational setup path speeds up catalog launches and replication, so you verify your ad product lines instead of building them by hand. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. # Accelerate Agentforce Energy & Utilities Setup with Solution Bundles Accelerate the set up and configuration of features, such as Tariff Comparison and Multisite quoting by using Salesforce GO solution bundles. By centralizing these complex workflows into a single setup location, Salesforce Go helps you implement with greater speed and precision. This streamlined approach makes it easier to scale operations, reduce time from configuration to comparing tariffs or managing multisite quotes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. **How:** Turn on **Sales for Energy and Utilities**. Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Go to the **My Clouds** tab and click **Energy and Utilities Sales Accelerator** to see what’s available in Energy & Utilities. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Discover and Set Up Energy & Utilities Features With Salesforce Go_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_discover_and_set_up_energy_utilities_features_with_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Agentforce Health Setup with Salesforce Go Salesforce Go continues to evolve by offering setup support for Referral Management, Integrated Care Management, Contact Center, and Home Health. By centralizing these complex clinical workflows into a single setup location, Salesforce Go helps you implement with greater speed and precision. This streamlined approach makes it easier to scale operations, reduce time from configuration to care, and improve patient outcomes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting in Summer '26. Salesforce Go for Home Health is available starting in August 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Approval Decisions with Approval Agent Sales reps can now manage approval workflows with the Approval Agent. They can submit and recall approval submissions, track pending approvals. Reviewers can retrieve submissions, generate AI-assisted summaries and comments, and approve or reject submissions faster. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Advanced Approvals and Agentforce are enabled. **When:** Approval Agent is available starting the week of September 14, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Agent from an Agentforce Employee Agent Template (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_employee_agent_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Automotive Feature Discovery and Setup Discover, set up, and configure Automotive Agentforce agents such as Asset Finance Management, Industries Customer Engagement, and Industries Sales Assistance with more efficiency by using Salesforce GO. Manage Automotive finance processes by setting up Vehicle and Asset Lending and other related features from a single location. Discover common components such Record Alerts, Events and Milestones, Discovery Framework, and Complaint Data Sharing to streamline Automotive business operations. Enable cross-cloud features such as Inventory Count, Actionable Event Orchestration, and Inventory Search and Transfer to deliver better service. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. # Accelerate Automotive Feature Setup with Solution Bundles Accelerate the set up, and configuration of features, such as Connected Assets, Connected Vehicles, and Service Processes by using Salesforce GO solution bundles. Manage context definitions, critical failure, telemetry definitions and action definitions, and service alerts by setting up Remote Actions and other related features from a single location. Set up service processes, such as Payment Deferral and Payment Due Date Modification, in one flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From the Salesforce Go page in Setup, filter for Automotive bundles and select a solution, such as Connected Vehicles or Connected Assets. Review the checklist of components and sample data included in the package before clicking install. Once deployment is complete, use the provided navigation links to validate the installation and explore the configured features. # Accelerate Automotive Warranty Claim Adjudication with Agentforce Accelerate claim processing, reduce payout risks, and improve decision accuracy with the Warranty Claims Adjudication Assistant, which summarizes queue volume, ranks open claims, and flags fraud risks. Built to assist claim adjudicators and warranty underwriters, the agent summarizes queue volume, aging, and pending liability, and ranks open claims by value, age, and complexity. It also flags fraud risks such as duplicate serial numbers or repeat asset failures, audits claims for missing fields, coverages, and attachments, and drafts Requests for Information (RFIs) for the adjudicator to send. Human experts stay in full control of every decision. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Automotive add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Automotive Edition. **Who:** To use the Warranty Claims Adjudication agent, users need the Automotive Foundation User, Claims Management Foundation, and Warranty Lifecycle Management permission sets. **How:** To adjudicate claims, adjudicators launch the Agentforce panel and enter an utterance, such as "Show claim history for Acme Motors." Adjudicators can also work with the agent from Slack using the Warranty Claims Adjudication for Slack template. # Accelerate Benefit Application Intake with Automatic AI-based Data Prefilling Automatically load known information and preliminary application details into benefit forms to reduce repetitive data entry. Constituents can upload official documents directly into forms to speed up completion. Agentforce Public Sector extracts and verifies essential demographic details from multiple files to prefill fields, cut manual typing, reduce entry errors, and save time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Why:** Benefit applications can be overwhelming because they ask for extensive personal, household, and financial information. Agentforce Public Sector simplifies the process by pulling saved data from existing profiles, accounts, and contacts. This prefilled data removes the need to re-enter the same information. New applicants can quickly use their saved details on initial forms, and returning applicants can continue where they left off. **How:** Configure the default Integration Procedures in your benefit application Omniscript flow to map the saved applicant record fields to form elements. # Accelerate Catalog Deployment with Ready-to-Use Service Templates Speed up your service catalog rollout by deploying predefined workflows for standardized IT requests. Benefit from prestructured attributes, intake forms, and automated fulfillment flows with templates that span critical areas, including IT, hardware, software, facilities, employee lifecycle, and identity management. Eliminate ad hoc communication, reduce help desk workload, and track and audit every request automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with Agentforce IT Service and Unified Catalog. **Why:** Using these templates moves your organization beyond basic self-service toward robust IT governance and strengthened audit readiness. For example, the Employee Offboarding process orchestrates complex, cross-departmental tasks through a single parent request, mitigating security risks and closing the gaps found in fragmented, manual processes. **How:** In the Unified Catalog app, select the Templates tab to view templates. Choose a template, review the details, and click **Install**. # Accelerate Collections by Converting Debit Memos to Invoices Bring any outstanding amount into your accounts receivables workflow by generating invoices from debit memos. Convert standalone debit memos to invoices by using Invoice Ingestion API. This feature helps to simplify and accelerate payment collections. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** To generate invoices from debit memos, specify the debit memo ID as the `referenceEntityId` property value in the request body of the Invoice Ingestion API. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Invoice Ingestion API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/connect_resources_invoices_ingestion.htm) # Accelerate Conversions with Predictive Product Suggestions Help buyers find relevant products faster by showing bestsellers and suggestions. Bestselling products appear before a buyer begins typing in the search bar. Suggested products appear when a buyer enters at least three characters. Previously, predictive product suggestions were available only in D2C stores. Now, they’re also available in B2B stores. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Experience Builder, in a pageʼs Header section, add the Header - Split Spacing component. In the Search Box component and on the Settings tabʼs Search Suggestions section, select **Enable product and category suggestions**. ![Show bestselling products.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_bestsellers.png) ![Show suggested products.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_suggested_products.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Search Suggestions for B2B Commerce Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_search_search_suggestions_concept.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Custom Lightning Type Creation for Agentforce with the Lightning Types MCP Tool (Developer Preview) The Lightning Types Model Context Protocol (MCP) tool in the Salesforce DX MCP Server provides a dynamic way to create and enhance your custom Lightning types. Salesforce DX MCP Server uses large language models (LLMs) to generate the necessary LightningTypeBundle metadata files, including schema.json, editor.json, and renderer.json. You use these custom Lightning types to generate the custom Lightning Web Component (LWC) responses that you’re looking for. This feature supports Agentforce Employee agents in Lightning Experience and Agentforce Service agents via Enhanced Chat v2. You can also define structured outputs in Prompt Builder with these Lightning types. **Where:** The Lightning Types MCP tool is available in the latest version of the Salesforce DX MCP Server (beta). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The Lightning Types MCP tool feature is available as a developer preview. Feature isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don’t implement functionality developed with these commands or tools. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of February 9, 2026. **How:** Access the Lightning Types MCP tool, which works with your integrated development environment (IDE), through Agentforce or other MCP clients of your choice. The Salesforce DX MCP Server is preconfigured in Agentforce Vibes Extension. To interact with the tool, turn on the server in Agentforce, which is a part of Agentforce Vibes Extension. After the server is running, interact with it by using natural language prompts to create, enhance, and get guidance on your custom Lightning types. #### See Also - [Salesforce DX MCP Server and Tools (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_mcp.htm) # Accelerate Dashboard Insights with Enhanced Document Search and Automated Refreshes for Google Drive Search for files and folders by name on My Drive, Shared Drive, and Shared with me instead of navigating complex folder structures. This enhanced search experience goes beyond the local cache, enabling you to differentiate between duplicate file names. Pair this update with automated refreshes for Google Drive data lake objects to make sure that your dashboards remain up to date. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To locate your files, open a Google Drive connection and type a value into the search bar to see matches. To see existing data lake objects (DLO) in the connection, click the filter and select **DLO only**. ![Searching for a file through a Google drive connection.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_google_search_refresh.png) You can also view a file’s full path by selecting a file and clicking **Details** in its submenu. Each component in the file path functions as a discrete link that goes to that location. ![File path with links to the file and location.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_google_search_refresh_3.png) To set up an automated full refresh schedule, select a file and click **Create Data Lake Object**. Go to Refresh Data and click **Edit** and set up your schedule. To initiate the process right away, click **Refresh data now**. ![Scheduling a full refresh with refresh data now checked.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_google_search_refresh_4.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Keep File-Based Connections Current](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_file_based_cache.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Search File-Based Connections with Enhanced Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_file_based_search.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Data 360 Readiness for Program and Case Management Easily bring the latest objects and fields into Data 360, formerly Data Cloud, with updates to the existing Program and Case Management data model objects (DMOs). Attributes for Attendance were added to the Benefit Session and Program Enrollment DMOs as well as additional attributes for Benefit Type and Referral DMOs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Program Management and Data 360, formerly Data Cloud, are enabled. **Who:** To complete a Data 360 integration, admins need the Data Cloud Architect permission set and the Advanced Program Management permission set to configure the Program and Case Management objects and fields. **How:** Turn on Agentforce Nonprofit, formerly Nonprofit Cloud, and Data 360, formerly Data Cloud. Then in Setup, follow the steps for Case Management Intelligence and Program Management Intelligence. # Accelerate Data 360 Web Connector Setup with the Marketing Cloud Personalization Sitemap Converter Automatically identify and modify components in a Marketing Cloud Personalization sitemap that are incompatible with Data 360. This tool helps to better align your Marketing Cloud Personalization sitemap with the Data 360 sitemap format, creating a more closely compatible version and providing a detailed report for any necessary manual updates. Use this conversion tool to reduce the manual effort required for complex sitemap transformations. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. **Why:** Use the detailed conversion report to address technical differences between Marketing Cloud and Data 360. The report categorizes items into Errors, To-Do, and Review sections to guide you through mandatory repairs and non-blocking validation checks. This process ensures that unique sitemap implementations function correctly within your Data 360 environment. **How:** Access the sitemap converter tool by selecting **Settings** | **Marketing Cloud Next** from in Marketing Cloud Personalization main navigation. Launch the tool and then upload a sitemap file or paste JavaScript directly into the input column, then click **Convert** to generate updated code and the sitemap conversion report. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Marketing Cloud Personalization Sitemap Conversion](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_pers_mcn_for_pers_sitemap_conversion.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Data Entry and Improve Form Accuracy with the Data Capture Lookup Component Help mobile workers find the exact records they need—like assets or products—by searching and selecting records directly in the Data Capture form, even when offline. With the new Lookup component, they can search by name or by any object field. Previously, mobile workers had to manually enter text fields, which was tedious, slow, and error-prone. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS . **How:** In Flow Builder, add the Lookup component to a screen and configure it to search a specific object, like Asset. Define whether your mobile workers ‌can select one or multiple records. You can specify up to two fields to search by. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Capture Flow Screen Component: Lookup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_data_capture_components_lookup.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Data Onboarding with Enhanced CI Import Reduce setup time and improve data accuracy by importing configuration items (CIs) and CI relationships in a single workflow. Include CI relationships and tags directly in import files to create connected and enriched data in one step. Download predefined import templates for configuration item types and configuration item relationships to standardize data formatting and reduce setup effort. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph is enabled. **Who:** To import configuration items, users must have the IT Service Configuration Item Type Manager permission. **Why:** Import is a primary onboarding method for CMDB. Supporting relationships and tags in a single import reduces manual effort, minimizes rework, and improves data consistency. **How:** From the Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph app, go to **CI Imports and Exports** under **CMDB** in **Administration**. Download the appropriate import template for configuration item types or relationships. Enter your data in the template and upload the file with configuration items, relationships, and tags. Review the import results and check the import status in the **Import History** tab in **CI Imports and Exports** list view. # Accelerate Data Updates in Using Unique IDs for External Objects Now you can specify an external object field as a unique ID to function as a primary key for that object. Use defined primary keys to update massive datasets in minutes by only processing changed records. For example, a nightly sync for a two-billion-row sales transaction object now processes only the 500,000 new or changed records instead of the entire dataset. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** The Unique ID feature is available starting in February 2026. **How:** In Data Manager, on your connection tab, select the external object to update. Then, click the edit icon (1) for the column to use as a primary key. Select **Is Unique ID** (2) and save. ![The Is Unique ID checkbox for an external object field](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_external_column_is_unique_id.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Data Updates Using Unique IDs for External Objects Now you can specify an external object field as a unique ID to function as a primary key for that object. Use defined primary keys to update massive datasets in minutes by only processing changed records. For example, a nightly sync for a two-billion-row sales transaction object now processes only the 500,000 new or changed records instead of the entire dataset. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** The Unique ID feature is available starting in February 2026. **How:** In Data Manager, on your connection tab, select the external object to update. Then, click the edit icon (1) for the column to use as a primary key. Select **Is Unique ID** (2) and save. ![The Is Unique ID checkbox for an external object field](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_external_column_is_unique_id.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Debugging of Pricing Flows Use auto-numbered steps and element descriptions in a pricing procedure to improve readability and provide a clear visual map of the execution path in the Pricing Operations Console. The numbering automatically adjusts when elements are added or moved, reducing manual effort and supporting faster, more accurate troubleshooting across pricing procedures. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Accelerate Decision-Making with AI-Generated Approval Summaries Managers can now make faster, more informed decisions by viewing summaries for pending approval requests in Slack, Microsoft Teams, or the employee portal. Agentforce surfaces business justifications and request history across service, HR, and procurement requests to summarize all open work items or deep-dive into specific requests. Transform dense record data into actionable insights, allowing managers to finalize approvals or rejections through a simple chat interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service, Microsoft Teams, and Slack. **How:** Users can converse with Agentforce to get a summary of open work items or take a decision on a specific work item. # Accelerate Development by Cloning Data 360 Sandboxes Replicate your existing Data 360 configurations, mappings, and metadata into a new environment without manual rework. Instead of refreshing from production, clone a sandbox where you provisioned Data 360. Use the cloned sandbox for testing or training so that your teams can work with consistent data models while avoiding repetitive setup tasks. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 sandboxes in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** Users with the Manage Sandboxes permission can clone sandboxes with Data 360 turned on. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Sandboxes, and then select **Sandboxes**. Click **Clone** next to a sandbox that has Data 360 provisioned. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Cloning to Replicate Data 360 Sandboxes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_use_cloning_to_replicate_data360_sandboxes.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Diagnosis with the Integrated CI Hub in Microsoft Teams Empower your IT support reps to perform deep technical investigations without leaving Microsoft Teams. The CI Hub is a centralized workspace providing access to critical Configuration Management Database (CMDB) data such as Configuration Item (CI) details, associated incidents, and change histories. Support teams can swiftly diagnose service disruptions by visualizing CI relationships on embedded service maps that provide a rich, interactive view of assets and their dependencies. The CI Hub streamlines incident response and ensures that the most relevant infrastructure data is always available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service and Microsoft Teams. **Who:**Users must have the Microsoft Teams for IT Service permission set. # Accelerate Discovery of Media Cloud Features Accelerate time-to-value by using Salesforce Go's intuitive discovery platform. Save time by exploring all critical information on Advertising Inventory Management, Revenue Schedules for Media, Media Proposals, and Media Plans in one comprehensive dashboard. Access the integrated content resources and links for continuous learning and configuration support. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud- Growth or Media Cloud- Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover Media Cloud Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Document Validation with AI Validate KYC documents against data in Salesforce records for Automotive loans and leases by using AI assistance. Quickly identify inconsistencies between the document and your records to accelerate decision-making and reduce manual document verification which is often slow and prone to oversight. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive, Automotive Generative AI, Einstein, Data 360, and Know Your Customer enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Vehicle and Asset Lending, Document Checklist Item, Data Cloud Architect, Prompt Template Manager permission sets. # Accelerate DX Inspector Data Deployment with SOQL Speed up your deployment process from DX Inspector by using SELECT queries to define the records that you want to deploy. Enter Salesforce Object Query Language (SOQL) queries to fetch specific records and fields from your source org. This feature is a faster alternative to filters, enabling you to fetch data based on complex criteria instantly. **Where:** This feature is available in all sandboxes and scratch orgs accessed through Lightning Experience. SOQL filtering is available in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note SOQL filtering within the metadata and data deployment feature is available as a developer preview. Feature isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality developed with these commands or tools. **When:** This feature is available starting on February 1, 2026.  **Who:** This feature is available to sandbox and scratch org users with the Customize Application user permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Develop and Deploy with DX Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.develop_and_deploy_with_dx_inspector.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Engagement by Connecting Journeys to Marketing Cloud Business Units Connect outbound engagements to Marketing Cloud Next business units. Use journeys to send promotion launch emails to your target audience. Marketing Cloud Next business units help you control information access and sharing based on defined user roles. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Referral Marketing. **How:** On the promotion journey, when you configure outreach, select a business unit. # Accelerate Flexcard Development with Omnistudio MCP (Beta) Use the Omnistudio Model Context Protocol (MCP) server to bridge the gap between AI and low-code development. This implementation of MCP functions as a governed pathway for connecting AI agents directly to your Omnistudio development lifecycle. Use AI to quickly convert requirements, such as plain text, screenshots, or UX mockups, into functional Flexcard templates. Then iterate, simulate, and test your components before deployment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Omnistudio MCP is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](http://Salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and standard designer. **How:** Install the Salesforce CLI and then add this configuration to your client settings: ``` { "omnistudio-mcp": { "command": "npx -y @salesforce/omnistudio-mcp" } } ``` #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Use the Omnistudio MCP (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_mcp.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Go-to-Market by Eliminating Approval Bottlenecks with Preset Workflows Get offers to market faster by initiating cross-team approvals directly from the Offer Console. Expedite sign-offs from teams like finance and legal by using preset workflows with predefined approval and rejection paths. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Review and Approve Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_approval.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Hardware Fulfillment with the Sourcing Agent Streamline hardware fulfillment processes by using autonomous evaluations of real-time inventory and logistical constraints. The Sourcing Agent determines the most cost-effective sourcing path for approved hardware requests, recommending whether to fulfill from existing stock or initiate new procurement. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Boost fulfiller productivity and eliminate manual errors like redundant procurement requests and ghost transfers. The Sourcing Agent analyzes real-time inventory to generate recommendations on where to source the requested products in a service request. **How:** To automate the process, configure the system to trigger the Sourcing Agent when a service request is approved. # Accelerate High-Volume Cloning Operations with the cloneItems API Improve scalability for larger data shapes that previously failed or timed out by setting noResponseNeeded to true in the cloneItems API requests. Eliminate resource limit exceptions and maintain high-volume replication operations running smoothly in the background by skipping non essential response formatting. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license. # Accelerate Home Health Setup with AI-Guided Configuration Save setup time and reduce manual errors by configuring Home Health with an AI coding assistant. Validate prerequisite licenses, install the Field Service managed package, and generate core metadata instantly. Activate critical scheduling flows, establish mobile clinician access, and build self-service patient portals without navigating multiple setup pages. Integrate advanced budget management and connect Agentforce to equip your care coordinators with intelligent home healthcare capabilities. You can also skip specific steps during your initial deployment and resume progress later to maintain flexibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Home Health, and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. You can run the setup skills using an AI coding assistant, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). _Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **How:** Connect your AI coding assistant to your org through the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta) and Salesforce CLI. Type a plain-language request to set up Health Cloud, followed by Home Health. For example, “Set up Health Cloud in this org” and “Set up Home Health in this org”. Your assistant selects the necessary skills and guides you through the rest of the setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Accelerate Incident Resolution with Quick Actions in Service Plan Integrate quick actions into the Incident Service Plan to resolve common steps instantly. The designated buttons appear within the executable resolution plan, allowing fulfillers to complete repetitive tasks such as logging communication or updating a record with a single click. Quick actions simplify the entire resolution process, leading to faster and more efficient incident resolution. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:**Users need access to the Agentforce ITSM Service Assistant agent and quick action. # Accelerate Initial Setup for Insurance Get started with Policy Administration, Claims Management, and Insurance Brokerage with a simplified day-one sandbox setup. Turn on settings, complete the required configuration, and create definitions and business data to explore features quickly and validate the solutions against your business requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Accelerate Inventory Booking with Bulk Line-Item Creation Book inventory faster by selecting multiple product rows from the advertising inventory calendar and adding them to a media plan in one action. Create line items in bulk, and aggregate slots into a single line item or split them by week or month. Eliminate manual, row-by-row entry and significantly reduce media plan build times to speed up proposal delivery. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud — Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Multiple Slots to a Media Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_inventory_management_calendar_add_slots_in_bulk.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate IT Resolution with Automatic File Analysis Resolve IT issues faster with automated file analysis by using Agentforce. Now, Agentforce automatically extracts key details from screenshots, error logs, and configuration files attached to incident, problem, and change request. When you attach files to an IT ticket, Agentforce automatically extracts key details to generate summaries, identify root causes, and suggest solutions. By eliminating manual file review, your IT team delivers faster, more accurate resolutions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Accelerate IT Service Management Setup with Consolidated Solution Bundles Get your IT Service organization up and running faster with a consolidated, single-card experience. We have combined previous solution bundles into one Agentforce IT Service Initial Setup card, significantly simplifying the installation process. Admins can now select which solution bundle to deploy and also they can deploy both data and metadata or only metadata. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service when Data Cloud is enabled. **Why:** The standard setup now automatically activates critical features like the Configuration Management Database (CMDB), notifications, and default SLA policies. # Accelerate IT Support with Specialized Agents Traditional support models often rely on generic agents that lack deep domain knowledge or require complex manual routing logic. Automate IT support by routing employee requests to predefined specialized agents designed for specific domains. These expert agents are preconfigured to handle distinct request types such as network troubleshooting or hardware fulfillment—through a conversational interface. Route requests to the most qualified specialized agent to resolve issues faster. When requests are handed off, Agentforce shares the context so employees don’t have to repeat information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** Access specialized agent within Agentforce chat in Salesforce, Slack, or Microsoft Teams to submit IT support requests and get them resolved quickly by the most relevant specialized agent. # Accelerate Large-Scale Price Overrides by Using Bulk Price Update API Streamline complex deal negotiations by applying distinct, per-line-item price overrides across thousands of products in a single request. Powered by an asynchronous Apex batch job, the Bulk Price Update API automates manual overrides and updates `QuoteLineItem` records directly without cloning carts. This cuts processing overhead, prevents UI blocking, and scales safely within Salesforce Platform limits. You can trigger this API using the Update Prices in Bulk Invocable Action from various automation contexts including Flows, agents, Integration Procedures, and more. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **Who:** This feature is available to sales reps who use Enterprise Sales Management workflows. **How:** In the CPQ Config Settings, set the value of ESMBulkPriceUpdateEnabled to true. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Update Prices in Bulk Invocable Action_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_update_prices_in_bulk_invocable_action.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Lightning Development with LWC Skills Agentforce Vibes now includes skills that provide guidance across the entire LWC lifecycle, covering accessibility, data, design, development, documentation, migration, testing, security, and quality review. Each skill is automatically applied when your task matches, so you can generate LWC code quickly based on the latest best practices. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Partner Developer, Performance, and Unlimited editions. These skills are available through the [forcedotcom/sf-skills](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) GitHub repository and work with AI tools that support agent skills, including Agentforce Vibes and Claude Code. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of August 17, 2026. **How:** Open the Agentforce Vibes panel and enter a natural language prompt. Here are the skills categorized by functionality and an example prompt that automatically loads the skill. Build and Create Components - **experience-lwc-generate**: Build a Lightning web component that displays a list of contacts. - **experience-lwc-design-generate**: Build a new Lightning web component from this Figma design. - ****experience-lwc-base-components-integrate****: Which base component can I use to display a table for data? - **experience-lwc-typescript-migrate**: Convert this LWC code to TypeScript and generate a `.d.ts` for its `@api` surface. Manage Data - **experience-lds-best-practices-apply**: My component shows stale data after save. Should I use UI API or Apex, and how do I use `refreshApex`? - **experience-lds-graphql-generate**: How do I use GraphQL query to update account records? - **experience-lds-data-requirements-generate**: I need to show account data in this component. Turn that into a spec with the right object/field API names. Migrate Components - **experience-aura-lwc-migrate**: Migrate this Aura component bundle to LWC. Convert the `.cmp`, controller, and helper, and map aura facets to slots. Review Quality - **experience-lwc-accessibility-validate**: Review this component for WCAG 2.2 accessibility issues. - **experience-lwc-rtl-validate**: Review this component for RTL correctness. - **experience-lwc-runtime-observe**: Preview this component locally. - **experience-lwc-security-validate**: Audit this component for Lightning Web Security violations and score its security compliance. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_: Set Up Agentforce Vibes Extension](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/einstein-setup.html) - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_: Skills in Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/skills.html) - [Salesforce Skills GitHub Repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/afv-library) - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: **Use Skills for LWC Development**](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/afv-lwc-skills.html) # Accelerate Lightning Development with SLDS AI Skills Speed up your development with three AI skills that help you apply and validate your Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) design code and migrate your SLDS 1 code to SLDS 2. These skills, available in Agentforce Vibes, guide you through SLDS patterns, catch compliance issues, and convert legacy code to modern standards, all directly in your development workflow. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and Lightning Experience. These skills are available through the [Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) GitHub repository and work with AI tools that support agent skills, including Agentforce Vibes and Claude Code. **Why:** With these design skills, you can: - Apply SLDS patterns correctly with the [design-systems-slds-apply](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/design-systems-slds-apply) skill. Get real-time guidance on implementing SLDS components and patterns as you build. - Validate code compliance with the [design-systems-slds-validate](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/design-systems-slds-validate) skill. Automatically check your code against SLDS guidelines and standards to catch issues before they reach production. - Migrate legacy UI code with the [design-systems-slds2-migrate](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/design-systems-slds2-migrate) skill. Convert older Salesforce UI implementations to modern SLDS 2 standards with AI-assisted refactoring. **How:** Install the skills from the [Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) GitHub repository according to your AI tool's installation process. After they’re installed, the skills activate automatically when you work on Lightning Web Components or SLDS-related code. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Skills Library GitHub Repository_](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-overview.html) # Accelerate Loan Application Intake for Intermediary Employees Help intermediary loan originators start new loan applications and view status directly in the Intermediary Portal. Guided workflows lead them through data entry and document uploads to ensure completeness and reduce errors. Lenders can monitor the application lifecycle from submission to underwriting and assign action items for follow-up. This shared visibility reduces inquiries to relationship managers and improves collaboration between partners and processing teams. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with the Digital Lending permission set. # Accelerate Manufacturing Warranty Claim Adjudication with Agentforce Give adjudicators and underwriters an AI assistant that clears the queue faster and catches risk earlier. Built to assist claim adjudicators and warranty underwriters, the agent summarizes queue volume, aging, and pending liability, and ranks open claims by value, age, and complexity. It also flags fraud risks such as duplicate serial numbers or repeat asset failures, audits claims for missing fields, coverages, and attachments, and drafts Requests for Information (RFIs) for the adjudicator to send. Human experts stay in full control of every decision. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Manufacturing add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Manufacturing Edition. **Who:** To use the Warranty Claims Adjudication agent, users need the Manufacturing Foundation User, Claims Management Foundation, and Warranty Lifecycle Management permission sets. **How:** To adjudicate claims, adjudicators launch the Agentforce panel and enter an utterance, such as "Show claim history for Acme Partners." Adjudicators can also work with the agent from Slack using the Warranty Claims Adjudication for Slack template. # Accelerate Mastercard Dispute Stage Setup with a Prebuilt Template Set up a compliant dispute process quickly by using the new stage management template for Mastercard. The template auto-populates the stage definition with preconfigured steps and transitions. The steps automatically point to the correct Omniscripts and integration definitions to eliminate manual mapping errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the OmniStudio Admin, OmniStudio User, and Financial Services Cloud Extension or FSC Service permission sets. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Stage Definitions**. Click **New** and select **Use a Template**, and then select **Mastercom Fulfillment Definition**. # Accelerate Media Planning with an Enhanced Inventory Calendar Help your media planners work faster with a more streamlined and customizable advertising inventory calendar. They can quickly identify available slots with accurate status colors, view dates in UTC, set default templates, and resolve issues faster with custom validation messages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set a Default Advertising Inventory Calendar Template for Each User](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_inventory_management_calendar_set_default_template.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: How Colors Work in the Advertising Inventory Calendar Cells](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_inventory_management_calendar_cell_color_code.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Meeting Follow-Ups with AI Suggested Actions Move customer conversations forward with AI-generated suggested next steps. After a meeting transcript is available, the Salesforce mobile app presents a meeting summary, key decisions, and contextual next steps directly on the event record. You can review follow-up recommendations such as sending requested materials, updating an opportunity, or scheduling another meeting. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. **When:** This feature will be available starting August 24, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with access to Einstein Conversation Insights and the Salesforce mobile app. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Accelerate Meeting Follow-Ups with AI Suggested Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.salesforce_app_next_steps.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Microsoft Teams Setup with Automated Configuration Accelerate your Microsoft Teams integration with automated setup steps that reduce manual effort and configuration errors. Streamline key steps by automatically configuring Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) settings, allowlisting required endpoints, and providing OAuth support for secure authentication. Make the setup experience faster and more consistent for admins and reduce the typical overhead of complex manual networking tasks. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Accelerate Offer Lifecycle with Agentforce Instantly find and replicate high-performing and seasonal offers directly from Offer Console by using Agentforce. You can also leverage Agentforce to generate creative content for offer treatments. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management where Agentforce and Salesforce Foundations are enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agent Topic: Offer Content Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.rtom_agentforce_topic_offercontentgeneration.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Patient Access and Referral Management Setup Enhance your referral ecosystem and reduce administrative overhead by using a guided setup to deploy Patient Access features. Help your intake coordinators get ready to triage cases quickly with AI-powered priority scoring and automated document processing. Review preconfigured referral rules and establish data extraction from unstructured fax sources by following the clear, step-by-step instructions. Direct links to setup pages and detailed help articles guide you through every stage of the setup journey. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud Architect, and Document AI for Health permission sets. **How:** On the Referral Management Settings page in Setup, follow the guided setup steps in the Basic Clinical Service Requests Setup section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Basic Clinical Service Request Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_referral_management_basic_clinical_service_request_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Policy Creation with AI-Assisted Drafting Jumpstart the authoring process and enforce standardized language by using generative AI to draft your compliance policies. Policy authors can now automatically generate structured, enforceable policy clauses directly from selected regulatory requirements. Maintain alignment with internal standards and external regulations while drastically reducing manual drafting time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Policy Management is enabled. **Why:** Eliminate the duplicate effort of manually interpreting regulations and writing policies from scratch. AI-assisted drafting streamlines the authoring process and ensures consistent terminology. By generating clauses directly from regulatory mandates, you automatically establish a traceable mapping between external requirements and your internal policies, significantly improving audit readiness. **How:** On a Policy record, select the AI drafting method, choose the relevant regulatory clauses you want to align with, and generate your drafted policy clauses. # Accelerate Predictive Model Setup with Preconfigured Templates Before you train a predictive model, specify a preconfigured template in Model Builder instead of building from scratch. Templates are available only for specific use cases. When you select an available template, Model Builder prepopulates the model details, variables, filter conditions, and a recommended algorithm to help you train an accurate model faster. You can review and customize these settings in the guided setup flow before training the model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Data 360. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **Why:** Creating a model from scratch requires you to define every input, filter, and algorithm on your own. When you create a model from a template, you have a working starting point that reflects specific use cases. - Start with a set of prediction inputs and filters, and then customize them to fit your data. - Review your selections before training, and edit steps in the guided setup flow. **How:** In Data Cloud, from the AI Models tab, click **Add Predictive Model**. Select **Create from Template**, choose a template, and then follow the steps in the guided setup flow. # Accelerate Proactive Customer Outreach with Automated Outbound Calling Reach customers before they call in by launching automated outbound voice calls directly from flows. Trigger appointment reminders, surveys, delivery updates, payment follow-ups, and AI-led service conversations without third-party tools or custom integrations. Configure caller ID, initiate calls instantly, and the caller’s next step through IVR prompts, customer input, Agentforce Service Agent conversations, or automatic call completion. Improve response rates and deliver more timely, personalized customer interactions while reducing manual calls. Strengthen service efficiency, lower inbound call volume, and build customer trust through consistent, automated engagement. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Who:** To configure these capabilities, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. # Accelerate Proxy Experiences with a Portal Template Provide proxies, such as parents and guardians, with a unified access point to stay involved and complete tasks directly. Configure and extend the portal template to support proxy scenarios across all educational levels. In K-12, parents can manage households, applications, and student information, while in higher education, designated proxies can securely access records and perform tasks that students delegate. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Advisors with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. Students who have the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud permission set can use this feature. **How:** To turn on delegated access management, select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Then search for Delegated Access Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up the Education Proxy Portal (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_education_proxy_portal.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Public Sector Hiring with Recruitment Collaboration in Slack Slack-based collaboration integrates specific Salesforce records into Slack, so users can view and edit those records without leaving Slack. We have prebuilt three flows that automatically create a Slack channel and add key stakeholders to the Slack channel when a recruitment requisition record is created. The flows can be customized to use with other Talent Recruitment Management objects, such as application form records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, is enabled. **Who:** Depending on the type of user, specific user permissions or permission sets are required. For details, see [Manage Users for Talent Recruitment Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_recruitment_user_management.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Centralize your hiring process by moving recruitment activities from fragmented email threads into real-time Slack channels. Recruiters and hiring managers can screen applications, share feedback, and shortlist candidates within a unified workspace. By automating stakeholder alignment and candidate sourcing, your agency can eliminate decision bottlenecks and speed up the hiring cycle. **How:** Review the prerequisites and enablement steps listed in [Recruitment Slack Collaboration Prerequisites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_slack_recruitment_prerequisites.htm&language=en_US). Learn about the three new record-triggered flows: Create Recruitment Requisition Slack Channel, Add New Participants to the Recruitment Requisition Slack Channel, and Add User Collection to Recruitment Requisition Slack Channel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Slack Collaboration Hub for Public Sector Recruitment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_slack_collaboration_recruitment.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Referral Submissions with Dynamic Intake Forms Reduce incomplete referrals and speed up referral form completion by designing guided, multi-step, declarative intake forms that match your business rules. Each intake form maps to a referral intake configuration, so you can support multiple lines of business with tailored intake forms. Customize referral intake configurations with multi-step, multi-section layouts, and conditional visibility logic. When your users create a referral, the referral intake configuration that you have set as active renders the dynamic intake form. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** From Setup, go to the Intelligent Referral Management page, and turn on Dynamic Referral Creation Form. To create a referral intake configuration, click **New Intake Configuration**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create and Activate a Referral Intake Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_referral_management_create_intake_configuration.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Release Management with Next Generation DevOps Center (Beta) Manage your release process with a click-based interface that serves as a central hub for DevOps tasks. Resolve complex issues like merge conflicts using natural language prompts and AI-powered assistance. The next-generation DevOps Center supports non-source-tracked environments and removes the need for package installations.
 **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional (API access required), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note DevOps Center is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting on February 11, 2026. **Who:** To set up DevOps Center, you need the DevOps Center Admin permission. After setup, users with the DevOps Center User permission can access it. Users who commit changes using DX Inspector also require the Customize Application permission.   **Why:** DevOps Center (Beta) improves ‌application release management with these features: - Access an agentic DevOps experience using Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools to resolve issues with natural language prompts. - Instant access without package downloads or installs. - Support for non-source-tracked environments, and integrated metadata tracking through DX Inspector. - A new interface built on Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) that supports customized workflows. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter DevOps Center, and then select **DevOps Center (Beta)**. After you turn on the feature, accept the Salesforce DX Tools terms and conditions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note At a time, you can only turn on either-DevOps Center (Beta) or DevOps Center-Managed Package.  #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Next Generation DevOps Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.next_generation_devops_center.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: DX Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_dx_inspector.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Risk Mitigation with AI-Generated Summaries Use AI to create comprehensive risk summaries directly within risk records and evaluations. These AI-generated summaries distill dense information into clear, conversational insights, allowing your team to identify critical findings and risk drivers instantly. Get a clear, high-level view of key metadata, impact, controls, and assessment progress combined with stakeholder feedback to highlight key findings and recommended next steps in a single widget. IT teams can avoid tab switching, and make faster, informed decisions across the risk lifecycle. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service where Risk Management is enabled. # Accelerate Sales Tasks with Industries Sales Concierge Empower your sales representatives with AI-driven conversational guidance and actionable insights to work faster and smarter, completing key sales tasks efficiently. Using the Industries Sales Concierge topic, sales reps can search for products and parts with conversational queries, retrieve pricing from the standard price book, and find relevant distributors who sell the chosen products or accessories. The agent helps reps pursue sales conversations with out‑of‑the‑box actions for opportunity and quote creation, initiate trade‑in requests for existing assets, generate appraisal records, and draft emails. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Manufacturing add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Manufacturing Edition. **Who:** To use the Manufacturing Sales Concierge agent topic, users need the Criteria-Based Search and Filter, and Partner Lead Management permission sets. **Why:** Sales representatives manage multiple steps across product discovery, distributor selection, opportunity creation, and asset trade-ins. Performing these tasks manually increases effort and slows response times. AI-assisted interactions reduce context switching, convert natural language requests into structured actions, and help sales reps provide faster, more accurate responses to customer requests. **How:** In Setup, on the Agentforce Agents page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the Industries Sales Assistance agent template in Agent Builder. To use the Industries Sales Concierge topic, launch the Agentforce panel, and specify an utterance, such as “show me products manufactured by Acme Industries". # Accelerate Sales with Unified Multi-Root Insurance Quoting Create a single, comprehensive quote that includes multiple root products, such as Auto and Home. Captive agents can configure and price several products together and present them as a single offering. All lifecycle operations are managed at the parent policy level, and premiums and taxes aggregate from each child policy to deliver a consolidated financial overview. Use the multi-root issuance API (or invocable action) to create the parent and child policies upon quote acceptance. Manage subsequent renewals and endorsements at the parent policy level using the corresponding multi-root APIs or invocable actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Multi-Root Quoting and Policy Lifecycle](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_multi_root_quoting_and_policy_lifecycle.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Accelerate Sales Workflows with Agentforce Pipeline Management and Agentforce Account Management in Slack Agentforce Pipeline Management and Agentforce Account Management now operate within Slack to proactively assist sellers throughout the entire deal cycle, from account research and meeting preparation to choosing next actions and keeping opportunities updated. Build pipeline, close deals, and grow your accounts, all from within Slack. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access the actions. **When:** Agentforce Pipeline Management in Slack and Agentforce Account Management in Slack became available on a rolling basis starting January 5, 2026. **Why:** Sellers save time by managing the majority of their sales and administrative tasks without leaving the Slack interface. ![The Sales Management Agent in the Slack interface](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt_in_slack.png) **How:** If you’re turning on Agentforce Sales Management for the first time, from the gear icon, select Salesforce Go. On the Salesforce Go Home page, search for Agentforce for Sales. Turn on **Pipeline Management** or **Account Management**. Then, complete the steps to access Agentforce in Slack. If Agentforce Sales Management is already on, we create the Slack connection for you. Go to Slack to finish the configuration. #### See Also - [_Slack Help:_ Set up and manage Agentforce in Slack](https://slack.com/help/articles/36218109305875-Set-up-and-manage-Agentforce-in-Slack) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_sales_mgmt_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Accelerate Scope 3 Reporting with Supplier Management Collect and track Scope 3 emissions with a complete, end-to-end Supplier Management experience in Supplier Engagement. Create a prebuilt supplier management portal with single-click setup in Salesforce Go. Suppliers get a branded self-service portal to complete sustainability scorecards through a guided four-step wizard that saves their progress at each step. Customize form fields per step in Experience Builder without code, and capture sustainability, cost, risk, and procurement data with standard fields on the SustainabilityScorecard object, including SBTi targets and emissions assurance levels. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience with Enterprise, Unlimited, and Performance editions for Manufacturing, Automotive, and Consumer Goods licenses with Partner Engagement Management enabled. **Who:** To use Supplier Management, users need the Supplier Management add-on license. Procurement managers and sustainability professionals need the Supplier Onboarding permission set license to create and manage supplier records and sustainability scorecards. To give suppliers access to the self-service portal, supplier portal users need the External Supplier Management add-on license, the Suppliers Onboarding to Site permission set license, and a Power Partner or Partner Community base license. **How:** Use Salesforce GO to turn on **Supplier Management**, which enables Digital Experiences and creates the Supplier Portal site in one guided setup flow. If you aren’t using Salesforce GO, turn on **Supplier Onboarding and Data Collection**, **Supplier Program Management**, and **Supplier Target Setting** in Supplier Preferences in Setup. Customize wizard fields per step in Experience Builder. # Accelerate Service Arrival Times by Excluding Home Base Travel in Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization Improve response speed and make sure the mobile worker with the shortest travel time to the site is dispatched, regardless of their home base location at the start or end of their shift. You can now exclude travel to home, travel from home, or both from the Minimize Travel service objective’s calculations when you’re using Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. This capability is critical for high-urgency industries like Roadside Assistance and Ambulatory Services, where quick arrival to a site outweighs the additional travel time for a worker to return home. Previously, the engine calculated the total travel increase for the entire day—including the return trip home—which often penalized the closest mobile worker if their home base was far from the site. By excluding home travel, the engine focuses only on the travel between service appointments, ensuring the closest mobile worker is dispatched. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field Service admin app, create and manage service objectives from the Service Objectives tab. Then, add service objectives to a scheduling policy from the Customize Scheduling Policies page in Guided Setup or the Scheduling Policy Objectives related list on a policy. Add the **Exclude Travel To Home Base** and **Exclude Travel From Home Base** options to your Minimize Travel service objective page layout. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Minimize Travel Service Objective](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.pfs_optimization_theory_service_objectives_min_travel.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Accelerate Setup with Salesforce Go Salesforce Go expands its support for Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud, introducing a single setup location for all key features. Discover Digital Lending capabilities on Salesforce Go and take advantage of expanded configurability across all Agentforce Financial Services features for a more tailored implementation experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. # Accelerate Setup with Salesforce Go Salesforce Go expands its support for Advanced Accruals capabilities under Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced, providing a tailored, one-stop setup experience. Access help content and setup resources to quickly learn features and complete configuration. **Where:**This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. # Accelerate Setup with Salesforce Go Salesforce Go expands its support for Agentforce Public Sector, introducing a single setup location for key features. Discover External Storage Search, Licensing and Permitting, and Recruitment Campaigns capabilities on Salesforce Go and take advantage of expanded configurability across all Public Sector features for a more tailored implementation experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up with Salesforce Go (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_set_up_with_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Sub-Order Creation with Scaled Batch Sizes Streamline your quote-to-order process by using scaled batch sizes to generate sub-orders faster within Enterprise Sales Management. Enable your sales reps to convert high-volume quotes efficiently while maintaining system stability and staying within query limits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. # Accelerate Support for VIP Employees with Automatic Entitlement Assignment Ensure high-priority employees such as VIPs receive faster support by automatically assigning entitlements to incidents reported by them. A flow checks the reporting employee's service management privileges and applies the appropriate entitlement to the incident. If the reporting employee has a service management privilege tagged as VIP, the entitlement allows faster SLA response and resolution times for your most important users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce IT Service Management. Person Accounts must be enabled in your org. **Who:** Users must have the Assign Service Management Privilege User permission to assign or remove privileges for employees. **How:** Create a new flow from the Assign Incident Entitlement Based on Privilege template. In the Update Incident element, specify the Entitlement ID to assign to incidents from employees with VIP privileges. Save and activate the flow. The flow runs automatically when an incident is created or updated without an entitlement. # Accelerate Tableau Next Asset Creation With Marketplace Templates Find templates for visualizations, dashboards, semantic models, and metrics in a single location with the Tableau Next Marketplace. Spend less time searching and more time building by browsing and installing pre-built templates. For instance, a sales analyst can find and instantly deploy a sales leaderboard dashboard instead of building it from scratch. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To view all available templates, click **Marketplace** in Tableau Next. ![The Tableau Next Marketplace displaying all asset types.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_marketplace_full.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tableau Next Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_marketplace.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Tableau Next Custom Development with the App Template Framework Make trusted solutions from your existing analytics assets, flows, and other features using the App Template Framework Developer Guide. Then package and distribute the template to your customers to drive their business action. This app development and management framework is purpose-built on Data 360, Tableau Next, and the Salesforce Platform. This guide instructs developers on how to customize app orchestration and add runtime rules, variables, and built-in installation wizards after template generation with the template builder. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_App Template Framework Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/app-template-framework/guide/atf-feature-overview.html) # Accelerate Tableau Next Data Analysis Through Conversations (Limited Beta) Analyze your Tableau Next data faster by using natural language conversations with the Data Connection and Analytics Creation (Beta) agent. Discover relevant data for your business questions and generate the semantic models, calculations, visualizations, and other assets needed for analysis. Continue refining your analysis through follow-up conversations or edit generated visualizations in Visualization Builder. Save generated assets in Tableau Next for reuse and further analysis. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/en-us/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/documents/legal/Agreements/beta-agreements/Beta-Services-Agreement.pdf) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Why:** For example, ask in natural language to identify the top 10 products by revenue last quarter. Review the agent’s reasoning workflow while it prepares and after it returns the response. Follow up with questions as your analysis evolves, such as breaking down the top products by category or region. Create and refine visualizations with multiple dimensions and measures, filters, sorting, marks, colors, labels, and tooltips. The agent continues the analysis and generates the assets needed for each answer. **How:** To start using the agent, click **Conversations** and select the agent created from the **Data Connection and Analytics Creation (Beta)** template. Alternatively, open **Conversations** from a workspace. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Analyzing Data with Tableau Agent: Data Connection and Analytics Creation (Limited Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Time-to-Value with Guided CSI Score Setup Verify your org’s readiness and install CSI Score assets by using a guided setup checklist. Install all CSI Score assets including the CSI Score semantic model, Tableau Next dashboards, and the Lightning app. The process automatically installs and trains the predictive models with synthetic data. The app installation includes rules to conditionally update score calculations and weights based on data model objects (DMOs) mapped in Data 360. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note CSI Score is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** CSI Score is available starting in March 2026. **How:** To enable CSI Score (beta), contact your Salesforce account executive. ![CSI Score setup.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_csi_score_setup.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up CSI Score](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.csi_score_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Transaction Updates with Advanced Filters Your sales reps can now use advanced filters to quickly isolate quote and order lines by product name, custom fields, and fields on related records. Focus updates on relevant lines in complex transactions to save time, reduce rework, and improve accuracy when updating pricing and terms. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In the Sales Transaction Line Editor, click the filter icon and select **Advanced Filters**. Add conditions using available line item or related record fields, and use AND or OR logic to refine the results. # Accelerate Transcription and Insights with Vendor Transcripts With Vendor Transcript Processing, your sales teams can quickly access call summaries and critical call insights. Sales managers can quickly deliver coaching tips to their reps and see how they’re doing. Existing ECI customers can toggle the feature on. New customers have it auto-enabled and can’t turn it off. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **Why:** Use vendor transcripts for video call processing instead of our native transcription service to speed up processing time. **How:** Vendor Transcript Processing is on by default for orgs newly enabling Einstein Conversation Insights. The feature can’t be turned off after it’s enabled. ![Vendor Transcript Processing setup section in Salesforce Go](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eci_vendor_setup.png) To enable Vendor Transcript Processing, from Salesforce Go, enter Einstein Conversation Insights under Features. Then enable **Vendor Transcript Processing**. In order to ensure that transcriptions are available in Salesforce, we recommend that you turn on auto-transcribe in your video provider’s setup page. This ensures that you don’t miss processing any calls that you might forget to transcribe. More information is available on each provider’s site: - [Google Meet](https://workspaceupdates.googleblog.com/2024/10/admin-settings-for-automatic-google-meet-recording-transcripts-take-notes-with-gemini.html) - [Microsoft Teams](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/meeting-transcription-captions) - [Zoom](https://support.zoom.com/hc/en/article?id=zm_kb&sysparm_article=KB0065911) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Connect Video Recording Providers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.ci_setup_recording_providers_video.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Vendor Transcript Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eci_vendor_transcript.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Transfer Credit Evaluations in the Application Process Speed up learning equivalency evaluations and reduce student wait time by requesting estimates for transferable credits directly in the application portal. Applicants can enter details of prior learning and upload supporting documents and images in each admissions application. They can also reuse previous estimates to prefill and create official transfer credit requests. When an applicant submits their information, automatically create records and streamline the review process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can set up and use this feature. Users with the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud Access permission set can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transfer Credit (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_transfer_credit.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Transfer Credit for Applicants (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_transfer_credits_for_applicants.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Troubleshooting for Global Teams with Translation Support for Run-Time Messages Provide your sales reps with localized messages for warnings, errors, or other information in the Configurator. Set up custom labels from Constraint Builder for translating all run-time messages defined within a constraint model. Use bulk label generation to accelerate the label setup. Reuse existing labels easily with autocomplete options in CML Editor and Visual Builder. Boost adoption and reduce confusion with the capability to define clear, understandable messages in local languages for troubleshooting and guidance.  **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Who:** To create and manage custom labels, you need the Customize Application user permission. **How:** To define a unique custom label for each run-time message you want to translate, in Constraint Builder, click **Add Labels**. The custom labels replace the message text in your CML code. Manage all future changes to these labels from the Custom Labels page in Setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Custom Labels for Run-Time Message Translation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_configurator_set_up_translation_labels.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Upsell and Cross-Sell Conversions with Efficient, Error-Free Quoting Close revenue opportunities faster by updating quotes in real time as customer needs evolve. In Agentforce Product Upsell and Cross-Sell in Service in Asset Service Lifecycle Management, agents can add multiple products to a quote in one pass and apply discounts directly to new or existing quote line items. Reduce quoting delays, improve pricing consistency, and help teams turn live recommendations into approved quotes more efficiently. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Automotive, Communications, and Manufacturing. To access it, you must have Asset Service Lifecycle Management, the Industries Field Service add-on, and the industry-specific Agentforce add-on enabled. **How:** In Setup, turn on Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Then assign the Agentforce permission set to your users and configure the Upsell and Cross-sell agent topic. # Accelerate Warranty Claim Refunds with Automated Parts Returns Initiate and manage warranty and recall parts return requests with a guided, pre-built service process. Distributors can now return faulty parts to the Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) within Manufacturing. This prebuilt process standardizes the return and refund workflow, reducing manual effort and improving accuracy across dealer operations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Manufacturing and Data 360. **Who:**To use the Warranty Parts Return service process, users need the Service Part Return Management and Warranty Lifecycle Management permission sets. **How:** The Warranty Parts Return service process is available out of the box. Assign it to your service process configuration to enable distributors to initiate return requests through a guided flow. # Accelerate Your Insights with Metrics Templates in the Marketplace (Beta) Tableau Next Marketplace metric templates are pre-configured KPIs for sales, service, or Customer 360 data. They install the semantic models and calculated fields necessary to support the metrics, providing you with instant insights. For example, with the Service Insights metrics template, which installs the Service Insights semantic model, you get metrics with KPIs for average wait time, average time to close, cost to serve, and so on. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Next Metric Templates is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** 1. In Tableau Next, click **Administration**, and then click **Settings**. 2. On the General page, enable **Metric Templates in Tableau Next Marketplace (Beta)**. 3. From your Tableau Next workspace, click **Add** and select **Metrics (Beta)** ![The metric option in the Add menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_add_metric_to_workspace.png) 4. Select the metrics template that you want to use and walk through the flow to create your metrics. ![The metric templates in the Tableau Next Marketplace.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_metric_mrktplc_templates.png) To support the templated semantic models and metrics, most metrics templates require the prior installation of the associated data kit and data bundles. These installations are prerequisites for providing the necessary data objects. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Metric Templates from Marketplace (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_metrics_use_marketplace.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Your Sales Setup from Day One Set up and configure essential sales capabilities with a unified onboarding workflow. Automatically turn on features, connect your email domain, add sellers and assign quotas, import sales data, and connect to Slack, all in one place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in **Enterprise**, **Performance**, **Unlimited**, and **Developer** editions in Sales Cloud-only orgs. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in early August 2026. **How:** The Sales Cloud Initial Setup opens automatically for Salesforce admins in Sales Cloud-only orgs upon first login when all Sales Initial Setup steps aren't complete. To get to Sales Initial Setup anytime, from the gear menu, select **Salesforce Go**, and then search for Sales Initial Setup on the Salesforce Go Initial Setup tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Turn On and Configure Sales with Sales Initial Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.setup_sales_basics_admin.htm&language=en_US) # Accelerate Your Transition to Unified Employee Licensing with Bulk Migration Transition your existing employee users from Customer Community Plus (CCP) licenses to the Unified Employee License (UEL) at scale. Use the bulk migration tool to move all your employees in one operation instead of updating them individually while preserving existing user IDs and record ownership. Perform mandatory pre-migration validations, map existing CCP profiles to new Unified Employee profiles, and track progress through status reports. Note that this change is permanent, and once the migration process begins, you can no longer create new users with CCP profiles. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Simplify your identity architecture and eliminate the complexity of managing parallel licensing models for the same persona. Migrating to a single license type reduces data inconsistencies and ensures employees have a consistent experience when requesting services across your organization. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select **Unified Employee License Migration** and turn on **Unified Employee License Migraton**. # Accept Clearer Terms and Conditions in Enhanced Chat Read and accept a modernized Terms and Conditions page for Enhanced Chat channels. When you create your first Enhanced Chat channel, you’re prompted to accept terms and conditions only once per Salesforce org. Get the information you need quicker with shorter, simplified text and links. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced Chat. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). ![New terms and conditions modal for Enhanced Chat.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_t_and_c.png) # Accept Regional Payment Methods in the Self-Service Billing Portal Through Native Gateways Your customers can pay invoices by using regional payment methods from the Self-Service Billing Portal. Supported methods include Bancontact, Klarna, Affirm, Canadian Pre-Authorized Debit, and New Zealand BECS through Stripe and Adyen. These payment options expand coverage across different regions and payment preferences. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To use the self-service billing portal, your users need the Billing Experience Cloud User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Supported Payment Methods for the Self-Service Billing Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_supported_payment_methods_for_the_self_service_billing_portal.htm&language=en_US) # Accept Transfer Credit Requests from Current Students on an Experience Cloud Site Current students can request official transfer credit for prior learning directly from your Experience Cloud site. Students open the transfer credit application from a Unified Catalog service, add their prior learning, and submit a request, so they can pursue credit for prior learning throughout their time at your institution. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. Current students access the transfer credit application on an Experience Cloud site. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can set up transfer credit requests. Current students submit requests as Experience Cloud users. **How:** Clone the TransferCreditPetitionWrapper Omniscript, create a Unified Catalog service that uses it as an intake form, and add the Unified Catalog component to your Experience Cloud site. A student opens the transfer credit application from the site, adds their prior learning, and submits a request. For setup instructions, see Set Up Transfer Credit Requests from an Experience Cloud Site. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Transfer Credit Requests from an Experience Cloud Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_transfer_credit_requests_from_site.htm&language=en_US) # Access Actions Easily from the Right-Click Menu Get to the actions directly from the right-click menu. Previously, actions were only accessed from the Gantt and list view headers and popovers. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting August 24, 2026. **How:** Right click on an appointment to see the available actions. ![Right-click menu on a Gantt appointment showing Change Status, Edit, Pin, Show on Map, Rebook with Agentforce, Find Candidates, Reschedule, Unschedule, and Highlight Chain](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_fieldservice_sc_right_click_menu.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Actions in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_actions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Agentforce from Your Outlook Integration Leverage the power of Agentforce directly from your Outlook integration to prepare for meetings, summarize records, and trigger custom actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting April 2026. **How:** If Agentforce is enabled, it automatically appears in your Outlook integration. Click **Agentforce** to start using it. ![Outlook integration side panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/outlook_integration_panel.jpg) ![Agentforce in the Outlook integration side panel.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/outlook_integration_agentforce.jpg) # Access Agentforce from Your Outlook Integration Leverage the power of Agentforce directly from your Outlook integration to prepare for meetings, summarize records, and trigger custom actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting February 2026. **How:** If Agentforce is enabled, it automatically appears in your Outlook integration. Click **Agentforce** to start using it. ![Outlook integration side panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/outlook_integration_panel.jpg) ![Agentforce in the Outlook integration side panel.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/outlook_integration_agentforce.jpg) # Access Agentforce Grid from Agentforce Studio Agentforce Grid now has a second entry point inside the Agentforce Studio app, so you can find it right alongside the Testing Center and your other Agentforce building tools. Just select Grids from the tools panel. The original App Launcher entry point for Agentforce Grid still works, too. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Available starting the week of July 20, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Grid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid.htm&language=en_US) # Access Agentic Commerce Search Directly from the App Launcher Open Agentic Commerce Search directly from the App Launcher without navigating through Merchant Tools. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Agentic Commerce Search**. # Access All Pricing Tools from One Place Find quote-level discounts and line-level price adjustments in one unified Pricing Controls module on the Enterprise Sales Management Summary page. Use clearly labeled tabs to switch between quote-level or order-level pricing for discounts and promotions applicable at the overall cart level, and line-level pricing for adjustments on specific quote line items. Use advanced selection mode to apply bulk price adjustments only to selected quote or order line items. Select discount or upcharge options directly when creating price adjustments, so you don’t need to enter negative signs manually. Price formatting is consistent across the discount panels. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** The following screenshot shows the Pricing Controls module on the Summary page. ![View pricing controls.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/comms/rn_esm_price_controls.jpg) # Access and Add Salesforce CMS Content to Multi-Framework Apps with New Content MCP Servers When you vibe code Multi-Framework apps, Agentforce Vibes can use the Content Read-Only MCP server, now generally available, and the new Content Write MCP server to access and manage Salesforce CMS resources. With these Salesforce Hosted MCP servers and tools, you can agentically access and customize enhanced CMS content and publish that content to your React app. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer Edition, scratch orgs, and sandboxes. **How:** To use these MCP servers in the Agentforce Vibes Extension, add them as a remote server, and then connect them to the org that contains your Salesforce CMS content. #### See Also - [Connect AI Assistants to Salesforce CMS with the Content Read-Only and Content Write MCP Servers (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_cms_content.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Content Read-Only MCP server, now generally available, and the Content Write MCP server are Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers that enable AI assistants to connect to Salesforce CMS. Since the beta release, the Content Read-Only server has added 18 tools to access many types of CMS content and resources. Previously, it had only 3 tools that searched only for image and brand content. The new Content Write server provides 15 tools to create and manage enhanced CMS workspaces, content, variants, folders, and channels.") # Access and Run Data Detect Scans and Results with REST APIs Use programmatic access with Salesforce Data Detect with two new REST APIs that can run and view scan results. Retrieve (GET) returns the list of existing Data Detect policies with their details. Scan posts the DataDetect policy scan for execution. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **Why:** Now, you can view Data Detect policies and run scans via APIs. # Access Archive 2.0 Data in Salesforce Classic View archived records in related lists directly from Salesforce Classic page layouts. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic in orgs with Archive 2.0 in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. It's available in Sandbox and Production environments. **How:** From Setup, add the Archive Single Objects or Archive Multiple Objects component to your object page layouts. **Why:** Review historical data without switching interfaces. Archived records now appear directly in Salesforce Classic page layouts alongside active records, reducing context switching and improving productivity. **Who:** Available to Salesforce Classic users with the View Archived Data custom permission in orgs with Archive 2.0 enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Archive Component to Page Layouts in Salesforce Classic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.archive_add_the_archive_component_to_page_layouts_in_salesforce_classic.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Automotive Claims from Product Service Campaign Items View Automotive claims on a product service campaign item record. Assign a related list and access the claims associated with a particular product service campaign item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Product Service Campaign Management, Unified Catalog, Industries Service Excellence, and Industries Field Service enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Product Service Campaign, Industry Service Excellence, and Unified Catalog Admin permission sets. # Access B2B Store Pages with Enhanced Permission Security Updated permission settings bring enhanced security to your B2B store pages. In the Starter, Pro Suite, and Freemium editions, after you upgrade to Winter '27, B2B Commerce users without the Commerce Admin permission will no longer have access to store pages. Assign the Commerce Admin permission set to restore their access. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Starter, Pro Suite, and Freemium editions. Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions aren't affected. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Understanding Editions for B2B Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_editions.htm&language=en_US) # Access Claims from Product Service Campaign Items View claims on a product service campaign item record. Assign a related list and access the claims associated with a particular product service campaign item. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud,Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud, Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management, Product Service Campaign Management, Unified Catalog, Industries Service Excellence, and Industries Field Service are enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Product Service Campaign, Industry Service Excellence, and Unified Catalog Admin permission sets. # Access Claims from Product Service Campaign Items View claims on a product service campaign item record. Assign a related list and access the claims associated with a particular product service campaign item. **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Product Service Campaign Management, Unified Catalog, Industries Service Excellence, and Industries Field Service enabled. **Who**: To use this feature, users need the Product Service Campaign, Industry Service Excellence, and Unified Catalog Admin permission sets. # Access Code Extension from Data Cloud Setup Code Extension is now part of Data Cloud Setup, under Developer Tools. Previously, it was a separate tab in Data 360. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Not available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in July 2026. **How:** To access Code Extension, go to Data Cloud Setup, and under Developer Tools, select **Code Extension**. ![Data Cloud Setup with Code Extension selected under Developer Tools](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/data_cloud/code_extension.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Help_: Code Extension in Data 360](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-code-ext/guide/use-custom-code.html) # Access Comprehensive Employee Data with Employee 360 Insights Give your IT help desk a centralized, 360-degree view of all employee assets, service requests, support cases, and historical interactions to maximize operational efficiency. Support reps can quickly troubleshoot active issues, review past support trends, and access critical employee data without switching context. Reps can then use these details to create service requests for employees and deliver personalized support that drastically reduces resolution times. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Access Configurator API More Easily by Using a Lightning Web Component Use a wire adapter with a Lightning web component to access Configurator API. The wire adapter simplifies the process for fetching data, compared to using Connect API. Use Configurator API to build a custom configurator UI and incorporate existing first-party configurator UI components as needed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Who:** To use Configurator API, you need the Product Configurator API User user permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Custom Configurator Development with First-Party Configurator APIs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_configurator_build_custom_configurator_using_first_party_configurator_api.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Product Configurator](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/prod_config_overview.htm) # Access CRM Data in Real Time Without Pipeline Delays (Generally Available) Eliminate data pipeline delays and access your CRM customer profiles instantly for decision-making, timely communications, and agentic conversations. Accelerated Data Ingest pushes CRM data updates directly into the real-time layer instead of routing through the standard Data 360 pipeline. Accelerated Data Ingest, now generally available, includes changes since the last release. The feature now supports CRM data sources only. Support for Kafka, Kinesis, and Amazon S3 batch sources from the previous release has been removed. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in June 2026. - **[Prevent Name Collisions Across Web and Mobile Connections with a Connection Alias](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_summer_2026_web_and_mobile_connection_aliases.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To avoid name collisions when you deploy a data kit package to more than one web or mobile connection, optionally define a unique 3-character connection alias. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Accelerated Data Ingest](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-api-accelerated-ingestion.html) # Access Custom LSC Apps Offline Give your field reps immediate access to offline-enabled Life Sciences Cloud (LSC) apps without a prior connected session. During each sync, the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app downloads custom app bundles to field reps' devices. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. # Access Data Action and Data Action Targets in Companion Orgs with Data Cloud One Access data actions and data action targets created in the home org from every connected companion org. Streamline your enterprise business operations and ensure consistent data action visibility across a multi-org enterprise. **Where:** This feature applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in April 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Features on Companion Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_companion_org_data_cloud_features.htm&language=en_US) # Access Email Context with Agentforce Service Agent Variables Use new context variables to pass information from the Service Email Connection directly to your agent. You can reference specific variables in topics and actions for more precise control over your implementation. Admins can now avoid relying on plain text instructions to obtain context. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **Why:** Direct variable referencing replaces the previous method that used plain text instructions to retrieve context passed by the Service Email Connection. Transitioning to these variables makes sure that your topics and actions consistently access the correct Case ID, end-user email, and Contact ID. **How:** New Agentforce Service Agents include these variables by default. You have to manually add them to existing agents by deactivating the agent and using the **Context tab** in the Agentforce Builder. Create variables for emailCaseId, endUserEmail, and endUserContactId, ensure **Allow value to be set by API** is true. # Access Energy & Utilities Objects with the Integration User Save setup time when integrating your energy and utilities data. The Integration User has access to all Agentforce Energy & Utilities platform objects, so your Salesforce apps can securely access energy data across properties. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. # Access Energy Service Agreements from the Contract Object Page Layout View all the energy service agreements linked to a contract in one place. The Contract object related list shows Energy Service Agreement and its fields, giving you a complete view of the agreements tied to each contract. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. # Access Help Resources in Commerce Agent Help Chat Access help documentation, developer resources, and support tools directly from the Business Manager help chat. The help icon previously located in the Business Manager header is now in the chat and labeled Resources. Find quick links to the Help Portal, release notes, Trust Page, IdeaExchange, B2C Trailblazer Community, and Developer Portal in one place. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce **How:** In Business Manager, click the **Help icon** (1) to open the help chat, and then click **Resources** (2) to view help links. ![Help Resources](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/b2c_comerce_help_icon.png) # Access IT Support Directly within Microsoft 365 Manage IT issues in your daily workflow by using Agentforce IT Service records in Microsoft 365. Use Microsoft Copilot and integrated Office apps to find knowledge, manage tickets, and request catalog items through a unified conversational interface. This integration reduces context-switching and boosts self-service by bringing IT support into everyday productivity tools. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** This feature is available to employees using Microsoft 365. **How:** Deploy the Agentforce agent to required user groups through the Microsoft 365 admin center. # Access Manufacturing Features and Setup in One Place Salesforce Go now supports a broader range of Manufacturing features that you can configure and manage from a single location in Setup. Implement features faster, reduce context switching, and simplify setup across your org. With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure key Manufacturing features for Warranty Claims, Inventory Management, Sample Management, and Partner Engagement from one place with guided support. Easily enable Manufacturing Agentforce templates and Einstein for Manufacturing to enhance sales and operational intelligence, and streamline service operations by setting up Service Lifecycle Management and related components. Easy access to help content and setup resources makes it simple to learn about features and complete configuration. For more details on how to discover and configure features with Salesforce Go, see [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US&type=5) **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. # Access Member Plans and Eligibility Data by Using Agent Actions Help your payer contact center reps quickly address member and provider questions about coverage, eligibility, and cost shares. New member coverage actions use structured data from Data 360 to summarize and query coverage details, so your reps can accurately address common member concerns about plan details and covered services. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. To access the agent action, users also need the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting Feb 13, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** On the Contact Center Settings page in Setup, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. Then, follow the guided setup in the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations and Limitations for Agentforce for Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_user_agentforce_for_health_cloud_billing_consideration.htm&language=en_US) # Access More Einstein Activity Capture Standard Seats Support your growing sales teams by providing a matching number of Einstein Activity Capture Standard seats for every Sales Cloud license. This update removes the previous 100-seat limit per org, so now, all your users can sync their email, calendar, and contact data. Larger teams can migrate from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture without leaving users behind. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. The feature is also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting April 16, 2026. **How:** This change happens automatically in Sales and Service with Einstein Activity Capture enabled. Assign the permission set license called Standard Einstein Activity Capture (First 100) to 100 users. Then, use the Standard Einstein Activity Capture (Additional User) for subsequent assignments. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Assign the Einstein Activity Capture Standard Permission Set](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_setup_assign_standard.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Differences Between Einstein Activity Capture Editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_standard_differences.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access More Industries Components in Agentforce Communications Standardize processes and streamline workflows with a new suite of common components in Agentforce Communications, formerly Communications Cloud. These modular tools integrate into your architecture, helping you expand across verticals without requiring add-ons. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Communications. **Why:** You can use any of these common components that integrate into your existing environment. - Action Plans – Capture repeatable business tasks using templates. - Advanced Program Management – Simplify daily tasks for agencies and institutions. - Care Plans – Track goals, benefits, and individual milestones. - Case Referrals – Connect individuals with services via referral requests. - Complaints Management – Document incidents regarding health, safety, or behavior. - Compliant Data Sharing – Monitor data sharing for regulatory compliance. - Decision Explainer – Explain why business rules generated specific results. (Available on Salesforce Platform only) - Document Checklist Items – Track and approve customer-submitted documents. - Dynamic Assessments – Streamline data capture for inspections and evaluations. - Group Membership & Households – Organize relationships between people and groups. - Interaction Summaries – Capture detailed notes with confidentiality controls. - Interest Tags – Track customer needs and prospecting opportunities. - Outcome Management – Measure program impacts and initiative results. - Rollup – Aggregate records from various objects efficiently. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Industries Common Features in Communications Cloud_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_industries_common_features_in_communications_cloud_.htm&language=en_US) # Access More Objects in Setup with Agentforce Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on nine more Setup objects. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change takes effect in August 2026. **How:** The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them. - [BusinessProcess](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_businessprocess.htm) - [EmailRoutingAddress](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_emailroutingaddress.htm) - [ExternalDataSource](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_externaldatasource.htm) - [ExternalSocialAccount](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_externalsocialaccount.htm) - [FlowDefinition](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_flowdefinition.htm) - [OrgWideEmailAddress](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_orgwideemailaddress.htm) - [ServicePresenceStatus](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_servicepresencestatus.htm) - ServiceProvider - TabSet # Access More Platform Capabilities with the Data SDK Improve developer efficiency by creating your own reusable code with extensions or use the label extension to retrieve custom labels. Attach per-request headers to your GraphQL calls, localize your app using the i18n module, and manage the host UI from your app. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce. **When:** This change is available starting in September 2026. **How:** Enhance developer efficiency through several key updates for the Data SDK. Extend the Data SDK with Reusable Capabilities Package your own data logic as extensions and attach them to a Data SDK instance, so you can call shared operations through a typed `sdk.ext.` namespace instead of duplicating code across bundles. Author an extension with `defineDataExtension`, then pass it to `createDataSDK`. You can use the out of the box labels extension to retrieve custom labels by namespace and locale. You can also specify a minimum Salesforce API version on an extension so that it attaches only where the data it needs exists. **Attach Per-Request Headers to GraphQL Queries and Mutation** Pass a `headers` option on individual GraphQL queries and mutations to send request-specific context without creating a separate SDK instance. This option factor into the cache key. Requests that carry different headers resolve to separate cache entries and don't return each other's cached responses. Use per-request headers to vary behavior call by call while a single Data SDK instance serves your whole bundle. Identify the Running App with `getCurrentApp()` Call `getCurrentApp()` to read the identity of the running app, including its namespace, app name, and qualified name. App identity resolves on both web apps and micro-frontends. For example, you can scope a call to your app when you're running a CMS search. Use the identity to branch behavior, scope requests, or log the host app your code runs inside. Localize Dates, Numbers, and Currency with Locale-Aware Formatters Match your app's dates, numbers, and currency to each user's Salesforce locale by using the localization APIs in the `@salesforce/platform-sdk/i18n` module. Fetch the running user's language, locale, currency, and time zone with `fetchI18nContext`, then create formatters with `createI18nFormatters` to render dates, numbers, and currency based on the user's locale. Your app fetches labels at runtime using the GraphQL API via the Data SDK and passes them to your framework’s i18n library to render. Manage the Host UI from Your App Coordinate with the application that embeds your bundle by using `createViewSDK` or the shared `getViewSDK`. You can display alerts, toasts, and modals, read and subscribe to the host UI state and theme, exchange events with the host and so on. Use optional chaining (`viewSDK.displayToast?.(...)`) to account for top-level web apps without a UI host where the SDK returns an empty instance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Multi-Framework Dev Guide_: Access Data and Platform Capabilities](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/multiframework/guide/data-sdk-usage.html) # Access Multiple Service Catalogs Directly from Microsoft Teams Provide your employees with a unified experience by linking multiple service catalogs to the Salesforce IT Service app in Microsoft Teams. This update allows your users to browse and request various IT services, hardware, software, and facilities without leaving their collaboration workspace. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service and Microsoft Teams. **Who:** Users must have the Microsoft Teams for IT Service permission set. **Why:** Centralizing service requests in Microsoft Teams reduces app switching. By supporting multiple catalogs, your organization can categorize offerings such as VPN access, new laptops, or facility requests so employees can find resources quickly. **How:** Open **Microsoft Teams** and go to **Salesforce IT Service** app. Select the **Service Catalog** tab and choose a catalog, then select a specific service or product. Use the Search bar or the navigation panel to locate the relevant items. Find the required service and select **Request** or **Add to Order**, depending on the item type. Fill in the required details in the service request form and select **Next**. After the request is successfully created as a ticket, select **Finish**. You can then view the new request on the My Tickets tab. # Access Near Field Communication (NFC) Capabilities on Mobile Publisher Apps Give users of Mobile Publisher apps the ability to use near field communication (NFC) to streamline workflows. NFC technology enables the device to read, erase, and write to tags natively. **Where:** This change applies to Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps. Setup for Mobile Publisher is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Enable the Near Field Communication permission in Setup > Mobile Publisher > \[app name\]. Then create a Lightning Web component for your specific NFC-related use case, and add it to your app in Experience Builder. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Blog_: Introducing the NFCService Mobile Capability](https://developer.salesforce.com/blogs/2024/05/introducing-the-nfcservice-mobile-capability) # Access Optimization Request Files on Your Own (Generally Available) Use Optimization Request Files to retrieve the request and response files of an optimization request. Review the files in a JSON format to find out what happened to a specific request and quickly resolve related issues. Previously, you had to open a Support case and wait to get the files, which delayed the troubleshooting process. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select **Scheduling**. Then, enable optimization request files under General Logic. To access optimization request files, from the App Launcher, find and select **Optimization Center**. ![Optimization Request Files UI](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_fieldservice_optimization_request_files.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Access Optimization Request Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.pfs_optimization_request_files.htm&language=en_US) # Access Pipeline Management Prompt Templates Quickly in Setup Quickly access your Pipeline Management prompt templates by using direct links to the templates located in Pipeline Management setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. **When:** This change is available in March 2026. **How:** From the gear icon, select **Salesforce Go**. On the Salesforce Go Home page, search for Agentforce for Sales. Then, go to the Pipeline Management section and locate the Customize Pipeline Management Prompt Templates step. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Agentforce Pipeline Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_mgmt_setup_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Access React Apps Directly Within the Salesforce Mobile App (Beta) React apps deployed on the platform are now automatically surfaced in the Salesforce mobile App Launcher, providing easy access to the same web apps available on desktop. **Where:** This change applies to all versions of the mobile app in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note React Apps in Salesforce mobile app is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at[Agreements -](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) [Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the[Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting April 15, 2026. #### See Also - [Develop React Apps with Agentforce Vibes and Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_react.htm&language=en_US) # Access React Apps Directly Within the Salesforce Mobile App (Beta) React apps deployed on the platform are now automatically surfaced in the Salesforce mobile App Launcher, providing easy access to the same web apps available on desktop. **Where:** This change applies to all versions of the mobile app in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note React Apps in Salesforce mobile app is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at[Agreements -](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) [Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the[Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting April 15, 2026. # Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Generally Available) When you create or update a briefcase to select records to prime for the Offline App (Salesforce Mobile App Plus), you can now also include files attached to the selected records. The Files Priming feature, which was previously in beta, is now generally available. When you prime file attachments for offline use, you enable your mobile workforce to access important attachments even in low-connectivity settings. For example, you can configure a briefcase to prime attached images for offline use, so that technicians can view the images during site visits or service appointments. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce Mobile App Plus for iOS and Android on phone and tablets in all editions, except Database.com. **Who:** Mobile Offline is available in orgs with the Salesforce Mobile App Plus license and to users within that org who have the Mobile Offline for Salesforce Mobile App Plus user permission. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Briefcase Builder, and then select **Briefcase Builder**. Update the briefcase associated with the Offline App, or create a briefcase. In the settings of an object rule, select **Enable file attachments**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Briefcase](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.briefcase_builder_add_new_briefcase.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started With Mobile Offline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.salesforce_app_plus_offline_get_started.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Resources Linked in Guidance Plan Steps with Clickable URLs Service reps can now click hyperlinks directly within guidance plan steps to access external resources, training materials, or corporate policies. Links included in your subagent instructions or knowledge articles are now easily accessible in plan steps as clickable links that open automatically in a new tab. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 add-on licenses. This feature requires the Service Planner Add-on license. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case with guidance plans. **When:** This feature is available starting June 30, 2026. **Why:** Previously, service plans showed URLs as plain text, which required service reps to manually copy and paste the text URL into a separate tab. Now, resources that contain hyperlinks in your subagent instructions and knowledge articles are easily accessible to service reps in plan steps. **How:** This feature is enabled automatically. No setup is required. Links embedded in your subagent instructions or knowledge articles using the full URL (`https://example.com`) or as anchor links (`click here`) show as hyperlinks in plan steps. Links in subagent instructions and knowledge articles are automatically trusted and always render as hyperlinks. Any URL that isn't explicitly registered in your organization's Trusted URLs list shows as plain text in a service plan step. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_links.png) # Access Resources Linked in Plan Steps with Clickable URLs Service reps can now click hyperlinks directly within plan steps to access external resources, training materials, or corporate policies. Links included in your subagent instructions or knowledge articles are now easily accessible in plan steps as clickable links that open automatically in a new tab. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 add-on licenses. This feature requires the Service Planner Add-on license. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case with guidance plans. **When:** This feature is available starting June 30, 2026. **Why:** Previously, service plans showed URLs as plain text, which required service reps to manually copy and paste the text URL into a separate tab. Now, resources that contain hyperlinks in your subagent instructions and knowledge articles are easily accessible to service reps in plan steps. **How:** This feature is enabled automatically. No setup is required. Links embedded in your subagent instructions or knowledge articles using the full URL (`https://example.com`) or as anchor links (`click here`) show as hyperlinks in plan steps. Links in subagent instructions and knowledge articles are automatically trusted and always render as hyperlinks. Any URL that isn't explicitly registered in your organization's Trusted URLs list shows as plain text in a service plan step. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_links.png) # Access Salesforce Channels in the Slack Panel The new Slack panel offers a streamlined way to view and collaborate in Salesforce channels. You can open and close the panel with one click, so it takes up less room on a record page when you aren't using it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Starter, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** Salesforce channels are available to users with a Salesforce, Salesforce Platform Login, Lightning Platform - One App, Company Community User, or Force.com - App Subscription user license. **How:** The Slack panel is available by default for new orgs in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. ![A Salesforce record page showing the Slack panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/slack_panel_1.png) To configure Salesforce channels, from Setup, search for and select **Slack Channels for Records**. From there, select which objects to enable. When you’re ready, turn on **Show Slack Button on Selected Objects**. If you already use Salesforce channels via the Slack Lightning web component, you can switch to the Slack panel. Remove the Slack component in Lightning App Builder, then enable the Slack panel. #### See Also - [Enjoy Slack-Powered Collaboration in New Salesforce Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_default_on.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce channels bring Slack directly into Salesforce, and now they’re easier to access than ever. Salesforce channels are set up and ready to go in orgs created in Summer ’26 and later—no manual configuration required.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Salesforce Channels in Your Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.slack_salesforce_channels_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta) Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce data accessed through Claude from Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app, in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Requires Claude Enterprise. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce in Claude is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This functionality begins rolling out on September 15, 2026. **Why:** Salesforce in Claude changes where and how reps get sales work done. - Instead of pulling reports or switching to Salesforce, reps check deal health, pipeline risk, and account context without leaving their Claude conversations. - Deal signals, including slipping dates, new risks, and conversations gone quiet, surface automatically. No need to wait for a rep to notice or a manager to ask in a pipeline review. - Pre-built skills, slash-command prompts that automatically pull the right data and take the right action, cover pipeline briefings, deal signals, account management, prospecting, meeting prep, and more, and work out of the box with no setup required. - Admins connect and authenticate Salesforce once; existing profile-based permissions carry over unchanged, so there's no separate access system to build or audit. - Because the integration and skills are pre-built and maintained on Salesforce's side, customers don't need to assemble, test, or maintain a custom build themselves. **How:** An admin turns on the Headless360 (H360) MCP Server in Setup and sets up an External Client App to connect Claude to your org. By default, the feature is available to everyone in the org, though admins can create a permission set to limit access to specific users. In Claude, the admin connects the Salesforce - Beta connector under **Organization Settings** > **Connectors** by using the Consumer Key and Secret from that app. Then the admin installs the Salesforce for Sales plugin from **Organization Settings** > **Plugins**, either by default for everyone in the beta, as a self-service install, or scoped to specific user groups. Each user connects their own account by typing /mcp in Claude, selecting the Salesforce connector, and signing in with their Salesforce credentials. Getting started doesn't require any additional approval. Customers agree to the beta terms and activate access directly. - **[Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review. #### See Also - [_Developer Guide:_ Salesforce MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ What Is Salesforce in Claude](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.what_is_salesforce_in_claude.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ What Is Claudeforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.what_is_claudeforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create and Configure the External Client App (ECA)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.create_and_configure_the_eca.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Connect Claude to Salesforce MCP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.connect_claude_to_salesforce_mcp.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ How Skills Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.how_skills_work.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce Hyperforce is available in 17 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. **Where:** Delivery of the Salesforce Customer 360 application suite via Hyperforce, including Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, B2B Commerce, Platform, and Industries clouds, is available in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Israel, Italy, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States. For the most up-to-date list of products and regions, see the [Salesforce Trust and Compliance Documentation](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/trust-and-compliance-documentation/), including the [Hyperforce Security, Privacy and Architecture](https://www.salesforce.com/content/dam/web/en_us/www/documents/legal/misc/hyperforce-security-privacy-and-architecture.pdf) document. **Why:** These clouds and products recently expanded to new Hyperforce regions.
Cloud Product or Feature Description Available In
Data 360 Agentforce, Data 360, and Einstein The Hyperforce Geo Expansion for Data Residency provides in-country data residency for these Data 360 products.

Now available in Italy and Sweden.

Also available in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
Marketing Cloud Marketing Cloud Advanced and Marketing Cloud Growth Marketing Cloud products help build customer relationships efficiently with personalized marketing messages and automated journeys.

Now available in Italy and Sweden.

Also available in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
MuleSoft For a complete list, see Salesforce Hyperforce Overview in the MuleSoft documentation. MuleSoft provides a powerful integration platform that connects applications, data, and devices across any cloud or on-premises system. Select features now available in US Cloud, EU Cloud, Canada Cloud, and Japan Cloud.
Platform Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity1 Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity is a premium product that provides an enhanced level of continuity to commercial Hyperforce customers during an extraordinary regional disaster.

Now available for Hyperforce commercial customers in Japan.

Also available for Hyperforce commercial customers in the United States.
Platform Shield Platform Encryption Database Encryption Salesforce Shield helps you build extra levels of trust, compliance, and governance right into your business-critical apps. Encrypt entire orgs on Hyperforce with Salesforce Shield Database Encryption. Now available in all commercial Hyperforce regions.
Tableau Tableau Cloud Tableau Cloud is a fully hosted, cloud-based, enterprise-grade analytics solution designed to empower organizations with intelligent tools and insights. Learn more in About the Hyperforce Migration.

Now available in South Korea.

Also available in Australia, Canada, Germany, India, Indonesia, Japan, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
[1](#fnsrc_1) Formerly known as Salesforce Out of Region Disaster Recovery # Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce Hyperforce is available in 18 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. Salesforce opened a new Hyperforce region in Cape Town, South Africa, in July 2026. **Where:** Delivery of the Salesforce Customer 360 application suite via Hyperforce, including Sales, Service, B2B Commerce, Platform, and Industries clouds, is automatically available in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Israel, Italy, Japan, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States. For the most up-to-date list of products and regions, see the [Salesforce Trust and Compliance Documentation](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/trust-and-compliance-documentation/), including the [Hyperforce Security, Privacy and Architecture](https://www.salesforce.com/content/dam/web/en_us/www/documents/legal/misc/hyperforce-security-privacy-and-architecture.pdf) document. **Why:** These clouds and products recently expanded to new Hyperforce regions.
Cloud Product or Feature Description Available In
Platform Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity1 Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity is a premium product that provides an enhanced level of continuity to commercial Hyperforce customers during an extraordinary regional disaster.

Now available for Hyperforce commercial customers in the European Union, India, and Israel.

Also available for Hyperforce commercial customers in Japan and the United States.
Commerce Salesforce B2C Commerce Salesforce B2C Commerce delivers global scale, AI-driven profitability, and seamlessly connected digital and physical customer experiences.

Now available in the United States.
Marketing Mobile App Messaging Mobile App Messaging helps optimize customer engagement with personalized push notifications and triggered in-app messages.

Now available in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.

Also available in Germany and the United States.
#### See Also - [_MuleSoft_: Salesforce Hyperforce Overview](https://docs.mulesoft.com/hyperforce/#features-supported-on-hyperforce) [1](#fnsrc_1) Formerly known as Salesforce Out of Region Disaster Recovery # Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce Hyperforce is available in 18 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. Salesforce plans to make Hyperforce available on Google Cloud in the North America (NA) region in November 2026. **Where:** Delivery of the Salesforce Customer 360 application suite via Hyperforce on AWS, including Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, B2B Commerce, Platform, and Industries Cloud, is available in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Israel, Italy, Japan, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States. For the most up-to-date list of products and regions, see the [Salesforce Trust and Compliance Documentation](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/trust-and-compliance-documentation/), including the [Hyperforce Security, Privacy and Architecture](https://www.salesforce.com/content/dam/web/en_us/www/documents/legal/misc/hyperforce-security-privacy-and-architecture.pdf) document. **Why:** These clouds and products recently expanded to new Hyperforce regions.
Cloud Product or Feature Description Available In
Data 360 Agentforce, Data 360, and Einstein The Hyperforce Geo Expansion for Data Residency provides in-country data residency for these Data 360 products.

Now available in Israel and South Africa.

Also available in all other Hyperforce countries.
Agentforce Commerce Salesforce B2C Commerce Salesforce B2C Commerce delivers global scale, AI-driven profitability, and seamlessly connected digital and physical customer experiences.

Now available in Australia, Japan, and Sweden.

Also available in the United States.
Agentforce Marketing Marketing Cloud Advanced and Marketing Cloud Growth Marketing Cloud products help build customer relationships efficiently with personalized marketing messages and automated journeys.

Now available in Israel and South Africa.

Also available in all other Hyperforce countries.
Headless 360 platform Event Log Objects Hyperforce customers can store and query event data in standard objects with Event Log Objects. Read more in Store and Query Log Data With Event Log Objects.

Now available in Brazil, Indonesia, Israel, South Africa, and South Korea.

Also available in Australia, Canada, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Singapore, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
#### See Also - [_MuleSoft_: Salesforce Hyperforce Overview](https://docs.mulesoft.com/hyperforce/#features-supported-on-hyperforce) # Access the Chatter Profile Page to Designate Employee Users From the User details page, access the Chatter profile page to designate employee users. The User Profile button gives you direct access when a network-only user has the Unified Employee license. This button also provides direct access when a user has the Salesforce Platform user license and Chatter is turned off. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** In tSummer ‘26, Chatter was turned off by default for all new orgs. This change removed direct navigation from the User details page to the User Profile page. **How:** On the User details page, click **User Profile**, then click **Enable Employee User** to designate the user as an employee. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Unified Employee License Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_license_types_salesforce_unified_employee.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Object Reference Guide_: Employee2](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_employee2.htm) # Access the Customer Signals Intelligence Dashboard from the Service Insights App Track customer sentiment from within the Service Insights App. Customer Signals Intelligence appears automatically as a dedicated node under Service Analytics, and users with a Limited Viewer license can open the dashboard directly from the app side pane. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions, and Agentforce One for Service editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes:_ Access Unified Analytics in the Service Insights App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.rn_service_insights_unified_analytics.htm&language=en_US) # Access the Gmail Integration Directly in Sales Cloud Everywhere Get immediate access to relevant CRM data alongside your email communication by accessing the Gmai Integration directly within Sales Cloud Everywhere. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Gmail Integration became available in Sales Cloud Everywhere in late June 2025. **How:** Open the existing Gmail Integration panel and follow the prompts on the screen to move to the Sales Cloud Everywhere side panel. No changes have been made to how you use Gmail Integration in Sales Cloud Everywhere. ![Screenshot of the Gmail Integration side panel with information about it moving to Sales Cloud Everywhere.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_gmail_integration_one.png) ![Screenshot of the Gmail Integration side panel in Sales Cloud Everywhere.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_gmail_integration_two.png) # Access Tools from One Place with the Business Manager Utility Bar Reach your most-used tools from anywhere in Business Manager with the Utility Bar. Review alerts, access tools, preview a storefront, and manage your user preferences, all from a single bar. Previously, these tools were on the Business Manager header. **Where:** This change applies to Business Manager in B2C Commerce. **How:** To open a tool, click its icon on the **Utility Bar** along the left side of Business Manager. ![Utility Bar](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/b2c_utility_bar.png) # Access Unified Analytics in the Service Insights App Reach all Agentforce Service analytics from a single hub in the Service Insights App. Distinct setup nodes for Customer Signals Intelligence and Service AI Adoption, and dashboard labels help you find operational, sentiment, or AI adoption insights without hunting across separate tools and setup areas. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions, and Einstein One for Service and Agentforce One for Service editions. **Who:** Depending on the integrated dashboard, users need specific licenses and add-ons, including Enterprise, Performance, or Unlimited edition, Agentforce 1 for Service, or the Agentforce for Service add-on. **How:** From Setup, go to Service and open Analytics. Based on your active licenses, individual setup nodes for Customer Signals Intelligence and Service AI Adoption appear in this location. After you install a dashboard, it appears directly in the side pane of the Service Insights App. # Access Unified Business Context with the Auto-Installed C360 Semantic Model Tableau Next assets built upon the C360 Semantic Model can provide more accurate and useful insights. Now, Salesforce automatically installs the C360 Semantic Model for you in your default data space. You control when to update the model to the latest released version, on your own schedule. You can also manually install it in other data spaces as needed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Data 360 and Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature becomes available on a rolling basis throughout August 2026. **How:** After we’ve added it, you’ll see the C360 Semantic Model in your Tableau Next list of assets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: The C360 Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_c360sdm_intro.htm&language=en_US) # Access Your Phone Book Anytime from the Omni-Channel Widget Your service reps can now open the configured contacts for their contact center directly in the Omni-Channel widget, whether or not they're on a call. Service reps can search the directory and place a call to other reps anytime during their shift. Previously, the phone book was only visible during an active call while initiating a transfer or conference. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect (also available for Voice manually integrated with your Amazon Connect instance) Previously, this feature was available only in orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** The phone book is visible by default in the Omni-Channel widget after logging in. Click the **Phone Book** icon to search for contacts and place calls. # Access Your Schedule Directly from Omni-Channel Bring assigned shifts and scheduled activities into your Omni-Channel workspace. Now you can manage your schedule from the same place you manage your Omni-Channel status. The schedule automatically scrolls to the current time, making it easier to review your current and upcoming scheduled activities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Agent permission can access their schedule from Omni-Channel. The user must also have a corresponding Service Resource with the resource type set to Agent. **How:** Open the **Schedule** tab from the Omni-Channel sidebar or select the schedule icon to open it directly. In apps that use the Omni-Channel utility widget, open the widget and select the **Schedule** tab to view your schedule. # Access Your Schedule Hands-Free with Siri Shortcuts Quickly view your schedule, review recent conversations, or record meetings using voice commands with the new Siri Shortcuts integration. You can now ask Siri to display your upcoming or past meetings without opening the app. You can also launch meeting transcriptions right from those displayed events. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS. # Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible. **Where:** Lightning Report and Dashboard changes apply to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. CRM Analytics changes apply to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Check out details about these changes. Lightning Reports and Dashboards - Keyboard users can now interact with column headers in custom report types to access sorting and action buttons. - Horizontal scrolling in report tables now adjusts automatically to provide full visibility of cell content when navigating with a keyboard at 200% zoom. - The Year selection combobox is now correctly identified as an interactive control to ensure screen readers announce it accurately. - Column header text now meets minimum color contrast requirements on hover to improve label visibility for users with low vision. - Screen readers now announce the success message when a recipient is added in the Edit Recipient dialog. - Focus behavior in the Edit Subscription dialog is improved to ensure that the focus moves to newly added fields after clicking the Add Condition button. - Keyboard focus now returns to the table after exiting Navigation Mode with Shift+Tab to ensure predictable and consistent navigation. - Grid cells in report tables no longer announce “not selected” by default to reduce unnecessary verbosity for assistive technology users. - Accessible names for X-axis and Y-axis fields in chart properties now match visible labels to provide clearer context for screen reader users. - The Category list in the Choose Report Type modal now includes a defined accessible name to ensure accurate identification of list items for screen readers. - Tooltips triggered by the Close Filter Panel button are now dismissible and remain visible on hover to improve usability and clarity. - The vertical scroll bar now functions correctly when the dashboard page is zoomed to 400% to ensure that main content remains reachable. - Screen readers now announce the expanded or collapsed state of the Who Can Access accordion in the Share Folder dialog to provide accurate context for non-visual users. - Non-interactive legend buttons beside charts are removed from the keyboard focus order to reduce misleading or unnecessary navigation. - Tooltips in Sales Dashboards can now be activated using the Enter or Space key to provide access for users who can't use a mouse. - Measure lines in vertical bar charts now use a color distinct from the chart bars to improve visibility and contrast. - The close button in dashboard widget modals is now announced in the user’s selected language to ensure a consistent and localized experience. - Screen readers now announce the status update for the As of timestamp when users activate the Refresh button to provide clear feedback on data freshness. - The As of tooltip link now includes an accessible name to ensure that screen reader users understand its destination and purpose. - Action buttons, such as Share, Refresh, and Edit are now marked up as a list to provide more efficient and structured navigation for assistive technology users. CRM Analytics - Screen readers now announce assistive text for widget containers in the Watchlist tab. # Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible. **Where:** Lightning Report and Dashboard changes apply to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. CRM Analytics changes apply to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Check out details about these changes for Lightning reports and dashboards. - Screen readers announce the unique name, role, and state of each checkbox in the Add Bucket Column window grid to distinguish between individual selections and the Select All Rows option. - Filters such as Show Me, Date, Range, and Operator, are designated as Select-Only Comboboxes so that screen readers announce their roles, states, and selected values accurately. - Screen readers announce the appearance and value updates of the dynamically generated Drill Down button when users select a row's checkbox in a grouped row report. - TalkBack screen reader focus moves into the individual Dashboards screen on Android devices. - Keyboard users can tab through all buttons, including Reset Role to Top Level, Cancel, and Done, within the role hierarchy filter widget. - Focus is contained within the Filter by Date window boundary when you select Customize. - Pressing Shift+Tab from the Next Widget button in an expanded dashboard widget window moves the focus to the previous focusable element. - Table data cells on the Report page are associated with their corresponding table headers so that screen readers announce the header along with the cell content. - The Select Folder window for Email Templates programmatically conveys the hierarchical parent-child relationships between folders, rather than presenting them as independent data tables. - Screen readers announce error messages for invalid date or time formats in the filter dialog, and the input fields communicate their invalid state. - The dashboard refresh status message uses an ARIA live region with a valid role attribute to programmatically convey the update to screen reader users. - Text in the Fields panel of the report editor meets the minimum color contrast ratio of 4.5:1 against the background to improve readability for low-vision users. - Focus indicators in charts use a pattern in addition to color for better visibility for low-vision users navigating with arrow keys. - Dashboard text indicating that a chart can't be drawn doesn't truncate when the page is zoomed to 200%. # Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio Build inclusive user interfaces by using the accessibility enhancements in Flexcard and Omniscript elements. These enhancements cover many accessibility requirements, such as enhanced screen reader announcements, easier navigation, and a more powerful UI experience. Some enhancements are only available when you turn on the Runtime Accessibility setting in the Flexcard and Omniscript designers. For instance, this setting unlocks new properties for elements such as Radio, Radio Group, Block, and Data Table. Other changes apply even without turning on this setting, such as new custom attributes for icons, autocomplete options in several elements, and so on. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime. However, changes under the Runtime Accessibility toggle apply to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and designer. All changes are available for the SLDS and SLDS+ themes. **Why:** These enhancements make your components meet WCAG 2.2 web accessibility standards, helping screen reader and keyboard-only users navigate your applications more effectively. Specific improvements include: - Improved Semantics: Navigate actions now use real links rather than placeholder links. Screen readers announce when links open in a new window. - Enhanced Navigation: Keyboard users can now access edit icons in Data Tables on focus. All actions support Space, Enter, and Escape keys. - Better Visual Feedback: Selected options in Multi-select and Radio elements now display a checkmark for clearer visual indication beyond color alone. **How:** To access the optional enhancements, open your Flexcard or Omniscript in the standard designer, select **Setup**, and enable the **Runtime Accessibility** toggle. When you enable the Runtime Accessibility setting, these changes become available: - Radio - Improved keyboard navigation. - Support for new attributes: `role=radiogroup`, `aria-required` and `aria-invalid`. - Image and color-pick radio buttons now show a visible checkmark when selected. - Radio Group - The Set All checkbox now behaves correctly at runtime and can’t be unchecked once set. - When tabbed out of a required radio group without making a selection, validation is triggered and an error message is shown. - The DOM structure is updated for better accessibility. - Block - Heading Level: You can now configure the heading level (H1-H6) for blocks to enforce a logical document structure. - Delete Confirmation: A confirmation dialog is shown before deleting a block. - Typeahead - An **Edit Icon Label** field is added so you can specify a name for the name of the edit icon. The default remains Edit, but you can customize the label as per your preference. This change is specific to the edit mode. - The option list container’s border maintains the minimum contrast ratio of 3:1 with its background color. This change is specific to SLDS Plus theme. - When the dropdown menu opens, focus is automatically set to the first selectable option. This change is specific to the Lookup mode. - Action: - Navigate actions now announce when something opens in a new window. - Keyboard navigation is enhanced to mirror mouse click behavior. These improvements are available automatically without enabling the Accessibility toggle: - Set as Disabled Property for Inputs: A new **Set as disabled** property is available for these elements, so that you can explicitly disable them on the pages that they’re used on. - Currency, Email, Number, Password, Range, Telephone, Text, Text Area, URL, and Lookup. - Checkbox: The Read-Only property is replaced by Set as disabled. - Multi-select: The Set as disabled property is added. - Select: - The default placeholder "--Clear -–" is changed to "No Value". - Focus remains on the input while typing. - Value changes are reflected immediately. - The autocomplete input field is added. - Lookup: - The default placeholder "-- No Value --" is changed to "Select a value". - With the new **Clear Value** option, you can clear the pre-selected value when the dropdown opens. - The autocomplete input field is added. - The search icon is removed from the runtime view. - - Telephone: - Visual contrast is improved for better readability. - Multi-Select: - Image multi-select options now display a visible checkmark. For components that previously supported the **iconNameLeft** and **iconNameRight** custom attributes, two new custom attributes have been added: **iconNameLeftAltText** and **iconNameRightAltText**. These new attributes provide alternative text support. # Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio Deliver more inclusive digital experiences with comprehensive accessibility, usability, and consistency enhancements across Omnistudio runtime components. These updates follow Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 best practices to improve navigation for screen reader and keyboard users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and standard designer. **Why:** These improvements provide clearer feedback, enhanced visual contrast, and more reliable interactions for users of assistive technology. ## Omniscript Enhancements - Edit Block: When the Add or Edit dialog is open, focus is trapped within the modal to prevent interaction with elements outside it. - Step Chart: Screen readers now convey incomplete or unstarted steps using aria-disabled="true". Top Step Chart Placement, now displays the Steps heading. - TypeAhead Block: Added feedback for character limit violations and improved the edit icon color contrast to meet accessibility standards. - Lookup element: Improved button spacing to prevent accidental clicks and ensured field validation remains consistent during navigation. - Range: Increased the slider track contrast to meet the minimum 3:1 ratio. - File and Image Upload: Buttons now programmatically announce their associated field labels for screen reader users. - Email field: Standardized error messages for all invalid format types. - Select element: Updated option announcements to "selected" to accurately reflect the dropdown control type. - Date & Date/Time elements: Users can now enter a date or date/time value directly in the input field, while the calendar icon button is used to open the date-picker dialog and select a value from the calendar. Added support for browser autofill and improved focus management. Each icon button now meets the recommended minimum touch target size and time options now includes clear visible focus indicators. - Block and Multi-Select elements: Error messages now include parent Block names for better context, and Multi-Select errors are correctly associated with the checkbox group. - General UI: Enhanced focus behaviour for alert dialogs and adjusted validation timing for form-fields to prevent interruptions during data entry. ## Flexcard Enhancements - Action: Popovers now feature a discoverable Close icon. - Multi-Select: Improved pill accessibility by optimizing focus and semantic list structures for selected items. - Number & Typeahead: Corrected readonly state announcements and error validation timing to prevent interruptions during data entry. - Date & Date/Time: Users can now enter a date or date/time value directly in the input field, while the calendar icon button is used to open the date-picker dialog and select a value from the calendar. Month navigation within the date picker has also been improved. - Range: Increased the slider track contrast to meet the minimum color contrast. - Data Table: Screen readers now accurately convey row and column counts. Sorting and pagination focus management have also been improved. - Row Interactions: Enabled arrow key navigation for delete actions and selection checkboxes. - Row Reordering: Added keyboard triggers for drag-and-drop actions with positional feedback for screen readers. - Pagination & Visibility: Focus is now maintained within the table context during page transitions and column visibility changes. - Grouped Tables: Programmatically conveyed row grouping and removed empty cells from screen reader output. **How:** Most updates are automatic. To access specific enhancements for Radio, Block, and Data Table elements, enable the Runtime Accessibility toggle in the designer Setup tab. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important Out-of-the-box (OOTB) components and their configurable variants, are designed to be accessible by default. In some implementations, you may have used combinations of discrete Omniscript or Flexcard components to replicate UI patterns, instead of leveraging standard OOTB components. While these custom-built solutions may visually resemble fully functional components, they often lack the built-in accessibility support provided by OOTB components. This can result in gaps in areas such as keyboard navigation, screen reader compatibility, and focus management. # Account Management Streamline Account Management by integrating Data 360 with Life Sciences Cloud using the Life Sciences data kit. Boost user engagement with the enhanced Next Best Customer component. Align out-of-territory accounts to your territory directly on the desktop site. - **[Transform Life Sciences Data with Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_account_management_data_kit.htm&release=260&type=5)** Seamlessly integrate Data 360 with Life Sciences Cloud by using the Life Sciences data kit. Streamline your Account Management data by using the preconfigured data stream bundles that harmonize data from various objects. The data kit includes five ready-to-use bundles: Activity Plan, Marketable Product, Presentation, Provider Visit, and Sales Territory Account. - **[Improve User Engagement with Prioritized Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_account_management_next_best_customer.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your users focus on the right accounts with the enhanced Next Best Customer component. The updated display offers clearer scoring visibility, intuitive rationales, and richer account insights, powered by the Actionable Relationship Center (ARC) framework. The ARC framework enables a more flexible and informative display of account details, allowing you to make faster and more informed engagement decisions. You can configure the rationale display and related settings directly from the Admin Console. - **[View and Align Out-of-Territory Accounts on the Desktop Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customer_engagement_account_management_affiliation_alignment_web.htm&release=260&type=5)** Now view and align accounts outside your current territory directly from affiliation lists on the desktop site. Manage your activities more efficiently with immediate access to summaries of affiliated accounts. Previously, this feature was available only on the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. # Account Management Reduce manual work and keep assignments accurate by automating complex territory alignments. - **[Manage Complex Territory Alignments with Advanced Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_account_territory_alignment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce manual work and eliminate the need for custom implementations or external alignment tools by configuring advanced rules in Sales Planning and running them on a recurring schedule to keep alignments current. Create territory alignments based on healthcare provider specialties, geographic information, multiple addresses, and other segmentation criteria using a CRM Analytics dataset that supports addresses and specialties. - **[Find Accounts Faster with Relevance-Based Search on the iPad](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_relevance_based_account_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Spend less time scrolling through an undifferentiated mix of Account Search results to find the account you’re looking for. The improved Account Search now surfaces the strongest account matches first, prioritizing results by relevance rather than alphabetically. Dynamic filters help you switch between address-only matches, account-only matches, and a consolidated view, eliminating the need to drill into individual results to pinpoint the field matched. Earlier, Account Search produced a single list of accounts in alphabetical order, with no indication of the matching field. # Account Manager Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce Account Manager. For release notes published before Spring ’26, see [Account Manager Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_account_manager_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_am_deployment.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.8](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_3_8.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.8 is available on May 6, 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.7](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_3_7.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.7 is available on April 8, 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.6](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_3_6.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.6 is available on March 11, 2026. # Account Manager Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce Account Manager. For release notes published before May 2026, see Spring ’26 release notes. For release notes published before Spring ’26, see [Account Manager Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_account_manager_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule and Release Notes Archive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_am_deployment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2026, including links to past release notes. - **[Account Manager 3.12](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_fourth_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce Account Manager release is available on August 26, 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.11](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_third_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.11 release is available on July 29, 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.10](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_second_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce Account Manager release is available on July 1, 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.9](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_first_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.9 release is available on June 3, 2026. # Account Manager Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce Account Manager. - **[Account Manager 2027 Deployment Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_am_2027_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2027. - **[Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule and Release Notes Archive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_am_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2026, including links to past release notes. - **[Account Manager 3.14](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_second_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce Account Manager release is available on October 21, 2026. - **[Account Manager 3.13](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_first_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.13 release is available on September 23, 2026. # Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2026. B2C Commerce Account Manager deployment dates are subject to change but typically take place according to the following schedule. B2C Commerce Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule | Deployment Dates | Included in Salesforce Release Notes | Deployment Time | | --- | --- | --- | | January 14 (Wed) | Included in [Salesforce Help](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=commerce.account_manager_3_4_release.htm) | 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC | | February 11 (Wed) | Included in [Salesforce Help](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.account_manager_3_5_release.htm&language=en_US) | 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC | | March 11 (Wed) | Spring ’26 | 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC | | April 8 (Wed) | Spring ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | May 6 (Wed) | Summer ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | June 3 (Wed) | Summer ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | July 1 (Wed) | Summer ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | July 29 (Wed) | Summer ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | August 26 (Wed) | Summer ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | September 23 (Wed) | Winter ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | October 21 (Wed) | Winter ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. # Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule and Release Notes Archive The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2026, including links to past release notes. B2C Commerce Account Manager deployment dates are subject to change but typically take place according to the following schedule. B2C Commerce Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule | Deployment Dates | Release Number | Release Notes | Deployment Time | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | January 14 (Wed) | 3.4 | [Account Manager 3.4](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=commerce.account_manager_3_4_release.htm) in _Salesforce Help_ | 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC | | February 11 (Wed) | 3.5 | [Account Manager 3.5](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.account_manager_3_5_release.htm&language=en_US) in _Salesforce Help_ | 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC | | March 11 (Wed) | 3.6 | [Account Manager 3.6](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_3_6.htm&release=260&language=en_US) in _Spring ’26 Release Notes_ | 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC | | April 8 (Wed) | 3.7 | [Account Manager 3.7](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_3_7.htm&release=260&language=en_US) in _Spring ’26 Release Notes_ | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | May 6 (Wed) | 3.8 | [Account Manager 3.8](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_3_8.htm&release=260&language=en_US) in _Spring ’26 Release Notes_ | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | June 3 (Wed) | 3.9 | [Account Manager 3.9](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_first_container.htm&release=262&language=en_US) in _Summer ’26 Release Notes_ | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | July 1 (Wed) | 3.10 | [Account Manager 3.10](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_second_container.htm&release=262&language=en_US) in _Summer ’26 Release Notes_ | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | July 29 (Wed) | 3.11 | [Account Manager 3.11](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_third_container.htm&release=262&language=en_US) in _Summer ’26 Release Notes_ | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | August 26 (Wed) | 3.12 | [Account Manager 3.12](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_fourth_container.htm&release=262&language=en_US) in _Summer ’26 Release Notes_ | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | September 23 (Wed) | 3.14 | Winter ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | | October 21 (Wed) | 3.15 | Winter ’26 | 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC | We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. # Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule and Release Notes Archive The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2026, including links to past release notes. B2C Commerce Account Manager deployment dates are subject to change but typically take place according to the following schedule.
B2C Commerce Account Manager 2026 Deployment Schedule
Deployment Dates Release Number Release Notes Deployment Time
January 14 (Wed) 3.4 Account Manager 3.4 in Salesforce Help 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC
February 11 (Wed) 3.5 Account Manager 3.5 in Salesforce Help 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC
March 11 (Wed) 3.6 Account Manager 3.6 in Spring ’26 Release Notes 6:00 UTC - 8:00 UTC
April 8 (Wed) 3.7 Account Manager 3.7 in Spring ’26 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
May 6 (Wed) 3.8 Account Manager 3.8 in Spring ’26 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
June 3 (Wed) 3.9 Account Manager 3.9 in Summer ’26 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
July 1 (Wed) 3.10 Account Manager 3.10 in Summer ’26 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
July 29 (Wed) 3.11 Account Manager 3.11 in Summer ’26 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
August 26 (Wed) 3.12

Account Manager 3.12 in Summer ’26 Release Notes

Release status: Account Manager 3.12 was not deployed. No changes from this release were made available to customers. No customer action is required.

 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
September 23 (Wed) 3.13 Account Manager 3.13 in Winter ’27 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
October 21 (Wed) 3.14 Account Manager 3.14 in Winter ’27 Release Notes 5:00 UTC - 7:00 UTC
We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. # Account Manager 2027 Deployment Schedule The Account Manager Deployment Schedule lists all of the planned release dates for 2027. B2C Commerce Account Manager deployment dates are subject to change but typically take place according to the following schedule. B2C Commerce Account Manager 2027 Deployment Schedule | Deployment Dates | | --- | | January 13 (Wed) | | February 10 (Wed) | | March 10 (Wed) | | April 7 (Wed) | | April 28 (Wed) | | May 26 (Wed) | | June 23 (Wed) | | July 28 (Wed) | | August 25 (Wed) | | September 29 (Wed) | | October 27 (Wed) | | November: No deployment (moratorium) | | December: No deployment (moratorium) | We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. # Account Manager 3.10 This B2C Commerce Account Manager release is available on July 1, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Download Account Manager Audit Log Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_download_audit_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When examining Account Manager audit logs in Log Center, you can now export the data in CSV format. Audit log events in Log Center were introduced in Account Manager 3.8, providing insight into changes to users, API clients, and organizations. Use filters and keyword searches to track specific field changes or action events within a selected time frame and then export the audit logs for further analysis or record-keeping. - **[Update API Integration to Use /dwsso/oauth2 Endpoint](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_dwsso_oauth2_endpoint.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The `/dw/oauth2` endpoint is now deprecated in favor of the more performant `/dwsso/oauth2` endpoint. Salesforce plans to remove the `/dw/oauth2` endpoint in February 2027. Until February 2027, plan for incremental reductions in rate limits for the `/dw/oauth2` endpoint. To avoid service disruption, update your API integrations, including redirects from `/dw/oauth2`, to use the `/dwsso/oauth2` endpoint before February 2027. - **[Deprecated Roles Are Now Automatically Unassigned from Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_deprecated_roles_removal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Following the deprecated role removal announcement in version 3.9, Account Manager has unassigned deprecated roles from users. To address any future assignment of deprecated roles, which no longer provide access to B2C services, Account Manager continually unassigns the roles from users within an organization at regular intervals. This behavior ensures that only current, supported roles remain active in your organization. - **[Limit API Clients to a Single Organization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_single_org_api_clients.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In the 3.6 release, Account Manager began identifying shared API clients with indicators and warnings. Now, Account Manager enforces single-organization assignment for new API clients. For existing API clients, Account Manager prevents account administrators from adding more organizations. If you have existing API clients assigned to multiple organizations, consider migrating them to single-organization assignments. This practice improves security by reducing the risk of unintended cross-organization access. # Account Manager 3.11 This B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.11 release is available on July 29, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Use Phishing-Resistant Verification Methods for Multi-Factor Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_phishing_resistant_mfa_verifiers.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Account Manager now supports additional phishing-resistant verification methods, including passkeys, security keys, and built-in platform biometric authenticators such as Touch ID, Face ID, and Windows Hello. After you enable phishing-resistant methods on the organization detail page, Account Manager users can register those methods and use them at login. Phishing-resistant methods use FIDO2/WebAuthn to bind credentials to Account Manager, so attackers can't reuse them on a spoofed site. We highly recommend that Admin users register with one of the phishing-resistant verification methods. # Account Manager 3.12 This B2C Commerce Account Manager release is available on August 26, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates #### See Also - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: Excluding Account Manager Service Roles from Access Tokens on B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005391283&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: Account Manager Infrastructure Upgrade: Guide to Upcoming Breaking Changes on B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005393367&type=1&language=en_US) # Account Manager 3.13 This B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.13 release is available on September 23, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Deprecated Roles Are Being Removed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_deprecated_roles_removed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** As the final step in a multi-release cleanup, Account Manager is removing all deprecated roles during the week of September 28, 2026. Removing the deprecated roles doesn’t affect functionality because they no longer provide access to B2C Commerce services. The roles were deprecated in release 1.46.0 and, starting in release 3.7, labeled as deprecated in the UI. In release 3.9, users and API clients were unassigned from the deprecated roles. # Account Manager 3.14 This B2C Commerce Account Manager release is available on October 21, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates #### See Also - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: Advance Notification and Migration Guide for Zero-Downtime API Client Secret Rotation on Account Manager for B2C Commerce Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005461458&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: B2C Commerce Cloud Account Manager: Refresh Token Rotation Enforced, Implicit and Password Grants Disabled on April 7, 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005461459&type=1&language=en_US) # Account Manager 3.6 The B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.6 is available on March 11, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Assign More Administrative Roles to API Clients](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_assign_admin_roles.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now assign the Account Administrator or API Administrator role to an API client directly from the Account Manager API Client Detail page. This update simplifies API client management, saving time for admins when managing technical users and integrations. Account administrators can manage both roles. API administrators can only manage the API Administrator role. - **[Identify Shared API Clients with Indicators and Warnings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_identify_shared_api_clients.htm&release=260&type=5)** Understand how API client changes affect other organizations that use the same API client. When editing a shared client configuration, indicators and warnings now appear in the API Client list, on the API Client Detail page, and in confirmation dialogs. These visibility improvements help determine when to create a new, dedicated API client for an organization. - **[Prevent Privilege Escalation for Read-Only Account Administrators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_read_only_account_admin_notifications.htm&release=260&type=5)** To help monitor administrative access across your organizations, you now receive security notification emails when inviting a user who holds the Read-Only Account Administrator role in another organization. If assigning a new role provides the user with additional permissions, such as Account Administrator, the user is automatically uninvited from other organizations. # Account Manager 3.7 The B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.7 is available on April 8, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Use Public API Clients with Account Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_public_clients.htm&release=260&type=5)** Account Manager now supports authorization code grant flows with Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) for public API clients. Securely exchange OAuth tokens for client apps that can’t safely store a client secret. PKCE provides a more secure authentication flow for single-page, native mobile, and desktop apps. - **[Identify Deprecated Account Manager Roles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_deprecated_roles.htm&release=260&type=5)** Avoid assigning deprecated roles to users in your organization. When assigning roles on the User Details page, role names indicate deprecated roles. Deprecated roles don’t have any associated permissions. # Account Manager 3.8 The B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.8 is available on May 6, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Monitor Account Manager Audit Log Events in Log Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_audit_log_events.htm&release=260&type=5)** Log Center now publishes Account Manager audit log events, including changes made to users, API clients, and organizations. Use new keyword searches and filters to identify specific field changes or action events within a selected time frame. Audit logs remain available in the previous Account Manager location until the September 23, 2026 release, when they’ll be removed. To retain historical data, download your Account Manager logs before that date. # Account Manager 3.9 This B2C Commerce Account Manager 3.9 release is available on June 3, 2026. This release delivers: - Security fixes - Bug fixes - Infrastructure updates - **[Account Manager Removes Deprecated Roles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager_removes_deprecated_roles.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Account Manager automatically removes deprecated roles from the system and unassigns them from all users. These roles no longer provide access to B2C Commerce services, and their removal doesn’t affect functionality or user access. The affected roles were first deprecated in Account Manager 1.46.0 and have been labeled as DEPRECATED in the user interface since Account Manager 3.7. # Account Manager Removes Deprecated Roles Account Manager automatically removes deprecated roles from the system and unassigns them from all users. These roles no longer provide access to B2C Commerce services, and their removal doesn’t affect functionality or user access. The affected roles were first deprecated in Account Manager 1.46.0 and have been labeled as DEPRECATED in the user interface since Account Manager 3.7. **Where:** This change applies to Account Manager for B2C Commerce. **When:** The removal begins in Account Manager 3.9 (June 2026) and completes over the course of multiple releases. **How:** No action is required. Account Manager automatically removes deprecated roles and unassigns them from users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Removal of Deprecated Roles in Account Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_deprecated_roles.htm&language=en_US) # Accounting View transaction amounts and summary records in functional currency, in addition to corporate currency. - **[Capture Transaction Amounts and Summary Records in Functional Currency](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_support_functional_currency.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your customers the ability to view functional currency equivalents of their billing transaction amounts. Calculate the opening and closing balance summaries for general ledger accounts in a legal entity accounting period by using functional currency. # Accounting Subledger Consolidate data between Salesforce CRM and your accounting system. Understand how and where funds are received, paid, and allocated. - **[Align Accounting Subledger with Your Institution’s Data Strategy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_asl_align_accounting_subledger_with_data_strategy.htm&release=260&type=5)** Adopt Data 360 to align financial data processing with your broader data architecture. Switch between Data 360 and CRM Analytics as the runtime for the Accounting Subledger Data Processing Engine without the need to reconfigure entire job definitions. Use either platform to manage accounting operations based on performance, scale, and licensing, and as needs evolve. # Accounts Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. - **[Personalize Sales Account Research with Custom Field Mapping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_account_research_custom_fields.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. Previously, Account Research only saved results in standard Salesforce fields. Now, your reps can populate the exact fields needed for your unique business use cases. # Accurately Track Hardware Inventory with Asset-Based Locations Monitor your devices based on specific lifecycle states instead of a single Quantity-on-Hand metric. Distinguish your IT asset management inventory from standard serialized product inventory. You can also view multiple quantity fields on product item records, such as available, allocated, in transit, damaged, and on hold, to get an accurate picture of deployable assets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To differentiate your IT hardware asset inventory from standard serialized product inventory, select usage type for a Location record as Asset-Based, and mark it as an inventory location. # Achieve Audit Readiness with Compliance Control Testing Verify that your compliance controls are successfully mitigating risks and enforcing regulations and policies with compliance testing. This testing evaluates a control’s operating effectiveness, confirms its design function, and captures verifiable evidence during the execution of the test. Use these details to demonstrate to regulators and auditors that your compliance program works as intended. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Process Compliance Navigator. **How:** Create a compliance test record designed to validate compliance with regulatory requirements. After you confirm that compliance is effective, then create a compliance control version test execution record to track the details captured during the execution of a compliance control test. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Compliance Navigator: Compliance Testing (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite_compliance_test_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Achieve More Personalization with the Updated Activity Measure Workflow Evaluate goal metrics beyond visit-related activities with the enhanced activity measure workflow. Choose from a wider range of custom and standard objects to monitor your business-specific activities. Also, Activity Type Field and Activity Type Field Value are no longer mandatory for tracking metrics, helping you plan activities quickly without having to provide additional details. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Admin Console**. Go to **Activity Plans**, and select **Activity Plan Administration**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Provider Activity Metrics for Activity Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_activity_plans_set_provider_activity_measure_type.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Achieve Near Perfect SLA Compliance with Agentic Milestones (Beta) Use generative AI to autonomously complete routine communications tied to Service Level Agreements (SLAs) for cases. Agentforce drafts and sends contextually relevant first responses and periodic status updates to your customers based on resolution progress. By offloading these repetitive communications, your service reps can focus on complex problem-solving while maintaining nearly 100% SLA compliance for digital agent-owned milestones. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Einstein for Service and Agentforce for Service. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentic Milestones (beta) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Entitlement Settings, and then select **Entitlement Settings**. After you enable Agentic Milestones, configure specific milestones within an SLA Policy as agentic. Then, use Prompt Builder to select or create the communication template that the digital agent uses to message customers for those specific milestones. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Set Up Agentic Milestones for Cases (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sla_agentic_milestones_for_cases_beta.htm&language=en_US) # Achieve Transactional Integrity with a Single Click Provide a unified experience to global customers, preserving transactional accuracy in your Industries CPQ cart. Prevent potential billing errors for your customers by displaying the order and pricelist currency, regardless of their currency setting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions with Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license and the latest version of the CME package. The primary beneficiaries are sales representatives who create quotes for global customers with different price lists. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Company Information** and enable **Activate Multiple Currencies**. # Act on Data Share your data with external data sources, create data actions, creation activation targets and activations, build flows, or enrich your Salesforce org with Data 360 data. - **[Access Data Action and Data Action Targets in Companion Orgs with Data Cloud One](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_data_action_dc1.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access data actions and data action targets created in the home org from every connected companion org. Streamline your enterprise business operations and ensure consistent data action visibility across a multi-org enterprise. - **[Activate Segments with Consistent Order of Attributes or Columns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_consistent_order_of_attributes.htm&release=260&type=5)** If an activation is run multiple times, the order of attributes or columns in the activated file is now consistent, when activating to file storage targets like Amazon S3, SFTP, GCS, or Azure. Consistent order of attributes or columns helps in easy consumption of the activation output by a downstream system. - **[Clarify Activation Field Names with Output Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_output_name_activation_attributes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Identify the attribute field name in your activation output more easily. The Preferred Name column is now the Output Name column. The field now defaults to the attribute's API name with prefixes and suffixes removed. This makes sure that a value is always present. Override the default with a custom name that’s unique across the entire activation. - **[Data 360 Clean Rooms Are Now Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_crc_ga_sandbox.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Data 360 clean rooms to partner with other organizations and analyze your combined data while maintaining strict privacy. Compare and verify your clean room data mappings in a sandbox org before moving them to a production org. Delete unused mapped templates, and end clean room collaborations as needed. - **[Deploy Code Extension Components Using Data Kits (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_datakit_code_extension.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use a DevOps data kit to move custom code deployments or data transforms created using custom code from sandbox to production. When you add a data transform created using custom code to your data kit, the associated custom code is automatically included in the data kit. When your custom code references either data lake objects or data model objects, you must manually add the referenced objects to the data kit. - **[Leverage Currency Fields in Copy Field Enrichments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_currency_fields_copy_field_enrichments.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now copy financial data from Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) to your Salesforce objects using currency fields. Accelerate calculations for key metrics such as lifetime value (LTV) and total customer value (TCV). Use this capability in single currency orgs only. Multi-currency orgs aren't supported. - **[Manage Activations in Companion Orgs with Data Cloud One](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_activation_dc1.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access activations created in the home org from any connected companion org. Save time by building and managing activations directly in a Data Cloud One companion and ensure consistent activation availability across a multi-org enterprise. Supported targets include Amazon S3, SFTP, Google Cloud Storage, Microsoft Azure, Marketing Cloud Engagement, Salesforce Personalization, and Data Cloud. Additionally, you can create an activation-triggered flow for a Data 360 target in the companion org to connect to external API-based destinations through MuleSoft. - **[Merge Copy Field Enrichments from Sandbox to Production](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_merge_copy_field_enrichments_from_sandbox_to_production.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline the development lifecycle by using the Data Kit and Change Set framework to merge copy field enrichments from a development sandbox into a production environment. This capability reduces the risk associated with manual configuration and ensures consistency across environments. - **[Monitor the Match Count for Your Activations to Advertising Platforms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_ad_audience_match_count.htm&release=260&type=5)** Monitor the reach of your advertising efforts by viewing the match count for your activations. Match count identifies the number of users from your segment found in the advertising platform. This enhancement applies only to audience segments activated to advertising platforms included with the Ad Audience license. Use this metric to make sure that you're targeting the expected number of users. - **[Standardize Contact Point Setup with Activation Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_activation_template_flows.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use activation templates to define and save reusable contact point selection logic for your segment-triggered flows. You can consistently apply channel selections, source priority configurations, and filters across multiple campaigns without manual reconfiguration. These templates maintain consent compliance and reduce errors by standardizing how your organization selects the correct contact points. - **[Trigger Data 360 Activations Directly from a Flow (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_API_Activation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create an API activation in Data 360 and trigger it from Flow Builder by using an API call. API activation expands where and how you can initiate activations. You can trigger activations mid-flow, precisely when they’re most impactful, independent of how a flow is triggered. This gives you the flexibility to start activations based on any Salesforce event, independent of a segment publish schedule. - **[Build Cross-Channel Journeys Using API Activations in Data 360 (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_API_Activation_GA.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate Data 360 API activations directly into Flow Builder to build multi-channel customer journeys. You can start the journey from either a segment-triggered flow or an activation-triggered flow, and use composable building blocks from Salesforce Flow to bridge gaps between different touchpoints and channels within a single, unified flow. Use flow's inherent scheduling to orchestrate the journey independent of segment publish schedules. - **[Use Batch DMO Activations in Activation-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_batch_dmo_atf.htm&release=260&type=5)** Trigger flows using a batch data model object (DMO) activation and activate complete datasets, including profiles, engagement history, and large-scale product recommendations to destinations powered by activation-triggered flows. Moving beyond segment-based activations, batch DMO activations export high-volume engagement and product data to analytics, marketing, and personalization platforms inside or outside of Salesforce. Use this data to power customer interactions, improve decision-making, and meet regulatory compliance. - **[Simplify LinkedIn CAPI Activation with the Conversion Type Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_ad_audiences_linkedin_capi_update.htm&release=260&type=5)**  Filter conversion rules by type when you integrate Data 360 with the LinkedIn Conversion API (CAPI). Mapping the "type" field is now optional during attribute matching and reduces manual data entry errors. - **[Sync WhatsApp Engagement and Conversion Events to Meta using CAPI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_ad_audiences_meta_capi_whatsapp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sync engagement and conversion events from WhatsApp channels to Meta using the Meta Conversions API (CAPI) in Data 360. Track real-time interactions and improve ad attribution with these events. - **[Measure Ad Performance with TikTok Conversion API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_ad_audiences_tiktok_capi.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily send conversion events, including web purchases, event registrations, and offline events such as closed opportunities, directly from Data 360 to TikTok using the TikTok Conversion API (CAPI). Get a complete, cross-channel view of your target audience in TikTok, and make data-driven advertising decisions. # Act on Data Share your data with external data sources, create data actions, creation activation targets and activations, build flows, or enrich your Salesforce org with Data 360 data. - **[Use the Snowflake Zero-Copy V2 Connector for Enhanced Data Sharing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_snowflake_v2.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Share data with Snowflake using the Snowflake zero-copy V2 connector. Authenticate with OIDC and act on change data with streams and tasks. Create a data share and a Snowflake V2 data share target, link them, and query your data as a mounted Snowflake database without duplicating it. - **[Activate Segments Using Rapid Publish to Data 360 Targets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_rapid_publish_data_360_targets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use rapid activation to publish segments at intervals of 1 or 4 hours to Data 360 targets. The support for Data 360 targets powers activation-triggered flows to connect to any external API-based destination. - **[Work with More Space in the Activation Wizard Full-Screen Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_full_screen_activation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure activations in Data 360 with better visibility and workspace now that the activation wizard opens in full screen instead of a modal dialog. Move between different stages of activation configuration using the progress bar at the top of the screen. Your activation workflow, including all steps, fields, and actions, remains unchanged. - **[Add Standard Attributes to Campaign Data in Activations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_standard_attributes_campaign_data_activations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Preserve segment and activation context in downstream payloads by including standard attributes in Campaign Data. Available standard attributes are Activation Name, Activation ID, Segment Name, Segment ID, Activation Run ID, and Activation Publish Start Time. Each selected attribute is added as a separate column in activation output and carries the same value for all records in that run. - **[Customize Amazon S3 Activation Target File Paths and File Names for Seamless Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_customize_amazon_s3_activation_target_file_paths.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain control over how your segment data is delivered to Amazon S3. With the new recommended Amazon S3 activation target, you can customize file names, define specific folder paths, and manage connections centrally with global authentication using IDP based authentication. The new Amazon S3 activation target supports segment activations, but doesn’t support Batch DMO or API activations. - **[Use Amazon S3 Activation Target with Custom File Configuration in Batch DMO and API Activations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_amazon_s3_custom_file_configuration_batch_dmo_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain control over how your data is delivered to Amazon S3. The Amazon S3 activation target introduced in May 2026 now supports batch DMO and API activations, in addition to segment activations. Customize file names, define specific folder paths, and manage connections centrally with global IDP-based authentication. - **[Activate Batch DMOs to Strategic Partner Platforms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_activate-batch-dmos-sp-targets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Send complete DMO datasets to advertising and marketing platforms like Google, Meta, and LinkedIn. Strategic partner platforms join the existing support for Marketing Cloud Engagement, Data Cloud activation targets, and hyperscaler targets, giving your teams more flexibility in where they deliver DMO data. - **[Activate to More Destinations in Data Cloud One Companion Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_activate_more_destinations_companion_orgs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Activate audiences across more advertising and loyalty destinations with expanded target types in Data Cloud One companion org workflows. Strategic partner targets (Google Ads, LinkedIn, Meta, and Amazon Ads) and Loyalty Cloud targets are now available for companion orgs. - **[Filter Streaming DMO Activations with Data Graph Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_streaming-dmo-activations-using-data-graphs-attributes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use DMOs across your data graph to define membership criteria for streaming DMO activations, going up to 2 hops away from the activated DMO. Build more targeted audiences based on the relationships you've already modeled, without being limited to the attributes of the activated DMO alone. - **[Deploy Code Extension Components Using Data Kits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_code_extension_data_kit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use a DevOps data kit to move code extensions or data transforms created using code extensions from sandbox to production. When you add a data transform created using a code extension to your data kit, the associated code extension is automatically included in the data kit. When your code extension references either data lake objects or data model objects, you must manually add the referenced objects to the data kit. - **[Activate Matched Audiences with Clean Rooms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_crc_clean_room_activation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use clean room activation to send matched audiences directly to a provider’s S3 bucket. The provider can activate the matched audience to their advertising platform. Improve your ad spend with higher match rates and limited data exposure. - **[Map Country Codes and Consent Signals for Amazon Activations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ad_audiences_amazon_consent_req.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Ensure your data reaches Amazon by mapping a country code for every activated segment to comply with regional regulations. Amazon now rejects your data without this mapping regardless of the operating region. For profiles in regulated regions, such as the EEA, advertisers must also provide consent signals by using industry-standard formats or Amazon-specific values to prevent rejection. - **[Send Custom Business Data to Meta with Custom Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ad_audiences_meta_custom_attributes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance your ad optimization by sending proprietary, non-standard data points, such as loyalty tiers or lead quality scores, to Meta. Use custom attributes to go beyond standard conversion fields to trigger more sophisticated ad delivery based on your unique business signals. By passing these bespoke attributes through the Meta Conversions API, you improve targeting precision and enrich your performance reporting. - **[Measure Ad Performance with Snapchat Conversion API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ad_audiences_snapchat_capi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Easily send conversion events, including web purchases, event registrations, and offline events such as closed opportunities, directly from Data 360 to Snapchat using the Snapchat Conversion API (CAPI). Get a complete, cross-channel view of your target audience in Snapchat, and make data-driven advertising decisions. - **[Measure Ad Performance with Pinterest Conversion API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ad_audiences_pinterest_capi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Easily send conversion events, including web purchases, event registrations, and offline events such as closed opportunities, directly from Data 360 to Pinterest using the Pinterest Conversion API (CAPI). Get a complete, cross-channel view of your target audience in Pinterest, and make data-driven advertising decisions. - **[Streamline the Complete Activation Workflow with Activation Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_activation_templates_full_workflow.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use activation templates to streamline the complete activation workflow across all supported destination platforms. Templates provide reusable, shared definitions for contact point selection, activation membership filtering, and enrichment data. These definitions reduce manual configuration steps and improve consistency across activations. - **[Find Activation-Triggered Flows from Data 360 Activations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_activation_associated_flows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View the activation-triggered flows associated with an activation directly in Data 360 activation UI. Open a linked flow with one click to configure, monitor, or troubleshoot the activation-triggered flow. # Act on Marketing Insights Faster with Agentforce Use AI-powered analytics and proactive alerts to monitor campaign performance and optimize results in your daily workflow. Ask data questions with Tableau Next Analytics, track pacing with Tableau Next Inspector, and optimize paid media directly in Slack across channels like LinkedIn and Snapchat. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Marketing Intelligence in Marketing Cloud Next. ## Analyze Marketing Performance with Marketing Insights Turn attribution and performance data into clear, actionable insights directly within your dashboards. Marketing Insights identifies patterns, changes, and anomalies across customer journeys, provides AI-generated explanations of what happened and why, and highlights the touchpoints driving results. Quickly align stakeholders, test new strategies, and make faster decisions to improve conversions. **How:** To make these insights available in the Agentforce panel, navigate to your Attribution dashboard and click **Boost Performance**. ## Explore Marketing Intelligence with Conversational Analytics Use generative AI to ask natural language questions about your campaign data with Tableau Next Analytics and Visualization in Marketing Intelligence. Turn static dashboards into interactive experiences to quickly uncover anomalies and insights without leaving your workflow. Make faster, data-driven decisions and reduce your reliance on manual analysis. **How:** From the Agentforce Agents Setup page, create an agent by using the Analytics and Visualization template. Then, enable Agentforce for Analytics and Inspector from the Tableau Next Administration page and assign the Agent Access permission set. ## Monitor LinkedIn Campaigns Around the Clock with Agentforce Monitor LinkedIn Campaigns Around the Clock with Agentforce Protect your budget by setting automated guardrails for the metrics that matter most to your campaign objectives. Use generative AI and Paid Media Optimization to continuously monitor performance and automatically pause underperforming LinkedIn ads that breach your rules. Your spend remains efficient even when your team is offline, providing the same automated protection you already use for Google and Meta ads. **How:** From the Marketing Intelligence app, navigate to the Paid Media Optimization topic to define your rules and thresholds for LinkedIn. # Action Launcher Extend action recommendations by using contextual information from service records to determine user intent. - **[Recommend Actions Contextually on Any Record Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_recommend_actions_contextually_on_any_record_page.htm&release=260&type=5)** Extend recommendations beyond voice and messaging sessions to Case, Incident, or Account records. Action Launcher automatically identifies the user’s intent from contextual data like the case subject and description in your catalog app. Action Launcher then shows your contact center agents the relevant next action. Admins gain flexibility and control by configuring and deploying their own prompt templates to tailor how Action Launcher determines the best action by using generative AI. # Action Plans Increase the efficiency of your business processes with action plans. Enhance flexibility by editing tasks from the tasks list for action plans and action plan templates. - **[Edit Multiple Tasks at Once for the Action Plans and Action Plan Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_action_plan_edit_multiple_tasks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Avoid editing each task field individually. Edit the task values from the tasks list view on action plans and action plan templates. # Action Plans Scale and track complex business processes with action plans. - **[Manage More Complex Business Processes with Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_manage_more_complex_business_processes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Action Plans now handle bigger workloads without the limits you used to hit. Run reports on the Owner and Target fields of action plan records, so you can accurately track performance and ownership across action plans. Action plan records now support up to 200 tasks, up from 100. On dependent tasks, you can now change the Assigned To field before you mark the parent task complete, giving you more flexibility to plan resourcing upfront. # Action Plans and Events and Milestones Customize the quick actions on an action plan template record page. Include document checklist items in actions plans for financial accounts. Learn about the life events in a client’s household at a glance. - **[Give Users Only the Actions They Need for Action Plan Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_give_users_actions_they_need_action_plan_temp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add or remove quick actions available in the highlights panel on an action plan template record page. Show or hide actions based on the user profile or the console app. Previously, the action plan template record page showed a standard list of quick actions that you couldn’t customize. - **[Add Document Checklist Items to Action Plans for Financial Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_add_doc_chklst_items_action_plans_fincl_accts.htm&release=260&type=5)** Show users a list of tasks to complete and documents to upload for a financial account. Previously, you could only list the tasks to complete. - **[Get a Unified View of a Household’s Life Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_get_unified_view_household_events.htm&release=260&type=5)** View the significant life events of household members on a timeline and proactively engage with clients. Understand the household’s collective financial journey and identify key planning opportunities. Anticipate the household’s needs after critical life events and offer relevant advice or services, and answer queries with greater context and empathy. # Actionable List View and Quick Visit Streamline mobile workflows with a custom list view designed for speed. The Actionable List View embeds configurable quick actions directly into the visit list card. Field representatives can perform routine tasks, such as sample drops and detailing, without clicking into the full record. With GoTo navigation that deep-links to specific sidebars within the Visit Engagement page, users spend less time navigating menus and can focus on completing tasks. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). # Actionable List with Data 360 Create actionable lists directly on unified data from Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) to find and act on new opportunities. - **[Build Targeted Client Lists with Data Model Objects (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_actionable_list_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build actionable lists to group similar client profiles and act on new opportunities. Filter directly on unified data from Data 360 data model objects (DMOs), combining CRM fields with external data such as cash balances, marketing engagement scores, and purchase history in one list. External field values are used only for filtering and are never written to CRM records. Your CRM stays clean while advisors identify high-value opportunities faster. # Actionable Relationship Center View many-to-one relationship type records on an Actionable Relationship Center (ARC) graph. - **[Visualize More Relationships on an ARC Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_arc_many_to_one.htm&release=260&type=5)** Show records related to each other via a many-to-one relationship type in ARC. The many-to-one relationship type uses a lookup relationship to link many records from an object to a single record from another object. In ARC, it shows a lookup field from the child node to the parent node. You can add one-to-many or many-to-many nodes to the child node. Previously, you could create an ARC graph by using only one-to-many or many-to-many relationship types. # Activate Audiences to LY Ads Use LY ads as a native activation destination in Data 360. You can activate segments directly to LY ads for use in targeted advertising campaigns and insights reporting. Where: This feature is available in Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Ad Audiences license. **When:** This functionality is available starting in September 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: LY Ads Activation Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-lyadsadaudiences-connector.html) # Activate Audiences to Reddit Use Reddit as a native activation destination in Data Cloud. You can activate segments directly to Reddit for use in targeted advertising campaigns and insights reporting. Where: This feature is available in Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Ad Audiences license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature isn't available in Government Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Reddit Ads Activation Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-redditadaudiences-connector.html) # Activate Batch DMOs to Strategic Partner Platforms Send complete DMO datasets to advertising and marketing platforms like Google, Meta, and LinkedIn. Strategic partner platforms join the existing support for Marketing Cloud Engagement, Data Cloud activation targets, and hyperscaler targets, giving your teams more flexibility in where they deliver DMO data. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activation for Data Cloud Data Model Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_dmo_activation.htm&language=en_US) # Activate Customer Insights Faster Get your system up and running faster with a streamlined, more reliable activation process. Enhancements to data processing give you faster recommendations, helping you take immediate, effective action. Easily turn channels on and off with the new channel activation options in setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited editions with Data Cloud enabled, and the Customer Exprc Intel add-on. **Who:** To set up Customer Signals Intelligence, users need the Data Cloud Admin permission set. **How:** Go to Customer Signals Intelligence setup and then follow the help documentation for more information. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Customer Signals Intelligence Setup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.concept_cxi_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Activate Matched Audiences with Clean Rooms Use clean room activation to send matched audiences directly to a provider’s S3 bucket. The provider can activate the matched audience to their advertising platform. Improve your ad spend with higher match rates and limited data exposure.   **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.  ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature isn't available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. **Why:** Unlike activating first-party data directly, clean room activation matches your customer list against the provider's audience first, and you share only confirmed overlaps with the provider for activation. Providers receive ready-to-use audience data in their own environment for activation to any advertising platform or media system, without any data exposure. Consumers share only the matched audience list instead of a complete audience segment and receive an audit log to verify the match count. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Clean Room Activation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_crc_clean_room_activation.htm&language=en_US) # Activate Segments Using Rapid Publish to Data 360 Targets Use rapid activation to publish segments at intervals of 1 or 4 hours to Data 360 targets. The support for Data 360 targets powers activation-triggered flows to connect to any external API-based destination. By leveraging the speed of rapid activation, you can now reach a wider ecosystem of destinations via MuleSoft connectors to engage with your customers based on their most recent interactions. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Increase Segment Refresh from Data 360 to the Activation Targets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_rapid_segment_publish.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Publish Schedule and Activation Target Compatibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_publish_schedule_activation_target_compatibility.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Activate Segments with Consistent Order of Attributes or Columns If an activation is run multiple times, the order of attributes or columns in the activated file is now consistent, when activating to file storage targets like Amazon S3, SFTP, GCS, or Azure. Consistent order of attributes or columns helps in easy consumption of the activation output by a downstream system. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note For activations created prior to January 2026, you must edit and save your activation to ensure its future runs have consistent order of attributes or columns. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in January 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation for File Storage Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_add_activation_target.htm&language=en_US) # Activate to More Destinations in Data Cloud One Companion Orgs Activate audiences across more advertising and loyalty destinations with expanded target types in Data Cloud One companion org workflows. Strategic partner targets (Google Ads, LinkedIn, Meta, and Amazon Ads) and Loyalty Cloud targets are now available for companion orgs. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in July 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Features on Companion Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_companion_org_data_cloud_features.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Adapt Subscriptions When Customer Needs Change When your customer's business grows or their requirements change, renew their active usage assets before the assets expire instead of canceling them and placing another order. Adjust rates and grant quantities to meet your customer's current needs while maintaining asset continuity. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Note:** Early renewal isn't available in orgs that have both the Revenue Cloud Advanced and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses with the Usage Management add-on. **How:** From an active usage asset, create a renewal quote and select **Override Renewal Term**. Select a start date before the current asset end date. # Adapt the Scheduling Console to Your Workflows with Custom Actions Give dispatchers quick access to org-specific automations and workflows from multiple locations in the Scheduling Console, including the Gantt, service appointment list, and map. Configure interactive or background actions that launch a Lightning Web Component, run a flow, call an Apex class, or open a Visualforce page. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and [Aura sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** Configure custom actions from the Scheduling Console Settings page. From Setup, enter Scheduling Console Settings in the Quick Find box, then select **Scheduling Console Settings**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Custom Actions in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_custom_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_customize_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Adapt Your Agent's Responses to the User's Language (Beta) Set up your agent faster and give your users a more natural conversational experience. When you turn on adaptive language mode, your agent detects the language of each incoming message and responds in the same language. Your agent can use any language its AI model supports, including languages that aren't in the Allowed Languages list. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Adaptive language mode is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Builder, open your agent. On the Explorer panel, select **Language Settings** under Settings, and then turn on adaptive language mode. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Update Language Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_setup_tone.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add a Security Contact for Incident Alerts Provide security contact information so that Salesforce can send security alerts and communications to this contact. For the security contact email address, we recommend that you use a monitored distribution list. The security contact information is now required on the Company Information page in Setup. To make sure that you continue to receive security alerts, make a plan to review these fields on a regular basis. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Company Information, and then select **Company Information**. Click **Edit**. In the Security Contact Information section, specify a name, email address, and phone number. ![Security contact info](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_contact_info.png) #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Managing Your Security Contact in Salesforce Setup (Core Clouds)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005317096&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Manage Security Contacts for Your Salesforce Organization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000380369&type=1&language=en_US) # Add Ad Hoc Tasks During Visits Inspectors can now create tasks during a visit, even if those tasks weren't pre-assigned. When an inspector identifies unplanned work at a site, such as an additional safety check or follow-up verification, they select an action plan template and add tasks to the visit. This eliminates the need to return to the site later or manually track unplanned activities outside Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **How:** From the Visit details page, select **Menu** and **Add a Task**. Select an action plan template, choose the tasks to add from that template, and save. The newly added tasks appear in the task list for that visit. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Action Plans Data Model (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_action_plans_data_model.htm&language=en_US) # Add Agentforce to Payer Contact Center Quickly Set up Agentforce for your payer contact center by using a guided setup, and make sure that your contact center reps are productive from day one. Create a data graph, review flows, and configure agent topics and actions by following the easy-to-understand steps. Stay focused and on task by using the direct links to the in-app setup pages and comprehensive help articles. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting Feb 13, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** On the Contact Center Settings page in Setup, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. Then, follow the guided setup in the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Agentforce for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_agentforce_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations and Limitations for Agentforce for Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_user_agentforce_for_health_cloud_billing_consideration.htm&language=en_US) # Add Amazon Pay as a Saved Payment Method In addition to Apple Pay and Google Pay, B2B buyers can now save Amazon Pay as a payment method. Amazon Pay is available through Stripe payment gateways. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Salesforce Payments. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Let Customers Save and Manage Their Payment Methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.payments_saved_payment_methods.htm&language=en_US) # Add and Manage Saved Payment Methods by Using Pre-Tokenized Data Bring your existing payment methods from native and third-party payment gateways into your Salesforce org by migrating the corresponding payment method tokens. You can import specific payment method tokens either individually or use a CSV file to upload multiple tokens into your Salesforce org. Map the tokens to specific payment types, including emerging options, such as digital wallets. Use the saved payment methods, without any further configuration, for both batch payment processing and in the Sale, Authorize, and Capture APIs. Integrate payment methods into your Salesforce org by bringing in external UI components from vendors of your choice. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To import payment method tokens, you need the Payment Admin or the Payment Operations User permission sets. To embed third-party UI components on the self-service Billing portal, users need the Billing Portal User permission set. **How:** To import a payment method token, use the SavedPaymentMethod API. To import multiple payment method tokens, use the Bulk API. #### See Also - [_Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform_: SavedPaymentMethod](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_savedpaymentmethod.htm) - [_Bulk API 2.0 and Bulk API Developer Guide_: Bulk API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_asynch.meta/api_asynch/asynch_api_intro.htm) # Add and Move Modules to Match Your Workflow Organize pages and modules to fit your workflow by dragging them into your preferred order. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** To add a module, drag it to your target section. # Add Annotations to MCP Server Tools Add annotations to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers to give hints about their behavior. Examples of annotations you can select are Read-only, Destructive, Idempotent, and Open-world. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** This feature is generally available in June 2026. **How:** In Setup, in API Catalog MCP Servers, select the **Salesforce** tab. Select an MCP server and then select its **Tools** tab. Make sure that you deactivate the MCP server if it’s active. Select the annotations that you want to add to the tool, and then click **Save**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Custom Salesforce MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_create_custom_salesforce_mcp_servers.htm&language=en_US) # Add Approval Submissions to Record Pages Without Custom Buttons Add a component for your users to submit records for approval without you creating a custom button. The Request Approval component works in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder. Configure built-in options for approver selection and submission comments. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, all Einstein 1, and Developer editions. **Who:** To customize record page layouts in Lightning App Builder, you must have the Manage Flow user permission. To customize an Experience Cloud site, you need to be a member of the site and have the Create and Set Up Experiences user permission. Or you need to be a member of the site and an experience admin, publisher, or builder in that site. **How:** Before you add the Request Approval component to a record page layout, consider what input you want from the submitter. If you plan to require that the submitter select an approver, design a flow approval process to assign one or more approval steps to the `firstApprover` input variable. To expose optional submitter comments to approvers, use the `submissionComments` input variable in your flow approval process. After you add the Request Approval component to a page, configure it to reference the relevant active autolaunched flow approval process. The component shows an Approval Request Comments field by default. To prevent the submitter from adding comments about a submission, select **Hide submitter comments**. To require the submitter to select a first approver, select **Require submitter to select an approver**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Request Approval Component to a Record Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_deploy_request_approval_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Request Approval Component to Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_deploy_request_approval_component_to_site.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Approved Attachments to Email Templates Starting in November 2026, marketers can attach files to email templates. To make sure that important documents are always included in emails sent from templates, marketers can mark attachments as required. If enabled, Distributed Marketing and Alerts senders can also upload their own files from a content workspace. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with access to Data 360, and the Salesforce Foundations and Distributed Marketing and Alerts add-ons - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with access to Data 360, the Salesforce Foundations add-on, and the Distributed Marketing and Alerts or the Sales Emails and Alerts add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with access to Data 360, and the Salesforce Foundations and Distributed Marketing and Alerts add-ons #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure an Approved Email Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_dma_create_message.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Automation and Integration with MuleSoft on Government Cloud MuleSoft is coming to Government Cloud Plus and Government Cloud Plus – Defense, giving public sector customers powerful tools for building automations and integrations. **Where:** This change applies to Government Cloud Plus and Government Cloud Plus – Defense. **When:** Salesforce plans to make MuleSoft available on Government Cloud by the end of 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.government_cloud_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Government Cloud Available Products and Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000396813&type=1&language=en_US) - [_MuleSoft_: What is MuleSoft](https://www.salesforce.com/mulesoft/what-is-mulesoft/) # Add Billing Self-Service Components in LWR Experience Cloud Sites Add billing capabilities to any Experience Cloud site built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) templates. The Posted Invoices, Invoice Line Viewer, Self-Service Payment Sheet, Self-Service Payment Confirmation, and Manage Saved Payment Methods components now appear in the Experience Cloud palette. Customers can view invoices, pay outstanding balances, save payment methods for future use, and manage saved payment methods from your branded site. Customize the page layout and component placement to match your site design. Add these components to existing LWR sites or build your own sites. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To use the self-service billing components, your users need the Billing Experience Cloud User permission set. **How:** To add these components to your pages, open your Experience Cloud site in Experience Builder. In the components palette, under the Layout section, find the Posted Invoices, Invoice Line Viewer, Self-Service Payment Sheet, Self-Service Payment Confirmation, or Manage Saved Payment Methods component, and drag it onto your page. Configure each component and republish your site. # Add Clauses to Quotes from Your Clause Library Before generating a document, sales reps can now search and add pre-approved clauses to quotes, such as standard warranty disclaimers, payment terms, delivery conditions. Reps can then customize standard language with deal-specific details. Choose which clauses are available by adding them to the Quote Special Terms component in your Quote page layout. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Salesforce Contracts license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Special Term to a Quote (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_add_a_special_term_to_a_quote.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Communication Channels During Consent Capture Add email addresses, phone numbers, or social media handles directly from the consent management screen. You can now add new channel values while logging consent instead of navigating to different tabs. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Capture a Customer's Consent and Communication Preferences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_consent_management_update_consents.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Context to Chunks with Prepend Fields from Data Model Objects You can now use prepend fields to add additional metadata that provides context for chunks generated from UDMOs. For example, if your search index configuration includes unstructured data from webcrawler or sitemap connectors, metadata fields such as Labels, Title, or URL can provide additional context to each generated chunk. Prepending these fields improves accuracy of RAG responses in Agentforce. Previously, prepend field chunking was available only for search indexes created from DMOs. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **How:** In the Search Index Advanced Setup for vector search or hybrid search, select fields to prepend to chunks. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Chunking Strategies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_supported_chunking_strategies.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Vector Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_create_vector_index_config.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Hybrid Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_hybridsearch_index_create.htm&language=en_US) # Add Context to Your Metric by Using Thresholds Create thresholds to give meaning to ranges of values for your metric. For example, create thresholds with custom labels such as "healthy," "at risk," and "critical," and assign colors to those ranges. When other users see that metric, they understand the context around the metric’s value. And you can use thresholds with goals, or you can use thresholds independently from goals. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From a metric’s page, select **Set Goal**. Then add up to four thresholds. Or analysts can add a goal or thresholds when creating a metric. ![The goals and thresholds window shows a goal of 350,000 with a blue reference line. There are thresholds for healthy, at risk, and watch.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_goals_thresholds.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Goals and Thresholds for Tableau Next Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_goals.htm&language=en_US) # Add Custom Property Editors to Individual Apex Action Inputs Developers can now build and assign custom property editors (CPE) to individual input parameters rather than entire Apex actions. A Lightning web component (LWC) can control a single input parameter or manage multiple related parameters. Input parameters without CPEs continue to use the standard property editor in Flow Builder. This approach gives developers fine-grained control over parameter configuration with less complexity. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. It’s available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Developers create an LWC and reference it in an InvocableActionExtension metadata file for an Apex action input parameter. Developers can create multiple CPEs for different parameters in the same action, but each parameter can belong to only one CPE. For example, an Apex action called MyAction includes two related input parameters: assigneeType and assignee. Developers create the myCustomEditor LWC to show the related parameters together. First, they use the `CpeName` attribute to assign the myCustomEditor LWC to the primary input parameter, assigneeType: ``` ActionParameter MyAction.assigneeType CpeName String c:myCustomEditor ``` Then, they use the `ConfiguredBy` attribute to add assignee as a dependent input parameter to the same CPE: ``` ActionParameter MyAction.assignee ConfiguredBy String assigneeType ``` Now when an action element in a flow references MyAction, its property panel uses myCustomEditor to manage the assigneeType and assignee input parameters. Other input parameters use the standard property editor. To control the vertical display sequence of input parameters in the action’s property panel, developers use the `Order` attribute. When a CPE controls multiple input parameters, the primary input parameter's `Order` attribute determines where the CPE appears in the vertical sequence. # Add Document Checklist Items to Action Plans for Financial Accounts Show users a list of tasks to complete and documents to upload for a financial account. Previously, you could only list the tasks to complete. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in multiple Industries clouds where Action Plans is available. # Add Document Generation Process Requests to Active Batches Add Document Generation Process (DGP) requests to a Document Generation Batch Process (DGBP) even after the batch starts running. Continue updating batches in New, In Progress, or Queued status without waiting for the batches to complete. This enhancement provides flexibility for large or evolving workloads, and it reduces the requirement to recreate batches. You can’t update a DGBP with additional DGPs after the batch status changes to completed. Previously, you could only update batches in the new state. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Events Starter Pack license, and the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** Create a document generation request and associate it with an existing batch by using the Document Generation Batch Process field. The batch processes newly added requests automatically, even when queued or in progress. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Document Generation Batch Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_docgen_document_generation_batch_process.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Exit Rules That Use Events For flows that support exit rules, like segment-triggered, event-triggered, and on-demand flows, you can now use events to exit an individual from a flow. For example, if a customer is in an event-triggered flow for cart abandonment, use a purchase event as an exit rule so that the customer doesn’t get irrelevant messages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** On the Flow Builder canvas, in the Start node, click **Edit** next to the count of exit rules. In the Exit Rules panel, click **Add Event** to add an event that removes an individual from the flow. You can select any event in your event library. ![Exit rule options.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud_exit_rules_events_api_calls.png) The flow evaluates exit rules each time a user starts a flow, resumes a flow after a pause, or invokes an action. # Add Flexibility to Unified Routing Transfers by Routing Calls to a Flow Simplify the decision process for your reps by configuring voice call transfers with Omni-Channel Flows. This Omni-Channel Unified Routing enhancement unlocks more dynamic routing capabilities, allowing you to use complex business logic and skill-based criteria within a flow to determine the next transfer target. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect Service Cloud Voice is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Transfer Voice Calls with Omni-Channel Unified Routing (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_omni_unified_routing_transfer.htm&language=en_US) - [_Service Cloud Voice Implementation Guide | Telephony Integration API:_ Route a Voice Call](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_developer_guide.meta/voice_developer_guide/voice_rest_route_call.htm) - [_Service Cloud Voice Implementation Guide:_ InvokeTelephonyIntegrationApiFunction Lambda Function](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_developer_guide.meta/voice_developer_guide/voice_lambda_invoketelephonyintegration.htm) # Add MCP Server Tools to Your Agentforce Agents Extend your AI agents' capabilities by adding AgentExchange-hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) server tools directly in Agentforce Builder. The enhanced actions modal displays MCP server tools alongside standard agent actions, making it easy to discover and integrate the right tools for your agent's workflow. Use the new Asset Type filter to quickly switch between actions and MCP server tools. **Who:** This change impacts Agentforce admins and developers. **Where:** This change applies to Asset Library in Agentforce Builder. **Why:** Access to MCP server tools directly in the Agentforce builder streamlines the process of extending agent functionality, reducing the time needed to discover and integrate the right tools for your use case. **How:** In Agentforce Builder, open the AgentExchange modal when configuring your agent. In the Actions modal, search for MCP server tools using the search bar (1), or narrow results with the MCP Server Tools filter (2). Then, select a tile for an MCP server tool to view its details. ![Actions & MCP Server Tools modal on AgentExchange, showing the search bar and Filter menu with Asset Type options (All, Actions, MCP Server Tools).](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_mcp_server_tools.png) # Add MCP Servers from Agentforce Registry Through an Integrated AgentExchange Experience You can browse solutions featuring MCP servers on AgentExchange, explore detailed information about tools and resources, and install applications without custom development—all within your Agentforce workflow. This integration makes your agents more efficient by giving them access to external tools and resources that they need for your business. Before you install an application, view its details to see what tools and external resources are included. Once installed, your agents can access these external resources as part of their workflows. **Who:** This change impacts Agentforce admins and developers. **Where:** This change applies to Agentforce Registry in Setup. **How:** To browse solutions featuring MCP servers, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Agentforce Registry, and then select MCP Servers (1). Click New+ to browse AgentExchange (2). ![Screenshot of AgentExchange embedded in Agentforce Registry](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_mcp_af_registry.png) The listing cards on AgentExchange show the MCP server count alongside other Agentforce content, such as agents, subagents, and actions. Select a listing card to view the app details. The details page provides a brief summary and count of tools and resources associated with the MCP servers. To view all the tools and resources, visit AgentExchange. #### See Also - [AgentExchange](https://agentexchange.salesforce.com/) - [_Salesforce Help_: MCP for Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp.htm&language=en_US) - [Explore Solutions Featuring MCP Servers on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_explore_solutions_featuring_mcp_servers_on_agentexchange.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Agentforce Contents filter on AgentExchange to find solutions featuring Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. The listing cards show the server count so you can quickly evaluate your options. Before you install a solution, view its details page to review the MCP server’s tools and resources that your agents can access in their workflows.") # Add More Contact Points and Related DMOs to Event-Triggered Flows with Enhanced Engagement Signals Now you can specify SMS and WhatsApp contact points in your flows. When creating engagement signals, you can also specify a profile data model object (DMO) instead of only engagement DMOs. Profile DMOs give you direct access to an individual’s data in a flow. Optionally add a related object and reference its fields to define the engagement signal or use filters. For example, create a flow that triggers after a customer makes an order, and then include related order item information with a filter that fires only if the spend exceeds a certain amount **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** When creating an engagement signal, you can now optionally specify a related object, like a profile or engagement DMO. After specifying a related object, you can reference up to 10 of the related object’s fields to define the engagement signal or to use for filtering. When setting filters, you can use operators like not equal to, greater than, and less than. ![Engagement signal creation with a related object selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud_enhanced_engagement_signals.png) # Add More Context to Service Plans with Messaging Session and Voice Call Record Grounding Enhance the accuracy and details of service plans by grounding Service Assistant in Messaging Session and Voice Call records. When these records are attached to a case, Service Assistant analyzes the transcripts to create a case summary that summarizes what took place in the conversation and drafts a service plan that continues from where the conversation ended. The grounding process boosts rep productivity by ensuring the service plan continues exactly from where the prior interaction left off and avoids repeating steps and manual context gathering. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This feature was originally released on December 18, 2025. We’ve included it in the Spring '26 Release Notes to increase the visibility of the feature. **Who:** - To set up Messaging Session and Voice Call record grounding for Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To ground service plans in Messaging Session or Voice Call records, the ServicePlanner User needs the Conversation Grounding Access custom permission set that has these permissions. - App permission: Access Conversations Entries, View All Voice and Video Calls - Messaging Session object permission: Read, View All Records - To view Messaging Session or Voice Call information in a service plan, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. **Why:** By automatically grounding the case summary and service plan in the related conversation transcript, Service Assistant limits the need for service reps to manually review and synthesize the Messing Session or Voice Call record. In addition, the service plan starts from where the original conversation ended, which speeds up case resolution and prevents the duplication of resolution steps already taken the conversation. ![Messaging session grounding example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sp_mvg.png) **How:** Assign your users the required permissions and then turn on **Messaging and Voice record grounding** in the Case tab of the Service Assistant Setup page. ![Related record grounding Setup page toggle](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sp_msg_voice_setup_page.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Grounding Service Assistant with Related Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_mvg.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Related Record Grounding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_mvg_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Add More Service Resources to Appointments Salesforce Scheduler now supports adding up to 20 mandatory service resources to a single appointment in appointment booking flows. Now, when scheduling an appointment in the user interface, you can add more service resources and find the right slot. This change supports complex scheduling scenarios, such as tribunals, court hearings, panel reviews, team presentations, and so on. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled. **How:** To enable this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support. # Add Multi-Language Support to B2B Guided Shopping Agent Interactions Configure the B2B guided shopping agent to interact with buyers in their preferred language based on the buyer's locale. Previously, the agent interacted with buyers based on the default language configured in the agent settings. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Implement a B2B or D2C Guided Shopping Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_agent_guided_shopping_implement.htm&language=en_US) # Add Multiple Assets to Your Workspace at Once Save time and steps by adding multiple assets to your workspace or when creating an asset from multiple elements, such as for a semantic data model (SDM). You can now select all necessary data lake objects (DLOs) and data model objects (DMOs) at the same time and immediately land in the builder with all of them selected. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create or Add an Asset in a Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_workspace_asset.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Tableau Next Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_workspace.htm&language=en_US) # Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component Give submitters up to 10 autolaunched flow approval processes to select from with the Request Approvals component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. **Who:** To customize record page layouts, Lightning App Builder requires that you have the Customize Application permission. **How:** In Lightning App Builder, add the Request Approvals component to a record page layout. In the Request Approvals property panel, click **\+ Add Flow Approval Process**. For each flow approval process, enter a label to identify the flow approval process to users. To prevent submitters from adding comments to their submission, select **Hide submitter comments**. To require submitters to select an approver, select **Require the submitter to select an approver**. To view or edit the configuration for a flow approval process, click its label. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Multiple Flow Approval Processes for a Record Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_deploy_request_approvals_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component in Lightning App Builder Configure the Request Approvals component in Experience Builder to give submitters up to 10 autolaunched flow approval processes to select from for a record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_request_approval_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give submitters up to 10 autolaunched flow approval processes to select from with the Request Approvals component.") # Add Multiple Sort Order Conditions in Context Filters You can add two sort order conditions in your context filter. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service is enabled. # Add Multiple Subscribers to a Quotes and Orders Sales reps can quickly add subscriber data by automating the process through the CSV file uploads. You can upload a CSV file with subscriber data from the Subscribers tab of a quote or an order. Salesforce automatically maps the file columns. Sales reps can also manually map columns from the uploaded file to fields in the quote line item recipient or order product recipient objects. Alternatively, reps can also add subscriber data manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Add Subscribers to a Quote or Order_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_add_subscribers_to_a_quote_or_order.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up Multi-Subscribers in Revenue Cloud for Communications_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_multi_subscribers_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Add New Fields and Individual Records Easily to Marketing Objects To make quick corrections, add test data, or capture one-off entries, add fields to your marketing objects and enter individual records directly in Data Explorer. Add fields to empty or data-populated objects and modify field properties without affecting existing data. To enter a small number of records, skip the CSV upload and enter values directly. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** This functionality is available starting August 2026. **Who:** To manage Marketing Objects, you must have the Manage Marketing Objects and Modify All Marketing Objects Records permissions. # Add New Inputs to Existing Prompt Templates Add new inputs to an existing prompt template in Prompt Builder. Add an object, free text, or data model objects directly from the Resources panel and include them in your template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of February 23, 2026. **Why:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **How:** In the Prompt Builder canvas, click **Properties**, click **Resources**, and then click the **Add** icon. Select the input type that you want to create and define its details. To make the input optional, deselect **Require when template runs**. Click **Next**, and then add the new input from the Inputs section to your prompt template.
Prompt Builder input configuration object list
Prompt Builder input configurations field list
Prompt Builder setup new configuration object.
#### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add New Input to an Existing Prompt Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_add_new_input.htm&language=en_US) # Add or Update Users in Bulk with a CSV File Invite new users and update roles for existing users in a single CSV upload, instead of updating roles one at a time. Now, you can also upload up to 10,000 rows per upload. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Operations workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Operations license, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** While bulk adding and updating users by using a CSV file, Agentforce Operations distinguishes between new and existing users in the **Review** step. The table shows an **Update** action for existing users and a **Create** action for new users. An upload adds new roles specified in the CSV for users with updates without removing any of a user's existing roles. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add and Update Multiple Users in Bulk in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_bulk_create_update_multiple_users.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Percent of Total Using Quick Table Calculations Compare how segments contribute to an overall total in Tableau Next by adding percent of total in fewer clicks. Include this calculation in charts to quickly spot categories that stand out. Add percent of total to tables to review each value’s share alongside the total. For added insight without changing the view, apply percent of total to marks properties like tooltip or detail. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, in a bar chart showing sales by category and sub-category, include percent of total as a label to evaluate each sub-category’s share of the total alongside sales. **How:** From a measure’s context menu, select **Quick Table Calculation** | **Percent of Total**. ![Sankey chart in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_viz_quick_calc_percenttotal.png) To set how the percentage is calculated across fields, select **Partition** or **Order By** from the Field on Marks menu option. ![Bar chart in Tableau Next showing percent totals in labels](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_chart_quick_calc_percenttotal.png) # Add Predictive Insights to Semantic Models (Beta) Predictive Insights brings machine learning predictions directly to your semantic models. Reference an AI model, map your fields as inputs, and generate a prediction for each record in place without exporting data, switching tools, or writing code. Optionally, surface the top predictors and recommendations behind each prediction so your users can see what's driving a result and what to do next. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **When:** This update is available starting in August 2026. **Why:** Predictions have typically lived in a separate data science tool, apart from the metrics and dashboards teams use daily. Tableau Semantics previously supported only built-in time-series forecasting. The PREDICT function closes that gap: it reads any predictive model registered in AI models, including bring-your-own models, so a predicted value becomes a standard field you can chart, filter, and reuse. Predictions stay consistent across every app and dashboard that reads from your semantic model. **How:** Before you add predictive insights, enable this feature in any of these locations: - **Data Cloud Setup** > **Feature Manager** - **Data Cloud Setup** > **Tableau Next Features** - Tableau Next workspace settings In a semantic model, choose **New** > **Predictive Insights**. Select an AI model, map your fields to its inputs, and save. Tableau Semantics generates a prediction for each record and adds the predicted value as a field under **Predictive Insights**. To return the drivers and suggested actions behind each prediction, set the number of top predictors and recommendations. When the AI model defines top predictors and recommendations, the field also returns **Insight**, **Insight Type**, and **Impact Score**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Predictive Insights in Tableau Semantics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_predictive_insghts_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Add Product Media and Attachments from External URLs Attach images, videos, and other files to a product by using an external URL instead of uploading files to Salesforce CMS. Previously, you had to store a media file in Salesforce CMS before you could add it to a product. After you set this option in your org settings, it applies to all stores in your org. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce. **How:** In Commerce Setup Assistant, under Additional Setup, select **Use External URLs for Product Media**. This setting applies only to product media. Continue to use Salesforce CMS for category media. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use External Product Media URLs in B2B Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_productmediaurls.htm&language=en_US) # Add Products to Categories with AI Use AI to suggest categories for products in your product list. The recommendations are based on your current catalog. Categories are created only for base products, not variations. If a product is assigned to multiple sites, it can have different suggestions based on the site catalog. To see which products don't have an assigned category, review the new Products without Categories insight on the dashboard. **Where:** This feature applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** On the Product List page, select one or more base or simple products. To request AI category suggestions, click **AI Suggest**. On the dashboard, view how many products don't have categories. To get category suggestions, click **View Details**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Product Categories with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_aicategorization.htm&language=en_US) # Add Rewards for All Eligible Categories and Products Create unit price promotions for a large volume of eligible products and categories in no time. Add one purchase criterion for all eligible products or categories. Configure a uniform reward for all eligible items. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management. **How:** To apply the discount to all eligible items on a Buy X, Get Unit Price Discount on Y + Rewards rule, select either **Customers can purchase from any eligible category** or **Customers can purchase from any eligible product**. Then select **All eligible products and categories**. ![Rule configuration for all eligible product or category discount.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_gpm_unit_price_discount.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Buy X, Get Unit Price Discount on Y + Rewards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_design_promotion_wizard_step_four_unit_buy.htm&language=en_US) # Add Standard Attributes to Campaign Data in Activations Preserve segment and activation context in downstream payloads by including standard attributes in Campaign Data. Available standard attributes are Activation Name, Activation ID, Segment Name, Segment ID, Activation Run ID, and Activation Publish Start Time. Each selected attribute is added as a separate column in activation output and carries the same value for all records in that run. **Why:** Contextual data improves downstream traceability, reconciliation, auditability, and cross-channel performance reporting. You can still add custom name-value fields alongside these standard attributes. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in July 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation for a Data 360 Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_data_cloud_activation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation for Marketing Cloud Engagement Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_marketing_cloud_activation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation for File Storage Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_add_activation_target.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an API Activation in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_api_activation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Batch DMO Activation in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_dmo_activation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Static Resource Images to Display Text Without Leaving Flow Builder (Generally Available) Seamlessly browse for and upload static resource images directly from within the Display Text component. The Image option, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. Previously, to add a static resource image, you went to the Static Resources page in Setup to get the names of existing images and then used them in the component. Now, in a streamlined two-step process, you can search for existing images, upload new ones, and add alternate text all from within the screen flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To search static resource images from the Display Text component, you need the View Setup and Configuration user permission. To upload static resource images from the Display Text component, you need the Customize Application user permission. **Why:** Static resource images are packageable, persistent, and reliable. They remain available even when you deploy the flow to a different org or Experience Cloud site. You can also track exactly where a static resource image is used. This visibility helps you maintain referential integrity and make informed decisions during long-term maintenance. **How:** In the Display Text component, click ![The image icon in the Display Text screen component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_display_text_cmp_image.png), and then select **Add Image from Static Resources**. ![The Add Image from Static Resources option within the Display Text component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_screens_add_static_resource_image_option.png) In the Add Static Resource Image window, search for and select an existing static resource image, or upload a new image that is 2.5 MB or smaller. ![Add Static Resource Image window showing options to upload a new image or select a preexisting static resource image](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_screens_add_static_resource_image.png) Next, in the Add Alt Text window, add alt text to describe the image or mark it as decorative if it doesn’t have informational value. With alt-text configuration integrated directly into the upload process, you effortlessly meet accessibility standards for all your customers. ![Add Alt Text window showing options to add alternate text for the selected image or mark it as decorative](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_screens_add_alt_text.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Display Text Screen Output Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_screencmp_display_text.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Tableau Next Components to Lightning Pages Bring analytics into context alongside the records that field users work with. Add Metric, Visualization, and Dashboard components to Lightning record and home pages in Lightning App Builder. Previously, Tableau Next content was available only through a dedicated metrics tab, requiring field users to navigate away from their work. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license, the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, Tableau Next add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** In Lightning App Builder, drag components from the Standard section to a Lightning page. Configure the required fields, and activate the page. Field users can then interact with the embedded content in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app by tapping data points and using dropdown lists. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Embed Tableau Next Metrics on a Lightning Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_tableau_next_embed_metric_lightning_page.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Embed Tableau Next Visualizations on a Lightning Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_tableau_next_embed_visualization_lightning_page.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Embed Tableau Next Dashboards on a Lightning Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_tableau_next_embed_dashboard_lightning_page.htm&language=en_US) # Add the Follow Button to the Dynamic Highlights Panel You can now customize your Dynamic Highlights Panels to include the standard Follow button. Expose the Follow button by using the Lightning App Builder so users can easily subscribe to updates on key records. The button is hidden by default. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In the Lightning App Builder, select the **Dynamic Highlights Panel** component on the canvas. In the properties pane, select or deselect **Hide Follow/Unfollow button** to control whether the button is visible to your users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dynamic Highlights Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.dynamic_highlights_panel.htm&language=en_US) # Add Tools from Salesforce-hosted MCP Servers to Your Agents Agents can now use tools from MCP servers hosted on Salesforce. Authentication occurs in the context of the Salesforce user through an internal credential. Each agent calls the MCP tools with its own user's permissions. Previously, agents were able to get tools only from third-party MCP servers set up in the Agentforce Registry. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature supports both standard (Salesforce-authored) and custom MCP servers hosted on Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting the week of August 31, 2026. **How:** In API Catalog, add the Salesforce-hosted MCP server (standard or custom), add the tools you want, and activate it. See [Manage Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_manage_salesforce_hosted_mcp_servers.htm&type=5&language=en_US). In Agentforce Registry, select **New** and add the Salesforce-hosted MCP server. Next, [allowlist](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp_registration_manage_allowlist.htm&type=5&language=en_US) the tools you want Agentforce to use. Select from the tools that you added in API Catalog. Finally, in Agentforce Builder, [add those actions to a subagent from the assets list](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp_tool_action_add.htm&type=5&language=en_US), the same way you add any other Salesforce action. #### See Also - [Manage Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_manage_salesforce_hosted_mcp_servers.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Allow or Remove Access to MCP Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp_registration_manage_allowlist.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Add an MCP Tool Action to Your Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp_tool_action_add.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Verified Queries to a Tableau Next Data Kit Add verified questions to a data kit, and Tableau Next packages them with the semantic model that they belong to. Previously, you re-verified each question after every deployment. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From Data Kit Contents, add verified queries. Tableau Next adds the related semantic model to the kit. Save the data kit, and deploy it to the target org. In the target org, open **Q&A Calibration**, select the semantic model, and confirm the status of each question. A query stays **Verified** when the target org uses the same Tableau Agent version and the same model as the source org. The status changes to **Needs Validation** when the agent version differs or when the target org has more than one active agent version. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add and Deploy Verified Queries with a Tableau Next Data Kit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_deploy_verified_queries_data_kit.htm&language=en_US) # Add Visually Distinct and Accessible Messages to Screen Flows With the new Message screen component, you can add an eye-catching a11y-compliant message to a screen to show information, a success, an error, or a warning. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Add the Message display component to a flow screen. The message type determines the color and icon used for the message. Screen readers are able to read the message type to their users. For the message, you can enter text or select a flow resource to use as the message. ![Message component configuration](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_message_component.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Example: Keep Users Informed With a Message Screen Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=automate_flow_build_example_message_screencmp.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Screen Output Component: Message Screen Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=flow_ref_elements_screencmp_message.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Voice to Your Mobile App with Agentforce Voice Agentforce Voice is now generally available, and with the Agentforce Mobile SDK, you can embed a full voice-to-voice AI agent experience directly into any iOS or Android app. Rather than routing customers through a phone system, your mobile app users can tap a button and speak naturally to an agent that understands their intent, takes action on live data, and hands off to a human with full context when needed. **Where:** This change applies to the Agentforce Mobile SDK for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Set Up Agentforce Voice for iOS](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/agent-sdk-ios-voice.html) - [_Salesforce Developers_: Set Up Agentforce Voice for Android](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/agent-sdk-android-voice.html) # Added, Removed, and Reclassified Single Sign-On Authentication Signals for Multi-Factor Authentication For multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirements, Salesforce has added support for some single sign-on (SSO) authentication signals and removed support for others. Salesforce has also reclassified several signals from phishing-resistant to standard. **Where:** This change applies to all editions. **Why:** [Salesforce requires MFA for all internal users.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321561&language=en_US&type=1) For privileged users, such as admins, Salesforce enforces a higher level of security by [requiring phishing-resistant MFA methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&type=1&language=en_US). You can satisfy these requirements for SSO logins by using your identity provider's MFA service. Your identity provider must signal that the SSO login uses MFA by sending supported authentication signals to Salesforce—Authentication Methods References (AMR) or Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) signals. **How:** Here's what has changed: ## Added Values - Now supported as phishing-resistant: - `smartcardpki` - `softwarepki` - `x509` - `phr` - Now supported as standard: - `rsa` ## Removed Values These values are no longer supported and can't be used for MFA at all. - `wia` - `multipleauthn` ## Reclassified Values These values were previously classified as phishing-resistant, but are now classified as standard and no longer meet MFA requirements for privileged users. - `vbm` - `pin` - `user` ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note For a full list of all supported AMR and ACR values, see these articles. - [Prepare for MFA Enforcement for All Employee Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321561&language=en_US&type=1) - [Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&language=en_US&type=1) # Address Fulfillment Disruptions with Agentforce Manage location exclusions and order rerouting through a conversational interface. Your reps can now use a single text prompt to block specific locations for a set time and reroute orders. Reduce the need to manually update routing logic via flows so that your reps can respond faster to supply chain issues. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Proactive Fulfillment Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_proactive_alerts.htm&language=en_US) # Address Implementation Health Risks with Advisements (Beta) Advisements (Beta) delivers intelligent, org-specific recommendations to resolve implementation health issues before they cause critical incidents. Advisements include targeted findings, step-by-step remediation guidance, and automatic verification upon completion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with a Signature Success plan. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Advisements is a pilot or beta service subject to the [Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This functionality becomes available starting in Summer '26. **Why:** Proactively identify and resolve configuration risks before they impact your org. Save time with automated detection and guided remediation instead of manual reviews. Your org is evaluated against a growing pool of 14+ advisements across four focus areas—you see only those triggered by your org's telemetry and configuration. Focus areas include: - **Tool/Feature Adoption:** Activate Proactive Monitoring and configure critical alerts for real-time visibility into org limits and high-risk activity. Enable the Licensing Events tool to control when Salesforce applies license provisioning to your org. - **Configuration Cleanup and Modernization:** Migrate from retired Workflow Rules and Process Builder to Salesforce Flow. Replace outdated Visualforce pages with Lightning Web Components. Stop using the deprecated SOAP API login() method before its Summer '27 retirement. - **Change Preparedness, Testing, and Deployment:** Deploy changes at off-peak hours. Run Scale Center after major deployments to catch performance bottlenecks. Use ApexGuru Insights to detect Apex code issues before they affect users. - **Availability Best Practices:** Reduce risks to org stability and security posture. Enable SSO to enforce centralized identity policies. Turn on Security Health Check notifications to stay ahead of score changes. Use the hard-delete option for bulk API deletions to prevent Recycle Bin buildup from affecting database performance. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Advisements, and then select **Advisement Settings**. Turn on **Advisements (Beta)** and save. After enabling, access advisements from the App Launcher or from the Setup page. You receive a digest of open advisements via the in-app notification tray and Slack. If Agentforce and Data Cloud are enabled, you can also access advisements from the Setup agent experience. # Adjudicate Warranty Claims Adjudicate warranty claims submitted by dealers either manually or through an automated process, with unified record views and approval-likelihood predictions. Adjudicate warranty claims submitted by dealers either manually or through an automated process. Examine defective assets and their causal parts, check warranty coverages, and verify labor operations, part replacements, and expenses. Track detailed payment information for each claim coverage and associate multiple stakeholders with claims. Use Scoring Framework approval-likelihood predictions (scores based on previously approved claims) to speed adjudication decisions. - **[Capture Every Cost Behind a Warranty Claim](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_capture_warranty_claim_costs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Capture detailed information about each expense, repair, and labor service for a causal part in a warranty claim, so adjudicators can determine the adjusted amount with precision. - **[Keep Every Claim Stakeholder in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_keep_claim_stakeholders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Associate multiple stakeholders with a warranty claim using Claim Participant records, so adjudicators can reach out for additional information during adjudication. - **[Accelerate Automotive Warranty Claim Adjudication with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_accelerate_warranty_adjudication_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate claim processing, reduce payout risks, and improve decision accuracy with the Warranty Claims Adjudication Assistant, which summarizes queue volume, ranks open claims, and flags fraud risks. # Adjust Group Insurance Contracts Midterm as Customer Needs and Regulations Change When customers request midterm changes, such as adding coverage or extending dependent eligibility, your reps can create an endorsement quote from a group insurance contract. For carrier rate adjustments or regulatory tax changes, they can include the revised terms and the date they take effect in the quote. After repricing the quote, they can finalize it to create the next contract version while preserving the earlier contract terms for compliance and audits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How**: Use the Generate Quote from Insurance Contract API or set up a screen flow that invokes the Create Quote from Insurance Contract invocable action to generate an endorsement quote. Stage the amended terms and reprice the quote. Use the Endorse Contract API or set up a screen flow that invokes the Endorse Contract invocable action to finalize the quote and create the next contract version. # Adjust Member Policies Mid-Term for Life Events Manage life events and workforce changes during the policy term without changing contract terms or reprocessing the entire group. Process employee additions, terminations, marriages, births, promotions, and plan or coverage change requests through a consistent member adjustment workflow. Preserve policy history and continuity of coverage by applying the appropriate policy update for each member event. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How:** Create a Member Mid-Term Adjustment group census. Update the census with required member changes, then rate the proposed changes. Review cost impact and process the changes to update the affected member policies. # Adjust Start Dates and Extend Ramp Segments on Amendments Sales reps and deal teams can now change the start date of an auto-generated ramp schedule on an amendment quote. They can also extend the final ramp segment directly or add more segments during an amendment or early renewal quote. Previously, these adjustments required abandoning the existing quote and starting over. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Select **Edit Ramp Schedule** to adjust the first segment’s start date in an amendment or to change the end date on the final segment. If the quote or order is an early renewal, you’re able to edit all dates, similar to a new sale. For contract extensions, amend and extend eliminates initiating a full renewal to add time to a deal. Sales reps can extend the final segment's end date or clone it to add a new segment with the same duration and quantities. Select **Clone Segment** to extend the ramp deal during an amendment. You can either clone the last segment or change the end date on the ramped group, not both. # ADL Connect API Is Generally Available Agentforce Data Libraries (ADL) enhance the accuracy of AI features, such as Agentforce agents, by connecting them to your trusted data sources. With the release of ADL Connect API, customers can programmatically create and manage data libraries enabling developers to automate and integrate ADL provisioning directly into their workflows and applications. ADL Connect API was previously in Beta and is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions with the Einstein for Platform or Einstein or Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or Agentforce Foundations. **When:** This feature is generally available starting the week of July 27, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Manage Data Libraries with ADL API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/adl.html) - [_Connect REST API Developer Guide_: ADL Resource Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-agentforce) # Adopt Authorized Email Domains (Release Update) If you previously worked with Salesforce Customer Support to disable email change verifications, set up authorized email domains instead. Salesforce is retiring the existing exemption process for disabling this feature, and authorized email domains provide the same benefit. This update is available starting in Spring ’26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your My Domain name or instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** The process to disable email change verification relied on a manual change by Salesforce Customer Support, which created operational inefficiencies and potential risks. With authorized email domains, you simplify the onboarding process for new users by using domain-level email verification. Email verification is bypassed for users with email addresses on a domain that you trust. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note These changes relate to the verification of email addresses stored in Salesforce and the ability to send email from Salesforce. There’s no change to the requirements for account verification for access to Salesforce. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates.** For Adopt Authorized Email Domains, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Authorize a Domain for Return Email Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Disable 'Email Change Verification'](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000385107&type=1&language=en_US) # Adopt Authorized Email Domains (Release Update) If you previously worked with Salesforce Customer Support to disable email change verifications, set up authorized email domains instead. Salesforce is retiring the existing exemption process for disabling this feature, and authorized email domains provide the same benefit. First available in Spring ’26, this update is enforced in Winter ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your My Domain name or instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** The process to disable email change verification relied on a manual change by Salesforce Customer Support, which created operational inefficiencies and potential risks. With authorized email domains, you simplify the onboarding process for new users by using domain-level email verification. Email verification is bypassed for users with email addresses on a domain that you trust. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note These changes relate to the verification of email addresses stored in Salesforce and the ability to send email from Salesforce. There’s no change to the requirements for account verification for access to Salesforce. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Adopt Authorized Email Domains, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Determine How to Verify Your Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Disable 'Email Change Verification'](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000385107&type=1&language=en_US) # Adopt Authorized Email Domains (Release Update) This update has been canceled and replaced by the Maintain Your Email Verification Exception update. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in all editions. **When:** This update was canceled and no longer appears in the Release Update page in Setup. #### See Also - [Maintain Your Email Verification Exception (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_maintain_verfication_exception.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you previously disabled user email verifications through Salesforce Customer Support, configure an authorized email domain setting to maintain your exception and to preserve your users' ability to send email. When this release update is enforced, Salesforce removes the existing domain allowlists that disable email verification. This update is available starting in Winter '27 and is enforced on December 1, 2026.") - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Adopt Salesforce Edge Network for Your Domain To strengthen security, Salesforce requires you to route your domain URLs through Salesforce Edge Network. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this change in phases beginning July 11, 2026. Sandbox orgs are enabled at least 2 weeks before production orgs. **How:** To turn on Salesforce Edge Network, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select **My Domain**. Under Routing and Policies, turn on **Use Salesforce Edge Network**. See [Route My Domain Through Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network_route_my_domain.htm&type=5&language=en_US). After enablement, a 7-day rollback window is available. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations for Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Route My Domain Through Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network_route_my_domain.htm&language=en_US) # Adopt Streaming for Faster Data Graph Updates Keep your data current with streaming data graphs that update as soon as the underlying data changes. Previously, you had to manually determine the refresh frequency for your data graphs, which sometimes led to stale data. Now, underlying data model object (DMO) data changes automatically trigger updates and provide faster, near real-time refreshes. This predictable refresh behavior makes your SLAs more reliable and gives Agentforce agents or personalization engines access to the most up-to-date Customer 360 profiles. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Data Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_a_data_graph.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Refresh a Data Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_refresh_a_data_graph.htm&language=en_US) # Advance Migrated Billing Schedules Without Rebilling by Using Catch-Up Bill Runs Migrate billing transactions from an external system to Salesforce and resume billing from the appropriate point. Use catch-up bill runs to advance billing schedules to a target date without generating invoices for previously billed periods. Preserve billing continuity without reprocessing historical invoices or triggering unnecessary tax processing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To schedule catch-up bill runs, you need the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Billing Batch Scheduler**. Click **New Invoice Scheduler** and select **Catch-Up Bill Run**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate Invoices Automatically Based on Billing Schedules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_automate_invoice_run_schedules.htm&language=en_US) # Advanced Approvals As an approval designer, use custom flow logic to auto-approve resubmitted records. Approve high-value record requests faster by overriding approval conditions easily. Enhance your smart approval logic by configuring step conditions with eight additional data types and up to 30 conditions for approval stage and step criteria. Create detailed approval email templates for up to 8 different notification reasons, giving reviewers all the necessary context to act on the request directly from their email. - **[Approve Resubmissions Faster by Using Custom Logic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_custom_auto_approvals.htm&release=260&type=5)** Approval designers can now implement custom logic for auto-approving resubmitted records, overriding smart approval conditions. Make sure that urgent, high-value records move quickly through the approval process. Approval designers can create a custom flow to evaluate any necessary criteria, including checks against the prior submission details. Simplify this verification by using the new Get Previous Related Record Details invocable action within the flow to easily capture the previously submitted record's details. The new Use Custom Auto Approval Logic field on the approval step then stores the custom flow’s decision value to determine if the step is auto-approved. - **[Improve Approval Reviews with Custom Email Templates for Key Approval Paths](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_email_notifications.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give approval designers the ability to use Lightning or Visualforce email templates. Designers can associate these templates with specific approval steps or the entire workflow. They can configure these templates for up to 8 different notification reasons that are relevant to approval submitters and reviewers. Previously, the custom email templates configured within the approval workflow lacked advanced formatting capabilities and didn’t support custom submitter emails. Use the new templates to show complex record data in structured formats, such as tables and images, so that your approval reviewers have all the necessary context to act on the requests directly from their email. - **[Process Smart Approvals Faster by Skipping Condition Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_smart_approval_skip_conditions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give approval designers the option to skip the evaluation of the entry conditions in an approval step within a smart approval process. Help them save approval processing time by skipping unnecessary condition checks from resubmission evaluation based on your workflow’s context. For instance, if the submitted record description is empty during resubmission, designers can skip the condition if it’s irrelevant to the evaluation. - **[Define Complex Smart Approval Logic with More Data Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_new_data_types_for_smart_approval_conditions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure the approval step entry conditions in an approval workflow by using nine additional data types, such as Date Time, Boolean, and Currency. Previously, you could define conditions for only the Text and Number data types. Help approval designers build complex and precise smart approval logic that aligns closely with your business rules, and reduce manual review time. For example, set a Date step entry condition that requires an approval step during resubmission only if the resubmission date is after a certain date. - **[Manage Complex Workflows Easily by Adding More Conditions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_approval_conditions_limit_increase.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define up to 30 conditions for an approval stage exit, approval step entry, and approval step exit in an approval workflow. Previously, you defined a maximum of 10 conditions. Give approval designers the flexibility to build workflows that manage complex approval requests and minimize manual reviews for their users. - **[Tailor Your Approval Process with Custom Business Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_modify_custom_fields_on_approvals.htm&release=260&type=5)** Capture business-specific data by modifying custom fields on approval entities through Apex triggers, custom actions, or directly from the record’s details page. For example, automate priority assignments on new approval work items by using triggers, or calculate profit margins during high-discount reviews by using custom actions. Previously, custom field updates weren’t supported on approval entities. - **[Verify Approval Decisions with Field History and Attachments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_verify_approval_decisions_with_history_and_attachments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Review and record the complete audit trail of your approval records by tracking your feed and the field history. Additionally, reviewers and submitters can attach relevant files to the approval records to minimize interruptions in the approval process. - **[New and Changed Objects for Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Store and access more data with these new Advanced Approvals objects and changes to existing Advanced Approvals objects. - **[New Invocable Action in Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advanced_approvals_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Skip manual decisions and approve automatically by providing an override decision at each approval step. Use the new invocable action to fetch related record details. # Advanced Approvals Improve approval workflows with Slack. Preview the dependency between approval steps for a submission. Invoke actions, such as Recall and Reassign Approval Work Item, by using Apex and autolaunched flows. - **[Keep Approvals Moving in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_slack_approvals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Bring your approval workflows into Slack. Reviewers can approve or reject requests and add comments directly in Slack, and submitters receive real-time notifications when requests are submitted and reviewed. The Approval Trace component on the related record monitors the Slack actions, giving teams a clear view of work item status and history. - **[Preview Approval Step Dependencies for Your Submission](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_preview_step_dependencies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show users the dependencies between approval steps. The preview window organizes the work items by their sequence order. This visibility also helps users estimate the approval timeline. - **[Customize and Automate Approval Actions with Flow and Apex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_customise_approval_actions_in_flows_and_apex.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Bring more flexibility to your approvals by using invocable actions from autolaunched flows and Apex. For example, create an autolaunched flow to review approval work items, or use Apex triggers to cancel pending approvals when a related record is updated. - **[Changed Connect REST API in Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advanced_approvals_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the enhanced Preview Approval API to gain visibility into your business processes by previewing stage information and assignee details. Manage complex, multi-step approvals and task assignments. # Advanced Approvals Reach every active member of an assigned group or queue in Slack through direct messages or channels. Keep approvals moving during planned absences with Advanced Approval Delegation. Protect sensitive approval work items in multistep approvals with separate sharing settings that limit reviewer visibility. - **[Extend Slack Approval Notifications to Group and Queue Members](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_slack_notifications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reach every active member of an assigned group or queue via Slack notifications. Each active member receives a direct message regarding the approval request. Approval designers can also configure their approval workflows to post request notifications to a Slack channel. If you turn on Dynamic Approval Notifications, the direct message includes an AI-generated summary of the approval request. Previously, approval steps assigned to groups or queues didn't generate Slack notifications. - **[Keep Approval Workflows Moving with Advanced Approval Delegation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_approval_delegation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prevent approval delays during planned absences by using Advanced Approval Delegation. Reviewers can assign their responsibilities to a user, group, or queue for a defined period or indefinitely by creating approval delegation records. When you turn on Advanced Approval Delegation, delegations configured on reviewer user records no longer apply. Reviewers must create approval delegation records to set up their delegations. - **[Limit Approval Work Item Visibility to Keep Review Steps Confidential](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_work_item_sharing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prevent reviewers at one step from viewing the work items assigned to reviewers at other steps. You can now set the sharing model to private to control who can view each work item, independent of approval submissions. By default, access to an approval submission extends to all its associated work items. To grant read access to other users or groups, create criteria-based sharing rules on the approval work item object. - **[New Objects in Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_new_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Store and access more data with the new Advanced Approval objects. # Advanced Cross-Region Continuity Achieves Faster Recovery Objectives Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity (ACRC) now delivers improved Recovery Time and Recovery Point Objectives (RTO/RPO) of 12 hours and 4 hours, reducing the maximum downtime and potential data loss after an extraordinary regional catastrophe. **Where:** Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity is available only to Core orgs hosted on Hyperforce in the United States, Japan, and the European Union. ACRC isn’t available for Government Cloud orgs. **Who:** For most customers, Hyperforce’s three-availability-zone (3AZ) architecture provides sufficient business continuity by distributing workloads across multiple availability zones within a region. Customers in highly regulated industries or high-risk geographies can add ACRC for protection against extraordinary regional catastrophes. **Why:** ACRC replicates data to a secondary geographic region, providing an additional layer of resiliency beyond the standard 3AZ model. **How:** ACRC is available as a Hyperforce premium add-on. To get ACRC, contact your account representative. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Advanced Cross-Region Continuity - General Information and FAQ](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=002521432&language=en_US&type=1) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for a Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity Failover](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005317306&type=1&language=en_US) # Advanced Document Validation Improve document validation by defining specific fields for each document checklist item, reducing user friction and increasing accuracy across related records. - **[Simplify Validation for Document Checklists Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_simplify_document_validation_for_document_checklists_items.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define a multilevel object hierarchy and specify the exact fields against which documents need to be validated, based on the Document Checklist Item’s category and type. Reduce user friction and increase validation accuracy by helping users focus on required data points across related records. Improve efficiency by defining which fields need to be validated for a specific document checklist item. # Advanced Pricing and Orders Calculate precise prices for sales orders with enterprise-grade pricing that mirrors your ERP logic, and capture complex orders through guided workflows with integrated pricing and discount support. - **[Calculate Advanced Pricing for Sales Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_orders_pricing_calculate_advanced_pricing_sales_orders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enable your sales reps to calculate precise prices for orders using enterprise-grade pricing capabilities that can be configured to mirror the pricing logic in your ERP system. The engine supports over 35 pricing calculation types, including customer hierarchies, multiple units of measure, volume-based discounts, promotions, and surcharges. Prices match ERP invoices exactly, reducing disputes and eliminating manual calculations. - **[Drive Accurate Order Capture with Integrated Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_orders_pricing_order_capture_integrated_pricing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Empower sales reps to confidently handle complex order specifications and dynamic pricing without risking costly billing or fulfillment errors. Sales teams capture and manage complex orders through guided workflows with integrated pricing and discount support. Reusable order specifications define order behavior, available products, assortments, and multi units of measure, while automated pricing calculations help reps generate accurate orders every time. By keeping customer, product, and pricing context front and center throughout the ordering process, Order Capture ensures correct billing and delivery roles and brings real consistency to order management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Penny Perfect Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.ppp_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Orders for Telesales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.advanced_orders_for_telesales.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Advisements (Beta) Advisements (beta) is an in-app experience that delivers intelligent, org-specific recommendations directly to admins with step-by-step remediation guidance for improving implementation health. Each advisement is automatically tracked and verified for completion, giving you clear visibility into your org's health. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Advisements is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. - **[Catch More Org Risks with an Expanded Advisements Library and In-App Notifications (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advisements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Advisements (beta) now flags up to 21 potential implementation risks, up from 14, with expanded detection for Content Security Policy (CSP) violations, outdated Salesforce API versions, and unused Data Detect scans. You're notified directly in your notification tray when an advisement is generated, completed, or needs attention, so you don't have to check for recommendations manually. # Agency Billing Manage the end-to-end agency billing workflow with greater accuracy, automation, and financial control across invoicing, payments, journals, and collections. - **[Automate Agency Billing Journals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_billing_automate_journals.htm&release=260&type=5)** Strengthen financial accuracy and control by defining accounting periods for each legal entity by maintaining a chart of accounts. Then, automatically generate dual-entry journal entries based on billing transaction types and general ledger assignment rules. - **[Streamline Cash Flow with Automated Payment Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_billing_automate_payment.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automate the collection of payments for policy invoices and processing of refunds for policy changes or cancellations. Settle open balances promptly and maintain accurate financial reporting by applying payments directly to policy invoices. - **[Stay on Top of Overdue Premiums with Collections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_billing_collections.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage overdue invoices and reduce the risk of unpaid premiums with Collections. Easily see outstanding policy invoices, follow up on missed payments, and record payment commitments from policyholders. ​​Automated reminder emails help recover overdue amounts more efficiently and support steady cash flow. - **[Schedule and Generate Invoices for Insurance Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_billing_generate_invoice.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily configure billing preferences for insurance policies, including tax and proration policies, in a purpose-built object. Set up invoice schedulers to generate invoices at regular intervals or generate on-demand invoices. - **[Generate Policy Transactions and Breakdowns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_billing_policy_transactionsxml.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automatically generate policy transactions and detailed breakdowns to reflect the financial impact of policy events. The transaction breakdown provides a clear view of insurance premium, commissions, taxes, and fees drawn from coverages, insured items, and insured parties. - **[Effortlessly Configure Billing Settings for Insurance Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_billing_settings.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify the management of insurance policy transactions by using the Billing Setup panel to quickly enable transaction and transaction-detail generation for policy lifecycle events. You can also configure and customise the context mappings that are used to create billing schedules. - **[Manage Policy Lifecycle Better with Enhanced Versioning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_policy_versioning.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify policy issuance, renewals, endorsements, cancellations, and repurposing with built-in lifecycle actions and complete versioning. Reduce manual rework by automatically creating draft and issued versions for each policy change. Track mid-term changes through endorsements while preserving the full policy history. Help service teams work more efficiently with clear and system-managed policy states. Ensure consistent and reliable handling of policy changes across the entire policy term. # Agent Optimization: Voice Session Playback and Dashboard Enhancements Get deeper insights into your customer interactions with integrated voice playback and enhanced dashboard filtering. You can now drill down into voice recordings, toggle between processed and unprocessed session data, and export transcripts for offline analysis. - **Integrated Voice Playback:** Drill into any voice session and listen to the recording using the integrated player directly from the Sessions page. ![Voice Session Log showing the conversation transcript and integrated audio player](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_260_einstein_optimization_voice.png) - **Filtering Sessions According to Modality:** Use the new filter to filter your sessions according to modality type: Voice, Chat, All Modalities. - **Processed and Unprocessed Sessions:** The Sessions & Intents page is now organized into two distinct views. Processed Sessions contain interactions enriched with insight data, while Unprocessed Sessions provide access to raw data from active or recently closed interactions. ![Sessions and Intents page showing Processed Sessions and Unprocessed Sessions tabs](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_260_einstein_optimization_processed_dasboard.png) - **Session Timeframe Range:** View and filter sessions from the Last 24 hours. - **Transcript Export:** Download single or multiple session transcripts (up to 100) as CSV. - **Deeper Session Insights:** Track performance via duration metrics in the Sessions & Intents tab. Chat logs now display a total session duration at the top and specific duration calculations for every agent response. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Duration metrics currently support Chat only; Voice support is coming soon. - **Shorter Intent Pipeline:** A streamlined intent-triggering pipeline produces insights faster than before. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **When:** These features are available starting January 2026. **Why:** These enhancements provide comprehensive support for both voice and chat sessions, granting immediate access to raw session data and improved UI tools for filtering, analyzing, and exporting interaction metrics. **Who:** To access Agent Optimization, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. **How:** Navigate to the Agent Optimization dashboard and select the Sessions and Intents page. Use the modality and processing filters to refine your view. Click into any session to view its data and play back audio for voice-based interactions. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [About Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_about.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Use Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_use.htm&language=en_US) # Agent Session Continuity is Improved for Case-Related Email Threads An Agentforce Agent session now remains associated with a case and all of its related emails over a three-day period. This preserves crucial information and context variables, such as the variables set by previous actions. Previously, a new session was opened for every inbound email, causing AI to lose conversation history and requiring repeated reinterpretation of earlier interactions. **Where:** This change applies to Service Email. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.customizesupport_email_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Agentforce Service Agent on Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_considerations_1.htm&language=en_US) # AgentExchange Check out what's new in AgentExchange: - **[Build and Publish Custom Flow Connectors on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_build_and_publish_custom_flow_connectors_on_agentexchange.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extend Flow to any external service by building custom connectors with MuleSoft Connector Builder. Salesforce customers can deploy a connector privately to their own org. AgentExchange partners can package a connector as a managed second-generation package (2GP), pass AgentExchange Security Review, and distribute or monetize it as a standalone listing on AgentExchange. - **[Explore Solutions Featuring MCP Servers on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_explore_solutions_featuring_mcp_servers_on_agentexchange.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Agentforce Contents filter on AgentExchange to find solutions featuring Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. The listing cards show the server count so you can quickly evaluate your options. Before you install a solution, view its details page to review the MCP server’s tools and resources that your agents can access in their workflows. - **[Add MCP Servers from Agentforce Registry Through an Integrated AgentExchange Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_mcp_servers_agentforce_registry.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can browse solutions featuring MCP servers on AgentExchange, explore detailed information about tools and resources, and install applications without custom development—all within your Agentforce workflow. This integration makes your agents more efficient by giving them access to external tools and resources that they need for your business. Before you install an application, view its details to see what tools and external resources are included. Once installed, your agents can access these external resources as part of their workflows. - **[Evaluate Agent Assets Quickly With the Enhanced Details Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_agentforce_enhanced_asset_details.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Quickly decide if an agent asset meets your business needs with the enhanced details page. When you browse the AgentExchange marketplace on Agentforce Builder, get a clear view of what a subagent or action offers, the app it belongs to, and how it helps your agent. - **[New Branded Trialforce Login Pages Aren’t Supported on Cloudforce.com](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_new_cloudforce_eos.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can no longer create branded login pages that end in .cloudforce.com for your AgentExchange solution’s Trialforce Source Org (TSO). Branded login pages created before Summer ’26 on that host name remain active. There’s no set date for the full retirement of the .cloudforce.com host name, so check future release notes for updates about those pages. # AgentExchange Check out what's new in AgentExchange. - **[Enhance Solution Discovery with an AI-Powered Summary (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_gen_ai_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly evaluate apps with a reasoned generative AI summary that appears above your AgentExchange search results. When you describe your business needs in natural language, a contextual overview is generated to help you understand the solution landscape. This summary highlights common capabilities, themes, and related follow-up search suggestions to help you further enhance your discovery. - **[Add MCP Server Tools to Your Agentforce Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_mcp_server_tools.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Extend your AI agents' capabilities by adding AgentExchange-hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) server tools directly in Agentforce Builder. The enhanced actions modal displays MCP server tools alongside standard agent actions, making it easy to discover and integrate the right tools for your agent's workflow. Use the new Asset Type filter to quickly switch between actions and MCP server tools. - **[Browse MCP Servers with Dedicated Cards on Agentforce Registry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_improved_view_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Discover and evaluate Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers more easily on AgentExchange in the Agentforce Registry. View each server's tools and its associated solutions on dedicated server cards before you decide to use them. Browse by server instead of by solution to find the right MCP servers to extend your agent’s functionality faster. - **[Install AgentExchange Apps Without Leaving Your Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_track_app_installs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Install one or several apps from AgentExchange at once, directly inside Agentforce Builder. A progress strip tracks each install's status in the background, and you can dock it, expand it, or check it from anywhere in the builder while you keep working on your agent. A notification confirms when each install finishes and lets you know when its actions, subagents, agents, MCP Servers are ready to use. - **[Request App Installs and Updates From Your Admin (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_request_app_install.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If you don't have permission to install apps, send a request to install or update an app directly from Agentforce Builder, with a business justification. Your admin gets an email and can install or reject the request. You're notified by email either way. - **[Assign Install Request Approvers in Your Org (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_add_install_approvers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add trusted users as Install Request Approvers. When you turn on the feature in Setup, you're added as an approver automatically, and you can add, search, or remove approvers anytime. Approvers get an email and an in-app notification when a builder submits an install or update request. The requester gets an email and an in-app notification when the install or update completes. - **[Identify FDE Partner Network Consultants on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_identify_fde_partner_network_consultants_on_agentexchange.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See which consulting partners belong to the Forward Deployed Engineering (FDE) Partner Network right from their AgentExchange listing. The FDE badge identifies partners that Salesforce recognizes for Agentforce implementation skill, so you can choose a partner with more confidence. Find the badge in the listing’s detail header and the provider achievements section. - **[Identify Partner of the Year Award Winners on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_identify_partner_of_the_year_award_winners_on_agentexchange.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** AgentExchange listings display a Partner of the Year badge in the listing header and Achievements section. The badge shows which partners Salesforce formally recognized for outstanding performance, so you can factor that recognition in while you evaluate a listing. Award-based search and filtering aren't available in this release. - **[Evaluate AgentExchange Solution Listings Faster with a Redesigned Listing Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_evaluate_agentexchange_solution_listings_faster_with_a_redesigned_listing_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The AgentExchange solution listing detail page has a redesigned layout that makes it easier to evaluate solutions. Specs, security, support, reviews, and pricing are now organized in a cleaner, more scannable layout with clearer navigation that adapts across desktop, tablet, and mobile. The listing content remains unchanged, so you’ll see the same details—now easier to find. - **[Evaluate Consulting Partners Faster with a Redesigned Listing Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_evaluate_partners_with_redesigned_consultant_listings_on_agentexchange.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Consultant listing pages are redesigned to help you evaluate partners faster. View competency levels, eligible project activity, geographic coverage, resources, and reviews — all in a modernized layout. - **[Find Solutions Faster with a Redesigned AgentExchange Navigation Menu](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_find_solutions_faster_redesigned_menu.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Browse AgentExchange from a persistent header available on every page. Mega-menus for Business Needs, Products, Solution Types, Consultants, and Learn replace the previous flat list of links. Scan categories, view curated collections, and read one-line descriptions directly in the menu to jump straight to what you need. - **[Shop AgentExchange with Recommendations Tailored to Your Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_shop_with_recommendations_for_your_org.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you're logged in and have selected an org, the AgentExchange homepage highlights listings that match your edition, products, and industry. Previously, every visitor saw the same generic trending apps regardless of which org they were working in. If you manage more than one org, pick the one you want from a searchable list at login, then switch anytime from the org badge in the header. - **[Find Slack and Tableau Solutions in AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_find_slack_and_tableau_solutions_in_agentexchange.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Slack and Tableau Next apps now appear alongside Salesforce solutions when you search AgentExchange. Slack apps are marked with a Slack badge for easy identification. Filter results to Slack or Tableau Next apps only, and combine that filter with category, pricing, and other filters to narrow your search. Selecting a Slack app opens its full listing on the Slack Marketplace in a new tab. - **[Extend Your AI Assistants with Skills and Plugins from AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_extend_your_ai_assistants_with_skills_and_plugins.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Skills and plugins for extending Claude and other AI assistants have their own home on AgentExchange. Each listing includes an overview, a browsable file tree, and install instructions that you copy into your assistant of choice or run from the command line. AgentExchange includes a small, hand-picked set of plugins at launch, alongside a fuller catalog of skills, with more plugins arriving over time. # AgentExchange Partners Update security controls in Connected Apps and ECAs before May 11th, 2026. Explore the new AgentExchange, a marketplace unifying AppExchange, AgentExchange, and Slack Marketplace. - **[Secure Your Connected App and External Client App Solutions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_connectedapps_eca_security.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** All AgentExchange Partners must follow new security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions to ensure the highest level of trust and security for Customer Data. These requirements apply to any Connected App or External Client App that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. These updates include mandatory Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) and Refresh Token Rotation (RTR) enablement to prevent authorization code interception and token theft. Implementing these standards ensures these CAs or ECAs meet the latest Salesforce security protocols and safeguard Customer Data. Failure to comply may result in the Partner Application’s AgentExchange de-listing and/or Salesforce’s temporary or permanent suspension of the Partner Application’s interoperation with Salesforce’s services. - **[Find Solutions Faster with the New AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_marketplace_unification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Introducing the new AgentExchange, a unified destination for agents, apps, and experts across Salesforce and Slack. We’ve combined AppExchange, AgentExchange, and Slack Marketplace into a single solution engine to help you find and deploy tools faster. New semantic search capabilities and personalized recommendations within Agentforce Builder help you discover the right solutions for your specific business needs. - **[Recall a Sent Offer with Withdraw Offer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_withdraw_offer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Partners can now withdraw a private offer after sending it to a customer, but before the customer accepts or rejects it. Use Withdraw Offer when your pricing has changed, terms need updating, or an offer went to the wrong customer. When a partner withdraws an offer, the status changes to Withdrawn in both the partner org and the customer org, and the customer can’t act on it. - **[Publish Agentforce Solutions with MCP Servers on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_partner_console_mcp_servers.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help customers understand your Agentforce solutions by detailing your preconfigured Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers on AgentExchange. You can specify the number of MCP servers in your solution and add details about the tools and resources they contain. These details help customers understand what your MCP servers offer and how they enable Agentforce agents to interact with internal and external tools and resources. - **[Share Your Security Excellence with a Partner Trust Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trust_center.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Showcase your security excellence to buyers by adding a dedicated link to your trust center on your AgentExchange listings. Adding a direct link to your security center builds credibility with customers and prevents delays in the sales cycle. The link appears on the listing page under Provider Details in the Overview tab and in the More Details tab under Need Help? - **[Verify Your Email-Sending Domain for Trialforce Branded Email Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_verify_email_domain.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Starting July 18, 2026, you must have a verified email-sending domain in order to publish a new Trialforce branded email set. If you have existing branded email sets, verify your email-sending domains before November 10, 2026 to continue sending system welcome emails from your custom branded email addresses. This requirement ensures compliance with a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email. - **[Protect Your Customers with Up-to-Date Security Contacts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_protect_your_customers_with_up_to_date_security_contacts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your customers faster protection during security events by keeping verified security contacts on file for your AgentExchange listings. All ISV partners must now designate contacts in the Partner Console, keep them up to date, and confirm them every six months. Salesforce Product Security uses this information solely for incident response. - **[Salesforce Enforces Security Reviews for Private AgentExchange Listings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_enforces_security_reviews_for_private_agentexchange_listings.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To ensure the highest level of trust and protection for customers, solutions can't be installed from private or unpublished AgentExchange listings until the solutions have passed the Salesforce security review. The install and demo buttons are disabled on listing pages with unreviewed solutions. - **[Create AgentExchange Listings Faster with LLM-Assisted Authoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_create_agentexchange_listings_faster_with_llm_assisted_authoring.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate accurate listing content in minutes with LLM-Assisted Authoring in the Partner Console. When you create or update a listing, AgentExchange provides the option to analyze your package. The LLM reviews metadata, schema, and Agentforce artifacts like topics, actions, and prompts, and then and drafts listing fields for you to review, refine, and publish. Every field is editable, and nothing publishes until you approve it. - **[List and Publish MCP Servers in Agentforce Extension Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_list_and_publish_mcp_servers_in_agentforce_extension_packages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers in your Agentforce Extension Package on your AgentExchange listings. After you complete your listings, buyers can view the servers and tools along with your agents and actions before installing. - **[Showcase Your Expertise with a Redesigned Consultant Listing on AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_showcase_your_expertise_with_a_redesigned_consultant_listing_on_agentexchange.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show buyers a clear, up-to-date picture of your team's strengths, specializations, and recent track record with redesigned AgentExchange consultant listing pages. Listing metrics now focus on your current capabilities and recent project history instead of lifetime counts. # AgentExchange Partners Find out what's new for AgentExchange partners. - **[Sell External Products as SaaS or Professional Services with the Go-To-Market App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_gtm_external-products.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sell External SaaS and Professional Service Products, including implementation, training, alongside your Salesforce apps using private offers in the Go-To-Market (GTM) app. Previously, you had to bill customers separately outside the GTM app, for these external offerings. Now, you can give customers one consolidated invoice for software and services, all from the Salesforce platform. - **[Renew Customer Contracts in the Go-To-Market App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_gtm_renewals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Partners can create, send, and fulfill renewal offers for existing customer contracts directly in the AgentExchange Go-To-Market (GTM) app. Each renewal offer pre-populates with the customer's current entitlement, which includes the initial order and all add-ons. Partners can edit existing products, quantities, pricing, and contract terms instead of rebuilding the contract by hand. When the customer accepts, billing and provisioning run automatically on the contract anniversary date. - **[Set Multi-Year Contract Terms for Private Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_gtm_multi-year-contract.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Partners can send private offers with 24-month or 36-month contract terms, in addition to the standard 12-month term. Multi-year terms bill annually, and customers see the full contract length on the offer before accepting. Previously, every private offer was limited to a 12-month term. - **[Verify Email-Sending Domains to Create New Templates and Trialforce Source Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_identify_domain_verification.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Due to a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email, you must verify the email-sending domains associated with your Trialforce branded email sets. Starting in Winter ’27, you must verify the email-sending domains in your Trialforce management org (TMO) to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your TMO in previous releases. If you’ve already set up a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain, the associated email sets are automatically verified and you don’t need to take further action. - **[View the FDE Badge on Your AgentExchange Listing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_show_the_fde_badge_on_your_agentexchange_listing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Forward Deployed Engineering (FDE) badge now appears on your AgentExchange listing once you reach FDE Partner Network status. The badge shows buyers that Salesforce recognizes your team’s skill in Agentforce implementation. - **[Create and Track Trial Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trialforce_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use AI Skills to manage your trial orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, two skills help you create trial, Developer Edition, and Trialforce orgs, and track when your orgs expire. - **[Manage Dev Hub from Your Coding Client with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devhub_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the new dx-org-devhub-configure AI Skill to enable and manage your Dev Hub directly from your AI coding client by using natural-language prompts. - **[See Your Partner of the Year Badge on Your AgentExchange Listing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_see_your_partner_of_the_year_badge_on_your_agentexchange_listing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If you won a Partner of the Year award, your AgentExchange listing displays a badge in the listing header and Achievements section. Buyers evaluating your listing can see that recognition. You can’t search or filter listings by this award yet. - **[See a Modernized Look for Your AgentExchange Solution Listings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_see_a_modernized_look_for_your_agentexchange_solution_listings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your AgentExchange solution listing detail page has a modernized look and feel that helps buyers evaluate listings faster. Specs, security, support, reviews, and pricing appear in a cleaner layout with improved navigation on desktop, tablet, and mobile. The update is automatic and changes presentation only, so you don’t republish or reformat your listing. - **[Build Secure UI Bundles That Pass AgentExchange Security Review](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_build_secure_ui_bundles.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** AgentExchange Security Review now checks UI bundles for client-side security risks, such as cross-site scripting and untrusted scripts. Learn the framework, scan, and coding rules before you submit your package so that it passes review. - **[See How AI Speeds Up Your AgentExchange Security Review](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_ai_speeds_up_your_security_review.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The ISVforce Guide now explains how Salesforce uses AI to speed up the AgentExchange security review. AI assists human reviewers, and people still make the final decision on each review. Your package code stays on infrastructure that Salesforce manages. # Agentforce Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce. - **[Easily Upgrade Agents from the Legacy Builder to the New Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_upgrade.htm&release=260&type=5)** Upgrade an agent from the legacy Agentforce Builder in Setup to the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio, with just a few clicks. Previously, you had to manually recreate your agent in the new builder. Now, you simply specify the agent and version that you want to upgrade, and then we create a new version in the new builder for you. The upgraded agent includes all of the original agent’s subagents, actions, system messages and settings, data, and connections, converted to Agent Script. Plus, after you upgrade, Agentforce can optimize your agent for Agent Script to improve your agent’s reliability and performance. - **[Build an Agent Script-Powered Agent End to End with the Updated Implementation Guide](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_guide_refresh.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Agentforce Implementation Guide is our most comprehensive, hands-on resource for building agents on the Salesforce Platform. We’ve updated the guide for the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. Follow along to build a more deterministic agent with Agent Script and see the power of hybrid reasoning in action. Take advantage of new testing capabilities with the enhanced preview and debugging experience in Agentforce Builder and the new Agentforce Testing Center in Agentforce Studio. Plus, learn how to get the most out of your agent with an updated Observability guide. Complete the implementation guide to get a fully functional customer-facing agent that can answer customer questions, create and update cases, and escalate to a support rep. - **[Improve Web Search Results by Using an Additional Search Provider Option](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_search_provider_option.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Search The Web agent action now supports You.com as a search provider, expanding the available options for processing web search requests. Previously, the provider was specified by using a text input and supported only BrightData and OpenAI. Now, the configuration includes a selection list for selecting the search provider. If the selection list isn't available in the existing configuration, replace the action with a new copy from the asset library. - **[Manage AI Usage with Product-Based Unmetering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_billing_product_based_unmetering.htm&release=260&type=5)** Product-Based Unmetering is a license-driven model that allows usage of specific Agentforce and generative AI features to be unmetered for assigned users based on their licenses. Product-based unmetering is a scoped version of global unmetering where unmetering applies to a defined set of features within a product. - **[Enable Voice Interactions in French with Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_french_support.htm&release=260&type=5)** We’ve expanded Agentforce Voice to include support for French. The additional language support allows voice-enabled agents to process and respond to spoken French, broadening the reach to your global customers. - **[The New Agentforce Builder Is Now Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build powerful, predictable agents with the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio, now generally available. With Agent Script at its core, you can combine logical expressions and natural language prompts to create agents that follow sophisticated, multi-step workflows. With in-depth agent previews, trace, and debugging, you can release those agents to production with confidence. And with AI assistance built right into the text editor-inspired interface, you can get help at any stage. - **[Topics Are Now Subagents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_subagent_new_name.htm&release=260&type=5)** To more accurately reflect platform capabilities, agent topics are now called subagents, and the Topic Selector is now called the Agent Router. There are no changes to functionality. During this transition, you may see a mix of the new and previous terms in our documentation and UI. - **[Convert Audio to Text with Speech To Text Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_speech_to_text_action.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Speech To Text action to convert audio files into text during agent interactions and automated workflows. Agents can accept an audio file ID and return a transcript for use in conversations or downstream automation. The action supports multiple languages and common audio formats such as MP3, WAV, FLAC, OGG, OGA, AMR, MPEG, MPGA. The Speech To Text action is available in the Agentforce Builder, Flow, REST, and Apex. - **[Improve Web Search Results By Using Allowed Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_domain_restriction.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Search The Web agent action now supports specifying allowed domains to filter web search results. You can enter up to 10 allowed domains to limit search results to approved websites. Allowed domains are configured per action and don’t affect Trusted URLs defined in Salesforce Setup. If no domains are specified, web searches follow the default provider behavior and are not restricted by domain. For existing agents, admins must re-add the Search The Web agent action in the Agentforce Builder to access the allowed domains setting. - **[Build Complex Agents Faster with the Latest Enhancements to Canvas View (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_canvas.htm&release=260&type=5)** In the new Agentforce Builder, Canvas view now includes powerful features that were previously only available in Script view. We also introduced new features and improvements that streamline the agent development process. - **[Connect Agents to Enhanced Chat v2 in Agentforce Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_connections.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now add the Enhanced Chat v2 connection to an Agentforce Service agent in the new Agentforce Builder. This connection gives the agent context and structure that helps it deliver conversational messages on Enhanced Chat v2 deployments. You can also create and view your agent’s Enhanced Chat channels and Enhanced Chat v2 deployments on the connection's routing page. Previously, Messaging was the only connection available in the new Agentforce Builder and you couldn’t remove it from agents. - **[Create Employee Agents in the New Agentforce Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_templates.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Agentforce Builder now supports Agentforce Employee agents, so you can build agents that support your customers and your employees. Previously, you could only create Agentforce Service agents, and you could only create them from scratch. Now when you create an agent, you can choose the default Agentforce Employee Agent template and get a head start with prebuilt topics and actions. Plus, any agents you build in the new Agentforce Builder appear in the agent list views in the Agentforce Studio app and Agentforce Agents Setup pages. No matter where you open them, they open in the new Agentforce Builder. - **[Build High-Quality Agents with Validation Enhancements in the New Agentforce Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_validation.htm&release=260&type=5)** In the new Agentforce Builder, we’ve added validation checks to agent actions, so you can be confident that your agent has all of the tools it needs to do its jobs. Plus, we’ve made it easier to get the error messages you need to make quick fixes. - **[Migrate Your Agents’ Connected Apps to the External Client App Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ca_to_eca.htm&release=260&type=5)** With the Spring '26 release, you can no longer create connected apps. For the best customer experience, migrate your connected apps to external client apps. External client apps provide enhanced security, streamlined packaging, and a more robust framework for your apps. Existing connected apps and connected apps for Slack in the legacy Agentforce Builder aren’t impacted. - **[Observability Enhancements: Optimization Breadcrumb Navigation, UI Enhancements, and Additional Analytics Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_observability_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Introducing more granular visibility into user behavior with new user interruption events. Navigate between sessions easily from within the session page, and inspect session data with a 3-layer drill-down view. New breadcrumb navigation, bulk transcript downloads, and standardized date filters align Optimization and Analytics dashboards. - **[Agentforce Observability: New Quality Metrics and Civilian GovCloud Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_observability_feedback_metrics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Observability brings Agent Optimization to Civilian Government Cloud and introduces new metrics for agent performance, user feedback, task resolution, adherence, and toxicity. - **[Evaluate AI Performance with New RAG Metrics and Enriched Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_analytics_metrics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Measure the quality, accuracy, and relevance of your agent's responses with three new Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) evaluation metrics. The new Answer Faithfulness, Answer Relevance, and Context Relevance metrics added to the Analytics Foundation Data Model give you a trust score of your AI agent's interactions. Metadata labels for Agent topics and Agent types were also added to the semantic model builder. - **[Connect Agents to Your Knowledge Sources in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_data_library_new_builder.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build agents grounded in your unique business data with the predictability that your business demands. Now, you can use the Answer Questions with Knowledge action via an Agentforce Data Library in the new Agentforce Builder. Agents built in the new Agentforce Builder can access the knowledge you’ve added to their assigned data library, ensuring they provide the most accurate and up-to-date responses. - **[Route Agentforce Voice Calls Using SIP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_with_sip.htm&release=260&type=5)** Take advantage of the internet’s cost-effective and flexible virtual connection. Route calls to an Agentforce Service agent using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). This protocol transmits calls over the internet. Previously, you could route these calls with a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) phone number only. - **[Agentforce Agents Settings Have Moved](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_settings_moved.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Enable the Agentforce (Default) Agent and Select the Model for Agentforce settings have moved to the Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup page. These settings were previously on the Agentforce Agents page in Setup. The Migrate to an Agentforce Employee Agent section has been replaced with a Migrate to an Employee Agent action in the action dropdown for the Agentforce (Default) agent. - **[Agent Optimization: Voice Session Playback and Dashboard Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_optimization_voice.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get deeper insights into your customer interactions with integrated voice playback and enhanced dashboard filtering. You can now drill down into voice recordings, toggle between processed and unprocessed session data, and export transcripts for offline analysis. - **[Opt Out of Allowing Salesforce Access to Customer Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_consent_optout.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now use a self-service toggle in the Setup UI to opt out of allowing Salesforce to access Customer Data in your org. Previously, opting out required customers to submit a support case. - **[Streamline Enhanced Chat v2 Conversations with the Latest Improvements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_improvements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build customer trust and empower service reps with popular Enhanced Web Chat features that are now available for Enhanced Chat v2 deployments. Prevent abandoned sessions by setting business hours and showing your customers their estimated wait time and queue position. Protect your deployments from automated threats with reCAPTCHA verification. Also, elevate the customer experience with a custom chat window header and downloadable conversation transcripts. - **[Generate Test Cases in Your Agent’s Default Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_testing_center_language.htm&release=260&type=5)** When generating tests, Testing Center now drafts test cases in the Agentforce agent’s default language. Previously, it supported English only. - **[Introducing Agentforce Voice Minutes Usage Type for Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_billing_voice_minutes.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now track your Agentforce Voice usage in a predictable way with the Agentforce Voice Minutes usage type. Agentforce Voice Minutes usage type measures the duration of the call rather than the number of voice actions. This usage type only applies to a limited subset of eligible customers who have purchased a subscription to Agentforce Voice Minutes. Contact your Account Executive for more details on Agentforce Voice Minutes. - **[New Usage Types for Agentforce Speech](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_speech_foundations_usage_types.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain deeper visibility into your AI-driven interactions with two new usage types: Speech-to-Text and Text-to-Speech. The new usage types apply to usage from dedicated standard actions, invocable actions, flows, or other AI-powered features. These usage types are metered independently of any other usage types to make sure there's no overlap in billing. - **[Measure Agent Outcomes With Task Resolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_task_resolution_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Task Resolution metric, which scores agent outcomes for agents created with the new Agentforce Builder, is generally available. Tune and improve your agent’s effectiveness based on knowing how well it understands and resolves a user’s task. Deliver more meaningful outcomes that satisfy the user’s intent as expressed in a given conversation. - **[Optimize Your Agents with Agent Platform Tracing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_platform_trace.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agent Platform Tracing gives customers deep visibility into the execution and decision-making processes of their agents. By capturing and visualizing the intricate chain of steps, tool usage, and large language model (LLM) calls that lead to an agent's final output, this feature allows customers to effectively diagnose errors, understand unexpected behaviors, and pinpoint performance bottlenecks. - **[Export Agentforce Session Trace Data (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_session_trace_otel.htm&release=260&type=5)** Dig deeper into agent sessions with the new Agentforce Session Trace OTel API. Extract a single, unified JSON view of a full session trace. Then import the output into your favorite observability tool or OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) collector for further investigation. - **[New Tag Limits for GenAIRequestTag Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_session_trace_tag_limit.htm&release=260&type=5)** For GenAIRequestTag queries in Einstein generative AI audit and feedback, Salesforce now enforces a maximum of 20 individual rows written per LLM request. Tags that exceed that limit appear in a single `REMAINDER_TAGS` row containing a JSON array. This improvement reduces consumption of Data 360 credits and streamlines data storage. - **[Deploy Agents to Slack Quickly with the Slack Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_slack_connection.htm&release=260&type=5)** To connect an Agentforce Employee agent to Slack, simply add the Slack connection to it in the new Agentforce Builder. The Slack connection also gives the agent context and structure that helps it craft conversational messages specifically for Slack. Previously, you had to install the Slack connected app and add it to the Messaging connection. - **[Elevate the Enhanced Chat v2 Experience with Pre-Chat, Post-Conversation Surveys, and User Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_pre_post_auth.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver context-driven customer interactions with Enhanced Web Chat conversation features that are now available for Enhanced Chat v2 deployments. Gather key customer information before starting a conversation with a pre-chat form, or auto-fill hidden pre-chat fields when a conversation begins. Collect valuable feedback by automatically sending a survey at the end of a conversation. And securely persist customer conversations with token-based user verification. - **[Deliver Emails in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_email_connections.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now add the Service Email connection and the new Marketing Email connection to an Agentforce Service agent in the new Agentforce Builder. The Service Email connection helps your agent craft and deliver personalized emails with Email-to-Case, and the Marketing Email connection helps with conversational emails on Unified Messaging email channels. - **[Improve Subagent Classification with HyperClassifier](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_subagent_classification.htm&release=260&type=5)** New agents created from the default Agentforce Service agent and Agentforce Employee agent templates in the new Agentforce Builder now use the Salesforce-owned HyperClassifier model for subagent classification. The HyperClassifier model outperforms standard LLMs in speed and precision, particularly when following complex instructions or adhering to negative instructions. - **[Let Agentforce Service Agent Take Actions with User Context in Enhanced Web Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_ecv2_credential_based_user_verification.htm&release=260&type=5)** With credential-based user verification, Agentforce AI agents in Enhanced Web Chat v2 sessions can now take actions in the context of the user, such as looking up orders or canceling them. This feature was previously only available for Enhanced Web Chat v1. - **[Build and Troubleshoot Agents Quickly with the Latest Builder Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_builder_console.htm&release=260&type=5)** Troubleshoot your agents more effectively with the new console in Agentforce Builder. The console includes a list of errors and warnings that could interfere with your agent’s performance, such as syntax errors or unexpected values. We also introduced more features that streamline the agent development process, including utility referencing in Canvas view and autocomplete in Script view. - **[Deploy Agentforce to Any Channel with Custom Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_custom_connections.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver engaging and intuitive Agentforce experiences on your unique business channels with secure, metadata-based custom connections. Help your agents structure multimedia responses by defining connection metadata that’s tailored to your channel. - **[Orchestrate Other Agents (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_orchestrate.htm&release=260&type=5)** Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta). Connect your agent with other specialized agents in your Salesforce org. Together they can collaborate seamlessly on complex tasks. By providing a single, unified point of contact, connected subagents help your users accomplish more without juggling multiple disconnected sessions. - **[New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot_standard_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and topics. # Agentforce Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce. - **[Organize Instructions with Markdown in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_markdown.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Easily read and write your agent's instructions with Markdown in Canvas view. Use Markdown syntax or keyboard shortcuts to add formatting to instructions, such as headers, bold, italic, numbered and bulleted lists, and horizontal dividers. Previously, Markdown appeared as plain text in Canvas view. - **[Choose a Voice Model for Your Agent in Agent Script](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_model_selection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Each language has a default voice model. Most languages default to ElevenLabs V3 conversational, and Japanese defaults to Kotoba. To have your Agentforce Voice agent speak with a different voice model and voice persona, use the modality voice block of Agent Script. - **[Regression Test Your Agent Across Versions in Agentforce Testing Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_testing_center_agent_level_test_suites.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Run the same test suite against different agent versions without re-creating your tests. See which changes improve performance and which introduce regressions, with version-aware test run history that lets you trace results back to specific updates. - **[Test Without Consuming Einstein Requests or Flex Credits in Testing Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_testing_center_unmetered_testing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Run tests in Agentforce Testing Center without consuming Einstein Requests or Flex Credits. Testing is unmetered, so you can test your agents as much as you need. - **[Find the Right Grid Column Type with a Guided Browse Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_browse_panel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you click Add Column in Grid, a Browse Types panel opens with categories, descriptions, and a search bar to help you quickly select the best column type for your goal. The panel also surfaces context-aware suggestions based on your current worksheet. - **[Send Records from List Views to Grid for AI Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_list_views.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Send to Grid is an action now available on Salesforce list views. It sends your selected records directly into a new or existing Grid, with columns configured from your list view fields. From the Grid, you can add AI, formula, agent, and action columns to run bulk workflows on the data. - **[Start Grid Workflows Faster with Reusable Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Grid Templates let builders save a fully configured Grid, including columns, prompts, queries, and logic, as a reusable starting point for others in the org. Browse the Template Library when creating a Grid, select a template, and start with columns already configured so you can add rows and run workflows immediately. Grids created from a template are independent copies; changes to the original Grid or the template don’t affect them. - **[Manage Agent Access in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_agent_access.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now manage agent-related permissions on the Agent Access page in Agentforce Builder. For an Agentforce Employee agent, the page controls which users can access the agent. For an Agentforce Service agent, the page controls what the agent user can access. - **[Get More Done in Canvas View with After Reasoning, System Variables, and Conflict Detection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_canvas_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add after reasoning instructions, reference system variables, and avoid overwriting a teammate's work in Canvas view. After reasoning instructions shape what happens once the agent resolves the subagent. For example, you can format the response or call another action. You now see system variables, including current connection and current modality, alongside your agent's custom and context variables. And the builder now tells you when it detects simultaneous edits to the same agent version. - **[Support More Users with Enhanced Chat v2 Accessibility Improvements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_a11y.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reach more users with a more accessible Enhanced Chat v2 experience. We’ve improved keyboard focus management, accessible names for controls, screen reader citations, and mobile navigation on Android. Enhanced Chat continues to align with WCAG 2.2 Level AA and you can track resolutions through the Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT). - **[Extend Agentforce Solutions with Multi-Agent Orchestration (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_multi_orchestrate_agents.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce. Connect your Agentforce agent with other specialized Agentforce agents in your Salesforce org. Together they collaborate on complex tasks to deliver amazing outcomes for your business. - **[Easily Resolve Out-of-Sync MCP Server Registrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_ref_integrity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** MCP server providers own their servers and can change server and tool settings at any time. Server-side changes make your current registration settings out of sync, which can adversely affect agents that rely on those MCP server tools. Agentforce now monitors and identifies these discrepancies. It flags a registered MCP server or tool as Out of Sync, and notifies an admin to take corrective action. - **[Add Tools from Salesforce-hosted MCP Servers to Your Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_sfhosted_server.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agents can now use tools from MCP servers hosted on Salesforce. Authentication occurs in the context of the Salesforce user through an internal credential. Each agent calls the MCP tools with its own user's permissions. Previously, agents were able to get tools only from third-party MCP servers set up in the Agentforce Registry. - **[Investigate Agents Faster with Streamed Session Trace Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_stdm_streaming.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Session Tracing data now arrives in Data 360 through streaming ingestion. The result? Wait time reduced from 15–20 minutes to as little as 30 seconds to 2 minutes. Alert notifications for monitored metrics arrive much more quickly. Resolve emerging agent issues sooner, before they become customer-facing incidents. - **[Apply Agentforce Coworker's Personal Context to Grid Worksheet Rows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_coworker_column.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Turn a list of Salesforce records into a repeatable Agentforce Coworker workflow. Add Agent from the Add Column menu and describe the work you want done, such as “prepare these accounts for tomorrow’s meetings.” Agentforce Coworker reviews your relevant context, including account relationships, calendar information, and upcoming meetings. It then applies the instruction across your worksheet and writes a tailored result for each record, so you can review, compare, and act on the complete set in one place. - **[Read Agent Column Outputs as Formatted Text in Grid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_output_format.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The output preview for Agent columns in Agentforce Grid shows formatted text instead of raw JSON, so results are easier to read at a glance. A JSON tab is still available in the preview for cases where you want to inspect the raw output. Previously, Agent column previews showed raw JSON by default, requiring manual parsing to understand the results. - **[Evaluate Entire Conversations for Voice and Chat Agents with Testing Center in Agentforce Studio (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_testing_center_voice_conversation_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Simulate and score full multi-turn conversations at scale to validate that your voice and chat agents resolve customer issues end-to-end. Generate up to 20 cases or upload up to 1,000 test cases, run them against realistic customer personas, and get scored results with transcripts and audio recordings. - **[Reserve Routable Phone Numbers for Agentforce Voice from More Countries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_reserveRoutableNumber_api_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Dynamic Routing now supports local phone numbers in Ireland, Israel, and Mexico. To reserve a number, call the reserveRoutableNumber API. - **[Deploy Agentforce Voice in Japanese in Your Production Environment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_japanese_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy Agentforce Voice in Japanese, now generally available for production environments. Set Japanese as your agent's default language and use a verified Japanese voice to serve customers on live calls. - **[Agentforce Voice Expands with 5 New Generally Available Languages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_igsp_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy Agentforce Voice in more languages, now generally available for production environments. Set your agent's language and pair the agent with a verified voice to serve customers on live calls. - **[Analyze Sessions with Percentile Latency, Feedback, and Connected-Agent Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_feedback_soma.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Pinpoint performance issues with percentile latency metrics and connected-agent insights, and understand the usage, knowledge sources, and feedback associated with each session. Reusable views, simplified evaluation workflows, and customizable analytics make it easier to investigate sessions and improve agent performance. - **[Write Precise Agent-Level Instructions in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_agent_instructions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Spend less time writing agent-level instructions with a dedicated page in Canvas view. You can also add variables to agent-level instructions and format them with Markdown. - **[Understand an Agent at a Glance with an Agent Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_summary.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Quickly review a new agent or confirm that an agent is set up the way you intended before you activate it. Agentforce Builder now generates and shows a visual summary of the agent and its subagents on the first page in Canvas view. - **[Adapt Your Agent's Responses to the User's Language (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_adaptive_language.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Set up your agent faster and give your users a more natural conversational experience. When you turn on adaptive language mode, your agent detects the language of each incoming message and responds in the same language. Your agent can use any language its AI model supports, including languages that aren't in the Allowed Languages list. - **[Register and Manage MCP Servers with Headless Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_headless.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver Headless 360 solutions for Model Context Protocol (MCP) for Agentforce. Bring your preferred headless development tools and frameworks to register external MCP servers and manage their allowlisted assets. Shift development from UI-driven interactions to agentic, customer-driven implementations. - **[Proactively Monitor Agent Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_monitor_health.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agent Health Monitoring detects silent agent failures—like spiking error rates or high latency—in near-real time across your AI agents. Create alerts for standard or custom metrics, then get notified when thresholds are breached. Use session traces to debug conversation flows and identify root causes. Address issues quickly so you can mitigate customer impact. - **[Greet Users with a Chat Invitation in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_invitation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Invite users to start a chat with a service rep or AI agent in Enhanced Chat v2. You can use the default invitation or create one with custom text, rules, conditions, and branding on the Embedded Service Deployments Settings Setup page. - **[Make Voice Conversations More Engaging in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_voice_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your users more ways to interact with an agent during a voice conversation in Enhanced Chat v2. A transcript now appears in the chat as your customer and the agent speak, so users can switch between talking and messaging without losing the thread. Users can also minimize the chat window and continue speaking with the agent. - **[Deploy Agents to Enhanced Chat v2 Faster in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_deploy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Spend less time setting up Enhanced Chat v2 deployments with the latest improvements in Agentforce Builder. Now, when you create a channel from the Enhanced Chat v2 Settings page, Agentforce creates an embedded service deployment for you. You can also easily add more deployments to a channel from the Enhanced Chat Channels table. - **[Spend Less Time Diagnosing Agent Errors with More Actionable Error Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_preview_errors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** During preview conversations, Agentforce Builder shows more detailed error messages for some platform services, replacing errors that were silent or difficult to diagnose. When a service encounters a problem during a preview conversation, you can open the Trace tab to see what went wrong. All error messages include a link to documentation covering possible causes, troubleshooting steps, and guidance on when to contact Salesforce Customer Support. This change doesn't affect end user-facing error messages. - **[Take the Guesswork out of Agent Building with Improved AI Assistance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_agent_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** We’ve upgraded the embedded AI assistant in Agentforce Builder, so you can focus on what your agent should do instead of how to build it. It asks more targeted follow-up questions to understand your intent and shape a plan, then proposes and explains changes before applying them. When it makes changes, you can trust it to generate valid Agent Script. And when you use it for troubleshooting, it more accurately diagnoses issues and proposes more effective solutions. - **[Get Always-On Insights with Agent Observability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_enable.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** For new Salesforce orgs only, turning on Agentforce automatically turns on agent observability features by default. Data collection starts for Agentforce Session Tracing, Audit and Feedback, and related features. The observability user experience is available in Agent Analytics and Agentforce Studio. - **[Enhanced Logging for Agent Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_diagnostic_dmo.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Introducing AiAgentSessionLog, a comprehensive logging data model that captures all notable events emitted during AI agent sessions. AiAgentSessionLog provides a unified way to track informational, warning, debug, and error-level events across your AI solutions. Analyze run-time behavior, troubleshoot failures, and trace issues across single-agent and multi-agent flows. - **[Let Callers Key In Numbers Instead of Speaking Them](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_keypad_input.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Voice now supports keypad input on phone calls. Instead of saying an order number or account number aloud, callers enter it on their phone keypad, which is faster, more accurate, and more private. Callers press the pound key (#) to finish, or the input completes automatically after a short pause. - **[Access Agentforce Grid from Agentforce Studio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_studio_entry.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Grid now has a second entry point inside the Agentforce Studio app, so you can find it right alongside the Testing Center and your other Agentforce building tools. Just select Grids from the tools panel. The original App Launcher entry point for Agentforce Grid still works, too. - **[Learn Agentforce Grid Basics Right from the All Grids Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_welcome_mat.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The All Grids page now surfaces Trailhead, Help, and Claude links so you always know where to go for help with getting started. Agentforce Grid gives you an open canvas for building AI-powered workflows, but an empty worksheet doesn't tell you what's possible. Now, a welcome section on the All Grids page offers getting-started resources every time you visit, so you can learn the basics before you start building. - **[Assess Security Risk Scores for Third-Party MCP Servers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_aegis_risk_score.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check the risk score of third-party Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers during registration. Agentforce Registry conducts an automatic security scan that returns a Low, Medium, or High risk score. Use the risk score as a risk indicator of MCP servers. - **[Customize Conversation Recommendations in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_conversation_reco_script_view.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now customize conversation recommendations for Agentforce Employee agents in Canvas view, in addition to Script view. Conversation recommendations refer to both welcome recommendations, which appear on the welcome screen when the Agentforce panel opens, and recommendations that the agent suggests during a conversation. Use them to guide employees to your most relevant and frequently used actions. - **[Refine Web Search Results by Using Excluded Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_search_web_excluded_domains.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Exclude up to 10 domains from Search the Web agent action results to ensure your agents retrieve relevant information. Excluded domains are configured per action and apply regardless of the selected search provider. - **[Gain Agent Observability Insights Without Consuming Data 360 Credits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_usage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain comprehensive agent monitoring and insights with Agent Analytics and related tools—without credit consumption overhead. For agent observability features, data collection, metrics calculations, queries, reports, and dashboards no longer consume Data 360 credits. - **[Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default in Winter ʼ27](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_auto_enable.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In Winter ʼ27, we plan to turn on the Agentforce platform for all orgs with Agentforce access. New orgs will be enabled by default. We’ll remove the Agentforce setting from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is provisioned at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing. - **[Cover More Cases in a Condition with Else If Branches](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_else_if.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Guide your agent down unique paths for different cases in a single condition. Previously, you could only add If and Else branches to a condition statement. Now, you also add one or more Else If branches, and the agent follows the first branch that applies. - **[Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Service Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_asa_clt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Now you can validate your Agentforce Service agent’s custom responses in Agentforce Builder. Custom Lightning types (CLTs) are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. When you preview a conversation with a Service agent connected to Enhanced Chat v2, CLTs in agent actions render as your customers see them. - **[Personalize Voice Interactions Faster with Voice Call Variables in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_voice_call_vars.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your voice agents access to call details so that they can respond with more context. After you add the Telephony connection to your agent, you can add voice call variables to it on the Variables page in Canvas view and use the variables throughout your agent’s reasoning and interactions. Previously, you could only use voice call variables with Agent Script. - **[Reduce Resolution Time with File Sharing in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_file_sharing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give service reps the context they need to resolve inquiries faster. Customers can now share files such as screenshots, receipts, and PDFs with service reps in Enhanced Chat v2 sessions. Sharing files with AI agents isn't available yet. - **[Create Agents in the New Builder Only](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_legacy_agent_creation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The New Agent button is no longer available in the legacy Agentforce Builder in Setup. You can now create agents in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio only. This change doesn’t affect your existing agents in the legacy builder. You can continue to edit, activate, version, and otherwise manage them. We recommend upgrading your agent from the legacy builder to the new builder, which creates a version of your agent in the new builder. The new version includes all of the original agent’s subagents, actions, system messages and settings, data, and connections, converted to Agent Script. - **[Agentforce Observability: Create Scorers via API, Interaction-Level Metrics, SOMA and Voice Session Trace Additions, Changes to Billing and Consumption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_scorers_api_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Custom scorers are now generally available (GA) via API. The Session & Intents view has new columns that showcase Scorers and Error data. Session Tracing includes more granular multi-agent and metrics' breakdown. This release also provides new service level metrics to better gauge your agent's interaction with customers and how they affect your credit usage and billing. - **[Guide Your Users to Agent Conversations from Lightning App Home Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_welcome_reco_home_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Welcome recommendations are prompts that suggest ways to start a conversation with an Agentforce Employee agent, so your users can select a prompt instead of typing a message from scratch. Welcome recommendations are available only for Agentforce Employee agents in Lightning Experience, in both Agentforce Builder and the legacy Agentforce Builder. They now appear on supported Lightning app Home pages, including Sales Home, Service Home, Marketing Home, and custom application Home pages. Previously, they appeared only on record pages and list views. - **[Control Which Model Each Subagent Uses in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_subagents_model.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Select the model that gives your subagent the best balance of speed and reasoning depth for its specific job. For example, a subagent that performs simple tasks can run on a smaller model and one that manages complex tasks can use a larger one. Previously, you could only set a model for a subagent with Agent Script. - **[Deploy Agentforce Employee Agents on Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_aea.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your employees a chat experience optimized for modernized features and agentic use cases. You can now deploy Agentforce Employee agents on Experience Cloud sites with Enhanced Chat v2. - **[New Web Search Data Libraries Aren't Supported in the Agentforce Data Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_data_library_web_search_read_only.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Agentforce Data Library no longer supports creating web-based data libraries. You can still view and use your existing web search data libraries. - **[Test Prompt Templates in Agentforce Testing Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_testing_center_prompt_template_batch_testing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Surface patterns and edge cases missed in smaller-scale testing when you run tests at scale. Test your prompt templates by selecting Prompt Templates as the test type in Agentforce Testing Center. Build test cases and manage test suites, all in a spreadsheet-inspired interface that makes it easier to validate and debug. - **[Toggle Intelligent Context Processing On or Off in Agentforce Data Libraries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_data_library_intelligent_context_toggle.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enable or disable Intelligent Context processing for file-based data libraries. Intelligent Context improves retrieval accuracy for tables and infographics, and is enabled by default. - **[Get Real-Time Updates on Your Agentforce Data Library Build and Resolve Issues Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_data_library_build_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track the progress of your Agentforce Data Library build stage by stage, and use links to relevant objects to review and resolve issues faster. - **[Choose a Transcription Model for the Speech to Text Agent Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_transcription_model_speech_to_text.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Transcription Model parameter on the Speech to Text action to control which model converts audio to text. Choose the model that best fits your transcription needs, such as audio quality, language, and data handling requirements. This parameter is available in Agentforce Builder, Flow, and REST. - **[Quickly Access Enhanced Chat v2 Deployment Options in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Spend less time switching between setup pages for Enhanced Chat v2 deployments. You can now preview an Enhanced Chat channel's deployment or copy its code snippet from the channels table in Agentforce Builder. - **[Set Context Variables Faster for More Accurate Agent Previews](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_preview_context.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you preview an agent, it’s easier to find where to set initial variables so your agent’s preview behavior accurately reflects your user’s context. Previously, you viewed and edited variable values in the Variables tab in the bottom panel, next to Trace. Now you set and override variable values in the new Context Variables tab, which is more discoverable at the start of a session. We’ve also added an icon to warn you when your agent uses a linked variable that’s set for you in production, but isn’t set in preview—for example, a value that’s filled from the Messaging Session object when your agent is live on a Messaging channel. To track variable values throughout the session, you can still use the Variables tab in the bottom panel. - **[Agentforce Observability: Insights Page Retirement and Model Selection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_updates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Studio's Insights page is retiring in July 2026. Observability data moves to Analytics dashboards for a comprehensive view of session and intent analysis. Agentforce Observability also now uses your org-level LLM provider selection. - **[Create AI-Powered Service Channels from Your Knowledge Base](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_quick_config_help_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Quickly build AI-powered service channels grounded in your knowledge base using Quick Service Agent Configuration. This process can create your self-service help portal, Voice channel, or web chat and power them with Help agent, built on the Agentforce Service agent template. This process handles setup and prerequisites automatically, letting you launch channels without the overhead of Experience Cloud sites or user profiles. Use these channels to provide 24/7 support and deflect cases. - **[Select Gemini for Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_gemini.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Select Google Gemini for LLM requests in Agentforce. This option is an alternative to the existing Salesforce Default option, which uses OpenAI, and the AWS-Hosted option, which uses Anthropic. The Google Gemini option uses Gemini 3.5 Flash. Google Gemini is supported for agents built in the new Agentforce Builder only. Don't select Google Gemini if you have active agents created in the legacy Agentforce Builder. - **[Sharper Transcription and More Natural Voice for Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_transcription_quality.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your voice agents now deliver sharper transcription and better natural speech output—no configuration or restart required. Transcription is more accurate in noisy environments, with accented speech, and with specialized terminology. Non-English personas also now support custom International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) or Carnegie Mellon University (CMU) pronunciations, giving them the same customization options as English-speaking agents. - **[Chat with Agentforce in 24 More Languages (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_new_beta_languages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In addition to English, Japanese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish in certain locales, Agentforce now supports 24 more languages. - **[Gain Insights Into Agentforce and Generative AI Consumption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_usage_dmo.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor your AI usage and consumption. The new AiAgentGenerativeAiUsage model contains your Agentforce and generative AI usage including metered and unmetered usage. Updates to the data occur every 5 minutes. Write Data 360 queries and build reports and dashboards. Conduct usage analytics and gain actionable insights into AI consumption across your entire organization. - **[Edit Subagents in the Asset Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_edit_subagents_in_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now edit subagents directly in the Asset Library in Setup. Updating a subagent in the Asset Library doesn't impact current agents, which use a copy of the original subagent. - **[Agentforce Observability: Refined Agent Analytics and Custom Scorers (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_analytics_new_experience.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get a unified view of agent performance with Refined Agent Analytics, which combines Service Agent Analytics and Employee Agent Analytics in one place with more than 40 metrics. Use Custom Scorers (Beta) to evaluate sessions against your own KPIs alongside Salesforce standard quality metrics. - **[Unlock Agent Interoperability with MCP for Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Empower your agents with capabilities across providers with Model Context Protocol (MCP) for Agentforce. MCP is an open standard for seamlessly connecting AI models to external systems. We’ve built an MCP client into Agentforce, so the complex, manual work of integrating systems–including API connectivity, authentication, and data access–is done for you. MCP for Agentforce and its suite of features makes it easy for you to register and manage MCP servers, create policies to govern agent behavior, and give your agents secure access to MCP server tools. - **[Protect Connections to Your External APIs and MCP Servers with Agentforce Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_gateway_policies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create policies to protect connections to your external API and MCP servers so that agent tools can securely and properly access those services. Control access, set usage limits, and support governance standards. - **[Route Agentforce Voice Calls Using SIP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_with_sip.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Take advantage of the internet’s cost-effective and flexible virtual connection. Route calls to an Agentforce Service agent using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). This protocol transmits calls over the internet. Previously, you could route these calls with a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) phone number only. - **[Route Agentforce Voice Calls Globally with Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Expand call routing globally with Dynamic Routing, a new communication protocol for Agentforce Voice. PSTN is limited to the US and Canada. SIP requires a dedicated integration with a vetted telephony partner. Dynamic Routing removes both barriers. It works worldwide and doesn't require a SIP trunk or telecom resale agreement. - **[Record Voice Calls for SIP and Dynamic Routing Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_recording_sip_dynamic_routing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Record voice calls between customers and the Agentforce Voice agent on your SIP and Dynamic Routing voice channels. Use recordings to support quality assurance reviews, agent coaching, and compliance initiatives. To easily distinguish speakers during playback, recordings are stereo-separated, with the customer on one channel and the agent on the other. Each recording is stored as an MP3 file and automatically linked to its voice call record for easy access. - **[Override the Recording and Transcription Setting for SIP and Dynamic Routing Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_recording_override.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now override the Record Voice Calls with Agents setting for individual agents on these types of Agentforce Voice calls. Previously, this override was available for PSTN calls only. - **[Create and Deploy Voice Enabled Agents in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_new_builder_launch.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now build, customize, and deploy voice-enabled service agents in the new Agentforce Builder. Use Agent Scripts and multi-step workflows within the new builder to build your voice-enabled agents. - **[Expanded Global Language Support with Agentforce Voice (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_lang_expansion.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Voice now supports additional global languages beyond English and French, allowing you to reach a broader audience. These languages are currently supported in Beta. - **[OpenAI Search Provider in the Search the Web Agent Action Is Now Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_openai_search_provider.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get relevant, real-time web search results within your AI agents by using OpenAI as a search provider. OpenAI as a search provider, which is now generally available, includes an update to the underlying web search model since the beta release. - **[Increase Trust with Citations in Bring Your Own Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_service_agent_byoc_citations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build trust in AI-generated responses by providing source references in Bring Your Own Channel outbound messages. Messaging end users can now verify Agentforce Service Agent's answers against knowledge articles or other sources directly within your custom UI. With source links and character offsets in the outbound message payload, partners can render inline markers or a dedicated sources section. - **[Easily Upgrade Agents from the Legacy Builder to the New Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_upgrade.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Upgrade an agent from the legacy Agentforce Builder in Setup to the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio, with just a few clicks. Previously, you had to manually recreate your agent in the new builder. Now, you simply specify the agent and version that you want to upgrade, and then we create a new version in the new builder for you. The upgraded agent includes all of the original agent’s subagents, actions, system messages and settings, data, and connections, converted to Agent Script. Plus, after you upgrade, Agentforce can optimize your agent for Agent Script to improve your agent’s reliability and performance. - **[Build an Agent Script-Powered Agent End to End with the Updated Implementation Guide](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_guide_refresh.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Agentforce Implementation Guide is our most comprehensive, hands-on resource for building agents on the Salesforce Platform. We’ve updated the guide for the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. Follow along to build a more deterministic agent with Agent Script and see the power of hybrid reasoning in action. Take advantage of new testing capabilities with the enhanced preview and debugging experience in Agentforce Builder and the new Agentforce Testing Center in Agentforce Studio. Plus, learn how to get the most out of your agent with an updated Observability guide. Complete the implementation guide to get a fully functional customer-facing agent that can answer customer questions, create and update cases, and escalate to a support rep. - **[Transform Your Customer Experience with Voice-Enabled Agents in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_voice.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Scale your operations and decrease agent handle time by offering customers a more engaging and accessible way to interact with your service agents. With Agentforce Voice for Enhanced Chat v2, customers can seamlessly switch between text and voice mode. Easily set up a voice-enabled service agent and customize it to meet your unique business needs in Agentforce Builder. - **[Elevate Your Enhanced Chat v2 Deployments with More Customization and Reliability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_ecv2_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Strengthen your brand presence and keep conversations flowing with Enhanced Chat v2 customization and messaging enhancements. Control the chat window dimensions and background colors. Improve the end-user experience with read and delivery receipts, smoother message rewrites, and improved auto-response messages, including inactivity notifications. - **[Build Agents Faster and Ensure Consistency with Connection Inputs for Marketing Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_connection_inputs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce setup time and keep experiences on-brand with the new signature and disclosure inputs for the Marketing Email connection. By default, connection inputs and their settings are shared across all agents that have the connection. When you customize a specific agent’s connection inputs, it doesn’t impact other agents that use the connection. Similar to variables, you can use connection inputs throughout your agent’s reasoning and interactions. Input values can’t be changed during a conversation. - **[Orchestrate Other Agents (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_multi_orchestrate.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta). Connect your Agentforce agent with other specialized Agentforce agents in your Salesforce org. Together they can collaborate seamlessly on complex tasks. By providing a single, unified point of contact, connected subagents help your users accomplish more without juggling multiple disconnected sessions. - **[Prepare for Updated Model for AWS-Hosted Option in Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_aws_hosted_model_option.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The AWS-Hosted option for Agentforce will use Anthropic Claude Haiku 4.5 on Amazon Bedrock later this month. It currently uses Claude Sonnet 4, which is in the Legacy state on Amazon Bedrock. - **[New and Changed Agent Script Functionality](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_script_new_changed.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Agent Script to build agents that blend deterministic logic with the reasoning power of LLMs. - **[New and Changed Standard Agent Actions and Subagents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot_standard_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and subagents. # Agentforce Agentforce introduces two new marketing agents that automate personalized campaigns from strategy to content creation, as well as a new agent for handling high-volume lead generation and nurturing. Marketers maintain full visibility and control as the agents handle campaign orchestration and on-brand content generation across channels. - **[Run Self-Optimizing Agentic Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_agentforce_AMGA.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentic campaigns take the complexity out of personalized marketing by selecting the right campaign, channel, content, and timing for each individual customer. Marketers get full visibility into what the agent is doing, with the ability to define how much it handles autonomously. - **[Create Agentic Campaign-Ready Content Instantly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_agentforce_ACA.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Generate, refine, and publish personalized, on-brand content and images for email, SMS, MMS, and RCS campaigns in a collaborative AI workspace. To align with campaign goals and branding, ground content in your marketing briefs, customer data, and brand guidelines. Teams can review and approve content before publishing. - **[Turn Marketing Leads into Qualified Sales Pipeline with the Buyer Engagement Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_buyer_engagement_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Buyer Engagement agent automatically handles inbound lead generation and high-volume outbound lead nurturing across your marketing channels. It pairs your campaign communications with two-way agentic conversations, so sales and marketing work from one shared view of every buyer. Configure the agent to send personalized emails, handle web chat, qualify leads, and book meetings—all integrated with your campaigns and brand kits. - **[Turn Marketing Strategy Into Executable Plans with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_pln_oper_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Marketing Planning and Operations agent to build connected marketing programs and goals aligned with your company's planning hierarchies. You can create tiered programs and goals that cascade from company leaders to your teams, or standalone programs and goals focused on targeted business objectives. The agent gives back time to your team for strategy and creative work instead of manual planning tasks. # Agentforce & Einstein Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI. Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem / CMGWorldwide. - **[Agentforce Platform Features by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_platform.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality, security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Agentforce platform changes are released as often as weekly, so check back again soon for the latest and greatest. # Agentforce Agents Settings Have Moved The Enable the Agentforce (Default) Agent and Select the Model for Agentforce settings have moved to the Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup page. These settings were previously on the Agentforce Agents page in Setup. The Migrate to an Agentforce Employee Agent section has been replaced with a Migrate to an Employee Agent action in the action dropdown for the Agentforce (Default) agent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This change is available starting on January 8, 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring and select **Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create the Agentforce (Default) Agent in the Legacy Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_enable_default.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Select Agentforce Model Option](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_select_model_provider.htm&language=en_US) # Agentforce and Generative AI Supercharge your workforce productivity and efficiency with Agentforce and generative AI. - **[Agentforce and Generative AI Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce. - **[New and Changed Standard Agent Actions and Subagents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot_standard_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and subagents. ## Agentforce and Generative AI Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### January 2027 - **Supported Models**: [OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 Family Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_openai_4o_41_family_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 family model requests will be rerouted January 14, 2027.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting January 14, 2027. ### December 2026 - **Supported Models**: [GPT-5 Family (GPT-5, GPT-5-Mini, GPT-5-Nano, GPT-5-Pro) and O3 / O3-Pro Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "GPT-5 Family and O3 / O3-Pro model requests will be rerouted December 11, 2026.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting December 11, 2026. ### November 2026 - **Supported Models**: [Azure OpenAI o3 Family and o4-mini Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_openai_o3_family_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Azure OpenAI o3 family and o4-mini model requests will be rerouted November 11, 2026.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting November 11, 2026. ### October 2026 - **Agentforce Builder**: [The Agentforce Assistant Is Now Agent Optimizer (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_agent_optimizer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The integrated AI assistant in Agentforce Builder is now called Agent Optimizer, which better reflects how it helps you build, troubleshoot, and improve your agent. Previously, the assistant was called the Agentforce assistant, and the current beta experience was called the Agentforce Development Agent. The chat window heading is now Agent Optimizer, the Ask Agentforce button is now Ask Optimizer, and the setting that controls beta access is now Disable Agentforce Optimizer (Beta) in Agentforce Builder. These updates apply only to Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 26, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Control Conversational Memory for AI Agents Across Your Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory_toggle_conversation_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can now control conversational memory for all AI agents and users across your org with a single setting. When you turn off conversational memory, agents stop creating memories and using existing ones, even if individual agents have memory enabled. Existing memories are preserved but aren't used while the setting is off. The Memory & Preferences icon also disappears from the Agentforce panel. Previously, you turned conversational memory on or off only for individual agents in Agent Script.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Legacy Agent Builder Changing Reasoning Engine from GPT-4o to GPT-5.6 Luna](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_legacy_builder_model_change.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The legacy Agentforce Builder is implementing an on/off switch to change the reasoning engine to GPT-5.6 Luna on October 15, 2026.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026.) - Updated instructions to change reasoning engine. - **Agentforce Coworker**: [Build Reusable Skills for Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A skill packages instructions, context, and tools into a reusable workflow for an AI agent. A prompt template returns one generated response. A skill runs a repeatable, multi-step task and can run tools, such as querying records or sending email. Create and publish the skill in Skill Builder, and then run it from Skills in Agentforce Coworker.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Haiku 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_haiku_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Haiku 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Automatically End Agentforce Voice Calls and Route by Disconnect Reason](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_auto_hangup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your voice-enabled agent a clean way to end calls, and share the reason each call ended with your telephony vendor. Agentforce Voice agents end their side of a call when a caller stops responding or the call reaches its maximum duration. Enable Auto-Hangup per agent at the connection level so that the agent also ends the call when it determines that it has fully addressed the caller's request. For partner telephony, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor, which can use the disconnect reason, such as Customer Intent Fulfilled, to decide how to handle each call.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting in late October 2026. This changed from the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [GPT-6.1 Sol Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_sol_6_1.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The GPT-6.1 Sol model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Sonnet 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_sonnet_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Sonnet 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability:** [Use the New Sessions and Intents View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_session_controls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Review processed and unprocessed sessions together, save the views you use most, and evaluate or export sessions from one workspace.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Transfer Calls to Agentforce Voice Using Real-Time Streaming](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_realtime_streaming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You no longer need a dedicated static phone number or a SIP trunk configuration to route calls to your voice-enabled agent. With Real-Time Streaming, Amazon Connect can stream call audio directly to Agentforce over a WebSocket connection.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Automatically End Agentforce Voice Calls and Route by Disconnect Reason](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_auto_hangup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your voice-enabled agent a clean way to end calls, and share the reason each call ended with your telephony vendor. Agentforce Voice agents end their side of a call when a caller stops responding or the call reaches its maximum duration. Enable Auto-Hangup per agent at the connection level so that the agent also ends the call when it determines that it has fully addressed the caller's request. For partner telephony, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor, which can use the disconnect reason, such as Customer Intent Fulfilled, to decide how to handle each call.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Grid**: [Build and Analyze Agentforce Grid Worksheets in Plain Language with Grid Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe what you want to build or analyze in the Grid Agent sidebar, and Grid Agent configures columns or answers questions about your data. For example, ask Grid Agent to \"Create a column that summarizes each case description.\" After you review and approve the proposed action, Grid Agent creates and configures the column. To analyze your data, ask a question such as \"What patterns do you see in the Sales Stage column?\" The sidebar is open by default.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: Build and Activate Agents with a Simpler Versioning Process (Removed the week of October 12, 2026) - This change wasn't quite ready and was reverted the week of October 5, 2026. The release note has been removed. To activate your agent, commit your agent first. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Agents Now Default to Error Mode for File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload_default.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce agents that can receive file uploads from a client now default to error mode, so you have more control over agent file handling. Previously, agents that can receive files defaulted to auto mode, and your agent decided how to handle the file. In error mode, when someone uploads a file, the agent sends a customizable error message. If you want your agent to accept file uploads, you must add the file upload parameter to your agent’s script and specify a mode. If you don't want your agent to accept file uploads but you don't want it to send an error message, you can specify the disabled mode in the file upload parameter of your agent's script. You can also control which clients can accept file uploads.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [GPT-6 Luna, Sol, and Astra Are Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The GPT-6 Luna, Sol, and Astra models are ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use these models in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Opus 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Opus 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Opus 5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Opus 5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Free and Trial Orgs Have New Rate Limits and Model Access Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_new_limits_free_trial.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These changes may affect Developer Edition (DE) Orgs, Trailhead Playgrounds, and more.") (Added and then updated the week of October 12, 2026) - These changes take effect starting the week of October 5, 2026. Release note updated to reflect new limits. - **Prompt Builder**: [Conditional Logic in Prompt Templates Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_conditional_logic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Conditional logic in generative AI prompt templates is generally available. Add if, else if, and else blocks so that one prompt template adapts based on grounded data.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Prompt Builder**: [Format Prompt Instructions with Text Styling in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_block_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Block Editor now supports rich text formatting in generative AI prompt templates. Headings, lists, bold, italic, underline, and dividers are preserved through save, Preview, and generative AI at run time.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Prompt Builder**: [Ground Prompt Templates with Microsoft Office, Text, and Email Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_file_input.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Prompt templates in Prompt Builder can ground generative AI requests with Word documents, spreadsheets, presentations, text, CSV files, and email files, in addition to PDF and image files.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability**: [See Knowledge Sources in Agentforce Session Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_knowledge_sources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See Salesforce Knowledge articles and external sources your agent used in a session. Open a session from Sessions & Intents to review which sources were used to support the agent’s responses.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability**: [Track Voice Latency and Speech Metrics in Session Trace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_voice_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Spot long Agentforce Voice silences and inspect speech-to-text and text-to-speech timing in Session Trace, including word-level automatic speech recognition (ASR) confidence. A clock icon flags abnormal agent silence.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability**: [Review Updated Agentforce Observability Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_metric_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Several Agentforce Observability metric names and formulas changed. Compare latency and completion trends with the new labels, and review Success Rate with the updated calculation. Agent Interaction Duration is removed from dashboard templates.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Legacy Agent Builder Changing Reasoning Engine from GPT-4o to GPT-5.6 Luna](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_legacy_builder_model_change.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The legacy Agentforce Builder is implementing an on/off switch to change the reasoning engine to GPT-5.6 Luna on October 15, 2026.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026.) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Dynamic Default Model Selection for New Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_agents_new_defaults.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting October 15, 2026, new agents created in Agentforce Builder default to an optimal model selected for them.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Interoperability**: [Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_per_user_auth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Allow Agentforce Employee agents (AEA) to act on behalf of individual users with user-based Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. With per-user authentication, your users can access an external MCP server with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Eliminate shared service-user tokens and ensure a clear per-user audit trail.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Let Agentforce Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Agent Memory, your Agentforce agents recall relevant details from your users' past conversations, so your users don't have to repeat themselves. Agents also reference profile details, such as a user's name, from the first message, so responses feel personalized from the start. Previously, agents had no memory of past conversations, so your users had to restate the same details every time they started a new conversation with an agent.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Updated the title to avoid confusion with Help Agent. The title was "Help Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users." - **Agentforce Voice**: [Global Expansion for Agentforce Voice with Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_global_expansion.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To expand the reach of Dynamic Routing, we are continuously adding local phone numbers in more countries throughout this release.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added this topic to summarize all newly added local numbers for this release. We added local numbers for Columbia and Singapore starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 2.5 Pro, Flash, and Flash-Lite Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_2_5_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Gemini 2.5 Pro, Flash, and Flash-Lite model requests will be rerouted October 20, 2026. Gemini 2.5  Pro and 2.5 Flash will be rerouted to Gemini 3.5 Flash, and Gemini 2.5 Flash-Lite will be rerouted to Gemini 3.5 Flash-Lite. We recommend that you test your prompts and applications with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting the week of October 20, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 3.8 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_8.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Gemini 3.8 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. ### September 2026 - **Agentforce Builder**: [Spend Less Time on Manual Testing with the Agentforce Assistant (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_preview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Agentforce assistant no longer just suggests changes to your agent. Now it can test them for you, too. When the assistant suggests a change, it automatically runs previews in simulate mode to validate your agent’s basic functionality and its performance against variations and edge cases. Then it iterates until your agent behaves as expected, so you can accept the assistant’s changes with less manual verification. You can also prompt the assistant to test your own changes. For example, ask it to run a specific subagent through different personas and refine based on the results.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: Build and Activate Agents with a Simpler Versioning Process (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. - **Einstein Bots**: [Upgrade Einstein Bots to Agentforce Service Agent (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_bots_upgrade_tool.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Upgrade Agent tool, previously available in beta, is now generally available. Use the tool to convert an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent. The tool creates the new agent separately, so your existing bot remains available while you review and configure the new agent.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis starting the week of July 27, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Service and Employee agents now support file uploads in production and preview conversations, so you can help your agents resolve more inquiries. When you add file upload support to your agent, your users can share screenshots, receipts, and PDFs by attaching a file in the chat window. Your agent can interpret the image or PDF content and answer questions, and it can add the file to a Salesforce record or use the file as context. File uploads are supported for agents connected to web clients on Enhanced Chat v1, Enhanced Chat v2, and Lightning Experience.") (Updated the week of September 21, 2026) - Updated the release note to reflect the new release timing. Feature is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Let Agentforce Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Agent Memory, your Agentforce agents recall relevant details from your users' past conversations, so your users don't have to repeat themselves. Agents also reference profile details, such as a user's name, from the first message, so responses feel personalized from the start. Previously, agents had no memory of past conversations, so your users had to restate the same details every time they started a new conversation with an agent.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of September 21, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Builder with Fewer Steps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_clt_preview_local.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Preview Custom Lightning types (CLTs) in Agentforce Builder for actions you create or customize directly in an agent. CLTs are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. Previously, CLTs didn't render in preview for actions created or customized in an agent in Agentforce Builder. You had to recreate the action in the asset library. You also had to commit your agent before CLTs rendered at all. Now, CLTs render for actions in preview no matter where you created or modified them, or whether your agent is in a draft or committed state.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of September 21, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Learn How to Optimize an Agent by Analyzing Production Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_optimize_agent_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We added documentation that shows you how to headlessly analyze production data to identify suboptimal agent responses. Your AI assistant identifies root causes, turns them into durable test cases, and suggests fixes, which you validate against a full test suite in your testing environment, such as a sandbox, before promoting to production.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Documentation available starting the week of September 21, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Learn How to Build and Deploy an Enhanced Chat Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_build_enhanced_chat_agent_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We added documentation that shows you how to build a chat agent, test and activate it, and deploy it to an Enhanced Chat v2 channel. This example shows you how to complete the steps by using headless (using an AI coding assistant), Canvas (using the Salesforce UI), or Agent Script (using code) paths.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Documentation available starting the week of September 14, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Learn How to Ground an Agent with an Agentforce Data Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_ground_agent_adl_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We added documentation that shows you how to develop an agent, ground it with an Agentforce data library, test, and activate it. This example shows you how to complete the steps by using headless (using an AI coding assistant), or Canvas (using the Salesforce UI) paths.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Documentation available starting the week of September 14, 2026. - **Enhanced Chat v2**: [Help Customers Continue Ended Sessions in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ecv2_continue_conversation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After a messaging session times out or ends in Enhanced Chat v2, customers can easily resume it by clicking Continue Conversation in the chat window.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of August 31, 2026. - **Enhanced Chat v2**: [Give Customers a Smoother Conversation Experience in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ecv2_conversation_view_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enhanced Chat v2 now delivers a smoother, easier-to-follow conversation experience. When a customer sends a message, it stays in view while the response loads instead of scrolling out of sight, so customers can read replies in context. The avatar now appears above the Send Message text field for a cleaner layout.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 31, 2026. - **Agentforce Connections**: [Control How Agent Action Outputs Appear on a Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_render.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Always format an agent action's output the same way on a specific connection with the render nested inline action. If you don't specify an adaptive response format, Agentforce decides which one to use during the conversation. You can also format an action's output as JSON so that a connection can receive the action's structured data directly. And, with show_and_return nested inline action, you can now tell the agent to send a response and end reasoning at the end of an action.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Service and Employee agents now support file uploads in production and preview conversations, so you can help your agents resolve more inquiries. When you add file upload support to your agent, your users can share screenshots, receipts, and PDFs by attaching a file in the chat window. Your agent can interpret the image or PDF content and answer questions, and it can add the file to a Salesforce record or use the file as context. File uploads are supported for agents connected to web clients on Enhanced Chat v1, Enhanced Chat v2, and Lightning Experience.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis starting the week of September 21, 2026. This feature was previously announced in Summer ʼ26, but it wasn't quite ready yet. - **Field Generation**: [Field Generation Refinements Now Respect Your Selected Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen_model.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Previously, follow-up responses from Einstein in the field generation panel used the Salesforce default LLM instead of the model assigned to your field generation prompt template. Follow-up and refinement responses are now generated from the model that you selected in the prompt template.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting in September 2026. - **Field Generation**: [Keep Field Generation Responses Focused on Business Use Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "By default, field generation follow-up refinement requests aren't validated to ensure relevance to business requests. This means users can make unrelated, non-business requests within the field generation panel. To steer users back to your specific business goals, turn on the new Validate Field Generation Refinements setting in Setup. This limits the agent's focus entirely to field generation-related activity, ensuring your Einstein credits are spent only on relevant business use cases.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting in September 2026. - **Agentforce Connections**: [Customize Agent Behavior Across Channels with Connection Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_connection_instructions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Guide how your agent reasons and responds on the Messaging, Service Email, or Marketing Email connection with customizable connection instructions. For example, you can tell the agent to ignore disclaimers in emails or to use a specific response format for certain messages.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Connections**: [Customize Agent Responses with Dynamic Messaging Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_custom_response_format.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create custom response formats based on messaging components, including the enhanced link, question with static options, question with dynamic options, time selector, and form components. Use the output of an agent action to populate dynamic content in your custom response formats. For example, have an agent action gather the details for a return request and then populate a custom form for the customer.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Easily Compare and Merge Agent Versions in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_compare_versions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Copy improvements from one agent version to another with a few clicks. You can now compare two versions and merge changes from one into another in Canvas and Script view.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Pass Context with Custom SIP Headers and Disconnect with REFER in Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_sip_headers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Capture custom SIP X-headers from inbound calls to deliver contextual information, such as customer intent, language preference, or case history. Configure your escalation and fallback flows to return or modify headers using the SIP REFER method when disconnecting or transferring calls.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Dynamic Routing for Agentforce Voice Is Now Available in Japan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_japan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dynamic Routing now supports local phone numbers in Japan. To connect to the voice-enabled agent, call the reserveRoutableNumber API, and then forward the call to the local number.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting September 3, 2026. - **Agentforce Platform Settings**: [Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_auto_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In Winter ’27, the Agentforce platform is enabled by default for all orgs with Agentforce access, as granted by SKUs, licensing, and editions. New orgs are enabled at creation, and existing orgs will be auto-enabled. The Agentforce setting will be removed from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is enabled at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - This change automatically applies to new orgs created in Winter ʼ27 and is planned for existing orgs on a rolling basis, starting in September 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Move Agents Between Orgs More Easily with Simplified Agent Metadata Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_metadata.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting in API version 68.0, we’ve streamlined Agentforce agent metadata types to make it easier to retrieve and deploy agents. Previously, moving an agent from sandbox to production required at least three metadata types. Plus, you had to manually add every Apex class, flow, and prompt template associated with an agent action, making sure to indicate the correct agent version. With the new AiAgentDefinition and AiAgentDefinitionVersion types, Salesforce CLI now retrieves the agent and all its dependencies automatically.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - This change is available starting with preview sandboxes the week of August 24, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Agentforce Voice Now Enforces the Limit on Procured Phone Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_enforce_phone_number_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Voice now enforces the Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) limit on the number of phone numbers that you can procure. In production orgs, your Agentforce Voice license determines the limit. In sandbox and trial orgs, the limit is 10 phone numbers regardless of your license. Previously, these limits weren't enforced.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Show Full Conversation History in Post-Call Transcripts for Agentforce Voice Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_post_call_transcript.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Enhance Conversation component in the Service Console now displays consistent transcripts during and after a voice call handled by a voice-enabled agent. When the agent transfers the call to a service rep, the voice call record for the rep-customer conversation (VC1) now shows both the agent-customer and rep-customer transcripts after the call, matching what was visible during the call. Previously, VC1 showed both transcripts during the call but dropped the agent-customer transcript after the call ended.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Enable Flexible Call Recording Control Within Conversations via Toolkit API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_pause_resume_recording_with_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce developers and admins can now use the Salesforce Voice Toolkit API to pause and resume call recordings without the Control Call Recording user permission. Previously, these users needed this permission. This permission is still required to use the pause and resume controls in the Salesforce UI.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. ### August 2026 - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 3.7 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_7.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Gemini 3.7 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 17, 2026. - **Agentforce Interoperability**: [Extend Agentforce Solutions with Multi-Agent Orchestration (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_multi_agent_orchestrate.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce. Connect your Agentforce agent with other specialized Agentforce agents in your Salesforce org. Together they collaborate on complex tasks to deliver amazing outcomes for your business.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 17, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 3.6 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Gemini 3.6 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 10, 2026. - **Service Assistant**: [Know When Guidance Service Plan Creation is in Progress with a Status Indicator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Service reps now see a status indicator in the component that signals a service plan is being created. Previously, the component gave no indication that a plan was in progress, so reps had to wait until the plan summary appeared without knowing whether anything was happening.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Removed the mention of dynamic plans no longer showing the Service Plan summary cards until they're ready and the "Service Assistant is working on it" status indicator appearing instead. These changes aren't available anymore. # Agentforce and Generative AI Release Notes Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce. - **[The Agentforce Assistant Is Now Agent Optimizer (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_agent_optimizer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The integrated AI assistant in Agentforce Builder is now called Agent Optimizer, which better reflects how it helps you build, troubleshoot, and improve your agent. Previously, the assistant was called the Agentforce assistant, and the current beta experience was called the Agentforce Development Agent. The chat window heading is now Agent Optimizer, the Ask Agentforce button is now Ask Optimizer, and the setting that controls beta access is now Disable Agentforce Optimizer (Beta) in Agentforce Builder. These updates apply only to Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder. - **[Control Conversational Memory for AI Agents Across Your Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory_toggle_conversation_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now control conversational memory for all AI agents and users across your org with a single setting. When you turn off conversational memory, agents stop creating memories and using existing ones, even if individual agents have memory enabled. Existing memories are preserved but aren't used while the setting is off. The Memory & Preferences icon also disappears from the Agentforce panel. Previously, you turned conversational memory on or off only for individual agents in Agent Script. - **[Build Reusable Skills for Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A skill packages instructions, context, and tools into a reusable workflow for an AI agent. A prompt template returns one generated response. A skill runs a repeatable, multi-step task and can run tools, such as querying records or sending email. Create and publish the skill in Skill Builder, and then run it from Skills in Agentforce Coworker. - **[OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 Family Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_openai_4o_41_family_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 family model requests will be rerouted January 14, 2027. - **[Claude Haiku 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_haiku_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Claude Haiku 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Claude Sonnet 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_sonnet_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Claude Sonnet 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[GPT-6.1 Sol Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_sol_6_1.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The GPT-6.1 Sol model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use the New Sessions and Intents View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_session_controls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Review processed and unprocessed sessions together, save the views you use most, and evaluate or export sessions from one workspace. - **[Transfer Calls to Agentforce Voice Using Real-Time Streaming](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_realtime_streaming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You no longer need a dedicated static phone number or a SIP trunk configuration to route calls to your voice-enabled agent. With Real-Time Streaming, Amazon Connect can stream call audio directly to Agentforce over a WebSocket connection. - **[Automatically End Agentforce Voice Calls and Route by Disconnect Reason](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_auto_hangup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your voice-enabled agent a clean way to end calls, and share the reason each call ended with your telephony vendor. Agentforce Voice agents end their side of a call when a caller stops responding or the call reaches its maximum duration. Enable Auto-Hangup per agent at the connection level so that the agent also ends the call when it determines that it has fully addressed the caller's request. For partner telephony, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor, which can use the disconnect reason, such as Customer Intent Fulfilled, to decide how to handle each call. - **[Build and Analyze Agentforce Grid Worksheets in Plain Language with Grid Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Describe what you want to build or analyze in the Grid Agent sidebar, and Grid Agent configures columns or answers questions about your data. For example, ask Grid Agent to "Create a column that summarizes each case description." After you review and approve the proposed action, Grid Agent creates and configures the column. To analyze your data, ask a question such as "What patterns do you see in the Sales Stage column?" The sidebar is open by default. - **[Agents Now Default to Error Mode for File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload_default.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce agents that can receive file uploads from a client now default to error mode, so you have more control over agent file handling. Previously, agents that can receive files defaulted to auto mode, and your agent decided how to handle the file. In error mode, when someone uploads a file, the agent sends a customizable error message. If you want your agent to accept file uploads, you must add the file upload parameter to your agent’s script and specify a mode. If you don't want your agent to accept file uploads but you don't want it to send an error message, you can specify the disabled mode in the file upload parameter of your agent's script. You can also control which clients can accept file uploads. - **[GPT-6 Luna, Sol, and Astra Are Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The GPT-6 Luna, Sol, and Astra models are ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use these models in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Claude Opus 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Claude Opus 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Claude Opus 5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Claude Opus 5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Free and Trial Orgs Have New Rate Limits and Model Access Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_new_limits_free_trial.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** These changes may affect Developer Edition (DE) Orgs, Trailhead Playgrounds, and more. - **[Ground Prompt Templates with Microsoft Office, Text, and Email Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_file_input.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prompt templates in Prompt Builder can ground generative AI requests with Word documents, spreadsheets, presentations, text, CSV files, and email files, in addition to PDF and image files. - **[Conditional Logic in Prompt Templates Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_conditional_logic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Conditional logic in generative AI prompt templates is generally available. Add `if`, `else if`, and `else` blocks so that one prompt template adapts based on grounded data. - **[Format Prompt Instructions with Text Styling in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_block_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Block Editor now supports rich text formatting in generative AI prompt templates. Headings, lists, bold, italic, underline, and dividers are preserved through save, **Preview**, and generative AI at run time. - **[See Knowledge Sources in Agentforce Session Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_knowledge_sources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See Salesforce Knowledge articles and external sources your agent used in a session. Open a session from Sessions & Intents to review which sources were used to support the agent’s responses. - **[Track Voice Latency and Speech Metrics in Session Trace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_voice_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Spot long Agentforce Voice silences and inspect speech-to-text and text-to-speech timing in Session Trace, including word-level automatic speech recognition (ASR) confidence. A clock icon flags abnormal agent silence. - **[Review Updated Agentforce Observability Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_metric_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Several Agentforce Observability metric names and formulas changed. Compare latency and completion trends with the new labels, and review Success Rate with the updated calculation. Agent Interaction Duration is removed from dashboard templates. - **[Legacy Agent Builder Changing Reasoning Engine from GPT-4o to GPT-5.6 Luna](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_legacy_builder_model_change.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The legacy Agentforce Builder is implementing an on/off switch to change the reasoning engine to GPT-5.6 Luna on October 15, 2026. - **[Dynamic Default Model Selection for New Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_agents_new_defaults.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Starting October 15, 2026, new agents created in Agentforce Builder default to an optimal model selected for them. - **[Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_per_user_auth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Allow Agentforce Employee agents (AEA) to act on behalf of individual users with user-based Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. With per-user authentication, your users can access an external MCP server with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Eliminate shared service-user tokens and ensure a clear per-user audit trail. - **[Gemini 3.8 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_8.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Gemini 3.8 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Spend Less Time on Manual Testing with the Agentforce Assistant (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_preview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Agentforce assistant no longer just suggests changes to your agent. Now it can test them for you, too. When the assistant suggests a change, it automatically runs previews in simulate mode to validate your agent’s basic functionality and its performance against variations and edge cases. Then it iterates until your agent behaves as expected, so you can accept the assistant’s changes with less manual verification. You can also prompt the assistant to test your own changes. For example, ask it to run a specific subagent through different personas and refine based on the results. - **[Azure OpenAI o3 Family and o4-mini Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_openai_o3_family_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Azure OpenAI o3 family and o4-mini model requests will be rerouted November 11, 2026. - **[Upgrade Einstein Bots to Agentforce Service Agent (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_bots_upgrade_tool.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Upgrade Agent tool, previously available in beta, is now generally available. Use the tool to convert an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent. The tool creates the new agent separately, so your existing bot remains available while you review and configure the new agent. - **[Let Agentforce Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With Agent Memory, your Agentforce agents recall relevant details from your users' past conversations, so your users don't have to repeat themselves. Agents also reference profile details, such as a user's name, from the first message, so responses feel personalized from the start. Previously, agents had no memory of past conversations, so your users had to restate the same details every time they started a new conversation with an agent. - **[Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Builder with Fewer Steps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_clt_preview_local.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Preview Custom Lightning types (CLTs) in Agentforce Builder for actions you create or customize directly in an agent. CLTs are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. Previously, CLTs didn't render in preview for actions created or customized in an agent in Agentforce Builder. You had to recreate the action in the asset library. You also had to commit your agent before CLTs rendered at all. Now, CLTs render for actions in preview no matter where you created or modified them, or whether your agent is in a draft or committed state. - **[Learn How to Optimize an Agent by Analyzing Production Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_optimize_agent_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We added documentation that shows you how to headlessly analyze production data to identify suboptimal agent responses. Your AI assistant identifies root causes, turns them into durable test cases, and suggests fixes, which you validate against a full test suite in your testing environment, such as a sandbox, before promoting to production. - **[Learn How to Ground an Agent with an Agentforce Data Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_ground_agent_adl_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We added documentation that shows you how to develop an agent, ground it with an Agentforce data library, test, and activate it. This example shows you how to complete the steps by using headless (using an AI coding assistant), or Canvas (using the Salesforce UI) paths. - **[Learn How to Build and Deploy an Enhanced Chat Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_build_enhanced_chat_agent_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We added documentation that shows you how to build a chat agent, test and activate it, and deploy it to an Enhanced Chat v2 channel. This example shows you how to complete the steps by using headless (using an AI coding assistant), Canvas (using the Salesforce UI), or Agent Script (using code) paths. - **[GPT-5 Family (GPT-5, GPT-5-Mini, GPT-5-Nano, GPT-5-Pro) and O3 / O3-Pro Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** GPT-5 Family and O3 / O3-Pro model requests will be rerouted December 11, 2026. - **[Help Customers Continue Ended Sessions in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ecv2_continue_conversation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** After a messaging session times out or ends in Enhanced Chat v2, customers can easily resume it by clicking Continue Conversation in the chat window. - **[Give Customers a Smoother Conversation Experience in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ecv2_conversation_view_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhanced Chat v2 now delivers a smoother, easier-to-follow conversation experience. When a customer sends a message, it stays in view while the response loads instead of scrolling out of sight, so customers can read replies in context. The avatar now appears above the Send Message text field for a cleaner layout. - **[Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Service and Employee agents now support file uploads in production and preview conversations, so you can help your agents resolve more inquiries. When you add file upload support to your agent, your users can share screenshots, receipts, and PDFs by attaching a file in the chat window. Your agent can interpret the image or PDF content and answer questions, and it can add the file to a Salesforce record or use the file as context. File uploads are supported for agents connected to web clients on Enhanced Chat v1, Enhanced Chat v2, and Lightning Experience. - **[Control How Agent Action Outputs Appear on a Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_render.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Always format an agent action's output the same way on a specific connection with the render nested inline action. If you don't specify an adaptive response format, Agentforce decides which one to use during the conversation. You can also format an action's output as JSON so that a connection can receive the action's structured data directly. And, with show\_and\_return nested inline action, you can now tell the agent to send a response and end reasoning at the end of an action. - **[Customize Agent Behavior Across Channels with Connection Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_connection_instructions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Guide how your agent reasons and responds on the Messaging, Service Email, or Marketing Email connection with customizable connection instructions. For example, you can tell the agent to ignore disclaimers in emails or to use a specific response format for certain messages. - **[Customize Agent Responses with Dynamic Messaging Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_custom_response_format.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create custom response formats based on messaging components, including the enhanced link, question with static options, question with dynamic options, time selector, and form components. Use the output of an agent action to populate dynamic content in your custom response formats. For example, have an agent action gather the details for a return request and then populate a custom form for the customer. - **[Easily Compare and Merge Agent Versions in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_compare_versions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Copy improvements from one agent version to another with a few clicks. You can now compare two versions and merge changes from one into another in Canvas and Script view. - **[Keep Field Generation Responses Focused on Business Use Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** By default, field generation follow-up refinement requests aren't validated to ensure relevance to business requests. This means users can make unrelated, non-business requests within the field generation panel. To steer users back to your specific business goals, turn on the new Validate Field Generation Refinements setting in Setup. This limits the agent's focus entirely to field generation-related activity, ensuring your Einstein credits are spent only on relevant business use cases. - **[Field Generation Refinements Now Respect Your Selected Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen_model.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Previously, follow-up responses from Einstein in the field generation panel used the Salesforce default LLM instead of the model assigned to your field generation prompt template. Follow-up and refinement responses are now generated from the model that you selected in the prompt template. - **[Gemini 3.7 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_7.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Gemini 3.7 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template. - **[Gemini 3.6 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Gemini 3.6 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template. - **[Gemini 2.5 Pro, Flash, and Flash-Lite Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_2_5_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Gemini 2.5 Pro, Flash, and Flash-Lite model requests will be rerouted October 20, 2026. Gemini 2.5  Pro and 2.5 Flash will be rerouted to Gemini 3.5 Flash, and Gemini 2.5 Flash-Lite will be rerouted to Gemini 3.5 Flash-Lite. We recommend that you test your prompts and applications with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. - **[Move Agents Between Orgs More Easily with Simplified Agent Metadata Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_metadata.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Starting in API version 68.0, we’ve streamlined Agentforce agent metadata types to make it easier to retrieve and deploy agents. Previously, moving an agent from sandbox to production required at least three metadata types. Plus, you had to manually add every Apex class, flow, and prompt template associated with an agent action, making sure to indicate the correct agent version. With the new AiAgentDefinition and AiAgentDefinitionVersion types, Salesforce CLI now retrieves the agent and all its dependencies automatically. - **[Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_auto_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Winter ’27, the Agentforce platform is enabled by default for all orgs with Agentforce access, as granted by SKUs, licensing, and editions. New orgs are enabled at creation, and existing orgs will be auto-enabled. The Agentforce setting will be removed from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is enabled at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing. - **[Global Expansion for Agentforce Voice with Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_global_expansion.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To expand the reach of Dynamic Routing, we are continuously adding local phone numbers in more countries throughout this release. - **[Dynamic Routing for Agentforce Voice Is Now Available in Japan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_japan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Dynamic Routing now supports local phone numbers in Japan. To connect to the voice-enabled agent, call the reserveRoutableNumber API, and then forward the call to the local number. - **[Show Full Conversation History in Post-Call Transcripts for Agentforce Voice Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_post_call_transcript.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Enhance Conversation component in the Service Console now displays consistent transcripts during and after a voice call handled by a voice-enabled agent. When the agent transfers the call to a service rep, the voice call record for the rep-customer conversation (VC1) now shows both the agent-customer and rep-customer transcripts after the call, matching what was visible during the call. Previously, VC1 showed both transcripts during the call but dropped the agent-customer transcript after the call ended. - **[Agentforce Voice Now Enforces the Limit on Procured Phone Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_enforce_phone_number_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Voice now enforces the Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) limit on the number of phone numbers that you can procure. In production orgs, your Agentforce Voice license determines the limit. In sandbox and trial orgs, the limit is 10 phone numbers regardless of your license. Previously, these limits weren't enforced. - **[Pass Context with Custom SIP Headers and Disconnect with REFER in Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_sip_headers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Capture custom SIP X-headers from inbound calls to deliver contextual information, such as customer intent, language preference, or case history. Configure your escalation and fallback flows to return or modify headers using the SIP REFER method when disconnecting or transferring calls. - **[Extend Agentforce Solutions with Multi-Agent Orchestration (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_multi_agent_orchestrate.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce. Connect your Agentforce agent with other specialized Agentforce agents in your Salesforce org. Together they collaborate on complex tasks to deliver amazing outcomes for your business. # Agentforce Commerce Vibes for B2C Commerce Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. The Agentforce Commerce Vibes VS Code extension brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next, Composable Storefront, and SFRA in B2C Commerce. **When:** The Agentforce Commerce Vibes extension is available starting August 31, 2026 in the Visual Studio Marketplace. For more information, see [Use Agentforce Commerce Vibes to Build a B2C Commerce Storefront](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_vibes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. Agentforce Commerce Vibes brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts. Write prompts to build and administer your storefronts, or use one of the sample prompts. The agent determines the best approach and works directly in your workspace."). # Agentforce Contact Center Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC) is an AI-first contact center within Salesforce that redefines customer engagement. See what's new in your AI-first contact center. - **[Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Explore enhancements to voice capabilities that support inbound service and proactive outbound engagement across your rep and AI workforce. - **[Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_email.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhancements include new and updated features for Service Email. - **[Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Explore the latest enhancements that empower reps and supervisors to more efficiently and effectively resolve customer issues over Messaging channels. # Agentforce Contact Center Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC) is an AI-first contact center within Salesforce that redefines customer engagement. See what's new in your AI-first contact center. - **[Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Explore enhancements to voice capabilities that support inbound service and proactive outbound engagement across your rep and AI workforce. To use our built-in telephony product, set up Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony). To connect your contact center to a third-party telephony provider, such as Amazon Connect, set up Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (formerly Service Cloud Voice). - **[Workforce Engagement Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_engmt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Run a more efficient contact center and elevate the worker experience with native Workforce Engagement Management built into your CRM. Reduce operational costs and optimize staffing across every channel with predictive AI forecasting, capacity planning, and schedule management. Adapt quickly to changing demand with real-time intraday visibility, and improve customer interactions through objective quality evaluations and performance insights. - **[Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_email.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance your email capabilities with improved template tracking and intelligent Agentforce Service agents. Use the Last Used Date and Times Used fields to monitor how frequently and recently support reps apply specific email templates on cases. Gain greater control over agent behavior using the new Agentforce Builder and Agent Script, and secure your implementation with a simpler setup process that removes the Customize Application permission requirement. - **[Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Explore the latest enhancements that empower reps and supervisors to more efficiently and effectively resolve customer issues over Messaging channels. # Agentforce Contact Center Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC) is an AI-first contact center within Salesforce that redefines customer engagement with a built-in telephony product alongside other capabilities like Workforce Engagement Management. See what's new in your AI-first contact center. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) is now part of Agentforce Contact Center. You may see references to Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) in Salesforce applications, documentation, and release notes. - **[Agentforce Contact Center Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_voice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Redefine customer engagement with the built-in telephony offering in Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC). Explore enhancements in AI-first contact center voice capabilities. - **[Workforce Engagement Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_engmt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Run a more efficient contact center and elevate the worker experience with native Workforce Engagement Management built into your CRM. Reduce operational costs and optimize staffing across every channel with predictive AI forecasting, capacity planning, and schedule management. Adapt quickly to changing demand with real-time intraday visibility, and improve customer interactions through objective quality evaluations and performance insights. # Agentforce Contact Center Voice Redefine customer engagement with the built-in telephony offering in Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC). Explore enhancements in AI-first contact center voice capabilities. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) is now part of Agentforce Contact Center. You may see references to Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) in Salesforce applications, documentation, and release notes. This section covers voice capabilities for Agentforce Contact Center. To learn about updates for contact centers with third-party telephony and CCaaS providers, see [Partner Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pcc_voice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Connect a third-party contact center, such as Amazon Connect, with Salesforce by using Partner Contact Center (formerly Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers and Service Cloud Voice). Explore enhancements to voice capabilities for inbound service and proactive outbound engagement."). - **[Reach Customers Globally with Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_byo_carrier.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Serve customers in more than 30 countries with Agentforce Contact Center using a Bring Your Own Carrier model. Keep your existing telephony carrier contracts and phone numbers, or use a Salesforce-certified regional carrier. - **[Reinforce Brand Identity with Toll-Free Caller ID Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_toll_free_caller_id.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure a toll-free number (TFN) as your org-wide Caller Line Identification (CLI) for outbound calls. Customers see a consistent, recognizable "return to base" number on callbacks, which helps improve answer and response rates. Previously, toll-free numbers were restricted from use as CLI, limiting admins to standard numbers for outbound caller ID. - **[Control Outbound Number Availability and Protect Privacy with Number Masking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_number_masking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** While procuring a number, Salesforce automatically marks numbers that support both inbound and outbound calling as available for outbound use, so admins can select them for Caller Line Identification (CLI) and outbound flows without manual setup. Turn on number masking to hide a number during outbound calls, protecting rep and customer privacy for compliance-sensitive scenarios. - **[Support More Callers Across Europe with Extended IVR Language Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_ivr_european_languages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure IVR prompts in four additional European languages: Finnish, Swedish, Danish, and Polish. These languages work with text-to-speech prompt playback and follow the same language resolution behavior you use today, so your existing IVR flows continue to work without a hitch. - **[Preview Media Label Audio Before Publishing Your IVR Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_ivr_media_label_preview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Verify that the right audio plays when you configure IVR prompts with media labels. Preview audio directly from the Play Prompt configuration in Flow Builder, the same way you preview text-to-speech prompts. Previously, only text-to-speech prompts were available for preview, requiring you to publish and test the full IVR flow to verify media label audio. - **[Route Outbound Calls to Service Reps After Customers Answer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_outbound_call_routing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create more personalized outbound customer experiences by connecting callers to the right service rep. After a customer answers your outbound call, qualify them through IVR or Agentforce interactions, then route them to the most appropriate rep based on their needs, or connect them directly to their account rep. Previously, outbound flows could connect customers only to IVR or Agentforce experiences, requiring workarounds to reach reps. - **[Reach Emergency Services by Using Bring Your Own Carrier Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_emergency_byoc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Calls to emergency numbers pass straight through to your carrier when dialed from a Bring Your Own Carrier voice number. Calls to emergency numbers are treated as standard outbound calls and routed through your carrier's normal call routing. Work with your telephony carrier to understand its emergency-calling capabilities and compliance obligations. - **[Control Outbound Call Behavior with Call Origination Flows and Voice Configurations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_caller_id_granularity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Flows can dynamically override the default caller ID on a per-call basis, so your customers see contextually appropriate phone numbers based on call purpose, customer segment, line of business, calling region and so on. Use custom voice configurations to specify which CLI to display—whether static for all calls through a branch or dynamic based on customer attributes. - **[Protect Customer Privacy with Automatic Call Recording Redaction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_protect_customer_privacy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automatically redact sensitive information, such as credit card numbers and personally identifiable information (PII), from call recordings. Reduce compliance risk and protect customer data without manual effort. Meet regulatory requirements, including Payment Card industry Security Standard (PCI DSS) and General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), while preserving call quality and context for training and review. Reduce Quality Analyst effort with AI-powered automated evaluation of every voice, messaging, and email-to-case interaction. - **[Enable Flexible Call Recording Control Within Conversations via Toolkit API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_pause_resume_recording_with_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce developers and admins can now use the Salesforce Voice Toolkit API to pause and resume call recordings without the Control Call Recording user permission. Previously, these users needed this permission. This permission is still required to use the pause and resume controls in the Salesforce UI. - **[Handle Off-Hours and Busy-Hour Calls with Voice Message Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_handle_off_hours_and_busy_hour_calls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Allow callers to leave voice messages during busy hours or off-hours that are automatically recorded, transcribed, summarized, and attached to callback requests with full context. Capture messages using either a conversational Agentforce agent or the Capture Voice Message flow action directly within Omni-Channel flow. Improve call management and help your reps lower call abandonment rates while delivering faster and more personalized follow-ups. - **[Configure Outbound Calls with Outbound CLI Numbers and Flow Inputs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_configure_outbound_calls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Initiate outbound voice calls directly from Omni-Channel flows using pre-approved caller IDs. Select caller identification exclusively from numbers designated as Outbound Caller Line Identification (CLI) in Number Management to reduce setup errors and enforce identity compliance. Pass dynamic values from flow actions straight into the call's experience flow as variables to instantly personalize interactions with relevant customer or case context. Improve outreach efficiency and maintain caller trust by ensuring every automated call presents an authorized identity. - **[Engage Callers While They Wait with In-Queue Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_engage_callers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Replace repetitive queue music with a configurable In-Queue Experience flow. Play custom prompts, share real-time position-in-queue (PIQ) and estimated wait time (EWT), or offer callbacks—all without affecting queue position, skill matching, or priority. Configure the flow to deliver tailored wait experiences across different routing paths, with playback stopping as soon as a rep becomes available. Reduce caller abandonment and improve customer confidence with a more engaging and informative wait experience. - **[Collect Customer Feedback Automatically After Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_collect_customer_feedback_automatically_after_calls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Collect customer feedback automatically when a rep ends a call without requiring service reps to manually transfer surveys. Add the Set End Call Experience flow action to your Omni-Channel Flow to trigger an admin-authored IVR survey while the customer remains connected. Configure your survey flow to capture DTMF responses, such as satisfaction ratings, and store survey data on Voice Call records or custom objects, or use it to build reports and dashboards. Automate feedback collection without rep intervention, reducing manual effort and improving customer experience - **[Schedule and Automate Customer Callbacks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_schedule_and_automate_customer_callbacks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give customers the option to schedule a callback for a specific date and time. Automatically route scheduled callbacks to an available rep and initiate the call to the customer once the rep accepts the callback assignment. Preserve the customer's original queue position and automatically retry failed connections based on configured retry settings. Reduce abandoned calls and build customer trust with reliable, on-time callback experiences. - **[Make Warm Transfers to Flows with Flow Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_warm_transfer_to_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Preserve customer context by transferring voice calls directly to Omni-Channel flows from active calls or inbound channels. Guide callers through automated IVR prompts, collect keypad inputs, and seamlessly enable interactions to queues, internal reps, or PSTN numbers such as third-party specialists or secure payment authority (like PCI Pal). Reps can initiate warm or cold transfers to a flow, or route calls automatically to an external number. Protect sensitive customer data during payment capture using granular Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) suppression rules that allow or block keypad tones per participant, keeping card details hidden from representatives, call legs, and recordings. - **[Find Available Reps Faster During Call Transfers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_transfer_filter_available.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When transferring calls, service reps now see a filtered list of available reps in the Omni-Channel widget. Instead of the entire phone book, the list only shows who can accept the call, reducing scrolling and speeding up transfer times. Enable Direct-to-Agent Routing in your Omni-Channel settings to apply the filter by default. - **[Speed Up Rep Actions with Keyboard Shortcuts in Agentforce Contact Centers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_click_to_dial.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Agentforce Contact Centers, reps can now configure and use keyboard shortcuts for quick controls on their softphone. Keyboard shortcuts improve rep productivity, reduce response times, and enhance accessibility. Previously, this feature was available only for Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers. - **[Keep an Audit Trail of Voice Call Record Changes (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_field_history.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Track changes to fields on the VoiceCall object. Select and monitor up to 20 fields. When a tracked field changes, a log entry captures the old value, the new value, the user who made the change, and the date and time. Activity fields aren't supported for history tracking. - **[Set Up Agentforce Contact Center with Headless Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_number_management_headless_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Setting up Agentforce Contact Center requires coordinating number procurement, channel creation, queue generation, and call routing assignments. The service-agentforce-contact-center-coordinate skill brings these tasks into an automated workflow that configures and deploys each part, so you can set up a working contact center faster without logging in to the Salesforce interface. - **[Set Up Recording and Transcription in One Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_recording_transcription.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With the service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill, you can toggle recording and transcription on or off for your organization's voice calls using natural language prompts. This change accelerates configuration time because you don't need to log into the Salesforce interface to make these changes. The service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill automatically applies default configurations for the recording format, such as MP3, and the transcription engine, such as the default low-latency model. # Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) provides the necessary front-end infrastructure to bridge the gap between raw AI data and a fully functional, interactive user experience for employee agents within Salesforce Lightning and external web applications. - **[Embed Agentforce Employee Agent Experiences Across Salesforce and External Web Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_conversation_client.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build and deploy conversational experiences for employee agents across Salesforce and external web apps. The Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) suite provides a ready-to-use conversational interface for Salesforce Lightning and custom web applications via the Agentforce Conversation Client Web SDK (Beta). Use the ACC API for programmatic control to seamlessly open, close, and execute specific utterances from outside the conversation client. # Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) provides the necessary front-end infrastructure to bridge the gap between raw AI data and a fully functional, interactive user experience for employee agents within Salesforce Lightning and external web applications. - **[Open Links from ACC Web SDK Embedded Experiences in a New Browser Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_acc_embedded_experiences_open_links.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Supported links in the Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) Web SDK—such as hyperlinks with absolute or relative URLs—now open in a new browser tab. This update improves navigation for those links when developers integrate Agentforce Employee Agent (AEA) conversational experiences into external web applications. - **[Customize Images in ACC Web SDK Embedded Experiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_acc_embedded_experiences_custom_images.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Developers can customize supported visual elements in the Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) Web SDK with their own images. This update provides more branding flexibility when developers integrate Agentforce Employee Agent (AEA) conversational experiences into external web applications. # Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) provides the necessary front-end infrastructure to bridge the gap between raw AI data and a fully functional, interactive user experience for employee agents within Salesforce Lightning and external web applications. - **[Keep Your Prompt in View in the Agentforce Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_acc_anchor_prompt_scroll.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In the Agentforce panel, your prompt now stays at the top of the view while the Employee Agent's response appears below it, so you can read the response in the same view. You can also collapse your longer messages so they don't crowd out the response. # Agentforce Development Develop custom solutions with our suite of generative AI tools, including the Models API, Agentforce, Prompt Builder, and AI Models. - **[ADL Connect API Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_adl_api_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Data Libraries (ADL) enhance the accuracy of AI features, such as Agentforce agents, by connecting them to your trusted data sources. With the release of ADL Connect API, customers can programmatically create and manage data libraries enabling developers to automate and integrate ADL provisioning directly into their workflows and applications. ADL Connect API was previously in Beta and is now generally available. - **[Manage Agentforce Data Libraries with ADL Connect API (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_adl_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Data Libraries (ADL) enhance the accuracy of AI features, such as Agentforce agents, by connecting them to your trusted data sources. With the release of ADL Connect API (Beta), customers can programmatically create and manage data libraries enabling developers to automate and integrate ADL provisioning directly into their workflows and applications. # Agentforce DX Create, preview, and test agents directly in a Salesforce DX project with Agentforce DX’s pro-code tools, such as Salesforce CLI and VS Code. We release updates to Agentforce DX as needed. For the latest information, refer to the weekly [Salesforce CLI release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md), which include announcements about changes to Agentforce DX CLI commands. - **[Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with Agentforce DX and Agent Script (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_afdx_nga_beta.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use pro-code tools, such as VS Code and Salesforce CLI, to build hybrid reasoning Salesforce agents. These new types of agents have both the predictability that your business demands and the creativity that large language models (LLMs) make possible. # Agentforce DX Create, preview, and test agents directly in a Salesforce DX project with the Agentforce DX pro-code tools, such as Salesforce CLI and VS Code. We release updates to Agentforce DX as needed. For the latest information, refer to the weekly [Salesforce CLI release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md), which include announcements about changes to Agentforce DX CLI commands. - **[Keep Up with the Latest Agentforce DX Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_afdx_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stay up to date with these recent Agentforce DX enhancements. # Agentforce DX Create, preview, and test agents directly in a Salesforce DX project with Agentforce DX’s pro-code tools, such as Salesforce CLI and VS Code. We release updates to Agentforce DX as needed. For the latest information, refer to the weekly [Salesforce CLI release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md), which include announcements about changes to Agentforce DX CLI commands and VS Code extension. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Build Agents with Agentforce DX](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/agent-dx.html) - [_Salesforce CLI Command Reference_: agent Commands](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_cli_reference.meta/sfdx_cli_reference/cli_reference_agent_commands_unified.htm) - [_Trailhead_: Build an Agent Using Agentforce DX](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/projects/create-an-agent-using-pro-code-tools) # Agentforce Employee Agent Master SLA performance and compliance with the comprehensive Agentforce SLA Summary. - **[Boost SLA Compliance by Using Agentforce SLA Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_sla_summary.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get a complete view of your Service Level Agreement (SLA) performance with Agentforce SLA Summary. Track essential metrics including SLA breach data and trends, milestone performance, and service representative workload and efficiency. Quickly identify risk indicators, monitor average response and resolution times against defined targets, and identify records that are closest to missing an SLA. # Agentforce Energy & Utilities Upload customer site data in bulk and automate group creation to generate complex quotes quickly. Discover and configure Agentforce Energy & Utilities features by using Salesforce Go. Energy & Utilities Cloud is now Agentforce Energy & Utilities. You may see references to Energy & Utilities Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Upload Customer Site Data in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_upload_customer_site_data_bulk.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automate data entry by enabling sales support staff to upload customer site data quickly by using a CSV file. You can upload site information, map the columns, and preview data before starting the full upload process. You can also add site data manually. - **[Generate Quotes for Customers with Multiple Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_generate_quotes_multiple_sites.htm&release=260&type=5)** Handle complex, large-scale quotes for commercial and industrial customers. Your sales representatives can group service points, apply products to entire groups at one time, and price quotes for multiple sites. - **[Create Multisite Quotes Quickly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_create_multi_site_quotes_quickly.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Auto Quote action automates the process of loading site data and creating groups and group members, so that the users can focus on product selection and configuration. - **[Manage Agentforce Energy & Utilities Features in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_simplify_eu_cloud_feature_discovery.htm&release=260&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure, and track Agentforce Energy & Utilities features, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Agentfoce Energy & Utilities products and features, and if you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go. # Agentforce Engagement Autonomously engage with and qualify potential customers with the Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing agents. - **[Boost Prospect Conversion with Group Calendar Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_group_meeting_scheduling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make it easier for a prospect to schedule a meeting at a time that’s convenient for them by enabling group scheduling for the Lead Nurturing and Inbound Lead Generation agent. When scheduling a meeting, prospects view all of the available time slots of Inbox users with a connected email in the selected group. - **[Change Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing Agent Behavior Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_edit_versions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** After you set up and activate an Inbound Lead Generation or Lead Nurturing agent, you may want to make changes to it later. To edit an existing agent, you can now create a new version of the agent with the same settings or update an existing version. - **[Continue Lead Engagement with Agent Handoff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_lead_handoff.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Guarantee continued engagement with prospects by automating lead handoffs between the Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing sales agents. Prospects created by the Inbound Lead Generation agent who don’t schedule a meeting can automatically get assigned to the Lead Nurturing agent for a faster follow-up and to maximize conversion rates. - **[Qualify Contacts and Person Accounts with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_contacts_accounts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Seamlessly qualify Contacts and Person Accounts to build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates. - **[See More Detailed and Actionable Insights on Lead Nurturing Agent Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_control_ctr_enhance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In the redesigned Agent Control Center, sales managers can see more detail about the overall health, performance, and activity of their team's prospects and ensure they are progressing smoothly through your funnel. Track your Lead Nurturing agents’ prospect outreach and monitor how many leads, contact, or person accounts are assigned to the agent, how many have been emailed, replied, booked a meeting, and more. - **[Exert Greater Control over Manual Review of Lead Nurturing Emails](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_rbs_configurability.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales teams can now exert finer control over which Lead Nurturing agent emails should have a manual review before being sent. You can choose to review all emails, only initial outreach emails, or create a custom flow to designate emails for review based on specific record criteria. - **[Agentforce Lead Nurturing is Changing to Agentforce Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_ln_engagement_name_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Agentforce Lead Nurturing name has changed to Agentforce Engagement. - **[Create More Flexible Engagement Agents with the New AgentForce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_engagement_nga_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** A new version of Agentforce Builder is now available in the Agentforce Studio app in Salesforce. In the Agentforce Builder found in Setup, the New Agent button was removed on July 13, 2026. # Agentforce Engagement Agentforce Lead Nurturing is now Agentforce Engagement. Exert finer control over which Agentforce Engagement emails require manual review and create Engagement agents in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. - **[Agentforce Lead Nurturing is Changing to Agentforce Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_ln_engagement_name_update.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Agentforce Lead Nurturing name has changed to Agentforce Engagement. - **[Create More Flexible Engagement Agents with the New AgentForce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_engagement_nga_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A new version of Agentforce Builder is now available in the Agentforce Studio app in Salesforce. In the Agentforce Builder found in Setup, the New Agent button was removed on July 13, 2026. - **[Exert Greater Control over Manual Review of Lead Nurturing Emails](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_rbs_configurability.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sales teams can now exert finer control over which Lead Nurturing agent emails should have a manual review before being sent. You can choose to review all emails, only initial outreach emails, or create a custom flow to designate emails for review based on specific record criteria. # Agentforce for Automotive Enhance sales productivity and proactive customer service by using the Industries Sales Assistance and Asset Service Management agents. Sales reps can automate tasks like searching for products, accessories, and parts, creating opportunities with dealer mapping, and generating quick quotes with manual discounts. Service reps can efficiently manage service estimations, incorporating price books, product coverage, and warranties to produce enriched, detailed customer quotes. - **[Boost Sales Productivity with Industries Sales Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_agentforce_sca_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Search for products and relevant accessories, find relevant dealers that sell them, create a single opportunity for multiple selected products, and manage trade-in requests for assets with the Industries Sales Concierge agent topic. Use the enhanced features of the Automotive Sales Concierge agent topic, now a part of the new Industries Sales Assistance agent template, to support more AI-assisted task automation and increase productivity of sales reps. Search for and select relevant accessories for a vehicle. Search for dealers that sell a particular vehicle and choose to capture the details as opportunity preferred seller records. Create a quote and add manual discounts as required. - **[Efficiently Manage Coverages for Proactive Customer Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_agentforce_proactive_main_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve proactive customer service by using the enhanced features of the Asset Service Estimation and Vehicle Service Estimation agent topics as part of the Asset Service Management agent. Efficiently select price books for a chosen service work type, the relevant products and their quantities. Choose to specify a different coverage for each product and simplify the process of incorporating asset warranties, entitlements, or service contracts. Create a more enriched quote with the specific discount details for each selected product. Create work orders with an asset’s account ID and with the asset name and work type name in the subject. # Agentforce for Automotive Elevate the entire vehicle life-cycle by using conversational agents to provide real-time warranty claim summaries. Customer support reps at dealerships and manufacturers can use natural language across Dealer portals to select inventory, validate asset coverage, and monitor claim statuses instantly. Utilize AI capabilities to streamline sales operations from dealer portals and foster long-term customer loyalty. - **[Manage Warranty Claims and Coverage with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_wca.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Summarize submitted claims of types such as warranty claims or goodwill claims, check the status of such claims, and validate the warranty information of your vehicles, assets, or parts by using the Automotive Warranty Claims Assistance agent. Customers and service reps at Original Equipment Manufacturers as well as Dealerships can smoothly confirm coverage for warranty claims through a robust, conversational interface from Customer Community portals. Improve product quality insights, user experience, and customer loyalty by providing real-time warranty updates. - **[Enhance Sales Productivity for Dealers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_sca_partners.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform the vehicle-buying journey into a data-driven, conversational experience for partner users by using the Automotive Sales Concierge for Partners agent. Sales reps from dealerships can use natural language to search for vehicle definitions, products or parts as well as accessories related to selected vehicles. They can capture vehicle sales opportunities, create quotes, schedule test drive appointments, and initiate trade-in appraisals easily, vastly improving efficiency. They can also draft summary emails to customers using AI assistance, helping build trust and foster customer loyalty. # Agentforce for Automotive Build and customize agents for your automotive use cases in the new Agentforce Builder, and help customers buy vehicles on your website with the Sales Concierge Agent. Customers can search for vehicles, get recommendations, and take next steps through natural language interactions. - **[Create Agents for Automotive in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_create_agents_new_agentforce_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build and customize agents for your automotive use cases in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. The Asset Service Management, Sales Concierge Agent (SCA), and Dealership Navigator agents are now available in the new builder. - **[Help Customers Buy Vehicles with the Sales Concierge Agent on Your Website](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_extend_automotive_sales_concierge_experience_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Shoppers on your Experience Cloud site can now research vehicles, get quotes, book test drives, and start a trade-in — all through a conversational assistant, without waiting for a rep. # Agentforce for B2B Commerce Help your guided shopping agents and buyers interact in their preferred language. - **[Add Multi-Language Support to B2B Guided Shopping Agent Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2bguidedshoppingagent_internationalization.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure the B2B guided shopping agent to interact with buyers in their preferred language based on the buyer's locale. Previously, the agent interacted with buyers based on the default language configured in the agent settings. # Agentforce for B2B Commerce Enable the shopper agent to display product details and images, and let customers perform cart actions from within the agent. - **[Enable In-Agent Shopping and Checkout for B2B Buyers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2b_shoppingagentproductdetails.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve customer engagement by displaying store UI components, such as product categories and product details, directly in agent interactions with buyers. The currency displayed is based on the buyer's locale. Buyers can also add simple products to their cart, view the cart summary, and clear the cart without navigating away from the agent. - **[Turn Account Insights into Smarter Commerce Decisions with the Enhanced Merchant Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2b_merchantagent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track account risk, revenue trends, and inventory signals in one conversational experience for B2B Commerce. Use the merchant agent to monitor account health, identify business objectives and inventory risks, launch targeted win-back promotions, and manage static product bundles with fewer manual setup steps. - **[Set Up Products in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2b_merchantagent_slackintegration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect Slack with your B2B Commerce merchant agent so that you can create products and view account information directly from Slack instead of signing in to Salesforce for each task. Keep common workflows in one place. Configure subscription products and bundles through a simple conversation, replacing a manual, multistep process across multiple screens. - **[Create Shopper Agents Using a Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2b_newshopperagenttemplate.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use a template in the new Agent Builder to create a Shopper Agent with prebuilt Commerce subagents and actions. # Agentforce for B2C Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce storefronts. - **[Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce Storefronts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopping_agent.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Shopping Agent for B2C Storefronts, powered by Agentforce, guides shoppers through their product discovery and purchasing journey. Shoppers can “chat” with the Agent and receive assistance with product search and recommendations, learn about promotions, get answers to frequently asked questions, and count on secure checkout. # Agentforce for B2C Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce storefronts. - **[Agentforce for B2C Commerce Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_agentforce_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from May through August 2026. See the Spring ’26 Release Notes for previous months. - **[Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopping_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce, powered by Agentforce, helps shoppers through their product discovery and purchasing journey. Shoppers can “chat” with the Agent and receive assistance with product search and recommendations, learn about promotions, get answers to frequently asked questions, and count on secure checkout. - **[Merchant Agent for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_merchant_agent_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Merchant Agent for B2C Commerce is an AI-powered assistant in Business Manager that helps merchant admins streamline their daily merchandising tasks. The Merchant Agent automates the creation of complex sorting, boost-and-bury, and categorization rules. Describe your intent in natural language, review the AI-generated configuration, and apply it. The agent reduces setup time but you still maintain full control over your merchandising strategy. # Agentforce for B2C Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce storefronts. - **[Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce Storefronts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Shopper Agent for B2C Storefronts, powered by Agentforce, guides shoppers through their product discovery and purchasing journey. Shoppers can “chat” with the Agent and receive assistance with product search and recommendations, learn about promotions, get answers to frequently asked questions, and count on secure checkout. # Agentforce for B2C Commerce Features Released Monthly The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from May through August 2026. See the Spring ’26 Release Notes for previous months. ## July 2026 | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Shopper Agent | Shopper Agent Powered by Agentic Commerce Search is Redesigned | [Shopper Agent Powered by Agentic Commerce Search is Redesigned](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_agent_new_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Set up and deploy the B2C Shopper Agent quicker with a new streamlined setup. Product discovery is now powered by Agentic Commerce Search to deliver more accurate and contextual results. It’s also easier to configure the agent by using the new Agentforce Builder and Agent Script. When a shopper starts a conversation with the agent, a new Agentforce Commerce Client with an improved interface replaces Enhanced Chat.") | # Agentforce for Consumer Goods Retail Execution Visit Assistant now offers data-driven insights on account performance and product upsell opportunities to boost sales and efficiency. Sales reps can get immediate, AI-powered assistance directly within their mobile app, providing quick access to account summaries or product details. - **[Boost Sales and Efficiency with AI-Driven Retail Execution Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_retail_visit_assistant.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain comprehensive account insights and identify product upsell opportunities with Retail Execution Visit Assistant. Set up the agent using the preconfigured template with four specialized topics to retrieve and summarize retail execution data from orders, visits, audits, and customer tasks. Your users can quickly access summaries of account performance, account compliance, last visit details, and product upsell suggestions. - **[Get In-App Agent Assistance with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_agentforce_in_cg_mobile_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your sales reps can now get help from agents directly in their Consumer Goods Cloud mobile app. They can chat with agents to get account summaries, product recommendations, or promotion details. # Agentforce for Education Streamline student financial management, offer autonomous transfer credit estimates, strengthen prospect research strategy, and centralize course collaboration within Slack. - **[Streamline Student Financials with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_streamline_student_financials_with_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help students efficiently manage their accounts with the Student Financials Agent, which includes topics and actions that call on preconfigured flows and invocable actions. Students can chat with the agent to view their current balances, ask for fee breakdowns, and request more information about specific fees. - **[Provide Autonomous Transfer Credit Estimates to Prospective Students with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_transfer_credit_estimates_with_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help prospective students with application decisions by making transfer credit estimates readily accessible in the Transfer Credit Agent (beta). Estimate credits that are transferable into an institution or learning programs right in an agent session to reduce response time for evaluations. Save previous estimates to give students continuous access. - **[Strengthen Prospect Strategy by Creating Slack Research Channels and Canvases with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_streamline_philanthropic_research_workflows_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate research workflows directly with Slack to accelerate decision making and improve collaboration across advancement teams. Give researchers and relationship officers a shared space to evaluate high-impact prospects. Researchers can build channels, publish canvases, and produce insights without leaving Slack. Relationship officers can join prospect-specific channels and review curated canvases. - **[Centralize Course Collaboration in Slack with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_centralize_course_operations_in_slack_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage Course Operations workflows in Slack with Agentforce. Faculty can create channels for each course offering, maintain accurate participant lists, and publish a syllabus canvas in the same space where communication already happens. Real-time updates and easier access to course resources provide students with a unified academic experience. # Agentforce for Education Get immediate answers to financial aid questions to bring transparency to the funding process with the Financial Aid Inquiry agent. Use the Student Financials agent to manage payments and track your balance in real time to stay on top of your budget. The Transfer Credit Agent to helps prospective students with application decisions by making transfer credit estimates readily accessible and saving them for continuous access. Coordinate classroom support and identify students who need extra help within Slack by using the Course Operations agent. Navigate the entire application process and get program details through a simple, guided conversation with the Student Recruitment agent. The Course Search agent helps to find the right classes for your schedule and degree goals without waiting for an appointment. Access personalized recommendations for campus resources and career milestones based on your specific interests by using the Student Goals agent. - **[Streamline Support with the New Financial Aid Inquiry Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_financial_aid_inquiry_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Financial Aid Inquiry Agent to assist prospective students, applicants, current students, and staff with inquiries related to financial aid, including questions about policies, processes, application statuses, and outstanding requirements. The agent provides immediate and accurate responses to common financial aid questions, delivering reliable information to help users make financial aid decisions faster. - **[Empower Students with Self-Service Financial Planning Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_empower_students_selfservice_financial_planning_tools.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your students intelligent self-service tools to proactively plan their financials by using the Student Financials Agent. Reduce financial stress and administrative inquiries as your students manage payments and view real-time account balances. - **[Enhance Collaborative Course Management and Student Support in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_course_management_student_support_in_slack.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Assist faculty to manage courses, engage with students and teaching assistants, and coordinate student support in Slack, where collaboration already happens. Set up the Course Operations Agent for instructors to receive advanced alerts on course loads, collaborate in automatically created course channels with syllabus canvases, and identify at-risk learners. When faculty identify support needs, they can quickly engage advising teams and create dedicated channels to coordinate timely interventions. - **[Student Recruitment Agent for Agentforce Education (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_student_recruitment_agent_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Student Recruitment Agent, now generally available, to help your institution assess and recruit new students. The agent can answer questions about your institution, programs, and admissions processes. The agent can also help students apply. - **[Provide Transfer Credit Estimates to Prospective Students with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_transfer_credit_estimates_with_agentforce_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help prospective students with application decisions by making transfer credit estimates readily accessible in the Transfer Credit Agent, now generally available. Estimate credits that are transferable into an institution or learning program right in an agent session to reduce response time for evaluations. Save previous estimates to give students continuous access. - **[Discover the Right Courses Easily with the Course Search Agent (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_course_search_agent_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve student self-service and reduce the workload for advising staff with the Course Search Agent, now generally available. Help students find the courses that best suit their interests, schedules, and degree program requirements without making appointments with advisors. Help advisors research the course catalog and guide students effectively during peak registration seasons. - **[Set and Achieve Career and Life Goals with Agentforce: Student Goals (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_goals_agent_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help students get specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goal recommendations with AI-powered guidance based on their profile, preferences, and assessment insights by using the Student Goals Agent, which is now generally available. Assist students in getting campus resource recommendations, including courses, support programs, and involvement groups that can keep students on track to achieve their goals. # Agentforce for Education Use agents in Education to provide more personalized communication with prospective, current, and former students. Streamline education processes and help your team work more efficiently. - **[Share Billing Details with Your Students](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_share_billing_details_students.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Provide direct access to billing features so that your students can view detailed invoices, payment schedules, and installment plans. Consolidate account balance inquiries when you combine multiple actions into a unified flow that displays refund, payment, and credit memo balances. Use enhanced academic term enrollment logic to improve fee breakdown accuracy for students who review term-specific charges. - **[Resolve Student Absences with the Attendance Management Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_resolve_absences_with_voice_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep student attendance records accurate and campus teams aligned with automated absence tracking. Use a Marketing Cloud Next event-triggered flow to send families text messages (SMS). Build an inbound Omni-Channel flow that directs them to explain unexpected absences in a natural conversation with a voice agent. The Attendance Management Agent captures the parent's explanation and updates the student's official attendance record. It then notifies the responsible instructor in Slack right away. Both families and instructors get the same picture of where students are and why. # Agentforce for Energy & Utilities Boost the efficiency of your sales reps by integrating the Agentforce capabilities into your business in Energy & Utilities. Your sales reps use predefined agent actions to create and manage groups for quote recipients in multisite quoting. Sales and service reps can compare energy product offerings, tariff rates, and enroll customers in new products and services. Also, use prebuilt Industries CPQ Apex invocable actions and flows in Agentforce to perform cart operations in managed package. - **[Manage Quote Recipient Groups with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_agentforce_quote_recipient_groups.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automate the creation of quote recipient groups by using Agentforce. Sales reps use the prebuilt agent actions to create and manage recipient groups for a quote. With quote recipient groups, sales reps can configure and apply an offer to a group of recipients without cloning the offer for each recipient individually. Improve the scalability, usability, and performance of quote line items by managing the offer in a single representation of the quote line items associated with multiple recipients. - **[Compare Tariffs and Enroll Customers with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_agentforce_compare_tariffs_enroll.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your sales and service reps the power of Agentforce to quickly and efficiently compare energy product offerings and service rates. Reps can suggest fully priced, eligible product offers, recommend better value plans based on a customer's usage and location, answer product questions, and complete enrollment in new products and services. - **[Automate Cart Operations with Flows and Invocable Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_agentforce_cart_operations_flows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Simplify quoting and ordering process by integrating CPQ Cart APIs with Agentforce in the Energy & Utilities managed package. Enhance customer experience by enabling your sales reps to efficiently manage quotes and orders directly with Agentforce, eliminating the need for custom Apex. Use the preconfigured flows and prebuilt invocable actions to create your own agent actions and invoke them with specific instructions. # Agentforce for Enterprise Quoting Streamline complex deals with Agentforce. Use Enterprise Sales Management APIs and invocable actions to build agent actions and subagents that handle specific time consuming tasks to eliminate manual effort and accelerate sales velocity.  - **[Automate Enterprise Quoting with Invocable Actions for Agent-Assisted Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_automate_enterprise_quoting_with_invocable_actions_for_agentic_flows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Unlock the agent-assisted quoting experience in Enterprise Sales Management by deploying predefined invocable actions. You can use these invocation actions to create and trigger custom agent actions and topics with specific instructions. By automating routine tasks like deal initiation and multi-location grouping, your teams can accelerate deal velocity and reduce operational overhead. - **[New Invocable Actions in Enterprise Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_new_invocable_actions_in_enterprise_sales_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new invocable actions in Enterprise Sales Management. # Agentforce for Enterprise Quoting Automate enterprise quoting with agent-ready actions to create, configure, and update quotes at scale efficiently. - **[Build and Manage Quotes with Invocable Actions in Enterprise Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_build_validate_quotes_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your sales reps a complete toolkit for enterprise quoting with invocable actions in Enterprise Sales Management. Reps can create quotes and quote members, add products to quote or order carts, apply configurations from working carts, retrieve quote line item product and attribute details, and convert assets to quotes in batch. - **[New Invocable Actions in Enterprise Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_new_invocable_actions_in_enterprise_sales_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new invocable actions in Enterprise Sales Management. # Agentforce for Field Service Discover innovative Agentforce features to help your teams deliver exceptional service. - **[Handle Service Resource Absences Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_agentforce_resource_absence.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce dispatcher overhead and minimize service disruptions when mobile workers are unavailable. Mobile workers can now report absences for the current day directly with Agentforce via Slack or the Field Service mobile app. Agentforce then logs the absence on the Gantt and reassigns their appointments to available workers. For appointments that can’t be reassigned, Agentforce reaches out to the customers to find the next suitable time—keeping your field operations running smoothly. - **[Send Customers an Automated Email Confirming Their Scheduling Agent Request](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_agentforce_app_confirm.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automate a confirmation email to notify customers that their Agentforce request was successful. This timely communication improves customer experience and gives clear visibility into the outcome of customer requests. - **[Streamline Pre-Work Brief with Rich Text](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_pre_work_brief_rich_text.htm&release=260&type=5)** Boost mobile worker productivity by transforming Pre-Work Brief from plain text into a rich resource. You can now use Markdown formatting to create content that is easier to read and structure, significantly improving clarity for complex instructions. Additionally, this update supports embedded hyperlinks, allowing mobile workers to access external resources, like collaboration channels and visual aids, without leaving their workflow. - **[Boost Pre-Work Brief Adoption with Enhanced User Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_pre_work_brief_voice_improvement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Mobile workers can now benefit from a more human-like voice when using Pre-Work Brief, making content easier to consume and enhancing overall accessibility. The updated voice technology replaces robotic tones with more natural speech patterns, improving clarity and making hands-free data entry more effective. # Agentforce for Field Service Discover innovative Agentforce features to help your teams deliver exceptional field service. - **[Create Field Service Scheduling Agents in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_new_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The new Agentforce Builder now supports Field Service Scheduling agents, so you can build agents to assist your customers. The agents you build appear in the agent list views in the Agentforce Studio app and Agentforce Agents Setup pages. Regardless of where you launch them, these agents always open in the new builder to ensure a consistent experience. - **[Expand Autonomous Scheduling to Prospect Customers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_guest.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Allow prospects to book appointments without needing an existing account, transforming Agentforce into a powerful lead generation tool. Previously, only authenticated customers could access the scheduling agent. - **[Extend the Reach of the Customer-Initiated Scheduling Agent to Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_voice_nga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect the agent to Agentforce Voice, engaging customers directly over the phone. Agentforce Voice is designed to understand the customer’s intent from spoken input and take action to resolve customer queries. - **[Extend the Reach of the Scheduling Agent to Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_email.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect the Scheduling agent to Email-to-Case, engaging customers directly via email. - **[Extend the Reach of the Scheduling Agent for Customer Outreach to WhatsApp](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_whatsapp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect the Field Service Scheduling agent to Enhanced WhatsApp to engage customers on their preferred app. Outreach conversations are now supported on all messaging channels available to Agentforce Service Agents, except for standard and enhanced Facebook Messenger. - **[Let Workers Manage Appointments with Agentforce Employee Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_employee.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Empower your workers to schedule and reschedule appointments with Agentforce Employee Agent. For example, this capability enables your mobile workers to schedule an appointment for a customer or make last-minute schedule changes directly from the Field Service mobile app, reducing overhead and increasing productivity. - **[Create a Dispatching Agent in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_agentforce_dispatcher.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The new Agentforce Builder now supports Field Service Dispatching agents, so you can create an agent to give dispatchers an immediate overview of today’s critical service appointments. Dispatchers see which appointments require immediate attention directly from the Agentforce panel. Dispatchers can also ask Agentforce to create appointment list filters based on summary categories or other search criteria. - **[Customize Pre-Work Briefs with Greater Flexibility and Speed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_pwb_setup_improv_dynamic_pwb.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tailor your pre-work briefs to include specific data from objects like Case Comments or Work Types without writing custom Apex code. New configuration options simplify your setup, allowing you to deploy relevant job context to your mobile workers faster by reducing the need for complex custom logic. Automatic change detection also updates the pre-work briefs only when data changes, maintaining high system performance while keeping information accurate. - **[Resolve Issues Faster with Interactive Pre-Work Briefs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_pwb_interactive_pwb.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Empower mobile workers to ask follow-up questions, clarify job details, and request specific documentation directly through an interactive Pre-Work Brief widget. Powered by Agentforce, users get grounded responses based on work order history, troubleshooting guides, and asset data without manually re-entering the context. Mobile workers stay in their flow of work while accessing relevant procedures or documents, customer site compliance, and historical case data through simple text. # Agentforce for Field Service Discover innovative Agentforce features to help your teams deliver exceptional field service. - **[Create a Customer Outreach Scheduling Agent in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_agentforce_customer_outreach.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Free up dispatchers to work on more complex tasks by getting Agentforce to reach out to customers to rebook appointments, or schedule maintenance appointments. The Field Service Customer Outreach Scheduling agent now also sends interactive reminders to customers about their upcoming appointments, reducing no-shows to save mobile workers time. You can also set up the agent to ask customers for confirmation to promote resource utilization, and handle cancellations to increase customer retention. # Agentforce for Financial Services Scale your team by using agents for Financial Services to deliver outstanding client experiences. - **[Banking Relationship Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_rltnship_assistance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your users can now generate a document with information from one or more objects using Agentforce and ask the agent to attach it to a record page. - **[Banking Service Customer Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_serv_cust_assistance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Agentforce Banking Service Customer Assistance agent template to create agents that serve your banking customers across multiple channels. Resolve inquiries faster by connecting with customers on voice, WhatsApp, and third-party websites. - **[Complaint Management Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_complaint_assistance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform your complaint handling experiences with agent actions and prebuilt templates. Reduce manual effort and speed up complaint resolution with the prebuilt topics and actions in the Complaint Management Assistance agent template. - **[Financial Advisor Assistance Agent for FSC Managed Package](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_financial_advisor_assistance_agent_fsc_managed_package_container.htm&release=260&type=5)** Modernize wealth advisor workflows within Financial Services Cloud Managed Package by using the FinServ Package Financial Advisor Assistance Agent, which automates routine tasks and delivers AI-driven insights from client portfolios and market trends. # Agentforce for Financial Services Scale your team by using agents for Financial Services to deliver outstanding client experiences. - **[Banking Service Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_agents_bsa.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Helps process routine and complex banking requests for both customers and service reps directly across conversational and email channels. # Agentforce for Financial Services Scale your team by using agents for Financial Services to deliver outstanding client experiences. - **[Create Agents for Financial Services in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_agentforce_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build and customize agents for your financial services use cases in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. The Agentforce Financial Services agents are now available in the new builder, which uses guided setup, built-in AI assistance, and Agent Script-powered workflows to help you create agents that follow your business rules. Preview, test, trace, and debug agent behavior to deliver higher-quality experiences with less development effort. More financial services agents move to the new builder in upcoming releases. - **[Banking Service Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_agents_bsa.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Provide banking assistance to help both customers and service reps process routine and complex banking requests across voice and Slack channels. # Agentforce for Flow Is Now Beta The capabilities to create, summarize, and evolve a flow with Agentforce have moved from generally available back to beta. After the generally available launch, these features didn't consistently deliver the accuracy needed for complex workflows. These capabilities remain accessible in Flow Builder while improvements to performance and reliability are underway. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. This change also applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce for Flow is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To create, summarize, and evolve a flow with Agentforce, go to the Process Automation Settings page in Setup and select **Agentforce flow automation (Beta)**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Draft a Flow with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_build_build_a_flow_with_einstein.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Summarize Flows with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_summarize_flows_with_einstein.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Evolve a Flow with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_evolve_flow_with_einstein.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create, Evolve, and Summarize MuleSoft for Flow: Integration Flows with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_and_evolve_integration_flows_with_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Agentforce for Health Target specific sections of a file to pull out exactly what you need while reducing manual errors. Speed up large-scale data processing by applying standardized templates to entire batches of documents. Help your payer contact center reps work faster by using subagents to gather prior authorization and provider network details. - **[Use Page Ranges to Extract Relevant Information from Documents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_page_range.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extract data more precisely from specific sections of a document with Document AI for Health. Public health investigators and case intake specialists can now select page ranges to process only the relevant information. After extraction, map the values to existing records to correctly associate data and reduce manual corrections. Review extracted data directly on the record page to validate information faster. - **[Automate High-Volume Document Extraction Using a Batch Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_batch_processing_template.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Process large volumes of documents with Document AI for Health by using a batch template that contains predefined attributes for consistent extraction. Standardize data capture across document batches and reduce manual effort. Connect to Salesforce content folders to import documents for scalable processing. - **[Set Up Agentforce for Prior Authorization and Provider Network Status Quickly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_pcc_prior_auth_provider_network_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help your payer contact center reps be productive from day one by using the enhanced guided setup to configure Agentforce for prior authorization and provider network status and search. Review flows and configure subagents and actions by following easy-to-understand steps. Direct links to the in-app setup pages and comprehensive help articles keep you focused and on track. - **[Review Prior Authorization Data Faster by Using Data 360 Zero-Copy Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_pcc_prior_authorization.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With Data 360 tools, agents can now fetch prior authorization records directly from external systems via zero-copy integration. Then, agents can use the records to provide payer contact center reps quick access to high-level summaries and specific prior authorization details, such as status or denial reasons. - **[Use Agent Actions to Improve Provider Network Searches](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_pcc_provider_network_status_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help your payer contact center reps quickly find provider network statuses and search for in-network providers. New agent actions connect with external systems via the FHIR System Integration in Real Time Using Generic FHIR Client API app so your payer contact center reps can accurately address common questions about provider network details. - **[Deliver Effective, Patient-Centric Care with Intelligent Assessment Suggestions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_integrated_care_management_genai_assmt_suggestions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Save time and reduce friction in the care delivery process by leveraging AI-powered assessment suggestions based on a patient’s profile. Proactively initiate relevant and contextual assessments that are intelligently suggested by analyzing the complete member data in Agentforce Health (formerly Health Cloud), Data 360, and zero-copy external sources. The intelligent assessment suggestions reduce the need for manual search and recommend assessments that meet a patient’s specific needs. # Agentforce for Health Resolve provider claim inquiries faster with a subagent that answers natural-language questions. Deflect routine payer calls to a voice agent that verifies callers, handles common questions, and logs cases. Give reps a unified AI-generated summary of member, claim, and clinical details so they engage with context in seconds. - **[Summarize Provider Claims on Demand in Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_pcc_provider_claim_summaries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Resolve provider claim inquiries faster with the enhanced Claims Service Assistance subagent. Reps can now ask the payer contact center agent about provider claims by using natural language. The subagent retrieves and summarizes claims by the provider's National Provider Identifier (NPI), claim ID, or service date range. Reps can quickly access details such as payment status, amounts, and processing errors via a formatted summary card, helping them focus on callers instead of searching for records. - **[Start Every Interaction with an AI-Generated Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_pcc_gen_ai_summaries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your reps quickly understand who they're speaking with and why they're calling. New AI-generated summaries pull data in parallel from Agentforce Health objects and Data 360 to create a unified view of member plan details, claims, clinical information, and provider data. Every conversation starts with full context, so reps spend their time helping, not hunting through tabs and systems. - **[Automate Payer Contact Center Call Deflection, Wrap-Up, and Case Creation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_cc_voice_assistant_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deflect low-risk payer calls to a voice agent that works around the clock. It verifies callers, resolves common questions about claim status, denials, prior authorization, and eligibility so your reps can focus on more complex issues. Every call ends with a consistent case record, giving you complete, reliable data for reporting and follow-ups. - **[Give Members Self-Service Answers to Drug Coverage Questions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_health_engagement_ss_drug_coverage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce contact center volume and expand self-service by configuring Agentforce for Formulary Data Queries. Provide members verified answers to common questions regarding drug coverage, cost tiers, authorization requirements, quantity limits, and lower-cost alternatives. Powered by PDex FHIR-aligned, CMS-compliant APIs, the Drug Coverage Inquiry subagent queries plan-scoped formulary data without requiring member authentication or session keys. - **[Process Document Extractions Directly from Amazon S3 Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_doc_ai_s3_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate document processing and expand storage flexibility by adding Amazon S3 as a supported file source in Document AI for Health. When creating a Document Extraction Request, select files directly from an S3 folder in addition to standard content files. Document AI for Health scans the designated folder, retrieves the eligible files, and completes the extraction seamlessly, without requiring manual file transfers to Salesforce. - **[Identify the Correct Template for Document Extraction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_doc_ai_auto_identify.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce processing overhead and simplify document extraction with template auto-identification. Save time and improve template selection accuracy as the system selects the best match from multiple similar templates. For batch files, the system uses folder timestamps to associate each file with the correct template when multiple active templates share a source folder. It processes each file only once and creates a single Document Extraction Record (DER), which prevents duplicate requests and reduces extraction costs. If no template matches, the system creates a DER in an unidentified state so users can review the document, assign the correct template, and retry extraction without losing track of the file. # Agentforce for Health Cloud Find and summarize claim and member coverage details quickly by using Agentforce for Payer Contact Center. Increase efficiency by updating athenahealth patient records directly from Health Cloud. - **[Use Agentforce for Health Cloud in Government Cloud Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_gov_cloud_compliant.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce for Health Cloud features are now available in a Government Cloud or Government Cloud Plus environment. - **[Access Member Plans and Eligibility Data by Using Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_pcc_member_coverage.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your payer contact center reps quickly address member and provider questions about coverage, eligibility, and cost shares. New member coverage actions use structured data from Data 360 to summarize and query coverage details, so your reps can accurately address common member concerns about plan details and covered services. - **[Add Agentforce to Payer Contact Center Quickly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_pcc_guided_setup.htm&release=260&type=5)** Set up Agentforce for your payer contact center by using a guided setup, and make sure that your contact center reps are productive from day one. Create a data graph, review flows, and configure agent topics and actions by following the easy-to-understand steps. Stay focused and on task by using the direct links to the in-app setup pages and comprehensive help articles. - **[Resolve Claims Queries Faster by Using Data 360 Zero-Copy Claims Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_pcc_claims.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your payer contact center reps the tools to resolve member and provider claims queries more efficiently by using adjudicated claims data. By using Data 360 claims actions, agents can now fetch adjudicated claim records directly from external systems via zero-copy integration. Agents can use the adjudicated claim records to provide payer contact center reps quick access to high-level summaries and specific claim details, such as status, denial reasons, and patient responsibility. - **[Update athenahealth Patient Records Directly from Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_athenahealth_data_write.htm&release=260&type=5)** Connect Health Cloud and the athenahealth Electronic Health Records (EHR) to support real-time data write-back for patient records. Eliminate context switching and duplicate data entry, and give your care team immediate access to the most current patient data. Improve the efficiency and the overall quality of care by helping your care team capture and share the most up-to-date patient information from your Health Cloud org. - **[Manage Patient Updates Faster with Agentforce for Provider Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_contact_center_patient_updates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline case handling, reduce repeat calls, and ensure accurate patient data by managing key updates directly within Agentforce. Help your contact center reps quickly add caregiver details, update patient information such as demographics and caregiver information, and send medication refill requests, all in one place. Strengthen service quality by ensuring reps always have current patient information, enabling faster and more efficient patient interaction, smoother hand off across teams, and stronger first-call resolution. - **[Intelligent Document Processing Is Now Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_new_name.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Intelligent Document Processing feature is now called Document AI. All existing document extraction capabilities remain unchanged. - **[Support Diverse Healthcare Document Types with Custom Document Extraction Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_custom_extraction_template.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your public health investigators and case intake specialists process a wider range of documents, including PDF, JPG, and PNG files, by using custom extraction templates for specific healthcare scenarios. Improve operational efficiency, reduce manual data entry, and get faster access to accurate, structured data that maps correctly to your Health Cloud data model. - **[Review the Accuracy of Extracted Data with Confidence Scores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_confidence_score.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve extraction accuracy and save review time with a confidence score next to each extracted field. Help your public health investigators and case intake specialists identify values that fall within a defined low-confidence range and require an additional manual review. Strengthen validation, minimize errors, and maintain high-quality health records by concentrating efforts only on fields that require attention. - **[Preview and Validate Extraction in Real Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_extraction_validation_playground.htm&release=260&type=5)** Ensure faster and accurate template creation by using a real-time playground to validate extraction behavior and experiment with prompt variations during template setup. Preview extracted results instantly by uploading a sample file to confirm the accuracy of the results before saving them. Identify missing or incorrect fields early in the process to reduce trial and error. Improve data quality and deliver cleaner, structured outputs that align with the Health Cloud data model. # Agentforce for HR Service Streamline your HR operations with a library of prebuilt autonomous agents. Reduce administrative overhead by enabling employees to self-manage common HR tasks, such as payroll and profiles, while empowering managers to instantly handle leave approvals and performance goals. - **[Put Agentic AI to Work on Common HR Tasks with a Prebuilt Agent Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hr_svc_prebuilt_agent_library.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automate common HR tasks by using dedicated agents from the prebuilt agent library. Your employees can autonomously view payroll and update personal information, while managers can efficiently approve leave requests and manage performance goals. These agents help users complete tasks faster and reduce manual administrative work. # Agentforce for HR Service Cover more high-frequency employee requests with prebuilt Agentforce agents for payroll, compensation, time and scheduling, onboarding, and goals management. - **[Automate HR Workflows with Prebuilt HR Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hr_svc_prebuilt_hr_agents.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Expand your prebuilt Agentforce library with agents for payroll, compensation, time and scheduling, and onboarding, plus enhancements to goals management, so you cover more high-frequency employee requests without a custom build. Employees securely view paychecks and total rewards, check schedules and clock history, and complete guided onboarding tasks through conversation. The agent flags roster risks and matches employees for shift swaps. Each agent connects to your existing HR system through a prebuilt Mulesoft for Flow connector, so routine requests resolve without manual work from your HR team. # Agentforce for Manufacturing Scale operations and increase productivity with Agentforce for Manufacturing. New AI-driven capabilities support sales, service estimation, and proactive maintenance. Users can streamline product searches, quote creation, entitlement handling, and pricing calculations, while the agent reduces manual effort and ensures a more accurate outcome. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_important.png) Important This feature uses [Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai.htm&language=en_US) and may consume Einstein Requests or Flex Credits or Customer Data Cloud Requests. [Einstein Generative AI Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=ai.generative_ai_solutions.htm) and Data Cloud are provided on a separate infrastructure with different security protections and physical hosting locations than the Services. See [Salesforce Trust and Compliance Documentation](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/trust-and-compliance-documentation/). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce for Manufacturing is available only in English. - **[Accelerate Sales Tasks with Industries Sales Concierge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_agentforce_sales_concierge.htm&release=260&type=5)** Empower your sales representatives with AI-driven conversational guidance and actionable insights to work faster and smarter, completing key sales tasks efficiently. Using the Industries Sales Concierge topic, sales reps can search for products and parts with conversational queries, retrieve pricing from the standard price book, and find relevant distributors who sell the chosen products or accessories. The agent helps reps pursue sales conversations with out‑of‑the‑box actions for opportunity and quote creation, initiate trade‑in requests for existing assets, generate appraisal records, and draft emails. - **[Efficiently Manage Coverages for Proactive Customer Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_agentforce_asset_service_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve proactive customer service by using the enhanced features of the Asset Service Estimation agent topics as part of the Asset Service Management agent. Efficiently select price books for a chosen service work type, the relevant products and their quantities. Choose to specify a different coverage for each product and simplify the process of incorporating asset warranties, entitlements, or service contracts. Create a more enriched quote with the specific discount details for each selected product. Create work orders with an asset’s account ID and with the asset name and work type name in the subject. - **[Upsell and Cross-Sell Products for Service with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_upsell_crosssell_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Agentforce to empower every technician and service rep, regardless of their expertise, to identify and propose upgrades or add-ons for specific assets or recommend new products during customer interactions. The agent navigates users through product discovery, clarifies user intent for accuracy, and identifies the most relevant product options based on customer needs. It then helps generate quotes for selected products and capture quote approval. # Agentforce for Manufacturing Scale operations and increase productivity with Agentforce for Manufacturing. New AI-driven capabilities now support warranty claim management and partner sales assistance, helping agents automate routine tasks, reduce manual effort, and improve accuracy. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important This feature uses [Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai.htm&language=en_US) and may consume Einstein Requests or Flex Credits or Customer Data Cloud Requests. [Einstein Generative AI Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=ai.generative_ai_solutions.htm) and Data Cloud are provided on a separate infrastructure with different security protections and physical hosting locations than the Services. See [Salesforce Trust and Compliance Documentation](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/trust-and-compliance-documentation/). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce for Manufacturing is available only in English. - **[Manage Warranty Claims and Coverage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_manage_warranty_claims_and_coverage_with_AI_Assistance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Seamlessly manage diverse claim-related interactions with AI-driven warranty and goodwill claim summarization, validation, and tracking. By using the Warranty Claims Assistance agent, service reps across original equipment manufacturers and dealerships can quickly address claim inquiries and validate product and parts warranty coverage, enhancing user experience and customer satisfaction. - **[Streamline Dealer Sales Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deliver_personalized_product_recommendations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Boost dealer sales productivity by using AI assistance to quickly and effectively coordinate diverse sales tasks. Industries Sales Concierge for Partners enable dealer sales reps to search for assets, parts and accessories, create opportunities, generate quotes, capture trade-in appraisal requests and send email to customers with relevant information. # Agentforce for Manufacturing Scale operations and increase productivity with Agentforce for Manufacturing. New AI-driven capabilities empower sales teams to collaborate in Slack using the Industries Sales Assistance agent template and accelerate warranty claim adjudication through the Warranty Claims Adjudication agent. With the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio, teams can easily build, customize, and deploy AI agents tailored to their needs. - **[Accelerate Manufacturing Warranty Claim Adjudication with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_warranty_claim_adjudication_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give adjudicators and underwriters an AI assistant that clears the queue faster and catches risk earlier. Built to assist claim adjudicators and warranty underwriters, the agent summarizes queue volume, aging, and pending liability, and ranks open claims by value, age, and complexity. It also flags fraud risks such as duplicate serial numbers or repeat asset failures, audits claims for missing fields, coverages, and attachments, and drafts Requests for Information (RFIs) for the adjudicator to send. Human experts stay in full control of every decision. - **[Close Deals Faster in Slack with Industries Sales Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_industries_sales_assistance_slack.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get your AI agent and CRM data right into Slack, the workspace your team already relies on. Your sales team can use simple conversational prompts to search products and parts, check pricing, locate distributors, and move deals forward by creating opportunities and quotes, requesting trade-ins, and drafting customer emails. With account intelligence and AI-powered next best actions surfaced directly in Slack, field reps and managers can respond faster, reduce context switching, minimize administrative work, and spend more time closing deals. - **[Build Manufacturing Ready Agents in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_agentforce_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Design agents faster with AI assistance built right into the workflow. The Asset Service Management and Industries Sales Concierge agents are now available in the new agent builder, which uses built-in AI assistance and Agent Script-powered workflows to help you create agents that follow your business rules. Preview, test, trace, and debug agent behavior to deliver higher-quality experiences with less development effort. More manufacturing agents move to the new builder in upcoming releases. - **[Set Up Industries Sales Concierge Agent with a Single Click](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_single_click_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Install the Industries Sales Concierge Agent bundle to set up the metadata and sample records required to work with the Industries Sales Concierge Agent. The bundle enables the pre-requisite features, lets you assign permission sets, installs the required metadata and sample data, and gives you a single view of all the setup steps along with the enablement links. This setup is available only to the employee-facing (Agentforce Employee Agent) side of Industries Sales Concierge agent. # Agentforce for Net Zero Use agents powered by generative AI to scale Net Zero Cloud Manager. The ESG Data Collection Agent engages with multiple stakeholders and collects information for environmental, social, and governance. - **[Use Agentforce to Engage with Multiple Stakeholders to Collect ESG Data: ESG Data Collection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_netzero_engage_multiple_stakeholders_collect_esg_data_agentforce_esg_data_collection.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the ESG Data Collection Agent to engage with multiple stakeholders and collect environmental, social, and governance (ESG) information. Based on the query, collect the data through the agent actions, process the information, and take further actions. # Agentforce for Public Sector Accelerate hiring by using an AI agent to match qualified candidates to job positions based on skills, specializations, and location. Assist job seekers on your recruitment site with an agent that answers questions about hiring policies and processes. Help constituents identify necessary licenses and permits and answer their questions by deploying an agent grounded in your agency’s policy manuals. - **[Discover Licenses and Permits and Answer FAQs with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_lpi_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help constituents identify the licenses, permits, and inspections they need for their business or personal goals by interacting with an AI agent on your License and Permit portal. Grounded in your agency’s policy manuals, the agent answers FAQs to reduce agency workload. It asks prescreening questions to understand constituents’ needs and guides them through the pre-application process, reducing the number of incorrect submissions. - **[Speed Up Candidate Sourcing with Agentforce Skill Matching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_skillbased_candidate_agent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate hiring by quickly surfacing qualified talent based on specialized skills for quicker review and decision-making. The agent helps recruiters identify candidates for a job position by matching specific skillsets and job specializations. The agent creates leads for the shortlisted candidates to track outreach, and sends emails inviting them to apply. - **[Answer Job Seeker Questions Instantly with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_job_seeker_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help job seekers learn about your agency’s mission, hiring policies, and processes by interacting with an AI agent on your recruitment Experience Cloud site. Grounded in your policy manuals, the agent provides accurate responses to candidate inquiries. Candidates can ask follow-up questions to refine results, which helps them understand expectations and saves recruiters from answering repetitive questions. # Agentforce for Revenue Management Support partner quoting with rule-based product recommendations and expand billing data access for internal teams. Improve invoice charge explanations for community users. Identify token over-consumption with automated generation of targeted token pack quotes. - **[Get Product Recommendations While Adding Products (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agent_get_product_recommendations_when_adding_products.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help sales reps discover and add relevant or complementary products more efficiently when building a quote. Use predefined configuration rules to guide them with recommendations that lead to more complete and accurate quotes. - **[Explain Invoice Charges Faster with Conversational AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agent_get_real_time_invoice_charge_explanations_in_experience_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5)** Clarify invoice charges and answer basic questions related to billing through the Billing Service Assistant. Help your customers receive detailed charge breakdowns for ambiguous invoice line items, without needing to contact support. - **[Resolve Common Billing Inquiries Quickly with Billing Employee Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agent_resolve_common_billing_inquiries_quickly_with_billing_employee_assistant.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access critical billing information through conversational AI. Help billing teams retrieve payment plan details, latest bill details, account summaries and outstanding balances quickly. Billing teams can identify upcoming payment due dates and amounts within the assistant, without checking individual Billing records. Make it easier to respond to billing queries that require reviewing multiple invoice and payment records. Accelerate response time and reduce manual navigation across billing records. - **[View Your Consumption Overages in Tokens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_convert_token_overages_into_revenue_by_using_consumption_agent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Eliminate the manual effort involved in identifying token overages. Agentforce identifies token overage at the account level and help in creating quotes with appropriate token packs, which enables sales teams to upsell token packs easily. - **[Streamline Quoting for Partners by Using Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_quote_mgmt_for_partners.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your partner users accelerate their sales cycle with the Revenue Quote Management agent template. By connecting the Agentforce Employee agent to their site by using Embedded Messaging, partners gain access to powerful, advanced quoting agent actions. # Agentforce for Revenue Management Transform your collections and billing operations by identifying high-risk accounts and prioritizing overdue invoices. Improve your billing health with automated account summaries and data-backed dunning strategies. Provide instant support to your customers and partners by offering real-time insights into account balances, payment dates, and invoice details. Identify high-value opportunities by automatically converting resource usage into real-time financial impact within the Consumption Agent. - **[Manage Collections with the Billing Employee Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce_manage_collections.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform collections and billing operations by using Billing Collections Management, now available in the Billing Employee Assistance Agent. Identify billing insights based on payment history, disputes, and outstanding balances. Simplify account billing health summaries, and get recommendations for data-backed dunning strategies by customizing the default global prompt template. - **[Resolve Billing Inquiries with the Billing Service Assistance Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce_billing_inquiries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide the Billing Service Assistance Agent to customers, partners, and sales reps. The agent handles common billing inquiries, such as checking account balances, verifying upcoming payment dates, accessing invoice documents, and reviewing payment plans for specific invoices. Support teams can view real-time financial insights and invoice charge breakdowns, which significantly reduces billing case volume. - **[View the Financial Impact of Customer Usage with Consumption Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce_consumption_overage_in_amounts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Consumption Agent now applies overage rates to usage data and calculates a real-time monetary amount for the overused resources, helping sales reps identify high-value opportunities. Use the information to generate a quote, which you can review and revise. You no longer need to manually convert technical units or tokens into currency. # Agentforce for Revenue Management Manage approval workflows more efficiently with the Approval Agent. - **[Accelerate Approval Decisions with Approval Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce_approvals_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sales reps can now manage approval workflows with the Approval Agent. They can submit and recall approval submissions, track pending approvals. Reviewers can retrieve submissions, generate AI-assisted summaries and comments, and approve or reject submissions faster. # Agentforce for Salesforce Order Management Transform order management routing from a reactive to a proactive process through agentic location exclusion and rerouting. - **[Resolve Fulfillment Issues Proactively with Agentforce (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_agentic_routing.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage location exclusions and order rerouting through a conversational interface. By using a single text prompt, your routing agent can block specific locations for a set time or rescue unfulfillable orders, such as those with damaged goods. Previously, mitigating these disruptions required time-consuming manual intervention. # Agentforce for Salesforce Order Management Use the Order Management agent to temporarily exclude fulfillment locations from routing. - **[Address Fulfillment Disruptions with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_conversational_interface.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage location exclusions and order rerouting through a conversational interface. Your reps can now use a single text prompt to block specific locations for a set time and reroute orders. Reduce the need to manually update routing logic via flows so that your reps can respond faster to supply chain issues. - **[Protect Customer Deliveries with Order Disruption Insights in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_insights_slack_integration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Act on Agentforce order disruption insights directly from Slack without switching to the Salesforce dashboard. The Salesforce Order Management app delivers the top five insights to your designated Slack channel to help you respond faster and protect customer delivery promises. # Agentforce for Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization Improve the productivity of your service resources by integrating Agentforce AI capabilities into your workforce management processes. Service resources can use dedicated Agentforce actions to create, manage, and verify their timesheets efficiently. - **[Manage Timesheets and Timesheet Entries with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_agentforce_manage_timesheets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Service resources can now record their activities, such as work, drive, and break times. They can also access a comprehensive view of timesheet data, including status and validation errors, to resolve issues. Furthermore, they can seamlessly initiate the verification or submission process for their timesheets. - **[New Invocable Actions in Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new invocable actions in Energy and Utilities Cloud. # Agentforce Inbound Lead Generation Create and deploy an agent to automate your lead generation process. - **[Capture Leads and Schedule Meetings Autonomously](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_lead_generation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Effortlessly capture inbound web and messaging leads, answer inquiries, and schedule meetings with your prospects by setting up Inbound Lead Generation. - **[Continue Lead Engagement with Agent Handoff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_lead_handoff.htm&release=260&type=5)** Guarantee continued engagement with prospects by automating lead handoffs between the Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing sales agents. Prospects created by the Inbound Lead Generation agent who don’t schedule a meeting can automatically get assigned to the Lead Nurturing agent for a faster follow-up and to maximize conversion rates. # Agentforce IT Hardware Asset Management (Generally Available) Streamline your IT asset lifecycle operations with new bulk actions, granular inventory tracking, and field synchronization between IT Asset Management and Configuration Management Database systems. Maintain strict auditability with the Asset Timeline, optimize stock with soft reservations, and manage hardware disposal. - **[Accurately Track Hardware Inventory with Asset-Based Locations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_hardware_inventory_asset_locations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor your devices based on specific lifecycle states instead of a single Quantity-on-Hand metric. Distinguish your IT asset management inventory from standard serialized product inventory. You can also view multiple quantity fields on product item records, such as available, allocated, in transit, damaged, and on hold, to get an accurate picture of deployable assets. - **[Gain Granular Inventory Visibility with State-Based Quantity Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_granular_inventory_multiple_quantity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Accurately track the specific state and condition of your inventory across IT Asset Management, Field Service, and supply chain operations. Use multiple state-based quantity fields on the Product Item object, such as Quantity Available and Quantity Damaged, instead of relying on a single aggregate quantity. Categorize stock driven by automated asset status mapping to prevent fulfillment delays and avoid over-promising assets. - **[Synchronize Inventory Counts with Asset Status Mapping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_map_asset_statuses.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your product item rollups perfectly synced with the real-world state of your hardware. When you map asset statuses to specific quantity categories, the system automatically updates fields such as Quantity Available or Quantity Damaged whenever an asset's state changes, preventing stock discrepancies. - **[Manage Hardware Asset Lifecycle Transitions in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_bulk_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reclaim, refresh, or dispose of a large group of assets simultaneously with just a few clicks. Quickly filter and select assets directly from a list view, or process high-volume transitions by uploading a CSV file. - **[Scale Hardware Deployment with Fulfillment Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_manage_hardware_deployment_fulfmt_order_line_items.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy physical assets to your employees with a modern logistics framework. Group multiple requested products under a single order based on the source location by using the Fulfillment Order and Fulfillment Order Line Item objects. Replace single-product transfers with this new data model to support scalable AI-driven automations. - **[Streamline Asset Reclamation with Return Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_return_orders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Simplify the logistics of reclaiming hardware from employees by using the Return Order and Return Order Line Item objects. Previously, returning assets relied on Product Transfer records designed for stockroom-to-stockroom movement. Now you can track hardware returning to inventory, route devices to multiple locations simultaneously, and automate inventory quantity updates upon receipt. - **[Prevent Inventory Stockouts with Soft Reservations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_soft_reservations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reserve inventory for specific demand sources before a physical device is picked from the shelf. Soft reservations immediately decrease the available inventory count to prevent double-booking stock, providing granular visibility into your inventory state and improving fulfillment accuracy. - **[Secure IT Hardware End-of-Life with Asset Disposal Workflows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_asset_disposal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Ensure data security, environmental responsibility, and regulatory compliance when disposing hardware. Asset managers can now group retired assets into comprehensive disposal orders and enforce critical predisposal tasks like data sanitization. They can also upload official certificates of disposal to secure an audit trail. - **[Optimize IT Hardware Lifecycles with Service Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_service_requests.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Replace cases with service requests to streamline your core hardware lifecycle workflows. Employees can initiate requests through multiple self-service channels, including the Agentforce Employee Portal, Slack, and Microsoft Teams. To accelerate hardware delivery and reclamation, IT fulfillers can use automated routing rules, service catalog templates, and multi-location sourcing. - **[Align Assets and Configuration Items with Bidirectional Field Synchronization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_asset_ci_synchronization.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your IT Asset Management (ITAM) and Configuration Management Database (CMDB) records perfectly aligned with event-driven, bidirectional synchronization at the field level. Define field mappings, establish a source of truth, and configure field value translations to resolve data conflicts between systems. These synchronization capabilities eliminate manual data entry, reduce data drift, and provide your IT fulfillers with accurate data. - **[Track IT Hardware Asset Management Usage with Subscription-Based Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_itam_digital_wallet_usage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor IT Hardware Asset Management usage based on the number of eligible managed IT hardware assets in your org. Consumption is metered through Salesforce Digital Wallet, giving visibility into asset counts and usage trends over time. - **[Accelerate Hardware Fulfillment with the Sourcing Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_automate_hardware_fulfillment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline hardware fulfillment processes by using autonomous evaluations of real-time inventory and logistical constraints. The Sourcing Agent determines the most cost-effective sourcing path for approved hardware requests, recommending whether to fulfill from existing stock or initiate new procurement. # Agentforce IT Service Learn about the latest features from Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve issues instantly with AI-driven automation to shift from manual ticketing to proactive service. Improve employee productivity by eliminating routine tasks and streamlining IT operations through Slack and Microsoft Teams. Lower operational costs and elevate the employee experience with a unified platform powered by Agentforce. - **[Service Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_srvc_mgmt_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate service delivery and governance by deploying preconfigured request workflows and direct third-party integrations. Improve release reliability and data accuracy through automated field validations and proactive conflict detection. Prioritize incidents for high-priority users, demote major incidents, convert incidents to service requests, and give your IT team a holistic view of employees. - **[Self-Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_selfservice_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform the employee experience with an AI search-powered portal that unifies the service catalog, knowledge, and asset management. Improve transparency by providing employees with a centralized hub to monitor the real-time lifecycle and activity of their tickets. Streamline IT operations and simplify user access by transitioning to structured service request workflows and a unified employee licensing model. - **[Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_go_it_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate your IT service management configuration with a new automated setup for Enhanced Chat that configures queues, flows, and routing instantly. Take advantage of the two simplified solution bundles to clearly distinguish between core IT processes and an enhanced features such as AI and Analytics. These updated bundles include streamlined initial setup critical components, and sample data to significantly reduce manual configuration time. - **[AI for IT Teams and Employees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the predictive intelligence suite to forecast the likelihood of major incidents, SLA breaches, and change failures, and use Einstein to take quick actions that improve IT support reps productivity. Enhancements to proactive assistance and service assistant help IT teams to shift from reactive firefighting to proactive, data-driven risk mitigation. Additional agent actions for employees and IT teams enhance employee satisfaction and streamline your IT processes. - **[Collaboration Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_collab_channels.htm&release=260&type=5)** IT support teams can now access critical CMDB data directly in Microsoft Teams to investigate and triage issues with better context. MS Teams now natively supports approvals, notifications, and record channels, and apps are renamed for better clarity. Transition your Teams workspace from legacy ticketing to a modern, conversational AI experience. - **[Configuration Management Database and Service Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_cmdb_overviewxml.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve configuration accuracy, streamline attribute management, and gain better visibility into service dependencies with new Configuration Management Database (CMDB) enhancements. Use the unified Configuration Item (CI) Attributes Manager to define and organize configuration item attributes and attribute sets from a single workspace. Extend attribute modeling with the type Lookup Relationship to link CIs to important business objects. Highlight important details on CI records with Key Attributes. Configure CI data faster with import improvements. Build tailored service map layouts to visualize dependencies in ways that align with your operational needs. Review and track how CIs change over time by using the CI History tab in a CI record page. - **[Discovery for Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_discovery_overview.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automate asset tracking and gain better visibility into configuration item activity with new Discovery enhancements. Integrate Microsoft Intune with Salesforce CMDB to bring more device data into your configuration management processes. Use new Discovery audit fields on configuration items to understand when an asset was first discovered, updated, or rescanned. Review installed software and system components from the new Components tab on each configuration item record. These enhancements improve asset coverage, simplify operations, and give you better insights across your IT environment. - **[Automation and Productivity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_automtn_prdctvty_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate IT service setup and deployment with easy-to-use templates to establish complex assignment rules quickly. Ensure consistent request ownership and eliminate manual bottlenecks by automatically routing service requests to the correct users or queues. Improve response times and keep teams informed by delivering targeted service notifications and timely updates directly within Microsoft Teams. - **[New and Changed Objects for Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce IT Service objects. - **[New and Changed GraphQL APIs in Configuration Management Database](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_cmdb_graphql_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the GraphQL API to query, search, and manage configuration items in the Agentforce IT Service configuration management database (CMDB). # Agentforce IT Service Learn about the latest features from Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve issues instantly with AI-driven automation to shift from manual ticketing to proactive service. Improve employee productivity by eliminating routine tasks and streamlining IT operations through Slack and Microsoft Teams. Maintain an audit-ready posture with IT compliance management that centralizes end-to-end governance. Gain total visibility over your hardware lifecycle to optimize IT costs from procurement to disposal. Lower operational costs and elevate the employee experience with a unified platform powered by Agentforce. - **[Install Prebuilt Initial Setup Solutions and Accelerate IT Compliance Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_salesforce_go.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate time-to-value for Agentforce IT Service with best-practice configurations that simplify day-one sandbox setup. Choose between a standard solution to automate metadata installation and feature enablement, or use a custom solution to selectively deploy specific capabilities tailored to your organization. Use the new feature set Accelerate Trust with Unified Risk and Compliance to easily configure core IT Compliance features such as Risk Management, Regulation Management, Compliance Controls, Policy Management, Evidence Management, Issue Management, and Policy M365 Management. - **[Agentforce IT Hardware Asset Management (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_asset_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your IT asset lifecycle operations with new bulk actions, granular inventory tracking, and field synchronization between IT Asset Management and Configuration Management Database systems. Maintain strict auditability with the Asset Timeline, optimize stock with soft reservations, and manage hardware disposal. - **[IT Compliance (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_it_compliance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your governance, risk, and compliance operations with a unified suite designed for proactive monitoring and audit readiness. Standardize core policy lifecycles and orchestrate automated evidence-gathering workflows to accelerate your path to certification. By centralizing these critical processes for your IT organization, you replace manual tracking with a scalable framework that identifies risks and resolves compliance gaps more efficiently. - **[Service Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_service_mgmt_parent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Standardize structured change approvals through Change Advisory Boards (CAB). Connect email conversations directly to incidents with advanced threading and increase service governance and operational consistency with flexible field mappings. Create incidents on behalf of others and get additional fields for reporting. Access more service catalog request templates and new external connectors for IT and business operations. - **[Configuration Management Database and Service Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_cmdb_overview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve data organization, accelerate onboarding, and enhance visibility into configuration relationships with new Configuration Management Database (CMDB) enhancements. Use tags to group and filter configuration items for faster search and analysis. Configure and import configuration items, relationships, and tags together to onboard data more efficiently. Analyze and export configuration data directly from list views to support reporting and operational decisions. Manage and upgrade CMDB setup data using versioned data bundles to keep your configuration model current. Model complex infrastructure more accurately by defining components for configuration item types. - **[Discovery for Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_discovery_overview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automate asset tracking and gain better visibility into configuration item activity with new Discovery enhancements. Discover installed software on MacOS devices by using agentless and agent-based discovery methods. - **[AI for IT Teams and Employees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Optimize service delivery with Agentforce tools designed to simplify workflows and improve decision-making for both IT teams and employees. Accelerate resolutions by transforming static service requests into guided conversations, managing CMDB lifecycle via conversations, and with AI-generated approval and risk summaries. Additionally, qualified specialized agents now helps you route requests and issues effeciently. - **[Self-Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_selfservice.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform how employees interact with IT by providing an AI-driven self-service portal that unifies the service catalog, enterprise knowledge, and asset management. Streamline AI access through the new licenses and consolidate employee identity with the Unified Employee migration tool. - **[Collaboration Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_collaboration_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Integrate IT service management directly into Microsoft 365 to reduce context-switching and simplify support for your entire organization. Employees can now manage assets and request hardware within their daily workflow using Microsoft Copilot and integrated Office apps. Security and access are seamless through Single Sign-On and automated user synchronization with Microsoft Entra ID. - **[Automation and Productivity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_automation_prod_parent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate IT service setup and deployment with enahncements to multichannel notifications and assignment rules. - **[New and Changed Objects for Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce IT Service objects. - **[New and Changed GraphQL APIs in Configuration Management Database](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_cmdb_graphql_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the GraphQL API to query, search, and manage configuration items in the Agentforce IT Service configuration management database (CMDB). # Agentforce IT Service Learn about the latest features in Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve tickets faster with AI-driven automation and give employees a unified, proactive service experience. - **[Service Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_svcmgmt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Optimize service desk operations to help IT teams prioritize high-value users, resolve incidents faster through email and comments, manage service request lifecycles, and gain comprehensive insights through console enhancements. - **[IT Asset Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_asset_management_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automate hardware lifecycle management with Agentforce AI agents that handle employee inquiries, sourcing decisions, and disposal reconciliation through conversational interfaces. Track every inventory change with a complete double-entry ledger for audit compliance. Simplify daily operations with Fast Path fulfillment that consolidates all actions on a single page, and customize asset status mappings to match your organizational processes. - **[Configuration Management Database and Service Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_cmdb_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure configuration item list views to display the details relevant to your role. Add standard or custom reference fields and open related records directly from the list to find and manage configuration items more efficiently. - **[Discovery for Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_discovery_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep CMDB data current with server and cloud inventory and operational events from Splunk. Use Dynamic Discovery to create Splunk discovery targets and review incomplete CIs before adding relevant resources to CMDB. Use the new Discovery objects and platform event that support Dynamic Discovery. - **[IT Compliance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_it_compliance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Strengthen your compliance program with continuous, automated evidence collection, AI-assisted controls coverage, and trustworthy AI policy authoring. Move through regulation and policy lifecycles faster with bulk actions, and monitor your posture with prebuilt Tableau dashboards. - **[AI for IT Teams and Employees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_agentforce_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automate file analysis for IT tickets and customize AI prompts and field mappings to match your organization's processes. - **[Collaboration Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_collaboration_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Resolve IT issues through natural conversations with Slackbot, handling requests like password resets, software access, and account provisioning. Deploy Teams integration with one click and customize Teams list views to match how your team works. - **[Self-Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_self_service_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give employees a self-service experience on the Employee Services portal that fits how your teams work. Control which fields and buttons appear on the ticket list, ticket details, and approval list pages without writing code. Offer the portal in employees' preferred languages, and keep employees connected to IT with comments and a feed directly on their tickets. Turn resolved incidents, problems, and change requests into reusable Knowledge articles with Agentforce, so employees can find answers on their own. - **[Broadcast and Notifications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_broadcast_notifications_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep your users informed across their preferred channels with broadcast communications and notifications. Send broadcast updates during major incidents and change requests through email, in-app, Slack, and Teams in one action. Turn plain-text Slack alerts into structured notifications with labeled sections and action buttons so users can act without leaving Slack. Deliver notifications through an Agentforce agent so employees ask follow-up questions and take action right in the Slack thread. # Agentforce Lead Nurturing Set up and test Agentforce Lead Nurturing all in one place with fewer clicks. See agent performance with the SDR Agent Analytics Dashboard and assign more prospects to an agent at once. - **[Set Up Agentforce Lead Nurturing Faster with Guided Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_guided_config.htm&release=260&type=5)** When you’re ready to create a Lead Nurturing agent, the new guided setup experience in Salesforce Go saves you time and simplifies the process by automating several steps. - **[Scale Up Lead Nurturing Activity with Automatic Limit Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_queue_mngmt.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce now manages the Lead Nurturing prospect outreach queue automatically so that agents can nurture large numbers of prospects simultaneously while respecting email send and LLM request limits. - **[Build Pipeline Faster by Assigning Prospects to Agentforce Lead Nurturing in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_mass_assign.htm&release=260&type=5)** Users can now assign up to 200 prospects at once to a Lead Nurturing agent from list views. Agentforce adds assignments that exceed email send or LLM limits to a managed queue that’s visible in the Agent Command Center. Previously, you could only assign records one at a time or by using assignment rules in the agent configuration. Adding more than 30 prospects at a time sometimes caused an error. The managed queue eliminates these errors. - **[Control and Customize Agent Behavior Faster with Modular Topics and Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_modular_topics.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now directly view and modify each step of the Lead Nurturing agent workflow, eliminating the need for complex prompt engineering. In Agentforce Builder, the agent's logic appears as discrete, configurable topics and actions that are easy to navigate and edit. - **[Connect with Prospects More Effectively by Letting Lead Nurturing Agents Use Sellers’ Email Addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_send_as_seller.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make Lead Nurturing agent emails feel more authentic and increase prospect engagement by letting the agent send emails on behalf of the prospect record owner. Send as Seller combines the scale and efficiency of a Lead Nurturing agent with the trusted identity of a human sales rep. The agent uses the seller’s email address to send outreach and listen for prospect replies. - **[Confirm the Voice, Tone, and Personalization of Agent Emails Before They are Sent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr_require_manual_approval.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sellers can now review, edit, and approve agent-generated emails before they are sent. Sales teams can add an agent to their top-of-funnel outreach workflow without ceding control over email content. Prospect owners can review intro, nudge, and reply emails, edit them, and either approve or cancel individual emails. # Agentforce Lead Nurturing is Changing to Agentforce Engagement The Agentforce Lead Nurturing name has changed to Agentforce Engagement. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Engagement add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This feature is available beginning August 24, 2026. **Why:** The new name better describes the range of work the agent can perform to nurture existing prospects. The change will take some time to propagate throughout Salesforce. The older Agentforce Lead Nurturing name may continue to appear in some locations until the update is complete. # Agentforce Lead Nurturing is Changing to Agentforce Engagement The Agentforce Lead Nurturing name has changed to Agentforce Engagement. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Engagement add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This feature is available beginning August 24, 2026. **Why:** The new name better describes the range of work the agent can perform to nurture existing prospects. The change will take some time to propagate throughout Salesforce. The older Agentforce Lead Nurturing name may continue to appear in some locations until the update is complete. # Agentforce Now Included in Free Suite Get Agentforce with Free Suite. Chat with an AI agent in plain language to manage business tasks and surface key insights. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Free Suite. **When:** This feature is available in August 2026. **Why:** Meet your new teammate that's always there for you and ready to help. Simply ask Agentforce what you're looking for in plain language and it instantly pulls up what you need. For instance, if you ask, "Summarize the Acme account," the agent creates a quick summary highlighting opportunities linked to Acme, key facts, recent cases, and so on. You can also delegate everyday tasks to Agentforce, like following up with new leads. For example, tell it, "Draft an email to the VP of Marketing of Acme about our upcoming meeting." The agent handles the heavy lifting by pulling in the right recipient email address, crafting the message, and generating the subject line. Agentforce saves you from digging through endless records and pulling the pieces together yourself. It acts as a force multiplier by taking on the repetitive tasks that eat up your day so you and your team can focus on what matters most—building customer relationships and growing your business. **How:** If you've turned on AI in your org, Agentforce is available automatically. If you haven't turned on AI yet, select the Agentforce logo in the top-right corner of the page to open the Agentforce panel, then select **Agree and Enable**. ![Agentforce panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/suites_agentforce_panel_and_page_free_org.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Boost Productivity and Gain Actionable Intelligence with Agentforce and Generative AI for Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.suites_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Agentforce Observability: Create Scorers via API, Interaction-Level Metrics, SOMA and Voice Session Trace Additions, Changes to Billing and Consumption Custom scorers are now generally available (GA) via API. The Session & Intents view has new columns that showcase Scorers and Error data. Session Tracing includes more granular multi-agent and metrics' breakdown. This release also provides new service level metrics to better gauge your agent's interaction with customers and how they affect your credit usage and billing. **Where:** This change applies to Agentforce Studio and via API. **When:** This change is available starting the week of July 6, 2026. **Who:** This change applies to Agentforce users using Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** These enhancements provide comprehensive visibility into agent performance, enabling more effective quality control and more granularity into sessions flows. - **Custom Scorers API (GA):** Create, edit, and activate custom scorers across multiple agents sessions [via API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/testing-api-custom-scorers.html). - **Consumption & Billing:** Queries processed through Analytics no longer consume Data Cloud credits. Additionally, the calculated field for total Flex Credits accurately tracks credit consumption for text-based sessions to ensure credit usage reflects actual agent consumption patterns. - **Insights Page Retirement:** The Insights page is officially retired. - **Interaction-Level Metrics:** A new tab including Trust and RAG metrics was added to the interaction level view. ![Interaction level view showing Trust and RAG metrics tab with Instruction Adherence Rate, Context Relevance Score, Toxicity Score, Answer Relevance Score, and Answer Faithfulness Score](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/agentforce_observability_interaction_level_metrics.png) - **Multi-Agent View in Session Tracing (SOMA):** The session trace now includes visibility into which agents handled each intent, displaying the connected/sub-agent name and session ID for each intent, and the handover of actions from orchestrator agent to connected agents. - **Sessions & Intents View:** Added columns to present error status and type (system problems, API failures, or agent logic), as well as custom scorers applied to sessions and their outputs. Simply filter and customize your view. - **Agent Service-Level Metrics Added:** Response Time Tracking (agent responsiveness in less than 60 seconds) and Agent Response Latency, measured in milliseconds from the end of the user message until the first token of the agent response. - **Voice Sessions:** Scope includes audio-text synchronization of audio playback to transcript and new metrics including **Agent Talk Ratio** (calculate the net speaking time of the agent versus customer, with silences excluded). - **Task Resolution:** Calculated per conversation turn instead of only at session end. You'll see the most recent resolution status for each turn. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Scorers and Custom Scorers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_scorers.htm&language=en_US), [Data Model and Calculated Fields for Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_data_model.htm&language=en_US) | _Salesforce Developers_: [Custom Scorers API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/testing-api-custom-scorers.html) # Agentforce Observability: Insights Page Retirement and Model Selection Agentforce Studio's Insights page is retiring in July 2026. Observability data moves to Analytics dashboards for a comprehensive view of session and intent analysis. Agentforce Observability also now uses your org-level LLM provider selection. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** The Insights page is retiring in July 2026. The LLM provider selection change is in effect starting June 2026. **Why:** This update streamlines the observability experience by consolidating dashboards and session analysis into a single, comprehensive view in Analytics dashboards. **How:** After the Insights page retires, view all agent observability information in [Analytics dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US), which include a comprehensive view and deep dive for session and intent analysis. LLM Provider Selection: Agentforce Observability now uses the org-level selected LLM provider for commercial organizations. If your organization has a provider override, that setting continues to take precedence. For Government Cloud (Civilian) organizations, Claude Sonnet 4.5 is used regardless of model selection. # Agentforce Observability: New Quality Metrics and Civilian GovCloud Support Agentforce Observability brings Agent Optimization to Civilian Government Cloud and introduces new metrics for agent performance, user feedback, task resolution, adherence, and toxicity. **Observability Enhancements** **Agent Optimization** - **Civilian Government Cloud:** Agent Optimization is now available for Civilian Government Cloud organizations. - **Session Outcome status:** User abandonment and deflection are reflected for sessions. Sessions recorded before this change receive a Not Set status. - **Split view:** Interaction Details and Trace Events are combined in a single workspace, with step-by-step execution and selection across the session timeline. The view also includes asynchronous jobs that were initiated during the agent’s processing time. **Agent Analytics** - **New metrics for audit, feedback, and guardrails:** Including User Feedback (Positive, Negative, N/A), positive and negative feedback counts, Task Resolution Rate, Instruction Adherence and Adherence Rate, and Average Agent Toxicity Score. - **Semantic data model:** New data model objects (DMOs) support the new metrics. For field definitions and formulas, see [Data Model and Calculated Fields for Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_data_model.htm&language=en_US). **Where:** These changes apply to Agentforce in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. Agent Optimization is also available for Civilian Government Cloud organizations. **When:** These features are available starting April 13, 2026. **Why:** These enhancements provide clearer session outcomes in Agent Optimization and a unified workspace for interaction details and trace events. They also add Agent Analytics metrics and DMOs for audit, feedback, guardrails, and toxicity, improving visibility into performance and risk. **Who:** To access Agent Optimization, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. To use Agent Analytics, users need either the CRM Analytics User or Einstein Analytics Plus permission set. **How:** In Setup, turn on Audit and Feedback from the Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup page so the related DMOs are available for the data model. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [About Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_about.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Data Model and Calculated Fields for Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_data_model.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Einstein Generative AI Audit and Feedback](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_session_trace_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Agentforce Observability: Refined Agent Analytics and Custom Scorers (Beta) Get a unified view of agent performance with Refined Agent Analytics, which combines Service Agent Analytics and Employee Agent Analytics in one place with more than 40 metrics. Use Custom Scorers (Beta) to evaluate sessions against your own KPIs alongside Salesforce standard quality metrics. **Agent Analytics** - **Unified dashboard:** Service Agent Analytics and Employee Agent Analytics are now in one place, with more than 40 metrics across Quality, Health, Effectiveness, and Usage. - **Enhanced navigation:** Drill from high-level views into subagents, intents, and actions. **Custom Scorers (Beta)** - **Tailored evaluation:** Define scorers that reflect your business context, with support for measures such as Sentiment Score, Tone of Voice, Product Interest, Escalation Trigger, and Politeness, alongside standard quality metrics. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Foundations or Agentforce 1 Edition where Agent Optimization and Analytics are enabled. Custom Scorers (Beta) are available in beta. **When:** These changes are available starting the week of May 4, 2026. **Who:** To access Agent Optimization and analytics, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. Custom Scorers (Beta) require the Agentforce Scorer Beta permission set and no additional license beyond Agentforce. To activate scorers, assign the AgentforceScorerActivation permission set, which is included in the admin profile by default. To view Agent Analytics dashboards, users may also need the CRM Analytics User or Einstein Analytics Plus permission set. **How:** In Agentforce Studio, navigate to the updated Agent Optimization and Analytics layouts. Agent Optimization is available on the Sessions & Intents tab. To create custom scorers, use Next Gen Testing in Agentforce Studio. When ready, activate scorers from the Scorer Hub to run them on live sessions. You can also create and deploy scorers using the Metadata API. **End of Support for Legacy Agent Analytics** Support and updates for legacy Agent Analytics end in May 2026. You can continue to use legacy Agent Analytics during the transition, but we recommend switching to the new experience. For setup, see [Set Up Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_setup.htm&language=en_US). SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Scorers and Custom Scorers (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_scorers.htm&language=en_US), [About Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_about.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Data Model and Calculated Fields for Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_data_model.htm&language=en_US) # Agentforce Operations Agentforce Supply Chain (formerly Regrello) is now Agentforce Operations. During the transition to the new name, some references across the product and its content still use Regrello or Agentforce Supply Chain. Along with the rename, this release adds new features. - **[Complete Multiple Tasks at a Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_task_smart_views.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Complete multiple tasks at once when you have 5 or more that share the same name, type, and blueprint. When you have a set of 5 or more tasks, Agentforce Operations creates a dedicated view. You can enter task information in that view and complete several tasks in one place, instead of opening and completing each task one at a time. - **[Start Up to 2,500 Workflows from a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_start_multiple_workflows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use a full-page wizard to upload CSV data and start up to 2,500 workflows at a time. The wizard supports blueprints with document fields and includes validation that reduces failures from invalid or missing data. The previous workflow creation limit was 500, and the product didn’t support blueprints with document fields. - **[Build Forms Directly in Tasks in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_build_form_in_task.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Standard and approval tasks now have an inline form builder in the **Request information** section. Create task-specific forms that can contain sections, instruction text, 2-column layouts, and fields. Use smart rules to control when form elements appear. The inline form builder replaces the previous options of creating a form separately and selecting it, or adding individual fields directly to a task. Your existing tasks and forms automatically work with the inline form builder, with each task receiving its own form copy. - **[Configure Multiple Task Escalations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_escalations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep tasks on track with up to five escalations per standard or approval task. An escalation adds an additional user to the task as an assignee or carbon copy (CC) to make sure that the task stays on schedule. Escalations that occur before the due date show as reminders in the activity feed, notifications, and emails so you can tell them apart. Escalations respect business calendar hours, and assignees and CCs receive in-app notifications. - **[Generate Blueprints by Describing Your Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_ai_blueprint_generation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Describe your process in plain language, and AI generates a blueprint. Previously you could only generate a blueprint from uploaded documents. Now, you can do either. When you generate a blueprint with AI, the AI can add tasks assigned to AI agents, freeing up your human workers for higher-value work. Also, anyone with the Creator permission can generate blueprints, which gives more people the power to automate their processes. - **[Add or Update Users in Bulk with a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_add_update_users_via_csv.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Invite new users and update roles for existing users in a single CSV upload, instead of updating roles one at a time. Now, you can also upload up to 10,000 rows per upload. - **[Control How a Blueprint Import Affects Your Workspace Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_update_field_config_in_blueprint_transfer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you import a blueprint from another workspace, you can now control how the import process affects your workspace's fields. For each field that needs review, update the suggested field, map to a different field, or add a field in your workspace. - **[Build Excel-Based Automations (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_excel_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build an automation from an existing or generated spreadsheet with the Excel Agent (beta). Provide the shared fields as values to add, the requested fields as values to get back, and explain how to use that data. Then the agent automatically inputs the shared field values, runs all formulas, and extracts the requested field values. It’s also easy to see what the agent does when the task runs. Instead of digging through complex agent audit histories, users can download the Excel file to review all formulas and processed data in one place. - **[Process Tabular Data with the Excel Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_excel_agent_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Excel Agent (beta) can now process CSV files as tabular inputs and outputs, not just individual field values. Perform row-level calculations or add calculated columns across an entire dataset in a single automated task. - **[Extract More Accurate Data from the New Document Reader Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_document_reader.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now provide field label alternatives and extra instructions to make sure that the agent finds the correct data. The new and improved Document Reader Agent (beta) can extract field values from unstructured documents, such as PDFs and images. Also, the agent can handle multi-value fields and can extract tabular data, such as line items in a PDF. - **[Automate Complex Tasks with Generalist Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_generalist_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The new Generalist Agent (beta) brings more flexibility and accuracy to complex back-office automation. It can apply deterministic logic for routing decisions, loop through large datasets without workarounds, and access up to 10,000 data source rows. - **[Ensure AI Agent Tasks Are Ready Before Publishing in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_ai_agent_plan_requirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Before you publish a blueprint that includes AI agent tasks, Agentforce Operations now verifies that every AI agent task has a saved plan. If a task is missing a plan, a warning appears on the task. You can't publish the blueprint until all AI agent tasks have plans. - **[Keep Blueprints Running Smoothly with Blueprint Limits in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain_blueprint_limits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Blueprints now have enforced limits on the number of tasks, fields, and form items they can contain. These limits help you avoid the performance issues that come with oversized blueprints. When a blueprint exceeds its limits, a warning banner shows the relevant limits, on which items, and by how much. Until you resolve the issue, you can't publish the blueprint or create workflows from the blueprint. # Agentforce Platform Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI. Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem / CMGWorldwide. - **[Agentforce Platform Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_platform.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality, security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Agentforce platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest and greatest. - **[Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce. - **[Einstein Bots](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_bots.htm&release=260&type=5)** Article Answers for Einstein Bots now retires on September 30, 2026. - **[Einstein Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_development.htm&release=260&type=5)** Develop custom solutions with our suite of generative AI tools, including the Models API, Agentforce, Prompt Builder, and Einstein Studio. - **[Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify daily workflows by using prompt templates to bring generative AI into Salesforce experiences. Create, test, revise, customize, and manage prompt templates that use CRM data through merge fields referencing record fields, flows, related lists, and Apex. Prompt Builder provides tools to design effective prompts and securely connect your data with large language models (LLMs). - **[Supported Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about support for new large language models (LLMs) for embedded features, such as Prompt Builder. Also, stay up-to-date with model deprecations and reroute dates. - **[Build and Scale AI Workflows with Agentforce Grid (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Run cumulative workflows where every column advances your project from raw insight to completed work. New in this release are a Billing Calculator designed to help you estimate costs and run conditions so you can decide when to run a column. Also included are an increased scale to 1,000 rows in a worksheet and the ability to improve LLM responses with data from the web. - **[Build on Standard DMOs for Audit and Feedback Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_feedback_standard_dmo.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build analytics and reporting capabilities on new standard data model objects (DMOs) to gain greater versatility across Salesforce products like Tableau Next. Continue to use your existing reports, dashboards, and queries built on custom DMOs. # Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default In Winter ’27, the Agentforce platform is enabled by default for all orgs with Agentforce access, as granted by SKUs, licensing, and editions. New orgs are enabled at creation, and existing orgs will be auto-enabled. The Agentforce setting will be removed from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is enabled at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** The Agentforce platform is automatically enabled in new orgs created in Winter ʼ27. We'll begin enabling the Agentforce platform for existing orgs on a rolling basis starting the first week of September. Removing the Agentforce setting is planned for later in Winter ʼ27. Check back for more details. **How:** If Einstein generative AI is enabled in your org, admins will have immediate access to Agentforce Builder. To give other users access, assign the Manage AI Agents permission. We continue to offer these controls to manage access to Agentforce. - Agentforce requires Einstein generative AI to be enabled in your org. To turn off the Agentforce platform, in Setup, turn off the Einstein setting on the Einstein Setup page. - When the Agentforce platform is enabled, all admins have access to Agentforce Studio, Agentforce Builder, and analytics and observability features. For all other users, access is managed with user permissions. - Individual Agentforce agents are only available to end users when the agent is active. You can activate or deactivate an agent in Agentforce Builder. Access to some agents, such as Agentforce Employee agents, is also managed with user permissions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Access Agentforce Studio and the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_studio.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&language=en_US) # Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default in Winter ʼ27 In Winter ʼ27, we plan to turn on the Agentforce platform for all orgs with Agentforce access. New orgs will be enabled by default. We’ll remove the Agentforce setting from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is provisioned at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is planned for Winter ʼ27. See the Winter ʼ27 release notes for more details. **How:** If Einstein generative AI is enabled in your org, admins will have immediate access to Agentforce Builder. To give other users access, assign the Manage AI Agents permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_enable.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Access Agentforce Studio and the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_studio.htm&language=en_US) # Agentforce Platform Features by Month Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality, security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Agentforce platform changes are released as often as weekly, so check back again soon for the latest and greatest.
Platform Area Release Note Available
September ʼ26
Agentforce Platform Settings Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default in Winter ʼ27 Planned for September 2026
August ‘26
Agentforce Interoperability Add Tools from Salesforce-hosted MCP Servers to Your Agents Week of August 31, 2026
Supported Models Einstein Models API Access Restricted for Experience Cloud Guest Users Week of August 24, 2026
Agentforce Voice Agentforce Voice Expands with 5 New Generally Available Languages Week of August 24, 2026
Agentforce Voice Choose a Voice Model for Your Agent in Agent Script Week of August 24, 2026
Agentforce Grid Send Records from List Views to Grid for AI Analysis Week of August 17, 2026
Find the Right Grid Column Type with a Guided Browse Panel Week of August 17, 2026
Start Grid Workflows Faster with Reusable Templates Week of August 17, 2026
Other Changes Direct Agent Quick Actions to a Specific Agent Week of August 17, 2026
Einstein Bots Einstein Bots Enters Maintenance Mode Week of August 17, 2026
Agentforce Interoperability Extend Agentforce Solutions with Multi-Agent Orchestration (Generally Available) Week of August 17, 2026
Easily Resolve Out-of-Sync MCP Server Registrations Week of August 17, 2026
Agentforce Voice Reserve Routable Phone Numbers for Agentforce Voice from More Countries Week of August 17, 2026
Enhanced Chat Support More Users with Enhanced Chat v2 Accessibility Improvements Week of August 17, 2026
Agentforce Builder Organize Instructions with Markdown in Canvas View Week of August 17, 2026
Manage Agent Access in Agentforce Builder
Get More Done in Canvas View with After Reasoning, System Variables, and Conflict Detection
Agentforce Observability Investigate Agents Faster with Streamed Session Trace Data Week of August 17, 2026
Agentforce Testing Center Regression Test Your Agent Across Versions in Agentforce Testing Center Week of August 17, 2026
Test Without Consuming Einstein Requests or Flex Credits in Testing Center
Supported Models GPT-5.4 Mini Is Generally Available Week of August 10, 2026
Einstein Bots Upgrade Einstein Bots to Agentforce Service Agent (Beta) Week of August 10, 2026
Agentforce Observability Analyze Sessions with Percentile Latency, Feedback, and Connected-Agent Data Starting August 2026
Agentforce Testing Center Evaluate Entire Conversations for Voice and Chat Agents with Testing Center in Agentforce Studio (Beta) Week of August 3, 2026
Agentforce Voice Deploy Agentforce Voice in Japanese in Your Production Environment Starting August 7, 2026
Agentforce Grid Apply Agentforce Coworker's Personal Context to Grid Worksheet Rows Week of August 3, 2026
Read Agent Column Outputs as Formatted Text in Grid Week of August 3, 2026
Agent Script New Agent Script Warnings Must Be Fixed Week of August 3, 2026
Agentforce Interoperability Register and Manage MCP Servers with Headless Tools Week of August 3, 2026
Agentforce Observability Proactively Monitor Agent Health Week of August 3, 2026
Enhanced Chat Greet Users with a Chat Invitation in Enhanced Chat v2 Week of August 3, 2026
Make Voice Conversations More Engaging in Enhanced Chat v2 Week of August 3, 2026
Deploy Agents to Enhanced Chat v2 Faster in Agentforce Builder Week of August 3, 2026
Agentforce Builder Spend Less Time Diagnosing Agent Errors with More Actionable Error Messages Week of August 3, 2026
Take the Guesswork out of Agent Building with Improved AI Assistance (Beta)
Write Precise Agent-Level Instructions in Canvas View
Understand an Agent at a Glance with an Agent Summary
Adapt Your Agent's Responses to the User's Language (Beta)
Agentforce Observability Get Always-On Insights with Agent Observability Week of August 3, 2026
Enhanced Logging for Agent Sessions Week of August 3, 2026
Supported Models GPT-5.5 Is Generally Available Week of August 3, 2026
GPT-5.6 Is Generally Available Week of August 3, 2026
July ‘26
Agentforce Development ADL Connect API Is Generally Available Week of July 27, 2026
Agentforce Voice Let Callers Key In Numbers Instead of Speaking Them Week of July 27, 2026
Supported Models Claude Sonnet 5 Is Generally Available Week of July 27, 2026
Agentforce Grid Access Agentforce Grid from Agentforce Studio Week of July 20, 2026
Learn Agentforce Grid Basics Right from the All Grids Page
Agent Interoperability Assess Security Risk Scores for Third-Party MCP Servers Week of July 13, 2026
Agentforce Builder Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Service Agents Week of July 13, 2026
Updated: Customize Conversation Recommendations in Agentforce Builder
Refine Web Search Results by Using Excluded Domains
Cover More Cases in a Condition with Else If Branches
Personalize Voice Interactions Faster with Voice Call Variables in Canvas View
Enhanced Chat Reduce Resolution Time with File Sharing in Enhanced Chat v2 Week of July 13, 2026
Legacy Agentforce Builder Updated: Create Agents in the New Builder Only Week of July 13, 2026
Agentforce Agents Create AI-Powered Service Channels from Your Knowledge Base Week of July 13, 2026
Agentforce Observability Gain Agent Observability Insights Without Consuming Data 360 Credits Week of July 13, 2026
Agent Script Specify Mutually Exclusive Conditions with else if Week of July 13, 2026
Agentforce Observability Agentforce Observability: Create Scorers via API, Interaction-Level Metrics, SOMA and Voice Session Trace Additions, Changes to Billing and Consumption Week of July 6, 2026
Agent Script Set the Default Agent User in the New Access Block Week of July 6, 2026
June ‘26
Agentforce Agents Guide Your Users to Agent Conversations from Lightning App Home Pages Week of June 29, 2026
Agentforce Builder Control Which Model Each Subagent Uses in Agentforce Builder Week of June 29, 2026
Prompt Builder Create Prompt Templates with AI Assist (Beta) Week of June 29, 2026
Enhanced Chat Deploy Agentforce Employee Agents on Enhanced Chat v2 Week of June 29, 2026
Agentforce Testing Center Test Prompt Templates in Agentforce Testing Center (Beta) Week of June 29, 2026
Agentforce Data Library Toggle Intelligent Context Processing On or Off in Agentforce Data Libraries Week of June 29, 2026
Agentforce Data Library Get Real-Time Updates on Your Agentforce Data Library Build and Resolve Issues Faster Week of June 29, 2026
Agentforce Data Library New Web Search Data Libraries Aren't Supported in the Agentforce Data Library Week of June 29, 2026
Agent Actions Choose a Transcription Model for the Speech to Text Agent Action Week of June 22, 2026
Agentforce Voice Route Agentforce Voice Calls Globally with Dynamic Routing Week of June 22, 2026
Agentforce Builder Set Context Variables Faster for More Accurate Agent Previews Week of June 15, 2026
Enhanced Chat Quickly Access Enhanced Chat v2 Deployment Options in Agentforce Builder Week of June 15, 2026
Agentforce Connections Build Agents Faster and Ensure Consistency with Connection Inputs for Marketing Email Week of June 15, 2026
Agentforce Observability Agentforce Observability: Insights Page Retirement and Model Selection Week of June 15, 2026
Supported Models Use Claude Opus 4.8 on the Einstein Platform Week of June 15, 2026
Claude Opus 4.7 Is Generally Available
Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite Is Generally Available
Agentforce Agents Select Gemini for Agentforce Week of June 8, 2026
Enhanced Chat Elevate Your Enhanced Chat v2 Deployments with More Customization and Reliability Week of June 8, 2026
Transform Your Customer Experience with Voice-Enabled Agents in Enhanced Chat v2 Week of June 8, 2026
Prompt Builder Author Prompts Faster with the Block Editor (Beta) Week of June 8, 2026
Build Intelligent Prompt Templates with Conditional Logic (Beta)
Use Keyboard Shortcuts in Prompt Builder
View Prompt Template Dependencies Across Your Org
Deploy and Version Control Prompt Templates with the Metadata API
Agentforce Voice Sharper Transcription and More Natural Voice for Agentforce Voice Starting June 3, 2026
Supported Models Use Gemini 3.5 Flash on the Einstein Platform Week of June 1, 2026
Supported Models Increased Limits for Large Language Model Generation Requests Week of June 1, 2026
Agent Script Delegate to Another Agentforce Agent with connected_subagent (Beta) June 2026
The ID Variable and Parameter Type Is Deprecated
Slot-Filling Provides Missing Required Action Inputs
Agentforce Agents Increase Trust with Citations in Bring Your Own Channel June 2026
May ‘26
Agent Script Download Agent Script Documentation in Markdown May 2026
End a Session with utils.end_session
Create a Variable List of Objects
Clarification on None Checks for Variables
Access Voice Call Properties with Linked Variables
Nest And and Or Operators with Parentheses
Agent Script Functionality Changes
Agentforce Billing Gain Insights Into Agentforce and Generative AI Consumption Starting May 29, 2026
Supported Models Prepare for Claude Sonnet 4 Reroute Date May 26, 2026 (Reroute Date)
Supported Models Use Nemotron 3 Super 120B on the Einstein Platform (Beta) Week of May 25, 2026
Agentforce Agents Chat with Agentforce in 24 More Languages (Beta) Week of May 25, 2026
Supported Models Claude Opus 4.6 Is Generally Available Week of May 25, 2026
Agentforce Agents Prepare for Updated Model for AWS-Hosted Option in Agentforce Week of May 18, 2026
Easily Upgrade Agents from the Legacy Builder to the New Builder
Edit Subagents in the Asset Library
Agent Interoperability Unlock Agent Interoperability with MCP for Agentforce Week of May 18, 2026
Protect Connections to Your External APIs and MCP Servers with Agentforce Policies Week of May 18, 2026
Agentforce Voice Create and Deploy Voice Enabled Agents in the New Agentforce Builder Week of May 11, 2026
Expanded Global Language Support with Agentforce Voice (Beta) Week of May 11, 2026
Agent Actions OpenAI Search Provider in the Search the Web Agent Action Is Now Generally Available Week of May 4, 2026
Agent Interoperability Orchestrate Other Agents (Beta) Week of May 4, 2026
Agentforce Development Manage Agentforce Data Libraries with ADL Connect API (Beta) Week of May 4, 2026
Prompt Builder Customize Managed Prompt Templates with Overrides Week of May 4, 2026
Govern Prompt Response Languages Week of May 4, 2026
Agentforce Observability Agentforce Observability: Refined Agent Analytics and Custom Scorers (Beta) Week of May 4, 2026
April ‘26
Agentforce Documentation Build an Agent Script-Powered Agent End to End with the Updated Implementation Guide Week of April 20, 2026
# Agentforce Platform Features Released by Month Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality, security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Agentforce platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest and greatest.
Platform Area Release Note Available
May '26
Agentforce Agents Easily Upgrade Agents from the Legacy Builder to the New Builder Week of May 4, 2026
Agentforce Connections Orchestrate Other Agents (Beta) Week of May 4, 2026
Deploy Agentforce to Any Channel with Custom Connections Week of May 4, 2026
Supported Models

Use GPT 5.4 Mini on the Einstein Platform (Beta)

Use GPT 5.5 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)

 Week of May 4, 2026
April '26
Agentforce Documentation Build an Agent Script-Powered Agent End to End with the Updated Implementation Guide Week of April 20, 2026
Agentforce Billing Manage AI Usage with Product-Based Unmetering Week of April 20, 2026
Agentforce Builder Build and Troubleshoot Agents Quickly with the Latest Builder Enhancements Week of April 6, 2026
Enhanced Chat Let Agentforce Service Agent Take Actions with User Context in Enhanced Web Chat v2 Week of April 13, 2026
Agentforce Grid Build and Scale AI Workflows with Agentforce Grid (Generally Available) Week of April 6, 2026
Agentforce Agent Architecture Topics Are Now Subagents Week of April 6, 2026
Agent Actions Improve Web Search Results by Using an Additional Search Provider Option Week of April 6, 2026
Agentforce Agents Improve Subagent Classification with HyperClassifier Week of April 6, 2026
Prompt Builder Use Prompt Templates as Actions in Prompt Builder Week of April 6, 2026
Ground Prompts with Live Web Data with Web Actions Week of April 6, 2026
Pass Outputs Between Actions in Prompt Builder Week of April 6, 2026
Supported Models Use GPT 5.4 on the Einstein Platform (Beta) Week of April 6, 2026
Use Claude Sonnet 4.6 on the Einstein Platform Week of April 13, 2026

Einstein Studio Is Now AI Models

Understand the Tokens Per Minute Model Limit

 Week of April 20, 2026

Use GPT 5.4 on the Einstein Platform

Use Claude Opus 4.6 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)

Use Claude Opus 4.7 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)

 Week of April 27, 2026
Observability Optimize Your Agents with Agent Platform Tracing Week of April 6, 2026
Export Agentforce Session Trace Data (Beta) Week of April 6, 2026
New Tag Limits for GenAIRequestTag Queries Week of April 6, 2026
Agentforce Observability: New Quality Metrics and Civilian GovCloud Support Week of April 13, 2026
Build on Standard DMOs for Audit and Feedback Analytics Week of April 13, 2026
March '26
Agentforce Voice Enable Voice Interactions in French with Agentforce Voice Week of March 30, 2026
Agentforce Platform Observability Enhancements: Optimization Breadcrumb Navigation, UI Enhancements, and Additional Analytics Metrics Week of March 16, 2026
Agentforce Platform Deploy Agents to Slack Quickly with the Slack Connection Week of March 9, 2026
Elevate the Enhanced Chat v2 Experience with Pre-Chat, Post-Conversation Surveys, and User Verification Week of March 9, 2026
Deliver Emails in the New Agentforce Builder Week of March 9, 2026
Prompt Builder Monitor Token Usage and Response Time in Prompt Builder Week of March 9, 2026
Supported Models

Use Gemini 3.1 Pro on the Einstein Platform (Beta)

Gemini 3 Pro (Beta) Is Retiring

GPT 5.1, GPT 5.2, and Claude Opus 4.5 Are Generally Available

 Week of March 23, 2026
Use Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite on the Einstein Platform (Beta) Week of March 30, 2026
Einstein Bots Extend Your Use of Article Answers for Einstein Bots Week of March 2, 2026
February ’26
Einstein Bots Article Answers for Einstein Bots Is Being Retired Week of February 28, 2026
Agentforce Platform Route Agentforce Voice Calls Using SIP Week of February 26, 2026
Supported Models

Prepare for Claude 3.7 Sonnet Reroute Date

Prepare for Claude 3 Haiku Reroute Date

 Week of February 26, 2026
Prepare for Gemini 2.0 Flash and 2.0 Flash Lite Reroute Date Week of February 20, 2026
Use NVIDIA Nemotron 3 Nano 30B on the Einstein Platform (Beta) Week of February 16, 2026
Prompt Builder Prompt Performance Metrics Is Scheduled for Retirement Week of February 23, 2026
Add New Inputs to Existing Prompt Templates Week of February 2026
Agentforce Platform: The New Agentforce Builder The New Agentforce Builder Is Now Generally Available Week of February 20, 2026
Agentforce Billing New Usage Types for Agentforce Speech Week of February 16, 2026
Prompt Builder Manage Actions and Inputs in the Resources Panel Week of February 16, 2026
Agentforce Platform Convert Audio to Text with Speech To Text Action February, 2026
Improve Web Search Results By Using Allowed Domains February, 2026
Measure Agent Outcomes With Task Resolution February, 2026
Agentforce Platform Evaluate AI Performance with New RAG Metrics and Enriched Analytics Week of February 9, 2026
Agentforce Development Accelerate Custom Lightning Type Creation for Agentforce with the Lightning Types MCP Tool (Developer Preview) Week of February 9, 2026
Agentforce Voice Billing Introducing Agentforce Voice Minutes Usage Type for Agentforce Voice Week of February 9, 2026
Agentforce Platform

Streamline Enhanced Chat v2 Conversations with the Latest Improvements

Opt Out of Allowing Salesforce Access to Customer Data

 Week of February 2, 2026
Prompt Builder

Improved Prompt Template Batch Processing with Supported Models in Flow

Use Anthropic Models to Process More Data with Native Provider Batch Processing

 Week of February 2, 2026
January ’26
Agent Optimization Agent Optimization: Voice Session Playback and Dashboard Enhancements January, 2026
Agentforce Platform: The New Agentforce Builder (Beta)

Connect Agents to Enhanced Chat v2 in Agentforce Builder (Beta)

 Week of January 5, 2026

Build Complex Agents Faster with the Latest Enhancements to Canvas View (Beta)

Create Employee Agents in the New Agentforce Builder (Beta)

Build High-Quality Agents with Validation Enhancements in the New Agentforce Builder (Beta)
Agentforce Platform

Migrate Your Agents’ Connected Apps to the External Client App Framework

 January, 2026

Agentforce Agents Settings Have Moved

 Week of January 8, 2026

Generate Test Cases in Your Agent’s Default Language

 January, 2026
Prompt Builder Structure Prompt Template Output with Custom Lightning Types Week of January 9, 2026
December ’25
Agentforce Platform: The New Agentforce Builder (Beta)

Connect Agents to Your Knowledge Sources in the New Agentforce Builder

 December, 2025
# Agentforce Prospecting Automate prospect research with Agentforce and free up your sales reps to grow relationships and close deals. Draw on data from Salesforce accounts and reports and integrate third-party resources. - **[Create and Configure Prospecting Agents More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_setup_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Prospecting now includes an improved setup experience that helps admins configure agents more efficiently in a single setup experience. Admins can specify account research criteria, define ideal prospect profiles, and preview each configuration without needing to switch to Agentforce Studio. - **[Use External Data Vendors with Prospecting Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_use_ext_data_vendors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect Prospecting Agents to your own external data vendor by replacing the standard Prospecting actions with Apex classes or autolaunched flows that preserve the expected inputs, outputs, and response JSON. - **[Automate When Your Prospecting Agent Runs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_automate_runs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure your prospecting agent to run automatically at a time that works for your team. Set the day, time, and how often your agent runs. Your reps get a fresh set of prospects waiting for them at the start of the day, without anyone kicking off a run manually. - **[Prioritize Prospects with Recent Engagements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_prioritize_engagements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Boost contacts who interacted with your business over the past 12 months. Define the level of engagement to prioritize and review these individuals directly in your prospect list, helping sales reps kick off their day focused on high-priority prospects. - **[Select Additional Users for Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_select_addl_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Instruct your agent to prospect on accounts owned by non-prospecting users and assign the prospects from those accounts to prospecting users. - **[View Prospecting Agent Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_agent_activity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prospecting admins and sales reps can view their prospecting agents’ activity from the Agent Activity tab on the Prospecting page. Drill into each session to see how many records the agent searched and why it qualified or disqualified each one. Previously, reps saw only the prospects an agent surfaced, without visibility into the records it searched or excluded. # Agentforce Prospecting Automate prospect research with Agentforce and free up your sales reps to grow relationships and close deals. Draw on data from Salesforce accounts, reports, and connected third-party vendors. - **[Automate When Your Prospecting Agent Runs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_automate_runs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure your prospecting agent to run automatically at a time that works for your team. Set the day, time, and how often your agent runs. Your reps get a fresh set of prospects waiting for them at the start of the day, without anyone kicking off a run manually. - **[Prioritize Prospects with Recent Engagements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_prioritize_engagements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Boost contacts who interacted with your business over the past 12 months. Define the level of engagement to prioritize and review these individuals directly in your prospect list, helping sales reps kick off their day focused on high-priority prospects. - **[Select Additional Users for Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_select_addl_users.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Instruct your agent to prospect on accounts owned by non-prospecting users and assign the prospects from those accounts to prospecting users. # Agentforce Public Sector Build and deploy agents to support Compliance Management, Licensing and Permitting, and Talent Recruitment Management. Integrate Inbound Payments for a seamless constituent checkout experience, and use Outbound Payments to track payments made from external finance systems. Unified Constituent Profile brings constituent data together in one place, and Tableau Next dashboards provide operational tracking and insight. - **[Public Sector Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_public_sector_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Public Sector features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. - **[Simplify Feature Discovery and Setup for Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_agentforce_public_sector_go.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver role-based agents that automate processes for public sector employees and provide consistent service to constituents across digital channels. Salesforce Go offers additional support for Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions. From a single setup location, build and deploy agents to support Compliance Management, Licensing and Permitting, and Talent Recruitment Management. - **[Collect Fees for Public Sector Services with Inbound Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_inbound_payments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help constituents pay for services, such as license and permit applications, directly on your public-facing portal. By using Inbound Payments, you can embed a secure checkout flow into your Experience Cloud site. This integration helps constituents settle fees digitally and gives agency employees real-time visibility into payment status, reducing manual reconciliation and ensuring compliance before application approval. - **[Track Public Sector Outbound Payments and Financial Disbursements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_manage_outbound_payments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Centralize the tracking of financial transactions for benefit programs, social insurance, and provider management. Use the Outbound Payments data model and the Generate Payment Instructions invocable action to generate payment instructions for external finance systems. Accurate payment tracking helps your agency maintain a detailed audit trail and improve the transparency of approved payments in Agentforce Public Sector. - **[Extract Data from Documents Stored in Amazon S3 Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_udp_external_storage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Unstructured Document Processing now extracts data from files stored in Amazon S3, not just files stored natively in Salesforce. Agencies can extract data from documents, such as resumes, without first moving those files into Salesforce. - **[Improve Service Delivery with a Unified Constituent Profile for Benefit Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_unified_constituent_profile_benefit_mgmt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help benefit caseworkers make faster, more informed decisions by consolidating constituent benefits data in one view. Unified Constituent Profile surfaces Einstein-generated summaries, insights from Data 360, and priority alerts for open cases to help your staff identify urgent issues and deliver the right services at the right time. - **[Gain Faster Insights with Tableau Next Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_tableau_next_dashboards.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor your agency's licensing, permitting, and inspection operations with prebuilt Tableau Next dashboards powered by AI-driven analytics. Access Executive Summary, Account Insights, Department Summary, and Compliance Insights dashboards to help your agency make data-driven decisions faster with Tableau's native performance and advanced analytics capabilities. - **[Accelerate Public Sector Hiring with Recruitment Collaboration in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_public_sector_slack_collaboration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Slack-based collaboration integrates specific Salesforce records into Slack, so users can view and edit those records without leaving Slack. We have prebuilt three flows that automatically create a Slack channel and add key stakeholders to the Slack channel when a recruitment requisition record is created. The flows can be customized to use with other Talent Recruitment Management objects, such as application form records. - **[Enable Internal Employees to Apply for Jobs Through Self-Service Portals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_employee_portal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help public sector agencies manage internal recruitment by providing employees with a self-service portal to search for open positions and submit applications. The Employee Portal includes job search with filters for location, grade, and occupation, and online application submission with document upload using the Form Framework with Application Sections. - **[Streamline Employee Services with AI-Powered Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_ai_powered_agents_employee_services.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help public sector employees resolve complaints, find qualified candidates, and access licensing information through AI-powered agents adapted from Public Sector Solutions. These Agentforce agents assist HR staff and hiring managers with complaint resolution workflows, skills-based candidate sourcing, and license and permit policy guidance. Employees can interact with agents on your Employee Experience portal for faster self-service and streamlined HR processes. - **[Enhance Employee Self-Service with HR Service and IT Service Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_adapted_agentforce_agents_employee_selfservice.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help public sector employees access HR services through AI-powered agents adapted from Employee Service to work with platform users (Lightning Platform - One App user license holders). These agents assist employees with direct deposit management, leave requests, expense submissions, profile updates, and enablement programs. All HR Service capabilities, including agents and supporting features, are now available for platform users to support PSS employee experience use cases. Employees can interact with agents on your Employee Experience portal, in Slack, or in Microsoft Teams for faster self-service. - **[Schedule Appointments in Agentforce Public Sector with Workforce Scheduling (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Workforce Scheduling adds appointment capabilities to Agentforce Public Sector (formerly Public Sector Solutions) so your employees and constituents can schedule and manage on-site and virtual appointments across your organization. Employees and constituents are able to self-schedule appointments through multiple channels, including online portals, mobile apps, call centers, and in-person interactions. Managers get real-time visibility into team schedules, workloads, and appointment status. - **[Take Advantage of Agentforce IT Service for Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_public_sector_IT_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Achieve compliance and reduce risk by standardizing how you deliver IT support services across every channel. Use AI and process automation to optimize IT operations, reduce costs, and improve the efficiency of public services for every government agency. - **[Pre-populate Application Forms with Data Cloud Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_document_ai.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce manual data entry for job applicants by automatically extracting information from uploaded resumes and pre-populating application forms. Data Cloud Document AI uses large language models (LLMs) to capture structured data from unstructured documents such as resumes, pay stubs, tax returns, and lab reports, helping applicants complete forms faster and with fewer errors. - **[Bring Agentforce Public Sector Data into Data 360 with Ease](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_public_sector_data_streams.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** It's easier to use preconfigured data streams to bring Agentforce Public Sector data into Data 360. Instead of installing a data kit to install data streams, you can now set up data streams in Setup. Simplify and accelerate your implementation with data streams that include ready made mappings to Data Model Objects. Stream data only for the solutions you need, such as Licensing and Permitting, Social Program Management, and Talent Recruitment Management. Then, combine this data with external sources to build a unified view of constituents, get new insights, and ground your Agentforce actions. - **[New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_new_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects. - **[New and Changed Invocable Actions in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_new_changed_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new invocable action in Agentforce Public Sector. # Agentforce Qualification Qualify the ideal propsects for your business within the guided setup of both Agentforce Inbound Lead Generation and Agentforce Lead Nuturing. - **[Automate Qualification with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_auto_qual.htm&release=260&type=5)** Seamlessly qualify records and build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your Agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates. - **[Qualify Contacts and Person Accounts with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_contacts_accounts.htm&release=260&type=5)** Seamlessly qualify Contacts and Person Acocunts to build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your Agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates. # Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT (Beta) Give your sales team a single view to strategize and manage deals with the Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT. - **[Manage Deals Directly from the Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_sales_chatgpt_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sellers can research leads and accounts, plan sales strategies, and update Salesforce records—all powered by secure, accurate, and real-time CRM data, while using the Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT. This seamless connection helps sales teams close deals faster and maintain data accuracy, directly within their flow of work. - **[Control User Access to the Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_sales_chatgpt_app_user_access.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage which users can update Salesforce records from the Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT with a permission set. This update also improves security by requiring users to have a ChatGPT Enterprise account. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Sales ChatGPT App (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_chatgpt_app_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Agentforce Sales App in Gemini (Beta) Give your sales team a single view to strategize and manage deals with the Agentforce Sales App in Gemini. - **[Manage Sales Strategy and Update Records Directly in Gemini (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_gemini_manage_records.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sellers can research leads, create account plans, and update Salesforce records, all powered by secure, accurate, and real-time CRM data, while they work in Gemini. Access to real-time Salesforce data within Gemini helps your team maintain accurate records and close deals faster. # Agentforce Sales App in Gemini (Beta) Give your sales team a single view to strategize and manage deals with the Agentforce Sales App in Gemini. - **[Manage Sales Strategy and Update Records Directly in Gemini (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_gemini_manage_records.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sellers can research leads, create account plans, and update Salesforce records, all powered by secure, accurate, and real-time CRM data, while they work in Gemini. Access to real-time Salesforce data within Gemini helps your team maintain accurate records and close deals faster. # Agentforce Sales Management Create and deploy agents to help your reps throughout the sales process. Now, Agentforce helps you with account research, meeting prep, and account briefs. And, streamline follow-up tasks with post-meeting suggestions. Save time and effort on configuration with Pipeline Management setup in Salesforce Go. Use Agentforce in Slack to manage both deals and accounts from the familiar Slack interface. - **[Move Deals Forward with Post-Meeting Suggestions from Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_pipeline_management_pmf.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Pipeline Management now offers sellers post-meeting suggestions to streamline follow-up tasks. By analyzing conversation transcripts from video and voice calls, the Sales Management agent can recommend sending follow-up emails or meeting requests, and help draft those communications. Sellers can review and approve the suggestions to ensure prompt and personalized communication with prospective customers. - **[Experience a Faster Agentforce Pipeline Management Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_pipeline_management_go.htm&release=260&type=5)** Guided setup consolidates your pipeline management settings into a single location and automates several configuration steps, saving you time and effort. Setup in Salesforce Go replaces the setup experience for Agentforce Pipeline Management. - **[Streamline Account Research and Strategy with Agentforce Account Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt_account_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Agentforce Account Management to conduct deep research on accounts, build strategic positioning statements, and prepare for sales team meetings. Create comprehensive briefings with company demographics, business priorities, key performance indicators (KPIs), industry trends, and more to anchor your entire sales strategy. When you save time with Agentforce Account Management, you can focus more on what really matters: building strong relationships with customers. - **[Accelerate Sales Workflows with Agentforce Pipeline Management and Agentforce Account Management in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt_in_slack.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Pipeline Management and Agentforce Account Management now operate within Slack to proactively assist sellers throughout the entire deal cycle, from account research and meeting preparation to choosing next actions and keeping opportunities updated. Build pipeline, close deals, and grow your accounts, all from within Slack. - **[Sales Management User Permission Set Group Has Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_sales_mgmt_psg.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Sales Management User permission set group no longer contains the Data Cloud User permission set. With this change, you can now use Agentforce Pipeline Management if your Salesforce org has Data Cloud One. If you customize your agent by using Agentforce Data Library or other features associated with the Data Cloud User permission set, assign it to users manually. - **[Access Pipeline Management Prompt Templates Quickly in Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt_pipeline_mgmt_templates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Quickly access your Pipeline Management prompt templates by using direct links to the templates located in Pipeline Management setup. - **[A New Permission Set Was Added to the Sales Management User Permission Set Group](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_unmetered_perm_set.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Sales Management User Permission Set Group now includes the Manage Unmetered Sales Management Users permission set. This change streamlines permission assignment and reduces unexpected billing issues because you no longer manually assign the Unmetered User Based AI permission to users. - **[Control Which Fields Receive Autonomous Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_pipeline_management_custom_auto_updates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Specify the individual fields that the Sales Management agent can update on the seller’s behalf by modifying the Process Field Update Suggestions flow. Give your agent the ability to update certain fields on its own while it continues to generate suggestions for other fields. # Agentforce Sales Management Get a more streamlined permission assignment experience. Give your agent the ability to update certain fields on its own while it continues to generate suggestions for other fields. Get a more uniform experience when summarizing sales records. Use AI to get quick answers and summaries about your deals without searching through emails or call transcripts. - **[A New Permission Set Was Added to the Sales Management User Permission Set Group](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_unmetered_perm_set.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Sales Management User Permission Set Group now includes the Manage Unmetered Sales Management Users permission set. This change streamlines permission assignment and reduces unexpected billing issues because you no longer manually assign the Unmetered User Based AI permission to users. - **[Control Which Fields Receive Autonomous Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_pipeline_management_custom_auto_updates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Specify the individual fields that the Sales Management agent can update on the seller’s behalf by modifying the Process Field Update Suggestions flow. Give your agent the ability to update certain fields on its own while it continues to generate suggestions for other fields. - **[Get AI-Generated Summaries for Your Deals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt_ai_summarization.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get quick answers and summaries about your deals without searching through emails or call transcripts. Use AI to catch up on recent activities, identify deal blockers, and prepare for meetings by asking specific questions or using suggested buttons. - **[Improve Sales Summary Quality with Enhanced Prompt Template Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_summaries_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your agents now have a more uniform experience when summarizing sales records. We simplified prompt instructions and integrated record snapshots for the Lead Summary, Contact Summary, and Deal Summary prompt templates. These changes improve data accuracy and provide a consistent format across prompt templates without any manual configuration. - **[Create Custom Reports for Pipeline Management Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_pipeline_management_custom_reports.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create a custom report type based on the AiGenActionItemInfo object so that sales reps can track Pipeline Management usage metrics. After you define the custom report type, users with Pipeline Management permissions can build tailored reports to monitor data points, such as suggestion statuses and upcoming expiration dates, in a single comprehensive view. By default, the Parent Type filter on the report is set to Opportunity. - **[Track Deal Progress with Sales Methodology Suggestions from Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_management_sales_methodology_suggestions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sellers can now use Pipeline Management to update sales methodology criteria and confidence levels for opportunities. View suggestions in the Agent Activity column, or update the fields at any time in the Sales Methodology tab in the Pipeline Inspection side panel. The agent's suggestions are based on notes, calls, and emails, so you can feel confident that they're grounded in timely, meaningful data. - **[Build Your Sales Agent in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_management_agentforce_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Sales Agent template is available in the new Agentforce Builder, the enhanced agent-building experience in Agentforce Studio. Create your agent in the new builder to get finer control over your agent’s workflows, along with previewing and debugging tools to help you release with confidence. Agents created from the template in the legacy builder continue to work, but you can’t upgrade them to the new builder. The Sales agent’s subagents are also structured differently in the new builder. # Agentforce Sales Management Create and deploy an agent to help your reps throughout the sales process. - **[Set Up Automated Account Management Field Updates with the New Guided Configuration in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automated_acct_mgmt_field_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the new guided setup in Salesforce Go to configure automated account field updates within Account Management. Add fields, choose the update method for each field, enter instructions, and activate or deactivate each field configuration. - **[Set Up Pipeline Management Field Updates Faster in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_pipeline_experience_setup_experience.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** For new Pipeline Management users, setup in Salesforce Go includes a more streamlined way to configure opportunity field updates. The new Automate Field Updates section introduces a guided workflow that simplifies setup by automating steps that previously required manual configuration. - **[Set Up Pipeline Management Faster with the Pipeline Management Configuration Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_pipeline_management_setup_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A configuration skill for Agentforce Pipeline Management transforms the manual setup navigation with natural-language prompts. Tell the skill which text fields you want configured on opportunities, and it handles the required setup steps for you—getting your sales teams to AI-driven opportunity updates faster. Reps can review and approve suggestions in Pipeline Inspection, or admins can turn on autonomous mode so the agent applies updates on its own. # Agentforce Service Assistant Expand the capabilities of Agentforce Service Assistant by adding the Case Feed and Messaging Session and Voice Call records as grounding sources to improve service plan accuracy and relevance. We've also added translation support, allowing service plans to be presented in the service rep's preferred language. - **[Draft Service Plans in Service Rep's Preferred Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sp_translation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Have service reps work Cases faster using service plans that are translated into their preferred language. When service reps draft a service plan, the plan is generated in your company’s preferred language. Additionally, when have Real-Time Translations enabled, the service plan is then translated into the service rep's preferred language. - **[Use Case Feed as the Latest Grounding Source to Strengthen Service Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sp_case_feed_grounding.htm&release=260&type=5)** Adding Case Feed data to Service Assistant improves the accuracy and relevance of Service Plans. This richer, more contextual case activity enables the assistant to deliver more informed, relevant recommendations. - **[Add More Context to Service Plans with Messaging Session and Voice Call Record Grounding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sp_mvg.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance the accuracy and details of service plans by grounding Service Assistant in Messaging Session and Voice Call records. When these records are attached to a case, Service Assistant analyzes the transcripts to create a case summary that summarizes what took place in the conversation and drafts a service plan that continues from where the conversation ended. The grounding process boosts rep productivity by ensuring the service plan continues exactly from where the prior interaction left off and avoids repeating steps and manual context gathering. - **[Draft Comprehensive Service Plans with Expanded Data Access](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sp_data_access.htm&release=260&type=5)** Service Assistant now drafts all service plans based on the permissions of the ServicePlanner User (the digital agent), rather than the individual service rep. This ensures that every service plan contains the most detailed information, regardless of an individual rep's field-level access or sharing rules. # Agentforce Service Assistant Get ready for a new Service Assistant experience. Evolving beyond static checklists, Service Assistant now delivers conversational, real-time issue resolution guidance. Service Assistant conversationally guides service reps step-by-step through issue resolution, continuously monitors the record for new information, and dynamically updates the plan in real-time by surfacing knowledge information and completing step tasks with agent actions. In addition, Service Assistant provides a dedicated agent chat experience, providing service reps additional issue-resolution support where they can launch actions and look up knowledge information on demand. Further, Service Assistant now supports messaging sessions to provide reps real-time resolution guidance that keeps pace with the fluid, fast-moving conversations. You can also create multiple Service Assistant agents so that you can specialize each agent to a business unit, record type, or queue. ![Example of the new Service Assistant experience](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_new_experience_example.png) The features described in the release notes are available on two dates. Certain features are generally available on June 30, 2026, while others are in preview and available starting July 21, 2026. The preview release notes give you advanced notice for the enhancements coming to Service Assistant. For a general overview of the new Service Assistant, review our Trailhead Quick Look: [Get to Know the New Service Assistant](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/service-assistant-dynamic-experience-quick-look). Each release note identifies the permissions, supported objects, and licenses required. Certain features require the new Adaptive Experience Add-on license, which is in addition to the Service Planner Add-on license. The Where section of each release note specifies the exact licensing requirements. For customers with existing implementations of Service Assistant, review [Service Assistant Operational Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_considerations_ops.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for an overview of the changes in the new experience. The Adaptive Experience Add-on license becomes available for provisioning starting July 21, 2026. If you're interested in features that require this license, contact your account executive to discuss your options and ensure you're ready when these capabilities become available. Updated billing and consumption information for the preview features is forthcoming on July 21, 2026. At this time, Service Assistant isn’t supported in the new Agentforce Builder. Starting in July 2026, the requirement that new agents can only be created in the new Agentforce Builder doesn’t apply to Service Assistant. You must continue to use the legacy builder. We’ll provide a release note in advance of when Service Assistant is supported in the new builder. Service Assistant features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. - **[Scale Service Assistant Across More of Your Business with Multiple Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_multi_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create multiple Service Assistant agents that are specialized with specific subagents and instructions to provide tailored support for particular business units, products, or channels. - **[Access Resources Linked in Plan Steps with Clickable URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_link.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service reps can now click hyperlinks directly within plan steps to access external resources, training materials, or corporate policies. Links included in your subagent instructions or knowledge articles are now easily accessible in plan steps as clickable links that open automatically in a new tab. - **[The Summarize Case Quick Action for Service Assistant Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_scqa.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Summarize Case quick action that appears in the steps of guidance service plan for Service Assistant for Case is being retired starting June 30, 2026 due to the retirement of Work Summaries for Case. After the quick action is retired, you can't summarize a case directly from a plan step or the post or feed tabs. Instead, use the Enhanced Summaries component to draft case summaries that include service plan information. - **[Get Real-Time Issue Resolution with Dynamic Service Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_dp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service reps now receive conversational, step-by-step resolution guidance from Service Assistant with dynamic service plans. With dynamic service plans, Service Assistant automatically monitors a case or messaging session as it progresses and updates the steps of the plan in real time. For each step of the plan, Service Assistant performs a fresh review of the active record data, subagent instructions, knowledge articles, and agent actions to provide the most accurate resolution. In addition, dynamic service plans provide access to the Service Assistant chat where service reps can ask the agent for knowledge information on demand, look up customer information, and ask to execute agent actions. - **[Automate Service Plans with Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service Assistant now supports standard and custom agent actions to automatically complete service plan steps. - **[Contextualize Dynamic Service Plans with Citations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_step_citations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build trust and transparency in service plans with citations of the knowledge articles that are used to create the step. Each step created from your knowledge articles now cites its source, so service reps can quickly verify the guidance and access the knowledge article directly from the step. - **[Enable Guidance Plans for Cases with a Toggle](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_gp_case.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Guidance Plans toggle on the Service Assistant Setup page is back. Use it to enable or disable guidance plans for cases. If you’re already using guidance plans, the toggle is enabled by default. If you’re using dynamic plans, it’s disabled. - **[Provide Service Reps Dynamic, Real-Time Issue Resolution Guidance for Messaging Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_msg.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service Assistant brings real-time, conversational issue resolution guidance to messaging sessions. Service reps receive dynamic, step-by-step service plans that adapt instantly to live conversations and automate plan steps with agent actions. In addition, service reps can receive additional, on-demand support using the agent chat box. - **[Know When Service Plan Creation is in Progress with a Status Indicator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service reps now see a status indicator in the component that signals a service plan is being created. Previously, the component gave no indication that a plan was in progress, so reps had to wait until the plan summary appeared without knowing whether anything was happening. - **[Work With Service Assistant After a Messaging Session Ends](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_persistence.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When a messaging session ends, service reps can finish wrap-up tasks such as asking for a session summary, drafting a follow-up email, asking knowledge questions, or getting general help using the agent chat. Service Assistant and the chat box stay available for 24 hours after the session closes, and all interactions are saved to the component feed. - **[Use the Service Assistant Chat to Receive Additional Resolution Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_chat.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service reps can now interact directly with Agentforce Service Assistant with an agent chat box. When working a service plan, service reps can receive extra resolution support by using the agent chat box to ask Service Assistant questions, look up knowledge information, and draft emails and service plan summaries without leaving the Service Assistant component. - **[Provide Service Reps with Immediate Case and Customer Context with Case Catch-Up & Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_ccui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Instead of spending time catching up on case details, your service reps now get a 360-degree view of a customer and key case details directly within the Service Assistant component. When a rep opens a case record, Case Catch-Up & Insights displays AI-generated summaries of the case, associated account, customer sentiment, and case health score. - **[Respond Faster and More Accurately to Customers with Service Replies in Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_msg_sr.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Quickly respond to customer messages during a messaging session with Service Replies in Service Assistant. Service Assistant now supports service replies, allowing reps to reply to customers even faster. By automatically surfacing context-aware responses grounded in the conversation and your knowledge base, Service Assistant displays each reply alongside the service plan steps. This provides service reps with a more comprehensive resolution workflow directly, eliminating the need to switch to a separate Service Replies component. - **[Start Messaging Service Plans Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_msg_auto_start.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service reps start issue resolution for messaging sessions faster with the automatic execution of dynamic service plans once the service plan summary is generated. This feature removes the need for service reps to click Start Plan and allows your service reps to focus on fast-paced, live customer interaction and receive a service plan right away. # Agentforce Service Assistant Get ready for a new Service Assistant experience. Evolving beyond static checklists, Service Assistant now delivers conversational, real-time issue resolution guidance. Service Assistant conversationally guides service reps step-by-step through issue resolution, continuously monitors the record for new information, and dynamically updates the plan in real time by surfacing knowledge information and completing step tasks with agent actions. In addition, Service Assistant provides a dedicated agent chat experience, providing service reps additional issue-resolution support where they can launch actions and look up knowledge information on demand. Further, Service Assistant now supports messaging sessions to provide reps real-time resolution guidance that keeps pace with the fluid, fast-moving conversations. You can also create multiple Service Assistant agents so that you can specialize each agent to a business unit, record type, or queue. ![Example of Service Assistant in the new experience](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_new_experience_example.png) For a general overview of the changes and new experience, see [Operational Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_considerations_ops.htm&type=5&language=en_US). At this time, Service Assistant isn’t supported in the new Agentforce Builder. Starting in July 2026, the requirement that new agents can only be created in the new Agentforce Builder doesn’t apply to Service Assistant. Continue to use the legacy builder. We’ll provide a release note before Service Assistant is supported in the new builder. If you can't access the legacy builder, go to the new Agentforce Builder and select Agentforce Service Assistant. You're automatically routed to the legacy builder. Certain features described in the release notes became available in July and August 2026. We include those release notes with the Winter ‘27 release to make sure they’re visible. The When section of the release note indicates the availability of the feature. ## Service Assistant Monthly Release Notes Certain features in the release notes became available in July and August 2026. We include the release notes for those here to make sure they’re visible in the Winter ‘27 release. New features are also included in the Winter ‘27 release. The When section of the release note indicates the availability of the feature. Service Assistant releases features as often as monthly, so check here for the latest release notes.
Month Feature Releases
November ‘26
October ‘26
September ‘26
August ‘26
July ‘26
# Agentforce Skills for DevOps Center Testing Four new Agentforce skills bring AI-assisted test management directly into your DevOps Center workflow—from configuring providers and quality gates to running suites, analyzing failures, and tracking fixes. **Where:** This change applies to any org where DevOps Center is available. DevOps Center Testing hasn't been tested and isn't recommended for enablement in Government Cloud and Government Cloud Plus. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting June 26, 2026. **Who:** DevOps Testing Managers with Agentforce access. **How:** Install the skills from the [Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) and add them to your agent. Each skill handles a distinct phase of the testing configuration and lifecycle: - **dx-devops-test-pipeline-configure**: Configures test providers, syncs new suites into a pipeline, and assigns quality gates with pass-rate, severity, and essential-test rules to test suites on a pipeline stage. - **dx-devops-test-suite-assignments-configure**: Provides AI-driven recommendations for test suites that cover your changes, and assigns or bulk-maps suites to pipeline stages. - **dx-devops-test-suite-run**: Triggers test suite execution on a stage, polls for results in real time, and reruns a quality gate check after you resolve coverage gaps. - **dx-devops-test-failures-analyze**: Translates test failures and Code Analyzer violations into plain-language explanations with prioritized fix suggestions, and optionally creates a tracked work item for each failure. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up DevOps Center Testing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.devops_center_testing_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Agentforce Supply Chain Improve and standardize supply chain business processes with speed, automation, and accuracy by using AI and AI-powered agents. - **[Streamline Your Business Processes with Agentforce Supply Chain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Supply Chain (formerly known as Regrello) transforms supply chain business processes with automated workflows. Use AI-generated blueprints and email-integrated work to improve operational accuracy and simplify partner collaboration. # Agentforce Vibes Agentforce Vibes is an AI-powered developer tool available as a VS Code extension in VS Code desktop and the Agentforce Vibes IDE. Agentforce Vibes 4.0+ is a full re-engineering of the extension, rebuilt on the Salesforce Coding Agent Platform with Claude and Mastra as the underlying agent orchestration engines. Agentforce Vibes is enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions. Read the [weekly release notes](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items/salesforce.salesforcedx-einstein-gpt/changelog) to learn about recent updates. - **[Keep up with the Latest Agentforce Vibes Extension Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_afv_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Stay up to date with recent Agentforce Vibes Extension enhancements. - **[Agentforce Commerce Vibes for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_commerce_vibes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. The Agentforce Commerce Vibes VS Code extension brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts. - **[Analyze Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentic_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics. # Agentforce Vibes Extension Agentforce Vibes Extension is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and Agentforce Vibes IDE. Agentforce Vibes Extension is built with the SFR model, a secure and custom AI model from Salesforce. Read the [weekly release notes](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items/salesforce.salesforcedx-einstein-gpt/changelog) to learn about recent updates and new features. - **[Keep Up with the Latest Agentforce Vibes Extension Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_e4d_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Stay up to date with recent Agentforce Vibes Extension enhancements. - **[Download Agentforce Vibes Usage Data as a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_csv.htm&release=260&type=5)** Now you can export key Agentforce Vibes metrics for your orgs over the last 30 days as a CSV file. Previously, Vibes usage data wasn’t available to view. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes Extension Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/einstein-overview.html) # Agentforce Vibes Extension Agentforce Vibes is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and Agentforce Vibes IDE. Agentforce Vibes is built with `CodeGen` and `xGen-Code`, secure and custom AI models from Salesforce. It’s enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions. Read the [weekly release notes](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items/salesforce.salesforcedx-einstein-gpt/changelog) to learn about recent updates. See [Agentforce Vibes is Unavailable in Salesforce Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005123906&type=1&language=en_US) for more information on the compliance rationale driving recent changes regarding Agentforce Vibes and its availability in Salesforce Government Cloud environments. - **[Track Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentic_development.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Now, you can track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs with the Agentic Development dashboard. To access this dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. Previously, this data was only available as a CSV file download. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes Extension Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/einstein-overview.html) - [Agentforce Vibes Extension](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/overview) # Agentforce Vibes Extension Agentforce Vibes Extension release notes now appear in the Headless 360 section. #### See Also - [Agentforce Vibes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_e4d.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Vibes is an AI-powered developer tool available as a VS Code extension in VS Code desktop and the Agentforce Vibes IDE. Agentforce Vibes 4.0+ is a full re-engineering of the extension, rebuilt on the Salesforce Coding Agent Platform with Claude and Mastra as the underlying agent orchestration engines.") # Agentforce Vibes IDE Agentforce Vibes IDE is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser. We release new versions of Agentforce Vibes IDE as needed. See the off-cycle [Agentforce Vibes IDE release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/code-builder-feedback/blob/main/release-notes.md) on GitHub. - **[Keep Up with the Latest Agentforce Vibes Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_vibes_ide_sandboxes.htm&release=260&type=5)** We’ve heard your feedback! Agentforce Vibes IDE will now be available only in Salesforce Sandboxes, so you can keep experimenting and building in a safe environment. Access in production orgs has been turned off to keep Vibes focused where it’s meant to shine—inside your sandboxes. We release new versions of Agentforce Vibes IDE as needed. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes IDE Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/code-builder/guide/codebuilder-overview.html) - [Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/code-builder/overview) # Agentforce Vibes IDE Agentforce Vibes IDE is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser. We release new versions of Agentforce Vibes IDE as needed. See the off-cycle [Agentforce Vibes IDE release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/code-builder-feedback/blob/main/release-notes.md) on GitHub. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes IDE Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/code-builder/guide/codebuilder-overview.html) - [Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/code-builder/overview) # Agentforce Vibes IDE Agentforce Vibes IDE release notes now appear in the Headless 360 section. #### See Also - [Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_code_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Vibes IDE is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.") # Agentforce Vibes IDE Agentforce Vibes IDE is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser. We release new versions of Agentforce Vibes IDE as needed. See the off-cycle [Agentforce Vibes IDE release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/code-builder-feedback/blob/main/release-notes.md) on GitHub. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes IDE Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/code-builder/guide/codebuilder-overview.html) - [Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/code-builder/overview) # Agentforce Voice Expands with 5 New Generally Available Languages Deploy Agentforce Voice in more languages, now generally available for production environments. Set your agent's language and pair the agent with a verified voice to serve customers on live calls. These languages move from beta to generally available. - Italian (Italy): `it` - German (Germany): `de_DE` - Spanish (Spain): `es_ES` - Spanish (Mexico): `es_MX` - Portuguese (Brazil): `pt_BR` - French (Canada): `fr_CA` **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **When:** This change is available starting August 24, 2026. **How:** A voice agent operates only in its default language. Set the agent's default language, and pair the agent with a verified voice for that language. For complete steps, see [Create a Voice-Enabled Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_voice.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Voice Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_voice_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Voice-Enabled Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_voice.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Agentforce Voice Now Enforces the Limit on Procured Phone Numbers Agentforce Voice now enforces the Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) limit on the number of phone numbers that you can procure. In production orgs, your Agentforce Voice license determines the limit. In sandbox and trial orgs, the limit is 10 phone numbers regardless of your license. Previously, these limits weren't enforced. **Where:** Available in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and Agentforce Contact Center add-ons. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of September 7, 2026. **Who**: This applies to Agentforce Voice customers who use the PSTN communication protocol with Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) as their telephony model. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Provision a New Phone Number in Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_procure_number.htm&language=en_US) # Agentic Advisor for Wealth Management Give wealth advisors an AI-powered command center for every client relationship. Agentic Advisor for Wealth Management brings AI-generated client summaries, prioritized insights and actions, and a unified view of client portfolios directly onto the client and household record pages. Connect third-party custodial data providers like BridgeFT through Connector Library, streamline household creation and visualization, and speed up referral submissions with dynamic intake forms and assignment rules. These updates help advisors spend less time searching for information and more time on high-value client conversations. - **[Client Detail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_client_detail.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your advisors a complete view of every client and household when they open an account record. Show advisors AI-generated summaries, timely insights, and recommended actions, alongside dedicated tabs for financial performance, financial accounts, household member relationships, and financial plans and goals. Customize what your advisors see on the record page so they stay focused on what's relevant to their book of business and spend more time on high-value client conversations. - **[Run My Day](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_run_my_day_overview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your wealth advisors a centralized, prioritized home page that shows daily meetings, client alerts, and ranked insights so they can act on high-impact signals without switching between systems. - **[Connector Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_connector_library_overview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Connector Library to connect external financial data providers, such as BridgeFT for custodial and portfolio data, and bring a unified, accurate view of client wealth directly into Agentforce Financial Services advisor experiences. - **[Households](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_households.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create households in minutes with minimal information. Simplify the household creation experience with a configuration-driven setup. Instantly update household details post the client meeting from a Meeting Playbook. Customize the predefined Actionable relationship Center (ARC) graph or template that helps users visualize complex household relationships without information overload. - **[Intelligent Referral Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_referral_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Design responsive intake forms that reduce manual errors and speed up referral submissions. Connect specific financial needs to the right specialists by using assignment rules. Create referrals by using meeting followup summaries. - **[New Connect REST APIs in Agentic Advisor for Wealth Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_agentic_advisor_wealth_mgmnt_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new resources to create and manage referral intake forms to speed up referral submissions, get a complete view of each client when they open an account record, and create and manage referral assignment rules to route referrals to the right specialist based on a client's specific financial needs. # Agents Now Default to Error Mode for File Uploads Agentforce agents that can receive file uploads from a client now default to error mode, so you have more control over agent file handling. Previously, agents that can receive files defaulted to auto mode, and your agent decided how to handle the file. In error mode, when someone uploads a file, the agent sends a customizable error message. If you want your agent to accept file uploads, you must add the file upload parameter to your agent’s script and specify a mode. If you don't want your agent to accept file uploads but you don't want it to send an error message, you can specify the disabled mode in the file upload parameter of your agent's script. You can also control which clients can accept file uploads. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **How:** To set up an Agentforce agent to accept file uploads, create a dedicated subagent for processing files and add instructions to tell your agent how to handle the files it receives and how to use them in the conversation. Then in Script view, add the `file_upload` parameter to your agent’s config block and specify either `auto` or `managed` mode. Otherwise, your agent defaults to `error` mode. Make sure the client for any channels your agent is connected to is configured to accept files. ``` config: developer_name: "Support_Agent" agent_label: "Customer Support Agent" file_upload: mode: "auto" | "managed" ``` To customize your agent’s error message for file uploads, in Script view, add the `file_upload` parameter to your agent’s config block and specify `error` mode. Then specify a `message`. ``` config: developer_name: "Support_Agent" agent_label: "Customer Support Agent" file_upload: mode: "error" message: "Sorry, I can't accept files. Is there something else I can help you with?" ``` #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up File Uploads for an Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_file_upload_configure.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Turn Off File Uploads for an Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_file_upload_disable.htm&language=en_US) # Aggregate Data Efficiently Across Related Records with Hierarchical Aggregation Roll up values across multi-level parent-child hierarchies, such as from child accounts to a parent account, for definitions with CRM Analytics runtime. Aggregate data, such as total assets or revenue, from child records at any level of a hierarchy to the parent record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. **How:** In the Data Processing Engine builder, add a Hierarchy node to a definition. Turn on Hierarchical Aggregation, select hierarchy relationship fields, and specify the aggregation fields and functions, such as sum or count. ![Hierarchy configuration for hierarchical aggregation](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_data_processing_engine_hierarchical_aggregation.png) # Aggregate Dimensions as Attributes in Tableau Next To provide additional context for aggregated measures in a visualization while keeping your view focused on summarized results, aggregate dimensions as attributes. Use aggregated dimensions for color, labels, tooltips, and detail in tables and charts. For example, in a table that shows sales by sub-category, aggregate Category as an attribute to color cells and visually distinguish related sub-categories. In a chart that shows profit ratio by state, aggregate Region as an attribute to add regional context without changing the structure of the view. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From a dimension's context menu, select **Use as Attribute**. ![Dimension as an attribute in a Tableau Next table](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dimen_table_attcat.png) ![Dimension as an attribute in a Tableau Next chart](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dimen_chartattribute.png) # AI Agent Actions Now Use the Run Agent Element To streamline working with Agentforce agents, AI Agent actions in Flow Builder now use the Run Agent element instead of the Action element. When you open existing flows that contain AI Agent actions, those actions automatically appear as Run Agent elements with your original agent configuration preserved. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. It’s available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Sales, Agentforce for Service, or Agentforce Platform add-on. To purchase the Agentforce for Sales, Agentforce for Service, or Agentforce Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting on June 1, 2026. #### See Also - [Create and Use Agentforce Agents Directly in Flow Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_create_agent_in_flow_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can now create and configure Agentforce agents without leaving Flow Builder. Use the new Run Agent element to add AI-powered agents that dynamically handle tasks within your flows. Select from existing agents or create task-specific agents with custom instructions and actions—all from the Flow Builder canvas. Agents created in Flow Builder are automatically discoverable and further configurable in Agentforce Builder. This streamlined experience makes it easier to build intelligent automation without switching between multiple tools.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Run Agent Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_create_agent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # AI Agents for Sales Scale your sales team by using sales agents. - **[Agentforce Inbound Lead Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_lead_gen.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create and deploy an agent to automate your lead generation process. - **[Agentforce Qualification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_qualification.htm&release=260&type=5)** Qualify the ideal propsects for your business within the guided setup of both Agentforce Inbound Lead Generation and Agentforce Lead Nuturing. - **[Agentforce Lead Nurturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr.htm&release=260&type=5)** Set up and test Agentforce Lead Nurturing all in one place with fewer clicks. See agent performance with the SDR Agent Analytics Dashboard and assign more prospects to an agent at once. - **[Agentforce Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create and deploy agents to help your reps throughout the sales process. Now, Agentforce helps you with account research, meeting prep, and account briefs. And, streamline follow-up tasks with post-meeting suggestions. Save time and effort on configuration with Pipeline Management setup in Salesforce Go. Use Agentforce in Slack to manage both deals and accounts from the familiar Slack interface. - **[Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_sales_chatgpt.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your sales team a single view to strategize and manage deals with the Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT. - **[Agentforce Sales App in Gemini (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_gemini.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your sales team a single view to strategize and manage deals with the Agentforce Sales App in Gemini. - **[Prospecting Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automate prospect research with Agentforce and free up your sales reps to grow relationships and close deals. Draw on data from Salesforce accounts and reports and integrate third-party resources. - **[Boost Prospect Conversion with Group Calendar Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_group_meeting_scheduling.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make it easier for a prospect to schedule a meeting at a time that’s convenient for them by enabling group scheduling for the Lead Nurturing and Inbound Lead Generation agent. When scheduling a meeting, prospects view all of the available time slots of Inbox users with a connected email in the selected group. - **[Change Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing Agent Behavior Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_edit_versions.htm&release=260&type=5)** After you set up and activate an Inbound Lead Generation or Lead Nurturing agent, you may want to make changes to it later. To edit an existing agent, you can now create a new version of the agent with the same settings or update an existing version. # AI Agents for Sales Scale your sales team by using sales agents. - **[Agentforce Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Lead Nurturing is now Agentforce Engagement. Exert finer control over which Agentforce Engagement emails require manual review and create Engagement agents in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. - **[Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automate prospect research with Agentforce and free up your sales reps to grow relationships and close deals. Draw on data from Salesforce accounts, reports, and connected third-party vendors. - **[Agentforce Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create and deploy an agent to help your reps throughout the sales process. # AI Agents for Service With AI agents for Service, employees quickly complete common business tasks with Agentforce Employee Agent. Service reps close cases faster using case resolution guidance provided by Agentforce Service Assistant. - **[Agentforce Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ai_agents_sa.htm&release=260&type=5)** Expand the capabilities of Agentforce Service Assistant by adding the Case Feed and Messaging Session and Voice Call records as grounding sources to improve service plan accuracy and relevance. We've also added translation support, allowing service plans to be presented in the service rep's preferred language. - **[Agentforce Employee Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_employee_agent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Master SLA performance and compliance with the comprehensive Agentforce SLA Summary. # AI Agents for Service Learn about the latest AI agent feature in Agentforce Service. - **[Agentforce for HR Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_hr_svc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your HR operations with a library of prebuilt autonomous agents. Reduce administrative overhead by enabling employees to self-manage common HR tasks, such as payroll and profiles, while empowering managers to instantly handle leave approvals and performance goals. - **[Agentforce Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get ready for a new Service Assistant experience. Evolving beyond static checklists, Service Assistant now delivers conversational, real-time issue resolution guidance. Service Assistant conversationally guides service reps step-by-step through issue resolution, continuously monitors the record for new information, and dynamically updates the plan in real-time by surfacing knowledge information and completing step tasks with agent actions. In addition, Service Assistant provides a dedicated agent chat experience, providing service reps additional issue-resolution support where they can launch actions and look up knowledge information on demand. Further, Service Assistant now supports messaging sessions to provide reps real-time resolution guidance that keeps pace with the fluid, fast-moving conversations. You can also create multiple Service Assistant agents so that you can specialize each agent to a business unit, record type, or queue. # AI Agents for Service Cloud Learn about the latest AI agent feature in Agentforce Service. - **[Agentforce for HR Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_hr_svc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Cover more high-frequency employee requests with prebuilt Agentforce agents for payroll, compensation, time and scheduling, onboarding, and goals management. # AI for IT Teams and Employees Use the predictive intelligence suite to forecast the likelihood of major incidents, SLA breaches, and change failures, and use Einstein to take quick actions that improve IT support reps productivity. Enhancements to proactive assistance and service assistant help IT teams to shift from reactive firefighting to proactive, data-driven risk mitigation. Additional agent actions for employees and IT teams enhance employee satisfaction and streamline your IT processes. - **[Elevate Employee Self-Service with AI Chat for Faster Resolution and Higher Satisfaction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_employee.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate AI into the support workflow with Agentforce to reduce the need for employees to go through traditional IT help desk queues. Employees can now easily add comments or reopen resolved tickets using Agentforce, eliminating manual navigation. New enhancements allow employees to retrieve ticket status by description, automatically associate assigned assets, and create and manage service catalog requests conversationally. The Agentforce integration into employee self-service provides a seamless, conversational support workflow, leading to higher employee satisfaction with IT services. - **[Optimize Service Delivery with Agentforce Summaries and Intelligent Attribute Audits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_fulfiller.htm&release=260&type=5)** Boost your IT service management efficiency with Agentforce actions that remove the need for manual data processing. Automatically create release summaries and post-incident reports, transforming technical details into clear updates for stakeholders. Ensure accurate ticket routing with intelligent attribute checks that validate categories, impact, and urgency. - **[Proactive IT Management with Predictive Intelligence Suite](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_predictivemodel.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance service stability and proactively manage risk across Incident, and Change Management by implementing three new, dynamic predictive models. The Major Incident Likelihood Score, SLA Breach Likelihood Score, and Change Risk Score provide fulfillers and change managers with quantifiable, real-time risk assessments on a 0–100 scale, enabling effective prioritization, prediction of service failures, and objective assessment of change failure probability, ultimately reducing business disruption. - **[Optimize IT Operations with Priority-Based Proactive Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_prioritizeproactive.htm&release=260&type=5)** Admins can now configure proactive assistance to trigger actions only on specific priority levels for incidents and problems. By limiting automated actions to specific records, ensure that your AI resources are focused on high-impact issues. Consequently, IT teams get a data-driven head start on critical issues, and avoid unnecessary processing of low-severity tickets. - **[Diagnose Root Causes Faster with Proactive Assistance for Problems](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_proactive.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automatically trigger AI actions when a Problem record is created and eliminate the need for IT support reps to converse with Agentforce or manually perform actions. Use proactive assistance to summarize the problem, validate status and impact, identify and associate similar problems, and get proposed root cause and resolution summaries. By delivering customized service plans and recommended tasks for a problem, proactive actions help IT support reps spend less time on administration and more on root cause resolution. - **[Accelerate Incident Resolution with Quick Actions in Service Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_quickactions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate quick actions into the Incident Service Plan to resolve common steps instantly. The designated buttons appear within the executable resolution plan, allowing fulfillers to complete repetitive tasks such as logging communication or updating a record with a single click. Quick actions simplify the entire resolution process, leading to faster and more efficient incident resolution. - **[Automate Problem Routing and Change Request Creation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_einstein_prb_assign.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce administrative overhead and allow teams to focus on root cause analysis with Einstein actions. Einstein now analyzes historical data to route problems to the correct queue instantly, without manual intervention. IT teams can also create change requests directly from incidents or problems with significantly less effort. Einstein prefills these change requests with relevant data, eliminating repetitive manual entry. - **[Link Affected Configuration Items Faster with Einstein Suggestions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_einstein_linkafectdcis.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Einstein to analyze ticket descriptions, similar issues, correlated metadata, and complex discovery logs to identify the source of service disruption. By predicting affected assets across incidents, problems, changes, and releases, Einstein ensures your Configuration Management Database (CMDB) remains accurate and up to date. IT support reps can select from a ranked list of the suggested configuration items and link them to issues. Eliminate manual research and reduce cognitive load for your IT team, and help them meet SLAs sooner during critical changes. # AI for IT Teams and Employees Optimize service delivery with Agentforce tools designed to simplify workflows and improve decision-making for both IT teams and employees. Accelerate resolutions by transforming static service requests into guided conversations, managing CMDB lifecycle via conversations, and with AI-generated approval and risk summaries. Additionally, qualified specialized agents now helps you route requests and issues effeciently. - **[Accelerate IT Support with Specialized Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_expertrouting.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Traditional support models often rely on generic agents that lack deep domain knowledge or require complex manual routing logic. Automate IT support by routing employee requests to predefined specialized agents designed for specific domains. These expert agents are preconfigured to handle distinct request types such as network troubleshooting or hardware fulfillment—through a conversational interface. Route requests to the most qualified specialized agent to resolve issues faster. When requests are handed off, Agentforce shares the context so employees don’t have to repeat information. - **[Convert Complex Service Requests into Conversational Experiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_complexsrvcreq.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform complex, static service requests into guided conversations between an employee and an AI agent. Instead of filling out long forms, employees use Agentforce chat to complete requests through dynamic, context-aware interactions. This approach creates scalable experiences that maintain data integrity, reduce manual effort, and improve efficiency. - **[Streamline CMDB Management with Conversational AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_cmdbmanagement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage your Configuration Management Database (CMDB) lifecycle in Slack, Microsoft Teams, or Salesforce using natural language. Configuration Item (CI) owners and CMDB managers can now find, update, delete, and bulk manage records through a AI-powered conversational interface. - **[Accelerate Decision-Making with AI-Generated Approval Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_advancedapprovals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Managers can now make faster, more informed decisions by viewing summaries for pending approval requests in Slack, Microsoft Teams, or the employee portal. Agentforce surfaces business justifications and request history across service, HR, and procurement requests to summarize all open work items or deep-dive into specific requests. Transform dense record data into actionable insights, allowing managers to finalize approvals or rejections through a simple chat interface. - **[Schedule Meetings Directly Within Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_schedulemeeting.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage Google or Outlook meetings using natural language directly within your conversational flow. IT teams can now schedule meetings without opening a calendar app or leaving the chat interface. By automating scheduling through Agentforce, IT teams can instantly find and book available slots during a support interaction. - **[Accelerate Risk Mitigation with AI-Generated Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_grc_risksummary.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use AI to create comprehensive risk summaries directly within risk records and evaluations. These AI-generated summaries distill dense information into clear, conversational insights, allowing your team to identify critical findings and risk drivers instantly. Get a clear, high-level view of key metadata, impact, controls, and assessment progress combined with stakeholder feedback to highlight key findings and recommended next steps in a single widget. IT teams can avoid tab switching, and make faster, informed decisions across the risk lifecycle. - **[Triage Incidents Automatically with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_incidenttriage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When an employee reports an incident, AI automatically triages it before the IT team gets involved. Automated processes analyzes the incident against past incidents, resolution notes, and knowledge articles, to identify incomplete fields, detect duplicate records, and identify relationships to active major incidents. Notifications are sent to the employee through Slack, Chatter feed, or email so that employees can add comments or close the incident based on the triage results. # AI for IT Teams and Employees Automate file analysis for IT tickets and customize AI prompts and field mappings to match your organization's processes. - **[Tailor AI-Generated Content with Customizable AI Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_customizable_ai_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Customize AI prompts and field mappings to align AI-generated content with your organization's unique processes and terminology. Reduce manual corrections by configuring how AI creates change requests, incidents, and problems from existing records. Tailor email drafts for internal teams and requesters to match your communication standards. Adjust ticket filtering prompts to align with organizational workflows so that AI can understand your service desk's specific context and deliver accurate, relevant results. - **[Accelerate IT Resolution with Automatic File Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_agentforce_automate_file_analysis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Resolve IT issues faster with automated file analysis by using Agentforce. Now, Agentforce automatically extracts key details from screenshots, error logs, and configuration files attached to incident, problem, and change request. When you attach files to an IT ticket, Agentforce automatically extracts key details to generate summaries, identify root causes, and suggest solutions. By eliminating manual file review, your IT team delivers faster, more accurate resolutions. - **[Grant Users AI Access Without Credit Constraints](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_unmetering_ai_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your employees and fulfillers room to work with the out-of-the-box AI capabilities and integrations that support IT service use cases. The AI capabilities include Agentforce actions, prompt templates, and integration actions, along with their supporting MuleSoft for Flow connectors.This unmetered access applies to all MuleSoft for Flow connectors and to custom connectors built on MuleSoft for Flow. Assigned users work with these capabilities without affecting your org's AI Flex Credit or MuleSoft Automation Credit allocation. Custom agent actions you build or customize continue to draw from your credit allocation as usual. # AI Force for Energy & Utilities Configure your Energy & Utilities features faster by using Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes coding agents to automate complex setups. Direct your AI agent to enable features, assign permissions, and deploy supporting metadata for tariff comparison, multisite quoting, new connections, and clean energy program management console. This automated path removes manual, UI-heavy setup tasks so you can deploy and verify your org's configuration in fewer steps. - **[Configure Tariff Comparison with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_tariff_comparison_with_a_coding_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up tariff comparison in your Energy & Utilities org from scratch by using generative AI coding agents. Instruct your AI agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the tariff comparison feature, assign permissions, configure sharing settings, and create standard and integration user. This automated path replaces manual setup tasks so you can deploy and verify the configuration in fewer steps. - **[Direct an Agent to Configure Multisite Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_direct_an_agent_to_configure_multisite_quoting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure multisite quoting end-to-end in your Energy & Utilities sales org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable features, assign permissions, configure product record types, and set up fields on the quote and order objects. This automated path eliminates manual, UI-heavy configuration so that you can quickly deploy and verify your setup. - **[Set Up New Connections by Using Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_set_up_new_connections_by_using_generative_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure new connections in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the org preference, clone profiles, create users, configure field-level security, and add a milestone tracker. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly. - **[Configure Clean Energy Program Management Console with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_cep_management_console_with_ai_assistance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up a clean energy program management console in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable outcome, program, and benefit management preferences, create users, assign permission sets, and deploy supporting metadata and flows. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly. # AI Relationship Research AI Relationship Research is an AI-powered feature that automatically discovers, analyzes, and presents relationship intelligence about the people and organizations connected to your Salesforce records. It scans multiple data sources such as your CRM records, public web content, and Data 360 simultaneously and provides the top-ranked connections directly within your workflow, so you can act on them without leaving Salesforce. - **[Discover Relationship Intelligence with AI Relationship Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_discover_relationship.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** AI Relationship Research proactively identifies and analyzes the people and organizations connected to your Account, Contact, Lead, and Opportunity records. It searches across your CRM data, public web content, and Data 360 objects simultaneously, then displays the top eight prioritized connections as an interactive relationship graph directly on the record page. From the graph, you can create new Salesforce records from discovered entities, confirm suggested CRM matches, and pass relationship context to Agentforce for follow-up. Admins can configure which objects to research, which data sources to use, and which relationship types to prioritize. - **[New Connect REST APIs in AI Relationship Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_ai_relationship_research_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn more about the new resources available with AI Relationship Research. # AI Relationship Research AI Relationship Research is an AI-powered feature that automatically discovers, analyzes, and presents relationship intelligence about the people and organizations connected to your Salesforce records. It scans multiple data sources such as your CRM records, public web content, and Data 360 simultaneously and provides the top-ranked connections directly within your workflow, so you can act on them without leaving Salesforce. - **[Uncover More Relationships by Choosing Which CRM Objects to Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_crm_search_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure your AI Relationship Research templates to search custom CRM objects in addition to standard objects such as Interaction Summary, Task, Email Message, and Case. By including the custom objects where your business data resides, AI Relationship Research uncovers relationships hidden in unstructured data that standard-object searches don't detect. - **[Flag and Fix Outdated Employer Data with Secondary Research Data Validation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_post_research_validation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When AI Relationship Research detects that a contact's or lead's current employer doesn't match the associated account in your CRM, it flags the discrepancy directly on the relationship graph. Users can open the flagged node to identify the correct employer and resolve the conflict. - **[Get AI Relationship Research Insights Directly in Your Agentforce Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_get_insights_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Ask the Agentforce AI Relationship Research agent for insights about an account or contact and see the key people and companies connected to that record without leaving the conversation. The AI Relationship Research Agent identifies the relevant record, surfaces the key people and companies connected to it, explains each relationship, and provides supporting evidence. It also turns those connections into actionable insights, recommending who to engage and the best path to reach them. # AI Sales Agents Scale your sales team by using sales agents. - **[Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automate prospect research with Agentforce and free up your sales reps to grow relationships and close deals. Draw on data from Salesforce accounts and reports and integrate third-party resources. - **[Agentforce Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sdr.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Autonomously engage with and qualify potential customers with the Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing agents. - **[Agentforce Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_mgmt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get a more streamlined permission assignment experience. Give your agent the ability to update certain fields on its own while it continues to generate suggestions for other fields. Get a more uniform experience when summarizing sales records. Use AI to get quick answers and summaries about your deals without searching through emails or call transcripts. - **[Agentforce Sales App in Gemini (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_gemini.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your sales team a single view to strategize and manage deals with the Agentforce Sales App in Gemini. # AI Skills Give your AI coding agent the specialized knowledge it needs with AI Skills. - **[Equip Your AI Coding Agent with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** AI Skills give your AI coding agent expertise in areas like Lightning Web Components, Flow, and Apex, so it follows Salesforce patterns and best practices instead of providing generic coding guidance. Add the curated collection from the sf-skills repository to Claude Code, Codex, or another AI coding CLI. In Agentforce Vibes, AI Skills are installed, enabled, and updated for you automatically. # AI Solutions for Service Enhanced Summaries are now available in your locale language. Work Summaries for Enhanced Messaging sessions and Voice calls are also available in your locale language. - **[Draft Email Replies From Multiple Knowledge Articles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_email_replies_from_multiple_articles.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate comprehensive service email drafts grounded on relevant knowledge articles. You can select up to three most relevant knowledge articles so your email reply is backed by accurate information. Knowledge Grounded Email Response (KGER) reduces manual email drafting time by providing a detailed starting point that you can review and edit before sending. - **[Generate Enhanced Summaries in Your Preferred Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_enhanced_summaries_language.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate Enhanced Summaries in the language set in your locale settings, regardless of the language used during customer interactions. With locale-based summaries, you can review and understand AI-generated content in your own language before saving it. Enhanced Summaries now support Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Korean, Norwegian, Portuguese (Brazilian), Portuguese (European), Russian, Swedish, and Thai, in addition to the previously supported languages. - **[Generate Work Summaries in Your Preferred Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_work_summaries_language.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate Einstein Work Summaries for Enhanced Messaging sessions and Voice calls in the language set in your locale settings, regardless of the language used during customer interactions. With locale-based summaries, you can review and understand AI-generated content in your own language before saving it. Work Summaries for Enhanced Messaging sessions and Voice calls now support Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Korean, Norwegian, Portuguese (Brazilian), Portuguese (European), Russian, Swedish, and Thai, in addition to the previously supported languages. - **[Work Summaries for Case (Beta) Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_case_summaries_beta_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Work Summaries for Case (beta) is scheduled for retirement on September 30, 2026, and is in maintenance mode until then. You can continue to use Work Summaries for Case (beta) until that date, but we recommend transitioning to Enhanced Summaries. Enhanced Summaries offers role-specific summaries and more summarization features, which will help your service reps work more efficiently. # AI Solutions for Service AI Solutions for Service expands language support across summaries, extends Work Summaries to Voice calls and Enhanced Messaging sessions, and grounds Service Replies for Email in your Enterprise Knowledge sources. - **[Enhanced Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_enhanced_summaries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhanced Summaries for Case now support five additional languages, so more of your global service reps receive summaries in their preferred language. - **[Einstein Work Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_work_summaries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automatically generate and save work summaries for Voice calls and Enhanced Messaging sessions. Work Summaries now support five additional languages, so more of your global service reps receive summaries in their preferred language. Work Summaries for Case (beta) is scheduled for retirement on September 30, 2026. - **[Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Service Replies now detects up to two intents in one customer message, then shows a separate grounded reply for each intent that finds a knowledge article. - **[Service Replies for Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_replies_for_email.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Service Replies for Email can now ground suggested replies in Enterprise Knowledge sources. # AI Tags for LWCs and Aura Components Are No Longer Supported Starting in Winter '27, the platform throws an error if you add an `` tag to Lightning web component configuration files or the equivalent `` tag to Aura component design bundles. Components that included these tags before the Winter '27 release continue to work as expected. Previously, you could implement these tags to add AI descriptions for custom components. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **How:** If you add an `` or `` tag to a component in Winter ’27 or later and try to deploy it, then the deployment fails with this error: `AI metadata (the ‘ai field’) can no longer be added to components.` For more information, see [Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: XML Configuration File Elements](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-configuration-tags.html). # AI-Powered Document Validation Verify user-submitted documents with generative AI to reduce manual effort and improve accuracy. - **[Improve Document Verification Accuracy with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_improve_document_verification_accuracy_with_ai.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce manual effort and improve accuracy by using generative AI to verify user-submitted documents. Identify discrepancies between uploaded document content and Salesforce records, highlighting specific differences for immediate review. Faster verification helps your users accelerate onboarding and compliance workflows while maintaining high data standards. # AIforce AIforce features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Find the lastest release notes that support headless functionality including Agentforce Vibes, Salesforce Multi-Framework, and Salesforce MCP Servers. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note As of September 4, 2026, Headless 360 has been rebranded to AIforce. During this transition, you may see references to Headless 360 in our application and documentation. While the name is new, the functionality and content remains unchanged. ## AIforce Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Nonprofit**: [Turn On and Configure Fundraising with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Admins and implementation partners can ask an AI agent to turn on Fundraising, assign permission sets, create a default gift designation, and turn on related features. The agent also offers to set up these optional enhanced features: interest tags, interaction summaries, record alerts, life events, and timeline. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required working through multiple pages in Setup.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Nonprofit**: [Turn On and Configure Volunteer Management with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_volunteer_mgmt_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "AI agents can turn on Volunteer Management, assign permissions sets, configure initiatives, create records, and run day-to-day tasks. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required a coordinator or partner working in the Salesforce UI.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights.") and [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - In both release notes, corrected the editions where the feature is available. In the second release note, also added the Needs Approval setting. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Query 10 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 10 more Setup objects, including ApexClass, ApexPage, and PlatformEventChannel.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce MCP Servers**: [Discover Org Metadata with the Metadata Grounding MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_metadata_grounding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Metadata Grounding MCP Server gives AI agents a semantic understanding of your org's metadata. This enables development agents to discover and reuse metadata such as standard and custom objects and fields, Lightning web components (LWC), users, permission sets, flows, Apex classes, and so on. Build faster with any coding agent by finding exactly what you need through natural language queries. Queries are performed against Salesforce Catalog, where your org metadata is stored and indexed.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Data Cloud Again Required for Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_data360_req.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Due to changes in how Setup with Agentforce works, Data Cloud is no longer an optional prerequisite in the Setup with Agentforce enablement process.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - To prevent confusion, we also removed the release note from September about Data Cloud being no longer required for Setup with Agentforce. ### September 2026 - **Consumer Goods**: [Define and Customize Promotions with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_promo_ai_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural-language instructions in a supported AI coding environment such as Claude Code to configure how Salesforce creates, updates, and copies promotions through the Promotion Business Object API. This automation replaces manual workflow creation, entity registration, and JSON editing, which prevents namespace-prefix and payload errors. Your key account managers can launch promotions faster, apply configurations consistently, and avoid planning errors.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Consumer Goods**: [Set Up and Customize Trade Promotion Effectiveness Analytics in a Single Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_tpe_single_guided_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Trade Promotion Effectiveness analytics on Tableau Next from scratch by using your preferred AI coding agent. Prebuilt skills from the Salesforce Skills library automate the setup; Data Kit, connector, app, and transform. After install, the agent customizes the Promotion Analysis dashboard to the KPIs you actually calculate, adds your custom writeback KPIs, and removes unused defaults that show empty. It keeps those KPIs aligned to the connector so no selectable KPI shows blank.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Financial Services**: [Set Up Flexible Hierarchies with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_flexible_hierarchies_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In a supported AI coding environment, describe the hierarchy nodes you need. A headless workflow then generates the hierarchy type configuration, including node definitions and relationships. Previously, you configured each definition and relationship individually in Setup. Use this workflow to set up hierarchy types for advisory teams, branches, or business units faster.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Build Complex Loyalty Promotions with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure complex promotions that use the Accrual Events and Engagement Trail templates through a conversational, AI-assisted workflow. Describe your requirements in plain language to an AI tool, and the tool creates the underlying qualifiers and milestones as you confirm each detail. Define limits to control liability, and configure multiple promotions independently of each other.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Enrich Your Loyalty Program with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_rewards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create vouchers, games, and badges to increase member engagement by describing what you want to an AI tool. The tool creates the underlying record — with the discount, expiration, game rewards, or badge validity details you specify — and activates it for you. Configure each one independently, in any order, to keep building out your loyalty program's offerings.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Enroll Loyalty Members and Resolve Service Cases with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_member_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your service representatives and marketing managers can enroll members through AI tools by using natural language prompts. Service representatives can also manage loyalty tiers, points, and vouchers. The tool creates and updates the corresponding records in Loyalty Management. Each request is processed independently, so resolving one member's case doesn't affect another member's records.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Onboard Partners into Your Loyalty Ecosystem with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_partners.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your marketing managers can bring an external partner into your loyalty program's ecosystem through a guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates the partner account and maps the partner's product catalog and categories. Your managers can also set up prepaid packs and a points conversion ratio, and create joint promotions.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Set Up Loyalty Programs with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_program_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your loyalty program in plain language to an AI tool, and set it up in one guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates your loyalty program, tier model and related qualifying-point currency, redeemable currency, accrual and redemption activities, and tier benefits and tier assessment rules. After you create the necessary records, the tool activates your program.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Salesforce MCP Servers**: [Connect AI Assistants to Salesforce CMS with the Content Read-Only and Content Write MCP Servers (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_cms_content.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Content Read-Only MCP server, now generally available, and the Content Write MCP server are Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers that enable AI assistants to connect to Salesforce CMS. Since the beta release, the Content Read-Only server has added 18 tools to access many types of CMS content and resources. Previously, it had only 3 tools that searched only for image and brand content. The new Content Write server provides 15 tools to create and manage enhanced CMS workspaces, content, variants, folders, and channels.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Clarified that Agentforce Vibes is the only supported MCP client for these MCP servers. - **Health**: [Set Up Intelligent Care Management with a Conversational Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_icm_set_up_with_an_conversational_asst.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Intelligent Care Management through a simple conversation with your AI assistant instead of navigating multiple setup pages. Validate prerequisites, assign recommended permissions, enable the Discovery Framework, and configure Care Plans, Goal Assignment, automatic sharing, and Care Gap Detection. Optionally, enable AI-powered assessment features and MCG Care Guidelines. Add assessment, care plan, and care gap components to the Patient Account page to help care coordinators manage patient care. Validation at each stage helps you complete setup more quickly and with fewer configuration errors. If you skip an area, you can return later and resume setup based on your org’s metadata.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Insurance**: [Set Up Insurance Products with an AI Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_set_up_products_with_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get your Digital Insurance org up and running and create insurance products with an AI coding assistant, reducing manual effort and setup errors. Have the AI assistant check licenses and settings and complete the initial org setup required for product configuration. Describe the product that you want to offer in natural language, or provide its structure in a CSV or JSON file. Review and confirm the product structure, and the assistant creates the product, coverages, benefits, and attributes from your specifications.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Life Sciences**: [Prepare Life Sciences Cloud for a Field Rep’s First Visit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_prepare_first_visit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI coding agent to take a package-ready Life Sciences Cloud org from initial configuration to a field rep's first visit. The headless workflow configures territories and users, deploys the required metadata, creates minimal test data, and regenerates the mobile metadata cache for synchronization. Field reps get a working Visit foundation on the web, with data prepared for synchronization to an enrolled iPad.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Life Sciences**: [Set Up Key Account Management Faster with an AI Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_key_account_management_with_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automate the multi-step Key Account Management (KAM) implementation process by using an AI coding agent that handles all the prerequisite setup tasks—like permission set assignments and stakeholder picklist creation. Get standardized goals and tasks that you import directly into account plans and territory business plans. Use natural-language utterances to provide record data for the KAM user, territory, account, product, or the stakeholders—or confirm the data that’s supplied by your agent. Built-in guardrails help you stay compliant: the agent asks for your explicit approval before taking any org-wide action and verifies record data against your org before submitting changes. Complete the implementation process at your own pace by pausing and resuming sessions as needed.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Meeting Concierge**: [Set Up Meeting Concierge with an AI Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_meeting_concierge_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI-assisted workflow in a supported coding environment to set up Meeting Concierge end-to-end in an existing Financial Services org, without navigating multiple setup pages or relying on specialized setup knowledge.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Explore 124 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 124 additional Setup objects, including OpportunitySplitType, AccountRelationshipShareRule, and ContentAsset. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Agentforce Vibes**: [Agentforce Commerce Vibes for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_commerce_vibes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. The Agentforce Commerce Vibes VS Code extension brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Financial Services**: [Configure Home Loan Origination with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_digital_origination_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure digital origination for home loans by describing the product and origination journey that you want. Your AI coding assistant coordinates setup across product catalogs, pricing, application intake, disclosures, document requirements, stage management, participant access, and the underwriter console to reduce manual configuration across each area.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Accelerate Home Health Setup with AI-Guided Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_home_health_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Save setup time and reduce manual errors by configuring Home Health with an AI coding assistant. Validate prerequisite licenses, install the Field Service managed package, and generate core metadata instantly. Activate critical scheduling flows, establish mobile clinician access, and build self-service patient portals without navigating multiple setup pages. Integrate advanced budget management and connect Agentforce to equip your care coordinators with intelligent home healthcare capabilities. You can also skip specific steps during your initial deployment and resume progress later to maintain flexibility.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Build Provider Search with a Conversational Setup Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_provider_search_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Provider Search in Health without navigating the full Data Pipelines and search configuration UI by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies prerequisites, turns on Data Pipelines and standard data sync, seeds healthcare facility and practitioner records, and configures criteria-based search, guest user access, and an AI-powered Patient and Member Services agent for provider matching.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Configure Referral Management Through Conversation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Health Referral Management without clicking through dozens of setup pages by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow walks you through Clinical Service Request page layouts, referral creation flows, provider search integration, case automation, and orchestration. Optional acts cover eligibility and benefits verification, prior authorization, predictive scoring, patient and provider outreach, and the Experience Cloud guest portal.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Roll Out Agentforce Health Foundations from a Prompt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_foundations_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Agentforce Health Basic Setup without clicking through readiness checks, feature toggles, and layout builders by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow validates prerequisites, turns on the Agentforce Health Console, Data Protection and Privacy, Translation Workbench, Contacts to Multiple Accounts, and Person Accounts. It then creates Patient and Provider record types and page layouts and adds the Patient Card and Timeline components to your Lightning pages.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Set Up Appointment Scheduling from Your AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_iam_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Health Intelligent Appointment Management without hand-configuring every scheduling object by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies Person Accounts and provider data, turns on Data Pipelines and Provider Search, connects Salesforce Scheduler through a Named Credential, and sets up service territories, resources, users, appointment modes, work types, statuses, and the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler console component.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Insurance**: [Configure Agency Billing Faster with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_agency_billing_ai_coding_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe the agency billing outcome you want in plain language, and let a coding agent guide you through the configuration. Choose how much you want to review before changes apply, from approving each step individually to running the full setup with minimal intervention. The agent configures legal entities, billing treatments, tax and payment rules, accounting, permissions, and license checks for you, so you don't have to work screen by screen through Setup and the guided wizard. When setup is complete, the agent creates a policy so you can verify the configuration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Analyze Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentic_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Analyze Multi-Framework App Performance in Scale Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Generate the Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard to review key performance metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps. The dashboard displays up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days. For each app, you can drill down within the dashboard to see more detailed metrics.")(Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Automate Managed Package Post-Install Configuration with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_post_install_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the dx-pkg-post-install-configure AI Skill to automate post-install configuration for any Salesforce managed package directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. After you install a package, describe your setup task in plain language, and the skill handles the configuration for you.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Create and Track Trial Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trialforce_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your trial orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, two skills help you create trial, Developer Edition, and Trialforce orgs, and track when your orgs expire.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Create, Compare, and Manage Scratch Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scratch_orgs_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your scratch orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, five skills help you create and manage scratch orgs, org shapes, and scratch org snapshots, compare orgs for drift, and track org expiration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Expand the Salesforce Development Plugin with Specialized Capabilities and Guided Workflows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_cc_plugin_disclosure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Bring capabilities into Salesforce Development when your project requires features beyond the core plugin. Open a project and describe your task. Guided workflows combine AI Skills, Salesforce CLI, hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers, agents, hooks, and commands to help you build, test, and deploy. You approve each recommended plugin installation and review the proposed changes before applying them.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Manage Dev Hub from Your Coding Client with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devhub_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new dx-org-devhub-configure AI Skill to enable and manage your Dev Hub directly from your AI coding client by using natural-language prompts.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Manage the Full Lifecycle of Your Sandboxes with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandboxes_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your sandboxes directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, three skills help you create, refresh, and activate sandboxes, and generate and apply post-copy configuration files.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Sales**: [Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Configure Clean Energy Program Management Console with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_cep_management_console_with_ai_assistance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up a clean energy program management console in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable outcome, program, and benefit management preferences, create users, assign permission sets, and deploy supporting metadata and flows. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Configure Tariff Comparison with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_tariff_comparison_with_a_coding_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up tariff comparison in your Energy & Utilities org from scratch by using generative AI coding agents. Instruct your AI agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the tariff comparison feature, assign permissions, configure sharing settings, and create standard and integration user. This automated path replaces manual setup tasks so you can deploy and verify the configuration in fewer steps.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Direct an Agent to Configure Multisite Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_direct_an_agent_to_configure_multisite_quoting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure multisite quoting end-to-end in your Energy & Utilities sales org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable features, assign permissions, configure product record types, and set up fields on the quote and order objects. This automated path eliminates manual, UI-heavy configuration so that you can quickly deploy and verify your setup.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Set Up New Connections by Using Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_set_up_new_connections_by_using_generative_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure new connections in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the org preference, clone profiles, create users, configure field-level security, and add a milestone tracker. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Asset Management**: [Set Up Timesheets with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_set_up_timesheets_with_an_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure timesheets and labor cost optimization in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable settings, assign permission sets, and configure the Field Service mobile app. This automated path replaces manual, multi-page setup tasks so that you can verify your configuration’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Media**: [Optimize Media Sales Configuration with AI Developer Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_intro.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your target setup in plain language to an AI developer tool to configure proposal and media plan flows in Media Cloud. Instead of manually navigating multiple setup pages, guide Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes to generate and wire your configurations, including pitch-deck generation. This automated configuration path accelerates implementation, so you verify the generated flows instead of assembling them page by page.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Automate SLA Management Setup and Maintenance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_entitlements_headless_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up SLA Management end-to-end without navigating multiple Setup pages. The sla-management-setup skill creates SLA policies, milestone types, milestones, and milestone actions. It can also be used to activate SLA policies and define conditions for auto-application of entitlements to incoming records, such as cases, incidents, and work orders. Use the skill to verify your configuration and manage SLA policy versions and update rules.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Configure SMS Messaging Channels with a Headless Claude Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless_sms_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Launch an Enhanced SMS channel in minutes with a Claude skill that configures auto-response messages, consent settings, channel activation, and routing in one guided workflow. The service_de_headless_sms_configure skill asks what you need, then handles the entire setup across APIs and configuration pages. Previously, this level of setup required switching between multiple Setup pages.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Create and Deploy an Enhanced Chat Channel with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_enhanced_chat_headless_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use two new AI Skills in Claude to create, update and deploy a headless Enhanced Chat channel from natural-language instructions, without using the UI setup wizard. The service-digital-engagement-channel-configure skill reads your channel details, including routing, verification, and pre-chat fields, from the prompt and deploys the channel to your org. The service-digital-engagement-deployment-configure skill then generates the Embedded Service Deployment and a starting embed code snippet for your website or app.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Set Up Email-to-Case in One Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_email_set_up_email_to_case_headless_360.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up a standard Email-to-Case channel through one guided conversation with the Headless 360 agent. Provide a customer-facing support address and choose who owns new cases, then the agent configures the case-handling prerequisites, Email-to-Case settings, and routing address. This API-driven workflow replaces a multipage setup process and can be safely repeated for each service email address.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Build Your Course Catalog with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_build_course_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give a coding agent your existing course data, such as CSV or PDF files, or a catalog webpage. Replace hours of manual data entry with a standardized and consistent process so that students and advisors access an accurate catalog. The coding agent creates course records, including linked lecture and lab courses, and links each course to its provider, such as the college or department that offers it.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Configure Your Agentforce Education Org with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_configure_education_org.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a correctly configured Agentforce Education org from the start. Describe your institution's goals and priorities to a coding agent. It reads your org's current state and turns on the right Agentforce Education features across domains, such as Student Success, Recruitment and Admissions, and Academic Operations. This guided process reduces setup time and configuration errors.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Create a Student Recruitment Agent with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_create_student_recruitment_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Offer your recruitment teams an Agentforce agent that answers prospective students' admissions questions, captures inquiries, and registers them for campus tours and events. Describe your recruitment process to a coding agent. The coding agent turns on the required platform features, configures the permissions and Data 360 grounding, and creates the Student Recruitment Agent in draft for you to customize and deploy.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Plan Your Academic Calendar with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_plan_academic_calendar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Define an academic calendar that keeps registration, enrollment, and student communications accurate without manual data entry. Provide your institution's key academic dates to a coding agent, or point it to CSV or PDF files, or a webpage. It validates your dates, identifies overlaps and conflicts, creates the academic year, term, and session records, and adds registration windows and deadlines.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Grant Setup with Agentforce Access More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_permset.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To enable Setup with Agentforce access, you previously had to assign two separate permission sets: Use Setup with Agentforce and Prompt Template User. The Setup with Agentforce User permission set group combines both permissions, so it's faster and easier to enable your users to work with Setup with Agentforce.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Enable Setup with Agentforce Faster with the Redesigned Enablement Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_enablement_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get up and running with Setup with Agentforce more quickly using the streamlined enablement page. Follow a guided, step-by-step setup experience that helps you manage prerequisites, features, and permissions in fewer steps.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Explore 190+ More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects4.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on over 190 additional Setup objects, including AuthConfig, RevenueSourceObjectConfig, and UiFormulaRule. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Manage Multiple Users at Once in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_bulk_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Perform bulk actions on multiple users at once. Select users individually or select all, then tell the Setup agent what to do—for example, freeze a batch of departing employees or reset passwords after a security incident. You can also skip manual selection and tell the agent which users to act on. Bulk actions are available only for the User object.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [View Profile Access Summary and Apply Permission Changes with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_profile_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask whether a named profile grants object access, field-level security, a user permission, custom permissions, and external client applications or which profiles grant a given permission. You no longer open each profile in Setup and click through object, field, and layout pages.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Summarize Permission Sets, Profiles, and Permission Set Groups with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_ps_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask Agentforce for Setup to summarize what a permission set, profile, or permission set group grants, and get a quick answer in chat instead of opening the record detail page. Each summary includes object access, field permission counts, high-risk permissions, how many users are assigned, and the first five objects with access. Permission set group summaries show the net effect of any muting permission set, and permission set summaries include the required license. Permission set, profile, and permission set group summaries include custom permissions.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [View and Reorganise Your Role Hierarchy with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_role_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a user role or update an existing one with Agentforce for Setup. Describe the role you need or the change you want, then review the recommendation and confirm it before you save it to your org. Previously, you created and edited roles only from the Roles page in Setup.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Summarize Your Org Admins' Security Compliance in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_summarize_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language to get a summary of your org's compliance with phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) mandates. Check the status of all users with the System Administrator profile, Modify All Data, View All Data, Customize Application, or Author Apex permissions.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Send Reset Password Emails and Freeze Accounts for Multiple Users in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_freeze_reset_in_bulk.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language to send a reset password email to groups of users. Also, freeze or unfreeze several user accounts at the same time. These actions that were initially available for only one user at a time can now be taken for users with shared characteristics.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Builder Central**: [Plan, Build, and Preview Apps and Agents with Salesforce Builder Central (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_builder_central.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe the app or agent you want in plain language, and Salesforce Builder Central helps you plan it, build it, and preview it in one workspace. Start from a suggested prompt or your own description. Then see what the Build Agent builds, validate it in a preview org, and deploy to a sandbox.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: Removed the release note claiming that the Setup agent can enable and disable the Dynamic Actions on Mobile setting. This capability isn't available at this time. (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - **Service**: [Create a Messaging Channel with a Headless Claude Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless_channel_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Launch a new Facebook, WhatsApp, LINE, or Apple Messages for Business channel in just minutes with a new Claude skill. The service_de_headless_channel_configure skill asks what channel type you need, and proceeds to configure the entire setup across multiple applications, incorporating APIs, and setting up a routing solution. Previously, this level of context-switching in channel setup took over 15 minutes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Build a Multi-Campus Institutional Hierarchy with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_build_multi_campus_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Establish and maintain your multi-campus institutional hierarchy without hours of manual setup. Describe your campus structure to a coding agent, or point it to an existing spreadsheet, webpage, or text description. The coding agent builds the account hierarchy that represents your institution, including campuses, colleges, and departments, and lays a reliable foundation for enrollment, reporting, and role-based access.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Platform**: [Equip Your AI Coding Agent with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "AI Skills give your AI coding agent expertise in areas like Lightning Web Components, Flow, and Apex, so it follows Salesforce patterns and best practices instead of providing generic coding guidance. Add the curated collection from the sf-skills repository to Claude Code, Codex, or another AI coding CLI. In Agentforce Vibes, AI Skills are installed, enabled, and updated for you automatically.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Explore Over 100 Additional Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects3.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on over 100 additional Setup objects, including AIApplication, AuraDefinitionBundle, and LightningComponentBundle. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Data 360**: [Configure Document AI Faster with the Data 360 MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_headless_mcp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build, test, and activate Document AI configurations through natural-language conversation with an AI agent, without navigating the UI. Connect an AI agent, such as Claude or Cursor, to the Data 360 MCP server to generate document schemas, verify extraction accuracy, and publish them for production use.") (Added the week of August 21, 2026) - **Automation**: [Generate Flow Test Scenarios with Agentforce for Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_test_generate_using_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Skip the manual setup and let Agentforce for Flow Headless draft your test scenarios from a terminal, without opening Flow Builder. Use Agentforce for Flow Headless to create test scenarios for record-triggered, autolaunched, and Data Cloud-triggered flows without leaving your terminal environment. Through your connected terminal, you can generate comprehensive test scenarios for your flow, including success, fault, and edge-case paths.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **MuleSoft**: [Anypoint Platform Command-Line Interface](https://docs.mulesoft.com/release-notes/cli/anypoint-platform-cli-4) (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Platform**: [Simplify API and MCP Server Management with the API Catalog Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US) (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Sales**: [Set Up Pipeline Management Faster with the Pipeline Management Configuration Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_pipeline_management_setup_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A configuration skill for Agentforce Pipeline Management transforms the manual setup navigation with natural-language prompts. Tell the skill which text fields you want configured on opportunities, and it handles the required setup steps for you—getting your sales teams to AI-driven opportunity updates faster. Reps can review and approve suggestions in Pipeline Inspection, or admins can turn on autonomous mode so the agent applies updates on its own.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Service**: [Set Up a Help Agent in One Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_set_up_a_help_agent_in_one_guided_workflow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Setting up a Service Cloud Help Agent requires coordinating agent configuration, knowledge grounding, Enhanced Chat deployment, escalation routing, and testing. The service-helpagent-coordinate skill brings those tasks into one guided workflow that configures and deploys each part, so you can set up a working Help Agent faster without switching between tools") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) # Alert Technicians to Emergency Dispatches with a Distinct Notification Make emergency dispatches impossible to miss. When you dispatch an emergency appointment, technicians hear a unique sound and feel a strong vibration that sets the alert apart from routine notifications. Previously, every Field Service mobile app notification sounded the same, making critical dispatches easy to miss. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **How:** From Setup, in Field Service Mobile Settings, select **Send emergency appointment notifications on dispatch**. Salesforce uses the Emergency field on the service appointment to identify emergencies. The built-in emergency sound is admin-controlled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Push Notifications for the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_push_notifications.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Align Accounting Subledger with Your Institution’s Data Strategy Adopt Data 360 to align financial data processing with your broader data architecture. Switch between Data 360 and CRM Analytics as the runtime for the Accounting Subledger Data Processing Engine without the need to reconfigure entire job definitions. Use either platform to manage accounting operations based on performance, scale, and licensing, and as needs evolve. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data 360, formerly Data Cloud, and the Accounting Subledger Growth add-on are enabled. **Who:** Users with the Manage Accounting Subledger and Data Cloud Architect permission sets can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Accounting Subledger: Set Up Data 360 to Run Accounting Subledger Jobs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.asl_set_up_data360_to_run_jobs.htm&language=en_US) # Align Assets and Configuration Items with Bidirectional Field Synchronization Keep your IT Asset Management (ITAM) and Configuration Management Database (CMDB) records perfectly aligned with event-driven, bidirectional synchronization at the field level. Define field mappings, establish a source of truth, and configure field value translations to resolve data conflicts between systems. These synchronization capabilities eliminate manual data entry, reduce data drift, and provide your IT fulfillers with accurate data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Bridge the gap between financial asset tracking and operational reality. Field synchronization automates alignment between ITAM and CMDB to break down data silos and improve decision-making. To ensure data integrity, the system manages data conflicts in the background without interrupting service. **How:** To define field synchronization rules, go to the **Asset and CI Sync** settings page in the CMDB and Service Graph app. Use Asset to CI Field Mapping to select mapped fields, designate a source of truth, and establish specific value translations. # Align Billing Dates with Order Item Detail and Quote Line Detail Records Get precise billing for orders and quotes that have multiple start and end periods. Billing prioritizes the start and end dates found on Quote Line Detail and Order Item Detail records. If no dates are specified on the detail records, then Billing uses the dates from the parent order or quote item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generated Billing Schedule Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_view_billing_sched_group.htm&language=en_US) # Align Billing with Cancellations on Future-Dated Orders and Quotes Get accurate billing schedules for quotes and orders that are canceled before a scheduled future-dated order or quote starts. This enhancement is supported on termed and one-time products, and eliminates the need for manual reconciliation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generated Billing Schedule Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_view_billing_sched_group.htm&language=en_US) # Align Billing with Changes to Future-Dated Orders and Quotes Support dynamic customer needs by processing billing for amendments and renewals that occur before a scheduled future-dated order or quote. Get accurate billing schedules for the amended or renewed assets under termed, evergreen, and one-time products. Ensure alignment with future billing periods and eliminate the need for manual reconciliation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generated Billing Schedule Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_view_billing_sched_group.htm&language=en_US) - [Modify Upcoming Orders with Future-Dated Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_future_dated_order_amendments.htm&language=en_US) # Align Billing with Subscription Term Updates Generate precise billing schedules automatically when your customer extends or shortens a subscription term during an amendment. Keep billing in sync with revised contractual terms by aligning billing schedules with the updated start and end dates on the order product. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generated Billing Schedule Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_view_billing_sched_group.htm&language=en_US) # Align Demand Plans with Product Demand Insights Build demand plans based on actual demand, not just best estimates. See which products and accounts are driving the highest planned and forecasted order volumes, so teams can prioritize inventory allocations and procurement ahead of need. Give demand planners a clear, forward-looking view to balance supply with expected orders and make more informed planning decisions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Manufacturing, Einstein For Manufacturing, and Data 360. **Who:** To use the Product Demand dashboard, users need the Sales Agreement PSL, Tableau Next, and Data 360 permissions, and the Sales Agreement preference enabled. **How:** In Setup, select Salesforce Go from the gear menu and select Tableau Next Apps for Manufacturing. Click **Get Started**, turn on the feature, and follow the instructions. # Align Fulfillment Dependencies by Using Custom Scopes Group and sequence fulfillment steps according to your business criteria by using custom scopes for fulfillment step dependencies. A custom scope, such as a group or ramp segment, aligns plan composition with your fulfillment model, making sure that steps are grouped correctly in complex or ramped orders. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Set up a Custom Fulfillment Scope Config with an item context tag, an optional asset context tag, and a fallback scope. Then, in a fulfillment step dependency, set the scope to Custom and select the scope. When an order is submitted, Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator builds the plan dependencies based on your scope settings. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Apply Custom Scopes to Fulfillment Steps and Dependencies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dro_custom_scope_step_dependencies.htm&language=en_US) # Align Marketing and Sales Teams Identify buying groups and nurture opportunities with the new Agentforce Account Nurturing Agent. Maintain tone, voice, and brand consistency with enhancements to Distributed Marketing and Alerts. Plus, sales users can use the new Distributed Marketing Agent to find the right email templates and get engagement insights on distributed messages. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. ## Maintain Compliance and Track Engagement with Distributed Marketing and Alerts Marketers can now preapprove images, phrases, subject lines, and preheaders for use in email templates and assign the ability to send on behalf of specific people based on a campaign lookup field. Plus, non-marketing users can now preview default merge field data and use the new Distributed Sends dashboard to track 1-to-1 emails and bulk campaigns. Distributed Marketing and Alerts also supports sending to person accounts, so that users can deliver targeted messages directly to individual customers. ![A personalization screen where a user selects an approved image to update a message preview.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/marketing/rn_mktg_approved_images.png) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Distributed Marketing and Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_dm_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Get Insights on Distributed Marketing Messages With the new Distributed Marketing Agent, sales users can access engagement insights and find marketing-approved email templates. They can also personalize each template within Distributed Marketing and Alerts by using a precurated flow and campaign. ## Identify Buying Groups with the Account Discovery Agent The Account Discovery Agent helps marketing and sales teams focus on high-intent deals. Identify buying groups on existing accounts, get engagement insights for key contacts, and summarize account-level sentiment. To deploy the Account Discovery Agent for your team, use the new agent template available in Agentforce Builder. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_intro.htm&type=5&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Increase Productivity with AI for Marketers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_einstein_main.htm&type=5&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [New and Changed Agent Topics and Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot_standard_actions.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) ## Launch Distributed Marketing and Alerts from Custom Lightning Web Components An admin can now build a custom Lightning Web Component that opens the Distributed Marketing and Alerts window from anywhere in Salesforce. Previously, non-marketing users could only open the window from built-in areas in Salesforce. Now, to let non-marketing users send personalized messages in context from the same place they browse content, use the supported API to pre-fill the window with a specified audience, campaign, or flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Align Your Brand Voice Using Configurable In-Call Media Deliver a consistent, professional, and compliant caller experience while giving admins full control over in-call audio. Admins can configure, organize, and assign media file URLs for greetings, announcements, and hold music. This feature makes it easier to apply branded and compliance-related audio across multiple interaction points. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. **Who:** To configure and organize your media files, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** To manage in-call audio, go to Media Management in Setup and add publicly accessible audio file URLs to the media library. Admins can then associate the uploaded audio file URL with default or custom media names (such as greetings, announcements, or hold music) to be played to callers. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Media in Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_manage_media.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Allocate Financial Targets to Accounts in Territory Planning Distribute top-down financial targets directly to accounts within Territory Planning. You can split targets evenly, weight them based on criteria like annual revenue, or distribute by defined segments. To ensure realistic planning, the allocation logic respects existing bottom-up targets set by the field. This alignment simplifies the transition from territory design to quota planning. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Web Services API enabled. **How:** Configure a goal within an alignment connected to a segment data source to enable allocation options. Use an allocation formula to distribute targets using even, weighted, or bucketed methods, while automatically subtracting any existing bottom-up targets from the total. You can also import overrides or publish targets to use them in downstream quota planning. # Allocate Inventory Efficiently Across Locations Manage inventory allocation for sales orders and work orders across multiple locations with accurate, real-time visibility. View stock statuses, such as on-hand, allocated, and available, and soft-reserve inventory for specific orders. Assign inventory to orders to prevent overcommitment, and maintain accurate inventory visibility, even during high-volume, concurrent transactions. This helps prevent stock conflicts, improves tracking accuracy, and supports smarter, more efficient fulfillment decisions. **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. **Who**: This feature is available to users with the Inventory Allocation and Inventory Search and Transfer permission sets. **Why**: Tracking only the total on-hand quantity is often insufficient and can lead to over-promising and inaccurate order fulfillment. Allocating inventory with full visibility into inventory statuses allows you to clearly identify which portion of stock is truly available for new orders and which portion is already soft-reserved for existing commitments. This improves order fulfillment accuracy and supports more reliable operations. **How**: Add the Inventory Allocation component to the Order and Work Order pages to view and create allocations for products available as line items. # Allocate Invoice Charges Across Multiple Billing Accounts with Billing Arrangements Support shared business models by separating the account that owns a service or asset from the account that’s invoiced for it. Configure billing arrangements to allocate billing amounts to a specific billing account or distribute costs among several billing accounts, based on fixed percentages. Facilitate precise invoicing for complex business scenarios such as a parent account billed for subsidiary accounts, where the owning and billing accounts are different. Ensure that invoices are charged to the correct billing accounts for cross-departmental charge allocations, or when services or assets shared among multiple parties. Help organizations model complex financial relationships by automating allocation of invoice charges. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To configure and use billing arrangements, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Billing Arrangements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_billing_arrangements.htm&language=en_US) # Allow Chrome Extensions as Trusted URLs You can now add Chrome extension URIs as trusted URLs to control which extensions can interact with your Experience Cloud site. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To add a Chrome extension, go to the Trusted URLs page in Setup. Click **New Trusted URL**. Enter the 32-character Chrome extension ID using only lowercase letters a—p. For example, `chrome-extension://abcdefghijklmnopabcdefghijklmnop`. Wildcards aren't supported. # Allow More Users to Delete Files Manage files in Salesforce more efficiently by assigning the new Delete Salesforce Files permission to your users. With this permission, a user can delete any file that they have access to view. Previously, only a Salesforce admin or the file owner could delete a file. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Files accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Performance, Unlimited, Contact Manager, and Developer editions. **How:** Enable **Delete Salesforce Files** for a profile or permission set. ![The Profiles page in Setup with the Delete Salesforce Files permission highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/rn_260_experience_cloud_files_delete_perm.png) #### See Also - [_Idea Exchange_: Delete Files that users don't own without giving "Modify All Data Permissions"](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0B8W00000GdgSU/delete-files-that-users-dont-own-without-giving-modify-all-data-permissions) - [_Salesforce Help_: Delete a File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.collab_files_deleting.htm&language=en_US) # Allow OAuth Refresh Tokens Only in Certain IP Ranges Secure your external client apps and connected apps by restricting OAuth refresh tokens to known network locations. This security enhancement ensures that refresh tokens are rejected if they originate from an IP address outside of your defined ranges. Your developers can now prevent unauthorized token use even if a valid token is compromised. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** This feature is available in Winter '26 on a rolling basis. **How:** To implement this restriction, define allowed IP ranges and turn on Enforce Refresh Token IP Allowlist. The system then automatically validates the request IP against these stored ranges during the token exchange process. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set IP Allowlist Ranges for Refresh Tokens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=set_ip_allowlist_for_refresh_tokens.htm&language=en_US) # Allow Traffic from Search Engine and Other Verified Bots with eCDN Rules Match verified bots—search engines, AI crawlers, feed fetchers, and others—with two new fields in eCDN custom firewall and rate limiting rules. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** Use the Boolean field `cf.client.bot` to identify any verified bot, and use the string field `cf.verified_bot_category` to scope to a specific category, for example `Search Engine Crawler`, `AI Crawler`, `AI Search`, `Feed Fetcher`, or `Aggregator`. Both fields are available in the CDN Zones API and in the Business Manager expression editor. Other Cloudflare Bot Management fields, including bot score, still require the separate Cloudflare Bot Management entitlement. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Custom Firewall Rule for an eCDN Zone](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_create_eCDN_firewall_rule.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an eCDN Rate Limiting Rule for an eCDN Zone](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_eCDN_create_rate_limiting_rule.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_B2C Commerce Developer Guide_: eCDN Custom Rules](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/b2c-commerce/guide/cdn-zones-custom-rules.html) - [_B2C Commerce Developer Guide_: eCDN Rate Limiting Rules](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/b2c-commerce/guide/cdn-rate-limiting-rules.html) # Allow Your Buyers to Renew Multiple Digital Subscriptions at One Time Buyers can now renew multiple subscriptions in bulk. Similar to individual subscriptions, bulk renewals occur automatically after the current term ends, preventing service interruptions. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with a Revenue Cloud Advanced license and a Commerce Cloud Growth or Advanced license. **How:** This feature is available with Commerce Subscription Renewal Initiation API version 66.0 and later. #### See Also - [_Connect REST API Developer Guide_: Commerce Subscription Renewal Initiation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.chatterapi.meta/chatterapi/connect_resources_commerce_subscription_initiate_renewal.htm) # Amplify Your Prospecting Capabilities with Multiple Prospecting Agents By deploying multiple Prospecting agents, you can customize agent configurations to suit each of your sales teams and maintain a steady stream of ideal prospects across multiple accounts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license. To access the actions, each user needs the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on. **When:** This change is available starting May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Prospecting Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Analytics Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Tableau Next, Lightning reports and dashboards, Data 360 reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau. - **[Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua.htm&release=260&type=5)** Tableau Next integrates the #1 analytics platform with Agentforce context-aware AI and the Data Cloud semantic layer that unifies business knowledge across your organization. Build and deliver personalized, contextual, and actionable insights for every user, backed by Salesforce enterprise-grade performance, security, and scalability. - **[Lightning Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_reports_dashboards.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and reduce errors when adding tables to dashboards by retaining existing report settings. Ensure policy and regulatory compliance with custom disclaimers on exported reports. - **[Data 360 Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_dc_reports_dashboards.htm&release=260&type=5)** Calculate deeper insights with more row-level formulas. - **[CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5)** CRM Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for dashboards, lenses, analytics apps, and data integration. - **[Tableau](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tableau.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration. - **[CSI Score (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_csi_score.htm&release=260&type=5)** Translate complex customer signals into unified, trusted scores to reduce departmental data silos. Gain a unified view of business health by turning perception, behavioral, and operational signals into nine composite scores that form one definitive CSI score. View overall business performance without reconciling conflicting departmental reports. These scores reveal drivers of customer health, surface emerging risks, and help leaders align teams to make outcome-driven decisions. - **[Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_accessibility.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible. # Analytics Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Tableau Next, Lightning reports and dashboards, Data 360 reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau. - **[Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** As Salesforce’s end-to-end, agentic analytics experience, Tableau Next integrates the #1 analytics platform with Agentforce’s context-aware AI and the Data Cloud semantic layer that unifies business knowledge across your organization. Build and deliver personalized, contextual, and actionable insights for every user, backed by Salesforce’s enterprise-grade performance, security, and scalability. - **[Lightning Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_reports_dashboards.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Present a unified visual with brand color palettes for reports and dashboards. Expand dashboard functionality with custom Lightning Web Components. - **[Data 360 Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_dc_reports_dashboards.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Expand your Data 360 analytics with currency field support, trends on Calculated Insight Objects, and hierarchical drill-downs. - **[CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** CRM Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for dashboards, lenses, analytics apps, and data integration. - **[Tableau](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tableau.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration. - **[Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_accessibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible. # Analytics Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Tableau Next, Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau. - **[Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** As Salesforce’s end-to-end, agentic analytics experience, Tableau Next integrates the #1 analytics platform with Agentforce’s context-aware AI and the Data Cloud semantic layer that unifies business knowledge across your organization. Build and deliver personalized, contextual, and actionable insights for every user, backed by Salesforce’s enterprise-grade performance, security, and scalability. - **[Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Semantics, the AI-powered semantic layer, maps your raw data to business-friendly terms and logic, the key to building reusable models and metrics that provide contextual, consistent, trusted insights. - **[Lightning Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_reports_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help users explore data, collaborate, and update records without switching contexts by bringing Lightning reports and dashboards directly into LWR-based Experience Cloud sites. Review records in a side panel to move quickly through data while keeping your report view and filters intact. - **[Data 360 Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_dc_reports_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compare related data more easily in joined reports to uncover insights across different sources. Analyze global revenue consistently by comparing converted currency values across regions and business units. Spot customer sentiment trends faster to better understand customer experiences alongside business data. - **[CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** CRM Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for dashboards, lenses, analytics apps, and data integration. - **[Tableau](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tableau.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration. ## Analytics Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### OCTOBER 2026 **Tableau Next** - **Tableau Agent**: [Step Up to the Next Generation of Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_av_nga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you're curious to try out Tableau Agent for conversational analytics in Tableau Next, now is a good time to start. Creating an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Agentforce Studio gives you an enhanced analytics experience, plus access to next-generation Agentforce technology and capabilities. Basing the agent on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template requires no additional set up steps in the Agentforce Builder—you automatically get the Data Analysis subagent and all of the capabilities required for conversational analytics.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Compare Proportions and Show Hierarchies with Packed Layouts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_packed_layout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use treemaps to visualize category and subcategory hierarchies and compare each category’s share of the total. Create packed bubble charts to compare relative values across categories and quickly identify the largest and smallest contributors. Container panes in the Packed layout visually group marks to show how sub-categories roll up into categories.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Track Totals and Category Contributions Over Time with Area Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_area_charts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Visualize each category’s share of the total with the stacked, colored bands of Tableau Next area charts. Spot changes in overall volume and the distribution across categories over time. Choose continuous area charts to show values along an axis or discrete area charts to show values under separate headers.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Choose When to Save Visualization and Semantic Model Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_explicit_save.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Changes you make to Tableau Next visualizations and their underlying semantic models from the Viz Builder are no longer saved automatically. Updates to the visualization while exploring the data, like choosing a different chart type, don’t automatically overwrite the saved version. Similarly, modifications to the underlying semantic model, like creating a calculated field, aren’t saved until you choose to save them. The Viz Builder indicates that you have unsaved changes so you can choose whether to save your updates.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Customize Marks with New Formatting Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_marks_formatting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Style marks to highlight your data and make Tableau Next visualization elements easier to distinguish. Adjust border width and color to define mark edges, and change opacity to make overlapping marks easier to see. Round bar corners for a softer appearance, and apply dashed styles to line marks, reference lines, and forecast lines. Format headings, body text, and links on marks to improve readability and emphasize key details.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Draw Comparisons with Grand Totals and Subtotals Across Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_totals_subtotals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Compare individual values with subtotals for their groups and grand totals for all groups in a Tableau Next visualization. Add grand totals and subtotals to bar charts, stacked bar charts, and crosstabs, plus grand totals to line charts. Display totals and subtotals for nested groups and multiple measures horizontally or vertically. Choose which totals and subtotals appear before or after crosstab detail rows and columns. Hover over stacked subtotal or grand total bar segments to see their values in tooltips.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Customize Visualization Titles with Rich Text](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_title_text_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give Tableau Next visualizations descriptive titles that convey what the data shows. Include related information, such as the workspace the visualization belongs to and fields used in the chart, to provide context. Format titles with font, size, color, emphasis, and alignment options to make them easy to read. Save time when you add visualizations to a dashboard by displaying their titles so you don’t need to create separate text widgets.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Highlight Table Values with Badges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_table_badge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Scan key information faster by applying a badge effect to text and numbers in Tableau Next tables. Customize badge colors to make differences between field values easier to recognize. For example, distinguish opportunity stages with colored badges to track deal progress. Or, compare profit margins across product categories to identify strong and weak performance.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Show or Hide Missing Values in Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_show_missing_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Identify gaps in your records by showing dates or bins with no corresponding data in Tableau Next visualizations. For example, show every month in a sales chart to identify months with no recorded sales activity. Or, hide dates or bins with no recorded data for a cleaner look when the gaps aren’t relevant to your analysis.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Reuse Dashboard Extensions with Dynamic Data Binding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_extensions_dynamic_binding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a Tableau Next dashboard extension with custom Lightning Web Components (LWC) once, and reuse it with different data to meet a range of business needs. With dynamic data binding, select the semantic model and map its fields in the Properties panel instead of changing the extension’s code. Using the same extension across models means fewer separate versions to maintain. For example, build a custom sunburst chart with Lightning Web Components (LWC) and reuse it to analyze opportunity pipelines or product sales.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Manage How Tableau Next Dashboards Appear on Different Screens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_screen_appearance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dashboard authors now have more control over how Tableau Next dashboards appear when screen space is limited. You can set a minimum dashboard width so a horizontal scroll bar appears when the screen is narrower than that width. Keep long text contained by defining overflow and wrapping in text widgets. Also, page links in navigation widgets move into an overflow menu to prevent crowding the dashboard.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Style Multiple Dashboard Widgets at Once](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_style_multiple_dashboard_widgets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build and update Tableau Next dashboards faster by applying formatting changes to multiple widgets in one action. When you select widgets of the same type, the styling panel shows their shared type-specific options, such as text color and font size for filter widgets. When you select different widget types, the panel shows only the widget-level styles common to all selected widgets.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Replace Source Files to Keep Google Drive Data Lake Objects Current (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_replace_gdrive_dlo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can now replace a source file in an existing Google Drive data lake object (DLO) when the file is outdated. Select a file from the original or a different Google Drive connection without recreating the DLO or its refresh schedule. You can also switch file types, such as from CSV to XLSX, when the replacement file or sheet matches the DLO schema.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Manage Pre-Production Analytics Assets in Exploratory Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_rename.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Personal Orgs are now known as Exploratory Orgs. Keep building, analyzing, and promoting your analytics assets as before. This terminology update applies across your workspaces and administrative settings without affecting existing features, assets, or permissions.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Exploration and Action**: [Get Data Alerts for Goals, Thresholds, or Important Changes to Tableau Next Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_data_alerts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Tableau Agent: Data Alerting to spend more time taking action and less time checking dashboards. Set a schedule that works for you, and choose the type of alerts you want to receive: progress toward goals or thresholds, unusual changes to metric values, or period-over-period changes to your metrics. When you create a goal or threshold, alerts are sent by default. Alerts are sent to your email and also appear under the Notifications icon (bell) in Tableau Next.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Exploration and Action**: [Tableau Agent: Data Alerting Is Generally Available for Metrics and Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_data_alerts_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Tableau Agent: Data Alerting, formerly called Inspector Proactive Data Alerts, is now generally available. Users can ask Agentforce or Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP) to send them alerts for queries about metrics or their dataset. For example, ask to get an alert when the total number of open high-priority cases exceeds 10. The conditions for your alert are checked once per day, and if the conditions are met, a notification is sent to channels chosen by your admin—desktop, mobile, or Slack.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) **CRM Analytics** - **Data Integration**: [Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release.") (Updated the week of October 15, 2026) - Updated the release note to clarify that end of support for **Username** and **Password** settings is on October 27—31, 2026. **Data 360 Reports and Dashboards** - [See Relevant Report Data by Using Organizational Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data360_reports_org_hierarchies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Filter Semantic Data Model reports to help your users focus on the report data that matters to their role. By defining role or manager hierarchies, you can provide a focused view of organizational data and simplify reporting across teams. Managers can easily analyze their team’s records or view all records.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Updated the release notes title to clarify that the feature applies to Data 360 Reports and not Data 360. ### SEPTEMBER 2026 **Tableau Next** - **Tableau Agent**: [Ask Questions About Organization Hierarchy with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_org_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask Tableau Agent critical business questions like \"What's my team's revenue?\" or \"How is my region performing?\" without the need for separate metric definitions for each organizational level.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Clone Assets and Their Lineage for Safe, Isolated Editing in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_deep_clone.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deep cloning copies a dashboard or visualization together with chosen parts of its lineage, re-pointing all references to the new copies so nothing breaks. Before committing, a preview shows exactly how many assets will be created. The operation is atomic: if any part fails, the entire clone rolls back with no partial copies left behind.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Identify App-Originated Assets in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_badge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Quickly distinguish which assets in your workspace originated from an app. This visual badge marks every out-of-the-box app, so analysts can distinguish between what assets users with Limited Viewer licenses can see.This badge removes guesswork and speeds up collaborative customization planning. When you hover over the badge, you can see the originating app, version, installation date, and whether the asset is deployed or used on a Salesforce page. Cloned assets don't retain the badge.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Track Where Your Tableau Next Dashboards Are Embedded](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embed_details.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "From the detail panel of any dashboard, see the Lightning pages it's embedded in, with a direct link to each location. Users without access to a page see a count of restricted pages instead of a link. Analysts with a Creator license can use this view to spot actively used dashboards and navigate straight to the page where an asset lives.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Explore Data with Agents in Personal Orgs (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_exploratory_org_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sync Concierge and the SDM Agent to a Personal org so that analysts can experiment with agent-assisted analytics without affecting production. Agent metadata syncs when you create the Personal org or turn on AI features. If an agent changes after the initial sync, turn AI features off and on to bring the latest agent metadata into the Personal org.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Develop Analytics in a Personal Org and Promote Your Changes (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Personal orgs provide a safe space to combine Tableau Next production data with your own datasets. You can experiment with models and visualizations, and refine your analysis without affecting trusted production content. Share workspace assets with other analysts for feedback, then promote completed work to your production org for broader use.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Create Waterfall Charts in Tableau Next More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_waterall_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new Waterfall thumbnail in the Show Me pane to help you identify the fields required to create a waterfall chart. You also no longer need to manually create additional fields to visualize the cascading effect that shows how values increase or decrease across stages. For example, assess amounts across opportunity stages in a waterfall chart to see how each stage contributes to the total and identify where to focus your efforts.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Customize Tooltips in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_custom_tooltips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Include the most relevant context for a visualization by choosing the fields and details to show in custom tooltips. Format tooltip text, customize text and background colors, and adjust background opacity to emphasize key information and present insights clearly. Add Include and Exclude command buttons so users can filter the visualization directly from a data mark..") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Author Accessible Tableau Next Dashboards with Keyboard Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_keyboard_nav.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Navigate the dashboard canvas and customize widget properties entirely through standard keyboard keystrokes. Use arrow keys to shift focus across grid items, press Enter to dive into container layers or context menus, and press Escape to ascend levels. This built-in accessibility enhancement complies with Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 Level AA mandates without setup. Previously, creating and editing dashboards was inaccessible to screen-reader and keyboard-only users.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Show Embedded Dashboards on Tablets and Customized Header Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_lwc_tablet.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deliver mobile analytics and cleaner page layouts by embedding dashboards that render correctly on tablet devices. Reduce visual clutter by hiding the dashboard title without removing essential user actions, such as download as image. You can configure these header preferences directly within the app builder to customize the workspace layout. Embedded dashboards previously blocked tablet rendering and lacked independent title visibility settings.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Sharing and Embedding**: [Understand App Creation from Templates with Visual Representations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_template_visualizer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See how your Tableau Next app templates process assets as apps are created and updated, so you can build templates faster and troubleshoot installation failures. Templates use JSON chain files to create and update app assets in the correct order, and JSON rule files to define how an app is created. The template builder turns chain and rule files into readable visualizations of tasks, transformations, and dependencies.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Sharing and Embedding**: [Share Configurable Insights with Template Builder (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_template_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the template builder to create Tableau Next dashboard templates with clicks, not code. Then, share your templates to the Marketplace to improve the efficiency of dashboard design and best practices. You can add configuration steps for installation, so users can add data and details for their own custom dashboards.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Sharing and Embedding**: [Create App Templates from Your Tableau Next Workspace (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_template_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create reusable app templates from your Tableau Next workspaces and share them across orgs. An app template is your workspace's data and insights resources collected as a package. When users install an app from the template, they get the same workspace functionality, with all resource relationships preserved, whether installing in the same org or a different one.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Exploration and Action**: [Use Improved Metric Layout for Insights at a Glance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_redesign.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "It’s faster and easier than ever to understand your data with the redesigned metric card layout. Quickly understand your metric’s value and progress toward your goal. New metrics use the redesigned layout by default. After you save your dashboard so that metrics use the new layout, you can’t switch back to the legacy layout.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Development**: [Embed Tableau Next Assets Faster with SDK Onboarding for AI Coding Assistants](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embedding_sdk_onboarding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get up and running faster when embedding Tableau Next analytics in your web apps using the built-in onboarding skill for AI coding assistants. The packaged SKILL.md walks your assistant through the Embedding SDK's APIs and configuration to generate integration code using the current SDK version. This release also adds per-org session management functions, custom welcome and avatar image properties for the AnalyticsAgent component, and a smaller runtime bundle.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) **Tableau Semantics** - [Set Scalable Targets with Data-Defined Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_data_goal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create dynamic goals based on a measure in the semantic data model. When an analyst creates a metric in the semantic data model, users can apply filters and follow the sub-metric. Anyone who filters or follows a sub-metric inherits the data-defined goal, and Tableau automatically displays the goal that matches the metric’s filters and time period, if one is available. For example, you can create a data-defined goal based on the win rate measure. If the team has a data-defined goal for a win rate of 30%, and the West territory has its own goal of 28%, then users who filter the sub-metric to the West territory see the correct goal—28%. This way, users don’t need to create individual goals for each sub-metric, and your team stays in sync working towards the same goal.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) **CRM Analytics** - **Data Integration**: [Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - [Query Your Analytics Data in Natural Language with CRM Analytics MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_mcp_server.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "CRM Analytics MCP server is a Salesforce-hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) server. Connect AI assistants such as Claude, Cursor, GitHub Copilot, and ChatGPT to your analytics data. With one OAuth connection, business users, developers, and admins can query governed CRM Analytics data in natural language, without building a custom integration.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) **Reports and Dashboards** - [Embed Lightning Reports in Your Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_embed_reports_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed Lightning reports directly in your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites with a native Lightning web component. Users can then create charts and tables, apply conditional formatting, view trend reports, collaborate with Chatter, and edit records inline without leaving the Experience Cloud site. Previously, Lightning reports were available only in Aura-based Experience Cloud sites.") (Updated the week of September 21, 2026) - Updated the How section to clarify that the users should turn on the org pref for the feature in Reports and Dashboards Settings. ### AUGUST 2026 **Tableau Next** - No changes since the initial publication. **Tableau Semantics** - No changes since the initial publication. **Reports and Dashboards** - [Embed Lightning Reports in Your Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_embed_reports_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed Lightning reports directly in your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites with a native Lightning web component. Users can then create charts and tables, apply conditional formatting, view trend reports, collaborate with Chatter, and edit records inline without leaving the Experience Cloud site. Previously, Lightning reports were available only in Aura-based Experience Cloud sites.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Updated the How section to clarify that the users should contact Salesforce Customer Support to turn on the feature. - Show Only Matching Records Across Blocks in Joined Reports (Beta) (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. **Data 360 Reports and Dashboards** - Find the Right Report Type Faster with Improved Report Search (Beta) (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. **CRM Analytics** - No changes since the initial publication. # Analytics Data Integration Write and schedule your custom CRM Analytics recipes to output your transformed data directly to Data 360 data lake objects. Securely access your Amazon Redshift data by using a virtual private connection. Take advantage of OAuth functionality in your Microsoft Azure SQL Database connection. - **[Use CRM Analytics Datasets in Data 360 (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_wdc_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Take advantage of the latest Data 360 features while retaining the functionality of CRM Analytics recipes. Write and schedule your custom CRM Analytics recipes to output your transformed data directly to Data 360 data lake objects (DLO). Then you can use your CRM Analytics data to create calculated insights, semantic models, and Data 360 reports and dashboards. This feature, now generally available, includes a change since the last release: Users can now select a category on the DLO. - **[Securely Connect Your Private Redshift Data to CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_redshift_vpc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate data from your private Amazon Redshift data warehouse into CRM Analytics. Use a virtual private connection (VPC) to make sure that all data transfer happens over an internal network, bypassing the public internet for enhanced security and compliance. - **[Use OAuth Security with Your Microsoft Azure SQL Database Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_azure_oauth.htm&release=260&type=5)** Increase data security by connecting to Microsoft Azure SQL Database using OAuth 2.0 authentication. You can now provide Azure authentication values directly, eliminating the need for a separate external authentication provider setup. - **[Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=260&type=5)** Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP `login()` API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. - **[Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_territory_hierarchy_security_predicates_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0. Reference the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only reference user data. This feature is now generally available. - **[Improve Write to Data 360 Output Performance with Optimized Append, Upsert, and Delete Actions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_optimized_wdc_operations_beta.htm&release=260&type=5)** Decrease processing time when writing to Data 360 by overwriting existing Data Lake Objects (DLO) using optimized output operations. Instead of processing all rows of the output data, the optimized append, upsert, and delete actions run incrementally on subsets of the output data, resulting in faster runs. - **[Accelerate Data Updates in Using Unique IDs for External Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_user_primary_key_external.htm&release=260&type=5)** Now you can specify an external object field as a unique ID to function as a primary key for that object. Use defined primary keys to update massive datasets in minutes by only processing changed records. For example, a nightly sync for a two-billion-row sales transaction object now processes only the 500,000 new or changed records instead of the entire dataset. # Analytics Data Integration Inspect your Data Prep recipes for performance and troubleshooting. Export recipe schedules for your external calendar. Upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager. Write to multiple Data 360 data lake objects in a single recipe. - **[Increase Performance and Reliability with the CRM Analytics Recipe Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_recipe_inspector.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the recipe inspector to troubleshoot issues and improve performance. Deep-dive into your recipe jobs to view the detailed information at each stage of the flow. Monitor individual node performance and status. You can quickly identify a slow join or a transformation node that failed to make fixes immediately. - **[Export Recipe Schedules to Your External Calendar for Easy Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_recipe_schedule_export.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Export your CRM Analytics recipe schedules as calendar format (ICS) for quick reference and visibility in your calendar. For instance, share a recipe's run schedule with stakeholders in other teams to coordinate data readiness and reporting deadlines. - **[Simplify Recipe Backup with Direct Upload and Download in Data Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_recipe_upload_download.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Save time and clicks accessing your CRM Analytics recipe JSON for backups or editing. Now you can upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager, without opening the recipe editor. - **[Streamline Your Data Prep by Writing to Multiple Data 360 Outputs in a Single Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_multiple_wdc_output.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Consolidate your data prep processes by writing to multiple Data 360 data lake objects (DLO) in a single CRM Analytics recipe. Minimize issues with recipe run limits by consolidating your data prep into one recipe. For example, input your data and use filter nodes to write two distinct, filtered subsets, one to the Marketing DLO and one to the Sales DLO, in a single recipe execution. This reduces complexity and keeps your transformations organized. - **[Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP `login()` API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. - **[Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Optimized Upsert and Delete Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_optimized_upsert_delete_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Decrease processing time with quicker data recipe runs. Instead of processing all rows in the snapshot data, the optimized upsert and delete actions run incrementally on subsets of the data resulting in faster runs. This feature is now generally available. - **[Improve Write to Data 360 Output Performance with Optimized Append, Upsert, and Delete Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_optimized_wdc_operations_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Decrease processing time when writing to Data 360 by overwriting existing Data Lake Objects (DLO) using optimized output operations. Instead of processing all rows of the output data, the optimized append, upsert, and delete operations run incrementally on subsets of the output data, resulting in faster runs. This feature is now generally available. - **[Output Your CRM Analytics Data to Azure Data Lake (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_azure_data_lake_output_connection_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Write your data from CRM Analytics into Microsoft’s Azure Data Lake with the Azure Data Lake output connector. Write recipe output datasets as one or more .csv files to your data lake, improving your overall business processes with better data. For example, you can output processed and transformed customer service data to help your team improve customer satisfaction. This feature is now generally available. # Analytics Data Integration Enhance dataset accuracy with 18-digit measure precision, and see faster query results with optimized null measure handling. Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. - **[Analyze Your Data More Precisely with Expanded CRM Analytics Measure Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_measure_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** CRM Analytics adds 18-digit precision support for measures, preventing value overflow errors and keeping your calculated values accurate at scale. If your org has null measure handling in datasets enabled, you also see faster query performance. - **[Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. # Analytics Experience and Visualizations Download Data 360 object data from lenses and widgets to CSV or Excel files. Take action across many assets with bulk actions. Query data more effectively with the new Data 360 SQL variant (beta). - **[Analyze Data Offline with CSV and Excel Exports of Data 360 Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_export_excel_csv_from_data_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Export data directly from lenses and widgets that use data from Data 360 objects, such as data lake objects, data model objects, and calculated insights. Save up to 50,000 rows as an Excel or CSV file to use offline features, such as applying advanced filters, integrating with external tools, and performing complex calculations. - **[Download CRM Analytics Dashboard Images](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_direct_dashboard_image_downloads.htm&release=260&type=5)** Share insights faster by directly downloading an image of your CRM Analytics dashboard from the dashboard view. Previously, you had to use the Share window to download dashboard images. - **[Manage CRM Analytics Assets with New Bulk Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_perform_bulk_actions_for_assets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Minimize the risk of human error associated with repetitive manual tasks and manage multiple CRM Analytics assets efficiently with new bulk actions. You can now add or remove Favorites, and hide or show assets. You can perform bulk actions on up to 50 assets at a time. Previously, bulk actions were limited to Change Owner and Add to Collection. - **[Speed Up Queries and Improve Data Handling with Data 360 SQL (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_improve_data_handling_with_data360_sql.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance data handling, strengthen security, and speed up query responses by using Data 360 SQL. New compact form queries and custom SQL queries now run on Data 360 SQL by default. Existing custom SQL queries continue to use legacy SQL, and you can manually switch them to Data 360 SQL for improved performance. - **[Repeat Groupings in Compare Tables with Repeat Row Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_repeat_row.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now configure a compare table to replicate group dimension values on every row with Repeat Row Values. Tables with group dimensions, such as name or product, automatically repeat the group value on every row. This enhancement helps improve readability of large datasets without constant scrolling back to the first occurrence. - **[Gain Full Control over Number Widget Tooltips](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_number_tooltip.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now suppress tooltip bubbles on number widgets when a custom message isn't provided. This change allows for a more streamlined visual presentation, displaying tooltips only when they contain relevant information. - **[Explore Pivot Tables with Expand and Collapse](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_expand_collapse_pivot.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now expand and collapse groups and sub-groups in pivot tables to help you focus on specific insights and customize your view of large datasets. - **[Keep Widget Action Menus Visible](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_action_menu.htm&release=260&type=5)** Keep important widget actions, such as downloading and sharing, always in sight for chart, number, text, repeater, list, toggle, date, range, and table widgets. Quickly access widget actions without needing to hover over the widget. # Analytics Experience and Visualizations Get insights from Data 360 data more efficiently in more places. This release adds support for Experience Cloud embedding and live query reuse. You can also tailor your data views with selective totals in compare tables, utilize multi-text filters, perform advanced Semi and Anti joins, and print large dashboards completely. - **[Embed Data 360 Live Data Widgets in Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_embed_widget_partner_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Embed dashboards with widgets that use live connectors, including Data 360, directly into your Experience Cloud sites. Give your users access to up-to-date information so they can review, profile, and trend real-time data right in their daily workflows. - **[Improve Dashboard Responsiveness with Result Reuse for Data 360 Live Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_result_reuse_data360_live_queries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce processing costs and balance data freshness by configuring how long to retain query results. When you run a query with identical data access, CRM Analytics retrieves the previous results. This reuse speeds up load times, especially for large or complex queries. - **[Boost Query Performance and Data Efficiency with Semi-Joins and Anti-Joins (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_semi_anti_join_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now add semi and anti joins to your queries to identify duplicate and non-matching rows without coding. This update not only accelerates query performance by retrieving only essential data but also empowers you to perform advanced data analysis more efficiently, making complex data insights accessible to all. This feature is now generally available. - **[Filter Dashboards with Multiple Text Values Simultaneously](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_multi_text_filter.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Narrow your data to exactly what you need by entering multiple text values into dashboard filters, including global filters. Previously, filters supported only single text entries or broad matching. Now, you can enter comma-separated values to view specific groups of records, such as several SKU numbers or customer names, all at once. - **[Publish Large Dashboard Layouts with Full-Width Printing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_full_width_print.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make sure that your wide charts and tables print clearly without clipped data by using the new full width option. Switch from the standard A4 width to a full-viewport layout to use the extra horizontal space on A3 or larger paper sizes. All dashboard widgets update to occupy the available space for a polished physical report. - **[Manage Column Total Visibility in Your Compare Table](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_column_totals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize your dashboard tables to show only the summaries that matter to you. You can now hide totals for columns where a summary doesn't add value, such as ratios or unique identifiers. This update simplifies complex compare tables by focusing attention on the most impactful metrics. - **[Protect Your Work with the CRM Analytics Recycle Bin (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Safeguard your critical analytics by moving deleted dashboards and lenses to a dedicated recycle bin instead of losing them forever. View, manage, and restore these assets to their original state while automatically pausing associated subscriptions and notifications during the retention window. - **[Export CRM Analytics Dashboards as Documents with Custom Page Sizes (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_document_download.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Download and share CRM Analytics as PDFs with custom page sizes and data options. For example, your users can export a dashboard page in A4 format and share it over Slack for weekly reviews. - **[Subscribe to Dashboard Widgets in Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_subscriptions_community_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your community users informed with dashboard widget subscriptions in your Experience Cloud sites. Send automated updates to your external users via email or portal notifications based on their selected schedules and filters. CRM Analytics enforces portal profiles and sharing rules so that your community users only see authorized data. # Analytics Experience and Visualizations Keep users informed with scheduled email snapshots of CRM Analytics dashboards and widgets powered by Data 360 live datasets. Add Gantt charts to CRM Analytics lenses and dashboards to track activity schedules, task durations, and overlaps. Improve your chart readability with controls for segment gaps and borders. - **[Analyze Activities Across Time with Gantt Chart Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_gantt_chart_type.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add Gantt charts to CRM Analytics lenses and dashboards to track activity schedules, task durations, and overlaps. Gantt charts integrate with standard dashboard interactions like filtering and faceting, so you can analyze timelines alongside other visualizations. For dense timelines, use dimension separators and vertical grid lines for a cleaner view. - **[Improve Chart Readability with Segment Gap and Border Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_segment_border_gap.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use segment gaps and borders for improved readability on charts that rely on color differences. For example, slices in a pie chart or stacked sections in a column can be difficult to read, especially in high-density charts. These chart enhancements add visual separation between adjacent segments to improve readability. Supported chart types include Bar, Column, Stacked Bar, Stacked Column, Funnel, and Pie. These options aren’t on by default, so your existing charts remain unchanged. - **[Customize Data 360 Fields in CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_edit_fields_dc_widgets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create consistent analytics experiences by customizing how Data 360 fields appear in CRM Analytics lenses and dashboards. Rename fields, edit field values, and assign chart colors for data lake objects, data model objects, and calculated insight objects. These customizations apply to all lenses and dashboards that use the data source without changing the underlying Data 360 data. - **[Subscribe to Data 360 Live Widgets in CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_email_subscriptions_data_cloud_live_connector.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep users informed with scheduled email snapshots of CRM Analytics dashboards and widgets powered by Data 360 live datasets. Choose hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly delivery, and set the delivery time and time zone to meet recipients’ needs. Recipients see only the data that they’re authorized to access based on their existing permissions. For example, a customer support manager can receive hourly email snapshots of a case escalation widget using Data 360 live data to stay informed about critical issues throughout the day without manually checking the dashboard. - **[Protect Your Work with a Dedicated CRM Analytics Recycle Bin (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Safeguard your critical analytics by moving deleted dashboards and lenses to a dedicated recycle bin instead of losing them forever. View, manage, and restore these assets to their original state while automatically pausing associated subscriptions and notifications during the retention window. - **[Expand Analytic Workflows with Increased Dashboard Page Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_page_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now request up to 30 pages within a single dashboard to support end-to-end guided workflows from high-level KPIs down to detail tables. Dashboards previously capped page counts at 20, requiring you to link separate dashboards together and duplicate filter configurations. You can now navigate multi-topic analytics without losing active filter selections. - **[Customize Table Column Widgets with Flexible Column Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_table_column_edit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Customize CRM Analytics table views by dynamically hiding and reordering columns. Adjust visible columns within the table widget to focus on relevant data without modifying the dashboard. Dashboard authors can also define specific column widths directly in the table during edit mode. Previously, table structures were fixed, which required multiple dashboard versions for different user needs. # Analyze Activities Across Time with Gantt Chart Visualizations Add Gantt charts to CRM Analytics lenses and dashboards to track activity schedules, task durations, and overlaps. Gantt charts integrate with standard dashboard interactions like filtering and faceting, so you can analyze timelines alongside other visualizations. For dense timelines, use dimension separators and vertical grid lines for a cleaner view. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Open a lens or dashboard and select **Gantt** from Charts. In the column-map panel, assign fields with matching date formats to Start Date (1) and End Date (2), and select a category (3). Customize your view in the properties panel. Select **Dimension Separator** (Y-Axis) (4) to draw clear lines between category rows for easier scanning, or select **Show Vertical Grid Lines** (X-Axis) (5) to add date markers along the timeline for precise alignment. ![Add Gantt Charts in CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_analytics_gantt_chart.png) # Analyze Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview) Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional (API access required), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change isn't supported in Government Cloud Plus. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentic Development is available as a developer preview. Agentic Development isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. **When:** These updates to Agentic Development are available starting the week of September 14, 2026. **Who:** Only users with the DevOps Center Administrator permission set can turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. After it’s enabled, users with the DevOps Center User permission set can view the Agentic Development tab in DevOps Center on the Analytics page. **How:** To turn on this feature, open DevOps Center. Expand the card for your GitHub integration, and next to **Features & Integrations**, click **Manage**. Then click the toggle to turn on **Analytics**. Developer activity appears in the dashboard only when you have installed Agentforce Vibes Extension. It can take up to 24 hours to appear after you record a session. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Access Agentforce Vibes Usage with Agentic Development (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_agentic_development.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze and Predict Use your data to generate metrics and reports, ask questions, and build AI and semantic models. Get the most out of your data in Data 360 by creating calculated, streaming, or real-time insights. # Analyze and Visualize Tableau Next Data with MCP-Compatible AI Clients (Beta) Use Tableau Next analytics with your preferred MCP-compatible AI assistant or agent, such as Agentforce, ChatGPT, or Claude. Create, edit, and save visualizations and dashboards, or ask questions about your Tableau Next data without leaving your existing AI workflow. Save visualizations and dashboards as governed Tableau Next assets for reuse and continued analysis. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Why:** For example, when sales reps notice a dip in their pipeline, they can ask an AI agent to investigate the issue. The agent can also create visualizations that illustrate the findings, refine them through the conversation, and save them as governed Tableau Next assets. **How:** After your administrator enables the Tableau Next MCP connection, open a conversation in your preferred MCP-compatible AI assistant or agent. Then start analyzing your Tableau Next data. ![Tableau Next created and updated through a conversation in Claude](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_viz_mcp_claude_support.png) # Analyze B2B Marketing Impact with Ready-to-Use Dashboards B2B Analytics for Marketers brings account, opportunity, campaign, engagement, and attribution data into Tableau Next dashboards. Marketing teams can review account-based marketing performance, pipeline influence, campaign return, deal velocity, and attribution from one analytics experience. Use the dashboards to understand which marketing programs support pipeline and revenue, then apply those insights to planning, budgeting, and strategy. **Where:** This change applies to Marketing Cloud Next in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth Edition. **When:** This feature is available beginning August 10, 2026. **How:** In Setup, configure B2B Analytics for Marketers from Marketing Cloud Assistant Home. # Analyze B2B Marketing Impact with Ready-to-Use Dashboards B2B Analytics for Marketers brings account, opportunity, campaign, engagement, and attribution data into Tableau Next dashboards. Marketing teams can review account-based marketing performance, pipeline influence, campaign return, deal velocity, and attribution from one analytics experience. Use the dashboards to understand which marketing programs support pipeline and revenue, then apply those insights to planning, budgeting, and strategy. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** This feature is available beginning August 10, 2026. **How:** In Setup, configure B2B Analytics for Marketers from Marketing Cloud Assistant Home. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ B2B Analytics for Marketers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_reporting_b2b_analytics_marketers.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Customer Signals with an Impartial Scoring Framework Transform raw customer signals into actionable intelligence by using a tiered scoring framework. Rather than relying on simple averages, the framework standardizes diverse KPIs onto a common scale. Governed weighting prevents high-volume data from overpowering critical signals to maintain statistically sound scores. Leaders get an impartial baseline to evaluate business health without functional bias. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note CSI Score is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** CSI Score is available starting in March 2026. **How:** To enable CSI Score (beta), contact your Salesforce account executive. ![Levels of CSI Score calculation logic.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_csi_score_logic.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: How CSI Score Works](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.csi_score_learn_work.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Understand the Scoring Logic of CSI Score](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.csi_score_logic.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Data Use various tools and products to analyze your data from Data 360 to gain insights and take action. - **[Create Engagement Target Objects Directly in Batch Data Transforms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_2026_spring_engagement_target_objects_in_batch_data_transforms.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create Engagement data lake objects (DLOs) and data model objects (DMOs) without leaving the batch transform editor. Previously, transforming results to an Engagement target object required exiting the workflow to manually create the object first. Now, you can save time and streamline your workflow by creating the target object directly in the builder. - **[Research and Analyze Enterprise Content with Data 360 Notebook AI (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_notebookai_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform scattered information into organized resource libraries with Data 360 Notebook AI. This feature, which is now Generally Available, includes some changes since the beta release. Upload all your personal files, web links, and enterprise sources into one intelligent workspace and start asking questions. Turn your research into authoritative, sharable enterprise content, and eliminate tribal knowledge silos across your organization. - **[Visualize Your Data Without SQL in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_spring26_data_lens_preview.htm&release=260&type=5)** Validate data quality and structure without using SQL. Powered by Data Lens, the Preview button in Data 360, provides a view of sample data and profiling insights. Data Lens maintains the same permission model as other Data 360 viewing applications, such as Data Explorer. Dynamic PII masking protects data displayed in the Preview window. The Preview button appears on Data Lens-powered tabs in Data 360. Currently, this includes Einstein Studio and Segmentations. # Analyze Data Use various tools and products to analyze your data from Data 360 to gain insights and take action. - **[Summarize Content with Notebook AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_notebookai_summarize.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get AI-generated summaries of your research resources with the built-in Summarize Content action. Extract insights from uploaded documents, such as research papers, complex engineering diagrams, or product documentation, and generate a concise summary without reading through all your sources manually. You can then copy or export the summary into a PDF to use as a starting point for proposals or knowledge base articles. - **[Run Deep Research Across Multiple Sources in Notebook AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_notebookai_deep_research.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Deep Research in Notebook AI to generate comprehensive research reports from your CRM data, uploaded documents, enterprise search results, and web sources. Submit a research question, review the AI-generated research plan, customize it, and run Deep Research to produce a structured report with inline citations that you can query and share. Manual research across scattered enterprise data is time-consuming and prone to human error. Deep Research pulls insights simultaneously from multiple sources, saving hours of manual work. The completed reports become reusable resources. # Analyze Data Assets in Tableau Next Explore large data lake objects (DLOs), data model objects (DMOs), and external tables in data connections directly from your Tableau Next workspaces. Now, you can also profile external tables in a live data connection before creating a data lake object, so you can review the data and bring in the right table. Summarize, filter, sort, and drill down into data right in your flow of work. You can easily streamline your view to discover key metrics, identify data relationships, and analyze distributions. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From your Tableau Next workspace, click **+Add**, and then select **Data**. Add your data and begin exploring by using one of these methods. - To add an existing DLO or DMO, select the data object, and then click **Add**. To begin exploring, click the DLO or DMO to open it directly. ![The Tableau Next interactive environment](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/tua_tn_data_lens.png) - To add data from a connection, select an existing data connection or create one, and then click **Add**. You can view the data profile of an external table directly before creating a data lake object, and then add the right table as a data object for further analysis. ![Data profile for external tables](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_tn_data_explore.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Visualize Your Data in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_explore.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Data Offline with CSV and Excel Exports of Data 360 Objects Export data directly from lenses and widgets that use data from Data 360 objects, such as data lake objects, data model objects, and calculated insights. Save up to 50,000 rows as an Excel or CSV file to use offline features, such as applying advanced filters, integrating with external tools, and performing complex calculations. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Who:** To download Data 360 data as an Excel and CSV file, you need the Download CRM Analytics Data permission. **How:** Select a widget that contains data from a Data 360 object. From the widget’s action, click **Download**. You can download the data in Excel, Excel with Metadata, or CSV format. The Excel with metadata file includes the filters applied, groupings applied on columns, and count of records. # Analyze Data Trends with Calculated Insight Object History (Beta) Compare metrics and visualize how calculated insights evolve across selected time periods with snapshot data from the Calculated Insight Object (CIO) History object. Select snapshot dates to generate trend charts and aggregated reports that power strategic decisions. For example, your users can track the growth of Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) month-over-month for the last six months to inform their marketing strategy. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Analyze Data Trends with Calculated Insight Object History is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. Then, select **Enable reporting on CIO History in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)**. To analyze historical trends, enable history tracking on the source Calculated Insight, and then create a Data 360 report using the Calculated Insight Object History object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Data 360 Report on Calculated Insight Object History (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_reports_dashboards_cio_history_reporting.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Disease Trends and Critical Cases with Analytics Dashboards Get comprehensive data analytics and visualization capabilities by using the dashboards in the Disease Surveillance Analytics app. You can visualize key disease case trends, identify potential warnings that cause outbreaks, and monitor critical metrics such as hospitalizations and mortality. Use the dashboards to analyze case trends and use Agentforce actions to conduct deeper investigations and understand disease spread. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Developer, and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud. **Who:** The dashboards are part of the Disease Surveillance app, which is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation and Disease Surveillance permission sets. To access the dashboards, users also need the Data Cloud Admin and Epidemiological Insights for Disease Surveillance user permission, and the Tableau Next Limited Consumer license and permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Disease Surveillance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Experiment Results with the Data Visualization Tab Review A/B test results and compare variations against your control cohort to know when results are ready to act on. Summary cards surface the best-performing variation and its odds of winning. A performance chart and daily enrollment chart show the trend over time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with a Salesforce Personalization license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Visualizing Experiment Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_exp_analytics_data_viz_tab.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Field History with Reporting and Audit Trails on IT Service Records Create reports for objects such as Incident History, Service Request History, Problem History, Change Request History, or Release History to audit field changes. Create custom reports on these objects to demonstrate compliance with internal and regulatory requirements and to pinpoint where tickets stall so that you can improve your service processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce IT Service Management. # Analyze Filter Impact with Segment Filter Count See how individual filters affect your target population with filter-level counts in the segment builder. Calculate populations for specific filters or containers to identify which criteria are too restrictive or ineffective. This granular visibility helps you refine segment logic during and after authoring without relying on trial and error. Understand the contribution of each rule to efficiently iterate and reach your desired segment size. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View Filter and Container Level Counts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_view_filter_count.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Segment Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_segment_canvas_interface.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze How Location Impacts Data with Point Maps To evaluate how values vary across locations, plot latitude and longitude data in Tableau Next’s new map view. Uncover broader geographic trends by grouping or binning related data points. Or narrow your analysis to specific regions by applying filters in the map view. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Who:** To enable this feature for your org, contact your Salesforce admin. **Why:** For example, in a point map, compare how sales vary across locations to analyze market distribution. Size marks by sales to identify the largest markets. Group locations into sales ranges using bins, and color them to compare markets at a broader level. **How:** To create a point map, select **Map** from the Layout menu in the widget toolbar (1). Click **\+ Add Location** (2). Enter a location name, then select latitude and longitude fields from your data source (3). ![Settings to create point map in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_create_mapview.png) Use the mouse scroll wheel to zoom in and out. Hold the Shift key and drag to pan across the map. ![Point map in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_map_example.png) # Analyze Installed Software and System Components with the New Components Tab Review and analyze installed software and system components by using the Components tab on a configuration item (CI) record. Review installed software, system processes, network adapters, certificates, and other component data collected during discovery. The tab organizes component inventory into structured categories and provides a searchable, filterable table. You can also add components manually when required. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Discovery is enabled. **Who:** Users must have the IT Service Configuration Item and IT Service Asset Discovery permissions. **Why:** Component-level visibility helps IT teams validate software compliance, troubleshoot configuration issues, and track system changes. This improves operational awareness and strengthens configuration governance. **How:** From the Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph, go to **All Configuration Items** or **My Configuration Items** in the navigation pane. Select the required CI record and select the **Components** tab. Select any component category such as installed software, processes, network adapters, or storage disks. Use the table tools to search, filter, or customize visible columns. Select **Add** to manually add a new component entry. # Analyze IT Asset Inventory and Operational Performance with CMDB Analytics Dashboard Analyze your IT asset inventory and operational trends to understand the composition of your IT environment by using the CMDB Analytics dashboard. Track key configuration item (CI) metrics, such as top CIs by incident volume or problem count, to identify high-impact issues and prioritize your resolution efforts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentic IT Service. **Who:** To access the CMDB analytics dashbaord, users need the Data Cloud admin permission set, Tableau Limited Viewer license and permission sets, and the CMDB-Discovery data kit. **Why:** CMDBs often contain large volumes of configuration data. The analytics dashboard provides a visual summary of configuration items by type, status, and business impact to help teams quickly understand data distribution and identify gaps. **How:** From the Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph app, go to **CMDB Dashboard**under **Analytics**. # Analyze Loyalty Programs with More Tableau Next Dashboards Analyze your loyalty programs using several new dashboards in Tableau Next. Tableau Next delivers the high performance and advanced capabilities needed to process large member bases and transaction volumes. These dashboards were previously available only in CRM Analytics. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** Each dashboard provides insights into a different aspect of your loyalty programs. In-App dashboards: - Loyalty Member Services Dashboard: Get actionable insights into the types of assistance that you provide to loyalty members. - Team Performance Dashboard: Track your team's performance based on factors such as the number of members assisted and customer satisfaction scores. - Program Manager Home Dashboard: Monitor the performance of your loyalty program based on membership trends, transactions, revenue, and liability. - Fraud Analytics Dashboard: Get insights into the member points accrued, redeemed, and credited. Use this data to identify potentially fraudulent members and transactions. Embedded dashboards: - Member Preferences Embedded Dashboard: Learn about members' preferred partners and products for redeeming non-qualifying points. - Member Services Manager Home Dashboard: Track the performance of your service reps based on factors such as the number of members assisted and customer satisfaction scores. - Member Summary Embedded Dashboard: Get insights into member modifications. Filter data by agents, by transactions, by points accrued, by points redeemed, by reasons for point adjustments, and by member ranking. # Analyze Multi-Framework App Performance in Scale Center (Beta) Generate the Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard to review key performance metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps. The dashboard displays up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days. For each app, you can drill down within the dashboard to see more detailed metrics. **Where:** This feature is available in Developer, Enterprise, Partner Developer, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Multi-Framework Insights is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting in September 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Multi-Framework Insights, and then click **Multi-Framework Insights (Beta)**. Click **Generate Insight Report** and wait for the dashboard to load. To see detailed metrics for a specific app, click **View details** or click the corresponding tab at the top of the dashboard. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multi-Framework Insights (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mfw_insights.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Performance Across Multiple Measures with Radar Charts Compare entities across multiple measures with radar charts in Tableau Next. Evaluate results over time or side by side to quickly identify strengths, weaknesses, and overall performance patterns using their distinctive shapes. The Radial layout makes it easy to create these visualizations without requiring complex calculations or workarounds. Optionally, add a KPI value to the center of the chart to highlight a related aggregate metric. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, assess quarterly results for sales representatives across KPIs, such as quota attainment, win rate, and customer satisfaction scores, in a single chart to quickly identify areas of strong or weak performance. **How:** To create a radar chart, click the ![radar chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_radar_chart_thumbnail.png) thumbnail in the Show Me pane. Add the measures you want to compare to **Measure Values**. Drag the dimension that identifies the entities to compare, such as **Sales Representative**, to **Color**. ![Radar chart tracking sales reps’ performance across KPIs](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_viz_radar_chart.png) # Analyze Scale Test Results with Agentforce for Scale Scale Test now includes Agentforce for Scale actions at no additional cost. Ask Agentforce for Scale to analyze your test results, summarize performance trends, and recommend next steps in plain language, without leaving your testing workflow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. Scale Test is available for customers with a Full sandbox in all Hyperforce regions, except Singapore. To get access, contact your customer success representative or account executive. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click **Scale Test**. Open a completed test run, and then use Agentforce for Scale to analyze the results. # Analyze Sessions with Percentile Latency, Feedback, and Connected-Agent Data Pinpoint performance issues with percentile latency metrics and connected-agent insights, and understand the usage, knowledge sources, and feedback associated with each session. Reusable views, simplified evaluation workflows, and customizable analytics make it easier to investigate sessions and improve agent performance. **Where:** This change applies to Agentforce Observability in Lightning Experience. **When:** These enhancements are available starting August 2026. **What:** Agentforce Observability includes these enhancements. **Understand Performance and Session Activity** - **Percentile latency metrics:** Use Time to First Token (TTFT) and Time to Last Token (TTLT) metrics at p50, p90, p95, and p99 to see how long agents take to start and finish responses and spot latency patterns. - **Connected-agent insights:** See connected agents, connected-agent latency, agent action breakdowns, and total errors in Sessions & Intents columns and filters. - **Flex Credit consumption:** The data model correlates session activity with billable usage events, including standard and custom action invocations and voice actions. - **Knowledge source visibility:** See which knowledge sources an agent used within sessions, and optionally add knowledge sources as a field in the Sessions & Intents table. - **Submit feedback and define feedback templates:** Define feedback templates to manually annotate sessions or intents. For each template, select the required input type, such as predefined labels, a true-or-false value, free text, a number, a date, or a URL. Submitted feedback appears in session and intent details and can be displayed and filtered in the Sessions & Intents table. ![Voice session details in Agentforce Observability with actions to submit manual feedback and define a feedback template](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_observability_session_feedback.png) - **Voice analysis:** The data model now includes the Agent Talk Ratio metric, which compares agent and customer speaking time. **Review Sessions More Efficiently** - **Reusable views:** Save and reuse custom Sessions & Intents views, including your preferred layouts and filter combinations. - **Session data downloads:** Download all displayed Sessions & Intents columns and transcripts for offline analysis. - **Scorer management:** Manage scorers in a modal in Agentforce Observability instead of navigating to a separate tab. ![Manage AI Scorers modal showing scorer names, versions, descriptions, input levels, sampling rates, types, and statuses](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_observability_ai_scorers.png) **Customize and Navigate Analytics** - **Expanded dashboards:** Service Agent Analytics and Employee Agent Analytics dashboards include the Task Resolution metric on the Effectiveness tab. The Employee Agent Analytics dashboard also displays Agentforce default metrics. - **Custom semantic models and metrics:** New extension models enrich the base semantic model with additions designed for each agent type. Customize the **Service Agentforce Observability Extension SDM** or **Employee Agentforce Observability Extension SDM** to tailor Agent Analytics dashboards to your business needs. - **Dashboard navigation:** Navigate from Analytics dashboards to the semantic data model and Tableau Next dashboards. ![Service Agent Analytics dashboard with the dashboard menu and the Edit Data Model option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_observability_analytics_navigation.png) - **Automatic installation:** Agent Analytics installs automatically when you enable Agentforce Session Tracing. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Scorers and Custom Scorers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_scorers.htm&type=5&language=en_US), [Use Intents in Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_intent_use.htm&type=5&language=en_US), [Get Insights with Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_use.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Analyze Video Meetings Faster with Transcript Upload in Einstein Conversation Insights Process your important video meetings with Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI) by uploading call transcripts. Analyze conversations from third-party meeting platforms to unlock insights and identify coachable moments, even for historical calls. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in Starter, Pro, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **When:** This feature is available in late June 2026. **Who:** This feature applies to ECI customers who are on the new Salesforce Platform infrastructure. It’s not available to legacy ECI orgs until they’re migrated to the Salesforce Platform. See [Einstein Conversation Insights Data Is Moving to The Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005317124&type=1&language=en_US). To use this feature, ECI users must be authenticated with at least one of these vendors–Zoom, Microsoft Teams, or Google Meet. **Why:** Previously, ECI users could only upload video recording files, which required backend processing engines to generate transcripts and insights. Now, ECI can directly process the vendor-provided transcript file and uploading the video recording is optional. Transcript upload is supported for Zoom (VTT), Microsoft Teams (VTT), and Google Meet (TXT). A user can upload up to three MP4 video recordings (up to 2 GB each) and an unlimited number of transcript files (up to 250 KB each) per day. **How:** To turn on the feature, from Salesforce Go, enter Einstein Conversation Insights under Features. Then enable Turn On Manual Transcript Upload. ![Salesforce Go setup page for ECI to turn on manual transcript upload](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_eci_manual_transcript_upload.png) Your ECI data must be migrated to the Salesforce Platform to upload call transcripts. This feature replaces the manual video upload feature that allowed uploading video call recordings only. # Analyze Volunteer Data in Data 360 with Data Model Objects for Volunteer Management Combine the power of Data 360, formerly Data Cloud, with your Volunteer Management CRM data. Data model objects (DMOs) are now available in Data 360 for the entire Volunteer Management data model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Volunteer Management and Data 360 is enabled. **Who:** To complete a Data 360 integration, admins need the Data Cloud Architect and the Manage Volunteer Data permission sets, or the Education Full Access permission set. **How:** Turn on Agentforce Nonprofit, formerly Nonprofit Cloud (NPC), and Data 360, formerly Data Cloud. In Setup, follow the steps for Volunteer Management Intelligence. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Nonprofit Cloud Data Model Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.npc_data_model_objects.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Your Data More Precisely with Expanded CRM Analytics Measure Support CRM Analytics adds 18-digit precision support for measures, preventing value overflow errors and keeping your calculated values accurate at scale. If your org has null measure handling in datasets enabled, you also see faster query performance. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To get these enhancements, run your recipes with a full data sync to refresh measure values in your datasets. If your org was created before Spring '17, you might not have null measure handling in datasets enabled by default. To enable it, go to Setup, search for Analytics, and select **Settings**. Enable **Allow null measure handling for datasets**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Handle Null Numeric Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_null_measures.htm&language=en_US) # Analyze Your Most Popular Pages with Usage Insights (Beta) Identify your most used pages and evaluate their performance by reviewing desktop usage data in the Usage Insights (beta) tab. Use actionable data on page views, daily active users, and experienced page time to pinpoint performance bottlenecks and focus on your most popular pages. **Where:** These updates apply to Full sandbox and production environments with Scale Center enabled. Lightning Experience Insights is available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Usage Insights is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Lightning Experience Insights, and then click **Lightning Experience Insights**. Click **Generate Insight Report** to create a Lightning Experience Insights report. After the report is generated, click **Usage Insights (Beta)** to view the Usage Insights (beta) dashboard. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Usage Insights (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Lightning Experience Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Analyze Your Most Popular Pages with Usage Insights (Generally Available) Identify your most used pages and evaluate their performance by reviewing desktop usage data in the Usage Insights tab. Use actionable data on page views, daily active users, and experienced page time to pinpoint performance bottlenecks and focus on your most popular pages. This feature was previously in beta, and is now generally available. **Where:** These updates apply to Full sandbox and production environments with Scale Center enabled. Lightning Experience Insights is available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Lightning Experience Insights, and then click **Lightning Experience Insights**. Click **Generate Insight Report** to create a Lightning Experience Insights report. After the report is generated, click **Usage Insights** to view the Usage Insights dashboard. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Usage Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Lightning Experience Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Analyze Your Service Revenue Streams Gain comprehensive visibility into your service revenue streams using the Service Revenue Analytics app. Use the Service Revenue Analytics dashboard to assess recurring and non-recurring revenue mix, identify key revenue drivers, and track growth opportunities across customers and assets. Connect service operations with financial outcomes to drive more predictable and diversified revenue growth. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud and Data Cloud enabled. **Who:** To use the Service Revenue Analytics dashboard, users need the Warranty Lifecycle Management, Warranty Claims for Field Service, Criteria Based Search and Filter, Inventory Search and Transfer, Industries Service Excellence, Service Console for Manufacturing, and Tableau Next User permission sets. **How:** In Setup, select Salesforce Go from the gear menu and select Tableau Next Apps for Manufacturing. Click **Get Started**, turn on the feature, and follow the instructions. # Anonymize Archived PII - for Compliance (Beta) Anonymize personally identifiable information (PII) directly in archived records to comply with Right to Be Forgotten (RTBF) requests and meet data retention obligations. Anonymize Archived PII (beta) replaces sensitive fields with non-identifiable placeholders so that data remains available for audits and analytics. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Anonymize Archived PII is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To enable this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Archive SDK-Anonymize PII in the Archive App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.archive_sdk_rtbf.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Answer Job Seeker Questions Instantly with Agentforce Help job seekers learn about your agency’s mission, hiring policies, and processes by interacting with an AI agent on your recruitment Experience Cloud site. Grounded in your policy manuals, the agent provides accurate responses to candidate inquiries. Candidates can ask follow-up questions to refine results, which helps them understand expectations and saves recruiters from answering repetitive questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, and Data 360 are enabled, with the Agentforce for Public Sector and Agentforce for Public Sector Community add-ons. **Who:** The agent is available to authenticated and unauthenticated job seekers on your recruitment Experience Cloud site. **Why:** Candidates often have specific questions about job qualifications or work expectations that static FAQs don’t cover. Instead of waiting for a recruiter to respond, candidates can converse with the agent to get consistent information sourced directly from your agency’s policy manuals. **How:** Upload your agency’s policy documents, FAQs, and mission statements to the Agentforce Data Library to vectorize the data. Then, configure the Recruitment FAQ Agent to use this data to ground its responses and add the agent to your recruitment site. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Recruitment Assistance with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_recruitment_assistance_with_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Answer Patient Calls Around the Clock with Agentforce Voice Give patients a faster path to care, even when call volume spikes. Patients call in and reach a conversational AI voice agent that verifies their identity and understands requests in natural speech. The agent can schedule appointments or add the patient to appointment waitlists without waiting for a live representative. Your contact center handles more demand without adding staff and reserves live representatives for the calls that need a human. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2, 2026. **How:** From Setup, on the Referral Management Settings page, follow the guided setup steps in the Configure Agentforce Voice for Referral Management section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Voice for Referrals and Appointment Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_agentforce_cc_voice.htm&language=en_US) # Answer Unmatched Inbound SMS and WhatsApp Messages with a Default Response Keep every conversation active by automatically replying with a default message when an inbound SMS or WhatsApp message isn’t a part of a consent request, ongoing conversation, or flow keyword match. Define a friendly fallback message to guide users toward the next step, or choose to leave unsolicited messages unanswered. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations and SMS add-ons - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations and SMS add-ons - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations and SMS add-ons #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure a Default Response for SMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_sms_configure_default_response.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure a Default Response for WhatsApp](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_whatsapp_configure_default_response.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Apex Run only Apex tests that are relevant to a deployment by using the `RunRelevantTests` (beta) test level. Apex cursors and pagination cursors are enhanced and generally available. Extract picklist fields by using the `ConnectApi.RecordUi.getPicklistValuesByRecordType()` method. Exposing Apex REST and AuraEnabled controller methods as agent actions is generally available. The `Blob.toPdf()` method uses the same PDF rendering service as Visualforce. Prepare your Apex code for changes to sharing recalculation behavior. Filter Test Discovery API results by using the `category` query parameter. Specify the number of oldest, completed async jobs to delete by using the method overload for `purgeOldAsyncJobs()`. For more information on these enhancements, see the [Apex Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/) and the [Apex Reference Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/). - **[Deploy Apex Components Faster by Running Only Relevant Tests (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_run_relevant_tests.htm&release=260&type=5)** To reduce Apex component deployment time, use the new `RunRelevantTests` test level to run only the tests relevant to your code changes. This feature automatically determines which tests to run based on an analysis of the deployment payload and the payload dependencies. For fine-grained control, you can annotate test classes so that they either run regardless of the deployment payload, or run when specified components are new or modified. This targeted approach boosts the speed and reliability of your deployment while maintaining code quality and coverage requirements. - **[Use Apex Cursors for Expanded SOQL Query Result Support (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_cursors.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Apex cursors and pagination cursors to work with large SOQL query result sets in manageable parts. This feature, now generally available, includes enhancements since the beta release. Standard cursors, when combined with queueable Apex, address the limitations of batch Apex. Pagination cursors are designed for UI elements, such as multipage record lists. Both Apex cursor types can traverse forwards and backwards through result sets and can handle high-volume, high-resource processing. - **[Extract Picklist Values Based on Record Type](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_extract_picklist_values.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get the values for all picklist fields for a particular record type by using the new `ConnectApi.RecordUi.getPicklistValuesByRecordType(objectApiName, recordTypeId)` method. We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Expose Apex REST and AuraEnabled Controller Methods as Agent Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_auraenabled_rest_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create agent actions based on Apex classes by annotating methods in those classes, generating an OpenAPI spec document, and deploying that document to your org. Manage the exposed methods as APIs in API Catalog. This feature is now generally available. - **[Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex Blob.toPdf() (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_system_blob_topdf.htm&release=260&type=5)** With this update enabled, the Apex `Blob.toPdf()` method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform. - **[Review Apex Code for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_sharing_ru.htm&release=260&type=5)** To help you prepare your Apex code for changes to sharing recalculation behavior, Salesforce created a release update that walks you through identifying and fixing affected code. For more information, review the related release note and the Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior release update in Setup. - **[Filter Test Discovery API Results by Test Category](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_unified_testing_category.htm&release=260&type=5)** To retrieve only flow tests or only Apex tests, use the new `category` query parameter in calls to the Test Discovery API endpoint. Previously, you could filter tests only by namespace prefix and test method visibility. Filtering by test category is helpful in orgs with large test suites across different namespaces. - **[Specify the Number of Async Jobs to Delete](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_purgeOldAsyncJobs_overload.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the new method overload for `purgeOldAsyncJobs()` to specify the number of oldest, completed async jobs in your org to purge. Providing an upper bound for the number of records to delete enables incremental progress when large volumes of records are to be deleted. - **[Use DataWeave in Transformations with Nested SOQL Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_DWSupportQueryResults.htm&release=260&type=5)** DataWeave supports nested SOQL queries, which improves development time and enables easy integration and efficiency with your transformations. We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Run SOQL Queries in User Mode as the Automated Process User](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_WithUserModeQuery.htm&release=260&type=5)** In API version 66.0 and later, you can now run SOQL queries containing the WITH USER\_MODE clause as the Automated Process User. In API Version 65.0 and earlier, such queries fail unless they are run explicitly in system mode. - **[Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters in API Version 66.0 and Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_constructor_visibility_invocable_custom_classes_v66.htm&release=260&type=5)** If you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update, a versioned change now implements this requirement. Starting in API version 66.0, Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be public for non-packaged classes or global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior. #### See Also - [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") # Apex Database operations now run in user mode by default, not system mode. Further, database operations enforce the current user’s object-, field-, and record-level security settings by default. SOQL queries no longer support the `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` clause. Write integration Apex tests that can make callouts to Agentforce and Data 360. Enqueue Queueable and future method jobs up to a new elastic limit. Prepare for the Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages release update. Declare multiline strings and use an improved string interpolation method. For more information on these enhancements, see the [Apex Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/) and the [Apex Reference Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/). - **[Database Operations Run in User Mode by Default, Not System Mode](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_default_user_mode.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Take advantage of an enhanced Apex security model that protects your data though default object- and field-level access enforcement. Apex database operations, such as SOSL and SOQL queries, DML statements, and Database methods, now run in user mode by default. In user mode, database operations enforce the sharing rules, field-level security, and object permissions of the current user. In earlier API versions, database operations default to system mode, which means that the current user can access all data regardless of their permissions. - **[Apex Classes Enforce Sharing Rules by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_default_enforce_sharing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Take advantage of an enhanced Apex security model that protects your data through default record access enforcement. Apex classes without an explicit sharing declaration now default to `with sharing` mode, which enforces org-wide sharing settings and custom sharing rules. In earlier API versions, Apex classes without an explicit sharing declaration default to `without sharing` mode, with some exceptions. The `without sharing` mode bypasses sharing rules and allows the current user to access all records. - **[The WITH SECURITY\_ENFORCED SOQL Clause is Removed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_removed_withSecurityEnforced.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)**  To run a SOQL or SOSL query in user mode, use the `WITH USER_MODE` clause instead of the `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` clause. Apex classes set to API version 67.0 and later that include `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` don’t compile. - **[Apex Triggers Always Run in a “without sharing” Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_triggers_system_mode.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Apex triggers now always run in a `without sharing` context. Previously, nested triggers enforced sharing rules in certain edge cases. However, in API version 67.0 and later, database operations within trigger bodies, including SOQL queries, SOSL queries, DML statements, and Database methods, run in user mode unless system mode is explicitly specified. User mode overrides the trigger’s `without sharing` context and effectively enforces a `with sharing` context in the trigger body. - **[Write Integration Tests for Agentforce and Data 360 in Apex (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_integrations_testing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Write end-to-end Apex tests that make callouts to Agentforce and Data 360. Integration tests relax callout restrictions and transaction rollback semantics, so you can validate real service interactions and assert on actual side effects in your scratch org, without mock callouts. - **[Avoid Workflow Disruptions by Enabling Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Jobs (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_async_limit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prevent abrupt execution failures and limit exceptions if your org exceeds its daily asynchronous job limit. You can now enqueue Queueable and future method jobs up to a new elastic limit, which is twice the size of your org’s licensed daily limit. Asynchronous jobs that surpass the licensed daily limit are processed at a throttled rate. - **[Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use `UserInfo.getSessionId()` to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex. - **[Write Cleaner Code by Using Multiline Strings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_multiline_string.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Declare Apex strings that span multiple lines without using repeated string concatenation. To interpolate values into regular and multiline strings, use the new `String.template()` instance method instead of the existing `String.format()` static method. These features make your Apex code easier to write, read, and maintain, especially when you construct HTTP payloads and other large text blocks. - **[Work with Apex Code in Web Console (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_webconsole.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build, debug, and deploy Apex in Web Console, a client-side IDE embedded directly in Salesforce. Web Console offers a modern developer experience where you can build SOQL queries, configure trace flags and debug log levels, and execute anonymous Apex. Web Console also opens automatically when you access Apex items via the Apex Classes, Apex Triggers, or Apex Jobs pages in Setup, so you can implement modifications without disrupting your workflow. - **[Get Key Apex Metrics in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_agentic_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The updated Org Health and Usage dashboard now provides Apex metrics in Agent for Setup. The dashboard shows Apex classes on outdated API versions, Apex compilation errors, and current asynchronous Apex job usage. - **[Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex Blob.toPdf() (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_system_blob_topdf.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With this update enabled, the Apex `Blob.toPdf()` method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform. - **[Customize Apex Action Configuration in Flow Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_invocableactionextension_metadata_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** InvocableActionExtension metadata enhancements give you more tools to improve users' configuration experience and reduce input errors in Flow Builder. You can now define picklist values, assign metadata types, and add custom property editors for specified input parameters. You can also add custom headers to the standard property editor. - **[Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_constructor_visibility_invocable_custom_classes_v66.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior. #### See Also - [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") # Apex Get better performance with higher Apex heap limits. Apply elastic limits (beta) to Batch jobs and test elastic limits in nonproduction orgs. Write Apex integration tests that can share test data and call real HTTP endpoints. Filter Test Discovery API results by test level. Prevent namespace shadowing conflicts in dynamic managed Apex SOQL queries. Prepare for the Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages release update. Build richer development tools with the Apex Symbol API (beta). Recompile only invalid Apex classes and triggers. Get compiler warnings for Apex saved at API versions 9.0 through 19.0. - **[Handle Larger Datasets with Increased Apex Heap Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_heap_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Handle larger datasets and perform more complex operations without hitting heap constraints. Increased Apex heap limits reduce the chance of encountering runtime limit errors that interrupt business processes. The Apex heap limit for synchronous transactions increases from 6 MB to 10 MB, and the limit for asynchronous transactions increases from 12 MB to 25 MB. - **[Custom Sharing Reason Available on Standard Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_standard_sharing_reasons.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Grant record access on standard objects by referencing a custom sharing reason (row cause) in Apex, the same way you do for custom objects. Previously, programmatic shares on standard objects were limited to the Manual row cause. A share that uses a custom sharing reason isn't deleted when the record owner changes, and a descriptive reason appears on the record's sharing page. - **[Avoid Workflow Disruptions by Enabling Elastic Limits for Batch Jobs (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_limits_batch.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The elastic limits beta feature is now available to Batch jobs in addition to future methods and Queueable jobs. Elastic limits helps prevent execution failures and limit exceptions when your org exceeds its standard rolling 24-hour asynchronous job limit. With this feature, you can continue to enqueue asynchronous jobs up to a higher elastic asynchronous job limit. If asynchronous jobs surpass the standard limit, the system throttles the processing rate of in-flight Batch jobs and limits new Batch jobs to 1 active job at a time. - **[Test Elastic Limits by Overriding the Asynchronous Apex Job Limit in Nonproduction Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_limits_test_nonprod.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To test the behavior of asynchronous Apex jobs during elastic processing, override the standard 24-hour rolling asynchronous Apex job limit in a nonproduction org. A lower override value triggers elastic processing sooner, so you can see how asynchronous jobs behave before you turn on elastic limits in production. - **[Test External Services and HTTP Callouts in Apex Integration Tests (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_integration_tests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Write Apex integration tests that call real HTTP endpoints, including external service endpoints, without requiring mock callouts. Integration tests relax callout restrictions and transaction rollback semantics, so you can validate real service interactions and assert on actual side effects in your scratch org. With the new `@BeforeClass` annotation, you can now set up test data shared across methods within an integration test class. - **[Filter Test Discovery API Results with the testLevel Parameter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_discovery_api_testlevel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the `testLevel` query parameter in the Test Discovery API to filter which test methods are returned based on their test level. The `testLevel` parameter replaces the `showAllMethods` parameter in API version 68.0 and later. The deprecated `showAllMethods` parameter is available only in API version 67.0 and earlier. - **[Resolve Field Name Conflicts in Managed Package SOQL Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_namespace_shadowing_managed_packages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prevent duplicate field name errors in managed Apex SOQL queries when your package fields and a subscriber’s custom fields share the same name. Set the `explicitNamespace` property on a `Database.QueryOptions` object and pass it as a bind variable in the SOQL `SET OPTIONS` clause. Without requiring an explicit namespace, Apex interprets both fields as belonging to your package namespace, failing the unique field name requirement enforced in API version 34.0 and later. - **[Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use `UserInfo.getSessionId()` to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex. - **[Build and Use Richer Development Tools with the Apex Symbol API (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_symbol_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access comprehensive Apex type information with the Apex Symbol API (beta). This Tooling API REST resource returns detailed metadata for built-in, custom, and dynamic Apex types, such as classes, interfaces, methods, and triggers. Use this API to power code completion in IDEs, provide context for AI agents generating Apex code, or ground setup agents answering admin questions about code. - **[Reduce Overhead by Recompiling Only Invalid Apex Classes and Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_recompile_invalid_apex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Return compilation results for Apex classes and triggers with validation errors, instead of recompiling the entire org. Access the compilation results through Setup or the Tooling API endpoint. Salesforce automatically identifies only classes and triggers that require recompilation, reducing compilation overhead and minimizing potential runtime errors. Routinely perform this targeted recompilation to prevent runtime delays during peak traffic. - **[Get Compiler Warnings for Apex API Versions 9.0 Through 19.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_version_compiler_warnings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Apex classes and triggers saved at API versions 9.0 through 19.0 will be retired in a future release. The Apex compiler now warns you when you compile or deploy Apex code at these API versions. To prepare for this future retirement, identify and update your Apex classes and triggers to API version 20.0 or later. - **[Process Data 360 Data Model Objects with Apex Cursors (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_cursors_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Apex cursors with Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) to process large SOQL query result sets in manageable chunks. Create a cursor with `Database.getCursor()`, retrieve records with `Cursor.fetch()`, and get the result set size with `Cursor.getNumRecords()`. Monitor Data 360 cursor rows, cursor instances, and Data 360 Flex Credit limits as you process DMO records. #### See Also - [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") - [Apex Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode) - [Apex Reference Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_ref_guide.htm) # Apex Classes Enforce Sharing Rules by Default Take advantage of an enhanced Apex security model that protects your data through default record access enforcement. Apex classes without an explicit sharing declaration now default to `with sharing` mode, which enforces org-wide sharing settings and custom sharing rules. In earlier API versions, Apex classes without an explicit sharing declaration default to `without sharing` mode, with some exceptions. The `without sharing` mode bypasses sharing rules and allows the current user to access all records. **Where:** This versioned change applies to API version 67.0 and later. The change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** The new “secure by default” security paradigm prevents data visibility risks that can occur if you omit sharing declarations on Apex classes. To bypass sharing rules, you must now have an explicit without sharing declaration on the Apex class. This requirement promotes intentionality and ensures that you use the `without sharing` declaration only when necessary. **How:** To determine an Apex class’s sharing mode with confidence, we recommend that you always include an explicit sharing declaration. Otherwise, these factors determine the sharing mode of an Apex class without an explicit sharing declaration. - If you compile the Apex class in API version 67.0 and later, then an omitted sharing declaration defaults to `with sharing`. If the class inherits from another class, its sharing mode is defined by the parent’s sharing mode. - If you compile the Apex class in API version 66.0 and earlier, then an omitted sharing declaration defaults to `without sharing`. However, these exceptions apply. - If the class is part of an inheritance chain, and any class in that chain is saved as API version 67.0 and later, an omitted sharing declaration defaults to `with sharing`. - If the class is an Aura controller or an `@AuraEnabled` method called from a Lightning web component, an omitted sharing declaration defaults to `with sharing`. - If the class isn’t an Apex entry point, its sharing mode is defined by the sharing mode of the calling class. #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide:_ Use the with sharing, without sharing, and inherited sharing Keywords](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_keywords_sharing.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Security and Sharing Model](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_security_sharing_chapter.htm) # Apex Triggers Always Run in a “without sharing” Context Apex triggers now always run in a `without sharing` context. Previously, nested triggers enforced sharing rules in certain edge cases. However, in API version 67.0 and later, database operations within trigger bodies, including SOQL queries, SOSL queries, DML statements, and Database methods, run in user mode unless system mode is explicitly specified. User mode overrides the trigger’s `without sharing` context and effectively enforces a `with sharing` context in the trigger body. **Where:** Triggers run in a `without sharing` context in all API versions. Database operations in trigger bodies default to user mode in API version 67.0 and later. The changes apply to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** These changes are part of the new “secure by default” security paradigm. For more information, see [Database Operations Run in User Mode by Default, Not System Mode](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_default_user_mode.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Take advantage of an enhanced Apex security model that protects your data though default object- and field-level access enforcement. Apex database operations, such as SOSL and SOQL queries, DML statements, and Database methods, now run in user mode by default. In user mode, database operations enforce the sharing rules, field-level security, and object permissions of the current user. In earlier API versions, database operations default to system mode, which means that the current user can access all data regardless of their permissions."). To control behavior reliably independent of the API version, set explicit access mode on all database operations in your trigger and handler classes. When possible, delegate all business logic to trigger handlers. **How:** This example demonstrates trigger database access in API version 67.0 and later. ```java // API version 67.0 // The trigger itself runs as without sharing (all records accessible by default) trigger AccountUpdateTrigger on Account (after update) { // This SOQL query doesn't specify an access mode, so it defaults to WITH USER_MODE. // Object- and field-level permissions are enforced. // User mode reapplies the record-sharing rules of the current user, // effectively overriding trigger's own sharing context. List contactsAccessibleByCurrentUser = [SELECT Id, Name, AccountId FROM Contact WHERE AccountId = :Trigger.newMap.keySet()]; // This SOQL query explicitly includes a WITH SYSTEM_MODE clause. // Object- and field-level are bypassed. // Record sharing remains governed by the trigger's own without sharing context, // so all records are visible regardless of the user running the query List allRelatedContacts = [SELECT Id, Name, AccountId FROM Contact WHERE AccountId = :Trigger.newMap.keySet() WITH SYSTEM_MODE ]; // Further processing with the related Contacts } ``` #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide:_ Use the with sharing, without sharing, and inherited sharing Keywords](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_keywords_sharing.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Security and Sharing Model](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_security_sharing_chapter.htm) # Apex: New and Changed Items These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes. For more information on these enhancements, see the [Apex Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/) and the [Apex Reference Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/). - **[ConnectApi Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums. - **[CommercePayments Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The CommercePayments namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[Database Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Database namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[Invocable Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Invocable namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[IssueCreditMemo Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The IssueCreditMemo namespace provides classes to create and apply credit memos against invoices or invoice lines based on dispute adjustments. - **[Salesforce Maps Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Salesforce Maps namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[renew\_assets\_summary Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The renew\_assets\_summary namespace provides classes that get details about renewable assets to create renewal opportunities. - **[RulesAppln Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The RulesAppln namespace contains output classes that store details about a rules-based application of payments and credits. The rules are applied by using the applyPaymentsAndCreditsByRules invocable action. - **[runtime\_industries\_insurance Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The runtime\_industries\_insurance namespace contains classes to control different options that you can use to manage insurance operations, such as create and update insurance quotes, generate insurance clauses, and run insurance rating. - **[System Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5)** The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ## ConnectApi Namespace The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums. Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the `ConnectApi` namespace. These methods use other `ConnectApi` classes to input and return information. The `ConnectApi` namespace is referred to as _Connect in Apex._ For the new and changed ConnectApi classes, methods, and enums, see [ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_in_apex.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex."). ## CommercePayments Namespace The CommercePayments namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### Changed Enums Specify the payment failure category used to determine retry eligibility Use the new `RetryCategory` enum. Determines whether the payment operation can be retried based on the retry category Use the new `RetryDecision` enum. Specify the payment method type ID Use the new `PaymentMethodIdType` enum. ## Database Namespace The Database namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New Classes Paginate large SOQL query result sets Use the `fetchPage()`, `fetchDeleted()`, and `getNumRecords()` methods in the `PaginationCursor` class. Use the `getNextIndex()`, `getNumDeletedRecords()`, `getRecords()`, and `isDone()` methods in the `CursorFetchResult` class. ## Invocable Namespace The Invocable namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes Return the specific version of a packaged custom action Use the `createCustomAction(type, namespace, name, version)` method. Return the specific version of a standard action Use the `createStandardAction(type, version)` method. ## IssueCreditMemo Namespace The IssueCreditMemo namespace provides classes to create and apply credit memos against invoices or invoice lines based on dispute adjustments. ### New Classes Creates a credit request for the specified invoice and amount along with dispute, category, and line-level credit details Use the new `CreditRequestInputRepresentations` class constructors and properties. Create a credit line request for the specified invoice line and amount Use the new `CreditLineRequestInputRepresentations` class constructors and properties. Get the result of a credit memo operation with additional details Use the new `CreditResponseOutputRepresentations` class constructors and properties. ## Salesforce Maps Namespace The Salesforce Maps namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes VERSIONED BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The GetDistanceMatrix() method now returns four traffic window indexes instead of eight. To optimize routing data, the number of returned traffic window indexes has been reduced from eight to four. This change reduces unnecessary data overhead while maintaining routing performance. Use the `traffic_windows` property to access the updated index set, which now includes the consolidated start and end times for each window. ## renew\_assets\_summary Namespace The renew\_assets\_summary namespace provides classes that get details about renewable assets to create renewal opportunities. ### New Classes Create renewal opportunities by specifying asset details and renewal pricing information Use the new `RenewalOpptyDetail` class constructors and properties. Specify net unit price and quantity details for an asset to set as the sales price for renewal opportunities Use the new `RenewalPriceDetail` class constructors and properties. ## RulesAppln Namespace The RulesAppln namespace contains output classes that store details about a rules-based application of payments and credits. The rules are applied by using the applyPaymentsAndCreditsByRules invocable action. ### New Classes Get details of the rule application Use the new `RulesApplicationResponse` class constructors and properties. Get output of the applyPaymentsAndCreditsByRules invocable action Use the new `RulesApplicationSummaryResponse` class constructors and properties. Get error code and error message details Use the new `RulesApplicationErrorResponse` class constructors and properties. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: RulesAppln Namespace](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/apex_namespace_rulesappln.htm) ## runtime\_industries\_insurance Namespace The runtime\_industries\_insurance namespace contains classes to control different options that you can use to manage insurance operations, such as create and update insurance quotes, generate insurance clauses, and run insurance rating. ### New Classes Configure options for the add-eligible-clauses operation on an insurance product Use the new `AddEligibleInsuranceClausesOptions` class constructors and properties. Configure options for the create-insurance-quote operation Use the new `CreateInsuranceQuoteOptions` class constructors and properties. Configure options for creating insurance rating Use the new `CreateInsuranceRatingOptions` class constructors and properties. Configure options for generating insurance clauses Use the new `GenerateInsuranceClausesOptions` class constructors and properties. Configure options for updating an existing insurance quote Use the new `UpdateInsuranceQuoteOptions` class constructors and properties. #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: runtime\_industries\_insurance Namespace](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_namespace_runtime_industries_insurance.htm) ## System Namespace The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes Create an Apex pagination cursor to paginate large SOQL query result sets Use the `Database.getPaginationCursor()` and `Database.getPaginationCursorWithBinds()` methods. Get the number of Apex cursors that are created and their upper bounds Use the `Limits.getApexCursors()` and `Limits.getLimitApexCursors()` methods. Get the number of Apex pagination cursors that are created and their upper bounds Use the `Limits.getApexPaginationCursors()` and `Limits.getLimitApexPaginationCursors()` methods. Get the number of rows returned by an Apex pagination cursor and their upper bounds Use the `Limits.getApexPaginationCursorRows()` and `Limits.getLimitApexPaginationCursorRows()` methods. Specify the number of oldest, completed async jobs in your org to purge Use the new method overload for `System.purgeOldAsyncJobs()`. Use improved PDF rendering The `Blob.toPdf()` method now uses the same PDF rendering service used by Visualforce. #### See Also - [Use Apex Cursors for Expanded SOQL Query Result Support (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_cursors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use Apex cursors and pagination cursors to work with large SOQL query result sets in manageable parts. This feature, now generally available, includes enhancements since the beta release. Standard cursors, when combined with queueable Apex, address the limitations of batch Apex. Pagination cursors are designed for UI elements, such as multipage record lists. Both Apex cursor types can traverse forwards and backwards through result sets and can handle high-volume, high-resource processing.") - [Specify the Number of Async Jobs to Delete](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_purgeOldAsyncJobs_overload.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new method overload for purgeOldAsyncJobs() to specify the number of oldest, completed async jobs in your org to purge. Providing an upper bound for the number of records to delete enables incremental progress when large volumes of records are to be deleted.") # Apex: New and Changed Items These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes. For more information on these enhancements, see the [Apex Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/) and the [Apex Reference Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/). - **[ConnectApi Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums. - **[Context Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Context namespace has this new method. - **[DocumentAI Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The DocumentAI namespace has these new classes. - **[hlthcrbilling Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The hlthcrbilling namespace has these new classes. - **[Invocable Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Invocable namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[Messaging Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Messaging namespace has these new methods. - **[CommercePayments Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The CommercePayments namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[sfsqlquery Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The sfsqlquery namespace has these new classes and methods. - **[System Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ## ConnectApi Namespace The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums. Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the `ConnectApi` namespace. These methods use other `ConnectApi` classes to input and return information. The `ConnectApi` namespace is referred to as _Connect in Apex._ For the new and changed ConnectApi classes, methods, and enums, see [ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_in_apex.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex."). ## Context Namespace The Context namespace has this new method. ### New Method in Existing Class Delete records from a context session Use the new `deleteRecords()` method on the existing `IndustriesContext` class. ## DocumentAI Namespace The DocumentAI namespace has these new classes. ### New Classes Represent errors and additional contextual information generated during Document AI processing - Use the `Error` class. - Use the `ExtractionMetadata` class. Configure duplicate detection rules and object-specific entity settings for processing extracted data - Use the `DuplicateRuleConfiguration` class. - Use the `DuplicateObjectConfiguration` class. - Use the `ObjectConfig` class. Manage input and output payloads for the Document AI post-transform process - Use the `PostTransformInput` class. - Use the `PostTransformResult` class. Handle structured nodes and field-level attributes extracted from documents, including matching record details - Use the `Node` class. - Use the `Attribute` class. - Use the `MatchingRecord` class. Process input and capture results for the Document AI post-save workflow - Use the `PostSaveInput` class. - Use the `PostSaveResult` class. - Use the `SavedRecordDetail` class. Schedule batch jobs for Document AI processing Use the `BatchProcessor` class. ## hlthcrbilling Namespace The hlthcrbilling namespace has these new classes. ### New Classes Capture billing information for products in Salesforce Health Cloud - Use the `ProductBillingDetails` class to manage billing details for ordered products, including account, work type, and shipping address information. - Use the `ProductDetails` class to represent individual product line items, including price book entries, quantities, and pricing attributes. ## Invocable Namespace The Invocable namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New Classes Get metadata about an invocable action Use the `getCategory()`, `getDescription()`, `getInputs()`, `getOutputs()`, and `getTargetEntityName()` methods in the new Action.DescribeResult class. Get metadata about input parameters used by an invocable action Use the `getAdditionalAttributes()`, `getApexClass()`, `getName()`, `getPicklistValues(`, and `getType()` methods in the new Action.InputParameterclass. Get metadata about output parameters returned by an invocable action Use the `getCategory()`, `getDescription()`, `getInputs()`, `getOutputs()`, and `getTargetEntityName()` methods in the new Action.OutputParameter class. Get metadata about generic type parameters that can be used with an invocable action Use the `getDescription()`, `getLabel()`, `getName()`, and `getSuperType()` methods in the new Action.GenericType class. Get metadata about additional attributes associated with an invocable action Use the `getApexClass()`, `getDataType()`, `getIsCollection()`, `getName()`, and `getValue()` methods in the new Action.AdditionalAttribute class. Get metadata about values in a picklist used by an invocable action parameter Use the `getActive()`, `getDefaultValue()`, `getLabel()`, `getValidFor()`, and `getValue()` methods in the new Action.PicklistValue class. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes Return metadata for an invocable action Use the new `getDescribe()` method of the existing Action class. Get the version of an invocable action Use the new `getVersion()` method of the existing Action class. This method was introduced in API version 66.0 and has been added to the Apex Reference Guide. ## Messaging Namespace The Messaging namespace has these new methods. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes Set custom headers Use the new `setCustomHeaders(customHeaders)` method on the existing SingleEmailMessage class to attach custom metadata headers to an outgoing email. Header names must be prefixed with `X-SFDC-X-` and comply with RFC 822 and RFC 5322 specifications. Get custom headers Use the new `getCustomHeaders()` method on the existing `SingleEmailMessage` class to retrieve the map of custom headers previously set on the email. Returns null if no custom headers were set. ## CommercePayments Namespace The CommercePayments namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New Classes Specify enhanced payment data, including Level 2 and Level 3 fields associated with the payment Use the `EnhancedPaymentDataInput` class. Specify the list of individual line items associated with the payment Use the `LineItemInput` class. ### New or Changed Properties in Existing Classes Capture enhanced payment data, including Level 2 and Level 3 fields Use the new `enhancedPaymentData` property of the existing `SaleRequest` class. Capture ID of the source that initiated the payment Use the new `paymentInitiationSourceId` property of the existing `SaleRequest` class. Authorize Saved Payment Methods for Commerce Subscriptions with Third-Party Gateways Use the new `paymentMethodData` property of the existing `AuthorizationRequest` class. #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: CommercePayments Namespace](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_namespace_commercepayments.htm) - [_Connect REST API_: SaleInputRepresentation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/references/rn_b2b_d2c_comms?meta=Summary) ## sfsqlquery Namespace The sfsqlquery namespace has these new classes and methods. ### New Classes Access Data 360 SQL query results from a saved query ID Use the create(), toString(), withOffset(), and withWorkloadName() methods in the new QueryHandle class. Access typed column values from Data 360 SQL query results Use the getBoolean(), getColumnIndex(), getDate(), getDateTime(), getDecimal(), getDouble(), getInteger(), getList(), getLong(), getObject(), getRawRow(), getString(), getTime(), and toString() methods in the new Row class. Execute Data 360 SQL queries in Queueable Apex Use the cancel(), chainNextJob(), getColumnNames(), getMetadata(), getPageOutput(), getQueryId(), getRows(), processDataChunk(), and toString() methods by extending the new SqlQueueable class. Execute synchronous Data 360 SQL queries Use the cancel(), getColumnNames(), getMetadata(), getQueryId(), hasNext(), iterator(), next(), and toString() methods in the new SqlRowIterator class. Build and execute Data 360 SQL query statements Use the create(), execute(), toString(), and withWorkloadName() methods in the new SqlStatement class. Mock Data 360 SQL query responses in tests Use the clearMocks(), enqueueMockRows(), isRunningTest(), setMockMetadata(), and setMockRows() methods in the new SqlTester class. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: sfsqlquery Namespace](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_namespace_sfsqlquery.htm) - [_Salesforce Developers_: Queueable Apex](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_queueing_jobs.htm) ## System Namespace The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New Classes Run integration tests with Agentforce and Data 360 services Use the new `IntegrationTest` class. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes Use improved interpolation for single and multiline strings Use the new `template()` instance method on the existing `String` class. # Apex: New and Changed Items These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes. For more information on these enhancements, see the [Apex Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/) and the [Apex Reference Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/). - **[Auth Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Auth namespace has these new and changed classes. - **[ConnectApi Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums. - **[Database Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Database namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[ItSvcAssetDcvr Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The IT Service Asset Discovery (ItSvcAssetDcvr) namespace has these new or changed classes. - **[System Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. - **[SF\_Archive Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The SF\_Archive namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ## Auth Namespace The Auth namespace has these new and changed classes. ### New or Changed Constructors in Existing Classes Implement the OAuth 2.0 Demonstrating Proof-of-Possession (DPoP) extension. Use the `generateDPoPProofForToken` method to generate a DPoP proof JWT from a public-private key pair. ## ConnectApi Namespace The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums. Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the `ConnectApi` namespace. These methods use other `ConnectApi` classes to input and return information. The `ConnectApi` namespace is referred to as _Connect in Apex._ For the new and changed ConnectApi classes, methods, and enums, see [ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_in_apex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex."). ## Database Namespace The Database namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New Classes Provide query options for the SOQL SET OPTIONS clause. Use the `Database.QueryOptions` and the `Database.QueryOptionsBuilder` classes. Use the `withDataspace`, `withHonorEmptyStrings`, and `withExplicitNamespace` builder methods. ## ItSvcAssetDcvr Namespace The IT Service Asset Discovery (ItSvcAssetDcvr) namespace has these new or changed classes. ## System Namespace The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New Classes Get programmatic access to the individual components of a JWE (JSON Web Encryption) compact serialization token. These are highlights in the new System.JweToken class. Use the `getAad()` method to get the Additional Authenticated Data used to authenticate the ciphertext. Use the `getAlgorithm()` method to get the key management algorithm from the JWE protected header. Use the `getCiphertext()` method to get the encrypted content (ciphertext). Use the `getEncryptedKey()` method to get the encrypted content encryption key (wrapped CEK). Use the `getEncryptionAlgorithm()` method to get the content encryption algorithm from the JWE protected header. Use the `getEphemeralPublicKey()` method to get the ephemeral public key from the JWE protected header. Use the `getIv()` method to get the initialization vector used to decrypt the ciphertext. Use the `getTag()` method to get the authentication tag used to verify ciphertext integrity. Use the `toString()` method to get a safe, non-sensitive string representation for debugging and logging. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes New System.Crypto methods enable Elliptic Curve (EC) key management and JSON Web Encryption (ECDH-ES specifically), and extend signing/verification to support EC algorithms. `Limits.getDataCloudCursorRows`, `Limits.getLimitDataCloudCursorRows`, `Limits.getDataCloudCursors`, and `Limits.getLimitDataCloudCursors` are the new methods. New System.Crypto methods enable Elliptic Curve (EC) key management and JSON Web Encryption (ECDH-ES specifically), and extend signing/verification to support EC algorithms. Use the new `generateKeyPair()` method to generate a key pair blob for supported EC-based algorithms. Use the new `getPrivateKey()` and `getPublicKey()` methods to extract the private or public key from a generated key pair blob. Use the new encrypt() method to build a JWE token via ECDH-ES key agreement. To decrypt an existing JWE token, use the new parseJwe() method to retrieve its algorithm, encryption algorithm, ephemeral public key, and encrypted content encryption key, then use the new `decrypt()` method to decrypt the payload using ECDH-ES key agreement. Use the changed `sign()` and `verify()` methods to support EC algorithms, including signing with a private key or a certificate name. ## SF\_Archive Namespace The SF\_Archive namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions. ### New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes Mock Archive Apex so you can test your Apex without making a live callout to archived data. Use the new `setMock(mock)` method in the `SF_Archive.ArchiverAccessor` class to register a mock response. Use the new `setBody(jsonBody)`, `setStatusCode(statusCode)`, and `setErrorMessage(errorMessage)` methods in the `SF_Archive.ArchiverAccessorResponse` class to define the mock response. # API Learn about improvements, new capabilities, and important announcements in API version 66.0. - **[Expose Custom SOQL in REST API Calls Using Named Query API (General Availability)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rest_api_named_query.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Named Query API to define and expose custom SOQL queries, or Named Query APIs, as scalable actions for REST API clients. Named Query APIs can retrieve data quickly and more efficiently than existing Flow or Apex processes. - **[Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=260&type=5)** To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Winter ’27. - **[EventBusSubscriber Object’s Position and Tip Fields Are Being Deprecated](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_eventbussubscriber.htm&release=260&type=5)** The EventBusSubscriber object’s Position and Tip fields are being deprecated. They are being replaced with the new fields LastProcessed and LastPublished. The field type is changing from int to string in order to handle large replay IDs. We recommend updating your code to use LastProcessed and LastPublished to avoid issues when the replay ID exceeds the maximum integer size. - **[Sending Session IDs in Outbound Messages Is Being Removed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_session_id_outbound_messages.htm&release=260&type=5)** To align with modern security best practices, you can no longer send session IDs in outbound messages starting February 23, 2026. Instead, use OAuth to authenticate. When this change goes into effect, the new outbound message form won't include the option to send a session ID, the IncludeSessionId flag in the API will be ignored and set to FALSE, and the element of an outbound message payload won't include a session ID. - **[Metadata Deployments and Retrievals Have New Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta_limits.htm&release=260&type=5)** To maintain predictable performance, we're now applying limits to the volume of metadata deployed and retrieved for four specific metadata types: AIAuthoringBundle, AnalyticsDashboard, AnalyticsWorkspace, and AnalyticsVisualization. These limits restrict the number of metadata components allowed within a single package zip file, and the total number of deployments or retrievals permitted within a 24-hour period. - **[Data 360 SOQL Query Results Are Limited to 12-MB at a Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_data_360_soql_12mb_limit.htm&release=260&type=5)** To prevent large queries from crashing the app server, Data 360 limits Salesforce Object Query Language (SOQL) results to 12-MB. SOQL returns the results up to the size limit with a query more link to paginate through the rest of the results. If a single query result exceeds the size limit, SOQL rejects the query and you can’t retrieve the results. - **[SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_260rn.htm&release=260&type=5)** In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. - **[Calls to Invocable Actions Are Validated for Constructor Visibility Requirements in API Version 66.0 and Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest_constructor_visibility_invocable_action_parameters_v66.htm&release=260&type=5)** Starting in API version 66.0, REST API calls validate that custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters have visible no-argument constructors. If the constructor isn't visible with appropriate access modifiers, the API call fails. This versioned change applies to Salesforce if you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update. Previously, API calls succeeded even if the constructor wasn't visible. In API version 66.0 and later, the API call fails if the constructor lacks appropriate access modifiers. # API Learn about improvements, new capabilities, and important announcements in API version 67.0. - **[Connect AI Agents to Salesforce Securely with Hosted MCP Servers (General Availability)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_hosted_mcp_servers_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect any MCP-compatible AI client, including Claude, ChatGPT, Cursor, or custom agents, to your Salesforce org using the open Model Context Protocol (MCP) standard. Your AI agents can now interact with Salesforce data and automation in a secure, governed way with standard OAuth authentication. Hosted MCP servers require no infrastructure to manage. Access sObject operations, Data 360 queries, Tableau analytics, and product APIs, and create custom tools using your own Apex actions, flows, and named queries without writing integration code. - **[Enable AI Assistants to More Efficiently Find and Create Salesforce Metadata (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_context_mcp_server_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce API Context MCP server now has five Metadata API Context MCP tools instead of one. These more granular tools mean that AI agent queries can be targeted, response times are faster, and your token usage can be more efficient. The Metadata API Context MCP tools provide contextual information about Salesforce metadata types to help generate accurate Salesforce metadata files. These tools give you complete field definitions, valid values, constraints, and examples for metadata types. - **[Create Agent Actions from Named Query API (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_named_query_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Define and expose custom SOQL queries as scalable actions for REST API clients and AI agents by using the Named Query API. A named query can retrieve data quickly and more efficiently than existing Flow or Apex processes. - **[Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 Through 40.0 Are Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Platform API versions 31.0 through 40.0 are being deprecated and retired. - **[Restrict Login Access to SOAP API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_login.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance security by controlling who can authenticate using SOAP API login() with the new Any API Auth permission. The permission is enforced by default in newly created orgs. You can choose to enable it in existing orgs. - **[Use JWT-based Access Tokens with SOAP API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_jwt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** SOAP API now supports JWT-based access tokens from Salesforce OAuth flows. This feature provides parity with REST API authentication mechanisms and enables secure token sharing with external services. - **[Query Data 360 More Precisely](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soql_set_options.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new SET OPTIONS clause in SOQL queries to specify Data 360 dataspaces and control how NULL and empty string values are handled. When querying Data 360 data lake objects, add the clause at the end of your SOQL query to get more precise results. - **[Calculate Values in a SOQL WHERE Clause (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soql_where.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Perform arithmetic calculations directly in your SOQL WHERE clauses using the new FORMULA() function. Compare values between fields without requiring formula fields or post-processing logic, and make your queries more efficient and expressive. - **[Get Better Visibility into Your Agent's API Usage with Improved Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_total_usage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** API Total Usage EventLogFiles now distinguish between Apex REST and AuraEnabled Apex calls, making it easier to monitor and analyze your agent's behavior. New entries to the API Total Usage EventLogFiles reflect the updated tracking. - **[Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’27. - **[Control Your Salesforce Edge Network Routing with Self-Serve Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_control_edge_network_routing_with_self_serve.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now manage your network routing with self-serve options available on the My Domain Setup page and maintain connection reliability without contacting Salesforce Customer Support each time. - **[Get Notified About Composite API Requests with EventLogFile Event Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_composite_em.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Query the EventLogFile object for the CompositeApi and CompositeApiSubrequest event types to get details about composite API and composite graph API requests and subrequests. - **[Other Improvements to Generating an OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST API (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest_openapi_spec_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With the latest version of the OpenAPI specification, you can query for all available resources and use a wildcard character in URIs. - **[Migrate your Standard Volume Platform Events to High Volume Platform Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_migrate_your_standard_volume_platform_events_to_high_volume_platform_events.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Starting in Winter ‘27, Salesforce no longer supports standard volume platform events. To help you transition your standard volume platform events to high volume platform events, Salesforce has created a migration tool. If you don’t run the migration tool, your standard volume platform events won’t be migrated to high volume platform events. You can use either the Tooling API or the Metadata API to run the migration, which typically takes about 10–15 minutes to complete, but may run for as long as 24 hours in rare situations. Before starting a migration, first ensure that all publish activity has stopped and all subscribers, including triggers and flows, are done processing. While the migration is running, publishes won’t work and you’ll be unable to create new triggers or flows until the migration finishes. You will receive an email once the migration is complete. - **[Use New EventBus.publishWithAccessLevel() Methods for Better Access Control](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_use_new_eventbus_publishwithaccesslevel_methods_for_better_access_control.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The EventBus class has a new set of publishWithAccessLevel() methods that mimic the existing publish() methods and take a required non-null AccessLevel parameter. These new methods are recommended over the existing publish() methods because they more clearly define the type of access needed by the Apex code. - **[Calls to Invocable Actions Are Validated for Constructor Visibility Requirements in API Version 66.0 and Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest_constructor_visibility_invocable_action_parameters_v66.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Starting in API version 66.0, REST API calls validate that custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters have visible no-argument constructors. If the constructor isn't visible with appropriate access modifiers, the API call fails. This versioned change applies to Salesforce if you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update. Previously, API calls succeeded even if the constructor wasn't visible. In API version 66.0 and later, the API call fails if the constructor lacks appropriate access modifiers. - **[SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_262rn.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. - **[login.database.com Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_login_database_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce is retiring login.database.com in June 2026. Update all login.database.com references to login.salesforce.com. # API Learn about improvements, new capabilities, and important announcements in API version 68.0. - **[Get Notified About Composite API Requests with EventLogFile Event Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_composite_em.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Query the EventLogFile object for the CompositeApi and CompositeApiSubrequest event types to get details about composite API and composite graph API requests and subrequests. - **[Other Improvements to Generating an OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST API (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest_openapi_spec_beta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With the latest version of the OpenAPI specification, you can query for all available resources and use a wildcard character in URIs. - **[Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production. - **[Control Your Salesforce Edge Network Routing with Self-Serve Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_control_edge_network_routing_with_self_serve.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now manage your network routing with self-serve options available on the My Domain Setup page and maintain connection reliability without contacting Salesforce Customer Support each time. - **[Streaming API Replay Tightening](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_streaming_api_replay_tightening.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Starting with API version 68.0, the Streaming API server emits a per-channel replay watermark in ext.replay on every successful /meta/connect response. Clients can use this watermark to update their replay ID on resubscription without waiting for events to be delivered—enabling faster syncing since older events no longer need to be reprocessed. - **[Assign Use Any API Auth Permission for SOAP login() (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_login.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To authenticate with the SOAP API login() operation, all users must have the Use Any API Auth user permission assigned to them. Users without the Use Any API Auth user permission can no longer authenticate with SOAP API login() and will encounter an error. Beginning December 1, 2026, this requirement is enforced uniformly across all orgs and environments (production, pre-production sandboxes, etc.). You can run tests in advance using the Release Update in Setup. - **[Simplify REST API Version Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest_latest.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now use `latest` instead of a numbered version in a REST API URI. Your request is routed to the most recent REST API version that is supported by your org. This is indicated in the response of the List Available REST API Versions resource. - **[Ingest Marketing Object and Consent Data at Scale with Bulk API 2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_bulk_refresh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Move large volumes of marketing data faster with new marketing objects for Bulk API 2.0. Marketing objects support the `insert` and `upsert` operations, plus a new `refresh` operation for marketing objects only. The `refresh` operation replaces all of the data in the target data set. - **[SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_login_retirement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. - **[Compare Values Between Fields in SOQL (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soql_where.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Perform arithmetic calculations directly in a SOQL `WHERE` clause with the `FORMULA()` function. Use this functionality to compare values between fields without adding a formula field or post-processing logic, and write more efficient and expressive queries. - **[Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 Through 40.0 Are Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_retirement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Platform API versions 31.0 through 40.0 are being deprecated and retired. # API Catalog Centralize and manage your services, such as APIs and Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers, in one place with API Catalog. Bring in APIs from sources like MuleSoft, Heroku, and Apex to use in Agentforce agents and flows. Create and activate Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to use with Agentforce and supported external MCP clients. Register external MCP servers, including MuleSoft servers, to use with Agentforce. - **[Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials in API Catalog and Headlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_per_user_auth_ext_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let your users access an external MCP server through OAuth 2.0 browser flows with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Register the server with an external credential that provides per-user authentication. - **[Create Custom Salesforce-Hosted MCP Servers Headlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api_custom_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create custom Salesforce-hosted MCP servers through the API Catalog Connect REST API. Use the API in headless workflows to create servers that expose tools and prompts to Agentforce and supported MCP clients. # API Catalog for Salesforce Centralize and manage your APIs and Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers in one place with API Catalog. Bring in APIs from sources like MuleSoft, Heroku, and Apex to create connections and activate actions for Salesforce automations. Also view, create, and activate Salesforce MCP servers and sync MuleSoft MCP servers for use in Agentforce. - **[Map Your Agents to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_tools_to_custom_mcp_servers_from_agents.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use API Catalog to map your agents to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your Agentforce agents available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT. - **[Map Prompt Templates to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_tools_prompt_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use API Catalog to map prompt templates to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your prompt templates available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT. - **[Map Connect REST API Actions to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_mcp_server_tools_from_connect_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use API Catalog to map Connect REST API invocable actions to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your Connect REST API operations available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT. - **[Add Annotations to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_annotations_to_tools.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add annotations to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers to give hints about their behavior. Examples of annotations you can select are Read-only, Destructive, Idempotent, and Open-world. - **[Manually Register External MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_reg_mcp_servers_ext_manual.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Expand your catalog by manually registering external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. After registration, the servers are automatically available to use in Agentforce. - **[Discover Manually Registered MCP Servers in API Catalog (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_ext_manual.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In your catalog, view your Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers that you manually register in Agentforce Registry or install from AgentExchange packages. - **[Assess Security Risk Scores for MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_risk_score.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check the risk score of external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers during registration. Salesforce conducts an automatic security scan that returns a Low, Medium, or High risk score to help you evaluate the security of MCP servers. - **[View Agents That Use an External MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_view_agents_ext_mcp_server_usage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Before you change or delete an external MCP server, check which Agentforce agents use its tools. If agents use the server, you can't delete it until you remove the server from those agents. - **[Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_ext_mulesoft.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce. - **[View Connect REST APIs in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_view_connect_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** A growing set of Connect REST APIs automatically appear in your API catalog. Automate your tasks and processes by discovering and using actions that are based on Connect REST API operations. - **[View Named Query APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_view_named_query_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The capability of bringing your Named Query APIs into API Catalog and activating their actions to use in Agentforce is now generally available. - **[Simplify API and MCP Server Management with the API Catalog Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use API Catalog REST Connect API to organize and simplify access to APIs and MCP servers in your catalog. Discover and browse APIs, inspect API versions and operations, and register and manage MCP servers. Use this API as part of your headless solutions, for example to register an external MCP server to use with Agentforce. # API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security Lightning Web Security (LWS) includes new security protections with more distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions are also available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, LWR-based Experience Cloud sites, and Lightning web components in Aura sites when LWS is enabled. **How:** These APIs have new distortions documented in the [LWS Distortion Viewer](https://developer.salesforce.com/tools/lws-distortion-viewer) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview). Corresponding ESLint rules are in the ESLint package. - `Promise.try` - `WebAssembly.Instance.prototype.exports` getter - `WebAssembly.instantiate` - `WebAssembly.instantiateStreaming` #### See Also - [_Security for Lightning Components_: Look Up Distortion Details in LWS Distortion Viewer](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-components-security/guide/lws-tools-distortion-viewer.html) # API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security Lightning Web Security (LWS) includes new security protections with more distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions are also available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, LWR-based Experience Cloud sites, and Lightning web components in Aura sites when LWS is enabled. **How:** These APIs have new distortions documented in the [LWS Distortion Viewer](https://developer.salesforce.com/tools/lws-distortion-viewer). Corresponding ESLint rules are in the ESLint package. ## New Distortions The following distortions are new in this release. - `Document.createNodeIterator` - `Document.createTreeWalker` - `Element.prototype.getAttribute` - `Element.prototype.getAttributeNS` - `Element.prototype.getAttributeNode` - `Element.prototype.getAttributeNodeNS` - `Element.prototype.innerHTML` getter - `Element.prototype.outerHTML` getter - `HTMLAnchorElement.prototype.href` setter — see additional details in [HTMLAnchorElement Distortion Blocks data: URI Scheme](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_lws_htmlanchorelement_distortion.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The new distortion on HTMLAnchorElement.prototype.href blocks URLs that use the data: URI scheme. The data: URI scheme can be used to create plain text download links, but that approach raises various security issues. Use the blob: URI scheme instead.") - `HTMLBaseElement.prototype.href` setter - `HTMLButtonElement.prototype.formAction` setter - `HTMLElement.prototype.innerText` getter - `HTMLFormElement.prototype.action` setter - `HTMLInputElement.prototype.formAction` setter - `HTMLMetaElement.prototype.content` getter - `HTMLScriptElement.prototype.text` getter - `HTMLScriptElement.prototype.textContent` getter - `HTMLScriptElement.innerText` getter - `IDBFactory.prototype.databases` - `IDBFactory.prototype.deleteDatabase` - `IDBFactory.prototype.open` - `MutationObserver.prototype.observe` - `Node.prototype.textContent` getter - `Observable.prototype.forEach` - `Observable.prototype.subscribe` - `Promise.prototype.catch` - `Promise.prototype.finally` - `Promise.prototype.then` - `Promise.all` - `Promise.allSettled` - `Promise.any` - `Promise.race` - `Promise.reject` - `Promise.resolve` - `Promise.withResolvers` - `Range.prototype.cloneContents` - `Range.prototype.cloneRange` - `Range.prototype.getBoundingClientRect` - `Range.prototype.toString` - `SVGAnimatedString.prototype.baseVal` setter - `Selection.prototype.anchorNode` - `Selection.prototype.focusNode` - `Selection.prototype.toString` - `Window.name` getter - `Window.name` setter ## Modified Distortions The following distortions have changed behavior in this release. - `Element.prototype.setHTMLUnsafe` - `URL.createObjectURL` # API-Only Users Are Blocked from Bridging into UI Sessions To improve security, users with the API Only User permission can no longer bridge into UI sessions by using the frontdoor URL generated by the /services/oauth2/singleaccess endpoint, also known as UI Bridge API. This change can break integrations that unintentionally grant UI access to API-only users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions. **How:** If you call the /services/oauth2/singleaccess endpoint with an access token that was issued to an API-only user, the call fails with a `Bad_OAuth_Token` error. To allow these users to bridge into UI sessions via frontdoor URLs, remove the API Only User permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate a Frontdoor URL to Bridge into UI Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.frontdoor_singleaccess.htm&language=en_US) # API: New and Changed Items Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 66.0. - **[New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access more data through these new and changed standard objects. - **[New and Changed Standard Platform Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_platform_events.htm&release=260&type=5)** Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events. - **[Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API. - **[CRM Analytics REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_api.htm&release=260&type=5)** Set conditions and options in connector properties, configure table repeat grouping row values and persist action menus on dashboard widgets. - **[Invocable Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** ​Invocable Actions represent the actions that can be accomplished on Salesforce with APIs. - **[Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types. - **[REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest.htm&release=260&type=5)** These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in Platform REST API version 66.0. - **[Tooling API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling.htm&release=260&type=5)** Filter Test Discovery API results by using the new `category` query parameter. Access more metadata through new and changed Tooling API objects. - **[User Interface API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps. - **[GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=260&type=5)** See what’s new with GraphQL API. # API: New and Changed Items Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 67.0. - **[New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Access more data through these new and changed standard objects. - **[New and Changed Standard Platform Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_platform_events.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events. - **[Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API. - **[CRM Analytics REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Using the CRM Analytics REST API, get stage information for dataflow job nodes and filter replicated dataset fields with advanced properties. - **[Invocable Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** ​Invocable Actions represent the actions that can be accomplished on Salesforce with APIs. - **[Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types. - **[Reports and Dashboards REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_reports_dashboards_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Analytics Download API has new parameters for enhanced functionality. - **[SOAP API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in REST API version 67.0. - **[Tooling API New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects. - **[User Interface API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps. - **[GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** See what’s new with GraphQL API. # API: New and Changed Items Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 68.0. - **[New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access more data through these new and changed standard objects. - **[New and Changed Standard Platform Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_platform_events.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events. - **[Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API. - **[CRM Analytics REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Using the CRM Analytics REST API, get and update extended metadata files for Data 360 objects and query unsupported features. - **[Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types. - **[Tooling API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get built-in and custom Apex type information by using the Apex Symbol API. Retrieve compilation results for invalid Apex classes and triggers. Filter Test Discovery API results by test level. Access more metadata through new and changed Tooling API objects. - **[User Interface API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps. - **[GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See what’s new with GraphQL API. # APIEvent Record IDs The APIEvent Record field has been updated for all operations. This field captures record IDs with the total record count. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. **Why:** Originally only for Bulk API, this new format is now the standard. # AppExchange Configure new Trialforce Source Org (TSO) branded login pages before Summer ’26. - **[Configure New Trialforce Login Pages Before Summer ’26](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_cloudforce_login.htm&release=260&type=5)** If you plan to configure a new branded login page for your AppExchange solution’s Trialforce Source Org (TSO), complete the configuration before Summer ’26. With that release, existing branded login pages continue to work but you can’t configure new branded login pages. - **[Request Custom Pricing Directly from AgentExchange Listings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_requestprivateoffer_customer.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now initiate private offer discussions directly from a partner's AgentExchange listing. This feature simplifies how you negotiate custom terms and pricing, so you can start the conversation without ever leaving the marketplace. - **[Discover Specific Agentforce Subagents and Actions in AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_discover_agentforce_assets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Speed up development of agents by finding prebuilt Agentforce assets such as subagents and actions, on AgentExchange. You can find an Agentforce asset and add it to an agent without leaving Agentforce Builder by browsing the AgentExchange marketplace in the Asset Library. - **[Discover AgentExchange Solutions Faster with Improved Search Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_discover_solutions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find the right solutions on AgentExchange by typing your search queries using natural language. The intent-first semantic search capability understands your business goals by providing dynamic guidance as you type, to speed up your discovery process. # AppExchange Partners AppExchange partners must follow new security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions to better protect integrations. - **[Find Solutions Faster with the New AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_marketplace_unification.htm&release=260&type=5)** Introducing the new AgentExchange, a unified destination for agents, apps, and experts across Salesforce and Slack. We’ve combined AppExchange, AgentExchange, and Slack Marketplace into a single solution engine to help you find and deploy tools faster. New semantic search capabilities and personalized recommendations within Agentforce Builder help you discover the right solutions for your specific business needs. - **[Secure Your Connected App and External Client App Solutions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_connectedapps_eca_security.htm&release=260&type=5)** All AppExchange Partners must follow new security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions to ensure the highest level of trust and security for Customer Data. These requirements apply to any Connected App or External Client App that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. These updates include mandatory Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) and Refresh Token Rotation (RTR) enablement to prevent authorization code interception and token theft. Implementing these standards ensures these CAs or ECAs meet the latest Salesforce security protocols and safeguard Customer Data. Failure to comply may result in the Partner Application’s AppExchange de-listing and/or Salesforce’s temporary or permanent suspension of the Partner Application’s interoperation with Salesforce’s services. - **[Review and Comply with Connected App and ECA Security Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_ca_eca_additional.htm&release=260&type=5)** To ensure the highest level of trust and security for Customer Data, Salesforce is further strengthening security controls. We’ve added two additional mandatory OAuth security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions. These mandatory requirements must be implemented by partners by May 2026. - **[Automate the Selling Lifecycle with the AgentExchange Go-To-Market App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_gtm_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide a cohesive purchasing and billing journey for your customers by orchestrating the entire selling lifecycle within the Salesforce Platform. The Go-To-Market app reduces operational overhead by automating provisioning, payment collection, and payouts. Create compelling private offers with custom pricing to drive growth and shift your team’s focus from administration to innovation. - **[Let Customers Request Private Offers Directly from Your AgentExchange Listing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_requestprivateoffer.htm&release=260&type=5)** Partners enrolled in the AgentExchange Partner Program can now turn on the Request Private Offer button on their AgentExchange listing. By selecting the button, customers can initiate a private offer conversation without leaving the marketplace. Providing a direct path for these requests increases lead generation and shortens the sales cycle. - **[Expertise Tab Removed from Consultant Listings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_expertise_tab_removed.htm&release=260&type=5)** To stay current with the updated Salesforce Partner Program, we’re removing the Expertise tab from consultant listing pages and transitioning to the new Partner Finder (Navigator) experience. - **[Speed Up Agentforce Listing Creation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_nga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Draft and publish your listings faster. When you upload a new solution, the Partner Console scans its agents, subagents, and actions to populate the listing. You can review and change the descriptions before you publish your listing. If you update to a new version, all your previous customizations stay exactly as they are. # Apply a Bundle Configuration Across Matching Quote Line Items Save time by updating a bundle once and applying it across an enterprise quote. This streamlines updates for large quotes with identical products in multiple locations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** From Setup, enter CPQ Configuration Setup in the Quick Find box, select `enableApplyConfigToMatchingLines`, and set its value to `true`. From the Summary tab, move a bundle into the working cart. Update its configuration, and apply it to replace matching quote line items with the same Product ID across locations. # Apply Agentforce Coworker's Personal Context to Grid Worksheet Rows Turn a list of Salesforce records into a repeatable Agentforce Coworker workflow. Add Agent from the Add Column menu and describe the work you want done, such as “prepare these accounts for tomorrow’s meetings.” Agentforce Coworker reviews your relevant context, including account relationships, calendar information, and upcoming meetings. It then applies the instruction across your worksheet and writes a tailored result for each record, so you can review, compare, and act on the complete set in one place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Available the week of August 3, 2026 #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Grid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid.htm&language=en_US) # Apply an Expiration Period to Customized Push Upgrades You can now configure customized push upgrades to expire after a certain number of days. With customized push upgrades, partners grant select customers the ability to block push upgrades. Customized push upgrades are especially useful for highly regulated environments where strict compliance and validation protocols require control of upgrade timing and version oversight. **Where:** This change applies to second- and first-generation managed packages. **How:** As the Salesforce Partner, log in to either your 1GP packaging org or your Dev Hub org (for managed 2GP packages) using the system administrator account. In the Developer Console, create a PushUpgradeCustomizationRepository record and enter the number of days that customized push upgrades are available to the subscriber. This example sets customized push upgrades to expire after 90 days. ``` String pucId1 = PushUpgradeCustomizationRepository.create('packageID', 'subscriberOrgID', true, 90); System.debug('pucId1 =' + pucId1); ``` #### See Also - [_Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Enable a Package Subscriber to Restrict Push Upgrades](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg2_dev.meta/pkg2_dev/push_upgrade_customized.htm) - [_Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Push a Package Upgrade for Second-Generation Managed Packages](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg2_dev.meta/pkg2_dev/push_upgrade_intro_2GP.htm) - [_First-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Enable a Package Subscriber to Restrict Push Upgrades](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg1_dev.meta/pkg1_dev/push_upgrade_customized.htm) - [_First-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Push Package Upgrades to Subscribers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg1_dev.meta/pkg1_dev/push_upgrade_intro.htm) # Apply Brand Theming to Embedded MFE Widgets (Developer Preview) Keep embedded widgets visually consistent with your brand. Propagate design tokens into sandboxed iframes using standard CSS custom properties without additional JavaScript wiring inside the widget. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and Experience Cloud LWR sites in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The Dev Channel provides access to features that are not generally available and have been designated as pilot, beta, limited release, or developer preview. Their use is at the Customer's sole discretion and is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/). **How:** Set CSS custom properties on the `` element or any ancestor element in your wrapper LWC. For example: `style="--brand-color:#0070d2; --font-family:Salesforce Sans,sans-serif;"`. Inside the widget, reference tokens with standard CSS: `color: var(--brand-color)`. The shell reads all `--*` properties from its computed style via `getComputedStyle(this)` once at mount and forwards them to the iframe. The shell does not observe host-side style mutations automatically. To update tokens at runtime — for example, when a user switches to dark mode: 1. Set new values on the host element with `style.setProperty()`. 2. Call `shell.refreshTheme()` to re-scrape computed styles and forward the updated tokens. Keep these considerations in mind: - Only CSS custom properties (names starting with `--`) cross the iframe boundary. Regular CSS declarations (`color`, `background`) on the host don't propagate. - Tokens must be declared on the `` element or an ancestor element. Tokens on sibling elements don't propagate — `getComputedStyle(this)` reads from the shell's own inheritance chain. # Apply Compound Price Uplifts to Multiyear Ramp Deals to Adjust Pricing Over Time Select between standard and compound uplift modes for multiyear ramp deals. Standard uplift applies a fixed percentage against the original list price for every segment. Compound uplift builds each segment's price on the net price from the prior segment to match the annual escalation pattern common in enterprise contracts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** Multiyear enterprise deals often include annual price escalations that compound pricing. Each year's increase builds on the actual price from the prior year, not the original list price. Previously, the ramp uplift in Revenue Cloud was in standard mode. Sales teams calculated compound prices manually, which raised the risk of quoting errors and made deal approvals slower. With compound uplift, the pricing engine calculates and applies the correct compounded percentage for each segment automatically. The price waterfall now shows the applied unit price uplift percentage for every segment. Sales teams have a clear record of each segment's price calculation. **How:** To configure the default ramp uplift type, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Revenue Settings, and then select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on **Advanced Detail Line Pricing**. Then, set the default ramp uplift type to standard or compound uplift. # Apply Configuration Rules Across 15,000 Line Items Apply rules and constraints across quotes or orders with up to 15,000 line items. Run configurations accurately and efficiently for all products and bundles in the quote or order. Automate and validate demanding configurations at scale, so your sales reps can build large quotes and orders without reaching scale limits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Apply Consistent Ramp Selection During Product Discovery and Configuration Select whether to add products to current or subsequent groups before viewing the product list. Now, when you add products to current or subsequent groups in Product Discovery, the Configurator honors the selection and applies the correct ramp group when saving the transaction. Previously, the Configurator stored products only in the current group. This smooth handoff eliminates manual rework when structuring complex ramp deals. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. # Apply Contract Governance Policies Consistently with Document Playbooks Put your standard contract governance policies to work without starting from scratch. Upload your existing rule definitions in PDF, DOCX, or XLSX format, and Salesforce Contracts stores each file as a versioned document playbook. Manage the playbook lifecycle by creating, activating, archiving, and deleting versions as your policies evolve. Customize contract governance to your business by designing unique playbooks for each contract record type. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license or with the Salesforce Contracts license and the Data 360 license. **Who:** To create and manage document playbooks, you need the Document Playbook Designer permission set. To view and use document playbooks, you need the Document Playbook User permission set. **How:** Turn on the Document Playbook Management org preference. Then create a document playbook, upload a governance policies file to a playbook version, and assign the playbook to a contract type. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document Playbooks (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_document_playbook.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Apply Contract Pricing Across a Subscription's Lifecycle Contract pricing for subscription products now applies when buyers amend, renew, or cancel a subscription. After an order is placed, the contract is stamped on the order line item and used for subsequent amend, renew, and cancel operations. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud Advanced edition. **How:** Create a separate contract item price for each product selling model, such as monthly or yearly. To customize contract resolution, you can also implement the Apex `resolveContracts` method in the pricing extension. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Contract-Based Pricing for B2B Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_contract_based_pricing.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Credit Memos and Payments Automatically Based on Rules Prevent revenue leakage, improve customer trust, and reduce the manual effort required for cash reconciliation with rule-based application of credit and payments. Prioritize applying either credits or payments to settle the invoices of customer accounts. Specify allocation rules in an order of your choice to settle the invoices of your account. Use the allocation rules to match invoices by the invoice ID or invoice balance, or prioritize oldest invoices or the ones with the highest balances. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To apply credits and payments to settle invoices, you need the Billing Admin permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**. Select an application order and an allocation rule and sequence. Then, turn on Rule-Based Credit and Payment Application. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Apply Credit Memos and Payments Automatically Based on Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_rules_based_credits_payments_application.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Custom Brands to React Apps with the Brand Toolkit (Beta) To apply a brand to your React app, use the new Brand Toolkit in the Live Preview VS Code extension. Get a published, approved Salesforce CMS brand from your org and customize it if you like. Or you can create a new brand based on a public URL or from scratch. Save the brand in your local VS Code project. When you’re satisfied with the brand’s look and feel, apply it to your app with a ready-to-use prompt for Agentforce Vibes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Brand Toolkit is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting in September 2026. **How:** To open the Brand Toolkit (Beta), from the VS Code Command Palette, run SFDX: Open Brand Toolkit (Beta). To access and apply a brand from Salesforce CMS with the Brand Toolkit, connect your org to Agentforce Vibes and activate the Content Read-Only MCP server in your org. To get a brand from a URL, share the URL with Agentforce Vibes and prompt it to create a brand based on that URL. The Brand Toolkit opens after the brand is created and you can customize its attributes. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_: Build a React App Using Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-reactdev-overview.html) - [_Visual Studio Marketplace_: Salesforce Live Preview](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode-ui-preview) - [_Visual Studio Marketplace_: Salesforce Extension Pack (Expanded)](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode-expanded) # Apply Discounts and Issue Rewards in a Single API Call Use the Unified Execution API to apply discounts and issue rewards in one request instead of making separate calls to Get Eligible Promotions API and Transaction Journal API. The API reduces integration complexity and supports faster, more reliable transaction processing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. # Apply for Multiple Benefits in a Single Application Give your constituents a unified digital intake experience so they can apply for multiple government benefit programs at once. Constituents and their authorized representatives complete one combined application that checks their information against eligibility rules and prefills previously saved details to reduce retyping. Caseworkers get faster, lower-error intake, and supervisors gain consolidated workflows that improve compliance, oversight, and reporting accuracy across programs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Who:** This capability is available to: - **Company Community users (Salesforce Platform):** Require Customer Community Plus license. Assign the Authorized Representative Company Community Access for Public Sector permission set. **Why:** Constituents often face fragmented processes and separate portals when applying for government assistance, which can lead to missed benefits and delayed support. A single integrated application unifies intake for programs such as the Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP) and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). The application evaluates applicant data against preconfigured sample eligibility rules for LIHEAP and SNAP using parallel processing, and it prefills previously submitted profile data to save constituents' time. Because the intake journey is built on the Form Framework, the application evaluates conditional eligibility mid-application. If an applicant's income disqualifies them for a program, the application hides irrelevant fields and re-sequences the form steps automatically, so applicants complete only the forms for the programs they qualify for. **How:** Define the rules used to prescreen applicants for your benefit programs by creating expression sets from prebuilt or custom templates, and then link those expression sets to their respective programs. Set up the default data flows to automatically save applicant information into application records. To enable authorized representatives to apply on a constituent's behalf, configure representative access and deploy the guided application flow to your Experience Cloud site. #### See Also - [Capture Authorized Representatives Information](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_capture_authorized_representatives_information.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "An authorized representative can start a benefit application for someone else, record consent for the capabilities they cover, and leave a trail the agency can review. Representatives never need the applicant's password, and they never impersonate the applicant. This release doesn't include a control to grant or revoke access.") - [_Salesforce Developer_: Benefit Management Data Model (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/data-models/guide/benefit-management.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Intergrated Application in Benefit Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_bm_integrated_application_parent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Authorized Representative for Benefit Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_authorized_representative.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Full Bundle Data Consistently Across Sales, Returns, and Fulfillment Product bundles now carry richer data, including pricing, images, and promotions, for a better shopping experience. Bundle rules apply consistently across sales, returns, exchanges, and fulfillment. Receipts and logs reflect bundle details accurately, giving you cleaner records and reliable order management end-to-end. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Feed**. Expand **Products** and turn on **Enable Product Bundles V2**. ![Enable Product Bundles V2 toggle in Point of Sale CMS.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_product_bundles_v2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Product Bundles for Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_orders_product_bundles.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Mass Discounts on Large Enterprise Quotes Process mass discounts on enterprise quotes containing up to 50,000 total line items and over 4,000 root items without system failures. Background processing now handles these large quotes in smaller batches, so you no longer hit the previous limit of about 3,600 root items. Previously, mass discounts failed on quotes with about 4,000 or more root line items when too many root item IDs were processed at once. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. # Apply Mass Discounts to Enterprise-Scale Quotes Provide an improved user experience to close and win large enterprise deals faster. Sales reps can apply mass discounts to quotes or orders that contain up to 50,000 line items and over 4,000 root items without interruptions. Previously the designated limit caused failures on large quotes. The CPQ\_StartMassDiscountExpanded Integration Procedure slices root items into smaller chunks and processes them sequentially in the background across multiple batches using iterative looping counters. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license. # Apply Pricing Adjustments to Subscription Products Volume-tiered pricing adjustments now apply to subscription products in purchase, amendment, and renewal flows. Use the same pricing rules for subscription and non-subscription products to manage pricing across mixed catalogs, with support for both standard and contract pricing. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud Advanced Edition. **How:** When you create a price adjustment tier for a subscription product, select the product selling model that the adjustment applies to. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Tiered Pricing for a B2B Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_pas.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Promotions to a Quote and an Order to Boost Sales Enhance your sales strategy with configurable promotions. Easily configure promotion details, including type, duration, and eligibility, and add coupons for manual promotions. View and apply tailored promotions to a quote and an order directly from the configurator or the Transaction Line Editor to acquire new customers or deepen relationships with existing ones. Your sales team has the flexibility to close every deal with the best offer. You can also apply manual promotions on the quote and order record page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **Who:** To see and apply promotions, users must have the Apply Promotions on Sales Transactions permission set. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Manage Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_manage_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Promotions to Cart in Consumer Sales to Boost Sales Boost sales by integrating Global Promotions Management (GPM) with the consumer sales API suite. Easily configure promotion details, including type, duration, and eligibility, and add coupons for manual promotions. This enhancement provides consistent promotion and discount details from the cart through to the finalized order and asset during assetization. Your sales team has the flexibility to close every deal with the best offer. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up and Design Promotions in Consumer Sales_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_and_design_promotions_in_consumer_sales.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Promotions to Cart in Consumer Sales to Boost Sales Boost sales by integrating Global Promotions Management (GPM) with the consumer sales API suite. Easily configure promotion details, including type, duration, and eligibility, and add coupons for manual promotions. This enhancement provides consistent promotion and discount details from the cart through to the finalized order and asset during assetization. Your sales team has the flexibility to close every deal with the best offer. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Cart Management and Order Fulfillment for Consumer Sales in Subscriber Lifecycle Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_slm_b2c_cart_management_and_order_fulfillment_for_consumer_sales.htm&language=en_US) # Apply Rate Limiting to Cached Assets in eCDN Rules When you create or edit an eCDN rate-limiting rule in Business Manager, you can now control whether cached assets count toward the rule’s rate limit. This setting is selected by default, so cached assets count toward the limit and rules created before this change keep their current behavior. Clear the checkbox to apply the rule’s rate limits only to non-cached requests. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, click **App Launcher**, and then select **Administration** | **Sites** | **Embedded CDN Settings**. Configure a zone, open Security Rules, and create or edit a rate-limiting rule. Select the **Also apply rate limiting to cached assets** checkbox to match how you want cached requests counted. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Rate Limiting Rule for an eCDN Zone](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_eCDN_create_rate_limiting_rule.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: eCDN Cache Rules and Cache Purge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_ecdn_cache_rules_and_purge_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_B2C Commerce Solutions Developer Guide_: Caching Strategies for Salesforce B2C Commerce](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-solutions/guide/caching-strategies-sk.html) - [_B2C Commerce Solutions Developer Guide_: Traffic Management for Flash Sales](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-solutions/guide/traffic-management-sk.html) # Apply Rewards to All Eligible Products or Categories in Buy X, Get Y Promotions Reduce manual configuration on your Buy X, Get Discount on Y + Rewards promotions by selecting All Eligible Products or All Eligible Categories instead of adding each reward individually. Previously available only for Unit Price Discount templates, this option now extends to line-level Buy X, Get Y templates when Promotion Evaluation and Execution is turned off. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management. **How:** On the What Customers Get step of the promotion wizard, select **All eligible products or categories**. # Apply Term-Based Promotions to Boost Sales Offer partial-term discounts on subscription products to attract customers. Sales reps define promotions with specific benefit durations, such as 100% off for the first 3 months or 25% off for 6 months. Set commitment periods to prevent customers from reapplying the same promotion or combining non-stackable promotions. View time-based adjustment breakdowns and maintain promotion visibility throughout the subscription lifecycle. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_manage_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Approval Designers Can Now View Flow Dependencies Users with the Approval Designer permission can now view flow dependencies for their flow approval processes in the Approvals app. Previously, only users with the Manage Flow permission had access to this information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. It’s available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, all Einstein 1, and Developer editions. # Approve Resubmissions Faster by Using Custom Logic Approval designers can now implement custom logic for auto-approving resubmitted records, overriding smart approval conditions. Make sure that urgent, high-value records move quickly through the approval process. Approval designers can create a custom flow to evaluate any necessary criteria, including checks against the prior submission details. Simplify this verification by using the new Get Previous Related Record Details invocable action within the flow to easily capture the previously submitted record's details. The new Use Custom Auto Approval Logic field on the approval step then stores the custom flow’s decision value to determine if the step is auto-approved. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or Revenue Cloud Advanced license where Advanced Approvals is enabled. **Who:** To edit an approval workflow, you need the Manage Flow user permission. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Flows**. Open an Advanced Approvals flow. - Create a custom flow in a background step. - Open an approval step. On the step’s properties tab, select **Set custom logic for auto-approvals**, and specify the decision value of your custom flow in the Auto-Approve Step field. # Archive App Manage growing data volumes and improve system performance by autoarchiving old or inactive data. Keep only important and reliable information in production. - **[Expand Data Residency Options in Japan and India with Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_archive_hyperforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Archive App is now available on Hyperforce in Japan and India. New customers in these regions can store their data locally to meet residency requirements. This update also streamlines the onboarding experience by removing the OAuth 2.0 flow requirement. - **[Migrate to the Archive App for Enhanced Infrastructure](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_migrate.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transition from the Archive Managed Package to the Archive app to get the latest infrastructure updates. This two-phase migration includes automated preparation and a scheduled cutover with zero downtime. Following the cutover, you have a 30-day grace period to update configurations, including custom permissions and Apex references. - **[Anonymize Archived PII - for Compliance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_anonymize.htm&release=260&type=5)** Anonymize personally identifiable information (PII) directly in archived records to comply with Right to Be Forgotten (RTBF) requests and meet data retention obligations. Anonymize Archived PII (beta) replaces sensitive fields with non-identifiable placeholders so that data remains available for audits and analytics. - **[Import Data from Your Local Drive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_import_from_local_drive.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now import data directly to your local drive. This feature is limited to data only and doesn't support importing files from a local machine. # Archive App Manage growing data volumes and improve system performance by autoarchiving old or inactive data. Keep only important and reliable information in production. - **[Manage Staged Data Before Archiving](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_262_archive_import_staging_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View or clear records in the staging area before you create an archive policy. Generate a summary report to see what records you imported, grouped by object type. Clear the staging area to delete unarchived records and start over. - **[Test Archive Callouts in Apex with Mock HTTP Responses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_262_archive_apex_testing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Mock archive callouts in your Apex test classes to test Archive Apex functionality without making actual HTTP requests to the archive service. Previously, customers couldn't mock archive callouts, which prevented complete unit testing of Apex code that uses Archive Apex. - **[Integrate AI Agents with Archive Data Through the Archive Connect API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_connect_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Archive Connect API connects AI agents to archived data for search, unarchive, analysis, and management operations. AI agents handle compliance tasks such as Right To Be Forgotten (RTBF) erasure requests and Personally Identifiable Information (PII) anonymization, storage analysis, and job log retrieval—all without manual intervention. The API provides 13 tools accessed through the Headless 360 Model Context Protocol (MCP) server. - **[Complete Unarchive Operations When Owners Are Inactive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_262_archive_integration_user_inactive_owners.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Complete unarchive operations even when the original record owner is inactive. Archive automatically assigns the record to the Integration User and retries the operation, eliminating manual reassignment steps. - **[Choose How Archive Policies Handle Unsupported Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_skip_unsupported_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Control whether archive policies fail or continue when they encounter unsupported child objects. An Archive Settings toggle gives you the choice between policy failures that protect data integrity (default) or automatic skipping that prevents failures but can cause data loss. Archive excludes non-creatable objects from policies because archived data can't be unarchived if the object doesn't support record creation. - **[Unarchive Up to 1,000 Records at Once from Archive Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_bulk_unarchive.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Unarchive up to 1,000 records at once directly from Archive Search results instead of unarchiving records one at a time. - **[Query Archived Data from Deleted Objects in Archive Apex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_query_deleted_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Archive Apex Data Query now supports querying archived data from objects deleted from your production schema. Previously, deleting an object from production made its archived data inaccessible. - **[Find Archived Records Faster with a Search Icon and Expanded Date Range](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Archive Search has a Search icon to initiate searches, and the default date range is one year. Date Archived is the default date field for all indexed objects. For objects without Date Archived indexing, Archive Search falls back to Last Modified Date automatically. These updates reduce the steps your users take to find archived records. - **[Maintain Reliable Archive Performance with Request Rate Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_rate_limits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Archive enforces request rate limits for Data Query and Unarchive operations to maintain system stability and performance. If you exceed a limit, the system returns status code 429 and requires you to wait before retrying. - **[Monitor Archive Progress with New Activity Statuses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_activity_statuses_xml.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage archive jobs more precisely with three new activity statuses. The Discarded status indicates an abandoned import and that records moved to the Recycle Bin. The Interrupted and Max Interruptions statuses track recovery when the system automatically resumes jobs from saved checkpoints. . - **[Manage Data More Efficiently with New Archive App Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_settings.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage your data lifecycle with more control using new configuration options in the Archive app. You can now import Heroku data directly, unarchive content in private libraries, and enable automatic retries for email address validation errors. - **[Access Archive 2.0 Data in Salesforce Classic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_classic_related_lists.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View archived records in related lists directly from Salesforce Classic page layouts. - **[Rename Archive App Features to Align with Salesforce Standards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_rename.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Archive app features have new names to align with Salesforce core products. The widget is now the Archive component, and the Archive SDK is now Archive Apex. These updates create a consistent experience for admins and developers working across the platform. - **[Prepare for Retirement of Own Archive Managed Package and Legacy Archive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_end_of_llife.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce retires the Own Archive managed package and Legacy Archive products to prioritize a native archiving solution. The transition addresses scalability and error visibility limitations and improves performance. To maintain archiving capabilities, migrate to Archive 2.0 before the current subscription ends. # Archive App Manage growing data volumes and improve system performance by autoarchiving old or inactive data. Keep only important and reliable information in production. - **[Check Your Encryption Key Status in Archive Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_encryption_key_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Archive Settings shows the status of the Shield Platform Encryption key that protects your archived data. The status can be Active, Encrypting, Decrypting, or Key Inactive. Monitor it so you can restore access quickly if the key becomes inactive. - **[Archive the Latest Supported Objects and Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_latest_objects_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you create an archive policy, you can now select the latest objects and fields your org supports. Archive automatically keeps up with your org's API version, so newly supported objects and fields are available to select after your org moves to a newer version. Previously, Archive used a fixed API version, so they didn't appear in the policy creation workflow until an Archive update raised the version. # Archive High-Volume Emails in Your Own Cloud Storage Store copies of your sent marketing emails directly in your Microsoft Azure cloud storage with Data 360. This archive option supports high sending volumes, so that large senders can keep copies of every sent email without hitting the Salesforce Archiving throughput ceiling. After archiving, query and retrieve email copies from the storage location on your own schedule. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Email Archiving](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_email_set_up_archiving.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Archive Outbound Emails with Compliance BCC Send a copy of every outgoing email to a designated email address for archival and regulatory purposes. Configure a default blind carbon copy (BCC) address at the org level. You can also control whether individual campaigns can override the setting. Each email sent to a carbon copy (CC) and BCC recipient consumes a Salesforce Message Credit. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **How:** From Setup, under Unified Messaging, go to Compliance BCC. Enter your BCC email address, and then turn on BCC. Optionally, allow campaign-level overrides so that marketers can turn off BCC for specific email sends in a flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Compliance BCC](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_email_compliance_bcc.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Archive the Latest Supported Objects and Fields When you create an archive policy, you can now select the latest objects and fields your org supports. Archive automatically keeps up with your org's API version, so newly supported objects and fields are available to select after your org moves to a newer version. Previously, Archive used a fixed API version, so they didn't appear in the policy creation workflow until an Archive update raised the version. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Archived Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement release notes from Spring ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. To find updates from Summer ’24 through our last release, select a release from the dropdown menu in the toolbar. For the most accurate and current information about Engagement, always refer to help documentation instead of release notes.
Included Releases PDF Link
  • Spring ’24
 Spring ’24 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’23
  • Summer ’23
  • Winter ’24
 2023 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’22
  • Summer ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’22
  • Summer ’22
  • Fall ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Release Notes
  • Fall ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes
  • January 2021
  • April 2021
  • June 2021
  • August 2021
  • October 2021
 2021 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • January 2020
  • April 2020
  • June 2020
  • August 2020
  • October 2020
 2020 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • January 2019
  • April 2019
  • June 2019
  • August 2019
  • October 2019
 2019 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • January 2018
  • April 2018
  • June 2018
  • August 2018
  • October 2018
 2018 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • January 2017
  • March 2017
  • June 2017
  • August 2017
  • October 2017
 2017 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
# Archived Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement release notes from Spring ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. To find updates from Summer ’24 through our last release, select a release from the dropdown menu in the toolbar. For the most accurate and current information about Engagement, always refer to help documentation instead of release notes.
Included Releases PDF Link
  • Spring ’24
 Spring ’24 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’23
  • Summer ’23
  • Winter ’24
 2023 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’22
  • Summer ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’22
  • Summer ’22
  • Fall ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Release Notes
  • Fall ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes
# Archived Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement release notes from Spring ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. To find updates from Summer ’24 through our last release, select a release from the drop-down menu in the toolbar. For the most accurate and current information about Engagement, always refer to help documentation instead of release notes.
Included Releases PDF Link
  • Spring ’24
 Spring '24 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’23
  • Summer ’23
  • Winter ’24
 2023 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’22
  • Summer ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes
  • Spring ’22
  • Summer ’22
  • Fall ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Release Notes
  • Fall ’22
  • Winter ’23
 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes
# Article Answers for Einstein Bots Is Being Retired Article Answers is scheduled for retirement on February 28, 2026. Bots that already use Article Answers can continue using it until that date. On that date, bots with Article Answers will no longer deliver content from your knowledge base. To prevent service disruptions, turn off Article Answers and remove the Article Answers dialog from your bots’ conversational flow. Also, consider transitioning enhanced bots to Generative Knowledge Answers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience. **When:** Article Answers is scheduled for retirement on February 28, 2026. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Article Answers for Einstein Bots Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005134861&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Answer Questions with Generative Knowledge Answers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.bots_service_action_knowledge.htm&language=en_US) # Ask Questions About Organization Hierarchy with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next Ask Tableau Agent critical business questions like "What's my team's revenue?" or "How is my region performing?" without the need for separate metric definitions for each organizational level. When an organizational hierarchy is defined in a semantic model used by Tableau Agent, the agent recognizes and can answer questions about that organization. Define a role or manager hierarchy once in a semantic model, and your users can explore questions about that organization across visualizations and dashboards, or with conversational analytics in Tableau Agent. ![Tableau Agent answering a question about an org with an automatic breakdown of 7 org members](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_agent_org_hierarchy.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Tableau Semantics is enabled, and Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Tableau Agent enabled for conversational analytics. **When:** Available starting in September 2026. **Who:** Set up steps are for admins with required permissions for Data 360, Semantic Model Builder, Tableau Next, Agentforce Builder. **How**: Add an organizational hierarchy (Role Hierarchy or Manager Hierarchy) as a logical view in a semantic model. When Tableau Agent queries that semantic model, the agent automatically understands who reports to whom and dynamically aggregates data based on a position in the organization. 1. In Data Cloud > Tableau Semantics, set up an organizational hierarchy for a semantic model. For more information, see [Manage Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sl_org_hierarchy.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US) and [Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_org_hierarchy_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Requires Data Cloud Architect permission. 2. In Agentforce Builder, create a Tableau Agent based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template. For more information, see [About Conversational Analytics in Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_questions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). 3. Ask a question with Tableau Agent in a context with an organizational hierarchy. # Assess Client Financial Health with Financial Portfolio Give your wealth advisors a unified view of a client's portfolio directly in Agentforce Financial Services. With Financial Portfolio, advisors can assess portfolio health, identify risk, and respond to client inquiries without switching to external portals. Advisors can monitor liquidity, review AUM (account under management) trends, and analyze top position concentrations from a single interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license, or in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **Why:** Your advisors had to piece together a client's financial picture from multiple external sources, slowing down their ability to respond to inquiries and spot risk. Now they can access all of it in one place: - **Financial Overview:** Monitor overall financial health. View liquid cash reserves against required minimums, track AUM trends over the last three months, and review account performance. - **Portfolio and Tax:** Analyze portfolio composition and tax efficiency. View top position concentrations, drill into hierarchical tax lots, monitor drift against target allocation models, and review year-to-date realized capital gains. - **Cash Flow and Activity:** Track money movement and transaction history. Search historical transactions to resolve inquiries, and monitor net deposits and withdrawals to gauge client satisfaction and detect flight risk. **How:** To set up Financial Portfolio, use the BridgeFT connector to populate the Data 360 DMOs that power the experience, or connect your own custodial data source. Then create an Identity Resolution Ruleset to unify your customer data sources. In Setup, build your Financial Portfolio configuration. Add cards, select chart types and presets, map your axes and KPIs to an active autolaunched flow, and define the layout tier and section for the component. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Financial Portfolio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_client_details_financial_portfolio_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Assess Deal Health More Accurately with Enhanced Opportunity Scoring Get a more accurate view of deal health and move your deals forward with the enhanced Opportunity Scoring model. Powered by Data 360 AI models, the model helps your sales reps identify healthy and at-risk deals based on actual conversation data and engagement signals in addition to the standard opportunity fields. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Performance and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud. In Enterprise Edition with Sales Cloud, this feature requires the Agentforce or Revenue Intelligence add-on. **How:** From the gear menu, select **Salesforce Go**, and then search for Opportunity Score. Turn on Opportunity Score and complete the steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Opportunity Score](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_inspection_opportunity_scoring_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Assess Manufacturing Account Health and Retention Risk See which accounts need attention and which are ready to grow, at a glance. Review planned business at a glance, identify which accounts need follow-up for incoming orders, and separate high-performing accounts from those at risk of churn. Relationship length and customer lifetime value help you prioritize retention and growth. **Where:**This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Manufacturing, Einstein For Manufacturing, and Data 360 enabled. **Who:** To use the Account Health dashboards, users need the Sales Agreement PSL, Tableau Next, and Data Cloud permissions, and the Sales Agreement preference enabled. **How:** In Setup, select Salesforce Go from the gear menu and select Tableau Next Apps for Manufacturing. Click **Get Started**, turn on the feature, and follow the instructions. # Assess Regulation Coverage and Close Gaps with AI-Suggested Controls See how well your existing controls cover each regulation and get AI-generated recommendations for controls that close the gaps. Controls Coverage breaks a regulation into its requirements, matches them to your controls, and displays a coverage rating with a detailed breakdown that surfaces what's missing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Control Management and Agentforce are enabled. **Why:** Knowing whether a regulation is adequately covered usually means manual, subjective mapping. With Controls Coverage, this process becomes explainable and repeatable for your compliance teams. Get recommendations for existing controls or new AI-generated control suggestions so that teams address coverage gaps with confidence. **How:** Open a regulation and run a coverage analysis. Review the rating and the identified gaps, and then add a recommended control or accept an AI-generated suggestion to close each gap. # Assess Security Risk Scores for MCP Servers in API Catalog Check the risk score of external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers during registration. Salesforce conducts an automatic security scan that returns a Low, Medium, or High risk score to help you evaluate the security of MCP servers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** Security risk scoring for MCP servers is available on a rolling basis starting July 2026. **How:** In Setup, go to API Catalog MCP Servers and register an external MCP server. After the connection is created, API Catalog shows an overall risk score in the Risk Assessment panel. When you manage tools for the server, each tool also shows its own risk score. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Register External MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_manage_manual_external_mcp_servers.htm&language=en_US) # Assess Security Risk Scores for Third-Party MCP Servers Check the risk score of third-party Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers during registration. Agentforce Registry conducts an automatic security scan that returns a Low, Medium, or High risk score. Use the risk score as a risk indicator of MCP servers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note : Security risk scoring for third-party MCP servers is generally available in English. **When:** Security risk scoring for third-party MCP servers is available on a rolling basis starting the week of July 13, 2026. **Why:** A compromised tool description redirects agent behavior without any visible sign to the admin using it—a type of attack called tool poisoning. A Medium risk score indicates a perceived risk. A High risk score indicates a detected risk. **How:** In Setup, go to Agentforce Registry and select **Register MCP Server**. Complete the connection details. When you reach the MCP Server Allowlist step, the registry shows an overall risk score and a score for each tool. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: MCP Risk Score](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp_registration_manage_risk_score.htm&language=en_US) # Asset Management Streamline, simplify, and upgrade your inventory operations and enhance service efficiency with the Asset Management features. - **[Enhance Proactive Customer Service with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_agentforce_asset_service_estimation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve proactive customer service by using the enhanced features of the Asset Service Estimation agent topics as part of the Asset Service Management agent. Efficiently select price books for a chosen service work type, the relevant products and their quantities. Choose to specify a different coverage for each product and simplify the process of incorporating asset warranties, entitlements, or service contracts. Create a more enriched quote with the specific discount details for each selected product. Create work orders with an asset’s account ID and with the asset name and work type name in the subject - **[Inventory Management Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_inventory_management_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance operational efficiency with new capabilities that streamline inventory management. - **[Manage Asset Recall Inquiries Using Prebuilt Service Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_recall_inquiry_for_assets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use prebuilt service process templates to handle asset-related recall inquiries, such as eligibility questions or dealer appointment details. These templates help Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) accelerate implementations, enabling faster deployments and improving operational efficiency. Easily view the list of assets for the selected customer account, check whether a specific asset is part of an active recall, and share details of the relevant authorized service partners. A case is created and automatically closed post fulfillment of the service process request and an email is sent to the customer with the relevant recall inquiry details. - **[Access Claims from Product Service Campaign Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_service_campaigns.htm&release=260&type=5)** View claims on a product service campaign item record. Assign a related list and access the claims associated with a particular product service campaign item. - **[Timesheet and Labor Cost Optimization Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheet_management_and_labor_cost_optimization_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable field technicians to associate assets with timesheets and capture detailed information by using configurable forms. Technicians can update verified timesheets to maintain accuracy, while supervisors and admins control the visibility of entry fields to match operational needs. Service resources can use Agentforce to handle time-tracking tasks like creating and verifying timesheets. - **[Upsell and Cross-Sell Products for Service with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_upsell_and_cross_sell_products_with_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Agentforce to empower every technician and service rep, regardless of their expertise, to identify and propose upgrades or add-ons for specific assets or recommend new products during customer interactions. The agent navigates users through product discovery, clarifies user intent for accuracy, and identifies the most relevant product options based on customer needs. It then helps generate quotes for selected products and capture quote approval. # Asset Management Manage, configure, and expand Asset Service Lifecycle Management features from a single location in Setup, by using Salesforce Go. - **[Simplify Asset Service Lifecycle Management Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_simplify_aslm_feature_discovery_and_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure Asset Service Lifecycle Management features, and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Asset Service Lifecycle Management products and features, and if you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go. - **[Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheets_labor_cost_optimization_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve timesheet accuracy for payroll processing with automatic idle time creation and enhanced summary views. Streamline correction workflows for rejected timesheets, and easily refresh data on mobile. # Asset Management Manage assets end-to-end — from inventory and reservations through depreciation and disposal — with real-time visibility and audit-ready traceability at every stage. Close revenue opportunities faster with real-time quote updates that let agents add multiple products and apply discounts in one pass for quicker, more consistent upsell and cross-sell conversions. - **[Accelerate Upsell and Cross-Sell Conversions with Efficient, Error-Free Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_asset_management_agentforce_upsell_cross_sell_quote_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Close revenue opportunities faster by updating quotes in real time as customer needs evolve. In Agentforce Product Upsell and Cross-Sell in Service in Asset Service Lifecycle Management, agents can add multiple products to a quote in one pass and apply discounts directly to new or existing quote line items. Reduce quoting delays, improve pricing consistency, and help teams turn live recommendations into approved quotes more efficiently. - **[Track Unusable Inventory to Maintain Accurate Available Stock Levels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_asset_management_track_unusable_inventory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Capture and classify inventory that is damaged, expired, lost, or otherwise unusable during receiving and inventory transfer, reflect its impact on available quantity, and preserve traceable quantity-change history, including for batch and serialized products. - **[Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheets_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve timesheet accuracy with flexible timesheet entry. Your crew leads can create timesheets with different date ranges, instead of entering one date at a time. Exclude the conflicting dates while creating a timesheet, and admins control the visibility of entry fields to match operational needs. - **[New and Changed Objects for Inventory Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_and_changed_objects_for_inventory_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and updated objects for Inventory Search and Inventory Replenishment. # Assign and Coordinate Repossession Agencies for Vehicle Recovery Assign repossession orders to qualified third-party agencies and coordinate recovery. Track assignment status, collaborate with agencies, and maintain a complete audit trail of recovery activities. During active repossession, select an agency for the repossession item and submit; the assigned agency, location, and status then appear on the record. Track assignment status, collaborate with agencies, and maintain a complete audit trail of recovery activities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive Cloud and the Collections and Recovery capability. **Who:** Users need the Automotive Foundation User, Vehicle and Asset Finance Foundation, and Industries Repossession Management permission sets. **How:** From the Repossession Item during active repossession, select Assign Agency, search for and select a recovery agency, and submit. # Assign Community Cases Automatically with Standard Assignment Rules Standard case assignment rules now run automatically and consistently for all records created through Experience Cloud sites. Eliminate the need for custom code or complex flows to route self-service cases. You can now manage all routing logic in one standard location to ensure cases reach the right agents immediately. **Where:** This change applies to Experience Cloud sites in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions **How:** In Setup, search for Case Assignment Rules and select **Case Assignment Rules**. Select the checkbox for **Apply case assignment rules to cases created via the Community Portal**. This checkbox is visible only when you have Experience Sites enabled.This ensures that the case assignment rules execute with the same consistency for cases created on Experience Cloud sites as cases created via Email-to-Case or the standard Salesforce UI. # Assign Connection Milestones Based on Application Programs Keep new service connection applications on track without manual setup. When you create an individual application record, Salesforce automatically generates and assigns milestones based on the associated program. Applications across different service types, geographies, or regulatory classes automatically receive the correct milestone set. You can create SLA policy, milestones, and actions and assign the created SLA policy to a new utility connection. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions with Energy & Utilities - Growth. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _New Connections and Program Management_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_new_connections_and_program_management.htm&language=en_US) # Assign Custom Lightning Types to the Agentforce Mobile SDK Define custom Lightning types for the Agentforce Mobile SDK to control how agent data is structured and displayed in your mobile apps. Create and manage these types by using the Lightning Types Setup UI. **Where:** This change applies to the Agentforce Mobile SDK for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of May 11, 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Lightning Types, and then select **Lightning Types**. Click **New Lightning Type**. To configure a custom Lightning type for the Agentforce Mobile SDK, select the **Agentforce (Mobile)** option from the Channel dropdown. #### See Also - [Customize Agentforce Mobile Responses with Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_custom_lightning_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Define custom JSON structures for agent actions to return data that your mobile app can process and display using custom Lightning types. The Agentforce Mobile SDK now supports these types via platform-native overrides (SwiftUI and Jetpack Compose) or mobile-optimized Lightning Web Components, enabling you to build both custom renderers and input editors. This flexibility ensures your users interact with accurate, structured data through a high-performance interface tailored to your specific mobile requirements.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lt_intro.htm&language=en_US) # Assign Data Model Object Categories for Data 360 Compatibility Categorize data model objects (DMOs) during writeback to make sure they work seamlessly with downstream Data 360 features. Data Processing Engine (DPE) previously assigned the Other category to all DMOs it created. Now, select the category that matches the object's purpose, such as Profile for customer details or Engagement for interactions. Accurate categorizing is essential for Data 360 functionalities, such as identity resolution and segmentation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. ![Assigning category to a DMO.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_data_processing_engine_writeback_category.png) # Assign Flow Tests to Specific Flow Versions for More Control Reuse tests from previous flow versions if the scenario still applies to a new version. Align flow tests precisely with each flow version so updates don’t cause incorrect results from other flow versions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Previously, a flow test applied only to the latest flow version. You deleted previous tests that didn’t apply to the new flow version. For example, you deleted the flow test for flow version 1 after creating the flow test for flow version 2. Starting in Spring ’26, you associate the same test with multiple flow versions. Decide which test scenario is for which flow version. When you save a new flow version, the system automatically includes tests from the source flow version. **How:** From Flow Builder, open a record-triggered flow and create a flow test. Complete the test details. Then select the flow versions that you want to associate with the test. The flow test runs for the selected flow versions. ![The New Test window that shows the Select Flow Versions section in Flow Builder](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/260_rn_automate_flow_debug_test_versions_1.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automatically Test Record-Triggered and Data Cloud-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_test_record_data_cloud_triggered.htm&language=en_US) # Assign Install Request Approvers in Your Org (Beta) Add trusted users as Install Request Approvers. When you turn on the feature in Setup, you're added as an approver automatically, and you can add, search, or remove approvers anytime. Approvers get an email and an in-app notification when a builder submits an install or update request. The requester gets an email and an in-app notification when the install or update completes. **Where:** This change is available in Setup, under AgentExchange. **Who:** This change impacts users with permission to install apps who use this feature to configure the approver list. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Install Request Approvers, and then select **Install Request Approvers** (1). ![Setup navigation with Install Request Approvers called out as step 1 under the AgentExchange section](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_search_add_approvers_setting.png) Turn on the feature, then click **Add Approver** (2). Add users who can install AgentExchange apps for others in your org, and search or remove them from the list anytime. ![Manage App Install Request Approvers page with the feature toggle called out as step 2](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_turn_on_add_approvers.png) Approvers click Install in the email they receive for each install or update request (3). The email includes the requester, the asset they need, the app, and the org. ![Sample email received by the approver called out as step 3](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange__approvers_email.png) # Assign Member Values to Read-Only and Hidden Attributes in Enterprise Quotes The Quote Member Binding (QMB) in enterprise quotes now supports data mapping for read-only and hidden attributes, provided the mappings are explicitly defined in the Business Rules Engine setup. This speeds up quote creation by removing manual work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. # Assign Milestone Owners for New Connections Distribute the workload across your team by assigning and reassigning milestone owners directly from the Milestone Tracker component. Quickly change task ownership with a single action, and automatically notify the new owner by email. Use entitlement processes to automatically assign milestones to the appropriate teams when connection applications are created. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions with Energy & Utilities - Growth. **How:** On the Individual Application record page, select a milestone or task in the Milestone Tracker component and change the assigned owner. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _New Connections and Program Management_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_new_connections_and_program_management.htm&language=en_US) # Assign More Administrative Roles to API Clients You can now assign the Account Administrator or API Administrator role to an API client directly from the Account Manager API Client Detail page. This update simplifies API client management, saving time for admins when managing technical users and integrations. Account administrators can manage both roles. API administrators can only manage the API Administrator role. **Where:** This change applies to Account Manager for B2C Commerce. **How:** On the API Client Detail page in Account Manager, add the new roles. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add an API Client in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_add_api_client_id.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Roles Managed in Account Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_roles.htm&language=en_US) # Assign Profile-Based Access for Sections Control who can update sensitive content, including token values, by limiting section-level access to specific profiles. During template creation, the designer can select which profiles can edit a section for contract authoring and internal review. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license, or with the Salesforce Contracts license. **Why:** Section-level edit access provides stronger control over critical content and prevents unintended edits by users without the appropriate profile permissions. ![Provide section edit access based on selected profiles.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/revenue/salesforce_contracts/rn_sf_contracts_section_locking.jpg) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Lock Sections Within a Document](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_lock_section.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Assign Use Any API Auth Permission for SOAP login() (Release Update) To authenticate with the SOAP API login() operation, all users must have the Use Any API Auth user permission assigned to them. Users without the Use Any API Auth user permission can no longer authenticate with SOAP API login() and will encounter an error. Beginning December 1, 2026, this requirement is enforced uniformly across all orgs and environments (production, pre-production sandboxes, etc.). You can run tests in advance using the Release Update in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all API enabled editions. **How:** Assign the Use Any API Auth user permission to users via profiles or permission sets to enable use of the SOAP API login() operation. #### See Also - [_SOAP API Developer Guide_: login()](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api.meta/api/sforce_api_calls_login.htm) # Associate Assets and Equipment with Timesheets Track the usage of heavy equipment and other assets by associating them directly with timesheets and individual timesheet entries. Field technicians can now input asset details when creating or updating their timesheets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. # Associate Assets to Fleets Faster Easily associate assets to a new fleet or an existing fleet, from a fleet record page, or an asset list view. Search for assets using Criteria-Based Search and Filter and assign them immediately to an existing fleet based on the search result. Ensure efficient fleet management, optimizing workflows for fleet managers and inventory specialists. **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. # Associate Cloned Quotes with New or Existing Opportunities Associate a cloned quote with a different existing opportunity or a newly created one directly within the cloning workflow and eliminate manual re-association steps for your sales team. Previously, sales reps had to clone a quote and then manually re-associate it with the correct opportunity in a separate step. Consolidating these actions streamlines the sales process and reduces data entry errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Clone an Enterprise Quote with a New or Existing Opportunity (Managed Package)_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_clone_a_quote_with_a_new_or_existing_opportunity.htm&language=en_US) # Associate External Articles and View Suggestions on Incidents IT service reps can find and link knowledge from external systems directly to incidents by using Enterprise Knowledge, powered by Data 360. Create a comprehensive knowledge base for your IT service desk by using both Salesforce native and external knowledge. View these associations in a related list on the Incident record to minimize context switching and help resolve IT issues with greater accuracy. To further accelerate resolution, the app automatically surfaces suggested articles based on the incident details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Information scattered across different platforms forces reps to switch contexts and search through fragmented data. Help your organization break down data silos by consolidating all relevant information into a single, accessible view. Surfacing both linked and suggested content makes sure that every rep has the best available information at their fingertips, leading to more consistent support outcomes. A unified knowledge base also increases the likelihood of your employees finding answers independently through self-service channels. **How:** To turn on Enterprise Knowledge for Agentforce IT Service, select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Then search for Enterprise Knowledge for IT Service. # Associate Vehicles and Assets to Fleets Faster Easily associate vehicles or assets to a new fleet or an existing fleet, from a fleet record page, or an asset or vehicle list view. Search for vehicles using Criteria-Based Search and Filter and assign them immediately to an existing fleet based on the search result. Ensure efficient fleet management, optimizing workflows for fleet managers and inventory specialists. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Automotive Foundation User permission set. # Audiences Create new actionable lists directly from a campaign and update consent data with a record-triggered flow. Plus, get improved preference page customization. - **[Build and Clone Marketing Lists Directly from Your Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_actionable_lists.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Import a list from the campaign record or directly from the Actionable List object home. Plus, clone an existing list along with its members — all from where you already work. - **[Automatically Update Consent Data in Record-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_consent_flow_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Consent Request flow action in record-triggered flows to automate processes and manage consent more efficiently. For example, opt new leads into certain emails. Or, opt contacts out of a specific communication subscription when their related opportunity record is closed. - **[Gain More Control over Preference Page Design and Subscription Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_consent_preference_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build, brand, and publish preference pages for each marketing channel. Plus, link the right page to the right message, control which subscriptions to show, and update button text and styles. - **[Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_list_sends.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place. # August 2026 These Order Management features are available as of August 2026. - **[Track Fulfillment Object Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_track_entity_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Track up to 20 fields from fulfillment orders and fulfillment order products in the Field History Tracking page. # Aura and LWR Sites Give your site pages a discoverability boost in AI-powered search engine responses with generative engine optimization. Send your Aura site visitors to another URL with easily implemented dynamic redirect rules. Improve your LWR site visitors’ experience by returning them after a session timeout to the page they were viewing before their session ended. - **[Make Site Pages More Discoverable by AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_geo.htm&release=260&type=5)** To make public site pages more discoverable by AI-powered search engines and enhance the precision of generated answers, enable generative engine optimization (GEO) in Experience Builder. When you enable GEO, AI bots can request content snapshots of your site’s pages to generate answers more effectively. - **[Use Dynamic Redirect Rules in Aura Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_aura_redirect.htm&release=260&type=5)** Redirect users from your Aura site to another URL without any coding. Configure dynamic redirect rules that use a pattern to identify a URL from your site and redirect it. Previously, dynamic redirect rules were available only for LWR sites. - **[Return Users to Their Previous Page After Session Timeout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_lwr_timeout.htm&release=260&type=5)** In all LWR sites, authenticated users are now returned to the page they were viewing before their session ended. Previously, the session timeout notification redirected users to the login page, and upon logging back in, they were returned to the Home page. # Aura and LWR Sites Deliver personalized self-service experiences in your Aura or LWR site with AI-assisted Self-Service components. Keep private pages unavailable on your LWR site until visitors finish setting up or resetting their password. File scans for malware in Salesforce Files are now generally available. On Aura and LWR sites, show record names instead of Salesforce IDs in Data Table lookup columns in screen flows. Use a secure vendor connection to pull records from your vendor’s Aura site into Salesforce. Turn on Chatter in new orgs to access Chatter-dependent features. - **[Set Up AI-Assisted Self-Service Experiences on Aura and LWR Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_set_up_ai_assisted_self_service_experiences_on_experience_cloud_sites.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure and deploy a suite of AI-assisted Self-Service components on your Experience Cloud site, including Agentforce Orchestrator, the prompt bar, suggestion themes, dynamic content tiles, the Concierge sidebar, and chat history. Together, these components deliver personalized, conversational Self-Service experiences for authenticated and guest users. - **[Enable Chatter for Chatter-Dependent Features in Aura and LWR Sites in New Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_enable_chatter.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Chatter is turned off by default in all Salesforce orgs created in Summer ’26 and later. To create an Aura site from the Customer Service template or add feeds to an Aura or LWR site in these orgs, enable Chatter. This change doesn’t affect orgs created before Summer ’26. - **[Keep Private LWR Pages Unavailable Until Password Setup or Reset Is Complete](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_lwr_private_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Visitors are now required to finish setting up or resetting their password before they can access private pages in an LWR site. This feature, which achieves parity with Aura sites, is enabled by default for all LWR sites, except those sites that use custom Visualforce pages for password management. In those cases, manually enable this feature. - **[Scan Files for Malware in Salesforce Files (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_malware_scanning.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** For improved security in your org, files are scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. The setting “Scan files for viruses or malware” now appears in the new Malware Scanning page in Setup. On this page, a new setting enables notifications about malicious files for users with the Manage Malicious Files permission. Also, you can now assign the Manage Malicious Files permission to any standard user. Previously, only admins had this permission. - **[View and Link to Related Records from Screen Flow Data Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_view_and_link_to_related_records_from_screen_flow_data_tables.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show record names instead of Salesforce IDs in Data Table lookup columns in screen flows that you add to Aura and LWR sites. For easier navigation, turn the record name into a link that opens the related record in a new browser tab. - **[Customize Screen Flows with More Style Overrides](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_screen_flow_component_style_overrides.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tailor screen flows to your audience with expanded styling options. You can now customize the look and feel of more screen flow components. The new supported components are Action Button, Address, Choice Lookup, Dependent Picklists, Email, Lookup, Name, Phone, Slider, Toggle, and URL. - **[Use Static Resource Images to Display Text in Screen Flows (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_screen_flow_static_resource_image.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Seamlessly browse for and upload static resource images directly from within the Display Text component. In the Display Text component, you can search for existing images, upload new ones, and add alternate text all from within the screen flow. - **[Experience Delivery (Beta) Is Being Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_delivery_discontinued.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Experience Delivery infrastructure for LWR sites, previously announced as a beta feature, is being discontinued in Winter ’27. You can continue to use Experience Delivery until then. However, we recommend that you turn off this feature ahead of time. # Aura and LWR Sites Improve efficiency for users who complete multiple work items through the Orchestration Work guide. Open a native Agentforce panel in your Mobile Publisher apps. The Experience Delivery and Experience Cloud Agent beta features are discontinued. - **[Open the Next Work Item from the Same Orchestration Run in Experience Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experience_cloud_work_guide_component_update.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Experience Builder, configure the Orchestration Work Guide to help users complete work items from the same orchestration run. - **[Launch a Native Agentforce Panel in Mobile Publisher Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experience_mobile_native_agentforce_panel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Mobile Publisher apps, the mobile floating action button now opens a native Agentforce panel through the Embedded Messaging component. This behavior replaces the web-based Messaging for Web mobile flow, so your users get a faster, more integrated in-app experience that matches the surrounding native app. - **[Experience Delivery (Beta) Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_exp_delivery_discontinued.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Experience Delivery infrastructure for LWR sites, previously announced as a beta feature, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. For the best performance, we recommend that you republish your site. When you publish a site that’s still hosted on Experience Delivery, the site is automatically migrated to the standard LWR infrastructure. If you have a published site that’s hosted on Experience Delivery and you don’t republish it, the site is still available, but its performance can degrade over time. - **[Experience Builder Agent (Beta) Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_eb_agent_beta_discontinued.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Experience Builder Agent, previously announced as a beta feature for enhanced LWR sites, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. If you created an Experience Builder Agent during the beta, you can no longer use it. If you didn’t turn on this feature during the beta, you can no longer enable it. # Aura Components in Salesforce Scheduler Flows Are Scheduled for Retirement Aura Components in Salesforce Scheduler Flows are scheduled for retirement on February 14, 2027. You can continue to use the Aura components until that date, but we recommend transitioning to LWR sites for modernized scheduling flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled. # Aura Support in Lightning Out 2.0 (Generally Available) Embed existing Aura components securely on external sites without loading the Aura runtime on the host page. Your components run in a sandboxed iframe with full security isolation, so host-page scripts can't access Salesforce session data. Aura interop is generally available for existing Lightning Out (Beta) customers who complete the Lightning Adoption Program (LAP) enablement process on a case-by-case basis. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Aura support in Lightning Out 2.0 is available only to existing Lightning Out (Beta) customers and is enabled through the LAP gate framework on a case-by-case basis. Aura interop isn't available for new customers. Use Lightning web components (LWC) for all new development. Salesforce is investing in LWC as the standard component model, and support for the Aura framework will continue to decrease over time. **Who:** To use Aura interop, your org needs the `AuraLightningOutPermission` permission, granted through the Lightning Adoption Program, and the `AuraLightningOutAccess` preference enabled in Setup. A Salesforce admin submits the LAP request for `AuraLightningOutPermission`. After Salesforce grants the permission, users with Setup access open Aura Support Settings and enable `AuraLightningOutAccess`. Keep the LAP case ID with your change record for support purposes. **How:** Register Aura components in your Lightning Out 2.0 app, use the Lightning Out 2.0 bundle and frontdoor-based authentication on the host page, and load components through the Lightning Out 2.0 flow. Mirror attributes and events on the `aura-interop` host element, not on the inner Aura root. For complete setup instructions, see [Set Up Aura Components for Lightning Out 2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_out_aura_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US). The Aura Lightning Out 2.0 path automatically bundles Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) styles inside the iframe. Avoid loading a separate copy of SLDS on the host page. # Authenticate Databricks File Federation Connector with an Identity Provider You can now use federated authentication when connecting to your Databricks zero copy file federation data streams by configuring Salesforce as an OIDC-based identity provider (IdP). Using Salesforce as an IdP provides a secure and robust role-based authentication when streaming data from Databricks. You can still use your Catalog Access Token for authentication when setting up a connection. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Not available in Government Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available starting in June 2026 #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Set Up a Databricks File Federation Connection](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-set-up-databricks-file-federation-connection.html) # Authenticate Microsoft Teams Users with Single Sign-On Access Agentforce IT Service within Microsoft Teams by using existing Microsoft credentials to provide a secure, unified authentication experience. The single sign-on experience eliminates the need for multiple login prompts and reduces password fatigue for your employees. Employees stay productive within their primary collaboration tool without facing repetitive barriers to access, while you can securely connect your identity provider to your Salesforce environment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** Access Salesforce IT Service or Salesforce IT Desk apps in Microsoft Teams, authenticate by using Single Sign-On or login through URL to find knowledge articles, troubleshoot issues, and request services from the unified catalog. # Authenticate Third-Party Connector Connections with Named Credentials (Generally Available) Select and reuse pre-existing named credentials to external systems when setting up a third-party connection in the Automation app's Integrations tab. This option simplifies integration with high-security external systems. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To use this feature, an admin must select the Enable the Automation Lightning App process automation setting. Users need one of these permissions: Create or Edit Flows or View Flows. Users who aren’t system admins also require the App Framework Manage Template permission. **Why:** To simplify and standardize your security, MuleSoft for Flow: Integration third-party connectors now support authentication with named credentials. Use your existing named credential authentication strategies directly within the Integration tab. To comply with [Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.government_cloud_encryption_and_compliance.htm&language=en_US) standards, all third-party connectors in a Beta release and these Generally Available third-party connectors aren't available in [Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.government_cloud_overview.htm&language=en_US) environments: - Abstract Email Validator - Abstract Phone Validator - Alfresco - Anthropic - Cisco Meraki - Kaseya VSA - Pluralsight - Salesforce Commerce Cloud - SurveyMonkey For more information, see the reference page for the specific [third-party connector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_ref_third_party_connectors.htm&language=en_US) Connectors in a Beta release have (Beta) appended to their names. **How:** To use this feature, first create or use an existing and authenticated [named credential with external credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.nc_named_creds_and_ext_creds.htm&language=en_US). To ensure a successful connection for use in a flow, use only one principal for each named credential. - Use the same name for the named credential and its related objects, such as the external credential and external authentication identity providers. Labels for these objects can differ. - Assign the user creating the connection the required user permission for the principal. Without this permission, the connection test fails and the connection remains inactive. For connection authentication with a named credential: - Manage the named credential’s read-only details in Setup instead of the Integrations tab. - Perform reconnections for the named credential in Setup because the Reconnect button isn’t visible on the Details page. - Delete associated named credentials in Setup. Deleting a connection doesn't remove the credential. Next, to connect to an external system with a named credential, open the Automation app and select the **Integrations** tab. Choose a method to create a connection: either select a third-party connector from the Get Started with Connectors section or click **New Connection**, select a connector, and click **Next**. Create a connection with an existing named Credential. # Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials Allow Agentforce Employee agents (AEA) to act on behalf of individual users with user-based Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. With per-user authentication, your users can access an external MCP server with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Eliminate shared service-user tokens and ensure a clear per-user audit trail. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Agentforce client per-user authentication for external MCP servers is Generally Available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **How:** Per-user authentication uses an external credential to connect to the MCP server. A Salesforce admin creates the external credential. Then, add a principal with the per-user identity type, either during the MCP server registration flow or by using Named Credentials in Setup. When registering an MCP server, for Authentication Method, select **External Credential**, select an available external credential that’s in a **Configured status**, then select **Create and Continue**. ![Select an external credential in the Configured state only.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_mcp_per_user_auth_select.png) Allowlist the MCP server tools that you want, then grant user access by assigning to them the permission set associated with the external credential. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Only Salesforce-authenticated users with this permission set can access a tool. The first time a user attempts to access a tool on the MCP server, they’re prompted to provide their user credentials. Then, they're prompted to allow Salesforce to access the tool using their credentials. ![Click Manage User Assignments to grant access to users for this external credential.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_mcp_per_user_auth_assign.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If a user provides their credentials and allows access while in preview mode in Agentforce Builder, they're required to indicate in the conversation (for example, by typing Done) that they’ve completed these authentication steps. - If a user’s OAuth credentials expire, they’re prompted to resubmit their credentials. - Users can manually allow or revoke per-user external credential authorization under their My Personal Information section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Register an MCP Server in Agentforce Registry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp_connect_register.htm&language=en_US) # Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials in API Catalog and Headlessly Let your users access an external MCP server through OAuth 2.0 browser flows with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Register the server with an external credential that provides per-user authentication. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Agentforce client per-user authentication for external MCP servers is Generally Available on a rolling basis starting in October 2026. **How:** For more information on this change, see [Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_per_user_auth.htm&language=en_US). For information on selecting a configured external credential using the API Catalog Connect REST API, see [API Catalog Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/api-catalog-connectapi/overview). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Register External MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_manage_manual_external_mcp_servers.htm&language=en_US) # Authentication Provider UI Labels Are Updated To improve usability, we renamed some labels on the authentication provider pages in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** On the pages where you create and edit authentication providers, we made these changes: - For easier searching in Setup, the "Auth. Providers" page is renamed to "Auth Providers" with no period (1) - The "Auth. Provider" heading is now "Authentication Provider" (2) - The "Auth. Provider Edit" heading is now "Authentication Provider Edit" (3) ![Authentication provider Setup page with new headings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_auth_provider_setup.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Authentication Provider SSO](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_authentication_providers.htm&language=en_US) # Author Accessible Tableau Next Dashboards with Keyboard Navigation Navigate the dashboard canvas and customize widget properties entirely through standard keyboard keystrokes. Use arrow keys to shift focus across grid items, press Enter to dive into container layers or context menus, and press Escape to ascend levels. This built-in accessibility enhancement complies with Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 Level AA mandates without setup. Previously, creating and editing dashboards was inaccessible to screen-reader and keyboard-only users. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Use the arrow keys to shift focus across the toolbar, grid, and property panels. Press **Enter** to drill down into a widget layer, confirm placement, or open context menus, and press Escape (Esc) to ascend back to the parent layer. # Author and Sync Policy Clauses Directly in Microsoft Word Draft and edit your IT policies in a familiar environment by using the Salesforce add-in for Microsoft Word. Generate high-quality policy clauses with AI grounded in your specific compliance context, and sync updates bidirectionally between Word and Salesforce to maintain a strict system of record. Maintain full version control while using Word’s advanced formatting and collaboration tools. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Policy M365 Management is enabled. **Why:** Eliminate the duplicate effort of drafting policies in a document and then manually creating individual records in Salesforce. Create policy records directly from your document, removing the swivel-chair effect and the risk of copy-paste errors. Each drafted clause is automatically captured, versioned, and stored within your compliance framework without redundant data entry. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select **Microsoft 365 and Azure Integration**. Follow the steps in the guided setup to deploy the Salesforce Compliance Policy Version Connector for Microsoft Word. # Author Contracts in Government Cloud Government agencies and public sector organizations can now author, route, and generate contracts in Salesforce environments using Salesforce Contracts. Before enabling, work with your Salesforce account executive to confirm that the Context Service and Document Processing Engine are onboarded in your Salesforce org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Salesforce Contracts license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Government Cloud Available Products and Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000396813&type=1&language=en_US) # Author Policies with AI More Precisely and Transparently AI policy authoring is now clearer and more transparent with two enhancements. With regulation traceability, you can trace every AI-generated policy clause back to its source regulation clause. And because regulation clauses are now visible before you select them, you can read a clause in full before you choose it. Together, these enhancements make AI policy authoring more precise and trustworthy, with fewer duplicate clauses and clearer choices. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Policy Management and Agentforce are enabled. **How:** When you generate a policy, select up to 10 eligible regulation clauses. Only Published and Active clauses can be selected. Expand a clause to read its full content before you choose it. Each AI-generated policy clause now shows a citation that links it back to its source regulation clause. # Author Prompts Faster with the Block Editor (Beta) Work more efficiently with the new Block Editor for Prompt Builder. The Block Editor provides a visual, block-based authoring experience with keyboard shortcuts, copy/paste functionality, and intuitive navigation. Create and organize complex prompts faster using drag-to-select, multi-block selection, arrow key navigation, and quick keyboard commands for common actions like save, preview, and version control. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or included in Agentforce 1 Editions. Generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. Note: This release is in preview. Features described in this document don't become generally available until the latest general availability date that Salesforce announces for this release. Before then, and where features are noted as beta, pilot, or developer preview, we can't guarantee general availability within any particular time frame or at all. Make your purchase decisions only on the basis of generally available products and features. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **Why:** The Block Editor makes prompt authoring faster and more intuitive. Power users can leverage keyboard shortcuts and copy/paste to rapidly build and iterate on prompts, while the visual block structure keeps complex prompts organized and easy to understand. Combined with keyboard shortcuts, you can create, test, and manage prompts without ever leaving your keyboard. **How:** To enable the block editor, from Prompt Builder Settings, Turn on the Conditional Logic for Prompt Templates (Beta) toggle. While working in the editor, use standard keyboard shortcuts (`Cmd+c` or `Ctrl+c`, `Cmd+v` or `Ctrl+v`, `Cmd+a` or `Ctrl+a`) and mouse gestures to efficiently copy, paste, select, and navigate between blocks. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Understand the Block Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_understand_block_editor.htm&language=en_US) # Authorize and Track Service Delivery Access Across Benefit and Non-Benefit Programs Agencies can now authorize and track service delivery for operational services like court translators, expert witnesses, and investigative consultants—as well as service-based benefits to constituents like nursing support and nutrition assistance with Service Authorization and Service Delivery. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Why:** Government agencies engage third-party service providers beyond benefit programs. Examples include translators for court proceedings, expert witnesses for investigations, background verifiers for recruitment, and consultants for case management. Without a structured way to authorize and track services, agencies can't validate that invoiced services match authorizations, track remaining authorized units for constituents and providers, or maintain audit trails for payment approval. Service Providers can now: - Issue service authorizations for non-monetary services. - Track delivery of non-monetary benefit services without duplicating benefit disbursement records. - Link service delivery records to downstream claim adjudication so claim approvers can validate invoices against actual services delivered. - Give providers visibility into unclaimed authorized service units through Experience Coud portals. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Track Authorized Service Delivery (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_track_service_delivery.htm&language=en_US) # Auto-populate Display Order for Action Plan Template Items Speed up your configuration process and drive higher data accuracy with the automatic assignment of display orders for new action plan template items. Build flawlessly organized action plan templates without needing to manually track or type sequence numbers for template items. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **How:** To enable this feature in your org, reach out to your Salesforce admin. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.admin_set_up_action_plan_templates.htm&language=en_US) # Auto-Resize Embedded MFE Widgets to Fit Content (Developer Preview) Embedded MFE widgets automatically resize their container to match content height. Dynamic forms, tables, and expandable sections render at their natural height without layout workarounds. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and Experience Cloud LWR sites in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The Dev Channel provides access to features that are not generally available and have been designated as pilot, beta, limited release, or developer preview. Their use is at the Customer's sole discretion and is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/). **How:** Auto-resizing is active by default. The framework observes content height changes inside the iframe and adjusts the container automatically. Auto-resize affects height only — width is always 100% of the parent container. External widgets must import `@salesforce/experimental-mfe-bridge` for auto-resizing to work. The bridge handles height calculation and communication with the host. Keep these considerations in mind: - To cap maximum height, wrap the shell in a container with `max-height` and `overflow: auto`. - To disable auto-resize, listen for the `resize` event on `` and call `event.preventDefault()`. - Avoid `min-height: 100vh` or `height: 100vh` on the widget's root container — viewport units cause an infinite resize loop. - Reset body margins in your widget (`margin: 0; padding: 0`) to prevent unnecessary scrollbars. Supported browsers: Chrome 64+, Firefox 69+, Safari 13.1+, Edge 79+. # Automate Access and Streamline Provisioning with External Integrations Deploy service catalog items that use direct API integration with external systems, dramatically reducing complex configuration. Eliminate manual error in data collection with enhanced intake flows that use external connectors to query third-party data, such as a list of available software. Reduce help desk workload and eliminate user wait times by automating high-frequency requests, such as account unlocking and secure access provisioning, with fulfillment flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with Agentforce IT Service and Unified Catalog. Requires the MuleSoft for Flow: Integrations add-on license, which is available in multiple offerings. Connections can be edited or deleted only in the Automation Lightning app. **Who:** To create, view, edit, and delete connections, users need the Manage Integrations Connections permission. **Why:** Templates integrated with connector APIs and actions drastically cut the time IT and security teams spend on service requests. Automatically fulfill requests for provisioning and modifying virtual machines with Microsoft Azure connector. Complete user requests for unlocking accounts, resetting multi-factor authentication, or requesting new software access with Okta. Automate high-frequency requests, such as resetting account passwords, new email accounts, or requesting access to a shared mailbox with Microsoft Entra ID connector. Immediately create spaces for collaboration with Slack integration. **How:** Configure a third-party connection and use it while installing the template. # Automate Agency Billing Journals Strengthen financial accuracy and control by defining accounting periods for each legal entity by maintaining a chart of accounts. Then, automatically generate dual-entry journal entries based on billing transaction types and general ledger assignment rules. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Insurance Brokerage SKU is enabled. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Billing Settings**, and turn on **Create Transaction Journals for Transactions.** Then, create general ledger accounts and assignment rules, and define the criteria for billing transactions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Dual Transaction Journals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ins_brokerage_billing_setup_dual_transaction_journals.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Appointment Management with the Workforce Scheduling Agent Use the Workforce Scheduling agent to coordinate appointment management tasks across onsite and field work. The agent can schedule, reschedule, and cancel appointments and provide appointment information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. An add-on license for Workforce Scheduling is also required. **When:** The Workforce Scheduling agent is available on a rolling basis starting in Winter '27. **How:** From the App Launcher, open **Agentforce Studio**, and then select **Agents**. Select **New Agent**, and then select the **Workforce Scheduling** agent template. # Automate Backup and Recover Operations Through the MCP Server Automate and integrate Salesforce backup and recover operations into your AI workflows with the Backup & Recover MCP server. Use natural language commands to programmatically monitor backup history, run on-demand backups, configure backup settings, and compare snapshots. Select specific records to restore and track all activities through audit events. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter MCP Server, and then select **MCP Servers**. Select **backup-and-recover** and click **Activate**. # Automate Billing Schedule Reconciliations for Early Renewals of Future-Dated Orders Eliminate manual financial reconciliation when customer contracts undergo early renewals for future-dated orders. Billing automatically detects transactions with superseded timelines and issues a negative billing schedule to eliminate the risk of double-billing. Simultaneously, Billing generates a new positive billing schedule for the updated renewal to maintain billing accuracy. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license **Who:** Your users need the Billing Admin permission set to create billing schedules. **How:** To create a billing schedule, from the App Launcher, find and select **Orders**. Open an order and activate it. # Automate Billing with Policy Lifecycle Integration Connect policy lifecycle events, such as Issue, Endorse, Renew, Cancel, and Reinstate, with billing for insurance carriers to automatically generate transactions and invoices. Reduce manual reconciliation, improve billing accuracy, accelerate revenue, and provide a clear billing experience for policyholders. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions of Digital Insurance. **How:** From the insurance policy record page, turn the toggle to generate transaction details which is then used to create billing schedules and invoices based on configured billing preferences. You can also trigger these actions using policy lifecycle APIs. # Automate Call Transfers to IVR Flows and External Numbers with Flow Actions Optimize voice call routing and preserve customer context by executing Omni-Channel flows directly from active calls or inbound channels. Guide callers through automated IVR prompts, collect keypad inputs, and route interactions to queues, internal reps, or PSTN such as third-party specialists or Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI Pal). Reps can initiate warm or cold transfers to a flow or route calls automatically to an external number without their involvement. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **Who:** To configure IVR and External Call Routing, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **Why:** Protect sensitive customer data during payment capture using granular Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) suppression rules that allow or block keypad tones per participant, keeping card details hidden from representatives, call legs, and recordings. Eliminate manual workarounds and improve caller satisfaction with automated experiences. # Automate Cart Operations with Flows and Invocable Actions Simplify quoting and ordering process by integrating CPQ Cart APIs with Agentforce in the Energy & Utilities managed package. Enhance customer experience by enabling your sales reps to efficiently manage quotes and orders directly with Agentforce, eliminating the need for custom Apex. Use the preconfigured flows and prebuilt invocable actions to create your own agent actions and invoke them with specific instructions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Energy & Utilities managed package and the Agentforce for Energy & Utilities add-on. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the licenses for Industries CPQ and Agentforce. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2, 2026. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Vlocity CMT Administration**. Click **CPQ Configuration Setup** in the Custom Settings section. Add the CpqCartAgentInvocableAction parameter, and set its value to ON. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Agentforce for Cart Operations in Energy & Utilities (Managed Package)_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_agentforce_for_cart_operations_in_energy_utilitiesxml.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Complex Quote and Order Recreations That Use Precision Deep Cloning Replicate enterprise, multi-site, and single-site quotes and orders by using an invocable API to eliminate manual rebuilding of complex deal structures. Empower your admins and sales reps to perform deep clones that preserve all line items, pricing overrides, and hierarchical relationships without using a user interface. Leverage our high-scale Apex logic through two distinct interfaces: use the Remote Action for custom Integration Procedures and Omniscripts, or use the Invocable APIs to power automated Flows and agent actions for Agentforce. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. # Automate Complex Quote Recreations Using Deep Clone APIs Replicate enterprise, multi-site, and single-site quotes using an invocable API to eliminate manual rebuilding of complex deal structures. Empower your admins and sales reps to perform deep clones that preserve all line items, pricing overrides, and hierarchical relationships without using a user interface. Integrate these actions into custom automated workflows to build high-scale agentic experiences. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** Admins can invoke the deep clone capability via a single invocable API delivered at the core CME managed package level. Pass a JSON parameter specifying the objects, relationships to include, and the mode of processing. Use synchronous processing for small tasks, and asynchronous processing, for large-scale jobs. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Configure the Deep Clone API in Enterprise Sales Management (Managed Package)_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_clone_quote_api_esm_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Complex Tasks with Generalist Agent (Beta) The new Generalist Agent (beta) brings more flexibility and accuracy to complex back-office automation. It can apply deterministic logic for routing decisions, loop through large datasets without workarounds, and access up to 10,000 data source rows. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Operations workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Operations license, contact your Salesforce account executive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** The new Generalist Agent handles a broad range of functions that other agents previously provided. It covers the decision-making and routing work of the Flash Agent and the calculation and data source work of the Regrello Agent. It also handles all table operations of the Tabular Agent and the template filling and PDF generation work of the Document Agent. For document extraction tasks, continue to use the Document Reader Agent. To generate Excel workbooks for tabular tasks built on CSV file inputs and outputs, use the Excel Agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generalist Agent (Beta) in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_ai_agents_generalist.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Compliance Controls with Prompt Templates Empower your compliance strategy by using Prompt Builder to create automated compliance controls by using natural language. Ground prompts in real-time org data to ensure every AI response aligns with specific regulatory requirements. The Einstein Trust Layer automatically masks sensitive information before it reaches the LLM, so you maintain strict data integrity throughout the process. For example, to identify compliance risks without manual review, scan unstructured text such as emails and marketing materials. The system flags potential violations within the existing workflow and logs all compliance events for audit purposes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Process Compliance Navigator. **Who:** Prompt Templates for Process Compliance Navigator are available to Salesforce users with Compliance Admin permission, Prompt Template Manager or Prompt Template User permission, Rules Engine Runtime permission, Decision Explainer Service Access permission, and Context Service Admin or Context Service Runtime permission. **How:** Create a Compliance Check Prompt Template Type and configure it to meet your business needs. Then edit Rule Processor on Compliance Control Version and select the prompt template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Validation Controls with Prompt Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite_validation_control_prompt_template_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Compound Price Uplifts for Multiyear Ramp Deals Compound uplift builds each ramp segment's price on the net price of the segment before it, not the original list price. Multiyear deals no longer need manual, error-prone uplift calculations outside Salesforce, and deal approvers get an accurate number right away. The same compounding logic carries through amendments and renewals, and billing schedules reflect the compounded price automatically once you activate the order. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** To turn on compound uplift for new ramp schedules, from Setup, enter Revenue Settings in the Quick Find box, select **Revenue Settings**, and turn on Advanced Transaction Detail Line Pricing. Then set Ramp Uplift Type to Compound Uplift. The existing default, Standard Uplift, stays in place until you change it, and sales reps can't override this setting unless you grant edit access at the ramp schedule or segment level. Billing schedules pick up the calculated price automatically when you activate the order, so no separate billing configuration is required. #### See Also - [Apply Compound Price Uplifts to Multiyear Ramp Deals to Adjust Pricing Over Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_ramp_deal_compound_uplift.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Select between standard and compound uplift modes for multiyear ramp deals. Standard uplift applies a fixed percentage against the original list price for every segment. Compound uplift builds each segment's price on the net price from the prior segment to match the annual escalation pattern common in enterprise contracts.") - [Reduce Pricing Errors and Improve Deal Transparency on Ramp Deals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_reduce_pricing_errors_and_improve_deal_transparency_on_ramp_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Calculate each segment's price uplift from the previous segment's uplift percentage instead of the original list price. Previously, uplifts on a ramp deal were always calculated from the product's original list price, so a 3-year deal with a $100 list price and a 10% annual uplift increased by $10 every year. Many multi-year agreements instead call for uplifts that compound: each year's increase applies to the prior year's already-uplifted price, not the original list price. Without compounding, sales teams calculated these prices manually outside the system, creating a risk of errors and reducing deal transparency for approvers.") # Automate Consistent Line Item Sequencing on Quotes and Orders (Pilot) Sales reps can control how line items show up on quotes and orders by introducing an automated and persistent sort order. Line items now appear in the sequence in which they're added. Automatic Line Item Sequencing (pilot) maintains item order when converting a quote to an order, and resolves the unpredictable item order shuffling that previously occurred in processing. Sales reps can also manually reorder items, providing the reliable sequencing needed to adjust the order of items to meet specific business needs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Automatic Line Item Sequencing is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Who:** To define the sequence of quote lines and order lines, users need the Create on Quotes user permission or PlaceOrder API permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**, and turn on **Automatic Line Item Sequencing**. # Automate Data Compliance with Agentforce in Privacy Center Discover and resolve potential compliance issues in your org with a proactive, AI-powered experience. Configure your compliance framework with standard regulations like GDPR and CCPA, run automated metadata and compliance scans, and get remediation suggestions to improve your compliance score. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Agentforce in Privacy Center is available starting mid-June 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to customers with a Privacy Center license and the Agentforce add-on and requires Data 360 (formerly Data Cloud). To manage and configure settings, users must have the Manage Privacy Agent permission. To view the issues and audit log, users must have the View Privacy Agent permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Agentforce in Privacy Center**. When you first open the app, a setup assistant guides you through configuring your regulatory frameworks, verifying read-only audit access, and running your initial scans. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automate Data Compliance with Agentforce in Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.privacy_center_agent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate DevOps Center Workflows with Reusable AI Skills Use DevOps Center skills to help AI coding tools set up pipelines, manage work items, and promote changes based on your team's standards. Each skill runs the required Git and Salesforce CLI commands, so you can skip describing every step or command. Use the skills in conversational interfaces, IDEs, and headless environments to automate release workflows from end-to-end. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional (API access required), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. DevOps Center skills aren't available in Government Cloud Plus or EU Operating Zone. **When:** This change is available starting July 26, 2026. **Who:** DevOps Center skills are available to all users. To run a specific skill, users need the permissions required for the DevOps Center operations that the skill performs. **Why:** DevOps Center skills provide reusable instructions for common DevOps Center tasks. - **dx-devops-pipeline-manage**: Create and configure pipelines, stages, environments, projects, and source control repository connections. Activate or deactivate a pipeline. - **dx-devops-work-item-manage**: List, create, and update work items. Commit changes, update statuses, and create a review. - **dx-devops-promote**: Validate promotion prerequisites, prepare or combine work items, promote work items or stages, and complete deployments. **How:** Get the skills, setup instructions, and usage examples from the open-source [Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) on GitHub. Before you run a skill, use Salesforce CLI to authenticate to the target DevOps Center org. Then ask your AI coding tool to create work items, check out branches, run test suites, or promote changes. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Next Generation DevOps Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.next_generation_devops_center.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Dispute Investigation Tasks with Action Plans Complete all repeatable tasks and steps in a dispute case by defining action plan templates for dispute and dispute item records. Users can trigger the plan directly from a record page, so they never miss a required task or verification. Define a template one time and reuse it consistently across multiple disputes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** To set up task sequences, from the App Launcher, find and select **Action Plan Templates**, and then create a template. Next, in the Lightning App Builder, add the Action Plan List component to the dispute or dispute item record. Users can then click **New Plan** on a dispute record page to apply the template and automatically generate the tasks. #### See Also - [Create Action Plan Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_action_plans_create_action_plan_templates.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Dunning Workflows by Using Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Templates You can now automate the entire dunning journey from sending email reminders to manual recovery on payment collections. By using the out-of-the-box Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator templates, you can automatically send payment reminders for due and overdue invoices. You can also customize the dunning workflow as per your business needs and customer segments to streamline revenue collection and make the outreach more effective. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To configure dunning orchestration, you need the Billing Admin permission set. To automate dunning orchestration, you need the Billing Operations User or the Billing Collections and Recovery Specialist permission set. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Navigate to the Features tab and filter Cloud by Revenue to view the Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator feature. Turn on Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator and then in the Unlock Advanced Functionality section, turn on Future-Dated Steps. In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**, and then turn on Automate Dunning Orchestration. Go back to the Initial Setup tab in Salesforce Go. Then, filter Cloud by Revenue and Category by Data Pack to view and install the Dunning Orchestration Solution. After installation, a new fulfillment workspace named Collections Dunning Orchestration Workspace is added to your Salesforce org. To initiate automated dunning emails on collection plans, click **Initiate Dunning Orchestration** on the collection plan record. #### See Also - [Streamline Revenue Collection with the Dunning Orchestration Solution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_go_dunning_orchestration_solution_bundle.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Accelerate your collections process and reduce overdue invoices with an automated dunning experience. With the Dunning Orchestration Solution, you can automatically manage payment reminders by using Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator templates. Design segment-based dunning journeys to target specific customer groups for a more efficient revenue recovery.") - [Manage Collections with the Billing Employee Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce_manage_collections.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Transform collections and billing operations by using Billing Collections Management, now available in the Billing Employee Assistance Agent. Identify billing insights based on payment history, disputes, and outstanding balances. Simplify account billing health summaries, and get recommendations for data-backed dunning strategies by customizing the default global prompt template.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Dunning Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_dunning_orchestration.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Email Notifications for Failed Orders Notify buyers when a cart wasn't converted to an order. If a cart has a Failed status, an Order Creation Failure email is sent to the buyer. The email isn't sent for carts that are pending. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce. **How:** In your B2B store settings, under Messaging, enable the Order Creation Failure email template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Customer Messages for B2B Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_messaging.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Enterprise Quoting with Invocable Actions for Agent-Assisted Flows Unlock the agent-assisted quoting experience in Enterprise Sales Management by deploying predefined invocable actions. You can use these invocation actions to create and trigger custom agent actions and topics with specific instructions. By automating routine tasks like deal initiation and multi-location grouping, your teams can accelerate deal velocity and reduce operational overhead. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Flows**. Create an autolaunched flow and add the invocable action to your canvas as an Apex Action element. Then, integrate it into an Agent Action by selecting this flow as the reference source within the Agent builder. # Automate Faculty Access to Course Data with a Standardized and Secure Model Grant and revoke faculty access to course and student data based on teaching assignments. Faculty members see only the courses that they're currently teaching, with access that automatically expires when the term ends. Configure academic role permissions one time, and automated workflows manage records as course assignments change. Administrative staff see who can access what with an immutable audit trail. This access management builds on Agentforce Education's standardized data model without custom sharing rules. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Faculty Access Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_faculty_access_management.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") # Automate Follow-Up Tasks with Marketing Completion Actions Reduce flow configuration time by adding marketing completion actions. For example, add a completion action to notify a user, or assign a lead to a specific user or queue. Previously, you configured separate flow logic for each outcome. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** This functionality is available starting August 2026. **How:** In Flow Builder, in the place that you want to put the element, click the plus sign. Under Elements, select **Action**, and then select **Marketing Completion Actions**. # Automate Franchise Promotion Monitoring and Eliminate Manual Oversight Monitor promotion changes across your franchise with automated event triggers. Automated triggers capture create, update, and delete events and send the modified promotion data to your downstream systems. This event-driven integration eliminates manual synchronization and provides consistent promotional strategies across locations. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Integrations | Custom Connectors** and configure the **Promotion Export** webhook. ![Customer Connectors Screen in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_promowWhk.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create Promotions in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_modules_promotions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer:_ Promotion Events Webhook (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/retail-cloud/references/promotion-events-webhook?meta=Summary) # Automate Hands-Free Data Entry with Data Capture Voice to Form (Generally Available) Simplify tasks that require form entry/Improve speed and accuracy of data entry by integrating the powers of Speech-to-Text (STT) and Large Language Models (LLMs) with Data Capture Voice to Form. Mobile workers can now focus on their tasks instead of manually filling out forms, with a context-aware interface that captures information from natural voice dictation. Data Capture Voice to Form automatically transcribes and populates form fields by translating spoken work summaries into field-level responses. Drive even more accurate recommendations from your LLM by entering a component description in the new LLM Context field. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **How:** To use Data Capture Voice to Form on the mobile app, mobile workers tap the microphone icon on the Form tab and speak. The system intelligently captures information and populates the correct fields. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_data_capture_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Voice to Form for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_voice_to_form_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Hardware Lifecycles with Agentforce Reduce IT workload and speed hardware fulfillment with AI agents that handle sourcing, disposal verification, and asset tracking through conversational interfaces. Employees request hardware and check status updates in Slack, Microsoft Teams, or the Agentforce Employee Portal with natural language. IT teams benefit from automated sourcing recommendations, PDF-based disposal certificate reconciliation, and proactive user attestation campaigns. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the IT Service add-on. Portal AI features require the AI Agent for Employees add-on, which is available in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Why:** Hardware Asset Management includes specialized AI agents that orchestrate hardware lifecycles. - Employee Asset Management Agent: Employees ask natural language questions such as "What's the status of my request?" or "When will my laptop arrive?" The agent classifies the inquiry, fetches data on approvals, shipment tracking, or delivery details, and presents consolidated information. - Sourcing Agent: Autonomously identifies the optimal fulfillment path for approved hardware requests by evaluating local inventory, internal transfers, and external procurement in priority order. IT fulfillers can use Guided Fulfillment mode to review recommendations in the Agentforce panel before confirming shipments or transfers. - Disposal Certificate Agent: Asset managers upload vendor disposal certificates (PDF, JPG, or PNG) through chat. The agent parses files, matches serial numbers against open disposal orders, and shows a Success Card for 100% matches or an Exception Card flagging discrepancies. The agent offers human-in-the-loop buttons for common fixes and generates deep links to the Reconciliation Hub for complex resolutions. - User Attestation Agent: Automatically reaches out to employees through conversational interfaces to verify their physical possession of assigned assets, reducing audit risks without survey fatigue. **How:** To turn on Agentforce, you need the Manage AI Agents or Customize Application permission. To access Hardware Asset Management setup, first turn on **Inventory Management**, **Inventory Count**, **Inventory Replenishment**, and **Data Cloud**. For employees to access portal-based AI features and raise requests, assign the AI for Employee Portal permission set license. Also assign the Use AI in Employee Portal user permission and the ITAM for Community Users and ITAM UEL permission sets. # Automate High-Volume Document Extraction Using a Batch Template Process large volumes of documents with Document AI for Health by using a batch template that contains predefined attributes for consistent extraction. Standardize data capture across document batches and reduce manual effort. Connect to Salesforce content folders to import documents for scalable processing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Data Cloud User, Document AI, and Health Cloud Foundation permission sets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_Batch Document AI for Lab Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance_idp_batch_processing.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) Regulatory Calculations Create HESA regulatory values derived from your Agentforce Education data in Data Cloud by using Calculated Insights for United Kingdom reporting and intelligence. Separate operational data capture from regulatory logic so that calculations evolve without schema changes. Populate each learner's HESA Student Identifier automatically when they enroll in a program. Stay ready for HESA Data Futures submissions without manual mappings, and prepare the platform for analytics and AI-driven use cases. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Deploy a Data Structure for the United Kingdom (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_deploy_uk_data_structure.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Home Healthcare Assessments with Ambient Listening Transform patient conversations into completed assessments by using ambient AI. Help your clinicians focus entirely on the patient during home visits while the AI transcribes conversations in real time, suggests responses for assessment fields, and significantly reduces post-visit documentation. Leverage intuitive, per-field prompts to help your clinicians take full control as they simply review the suggestions and choose between their own notes and the AI input to finalize the assessment responses. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Home Health, and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting August 31, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Einstein Field Service User, Health Cloud Foundation, Home Health Clinician permission set, and Home Health Assistive Agent permission sets. **How:** From Setup, go to the Health Cloud settings page, and turn on Einstein for Health Cloud. On the Agentforce Agents page, turn on Agentforce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate HR Access Requests and Streamline Provisioning with Flow Connectors Use external connectors in intake and fulfillment flows to automate high-frequency HR service requests, such as querying third-party data for available software, unlocking accounts, and provisioning secure access. Eliminate manual errors in data collection and reduce help desk workload and user wait times. Service catalog items with direct API integration simplify complex configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with HR Service. Requires the MuleSoft for Flow: Integrations add-on license, which is available in multiple offerings. Connections can be edited or deleted only in the Automation Lightning app. **Who:** To create, view, edit, and delete connections, users need the Manage Integrations Connections permission. **Why:** Automate the HR service requests that take up most of your team's time, from retrieving employee records and managing time-off workflows to syncing workforce data across systems. Connectors such as BambooHR, Deputy, or HiBob show how seamlessly external systems plug into your intake and fulfillment flows to keep data accurate and requests moving. **How:** Configure a third-party connection and use it while installing the template. # Automate HR Workflows with Prebuilt HR Agents Expand your prebuilt Agentforce library with agents for payroll, compensation, time and scheduling, and onboarding, plus enhancements to goals management, so you cover more high-frequency employee requests without a custom build. Employees securely view paychecks and total rewards, check schedules and clock history, and complete guided onboarding tasks through conversation. The agent flags roster risks and matches employees for shift swaps. Each agent connects to your existing HR system through a prebuilt Mulesoft for Flow connector, so routine requests resolve without manual work from your HR team. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce HR Service. **Who:** To use these agents, users need the Unified Employee License, Agentforce permission set licenses, and these add-on licenses: Agentforce Employee Agent and Employee Hub HR Service Workspace. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Agentforce Studio**. Click **New Agents** and select the specific agents your organization needs. After activation, employees can access these agents through the Salesforce chat interface or the Salesforce mobile app. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce HR Service Standard Asset Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.es_agentforce_hr_service_standard_asset_reference.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Intermediary Employee Onboarding for Loans Register intermediary employees by using an online form to trigger an automated approval process based on their role. Include Know Your Customer (KYC) and background checks to meet compliance requirements. Reduce manual work by automatically assigning permissions and granting access to loan application tools after approval. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Digital Lending permission set. **Why:** Use role-based registration and approval to manage access for diverse intermediary employees like Loan Originators and Loan Processors. - Only registered and approved loan originators can access the loan application tools. Reduce the administrative load on your lender relationship managers. - Use integrations with registries, such as Nationwide Multistate Licensing System (NMLS) or the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) to validate licenses and qualifications in real time. # Automate Invoicing for Completed Home Healthcare Visits Automatically generate invoices when work orders are completed to capture all associated costs including healthcare services, travel, and inventory, and convert them into billable transactions. Improve accuracy by using price books with actual cost data, and make sure that every visit is billed to prevent revenue leakage. Schedule these invoices at defined frequencies or generate them on demand. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud with the Home Health and the Revenue Cloud Advanced license or the Revenue Cloud Billing add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Manage Home Health, Manage Pricing and Billing, Billing Admin, Billing Customer Service User, Billing Operations User, Context Service Admin, Context Service Runtime, Create Billing Schedules from Billing Transactions, Generate Invoices from Billing Schedule API, PlaceOrder API, DocGen Designer, DocGen Runtime User, DocGen User, Data pipeline Base User, and Pricing Catalog Viewer permission sets. **How:** From Setup, under Billing Settings, turn on Billing. Then, follow the guided setup in the Set Up Billing and Ordering for Home Health section on the Home Health Settings page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Functional Area and Feature Availability in Revenue Cloud Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.revenue_licenses_areas_and_features.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Automated Order and Invoice Creation for Home Health Visits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health_setup_order_and_invoice_generation.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Managed Package Post-Install Configuration with an AI Skill Use the dx-pkg-post-install-configure AI Skill to automate post-install configuration for any Salesforce managed package directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. After you install a package, describe your setup task in plain language, and the skill handles the configuration for you. **Where:** This change applies to first-generation managed packaging, second-generation managed packaging, and unlocked packages. **Why:** With the [dx-pkg-post-install-configure](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/dx-pkg-post-install-configure) skill, you can configure an installed package's settings. All settings that can be updated through Salesforce-hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers are supported. Some examples of supported post-install settings include: - Permission sets - Object or field permissions - Page layouts - Visualforce page access - Tab settings **How:** AI Skills are available from the [forcedotcom/sf-skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) on GitHub. Add the skill to your AI coding client, and then describe your task in natural language. For example, to configure a package after installation, write a request like “I've installed a managed package called ExamplePackage (namespace ExampleNamespace). Run the post-install setup for me.” #### See Also - [_Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Salesforce AI Skill for Post-Install Configuration](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/pkg2-dev/guide/dev2gp_managed_packaging_ai_skills.html) - [_Salesforce Development Plugin Guide_: AI Skills](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/overview.html) # Automate Marketing Cloud Engagement Emails from Flow Builder Send Marketing Cloud Engagement emails via segment-triggered, event-triggered, activation-triggered, or broadcast flows. The Send Marketing Cloud Engagement Email action efficiently targets Data 360 audience segments using your existing Marketing Cloud Engagement content and settings without requiring segment activation or data replication. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Engagement and Marketing Cloud Next. **How:** To use this action, add the Send Marketing Cloud Engagement Email element to the canvas. Select a business unit and then choose your email content. Choose a publication list for consent management. You can also map personalization data from your flow directly to a triggered send data extension. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Marketing Cloud Engagement Email Marketing Flow Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_mktg_send_mce_email.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Member Plan Assignment for Straight-Through Processing Assign root plans and coverages to members and their dependents based on group class and plan eligibility from the contract. To speed processing and reduce manual effort across enrollment, endorsement, and renewal, create and update member policies from the staging census. For members using automated plan assignment, ensure only one root plan in each product category is eligible. Multiple eligible plans return an error. When provided, overrides to the plan configuration take priority over base eligibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. # Automate Multiyear Ramp Deal Orchestration with Sequenced Steps Sequence fulfillment steps chronologically across ramped deals. Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator (DRO) generates plans that respect time segments, so year 1 steps execute before year 2 steps. DRO resolves dependencies across time segments, prevents plan stalls, and enables provisioning of multiyear subscriptions. Sequencing applies to both standard and custom scopes, such as ramp or group identifiers. For finer control over execution timing, configure future-dated steps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Order Decomposition With Time-Awareness (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dro_time_aware_fulfillment.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Objective Management and Link Records for Joint Business Plans Keep joint business plan objectives current by automatically linking and unlinking qualifying records. Background jobs update eligible records every 24 hours or on demand, reducing manual record management. Use standard objects such as Account, Opportunity Line Item, Order, and Order Item to define business objectives. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales. **How:** From the App Launcher, go to Account Plans and open a joint business plan. Create an objective and select a calculation definition. Automatic Qualifying Record Management is enabled automatically. After you save the objective, you can edit it to manually link or unlink records. # Automate Outreach to Delinquent Borrowers to Boost Cash Flow and Reduce Bad Debt Drive successful repayment outcomes with informed and personalized communication. Use Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect to schedule an outbound dialer campaign. Create a targeted list of collection plans and schedule a collection campaign to dial borrowers automatically when a collections specialist is available. Specialists instantly receive the collection plan context and can track all resulting calling activity centrally on the root collection record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with the Collections and Recovery add on and Service Cloud Voice add on. **Who:** Users with administrative access to their Amazon web services account and Amazon Connect instance can configure Amazon Connect. Users with administrative access to their Salesforce org can configure Service Cloud Voice. **How:** Configure Amazon Connect to integrate with Salesforce. Clone and customize the prebuilt flows to schedule collection campaigns and initiate outbound calls. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Outbound Dialer for Collections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.collections_setup_outbound_dialer.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Payer Contact Center Call Deflection, Wrap-Up, and Case Creation Deflect low-risk payer calls to a voice agent that works around the clock. It verifies callers, resolves common questions about claim status, denials, prior authorization, and eligibility so your reps can focus on more complex issues. Every call ends with a consistent case record, giving you complete, reliable data for reporting and follow-ups. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, Salesforce Voice, Agentforce Voice, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2, 2026. **How:** In Setup, on the Contact Center Settings page, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. On the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center tab, follow the guided setup steps in the Configure the Health Contact Center Assistant Agent section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Voice for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_voice.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Pricing Procedure Creation for Promotion Evaluation Save time and reduce manual configuration errors by using Salesforce Go to automatically create the pricing procedure required for promotion evaluation and execution. **Where:**This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. # Automate Prior Authorization Necessity Checks Save time and accelerate patient care by automatically verifying if prior authorization is required for a referral. Referral intake coordinators can now focus their expertise on patients, as the integration automatically manages clinical service request prior authorization necessity verification. This simplified process elevates efficiency, making sure that patients receive care quickly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud add-on license. **When:** This feature is available starting in June 2026. **How:** On the Referral Management Settings page in Setup, complete the guided setup step for Set Up Eligibility, Benefits Verification, and Prior Authorization Processes. # Automate Problem Routing and Change Request Creation Reduce administrative overhead and allow teams to focus on root cause analysis with Einstein actions. Einstein now analyzes historical data to route problems to the correct queue instantly, without manual intervention. IT teams can also create change requests directly from incidents or problems with significantly less effort. Einstein prefills these change requests with relevant data, eliminating repetitive manual entry. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service when Assign Problems with Einstein is enabled. **How:**From the App Launcher, open the Agentic IT Service Desk app and go to the Problems tab. Open a problem record and click **Assign with Einstein**. From the App Launcher, open the Agentic IT Service Desk app and go to the Problems tab. Open a problem record and click **Create a Change Request with Einstein**. # Automate Product Removal Within Multi-Product Bundles Keep your quotes and orders accurate by automatically deleting dependent products only within their specific bundle context. Sales reps can update an item with the new rule, which identifies the unique line item to remove, rather than clearing similar products from the cart. This update eliminates configuration inconsistencies and reduces the need for complex custom logic. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This change is available to administrators and developers with the Industries CPQ license and the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **How:** Configure an Auto-Remove Product Relationship rule and set the Context field to Bundle. # Automate Qualification with Agentforce Seamlessly qualify records and build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your Agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Sales Cloud and Einstein for Sales. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting on January 6, 2025. **Why:** Sellers currently spend most of their time on prospecting activities like qualification, which can consume 6–8 hours each week. This agentic qualification frees up time for your sales team to focus on direct selling activities. **How:** From your Lead Gen or Lead Nurture agent’s guided config, turn on Qualification. Review the default configuration, provide your company’s Ideal Customer Profile, and start your qualifying journey Following a web or email conversation, the Qualification Agent automatically generates and updates a record with a rating. If the record is considered Hot, the record owner will be assigned a Task to review the qualification summary and take an action. # Automate Recruitment, Education, and Interaction Workflows with Action Plans Action Plans are now available for Position, Job Position, Recruitment Requisitions, ContactContactRelation, PersonEducation, and Interaction objects. Agencies automate repeatable business activities by generating predefined tasks for these objects. This reduces manual effort, ensures required activities are completed consistently, and provides visibility into task progress and completion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Who:** Users need the Action Plans permission set to create or manage action plans. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Action Plan Templates**. Create an action plan template, add tasks with priorities and deadlines, assign owners, and select the target object (Position, Job Position, Recruitment Requisitions, ContactContactRelation, PersonEducation, or Interaction). Save the template. When a record is created or reaches a specific stage, the action plan generates the predefined tasks automatically. # Automate Referral Tracking with B2B Referral Flows Use the B2B Referral Lead Flow and B2B Referral Opportunity Flow to create referral entities automatically. The flows manage the referral lifecycle, from lead creation and qualification to opportunity closure and reward issuance. When a partner submits a lead, the Lead flow creates referral records and manages status updates as the lead moves from new to qualified. When an opportunity is won, the Opportunity flow updates the referral records and issues the appropriate rewards. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions # Automate Refund Processing for Student Overpayments Automate the end-to-end refund process for student financial accounts. When your students drop courses or reduce orders, Student Financials identifies original invoices, settles credit memos against outstanding balances, and initiates payment refunds. Your students receive timely, accurate disbursements, and you maintain a complete audit trail for compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud, Revenue Cloud Advanced, and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses are enabled. **Who:** Advisors with Education Cloud Full Access, Billing Operations User, and Payment Operations User permission sets can use this feature. Students who have the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud and Billing Experience Cloud User permission sets can use this feature. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**, and turn on **Set Up Student Financial Account Management**. To manage billing and payments settings, click **Configure Billing and Payments**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Refund Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_refund_management.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Routine Service Emails with Banking Service Customer Assistance Transform the support experience with instant email resolutions for routine customer inquiries and fewer cases in your service reps' queue. Banking Service Customer Assistance now interacts directly with customers over email threads to clarify details and resolve banking tasks, such as transaction checks, balance inquiries, without human intervention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud) and the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license. The Agentforce Service agent uses Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. #### See Also - [Banking Service Customer Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agent_service_cust_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Schedule Management with Recurring Shifts Establish consistent scheduling logic and a seamless experience for your admins and users. You can now automatically generate recurring shifts. Provide predictable scheduling behavior and a simpler configuration process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on license for Public Sector Solutions. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** To set up recurring shifts, select the recurring option during shift creation and set a recurrence pattern. # Automate Sensitive Data Monitoring with Recurring Scans in Data Detect Automate sensitive data monitoring for continuous compliance. Define weekly, monthly, or yearly recurrence intervals by using the schedule creator's time zone. Each time a recurring scan is run, it uses the latest version of the associated policy. All existing scan schedules can be easily viewed, edited, or deactivated. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. # Automate Service Catalog Workflows with New External Connectors Extend service catalog automation with new external connectors across identity, collaboration, DevOps, IT operations, and infrastructure systems. Use templates and API-driven actions to improve end-to-end automation coverage across your systems. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with Agentforce IT Service and Unified Catalog. Requires the MuleSoft for Flow: Integrations add-on license. Edit or delete connections only in the Automation Lightning app. **Who:** To create, view, edit, and delete connections, users need the Manage Integrations Connections permission. **How:** Configure a third-party connection and use it while installing a service request template. # Automate Service Plans with Agent Actions Service Assistant now supports standard and custom agent actions to automatically complete service plan steps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case and Messaging. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To create agent actions in Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To use actions in Service Assistant, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - To show actions in plan steps and execute actions, the ServicePlanner User (the agent user) needs access to the functionality of the action: prompt templates, flows, and Apex actions. All actions execute under the ServicePlanner User’s permissions. See [Common User Access for Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_actions_common_perms.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Previously, service plans only provided text-based, check-list style steps for reps to complete manually. Now, Service Assistant identifies opportunities to automate steps by comparing the record details and grounding sources (subagent instructions and knowledge articles) against your action descriptions. When Service Assistant identifies a relevant action that can automate the step, it surfaces the action directly in the plan and executes the action. Actions bring true automation to service plans to help service reps resolve issues faster. **How:** Go to your Service Assistant agent in the Agentforce Builder, create your actions, and grant the ServicePlanner User access to the functionality of the action. You must create actions specific to your business needs. We don’t provide standard actions for Service Assistant. We provide guidelines and best practices for configuring actions for Service Assistant. Custom Lightning types are supported. Setup of actions and custom Lightning types follows the standard Agentforce process. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Grounding Service Assistant with Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Common User Access for Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_actions_common_perms.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enhance Agent Actions with Custom Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_enhance.htm&language=en_US) # Automate Service Plans with Agent Actions Service Assistant now supports standard and custom agent actions to automatically complete service plan steps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case, Messaging, and Voice. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To create agent actions in Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To use actions in Service Assistant, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - To show actions in plan steps and execute actions, the ServicePlanner User (the agent user) needs access to the functionality of the action: prompt templates, flows, and Apex actions. All actions execute under the ServicePlanner User’s permissions. See [Common User Access for Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_actions_common_perms.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Previously, service plans only provided text-based, check-list style steps for reps to complete manually. Now, Service Assistant identifies opportunities to automate steps by comparing the record details and grounding sources (subagent instructions and knowledge articles) against your action descriptions. When Service Assistant identifies a relevant action that can automate the step, it surfaces the action directly in the plan and executes the action. Actions bring true automation to service plans to help service reps resolve issues faster. **How:** Go to your Service Assistant agent in the Agentforce Builder, create your actions, and grant the ServicePlanner User access to the functionality of the action. You must create actions specific to your business needs. We don’t provide standard actions for Service Assistant. We provide guidelines and best practices for configuring actions for Service Assistant. Custom Lightning types are supported. Setup of actions and custom Lightning types follows the standard Agentforce process. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Grounding Service Assistant with Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Common User Access for Agent Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_actions_common_perms.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enhance Agent Actions with Custom Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_enhance.htm&language=en_US) # Automate SLA Management Setup and Maintenance Set up SLA Management end-to-end without navigating multiple Setup pages. The sla-management-setup skill creates SLA policies, milestone types, milestones, and milestone actions. It can also be used to activate SLA policies and define conditions for auto-application of entitlements to incoming records, such as cases, incidents, and work orders. Use the skill to verify your configuration and manage SLA policy versions and update rules. **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud. Run the sla-management-setup skill in a supported AI coding environment that can access the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) and Salesforce Headless 360 MCP Server. **When:** The skill is available in the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) as of September 1, 2026. **Who:** Salesforce admins and developers setting up SLA Management. **How:** In a supported AI coding environment,run the sla-management-setup skill and respond to its prompts to configure, extend, or manage an SLA policy process. Use this skill to create an SLA policy, add or edit milestones, add pause or completion criteria, add milestone actions, auto-apply SLA policies, activate them, or manage versions. # Automate Subscriptions with Third-Party Gateways and Saved Payment Methods Buyers can now use their preferred third-party payment gateway for subscription-based purchases. Use Saved Payment Methods as secure tokens to process automated renewals without requiring manual intervention. Buyers can now complete recurring purchases, manage payment preferences, and receive payment notifications without repeatedly entering payment details. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** This change is available by request. To turn on this feature, contact your Salesforce Account Executive. #### See Also - [_Connect REST API Developer Guide_: Commerce Webstore Payments Token](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.chatterapi.meta/chatterapi/connect_resources_commerce_webstore_token.htm) # Automate Summary Generation for Enhanced Messaging Give your service reps essential conversation details faster with work summaries that automatically generate at the end of each Enhanced Messaging session. Automatic summary generation is on by default, so service reps see their messaging summary as soon as the session ends. They can review and save it immediately after the session, or you can configure summaries to save automatically without rep review. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on or Agentforce 1 Edition. To purchase the Agentforce for Service add-on or Agentforce 1, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** Automatic summary generation for Enhanced Messaging is on by default. To manage these settings, go to the Einstein Work Summaries page in Setup. On the Enhanced Messaging tab, turn Automatically Generate Summaries on or off to control whether a summary is created when a messaging session ends. Automatically Save Summaries is off by default, so summaries appear on the console for reps to review and save. If you want summaries to save automatically without rep review, turn it on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Automatic Generation and Saving of Messaging Session Summaries (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.work_summaries_messaging_auto_generate.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Summary Generation for Voice Calls Give your service reps essential call details faster with work summaries that automatically generate at the end of each Voice call. Automatic summary generation is on by default, so service reps see their Voice call summary as soon as they end the call. They can review and save it immediately after the call, or you can configure summaries to save automatically without rep review. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on or Agentforce 1 Edition. To purchase the Agentforce for Service add-on or Agentforce 1, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** Automatic summary generation for Voice calls is on by default. To manage these settings, go to the Einstein Work Summaries page in Setup. On the Voice Calls tab, turn Automatically Generate Summaries on or off to control whether a summary is created when a call ends. Automatically Save Summaries is off by default, so summaries appear on the console for reps to review and save. If you want summaries to save automatically without rep review, turn it on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Automatic Generation and Saving of Voice Call Summaries (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.work_summaries_voice_auto_generate.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Testing Using Experimentation as a Service Run experiments across web and server-side environments by integrating the new Experiment Connect and Runtime Experiment Assignment APIs directly into your workflows. Automate winner selection testing and deploy relevant customer experiences without manual intervention. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Docs_: Experimentation Assignment API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/marketing/einstein-personalization/guide/experimentation-api-reference.html) - [_Connect REST API Developer Guide_: Personalization Experimentation Resources](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.chatterapi.meta/chatterapi/connect_resources_personalization_experimentation.htm) # Automate the Selling Lifecycle with the AgentExchange Go-To-Market App Provide a cohesive purchasing and billing journey for your customers by orchestrating the entire selling lifecycle within the Salesforce Platform. The Go-To-Market app reduces operational overhead by automating provisioning, payment collection, and payouts. Create compelling private offers with custom pricing to drive growth and shift your team’s focus from administration to innovation. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce ISV partners. **When:** The AgentExchange Go-To-Market app is available starting April 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to eligible ISV Partners with an active Partner Application Distribution Agreement with Salesforce that incorporates the AgentExchange Go-To-Market App Terms. **Why:** After you connect a Stripe account, the Go-To-Market app handles automated invoicing and payments. From the app, you can create products, map them to managed package licenses, and see them provisioned automatically. And with the flexible addition of permission set licenses, you’re in complete control of how customers use your products. Send initial or add-on offers directly to your customers' orgs for review and acceptance. **How:** If you meet the criteria outlined in [Limitations and Considerations](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.packagingGuide.meta/packagingGuide/partner_marketplace_considerations_prerequisites.htm), contact your Partner Account Manager (PAM) or log a case with Salesforce Support to receive access to the Go-To-Market app. #### See Also - [_ISVforce Guide_: Manage Offers and Orders with the AgentExchange Go-To-Market App](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.packagingGuide.meta/packagingGuide/partner_marketplace_intro.htm) - [_Application Installation Guide_: Receive Private Offers from AgentExchange Partners](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.appExchangeInstallGuide.meta/appExchangeInstallGuide/appexchange_install_private_offers.xml) # ​Automate UI Testing for Omniscripts and Flexcards Omnistudio now supports comprehensive UI testing for guided experiences and visual components by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. UTAM improves deployment reliability by validating end-to-end workflows. Write UI-driven tests for Omniscripts and Flexcards that validate full user journeys exactly as they appear on screen. UTAM interacts directly with the interface to test user inputs, navigation, actions, data rendering, and visual states. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and standard designer. **Why:** UTAM offers these key benefits: - Abstracts Document Object Model (DOM) changes to keep UI tests stable, even when platform updates modify layouts. - Simulates real user interactions across Omnscripts and Flexcards for end-to-end validation, from data entry to conditional logic. - Uses Page Object Model (POM) to organize reusable Page Objects (POs), simplifying test creation and maintenance. **How:** To use UTAM for automated UI testing, first install and configure your preferred test runner (for example, WebDriverIO or TestNG) to work with the UTAM framework. Next, leverage the Omnistudio UTAM POs to create custom POs for your Omniscripts or Flexcards, abstracting common UI elements, such as steps, inputs, and buttons. Then, build your test scripts on top of these custom POs by using helper methods to launch the Omniscript, set field values, and perform navigation actions. Finally, verify that the end-to-end user journey, validations, and element behaviors work as expected. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Automated Testing with UTAM for Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_utam_flexcards_omniscripts.htm&language=en_US) # Automate User Synchronization with Microsoft Entra ID Automate user lifecycles by synchronizing creations, updates, and deletions from Microsoft Entra ID to Salesforce to keep employee users consistent across platforms. Use this native synchronization to maintain a single source of truth, reflecting changes in real time without the need for additional flow connector licenses. By eliminating third-party connectors, you reduce architectural complexity and licensing costs while guaranteeing that employee access is automatically revoked or updated during lifecycle transitions. Maintain data integrity for historical records and provide IT teams with reliable and updated access controls. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Automate When Your Prospecting Agent Runs Configure your prospecting agent to run automatically at a time that works for your team. Set the day, time, and how often your agent runs. Your reps get a fresh set of prospects waiting for them at the start of the day, without anyone kicking off a run manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change is available starting in mid-August. **How:** Create a prospecting agent or edit an existing one. In the Assign Prospects page, select **Distribute equally amongst sales reps**. Then enter the maximum number of open prospects for each rep, select how often the agent runs, and the day and time of each run. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate When Your Prospecting Agent Runs Configure your prospecting agent to run automatically at a time that works for your team. Set the day, time, and how often your agent runs. Your reps get a fresh set of prospects waiting for them at the start of the day, without anyone kicking off a run manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change became available in mid-August. **How:** Create a prospecting agent or edit an existing one. In the Assign Prospects page, select **Distribute equally amongst sales reps**. Then enter the maximum number of open prospects for each rep, select how often the agent runs, and the day and time of each run. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automate Your Outreach with a Lighter, Faster Email Builder App Now it's easier than ever to connect with your customers. The new Email Builder Lite lets you quickly create and send batch emails to your Sales contacts and leads. Choose from a library of ready-made layouts, or build your own with our new component-based authoring experience. All emails you create are automatically saved to your CMS Content Workspace for easy access and reuse. It's all accessible right from your Sales list views, so you can automate your outreach via an intuitive interface, without having to open another tab. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** To be accessible, Email Builder Lite requires admin enablement. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Salesforce Foundations. Under Foundations Apps and Features, enable Email Builder Lite for Sales. # Automatic Storage for Select Real-Time Events Data storage is now enabled by default for Report Event, ListView Event, Login Event, LoginAs Event and Logout Event. This ensures that critical security and audit event data is captured automatically from day one. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. **Why:** This change removes setup friction, guarantees event data is immediately available for investigations, and ensures your organization can meet crucial compliance and audit requirements without extra configuration. # Automatically Enable the Correct Permissions for Copy Field Enrichments Now admin users or users with the Manage Profiles and Permission Sets or Manage Users permissions can automatically give the C2C user the correct permissions needed to activate copy field enrichments on most entities. Previously, you manually assigned copy field enrichments permissions. If the user doesn’t have the correct permissions to auto-enable, or if the entities require org-wide permissions, Salesforce displays the UI to manually assign permissions. **Where:** This change applies to Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Activate a copy field enrichment and select a checkbox to apply the correct permissions. # Automatically End Agentforce Voice Calls and Route by Disconnect Reason Give your voice-enabled agent a clean way to end calls, and share the reason each call ended with your telephony vendor. Agentforce Voice agents end their side of a call when a caller stops responding or the call reaches its maximum duration. Enable Auto-Hangup per agent at the connection level so that the agent also ends the call when it determines that it has fully addressed the caller's request. For partner telephony, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor, which can use the disconnect reason, such as Customer Intent Fulfilled, to decide how to handle each call. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting in late October 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com/) for exact dates. **How:** Enable Auto-Hangup per agent with Agentforce Script. In Agentforce Studio, open the agent's Telephony connection, switch to script mode, and in the telephony code block set the `auto_hangup` parameter to `True`. It's `False` by default, so the agent doesn't end the call when it determines that the caller's request is fully addressed. Auto-Hangup is supported only for Telephony connections. ![The auto\_hangup parameter set to True in the telephony code block.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_voice_auto_hangup_code_block.png) Whether you need any other configuration depends on your telephony: - If you use Agentforce Contact Center, turn on Auto-Hangup for the agent. No other setup is needed. - If you use partner telephony, turn on Auto-Hangup for the agent so that it ends calls when the caller's request is fully addressed. Then prepare your interactive voice response (IVR) flow to read the disconnect reason on the VoiceCall record. Finally, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor for any call the agent ends. Auto Disconnect is off by default and applies org-wide to partner telephony. When it's off, the call stays connected until the caller hangs up. ![The Auto Disconnect setting in Agentforce Voice Setup.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_voice_auto_disconnect_setting.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Auto-Hangup for Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_voice_auto_hangup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Automatically Generate and Maintain Household Names Keep household account names accurate and professional as family dynamics change. Define formula-based naming patterns to automatically recalculate household names whenever you add, remove, or update members. The naming engine listens for changes to household membership and member details and then recalculates names in real time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Nonprofit Cloud with the Automatic Household Creation and Naming add-on. **Who:** Admins of Nonprofit Cloud can set up automatic household naming. **Why:** Without automation, staff manually name every household account and update those names whenever family compositions change through marriage, divorce, or other life events. Household names become outdated or inaccurate, leading to unprofessional communications and a cycle of manual data cleanup. With Automatic Household Naming, your Salesforce admin defines naming rules once, and Household Naming handles ongoing maintenance. **How:** From Setup, enter Household, and under Group Membership, select **Household Naming Settings**. Turn on **Automatic Household Naming** and create a household naming template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automatically Generate and Maintain Household Names and Greetings in Nonprofit (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_automatic_household_naming.htm&language=en_US) # Automatically Relate New Contacts to Past Email and Event Records with Sync Email as Salesforce Activity Sales reps now see important relationship information directly on their records instead of only in the activities timeline. When a contact or lead is created, Salesforce automatically associates it with relevant email and event activity from the past 30 days. Manually and automatically creating a new contact or lead triggers this matching process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. The feature is also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** This behavior appears in production starting early March 2026. **Who:** This feature is available in Einstein Activity Capture when Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is turned on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Guidelines for Using Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_email_activity.htm&language=en_US) # Automatically Release Reserved Resources for Failed Orders When an order fails, you can now release the items that have been reserved to prevent inventory mismatch. Separately configure payment reversal in your B2B store for failed orders. Alternatively, you can configure your own post-order cleanup mechanism for failed orders. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce. **How:** In your B2B store settings, under Checkout, enable Release reserved resources on failed orders. # Automatically Update Consent Data in Record-Triggered Flows Use the Consent Request flow action in record-triggered flows to automate processes and manage consent more efficiently. For example, opt new leads into certain emails. Or, opt contacts out of a specific communication subscription when their related opportunity record is closed. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Flow Builder Features and Elements for Marketers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_flow_elements_reference.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Comply with Privacy Regulations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_compliance.htm&language=en_US) # Automation Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with Flow Integration. Get help from AI to optimize and automate your supply chain business processes with Agentforce Supply Chain. - **[Automation Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automation features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. - **[Flow Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow.htm&release=260&type=5)** Modify record-triggered and scheduled-triggered flows with Agentforce. Navigate through Flow Builder with collapsible paths and new mouse controls. Sort and edit records in the Data Table screen component. Customize screen flows with component-level style overrides. Send messages to large audiences and use Wait elements in asynchronous broadcast flows. Use decisions, exit rules, reentry conditions, and more in activation-triggered flows. Send Marketing Cloud Engagement emails in segment-triggered, event-triggered, activation-triggered, and broadcast flows. Trigger automation event-triggered flows when records related to an individual are changed. - **[Flow Approval Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals.htm&release=260&type=5)** Complete approval step screen flows in Flow Builder while debugging flow approval processes without leaving Flow Builder. Start an autolaunched flow approval process from the new Request Approval component and let the submitter select the first approver. - **[Flow Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_orchestrator.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create orchestrations and view orchestration dependencies with other automations in the Automation Lightning app. Complete orchestration work items in Flow Builder while debugging orchestrations without leaving Flow Builder. - **[Automation Lightning App Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automation_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find which Agentforce agents and prompt templates reference standard and custom invocable actions by using the Action Hub tab in the Automation Lightning app. Gain visibility into flow performance with the new Flow Logs tab in the Automation Lightning app. - **[MuleSoft for Flow: Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_simplify_integration.htm&release=260&type=5)** MuleSoft for Flow: Integration enhancements simplify no-code automation with Agentforce and expanded connectivity. Use natural language prompts to build, modify, and summarize flows. Speed up development with AI-built templates, and handle large attachments with binary file actions. And take advantage of new third-party connector triggers and Salesforce Named Credentials for more secure, flexible integrations. - **[Extract Data from Digital and Scanned Documents by Using MuleSoft for Flow: IDP (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mulesoft_for_flow_idp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use MuleSoft for Flow: IDP to transform unstructured and semistructured data into structured, actionable output, enabling automation of document-based workflows. Organizations get lots of unstructured and semistructured documents that have important business data. But getting and processing this information by hand is time-consuming and can introduce mistakes. With MuleSoft for Flow: IDP, you define what data to extract through custom configurations. You set confidence thresholds for automatic processing, and route low-confidence results for human review to verify accuracy. Manage your document processing configurations on the Document Processing tab in the Automation app. - **[Agentforce Supply Chain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_supply_chain.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve and standardize supply chain business processes with speed, automation, and accuracy by using AI and AI-powered agents. # Automation Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with Flow Integration. Get help from AI to optimize and automate your supply chain business processes with Agentforce Supply Chain. Automate cross-departmental and industry-specific processes with Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries. - **[Automation Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automation features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. - **[Flow Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create and configure Agentforce agents from within Flow Builder. Optimize, boost performance, and avoid governor limits in scheduled flows with custom batch sizes. Evolve screen flows using native language. Personalize email messages using content variables from Email Content Builder. Notify users with toast messages. Add custom property editors to individual input parameters. - **[Flow Approval Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Require unanimous approval for an approval step. Approval designers can now view flow dependencies for any flow approval process they create. - **[Flow Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_orchestrator.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Flow Orchestration is now available as a standard feature in applicable editions. - **[MuleSoft for Flow: Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_simplify_integration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Simplify data management and streamline connectivity between Salesforce and third-party systems. Define and manage value translation lookups in one location with Centralize Value Mapping Management. Use these mappings to standardize translations, improve flow stability with automatic handling of missing values, and track updates across multiple integrations from a single interface. - **[Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_agentforce_supply_chain.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Supply Chain (formerly Regrello) is now Agentforce Operations. During the transition to the new name, some references across the product and its content still use Regrello or Agentforce Supply Chain. Along with the rename, this release adds new features. - **[Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_apps_industries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline and automate end-to-end processes for your sales, service, marketing, commerce, and revenue teams, and industry-specific workflows. # Automation Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder, Flow Approval Processes, and Flow Orchestration. Automate cross-departmental and industry-specific processes with Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries. - **[Flow Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Experience Flow Builder in the modern Salesforce Cosmos theme. Process multiple records with screen flows from list views and related lists. Capture time values with the new Time screen component. Trigger order confirmation flows faster with a REST API. Manage Marketing Object records directly in flows. Debug and save reusable test scenarios in the new Flow Test Mode (beta). Test flows in isolation with mock outputs for Action and Subflow elements. - **[Flow Approval Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the new Request Approvals component to add up to 10 flow approval processes to a record page. Delete approval submission records to meet GDPR and other compliance requirements. This release also includes performance improvements and new configuration options for the Orchestration Work Guide. - **[Flow Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_orchestrator.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure the Orchestration Work Guide to keep users focused on completing work items from the same orchestration run. Orchestration runs are now faster and more responsive with automatic performance improvements. - **[MuleSoft for Flow: Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_simplify_integration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** MuleSoft for Flow: Integration is a no-code solution that connects your flows to external systems that use third-party connectors. Use these connectors as triggers or actions to automatically exchange data and information between systems. - **[MuleSoft for Flow: IDP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mulesoft_for_flow_idp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let a human verify and correct extracted document data before your flow continues, without orchestrating multiple flows. - **[Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_apps_industries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Streamline and automate end-to-end processes for your sales, service, marketing, commerce, and revenue teams, and industry-specific workflows. ## Automation Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Flow Builder**: [Find a Record in a Collection Without Loop Elements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_collection_filter_criteria.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get the record that you need from a collection without looping. Create a Collection Filter Criteria resource with filter and sort criteria for your record collection. The resource returns the first matching record when other elements reference it. If you're working with records that contain related records, such as an Apex-defined data type, you can also filter on child relationships. You can use criteria on child records to filter the parent record. Previously, isolating a record from a collection in an autolaunched or screen flow meant chaining loop, decision, and assignment elements together.") (Updated the week of October 26) - Changed the title from Filter Collections Without Loop Elements to Find a Record in a Collection Without Loop Elements. - Corrected to state that the resource returns a single record, not a collection. - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Delete Approval Submission Records to Meet GDPR Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals__approval_record_deletion_gdpr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Fulfill GDPR and other compliance requests to delete customer data relating to approvals. When you delete a parent record, Salesforce deletes related approval submissions in a terminal state and cancels in-progress ones. You can then delete the canceled approval submissions related to the deleted parent record.") (Updated the week of October 19) - Updated to clarify what's automatically deleted with the parent record and what's canceled by a scheduled job. - **Flow Builder**: [Build Flows Through Conversation with Flow Author (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_flow_author_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe what you want your flow to do, and Flow Author generates a deployable flow based on your confirmed intent. Flow Author supports autolaunched, record-triggered, schedule-triggered, and screen flows.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Reduce Flow Failures Caused by Record Lock Contention](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_catch_field_size_violations_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Avoid run-time failures by validating field length constraints when you design and save a flow. If a Create Record or Update Record element sets a record field to a text value that's too long, Flow Builder shows a warning. By identifying the specific field and the value that exceeds the limit, this validation helps you catch configuration errors before they cause run-time failures.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Corrected to state that Create Records and Update Records elements are affected, not Assignment elements. - **Omnistudio**: [Control Which Objects Guest and Community Users Can Query in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_flexcard_datasource_allowlist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Protect your org data by specifying which objects Experience Cloud guest users and authenticated community or portal users can query through Omnistudio. Omnistudio now blocks SOQL queries and SOSL searches that external users run through the HandleData() and HandleDataCards() methods unless every object in the query is on an allowlist that you maintain. Allowed queries run in user mode, so the user's object permissions, field-level security, and sharing rules apply.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Reduce Flow Failures Caused by Record Lock Contention](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_row_lock_retry_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flows automatically try again when they encounter a record lock error during transaction initialization. When multiple processes try to update the same record simultaneously, the flow waits 10 seconds and makes one more try. This delay gives the other process time to complete and release the lock. This change applies to schedule-triggered flows with run-time API version 62.0 or lesser.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Updated to clarify which flows this change affects and the number of retries made. - **MuleSoft for Flow: Integration**: [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Updated to include four new connectors. - **Flow Approval Processes**: [See New and Outdated Approval Work Items Without a Manual Refresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_orchestration_work_guide_refreshes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Orchestration Work Guide component automatically shows the status of your approval work items as they change. New work items get a New badge. Work items that someone else completed are disabled and have an Outdated badge instead of disappearing from the list. Badges and completed work items remain until you leave the page or manually refresh it.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Flow Orchestration**: [See New and Outdated Orchestration Work Items Without a Manual Refresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_orchestrator_work_guide_refreshes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Orchestration Work Guide component automatically shows the status of your orchestration work items as they change. New work items get a New badge. Work items that someone else completed are disabled and have an Outdated badge instead of disappearing from the list. Badges and completed work items remain until you leave the page or manually refresh it.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **AI Relationship Research**: [Get AI Relationship Research Insights Directly in Your Agentforce Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_get_insights_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask the Agentforce AI Relationship Research agent for insights about an account or contact and see the key people and companies connected to that record without leaving the conversation. The AI Relationship Research Agent identifies the relevant record, surfaces the key people and companies connected to it, explains each relationship, and provides supporting evidence. It also turns those connections into actionable insights, recommending who to engage and the best path to reach them.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Screen Flows**: [Evaluate Conditional Visibility Rules with Reactive Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screen_reactive_formulas_visibility_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reference reactive formulas directly in conditional visibility rules for flow screens. Reactive formulas evaluate correctly in flow screen conditional visibility rules, so you can build more responsive screen experiences. Previously, conditional visibility didn't support referencing formulas that included components on the same screen.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Feature available September 29, 2026. - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Debug, Suspend, and Resume Flow Approval Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_new_record_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Approval admins can now suspend, resume, and debug approval submissions and their associated orchestration runs. Suspending and resuming gives you greater control over in-progress approval submissions. The Debug action provides run-specific diagnostic information for in-progress, suspended, and errored approval submissions.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Filter Records by Multi-Select Picklist Fields with the Contains Operator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_contains_with_multiselect_picklist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Contains operator on multi-select picklist fields now works in Get Records, Delete Records, Update Records, and schedule-triggered flow entry criteria. Previously, when you used the operator with a multi-select picklist field in these elements, it caused a run-time error.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Build Flows Faster with Auto-Generated Element Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_auto_generated_labels.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flow Builder automatically generates element labels based on the properties that you configure. As you build, labels update automatically, eliminating repetitive data entry. When you manually edit a label, Flow Builder preserves your changes.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Removed the statement that an Agentforce license is required. ### September 2026 - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Limit Approval Work Item Visibility to Keep Review Steps Confidential](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_work_item_sharing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Prevent reviewers at one step from viewing the work items assigned to reviewers at other steps. You can now set the sharing model to private to control who can view each work item, independent of approval submissions. By default, access to an approval submission extends to all its associated work items. To grant read access to other users or groups, create criteria-based sharing rules on the approval work item object.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **MuleSoft for Flow: Integration**: [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Clean up Flows Faster with the Unused Resources Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_unused_resources_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Identify and remove unneeded resources from your flows by using the new Unused filter in the Flow Builder Toolbox. When you make significant changes to large and complex flows, unused resources often remain behind and clutter your workspace. Narrow the list to items with no recorded usage, making it faster to find what you need.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Corrected the How section to state that this feature is available in both auto-layout and free-form modes, not just auto-layout. - **Screen Flows**: Evaluate Conditional Visibility Rules with Reactive Formulas (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. We'll let you know when it's back up. - **Flow Builder**: Classify and Discover Flows with Flow Tags (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Flow Builder**: Find the Right Flow Element Faster with Redesigned Search and Categories (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Flow Builder**: [Filter Collections Without Loop Elements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_collection_filter_criteria.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get the record that you need from a collection without looping. Create a Collection Filter Criteria resource with filter and sort criteria for your record collection. The resource returns the first matching record when other elements reference it. If you're working with records that contain related records, such as an Apex-defined data type, you can also filter on child relationships. You can use criteria on child records to filter the parent record. Previously, isolating a record from a collection in an autolaunched or screen flow meant chaining loop, decision, and assignment elements together.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Monitor Flow Performance Right on the Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_embedded_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "View flow performance data directly on the Flow Builder canvas to identify performance bottlenecks without relying on logs or external reporting tools. Previously, on-canvas insights were available only for flows triggered by Data 360. Embedded analytics aren't available for screen flows or Flow Orchestration.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_request_approval_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give submitters up to 10 autolaunched flow approval processes to select from with the Request Approvals component.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Removed references to the Experience Builder version of the component. - **Flow Builder**: [Split Flow Paths by Date or Field Value Without Expressions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_decision_split_by_date_field.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Split by Date and Split by Field Value decision types to route individuals based on common conditions without building expressions. Choose a field to determine the split, define your paths, and configure values by using simple inline pickers.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Compare Versions of Data 360 and Agentforce Marketing Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_version_comparison_additional_types_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flow Version Comparison supports Data 360-triggered flows and Agentforce Marketing flow types. Agentforce Marketing flow types include segment-triggered, automation event-triggered, and API event-triggered flows. Version comparison also works across all audience sources in segment-triggered flows and shows changes in both table and canvas views.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added When section. - **Flow Builder**: [Navigate Flow Builder More Efficiently with Keyboard Shortcuts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_keyboard_navigation_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use arrow keys to move through the auto-layout canvas from element to element, including across fault paths and other branching paths. You can also cut, copy, and paste elements with standard keyboard shortcuts. These improvements make Flow Builder a more productive environment for users who prefer keyboard navigation over mouse-based interaction.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added two shortcuts to the How section. - **Flow Testing and Debugging**: [Test Flows with Primitive Collection Inputs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_test_debug_inputs_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Test different input values by populating primitive collections directly in the Flow Builder debugger. Previously you could only test single input values, not collections. Try various scenarios without editing your flow, reducing development time and improving test coverage. For example, if your screen flow or autolaunched flow accepts a text collection of IDs as an input variable, you can now populate that collection directly in the flow debugger.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Narrowed the scope to primitive collections only (removed record collections) and added Setup step to the How section. - **Flow Testing and Debugging**: [Test Flows with Specific Records by Entering a Record ID](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_test_with_static_ids_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enter a static 15-character or 18-character record ID directly in the Flow Builder debugger to debug flows with specific records. This option helps test flows that use objects with limited searchability, such as Cases or Campaign Members, without digging through lookup results.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added Setup step to the How section. - **Flow Error Handling**: Reduce Limit Failures in Scheduled Flows with Dynamic Batch Sizing (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Screen Flows**: Set the Window Size for a Screen Flow Quick Action (Removed the week of August 17, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Flow Builder**: [Group Elements to Organize and Simplify Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_group_elements_together_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Organize related elements into named, collapsible groups to simplify complex flows. Label and describe logical sections of your flow by using groups, then collapse them to hide detail and focus on the larger picture.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Added When section. - **Business Rules Engine**: [Manage Null Values in CSV-Based Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_csv_decision_table_null_handling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Decision tables that use a CSV file store empty cells as null values. If you add the literal string \"null\", it's treated as invalid. For boolean columns, empty cells default to false. If you have existing CSV files with empty strings that you didn't intend as null values, update the CSV file to reflect your intended behavior.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) # Automation and Productivity Accelerate IT service setup and deployment with easy-to-use templates to establish complex assignment rules quickly. Ensure consistent request ownership and eliminate manual bottlenecks by automatically routing service requests to the correct users or queues. Improve response times and keep teams informed by delivering targeted service notifications and timely updates directly within Microsoft Teams. - **[Build Your Assignment Rules Quickly with Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_assignment_rules_build_with_template.htm&release=260&type=5)** Set up assignment rules for IT services faster by starting with templates. These templates provide a ready-to-use foundation for routing incidents, problems, change requests, and service requests to the appropriate users or queues. Admins clone a template and customize its conditions and assignments instead of building rules from scratch. - **[Extend Assignment Rules to Service Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_assignment_rules_extend_sr.htm&release=260&type=5)** Assignment rules now support service requests, enabling IT teams to route requests automatically to the right user or queue based on defined criteria when a service request is created. Admins can configure rules to evaluate request attributes, ensure consistent ownership, and reduce manual reassignment. - **[Design and Deliver IT Service Notifications in Microsoft Teams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_notif_teams.htm&release=260&type=5)** Admins can now design and deliver targeted IT service notifications directly to Microsoft Teams. By using the intuitive guided flow, you can define specific trigger conditions and select recipients to make sure that users receive timely updates on critical service records. Keep employees and IT teams informed within their primary workspace, and improve response times throughout the service lifecycle. # Automation and Productivity Accelerate IT service setup and deployment with enahncements to multichannel notifications and assignment rules. - **[Configure Notifications Consistently Across More Workflows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_notif_configure_notifs_consistently_across_workflows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure notifications for a broader set of records across IT service, hardware asset management, and IT compliance workflows. Notifications now support additional objects, such as risk evaluation survey invitations and work orders, which extends coverage across more operational and governance use cases. IT teams and employees stay informed and act without relying on manual tracking across different processes. - **[Stay Ahead of SLAs with Multichannel Notifications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_notif_sla_with_multichannel_notif.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Take control of your service-level agreements for service records (SLAs) by sending notifications for channels such as, Email, Slack, In-App, and Teams. Configure SLA milestone actions to send notifications for warnings, violations, and completion events to a specified audience. IT teams no longer monitor timers and can respond proactively to approaching or breached deadlines. - **[Validate Notification Delivery and Accuracy Before Activation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_notif_reduce_errors_with_notif_preview_before_activation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Test your notifications against sample records before activation to make sure that they reach the right recipients through the correct channels. Validate how notifications render across selected channels so they’re accurate and complete. Verifying your configuration helps you avoid errors, reduce rework, and keep notifications ready for production use. - **[Manage Assignment Rule Mappings More Flexibly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_assignment_rules_manage_mappings_flexibly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Admins can now map or unmap assignment rules for supported service records directly from the Assignment Rules setup. Previously, removing mapped required reconfiguring the setup. This enhancement simplifies rule management, reduces operational overhead, and helps admins to adjust routing logic as needs evolve. # Automation Features Released by Month Automation features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. ## February 2026
Section Release Note
Agentforce Supply Chain Streamline Your Business Processes with Agentforce Supply Chain
Flow Builder Navigate Large Flows Faster by Collapsing or Expanding All Elements
MuleSoft for Flow: Integration
## March 2026
Section Release Note
MuleSoft for Flow: Integration
MuleSoft for Flow: IDP Extract Data from Digital and Scanned Documents by Using MuleSoft for Flow: IDP
Setup with Agentforce
## April 2026
Section Release Note
Flow Testing and Debugging
# Automation Features Released by Month Automation features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. ## May 2026
Section Release Note
Flow Builder
Context Service Delete records from a context session
## June 2026
Section Release Note
Agentforce Operations
Flow Builder
Business Rules Engine
Context Service Categorize Transformation Definitions with the Context Service
Batch Management Track Cancellation Progress with the Canceling Status
## July 2026
Section Release Note
Agentforce Operations
# Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries Streamline and automate end-to-end processes for your sales, service, marketing, commerce, and revenue teams, and industry-specific workflows. - **[Batch Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get better control over Batch Management workflows with CSV support and a new operator for filtering records. - **[Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_business_rules_engine_intro.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Process multiple outcomes from a single decision table lookup within context-aware expression sets. Manage CSV-based rule versions and resolve conflicts using custom activation ranks. Track rule executions against context service records for enhanced Decision Explainability. Package BRE components seamlessly using second-generation managed packages (2GP). Scale complex operations with increased decision table limits. - **[Context Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ctx_intro.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline automation with Apex classes generated from your context definitions to mirror metadata in Salesforce Flow without coding. Build more complex data structures with increased design-time limits for nodes and attributes. You can also use Data Processing Engine to apply complex logic, such as hierarchical rollups, directly to your context data for use cases such as document generation. - **[Data Processing Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_processing_engine.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform context data with intricate product hierarchies and groupings at scale for business processes such as document generation. Debug DPE definitions directly in the builder for CRM Analytics runtime to pinpoint and resolve logic issues faster before writing back transformed data. Validate configurations during the design phase by using data preview to trace data flow and identify errors before saving Data 360 runtime definitions. - **[Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Omnistudio provides a comprehensive, low-code suite of services and components, designed to build engaging, industry-specific digital experiences. It accelerates the path from development to production, enabling you to create guided customer interactions by using data from Salesforce and external sources. - **[AI Relationship Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_ai_relationship_research.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** AI Relationship Research is an AI-powered feature that automatically discovers, analyzes, and presents relationship intelligence about the people and organizations connected to your Salesforce records. It scans multiple data sources such as your CRM records, public web content, and Data 360 simultaneously and provides the top-ranked connections directly within your workflow, so you can act on them without leaving Salesforce. # Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries Streamline and automate end-to-end processes for your sales, service, marketing, commerce, and revenue teams, and industry-specific workflows. - **[AI Relationship Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_ai_relationship_research.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** AI Relationship Research is an AI-powered feature that automatically discovers, analyzes, and presents relationship intelligence about the people and organizations connected to your Salesforce records. It scans multiple data sources such as your CRM records, public web content, and Data 360 simultaneously and provides the top-ranked connections directly within your workflow, so you can act on them without leaving Salesforce. - **[Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_business_rules_engine_intro.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Run expression sets and decision tables as actions in Agentforce. Use the List Branch element to build if-then-else rule conditions on list data in context-aware expression sets. Process multiple decision table outcomes in standard expression sets, even without Context Service. Select picklist values from a dropdown instead of typing them in expression set conditions. Call decision tables directly from Omniscripts. Speed up decision table refreshes with parallel processing and automatic incremental refreshes. Use more data types and manage null values and empty cells in CSV-based decision tables, and see each table's status from the list view. - **[Context Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ctx_intro.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Track changes to your context definitions with Setup Audit Trail for create, update, and delete actions across context definitions, nodes, attributes, mappings, and filters. Context Service resolves parent-child relationships between data model objects (DMOs) in Data 360 and returns complete multilevel data hierarchies in a single hydration call. This includes zero-copy DMOs backed by external warehouses. - **[Data Processing Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_processing_engine.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Control how currency values behave with multiple currencies so your calculations stay consistent and business-aligned. Run definitions faster, track partial failures, and protect active definition runs from interruption. Decide whether parent records count toward rollup totals, and keep layered calculations together in one place. - **[Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Omnistudio provides a comprehensive, low-code suite of services and components, designed to build engaging, industry-specific digital experiences. It accelerates the path from development to production, enabling you to create guided customer interactions by using data from Salesforce and external sources. # Automation Lightning App Updates Find which Agentforce agents and prompt templates reference standard and custom invocable actions by using the Action Hub tab in the Automation Lightning app. Gain visibility into flow performance with the new Flow Logs tab in the Automation Lightning app. - **[See Where Actions Are Used in Agentforce Builder and Prompt Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automation_app_action_hub_details_page.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find which Agentforce agents and prompt templates reference standard and custom invocable actions by using the Action Hub tab in the Automation Lightning app. Previously, the Action Hub tab only showed action usage across Flow Builder. Check the Usage tab to view specific agents and prompt templates that reference an action before you make changes. Track execution counts for flows, Apex, and REST invocations that use this action. - **[Set Up and Monitor Flow Logging in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automation_app_flow_logs.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain visibility into flow performance with the new Flow Logs tab in the Automation Lightning app. Data 360 stores flow run metrics and provides real-time flow performance insights. Use the Flow Logs tab to set up Data 360, configure flow logging, and track performance for enabled flows. #### See Also - [_Release Notes_: Compare Screen Flow Versions to Track Changes More Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mgmt_compare_screen_flow_versions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the Compare Versions feature to automatically track what’s changed between any two versions of a screen flow. View changes to screen flow elements, resources, fields, properties, components, and styles between flow versions.") - [_Release Notes_: View Flow Usage in the Automation Lightning App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_view_related_automation_usage.htm&release=260&type=5 "Understand flow dependencies with the new Usage subtab in the Automation Lightning app. The subtab shows bidirectional relationships, including which automations a flow version uses and which automation versions depend on that flow. This visibility helps you assess the impact of changes before modifying or deactivating flows.") # Automotive Learn about the latest features from Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud. Boost sales and service productivity by using the Industries Sales Assistance and Asset Service Management agents. Improve customer service for Automotive finance processes through guided Omniscript intake forms for payment deferral. Simplify loan decisioning for funding analysts and dealers by using the Funding Workbench console. Use the recall inquiry service process to verify assets' recall status for customers. Easily associate vehicles and assets with fleets, view claims on product service campaign item records, and simplify setup and discovery for Automotive foundational features, Agentforce features, and common components. Automotive Cloud is now Agentforce Automotive. You may see references to Automotive Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Agentforce for Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_agentforce_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance sales productivity and proactive customer service by using the Industries Sales Assistance and Asset Service Management agents. Sales reps can automate tasks like searching for products, accessories, and parts, creating opportunities with dealer mapping, and generating quick quotes with manual discounts. Service reps can efficiently manage service estimations, incorporating price books, product coverage, and warranties to produce enriched, detailed customer quotes. - **[Automotive Finance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_finance_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable efficient Payment Deferral service process request intake through guided Omniscript forms for customers and service reps. Enhance lending processes with the Funding Workbench app for post-contract document review. Improve the dealer experience by simplifying document upload, task management, and communication for loan contract finalization. - **[Streamline Recall Inquiries with a Prebuilt Service Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_recall_svc_proc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify the intake and fulfillment of recall inquiry service process requests by using a prebuilt screen flow. Customer support reps can efficiently verify an asset's recall status and assist customers in locating authorized dealers for booking appointments. Easily view the list of assets with an open recall for a customer account, and check its relevant details such as the associated product service campaign and the preferred partner. A case is created and automatically closed post fulfillment of the service process request and an email is sent to the customer with the relevant recall inquiry details. - **[Access Automotive Claims from Product Service Campaign Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_pscd_claims_rl.htm&release=260&type=5)** View Automotive claims on a product service campaign item record. Assign a related list and access the claims associated with a particular product service campaign item. - **[Accelerate Automotive Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_sf_go.htm&release=260&type=5)** Discover, set up, and configure Automotive Agentforce agents such as Asset Finance Management, Industries Customer Engagement, and Industries Sales Assistance with more efficiency by using Salesforce GO. Manage Automotive finance processes by setting up Vehicle and Asset Lending and other related features from a single location. Discover common components such Record Alerts, Events and Milestones, Discovery Framework, and Complaint Data Sharing to streamline Automotive business operations. Enable cross-cloud features such as Inventory Count, Actionable Event Orchestration, and Inventory Search and Transfer to deliver better service. - **[Associate Vehicles and Assets to Fleets Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_simplified_fleet_mgmt.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily associate vehicles or assets to a new fleet or an existing fleet, from a fleet record page, or an asset or vehicle list view. Search for vehicles using Criteria-Based Search and Filter and assign them immediately to an existing fleet based on the search result. Ensure efficient fleet management, optimizing workflows for fleet managers and inventory specialists. - **[Enable Stage Management for Key Automotive Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_stage_mgmt_for_new_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Implement stage management across critical Automotive objects such as Appraisal, Fleet, Vehicle, and Product Service Campaign Group Definition. Provide a structured, traceable, and controlled process for managing the life-cycle of Automotive business operations through defined stages. Maximize service efficiency, reduce turnaround time, and enhance customer lifetime value. - **[Expand Automotive Data Access and Mapping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_dmo_update.htm&release=260&type=5)** Utilize file-based data kits to access data streams, data model objects (DMOs), and mappings for Automotive business use cases. Use four new DMOs, Inventory Serialized Product, Lead Line Item, Business Profile, and Account Location to support newer analytics by using Tableau Unified Analytics and other relevant use cases in data cloud. - **[New and Changed Objects for Agentforce Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, objects. - **[Changed Metadata Type in Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_metadata_type.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make the most of the new metadata type in Automotive. # Automotive Transform the Automotive business lifecycle by integrating conversational AI and automated workflows to streamline product sales and manage warranty claims for sales and service reps, dealers, and original equipment manufacturers. Optimize service delivery through prebuilt templates and screen flows that simplify goodwill repairs, and Automotive finance service processes such as lease extensions and transaction disputes. Centralize operations using Salesforce GO bundles and unified consoles to manage telemetry, fleet data, connected vehicles, and remote actions from a single location. Harness Tableau-powered analytics and Data Cloud to gain a 360-degree view of dealer performance, vehicle portfolios, and lead intelligence for deeper strategic insights and simplified data ingestion. Deploy autonomous agents and AI-assisted KYC document validation to streamline automotive loan and lease servicing. Quickly upload and map large volumes of vehicle, asset, and product data from CSV files using predefined DPE templates. Enhance business operations with new cross-cloud capabilities across purchase order management, inventory tracking, and sample fulfillment. - **[Agentforce for Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_agentforce_parent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Elevate the entire vehicle life-cycle by using conversational agents to provide real-time warranty claim summaries. Customer support reps at dealerships and manufacturers can use natural language across Dealer portals to select inventory, validate asset coverage, and monitor claim statuses instantly. Utilize AI capabilities to streamline sales operations from dealer portals and foster long-term customer loyalty. - **[Automotive Finance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_auto_fin_parent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline Automotive lease extensions and transaction disputes using prebuilt service templates that automate intake, eligibility checks, and capture data for faster resolution. Service reps and customers can initiate requests through Unified Catalog, or Experience Cloud sites to calculate new lease terms, categorize transaction errors, and upload documentation in a single flow. Use autonomous Agentforce agents to raise service requests for Automotive loans and leases. By consolidating complex financial processes into a conversational, guided experience, reduce turnaround times, improve operational efficiency, and enhance customer service quality. - **[Streamline Goodwill Repair Claims with a Prebuilt Service Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_goodwill_repair_svc_proc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Simplify the intake and fulfillment of goodwill repair requests by using an omni-based, prebuilt service process, improving customer experience and reducing costs. Dealers or original equipment manufacturers can use the Goodwill Repair service process to easily select vehicles or assets for a customer, review the existing warranty coverage details, select a work order, and add comments related to those work orders to be used for addressing the goodwill request. A case is created with the request details for the dealer, where they can view past work orders of a customer, determine the goodwill contribution percentages to be applied to line items, and provide reasoning for their decisions. Once a claim is raised, the claim amounts and payment detail records are updated automatically. An email is sent to the customer with the relevant details, improving service efficiency. - **[Accelerate Automotive Feature Setup with Solution Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_sf_go_bundles.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate the set up, and configuration of features, such as Connected Assets, Connected Vehicles, and Service Processes by using Salesforce GO solution bundles. Manage context definitions, critical failure, telemetry definitions and action definitions, and service alerts by setting up Remote Actions and other related features from a single location. Set up service processes, such as Payment Deferral and Payment Due Date Modification, in one flow. - **[Enhance Automotive Insights with Tableau Next Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_tua.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Automotive Insights, a Tableau-powered analytics app for Automotive, to provide Dealers and Original Equipment Manufacturers with a comprehensive 360-degree view of leads, vehicle portfolio and insights, planned volumes, actual sales, and dealer performance. Analyze vehicle sales trends, inventory, stakeholder requirements, and other insights through the Vehicle Portfolio Insights, Dealer Performance, Original Equipment Manufacturer Performance, and Leads Intelligence dashboards. Integrate and analyze trends and performance more effectively, providing deeper insights into product sales and customer satisfaction. - **[Expand Automotive Data Access By Using New Data Model Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_dmo_upgrades.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To support experiences in predefined data streams and calculated insights, use new data model objects (DMOs) to ingest metadata into Data 360. Support newer analytics by using Tableau Unified Analytics and other relevant use cases in Data Cloud. - **[Import Vehicle and Product Data in Bulk By Using Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_vehicle_simplification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Upload large volumes of product, asset, and vehicle data from CSV files by using predefined Data Processing Engine (DPE) templates. You can quickly populate your records by mapping CSV data to multiple objects simultaneously, reducing manual entry for large data sets. Create vehicle records in a more simplified way now rather than creating products, vehicle definitions, and assets separately as done before. Handle complex object relationships, such as connecting Vehicles to Assets or Products to Vehicle Definitions, and accelerate your initial setup and ensure data consistency across Automotive operations. - **[New and Changed Objects for Agentforce Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with new and updated Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, objects. - **[Changed Metadata Type for Agentforce Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_metadata_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the updated Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, metadata type. ## New and Enhanced Common Features for Agentforce Automotive Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend and customize Agentforce Automotive based on your business needs. - [Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_manufacturing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enhance manufacturing operations with expanded capabilities across purchase order and sample management. Advanced analytics with Tableau Next and AI-powered Agentforce templates for warranty claims and sales assistance help partners and manufacturers make faster, data-driven decisions while improving customer experience and operational efficiency. Salesforce Go for Manufacturing now extends to include Tableau Next Analytics and the Distributor Management System, delivering a more streamlined, guided setup experience that accelerates time to value.") Enhance Automotive business operations with new capabilities across order management, inventory tracking, and sample fulfillment. # Automotive Manage delinquent accounts through the full collections and repossession lifecycle, and handle non-delinquency repossessions such as lease-end, accident, and impound cases. Speed up claim processing, lower payout risk, and sharpen decision accuracy with the Warranty Claims Adjudication Assistant. Extend Agentforce sales concierge capabilities for natural language sales interactions. - **[Agentforce for Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_agentforce_for_automotive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build and customize agents for your automotive use cases in the new Agentforce Builder, and help customers buy vehicles on your website with the Sales Concierge Agent. Customers can search for vehicles, get recommendations, and take next steps through natural language interactions. - **[Managing Automotive Repossession](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_managing_automotive_repossession.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage the full repossession lifecycle across three stages, from pre-repossession assessment through manager approval to active recovery. - **[Adjudicate Warranty Claims](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_adjudicate_warranty_claims.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Adjudicate warranty claims submitted by dealers either manually or through an automated process, with unified record views and approval-likelihood predictions. - **[Set Up Automotive Features with a Single Click](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_set_up_features_single_click.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Install preconfigured solutions for Agentforce Automotive in Salesforce Go. Deploy Connected Vehicle and Auto Finance Service Process configurations with a single click. - **[New and Changed Objects for Automotive Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Automotive Cloud objects. ## New and Enhanced Common Features for Agentforce Automotive Agentforce Automotive includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend and customize Agentforce Automotive based on your business needs. - [Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_action_plans.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Scale and track complex business processes by reporting on action plan owners and targets, creating up to 200 tasks per action plan, and assigning dependent tasks before their parent tasks are complete. - [Actionable List with Data 360 Data Model Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_actionable_list_dmo_overview.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Build targeted client lists by filtering unified Data 360 data alongside CRM fields. Refresh list membership on demand, assign members based on your outreach structure, and track progress with custom statuses. - [Asset Service Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_asset_management.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Manage assets end-to-end, from inventory and reservations through depreciation and disposal, with real-time visibility and audit-ready traceability at every stage. Close revenue opportunities faster with real-time quote updates that let agents add multiple products and apply discounts in one pass for quicker, more consistent upsell and cross-sell conversions. - [Channel Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_channel_revenue_management.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Optimize rebate processing with automated accrual and payout management, powered by Data Processing Engine (DPE) on Data 360. Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced now supports more real-world rebate structures out of the box, reduces manual rework when rates or benefits change mid-period, and gives Finance a clear, at-a-glance view of accruals. - [Criteria-Based Search and Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_criteria_based_search_and_filter.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Faster setup tools, prebuilt templates, seamless Screen Flow integration, bulk selection capabilities, and support for Experience Cloud search actions lets you deploy search experiences quickly and give users an easy way to execute large-scale business actions. - [Stage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_stage_management.htm&language=en_US&type=5&release=264) Run eligible tasks on demand to meet regulatory and customer deadlines or handle work outside the standard process flow. - [Supplier Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_supplier_engagement.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Engage your suppliers directly in sustainability reporting with a self-service portal to submit data, complete scorecards, and track spend, emissions, and risk in support of your Scope 3 target-setting goals. ## Automotive Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 - **Metadata API**: [Summarize open claims by field into counts from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Metadata API**: [Find service territories near a location from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Automotive Finance Enable efficient Payment Deferral service process request intake through guided Omniscript forms for customers and service reps. Enhance lending processes with the Funding Workbench app for post-contract document review. Improve the dealer experience by simplifying document upload, task management, and communication for loan contract finalization. - **[Defer a Customer's Payments in a Single Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_pymt_def_automation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline the intake and fulfillment of payment deferral requests for automotive loans or leases by using a prebuilt service process. Use the sample APIs to perform a customer’s eligibility check and enroll them into the deferral program. Service reps can quickly initiate a service process request on behalf of customers by using the Payment Deferral template from Unified Catalog, improving customer service quality and reducing turnaround time. They can also initiate a request through the Asset Finance Management agent. Furthermore, customers can access the Omniscript-based form on the Experience Cloud site and log a request to defer payments due to unforeseen circumstances. - **[Optimizing Automotive Loan Funding with Funding Workbench](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_funding_workbench.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance your Automotive lending process with the Funding Workbench console by managing post-contract document reviews. The Funding Workbench console provides a single location for funding analysts to view all the required documents uploaded by dealers, execute and assign related tasks to finalize the funding for a customer’s loan or lease. They can also upload and associate relevant documents with action items for dealers to work on missing requirements. Optimize task and work-flow management system while fostering seamless collaboration between stakeholders. - **[Execute Post-Contract Review Tasks from Dealer Portals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_funding_workbench_dealer_upload.htm&release=260&type=5)** Increase efficiency of automotive loan contracting processes and improve partner experience. Dealers can easily upload documents required for loan or lease contracts by using the Funding Workbench console on an Experience Cloud site. Post review of the contract terms from a funding analyst, dealers can view the tasks or sub-tasks assigned to them with simplicity and fulfill the missing requirements and help finalize the funding for a customer’s loan or lease. # Automotive Finance Streamline Automotive lease extensions and transaction disputes using prebuilt service templates that automate intake, eligibility checks, and capture data for faster resolution. Service reps and customers can initiate requests through Unified Catalog, or Experience Cloud sites to calculate new lease terms, categorize transaction errors, and upload documentation in a single flow. Use autonomous Agentforce agents to raise service requests for Automotive loans and leases. By consolidating complex financial processes into a conversational, guided experience, reduce turnaround times, improve operational efficiency, and enhance customer service quality. - **[Efficiently Extend the Duration of Lease Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_lease_extension_svc_proc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline the intake and fulfillment of lease extension requests for Automotive leases by using a prebuilt service process. Service reps can quickly initiate a service process request on behalf of customers by using the Lease Extension template from Unified Catalog, improving customer service quality and reducing turnaround time. View current lease summaries, calculate updated monthly payments for new terms, automate eligibility checks and upload required insurance documents all in one flow. Customers can access the Omniscript-based form on the Experience Cloud site and log a request to extend their lease contracts. - **[Streamline Refund Requests and Transaction Disputes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_transaction_dispute_svc_proc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage overpayments, duplicate charges, and other transaction-related issues by using a prebuilt service process. Service reps can provide a smooth customer experience and resolve disputes quickly on behalf of customers by using the Transaction Dispute template from Unified Catalog, improving operational efficiency. Automate the initial intake by fetching customer financial data, capturing the required list of transactions, and categorizing disputes based on predefined reasons. Users can also upload supporting documentation and complete required assessment questionnaires in the same flow to ensure faster resolution. - **[Resolve Automotive Finance Requests Automatically with AI Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_autonomous_agents.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy autonomous agents to handle routine service requests for Automotive loans and leases, eliminating human touch for high-volume, repetitive queries, which optimizes staffing and improves first-contact resolution rates. Verify users, understand requirements, and resolve issues like address updates or fee reversals instantly. This automation reduces cost-to-serve while providing your customers with immediate support availability. - **[Accelerate Document Validation with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_doc_validation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Validate KYC documents against data in Salesforce records for Automotive loans and leases by using AI assistance. Quickly identify inconsistencies between the document and your records to accelerate decision-making and reduce manual document verification which is often slow and prone to oversight. # Autonomous Field Updates Apply Only to Licensed Opportunity Owners Records will now receive automated updates from the Sales Management Agent only for the record's opportunity owner, rather than all Pipeline Management users as it has in the past. When you enable the Update Fields Autonomously setting for Pipeline Management, the agent executes field update suggestions only for records with related opportunities that are owned by users with a Sales Management Agent add-on license and the Sales Management User license. This change helps focus AI resources on priority users and supports data integrity across your org. This update is enabled automatically. No setup is required. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales. **When:** This change is available early July 2026. # Autopopulate Default Child Lines and Attributes During Quote Line Import Speed up quoting and improve accuracy by using the new Data Processing Engine definition to autopopulate default records related to imported quote lines. When users import quote lines from CSV files, the import process populates default child lines for bundled products, and default quote line item attributes and their values. Users can also import static product bundles and products with static attributes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** This enhancement makes sure that quotes have the default product configuration after import. When users import quote line items from CSV files, the Data Processing Engine definition creates these records. - Quote lines for all the child products in the hierarchy that have **Include component by default** selected. See [Product Relationship Management in Revenue Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_catalog_product_relationships.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Related attributes that have **Default Value** selected. See [Configure Product Attributes in Revenue Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_catalog_configure_product_attributes.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** Clone the latest version of the Create Quote Line Items from a CSV File Data Processing Engine template. Then, on the Revenue Settings page, for Data Processing Engine Definition for Importing Quote Line Items, select your definition. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Quote Line Items Import](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_quote_line_item_import.htm&language=en_US) # Avoid Data Residency and Privacy Issues with Salesforce Connection Before you connect your B2C Commerce instance to a Salesforce org, an advisory message appears if the regions don’t match, or if B2C Commerce can’t determine the region. Review the advisory message and verify that your cross-region configuration meets data residency and privacy requirements. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce **How:** If the advisory message appears, review it and verify that your configuration meets data residency and privacy requirements. For assistance, contact Salesforce Customer Support. After connecting, the [Trust and Compliance Documenation](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/trust-and-compliance-documentation/) applicable to that Salesforce service will apply. See [Connect Your B2C Commerce Instance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_connected_comm_salesforce_connection.htm&type=5&language=en_US) to Salesforce. # Avoid Duplicate Email Sends in Journey Builder Prevent unnecessary sends by deduplicating email addresses in journeys. If your entry source data extension contains multiple contact keys with the same email address, deduplication ensures that each recipient receives only one copy of the email from each email activity in a journey within the specified lookback period. **Where:** These changes apply to Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **How:** On the Settings page for a journey, under Journey Deduplication Configuration, turn on **Enable Email Deduplication**. # Avoid Email Disruption with Automatic June Updates Salesforce is taking steps to help prevent email delivery disruption when Salesforce removes your temporary email-sending domain allowlist. Starting June 23, 2026, we turn on a substitute email address for unverified domains. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. This change has no impact on trial orgs. **When:** Salesforce plans to enable the “Use a substitute email address for unverified domains” Deliverability setting in Government Cloud orgs the week of July 7, 2026. For all other orgs, we plan to enable that setting June 23–July 3, 2026. To review when Salesforce removes temporary allowlists, see [Mandatory Sending-Email Domain Verification Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316660&type=1&language=en_US). **Why:** Salesforce only sends email from an unverified domain if the email domain is on the temporary allowlist or the substitute email address is enabled in your org. If you can't verify your allowlisted domains before Salesforce removes the temporary allowlist, the substitute email address enables those users to keep sending email from Salesforce. Similarly, if you add users with a new email domain, this setting enables those users to send email from Salesforce until you can verify the new email domain. **How:** No action is required if you previously verified your email-sending domains and you want Salesforce to send email for users with an unverified email domain. If you prefer not to use the substitution email address, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Deliverability, and then select **Deliverability**. Deselect **Use a substitute email address for unverified domains**, and then save your changes. If you turn off that setting, Salesforce no longer sends email from unverified domains, including new email domains. To enable users to send email from Salesforce via a new email domain, verify that domain with a DKIM key or authorized email domain. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send Email for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_substitute_domain.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Determine How to Verify Your Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified.") # Avoid Integration Parsing Errors from Pricing API Decimal Values The Pricing Connect API returns numeric values in standard decimal notation instead of scientific notation. For example, the API returns 10000000 instead of 1E+7. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Pricing Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_limits.htm&language=en_US) # Avoid Manually Fixing Email Template References After Deploying Flows Across Environments Deploy flows with Send Email actions between environments without broken email template references. Select an email template name from a dropdown list in the Send Email action. The action stores the selected template as a reference that persists across deployment environments. Previously, the Send Email action saved the selected email template as a template ID. Because the ID changes during flow deployment from one org to another, the action broke and required manual updates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To use a persistent reference, update your Send Email action to Action Version 3.0.1 and select an email template name. ![Send Email action showing Action Version 3.0.1 and the Email Template Name field](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_flow_build_send_email_template_name.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Email Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_actions_sendemail.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Avoid Markdowns by Routing Orders to At-Risk Locations Create markdown avoidance routing rules to prioritize products from locations that face upcoming markdowns. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise editions. **When:** This feature is available as of June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Markdown Avoidance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_create_markdown_avoidance.htm&language=en_US) # Avoid Surprises with New License Checks in Messaging During messaging channel setup, we now let you know if you’re missing or running low on brand licenses, campaign licenses, or SMS lease licenses, or SMS or WhatsApp message credits. We also show the number of licenses or requests remaining. These messages are visible on the Regulatory Compliance and Messaging Settings pages in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to all orgs with the Agentforce Contact Center Digital add-on. [View supported editions for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** The Agentforce Contact Center Digital add-on is available starting on February 23, 2026. WhatsApp message credit requirements apply starting March 27, 2026. SMS message credit requirements apply starting March 27, 2026, with additional updates on May 1, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Upgrading to Credits-Based Messaging with Agentforce Contact Center Digital](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_accd_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Avoid Unexpected Charges by Monitoring Daily Usage and Overages View your current usage and updated overages on your summaries throughout the billing period. Find the provisional balance on the Wallets page under your usage summary, which updates daily to reflect your current consumption and remaining balance. Help users make informed decisions about purchasing additional packs or commitments. Manage costs more efficiently by avoiding unexpected overage charges before invoice generation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** For Salesforce orgs set up before Winter '26, ensure that you deactivate the older cloned versions of the Generate Usage Ratable Summary and Generate Liable Summary flows, and clone and activate the new versions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Before cloning the Generate Liable Summary flow, verify that the Create Liable Summary\_v3 Data Processing Engine job exists and is active. If it doesn't exist or is inactive, turn off the Usage Management setting and turn it on again. # Avoid Workflow Disruptions by Enabling Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Jobs (Beta) Prevent abrupt execution failures and limit exceptions if your org exceeds its daily asynchronous job limit. You can now enqueue Queueable and future method jobs up to a new elastic limit, which is twice the size of your org’s licensed daily limit. Asynchronous jobs that surpass the licensed daily limit are processed at a throttled rate. **Where:** This feature is available only to demo and production orgs where the “Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (Beta)” setting is enabled. The `DailyAsyncApexElasticExecutions` and the `DailyAsyncApexProcessed` OrgLimit instances are available in API version 67.0 and later. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important Elastic Limits for Queueable Apex and Future Methods is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** In Setup, in Apex Settings, turn on **Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (Beta)**. To check your asynchronous job usage against the daily and elastic limits, see the Apex Jobs page in Setup. A banner shows the number of asynchronous jobs processed in the past 24 hours, along with the org’s daily and elastic limits. It also indicates whether asynchronous processing is being throttled. ![The Percent of Asynchronous Apex Used banner on the Apex Jobs page when the org reaches its licensed daily limit.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_apex_elastic_async_limits_over.png) You can also check usage by using the [`System.OrgLimits.getMap()`](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_class_System_OrgLimits.htm) method to access the `DailyAsyncApexExecutions`, `DailyAsyncApexElasticExecutions`, and the `DailyAsyncApexProcessed` OrgLimit instances. #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Execution Governors and Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_gov_limits.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Queueable Apex](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_queueing_jobs.htm) - [_REST API Developer Guide_: Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.api_rest.meta/api_rest/resources_limits.htm) # Avoid Workflow Disruptions by Enabling Elastic Limits for Batch Jobs (Beta) The elastic limits beta feature is now available to Batch jobs in addition to future methods and Queueable jobs. Elastic limits helps prevent execution failures and limit exceptions when your org exceeds its standard rolling 24-hour asynchronous job limit. With this feature, you can continue to enqueue asynchronous jobs up to a higher elastic asynchronous job limit. If asynchronous jobs surpass the standard limit, the system throttles the processing rate of in-flight Batch jobs and limits new Batch jobs to 1 active job at a time. **Where:** This feature is available to orgs where the "Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (beta)" setting is enabled. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Apex Jobs is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** In Apex Settings, turn on "Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (beta)". To view the org’s elastic limit, hover over the tooltip next to the setting. To check asynchronous job usage, use methods from the `OrgLimits` class. ![The “Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (Beta)” setting on the Apex Settings page in Setup. The tooltip shows the elastic limit.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_apex_elastic_limits_enabled.png) To test how asynchronous jobs perform in elastic processing conditions, set the Asynchronous Apex job limit override for nonproduction orgs. See [Test Elastic Limits by Overriding the Asynchronous Apex Job Limit in Nonproduction Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_limits_test_nonprod.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To test the behavior of asynchronous Apex jobs during elastic processing, override the standard 24-hour rolling asynchronous Apex job limit in a nonproduction org. A lower override value triggers elastic processing sooner, so you can see how asynchronous jobs behave before you turn on elastic limits in production."). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note A production org’s elastic limit equals its 24-hour rolling asynchronous Apex limit plus additional capacity. This additional capacity is now capped at either its licensed asynchronous Apex job limit or 2 million jobs, whichever is lower. Previously, this additional capacity was capped at 10 million jobs. #### See Also - [Test Elastic Limits by Overriding the Asynchronous Apex Job Limit in Nonproduction Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_limits_test_nonprod.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To test the behavior of asynchronous Apex jobs during elastic processing, override the standard 24-hour rolling asynchronous Apex job limit in a nonproduction org. A lower override value triggers elastic processing sooner, so you can see how asynchronous jobs behave before you turn on elastic limits in production.") - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Apex Jobs (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_limits_elastic_limits.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Execution Governors and Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_gov_limits.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Use Batch Apex](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_batch_interface.htm) # Azure OpenAI o3 Family and o4-mini Reroute Date Approaching Azure OpenAI o3 family and o4-mini model requests will be rerouted November 11, 2026. - o3 is being replaced by GPT-5.6-Sol - o3-pro is being replaced by GPT-5.6-Sol - o3-deep-research is being replaced by GPT-5.6-Sol - o3-mini is being replaced by GPT-5.6-Terra - o4-mini is being replaced by GPT-5.6-Terra We recommend that you test your prompts and applications with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **When:** Azure OpenAI o3 family and o4-mini model requests are rerouted on November 11, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # B2B Commerce Learn about the latest B2B Commerce features released by month. Give buyers the option to request a quote directly from their cart. Customize your pricing setup to support complex pricing rules by using context extension services. Streamline procurement by offering products that buyers can configure and purchase. Allocate resources strategically for larger, more complex product catalogs with an increased searchable and filterable field limit. - **[Salesforce B2B Commerce Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2b_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5)** Many B2B features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January through April 2026. - **[Agentforce for B2B Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your guided shopping agents and buyers interact in their preferred language. - **[Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_cart_checkout_shipping.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate negotiations and close deals faster by providing buyers an option to request a quote. Customize pricing rules by extending the pricing context definition. - **[Commerce Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_components.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build richer, more dynamic storefront experiences with Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) store components. - **[Commerce Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_search.htm&release=260&type=5)** Know immediately when a product is at risk of being unsearchable. Allocate resources strategically for larger, more complex product catalogs with an increased searchable and filterable field limit. - **[Commerce Subscriptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_subscriptions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bundle multiple digital subscription products together to enable buyers to add related products to their cart in a single action. Buyers can also view their subscription history from the Commerce subscriptions page. - **[Commerce Additional Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_additional_features.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce dependency on sales reps by offering products that buyers can configure and purchase. Simplify catalog management with dynamic rules that automatically show or hide products based on buyer eligibility. # B2B Commerce Check out the latest monthly features for B2B Commerce. Drive more revenue and scale your storefront operations with guest user configuration, self-service quotes, and enhanced search precision. Streamline the buying journey by allowing guest users to configure products and enabling buyers to convert quotes into orders directly. Contact your account executive to turn on multiple carts and help buyers create and manage multiple independent shopping carts. Optimize product discovery with increased limits for category indexing and facets, and improve search relevance by applying weights to product fields. Plus, manage complex pricing at scale by integrating Revenue Cloud recipes and store-specific procedure plans. - **[Salesforce B2B Commerce Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2b_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Many B2B features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from May through August 2026. - **[Agentforce for B2B Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enable the shopper agent to display product details and images, and let customers perform cart actions from within the agent. - **[Commerce Store Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_store_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize the registration page by using a combination of Lightning web components and Apex logic, without requiring third-party integrations. Show negotiated contract prices to specific buyers, and provide store-specific pricing by assigning procedure plans and applying custom logic. - **[Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_cart_checkout_shipping.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Buyers can reorder configurable products with their original selections in one click, move approved quotes to the cart to complete a purchase, and request new quotes from the Product page. Contact your account executive to turn on multiple carts and help buyers create and manage multiple independent shopping carts. - **[Commerce Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build richer, more dynamic storefront experiences with Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) store components. - **[Commerce Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sell more products by making them easier to find with up to 50 search filters and increased category associations per product. Improve product rankings by applying boost and bury logic with higher rule limits, and increasing the weight of searchable fields. - **[Commerce Subscriptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_subscriptions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Buyers can now manage subscriptions without requiring you to contact Salesforce. - **[Commerce Additional Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_additional_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build a tailored self-registration form to enhance the buyer provisioning experience. # B2B Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from B2B Commerce. - **[Commerce Store Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_store_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhanced permission settings bring more security to your B2B store pages. - **[Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_cart_checkout_shipping.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Buyers can now easily add items to a cart for repeat orders with order templates. - **[Commerce Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_promos.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Apply a promotion rule to a category and its subcategories. Control how a promotion applies across the category hierarchy by using advanced rules. - **[Commerce Subscriptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_subscriptions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sell subscriptions with more flexibility and pricing control. Let buyers configure subscription products and bundles, and drive sales with promotions that target specific product selling models. Set exact prices with override adjustments, apply volume-tiered pricing adjustments, and extend contract pricing and pricing procedure plans across the subscription lifecycle. - **[Commerce Additional Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_additional_features.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add product media from external URLs instead of uploading files to Salesforce CMS. # B2C Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce. B2C Commerce release notes are now published here, in Salesforce Release Notes. For more information, see [New Location for B2C Commerce Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005314234&type=1&language=en_US). To review release notes from before 26.1, see [B2C Commerce Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_rn_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_deployment.htm&release=260&type=5)** To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in four phases. The Deployment table lists which instances are included in each major release phase. - **[26.5 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_26_5.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce 26.5 release occurs between April 21 and May 21, 2026. - **[26.4 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_26_4.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce 26.4 release occurs between March 24 and April 23, 2026. - **[26.3 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_26_3.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce 26.3 release occurs between February 24 and March 26, 2026. - **[26.2 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_26_2.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce 26.2 release occurs between January 27, 2026 and February 26, 2026. - **[26.1 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_26_1.htm&release=260&type=5)** The B2C Commerce 26.1 release occurs between December 4, 2025 and January 29, 2026. - **[Agentforce for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce storefronts. - **[Account Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager.htm&release=260&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce Account Manager. - **[SFRA](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra.htm&release=260&type=5)** Release Notes for B2C Commerce Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) releases. # B2C Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce. To review release notes for the 26.1-26.5 releases, see B2C Commerce in the [Salesforce Spring ’26 Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c.htm&language=en_US&type=5&release=260). To review release notes prior to 26.1, see [B2C Commerce Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_rn_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_deployment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in four phases. The Deployment table lists which instances are included in each major release phase. - **[26.6 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_6.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce release occurs between May 19 and June 25, 2026. - **[26.7 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_7.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce release occurs between June 23 and July 23, 2026. - **[26.8 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_8.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce release occurs between July 21 and August 20, 2026. - **[26.9 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_9.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce release occurs between August 18 and October 1, 2026. - **[Agentforce for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce storefronts. - **[Account Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce Account Manager. - **[B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest B2C Commerce API features and updates. - **[B2C Storefronts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefronts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** B2C Commerce includes Storefront Next, Composable and Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) Storefronts. # B2C Commerce Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce. To review release notes from before 26.1, see [B2C Commerce Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_rn_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[B2C Commerce 2027 Deployment Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_2027_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in phases. See the Deployment table for information about which instances are included in each major release phase. - **[B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in four phases. See the Deployment table for information about which instances are included in each major release phase. - **[26.10 Release](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_10.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This B2C Commerce release occurs between September 29 and October 29, 2026. - **[Agentforce for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce storefronts. - **[Account Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_account_manager.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce Account Manager. - **[B2C Storefronts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefronts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** B2C Commerce includes Storefront Next, Composable, and Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) Storefronts. # B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in four phases. The Deployment table lists which instances are included in each major release phase. B2C Commerce deployment dates are subject to change, but deployment typically happens within 1–2 weeks of the published date. We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. Production releases occur between 2:00 AM and 7:00 AM local Point of Delivery (POD) time. On-Demand Sandbox releases occur in 2:00 AM to 7:00 AM windows: - ODS-US - EST - ODS-AP - JST - ODS-EU - BST B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule for Releases 26.1–26.10 | Deployment | 26.1 | 26.2 | 26.3 | 26.4 | 26.5 | 26.6 | 26.7 | 26.8 | 26.9 | 26.10 | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Included in Salesforce Release Notes | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Winter ’27 | | Preview | Dec-04 (Thu) | Jan-27 (Tue) | Feb-24 (Tue) | Mar-24 (Tue) | Apr-21 (Tue) | May-19 (Tue) | Jun-23 (Tue) | Jul-21 (Tue) | Aug-18 (Tue) | Sep-29 (Tue) | | Preview Update | Dec-18 (Thu) | Feb-03 (Tue) | Mar-03 (Tue) | Mar-31 (Tue) | Apr-28 (Tue) | May-28 (Thu) | Jun-30 (Tue) | Jul-28 (Tue) | Aug-25 (Tue) | Oct-06 (Tue) | | Major: AUS PODs | Jan-06 (Tue) | Feb-10 (Tue) | Mar-10 (Tue) | Apr-07 (Tue) | May-05 (Tue) | Jun-09 (Tue) | Jul-07 (Tue) | Aug-04 (Tue) | Sep-01 (Tue) | Oct-13 (Tue) | | Major: JAPAN PODS & PODS 283/282, 290/291, 293/292, 295/294 | Jan-13 (Tue) | Feb-12 (Thu) | Mar-12 (Thu) | Apr-09 (Thu) | May-07 (Thu) | Jun-11 (Thu) | Jul-09 (Thu) | Aug-06 (Thu) | Sep-03 (Thu) | Oct-15 (Thu) | | Major: EMEA PODs **Excluding** PODs 284/285, 270/271, 240/241, 330/331 | Jan-22 (Thu) | Feb-19 (Thu) | Mar-19 (Thu) | Apr-16 (Thu) | May-14 (Thu) | Jun-18 (Thu) | Jul-16 (Thu) | Aug-13 (Thu) | Sep-24 (Thu) | Oct-22 (Thu) | | Major: **Remaining** AMER PODs & EMEA PODs 284/285, 270/271, 240/241, 330/331 | Jan-29 (Thu) | Feb-26 (Thu) | Mar-26 (Thu) | Apr-23 (Thu) | May-21 (Thu) | Jun-25 (Thu) | Jul-23 (Thu) | Aug-20 (Thu) | Oct-01 (Thu) | Oct-29 (Thu) | For questions about the B2C Commerce global release process, see [Agentforce Commerce B2C Global Release Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000352370&language=en_US&mode=1&type=1). # B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in four phases. The Deployment table lists which instances are included in each major release phase. B2C Commerce deployment dates are subject to change, but deployment typically happens within 1–2 weeks of the published date. We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. Production releases occur between 2:00 AM and 7:00 AM local Point of Delivery (POD) time. On-Demand Sandbox releases occur in 2:00 AM to 7:00 AM windows: - ODS-US - EST - ODS-AP - JST - ODS-EU - BST B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule for Releases 26.1–26.10 | Deployment | 26.1 | 26.2 | 26.3 | 26.4 | 26.5 | 26.6 | 26.7 | 26.8 | 26.9 | 26.10 | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Included in Salesforce Release Notes | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Winter ’27 | | Preview | Dec-04 (Thu) | Jan-27 (Tue) | Feb-24 (Tue) | Mar-24 (Tue) | Apr-21 (Tue) | May-19 (Tue) | Jun-23 (Tue) | Jul-21 (Tue) | Aug-18 (Tue) | Sep-29 (Tue) | | Preview Update | Dec-18 (Thu) | Feb-03 (Tue) | Mar-03 (Tue) | Mar-31 (Tue) | Apr-28 (Tue) | May-28 (Thu) | Jun-30 (Tue) | Jul-28 (Tue) | Aug-25 (Tue) | Oct-06 (Tue) | | Major: AUS PODs | Jan-06 (Tue) | Feb-10 (Tue) | Mar-10 (Tue) | Apr-07 (Tue) | May-05 (Tue) | Jun-09 (Tue) | Jul-07 (Tue) | Aug-04 (Tue) | Sep-01 (Tue) | Oct-13 (Tue) | | Major: JAPAN PODS & PODS 283/282, 290/291, 293/292, 295/294 | Jan-13 (Tue) | Feb-12 (Thu) | Mar-12 (Thu) | Apr-09 (Thu) | May-07 (Thu) | Jun-11 (Thu) | Jul-09 (Thu) | Aug-06 (Thu) | Sep-03 (Thu) | Oct-15 (Thu) | | Major: EMEA PODs **Excluding** PODs 284/285, 270/271, 240/241, 330/331 | Jan-22 (Thu) | Feb-19 (Thu) | Mar-19 (Thu) | Apr-16 (Thu) | May-14 (Thu) | Jun-18 (Thu) | Jul-16 (Thu) | Aug-13 (Thu) | Sep-24 (Thu) | Oct-22 (Thu) | | Major: **Remaining** AMER PODs & EMEA PODs 284/285, 270/271, 240/241, 330/331 | Jan-29 (Thu) | Feb-26 (Thu) | Mar-26 (Thu) | Apr-23 (Thu) | May-21 (Thu) | Jun-25 (Thu) | Jul-23 (Thu) | Aug-20 (Thu) | Oct-01 (Thu) | Oct-29 (Thu) | For questions about the B2C Commerce global release process, see [Agentforce Commerce B2C Global Release Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000352370&language=en_US&mode=1&type=1). # B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in four phases. See the Deployment table for information about which instances are included in each major release phase. B2C Commerce deployment dates are subject to change, but deployment typically happens within 1-2 weeks of the published date. We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. Production releases occur between 2:00 AM - 7:00 AM local Point of Delivery (POD) time. On-Demand Sandbox releases occur in 2:00 AM - 7:00 AM windows: - ODS-US - EST - ODS-AP - JST - ODS-EU - BST B2C Commerce 2026 Deployment Schedule–Releases 26.1 - 26.10 | Deployment | 26.1 | 26.2 | 26.3 | 26.4 | 26.5 | 26.6 | 26.7 | 26.8 | 26.9 | 26.10 | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Included in Salesforce Release Notes | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Spring ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Summer ’26 | Winter ’27 | | Preview | Dec-04 (Thu) | Jan-27 (Tue) | Feb-24 (Tue) | Mar-24 (Tue) | Apr-21 (Tue) | May-19 (Tue) | Jun-23 (Tue) | Jul-21 (Tue) | Aug-18 (Tue) | Sep-29 (Tue) | | Preview Update | Dec-18 (Thu) | Feb-03 (Tue) | Mar-03 (Tue) | Mar-31 (Tue) | Apr-28 (Tue) | May-28 (Thu) | Jun-30 (Tue) | Jul-28 (Tue) | Aug-25 (Tue) | Oct-06 (Tue) | | Major: AUS PODs | Jan-06 (Tue) | Feb-10 (Tue) | Mar-10 (Tue) | Apr-07 (Tue) | May-05 (Tue) | Jun-09 (Tue) | Jul-07 (Tue) | Aug-04 (Tue) | Sep-01 (Tue) | Oct-13 (Tue) | | Major: JAPAN PODS & PODS 283/282, 290/291, 293/292, 295/294 | Jan-13 (Tue) | Feb-12 (Thu) | Mar-12 (Thu) | Apr-09 (Thu) | May-07 (Thu) | Jun-11 (Thu) | July-09 (Thu) | Aug-06 (Thu) | Sep-03 (Thu) | Oct-15 (Thu) | | Major: EMEA PODs **Excluding** PODs 284/285, 270/271, 240/241, 330/331 | Jan-22 (Thu) | Feb-19 (Thu) | Mar-19 (Thu) | Apr-16 (Thu) | May-14 (Thu) | Jun-18 (Thu) | Jul-16 (Thu) | Aug-13 (Thu) | Sep-24 (Thu) | Oct-22 (Thu) | | Major: **Remaining** AMER PODs & EMEA PODs 284/285, 270/271, 240/241, 330/331 | Jan-29 (Thu) | Feb-26 (Thu) | Mar-26 (Thu) | Apr-23 (Thu) | May-21 (Thu) | Jun-25 (Thu) | Jul-23 (Thu) | Aug-20 (Thu) | Oct-01 (Thu) | Oct-29 (Thu) | For questions about the B2C Commerce global release process, see the [Agentforce Commerce B2C Global Release Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000352370&language=en_US&mode=1&type=1). # B2C Commerce 2027 Deployment Schedule To uphold our commitment to customer trust and to make sure that our B2C Commerce releases meet our rigorous standards, we deploy the B2C Commerce major releases to customers in phases. See the Deployment table for information about which instances are included in each major release phase. B2C Commerce deployment dates are subject to change, but deployment typically happens within 1-2 weeks of the published date. We update these dates as soon as we’re aware of changes. GA (Production) phases are organized by geographic region, with each phase deploying both 1st Party and Hyperforce instances for that region. Production releases occur between 2:00 AM - 7:00 AM local Point of Delivery (POD) time. On-Demand Sandbox releases occur in 2:00 AM - 7:00 AM windows: - ODS-US - EST - ODS-AP - JST - ODS-EU - BST B2C Commerce 2027 Deployment Schedule–Releases 27.1 - 27.10 | Deployment | 27.1 | 27.2 | 27.3 | 27.4 | 27.5 | 27.6 | 27.7 | 27.8 | 27.9 | 27.10 | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Included in Salesforce Release Notes | Winter ’27 | Spring ’27 | Spring ’27 | Spring ’27 | Spring ’27 | Summer ’27 | Summer ’27 | Summer ’27 | Summer ’27 | Winter ’28 | | Preview | Dec-08 (Tue) | Jan-26 (Tue) | Feb-23 (Tue) | Mar-23 (Tue) | Apr-20 (Tue) | May-18 (Tue) | Jun-17 (Thu) | Jul-20 (Tue) | Aug-17 (Tue) | Sep-28 (Tue) | | Preview Update | Dec-17 (Thu) | Feb-02 (Tue) | Mar-02 (Tue) | Mar-30 (Tue) | Apr-27 (Tue) | May-25 (Tue) | Jun-24 (Thu) | Jul-27 (Tue) | Aug-24 (Tue) | Oct-05 (Tue) | | GA Phase 0: Australia | Jan-05 (Tue) | Feb-09 (Tue) | Mar-09 (Tue) | Apr-06 (Tue) | May-04 (Tue) | Jun-03 (Thu) | Jul-01 (Thu) | Aug-03 (Tue) | Aug-31 (Tue) | Oct-12 (Tue) | | GA Phase 1: Japan and India | Jan-07 (Thu) | Feb-11 (Thu) | Mar-11 (Thu) | Apr-08 (Thu) | May-06 (Thu) | Jun-08 (Tue) | July-08 (Thu) | Aug-05 (Thu) | Sep-02 (Thu) | Oct-14 (Thu) | | GA Phase 2: EMEA | Jan-14 (Thu) | Feb-18 (Thu) | Mar-18 (Thu) | Apr-15 (Thu) | May-13 (Thu) | Jun-15 (Tue) | Jul-15 (Thu) | Aug-12 (Thu) | Sep-23 (Thu) | Oct-21 (Thu) | | GA Phase 3: AMER | Jan-21 (Thu) | Feb-25 (Thu) | Mar-25 (Thu) | Apr-22 (Thu) | May-20 (Thu) | Jun-22 (Tue) | Jul-22 (Thu) | Aug-19 (Thu) | Sep-30 (Thu) | Oct-28 (Thu) | Deployment Types | Deployment type | environment | description | | --- | --- | --- | | Preview | Sandbox > ODS | Introduces the next major version for testing with custom code. | | Preview Update | Sandbox > ODS | Delivers bug fixes needed before the GA release. This same build is also used for the GA release. | | GA (Production) | Primary Instance Groups (PIGs): 1st Party and Hyperforce | Releases the new major version for Production use. | # B2C Commerce API Release Notes Check out the latest B2C Commerce API features and updates. For all new projects or major refactoring work, we suggest using the B2C Commerce API (SCAPI) instead of the Open Commerce API (OCAPI). See [Why Use SCAPI Instead of OCAPI](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/guide/why-use-scapi.html). For comprehensive developer release notes, see [B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/about-commerce-api/about.html) in the _B2C Commerce API Developer Guide_. For API release notes published before May 2026, see Spring ’26 release notes. To see API release notes published before Spring ’26, see [B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.sf_commerce_api_release_notes.htm&language=en_US&type=5) on Salesforce Help. # B2C Commerce API Release Notes for 26.3 Keep track of the new B2C Commerce API features and functionality. We suggest using the B2C Commerce API (SCAPI) instead of the Open Commerce API (OCAPI) for all new projects or any major refactoring work. For details, refer to [Why Use SCAPI Instead of OCAPI](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/guide/why-use-scapi.html). For comprehensive developer release notes, see [B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/about-commerce-api/about.html) in the _B2C Commerce API Developer Guide_. To see API release notes published before Spring ’26, visit [B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.sf_commerce_api_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - For the [Shopper Orders](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/shopper-orders?meta=Summary) and [Shopper Customers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/shopper-customers?meta=Summary) APIs, added Salesforce Order Management (OMS) support: - Added expand support to allow Salesforce Order Management (OMS) data to be returned if available. If the instance isn't integrated with OMS, the `expand=oms` command is disregarded. OMS data is preferred, but B2C Commerce data is returned if an order hasn't been sent to OMS. - OMS data for Product Items, including the `status` and `quantityAvailableToCancel` properties, is displayed for the product items in the order. - OMS data for Order, including the `status` and `shipments`. - Shopper Orders additionally supports `expand=oms,oms_shipments` to include detailed shipment data: - Status - Provider - Tracking Number - Tracking URL - Expected Delivery Date - Actual Delivery Date - Shipment Items - Product Item ID (reference to the product item) - Quantity (quantity shipped for the referenced product item) - [Shopper Payments API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/shopper-payments?meta=Summary) 1.4.0: - Added Adyen payment method configuration support. If an Adyen account is onboarded to Salesforce Payments, the API now returns configuration settings for Adyen based on payment methods enabled in the merchant's payment zone site. - Added a new, optional amount query parameter. Some payment gateways, such as Adyen, qualify or disqualify payment methods based on the transaction amount. - [Shopper Orders API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/shopper-orders?meta=Summary) 1.12.0 documentation update. - Resolved an issue where custom logic utilizing the `dw.order.calculateShipping` and `dw.order.calculateTax` hooks was unintentionally bypassed or ignored during site requests. - Fixed an issue where the SCAPI CORS configuration on production instances was overwritten with the STG configuration with a replication of domain preference. - Fixed a geolocation issue in HybridAuth where /sessions requests routed through the CDN worker were forwarding the worker's IP instead of the shopper's original IP in the `dw-is-client_addr` header. - New APIs: [Stores](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/stores?meta=Summary) - `GET /stores` – Retrieve a list of all stores in an organization. - `GET /stores/{id}` – Retrieve information for a specific store by ID. - `POST /store-search` – Search for stores. - Requests executed in verbose mode, for example, requests including the `sfdc_verbose` header, create `scapi-http` log entries in Log Center for all responses, while only error logs are available for non-verbose requests. # B2C Commerce API Release Notes for 26.4 Keep track of the new B2C Commerce API features and functionality. We suggest using the B2C Commerce API (SCAPI) instead of the Open Commerce API (OCAPI) for all new projects or any major refactoring work. For details, refer to [Why Use SCAPI Instead of OCAPI](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/guide/why-use-scapi.html). For comprehensive developer release notes, see [B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/about-commerce-api/about.html) in the _B2C Commerce API Developer Guide_. To see API release notes published before Spring ’26, visit [B2C Commerce API Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.sf_commerce_api_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - New [Experiences API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/experiences?meta=Summary) endpoints provide create, read, update, and delete operations for content libraries. - The new [Object Definitions API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/object-definitions?meta=Summary) provides create, read, update, and delete operations for system object definitions. - The new [Timeouts API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/references/timeouts?meta=Summary) provides self-service timeout configuration with preference-based response timeout settings for Sandbox and Development instances types. # B2C Storefronts B2C Commerce includes Storefront Next, Composable and Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) Storefronts. - **[Storefront Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Next. - **[Composable](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_composable.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from Progressive Web App (PWA) Kit and Managed Runtime. - **[SFRA](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfra.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA). # B2C Storefronts B2C Commerce includes Storefront Next, Composable, and Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) Storefronts. - **[Build and Manage B2C Commerce with the Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_developer_toolkit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build storefronts, deploy code, investigate issues, and manage your B2C sites in your AI assistant. The Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit includes a Model Context Protocol (MCP), agent skills, a CLI, and an IDE extension. Agent skills add curated guidance for storefront development, CLI workflows, and incident investigation directly to your AI assistant. - **[Use Agentforce Commerce Vibes to Build a B2C Commerce Storefront](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_vibes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. Agentforce Commerce Vibes brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts. Write prompts to build and administer your storefronts, or use one of the sample prompts. The agent determines the best approach and works directly in your workspace. - **[SFRA](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA). # Back Up and Recover Data in India (Generally Available) Back up and recover your Salesforce data in India. When you activate automatic backups in India, Salesforce provisions the backups in the India region. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** This feature is available to customers in India. **How:** To add the required licenses to your org, contact your Salesforce account executive. # Back Up and Recover Data in US East and West Protect your Salesforce data with regional options in the United States. Backup & Recover Next now includes US East and US West regions, expanding beyond Japan, India, and GovCloud regions. These regions give you more geographic options to store your backup data and meet regulatory requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Backup & Recover Next in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **How:** To purchase Backup & Recover Next with US East or US West regions, contact your Salesforce account executive. # Back Up Data on Demand Initiate a manual backup at any time instead of relying only on scheduled operations. This capability allows you to protect your data immediately before performing system maintenance or after a failed automated run. Run on-demand backups up to three times a day to provide an extra layer of security for critical data before planned updates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Run Backup permission. **How:** To start a manual backup, from the Backup and Recover Next app, click the Backups tab, and then click Back Up Now. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Run a Backup On Demand](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.backup_recover_backup_on_demand.htm&language=en_US) # Backdate Amendments, Renewals, and Cancellations for Ramp Deals to Adjust Billing Sales reps can now set past effective dates on amendments, renewals, and cancellations for ramped assets. Previously, these transactions required effective dates of today or later, and teams had no way to correct billing for past periods in Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** Multiyear ramp deals don't always get amended, renewed, or canceled on the exact day a contract change takes effect. When an issue causes a transaction delay past the intended date, sales reps can now set a past effective date to correct the record. **How:** Create the amendment, renewal, or cancellation quote from the ramp asset record in Revenue Cloud. Set the effective date or renewal start date to any past date on or after the asset's lifecycle start date. # Backfill up to a Year of Historical Data from API Connectors For supported API connectors, ingest up to one year of continuous historical data per request without managing repeated 30-day retrievals. Automated backfill manages data chunking and provider rate limits in the background, helping prepare data for year-over-year analysis and machine learning models. Available date ranges vary by provider. **How:** In Marketing Intelligence, on the Data Management tab, locate the data pipeline row. From the dropdown menu, click **Reprocess**, and then select the date range. ![Showing the date range selection for up to one year](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mc_mi_historical_data.jpg) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Third Party API Connectors for Marketing Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_mi_api_list.htm&language=en_US) # Backup & Recover Next Salesforce Backup & Recover Next is now a native app. Manage backups and recover data directly in your org with a refreshed user interface and automatic region detection. - **[Protect and Recover Your Data with Backup & Recover Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_native_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Backup & Recover Next is now a native Salesforce feature that helps you safeguard your Salesforce data by automatically generating daily backups of your data. Use these backups to identify and recover quickly from data loss or corruption. Rather than manage your backups externally, you can enable and manage them directly in your org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Backup & Recover App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.backup_recover.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Backup and Recover Next Gain more control over backup operations, with the ability to start and stop backups on demand. - **[Back Up and Recover Data in India (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_india.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Back up and recover your Salesforce data in India. When you activate automatic backups in India, Salesforce provisions the backups in the India region. - **[Back Up and Recover Data in US East and West](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_amer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Protect your Salesforce data with regional options in the United States. Backup & Recover Next now includes US East and US West regions, expanding beyond Japan, India, and GovCloud regions. These regions give you more geographic options to store your backup data and meet regulatory requirements. - **[Back Up Data on Demand](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_on_demand.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Initiate a manual backup at any time instead of relying only on scheduled operations. This capability allows you to protect your data immediately before performing system maintenance or after a failed automated run. Run on-demand backups up to three times a day to provide an extra layer of security for critical data before planned updates. - **[Cancel Backups in Progress](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_cancel_backup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stop a backup while it’s running to address production data errors or modify backup options. - **[Pause Scheduled Backups](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_pause_backups.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Temporarily stop scheduled backups on demand and restart them when you’re ready. While scheduled backups are inactive, on-demand backups and other app features remain available. - **[Run Backups Multiple Times a Day](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_frequent_backups.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Protect your organization's data with more frequent backups in Backup & Recover Next. Choose how often to automatically run your backups in a day, up to every hour. These backups use a new dedicated retention tier with a default of 14 days (configurable from 1 to 30 days). - **[Retry Failed Restore Attempts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_retry_restore.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Recover data more effectively by retrying restore attempts that didn't complete successfully. This feature provides a direct way to address restoration errors without starting the entire process over. - **[Restore Specific Fields with Field-Level Recovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_restore_fields.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Select which object fields to restore from a backup to avoid overwriting valid changes in unselected fields. This control ensures that the restore process updates only necessary data on target records. - **[Restore Records with Hierarchical Relationships](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_restore_children.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Recover parent records and their related child records in a single, dependency-aware operation to maintain data consistency and reduce recovery time. This capability identifies deleted relationships and uses an interactive tree visualization to help you select specific deleted records for recovery. By maintaining referential integrity, save time and ensure data consistency. This approach reduces Recovery Time Objectives (RTO) by automating the discovery and restoration of child records. This capability ensures that you don’t lose the relationships between the parent and child objects to accurately return data to its previous state. - **[Restore Files and Attachments from Backups](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_restore_files.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Include files and attachments during data restoration for a more comprehensive recovery of your records. This feature ensures that restored records include all associated information and external references. - **[Encrypt Backup Data with Tenant-Specific Keys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_platform_encryption_integration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Protect your at-rest backup data and meet compliance requirements by using dedicated, tenant-specific root keys with Shield Platform Encryption. Create a key with Shield Platform Encryption, or bring your own root key. - **[Select Your Backup Storage Region for Data Residency Compliance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_select_region.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Choose the region where your Backup & Recover data is stored during onboarding to meet regulatory requirements and align with your disaster recovery strategy. You select your preferred region from a list of available regions, and all backup data for your org is stored in that location. Once you select a region, you can't change it. - **[Manage Backup and Recover Next with REST APIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_api_integration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Integrate Backup and Recover Next into your processes by using REST API endpoints. Run, cancel, and configure backups, view compare and restore activities, compare backup data, and retrieve audit event logs directly from custom apps. - **[Automate Backup and Recover Operations Through the MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_mcp_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automate and integrate Salesforce backup and recover operations into your AI workflows with the Backup & Recover MCP server. Use natural language commands to programmatically monitor backup history, run on-demand backups, configure backup settings, and compare snapshots. Select specific records to restore and track all activities through audit events. # Backup and Recover Next Find and recover backup data with more control. Search backup history for specific records, download metadata for use with your deployment tools, and reload child objects that fail when previewing a restore. These updates help you locate the data you need and address incomplete results without restarting your work. - **[Find Specific Records Across Your Backup History](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Search backup data for records that contain a keyword or a phrase. Narrow your search by object, backup date range, or field condition. Each result identifies a version of the record and shows the backup dates when that version was found, so you can locate relevant data. - **[Reload Failed Child Objects Before Running a Restore](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_reload_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you run a restore that includes child objects, some objects can fail to load. Reload failed child objects without restarting the restore activity, and include them before you run the restore. Previously, objects that failed to load were excluded from the restore. - **[Protect Customer Data Throughout Your Backup History with Data Privacy Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar_data_privacy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Anonymize or correct personally identifiable information across every backed-up instance of a customer record in Backup & Recover Next. Create a single request for a record instead of finding and changing each historical instance separately. Apply your company’s privacy policies consistently to backed-up data while supporting right-to-be-forgotten and right-to-rectification requests. # Balance Rest and Coverage with More Scheduling Rules Configure Rest Between Shifts, Rest Between Weeks, and Multiple Breaks rules to give schedule optimization more control over rest and coverage. Optimization enforces minimum rest between consecutive shifts and weeks, staggers breaks within set time windows, and schedules work and breaks at 15-minute intervals for greater precision. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Planner or Workforce Engagement Admin permission set can configure scheduling rules and optimize schedules. **How:** Create a scheduling rule and select **Rest Between Shifts**, **Rest Between Weeks**, or **Multiple Breaks** as the rule type. Configure the required rest values, or, for Multiple Breaks, the duration and valid time window for each break. # Balance Workloads Across Service Resources with Load Balancing Distribute appointments across your service resources with the new Load Balancing scheduling objective in Workforce Scheduling. Balance by number of appointments or total appointment duration, and set the time window to daily, weekly, or monthly, or custom. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on license for Public Sector Solutions. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** In Setup, enable the **Aggregate Resource Utilization** setting and configure the objective on a scheduling policy. # Banking Relationship Assistance Your users can now generate a document with information from one or more objects using Agentforce and ask the agent to attach it to a record page. - **[Summarize Valuable Information with the Pre-Meeting Assistance Agent Topic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_rltnship_assistance_tearsheet.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your front office teams prepare for client interactions by generating summary documents from one or more objects directly within an agent conversation. With the Pre-Meeting Assistance topic, the Banking Relationship Assistance agent template uses the Create Summary Document action to produce tearsheets in the Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, or PDF formats. Users can quickly generate documents by specifying the name, template, and format using data from records. # Banking Service Assistance Helps process routine and complex banking requests for both customers and service reps directly across conversational and email channels. - **[Automate Routine Service Emails with Banking Service Customer Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_bsa_customer_email_replies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform the support experience with instant email resolutions for routine customer inquiries and fewer cases in your service reps' queue. Banking Service Customer Assistance now interacts directly with customers over email threads to clarify details and resolve banking tasks, such as transaction checks, balance inquiries, without human intervention. - **[Expand Banking Self-Service with New Banking Service Customer Assistance Subagents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_bsa_customer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Elevate the AI-powered self-service experience and accelerate request resolution for your customers with the new subagents to Banking Service Customer Assistance. Customers can now independently raise requests for advanced banking inquiries, such as loan payoff statements, card activations, transaction dispute intake, directly from Agentforce conversations. - **[Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with New Banking Service Employee Assistance Subagents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_bsa_empl.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Boost productivity and eliminate multi-screen navigation for your service reps with the new subagents to Banking Service Employee Assistance. Service reps can handle a wider range of complex banking inquiries, such as payment deferrals, card activations, standing instructions, directly from Agentforce conversations. # Banking Service Assistance Provide banking assistance to help both customers and service reps process routine and complex banking requests across voice and Slack channels. - **[Extend Banking Service Customer Assistance to the Voice Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_service_customer_assistance_voice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Agentforce Voice to provide 24/7 phone support for banking customers. The voice-enabled agent understands requests in natural language, completes supported banking service tasks, verifies callers with one-time passcodes, and transfers the call to service representative when the caller needs human assistance. - **[Resolve Customer Issues with Banking Service Employee Assistance on Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_bsa_slack.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Banking Service Employee Assistance brings customer context, relevant knowledge, and in-workflow actions into Slack, so service reps no longer have to switch between banking systems to resolve customer issues. # Banking Service Customer Assistance Use the Agentforce Banking Service Customer Assistance agent template to create agents that serve your banking customers across multiple channels. Resolve inquiries faster by connecting with customers on voice, WhatsApp, and third-party websites. - **[Transform Digital Customer Experience with Agentforce Banking Service Customer Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_serv_cust_assistance_transform.htm&release=260&type=5)** Support your customers with an AI-powered self-service that autonomously creates cases for banking inquiries and helps them with their queries. The agent securely verifies customer identity to access sensitive account information. This integrated verification helps customers complete tasks without switching screens. For complex service requests, the agent conversationally escalates the interaction to live service representatives with full context. - **[Engage Banking Customers on WhatsApp](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_serv_cust_assistance_wp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your customers can securely raise requests for banking services on WhatsApp. Route banking customer inquiries from WhatsApp to the Agentforce Banking Service Customer Assistance agent with the prebuilt Route Messaging Session to Banking Service Agent Omni-Channel flow. Offer quick resolution to reduce friction and call volume by meeting customer demands where they communicate daily. - **[Extend Banking Support to Third-Party Websites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_serv_cust_assistance_third_party.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use a prebuilt flow to route banking service inquiries from third-party websites or your bank's secure internet portal to the agent. Embed the Agentforce Banking Service Customer Assistance agent to securely manage interactions for guest users, recognize logged-in users, and initiate customer authentication on third-party websites. - **[Enhance Transaction Inquiries with Natural Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_serv_cust_assistance_transctn.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your users find transactions by using natural language. The updated Get Transaction agent action now uses LLMs (Large Language Models) to understand complex, multilayered requests. For example, users can ask for "all debits over $500 from the last month". In addition, with three new Lightning Web Components, the agent can show financial accounts, balances, and transactions more clearly in the Agentforce Banking Service Employee Assistance console and Banking Service Customer Assistance chat interface. # Batch End Messaging Sessions from a List View with Status-Based Capacity You asked, we listened. Service reps and admins using status-based capacity in Enhanced Messaging can now batch-end Inactive messaging sessions from a list view button. Previously, only tab-based capacity workflows could end Inactive sessions with this button. **Where:** This change applies to enhanced messaging channels. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US). **When:** This change goes live on June 30, 2026. **How:** To end one or more Inactive sessions from a list view: Open a list view of messaging sessions, select the inactive sessions you want to end, and click **End Sessions**. ![List view with the End Sessions button highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_session_based_end_sessions.png) # Batch Management Use related object fields to control eligibility criteria and to group records for processing. Make the most of the new enhancements to fast-track batch job runs. All Spring '26 Batch Management changes are available for a limited set of process types, excluding the Flow process type. - **[Use Related Object Fields to Build Granular Record Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_filter.htm&release=260&type=5)** Optimize batch job filters with conditions that use related object fields to make sure jobs process only records relevant to the business process. A job that rejects presented quotes for lost opportunities on cold accounts can use filters on Opportunity and Account fields to include only relevant quotes. - **[Improve Batch Job Reliability by Grouping Related Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_group.htm&release=260&type=5)** Group records by using fields such as parent record ID to make batch jobs more reliable and prevent row lock errors. You can also group records by related object fields to make sure that the batch job processes records with common dependencies together. For example, you can group quotes by their related opportunity accounts to avoid conflicts during parallel processing. - **[Boost Batch Job Performance with the Latest Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_performance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Several enhancements make sure that batch jobs process records most efficiently and faster. - **[New Tooling API Objects in Batch Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_tooling_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the new Tooling API objects in Batch Management to view the data sources and filter criteria of batch jobs. # Batch Management Get better control over Batch Management workflows with CSV support and a new operator for filtering records. - **[Process Record Updates at Scale with CSV Upload](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_csv.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Handle large-scale record updates by uploading a CSV file of unique identifiers directly to a batch job. Bypass traditional database query limits by using asynchronous processing to handle up to 50,000 records per upload without complex filter logic. - **[Refine Record Selection with Enhanced IN Operator Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_operator.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Process specific records directly from business workflows by passing a collection of record IDs into a batch job. Replace simple text variables with dynamic collection variables by using the IN operator to increase filtering precision and target only the records selected for the business workflow. Pass a list of up to 200 selected records directly into a batch job run to make accurate data updates and reduce the risk of unintended changes. - **[Track Cancellation Progress with the Canceling Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_canceling_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Batch runs now show the Canceling status while the in-progress batch job parts finish processing when you cancel a batch job. After all in-progress batch job parts complete, the batch run status changes to Canceled. The Canceling status is available only for certain process types depending on your licenses. - **[Changed API Tooling Objects for Batch Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_tooling_api_changes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn more about the changed metadata types in Batch Management. - **[Changed Objects for Monitor Workflow Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the updated Monitor Workflow Services objects. # Benchmark Manufacturing Pricing and Elasticity Across Accounts Walk into a pricing negotiation knowing exactly how much room you have. Compare a product's price for one account against all accounts, and review price elasticity across accounts. Understand discount flexibility and how price changes affect demand before you negotiate. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Manufacturing, Einstein For Manufacturing, and Data 360. **Who:** To use the Pricing Insights dashboards, users need the Sales Agreement PSL, Tableau Next, and Data 360 permissions, and the Sales Agreement preference enabled. **How:** In Setup, select Salesforce Go from the gear menu and select Tableau Next Apps for Manufacturing. Click **Get Started**, turn on the feature, and follow the instructions. # Benefit Management for Agentforce Public Sector Constituents and their authorized representatives can now apply for multiple government benefit programs in a single, unified application instead of completing a separate application for each one. As applicants enter their information, they are checked for eligibility for each program at the same time, and known details are prefilled from existing records to reduce repetitive data entry. The result is faster, lower-error intake for constituents and consolidated, more consistent workflows for caseworkers and supervisors. - **[Apply for Multiple Benefits in a Single Application](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_benefit_mgmt_apply_multiple_benefits.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your constituents a unified digital intake experience so they can apply for multiple government benefit programs at once. Constituents and their authorized representatives complete one combined application that checks their information against eligibility rules and prefills previously saved details to reduce retyping. Caseworkers get faster, lower-error intake, and supervisors gain consolidated workflows that improve compliance, oversight, and reporting accuracy across programs. - **[Evaluate Eligibility Across Benefit Programs Simultaneously](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_benefit_mgmt_evaluate_eligibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Determine eligibility across multiple benefit programs at the same time during application intake. The integrated application evaluates household, income, asset, and expense details in parallel, so constituents see every program they qualify for in one pass instead of applying separately. Faster determinations mean constituents wait less time for the support they need. - **[Accelerate Benefit Application Intake with Automatic AI-based Data Prefilling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_benefit_mgmt_prefill_application_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automatically load known information and preliminary application details into benefit forms to reduce repetitive data entry. Constituents can upload official documents directly into forms to speed up completion. Agentforce Public Sector extracts and verifies essential demographic details from multiple files to prefill fields, cut manual typing, reduce entry errors, and save time. - **[Capture Program-Specific Details During Benefit Applications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_benefit_mgmt_capture_program_details.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Collect specialized, program-specific information during guided application flows. Some programs require details that a standard intake form doesn't capture, and dynamic Omniscript components gather exactly what each program needs. Complete, accurate submissions reduce the delays and denials that come from missing information. - **[Capture Authorized Representatives Information](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_capture_authorized_representatives_information.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** An authorized representative can start a benefit application for someone else, record consent for the capabilities they cover, and leave a trail the agency can review. Representatives never need the applicant's password, and they never impersonate the applicant. This release doesn't include a control to grant or revoke access. # Bill AI Self-Service Usage More Accurately with Session-Based Tracking Get more accurate billing for AI powered Self Service activity by tracking usage per authenticated login session.This feature groups all AI interactions, like Knowledge Article Summary or Dynamic Q&A within a single session, providing usage reports that reflect how customers engage with Agentic Portal features. **Where:** This change applies to Aura or LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This feature is available to authenticated users working in orgs that use Customer Community, Customer Community Plus, Customer Community Login, Customer Community Plus Login, and the corresponding unlimited login variants. Users must have access to Agentic Portal capabilities, including AI Knowledge Article Summary and Dynamic Q&A. **Why:** Agentic Portals introduce AI-driven features that are often used together in a single visit. Tracking usage at the session level gives you clearer consumption data, reduces noise in billing reports, and aligns with the broader Self-Service monetization strategy. You get transparent usage records, easier auditing, and greater accuracy when customers operate within contractual AI usage limits. **How:** Session based usage tracking records AI feature activity for each authenticated login session. During a session, all AI interactions are collected and combined into a single usage record. Billing entries are created on a daily or configurable schedule and include session details and aggregated activity. Usage logs and reports provide visibility into feature consumption. # Bill Every Few Weeks, Months, or Years Instead of Every Term Your sales reps can now set up flexible subscriptions billing terms whether it's every three weeks, every five months, or every two years. For example, to bill a subscription every three months, your sales reps can set the billing frequency to monthly and billing term to 3 on the order product. Billing automatically calculates the correct amount for the combined period and sets the next billing date accordingly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bill for Multiple Terms in a Billing Period](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_multiple_term_billing.htm&language=en_US) # Bill Self-Service Help Agent Usage by Resolution Help Agent now supports resolution-based billing, where your customers are charged per successfully resolved guest user interaction instead of per Agentforce action. A resolution is counted when the conversation ends without escalation to a human agent, and the charge for that resolution is deducted from the customer's Digital Wallet balance. This outcome-based model aligns cost with actual value delivered, making Self-Service deployments more predictable and cost-effective. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This feature is available with the Agentforce Self Service Resolutions, Agentforce Self Service Login, and Agentforce Self Service Member add-on licenses for an additional cost. To purchase an add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive. **When:** The Agentforce Self Service Resolutions, Agentforce Self Service Login, and Agentforce Self Service Member add-ons are available starting June 19, 2026. **Who:** To configure Help Agent, you need access to the Agentforce Self-Service template in Setup. **Why:** Previously, Help Agent interactions were metered at the Agentforce action level, which made costs difficult to predict for high-volume deployments. Resolution-based billing charges your customers only when the Help Agent resolves an issue without human escalation. If the conversation escalates, there's no charge. Resolutions are tracked per conversation within a configurable 2-hour window. If a conversation is inactive and resumes after the 2-hour window expires, a new billing window begins and the interaction is tracked as a separate resolution. This billing model applies to unauthenticated (guest) users interacting through Enhanced Chat and Portal, Third-Party channels, Voice, and Email channels. **How:** To enable resolution billing, purchase the Help Agent Resolution license and make sure the Agentic Resolution org permission is enabled in your org. To set up Help Agent, go to Setup and search for Agentforce Self-Service. Select the Help Agent template to create your agent. Resolution tracking and Digital Wallet deductions are managed automatically based on conversation outcome after the feature is enabled in your org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Self-Service Billing Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.agentforce_self_service_billing_models.htm&language=en_US) # Billing Maintain accurate billing, reduce manual effort, and strengthen a reliable quote-to-cash process. Keep billing precise during complex updates and simplify customer inquiry with end-to-end dispute resolution process. Allocate shared charges across all parties and maintain consistent, audit-ready records. Streamline tax reporting with enhanced regional identifiers and product details. Manage payment adjustments easily and define custom rules to retry failed payments. Buyers can save their preferred payment methods for faster checkout. - **[Customer 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_customer360.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage billing inquiries and disputes through a unified workflow and streamlined dispute resolution process. Give customers a comprehensive financial history to settle accounts. - **[Billing Foundation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_foundation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bill individual order items as they’re delivered. Keep billing schedules consistent with the changes in billing frequency while also accounting for any partial periods. - **[Billing Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_amendments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Maintain accurate billing schedules during rollbacks, term or price changes, product swaps, and line-level date updates. Align billing schedules with changes to future-dated orders and quotes, and generate precise billing for multiple ramp deals. - **[Tax Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_taxes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Maintain financial accuracy by canceling and voiding credit memos and by supporting regional requirements with tax identifiers, tax codes, and header-level tax totals. - **[Invoice Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoices.htm&release=260&type=5)** Assign shared costs to the right billing account and split invoice charges accurately across multiple parties. Generate individual invoice documents with billing profile-specific templates. - **[Credit Memo Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_debit_credit_memos.htm&release=260&type=5)** Apply unique sequential numbers to credit memos to keep records traceable, consistent, and audit-ready. - **[Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_payments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Import pre-generated payment method tokens into your Salesforce org either individually or in bulk. Bring in your own payment methods generated by externally developed UI components. Retry failed payments, and set up rules to automatically apply credits and payments to the right invoices. - **[Accounting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_accounting.htm&release=260&type=5)** View transaction amounts and summary records in functional currency, in addition to corporate currency. - **[New and Changed Objects for Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_changed_billing_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Store and access more data with these new Billing objects and changes to existing Billing objects. - **[New and Changed Connect REST APIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage complex billing scenarios with new APIs for billing arrangement, payment and credit application based on predefined rules, and credit memo voidance. Generate on-demand invoices and comprehensive financial statements for transparent, complete financial reporting. - **[Changed Connect in Apex Class in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_and_changed_connect_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the updated BillingAdvanced Apex class to void a credit memo, enabling the creation of a debit memo. - **[Changed Metadata Types in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_changed_metadata_types.htm&release=260&type=5)** The updated BillingSettings metadata settings type enhances billing operations. It provides compliant sequential numbering for credit memos and automatic retry attempts for failed payments. You can track and resolve billing disputes, and settle invoices automatically by applying rule-based payments and credits. - **[New Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes. - **[CommerceTax Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_updates_commercetax_namespace.htm&release=260&type=5)** The CommerceTax namespace has enhancements that eliminate rounding errors during the calculation of total tax for an invoice. # Billing Billing brings together every aspect of your revenue operations, keeping transactions accurate and up to date while handling cancellations, amendments, billing frequency changes, and milestone-based adjustments automatically. Stream invoices faster with invoice batch runs, and shift daily and weekly invoice schedules automatically to the next working day when they fall on a holiday or weekend. Payments consolidate across invoices and refunds process automatically, while additional payment methods together with one-click payment options elevate the entire payment experience. Pass level 2 and level 3 data to your payment gateways. Automate the end-to-end dunning lifecycle, from early reminders to manual escalation, while a 360° account view helps track balances. Speed up billing inquiry and dispute resolution with clearer visibility and guided case creation, and manage billing arrangements efficiently. Enhancements to Create Standalone Billing Schedules API simplify amendments, renewals, cancellations, and mid-subscription billing frequency changes. - **[Customer 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_customer360.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View all billing activity in one place, track open balances in real time, and take action. Navigate complex billing arrangements with new related lists on Account and Invoice records. Accelerate dispute resolution with assisted case creation and real-time tracking via the Billing Operations Console. - **[Billing Schedules and Billing Milestones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_bsg_bs_milestone.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain accurate billing for cancellations on future-dated assets, and for amendments on milestone-billing products and assets. Update billing cycle of new sale order or quote from higher to lower billing frequency. - **[Invoice Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoices.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prioritize invoices at risk of late payment and focus collection efforts effectively. Speed up your billing cycle with real-time invoice generation and simplified batch monitoring. Schedule invoice runs to start on working days by skipping holidays or weekends. - **[Payments and Refunds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_payments_refunds.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get consolidated invoicing for multiple invoices, and issue refunds automatically for cancellations or negative amendments. Pass Level 2 and 3 data to payment gateways through Apex adapters. Generate one-click payment links against your invoices to give your buyers a seamless payment experience. - **[Collections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_collections.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Run automated dunning workflows via Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator to streamline payment reminders. - **[Simplified Payloads for Create Standalone Billing Schedules API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_api_updates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your developers can now use the enhanced Create Standalone Billing Schedules API to pass minimal, intent-based requests for these operations—amendments to billing frequency, end date, field, price, and quantity, renewals, and cancellations. If you don't pass the data for required Billing fields such as unit price and total price in case of amendments, Billing can now automatically compute these details based on historical transaction context or billing schedule group ID. - **[New and Changed Objects for Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_changed_billing_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Store and access more data with these new Billing objects and changes to existing Billing objects. - **[Changed Connect REST API in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Create Standalone Billing Schedules API now supports simplified data exchange. Whether you are performing a price amendment or renewal, you can send high-level request details while the system manages the granular billing adjustments. You can also change billing frequencies mid-subscription, including shifts from annual to monthly terms, directly at the billing schedule group level. This enhancement handles complex proration and calculates the correct billing period amounts when pricing and billing frequencies differ. - **[Changed Metadata Types in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_changed_metadata_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reconcile any remaining balances to reflect the latest transaction state, especially when your customers change or cancel an order. - **[New and Changed Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_changed_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide more detailed account statements by including custom fields to meet unique reporting requirements. Also, automate the refund process and initiate dunning notifications to settle unpaid invoices without manual intervention. # Billing Billing introduces key enhancements for flexible revenue operations such as weekly billing, new-sale ramp details, billing frequency changes during amendments, alongside catch-up bill runs and billing forecasts. Accelerate cash collections and recover bad debts by using tracking and visualization tools for collections. Expand payment capabilities and enhance payment flows by using self-service digital wallets, regional payment options, Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) and Aura Experience Cloud components, payment reconciliation, and credit balance refunds. Extend the Revenue Standard Tax Engine for custom tax rules and orchestrate the entire checkout flow with the Checkout API. - **[Customer 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customer360.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get clear visibility across billing, collections, and invoicing operations. A new timeline view tracks billing schedule lifecycles and milestones, while account-level invoice aging summaries display consolidated balance metrics. Additionally, the new Split Invoices tab provides cross-account visibility and automatically synchronizes posting, voiding, or deleting actions across all linked records. - **[Billing Schedules and Billing Arrangements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_schedules_arrangements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Amend billing frequencies on existing subscriptions or orders. Bill weekly or bill at custom intervals that span longer periods. Skip charges for periods that fall within a future-dated suspension, surface ramp segment identifiers on billing schedules for new-sale ramp deals, and automatically compute price uplifts on multiyear ramp deals, and reconcile billing schedules for early renewals of future-dated orders. - **[Invoice Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoices.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Invoice each account for every billing schedule group that the account owns or is billed for. Resume billing on migrated schedules without reissuing past invoices, produce invoice documents during batch runs, and embed record fields into invoice and credit memo numbering. Set invoice target dates by calendar day or number of billing periods, track each schedule's periods and milestones on a timeline, review linked split invoices before you act, and forecast upcoming charges before invoices are created. - **[Tax Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_tax_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Adapt tax calculations to your business needs without writing Apex code. - **[Payments and Refunds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_payments_refunds.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Pass Level 2 and Level 3 payment data via Stripe and Adyen. Support flexible customer payment options through saved digital wallets and regional payment methods. Add Billing Self-Service components on LWR and Aura Experience Cloud sites, refund available credit balances back to the account, and automatically reconcile payment advice records with bank statements. - **[Collections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_collections.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve collections with invoice aging insights and manage critical overdue accounts from a single console. - **[Orchestrate Cart-to-Cash Checkout Flow With a Single API Call](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_api_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Complete a full purchase journey with the Checkout API, whether you initiate it from an external CPQ system, a website, or a custom sales channel. Simplify integration by using a single API request to create a subscription, generate an invoice, and process and apply the payment, instead of multiple calls. - **[New and Changed Objects for Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_changed_billing_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Store and access more data with these new and changed Billing objects. - **[New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve checkout-to-cash operations for non-referenced refunds and unified checkout orchestration. You can also automate migration and invoicing workflows more effectively with enhanced scheduler controls, custom credit memo field support, custom billing cycle count, and flexible target-date billing behavior. - **[Changed Metadata Types in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_changed_metadata_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enable billing forecasts by deploying and retrieving the org-level setting with Metadata API. Preview future invoice lines before posting to validate ramps, uplifts, amendments, and cancellations in advance. - **[New and Changed Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_changed_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automate refund and billing schedule workflows with a new invocable action, and get asynchronous execution support in existing invocable actions for billing schedule creation. # Billing Amendments Maintain accurate billing schedules during rollbacks, term or price changes, product swaps, and line-level date updates. Align billing schedules with changes to future-dated orders and quotes, and generate precise billing for multiple ramp deals. - **[Align Billing Dates with Order Item Detail and Quote Line Detail Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_dates_from_qlid_oid.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get precise billing for orders and quotes that have multiple start and end periods. Billing prioritizes the start and end dates found on Quote Line Detail and Order Item Detail records. If no dates are specified on the detail records, then Billing uses the dates from the parent order or quote item. - **[Align Billing with Subscription Term Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_change_end_dates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Generate precise billing schedules automatically when your customer extends or shortens a subscription term during an amendment. Keep billing in sync with revised contractual terms by aligning billing schedules with the updated start and end dates on the order product. - **[Align Billing with Changes to Future-Dated Orders and Quotes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_arc_before_fdo.htm&release=260&type=5)** Support dynamic customer needs by processing billing for amendments and renewals that occur before a scheduled future-dated order or quote. Get accurate billing schedules for the amended or renewed assets under termed, evergreen, and one-time products. Ensure alignment with future billing periods and eliminate the need for manual reconciliation. - **[Capture Accurate Billable Amounts After Rollbacks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_capture_accurate_billable_amounts_after_rollbacks.htm&release=260&type=5)** Update billing schedules automatically when customers roll back a future-dated amendment, renewal, or cancellation. The rollback adds adjusting billing schedules to negate the previous change, ensuring that the schedule shows the correct view of what to bill next. Maintain accurate billing and a clean, reliable schedule history without manual corrections. - **[Generate Precise Billing for Multiple Ramp Deals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_generate_precise_billing_for_multiple_ramp_deals.htm&release=260&type=5)** Extend group ramps to support multiple billing schedules with accuracy and consistency. For each product ramp ID in a ramp deal, Billing creates a billing schedule group. For every segment in the product ramp schedule, Billing creates a billing schedule in the billing schedule group to represent the group’s ramping and timeline. Support accurate billing for independent ramp schedule groups across mixed asset types while keeping multi-asset amendments consistent. - **[Maintain Billing Accuracy During Price Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_price.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automatically update billing amounts to reflect any changes in product pricing. Generate accurate billing schedules and invoices that capture any increase or decrease in the prices of termed, evergreen, or one-time product subscriptions. - **[Ensure Billing Accuracy During Product Swaps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_swaps.htm&release=260&type=5)** Ensure billing accuracy when you swap one-time, evergreen, termed, and bundled products. Get auto-generated billing schedules for the products that are swapped out and swapped in. # Billing and Usage Assistant Is Deprecated Billing and Usage Assistant is deprecated in Summer '26. You can no longer use Billing and Usage Assistant in Communications orgs on Summer '26 and later. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Agentforce for Communications Billing Resolution, an Agentforce-based version replaces this feature. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Agentforce for Communications Billing Resolution_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_agentforce_for_communications_billing_resolution.htm&language=en_US) # Billing and Usage Assistant is Scheduled for Deprecation Billing and Usage Assistant is scheduled for deprecation in Summer \`26. After the deprecation, you can no longer use Billing and Usage Assistant in Communications orgs on Summer \`26 and later. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions **When:** This feature will be deprecated in Summer '26. **Why:** This feature is replaced by Agentforce for Communications Billing Resolution, an Agentforce-based version in the Summer '25 release. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Agentforce for Communications Billing Resolution_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_agentforce_for_communications_billing_resolution.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Configure Billing and Usage Assistant_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_communications_cloud_agent_console.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Leverage Generative Artificial Intelligence to Resolve Billing and Usage Inquiries in Communications Service Console_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_leverage_gen_ai_to_resolve_billing_and_usage_inquiries_in_communications_service_console.htm&language=en_US) # Billing Foundation Bill individual order items as they’re delivered. Keep billing schedules consistent with the changes in billing frequency while also accounting for any partial periods. - **[Gain More Flexibility with Order Item Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_generate_bs_from_order_item.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve billing accuracy and cash flow by billing order items and creating separate billing schedules for each item. Generate invoices for delivered goods or services immediately, instead of waiting until the entire order is billed. - **[Offer Flexible Billing Frequencies for Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_billing_frequency.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your sales representatives can now select a billing frequency on a transaction that differs from the product’s pricing frequency. Convert shorter pricing terms, such as monthly or quarterly, into longer billing cycles such as semi-annual or annual. Get accurate billing for partial periods based on the actual number of days a product or subscription is used. # Billing Schedules and Billing Arrangements Amend billing frequencies on existing subscriptions or orders. Bill weekly or bill at custom intervals that span longer periods. Skip charges for periods that fall within a future-dated suspension, surface ramp segment identifiers on billing schedules for new-sale ramp deals, and automatically compute price uplifts on multiyear ramp deals, and reconcile billing schedules for early renewals of future-dated orders. - **[Change Billing Frequency on Active Subscriptions Anytime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_change_frequency_arc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now update the billing frequency of an active subscription, from any cadence to any other, such as monthly to annual billing or vice versa, without canceling or recreating the subscription. When your sales reps make a zero-quantity amendment to update the billing frequency, Billing automatically prorates the charges and applies the new billing cadence from the effective date. With the Revenue Cloud Billing license, your billing ops team can also update the frequency by using the Create Standalone Billing Schedules API with added flexibility to set the billing start month. - **[Support Flexible Billing With Weekly Cadences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_weekly_cycle.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Serve customers who prefer frequent billing cycles, whether it’s every week or every 6 weeks, by selecting weekly frequency on quotes and orders. Billing automatically prorates the billing period amounts and generates billing schedules for the chosen weekly cadence. - **[Bill Every Few Weeks, Months, or Years Instead of Every Term](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_term_units.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now set up flexible subscriptions billing terms whether it's every three weeks, every five months, or every two years. For example, to bill a subscription every three months, your sales reps can set the billing frequency to monthly and billing term to 3 on the order product. Billing automatically calculates the correct amount for the combined period and sets the next billing date accordingly. - **[Honor Future-Dated Billing Suspensions During Invoicing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_future_dated_suspensions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Process future-dated invoices while honoring billing suspensions as of the target date rather than the run date. If the target date falls in the suspension time frame, billing period items aren't created for the suspended period, eliminating the need to backdate suspensions to prevent charges during suspension. - **[Automate Billing Schedule Reconciliations for Early Renewals of Future-Dated Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_billing_schedule_reconciliations_for_early_renewals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate manual financial reconciliation when customer contracts undergo early renewals for future-dated orders. Billing automatically detects transactions with superseded timelines and issues a negative billing schedule to eliminate the risk of double-billing. Simultaneously, Billing generates a new positive billing schedule for the updated renewal to maintain billing accuracy. - **[Track Ramp Deal Details on Billing Schedules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_track_ramp_deal_details.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See ramp identifiers on billing schedules for new-sale ramp deals. Billing populates ramp-specific fields, such as Ramp ID, Segment ID, Segment Name, and Segment Type, to identify ramp segments and explain pricing details. - **[Automate Compound Price Uplifts for Multiyear Ramp Deals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_price_uplifts_for_multiyear_ramp_dealsxml.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compound uplift builds each ramp segment's price on the net price of the segment before it, not the original list price. Multiyear deals no longer need manual, error-prone uplift calculations outside Salesforce, and deal approvers get an accurate number right away. The same compounding logic carries through amendments and renewals, and billing schedules reflect the compounded price automatically once you activate the order. # Billing Schedules and Billing Milestones Maintain accurate billing for cancellations on future-dated assets, and for amendments on milestone-billing products and assets. Update billing cycle of new sale order or quote from higher to lower billing frequency. - **[Align Billing with Cancellations on Future-Dated Orders and Quotes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_arc_before_fdo.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get accurate billing schedules for quotes and orders that are canceled before a scheduled future-dated order or quote starts. This enhancement is supported on termed and one-time products, and eliminates the need for manual reconciliation. - **[Support Milestone Plans for Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_milestone_billing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Apply milestone plans to amended billing schedules. When you activate an amendment order with a negotiated milestone plan or milestone-enabled billing treatment, Billing links the milestone plan to the updated billing schedules and recalibrates the plan based on the amendment amount and date. - **[Change from Higher to Lower Billing Frequencies on New Sale Orders and Quotes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_frequency.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your sales representatives can update the billing frequency on new sale orders and quotes, from longer pricing terms such as semi-annual or annual, to shorter billing cycles such as monthly or quarterly, and vice versa. When the order is activated, Billing automatically generates accurate billing schedules with appropriate billing period amounts based on the updated billing frequency. # Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update) To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use `UserInfo.getSessionId()` to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. The release update applies to existing first-generation (1GP) and second-generation (2GP) managed packages. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important This release update controls the behavior of existing managed packages installed in subscriber orgs. New managed packages with namespaces created in Summer ’26 and later are blocked from anonymous Apex code execution, regardless of whether the subscriber enables this release update. If code from a new managed package attempts to execute anonymous Apex code, this error is thrown: Managed package sessions are not authorized to call executeAnonymous. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** With this security update, managed package developers must define all Apex classes in their package metadata so that they can run in subscriber orgs. This change means that managed package code is versioned, logged, and adheres to access controls. We recommend that managed packages that must directly interact with subscriber org code do so through standard mechanisms, such as a shared `global` interface and `Type.forName()`. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages, follow the testing and activation steps. To check if any currently installed managed packages can execute anonymous Apex, go to the Apex Settings page in Setup. Review the note “Impact Assessment: Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages”. The release update assessment contains either a list of identified managed packages that can execute anonymous Apex, or a confirmation that no managed packages with recent anonymous Apex execution were detected in this org. ![Impact Assessment note on the Apex Settings paging in Setup that reports that no managed packages with recent anonymous Apex execution were detected in the org.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_apex_anon_ru.png) #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Anonymous Blocks](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_anonymous_block.htm) - [_Salesforce Help_: Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=xcloud.release_updates.htm&type=5) # Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update) To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use `UserInfo.getSessionId()` to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. The release update applies to existing first-generation (1GP) and second-generation (2GP) managed packages. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important This release update controls the behavior of existing managed packages installed in subscriber orgs. New managed packages with namespaces created in Summer ’26 and later are blocked from anonymous Apex code execution, regardless of whether the subscriber enables this release update. If code from a new managed package attempts to execute anonymous Apex code, this error is thrown: Managed package sessions are not authorized to call executeAnonymous. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** With this security update, managed package developers must define all Apex classes in their package metadata so that they can run in subscriber orgs. This change means that managed package code is versioned, logged, and adheres to access controls. If a managed package must interact directly with subscriber org code, we recommend using standard mechanisms, such as a shared `global` interface and `Type.forName()`. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages, follow the testing and activation steps. To check if any currently installed managed packages can execute anonymous Apex, go to the Apex Settings page in Setup. Review the note “Impact Assessment: Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages.” The release update assessment contains either a list of identified managed packages that can execute anonymous Apex, or a confirmation that no managed packages with recent anonymous Apex execution were detected in this org. ![Impact Assessment note on the Apex Settings paging in Setup that reports that no managed packages with recent anonymous Apex execution were detected in the org.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_apex_anon_ru.png) #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Anonymous Blocks](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_anonymous_block.htm) - [_Salesforce Help_: Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.release_updates.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Book Appointments on Partner Calendars with Einstein Activity Capture Give customers up-to-date appointment times by connecting partner users’ Google Calendar or Microsoft 365 calendars to Salesforce with Einstein Activity Capture. Salesforce Scheduler checks partners’ availability in real time and books appointments directly on their calendars. Partners authenticate once for a secure scheduling experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **Who:** To enable calendar sync for partners, you need the PartnerEAC add-on license. Partner users need the Partner EAC User permission set to connect their external calendar accounts. **How:** Assign the Partner EAC User permission set to partner portal users. In Einstein Activity Capture, create a Partner EAC configuration and assign partner users to it. Partners then connect their Google Calendar or Microsoft 365 accounts through the portal. Einstein Activity Capture securely stores the OAuth tokens, and Salesforce Scheduler retrieves them as needed to check availability when customers schedule meetings. #### See Also - [Connect Partner Users’ Calendars with Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_prm_calendar_integration.htm&language=en_US) # Book Resources Anonymously Automatically select resources based on the appointment slot when your users and customers schedule appointments. Mark specific flows as anonymous so that the case worker or manager is hidden during the booking process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on license for Public Sector Solutions. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. # Boost Advertising Sales Management with Instant Inventory Insight and Granular Campaign Control Get instant visibility into inventory levels with clear availability status indicators for every media plan. Create custom picklist values for the availability status, such as Available, Not Available, and Partially Available. Gain granular control over your video and audio campaigns by capturing the maximum ad duration and skippable settings, directly within the Line Item Details tab. Streamline your workflow with conditional UI rendering, ensuring you only see these new fields when configuring video or audio products. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud- Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Decision Tables to Set Maximum Duration and Skippability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_setup_customization_decision_table_maxdur_skip.htm&language=en_US) # Boost and Bury More Products with Higher Rule Limits Control what buyers see first with expanded boost and bury rule limits. Create up to 75 search keyword rules and 75 category rules to boost priority products, highlight new arrivals, and demote low-performing items for a more relevant, curated shopping experience. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To increase the number of product attributes beyond the default limit, contact your Salesforce account executive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Boost and Bury Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_merchandising_rules.htm&language=en_US) # Boost B2C Growth with a Consumer Sales API Suite Improve your sales and meet the demand for modern B2C subscription models by deploying a robust, API-first Cart-to-Asset experience. ‌Connect REST APIs give your developers a streamlined, industry-specific interface for every step of the sales journey. The API-first Cart-to-Asset experience provides a ‌digital experience where anonymous shoppers with an integration user profile can easily find, configure, and purchase products in a consumer-friendly experience. Enable you to close critical deals and significantly boost customer acquisition in this crucial, high-volume market segment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **Who:** To use B2C sales journey, you need the Consumer Sales User permission. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Cart Management and Order Fulfillment for Consumer Sales in Revenue Cloud for Communications_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_cart_management_and_order_fulfillment_for_consumer_sales.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up Cart Management and Order Fulfillment for Consumer Sales_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_cart_management_and_order_fulfillment_for_consumer_sales.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Manage Anonymous Consumer Journeys by Using Consumer Sales Business APIs_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_manage_anonymous_consumer_journeys_by_using_consumer_sales_business_apis.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Developer Guide: _Consumer Sales_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/consumer_sales_in_rev_cloud_for_comms.htm) # Boost Batch Job Performance with the Latest Enhancements Several enhancements make sure that batch jobs process records most efficiently and faster. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Batch Management is available. # Boost Checkout Conversion in Storefront Next Offer shoppers a streamlined checkout experience and reduce cart abandonment. When a first-time shopper checks out, they can now save their shipping and payment information for future use and create an account with your store. When a registered shopper returns to make another purchase, the shopper only needs to enter their email and a verification code to check out. Their shipping and payment information is automatically filled in. Shoppers always have the option to check out as a guest. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. Business Manager features are part of the B2C Commerce 26.6 release. **How:** To checkout faster, set up Storefront Next, create a SLAS private client, and set up passwordless login. Then, enable OTP-based email verification and configure Turnstile bot protection. ![Create an account for faster checkout.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_future_use.png) #### See Also - [_Storefront Next Guide_: Configure Checkout for Storefront Next](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/pwa-kit-managed-runtime/guide/sfnext-one-click-checkout.html) # Boost Design-Time Scalability with Increased Context Definition Limits Build and manage more complex data structures with increased design-time limits for context definitions. You can now include up to 80 nodes per definition and up to 1,600 attributes per definition. Additionally, the limit for attributes per node is now 600, and you can create up to 5 levels of hierarchy in a context definition structure. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Context Service Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.context_service_limits.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Boost Efficiency by Expanding Data Capture to Assets and Custom Objects Minimize navigation time with access to Data Capture forms from the action launcher within asset and custom object records. Mobile workers can complete tasks faster by launching relevant forms directly from the specific asset or custom object that they’re viewing. Previously, mobile workers could only launch forms as quick actions from work orders, work order line items, and service appointments. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS . **How:** In Setup, select **Object Manager**, and select either **Assets** or **Custom Object**. Then select **Buttons, Links and Actions**. Click **New**, select **Flow** as the action type, and then select the flow you want to launch. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Data Capture Flows to the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_data_capture_add_flows.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Field Productivity with Native Filed Service Mobile Flows Flows in the Field Service Mobile app now run on native architecture to provide faster performance and stronger offline capabilities. Technicians get quicker load times, smoother navigation, and lower storage usage. Flow screens match the design of standard record forms for a consistent look across the app. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service Mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in select sandbox orgs. Salesforce monitors these environments to ensure stability. **Why:** With native flows, technicians benefit from: - **Faster performance:** Quicker load times and smoother navigation reduce wait times in the field - **Better offline functionality:** Work without interruption when connectivity drops - **Consistent interface:** Flow screens match standard record forms for a familiar experience - **Enhanced features:** Light and Dark mode support, immediate image uploads, multi-error validation, and automatic keyboard scrolling - **Reliability:** Built-in performance tracking and accessibility features work across all devices - **Direct feedback opportunities:** Submit feedback through a support case or the mobile app's **Report an Issue** option. Product teams use your feedback to validate feature parity before general release. **How:** Select sandbox orgs automatically get this feature. To request access for other sandboxes, log a support case and include the sandbox org ID. # Boost Field Productivity with Native Salesforce Mobile Flows Flows in the Field Service mobile app now run on native architecture, providing faster performance and stronger offline capabilities. Technicians get quicker load times, smoother navigation, and lower storage usage. Flow screens now match the design of standard record forms, so expect UI changes across many fields and controls. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **When:** This functionality rolls out gradually. Depending on your instance, you get native Salesforce mobile flows in the 264 patch release, 264.1, 264.2, or 264.3. # Boost First-Call Resolution by Transferring Outbound Calls Deliver a seamless customer service experience by enabling reps to easily hand over outbound conversations. Service reps can move active outbound calls to supervisors or other departments using warm or cold transfers. Resolving inquiries in a single proactive session increases team efficiency and maintains a professional brand image. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). # Boost In-Store Checkout Flexibility with Multi-Tender Pay by Link Accept split-tender payments that combine in-store Pay by Link with other payment types, such as cash or reward points. Apply partial amounts across multiple tenders within a single order, and watch the remaining balance update as you take each payment. Each order keeps a full tender transaction history automatically to simplify order management and refund handling. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Payment | Advanced**. Turn on **Allow Multi-Tender With Pay-By-Link**. ![Allow Multi-Tender With Pay-By-Link setting in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_multitender_pay_by_link.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Multiple Tenders for Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_multitender_config.htm&language=en_US) # Boost International Sales with Expanded Payment Methods for Your SFRA Storefront Provide shoppers with familiar, localized payment methods. You can now offer Amazon Pay for Stripe and TWINT for Adyen as native Salesforce Payments options. **Where:** This change applies to SFRA storefronts for B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Ordering** | **Salesforce Payments**. Select a payment zone. In the Configured Payment Methods menu, select **Edit** and add a payment method. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Payment Methods for B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_manage_payment_methods.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Lightning Experience Performance with Embedded ApexGuru Insights To improve Lightning Experience performance, use tailored ApexGuru recommendations embedded in your Lightning Experience Insights dashboard for optimizing slow Apex actions. **Where:** These updates apply to Full sandbox and production environments with Scale Center enabled. Lightning Experience Insights is available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers. **How:** When you access your Lightning Experience Performance report, it automatically creates custom ApexGuru recommendations. In the Performance Insights tab, look for hyperlinked Apex action names. Click the action name to open an ApexGuru Insights tab for that action within the Lightning Experience Insights dashboard. Review and implement ApexGuru recommendations to improve the performance of your slow Apex actions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Lightning Experience Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Performance Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_performance.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: ApexGuru Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.apexguru_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Mobile Worker Efficiency by Grouping Nearby Service Appointments Make sure mobile workers maximize their presence in high-volume areas by completing all appointments within a specific area before moving to the next. The Group Nearby Appointments service objective is designed specifically for organizations with a large number of appointments per resource, where multiple workers typically start their day from the same home base location and cover the same geographical area. By prioritizing this objective, you eliminate redundant path overlap so that one mobile worker "owns" the area for the day, maximizing productivity. Previously, the scheduling engine prioritized the shortest overall travel time for individual appointments. This logic often resulted in mobile workers "picking up" appointments on the way to a cluster, which inadvertently caused the remaining appointments in that area to be split among multiple workers. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. Add the Group Nearby Appointments service objective to your scheduling policy from the Customize Scheduling Policies page in Guided Setup or the Scheduling Policy Objectives related list on a policy. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Group Nearby Appointments Service Objective](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.pfs_optimization_theory_service_objectives_group_nearby.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create and Manage Field Service Scheduling Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.pfs_scheduling.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Mobile Worker Productivity with Enhanced App Stability and Quicker Startup Improve operational efficiency with architectural enhancements that enable faster data priming and reduced memory consumption. Mobile workers now benefit from increased app startup reliability, accelerated data synchronization, and reduced crash rates. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Field Service Mobile App Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_requirements.htm&language=en_US) # Boost or Bury Products with Attribute-Based Merchandising Rules Dynamically boost or bury products in search results and category pages by defining rules based on product attributes, such as brand, price, or inventory level. For example, define conditions to promote high-margin items or demote low-stock products. Rules apply automatically to all matching products. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** While creating a boost or bury rule, select **Rule-Based** as the rule type. Define up to 10 conditions by using product attributes. ![New Rule configuration showing Rule Criteria selected with product attribute conditions](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_attribute_based_boost_and_bury.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Boost and Bury Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_merchandising_rules.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Patient Engagement with MCG Assessments for Experience Cloud Sites Deliver a more engaging and improved patient experience by exposing MCG assessments to Experience Cloud sites. Care managers can securely send MCG assessments to community members via email. Then, members can complete the assessments on the Experience Cloud site in their own time, without having to visit a clinic or hospital. Improve assessment completion rates by making assessments more accessible and flexible. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Integrated Care Management for Experience Cloud Sites permission sets and the HealthCloud for Community permission set license. Users also need the Customer Community for Health Cloud and Customer Community Plus for Health Cloud licences. **How:** To enable MCG assessments access for community members, open your Experience Cloud site in Builder. In the properties panel for the External User Assessments component, enter your MCG integration defintion in the External Assessment Integration Definition field. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure MCG Assessments for Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management_mcg_assessments_experience_sites_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Performance with Asynchronous Processing of High-Volume Redemption Transactions Process traceable redemption transactions asynchronously to handle high redemption volumes more effectively. You can enable a setting that processes redemptions in real-time, while the traceability record creation shifts to asynchronous processing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **How:** On the Loyalty Management Settings page, turn on **Processes traceable redemption transactions asynchronously to handle a high volume of data**. Use the Map Traceable Points for Redemption Transactions invocable action to process the pending traceability records. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Asynchronous Processing for Traceable Redemptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_async_processing_trace_redemption.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Boost Post-Purchase Transparency with Tailored Product Details on Receipts Build customer trust and simplify order verification by showing clear, relevant product attributes directly on receipts. Including specific item details like brands or tax codes on both physical and digital receipts gives customers complete post-purchase clarity. Detailed line items help lower post-sale support requests and ensure consistent compliance across all your retail touchpoints. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Product** and configure the **Product Attributes to Include on Receipts** field. Add the {ProducReceiptAttributes} tag to the product section of the email template, and the :ps\_p\_receipt\_attributes tag to the product section of the print receipt template. ![Product Attributes to Include on Receipts setting in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_product_receipt_attributes.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Custom Product Attributes on Point of Sale Receipts (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_layouts_receipts_product_attributes.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Pre-Work Brief Adoption with Enhanced User Experience Mobile workers can now benefit from a more human-like voice when using Pre-Work Brief, making content easier to consume and enhancing overall accessibility. The updated voice technology replaces robotic tones with more natural speech patterns, improving clarity and making hands-free data entry more effective. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Pre-Work Brief for Field Service Mobile Workers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_einstein_pre_work_brief.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Productivity with Pre-Filled Data Capture Flows from a Data Source Using Repeaters Reduce tap fatigue and improve data accuracy by providing mobile workers with pre-populated lists in the Repeater component. By mapping a collection variable as a data source, mobile workers can verify and update existing records, such as asset inspections or inventory items, without manually adding rows. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS . **How:** In Flow Builder, configure the Repeater component to accept a collection of records as its data source. Map fields from the collection to the inputs of child components within the repeater. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Capture Flow Screen Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_data_capture_components.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Productivity with Unified Header Search and Redesigned Navigation Streamline navigation and find tools faster with a new search bar in the header and an updated left navigation menu in Business Manager. Use header search to find pages across Merchant Tools and Administration from one combined list, without opening the waffle menu first. The updated left navigation provides more vertical space for nested categories and improves scanability with tighter spacing, left-aligned accordion toggles, and a higher-contrast layout. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** To find tools and pages, use the search bar in the header (1). To browse categories, use the updated left navigation menu (2). ![Header](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/b2c_new_header.png) # Boost Prospect Conversion with Group Calendar Availability Make it easier for a prospect to schedule a meeting at a time that’s convenient for them by enabling group scheduling for the Lead Nurturing and Inbound Lead Generation agent. When scheduling a meeting, prospects view all of the available time slots of Inbox users with a connected email in the selected group. **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Sales add-on. Agent setup is available only on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available in late March. **How:** In the Meeting Scheduling section of the Lead Nurturing or Inbound Lead Generation agent configuration, set the Assignee type to **Group**. Select the group name that you want the agent to use when scheduling a meeting. ![The setup section for meeting scheduling with groups as an option.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/group_meeting_scheduling.png) # Boost Prospect Conversion with Group Calendar Availability Make it easier for a prospect to schedule a meeting at a time that’s convenient for them by enabling group scheduling for the Lead Nurturing and Inbound Lead Generation agent. When scheduling a meeting, prospects view all of the available time slots of Inbox users with a connected email in the selected group. **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Sales add-on. Agent setup is available only on the desktop site. **When:** This change became available in late March. **How:** In the Meeting Scheduling section of the Lead Nurturing or Inbound Lead Generation agent configuration, set the Assignee type to **Group**. Select the group name that you want the agent to use when scheduling a meeting. ![The setup section for meeting scheduling with groups as an option.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/group_meeting_scheduling.png) # Boost Query Performance and Data Efficiency with Semi-Joins and Anti-Joins (Generally Available) You can now add semi and anti joins to your queries to identify duplicate and non-matching rows without coding. This update not only accelerates query performance by retrieving only essential data but also empowers you to perform advanced data analysis more efficiently, making complex data insights accessible to all. This feature is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Open a lens. From the Add menu, select **Join Data Source**. ![Clicking the Join Data Source button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_dashboard_semi_anti_join.png) Select a join type and fields to match between the datasets. You can select up to 5 pairings. ![Selecting a join type and matching fields.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_dashboard_semi_anti_join_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Optimize Data Operations with Semi and Anti Joins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_explorer_data_join.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Query Performance for External Data with Data Acceleration Improve the speed and reliability of external Data Lake Objects by using data caching to store frequently accessed information. Data acceleration acts as a high-speed local accelerator for federated data, copying it into a temporary cache to process it with minimal latency. Select between full or incremental refreshes to keep your data current and ready for high-demand querying. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Open an existing Data Connection in your workspace then select the source data to update. Click **Create Data Lake Object**. ![Selecting Create Data Lake Object.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_acceleration.png) Click **Edit** to turn on acceleration. To cache data, select Full Refresh and select how often by using the **Frequency** menu. For an incremental refresh, select a date field in the Record Modified Field and frequency. Click **Refresh data now** to start accelerating data. When you’re finished, click **Update Acceleration**. ![Scheduling a full refresh.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_acceleration_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enabling Acceleration for Data Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_enable_acceleration.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Referral Conversion in Mobile-First Markets with SMS Notifications Advocates can now refer friends by using mobile numbers. When an advocate enters a friend's mobile number in the Refer A Friend widget, Referral Marketing sends a text message to the friend. Configure your widget to capture mobile numbers, email addresses, or both, so advocates can use the communication method they prefer. You can send text messages only when you use Marketing Cloud Next as the communication method. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Referral Marketing and Marketing Cloud Next. # Boost Rep Productivity with Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls When an outbound call reaches voicemail, your reps can leave a pre-recorded message and disconnect the call. They can drop a default recording or select from several options to deliver the most relevant message. As it plays in the background, your reps can move on to the next task immediately, increasing productivity. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce Voice with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Who:** This feature is available for reps with the Use Voicemail Drops user permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_voicemail_drop.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Rep Productivity with Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls When an outbound call reaches voicemail, your reps can leave a prerecorded message and disconnect the call. They can drop a default recording or select from several options to deliver the most relevant message. As it plays in the background, your reps can move on to the next task immediately, increasing productivity. **Where:** This feature can now be enabled in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony Previously, this feature was available only in orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Who:** This feature is available for reps with the Use Voicemail Drops user permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_voicemail_drop.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony Apex Reference_: VFSProvider](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_pt_developer_guide.meta/voice_pt_developer_guide/voice_pt_apex_reference.htm) - [_Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform_: ConversationVendorInfo](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_conversationvendorinfo.htm) # Boost Sales and Efficiency with AI-Driven Retail Execution Insights Gain comprehensive account insights and identify product upsell opportunities with Retail Execution Visit Assistant. Set up the agent using the preconfigured template with four specialized topics to retrieve and summarize retail execution data from orders, visits, audits, and customer tasks. Your users can quickly access summaries of account performance, account compliance, last visit details, and product upsell suggestions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Retail Execution and Agentforce for Consumer Goods Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** Retail Execution Visit Assistant is available starting the week of February 23, 2026. **Who:** Users with the Consumer Goods Cloud Spring ’26 managed package installed and with the required permission sets to access the agent. See [Permission Sets from Summer ’24](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_permsets_re_from_summer24.htm&language=en_US). **How:** In Setup, create an agent using the Retail Execution Visit Assistant template in the Agentforce settings. Users can access the agent using the Ask Agentforce icon on the Consumer Goods Cloud desktop and mobile app. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Retail Execution Visit Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.retail_agentforce_visit_assistant.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Sales by Applying Promotions to a Quote and an Order Enhance your sales strategy with configurable promotions. Configure promotion details, including type, duration, and eligibility, and add coupons for manual promotions. View and apply tailored promotions to a quote and an order directly from the configurator or the Sales Transaction Line Editor to acquire new customers or deepen relationships with existing ones. Your sales team has the flexibility to close every deal with the best offer. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. **Who:** To see and apply promotions, users must have the Apply Promotions on Sales Transactions permission set. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up and Design Promotions for Multisite_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_set_up_and_design_promotions_for_multisite.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Sales Performance in Your Territories with Enablement Programs Provide sales teams in your territories targeted training and relevant resources through Enablement programs. Bulk assign users to a program based on the users’ roles. When you assign territory roles to a program, users with those roles are automatically assigned to the program. Previously, you manually assigned individual territory users to an Enablement program. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required. **How:** On the assignment window, select **Territories**. Select a territory model and add the roles that you want to assign to the program. ![Territory-based assignment window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_programs_territory_based_assignment.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Assign Users to Enablement Programs Manually](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.enablement_programs_assign.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Sales Productivity with Industries Sales Assistance Search for products and relevant accessories, find relevant dealers that sell them, create a single opportunity for multiple selected products, and manage trade-in requests for assets with the Industries Sales Concierge agent topic. Use the enhanced features of the Automotive Sales Concierge agent topic, now a part of the new Industries Sales Assistance agent template, to support more AI-assisted task automation and increase productivity of sales reps. Search for and select relevant accessories for a vehicle. Search for dealers that sell a particular vehicle and choose to capture the details as opportunity preferred seller records. Create a quote and add manual discounts as required. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive, Automotive Generative AI, Automotive Agents, Criteria-Based Search and Filter, Automotive Scheduler, Appraisal Management, and Automotive Components for Appraisal Management enabled. **Who:** To use the Automotive Sales Concierge agent topic, users need the Criteria-Based Search and Filter, Automotive Scheduler, Partner Lead Management, and the Manage Appraisals and Valuations permission sets. **How:** To give users the ability to manage vehicle sales for customers by using an AI agent, in Setup, on the Agentforce Agents page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the Industries Sales Assistance agent in Agent Builder. To use the Automotive Sales Concierge topic, launch the Agentforce panel, and specify an utterance, such as Show me valve caps for the customer vehicleor Find me a NeoGen LX with AWD Trim and 220 HP. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enhance Customer Interactions and Automotive Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_agentforce_sales_concierge_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Boost SLA Compliance by Using Agentforce SLA Summary Get a complete view of your Service Level Agreement (SLA) performance with Agentforce SLA Summary. Track essential metrics including SLA breach data and trends, milestone performance, and service representative workload and efficiency. Quickly identify risk indicators, monitor average response and resolution times against defined targets, and identify records that are closest to missing an SLA. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Service Cloud with the Agentforce Employee agent add-on. **Who:** Agentforce SLA Summary is available to admins and supervisors. **How:** From Setup, find and select **Agentforce Agents**. Open Agentforce Employee Agent in Builder and add the SLA Insights topic to it. Save, test, and activate the agent. # Boost Tax and Fee Evaluation with the Constraint Rules Engine Define business rules for product surcharges with greater flexibility and include more criteria and actions by using the Constraint Modeling Language (CML). With the CML rules for product configuration, underwriting, exclusions and clauses, and product surcharges unified in a single constraint model, simplify maintenance and help new users learn the rules framework quickly. When your reps rate a quote, the Constraint Rules Engine evaluates the product surcharge rules faster and in a single pass to calculate taxes and fees more efficiently. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. # Boost Underwriting Rule Evaluation with Constraint Rules Engine Define complex underwriting rules by using constraint-based modeling to reflect your risk appetite, business goals, and compliance requirements. Evaluate the rules with Constraint Rules Engine for improved performance. Based on the rule evaluation results, run custom flows to automate underwriting decisions or mark the quote for underwriter review. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Product Underwriting Rules for Insurance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_admin_product_underwriting_rules.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Underwriting Rule with Constraint Rules Engine (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_admin_create_underwriting_rule_constraint_rules_engine.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Underwriting Rule Groups (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_admin_underwriting_rule_groups.htm&language=en_US) # Boost Win Rates with Request for Proposal Management (Generally Available) Win more deals by streamlining your Request for Proposal (RFP) response process. Centralize the full RFP lifecycle within Salesforce to replace fragmented, manual workflows. Receive RFPs directly from your email, upload documents up to 10 MB, and extract specific fields. Use generative AI to structure client goals, budgets, and due dates into an editable RFP summary automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud — Growth or Media Cloud — Advanced. This feature requires an Agentforce license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Request for Proposals Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_request_for_proposal_mgmt_about.htm&language=en_US) # Brand and Add Images to Your React App with the Content Read-Only MCP Server (Beta) Use natural language prompts to apply a saved brand to your entire React app or to find and add images to individual app pages or sections. When you enable the Content Read-Only Model Context Protocol (MCP) server in your org and configure it in Agentforce Vibes Extension, Agentforce Vibes can use server tools to access published brands and images from Salesforce CMS. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer Edition, scratch orgs, and sandboxes. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The Content Read-Only MCP server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements -](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) [Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. The Non-GA Services are used in conjunction with GA Services which consume paid credits or entitlements ("entitlements"). Any corresponding consumption of entitlements arising from Customer's use of the Non-GA Services shall not give rise to any refund or credit rights. **When:** This feature is available starting April 15, 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter CMS and select **Salesforce CMS**. Turn on **Access the Content Read-Only MCP Server and Tools (Beta)**. Then, in the Quick Find box, enter MCP and select **MCP Servers**. Find the content-readonly MCP server, click to open its detail page, and then click **Activate**. To use the content-readonly MCP server in the Agentforce Vibes Extension, add it as a remote server, and then connect it to the org that contains your CMS content. #### See Also - [Use the CMS Base (Beta) Data Kit to Ingest Content into Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_base_data_kit_beta.htm&release=260&type=5 "To support experiences that are driven by content metadata, such as semantic search for content, deploy the new CMS Base (Beta) data kit. When you use this data kit, Data 360 can ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS. The data model objects (DMOs) released in Spring ’26 are available in Data 360 after you install the data kit.") # Brand and Personalize Web Content Personalize landing pages with dynamic content and design custom preference pages that reflect your brand for a consistent experience across the customer journey. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Growth or Advanced editions, and Marketing Cloud Next for Marketing Cloud Engagement. They also apply to these editions when Salesforce Foundations is enabled. Your edition determines the options that you have. ## Personalize Marketing Landing Pages by Using Dynamic Content To personalize a landing page for different audiences, marketers can now create dynamic variations of components, such as headers, sections, and images. To control when a page visitor sees a personalized variation, set rules that identify the target audience. With enhancements to the preview experience, marketers can select a segment and a sample visitor to test variations. To personalize emails and landing pages consistently within a campaign, marketers reuse the same personalization settings by cloning a personalization point. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [How Dynamic Content and Personalization Work Together](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_personalization_ep.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create and Manage Dynamic Content Variations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_personalization_create_variations.htm&language=en_US) ## Customize Preference Pages to Reflect Your Brand Give your subscribers a consistent and trustworthy experience by designing branded custom preference pages. Enable the Customizable Preference Page feature to create distinct pages tailored to different channels. To ensure subscribers always view a branded page, you can also set a default specific page for your communications. **When**: This change begins rolling out during the week of April 13, 2026. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create Customizable Preference Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_create_customizable_preference_page.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Brand Your Tableau Next Dashboards with the New Image Widget Create professional, branded dashboards by adding images, such as company logos and user profile pictures with the Image widget. Upload files directly from your computer to make your data more recognizable and relatable for your stakeholders. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To add an image to the dashboard, click the Image widget and place it on the dashboard. Click **Add Image**. ![Adding an image to a dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_add_images.png) You can either search and select an image that's in the image library or click **Upload Image** to add one. ![Image gallery.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_add_images_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Dashboard Visuals with the Image Widget](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_image.htm&language=en_US) # Bring Agentforce Public Sector Data into Data 360 with Ease It's easier to use preconfigured data streams to bring Agentforce Public Sector data into Data 360. Instead of installing a data kit to install data streams, you can now set up data streams in Setup. Simplify and accelerate your implementation with data streams that include ready made mappings to Data Model Objects. Stream data only for the solutions you need, such as Licensing and Permitting, Social Program Management, and Talent Recruitment Management. Then, combine this data with external sources to build a unified view of constituents, get new insights, and ground your Agentforce actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector and Data 360 are enabled. **Who:** Users in the Salesforce org with Public Sector data require the Data 360 Salesforce Connector permission set. Users in the Data Cloud org require the Data Cloud Admin permission set. **How:** Begin by setting up [Data 360 for Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_set_up_data_cloud_for_public_sector_solutions.htm&type=5&language=en_US), and [connect your Public Sector and Data 360 orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_connect_data_cloud_pss_orgs.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Then [set up the Public Sector data kit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_data_cloud_install_deploy_data_kit.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up and Deploy the Public Sector Data Kit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_data_cloud_install_deploy_data_kit.htm&language=en_US) # Bring Custom Fonts to Embedded Tableau Next Dashboards in Experience Cloud Experience Cloud admins can expand their font options for Tableau Next dashboards embedded in Experience Cloud by including custom fonts. Apply these fonts to align dashboards with the Experience Builder site. Create a more cohesive experience for customers and comply with your organization’s design standards. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Setup, upload your custom font as a static resource. Then, in Experience Builder, reference the font in the CSS editor. Then, from the **Fonts** section of the Theme panel, select **Use Custom Font**, and specify the font family name. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note You can preview the custom font only after you embed the Tableau Next dashboard in the Experience Builder site. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Custom Fonts in Your Experience Builder Site](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.communities_dev.meta/communities_dev/communities_dev_customize_font.htm) # Bring Custom UIs to Life with Quick Pages (Beta) Go from business need to trusted solution fast by using natural language to build and refine custom pages in Salesforce for presentations, meeting prep, pipeline reviews, or whatever you need. With Quick Pages, you describe what you want, and the agent builds a React-based UI with the information, graphics, and layout you request, grounded in your Salesforce data. Pull information from multiple objects and fields into one consolidated view, and share the page with others. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations and hosted on Hyperforce. Unavailable in Alibaba Cloud and Salesforce Government Cloud. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Quick Pages is a beta service. You can choose to try this beta service at your sole discretion. Any use of the beta service is subject to the applicable [Beta Services Terms](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/), as well as the Non-GA Agentforce and Non-GA Gen AI terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). **When:** This feature is available in October 2026. **Who:** Users with the Create and View Quick Pages (Beta) permission set can create, edit, view, and share a page. Users with the View Quick Pages (Beta) permission set can view a page. **How:** On the Quick Pages tab, click **New Quick Page**. Describe the page that you want, review the live preview, ask for any necessary refinements, and save the page. Share the pages that you create with individuals, public groups, or the whole org. Viewers see data on the page according to their own Salesforce access, following your org’s data and security model. So, some viewers can see more or less information than the page creator, depending on their org access. If you have access to Agentforce Coworker, you also can ask it to create a page. Agentforce Coworker searches the data in your org, then gives you a link to the Quick Page tab, where the agent-created prompt builds your page. During the beta, Quick Pages are read only, and the AI chat features on the Quick Pages tab are available at no extra cost. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Quick Pages (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.quick_pages.htm&type-5&language=en_US) # Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Beta) Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** This feature is generally available in May 2026. **How:** Make sure that your org is connected to Anypoint Platform and that the prerequisite capabilities are enabled. Then, in Salesforce Setup, in API Catalog MCP Servers, sync MCP servers from Anypoint Platform into your catalog. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: API Catalog for Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog.htm&language=en_US) # Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Generally Available) Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting the week of May 18, 2026, with full availability planned for end of May 2026. **How:** Make sure that your org is connected to Anypoint Platform and that the prerequisite capabilities are enabled. Then, in Salesforce Setup, in API Catalog MCP Servers, start syncing MCP servers from Anypoint Platform into your catalog. After you sync, in **External Servers**, select a MuleSoft type server and view its details, including tools. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage MuleSoft MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_manage_mulesoft_mcp_servers.htm&language=en_US) # Bring Salesforce Organizational Hierarchies into Tableau Next (Beta) Build Tableau Next visualizations, dashboards, and metrics that recognize your Salesforce organization's reporting structure. When you create a Hierarchy Logical View in your semantic model based on your Salesforce organizational hierarchy, you can group and filter data, drill down and roll up through reporting levels, and use the hierarchy across dashboards and metric detail pages. Create hierarchy views from manager hierarchies to track team performance, role hierarchies to analyze metrics across sales roles, or territory hierarchies to monitor sales targets by territory. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Why:** For example, create a sales visualization that rolls up sales across a manager hierarchy and drills down through each level of the reporting structure. In the dashboard, users can switch between Me, My Team, and Org views, and use the manager hierarchy to filter the visualization. The same manager hierarchy is also available on the metric detail page to filter related metrics. **How:** To use an organizational hierarchy in a visualization, drag a hierarchy field from the Data pane onto the visualization to group, filter, drill down, and roll up data. To use an organizational hierarchy in a dashboard or metric, add the hierarchy as a filter. # Bring Your Own Bot Improve the experience for reps and messaging end users by exploring the latest enhancements and updates for Bring Your Own Bot (BYOB) for Messaging. - **[Integrate External Third-party Bots with Enhanced Messaging Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_integrate_external_bots.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Scale your service operations by integrating your preferred external third-party bots directly with Salesforce Enhanced Messaging channels. Bring Your Own Bot (BYOB) APIs in Interaction Service enable real-time conversations between a third-party bot and an end-user on the Service Cloud platform, ensuring a unified service experience for both end-user and service reps. # Bring Your Own Channel Improve the experience for reps and messaging end users by exploring the latest enhancements and updates for Bring Your Own Channel for Messaging and Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS). - **[Improve Security in Bring Your Own Channel by Migrating to an External Client App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_eca.htm&release=260&type=5)** External client apps (ECAs) are the next generation of connected apps, designed to improve security and address packaging and distribution issues. While existing connected apps for Bring Your Own Channel integrations will continue to work, you won’t be able to create new connected apps without first requesting the ability from Salesforce Support starting with Spring ’26. This step is part of a Salesforce plan to eventually replace connected apps with ECAs. Consider migrating to an external client app for Bring Your Own Channel. - **[Maintain Service for Your Bring Your Own Channel Integration by Migrating Settings Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_bitvector.htm&release=260&type=5)** To improve the scalability of Bring Your Own Channel messaging services, we implemented changes to event-driven settings fields in the ConversationChannelDefinition and CustomMsgChannel objects. New fields are available in Winter ’26 (API version 65.0), and old fields are removed in Spring ’26 (API version 66.0). These are breaking changes. - **[Increase Rep Efficiency by Ending or Inactivating Messaging Sessions from Your Partner System](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_messagingsession_api.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the End or Inactivate a Messaging Session API to quickly end or suspend a messaging session, regardless of whether the action is initiated by a messaging end user or your partner system. Reps receive a status notification when a session is ended or inactivated. This allows them to start After Conversation Work (ACW) if enabled and move on to the next session faster. # Bring Your Own Channel Improve the experience for reps and messaging end users by exploring the latest enhancements and updates for Bring Your Own Channel for Messaging and Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS). - **[Free Rep Capacity by Closing Agent Work Programmatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_close_agentwork.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prevent work items from being stranded and ensure customer conversations are handled promptly by using a server-side API to close agent work items in Bring Your Own Channel. Previously closing agent work was possible with client-side mechanisms only. This new API frees up rep capacity by inactivating Messaging sessions or skipping After Conversation Work (ACW) if a rep loses connection or closes their browser during a conversation. - **[Increase Transparency with AI Response Citations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_citations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build trust in AI-generated responses by providing source references in your Bring Your Own Channel outbound messages. Messaging end users can now verify Agentforce Service Agent's answers against knowledge articles or other sources directly within your custom UI. With source links and character offsets in the outbound message payload, partners can render inline markers or a dedicated sources section. - **[Give Reps After Conversation Work Time Following a Transfer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_acw.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your service reps the time they need to log notes or update records after transferring a conversation. To permit After Conversation Work (ACW) for transfers, configure the Enhanced Conversation component to keep messaging tabs active after a handoff instead of closing automatically. # Bring Your Own Channel Improve the experience for reps and messaging end users by exploring the latest enhancements and updates for Bring Your Own Channel for Messaging and Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS). - **[Find Transfer and Conference Destinations with Clearer Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_byoc_transfer_conference_labels.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Choose from clearer destination options when transferring a conversation or starting a conference in Bring Your Own Channel. The Transfer Conversation destination list now includes External contacts instead of Others. To align with recent terminology updates, all Messaging channel transfer and conference destinations also include Reps instead of Agents. # Bring Your Own Key to Data 360 Platform Encryption for Data 360 customers can now make use of the Bring Your Own Key (BYOK) feature of Shield Platform Encryption. When you supply your own root key, you get the benefits built into Salesforce Shield Platform Encryption, plus the extra assurance that comes from exclusively managing your own key material. For Data 360, BYOK supports root keys only. Data 360 then manages all DEK creation and wrapping using the root key. To be compatible with Salesforce BYOK, use a PKCS#8 encrypted, Base64 encoded 4096 RSA key pair with appropriate headers and footers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all environments) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions that have Data 360 enabled. # Broadcast and Notifications Keep your users informed across their preferred channels with broadcast communications and notifications. Send broadcast updates during major incidents and change requests through email, in-app, Slack, and Teams in one action. Turn plain-text Slack alerts into structured notifications with labeled sections and action buttons so users can act without leaving Slack. Deliver notifications through an Agentforce agent so employees ask follow-up questions and take action right in the Slack thread. - **[Keep Users Informed Across Channels with Broadcast Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_broadcast_communications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Send broadcast communications to keep your users informed during major incidents and change requests, instead of relying on scattered, manual updates. Reach everyone through email, in-app, Slack, and Teams in one action. Draft messages quickly with generative AI grounded in the record's details. Configure preferences to control which channels and records broadcast communications use. Track every message from the communications history tab so your teams stay coordinated and avoid duplicate or conflicting updates. - **[Transform Slack Alerts Into Structured Notifications with Rich Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_notifications_slack_alerts_to_structured_notification.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Replace plain-text Slack alerts with structured notifications with labeled sections and action buttons. Use one click to scan alert details quickly and take action directly in Slack, such as request approvals, incident acknowledgements, or status updates. Your admins can visually design notifications by using live previews and templates to speed up response times on critical alerts. - **[Extend Notifications to Custom Objects and Related Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_notifications_custom_related_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep your teams informed about changes to the records and relationships that matter to how they work. Send notifications for custom objects and not just a fixed set of standard objects, so activity on the objects your processes depend on no longer goes unnoticed. You can also notify on changes to related child records with triggers for when a parent record is updated, or a child record is associated or disassociated. - **[Move Beyond Static Alerts to Interactive Agent Notifications in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_interactive_agent_notifications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Turn one-way alerts into notifications your employees can act on. When a notification is delivered through an Agentforce agent in Slack, employees ask follow-up questions and take action, like setting a priority in the thread, and resolve what they need on the spot. # Brokerage Configure agency billing faster by describing your setup goals to an AI coding assistant. Report on granular policy, participant, asset, and coverage attributes with custom report types. Manage high-volume books of business with brokerage policies that support up to 40,000 records across the full policy lifecycle. - **[Configure Agency Billing Faster with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_agency_billing_ai_coding_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Describe the agency billing outcome you want in plain language, and let a coding agent guide you through the configuration. Choose how much you want to review before changes apply, from approving each step individually to running the full setup with minimal intervention. The agent configures legal entities, billing treatments, tax and payment rules, accounting, permissions, and license checks for you, so you don't have to work screen by screen through Setup and the guided wizard. When setup is complete, the agent creates a policy so you can verify the configuration. - **[Report on Insurance Attributes with Custom Report Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_report_on_attributes_with_custom_report_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To support detailed analysis and regulatory reporting with attribute names and values in the same report as related insurance records, build reports and dashboards on granular policy, participant, asset, and coverage attribute data. Create a custom report type, and add the Insurance Policy Attribute, Insurance Participant Attribute, Insurance Asset Attribute, and Insurance Coverage Attribute objects as related objects. - **[Link Tiers to Rate Plan Types to Choose the Right Tier Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_tier_visibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Limit which tiers appear for each rate plan type so your brokers see only the tiers that apply when they create a rate plan. Reduce the chance of selecting a tier that doesn't apply. Existing rate plan types stay linked to all tiers until you change the links, so brokers see the same options as before. - **[Manage Large Brokerage Policies with up to 40,000 Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_manage_large_policies_40000_records.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage high-volume brokerage business with policies that support up to 40,000 records, up from 2,000. Issue, renew, endorse, repurpose, and cancel large, complex policies through the full policy lifecycle in the UI or via Connect REST APIs. - **[New Connect REST APIs in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_brokerage_connect_api_resources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage insurance policies at scale by creating draft endorsements, completing endorsements, issuing, and reinstating multiple policies in bulk. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes. - **[New Connect in Apex Methods in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_brokerage_connect_in_apex_methods.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage insurance policies at scale by endorsing, creating draft endorsements, issuing, canceling, and reinstating policies individually or in bulk using Connect in Apex methods. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes. - **[New Invocable Actions in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the new invocable action to preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy hierarchy without creating or updating changes. # Browse MCP Servers with Dedicated Cards on Agentforce Registry Discover and evaluate Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers more easily on AgentExchange in the Agentforce Registry. View each server's tools and its associated solutions on dedicated server cards before you decide to use them. Browse by server instead of by solution to find the right MCP servers to extend your agent’s functionality faster. **Who:** This change impacts Agentforce admins and developers. **Where:** This change applies to Agentforce Registry in Setup. **How:** To browse MCP servers on AgentExchange, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Agentforce Registry. Select Registered MCP Servers, then click New+ to open AgentExchange. Each tile on the MCP Servers page shows the MCP server name (1) and the AgentExchange app (2) it belongs to. Select an MCP server to view detailed information about the server's capabilities and solution details. ![AgentExchange MCP server card for Ombrix MCP, part of the Trevanto Labs App by Salesforce Labs.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_mcp_servers_view.png) # Browse Product Catalogs and Assign Products to Subscribers Sales reps can explore the product catalogs on the quote or ‌order record page. Based on subscriber selections, reps can assign the products to the entire selection at one time. You can also review and edit the selected subscribers from the product catalogs page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Assign Products to Subscribers in a Quote or Order_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_assign_products_to_subscribers_in_a_quote_or_order.htm&language=en_US) # Budget Reallocation in Marketing Intelligence Analyze campaign performance and get AI-powered recommendations for reallocating your daily budget. These insights help you optimize spending based on your campaign goals. - **[Get Data-Driven Recommendations for Campaign Performance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mc_mi_campaign_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Budget Reallocation in Marketing Intelligence to analyze your campaign performance and get AI-powered recommendations for reallocating your daily budget. Set a target metric, select your campaigns, and apply the recommendations you want. # Build a Complete Customer View with Enhanced Customer 360 Profile Capabilities Customer 360 now displays richer customer information and cross-channel shopping activity. Configure PS tags to show government ID and company details including tax IDs and business addresses. You can also view customer wishlists from your commerce system, and add those items directly to the cart. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** To show the customer’s wishlist, go to **CMS | Integrations | Custom Connectors** and configure the Wishlist SPI. To show the customer’s government ID and company details, go to **CMS | Layouts | Layout Pages**. Edit a layout and add these PS tags: - :ps\_government\_id - :ps\_company\_name - :ps\_company\_phone - :ps\_company\_email - :ps\_company\_addressline1 - :ps\_company\_addressline2 - :ps\_company\_country - :ps\_company\_city - :ps\_company\_state - :ps\_company\_zip - :ps\_company\_tax\_vat\_id ![Customer Connectors Screen in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_wishlistSPI.png) ![Native Text Editor Window in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_pstags.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Comprehensive Print Tags List (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_layouts_receipts_tags_list.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer:_ Clienteling SPI (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/retail-cloud/references/clienteling-spi?meta=Summary) - [_Salesforce Developer:_ Wishlist SPI (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/retail-cloud/references/wishlist-spi?meta=Summary) # Build a Marketing Object Schema from Scratch When you know your data structure but don't have data to import yet, you can now build a marketing object’s schema from scratch. Define fields, data types, and primary keys. Once your schema is ready, add records by importing a CSV file or using API. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **Who:** To create Marketing Objects, users need the Manage Marketing Objects permission. # Build a Multi-Campus Institutional Hierarchy with AI Tools Establish and maintain your multi-campus institutional hierarchy without hours of manual setup. Describe your campus structure to a coding agent, or point it to an existing spreadsheet, webpage, or text description. The coding agent builds the account hierarchy that represents your institution, including campuses, colleges, and departments, and lays a reliable foundation for enrollment, reporting, and role-based access. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting September 2026. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can run setup skills through a coding agent, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html). **How:** You can use Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code to set up and configure your multi-campus institutional hierarchy. For Agentforce Vibes, no installation is required. Agentforce Vibes installs, enables, and updates AI Skills automatically. You can manage them from the Skills page, under Toolkit, in Agentforce Vibes. For Claude Code, install the [Salesforce Development plugin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/overview.html), which provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. First, connect to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Next, provide your campus structure to build your institutional hierarchy. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help_: Overview of the Salesforce Development Plugin (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/salesforce-development-overview.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce skills repository (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Agentforce Vibes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-get-started.html) # Build a Revenue Management Product Catalog Just by Describing It to an AI Agent (Beta) Tell an AI agent what you want in a product catalog, and skip building each catalog record by hand. From a plain-language request, the agent creates a catalog, a category to organize your products, the products themselves, a selling model that sets how you sell each product, and a list price for each product on the standard price book. The agent works in order, reuses selling models and categories, and flags prices that don't match a product's selling model before creating the records. When you ask the agent to check its work, it reads the catalog back from your org and reports which products are ready to sell. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Before you start, confirm that your org meets the prerequisites in the Set Up Revenue Management with an AI Agent foundation solution kit. Also confirm that you installed Claude and Salesforce CLI, and connected the agent to your org. Then ask the agent to get your products into Revenue Management, and approve its proposed catalog, categories, products, and prices as it works. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build a Revenue Cloud Product Catalog with an AI Agent (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.build_a_revenue_cloud_product_catalog_with_an_ai_agent_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Build a Segment by Describing It Describe an audience in natural language, and the Data 360 Marketing Agent produces the matching filter criteria. The agent creates a new segment, or adds filters to the segment you have open on the canvas. It builds standard and nested segments, and filters can include calculated insights. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in August 2026. **How:** To use the agent, go to the Segments page, click the Agentforce icon in the global header, and describe what you want. To add filters to an existing segment, open the segment on the segment canvas first. Stay in one place for the whole conversation. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build a Segment by Describing It](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_marketing_agent_build_segment.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Filters to a Segment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_marketing_agent_add_filters.htm&language=en_US) # Build a Semantic Model Create, manage, and query semantic models using Tableau Semantics. - **[Build and Navigate Complex Models With the Improved Semantic Builder Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_canvas.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build and manage your data models more efficiently with a modern, flexible authoring canvas. Focus on the logic of your data modeling rather than manual screen adjustments. Existing layouts are preserved, so you can start working immediately. - **[Standardize Business Performance with the Updated Metric Creation Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_metrics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build a single source of truth by centralizing logic, sentiment, and trends in the Semantic Layer and applying them across data models. The updated flow ensures that every team across your organization measures success by using the same standards and definitions. - **[Unify Data Views with Global Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_global_filters.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create a focused, consistent view of your data by applying global filters to your semantic models. A global filter applies constraints at the model level to ensure that all reports and dashboards use the same baseline data and irrelevant records aren’t included. You can’t use a global filter with a published data source—in this case, apply filters directly in the Tableau data source. - **[View Semantic Models with Restricted Fields or Data Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_sl_restricted.htm&release=260&type=5)** Analysts can view semantic models that contain objects or fields they haven't been granted access to. Restricted data objects or fields are masked or hidden, letting analysts see and test the model as a whole. This unblocks their ability to use the portions of the semantic model they have access to in visualizations and metrics. # Build a Semantic Model Create, manage, and query semantic models using Tableau Semantics. - **[Override Semantic Definitions in Composed Semantic Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_override_semantic_definitions_in_composed_semantic_models.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you create a composed semantic model, it inherits all definitions from the referenced model, including data objects, fields, relationships, and calculated fields. Now you can add more functionality to your composed model by overriding the referenced model semantic definitions. Any property that is overridden is disconnected from the referenced model. All other properties are connected and therefore continue to receive automatic updates from the referenced model. # Build a Unified Taxpayer 360 Profile The new Taxpayer 360 Data Model covers identity and household details, income summary, filing status, and payment history, giving tax agents a complete constituent profile in one view without switching between systems. Connect your data by using Data 360 while keeping your existing system as the source of record. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Public Sector Solutions, Agentforce 1, Data 360, and Experience Cloud. **How:** Configure a data space and then deploy the Tax and Revenue Management Data Kit. Use manual data streams to load the rest of your tax agency data into Data 360 using a CRM connector. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Public Sector Data Models (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/aps_data_model_tax_rev.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer_: Tax and Revenue Management Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/aps_tr_data_model_reference.htm) # Build Ad Inventory Datasets Headlessly with AI Agents Reset and build representative ad inventory datasets in provisioned Media Cloud orgs conversationally and headlessly through an AI coding agent. Instead of running manual data loads or running custom scripts, describe your test data requirements to the agent to generate and populate the database automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. # Build Agents Faster and Ensure Consistency with Connection Inputs for Marketing Email Reduce setup time and keep experiences on-brand with the new signature and disclosure inputs for the Marketing Email connection. By default, connection inputs and their settings are shared across all agents that have the connection. When you customize a specific agent’s connection inputs, it doesn’t impact other agents that use the connection. Similar to variables, you can use connection inputs throughout your agent’s reasoning and interactions. Input values can’t be changed during a conversation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Unified Messaging is available only in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Advanced Edition. **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 15, 2026. **How:** Before you get started, turn on Agentforce and set up a Unified Messaging email channel. In the new Agentforce Builder, open an Agentforce Service agent and add the Marketing Email connection to it. On the Explorer panel, select **Routing** under Marketing Email. On the Routing page, you see the emailSignature and emailDisclosure connection inputs. To customize an input’s settings, click its name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Connection Inputs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_connections_set_up_inputs.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Standard Agent Connection Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_surfaces_ref.htm&language=en_US) # Build Agents Faster Using Agentforce Vibes Use the Agentforce Vibes welcome page to jump-start your agent development. Explore a sample agent project or use natural language prompts to build your agent with Agentforce DX and Agent Script. **Where**: This feature is available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. **When**: This feature is available starting April 15, 2026. **How**: Open an existing Salesforce DX project in Agentforce Vibes and authorize your development org. Then open VS Code Command Palette and run **Agentforce: Show Welcome Page**. Select **Agents**. ![Agentforce Vibes welcome page with the Agents button highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/afv-agent-welcome-page.png) To explore a sample agent, select **Create a Project**. The generated project contains the Local Info Agent sample. To build an agent using natural language, select a prompt under **Start with a prompt**. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_: Build a Lightning App Using Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/agentdev-overview.html) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Agentforce DX](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/agent-dx.html) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Agent Script](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/agent-script.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Ideate Your Agentforce Solution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_parent_ideate.htm&language=en_US) # Build an Agent Script-Powered Agent End to End with the Updated Implementation Guide The Agentforce Implementation Guide is our most comprehensive, hands-on resource for building agents on the Salesforce Platform. We’ve updated the guide for the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. Follow along to build a more deterministic agent with Agent Script and see the power of hybrid reasoning in action. Take advantage of new testing capabilities with the enhanced preview and debugging experience in Agentforce Builder and the new Agentforce Testing Center in Agentforce Studio. Plus, learn how to get the most out of your agent with an updated Observability guide. Complete the implementation guide to get a fully functional customer-facing agent that can answer customer questions, create and update cases, and escalate to a support rep. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This feature is available starting April 20, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Agents in Record Time with the Agentforce Implementation Guide](https://sfdc.co/agentforce-implementation-guides) # Build an Agent Script-Powered Agent End to End with the Updated Implementation Guide The Agentforce Implementation Guide is our most comprehensive, hands-on resource for building agents on the Salesforce Platform. We’ve updated the guide for the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. Follow along to build a more deterministic agent with Agent Script and see the power of hybrid reasoning in action. Take advantage of new testing capabilities with the enhanced preview and debugging experience in Agentforce Builder and the new Agentforce Testing Center in Agentforce Studio. Plus, learn how to get the most out of your agent with an updated Observability guide. Complete the implementation guide to get a fully functional customer-facing agent that can answer customer questions, create and update cases, and escalate to a support rep. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This feature is available starting April 20, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Agents in Record Time with the Agentforce Implementation Guide](https://sfdc.co/agentforce-implementation-guides) # Build and Administer Storefront Next with AI Agents and the CLI Use the Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit to build your storefront and manage administration tasks with AI agents, a CLI, and an MCP server. The toolkit includes agent skills and plug-ins that enable you to perform tasks by writing a prompt in your preferred AI coding agent. Examples of supported agents include Agentforce Vibes, Claude Code, Cursor, and GitHub Copilot (VS Code and CLI). With agent skills, AI agents can build storefronts, deploy cartridges, manage jobs, create sandboxes, and perform many other tasks from the terminal or directly inside your IDE. No need to write code from scratch, memorize CLI commands, or click through Business Manager. Use the CLI from the terminal to automate repeatable administration tasks. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. **How:** For installation instructions, see [Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/). # Build and Analyze Agentforce Grid Worksheets in Plain Language with Grid Agent Describe what you want to build or analyze in the Grid Agent sidebar, and Grid Agent configures columns or answers questions about your data. For example, ask Grid Agent to "Create a column that summarizes each case description." After you review and approve the proposed action, Grid Agent creates and configures the column. To analyze your data, ask a question such as "What patterns do you see in the Sales Stage column?" The sidebar is open by default. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. An Agentforce add-on license is required. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Grid Agent to Create or Analyze a Column](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Clone Marketing Lists Directly from Your Workflow Import a list from the campaign record or directly from the Actionable List object home. Plus, clone an existing list along with its members — all from where you already work. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Use Actionable Lists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_audiences_actionable_lists.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Customize Adaptive Mobile UI with the Visual Studio Code-Based Modeler Experience the modernized Consumer Goods Cloud mobile UI using the same mobile application across both managed package and on-platform data model versions. The Visual Studio Code Based Modeler serves as the single IDE for customizations across both legacy and new UIs on managed package and on-platform versions. With the unified configuration model and modern design system, you can build custom pages, Your Day, Customer 360, guided flows, editable cards, pill action, and UI components directly alongside your data structures and business logic. Managed package users can switch between the new Adaptive UI and the legacy UI. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud enabled. **Who:** This change applies to Customizers, Developers, and Technical Consultants managing Consumer Goods Cloud configurations. Mobile app end users can now view the Adaptive UI in Consumer Goods Cloud. # Build and Customize Personalization Experience Templates Build and customize experience templates directly in the Salesforce Personalization app to determine how personalized content, such as hero banners or product carousels, appears to customers. Use preconfigured global templates to jump start your work, or code a custom template from the ground up. Experience templates control how your personalization campaigns and personalization points render on your websites or mobile applications. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. **How:** From the Personalization App Launcher, search for and select Experience Templates. Salesforce automatically migrates any existing templates in your sitemap to experience templates. If migration doesn't occur, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Experience Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_experience_template.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Customize Tableau Next Dashboards More Efficiently Design Tableau Next dashboards more effectively with fresh authoring tools created to accelerate your workflow, promote brand uniformity, and simplify metric analysis. You can now instantly preview layout changes when you reorder pages. Also, save time by selecting several widgets at after to apply consistent formatting across your layout. For faster troubleshooting of your dashboard metrics, you can now open any metric to view its setup without navigating through semantic models. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To move, delete, or clone pages, click a page's action menu. ![Page action menu with page controls.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_author_tools_update.png) To add formatting to multiple widgets simultaneously, drag a selection box around the widgets then go to Widget Style. ![Widget style for two visualization widgets.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_author_tools_update_2.png) To directly edit a metric, click the metric's link on the Widget tab. ![Edit metric properties.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_author_tools_update_3.png) # Build and Deploy Storefront Extensions Faster with the Commerce Apps Framework Bundle front-end UI components, back-end logic, or both into a Commerce App Package (CAP). Deploy the package through one automated command instead of handling cartridge uploads, path configuration, and data imports manually. Choose from three build approaches for varying levels of control, including UI-only, backend-only, or fullstack apps. The Commerce Apps Framework currently supports Tax, Ratings & Reviews, Loyalty, Digital Asset Management, Product Visualization, and Analytics domains with more domains coming soon. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. **How:** To build Commerce Apps, see the [Commerce Apps ISV Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/b2c-commerce/guide/commerce-apps-overview.html) and the [Commerce Apps Repository](https://github.com/SalesforceCommerceCloud/commerce-apps). # Build and Grow Your Audience Now it’s easier than ever to create signup forms for your marketing channels with an out-of-the-box flow template that offers a guided setup. Plus, marketers can now target specific people and bypass complex segment logic by creating actionable lists. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. ## Create Signup Form Campaigns More Efficiently Easily launch lead capture campaigns and securely gather consent data by starting from a flow template. This new guided setup removes the complexity of building flows, forms, and campaigns separately. Marketers can easily configure data collection, consent management, and form fields directly from a single interface. ![The signup form flow template detail screen](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/marketing/rn_mktg_signup_form_template.png) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create a Signup Form with a Campaign](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_campaigns_generate_leads.htm&language=en_US&type=5) ## Create Lists Quickly for Specific Marketing Goals Sometimes you know exactly who you want to reach. Skip the complex segmentation logic and use actionable lists to send highly targeted campaigns to a fixed audience of leads or contacts. Build a list quickly by importing a CSV, or manually add members as needed. For example, create a list of leads based on signups from a trade show, and then send a welcome email or promotion to the list. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create an Actionable List for Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_audiences_actionable_lists.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Manage B2C Commerce with the Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit Build storefronts, deploy code, investigate issues, and manage your B2C sites in your AI assistant. The Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit includes a Model Context Protocol (MCP), agent skills, a CLI, and an IDE extension. Agent skills add curated guidance for storefront development, CLI workflows, and incident investigation directly to your AI assistant. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce, Storefront Next, Composable Storefront, and SFRA. **When:** Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit version 2.0 is available starting September 15, 2026. **Why:** Use the Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit for B2C administrative and developer tasks by typing prompts in your AI assistant. - Deploy cartridges, manage code versions, run jobs, configure SLAS and eCDN, and manage Managed Runtime environments and On-Demand Sandboxes. - Build B2C components, such as custom B2C Commerce API (SCAPI) endpoints and Page Designer components. - Debug your code with AI assistance. Investigate live cartridge execution. - Use built-in GitHub Actions for automating B2C Commerce operations in your CI/CD pipelines. - Develop Commerce Apps with agent skills. - Search the B2C Commerce documentation. **How:** Install the B2C MCP as a plugin in Claude, Codex, VS Code, Cursor, OpenCode, or Gemini, or configure it manually by adding `npx -y @salesforce/b2c-dx-mcp@latest` to your MCP server settings. Connected tasks use your B2C Commerce credentials and account permissions. To use agent skills without the MCP, install them through the plugin marketplace in your AI coding environment. #### See Also - [_Agentforce B2C Developer Toolkit_](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/) - [_Agentforce B2C Developer Toolkit: Model Context Protocol (MCP)_](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/mcp/) - [_Agentforce B2C Developer Toolkit: Agent Skills_](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/guide/agent-skills.html) - [_Agentforce B2C Developer Toolkit: B2C CLI_](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/cli/overview.html) - [_Agentforce B2C Developer Toolkit: B2C Commerce IDE Extension_](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/vscode-extension/) # Build and Manage Effective Campaigns Improve campaign performance and team productivity with AI-driven automation, collaborative Slack integration, and enhanced messaging. Accelerate workflows by using new Agentforce templates and flow templates, and increase subscriber engagement with branded virtual contact cards and rich MMS messages. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. ## Create Campaigns Faster with Flow Templates To help marketers build automations faster, you can now access a library of flow templates directly from the campaign record. Each template comes preconfigured with flow elements for marketing use cases and automatically relates the new flow to the campaign. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Working with Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_campaigns_ref.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Enhance Campaign Collaboration with Slack Channels Boost your team’s productivity and encourage collaborative campaign management by using Slack channels. Adding a campaign on the Campaigns tab creates or links a Slack channel, which serves as a central hub for team discussions. This dedicated channel shows key campaign details and posts updates, eliminating communication barriers and streamlining the process. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Campaigns for Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.slack_apps_campaigns_parent.htm&language=en_US) ## Deploy Campaign Creation and Journey Decisioning Agents in the New Agentforce Builder The Campaign Creation and Journey Decisioning agent templates are now available in the new Agentforce Builder, the low-code canvas for building Agentforce agents using Agent Script. Existing Campaign Creation and Journey Decisioning Agent deployments aren’t automatically migrated. Admins must redeploy the agents through the new Agentforce Builder. Legacy agent deployments will continue to work as-is until you transition agents to the new builder. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_intro.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Agentforce in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_einstein_copilot_in_mc.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Agentforce Campaign Creation Onboarding Guide](https://www.salesforce.com/en-us/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/assets/pdf/agentforce-marketing-campaign-creation_onboarding-guide.pdf) ## Optimize Customer Outcomes with Agentforce Journey Decisioning Assign the most relevant marketing experiences to your customers by using an intelligent, unified automation engine from Agentforce. After you provide context for the Journey Decisioning agent, it reviews real-time behavior and profile data and then dynamically selects the best campaign flow for each individual. ## Improve Brand Recognition with Virtual Contact Cards Instantly create and send virtual contact cards as MMS messages so that subscribers can save your contact info directly to their mobile devices. After customers save your contact card, your brand name and logo appear on every future interaction. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create a Contact Card](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_contact_card_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Create Personalized MMS Messages Go beyond simple text messages and create visually rich messages by adding images, GIFs, videos, and personalized contact cards. Sending MMS messages is only supported in the United States and Canada. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create an SMS and MMS Message](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_sms_create.htm&language=en_US&type=5) ## Track Conversions from Click-to-WhatsApp Ads Automatically track and attribute inbound WhatsApp conversations to your Meta Click-to-WhatsApp ads. We capture referral data and stream it into Data 360 so that you can accurately measure ad spend effectiveness and optimize your marketing strategy. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Use Click-to-WhatsApp Ads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_click_to_whatsapp.htm&language=en_US) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview) ## The Default Campaign Experience Has Changed Now when you create a new campaign or add a flow to an existing campaign, you start on the Build Your Own tab. You can select a trigger for your campaign flow, browse flow templates, or start with a preconfigured flow from the Quick Start tab. - **[Upload DLT Templates to Send SMS Messages in India](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_sms_dlt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To send SMS messages in India and adhere to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) regulations, upload Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) templates to Marketing Cloud Next. Reduce spam and improve message deliverability, ensuring your SMS campaigns in India reach customers without delay. # Build and Manage Quotes with Invocable Actions in Enterprise Sales Management Give your sales reps a complete toolkit for enterprise quoting with invocable actions in Enterprise Sales Management. Reps can create quotes and quote members, add products to quote or order carts, apply configurations from working carts, retrieve quote line item product and attribute details, and convert assets to quotes in batch. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Flows**. Create an autolaunched flow and add the invocable action to your canvas as an Apex Action element. Then, integrate it into an Agent Action by selecting this flow as the reference source within the Agent builder. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Agentforce for Enterprise Quoting in Enterprise Sales Management (Managed Package)_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_agentforce_for_enterprise_quoting_in_esm.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Navigate Complex Models With the Improved Semantic Builder Canvas Build and manage your data models more efficiently with a modern, flexible authoring canvas. Focus on the logic of your data modeling rather than manual screen adjustments. Existing layouts are preserved, so you can start working immediately. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud and Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. It’s also available in Data Cloud Developer Edition. **When:** This update is available starting in February 2026. **Why:** The traditional structured layout provided a clear foundation for building models. As your models grow in complexity, the updated canvas offers more flexibility and an intuitive way to explore large-scale data. The improvements fall into three main categories: - **Navigation & Focus–**Explore complex models naturally with fluid panning. You can also select an object in the left pane to have the canvas automatically zoom in on it. - **Visual Clarity–**Relationship lines now intelligently route around labels to prevent overlaps, and long object names wrap automatically for better readability. - **Interaction & Placement–**Maintain visual context while inspecting data. The data preview drawer no longer hides the data object you select on the canvas. You can also use new placement guides to position objects precisely without overlapping other tables. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore the Tableau Semantics Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_explore.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Navigate Complex Models With the Improved Semantic Builder Canvas Build and manage your data models more efficiently with a modern, flexible authoring canvas. Focus on the logic of your data modeling rather than manual screen adjustments. Existing layouts are preserved, so you can start working immediately. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud and Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. It’s also available in Data Cloud Developer Edition. **When:** This update is available starting in February 2026. **Why:** The traditional structured layout provided a clear foundation for building models. As your models grow in complexity, the updated canvas offers more flexibility and an intuitive way to explore large-scale data. The improvements fall into three main categories: - **Navigation & Focus–** Explore complex models naturally with fluid panning. You can also select an object in the left pane to have the canvas automatically zoom in on it. - **Visual Clarity–** Relationship lines now intelligently route around labels to prevent overlaps, and long object names wrap automatically for better readability. - **Interaction & Placement–** Maintain visual context while inspecting data. The data preview drawer no longer hides the data object you select on the canvas. You can also use new placement guides to position objects precisely without overlapping other tables. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore the Tableau Semantics Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_explore.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Navigate Semantic Models with Smart Canvas Author and navigate semantic models of any size with the enhanced canvas in the Semantic Model Builder. Smart auto-layout reflows the canvas in real time, relationship lines never cross, and domain-based grouping and focus mode make even large-object Customer 360 models clear and traceable. Switch to the enhanced canvas using the in-product toggle; the previous canvas remains available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Data 360 and Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. To configure or modify models, users must have edit permissions for the Semantic Model builder. **When:** This update is available starting in August 2026. **Why:** The previous canvas in the Semantic Model Builder reached its limits at 50 or more objects, making large foundational models like Customer 360 hard to navigate and author. The enhanced canvas is built for that scale. Smart auto-layout, non-crossing relationship lines, domain grouping, and focus mode work together to keep even 150-object models clear and traceable. **How:** Open a semantic model in the Semantic Model Builder and click **Try Now** in the notification banner to switch to the enhanced canvas. To apply auto-layout, click **Auto Arrange** in the canvas toolbar. To return to the previous canvas, click the toggle again. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Semantic Model Builder: Smart Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_enhanced_canvas_semantic_builder.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Publish Custom Flow Connectors on AgentExchange Extend Flow to any external service by building custom connectors with MuleSoft Connector Builder. Salesforce customers can deploy a connector privately to their own org. AgentExchange partners can package a connector as a managed second-generation package (2GP), pass AgentExchange Security Review, and distribute or monetize it as a standalone listing on AgentExchange. **Where:** To install and use a custom Flow connector, your org must have the MuleSoft for Flow add-on. **Who:** This feature is for these audiences: - AgentExchange partners and ISV developers who want to build, package, publish, and monetize custom Flow connectors as managed 2GP solutions. - Salesforce customers who want to build a custom Flow connector for use only in their own org (private deployment, no AgentExchange listing required). **Why:** Until now, only Salesforce-built Flow connectors were available, which limited the range of systems customers could integrate with Flow. This release opens Flow to the full ISV ecosystem, so partners with API expertise can ship connectors for any external service — including niche and industry-specific systems. Customers can also build connectors directly for their own internal use without waiting for a connector to become available from ISV Partners. **How:** Build your connector in MuleSoft Connector Builder and export it as a JAR. Customers can deploy the JAR directly to their org by using the new IntegArtifactDef metadata type. Partners package the connector as a standalone managed 2GP solution with Salesforce CLI, submit it for AgentExchange Security Review, and create a Partner Console listing once approved. Customers then install the package, configure a connection in Setup, and use the connector's actions in Flow Builder. Each connector operation consumes Automation Credits in the customer's org. #### See Also - [Connector Builder Overview](https://docs.mulesoft.com/connector-builder/) # Build and Refine Semantic Models Faster with Semantic Modeler (Beta) Build semantic models from natural language descriptions of your business cases to accelerate data modeling and reduce technical complexity. Semantic Modeler automatically scans your workspaces to find relevant data objects, suggest relationships, and draft calculated field formulas to deliver a fully mapped, structured semantic model. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note **Note:** Semantic Modeler is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Turn on this feature by enabling **Data Pro - Semantic Model Curation (Beta)** settings under your Tableau Next administration panel. Then, create the agent based on the **Tableau Agent - Semantic Modeler** template. You can then generate a semantic model from your workspace conversationally or with a single prompt from the **Add Semantic Model** page. ![Generate with Data Pro panel showing the single-prompt creation interface.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_sm_semantic_modeler.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create and Refine Semantic Models with Semantic Modeler (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_semantic_modeler.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Scale AI Workflows with Agentforce Grid (Generally Available) Run cumulative workflows where every column advances your project from raw insight to completed work. New in this release are a Billing Calculator designed to help you estimate costs and run conditions so you can decide when to run a column. Also included are an increased scale to 1,000 rows in a worksheet and the ability to improve LLM responses with data from the web. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of April 6, 2026. #### See Also - [Agentforce Grid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid.htm&language=en_US) # Build and Share Functionality Extend the use of Data 360 by building a sharing functionality using data kits and packages. - **[Clean Up Data 360 Metadata in Older Sandboxes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cleanup_data360_metadata_in_older_sandbox.htm&release=260&type=5)** Remove outdated Data 360 metadata from sandboxes created before August 2024 and use them for a new setup without a refresh. The cleanup process identifies any non-Data 360 entities that reference Data 360 entities and packages containing outdated metadata. - **[Deploy Data Kits Across Data Spaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_deploy_datakits_locally_across_dataspaces.htm&release=260&type=5)** Replicate your Data 360 metadata and process definitions between data spaces within the same sandbox. Previously, to replicate configurations, such as calculated insights and segments, you manually recreated them in each data space. This process was time-consuming and prone to error. With local data kit deployment, you can create a standard data kit in your default data space. Then, deploy the data kit to other data spaces to ensure consistency and centralized governance. This feature supports standard data kits only. It doesn’t support DevOps data kits. - **[Extend Data 360 by Using Custom Code with Code Extension (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_code_extension.htm&release=260&type=5)** With code extension, you can bring your custom Python code into Data 360 to extend Data 360's native capabilities. If native Data 360 features don't meet your business requirements, deploy your custom logic across supported Data 360 features such as batch data transforms. For example, if you need advanced data transformations for your business use case, you can deploy custom business logic to Data 360 to implement your requirements. Data Custom Code SDK is the toolkit for creating and validating custom code for code extension. - **[Protect Active Connector Settings in Data 360 Sandbox](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_protect_active_connector_settings_during_devops_datakit_deployment.htm&release=260&type=5)** Ensure configuration stability and reduce the manual work required to re-authorize connections in Data 360 sandboxes. If a connector is active in the target org, DevOps data kit deployments now ignore changes to connector attributes to avoid overwriting your settings. This protection applies to all data stream connectors. # Build and Share Functionality Extend the use of Data 360 by building a sharing functionality using data kits and packages. - **[Make Predictive Model Calls from Code Extension Batch Transform Scripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_batch_transform_predictive_code_extension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Score, classify, or rank records during a batch data transform. Pass structured feature columns from a data lake object (DLO) or data model object (DMO) to a configured predictive model in AI Models (formerly Einstein Studio) and write predictions to a target DLO or DMO. Code extension scripts already support generative AI model calls. - **[Access Code Extension from Data Cloud Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_code_extension_data_cloud_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Code Extension is now part of Data Cloud Setup, under Developer Tools. Previously, it was a separate tab in Data 360. - **[Extend Data 360 by Using Custom Code with Code Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_code_extension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With code extension, you can bring your custom Python code into Data 360 to extend Data 360's native capabilities. If native Data 360 features don't meet your business requirements, deploy your custom logic across supported Data 360 features such as batch data transforms. For example, if you need advanced data transformations for your business use case, you can deploy custom business logic to Data 360 to implement your requirements. Salesforce CLI with the Code Extension plugin and the Data Custom Code Python SDK work together as your local toolchain for Code Extension. - **[Enhance Search Index Chunking in Data 360 by Using Code Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_search_index_chunking_code_extension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve how Data 360 search indexes handle unstructured data by using a custom Python chunking function. Write, test, package, and deploy your function by using code extension. - **[Create and Deploy Code Extensions Using Natural Language with Agentforce Vibes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_vibes_code_extension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Author, debug, and deploy Data 360 code extensions by using Agentforce Vibes. Use natural-language prompts in either Agentforce Vibes IDE or local IDEs, such as VS Code and Cursor, where the Agentforce Vibes extension is enabled. - **[Make Generative AI Calls from Code Extension Batch Transform Scripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_batch_transform_genai_code_extension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate text during a batch data transform to summarize, classify, or enhance records at scale. Send prompts and data from a data lake object (DLO) or data model object (DMO) to a configured generative AI model, then write the generated content to a target DLO or DMO. Code extension functions already support generative AI calls. - **[Accelerate Development by Cloning Data 360 Sandboxes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_accelerate_development_data360_sandbox.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Replicate your existing Data 360 configurations, mappings, and metadata into a new environment without manual rework. Instead of refreshing from production, clone a sandbox where you provisioned Data 360. Use the cloned sandbox for testing or training so that your teams can work with consistent data models while avoiding repetitive setup tasks. # Build and Share Functionality Extend the use of Data 360 by building a sharing functionality using data kits and packages. # Build and Test UI Components in Storefront Next with Storybook Storefront Next includes Storybook, an open-source front-end tool for building, viewing, testing, and documenting React UI components. Use Storybook to explore the built-in Storefront Next components, build components in isolation, run automated tests, and create component documentation. Using Storybook for component development leads to easier component discoverability, faster development, higher component quality, and reduced regressions. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. #### See Also - [_Storefront Next Guide_: Build and Test Components with Storybook](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/sfnext/guide/sfnext-storybook.html) # Build and Troubleshoot Agents Quickly with the Latest Builder Enhancements Troubleshoot your agents more effectively with the new console in Agentforce Builder. The console includes a list of errors and warnings that could interfere with your agent’s performance, such as syntax errors or unexpected values. We also introduced more features that streamline the agent development process, including utility referencing in Canvas view and autocomplete in Script view. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of April 6, 2026. **How:** Open an agent in the new Agentforce Builder. To address a problem quickly, click an error or warning in the console in Canvas or Script view. The builder opens the element or line with the issue in the view that you’re currently in. ![The console in Agentforce Builder](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_builder_console.png) To reference an existing utility in Canvas view, enter the @ symbol, select **Actions**, and then select the utility. To use autocomplete in Script view, enter the @ symbol and then use the arrow keys to find the resource that you want to reference. Use the Tab or Enter key to select the resource. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Building Agents in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_canvas.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Agent Script Language Characteristics](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/ascript-lang.html#accessing-resources) # Build and Use React Apps in Salesforce (Beta) Build React apps directly from your Salesforce org using Salesforce Multi-Framework. Whether you prefer to code by hand or speed up development with Agentforce Vibes, now you can create, test, and deploy React apps for both consumers and enterprises. Use your existing React apps with your Salesforce data and metadata to produce rich experiences that work across all devices and platforms. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in sandbox and scratch orgs where English is the default language. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Multi-Framework is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at[Agreements -](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) [Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the[Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. The Non-GA Services are used in conjunction with GA Services which consume paid credits or entitlements ("entitlements"). Any corresponding consumption of entitlements arising from Customer's use of the Non-GA Services shall not give rise to any refund or credit rights. **When:** This beta feature is available starting April 15, 2026. **Why:** Use familiar Salesforce DX workflows, CLI commands, and project structures to manage React apps alongside other Salesforce metadata. And with Live Preview, you gain a real-time view of React applications directly in your development environment. **How:** Enable Salesforce Multi-Framework in your sandbox or scratch org. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Salesforce Multi-Framework, and select **React Development with Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta)**. Then click **Enable Beta**. After you enable the beta, you can’t disable it. #### See Also - [Develop React Apps with Agentforce Vibes and Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_react.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build, load, and deploy React apps on the Agentforce 360 Platform using Salesforce Multi-Framework. Vibe code enterprise-grade apps using natural language prompts while Agentforce Vibes handles scaffolding, metadata, and more in real time.") - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_: Build a React App with Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/reactdev-overview.html) - [_Salesforce CLI Command Reference_: ui-bundle Commands](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_cli_reference.meta/sfdx_cli_reference/cli_reference_ui-bundle_commands_unified.htm) - [_Salesforce CLI Command Reference_: template generate ui-bundle](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_cli_reference.meta/sfdx_cli_reference/cli_reference_template_commands_unified.htm#cli_reference_template_generate_ui-bundle_unified) # Build and Use Richer Development Tools with the Apex Symbol API (Beta) Access comprehensive Apex type information with the Apex Symbol API (beta). This Tooling API REST resource returns detailed metadata for built-in, custom, and dynamic Apex types, such as classes, interfaces, methods, and triggers. Use this API to power code completion in IDEs, provide context for AI agents generating Apex code, or ground setup agents answering admin questions about code. **Where:** This feature is available in API version 68.0 and later. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.. **Why:** The Apex Symbol API provides comprehensive Apex type metadata that enables richer experiences across development tools and AI-powered workflows. By exposing the same type information that the Apex compiler uses, the Apex Symbol API bridges the gaps in the existing /completions Tooling API endpoint and SymbolTable Tooling API object. **How:** To retrieve Apex type information directly from the Tooling API REST resource, send a GET request to the /services/data/vXX.0/tooling/symbols endpoint. The endpoint requires the `category` query parameter, which takes one of these values. - `builtin`: standard Apex types - `database`: custom and packaged Apex types - `dynamic`: dynamic Apex types For more targeted queries, use the optional `namespace` or `name` query parameters. Filtering improves performance for large orgs and provides a better experience for consumers that only need information about specific namespaces, classes, or other Apex types. For example, this request queries for the `ApexPages` class, which contains built-in Apex types in the System namespace: ``` /services/data/v68.0/tooling/symbols?category=builtin&namespace=System&name=ApexPages ``` Here’s an excerpt of the JSON response for this request. ```json { "typeStubs": [ { "name": "ApexPages", "namespacePrefix": "System", "kind": "CLASS", "modifiers": [ "global" ], "annotations": [], "superClass": null, "interfaces": [], "fields": [], "properties": [], "methods": [ { "name": "addMessage", "isConstructor": null, "returnType": { "namespacePrefix": null, "name": "void", "typeParameters": null }, "modifiers": [ "global", "static" ], "annotations": [], "parameters": [ { "name": "message", "type": { "namespacePrefix": "ApexPages", "name": "Message", "typeParameters": null }, "annotations": [], "documentation": "" } ], "documentation": "Add a message to the current page context." } ], "innerTypes": [], "triggerOperations": null, "documentation": "Use ApexPages to add and check for messages associated...", "triggerObjectType": null, "compileError": null } ] } ``` ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note The Apex Symbol API enforces a concurrency limit of 1 concurrent caller per org. If you make a second request while another request is in progress, the second request fails. Avoid parallel calls to this API from the same org. #### See Also - [_Tooling API_: Retrieve Apex Type Information with the Symbols Resource (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.api_tooling.meta/api_tooling/intro_rest_resources_apex_symbols.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: ApexDoc Comment Structure and Tags](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_doc_format.htm) - [Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code](https://developer.salesforce.com/tools/vscode) # Build Better Agentforce Service Agents for Email in the New Agentforce Builder Create intelligent Agentforce Service Agents for email with greater control and increased reliability using the new Agentforce Builder. The platform introduces Agent Script, a new programming language that combines natural language instructions with programming expressions. This hybrid reasoning gives you better control over agent behavior. Both the legacy Agentforce Builder and the new Agentforce Builder work in the same org. You can edit agents created in the legacy builder only in the legacy builder, and you can edit agents created in the new builder only in the new builder. To better understand the difference between the legacy and new builders, see [Learn About New Agentforce Builder with Agent Script](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005232662&type=1&language=en_US). **Where:** This change applies to Service Email. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.customizesupport_email_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** In Setup, search for Agentforce Studio and click **Agentforce Studio**. Select the **+New Agent** button to launch the new Agentforce Builder. # Build Boost and Bury Rules Dynamically Based on Active Attributes Build boost and bury rules with data metrics instead of relying on static product attributes to reflect current shopper behavior. You can now create rules dynamically based on performance metrics, including sales velocity, order count revenue, and impressions. You can only use system and custom **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **When:** This feature is available August 2026. **How:** In Business Manager, go to **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Products and Catalogs** | **Visual Merchandising**. When you create a boost or bury rule, you can include active data attributes in the target criteria. To target active data attributes, turn on the Enable Active Data for Boost and Bury feature switch. That switch is available only when Enable Boost and Bury for Search is on. Salesforce enables active data support for realms in phases. If Enable Active Data for Boost and Bury isn’t visible in your realm, contact Salesforce Support to request that it’s enabled. For setup details, see [Prepare Attributes for Boost and Bury Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_enable_boost_and_bury.htm&language=en_US) and [Create a Boost or Bury Rule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_create_boost_and_bury_rules.htm&language=en_US) in Salesforce Help. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Boost and Bury Rules for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_boost_and_bury_rules.htm&language=en_US) # Build Briefcase Rules with Any Custom List View in Performance Priming Use any custom list view filters in Performance Priming briefcase rules without running into priming failures. Previously, some list view filters were incompatible with briefcase configuration, preventing some orgs from completing the move from legacy priming. Admins who encountered such issues can retry setup after upgrading to Spring '26. If you're already running Performance Priming successfully in your org, there's no need to take any action. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app in Android and iOS. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Performance Priming for the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_perf_priming_intro.htm&language=en_US) # Build Complex Agents Faster with the Latest Enhancements to Canvas View (Beta) In the new Agentforce Builder, Canvas view now includes powerful features that were previously only available in Script view. We also introduced new features and improvements that streamline the agent development process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The new Agentforce Builder is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements -](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) [Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com/) or your written Unified Pilot Agreement, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this beta service consumes usage types per the [Agentforce and Generative AI Usage and Billing documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_usage.htm&language=en_US&type=5) and is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting the week of January 5, 2026. **Why:** - When you add an action to a topic, the action is automatically added to the topic’s reasoning actions. Previously, you had to manually reference the action in your topic before the agent could use it. - Create, add, and manage variables on the Variables page in Canvas view. Also, you can create a variable that's set to an action output in a topic’s actions available for reasoning (reasoning actions). Previously, you could only create, add, and manage variables in Script view. - Add filters in the Topic Selector and in a topic’s reasoning actions. When a topic or action has a filter, your agent can use it only when the filter conditions are met. Previously, you could only create filters in Script view. - Add follow-up actions in a topic’s reasoning actions. Follow-up actions let you tell an agent what to do immediately after an action runs. For example, you can have the agent chain actions or transition to a specific topic. Previously, you could only define follow-up actions in Script view. - Add agent-level instructions on the System Messages page in Canvas view. Agent-level instructions apply to all of an agent’s reasoning and interactions. You can use them to define an agent’s tone, persona, style, and goals. - The Filter from agent action setting on agent action outputs has been renamed to Include in agent context, to better reflect its functionality in the new Agentforce Builder. When the setting is enabled, the output is added to the agent’s conversation history and made available for reasoning. Disable the setting for any underlying reference action outputs you don’t want to use with your agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: The New Agentforce Builder (Beta)](https://sfdc.co/build_agents) # Build Complex Loyalty Promotions with AI Tools Configure complex promotions that use the Accrual Events and Engagement Trail templates through a conversational, AI-assisted workflow. Describe your requirements in plain language to an AI tool, and the tool creates the underlying qualifiers and milestones as you confirm each detail. Define limits to control liability, and configure multiple promotions independently of each other. **Where:** This change applies to Loyalty Management in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and requires access to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To use this workflow, your marketing managers need the Loyalty Management permission set. **How:** Connect your AI tool, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, to your org with Salesforce CLI and to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Before you start, complete your loyalty foundational setup — including currencies, tiers, vouchers, and badges — and create your product catalogs. Then describe the promotional campaign scenario that you want to build, including its qualifiers and milestones, and confirm the records the tool creates as it builds them. If needed, ask the tool to add limits. #### See Also - [_Developer Guide:_ Headless 360 MCP Server](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [Agentforce Vibes Overview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations to Use Quick Promotions Wizard in Loyalty Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_gpm_quick_promotion_wizard.htm&language=en_US) # Build Cross-Channel Journeys Using API Activations in Data 360 (Generally Available) Integrate Data 360 API activations directly into Flow Builder to build multi-channel customer journeys. You can start the journey from either a segment-triggered flow or an activation-triggered flow, and use composable building blocks from Salesforce Flow to bridge gaps between different touchpoints and channels within a single, unified flow. Use flow's inherent scheduling to orchestrate the journey independent of segment publish schedules. **Why:** Create complex, end-to-end lifecycle journeys that adapt instantly to customer behavior ensuring every customer interaction is connected and timely. For example, if a newly onboarded customer hasn’t claimed their welcome bonus via email, invoke an activation to retarget them to other targets such as Google Ads or Meta, using a single flow. All the targets that are currently supported for activations in Data 360 can be used in Salesforce Flow. These include file storage targets (Amazon S3, SFTP, GCS, Azure), Marketing Cloud, Sales Cloud, and strategic partners (Google Ads, Meta, LinkedIn). **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is generally available starting in April 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an API Activation in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_api_activation.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Segment-Triggered Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_segment_triggered.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Automate Data Delivery with Activation-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_activation_triggered_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Build Customizable Command Center Pages with a New Page Type Build role-specific Command Center experiences with the new Command Center Page. Assign pages to user groups, customize by profile, and use grid layouts. Create multiple specialized pages within a single app, unlike standard home pages which are limited to one per app. **Where:** This feature is available for Enhanced Omni-Channel customers. To enable this feature for your organization, contact Salesforce. **How:** Launch the Lightning App Builder from Setup and create a page using the Command Center Page type. Give it a name and select the Command Center app tab for the new page. Select a template and click **Done**. Add components to page regions and save the page. During activation, select profiles, then assign the page to specific user groups associated with the selected profiles. ![The Command Center page type as an option in the Lightning App Builder.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_lab_command_center.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Command Center for Service V2 Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omnichannel_ccv2_create_pages.htm&language=en_US) # Build Data 360 Retrievers with Custom SQL Queries Define, test, and create retrievers with SQL queries directly in the retriever user interface (UI) without switching between the Query Editor, Apex, and Prompt Builder. Use parameterized queries to build reusable retrievers and query other Data 360 objects such as data model objects (DMO), data lake objects (DLO), and Calculated Insights in the retriever UI. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in October 2026. **Why:** Agent developers get a dedicated experience to programmatically build and test retrievers before deploying them in agents, cutting out tool-switching and letting you validate query logic earlier in development. **How:** To build a custom SQL retriever, go to the AI Models tab in Data 360, select **Retrieve**, and then **New Retriever**. Select **Custom SQL Retriever** as the type and then define your query and parameters. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Retrievers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_ai_retriever_version.htm&language=en_US) # Build Data 360 Sitemaps for Personalization Using the Sitemap Builder Create Data 360 sitemaps and schema using a low-code to no-code Chrome extension tool. **Where:** These changes apply to Data 360 sitemaps for use with the Salesforce Personalization add-on in Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Use the extension tool to help simplify the creation of Data 360 sitemaps and schemas to be used with Salesforce Personalization. To help make personalization implementation more accessible to developers and non-developers, this tool provides a retail quick start option that includes retail-based JavaScript script samples. The tool provides options to configure a sitemap from scratch or to upload a sitemap that has been configured in the builder previously. You can then debug the sitemap and test it by injecting it into an active Web page. #### See Also - [Building a Data 360 Sitemap for Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_qs_sitemap_building.htm&language=en_US) # Build Data Models Faster with Data Model Management Enhancements (Beta) With data model management you can use a conversation-centric UI to create custom objects, fields, and relationships. There are a number of enhancements to data model management in Setup with Agentforce. When you work with objects and fields, you can now include Percent and Currency field types. This update includes a tabular format for fields and a summary explanation of the action output to improve data visibility. You can also independently update object and field labels and API names for more flexibility during the customization process. Finally, we added linking for existing objects and fields so you can view their details in Object Manager. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Build Embedded Apps in Your Preferred Web Framework Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding) works with standards-based web apps, so you can build the app you embed in the web framework you already use. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud LWR and Aura sites, and the Salesforce mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce where English is the default language. **When:** This feature is available starting September 14, 2026. **Who:** This change is for developers who build and host their own web apps and who can create Lightning web components. **Why:** Reuse your existing skills and codebase instead of rewriting the app for a specific framework. **How:** Because Salesforce embeds your app over a standards-based protocol, you can build the app with common web frameworks. Automated test coverage is React-based. # Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with Agentforce DX and Agent Script (Generally Available) Use pro-code tools, such as VS Code and Salesforce CLI, to build hybrid reasoning Salesforce agents. These new types of agents have both the predictability that your business demands and the creativity that large language models (LLMs) make possible. **Where:** These new features are available in Salesforce CLI version 2.123.1 and Agentforce VS Code Extension version 1.7.0. **What:** Agentforce DX helps pro-code developers build these agents by minimizing context switching, enabling professional DevOps, and simplifying collaboration between low-code and pro-code developers. On December 10, 2025, we released these beta features: - Author agents by using Agent Script, the language for building Salesforce hybrid reasoning agents. Agent Script combines the flexibility of natural language for code generation with the reliability of programmatic expressions for handling business rules. - Easily edit Agent Script files in the VS Code editor with the new Agent Script VS Code extension, which provides standard code editing features: syntax highlighting, visual syntax cues (such as red squiggles for errors), internal validation, and outline support. - Preview an agent conversation from its Agent Script file with the updated Agentforce DX VS Code Extension. With preview, you get behind-the-scenes details of how your agent is working. The preview supports two modes: simulated (which uses mocked actions) and live mode (which uses real Apex classes, flows, and other resources). - Generate, validate, preview, and publish an authoring bundle with these new CLI commands. An authoring bundle is a new metadata type (`AiAuthoringBundle`) that represents an agent that uses Agent Script as its blueprint. - `agent generate authoring-bundle`: Generate an authoring bundle from an existing agent spec YAML file. - `agent validate authoring-bundle`: Validate an authoring bundle to make sure that its Agent Script file compiles successfully and you can use it to publish an agent. - `agent publish authoring-bundle`: Publish an authoring bundle to your org, which results in a new agent or a new version of an existing agent. - `agent preview`: Interact with an agent to preview how it responds to your statements, questions, and commands (utterances). On February 18, 2026, we released the Generally Available product, and we added or changed these features: - **Agentforce Vibes Rules for Agent Script**: Agentforce Vibes now includes a global rule for coding Agent Script files. - **Improved Agent Preview**: Previewing an agent now works the same regardless of how you started the conversation (using an Agent Script file or a published agent.) Previously you were required to configure extra security using a connected app to preview a published agent. - **Programmatic Agent Preview**: Preview an agent programmatically, without starting an interactive session, with these four new CLI commands. This feature is useful when you want an agent to test your agent. - `agent preview start`: Start a programmatic agent preview session. - `agent preview send`: Send a message to an existing agent preview session. - `agent preview sessions`: List all known programmatic agent preview sessions. - `agent preview end`: End an existing programmatic agent preview session and get trace location. - **Enhanced Session Tracer**: Get oodles of useful session trace information with the enhanced Agent Tracer panel in VS Code. - **Simpler Authoring Bundle Generation**: You're no longer required to generate an agent spec YAML file when generating an authoring bundle. This feature makes it even easier to get started with Agent Script agents. Agentforce DX is the pro-code equivalent of the newly released Agentforce Builder UI that runs in your org. **How:** In general, you can use either a CLI or VS Code command to accomplish most of the tasks of authoring an agent. This example shows how to use a CLI command to generate an authoring bundle from an agent spec YAML file. The equivalent VS Code command is **AFDX: Create Agent**. ``` sf agent generate authoring-bundle --spec specs/agentSpec.yaml --name "Local Info Agent" --target-org my-org ``` Then use the VS Code editor to customize the agent by coding its Agent Script file, which is the agent's blueprint. You can also vibe code the Agent Script file by using Agentforce Vibes. ![VS Code showing an Agent Script file open in the editor, with the Agentforce Vibes panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_afdx_nga.png) Test the agent interactively by having a simulated conversation with it in the VS Code agent preview panel. You can also use the `agent preview` CLI command. ![VS Code preview panel showing a simulated conversation with an agent.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_afdx_nga_preview.png) When you're ready to publish your agent to your org, you can use this CLI command or the **AFDX: Publish This Agent** VS Code command. ``` sf agent publish authoring-bundle --target-org my-org ``` #### See Also - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Author Agents with Agentforce DX (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/agent-dx-nga-author-agent.html) - [_Salesforce CLI Command Reference_: agent Commands](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_cli_reference.meta/sfdx_cli_reference/cli_reference_agent_commands_unified.htm) - [_Visual Studio Marketplace_: Agentforce DX for Visual Studio Code Extension](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode-agents) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Get Started with Agent Script (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/agent-script.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with the New Agentforce Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_intro.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build Excel-Based Automations (Beta) Build an automation from an existing or generated spreadsheet with the Excel Agent (beta). Provide the shared fields as values to add, the requested fields as values to get back, and explain how to use that data. Then the agent automatically inputs the shared field values, runs all formulas, and extracts the requested field values. It’s also easy to see what the agent does when the task runs. Instead of digging through complex agent audit histories, users can download the Excel file to review all formulas and processed data in one place. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Operations workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Operations license, contact your Salesforce account executive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Assign a task to the Excel Agent (1) and then add fields in the Share information (2) and Request information (3) sections. To use an existing Excel file, for Documents (4), upload the file. Then, for Description (5), tell the agent where to add the shared fields to the spreadsheet and how to extract the requested values. If you don't have an existing Excel file, for Description (5), describe the calculations or logic you want to perform on the shared fields to generate values for the requested fields. ![A task that's configured to have an agent generate an Excel file](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_generate_excel_file.png) # Build Flows Faster with Auto-Generated Element Labels Flow Builder automatically generates element labels based on the properties that you configure. As you build, labels update automatically, eliminating repetitive data entry. When you manually edit a label, Flow Builder preserves your changes. **Where:** This change applies to Flow Builder in Lightning Experience in Group, Essentials, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Consistent, meaningful labels make flows easier to read, maintain, and troubleshoot. Teams can understand existing flows at a glance. **How:** Auto-generated element labels are automatically enabled when you open Flow Builder. Add properties to an element, and Flow Builder generates or updates the label when you close the property panel. To customize a label, edit it manually. The system preserves your edits. # Build Flows Through Conversation with Flow Author (Beta) Describe what you want your flow to do, and Flow Author generates a deployable flow based on your confirmed intent. Flow Author supports autolaunched, record-triggered, schedule-triggered, and screen flows. **Where:** Flow Author is a standalone Visual Studio Code extension available for use with a connected Salesforce org, which must have Agentforce enabled. This change applies to Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Data Cloud or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Flow Author is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Flow Author (beta) is available for standard use at no additional cost in sandbox orgs, scratch orgs, and developer orgs. To help ensure platform stability and fair access for all customers, high volume usage is subject to future fair use policies. Salesforce will provide at least thirty (30) days' advance notice before introducing any usage limits or consumption pricing for high volume usage. **Who:** To use Flow Author, you need the Agentforce Platform Developer and Admin permission set license (PSL) and the Agentforce Developer and Admin Tools permission set assigned to your user. Flow Author acts within the connected user's permissions and standard Flow Builder access, so users can do only what they're already allowed to do. Flow Author can't activate a flow by itself. It requires someone to review and approve activation. **How:** To obtain the extension, contact your Salesforce account executive. Install the extension. We recommend using a sandbox org for your connected Salesforce org. To open Flow Author, click ![The Flow Author button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_builder_flow_author_vsc_button.png) in the VS Code Activity Bar. Or press Cmd+Shift+P on macOS (Ctrl+Shift+P on Windows) to open the Command Palette, and run **Flow Author (Beta): Open Chat**. When the chat panel opens and you see the welcome message, describe the flow you want to create. As Flow Author captures your intent, it displays a summary that confirms each requirement. ![The Flow Author chat panel displays intent information with four items summarizing a scheduled daily flow.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_builder_flow_author_intent.png) When you click **Approve**, Flow Author generates your flow and displays it in VS Code so you can review its structure before deployment. ![The Flow Author VS Code panel displays the generated flow diagram, showing the flow name, description, and a canvas with connected elements including a schedule trigger, a lookup action, a decision, and a loop.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_builder_flow_author_canvas.png) Flow Author then deploys the flow to your connected org. ![The Flow Author chat panel shows the results of a successful flow deployment.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_builder_flow_author_result.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Flow Author (Beta) to Build Flows in Visual Studio Code](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.automate_flow_build_with_ai.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build Focused Quote Line Item and Order Product Pages with Dynamic Forms Tailor what users see on quote line item and order product records by upgrading their Lightning pages to Dynamic Forms. Place individual fields and field sections anywhere on the page, and set visibility rules so that users see only the fields relevant to their transaction. Previously, these two objects supported page layouts only. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Build Forms Directly in Tasks in Agentforce Operations Standard and approval tasks now have an inline form builder in the **Request information** section. Create task-specific forms that can contain sections, instruction text, 2-column layouts, and fields. Use smart rules to control when form elements appear. The inline form builder replaces the previous options of creating a form separately and selecting it, or adding individual fields directly to a task. Your existing tasks and forms automatically work with the inline form builder, with each task receiving its own form copy. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Operations workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Operations license, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Why:** Build forms faster with an inline builder that keeps you in context while you configure tasks. Each task now has its own dedicated form, so you can customize data collection for specific scenarios without affecting other tasks. **How:** In the task's **Request information** section, click **\+ Add section** to start building the form. Add instruction text, 2-column layouts, or fields to the form. Drag elements to reorder them. Add smart rules to show, hide, or require items in the form. Click **Preview** to see how the form looks to assignees at run time. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build a Form to Request Information in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_fields_create_forms.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Standard Task in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_create_standard_task.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Approval Task in Agentforce Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_create_approval_task.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build Headless B2B Storefronts Faster by Using React Reference App Build custom headless B2B stores by using Commerce Connect REST APIs and any frontend framework. Get started with a headless playbook, React-based reference application, and open-source code repository. The sample implementation includes end-to-end buyer journeys and store patterns for product discovery, cart management, checkout, and order history. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Use the React app as a reference implementation for building buyer-facing B2B Commerce storefront experiences with Salesforce B2B Commerce Connect REST APIs. #### See Also - [_B2B Commerce Developer Guide_: B2B Commerce Headless Storefront Implementation Overview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/guide/b2b-comm-headless-journey-overview.html) - [_B2B Commerce Headless Reference App_: Live Storefront](https://trailsignup-9caf26dfcaf0fa.my.site.com/commerceb2bheadless) - [_B2B Commerce Headless Reference App_: Source Code on GitHub](https://github.com/trailheadapps/commerce-b2b-headless) # Build High-Quality Agents with Validation Enhancements in the New Agentforce Builder (Beta) In the new Agentforce Builder, we’ve added validation checks to agent actions, so you can be confident that your agent has all of the tools it needs to do its jobs. Plus, we’ve made it easier to get the error messages you need to make quick fixes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The new Agentforce Builder is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements -](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) [Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com/) or your written Unified Pilot Agreement, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this beta service consumes usage types per the [Agentforce and Generative AI Usage and Billing documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_usage.htm&language=en_US&type=5) and is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting the week of January 5, 2026. **Why:** - When you save a change to an action, Agentforce Builder lets you know if the underlying flow, prompt template, or other reference action is missing, or if there’s an issue with the names or data types of the action’s inputs and outputs. - When an agent has errors, you now see information about the errors in Canvas view as well as Script view. For more detailed error information, switch to Script view. Previously, errors were only available in Script view. - In Script view, you no longer have to go to the Agent Definition page to see detailed error information. Previously, Agent Script was broken into sections in Script view, so your agent’s complete script and any errors were only available on the Agent Definition page. Now, your agent’s script is presented in a single, continuous view. You can scroll to any block or error, and you can use the Explorer panel to jump to different blocks. # Build Intelligent Prompt Templates with Conditional Logic (Beta) Build intelligent prompt templates with conditional logic using the new Block Editor experience. Authors can now add `if`, `else if`, and `else` statements directly within prompts to create branching logic based on input variables. Built on Jinja templating syntax, conditions support comparison operators and can reference merge fields from grounded data. The visual block-based interface makes it easy to structure complex conditional flows without writing raw syntax, enabling more sophisticated and context-aware generative AI interactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or included in Agentforce 1 Editions. Generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. Note: This release is in preview. Features described in this document don't become generally available until the latest general availability date that Salesforce announces for this release. Before then, and where features are noted as beta, pilot, or developer preview, we can't guarantee general availability within any particular time frame or at all. Make your purchase decisions only on the basis of generally available products and features. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **Why:** Conditional expressions enable dynamic prompts that adapt to context. For example, adjust tone based on customer tier, include or exclude information based on case priority, or tailor responses based on product type, all within a single template. **How:** To enable the block-based prompt editor, from Prompt Builder Settings, Turn on the Conditional Logic for Prompt Templates (Beta) toggle. In the Prompt Builder Block Editor, use the slash command `/` to insert conditional blocks, enter your conditions, and add content for each branch. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Conditional Logic in Prompt Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_use_conditional_logic.htm&language=en_US) # Build Manufacturing Ready Agents in the New Agentforce Builder Design agents faster with AI assistance built right into the workflow. The Asset Service Management and Industries Sales Concierge agents are now available in the new agent builder, which uses built-in AI assistance and Agent Script-powered workflows to help you create agents that follow your business rules. Preview, test, trace, and debug agent behavior to deliver higher-quality experiences with less development effort. More manufacturing agents move to the new builder in upcoming releases. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Manufacturing add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Manufacturing Edition. **Why:** Building and maintaining custom agents across two separate builders adds administrative overhead. The new Agentforce Builder gives admins AI-assisted tooling to create, test, and debug agents in one place, reducing setup time and development effort. **How:** From the Agents tab of the Agentforce Studio app, click **New Agent**. Create an agent from a template or build a custom agent with AI assistance. Your existing agents aren't affected - you can continue to edit, activate, and manage the agents already in your org. See [Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_intro.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build Media Proposals Faster with Ad Proposal Agent Accelerate the sales journey from research to a finalized presentation in a single workflow with an AI agent. Your account executives can use the agent to summarize opportunities, find matching products, and generate media proposals. Also, the agent creates pitch decks directly from library templates. **Where:**This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced and Agentforce for Media add-on. **When:** Ad Proposal Agent is available starting late May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce for Media](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Build Mobile Experiences with Custom Lightning Types The Agentforce Mobile SDK now supports custom Lightning types. Use these types to structure, validate, and display complex agent data in your mobile apps—giving you more control over how information appears to users. **Where:** This change applies to the Agentforce Mobile SDK for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of May 11, 2026. **How:** Create custom Lightning types, and build components with LWC to assign as custom UI editors and renderers. Then, integrate these types into your mobile agent actions. #### See Also - [Customize Agentforce Mobile Responses with Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_custom_lightning_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Define custom JSON structures for agent actions to return data that your mobile app can process and display using custom Lightning types. The Agentforce Mobile SDK now supports these types via platform-native overrides (SwiftUI and Jetpack Compose) or mobile-optimized Lightning Web Components, enabling you to build both custom renderers and input editors. This flexibility ensures your users interact with accurate, structured data through a high-performance interface tailored to your specific mobile requirements.") - [_Lightning Types Developer Guide_: Get Started with Lightning Types](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-types/guide/lightning-types.html) # Build More Precise Logic in Decision Elements and Exit Rules Apply more powerful Decision element logic with nested condition groups. Combine conditions, add aggregation functions—Average, Sum, Max, Min—for numerical data types, and use expanded date operators such as Is Anniversary of Today, Is Today, and Last Number of Days. In exit rules, add aggregation functions for numerical data types. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions. **Why:** The Decision element previously limited conditions, date, and aggregation options. These updates help you express richer rules (for example, “average order total ≥ $100 and no order in the last 14 days”). Exit rules support aggregation functions for increased precision. **How:** In a Decision element, select expanded date operators when the resource data type is Date, add condition groups for nested logic, and select aggregation functions for numerical data types. In exit rules, select aggregation functions for numerical data types. # Build More Reliable Automated Tests for Trade Promotion Management Grids Create resilient browser tests for Trade Promotion Management (TPM) grids and the Trade Planning page with stable, versioned HTML data attributes. To create the test automation scripts that interact with TPM data grids, use the automation attributes. Identify grids, rows, columns, cells, and Trade Calendar promotion groups without relying on generated CSS classes, pixel positions, React structures, or Document Object Model (DOM) child order. The attributes don’t affect grid calculations, stored data, permissions, or user interactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Trade Promotion Management. #### See Also - [Use Stable Attributes to Automate Trade Promotion Management Grids](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.tpm_stable_atrribute_automate_grids.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build More Robust Integrations with External Services Support for Enums You can now include enums in the OpenAPI specification that you use to create an external service. When you add the external service to a Flow action element, the enum appears as a picklist. In other Flow elements and in Apex, the enum appears as its base type. You can use either string or number as the enum value type. Support for enums is only available in external service registrations created after the Summer ’26 release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions in API version 67.0 and later. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Schema Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.external_services_schema_def_definition.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: External Services OpenAPI 3.0 Schema](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.external_services_examples_openapi_3_0.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build More Secure Integrations with Cross-Org Adapter Support for Named Credentials The Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. The SOAP login() call is being retired, and password authentication, and OAuth 2.0 authentication won't be supported in the future, so we recommend that you migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In the provider org, first create an external client app and get the consumer key and secret. In the subscriber org, create the external credential or external auth identity provider and use the consumer key and secret. Add a named credential that uses the auth provider you created. Then, when you create a cross-org adapter external data source, there’s a new Authentication Method field. For an existing external data source that uses login(), the field value is Legacy. When you create a new external data source or migrate an existing one, select Named Credential. In the Named Credential field, select the named credential to use for authentication. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an External Client App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.create_a_local_external_client_app.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Define an External Data Source for Salesforce Connect Cross-Org Adapter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.xorg_add_external_data_source.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Platform SOAP API login() Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005132110&type=1&language=en_US) # Build Multi-Framework Apps with Angular Angular joins React as a supported frontend framework for Salesforce Multi-Framework. Build web apps with Angular and the standard Angular CLI, and run them directly on the Salesforce Platform with access to Salesforce data, security, and governance. As with React, you can build internal-facing apps for employees and external-facing apps for customers and partners. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce. **When:** This change is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** With Angular support, your team can bring existing Angular skills, libraries, and apps to the Salesforce Platform. - Scaffold your app using the `angularinternalapp` and `angularexternalapp` templates that come pre-wired with platform integration. - Manage your app as a UIBundle metadata type, using familiar Salesforce DX workflows and CLI commands. - Query and mutate Salesforce records with the framework-agnostic Data SDK, which enforces object-level security, field-level security, and sharing rules on every request. - Add features such as object search and the Agentforce Conversation Client. **How:** Generate an Angular app from the internal or external template with the `sf template generate project` CLI command. Install dependencies and run a local dev server with the standard Angular CLI, and preview your changes in VS Code before you deploy the app as a UIBundle. To build with AI assistance, use Agentforce Vibes or your own agentic IDE. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Multi-Framework Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/multiframework/guide/multiframework-overview.html) # Build Native Mobile Apps Faster with Mobile Procode Skills Describe the app that you want in natural language, then build production-quality native iOS and Android apps on the Salesforce Mobile SDK and Agentforce SDK. Mobile Procode Skills are reusable AI agent capabilities that scaffold a new app, configure authentication, set up offline storage and sync, and add features such as biometric login and an Agentforce chat panel. Use the skills in AI coding environments such as Agentforce Vibes, Claude Code, and Cursor, so that you can focus on building features instead of wiring up infrastructure. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce Mobile SDK in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Mobile Skills give your AI agent the domain knowledge to build a Salesforce mobile app across its full lifecycle, from initial project setup through feature development. Each skill knows the correct project template, dependencies, and patterns, so that the generated code is production quality and yours to keep. The Mobile Skills library includes these capabilities. - Create a Mobile SDK app from scratch, or add Mobile SDK to an existing iOS or Android app. - Set up encrypted on-device storage with SmartStore and bidirectional sync with MobileSync. - Configure offline-first behavior, including cache policies and handling for network transitions, failed syncs, and dirty records. - Generate authentication and login flows, and add biometric authentication such as Face ID, Touch ID, or Android biometrics. ![Screenshot displaying Agentforce Vibes chat panel with the prompt to create a mobile app and Mobile-apps-create skill being invoked by the agent .](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/mobile_apps_create_skills.png) ![Screenshot displaying the login page of the app after it launched in a simulator](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/mobile_app_create_skills_app.png) **How:** The [mobile-apps-create](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/mobile-apps-create) skills are part of the open-source [forcedotcom/sf-skills](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) repository and follow the open Agent Skills specification. In Agentforce Vibes, the skills are available out of the box. To add them to another AI coding environment, such as Claude Code, Cursor, OpenCode, or Codex, run this command: ``` npx skills add https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills --skill mobile-apps-create ``` Then describe the app that you want to build. The `mobile-apps-create` skill is the primary entry point. It identifies your SDK family and platform, then routes your request to the sub-skill that does the work. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Build Native Mobile Apps with Mobile Procode Skills](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mobile_offline.meta/mobile_offline/dx_mobile_skills.htm) - [_Salesforce Developers_: Build a Mobile App with Mobile Skills](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mobile_offline.meta/mobile_offline/dx_mobile_skills_use.htm) # Build New Customer Realms on SCAPI Instead of OCAPI Give new customers a single, modern REST API for their custom implementations with SCAPI, the Salesforce Commerce API. Starting September 1, 2026, Business Manager no longer offers OCAPI settings for new customer realms. SCAPI provides the long-term support and extensibility to build on. Existing customers who provision a new realm after that date and need OCAPI settings can request access by contacting Salesforce Customer Support. **Where:** This change applies to Business Manager OCAPI settings for all new customer realms on B2C Commerce. **When:** This change takes effect on September 1, 2026. #### See Also - [_B2C Commerce Developer Guide_: Why Use SCAPI Instead of OCAPI](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/guide/why-use-scapi.html) # Build on Standard DMOs for Audit and Feedback Analytics Build analytics and reporting capabilities on new standard data model objects (DMOs) to gain greater versatility across Salesforce products like Tableau Next. Continue to use your existing reports, dashboards, and queries built on custom DMOs. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Build dashboards, reports, and queries using the standard DMOs. Salesforce will implement future updates to Audit and Feedback schema in standard DMOs but not custom DMOs. **What:** Both a new standard DMO and a legacy custom DMO map to an existing data lake object (DLO). For example, the new, standard DMO (AI Feedback) and the legacy, custom DMO (GenAIFeedback) are both mapped to the GenAIFeedback DLO. Because both DMOs point to the same data in the DLO, you can use reports, dashboards, and queries built on either one. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available starting April 17, 2026. **How:** For active orgs, there’s nothing for you to do. The standard DMOs are provisioned automatically. For trial or free orgs, if Einstein Audit and Feedback is on, turn it off and on again, as described in [Set Up Einstein Generative AI Audit and Feedback](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_session_trace_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US). To view DMO-DLO mappings, open Data 360, go to the Data Model tab, select a new standard DMO, then view its mappings. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Model for Generative AI Audit and Feedback](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_feedback_data_model.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build Personalization Once and Reuse It Across Every Channel Access data sources, build expressions, and create dynamic content blocks once, and then reuse them in your SMS, WhatsApp, RCS, push, and in-app messages in Content Builder. The Data Sources tab organizes Salesforce records, data graphs, offers, Apex, events, and activations into Inputs, Data, and Expressions so you find and apply them the same way in every channel. Use content resource picker to insert merge fields and expressions across every channel. Personalization tokens and dynamic content blocks resolve to the same values for the same recipient across channels. Set up UTM link parameters once, and Marketing Cloud appends them automatically to every tracked link in any content across your workspaces. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on # Build Pipeline Faster by Assigning Prospects to Agentforce Lead Nurturing in Bulk Users can now assign up to 200 prospects at once to a Lead Nurturing agent from list views. Agentforce adds assignments that exceed email send or LLM limits to a managed queue that’s visible in the Agent Command Center. Previously, you could only assign records one at a time or by using assignment rules in the agent configuration. Adding more than 30 prospects at a time sometimes caused an error. The managed queue eliminates these errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Lead Nurturing add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **Why:** Users can assign up to 200 prospects at once from list views. Agents that use a Gmail account can have a maximum of 25200 prospects assigned. Agents that use an Outlook account can have a maximum of 137200 prospects assigned. # Build Precise Context Filters with Custom Filter Logic Combine context filter conditions with nested AND and OR logic instead of a single operator across all conditions. Reference each condition by its row number in an expression such as 1 AND (2 OR 3), the same way you filter Salesforce reports and list views. Custom filter logic helps you hydrate exactly the data your context definitions need. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Context Filters with Custom Logic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.context_service_create_a_context_filter.htm&language=en_US) # Build Predictive Models Faster with the Enhanced Einstein Studio Save time and identify the appropriate predictive model for your use case with the enhanced Einstein Studio workflow. By choosing your model type—binary, regression, or multiclass (Beta)—before you select data, this improvement accelerates model creation. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in January 2026. **How:** In Data 360, go to Einstein Studio. On the Predictive Models tab, create a model. Pick the best model type for your use case and build the model. When you’re ready, activate it to get predictions by using a Salesforce workflow. ![Einstein Studio ehanced flow starts by choosing a model type before selecting data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_data_cloud_predictive_models_enhanced_flow.jpg) # Build Predictive Models with the New Default Runtime Use the new default runtime when building predictive models in Data 360. The new runtime supports new algorithms, such as clustering and forecasting, and is the foundation for long-term model building capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available starting in May 2026. **Why:** The new runtime supports new models and algorithms, such as clustering and forecasting, and is the foundation for long-term model-building capabilities. Binary classification and regression models can use both the new and legacy runtimes, but all other models use the new runtime exclusively. - Orgs that use legacy-based multiclass classification models are affected by behavior changes. - Migrate a legacy model to the new runtime by cloning the model. - The legacy runtime is scheduled for retirement in a future release. All new models and new algorithms require the new runtime. **How:** To use the earlier runtime temporarily, go to Data 360 Feature Manager and turn on **Legacy Model Creation** at the start of the legacy model-building process. Go to the AI Models tab to build and use your model. Predictive model building in AI Models uses the new runtime, and no action is required. ![AI Models tab shows algorithms and models supported by the new runtime](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_data_cloud_predictive_models_new_runtime.png) # Build Pricing Logic with Conditional IF Statements Solve complex pricing scenarios by using conditional IF statements and nested logic directly within the Formula-Based Pricing element. Pricing designers can now replicate complex business logic, such as intricate claculations for product pricing by using basis points or advanced logic for promotional discounts, without relying on custom code. This enhancement optimizes procedure readability and accelerates debugging. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Build Proactive Service Scenarios with the New Detection and Segmentation UI Configure the what and who of proactive service scenarios with a new detection UI that helps you define event-based or scheduled triggers and dynamically identify affected customers. This capability completes the detection stage of the Proactive Service lifecycle and supports rule-based outreach powered by Data Cloud and event activity. **Where:** This change applies to Aura or LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Also, applies to Proactive Service Add-on, Proactive Service For Community Add-on, and Unified Catalog Add-on. **Who:** This change is available to users with the ServiceDeskUser or Service User license, and those assigned Data Cloud or Service Cloud user licenses. Customers accessing Experience Cloud sites must have Customer Community Plus licenses. **Why:** Proactive Service identifies customer-impacting issues before they are reported. The detection and segmentation UI makes it easier for you to set up event-based and scheduled-based detection, define affected customers, and prepare outreach and fulfillment plans more accurately. This enhancement improves detection quality, expands use cases, and ensures timely, targeted communications. **How:** From the Proactive Service Detection and Segmentation page, select an **event** or **scheduled trigger**, define conditions, and generate the impacted-customer segment. In planning, configure the resolution method and Unified Catalog automation. During outreach, customers receive the scenario message and complete the linked fulfillment flow. # Build Provider Search with a Conversational Setup Assistant Set up Provider Search in Health without navigating the full Data Pipelines and search configuration UI by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies prerequisites, turns on Data Pipelines and standard data sync, seeds healthcare facility and practitioner records, and configures criteria-based search, guest user access, and an AI-powered Patient and Member Services agent for provider matching. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. You can run the setup skills using an AI coding assistant, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). _Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **How:** Connect your AI coding assistant to your org through the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta) and Salesforce CLI. Type a plain-language request to set up Health Cloud, followed by Provider Search. For example, “Set up Health Cloud in this org” and "Set up Provider Search in this org". Your assistant selects the necessary skills and guides you through the rest of the setup. Some steps still require manual actions. The assistant flags those steps when they come up. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Headless 360 MCP Servers (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Provider Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_provider_search.htm&language=en_US) # Build Reusable Quick Action Experiences with Page-Based Quick Actions (Beta) Create quick actions based on accessible, reusable action layouts using the same authoring tool you use for Lightning pages. Build a quick action page one time in Lightning App Builder and associate it with multiple quick actions. Configure dynamic visibility rules, organize fields into sections, and set field behavior—all in one familiar interface. When you update the quick action page, your changes apply to all actions that use it, giving you a consistent, efficient way to manage action experiences. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Page-based quick actions is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **How:** In Lightning App Builder, create a Quick Action Page, select its target object and page template, and configure its fields. Then, create a quick action for the same object, set its type to **Lightning Page**, and assign your quick action page to it. Lastly, add the page-based quick action to the Dynamic Highlights Panel or Dynamic Related List - Single components on a record page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Quick Action Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_create_quick_action_page.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Page-Based Quick Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.page_based_quick_action_create.htm&language=en_US) # Build Reusable Service Intake Forms with Custom Components Eliminate manual reconfigurations when migrating service processes between orgs by configuring intake forms once using the Create Service Catalog Request flow invocable action. The system deploys your configuration consistently across orgs, supports custom Lightning web components, and captures comprehensive attribute data for every request. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Unified Catalog. **How:** In Flow Builder, add an Action element to your flow. In the Action field, search for Create Service Catalog Request, and select **Create Service Catalog Request**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Intake Form Service Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.intake_form_service_process.htm&language=en_US) # Build Reusable Skills for Agentforce Coworker A skill packages instructions, context, and tools into a reusable workflow for an AI agent. A prompt template returns one generated response. A skill runs a repeatable, multi-step task and can run tools, such as querying records or sending email. Create and publish the skill in Skill Builder, and then run it from Skills in Agentforce Coworker. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Platform add-on, the Einstein or Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or Agentforce Foundations. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](https://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **Who:** Users with the AI Skill User permission set can create, edit, publish, share, and run skills. Users with the AI Skill Manager permission set can view and manage all skills in the org. Before you assign a permission set: - For AI Skill User, provision the Einstein Prompt Builder add-on. - For AI Skill Manager, provision the Einstein Platform add-on. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission Sets, and then select **Permission Sets**. Assign AI Skill User or AI Skill Manager. Create the skill in Skill Builder from Agentforce Studio, or create it from Agentforce Coworker. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get to Know Skills and Skill Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.skill_builder_get_to_know.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Give Users Access to Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.skill_builder_give_users_access.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: How Users Work with a Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.skill_builder_how_users_work.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Build Revenue Management Faster with Prebuilt Design Foundations Install Revenue Management capabilities and select prebuilt components for common implementation work. Add sample usage products and rate cards, refresh product qualification, pricing, and rating rules, or start orchestration when an order activates. You spend less time assembling a working implementation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Salesforce Go, click **Revenue Design Foundations**. Select **Custom Installation** to select optional sample usage products and rate cards, flows that refresh product qualification, pricing, and rating rules, and a flow that submits the order to Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator when the order activates. Review and adapt the installed components in a sandbox before using them for your business processes. # Build Richer, More Personalized Emails and Share Consistent Templates Marketers can build richer emails with the rich text editing toolbar in paragraph components and by attaching PDFs. Advanced data sources available in emails offer more personalization options. Pro-code email authors can create more sophisticated and deeply personalized messages with Handlebars scripting. To better control and enforce email layouts, marketing managers can lock and unlock elements of email templates. Then, to increase productivity without sacrificing consistency, marketers can share approved email templates outside of their marketing teams. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with access to Marketing Cloud Next Growth or Advanced editions. They also apply when Salesforce Foundations is enabled. Your edition determines the options that you have. ## Share Marketing-Approved Email Templates with Non-Marketing Users To increase productivity without sacrificing brand consistency, marketers can now share approved email templates built in Marketing Cloud Next with sales reps and other users. After a marketer creates an email template, they can add it to a flow and lock or unlock specific components. Publishing the flow makes the email template available in an easy email composer that’s ready to use. An admin must turn on Distributed Marketing and Alerts in Setup, and adds the required Lightning components to record pages. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Distributed Marketing and Alerts Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_dm_overview.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Distributed Marketing and Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_distributed_marketing.htm&language=en_US) ## Enforce Brand Standards with Email Template Locks Marketing managers can now ensure brand consistency by locking specific elements on an email template. Protect critical content—such as subject lines, headers, and legal disclaimers—and prevent accidental changes by authors. While fixed elements remain secure, authors retain the flexibility to customize unlocked areas. Visual indicators in the component tree clearly show which sections are non-editable. ![Email template open in the email builder with the component tree open, showing lock icons](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mktg_content_messages_email_template_locking.png) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create an Email Template in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=mktg.mktg_content_create_email_template.htm) ## Personalize Email Messages with Advanced Data Sources Get more flexibility in personalizing email content with expanded data source support for segment data, Apex classes, and lookup data graphs. Reference Data 360 segment data for data-driven email targeting. Use Apex Classes to pass complex, structured data, such as entire order collections, directly from Flow to your messages, and then build fast, highly personalized transactional messages like order confirmations using that data. Define specialized lookup data graphs that use non-profile data from Data 360, such as product catalogs, to complement the default data graph or unified individual. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Manage Data Sources for Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_personalization_data_sources.htm&language=en_US) ## Attach PDF Documents to Marketing Cloud Next Emails Marketers can now include important business documents such as terms of service, whitepapers, or invoices in emails. In the Property panel, select a PDF from Salesforce CMS that’s 5 MB or less, and attach it to your email. ![The email builder canvas, with the file attachment section of the email settings panel highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mktg_pdf_attachment.png) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.cms_content_create_manage.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create an Email in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_email_create.htm&language=en_US) ## Get Greater Control Over Email Content with Low-Code Scripting For sophisticated content personalization and detailed control over message content, use the industry-standard Handlebars templating language. Designer-developers and advanced marketers can access this low-code scripting language from Code View while they build emails. Convert existing emails to code and then write, view, and edit scripts that add conditional logic or perform lookups for relevant data. As you author, the code view provides syntax validation, inline coding assistance, and search. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Create an Email in Code View in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_email_html_create.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Developers_: [Create an Email in Marketing Cloud Next](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/marketing/handlebars-for-marketing-cloud-next/overview) ## Style Email Content by Using the Enhanced Rich Text Editor We added more granular control over text styling and spacing for email layouts. Enhancements include emojis, font families, sizes, and line heights; text and background colors; block quotes and horizontal lines. # Build Salesforce Apps Faster with the Claude Code Plugin Use natural language prompts to develop Salesforce apps with the Salesforce Development plugin for Claude Code. The plugin detects your Salesforce DX project environment and provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. You get AI-powered assistance to build, update, and maintain apps efficiently and quickly. **Where:** The Salesforce Development Claude Code plugin is available from the [Claude Plugin Marketplace](https://claude.com/plugins/salesforce-development). The plugin works in any [Claude Code platform](https://code.claude.com/docs/en/platforms#where-to-run-claude-code) that can access your Salesforce DX project, as the CLI (terminal), Desktop, VS Code, and JetBrains IDEs. **How:** First install the [prerequisite software](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/plugins/builder/salesforce-development#quick-start) on your computer. Then open Claude Code and run these commands to install the plugin and ensure it's activated: ``` /plugin install salesforce-development@claude-plugins-official /reload-plugins ``` Run this command to read the Salesforce Development Welcome page that shows useful information about your environment and tips on what to do next: ``` /salesforce-development:welcome ``` Your next steps depend on whether you're an experienced or new Salesforce developer. If you're an experienced Salesforce developer and have a DX project with metadata and code, open the DX project and enter natural language prompts in Claude Code to continue developing. Here are some sample prompts: - Create an Apex service class to handle Account territory assignments. - Generate a custom object called Project with fields for Name, Status, Due Date, and Owner. - Deploy the current changes to my sandbox. - Write a test class for AccountTerritoryService and run it. If you're a new Salesforce developer, run this prompt to get started: - Let's build something in Salesforce. Claude shows basic information about Salesforce development and suggests initial prompts. For example, you can start with: - Create a DX project called my-project. Claude creates the project and tells you what to do next, such as authorizing and connecting an org. Try these prompts if you get stuck: - What do I do now? - What's the status? What you do next depends on what you want to build: a custom object, an Apex class, a Lightning Web Component (LWC), or any other Salesforce customization. Simply enter a prompt and Claude Code handles the rest. To learn technical details about the Salesforce Development Claude Code plugin, its list of skills, and so on, see this [GitHub repo](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/plugins/builder/salesforce-development). Enter issues or new feature suggestions in the [issues section](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/issues). #### See Also - [Claude Plugin Marketplace](https://claude.com/plugins) - [Salesforce Skills and Plugin GitHub Repo](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main) - [_Developer Center_: Salesforce Headless 360](https://developer.salesforce.com/developer-centers/headless-360) # Build Secure UI Bundles That Pass AgentExchange Security Review AgentExchange Security Review now checks UI bundles for client-side security risks, such as cross-site scripting and untrusted scripts. Learn the framework, scan, and coding rules before you submit your package so that it passes review. **Where:** This change applies to second-generation managed packages (2GP) that contain UI bundles submitted for AgentExchange Security Review. **How:** Before you submit, build with a supported framework version, such as React 18+, and include a package.json file listing your dependencies. Scan your code using Salesforce Code Analyzer version 5 or later with the `uibundle` engine. Then add the scan report to your submission. If your UI bundle connects to a non-Salesforce service, scan that service with OWASP ZAP or Burp Suite and include the reports. After your package is listed, if a critical security issue affects React or a dependency, release a patched package within 7 days. Otherwise, Salesforce can turn off the affected UI bundles in subscriber orgs. **SEE ALSO** [_ISVforce Guide:_ Secure UI Bundles for AgentExchange](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/isvforce/guide/security-review-secure-ui-bundles.html) #### See Also - [_ISVforce Guide_: Secure UI Bundles for AgentExchange](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/isvforce/guide/security-review-secure-ui-bundles.html) # Build Service Processes Faster with Prebuilt Templates in Unified Catalog Access prebuilt financial service process templates in Unified Catalog and deploy them with a single click to include all associated data, metadata, and dependencies. While you can still create service processes in Service Process Studio, creating service process definitions from prebuilt templates is now unique to the Unified Catalog. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud, and Unified Catalog. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Process Automation with Unified Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_sp_unified_ctlg.htm&language=en_US) # Build Standardized Evaluations with the Discovery Framework Create consistent coaching evaluations by using assessment templates. Admins author question banks, configure scoring criteria, and assign weights to competencies by using the Discovery Framework and OmniStudio. Templates support scoring questions, ensuring every employee is evaluated against the same standards. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **Who:** Admins need the Life Sciences Commercial Admin permission set and Assessment Platform User permission to create and manage assessment templates. # Build Stronger Customer Relationships with Last Support Rep Routing Strengthen customer relationships by reconnecting callers with the last service rep they spoke with to preserve context, reduce repeat conversations. Also, offer a callback with the same rep if they’re unavailable. Improve first-call resolution and shorten handle times by routing inbound calls to the same rep using a flow. Deliver faster, more personalized support while reducing unnecessary effort for both customers and reps. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Who:** To configure these capabilities, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. # Build Tailored Workflows for Standardized Service Requests Reduce turnaround times for transactional service requests like new software installations and hardware upgrade requests. Use service requests to manage and track all your high-volume, one-time fulfillment tasks. Anchor your request workflows on the Service Request object with specialized Service Level Agreements (SLAs) to give request fulfillers dedicated insight into fulfillment metrics and the request backlog. Provide request-specific tasks to expedite processing. Empower requestors to self-serve their needs with workflows designed for requests that don't require manual intervention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Unified Catalog and IT Service Management. **How:** Create a service in the Unified Catalog app and select **Service Request** as the target data model. ![Dala Models page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_DataModel.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Select Information Flow Route](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.uc_select_target_outcome.htm&language=en_US) # Build Targeted Client Lists with Data Model Objects (Generally Available) Build actionable lists to group similar client profiles and act on new opportunities. Filter directly on unified data from Data 360 data model objects (DMOs), combining CRM fields with external data such as cash balances, marketing engagement scores, and purchase history in one list. External field values are used only for filtering and are never written to CRM records. Your CRM stays clean while advisors identify high-value opportunities faster. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Starter, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, and requires Data 360 and the Industry Sales Excellence permission set license. **Who:** To configure the data model objects, admins need the Data 360 Architect permission set. To create actionable list definitions, admins need Data 360 User and Actionable Segmentation Admin permission sets. Advisors creating and working with lists need Data 360 User and Actionable Segmentation List Manager permission sets. **Why:** Actionable List with Data 360 gives advisors and admins more direct control over how client lists are built and maintained. With this feature, they can: - Filter directly on DMO data instead of a prebuilt segment, so advisors aren't limited by the lower list-volume cap tied to segment-based lists. - Combine CRM and DMO fields side by side in one filter, instead of relying on an admin to prebuild a segment for every use case. - Refresh a list on demand to pull the latest Data 360 data and update list membership automatically. - Assign members to users, record owners, or queues to match your territory and outreach structures. - Track advisor progress through custom, color-coded workflow statuses, such as To Contact, Contacted, and Re-engaged. **How:** From Setup, go to the **Actionable List with Data 360 Data Model Objects Settings** page, and turn on **Actionable List with Data 360 Data Model Objects**. Click **New**, and then select **Data Space** | **Data Model Object**. Set a name, choose a CRM source object (Account or Contact), and configure the display fields, primary key mapping, and member statuses. To build a list, from the App Launcher, open **Actionable Lists**, click **New**, and select **Data 360 Data Model Objects** as the source, alongside the existing Data 360 segment option. After you choose a definition and name the list, build filters, select matching or specific records, preview CRM and Data 360 columns together, set a default status, and save your changes. Click **Refresh** on any saved list to update membership with the latest Data 360 data. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Actionable Segmentation Overview (FSC)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_actionable_segmentation.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Custom Data Model Object](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_custom_data_model_object.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Streams in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_streams.htm&language=en_US) # Build the Embedding Bridge Without a Salesforce Package Communicate with the Salesforce host directly over the sf-embedding protocol in plain JavaScript, with no dependency on a Salesforce package. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud LWR and Aura sites, and the Salesforce mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce where English is the default language. **When:** This feature is available starting September 14, 2026. **Who:** This change is for developers who build embedded apps and who want full control of the communication layer. **Why:** Talk to the Salesforce host without adding a package dependency to your app, which is useful when you want to manage the communication layer yourself. **How:** Instead of importing a Salesforce package, implement the `sf-embedding` protocol in your app to send and receive messages with the host. You handle the embedding lifecycle, data exchange, and events directly over the protocol. # Build Transactions Faster with Rule-Based Discovery Create quotes and orders without leaving the product catalog. Sales reps see real-time transaction updates, receive recommendations of compatible products, and add products directly to quotes or orders. Previously, sales reps viewed multiple pages to verify product compatibility and view the progress of their transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Why:** The enhanced Product Discovery experience combines several capabilities on the Product List page to improve accuracy and speed. - Product Discovery evaluates constraint rules to disable incompatible products and display constraint messages. Sales reps can understand constraints and reduce transaction errors with this immediate feedback. - Contextual, rule-based suggestions appear directly in the interface. Sales reps can easily add recommended products, reducing manual search time. - An embedded panel shows the current transaction alongside the catalog. Sales reps can review pricing and quantities in real time without navigating away from Product Discovery. - Selected products save automatically to the transaction. Sales reps can continuously search the catalog and add products without switching between the transaction line and the product list. # Build Your Assignment Rules Quickly with Templates Set up assignment rules for IT services faster by starting with templates. These templates provide a ready-to-use foundation for routing incidents, problems, change requests, and service requests to the appropriate users or queues. Admins clone a template and customize its conditions and assignments instead of building rules from scratch. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** From the App Launcher, open the Agentic IT Service Desk app, and then go to the **IT Services Assignment** tab. To create an assignment rule, click **Create From Template**, and then click **Service Request Assignment Rule**. # Build Your Consented Marketing Audience at SFRA Checkout SFRA storefronts now support shopper consent capture at checkout. Capture consents at the moment shoppers place their orders without interrupting order placement. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce with Agentforce Marketing. **How:** To show consent checkboxes at checkout, configure a shopper consent for the checkout location in Business Manager. See [Shopper Consent Capture on PWA Kit and SFRA Storefronts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_marketing_storefront_display.htm&language=en_US) # Build Your Course Catalog with AI Tools Give a coding agent your existing course data, such as CSV or PDF files, or a catalog webpage. Replace hours of manual data entry with a standardized and consistent process so that students and advisors access an accurate catalog. The coding agent creates course records, including linked lecture and lab courses, and links each course to its provider, such as the college or department that offers it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting September 2026. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can run setup skills through a coding agent, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html). **How:** You can use Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code to build your course catalog. For Agentforce Vibes, no installation is required. Agentforce Vibes installs, enables, and updates AI Skills automatically. You can manage them from the Skills page, under Toolkit, in Agentforce Vibes. For Claude Code, install the [Salesforce Development plugin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/overview.html), which provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. First, connect to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Next, provide your course data to build your catalog. The coding agent creates course records. You set up learning programs and prerequisites separately. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Model Courses and Curricula (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_model_courses_and_curricula.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help_: Overview of the Salesforce Development Plugin (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/salesforce-development-overview.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce skills repository (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Agentforce Vibes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-get-started.html) # Build Your Personalization Strategy with Individual Objects in Data Kits Import specific personalization components from a data kit only when you need them. Instead of a full data kit deployment, use a data kit during object creation to populate settings for your engagement signals, personalization points, and response templates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. **Why:** Individual deployment offers flexible scaling with sequential validation and less overhead. For example, you can deploy engagement signals individually to make sure that proper mappings align with the data model before creating recommendations. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure an Engagement Signal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_engagement_signals_configure.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure a Personalization Point](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_persnl_personalization_point_configure.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure a Personalization Response Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_persnl_personalization_schema_configure.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Including Personalization Components in Data Kits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_setup_including_components_in_data_kits.htm&language=en_US) # Build Your Sales Agent in the New Agentforce Builder The Sales Agent template is available in the new Agentforce Builder, the enhanced agent-building experience in Agentforce Studio. Create your agent in the new builder to get finer control over your agent’s workflows, along with previewing and debugging tools to help you release with confidence. Agents created from the template in the legacy builder continue to work, but you can’t upgrade them to the new builder. The Sales agent’s subagents are also structured differently in the new builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. **When:** The Sales Agent template is available in the new builder in Agentforce Studio starting the week of August 17, 2026. **How:** When you turn on Pipeline Management or Account Management after the week of August 17, 2026, an agent from the template in the new builder is created for you automatically. If you already use Pipeline Management or Account Management, turn the feature off and back on to get one. To activate the new agent, first deactivate your existing agent. To build a Sales agent in the new builder manually, from the Agents tab of the Agentforce Studio app, click **New Agent**. Then, create an agent from the **Sales Agent** template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Getting a Sales Agent in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_sales_mgmt_move_to_new_builder.htm&language=en_US) # Build, Debug, and Deploy Directly in Salesforce (Beta) Web Console is a modern, browser-based IDE built directly into Salesforce. Stop switching between tabs and external tools—stay in your flow and handle your entire workflow without leaving the platform. **Where:** Web Console is available on all orgs at no cost. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Web Console is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** Effective April 14 2026, Web Console will be available in open beta. **Why:** Web Console provides a unified interface for these development and administrative tasks. - **Access Native IDE** directly within your Salesforce org for a smooth, browser-resident development experience. - **Edit code in-context** to modify Apex and workflows as you navigate. - **Navigate system components** with an integrated Org Browser to manage your metadata effortlessly. - **Optimize data queries** by using the SOQL Builder and built-in Query Planner to ensure performance. - **Diagnose issues faster** with a modernized execution log viewer and a comprehensive Apex testing suite. - **Run code on-demand** through a dedicated interface for anonymous Apex. **How:** For the beta, Salesforce admins must provision access by enabling Web Console. After it’s enabled, it’s available from the Setup menu. #### See Also - [Web Console (Beta) Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/webconsole/overview) # Builder Central (Beta) Builder Central helps you manage, build, and deploy solutions across Salesforce, from agents to apps and everything in between. - **[Plan, Build, and Preview Apps and Agents with Salesforce Builder Central (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_builder_central.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Describe the app or agent you want in plain language, and Salesforce Builder Central helps you plan it, build it, and preview it in one workspace. Start from a suggested prompt or your own description. Then see what the Build Agent builds, validate it in a preview org, and deploy to a sandbox. # Bundle Service Appointments Directly in the Scheduling Console Dispatch appointments more efficiently by grouping related appointments that should be handled by the same resource into bundles. Dispatchers can assign and dispatch them as a single unit—right from the Gantt and list, without context-switching. A dedicated icon makes bundles instantly recognizable, and a popover displays all members. Dispatchers create bundles based on your policies with an intuitive modal, then track and manage them seamlessly alongside individual appointments. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting October 18, 2026. # Business Relationship Plans Create calculation definitions, or use the ones provided out of the box, to automatically track progress toward account plan objectives using Financial Deal records in Business Relationship Plans. - **[Track Financial Deals in Business Relationship Plans to Meet Revenue Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_brp_track_financial_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate manual updates to account plan objectives — financial deals now sync automatically so you always have an accurate view of progress toward your revenue goals. - **[Measure Deal Performance in Business Relationship Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_brp_measure_deal_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Two calculation definitions for financial deal records are now available out of the box, so financial advisors and relationship managers can track revenue and fee goals without creating them manually. # Business Rules Engine Experience improved scalability in decision tables with increased limits for invocations, output results, columns, and row processing. Expression sets enhancements include support for the IF function, automatic element naming, proactive alerts for constraint violations, and improved Salesforce Flow integration. Deploy rules to context definitions with improved stability. Monitor decision table actions in a centralized dashboard with real-time status and error details. Simplify the discovery and setup Business Rules Engine features with Salesforce Go. Clarify decisions with automated explanations for nested expression sets. Control how your expression set handles null values and no matches in decision tables based on your business requirements. - **[Improve Scalability in Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_table_improved_scalability.htm&release=260&type=5)** Experience minimized disruption, improved scalability and performance with improved limits on both standard and advanced decision tables. You can also invoke significantly more decision tables in your org per hour, allowing for more extensive and frequent processing. - **[Expression Set Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_expression_set_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Business Rules Engine now supports the IF function, allowing for direct logical evaluations and fewer steps. Each element in the Expression Set builder now receives a distinct, automatically generated name, making it effortless to identify, manage, and debug rules. Receive proactive alerts notifying you if you add an element that exceeds system constraints, helping you avoid rework and ensuring your designs are always savable. Execute context-based Expression Sets from Salesforce Flow with more ease by using an enhanced invocable action that handles context hydration. - **[Improve Deployment Stability with Context Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_deployment_stability_es_with_context.htm&release=260&type=5)** Experience greater stability during migrations and upgrades in your Business Rules Engine with rule definitions. - **[Monitor Decision Table Actions in a Centralized View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_table_action_status_dashboard.htm&release=260&type=5)** Monitor all your decision table actions in a dashboard that shows real-time status and error details. Easily filter and sort tables to prioritize attention, ensuring critical business logic is always current and reliable. - **[Simplify Business Rules Engine Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_salesforce_go.htm&release=260&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover and set up Business Rules Engine features, and track feature usage, all from a single location. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Business Rules Engine features from Salesforce Go. - **[Clarify Automated Decisions with Rule Explanations for Nested Expression Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_explainer_for_nested_expression_sets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide users with a deeper understanding of how automated decisions are reached within nested expression sets. This enhancement allows rule designers to offer more detailed, transparent explanations for every rule outcome, building trust and ensuring clarity in complex decision-making processes. - **[Control Null Values and No Matches in Expression Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_null_values_and_no_matches_in_expression_sets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure your expression sets to manage null values and decision table no-matches exactly as your business requires. This enhancement helps maintain the integrity of your calculations, reduces errors, and ensures that automated processes consistently deliver reliable results for better decision-making. - **[New and Changed Objects in Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with this new Business Rules Engine object. # Business Rules Engine Process multiple outcomes from a single decision table lookup within context-aware expression sets. Manage CSV-based rule versions and resolve conflicts using custom activation ranks. Track rule executions against context service records for enhanced Decision Explainability. Package BRE components seamlessly using second-generation managed packages (2GP). Scale complex operations with increased decision table limits. - **[Enhance Control and Compliance with Decision Table Versioning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_csv_decision_table_versions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain full control over your business rules and simplify compliance with versioning for CSV–based decision tables. Create new versions to test changes safely without affecting active rules. For streamlined deployment, activate specific versions with a custom rank to manage conflicts when multiple versions are active. - **[Improved Scalability in Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_guardrails.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Experience improved scalability with improved limits on CSV-based decision tables. - **[Improved Transparency in Decision Explanations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_explainer_tracks_executions_against_context_record.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Decision Explainer now tracks all Business Rules Engine executions against a context service record. View improved explanations by tracking the specific Business Rules Engine execution for each decision. - **[Improve Agility with Local List Variables in Expression Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_local_list_variables_with_context_expression_set.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create local list variables directly within the Expression Set builder to store interim values for the calculation, from a context definition, instead of modifying the context definition. Local list variables are hierarchical resources, while variables and constants are flat resources. These variables are scoped to a specific expression set version and exist only during execution, keeping your global context definitions clean. - **[Migrate Business Rules Engine with 2GP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_2gp_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Business Rules Engine components are now packageable in the second-generation managed packages (2GP). - **[New Objects in Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_new_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with this new Business Rules Engine object. - **[Changed Invocable Actions in Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_new_changed_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with this changed Business Rules Engine invocable action. - **[Use Date Data Type in Advanced CSV-Based Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_date_type.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Advanced CSV-based decision tables now support the Date data type, so you can define input and output columns that match date values directly, without time components. Previously, CSV-based decision tables supported DateTime but not Date as a standalone data type. Teams that needed to evaluate or return date-only values had to use DateTime as a workaround. Now you can define Date columns directly, keeping your decision table data clean and aligned with date-only fields in your org. - **[Call Decision Tables from Omnistudio Integration Procedures](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_omnistudio_decision_table_action.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect decision tables to Omnistudio without custom code or manual workarounds. With a new enhanced action, rule designers can run decision tables directly from Integration Procedures, map transaction data to the inputs, and merge the results into the data flow. Decision tables join decision matrices as supported Business Rules Engine lookup tables in Omnistudio, giving you no-code integration for both. # Business Rules Engine Run expression sets and decision tables as actions in Agentforce. Use the List Branch element to build if-then-else rule conditions on list data in context-aware expression sets. Process multiple decision table outcomes in standard expression sets, even without Context Service. Select picklist values from a dropdown instead of typing them in expression set conditions. Call decision tables directly from Omniscripts. Speed up decision table refreshes with parallel processing and automatic incremental refreshes. Use more data types and manage null values and empty cells in CSV-based decision tables, and see each table's status from the list view. - **[Run Business Rules Engine Logic in Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_agentforce_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Connect your activated expression sets and decision tables as reference actions in Agentforce so your agents can run eligibility checks, calculations, and other business logic during conversations. In Agentforce Studio, add an expression set or decision table as an API reference action, map its inputs and outputs, and give the agent instructions on when to invoke it. With Business Rules Engine actions in Agentforce, your agents can give consistent, rule based answers during a live conversation without waiting for a handoff. - **[Use the Branch Element in Context-Aware Expression Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_list_branch_element.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In an expression set that uses a context definition, add the List Branch element to build if-then-else rule conditions directly on list data. Each incoming list item is processed by the first branch whose condition it satisfies. - **[Process Multiple Outcomes from Decision Tables in Expression Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_multiple_outcomes_standard_expression_sets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use decision tables that return multiple outputs from a single input in standard expression sets, even in orgs that don't use Context Service. Previously, only expression sets built on a context definition could process more than one matching result from a decision table lookup. - **[Reduce Errors in Expression Set Conditions with Picklist Value Suggestions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_picklist_value_suggestions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Select from a dropdown of valid values in the Expression Set Builder when you write a List Filter condition on a picklist-type context variable instead of manually entering it. Use type-ahead search to quickly find a value in a long list, and get an immediate warning if you enter values that the picklist doesn't allow. - **[Call Decision Tables from Omniscripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_omniscript_decision_table_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Call an activated decision table directly from an Omniscript without Apex controllers or manual workarounds. - **[Speed Up Decision Table Refreshes with Parallel Processing and Automatic Incremental Refreshes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_table_parallel_refresh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** After the full refresh completes on the first activation, decision table refreshes now default to processing only what changed instead of reprocessing the entire dataset. Also multiple tables can refresh at the same time instead of queuing one behind another. - **[Use More Data Types in CSV-Based Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_csv_decision_table_data_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** CSV-based decision tables now support Percentage, Currency, and Date/Time columns. - **[Manage Null Values in CSV-Based Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_csv_decision_table_null_handling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Decision tables that use a CSV file store empty cells as null values. If you add the literal string "null", it's treated as invalid. For boolean columns, empty cells default to false. If you have existing CSV files with empty strings that you didn't intend as null values, update the CSV file to reflect your intended behavior. - **[See Decision Table Status at a Glance from the List View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_table_status_list_view.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Decision Table list view now includes a Status column showing whether tables are active or inactive, so you can check a table's state without opening its detail page. Sort by status to quickly find inactive tables that need attention. # Button Order Was Updated on User Records For a more consistent navigation experience, the Cancel button now appears first when you edit user records in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **How:** From Setup, go to **Users**. Select a user record, and then click **Edit**. ![A user record with the cancel button highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_cancel_button.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View and Manage Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.admin_users.htm&language=en_US) # Bypass Automations While Processing Records There’s a new way to bypass automations while processing records in Privacy Center. Instead of modifying individual triggers or validation rules, you can select a bypass setting at the object or policy level. This approach bypasses all triggers and validations for the selected objects on a policy, or for the entire policy. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bypass All Triggers and Validations at the Object or Policy Level](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.bypass_automations_object_policy.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Calculate Advanced Pricing for Sales Orders Enable your sales reps to calculate precise prices for orders using enterprise-grade pricing capabilities that can be configured to mirror the pricing logic in your ERP system. The engine supports over 35 pricing calculation types, including customer hierarchies, multiple units of measure, volume-based discounts, promotions, and surcharges. Prices match ERP invoices exactly, reducing disputes and eliminating manual calculations. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Automotive, Consumer Goods, and Manufacturing. **Who:** To set up and use pricing, users need the Advanced Pricing, BRERuntimeAddOn, BREDesignerAddOn, Salesforce Pricing Admin, Salesforce Pricing Design Time User, Salesforce Pricing Manager, Salesforce Pricing Run Time User, Context Service, Data Processing Engine, and supporting licenses. **Why:** The pricing engine uses a hierarchical search sequence to find the most specific applicable price for each transaction, searching from customer-specific rules and promotional pricing down to general base pricing. For example, you can configure a pricing condition that applies a customer-tier volume discount, layers a promotional discount on top, and adds region-specific surcharges, all calculated automatically in a single transaction. These enterprise-grade capabilities can be configured to mirror the pricing logic in your ERP system, ensuring consistency across your quote-to-cash process and supporting complex scenarios out of the box. **How:** In Setup, turn on **Advanced Pricing**, enable Context Definitions, and configure Salesforce Pricing. Load your ERP pricing data, then add the Pricing Details component to Order record pages so users can view the full pricing calculation for each transaction. For more details, see [Drive Accurate Order Capture with Integrated Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.advanced_orders_for_telesales.htm&type=5&language=en_US) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Penny Perfect Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.ppp_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Calculate and Add Fees to the Price of Insurance Products Configure specific charges for insurance products by using a flexible, built-in calculation framework that now supports tallying both taxes and fees. Define the exact order of operations to calculate fees accurately alongside the policy premium and taxes during quoting. Review a detailed breakdown of the premiums, taxes, and fees for a quote, and capture the amounts charged when you issue the policy. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Insurance Surcharges (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_admin_set_up_surcharges.htm&language=en_US) # Calculate Budgets Precisely with Benefit Frequency Boost compliance, minimize budgeting errors, and streamline patient approvals with the advanced budget management capabilities of Home Health. Incorporate the period frequency of care benefits along with the total price directly into the healthcare budget calculations. Improve overall financial reliability and operational confidence by accurately pro-rating benefit amounts based on their defined frequency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Home Health add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Manage Home Health permission set license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Calculate Group Taxes and Fees to Meet Regulatory and Operational Costs Capture tax and fee surcharges at the coverage, member, or policy line item instead of rolling them into a premium calculation. Define each surcharge as a flat amount, percentage, or expression set, and set the sequence, proration, and refund behavior. Apply up to five taxes and five fees per quote line item. Before a policy operation, view the breakdown in Group Census Member Plan Surcharge. After the operation succeeds, view the breakdown in Insurance Policy Surcharge. Rating excludes class-level surcharges. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. # Calculate IT Change Request Risk Scores Consistently Change risk scores are now calculated consistently whether users complete the risk assessment questionnaire or the system automatically recalculates risk when change attributes are updated. Questionnaire responses are saved for historical tracking and audit trails. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Get the same risk score regardless of how it's calculated. In previous releases, the risk score incorrectly reset to the attribute-only score when a change request was updated, even if a questionnaire had been completed. This enhancement fixes that behavior—the system now retains and includes questionnaire responses in all risk score calculations. Saved questionnaire responses provide visibility into risk assessment history and support compliance audits. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important If you upgraded to the Summer '26 release and your risk scores still reset to baseline mode, the corrected flow may not have deployed automatically. To resolve this, delete your existing active flow for risk evaluation. Navigate to Salesforce Go and turn off the Change Risk Score feature on the Change Management page. Refresh the page and turn the feature back on. This ensures the updated flow template deploys to your org. # Calculate Precise Tax for Products with Enhanced Tax Treatment Item Resolution Achieve greater flexibility when calculating taxes for different products across legal entities. Use tax treatment items within a tax treatment to assign specific tax codes to each product, supporting countries that require product-specific tax codes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To create and use tax treatment items, you need the Billing Admin or the Tax Admin permission set. **How:** To calculate taxes based on tax codes assigned to products, from the App Launcher, find and select **Tax Treatments**. Configure a tax treatment, and select **Use Tax Treatment Items**. Define related tax treatment items to map products with their corresponding tax codes. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Tax Policies and Treatments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_tax_policies_and_treatments_create.htm&language=en_US) # Calculate Taxes with the Standard Tax Engine Configure and apply taxes directly in the Billing app with the standard built-in tax engine for simple tax use cases. Capture multiple tax rates, set tax effective dates, and configure the priority of tax calculation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To configure a native tax engine, you need the Billing Admin permission set or the Tax Admin permission set. **How:** To configure tax rates, from the App Launcher, find and select **Tax Rates**. Then, configure the required tax rates. To configure taxes by using the standard tax engine, from the App Launcher, find and select **Tax Engine**. Create and configure a tax engine by using the Revenue Standard Tax Engine type. Then, complete the rest of the tax configuration. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Revenue Standard Tax Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_standard_tax_rate.htm&language=en_US) # Calculate Values in a SOQL WHERE Clause (Pilot) Perform arithmetic calculations directly in your SOQL WHERE clauses using the new FORMULA() function. Compare values between fields without requiring formula fields or post-processing logic, and make your queries more efficient and expressive. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. Contact your Account Manager or Customer Success Manager to enroll in the pilot. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Arithmetic formulas in a SOQL WHERE clause is a pilot service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot service is at the Customer's sole discretion. # Call Decision Tables from Omniscripts Call an activated decision table directly from an Omniscript without Apex controllers or manual workarounds. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. **How:** In Omniscript Designer or Integration Procedure Designer, drag the Decision Table action to the canvas and select an active decision table from the dropdown. Map your incoming JSON data to the table's input variables by using standard Omnistudio merge field syntax. The table's results merge back into your Omniscript or Integration Procedure JSON. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Call a Decision Matrix from an OmniScript](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.invoke_decision_matrix_omniscripts.htm&language=en_US) # Call Decision Tables from Omnistudio Integration Procedures Connect decision tables to Omnistudio without custom code or manual workarounds. With a new enhanced action, rule designers can run decision tables directly from Integration Procedures, map transaction data to the inputs, and merge the results into the data flow. Decision tables join decision matrices as supported Business Rules Engine lookup tables in Omnistudio, giving you no-code integration for both. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. **How:** In the Integration Procedure designer, add the **Decision Table** action. Then, select an active decision table, and map your input data to the table inputs with Omnistudio merge fields. When the Integration Procedure runs, the action runs the table and merges the results into the data JSON. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Call a Lookup Table from an Integration Procedure](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.invoke_decision_matrix_integration_procedure.htm&language=en_US) # Calls to Invocable Actions Are Validated for Constructor Visibility Requirements in API Version 66.0 and Later Starting in API version 66.0, REST API calls validate that custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters have visible no-argument constructors. If the constructor isn't visible with appropriate access modifiers, the API call fails. This versioned change applies to Salesforce if you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update. Previously, API calls succeeded even if the constructor wasn't visible. In API version 66.0 and later, the API call fails if the constructor lacks appropriate access modifiers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters in API Version 66.0 and Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_constructor_visibility_invocable_custom_classes_v66.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update, a versioned change now implements this requirement. Starting in API version 66.0, Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be public for non-packaged classes or global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior.") - [Enforcing No-Argument Constructor on Apex Classes Used for Invocable Action Parameters (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_release_update_enforce_perm_requirements_on_built_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "When this update is enabled, you get access to certain built-in Apex classes that are available to be used as invocable action parameters. Additionally, this update enforces the visibility of the no-argument constructor on any class. This update was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. Starting in Spring ’26, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend that you enable it. This release update was previously named Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs.") # Calls to Invocable Actions Are Validated for Constructor Visibility Requirements in API Version 66.0 and Later Starting in API version 66.0, REST API calls validate that custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters have visible no-argument constructors. If the constructor isn't visible with appropriate access modifiers, the API call fails. This versioned change applies to Salesforce if you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update. Previously, API calls succeeded even if the constructor wasn't visible. In API version 66.0 and later, the API call fails if the constructor lacks appropriate access modifiers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Campaigns and Flows Speed up workflows for your marketing team with completion actions, and improved visibility into campaign status and performance. Plus, get quick access to custom flow templates from the campaign record. - **[Automate Follow-Up Tasks with Marketing Completion Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_marketing_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce flow configuration time by adding marketing completion actions. For example, add a completion action to notify a user, or assign a lead to a specific user or queue. Previously, you configured separate flow logic for each outcome. - **[Keep Tabs on Campaign Content and Performance Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_campaigns_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get an at-a-glance view of how a campaign is doing across channels with the new campaign overview. Go from overview to detail and trace how each piece of content is used, so you always know where your campaign stands. - **[Use Custom Flow Templates from a Campaign](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_flow_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Save time when you use a custom flow template with a campaign. Create a flow from a custom flow template and relate it to a campaign with a single click—no manual linking required. On the campaign record, use the Browse Templates option to select a custom flow template. Previously, using a custom template required marketers to create the flow and campaign separately and manually link the records. # Cancel and Return Orders Without Disrupting Fulfillment Plans Cancel digital items or return physical items from your orchestrated orders while keeping fulfillment plans intact. With new flows for Order Management, you can freeze a plan, cancel digital line items that haven't reached the point of no return, and process returns for physical items. After reconciliation, the plan is automatically updated and unfrozen. If you abandon a cancellation midway, use the unfreeze flow to recover and resume normal operations. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available as of August 2026. **Who:** You need the Order Management Growth license and the Revenue Cloud RevenueLifecycleManagementAddOn and DROAddOn licenses. **How:** After setting up the base OMS–DRO integration, activate the freeze, unfreeze, and DRO cancel and return flows in Order Management. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The standard (non-DRO) cancel and return flows aren't designed for mixed-product orders. # Cancel Backups in Progress Stop a backup while it’s running to address production data errors or modify backup options. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Cancel Backup permission. **How:** From the Backup and Recover Next app, click the Backups tab. In the row for the running backup, select Cancel Backup from the action menu. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Cancel a Running Backup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.backup_recover_cancel_backup.htm&language=en_US) # Cancel Visits, Documents, and Orders on the Mobile App Give hybrid users and drivers the ability to cancel visits, orders, and delivery documents from their mobile device. Reduce manual communication when external factors, such as traffic, payment issues, or inventory problems, prevent the completion of a visit or order. Configure cancellation reason and geolocation tracking requirements to maintain audit trails for field operations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Retail Execution. **Who:** - To set up cancellation reasons and geolocation tracking through the Consumer Goods Cloud desktop app, you need the Direct Store Delivery for Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile App permission set. - To cancel visits, orders, and documents on the Consumer Goods Cloud mobile app, drivers need the CGCloud Tour Driver permission set, OR the (CGCloud Retail Tour Driver AND CGCloud Retail User) permission sets. - Hybrid users need all the permission sets required for the hybrid user persona. See [Permission Sets From Summer ’24](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_permsets_re_from_summer24.htm&language=en_US). **How:** In the Visit template, select **Cancel Reason Required** and **Location Capture During Cancel**. In the Order template, select **Cancel Reason Required**. #### See Also - [Visit Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_admin_create_call_templates.htm&language=en_US) - [Order Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_task_admin_create_order_template.htm&language=en_US) # Cap Payments at the Lowest Limit for Loss Claims Adjusters can now determine the correct payable amount without manual calculations before they request approvals. Enforce the lowest remaining limit, and track consumption across sub-coverage, coverage, and policy levels for loss-type payments. Prevent failed payments, recalculations, and messy audit trails. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementAddOn, DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementPCAddOn, DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementCCAddOn, DigitalInsuranceProductAdministrationAddOn, DigitalInsurancePolicyAdministrationAddOn, DigitalInsuranceProductRuntimeCCAddOn, and DigitalInsuranceProductRuntimePCAddOn licenses. # Capture Accurate Billable Amounts After Rollbacks Update billing schedules automatically when customers roll back a future-dated amendment, renewal, or cancellation. The rollback adds adjusting billing schedules to negate the previous change, ensuring that the schedule shows the correct view of what to bill next. Maintain accurate billing and a clean, reliable schedule history without manual corrections. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generated Billing Schedule Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_view_billing_sched_group.htm&language=en_US) - [Modify Upcoming Orders with Future-Dated Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_future_dated_order_amendments.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Accurate Consumer Goods Orders With Penny Perfect Calculator Help telesales reps capture complex Consumer Goods orders accurately with guided workflows, reusable order specifications, flexible units of measure, integrated discounts, and penny-perfect pricing. Reps can consistently handle market-specific assortments, package sizes, and prices while keeping essential customer, product, and pricing details available throughout order entry. This consistency helps reduce pricing, billing, and fulfillment errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Consumer Goods Cloud enabled. **Who:** To set up and capture orders, users need the Order Capture for Consumer Goods, Industries Service Excellence and pricing related licenses. **How:** In Setup, turn on **Order Capture for Consumer Goods**. Configure your reference data and create order specifications to define order behavior. After setup, telesales reps can launch the Service Console for Telesales, open an account to view order overviews, and use **New Order** to create or update orders. # Capture and Reuse Product Configurations with Cart Templates Standardize your sales process by converting existing product configurations from a cart into reusable templates. Sales reps can use these preconfigured templates when creating enterprise quotes, making the quoting process faster and more consistent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Enterprise Sales Management where Industries CPQ is enabled. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Use Cart Templates in Enterprise Sales Management (Managed Package)_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_cart_templates_esm_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Capture and Review Sales Conversations with Momentum Share rich contextual data about customer interactions with your sales teams. Momentum automatically captures recorded sales conversations and structures them in Salesforce alongside relevant insights and any deal risks. Your reps can better prepare for scheduled calls, and review recordings, call summaries, and next steps with ease. And with Momentum’s data foundation, your teams can see these insights, buying signals, and deal risks surfaced in relevant areas across Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions with the Agentforce for Sales add-on, or is included in Agentforce 1 Sales Edition. **When:** This feature is available in November 2026. **Why:** From the Momentum tab, users can access their call library, including a list of their upcoming calls and recorded calls. ![Momentum tab with the Call Library displayed](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_call_lib.png) Your organization’s recording, consent, privacy, and exclusion settings determine which conversations Momentum captures. Video calls are related to relevant participants and opportunity or account records. Each call features a recording player, transcript, call summary, and action items. ![Momentum video call record](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_video_call2.png) The Insights tab features relevant distillations–or memory fragments–from the call, including praise, objections, and product feedback. Examine these reusable fragments across calls to get a complete sense of how things are going with your team’s sales conversations. ![Insights tab on video call record](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_conv_insights.png) After activating Momentum, you can turn on features like Call Coaching to access more information about individual calls. You can also harness this data across calls, use it to configure automatic field updates or field update suggestions for opportunity and account fields, or access it headlessly in other interfaces. **How:** Momentum requires a connection to Google Workspace or Microsoft 365, Data 360, and Einstein Generative AI. Momentum isn’t compatible with Einstein Activity Capture or Einstein Conversation Insights. Momentum isn't yet fully supported in Japanese. To turn on the feature, from Salesforce Go, enter Momentum under Features. Then connect your organization’s supported calendar and conferencing providers, review the generated configuration, and activate **Momentum**. After you’ve turned on Momentum, users need to connect their video providers. # Capture Assessment Responses with Exact Question Versioning Map every assessment question response to the specific version of the question displayed to the user. Maintain a more precise audit trail of the question text and the responses from the user. Track and analyze customer interactions effectively by maintaining exact version context, resulting in improved decision making and customer service. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Discovery Framework. **How:** From Setup, in Discovery Framework General Settings, turn on **Enhanced Save Responses**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Enhanced Save Responses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.discovery_framework_enhanced_save_responses.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Attendee Details Faster in Group Visits The Attendee Visit action now appears directly in the Attendees section of the parent visit, making it easier for your field users to start capturing information in group visits. Save the current record and open the next attendee visit in one step by clicking the attendee name button at the top of the Attendee Visit Engagement page. Previously, switching to another attendee required navigating back to the parent visit. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). # Capture Auditable Transcription Consent from Meeting Participants Customize consent certification statements for the Meeting Notes and Documents component in Setup. Getting consent before transcribing protects privacy, builds trust, and keeps your company compliant with policies and local laws. Each certification records a timestamp and user ID for a complete audit trail. A report type is also available to review on consent certification records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting Aug 18, 2026. **How:** In Setup, go to the In-Meeting Facilitation stage and turn on **Transcribe Audio Meeting Notes**. Customize the certification statement text to reflect your business needs. Before transcribing, advisors must complete all certifications to turn on the Transcribe Meeting Notes button. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_template.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Authorized Representatives Information An authorized representative can start a benefit application for someone else, record consent for the capabilities they cover, and leave a trail the agency can review. Representatives never need the applicant's password, and they never impersonate the applicant. This release doesn't include a control to grant or revoke access. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Who:** This capability is available to: - **Internal admins and agents:** Assign the Authorized Representative Access for Public Sector permission set. - **Community users on Experience Cloud sites:** Require Customer Community Plus license. Assign the Authorized Representative Community Access for Public Sector permission set. **Why:** Not every applicant can complete a public benefit application on their own. In this release, the representative signs in and designates themselves as the representative for the applicant for specific capabilities. Representatives never need the applicant's password, and they never impersonate the applicant. This release doesn't include a control to grant or revoke access. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Authorized Representative in Public Sector (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_authorized_representative.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Consent in More Ways Adapt consent capture to every market that your sales reps work in with two new methods—verbal consent or a document reference to a paper form. Make at least one proof a requirement so that no consent goes unbacked, while giving sales reps the flexibility to choose between methods. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** In the Admin Console, go to Consent Administration, and configure the consent proof settings for mobile and web. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Consent Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_consent_management_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Customer and Order Search Queries in Security Logs Capture information about user-initiated search queries from Business Manager or via APIs for customer and order data. The log lists the user name, search parameters, and timestamp. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** To activate search query logging, in Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Administration** | **Global Preferences** | **Feature Switches**. Turn on **Enable logging of search parameters**. ![Image showing the search parameter feature switch](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_b2c_26_4_search_parameter_log.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Log Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_log_center.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Data Even Faster with up to 80% Improvement in Form Loading Times Improve mobile worker efficiency with faster loading times for complex Data Capture forms. Mobile workers can now access and load these forms within seconds, even those with multiple-choice fields, such as picklists, radio buttons, and checkbox groups. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS . #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_data_capture_about.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Detailed Interaction Data Within Presentation Pages Go beyond page views to gain deeper visibility into how healthcare professionals (HCPs) engage with your presentation content. Use the trackInteraction function in your HTML slides to track specific interactions within each presentation page, such as button taps, link clicks, and video plays. Life Sciences Customer Engagement captures the account and visit details with each interaction so that you can report on presentation effectiveness and refine your content strategy. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. **How:** In your HTML presentation content, call `PresentationPlayer.trackInteraction()` with an optional JSON payload to record interaction data. This example function tracks a video play event with a standard field and custom fields that a Salesforce admin added on the presentation click stream entry object. ``` ``` #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: trackInteraction Function](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_presentation_function_trackinteraction.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Track In-Content Interactions in Presentation Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_intelligent_content_track_interactions.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Details with Configurable Forms Enhance data collection in the field by configuring data capture forms on the Field Service mobile app. By using Flows and Lightning Web Component cards, you can create custom forms for technicians to capture specific details on the home page and the Timesheets page. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS, and Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. # Capture Donor Meeting Notes and Tasks with the Donor Engagement Agent Help major giving officers transform raw meeting notes into structured interaction summaries and follow-up tasks. The Donor Engagement Agent converts informal notes into organized records containing key discussion points, donor sentiment, and next steps. These records save critical donor intelligence so you don’t lose the details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Nonprofit add-on or Agentforce 1 Edition, where Fundraising is enabled. **When:** The Donor Engagement Agent is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **Who:** - Nonprofit Admins with the Agentforce Default Admin and the Agentforce for Fundraising Access permission sets can set up the agent in Agentforce Studio. - Admins of Fundraising with Agentforce Education, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education and then create and assign a permission set to their users. - Nonprofit Users with the Agentforce for Fundraising Access permission set and either the Fundraising User or Fundraising Admin permission set groups can use the agent in Fundraising with Agentforce Nonprofit. - Users of Fundraising with Agentforce Education with the Modified Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use the agent in Fundraising with Agentforce Education. - Admins with the Prompt Template Manager permission set can edit the prompt template. - Users with the Prompt Template User permission set can use the prompt template. **How:** In Settings, turn on **Einstein**, **Agentforce Agents**, **Nonprofit Employee Agents**, and **Nonprofit Generative AI**. Turn on **Interaction Summaries** to use the Donor Meeting Notes subagent. In Agentforce Studio, create an agent by using the Donor Engagement template. The template includes two subagents: Donor Meeting Notes, which captures and saves meeting notes as Interaction Summaries, and Donor Task Management, which creates follow-up tasks related to donor accounts. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Einstein Generative AI (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Donor Engagement Agent in Nonprofit (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_fundraising_agent_donor_engagement.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Donor Engagement Agent in Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_fundraising_fundraising_agent_donor_engagement.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Employee Details for Unified Employee License Holders Designate employees who have the Unified Employee license as employee users and capture more details for your reports, such as employee status and number. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To designate a user as an employee user, first create a Person Account for this user and associate the account to the user’s Employee2 record. Then, on the person’s User page, click **Enable Employee User** and fill out the necessary details. ![User page showing Enable Employee User button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_uel_enable_employee_user.png) After you designate someone as an employee user, the button changes to **View Employee User**, and you can view the user’s Employee2 record page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Unified Employee License Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_license_types_salesforce_unified_employee.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Capture Every Cost Behind a Warranty Claim Capture detailed information about each expense, repair, and labor service for a causal part in a warranty claim, so adjudicators can determine the adjusted amount with precision. Create Claim Coverage Payment Detail records to track replacement parts, labor hours, and incurred expenses. Warranty claim adjudicators can determine the adjusted amount on each payment detail to adjudicate claims with precision. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Automotive. **How:** Create a Claim Coverage Payment Detail record from a claim coverage to capture charge types such as Expense, Labor, or Replaced Part. # Capture Leads and Schedule Meetings Autonomously Effortlessly capture inbound web and messaging leads, answer inquiries, and schedule meetings with your prospects by setting up Inbound Lead Generation. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Sales add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** Inbound Lead Generation became available in early October 2025. **Why:** To enhance sales efficiency by streamlining your customer intake process, reduce data entry, engage with customers, and drive more closed deals. **How:** From Salesforce Go, navigate to the Agentforce for Sales setup page and select **Inbound Lead Generation**. Follow the guided setup to enable the required features, assign permissions, and get your agent generating leads. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Inbound Lead Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_lead_generation_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Capture More Relevant Engagement Data for Evaluation We’ve enhanced engagement signal filtering to include a variety of filter operators. These operators enable you to more easily evaluate only relevant engagement data for custom objectives, attribution models, and experiments. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. **How:** When defining filters to better identify specific engagements, create one or more filter conditions for the engagement signal to include only the information you want to evaluate. For example, use the Has Value operator with the Email Engagement DMO to include only events where an engagement channel is provided, or define the Is Test Send field as Not Equal To the value True to exclude test emails. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure an Engagement Signal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_engagement_signals_configure.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Patient Philanthropy with Grateful Person Involvement Records Track patient expressions of gratitude and the resulting philanthropic support for exceptional care received at university hospitals and medical centers. Provide care teams with a standardized, compliant way to refer grateful patients to fundraising staff. Create grateful person involvement records to record patient philanthropy and care team recognition. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled. **Who:** To use Fundraising with Education Cloud, turn on Fundraising in Education Cloud, and then create and assign a permission set to your users. To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set. **How:** To give users access to Grateful Person Involvement fundraising activities, assign the Grateful Person Involvement Access permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_and_changed_objects_in_education.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") # Capture Post-Meeting Insights with Voice Notes Capture critical, post-meeting context on the go with Post-Meeting Voice Notes in the Salesforce mobile app. This feature allows you to record a quick voice note immediately after any meeting that wasn’t transcribed. Because it’s a single-user feature, there’s no need for verbal consent workflows. The app automatically attributes the audio to the logged-in user and handles transcription entirely on-device, syncing the text directly to Einstein Conversation Insights. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. **When:** This change will be available starting July 27, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to all Salesforce mobile app users. **Why:** Transcription happens locally, meaning zero cloud audio storage and no raw audio data residency concerns. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Capture Post-Meeting Insights with Voice Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.salesforce_app_post_meeting_notes.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Post-Meeting Insights with Voice Notes Get critical, post-meeting context on the go with Post-Meeting Voice Notes in the Salesforce mobile app. You can record a quick voice note immediately after any meeting that wasn’t transcribed. Because it’s a single-user feature, there’s no need for verbal consent workflows. The app automatically attributes the audio to the logged-in user and handles transcription entirely on-device, syncing the text directly to Einstein Conversation Insights. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. **When:** This change will be available starting July 27, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with access to Einstein Conversation Insights and the Salesforce mobile app. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Capture Post-Meeting Insights with Voice Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.salesforce_app_post_meeting_notes.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Program-Specific Details During Benefit Applications Collect specialized, program-specific information during guided application flows. Some programs require details that a standard intake form doesn't capture, and dynamic Omniscript components gather exactly what each program needs. Complete, accurate submissions reduce the delays and denials that come from missing information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Why:** Benefits such as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) need specific information to be processed correctly and on time. For example, it's important to know who in the household prepares meals together. Without this information, applications can be incomplete or incorrect, which leads to delays and denials. **How:** Admins use prebuilt Data Mappers, FlexCards, and Integration Procedures to automatically ask for and store extra applicant responses in the data model. These default Omniscript artifacts collect and store all necessary information accurately, which simplifies the application process. # Capture Real-Time Engagement Data with Page Type for Google Analytics 4 Leverage the Salesforce Web SDK to gather real-time user browsing, activity, and engagement data using the Page Type feature. By integrating with Google Analytics 4 (GA4), you can capture page types and contextual attributes to power personalized digital experiences. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 SDK. **When:** This change is available in February 2026. **How:** In Google Tag Manager (GTM), create a Custom HTML tag to push your page configuration object to the \`sfWebInteractionsDataLayer\`. The Salesforce Web SDK reads this object to identify \`pageType\` and \`contextualAttributes\`. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Google Analytics 4 Page Types in Data 360](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-web-connector-ga4-page-types.html) # Capture Recovery Costs with Repossession Item Cost and Cost Books Track the full cost of recovering an asset. Add a Repossession Item Cost record, break the cost into line items, and get an auto-calculated total per repossession item. Add a Repossession Item Cost record with a name, cost book, type, and status, then break the cost into line items — for example, a transport cost line against the standard cost book. The total cost is auto-calculated from the cost split, giving your team an itemized view of recovery expense per repossession item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive Cloud and the Collections and Recovery capability. **Who:** Assign the Industries Repossession Management permission set to record recovery costs in the Repossession Console. **How:** On the vehicle, select Add Repossession Item Cost, enter the cost header and cost book, add cost line items (name, type, cost-book entry, product, and cost), and save. # Capture Referrals in Context Using Meeting Summaries Meeting playbooks now surface referral opportunities, so your users can act on them before they're lost to informal tracking methods, such as emails or spreadsheets. The in-context workflow analyzes the meeting follow-up summary and suggests creating a referral. This speeds up referral creation and handoff to specialists. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **Why:** Wealth advisors identify cross-sell opportunities during client meetings, but relying on manual data entry or external spreadsheets creates delays. By surfacing referral suggestions directly in the meeting playbook, wealth advisors can submit a referral in seconds without disrupting their existing workflow. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Meeting Playbooks**. Click the relevant meeting playbook. Go to the Post-Meeting Follow-Up tab, and click **Create Referral**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create Referral Assignment Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_referral_management_configure_meeting_playbook.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Subscription Market Share with B2C Sales Features Capitalize on the growing subscription market by using a cart-based sales journey designed for residential and small business users. Increase your revenue by offering configurable promotions. The API-first cartto- asset experience provides a digital interface where anonymous shoppers can easily find, configure, and purchase products. Simply assign the Consumer Sales User permission set to grant your sales reps precise access to the required Connect REST APIs and objects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. # Capture Time Values with the Time Component Use the Time component in a flow so your users can schedule service appointments, book reservations, and other scheduling needs. You can then use the component's output to update records or perform other tasks within the flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Flow Builder, add the Time component to a screen. In the properties panel, configure the label and default value. Optionally, add placeholder text and set minimum or maximum time values to limit the range of selectable times. ![Screen Flow builder showing the Time component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flows_screens_time_component_264.png) # Capture Transaction Amounts and Summary Records in Functional Currency Give your customers the ability to view functional currency equivalents of their billing transaction amounts. Calculate the opening and closing balance summaries for general ledger accounts in a legal entity accounting period by using functional currency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To capture transaction amounts and summary records in functional currency, you need the Billing Admin permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**. Then, turn on Store Transaction Amounts in Corporate and Functional Currencies. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Capture Transaction Amounts in Multiple Currencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_transaction_amounts_corporate_currency.htm&language=en_US) # Capture Visit Details Faster with Dependent Picklists Simplify data capture during visits with filtered picklist values on the provider visit object, provider visit product discussion object, and custom objects. When field users select a value in a controlling field on the Visit Engagement page, dependent picklist fields show only the mapped values. Field users see only relevant options and can log visit details more efficiently with fewer data entry errors. **Where:** This change is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 22. **How:** Configure standard field dependencies by mapping controlling fields to dependent picklist values on these objects. - Provider visit (Visit Engagement header) - Provider visit product discussion - Custom objects related to the visit #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Dependent Picklists for Visits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_visit_management_configure_dependent_picklists.htm&language=en_US) # Capture WhatsApp Flow Responses Submitted After a Messaging Session Ends When a customer submits a WhatsApp Flow form after their messaging session ends, Salesforce now captures the response instead of discarding it. The response saves to the designated record and appears in the Service Console as a reply to the original form request. Previously, a form response submitted after the session ended wasn’t captured, so the customer’s input didn’t reach your team. **Where:** This change applies to enhanced WhatsApp channels, including channels set up with Unified Messaging. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** Salesforce captures the response automatically, with no setup required. Because the response arrives after the session ends, it isn’t routed to a service rep. In the Service Console, the response appears as a reply to the original form request to maintain the full context. Service reps aren’t notified about this. # Carve Territories with Postal Codes in More Countries Use 5-digit postal codes to carve geographic territories in Taiwan and Vietnam. In Mexico, use 5-digit contiguous postal codes. Add a boundary from an alignment, and then plan territories in those countries the same way you plan other geographic territories. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. A Sales Planning add-on license is required. **How:** From an alignment, open **Settings**, select **Geographic Fields**, select **Add Boundaries**, select the postal-code boundary, and apply your changes. # Case Management Give your reps enhanced tools to streamline case management and accelerate communication. Provide instant context through a unified Case Timeline, Quick Text for standardized responses, and original attachment visibility directly on the case record. - **[Gain Instant Case Context with Case Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_case_timeline.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your reps a single, unified, and intelligent timeline component for cases. This new component replaces the current fragmented collection of feeds and related lists with a single curated view of case-related events. Reps get instant context with a proactive workspace that intelligently organizes customer conversations, internal team collaboration, and key case milestones. The new timeline brings together channels like emails, chats, and messages into a clean, threaded view. - **[Use Quick Text in Case Comments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_quick_text_in_case_comments.htm&release=260&type=5)** With Quick Text, reps can quickly add predefined text snippets, including dynamic merge fields to Case Comments. Quick Text standardizes internal and external communication, keeps notes consistent, and saves time by reducing repetitive manual typing. - **[Enhance Your Security of Organization-Wide Email Addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_owa.htm&release=260&type=5)** Organization-Wide Email Addresses (OWA) are now required to be verified before sending Case emails with custom content. This security enhancement prevents unauthorized use of the address and protects against potential phishing attempts. - **[Enable Translation for Case Comments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_case_comment_translation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your support reps the ability to translate case comments into their local language and write responses that translate to the customer’s language. The translation feature adds a translation button to case comments. Reps can select a language for translation when creating a comment. - **[Merge Cases from the Case Related List on Standard Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_merge_cases_from_the_case_related_list_on_standard_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable your service reps to merge duplicate cases using the Merge Cases button from the case related list of all standard objects. This allows reps to quickly merge cases without navigating to the case page. - **[Customize Close Case Actions by Record Type](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_customize_close_case_actions_by_record_type.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now manage different close case layouts for various record types and profiles within Lightning Experience. This update addresses a previous limitation where the standard close case button was restricted to a single layout editor. By creating multiple actions, you provide your service reps the ability to associate close case buttons with different record types and layouts. # Case Management Enhance case management and improve support rep productivity with new collaboration tools. Resolve cases faster by merging duplicate cases in Omni-Channel queues. Use a new Agentforce action to identify the best available experts to solve a case. Capture detailed problem statements in a rich text editor and draft case comments with generative AI. - **[Draft Contextual Case Comments Instantly with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_draft_case_comments_with_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your service reps can now generate professional and contextual case comments using natural language prompts. The out-of-the-box templates provide consistent communication by grounding responses in case history, customer interactions, and knowledge articles. Reduce the time your users spend on manual writing and ensure a standardized approach to case management. - **[Find Case Experts Instantly with Agentforce Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_find_case_experts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your service reps can now identify the best available experts for complex cases using a specialized Agentforce Action. Find Case Expert analyzes case context, historical resolution patterns, and real-time availability to suggest three to five ranked professionals with specific reasoning. These recommendations help your reps resolve issues faster by facilitating immediate collaboration through Slack or seamless case reassignment. - **[Assign Community Cases Automatically with Standard Assignment Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_assign_community_cases_automatically_with_standard_assignment_rules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Standard case assignment rules now run automatically and consistently for all records created through Experience Cloud sites. Eliminate the need for custom code or complex flows to route self-service cases. You can now manage all routing logic in one standard location to ensure cases reach the right agents immediately. - **[Merge Unopened Duplicate Cases in Omni-Channel Queues (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_merge_cases_in_omni_channel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Resolve duplicate cases more efficiently by merging them even while they are active in an Omni-Channel queue. Previously, you couldn’t merge cases that were currently being routed or assigned, requiring manual intervention to move them out of the queue first. Now, you can allow the merging of duplicate cases that haven't been opened by a rep, reducing backlogs without disrupting active work. - **[Illustrate Complex Customer Issues with Rich Text Case Descriptions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_rich_text_case_descriptions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Support reps can now use a rich text editor to capture detailed problem statements with ease. Reps can add images, format text with bullets and numbering, and include tables or URL links directly within the case description. These enhanced descriptions provide better context for Service Assistant and Case Summary to generate accurate results. - **[Manage Duplicate Cases Proactively with Enhanced Case Merge (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_enhanced_case_merge.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help your reps maintain a clean database and increase productivity by identifying and consolidating duplicate cases. Create custom matching rules that will help you surface potential cases for case merge proactively on case load. Add the Duplicate Cases lightning web component to the case page so your reps can also see and act on real-time suggestions directly from the case page # Case Management Work cases faster and more consistently with new AI and localization tools built right into the case record. Reps can translate Case Subject and Description fields on the fly, and refine case comments with AI-powered tone and clarity suggestions — all without leaving the workspace. - **[Refine Case Comments with AI-Powered Writing Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_refine_case_comments_with_ai_powered_writing_tools.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Service reps can now use AI-powered writing tools directly in the case comment editor to polish, expand, or summarize comment drafts while preserving their intended meaning. Reps can also refine comments by entering specific instructions, based on the guidance that admins configure in the Refine Case Comment prompt template. The tools can revise either an entire comment or selected text. This feature helps teams communicate consistently and spend less time editing comments. - **[Easily View Original Case Attachments Inline in Case Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_easily_view_original_case_attachments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Original case attachments now display directly inline under the Case Description field, eliminating the need to click a button or open a side panel. Reps get immediate context from up to three attachment tiles, with a popover link available to view additional original files. Original attachments include files added in the email subject or case description within the initial case creation timeframe. - **[Simplify Case Merging with the Revamped Case Merge UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cases_enhanced_case_merge_updated_ui.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure case merging from a consolidated setup page. The revamped setup page brings together settings for Case Merge, Enhanced Case Merge (Beta), and Case Merge for Omni-Channel (Beta). Enhanced Case Merge (Beta) provides access to Duplicate Rules and Matching Rules. # Catalog Services and Pricing with Product Catalog Management Public sector agencies can now manage service offerings, rates, and provider networks by using Salesforce Product Catalog Management. Define services, organize them into catalogs, set pricing schedules, and link services to providers and benefit programs — all in a single system. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **Why:** Government agencies delivering benefits, managing provider claims, or coordinating services across programs need a unified way to track what services exist, what they cost, which providers deliver them, and which benefit programs they support. Without a structured catalog, agencies rely on spreadsheets, disconnected systems, and manual reconciliation—making it difficult to validate invoices, audit payments, or onboard new providers. Agencies can now: - Define services once and reuse them across multiple programs. - Track standard fee schedules and provider-specific negotiated rates in the same system. - Link services to providers to control which providers can deliver which services, with effective dating and exclusion flags for compliance. - Map services to benefit programs so caseworkers and claim adjudicators can verify authorized benefits against services delivered. This foundation supports invoice validation, payment instruction generation, and audit trails for benefit disbursements, and provider claims. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Catalog & Pricing in Public Sector (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_claims_catalog_catalog_services_and_pricing_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Catch Deployment Errors Early with Validate-Only Deployment Run a validate-only deployment to find deployment errors, Apex test failures, and code coverage issues before you promote your changes to the target org. Validate-only deployment doesn't modify the target org or merge branches, so you can investigate and fix problems risk-free. When a validation succeeds and stays eligible, complete the promotion within 10 days without rerunning Apex tests. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. API access is required in Professional Edition. This change isn't available in Government Cloud Plus or EU Operating Zone. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis by the end of October, 2026. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Lifecycle Center Deployment Manager permission. **How:** From a pipeline stage, click **Promote Stage**. On the Promotion Options window, select the **Validate only** option and a nondefault Apex test option. If the validation succeeds, complete the promotion within 10 days without rerunning Apex tests. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Validate-Only Deployment in Lifecycle Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_deployment_validate_only.htm&language=en_US) # Catch Field Length Violations When You Save a Flow Avoid run-time failures by validating field length constraints when you design and save a flow. If a Create Record or Update Record element sets a record field to a text value that's too long, Flow Builder shows a warning. By identifying the specific field and the value that exceeds the limit, this validation helps you catch configuration errors before they cause run-time failures. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Flow Builder, save a flow that contains a Create Records or Update Records element. If the element sets a record field to a value exceeding its maximum length, Flow Builder shows a warning in the validation panel. Flow Builder still saves the flow, but the flow fails when your users run it. Update the flagged element with a shorter value or use a variable instead of a fixed text value, then save again to clear the warning. The validation checks only Create Records or Update Records elements that use fixed text values. The validation doesn't support variable references or other resources, because it can't determine their values until the flow runs. # Catch Missing Required Fields When You Save a Flow It's now easier to identify missing required fields in Create Records elements when you save a flow. Flow Builder warns you when a Create Records element that uses a record variable is missing an assignment for a required field. Previously, Flow Builder didn't indicate which required fields were missing from a Create Records element. You discovered missing fields only when the flow ran and failed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** The validation runs automatically when you save a flow in Flow Builder. If a Create Records element is missing a required field assignment on a record variable, Flow Builder shows a warning in the validation panel. Add the missing field assignment, then save again to clear the warning. The validation only checks assignments that it can determine at design time. If the flow populates a required field through an input variable or subflow, the validation can't determine its value until the flow runs. # Catch More Org Risks with an Expanded Advisements Library and In-App Notifications (Beta) Advisements (beta) now flags up to 21 potential implementation risks, up from 14, with expanded detection for Content Security Policy (CSP) violations, outdated Salesforce API versions, and unused Data Detect scans. You're notified directly in your notification tray when an advisement is generated, completed, or needs attention, so you don't have to check for recommendations manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with a Signature Success plan. Advisements (beta) is available only in production orgs. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Advisements is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** Get flagged for emerging risks in your org. - **Content Security Policy:** Detect CSP violations that block or are on track to block custom Lightning components, across core policy fallbacks, script execution and API connections, page layout and styles, page embedding and framing, and media and asset delivery. - **Outdated API versions:** Update integrations calling Salesforce API versions more than 3 years old before Salesforce ends support. - **Data Detect:** Scan for sensitive data and data policy violations if your org has Salesforce Shield provisioned but isn't using Data Detect, so unencrypted sensitive information doesn't go unnoticed in standard text fields. **How:** Notifications appear automatically in your notification tray when an advisement is generated, completed, or requires attention. No setup is required to receive them. Review, filter, and resolve open advisements from the Advisements (beta) list view in Setup. # Catch System Security Issues Early with Anomaly Detection Identify performance regressions and security anomalies, such as error spikes or failed logins, earlier by running an Anomaly Detection log. You no longer need to manually investigate issues. B2C Commerce analyzes log patterns and shows anomalies in real time. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, open **Log Center**. Go to **Logs** | **Anomaly Detection** and configure an anomaly detection. ![Anomaly Detector Results page showing summary metrics, a trend chart with detected anomalies, and an anomaly list with severity and confidence scores](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_log_center_anomaly_detection.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Anomaly Detection in Log Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_anomaly_detection.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Anomaly Detectors in Log Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_set_up_anomaly_detectors.htm&language=en_US) # Catch Up on Active Customer Interactions with Conversation Catch-Up in Service Assistant Help your reps get up to speed on ongoing messaging sessions without reading through an entire transcript. Conversation Catch-Up surfaces an AI-generated summary card in Service Assistant that captures the key points of an active conversation. When a messaging session is transferred, the rep who takes over sees a summary card and picks up right where the previous rep left off. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, or Agentforce 1 add-ons. Conversation Catch-Up requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-on licenses. **Feature support:** Conversation Catch-Up is available in Service Assistant for Messaging. **When:** This feature is available as part of the Winter ‘27 release. **Who:** - To set up Conversation Catch-Up in Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need these permission sets: - Service Planner Builder - Work Summaries User - View Conversation Catch-Up - To use Conversation Catch-Up in Service Assistant, service reps need these permission sets: - Service Planner User - Work Summaries User - View Conversation Catch-Up **Why:** Conversation Catch-Up brings the summary together with the other Service Assistant features your reps rely on, so they work from a single resolution workspace instead of jumping between separate components on the page. A summary card appears in Service Assistant when: - A service rep accepts a transferred messaging session. - A service rep accepts a messaging session from a bot or queue. - A supervisor clicks **Monitor** from the Omni Supervisor dashboard to respond to an escalation or a service rep's flag raise. **How:** Conversation Catch-Up is available for Service Assistant without completing the full Service Assistant setup, including creating a Service Assistant agent. The only Service Assistant-specific setup required to access Conversation Catch-Up in Service Assistant is to turn on Service Assistant for Messaging from the Customize Experience by Object section on the Service Assistant setup page, and then add the Service Assistant component to the record page. Afterward, turn on Conversation Catch-Up for Service Assistant on the Einstein Work Summaries setup page. ![Conversation Catch-Up for a messaging session](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_ccu_msg_ex.png) # Categorize Transformation Definitions with the Context Service Keep your transformation definitions separate and manageable within the broader Data Processing Engine (DPE) ecosystem. By associating definitions with the Context Service process type, you get more control over custom rules, validations, and row limits. When you create a transformation definition from a context definition, it automatically uses the Context Service process type. You can also select Context Service from the Process Type dropdown when setting up a definition manually in DPE. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Professional, and Unlimited editions where Context Service and Data Processing Engine are available. **Who:** To manage transformation definitions, in addition to Context Service, your org must have Salesforce Document Generation, Data Processing Engine, and Data Processing Engine On Demand access. **How:** From Setup, go to the Transform tab of a context definition to create a transformation definition. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transform a Context Definition](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ctx_transform_with_dpe.htm&language=en_US) # Centralize Compliance Tasks in the Employee Portal Provide your employees with a seamless way to manage all their compliance responsibilities from a single place. Employees can easily search for active policies, complete required acknowledgments, and fulfill evidence requests directly from the self-service portal. Ensure your employees always access the most current standards because the self-service portal automatically publishes active policies in real-time. Provide your compliance teams with high visibility into policy adherence and evidence request fulfillment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Policy Management and Evidence Management are enabled. **Who:** This change is available to users with the IT Compliance Employee permission set license. # Centralize Course Collaboration in Slack with Agentforce Manage Course Operations workflows in Slack with Agentforce. Faculty can create channels for each course offering, maintain accurate participant lists, and publish a syllabus canvas in the same space where communication already happens. Real-time updates and easier access to course resources provide students with a unified academic experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where these licenses and add-ons are enabled. - Education Cloud - Slack - Applicable Agentforce add-on licenses **When:** Course Operations Topics in Agentforce is available from January 2026. **Who:** Users with these permission sets can configure and use Course Operations Topics in Agentforce. - Education Cloud Full Access - Agentforce for Education Cloud Access - Education Cloud Advanced Academic Operations Admin Access **How:** To turn on Course Operations Topics in Agentforce, from Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**. Under Set Up Agentforce for Education Cloud, turn on **Course Operations Agent**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Course Operations Topics in Agentforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_course_operations_topics_in_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Centralize Point of Sale Security with Enterprise Single Sign-On Connect Point of Sale to your primary identity provider, such as Azure AD (Entra ID) or OneLogin, through Salesforce Identity. Centralizing access management helps enforce corporate password policies and reduces security risks across retail locations. You can log in with your corporate credentials, streamlining app access and reducing password fatigue on the floor. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Integrations | Single Sign On Configuration** and select Salesforce Identity as the provider. ![Single Sign-On Configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_azuresso.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Single Sign-On with Salesforce Identity for Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_config_sso_salesforce_identity.htm&language=en_US) # Centralize Policy Management and Map Regulatory Requirements Manage internal policies and link them directly to regulatory requirements within a unified workspace. Draft clauses, import regulatory frameworks, and track detailed policy versions while managing clause-level mappings. When regulations change, you can immediately identify the impact scope to see exactly which policy clauses require adjustment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Regulation Management and Policy Management are enabled. **Why:** Replace disconnected spreadsheets with a clear traceability matrix to eliminate manual tracking errors and compliance gaps. Be prepared for audits and reduce the risk of non-compliance so that your organizational standards meet all regulatory obligations. # Centralize Support Issue Tracking in My Tickets and Requests My Tickets and Requests is a dedicated hub on the self-service portal where employees can track and manage the lifecycle of their submitted IT requests. It consolidates incidents, service requests, and cases into a list view that you can filter and search. The hub provides visibility into the fulfillment process with detailed progress timelines and the ability to add comments to open tickets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** In Experience Cloud Sites, use the Agentforce Employee Center template to configure the portal and assign the required permission set to employees. # Centralize Value Mapping Management for MuleSoft for Flow: Integration Define, manage, and track all value translation lookups in one central location. The value mapping feature enforces mapping constraints, handles missing values, and ensures the stability of your flows. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To manage MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connections, you need the Manage Integration Connections permission. For full access to flow types and features in Flow Builder—including Einstein and Agentforce for Flow—the Manage Flow permission is required. To create and edit External System Change-Triggered flows in the Automation app regardless of sharing settings, you need Manage Flow, or the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows and View All Non-Admin Flows permissions. To create and edit these flows when they are owned by or shared with you, you need the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows permissions. To use MuleSoft for Flow: Integration templates, you need the Create or Edit Flows or View Flows permission. Non-admins also need the App Framework Manage Template permission to use these templates. **Why:** This feature helps you manage data mapping more efficiently and reliably. MuleSoft for Flow: Integration users can now centralize the definition and management of value translation lookups. Ensure flow stability and prevent accidental service disruption by using the Dependency View to see all referencing flows. If a dependency exists, the system blocks deletion of the value map. Furthermore, you gain control over at run time behavior by defining how your flow responds when a value lookup doesn’t return a match: flow error, pass-through, or a specified default value. #### See Also - [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api\_meta.meta/api\_meta/meta\_flowvaluemap.htm](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_flowvaluemap.htm) - _Salesforce Metadata API Developer Guide_: FlowValueMap - [_Salesforce Help_: Understand MuleSoft for Flow: Integration Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_concepts_understand_mfi_features.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Centralize Your Web Tracking and Consent Banner Setup On a new page in Salesforce Go, set up and configure web tracking across your marketing landing pages and external sites faster. To protect the privacy of your site visitors, create a custom banner to collect consent to track their activities. Learn more about these features and get help with configuration by using the resources and links within Salesforce Go. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **How:** From Setup, select **Salesforce Go**. In the Marketing Cloud Next tab, go to **Track Marketing Engagement Across the Web**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Web Tracking for Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_consent_tracking_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Change Billing Frequency on Active Subscriptions Anytime Your sales reps can now update the billing frequency of an active subscription, from any cadence to any other, such as monthly to annual billing or vice versa, without canceling or recreating the subscription. When your sales reps make a zero-quantity amendment to update the billing frequency, Billing automatically prorates the charges and applies the new billing cadence from the effective date. With the Revenue Cloud Billing license, your billing ops team can also update the frequency by using the Create Standalone Billing Schedules API with added flexibility to set the billing start month. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Billing Frequencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_frequency_change_flow_impact.htm&language=en_US) # Change Data Capture Rollback of custom formula fields - **[Change Data Capture Events No Longer Support Custom Formula Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_change_data_capture_custom_formula_fields.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can no longer include custom formula fields in change data capture events. After this update, change data capture works as it did before Winter ‘26. # Change Data Capture Receive change events for more objects. - **[Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_data_capture_new_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With Change Data Capture, you can now receive notifications of record changes for new objects. # Change Data Capture Events No Longer Support Custom Formula Fields You can no longer include custom formula fields in change data capture events. After this update, change data capture works as it did before Winter ‘26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is scheduled for December 2025. **Why:** See [CDC support for formula fields is causing extra change events to be published](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005237267&type=1&language=en_US) for more information. # Change from Higher to Lower Billing Frequencies on New Sale Orders and Quotes Your sales representatives can update the billing frequency on new sale orders and quotes, from longer pricing terms such as semi-annual or annual, to shorter billing cycles such as monthly or quarterly, and vice versa. When the order is activated, Billing automatically generates accurate billing schedules with appropriate billing period amounts based on the updated billing frequency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To change billing frequencies, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** Make sure that the Change Billing Frequency checkbox is enabled on the billing treatment associated with the order product. Then, in the Billing Information section of the Order Product record, change the billing frequency to any billing cycle, such as Monthly, Quarterly, Semi-Annual, or Annual. # Change Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing Agent Behavior Faster After you set up and activate an Inbound Lead Generation or Lead Nurturing agent, you may want to make changes to it later. To edit an existing agent, you can now create a new version of the agent with the same settings or update an existing version. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Lead Nurturing add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This feature is available beginning March 13, 2026. **Why:** These are some reasons you might want to edit an agent. - To make changes to the agent’s behavior. - To add newly introduced Agentforce features to your agent. Some features can be added only by creating a new version of your agent. **How:** In Salesforce Go, click **Agentforce for Sales**, and then choose the agent you want to edit. With the agent selected, you can choose to edit the agent, or create a new version with the same settings. You can then edit the settings and use the Preview panel to test the agent behavior until you are satisfied with the results. ![Agent versions in Setup.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_agentforce_versioning.png) # Change Inbound Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing Agent Behavior Faster After you set up and activate an Inbound Lead Generation or Lead Nurturing agent, you may want to make changes to it later. To edit an existing agent, you can now create a new version of the agent with the same settings or update an existing version. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Lead Nurturing add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This feature became available starting March 13, 2026. **Why:** These are some reasons you might want to edit an agent. - To make changes to the agent’s behavior. - To add newly introduced Agentforce features to your agent. Some features can be added only by creating a new version of your agent. **How:** In Salesforce Go, click **Agentforce for Sales**, and then choose the agent you want to edit. With the agent selected, you can choose to edit the agent, or create a new version with the same settings. You can then edit the settings and use the Preview panel to test the agent behavior until you are satisfied with the results. ![Agent versions in Setup.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_agentforce_versioning.png) # Change the Order of the Payment Methods for Your SFRA Storefront Arrange the sequence of payment methods in Business Manager so that shoppers see your preferred options first. Organize Checkout and Express Checkout payment methods for your payment zones. This feature replaces the previous static list. **Where:** This change applies to SFRA storefronts for B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Ordering** | **Salesforce Payments**. Select a payment zone. In the Configured Payment Methods menu, select **Edit**. Drag the Checkout and Express Checkout payment methods into your preferred order. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Payment Methods for B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_manage_payment_methods.htm&language=en_US) # Change the Writing Carrier Account During Policy Renewal Move a policy to a new carrier or a different account for the same carrier at renewal without canceling and reissuing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and Insurance Brokerage are enabled. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **Why:** Previously, Writing Carrier Account was read-only in the renew workflow. Now, you can change the writing carrier during renewal without canceling and reissuing the policy. **How:** In the renew workflow, update Writing Carrier Account before you complete the renewal. Renewal APIs and invocable actions also accept the new writing carrier account. # Changed Apex Class in Trade Promotion Management Do more with changed Trade Promotion Management Apex class. ## Abort Runaway Job Chains Without Filing a Support Case As an administrator or integration developer, you can abort a running job chain directly from Apex. Job chains process largely in sequence. An accidental surge of scheduled jobs accumulates before the business-critical jobs and drives up processing latencies. This means the queue can take more than a day to complete, delaying the business-critical jobs. The off-platform service validates that a job belongs to your org before deleting it. As a result, you can only abort jobs that belong to your own org. Aborting stops processing immediately, but it doesn't update the Batch Run Status for the terminated run. Scheduling a new job starts a fresh job chain that runs normally. Call the OffPlatformCallout global entry point from Apex. First, request the running JobChainWorker's Kubernetes job ID for the sales org using the JOBCHAINWORKER\_ABORT\_GET\_JOB\_ID resource. Then pass that job ID to the JOBCHAINWORKER\_ABORT\_DELETE\_JOB resource to abort the job. Both resources are routed through Off\_Platform\_Endpoint\_Map\_\_mdt records that are available with the managed package, thereby eliminating the need of setup to start using them. #### See Also - [Consumer Goods Cloud Developer Guide: _Abort a Job Chain_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.retail_api.meta/retail_api/cgtpm_abort_job_chain.htm) # Changed API Tooling Objects for Batch Management Learn more about the changed metadata types in Batch Management. Run service processes by using batch jobs Use the new `ServiceProcess` value of the existing Type field on the existing BatchJobDefinition object. Run a service process batch job with Unified Catalog process group Use the new `UnifiedCatalog` value of the existing ProcessGroup field on the existing BatchJobDefinition object. Use a file as data source for a batch job Use the new `File` value of the existing DataSourceType field on the existing BatchDataSource object. # Changed APIs in Trade Promotion Management Do more with the changed APIs in v66 and later. Value of ID in Delete Promotion or Tactic APIs When sending a request to a Delete Promotion or Tactic API, the value of the ID parameter must be only a number. Date Validation Enhancement A validation error with a 400 status code is returned if an API request includes an incorrect date in the payload. # Changed APIs in Trade Promotion Management Do more with the changed APIs in version 67.0 and later. ## Use External IDs in Promotion and Tactic Volume APIs The promotion and tactic volume APIs now support Salesforce IDs and external IDs for the promotion and tactic fields. These promotion and tactic volume APIs are enhanced to support two types of identifiers. - Send Promotion or Tactic Specific Actuals (volumes) of type decimal on a weekly basis for a registered transaction—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/daily/date/decimal - Send Promotion or Tactic Specific Actuals (volumes) of type decimal on a daily basis for a registered transaction—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/weeks/date/decimal - Send Promotion or Tactic Specific Actuals (volumes) on weekly level with type decimal values for a registered transaction—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/weeks/week/decimal - Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data on a Weekly Basis—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/daily/{measure} - Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data in Bulk on a Weekly Basis—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/daily/bulk/{measure} - Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data in Bulk on a Daily Basis—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/week/{measure} - Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data on a Daily Basis—/api/v67.0/volumes/promotions/week/bulk/{measure} #### See Also - [Send Promotion or Tactic Specific Actuals (volumes) of type decimal on a weekly basis for a registered transaction](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Send%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BSpecific%2BActuals%2B\(volumes\)%2Bof%2Btype%2Bdecimal%2Bon%2Ba%2Bweekly%2Bbasis%2Bfor%2Ba%2Bregistered%2Btransaction) - [Send Promotion or Tactic Specific Actuals (volumes) of type decimal on a daily basis for a registered transaction](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Send%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BSpecific%2BActuals%2B\(volumes\)%2Bof%2Btype%2Bdecimal%2Bon%2Ba%2Bdaily%2Bbasis%2Bfor%2Ba%2Bregistered%2Btransaction) - [Send Promotion or Tactic Specific Actuals (volumes) on weekly level with type decimal values for a registered transaction](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Send%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BSpecific%2BActuals%2B\(volumes\)%2Bon%2Bweekly%2Blevel%2Bwith%2Btype%2Bdecimal%2Bvalues%2Bfor%2Ba%2Bregistered%2Btransaction) - [Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data on a Weekly Basis](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Delete%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BActual%2BData%2Bon%2Ba%2BWeekly%2BBasis) - [Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data in Bulk on a Weekly Basis](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Delete%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BActual%2BData%2Bin%2BBulk%2Bon%2Ba%2BWeekly%2BBasis) - [Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data in Bulk on a Daily Basis](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Delete%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BActual%2BData%2Bin%2BBulk%2Bon%2Ba%2BDaily%2BBasis) - [Delete Promotion or Tactic Actual Data on a Daily Basis](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/industries/rcgps-integration-service/references/rcgintsrvc-apis?meta=Delete%2BPromotion%2Bor%2BTactic%2BActual%2BData%2Bon%2Ba%2BDaily%2BBasis) # Changed Aura Component Events The following event has changes. lightning:omniChannelStatusChanged This event attribute is new. - `reason`—The reason for the Omni-Channel user’s status change. Possible values are `OmniToolkitStatusChange`, `OmniPushTimeout`, `OmniDeclineWork`, `OmniManualStatusChange`, `OmniSupervisorStatusChange`, and `OmniLoginStatusChange`. # Changed Aura Components These components have changes. lightning:combobox This component now correctly participates in validation and form submissions, so the browser can set focus on the component when it contains an invalid value and the form is validated on submission. lightning:datatable When the status bar appears during inline editing, the height of the table container has been reduced by 3rem when there's more content than can fit the horizontal viewport. Reducing the height of the container makes the horizontal scroller visible above the status bar in the table footer. These accessibility behaviors are new. - When you specify `displayReadOnlyIcon: true` and `editable:false`, the lock icon now displays inside a `` element that contains `aria-label="Locked Column Name"` and `role="image"`, where `Column Name` refers to the label that you define for the column. - The `` element that contains assistive text for the lock icon has been removed. lightning:input The calendar on the input fields of type `date` and `datetime` have these accessibility changes. - The `` element for month and year selections now specify the `aria-describedby` attribute. The `
` element that specifies `role="status"` contains an empty `
` element. When a field-level error occurs, the element renders assistive text for screen readers. - The `tabindex` attribute has been moved from the `` elements on the calendar to the day buttons, which are inner `` elements that specify `role="button"`. - The `aria-selected`, `aria-current`, and `aria-disabled` attributes have been moved to the inner `` element that specifies `role="button"`. - The `aria-label` attribute has been added to the `` element that specifies `role="button"`, which indicates `day month year, button`. For example: `8 October 2025, button`, depending on the screen reader. Required fields of type `checkbox`, `date`, `datetime`, `time`, and `file` have these accessibility changes. - The `` element specifies `aria-hidden="true"`. lightning-input-address If the Geolocation API times out after 10 seconds, the address lookup field defaults to San Francisco, CA with a latitude of 37.790091 and longitude of -122.396848 instead of your current position. A timeout can occur due to factors such as browser security settings, network conditions, and device capabilities. lightning-input-field The calendar on the input field of type `date` and `datetime` has the same accessibility changes as those for `lightning-input`. lightning-input-rich-text The default font size is now 13, which you can also select from the font menu. This component now supports manual image upload (developer preview). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Manual image upload is available as a developer preview. This feature isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. This attribute is new. - `manual-image-upload`—If present, an image is inserted in the rich text editor but not uploaded. To upload images when using this attribute, call `uploadPendingImages()`. This method is new. - `uploadPendingImages()`—Uploads images that you insert in the rich text editor. Returns a promise that resolves with an array of results, one per image: - When an image upload successfully, the results include the `imageId`, `file`, `success:true`, `downloadUrl`, and `contentVersionId`. - When the image upload fails, the results include the `imageId`, `file`, `success: false`, and `error`.If there are no pending images, this method returns an empty array. These custom events are new. - `imageupload`—The event fired when an image upload succeeds. The event detail properties include: - `imageId`—The image's tracking ID, which uses pending-img- followed by the timestamp that represents when the image was inserted, and a unique identifier. - `file`—The uploaded file, which includes the file name, size, and type. - `success`—Specifies `true` when an image upload is successful. - `downloadUrl`—The permanent URL for the uploaded image. - `contentVersionId`—The ContentVersion ID for the image. The ContentVersion ID is prefixed with `068`. - `imageuploaderror`—The event fired when an image insert or upload fails. The event detail properties include: - `error`—The upload error message, which can be returned when an upload fails. When the image upload fails, the image continues to be available at the temporary URL until a successful upload. - `file`—The rejected file, which includes the file name, size, and type. - `imageId`—The image's tracking ID, which uses pending-img- followed by the timestamp that represents when the image was inserted, and a unique identifier. The ID is returned when an upload fails. - `maxSize`—The maximum file size in bytes, which is 1 MB or 1,048,576 bytes. Files exceeding this limit are not inserted into the rich text editor. - `reason`—The cause of the image upload error. Possible reasons are `SIZE_EXCEEDED` and `UPLOAD_FAILED`. lightning-omniscript This attribute is new. - `lwr`—Determines whether the component is compatible with Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) sites. Set this parameter to `true` if you want to embed your Omniscript on an LWR site. lightning-radio-group A `
` element that specifies `role="status"` has been added to contain an empty `
` element on load. When a field-level error occurs, the element renders a `` element with the field label as assistive text for screen readers. lightning-select The `
` element that specifies `role="status"` now contains an empty `
` element on load. When a field-level error occurs, the element renders a `` element with the field label as assistive text for screen readers. lightning-tree The chevron icon next to the tree item now uses the bare variant and displays in blue. lightning-tree-grid After you press the Right Arrow key on a row to expand the row, the subsequent Right Arrow key press now focuses on the checkbox column, if the column isn't hidden. #### See Also - [Lightning Component Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-component-reference/) # New and Changed Lightning Web Components Build UI easily with these new and changed components. ## New Components The following components are new and require API version 67.0 and later. lightning-dynamic-list-container (Developer Preview) Loads a list of data and manages the data based on the scroll position. For more information, see [Load Large Lists Dynamically (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager_dynamic_list.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Handle massive amounts of data without slowing down your web browser. Whether you’re showing 50 or 5,000 items, dynamic lists offer a smooth user experience by using virtualization to render items as you scroll."). lightning-dynamic-list-item (Developer Preview) Represents individual rows in the dynamic list. Each list item is positioned dynamically by the list container. For more information, see [Load Large Lists Dynamically (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager_dynamic_list.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Handle massive amounts of data without slowing down your web browser. Whether you’re showing 50 or 5,000 items, dynamic lists offer a smooth user experience by using virtualization to render items as you scroll."). ## Changed Lightning Web Components These components have changed. lightning-carousel-image For right-to-left languages, the currently selected carousel image is now visible. lightning-click-to-dial For right-to-left languages, the phone icon now appears on the right of a telephone number. lightning-combobox The `variant` attribute supports a new value. - `button`—A pill-shaped combobox with SLDS icon support. Specify the SLDS icon name on the optional `iconName` property on each option. When you select an option, the icon and option label are shown on the button. lightning-dual-listbox These accessibility behaviors are new. - The move buttons are disabled if no items on the left are selected. - The reorder buttons are disabled if there are no items on the right. - Required options can receive keyboard focus so screen readers can announce them. - To accommodate high magnification when zoom is greater than 200%, the list boxes stack vertically, separated by up and down arrow icons instead of right and left arrow buttons. - At the standard browser zoom of 100%, the component reflows from a horizontal layout to a vertical stack at a width of approximately 683 pixels. lightning-datatable These accessibility behaviors are new. - In action mode, when you tab into an editable cell, the cell no longer displays an input field automatically. To activate the input field, tab again to focus on the edit (pencil) icon and press the Enter key. - In navigation mode, when you tab into the header checkbox cell, press the Space key once to focus and toggle the checkbox, which selects or deselects all rows. Previously, you pressed the Space key to focus on the checkbox and pressed the Space key again to toggle the checkbox. lightning-file-upload The maximum file size limit has increased from 2 GB to 10 GB. lightning-formatted-location For right-to-left languages, latitude and longitude values with a minus (-) sign now display the minus sign on the left side. lightning-formatted-number Large numbers with more than approximately 15 or 16 total digits can now be formatted correctly. lightning-input The input field of type `checkbox` has a new attribute. - `indeterminate`—If present, the checkbox shows an indeterminate state, presenting a dash indicator instead of a checkmark or empty box. This is commonly used for "select all" checkboxes, presenting the dash indicator when only some items in a group are selected. Clicking the checkbox clears the indeterminate state. These input field types have changed. `datetime`—When `read-only` is specified, the time field no longer displays with a border and the icon is grayed out. `checkbox-button`—Right-to-left languages are now supported. `color`—The range indicator on the color picker has been converted from an anchor link to a button. `time`—When `read-only` is specified, the time field no longer displays with a border and the icon is grayed out. lightning-input-field The time field has changed. - When `read-only` is specified, the time field no longer displays with a border and the icon is grayed out. lightning-input-name - When `read-only` is specified, the salutation field no longer displays with a border and the icon is grayed out. lightning-output-field To ensure that records are easy to view especially when many fields are present, read-only fields now render with a bottom border. lightning-slider When you specify a value for the `max` attribute, you can no longer slide past this value while interacting with the component. lightning-tabset For right-to-left languages, the left arrow key now navigates to the tab on the left, or the last tab when the first tab is focused. lightning-textarea When you specify both `disabled` and `read-only` attributes, the styling appears the same as when the component specifies `disabled` only. lightning-tree-grid For right-to-left languages, the chevron icon now points downwards as expected. #### See Also - [Component Library](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-component-reference/) # New and Changed Lightning Web Components Build UI easily with these new and changed components. ## Changed Lightning Web Components These components have changed. lightning-checkbox-group These accessibility behaviors are new. - The `` element now specifies `aria-hidden="true"` for the asterisk (\*) that denotes a required field. - A `` element that contains the "required" assistive text has been added for screen readers. lightning-button-icon This attribute is new. - `tooltip`—If you provide a tooltip value, the component assigns this value to the `aria-description` attribute on the trigger button. lightning-click-to-dial When the component is in a disabled state, a `` tag that specifies `role="link"` and `aria-disabled="true"` has been added for screen readers. lightning-combobox To accommodate high magnification when zoom is greater than 200%, the text label on the combobox wraps to the next line instead of truncates. lightning-datatable These accessibility behaviors are new. - The button size on the action dropdown of the column header has been increased to 24 px by 24 px to improve the touch target size. - Clicking the resize handler on the column header divider now lets you resize without dragging on the column divider. To commit the resize, click anywhere on the page. The column edge tracks your mouse pointer. To exit the click-resize mode without commiting the resize, press the Esc key or tab to remove focus from the column edge. Previously, you could resize a column with your mouse by click-dragging only. This property in the `rows` object for the `errors` attribute is new. - `rowTitle`—Optional string for the error icon's assistive text, which is used in place of the row's scope cell value. Set `rowTitle` when the scope cell value isn't a string, such as when the custom cell type outputs an object. Screen readers then announce a meaningful row label instead of `[object Object]`. If you don't set `rowTitle` and the scope cell value isn't a usable string, the assistive text falls back to `Row Number {N}`, where `{N}` is the row's 1-based index, so screen readers always announce a meaningful identifier. The `action` type has a new property. - `alternativeText`—Sets the accessible name of the row action trigger button. The default is "Show actions". lightning-formatted-address A hidden span tag for assistive text (Show in Google Maps) has been added on the map link for screen readers. lightning-helptext The button size has been increased to 24 px by 24 px to improve the touch target size. The button icon now specifies the `container` variant and has a default size of `small` with a width of 24 px instead of 16 px. lightning-input These accessibility behaviors are new. - `datetime`—When a validation error is returned on the field set, the component now also specifies `aria-describedby` on the time field to associate it with the error message. - `time`—The component now specifies `aria-autocomplete="none"`. - `toggle`—The component now specifies `aria-hidden` for the on and off state text. To accommodate high magnification when zoom is at 400% or greater, the date picker defaults to vertical scrolling and suppresses horizontal scrolling. The error messages for the date and time fields now suggest a clear example time format, such as `11:30 AM`, instead of displaying abstract CLDR pattern strings, such as `h:mm a`. lightning-input-address These attributes have changed. - `address-label`—The status message uses the address label instead of the mailing address for screen reader announcements. - `show-address-lookup`—A visible label (Search Address) is shown right after the `address-label` value. lightning-input-field The email field uses the placeholder name@example.com. This change also applies to email fields on a record detail page. lightning-record-picker When a `filter` value is present, the combobox wrapper specifies `role=group` and `aria-labelledby`. lightning-slider These attributes are new. - `unit`—Appends a label to the range display to describe the unit, such as: - Percentages (`%`) - Currency symbols (`$`, `€`, and others) - Custom text suffixes (`kg`, `px`, and others) For example, if you use the `%` unit, the range label shows `0-100%` instead of `0-100`. The default is an empty string, which shows the plain min-max range with no unit. - `unit-position`—Controls where the unit appears relative to the range. Valid values are: - `prefix`—Places the unit before the range and value. Use `prefix` for currency units. This is the default unit position. - `suffix`—Places the unit after the range and value. Use `suffix` for percentages. - `format-number`—Provides number-to-text conversion for range endpoints and value. Supports custom domain and compact formatting, such as `$1.5M` or `$50M`. - `minimum-fraction-digits`—Sets a minimum floor for fractional decimal places independent of the step for decimal precision. Setting `minimum-fraction-digits` greater than `0` keeps the `min` endpoint bare (`0`) while padding the `max` endpoint (`1500.0`). If `step` has higher precision than `minimum-fraction-digits`, the finer step precision takes priority. For example, if `step="0.05"` and `minimum-fraction-digits="1"`, the range shows `0-1500.00`. Range boundaries are now shown with step precision. For example, if you specify `step="0.1"`, the range display shows `0.0-100.0` instead of `0-100`. lightning-tabset The overflow **More** button now uses `role=presentation` instead of `role=tab` to avoid nesting interactive controls inside a tab. lightning-vertical-navigation-item-icon This attribute is new. - `icon-assistive-text`—The alternative text describing the icon's meaning to assistive technologies, for example, `Open link in a new window`. Set to an empty string when the icon is decorative or its meaning is conveyed by surrounding content. #### See Also - [Component Library](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-component-reference/) # New and Changed Metadata Type in Manufacturing Make the most of the new and changed metadata types in Manufacturing. ## Settings Manage and allocate inventory orders across multiple locations with real-time visibility Use the new InventoryAllocationSettings metadata type. Configure purchase order management setting Use the new PurchaseOrderMgmtSettings metadata type. Override predefined status validations for sales agreements Use the new arePredfndStatusValOveride field on the existing SalesAgreementSettings metadata type. Introduced in API version 65.0, this field has been added to the Manufacturing Cloud Developer Guide. #### See Also - [_Manufacturing Cloud Developer Guide:_ Metadata API Types](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mfg_api_devguide.meta/mfg_api_devguide/mfg_metadata_api_parent.htm) # New and Changed Metadata Types for Manufacturing Do more with the new and updated Manufacturing metadata types. Track and manage product samples throughout their lifecycle Use the new IndustriesMfgSampleManagementSettings metadata type. Give partners access to Manufacturing Agents on your Experience Cloud site Use the new enableMfgAgentsExprcCloud field on the IndustriesManufacturingSettings metadata type. # New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components These modules have changes. ## New Modules These modules are now available. lightning/industriesConfigureApi Uses the Configuration API of Revenue Management to manage the configuration, pricing, and lifecycle of carts and cart items, retrieve product, category, and bulk product details, and manage saved configurations and rules. ## Changed Modules These modules have changes. lightning/graphql This method is new. - `executeMutation`—Create, edit, or delete record data from your JavaScript code. Use `executeMutation` imperatively with these parameters. - `query`—Parsed GraphQL query. Parse the query using the `gql` JavaScript template literal function. `gql` parses the GraphQL query into a format that `executeMutation` can use. `gql` isn’t reactive. - `variables`—An object that provides GraphQL variables for the query. For more information, see [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=260&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API."). lightning/navigation Use the new `standard__flow` `PageReference` type. See [Navigate to Flows in Lightning Experience from Custom Lightning Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_extend_standard_flow_pageReference_type.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now navigate to a screen flow or autolaunched flow in Lightning Experience from a custom Aura or Lightning web component. Your Lightning component developer uses the Aura lightning:navigation component or the lightning/navigation Lightning web component to navigate to the new Standard Flow PageReference type or generate a URL from the PageReference type."). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: LWC API Modules](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-api-modules.html) - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: GraphQL API Wire Adapter](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-lightning-graphql-module.html) # New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components Do more with these new and changed modules for LWC. ## New Modules These modules are now available. lightning/accApi Manages the state of the native Agentforce side panel within Lightning Experience. For more information, see the [Agentforce Conversation Client API Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/accsdk/guide/). lightning/commerceCartApi Creates and deletes carts for buyers in a webstore. lightning/commerceRepricingApi Retrieves pricing and product details for Order Management repricing scenarios. lightning/commerceRegisterGuestBuyerApi Registers a guest buyer account against a webstore. experience/blockBuilderApi Enables a Salesforce CMS Extension Lightning Web Component to get an update components in Marketing Cloud Next content. Introduced in API version 66.0, this module has been added to the [Lightning Web Components Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-experience-block-builder-api.html). ## Changed Modules These modules have changes. lightning/analyticsWaveApi This wire adapter is new. - `getReplicatedFieldsWithAdvancedProps`—Retrieves a collection of fields belonging to a CRM Analytics replicated dataset, including advanced properties. #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: LWC API Modules](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-api-modules.html) - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: GraphQL API Wire Adapter](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-lightning-graphql-module.html) # New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components Do more with these new and changed modules. ## New Modules These modules are now available. lightning/platformNavigationItemApi Controls navigation items in the item menu of Lightning console apps. For more information, see [Control Navigation Items in Lightning Console Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_console_navigation_item.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The lightning/platformNavigationItemApi module provides methods to manage navigation items in the item menu of a Lightning console app."). ## Changed Modules These modules have changes. lightning/analyticsWaveApi This wire adapter is new. - `getReplicatedFieldsWithAdvancedProps`—Retrieves a collection of fields belonging to a CRM Analytics replicated dataset, including advanced properties. #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: LWC API Modules](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-api-modules.html) - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: GraphQL API Wire Adapter](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-lightning-graphql-module.html) # New and Changed Object for Revenue Cloud for Communications Do more with the new and changed objects in Revenue Cloud for Communications. Specify the product relationship rule between products or product classifications Use the new ProductRelationshipRule object. Specify the relationship action for the quote line item relationship record Use the new RelationshipAction field on the existing QuoteLineRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule associated with the quote line item relationship Use the new ProductRelationshipRule field on the existing QuoteLineRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule action on the order line item Use the new RelationshipAction field on the existing OrderItemRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule associated with the order line item Use the new ProductRelationshipRule field on the existing OrderItemRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule associated with the asset Use the new ProductRelationshipRule field on the existing AssetRelationship object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date, action type, and applied adjustment amount for the cart item price adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, AdjustmentAction, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing CartItemPriceAdjustment object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date, action type, and applied adjustment amount for the quote line price adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, AdjustmentAction, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date,and applied adjustment amount for the asset action price adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing AssetActionSrcPriceAdjustment object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date, action type, and applied adjustment amount for the order item adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, AdjustmentAction, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem object. # New and Changed Objects Access more data through these new and changed standard objects. ## Salesforce Overall Use Employee2 as a junction object between Contact and User Use the new User field on the Employee2 object to reference a Unified Employee user record. ## Commerce Create saved payment methods with third-party payment tokens for new payment types Use the new AsyncGatewayRefNumber, ExtendedPaymentMethodType, PaymentMethodSubType, and ProcessingMode fields and the new values ExtendedAPM and ExtendedWallet of the existing Type field on the existing SavedPaymentMethod object. Store digital wallet names for new payment types Use the new ExtendedPaymentMethodType field and the new supported values ExtendedAPM and ExtendedWallet of the existing PaymentMethodType field on the existing DigitalWallet object. Store alternative payment method names for new payment types Use the new ExtendedPaymentMethodType field on the existing AlternativePaymentMethod object. Get information about the retry category for a failed payment Use the new RetryCategory field on the existing PaymentGatewayLog object. Store cart item attributes using key-value pairs Use the new CartItemAttribute object. Set a pickup time for a shipping service for a location or location group Use the new PickupTime field on the existing LocationShippingCarrierMethod object. Select new types for an order item summary change Use the new supported values AddTax, OrderAdjustmentGroup, OrderDeliveryGroup, and Modify of the existing ChangeType field ln the existing OrderItemSummaryChange object. Share the origin of an order Sharing is now available for the existing SalesChannel object. ## Development Enable a managed package subscriber to block push upgrades to their org Use the new PushUpgradeCustomization object. Get information about whether a subscriber org has blocked push upgrades for a managed package Use the new CustomUpgradeType, HasRestrictionEnabled, and IsCustomUpgradeAllowed fields on the existing PackageSubscriber object. ## Event Monitoring **Confirm your org’s Small Business Suite Edition when making requests to Apex methods** Use the new easySuiteValue field in the Aura Request Event type of the EventLogFile object. **REMOVED: The ApexLimitEvent is removed** Deprecated in API version 46.0, the ApexLimitEvent object is removed in API version 66.0 and later. See Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) values sent by your identity provider Use the new AUTHENTICATION\_CONTEXT\_CLASS\_REFERENCE field in the Login Event Type of the EventLogFile object. ## Files Check the status and date of files that were scanned for malware (beta) Use the new MalwareScanStatus (beta) field to see whether a file was scanned, and use the new MalwareScanDate (beta) field to see when a file was scanned. Both fields are now available on the ContentDocument and ContentVersion objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Malware scanning for Salesforce Files is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. Manage multiple types of files that are larger than 2 GB Use the new ContentSizeLong field on the AttachedContentDocument, AttachedContentNote, CombinedAttachment, ContentFolderItem, ContentNote, ContentVersion, FolderedContentDocument, and OwnedContentDocument objects. ## Marketing New Fields on the Brief Object Use additional fields on the Brief object to provide context that Agentforce can use when helping you create campaigns. Specify your calls-to-action and key performance indicators, and provide guardrails to protect your brand’s reputation. ## Revenue Track the types of actions used during an asset’s lifecycle Use the new `DowngradeFrom`, `DowngradeTo`, `SwapIn`, `SwapOut`, `UpgradeFrom`, and `UpgradeTo` values in the existing SubType field on the AssetAction object. Summarize the downgrade, swap, and upgrade asset action’s total amounts Use the new TotalDowngradesAmount, TotalSwapsAmount, and TotalUpgradesAmount fields on the AssetAction object. ## Sales View a List Email's sent results Use the new ListEmailSentResult object. See the email addresses included in at least one email or event but who aren’t saved as a contact or lead Use the new StagedUnmtchedEmailAddr object. The new StagedUnmtchedEmailAddrRela object relates an unmatched email address to the activity (email message or event) where it appeared. See the email addresses invite to at least one event but who aren’t saved as a contact or lead Use the new EventInviteeEmailRelation object. The new EventInviteeEmailRelation object relates an unmatched email address to the email message where it appeared so that the contact information and the event are associated as an activity. See that the ID of a business action suggested by generative AI. Use the new AiGenActionItemId field on the existing AIResearchPromptResult object. See the version number of a prompt template used to generate research. Use the new Version field on the existing AIResearchPromptResult object. See the record ID of a lead or opportunity that research was generated for. Use the new `Lead` and `Opportunity` values on the existing ReferenceRecordId field on the AIResearchPromptResult object. See the role of a participant in a video call Use the new ParticipantType field on the existing VideoCallParticipant object. Introduced in API version 65.0, this field has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform. View the structure of a video call recording Use the new VideoCallRecordingStructure object. Introduced in API version 65.0, this object has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform. View insight data associated with a video call Use the new VideoCallInsight object. View follow-up actions derived from a video call insight Use the new VideoCallInsightAction object. View the reason why the video call insight was generated Use the new VideoCallInsightReason object. View insight data associated with a voice call Use the new VoiceCallInsight object. View follow-up actions derived from a voice call insight Use the new VoiceCallInsightAction object. View the reason why the voice call insight was generated Use the new VoiceCallInsightReason object. See the recommended contact or lead generated by a Prospecting Agent Use the new ProspectingAgentRcmdTarget object. ## Salesforce Flow Get the version number of the flow that enabled persistent logging Use the new LogsEnabledFlowVersion field on the existing FlowRecord object. Launch an automation event-triggered flow when an object or an object with fields
 related to an Individual record is created or
 updated Use the new `IndivRelatedRecord` value in the existing Type field on the FlowRecord object. Launch an automation event-triggered flow when a CRM record based on a Prospect, Lead, or Contact object is created or
 updated Use the new `IndivRelatedRecTrigAutolnch` value in the existing Type field on the FlowRecord object. Get skipped status for flow test runs triggered by Salesforce CLI Use the new `Skip` value in the existing Result field on the FlowTestResult object. ## Security and Identity Distinguish between enforced and reported content security policy (CSP) violations Use the new ViolationImpact field on the existing BrowserPolicyViolation object. BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The Customize Application permission is required to access RedirectWhitelistUrl Previously, the Customize Application permission was required only for edit access to the RedirectWhitelistUrl object. Now that permission is required for read access, too. See the total usage of the org's retention store at specific points in time. Use the new RetentionStoreUsage object. View specific dates related to a data subject's consent. Use the new DoubleConsentCaptureDate, EffectiveFrom, and EffectiveTo fields on the existing PartyConsent object. Track usage of passkeys for passwordless login (Beta) Use the new supported value `PasswordlessPasskeyLogin` in the existing LoginType field on the LoginHistory object. Use the new supported value `PwlessPasskey` in the existing VerificationMethod field on the VerificationHistory object. Use the new supported value `PasswordlessPasskeyLogin` in the existing Policy field on the IdentityVerificationEvent object. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Passwordless login via passkeys is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. ## Service REMOVED: The IsInboundReceiptsEnabled, IsRoutingWorkResultEnabled , and IsTypingIndicatorDisabled fields on the ConversationChannelDefinition object are removed Use the EventCapabilitiesIsInboundAcknwOptionExposed field instead of IsInboundReceiptsEnabled. Use the EventCapabilitiesIsRoutingWorkResultSupported field instead of IsRoutingWorkResultEnabled. Use the EventCapabilitiesIsTypingIndicatorOptionHidden field instead of IsTypingIndicatorDisabled. REMOVED: The HasInboundReceipts and HasTypingIndicator fields on the CustomMsgChannel object are removed Use the EventCapabilitiesIsInboundAcknowledgementEnabled field instead of HasInboundReceipts. Use the EventCapabilitiesIsTypingIndicatorDisabled field instead of HasTypingIndicator. Store callback routing information for a contact center channel with Omni-Channel Unified Routing Use the new OmniCallbackHandler and OmniCallbackFallbackQueueId fields in the existing ContactCenterChannel object. Configure callback details on a contact request for Omni-Channel Unified Routing Use the new AvailableCallbackAttempts and DelayBetweenCallbackAttempts fields in the existing ContactRequest object. Get conversation data for agent work sessions Use the new AgentWorkConversationalData object. Define integration configuration for external conversation participants Use the new ExtConvParticipantIntegDef object. Know the Interactive Voice Response (IVR) duration of a voice call Use the new IvrDuration field in the existing VoiceCall object. # New and Changed Objects Access more data through these new and changed standard objects. ## Salesforce Overall Store a record each time a utilization signal is reached for your org's consumption-based or seat-based products. The TenantConsumptionAlert object supports these alert types: - Consumption Threshold Alerts — Previously available through the Consumption Threshold Alerts flow template, this feature now stores alert records in TenantConsumptionAlert, giving you direct API access to query and manage your consumption threshold alerts. - License Utilization Alerts (New) — Triggered when user license or permission set license utilization reaches a specified threshold. Use the License Utilization Alerts flow template and associated invocable actions to set up and manage these alerts. This alert type will be rolled out as a staggered release starting in late May 2026. - User-defined Alerts – Create user-defined alerts directly on this object to track any custom signal that meets your use case. ## Archive Monitor and audit archive processes with enhanced tracking capabilities The ArchiveActivity object now includes expanded monitoring capabilities. Use the new ProgressIcon field to track progress status visually with color-coded indicators and the new RootEntityName field to identify which Salesforce object was archived, purged, or processed. New status values (`API limit reached`, `Ended`, and `Skipped`) and the new `Mask-sdk` type value provide better visibility into process outcomes and masking operations. Data type changes support larger-scale operations: AttemptedRootRecordsCount, FailedCount, SkippedRootRecordsCount, SucceededCount, and TotalRecordCount now use long data types (upgraded from int). FailureReason changed from string to textarea to capture more detailed error information, and RecordsSizeInMb changed from double to string. The object now supports additional API calls including `getDeleted()`, `getUpdated()`, `retrieve()`, `undelete()`, `update()`, and `upsert()` for programmatic monitoring workflows. Also in API version 67.0, the Query field on ArchivePolicyDefinition now supports textarea to accommodate longer query definitions. ## Automation Link parent and child approval work items for approval steps with unanimous approvals Use the new ParentWorkItem field on the existing ApprovalWorkItem object. Link underlying parent and child orchestration work items for approval work items from approval steps with unanimous approval Use the new ParentWorkItem field on the existing FlowOrchestrationWorkItem object. Get information about the error rate of the last occurrence of a flow Use the new Health, ElementEntries, and ElementError fields on the existing FlowRecord object. Specify the type of audience flow Use the new supported values `CampaignMember`, `List`, and `RecordQuery` in the existing FlowType and Type fields on the FlowRecord object. Specify when a flow is launched from MuleSoft Use the new supported value `EnterpriseScaleExternalSystemChange` in the existing FlowType and Type fields on the FlowRecord object. Associate a flow record versionand flow record version occurance with a data space Use the new DataSpaceId field on the existing FlowRecordVersion and FlowRecordVersionOccurance objects. Identify new flow types for flow record versions Use these new values of the existing flowType field on the existing FlowRecordVersion object: `AgenticGuidedExperienceBackgroundFlow`, `AgenticGuidedExperienceOrchestrationFlow`, `AgenticGuidedExperienceScreenDataFlow`, `AgenticGuidedExperienceScreenFlow`, `BroadcastFlow`, `ExternalSystemChangeTriggerApprovalProcess`, `ExternalSystemChangeTriggerOrchestration`, `ExternalSystemChangeTriggerFlow`, and `OnDemandFlow`. ## Commerce Track cart collaboration with new fields on the WebCart object With Advanced Cart Management, multiple users can collaborate on a single cart. Use the new `CollaborationStatus`, `CollaborationLockedById`, and `CollaborationLockedAt` fields on the existing WebCart object to see whether a cart is shared for collaboration, and to identify who locked the cart and when. Advanced Cart Management isn't enabled by default. To enable it, contact your Salesforce account team. Track the count of items added to the webcart from quotes Use the new `QuoteLineItemCount` field on the existing WebCart object. Store shopper profile data from an external Commerce organization Shopper Profile Sync uses the CommerceCustomerReference, CommerceGroupReference, and CommerceOrganizationReference fields on the existing Account and Contact objects. Determine whether the payment link is for a business account Use the new `IsBusinessAccountPayment` field on the existing PaymentLink object. Determine the asset quantity when the subscription starts and ends Use the new fields `StartQuantity` and `EndQuantity` on the existing CartItem object. REMOVED: The OrderPaymentSummaryId field is removed from the PaymentGatewayLog object The OrderPaymentSummaryId field is removed from the PaymentGatewayLog object in API version 67.0 and later. ## Customization BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The DoesIncludeBosses field on the existing Group object is available for queues Use the DoesIncludeBosses field to indicate whether records shared with users in the queue are also shared with users higher in the role hierarchy. REMOVED: The CUC picklist value was removed from the IsoCode field on the CurrencyType and DatedConversionRate objects Update any references to the Cuban Convertible Peso (CUC), a deprecated currency code, in API version 65.0 and later. Existing DatedConversionRate records for CUC are no longer supported. ## Deployment Track and audit DevOps Center activities. Use the `DevopsActivityLog` object. Monitor individual metadata components and configuration data records as they're deployed to the DevOps Center pipeline environments. Use the `DevopsEnvDeploymentMbr` object. Manage DevOps Center environments. Use the `DevopsEnvironment` object. Track Pipeline Operations. Use the `DevopsEnvDeployment` object. Define pipelines for DevOps Center projects. Use the `DevopsPipeline` object. Associate pipelines with environments. Use the `DevopsPipelineEnvironment` object. Configure pipeline stages and deployment sequence to define individual stages in your release path. Use the `DevopsPipelineStage` object. Track changes as ‌work items move through pipeline stages. Use the `DevopsPipelnStgProm` object. Track merge status of the work item into the target stage branches. Use the `DevopsPipelnStgPromWkItem` object. Create DevOpsCenter projects that serve as the primary workspace for team collaboration. Use the `DevopsProject` object. Associate DevOps Center projects with pipelines. Use the `DevopsProjectPipeline` object. Manage deployment requests and track operation status of asynchronous DevOps Center operations. Use the `DevopsRequestInfo` object. Connect to source control systems. Use the `SourceCodeRepoProvider` object. Manage version control repositories for DevOps Center projects. Use the `SourceCodeRepository` object. Track repository branches and their environment associations. Use the `SourceCodeRepositoryBranch` object. Create and manage logical units of work such as user stories, tasks, and bugs. Use the `WorkItem` object. Provide real-time notifications for work item status changes in DevOps Center projects. Use the `WorkItemEvent` object. Track metadata components and configuration data records associated with `WorkItemComponentList` record in a DevOps Center project. Use the `WorkItemComponent` object. Trigger quality checks when a work item transitions to a stage in the pipeline. Use the `DevopsPipelineStageTrigger` object. Configure and connect third-party test providers to a specific pipeline stage. Use the `DevopsPipelineTestProvider` object. Define criteria or automated quality gate rules that a deployment must satisfy to progress to the next pipeline stage. Use the `DevopsQualityGate` object. Track the high-level evaluation results and metrics for a specific quality gate run. Use the `DevopsQualityGateResult` object. Set quality gate rules for specific conditions, thresholds, or logic that make up an overall quality gate. Use the `DevopsQualityGateRule` object. Capture the detailed, granular evaluation data for a single quality gate rule. Use the `DevopsQualityGateRuleResult` object. Represent the definition or metadata configuration of an individual test case or test script. Use the `DevopsTest` object. Record the lifecycle, execution state, and outcome of a test case. Use the `DevopsTestExecution` object. Manage the integration details, authentication, and settings for a third-party automated testing tool. Use the `DevopsTestProvider` object. Track synchronization events and errors in Salesforce test providers and third party test providers. Use the `DevopsTestProviderSyncLog` object. Define grouping of test cases that are executed together as a unit. Use the `DevopsTestSuite` object. Track the runtime lifecycle, code coverage, and errors in Salesforce test providers and third party test providers execution status of a test suite within a pipeline stage. Use the `DevopsTestSuiteExecution` object. Group test suite execution runs during a single deployment or a collective execution event. Use the `DevopsTestSuiteGroupExec` object. Assign and configure test suites to execute automatically within a particular pipeline stage environment. Use the `DevopsTestSuiteStage` object. Maps individual test cases to their respective test suite. Use the `DevopsTestSuiteTest` object. Links a specific work item's deployment lifecycle to its corresponding test suite group execution record. Use the `DevopsWkItmTstSteGrpExec` object. ## Development Use new EventBus.publishWithAccessLevel() methods for better access control Prefer the new `publishWithAccessLevel` methods over the existing `publish` methods when writing Apex code to publish events. Set an expiration for a managed package subscriber’s ability to block push upgrades to their org Use the new ExpirationDays field on the existing PushUpgradeCustomization object. Query test results by test category, test class, or namespace Use the TestCategory, TestName, TestNamespace fields on the existing ApexTestResult object. Introduced in API version 65.0, these fields have been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform. ## Event Monitoring Track invocation sources for invocable actions in Invocable Action Event Type files Use the new `AGENT_ACTION`, `API_CALLER`, `INVOCATION_SOURCE`, `INVOKING_APEX_CLASS_NAME`, and `PROMPT_TEMPLATE` fields in the Invocable Action Event type of the existing EventLogFile object. These fields were introduced in API version 66.0 and have been added to the Object Reference for Salesforce Platform. See Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) values sent by your identity provider Use the new AuthContextClassRef field on the LoginEvent object. Use the new AuthContextClassRef field on the LoginEventStream object. Monitor usage of the OAuth 2.0 device flow Use the new supported value OAuthDevice in the existing LoginSubType field on the LoginEvent object. Use the new supported value OAuthDevice in the existing LoginSubType field on the LoginEventStream object. ## Experience Cloud Configure and verify secondary sender addresses for Experience Cloud site emails Use the new OptionsSecondaryEmailSenderEnabled, PendingSecondaryEmailAddress, and VerifiedSecondaryEmailAddress fields on the existing Network object to manage secondary sender addresses for site emails that contain sensitive data. ## Field Service Model a Service Bill of Materials for an asset on the ProductRelatedMaterial object Use the new RelationshipType, ComponentRelationship, ComponentLifecycleStatus, and SourcingType fields on the ProductRelatedMaterial object as the source of truth for Service Bill of Materials data, including data brought in from a PLM or ERP system. ## Revenue Specify the duration type for ramp deals for groups segments on quotes and orders in Revenue Cloud Use the new SegmentType field on the OrderItem object. ## Sales BEHAVIOR CHANGE: You can now edit the field IsRecurrence2Exclusion on the Event object In API version 67.0 and later, IsRecurrence2Exclusion is writable through Apex and the API. Use this field to indicate that a specific event is different from all other events in a recurring series. In API version 66.0 and earlier, IsRecurrence2Exclusion remains read-only. REMOVED: The AccountCleanInfo and ContactCleanInfo objects are removed Deprecated in API version 65.0, the AccountCleanInfo and ContactCleanInfo objects are removed in API version 67.0 and later. Store additional context, associated record, suggested values, and utterances for AI-generated action items Use the new AiGenActionItemInfoId, ParentId, SuggestedNewValue, and Utterance fields on the existing AiGenActionItem object. REMOVED: The WhatId field is removed from the AiGenActionItem object Instead, use the new ParentId field on the existing AiGenActionItem object to reference the associated Account or Opportunity record. Store the location and configuration of synthetic columns on pipeline and intelligence views Use the new PplinInspListViewCalcClmn object. Store AI-generated research prompt results for contacts Use the new supported value `Contact` in the existing ReferenceRecordId field on the AiResearchPromptResult object. Store the structure of a voice call recording , which includes voice call participants, speaking order, start offset, and end offset Use the new VoiceCallRecordingStructure object. Introduced in API version 66.0, this object has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform. Store the complete transcript text and metadata of a recorded video call Use the new VideoCallTranscript object. Introduced in API version 66.0, this object has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform. Track link engagement and reply activity on email messages Use the new FirstLinkClickedDate, HasReply, IsLinkClicked, IsLinkTracked, and LastLinkClickedDate fields on the existing EmailMessage object. Track delivery responses from email recipients Use the new DeliveryResponse field on the existing EmailMessageRelation object. Set the carbon copy addresses and reply-to name on list emails Use the new CcAddress and ReplyToName fields on the existing ListEmail object. Indicate whether email archiving is required or if synthetic CC is enabled on list emails Use the new IsEmailArchiveRequired and IsSyntheticCcEnabled fields on the existing ListEmail object. Specify that a list email was sent via Distributed Marketing Use the new supported value `Distributed Marketing` in the existing SentVia field on the ListEmail object. Available in API version 66.0 and later. Store informational fields related to AI-generated action items that can be used for reporting Use the new AiGenActionItemInfo object. Identify the type of message for a sales engagement step Use the new MessageType field on the existing ActionCadenceStep object. Identify that a target exited a cadence because of a previously executed step Use the new supported value `AutomaticallyExitedPreviouslyExecutedStep` in the existing CompletionReason field on the ActionCadenceTracker object. Available in API version 60.0 and later. Identify that a target exited a cadence because a review expired Use the new supported value `ReviewExpired` in the existing CompletionReason field on the ActionCadenceTracker object. Available in API version 66.0 and later. Track the message type, review criteria flow status, and review disposition for a sales engagement step Use the new MessageType, ReviewCriteriaFlowStatus, and ReviewDisposition fields on the existing ActionCadenceStepTracker object. Identify when a sales engagement step needs review or has been approved Use the new supported values `Approved` and `NeedsReview` in the existing State field on the ActionCadenceStepTracker object. Available in API version 66.0 and later. Identify when a sales engagement step approval has expired Use the new supported value `ExpiredApproved` in the existing State field on the ActionCadenceStepTracker object. Identify additional error conditions for sales engagement steps Use the new supported values `EAC_CONFIG_EMAIL_CAPTURE_OFF`, `EAC_CONFIG_IS_NOT_ACTIVE`, `EAC_CONFIG_LIMITED_CAPTURE`, `INITIAL_OUTREACH_ACCOUNT_DEACTIVATED`, `SOBO_MEETING_LINK_GENERATION_FAIL`, `SOBO_QNA_NO_ANSWER`, `STORAGE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`, `UNAUTHORIZED_EMAIL_DOMAIN`, and `USER_NOT_IN_EAC_CONFIG` (available in API version 66.0 and later) and `INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS_ON_TARGET` and `REVIEW_CRITERIA_FLOW_EXECUTION_FAILED` in the existing ErrorCode field on the ActionCadenceStepTracker object. Track an opportunity’s applied sales methodology and lock state Use the new OppSalesMethodology object to store the methodology definition linked to an opportunity, including editability and lock status. Store scored criteria and notes for an opportunity’s methodology items Use the new OppSalesMethodologyItem object to capture values and notes for each scored methodology criterion tied to an opportunity. Define reusable sales methodology templates by category and object type Use the new SalesMethodologyDef object to define active methodology templates, including category, language, and target object type. Define ordered criteria and input types for methodology templates Use the new SalesMethodologyDefItem object to configure per-criterion metadata, such as input type and order. ## Security and Identity Define a recurrence schedule for running a data detect scan in the schedule creator's time zone. Use the new IsScheduled field on the existing DataDetectPolicy object. Define if encrypted fields are enabled in a data detect policy. Use the new IsEncryptedFieldsEnabled field on the existing DataDetectPolicy object. Get information about a recurring data detect scan. Use the new DataDetectPolicySchedule object. Store the excerpts of the scan results in the form of encrypted text. Use the new SensitiveValues field on the existing DataDetectScanResult object. Permit users with appropriate permissions to see classic encrypted fields in data detect scan results. Use the new HasClassicEncryptedField field on the existing DataDetectJobSession object. Get information about a data detect keyword dictionary. Use the new DataDetPlcySrchExpsDict object. BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The Customize Application permission is required to access RedirectWhitelistUrl Previously, the Customize Application permission was required only for edit access to the RedirectWhitelistUrl object. Now that permission is required for read access, too. View the type of login flow used to access a session Use the new LoginSubType field on the AuthSession object. View Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) values from your identity provider in the login history Use the new AuthContextClassRef field on the LoginHistory object. Monitor usage of the OAuth 2.0 device flow in the Login History and Session Management pages Use the new supported value OAuthDevice in the existing LoginSubType field on the LoginHistory object. Use the new supported value OAuthDevice in the existing LoginSubType field on the AuthSession object. Define a recurrence schedule using the schedule creator's time zone # New and Changed Objects Access more data through these new and changed standard objects. ## Archive View which related objects and content files are included in archive operations View the related objects and content files included with the ArchivePolicyRelObjSelection, RelatedObjects, IsArchiveRelatedFiles, and ContentDocumentObject fields on the ArchivePolicyDefinition object. View retention periods for archived records View the retention periods for archived records with the RetentionYears, RetentionMonths, and RetentionSource fields on the ArchivePolicyDefinition object. View archive policy execution performance and failure-handling settings View the performance and failure-handling settings with the IsBoostEnabled and IsLogFailuresAndContinue fields on the ArchivePolicyDefinition object. View when policies run and policy analysis settings View when policies run and the policy analysis settings with the Schedule, IsAnalyzed, PreviewFields, and FilterConditions fields on the ArchivePolicyDefinition object. Property updates on ArchivePolicyDefinition fields DataProtectionThreshold now supports Group and Nillable properties. Description adds Filter, Group, Nillable, and Sort properties. Query removes the Filter, Group, and Sort properties but adds the Nillable property. RunFrequency and Type add the Nillable property. Create, update, delete, and undelete ArchiveActivity records Create and update ArchiveActivity records with the Archive Admin permission when StartTime or EndTime is null. Delete and undelete ArchiveActivity records. Property updates on ArchiveActivity fields Status adds `Interrupted` and `Max Interruptions` values. Type adds `Discard-staged-import` and `Import-data-summary` values. ## Commerce Show the total tax on product item adjustments in a cart Use the new TotalProductItemAdjTaxAmount field on the existing WebCart object to show the total tax on itemized adjustments, including discounts and surcharges, across all product items in the cart. Store merchant-specified metadata on a payment link Use the new CustomMetadata field on the existing PaymentLink object so that the third-party payment gateway can reconcile transactions and track invoices. ## Deployment Reference the pipeline stage associated with a replace environment operation Use the new SwapStageId field on the existing DevopsEnvDeployment object to identify the pipeline stage associated with a replace environment operation. Map DevopsEnvironment records to external systems Use the new ExternalId field on the existing DevopsEnvironment object to store an external reference ID for mapping cross-system records. This field is unique within your organization. ## Event Monitoring Track invocation sources for invocable actions in Invocable Action Event Type files Use the new `AGENT_ACTION`, `API_CALLER`, `INVOCATION_SOURCE`, `INVOKING_APEX_CLASS_NAME`, and `PROMPT_TEMPLATE` fields in the Invocable Action Event type of the existing EventLogFile object. These fields were introduced in API version 66.0 and have been added to the Object Reference for Salesforce Platform. ## Marketing Plan and manage a marketing program at a specific node in your marketing hierarchy Use the new MarketingProgram object. Set measurable targets for a marketing program or campaign and track actuals Use the new MarketingGoal object. Build a single executable tactic that pairs marketing content with a delivery method Use the new MarketingTactic object. Create a reusable tactic template based on a proven marketing tactic Use the new MarketingTacticTemplate object. Link a campaign to a marketing program and track its governance and review status Use the new CampaignExt object. Define the type of record that a mandatory compliance control applies to Use the new ComplianceControlScope object. Track a standing review of a record against a defined reference standard Use the new Review object. Capture the outcome of a single review event performed as part of a review Use the new ReviewExecution object. ## Sales BEHAVIOR CHANGE: You can now edit the field IsRecurrence2Exclusion on the Event object In API version 67.0 and later, IsRecurrence2Exclusion is writable through Apex of the API. In API version 65.0 and earlier, `IsRecurrence2Exclusion` is read only, and you can’t indicate programmatically that an event is different from the others in the series. ## Salesforce Flow Link parent and child approval work items for approval steps with unanimous approvals Use the new ParentWorkItem field on the existing ApprovalWorkItem object. Link underlying parent and child orchestration work items for approval work items from approval steps with unanimous approval Use the new ParentWorkItem field on the existing FlowOrchestrationWorkItem object. REMOVED: The StandardInvocableActionType is removed in API version 68.0. Instead, use the Standard Invocable Action Type Access permission set. View run-time errors and failed assertions for flow test scenario runs Use the new Error and FailedAssertions fields on the existing FlowTestResult object. Track human review and correction of data extracted by Intelligent Document Processing Use the new DocProcReview object. ## Security and Identity BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The Customize Application permission is required to access RedirectWhitelistUrl Previously, the Customize Application permission was required only for edit access to the RedirectWhitelistUrl object. Now that permission is required for read access, too. ## Service Capture on the time it takes for a Service rep to respond to a messaging session after first accepting it. Use ServiceRepAcceptToFirstResponseTime, a new MessagingSessionMetricType field value on the MessagingSessionMetrics object. Detect voice call quality problems with jitter and packet loss metrics Use the new AverageJitter, AveragePacketLoss, MaximumJitter, and MaximumPacketLoss fields on the existing AgentWorkConversationalData and VoiceCall objects. Define quality evaluation criteria for agent interactions Use the new AgentQltyEvalFormCondition object. Route incoming interactions to the right evaluation form Use the new AgentQltyEvalFormCriteria object. Track category-level scores for assessments Use the new AssessmentQuestionCatgData object. Get precise timing data on voice call recordings Use the new RecordingStartTime field on the existing VoiceCallRecording object. Get better assessment insights at a glance Use the new AssessmentSummary and ConfidenceScore fields on the existing Assessment object. Customize assessment scoring by excluding specific answer choices Use the new IsExcludedFromScoring field on the existing AssessmentQstnVerChoice2 object. Gain transparency around errors that occur during WhatsApp connection, activation, disconnection, or deactivation Use the 10 new values for the existing ErrorReason field on the existing MessagingChannelUsage object. Review the default response message when a customer initiates a messaging conversation, and review details for Email messages Review the new DefaultResponse field on the existing MessagingChannel object. Use the new Email value for the existing MessageType field on the existing MessaingChannel object. Review end user details associated with Email, RCS, and Microsoft Copilot messages Use the new Email value for the existing MessageType field on the existing MessagingEndUser object. Available in API version 66.0 and later. Use the new Rcs and MsCopilot values for the existing MessageType field on the existing MessagingEndUser object. Available in API version 67.0 and later. Look up the ID of a campaign that's associated with a messaging session, and review details related to an Email messaging session. Use the new CampaignId field on the existing MessagingSession object. Use the new Email value for the existing ChannelType field on the existing MessagingSession object. Determine which application handles inbound messages for a channel when no routing handler matches it. Use the new DefaultApplication field on the existing MessagingChannel object. Get details about additional Messaging Channel types like Rich Communication Services (RCS) or Microsoft Copilot. Use the new Rcs and MsCopilot values on the existing MessageType field on the existing MessagingChannel object. Get Messaging Channel availability details by country. Use the MsgChannelAvailability object. This object is available in API versions 63.0 and later. Store and access SIP session metadata for Agentforce Voice calls Use the VoiceCallSessionData object to store SIP header values from inbound calls and to configure call disconnect behavior. This object is available in API versions 67.0 and later. Handle more disconnect reasons for Agentforce Voice calls Use the new supported values, `Customer Intent Fulfilled`, `Customer Unresponsive`, `Maximum Duration Reached`, and `Internal Orchestrator Service Unavailable` on the DisconnectReason field on the VoiceCall object and VoiceCallSessionData object. # New and Changed Objects for Advanced Approvals Store and access more data with these new Advanced Approvals objects and changes to existing Advanced Approvals objects. **Store the mapping that links specific user-created email templates to different notification events within a workflow** Use the new ApprovalAlertContentDef object. **Manage the notification systems asynchronously for a workflow** Use the new AppvlWorkItemNtfcnEvent object. **Specify whether custom logic automatically approves an approval work item in a workflow** Use the new DoesUseCustomAutoAppvlLogic field on the existing ApprovalWorkItem object. **Specify whether a condition should be skipped in the auto-approval evaluation** Use the new IsExcludedFromAutoApproval field on the existing ApprovalWorkItemCondition object. # New and Changed Objects for Agentforce Automotive Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, objects. ## Changed Objects Store the associated product service campaign definition partner inventory. Use the new field Product Service Campaign Definition Partner Inventory on Return Order. ## New Objects **Represent the production batch details for a product campaign definition item.** Use the new Product Service Campaign Definition Production Batch object. **Represent information about dealerships selling and, or, servicing products for location-based searches. Helps customers find nearby dealer locations for purchasing products and product-related services.** Use the new Dealer Product Searchable Field object. **Represent the association of document checklist items for an application action item and is used to track the status of document checklist items with respect to an application action item.** Use the new Application Action Item Document Checklist Item object. # New and Changed Objects for Agentforce Automotive Do more with new and updated Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, objects. ## New Objects **Represent information about the financial distribution of expenses for a claim across multiple stakeholders, such as an original equipment manufacturer, a dealer, or a customer. Helps track the contribution percentages and specific amounts for each eligible work order line item for expenses such as goodwill requests to manage cost-sharing between parties.** Use the new Work Order Line Item Payer Contribution object. **Represent the pricing information for individual serialized products. Helps dealers, sales reps, or inventory managers price specific assets based on their individual conditions and attributes.** Use the new Inventory Item Price object. # New and Changed Objects for Agentforce IT Service Do more with the new and changed Agentforce IT Service objects. ## Changed Objects Track whether an incident impacts high-priority users to ensure they receive immediate attention. Use the new IsVipUserImpacted field on the Incident object. Track when a major incident is downgraded to a standard record. Use the new `Demoted` picklist value for the MajorIncidentStatus field on the Incident object. Track time remaining or overdue duration for incident milestones. Helps agents stay compliant with service level targets by showing the time left or overdue for current milestones. Use the new MilestoneTimer field on the Incident object. Identify the specific action required to complete a milestone. Enables users to see the action needed to meet a deadline, such as "Acknowledge Within" or "Resolve Within." Use the new NextMilestone field on the Incident object. Identify the source record used to generate a Service Catalog Request to trace the original Case or Incident ID from which it was created. Use the new CreatedFromRecord field on the Service Catalog Request object. ## New Objects Store information about scheduling clashes between a change request and other planned activities or deployments. Enables proactive risk mitigation by providing visibility into overlapping schedules to prevent service disruptions. Use the Change Request Conflict object. Store the definition of individual service management privileges, including their type, scope, and specific access levels. Use the Service Management Privilege object. Store the specific service management privileges assigned to individual employees and define the direct relationship between a user and their held permissions. Use the Employee Service Management Privilege object. **Store information about requests for products or services provided by a service catalog. Helps companies manage and fulfill requests while tracking the lifecycle of the service delivery.** Use the Service Request object. Store the definition of a rule used to identify whether a configuration item (CI) already exists in the CMDB or needs to be created as a new record. Use the Configuration Item Type Identification Rule object. Stores the mapping of configuration item attributes used in an identification rule to evaluate whether a discovered item already exists in CMDB. Use the Configuration Item Type Identification Field Mapping object. Stores the business specific layout in a service graph. A layout specifies which configuration item types and relationship types are included or excluded. Use the Configuration Management Service Map Layout object. Stores the relationship between a service map layout and a configuration item type definition. Use the Configuration Management Service Map Configuration Item Type object. Stores the relationship between a service map and a configuration item relationship type definition. Use the Configuration Management Service Map Relationship Type object. Stores the field mapping between a discovery target and Configuration Item (CI) fields in the CMDB. Use the Configuration Management Discovery Target Field Mapping object. Stores the relationship between a discovery target and their linked automation flows. Use the Configuration Management Discovery Target Flow object. Stores the documents associated with a specific discovery target scan. Use the Configuration Management Discovery Target Scan Document object. Stores the specific bundle that has been installed for a customer. Includes details such as bundle type, version, industry context, and installer identity. Use the Configuration Management Data Bundle object. # New and Changed Objects for Agentforce IT Service Do more with the new and changed Agentforce IT Service objects. ## Changed Objects Store the order of clause versions linked to a specific policy version. Use the new ClauseOrder field on the existing CompliancePlcyCmplClVer object. Indicate the order position of a compliance policy clause version associated with a compliance policy version. Use the new SequenceNumber field on the existing CompliancePlcyCmplClVer object. ## New Objects Store the parameters and scope of a compliance audit engagement, including the time, evaluation criteria, and targets. Use the new ComplianceAudit object. Store the association between a compliance audit and a policy clause to track which requirements are being audited. Use the new ComplianceAuditPolicyClause object. Store the association between a compliance audit and a policy clause to track which requirements are being audited. Use the new ComplianceAuditRegClause object. Store the relationship between a compliance audit and the risks identified within the audit boundaries. Use the new ComplianceAuditRisk object. Store groups of evidence artifacts, such as documents or digital records, gathered to support specific compliance evidence requests. Use the new ComplianceEvidenceArtifact object. Store request records created as part of the evidence collection to verify compliance with internal controls, policies, or regulatory standards. Use the new ComplianceEvidenceRequest object. Store the relationship between a compliance evidence request and its related artifacts. Use the new ComplianceEvidRqstArtifact object. Store the actual policy or communication being distributed, such as a new policy announcement, to enable central management of policy distribution campaigns. Use the new CompliancePolicyComms object. Identify the individual users or groups who are participants in a specific policy announcement to enable targeted policy distribution. Use the new CompPlcyCommsRecipient object. Store the record of policy acknowledgment to confirm when a recipient has read and acknowledged a communication. Use the new CompPlcyCommsResponse object. Store information about a gap, deficiency, or violation identified during a risk assessment, control testing, or an audit. Use the new ComplianceIssue object. Store the relationship between an issue and a compliance audit where the gap was identified. Use the new CmplIssueCmplAudit object. Map a compliance issue to the specific controls that failed, enabling detailed deficiency analysis. Use the new CmplIssueControlVer object. Store an association between an issue and a specific policy or internal standard that has been violated to show the regulatory impact of a gap. Use the new CmplIssueCmplPlcyVer object. Store the association between an issue and the specific regulation or regulatory clause that has been breached. Use the new CmplIssueRegulationVer object. Store the mapping of a single issue to multiple risks to show how a gap impacts various risk factors. Use the new CmplIssueRiskAssoc object. Track task outcomes and send processing signals between the agent and your compliance system for Compliance Background Agent processes. Use the new CmplBackgroundProcEvent object. Store information about an active, tracked risk within the risk register, including the threat and vulnerability details. Use the new Risk object. Map a risk to the specific business operations process it impacts to enable process owners to stay informed about risks that affect their work. Use the new RiskBusinessOpsProcess object. Map a risk to one or more mitigating controls from the Control Library to enable accurate calculation of residual risk. Use the new RiskCmplCtlVersion object. Store the quantitative or qualitative analysis of a risk at a specific point in time to enable periodic risk assessments and historical tracking. Use the new RiskEvaluation object. Map a risk evaluation record to the specific survey invitation sent to participants to enable lifecycle management of risk assessments. Use the new RiskEvalSurveyInvt object. Identify the individuals or groups involved in the risk management process and define their specific roles and involvement. Use the new RiskParticipant object. Map policy compliance requirements to a specific risk to enable risk officers to understand how policies influence organizational risk. Use the new RiskPolicyClauseVersion object. Map a risk record to the specific regulation clause version that governs it to enable identification of regulatory requirements relevant to a given risk. Use the new RiskRegClauseVersion object. Map a scope hierarchy, such as an application or department, to a specific risk to enable clear definition of the boundaries for a risk scenario. Use the new RiskRelatedScope object. Store predefined templates for common IT risks based on industry standards like ISO 27001 to enable simplified risk creation using a standard library. Use the new RiskScenario object. Define the categories of business entities, such as people, processes, or applications, whose risk must be managed to enable classification of risk boundaries. Use the new RiskScopeType object. Store the configuration that maps enum fields to their corresponding numeric values for different objects. Use the new ObjectFieldValueMapping object. # New and Changed Objects for Automotive Cloud Do more with the new and changed Automotive Cloud objects. ## New Objects Store information about the role of a participant, such as a user or a group, for an asset. Use the new Asset Data Sharing Participant object. Track events in the lifecycle of a collection plan. Use the new CollectionPlanMilestone object. Assign a third-party partner organization to handle a repossession item. Use the new RepossessionItemVendor object. Track individual staff members assigned to a repossession item. Use the new RepossessionItemUser object. Record time-stamped location sightings of repossession assets. Use the new AssetLocation object. Pause or stay recovery activities for a repossession item. Use the new RepossessionItemProcessHold object. Track contacts associated with the repossession process. Use the new ContactTracking object. Trigger asynchronous events from asset telematics data. Use the new AssetTelematicsActnblEvnt event. Trigger asynchronous events from vehicle telematics data. Use the new VehicleTelematicsActnblEvnt event. Configure legal notice requirements for the repossession compliance framework. Use the new RepossessionNoticeRule object. Maintain auditable evidence of legal notices sent during repossession. Use the new RepossessionNoticeLog object. ## Changed Objects Specify the unique identifier of a vehicle in an external system. Use the new External System Vehicle Identifier field on the Vehicle object. Store title verification details on assets. Use new fields on the existing AssetTitle object. # New and Changed Objects for Billing Store and access more data with these new Billing objects and changes to existing Billing objects. ## New Objects Get details about how a transaction’s billing amount is allocated to one or more accounts Use the new BillingArrangement object. Get details about the billing account, billing profile, and the percentage of the billing amount assigned to that account Use the new BillingArrangementLine object. Get details about how a transaction’s billing amount is allocated to one or more accounts Use the new Dispute object. Get details about the billing account, billing profile, and the percentage of the billing amount assigned to that account Use the new DisputeItem object. Get tax information associated with a debit memo line Use the new DebitMemoLineTax object. Get information about an expression set Use the new ExpressionSet object. Get information about the payment retry rule applied when a payment schedule item fails Use the new PaymentRetryRule object. Get information about the payment retry policy that defines how failed payments are retried based on error codes across different retry categories Use the new PaymentRetryRuleSet object. Get information about the tax rate applied to a transaction, determined by the applicable tax code and country Use the new TaxRate object. Get tax code information used by a specific tax engine to calculate tax for a product Use the new TaxTreatmentItem object. ## Changed Objects **Specify additional tax identification details** Use the new AdditionalTaxIdentificationDetails field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Specify the standard code in internal trades that’s used to define shipping responsibilities** Use the new DeliveryTerms field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Specify the document template that’s used to generate the invoice PDF documents** Use the new InvoiceDocumentTemplate field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Specify the date until which the tax exemption is valid** Use the new TaxExemptionExpirationDate field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Specify the identifier that’s used to indicate that a transaction is tax exempt** Use the new TaxExemptionNumber field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Specify the status of the tax exemption** Use the new TaxExemptionStatus field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Stores the tax identification number** Use the new TaxIdentificationNumber field on the existing BillingAccount object. **Stores the unit of time for which the pricing of the product applies** Use the new PricingTermUnit field on the existing BillingSchedule object. **Stores the ID of the billing arrangement record that’s related to the billing schedule group** Use the new BillingArrangement field on the existing BillingScheduleGroup object. **Stores the usage type of the billing schedule group** Use the new UsageType field on the existing BillingScheduleGroup object. **Specify whether the billing frequency can be changed for the billing treatment** Use the new CanChangeBillingFrequency field on the existing BillingTreatment object. Configure the credit memo’s source action based on resolving incorrect invoice charges Use the new supported value `DisputeManagement` in the existing Category field on the CreditMemo object. **Stores a credit memo’s sum of the total amount with tax in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTotAmtWithTax field on the existing CreditMemo object. **Stores the date on which a credit memo’s total amount with tax is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing CreditMemo object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a credit memo’s total amount with tax into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing CreditMemo object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing CreditMemo object. Specify whether the credit memo is currently in a void in progress state Use the new supported value `VoidInProgress` in the existing Status field on the CreditMemo object. **Stores the total tax amount for the credit memo, calculated at the header level by the tax engine** Use the new TotalTaxesCapturedAtHeader field on the existing CreditMemo object. **Stores a credit memo line’s charge amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCurrencyCnvChargeAmt field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. **Stores a credit memo line’s total tax amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTotalTaxAmount field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. **Stores the date on which a credit memo line’s amounts are converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a credit memo line's amounts into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. **Stores a credit memo line tax’s tax amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyConvertedTaxAmount field on the existing CreditMemoLineTax object. **Stores the date on which a credit memo line tax’s tax amount is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing CreditMemoLineTax object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert credit memo line tax’s tax amount into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing CreditMemoLineTax object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing CreditMemoLineTax object. **Stores a debit memo’s sum of the total charge amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTotalChargeAmt field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Stores the date on which a debit memo’s total charge amount is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a debit memo’s total charge amount into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Specify whether invoice generation isn't applicable to the debit memo** Use the new supported value `NotApplicable` in the existing InvoiceGenerationStatus field on the DebitMemo object. **Stores the credit memo record ID associated with the debit memo record** Use the new ReferenceRecord field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Specify whether the debit memo is currently in a void in progress state** Use the new supported value `VoidInProgress` in the existing Status field on the DebitMemo object. **Stores the sum of the debit memo’s total line amount and total adjustment amount** Use the new TotalAmount field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Stores the sum of the total amount values for the debit memo’s tax lines** Use the new TotalTaxAmount field on the existing DebitMemo object. **Stores the sum of the total amount with the tax on the debit memo line in corporate currency** Use the new CorpCurrCnvTotTaxAmt field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores a debit memo line’s charge amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvChargeAmount field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the date on which a debit memo line’s amounts are converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a debit memo line's amounts into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores total tax amount value in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTotalTaxAmt field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the amount of the debit memo line** Use the new LineAmount field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the credit memo line record ID associated with the debit memo line record** Use the new supported value `CreditMemoLine` in the existing ReferenceRecord field on the DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the ship from address specified in the parent debit line** Use the new ShipFromAddress field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the tax amount of the debit memo line** Use the new TaxAmount field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Specify the status of the tax calculation** Use the new TaxCalculationStatus field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores the document number of the latest record in the external tax engine where the parent debit line is included** Use the new TaxDocumentNumber field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Specify the date that’s used to calculate the tax amount** Use the new TaxEffectiveDate field on the existing DebitMemoLine object. **Stores a debit memo line tax’s charge amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvChargeAmount field on the existing DebitMemoLineTax object. **Stores the date on which a debit memo line’s amounts are converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing DebitMemoLineTax object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a debit memo line's amounts into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing DebitMemoLineTax object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing DebitMemoLineTax object. **Stores the ID of the billing arrangement record that’s related to the invoice** Use the new BillingArrangement field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores the version number of the billing arrangement record that’s used to generate the invoice** Use the new BillingArrangementVerNumber field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores the identifier that’s used to associate and track invoices that are generated based on the same billing arrangement** Use the new CorrelationIdentifier field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores the date on which an invoice’s total amount with tax is converted into functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTotAmtWithTax field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores the date on which an invoice’s total amount with tax is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing Invoice object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert an invoice’s total amount with tax into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores the total tax amount for the invoice, calculated at the header level by the tax engine** Use the new TotalTaxesCapturedAtHeader field on the existing Invoice object. **Stores an invoice line’s charge amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCurrencyCnvChargeAmt field on the existing InvoiceLine object. **Stores an invoice line’s total tax amount in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTotalTaxAmt field on the existing InvoiceLine object. **Stores the date on which an invoice line’s amounts are converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing InvoiceLine object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert an invoice line’s amounts into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing InvoiceLine object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing InvoiceLine object. **Stores the tax amount of an invoice line tax in functional currency** Use the new FuncCrcyCnvTaxAmount field on the existing InvoiceLineTax object. **Stores the date on which an invoice line tax’s tax amount is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the existing InvoiceLineTax object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert an invoice line tax’s tax amount into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the existing InvoiceLineTax object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the existing InvoiceLineTax object. **Stores a payment’s amount in functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCnvAmount field on the Payment object. **Stores the date on which a payment’s amount is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the Payment object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a payment’s amount into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the Payment object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the Payment object. **Specify whether the payment batch run is used for retrying a failed payment** Use the new IsPaymentRetry field on the PaymentBatchRun object. **Specify the slated time of the next payment retry for the payment schedule item** Use the new NextPaymentRetryTime field on the existing PaymentScheduleItem object. **Stores the category of payment gateway errors for the payment schedule item** Use the new PaymentGatewayErrorCategory field on the existing PaymentScheduleItem object. **Stores the raw error code from the payment gateway for the payment schedule item** Use the new PaymentGatewayErrorCode field on the existing PaymentScheduleItem object. **Stores the number of payment retries that were attempted on the payment schedule item** Use the new PaymentRetryCount field on the existing PaymentScheduleItem object. **Stores a refund’s amount in functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCnvAmount field on the Refund object. **Stores the date on which a refund’s amount is converted into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnDate field on the Refund object. **Specify the exchange rate that’s used to convert a refund's amount into functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyCvsnRate field on the Refund object. **Stores the currency ISO code of the functional currency** Use the new FunctionalCurrencyIsoCode field on the Refund object. **Specify whether an error occurred while processing a void credit memo or an invoice batch run rule-based credit and payment application request** Use the new supported values `VoidCreditMemo` and `InvoiceBatchRunRuleBasedCreditandPaymentApplication` in the existing Category field on the RevenueTransactionErrorLog object. **Specify whether the sequence policy is applied to a credit memo record** Use the new supported value`CreditMemo` in the existing TargetObject field on the SequencePolicy object. **Specify whether taxes are captured at the header level** Use the new ShouldCaptureTaxesAtHeader field on the existing TaxEngine object. **Specify whether Revenue Standard Tax Engine is used to calculate tax** Use the new supported value `RevenueStandardTaxEngine` in the existing Type field on the TaxEngine object. **Specify whether the tax codes and product codes of the related tax treatment items must be used when requesting tax calculations** Use the new ShouldUseTaxTreatmentItems field on the existing TaxTreatment object. **REMOVED: The TaxCode field on the DebitMemoLineTax object is removed** The TaxCode field on the DebitMemoLineTax object is removed from API version 66.0 and later. Instead, use the JurisdictionTaxCode field on the existing DebitMemoLineTax object. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Billing Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/billing_std_objects_parent.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Billing Store and access more data with these new Billing objects and changes to existing Billing objects. ## New Objects Get additional details about the case based on the type of service process Use the new CaseServiceProcessExtension object. ## Changed Objects Stores the billing treatment associated with the billing schedule Use the new BillingTreatmentId field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the legal entity on the credit memo invoice application Use the new LegalEntityId field on the existing CreditMemoInvApplication object. Stores the legal entity accounting period on the credit memo invoice application Use the new LegalEntityAccountingPeriodId field on the existing CreditMemoInvApplication object. Stores the associated batch management job ID Use the new BatchManagementJob field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun, InvoiceBatchRunRecovery, and InvBatchDraftToPostedRun objects. Stores the payment schedule for the invoice Use the new PaymentScheduleId field on the existing Invoice object. Specify the due date window of the payment schedule Use the new DueDateWindow field on the existing PaymentScheduleTreatment object. Specify how the payment schedule treatments are grouped Use the new GroupingSource field on the existing PaymentScheduleTreatment object. Stores the substatus of the invoice batch run. Use the new Billing Schedules Filtering In Progress, Billing Schedules Filtering Completed, Invoice Generation In Progress, and Invoice Generation Completed values on the existing StatusSubtype field on the InvoiceBatchRun object. ## sObject API Support You can now execute sObject API requests on the sequence policy-related objects to support easier data migration. Create a sequence policy Make a POST request to the `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/SequencePolicy` resource. Update a sequence policy Make a PATCH request to the `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/SequencePolicy/id` resource. Delete a sequence policy Make a DELETE request to the `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/SequencePolicy/id` resource. Create a sequence policy selection condition Make a POST request to the `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/SeqPolicySelectionCondition` resource. Update a sequence policy selection condition Make a PATCH request to the `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/SeqPolicySelectionCondition/id` resource. Delete a sequence policy selection condition Make a DELETE request to the `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/SeqPolicySelectionCondition/id` resource. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Billing Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/billing_std_objects_parent.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Billing Store and access more data with these new and changed Billing objects. ## New Objects **Invoice Management** Get information about forecasted invoice lines generated from billing schedules before actual invoicing occurs Use the new BillingForecast object. **Payments and Refunds** Get information about the match between a payment advice line and an open invoice Use the new PaymentAdviceInvoiceRecile object. Get information about the reconciliation of a payment advice with a bank transaction and a resolved account, including match confidence and the reviewer’s decision Use the new PaymentAdviceReconciliation object. Get information about a refund that’s applied to a credit memo Use the new RefundLineCreditMemo object. Get information about a refund that’s applied to a credit memo line Use the new RefundLineCreditMemoLine object. ## Changed Objects **Billing Schedules** Stores the number of billing frequency units to combine into a billing period item Use the new BillingTerm field on the existing AssetActionSource, OrderItem, and QuoteLineItem objects. Indicates that the billing period item was processed by a catch-up bill run Use the new supported value `Catch-Up Processed` in the existing Status field on the BillingPeriodItem object. Specifies the lifecycle of the billing schedule in a forecast run Use the new ForecastStatus field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the invoice batch run associated with the billing schedule that’s used for forecasting Use the new InvoiceBatchRun field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the target date used by the most recent forecast batch run that processed the billing schedule Use the new LastForecastRunTargetDate field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the ID of the ramp deal that groups billing schedules belonging to the same ramped product Use the new RampIdentifier field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the ID of the ramp segment in which the billing schedule is grouped Use the new SegmentIdentifier field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the name of the ramp segment Use the new SegmentName field on the existing BillingSchedule object. Stores the type of the ramp segment Use the new SegmentType field on the existing BillingSchedule object. **Invoice Management** Specify whether the invoice scheduler must generate invoice documents Use the new ShouldGenerateInvoiceDocuments field on the existing BillingBatchScheduler object. Stores the ID of the document generation batch process that’s used to generate documents for the invoice batch run Use the new DocGenerationBatchProcess field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object. Stores the end date of the forecast invoice batch run Use the new ForecastEndDate field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object. Stores the start date of the forecast invoice batch run Use the new ForecastStartDate field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object. Specify the job type for the batch run Use the new JobType field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object. Indicates that the invoice batch run has started creating catch-up billing schedules Use the new supported value `Catch-Up Billing Schedules Started` in the existing StatusSubtype field on the InvoiceBatchRun object. Indicates that the invoice batch run is creating catch-up billing schedules Use the new supported value `Catch-Up Billing Schedules In Progress` in the existing StatusSubtype field on the InvoiceBatchRun object. Indicates that the invoice batch run has completed creating catch-up billing schedules Use the new supported value `Catch-Up Billing Schedules Completed` in the existing StatusSubtype field on the InvoiceBatchRun object. Indicates that the invoice batch run is summarizing catch-up billing schedules Use the new supported value `Catch-Up Billing Schedules Summarization In Progress` in the existing StatusSubtype field on the InvoiceBatchRun object. Stores the total charge amount of all billing forecast lines generated during the batch run Use the new TotalForecastedAmount field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object. Stores the number of billing forecast lines generated for the forecast invoice batch run Use the new TotalForecastLines field on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object. Stores the number of billing periods to process per billing schedule Use the new BillingPeriodCount field on the existing InvoiceBatchRunCriteria object. Specify whether the invoice batch run must advance billing schedules to a target date without generating invoices for prior billing periods Use the new ShouldCatchUpBillRun field on the existing InvoiceBatchRunCriteria object. Specify whether to include all billing schedules in the billing forecast run Use the new ShouldRecalculateAllForecastLn field on the existing InvoiceBatchRunCriteria object. Specify the day of the month to use as the target date Use the new TargetDayOfMonth field on the existing InvoiceBatchRunCriteria object. Specify the number of months offset to apply to the scheduled run date to calculate the target date Use the new TargetMonthOffset field on the existing InvoiceBatchRunCriteria object. Stores the total credit memo line amount that’s applied to the invoice line tax Use the new NetCreditsApplied field on the existing InvoiceLineTax object. Stores the total payment amount that’s applied to the invoice line tax Use the new NetPaymentsApplied field on the existing InvoiceLineTax object. **Tax Management** Stores the API name of the custom metadata type that defines field mappings for tax callout requests and responses Use the new CustomMetadataTypeApiName field on the existing TaxEngine object. Stores the decision table that’s used by the revenue standard tax engine to calculate taxes Use the new DecisionTable field on the existing TaxEngine object. **Payments and Refunds** Stores the date and time when the credit memo was locked Use the new CreditMemoLockedDateTime field on the existing CreditMemo object. Specify whether the credit memo is locked for editing Use the new IsCreditMemoLocked field on the existing CreditMemo object. Stores the saved payment method that’s used for the credit memo Use the new SavedPaymentMethod field on the existing CreditMemo object. Stores the refund amount that’s applied to the credit memo line Use the new TotalAppliedRefundAmount field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. Stores the refund amount that’s unapplied from the credit memo line Use the new TotalUnappliedRefundAmount field on the existing CreditMemoLine object. Stores the invoice line tax to which the credit memo line was applied or unapplied Use the new InvoiceLineTax field on the existing CreditMemoLineInvoiceLine object. Specifies the type of amount settled by the credit memo line that’s applied to the invoice line Use the new SettlementType field on the existing CreditMemoLineInvoiceLine object. Stores the invoice line tax to which the payment line was applied or unapplied Use the new InvoiceLineTax field on the existing PaymentLineInvoiceLine object. Specifies the type of amount settled by the payment line that’s applied to the invoice line Use the new SettlementType field on the existing PaymentLineInvoiceLine object. Specifies a unique code that identifies the primary reason for a refund Use the new ReasonCode field on the existing Refund object. Stores the record that the refund was issued against, such as an invoice, credit memo, or payment Use the new ReferenceRecord field on the existing Refund object. **Collections** Stores the balance amount of the related invoice at the time the collection plan item is created Use the new InitialInvoiceBalance field on the existing CollectionPlanItem object. # New and Changed Objects for Channel Revenue Management Do more with the new Channel Revenue Management objects. ## New Objects Specify the stock rotation activity defined by the business, including the affected inventory items and partner information for each member in the Stock Rotation Program Use the new StockRotationExecution object. Specify the affected partner inventory associated with a stock rotation rebate execution defined by the business Use the new StockRotationExecutionItem object. ## Changed Objects Get the stock rotation program rebate type used to determine the start and end dates of the stock rotation program associated with the partner’s unsold inventory Use the new StockRotProgramRebateType field on the existing PartnerUnsoldInventory object. Get the start date of the next eligible stock rotation program Use the new StockRotationStartDate field on the existing PartnerUnsoldInventory objects. Get the end date of the next eligible stock rotation program Use the new StockRotationEndDate field on the existing PartnerUnsoldInventory objects. # New and Changed Objects for Consumer Sales Do more with the new and updated Consumer Sales objects. Stores the attributes associated with a cart item Use the new CartItemAttribute object. Stores the relationship between the cart items Use the new CartItemRelationship object. Specify the type of the ‌web cart. Use the Type field on the existing WebCart object. Stores the pricebook, calculation status, and the transaction status of a web cart Use the new Pricebook2Id, CalculationStatus, and ValidationResult fields on the existing WebCart object. Stores the information of an item in a web cart Use the ProductSellingModel, PeriodBoundary, PeriodBoundaryDay, PeriodBoundaryStartMonth, SubscriptionTerm, PricingTermCount, PricebookEntry, BillingFrequency, ProrationPolicy, StartDate, and EndDate fields on the existing CartItem object. Stores the discount percentage, amount, pricing execution, and the type of configuration warnings for a cart item Use the new DiscountPercentage, DiscountAmount, PriceWaterfallIdentifier, and ValidationResult fields on the existing CartItem object. Stores the record associated with ‌‌errors that occurred during the processing of a request Use the PrimaryRecord2Id and RelatedRecord2Id fields on the existing RevenueTransactionErrorLog object. #### See Also - [Salesforce Developer Guide: _Consumer Sales Standard Objects_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/consumer_sales_std_objects_parent.htm.htm) - [Salesforce Developer Guide: _Consumer Sales Fields on Standard Objects_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/consumer_sales_fields_on_std_objects_parent.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Consumer Sales Do more with the new and changed objects for consumer sales. Specify the coupon code to apply a manual promotion to a cart item Use the CouponCode field on the existing CartItemPriceAdjustment object. Specify the date and time to apply a price adjustment to a cart item Use the AppliedPriceAdjDateTime field on the existing CartItemPriceAdjustment object. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _CartItemPriceAdjustment_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_cartitempriceadjustment.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Fundraising Do more with the new and updated Fundraising objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note If you're an existing customer and you don't see the new or changed fields, then ask your Salesforce admin to add the fields in the page layout of the respective objects. Store the template data for Gift Entry Grid templates Use the new GiftEntryGridTemplate object. Store the designation information for the gift Use the new GiftDesignationInformation field on the GiftEntry object. **Represent the junction between a Donor Gift Concept and an Opportunity** Use the new DonorGiftConceptOpportunity object. # New and Changed Objects for Fundraising Do more with the new and updated Fundraising objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If you're an existing customer and you don't see the new or changed fields, ask your Salesforce admin to add the fields in the page layout of the respective objects. ## New Objects Define the automation that controls household naming and greetings Use the new HouseholdNamingConfig object. ## Changed Objects Exclude a person account from automatic household naming and greetings Use the new IsExclFrHshldAutoNaming field on the existing AccountContactRelation object. Set the order of household members in household naming Use the new HouseholdAutoNamingSequence field on the existing AccountContactRelation object. Exclude a household account from automatic naming and greeting updates Use the new IsExclFrHshldAutoNaming field on the existing PartyRelationshipGroup object. Create a household automatically for a donor without an existing household Use the new IsAutoCreateHousehold field on the existing GiftEntry object. Identify the origin of a gift soft credit, such as a household relationship Use the new SoftCreditSource field on the existing GiftSoftCredit object. Track the total value of hard credits and soft credits for household members Use the new TotalHouseholdCreditsAmount field on the existing DonorGiftSummary object. Exclude household accounts from soft credit creation with a boolean formula Use the new HshldSoftCreditExclFormula field on the existing FundraisingConfig object. Sync a custom account field with the primary household account lookup Use the new PrimaryHouseholdField field on the existing HouseholdUiConfiguration object. # New and Changed Objects for Inventory Management Do more with the new and updated objects for Inventory Management. ## Changed Objects Store the quantity of product items that are allocated but not yet shipped. Use the new field Quantity Allocated on Product Item. Store the quantity of product items that are currently available in inventory. Use the new field Quantity Available on Product Item. Store the date and time when the quantity status of the product item was last updated. Use the new field Quantity State Refresh Date on Product Item. ## New Objects **Represent the production batch details for a product campaign definition item.** Use the new Inventory Reservation object. **Represent inventory item reservation information for a specific product and location.** Use the new Inventory Item Reservation object. **Represent an individual transaction that records a change in the state and quantity of a specific product item.** Use the new Product Item Additional Transaction object. # New and Changed Objects for Inventory Management Do more with the new and updated objects for Inventory Search and Inventory Replenishment. ## Changed Objects Store the total unusable quantity for the product item Use the new `Total Unusable Quantity` field on the Product Inventory Searchable Field object. Represent the replenishment basis configured for the product item Use the new `Replenishment Basis` field on the Product Inventory Searchable Field object. Represent the replenishment basis quantity for the product item Use the new `Replenishment Basis Quantity` field on the Product Inventory Searchable Field object. Specify whether a replenishment policy is based on quantity on hand or available quantity Use the new `Replenishment Quantity Basis` field on the Inventory Replenishment Policy object. # New and Changed Objects for Life Sciences Do more with the new and changed Life Sciences objects. ## Intelligent Content Share presentations as unique links in email content Use the new CanSendPresentationLinks field on the existing LifeSciEmailTemplate object and the new AccessIdentifier field on the existing PresentationPartyAccess object. # New and Changed Objects for Life Sciences Do more with the new and changed Life Sciences objects. ## Engagement Execution Conduct remote engagement sessions with Microsoft Teams and understand the remote session’s status Use the new RemoteChannelServiceProvider, RemoteSessionStatus, and RemoteSessionStatusReason fields on the existing ProviderVisit object. ## Engagement Planning Track the territories from which field users send emails for accurate reporting and goal measurement in Activity Plans Use the new SenderTerritoryId field on the existing LifeScienceEmail object. Represents the reusable configuration required to generate an end-user content asset, such as an audio summary Use the new Presentation Content Definition. Represents the AI-generated static asset at run-time, based on a Presentation Content Definition record Use the new Presentation Content Definition Assignment. Represents the AI-generated static asset at run-time, based on a Presentation Content Definition record Use the new Presentation Content. Represents information about the usage of the content asset, including number of times it has been consumed and the point till which it has been consumed Use the new Presentation Content Usage Summary. ## Provider Engagement Compliance Represent the action plan that a compliance cycle is associated with. Use the new ActionPlan field on the existing Provider Engagement Compliance Cycle object. Represent additional information about related records, such as the care program with which the assessment task is associated. Use the new AdditionalRefRecord field on the existing AssessmentTask object. Indicate the restart behavior for a provider engagement compliance. Use the new StartOver value in the RestartBehaviorType field on the existing ActionPlanTemplate object. Indicate the task type for a provider engagement compliance. Use the new ProviderEngagementComplianceTask value in the TaskType field on the existing AssessmentTask object. ## Life Sciences Cloud Mobile App Understand the APIs that enable offline synchronization for complex transactions in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app Use the new ApiName and ApiType fields on the existing DeviceSyncTransaction object and the new ApiResponse field on the existing DeviceSyncTransactionRecord object. # New and Changed Objects for Life Sciences Do more with the new and changed Life Sciences objects. ## Engagement Execution Capture verbal consent and reference external consent documents, such as paper consent forms Use the new IsVerbalConsent and ConsentDocumentReference fields on the existing CommSubConsentCmplSnpsht object. ## Engagement Planning Configure custom downtime categories, such as training or vacation, on territory user downtime records Use the new DowntimeCategory field on the existing TerritoryUserDowntime object. ## Intelligent Content Track which fragments your sales reps include in each sent email Use the new LifeScienceEmailFragment object. Identify in-content interactions in presentation click stream entry records Use the new `MetricEntryType` field on the existing PresentationClickStrmEntry object. ## Order Management Store the translations of assessment indicator definitions. Use the new `AsmtIndDefExt` object. Get a list of distribution channels (direct orders and transfer orders) used to specify the fulfillment method for an order or sale Use the new `DistributionChannel` object. Identify the event that's generated when a quote document is created Use the new `QuoteDocumentCreationEvent` object. Identify the default comparison rule for store checks Use the new `DefaultComparisonRule` field on the existing Assessment Indicator Definition object. Capture the usage type for store checks Use the new `UsageType` field on the existing Assortment object. Indicate whether a product is required in an assortment Use the new `IsRequired` field on the existing AssortmentProduct object. Capture the target price for a store KPI Use the new `TargetPrice` field on the existing RetailStoreKpi object. Capture the target prices during a store visit Use the new `TargetPrice` field on the existing RetailVisitKpi object. Capture the actual prices during a store visit Use the new `ActualPrice` field on the existing RetailVisitKpi object. Identify the store check type for an assortment associated with a store Use the new `StoreCheckType` field on the existing StoreAssortment object. Identify the visit during which a quote is created Use the new `Visit` field on the existing Quote object. Capture the earliest delivery date on which a customer requested products of a quote Use the new `Requested First Delivery Date` field on the existing Quote object. Store the date when a quote is created Use the new `CaptureDate` field on the existing Quote object. Store the payment term for a quote Use the new `PaymentTerm` field on the existing Quote object. Capture a quote's billing address Use the new `BillingContactPointAddress` field on the existing Quote object. Capture a quote's shipping address Use the new `ShippingContactPointAddress` field on the existing Provider Engagement Compliance Cycle object. Capture the total number of free goods in a quote Use the new `TotalFreeQuantity` field on the existing Quote object. Capture the total quantities of all the items in a quote Use the new `TotalQuantity` field on the existing Quote object. Store any additional information that isn't captured during quote creation Use the new `AdditionalInformation` field on the existing Quote object. Identify the aggregation strategy used for cumulative pricing Use the new `AggregationStrategy` field on the existing Quote object. Capture the quantity of free items that are manually added to quote line items Use the new `AdditionalFreeItemQty` field on the existing Quote Line Item object. Capture the total quantity at line-item level Use the new `TotalQuantity` field on the existing Quote Line Item object. Store the delivery address for products Use the new `ShippingContactPointAddress` field on the existing Quote Line Group object. ## Event Management Indicate whether an estimated expense is unevenly allocated to participants of a managed event. Use the new `IsAllocationUneven` field on the existing Estimated Expense object. # New and Changed Objects for Manufacturing Manufacturing includes these new and changed objects. ## New Objects Represent information about the status of the inventory reservations. Use the new Inventory Reservation object. Represent inventory item reservation information for a specific product and location. Use the new Inventory Item Reservation object. Represent an individual transaction that records a change in the state and quantity of a specific product item. Use the new Product Item Additional Transaction object. Represent a request for product samples, including customer account details, request date, and status. Use the new Sample Request object. Represent sample or custom specification details associated with a sample request, including quantity, price, and cost information. Use the new Sample Request Item object. Represent a complete set of product requirements, including associated account and contact information, lifecycle status, and relationships to requirement items and their versions. Use the new Product Requirement Specification object. Represent a specific, measurable requirement within a requirement specification, defining delivery expectations and verification criteria for a requested product. Use the new Product Requirement Specification Item object. Represent a specific version of a requirement specification, capturing its purpose, scope, constraints, and validation methods at a given point in time. Use the new Product Requirement Specification Version object. ## Changed Objects Store the quantity of product items that are allocated but not yet shipped. Use the new field Quantity Allocated on Product Item. Store the quantity of product items that are currently available in inventory. Use the new field Quantity Available on Product Item. Store the date and time when the quantity status of the product item was last updated. Use the new field Quantity State Refresh Date on Product Item. # New and Changed Objects for Manufacturing Do more with the new and updated Manufacturing objects. ## Changed Objects Specify the purchase order associated with the Goods Received Note Use the new Purchase Order field on the Goods Received Note object. Specify the context in which the Goods Received Note is created Use the new Usage Type field on the Goods Received Note object. Specify the quantity received during the most recent inventory synchronization Use the new Last Synced Inventory Received Quantity field on the Goods Received Note Item object. Specify the current status of the inventory synchronization process for this item Use the new Inventory Sync Status field on the Goods Received Note Item object. Specify the details about the inventory synchronization, such as the reason for a synchronization failure Use the new Inventory Sync Message field on the Goods Received Note Item object. Specify the product item associated with this Goods Received Note item Use the new Product Item field on the Goods Received Note Item object. ## New Objects **Stores production batch level details for a Goods Received Note (GRN) item** Use the new Goods Received Note Item Production Batch object. **Stores an individual serialized unit received against a GRN item** Use the new Goods Received Note Item Serialized Product object. **Stores inventory reservations performed on a specific product batch for a given item reservation source** Use the new Inventory Batch Item Reservation object. **Stores inventory reservations for a specific item instance or serialized product for a given item reservation source** Use the new Inventory Item Instance Reservation object. # New and Changed Objects for Manufacturing Do more with the new and updated objects for Manufacturing. ## New Objects Define the sequence of calculation steps used to determine a price. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Calculation Schema object. Define an individual step within a calculation schema, such as a discount, surcharge, or subtotal calculation. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Calculation Schema Step object. Determine which calculation schema applies to an order based on sales org, account price type, and order pricing type. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Calc Schema Determination object. Define the pricing specification used in a calculation step, such as a price, discount, flat rate, or free good. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Specification object. Define the strategy used to search for applicable pricing conditions. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Search Strategy object. Define an individual step within a search strategy, such as searching by account hierarchy or product hierarchy. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Search Strategy Step object. Define a key type used to search for complex pricing conditions. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Key Type object. Define an individual key attribute used to determine a complex pricing condition. Use the new Trade Mobile Pricing Key Attribute object. Store pricing data synced from an external pricing source, keyed by account, product, and date range. Use the new External Pricing Key Value object. Store the scale or tier thresholds for a graduated pricing key value, such as volume-based discounts. Use the new External Pricing Key Value Tier object. View the consolidated set of pricing conditions calculated for an account and product. Use the new External Pricing Key Value Consolidated View object. # New and Changed Objects for Multi-Subscriber Do more with the updated Revenue Cloud for Communications objects for subscribers. Stores the first name, last name, email, role, and MSISDN of a subscriber in a quote line item recipient Use the SubscriberFirstName, SubscriberLastName, SubscriberEmail, SubscriberRole, MobStnIntlSbscrbDirNbr fields on the existing QuoteLineItemRecipient object. Stores the first name, last name, email, role, and MSISDN of a subscriber in an order item recipient Use the SubscriberFirstName, SubscriberLastName, SubscriberEmail, SubscriberRole, MobStnIntlSbscrbDirNbr fields on the existing OrderItemRecipient object. Stores the group recipient type in a quote recipient group Use the RecipientType field on the existing QuoteRecipientGroup object. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _QuoteLineItemRecipient_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_quotelineitemrecipient.htm) - [Developer Guide: _OrderItemRecipient_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_orderitemrecipient.htm) - [Developer Guide: _QuoteRecipientGroup_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_quoterecipientgroup.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Promotions Do more with the new and updated Promotions objects. Stores the relationship between the asset action source and the price adjustment Use the new AssetActionSrcPriceAdjustment object. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _AssetActionSrcPriceAdjustment_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/sforce_api_objects_assetactionsrcpriceadjustment.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta) Store and access promotion-related data with these new objects and changes to existing Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, objects. **Create a junction between an asset and a promotion that’s applied to the asset** Use the new AssetActionSrcPriceAdjustment object. **Specify the date and time when a promotion is applied to an order item** Use the AppliedPromotionDate field on the existing OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem object. **Specify the coupon code to apply a manual promotion to an order item** Use the CouponCode field on the existing OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem object. **Specify the date and time when a promotion is applied to a quote line** Use the AppliedPromotionDate field on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. **Specify the coupon code to apply a manual promotion to a quote line** Use the CouponCode field on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. # New and Changed Objects for Promotions in Revenue Management Store and access promotion-related data with these new objects and changes to existing Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, objects. **Create a junction between an asset and a promotion that’s applied to the asset** Use the new AssetActionSrcPriceAdjustment object. **Specify the date and time when a promotion is applied to an order item** Use the AppliedPromotionDate field on the existing OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem object. **Specify the coupon code to apply a manual promotion to an order item** Use the CouponCode field on the existing OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem object. **Specify the date and time when a promotion is applied to a quote line** Use the AppliedPromotionDate field on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. **Specify the coupon code to apply a manual promotion to a quote line** Use the CouponCode field on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. # New and Changed Objects for Retail Execution Do more with the new and changed Retail Execution objects. ## New Objects These objects are reserved for future use. | Object | Purpose | | --- | --- | | TimeSheet | This object is reserved for future use. | | TimeSheetEntry | This object is reserved for future use. | ## Page Layout Changes If you’re upgrading to the Consumer Goods Cloud Spring ’26 managed package, manually make these page layout changes.
Existing Page Layout Object Related List Change Description
Customer Layout Account Listing Classifications

In the Buttons section, deselect New from Standard Buttons.

Select the New button from the Custom Buttons.
## Custom Setting Changes If you're upgrading to the Consumer Goods Cloud Spring ’26 managed package, upload the System\_Setting\_-\_NEW\_260.csv static resource file to get the new custom system setting. See [Salesforce Help: Additional Steps to Upgrade Managed Packages to Spring ’26](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_admin_static_resources_upgrade_260.htm&language=en_US) . | New Custom Setting | Usage | | --- | --- | | Account\_Visit\_History\_Visit\_Types | Specifies the types of visits to retrieve from the Get Retail Execution Visits By Account Agentforce action. | ## Static Resource File Changes For changes to static resources, see [Salesforce Help: Additional Steps to Upgrade Managed Packages to Spring ’26](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_admin_static_resources_upgrade_260.htm&language=en_US) . #### See Also - [Salesforce Developer Guide: Retail Execution](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.retail_api.meta/retail_api/cg_retail_execution_wrapper.htm) # New and Changed Objects for Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph Do more with the new Discovery objects for Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph. ## New Objects Define triggers initiated by third-party systems and the attributes used to process configuration item updates for a discovery target. Use the new Configuration Management Discovery Target Trigger Template object Associate trigger templates with flows that process and apply configuration item updates in CMDB. Use the new Configuration Management Target Trigger Template Flow object Map trigger template attributes to configuration item fields for updates in CMDB. Use the new Configuration Management Target Trigger Template Mapping object. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education Do more with the new and updated Education objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Education Cloud is now Agentforce Education. You may see references to Education Cloud in our application and documentation. **Represent a junction between an academic interval, such as an academic term, and an order** Use the new AcademicOrder object. **Represent a characteristic about a student such as the student's major or student-athlete status** Use the new EducationalCharacteristic object. **Represent the assignment of an educational characteristic to a student. Assignments are active for an academic interval such as an academic year or semester** Use the new EducCharacteristicAssignment object. **Represent a category of educational characteristics such as major or campus** Use the new EducCharacteristicType object. **Represent the assignment of an educational characteristic requirement to a learning or course offering** Use the new EducCharReqAssignment object. **Represent the logic between multiple educational characteristics that defines an educational characteristic requirement** Use the new EducCharReqRelationship object. **Represent a definition of the educational characteristics that are needed to meet an educational requirement** Use the new EducCharRequirement object. **Represent the configuration for Course Waitlists** Use the new CourseWaitlistConfig object. **Represent a junction between a price book and an academic interval such as an academic term** Use the new PriceBookAcademicInterval object. **Represent the evaluation of a learner's prior learning that can be used for a transfer** Use the new PriorLearningEvaluation object. **Represent more details of a course credit transfer application** Use the new `IndividualApplication`, `IsLearningInProgress`, `CreditType`, `IsForEstimation`, `LearningStartDate`, `LearningEndDate`, and `PriorLearningEval`fields on the existing CourseCreditTransferAppln object. Represent waitlist status of a course offering Use the new `WaitlistStatus` and `IsWaitlistActive` fields on the existing CourseOffering object. Represent the status and information of a course offering participant on the waitlist Use the new `AddedToWaitlist`, `WaitlistScore`, `EnrollmentOfferExpiration`, and `EnrollmentOfferDeclined` fields and new picklist values on the `ParticipationStatus` field on the existing CourseOfferingParticipant object. Represent the junction between a Donor Gift Concept and an Opportunity Use the new DonorGiftConceptOpportunity object. Represent a junction between a learning equivalency and a learning Use the new LearningEquivalencyLearning object. Represent a checklist item for a file documentation upload Use the new DocumentChecklistItem object. Represent the application for which the decision is announced. This field is a polymorphic relationship field. Use the `ApplicationId` field on the ApplicationDecision object. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education Do more with the new and updated Education objects. Represents a review request raised for learning equivalency Use the new AcademicReviewRequest object. Includes a polymorphic lookup, which currently supports only LearningEquivalency. Represents a junction between academic review request and the related items Use the new AcademicRvwRequestItem object. Includes a polymorphic lookup, which currently supports only CourseCreditTransferAppln. Represents a formal, renewable agreement that defines and governs an institution’s relationship with an external organization, including the scope, duration, and expected outcomes of corporate, research, and workforce partnerships Use the new PartnershipAgreement object. Represents an individual's verified placement or participation delivered through a Partnership Agreement, linked to a specific program, and partner organization, including on-campus, research, internship, and employment experiences Use the new PartnershipPersonPlacement object. Represents a person’s contextual relationship of gratitude with an institution, capturing the originating program or experience, attribution context, consent status, and engagement or solicitation constraints Use the new GratefulPersonInvl object. Specifies whether seats are available in a course offering or on its waitlist for an eligible student Use the new AvailabilityStatus field on the CourseOffering object. Specifies the Grateful Person Involvement type of constituent role Use the new Grateful Person Involvement picklist value on the RoleType field on the ConstituentRole object. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Health Store and access more data with these new and changed Agentforce Health (formerly Health Cloud) objects. ## Document AI for Health Represent the storage location and repository type, such as, S3 or Salesforce Files, used for batch processing. It defines the folder path where documents are collected before being sent for automated data extraction Use the new DocumentExtrctDefProcFldr object. Define the specific execution point and logic for document processing. It maps a sequence step to a targeted Flow, ensuring extracted data is correctly processed Use the new DocumentExtractionDefStep object. Represent the association between a document extraction request and the records created as part of the document extraction process. For example, it can be used to show extracted data in context with the source document Use the new DocumentExtractionRqstRec object. Represent the page range to extract data from the PDF, such as 5-8 Use the new PageSelection field on the DocumentExtractionRequest object. Specify the processing type that determines the default logic for downstream action plans Use the new ProcessType field on the ActionPlan object. Represent the number used to track updates and revisions to the action plan template or plan Use the new Version field on the ActionPlan object. Specify the processing type that determines the default logic for downstream action plans Use the new ProcessType field on the ActionPlanTemplate object. Represent the number used to track updates and revisions to the action plan template or plan Use the new Version field on the ActionPlanTemplate object. ## Home Health Represent the source details of an order associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new OrderSource object. ## Assessments Specify the usage type based on the action for the external assessment. For example, whether to launch the assessment or create a care plan Use the new UsageType field on the ExternalAssessmentDefinition object. Represent the guideline reference that the external assessment is based on Use the new AssessmentReferenceType field on the ExternalAssessmentDefinition object. Specify the status of the external assessment Use the new Status field on the ExternalAssessmentDefinition object. Represent the description of the external assessment Use the new Description field on the ExternalAssessmentDefinition object. Indicate whether it's mandatory to administer the suggested assessment Use the new IsRequired field on the SuggestedAssessmentDef object. Represent the source that the suggested assessment is generated from Use the new SuggestionSourceName field on the SuggestedAssessmentReason object. Represent the reason that the assessment is suggested Use the new SuggestionReason field on the SuggestedAssessmentReason object. ## Clinical Data Model Represent the medication request, clinical service request, medication statement, or care plan that the diagnostic summary is primarily based on Use the updated BasedOnId field on the DiagnosticSummary object. Represent the person or organization that is primarily responsible for interpreting the diagnostic summary and its conclusions Use the updated InterpretedById field on the DiagnosticSummary object. Represent the care performer that is primarily responsible for issuing the diagnostic summary Use the updated IssuedById field on the DiagnosticSummary object. Specify the type of detail relationship between the diagnostic summary record and the detail record Use the updated DetailType field on the DiagnosticSummaryDetail object. Represent the record that provides additional detail to the diagnostic summary record Use the updated DetailRecordId field on the DiagnosticSummaryDetail object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Discovery Framework Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.industries_reference.meta/industries_reference/discovery_framework_standard_objects.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Clinical Data Model](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.health_cloud_object_reference.meta/health_cloud_object_reference/hc_clinical_data_model.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Disease Surveillance](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.health_cloud_object_reference.meta/health_cloud_object_reference/hc_disease_surveillance_data_model.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Health Store and access more data with these new and changed Agentforce Health objects. ## Clinical Data Model Represent the unit of measure for the denominator of the observed value Use the updated ValueDenominatorUnit field on the CareObservation and CareObservationComponent object. Represent a specific time of day (hh:mm:ss) that's recorded as the observed value Use the updated ValueTime field on the CareObservation and CareObservationComponent object. Represent the reason why the data for the observed value is absent Use the updated DataAbsentReason field on the CareObservation and CareObservationComponent object. Represent the details of a care observation. It provides detailed findings or contextual information for a patient's health assessment, such as a particular lab result or a clinician's specific insight. The detailed observations enable providers to capture comprehensive and precise health data Use the new CareObservationDetail object. ## Digital Health Insurance Represent the association between an health plan and a designated healthcare facility network. This entity is fundamental in healthcare management, allowing insurers and providers to accurately determine which facilities are in-network for a given patient's plan, facilitating eligibility checks and service coordination Use the new HealthPlanFacilityNetwork object. Represent which drugs, medical devices, or services are covered under specific health plan within defined time periods. Each record establishes a relationship between Product2 insurance plans and FormularyItem records Use the new HealthPlanFormularyItem object. Represent the junction between an Opportunity and a ProductCategory. Each record represents one Medicare product category (e.g., Part A, Part C, Part D) associated with the opportunity. Used by insurance agents to track which Medicare parts are included in the sales opportunity Use the new OpportunityProductCategory object. Specify the intended purpose or context for this formulary Use the new UsageType field on the Formulary object. Represent the name of the medication or drug associated with this formulary item Use the new ItemName field on the FormularItem object. ## Document AI for Health Represent the Content Hub Repository associated with the Document Extraction Definition Processs Folder Use the new ContentHubRepository field on the DocumentExtrctDefProcFldr object. Represent the ID of the file in the external data source used for a data extraction request Use the new ExternalFileIdentifier field on the DocumentExtractionRequest object. ## Home Health Specify the scheduler’s inputs for home healthcare visits, such as the clinical service request and work type Use the new SchedulingInputs field on the CareServiceVisit object. Specify the scheduler’s inputs for home healthcare visits, such as the clinical service request and work type Use the new SchedulingInputs field on the CareServiceVisitPlan object. Specify the start date and time of the first visit in the set of recurring home healthcare visits Use the new FirstVisitStartDate field on the CareServiceVisitPlan object. Specify the start date and time of the last visit in the set of recurring home healthcare visits Use the new LastVisitStartDate field on the CareServiceVisitPlan object. Indicates whether the next series of recurring home healthcare visits is automatically scheduled when the current set ends Use the new CanAutoscheduleVisits field on the CareServiceVisitPlan object. ## Integrated Care Management Represent the summary of the evaluated assessment. Use the new AssessmentSummary field on the Assessment object. Represent the date and time when the status of the care gap was updated to Closed. Use the new ClosedDateTime field on the CareGap object. Represent a junction entity that captures all care gaps associated with a campaign and links them to their corresponding executed flow records. It enables healthcare organizations to track the specific outcomes and automated workflows triggered for each identified gap in care during a health outreach initiative. Use the new CareGapCampaign object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Guide:_ Home Health](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.health_cloud_object_reference.meta/health_cloud_object_reference/hc_api_home_health.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer Guide:_ Clinical Data Model](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.health_cloud_object_reference.meta/health_cloud_object_reference/hc_clinical_data_model.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer Guide:_ Assesment](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.industries_reference.meta/industries_reference/sforce_api_objects_assessment.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Media Do more with the new and updated Agentforce Media objects. View the information associated with the media type for an ad quote Use the new AdQuoteMediaTypeProperty object. View the execution details of an ad operation job, such as its type, status, and the related records Use the new AdOperationJobRun object. View the log details of an ad operation job run, such as its type, status, and the related records Use the new AdOperationJobRunOutcome object. View the placement of an ad spot during a commercial break Use the new BreakPlacement field on the AdQuoteLine object. View the number of total ad quote line units split quantities associated with the ad quote line Use the new TotAdQuotLineUnitSpltQty field on the AdQuoteLine object. View the value of total price for the ad quote line units splits associated with the ad quote line Use the new TotAdQuotLineUnitSpltPrc field on the AdQuoteLine object. View the number of total ad order item units split quantities associated with the ad order item Use the new TotAdOrderItmUnitSpltQty field on the AdOrderItem object. View the value of total price for the ad order item units splits associated with the ad order item Use the new TotAdOrderItmUnitSpltPrc field on the AdOrderItem object. View the network to which this channel belongs Use the new AffiliatedNetwork field on the MediaChannel object. View the media channel associated with the ad available target segment Use the new MediaChannel field on the AdAvailableTargetSegment object. View the price for the ad quote line unit split Use the new SplitPrice field on the AdQuoteLineUnitsSplit object. View the total price for the ad quote line unit split Use the new TotalPrice field on the AdQuoteLineUnitsSplit object. View the price for the ad order item unit split Use the new SplitPrice field on the AdOrderItemUnitsSplit object. View the total price for the ad order item unit split Use the new TotalPrice field on the AdOrderItemUnitsSplit object. Specify the coupon code to apply a manual promotion to a cart item Use the CouponCode field on the existing CartItemPriceAdjustment object. Specify the date and time to apply a price adjustment to a cart item Use the AppliedPriceAdjDateTime field on the existing CartItemPriceAdjustment object. Stores the first name, last name, email, role, and MSISDN of a subscriber in a quote line item recipient Use the SubscriberFirstName, SubscriberLastName, SubscriberEmail, SubscriberRole, MobStnIntlSbscrbDirNbr fields on the existing QuoteLineItemRecipient object. Stores the first name, last name, email, role, and MSISDN of a subscriber in an order item recipient Use the SubscriberFirstName, SubscriberLastName, SubscriberEmail, SubscriberRole, MobStnIntlSbscrbDirNbr fields on the existing OrderItemRecipient object. Stores the group recipient type in a quote recipient group Use the RecipientType field on the existing QuoteRecipientGroup object. View the customer's billing controls in the backend system Use the existing BillingAccount object. View the relationship between the account and the billing account Use the existing AccountBillingAccount object. View the relationship between the billing accounts and the contacts Use the existing BillingAccountContact object. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Media Do more with the new and updated Agentforce Media objects. View the proposal requirements that a client submits to service providers Use the new RequestForProposal object. View a summary of the proposal requirements contained within multiple documents that a client submits to service providers Use the new RqstForPrpsSumVersion object. View the members of the service provider's team who manage Request For Proposals to generate opportunities and proposals Use the new RequestForProposalTeamMbr object. View the opportunities generated by the service provider in response to a request for proposal from a client Use the new RequestForProposalOpp object. View the ad space specification location associated with an ad quote line Use the new AdQuoteLineAdSpcSpecLoc object. View the location associated with an ad space specification Use the new AdSpaceSpecLocation object. View the SKUs promoted for the ad spaces associated with a line item Use the new AdQuoteLinePrmtProduct object. View the association between an ad order item and an ad space spec location Use the new AdOrderItemAdSpcSpecLoc object. View the products promoted as part of an ad order line item Use the new AdOrderItemPrmtProduct object. Specify the product relationship rule between products or product classifications Use the new ProductRelationshipRule object. View the total number of unique locations in the ad space spec location record associated with the ad quote line item Use the new AdSpaceSpecLocationCount field on the Ad Quote Line object. View the total number of ad space spec location records associated with an ad order item Use the new AdSpaceSpecLocationCount field on the Ad Order Item object. View the broad physical zone of the store for the ad space specification. Use the new PlacementZone field on the Ad Space Specification object. View the fixture or location type within the placement zone for the ad placement. Use the new PlacementType field on the Ad Space Specification object. Specify whether the ad space specification record requires a physical SKU (true) or not (false). Use the new IsPhysicalSKURequired field on the Ad Space Specification object. View the type of screen used to display advertisements Use the new ScreenType field on the Ad Space Specification object. View the illumination type of the screen used to show advertisements Use the new Illumination field on the Ad Space Specification object. View the total number of unique individuals or entities that match the segment's filter criteria Use the new AudienceSize field on the Ad Target Segment Value object. View the identifier for the segment in Data 360 Use the new DataCloudSegmentIdentifier field on the Ad Target Segment Value object. Specify the relationship action for the quote line item relationship record Use the new RelationshipAction field on the existing QuoteLineRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule associated with the quote line item relationship Use the new ProductRelationshipRule field on the existing QuoteLineRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule action on the order line item Use the new RelationshipAction field on the existing OrderItemRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule associated with the order line item Use the new ProductRelationshipRule field on the existing OrderItemRelationship object. Specify the product relationship rule associated with the asset Use the new ProductRelationshipRule field on the existing AssetRelationship object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date, action type, and applied adjustment amount for the cart item price adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, AdjustmentAction, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing CartItemPriceAdjustment object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date, action type, and applied adjustment amount for the quote line price adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, AdjustmentAction, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date,and applied adjustment amount for the asset action price adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing AssetActionSrcPriceAdjustment object. Specify the promotion benefit period dates, commitment end date, action type, and applied adjustment amount for the order item adjustment record Use the new AdjCommitmentEndDateTime, AdjEffectiveStartDateTime, AdjEffectiveEndDateTime, AdjustmentAction, and AppliedAdjustmentAmount fields on the existing OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem object. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Net Zero Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Net Zero, formerly Net Zero Cloud, objects. ## Changed Objects ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note If you’re an existing customer and don’t see the new or changed fields, ask your Salesforce admin to add the fields in the page layout of the respective objects. Streamline the process of tracking and reporting Fuel and Energy-Related Activities (FERA) emissions and Transmission and Distribution losses under Scope 3 Category 3 Use the Scp3MktFuelEnrgyOverride and Scope3EmissionsType fields on the AnnualEmssnInventory object. Use the Scp3MktEmssnFuelEnrgy field on the StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt object. Use the Scp3EmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3MktEmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3Ch4EmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3Co2EmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3N2oEmssnFuelEnrgy, ElectrLifecyclEmssnFctrSetId, and OthrLifecyclEmssnFctrSet fields on the StnryAssetEnrgyUse object. Use the ElectrLifecyclEmssnFctrSet and OthrLifecyclEmssnFctrSet on the StnryAssetEnvrSrc object. Use the Scp3EmssnFuelEnrgy field on the VehicleAssetCrbnFtprnt object. Use the OthrLifecyclEmssnFctrSet field on the VehicleAssetEmssnSrc object. Use the Scp3EmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3Ch4EmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3Co2EmssnFuelEnrgy, Scp3Co2EmssnFuelEnrgy, and OthrLifecyclEmssnFctrSet fields on the VehicleAssetEnrgyUse object. Use the AllocScp3MktEmssnFuelEnrgy field on the AnnualEmissionInventoryExtension object. ## New Objects Store information about the emissions factors used to calculate greenhouse gas emissions that occur throughout the lifecycle of electricity Use the new Electricity Lifecycle Emission Factor Set object. Store a collection of emissions factors used to calculate emissions that occur throughout the fuel lifecycle, from extraction to end-of-life Use the new Other Lifecycle Emission Factor Set object. Store the individual emissions factor for a fuel used to calculate emissions that occur throughout its lifecycle, from extraction to end-of-life Use the new Other Lifecycle Emission Factor Set Item object. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects. Relate a benefit assignment to a benefit item code to indicate the approval or rejection reason of the benefit Use the new BenefitAssignmentBenefitItemCode object. This object is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Relate the code set reason for approval or rejection of a business license Use the new BusinessLicenseCodeSet object. Store a collection of cart items whose total amount is used for a payment transaction Use the new PaymentCart object. This object is available to users with the Inbound Payment for Public Sector Access permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Store details about a specific item in a payment cart, including the amount to be paid against an invoice Use the new PaymentCartItem object. This object is available to users with the Inbound Payment for Public Sector Access permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Capture the date when the benefit is assigned to the enrollee Use the new AssignmentDate field on the existing BenefitAssignment object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Capture keywords that are associated with the benefit assignment Use the new BenefitAssignmentKeywords field on the existing BenefitAssignment object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Capture a summary of the benefit assignment Use the new BenefitAssignmentSummary field on the existing BenefitAssignment object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Capture the method used to determine the eligibility of the enrollee for the benefit, such as online app, worker entry, or automated renewal Use the new EligibilityDeterminationMethod field on the existing BenefitAssignment object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Capture the date when the benefit termination notice was delivered Use the new TerminationNotificationDate field on the existing BenefitAssignment object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Capture the reason for terminating the benefit assignment Use the new TerminationReason field on the existing BenefitAssignment object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Store the method for benefit disbursement, such as check or bank transfer Use the new DisbursementMethod field on the BenefitDisbursement object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Capture the ethnicity of the applicant Use the new Ethnicity field on the existing PartyProfile object. Store the preferred communication method for the applicant, such as email or WhatsApp message Use the new PreferredCommunicationMethod field on the existing PartyProfile object. Store the housing type of the party relationship group, such as rented, shared home, or self-owned Use the new HousingType field on the existing PartyRelationShip object. Capture the account information of the applicant Use the new Account field on the existing PersonExamination object. Identify the designated billing contact for a business account Use the new BillingContact field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFee object. This field is available to users with the Licensing, Permitting, and Inspections permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Add a description to a regulatory transaction fee Use the new Description field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFee object. Capture the total amount due for a regulatory transaction fee Use the new DueAmount field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFee object. This field is available to users with the Licensing, Permitting, and Inspections permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Track the invoicing status of a regulatory transaction fee Use the new InvoicingStatus field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFee object. This field is available to users with the Licensing, Permitting, and Inspections permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Capture the total amount paid toward a regulatory transaction fee Use the new PaidAmount field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFee object. This field is available to users with the Licensing, Permitting, and Inspections permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Relate a fee to a parent fee to track disputes, cancellations, or refunds Use the new ParentRegulatoryTrxnFee field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFee object. This field is available to users with the Licensing, Permitting, and Inspections permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. Add a description to a regulatory transaction fee item Use the new Description field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFeeItem object. Relate a regulatory transaction fee item to a specific product Use the new Product2Id field on the existing RegulatoryTrxnFeeItem object. This field is available to users with the Licensing, Permitting, and Inspections permission set license, which is available starting in late March 2026. # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects. ## C360 for Public Sector Query constituents by party category Use the new PartyCategory field on the PartyProfile object. ## Unstructured Document Changes Indicate if a document is subject to processing with AI on ingest Use the new UnstructuredDocumentProcessing field on the DocumentChecklistItem object to extract data fields with AI. ## Outbound Payments Store the payment instrument ID Use the new PaymentInstrumentID field on the Claim object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payment for Public Sector Access permission set license. Store the payment instruction status for claims Use the new PaymentInstructionStatus field on the Claim object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payment for Public Sector Access permission set license. Store the payment instruction status for payment requests Use the new PaymentInstructionStatus field on the PaymentRequest object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payment for Public Sector Access permission set license. Store the payment method type for benefits Use the new PaymentMethodType field on the Benefit object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license. Store the payment instruction status for benefit disbursements Use the new PaymentInstructionStatus field on the BenefitDisbursement object. This field is available to users with the Benefit Management permission set license and the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about payment instructions for a payment Use the new PaymentInstruction object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about the external payee Use the new ExternalPayeeIdentifier field on the PaymentInstrument object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Store information about the location of disbursements Use the new address fields on the PaymentInstrument object. These fields are available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get the status of payment instruments Use the new PaymentStatus field on the PaymentInstrument object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about the payment instruction history Use the new PaymentInstructionHistory object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Store the payment identifier Use the new PaymentIdentifier field on the Payment object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Store the outbound payment identifier Use the new IsOutbound field on the Payment object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about the payment instruction payment related to an outbound payment Use the new PaymentInstructionPayment object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about the payment instruction payment history related to an outbound payment Use the new PaymentInstructionPaymentHistory object. This object is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about the expected payment date related to a payment instruction Use the new ExpectedPaymentDate field on the PaymentInstruction object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. Get information about the processed amount related to an outbound payment Use the new ProcessedAmount field on the PaymentInstruction object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. **Get information about the payment status of an outbound payment** Use the new PaymentStatus field on the PaymentInstruction object. This field is available to users with the Outbound Payments for Public Sector permission set license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Public Sector Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/api_psc_overview.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector objects. ## Benefit Management Associate a code set with a business license. Use the new BusinessLicenseCodeSet object. Indicate the benefit items assigned to a beneficiary. Use the new BnftAsgntBnftItemCode object. Store the date when a benefit is assigned to an enrollee. Use the new AssignmentDate field on the BenefitAssignment object. Specify the reason for terminating a benefit assignment. Use the new TerminationReason field on the BenefitAssignment object. Store the date when a benefit termination notice is delivered. Use the new TerminationNotificationDate field on the BenefitAssignment object. Specify the method used to determine enrollee eligibility for a benefit. Use the new EligibilityDeterminationMethod field on the BenefitAssignment object. Add a summary to a benefit assignment. Use the new BenefitAssignmentSummary field on the BenefitAssignment object. Tag a benefit assignment with keywords. Use the new BenefitAssignmentKeywords field on the BenefitAssignment object. Specify the method for benefit disbursement. Use the new DisbursementMethod field on the BenefitDisbursement object. Specify the preferred communication method for an applicant. Use the new PreferredCommunicationMethod field on the PartyProfile object. Specify the ethnicity of an applicant. Use the new Ethnicity field on the PartyProfile object. Specify the housing type of a party relationship group. Use the new HousingType field on the PartyRelationshipGroup object. The ApplicationFormTemplateId field on the IndividualApplication object is removed. This field is no longer available. ## Outbound Payments Associate a provider with an authorized product or service that they offer or deliver. Use the new AuthorizedProductDelivery object. Track an individual delivery activity linked to a single authorized product delivery. Use the new AuthorizedProductDeliveryDetail object. Link a benefit to the product authorized for delivery. Use the new BenefitProduct object. Store the date and time when a claim ends. Use the new EndDate field on the ClaimItem object. Associate a healthcare provider with a claim item. Use the new Provider field on the ClaimItem object. Specify the quantity for a claim item. Use the new Quantity field on the ClaimItem object. Specify the date and time when a claim starts. Use the new StartDate field on the ClaimItem object. Specify the unit of measure for a claim item. Use the new UnitofMeasureId field on the ClaimItem object. Specify a provider's association with a specific product that the provider is authorized to offer or deliver. Use the new ProviderProduct object. Specify an authorization for a provider to deliver a specific quantity of a product or service within a defined date range. Use the new ProviderProductAuthorization object. ## Tax and Revenue Management Enable Tax and Revenue Management features for your organization Use the new PreferencesPublicSectorTaxRevEnabled field on the Organization object. ## Talent Recruitment Management Specify the date and time when leads were last generated for a recruitment posting. Use the new LastLeadsGenerationDate field on the RecruitmentPosting object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Public Sector Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/api_psc_overview.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Business Rules Engine Do more with this new Business Rules Engine object. **Monitor the status and details of actions performed in a decision matrix** Use the Decision Matrix Action Log object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Business Rules Engine](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.industries_reference.meta/industries_reference/business_rules_engine.htm) # New and Changed Objects in CME Managed Package Do more with the new CME Managed Package custom objects. View the information associated with the sales config template to reference a template quote or order Use the new SalesConfigTemplate object. View the details of the tag to categorize and filter sales config templates Use the new SalesConfigTemplateTag object. View the junction record to link a sales config template to a sales config template tag Use the new SalesConfigTemplateTagLink object. # New and Changed Objects in CME Managed Package Do more with the new CME managed package custom object. View the status of the discount applied on the cart in Quote or Order Use the new DiscountStatus object. Indicates whether the attribute is included in the GetCartItems Trim mode response. Selected by default; uncheck to exclude the attribute from the final API response. Use the new ShouldIncludeInTrimMode in the Attribute and Attribute Category object. # New and Changed Objects in Document Generation and Contracts Do more with these new and changed Document Generation and Contracts objects. Store requirements for specific use cases, such as associating an LLM model with a template for extracting contract details Use the new AdditionalUseCaseInput field on the existing ContextUseCaseMapping object. Specify the mode of document extraction Use the new ExtractionMode field on the existing ContractExtractionResult object. Specify the Document AI configuration used to extract documents in bulk Use the new DocumentAIConfiguration field on the existing ContractExtractionResult object. Store the unique identifier of the Document AI job that generated the extraction result Use the new DocumentAIJobIdentifier field on the existing ContractExtractionResult object. Store the unique identifier of the source document in a connected external repository Use the new SourceDocumentIdentifier field on the existing ContractExtractionResult object. Identify the sequence number of a sub-batch within a larger batch extraction job Use the new SubBatchJobSequence field on the existing ContractExtractionResult object. Localize date, time, currency, and text formats in generated documents Use the new IsLocalizationEnabled field on the existing DocumentGenerationProcess object. Route document generation through Large File Size infrastructure Use the new ShouldUseLargeFileSizeProc field on the existing DocumentGenerationProcess object. Generate an update table of contents for your document Use the new IsTocUpdateRequired field on the existing DocumentGenerationProcess object. # New and Changed Objects in Document Generation and Contracts Do more with these new and changed Document Generation and Contracts objects. ## New Objects Represent the AI-generated risk finding for a contract document risk element Use the new CntrDocRiskElmntFinding object. Represent the input for one AI-driven review of a contract document risk element Use the new CntrDocRiskElmntRvwInpt object. Represent a bounded text block from a contract document for risk analysis Use the new CntrDocRiskElement object. Represent one execution of contract risk analysis for a contract document version Use the new CntrDocRiskRun object. Represent the processing record for one contract document risk element in a document risk run Use the new CntrDocRiskRunItm object. Represent a set of guidelines used to standardize how a contract is authored, reviewed, and negotiated Use the new DocumentPlaybook object. Represent the assignment of a document playbook to a specific object and record type Use the new DocumentPlaybookAssignment object. Represent a read-only version of a document playbook Use the new DocumentPlaybookVersion object. Represent a token used in document clause content Use the new DocumentClauseContentToken object. Represent a clause associated with a quote Use the new QuoteClause object. ## Changed Objects Insert a specific clause version during document generation Use the new ClauseTmplVersionIdentifier field on the DocumentClause object. This identifier always inserts the same clause version, even if a newer active version is published later. The value is auto-populated when the clause is saved and is read-only. Indicate whether the clause can be added to the relevant Salesforce object Use the new IsEligibleForTerms field on the DocumentClause object. Use the system-generated token identifier to insert the latest active version of the clause during document generation Use the new LatestClauseTmplIdentifier field on the DocumentClause object. The value is auto-populated when the clause is saved and is read-only. Indicate whether the document template contains tokens in the clause Use the new HasClauseToken field on the DocumentTemplate object. The default value is false. # New and Changed Objects in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Do more with these new and changed Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator objects. ## New Objects Get information about the period during which a fulfillment asset configuration is applicable Use the new FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod object. Get information about the key-value pair of a fulfillment asset attribute applicable during a specific asset state period Use the new FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. ## Changed Objects Specify the reference identifier of a fulfillment asset Use the new FulfillmentAssetReference field on the existing FulfillmentOrderProduct object. Specify the number of fulfillment assets before assetization Use the new FulfillmentAssetStartQuantity field on the existing FulfillmentOrderProduct object. Specify the number of fulfillment assets after assetization Use the new FulfillmentAssetEndQuantity field on the existing FulfillmentOrderProduct object. Specify the fulfillment asset to which this fulfillment asset state period applies Use the new FulfillmentAsset field on the existing FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod object. Indicate the start time of the state period Use the new StartTime field on the existing FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod object. Indicate the end time of the state period Use the new EndTime field on the existing FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod object. Specify the fulfillment product quantity applicable for the state period Use the new Quantity field on the existing FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod object. Indicate if the state period is superseded and the record is replaced by a newer version due to updates by the fulfillment process Use the new IsSuperseded field on the existing FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod object. Specify the fulfillment asset period applicable to the record Use the new FulfillmentAssetStatePeriod field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specify the value of the fulfillment asset state period attribute Use the new AttributeValue field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specify the name of the fulfillment asset state period attribute Use the new AttributeName field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specify the definition of the fulfillment asset state period attribute Use the new AttributeDefinition field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Store the reference identifier of the selected picklist value Use the new AttributePicklistValue field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specifies the date and time when the fulfillment asset state period attribute record was created Use the new CreatedDate field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specifies the date and time when the fulfillment asset state period attribute record was last modified Use the new LastModifiedDate field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specifies the user who created the fulfillment asset state period attribute record Use the new CreatedBy field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specifies the user who last modified the fulfillment asset state period attribute record Use the new LastModifiedBy field on the existing FulfmtAssetStatePeriodAttr object. Specify the start time of the current fulfillment asset state period Use the new ConfigurationStartTime field on the existing FulfillmentAsset object. Specify the end time of the current fulfillment asset state period Use the new ConfigurationEndTime field on the existing FulfillmentAsset object. Specify the fulfillment asset state period currently applicable for the fulfillment asset Use the new CurrentConfiguration field on the existing FulfillmentAsset object. Indicate if the fulfillment asset's configuration data is tracked in a time-aware or time-agnostic manner Use the new IsTimeAware field on the existing FulfillmentAsset object. Specify the reference identifier of the fulfillment asset Use the new FulfillmentAssetReference field on the existing FulfillmentOrderLineItem object. Store the number of fulfillment assets before assetization Use the new FulfillmentAssetStartQuantity field on the existing FulfillmentOrderLineItem object. Store the number of fulfillment assets after assetization Use the new FulfillmentAssetEndQuantity field on the existing FulfillmentOrderLineItem object. Specify the time from when this decomposition relationship is valid Use the new StartTime field on the existing AssetFulfillmentDecomp object. Specify the time until when this decomposition relationship is valid Use the new EndTime field on the existing AssetFulfillmentDecomp object. Specify the time from when this asset relationship is valid Use the new StartTime field on the existing FulfillmentAssetRelationship object. Specify the time until when this asset relationship is valid Use the new EndTime field on the existing FulfillmentAssetRelationship object. Specify a unique ID to refer and track decomposition rules across different systems Use the new GlobalIdentifier field on the existing Fulfillment Step Definition object. Specify the custom configuration context given by the designer Use the new CustomConfigParameter field on the existing Fulfillment Step Definition object. Specify the custom configuration context set by the designer in the FulfillmentStepDefinition record Use the new CustomConfigParameter field on the existing Fulfillment Step object. # New and Changed Objects in Education Do more with the new and updated Education objects. ## New Objects Represent the details about delegation of data access to specific information Use the new DelegateAccessDef object. Represent a collection of user-specific objects that are shared with a user who has delegated access Use the new DelegateAccessDataSet object. Represent an element within a collection of user-specific objects that are shared with a user who has delegated access Use the new DelegateAccsDataSetObj object. Represent a request submitted by a user to delegate access to and permit actions on specific information Use the new AccessDelegationRequest object. Represents information about a learner's accomplishment, such as a certification, degree, or course completion, and the grade earned during an academic period Use the new LearnerAchievement object. Represent the source or method used to grant a learner achievement, such as course participation, transfer credits, or activity completion Use the new LearnerAchievementMethod object. Represent a single attendance-taking occurrence Use the new AttendanceRecording object. Represent a contact's attendance status Use the new AttendanceEntry object. Represent the rules that define how attendance is captured, interpreted, and determined in an institution's academic environment Use the new AttendancePolicy object. Represent the type of system or method that captures the raw attendance signal Use the new AttendanceSourceType object. Represent a raw attendance signal that's captured by a system, device, or user action before it's resolved into a final attendance outcome Use the new AttendanceSourceData object. Represent the junction between an attendance policy and an attendance source type Use the new AttendancePolicySourceType object. Represent an institution-defined, centralized role that consolidates various locally defined role picklist values into a shared identity for data access management Use the new AcademicRole object. Represent a mapping between a locally defined role value and a standard academic role Use the new AcademicRoleMapping object. Represent the access level that an academic role has for a specific object Use the new AcademicRoleObjectAccess object. Represent an immutable log entry that tracks when a user's access to course-related data is granted or revoked Use the new AcademicAccessLog object. Represent the translation of a stage of an application Use the new ApplicationStageDefExt object. Represents a recruiting goal for an academic term, capturing the target number of prospects, applicants, admits, or enrollees for a given target type and scope Use the new AcademicTarget object. Represent how each attendance code is classified and factors into attendance calculations Use the new IsExcusedAbsence, IsCountedTowardAbsence, IsCountedTowardTardy, IsCountedTowardAttendanceRate, IsEarlyDeparture, IsRemote, DisplayOrder, and ScopeType fields on the existing CodeSet object. Represent the attendance policy that's associated with the course offering Use the AttendancePolicyId field on the existing CourseOffering object. Represent the attendance policy that's associated with the learning program Use the AttendancePolicyId field on the existing LearningProgram object. Represent the attendance policy that's associated with the learning course Use the AttendancePolicyId field on the existing LearningCourse object. Represent the changes made to a course version and its current status Use the new ChangeDescription and Status fields on the existing LearningCourse object. # New and Changed Objects in Energy & Utilities Do more with the new and changed objects in Energy & Utilities. Represents an application form submitted by an individual or organization Use the existing IndividualApplication object. Represents a required step in a customer support process on a work order Use the existing EntityMilestone object. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _IndividualApplication_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.eu_developer_guide.meta/eu_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_individualapplication.htm) - [Developer Guide: _EntityMilestone_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.eu_developer_guide.meta/eu_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_entitymilestone.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Energy & Utilities Do more with the new objects in Energy & Utilities. Store the service site that receives products or services from a cart Use the new CartItemRecipient object. Store the site-specific pricing for a single quote line item within a multisite quote group Use the new QuoteLineRecipientPrice object. Store a dispatcher-initiated resource callout session linked to a work order or service appointment used to mobilize service resources for emergencies, outages, incidents, or pre-planned work Use the new ResourceCallOut object. Store the workforce requirement for a resource callout, defined by pay grade or resource type Use the new ResourceCallOutRequirement object. Store the contact priority (rank), the last contact attempt details, and the final response for the association between a resource callout and the service resources eligible to respond Use the new ResourceCallOutAssignment object. Store an individual notification attempt made to a service resource for a callout Use the new ResourceCallOutAttempt object. Store a collection of locations that are not receiving utility services Use the new ServiceOutage object. Store the association between incidents, such as customer-reported issues or sensor alerts, and confirmed grid-level downtime events Use the new ServiceOutageIncident object. Store a historical record of every interruption a service point experiences over its lifecycle Use the new ServiceOutageServicePoint object. Provide traceability between work orders and the events that prompt them, so you can report on effort spent on reactive maintenance versus proactive projects Use the new WorkOrderSource object. Store the association between a milestone and the actions triggered by it Use the new ObjectMilestoneTask object. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _Energy and Utilities Cloud Standard Objects_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.eu_developer_guide.meta/eu_developer_guide/eu_objects_overview.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Global Promotions Management Do more with the new and updated Global Promotion Management objects ## New Objects Create a business limit Use the new BusinessLimitSpecification object. Track the usage of a business limit Use the new BusinessLimitTracker object. Reserve a portion of a business limit Use the new BusinessLimitPendingTransaction object. Manage promotion budgets Use the Budget object. ## Changed Objects Enroll customer in a promotion Use the IsPartyEnrolled field on the existing PromotionPartyUsage object. Specify start and end dates for promotion enrollment Use the new EnrollmentEffectiveDate and EnrollmentExpirationDate fields on the existing PromotionPartyUsage object. # New and Changed Objects in Global Promotions Management Do more with the updated Global Promotions Management objects. ## Changed Objects Store personalized target and reward pairs for milestone promotions Use the new PersonalizedTargetInformation field on the existing PromotionPartyUsage object. Specify the personalized target for a promotion's first reward tier Use the new PersonalizedEasyTarget field on the existing PromotionPartyUsage object. Specify the personalized target for a promotion's second reward tier Use the new PersonalizedModerateTarget on the existing PromotionPartyUsage object. Specify the personalized target for a promotion's third reward tier Use the new PersonalizedHardTarget field on the existing PromotionPartyUsage object. # New and Changed Objects in Health Cloud Store and access more data with these new and changed Health Cloud objects. ## Home Health Specify the frequency type of the coverage benefit associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new FrequencyType field on the CoverageBenefit object. Specify the total amount of the coverage benefit associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new TotalBenefitAmount field on the CoverageBenefit object. Specify the frequency type of the coverage benefit item associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new FrequencyType field on the CoverageBenefitItem object. Specify the frequency type of the plan benefit associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new FrequencyType field on the PlanBenefit object. Specify the total amount of the plan benefit associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new TotalBenefitAmount field on the PlanBenefit object. Specify the frequency type of the plan benefit item associated with the home healthcare visit Use the new FrequencyType field on the PlanBenefitItem object. ## Integrated Care Management Represent a junction between member plans and care plans. Define the problems, goals, and interventions in a care plan based on the patient's health plan coverage. Use the new MemberPlanCarePlan object. Represent a junction between member plans and medication statements. Associate the medications that a patient is currently taking or has taken in the past with their health plan coverage. Use the new MemberPlanMedicationStmt object. Represent a junction between puchaser plans and care programs. Define the care programs that are available under a purchaser plan such as employer-sponsored programs for managing chronic conditions. Use the new PurchaserPlanCareProgram object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Home Health](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.health_cloud_object_reference.meta/health_cloud_object_reference/hc_api_home_health.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Integrated Care Management](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.health_cloud_object_reference.meta/health_cloud_object_reference/hc_dev_integrated_care_management.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Insurance Do more with the new and updated Insurance objects. Link a policy transaction to a prior transaction Use the new PriorTransaction field on the InsurancePolicyTransaction object. Store the billing transaction status Use the new BillingStatus field on the InsurancePolicyTransaction object. Specify tax treatment for a surcharge Use the new TaxTreatment field on the InsurancePolicySurcharge object. Identify the surcharge's selling model Use the new ProductSellingModel field on the InsurancePolicySurcharge object. Determine how a surcharge is billed Use the new BillingTreatment field on the InsurancePolicySurcharge object. Store the prior version of a surcharge Use the new PriorSurcharge field on the InsurancePolicySurcharge object. Identify the selling model of a policy participant Use the new ProductSellingModel field on the InsurancePolicyParticipant object. Specify how participant billing is processed Use the new BillingTreatment field on the InsurancePolicyParticipant object. Track the prior version of a participant Use the new PriorParticipant field on the InsurancePolicyParticipant object. Identify the selling model of an insurance policy coverage Use the new ProductSellingModel field on the InsurancePolicyCoverage object. Specify how Subscription Management bills an insurance policy coverage. Use the new BillingTreatment field on the InsurancePolicyCoverage object. Track the reference surcharge record before the policy was endorsed or renewed. Use the new PriorCoverage field on the InsurancePolicyCoverage object. Identify the selling model of a policy asset Use the new ProductSellingModel field on the InsurancePolicyAsset object. Specify rules that determine how an asset is billed Use the new BillingTreatment field on the InsurancePolicyAsset object. Track the prior version of a policy asset Use the new PriorAsset field on the InsurancePolicyAsset object. Store the parent transaction detail Use the new ParentTransactionDetail field on the InsPolicyTransactionDetail object. Link a transaction detail to its prior version Use the new PriorTransactionDetail field on the InsPolicyTransactionDetail object. Store the end date for a billing period Use the new BillingEndDate field on the InsPolicyBillingInfo object. Store the day of month for installment billing Use the new BillDayOfMonth field on the InsPolicyBillingInfo object. Store the month when recurring billing begins Use the new BillStartMonth field on the InsPolicyBillingInfo object. ## Claim Management Specify the amount paid over the remaining limit amount Use the new ExGratiaAmount field on the ClaimCoveragePaymentDetail object. Specify the count over the remaining limit count approved for a claim Use the new ExGratiaLimitCount field on the ClaimCoveragePaymentDetail object. Capture the reason for an ex gratia payment Use the new ExGratiaReason field on the ClaimCoveragePaymentDetail object. Store the operation number that's assigned to the claim coverage payment detail record Use the new OperationNumber field on the ClaimCoveragePaymentDetail object. Specify an override date for policy limit tracking Use the new `Custom Override` value in the existing DurationType field on the ProdtAttrScope object. Specify the calendar day of the month when the yearly override or limit refresh becomes effective Use the new OverrideDate field on the ProdtAttrScope object. Specify the calendar month when the yearly override or limit refresh becomes effective Use the new OverrideMonth field on the ProdtAttrScope object. Store the sequential number that's assigned to an insurance policy limit tracking record corresponding to the claim coverage payment detail operation Use the new PymtDtlOperationNbr field on the InsPlcyLimitTracking object. Capture the status of an insurance policy limit tracking record Use the new Status field on the InsPlcyLimitTracking object. Capture the date on which the incident took place Use the new ClaimLossDate field on the Claim object. ## Insurance Coexistence Store the source application context for a claim Use the new RecordSource field on the Claim object. Store the source application context for an insurance contract Use the new RecordSource field on the InsuranceContract object. Store the source application context for an insurance policy Use the new RecordSource field on the InsurancePolicy object. Store the source application context for a quote Use the new RecordSource field on the Quote object. # New and Changed Objects in Insurance Do more with the new and updated Insurance objects. ## Billing Store billing configuration details used to manage insurance policy billing processes Use the new InsBillingConfiguration object. ## Policy Administration Capture the parent coverage associated with a policy coverage Use the new ParentCoverageId field on the existing InsurancePolicyCoverage object to support multi-level parent-child coverage structures. ## Taxes and Fees Specify the root product associated with a product surcharge Use the new Product field on the existing ProductSurcharge object. Capture the pricing procedure variable for a product surcharge Use the new PricingProdcedureVariable field on the existing ProductSurcharge object. Indicate the order in which product surcharges are applied in price calculation Use the new SequenceNumber field on the existing ProductSurcharge object. Store the total fee amount for a policy prorated based on effective dates in a quote Use the new ProratedFeeAmount field on the existing Quote object. Store the total fee amount for a policy over the policy period in a quote Use the new StandardFeeAmount field on the existing Quote object. Store the total fee amount for a quote line item prorated based on effective dates Use the new ProratedFeeAmount field on the existing QuoteLineItem object. Store the total fee amount for a quote line item over the policy period Use the new StandardFeeAmount field on the existing QuoteLineItem object. Capture a prorated fee amount in the price adjustment for a quote line item Use the new ProratedAmount field on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. ## Underwriting Rules Specify the rule engine to run the rules in an underwriting rule group Use the new RuleEngineType field on the existing UnderwritingRuleGroup object. Specify the status of an underwriting rule group Use the new Status field on the existing UnderwritingRuleGroup object. Get the unique identifier for an underwriting rule to reference it in the constraint model Use the new RuleKey field on the existing UnderwritingRule object. # New and Changed Objects in Insurance Do more with the new and updated Insurance objects. ## Group Benefits View the attributes selected for each contract group plan Use the new GrpCensusMemberPlanAttr object. Calculate the charges, including taxes and fees, for a group census member plan Use the new GrpCensusMbrPlanSurcharge object. Track a financial transaction generated for an insurance contract, including the amounts processed for premium, tax, and fees Use the new InsuranceContractTrxn object. Break down a contract transaction into premium, tax, and fees by group plan and class Use the new InsuranceContractTrxnDtl object. Capture the confirmed date a new renewal term officially takes effect Use the new ActualRenewalDate field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Indicate whether an insurance contract is locked for editing and deleting Use the new IsContractLocked field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Identify the root contract that a chain of mid-term endorsements traces back to Use the new OriginalContract field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Capture the initially intended term expiration date before any shortening Use the new OriginalEndDate field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Capture the initially intended term start date before any mid-term adjustments Use the new OriginalStartDate field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Capture the expected date for the next term renewal of a contract Use the new PlannedRenewalDate field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Link a contract version to its immediately preceding version Use the new PriorContract field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Connect a new renewal term back to the original contract Use the new RenewedFromContract field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Specify whether plans are assigned to members automatically based on configured mapping rules for a contract Use the new ShouldAutoAssignPlan field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Specify the granularity, such as plan, coverage, or charge level, at which transaction details are generated for a contract Use the new TransactionDetailLevel field on the existing InsuranceContract object. Specify the action to take for a census member during an event, such as Add, Remove, or Update Use the new EventAction field on the existing GroupCensusMember object. Specify the effective date of an event for a census member within the contract term Use the new EventEffectiveDate field on the existing GroupCensusMember object. Specify the type of event for a census member within the contract term Use the new EventType field on the existing GroupCensusMember object. Specify the level of override allowed for a census member Use the new OverrideTypeConfiguration field on the existing GroupCensusMember object. Specify the action to take for a census member plan during an event, such as Add, Remove, or Update Use the new EventAction field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Indicate whether a census member plan is optional or mandatory Use the new IsOptional field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Specify the override status applied to a census member plan Use the new OverrideTypeStatus field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Associate a product category with a census member plan Use the new ProductCategory field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Associate a quote line item with a census member plan Use the new QuoteLineItem field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Store the expected standard fee for a census member plan Use the new StandardFeeAmount field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Store the expected standard premium for a census member plan Use the new StandardPremiumAmount field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Store the expected standard tax for a census member plan Use the new StandardTaxAmount field on the existing GroupCensusMemberPlan object. Specify how a benefit is offered to group members on a contract group plan Use the new PlanAllocationType field on the existing ContractGroupPlan object. Specify how a benefit is offered to group members on a contract group plan group class Use the new PlanAllocationType field on the existing ContractGroupPlanGroupClass object. Specify how a benefit is offered to group members on a quote line item Use the new PlanAllocationType field on the existing QuoteLineItem object. Associate a group class with an insurance policy participant Use the new GroupClass field on the existing InsurancePolicyParticipant object. Associate a group class with an insurance policy transaction detail Use the new GroupClass field on the existing InsPolicyTransactionDetail object. Associate a contract group plan with an insurance policy transaction detail Use the new ContractGroupPlan field on the existing InsPolicyTransactionDetail object. Link an insurance policy transaction to the insurance contract transaction it rolls up to Use the new InsuranceContractTrxn field on the existing InsurancePolicyTransaction object. Specify the business process that created an insurance policy transaction Use the new OriginatingProcess field on the existing InsurancePolicyTransaction object. Specify how a bulk request item is processed, either independently or as part of an aggregation Use the new ItemType field on the existing InsuranceAsyncBulkRequestItem object. ## Claims Management Track an adjustment to the loss or expense reserve amount for a claim Use the new ClaimReserveAdjustment object. Cap the aggregate claim payment for loss items across claim coverages Use the new LossReserveAmount field on the existing Claim object. Cap the aggregate claim payment for expense items across claim coverages Use the new ExpenseReserveAmount field on the existing Claim object. Identify the user who submitted a claim coverage payment detail for payment Use the new PaymentInitiatedBy field on the existing ClaimCoveragePaymentDetail object. ## Product Rating Capture the relationships between an insurance product and its related products for rating and configuration Use the new ProductRelationshipGraph object. Specify the rule engine used to evaluate a product surcharge Use the new RuleEngineType field on the existing ProductSurcharge object. Specify the constraint model used to evaluate surcharge rules Use the new ConstraintModelDeveloperName field on the existing InsurancePolicySurcharge object. Specify the constraint model used to evaluate surcharge rules for a tax Use the new ConstraintModelDeveloperName field on the existing QuoteItemTaxItem object. Specify the constraint model used to evaluate surcharge rules for a fee Use the new ConstraintModelDeveloperName field on the existing QuoteLinePriceAdjustment object. # New and Changed Objects in Loyalty Management Do more with the new and updated Loyalty Management objects. Link loyalty membership with partner loyalty membership Use the new Loyalty Program Member Linked Partner object. Create templates that help design digital passes Use the new Digital Pass Template object. Define the content type of a digital pass Use the new Digital Pass Template Parameter object. Issue digital passes for loyalty program members Use the new Digital Pass object. Get the processing status of traceable records and the order of processing of currency subtypes Use the ProcessingStatus and ProcessingSequenceInfo fields on the existing Loyalty Ledger Traceability object. Link a member to a partner and set an effective member linking start date and end date Use the IsMemberLinkingAllowed, MemberLinkingEffStartDate, and MemberLinkingEffEndDate fields on the existing Loyalty Program Partner object. #### See Also - [_Loyalty Management Developer Guide_: Loyalty Management Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.loyalty.meta/loyalty/loyalty_api_overview.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Loyalty Management Do more with the new and updated Loyalty Management objects. Define activities that are eligible to reset points validity for currencies with the activity-based expiration model Use the new LoyaltyProgramJournalType object. Set an additional time frame beyond the standard expiration date to redeem or reinstate points Use the new LoyaltyPgmCurrencyExtPrd object. Identify how a transaction journal was created Use the new CreationSourceType field on the existing TransactionJournal object. Track the date and time of the last ledger used for a full or partial point redemption Use the new LastRedeemedLedgerDateTime field on the existing LoyaltyMemberCurrency object. Track the date when a loyalty program member performed the penultimate transaction Use the new PreviousActivityDate field on the existing LoyaltyProgramMember object. # New and Changed Objects in Loyalty Management Do more with the new and updated Loyalty Management objects. ## Changed Objects Correlate loyalty ledger records with the originating process or external system Use the new SourceIdentifier field on the existing LoyaltyLedger object. Specify the expiration model for a loyalty program currency subtype Use the new ExpiryModel field on the existing LoyaltyPgmCurrencySubtype object. Specify the expiration period for a loyalty program currency subtype Use the new ExpiryPeriod field on the existing LoyaltyPgmCurrencySubtype object. Specify the expiration period unit for a loyalty program currency subtype Use the new ExpiryPeriodUnit field on the existing LoyaltyPgmCurrencySubtype object. Specify how expiration timing is handled for a redeemable loyalty program currency subtype Use the new ExtendExpiration field on the existing LoyaltyPgmCurrencySubtype object. Associate a loyalty ledger traceability record with its aggregated point expiration ledger record Use the new LoyaltyAggrPointExprLedgerId field on the existing LoyaltyLedgerTraceability object. Identify whether a loyalty aggregated point expiration ledger has subcurrencies with mixed expiration models Use the new HasMixedExprModelSubcurrencies field on the existing LoyaltyAggrPointExprLedger object. Identify the loyalty program currency subtype associated with a loyalty aggregated point expiration ledger Use the new LoyaltyPgmCrcySubtypeId field on the existing LoyaltyAggrPointExprLedger object. # New and Changed Objects in Media Cloud Do more with the new and updated Media Cloud objects. View the standard events triggered from the async services of Advertising Sales Management. Use the new Ad Sales Management Event object. # New and Changed Objects in Meeting Concierge Do more with the new and changed Meeting Concierge objects. The object that's compatible with this meeting playbook definition Use the new Compatible Object field on the existing Meeting Playbook Definition object. The consent statements that a client must acknowledge before a voice recording starts Use the new Voice Recording Consents field on the existing Meeting Playbook Definition Stage and Meeting Playbook Stage Content Document objects. # New and Changed Objects in Net Zero Do more with the new and changed Net Zero objects. ## New Objects Represents the criteria to generate estimated energy use records Use the new EstmtEnergyUseCriteria object. Represents an instance of running the criteria applied to generate the estimated energy use records Use the new EstmtEnergyUseJobRun object. # New and Changed Objects in Offer Management Associate coupons with the relevant customers and orders by using the new fields in Offer Management objects. Associate offers with the customer who used them Use the new Offer field on the existing PromotionPartyUsageDetails object. Tie orders with the offers that generated the sale Use the new Offer field on the existing Transaction Journal object. Create offer treatment for different output types Use the new OutputFormat on the existing OfferTreatment object. Review the output of offer treatments Use the new TreatmentOutput on the existing OfferTreatment object. Group marketing offers that share a set of characteristics or a business purpose Use the new OfferGroup object. Create a junction between an offer and an offer group Use the new OfferGroupAssignedOffer object. Define the intent, tone, status, engagement channel, and unique code for an offer treatment Use the new Intent, Tone, Status, EngagementChannelType, and OfferTreatmentCode fields on the existing OfferTreatment object. # New and Changed Objects in Offer Management Do more with the new and updated Offer Management objects. ## New Object Link a brief to its source offer or promotion Use the new BriefSourceReference object. ## Changed Objects Specify whether a brief is used for a promotion or an offer Use the new UsageType field on the existing Brief object. Link related briefs together Use the new RelatedBrief field on the existing Brief object. Specify the status of a brief Use the new Status field on the existing Brief object. # New and Changed Objects in Outbound Engagement Do more with the new and updated Outbound Engagement objects. Create custom templates for outbound engagements Use the new Outbound Engagement Template object. View custom outbound engagement template details Use the new Custom Template, Template Subcategory, and Status fields on the Outbound Engagement Template View object. Track the status and details of outbound engagement content resources Use the new Status and Status Reason fields on the Outbound Engagement Content Resource object. # New and Changed Objects in Referral Marketing Do more with the new object in Referral Management. Manage promotion budgets Use the Budget object. # New and Changed Objects in Revenue Cloud for Communications Do more with the new and updated Revenue Cloud for Communications objects. Represent the customer's billing controls in the backend system Use the existing BillingAccount object. Represent a junction between the account and the billing account Use the existing AccountBillingAccount object. Represent a junction between the billing accounts and the contacts Use the existing BillingAccountContact object. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _BillingAccount_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_billingaccount.htm) - [Developer Guide: _AccountBillingAccount_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_accountbillingaccount.htm) - [Developer Guide: _BillingAccountContact_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/sforce_api_objects_billingaccountcontact.htm) # New and Changed Objects in Supplier Engagement Do more with the updated Supplier Engagement objects. Set and track sustainability goals directly on a supplier record with five new fields: Goal, Goal Details, Cost Unit, Emissions Reduction Unit, and Quality Unit. Use the Supplier object. Categorize a program by cost, quality, emissions reduction, or risk reduction goals, in addition to the existing Environmental, Social, and Governance categories. Use the Program object. Categorize a program initiative by cost, quality, emissions reduction, or risk reduction goals, in addition to the existing Environmental, Social, and Governance categories. Use the ProgramInitiative object. # New and Changed Objects in Trade Promotion Management Do more with the new and changed Trade Promotion Management objects. Changes span across areas such as fields, page layouts, and picklist values related to configuring Promotion tab for Customer Business Plans and other features. ## Field Changes If you're upgrading to the Consumer Goods Cloud Spring ’26 managed package, make sure your users have edit access for them to prevent any sync errors.
Existing Object New Field Purpose
cgcloud__Account_Template__c Has_Promotions_in_Business_Plan__c

Determines whether the Promotions tab is shown in customer business plans. Possible values:

  • Enabled: This is the default value.
  • Disabled
cgcloud__Sales_Organization__c Product_Definition_Policy__c

Specifies the method to add products to trade calendar and account plan. Possible values:

  • Dynamic
  • Static
cgcloud__Sales_Organization__c Promotion_Phases__c Specifies the promotion phases shown in trade calendar and account plan filters. Uses global value set Promotion_Phases.
cgcloud__Tactic_Template__c Use_Accrual_Output_For_Fund_Liability__c Determines whether accrual outputs are considered when liabilities are calculated for tactics and tactic funds.
## Field Set Changes If you're upgrading to the Consumer Goods Cloud Spring ’26 managed package, the field sets are automatically added with the new fields.
Existing Object Displayed Fields Existing Field Set Purpose
cgcloud__Promotion__c

Name

Slogan__c

Date_From__c

Date_Thru__c

Phase__c

KPI_Value_1__c

KPI_Value_2__c

KPI_Value_3__c

Participate_In_Active_Account_Plan__c

Relevant_For_Account_Plan__c

 cgcloud__CBP_Tab Lists the fields shown in the Promotions tab of the customer business plans.
## Page Layout Changes
Existing Page Layout Object Fields Name Change Description
Account Template Layout cgcloud__Account_Template__c cgcloud__Has_Promotions_in_Business_Plan__c Added a new field to the layout.
Promotion Template Kpi Definition Layout cgcloud__Promotion_Template_Kpi_Definition__c

KPI_Definition__c

Usage__c

 Changed the required access for the KPI Definitions and Usage fields from Readonly to Required.
Sales Organization Layout cgcloud__Sales_Organization__c

Promotion_Phases__c

Product_Definition_Policy__c'

 Added two new fields to the layout.
Tactic Template Layout cgcloud__Tactic_Template__c Use_Accrual_Output_For_Fund_Liability__c Added a new field to the layout.
## Picklist Value Changes Add new picklist values to activate new features, as they are not automatically upgraded when you upgrade the Consumer Goods Cloud managed packages. To make use of the new picklist value, add it to the specified field and record types.
Existing Objects Existing Picklist Field New Picklist Values Purpose
cgcloud__RTR_Report_Configuration__c Usage__c

datacloudpromotionmeasuresmeta

datacloudaccountplanmeasuresmeta

 Includes the usage types for report configuration.
# New and Changed Objects in Usage Management Review the fields that are removed in Usage Management and update your integrations to use the corresponding objects. **REMOVED: The UsageAggregationPolicy, ChargeForOverage, RatingFrequencyPolicy, and DrawdownOrder fields on the existing TransactionUsageEntitlement object are deprecated in API version 65.0 and will be removed in a future version** Instead, use the BindingObjectUsageResourcePolicy object. **REMOVED: The UsageResourceBillingPolicy field on the UsageResource object is removed** Deprecated in API version 65.0, the UsageResourceBillingPolicy field on the UsageResource object is removed in API version 67.0 and later. Instead, use the ProductUsageResourcePolicy or UsageResourcePolicy object. REMOVED: The UsageResource and Product fields on the RatingFrequencyPolicy object are removed Deprecated in API version 65.0, the UsageResource and Product fields on the RatingFrequencyPolicy object are removed in API version 67.0 and later. Instead, use the ProductUsageResourcePolicy or UsageResourcePolicy object. REMOVED: The OverageChargeable field on the ProductUsageGrant object is removed Deprecated in API version 65.0, the OverageChargeable field on the ProductUsageGrant object is removed in API version 67.0 and later. Instead, use the UsageOveragePolicy object. # New and Changed Standard Agent Actions and Subagents Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and subagents. Availability of standard agent actions, subagents, and related prompt templates or flows can vary by edition and license. ## August ‘26 New Subagent: Engagement Insights Finds engagement data for contacts, leads, or person accounts. This subagent includes this action: - [Get Marketing Engagement Activities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_get_marketing_engagement_activities.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Retrieves engagement history for up to five contacts, leads, or person accounts to help non-marketing users personalize outreach and follow-ups. New Subagent: Email Templates Finds email templates from Distributed Marketing campaigns. This subagent includes this action: - [Get Distributed Marketing Email Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_get_distributed_marketing_email_templates.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Retrieves relevant Distributed Marketing and Alerts email templates so non-marketing users can personalize and send approved campaigns. New Subagent: Subagent Completion for Field Service Marks subagents that perform sub-processes as completed. New Subagent: Appointment Slot Selection by Voice for Field Service Selects an available time slot for scheduling or rescheduling a service appointment. Used in voice-enabled agents. Updated Subagent: Appointment Slot Selection by Text for Field Service Selects an available time slot for scheduling or rescheduling a service appointment. New Subagent: Appointment Retrieval by Voice for Field Service Finds the appointment that the user is inquiring about. Used in voice-enabled agents. Updated Subagent: Appointment Retrieval by Text for Field Service Finds the appointment that the user is inquiring about. New Subagent: Donor Meeting Notes Capture, edit, and save notes from donor meetings as Interaction Summaries in Salesforce. This subagent uses these actions: - [Identify Record by Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_identify_record_by_name.htm&language=en_US): Searches for a matching Account record when the user provides a donor name. Explicitly passes the Account parameter. - [Query Record](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_query_records.htm&language=en_US): Searches for a matching Account record when additional identifying information is provided (donor ID, contact info). - [Prepare Donor Meeting Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fundraising_prepare_donor_meeting_notes.htm&language=en_US): Transforms raw donor meeting notes into a structured summary with key discussion points and next steps. - [Create Interaction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_create_interaction.htm&language=en_US): Creates a new interaction record linked to the confirmed donor account. Derives the name from the meeting subject or uses a default. Sets startDateTime to today. - [Create Interaction Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_create_interactionsum.htm&language=en_US): Creates the Interaction Summary record with the prepared notes and next steps, linked to the interaction and confirmed donor account. New Subagent: Donor Task Management Create tasks and reminders to follow up with donors. This subagent uses these actions: - [Identify Record by Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_identify_record_by_name.htm&language=en_US): Searches for a matching Account record when the user provides a donor name. Explicitly passes the Account parameter. - [Query Record](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_query_records.htm&language=en_US): Searches for a matching Account record when additional identifying information is provided (donor ID, contact info). - [Create a To-Do](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_create_a_to_do.htm&language=en_US): Creates a new task or reminder for the donor, setting the relatedToId field to the Account ID. - [Extract Fields and Values From User Input](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_extract_fields_values.htm&language=en_US): Extracts fields and values from the user’s request when updating an existing task. Receives the task’s record ID, objectType "Task", and the user’s original request. - [Update Record](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_update_record.htm&language=en_US): Applies changes to an existing task record using the output from the Extract Fields and Values From User Input action. - [Get Record Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_get_record_details.htm&language=en_US): Retrieves the details of a record, including object fields and values, records from related lists, and associated tasks and events. ## July ‘26 Updated Agent for New Agentforce Builder: Field Service Dispatching Supports Field Service dispatchers in their daily tasks. The template includes updated subagents and actions. Updated Agent for New Agentforce Builder: Field Service Scheduling for Employee Support Field Service employees by letting them manage appointments. The template includes these new subagents: - Contact Identification for Field Service: Identifies the relevant contact as a required first step before the user can access appointment scheduling or other services. - Incomplete Request for Field Service: Responds when the agent can’t fulfill the user's request. - Off Topic for Field Service: Handles all off topic user communication, including small talk and general communication that does not fall under appointment management. New Action: [Enrich Account in ZoomInfo](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_lookup_account_in_zoominfo.htm&language=en_US) Enriches account data from ZoomInfo including employee count, funding information, technologies used, and other data. New Action: [Find Potential Prospects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_find_potential_prospects.htm&language=en_US) Finds potential prospects based on job titles and account context. Searches Salesforce records and other sources for job titles at different seniority levels and returns a list of potential prospect information. New Action: [Qualify Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_qualify_account.htm&language=en_US) Qualifies an account based on research data and qualification criteria. Queries account signals internally to generate an Account Point of View summary explaining why the account is or isn’t qualified for prospecting. New Action: [Validate Prospects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_validate_prospects.htm&language=en_US) Validates a prospect against Ideal Customer Profile criteria by using LLM-based evaluation. Returns whether the prospect is valid, a confidence score, and an evaluation summary. ## June ‘26 Updated Agent for New Agentforce Builder: Field Service Scheduling Supports customers with appointment management needs, answers common inquiries, and escalates complex issues. The updated agent includes these dedicated subagents: - Appointment Management Gateway for Field Service: Serves as the single gateway to the Field Service Appointment Management functionality, which handles user requests to schedule, reschedule, cancel, or get information about service appointments. - Appointment Scheduling for Field Service: Implements the process of scheduling a service appointment. The process starts with a user requesting to schedule a new appointment, it then matches the work type, confirms the address, suggests appointment slots, and finally schedules the service appointment. - Appointment Rescheduling for Field Service: Implements the process of rescheduling a service appointment. The process starts with a user requesting to reschedule an existing appointment, it then suggests appointment slots, and finally reschedules the service appointment. - Appointment Cancellation for Field Service: Implements the process of canceling a service appointment. The process starts with a user requesting to cancel an existing appointment and ends with the cancellation. - Address Confirmation for Field Service: Requests the user's approval for the suggested appointment address and updates the confirmation status according to the user’s answer. - Appointment Slot Selection for Field Service: Selects an available time slot for scheduling or rescheduling a service appointment. - Schedule Execution for Field Service: Confirms and finalizes the scheduling or rescheduling of a service appointment after a time slot is selected. - Appointment Retrieval for Field Service: Finds the appointment that the user is inquiring about. - Appointment Information for Field Service: Displays information about an existing appointment to the user. - Customer Verification for Field Service: Verifies the customer's identity as a required first step before they can access appointment scheduling or other services. This subagent only handles the verification process, not the actual scheduling. Never grants access to sensitive data that includes confidential, private, or security-protected information (PII). - Contact Creation for Field Service: Facilitates the creation of a new Contact record in Salesforce for verified guest users. Collects necessary personal information to create a new Contact profile. The updated agent includes these new dedicated actions: - [Send Email with Verification Code for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fieldservice_send_email_verification_code.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Sends a generated verification code to the existing user’s email address. If guest users are enabled, they also receive this verification email. - [Verify Customer for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fieldservice_verify_customer.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Verifies whether the verification code entered by an existing user or guest user matches the code sent to the user's email - [Create Contact for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fieldservice_create_contact.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Creates a contact record for the verified guest user. - [Delete Temporary Appointment for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fieldservice_delete_temporary_appointment.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Deletes redundant service appointments that were created during the scheduling process. - [Match Work Type for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fieldservice_match_work_type.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Gets the ID of a work type and finds the best match according to the appointment request described in the contextual intent. Updated Subagent: Commerce Promotions The responses from the agent are no longer purely text-based. To receive enhanced responses, remove the actions from the subagent, add them back, and republish your agent. These actions have been added to the Commerce Promotions subagent: - [Attach Promotion to Campaign](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_attachpromotiontocampaign.htm&language=en_US): Associates a promotion with a campaign for targeted marketing. - [Create Coupon](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_createcoupon.htm&language=en_US): Generates a coupon code string for an existing promotion. New Subagent: Account Health Monitor Monitor customer account health and proactively identify at-risk revenue across your B2B Commerce stores. The Account Health Monitor subagent provides comprehensive insights into customer purchasing patterns, revenue trends, and category-level engagement, helping you detect early warning signs of churn and take action before accounts disengage. By analyzing 360-degree customer profiles, year-over-year revenue changes, order recency, and dropped product categories, this subagent enables account managers and merchandising teams to prioritize retention efforts, create targeted win-back campaigns, and strengthens relationships with at-risk customers to protect and grow revenue. This subagent uses these actions: - [Get Customer Profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getcustomerprofile.htm&language=en_US): Retrieves a 360-degree customer profile including revenue, ordering behavior, and top product categories for a specific account and store. - [Get Account Revenue Trend](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getaccountrevenuetrend.htm&language=en_US): Identifies accounts with declining year-over-year revenue for a specific store. - [Get At Risk Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getatriskaccounts.htm&language=en_US): Identifies at-risk accounts by order recency and year-over-year revenue decline for a specific store. - [Get Account Category Churn](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getaccountcategorychurn.htm&language=en_US): Retrieves product categories that an account stopped purchasing from for a specific store. New Subagent: Inventory Analytics Optimize inventory management by identifying slow-moving and stale products across your B2B Commerce stores. The Inventory Analytics subagent surfaces products that haven't sold within a specified time frame, helping you take proactive action to improve stock turnover and cash flow. By analyzing product sales velocity and identifying dead stock, this subagent enables merchandising teams and inventory managers to implement targeted strategies such as promotional discounts, category reassignments, or inventory clearance initiatives, reducing carrying costs and freeing up warehouse space for higher-performing products that drive revenue. This subagent uses these actions: - [Get Dead Stock Inventory](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getdeadstockinventory.htm&language=en_US): Identifies products that have not sold within a specified number of days for a given store. New Subagent: Order Fulfillment Analytics Monitor order fulfillment peformance and returns processing across your B2B Commerce stores. The Order Fulfillment Analytics subagent provides comprehensive insights into your fulfillment pipeline efficiency and product return patterns, helping you identify operational bottlenecks and quality issues that impact customer satisfaction. By analyzing order status breakdowns, delayed shipments, on-time delivery rates, return rates, top returned products, and return reason trends, this subagent enabled operations teams and merchandising managers to address fulfillment delays proactively, improve product descriptions and quality, reduce return rates, and optimize the end-to-end order fulfillment workflow to meet service level expectations and enhance the customer experience. This subagent uses these actions: - [Get Order Pipeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getorderpipeline.htm&language=en_US): Provides an analysis of the returns fulfillment order pipeline, including that status breakdown, delayed orders, and on-time delivery rate for a specific store. - [Get Returns Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getreturnsanalysis.htm&language=en_US): Provides an analysis of product returns for a store, including return rates, top returned products, reason breakdown, and monthly trend. New Subagent: Sales Revenue Analytics Analyze revenue performance and identify growth opportunities across your B2B Commerce stores. The Sales Revenue Analytics subagent provides comprehensive insights into product trends, customer segment performance, store-level revenue metrics, and top performers, helping you make data-driven merchandising and business decisions. By tracking month-by-month revenue and sales volume trends, comparing customer segments by country or behavior, monitoring period-over-period store performance through Data Cloud, and identifying your highest-performing products or customers by selectable metrics, this subagent enables merchandising teams, sales managers, and business leaders to identify high-growth areas, detect declining trends early, customize strategies to specific segments, allocate resources effectively, and replicate successful patterns to maximize revenue growth. This subagent uses these actions: - [Get Product Trend](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getproducttrend.htm&language=en_US): Returns month-by-month product revenue and units trend with overall growth classification for a specific store. - [Get Segment Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getsegmentperformance.htm&language=en_US): Compares customer segments (by country or behavior classification) for a specific store, returning revenue, orders, customers, AOV, growth compared with prior period, and revenue share. - [Get Revenue Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getrevenuesummary.htm&language=en_US): Provides store-level revenue metrics with period-over-period comparison for a specific store by querying Data Cloud. - [Get Top Performers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_gettopperformers.htm&language=en_US): Identifies the top-performing products or customers by a selectable metric (revenue, units, frequency, growth) for a specific store. New Subagent: Subscription Bundle Setup Streamline the creation and configuration of subscription product bundles for your B2B Commerce stores. The Subscription Bundle Setup subagent guides you through the complete bundle configuration process, from initial creation to subscription assignment, helping you efficiently launch subscription offerings with proper billing models and proration policies. By creating static product bundles with child products, querying setup state and checklists, listing available selling models and proration options, assigning subscription configurations, and updating product attributes such as category, entitlement policy, and pricing at scale, this subagent enables merchandising teams and product managers to reduce bundle setup time, prevent configuration errors by using validated options, ensure all required components are properly configured, and quickly bring subscription products to market with confidence. This subagent uses these actions: - [Get Bundle Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getbundlestatus.htm&language=en_US): Queries a bundle's full setup state and returns the checklist with suggested next steps. - [Update Product Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_updateproductsettings.htm&language=en_US): Updates these fields for one or more products or bundles: category, entitlement policy, pricing, and inclusive pricing (applicable for bundles only(. - [List Subscription Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_listsubscriptionoptions.htm&language=en_US): Lists the available selling model and proration policies. - [Assign Subscription](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_assignsubscriptions.htm&language=en_US): Assigns a selling model and proration policy to a product or bundle. - [Create Product Bundle](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_createproductbundle.htm&language=en_US): Creates a static product bundle with optional child products and category assignment. New Subagent: Subscription Product Setup Streamline the creation and configuration of subscription products for your B2B Commerce stores. The Subscription Product Setup subagent guides you through the complete product setup process from initial product creation to subscription assignment, helping you efficiently launch subscription offerings with proper billing models and proration policies. By creating simple products with essential details, querying setup state and checklist for identifying incomplete tasks, listing available selling models and proration options, assigning subscription configurations with validated option names, and updating product attributes such as category, entitlement policy, and pricing, this ubsagent enables you to reduct product setup time, prevent configuration errors, ensure all required settings are properly configured before products go live, and quickly bring subscription products to market while maintaining catalog consistency. This subagent uses these actions: - [Create Product](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_createproduct.htm&language=en_US): Creates a simple product with name, SKU, and optional description. - [Update Product Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_updateproductsettings.htm&language=en_US): Updates these fields for one or more products or bundles: category, entitlement policy, pricing, and inclusive pricing (applicable for bundles only). - [Assign Subscription](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_assignsubscriptions.htm&language=en_US): Assigns a selling model and proration policy to a product or bundle. - [List Subscription Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_listsubscriptionoptions.htm&language=en_US): Lists the available selling models and proration policies. - [Get Product Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_b2bcomm_getproductstatus.htm&language=en_US): Returns configuration state and checklist for a product. ## May ‘26 New Action: Extract Data from Document Use the new Extract Data from Document action to extract structured data from digital and scanned documents using MuleSoft for Flow: Intelligent Document Processing (IDP). This action is available to users with the MuleSoft for Flow: IDP add-on license. This action was introduced in Spring ‘26. Updated Availablity: [Billing Inquiries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_agent_topic_billing_inquiries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) The Billing Inquiries Subagent, now available with the Billing Service Assistance Agent, helps customers, partners, and sales reps manage billing inquiries with access to balances, payment dates, invoices, payment plans, and real-time invoice charge breakdowns. New Subagent: [Billing Collections Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rev_agent_topic_billing_collections_management.htm&language=en_US) Use Agentforce to help teams quickly assess and act on customer account health. The Billing Collections Management subagent provides an at-a-glance view of financial standing, highlighting high-risk invoices based on payment history, disputes, and outstanding balances, along with recommended next actions. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Account Billing Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_account_billing_summary.htm&language=en_US): The Get Account Billing Summary action generates a comprehensive financial health overview for a specific account. This action identifies active disputes and collection plans while providing insights into payment history, expiring payment methods, and aging metrics to help prioritize collection efforts. - [Get Dunning Strategy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_dunning_strategy.htm&language=en_US): The Get Dunning Strategy action assesses an account’s financial health, ongoing collection efforts, prior interactions, payment history, and open disputes to recommend the most effective engagement and recovery approach. By using AI-driven insights, such as invoice risk scores and communication patterns, it suggests the optimal dunning orchestration, including targeted reminders, calls, or, in higher-risk scenarios, actions like applying late fees, suspending services, or escalating the case. New Subagent: [Deal Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_inspection_get_ai_deal_insights.htm&language=en_US) Quickly catch up on deal activity and identify blockers without searching through emails or call transcripts. Use AI to get instant deal overviews, summarize recent meetings, and prepare for follow-up actions using suggested buttons or specific questions. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Conversation Transcript](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_get_conversation_transcript.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Gets a transcript for a voice or video call. This can be used to automate updates to records based on conversation data. - [Search Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_search_conversations.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Searches voice and video call transcripts for specific topics or keywords. New Subagent: [Provider Network Search and Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_health_engmt_subagent_prvd_directory.htm&language=en_US) Use Agentforce to help patients and members get information related to their in-network providers. The Provider Network Search and Queries subagent answers provider network and discovery questions using FHIR-aligned, CMS-compliant APIs and delivers accurate, conversational, and interoperable experiences across portals and contact centers. This topic includes this new action. - [Generate Provider Directory Search Payload](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_hc_gen_prvd_srch_payload.htm&language=en_US): The Generate Provider Directory Search Payload action generates the payload for searching the provider directory based on the user's utterance. It summarizes the JSON generated by the Generate Provider Directory Search Payload prompt template. New Subagent: [Member Data Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_health_engmt_subagent_member_data_queries.htm&language=en_US) Use Agentforce to help patients and members get information related to their coverage and health history. The Member Data Queries subagent answers member data questions using PDex FHIR-aligned, CMS-compliant APIs to deliver accurate, conversational, and interoperable experiences across portals. This topic includes this new action. - [Generate Member Search Payload](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_hc_gen_member_srch_payload.htm&language=en_US): The Generate Member Search Payload action generates the payload for searching the member details based on the user's utterance. It summarizes the JSON generated by the Generate Member Search Payload prompt template. New Subagent: [Participant Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.prog_case_mgmt_prog_mgmt_participant_management_agent.htm&language=en_US) Review a participant's history and program involvement in seconds by using the Participant Summary subagent of the Participant Management agent. The subagent analyzes recent interaction notes, benefit disbursements, upcoming tasks, and related records to provide a consolidated view of a client's progress. Use these insights to foster more empathetic conversations and focus your time on the participant's immediate needs rather than manual research. This subagent includes this new action: - [Prepare Participant Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_prog_case_mgmt_prepare_participant_summary.htm&language=en_US): Assist staff working with program participants by generating an overall summary for a participant, including related records, or by providing summaries of related records. # New and Changed Standard Agent Actions and Subagents Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and subagents. Availability of standard agent actions, subagents, and related prompt templates or flows can vary by edition and license. ## October ’26 New Subagent Action: [Get Recommended Email Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_get_recommended_dm_email_templates.htm&language=en_US) Recommends approved email templates—ranked by relevance—for a lead, contact, or person account based on their engagement history. New Subagent: [Hierarchy Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_agent_subagent_hierarchy_definitions.htm&language=en_US) Look up your marketing planning hierarchy to select the right group and level for your marketing program. New Subagent: [Program Hierarchy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_agent_subagent_program_hierarchy.htm&language=en_US) Build hierarchical marketing programs that cascade from company strategy down through various planning levels. New Subagent: [Goal Hierarchy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_agent_subagent_goal_hierarchy.htm&language=en_US) Create financial and non-financial goals for marketing programs to track metrics such as pipeline, leads, and clicks. Removed Agent Template: The Experience Builder Agent (Beta) is no longer available to create agents. The associated subagents, Experience Builder: Content Creation and Experience Builder: Fallback Subagent, have been removed from the asset library. If you created an Experience Builder Agent during the beta, you can no longer use it. See [Experience Builder Agent (Beta) Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_eb_agent_beta_discontinued.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Experience Builder Agent, previously announced as a beta feature for enhanced LWR sites, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. If you created an Experience Builder Agent during the beta, you can no longer use it. If you didn’t turn on this feature during the beta, you can no longer enable it.") ## September ’26 New Agent: [Approval Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_agent_approval_agent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) The Approval Agent helps sales reps and reviewers manage approval workflows with the ability to submit and recall approvals, track pending requests, manage records, retrieve work items, and generate AI-assisted summaries and comments to accelerate approval decisions. New Subagent: [Approval Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rev_agent_topic_approval_management.htm&language=en_US) The Approval Management subagent helps sales reps and reviewers to manage approval work items and submissions by summarizing, approving, rejecting, or recalling requests, with optional comments. This topic includes this new actions. - [Recall Approval Submission](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_recall_approval_submission.htm&language=en_US): The Recall Approval Submission recalls a submitted approval request before a final decision. It cancels in-progress approvals that are no longer needed or were submitted in error, with optional recall comments and a success indicator confirming completion. New Subagent: [Search Approval Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rev_agent_topic_search_approval_records.htm&language=en_US) The Search Approval Records subagent helps sales reps and reviewers filter and list approval work item or approval submission records based on related record type, date ranges, status, and assignee context. New Subagent: [Summarize Multiple Approval Work Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rev_agent_topic_summarize_multiple_approval_work_items.htm&language=en_US) The Summarize Multiple Approval Work Items subagent helps sales reps and reviewers filter Approval Work Item records and summarize them in aggregate, providing per-record details so reviewers can quickly understand the context of each approval. # New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and topics. Availability of standard agent topics, actions, and related prompt templates or flows can vary by edition and license. ## March ‘26 Updated Availability: Scheduling Agent The Scheduling Agent is now available in Agentforce Studio for both inbound and outbound conversations. However, we still recommend building new agents in the legacy Agentforce Builder until further notice. ## February ‘26 New Topic: [Marketing Cloud: Campaign Preview Refinement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_campaigns_agent.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Helps marketers refine their campaign preview, which is part of the brief. They can refine structure and message content before saving the campaign. This topic includes one new action. - [Refine Campaign Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_refine_campaign_preview.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Refines and replaces the campaign preview steps for a specific brief based on user input. Updated Topic: Marketing Cloud: Campaign Planning Helps marketers create, generate, and save marketing briefs, campaign previews, and campaigns as well as analyze campaigns. It supports multi-channel campaigns, including email and SMS. This topic includes updates to four actions. - [Draft a Campaign Brief](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_draft_a_campaign_brief.htm&type=5&language=en_US): A follow up action has been added for the user to create the brief. A user can also create a brief from a file in Salesforce Files. - [Save Campaign Brief](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_save_campaign_brief.htm&type=5&language=en_US): A follow up action has been added for the user to generate the campaign. - [Draft a Campaign Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_create_a_campaign_from_brief.htm&type=5&language=en_US): To support the campaign preview that is generated as part of the brief, this action now creates a series of campaign messages, or steps, such as email or SMS. This action’s name was updated from “Create a Campaign from a Brief” to “Draft a Campaign Preview.” - [Save Campaign](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_save_campaign.htm&type=5&language=en_US): This action now uses the brief record ID to create draft campaign components. This topic includes two new actions. - [Identify Business Unit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_identify_business_unit.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Finds and returns a list of Marketing Cloud business units (BUs) for the current user. This action permits the user to select a BU for the session such that subsequent marketing actions maintain proper access to data spaces and content workspaces. - [Generate Campaign Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_generate_campaign_insights.htm&type=5&language=en_US): Generates insights based on engagement and performance data of a specific marketing campaign. ## January '26 Updated Topic: Appointment Management for Field Service This topic is included in the Scheduling template and the Agentforce Service Agent template. To enable sending a confirmation email to customers for their requests to cancel, book, or reschedule an appointment, two new subflows were added to the Field Service: Cancel Appointment and Field Service: Schedule Appointment flows. - Field Service: Send Confirmation to Customer - Field Service: Format Service Appointment Time for Display To make sure that Agentforce verifies that an appointment is eligible for scheduling changes, these actions were updated. - [Cancel Appointment for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_cancel_appointment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Get Appointment Time Slots for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_get_appointment_time_slots.htm&type=5]&language=en_US) - [Schedule Appointment for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_schedule_appointment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Update Appointment Times for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_update_appointment_times.htm&type=5&language=en_US) To make sure that the agent can resolve relative date expressions, such as ‘today’ and 'tomorrow', a new action was added to the topic. - [Get Current Time for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fieldservice_get_current_time.htm&type=5&language=en_US) New Topic: ESG Data Collection Engage with multiple stakeholders and collect environmental, social, and governance (ESG) information. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Vehicle Asset Emission Source Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_nzc_get_vehicle_asset_emission_source_data.htm&language=en_US): Answers questions related to the company's ESG data by retrieving data from vehicle assets and returns a list of vehicleAssetEmssnSrcData objects. - [Get Sustainability Stakeholder Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_nzc_get_sustainability_stakeholder_data.htm&language=en_US): Answers questions related to the stakeholders in the company's ESG data by retrieving stakeholder data related to the stakeholder’s role for the reference object associated with this stakeholder. - [Manage Sustainability Task Group](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_nzc_get_manage_sustainability_task_group.htm&language=en_US): Manages a sustainability task group by sending follow-up emails to stakeholders with incomplete tasks in an existing sustainability task group. - [Get Sustainability Task Group Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_nzc_get_sustainability_task_group_data.htm&language=en_US): Answers questions related to the task groups in the company's ESG data. - [Create Sustainability Task Group](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_nzc_create_sustainability_task_group.htm&language=en_US): Creates a sustainability task group by notifying sustainability stakeholders about ESG data collection activities. New Topic: FinServ Package Wealth Advisor Client Meeting Preparation (Managed Package) Help wealth advisors gather, review, and organize client details to prepare for a client meeting. This topic includes these new actions. - [FinServ Package Summarize Financial Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_summarize_financial_details.htm&language=en_US): The Summarize Financial Details action provides wealth advisors with a real-time summary of a household and person account’s financial profile within Salesforce Financial Services Cloud. - [FinServ Package Summarize Financial Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_summarize_goals.htm&language=en_US): The Summarize Financial Goals action finds and retrieves financial goals records based on user input. This action provides a real-time summary of a household and person account’s financial goals within Salesforce Financial Services Cloud. - [FinServ Package Summarize Portfolio Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_summarize_portfolio.htm&language=en_US): Provide wealth advisors with real-time summary of an account’s financial profile within Salesforce Financial Services Cloud. New Topic: FinServ Package Wealth Advisor Client Post Meeting Follow Up (Managed Package) Help wealth advisors manage post meeting tasks by creating financial goals, and life events. Structure and organize meeting notes. This topic includes these new actions. - [FinServ Package Create Financial Goal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_create_goal.htm&language=en_US): Collect the account ID, status, type, target value, target date and name. Create a financial goal for the account. - [FinServ Package Create Life Event](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_create_life_event.htm&language=en_US): Collect the account ID, name, date and type. Create a life event related to the account. - [FinServ Package Extract Financial Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_extract_goal.htm&language=en_US): Extract financial goals from meeting notes. Identify financial goals, types, statuses, target values, and target dates for wealth management advisors. - [FinServ Package Extract Life Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_extract_life_events.htm&language=en_US): Extract life events from meeting notes. Identify life events, types, and dates for wealth management advisors. - [FinServ Package Structure Financial Advisor Meeting Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fsc_finserv_package_structure_meeting_notes.htm&language=en_US): Structure and organize meeting notes. Identify the key client details, needs, concerns, and next steps for a follow-up meeting. New Topic: [Manage Gift Commitments (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_improve_the_donor_experience_with_an_agent.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give your donors the power to instantly manage their own recurring gifts by using an Experience Cloud site. The Donor Support Agent (beta) helps donors to handle common requests like changing a recurring gift’s amount and frequency. Free up your staff’s time to focus on building relationships while providing donors with the fast, modern experience that they expect.") Fulfill donor requests to modify, pause, resume, or close their existing gift commitments or recurring donations. This topic includes these new actions. - [Agent Action: Close Gift Commitment](https:///s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fundraising_close_gift_commitmenhelp.salesforce.comt.htm): Close a gift commitment by updating the status of all unpaid and failed transactions to Closed. - [Agent Action: Manage Recurring Gift Commitment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_fundraising_manage_recurring_gift_commitment.htm&language=en_US): Pause, resumes or update the amount on a recurring gift commitment. New Action: [Match Volunteers to Shifts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_volunteer_mgmt_match_volunteers_to_shifts.htm&language=en_US) The Match Volunteers to Shifts action finds suitable volunteers to fill open shifts based on the time, location, and qualification requirements. The output of this action can be compiled into a list of potential volunteers to be contacted to sign up for the open shift. New Topic: [Account Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_admin_agentforce_topic_account_performance.htm&language=en_US) Summarize an account's financial health, retrieve total revenue, analyze performance metrics, and identify top-selling and bottom-selling products within a specified time period. Help users quickly understand sales trends and financial metrics of an account. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Retail Execution Account Performance Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_account_performance.htm&language=en_US): Calculates total revenue, minimum and maximum order values, and identifies top N% and bottom N% selling products based on order quantities. - [Get Retail Execution Orders By Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_orders_by_account.htm&language=en_US): Gets order information, including order header details and corresponding detailed order item data for each order of the account. New Topic: [Account Compliance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_admin_agentforce_topic_account_compliance.htm&language=en_US) Analyze store compliance by using past visits, audits, and customer tasks to identify ongoing retail execution issues and gaps. Help users track consistency and adherence to promotional, shelf, and display standards. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Retail Execution Visits By Account:](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_visits_by_account.htm&language=en_US) Get
 completed visits for the account based on the preconfigured visit types in Retail
 Execution. - [Get Retail Execution Customer Tasks By Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_customer_task_by_account.htm&language=en_US): Get customer tasks that are ready or released for an account optionally within a date
range. New Topic: [Last Visit Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_admin_agentforce_topic_last_visit.htm&language=en_US) Get a summary of the most recent store visit, including key activities, compliance outcomes, overdue tasks, and associated order data. Help users streamline visit closure and follow-up activities by providing a snapshot of the most recent account interaction. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Retail Execution Customer Tasks By Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_customer_task_by_account.htm&language=en_US): Get customer tasks that are ready or released for an account optionally within a date
 range. - [Get Retail Execution Visits By Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_visits_by_account.htm&language=en_US): Get
completed visits for the account based on the preconfigured visit types in Retail
 Execution. - [Get Retail Execution Orders By Visit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_orders_by_visit.htm&language=en_US): Get order
information, including order header details and corresponding detailed line-item (order
item) data for each order of the visit. New Topic: [Product Upsell](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_admin_agentforce_topic_product_upsell.htm&language=en_US) Summarize product recommendations, personalized sales pitches, and out-of-stock (OOS) analysis based on account history and visit notes. Help users identify growth opportunities and customize their product pitch while in the store. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Retail Execution Visits By Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_visits_by_account.htm&language=en_US): Get
 completed visits for the account based on the preconfigured visit types in Retail
 Execution. - [Get Retail Execution Orders By Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_cg_get_orders_by_account.htm&language=en_US): Gets order information, including order header details and corresponding detailed order item data for each order of the account. New Topic: B2C Commerce Coupon Management Help shoppers manually apply coupons to the cart and clearly display complex discounts. This topic uses the existing [Get B2C User Access Token](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_b2c_get_user_access_token.htm&language=en_US) action and a new action. - [Configure Your Agent to Apply Coupon to B2C Cart](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=cc.b2c_shopping_agent_apply_coupon_to_b2c_cart.htm): Applies the specified coupon code to the B2C Commerce cart to calculate the discount. New Action: [Get Rule-Based Product Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_rule_based_product_recommendations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) The Get Rule-Based Product Recommendations agent action returns recommended products for a quote based on configuration rules in Product Catalog Management (PCM). The action evaluates the products already added to a quote, applies relevant recommendation rules, and returns a list of up to five recommended product IDs and names that can be used in Product Selection workflows in Agentforce. New Topic: [Billing Inquiries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_agent_topic_billing_inquiries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) Use Agentforce to help internal teams quickly access and understand key billing information. The Billing Inquiries topic responds to questions about account balances, payment plans, upcoming payment dates, invoice details, and downloadable invoice documents. Users can ask about an account or a specific invoice, and the agent automatically identifies the right billing flow to run. The topic consolidates information from Agentforce Revenue Management Billing so teams can resolve billing questions efficiently and confidently. This topic includes these new actions. - [Get Account Balance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_account_balance.htm&type=5&language=en_US): The Get Account Balance agent action retrieves a customer’s billing balance for a specific account. It summarizes posted invoices, credits, debits, payments, and refunds to provide a clear view of the net amount due. This action supports quick, conversational inquiries about what a customer currently owes. - [Get Next Due Payment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_next_due_payment.htm&type=5&language=en_US): The Get Next Due Payment agent action identifies the next upcoming payment for an account. It returns the earliest due date and the total amount due on that date. This action helps teams answer questions about what customers need to pay next. - [Get Payment Plan Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_payment_plan_details.htm&type=5&language=en_US): The Get Payment Plan Details agent action returns the payment installment schedule for an invoice. It lists each payment amount, date, and status so teams can explain how an invoice will be paid over time. - [Get Latest Invoice and Document PDF](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_revenue_get_latest_invoice_and_document_pdf.htm&type=5&language=en_US): The Get Latest Invoice and Document PDF agent action retrieves the most recent posted invoice for an account and provides access to its document. This includes a link to download the invoice PDF when available. The action supports common requests such as viewing the latest bill or accessing the corresponding document. # New and Changed Standard Platform Events Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events. ## Commerce Be notified when a shopper abandons their shopping cart Subscribe to WebCartAbandonedEvent to receive notifications related to abandoned carts. ## Industries Be notified when the process to create a cart from an order is complete Subscribe to CartToOrderCompletedEvent to receive notifications when a process started by the /actions/standard/createOrderFromCart REST request is complete. # New and Changed Standard Platform Events Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events. ## Commerce Be notified when a shopper abandons their shopping cart Subscribe to WebCartAbandonedEvent to receive notifications related to abandoned carts. ## Development Migrate your standard volume platform events to high volume platform events Standard volume platform events are not supported starting in Winter '27. Migrate them to high volume platform events so you can continue using them. ## Sales Track when a lead books a meeting via a web agent or other service channel To receive notifications related to meetings booked via web agents and service channels, subscribe to SalesMeetingBookedEvent. This object is available in API version 65.0 and later. # New and Changed Standard Platform Events Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events. ## Commerce Be notified when a shopper abandons their shopping cart Subscribe to WebCartAbandonedEvent to receive notifications related to abandoned carts. ## Industries Be notified when the process to create detailed event records for object milestones is complete Subscribe to ObjectMilestoneCreatedEvent to receive notifications when an object milestone is created. Be notified when the process to create event records for object milestones is complete Subscribe to ObjectMilestoneCreatedDtlEvent to receive notifications when an object milestone is created. ## Security, Identity, and Privacy Be notified when an irregular query is made to your org, such as querying from a new network, location, or browser. Subscribe to UniveralAnomalyEvent to receive notifications when query anomalies are detected. ## Service Be notified when quality evaluations occur across voice, messaging, and cases Subscribe to AgentQltyEvalEvent to receive notifications when agent interactions are evaluated. # New and Changed Standard Platform Events in Energy & Utilities Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events in Energy & Utilities. Be notified when the process to create detailed event records for object milestones is complete Subscribe to ObjectMilestoneCreatedEvent to receive notifications when an object milestone is created. Be notified when the process to create event records for object milestones is complete Subscribe to ObjectMilestoneCreatedDtlEvent to receive notifications when an object milestone is created. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _Platform Event Objects_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.eu_developer_guide.meta/eu_developer_guide/energy_platform_event.htm) # New and Updated Connect REST APIs for Promotions (Beta) Simplify the sales workflow by verifying and applying discounts accurately by using details of eligible promotions. Retrieve eligible promotions for specific line items within a quote or an order Make a POST request to the `/revenue/transaction-management/sales-transactions/actions/get-eligible-promotions` resource. New request body: Get Promotions Info Input New response body: Eligible Promotions List ## Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies The request bodies of Categories List, Category Details, Guided Selection, Products List, and Global Search APIs of Product Discovery have changes to use applicable promotions. Category Details Input, Category List Input, Guided Selection Input, Product List Input, and Products Search Input These request bodies have this new property. - `usePromotions`—Indicates whether to fetch eligible promotions from Global Promotion Management (GPM) for the requested category and its products. ## Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies The response bodies of Categories List, Category Details, Guided Selection, Products List, and Global Search APIs of Product Discovery have changes to fetch applicable promotions. CPQ Base List, CPQ Base Details, and Guided Selection These response bodies have this new property. - `eligiblePromotions`—Specifies the details of applicable promotions for the requested category and its products. This property is visible within the `result` property node. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Get Eligible Promotions (POST)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/connect_resources_get_eligible_promotions.htm) - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Product Discovery Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/product_discovery_business_apis.htm) # New and Updated Objects in Grantmaking Do more with the new and updated Grantmaking objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note If you're an existing customer and you don't see the new or changed fields, then ask your Salesforce admin to add the fields in the page layout of the respective objects. Set and store the details of an application form evaluation Use the new ApplicationFormEvaluation object. Set and store the details of an application form evaluation section Use the new ApplicationFormEvalSection object. Store pertinent information and associations for the application Use the new Title, Purpose, RequestedAmount, ApplicationStatus, ReferenceRecord, Contact, Budget, and UsageType fields on the ApplicationForm object. Identify the application form that relates to the funding award Use the new ApplicationForm field on the FundingAward object. # New and Updated Objects in Program and Case Management Do more with the new and updated Program and Case Management objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note If you’re an existing customer and you don’t see the new or changed fields, then ask your Salesforce admin to add the fields in the page layout of the respective objects. Log the criteria that defines a participant’s enrollment eligibility for one or more programs Use the new EnrollmentEligibilityCriteria object. Set eligibility criteria and recommendations for a program Use the new ProgramRecommendationRule object. Set eligibility criteria by using expression sets that relate directly to the program Use the new ProgramEnrlEligibilityCrit object. Note the date when the enrollee’s program eligibility status was last verified Use the new EligibilityLastVerifiedDate field on the ProgramEnrollment object. Create a hierarchy of action plan templates to use when applying for multiple programs at once Use the new ParentTemplate field on the ActionPlanTemplate object. # New and Updated Security Alerts for OAuth Flows To discourage users from connecting unfamiliar third-party apps to Salesforce, we added security alerts for OAuth flows. These security alerts appear when a user connects a device to Salesforce via the OAuth 2.0 device flow. We also updated the security alert on the page where users authorize access to their data via OAuth 2.0 flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions. **How:** During the device flow, users are prompted to enter a code from the device or app that they're connecting. We added a security alert to the page where users enter their code (1), to the page that indicates a successful connection (2), and to the page that indicates a denied connection (3). ![Device flow "Enter Code" page with new security alert](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/authorization_warnings.png) We also updated the security alert on the page where users authorize an app to access their data via an OAuth flow. ![Security alert on the OAuth approval page where users authorize an app to access their data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/allow_access.png) If your external client app or connected app doesn't have a logo, Salesforce uses this default logo for the graphics above the warnings: ![Default app icon for OAuth pages](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/default_app_icon.png). To brand these graphics, update the Logo Image URL in your app settings. # New Apex Namespace in Manufacturing Learn more about the new Apex namespace available in Manufacturing. ## ind\_mfg\_sample\_mgmt\_apex Namespace The ind\_mfg\_sample\_mgmt\_apex namespace provides classes to create, update, or version product requirement specification records to ensure that sample data remains consistent and compliant with production standards. Standardize and automate product requirement management Use the new `ProductRequirementSpecification` class properties. Define and track individual requirement statements, acceptance criteria, and verification details Use the new `ProductRequirementSpecificationItem` class properties. Manage successive versions of product requirement specifications Use the new `ProductRequirementSpecificationVersion` class properties. # New APIs in Agentforce Public Sector Do more with the new API in Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects. Support for Regulatory Transaction Fee (RTF) Adjustments and Refunds The Recompute API is used when fees are recomputed, disputed, or cancelled. The adjustments to the existing Regulatory Transaction Fees (RTFs) can be positive or negative. For fee corrections, it automatically creates a new RTF against the original RTF and a corresponding new invoice for the adjusted amount. The original RTF is always set as the parent of the new RTF record. There are two types of adjustments: - Positive adjustments: Creates a new RTF and a new invoice for the additional fee. - Negative adjustments: Creates a new negative RTF and a new invoice, automatically generates a credit memo against the original invoice, adjusts payments, and processes a refund. # New Branded Trialforce Login Pages Aren’t Supported on Cloudforce.com You can no longer create branded login pages that end in .cloudforce.com for your AgentExchange solution’s Trialforce Source Org (TSO). Branded login pages created before Summer ’26 on that host name remain active. There’s no set date for the full retirement of the .cloudforce.com host name, so check future release notes for updates about those pages. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic in Developer Edition. # New CLI Commands That Support Vibe Coding When you vibe code apps and agents with Agentforce Vibes, it completes some of its tasks with Salesforce CLI commands. You can also run these commands yourself at the terminal or command prompt. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce CLI version 2.124.7 and later. **How:** Read the [Salesforce CLI weekly release notes](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md#salesforce-cli-release-notes) or the [Salesforce CLI Command Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_cli_reference.meta/sfdx_cli_reference/cli_reference_top.htm) for detailed information about these new commands. ## New Commands These new CLI commands generate artifacts such as a UI bundle or FlexiPage. - `template generate digital-experience site` (Developer Preview): Generate an Experience Cloud site. - `template generate flexipage` (Beta): Generate a FlexiPage, also known as a Lightning page. - `template generate ui-bundle`: Generate a UI bundle, which contains the code and metadata to build a UI experience that uses non-native Salesforce frameworks, such as React. - `ui-bundle dev`: Preview a UI bundle locally and in real-time, without deploying it to your org. Here are some examples. Generate a React-based UI bundle called `MyReactApp` in the `force-app/main/default/uiBundles` directory. ``` sf template generate ui-bundle --name MyReactApp --template reactbasic --output-dir force-app/main/default/uiBundles ``` Start a local development server at the specified URL to preview the UI bundle called `myBundle`. ``` sf ui-bundle dev --target-org myorg ``` Generate a `RecordPage` FlexiPage for the Account object in the `force-app/main/default/flexipages` directory. ``` sf template generate flexipage --name Account_Record_Page --template RecordPage --sobject Account --output-dir force-app/main/default/flexipages ``` ## New Flags for the `template generate project` Command The `template generate project` command has new flags to support vibe coding apps. - `--template reactinternalapp` or `--template reactexternalapp`: Template to use for React-based internal or external app project creation. - `--template agent`: Template to use for agent project creation. - `--lwc-language typescript`: Set the language of the Lightning Web Components to TypeScript. If not specified, the default is JavaScript. Here are some examples. Generate a React-based DX project that contains scaffolding for external UI bundle use cases. ``` sf template generate project --name myreactproject --template reactexternalapp ``` Generate a standard DX project in which the Lightning Web Components use TypeScript rather than the default JavaScript: ``` sf template generate project --name mywork --lwc-language typescript ``` # New Configurable Settings Added to Health Check Health Check now provides deeper insight by tracking seven new configurable security settings, including MFA status, SAML enablement, and session management controls. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature set is scheduled for a staggered roll out beginning in March. **Why:** This change significantly improves visibility and control over an organization's security posture. **How:** From Setup, enter Health Check in the Quick Find box, then select Health Check. # New Connect in Apex Class in Benefit Management This Connect in Apex class is new. ## Benefit Management These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityConnect` class. Create, update, or read benefit application data Use the `manageApplicationData(integratedEligibilityApplicationDataInputRepresentation)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityApplicationDataInputRepresentation` New output class: `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityApplicationDataOutputRepresentation` Evaluate eligible benefits Use the `evaluateBenefits(integratedEligibilityBenefitsInputRepresentation)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityBenefitsInputRepresentation` New output class: `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityBenefitsOutputRepresentation` Calculate benefit amounts Use the `calculateBenefitAmounts(integratedEligibilityBenefitAmountsInputRepresentation)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityBenefitAmountsInputRepresentation` New output class: `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityBenefitAmountsOutputRepresentation` # New Connect in Apex Classes These classes are new. ## Commerce These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.OrderSummary` class. Get a wrapped list of sequenced amounts for order payment summaries Use the `getSequenceOrderPaymentSummaryInputList(List sequences)` method. Get a sequenced list of amounts to apply to an order payment summary Use the `getSequenceOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation(orderPaymentSummaryId, amount)` method. ## Data 360 These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.CdpActivationExternalPlatform` class. Get a list of activation external platforms - Use the `getActivationExternalPlatforms()` method. - Use the `getActivationExternalPlatforms(limit, offset, orderBy)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.ActivationExternalPlatformCollection` These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.CdpQuery` class. Get a list of metadata entities - Use the `getMetadataEntities()` method. - Use the `getMetadataEntities(entityCategory, entityType)` method. - Use the `getMetadataEntities(entityCategory, entityType, dataspace)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.CdpQueryMetadataEntitiesOutput` ## Named Credentials These methods are in the `ConnectApi.NamedCredentials` class. Remove an external auth identity provider Use the `deleteExternalAuthIdentityProvider(developerName)` method. Remove an external credential Use the `deleteExternalCredential(developerName)` method. Remove a named credential Use the `deleteNamedCredential(developerName)` method. Update an external auth identity provider Use the `updateExternalAuthIdentityProvider(developerName, requestBody)` method. Update an external credential Use the `updateExternalCredential(developerName, requestBody)` method. Update a named credential Use the `updateNamedCredential(developerName, requestBody)` method. ## Orchestration This new method is in the `ConnectApi.Orchestration` class. Get orchestration instances associated with another orchestration Use the `getOrchestrationInstanceCollection(relatedRecordId, relatedOrchestrationId)` method. ## Records This new method is in the new `ConnectApi.RecordUi` class. Get the values for all the picklist fields of a specific record type Use the `getPicklistValuesByRecordType(objectApiName, recordTypeId)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.PicklistValuesCollection` This method is useful for getting dependent picklist values. For example, if an object has a tree of dependent picklists, such as `Continents__c`, `Countries__c`, `Cities__c`, use this method to get all the values for each picklist in one request. ## Salesforce CMS These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.ManagedContent` class. Get digital asset management (DAM) providers for a managed content space Use the `getManagedContentProvidersForSpace(contentSpaceId)` method. Update a digital asset management (DAM) provider instance Use the `updateManagedContentProviderInstance(providerInstanceId, providerInstanceInput)` method. ## Salesforce Flow This new method is in the new `ConnectApi.FlowApprovalProcesses` class. Get the status and available actions for flow approval processes Use the `getFlowApprovalProcessWithStatus(relatedRecordId, processNames)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.FlowApprovalProcessCollection` # New Connect in Apex Classes Use the new methods to manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and billing schedules. ## Insurance Brokerage These new methods are available in the existing `ConnectApi.InsuranceBrokerageFamily` class. Create billing schedules from an insurance transaction `createBillingSchedulesFromTransaction(InsuranceTransactionBillingInput)` New input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceTransactionBillingInputRepresentation` New output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceTransactionBillingOutputRepresentation` ## Insurance Claims Management These new methods are available in the existing `ConnectApi.InsuranceClaimFamily` class. Modify an existing claim coverage payment detail record `EditClaimCoveragePaymentDetail(EditClaimCoveragePaymentDetailInput, claimId, coverageId, paymentDetailId)` New input class: `ConnectApi.EditClaimCvrPaymentDetailInputRep` New output class: `ConnectApi.EditClaimCoveragePaymentDetailRep` Pay an ex gratia amount for a claim coverage payment detail record `PayExGratiaClaimCvrPaymentDetail(claimId, coverageId, paymentDetailId, PayExGratiaClaimCvrPaymentDetailInput)` New input class: `ConnectApi.PayExGratiaClaimCvrPaymentDetailInputRep` New output class: `ConnectApi.PayExGratiaClaimCvrPaymentDetailRep` Recalculate adjustments for an existing payment detail record `RecalculateAdjustments(claimId, coverageId, RecalculateAdjustmentsInput)` New input class: `ConnectApi.RecalculateAdjustmentsInputRep` ## Insurance Policy Administration These new methods are available in the existing `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyAdminFamily` class. Create a multi-root insurance policy asynchronously `MultiRootIssuePolicy(IssuePolicyInput)` New output class: `ConnectApi.PolicyAsyncRepresentation` Endorse a multi-root insurance policy asynchronously `MultiRootEndorsePolicy(EndorsePolicyInput, policyId)` New output class: `ConnectApi.PolicyAsyncRepresentation` Renew a multi-root insurance policy asynchronously `MultiRootRenewPolicy(RenewPolicyInput, policyId)` New output class: `ConnectApi.PolicyAsyncRepresentation` #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: InsuranceBrokerageFamily Methods](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_ConnectAPI_InsuranceBrokerageFamily_methods.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: InsuranceClaimFamily Methods](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_ConnectAPI_InsuranceClaimFamily_methods.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: InsurancePolicyAdminFamily Methods](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_ConnectAPI_InsurancePolicyAdminFamily_methods.htm) # New Connect in Apex Classes These classes are new. ## Commerce These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.CommerceCart` class. Create a cart from an approved quote or duplicate a draft quote Use the `createCartFromQuote(webstoreId, quoteId, cartFromQuoteInput)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.CartFromQuoteInput` New output class: `ConnectApi.CartFromQuoteOutput` Create a quote from an active cart Use the `createQuoteFromCart(webstoreId, activeCartOrId, createQuoteFromCartInput)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.CreateQuoteFromCartInput` New output class: `ConnectApi.CreateQuoteFromCartOutput` These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.CommerceQuotes` class. Create a quote from a product Use the `createQuoteFromProduct(webstoreId, productId, createQuoteFromProductInput)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.CreateQuoteFromProductInput` New output class: `ConnectApi.CreateQuoteFromProductOutput` Initiate a quote renegotiation or decline a quote Use the `updateQuote(webstoreId, quoteId, updateQuoteInput)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.updateQuoteInput` New output class: `ConnectApi.UpdateQuoteOutput` Get quote details for a user account Use the `getQuoteDetail(webstoreId, quoteId, effectiveAccountId, fields)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.CommerceQuoteDetail` Get all quotes for an account Use the `getQuotes(webstoreId, effectiveAccountId, fields, sortParam, pageSize, pageToken, earliestDate, latestDate)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.CommerceQuoteCollection` # New Connect in Apex Classes These classes are new. ## Salesforce CMS These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.ManagedContent` class. Asynchronously bulk delete managed content folders and items for a managed content space. Use the `deleteContents(contentSpaceId, ManagedContentItemsDeleteInputParam)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentItemsDeleteInput` New output class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentItemsDeleteOutput` Expose managed content as metadata Use the `exposeContentsAsMetadata(input)` method. New input class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentMetadataCollectionInput` New output class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentMetadataCollection` Get a single managed content item for a managed content space Use the `getManagedContentSingleItemContent(contentSpaceId, contentTypeFQN)` method. Get information about a managed content import or export job Use the `getContentJob(jobId)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentJob` These new methods are in the `ConnectApi.ManagedContentDelivery` class. Get a managed content rendition for a channel Use the `getManagedContentRenditionForChannel(channelId, contentKeyOrId, renditionType)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryRendition` Get a managed content rendition in a specified language for a channel Use the `getManagedContentRenditionForChannel(channelId, contentKeyOrId, renditionType, language)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryRendition` This new method is in the `ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpaces` class. Delete a managed content space Use the `deleteManagedContentSpace(contentSpaceId)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpaceDeleteRepresentation` # New Connect in Apex Methods in Brokerage Manage insurance policies at scale by endorsing, creating draft endorsements, issuing, canceling, and reinstating policies individually or in bulk using Connect in Apex methods. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes. These new methods are added to the existing `ConnectApi.InsuranceBrokerageFamily` class. Endorse multiple insurance policies in bulk Use the `bulkEndorseInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyBulkInput)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkOutputRepresentation` Endorse draft versions of multiple insurance policies in bulk Use the `bulkEndorseDraftInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyBulkFieldMapInput)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkFieldMapInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkOutputRepresentation` Issue multiple insurance policies in bulk Use the `bulkIssueInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyBulkInput)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkOutputRepresentation` Reinstate multiple insurance policies in bulk Use the `bulkReinstateInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyBulkFieldMapInput)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkFieldMapInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyBulkOutputRepresentation` Cancel a specific insurance policy Use the `cancelInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyCancelInput, policyId)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyCancellationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyCancellationRepresentation` Endorse a specific insurance policy Use the `endorseInsurancePolicy(policyId)` method. Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyIssueOutputRepresentation` Create an endorsement draft for a specific insurance policy Use the `endorseDraftInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyDraftProcessInput, policyId)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyDraftInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyDraftOutputRepresentation` Issue a specific insurance policy Use the `issueInsurancePolicy(policyId)` method. Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyIssueOutputRepresentation` Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy Use the `previewPolicyPremium(premiumPreviewInput, policyId)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.PremiumPreviewInputRep` Output class: `ConnectApi.PremiumPreviewRepresentation` Reinstate a canceled insurance policy Use the `reinstateInsurancePolicy(insurancePolicyReinstatementInput, policyId)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyReinstatementInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsurancePolicyReinstatementRepresentation` # New Connect in Apex Methods in Group Benefits Use these new Connect in Apex methods to clone and map group census data, issue, endorse, and renew contracts from quotes, and generate or refresh census members. These new methods are added to the existing `ConnectApi.InsuranceGroupBenefitsFamily` class. Add group census members and their insurance plans to a group census in a single request Use the `addMembersWithPlans(membersWithPlansInputRepresentation, censusId)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.MembersWithPlansInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.MembersWithPlansRepresentation` Clone a group census and its member and plan hierarchy Use the `deepCloneGroupCensus(groupCensusDeepCloneInputRepresentation, censusId)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.GroupCensusDeepCloneInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.GroupCensusDeepCloneRepresentation` Map group census fields to quote or contract records Use the `mapCensusFields(censusId, groupCensusFieldMappingInputRepresentation)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.GroupCensusFieldMappingInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.GroupCensusFieldMappingRepresentation` Apply mid-term contract adjustments to eligible member policies Use the `postInsuranceGroupEndorsement(censusId, insuranceGroupEndorsementInputRepresentation)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGroupEndorsementInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGroupEndorsementRepresentation` Renew insurance policies of group census members for a contract renewal Use the `postInsuranceGroupRenewal(censusId, insuranceGroupRenewalInputRepresentation)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGroupRenewalInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGroupRenewalRepresentation` Issue a group benefits contract from a quote Use the `postInsuranceIssueContract(issueContractInputParam)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceIssueContractInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceIssueContractRepresentation` Create an endorsed contract version from a quote Use the `postInsuranceContractEndorse(contractEndorseInputParam)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceContractEndorseInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceContractEndorseRepresentation` Create a renewed-term contract from a quote Use the `postInsuranceContractRenewal(contractRenewalInputParam)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceContractRenewalInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceContractRenewalRepresentation` Generate a group census from the policies on a contract Use the `postInsuranceCreateCensus(createCensusInputParam, contractId)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGenerateCensusInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGenerateCensusRepresentation` Update a group census from policy enrollments and endorsements on a contract Use the `patchInsuranceUpdateCensus(updateCensusInputParam, contractId)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceRefreshCensusInputRepresentation` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceRefreshCensusRepresentation` Generate or update group census members from policy information on a contract Use the `postInsuranceGenerateRefreshCensusMembers(generateRefreshCensusMembersInputParam, contractId)` method. New Input class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGenerateRefreshCensusMembersInputRep` New Output class: `ConnectApi.InsuranceGenerateRefreshCensusMembersRep` # New Connect in Apex Methods in Insurance Claims Management Check whether the current user has sufficient financial authority to approve a claim coverage payment detail, and create or update a claim reserve limit, by using Connect in Apex methods. These methods are added to the existing `ConnectApi.InsuranceClaimFamily` class. Check whether the current user has sufficient financial authority to approve a claim coverage payment detail Use the `CheckFinancialAuthority(paymentDetailId)` method. New output class: `ConnectApi.CheckFinancialAuthorityRep` #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: CheckFinancialAuthority](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_ConnectAPI_InsuranceClaimFamily_CheckFinancialAuthority.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: ConnectApi.CheckFinancialAuthorityRep](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_connectapi_output_check_financial_authority_rep.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: CreateClaimFinclReserveLimit](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_ConnectAPI_InsuranceClaimFamily_CreateClaimFinclReserveLimit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: ConnectApi.ClaimFinclReserveLimitInputRepresentation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_connectapi_input_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: ConnectApi.ClaimFinclReserveLimitRepresentation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_connectapi_output_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: EditClaimFinclReserveLimit](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_ConnectAPI_InsuranceClaimFamily_EditClaimFinclReserveLimit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: ConnectApi.EditClaimFinclReserveLimitInputRepresentation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_connectapi_input_edit_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: ConnectApi.EditClaimFinclReserveLimitRepresentation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/apex_connectapi_output_edit_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) # New Connect in Apex Methods in Insurance Design Advisor Validate insurance product configuration at design time. Check product models, attributes, pricing setup, product discovery, CML models, API request bodies, and user permissions, look up error codes, and generate a sample rating input. These methods validate setup and don't update data. These methods are in the new `ConnectApi.InsuranceDesignAdvisorFamily` class. Validate an Insurance Quote or Insurance Product Rating request Use the `validateApiRequest(insRequestValidationInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsRequestValidationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsRequestValidationRepresentation` Validate attribute definitions Use the `validateAttributes(insAttributeValidationInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsAttributeValidationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsAttributeValidationRepresentation` Validate a CML model Use the `validateCMLModel(insCMLModelValidationInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsCMLModelValidationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsCMLModelValidationRepresentation` Look up an insurance error code Use the `lookupErrorCode(insLookupErrorCodeInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsLookupErrorCodeInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsLookupErrorCodeRepresentation` Generate a sample rating input Use the `getRatingInput(insGetRatingInputInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsGetRatingInputInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsGetRatingInputRepresentation` Validate pricing setup Use the `validatePricingSetup(insPricingSetupValidationInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsPricingSetupValidationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsPricingSetupValidationRepresentation` Validate product discovery setup Use the `validateProductDiscovery(insProductDiscoveryValidationInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsProductDiscoveryValidationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsProductDiscoveryValidationRepresentation` Validate a product model Use the `validateProductModel(insProductModelValidationInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsProductModelValidationInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsProductModelValidationRepresentation` Validate user permissions Use the `validateUserPermissions(insValidateUserPermissionsInputRepresentation)` method. Input class: `ConnectApi.InsValidateUserPermissionsInputRepresentation` Output class: `ConnectApi.InsValidateUserPermissionsRepresentation` # New Connect REST API and Apex Methods in Tax and Revenue Management Retrieve a taxpayer's activity and profile through the new Tax and Revenue resources. Get the logged-in taxpayer's filings, documents, payments, refunds, and assessments for a tax year scoped to just the views you need, and get a taxpayer profile with the tax years that have filings on record. ## New Connect REST API Get tax constituent activity Make a POST request to the new /services/data/v68.0/connect/public-sector/tax-revenue/tax-account/activities resource. Retrieve a taxpayer's activity for a single tax year, scoped by the views you request (filings, documents, payments, refunds, assessments). The logged-in user determines the taxpayer. The response includes only the views and sub-views in the request. A failed section returns HTTP 200 with an error on that section. New request body: Tax Constituent Activity Input New response body: Tax Constituent Activity Get tax revenue profile Make a POST request to the new /services/data/v68.0/connect/public-sector/tax-revenue/tax-account/profile resource. Retrieve a taxpayer's profile including display name and the tax years for which filings exist. The logged-in user determines the taxpayer. The request body is an empty JSON object. New request body: Tax Revenue Profile Input New response body: Tax Revenue Profile ## New Connect in Apex Methods These new methods are in the ConnectApi.MissionforceTaxRevenueApi class. Get tax constituent activity Use the getTaxRevenueActivities(taxRevenueActivityInputRepresentation) method. New input class: ConnectApi.TaxRevenueActivityInputRepresentation The input carries taxYear and the views to return. Set includeAllViews to return every view. A sub-view is returned when includeAllSubViews is true or the sub-view is listed. New output class: ConnectApi.TaxRevenueActivityRepresentation Get tax revenue profile Use the getTaxRevenueProfile() method. New output class: ConnectApi.TaxRevenueProfileRepresentation #### See Also - [Salesforce Developer: Tax Constituent Activity Resource](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/connect_resources_tax_constituent_activity.htm) - [Salesforce Developer: Tax Revenue Profile Resource](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/connect_resources_tax_revenue_profile.htm) # New Connect REST API for Flexible Hierarchies Ensure your flexible hierarchies are in Draft status and meet data model constraints before processing. Validate multiple flexible hierarchies asynchronously. Make a POST request to the `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/actions/bulk-validate` resource. New request body: Flexible Hierarchy Bulk Validation Input New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Bulk Validation Details #### See Also - [_FSC Developer Guide_: Flexible Hierarchy Bulk Validation (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_object_reference.meta/financial_services_cloud_object_reference/connect_resources_flexible_hierarchy_bulk_validate.htm) # New Connect REST API for Manufacturing Learn more about the new connect API resources available in Manufacturing. Manage product specifications for sample management Make a POST request to the `/connect/manufacturing/sample-management/product-specifications` resource. New request body: Sample Management Input New response body: Sample Management Output #### See Also - [_Manufacturing Cloud Developer Guide:_ Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mfg_api_devguide.meta/mfg_api_devguide/manufacturing_cloud_apis_rest_references.htm) # New Connect REST API in Transaction Management Enable troubleshooting and improve the reliability of transaction processing. Retrieve the asynchronous errors that occur during a sales transaction request Make a GET request to the `/revenue/transaction-management/sales-transactions/actions/place/trackerId/errors` resource. New response body: Place Sales Transaction Async Error Create an amendment that trades a quantity of one product for another Make a POST request to the `/revenue/transaction-management/assets/actions/swap` resource. New request body: Initiate Swap Input New response body: Initiate Swap Response Create an amendment that moves a lower-tier product to a higher-tier product Make a POST request to the `/revenue/transaction-management/assets/actions/upgrade` resource. New request body: Initiate Upgrade Input New response body: Initiate Upgrade Response Create an amendment that moves a higher-tier product to a lower-tier product Make a POST request to the `/revenue/transaction-management/assets/actions/downgrade` resource. New request body: Initiate Downgrade Input New response body: Initiate Downgrade Response #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Transaction Management Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/qoc_business_apis.htm) # New Connect REST API in Usage Management Streamline your configuration by activating a usage product and its related records in a single API request. This update eliminates the manual effort of navigating multiple pages to activate each record separately. ## New Connect REST API Resource Activate usage products and related usage records Make a POST request to the new `/services/data/v67.0/revenue/usage-management/usage-products/actions/activate` resource. New request body: Usage Activation Input New response body: Usage Activation #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Usage Management Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/usage_management_business_apis.htm) # New Connect REST APIs Improve data integrity and compliance with enhanced validation for usage-based products. Access detailed consumption insights for accurate billing and reporting. Validate cross-object relationships and business rules for usage-based products Make a POST request to the `/revenue/usage-management/usage-products/actions/validate` resource. New request body: Usage Product Validation Input New response body: Usage Product Validation Trace consumption details for a specified list of liable summary IDs Make a POST request to the `/revenue/usage-management/consumption/actions/trace` resource. New request body: Consumption Traceabilities Input New response body: Consumption Traceabilities #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Usage Management Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/usage_management_business_apis.htm) # New Connect REST APIs for Consumer Sales Use the new resources available with Consumer Sales to address your business requirements. Get a list of products for a specified catalog, category, or subcategory. Make a POST request to the `/connect/consumer/products` resource. New request body: ProductListInput New response body: ProductListOutput Get product details, such as attributes, hierarchy, or cardinality, for a specified product ID. Make a POST request to the `/connect/consumer/products/${productId}` resource. New request body: ProductDetailsInput New response body: ProductBaseDetailsOutput Retrieve details for multiple products. Make a POST request to the `/connect/consumer/products/bulk` resource. New request body: BulkProductSpecificationsInput New response body: BulkProductSpecificationsOutput Retrieve and update a product’s configuration from a configurator. Make a POST request to the `/connect/consumer/configure` resource. New request body: ProductConfigurationInput New response body: ProductConfigurationOutput Create a sales transaction, such as an order or a quote, with integrated pricing and configuration. Make a POST request to the `/connect/consumer/place` resource. New request body: PlaceSalesTransactionInput New response body: PlaceSalesTransactionOutput Create single order for all items present in the cart. Make a POST request to the `/connect/consumer/checkout` resource. New request body: CreateOrderFromCartInput New response body: CreateOrderFromCartOutput #### See Also - [Salesforce Developer Guide: _Consumer Sales_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.comms_developer_guide.meta/comms_developer_guide/consumer_sales_in_rev_cloud_for_comms.htm) # New Connect REST APIs for Education Do more with the new Connect REST APIs for Education. Retrieve details of the equivalency between external and internal learnings Make a GET request to the `/connect/education/academic-operations/learning-equivalency` resource. New response body: Learning Equivalency Result Retrieve specific academic equivalency details using a unique identifier Make a GET request to the `/connect/education/academic-operations/learning-equivalency/learningEquivalencyId` resource. New response body: Learning Equivalency Item # New Connect REST APIs for Process Compliance Navigator Identify how changes to regulation and compliance policy clauses affect your compliance framework by performing asynchronous bulk impact analysis and retrieving job results. Start an asynchronous bulk impact analysis job for a regulation or policy version and the associated clause versions Make a POST request to the `/connect/compliance/impact-analysis` resource. New request body: Bulk Impact Analysis Async Input New response body: Bulk Impact Analysis Async Response Get the bulk impact analysis job results for a source record Make a GET request to the `/connect/compliance/impact-analysis/sourceRecordId` resource. New response body: Impact Analysis Job Status #### See Also - [_Process Compliance Navigator Business API_: Impact Analysis (POST)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.industries_reference.meta/process_compliance_navigator/business_apis/resources/connect_resources_compliance_impact_analysis.htm) - [_Process Compliance Navigator Business API_: Impact Analysis Job Status (GET)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.industries_reference.meta/process_compliance_navigator/business_apis/resources/connect_resources_impact_analysis.htm) # New Connect REST APIs for Revenue Cloud for Communications Use the new resources available with Revenue Cloud for Communications to address your business requirements. Get Product Relationship Rule Details API Make a GET request to the new `/connect/comms-sales/product-relationship-rule/{productRelationshipRuleId}` resource. New request body: `Product Relationship Rule Id` New response body: `Product Relationship Rule` ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note For listing or searching product relationship rules that match a single scope filter, use the `/connect/comms-sales/product-relationship-rule` resource. One of these parameters are required in the API request. - `mainProductId` - `mainProductClassificationId` - `relatedProductId` - `relatedProductClassificationId` Manage Product Relationship Rules API Make a CRUD request to the new `/connect/comms-sales/product-relationship-rule/actions/manage` resource. New request body: `Product Relationship Manage Payload Input` New response body: `Manage Product Relationships` Get Linear Relationship Candidates API Make a GET request to the new `/connect/comms-sales/linear-relationships/{lineItemId}/candidates` resource. New request body: `Linear Relationship Candidates Input` New response body: `Linear Relationship Candidates Rule` ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note For bulk details, use the `/connect/comms-sales/linear-relationships/candidates` resource. Manage Links API Make a POST request to the new `/connect/comms-sales/linear-relationships/actions/manage-link` resource. New request body: `Manage Links Input` New response body: `Manage Links` Get Redeemed Coupons API Make a GET request to the new `/connect/promotions/redeemed-coupons` resource. New request parameter: `transactionId` (required) New response body: `Redeemed Coupons List Representation` # New Connect REST APIs in Agentic Advisor for Wealth Management Use the new resources to create and manage referral intake forms to speed up referral submissions, get a complete view of each client when they open an account record, and create and manage referral assignment rules to route referrals to the right specialist based on a client's specific financial needs. Get a paginated list of referral form configuration records, and create or update a referral form configuration record Make a GET or PUT request to the `/connect/referral-management/form-configurations` resource. New response body for GET: Referral Form Configuration List New request body for PUT: Referral Form Configuration Input New response body for PUT: Referral Form Configuration Response Retrieve, activate or deactivate, or delete a referral form configuration definition Make a GET, PATCH, or DELETE request to the `/connect/referral-management/form-configuration-definitions/definitionId` resource. New response body for GET: Referral Form Configuration Definition Detail New request body for PATCH: Referral Form Definition Status Update Input New response body for PATCH: Referral Form Definition Status Update New response body for DELETE: Referral Form Configuration Definition Delete Create or update a referral record Make a PUT request to the `/connect/referral-management/referrals` resource. New request body: Referral Input New response body: Referral Response Get a list of referral assignment rules, and create a referral assignment rule Make a GET or POST request to the `/connect/referral-management/assignment-rules` resource. New response body for GET: Referral Assignment Rule List New request body for POST: Referral Assignment Rule Input New response body for POST: Referral Assignment Rule Create Retrieve, update, or delete a referral assignment rule Make a GET, PATCH, or DELETE request to the `/connect/referral-management/assignment-rules/ruleApiName` resource. New response body for GET: Referral Assignment Rule New request body for PATCH: Referral Assignment Rule Update Input New response body for PATCH: Referral Assignment Rule New response body for DELETE: Referral Assignment Rule Delete Activate or deactivate a referral assignment rule Make a PATCH request to the `/connect/referral-management/assignment-rules/ruleApiName/status` resource. New request body for PATCH: Referral Assignment Rule Status Update Input New response body for PATCH: Referral Assignment Rule Status Update Get metadata for building referral assignment rule conditions Make a GET request to the `/connect/referral-management/assignment-rules/condition-metadata` resource. New response body for GET: Referral Assignment Rules Metadata Update the evaluation order of referral assignment rules Make a PATCH request to the `/connect/referral-management/assignment-rules/reorder` resource. New request body for PATCH: Referral Assignment Rule Order Input New response body for PATCH: Referral Assignment Rules Order Get household account snapshot Make a GET request to the `/connect/nextgenwealth/accounts/accountId/snapshot` resource. New response body: Household Account Snapshot Response #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Guide:_ Agentforce Financial Services Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_object_reference.meta/financial_services_cloud_object_reference/fsc_business_apis_resources.htm) - [_Agentforce Financial Services Developer Guide:_ Intelligent Referral Management Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_object_reference.meta/financial_services_cloud_object_reference/fsc_intelligent_referral_management_business_apis.htm) # New Connect REST APIs in AI Relationship Research Learn more about the new resources available with AI Relationship Research. Generate relationship insights for a Salesforce record Make a POST request to the `/connect/relationship-research/insights` resource. New request body: Generate Relationship Insights Input New response body: Generate Relationship Insights Retrieve relationship insights for a Salesforce record Make a GET request to the `/connect/relationship-research/insights` resource. New response body: Get Relationship Insights Retrieve the status of a relationship insight generation job Make a GET request to the `/connect/relationship-research/insights/jobs/jobId` resource. New response body: Get Relationship Insights Job Status Dismiss a relationship from a relationship insight Make a POST request to the `/connect/relationship-research/insights/insightId/relationships/relationshipId/dismiss` resource. New request body: Dismiss Relationship Input New response body: Dismiss Relationship Confirm or override the CRM record match associated with an object in a Relationship Research insight Make a POST request to the `/connect/relationship-research/insights/insightId/entities/entityId/crm-match` resource. New request body: Confirm CRM Match Input New response body: Confirm CRM Match # New Connect REST APIs in Brokerage Manage insurance policies at scale by creating draft endorsements, completing endorsements, issuing, and reinstating multiple policies in bulk. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes. Create draft endorsement of multiple insurance policies in bulk Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/bulk-endorse-draft` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Bulk Field Map Input Representation New response body: Insurance Policy Bulk Response Complete endorsement of multiple insurance policies in bulk Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/bulk-endorse` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Bulk Input New response body: Insurance Policy Bulk Response Issue multiple insurance policies in bulk Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/bulk-issue` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Bulk Input New response body: Insurance Policy Bulk Response Reinstate multiple insurance policies in bulk Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/bulk-reinstate` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Bulk Field Map Input Representation New response body: Insurance Policy Bulk Response Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/policyId/premium-preview` resource. New request body: Premium Preview Input New response body: Premium Preview Response # New Connect REST APIs in Channel Revenue Management Learn more about the new connect API resources available in Channel Revenue Management. ## Rebate Management Validate the setup, configuration, and applicable rules of a specific program rebate type Make a POST request to the `/connect/rebates/rebate-configuration-check` resource. New request body: Program Rebate Type Validation Input New response body: Program Rebate Type Validation Response ## Stock Rotation Automate stock rotation and inventory replacement Make a POST request to the `/connect/stock-rotation-execution` resource. New request body: Stock Rotation Execution Input New response body: Stock Rotation Execution # New Connect REST APIs in Financial Services Cloud Connect REST APIs help customers, and partners integrate with Salesforce software and UIs. Create an actionable list definition, including source details, display fields, and member statuses Make a POST request to the new `/connect/actionable-list-definitions` resource. New request body: Actionable List Definitions Create Input New response body: Actionable List Definitions Create Get actionable list definitions Make a GET request to the new `/connect/actionable-list-definitions` resource. New response body: Actionable List Definitions Get Partially update an existing actionable list definition Make a PATCH request to the new `/connect/actionable-list-definitions/actionableListDefinitionId` resource. New request body: Actionable List Definition Update Input New response body: Actionable List Definition Update Get records and column metadata for an actionable list definition Make a POST request to the new `/connect/actionable-list-definitions/actionableListDefinitionId/records` resource. New request body: Actionable List Definitions Records Input New response body: Actionable List Definitions Records Create or update an actionable list and its members Make a POST request to the new `/connect/actionable-lists` resource. New request body: Actionable Lists Upsert Input New response body: Actionable Lists Upsert Get distinct values for a type-ahead-enabled source column on an actionable list definition Make a GET request to the new `/connect/actionable-list-definitions/actionableListDefinitionId/column-values/columnIdentifier` resource. New response body: Actionable List Column Values Find flexible hierarchy records associated with a relationship graph definition Make a GET request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/relationship-graph-definitions/graphDefinitionId/records` resource. New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Record Search Response Get the flexible hierarchy root records associated with a relationship graph definition Make a GET request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/relationship-graph-definitions/graphDefinitionId/root-records` resource. New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Root Records Response Apply rules to create new flexible hierarchies or update existing hierarchies Make a POST request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/actions/apply-rules` resource. New request body: Flexible Hierarchy Rule-Based Creation Input New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Rule-Based Creation Response Get job run records for an org's hierarchy generation jobs Make a GET request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/job-runs` resource. New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Job Runs Response Get a specific job run record or delete a job run by its ID Make a GET or DELETE request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/job-runs/jobRunId` resource. New response body for GET: Flexible Hierarchy Job Run Response New response body for DELETE: Flexible Hierarchy Job Run Delete Response Get items associated with a job run Make a GET request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/job-runs/jobRunId/items` resource. New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Job Run Items Response Get a specific job run item Make a GET request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/job-runs/jobRunId/items` resource. New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Job Run Item Response Check the synchronization status of flexible hierarchies with their source data Make a POST request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/actions/check-sync` resource. New request body: Flexible Hierarchy Check Sync Input New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Check Sync Response Search nodes in a flexible hierarchy snapshot version by display name Make a GET request to the new `/connect/flexible-hierarchies/hierarchyId/snapshots/versionNumber/actions/search` resource. New response body: Flexible Hierarchy Search # New Connect REST APIs in Group Benefits Use the Group Benefits Connect APIs to support end-to-end group insurance workflows, including census, quote, contract, and policy lifecycle management. The APIs also support post-insurance operations, such as policy and contract endorsements and renewals, helping accommodate individual life events, changes in carrier offerings or regulations, and ongoing benefits administration. Add or update members and their plan selections during enrollment Make a POST or PATCH request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/members-with-plans` resource. New request body: Members With Plans Input New response body: Members With Plans Apply contract endorsement changes to affected member policies Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/policies/actions/apply-contract-adjustment` resource. New request body: Insurance Group Endorsement Input New response body: Insurance Group Endorsement Apply or revert member-level quote overrides Make a POST or DELETE request to the `/connect/insurance/quote-line-items/rootQliId/overrides` resource. New request body: Member Overrides Input New response body: Member Overrides Deep clone a group census to reuse quoting-phase data for enrollment Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/actions/deep-clone` resource. New request body: Group Census Deep Clone Input New response body: Group Census Deep Clone Generate an endorsement or renewal quote from a group insurance contract Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/contractId/actions/generate-quote` resource. New request body: Insurance Create Quote From Contract Input New response body: Insurance Create Quote From Contract Generate a census from an insurance contract's policies Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/contractId/actions/generate-census` resource. New request body: Insurance Generate Census Input New response body: Insurance Generate Census Update a group census from an insurance contract's policy enrollments and endorsements Make a PATCH request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/contractId/actions/refresh-census` resource. New request body: Insurance Refresh Census Input New response body: Insurance Refresh Census Generate or update group census members from an insurance contract's policies Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/contractId/actions/upsert-members` resource. New request body: Insurance Generate and Refresh Census Members Input New response body: Insurance Generate and Refresh Census Members Generate contract-level transaction details for a group benefits contract over a specified date range Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/contractId/actions/generate-transactions` resource. New request body: Insurance Contract Transactions Generation Input New response body: Insurance Contract Transactions Generation Response Map group census fields to relink quote and contract references Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/actions/map-fields` resource. New request body: Group Census Field Mapping Input New response body: Group Census Field Mapping Issue a contract from a quote Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/actions/issue` resource. New request body: Insurance Issue Contract Input New response body: Insurance Issue Contract Endorse a contract by creating a new contract version from a quote Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/actions/endorse` resource. New request body: Insurance Contract Endorse Input New response body: Insurance Contract Endorse Renew a contract by creating a renewed contract version from a quote Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/contracts/actions/renew` resource. New request body: Insurance Contract Renewal Input New response body: Insurance Contract Renewal Submit a bulk mid-term adjustment (MTA) to change members' plans in a group census Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/policies/member-plan-adjustment` resource. New request body: Insurance Group Adjustment Input New response body: Insurance Group Adjustment Renew group census members' policies under a renewed contract Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/policies/actions/renew` resource. New request body: Insurance Group Renewal Input New response body: Insurance Group Renewal Compare prices across a group census for financial-impact analysis Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/group-censuses/censusId/price-comparisons` resource. New request body: Insurance Price Comparison Input New response body: Rate Comparison # New Connect REST APIs in Insurance Brokerage Simplify insurance billing by calculating prorated policy values and executing data rollups for specific policies for insurance carriers. Issue, endorse, cancel, and reinstate individual insurance policies. Issue an insurance policy Make a PATCH request to the `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/policyId/issue` resource. New response body: Insurance Policy Issue Details Endorse an insurance policy or create a draft endorsement Make a POST or PATCH request to the `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/policyId/endorse` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Draft Input New response body for POST: Insurance Policy Draft Response New response body for PATCH: Insurance Policy Issue Details Cancel an insurance policy Make a PATCH request to the `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/policyId/cancel` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Cancellation Input New response body: Insurance Policy Cancellation Response Reinstate a canceled insurance policy Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/brokerage/policies/policyId/reinstate` resource. New request body: Insurance Policy Reinstatement Input New response body: Insurance Policy Reinstatement Response #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Insurance Brokerage Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/insurance_brokerage_business_apis_resources.htm) # New Connect REST APIs in Insurance Claims Management Check whether the current user has sufficient financial authority to approve a claim coverage payment detail, and create or update a claim reserve limit. When the user’s limit is exceeded and a manager is available, the payment detail is submitted for approval. Check whether the current user has sufficient financial authority to approve a claim coverage payment detail Make a POST request to the `/connect/insurance/claims/payment-details/paymentDetailId/check-financial-authority` resource. New response body: Check Financial Authority #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Check Financial Authority (POST)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_resources_check_financial_authority.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Check Financial Authority](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_responses_check_financial_authority.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Claim Financial Reserve Limit (POST)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_resources_create_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Claim Financial Reserve Limit Input](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_requests_claim_fincl_reserve_limit_input.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Claim Financial Reserve Limit](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_responses_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Claim Financial Reserve Limit (PATCH)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_resources_edit_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Edit Claim Financial Reserve Limit Input](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_requests_edit_claim_fincl_reserve_limit_input.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Edit Claim Financial Reserve Limit](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/connect_responses_edit_claim_fincl_reserve_limit.htm) # New Connect REST APIs in Insurance Design Advisor Validate insurance product configuration at design time. Check product models, attributes, pricing setup, product discovery, CML models, API request bodies, and user permissions, look up error codes, and generate a sample rating input. These APIs validate setup data and don't update product details. Validate an Insurance Quote or Insurance Product Rating request Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/api-request-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance Request Validation Input New response body: Insurance Request Validation Response Validate attribute definitions Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/attribute-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance Attribute Validation Input New response body: Insurance Attribute Validation Response Validate a CML model Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/cml-model-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance CML Model Validation Input New response body: Insurance CML Model Validation Response Look up an insurance error code Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/error-code-lookup` resource. New request body: Insurance Lookup Error Code Input New response body: Insurance Lookup Error Code Response Generate a sample rating input Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/get-rating-input` resource. New request body: Insurance Get Rating Input Input New response body: Insurance Get Rating Input Response Validate pricing setup Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/pricing-setup-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance Pricing Setup Validation Input New response body: Insurance Pricing Setup Validation Response Validate product discovery setup Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/product-discovery-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance Product Discovery Validation Input New response body: Insurance Product Discovery Validation Response Validate a product model Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/product-model-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance Product Model Validation Input New response body: Insurance Product Model Validation Response Validate user permissions Make a POST request to the new `/connect/insurance/design-advisor/user-permissions-validation` resource. New request body: Insurance Validate User Permissions Input New response body: Insurance Validate User Permissions Response # New Connect REST APIs in Manufacturing Do more with the new Connect REST API resources available in Manufacturing. Flatten account hierarchies to speed up reporting and analytics Turn multi-level account hierarchy trees into flat records with the Flatten Account Internal Organization Unit Hierarchy API. It eliminates the need to add parent-child links every time you run a report. This API pre-computes each account's full lineage and stores it in one row. The reports and dashboards can now filter by any level of the hierarchy with a single indexed lookup. This change applies to Manufacturing Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Retail organizations structure accounts as hierarchies that enable them to have a global headquarters rolling down through regions to individual stores. Without flattening, answering "which stores belong to this region?" requires walking the hierarchy tree link-by-link at query time, thereby slowing down reports and analytics. The flattened hierarchy stores each account's complete ancestor chain (up to 15 levels) in columns AccountLevel01 through AccountLevel15, alongside two role flags, IsStoreRole and IsPromotionRole. These role flags identify whether the account is a retail store or promotion participant. Reports can filter on any ancestor level instantly, without joins or recursive queries. Call the Flatten Account Internal Organization Unit Hierarchy Connect API with an internal organization unit ID and a list of up to 2,000 account IDs. The API computes the ancestor chain for each account within that internal organization unit, compares the result against existing flattened records, and upserts only what has changed. Accounts not in the specified business unit are returned as failed records. The process inserts new records and updates modified records but never deletes existing rows. Make a POST request to the new `/connect/industries/retail/flatten-account-iou-hierarchy` resource. Search the product catalog, optionally filtered by assortment Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/products/search` resource. Browse the product catalog with pricing and category details, optionally filtered by assortment Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/products` resource. Get the product assortments available to an account Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/assortments` resource. Get the products a customer previously ordered, with quantities aggregated by unit of measure Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/historical-product` resource. Get the valid delivery date range for an order based on lead-time configuration Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/order-delivery-date` resource. Place an order in one request by submitting its products, pricing, and tax preferences together Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/place-order` resource. Get instant pricing for order products Make a POST request to the new `/connect/macz/get-instant-price` resource. # New Connect REST APIs in Product Catalog Management List and search product classifications that originate from either Enterprise Product Catalog (EPC) or Product Catalog Management (PCM) catalog sources. Also, manage multiple variants of a product more effectively by finding and setting up different properties before you place your quote or order. Retrieve a paginated list of product classification IDs, or search for specific product classification IDs Make a POST request to the `/revenue/product-catalog-management/product-classifications/list` resource to retrieve the list of product classifications. Specify the `searchTerm` property value in your request to get product classifications that contain the search term. New request body: Product Classification List Input New response body: Product Classification List Collection Get parent variant products, and add one or more variations to a quote or an order Make a POST request to the `/connect/pcm/products/variants` resource. New request body: Product Variants Input New response body: Product Variants #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Product Catalog Management Business APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/product_catalog_management_business_api.htm) # New Connect REST APIs in Salesforce Contracts Bring AI-assisted risk review and playbook standards into your contract workflows. Start an asynchronous risk analysis for a contract document version and a poll for its findings. Also, create a playbook version from a content document, and retrieve the playbook content chunks that best match a passage of contract text. ## New Connect REST API Resources Start a risk analysis for a contract document version Make a POST request to the new `/connect/contracts-ai/contract-document-version/`contractDocumentVersionId`/risk-analysis` resource. New request body: Contract Risk Analysis Input New response body: Contract Risk Analysis Run Get the status and findings of a risk analysis run for a contract document version Make a GET request to the new `/connect/contracts-ai/contract-document-version/`contractDocumentVersionId`/risk-analysis` resource. New response body: Contract Risk Analysis Run Get the playbook content chunks that match a query string Make a GET request to the new `/connect/playbook/playbook-contents` resource. New response body: Playbook Content Create a playbook version from a content document Make a POST request to the new `/connect/playbook/playbook-version` resource. New request body: Playbook Version Input New response body: Playbook Version Details #### See Also - [_Salesforce Contracts_: Salesforce Contracts Resources](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.clm_developer_guide.meta/clm_developer_guide/connect_resources_contracts_resources.htm) # New Connect REST APIs in Unified Catalog Learn more about the new resources available with Unified Catalog. Create and update rules associated with decision tables Make a POST request to the `/connect/service-automation/eligibility-rule` resource. New request body: Eligibility Rule Input New response body: Eligibility Rule Get metadata details of a decision table based on the provided expression set ID, type, and qualification type Make a GET request to the `/connect/service-automation/eligibility-rule-metadata` resource. New response body: Eligibility Rule Metadata # New Connections and Program Management Manage the end-to-end lifecycle of applications such as a new utility connection application with milestone tracking and SLA compliance management. Configure milestone templates that define the required steps, owners, and SLAs for each connection type. Use the Milestone Tracker data table to monitor progress in real time, receive alerts when milestones are at risk, and reassign ownership directly from the record, eliminating spreadsheet-based tracking. Use the interactive milestone tracker to easily assign task owners, monitor SLA compliance with color-coded risk indicators, and track overall progress. - **[Enable Entitlements and Milestones for New Utility Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_new_connections_enable_milestones.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your reps access to the New Connections Management feature by enabling the entitlements and milestones for new utility connections. - **[Assign Connection Milestones Based on Application Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_new_connections_assign_by_program.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep new service connection applications on track without manual setup. When you create an individual application record, Salesforce automatically generates and assigns milestones based on the associated program. Applications across different service types, geographies, or regulatory classes automatically receive the correct milestone set. You can create SLA policy, milestones, and actions and assign the created SLA policy to a new utility connection. - **[Assign Milestone Owners for New Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_new_connections_assign_owners.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Distribute the workload across your team by assigning and reassigning milestone owners directly from the Milestone Tracker component. Quickly change task ownership with a single action, and automatically notify the new owner by email. Use entitlement processes to automatically assign milestones to the appropriate teams when connection applications are created. - **[Monitor SLA Compliance for Connection Milestones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_new_connections_monitor_sla.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce regulatory risk by tracking SLA compliance for each milestone in your connection processes. The Milestone Tracker component shows elapsed time against the target SLA for each milestone and task, with status indicators that flag at-risk and violated milestones. Pause and resume milestone timers when work is blocked to maintain accurate compliance tracking. - **[Track Milestones for New Utility Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_new_connections_track_milestones.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Monitor the progress of new connection applications with an interactive Milestone Tracker component on the Individual Application record page. The component displays milestones and their associated tasks in a configurable table, showing start dates, target end dates, actual completion dates, and current status. # New Data Model and APIs for Retail Execution on the Salesforce Platform Retail Execution for Consumer Goods on the Salesforce Platform includes a new data model built on standard Salesforce objects. Consumer Goods Retail Execution Connect APIs are also part of this release. Use these APIs to plan store visits, create and prepare assessment tasks, and manage assortment products. Retrieve product surveys and store checks for a visit and save survey answers. Additional resources keep account hierarchies, assortments, and promotion channels in sync across internal organization units, and deploy mobility field sets for Retail Execution objects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud (on-platform) enabled. # New Features for Agentforce for Analytics Get proactive insights, ask questions about your data, and accelerate data preparation with Agentforce for Analytics in Tableau Next. - **[Use Agent Scoping to Support Contextless Questions in Concierge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agent_scoping.htm&release=260&type=5)** Admins in Tableau Next can define a secure, approved list of semantic models for each analytics agent that uses the pre-built Data Analysis subagent to power the Concierge: Analytics Q&A experience. Analysts can view the approved list of semantic models for an agent, but can't modify the list. - **[Concierge: Analytics Q&A Enhanced to Use Single Path for Questions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_concierge_qa_onepathquery.htm&release=260&type=5)** When you ask a question using Concierge anywhere in Tableau Next, the analytics agent will now route all questions through the semantic query path to provide a single, consistent decision engine. This change enables higher accuracy and reliability for all Concierge responses. - **[Concierge Supports Multiple Semantic Models in Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_concierge_qa_multi_sdm_dashboards.htm&release=260&type=5)** In a Tableau Next dashboard with multiple semantic models, asking questions in Concierge semantically matches the utterance to the most suitable semantic model. When you are editing a dashboard, you can search for data and metrics from multiple semantic models marked as ready for use with Concierge. - **[Explore Metrics and Insights With and Without Agentforce for Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_explore.htm&release=260&type=5)** Go from data to insights to action faster than ever in Tableau Next. When you follow metrics, those metrics and their associated insights become available in the metric details page and dashboards. Use filters and breakdowns to focus your view of the data. When Agentforce for Analytics is enabled, you can explore further by asking questions using Concierge: Analytics Q&A. # New Features for Data in Tableau Next Bring in data from any source and inspect it to ensure data integrity. Create a single source of truth for reliable, governed, reusable models, and streamlined data management. - **[Scale Data Ingestion with Enhanced Large File Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_large_file.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now handle large-scale data imports more efficiently with increased file limits. The maximum file size is now 2 GB with 100 columns for CSV files, and 100 MB with 500 columns for XLSX files. These expanded limits apply to file uploads from your local machine, enabling you to import massive and complex datasets without external data preparation tools. - **[Boost Query Performance for External Data with Data Acceleration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_acceleration.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve the speed and reliability of external Data Lake Objects by using data caching to store frequently accessed information. Data acceleration acts as a high-speed local accelerator for federated data, copying it into a temporary cache to process it with minimal latency. Select between full or incremental refreshes to keep your data current and ready for high-demand querying. - **[Get Your Data Connections with the Tableau Next Connector Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_connector_catalog.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create and manage your library of data connectors with the new Connector Catalog. This feature provides a view of all supported connectors, including Snowflake, and Google BigQuery, alongside their specific connection features. Easily identify which connectors have existing active connections and maintain a cleaner data environment. - **[Locate Data Tables Quickly with Enhanced Connection Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_connection_search.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find specific schemas and tables within a data source by using keyword searches. Search results maintain their folder hierarchy and automatically expand parent schemas to provide immediate context for your data. This search capability eliminates manual scrolling in high-volume data environments and makes sure that you can access every available table instantly. - **[Update Existing Data Lake Objects Directly in Your Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_edit_dlo.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now manage data visibility and system speed in your workspace. This update supports actions such as reassigning data sources to different data spaces and renaming fields that align with business terminology. Also, you can improve data performance by setting custom refresh intervals and acceleration for faster data retrieval. - **[Refresh Tableau Next Data with Excel and CSV File Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_reupload.htm&release=260&type=5)** Maintain a single source of truth by replacing existing data with updated Excel and CSV files. Use the same upload interface to support Excel files up to 10 MB and CSV files up to 100 MB. This process preserves your established data structures while enabling you to work with the latest records available. - **[Upload Excel Files Directly to Your Tableau Next Workspace (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_excel_connector_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Expand your data exploration by bringing local Excel files into your workspace to create native Data Cloud assets without complex integrations. You can upload files up to 100 MB and 500 columns, enabling you to build custom datasets for high-level analysis. - **[Generate Answers Directly from Tableau Next with MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_generate_answers_directly_from_tableau_next_with_mcp_server.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring analytics and secure data to any MCP-compliant AI client, transforming your data into actionable insights. Seamlessly leverage Tableau Next’s governed analytics, metadata, and semantic models within your AI ecosystem. - **[Monitor Your Data Objects and Connections in Tableau Next (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_monitor_beta.htm&release=260&type=5)** From Tableau Next Data Monitor, review and track your data lake objects (DLOs) and connections that are referenced by your workspaces. Understand detailed information about your data objects and data connections, including status and source workspace. You can also open each asset directly from the monitor. # New Features for Data in Tableau Next Explore large data lake objects (DLOs) and data model objects (DMOs) directly from your Tableau Next workspaces. Perform data transformations using the in-app builder in Tableau Next, bringing an intelligent, self-service data prep flow directly to your analytics workflow. - **[Analyze Data Assets in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_lens_explore.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Explore large data lake objects (DLOs), data model objects (DMOs), and external tables in data connections directly from your Tableau Next workspaces. Now, you can also profile external tables in a live data connection before creating a data lake object, so you can review the data and bring in the right table. Summarize, filter, sort, and drill down into data right in your flow of work. You can easily streamline your view to discover key metrics, identify data relationships, and analyze distributions. - **[Monitor Data Assets in Tableau Next (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_monitor.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** From the Tableau Next Data Monitor, review and track your data lake objects (DLOs), data connections, and data transforms referenced in your workspaces. View detailed information about your data assets, such as status, source workspace, refresh history, and available actions. You can also open each asset directly from the monitor. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the last release. - **[Clean and Transform Data for Analysis Directly in Tableau Next (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_transform_builder_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Perform data transformations by using the in-app builder in Tableau Next, and you bring an intelligent, self-service data prep flow directly to your analytics workflow. You can add more data, manipulate it by using append, aggregate, filter, transform, and join nodes, and then write the results to a target data object. This feature, now generally available, includes improvements such as column selection when you add data objects. # New Features for Exploration and Action with Tableau Next Explore and refine metrics to show you the insights most relevant for your work, and stay on track by setting metric goals. Launch integrated flows and actions in Salesforce. And take it all on the road with Tableau Next Mobile. - **[Add Context to Your Metric by Using Thresholds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_thresholds.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create thresholds to give meaning to ranges of values for your metric. For example, create thresholds with custom labels such as "healthy," "at risk," and "critical," and assign colors to those ranges. When other users see that metric, they understand the context around the metric’s value. And you can use thresholds with goals, or you can use thresholds independently from goals. - **[Use Salesforce Go to Streamline Setup for Tableau Next with Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_salesforce_go_slack.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Salesforce Go to start collaborating with Slack and Tableau Next even faster. Admins can follow the prompts in Salesforce Go to start using Tableau Next with Slack, so users can start collaborating with Tableau Next metrics right where they’re working in Slack. - **[Stay Informed with Inspector Proactive Data Alerts for Tableau Next in Slack (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_alert_slack.htm&release=260&type=5)** Slack is where it all happens. And now you can receive alerts with insights about your Tableau Next metrics right in Slack. For example, ask Agentforce to alert you when a metric reaches its goal. After you set up Agentforce in Slack, your data alerts are sent to you in Slack. # New Features for Exploration and Action with Tableau Next Explore and refine metrics to show you the insights most relevant for your work, and stay on track by setting metric goals. Launch integrated flows and actions in Salesforce. And take it all on the road with Tableau Next Mobile. - **[Plan Your Next Steps with Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_forecast.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can see a metric’s predicted performance and plan accordingly with forecasting for metrics in Tableau Next. For example, a metric’s forecast shows that sales for a specific category are going to exceed your current inventory level. And because the metric’s forecast is grounded in historical data, you can be confident in planning your next steps. Forecasting can be used with or without goals or thresholds. - **[Compare Different Periods in Tableau Next Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_secondary_comparison.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You now have more control over the period used to calculate a metric’s change over time. When you create a metric, set a primary comparison and an optional secondary comparison period. For example, your primary comparison measures month-over-month change. And your secondary comparison measures year-over-year change. When primary and secondary comparisons are set, they appear on both the card and on the metric’s detail page. - **[Generate Answers Directly from Tableau Next with MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_generate_answers_directly_from_tableau_next_with_mcp_server.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Bring analytics and secure data to any MCP-compliant AI client, transforming your data into actionable insights. Seamlessly leverage Tableau Next’s governed analytics, metadata, and semantic models within your AI ecosystem. - **[Enjoy Simplified Setup for Slack and Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_slack_collaboration_enabled.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The **Collaborate with Slack and Tableau Next** setting is now enabled by default for new orgs, and this setting is now enabled for existing orgs. So it's easier than ever to start collaborating with Tableau Next in Slack. - **[Get Answers from Slackbot Grounded by the Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_mcp_slack.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get trusted, accurate answers and create intelligent, proactive intelligence briefings with Tableau Next and Slackbot, powered by the Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP) Server and the analyze\_data tool. When you set up the Tableau Next MCP server connection in Slack, you can ask Slackbot questions about your data and be confident that the answers you get back are grounded in your Tableau Next semantics and business logic. The analyze\_data capability enables conversational analytics and reasoning that provides consistent, accurate answers. For example, ask Slackbot to create a Slackbot skill to pull insights from your data, so you can ask follow-up questions and take action with Slackbot such as sending Slack messages, creating Slack canvases, or taking action with Salesforce or other connected tools. - **[Explore Analytics Assets with Unmetered Access in Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_apps_unmetered.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Tableau Next Limited Consumer and Included App licenses now offer unmetered viewing and exploration of Tableau Next analytics assets in Salesforce apps. Unmetered usage doesn’t consume credits. For example, when a logged-in user explores a dashboard in Service Insights, the usage is unmetered. # New Features for Exploration and Action with Tableau Next Explore and refine metrics to show you the insights most relevant for your work, and stay on track by setting metric goals. Launch integrated flows and actions in Salesforce. And take it all on the road with Tableau Next Mobile. - **[Use Improved Metric Layout for Insights at a Glance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_redesign.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** It’s faster and easier than ever to understand your data with the redesigned metric card layout. Quickly understand your metric’s value and progress toward your goal. New metrics use the redesigned layout by default. After you save your dashboard so that metrics use the new layout, you can’t switch back to the legacy layout. - **[Get Data Alerts for Goals, Thresholds, or Important Changes to Tableau Next Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_data_alerts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Tableau Agent: Data Alerting to spend more time taking action and less time checking dashboards. Set a schedule that works for you, and choose the type of alerts you want to receive: progress toward goals or thresholds, unusual changes to metric values, or period-over-period changes to your metrics. When you create a goal or threshold, alerts are sent by default. Alerts are sent to your email and also appear under the Notifications icon (bell) in Tableau Next. - **[Tableau Agent: Data Alerting Is Generally Available for Metrics and Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_data_alerts_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Agent: Data Alerting, formerly called Inspector Proactive Data Alerts, is now generally available. Users can ask Agentforce or Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP) to send them alerts for queries about metrics or their dataset. For example, ask to get an alert when the total number of open high-priority cases exceeds 10. The conditions for your alert are checked once per day, and if the conditions are met, a notification is sent to channels chosen by your admin—desktop, mobile, or Slack. # New Features for Semantics in Tableau Next Tableau Semantics, the the AI-powered semantic layer, maps your raw data to business-friendly terms and logic, the key to building reusable models and metrics that provide contextual, consistent, trusted insights. - **[Use the C360 Semantic Data Model in Each of Your Data Spaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_c360_semantic_model_data_space.htm&release=260&type=5)** On the updated Setup page, view all of your available data spaces, and install a distinct version of the C360 Semantic Model in any of them. With more than one data space, you can segregate your data, metadata, and processes into categories, such as brand, region, or department, and then enable users to see and work with data specific to their category. Previously, you could only add the C360 Semantic Model in the default data space. - **[Refine Agent Accuracy with More Business Preferences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_biz_pref_limit.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now add up to 50 business preferences to your semantic model. This gives you more flexibility to define your organization's unique terminology and data logic. While this increase from 20 allows for more granular guidance, remember that preferences add tokens to the agent's prompt. Because larger prompts can increase response times, we recommend prioritizing concise, high-value instructions to minimize latency. - **[Build and Navigate Complex Models With the Improved Semantic Builder Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_canvas.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build and manage your data models more efficiently with a modern, flexible authoring canvas. Focus on the logic of your data modeling rather than manual screen adjustments. Existing layouts are preserved, so you can start working immediately. - **[Use New Behaviors in Some Tableau Semantics Functions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_functions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Now certain DATE functions, if given invalid input, return a query failure rather than attempt to fix incorrect logic or return Null. This change ensures data integrity and closer alignment with Data 360 and improves performance. Check existing content to see if you must take action. - **[Use New Behaviors in More Tableau Semantics Functions (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_functions_regex_number.htm&release=260&type=5)** - **[Control Visibility of Expected Range Alert Insight Type in Metric Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_definition_insighttypes_tc_era.htm&release=260&type=5)** When defining metrics, analysts can choose to turn on or turn off the Expected Range Alert insight type. - **[Jumpstart Semantic Model Creation with Marketplace Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_semantic_model_templates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Tableau Next Marketplace semantic model templates provide a faster way to create models for insights. These pre-configured templates include mapped data, data model objects, relationships, metrics, and calculated fields. Select from templates focused on your sales, service, or Customer 360 data to quickly generate insights. - **[Accelerate Your Insights with Metrics Templates in the Marketplace (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_templates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Tableau Next Marketplace metric templates are pre-configured KPIs for sales, service, or Customer 360 data. They install the semantic models and calculated fields necessary to support the metrics, providing you with instant insights. For example, with the Service Insights metrics template, which installs the Service Insights semantic model, you get metrics with KPIs for average wait time, average time to close, cost to serve, and so on. - **[Unlock Account Growth or Service-Risk Insights with New Tableau Next Metric Templates (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_templates_sales_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get a quicker start with pre-built composite metric templates for the Sales Insights and Service Analytics Agent semantic models. Installing these metrics provides instant insights into your account growth readiness and service-risk adjusted win scores. You can quickly prioritize account action, assessing which accounts have full-funnel readiness or identifying ideal expansion targets based on a combination of strong win rates and low service escalations. - **[Create Semantic Models Faster with Auto-Generation (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_auto_sdm_na.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Data Pro to turn your business logic into a ready-to-use semantic model. Describe your analytics goals in natural language, and Data Pro automatically uses data from your workspace to create the structure you need, including data objects, relationships, and calculated fields for your metrics. Skip the manual mapping and get a model you can review and refine in minutes. - **[Resolve Similar Meanings to Improve Agent Accuracy (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_similarities.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use AI to resolve overlapping data definitions and improve agent accuracy. The similarities feature in Semantic Model Optimization (Beta) identifies synonyms, acronyms, and semantic overlaps to prevent ambiguity. For example, similarities can distinguish between Closed Won Deals Amount and Closed Won Deals Amount by Period, so agents don't misinterpret the data. # New Features for Semantics in Tableau Next Tableau Semantics, the the AI-powered semantic layer, maps your raw data to business-friendly terms and logic, the key to building reusable models and metrics that provide contextual, consistent, trusted insights. - **[Build and Refine Semantic Models Faster with Semantic Modeler (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_semantic_modeler.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build semantic models from natural language descriptions of your business cases to accelerate data modeling and reduce technical complexity. Semantic Modeler automatically scans your workspaces to find relevant data objects, suggest relationships, and draft calculated field formulas to deliver a fully mapped, structured semantic model. - **[Override Semantic Definitions in Extended Semantic Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_override_semantic_definitions_in_composed_semantic_models.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you extend a semantic model, it inherits all definitions from the base model, including data objects, fields, relationships, and calculated fields. Now you can add more functionality to your extended model by overriding the base model semantic definitions. Any property that is overridden is disconnected from the base model. All other properties are connected and therefore continue to receive automatic updates from the base model. - **[Inherit and Override Business Preferences Across Extended Semantic Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_biz_pref_extended.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extended models inherit Business Preferences from their base model automatically, so you only need to define Business Preferences once. To adapt them for a specific extended model, edit the inherited preferences. The Business Preferences window marks whether the preferences are inherited or overridden, and lets you revert at any time. Reverting removes all changes made in the extended model. Extended models that already had Business Preference changes before this release are treated as overridden and don't inherit from the base model. - **[Experiment with New Tableau Next MCP Capabilities Before They Reach General Availability (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_mcp_beta_server.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Tableau Next MCP Beta Server gives you early access to new tools for creating and editing dashboards, semantic models, visualizations, and alerts, using Claude, ChatGPT, Slackbot, or any other MCP-compatible client. Test and plan for upcoming capabilities while you continue using the generally available Tableau Next MCP Server for production work. Both servers can run at the same time in your org. - **[Move Verified Questions To A New Org Using A Data Kit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sm_verified_questions_data_kit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Verified Questions are now added automatically with their semantic model when packaged into a standard, unmanaged Data Kit. Installing the Data Kit in the target org ensures the Tableau Agent has everything it needs to function, with minimal manual setup. Previously, admins and analysts had to recreate and reverify Verified Questions in each target org from scratch. - **[Override Calculated Fields and Metrics in Extended Semantic Data Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sl_overrides_metrics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you extend a semantic model, it inherits all definitions from the base model — data objects, fields, relationships, calculated fields, and metrics. Now you can customize that inherited calculation logic and metric definitions to match your business, while everything you don't override keeps inheriting automatically from the base model. This approach preserves a single source of truth; your extended model stays aligned with the base for shared definitions, and diverges only where you intend it to. - **[Build and Navigate Semantic Models with Smart Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sl_semantic_builder_smart_canvas.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Author and navigate semantic models of any size with the enhanced canvas in the Semantic Model Builder. Smart auto-layout reflows the canvas in real time, relationship lines never cross, and domain-based grouping and focus mode make even large-object Customer 360 models clear and traceable. Switch to the enhanced canvas using the in-product toggle; the previous canvas remains available. - **[Manage Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sl_org_hierarchy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Answer hierarchy-based analytics questions like "What's my team's revenue?" by adding Role or Manager hierarchies to your semantic models. With one semantic model definition, your org can use organizational hierarchy capabilities across metrics, dashboards, and visualizations including My Team filtering, drill-down navigation, and data roll-up. - **[Add Predictive Insights to Semantic Models (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sl_add_predictive_insghts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Predictive Insights brings machine learning predictions directly to your semantic models. Reference an AI model, map your fields as inputs, and generate a prediction for each record in place without exporting data, switching tools, or writing code. Optionally, surface the top predictors and recommendations behind each prediction so your users can see what's driving a result and what to do next. - **[Validate and Calibrate Agent Responses with C360 Semantic Model Questions and Business Preferences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_c360_calibration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The C360 Semantic Model now comes with a large set of potential questions that your users might ask Tableau Agent with conversational analytics. In Tableau Next Q&A Calibration, you can view the answers to the questions to verify the agent’s accuracy. With your input, the agent can respond consistently and accurately to semantically similar questions. The C360 Semantic Model also includes Business Preferences that define sales, service, and marketing terms to provide additional context for the agent. # New Features for Sharing and Embedding Tableau Next Assets Create reusable app templates from your Tableau Next workspaces and share them across orgs. Install, manage, and monitor Salesforce-provided and custom app templates. - **[Create App Templates from Your Tableau Next Workspace (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_build_app_template.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create reusable app templates from your Tableau Next workspaces and share them across orgs. An app template is your workspace's data and insights resources collected as a package. When users install an app from the template, they get the same workspace functionality, with all resource relationships preserved, whether installing in the same org or a different one. - **[Manage and Monitor Installed Apps and Templates from Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_manage_apps_and_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Two new setup pages, App Hub and Templates, provide a centralized location to install, manage, and monitor Salesforce-provided and custom app templates. You can also create and upload custom templates for your org. # New Features for Sharing and Embedding Tableau Next Assets Visualize the chains and rules your Tableau Next app templates use to process assets during app creation and updates. - **[Understand App Creation from Templates with Visual Representations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_template_visualizer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See how your Tableau Next app templates process assets as apps are created and updated, so you can build templates faster and troubleshoot installation failures. Templates use JSON chain files to create and update app assets in the correct order, and JSON rule files to define how an app is created. The template builder turns chain and rule files into readable visualizations of tasks, transformations, and dependencies. - **[Share Configurable Insights with Template Builder (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_template_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the template builder to create Tableau Next dashboard templates with clicks, not code. Then, share your templates to the Marketplace to improve the efficiency of dashboard design and best practices. You can add configuration steps for installation, so users can add data and details for their own custom dashboards. - **[Create App Templates from Your Tableau Next Workspace (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_template_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create reusable app templates from your Tableau Next workspaces and share them across orgs. An app template is your workspace's data and insights resources collected as a package. When users install an app from the template, they get the same workspace functionality, with all resource relationships preserved, whether installing in the same org or a different one. # New Features for Tableau Agent Get proactive insights, ask questions about your data, and accelerate data preparation with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Starting in July '26, Agentforce for Analytics is now called Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. - **[Step Up to the Next Generation of Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_av_nga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If you're curious to try out Tableau Agent for conversational analytics in Tableau Next, now is a good time to start. Creating an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Agentforce Studio gives you an enhanced analytics experience, plus access to next-generation Agentforce technology and capabilities. Basing the agent on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template requires no additional set up steps in the Agentforce Builder—you automatically get the Data Analysis subagent and all of the capabilities required for conversational analytics. - **[Ask Questions About Organization Hierarchy with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_org_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Ask Tableau Agent critical business questions like "What's my team's revenue?" or "How is my region performing?" without the need for separate metric definitions for each organizational level. # New Features for Tableau Agent in Tableau Next Get proactive insights, ask questions about your data, and accelerate data preparation with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Starting in July '26, Agentforce for Analytics is now called Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. - **[Get Ready for Enhanced Conversational Analytics with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agent_tableau_enhanced_experience.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Agent in Tableau Next now offers an enhanced conversational analytics experience. Highlights include improved accuracy and consistency, more guided alternatives, and support for more advanced analytical interactions. If you've already created agents based on the Analytics and Visualization template, or you are eager to start, be sure to read the Why and How sections below. - **[Optimize the Model Response of Tableau Agent to Fit Your Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agent_model_selection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Admins can now select an LLM model response setting for each agent using Agent Settings in Tableau Next. - **[Accelerate Tableau Next Data Analysis Through Conversations (Limited Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agent_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Analyze your Tableau Next data faster by using natural language conversations with the Data Connection and Analytics Creation (Beta) agent. Discover relevant data for your business questions and generate the semantic models, calculations, visualizations, and other assets needed for analysis. Continue refining your analysis through follow-up conversations or edit generated visualizations in Visualization Builder. Save generated assets in Tableau Next for reuse and further analysis. # New Features for Tableau Next Development Manage External Client Apps for authentication directly from Tableau Next. Embed the AnalyticsAgent to generate natural language insights, visualizations, and proactive alerts in your external apps. Use the Tableau Next ISV/Developer guide to learn about developer solutions, including tools, packaging, and development orgs. - **[Manage External Client Apps Directly in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sdk_eca_in_admin.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create and manage External Client Apps (ECA) directly in the flow of your Tableau Next work. Reduce workflow friction by managing the authentication settings necessary for external embedding without leaving your Tableau Next admin flow. For example, quickly generate and copy a new client secret needed to embed a dashboard into your third-party app. - **[Embed the Analytics and Visualization Agent in Your External Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_sdk_analyticsagent_component.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the AnalyticsAgent component in the Tableau Next Embedding SDK to embed the Analytics and Visualization Agent in your third-party web apps. This agent helps your users see and understand data with conversational analytics. The agent generates natural language insights, visualizations, and proactive alerts in your flow of work. For example, a customer service agent working in an external help desk system can ask, “Show me the average handle time for escalated cases this month,” and receive an immediate chart without leaving the app. - **[Start Your Tableau Next Developer Journey](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_isv_dev_guide_annoucement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get started on your custom Tableau Next implementations with the new Tableau Next ISV/Developer Guide. This resource details setting up developer environments, deploying assets, and covers all available developer tools for Tableau Next. - **[Generate Answers Directly from Tableau Next with MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_generate_answers_directly_from_tableau_next_with_mcp_server.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring analytics and secure data to any MCP-compliant AI client, transforming your data into actionable insights. Seamlessly leverage Tableau Next’s governed analytics, metadata, and semantic models within your AI ecosystem. # New Features for Tableau Next Development Use the App Template Framework to customize and manage your app templates. Upgrade to the Tableau Next Embedding SDK v2.0 to continue embedding analytics assets in your external apps. - **[Accelerate Tableau Next Custom Development with the App Template Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_atf_dev_guide_announcement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make trusted solutions from your existing analytics assets, flows, and other features using the App Template Framework Developer Guide. Then package and distribute the template to your customers to drive their business action. This app development and management framework is purpose-built on Data 360, Tableau Next, and the Salesforce Platform. This guide instructs developers on how to customize app orchestration and add runtime rules, variables, and built-in installation wizards after template generation with the template builder. - **[Required: Upgrade the Tableau Next Embedding SDK to v2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embedding_sdk_v2.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Version 2.0 of the Tableau Next Embedding SDK includes a back-end upgrade to Lightning Out 2.2.3. You must upgrade to v2.0 to continue embedding Tableau Next content. If you don’t upgrade, existing apps and websites using the Tableau Next Embedding SDK will stop working. Developing and using embedded assets don’t change with this upgrade. # New Features for Tableau Next Development Use the Tableau Next Embedding SDK onboarding skill to use AI coding assistants to create your embedding integration faster. - **[Embed Tableau Next Assets Faster with SDK Onboarding for AI Coding Assistants](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embedding_sdk_onboarding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get up and running faster when embedding Tableau Next analytics in your web apps using the built-in onboarding skill for AI coding assistants. The packaged SKILL.md walks your assistant through the Embedding SDK's APIs and configuration to generate integration code using the current SDK version. This release also adds per-org session management functions, custom welcome and avatar image properties for the AnalyticsAgent component, and a smaller runtime bundle. # New Features for Tableau Next Home and Workspaces A Tableau Next workspace organizes your data analysis and facilitates creating new analytical assets, cloning, and referencing assets from Data Cloud or other workspaces. Within workspaces, you have tools for data analysis, including data connections, a semantic model builder and metric creator, and visualization and dashboard builders to share findings with others. Live data connections ensure that your analyses stay up to date. - **[Upload Data to a Tableau Next Workspace by Using Google Drive (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_google_connector_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Import files such as Excel, CSV, and Google Sheets from your My Drive and Shared Drives with the Google Drive connector. To control who can see and use data, set up a service or shared account to manage broad access permissions effectively across your company. - **[Multitask During Data Ingestion with the New Data Ingestion Drawer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_ingestion_drawer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stay productive during data ingestion with the new minimizable data ingestion drawer. Instead of navigating a full-page window, you can now track progress while simultaneously setting up more tables or exploring other tabs. This update ensures a continuous workflow by enabling you to multitask across your workspace without waiting for ingestion tasks to complete. - **[Customize Tableau Next Files with Centralized Editing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_central_edit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Update the structure of your data more efficiently with centralized editing for data lake objects. Instead of navigating through separate menus for each table, access all your selected assets in one place to adjust metadata. This update makes it easier to find and use customization tools, so that you can modify your Data Cloud objects to your business needs. - **[Ingest Salesforce CRM Data Directly into Tableau Next (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_salesforce_connections.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Convert standard and custom CRM objects into Data Lake Objects without leaving Tableau Next. You can now browse available connections, update a field's data type, and view primary keys directly from the data ingestion page. - **[Use the Data Interpreter to Refresh Excel Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_excel_refresh_interpreter.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now use the Data Interpreter during Excel (.xlsx) file re-uploads to refresh Data Lake Objects built from non-standard layouts. A sheet selector enables you to identify specific sub-tables rather than relying on automatic matching logic. This control makes sure that updated data ranges ingest correctly without manual restructuring. - **[Accelerate Dashboard Insights with Enhanced Document Search and Automated Refreshes for Google Drive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_google_search_refresh.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Search for files and folders by name on My Drive, Shared Drive, and Shared with me instead of navigating complex folder structures. This enhanced search experience goes beyond the local cache, enabling you to differentiate between duplicate file names. Pair this update with automated refreshes for Google Drive data lake objects to make sure that your dashboards remain up to date. - **[Verify Data Interpreter Results and Inspect Original File Layouts (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_excel_interpreter_results_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Inspect and validate Excel data cleanup by using the new Review Results (Beta) option. After running Data Interpreter, open the results menu to see detailed descriptions of detected formatting adjustments alongside a preview of your original file. Reviewing these explanations makes sure that your data ranges appear correct without needing to re-open the source file. - **[Clean and Update Unformatted Excel Data Automatically with Data Interpreter (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_excel_interpreter_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prepare, clean, and update unformatted Excel files automatically by using the Data Interpreter. Eliminate manual file restructuring by automatically fixing multi-row headers, merged cells, and extra title rows during initial upload. When re-uploading updated Excel files, manually select sub-tables to ensure Data Lake Objects refresh accurately. Your users get trusted data formatting from upload to insight without breaking downstream data pipelines. - **[Share Enterprise Google Drive Connections Across Tableau Next Workspaces (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_enterprise_google_connector_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create a Google Drive connection to give all Tableau Next workspace users access to enterprise data without creating duplicate connections. You can easily discover and import shared CSV, XLSX, and Google Sheets files without needing individual credentials or manual file transfers. You also gain centralized connection management that keeps team data aligned while simplifying workspace setup. - **[Clone Referenced Assets and Dependencies in a Tableau Next Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_clone_ref.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now clone semantic data models and referenced assets inside a Tableau Next workspace. When you clone these assets, copies go in your current workspace and you become the owner of the copies. Related dependencies get added automatically as references to your workspace, saving you manual setup time. A referenced asset is any asset added to a workspace that didn't originally create it, and acts as a pointer to the asset owned in another workspace.This action gathers all related, necessary assets for further analysis. - **[Find and Create Assets Right from the Tableau Next Home Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_addhome.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your analytics workflow by creating assets directly from the home page. Save time by bypassing navigating into a workspace before creating or finding existing content. Select Add from the home page to create assets, find existing ones, or start a new workspace in one fluid motion. For example, find an existing visualization and add it to a new workspace, right from Home. # New Features for Tableau Next Marketplace Tableau Next Marketplace centralizes all templates for metrics, semantic models, dashboards, and visualizations. Tableau Next templates, including out-of-the-box, custom and AgentExchange packages, are tailored for your data and presentation needs. - **[Install AgentExchange App Packages Directly from Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agentexchange_in_marketplace.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Next Marketplace connects you to a curated catalog of AgentExchange app packages you can browse and install without leaving Tableau Next. These packages contain pre-built, trusted analytics templates that serve as starting points for dashboards and semantic models. Review package details, including licensing and pricing, then install directly in your environment. After installation, create assets from the templates and configure them for your data sources and workspaces. - **[Accelerate Tableau Next Asset Creation With Marketplace Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_marketplace.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Find templates for visualizations, dashboards, semantic models, and metrics in a single location with the Tableau Next Marketplace. Spend less time searching and more time building by browsing and installing pre-built templates. For instance, a sales analyst can find and instantly deploy a sales leaderboard dashboard instead of building it from scratch. # New Features for Tableau Next Setup and Administration Setup and configuration are simplified with Tableau Next’s administration window. Follow the Add User workflow to assign the right permissions for the different data roles in your organization. Visit the Settings tab to enable Slack app integration, Agentforce, Semantics options, and other Tableau Next features. - **[Implement Tableau Next in Minutes Instead of Hours](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_admin_guided_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get right to the fun of turning data into decisions by activating Tableau Next with a completely new setup experience. Install Data 360 metadata, establish security policies, assign admins, and activate Agentforce for Analytics and key AI features through a single, automated workflow. - **[Gain Visibility Into User Interactions with Tableau Next Auditing (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_auditing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track and analyze user activity within Tableau Next. With the new auditing feature enabled, user interaction events are collected into a data object. You can then analyze the data in Tableau Next, and use your audit trail for compliance and governance purposes. - **[Access Unified Business Context with the Auto-Installed C360 Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_c360_auto_install.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Next assets built upon the C360 Semantic Model can provide more accurate and useful insights. Now, Salesforce automatically installs the C360 Semantic Model for you in your default data space. You control when to update the model to the latest released version, on your own schedule. You can also manually install it in other data spaces as needed. # New Features for Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards Compose visualizations and dashboards with world-class analysis tools. Explore data and surface insights that you can act on by building visualizations on related data in your workspace to draw conclusions and make business decisions. Take data visualization to the next level with dashboards, where you can add interactivity, enhance data exploration, and provide a clear overview of the critical information that you need in one place. - **[Analyze How Location Impacts Data with Point Maps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_point_map.htm&release=260&type=5)** To evaluate how values vary across locations, plot latitude and longitude data in Tableau Next’s new map view. Uncover broader geographic trends by grouping or binning related data points. Or narrow your analysis to specific regions by applying filters in the map view. - **[Track How Values Flow Across Stages with Sankey Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_sankey_chart.htm&release=260&type=5)** Analyze how values change across stages or categories as they move through a process or workflow with Sankey charts in Tableau Next. Compare the magnitude of flows between stages to identify which paths contribute the most and where values drop off and need attention. Visualize complex many-to-many relationships clearly, showing how multiple inputs distribute across different outcomes. - **[Highlight Data Patterns in Tables with Color Encoding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_table_colorencoding.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add color to measure values or cell backgrounds in Tableau Next tables to focus on columns with key values, such as profit or sales. You can also apply a range of colors to measure values to make them easier to interpret. For example, color rows with higher profit ratio values in shades of green, while lower values shift toward red. To draw attention to values that meet specific criteria, combine color encoding with a calculated field. For example, pinpoint underperforming product categories by creating a calculated field that evaluates profitability and assign colors to rows based on the results. - **[Reveal Patterns in Data Faster with Groups and Bins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_groups_bins.htm&release=260&type=5)** Segment dimension values into meaningful groups to compare performance across segments without changing the underlying data. For example, categorize states into Top 10, Bottom 10, and others based on profit ratio to highlight leading and underperforming states at a glance. Bucket continuous measure values into evenly sized bins to understand how data is distributed within ranges. For example, create bins on Sales to build a histogram that shows how order values are spread across ranges and identifies which bins contain the most orders. - **[Add Percent of Total Using Quick Table Calculations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_quick_calc_percent_total.htm&release=260&type=5)** Compare how segments contribute to an overall total in Tableau Next by adding percent of total in fewer clicks. Include this calculation in charts to quickly spot categories that stand out. Add percent of total to tables to review each value’s share alongside the total. For added insight without changing the view, apply percent of total to marks properties like tooltip or detail. - **[Navigate Levels of Detail Faster with Dimension Hierarchies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_dimension_hierarchy.htm&release=260&type=5)** Explore data in Tableau Next efficiently with dimension hierarchies to move between high-level summaries and detailed breakdowns. Define hierarchies on related dimensions or date fields from a single data object or across multiple data objects in a semantic model. And include the hierarchy in visualizations or tables to roll up or drill down analysis more easily. - **[Forecast Trends in More Chart Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_forecasting_chart_types.htm&release=260&type=5)** Apply forecasting to any mark type in Tableau Next visualizations to review trends in your data. Select a forecasting model that best fits your data. Then compare projections for multiple segments of the same metric in a single chart or across related charts within one visualization. For greater control, decide how null values are handled and how much recent data to exclude, and preview changes dynamically to fine-tune results. Previously, you could apply forecasting only to line charts. - **[Manually Resize Table Columns for Better Readability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_table_column_resize.htm&release=260&type=5)** Optimize your table layout in Tableau Next by manually resizing columns. Expand columns with more content to reduce horizontal scrolling. Or narrow columns to eliminate excess whitespace and improve readability. For example, widen columns that contain product descriptions so you can scan details more easily. - **[Perform Deeper Analysis with Finer Time Granularity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_datetime_support.htm&release=260&type=5)** Uncover greater precision in analyzing data trends using hour, minute, and second levels from DateTime fields in Tableau Next. Analyze near real-time activity by using these fields in visualizations and tables to filter, sort, and aggregate data for deeper insights. Time values also appear in tooltips and on axes, making it easy to review exact timestamps. Previously, you could analyze time-based data only at the year, quarter, month, and day levels. - **[Brand Your Tableau Next Dashboards with the New Image Widget](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_add_images.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create professional, branded dashboards by adding images, such as company logos and user profile pictures with the Image widget. Upload files directly from your computer to make your data more recognizable and relatable for your stakeholders. - **[Reuse Widgets Across Tableau Next Dashboards and Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_reuse_widgets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate dashboard creation and maintain design consistency by using the familiar shortcuts to copy and paste widgets across different pages and workspaces. You're now able to transfer the widget's specific formatting and style, while ensuring visual standards are consistent across your dashboards. - **[Personalize User Experiences with Dynamic Default Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_default_values.htm&release=260&type=5)** Customize dashboards, metrics, and visualizations by setting dynamic default values. Use filters and calculated fields to automatically filter views to your preferred view, such as region or industry, the moment you open a dashboard. This update streamlines workflows by presenting the most relevant data immediately, eliminating the need for manual filtering or extra clicks. - **[Extend Dashboard Capabilities with Custom Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_lwc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create insights and action by transforming data visualizations into operational tools that update external systems directly from the dashboard. Use custom components to facilitate complex tasks, such as restock requests that sync immediately with your back-end databases. Because these extensions inherit global dashboard styling and respond to filter updates, they provide a cohesive and native user experience. - **[Get Customized and Interactive Dashboards with Parameter Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_parameter_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform static charts into powerful navigation tools that drive your dashboard's context. For example, map a visualization to a parameter to update associated widgets automatically when selecting a data point. Instead of navigating multiple dashboard pages with specific views, you’re now able to explore insights faster through a single, click-driven interface. - **[Simplify Dashboard Designs with the Filter and Parameter Widget](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_parameter_filter.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create interactive dashboards with the versatile filter and parameter widgets that focus on your analytical goals. Use the properties panel to select how your filter or parameter widget appears, such as a list, toggle, or input box. This flexibility enables you to change the visual layout at any time without recreating your work. You can now build more interactive dashboards that help your users explore data and model different scenarios with ease. - **[Model Custom Variables with Parameter Inputs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_parameter_inputs.htm&release=260&type=5)** Drive scenario modeling by testing custom variables through manual parameter inputs. Parameter widgets now support text, number, and date entries, enabling you to see how dependent dashboard calculations respond to specific hypothetical values. Previously, users were limited to selecting from existing data, but now you can apply manual entries to model your financial or operational outcomes. - **[Streamline Your Authoring Workflow with Workspace Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_workspace_integration.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access available metrics and visualizations from your dashboard workspace now in a convenient panel. Find relevant assets with the new search bar and add them to your dashboard. - **[Jumpstart Visualization Creation with Marketplace Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_templates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Tableau Next Marketplace visualization templates reduce your design lift and give you a quicker start creating your own insights. These out-of-the-box visualization templates provide pre-built insights into your Sales and Service data. You can monitor your case volume or keep an eye on your top open opportunities. - **[Install New Dashboard Templates to Prioritize Sales Opportunities or Optimize Your Service Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_templates_sales_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get instant insights with new Tableau Next Marketplace dashboard templates tailored to your Sales Insights and Service Analytics Agent data. Installing the Sales Leaderboard dashboard gives you a comprehensive overview of your sales pipeline. Install Service Agent Analytics dashboard to gain instant visibility into your service agent performance. You can quickly prioritize opportunities to target for immediate action or optimize your agent for better quality. # New Features for Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards Compose visualizations and dashboards with world-class analysis tools. Explore data and surface insights that you can act on by building visualizations on related data in your workspace to draw conclusions and make business decisions. Take data visualization to the next level with dashboards, where you can add interactivity, enhance data exploration, and provide a clear overview of the critical information that you need in one place. - **[Take Action on Predictions in Visualizations and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_dashboard_predictiveAI_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Surface machine learning predictions in Tableau Next visualizations and dashboards with the Predict() function defined in the semantic model. Compare historical data and predicted outcomes side by side in a visualization to identify trends, risks, and opportunities. Access prediction scores, drivers, and recommendations right where you visualize data and take action faster. Use prediction fields in calculated fields, filters, and aggregations to refine and extend your analyses. - **[Format Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards with Greater Control](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_dashboard_improved_style_pane.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize the appearance of Tableau Next visualizations and dashboards with the expanded Style pane. Apply formatting to text, lines, backgrounds, and marks for a consistent appearance. Customize individual elements such as axes, field labels, headers, and legends to improve readability. Visualizations preserve their formatting when added to dashboards, where you can override formatting to suit your preferences. - **[Continue Analyzing Dashboard Visualizations in Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_dashboard_enhanced_explore.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you explore a visualization from a dashboard, review the applied dashboard filters and parameters so you can evaluate how they affect the data. From there, create a clone that includes the current dashboard filters as its starting point while leaving the original visualization unchanged. Or, edit the original visualization without the applied dashboard filters and parameters. - **[Easily Replace Semantic Models in Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_replace_extendedsdm.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you extend a semantic model with additional calculations, data objects, or modified relationships, update the original semantic model to its extended version in existing visualizations. Tableau Next automatically maps matching fields based on their API name, object name, and data type. Preserve existing visualizations while simultaneously making new fields available for analysis. Unmapped fields remain available in the Data pane so you can add or replace them in the visualization. If Tableau Next doesn't map a field automatically, drag the corresponding field from the extended semantic model to replace it. - **[Analyze Performance Across Multiple Measures with Radar Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_radar_charts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Compare entities across multiple measures with radar charts in Tableau Next. Evaluate results over time or side by side to quickly identify strengths, weaknesses, and overall performance patterns using their distinctive shapes. The Radial layout makes it easy to create these visualizations without requiring complex calculations or workarounds. Optionally, add a KPI value to the center of the chart to highlight a related aggregate metric. - **[Reveal Recurring Trends in Radial Line Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_radial_line.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Visualize a measure over a repeating sequence to spot cyclical and seasonal patterns in a Tableau Next radial line chart. Compare multiple groups across the same cycle, such as months of the year, to identify where peaks, dips, and patterns align or differ. Because the beginning and end of the sequence appear next to each other, you can easily see whether trends continue seamlessly or change abruptly across the cycle boundary. - **[Explore Geographic Trends with Choropleth Maps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_geocoding_choropleth_map.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create choropleth maps in Tableau Next to compare data across geographic areas such as countries, states, counties, and cities. Visualize differences in values using color to quickly identify geographic hotspots and outliers. Explore the map interactively and zoom in for greater detail or zoom out for a broader picture. - **[Analyze and Visualize Tableau Next Data with MCP-Compatible AI Clients (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_dashboard_mcp_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Tableau Next analytics with your preferred MCP-compatible AI assistant or agent, such as Agentforce, ChatGPT, or Claude. Create, edit, and save visualizations and dashboards, or ask questions about your Tableau Next data without leaving your existing AI workflow. Save visualizations and dashboards as governed Tableau Next assets for reuse and continued analysis. - **[Bring Salesforce Organizational Hierarchies into Tableau Next (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_dashboard_metric_orghierarchy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build Tableau Next visualizations, dashboards, and metrics that recognize your Salesforce organization's reporting structure. When you create a Hierarchy Logical View in your semantic model based on your Salesforce organizational hierarchy, you can group and filter data, drill down and roll up through reporting levels, and use the hierarchy across dashboards and metric detail pages. Create hierarchy views from manager hierarchies to track team performance, role hierarchies to analyze metrics across sales roles, or territory hierarchies to monitor sales targets by territory. - **[Streamline Embedding of Tableau Next Analytics in Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_dashboard_metric_expsupport.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate the need for custom SDK implementations and extensive coding to embed Tableau Next components. Experience Cloud admins can now embed Tableau Next dashboards, visualizations, and metrics in Experience Cloud sites by using drag-and-drop components. Easily configure display properties and filters for embedded Tableau Next analytics in Experience Builder. Embedded analytics automatically respect each signed-in user's access and session context, delivering personalized data securely. - **[Bring Custom Fonts to Embedded Tableau Next Dashboards in Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_custom_fonts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Experience Cloud admins can expand their font options for Tableau Next dashboards embedded in Experience Cloud by including custom fonts. Apply these fonts to align dashboards with the Experience Builder site. Create a more cohesive experience for customers and comply with your organization’s design standards. - **[Group Table Rows to Organize and Summarize Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_group_tables.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In Tableau Next table layout, categorize large datasets into logical groups to quickly review subtotals and totals in the collapsed view. Drill into the underlying details as needed in the expanded view. Group by calculated fields and apply conditional formatting to highlight data segments that require attention. Preserve your row groups when you switch to other layouts, making it easy to continue exploring the same data in different visualizations. - **[Show KPI Values in Radial Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_kpi_radials.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Highlight aggregate metrics alongside visualizations in Tableau Next by including KPI values in radial charts. For example, track total sales in the center of a donut chart while breaking down sales by category. Or, monitor sales quota attainment with a radial bar chart that compares progress toward sales goals across regions. You can format a KPI value as a number or percentage and add the visualization to a dashboard to monitor key metrics. - **[Discover Cyclic Data Patterns with Five New Radial Chart Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_radial_charts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Arrange data around a circular axis in Tableau Next to compare values, identify cyclic or seasonal patterns in your data. With the new Radial layout, you can create pie charts, Nightingale rose charts, radial heatmaps, radial bar charts, and spoke bar charts without requiring complex calculations. - **[Create Point Maps from Geographic Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_geocoding_point_map.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform geographic data into interactive maps in Tableau Next to explore regional trends and patterns without manually entering latitude and longitude coordinates. Use geographic roles and hierarchies to simplify map authoring, organize related location fields, and distinguish between places with the same name. Also, navigate maps efficiently using map controls or keyboard shortcuts for common actions. - **[Keep or Exclude Data Directly in Tableau Next Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_include_exclude.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Analyze data more efficiently by keeping or excluding selected marks in a visualization, automatically creating filters based on your selections. As you iterate on your analysis, adjust the generated filter criteria in the Filters pane to continue narrowing or expanding your view. Save the visualization with the filtered data and filters you created for future analysis. - **[Download Tableau Next Visualization Data as a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_csv_download.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Export the data displayed in a visualization as a CSV file for auditing, collaboration, or further analysis in other tools. Tableau Next exports up to 5,000 rows, including any dashboard filters and facet selections you applied. - **[Draw More Granular Comparisons with Reference Lines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_refline_enhanced.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To compare performance across segments more effectively, add reference lines at the pane or cell level in your Tableau Next visualization. To align benchmarks with the time periods in your analysis, create reference lines from date part fields such as month, quarter, and year. Previously, you could apply reference lines only at the table level and create date-based reference lines only from date values. - **[Aggregate Dimensions as Attributes in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_attribute_dimension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To provide additional context for aggregated measures in a visualization while keeping your view focused on summarized results, aggregate dimensions as attributes. Use aggregated dimensions for color, labels, tooltips, and detail in tables and charts. For example, in a table that shows sales by sub-category, aggregate Category as an attribute to color cells and visually distinguish related sub-categories. In a chart that shows profit ratio by state, aggregate Region as an attribute to add regional context without changing the structure of the view. - **[Tableau Next’s Suggest Panel Is Now the Show Me Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_showme_panel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To better represent the experience it provides, the Suggest panel is now called Show Me. During this transition, you may see a mix of the new and previous terms in our documentation and UI. - **[Optimize Tableau Next Dashboard Loading with Configurable Data Modes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_data_mode.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Ensure rapid loading for embedded overview dashboards to improve the user experience and reduce system overhead. You can now switch entire dashboards to cached mode, which uses stored query results rather than triggering expensive live updates for every page load. This approach provides a performance boost for frequently visited pages while maintaining the option to bypass the cache for urgent data needs. - **[Simplify Cross-Functional Analysis by Using Multi-Model Filtering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_sdm_filter.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now analyze disparate semantic data models (SDM) simultaneously through a single dashboard interaction. A selection in one filter widget can now filter metrics and visualizations powered by entirely separate semantic data models. For example, filter different date fields across different objects with a single filter widget. This update eliminates duplicate filters and simplifies the dashboard experience for your users. - **[Restructure Tableau Next Dashboard Layouts with Multi-Widget Selection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_multi_select_widget.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now select multiple widgets to manage your dashboard layouts with greater precision. Move a group of widgets to a new tab or update widget styles in seconds. This flexibility enables you to focus on high-level dashboard organization rather than repetitive individual widget adjustment. - **[Format Dashboards Faster with Bulk Widget Styling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_bulk_widget_styling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Apply style changes to multiple dashboard assets to create a cohesive look for your dashboards. Select several widgets to update borders and corner radiuses in a single action, or use new keyboard shortcuts to copy and paste styles between widgets. These updates replace the need to manually format every individual widget, saving time during the design process. - **[Embed Live Metrics Directly into Tableau Next Text Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_text_metrics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add real-time overviews to text widgets with embedded live metric attributes. This feature enables you to merge metrics with your strategic observations that deliver thorough and active business context on your dashboard. - **[Update Selected Dashboard Widgets with Targeted Parameter Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_parameter_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Update specific Tableau Next metrics instantly without triggering a full-page refresh of surrounding widgets. This enhancement updates the previous behavior where modifying any parameter initiated a global reload of the active page. Authors can isolate parameter changes to a select set of dependent widgets. - **[Enable Mobile Access with Embedded Tableau Next Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_lightning_mobile.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View embedded Tableau Next dashboards on mobile devices directly within Lightning pages. Widgets automatically adjust to compact screen sizes to deliver optimal readability and layouts on phones. This update bridges the gap for mobile users, ensuring consistent data access and informed decision-making anywhere. - **[Get Intuitive Browsing Across All Dashboard Pages with the Navigation Widget](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_nav_widget.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Navigation widget to transform dashboard pages into a horizontal navigation bar. The new widget avoids manual button configurations and automatically scales with new dashboard pages. You can also hide or rearrange pages as you want them to appear in the bar. - **[Identify Key Performance Drivers with Cross-Metric Dashboard Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_summary_widget.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Summary widget enables you to merge Tableau Next metrics into a cohesive narrative on your dashboard. Instead of scanning individual metrics, the summary widget helps you pinpoint essential performance drivers quickly. By providing a centralized overview, the Summary widget helps stakeholders understand current developments and their reasons at a single glance. - **[Enhance Tableau Next Dashboards with Redesigned Filter and Parameter Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_filter_parameter_style.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize how filter widgets and parameters appear on dashboards by using new display styles. An updated List style is the new default for filters, while a new Card design is the default for parameters. You can easily switch back to classic styles at any time. Existing dashboards are unaffected, and the new defaults apply only when you add a new filter or parameter. - **[Build and Customize Tableau Next Dashboards More Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_author_tools_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Design Tableau Next dashboards more effectively with fresh authoring tools created to accelerate your workflow, promote brand uniformity, and simplify metric analysis. You can now instantly preview layout changes when you reorder pages. Also, save time by selecting several widgets at after to apply consistent formatting across your layout. For faster troubleshooting of your dashboard metrics, you can now open any metric to view its setup without navigating through semantic models. - **[Maintain Visual Consistency with Embedded Tableau Next Analytics in Dark Mode](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_dark_mode.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Embedded charts and dashboards within Tableau Next now reflect the theme of your Salesforce org, shifting between light and dark modes. To ensure visual consistency and accessibility, dashboard widgets, metric cards, and visualizations automatically update their color schemes to maintain contrast ratios. While this feature is enabled by default for new dashboards, existing ones require manual updates to support theme switching. Also, the Tableau Next dashboard editor doesn’t support dark modes. # New Features for Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards Compose visualizations and dashboards with world-class analysis tools. Explore data and surface insights that you can act on by building visualizations on related data in your workspace to draw conclusions and make business decisions. Take data visualization to the next level with dashboards, where you can add interactivity, enhance data exploration, and provide a clear overview of the critical information that you need in one place. - **[Compare Proportions and Show Hierarchies with Packed Layouts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_packed_layout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use treemaps to visualize category and subcategory hierarchies and compare each category’s share of the total. Create packed bubble charts to compare relative values across categories and quickly identify the largest and smallest contributors. Container panes in the Packed layout visually group marks to show how sub-categories roll up into categories. - **[Track Totals and Category Contributions Over Time with Area Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_area_charts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Visualize each category’s share of the total with the stacked, colored bands of Tableau Next area charts. Spot changes in overall volume and the distribution across categories over time. Choose continuous area charts to show values along an axis or discrete area charts to show values under separate headers. - **[Choose When to Save Visualization and Semantic Model Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_explicit_save.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Changes you make to Tableau Next visualizations and their underlying semantic models from the Viz Builder are no longer saved automatically. Updates to the visualization while exploring the data, like choosing a different chart type, don’t automatically overwrite the saved version. Similarly, modifications to the underlying semantic model, like creating a calculated field, aren’t saved until you choose to save them. The Viz Builder indicates that you have unsaved changes so you can choose whether to save your updates. - **[Customize Marks with New Formatting Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_marks_formatting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Style marks to highlight your data and make Tableau Next visualization elements easier to distinguish. Adjust border width and color to define mark edges, and change opacity to make overlapping marks easier to see. Round bar corners for a softer appearance, and apply dashed styles to line marks, reference lines, and forecast lines. Format headings, body text, and links on marks to improve readability and emphasize key details. - **[Draw Comparisons with Grand Totals and Subtotals Across Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_totals_subtotals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compare individual values with subtotals for their groups and grand totals for all groups in a Tableau Next visualization. Add grand totals and subtotals to bar charts, stacked bar charts, and crosstabs, plus grand totals to line charts. Display totals and subtotals for nested groups and multiple measures horizontally or vertically. Choose which totals and subtotals appear before or after crosstab detail rows and columns. Hover over stacked subtotal or grand total bar segments to see their values in tooltips. - **[Customize Visualization Titles with Rich Text](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_title_text_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give Tableau Next visualizations descriptive titles that convey what the data shows. Include related information, such as the workspace the visualization belongs to and fields used in the chart, to provide context. Format titles with font, size, color, emphasis, and alignment options to make them easy to read. Save time when you add visualizations to a dashboard by displaying their titles so you don’t need to create separate text widgets. - **[Highlight Table Values with Badges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_table_badge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Scan key information faster by applying a badge effect to text and numbers in Tableau Next tables. Customize badge colors to make differences between field values easier to recognize. For example, distinguish opportunity stages with colored badges to track deal progress. Or, compare profit margins across product categories to identify strong and weak performance. - **[Show or Hide Missing Values in Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_show_missing_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Identify gaps in your records by showing dates or bins with no corresponding data in Tableau Next visualizations. For example, show every month in a sales chart to identify months with no recorded sales activity. Or, hide dates or bins with no recorded data for a cleaner look when the gaps aren’t relevant to your analysis. - **[Create Waterfall Charts in Tableau Next More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_waterall_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the new Waterfall thumbnail in the Show Me pane to help you identify the fields required to create a waterfall chart. You also no longer need to manually create additional fields to visualize the cascading effect that shows how values increase or decrease across stages. For example, assess amounts across opportunity stages in a waterfall chart to see how each stage contributes to the total and identify where to focus your efforts. - **[Customize Tooltips in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_custom_tooltips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Include the most relevant context for a visualization by choosing the fields and details to show in custom tooltips. Format tooltip text, customize text and background colors, and adjust background opacity to emphasize key information and present insights clearly. Add Include and Exclude command buttons so users can filter the visualization directly from a data mark.. - **[Reuse Dashboard Extensions with Dynamic Data Binding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_extensions_dynamic_binding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build a Tableau Next dashboard extension with custom Lightning Web Components (LWC) once, and reuse it with different data to meet a range of business needs. With dynamic data binding, select the semantic model and map its fields in the Properties panel instead of changing the extension’s code. Using the same extension across models means fewer separate versions to maintain. For example, build a custom sunburst chart with Lightning Web Components (LWC) and reuse it to analyze opportunity pipelines or product sales. - **[Author Accessible Tableau Next Dashboards with Keyboard Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_keyboard_nav.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Navigate the dashboard canvas and customize widget properties entirely through standard keyboard keystrokes. Use arrow keys to shift focus across grid items, press Enter to dive into container layers or context menus, and press Escape to ascend levels. This built-in accessibility enhancement complies with Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 Level AA mandates without setup. Previously, creating and editing dashboards was inaccessible to screen-reader and keyboard-only users. - **[Show Embedded Dashboards on Tablets and Customized Header Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_lwc_tablet.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deliver mobile analytics and cleaner page layouts by embedding dashboards that render correctly on tablet devices. Reduce visual clutter by hiding the dashboard title without removing essential user actions, such as download as image. You can configure these header preferences directly within the app builder to customize the workspace layout. Embedded dashboards previously blocked tablet rendering and lacked independent title visibility settings. - **[Manage How Tableau Next Dashboards Appear on Different Screens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_screen_appearance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Dashboard authors now have more control over how Tableau Next dashboards appear when screen space is limited. You can set a minimum dashboard width so a horizontal scroll bar appears when the screen is narrower than that width. Keep long text contained by defining overflow and wrapping in text widgets. Also, page links in navigation widgets move into an overflow menu to prevent crowding the dashboard. - **[Style Multiple Dashboard Widgets at Once](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_style_multiple_dashboard_widgets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build and update Tableau Next dashboards faster by applying formatting changes to multiple widgets in one action. When you select widgets of the same type, the styling panel shows their shared type-specific options, such as text color and font size for filter widgets. When you select different widget types, the panel shows only the widget-level styles common to all selected widgets. # New Features for Tableau Next Workspaces A Tableau Next workspace organizes your data analysis and facilitates creating new analytical assets, cloning, and referencing assets from Data Cloud or other workspaces. Within workspaces, you have tools for data analysis, including data connections, a semantic model builder and metric creator, and visualization and dashboard builders to share findings with others. Live data connections ensure that your analyses stay up to date. - **[Simplify Asset Management in Tableau Next Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_workspace_assetmgt.htm&release=260&type=5)** New visualizations, connections, or data models created from referenced assets automatically go into your current workspace. In Tableau Next, analytical assets created in one workspace can be referenced in another workspace. When you open a referenced asset, such as a visualization or semantic model, anything new you create from it is automatically placed in the workspace where you opened it. This new behavior adds assets in the workspace users expect them and simplifies asset management for authors. - **[Narrow Your Tableau Next Search Results with the Data Space Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dataspace_filter.htm&release=260&type=5)** When you add an asset to your Tableau Next workspace, filter by data space to quickly narrow search results for data objects and semantic data models (SDMs). You can now focus on the most relevant content from a specific data space. Also, the asset picker panel is larger so you can view more records at one time. - **[Get Guided Help to Kickstart Your New Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_newworkspace.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your first experience adding assets to a new workspace is now simpler with guided steps on the landing page. The revamped page suggests options for adding different asset types and features the new asset picker. This streamlined process allows you to either create an asset or add an existing one immediately, which improves guidance for new creators. - **[Move Workspace Assets and Dependent Assets to Another Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_workspace_move_assets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily move any asset in your workspace to another workspace to better manage content and permission requirements as your projects grow. The move action automatically includes the other member assets that the primary asset depends on. This simplifies the process of restructuring content to align with your team's changing needs. - **[Visually Identify Your Workspace Assets with Card View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_cardview.htm&release=260&type=5)** Content creators who manage complex workspaces with many assets can now rely on card view thumbnails for better visual guidance. The card view displays a thumbnail on each card for dashboards and visualizations that you previously opened. Card view lets you easily choose the correct asset, improving efficiency and the overall authoring experience. - **[Add Multiple Assets to Your Workspace at Once](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_multiadd.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and steps by adding multiple assets to your workspace or when creating an asset from multiple elements, such as for a semantic data model (SDM). You can now select all necessary data lake objects (DLOs) and data model objects (DMOs) at the same time and immediately land in the builder with all of them selected. - **[Track and Expand Asset Reach with Enhanced Sharing Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_detailshare.htm&release=260&type=5)** Identify which stakeholders have access to specific assets like marketing campaign dashboards at a glance. By integrating sharing management into the detail panel, you can verify your audience and instantly share content with additional colleagues. - **[Use the Data Interpreter to Move Data from Upload to Insights (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_interpreter.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Data Interpreter for Tableau Next automates the cleaning of unformatted Excel files. It identifies and resolves common spreadsheet issues such as multi-row headers, merged cells, and rows containing titles or notes. The Data Interpreter’s transforms formatting issues without requiring manual edits to the original file. # New Features for Tableau Next Workspaces A Tableau Next workspace organizes your data analysis and facilitates creating new analytical assets, cloning, and referencing assets from Data Cloud or other workspaces. Within workspaces, you have tools for data analysis, including data connections, a semantic model builder and metric creator, and visualization and dashboard builders to share findings with others. Live data connections ensure that your analyses stay up to date. - **[Identify App-Originated Assets in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_badge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly distinguish which assets in your workspace originated from an app. This visual badge marks every out-of-the-box app, so analysts can distinguish between what assets users with Limited Viewer licenses can see.This badge removes guesswork and speeds up collaborative customization planning. When you hover over the badge, you can see the originating app, version, installation date, and whether the asset is deployed or used on a Salesforce page. Cloned assets don't retain the badge. - **[Track Where Your Tableau Next Dashboards Are Embedded](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embed_details.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** From the detail panel of any dashboard, see the Lightning pages it's embedded in, with a direct link to each location. Users without access to a page see a count of restricted pages instead of a link. Analysts with a Creator license can use this view to spot actively used dashboards and navigate straight to the page where an asset lives. - **[Clone Assets and Their Lineage for Safe, Isolated Editing in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_deep_clone.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deep cloning copies a dashboard or visualization together with chosen parts of its lineage, re-pointing all references to the new copies so nothing breaks. Before committing, a preview shows exactly how many assets will be created. The operation is atomic: if any part fails, the entire clone rolls back with no partial copies left behind. - **[Explore Data with Agents in Personal Orgs (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_exploratory_org_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sync Concierge and the SDM Agent to a Personal org so that analysts can experiment with agent-assisted analytics without affecting production. Agent metadata syncs when you create the Personal org or turn on AI features. If an agent changes after the initial sync, turn AI features off and on to bring the latest agent metadata into the Personal org. - **[Manage Pre-Production Analytics Assets in Exploratory Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_rename.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Personal Orgs are now known as Exploratory Orgs. Keep building, analyzing, and promoting your analytics assets as before. This terminology update applies across your workspaces and administrative settings without affecting existing features, assets, or permissions. - **[Develop Analytics in a Personal Org and Promote Your Changes (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Personal orgs provide a safe space to combine Tableau Next production data with your own datasets. You can experiment with models and visualizations, and refine your analysis without affecting trusted production content. Share workspace assets with other analysts for feedback, then promote completed work to your production org for broader use. - **[Replace Source Files to Keep Google Drive Data Lake Objects Current (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_replace_gdrive_dlo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now replace a source file in an existing Google Drive data lake object (DLO) when the file is outdated. Select a file from the original or a different Google Drive connection without recreating the DLO or its refresh schedule. You can also switch file types, such as from CSV to XLSX, when the replacement file or sheet matches the DLO schema. # New Financial Services Metadata Types Make the most of the new and changed metadata types of Financial Services Cloud. ## Metadata Types Manage guided meeting workflows with MeetingPlaybookDefinition Use the new `MeetingPlaybookDefinition` metadata type to organize stages, capabilities, and permission-set mappings for guided meeting workflows. # New Invocable Action in Advanced Approvals Skip manual decisions and approve automatically by providing an override decision at each approval step. Use the new invocable action to fetch related record details. Get the related record details submitted for approval before the current approval submission Use the new getPreviousRelaRecDetails action. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Get Previous Related Record Details Action](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/actions_obj_get_previous_rela_rec_details.htm) # New Invocable Action in Transaction Management Automate the cloning of quotes and orders along with their related records to streamline sales processes and reduce manual effort. Clone a sales transaction with its related records Use the new deepCloneSalesTransaction action. # New Invocable Action in Transaction Management Keep forecasts up to date by syncing quote line items to opportunity line items so that your sales teams get consistent data with less manual effort. Changes to quote line items update the matching opportunity line items, but not the reverse. To use this action in a flow or other automation, turn on Asynchronous Opportunity Sync in Revenue Settings. Sync quote line items to opportunity line items Use the new syncQuoteOpportunity action. #### See Also - [_Revenue Management Developer Guide_: Transaction Management Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/qoc_invocable_actions_parent.htm) # New Invocable Actions Use the new invocable actions in Salesforce flows for Collections Outbound Dialer. Log Collections Campaign Call Details to Monitor Campaign Calls Use the new logClctnCampaignCallDetails action. Get Collections Campaign Call Details Use the new getClctnCampaignCallDetails action. Track Call-Connection Status Use the new updateCallCnctStatusCounter action. Get Call-Connection Status Use the new getCallCnctStatusCounter action. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Prebuilt Flows for Outbound Collections Dialer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.collections_customize_flows_outbound_calls.htm&language=en_US) # New Invocable Actions Use new invocable actions for Salesforce Order Management. Preview Changes to an Order Summary Use the new changeOrderSummaryPreview action to preview the requested changes to an order summary without submitting them. Submit Changes to an Order Summary Use the new changeOrderSummarySubmit action to submit the requested changes to an order summary, including item, delivery group, tax, and adjustment changes. # New Invocable Actions for Agentforce Education Do more with the new invocable actions for Education. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Education Cloud is now Agentforce Education. You may see references to Education Cloud in our application and documentation. **Create an order and an associated academic order for a given learner and academic term** Use the new `createLearnerOrder` action. **Get the details of how a fee was calculated for a specified order item** Use the new `getFeeDetails` action. # New Invocable Actions for Context Service Do more with these new and changed invocable actions for Context Service. Add or overwrite records in a hydrated context definition Use the new addContextRecords invocable action. Delete records from a context instance Use the new deleteContextRecords invocable action. Build a context instance with Apex-defined input Use the new buildContextDynamic invocable action. Add or overwrite records in a context instance with Apex-defined input Use the new addContextRecordDynamic invocable action. Query records in a context instance with Apex-defined input Use the new queryContextRecordsDynamic invocable action. Update the context attributes from an instance with Apex-defined input Use the new updateContextAttributesDynamic invocable action. # New Invocable Actions in Agentforce Media Do more with the new invocable actions in Agentforce Media. Generate a pitch deck for media proposal Use the genMediaProposlPitchDeck invocable action. Get product records by product IDs Use the getProdtRecByProdtIds invocable action. Calculate the spot pricing for linear media products Use the CalcLinearMediaSpotPrc invocable action. Get the list of media products associated with media channels Use the getPrdctForMediaChannels invocable action. # New Invocable Actions in Agentforce Media Do more with the new invocable actions in Agentforce Media. Get the Data 360 segments for audience targeting in media campaigns Use the new getDataCloudSegmentsForTgt action. Generate a PDF summary of an incoming email and attach it to a Request for Proposal record Use the new generateEmailSummaryPdf action. Validate line item quantities and industry eligibility against the selected ad space before adding it to a media plan Use the new checkEligForAdSpaceCptyAlloc action. # New Invocable Actions in Billing Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes. Apply payments and credits to posted invoices by adhering to specified rules Use the new applyPaymentsAndCreditsByRules action. Void a posted credit memo to a credit memo Use the new voidPostedCreditMemo action. Generate a comprehensive statement for a specified account Use the new generateStatementOfAccount action. Issue credit memos for disputed invoices Use the new blngDsptIssueCreditMemo action. Update the due date on an invoice Use the new blngSvcExtendInvoiceDueDate action. Suspend or resume the billing of an account Use the new blngSvcSuspendBilling action. Update the Bill to Contact detail on an invoice Use the new blngSvcUpdateBillToContact action. #### See Also - [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Billing Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/billing_invocable_actions_parent.htm) - [IssueCreditMemo Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_issuecreditmemo_namespace.htm&language=en_US) # New Invocable Actions in Brokerage Use the new invocable action to preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy hierarchy without creating or updating changes. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy Use the new `previewPolicyPremium` action. # New Invocable Actions in Digital Wallet Use the new invocable actions to build alert flows for Digital Wallet Product Limits and License Utilization. Creates alerts when product limit utilization reaches or exceeds configured threshold percentages Use the new createProductLimitAlert action. Creates alerts when license utilization reaches or exceeds configured threshold percentages Use the new createLicenseUtilizationAlert action. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create License Utilization Alert](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_actions_wallet_create_license_utilization_alert.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage License Utilization Threshold Alerts and Notifications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_license_utilization_alerts_manage.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Product Limit Alert](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_actions_wallet_create_product_limit_alert.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Product Limits Threshold Alerts and Notifications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_product_limits_alerts_manage.htm&language=en_US) # New Invocable Actions in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Manage complex sales transactions more effectively by decomposing and orchestrating quotes or orders independently. Use the new invocable actions to improve the operational efficiency of a sales process. Decompose a sales transaction, such as a quote or an order Use the new decomposeSalesTransaction action. Orchestrate a sales transaction, such as a quote or an order Use the new orchestrateSalesTransaction action. Orchestrate a transaction, such as a collection plan, by composing and executing a fulfillment plan Use the new orchestrateTransaction action. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/dynamic_revenue_orchestrator_invocable_actions_parent.htm) # New Invocable Actions in Enterprise Sales Management Do more with the new invocable actions in Enterprise Sales Management. Create an opportunity Use the b2bCmexCreateOpportunity invocable action. Create an enterprise quote Use the CPQCartCreateCartInvocable invocable action. Create a group and assign members to it Use the b2bCmexCreateGroup invocable action. Add quote members to a specific quote group Use the b2bCmexAddMembersToQuoteGroup invocable action. Get quote members Use the b2bCmexGetMembers invocable action. Get a list of quote groups Use the b2bCmexGetQuoteGroups invocable action. Add an offer configuration to the cart Use the b2bCmexAddOfferConfig invocable action. Clone a record and its related objects Use the b2bCmexCloneRecord invocable action. Check if any asynchronous jobs are running for the specific quote Use the b2bCmexAsyncJobStatus invocable action. # New Invocable Actions in Enterprise Sales Management Do more with the new invocable actions in Enterprise Sales Management. Create a quote Use the b2bCmexCreateQuote invocable action to create a quote. Specify an existing opportunity ID, or provide opportunity fields to create a new opportunity. Create quote members Use the b2bCmexCreateQuoteMembers invocable action to create multiple quote members on a quote, with optional duplicate checking. Add products to the enterprise cart Use the b2bCmexAddProductsToCart invocable action to add multiple products to a quote or order, with support for attributes, members, and groups. Get quote line item product and attribute details Use the b2bCmexGetQliProductDetails invocable action to get product and attribute details from quote line items. Convert assets to a quote in batch Use the b2bCmexAssetToQuoteInBatch invocable action to convert assets to quote line items and create quote members in a batch. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Invocable Actions for Enterprise Quoting with Agentforce_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_invocable_actions_for_enterprise_quoting_with_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # New Invocable Actions in Group Benefits Streamline mid-term adjustments for group census member plans, and efficiently cancel and endorse group census member policies. Additionally, create endorsement or renewal quotes directly from insurance contracts and generate group census records to automate complex policy lifecycle processes group census members. Asynchronously generate a group census from an insurance contract Use the new generateCensus action. Asynchronously update a group census using insurance contract data Use the new refreshCensus action. Generate or update group census members and their plan configuration based on insurance contract policy information Use the new generateRefreshCensusMembers action. Get a combined group census member plan collection based on contract settings Use the new getApplicAutoAsgnMbrPlans action. Get the financial impact of changes to a group census by comparing costs across plans, group classes, members, and coverages Use the new getCensusPriceComparison action. Apply member-level plan, coverage, or attribute overrides to a group insurance quote Use the new applyMemberOverrides action. Revert member-level plan, coverage, or attribute overrides to the default settings Use the new revertMemberOverrides action. Issue a group insurance contract from a quote Use the new issueContract action. Apply contract mid-term adjustments to group census members Use the new applyContractAdjToMemberPolicy action. Renew group census member policies based on a contract renewal Use the new renewGroupCensusMemberPolicies action. Generate contract-level financial transactions for a group insurance contract Use the new generateInsuranceContractTrxn action. Create an endorsed contract version from an existing insurance contract based on a mid-term adjustment quote Use the new endorseContract action. Renew a group insurance contract by creating a new contract for the next term based on a renewal quote Use the new renewInsuranceContract action. Process member plans for mid-term adjustments to the insurance policy Use the new procMbrPlansForMidTermAdj action. Create an endorsement or renewal quote from an existing group insurance contract Use the new createQuoteFromInsContract action. # New Invocable Actions in Insurance Use the new invocable actions in Insurance to create and manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and group census members and their associated insurance plans. ## Insurance Claims Management Modify a claim coverage payment detail record Use the new editClaimCvrPaymentDetail action. Recalculate the adjusted amount for a claim loss item Use the new recalculateAdjustments action. Pay ex gratia amount for a claim coverage payment detail record Use the new payExGratiaClaimCvrPymtDetail action. ## Insurance Group Benefits Get the group census member details from a CSV file Use the new getGroupCensusMembers action. Validate the specified group census member plans Use the new validateGrpCensusMembersPlans action. Validate and save group census member plans for the new members and update plans for the existing members Use the new saveGrpCensusMbrPlansData action. ## Insurance Policy Administration Create an endorsement for a multi-root insurance policy and its associated child policies Use the new endorseMultiRootInsPolicy action. Create a new multi-root insurance policy along with its associated child policies Use the new issueMultiRootInsurancePolicy action. Renew a multi-root insurance policy and its associated child policies Use the new renewMultiRootInsurancePolicy action. ## Insurance Quoting Create a runtime context that contains the details to create a quote Use the new createInsuranceRating action. Get the rating input data for the insurance products Use the new getInsuranceRatingInput action. Recalculate the price of insurance products Use the new repriceInsuranceProduct action. Update an insurance quote Use the new updateInsuranceQuote action. #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Insurance Policy Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/insurance_policy_invocable_actions_parent.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Insurance Claims Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/insurance_claim_invocable_actions_parent.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Insurance Group Benefits Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/insurance_group_benefits_invocable_actions_parent.htm) - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Insurance Quoting Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/quote_invocable_actions_parent.htm) # New Invocable Actions in Insurance Brokerage Simplify the policy lifecycle events by using the standard invocable actions available with Insurance Brokerage. Issue an insurance brokerage policy Use the new issueInsBrokeragePolicy action. Start an endorsement draft of an insurance brokerage policy Use the new endorseDraftInsBrokeragePolicy action. Complete an in-progress endorsement of an insurance brokerage policy Use the new endorseInsBrokeragePolicy action. Cancel an insurance brokerage policy Use the new cancelInsBrokeragePolicy action. Create a renewal draft of an insurance brokerage policy Use the new renewInsBrokeragePolicy action. Reinstate a cancelled insurance brokerage policy Use the new reinstateInsBrokeragePolicy action. #### See Also - [_Insurance Developer Guide_: Insurance Brokerage Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/insurance_brokerage_invocable_actions_parent.htm) # New Invocable Actions in Loyalty Management Use the new invocable actions in Loyalty Management. Issue a digital pass to a specified party based on the configured digital pass template Use the new custom issueDigitalPass action. Map debit type loyalty ledgers to credit type loyalty ledgers for loyalty ledger traceability records that are pending Use the new mapTraceablePtForRedemTrxn action. Refresh a digital pass based on the configured digital pass template Use the new custom refreshDigitalPass action. # New Invocable Actions in Public Sector Solutions Retrieve a taxpayer’s profile and tax-year activity from Flow with new invocable actions for Tax and Revenue Management. Retrieve a logged-in taxpayer’s display name and the tax years that have filings Use the new getTaxpayerProfile action. Retrieve a logged-in taxpayer’s filings, documents, payments, refunds, and assessments for one tax year Use the new getTaxpayerActivity action. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer:_ Public Sector Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/psc_standard_invocable_action_api_parent.htm) # New Invocable Actions in Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization Do more with the new invocable actions in Energy and Utilities Cloud. Create timesheets and timesheet entries for the current user Use the createTimesheetsAndTimesheetEntries action. Initiate the process of verification or submission of a timesheet Use the verifyOrSubmitTimesheet action. Get the details including the timesheet, timesheet entries, and timesheet validation errors Use the getTimesheetDetails action. # New Lightning Component for Field History Explorer A new Lightning component can be added to record pages in Field History Explorer. This component shows the audit trail of tracked field changes, who changed what and when, without leaving the record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Field Audit Trail or Salesforce Shield license. **How:** On a specific record page, click **Menu**, then click **Edit Page**, and drag _FieldHistoryExplorer_ to a location from the **Standard** section. # New LinkedIn Authentication Providers Use LinkedIn API v2 To stay up to date with the latest LinkedIn API version, new LinkedIn authentication providers now use LinkedIn API v2. Configurations that you created before Spring ’26 still use LinkedIn API v1. Also, new and existing authentication providers that use the Salesforce-managed LinkedIn app still use LinkedIn API v1. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure a LinkedIn Authentication Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_provider_linkedin.htm&language=en_US) # New Metadata Type in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Use the new metadata type to connect an object's business data to the orchestration logic. ## Metadata Types Deploy and retrieve orchestration plan context mappings Use the new OrchestrationPlanCtxMapping metadata type. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Metadata API Types](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/dynamic_revenue_orchestrator_metadata_api_parent.htm) # New Metadata Types in Education Do more with the new Education Cloud metadata types. Specify the access that students can delegate to proxies Use the new DelegateAccessDef metadata type. Group the student data that's shared with proxies Use the new DelegateAccessDataSet metadata type. Identify the student records to share and set the access level for proxies Use the new DelegateAccsDataSetObj metadata type. # New Metadata Types in Insurance Learn more about the new metadata types in Insurance. ## Salesforce Flow in Insurance Claims Management Modify a claim coverage payment detail record Use the new `editClaimCvrPaymentDetail` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Recalculate the adjusted amount for a claim loss item Use the new `recalculateAdjustments` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Pay ex gratia for a claim coverage payment detail record Use the new `payExGratiaClaimCvrPymtDetail` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. ## Salesforce Flow in Insurance Group Benefits Get the group census member details from a CSV file Use the new `getGroupCensusMembers` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Validate the specified group census member plans Use the new `validateGrpCensusMembersPlans` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Save group census member plans for the new members and update plans for the existing members Use the new `saveGrpCensusMbrPlansData` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. ## Salesforce Flow in Insurance Policy Administration Create an endorsement for a multi-root insurance policy Use the new `endorseMultiRootInsPolicy` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Create a new multi-root insurance policy Use the new `issueMultiRootInsurancePolicy` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Renew a multi-root insurance policy and its associated child policies Use the new `renewMultiRootInsurancePolicy` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. ## Salesforce Flow in Insurance Quoting Create a runtime context that contains the details to create a quote Use the new `createInsuranceRating` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Get the rating input data for the insurance products Use the new `getInsuranceRatingInput` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Recalculate the price of insurance products Use the new `repriceInsuranceProduct` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. Update an insurance quote Use the new `updateInsuranceQuote` value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type. # New Metadata Types in Insurance Use the new metadata type to configure how policy limit consumption rules apply to an insurance policy product, including consumption mode and product binding. ## Metadata Type Define how policy limit consumption rules apply to an insurance policy product Use the new InsPlcyLimitConsumptionRule metadata type. #### See Also - [_Insurance Claims Metadata Types_: InsPlcyLimitConsumptionRule](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/metadata_insplcyLimitconsumptionrule.htm) # New Objects in Advanced Approvals Store and access more data with the new Advanced Approval objects. Delegate approval responsibilities to a user, group, or queue for a specific duration Use the new ApprovalDelegation object. # New Objects in Business Rules Engine Do more with this new Business Rules Engine object. **Maintain versions of a CSV-based decision table** Use the new DecisionTableFileImportVersion object. # New Objects in Process Compliance Navigator Do more with these new and updated Process Compliance Navigator objects. **Represent the association between an Asset and a Regulation Clause Version** Use the new AssetRegClauseVersion object. **Represent the association between an Asset and a Compliance Policy Clause Version** Use the new AssetCmplPolicyClVer object. **Represent the association between an Asset and a Compliance Control Version** Use the new AssetCmplControlVersion object. **Represent the Compliant Data Sharing participant user or group with whom a business operations process is shared** Use the new BusOperProcParticipant object. **Represent the Compliant Data Sharing participant user or group with whom a compliance control is shared** Use the new CmplControlParticipant object. **Represent the Compliant Data Sharing participant user or group with whom a compliance policy is shared** Use the new CmplPolicyParticipant object. **Represent the Compliant Data Sharing participant user or group with whom a validation procedure is shared** Use the new CmplVldProcdParticipant object. **Represent the Compliant Data Sharing participant user or group with whom a regulation is shared** Use the new RegulationParticipant object. **Represent the association between a Compliance Control Version and Compliance Control Test** Use the new CmplControlVersionTest object. **Represents a test designed to validate compliance with regulatory requirements** Use the new ComplianceTest object. **Represents the details captured during the execution of a compliance control test** Use the new CmplCtrlVerTestExecution object. **Indicate whether the record was generated using AI** Use the new IsAiGenerated field on the BusOperProcRegClVer, RegClCmplControlVer, and RegClCmplPlcyClVer objects. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Compliance Navigator: Process Compliance Navigator Standard Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.industries_reference.meta/industries_reference/business_compliance_suite_standard_objects.htm) # New Permission Metrics for Comprehensive Monitoring Gain more granular control and deeper security insight with new permission metrics. Monitor expanded permission assignments, including details on when and how a permission was assigned, covering security, connected applications, and AI agents. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change applies to customers with the Security Center add-on subscription. **Why:** This change significantly improves visibility and control over an organization's security posture. **How:** Go to the Permissions tab in your Security Landscape page and select any of these new permissions: API Enabled, Exempt Users from Transaction Security Policies (\*requires EM license), Manage Agentforce Default Agent, Manage Agent for Setup, Manage AI Agents, ManageDataspaceScope, ManageAccessPolicies, ModifyAllDataGovPolicies, ModifyAccessAllowPolicies, ModifyAccessDenyPolicies. # New Platform Events in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator (DRO) platform events. Notify subscribers of DRO source updates Subscribe to the new FulfillmentSourceChangeEvent platform event to receive notifications related to DRO source orchestration updates. Notify subscribers of decomposition status changes Subscribe to the new SalesTrxnDecompositionEvent platform event to receive notifications related to changes for decomposition process status. # New Products and Features Available in Government Cloud Plus - Defense Get additional capabilities for your Salesforce Government Cloud Plus - Defense organization with newly available products and features. **Where:** This change applies to Government Cloud Plus - Defense orgs in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **When:** These products and features are available starting July 31, 2026. - Agentforce - Agentforce Education - Agentforce Health - Agentforce Marketing (Growth & Advanced) - Data 360 - Tableau Next **Why:** Government Cloud helps US government agencies and other public sector organizations innovate securely, compliantly, and efficiently. #### See Also - [Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.government_cloud_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Government Cloud Available Products and Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000396813&type=1&language=en_US) # New Profile and Role IDs Profile ID and Role ID have been added as new fields to all real-time events. This enhancement offers deeper user insights, enabling you to build Transaction Security Policies (TSPs) more quickly and declaratively. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. # New Sales Dialer Licenses Are No Longer Available New Sales Dialer licenses aren’t available for customers to purchase. We are planning to retire features and functionality for the product in the future. **Where:** This applies to the Sales Dialer product in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** New licenses for Sales Dialer are no longer available. This includes the Dialer Inbound and Dialer Outbound permission sets. You can continue to renew your current licenses for the time being. To use telephony features directly in Salesforce, we recommend that you modernize your experience by moving to Service Cloud Voice. Service Cloud Voice offers many of the telephony features that you love and more. See [Get to Know Service Cloud Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_getting_to_know.htm&language=en_US). # New Scheduling Console Keep your dispatching experience seamless, accessible, and high-performing with the New Scheduling Console. - **[Create Custom Dispatcher Actions with Flows and Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_custom_dispatcher_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline dispatcher operations by building tailored Scheduling Console actions with screen flows, autolaunched flows, and Lightning web components. Continue using your existing Apex and Visualforce actions, or use flows to automate processes and Lightning Web Components to create custom experiences. - **[Dispatch and Schedule in Right-to-Left Languages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_rtl_languages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Right-to-left (RTL) languages, such as Arabic and Hebrew, are now supported in the Scheduling Console, so dispatchers can work in their preferred language without changing their natural reading patterns. The console automatically mirrors navigation, menus, and Gantt elements to match RTL reading patterns, while maintaining text alignment and full support for all core Scheduling Console features. - **[Use the Scheduling Console Without Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_without_eso.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Dispatchers can now work in the Scheduling Console even if Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization isn’t enabled in your org. They can perform core scheduling operations from the list view or Gantt, find candidates, drag appointments to reschedule, and use Global, In-Day, and Resource Schedule Optimization. Features that rely on Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization—such as HERE Maps routing, Complex Work, Multi-Day Work, and Dynamic Gantt actions (Fix Overlaps, Fill-In Schedule, Group Nearby, and Reshuffle)—aren’t supported. Previously, the Scheduling Console required Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. - **[Transform Your Scheduling Experience with the New Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Empower your team to manage complex Field Service scheduling operations with an intuitive and sleek console built on Lightning Web Components for peak usability and productivity. Designed to reduce cognitive load, this high-performance interface supports multi-screen configurations, ensuring your dispatchers stay efficient, focused, and responsive. The scheduling console is also available to Experience Cloud site users. - **[Manage Service Appointments Without Leaving the New Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_appt_side_panel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View and edit appointment details from the Service Appointment side panel within the Scheduling Console while keeping the Gantt and appointment list in full view. From the panel you can browse information such as appointment details, parent record fields, related lists, and scheduling history across organized tabs. You can also edit fields inline or open the panel directly in edit mode, making it easier to manage appointments during active scheduling. - **[Gain Insights into Every Optimization Run with Key Metrics in the New Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_optimization_metrics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Review before-and-after metrics in the optimization results panel for Resource Schedule Optimization, In-Day Optimization, and Global Optimization. Get an instant view of how scheduled appointments, utilization, and average travel time changed as a result of each run. - **[Schedule Service Appointments Visually in the New Scheduling Console by Dragging From the Map](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_map_drag_and_drop.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Drag unscheduled service appointments from the map directly onto the Gantt to bring geographic context to your visual scheduling. Open the map alongside the Gantt in the Scheduling Console, or spread them across dual monitors for a flexible setup across screens. - **[Keep Routes Efficient by Comparing Multiple Resources on the Map in the New Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_multiple_routes_and_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View multiple service resource routes at once to fix route conflicts before they happen and ensure resources follow their daily plan. Select resources by name or service territory from the map, or multi-select them from the Gantt to display their routes. You can view and compare the routes of up to 50 service resources simultaneously. - **[Give Dispatchers a Full-Screen View of the Scheduling Console Map in Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_experience_cloud_map_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Free up screen space for your dispatchers by adding the Scheduling Console map to a dedicated page in your Experience Builder site. They can then open the map in a separate browser tab. The map stays fully synchronized with the Gantt and service appointment list, even when open in a separate tab. - **[Tailor the Scheduling Console to Your Team's Workflow from One Settings Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_settings_page.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize the Scheduling Console to give dispatchers the tools they need to work efficiently, directly from the Scheduling Console Settings page. Manage visibility, actions, layout, and scheduling behavior in a single place, without switching between multiple setup areas. You can adjust Gantt visibility, add custom actions for records and specific console sections, configure the service appointment layout, and manage scheduling behavior settings. - **[Adapt the Scheduling Console to Your Workflows with Custom Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_custom_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give dispatchers quick access to org-specific automations and workflows from multiple locations in the Scheduling Console, including the Gantt, service appointment list, and map. Configure interactive or background actions that launch a Lightning Web Component, run a flow, call an Apex class, or open a Visualforce page. - **[Work Faster in the Scheduling Console with Gantt Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_gantt_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get more done in the Scheduling Console without switching contexts. You can star service territories for quick access, enable appointment snapping to align dragged appointments precisely, view a resource's online status from the service resource popover, and create resource absences from the service resource popover or action bar. Appointment snapping and resource online status require admin configuration in Scheduling Console Settings. # New Signals for Health Check Scores We’re releasing several new signals for Security Health Check, which can impact your current score. Make sure that you’ve updated your custom baselines with these new signals and addressed any non-compliant settings to maintain your org's security. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. GovCloud isn’t currently supported. **When:** We are adding new signals over the next two months. The seven new signals for this update are: - MFA Enabled - SAML Enabled - Allow access to External Client App consumer secrets via Metadata API - Terminate all of a user's sessions when an admin resets that user's password - Lock sessions to the IP address from which they originated - Percentage of active internal users with System Administrator profile - Number of trusted IP ranges # New Signals for Health Check Scores Security Health Check has several new signals that can impact your current score. Update your custom baselines with these new signals and address any non-compliant settings to maintain your security. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. GovCloud isn’t currently supported. **When:** We’re adding new signals over the next two months. The seven new signals for this update are: - MFA Enabled - SAML Enabled - Allow access to External Client App consumer secrets via Metadata API - Terminate all of a user's sessions when an admin resets that user's password - Lock sessions to the IP address from which they originated - Percentage of active internal users with System Administrator profile - Number of trusted IP ranges # New Tag Limits for GenAIRequestTag Queries For GenAIRequestTag queries in Einstein generative AI audit and feedback, Salesforce now enforces a maximum of 20 individual rows written per LLM request. Tags that exceed that limit appear in a single `REMAINDER_TAGS` row containing a JSON array. This improvement reduces consumption of Data 360 credits and streamlines data storage. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting April 10, 2026. **How:** Previously created SQL queries that filter by `tag__c` don't use overflow tags as individual rows. Update these queries to parse the `REMAINDER_TAGS` JSON value. Any dashboards, reports, or Data Cloud recipes that assume the one-row-per-tag approach can return incomplete results rather than errors. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Share Insights from Einstein Generative AI Audit and Feedback Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_feedback_analytics.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # New Targets for Lightning Web Components These targets are new. lightning\_\_PropertyEditor Enables a component to be used as a custom property editor in an Experience Builder component. Reference this target in a `LightningTypeBundle` or in an Experience Builder component’s `js-meta.xml` file. For more information, see [Create Custom Property Types and Editors for Lightning Web Components in Aura and LWR Sites (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_cpt_cpe_ga.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make your custom Lightning web components highly configurable in Experience Builder by adding custom property editors and property types. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release."). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: XML Configuration File Elements](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-configuration-tags.html) # New Targets for Lightning Web Components These targets are new. lightning\_\_TargetName Your description here. #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: XML Configuration File Elements](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-configuration-tags.html) # New Targets for Lightning Web Components These targets are new. lightning\_\_TargetName Your description here. #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: XML Configuration File Elements](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-configuration-tags.html) # New Tooling API Object in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Use the new Tooling API object to connect the business data in an object to the orchestration logic by using the orchestration type. Represents an orchestration plan context mapping entry Use the new OrchestrationPlanCtxMapping object. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Tooling API Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/dynamic_revenue_orchestrator_tooling_api_parent.htm) # New Tooling API Object in Insurance Use the new Tooling API to configure how policy limit consumption rules apply to an insurance policy product, including consumption mode and product binding. Define how policy limit consumption rules apply to an insurance policy product Use the new InsPlcyLimitConsumptionRule object. #### See Also - [_Insurance Claims Tooling API Objects_: InsPlcyLimitConsumptionRule](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.insurance_developer_guide.meta/insurance_developer_guide/tooling_api_objects_insplcylimitconsumptionrule.htm) # New Tooling API Objects in Batch Management Use the new Tooling API objects in Batch Management to view the data sources and filter criteria of batch jobs. View the details of a batch job's data sources Use the new BatchDataSource object. View the conditions used in the filter criteria of a batch job Use the new BatchDataSrcFilterCriteria object. # New Usage Types for Agentforce Speech Gain deeper visibility into your AI-driven interactions with two new usage types: Speech-to-Text and Text-to-Speech. The new usage types apply to usage from dedicated standard actions, invocable actions, flows, or other AI-powered features. These usage types are metered independently of any other usage types to make sure there's no overlap in billing. **Where:** Available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** Available starting the week of February 17, 2026. **How:** You can monitor Speech Foundation usage types under the Flex Credits consumption card in Digital Wallet. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flex Credits Billable Usage Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.usage_flex_credits.htm&language=en_US) # New Version of Test Harness Now Available The latest version of Test Harness for Android now supports edge-to-edge design on devices running Android 15 (API level 35) and higher. Edge-to-edge takes advantage of the entire screen by drawing the UI under the system bars. **Where:** Test Harness is publicly available for download as both an app file ([iOS](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mobile_offline.meta/mobile_offline/dx_harness_app_install_ios.htm)) and an APK file ([Android](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mobile_offline.meta/mobile_offline/dx_harness_app_install_android.htm)). For details on how to use the Test Harness for offline component development, see [Test Harness Overview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.mobile_offline.meta/mobile_offline/dx_harness_app_ux_overview.htm) in the Mobile Offline Developer Guide. #### See Also - [_Android Developers (Google)_: Edge-to-edge design](https://developer.android.com/design/ui/mobile/guides/layout-and-content/edge-to-edge) # New Web Search Data Libraries Aren't Supported in the Agentforce Data Library The Agentforce Data Library no longer supports creating web-based data libraries. You can still view and use your existing web search data libraries. **Where:** Agentforce Data Library is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. Agentforce Data Library requires Data 360. **When:** This change is effective starting the week of June 29, 2026. **How:** To search the web in your agents, [use the Search the Web standard action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_search_the_web.htm&language=en_US). To search the web via your prompt templates, [use the web retriever](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_retriever_web.htm&language=en_US). Both support web search without requiring a web search data library. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Search the Web with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref_search_the_web.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Web Retriever in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_retriever_web.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Next Gen Features Account Engagement customers also get access to these Winter '27 Marketing Cloud Next feature enhancements. Get more out of campaigns with Agentforce, monitor and address email deliverabilty issues, and personalize content more effectively across channels. Plus, automate tasks based on customer behavior and events with completion actions. Check out these and other updates in the [Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Marketing Cloud Next offers several updates in Winter ’27. Changes include self-optimizing campaigns powered by Agentforce, better performance metrics, and expanded support for scripting capabilities and RCS messaging. Plan and operate marketing with flexible hierarchies, cascading goals, and built-in governance. Plus, automate tasks with completion actions in flows.") release notes: - [Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce introduces two new marketing agents that automate personalized campaigns from strategy to content creation, as well as a new agent for handling high-volume lead generation and nurturing. Marketers maintain full visibility and control as the agents handle campaign orchestration and on-brand content generation across channels.") - [Campaigns and Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_campaigns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Speed up workflows for your marketing team with completion actions, and improved visibility into campaign status and performance. Plus, get quick access to custom flow templates from the campaign record.") - [Content Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_content_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your marketing workspaces tidy when you delete folders and content in bulk. Establish a single source of truth for your brand with Brand Center and a unified brand kit. You can also personalize and report on content blocks with scripting, and create dynamic content that you can reuse across channels.") - [Email and Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_email.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Test personalization content in emails by previewing as a recipient, fix tracked links in sent emails, and get more language support for email content. Use recommenders to personalize images that you include in emails, and monitor and fix deliverability issues in real time.") - [Distributed Marketing and Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_dm_alerts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Strengthen brand consistency with required phrases and character limits, and deliver approved email templates faster with prebuilt flow templates. Non-marketing users can find relevant templates with a dedicated agent, personalize multiple emails in one send, and scale outreach.") - [Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_channels.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Send more effective RCS messages and report on their performance with expanded channel support and tooling. Target audiences on mobile with flash messaging, and reach WhatsApp customers with usernames when their phone number isn't available.") - [Landing Pages and Forms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_landing_pages_forms.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Elevate personalization for forms and landing pages with custom HTML, Handlebars, and AMPscript, and manage site configurations more efficiently through a centralized Marketing Sites tab. To customize visitor experiences, connect your forms and landing pages to a wider range of data sources.") - [Audiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_audiences.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create new actionable lists directly from a campaign and update consent data with a record-triggered flow. Plus, get improved preference page customization.") - [Reporting and Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "More powerful reporting is now at your fingertips with B2B Analytics for Marketers. Plus, get SMS performance metrics when you view an active flow, and enjoy improved click rate reporting with bot detection.") - [Reporting and Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "More powerful reporting is now at your fingertips with B2B Analytics for Marketers. Plus, get SMS performance metrics when you view an active flow, and enjoy improved click rate reporting with bot detection.") - [Setup and Admin](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "It's easier than ever to enable and manage features in Marketing Cloud Next with Salesforce Go. Enjoy more control over marketing objects, streamline your web tracking setup, and more.") - [Development & APIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Extend Marketing Cloud Next with developer tools for content and messaging. Use REST API to create, manage, and search CMS content across email, SMS, WhatsApp, and mobile app channels. Send emails to one or more recipients programmatically with the new Direct Email Send API.") # Nonprofit Learn about the latest features from Agentforce Nonprofit that boost productivity throughout your organization. Support fundraising, programs, grantmaking, outcomes, and volunteers with the latest CRM capabilities. Nonprofit Cloud is now Agentforce Nonprofit, although you’ll still see references to Nonprofit Cloud in Salesforce applications and documentation. - **[Simplify Program and Case Management Feature Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_npc_salesforce_go_configuration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure Program Management, Case Management, and Outcome Management features with detailed, step-by-step guidance in Salesforce Go. Complete the entire setup process from a single page without navigating away. You can also track feature usage and access content resources to get started quickly. ## New and Enhanced Common Features for Agentforce Nonprofit Agentforce Nonprofit includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend and customize Agentforce Nonprofit based on your business needs. - **[Fundraising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate manual household name maintenance with formula-based naming that recalculates automatically as household composition changes.")** Eliminate manual household name maintenance with formula-based naming that recalculates automatically as household composition changes. - **[Program and Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give program participants a self-service way to track applications, enrollments, benefits, disbursements, and referrals by using a preconfigured Experience Cloud portal template, cutting staff inquiries.")** Participants can access programs, applications, enrollments, benefit assignments and disbursements, and referrals on their own schedule without contacting staff. The new Program Participant Portal Experience Cloud template includes preconfigured pages, navigation, and components, so staff spend less time fielding routine inquiries. - **[Grantmaking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_grantmaking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Standardize multi-stage grant reviews and restrict reviewers to only the sections relevant to their expertise.")** Bring consistency and control to grant evaluation workflows. Create reusable Action Plan Templates to standardize multi-stage reviews, and enable Compliant Data Sharing to restrict reviewers to only the sections relevant to their expertise. Previously, application evaluations required manual reviews at every grant cycle, creating fragmented review experience that introduced delays and the risk of reviewer bias. ## Nonprofit Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Volunteer Management**: [Turn On and Configure Volunteer Management with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_volunteer_mgmt_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "AI agents can turn on Volunteer Management, assign permissions sets, configure initiatives, create records, and run day-to-day tasks. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required a coordinator or partner working in the Salesforce UI.") Added the week of October 16, 2026 ### September 2026 - **Metadata API**: [Recalculate household names and greetings from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Nonprofits Learn about the latest features from Agentforce Nonprofit, formerly Nonprofit Cloud, that boost productivity throughout your organization. Support fundraising, programs, grantmaking, outcomes, and volunteers with the latest CRM capabilities. Nonprofit Cloud is now Agentforce Nonprofit. You may continue to see the former name in our application and documentation. - **[Fundraising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give your staff and donors powerful tools for managing gifts. Donors can handle common requests, like changing recurring gifts, by using the self-service Donor Support Agent (beta). Free up your staff by customizing the Gift Entry Grid with templates and custom Lightning Web Components for faster processing. You can now add up to 50 designations to a single gift and backdate transactions for gift commitments, all from within the Gift Entry Grid. New object updates also help you track in-kind donations and add multiple designations. Streamline workflows, improve data accuracy, and provide Relationship Officers with clear, gift-specific views, with dynamic Flexcards for gift planning.")** Give your staff and donors powerful tools for managing gifts. Donors can handle common requests, like changing recurring gifts, by using the self-service Donor Support Agent (Beta). Free up your staff by customizing the Gift Entry grid with templates and custom Lightning Web Components for faster processing. You can now add up to 50 designations to a single gift and backdate transactions for gift commitments, all from within the Gift Entry Grid. New object updates also help you track in-kind donations and add multiple designations. Streamline workflows, improve data accuracy, and provide relationship officers with clear, gift-specific views, by using dynamic Flexcards for gift planning. - **[Program and Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage the complete participant lifecycle with greater speed and accuracy. Potential participants can now browse programs as guest users on your Experience Cloud site to increase engagement. When participants apply, guide staff through a streamlined intake for one or many programs with real-time eligibility checks. Finally, capture service delivery faster with optimized mobile attendance tracking and accelerate your Data 360 readiness with updated data kits.")** Manage the complete participant lifecycle with greater speed and accuracy. Allow potential participants to browse programs as guest users on your Experience Cloud site to increase engagement. When they apply, guide staff through a streamlined intake for one or many programs with real-time eligibility checks. Finally, capture service delivery faster with optimized mobile attendance tracking and accelerate your Data 360 readiness with updated data kits. - **[Grantmaking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_grantmaking.htm&release=260&type=5 "Adopt the Application Form object to future-proof your application process and ensure access to future platform enhancements. To improve completion rates, all form components are now mobile-friendly for a better user experience on any device. You can also require specific file attachments to prevent incomplete applications.")** Adopt the Application Form object to future-proof your application process and ensure access to future platform enhancements. To improve completion rates, all form components are now mobile-friendly for a better user experience on any device. You can also require specific file attachments to prevent incomplete applications. - **[Get More from Agentforce Nonprofit with Expanded Object Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_nonprofit_get_more_from_nonprofit_with_expanded_object_capabilities.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your most-used Agentforce Nonprofit, formerly Nonprofit Cloud, objects now support standard Salesforce features, providing a more consistent and powerful user experience. Improve usability and operational efficiency by enabling path, kanban, and calendar for objects related to fundraising, program management, and volunteer management. - **[Volunteer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_nonprofit_volunteer_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find qualified volunteers for open job shifts quickly with a generative AI agent. This action matches volunteers based on their skills, location, and availability. To streamline your data integration, use the new data model objects (DMOs) for Volunteer Management Intelligence. These DMOs reduce setup complexity and eliminate the need for tedious, error-prone manual mapping to Data 360. # Nonprofits Learn about the latest features from Agentforce Nonprofit that boost productivity throughout your organization. Support fundraising, programs, grantmaking, outcomes, and volunteers with the latest CRM capabilities. Nonprofit Cloud is now Agentforce Nonprofit. You may see references to Nonprofit Cloud in Salesforce applications and documentation. - **[Fundraising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Ensure a smooth transition to Fundraising by pausing gift validations during data migration. Invest your staff and donors with the powerful new recurrence engine that updates and tracks every donation concurrently according to industry best practices. The self-service Donor Support agent helps donors handle common requests independently, such as updating their own recurring gifts.")** Ensure a smooth transition to Fundraising by pausing gift validations during data migration. Invest your staff and donors with the powerful new recurrence engine that updates and tracks every donation concurrently according to industry best practices. The self-service Donor Support agent helps donors handle common requests independently, such as updating their own recurring gifts. - **[Program and Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Assist case managers and simplify program administration with AI-driven insights and streamlined setup. Use the Participant Summary subagent to quickly review a client’s history. Use the Participant Management agent in Slack to automate documentation tasks with single-command efficiency.")** Empower case managers and simplify program administration with AI-driven insights and streamlined setup. Use the Participant Summary agent to quickly review a client’s history and the Participant Management agent in Slack to automate documentation tasks with single-command efficiency. - **[Outcome Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outcome_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the new ApplicationForm fields to identify the application that relates to the outcome activity and that the indicator assignment measures.")** Use the new ApplicationForm fields to identify the application that relates to the outcome activity and that the indicator assignment measures. - **[Simplify Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_nonprofit_salesforce_go.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Discover, set up, and configure Fundraising, Program Management, and Case Management features from a single location in Setup. Use Salesforce Go to track all feature usage from this centralized hub. You can also learn more about specific features and get help with configuration. Simply access the provided content resources and links to get started. - **[Updated Feature for Grants Management Managed Package](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_nonprofit_grants_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Verify nonprofit tax status with a modernized API integration. The Grants Management tax status search glossary now protects the stability of your due diligence tools by using the latest direct-to-provider API model. This new system provides a more efficient way to get essential compliance data. Your users retain the same familiar experience while benefiting from a more secure and sustainable technical architecture. - **[Changed Connect REST API for Nonproft](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_nonprofit_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn more about the changed connect API available in Nonprofit. # Notifications Boost user productivity by adding action buttons to custom push notifications, allowing users to handle tasks like approving requests or accepting leads directly from their lock screen. With this update, you can now send these alerts via Apex and include them in managed packages, making it easier than ever to scale real-time business workflows. - **[Complete Tasks Directly from Custom Phone Notifications (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_actionable_notifications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve user productivity by adding buttons to custom push notifications. With actionable notifications, users can react to business changes in real time without leaving their mobile device’s notification center or lock screen. For example, a user can accept a lead, approve a discount, or snooze a task for later, all with a single tap. # Notify Shoppers About New Products in a Top Category Turn on the New Product in High-Engagement Category trigger so marketers can automatically send messages when a product is added to a category that shoppers engage with most. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up New Product in High Engagement Category Trigger](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_set_up_new_product_in_high_engagement_category.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Notify Users About Unverified Email Domains As part of the requirement for email domain verification, Salesforce sends email notifications to users whose email addresses use an unverified domain. Users receive a notification if emails that they recently sent from Salesforce weren’t delivered or if they can’t send email from Salesforce when email domain verification is enforced. To control whether Salesforce sends one of these emails when your org gets Summer ’26, update a Deliverability setting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. This change has no impact on trial orgs. **When:** Salesforce deploys this change between May 1 and May 7, 2026. If your org is on Spring ’26, affected users receive the first round of notifications during that deployment window and then receive the second round of notifications when your org receives Summer ’26. If your org is on Summer ’26, Salesforce sends the notification with patch 4, which Salesforce deploys starting on May 5, 2026. To get the version and patch of your org, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your My Domain name or instance, and then click the Maintenance tab. **Why:** Your internal users receive one of two notifications per sending event. Both emails instruct the user to contact their Salesforce admin. Experience Cloud site users, Salesforce Site users, and organization-wide email addresses are excluded from these notifications. If “Use a substitute email address for unverified domains” is enabled on the Deliverability page in Setup, these email notifications aren’t sent. - If the user's email address or reply-to address uses an unverified domain that's on the temporary allowlist, they receive this email. ![Email with the subject line: "Contact your Salesforce admin to verify your email domain."](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/example_email_allowlisted_domain.png) - If the user recently sent an email from Salesforce that wasn't delivered because of an unverified domain, they receive this email. ![Email with the subject line: "Salesforce Messages Not Delivered."](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/example_email_delivery_failure.png) **How:** To enable users with unverified email domains to send email from Salesforce, use a substitute email domain. See [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain."). To stop the second round of email notifications for users with an email address or reply-to address that uses an unverified domain that's on the temporary allowlist, enable a deliverability setting. After the initial change is deployed to your org, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Deliverability, and then select **Deliverability**. Then enable **Turn off user emails for temporarily allowlisted email domains**. That setting is only available when “Use a substitute email for unverified domains” is disabled. ![Option to turn of the second round of user email notifications](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/email_domain_verfication_user_emails.png) #### See Also - [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified.") - [_Knowledge Article:_ Spring ’26 Email-Sending Domain Verification Requirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316090&type=1&language=en_US) # Notify Users with the Show Toast Message Action Provide immediate feedback by showing non-intrusive status updates or error messages during flow screen transitions. This new declarative action shows a temporary toast message at the top of the viewport to keep your users informed without disrupting their current task. You can also include dynamic linking to Salesforce or an external page. You no longer need to create complex workarounds to communicate success or failure between screens. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In the Properties panel, select **Show Toast Message**. Select the style of the message, how the user dismisses it, and what the text says. # OAuth Security Controls Are Enforced for New External Client Apps and Connected Apps Starting in July 2026, Salesforce enforces OAuth security controls for new external client apps and connected apps. The Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension is required for apps that use the authorization code grant type. For apps that use the refresh token flow, Salesforce requires two controls: refresh token rotation and a 30-day limit to the time-to-live (TTL) for idle refresh tokens. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** This change applies to external client apps and connected apps that are created in July 2026 and later. With the exception of [Partner Applications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005387798&type=1&language=en_US), these controls aren't currently enforced for apps that were created before July 2026. However, to protect your data, we strongly recommend that you implement these controls across all of your apps. When Salesforce first released this change in July 2026, the setting to require PKCE was auto-enabled and locked only for new apps where the callback URL was set to a localhost or custom scheme URL. Starting in August 2026, this setting is now auto-enabled for all new apps, regardless of the callback URL. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note By default, Salesforce blocks you from creating new connected apps. These security requirements are relevant for connected apps only if Support has allowed you to continue creating them. See [Salesforce Platform: New Connected Apps Can No Longer Be Created in Spring '26](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228017&type=1&language=en_US). For connected apps that were created before July 2026, if you migrate to an external client app, Salesforce doesn't enforce these controls for the migrated app. Also, if a subscriber installs an app that was created before July 2026, Salesforce doesn't enforce these controls for the installed instance of the app. The enforcement is based on when the app was created in the source org. **Why:** These controls protect your Salesforce data from unauthorized access. PKCE prevents interception attacks, where attackers steal an authorization code and exchange it for an access token. Refresh token rotation and the idle TTL limit make it harder for attackers to use compromised refresh tokens to get new access tokens. **How:** Salesforce enforces these controls by auto-enabling and locking OAuth settings for new external client apps and connected apps. This includes apps that you create via the UI, metadata, or dynamic client registration. Use this table to understand the requirements and enforcement behavior for each flow.
Security Control Applicable OAuth Flows UI Behavior Client-Side Code Requirements
PKCE: ensures that the client who initiated the flow is the same client who completes the flow.

PKCE is enforced for these OAuth flows.

 When you save a new app, Salesforce auto-enables the Require Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) Extension for Supported Authorization Flows setting, locks it, and grays it out.

The client must implement PKCE for applicable OAuth flows:

  • Generate code_challenge and code_verifier parameters.
  • Requests to the /services/oauth2/authorize endpoint must include the code_challenge.
  • Requests to the /services/oauth2/token endpoint must include the code_verifier.
Refresh token rotation: each time a refresh token is used, Salesforce invalidates it and issues a new one. When you create an app, the Enable Refresh Token Rotation setting is auto-enabled, locked, and grayed out. The client-side code must be able to handle the new refresh token and store it securely.
Idle refresh token TTL: limits the validity period for unused refresh tokens to 30 days. Each time a token is used within the 30 day-period, the idle TTL resets. When you create an app, the Limit Idle Refresh Token Time-to-Live (TTL) to 30 Days setting is auto-enabled, locked, and grayed out. This control doesn't require any changes on the client side. Optionally, to avoid re-authorizing, you can update your code to initiate a refresh token flow before the 30-day limit and receive a new refresh token.
#### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_pkce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Force one-time-use Refresh Tokens - (RTR) Refresh Token Rotation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316711&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Limit the Idle Refresh Token TTL in External Client Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.eca_limit_idle_refresh_token_ttl.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Limit the Idle Refresh Token TTL in Connected Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.connected_app_limit_idle_ttl.htm&language=en_US) # OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Are Blocked in New Orgs To support the retirement of the OAuth user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows, Salesforce blocks these flows in new orgs. If you try to use the user-agent flow in a new Winter ’27 org, it fails with an `invalid_grant` error. For better security, use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension instead. **Where:** Salesforce blocks these flows in new orgs that you create in Winter ’27, including production orgs, scratch orgs, and sandboxes. This change applies to all editions. Existing orgs that already use these flows continue to work until the retirement date. Also, if you refresh a sandbox from an existing production org that uses this flow, the flow works until the retirement date—the refreshed sandbox isn’t treated as a new org. **Why:** Salesforce retires the user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows for existing integrations on February 20, 2027. Blocking these flows in new Winter ’27 orgs saves you from creating integrations that you have to update soon anyway. For more information about the retirement, see [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_useragent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027."). **How:** On the OAuth and OpenID Connect Settings page in Setup, the “Allow OAuth User-Agent Flows” setting is turned off in new Winter ’27 orgs and can't be turned on. If a user tries to use either the user-agent flow or hybrid user-agent flow, Salesforce returns this error to your client app: ``` { "error"="invalid_grant", "error_description"="user-agent flow has been disabled by Salesforce" } ``` In the Login History, the Status column for the failed attempt shows “User-Agent Flow Disabled.” You see this status only if the user was already authenticated when they tried to use the flow. #### See Also - [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_useragent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027.") - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 User-Agent Flow for Desktop or Mobile App Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_user_agent_flow_ca.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Hybrid User-Agent Token Flow for Web Session Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_hybrid_app_token_flow_ca.htm&language=en_US) # OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update) Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. **Where:** This change applies to Lighting Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update on February 20, 2027. **Why:** This update improves security and better protects your Salesforce data. The user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows are insecure because they directly expose access tokens to the browser. By migrating to more secure flows, you can keep access tokens safe. **How:** Integrations that use these insecure flows will no longer work when the retirement takes effect. As an app developer, update your integrations to use more secure flows. For apps that you didn’t develop, such as apps installed from managed packages, contact the app developer. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 User-Agent Flow for Desktop or Mobile App Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_user_agent_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Hybrid User-Agent Token Flow for Web Session Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_hybrid_app_token_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Block Authorization Flows to Improve Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_disable_username_password_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Web Server Flow for Web App Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_web_server_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Hybrid Web Server Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_hybrid_web_server_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_pkce.htm&language=en_US) # OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update) Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027. **Where:** This change applies to Lighting Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update on February 20, 2027. **Why:** This update improves security and better protects your Salesforce data. The user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows are insecure because they directly expose access tokens to the browser. By migrating to more secure flows, you can keep access tokens safe. **How:** Integrations that use these insecure flows will no longer work when the retirement takes effect. As an app developer, update your integrations to use more secure flows. For apps that you didn’t develop, such as apps installed from managed packages, contact the app developer. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement, follow the testing and activation steps. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note As part of this change, Salesforce blocks these flows in new orgs that are created in Winter ’27. See [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Are Blocked in New Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_user_agent_flow_blocked.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To support the retirement of the OAuth user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows, Salesforce blocks these flows in new orgs. If you try to use the user-agent flow in a new Winter ’27 org, it fails with an invalid_grant error. For better security, use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension instead."). #### See Also - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Observability Enhancements: Optimization Breadcrumb Navigation, UI Enhancements, and Additional Analytics Metrics Introducing more granular visibility into user behavior with new user interruption events. Navigate between sessions easily from within the session page, and inspect session data with a 3-layer drill-down view. New breadcrumb navigation, bulk transcript downloads, and standardized date filters align Optimization and Analytics dashboards. **Optimization and Voice Agent Observability** - **Track User Interruptions:** Gain insight into conversation flow with interruption visibility at both the session and interaction levels. Currently available for Agentforce Voice Sessions. - **Agent processing time:** The session page now includes the agent's reasoning and acting time in response to the user's request. - **Seamless Navigation:** Use the new breadcrumb view to easily drill down from the session view into its intents and granular interactions. Use the Previous/Next buttons to move between sessions directly from the session view. The navigation order is defined by your active filters from the Sessions & Intents tables. - **Bulk Transcript Downloads:** The CSV transcript export limit has been removed. You can download all of your filtered sessions from the Sessions & Intents table. - **Global filter addition:** Filter sessions according to channel type (for example, Agent Builder or Testing Center). ![Sessions and Intents page showing breadcrumb navigation and interaction-level drill-down view](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/260_einstein_analytics_interaction_level.png) **Analytics** - **Standardized date filter between Analytics and Optimization:** Click a topic or intent from the Analytics dashboard to jump into the Optimization view with the applied date filter. - **New metrics added to the Semantic Data Model (SDM):** Interruption Rate and Interruption Count (for voice agents) capture how often users talk over or interrupt the agent during the session. Stickiness Rate gives insight into the share of users with repeated daily use of the agent. **Where:** These changes apply to Agentforce in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **When:** These features are available starting March 16, 2026. **Why:** These enhancements provide visibility into user interruptions and conversational friction. The new breadcrumb navigation and synchronized analytics filters allow seamless transition from high-level session view to granular interaction data and align the view between the different dashboards. **Who:** To access Agent Optimization and the new metrics, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. To view and drill down from the Analytics dashboard, users also require the CRM Analytics User or Einstein Analytics Plus permission set. **How:** Navigate to Agentforce Studio and in the Optimization dashboard go to the Sessions & Intents page. Use the improved UI to drill into sessions granularly and inspect their different levels. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [About Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_about.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Set Up Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_setup.htm&language=en_US), [Data Model and Calculated Fields for Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_data_model.htm&language=en_US) # October 2026 These Order Management features are available as of October 2026. - **[Complete Order Management Tasks with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_ai_order_tasks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use an AI agent to set up Order Management and complete common Order Management tasks conversationally, such as finding and canceling order items. Use the agent to cancel items in an order, quote a delivery date, or check and correct a SKU's inventory. Describe the goal in your own words. You review and confirm each change before the agent applies it. - **[Monitor Order Risks and Delays with Order Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_monitor_order_risks_and_delays_with_the_order_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get real-time visibility into active order workflows, delays, and financial risks across your fulfillment network. Order Analytics brings together summary metrics, status breakdowns by fulfillment location, and root-cause analysis for cancellations and returns. # Offer Bundled and Flexible Benefits with Multi-Level Coverage Structures Maintain nested coverage hierarchies throughout the policy lifecycle to support bundled insurance offerings. Preserve parent-child coverage relationships of up to four levels across policy issuance, endorsements, reinstatements, and renewals. Close the gap between quoting and policy administration to ensure bundled coverage structures remain consistent across policy transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Multi-Level Coverages in Policy Administration (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_admin_multi_level_coverage.htm&language=en_US) # Offer Configurable Subscription Products and Bundles Give buyers more flexibility when purchasing subscriptions by letting them configure subscription products and bundles. Buyers can select options such as the product selling model and subscription term, and use dynamic attributes to configure the product or multi-product subscription bundle before adding it to the cart. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Select a product selling model, add price book entries, and mark the subscription product as configurable. In the bundle configurator flow, select the fields buyers can configure and publish the flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configurable Products and Bundles for B2B Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_product_configurator.htm&language=en_US) # Offer Consistent Language Across Receipt Types Make sure that your customers receive email receipts in the same language that’s on their printed receipts. The Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, now passes the language code selected at checkout by using the e-receipt webhook. Previously, e-receipts defaulted to English regardless of the selection made at the point of sale, causing inconsistencies for non-English speakers. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Custom Connectors** and make sure that you have a webhook configured for customer e-receipts. ![Custom connectors page in CMS.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/262_rn_ereceipt_language.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Retail Cloud API, SPI, and Webhook Overview (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/retail-cloud/guide/retail-cloud-api-spi-webhook-specs.html) # Offer Flexible Billing Frequencies for Quotes and Orders Your sales representatives can now select a billing frequency on a transaction that differs from the product’s pricing frequency. Convert shorter pricing terms, such as monthly or quarterly, into longer billing cycles such as semi-annual or annual. Get accurate billing for partial periods based on the actual number of days a product or subscription is used. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To use this feature, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate Billing Schedules for Transactions with Different Billing and Pricing Frequencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_change_billing_pricing_frequencies.htm&language=en_US) # Offer Flexible Refund Options for Gift Receipts Configure your return policies so customers can receive refunds to a different credit card when presenting a gift receipt. Previously, gift receipt returns were restricted to gift cards or the original purchaser’s credit card, causing friction at the point of sale. Now, your associates can refund to the recipient's preferred tender and prevent refunds to the original purchaser's payment method. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to your online or offline return policy. Then in the Gift Receipt Refunds Section, turn on **Allow multiple refund options** and select Gift Card and Credit Card as eligible refund options (1). Also, add a barcode to your printed gift receipt as an image that can identify the purchase as a gift receipt during a return. Don’t associate the barcode with a PS tag because the POS app can’t distinguish the PS tag barcode as a gift receipt. ![Enable Allow multiple refund options in Point of Sale CMS.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/262_rn_gift_receipt_refund_cms..png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Receipt Layout Editor (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_layouts_templates_receipt_edit.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Gift Receipt at SKU-level (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_layouts_receipts_gift_at_sku.htm&language=en_US) # Offer Management Create offers that align with your business and customer engagement goals. Use an intuitive designer and preset approval workflows to create channel-specific offer creatives and expedite cross-team sign-offs. Leverage Agentforce to replicate top-performing offers and generate AI-driven creative treatments instantly. Automate delivery across your ecosystem using prebuild outreach templates and content blocks to reach customers with content at the optimal time. Close the loop and make data driven decisions by linking orders and customers with offers. - **[Simplify Offer Management Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure Offer Management features, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Customer Loyalty products and features, and if you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go. - **[Eliminate Revenue Leaks with Multidimensional Offer Eligibility Criteria](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_eligibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Focus your offers toward the strategic business goals you aim to achieve. Effortlessly define offer periods and extend the duration of successful offers, and organize your campaigns by assigning offers to one or multiple active offer groups. Create segments from demographic, geographic and behavioral data to precisely target your offers toward high-propensity customer groups. Design offers for specific products or categories to drive sales and optimize inventory clearance. Offers that align with a single promotion automatically inherit the eligibility criteria of the promotions. - **[Create On-Brand Creatives for Different Channels with Ease](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_treatment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Design tailored offer creatives for different channels such as email, SMS, and social media by using an intuitive designer. Customise creatives for each communication channel and output format and gain more control over your messaging by defining the intent, language, and tone. Iterate on your designs in real-time with instant preview. Create multiple creatives for the same channel to make sure your messaging resonates with varied audiences. - **[Accelerate Go-to-Market by Eliminating Approval Bottlenecks with Preset Workflows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_approvals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get offers to market faster by initiating cross-team approvals directly from the Offer Console. Expedite sign-offs from teams like finance and legal by using preset workflows with predefined approval and rejection paths. - **[Personalise and Automate Offer Delivery Across Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_communications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver targeted offer messages and follow-ups to the right audiences at the right time across different channels. Automate offer delivery on your existing marketing ecosystem. To send personalized offer launch and reminder emails, use an Outbound Engagement template in Marketing Cloud Next, or use the Offer content block in Marketing Cloud Engagement - **[Surface Offer Recommendations in Real-Time by Using Salesforce Personalisation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_personalisation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Turn real-time customer signals into revenue by surfacing the most relevant offers that motivate purchases, boost order values, and deepen engagement. Recommend offers by analyzing online behavior such as site interactions, past purchases, and browsing patterns with Salesforce Personalisation. - **[Track Offer Performance and Drive Data-Driven Decisions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_performance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Bridge the gap between offer delivery and final sales by linking orders with offers that drove them and by mapping offers with the customers who used them. Evaluate performance against predefined goals to identify exactly which offers boosted revenue and which customer segments engaged most effectively. Take data-driven decisions when planning new offers, modifying existing offers, and refining marketing strategies. - **[Accelerate Offer Lifecycle with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Instantly find and replicate high-performing and seasonal offers directly from Offer Console by using Agentforce. You can also leverage Agentforce to generate creative content for offer treatments. - **[Utilize Data Cloud Capabilities for Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_data_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Map your offer data to Data Cloud using new Data Model Objects (DMOs) to centralize offer, offer treatment, offer product, and segment data. Utilize these DMOs to find the eligible offers for individual customers. Your team can run offers with creative assets and use Data cloud Customer Segments for offer communication. Data Cloud also helps in personalizing the user’s shopping experience by surfacing offers relevant to the customer’s recent activities on the shopping site. - **[Share Offers with Customers and Partners on Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_experience_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Increase user engagement and sales by showing offers to customers and partners on Experience Cloud sites. - **[New and Changed Objects in Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Associate coupons with the relevant customers and orders by using the new fields in Offer Management objects. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Design and Manage Offers with Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_learn.htm&language=en_US) # Offer Management Turn a campaign brief into a fully drafted offer or promotion in minutes, complete with rules and rewards ready for your review. Put those personalized offers directly into your own mobile app, so customers see them wherever they're already shopping. Set up your messaging once and let updates carry automatically across SMS, push, and WhatsApp. Give your partners and community users the same guided tools to build and manage their own promotions and offers. - **[Manage Offers and Promotions from the Real-Time Offer Management Unified Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_unified_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage promotions and offers more efficiently from one workspace. Move between planning, creation, and performance analysis in one place, without switching apps. - **[Set Up Offer Management Faster with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_salesforce_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up Offer Management faster and more consistently with a guided Salesforce Go experience. Complete key user-access, Data 360, and data kit tasks in one flow, and automatically create and map Offer Treatment record types and page layouts. Reduce manual configuration, avoid missed setup steps, and get your teams ready to launch offers sooner. - **[Make Smarter Decisions with the Offer Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Make smarter offer decisions by seeing previous offer performance across products, categories, market segments, and engagement channels in one place. Compare results and adjust existing offers to reach your targets. Relaunch your most successful offers and focus future offers on the combinations that drive stronger engagement and business outcomes. - **[Control Which Offers Appear in Offer Personalised Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_personalised_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deliver more relevant offer recommendations by controlling which offers the recommender considers for each customer. When you create an offer recommender in Salesforce Personalization, apply ready-made filters or build your own from offer details and related information in a Data 360 data graph. - **[Create Offers and Promotions from Briefs with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_brief_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Agentforce to ideate on appropriate promotions and offers from campaign briefs. Agentforce drafts every aspect of promotions and offers, including audiences, eligibility criteria, reward rules, and channel treatments. Preview the generated suggestions and collaborate with your stakeholders and adjust them to match the campaign's exact intent. Once everyone is aligned, create the final promotions and offers. - **[Personalize SMS, Push Notifications, and WhatsApp Messages with Offer Treatments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_whatsapp_and_push_notification.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure offer treatments once in Offer Treatment Designer, then bring its details into SMS, push notification, and WhatsApp messages. When you update an offer treatment later, every message reflects the change automatically using its values. - **[Show Personalized, Real-Time Offers in Your Mobile Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_mobile_sdk_app.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Connect your iOS and Android apps to Real-Time Offer Management APIs by using the Mobile SDK. Show tailored promotions to your mobile users during active sessions. Review updated sample apps for a reference implementation. - **[Create and Manage Promotions and Offers from Your Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_experience_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give Experience Cloud site users the same guided experience your marketing managers use to build promotions and offers— right from an Experience Cloud site. Once saved, records appear on the Offer, Offer Treatment, and Promotion record pages, so community site users can track and manage everything they've created. - **[Find Data Kits Easily with the New Real-Time Offer Management Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_changed_datakit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We renamed the Global Promotions Management data kit to Real-Time Offer Management to better align with its underlying capabilities. This data kit makes it easy to map your Global Promotions Management and Offer Management objects to Data Cloud. - **[New and Changed Objects in Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and updated Offer Management objects. # Offer More Stripe and Adyen Payment Methods at Checkout Add popular global debit and installment methods to your B2B Commerce stores to reduce payment friction for your international customers. Stripe integrations now support direct debit from Canadian Automated Clearing House (ACH) and Pre-Authorized Debit (PAD), and New Zealand Bulk Electronic Clearing System (BECS). Adyen integrations support Affirm, Klarna, and Bancontact. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Salesforce Payments. # Offer Self-Service Interaction Management on Experience Sites for Registered Customers Your registered customers can now create, modify, and cancel inbound interactions linked to Agentforce Public Sector related objects on Experience Sites. For example, registered customers can schedule an appointment linked to a public complaint using your Experience Site. New components display upcoming and past interactions on home pages and related lists. Also, mark an interaction as anonymous so the booking flow auto-assigns resources and skips the selection screen. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on license for Public Sector Solutions. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** Set up your Experience Site and add the Appointments Related List to the site. # Omnichannel Inventory Prevent overstocking with safety stock caps. - **[Prevent Inventory Suppression with Safety Stock Caps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_inv_safety_stock_caps.htm&release=260&type=5)** Prevent overstocking by adding a safety stock cap. The cap limits how much of your inventory is designated as safety stock, so you can ship out more inventory from your distribution locations. # Omnistudio Validate your workflows built with Omniscripts and Flexcards end-to-end by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. For a fast, scalable experience, add Omnscripts and Flexcards to Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Experience Cloud sites (pilot). Get immediate help with an Omnistudio component or element with the Omnistudio Assistance AI Agent (pilot). With accessibility improvements for Omniscripts and Flexcards, create inclusive workflows and solutions for customers and users with disabilities. Filter empty records in Omnistudio Data Mapper Extract and Turbo Extract components with the Is Null operator. - **[Seamlessly Migrate from Vlocity Industries Managed Package or Omnistudio Foundation Package with Standard Data Model to Omnistudio Standard Runtime by Using the Omnistudio Migration Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_migrate_std_dm_foundation_std_runtime.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automate and simplify your Omnistudio component migration with the new Omnistudio Migration Assistant, a Salesforce CLI plug-in. The tool helps you migrate your components such as Flexcards, Omniscripts, Data Mappers, Integration Procedures, Omni Global Auto Numbers, custom labels, and related objects such as Apex classes, FlexiPages, Experience Cloud pages, Lightning web components (LWCs) from the Vlocity Industries managed package or Omnistudio Foundation package with standard data model to Omnistudio standard runtime. - **[Enforced Security Checks for Omnistudio for Managed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_mp_security_enforcement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Omnistudio for managed packages now enforces advanced security settings to protect data and maintain system integrity. These controls ensure that all users, including guest and unauthenticated users can access data only through authorised and secure channels. - **[Enforced Security Checks for Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_security_enforcement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Omnistudio now enforces advanced security settings to protect data and maintain system integrity. These controls ensure that all users, including guest and unauthenticated users can access data only through authorised and secure channels. - **[​Automate UI Testing for Omniscripts and Flexcards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_utam_testing_for_omniscripts_flexcards.htm&release=260&type=5)** Omnistudio now supports comprehensive UI testing for guided experiences and visual components by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. UTAM improves deployment reliability by validating end-to-end workflows. Write UI-driven tests for Omniscripts and Flexcards that validate full user journeys exactly as they appear on screen. UTAM interacts directly with the interface to test user inputs, navigation, actions, data rendering, and visual states. - **[Get Instant Product Assistance and Troubleshooting with Omnistudio Assistance AI Agent (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_omnistudio_assistance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Omnistudio Assistance AI pilot agent to get context-aware guidance directly in the designer. Whether you’re a designer, developer, or implementation specialist, the agent provides instant, relevant information about any Omnistudio component or element that you’re working with. It can also provide a complete build plan that helps architect end-to-end solutions, based on an industry vertical. The agent can also run design-time diagnostics to identify gaps and avoid runtime failures. - **[Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_accessibility.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build inclusive user interfaces by using the accessibility enhancements in Flexcard and Omniscript elements. These enhancements cover many accessibility requirements, such as enhanced screen reader announcements, easier navigation, and a more powerful UI experience. Some enhancements are only available when you turn on the Runtime Accessibility setting in the Flexcard and Omniscript designers. For instance, this setting unlocks new properties for elements such as Radio, Radio Group, Block, and Data Table. Other changes apply even without turning on this setting, such as new custom attributes for icons, autocomplete options in several elements, and so on. - **[Get Null Values Easily with the New Is Null Operator in Data Mappers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_is_null.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the new IS NULL operator in Omnistudio Data Mapper Extract and Turbo Extract to filter null or empty records. Previously, the equality operator (=) didn’t consistently handle null filtering, often requiring complex workarounds. For example, to get records with empty account IDs, a Data Mapper operation such as AccountId = null AND Phone != null was required. With the IS NULL operator, you can explicitly filter blank fields, without adding an additional condition, such as != null. - **[Enhance Your Experience Cloud LWR Sites with Flexcards and Omniscripts (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_lwr_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Embed Flexcards and Omniscripts on your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Experience Cloud sites, which offer enhanced performance and scalability. To create faster guided interactions for your users, use the combined power of LWR’s speed and Omnistudio’s customization options. In Spring ’26, we removed limitations and provided workarounds where a complete fix isn’t available. - **[Find Omnistudio API Documentation in a New Location](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_api_docs_moved.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now find Omnistudio business APIs, metadata API types, and Apex reference documentation in the Industries Common Resources Developer Guide. - **[Removal of Hosted Content for Omnistudio for Managed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_removal_hosted_content.htm&release=260&type=5)** Some readme files and sample data packs have been removed from Omnistudio for Managed Packages help. We'll let you know if we bring them back. - **[Omnistudio Minor Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_updates_minor_releases.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find out about bug fixes, minor updates, and known issues for Omnistudio made after Spring ’26 and before Summer ’26. # Omnistudio Omnistudio provides a comprehensive, low-code suite of services and components, designed to build engaging, industry-specific digital experiences. It accelerates the path from development to production, enabling you to create guided customer interactions by using data from Salesforce and external sources. - **[Resume Omniscripts Across Users with Enhanced Save for Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_enhanced_save_for_later.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver seamless, collaborative customer journeys where different users can start, save, and resume the same Omniscript. Previously, Save for Later had limitations that often resulted in restrictions of its usage. In Summer '26, these limitations have been removed. You can now share Omniscript saved session records with the Sharing option. For example, an internal service representative can start an application on behalf of a customer and share a link with the customer to complete it. Similarly, a guest user can save their progress and resume it later as an authenticated user. - **[Optimize Implementation Consistency with Data Mapper Versioning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_data_mapper_versioning.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage different versions of your Data Mappers by enabling versioning. It activates existing standard Data Mappers as version 1 and locks active components to maintain consistency across your implementations. You can create new versions to make changes rather than editing active components, keeping Data Mappers consistent with other Omnistudio components. By default, Data Mapper versioning is disabled. - **[Switch Between Standard and Managed Package Runtimes and Designers in the Same Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_omnistudio_hybrid.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Omnistudio Hybrid to access both managed package and standard designers within the same org. If you’re on a managed package runtime and designer, you can create all new components directly in the standard designer and standard runtime to experience a refreshed layout and improved performance. By default, Omnistudio Hybrid is enabled for managed package users to maintain metadata consistency while providing a reliable path to modern workflows. Continue managing your existing legacy components in the managed package designer while building your new components on the standard designer. - **[Migrate to Omnistudio Standard Runtime by Using the Omnistudio Migration Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_migrate_using_oma.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automate and simplify your Omnistudio component migration with the new Omnistudio Migration Assistant, a Salesforce CLI plug-in. Migrate Flexcards, Omniscripts, Data Mappers, Integration Procedures, Global auto numbers, custom labels, and related objects, such as Apex classes and FlexiPages. You can migrate these components from the Vlocity Industries or Omnistudio Foundation packages with custom or standard data model to the Omnistudio standard runtime. - **[Accelerate Flexcard Development with Omnistudio MCP (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_omnistudio_mcp_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Omnistudio Model Context Protocol (MCP) server to bridge the gap between AI and low-code development. This implementation of MCP functions as a governed pathway for connecting AI agents directly to your Omnistudio development lifecycle. Use AI to quickly convert requirements, such as plain text, screenshots, or UX mockups, into functional Flexcard templates. Then iterate, simulate, and test your components before deployment. - **[Invoke Autolaunched Flows in Omnistudio Flexcards (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_autolaunched_flows_in_flexcards_pilot.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your development process and use existing or new autolaunched flows in Flexcards. Reuse existing business logic by using autolaunched flows as a native data source in Flexcards, bringing the power of Flow’s background automation to your digital experiences. - **[Get Actionable Guidance for Omnistudio Error Messages on Salesforce Help](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_error_messages_on_salesforce_help.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Find actionable causes and solutions for errors. Fix issues related to component design, runtime performance, access, and other commonly-faced scenarios. - **[Open Flexcard Actions in a New Browser Tab or Window](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_new_browser_tab_or_window_option.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give users more control over their navigation experience by allowing them to open Flexcard action targets in a new browser tab or window. Your users can now launch Omniscripts or external web pages without losing their current place in Salesforce or an Experience Cloud site. - **[Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_accessibility_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver more inclusive digital experiences with comprehensive accessibility, usability, and consistency enhancements across Omnistudio runtime components. These updates follow Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 best practices to improve navigation for screen reader and keyboard users. - **[Omnistudio Minor Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_updates_minor_releases.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Find out about bug fixes, minor updates, and known issues about Omnistudio made after Summer '25 and before Winter '26. # Omnistudio Omnistudio provides a comprehensive, low-code suite of services and components, designed to build engaging, industry-specific digital experiences. It accelerates the path from development to production, enabling you to create guided customer interactions by using data from Salesforce and external sources. - **[Control Which Objects Guest and Community Users Can Query in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_flexcard_datasource_allowlist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Protect your org data by specifying which objects Experience Cloud guest users and authenticated community or portal users can query through Omnistudio. Omnistudio now blocks SOQL queries and SOSL searches that external users run through the HandleData() and HandleDataCards() methods unless every object in the query is on an allowlist that you maintain. Allowed queries run in user mode, so the user's object permissions, field-level security, and sharing rules apply. - **[Simplify Omnistudio Component Deployments with Clean Metadata](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_clean_metadata_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Clean Metadata Deployment to manage and deploy Omnistudio components with the same tools and processes you already use for standard Salesforce metadata. Deploy them by using Salesforce CLI, change sets, and first-generation (1GP) and second-generation (2GP) packages in the same pipeline as your Lightning web components, flows, Apex classes, and similar metadata. Each component exposes a single version, dependencies are detected automatically, and source files use clean, version-agnostic names. Previously, deploying Omnistudio components required extra steps to work around the limitations of the old metadata. - **[Reuse Autolaunched Flow Logic Across Your Flexcards (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_flexcard_autolaunched_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set an active autolaunched flow as a Flexcard data source or invoke a flow directly from a Flexcard action. Reuse existing autolaunched flow logic across your Flexcards to keep business logic centralized. The autolaunched flow data source is available in the Omnistudio standard designer. - **[Run Flexcards and Omniscripts Offline on Mobile Devices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_flexcard_omniscript_offline_mobile.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep field work moving in areas with poor or no connectivity. Your mobile users can open, complete, and submit Flexcards and Omniscripts entirely offline, without waiting on live server calls or timing out in remote locations. Data operations, input validations, and calculations run on the device. Completed actions queue locally and sync to Salesforce in sequence after a connection returns. - **[Omnistudio Minor Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_updates_minor_releases.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Find out about bug fixes, minor updates, and known issues about Omnistudio made after Summer '26 and before Winter '27. # Omnistudio for Industries Many Industries products include access to Omnistudio features. Use these features to extend and customize your product based on your business needs. #### See Also - [Spring ‘26 Release Notes for Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&release=260&language=en_US) # Omnistudio for Industries Many Industries products include access to Omnistudio features. Use these features to extend and customize your product based on your business needs. #### See Also - [Summer ‘26 Release Notes for Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&language=en_US) # Omnistudio for Industries Many Industries products include access to Omnistudio features. Use these features to extend and customize your product based on your business needs. #### See Also - [Latest Release Notes for Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&language=en_US) # Omnistudio Minor Releases Find out about bug fixes, minor updates, and known issues for Omnistudio made after Spring ’26 and before Summer ’26. [Omnistudio Minor Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000394906&type=1&language=en_US) # Omnistudio Minor Releases Find out about bug fixes, minor updates, and known issues about Omnistudio made after Summer '25 and before Winter '26. [Omnistudio Minor Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000394906&type=1&language=en_US) # Omnistudio Minor Releases Find out about bug fixes, minor updates, and known issues about Omnistudio made after Summer '26 and before Winter '27. [Omnistudio Minor Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000394906&type=1&language=en_US) # Onboard Partners into Your Loyalty Ecosystem with AI Tools Your marketing managers can bring an external partner into your loyalty program's ecosystem through a guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates the partner account and maps the partner's product catalog and categories. Your managers can also set up prepaid packs and a points conversion ratio, and create joint promotions. **Where:** This change applies to Loyalty Management in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. To manage partners, you need the Loyalty Management - Growth or the Loyalty Management - Advanced license. To manage prepaid packs, you need the Loyalty Management - Advanced license. This capability also requires access to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To use this workflow, your marketing managers need the Loyalty Management permission set. **How:** Connect your AI tool, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, to your org with Salesforce CLI and to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Tell your AI tool that you're onboarding a partner, and specify the partnership type — accrual, redemption, or both. Specify partner products and product categories by using a CSV file or by entering them manually. Prompt the tool to create prepaid packs if necessary. Then create joint promotions and specify the partner contribution to each one. #### See Also - [_Developer Guide:_ Headless 360 MCP Server](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [Agentforce Vibes Overview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Loyalty Program Partners](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_program_partners.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Only Stage and Rotate OAuth Credentials for Local External Client Apps Use the OAuth Staged Credentials Connect REST API endpoint to manage the OAuth key and secret for only local external client apps. The initial release note and the help topic for this feature didn't specify that credentials can't be staged and rotated for packaged external client apps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature was released in Winter '26. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Note_: Stage and Rotate External Client App Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_stage_rotate_eca_credentials.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Stage, Rotate, and Delete OAuth Credentials for a Local External Client App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.eca_stage_oauth_credentials.htm&release=258&language=en_US) # Open a Cleared Form from a Deep Link in the Field Service Mobile App Add the `fsl__restart=true` parameter to the deep link that your external app uses to launch the Field Service mobile app and open a form. The app then opens the specified form cleared of previously entered values, so your technicians get a blank form every time. Previously, the app retained values between launches, so a deep link reopened the form with the earlier entries still in place. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. # Open Agentforce Assist from Sales Workspace Recommendations Give sellers contextual help for related records without leaving Sales Workspace. You can configure a platform action to open Agentforce Assist directly from a prioritized signal. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions with the Sales Foundation add-on. **How:** Create an Agent Quick Action and assign it to a signal type on the Sales Workspace Actions setup page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create an Agent Quick Action for Signals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_workspace_create_ask_agent_action.htm&language=en_US) # Open CTI Is Scheduled for Retirement Open CTI is in maintenance mode and is scheduled for retirement on February 28, 2028. Effective immediately, Open CTI is deprecated and unavailable for newly created Agentforce Service orgs. We recommend transitioning your telephony integration to Service Cloud Voice to take advantage of the latest telephony innovations and native AI capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Open CTI. Service Cloud Voice is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce Open CTI Retirement in February 2028](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005306437&type=1&language=en_US) # Open Flexcard Actions in a New Browser Tab or Window Give users more control over their navigation experience by allowing them to open Flexcard action targets in a new browser tab or window. Your users can now launch Omniscripts or external web pages without losing their current place in Salesforce or an Experience Cloud site. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and standard designer. **How:** In the Flexcard designer, find the Action element you want to modify. In the Open Target in field section, select **New Browser Tab or Window**. # Open Links from ACC Web SDK Embedded Experiences in a New Browser Tab Supported links in the Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) Web SDK—such as hyperlinks with absolute or relative URLs—now open in a new browser tab. This update improves navigation for those links when developers integrate Agentforce Employee Agent (AEA) conversational experiences into external web applications. **Where:** This change applies to ACC Web SDK embedded experiences in external web applications. **How:** No additional setup is required. When a user selects a hyperlink with an absolute URL or a relative URL in an ACC Web SDK embedded experience, the URL opens in a new browser tab. **Note**: The ACC Web SDK is built on Lightning Out 2.0. Lightning Out 2.0 doesn't support page navigation for embedded LWC components. The `lightning/navigation` service isn't supported. For example, link to a record page with `/lightning/r/Account/001xx000003DGSWAA4/view` or to an external page with `https://www.example.com/help`. # Open Newly Created Flows in Flow Builder from Setup with Agentforce (Beta) Transition smoothly from conversational, AI-generated flow creation to fine-tuning the results. After you create a flow in Setup with Agentforce, use the new links to open it directly in Flow Builder for review and modification. The links remain available as long as the tab where Agentforce created the flow is open. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flows in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_flows.htm&language=en_US) # Open Screen Flows in Lightning Experience with a URL (Generally Available) Launch screen flows in Lightning Experience and Lightning console apps with a new standardized URL format. Opening flows in Lightning has several benefits, such as faster performance, keeping your users in Lightning console apps, and providing a more consistent browser experience. You can also pass information into your flow through its URL. The new URL format also supports the Salesforce Cosmos theme, and flow local actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To open a flow in Lightning Experience, append `/lightning/flow/YourFlowNameHere` to your URL. To run a specific flow version, append `/lightning/flow/YourFlowNameHere/versionId` to your URL. Flows that open in Lightning Experience have improved performance because most required Lightning components are already loaded into the browser session. In Lightning console apps, your tabs are preserved when a flow opens, and you can switch to other tabs while the flow is working. Using the new URL format also ensures that your browser behaves consistently, with forward, back, and your browser history working as expected. To pass data into a flow through its URL, append ?flow\_\_variableIdHere=value to the end of your URL. For example, to pass a case number into a flow, `/lightning/flow/YourFlowNameHere?flow__variableIdHereID={!Case.CaseNumber}`. Use `&` to append multiple variables into a flow. For example, `/lightning/flow/YourFlowNameHere?flow__varUserFirst={!$User.FirstName}&flow__varUserLast={!$User.LastName}` passes both the user first name and last name into the flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Choosing Between Lightning and Non-Lightning Flow URL Formats](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=flow_distribute_internal_url_lightning_vs_lightning_out.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize a Flow URL to Control Finish Behavior](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=flow_distribute_internal_url_returl.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Variable Values to a Flow Using the Flow's URL](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=flow_distribute_internal_url_variable.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Open Setup Pages in a Dedicated Tab (Beta) In Salesforce orgs that have enabled Setup with Agentforce, Setup pages open in a single dedicated tab instead of overwriting the Setup Home page. Now you can context switch between Home, agent conversations, and Setup pages without losing work. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** This change applies to all Setup users, including those without the Use Setup with Agentforce permission. **How:** The title of the Setup tab changes to reflect the title of each page that you open. ![Screenshot of Setup with the new Setup tab open to the Profiles page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/setup_agentforce_new_setup_tab.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_configuration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_use.htm&language=en_US) # Open the Next Work Item from the Same Orchestration Run Help users complete their assigned work items from the same orchestration run without returning to the list view. When a user completes a work item, the Orchestration Work Guide opens the next work item from the same orchestration run. If the user has no remaining work items from the same run, the component shows their updated work item list for the current record. The Automatically Open Next Work Item option is available in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. **Who:** To customize record page layouts, Lightning App Builder requires that you have the Customize Application permission. To customize an object detail page, Experience Cloud requires you to be a member of the site and have the Create and Set Up Experiences permission, or be a member of the site and an experience admin. **How:** If the Orchestration Work Guide component is on a page in Lightning App Builder or Experience Builder, select the component. Otherwise, in Lightning App Builder, add the Orchestration Work Guide component to a record page layout. In Experience Builder, add the component to an object detail page. In the Orchestration Work Guide properties panel, select **Automatically Open Next Work Item**. This option is off by default. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Make Assigned Work Items Accessible on a Record Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.orchestrator_build_add_work_guide.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Make Assigned Work Items Accessible on an Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.orchestrator_build_add_work_guide_external.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Open the Next Work Item from the Same Orchestration Run in Experience Builder In Experience Builder, configure the Orchestration Work Guide to help users complete work items from the same orchestration run. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Open the Next Work Item from the Same Running Flow Approval Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_orchestrator_work_guide_configuration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help users complete their assigned approval work items from the same running flow approval process without returning to the list view. When a user completes a work item, the Orchestration Work Guide opens the next work item from the same running flow approval process. If the user has no remaining work items, the component shows their updated work item list for the current record. The Automatically Open Next Work Item option is available in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Orchestration Work Guide](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.rss_flow_orchestration_work_guide_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Open the Next Work Item from the Same Orchestration Run in Lightning App Builder Configure the Orchestration Work Guide component in Lightning App Builder to automatically open the next work item from the same orchestration run when a user completes one. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Open the Next Work Item from the Same Running Flow Approval Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_orchestrator_work_guide_configuration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help users complete their assigned approval work items from the same running flow approval process without returning to the list view. When a user completes a work item, the Orchestration Work Guide opens the next work item from the same running flow approval process. If the user has no remaining work items, the component shows their updated work item list for the current record. The Automatically Open Next Work Item option is available in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder.") - [Open the Next Work Item from the Same Orchestration Run in Lightning App Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_general_lab_orchestration_work_item_component_update.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure the Orchestration Work Guide component in Lightning App Builder to automatically open the next work item from the same orchestration run when a user completes one.") # Open the Next Work Item from the Same Running Flow Approval Process Help users complete their assigned approval work items from the same running flow approval process without returning to the list view. When a user completes a work item, the Orchestration Work Guide opens the next work item from the same running flow approval process. If the user has no remaining work items, the component shows their updated work item list for the current record. The Automatically Open Next Work Item option is available in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. **Who:** To customize record page layouts, Lightning App Builder requires that you have the Customize Application permission. To customize an object detail page, Experience Cloud requires you to be a member of the site and have the Create and Set Up Experiences permission, or be a member of the site and an experience admin. **How:** If the Orchestration Work Guide component is on a page in Lightning App Builder or Experience Builder, select the component. Otherwise, in Lightning App Builder, add the Orchestration Work Guide component to a record page layout. In Experience Builder, add the component to an object detail page. In the Orchestration Work Guide properties panel, select **Automatically Open Next Work Item**. This option is off by default. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Make Assigned Approval Work Items Accessible on a Record Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_build_add_work_guide.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Make Assigned Approval Work Items Accessible on an Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_build_add_work_guide_external.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 Family Reroute Date Approaching OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 family model requests will be rerouted January 14, 2027. - GPT-4o is being replaced by GPT-5.6 Luna - GPT-4o mini is being replaced by GPT-5.6 Luna - GPT-4.1 is being replaced by GPT-5.6 Luna - GPT-4.1 Mini is being replaced by GPT-5.6 Luna We recommend that you test your prompts and applications with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **When:** OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 family model requests are rerouted on January 14, 2027. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # OpenAI Search Provider in the Search the Web Agent Action Is Now Generally Available Get relevant, real-time web search results within your AI agents by using OpenAI as a search provider. OpenAI as a search provider, which is now generally available, includes an update to the underlying web search model since the beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions for an additional cost. Required add-on licenses vary by agent type. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available starting the week of May 4, 2026. **How:** To customize your search provider, open the Search The Web agent action in Agentforce Builder and select **Edit Action**. Then, select the search provider in the **Configuration Value** under Search Provider Instructions. To access the search provider input for the action you added in earlier releases, add a fresh copy from the asset library. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set the Search Provider for Search The Web Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_set_search_provider_for_web_search_action.htm&language=en_US) # Opt into Additional AI Features with Amazon Connect Customer (Now Off by Default) Amazon has introduced Amazon Connect Customer, an optional feature set that brings additional AI capabilities to your contact center. Previously, the AI capabilities were turned on by default, but now they are an opt-in service. You can choose to turn on Connect Customer at an additional cost if it fits your business needs. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Why:** To prevent unexpected Salesforce platform minutes, we're proactively turning off Amazon Connect Customer across all accounts. After this change, your instance returns to the Connect Customer Basic model at the standard rate, and no action is required from you. If you choose to enable Connect Customer, your usage is billed at 2.1× the standard base rate for your platform minutes, thus increasing your Salesforce platform minutes consumption. **How:** To turn on Amazon Connect Customer, log in to the AWS console, go to your Connect instance, and turn on the feature in the Customer settings. You can also use the AWS CLI to turn it on or off at any time. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect Customer (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_connect_customer_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Opt Out of Allowing Salesforce Access to Customer Data You can now use a self-service toggle in the Setup UI to opt out of allowing Salesforce to access Customer Data in your org. Previously, opting out required customers to submit a support case. Allowing access gives Salesforce consent to use Customer Data, as defined in our Main Services Agreement (MSA), in your org for the following purposes: - Train global predictive AI models for use by the services and features to which you have access - Improve the services and features to which you have access - Conduct research into and development of new services and features ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Access to Customer Data is on by default unless you’re using Government Cloud or your organization has already decided not to share Customer Data with Salesforce. If you turn off Salesforce access to Customer Data in your org: - No new data is shared. Salesforce retains your collected data for up to 30 days, after which it’s deleted and can’t be recovered. - No Salesforce employee will view your Customer Data outside of a support case, a pilot, or as otherwise described in your legal agreements. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. **When:** Consent management for data sharing is available starting February 4, 2026. **How:** In Setup, go to Einstein Setup and turn on Einstein if it’s not already enabled. Go to Opt Out of Customer Data Access and turn consent on or off. ![In Setup, opt in or out of Customer Data sharing with Salesforce](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_einstein_consent_optout.png) #### See Also - [Manage Salesforce Access to Customer Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_consent_optout.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Activation Payloads with the Is Changed Operator Gain finer control over your activation logic with the new `Is Changed` operator. Filter activation records based on attribute-level changes to make sure that downstream destinations receive data only when critical values update. This enhancement reduces the amount of unnecessary data sent to activation targets and improves the relevance of your activated data. This operator works only with streaming DMO activations. **Where**: This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When**: This feature is available starting in January 2026. # Optimize Ad Targeting with Data 360 Audience Segments (Beta) Deliver highly targeted campaigns by applying first-party Data 360 audience segments directly to media plans. Eliminate manual metadata imports and redundant local storage by automatically mapping Data 360 Segment IDs to downstream ad server IDs on order submission. Build a precision-targeting foundation on your own first-party data and significantly reduce custom integration overhead. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud — Advanced. This feature also requires Data 360 Provisioning or Data 360 Starter and Customer Data 360 for Marketing — Ad Audience. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Ad targeting with Data 360 audience segments is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Target Segment Integration (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_data_360_taregt_segment_config_about.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Asset Service Management Operations Improve field efficiency by creating crew timesheets across date ranges, resolving date conflicts, and tailoring field visibility and vehicle selection by user profile. Accelerate revenue with fast, error-free upsell and cross-sell quoting powered by Agentforce. Track unusable inventory separately to reflect damaged, expired, or lost stock while keeping available stock levels accurate. See [Asset Service Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_asset_management.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Channel Operations with Enhanced Channel Revenue Management Channel Revenue Management now provides enhanced control and efficiency across partner inventory and incentive programs. New features include Stock Rotation Incentives, allowing partners to return or scrap aging stock for rotation credits, while maintaining financial control through precise budget allocation and tracking. Incentive budgets can now be defined, allocated, and monitored across partners and programs. Operational efficiency is improved with integrated workflows for partner submission, eligibility validation, claim creation, and budget tracking. # Optimize Code with ApexGuru ApexGuru is now available in Salesforce Code Analyzer for VS Code and Code Builder, offering inline visibility into performance hotspots while writing Apex. Scan Apex classes directly in the IDE, receiving inline recommendations with context and severity. **Where:** ApexGuru is available at no additional cost for all major editions in Production and Full sandbox environments. All Signature, Scale Test, and Partner Large Data Volume (LDV) orgs have access. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, then click **Scale Center**. Go to Scale Insights, then click **ApexGuru Insights**. # Optimize Code with ApexGuru ApexGuru introduces generally available support in DX MCP. Detect and fix antipatterns directly within agentic IDE workflows. This update adds GPT-4.1 powered detection for advanced antipatterns like Redundant SOQL, DML in Loops, and SOQL in Loops. Also, new Test Case Insights help you identify inefficient test code to improve overall coverage and quality. The Salesforce Code Analyzer extension enables real-time scanning during the development lifecycle. **Where:** ApexGuru is available at no additional cost in all major edition production and full sandbox environments. Access it in all Signature, Scale Test, and Partner Large Data Volume (LDV) orgs. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click **Scale Center**. Go to Scale Insights, and click **ApexGuru Insights**. You can also right-click a `.cls` file in an IDE and select **Scan Selected File for Performance Issues with ApexGuru using the Salesforce Code Analyzer**. ApexGuru works in DX MCP via the `scale-products` toolset. Use the `scan_apex_class_for_antipatterns` tool to analyze Apex classes within MCP-enabled IDEs and agentic workflows. # Optimize Course Operations with Tableau Next Give registrars and operations teams an integrated view of course availability, scheduling efficiency, and enrollment patterns. With a centralized dashboard, staff can build schedules, manage resources, and balance demand more effectively without relying on manual processes. Anticipate enrollment trends and take timely action to optimize course capacity and faculty workloads. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where these licenses are enabled. - Education Cloud - Data 360 - Tableau Next **Who:** Users with these permission sets can install Tableau Next Analytics dashboards. - Education Cloud Full Access - Data Cloud Architect - Tableau Next Admin Users with these permission sets can view Tableau Next Analytics dashboards. - Education Cloud Full Access - An appropriate Tableau Next permission set and its required Data 360 permission set. See [Tableau Next Permission Sets and Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_permsets_licenses.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For information about your Tableau Next permission sets, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tableau Next for Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_tableau_next_for_education.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize GetCartItems Responses by Filtering Unwanted Attributes Get faster, lighter GetCartItems API responses by excluding unwanted attributes and attribute categories from your cart data without affecting pricing, validation, or eligibility. For even greater control, use the Skinnify approach to return only the attribute-specific metadata that your application needs with no recompile or data setup required. The GCITrimFieldsToInclude field set on QuoteLineItem and OrderItem controls which product and pricing fields appear at the root of each line item. The pciFields URL parameter controls whether product child item fields are included at root level. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to the users with the Industries CPQ license and the necessary permissions to configure and use Standard Cart APIs. # Optimize High Volume Processing with DPEs on Data 360 Improve system performance and address org-level data pipeline limits by running complex incentive calculations directly on Data Cloud. Manufacturers with high-volume operations such as Rebates, Stock Rotation, and Channel Inventory require a robust processing engine for large-scale data transformation. By executing Data Processing Engine (DPE) definitions within Data Cloud, you can support complex incentive processing at scale with greater speed and efficiency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced and Data Cloud are enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced Admin permission. **How:** In the Data Processing Engine definition, select the DPE execution method as Data Cloud/CDP. # Optimize Identity Resolution by Segregating B2B and B2C Data with Filters Segregate B2B and B2C records within the same data space to run identity resolution on different audience types by using preprocessing data filters. Process smaller sample datasets to safely test, audit, and refine your matching rules before deploying them to full production workloads. Preprocessing filters act as an upstream layer and use conditional logic applied directly to source data model objects to create broad, partition-like environment boundaries. Filtering out unneeded records optimizes credit consumption by ensuring that identity resolution processes only the records that you need. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Filter Source Records out of Identity Resolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_identity_resolution_filter_records.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Implementation Consistency with Data Mapper Versioning Manage different versions of your Data Mappers by enabling versioning. It activates existing standard Data Mappers as version 1 and locks active components to maintain consistency across your implementations. You can create new versions to make changes rather than editing active components, keeping Data Mappers consistent with other Omnistudio components. By default, Data Mapper versioning is disabled. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and standard designer. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Omnistudio Settings**. Turn on **Omnistudio Metadata**, and then check your email for a success confirmation. After the metadata support is active, turn on **Data Mapper Versioning** from the same page. You can turn off **Data Mapper Versioning** at any time. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio Installation and Upgrade_: Omnistudio Data Mapper Versioning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_omnistudio_enable_dataraptor_versioning.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Intraday Staffing with Real-Time Adherence Spot staffing gaps faster and track schedule adherence right in the Intraday dashboard. Dynamic adherence scores, visual absence indicators, and color-coded status blocks compare scheduled activities against agents' active Omni-Channel statuses. Filter out-of-adherence agents by Job Profile or Service Territory, and set schedule allowance preferences to absorb minor variances. Platform events can trigger flow automation to handle your out-of-adherence process and notifications automatically, extending alerts to channels like Slack or email if an admin configures it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Planner permission set can monitor staffing and manage intraday adjustments. **How:** Turn on Real-Time Adherence in the WEM Console App to view the Intraday Schedule dashboard, and configure start-time allowances in Setup. # Optimize Invocable Actions User Access with New Permission Set Simplify permission management by granting precise access to the prebuilt invocable actions in the Communication, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. To ensure that your users maintain access to the necessary invocable actions, migrate from the managed package licenses to the permission set licenses, and use the CME Agentforce permission set. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications, Media, and Energy managed package. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Assign Permission Sets to Use Invocable Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_assign_permission_sets_to_use_invocable_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Invocable Actions in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities Managed Package](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_invocable_actions_in_cme_managed_package.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Access Salesforce Industries CME Features and Functionality](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_t_access_salesforce_industries_cme_features_and_functionality_243125.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize IT Hardware Lifecycles with Service Requests Replace cases with service requests to streamline your core hardware lifecycle workflows. Employees can initiate requests through multiple self-service channels, including the Agentforce Employee Portal, Slack, and Microsoft Teams. To accelerate hardware delivery and reclamation, IT fulfillers can use automated routing rules, service catalog templates, and multi-location sourcing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Service requests integrate with the Unified Service Catalog to provide structured intake flows and automated fulfillment by using third-party connectors. For physical hardware requests, the system dynamically generates fulfillment and return orders. Additionally, IT fulfillers can use the Action Launcher to convert existing incidents into service requests. **How:** To route incoming requests to the correct IT fulfillers, set up Service Request Routing Rules in Setup. To standardize request intake, install preconfigured Service Catalog Templates. # Optimize IT Operations with Priority-Based Proactive Assistance Admins can now configure proactive assistance to trigger actions only on specific priority levels for incidents and problems. By limiting automated actions to specific records, ensure that your AI resources are focused on high-impact issues. Consequently, IT teams get a data-driven head start on critical issues, and avoid unnecessary processing of low-severity tickets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service when Proactive Assistance for Incidents is enabled. **Who:**Users need the Proactive Assistance for IT Services permission set to use the proactive actions on incidents. # Optimize Large Datasets in One Smooth Operation with Dynamic Scaling (Generally Available) Set up and manage large-scale global and in-day optimization effectively without splitting data due to system limits. Dynamic scaling intelligently structures data into geographical clusters, seamlessly balancing demand and capacity while accounting for all operational work rule constraints. This capability simplifies optimization management by enabling higher system limits, so you don’t need to manually define optimization groups and boundaries. It also prevents conflicts and overlaps that often occur with fragmented, parallel optimization runs. You can now easily select all service territories when you configure a scheduled optimization job without having to select each territory individually. Previously, you had to define boundaries between areas that needed to be optimized together, making workforce planning difficult. Lower system limits meant you had to reduce the number of service appointments or service resources processed in a single request, and configure multiple optimization jobs. This fragmentation was tedious and affected overall business performance. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field Service Admin app, go to Field Service Settings. Select **Optimization**, and then, in the Logic tab, select **Enable Dynamic Scaling**. Then select the **Scheduled Jobs** tab. For any job, you can select all service territories to be optimized in one group. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Optimization of Large Field Service Datasets with Dynamic Scaling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.pfs_enhanced_optimization_dynamic_scaling.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Media Sales Configuration with AI Developer Tools Describe your target setup in plain language to an AI developer tool to configure proposal and media plan flows in Media Cloud. Instead of manually navigating multiple setup pages, guide Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes to generate and wire your configurations, including pitch-deck generation. This automated configuration path accelerates implementation, so you verify the generated flows instead of assembling them page by page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. - **[Accelerate Ad Catalog Setup with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_ad_catalogs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure ad product catalogs in Advertising Sales Management by describing your target setup to an AI agent. Instead of navigating multiple setup pages by hand, guide your agent through catalog intake, audit, and remediation to generate your catalog configurations. This conversational setup path speeds up catalog launches and replication, so you verify your ad product lines instead of building them by hand. - **[Build Ad Inventory Datasets Headlessly with AI Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_ad_inv_calendar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reset and build representative ad inventory datasets in provisioned Media Cloud orgs conversationally and headlessly through an AI coding agent. Instead of running manual data loads or running custom scripts, describe your test data requirements to the agent to generate and populate the database automatically. - **[Discover Ad Products and Check Availability Faster with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_discover_ad_prods_check_avails.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Direct an AI agent to discover matching ad products and check inventory availability from an ingested campaign brief. Instead of manually cross-referencing targeting, availability, and the product catalog across separate setup pages, guide the agent to chain these configurations for you. Review the discovered ad products instead of cross-referencing each system by hand, accelerating product discovery and calendar verification. - **[Configure Proposals and Media Plans with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_proposals_media_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Describe your target setup in plain language to an AI developer tool to configure proposal and media plan flows in Advertising Sales Management. Instead of manually navigating multiple setup pages, guide Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes to generate and wire your configurations, including pitch-deck generation. This automated configuration path accelerates implementation, so you verify the generated flows instead of assembling them page by page. - **[Configure Request for Proposal Document Intake with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_request_for_proposal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure Request for Proposal (RFP) summary structure by describing the format you require to an AI agent. Instead of mapping extraction fields to opportunity fields by hand, guide the agent through the setup, and it generates the mappings for you. You verify the setup instead of building it by hand, which accelerates onboarding for new RFP formats. # Optimize Multichannel Member Engagement with Patient and Member Outreach Help your members make better healthcare decisions by enabling your marketing teams to proactively communicate with them across multiple channels. Improve care plan adherence by automatically engaging members with one or more open care gaps through personalized emails and SMS reminders. Effectively manage member outreach campaigns with the Health Engagement app. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Prompt Template User, Data Cloud Architect, Data Cloud User, Marketing Cloud Manager, and Member Self Service Agent Access permission sets. **How:** From Setup, go to the Health Engagement Settings page, and turn on Patient and Member Outreach. Then, navigate to the Patient and Member Outreach tab and follow the guided setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Patient and Member Outreach](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_health_engmt_patient_and_member_outreach.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Pages with Lightning Experience Insights (Generally Available) Analyze performance trends and improve slow pages, components, and actions using Lightning Experience Insights. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. Now, you can generate these insights for production orgs with low page views and for all sandbox orgs. The Key Insights section includes new settings to improve org performance. Finally, the new format and documentation of the High Impact, Slow Performing Pages table make critical insights easier to understand. **Where:** These updates apply to Full sandbox and production environments with Scale Center enabled. Lightning Experience Insights is available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click **Scale Center**. Navigate to Scale Insights, and then click **Lightning Experience Insights**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Lightning Experience Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.lex_insights_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Optimize Payout Calculation with Advanced Rebate Payouts Generate accurate, auditable rebate payouts that match real commercial agreements, including flat, tiered, and growth-based structures, powered by the Data Processing Engine (DPE) on Data 360. When benefits update, payout calculations adjust automatically so payouts stay accurate without manual rework. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where the Channel Revenue Management add-on and Data 360 are enabled. The add-on works with either Sales Cloud or Industry Anchor Sales licenses, and the relevant Data 360 license is required to use DPE on Data 360. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced permission set. **How:** In Setup, enable the Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced preference, or set it up from Salesforce Go. Configure your payout structure at the Rebate Program level, and use DPE on Data 360 to run high-volume payout calculations. # Optimize Performance for Complex Carts with Level-Based Pagination for Standard Cart APIs Provide an improved user experience for your Industries CPQ Cart with large product bundles with deep hierarchies. Achieve reduced loading time and Apex Governor limit by implementing a level-based approach to loading the cart content. You can load the top-level items first, followed by their first-level children. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with Communications, Media, Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license and the necessary permissions to configure and use Standard Cart APIs. **How:** From the CPQ Configuration Setup, enable the **CacheEnabled**, **LevelBasedApproach**, and **LevelBasedPagination** settings. Set the value for **LevelBasedPageSize** setting. # Optimize Performance for Revenue Management (Release Update) This update optimizes the Configuration API to speed up processing times in Product Configurator. Enable the test run in a sandbox environment to confirm that the optimizations work with your setup. This update is available starting in Winter ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’27. The update is opt-in until the enforcement date. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** Product Configurator delivers faster response times for key flows, such as launching the configurator, updating attributes or quantities on configured products, and adding or removing options during bundle configurations. The inputs, outputs, and behavior of the configuration flows are unchanged. Only the performance is improved, particularly in high-volume transaction scenarios. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Optimize Performance for Revenue Management, follow the testing and activation steps. The change is an opt-in release update with Test Run support, so you can validate against your existing workflows in a sandbox org and enable the update in production when you're ready. If you encounter issues, disable the test run to revert to the previous implementation. Report any issues to Salesforce Customer Support before the enforcement date. # Optimize Point Accounting with Accurate Expiration of Points Use the Expire Fixed Non-Qualifying Points Using Aggregation Ledgers and Traceable Ledgers Data Processing Engine definition template to automate the precise expiration of fixed-type non-qualifying points. Ensure accurate point expiration by processing only points without pending traceability ledgers. The template leverages Aggregated Point Expiration Ledger records to calculate and expire points for members and currencies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Optimize Point Accounting with Accurate Expiration of Points](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_expire_aggregated_traceable_fixed_nqp_dpe.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Optimize Product Discovery with Facet Value Sorting Control how filter values appear to buyers on search results and category pages by configuring the sort order for each facet. Alphabetize attributes that buyers typically search for, such as color or brand. Use a count-based order when surfacing the categories with the highest product counts helps buyers find products faster. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In search settings, go to the Results Filters tab. Click Manage Filters, select the facets, and then select a sort order for each facet. ![Sort order options for facet values](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_facet_sort_order.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Product Search Filters for a B2B Commerce Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_search_add_filters.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Response Recommendation Mapping for Assessment Questions Map response recommendations faster by viewing only applicable assessment question versions. Avoid configuration errors by excluding external assessment questions that don’t support response recommendations. Maintain data accuracy and reduce administrative effort through strict editing controls in your record and list views. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Integrated Care Management, Care Plans Access, and Industries Assessment permission sets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Integrated Care Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Optimize Schedules with Fatigue-Aware Rules (Beta) Balance operational demand with worker well-being by configuring fatigue-aware scheduling rules and optimization objectives. Define limits on consecutive high-intensity work, specify activities that reset fatigue, and configure resource break rules to help reduce worker exhaustion while maintaining staffing coverage. Use fatigue rules as hard constraints that prevent scheduling violations or as optimization objectives that allow the scheduler to favor healthier schedules while balancing operational requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note _Schedule Optimization_ _is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Planner permission set can configure fatigue-aware scheduling rules and optimize schedules. **How:** In Workforce Management Setup, select **Scheduling Rules**, and create resource break and fatigue-related rules. Configure the rules and use schedule optimization to generate schedules. # Optimize Search Experience with Consistent Data Display Criteria-Based Search and Filter (CBSF) now provides a more intuitive and reliable search experience with consistent data display and clear visibility into when data was last updated. Date-time fields appear in the user’s timezone using standard Salesforce formatting, and currency fields display symbols instead of codes. Any Word Search is enabled by default in all orgs, and users can view the Last Refreshed Date for search results, enhancing clarity and efficiency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience editions of Automotive Cloud, Health Cloud, Manufacturing Cloud, Nonprofit Cloud, and Public Sector Solutions where Criteria-Based Search and Filter is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Criteria-Based Search and Filter system permission. **How:** These changes are automatically applied to the CBSF user interface, including the use of local timezone formatting for date-time fields (e.g., 10/25/2024, 2:36 PM) and currency symbols (e.g., $) instead of currency codes. For administrators, to enable the Last Refreshed Date display, link the searchable object configuration to the Data Processing Engine (DPE) that populates the flat entity data. The date will then appear at the top of the search results. # Optimize Service Delivery with Agentforce Summaries and Intelligent Attribute Audits Boost your IT service management efficiency with Agentforce actions that remove the need for manual data processing. Automatically create release summaries and post-incident reports, transforming technical details into clear updates for stakeholders. Ensure accurate ticket routing with intelligent attribute checks that validate categories, impact, and urgency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:**Users need access to the IT Fulfiller agent to use the fulfiller agent actions. # Optimize SLA Compliance by Using Agentforce SLA Summary Get a complete view of Service Level Agreement (SLA) adherence with Agentforce SLA Summary. Track key metrics like SLA breach data and trends, milestone performance, service rep performance and workload, and risk indicators. You can also monitor average response and resolution times against SLA targets, and see which records are close to missing an SLA. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Service Cloud with the Agentforce Employee agent add-on. **Who:** Agentforce SLA Summary is available to admins and supervisors. **How:** From Setup, find and select **Agentforce Agents**. Open Agentforce Employee Agent in Builder and add the SLA Insights topic to it. Save, test, and activate the agent. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Set Up Agentforce SLA Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sla_agentforce_sla_summary.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Smart Patient Care with Suggested Assessment Responses Help care managers administer assessments faster by enabling suggested responses for Discovery Framework-based internal assessments and Milliman Care Guidelines (MCG) assessments. Reduce manual data entry by getting suggested responses for assessment questions based on sources such as previous responses and Einstein Generative AI. Care managers can review, accept, or dismiss the suggestions to ensure human oversight and deliver an improved patient experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Context Service Runtime, Prompt Template User, and Suggested Assessment Responses permission sets. **How:** To enable suggested responses for MCG assessments, from Setup, go to the Integrated Care Management Settings page, and turn on Suggested Responses for MCG Assessments. To enable suggested responses for internal assessments, go to the Assessment Settings page in the Discovery Framework section, and turn on Suggested Responses. Then, configure the suggested response sources for both MCG and internal assessments. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Suggested Assessment Responses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management_suggested_responses.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Sorting and Filtering of Prompt Data with Context Service Improve the reliability of AI-generated summary ranking and prioritization. Use Context Service design time filters to ensure consistent results for your context-driven prompts. Get reliable results by removing the need for the Large Language Model (LLM) to handle sorting and filtering. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service is enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Context Service Admin permission set or the Context Service Runtime User permission set. **How:** In Setup open a prompt template in Prompt Builder and select Resource. From Resources, select **Context Service**, **Configure Context Service**, and then click **Default Context Data Provider**. Enter the context definition details and the filter API name. # Optimize Storage with Just-in-Time Member Currency Record Creation Create member currency records only when members first engage with the program by earning or spending points. Instead of creating a record at enrollment, Loyalty Management creates it on the first credit transaction. If you turn on negative point balances and member currency records don’t exist, Loyalty Management creates a record on the first debit transaction. This approach reduces storage consumption and improves database performance without affecting member functionality. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Loyalty Management Settings**. Turn on **On-Demand Member Currency Creation**. # Optimize Tableau Next Dashboard Loading with Configurable Data Modes Ensure rapid loading for embedded overview dashboards to improve the user experience and reduce system overhead. You can now switch entire dashboards to cached mode, which uses stored query results rather than triggering expensive live updates for every page load. This approach provides a performance boost for frequently visited pages while maintaining the option to bypass the cache for urgent data needs. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To enable caching for your dashboard, edit the dashboard and select Enable Cache from the Actions menu. The dashboard cache is enabled for 30 minutes before it refreshes automatically. ![Selecting Enable Query Cache from the Actions menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_data_mode.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Optimize Tableau Next Dashboard Loading with Configurable Data Modes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_data_mode.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize the Model Response of Tableau Agent to Fit Your Workflow Admins can now select an LLM model response setting for each agent using Agent Settings in Tableau Next. Admins can choose between response speed and reasoning quality for different business scenarios. - Best Accuracy (Default): Advanced reasoning for complex queries, multi-step analysis, and mission-critical insights. - Best Performance: Optimized for speed—ideal for simple aggregations and high-volume queries. For example, an agent used for Sales analytics could use Best Performance for fast answers to questions like "top deals this month" during live calls, while an agent used for Finance analytics could use Best Accuracy for complex fiscal calendar and hierarchy analysis. The setting applies to all interaction surfaces of Tableau Agent. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Agent default settings use models from multiple vendors. The mix of vendors (such as OpenAI, Anthropic, and others) and models may change over time to optimize accuracy and performance. If your organization has regulatory, data residency, or other data governance requirements, custom model configurations are available on request. Contact your account team or submit a request during the onboarding process, and a Salesforce representative will work with you to configure your environment to meet your requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** Available June '26 **How:** In Tableau Next, admins can select Agent Settings, select an active agent, and then click the LLM Model Selection tab. Select a response option (Best Accuracy or Best Performance), and then click Save. Applies to agents based on the Analytics and Visualization template or custom agents that use the Data Analysis subagent. # Optimize Time Selection for Time-Off Territory Simplify downtime logging for field reps with a more streamlined workflow and predefined scheduling options. Flexible time-off entry modes, such as time slots and manual date and time entry, help field reps log time faster. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Time Slot Intervals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_time_off_territory_configure_time_slot_intervals.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Optimize Timesheet and Labor Cost Management Associate assets with timesheets and capture detailed information by using configurable forms. Technicians can update verified timesheets to maintain accuracy, while supervisors and admins control the visibility of entry fields to match operational needs. Additionally, service resources can use Agentforce to handle time-tracking tasks like creating and verifying timesheets. **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. # Optimize User Access with New Permission Set Simplify permission management by granting precise access to Consumer Sales features. To ensure that your users maintain access to the necessary Connect REST APIs and objects, use the Consumer Sales User permission set. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Assign Permission Sets to Use Consumer Sales_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_cart_management_and_order_fulfillment_for_consumer_sales.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize WhatsApp Campaigns with Ad Tracking and In-Chat Payments Close deals quickly and accurately measure ad spend effectiveness with new WhatsApp integration capabilities. You can now automatically track inbound WhatsApp conversations from your Meta ads and send payment options to customers in India directly within a chat. **Where:** These changes apply to Marketing Cloud Engagement Corporate and Enterprise Editions ## Send Payment Options in WhatsApp in India Close deals quickly and increase conversion rates by sending payment options directly within WhatsApp chat. Configure a payment method, either UPI Intent or a Payment Link. This message template is currently available only for messages sent to India. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Send Payment Options in a WhatsApp Message](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_jb_whatsapp_payment_messages.htm&language=en_US) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview) ## Track Conversions from Click-to-WhatsApp Ads Automatically track and attribute inbound WhatsApp conversations to Meta "Click-to-WhatsApp" ads. By capturing referral data and streaming it into Data 360, marketers can better measure ad spend effectiveness and optimize your marketing strategy. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Use Click-to-WhatsApp Ads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_jb_click_to_whatsapp.htm&language=en_US) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview) ## Reach WhatsApp Users with Usernames Using Business-Scoped User IDs Import contacts with BSUIDs, send outbound messages when phone numbers aren't available, and track message engagement across both identifiers. Maintain contact continuity with WhatsApp users when they hide their phone numbers with usernames. Marketing Cloud supports Meta's Business-Scoped User ID (BSUID), which identifies users who enable username privacy. When: Starting June 2026, Marketing Cloud Engagement handles BSUID user-initiated messages without disruption. See Also | _External Documentation_: _[Business- Scoped User IDs](https://developers.facebook.com/documentation/business-messaging/whatsapp/business-scoped-user-ids/)_ # Optimize Your Agents with Agent Platform Tracing Agent Platform Tracing gives customers deep visibility into the execution and decision-making processes of their agents. By capturing and visualizing the intricate chain of steps, tool usage, and large language model (LLM) calls that lead to an agent's final output, this feature allows customers to effectively diagnose errors, understand unexpected behaviors, and pinpoint performance bottlenecks. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting from April 6, 2026. **How:** In Setup, use the Quick Find Box to search for Einstein Generative AI, click Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup, confirm that Agentforce Session Tracing is turned on, and then turn on Agent Platform Tracing. Then, create and run a Data 360 Report for Service Rep Sessions and Platform Traces. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Platform Tracing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_platform_trace.htm&language=en_US) # Optimize Your Mobile App Performance with Updated Technical Guidance Get more reliable, long-term performance and lower your team’s total cost of ownership by following the updated technical requirements for the Field Service mobile app. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app in Android and iOS. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Technical Requirements for the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_requirements.htm&language=en_US) # Optimizing Automotive Loan Funding with Funding Workbench Enhance your Automotive lending process with the Funding Workbench console by managing post-contract document reviews. The Funding Workbench console provides a single location for funding analysts to view all the required documents uploaded by dealers, execute and assign related tasks to finalize the funding for a customer’s loan or lease. They can also upload and associate relevant documents with action items for dealers to work on missing requirements. Optimize task and work-flow management system while fostering seamless collaboration between stakeholders. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive, Vehicle And Asset Lending, and Funding Workbench enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Vehicle and Asset Lending permission set. **How:** In the Funding Workbench app, for an Application Form Product record, on the Loan Documents tab, click Upload File(s). Review and execute tasks on the Assigned Actions tab. # Orchestrate Backdated and Future-Dated Contract Changes Automatically Fulfill amendments, renewals, and cancellations with past or future effective dates, and roll back future-dated changes in assets before they take effect. During decomposition, Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator evaluates the future state of each fulfillment asset to make sure that fulfillment actions, quantities, and dates reflect the correct time period, even for complex subscriptions and multiyear deals. Time-aware fulfillment assets capture quantities and attributes for each time period to guarantee correct provisioning based on the effective date rather than the submission date. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** On an amendment, renewal, or cancellation order, specify an effective date. To reverse a future change, submit a rollback order. Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator handles time-aware line item generation upon submission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations for Backdated Changes in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dro_considerations_for_backdated_changes_in_dynamic_revenue_orchestrator.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate Cart-to-Cash Checkout Flow With a Single API Call Complete a full purchase journey with the Checkout API, whether you initiate it from an external CPQ system, a website, or a custom sales channel. Simplify integration by using a single API request to create a subscription, generate an invoice, and process and apply the payment, instead of multiple calls. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Billing Checkout API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/connect_resources_billing_checkout.htm) # Orchestrate Checkout with Payment, Gift Cards, and Fraud Commerce Apps (Beta) Increase checkout conversion with Payment, Gift Cards, and Fraud Commerce Apps (beta) that work together to keep transactions moving. Handle payment authorization, capture, and refunds with any compatible third-party payment provider. Let shoppers redeem a stored-value gift card and cover a remaining balance with a credit card in the same transaction. Reverse the payment and refund the gift card if an order fails, so no transaction stays uncompleted. Run fraud checks before payment authorization to block high-risk orders and avoid unnecessary processing fees. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** This feature is available starting in October 2026. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Payment, Gift Cards, and Fraud Commerce Apps is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To build a Payment, Gift Cards, or Fraud Commerce App (beta) as an ISV or SI developer, see [Commerce Apps ISV Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/b2c-commerce/guide/commerce-apps-overview.html). # Orchestrate Complex Work Chains Seamlessly in the Scheduling Console Easily manage complex work chains and dependent service appointment sequences right on the Gantt. Visual chain indicators and dependency popovers clearly show how appointments link together, while moving an anchor appointment automatically shifts downstream steps. Outside the Gantt, dispatchers can search and bulk-edit chains across territories. A wider side panel displays multilevel dependencies, and clear unscheduling options make it simple to update a single appointment or an entire chain. Additionally, AI-assisted error messaging pinpoints broken links to speed up fixes, while map and list view highlights ensure chained appointments are instantly recognizable. The result is faster schedule resolution, reduced downtime for field technicians, and a more dependable customer experience. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting August 24, 2026. # Orchestrate End-to-End Fulfillment Across Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator and Order Management Now you can fulfill orders that span both Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator and Order Management in one coordinated process. Order Management typically fulfills physical goods, while Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator fulfills digital and service items. For example, when a customer orders a smart lock with professional installation, Order Management ships the lock while Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator schedules the install. Each system fulfills its own items and stays in sync throughout the order lifecycle, so you get a single, consistent experience across fulfillment, changes, and cancellations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** When an order contains items handled by both systems and Order Management is enabled, Order Management converts the order into an order summary and submits it to Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator through the Submit API. Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator now supports order summaries in both the Submit API and orchestration, so each item is routed to the right system and the actions stay coordinated across the order lifecycle. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestration with Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_dro_order_management.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate High Tech Order Scenarios by Using a Prebuilt Template Extend Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator with a preconfigured orchestration plan in Salesforce Go that’s built for common high tech order scenarios. Skip the manual setup work and start from a template designed around industry-specific order orchestration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Select **Revenue Cloud** and filter the content type dropdown by Data Packs to view and set up High Tech Order Orchestration Template. # Orchestrate Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) Orders by Using Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator (DRO) Use the advanced orchestration capabilities of DRO for Industries CPQ orders. As the platform is preintegrated with Industries CPQ, you can adopt DRO without migrating your commercial product data out of Enterprise Price Catalog (EPC). The preintegrated platform establishes accurate data exchange and a smooth transition. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Integration in Industries CPQ](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dynamic_revenue_orchestrator_integration_in_industries_cpq.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate Move and Change of Plan Orders from Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) Develop specialized fulfillment scenarios to manage asset transfers and plan changes in Industries CPQ. Manage asset movement between locations or accounts, and handle upgrades, downgrades, or plan switches after the initial purchase. With Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator, design precise fulfillment logic to manage services effectively, and establish proper execution and dependency management for all related tasks. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Integration in Industries CPQ](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dynamic_revenue_orchestrator_integration_in_industries_cpq.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate Multi-Year Deals with Time-Aware Fulfillment Assets Decompose order line items of complex, multi-year deals into fulfillment line items based on fulfillment asset configurations, such as quantity and attribute values, for a specific period. This timeline-based decomposition aligns fulfillment with effective dates rather than static snapshots, supporting additions, cancellations, and renewals without complex workarounds. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **When:** The Time-Aware Fulfillment Assets feature is available starting in late May 2026. **How:** Turn on the Time-Aware Fulfillment setting. Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator uses the Fulfillment Asset State Period object to track changes over time. You can fulfill time-aware and time-agnostic data simultaneously. Redesign your orchestration to work with the time-aware decomposition output. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Steps for Future Execution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dro_time_aware_fulfillment.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate Other Agents (Beta) Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta). Connect your agent with other specialized agents in your Salesforce org. Together they can collaborate seamlessly on complex tasks. By providing a single, unified point of contact, connected subagents help your users accomplish more without juggling multiple disconnected sessions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta) features start rolling out the week of May 4, 2026. Certain features may come in a subsequent roll out. For example: support for custom variables and a unified trace view in NGA that shows a connected subagent's trace in detail. **How:** In Agent Builder, open an agent in a draft state. This agent serves as your orchestrator agent. From the Explorer panel, click **+** and select **Connect Agent as Subagent (Beta)**. Select one or more available agents that you want your agent to connect to, then select **Add to Agent** to add your selections to the Explorer. ![Connected subagents in Agentforce Builder Explorer.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_orchestrate_explorer.png) For each connected subagent, customize its description to govern its behavior within the context of your orchestrator agent. ![Agent card for a connected subagent in Agentforce Builder with the description field highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_orchestrate_agent_card.png) If your orchestrator agent uses Agent Router, specify any logic or instructions for routing conversations to the connected subagent. In Canvas view, manually add each connected subagent under **Actions Available for Reasoning**. Then use the @ symbol to reference it in the Instructions. ![Agent Router in the Canvas view: the Instructions field references a connected subagent, and the same subagent appears under Actions Available For Reasoning.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_orchestrate_agent_router.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multi-Agent Orchestration (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_orchestrate.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate Other Agents (Beta) Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta). Connect your Agentforce agent with other specialized Agentforce agents in your Salesforce org. Together they can collaborate seamlessly on complex tasks. By providing a single, unified point of contact, connected subagents help your users accomplish more without juggling multiple disconnected sessions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta) features start rolling out the week of May 4, 2026. Certain features may come in a subsequent roll out. For example: support for custom variables and a unified trace view in NGA that shows a connected subagent's trace in detail. **How:** ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note For customers who didn't participate in the Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Pilot) program, before using an agent with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce (Beta): - If the agent was built using the new Agent Builder, create and activate a new version of it. - If the agent was built using the legacy Agentforce Builder, upgrade it to the new Agent Builder. See [Upgrade an Agent from the Legacy Builder to the New Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_create_upgrade.htm&type=5&language=en_US). In Agent Builder, open an agent in a draft state. This agent serves as your orchestrator agent. From the Explorer panel, click **+** and select **Connect Agent as Subagent (Beta)**. Select one or more available agents that you want your agent to connect to, then select **Add to Agent** to add your selections to the Explorer. ![Connected subagents in Agentforce Builder Explorer.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_orchestrate_explorer.png) For each connected subagent, customize its description to govern its behavior within the context of your orchestrator agent. ![Agent card for a connected subagent in Agentforce Builder with the description field highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_orchestrate_agent_card.png) If your orchestrator agent uses Agent Router, specify any logic or instructions for routing conversations to the connected subagent. In Canvas view, manually add each connected subagent under **Actions Available for Reasoning**. Then use the @ symbol to reference it in the Instructions. ![Agent Router in the Canvas view: the Instructions field references a connected subagent, and the same subagent appears under Actions Available For Reasoning.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_orchestrate_agent_router.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multi-Agent Orchestration (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_multi_orch.htm&language=en_US) # Orchestrate Sample Requests for Standard Products Simplify the sampling process for standard catalog products configured as samples by creating requests directly from opportunities, leads, visits, or sales agreements. Add products quickly through a guided flow, referencing price books to support accurate product selection. Monitor request status using configurable stage management for timely approvals and controlled sample distribution. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. **Who:** To use Sample Management, users need the Manage Sample Management permission. # Orchestration Runs Now Route Record-Change Events to a Dedicated Channel Orchestration runs now route record-change events to a dedicated channel, reducing traffic in the step-completion channel. Previously, orchestration runs listened to a single platform event channel containing both record-change events and step-completion events. When bulk data operations triggered thousands of record-change events, step-completion events for steps completed after that bulk update were queued behind them. Sharing the queue stalled completion of some work items and delayed orchestration progress. This change is automatic and requires no configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. # Order Management Simplify delivery estimations by configuring locations and shipping methods in the same window. Monitor critical order fulfillment performance in a new analytics dashboard. Enjoy more flexibility and customization when capturing payments. - **[Agentforce for Salesforce Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform order management routing from a reactive to a proactive process through agentic location exclusion and rerouting. - **[Monitor AI-Generated Insights and Fulfillment Data in a Single Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_analytics_dashboard.htm&release=260&type=5)** The real-time analytics dashboard shows performance and key insights across order fulfillment metrics. Customize the display to view order fulfillment processing by location or category, and filter by date range. Make confident decisions with critical order fulfillment data. - **[Control the Order of Payment Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_payment_sequence.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define a sequence when capturing funds from multiple payment methods. Previously, default logic determined how to apply funds to an invoice, which limited control over split fulfillments or specific payment types. You can now add an action element to the Ensure Funds Async flow or implement your own default payment sequence using Apex to rank payment summaries and specify capture amounts. - **[Manage Locations While Configuring Shipping Methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_delivery_estimations.htm&release=260&type=5)** Assign locations and control pickup times for individual locations in the Shipping Method setup window without switching between multiple tabs. # Order Management Order Management for Agentforce Life Sciences gives field reps a complete, end-to-end experience from setup to signature. Build and submit quoted orders from anywhere—web or mobile, online or offline—and finalize deals on-site. Run consistent, accurate in-store audits with Store Check to catch stock gaps and compliance issues as they happen. Every quoted order reflects the same trusted, calculated pricing everywhere that your reps sell. And with everything centralized in one setup location, get your org up and running fast. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important Order Management for Agentforce Life Sciences only includes Orders and Pricing functionality. Use of other Order Management-aligned services, features, and/or functionality (e.g., Billing) can result in increased subscription costs for customers. For specific cost details, please contact your Salesforce account executive. - **[Set Up Order Management Features from a Single Location](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_salesforcego.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Salesforce Go to discover and set up Order Management features in one location, as well as access help and content resources. - **[Conduct Faster, Accurate In-Store Execution with Store Check](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_store_check.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your users conduct in-store execution at retail locations, such as pharmacies, to evaluate product performance. Use Store Check to define the activities and key performance indicators that you want to measure. Store Check compares captured values with your targets for each store so that field users can identify stock gaps and compliance issues in real time. Set up geolocation tracking to meet your organization's needs and capture the field user's location when a visit starts. Configure surveys to generate actionable insights that drive better execution and decisions. - **[Manage Quoted Orders from Anywhere](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_create_quotes_from_anywhere.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Field reps can create quoted orders, add products, and submit them for approval from Life Sciences Customer Engagement or the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app—even offline. Field reps can pre-populate orders from an account's last order or assortments, reducing manual data entry and line-item errors, and finalize deals on-site by capturing digital signatures. You can also configure approval workflows that restrict unauthorized edits to a submitted order, while sales managers can still unlock or approve it. - **[Create Consistent and Transparent Quoted Orders with Pricing Procedures](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_automate_order_calculations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Provide calculated, consistent pricing everywhere that your reps sell by setting up product base prices and a pricing procedure on the desktop site. Automatically calculate order prices and discounts for every quoted order by adding pricing elements and discounts. Configure a price waterfall so that reps can show store managers the line-level net order price and a step-by-step pricing breakdown. By centralizing pricing calculations, your reps get the same prices on the mobile app even when they're offline. # Organize Articles and Improve Navigation with Knowledge Maps (Generally Available) Organize your knowledge articles into a hierarchical structure to make it easier for users to find and navigate content. This feature helps to keep your knowledge base ‌consistent and well-structured, enhancing user experience and efficiency. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the pilot release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Setup, go to the Enhanced Knowledge Settings page and turn on **Knowledge Maps**. Then, click **Create** to build a default relationship map to fill structural gaps in your knowledge base hierarchy where articles without relationships are set as individual root articles. ![The Enhanced Knowledge Settings page, showing the Knowledge Maps setting turned on.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_knowledge_maps.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Organize Articles and Improve Navigation with Knowledge Maps (Generally Available) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.knowledge_maps_about.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Organize Campaign and Segment Folders with Targeted Permissions Manage campaign and segment folders based on specific campaign and segment permissions instead of relying on a single, high-risk administrative permission. This permission update is more isolated and eliminates cross-entity folder management to protect your dataset structures from accidental modifications. Review and update your custom roles to make sure that your team retains the required folder access under the updated permission structure. **Where:** These changes apply to all Marketing Cloud Personalization editions. **Who:** This change affects users who manage folders for campaigns and segments. Users need segment-specific permission to manage segment folders and campaign-specific permission to manage campaign folders. Users with dataset configure permissions retain access to manage all folder types. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ User Role Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_pers_setup_user_role_permissions.htm&language=en_US) # Organize Configuration Items with Tags for Faster Search and Filtering Add and manage tags on configuration items to improve search, filtering, and categorization. Use tags across list views, imports, and APIs to group related items and quickly locate relevant data. Apply tags during import or update existing items to maintain consistent classification and improve visibility across your CMDB. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph is enabled. **Who:** Users must have access to configuration items to create, update, and use tags. **Why:** Large CMDB datasets make it difficult to locate relevant configuration items quickly. Tags help teams group related items, improve search accuracy, and streamline filtering across operational workflows **How:** From the Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph app, go to **All Configuration Items** under **Configuration Items**. Open a CI record to add or update tags. Use tags as filters in list views or include them during CI import to classify records. ![Tags in a CI record page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_it_srvcs_cmdb_tags.png) # Organize Credit Memos by Using Sequential Numbering Create traceable, consistent, and compliant credit memo records by assigning unique sequential numbers to posted credit memos. Manage bookkeeping and maintain legally compliant credit memo numbering. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To create sequence policies, you need the Billing Admin permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**. - To assign sequential numbers to Credit Memo records, configure Gapless Sequential Numbering for Billing. - To assign a credit memo number to each posted credit memo, turn on Mandate Sequence Policy for Posted Credit Memos. To create sequence policies, from the App Launcher, find and select **Sequence Policies**. Then, define sequence patterns and filter criteria based on your needs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Sequential Numbering for Invoices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_sequential_numbering_for_invoices_configure.htm&language=en_US) # Organize Data for Deep Analysis with Dimension Hierarchies Group related dimensions and build hierarchies using fields from single or multiple objects. Create a single, navigable path for data exploration to drill down and roll up data. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud and Tableau Next, which are available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dimension Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_dimension_hierarchies.htm&language=en_US) # Organize Data Table Records with Column Sorting at Runtime Enable users to organize their view of records directly in the flow screen. By clicking column headers, users can sort records alphabetically or numerically at runtime. Previously, the Data Table component displayed records in a fixed order, requiring users to scan manually to find what they needed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In a screen flow, configure the Data Table component columns to allow sorting. ![Account Type field configuration in Configure Columns of the Data Table](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_data_table_sorting.png) At flow runtime, users can sort data by clicking the supported column header. Sorting does not affect the order of selected or edited row collection values. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Screen Input Component: Data Table](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_screencmp_data_table.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Organize Instructions with Markdown in Canvas View Easily read and write your agent's instructions with Markdown in Canvas view. Use Markdown syntax or keyboard shortcuts to add formatting to instructions, such as headers, bold, italic, numbered and bulleted lists, and horizontal dividers. Previously, Markdown appeared as plain text in Canvas view. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 17, 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Builder, open your agent and then select a page that includes instructions. You can add up to three levels of headers, bold, italics, numbered lists, bulleted lists, and horizontal dividers with Markdown. For example, to bold text, enter \*\* before and after the text. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Building Agents in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_canvas.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Organize Sales Transaction Line Editor Actions into Button Groups for Efficient Editing Configure Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE) header actions with a new, visual admin UI instead of a text box. Organize actions into button groups, set how many actions show in each group, and add as many groups as your business needs. Ten action groups are visible, with the remaining groups placed in an overflow menu. Existing text box configurations carry over automatically, keeping your sales reps' experience the same until you're ready to reorganize. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** The previous text box experience to configure action buttons offered no visual layout and required entering API names for each action. Now, your admin can design the STLE header visually and organize actions around how your sales teams work on quotes and orders. Sales reps also get a more responsive STLE header. The STLE header’s size changes based on the actions that fit in the header, and automatically collapses the other actions into an overflow menu. If a configured action isn't available to a sales rep because of their access level or the state of the quote or order, the STLE header automatically adjusts to show available actions. The next action in that group becomes available, so sales reps get a full set of usable actions to keep moving quotes and orders forward. **How:** From Setup, select **Object Manager**. Search for and select the quote or order object. Click **Lightning Record Pages**, then the quote or order record page. Click **Edit** to open Lightning App Builder. Select the STLE component to update the action button groups section. #### See Also - [Configure Action Buttons in Transaction Line Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_configure_placement_of_action_buttons.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Organize Shift Work with Shift Activities Plan work more precisely by breaking scheduled shifts into individual shift activities in Schedule Manager. Add multiple activities to a shift, update existing ones, or remove activities as plans change. Shift activities inherit the parent shift's time zone and move together when you switch the time zone toggle, so schedules stay consistent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Planner and Workforce Engagement Agent can create, adjust, and schedule shifts. **How:** In Schedule Manager, switch to **Day and** **Activity** view, select a shift, and use the **Edit Shift Activities** dialog to add, update, or delete activities. # Organize Your Carts by Date B2B buyers can now sort their cart list by created or modified date. The cart list shows the default cart at the top along with the four most recently modified carts. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting on October 20, 2027. **How:** In Experience Builder, add the Product Detail Purchase Options, Cart Menu, Cart Container, and Cart Detail components to the Product, Cart, Checkout, and My Profile pages. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Cart Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_customize_multicart.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: LWR Store Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_components.htm&language=en_US) # Organize Your Journeys and Enhance Performance Improve journey performance with new configuration recommendations, and manage your journeys more efficiently by using bulk selection on the Journey Dashboard. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition. ## Improve Journey Performance with Automated Recommendations New on-canvas recommendations help you determine the best tool for your automation needs directly within the Journey Builder canvas. These prompts guide marketers to leverage advanced features such as Flow Builder for non-messaging tasks and next-gen campaigns for enhanced journey connectivity and prioritization. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Journey Builder Configuration Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_jb_configuration_recommendations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - **[Filter and Organize Your Journeys More Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_journey_filter.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Marketers can now select multiple journeys on the dashboard and move them into folders or subfolders all at the same time. We also added a Campaigns filter so that users can quickly find journeys based on their campaign associations. # Other Changes Enjoy expanded Einstein generative AI support for locales, models, and more. - **[Direct Agent Quick Actions to a Specific Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_other_specify_agent_quick_action_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you create an agent quick action, you can specify which agent handles the utterance. This way, you know each request goes straight to the agent best equipped to handle it. Route different quick actions on the same record page to specialized agents, such as a sales agent for one action and a service agent for another. # Other Changes Learn about other features that are available for Experience Cloud sites. | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | CRM Analytics | Dashboard Widgets | [Subscribe to Dashboard Widgets in Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_subscriptions_community_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Keep your community users informed with dashboard widget subscriptions in your Experience Cloud sites. Send automated updates to your external users via email or portal notifications based on their selected schedules and filters. CRM Analytics enforces portal profiles and sharing rules so that your community users only see authorized data.") | | CRM Analytics | Data 360 Widgets | [Embed Data 360 Live Data Widgets in Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_embed_widget_partner_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Embed dashboards with widgets that use live connectors, including Data 360, directly into your Experience Cloud sites. Give your users access to up-to-date information so they can review, profile, and trend real-time data right in their daily workflows.") | | Education | Advanced Search | [Enhance Course Discovery with Advanced Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_enhance_course_discovery_with_advanced_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Support students in conducting intuitive, targeted searches to identify courses and sections that fit their schedules and academic needs. Configure multiple search criteria simultaneously, including meeting days and section or waitlist availability, to show only matching results. Students can narrow down options and register for the right courses efficiently.") | | Education | Course Search Agent | [Discover the Right Courses Easily with the Course Search Agent (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_course_search_agent_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Improve student self-service and reduce the workload for advising staff with the Course Search Agent, now generally available. Help students find the courses that best suit their interests, schedules, and degree program requirements without making appointments with advisors. Help advisors research the course catalog and guide students effectively during peak registration seasons.") | | Education | Course Schedules | [Guide Students to Conflict-Free Course Schedules with Time Conflicts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_conflict_free_course_schedules_with_time_conflicts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Take the guesswork out of course registration by showing your students which course sections overlap. Automatic checks alert students of scheduling conflicts in the registration cart. Turn on optional time conflict enforcement to block registration for overlapping sections.") | | Education | Financial Planning | [Empower Students with Self-Service Financial Planning Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_empower_students_selfservice_financial_planning_tools.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give your students intelligent self-service tools to proactively plan their financials by using the Student Financials Agent. Reduce financial stress and administrative inquiries as your students manage payments and view real-time account balances.") | | Education | Student Goals | [Set and Achieve Career and Life Goals with Agentforce: Student Goals (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_goals_agent_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Help students get specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goal recommendations with AI-powered guidance based on their profile, preferences, and assessment insights by using the Student Goals Agent, which is now generally available. Assist students in getting campus resource recommendations, including courses, support programs, and involvement groups that can keep students on track to achieve their goals.") | | Field Service | New Scheduling Console | [Transform Your Scheduling Experience with the New Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Empower your team to manage complex Field Service scheduling operations with an intuitive and sleek console built on Lightning Web Components for peak usability and productivity. Designed to reduce cognitive load, this high-performance interface supports multi-screen configurations, ensuring your dispatchers stay efficient, focused, and responsive. The scheduling console is also available to Experience Cloud site users.") | | Field Service | New Scheduling Console | [Give Dispatchers a Full-Screen View of the Scheduling Console Map in Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_scheduling_console_experience_cloud_map_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Free up screen space for your dispatchers by adding the Scheduling Console map to a dedicated page in your Experience Builder site. They can then open the map in a separate browser tab. The map stays fully synchronized with the Gantt and service appointment list, even when open in a separate tab.") | | Nonprofit | Donor Support Agent | [Improve the Donor Experience with a Self-Service Donor Support Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_improve_the_donor_experience.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give your donors the power to manage their own recurring gifts in an Experience Cloud site. The Donor Support Agent helps donors to handle common requests such as changing a recurring gift's amount and frequency. Reclaim your staff's time to focus on building relationships while providing donors with the fast, modern experience they expect.") | | Partners | Partner Connect | [Expand Your Market Reach with Enhanced Partner Connectivity (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_partner_connect_for_vendors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Scale your channel operations by connecting with many partners simultaneously by using MuleSoft-powered flows. You can now share account, opportunity, lead, contact, and case records with your partners to support more use cases. Monitor updates made to those records by your team and the partner. Previously, you could share only lead and opportunity records with partners.") | | Partners | Distributed Marketing | [Empower Partners to Deliver Compliant Brand Experiences at Scale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_distributed_marketing_for_partners.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable partners to deliver consistent, brand-compliant customer experiences directly from their Experience Cloud sites. With Co-Branded Emails for Partners, partners can personalize and send marketing content at scale without leaving their portal.") | | Public Sector | Payments | [Collect Fees for Public Sector Services with Inbound Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_inbound_payments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Help constituents pay for services, such as license and permit applications, directly on your public-facing portal. By using Inbound Payments, you can embed a secure checkout flow into your Experience Cloud site. This integration helps constituents settle fees digitally and gives agency employees real-time visibility into payment status, reducing manual reconciliation and ensuring compliance before application approval.") | | Public Sector | Payments | [Track Public Sector Outbound Payments and Financial Disbursements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_manage_outbound_payments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Centralize the tracking of financial transactions for benefit programs, social insurance, and provider management. Use the Outbound Payments data model and the Generate Payment Instructions invocable action to generate payment instructions for external finance systems. Accurate payment tracking helps your agency maintain a detailed audit trail and improve the transparency of approved payments in Agentforce Public Sector.") | | Omnistudio | Omniscripts | [Resume Omniscripts Across Users with Enhanced Save for Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_enhanced_save_for_later.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Deliver seamless, collaborative customer journeys where different users can start, save, and resume the same Omniscript. Previously, Save for Later had limitations that often resulted in restrictions of its usage. In Summer '26, these limitations have been removed. You can now share Omniscript saved session records with the Sharing option. For example, an internal service representative can start an application on behalf of a customer and share a link with the customer to complete it. Similarly, a guest user can save their progress and resume it later as an authenticated user.") | | Omnistudio | Flexcards | [Accelerate Flexcard Development with Omnistudio MCP (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_omnistudio_mcp_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Omnistudio Model Context Protocol (MCP) server to bridge the gap between AI and low-code development. This implementation of MCP functions as a governed pathway for connecting AI agents directly to your Omnistudio development lifecycle. Use AI to quickly convert requirements, such as plain text, screenshots, or UX mockups, into functional Flexcard templates. Then iterate, simulate, and test your components before deployment.") | | Omnistudio | Flexcards | [Invoke Autolaunched Flows in Omnistudio Flexcards (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_autolaunched_flows_in_flexcards_pilot.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Streamline your development process and use existing or new autolaunched flows in Flexcards. Reuse existing business logic by using autolaunched flows as a native data source in Flexcards, bringing the power of Flow’s background automation to your digital experiences.") | | Omnistudio | Flexcards | [Open Flexcard Actions in a New Browser Tab or Window](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_new_browser_tab_or_window_option.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give users more control over their navigation experience by allowing them to open Flexcard action targets in a new browser tab or window. Your users can now launch Omniscripts or external web pages without losing their current place in Salesforce or an Experience Cloud site.") | | Revenue Management | Payments and Refunds | [Expand Your Payment Options via the Billing Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_save_more_payment_methods_in_the_billing_portal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Customers can now save and process payments with additional set of payment methods. In addition to credit cards and Automated Clearing House (ACH), the Billing portal now supports digital wallets, such as Apple Pay and Google Pay, and bank debit methods, such as SEPA Debit and BACS Debit. It also supports buy now, pay later options including Klarna and Afterpay. These methods are available through Stripe and Adyen payment gateways. Customers can pay invoices and save a payment method for future use to streamline repeat payments.") | | Revenue Management | Agentforce for Revenue Management | [Resolve Billing Inquiries with the Billing Service Assistance Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce_billing_inquiries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide the Billing Service Assistance Agent to customers, partners, and sales reps. The agent handles common billing inquiries, such as checking account balances, verifying upcoming payment dates, accessing invoice documents, and reviewing payment plans for specific invoices. Support teams can view real-time financial insights and invoice charge breakdowns, which significantly reduces billing case volume.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Review Tasks and Approvals from an Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_review_tasks_and_approvals_from_an_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide a unified interface for employees and managers to review tasks, approvals, and required actions.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Configure Actions and Agents for Agentic Search on Your Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_configure_actions_and_agents_for_agentic_search_on_your_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Define which agents handle search topics and which actions users can complete directly from search results on your Experience Cloud site.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Insert Enterprise Knowledge Article URLs into Case Emails (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insert_enterprise_knowledge_article_urls_into_case_emails_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Control how knowledge article links in case email replies open by directing customers to articles within your Experience Cloud site.") | # Other Changes Learn about other features that are available for Experience Cloud sites. | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Analytics | Lightning Reports and Dashboards | [Embed Lightning Dashboards in Your Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_dashboards_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Bring Lightning dashboards to Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud sites with a native Lightning web component. Users can then view widgets, update filter values, and refresh individual widgets or the entire dashboard. Previously, Lightning dashboards were available only in Aura-based Experience Cloud sites.") | | Analytics | Lightning Reports and Dashboards | [Embed Lightning Reports in Your Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_embed_reports_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed Lightning reports directly in your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites with a native Lightning web component. Users can then create charts and tables, apply conditional formatting, view trend reports, collaborate with Chatter, and edit records inline without leaving the Experience Cloud site. Previously, Lightning reports were available only in Aura-based Experience Cloud sites.") | | Automotive | Agentforce | [Help Customers Buy Vehicles with the Sales Concierge Agent on Your Website](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_extend_automotive_sales_concierge_experience_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Shoppers on your Experience Cloud site can now research vehicles, get quotes, book test drives, and start a trade-in — all through a conversational assistant, without waiting for a rep.") | | Education | Agentforce | [Share Billing Details with Your Students](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_share_billing_details_students.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Provide direct access to billing features so that your students can view detailed invoices, payment schedules, and installment plans. Consolidate account balance inquiries when you combine multiple actions into a unified flow that displays refund, payment, and credit memo balances. Use enhanced academic term enrollment logic to improve fee breakdown accuracy for students who review term-specific charges.") | | Education | Payments | [Spread Tuition Payments with Flexible Payment Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_spread_tuition_payments_flexible_payment_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Offer your students flexible payment options by spreading tuition across multiple installments. Configure monthly, quarterly, or custom schedules that match your billing cycles. Automate payment collection through integrated gateways while your students track their plan status and upcoming auto-debits in real time from the learner portal.") | | Education | Student Financials | [Automate Refund Processing for Student Overpayments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_automate_refund_processing_student_overpayment_refunds.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automate the end-to-end refund process for student financial accounts. When your students drop courses or reduce orders, Student Financials identifies original invoices, settles credit memos against outstanding balances, and initiates payment refunds. Your students receive timely, accurate disbursements, and you maintain a complete audit trail for compliance.") | | Education | Transfer Credits | [Accept Transfer Credit Requests from Current Students on an Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_request_transfer_credit_from_portal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Current students can request official transfer credit for prior learning directly from your Experience Cloud site. Students open the transfer credit application from a Unified Catalog service, add their prior learning, and submit a request, so they can pursue credit for prior learning throughout their time at your institution.") | | Industries: Common Features | Unified Catalog | [Deploy Components on Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy_components_on_lightning_web_runtime_lwr_experience_cloud_sites.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create faster self-service experiences by adding the Unified Catalog component to your LWR site. Requestors can browse catalog categories, search for items, and submit requests on a high-performance portal.") | | Marketing | Loyalty Management | [Simplify Loyalty Widget Deployment with Lightning Out 2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_simplify_widget_integration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed widgets into your external sites or Experience Cloud sites with auto-generated HTML snippets. Built on Lightning Out 2.0, the widgets reflect the changes that you make to design, content, or behavior immediately without redeploying code. Previously, you had to manually embed widgets and re-embed them after every change.") | | Marketing | Referral Marketing | [Simplify Referral Widget Deployment with Lightning Out 2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_simplify_widget_integration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed widgets into your external sites or Experience Cloud sites with auto-generated HTML snippets. Built on Lightning Out 2.0, the widgets reflect any changes that you make to design, content, or behavior immediately, without redeploying code. Previously, you had to manually embed widgets and re-embed them after every change.") | | Omnistudio | Flexcards | [Reuse Autolaunched Flow Logic Across Your Flexcards (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_flexcard_autolaunched_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set an active autolaunched flow as a Flexcard data source or invoke a flow directly from a Flexcard action. Reuse existing autolaunched flow logic across your Flexcards to keep business logic centralized. The autolaunched flow data source is available in the Omnistudio standard designer.") | | Omnistudio | Flexcards and Omniscripts | [Run Flexcards and Omniscripts Offline on Mobile Devices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio_flexcard_omniscript_offline_mobile.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep field work moving in areas with poor or no connectivity. Your mobile users can open, complete, and submit Flexcards and Omniscripts entirely offline, without waiting on live server calls or timing out in remote locations. Data operations, input validations, and calculations run on the device. Completed actions queue locally and sync to Salesforce in sequence after a connection returns.") | | Partners | Campaigns | [Discover and Enroll in Vendor Campaigns from Campaign Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_campaign_marketplace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help partners find and enroll in vendor campaigns that meet their eligibility criteria. Channel marketing managers can make campaigns available to partners based on partner tiers, account attributes, or funding budgets. Enrollment creates a child campaign with inherited marketing assets, where partner reps can add leads and save customized asset drafts.") | | Partners | Partner Central | [Enhance Partner Experiences with Loyalty and PEM Components in Partner Central](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_loyalty_pem_components.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add Loyalty and Referral Management components to partner sites built with the Partner Central template. The components give partners self-service access to loyalty program details, benefits, promotions, and transactions. Partners can also view joint business plan information and referral experiences.") | | Partners | Partner Central (Enhanced) | [Enhance Partner Experiences with PEM Components in Partner Central (Enhanced)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_pem_components_enhanced.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add Partner Experience Manager components to partner sites built with the Partner Central (Enhanced) template. These components give partners self-service access to their loyalty points, benefits, promotions, and transaction history. Partners can find the information they need without contacting support.") | | Public Sector | Outbound Payments | [Customize Claims Submission Forms and AI-Based Invoice Extraction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_customize_claims.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Government agencies can now adapt Claims submission forms in Experience Cloud to match their workflows—adding custom fields, simplifying provider intake, and automating invoice data extraction with Unstructured Document Processing.") | | Revenue Management | Payments and Refunds | [Add Billing Self-Service Components in LWR Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_self_service_components_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add billing capabilities to any Experience Cloud site built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) templates. The Posted Invoices, Invoice Line Viewer, Self-Service Payment Sheet, Self-Service Payment Confirmation, and Manage Saved Payment Methods components now appear in the Experience Cloud palette. Customers can view invoices, pay outstanding balances, save payment methods for future use, and manage saved payment methods from your branded site. Customize the page layout and component placement to match your site design. Add these components to existing LWR sites or build your own sites.") | | Security | Trusted URLs | [Allow Chrome Extensions as Trusted URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_allow_chrome_extensions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can now add Chrome extension URIs as trusted URLs to control which extensions can interact with your Experience Cloud site.") | | Service | IT Service | [Collaborate on Tickets with Comments on the Employee Services Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_portal_ticket_comments_feed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep employees and IT teams connected on a ticket itself in the Employee Services portal. On incidents, cases, and service requests, employees can stay informed using the ticket feed. On incidents and cases, employees can also post, reply to, and delete comments and even attach files on incidents.") | | Service | IT Service | [Help Employees Access the Portal in Their Preferred Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_portal_language_selector.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help employees use the Employee Services portal in a Salesforce supported language they prefer. Employees can switch the portal's display language themselves by using the Language Selector component. The interface language changes, but data in your records stays in its original language.") | | Service | IT Service | [Tailor Employee Portal Pages to Your Service Needs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_portal_tailor_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Align the portal with your unique business processes by controlling what appears on the ticket list, ticket details, and approval list pages of the Employee Services portal. Choose which fields and buttons employees see, without writing code. For example, show only the fields relevant to your service model, or control if employees can close or reopen tickets. Employees get a simplified experience focused on resolving issues, while admins gain the flexibility to customize the interface.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Set Up Your Agentic Portal Faster with a Guided Setup Wizard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_set_up_your_agentic_portal_faster_with_a_guided_setup_wizard.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a Self-Service Agentic Portal that takes you from Salesforce Go through site creation, feature configuration, component setup, review, and one-click deployment. Select or create your Agentforce Customer Service Portal agent or Help agent, set up Enhanced Chat, add a Knowledge page, and select personalization and data graph options without leaving the wizard, and watch a live preview update as you adjust each component. Records are created progressively at each step, so your portal takes shape as you go.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Deploy Messaging Automatically During Agentic Portal Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy_messaging_automatically_during_agentic_portal_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Enhanced Chat (formerly Messaging for In-App and Web) without manually configuring messaging channels or embedded service deployments. During Agentic Portal setup, the system provisions and deploys Enhanced Chat for you, so your Agentforce Customer Service Portal agent or Help agent is accessible on your site as soon as setup finishes.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Guide Customers Through Troubleshooting Steps with a Reusable Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_customers_through_troubleshooting_steps_with_a_reusable_action_pilot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add guided troubleshooting to proactive service scenarios without building a separate Agentforce topic and action for each one. A general-purpose troubleshooting action grounds responses in your Knowledge articles and summarized case history, then presents customers with relevant, step-by-step resolution steps. Interactive confirmations let customers move through each step at their own pace in the Agentforce Service Agent conversation.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Reach Customers with In-App Notifications for Proactive Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_reach_customers_with_in_app_notifications_for_proactive_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deliver proactive service outreach through mobile in-app notifications in addition to email. Customers who build mobile apps with Salesforce Mobile Publisher can now notify users on the surface they use most, such as a companion app for a connected device. Meeting customers where they already are increases the reach and adoption of your proactive service scenarios.") | # Other Changes in Enterprise Sales Management Prepare for the retirement of features in Enterprise Sales Management in Winter ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **Why:** Salesforce is retiring these Enterprise Sales Management features in Winter ’27 to streamline platform performance. - The sort functionality on the Product Catalog - The Contract option within the Custom Discount Allocation Type settings # Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Engagement Learn about other changes we made in Winter ’27. ## Support Is Being Retired for Some Security Ciphers Salesforce is committed to protecting your data. We regularly review and improve our security practices to align with industry standards. Beginning with the Summer ’26 release, we retired support for some TLS cipher suites. When you interact with Marketing Cloud Engagement using a browser or by making API calls, make sure that you use a modern TLS implementation and cipher suite. For the best security, use TLS 1.3 or later and implement a cipher suite that uses the SHA-256 or SHA-384 hash functions. The TLS version that you use determines which cipher suites you can use. To learn more about the TLS versions that your accounts support, contact your Account Executive. See Also | _Knowledge Article_: [Salesforce Services and Marketing Cloud Supported TLS Cipher Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000380977&type=1&language=en_US) - **[Provision and Secure Proxied Custom Domains for Your Sender Authentication Package](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_provision_secure_proxied_custom_domains_sender.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up and protect custom domains for your Sender Authentication Package (SAP) that go through a proxy rather than routing directly to Marketing Cloud Engagement. When you configure a proxy for domains hosted by Marketing Cloud Engagement, end-to-end connectivity and security are verified automatically so you can manage domains without manual checks. - **[Prevent Import API Jobs from Importing Stale Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_import_maxfileagehours.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the `maxFileAgeHours` parameter in the Data Import API operation to prevent files from being imported if they weren’t created or modified within a specified period. When a developer includes this parameter in a request, Marketing Cloud Engagement checks the modified date of the file. If the difference between the modified date and current system time exceeds the maximum number of hours, the import doesn’t run. The system normalizes timestamps so that different time zones don’t impact the file age calculation. - **[Prepare for the Retirement of Emotional Tone Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_emotional_tone_widget.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Emotional Tone Insights widget on the Einstein Copy Insights dashboard retires in late September/early October 2026. This widget offers limited insight value, so it's retiring to keep the dashboard focused on more impactful data. There's no replacement widget for Emotional Tone Insights, and you don't need to take any action. # Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next Learn about other changes we made in Spring ’26. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions. ## Set Up External Web Tracking in Fewer Steps Use our improved setup process to configure external web tracking with greater speed and efficiency. Now, when you create a web connector, we automatically install and deploy the required data streams. Previously, users had to complete a manual install. You can also reuse the same web connector for multiple campaigns, eliminating the need to create a new connector for each campaign. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Configure Web Tracking in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_consent_tracking_parent.htm&language=en_US) ## Confidently Test Email Campaigns in a Sandbox To prevent accidentally sending test messages to real customer email addresses, use the blackhole feature in your full or partial sandbox org. When you enable blackhole in a sandbox, the system automatically discards email messages before they’re sent. You can also add exceptions for the recipient domains that need to receive test messages. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Test Marketing Cloud in a Sandbox Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_setup_sandbox.htm&language=en_US) ## Ingest Content Metadata with New Data Model Objects To support data-driven experiences across marketing campaigns, use new data model objects (DMOs) and ingest content metadata from your marketing workspace into Data 360. SEE ALSO | [Use Data Model Objects for CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_data_model_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "To support experiences driven by content metadata, use content-related data model objects (DMOs). Ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS, a DAM system, or an external CMS into Data 360.") # Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next Learn about other changes we made in Summer ’26. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. ## Copy Stakeholders on Unified Messaging Emails To keep entire groups informed of business exchanges, add internal or external email addresses as CCed (carbon copy) recipients. To set up Email CC in Unified Messaging, turn on the CC field on the Send Settings page. Marketers can add up to 10 email addresses in each email send. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Email Carbon Copy in Unified Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_email_cc.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Store Email Copies with Email Archiving To meet requirements for business processes and compliance, you can now store copies of sent emails. As a cost-effective solution, we store the email archives in the `EmailMessage` standard object. You must enable archiving in the Unified Messaging setup. To minimize storage costs and export archived emails, use the Archive app. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Email Archiving in Unified Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_email_set_up_archiving.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Personalize Email Headers with Dynamic Addresses Send marketing emails from a familiar, trusted sender to improve engagement and strengthen customer relationships. You can now add Salesforce Contact and Account data dynamically to your From and Reply-To addresses so that emails can appear to come directly from an account owner or sales rep instead of generic addresses like `do-not-reply@`. When customers respond, their replies go directly back to that specific person. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Authorized Email Domains** under **Unified Messaging**. Then, add and verify email domains for dynamic addresses. After domain verification is complete, marketers can use merge fields to dynamically configure the sender and reply addresses when they create a campaign. ## Simplify Next-Gen Feature Discovery and Setup Discover, set up, and configure Marketing Cloud Next features from a single location in Salesforce Go. Start with the Initial Setup card to complete foundational tasks, such as installing Marketing Cloud Next and configuring data streams. Feature cards for each marketing channel provide guided setup steps and track your setup progress. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) ## Slack & RCS Setup Node in Assistant Home Find Slack and Rich Communication Services (RCS) configuration directly on the Assistant Home page. - Connect Slack to your marketing campaigns and centralize collaboration for your marketers. - Configure RCS to deliver rich messaging to mobile-first audiences. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Unified RCS Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_rcs_agent_setup.htm&language=en_US) ## Automate Your LinkedIn Strategy with Campaigns To engage with your LinkedIn audience directly within Salesforce, use the new Create Social Post flow action. When marketers create LinkedIn posts as components of a campaign, they can better monitor engagement and overall performance. ## Marketing Performance Is Now Marketing Performance Intelligence Marketing Performance Intelligence, formerly Marketing Performance, brings cross-channel performance, attribution, and goals together in one place. With unified marketing analytics, your marketers get a single source of truth for faster, data-driven decisions across the customer journey. During the naming transition, the old name might still appear in some Salesforce resources. ![The Marketing Performance Intelligence experience showing cross-channel performance, attribution, and goals in a single view.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mktg_marketing_performance_intelligence.png) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Release Notes_: [Unify Your Marketing Data for Complete Performance Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mc_mi_umi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Bring paid media, owned channels, and CRM insights together in a single intelligence framework. Analyze attribution models, track pipeline impact, and understand how marketing drives revenue without manual data stitching.") ## Grow Your Subscriber Base with the Subscriptions Dashboard Monitor your Email, SMS, and WhatsApp subscribers from the Subscriptions dashboard in Marketing Performance. Track Opt-In Rate, Opt-Out Rate, and acquisition trends across channels in one place. Filter by subscription type, such as marketing, newsletter, or promotions, to identify which communications drive growth in your subscriber base. ## Manage WhatsApp Consent in Your External System Control WhatsApp subscriber consent outside Marketing Cloud and send messages without configuring a Communication Subscription. This flexibility accelerates onboarding by eliminating subscription setup requirements and reduces message delivery time by skipping internal consent verification in Flow Builder. ## Reach WhatsApp Users with Usernames Using Business-Scoped User IDs Import contacts with BSUIDs, send outbound messages when phone numbers aren't available, and track message engagement across both identifiers. Maintain contact continuity with WhatsApp users when they hide their phone numbers with usernames. Marketing Cloud supports Meta's Business-Scoped User ID (BSUID), which identifies users who enable username privacy. When: Starting June 2026, Marketing Cloud Next continues to send compliance responses without disruption. See Also | _External Documentation_: _[Business- Scoped User IDs](https://developers.facebook.com/documentation/business-messaging/whatsapp/business-scoped-user-ids/)_ ## Automatically Format Phone Numbers to E.164 Improve message deliverability and eliminate format errors by enabling automatic E.164 formatting for phone numbers. After an admin turns on this setting, phone numbers without a country code automatically convert to the globally recognized E.164 format based on your default country code. The formatted numbers are then matched against phone numbers in consent records to ensure accurate, reliable message routing. See Also | _Salesforce Help_: _[Standardize Phone Numbers to E.164 Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_e164_formatting_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US)_ ## Manage the Sales Data Kit Independently The sales data kit is now an optional, on-demand component in Marketing Cloud Next setup. Previously bundled with required marketing data kits, it has its own dedicated section so you can choose whether and when to deploy it. You can also manage its updates independently from your other data kits. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Basic Settings** under **Marketing Cloud**. In the sales data kit section, deploy the data kit as needed, check its status, or apply updates when available. See Also | _Salesforce Help_: _[Deploy Data Streams for Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_data_kits_install_main.htm&language=en_US)_ ## Automate Follow-Up Tasks with Marketing Completion Actions Reduce setup time by adding a marketing completion action to your audience flow. For example, you can set up a completion action to notify a user, or assign a lead to a specific user or queue. Previously, you had to configure separate flow logic for each outcome. **How:** In Flow Builder, in the place that you want to put the element, click the plus sign. Select **Action**, and then select **Marketing Completion Actions**. ## Updates to Related Features Looking for other features that work with Marketing Cloud Next? Check out these updates to related features. - [Unify SMS Messaging and Consent for Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_sms.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The United States and Canada SMS short and long codes that you use in Marketing Cloud Engagement are now supported for next-gen messaging. Marketers can also map consent across apps to sync the subscriber’s status and help maintain compliance.") # Other Changes in Meeting Concierge Learn about other enhancements that optimize the Meeting Concierge experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting Aug 18, 2026. ## Meeting Concierge Enhancements for Advisors ## Get a Complete Picture of Every Household in Client Summary The Meeting Concierge: Get Annual Review Client Summary flow now retrieves details for all household members, not just the primary member. Advisors preparing for a meeting with a household get a complete client summary that reflects the full household. ## See More Meeting Details at a Glance The My Meetings list view on the Meeting Concierge home page now includes three additional columns by default: Meeting Playbook Status, Event Start, and Event End. Advisors get the details they need without opening individual Event or Meeting Playbook records. ## Edit Meeting Follow-Up Summary Immediately After Generation When advisors click Generate Meeting Follow Up in the In Session tab, the edit Meeting Follow-Up Summary window opens in the Post Meeting tab, so they can review and save notes. ## Preserve Rich-Text Formatting in Meeting Follow-Up Summary Edits When advisors edit an AI-generated Meeting Follow-Up Summary, all rich-text formatting, such as headings, tables, and hyperlinks, now stays intact after saving. ## Meeting Concierge Enhancements for Admins ## Customize the Action Recommendation Prompt Template in Prompt Builder The Action Recommendation prompt template is now available to edit in Prompt Builder. Customize the template to adjust the AI model it uses to align with your business needs. Previously, the prompt template wasn't customizable. ## Clarify Meeting Notes Transcription with Updated Labels The Meeting Notes and Documents component now uses updated labels that better reflect speech-to-text transcription. You'll now see Transcribe Meeting Notes, Start Transcribing, and Transcribe Audio Meeting Notes rather than the previous labels Record Meeting Notes, Start Recordings, and Record Audio Meeting Notes. ## Enable Transcribe Audio Meeting Notes When Your Organization Is Ready Transcribing meeting notes is now off by default in the Meeting Notes and Documents component for the Annual Review, Annual Review FSC Package, and Prospecting playbook templates. Turn on Transcribe Audio Meeting Notes on the component so that advisors can transcribe audio for these playbooks. ## Add Today's Meetings to Any Lightning App Page The Today's Meetings component is now available in Lightning App Builder, so that you can add it to any app page. If you use a custom app instead of the Agentforce Meeting Concierge app, show Today's Meetings wherever it fits your business needs. ## Recognize Flow Templates by Their New Meeting Concierge Prefix The Periodic Create Task From Notes, Prospect Create Task From Notes, Periodic Create New Goals or Update Existing Goals, and Get Household Updates from Meeting Text flow templates now include the prefix Meeting Concierge. ## Personalize Meeting Concierge Component Labels Customize Meeting Concierge to your organization's terminology by renaming select components directly in the configuration page. You can rename the Client Summary, Meeting Preparation Brief, Meeting Discussion Guide, and Meeting Follow-Up Summary. In Setup, turn on Override Component Name and enter your preferred name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_template.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ View and Explore a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_navigate.htm&language=en_US) # Other Changes in Sales Review and anticipate other changes that can impact your sales team. - **[Update Tasks and Events in Lightning Web Components with the User Interface API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_other_changes_tasks_events_ui_api.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring activities into your custom Lightning Web Components (LWC) by leveraging the User Interface API’s support for Task and Event objects. Now, instead of manually coding layouts, security settings, and other metadata from scratch, quickly build a custom LWC that automatically syncs with your existing configurations. With User Interface API support for Task and Event objects, you can also include activities in screen flow record fields. - **[Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. - **[New Sales Dialer Licenses Are No Longer Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_dialer_end.htm&release=260&type=5)** New Sales Dialer licenses aren’t available for customers to purchase. We are planning to retire features and functionality for the product in the future. - **[Include Records from any Account on Account Plan Objectives](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_other_changes_account_plan_objectives.htm&release=260&type=5)** Support sales account plans across account hierarchies by associating records from different accounts to an Account Plan Objective. Previously, you were limited to associating records linked directly to the account plan's primary account. Now, to build more comprehensive account plans, search for and add relevant records from any account. We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Sales Pages Optimized for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_other_changes_sales_pages.htm&release=260&type=5)** To align with the new Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) Salesforce Cosmos theme, we implemented style updates across several Sales pages. Get an enhanced user experience, particularly when you use SLDS 2 or dark mode. They’re also visible when you use an SLDS 1 theme. - **[Sales Engagement Data Is Now Native to The Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sales_engagement_on_core.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sales Engagement metrics for new customers are stored natively on the Salesforce Platform. For existing customers, data migration is scheduled to begin in June. With this change, the Sales Engagement Performance dashboard will be deprecated in October. Metrics are shown in a custom report instead. # Other Changes in Sales Anticipate other changes that can impact your sales teams. - **[Accelerate Your Sales Setup from Day One](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_initial_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Set up and configure essential sales capabilities with a unified onboarding workflow. Automatically turn on features, connect your email domain, add sellers and assign quotas, import sales data, and connect to Slack, all in one place. - **[Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. - **[Find Pipeline and Forecasting Help in a Dedicated Space](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_other_changes_pipe_visibility_bundle.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Pipeline Inspection, Revenue Intelligence, Sales Insights, and Salesforce Forecasting Help topics are now in the Sales Pipeline Visibility and Forecasting help bundle. The content remains the same—only the location has changed. - **[Autonomous Field Updates Apply Only to Licensed Opportunity Owners](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_autonomous_field_updates_apply_only_to_licensed_opportunity_owners.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Records will now receive automated updates from the Sales Management Agent only for the record's opportunity owner, rather than all Pipeline Management users as it has in the past. When you enable the Update Fields Autonomously setting for Pipeline Management, the agent executes field update suggestions only for records with related opportunities that are owned by users with a Sales Management Agent add-on license and the Sales Management User license. This change helps focus AI resources on priority users and supports data integrity across your org. This update is enabled automatically. No setup is required. # Other Changes in Sales Anticipate other changes that can impact your sales teams. - **[Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. - **[Manage Stakeholder Details and Connections in Relationship Maps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_relationshipmap.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your sales reps more context about key stakeholders and effective control over connections shown in Relationship Maps. Reps can now update contact details, including opportunity roles, departments, and notes, directly in the side panel without leaving the map. They can also remove connections, restore contacts to the map, and keep relationship maps focused on the stakeholders who matter to each deal. - **[Host Activity Platform Data in the Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) Region](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_new_ap_anz_cell.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Activity Platform Hyperforce infrastructure is now available in the ANZ region for Agentforce Sales features, including Einstein Activity Capture, Einstein Conversation Insights, Inbox, and Sales Engagement. Hosting your email and calendar data locally helps you meet data residency requirements and provides your sales teams with faster sync times and reduced latency. # Other Changes to Experience Cloud Learn about other features that are available for Experience Cloud sites. | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Automotive | Automotive Finance | [Defer a Customer's Payments in a Single Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_pymt_def_automation.htm&release=260&type=5 "Streamline the intake and fulfillment of payment deferral requests for automotive loans or leases by using a prebuilt service process. Use the sample APIs to perform a customer’s eligibility check and enroll them into the deferral program. Service reps can quickly initiate a service process request on behalf of customers by using the Payment Deferral template from Unified Catalog, improving customer service quality and reducing turnaround time. They can also initiate a request through the Asset Finance Management agent. Furthermore, customers can access the Omniscript-based form on the Experience Cloud site and log a request to defer payments due to unforeseen circumstances.") | | Automotive | Automotive Finance | [Execute Post-Contract Review Tasks from Dealer Portals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_funding_workbench_dealer_upload.htm&release=260&type=5 "Increase efficiency of automotive loan contracting processes and improve partner experience. Dealers can easily upload documents required for loan or lease contracts by using the Funding Workbench console on an Experience Cloud site. Post review of the contract terms from a funding analyst, dealers can view the tasks or sub-tasks assigned to them with simplicity and fulfill the missing requirements and help finalize the funding for a customer’s loan or lease.") | | Education | Applications | [Accelerate Transfer Credit Evaluations in the Application Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_accelerate_transfer_credit_evaluations_in_application.htm&release=260&type=5 "Speed up learning equivalency evaluations and reduce student wait time by requesting estimates for transferable credits directly in the application portal. Applicants can enter details of prior learning and upload supporting documents and images in each admissions application. They can also reuse previous estimates to prefill and create official transfer credit requests. When an applicant submits their information, automatically create records and streamline the review process.") | | Education | Applications | [Support Applicants to Sign and Manage Their Application Submissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_support_applicants_to_manage_submissions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Add control and flexibility to your dynamic admissions applications. Give applicants the option to digitally sign their applications when they’re ready to submit. Offer the flexibility to cancel unsubmitted applications and withdraw submitted ones.") | | Education | Campus and Program Finder | [Explore Learning Programs and Request Details Directly in Campus and Program Finder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_request_for_info_campus_program_finder.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make the request for learning program information intuitive. Create a card view for learning programs in Campus and Program Finder. Provide a button for applicants, students, and families to request more information about specific learning programs conveniently.") | | Education | Course Enrollment | [Help Students Register for High-Demand Courses Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_register_for_high_demand_courses.htm&release=260&type=5 "Configure course waitlists to simplify the enrollment process and manage the demand for popular courses. Support students to join the waitlists of high-demand courses directly from the Experience Cloud site and notify them when seats open up, reducing the stress of monitoring course availability. Determine student enrollment priority and timing on a dedicated setup page. Send enrollment offers to students by using prebuilt flows. Students can accept or decline an offer to enroll, or remove themselves from waitlists.") | | Education | Course Enrollment | [Configure Educational Characteristics to Enforce Eligibility Checks During Course Registration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_configure_educahrs_to_enforce_eligibility_checks.htm&release=260&type=5 "Clearly communicate eligibility criteria to students during course registration. Configure complex eligibility logic on learning courses by using a flexible and scalable framework. Define and assign identity-based attributes to students, such as major, cohort, or honors status, that tie to specific time frames. Automatically evaluate student attributes against eligibility criteria to enforce enrollment rules. Show students the required educational characteristics of each course to help them make informed decisions. Maintain accurate enrollment data and comply with institutional policies.") | | Field Service | Enhanced Live Updates | [Experience Faster Dispatching with Enhanced Live Updates (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_enhanced_live_updates.htm&release=260&type=5 "Get near real-time updates when working with the dispatcher console Gantt by enabling the new Enhanced Live Updates setting. This setting’s enhanced capabilities significantly reduce the Gantt’s refresh times, dropping from 15–20 seconds to under 3 seconds. It lets you handle large datasets efficiently, experience a stable environment, and effectively manage time-sensitive and critical tasks. With this new setting, Experience Cloud site users can also benefit from live Gantt updates. Previously, live updates weren’t available to Experience Cloud site users.") | | Field Service | Self-Service | [Preview and Manage Images in the Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Self-Service Request](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_vra_self_service.htm&release=260&type=5 "Guest users on Salesforce Experience Cloud sites can now upload images more efficiently by previewing the images before sending them. They can remove any unwanted images and add images within VRA upload limits and guest security constraints. Previously, guest users couldn’t review their image selections before uploading, requiring them to cancel the upload and start over to make changes.") | | Health | Integrated Care Management | [Boost Patient Engagement with MCG Assessments for Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_integrated_care_management_mcg_assessments_experience_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5 "Deliver a more engaging and improved patient experience by exposing MCG assessments to Experience Cloud sites. Care managers can securely send MCG assessments to community members via email. Then, members can complete the assessments on the Experience Cloud site in their own time, without having to visit a clinic or hospital. Improve assessment completion rates by making assessments more accessible and flexible.") | | Industries Common Features | Fundraising | [Improve the Donor Experience with a Self-Service Donor Support Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_improve_the_donor_experience_with_an_agent.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give your donors the power to instantly manage their own recurring gifts by using an Experience Cloud site. The Donor Support Agent (beta) helps donors to handle common requests like changing a recurring gift’s amount and frequency. Free up your staff’s time to focus on building relationships while providing donors with the fast, modern experience that they expect.") | | Industries Common Features | Program and Case Management | [Lower the Barrier to Entry with Guest Access for Program Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_progran_case_management_lower_the_barrier_to_entry.htm&release=260&type=5 "Potential participants can now browse your programs and benefits on an Experience Cloud site without creating an account. Guest users can explore your offerings to determine if a program is a good match. When they’re ready, they can easily submit a referral to begin the intake process, which reduces friction and increases engagement with your nonprofit.") | | Industries Common Features | Program and Case Management | [Simplify On-The-Go Attendance Tracking for Your Staff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management_simplify_on_the_go_attendance_tracking.htm&release=260&type=5 "Taking attendance for benefit sessions is now faster and easier for staff working in the field. The attendance experience is optimized in the Salesforce mobile app to facilitate quick data capture. Staff can use their phones or tablets to find sessions or participants, update single or multiple participant records at once, and save their work with confidence. Capturing data in real time reduces administrative work and improves accuracy, so that your team spends less time on data entry and more time on your mission.") | | Manufacturing | Manufacturing for Services | [Manage Appraisals on Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_manage_appraisals_on_experience_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5 "Users can now streamline equipment inspections with Trade-In Appraisal Management on Experience Cloud sites. Extend the data model by building your own integrations with external systems to fetch asset valuation information.") | | Marketing | Global Promotions Management | [Run Promotions on Sites Powered by Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_gpm_experience_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5 "Show eligible promotions to logged-in customers on Experience Cloud site pages. When customers place an order from site pages, eligible promotions are evaluated and applied on the order.") | | Marketing | Global Promotions Management | [Show Promotions to People in Their Preferred Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_gpm_promotion_localisation.htm&release=260&type=5 "Increase usage of promotions and assist sales motions by showing promotions to in-store employees and sales reps who manage assisted sales in the preferred language. Show customers promotions in their language on Experience Cloud sites.") | | Public Sector Solutions | Agentforce | [Answer Job Seeker Questions Instantly with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_job_seeker_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Help job seekers learn about your agency’s mission, hiring policies, and processes by interacting with an AI agent on your recruitment Experience Cloud site. Grounded in your policy manuals, the agent provides accurate responses to candidate inquiries. Candidates can ask follow-up questions to refine results, which helps them understand expectations and saves recruiters from answering repetitive questions.") | | Public Sector Solutions | Payments | [Collect Fees for Public Sector Services with Inbound Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_inbound_payments.htm&release=260&type=5 "Help constituents pay for services, such as license and permit applications, directly on your public facing portal. By using Inbound Payments, you can embed a secure checkout flow into your Experience Cloud site. This integration helps constituents settle fees digitally and gives agency employees real-time visibility into payment status, reducing manual reconciliation and ensuring compliance before application approval.") | | Revenue Management | Agentforce | [Explain Invoice Charges Faster with Conversational AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agent_get_real_time_invoice_charge_explanations_in_experience_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5 "Clarify invoice charges and answer basic questions related to billing through the Billing Service Assistant. Help your customers receive detailed charge breakdowns for ambiguous invoice line items, without needing to contact support.") | | Revenue Management | Agentforce | [Streamline Quoting for Partners by Using Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_quote_mgmt_for_partners.htm&release=260&type=5 "Help your partner users accelerate their sales cycle with the Revenue Quote Management agent template. By connecting the Agentforce Employee agent to their site by using Embedded Messaging, partners gain access to powerful, advanced quoting agent actions.") | | Revenue Management | Billing | [Resolve Billing Inquiries and Disputes Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_dispute_management.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage billing inquiries and disputes through a standardized, end-to-end dispute management process. Install pre-built service process templates easily from the Unified Catalog. Billing specialists or customer service representatives can initiate cases, and quickly capture, validate, and resolve common inquiries, all from a single catalog. Billing portal users can raise service requests through the self-service portal.") | | Revenue Management | Salesforce Document Generation | [Preview Documents by Using Hybrid Setting Across Contracts and Omniscripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_previewer.htm&release=260&type=5 "The PDF document previewer provides secure in-browser previewing when you configure Salesforce file upload and download security settings. The PDF previewer now works with the hybrid file handling setting instead of relying only on the execute-in-browser option. The hybrid file handling setting improves preview consistency across browsers and Experience Cloud sites.") | | Salesforce Flow | Screen Flow Updates | [Tailor Screen Flows to Your Audience with Component-Level Styling Overrides](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_component_style_overrides.htm&release=260&type=5 "Deliver a personalized screen flow experience to your customers. Customize a variety of style properties for your screen flows, like background color, border color, border weight, border radius, text color, buttons, and more. Any styling changes you set override your org or Experience Cloud site’s default theme.") | | Security, Identity, and Privacy | Identity and Access Management | [Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_multi_config_saml_release_update.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports single sign-on (SSO) with only one identity provider. We’re giving you a final reminder that with Summer ’26, we’re no longer supporting the single-configuration SAML framework. To make sure that your SSO configurations don’t break, migrate to our newer multiple-configuration SAML framework, which supports SSO with multiple identity providers instead of just one. If you don’t migrate, your SAML SSO configurations will stop working when this release update is enforced in Summer ’26.") | | Service | Omnistudio | [Enhance Your Experience Cloud LWR Sites with Flexcards and Omniscripts (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_lwr_ga.htm&release=260&type=5 "Embed Flexcards and Omniscripts on your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Experience Cloud sites, which offer enhanced performance and scalability. To create faster guided interactions for your users, use the combined power of LWR’s speed and Omnistudio’s customization options. In Spring ’26, we removed limitations and provided workarounds where a complete fix isn’t available.") | | Service | Omnistudio | [Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_accessibility.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build inclusive user interfaces by using the accessibility enhancements in Flexcard and Omniscript elements. These enhancements cover many accessibility requirements, such as enhanced screen reader announcements, easier navigation, and a more powerful UI experience. Some enhancements are only available when you turn on the Runtime Accessibility setting in the Flexcard and Omniscript designers. For instance, this setting unlocks new properties for elements such as Radio, Radio Group, Block, and Data Table. Other changes apply even without turning on this setting, such as new custom attributes for icons, autocomplete options in several elements, and so on.") | | Service | Omnistudio | [Get Instant Product Assistance and Troubleshooting with Omnistudio Assistance AI Agent (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_omnistudio_assistance.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the Omnistudio Assistance AI pilot agent to get context-aware guidance directly in the designer. Whether you’re a designer, developer, or implementation specialist, the agent provides instant, relevant information about any Omnistudio component or element that you’re working with. It can also provide a complete build plan that helps architect end-to-end solutions, based on an industry vertical. The agent can also run design-time diagnostics to identify gaps and avoid runtime failures.") | | Service | Omnistudio | [Get Null Values Easily with the New Is Null Operator in Data Mappers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_is_null.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new IS NULL operator in Omnistudio Data Mapper Extract and Turbo Extract to filter null or empty records. Previously, the equality operator (=) didn’t consistently handle null filtering, often requiring complex workarounds. For example, to get records with empty account IDs, a Data Mapper operation such as AccountId = null AND Phone != null was required. With the IS NULL operator, you can explicitly filter blank fields, without adding an additional condition, such as != null.") | | Service | Omnistudio | [​Automate UI Testing for Omniscripts and Flexcards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_utam_testing_for_omniscripts_flexcards.htm&release=260&type=5 "Omnistudio now supports comprehensive UI testing for guided experiences and visual components by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. UTAM improves deployment reliability by validating end-to-end workflows. Write UI-driven tests for Omniscripts and Flexcards that validate full user journeys exactly as they appear on screen. UTAM interacts directly with the interface to test user inputs, navigation, actions, data rendering, and visual states.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Build Proactive Service Scenarios with the New Detection and Segmentation UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_build_proactive_service_scenarios_with_the_new_detection_and_segmentation_ui.htm&release=260&type=5 "Configure the what and who of proactive service scenarios with a new detection UI that helps you define event-based or scheduled triggers and dynamically identify affected customers. This capability completes the detection stage of the Proactive Service lifecycle and supports rule-based outreach powered by Data Cloud and event activity.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Guide Your Users Through Interactive Troubleshooting for Proactive Scenarios](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_your_users_through_interactive_troubleshooting_for_proactive_scenarios.htm&release=260&type=5 "Help service reps proactively resolve customer issues by generating AI-driven troubleshooting plans when no automation exists. Service reps define a scenario prompt during campaign planning, and Agentforce Service agent uses it to guide customers through a tailored troubleshooting session after they open an outreach. This approach broadens coverage of proactive issues, accelerates resolution, and captures conversation traces to improve future troubleshooting plans.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Give Your Users Personalized Self-Service with a Unified Customer Profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_give_your_users_personalized_self_service_with_a_unified_customer_profile.htm&release=260&type=5 "Surface a real-time, unified customer profile to deliver personalized, context-aware self-service. You can read up-to-date attributes, activity history, and insights like sentiment and automatically write new activity data as users interact. Your users benefit from fewer forms to fill out, faster completion, and a more relevant self-service journey.") | | Service | Self-Service | [Improve Dynamic Q&A Performance with Persisted Questions and Answers for Authenticated Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_improve_dynamic_q_a_performance_with_persisted_questions_and_answers_for_authenticated_users.htm&release=260&type=5 "Dynamic Q&A now loads faster and reduces Large Language Model (LLM) calls by persisting generated questions and answers for authenticated users. Previously, Dynamic Q&A regenerated a new set of questions each time an authenticated user viewed an article. The feature now stores the generated questions, which improves performance and gives users quicker access to relevant answers.") | # Other Changes to Flow Approval Processes Learn about improvements to Flow Approval Processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, all Einstein 1, and Developer editions. **Why:** Flow approval process designers can now: - Provide input values and setup options one time per Flow Builder session instead of for every flow approval process debug run. Flow Builder preserves debug data such as triggering record inputs, debug options, and input variable values when you switch between Edit mode and Debug mode. Refreshing your browser or closing Flow Builder clears all debug settings. To clear debug settings manually, click **Reset Debug Settings**. Test input and test output that you set for steps aren't affected. - Reduce email volume from approval work item notifications for individuals up the role hierarchy by using the new Send approval work item emails only to queue members setting. This approval setting limits notifications for queue-assigned approval steps to only queue members and their delegates. The setting has no effect if role hierarchy isn’t enabled. - Use the Step panel’s Configure Test Output tab, previously known as Debug Configuration, to set test output values. The Manually Set Output Values option is now labeled Use Test Output. The new terminology reinforces that you’re specifying test values to use instead of running actual steps. All functionality remains the same. - Place the Orchestration Work Guide, renamed from Flow Orchestration Work Guide, on the record page of an approval step’s related record in Experience Builder. - Use the updated options in the Decision Logic section of the Decision element. See [Decision Logic Labels Were Updated for Clarity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_ai_decision_ui_change.htm&release=260&type=5 "The labels for the Decision Logic section of the Decision element were changed to Define Manually (Default) and Define with AI (Advanced). The new labels clarify that defining conditions manually is the first choice when working with structured data. When you can't define conditions because you're working with complex or unstructured data, use AI."). # Other Changes to Flow Orchestration Learn about improvements to Flow Orchestration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Orchestration designers can now: - Provide input values and setup options one time per Flow Builder session instead of for every orchestration debug run. Flow Builder preserves debug data such as triggering record inputs, debug options, and input variable values when you switch between Edit mode and Debug mode. Refreshing your browser or closing Flow Builder clears all debug settings. To clear debug settings manually, click **Reset Debug Settings**. Test input and test output that you set for steps aren't affected. - Reduce email volume from orchestration work item notifications for individuals up the role hierarchy. The new Send orchestration work item queue emails only to queue members setting in Process Automation Settings limits notifications for queue-assigned interactive steps to only queue members. The setting has no effect if role hierarchy isn’t enabled. - Use the Step panel’s Configure Test Output tab, previously known as Debug Configuration, to set test output values. The Manually Set Output Values option is now labeled Use Test Output. The new terminology reinforces that you’re specifying test values to use instead of running actual steps. All functionality remains the same. - Place the Orchestration Work Guide, renamed from Flow Orchestration Work Guide, on the record page of an interactive step’s related record in Experience Builder. - Use the updated options in the Decision Logic section of the Decision element. See [Decision Logic Labels Were Updated for Clarity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_ai_decision_ui_change.htm&release=260&type=5 "The labels for the Decision Logic section of the Decision element were changed to Define Manually (Default) and Define with AI (Advanced). The new labels clarify that defining conditions manually is the first choice when working with structured data. When you can't define conditions because you're working with complex or unstructured data, use AI."). # Other Changes to Salesforce Scheduler Learn about other small but important improvements to Salesforce Scheduler. Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies Waitlist Participants Input This parameter supports these new values: position now supports any value on the waitlist. # Other Enhancements to Unified Catalog Learn about the other attributes enhancements that optimize the service process creation experience in Unified Catalog. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Unified Catalog. **Why:** Unified Catalog offers these new enhancements for attributes. - **Enhanced Organization**: You can now categorize attributes in separate sections and easily move them across these sections. - **Additional Data Types**: More data types are now supported, including Lookup, List of Attachments, Email, Multi-Select Values, Time, Range, Radio Button, URL, and Telephone. These types streamline the service process designer's ability to configure and build comprehensive catalogs. - **Enhanced Context Information**: The Attribute Settings page presents detailed context attribute information, making configuration and management clearer. - **Enhanced Display in Case Details**: Requestors can view lookup attributes with the record name in case details, providing better visual accessibility, as compared to the previous format that showed IDs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Process Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.uc_configure_process_attributes.htm&language=en_US) # Other Features Learn about other changes that we made in Summer ’26. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. ## Contact Builder Import Size Updated To improve performance, we updated the Contact Builder File Import Wizard to support a maximum size of 6 MB when uploading via browser. See Also | _Salesforce Help_: [Create an Import Definition in Contact Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_cab_create_a_new_import_definition.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Einstein Features No Longer Available in Some Markets Marketing Cloud Einstein features reach end-of-life for customers in the Australia, Japan, and Canada Hyperforce regions. This change helps prioritize innovation within Marketing Cloud Advanced and Growth editions. To maintain continuity, you can choose to process data in the United States or European Union. Or you can move to Marketing Cloud Next to keep data in-region. **When:** These features were retired on March 16, 2026. **How:** To continue using all Einstein features with data processing in the United States or European Union, you can opt in to reactivate them after they’re disabled. Alternatively, contact your account executive to move to the Marketing Cloud Engagement + SKU or Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition to maintain data-resident Einstein engagement scoring and frequency. ## Support is Being Retired for Some Security Ciphers Salesforce is committed to protecting your data. We regularly review and improve our security practices to align with industry standards. Beginning with the Summer ’26 release, we will begin to retire support for some TLS cipher suites. When you interact with Marketing Cloud Engagement using a browser or by making API calls, make sure that you use a modern TLS implementation and cipher suite. For the best security, use TLS 1.2 or later and implement a cipher suite that uses the SHA-256 or SHA-384 hash functions. The TLS version that you use determines which cipher suites you can use. To learn more about the TLS versions that your accounts support, contact your Account Executive. See Also | _Knowledge Article_: [Salesforce Services and Marketing Cloud Supported TLS Cipher Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000380977&type=1&language=en_US) ## View Why Emails Aren't Sent with Enhanced Tracking Details See why emails aren't sent, right in the Summary widget. Counts for duplicates, suppression list matches, and missing addresses help you spot and fix data issues, and improve campaign performance. This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement Pro+, Corporate+, and Enterprise+ editions. # Other Improvements in Sync Management Analyze and resolve sync issues more easily with new default sync settings. Sync KPIs are now in trace mode logs, making it easier to analyze and resolve sync issues quickly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Retail Execution. **Why:** These enhancements improve troubleshooting related to sync issues. - These sync settings are now enabled by default. To manage these settings, contact Salesforce Support. - Include sync ID in logs - Include sync KPIs in logs - Sync using enhanced NFT over REST - Display Named Query Analyzer Tool - To analyze and resolve sync issues faster, sync KPIs are now available in trace mode logs. To view these KPIs in the logs, activate trace mode in your Consumer Goods Cloud mobile app. # Other Improvements in Visual Studio Code Based Modeler The PDF preview now automatically splits content pages, improving readability without affecting thermal printing. Adapt page layout rules to append more columns and apply center alignment. Configure day and year values in correct formats for all supported languages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Consumer Goods Cloud. **Why:** Visual Studio Code Based Modeler offers these enhancements. - PDF preview readability with auto-spilt pages: Content is now automatically split into pages in the preview. Previously, all content appeared on a single page when the PDF height was set to `auto` for 3-inch Bluetooth thermal printers. This change makes it easier to read in the preview without affecting the actual thermal printing. See [Considerations and Guidelines for Bluetooth Thermal Printer and Print Layout Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_bluetooth_thermal_printer_considerations_limitations.htm&language=en_US). - Page layout rules and text alignment: Add more columns to your 3-inch PDF prints to create detailed and readable documents. You can set the minimum width requirement for `` elements in the print layout upto 8%. You can also center align `` elements. See [Considerations and Guidelines for Bluetooth Thermal Printer and Print Layout Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.cg_concept_bluetooth_thermal_printer_considerations_limitations.htm&language=en_US). ![PDFpreview and 3-inch paper print showing the alignments and 8% width in tables.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_retail_cg_pagelayout_rules_alignment.png) - International formatting in date selection - Configure the `PickerDaySuffix` and `PickerYearSuffix` attributes in your locale contract to show day and year values in correct format in the date wheel for all supported languages. See [Localize Date, Time, and Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.modeler_vscode_locale_localize_date_numeric_format.htm&language=en_US) and [DatePicker UI Control](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.modeler_vscode_datepicker_control.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For example, design your documents to cater to languages like Japanese that require "年" (Year) and "日" (Day) characters alongside numeric values. ``` ``` ![Sample of how the suffix appears on the datepicker UI.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_retail_cg_japanese_day_year_format.png) # Other Improvements to Generating an OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST API (Beta) With the latest version of the OpenAPI specification, you can query for all available resources and use a wildcard character in URIs. **Where:** These changes affect API version 64.0 and later. This beta feature is available in all Salesforce editions, sandboxes, and scratch orgs that have API Enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note OpenAPI document generation for sObjectds REST API is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Diretctory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** The sObjects REST API OpenAPI document generation feature (beta) now: - Includes the `/async/specifications/oas3` resource to return a list of all valid resources - Allows the use of the wildcard character \* to match single URI path segments or the remaining path when used at the end of a URI # Other Improvements to Generating an OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST API (Beta) With the latest version of the OpenAPI specification, you can query for all available resources and use a wildcard character in URIs. **Where:** These changes affect API version 64.0 and later. This beta feature is available in all Salesforce editions, sandboxes, and scratch orgs that have API Enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note OpenAPI document generation for sObjectds REST API is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Diretctory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** The sObjects REST API OpenAPI document generation feature (beta) now: - Includes the `/async/specifications/oas3` resource to return a list of all valid resources - Allows the use of the wildcard character \* to match single URI path segments or the remaining path when used at the end of a URI # Other Salesforce Products and Services Get the latest information on these new features. ## Customer Success Group Salesforce Success Plans provide access to innovative tools, guidance, and support at every step of your journey. From building expertise and driving product adoption, to troubleshooting and maintaining technical health, we help you fast-track your success. With each release, we introduce new and better ways to help you see results from all your Salesforce products. Highlights for Spring ‘26 include: Customer Success Score Enhancements - **Technical Health expansion**: Boost your system's Technical Health with enhanced security insights. Our new 'Security' subcategory provides deeper visibility into technical performance, helping you identify vulnerabilities and optimize system reliability - **Additional signals**: Gain a comprehensive understanding with enhanced product adoption visibility. Get a more holistic view of your product adoption through additional signals to provide a more complete view of your adoption and usage metrics. Get to know Success Plans by visiting our [overview page](https://www.salesforce.com/services/success-plans/) or taking the [Salesforce Success Plans Trailhead module](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/premier-success-plans). Use your Success Plan on the new [My Success Plan page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/success-plan) on Salesforce Help. To learn more about how to get the most out of Salesforce, check out our [Salesforce Customer Success overview page](https://www.salesforce.com/services/overview). ## Heroku Heroku is a cloud-based application platform for building and deploying web apps. For information on new features, go to the [Heroku Changelog](https://devcenter.heroku.com/changelog). ## IdeaExchange Share ideas with the Trailblazer community and Salesforce product managers with the IdeaExchange. It features a search experience that aids discoverability, more informative idea records, and search-as-you-type dupe detection to help avoid posting the same idea twice. For more information, visit the [IdeaExchange](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/). # Other Salesforce Products and Services Get the latest information on these new features. ## Customer Success Group Salesforce Success Plans provide access to innovative tools, guidance, and support at every step of your journey. From building expertise and driving product adoption, to troubleshooting and maintaining technical health, we help you fast-track your success. With each release, we introduce new and better ways to help you see results from all your Salesforce products. Highlights for this release include: Customer Success Score Enhancements - **Expanded score coverage for Product Adoption and Technical Health**: Gain visibility into Salesforce adoption and technical health with expanded signals in the Customer Success Score. Get a more comprehensive view of Product Adoption and Technical Health. - **Enhancements to Agentforce and flex credit scoring and attribution**: New signals provide deeper visibility into Agentforce usage and flex credit spending, helping you optimize costs, make data-driven decisions, and confidently expand your AI-powered capabilities. - **Proactive Monitoring**: Smart Alerts for Data 360 and Agentforce deliver greater visibility into Data 360 and Agentforce performance issues, helping you identify and resolve problems quickly, minimize disruptions, and scale with confidence. - **Signature now available for MuleSoft Private Cloud Edition (PCE)**: Signature Success Plan expands to MuleSoft PCE, giving you a proactive partnership with expert guidance, specialized programs, and faster support to accelerate adoption and maximize your MuleSoft investment. Get to know Success Plans by visiting our [overview page](https://www.salesforce.com/services/success-plans/) or taking the [Salesforce Success Plans](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/premier-success-plans) Trailhead module. Use your Success Plan on the new [My Success Plan page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/success-plan) on Salesforce Help. To learn more about how to get the most out of Salesforce, check out our [Salesforce Customer Success overview page](https://www.salesforce.com/services/). ## Heroku Heroku is a cloud-based application platform for building and deploying web apps. For information on new features, go to the [Heroku Changelog](https://devcenter.heroku.com/changelog). ## IdeaExchange Share ideas with the Trailblazer community and Salesforce product managers with the IdeaExchange. It features a search experience that aids discoverability, more informative idea records, and search-as-you-type dupe detection to help avoid posting the same idea twice. For more information, visit the [IdeaExchange](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/). # Other Salesforce Products and Services Get the latest information on these new features. ## Customer Success Group Salesforce Success Plans provide access to innovative tools, guidance, and support at every step of your journey. From building expertise and driving product adoption, to troubleshooting and maintaining technical health, we help you fast-track your success. With each release, we introduce new and better ways to help you see results from all your Salesforce products. Highlights for Winter ‘27 include: - **Success Plans for Slack**: Success Plans for Slack pairs customers with a team of humans and AI agents dedicated to their success every day, delivered right where their teams already work. Combining expert coaching, proactive health monitoring, and always-on support, the offering helps customers adopt AI faster and run healthier systems. - **Salesforce Health Insights**: Salesforce Health Insights brings Customer Success Score data directly into a customer's Salesforce instance, rather than leaving it in the Help portal. Signature Success Plan customers can view key Sales and Service adoption metrics and Technical Health signals without leaving their org. With insights delivered in the flow of work, customers accelerate implementations and reduce time to value. - **Customer Success Score enhancements**: - **Objective Based Scoring**: Objective Based Scoring gives customers a way to measure progress against the business goals that matter most to them, rather than generic, one-size-fits-all metrics. The feature buckets adoption items tied to a customer's chosen objectives, guiding them toward the features that move their business forward. As customers act on the guidance, their scores rise in step with real progress toward their own goals. - **Goal Based Recommendations**: Goal Based Recommendations uses agentic workflows to surface the specific features and products customers should use more to advance their stated business goals. Drawing on each customer's goals and the latest knowledge graph rules, the feature delivers tailored, actionable guidance. Customers gain direct access to the content and enablement materials that move their business forward. - **Technical Health Weekly Refresh**: Technical Health Weekly Refresh moves Technical Health signal recalculation from a monthly to a weekly cadence across Core, Agentforce, Marketing Cloud Engagement, and MuleSoft. Customers who take action on a signal now see it reflected in their score within a week instead of waiting up to a month. The faster feedback loop gives customers a timelier, more accurate view of their overall progress. Get to know Success Plans by visiting our [overview page](https://www.salesforce.com/services/success-plans/overview/) or taking the [Salesforce Success Plans Trailhead module](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/en/content/learn/modules/premier-success-plans). Use your Success Plan on the new [My Success Plan page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/success-plan) on Salesforce Help. To learn more about how to get the most out of Salesforce, check out our [Salesforce Customer Success overview page](https://www.salesforce.com/services/overview). ## Heroku Heroku is a cloud-based application platform for building and deploying web apps. For information on new features, go to the [Heroku Changelog](https://devcenter.heroku.com/changelog). ## IdeaExchange The IdeaExchange is where you can share ideas with the Trailblazer Community and Salesforce product managers. With continuous voting, you get to vote on the ideas that matter most to you year-round. For more information, visit the [IdeaExchange](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/). # Other Security Changes Quickly see the impact of each violation in the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations list. - **[Distinguish Between Blocked and Reported CSP Violations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_csp_violations_impact_field.htm&release=260&type=5)** See at a glance whether a recent violation blocked a resource request or redirection with the new Impact field on the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations list. Violations with an impact of Reported block that resource request only when you enable a stricter CSP policy, such as when you enable Adopt Updated CSP Directives in Session Settings. Previously, you used the DISPOSITION field of the CSP Violation Event Type object to determine whether a violation was enforced or reported. - **[Salesforce Sites Display the Specified Favicon Only](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_other_sites_favicon.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Sites now support an empty value in the Site Favorite Icon field. # Other Security Changes Identify and remove malformed trusted URLs. Use a smaller Content Security Policy (CSP) header size to reduce failures when other sites serve content from your org. - **[Follow Size Guidance for CSP Headers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_csp_header_size_guidance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide a reliable experience when external sites serve content from your org in an iFrame. Target a Content Security Policy (CSP) header under 12 KB to reduce failures caused by infrastructure limits on HTTP header size. Customers report issues as headers approach 16 KB, and third-party processing can increase header size. - **[Identify and Remove Malformed Trusted URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_malformed_trusted_urls.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce now excludes malformed URLs from generated Content Security Policy (CSP) HTTP headers. To keep your Trusted URLs list accurate, remove any malformed entries. # Other Security Changes Add chrome extensions as a trusted URL/URI to secure your Experience Cloud site. Manage your own root certificates instead of relying on a shared global trust store. - **[Allow Chrome Extensions as Trusted URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_allow_chrome_extensions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now add Chrome extension URIs as trusted URLs to control which extensions can interact with your Experience Cloud site. - **[Manage Your Security Posture with Tenant-Specific Trust Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_tenant_specific_trust_stores.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Safely manage your own root certificates instead of relying on a shared global trust store. This update gives you control over your org's security posture to help meet evolving industry standards. Use the Certificate Trust Store to maintain a repository of root certificates for validating outbound TLS connections (i.e., not inbound mTLS). List, upload, download, and delete root certificates directly from a centralized setup page. Add up to 50 non-expired certificates for your org. Alert admins of certificate expiration via email 60, 30, and 10 days before any certificate expires. The Certificate Trust Store supports Named Credentials integrations only. All other external connections rely on root certificates included in the global, Salesforce-managed trust store. - **[Improve Page Load Performance on Custom Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_improve_page_load_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Speed up page loads in Chrome on custom pages that reference external scripts by adding the `defer` attribute to your `script` tags. Custom pages include those in managed packages, such as Apex pages, Visualforce pages, and Lightning container components. # Outbound Engagement Create flexible outbound campaigns with custom templates and maintain brand consistency with custom branding across all your communications. Keep working while engagement resources generate in the background, and send common messages with an all-purpose template. - **[Create Flexible Outbound Campaigns with Custom Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outbound_engagement_custom_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build custom outbound engagement templates by selecting existing flows or campaigns or starting from prebuilt templates. Run flows that users can trigger directly from list views, so teams can send communications themselves without building a new campaign each time. - **[Maintain Brand Consistency Across All Outbound Communications with Custom Branding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outbound_engagement_custom_branding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Apply your brand to outbound engagements, making sure every communication reflects your brand identity. Create and manage your brands in Marketing Cloud Next. Reduce setup time by configuring sender details and communication subscriptions directly in the outbound engagement modal, without editing flows. - **[Run Outbound Engagements in the Background and Keep Working](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outbound_engagement_async_processing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Outbound engagements and templates are now created asynchronously in the background. Continue working while creation completes, and receive an automatic notification when it finishes. - **[Simplify Communications with Generic Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outbound_engagement_generic_events.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use a generic event in flows to create outbound engagement templates for basic sending use cases. Send messages from a list view, such as a thank-you message when a member redeems a reward, without defining complex, event-specific types. - **[Message Multiple Customers at Once from List Views](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outbound_engagement_list_view_mass_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reach many people in a single step instead of messaging them one at a time. Use the Send Message action on supported list views to send bulk communications to loyalty program members, contacts, or people tied to other records. For example, send account statements or reminders without leaving the list page. - **[New and Changed Objects in Outbound Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outbound_engagement_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and updated Outbound Engagement objects. # Outbound Payments for Agentforce Public Sector Capture standardized rates for services in your catalog to adjudicate and approve payment. Define costs for benefit and non-benefit programs, from court translators to nutrition assistance. - **[Catalog Services and Pricing with Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_catalog_services.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Public sector agencies can now manage service offerings, rates, and provider networks by using Salesforce Product Catalog Management. Define services, organize them into catalogs, set pricing schedules, and link services to providers and benefit programs — all in a single system. # Outcome Management Use the new ApplicationForm fields to identify the application that relates to the outcome activity and that the indicator assignment measures. - **[Outcome Management Updated Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_outcome_management_updated_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the updated Outcome Management objects. # Outcome Management Updated Objects Do more with the updated Outcome Management objects. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note If you're an existing customer and you don't see the new or changed fields, then ask your Salesforce admin to add the fields in the page layout of the respective objects. Identify the application form that the indicator assignment measures Use the new ApplicationForm field on the existing IndicatorAssignment object. Identify the application form that relates to outcome Use the new ApplicationForm field on the existing OutcomeActivity object. # Outlook Integration Outlook Integration replaces Salesforce for Outlook and gives users new capabilities, like the use of Agentforce for emails. - **[Access Agentforce from Your Outlook Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_outlook_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Leverage the power of Agentforce directly from your Outlook integration to prepare for meetings, summarize records, and trigger custom actions. # Outlook Integration Outlook Integration replaces Salesforce for Outlook and gives users new capabilities, like the use of Agentforce for emails. - **[Access Agentforce from Your Outlook Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_outlook_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Leverage the power of Agentforce directly from your Outlook integration to prepare for meetings, summarize records, and trigger custom actions. # Output Your CRM Analytics Data to Azure Data Lake (Generally Available) Write your data from CRM Analytics into Microsoft’s Azure Data Lake with the Azure Data Lake output connector. Write recipe output datasets as one or more .csv files to your data lake, improving your overall business processes with better data. For example, you can output processed and transformed customer service data to help your team improve customer satisfaction. This feature is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Data Manager, create an Azure Data Lake output connection. ![The Azure Data Lake output connector in the Create connector window.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_azure_output_connection.png) In your Data Prep recipe, for your output node, write to an **Output Connection** and select your Azure Data Lake connection name. ![The Output Connection with the Azure Data Lake connection name for the output node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_write_to_output_connection.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Azure Data Lake Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_output_azure_data_lake.htm&language=en_US) # Output Your Salesforce Data Pipelines Data to Azure Data Lake (Generally Available) Write your data from Salesforce Data Pipelines into Microsoft’s Azure Data Lake with the Azure Data Lake output connector. Write recipe output datasets as one or more .csv files to your data lake, improving your overall business processes with better data. For example, you can output processed and transformed customer service data to help your team improve customer satisfaction. This feature is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Data Manager, create an Azure Data Lake output connection. ![The Azure Data Lake output connector in the Create connector window.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_azure_output_connection.png) In your Data Prep recipe, for your output node, write to an **Output Connection** and select your Azure Data Lake connection name. ![The Output Connection with the Azure Data Lake connection name for the output node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_write_to_output_connection.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Azure Data Lake Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_connectors_output_azure_data_lake.htm&language=en_US) # Override Calculated Fields and Metrics in Extended Semantic Data Models When you extend a semantic model, it inherits all definitions from the base model — data objects, fields, relationships, calculated fields, and metrics. Now you can customize that inherited calculation logic and metric definitions to match your business, while everything you don't override keeps inheriting automatically from the base model. This approach preserves a single source of truth; your extended model stays aligned with the base for shared definitions, and diverges only where you intend it to. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Tableau Semantics is enabled. **When:** This change is available starting in August 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Tableau Next Standard license, or to Data Cloud users without a Tableau Next license. Editing a model requires Edit access to that semantic model. No additional permission is needed. **Why:** A prebuilt analytics app ships with standard metric definitions that don't always match your business. Before, changing a locked metric meant cloning it and rebuilding every dashboard that used it. Now you change the underlying calculated field once, and every dependent metric and dashboard update automatically. **How:** In the In the Semantic Model Builder, open an extended model and edit a calculated field or metric to change its formula or properties. Once saved, the calculated field or metric disconnects from the base definition and no longer receives updates made to it. To connect it back to the base definition, select the calculated field or metric and click **Revert**. If you've only overridden the calculated field name, description, or visibility, you can resume automatic updates by selecting Revert on that property. For a calculated field, overriding the display name, description, or visibility disconnects only that property from the base model — everything else keeps inheriting automatically. Overriding any other property, such as the formula, data type, or filters, disconnects the entire calculated field. For a metric, overriding any property disconnects the entire metric. To reconnect it and restore the original definition, reconnect the field or metric to its base at any time. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note If the original calculated field is removed from the base model, the override becomes a standalone field. You can't revert a standalone field, but you can delete it. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Override a Calculated Field or Metric in an Extended Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_override_metrics_calc_fields.htm&language=en_US) # Override Semantic Definitions in Composed Semantic Models When you create a composed semantic model, it inherits all definitions from the referenced model, including data objects, fields, relationships, and calculated fields. Now you can add more functionality to your composed model by overriding the referenced model semantic definitions. Any property that is overridden is disconnected from the referenced model. All other properties are connected and therefore continue to receive automatic updates from the referenced model. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Unlimited and Enterprise editions where Tableau Semantics is enabled. **When:** This update is available starting in May 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Tableau Next Standard license or Data Cloud users without a Tableau Next License. To configure or modify models, users must have edit permissions for the Semantic Model builder. **Why:** Use composed models when multiple teams need customized views of the same data. Each team can work from a single governed referenced model while independently adding semantic definitions or overrides to the existing referenced model definitions. Changes made to the referenced model automatically propagate to all composed models, except to definitions where you've applied an override. This architecture scales your semantic layer across your company while maintaining consistency and control. This feature enables users to tailor semantic definitions from the referenced model to their specific business needs. This reinforces the referenced model as the single source of truth, while allowing the composed model to be adapted to a specific use case. When the override is no longer needed, revert it and restore the connection to the referenced model. This feature supports overrides for: - **Data object field properties** — override the label, description, or visibility of a field in a data object (data model object, data lake object, calculated insights, or logical view). - **Data object properties** — override the label or description of a semantic data object. - **Calculated field properties** — override the label, description, or visibility of a calculated field. In addition to the overrides, you can also add standard or custom fields to a composed model which enable you to have specific properties available only in the composed model. **How to add an override**: To add an override, open your composed model in the Semantic Model builder and select the field or object you want to modify. In the properties pane, enter a new value for the name or description, and then save your changes. To restore an overridden property and resume automatic updates from the referenced model, click **Revert** on the overridden property. **How to add a standard or custom field**: To add a standard or custom field to a composed model, use the **Select Data Objects for Semantic Model**, or click **Manage Fields** from the left pane for a specific data object. Next, select the fields you want to add and confirm. You can only delete the fields you add. You can't revert them. # Override Semantic Definitions in Extended Semantic Models When you extend a semantic model, it inherits all definitions from the base model, including data objects, fields, relationships, and calculated fields. Now you can add more functionality to your extended model by overriding the base model semantic definitions. Any property that is overridden is disconnected from the base model. All other properties are connected and therefore continue to receive automatic updates from the base model. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Unlimited and Enterprise editions where Tableau Semantics is enabled. **When:** This update is available starting in May 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Tableau Next Standard license or Data Cloud users without a Tableau Next License. To configure or modify models, users must have edit permissions for the Semantic Model builder. **Why:** Use extended models when multiple teams need customized views of the same data. Each team can work from a single governed base model while independently adding semantic definitions or overrides to the existing base model definitions. Changes made to the base model automatically propagate to all extended models, except to definitions where you've applied an override. This architecture scales your semantic layer across your company while maintaining consistency and control. This feature enables users to tailor semantic definitions from the base model to their specific business needs. This reinforces the base model as the single source of truth, while allowing the extended model to be adapted to a specific use case. When the override is no longer needed, revert it and restore the connection to the base model. This feature supports overrides for: - **Data object field properties** — override the label, description, or visibility of a field in a data object (data model object, data lake object, calculated insights, or logical view). - **Data object properties** — override the label or description of a semantic data object. - **Calculated field properties** — override the label, description, or visibility of a calculated field. In addition to the overrides, you can also add standard or custom fields to aan extended model which enable you to have specific properties available only in the extended model. **How to add an override**: To add an override, open your extended model in the Semantic Model builder and select the field or object you want to modify. In the properties pane, enter a new value for the name or description, and then save your changes. To restore an overridden property and resume automatic updates from the base model, click **Revert** on the overridden property. **How to add a standard or custom field**: To add a standard or custom field to an extended model, use the **Select Data Objects for Semantic Model**, or click **Manage Fields** from the left pane for a specific data object. Next, select the fields you want to add and confirm. You can only delete the fields you add. You can't revert them. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Override Semantic Definitions in a Composed Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_override_semantic_definitions_in_a_composed_semantic_model.htm&language=en_US) # Override the Recording and Transcription Setting for SIP and Dynamic Routing Calls You can now override the Record Voice Calls with Agents setting for individual agents on these types of Agentforce Voice calls. Previously, this override was available for PSTN calls only. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **When:** This change is available starting August 21, 2026. **How:** To disable recording and transcription for an agent, add a Set Recording and Transcription Behavior invocable action to the Omni-Channel flow branch that routes calls to them. Configure the recording and transcription settings in the action. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Turn on Voice Call Recording and Transcription When Using SIP or Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_record_voice_calls.htm&language=en_US) # Package and Distribute Your Multi-Framework Apps with 2GP Whether it’s for your own org or you’re a consulting partner or ISV, now you can package, distribute, and install Multi-Framework apps using second-generation packaging (2GP). Choose unlocked packages for apps that you want to keep editable, or use managed packages to distribute locked, namespaced internal apps through AppExchange. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce. **When:** This change is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** Both package types support apps that are built with React or Angular. Unlocked packages support both internal- and external-facing apps. Managed packages support only internal-facing apps. **Why:** Both package types support internal, employee-facing Multi-Framework apps that are built with React or Angular. Packaging is unsupported for external-facing apps. # Package External Client Apps in First-Generation Managed Packages Package external client apps in first-generation managed packages to distribute them to other orgs. Create an external client app with Packaged distribution state, add it to your managed package, and install it in subscriber orgs alongside other packageable components. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Create an external client app and set its distribution state to Packaged. From Package Manager add the external client app to your first-generation managed package. Create a package version and install it in subscriber orgs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Package an External Client App with First-Generation Managed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.package_external_client_app_with_1gp.htm&language=en_US) # Package Your Pricing Workflow Seamlessly Migrate entire pricing solutions across Salesforce orgs by adding procedure plans directly to your deployment package. Transfer the complete execution flow of pricing and discovery procedures to reduce manual setup effort. Deploy your validated pricing workflow with speed and accuracy to ensure immediate consistency in every target org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Export and Import Procedure Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_export_and_import_procedure_plans.htm&language=en_US) # Packaging Packaging facilitates the development and distribution of business apps. Use second-generation managed packages to create apps to sell and distribute on AppExchange. Use unlocked packages to develop internal business apps. - **[Manage Package Upgrades with Customized Push Upgrades](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_customized_push_upgrades.htm&release=260&type=5)** Customized push upgrades enable partners and customers to manage the push upgrade lifecycle. With this feature, partners can grant select customers the ability to block push upgrades. Customized push upgrades are especially useful for highly regulated environments where strict compliance and validation protocols require control of upgrade timing and version oversight. This feature provides the granular control necessary to ensure compliance and system stability during version transitions. - **[Recommend a Package Version to Your Subscribers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_recommended_version.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now encourage your subscribers to upgrade to a specific version of a package by setting a recommended version. When you set a package version as the recommended version, your subscribers see an **Upgrade to Recommended Version** option on the Installed Packages page in their org. Only released package versions can be the recommended version. - **[Troubleshoot Subscriber Issues Faster by Enabling Debug Logs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_debug_logs.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now self-serve enabling a subscriber’s access to managed Apex debug log entries by using the License Management App (LMA). Use debug logs to troubleshoot issues that are specific to the subscriber’s interaction with the managed package. Previously, a subscriber’s access to debug logs showing ENTERING\_MANAGED\_PKG could only be granted by opening a Salesforce Partner Support case. # Packaging Packaging facilitates the development and distribution of business apps. Use second-generation managed packages to create apps to sell and distribute on AppExchange. Use unlocked packages to develop internal business apps. - **[Apply an Expiration Period to Customized Push Upgrades](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_customized_push_upgrades_expiration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now configure customized push upgrades to expire after a certain number of days. With customized push upgrades, partners grant select customers the ability to block push upgrades. Customized push upgrades are especially useful for highly regulated environments where strict compliance and validation protocols require control of upgrade timing and version oversight. # Packaging Packaging facilitates the development and distribution of business apps. Use second-generation managed packages to create apps to sell and distribute on AppExchange. Use unlocked packages to develop internal business apps. - **[Automate Managed Package Post-Install Configuration with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_post_install_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the dx-pkg-post-install-configure AI Skill to automate post-install configuration for any Salesforce managed package directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. After you install a package, describe your setup task in plain language, and the skill handles the configuration for you. # Pair Any Nonproduction B2C Commerce Instance with Any Salesforce Sandbox You no longer need a specific sandbox to establish a connection, giving you more flexibility when pairing an instance. Reduce your total cost of ownership by connecting a nonproduction B2C Commerce instance with any of your Salesforce org's sandboxes, including Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, go to the Salesforce Connection page. **Administration** | **Global Preferences**, and create a connection to the Salesforce sandbox that you want. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Connect Your B2C Commerce Instance to Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_connected_comm_salesforce_connection.htm&language=en_US) # Partition and Align Data and Marketing Content with Business Units Marketing Cloud Next (also known as Agentforce Marketing) now supports business units so that you can align your marketing operations with your organizational structure. To partition and secure data and content, match each business unit to a division, brand, or region. Teams can stay focused on their goals, while leadership enjoys enterprise-wide visibility. To ensure data separation, map each business unit to a unique data space. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Advanced edition. **Why:** Business units allow you to maintain compliance, align messaging with audiences, and measure your marketing performance. Business units support these capabilities. - Create up to 50 business units per org. - Assign users to one or more business units. - Align a business unit’s data with its respective data space by adding filters on marketing DLOs automatically. - Assign campaigns and marketing workspaces to a business unit. - Assign channels (Email, SMS, WhatsApp, and Mobile App Messaging) and subscriptions to a single or all business units. - View marketing performance for a business unit or create a business unit to capture performance at the enterprise level. - Track visitor activities for your campaign on external web pages at a business-unit level. - Use business unit-scoped Einstein features, including Send Time Optimization, Engagement Frequency, and Engagement Scoring and tell Agentforce which business unit to operate for the Campaign Creation Agent. - To set the scope for subsequent actions when creating campaigns in the current Agentforce session, use the new Identify Business Unit agent action to determine user access to a business unit. To get the latest updates for business unit support, redeploy your campaign creation agent, topics, or actions. - Monitor setup progress for all of your business units on the Assistant Home in Setup. A progress summary highlights required tasks for each business unit, and a graphic shows a status overview of all business units. **How:** After you enable business units in Setup, complete the steps to create your first two business units. Any existing marketing configuration, including data space and default content workspace, are used to create the first business unit. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Get Started With Business Units](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.bu_get_started_with_business_units.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Partner Cloud Start managing the full partner lifecycle in one place with tools built directly into Salesforce. Use Partner Cloud to recruit, onboard, enable, and co-sell with partners while giving them secure access to the data and workflows they need. Bring together key capabilities like deal registration, incentives, training, and performance tracking so your team can scale indirect sales and improve partner relationships. Partner Cloud helps you do more with the partners you already have—faster, and with less manual work. - **[Automate Referral Tracking with B2B Referral Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_automateb2bref.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the B2B Referral Lead Flow and B2B Referral Opportunity Flow to create referral entities automatically. The flows manage the referral lifecycle, from lead creation and qualification to opportunity closure and reward issuance. When a partner submits a lead, the Lead flow creates referral records and manages status updates as the lead moves from new to qualified. When an opportunity is won, the Opportunity flow updates the referral records and issues the appropriate rewards. - **[Create and Track Joint Business Plans with Your Partners](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_jbp.htm&release=260&type=5)** A joint business plan, now generally available, helps channel managers and partner reps align on shared goals, KPIs, and actions for a defined planning period. Capture strategic priorities, build measurable objectives, define action plans, and collaborate with partners. This release adds a dedicated joint account plan record type, enhanced objective measure support, Partner Central access, and purpose-built templates for partner planning. - **[Include Referral Codes in Deal Registrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_refcodedealreg.htm&release=260&type=5)** Support tracking and reward attribution by giving partners referral codes to submit when they register a deal. The referral code field is captured on both Lead and Opportunity records for visibility across the sales process. - **[Monitor Partner Success Agent Performance with Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psa_agentanalytics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain a complete overview of your Partner Success Agent’s effectiveness and usage metrics with the Agent Analytics dashboard. Channel leaders can now track partner engagement, deflection rates, and session trends to optimize performance. Filter data by time frame, channel, topic, or action to pinpoint specific insights. Access these metrics directly from the Agent for Studio Analytics tab. # Partner Cloud Accelerate business growth by expanding partner connectivity and advancing data transparency through secure record sharing and synchronization. Deliver consistent customer experiences by using brand-compliant marketing content directly within Experience Cloud sites. ## May 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Co-Branded Emails for Partners
- **[Expand Your Market Reach with Enhanced Partner Connectivity (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_partner_connect_for_vendors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Scale your channel operations by connecting with many partners simultaneously by using MuleSoft-powered flows. You can now share account, opportunity, lead, contact, and case records with your partners to support more use cases. Monitor updates made to those records by your team and the partner. Previously, you could share only lead and opportunity records with partners. - **[Empower Partners to Deliver Compliant Brand Experiences at Scale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_distributed_marketing_for_partners.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enable partners to deliver consistent, brand-compliant customer experiences directly from their Experience Cloud sites. With Co-Branded Emails for Partners, partners can personalize and send marketing content at scale without leaving their portal. - **[Set Up Co-Branded Emails for Partners in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_co_branded_emails_for_partners_on_go.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new Salesforce Go experience to set up Co-Branded Emails for Partners more easily. With the guided setup experience, vendors can now enable required distributed marketing capabilities, assign the right permissions, and complete Experience Cloud site setup from a single location with fewer manual handoffs. - **[Streamline Deal Registration with Partner Deal Registration Agent Topic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_partner_deal_reg_psa.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Partners can now register new deals more efficiently using the Partner Deal Registration agent topic, which guides them through lead creation with conversational assistance, proper record type selection, and referral code application. - **[Enhance Your Partner Experience with Loyalty and PEM Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_loyalty_pem_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add Loyalty Management and Partner Ecosystem Management components to Partner Central sites. Give partners self-service access to loyalty program details, points, benefits, promotions, and transactions so that they can stay informed and engaged without contacting support. - **[Enhance Your Partner Experience with PEM Components in Partner Central (Enhanced)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_pem_components_enhanced.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add Partner Experience Manager components to Partner Central (Enhanced) sites. Give partners self-service access to their loyalty points, benefits, promotions, and transaction history so that they can find information without contacting support. # Partner Cloud Accelerate business growth by expanding partner connectivity and advancing data transparency through secure record sharing and synchronization. Deliver consistent customer experiences by using brand-compliant marketing content directly within Experience Cloud sites. ## Partner Cloud Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - [Enable Partners to Create Joint Business Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_partners_create_joint_business_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give partners more control over joint business planning with custom permission sets. Partners can create and delete Joint Business Plans and Account Plans. Joint Business Plan list views show opportunities for the partner account based on the shared entity.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Book Appointments on Partner Calendars with Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_connect_partner_calendars.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give customers up-to-date appointment times by connecting partner users’ Google Calendar or Microsoft 365 calendars to Salesforce with Einstein Activity Capture. Salesforce Scheduler checks partners’ availability in real time and books appointments directly on their calendars. Partners authenticate once for a secure scheduling experience.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Launch Partner Enablement Faster with Prebuilt Track Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_track_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create partner enablement programs more quickly with prebuilt track templates for common partner journeys. Each template provides a ready-made program structure with exercises and measures that you can tailor to your business. Partner success managers spend less time building programs from scratch and deliver consistent enablement experiences at scale.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Track Partner Activity Across Customer Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_track_partner_customer_activity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let customers view partner users' availability and book meetings with them directly. Calendar connections give channel managers more visibility into partner interactions with customers, improve partner productivity, and help communications comply with local regulations. Previously, partner users managed their schedules in personal tools, so channel managers couldn't track when or how often partners engaged with customers.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Automate Objective Management and Link Records for Joint Business Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_automate_joint_business_plan_objectives.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep joint business plan objectives current by automatically linking and unlinking qualifying records. Background jobs update eligible records every 24 hours or on demand, reducing manual record management. Use standard objects such as Account, Opportunity Line Item, Order, and Order Item to define business objectives.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Register Partner Deals Faster with Conversational AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_register_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give channel partners a conversational way to register deals in Agentforce or WhatsApp without navigating complex portal pages. Guided prompts collect the required deal information and help reduce manual registration work. Channel managers can launch co-selling capabilities faster, accelerate deal cycles, and track pipeline requests.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) # Partner Contact Center Connect a third-party contact center, such as Amazon Connect, with Salesforce by using Partner Contact Center (formerly Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers and Service Cloud Voice). Explore enhancements to voice capabilities for inbound service and proactive outbound engagement. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (formerly Service Cloud Voice) is now Partner Contact Center. You may see references to telephony models including Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect, Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony, and Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect in Salesforce applications, documentation, and release notes. - **[Use Setup with Agentforce to Manage Contact Center Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_agentforce_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Using Setup with Agentforce, chat with an AI agent to add or remove users from your contact center and set up any quick connect configurations. Instead of navigating through multiple Setup menus, prompt the agent to describe what you need and accomplish your tasks without excessive clicks. - **[Access Your Phone Book Anytime from the Omni-Channel Widget](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_phonebook_anytime.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your service reps can now open the configured contacts for their contact center directly in the Omni-Channel widget, whether or not they're on a call. Service reps can search the directory and place a call to other reps anytime during their shift. Previously, the phone book was only visible during an active call while initiating a transfer or conference. - **[Keep an Audit Trail of Voice Call Record Changes (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_field_history.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Track changes to fields on the VoiceCall object. Select and monitor up to 20 fields. When a tracked field changes, a log entry captures the old value, the new value, the user who made the change, and the date and time. Activity fields aren't supported for history tracking. - **[Sync All Amazon Connect Queue Types to Your Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_queu_sync.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure and sync voice-only, messaging-only, and mixed (voice and messaging) Amazon Connect queues to contact center groups. When you add, update, or remove queues, channel mapping automatically enables or removes the appropriate voice and chat channels. Use contact center version 22.0 or later for messaging queue support. Previously, queue sync enabled only voice channels, which could leave chat channels orphaned and cause inconsistent routing profiles. - **[Opt into Additional AI Features with Amazon Connect Customer (Now Off by Default)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_connect_customer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Amazon has introduced Amazon Connect Customer, an optional feature set that brings additional AI capabilities to your contact center. Previously, the AI capabilities were turned on by default, but now they are an opt-in service. You can choose to turn on Connect Customer at an additional cost if it fits your business needs. - **[Keep Reps Informed During Regional Switches for Amazon Connect Disaster Recovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_acgr_disaster_recovery.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce confusion during regional switches by giving your reps real-time notifications during outages. A region indicator also displays the connected contact center region at all times. Additionally, for manually integrated contact centers, you can configure rep statuses to automatically go offline after a region switch if required. - **[Manage Your Caller Identity Directly with Autonomous Phone Number Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_phone_assign2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your reps can procure and assign local or standard company phone numbers to themselves without waiting for admin assistance. They can release a phone number and free it up for others once it's no longer needed. Reps also have the flexibility to switch between numbers based on the specific business requirements. - **[Record Personalized Voicemail Greetings for Inbound Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_personal_greetng2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deliver personalized calling experiences with prerecorded voicemail greetings that play when your reps can't take an inbound call. Reps can record up to 10 greetings to meet specific requirements. Any messages left by the callers are stored in your rep's personal voicemail box for review at any time. If your reps have assigned phone numbers to themselves, they can link them to specific voicemail greetings to provide the most relevant message. - **[Boost Rep Productivity with Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_voicemail_drop2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When an outbound call reaches voicemail, your reps can leave a prerecorded message and disconnect the call. They can drop a default recording or select from several options to deliver the most relevant message. As it plays in the background, your reps can move on to the next task immediately, increasing productivity. - **[Get the Latest Enhancements for Your Amazon Connect Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_cc22.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Update your contact center to version 22.0. This version improves the reliability of real-time transcription, keeps voice call records accurate for calls that never connect, and strengthens security and emergency address validation. To test the updates before they go live in production, deploy them to your sandbox first. - **[Stabilize Rep Experience by Preventing Calls Before Reps Are Ready](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_connector_readiness_check.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep Omni-Channel from assigning work to your Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony reps before their telephony connector has fully loaded. Voice Connector Readiness Check lets reps know that Salesforce is still working to make them available and prevents them from receiving work until single sign-on (SSO) is complete and their Voice connector is ready. By default, an additional base-level check makes sure that reps are accurately configured for the contact center before they can access voice or blended (voice plus other channel) presence statuses. - **[Enable Flexible Call Recording Control Within Conversations via Toolkit API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_pause_resume_recording_with_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce developers and admins can now use the Salesforce Voice Toolkit API to pause and resume call recordings without the Control Call Recording user permission. Previously, these users needed this permission. This permission is still required to use the pause and resume controls in the Salesforce UI. - **[Get the Latest Enhancements for Your Amazon Connect Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_cc22_1.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Update your contact center to version 22.1. This version simplifies the setup for authenticating Amazon Connect to Salesforce connections to support Real-Time Streaming for Agentforce Voice. # Pass Context with Custom SIP Headers and Disconnect with REFER in Agentforce Voice Capture custom SIP X-headers from inbound calls to deliver contextual information, such as customer intent, language preference, or case history. Configure your escalation and fallback flows to return or modify headers using the SIP REFER method when disconnecting or transferring calls. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Why:** Previously, Agentforce Voice supported only the UUI SIP header for passing context and only SIP BYE for call disconnection. Now you can pass rich, named X-headers from your interactive voice response (IVR) into Salesforce flows. You can modify the headers before they’re sent back in the response. SIP REFER is now available as a disconnect method, giving you more flexible call transfer scenarios with your telephony partner. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of September 7, 2026. **How:** Turn on the **Include Custom SIP Headers and REFER Support** setting in Agentforce Voice Setup. To use the headers and SIP REFER, update the escalation flow for your agent, add a fallback autolaunched flow, and edit the inbound Omni-Channel flow for your agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Include Custom SIP Headers and REFER Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_sip_headers.htm&language=en_US) # Pass Custom Gateway Metadata in a Pay Now Payment Flow Merchants can now add their own metadata to a payment link and match transactions to their invoices, order numbers, or internal IDs. The Custom Metadata field on the Payment Link object passes details, such as an invoice ID, to your payment gateway. Merchants can then later reconcile these details against the accounting system. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Salesforce Payments. **How:** To include your custom metadata, in Flow Builder, customize the Generate Payment Link flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate a Pay Now Payment Link](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.pay_now_generate_link.htm&language=en_US) # Pass Outputs Between Actions in Prompt Builder Pass data between actions in Prompt Builder to create dynamic and flexible workflows. Use data from prompt templates, flows, Apex, or retrievers to drive downstream actions and generate more contextual responses. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Einstein for Platform, or Einstein or Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or Agentforce Foundations. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of April 6, 2026. **Why:** Previously, actions could only accept static or manually entered inputs, which limited how data flowed between steps. This update enables you to pass outputs between actions, reducing manual configuration and allowing prompts to respond dynamically based on generated or retrieved data. **How:** In Prompt Builder, configure an action to use the output of another action as its input. For example, use the output of a prompt template as input to a retriever or pass retrieved data into another prompt. When the prompt runs, actions execute in sequence, and each action can use data generated from earlier steps. You can view performance insights, including latency and token usage, for each action in the Performance Insights panel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Pass Data Between Actions in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_configure_data_piping.htm&language=en_US) # Passkey-First MFA Registration and Improved Passkey Experience Passkeys are one of the most secure, fastest, and easiest ways to log in to Salesforce, and we want all users to experience their security and usability benefits. Passkeys are now the first verification method that users see for multi-factor authentication (MFA) registration, regardless of your org’s previous identity verification settings. We also simplified the passkey registration and login experiences. Instead of separate experiences for built-in authenticators and security keys, we now have unified passkey experiences. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** This passkey-first registration and improved passkey experience are available starting on July 9, 2026. The change to auto-enable identity verification settings are scheduled to take effect slightly later in July 2026. These changes apply when the [**Require multi-factor authentication (MFA) for all direct UI logins to your Salesforce org**](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_mfa_org_wide_setting.htm&language=en_US) setting is turned on, even if Salesforce hasn’t enforced MFA in your org yet. After Salesforce enforces MFA, this setting becomes automatically enabled and can’t be disabled. For detailed enforcement timelines by Salesforce instance, see these articles. - [Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&type=1&language=en_US) - [Prepare for MFA Enforcement for All Employee Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321561&type=1&language=en_US) **How:** Here's a summary of everything that's changed for identity verification settings, registration, and login. ## Changes to Identity Verification Settings To support the passkey-first experience, Salesforce changed these settings on the Identity Verification page in Setup. - **Let users verify their identity with a built-in authenticator (passkey) such as Touch ID or Windows Hello**—automatically enabled - **Let users verify their identity with a physical security key (passkey) such as U2F or WebAuthn**— automatically enabled - **Show all permitted verification method options for MFA registration**—automatically disabled, so that MFA registration begins with passkeys instead of showing users all verification methods ## Registration Experience There are no longer separate registration experiences for built-in authenticators and security keys. Now, it’s all a simple, unified passkey experience. Users can select verification methods of their choice, such as device authenticators (Windows Hello, Touch ID), physical security keys, or their mobile phone as a security key. They can also enable [synced passkeys](https://www.passkeycentral.org/introduction-to-passkeys/passkey-types) based on their browser and operating system settings. Because users with privileged permissions are required to use phishing-resistant MFA, the registration experience is slightly different depending on the user's level of access. Both types of users are prompted to set up passkeys first, but only privileged users are required to. Non-privileged users can choose to set up another verification method for MFA. If non-privileged users don’t meet the MFA requirement, they now see this page after they enter their username and password. ![Create a Passkey screen for non-privileged users](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_passkey_nonadmin.png) Privileged users see slightly different pages depending on the type of login. Here's the page for direct login (1) and for single sign-on (2). ![Create a Passkey pages for privileged users who log in to Salesforce directly and via single sign-on](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_passkeys_combined_admin.png) ## Login Experience Just like with registration, there are no longer separate login processes for built-in authenticators and security keys. Now, users can log in with one simple passkey flow. This experience is the same for non-privileged and privileged users. The unified passkey login experience applies to both MFA with passkeys and passwordless login. For MFA, users simply enter their username and password and are then instantly prompted by their browser to use their passkey. For passwordless login, the passkey login process is extra simple and fast, especially with the new [username-first login experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_changes.htm&release=262&language=en_US). To log in, users just enter their username and use their passkey. We also added a new warning message that appears if a user can't use their passkey. This warning directs users to request a temporary verification code instead. Here's how this warning looks for MFA with a passkey. ![Create a Passkey screen for non-privileged users](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_passkey_verification_page.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multi-Factor Authentication for Salesforce Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_overview_2fa.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for MFA Enforcement for All Employee Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321561&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Passwordless Login with Passkeys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.identity_passkey_login.htm&language=en_US) # Patient Engagement Maintain care consistency by restricting task creation during work orders and streamline home visit scheduling with Home Health. - **[Control Ad Hoc Task Creation in Advanced Therapy Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_advanced_therapy_management_Work_Order_Update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain therapy sequences and prevent unplanned deviations in patient care by restricting users from creating ad hoc tasks during work order step progression. - **[Manage Home Visits Efficiently with Home Health for Agentforce Life Sciences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_home_health.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Schedule, assign, and manage home visits using Home Health. View patient details alongside clinician availability, skills, and territory on the Dispatcher Console or Account record page to assign visits. Broadcast unassigned visits to available clinicians, and manage recurring and need-based visit schedules. Clinicians can view patient details on the Patient Card, and caregivers can request changes to visits through a self-service portal. # Pause and Resume Vehicle Repossession with Hold Management Place holds on active repossessions to pause enforcement actions when circumstances require it, and resume the process when the hold condition is resolved. Manage holds for payment arrangements, legal proceedings, bankruptcy filings, or customer disputes, and resume the repossession process when the hold condition is resolved. Hold records maintain a complete audit trail of reasons, durations, and approvals to support regulatory compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive Cloud and the Collections and Recovery capability. **Who:** Users need the Automotive Foundation User, Vehicle and Asset Finance Foundation, and Industries Repossession Management permission sets. **How:** From a repossession record in the Repossession Console app, place a hold to pause enforcement actions. Specify the hold reason, expected duration, and any conditions for release. When the hold condition is resolved, release the hold to resume the repossession workflow. # Pause Scheduled Backups Temporarily stop scheduled backups on demand and restart them when you’re ready. While scheduled backups are inactive, on-demand backups and other app features remain available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Run Backup permission. **How:** From the Backup and Recover Next app, click the Settings tab, then Schedule. Set Scheduled Backups to Inactive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Pause Scheduled Backups](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.backup_recover_pause_backups.htm&language=en_US) # Pay Multiple Claim Amounts in a Batch Process multiple claim amounts across coverages in a claim as an asynchronous batch. Payment succeeds for amounts that meet coverage and policy limits and fails for amounts that exceed the limits. When the batch processing is complete, you get a notification about whether the payments succeeded or failed. Previously, you paid one claim amount at a time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Pay Claim Coverage Payment Details in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claim_bulk_pay_ccpd&language=en_US) # Payments Import pre-generated payment method tokens into your Salesforce org either individually or in bulk. Bring in your own payment methods generated by externally developed UI components. Retry failed payments, and set up rules to automatically apply credits and payments to the right invoices. - **[Add and Manage Saved Payment Methods by Using Pre-Tokenized Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_insert_tokens_bulk_import.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring your existing payment methods from native and third-party payment gateways into your Salesforce org by migrating the corresponding payment method tokens. You can import specific payment method tokens either individually or use a CSV file to upload multiple tokens into your Salesforce org. Map the tokens to specific payment types, including emerging options, such as digital wallets. Use the saved payment methods, without any further configuration, for both batch payment processing and in the Sale, Authorize, and Capture APIs. Integrate payment methods into your Salesforce org by bringing in external UI components from vendors of your choice. - **[Apply Credit Memos and Payments Automatically Based on Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_rules_based_credit_payment_application.htm&release=260&type=5)** Prevent revenue leakage, improve customer trust, and reduce the manual effort required for cash reconciliation with rule-based application of credit and payments. Prioritize applying either credits or payments to settle the invoices of customer accounts. Specify allocation rules in an order of your choice to settle the invoices of your account. Use the allocation rules to match invoices by the invoice ID or invoice balance, or prioritize oldest invoices or the ones with the highest balances. - **[Maximize Revenue Collection by Using Custom Payment Retries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_retry_failed_payments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define rules to automatically retry payments that fail due to specific errors, such as an expired card or a temporary bank issue. Set up rules to reprocess failed payments based on the reason for the failure. Define the retry interval and the total number of attempts before a payment is finally considered as failed. Capture more revenue and reduce manual collections work for your accounts receivables team. - **[Accelerate Collections by Converting Debit Memos to Invoices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_convert_debit_memos.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring any outstanding amount into your accounts receivables workflow by generating invoices from debit memos. Convert standalone debit memos to invoices by using Invoice Ingestion API. This feature helps to simplify and accelerate payment collections. # Payments and Refunds Get consolidated invoicing for multiple invoices, and issue refunds automatically for cancellations or negative amendments. Pass Level 2 and 3 data to payment gateways through Apex adapters. Generate one-click payment links against your invoices to give your buyers a seamless payment experience. - **[Group Invoices of an Account into a Single Payment Request](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_consolidate_payments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Combine multiple invoices of an account into a single payment request. The invoices are grouped based on currency, saved payment method, and due date window. When you generate invoices, Billing automatically generates a single payment schedule and payment schedule item for the invoices. This enhancement helps your customers save transaction fees by making a single payment request for multiple invoices. - **[Initiate Automated Refunds on Negative and Canceled Invoices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_refunds_orchestration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your customers can now automatically initiate refunds on transactions that are canceled or have negative amendments. Billing calculates the correct refund amount based on the original invoice, and the amendment or cancellation invoice, and then settles the original invoice with a credit memo. - **[Send Level 2 and Level 3 Data for Payments Made Through Apex Adapters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_send_l2_l3_data.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now include Level 2 and Level 3 enhanced data in your payment requests to payment gateways. This feature enables Billing to pass detailed transaction information, such as line items, shipping details, and tax metadata, directly to payment gateways through Apex adapters. When the payments batch engine runs, it automatically includes the enhanced metadata in the payment gateway logs. By providing this granular data, your business can qualify for lower interchange fees for transactions. - **[Generate Pay Now Links and Associate Payments with Business Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_generate_pay_now_payment_links_and_associate_payments_with_business_accounts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Associate invoice payments with the correct business account by generating Pay Now links. The payment and any saved payment methods are automatically associated with the correct business account in Billing. When customers pay as a guest by using a new payment method, they can save it for future use. - **[Expand Your Payment Options via the Billing Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_save_more_payment_methods_in_the_billing_portal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customers can now save and process payments with additional set of payment methods. In addition to credit cards and Automated Clearing House (ACH), the Billing portal now supports digital wallets, such as Apple Pay and Google Pay, and bank debit methods, such as SEPA Debit and BACS Debit. It also supports buy now, pay later options including Klarna and Afterpay. These methods are available through Stripe and Adyen payment gateways. Customers can pay invoices and save a payment method for future use to streamline repeat payments. # Payments and Refunds Pass Level 2 and Level 3 payment data via Stripe and Adyen. Support flexible customer payment options through saved digital wallets and regional payment methods. Add Billing Self-Service components on LWR and Aura Experience Cloud sites, refund available credit balances back to the account, and automatically reconcile payment advice records with bank statements. - **[Send Level 2 and Level 3 Payment Data Through a Native Payment Gateway](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_send_l2_l3_data_native.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Pass Level 2 and Level 3 enhanced transaction data in your payment requests to Stripe and Adyen native payment gateways. The payment batch run automatically includes the enhanced metadata in the payment gateway logs. - **[Save Digital Wallets for Future Invoice Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_save_digital_wallets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you add digital wallets to a payment method set, customers can save options like Apple Pay and Google Pay in the Self-Service Billing Portal. They can then reuse those payment methods for future invoices or set them as their default. Saved digital wallets appear in their saved payment methods. - **[Accept Regional Payment Methods in the Self-Service Billing Portal Through Native Gateways](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_regional_payment_methods.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your customers can pay invoices by using regional payment methods from the Self-Service Billing Portal. Supported methods include Bancontact, Klarna, Affirm, Canadian Pre-Authorized Debit, and New Zealand BECS through Stripe and Adyen. These payment options expand coverage across different regions and payment preferences. - **[Add Billing Self-Service Components in LWR Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_self_service_components_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add billing capabilities to any Experience Cloud site built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) templates. The Posted Invoices, Invoice Line Viewer, Self-Service Payment Sheet, Self-Service Payment Confirmation, and Manage Saved Payment Methods components now appear in the Experience Cloud palette. Customers can view invoices, pay outstanding balances, save payment methods for future use, and manage saved payment methods from your branded site. Customize the page layout and component placement to match your site design. Add these components to existing LWR sites or build your own sites. - **[Manage Saved Payment Methods in Aura Experience Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_saved_payment_method_aura_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add the Saved Payment Methods for Aura component to any Experience Cloud site built by using Aura templates. Your customers can add, view, delete, or set a saved payment method as the default for their account on the site for faster and frictionless payments. - **[Refund Available Credit Balances to Customer Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_issue_credits_as_refunds.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your accounts receivable or collections team can now issue refunds for credit balances available on an account. Billing automatically reduces the outstanding credit balance when a refund is issued. Previously, you could only issue referenced refunds against payments, but with this enhancement, you can issue an available credit balance as a refund to a customer’s preferred payment method. You can issue refunds against credit memos or credit memo lines. - **[Reconcile Payment Advice and Bank Data with Lockbox Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_lockbox_reconciliation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate cash collection by automating payment reconciliation between payment advice records and bank statements. Billing uses Document AI to extract payment data from payment advice documents, checks, emails, or other payment advice records and automatically matches the payment data against available bank statements. Your accounts receivable team can then review all matched and unmatched transactions in the reconciled payment records. # PDF Retirement and Redirection We're retiring older PDFs and redirecting their URLs to the equivalent topics on Salesforce Help. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** Starting in Spring '26, we’re redirecting some PDF URLs on a rolling basis. We’ve activated some redirects and plan to add more soon. **Why:** We maintain and keep the content from these PDFs current on Salesforce Help. Consolidating into a single format helps us deliver more accurate, up-to-date, and accessible documentation. **How:** If you access a retired PDF URL, Salesforce automatically redirects you to the corresponding help topic. To avoid the redirect entirely, update your bookmarks and internal links to point directly to the help topic URL. If you can't find the content you need after a redirect, search Salesforce Help. # Penny Perfect Calculator For Consumer Goods Orders Give Consumer Goods reps accurate prices for complex orders with a configurable enterprise pricing calculator that reflects your ERP pricing logic. More than 35 calculation types support customer and product hierarchies, multiple units of measure, discounts, promotions, taxes, free goods, accruals, and surcharges. Customer-specific pricing and automatic unit conversions ensure consistent calculations across ordering channels, reducing manual adjustments and invoice disputes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Consumer Goods Cloud enabled. **Who:** To set up and use pricing, users need the Advanced Pricing for Consumer Goods, BRERuntimeAddOn, BREDesignerAddOn, Salesforce Pricing Admin, Salesforce Pricing Design Time User, Salesforce Pricing Manager, Salesforce Pricing Run Time User, Context Service and Data Processing Engine. **How:** In Setup, turn on Advanced Pricing for Consumer Goods, set up Context Definitions, and configure Salesforce Pricing. Load your ERP pricing data, then add the Pricing Details component to Order record pages so that users can view the full pricing calculation for each transaction. # Perform Advanced Environmental Data Analysis in Data 360 Extend Data 360 capabilities by accessing all data model objects and calculated fields. This feature enables sustainability managers to perform detailed scenario modeling and operational analysis by using the audit-grade environmental accounting and reporting capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero Growth license and Data 360. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Integration for Net Zero Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.netzero_manager_data_cloud_for_net_zero_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Perform Deeper Analysis with Finer Time Granularity Uncover greater precision in analyzing data trends using hour, minute, and second levels from DateTime fields in Tableau Next. Analyze near real-time activity by using these fields in visualizations and tables to filter, sort, and aggregate data for deeper insights. Time values also appear in tooltips and on axes, making it easy to review exact timestamps. Previously, you could analyze time-based data only at the year, quarter, month, and day levels. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, view cases created by departments over time. Then drill to the hour level to pinpoint periods of increased case activity. **How:** To drill down by time unit, open a date field’s context menu in a visualization or table. Select a time unit from Date Part or Date Value. ![Time field’s context menu in Tableau Next visualization](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/run_tua_viz_time_support.png) ![Timestamp with time unit included in a Tableau Next visualization](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/run_tua_viz_time_stamp.png) # Perform Faster Drill-Downs with Dimensional Hierarchies (Beta) Navigate through various levels of data granularity directly within Data 360 reports built on semantic models. Perform seamless drill-down and roll-up actions on related fields, such as product categories or dates, using dimensional hierarchies. Instead of manually selecting individual fields, move seamlessly between levels to quickly compare performance across dimension groups. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Dimension Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. Then, select **Enable Dimensional Hierarchy in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)**. To navigate data levels in the Report Builder, add a hierarchy field from the Field Selector to your Columns or Group Rows sections. To drill down and display the next level in the hierarchy, click **+** next to the dimension hierarchy field, or select **Drill Down** from the column actions menu. ![Selecting drill down option for dimension hierarchy](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dcr_262_dimensional_hierarchy.png) Similarly, to roll up to the top level of the hierarchy, click **X** next to the to the dimension hierarchy field or select **Remove Group** from the column actions menu. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dimension Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_reports_dashboards_dimension_hierarchies.htm&language=en_US) # Perform Faster Drill-Downs with Dimensional Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports (Generally Available) Use dimensional hierarchies in Data 360 reports to move between levels of detail without manually adding or removing individual fields. For example, analyze sales by product category, and then drill down into subcategories and individual products to identify what’s driving changes in performance. You can then roll up to higher-level groups to gain a broader view of performance trends and changes. This feature is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In the report editor, add a hierarchy field from the Fields panel to the Columns or Group Rows section. To drill down and display the next level in the hierarchy, click **+** next to the dimension hierarchy field, or select **Drill Down** from the column actions menu. ![Selecting drill down option for dimension hierarchy](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dcr_dimensional_hierarchies.png) Similarly, to roll up to the top level of the hierarchy, click **X** next to the to the dimension hierarchy field or select **Remove Group** from the column actions menu. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Dimension Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_reports_dashboards_dimension_hierarchies.htm&language=en_US) # Permissions See where field permissions are enabled by using the Field Access Summary. In the enhanced profile user interface, Salesforce shows required changes to keep dependent permissions in alignment. Create transaction security policies to monitor or block critical permission updates in profiles. Review the release update that enables profile filtering by default. - **[Review Field Access Across Profiles, Permission Sets, and Permission Set Groups](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_field_access.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Save time by reviewing field-level security for a specific field in all profiles, permission sets, and permission set groups. Instead of going to individual Setup pages, you can view this information in one place in the Field Access Summary in Object Manager. - **[Track Permission Dependencies More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_dependencies_modal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you update permissions or apps in the enhanced profile user interface, you see any additional changes required to keep dependent permissions in alignment after previous updates. Previously, these changes occurred in the background, but were visible only in the Setup Audit Trail. - **[See Permission Changes Affecting Guest and Agent Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_guest_agent_warning.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To better protect your data, we now show a banner when you edit permissions for a permission set, permission set group, or profile that’s assigned to or created for an unauthenticated guest user or agent user. This notification helps you verify that the permissions and access settings included in these features are appropriate for the sensitivity of your data. - **[Enable Profile Filtering (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_profile_filtering_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To improve the security of your Salesforce org, the Profile Filtering setting is enabled by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update is available starting in Summer ’26. - **[Monitor Administrative Changes to Profiles with Transaction Security Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_transaction_security_policies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate tracking events when Salesforce admins modify or create user profiles that include critical permissions. Block unauthorized changes to critical profile permissions. Use Transaction Security Policies to monitor, alert on, and block permission updates in real time. These policies help you monitor elevated security privileges and maintain a robust auditing framework. You can also track the specific removal of the TransactionSecurity Exempt permission from profiles. # Permissions and Sharing You can now choose whether to keep manual shares when you transfer a record’s ownership. Review the release updates that turn on profile filtering by default and address new sharing recalculation behavior. - **[Keep Manual Shares When Transferring Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_retain_manual.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Previously, when a record owner changed, Salesforce deleted the manual shares on the record, which can cause users to lose record access. You can now choose whether to retain these manual shares when the record is transferred to a new owner. You control this behavior by using an org-level setting on the Sharing Settings page, which is disabled by default to preserve the prior behavior. - **[Enable Profile Filtering (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_profile_filtering_enforced.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To improve the security of your Salesforce org, the Profile Filtering setting is enabled by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Winter ’27. - **[Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_apex_recalc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26. # Persist Line Item Updates Across Tabs Preserve your line item configuration changes automatically when switching between tabs. An auto-save triggers whenever you navigate away from a tab with unsaved updates. Your changes save across all tabs automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore Line Item Configuration Panel in Media Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_manage_plan_panel_explore.htm&language=en_US) # Personalise and Automate Offer Delivery Across Channels Deliver targeted offer messages and follow-ups to the right audiences at the right time across different channels. Automate offer delivery on your existing marketing ecosystem. To send personalized offer launch and reminder emails, use an Outbound Engagement template in Marketing Cloud Next, or use the Offer content block in Marketing Cloud Engagement **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management, and either Marketing Cloud Engagement or Marketing Cloud Next. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activate Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_activate.htm&language=en_US) # Personalization Features Released by Month Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates. When announced, changes included in the Spring release will appear under January ’26.
Month Product Release Note
April '26 Salesforce Personalization Localize Recommendations for Salesforce Personalization
March '26 Salesforce Personalization Capture More Relevant Engagement Data for Evaluation
Marketing Cloud Personalization Accelerate Data 360 Web Connector Setup with the Marketing Cloud Personalization Sitemap Converter
Marketing Cloud Personalization Use Customized Web Data Streams to Capture Engagement Data in Data 360 for Salesforce Personalization
Salesforce Personalization Maximize Revenue with Impactful Promotion Recommendations
Salesforce Personalization Personalize Decision Responses with Merge Fields
February '26 Salesforce Personalization Use Real-Time Calculated Affinities to Gain Customer Preference Insights
Salesforce Personalization Build Data 360 Sitemaps for Personalization Using the Sitemap Builder
Salesforce Personalization Sort Rule-Based Recommendations Meaningfully
Salesforce Personalization Show or Hide Recommendations Based on Date and Time
Salesforce Personalization Automate Testing Using Experimentation as a Service
Salesforce Personalization Set Up Salesforce Personalization With an Improved Workflow
January '26 Marketing Cloud Personalization Extend Marketing Cloud Personalization Data to Salesforce Personalization with Marketing Cloud Next for Personalization
December ’25 Salesforce Personalization Personalize Mobile Experiences with Engagement Mobile SDK
Curate Website Content with Agentforce Adaptive Websites
#### See Also - [Winter ’26 Salesforce Personalization Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=258&language=en_US) - [Summer ’25 Salesforce Personalization Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=256&language=en_US) # Personalization Features Released by Month Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back soon for the latest updates. When announced, changes included in the Summer release will appear under June ’26 and following months.
Month Product Release Note
July '26 Salesforce Personalization Personalize Decisions with Related Attributes and Calculated Insights
Recommend Offers Across Catalogs Using Indirect Signals
June '26 Salesforce Personalization Jump Start Your Personalization Journey with a Preconfigured Recommender Use Case
Streamline Personalized Content Creation and Deployment with Personalization Campaigns
Guide Personalization Configuration With Default Profile Data Graph to Data Space Assignment
Tailor Recommendations for Accounts
Filter Recommendations Using Date and Numeric Placeholders
May '26 Salesforce Personalization Deliver Consistent Recommendations with Fallbacks
Build Your Personalization Strategy with Individual Objects in Data Kits
Build and Customize Personalization Experience Templates
Marketing Cloud Personalization Organize Campaign and Segment Folders with Targeted Permissions
#### See Also - [Spring ’26 Salesforce Personalization Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=260&language=en_US) - [Winter ’26 Salesforce Personalization Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=258&language=en_US) - [Summer ’25 Salesforce Personalization Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=256&language=en_US) # Personalize and Debug On-Demand Flows with Apex Personalize on-demand flows with Apex code and control processing priority when triggering flows via API. Select specific individuals and contact points to target messages. Debug flows with built-in debugging tools to test logic and identify issues before activation. Access help documentation from the start node to understand configuration options and best practices. These updates provide more flexibility for customizing flow behavior and faster troubleshooting during development. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions, and Data 360 editions. This feature requires Data 360. **Who:** Available to users with Marketing Admin or Marketing Manager permission sets. # Personalize and Send Distributed Marketing Messages at Scale To help non-marketers send personalized messages to more people in fewer clicks, Distributed Marketing and Alerts now includes these bulk-send enhancements. - Select up to 2,000 campaign members, leads, and contacts at one time. - Customize multiple emails in one send. - Reuse content from a previous send. - Send an email on behalf of a record owner. - Send Distributed Marketing and Alerts messages to recipients in an actionable list. - Preview merge fields populated from any data provider. - Access automatically saved email content in the new, dedicated Distributed Marketing Messages folder added to every workspace. - Track individual recipients and how they engaged with a message using the Bulk Email Recipient Activity view on the Distributed Sends dashboard. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with access to Data 360, and the Salesforce Foundations and Distributed Marketing and Alerts add-ons - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with access to Data 360, the Salesforce Foundations add-on, and the Distributed Marketing and Alerts or the Sales Emails and Alerts add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with access to Data 360, and the Salesforce Foundations and Distributed Marketing and Alerts add-ons #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send an Email with an Approved Distributed Marketing Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_dm_send_message.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Monitor Performance for Distributed Marketing Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_dm_monitor_performance.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Personalize Care Plans Faster with Targeted Goal Recommendations Build more targeted and personalized care plans by recommending only the goals that are relevant to a patient. When creating care plans from assessments and care plan templates, care managers can now choose from specific, individual goals instead of all the goals that are linked to the parent problem definition. This streamlined workflow reduces care plan clutter and helps care managers focus on delivering quality care. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **When:** This change is available starting the week of May 25, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Integrated Care Management, Care Plans Access, and Industries Assessment permission sets. **How:** To recommend individual goals when care managers create care plans from assessments, add a Problem Goal Definition as a recommendation reference in an Assessment Question Response Recommendation record. To recommend individual goals when care managers create care plans from care plan templates, add a Problem Goal Definition as the problem definition in a Care Plan Template Problem record. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Map Responses to Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management_map_response_recommendations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Problems to a Care Plan Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management_create_problem_templates.htm&language=en_US) # Personalize Content in Channels with Scripting Support Use AMPScript and Handlebars scripting to build personalized, dynamic content in your SMS, WhatsApp, RCS, in-app, and push notification messages. Type scripting expressions directly into the text areas of each channel builder, and reference personalization strings and data extension fields to tailor content to each recipient. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on # Personalize Decision Responses with Merge Fields You are no longer limited to one-size-fits-all messages in decision responses. Deliver personalized decision responses to your users by adding merge fields from profile data graphs. Include direct attributes such as your user’s first name in decision responses or segment IDs to use in personalization campaigns in third party apps. For instance, personally greet a user and display their current loyalty points in an infobar. This flexibility ensures every interaction is tailored to the individual, turning generic notifications into meaningful, data-driven touchpoints. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Merge Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_point_decision_add_merge_fields.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Decision to a Personalization Point](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_personalization_point_decision_add.htm&language=en_US) # Personalize Decisions with Related Attributes and Calculated Insights Craft impactful customer experiences by including related attributes and calculated insights as merge fields in personalization decisions. When configuring these multi-value attributes, simply apply sort criteria to precisely specify which value to return. This enhancement expands on your existing capability to embed direct profile attributes and segment memberships into your personalization responses. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Add a Decision to a Personalization Point](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_personalization_point_decision_add.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Add a Merge Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_point_decision_add_merge_fields.htm&language=en_US) # Personalize Flows with Deeper Access to Source Data Sort and filter data from a source to create a selected record resource. The selected record resource provides access to nested data from data graphs and other data sources, expanding your ability to personalize flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud editions. **Why:** Marketers and admins can use nested data from data sources without relying on activations or custom code. **How:** Create a new selected record resource in the resource manager or from the resource selection field. Choose the data source, add sort and, optionally, filter conditions to define the record to use. #### See Also - [Flow Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_resources.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Personalize Home Healthcare by Using Custom Visit Instructions Equip your care resources with precise, relevant instructions needed for efficient and accurate execution of every patient home visit. Schedulers can use work plan templates and work plan steps to add instructions when they schedule visits. Beyond selecting standard work plan templates, schedulers can also create custom templates to assign patient-specific instructions. For dependent visits, schedulers can add contextual instructions tailored for each involved care resource. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Home Health add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Manage Home Health permission set license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Schedule Visits with Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_home_health_schedule_visits.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Personalize Messaging with Integrated Data by Using Clicks, Not Code Expand your email messaging personalization options by mapping content variables from Email Content Builder to merge fields in Flow Builder without writing Apex code. When you create email content with custom-defined resources like manual variables or record data providers, Flow Builder renders dynamic inputs for those fields in the message action. This low-code approach gives your marketing team greater control over how you use data to personalize communication with your customers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite, Salesforce Foundations, Data 360, and Marketing Cloud Advanced and Growth editions. **How:** In Email Content Builder, define input variables for the personalization properties that you want to use. In Flow Builder, add the Send Email Message action. # Personalize Mobile Experiences with Engagement Mobile SDK The Personalization module within the Engagement Mobile SDK queries the Personalization service to deliver targeted content to your iOS and Android apps. By integrating with the Data 360 module, you capture customer interactions and build behavior profiles. Use the returned data to drive real-time personalization decisions. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Docs_: Personalize Mobile Experiences](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/marketing/einstein-personalization/guide/personalize-mobile-experiences.html) # Personalize Paths to Predict the Best Conversion Outcome Use Personalize Paths to send each audience member record down the path most likely to drive your desired conversion outcome. Path selection uses machine learning to continuously predict which path performs best for each person, improving over time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition. **Who:** To use Personalize Paths, you need the **Add Path Experiment Element to Flows** permission. This permission is included in the Marketing Admin and Marketing Manager permission sets. **Why:** Instead of manually defining audience segments for each path, Personalize Paths continuously learns from real conversion outcomes and shifts individuals to the path most likely to succeed for them specifically. **How:** In Flow Builder, add the **Personalize Paths** element to your flow. Select an out-of-the-box performance metric or create a custom engagement signal as your success metric, and optionally add related engagement signals to help inform path selection. Engagement signals must be set up separately. Then define the paths that you want to test, such as different messaging channels or content variations. When you activate the flow, the system assigns individuals to paths based on predicted conversion likelihood, improving its predictions over time. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Paths Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=platform.flow_ref_elements_personalize_paths.htm&type=5) # Personalize Sales Account Research with Custom Field Mapping Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. Previously, Account Research only saved results in standard Salesforce fields. Now, your reps can populate the exact fields needed for your unique business use cases. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in **Enterprise**, **Performance**, and **Unlimited** Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Industry add-on license or included in **Agentforce 1 Sales Edition**. **When:** This functionality is available beginning April 9, 2026. **How:** To map Account Research results to custom text fields, clone or modify record research prompt templates in Prompt Builder. Account Research supports `Text`, `TextArea`, `TextArea Encrypted`, `TextArea Long`, and `TextArea Rich` custom field types. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Account Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.account_research.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Customize Sales Account Research for Your Business Needs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.account_research_customize.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_about.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Personalize Sales Account Research with Custom Field Mapping Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. Previously, Account Research only saved results in standard Salesforce fields. Now, your reps can populate the exact fields needed for your unique business use cases. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in **Enterprise**, **Performance**, and **Unlimited** Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Industry add-on license or included in **Agentforce 1 Sales Edition**. **When:** This functionality was available beginning April 9, 2026. **How:** To map Account Research results to custom text fields, clone or modify record research prompt templates in Prompt Builder. Account Research supports `Text`, `TextArea`, `TextArea Encrypted`, `TextArea Long`, and `TextArea Rich` custom field types. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Account Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.account_research.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Customize Sales Account Research for Your Business Needs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.account_research_customize.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_about.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Personalize SMS, Push Notifications, and WhatsApp Messages with Offer Treatments Configure offer treatments once in Offer Treatment Designer, then bring its details into SMS, push notification, and WhatsApp messages. When you update an offer treatment later, every message reflects the change automatically using its values. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited and Developer editions where Real-Time Offer Management and Marketing Cloud Next are enabled. # Personalize the Employee Experience with Unified Portal Enhancements Track approvals, report misconduct, and access employee data more efficiently with updated record layouts. See the full approval history for a request directly on the record, and managers assigned to a ticket can use the Review button to identify who is handling a request. To enable discreet misconduct reporting, select the Confidential Cases checkbox on a ticket. The record is automatically flagged and routed only to authorized HR representatives. Redesigned profile views also separate professional data from personal details for better visibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Performance, and Enterprise editions with HR Service. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Employee Hub Unified Employee User license. **How:** After you create a new ticket or open an existing ticket under My Tickets, you can see the approval trace. Managers can use the Review button on a ticket's landing page in the My Approvals list to track status, routing, and assignee comments. To view professional and personal details, go to My Profile. To report a confidential case, select **New Ticket**, choose a ticket type, and select **Confidential Case** to access specific issue types defined by your admin. Enter an issue date and set the priority using the urgency dropdowns to create a confidential case and a linked public complaint record. After submitting, identify these confidential records on the My Tickets page. # Personalize the Portal with Customizable Ticket Detail Pages Replace predefined portal layouts with fully customizable page layouts to meet specific department needs. Rapidly deploy new record types for tickets, such as IT incidents or HR onboarding requests, without writing custom code or requiring engineering bandwidth. Specify exactly which fields appear in the Details panel based on the object. The interface dynamically assigns the correct layout based on the user profile and the specific record type to guarantee a highly contextual experience for your employees. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** Eliminate cluttered interfaces by showing only the fields and terminology relevant to a specific workflow. The interface dynamically assigns the correct layout based on user profiles and record types while strictly respecting field-level security and read-only settings. Headers dynamically bind to your data, and your users retain seamless access to attachments alongside the customized layouts. # Personalize User Experiences with Dynamic Default Values Customize dashboards, metrics, and visualizations by setting dynamic default values. Use filters and calculated fields to automatically filter views to your preferred view, such as region or industry, the moment you open a dashboard. This update streamlines workflows by presenting the most relevant data immediately, eliminating the need for manual filtering or extra clicks. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To set a static value on a filter, add or edit a dashboard filter. Click **Select Values** on the Widget tab and select your default values. ![Clicking Select Values for a list widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_default_values.png) ![Selecting default values.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_default_values_2.png) To set a dynamic value with a calculated field, add or edit a dashboard filter. Click **Select Values**. Select **Dynamic (Calculated Field)**, then click **Choose Field** to select a calculated field. Click **Done** when finished. ![Selecting dynamic values for a filter.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_default_values_3.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Dashboards with Dynamic Default Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_default.htm&language=en_US) # Personalize Voice Interactions Faster with Voice Call Variables in Canvas View Give your voice agents access to call details so that they can respond with more context. After you add the Telephony connection to your agent, you can add voice call variables to it on the Variables page in Canvas view and use the variables throughout your agent’s reasoning and interactions. Previously, you could only use voice call variables with Agent Script. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of July 13, 2026. **How:** Open a Service agent in Agentforce Builder and add the Telephony connection to it. Then select **Variables** from the Explorer panel. The VoiceCallId context variable appears in the Variables table. To add more voice call variables, click **Add** and then select **Add Voice Call Variable**. Select the variables that you want to add and then click **Add to Agent**. Similar to messaging session variables, voice call variables are context variables that are mapped to object fields and only hold a value during a conversation. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Variables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_variables.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Personalized Trust Is Now Salesforce My Trust Center (Beta) Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) provides authenticated access to service health information tailored to your specific Salesforce products and services. Based on customer feedback, the renamed Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) has been improved. Subscribe to notifications, access 1 year of extended incident and maintenance history with enhanced navigation, and view details on org location and MyDomain information. Also, the public Status site now supports Heroku and Spiff. **Where:** These changes apply to [my.trust.salesforce.com](https://my.trust.salesforce.com/) and [Status.salesforce.com](https://status.salesforce.com/). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** New capabilities in Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) include: - **Subscriptions**: Subscribe to notifications for events on your tenants through a new tab. - **Extended history**: View 1 year of incident and maintenance history, plus the next 90 days of upcoming maintenance. Navigate all data with search, filtering, and pagination tools. - **Enhanced tenant details**: See org location and MyDomain information for Sales, Service, and Industries on tenant detail pages. - **Accessibility**: Complies with WCAG 2.2 standards. - **Documentation**: Access Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) documentation on the Help site. The public Status site now supports [Heroku](https://status.salesforce.com/products/Heroku) and [Spiff](https://status.salesforce.com/products/Spiff). **How:** To access Salesforce My Trust Center (beta), go to [Trust.salesforce.com](https://trust.salesforce.com), click **Log In**, and then click **Log in to Trust**. Or go to [Status.salesforce.com](https://status.salesforce.com), click **Learn More**, and then log in with your [Trailblazer account credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.trailblazer_id.htm&type=5&language=en_US). We value your feedback. Share your thoughts by using this [feedback form](https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeUqcKBHaNRmbRcC39fp352vHyIgQL2UZIoOTfEeM0LJkL6Yw/viewform) or by reaching out to your account team. # Pick Up Transferred Chats with Proactive Service Replies When your service rep accepts a handoff from Agentforce or another service rep, two grounded replies and one contextual reply appear before the customer sends another message. Suggestions draw on the existing transcript and knowledge articles, so the first response continues the conversation. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on and the Agentforce 1 Service Edition. **How:** In Setup, go to **Service** > **Service Cloud Einstein** > **Einstein Reply Recommendations**. Enable the Proactive Service Replies toggle. The setting stays off until you enable it, so your service reps keep the current behavior until then. After you enable Proactive Service Replies, your service reps see the suggestions in the same replies panel when they accept the conversation. They can send a suggestion, or edit it. The same suggestions appear when assigning a chat from a queue, and when the transcript has existing messages. Proactive Service Replies consume flex credits. Your existing settings for reply count and grounded or contextual replies still apply. # Pinpoint Fields with Sensitive Data to Hide from Guest Users A new warning icon next to field names in the Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report identifies fields that potentially expose personal information. For example, on the account object, the icon flags fields with revenue data or address and contact information. You can review these fields case by case to decide whether to change their sharing rules to hide the fields—and their data—from unauthenticated users. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Salesforce Setup, enter Guest User in the Quick Find box and select **Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report**. Select a site and, for each object, review the flagged fields to determine whether to update their sharing rules to hide these fields from guest users. ![Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report showing potentially sensitive fields on the Account object](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/rn_262_experiences_sharing_rules_report.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Review Guest User Object, Record, and Field Access for Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.networks_guest_user_access_verification.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Pinpoint Fields with Sensitive Data to Hide from Guest Users A new warning icon next to field names in the Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report identifies fields that potentially expose personal information. For example, on the account object, the icon flags fields with revenue data or address and contact information. You can review these fields case by case to decide whether to change their sharing rules to hide the fields—and their data—from unauthenticated users. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Salesforce Setup, enter Guest User in the Quick Find box and select **Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report**. Select a site and, for each object, review the flagged fields to determine whether to update their sharing rules to hide these fields from guest users. ![Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report showing potentially sensitive fields on the Account object](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/rn_264_experiences_sharing_rules_report.png) #### See Also - [Conceal Personal Information Fields from Guest Users (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_conceal_pii_guests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set field visibility for guest users without affecting your settings for other external users. Turn on Independent Guest Field Masking to hide certain fields specifically from guest users. This update adds a new Guest_PersonalInfo_EPIM field set so that you can secure guest-facing fields without changing what portal users see.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Review Guest User Object, Record, and Field Access for Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.networks_guest_user_access_verification.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Pinpoint Specific Licenses with the License Utilization Search and Filter Features See only certain products and licenses in Digital Wallet License Utilization by using the search and filter features. Save time and focus on the licenses that matter most. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** License Utilization is available to users with the View License Utilization user permission. **How:** From App Launcher, find and select **Digital Wallet**, then click the License Utilization tab. - Use search to narrow the results based on product or license name. - Create a filter to narrow the listed licenses by using criteria such as product name, license name, and license type. If you use both search and a filter, the filter takes precedence. If you define a filter, search returns only results in the context of that filter. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View License Utilization in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_license_utilization.htm&language=en_US) # Pipeline Inspection Standardize how your sales reps qualify deals and improve win rates with a structured sales methodology. - **[Standardize Deal Qualification with Sales Methodology](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_methodology.htm&release=260&type=5)** Evaluate deal health and improve win rates with a structured sales methodology to qualify and manage your opportunities. Define key fields, scoring levels, and guidance so your sales teams follow a consistent process and capture essential deal details. # Pipeline Inspection Identify stakeholder gaps and focus on deals that need more attention by seeing which contacts are actively engaged in a deal. Track inbound and outbound activities for opportunities at a glance. Get more context with new columns for alerts, contacts, activity, and methodology, and set the default list view that users see when they open Pipeline Inspection. - **[Gauge Relationship Health Quickly in Pipeline Inspection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_activity_heatmap.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your sellers the ability to assess engagement levels without scrolling through the activity timeline. Pipeline Inspection now includes an Activity column with a heatmap that tracks inbound and outbound activities, such as voice calls, video calls, events, and emails, over a 30-day period. - **[Identify and Manage Active Contacts in Pipeline Inspection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_contact_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify stakeholder gaps and focus on deals that need more attention by seeing which contacts are actively engaged in a deal. Find the new Contacts column to see a count of people involved in activities, such as emails and meetings, within the last 30 days. - **[Customize Sales Methodologies Based on Your Team's Needs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_customized_sales_methodologies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With sales methodology customization, implement sales methodologies that align with your specific business processes. Tailor prebuilt sales methodology templates or create your own from scratch. - **[See Deal Alerts at a Glance in Pipeline Inspection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_deal_alerts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The new Alerts column in Pipeline Inspection shows a count of the most urgent deal insights, so sales reps can quickly spot and address at-risk opportunities. The alerts shown depend on your enabled features. For example, insights about service cases appear only if you use Cases. For consistency, the Needs Attention header in the Insights section of the side panel is now also called Alerts. - **[Set the Default List View for Pipeline Inspection Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_default_view.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Decide whether users see My Pipeline or a public list view as the default when they open Pipeline Inspection for the first time. When the setting is on, My Pipeline is the default. When it's off, users start on the public list view that's first alphabetically. - **[Get a Fuller View of Your Pipeline with Built-In Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_auto_columns.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** See more context on every deal so you can spot risks faster and move your deals forward. The Alerts, Contacts, Activity, and Sales Methodology columns now appear in your Pipeline Inspection list views automatically. Reorder or remove the columns to fit how you work. # Pipeline Inspection Get a more accurate view of deal health and move your deals forward with the enhanced Opportunity Scoring model. - **[Assess Deal Health More Accurately with Enhanced Opportunity Scoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_opportunity_scoring.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get a more accurate view of deal health and move your deals forward with the enhanced Opportunity Scoring model. Powered by Data 360 AI models, the model helps your sales reps identify healthy and at-risk deals based on actual conversation data and engagement signals in addition to the standard opportunity fields. # Plan and Complete Store Visits with Assortments and Activities Help your merchandisers plan and complete store visits with confidence. Schedule visits manually or generate them automatically from recurring visit schedules and planned retail store routes. Define the products each store carries and the activities, such as store checks and surveys, that merchandisers perform during each visit. On their mobile devices, merchandisers can complete visits, perform activities, and record results while in the store. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud (on-platform) enabled. # Plan and Peak Load Test with Scale Test Use the Test Reports tab on the Test Execution page to see how your test performed. View important takeaways about Requests per Second (RPS), throttles, and governor limits. On the New Booking page, enter inputs for trial runs, including date, time, and the anticipated size of the final test. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. Scale Test is available for customers with a Full sandbox in all Hyperforce regions, except Singapore. To get access, contact your customer success representative or account executive. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, then click **Scale Test**. # Plan and Peak Load Test with Scale Test Use Scale Test's streamlined interface to run large-scale tests with greater precision. A revamped booking flow now integrates Trial Run Accuracy data for better load predictions. Leverage production hotspot data for realistic scenarios with sandbox test creation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. Scale Test is available for customers with a full sandbox in all Hyperforce regions (except Singapore) and GovCloud. To get access, contact your customer success representative or account executive. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click **Scale Test**. # Plan Better Customer Interactions from Anywhere Now access drug distribution data and prescription data on the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. Gain deeper insights into your target customers, and plan effective interactions anytime, anywhere. Previously, this feature was available only on the web. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Sales Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_sales_data_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Plan Capacity with Early Validation and Simplified Setup Create capacity plans using a unified flow that brings key inputs together and validates setup before processing. Identify issues early, reduce errors, and move from planning to shift creation more efficiently. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Analyst and Workforce Engagement Planner permission sets can create and manage capacity plans and generate shifts based on capacity planning outputs. **How:** Create capacity plans from forecasts by defining plan details and selecting queues. Define job profile to queue mappings to consider shrinkage and SLA factors while calculating the capacity plan. The system validates configuration before processing and generates shifts after calculations are complete. # Plan Data Strategy Before implement Data 360, determine strategies for org architecture, data model structure, governance, consent, and security policies. - **[Migrate Data 360 Governance Metadata from Sandbox to Production](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_migrate_governance_sandbox_production.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain a consistent security posture across environments and reduce configuration errors by using DevOps data kits to move governance metadata from sandbox to production. Move policies such as structured masking, record-level security, field-level security, and object-level security across environments. # Plan Staffing with Skills-Based Capacity Plans Select skill groups, channels, and job profiles, configure SLAs, and define work units to calculate staffing requirements for the skills your work requires. Valid job profile and skill group combinations are automatically identified based on shared skills, saving time and helping prevent manual mapping errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Analyst permission set can create, edit, and delete capacity plans. Users with the Workforce Engagement Planner permission set can view capacity plans. **How:** To create a skills-based forecast, set up a Capacity Plan and select the job profiles, skill groups, and channels to include. Review the automatically identified job profile and skill group combinations, then configure SLA and Work Units for them. You can apply the same SLA across multiple skill groups. # Plan Territories Using Custom Area Fields Import up to 20 custom fields from the Area object into an alignment, and then view and update the values while you plan. You see the fields in the legend and in the area editor, and you filter, sort, and search them the same way you work with other area attributes. Field-level security applies, so you edit only the fields you can access. Previously, area attributes came only from a CSV import. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. A Sales Planning add-on license is required. **When:** This change is available in sandbox orgs in late October 2026 and in production orgs in early November 2026. **How:** From an open alignment, select **Settings**, and then **Attributes**. At the area level, select **Import from Area**, select the fields, and apply your changes. Supported field types include auto-number, lookup, formula, checkbox, currency, date, email, geolocation, number, percent, picklist, multi-select picklist, and text. Formula fields and auto-number fields are read-only. You can remove an imported field from the alignment. Publish actions that already include area fields also include these fields. Cloned alignments include them too.![Custom Area Fields](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/customareafields1.png)![custom area attributes](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/customareafields2.png)![custom fields in the area editor](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/customareafields3.png) **See Also:** [Add Area Attributes to Alignments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.territory_planning_maintain_alignments_with_csv_area.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Plan Workforce Coverage with Shift Management Create and manage shifts for workers who handle onsite appointments, field work, or both. Use shift templates and recurring patterns, account for holidays and extended shifts, and give workers a desktop view of their assigned shifts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. An add-on license for Workforce Scheduling is also required. **How:** To access Workforce Scheduling, in Setup, assign the Workforce Management Schedule Manager permission set to managers. From the App Launcher, managers open **Schedule Manager**, and select the **Shifts** tab to create shifts. For worker access, in Setup, assign the Workforce Management Worker permission set to users, and create an associated Service Resource record for each User profile. From the App Launcher, workers open **Schedule** to view their shifts. # Plan Your Academic Calendar with AI Tools Define an academic calendar that keeps registration, enrollment, and student communications accurate without manual data entry. Provide your institution's key academic dates to a coding agent, or point it to CSV or PDF files, or a webpage. It validates your dates, identifies overlaps and conflicts, creates the academic year, term, and session records, and adds registration windows and deadlines. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting September 2026. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can run setup skills through a coding agent, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html). **How:** You can use Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code to plan your academic calendar. For Agentforce Vibes, no installation is required. Agentforce Vibes installs, enables, and updates AI Skills automatically. You can manage them from the Skills page, under Toolkit, in Agentforce Vibes. For Claude Code, install the [Salesforce Development plugin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/overview.html), which provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. First, connect to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Next, provide your key dates to configure your academic calendar. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Model Your Academic Calendar (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_model_your_academic_calendar.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help_: Overview of the Salesforce Development Plugin (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/salesforce-development-overview.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce skills repository (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Agentforce Vibes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-get-started.html) # Plan Your Next Steps with Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next You can see a metric’s predicted performance and plan accordingly with forecasting for metrics in Tableau Next. For example, a metric’s forecast shows that sales for a specific category are going to exceed your current inventory level. And because the metric’s forecast is grounded in historical data, you can be confident in planning your next steps. Forecasting can be used with or without goals or thresholds. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From the metric page Tableau Next, open the chart configuration menu (slider icon). Then, turn on the toggle for **Forecast**. Or from a dashboard in Tableau Next, edit the dashboard, select the metric, and check the box for **Show Forecast**. ![A metric with the forecast toggle turned on. A shaded band shows the forecast for the metric.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_forecast.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_forecast.htm&language=en_US) # Plan, Build, and Preview Apps and Agents with Salesforce Builder Central (Beta) Describe the app or agent you want in plain language, and Salesforce Builder Central helps you plan it, build it, and preview it in one workspace. Start from a suggested prompt or your own description. Then see what the Build Agent builds, validate it in a preview org, and deploy to a sandbox. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in September 2026. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Builder Central is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Builder Central uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate responses. Review its work before you deploy. **Why:** Enterprises move in a fast-paced, competitive world, where slow development cycles mean missed opportunities. Building an app or agent usually means moving between many tools and knowing where each piece of metadata lives, which slows you down. With Builder Central, you work through those steps in one place, stay in control as you build, and check your work in a preview before you move it forward, so you can move at the pace of your ideas. **How:** Builder Central is a no-code experience: you build by describing what you want, not by writing code. An administrator first turns on Builder Central for the org in Setup and gives users access. Users then open Builder Central from the App Launcher and start from one of the suggested prompts or describe what they want to create by typing in their idea. From there, you can: - When the Build Agent proposes a plan, review and adjust it. Depending on how you start, it might share a plan up front or go straight to building. - See what the Build Agent builds through metadata visualizations, which show the parts of your app or agent that changed, such as objects, fields, and other components. - Validate your work in a temporary preview org, and refine it with the Build Agent, or adjust details yourself in the property panel or a metadata visualization, until it works the way you want. The preview org is ephemeral and used only for validation, and the Build Agent redeploys only your changes as you refine. Preview-org validation is available when you use Builder Central in a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox. For more about how Builder Central works, see [Get Started with Builder Central](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.builder_central_get_started.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Deploy your work to a sandbox when you're ready to continue with your standard development and release process. # Platform Explore the latest Platform enhancements designed to help you build, secure, and scale custom applications and automated workflows with greater speed and flexibility. - **[AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Check out what's new in AgentExchange. - **[AgentExchange Partners](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_partners.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Find out what's new for AgentExchange partners. - **[Apex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get better performance with higher Apex heap limits. Apply elastic limits (beta) to Batch jobs and test elastic limits in nonproduction orgs. Write Apex integration tests that can share test data and call real HTTP endpoints. Filter Test Discovery API results by test level. Prevent namespace shadowing conflicts in dynamic managed Apex SOQL queries. Prepare for the Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages release update. Build richer development tools with the Apex Symbol API (beta). Recompile only invalid Apex classes and triggers. Get compiler warnings for Apex saved at API versions 9.0 through 19.0. - **[API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about improvements, new capabilities, and important announcements in API version 68.0. - **[API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Centralize and manage your services, such as APIs and Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers, in one place with API Catalog. Bring in APIs from sources like MuleSoft, Heroku, and Apex to use in Agentforce agents and flows. Create and activate Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to use with Agentforce and supported external MCP clients. Register external MCP servers, including MuleSoft servers, to use with Agentforce. - **[DevOps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce DevOps brings best practices to development teams, empowering developers and builders to collaborate and deliver high-quality applications. By using a repeatable and scalable process aligned with Application Lifecycle Management (ALM) principles, your teams can accelerate innovation. - **[Enterprise Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_enterprise_messaging.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Changes to Change Data Capture, Event Bus, and Platform Events - **[Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experience_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce the risk of downtime during Salesforce maintenance for custom domain sites that you serve via a third party. Improve efficiency for Aura and Lightning Web Runtime site visitors who submit records or use the Orchestration Work Guide. Keep sensitive information invisible to guest users and take advantage of new email-related security features for your sites. - **[External Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ext_services.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** External services schemas now support any type. - **[General Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_general.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give record submitters a choice of up to 10 flow approval processes with the Request Approvals component in Lightning App Builder. The Orchestration Work Guide component can now open the next work item from a run automatically when a user finishes the current one. Plus, two new User Interface Settings loosen page layout restrictions on inline editing in list views. - **[Globalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Update label translations for 12 languages to improve accuracy. Adopt ICU locale formats to standardize date, time, and currency formatting. - **[Lightning App Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lab.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Expose the standard Follow button on Dynamic Highlights Panels in Lightning App Builder so users can subscribe to updates on key records. - **[Lightning Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Complex template expressions are generally available. Also, Third-Party Web Components are generally available. Call the refresh() action for state managers to fetch data more easily. Upgrade to LWC API v68.0. - **[Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_platform.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Boost productivity on the go with new mobile features. Easily follow up on meetings with AI-suggested next steps, backed by reliable hybrid cloud and on-device AI audio processing. Record key post-meeting context directly in the Salesforce mobile app using Post-Meeting Voice Notes. Plus, Mobile Publisher users can access a faster, native Agentforce chat experience straight from the floating action button. - **[Packaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Packaging facilitates the development and distribution of business apps. Use second-generation managed packages to create apps to sell and distribute on AppExchange. Use unlocked packages to develop internal business apps. - **[Platform Development Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience for custom app development on Salesforce. - **[Platform Licensing and Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_licensing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Platform licensing and provisioning automatically activates your org's purchased Salesforce products and features. You can then manage user access to these products and features by assigning Platform user licenses and permission set licenses. Digital Wallet tracks usage for consumption-based features, licenses, and capacity allowances all in one place. Unlock historical usage patterns and actionable insights that help you optimize investments and proactively manage operational costs. - **[Permissions and Sharing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now choose whether to keep manual shares when you transfer a record’s ownership. Review the release updates that turn on profile filtering by default and address new sharing recalculation behavior. - **[Salesforce CMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cms.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more in enhanced CMS workspaces with the Brand content type and the bulk deletion feature. Brands are now available in general CMS workspaces, and you can use them for React web apps. Efficiently clean up your workspace by deleting dozens of content items and folders all at once. Deploy the latest version of the CMS Base data kit for improved AI-powered search results. - **[Salesforce Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_connect.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. - **[Salesforce Functions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_functions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions. - **[Salesforce Lightning Design System](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) includes the resources to create user interfaces consistent with Salesforce Lightning principles, design language, and best practices. - **[Sandbox and Scratch Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dev_environments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sandbox and scratch orgs are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test new or existing features, configurations, and custom applications. - **[New and Changed Items for Developers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_development_new_changed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize Salesforce features. ## Platform Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **AgentExchange Partners**: [Verify Email-Sending Domains to Create New Templates and Trialforce Source Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_identify_domain_verification.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Due to a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email, you must verify the email-sending domains associated with your Trialforce branded email sets. Starting in Winter ’27, you must verify the email-sending domains in your Trialforce management org (TMO) to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your TMO in previous releases. If you’ve already set up a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain, the associated email sets are automatically verified and you don’t need to take further action.") (Updated the week of October 26, 2026) - Updated the release note to clarify that email-domain verification is now required to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your Trialforce management org (TMO) in previous releases. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") (Updated the week of October 26, 2026) - Updated availability dates for controlling unauthenticated guest user access to GraphQL API. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Updated the release note with a phased enforcement schedule. - **Lightning Components**: [AI Tags for LWCs and Aura Components Are No Longer Supported](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_ai_tags_unsupported.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting in Winter '27, the platform throws an error if you add an tag to Lightning web component configuration files or the equivalent tag to Aura component design bundles. Components that included these tags before the Winter '27 release continue to work as expected. Previously, you could implement these tags to add AI descriptions for custom components.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **DevOps**: [Catch Deployment Errors Early with Validate-Only Deployment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_validate_only_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run a validate-only deployment to find deployment errors, Apex test failures, and code coverage issues before you promote your changes to the target org. Validate-only deployment doesn't modify the target org or merge branches, so you can investigate and fix problems risk-free. When a validation succeeds and stays eligible, complete the promotion within 10 days without rerunning Apex tests.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Salesforce Mobile App**: [Control Which External Domains Can Frame Your Visualforce Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_iframe_trusted_domains.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "External domains can frame your Visualforce pages or surveys in an inline frame (iframe) only when you add them to an allowlist. To let a trusted site load a Visualforce page or survey in an iframe, add its domain in Session Settings and set the iframe type to Visualforce Pages. Domains that aren't on the allowlist can't frame your pages.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Mobile Publisher Apps** : [Update Your Mobile Publisher App for Stronger Mobile Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_rtr_ec_apps_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To defend against stolen-credential and token-replay attacks, Salesforce is enabling Refresh Token Rotation (RTR). Because refresh tokens keep users signed in without re-entering passwords, updating your app for RTR support ensures their access remains secure and uninterrupted.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Added an entry to the Sharing section about the SharingReason metadata type. - **Apex: New and Changed Items**: [Custom Sharing Reason Available on Standard Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_standard_sharing_reasons.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Grant record access on standard objects by referencing a custom sharing reason (row cause) in Apex, the same way you do for custom objects. Previously, programmatic shares on standard objects were limited to the Manual row cause. A share that uses a custom sharing reason isn't deleted when the record owner changes, and a descriptive reason appears on the record's sharing page.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Agentic Mobile Apps**: [Create Native Mobile Apps for Employees and Customers with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_agentic_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Skip months of development and design work: Describe the app that you want, using natural language, and Agentforce builds a mobile app for you. Quickly build apps for your employees or for your customers, by using natural language prompts. Design and preview the layout, publish to the App Store and Google Play, and analyze usage, all in one connected flow.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Mobile App**: [Update Your Branded App for Stronger Mobile Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_rtr_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To defend against stolen-credential and token-replay attacks, Salesforce is enabling Refresh Token Rotation (RTR). Because refresh tokens keep users signed in without re-entering passwords, updating your app for RTR support ensures their access remains secure and uninterrupted.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added an entry to the Marketing section about the new MarketingObject metadata type. - **API Catalog**: [Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials in API Catalog and Headlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_per_user_auth_ext_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let your users access an external MCP server through OAuth 2.0 browser flows with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Register the server with an external credential that provides per-user authentication.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **API Catalog**: [Create Custom Salesforce-Hosted MCP Servers Headlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api_custom_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create custom Salesforce-hosted MCP servers through the API Catalog Connect REST API. Use the API in headless workflows to create servers that expose tools and prompts to Agentforce and supported MCP clients.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Digital Wallet**: [Check Out the New Digital Wallet Home Page and Left-Side Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_home_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Digital Wallet app’s home page serves as your central hub to monitor and manage your Salesforce investment. The new left-side navigation menu eliminates tab overload and groups related Digital Wallet features together so you can quickly find what you’re looking for. And you now have direct access to view billing information, such as invoices and contracts, in Digital Wallet.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - The Digital Wallet app’s home page serves as your central hub to monitor and manage your Salesforce investment. - **Digital Wallet**: [Digital Wallet Consumption Analytics Dashboard Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_ca_dash_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We’ve enhanced the Consumption Analytics Dashboard to improve the information it provides and enable some key Tableau Next features.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - We’ve enhanced the Consumption Analytics Dashboard to improve the information it provides and enable some key Tableau Next features. - **Digital Wallet**: [Export License Utilization Data from Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_license_export.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Export your license utilization data to a CSV file to review it holistically or analyze it in an external business intelligence (BI) tool.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Export license utilization data to a CSV file for further analysis. - **DevOps**: [Save Time by Importing Jira Work Items into Lifecycle Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_jira_integration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Connect your Jira workspace to import Jira work items into Lifecycle Center, removing the need to manually reenter work details. Once connected, search, filter, and bulk-import work items while retaining their original summaries and descriptions. Lifecycle Center creates corresponding work items that maintain a permanent reference back to their original Jira work items, ensuring full traceability between systems.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Globalization**: [User Interface Language Translations to Catalan and Basque Are Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization_ui_lang_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Improve the experience of Catalan and Basque speakers with user interface language support for Service Cloud and Agentforce Public Sector. Catalan and Basque UI text falls back to Spanish when translations aren’t available.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Globalization**: [Review Updated Label Translations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization_review_label_translations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these languages: Arabic, Basque, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Translations or updated translations for these languages are available in October 2026: Basque, Bulgarian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, French, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese. ### September 2026 - **Digital Wallet**: [Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in Scratch Orgs in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_scratch_orgs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Gain full visibility into developer-driven costs by monitoring Agentforce Vibes consumption in Digital Wallet.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Track Agentforce Vibes consumption in scratch orgs. - **Salesforce CMS** [Delete Content and Folders in Bulk in Enhanced CMS Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_bulk_delete.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Delete folders and content in bulk to keep your enhanced CMS workspace organized. Delete any item of CMS content, even when it’s published, and when you delete a folder, everything within it gets deleted too. Previously, deletion was limited to one unpublished content item at a time from the content detail page, and to empty folders only. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Updated the release note to clarify that this feature is available starting September 28, 2026. - **Platform**: [Manage Change, Releases, and AI Governance in One Place with Lifecycle Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_rebrand.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Next Generation DevOps Center is now Lifecycle Center. Bring governance, change and release management, and real-time analytics together in one place to manage your application lifecycle. Your existing projects, pipelines, environments, and work items continue to work as before under the new name.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Added a release note announcing that Next Generation DevOps Center is now Lifecycle Center. - **Platform**: [Govern Coding Agents at Scale with Lifecycle Center Governance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_governance_beta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Lifecycle Center Governance includes predefined policies organized by category. Policies are defined and managed in Lifecycle Center, then applied to coding agents in Agentforce Vibes. Each policy groups rules that define and monitor coding agent behavior. Each rule maps to enforcements—such as Code Analyzer checks—that apply automatically when enabled. Enable or disable individual rules to tailor enforcement to your org's needs.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Platform**: [Access Your Schedule Hands-Free with Siri Shortcuts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_siri_shortcuts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Quickly view your schedule, review recent conversations, or record meetings using voice commands with the new Siri Shortcuts integration. You can now ask Siri to display your upcoming or past meetings without opening the app. You can also launch meeting transcriptions right from those displayed events.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Platform**: [Screen Rotation Now Supported on Android 17 Tablets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_tablet_rotation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Salesforce app now rotates smoothly on Android 17 tablets, fitting both horizontal and vertical screens. The app interface automatically adjusts to portrait or landscape mode as users rotate their tablets, ensuring a continuous visual workflow without requiring admin configuration.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Customization**: [Monitor Org Health and Usage from Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_org_health_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You no longer have to turn on Salesforce with Agentforce to monitor your orgs health and usage metrics. Org Health and Usage is now available in Setup for all admins. It provides insights into the health of your org and opportunities to improve it. It shows metrics for security, performance, trust, usage, and more. It also ranks the metrics based on severity, so the metrics that need your attention appear first.") (Added the week of September 15, 2026) - Enhanced documentation to provide more details about metrics, refined Apex metrics and severity definitions, and updated UI for greater clarity. - **Salesforce Lightning Design System**: [Give Your Users the Option of Dark Mode (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_dark_mode_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dark mode for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) themes is now generally available, so your users can switch to a darker appearance whenever they want. You can also upload a dark-mode version of your company's logo to match. Dark mode presents light-colored text and visual elements on a dark background, which reduces eye strain in low-light conditions and improves readability.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Added a release note about new Error and FailedAssertions fields on the FlowTestResult object. - **Platform**: Control Component Visibility with New Picklist Field Visibility Rule Operators (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - Removed this release note because the feature isn't available. - **AgentExchange Partners**: [Manage Dev Hub from Your Coding Client with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devhub_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new dx-org-devhub-configure AI Skill to enable and manage your Dev Hub directly from your AI coding client by using natural-language prompts.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **AgentExchange Partners**: [Create and Track Trial Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trialforce_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your trial orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, two skills help you create trial, Developer Edition, and Trialforce orgs, and track when your orgs expire.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Packaging**: [Automate Managed Package Post-Install Configuration with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_post_install_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the dx-pkg-post-install-configure AI Skill to automate post-install configuration for any Salesforce managed package directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. After you install a package, describe your setup task in plain language, and the skill handles the configuration for you.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Sandbox and Scratch Orgs**: [Manage the Full Lifecycle of Your Sandboxes with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandboxes_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your sandboxes directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, three skills help you create, refresh, and activate sandboxes, and generate and apply post-copy configuration files.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Sandbox and Scratch Orgs**: [Create, Compare, and Manage Scratch Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scratch_orgs_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your scratch orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, five skills help you create and manage scratch orgs, org shapes, and scratch org snapshots, compare orgs for drift, and track org expiration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Generate Multi-Framework Insights in Scale Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_mfw.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Now, you can access actionable metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps inside of Scale Center. The Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard analyzes up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in DevOps Center with Agentic Development (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devops_agentic_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Apex: New and Changed Items**: [System namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Removed the `Limits.getLimitDataCloudFlexCredits` and the `Limits.getDataCloudFlexCredits` methods from the System namespace section. These methods aren’t quite ready yet, so we removed them for now. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Added an entry to the Customization section about the removal of the enableAuraSecStaticResCRUCPref field on the LightningExperienceSettings metadata type. - Added an entry to the Development section about the enableAsyncApexElasticExecutions and the enableBlockPackagedApexExecAnon fields on the ApexSettings metadata type. - **Platform**: [Keep Field Generation Responses Focused on Business Use Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "By default, field generation follow-up refinement requests aren't validated to ensure relevance to business requests. This means users can make unrelated, non-business requests within the field generation panel. To steer users back to your specific business goals, turn on the new Validate Field Generation Refinements setting in Setup. This limits the agent's focus entirely to field generation-related activity, ensuring your Einstein credits are spent only on relevant business use cases.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Platform**: [Field Generation Refinements Now Respect Your Selected Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen_model.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Previously, follow-up responses from Einstein in the field generation panel used the Salesforce default LLM instead of the model assigned to your field generation prompt template. Follow-up and refinement responses are now generated from the model that you selected in the prompt template.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Platform**: Control Component Visibility with New Picklist Field Visibility Rule Operators (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Platform**: [Build Reusable Quick Action Experiences with Page-Based Quick Actions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lab_quick_action_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create quick actions based on accessible, reusable action layouts using the same authoring tool you use for Lightning pages. Build a quick action page one time in Lightning App Builder and associate it with multiple quick actions. Configure dynamic visibility rules, organize fields into sections, and set field behavior—all in one familiar interface. When you update the quick action page, your changes apply to all actions that use it, giving you a consistent, efficient way to manage action experiences.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added entries to the Customization section about new Quick Action Page-related changes on the FlexiPage and QuickAction metadata types. - **Digital Wallet**: [Gain Deeper Visibility into Slackbot Usage via Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_slackbot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Track and monitor your Flex Credits Slackbot consumption in Digital Wallet. After your organization opts into this feature, Slackbot Consumption draws on Flex Credits after your plan's pre-allocated message allowance is exhausted. Flex Credit billing is only supported for connections to production Salesforce orgs.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Track and monitor Slackbot Consumption on the Flex Credits consumption card. - **Salesforce Lightning Design System**: [Customize Components with the SLDS 2 Styling API and Component-Level Hooks (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_c_level_hooks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We're expanding our styling hook system with a full Styling API that now includes component-level hooks. Use the Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) Styling API component-level styling hooks to gain granular control over individual design components without affecting global styling hooks or other components.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a link to the component-level styling hooks documentation and information on how to sign up for the developer preview. ### August 2026 - **Platform**: [Monitor Org Health and Usage from Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_org_health_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You no longer have to turn on Salesforce with Agentforce to monitor your orgs health and usage metrics. Org Health and Usage is now available in Setup for all admins. It provides insights into the health of your org and opportunities to improve it. It shows metrics for security, performance, trust, usage, and more. It also ranks the metrics based on severity, so the metrics that need your attention appear first.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added access to Org Health and Usage for users who haven't enabled Setup for Agentforce. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note about the new MCETransformationsSettings metadata type. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note about new date operator values on Flow and FlowTest metadata types. - **Apex**: [Process Data 360 Data Model Objects with Apex Cursors (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_cursors_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Apex cursors with Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) to process large SOQL query result sets in manageable chunks. Create a cursor with Database.getCursor(), retrieve records with Cursor.fetch(), and get the result set size with Cursor.getNumRecords(). Monitor Data 360 cursor rows, cursor instances, and Data 360 Flex Credit limits as you process DMO records.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note to announce that Apex Cursors now support Data 360 DMO queries. - **Lightning Components**: Use Complex Template Expressions in Your Lightning Web Components (Generally Available) (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature became generally available in a previous release. - **Apex: New and Changed Items**: [SF\_Archive namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added release notes to announce SF\_Archive namespace methods for testing your Apex without making live callouts to archived data. - **Experience Cloud**: [Experience Builder Agent (Beta) Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_eb_agent_beta_discontinued.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Experience Builder Agent, previously announced as a beta feature for enhanced LWR sites, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. If you created an Experience Builder Agent during the beta, you can no longer use it. If you didn’t turn on this feature during the beta, you can no longer enable it.")(Added the week of August 31, 2026) - The Experience Builder Agent, previously announced as a beta feature, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. - **Experience Cloud**: Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component in Experience Builder (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the new FlowSettings field for controlling the Enable the Automation Lightning App org preference in Process Automation Settings via Metadata API. - **Apex**: [Handle Larger Datasets with Increased Apex Heap Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_heap_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Handle larger datasets and perform more complex operations without hitting heap constraints. Increased Apex heap limits reduce the chance of encountering runtime limit errors that interrupt business processes. The Apex heap limit for synchronous transactions increases from 6 MB to 10 MB, and the limit for asynchronous transactions increases from 12 MB to 25 MB.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Updated the availability of the “Enforce the Summer ’26 Apex heap limit” button to all Winter ’27 nonproduction orgs. Previously, it was stated that the button would be available only until all production orgs were upgraded to Winter ’27. - **Apex**: [Reduce Overhead by Recompiling Only Invalid Apex Classes and Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_recompile_invalid_apex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Return compilation results for Apex classes and triggers with validation errors, instead of recompiling the entire org. Access the compilation results through Setup or the Tooling API endpoint. Salesforce automatically identifies only classes and triggers that require recompilation, reducing compilation overhead and minimizing potential runtime errors. Routinely perform this targeted recompilation to prevent runtime delays during peak traffic.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Clarified the behavior of the “Compile only invalid classes” and “Compile only invalid triggers” buttons in Setup. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") and [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - Added release notes to announce that admins can control guest user access to GraphQL API. - **Lightning Components**: [Accelerate Lightning Development with LWC Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Vibes now includes skills that provide guidance across the entire LWC lifecycle, covering accessibility, data, design, development, documentation, migration, testing, security, and quality review. Each skill is automatically applied when your task matches, so you can generate LWC code quickly based on the latest best practices.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Lightning Components**: [Changed Aura Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aura_components.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These components have changes.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Removed the color picker update on `lightning:input` as it isn’t ready for external use. - **Lightning Components**: [New and Changed Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_components.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build UI easily with these new and changed components.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Removed the color picker update on `lightning-input` as it isn’t ready for external use. - **API**: [Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 Through 40.0 Are Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_retirement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Platform API versions 31.0 through 40.0 are being deprecated and retired.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added release notes to announce to admins that API versions 31.0–40.0 will be deprecated in Summer '27 and retired in Summer '28. - **API** (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Removed a no longer relevant release note informing admins that API versions 21.0–30.0 were being retired in Summer '25. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Added a release note about accessing related Data Model Object records in a Record Query Flow. - Added a release note about running a flow explicitly in user context. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Tooling API New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Added a release note about running a flow explicitly in user context. # Platform Development Tools Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience for custom app development on Salesforce. - **[Agentforce DX](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentforce_dx.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create, preview, and test agents directly in a Salesforce DX project with Agentforce DX’s pro-code tools, such as Salesforce CLI and VS Code. - **[Salesforce DX MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_dx_mcp.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Salesforce DX MCP Server is a specialized Model Context Protocol (MCP) implementation designed to facilitate interaction between LLMs and Salesforce orgs. Use the DX MCP Server and its tools to enter natural language prompts in your IDE to execute standard DX tasks, such as syncing metadata, running Apex and agent tests, and creating scratch orgs. - **[Salesforce CLI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application lifecycle. - **[Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_vscode_extensions.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor. These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components, Aura components, and Visualforce. - **[Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_code_builder.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Vibes IDE is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser. - **[Agentforce Vibes Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_e4d.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Vibes Extension is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and Agentforce Vibes IDE. Agentforce Vibes Extension is built with the SFR model, a secure and custom AI model from Salesforce. - **[Metadata Visualizer Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_metadata_visualizer_extension.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Metadata Visualizer extension by Salesforce creates visual diagrams of metadata in real-time, making it easier to understand its structure and relationships compared to revewing raw metadata files. You can visualize metadata generated by AI using Agentforce Vibes or from your SFDX project enabling you to easily understand and analyze code. - **[Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_acc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) provides the necessary front-end infrastructure to bridge the gap between raw AI data and a fully functional, interactive user experience for employee agents within Salesforce Lightning and external web applications. # Platform Development Tools Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience for custom app development on Salesforce. - **[Agentforce DX](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentforce_dx.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create, preview, and test agents directly in a Salesforce DX project with the Agentforce DX pro-code tools, such as Salesforce CLI and VS Code. - **[Write Once and Render Rich Native UI on Multiple Surfaces with Headless Experience Layer (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hxl_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Headless Experience Layer (HXL) to single-source rich UI widgets that render natively on target surfaces to meet users where they are. Author a widget declaratively, bind it to a Custom Lightning Type, and configure a hosted Model Context Protocol server to enrich conversations across external AI agents. - **[Salesforce DX MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_dx_mcp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce DX MCP Server is a specialized Model Context Protocol (MCP) implementation that facilitates interaction between LLMs and Salesforce orgs. Use the DX MCP Server and its tools to enter natural language prompts in your IDE to execute standard DX tasks, such as syncing metadata, running Apex and agent tests, and creating scratch orgs. - **[Salesforce CLI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application lifecycle. - **[Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_vscode_extensions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor. These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components, Aura components, and Visualforce. - **[Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_code_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Vibes IDE is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser. - **[Build, Debug, and Deploy Directly in Salesforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_web_console.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Web Console is a modern, browser-based IDE built directly into Salesforce. Stop switching between tabs and external tools—stay in your flow and handle your entire workflow without leaving the platform. - **[Agentforce Vibes Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_e4d.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Vibes is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and Agentforce Vibes IDE. Agentforce Vibes is built with `CodeGen` and `xGen-Code`, secure and custom AI models from Salesforce. It’s enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions. - **[Scalability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scalability.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale. - **[Visualize Permission Set, Flow, and Agent Script Metadata](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_flow_metadata_visualizer_updates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Metadata Visualizer now supports interactive visualizations for Permission Set, Flow, and Agent Script metadata. - **[Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_acc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) provides the necessary front-end infrastructure to bridge the gap between raw AI data and a fully functional, interactive user experience for employee agents within Salesforce Lightning and external web applications. # Platform Development Tools Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience for custom app development on Salesforce. - **[Salesforce CLI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli_moved.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce CLI release notes now appear in the Headless 360 section. - **[Agentforce Vibes Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_afv_moved.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Vibes Extension release notes now appear in the Headless 360 section. - **[Agentforce Vibes IDE](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_afv_ide_moved.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Vibes IDE release notes now appear in the Headless 360 section. - **[Agentforce DX](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentforce_dx.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create, preview, and test agents directly in a Salesforce DX project with Agentforce DX’s pro-code tools, such as Salesforce CLI and VS Code. - **[Developer Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_developer_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Winter '27, The Developer Console option is not visible by default in Setup. - **[Salesforce DX MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_dx_mcp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce DX MCP Server is a specialized Model Context Protocol (MCP) implementation designed to facilitate interaction between LLMs and Salesforce orgs. Use the DX MCP Server and its tools to enter natural language prompts in your IDE to execute standard DX tasks, such as syncing metadata, running Apex and agent tests, and creating scratch orgs. - **[Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_vscode_extensions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor. These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components, Aura components, and Visualforce. - **[Scalability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scalability.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale. - **[Web Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_webconsole.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Web Console is a modern, lightweight, browser-based IDE built directly into Salesforce. Designed as a seamless replacement for legacy tools, it offers a unified development workspace powered by VS Code for Web without requiring local installations or complex setup. - **[Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_acc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) provides the necessary front-end infrastructure to bridge the gap between raw AI data and a fully functional, interactive user experience for employee agents within Salesforce Lightning and external web applications. # Platform Events Changes to Platform Events - **[Event Studio Now Shows More Configuration Details and Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_event_studio_now_shows_more_configuration_details_and_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Event Studio now surfaces more information and recommendations, including an editable Platform Events Subscriber Config (labeled as Apex Trigger Details). Previously, you could only access the Platform Events Subscriber Config through the Metadata or Tooling API. - **[Standard Volume Platform Events End of Life](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_standard_volume_platform_events_end_of_life.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Standard volume platform events will be retired on December 15, 2026. Easily migrate your standard volume platform events to high volume platform events with the click of a button to prepare for this change. - **[Roll Back Platform Event Trigger Transactions on Unhandled Exceptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_roll_back_platform_event_trigger_transactions_on_unhandled_exceptions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This update rolls back the transaction of a platform event Apex trigger when it throws an unhandled exception, so that partially written records are no longer committed. # Platform Licensing and Digital Wallet Platform licensing and provisioning automatically activates your org's purchased Salesforce products and features. You can then manage user access to these products and features by assigning Platform user licenses and permission set licenses. Digital Wallet tracks usage for consumption-based features, licenses, and capacity allowances all in one place. Unlock historical usage patterns and actionable insights that help you optimize investments and proactively manage operational costs. - **[Protect Custom Object Access with Unified Employee License Restrictions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_protect_custom_object_access_UEL_restrictions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Unified Employee license doesn't support access to custom objects, unless the objects are part of a security-reviewed managed package from AppExchange. This restriction protects sensitive custom object data from being exposed to broader access than the license is designed for. As a result, you can't assign profiles, permission sets, or permission set groups that include restricted custom objects to Unified Employee licensed users. Also, you can't add restricted custom objects to profiles, permission sets, or permission set groups currently assigned to those users. - **[Defer Sharing Calculations for Bulk Unified Employee License Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_defer_sharing_calculations_UEL_upgrades.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before you run a bulk user creation for the Unified Employee License, defer sharing calculations to avoid performance issues or failures. Also defer sharing calculations before you update sharing rules that impact the All Restricted Employee User group. Updates can then be completed before Salesforce recalculates sharing access for every affected record. - **[Access the Chatter Profile Page to Designate Employee Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_access_user_profile_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** From the User details page, access the Chatter profile page to designate employee users. The User Profile button gives you direct access when a network-only user has the Unified Employee license. This button also provides direct access when a user has the Salesforce Platform user license and Chatter is turned off. - **[Unblock Connected App OAuth Installations in Pre-2018 Developer Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_unblock_connected_app_install.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your users can now install connected apps in Developer edition orgs created before 2018 by using the OAuth flow. The system automatically adds the Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps user permission to the org, which you then assign to users, to enable the installation. Previously, the OAuth flow blocked this installation in these legacy orgs. - **[Gain Deeper Visibility into Slackbot Usage via Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_slackbot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Track and monitor your Flex Credits Slackbot consumption in Digital Wallet. After your organization opts into this feature, Slackbot Consumption draws on Flex Credits after your plan's pre-allocated message allowance is exhausted. Flex Credit billing is only supported for connections to production Salesforce orgs. - **[Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in Scratch Orgs in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_scratch_orgs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Gain full visibility into developer-driven costs by monitoring Agentforce Vibes consumption in Digital Wallet. - **[Export License Utilization Data from Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_license_export.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Export your license utilization data to a CSV file to review it holistically or analyze it in an external business intelligence (BI) tool. - **[Check Out the New Digital Wallet Home Page and Left-Side Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_home_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Digital Wallet app’s home page serves as your central hub to monitor and manage your Salesforce investment. The new left-side navigation menu eliminates tab overload and groups related Digital Wallet features together so you can quickly find what you’re looking for. And you now have direct access to view billing information, such as invoices and contracts, in Digital Wallet. - **[Digital Wallet Consumption Analytics Dashboard Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_ca_dash_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We’ve enhanced the Consumption Analytics Dashboard to improve the information it provides and enable some key Tableau Next features. # Plug Custom Logic Between Decomposition and Plan Generation Insert custom logic to update the fulfillment order line item data between the order decomposition and plan generation processes. Gain greater control over the fulfillment process and align your order data with specific fulfillment requirements to craft a more efficient plan. Use the individual invocable actions to run decomposition and orchestration as separate processes independent of each other. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Design business processes to invoke the Decompose Sales Transaction and Orchestrate Sales Transaction invocable actions separately, and insert your custom logic between them. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Standard Invocable Actions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.260.0.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/dynamic_revenue_orchestrator_invocable_actions_parent.htm) # Point of Sale Check out the latest features and updates from Point of Sale. Retail Cloud Modern POS is now Point of Sale. You may continue to see the former name in our application and documentation. To review earlier release notes for Modern POS, see [Retail Cloud Modern POS Release Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_releases.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[Point of Sale Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_pos_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January through April 2026. - **[Point of Sale Version 11.7.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_11_7_1.htm&release=260&type=5)** The 11.7 release occurs between February 23 and March 2, 2026. - **[Point of Sale Version 11.8.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_11_8_1.htm&release=260&type=5)** The 11.8 release occurs between March 23 and March 31, 2026. # Point of Sale Features Released Monthly The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January through April 2026. ## March 2026 The 11.8 release occurs between March 23 and March 30, 2026. | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Core Platform | Added Franchise Support in CMS | [Manage Mixed Ownership Stores with Franchise Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_franchise_management.htm&release=260&type=5 "Link your stores to franchise groups for organized corporate and franchise store management. This setup helps you support mixed ownership models and manage both store types within the same retail environment.") | | Core Platform | Enhanced Store Closure Operations in POS | [Prevent Store Closure Failures with Time Zone Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_timezone_checks.htm&release=260&type=5 "Keep your store operations running smoothly by requiring time zone consistency between your POS devices and store location. If the device time zone doesn’t match your store’s time zone you can now block device logins. Previously, cross-time zone logins created business date mismatches that permanently blocked daily store closures and disrupted operations.") | | Omnichannel | Added Wave Picking Support in POS | [Process Fulfillment Orders in Bulk with Wave Picking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fulfillment_wave_picking.htm&release=260&type=5 "Process up to 10 orders in a single trip by grouping product quantities across multiple orders into one picklist. Instead of picking items order by order, you can pick everything at once, reduce store travel time, and help high-volume stores stay on schedule.") | | Payments | Enhanced Currency Rounding in POS | [Simplify Transactions with Calculation-Driven Rounding for All Currencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_currency_rounding.htm&release=260&type=5 "Process cash payments and international orders compliantly. Salesforce POS supports calculation-driven rounding for zero and two-decimal currencies recognized by the International Organization for Standardization 4217. Rounding rules apply at the final sales calculation step, ensuring precise transaction totals and consistent sales and tax reports.") | ## February 2026 The 11.7 release occurs between February 23 and March 2, 2026. | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Cart | Enhanced Cash Tender Limits in POS | [Enforce Regional Cash Limits at Checkout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_max_cash.htm&release=260&type=5 "Restrict the amount of cash accepted during a sale. Updated CMS settings help your stores comply with local regulations by blocking cash tenders that exceed your defined threshold. The Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, prompts associates to collect the balances that exceed the threshold via other payment methods and prohibits manager overrides to ensure strict compliance.") | | Cart | Enhanced Sales Attribution in POS | [Improve Commission Accuracy with Advanced Attribution Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_sales_attribution.htm&release=260&type=5 "Control multiassociate tagging policies for sales attribution with updated CMS settings. Your associates can now manually distribute sales credit in different percentages to any sales associate. These settings replace rigid equal-split defaults, giving you more control over tracking and reporting sales performance.") | | Payments | Enhanced Tendering for In-Store Pay by Link in POS | [Support Multitender Flows for In-Store Pay by Link](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_multitender_pbl.htm&release=260&type=5 "The in-store pay by link workflow now supports multitender scenarios. The workflow also verifies that the entire order amount is paid before returning an approved status to store associates. The system now validates that the sum of all payments equals the full order total before finalizing the sale. Previously, the POS app incorrectly treated a partial payment as a completed transaction and immediately showed the confirmation page.") | | Receipts | Enhanced Language Support for E-Receipts | [Offer Consistent Language Across Receipt Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_ereceipt_language.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make sure that your customers receive email receipts in the same language that’s on their printed receipts. The Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, now passes the language code selected at checkout by using the e-receipt webhook. Previously, e-receipts defaulted to English regardless of the selection made at the point of sale, causing inconsistencies for non-English speakers.") | | Receipts | Enhanced Gift Receipt Refunds in POS | [Offer Flexible Refund Options for Gift Receipts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_gift_receipt_refunds.htm&release=260&type=5 "Configure your return policies so customers can receive refunds to a different credit card when presenting a gift receipt. Previously, gift receipt returns were restricted to gift cards or the original purchaser’s credit card, causing friction at the point of sale. Now, your associates can refund to the recipient's preferred tender and prevent refunds to the original purchaser's payment method.") | | Taxes | Added Global Blue Support in POS | [Make Tax-Free Shopping Easier with Global Blue Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_pos_global_blue_integration.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Point of Sale, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, now includes Global Blue. Automate VAT refunds for eligible international shoppers at checkout.") | ## January 2026 To review the January release notes, see [Modern POS Release Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_releases.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. # Point of Sale Version 11.7.1 The 11.7 release occurs between February 23 and March 2, 2026. Here are the latest features and updates happening at this month with our 11.7.1 release. Version 11.7.1 is available to test February 23, 2026. ABM Date: March 2, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 11.7.1 (27556) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Enforce Regional Cash Limits at Checkout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_max_cash.htm&release=260&type=5)** Restrict the amount of cash accepted during a sale. Updated CMS settings help your stores comply with local regulations by blocking cash tenders that exceed your defined threshold. The Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, prompts associates to collect the balances that exceed the threshold via other payment methods and prohibits manager overrides to ensure strict compliance. - **[Improve Commission Accuracy with Advanced Attribution Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_sales_attribution.htm&release=260&type=5)** Control multiassociate tagging policies for sales attribution with updated CMS settings. Your associates can now manually distribute sales credit in different percentages to any sales associate. These settings replace rigid equal-split defaults, giving you more control over tracking and reporting sales performance. - **[Support Multitender Flows for In-Store Pay by Link](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_multitender_pbl.htm&release=260&type=5)** The in-store pay by link workflow now supports multitender scenarios. The workflow also verifies that the entire order amount is paid before returning an approved status to store associates. The system now validates that the sum of all payments equals the full order total before finalizing the sale. Previously, the POS app incorrectly treated a partial payment as a completed transaction and immediately showed the confirmation page. - **[Offer Consistent Language Across Receipt Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_ereceipt_language.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make sure that your customers receive email receipts in the same language that’s on their printed receipts. The Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, now passes the language code selected at checkout by using the e-receipt webhook. Previously, e-receipts defaulted to English regardless of the selection made at the point of sale, causing inconsistencies for non-English speakers. - **[Offer Flexible Refund Options for Gift Receipts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_gift_receipt_refunds.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure your return policies so customers can receive refunds to a different credit card when presenting a gift receipt. Previously, gift receipt returns were restricted to gift cards or the original purchaser’s credit card, causing friction at the point of sale. Now, your associates can refund to the recipient's preferred tender and prevent refunds to the original purchaser's payment method. - **[Make Tax-Free Shopping Easier with Global Blue Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_pos_global_blue_integration.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Point of Sale, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, now includes Global Blue. Automate VAT refunds for eligible international shoppers at checkout. # Point of Sale Version 11.8.1 The 11.8 release occurs between March 23 and March 31, 2026. Here are the latest features and updates happening this month with our 11.8.1 release. Version 11.8.1 is available to test March 23, 2026. ABM Date: March 31, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 11.8.1 (27585) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Manage Mixed Ownership Stores with Franchise Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_franchise_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Link your stores to franchise groups for organized corporate and franchise store management. This setup helps you support mixed ownership models and manage both store types within the same retail environment. - **[Prevent Store Closure Failures with Time Zone Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_timezone_checks.htm&release=260&type=5)** Keep your store operations running smoothly by requiring time zone consistency between your POS devices and store location. If the device time zone doesn’t match your store’s time zone you can now block device logins. Previously, cross-time zone logins created business date mismatches that permanently blocked daily store closures and disrupted operations. - **[Process Fulfillment Orders in Bulk with Wave Picking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fulfillment_wave_picking.htm&release=260&type=5)** Process up to 10 orders in a single trip by grouping product quantities across multiple orders into one picklist. Instead of picking items order by order, you can pick everything at once, reduce store travel time, and help high-volume stores stay on schedule. - **[Simplify Transactions with Calculation-Driven Rounding for All Currencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_currency_rounding.htm&release=260&type=5)** Process cash payments and international orders compliantly. Salesforce POS supports calculation-driven rounding for zero and two-decimal currencies recognized by the International Organization for Standardization 4217. Rounding rules apply at the final sales calculation step, ensuring precise transaction totals and consistent sales and tax reports. # Populate Clause Content with Merge and Placeholder Tokens Add tokens to clauses so that account names, payment terms, discount amounts, and other data flow automatically into your contract language. Merge tokens pull data from Salesforce records via Omnistudio Data Mapper or Context Service. Placeholder tokens contain default values like strings, dates, currencies, and percentages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Events Starter Pack license, and the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. # Populate Documents with Live Quota Values Dynamic merge fields in Salesforce Spiff now include a rep's quota value, not just the name of their assigned quota table, so document templates always reflect current quota data without a manual spreadsheet upload. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Spiff. **Why:** Previously, dynamic merge fields inserted the name of a rep's assigned quota table into a document template. If you wanted to include the actual quota value, you were required to upload it as a spreadsheet. Now, the quota value itself is available as a dynamic merge field, so quota amounts in your documents always match current data in Spiff. **How:** In the Document Designer, open the Merge Fields panel and browse or search under **Spiff** for the quota value you want to add to your template. If you later delete the quota table or remove the merge field from the template, Spiff removes it from the template and from any document that you haven't previously sent. However, documents that were already sent aren't affected. # Post Transfer Credits and Preview Degree Impact Evaluate and assign approved transfer credits directly to your students' program plans with full visibility into how they affect degree requirements. Edit grades, select posting reasons, and perform bulk actions. A visualization panel shows how transfer credits alter remaining degree requirements before you commit changes to the academic record. When you preview degree impact before you post, you can prioritize credits that fulfill required courses over general electives, validate applications to prevent duplicates, and understand credit rates before you update student records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Your Org for Transfer Credits (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_org_for_transfer_credits.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Transfer Credit for Applicants (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_transfer_credits_for_applicants.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Transfer Credit Requests (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_manage_transfer_credit_requests.htm&language=en_US) # Pre-populate Application Forms with Data Cloud Document AI Reduce manual data entry for job applicants by automatically extracting information from uploaded resumes and pre-populating application forms. Data Cloud Document AI uses large language models (LLMs) to capture structured data from unstructured documents such as resumes, pay stubs, tax returns, and lab reports, helping applicants complete forms faster and with fewer errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, is active. Requires the OmniStudio for Public Sector add-on and a Data 360 license with Data Cloud Document AI enabled. **Why:** Previously, constituents had to manually type information from their documents into application forms, which was time-consuming and error-prone. With Data Cloud Document AI, applicants upload a document and the system automatically extracts key details and pre-populates the relevant application fields. For benefit applications, this includes income data from pay stubs, W-2 forms, and tax returns. For job applications, this includes candidate information from resumes such as name, contact details, education, employment history, and skills. This reduces applicant effort, speeds up form submission, and improves data accuracy. **How:** In Setup, enable Einstein Generative AI in Data 360 and configure a Document AI schema for resumes using the document schema builder. Use Integration Procedures and Data Mappers to orchestrate the extraction and transformation of document data, and map the extracted fields to your OmniScript application form variables. Configure the document upload component in your recruitment application OmniScript to trigger document processing and pre-populate form fields after upload. # Prebuilt ECI Measures Aren’t Available with the New ECI Setup for Enablement If you set up ECI for Enablement in Spring ’26, the prebuilt ECI measures aren't available to your sales teams. Teams that have ECI configured in earlier releases can continue to access ECI measures. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Einstein Conversation Insights for Enablement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.enablement_setup_eci.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Prebuilt Enablement Measures](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.enablement_measures_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Predict and Prevent SLA Breaches with Proactive Risk Scoring Help your service reps stay ahead of potential delays and service-level agreement (SLA) breaches by predicting the likelihood of a case missing its SLA. This feature provides a quantifiable risk score on case records based on real-time data like priority, status, and recent activity. By identifying high-risk cases early, service reps can prioritize their workload and prevent breaches. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Agentforce for Service. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Templates, and then select **Templates** under Apps. Select **Create App** for the Case SLA Breach Prediction template. Configure your Data Cloud settings, training duration, select required features, and then install the app. Once configured, add the AI Accelerator component to your case record pages so your users can view the top factors impacting each score. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Set Up Predictive Risk Scoring for Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sla_predictive_risk_scoring_for_cases.htm&language=en_US) # Predict Demand with AI-Powered Moirai (Beta) Use Moirai, Salesforce's time-series AI foundation model, to analyze historical workload patterns and generate demand forecasts. Moirai evaluates complex patterns across your contact center data to produce more accurate forecasts than traditional statistical models, so you can plan staffing with greater confidence. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. Moirai forecasting requires Data Cloud, and running a forecast consumes additional Data Cloud credits. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note _Moirai is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Analyst and Workforce Engagement Planner permission sets can view and create workloads and forecasts. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select Intelligent Forecasts, and then click **New**. Select a workload, define the historical data range and forecast duration, and select **Moirai (Beta)** as the forecasting model. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Blog:_ Moirai — A Time Series Foundation Model for Universal Forecasting](https://www.salesforce.com/blog/moirai/) # Predict Future Trends with Time Series Forecasting (Generally Available) Improve demand planning and revenue estimates by identifying trends and seasonality in your data with forecasting in Data 360. This capability is now generally available.. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This product is generally available in English only and beta in all other Salesforce supported languages. **When:** This functionality is available starting in May 2026. **Why:** Use an algorithm to predict future values based on a single historical variable, such as predicting future sales based on past sales data. For example, forecast these scenarios. - - Predict units sold - Optimize inventory - Plan staffing for product launches and peak seasons **How:** From Data 360, go to the Data Transform tab and create a batch data transform. Add your input data with a data model object (DMO), apply the **Forecast** AI function, and configure your data settings. When you run the transformation, Data 360 adds the forecast data to the DMO, which you review in the Data Model tab. # Predict Numeric Outcomes with Advanced Regression Loss Functions Analyze skewed data and predict specific percentiles rather than average values by selecting the Gamma or Quantile regression loss function in Model Builder. Using a loss function that aligns with your prediction goal enables the model to prioritize predictions that matter for the use case. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **Why:** Different business scenarios require different prediction approaches. Standard regression models excel at predicting average values, but they struggle with skewed outcomes or target percentiles. Specifying an advanced loss function helps predict right-skewed outcomes. For example, customer spend or insurance claim amounts, or target specific metrics like the 90th percentile of delivery times. **How:** In Data Cloud, go to the AI Models tab and add a predictive model with regression capabilities. During model setup, select an algorithm that supports Gamma or Quantile loss, and then select the loss function that best matches your prediction goal. Train the model and review its performance metrics. Which loss function do I select? - Squared Error: Use it to predict the average expected value and want a general-purpose loss function. - Gamma: Use when the target is positive and right-skewed. For example, customer spend, claim amounts, or revenue, where a small number of observations can have much larger values. - Quantile: Use it to predict a specific percentile of the target distribution rather than its average. For example, the 90th percentile of customer spend or the 75th percentile of delivery time. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Gamma and Squared Error models use the standard regression metrics, including MAE, MSE, RMSE, and R². Quantile models use Pinball Loss and Coverage, which are designed to evaluate percentile predictions rather than average predictions. ![Model Builder showing the loss functions options during algorithm selection.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_data_cloud_predictive_models_loss_functions.png) # Predict Purchase Likelihood with the Propensity to Buy Template (Beta) Predict which customers are likely to buy a product or category within a specified period by using the Propensity to Buy template in Data 360. This preconfigured setup automatically combines data from standard data model objects (DMOs) to train a model that calculates purchase likelihood. Use the resulting scores to identify high-value customer segments, target campaigns, and trigger automated campaigns, flows, and Agentforce actions downstream. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note The Propensity to Buy template is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Data 360. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **How:** In Data Cloud, from the AI Models tab, click **Add Predictive Model**. Select **Create from Template**, and then select **Propensity to Buy**. Complete the guided setup flow, review the model configuration, and train the model. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Before you train a model with this template, verify that you’ve mapped the required fields from standard data model objects (DMOs). To learn more about required field mappings, refer to the Propensity to Buy Template in Salesforce Help. ![Model Builder showing the Propensity to Buy template.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_data_cloud_predictive_models_propensity_to_buy.png) # Prepare and Model Data Transform your raw data, map to the Customer 360 Data Model, and build data graphs in Data 360. - **[Create Batch Data Transforms by Using Custom Code with Code Extension (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_transfrom.htm&release=260&type=5)** With code extension in Data 360, you can create batch data transforms using your custom Python code. If native batch data transforms don't meet your business requirements, use code extension to author, debug, and deploy your transform logic, then create batch data transforms using that deployed logic. - **[Ingest Data Faster with Ready-to-Use Data Lake Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_simplify_data_ingestion_with_standard_dlos.htm&release=260&type=5)** Ingest data more efficiently by using standard data lake objects (DLOs) and mappings in Data 360. Previously, each DLO and mapping required manual configuration. Now, ready-to-use DLOs reduce setup time and ensure that data is immediately available for use. Standard DLOs include all available standard fields of CRM objects by default. These objects include a standard category that is locked, so you can’t edit it. In this release, Data 360 doesn't map all standard DLOs. # Prepare and Model Data Transform your raw data, map to the Customer 360 Data Model, and build data graphs in Data 360. - **[Enhance Real-Time Data Graph Queries with Out-of-the-Box Contact Lookup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ootb_contact_point_dg.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Query unified data graphs using common contact keys like email and phone numbers, independently of your specific identity resolution rules. Previously, querying Data Graphs required specific identifiers defined in identity resolution rules. With Out-of-the-Box (OOTB) Contact Lookup, you can retrieve real-time data graphs using a single email address or a single phone number per request. - **[Scale Your Architecture with Increased Data Graph Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_dg_limit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build more comprehensive data architectures by creating up to 25 data graphs in a single deployment. Previously, the limit of 10 data graphs restricted your ability to scale across multiple departments or specialized workflows. With this increased capacity, you can deploy multi-domain architectures and specialized data graphs for different AI agents to ensure each use case has the data structure it requires. - **[Adopt Streaming for Faster Data Graph Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_summer_2026_streaming_dg.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your data current with streaming data graphs that update as soon as the underlying data changes. Previously, you had to manually determine the refresh frequency for your data graphs, which sometimes led to stale data. Now, underlying data model object (DMO) data changes automatically trigger updates and provide faster, near real-time refreshes. This predictable refresh behavior makes your SLAs more reliable and gives Agentforce agents or personalization engines access to the most up-to-date Customer 360 profiles. - **[Create Batch Data Transforms by Using Custom Code with Code Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_batch_transform_code_extension.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With code extension in Data 360, you can create batch data transforms using your custom Python code. If native batch data transforms don't meet your business requirements, use code extension to author, debug, and deploy your transform logic and then create batch data transforms that use the deployed logic. - **[Data Transform Schedules Now Packaged with Data Kits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_data_transform_schedule_data_kit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you add a scheduled batch data transform to a Data Kit and install it on another org, the transform's schedule is now included in the deployment. Previously, schedules weren't included in Data Kit deployments, so you had to re-create them manually in each destination org. - **[Preview Your Data Inline with Data Lens in the Data Transforms Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_data_lens_transforms_builder_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Data Lens directly in the Data Transforms Builder to get a live preview of your data at each node, so you can profile data quality and make informed transform decisions without leaving the builder. - **[Speed Up Data 360 Setup with Simple Start](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_speedup_data360_setup_with_simple_start.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Remove manual configuration and sync your standard Salesforce CRM objects directly to Data 360. Instead of spending weeks installing standard app bundles, automatically sync your Salesforce CRM object metadata, including data streams, data lake objects (DLOs), and data model object (DMO) mappings. You consume usage-based credits only when you manually activate data streams and ingest data. - **[Track Past Refresh Events in Data Graph Refresh History](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_summer_dg_refresh_history.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View a detailed historical log of past data graph refresh and activation events directly within the user interface. This new feature provides comprehensive visibility into your data processing pipelines, allowing you to see exactly when a data graph was last refreshed, the duration of the processing cycle, total record counts, and the success or failure status of past runs. - **[Configure Sort and Limit Filters for Calculated Insight Nodes in Data Graphs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_dg_filters_CI.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Limit the number of records included at a calculated insight (CI) node in your data graph's JSON output with sort and limit filters. Specify a sort field and sort order to control which records are prioritized. You can now apply the sort and limit filter previously available only for data model object (DMO) nodes to CI nodes. - **[Query Data Graphs Fields and Subgraphs with Projections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_data_graph_projections.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Data Graph projections to retrieve the specific fields and data model objects (DMOs) you need from your Data Graphs. Projections reduce data transfer sizes and enable you to tailor Data Graph responses for specific use cases like LLM grounding, agent workflows, and downstream applications. - **[Deploy Data Graphs Across Data Spaces with Deterministic Naming](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_dg_dsnaming.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy data graphs with the same base name to multiple data spaces in the same org. When you deploy a data graph through a data kit workflow ( UI and POST API) specifically, Data 360 prefixes the API name with the target data space name, so your data graphs coexist across data spaces without naming collisions. # Prepare for a Consolidated Field-Level Encryption Experience in Winter ’27 Salesforce plans to retire the legacy Field-Level Encryption (FLE) experience from Setup in Winter ’27. When this change occurs, users are redirected to the new FLE experience in the Shield app, which is available starting in Summer ’26. Your existing FLE policy and all related functionality are preserved while we roll out these UI enhancements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Shield Platform Encryption add-on license. # Prepare for Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard Retirement Before these tools retire, we recommend turning on Sync Email as Salesforce Activity for Einstein Activity Capture and configuring reports to explore data captured from email. **Where:** Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard are available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. They’re also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **Why:** Starting in Summer ’25, Einstein Activity Capture can sync and store email data as Task and EmailMessage object records. With this new data structure you can explore and use email activity data with standard reports, SOQL, automation workflows, and APIs. Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard aren’t available unless previously turned on. Additionally, data from these reporting tools that appears in other features, including Prospecting Center, Pipeline Inspection, and Einstein Conversation Insights, aren’t available unless previously configured. This change affects other features that use Einstein Activity Capture data, including Prospecting Center, Pipeline Inspection, and Einstein Conversation Insights. Objects related to Activity 360 Reporting data are also scheduled to retire: UnifiedEmail, UnifiedEmailParticipant, UnifiedMeeting, UnifiedMeetingParticipant, UnifiedTask, and UnifiedTaskParticipant. **How:** To turn on Sync Email as Salesforce Activity, update Einstein Activity Capture and migrate previously captured email. Use the Update & Migrate option available in Setup. Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is enabled by default if you turned on Einstein Activity Capture in Summer ’25 or later. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_email_activity_e2c_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Activity 360 Reporting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.einstein_sales_activity_reporting_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Using Activity Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_activity_metrics_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Guidelines for Using Analytics Activities Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_activities_dashboard_considerations.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard Retirement Before these tools retire, we recommend turning on Sync Email as Salesforce Activity for Einstein Activity Capture and configuring reports to explore data captured from email. **Where:** Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard are available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. They’re also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **Why:** Starting in Summer ’25, Einstein Activity Capture can sync and store email data as Task and EmailMessage object records. With this new data structure you can explore and use email activity data with standard reports, SOQL, automation workflows, and APIs. Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard aren’t available unless previously turned on. Additionally, data from these reporting tools that appears in other features, including Prospecting Center, Pipeline Inspection, and Einstein Conversation Insights, aren’t available unless previously configured. This change affects other features that use Einstein Activity Capture data, including Prospecting Center, Pipeline Inspection, and Einstein Conversation Insights. Objects related to Activity 360 Reporting data are also scheduled to retire: UnifiedEmail, UnifiedEmailParticipant, UnifiedMeeting, UnifiedMeetingParticipant, UnifiedTask, and UnifiedTaskParticipant. Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, Activities Analytics Dashboard, and related data aren’t available. These tools aren’t compatible with email synced as activity data. **How:** To turn on Sync Email as Salesforce Activity, update Einstein Activity Capture and migrate previously captured email. Use the Update & Migrate option available in Setup. Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is enabled by default if you turned on Einstein Activity Capture in Summer ’25 or later. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_email_activity_e2c_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Activity 360 Reporting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.einstein_sales_activity_reporting_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Using Activity Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_activity_metrics_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Guidelines for Using Analytics Activities Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_activities_dashboard_considerations.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard Retirement Before these tools retire, we recommend turning on Sync Email as Salesforce Activity for Einstein Activity Capture and configuring reports to explore data captured from email. **Where:** Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard are available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. They’re also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **Why:** Starting in Summer ’25, Einstein Activity Capture can sync and store email data as Task and EmailMessage object records. With this new data structure you can explore and use email activity data with standard reports, SOQL, automation workflows, and APIs. Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, and Activities Analytics Dashboard aren’t available unless previously turned on. Additionally, data from these reporting tools that appears in other features, including Prospecting Center, Pipeline Inspection, and Einstein Conversation Insights, aren’t available unless previously configured. This change affects other features that use Einstein Activity Capture data, including Prospecting Center, Pipeline Inspection, and Einstein Conversation Insights. Objects related to Activity 360 Reporting data are also scheduled to retire: UnifiedEmail, UnifiedEmailParticipant, UnifiedMeeting, UnifiedMeetingParticipant, UnifiedTask, and UnifiedTaskParticipant. Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, Activities Analytics Dashboard, and related data aren’t available. These tools aren’t compatible with email synced as activity data. **How:** To turn on Sync Email as Salesforce Activity, update Einstein Activity Capture and migrate previously captured email. Use the Update & Migrate option available in Setup. Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is enabled by default if you turned on Einstein Activity Capture in Summer ’25 or later. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_email_activity_e2c_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Activity 360 Reporting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.einstein_sales_activity_reporting_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Using Activity Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_activity_metrics_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Guidelines for Using Analytics Activities Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.aac_activities_dashboard_considerations.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Claude 3 Haiku Reroute Date Claude 3 Haiku is deprecated on Amazon Bedrock (Anthropic). Claude 3 Haiku model requests will be rerouted to Claude Haiku 4.5 on February 26, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Claude 3 Haiku requests are rerouted on February 26, 2026. #### See Also - [Prepare for Claude 3.7 Sonnet Reroute Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_3_7_sonnet_reroute.htm&release=260&type=5 "Claude 3.7 Sonnet is deprecated on Amazon Bedrock (Anthropic). Claude 3.7 Sonnet model requests will be rerouted to Claude Sonnet 4.5 on February 26, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for Model Deprecation and Rerouting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_model_deprecation_rerouting.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Claude 3.7 Sonnet Reroute Date Claude 3.7 Sonnet is deprecated on Amazon Bedrock (Anthropic). Claude 3.7 Sonnet model requests will be rerouted to Claude Sonnet 4.5 on February 26, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Claude 3.7 Sonnet requests are rerouted on February 26, 2026. #### See Also - [Prepare for Claude 3 Haiku Reroute Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_3_haiku_reroute.htm&release=260&type=5 "Claude 3 Haiku is deprecated on Amazon Bedrock (Anthropic). Claude 3 Haiku model requests will be rerouted to Claude Haiku 4.5 on February 26, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for Model Deprecation and Rerouting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_model_deprecation_rerouting.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Claude Sonnet 4 Reroute Date Claude Sonnet 4 model requests will be rerouted to Claude Sonnet 4.6 on May 26, 2026 because Claude Sonnet 4 is in the Legacy state on Amazon Bedrock. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Claude Sonnet 4 requests are rerouted on May 26, 2026. #### See Also - [_Amazon Bedrock_: Model lifecycle](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/model-lifecycle.html) - [_Amazon Bedrock_: Understanding Amazon Bedrock model lifecycle](https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/machine-learning/understanding-amazon-bedrock-model-lifecycle/) - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for Model Deprecation and Rerouting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_model_deprecation_rerouting.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Client Meetings Faster with Agent-Prepared Participant Summaries Review a participant’s history and program involvement in seconds by using the Participant Summary subagent of the Participant Management agent. The subagent analyzes recent interaction notes, benefit disbursements, upcoming tasks, and related records to provide a consolidated view of a client’s progress. Use these insights to foster more empathetic conversations and focus your time on the participant's immediate needs rather than manual research. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Program Management is enabled. **When:** The Participant Summary subagent is available starting the week of June, 5, 2026. **Who:** - Admins with the Prompt Template Manager permission set can create and manage the prompt template to build and activate new agents. - Users with the Prompt Template User permission set can access and run the prompt template. - Users with the Programs Assistive AI permission set can use the Program Management generative AI features. - Users with the Advanced Program Management or the Education Cloud Full Access permission sets can use Program Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Participant Management Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.prog_case_mgmt_prog_mgmt_participant_management_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Email to Become the Default Login Experience Starting in September, email-based login becomes the default login experience for the UI of login.salesforce.com and test.salesforce.com. This update creates a unified login process and simplifies the experience for your users. While your users can still choose to log in with a username and password, prepare them for email to appear as the primary option. **Where:** This change applies to the UI login experience on [login.salesforce.com](https://login.salesforce.com) and [test.salesforce.com](http://test.salesforce.com). This doesn't impact the My Domain login experience. **When:** This feature isn’t part of the initial Spring '26 release and may be included at a later date.This change rolls out gradually starting in September. **Who:** This feature is available to users who log in through the UI of [login.salesforce.com](http://login.salesforce.com) or [test.salesforce.com](http://test.salesforce.com). The log in with email experience isn’t available for users with a shared email account or users who can’t access emails sent to their email address. **How:** Salesforce automatically updates the login pages for [login.salesforce.com](https://login.salesforce.com) and [test.salesforce.com](http://test.salesforce.com) to the email-based login experience. To use a traditional username and password, your users click **Login with Username** on the login page. If you don’t require users to log in using My Domain, there is no option to opt out of this default experience on [login.salesforce.com](http://login.salesforce.com) or [test.salesforce.com](http://test.salesforce.com). If you have registered Passkeys, they will continue to be supported in the email and username login experiences. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Log In with Your Email Address](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.log_in_with_email.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for Gemini 2.0 Flash and 2.0 Flash Lite Reroute Date Gemini 2.0 Flash and Gemini 2.0 Flash Lite are deprecated on Vertex AI (Google). Gemini 2.0 Flash and Gemini 2.0 Flash Lite model requests will be rerouted to Gemini 2.5 Flash and Gemini 2.5 Flash Lite respectively on February 20, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new models in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Model requests are rerouted on February 20, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for Model Deprecation and Rerouting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_model_deprecation_rerouting.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for IPv6 in Hyperforce Public IPs If you use an IP allowlist to restrict network traffic or you restrict access to Salesforce via IP address, prepare to update your allowlists to include IPv6 addresses. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. #### See Also - [Get Ready for IPv6](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_ipv6_ready.htm&release=260&type=5 "To help mitigate the IP address scarcity of IPv4, Salesforce is working behind the scenes to support IPv6. If you use an IP allowlist to restrict network traffic or you restrict access to Salesforce via IP address, consider implementing a preferred alternative. Otherwise, prepare to update your allowlists to include IPv6 addresses.") # Prepare for Login Changes Salesforce plans to make two changes to simplify and improve your login experience. Starting in June 2026, Salesforce prompts users to enter only their username as the first login step. And starting in August 2026, login with an email address becomes the default experience. ![Warning](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_warning.png) Warning These changes can affect automated tests that use UI logins. Here's how to avoid disruptions. - For the username-first login change: Update tests to provide the username, hit the Log In button, and then provide the password. - For the login with email change: Update tests to hit the Login with Username button and then proceed with username-based login. Alternatively, to go directly to the username-based login page, add the `login=1` parameter to the login URL, such as `https://login.salesforce.com/?login=1`. **Where:** Both of these changes apply to [login.salesforce.com](https://login.salesforce.com/), [test.salesforce.com](https://test.salesforce.com/), and mobile apps. The username-first login experience applies to My Domain login pages, but the login with email change doesn't. Neither change affects Experience Cloud login pages. **When:** These changes are released on a rolling basis. Here’s when Salesforce plans to start. These dates are subject to change. - Username-first login experience: - Sandboxes: June 2026. As of July 2, 2026, the sandbox rollout is complete. - Production orgs and mobile apps: July 20, 2026 (previously June 2026, but we changed the start date) - Login with email as default experience: - Sandboxes: August 2026 - Production orgs: October 2026 - Mobile apps: Tentatively planned to start in late 2026. Stay tuned for more information. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce moved up the start of the login with email rollout from its [previously announced](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=release-notes.rn_security_identity_email_login_default.htm&release=260) date of September 2026. **Why:** The username-first login change streamlines the passkey login experience. Users can simply enter their username and then use their passkey (built-in authenticator or security key). Passkey login is the fastest, easiest, and most secure way to log in while satisfying [upcoming MFA requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005317465&type=1&language=en_US). To learn more about passkey login, see [Passwordless Login with Passkeys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.identity_passkey_login.htm&type=5&language=en_US). The email login experience creates a unified login process. Instead of remembering usernames, you can simply enter your email address and find all associated accounts. **How:** The username-first login experience applies to direct UI logins, but doesn't affect single sign-on (SSO) logins from a third party. Here's how the login experience works. First, a user enters their username and clicks **Log In**. ![Salesforce login page showing username field and Log In button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_onebox_login.png) Based on the username, Salesforce determines what to do next. If passkey login is enabled, Salesforce prompts the user to use their registered passkey. ![Verify Your Identity page showing passkey authentication prompt for built-in authenticator](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_passkey_login.png) If the user doesn't use passkeys, Salesforce displays the password field. ![Salesforce login page showing both username and password fields](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_password_login.png) For email login steps, see [Log In with Your Email Address](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.log_in_with_email.htm&language=en_US). To prepare your automation using Robotic Process Automation (RPA), follow these practices. - Prepare your My Domain to work with username-first login experience. - To continue using the username login experience after email becomes default, update the login.salesforce.com and test.salesforce.com URLs in your automation to include the login=1 parameter: login.salesforce.com/?login=1 and http://test.salesforce.com/?login=1 - To continue using the UI that includes both the username and password text boxes after username-first login experience becomes default, update the login.salesforce.com and test.salesforce.com URLs in your automation to include the type=twobox parameter: login.salesforce.com/?type=twobox and test.salesforce.com/?type=twobox - To prepare for log in with email, make sure that you have only one username for the email address. An email address linked to multiple usernames requires email verification every 30 days. - Additionally, you can [complete MFA challenges with automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mfa_automation_totp.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Prepare for Retirement of Own Archive Managed Package and Legacy Archive Salesforce retires the Own Archive managed package and Legacy Archive products to prioritize a native archiving solution. The transition addresses scalability and error visibility limitations and improves performance. To maintain archiving capabilities, migrate to Archive 2.0 before the current subscription ends. **When:** Renewals for the Own Archive managed package end May 4, 2026. Renewals for Legacy Archive end February 2, 2027. **How:** Contact your account executive to begin the migration process to Archive 2.0. # Prepare for Shorter Certificate Lifespans If you use features that rely on certificates, prepare to update the related certificates more frequently. An upcoming industry-wide change decreases the maximum allowed Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate lifespan over the next 3 years. Also, Salesforce plans to stop public certificate rotation announcements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in all editions. As we reach each milestone, the lifespans apply to all new certificates that a public Certificate Authority (CA) signs, regardless of whether you, Salesforce, or a third party purchases the certificate. Existing certificates keep their expiration dates, and self-signed certificates aren't subject to the new lifespans. **When:** In August 2025, the Certification Authority Browser Forum (CA/Browser Forum) [announced](https://cabforum.org/2025/04/11/ballot-sc081v3-introduce-schedule-of-reducing-validity-and-data-reuse-periods/) a phased approach to shorten the lifespan for new TLS certificates. That lifespan decreases from 398 days to 200 days on March 15, 2026, to 100 days on March 15, 2027, and to 47 days on March 15, 2029. As certificates rotate more frequently, Salesforce plans to stop the existing announcements for certificate changes for first-party (1P) production orgs through the [Certificate Changes Trailblazer Community group](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/groups/0F9300000001oAF). There's no specific target date for the end of those announcements. Salesforce plans to announce that date at least 90 days in advance. **Why:** Salesforce complies with the guidance of the CA/Browser Forum, the organization that sets most Web Public Key Infrastructure (WebPKI) rules. Their TLS Server Baseline Requirements change regularly. Those requirements are outside of Salesforce control, and certificate vendors are bound by the same rules. **How:** Review your certificate use and plan to rotate the certificates that you own more frequently and stop using certificate pinning. To receive notifications about upcoming certificate expirations for certificates that are stored in your org, assign the Expired Certificate Notification permission to specific admins. To automate the creation and update of self-signed and Certificate Authority-signed certificates in Salesforce, use the Certificate Metadata API type. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Certificates in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_keys_policy_and_rotation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Expired Certificate Notification Permission](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_keys_set_expired_certificate_notification_permission.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Metadata API Developer Guide_: Certificate](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_certificate.htm) # Prepare for Step-Up Authentication with an In-App Prompt With upcoming step-up authentication requirements, Salesforce prompts users to verify their identity for sensitive actions, such as report exports. To help users prepare, Salesforce now prompts them to register a verification method. **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** This prompt is available on a rolling basis starting in May 2026. Step-up authentication requirements take effect starting in June 2026, beginning with report exports. **How:** After a user logs in, they see a prompt titled “Prepare for New Identity Verification Requirements.” The prompt appears if the user doesn't have at least one of these verification methods set up: - [Salesforce multi-factor authentication (MFA) method](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mfa_supported_verification_methods.htm&language=en_US&type=5) - Verified phone number - Verified email address ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Users must register a verification method with Salesforce even if they log in with single sign-on (SSO). Users can’t complete step-up authentication using a verification method from their SSO identity provider. #### See Also - [Review and Comply with New and Upcoming Security Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_upcoming.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for the Lightning Sync Retirement and Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture Lightning Sync is scheduled to retire in 2027. Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture to continue syncing contacts and events between Microsoft® or Google applications and Salesforce. Use the Lightning Sync migration tool to complete the process. **Where:** This change applies to all Lightning Sync in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** All Lightning Sync configurations except those without enough licenses for Einstein Activity Capture or another exemption. Orgs with exemptions won’t see the Lightning Sync migration tool in Setup. **How:** Follow the multi-step process to complete the migration. First, use the Lighting Sync migration tool in Setup to migrate to Einstein Activity Capture. Then, assign users one of the Einstein Activity Capture permission set licenses. Next, confirm that users are in an active Einstein Activity Capture configuration, and add them if necessary. When you’re ready, turn off Lightning Sync. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare Einstein Activity Capture and Lightning Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.email_integration_admin_eac_vs_lightning_sync.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_move_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prepare for the Lightning Sync Retirement and Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture Lightning Sync is scheduled to retire in 2027. Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture to continue syncing contacts and events between Microsoft® or Google applications and Salesforce. Use the Lightning Sync migration tool to complete the process. **Where:** This change applies to all Lightning Sync in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** All Lightning Sync configurations except those without enough licenses for Einstein Activity Capture or another exemption. Orgs with exemptions won’t see the Lightning Sync migration tool in Setup. **How:** Follow the multi-step process to complete the migration. First, use the Lighting Sync migration tool in Setup to migrate to Einstein Activity Capture. Then, assign users one of the Einstein Activity Capture permission set licenses. Next, confirm that users are in an active Einstein Activity Capture configuration, and add them if necessary. When you’re ready, turn off Lightning Sync. You can’t migrate to Einstein Activity Capture with Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) as your authentication method. Upgrade from EWS to Microsoft Graph first. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare Einstein Activity Capture and Lightning Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.email_integration_admin_eac_vs_lightning_sync.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_move_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Lightning Sync from Exchange Web Services to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_ews_to_graph.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prepare for the Retirement of Emotional Tone Insights The Emotional Tone Insights widget on the Einstein Copy Insights dashboard retires in late September/early October 2026. This widget offers limited insight value, so it's retiring to keep the dashboard focused on more impactful data. There's no replacement widget for Emotional Tone Insights, and you don't need to take any action. # Prepare for the WhatsApp Account Model Update Meta is separating business phone numbers from provider-specific templates and billing through its WhatsApp Account Model Evolution update. You can now use a single WhatsApp phone number across Salesforce and another provider simultaneously without disrupting existing journeys, templates, or API integrations. **Where:** This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement and Messaging Cloud Next editions with WhatsApp add-on. **When:** This change is available as of October 15, 2026. **Why:** Share one phone number with Salesforce and another business solution provider, each with its own messaging account. You can’t connect two Salesforce messaging accounts to the same phone number. **How:** Meta automatically migrates existing accounts. Your existing account IDs and API calls continue to work. For a single messaging account on a phone number, no action is required. On a shared number, Salesforce supports only the primary partner role to manage conversations and message routing. Consent doesn’t sync across providers on a shared number. If a customer opts out through one provider, the other providers don’t receive that opt-out, so the customer can keep receiving WhatsApp messages from them. Use one provider for all WhatsApp messaging. Alternatively, to keep consent status consistent across providers, manually record opt-outs in Salesforce, as you do for Meta Direct. # Prepare for Updated Model for AWS-Hosted Option in Agentforce The AWS-Hosted option for Agentforce will use Anthropic Claude Haiku 4.5 on Amazon Bedrock later this month. It currently uses Claude Sonnet 4, which is in the Legacy state on Amazon Bedrock. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of May 18, 2026. **How:** To select the model option for Agentforce, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring and select **Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup**. Choose an option in the Select the Model for Agentforce section. The model option selection applies to all Agentforce agents. If you previously created any prompts or custom actions or subagents for Agentforce, test them after switching your model option. If you choose the AWS-Hosted option, update custom agent actions to use Anthropic Claude Haiku 4.5 on Amazon for consistency. To test the AWS-Hosted option in Agentforce in a sandbox before the week of May 18, contact your Salesforce account executive. Alternatively, you can configure the model for an agent in Agent Script. See [Configure Models in Agent Script](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/ascript-model.html) in the Agentforce Developer Guide. #### See Also - [_Amazon Bedrock_: Model lifecycle](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/model-lifecycle.html) - [_Amazon Bedrock_: Understanding Amazon Bedrock model lifecycle](https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/machine-learning/understanding-amazon-bedrock-model-lifecycle/) - [_Salesforce Help_: Select Agentforce Model Option](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_select_model_provider.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare for WhatsApp Service and Utility Message Pricing Changes Meta is now charging on a per-message basis for WhatsApp service messages and utility messages sent within the Customer Service Window. These message types were previously free. As a result, on November 1, 2026, Salesforce is updating its pricing to reflect Meta’s new charges. If you exceed your entitlements, message delivery continues, however overage billing can apply. **Where:** This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement, Marketing Cloud Next Growth, and Advanced editions. **When:** Meta's charges take effect on October 1, 2026. Salesforce's updated pricing takes effect on November 1, 2026. # Prepare for WhatsApp Service and Utility Message Pricing Changes Meta is charging on a per-message basis for two WhatsApp message types that were previously free: Service messages and utility messages sent within the Customer Service Window. Salesforce will update its pricing to reflect Meta’s new charges, effective November 1, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to the Enhanced WhatsApp and Unified WhatsApp channels. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** Meta's charges take effect on October 1, 2026. Salesforce's updated pricing takes effect on November 1, 2026. **How:** To prepare, analyze your WhatsApp messaging patterns to estimate how many service messages and Customer Service Window utility messages you send. To monitor consumption in Unified WhatsApp, use Digital Wallet by message category. For Enhanced WhatsApp, from Setup, go to Company Information and review Usage-Based Entitlements. To learn more, contact your Salesforce account executive. Message delivery continues even if you exceed your entitlements, though overage billing can apply. #### See Also - [_Meta Documentation_: Upcoming Pricing Updates for Meta Business Agent, Service and Utility Messages](https://developers.facebook.com/documentation/business-messaging/whatsapp/pricing/non-template-messages/) - [_Salesforce Marketing_: Multipliers for Salesforce Message Credits](https://www.salesforce.com/marketing/salesforce-message-credits/) # Prepare Life Sciences Cloud for a Field Rep’s First Visit Use an AI coding agent to take a package-ready Life Sciences Cloud org from initial configuration to a field rep's first visit. The headless workflow configures territories and users, deploys the required metadata, creates minimal test data, and regenerates the mobile metadata cache for synchronization. Field reps get a working Visit foundation on the web, with data prepared for synchronization to an enrolled iPad. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter permission set and the Life Sciences Commercial Admin permission set. **Why:** Setting up a Life Sciences Cloud org for the first field visit involves connected configuration across territories, users, permissions, page layouts, visit data, and mobile synchronization. The guided workflow brings these elements together and validates that a rep can own a visit and complete a provider visit report with product and its related objectives and messages. **How:** Add these skills to your AI coding agent in Claude Code and Agentforce Vibes, and start a conversation with your agent. - [life-sciences-fieldsalesrep-coordinate](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/life-sciences-fieldsalesrep-coordinate) - [life-sciences-prerequisites-validate](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/life-sciences-prerequisites-validate) - [life-sciences-territory-configure](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/life-sciences-territory-configure) Use a provisioned org that has the Life Sciences Cloud managed package installed and its installation prerequisites enabled. Ask your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to configure the org for a field rep’s first visit. Review and approve the proposed metadata deployment, territory activation, and user configuration. The workflow deploys the Life Sciences Cloud configuration, creates and assigns the field rep, generates minimal test data, validates the visit, and regenerates the mobile metadata cache. After synchronization, manually confirm the result in the Life Sciences Cloud app on an enrolled iPad. #### See Also - [_GitHub_: Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) - [_Salesforce Help_: Visit Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_visit_management.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare Lightning Sync for Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) Retirement Microsoft announced the retirement of Exchange Web Services (EWS) starting October 1, 2026. Lightning Sync configurations that use EWS won’t capture or sync data from Microsoft after EWS is retired. To prepare, review the Microsoft guidelines on migrating to Microsoft Graph, the recommended API for accessing Microsoft services. Or, plan to move from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture. Contact Salesforce Customer Support to evaluate your options for more information on the Salesforce connection to Microsoft Graph API (beta). **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Einstein 1 Sales editions. It’s also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **Who:** This change affects Lightning Sync configurations that use organization-wide OAuth 2.0 with EWS to connect to Microsoft Office 365 or Microsoft Exchange Service Account. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare Einstein Activity Capture and Lightning Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.email_integration_admin_eac_vs_lightning_sync.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_move_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Prepare to Rotate Client Secrets for Installed Packages All installed package client secrets that you haven’t rotated since March 25, 2026 expire on September 30, 2026. All client secrets generated after March 25, 2026 have a 180-day expiration period, beginning on the day they’re generated. In the days before each client secret expires, you receive email notifications and see banner notifications in Marketing Cloud Engagement. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **When:** If you last rotated a secret before March 25, 2026, it expires on September 30, 2026. If you rotated a secret after this date, the secret expires 180 days after you created it. We previously announced this change in the Spring ’26 release notes. **How:** In Setup, on the Installed Packages page, open a package that contains a client secret to update. In the Staged Secret section, click **Generate**. Update all client apps that connect to the package to use the staged secret. After confirming that the client apps work as expected, click **Activate** to make the staged client secret active and revoke the previous client secret. This stage-test-activate process makes it possible to rotate client secrets without downtime. # Present Customers with Data from External Sources in Dynamic WhatsApp Flows Increase the accuracy of appointment booking, product browsing, feedback giving, and many more use cases by pulling in data from external sources. WhatsApp Dynamic Flows now supports endpoints in single-select, multi-select, dropdown, and date picker fields, and a footer. For example, a doctor’s office could ask a customer which body part is hurting, and then send the customer’s selection to the endpoint to return a list of doctors who specialize in that area. Previously, all possible selections in a dynamic flow form presented data that already existed within Salesforce, limiting the scope of what forms could collect. **Where:** This change applies to Unified WhatsApp and Service Cloud WhatsApp. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** In your Apex Form messaging component, open the Flows component format. Select **True** in the Enable Endpoint dropdown menu, and then enter a URL in the Endpoint URL field. Open a screen, and choose a screen element such as single-select, dropdown, multi-select, date picker or footer. Select **Data Exchange** from the On Select Action field. Then configure the JSON payload. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: WhatsApp Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.whatsapp_flows.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Case: Use an Endpoint to Populate a Screen with an External Data Source](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_whatsapp_flow_endpoint_use_case.htm&language=en_US) # Present Multi-Language Forms with Entity Data Translation Store assessment questions and responses in multiple languages to automatically show forms in the user's locale. This framework simplifies multilingual form management by using the Entity Data Translation (EDT) framework for question versions while maintaining custom labels for static UI elements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Discovery Framework. **Why:** Easily identify the language used for each completed assessment by viewing the new language field directly on the assessment record. Users receive a localized experience that accurately reflects their language settings during every assessment. **How:** In Discovery Framework Settings, turn on **Multi-Language Data Translation**. Then, in the Discovery Framework Omniscript Designer, select **Enable Data Translation**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Discovery Framework Data Translation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.discovery_framework_data_translation.htm&language=en_US) # Preserve Agent Memory Across Sessions Without Requiring Customers to Repeat Information Provide personalized agent interactions where every conversation builds on what came before without requiring users to repeat themselves across sessions or agent handoffs. Register your agents in Data 360 to enable memory capabilities. Data 360 automatically extracts facts, preferences, and conversation summaries from interactions and enforces your organization's access controls when delivering context to your agents. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Not available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in July 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Agentic Memory and Context in Data 360](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentic-memory-context/guide/agentic-memory-context-home.html) # Preserve Customizations and Inheritance When Cloning Context Definitions When you clone an extended context definition, you can now maintain its inheritance from the parent standard definition. This enhancement ensures that your cloned definitions, including all custom nodes, attributes, and mappings, remain eligible for upgrades in future releases. Previously, cloning an extended definition broke the link to the standard source, requiring manual rework to apply upgrades. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service is enabled. **When:** This feature is available starting in March '26. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Context Definitions**. For the extended context definition you want to clone, click ![Arrow pointing down](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/ctx_dropdown_icon.png), and then select **Clone**. In the Context Definition clone window, select the **Preserve Inheritance** checkbox. This option is selected by default for extended context definitions. The new clone is created in an inactive state so you can edit it before activating it. # Preserve Formatting When Inserting Clauses Clauses now retain their defined indentation, line spacing, lists, fonts, and other rich text formatting defined in the clause library when inserted into a document. Previously, inserting clauses into a Microsoft 365 template and contract document caused the document styles to override the clause’s original formatting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license, or with the Salesforce Contracts license. **Why:** Earlier template designers and contract authors had to fix alignment and formatting manually during template designing and contract editing, leading to inconsistent clause presentation. This enhancement preserves clause formatting unless authors or designers intentionally change it, reducing rework and keeping clause content consistent across templates and documents. # Preserve Group Ramp Schedules When Cloning Quotes and Orders Your sales reps can now clone quotes and orders with group ramp schedules while retaining the original schedule structure. Amendment and renewal quotes with ramp schedules also preserve ramp and segment relationships after cloning. This update reduces manual corrections and helps maintain accurate ramped transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Preserve Shopper Preferences Across Categories Make it easier for shoppers to discover products by preserving their preferences as they search across categories. When a shopper switches to a new category or a previous one, the agent retains their preferences and proactively prompts to reapply the category. Previously, shoppers needed to reselect filters manually every time they switched to a different category. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce and requires Service Cloud or Sales Cloud in Developer, Unlimited, or Enterprise edition with the Agentforce add-on. **How:** This change is available by request. To request access, contact your Salesforce account executive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Your Agent to Maintain Facets During Category Switches (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_shopping_agent_newagent_facets.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Your Agent with Conversational Context to Maintain Facets During Category Switches (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_shopping_agent_facet_categoryswitches.htm&language=en_US) # Preserve Unresolved Tokens with Bypass Tokens Apply bypass tokens to keep specific tokens unchanged in generated documents when no value is provided. For example, an Adobe Sign signature token {{Sig\_es\_:signer1:signature}} now remains in the generated document when no value is provided instead of being removed and breaking the signing workflow. Define a bypass list of tokens to skip replacement during document generation. Tokens in the bypass list remain unchanged unless a value is provided, while other tokens continue to follow the default behavior and are replaced with empty values. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Salesforce Contracts license. **Why:** Previously, document generation replaced tokens without values with empty strings, which removed placeholders required for workflows such as Adobe Sign signature processing. This behavior caused issues when signature tokens needed to remain in the document for later completion. Bypass tokens preserve these placeholders so downstream processes continue without errors and document integrity remains intact. **How:** Add a bypass\_tokens attribute to the token data payload and list the tokens to preserve as a comma-separated string, for example, "Sig\_es\_:signer1:signature,Cmpy\_es\_:signer2:company,!price". Make sure that tokens intended to remain unchanged don’t have values in the token data. Configure bypass\_tokens by using token data, Omni Data Mapper, or Context Service mappings based on the document generation setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bypass Tokens: Tokens in Microsoft Word or Microsoft PowerPoint Documents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_doc_gen_tokens_microsoft.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prevent Billing Errors with Billing Type Validation Specify whether the carrier or the broker bills the policy when you issue it. Configure which billing types you can send to billing in setup. If a policy's billing type isn't eligible, Send to Billing is hidden in the UI, and the API returns an error. If you don't configure eligible billing types, Send to Billing stays available for every billing type. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and Insurance Brokerage are enabled. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** Define eligible billing types in setup. Add field-level security for Billing Type on the policy so that users can set it at issuance. Billing Type is now required on the policy—if it isn't set, Send to Billing doesn't work. The billing type carries forward to later lifecycle services after issuance. # Prevent Callout Failures During External System Downtime Configure callout fulfillment steps to stop execution automatically when the external system is under maintenance. This configurable offline support puts the steps on hold to prevent fatal failures. Callout steps on hold appear on the fulfillment plan for fulfillment operators and managers to track and act on. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Turn on the Future Dated Steps setting. Configure Off-hold Callout Limit with the maximum number of callout steps that can transition from an on-hold state to a ready or scheduled state per minute. Dynamic Revenue Orchestration puts callout steps on hold if the associated integration definition is inactive. When the integration definition becomes active, the steps are released in batches based on the execution limit. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Fulfillment Step Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fulfillment_step_types.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Changes to Finalized Media Plans Protect your finalized media plans from accidental and unauthorized changes. Configure the media plan grid and side panel to switch to read-only mode for specific quote statuses, such as In Approval or Closed. Also, turn off all create and update actions on the inventory and spot calendar grids and prevent users from adding placements to read-only quotes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Media Plan Customizations with Ad Availability View Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_configure_ad_availability_config_plan.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Constraint Conflicts When Sharing Attributes and Relations Prevent the constraint engine from altering specified attributes or relations when it satisfies a constraint. Use the guardrails annotation in a constraint to define protections at the constraint level, instead of on individual attributes and relations. Annotating the constraint prevents conflicts with other constraints that share the same elements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Add the `guardrails` annotation to a constraint, and list the attributes or relations to protect. #### See Also - [_Revenue Management Developer Guide_: guardrail Annotation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/cml_annotation_example_guardrails.htm) # Prevent Data Loss by Automatically Saving Assessments Help care managers administer assessments without worrying about data loss with autosave for Discovery Framework-based internal assessments and MCG assessments. As care managers enter assessment responses, the assessment is automatically saved every few seconds. They can also leave the assessment and later resume exactly where they left off, as the assessment is saved with an In Progress status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries Assessment and Omnistudio User permission sets. **How:** To enable autosave for MCG assessments, from Setup, go to the Integrated Care Management Settings page, and turn on Autosave MCG Assessments. To enable autosave for Discovery Framework-based internal assessments, go to the Assessment Settings page in the Discovery Framework section, and turn on Save Actions. Open the Omniscript of the internal assessment you want to enable autosave for and select Autosave Assessmment Progress under Save Options in the properties panel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Autosave for MCG Assessments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management_enable_autosave_mcg_assessments.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Autosave for Assessments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_assessments_configure_autosave.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Double-Discounting and Speed Up Checkout by Controlling Promotion Stacking Keep promotions from stacking on top of manual price corrections so associates apply a total price with less math and fewer mistakes. Simpler pricing shortens associate training and moves customers through checkout faster during peak periods. Stores that prefer to combine both discounts can keep the current stacking behavior instead. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Promotion**. Turn on **Exclude Price-Corrected Items from Promotions**. ![Exclude Price-Corrected Items from Promotions setting in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_price_correction_stackability.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Discounts and Price Corrections for POS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_configure_discounts_corrections.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Duplicate Articles with Knowledge Similarity When your authors draft Knowledge articles, they can check for similar articles in the knowledge base. Knowledge Similarity surfaces any matching articles along with a similarity score. Your authors can decide whether to reuse or update an existing article instead of creating a duplicate, so your knowledge base stays consistent and free of redundant content. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Knowledge add-on license. **When:** Knowledge Similarity is available starting on September 24, 2026. **How:** From Setup, on the AI Knowledge Settings page, turn on Knowledge Similarity. Then, connect Knowledge Similarity to an Agentforce Data Library so that it can compare new articles against your existing knowledge base. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Knowledge Similarity (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.knowledge_similarity_about.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prevent Duplicate Matches in Data Graph Refresh Data graph refresh now treats an exact empty string on a text join key like a null value, so empty keys don't match each other. It removes duplicate matches caused by rows where upstream processes stored missing values as empty strings. Your data graphs complete refresh more reliably, and related rows stay accurate. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in October 2026. **Why:** Previously, an exact empty string on a text join key matched another empty string, while nulls didn't match. Upstream processes sometimes persist missing values as empty strings on fields that later become join keys. Those blanks matched each other, related objects matched far more rows than they should have, jobs became unbalanced, and refreshes could sit in processing for hours without completing. With this change, empty keys never match, so rows are no longer duplicated, and refresh completes efficiently. **How:** There's nothing to enable in the data graph builder and no permission to assign. The change applies from the backend to all data graph refresh jobs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Billing Considerations for Data Graphs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_billing_considerations_for_data_graphs.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Refresh a Data Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_refresh_a_data_graph.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Filename Errors with Case-Insensitive Date and Time Tokens in Automation Studio Data Extract and File Transfer activities now recognize replacement tokens in filename patterns regardless of letter case. Whether you use %%Year%%, %%year%%, or %%YEAR%%, the token resolves correctly instead of appearing as literal text in the filename. This change brings Data Extract and File Transfer in line with Import and Export activities, which already support case-insensitive tokens, and prevents file generation and matching errors. **Where:** These changes apply to Marketing Cloud Engagement Corporate and Enterprise editions. # Prevent Import API Jobs from Importing Stale Data Use the `maxFileAgeHours` parameter in the Data Import API operation to prevent files from being imported if they weren’t created or modified within a specified period. When a developer includes this parameter in a request, Marketing Cloud Engagement checks the modified date of the file. If the difference between the modified date and current system time exceeds the maximum number of hours, the import doesn’t run. The system normalizes timestamps so that different time zones don’t impact the file age calculation. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions with API access. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Queue and Start a One-Time Data Import](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/marketing/marketing-cloud/references/mc-import_job_api?meta=Queue%2Band%2Bstart%2Ba%2Bone-time%2Bdata%2Bimport) # Prevent Inventory Stockouts with Soft Reservations Reserve inventory for specific demand sources before a physical device is picked from the shelf. Soft reservations immediately decrease the available inventory count to prevent double-booking stock, providing granular visibility into your inventory state and improving fulfillment accuracy. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Eliminate the risk of promising the same hardware to multiple employees. By proactively blocking stock during the sourcing phase, you ensure that available counts remain accurate in real-time. This automation reduces fulfillment delays caused by unexpected stockouts and provides a more reliable audit trail of committed versus on-hand inventory. **How:** To enable soft reservations, navigate to Setup and update the Product Item and Inventory Reservation objects. Then, configure your hardware sourcing flow to include the **Reserve Any Asset** selection logic. # Prevent Inventory Suppression with Safety Stock Caps Prevent overstocking by adding a safety stock cap. The cap limits how much of your inventory is designated as safety stock, so you can ship out more inventory from your distribution locations. **Where:** This change applies to Omnichannel Inventory in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Cap Safety Stock (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.inv_safety_stock_cap.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Name Collisions Across Web and Mobile Connections with a Connection Alias To avoid name collisions when you deploy a data kit package to more than one web or mobile connection, optionally define a unique 3-character connection alias. **Where:** This feature applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The connection alias feature is available starting in August 2026. **How:** In Web and Mobile Data Connections Setup, select **Add a Connection** and optionally specify a connection alias in the **New Connection** dialog box. #### See Also - [_Data 360 Developer Guide_: Connect a Website or Mobile App to Data 360](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-set-up-mobile-web-connection.html) # Prevent Outages with CI-Based Change Conflict Detection Reduce change failure rates and ensure a stable IT environment by gaining early visibility into potential conflicts. When multiple change requests target the same configuration item (CI) during an overlapping implementation timeframe, conflicts are identified and captured automatically. Change fulfillers and managers can view these records to collaborate and resolve them. Replace manual cross-referencing and prevent IT teams from inadvertently disrupting the same CI simultaneously. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** Open the Change Management in Salesforce Go. Turn on Change Request Conflict Detection. # Prevent Privilege Escalation for Read-Only Account Administrators To help monitor administrative access across your organizations, you now receive security notification emails when inviting a user who holds the Read-Only Account Administrator role in another organization. If assigning a new role provides the user with additional permissions, such as Account Administrator, the user is automatically uninvited from other organizations. **Where:** This change applies to Account Manager for B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Select Contact Users to Receive Account Manager Security Notification Emails](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_maintain_security_contact_email.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Reps from Disconnecting Conversation History To preserve conversation history in Enhanced Messaging, we removed the End Conversation menu option from the list view for messaging sessions. Selecting this option prevented future messaging sessions for an end user from being stitched to existing messaging conversation history, which worked against the asynchronous promise of Enhanced Messaging. This menu option is still available in messaging sessions for Enhanced Chat. **Where:** This change is available in Enhanced Messaging channels. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note By popular demand, we temporarily reinstated the End Conversation button. [Learn more](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_reinstate_end_conversation.htm&release=260&type=5 "You asked, we listened. We brought back the End Conversation menu option in the Messaging Session list view of a Messaging User record for Enhanced Messaging. When you select End Conversation, the messaging session is ended, and any future messaging sessions that are initiated by the end user aren’t stitched back to it in a cohesive conversation history."). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article:_ Close Conversation Option Was Removed From Messaging Session List View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005315869&language=en_US) # Prevent Rule Conflicts with Enhanced Segment Rule Visibility Ensure accurate territory alignments by viewing segment criteria and inherited rules directly within the planning interface. This update surface parent segment rules and flags area-level assignment conflicts in the header, allowing you to resolve overlaps before they impact your data. **How:** Prevent rule conflicts from the following areas. - In Segmentation: Open the Manage Rules panel or the Records Card in Segment Details to view rules inherited from parent segments. ![Screenshot of segmentation](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_spm_segmentation.png) - In Territory Planning: Segment rules are now visible when defining rules at the area level.![Screenshot of Segment Rules](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_spm_showsegmentrules.png) - From Conflict Alerts: If area-level assignment rules conflict, a persistent notification appears in the header. Click the notification to identify and resolve the specific overlap.![Screenshot of Conflict Log](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_spm_conflictlog.png) # Prevent Store Closure Failures with Time Zone Checks Keep your store operations running smoothly by requiring time zone consistency between your POS devices and store location. If the device time zone doesn’t match your store’s time zone you can now block device logins. Previously, cross-time zone logins created business date mismatches that permanently blocked daily store closures and disrupted operations. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management** | **Store Settings** | **System**. Expand **Rollout**, and then turn on **Enforce POS to Match Store Time Zone**. ![POS CMS settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_262_timezone_toggle.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Store Creation Fields (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_settings_store_creation_field_descriptions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Sync Device Time Zone and Store Time Zone (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_settings_sync_timezone.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Store Product Discrepancies with Partial POS Syncs Keep your product information up to date without waiting on a full catalog sync. Set up a delta sync schedule to update only what's changed, such as product modifications, price changes, and translated details. Shoppers see the same accurate product details whether they're browsing online or standing at the register. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, select **Merchant Tools | Site Preferences | Point of Sale**. On the **Products** tab, in the Delta Feed section, turn on **Auto-Sync** and configure the schedule. ![Delta Feed section with Auto-Sync turned on and the schedule configured](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_pos_partial_sync.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Partial Syncs for B2C Commerce and POS Catalog Unification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_pos_set_up_delta_feeds.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prevent Transaction Failures with Real-Time Tax and Fiscal Connector Monitoring Track tax software and fiscal middleware health in real time with automated performance monitoring. Set up custom alerts to catch latency spikes, errors, and timeouts across supported providers, enabling quick shifts to fallback processing before impacting checkout. Configuring location-specific threshold settings provides granular control over system stability and reduces manual coordination during outages. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Monitoring**. Edit External System Monitoring and configure the latency thresholds for the tax and fiscal connector. ![External System Monitoring in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_externalsystems.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Tax and Fiscal Service Monitoring for Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_settings_configure_http_monitoring_tax_fiscal.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Unnecessary Action Status Updates During MACD Operations Preserve the Existing status on asset line items when Move, Add, Change, Delete (MACD) rules update attribute properties without altering the actual values. Industries CPQ compares the original and current values so that only actual data modifications trigger a Change status. Previously, both value modifications and metadata changes triggered a status update to Change. This feature requires Standard Cart APIs to be enabled. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management and Standard Cart APIs enabled. **How:** Configure the MACDLineItemActionStatus setting in CPQ Configuration Setup. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _MACD Workflow Optimization_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_add_assets_to_quote.htm&language=en_US) # Prevent Unnecessary Action Status Updates During MACD Operations Preserve the Existing status on asset line items when Move, Add, Change, Delete (MACD) rules update attribute properties without altering the actual values. Industries CPQ compares original and current values to ensure only actual data modifications trigger a Change status. This logic prevents unnecessary processing errors in downstream Order Management systems. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with Communications, Media, Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license and the necessary permissions to configure and use Standard Cart APIs. **Why:** Previously, both value modifications and metadata changes triggered a status update to Change. Distinguishing modification types ensures that the Line Item Action Status remains Existing for behavior changes, offering a clearer view of actual asset modifications. **How:** From the CPQ Configuration Setup, enable the **MACDLineItemActionStatus** setting. # Prevent Usage Summary Failures by Updating Overridden Flows Update your overridden Usage Management flows to use version 4 of the Data Processing Engine (DPE) definitions and prevent usage summary failures. Version 3 DPE definitions are no longer supported and can’t be opened, edited, or run. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Update Data Processing Engine Definitions in Overridden Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_cloud_upgrade_update_dpe_def_in_overridden_flows.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Preview a Single Lightning Web Component in Visual Studio Code (Generally Available) To run a real-time preview of a Lightning web component directly inside VS Code or Code Builder, use the Live Preview Visual Studio Code extension. This extension is now generally available for Lightning web components. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **How:** This feature, previously known as Lightning Preview, is now called the Live Preview Visual Studio Code extension. For information about using this extension with React components, check out [Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide: Build and Deploy a React App Using Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/reactdev-vibe-code.html#preview-your-app). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Run a Live Component Preview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html) # Preview a Single Lightning Web Component in Visual Studio Code (Generally Available) To run a real-time preview of a Lightning web component directly inside Visual Studio Code (VS Code) or Code Builder, use the Live Preview VS Code extension. This extension is now generally available for Lightning web components. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** The Live Preview VS Code extension for Lightning web components is generally available starting in the week of April 13, 2026. **How:** This feature, previously known as Lightning Preview, is now called the Live Preview Visual Studio Code extension. For information about using this extension with React components, check out [Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide: Build and Deploy a React App Using Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/reactdev-vibe-code.html#preview-your-app). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Run a Live Component Preview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html) # Preview a Single Lightning Web Component in Your Browser (Generally Available) Use Single Component Live Preview to run a real-time preview of a Lightning web component in your browser. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **How:** This feature was previously called Local Dev for single components. For more information about how Local Dev feature names have changed, see [Local Dev is Now Salesforce Live Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_live_preview.htm&release=260&type=5 "To better reflect the real-time nature of component, Experience site, and Lightning app previews, Local Dev is now called Live Preview."). Also, the Salesforce CLI now automatically installs the Live Preview plug-in for you, so you no longer need to install it manually. If you try to run Live Preview commands without first enabling the feature, the CLI now prompts you to turn it on inside your IDE. #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Run a Live Component Preview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html) # Preview a Single Lightning Web Component in Your Browser (Generally Available) Use Single Component Live Preview to run a real-time preview of a Lightning web component in your browser. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** Single Component Live Preview is generally available starting in the week of April 13, 2026. **How:** This feature was previously called Local Dev for single components. For more information about how Local Dev feature names have changed, see [Local Dev is Now Salesforce Live Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_live_preview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To better reflect the real-time nature of component, Experience site, and Lightning app previews, Local Dev is now called Live Preview."). Also, the Salesforce CLI now automatically installs the Live Preview plug-in for you, so you no longer need to install it manually. If you try to run Live Preview commands without first enabling the feature, the CLI now prompts you to turn it on inside your IDE. #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Run a Live Component Preview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html) # Preview a Single React Component in Visual Studio Code (Generally Available) To run a real-time preview of a React component directly inside Visual Studio Code (VS Code) or Code Builder, use the Live Preview VS Code extension. This extension is now generally available for React components, and there are no changes since the beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **How:** For information about using this extension with React components, check out [Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide: Build and Deploy a React App Using Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-reactdev-overview.html#preview-your-app). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Live Preview VS Code Extension](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html#live-preview-vs-code-extension) # Preview and Manage Images in the Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Self-Service Request Guest users on Salesforce Experience Cloud sites can now upload images more efficiently by previewing the images before sending them. They can remove any unwanted images and add images within VRA upload limits and guest security constraints. Previously, guest users couldn’t review their image selections before uploading, requiring them to cancel the upload and start over to make changes. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and in [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Visual Remote Assistant installed. You must have at least [one active community license](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=platform.users_license_types_communities.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in your org to use this feature. **How:** When a guest user opens a Self-Service request on the Experience Cloud site, the image upload panel now includes tools to manage uploaded images before sending. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Preview and Validate Citations in Retriever Playground Test retriever citations in the Data 360 retriever playground to ensure accurate retrieval augmented generation (RAG) responses. Configure standard and custom citations for retrievers, select test data, and verify that citation links for retrieved chunks come from expected sources. Debug misconfigured citation setup or broken links in the playground before deploying retrievers in AI systems. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting July 2026. **Why:** Customize the retriever in the playground to make sure that the system retrieves responses from the correct sources. For example, if a customer asks for the ideal tire pressure for a 2022 Nissan Titan, a search index retriever can pull the answer from the vehicle's owner and service manuals. You can configure filters, select test data, and verify citation links to the source. Set filter conditions such as Model Equal To Titan and ModelYear Equal To 2022, configure test data from the manual, and ask a test question to verify that the citation links point to the expected source. **How:** From the AI Models Retrievers tab, select **Test Retriever**. You can also test a retriever from a retriever's action menu. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize, Test, and Validate Retrievers with Retriever Playground](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_ai_retriever_test.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Preview and Validate Extraction in Real Time Ensure faster and accurate template creation by using a real-time playground to validate extraction behavior and experiment with prompt variations during template setup. Preview extracted results instantly by uploading a sample file to confirm the accuracy of the results before saving them. Identify missing or incorrect fields early in the process to reduce trial and error. Improve data quality and deliver cleaner, structured outputs that align with the Health Cloud data model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud with the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on license. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud User, Disease Surveillance, and Document AI permission sets. **How:** In Setup, on the Document AI for Health page, select an existing template or create one, and then go to the Playground tab. Upload a file to see the extraction result on the Extraction Preview tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance_pdf_ingestion_idp.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_disease_surveillance_intelligent_doc_processing_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Preview Approval Step Dependencies for Your Submission Show users the dependencies between approval steps. The preview window organizes the work items by their sequence order. This visibility also helps users estimate the approval timeline. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or Revenue Cloud Advanced license where Advanced Approvals is enabled. **How:** In Lightning App Builder, add the Approval Workflows component to the canvas of your record page, and specify the API name of your flow. To view the step dependencies, open a record page such as a quote, and click **Preview**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Preview Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.approvals_preview_approvals.htm&language=en_US) # Preview Callback Request Before Dialing Reps can now preview a callback request before they place the outbound call. When a callback request is routed to reps, they can review the contact details first and then initiate the call by using Click-to-Dial, or transfer the call to a different rep. This feature gives reps time and context before connecting with the customer. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Callbacks for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_callbacks.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Callbacks for Omni-Channel Unified Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_omni_unified_routing_callback.htm&language=en_US) - [Deliver Better Service with Flexible Scheduled Callbacks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_scheduled_callbacks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give customers more control by allowing them to request a callback at a time that works for them. Previously in Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) and in contact centers that route calls with Omni-Channel Unified Routing, callbacks were routed based on rep availability only. Now you can define specific timing and callback behavior through your IVR configuration or custom routing logic.") # Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Builder with Fewer Steps Preview Custom Lightning types (CLTs) in Agentforce Builder for actions you create or customize directly in an agent. CLTs are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. Previously, CLTs didn't render in preview for actions created or customized in an agent in Agentforce Builder. You had to recreate the action in the asset library. You also had to commit your agent before CLTs rendered at all. Now, CLTs render for actions in preview no matter where you created or modified them, or whether your agent is in a draft or committed state. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 21, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **How:** Add a CLT to your agent action. You can create an action in your agent in Agentforce Builder or modify an existing action and add a CLT to it. You can still add a CLT to an action in the asset library and add the action to an agent. From the Preview panel in Agentforce Builder, start a preview conversation with your agent in live test mode. Your agent can be in a draft or committed state. To preview CLTs for Agentforce Service agents, add the Enhanced Chat v2 connection to your agent. Then in the Preview panel, from the Preview Mode dropdown, select Enhanced Chat v2. ![Preview mode panel with the Enhanced Chat v2 connection selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_clt_preview_local.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Builder Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Customize the Agent Action UI with Lightning Types](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/lightning-types.html) # Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Service Agents Now you can validate your Agentforce Service agent’s custom responses in Agentforce Builder. Custom Lightning types (CLTs) are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. When you preview a conversation with a Service agent connected to Enhanced Chat v2, CLTs in agent actions render as your customers see them. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Preview for CLTs is currently supported only for actions added from the asset library. To preview CLTs for actions created or customized in Agentforce Builder, recreate the actions in the asset library, and then add them to your agent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available starting the week of July 13, 2026. **How:** To preview CLTs in an Agentforce Service agent, add the Enhanced Chat v2 connection to your agent. Then start a preview conversation in live test mode. Your agent version can be draft or committed. ![A preview conversation with the Enhaced Chat v2 connection selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/agentforce_asa_clt.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Builder Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Customize the Agent Action UI with Lightning Types](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/lightning-types.html) # Preview Documents by Using Hybrid Setting Across Contracts and Omniscripts The PDF document previewer provides secure in-browser previewing when you configure Salesforce file upload and download security settings. The PDF previewer now works with the hybrid file handling setting instead of relying only on the execute-in-browser option. The hybrid file handling setting improves preview consistency across browsers and Experience Cloud sites. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Events Starter Pack license, and the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. You must have active community license per user in your org to use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Browser-Based Previewer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_manage_browser_based_previewer.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Preview Features with Salesforce Release Manager (Beta) With Salesforce Release Manager, your organization can preview and test upcoming features in sandboxes by using the Development (Dev) channel. Salesforce Release Manager accelerates innovation, improves long-term quality, and provides you with greater control over feature consumption. Your feedback helps us improve the feature quality and shape the future of the product. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Release Manager is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To view available channels, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Salesforce Release Manager, and then select **Settings**. On the Salesforce Release Manager Settings page, select one of these channels: - Development (Dev) channel: Preview and test features that are in active development. The Dev channel is available in sandboxes only. Features in this channel can lack accessibility requirements and documentation. Features that are released in the Dev channel will be available in the Standard channel when they are stable. You can override the default enablement state for individual features in the Salesforce Release Manager Settings page. - Standard channel: An org uses the Standard channel by default. The production environment receives a major update every four months and weekly patch updates. After you select the Dev channel, follow the on-screen instructions and then refresh your browser to start using the features. You can switch back to the Standard channel at any time. When you’re on the Dev channel, your org shows a different Salesforce logo. ![Dev channel logo](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/srm_dev_channel_logo.png) ## Dev Channel Features These features are available in the Dev channel. [Load Large Lists Dynamically (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager_dynamic_list.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Handle massive amounts of data without slowing down your web browser. Whether you’re showing 50 or 5,000 items, dynamic lists offer a smooth user experience by using virtualization to render items as you scroll.") Handle massive amounts of data without slowing down your web browser. Whether you’re showing 50 or 5,000 items, dynamic lists offer a smooth user experience by using virtualization to render items as you scroll. [Get Better Right-to-Left Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager_rtl.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enjoy better right-to-left (RTL) support in Lightning Experience for orgs that use an RTL language like Arabic or Hebrew. Improvements include corrections to a wide range of layout, spacing, icon mirroring, border direction, and text alignment.") Enjoy better right-to-left (RTL) support in Lightning Experience for orgs that use an RTL language like Arabic or Hebrew. [Improve Encapsulation in Base Components with Internal Method Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager_private_methods.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is updating the internal implementation of several base Lightning components to use private methods. This effort aligns with modern web standards and doesn't impact the public API of the base components.") Salesforce is updating the internal implementation of several base Lightning components to use private methods. This effort aligns with modern web standards and doesn't impact the public API of the base components. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Release Manager (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.release_manager.htm&language=en_US) # Preview Files Natively in Screen Flows Eliminate friction in document-based processes by enabling your users to review file content directly within a screen flow. The new File Preview screen component removes the requirement to download files externally, ensuring more streamlined document review and approval workflows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Flow Builder, drag the File Preview component to your screen element. Configure the component by setting the Content Document ID to reference the document you want users to preview. Add a descriptive label to help users understand what they're reviewing. At runtime, users can view the document content within the screen flow and proceed with their tasks without interruption. **When:** This feature was introduced in Winter ’26. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Screen Component: File Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_screencmp_file_preview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Preview Future Invoice Charges with Billing Forecast Get full transparency into projected billing charges before invoices are created. Run scheduled forecasts for one-time and subscription charge types and categories. Use forecast data to align with customers on upcoming charges and report on projected billing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. To view the Billing Forecast Console, you need the Tableau Next Consumer license. **Who:** To enable Billing Forecast, you need the Billing Admin permission set. To create and manage forecast schedules, you need the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** From Setup, use the Quick Find box to find and select **Billing Settings**, and turn on Billing Forecast. To schedule a forecast run, from the App Launcher, find and select **Billing Batch Scheduler**. Click **New Billing Forecast Scheduler** and configure your forecast schedule. To view projected billing details, access the Billing Forecast records directly. You can also view the projected details by completing the required Tableau setup and accessing it through the Billing Forecast Console. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Billing Forecast](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_forecast.htm&language=en_US) # Preview Lightning Type Components Using Live Preview You can now use Live Preview to see Lightning web components in real time when building custom UI editors and renderers for Lightning types. With the Salesforce Live Preview extension in VS Code, you can preview and test UI changes directly in your workspace. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **How:** In VS Code Explorer, right-click the editor.json or renderer.json file in your Lightning type bundle, then select **SFDX: Open in Lightning Preview**. The preview refreshes automatically each time you save updates to your component code. ![A Visual Studio Code (VS Code) workspace with side-by-side panels. One panel shows the Lightning Preview of the custom renderer, displaying a task board with metrics for Total, Open, Closed, and High Priority cases. The adjacent panel shows the renderer.json file configured to override the component definition.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_lt_preview_comp.png) #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Run a Live Component Preview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html) - [Visual Studio Code Marketplace: Salesforce Live Preview](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode-ui-preview) - [_Lightning Types Developer Guide_: Preview Custom UI for Lightning Types in Your IDE Using Live Preview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-types/guide/lightning-types-ui-config.html) # Preview Media Label Audio Before Publishing Your IVR Flow Verify that the right audio plays when you configure IVR prompts with media labels. Preview audio directly from the Play Prompt configuration in Flow Builder, the same way you preview text-to-speech prompts. Previously, only text-to-speech prompts were available for preview, requiring you to publish and test the full IVR flow to verify media label audio. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **How:** In Flow Builder, configure a Play Prompt action and select a media label as the prompt source. Click **Preview** to hear the audio associated with that media label before you save or activate your flow. # Preview Order Delivery Estimations Use the delivery estimations preview to predict when items and orders will be delivered, using conditions such as locations, shipping methods, and specific date ranges. You can also preview when a Buy Online, Pickup In Store (BOPIS) order will be available for pickup. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise editions. **When:** This feature is available as of September 2026. **How:** Set up a delivery estimation and then [preview your delivery estimation or BOPIS order](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_de_preview.htm&language=en_US). # Preview Records from Lightning Reports Without Losing Context (Beta) Review report records faster without leaving Lightning reports or opening multiple tabs. With record preview in Lightning reports, you can view record details in a side panel while keeping your report filters, columns, and record list visible. For example, sales reps can review opportunities from a pipeline report while preparing for customer calls and quickly move between records without losing their place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Record preview in Lightning reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. Then, select **Show record previews on Lightning Reports (Beta)**. In report view mode, to open record links as a preview, click the eye ![Eye icon in the report view mode](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_rd_eye_icon_record_preview.png) icon (1). Click a record link (2) to open the record in preview mode (3). ![Record preview option in Lightning reports](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_rd_record_preview.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Preview a Record from a Report (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_record_preview_use.htm&language=en_US) # Preview Your Data Inline with Data Lens in the Data Transforms Builder (Beta) Use Data Lens directly in the Data Transforms Builder to get a live preview of your data at each node, so you can profile data quality and make informed transform decisions without leaving the builder. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available as a beta in July 2026. **Why:** Previously, assessing data quality and shape required external tools or switching contexts. Data Lens in the Data Transforms Builder lets you inspect data distributions and identify anomalies directly in your workflow, so you can make better-informed transform decisions. **How:** This beta feature is available in Data 360 orgs. To enable it, go to Data Cloud Setup > Feature Manager and turn on "Data Lens & Design Updates in Transform Builder (Beta)". # Preview Your Storefront in Business Manager with Shopper Context Verify how your storefront looks based on shopper context, including customer groups, date and time, source code triggers, and qualifiers. Use the preview feature to test changes to products, pricing, and marketing strategies before deploying to production. This process helps you verify that your site displays correctly for scenarios like upcoming sales or seasonal campaigns. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. Business Manager features are part of the B2C Commerce 26.6 release. #### See Also - [_Storefront Next Guide_: Preview Your Storefront in Business Manager with Shopper Context](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/sfnext/guide/sfnext-storefront-preview.html) # Previous Release Notes Find information about previously announced features in the release note archive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Older release notes are not updated once a new release is available. - [Spring ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_spring26_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_winter26_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_summer25_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_spring25_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/252/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter25_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/250/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer24_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/248/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring24_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/246/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter24_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/244/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer23_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/242/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring23_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/240/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter23_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/238/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer22_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/236/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring22_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/234/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter22_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/232/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer21_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/230/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring21_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/228/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter21_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/226/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer20_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/224/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring20_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/222/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter20_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/220/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer19_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/218/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring19_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/216/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter19_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/214/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer18_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/212/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring18_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/210/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter18_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/208/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer17_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/206/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring17_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/204/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter17_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/202/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer16_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/200/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring16_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/198/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter16_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/196/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer15_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/194/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring15_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/192/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter15_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/190/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer14_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/188/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring14_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/186/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter14_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/184/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer13_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/182/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring13_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/180/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter13_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/178/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer12_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/176/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring12_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/174/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter12_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/172/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer11_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/170/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring11_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/168/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter11_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/166/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer10_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/164/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring10_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/162/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter10_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/160/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer09_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/158/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring09_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/156/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter09_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/154/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer08_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/152/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring08_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/150/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter08_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/148/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer07_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring07_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 7.0 for BlackBerry Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_7.0_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 6.1 for Windows Mobile 5 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_wm5_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/144/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter07_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’06 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer06_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’06 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter06_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 6.0 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_6.0_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’05 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer05_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’05 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter05_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer04_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring04_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter04_release_notes.pdf) - [Work.com Release Notes (2020–2023)](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/workdotcom_rn.pdf) # Previous Release Notes Find information about previously announced features in the release note archive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Older release notes are not updated once a new release is available. - [Summer ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_summer26_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_spring26_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_winter26_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_summer25_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_spring25_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/252/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter25_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/250/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer24_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/248/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring24_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/246/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter24_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/244/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer23_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/242/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring23_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/240/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter23_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/238/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer22_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/236/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring22_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/234/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter22_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/232/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer21_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/230/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring21_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/228/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter21_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/226/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer20_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/224/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring20_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/222/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter20_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/220/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer19_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/218/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring19_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/216/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter19_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/214/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer18_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/212/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring18_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/210/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter18_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/208/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer17_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/206/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring17_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/204/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter17_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/202/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer16_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/200/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring16_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/198/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter16_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/196/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer15_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/194/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring15_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/192/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter15_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/190/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer14_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/188/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring14_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/186/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter14_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/184/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer13_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/182/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring13_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/180/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter13_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/178/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer12_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/176/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring12_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/174/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter12_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/172/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer11_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/170/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring11_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/168/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter11_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/166/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer10_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/164/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring10_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/162/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter10_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/160/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer09_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/158/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring09_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/156/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter09_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/154/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer08_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/152/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring08_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/150/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter08_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/148/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer07_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring07_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 7.0 for BlackBerry Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_7.0_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 6.1 for Windows Mobile 5 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_wm5_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/144/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter07_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’06 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer06_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’06 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter06_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 6.0 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_6.0_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’05 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer05_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’05 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter05_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer04_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring04_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter04_release_notes.pdf) - [Work.com Release Notes (2020–2023)](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/workdotcom_rn.pdf) # Previous Release Notes Find information about previously announced features in the release note archive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Older release notes are not updated once a new release is available. - [Summer ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_summer26_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_spring26_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’26 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_winter26_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_summer25_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/salesforce_spring25_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’25 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/252/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter25_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/250/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer24_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/248/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring24_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’24 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/246/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter24_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/244/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer23_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/242/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring23_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’23 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/240/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter23_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/238/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer22_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/236/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring22_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’22 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/234/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter22_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/232/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer21_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/230/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring21_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’21 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/228/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter21_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/226/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer20_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/224/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring20_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’20 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/222/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter20_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/220/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer19_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/218/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring19_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’19 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/216/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter19_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/214/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer18_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/212/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring18_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’18 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/210/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter18_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/208/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer17_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/206/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring17_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’17 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/204/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter17_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/202/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer16_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/200/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring16_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’16 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/198/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter16_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/196/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer15_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/194/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring15_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’15 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/192/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter15_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/190/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer14_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/188/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring14_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’14 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/186/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter14_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/184/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer13_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/182/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring13_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’13 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/180/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter13_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/178/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer12_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/176/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring12_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’12 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/174/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter12_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/172/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer11_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/170/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring11_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’11 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/168/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter11_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/166/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer10_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/164/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring10_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’10 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/162/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter10_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/160/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer09_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/158/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring09_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’09 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/156/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter09_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/154/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer08_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/152/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring08_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’08 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/150/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter08_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/148/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer07_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring07_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 7.0 for BlackBerry Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_7.0_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 6.1 for Windows Mobile 5 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_wm5_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’07 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/144/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter07_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’06 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer06_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’06 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter06_release_notes.pdf) - [Lightning Platform Mobile 6.0 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/146/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_axm_6.0_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’05 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer05_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’05 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter05_release_notes.pdf) - [Summer ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_summer04_release_notes.pdf) - [Spring ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_spring04_release_notes.pdf) - [Winter ’04 Release Notes](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/142/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_winter04_release_notes.pdf) - [Work.com Release Notes (2020–2023)](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/workdotcom_rn.pdf) # Price Attribute Search Returns More Precise Results Shoppers now get more accurate search results with price filtering. For example, the search process can filter for quantitative ranges, such as “dress under $100.” This feature works with existing keyword search capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to SFRA, Composable storefronts, and SiteGenesis storefronts in B2C Commerce. **How:** To enable improved price attribute search for your site, contact Salesforce Customer Support. To test the improved search performance for price constraints, in Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Search** | **Search Index Query Testing**. ![Screen showing Search Index Query Testing settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_b2c_attribute_search.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Run Queries in the Search Index Query Testing Tool (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_running_queries_on_the_product_index.htm&language=en_US) # Price Book Quota for a Storefront is Now 5,000 Introduce more pricing strategies across regions, promotions, and assortments, and scale complex pricing operations without restructuring your storefront setup. You can now maintain up to 5,000 price books per site. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Pricing and Price Books in B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_pricing_and_price_books.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Products in B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_pricing_and_price_books.htm&language=en_US) # Price Group Benefits Quotes and Policies with an External Rating Engine Calculate group benefit premiums with a member-level breakdown during quoting and policy lifecycle management by using an external rating engine. Reuse the existing rating engine or configuration in your external systems without rebuilding that logic in Salesforce. After the external rating engine returns the calculated premium, taxes and fees are calculated based on the product surcharge configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How:** Use the external pricing flow on the product to send member and plan information to the external rating engine. Connect it with a named credential. Configure the flow to send member and plan configuration to the external rating engine and return the premiums to the members and their plans. # Price Quotes and Orders with Up to 15,000 Lines Price quotes and orders with up to 15,000 lines, an increase from the previous 1,000-line limit. Your teams can process larger deals without splitting them into multiple transactions. Configure separate pricing procedures when large and standard transactions require different pricing capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Pricing Operations Console Is Now Revenue Cloud Operations Console To better align with the data it presents, the Pricing Operations Console is now renamed to Revenue Cloud Operations Console. This change does not affect the console's functionality or user experience. Product documentation and in-app terminology have been updated to reflect this change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor and Troubleshoot Pricing Issues](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_operations_console.htm&language=en_US) # Prioritize and Act on Overdue Invoices in the Collections Specialist Console Drive faster recoveries with a single, high-performance console that surfaces your most critical, long-overdue accounts for immediate action. You can act on any invoice without leaving the page—create a collection plan, write off an invoice, send a reminder, or log a task. Filter cards and charts by account and currency so your team works from the same prioritized view. Track recovered and outstanding balances, invoice aging, and payment promises to focus collection efforts where they matter most. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To use the collections specialist console, your users need the Billing Collections and Recovery Specialist permission sets. **How:** Open the Collections Specialist Console from the Collections app. # Prioritize Collections with Invoice Aging Summaries on Accounts View invoice aging summaries on the Account page to prioritize collections and prepare for customer conversations. The Invoice Aging component shows total, open, and overdue invoices plus average and maximum age for each account. Sales reps can quickly identify overdue invoices before renewal calls or collection activities without clicking through multiple records to assess outstanding balances. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To view invoice aging summaries, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** Add the Invoice Aging for Account component to your Account page in Lightning App Builder and customize the aging bucket sizes to suit your needs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Invoice Aging Summaries on Accounts and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_invoice_aging.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prioritize Exact Matches in Search Results Deliver more relevant search results by weighting a customer’s search query term higher than the term’s defined synonyms. Previously, search queries treated all terms in a synonym group with equal weight, often causing products that contained the synonym term to outrank products that actually matched the customer’s search query. By boosting the search query term, customers find exactly what they asked for first while still discovering similar, interchangeable products lower in the results. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** To enable this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Synonyms (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_synonyms.htm&language=en_US) # Prioritize High-Impact Actions with Run My Day Give your wealth advisors a prioritized home page that centralizes daily meetings, client alerts, and actionable insights so they can act on high-priority signals without switching between systems. Run My Day provides a continuously updated view of high-impact actions anchored by an advisor's meeting schedule and driven by system-ranked signals. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license, or in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **Why:** Your wealth advisors balance responsibilities across growth, relationship management, service resolution, and regulatory adherence. Previously, the signals informing each of these tasks were scattered across Salesforce objects, portfolio systems, and compliance fields, requiring manual prioritization. Run My Day centralizes these signals and reduces manual triage. Wealth advisors can manage their day from a single Lightning page using two main components: - **Meeting Carousel:** Stay prepared for every meeting by viewing today's scheduled meetings, including the time, attendees, and prep readiness status. Click a meeting card to open the session directly in the Meeting Concierge. - **Actionable Insights:** Act on the highest-priority client signals from one place, with insights organized by groups such as Retain, Service, Grow, and Comply. See visual urgency indicators, review ranked insight cards, and take immediate action on individual records from a master-detail view. **How:** From Setup, find and select **Run My Day**, and then configure which insight cards are enabled, and then define the triggers, prioritization logic, urgency indicators, and governed actions. Add the Run My Day components to your Lightning pages to give advisors a wealth-focused layout. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Run My Day](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agentic_advisor_run_my_day.htm&language=en_US) # Prioritize Issues Using Service Management Privileges Ensure critical employee issues receive immediate attention by using Service Management Privileges. Admins can now assign privileges to employees and set a specific access threshold to identify incidents requiring special handling. When an incident is created or reported by an employee whose access level meets this threshold, a banner is displayed on the Incident record page of the fulfillers. The distinct visual cue streamlines triage, ensuring your most important stakeholders receive prioritized resolution without manual intervention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** Open the Incident Management in Salesforce Go. Turn on Service Management Privilege Assignment for Employees. # Prioritize Orders and Reduce Late Fulfillments Get the visibility you need to handle pickup and shipping orders in the right order. The POS app now highlights time-sensitive orders in the fulfillment list. A green indicator shows that an order is on track, an orange indicator shows that it’s nearing the deadline, and a red indicator shows that the deadline has passed. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Store Fulfillment**. Enter a value for the **Pickup SLA Threshold** field. For example, if the pickup deadline is 24 hours and the threshold is 80, the order is marked with an orange indicator after 19 hours and 12 minutes. ![Pickup SLA Threshold Setting in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_order_sla.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Status Indicators for Pickup Orders (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_orders_fulfill_status_indicators.htm&language=en_US) # Prioritize Prospects with Recent Engagements Boost contacts who interacted with your business over the past 12 months. Define the level of engagement to prioritize and review these individuals directly in your prospect list, helping sales reps kick off their day focused on high-priority prospects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change is available starting in mid-August. **How:** Create a prospecting agent or edit an existing one. On the Add Sources page, expand **Advanced Settings**, and select **Boost Contacts with Past Engagement**. Then select the engagement level that the agent targets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prioritize Prospects with Recent Engagements Boost contacts who interacted with your business over the past 12 months. Define the level of engagement to prioritize and review these individuals directly in your prospect list, helping sales reps kick off their day focused on high-priority prospects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change became available in mid-August. **How:** Create a prospecting agent or edit an existing one. On the Add Sources page, expand **Advanced Settings**, and select **Boost Contacts with Past Engagement**. Then select the engagement level that the agent targets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Prioritize Urgent Customer Calls with SLA-Based Routing Improve service-level performance by routing voice calls based on when they must be accepted. Configure acceptance due dates in a flow to prioritize urgent calls over older calls with later deadlines. Give supervisors greater visibility into calls approaching or breaching SLA targets through built-in backlog views and reporting. Increase response speed, strengthen customer satisfaction, and deliver more consistent service experiences by aligning routing with business priorities. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Who:** To configure these capabilities, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. # Prioritize Your Top Leads with People Scoring in Foundations Stop guessing which prospects are ready to become customers. People Scoring evaluates both how well leads and contacts fit your ideal customer profile and how actively they're engaging with your marketing. By assigning points for specific behaviors and demographic traits, you can build smarter segments and ensure you're sending the right message to the right person at the right time. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** People scoring comes enabled with marketing features in Foundations. To configure your scoring rules, go to the Scoring Models setup page. After customizing and reviewing your rules, click **Publish**. Scores for your contacts and leads are calculated and updated according to the updating schedule you select. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Score People and Accounts in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_data_scoring_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Privacy Center Explore Privacy Requests as a new way to fulfill Right to Be Forgotten (RTBF) requests from your customers. Additionally, you can now ignore object processing errors, bypass automations at the object or policy level, and manually customize batch sizes to optimize privacy policy job performance - **[Delete Records in Your Org and Data 360 with Privacy Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_privacy_requests.htm&release=260&type=5)** When fulfilling Right to Be Forgotten (RTBF) requests from your customers, you can now delete records across your Salesforce org and Data 360 with a single, integrated solution. Use Privacy Requests to find and selectively delete records for a data subject. Easily search for records using flexible criteria, see record details and relationships, and make informed decisions about data deletion. - **[Ignore Errors While Processing Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_ignore_errors.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure your Privacy Center policies to ignore object processing errors. When errors are ignored, the job session continues to the next object on the policy instead of stopping completely. This option is useful if validations or business logic produce errors that you know are safe to ignore. Keep in mind that ignoring object processing errors can cause accidental data loss or modification. - **[Bypass Automations While Processing Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_bypass_automations.htm&release=260&type=5)** There’s a new way to bypass automations while processing records in Privacy Center. Instead of modifying individual triggers or validation rules, you can select a bypass setting at the object or policy level. This approach bypasses all triggers and validations for the selected objects on a policy, or for the entire policy. - **[Customize Batch Sizes to Optimize Privacy Policy Jobs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_batch_sizes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve privacy policy job performance by manually specifying the number of records processed in each batch. By adjusting the batch size, you can help your jobs stay within governor limits and find the ideal balance between stability and speed. # Privacy Center Centralize customer consent and automate data compliance across Privacy Center. With Global Consent Manager, store consent in a single, scalable system of record and manage billions of consent interactions across your marketing and data processing activities. With Agentforce in Privacy Center, use AI-powered metadata scans and remediation suggestions to detect potential issues and help meet regulations, such as GDPR and CCPA. - **[Automate Data Compliance with Agentforce in Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Discover and resolve potential compliance issues in your org with a proactive, AI-powered experience. Configure your compliance framework with standard regulations like GDPR and CCPA, run automated metadata and compliance scans, and get remediation suggestions to improve your compliance score. - **[Manage Consent at Scale with Global Consent Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_global_consent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Centralize your consent management with a single, scalable system of record. Instead of navigating multiple complex objects to find a customer's privacy preferences, use an attribute-based model to manage billions of consent interactions. Build reusable templates so that data processing activities and marketing campaigns honor the most current customer preferences. # Privacy Center Centralize customer consent across Privacy Center. With Global Consent Manager, store consent in a single, scalable system of record and manage billions of consent interactions across your marketing and data processing activities. - **[Manage Consent at Scale with Global Consent Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_global_consent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Centralize your consent management with a single, scalable system of record. Instead of navigating multiple complex objects to find a customer's privacy preferences, use an attribute-based model to manage billions of consent interactions. Build reusable templates so that data processing activities and marketing campaigns honor the most current customer preferences. # Private Connect Moves to Admin Tools The Private Connect menu is now in a new location under Admin Tools in the Data Cloud Setup menu. This change places Private Connect in a more logical location, making the menus easier to find. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change starts in February 2026. **How:** To find the new Private Connect menu, under Data Cloud Setup, expand the Admin Tools section, and select Private Connect. Alternatively, you can find the new Private Connect menu from Salesforce Setup, expand Data Cloud, expand Feature Management, and then expand Admin Tools. Finally, select Private Connect. The new location of the Private Connect Menu in Salesforce Setup ![This is an image of the new location of the Private Connect Menu, under Admin Tools in Setup.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_private_connect_setup_admintools.png) The new location of the Private Connect Menu in Data Cloud Setup ![This is an image of the new location of the Private Connect Menu, under Admin Tools in Data Cloud Setup.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_private_connect_adminTools.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Private Connect for Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_private_connect_data_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Proactive IT Management with Predictive Intelligence Suite Enhance service stability and proactively manage risk across Incident, and Change Management by implementing three new, dynamic predictive models. The Major Incident Likelihood Score, SLA Breach Likelihood Score, and Change Risk Score provide fulfillers and change managers with quantifiable, real-time risk assessments on a 0–100 scale, enabling effective prioritization, prediction of service failures, and objective assessment of change failure probability, ultimately reducing business disruption. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:**Incident managers, fulfillers, and major incident managers who need to prioritize their workload based on the risk of an incident, problem, and change. # Proactively Detect Personally Identifiable Information with Data Mask and Seed (Beta) The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) automatically identifies object fields in masking policies that contain personally identifiable information (PII). During policy configuration, the feature provides a suggested “Mask With” option for these object fields. Suggesting “Mask With” options reduces the manual effort required to secure sensitive data in your sandbox environments. You can always modify the suggested “Mask With” option for an object field. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Data Mask and Seed is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available for commercial customers based in the AMER region beginning on April 9, 2026. During the beta period, a single Salesforce region serves all users. When the tool becomes Generally Available, Salesforce automatically redirects users to their closest Salesforce region. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Because of the region redirect, masking job history from the new Data Mask and Seed’s beta period isn’t available after the tool becomes Generally Available. If you decide to retain your masking job history from the beta period, document your job results before the general availability release. **Who:** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available to AMER region commercial customers, but not Government Cloud customers. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note When the new Data Mask and Seed becomes Generally Available, it will also be available to Government Cloud customers. **How:** During the beta period, the new Data Mask and Seed doesn’t automatically bypass workflows, triggers, or validation rules. Therefore, before running a masking job, manually turn off any necessary Salesforce automations and then re-enable them after job completion. The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available as a native, Salesforce app that requires no installation. In the App Launcher, search for and select **Data Mask and Seed (Beta)**. # Proactively Identify and Communicate Customer Issues by Connecting Your Customer Service and IT Service Connect IT Service Management and Customer Service Management to close the visibility gap between customer service and IT teams with Proactive Customer Operations. Give your service reps the information they need to handle customer-impacting incidents and planned changes before customers report them. Link customer cases to the underlying incident with AI-powered suggestions from the Service Assistant, and for any incident or change request, automatically identify impacted accounts, assets, and customers using Configuration Management Database (CMDB) data. Keep your customers informed with broadcast updates, cutting inbound ticket volume and shifting support from reactive break-fix to proactive engagement. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** When one infrastructure issue spawns dozens of customer cases, teams waste effort troubleshooting the same root cause in isolation, and customers get inconsistent updates. Proactive Service Operations gives both teams shared, real-time context. AI suggestions connect related cases to the right incident, and a single broadcast keeps every impacted customer informed, so your teams resolve the issue once and communicate with one consistent voice. **How:** Customer service reps link incidents from a case using Service Assistant suggestions or the Related Incidents component. On an incident or change request, incident fulfillers add a configuration item from the CMDB to surface impacted customers and send broadcast communications. # Proactively Monitor Agent Health Agent Health Monitoring detects silent agent failures—like spiking error rates or high latency—in near-real time across your AI agents. Create alerts for standard or custom metrics, then get notified when thresholds are breached. Use session traces to debug conversation flows and identify root causes. Address issues quickly so you can mitigate customer impact. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Agent Health Monitoring is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** In Setup, turn on Agent Health Monitoring. In Agentforce Studio, click **Agents** and, in the Explorer under **Observe & Optimize**, click **Alerts**. Click **Create Alert**, select the metric and agent you want to monitor, and specify a threshold value. ![Create an alert in Agentforce Builder.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_monitor_health_create.png) Select **Notifications** to see notifications from alerts you created. ![Agent health monitoring alert notifications in Agentforce Builder.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_monitor_health_notifications.png) Click a notification name to investigate sessions associated with the notification. ![Sessions associated with the selected alert notification.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_monitor_health_sessions.png) From the Sessions page: - Select the agent API name to view the agent in Agent Builder. - Select the session ID to investigate what happened during an individual conversation.![Conversation in a session associated with the selected alert notification.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_monitor_health_conversation.png) - Select **Scale Center** from the drop-down to investigate the notification in Scale Center. Select **Submit** to begin the analysis and then review the results.![Analyze notification in Scale Center.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_monitor_health_scale.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor Agent Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_monitor_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Process and Enrich Prepare your data for search and AI with intelligent processing methods. Ground search on unstructured and structured data in Data 360 to use generative AI, improve analytics, and use automation tools. # Process Claims on Child Coverages with Hierarchical Limit Consumption Adjust the payout for a claim on a child coverage based on the currency and count limit balances for the related coverages up the hierarchy. Apply the deductible, copay, coinsurance, and out-of-pocket maximum for the child coverage. When you finalize the payment, deduct the payout from limit balances at each level of the coverage hierarchy and accurately track consumption. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Hierarchical Limit Processing for Child Policy Coverages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claim_coverage_hierarchy.htm&language=en_US) # Process Complex Tables with Docling Parser and LLM-based Image Processing Enhance retrieval augmented generation (RAG) responses with information extracted from complex table layouts, such as tables with merged cells, nested headers, or multi-page table splits. When you select the Docling parser with LLM-based image processing for documents with complex tables, Data 360 chunks the information optimally. This process preserves the context throughout and reduces hallucinations. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting July 2026. Not available in Government Cloud. **How:** In Data 360, when you configure a search index, select the Docling Parser. Then, turn on image processing in your chunking strategies to process complex tables by using an LLM. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Docling Parser](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_docling_parser.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Process Compliance Navigator Use Process Compliance Navigator to ensure your organization meets regulatory requirements, internal policies, and industry standards. Compliance governance is strengthened with new validation criteria enforcing auditable transitions for controls, regulations, and policies, ensuring consistent evidence. Efficiency is improved by using context definitions for streamlined data access in validation and Compliant Data Sharing for records. - **[Control Compliance Record Access by Using Compliant Data Sharing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_control_record_access_cds.htm&release=260&type=5)** Record owners in organizations with strict sharing policies can now grant other users access to their records by using Compliant Data Sharing for Process Compliance Navigator. Define record sharing rules for your compliance users so that record owners can share business operations processes, compliance policies, compliance regulations, compliance controls, and validation procedures with participant groups and participant roles. - **[Achieve Audit Readiness with Compliance Control Testing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_compliance_test.htm&release=260&type=5)** Verify that your compliance controls are successfully mitigating risks and enforcing regulations and policies with compliance testing. This testing evaluates a control’s operating effectiveness, confirms its design function, and captures verifiable evidence during the execution of the test. Use these details to demonstrate to regulators and auditors that your compliance program works as intended. - **[Enforce Compliance Control Testing Status Transition and Validation Criteria](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_control_test_status_transition_validation_criteria.htm&release=260&type=5)** Strengthen your compliance framework and create an audit trail with the new Compliance Control Testing Status Transition and Validation Criteria setting. This setting enhances data governance by enforcing mandatory validation and transition rules whenever a user modifies the status of a Compliance Control Version Test Execution record. By locking down key attributes and transitions, this setting prevents the creation of inconsistent or unverifiable test evidence. For example, when the setting is turned on, enforce a rule that if the execution status is completed, a user can’t update it to a different value. - **[Streamline Data Access with Context Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_define_business_context.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define business context in your validation procedures with context definitions. A context definition acts as a structured data layer and translator that organizes data so that you can easily map and access relevant information across multiple objects. For example, to enforce compliance and prevent customer harassment, debt collection agencies must follow regulations that limit the number of times that they can call a customer. By using a context definition, you can now validate contact data, such as call frequency and time zone fields, before an agent initiates a call. The validation procedure passes in contact record data to validate it for compliance, ensuring agents adhere to all call limitations. - **[Clarify Purpose with the Renamed Logged-in User Locale Setting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_user_locale_setting.htm&release=260&type=5)** To ensure clarity and better reflect its purpose, the User Locale setting is now named Logged-in User Locale. This setting uses the logged-in user’s locale when logging API messages for Business Rules Engine compliance controls. Previously, this setting was called User Locale. - **[Enforce Validation Criteria for Regulations and Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_enforce_status_transition_criteria_validation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Maintain an auditable and compliant lifecycle for managing your organization’s regulations and internal policies by using the Regulation and Policy Status Transition and Validation Criteria setting. Acting as a governance gatekeeper for compliance officers, the setting enforces criteria before updating regulation version or compliance policy version. - **[Track Policies and Regulations that Govern Your Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_assets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve the traceability of your regulated hardware and software assets by mapping regulation clause versions, compliance policy clause versions, and compliance control versions to an asset. Use this structure to maintain a record of the policies and regulations governing your assets, visualize control relationships, report on coverage gaps, and demonstrate adequate control implementation for compliance. - **[New Agentforce Process Compliance Navigator Jumpstart Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_agentforce_jumpstart.htm&release=260&type=5)** Quickly get started with Agentforce Process Compliance Navigator by using preconfigured features and flows designed to reduce setup time and complexity. - **[New Objects in Process Compliance Navigator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with these new and updated Process Compliance Navigator objects. # Process Compliance Navigator Use Process Compliance Navigator to upload documents and create regulation and policy clause records by using generative AI. Identify how changes to regulation and compliance policy clauses affect your compliance framework by using impact analysis. Empower your compliance strategy by using Prompt Builder to create automated, rule-based compliance controls. Navigate complex legal and internal requirements with precision by using the Compliance Assistance Agent. - **[Extract Regulation and Policy Clauses with Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_clause_extraction.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce the time and effort required to digitize regulatory documents by extracting and creating regulation and policy clause records in Process Compliance Navigator with generative AI. Manual extraction of compliance clauses from lengthy regulatory PDFs is error-prone and slows down your team's ability to respond to new or updated requirements. Upload a PDF to extract key information and descriptions, while skipping irrelevant sections such as definitions and FAQs. Compliance officers review extracted data before finalizing clause versions, so you can accelerate the digitization of legacy documents and the deployment of updated operational guardrails. - **[Enforce Compliance Requirements with Compliance Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_compliance_assistance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Navigate the complex landscape of legal and internal requirements with precision by using the Compliance Assistance Agent for Process Compliance Navigator. The agent scans internal repositories for regulatory and policy clauses, so all responses are sourced in verified documentation. The Compliance Assistance Agent delivers instant, cited answers directly within the workflow, so employees can resolve policy questions without consulting manual handbooks. This integration eliminates the friction of switching between applications, so staff can act quickly and with greater accuracy. - **[Automate Compliance Controls with Prompt Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_controls_prompt_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Empower your compliance strategy by using Prompt Builder to create automated compliance controls by using natural language. Ground prompts in real-time org data to ensure every AI response aligns with specific regulatory requirements. The Einstein Trust Layer automatically masks sensitive information before it reaches the LLM, so you maintain strict data integrity throughout the process. For example, to identify compliance risks without manual review, scan unstructured text such as emails and marketing materials. The system flags potential violations within the existing workflow and logs all compliance events for audit purposes. - **[Streamline Compliance Mapping with Impact Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_impact_analysis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify how changes to regulation and compliance policy clauses affect your compliance framework by using Impact Analysis for Process Compliance Navigator. Manually identifying how new or updated regulation and policy clauses relate to existing records is time-consuming. This leaves organizations vulnerable to compliance gaps. Impact Analysis automates the discovery of these relationships so you can visualize how updates affect your entire compliance ecosystem. Prompt Templates provide specific instructions and constraints to ensure the LLM identifies relevant correlations between clauses, controls, and processes. - **[New Connect REST APIs for Process Compliance Navigator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify how changes to regulation and compliance policy clauses affect your compliance framework by performing asynchronous bulk impact analysis and retrieving job results. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Compliance Navigator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite.htm&language=en_US) # Process Content Use generative AI-based tools in Data 360 to process unstructured data for use in AI, automation, and analytics workflows. - **[Use Data 360 Document AI in Government Cloud Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_document_ai_gov_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Data 360 Document AI to process and analyze documents within the Government Cloud operating boundary while meeting strict compliance and security requirements. Automate data extraction from unstructured data sources such as resumes or legal documents without leaving your secure environment. Document AI extends its AI-powered document processing capabilities to government organizations, using the OpenAI (GPT 4 Omni) large language models hosted in Microsoft Azure. # Process Content Use tools in Data 360 to process unstructured content and structured data for use in AI, automation, and analytics workflows. - **[Enterprise Knowledge for Agentforce Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_enterprise_knowledge_for_unified_content.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Enterprise Knowledge to unify your siloed content. With Enterprise Knowledge you can ingest content into Data 360, harmonize it into a consistent harmonized data model object (HDMO), and gain valuable insights on your user activity. Once the content is in Enterprise Knowledge, use it to power your AI agent’s decisions and Service Agent case handling. - **[Process More File Types in Intelligent Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_intelligent_context_file_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Intelligent Context allows a variety of file types to create an accurate search index. Upload the following file types to any Intelligent Context workspace: .docx, .html, .jpeg, .pdf, .png, .pptx, .txt. Then, create and publish your search index for improved search accuracy. - **[Filter and Enhance Local File Uploads with Metadata](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_intelligent_context_prepend_prefilter.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now add, map, and use metadata fields such as subject and file type when uploading local files. Use these fields to apply prepend values directly to the generated document chunks, or set pre-filter conditions to refine query. Gain finer control over how your unstructured data is chunked and searched. - **[Use Structured Data Model Objects as Sources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_intelligent_context_dmo_source.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Select a structured data model object (DMO) as a source to build your Intelligent Context configurations. To save and create the index, select up to 30 records from the DMO at a time. - **[Process More Pages and Larger Files in Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_page_and_file_limits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now process up to 100 pages (increased from 25) totaling 25 MB (increased from 10 MB) in batch processing mode. - **[Process Documents with Additional Large Language Models in Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_additional_llm.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get higher extraction accuracy and faster processing for complex documents with the latest large language models (LLMs). Choose from Gemini 3 Flash, GPT 5.4, or Claude Sonnet 4.6. - **[Refine a Document AI Configuration with Drafts (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_drafts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Refine your Document AI extraction schema across multiple work sessions by saving each iteration as a draft. You can continue to edit prompts and test the draft before publishing to production. - **[Export and Import Document AI Schemas as JSON (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_json_export_import.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Export and reuse Document AI extraction schemas across projects and teams so you don't have to manually recreate a configuration. Export a JSON schema from a Document AI configuration, and import and edit the JSON schema file to create a new configuration. - **[Extract Data from Word, PowerPoint, and Excel Files in Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_office_file_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extract structured data from Microsoft Office files with the Connect API. Pass Word (.docx), PowerPoint (.pptx), and single-sheet Excel (.xlsx) files without requiring any file conversion or rigid cell-mapping. - **[Enrich Records from Documents with SmartFill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_smart_fill.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Populate record fields directly by uploading documents in various file formats. Upload a sample file, review and refine the field mappings, and add the Edit with SmartFill action to a record page. Your users upload files in SmartFill to fill forms instead of entering data manually. - **[Process Word and PowerPoint Files Natively in Document AI Batch Jobs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_batch_office_files.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Document AI to process Microsoft Word (.docx) and PowerPoint (.pptx) files in batch jobs. Extract structured data from your high-volume documents, such as offer letters, pitch decks, and legal contracts. Process files up to 10 MB or 25 pages without converting them to PDF first. - **[Process Unstructured Data with Your Preferred LLM](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_unstructured_multiple_LLM_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Parse and preprocess unstructured data using any supported large language model (LLM). Previously, you could use only GPT-4o for LLM-based Parsing and LLM-based Visual preprocessing. Now, you can override the default GPT-4o selection to use the LLM that best fits your business needs and your content. - **[Process Complex Tables with Docling Parser and LLM-based Image Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_complex_tables_Docling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance retrieval augmented generation (RAG) responses with information extracted from complex table layouts, such as tables with merged cells, nested headers, or multi-page table splits. When you select the Docling parser with LLM-based image processing for documents with complex tables, Data 360 chunks the information optimally. This process preserves the context throughout and reduces hallucinations. - **[Use LLM-Based Parsing and Preprocessing on DMOs with File Attachments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_file_attachment_dmos.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Process Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) that include a file attachment by selecting LLM-based parsing and preprocessing options. You can also view the process history metrics for these search indexes. Previously, LLM-based parsing and preprocessing options and process history metrics weren’t available for search indexes built with file attachment unstructured data model objects (UDMOs). - **[Preserve Agent Memory Across Sessions Without Requiring Customers to Repeat Information](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_agentic_memory_and_context.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide personalized agent interactions where every conversation builds on what came before without requiring users to repeat themselves across sessions or agent handoffs. Register your agents in Data 360 to enable memory capabilities. Data 360 automatically extracts facts, preferences, and conversation summaries from interactions and enforces your organization's access controls when delivering context to your agents. - **[Register External Agents Without API Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_summer_agentic_memory_register_with_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Set up external agents for memory extraction and context without writing API code. Use a new form in Agent Config to register agents by entering basic details. Data 360 provisions the data graphs, DLOs, DMOs, connectors, and search indexes for your agents to access curated context. - **[Keep User Profiles Current Without Manual Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_summer_2026_profile_unification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Equip your agents to automatically extract facts and preferences from conversations so they can personalize future interactions. Data 360 extracts this information in real time as it ingests conversations, with no configuration, rules, or prompts required. Data 360 updates facts automatically as users mention new details or change their preferences, and resolves conflicts in favor of the most recent statement. - **[Give Agents a Complete Picture of Every User Across Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_unified_identity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Unify conversation history and memories for each user, known or anonymous, across channels and devices, so your agents always work from a complete picture of who they're talking to. Whether a customer reaches out by chat, phone, or another known or anonymous channel, Data 360 connects those interactions to the same person. Agents pick up with full context, no matter which channel or device the user comes from. # Process Data 360 Data Model Objects with Apex Cursors (Beta) Use Apex cursors with Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) to process large SOQL query result sets in manageable chunks. Create a cursor with `Database.getCursor()`, retrieve records with `Cursor.fetch()`, and get the result set size with `Cursor.getNumRecords()`. Monitor Data 360 cursor rows, cursor instances, and Data 360 Flex Credit limits as you process DMO records. **Where:** This feature is available in API version 68.0 and later. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important Apex Cursors for Data 360 Data Model Objects is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** In Apex, call `Database.getCursor()` with a SOQL query against a DMO. Use `Cursor.fetch()` to retrieve records in chunks and `Cursor.getNumRecords()` to get the number of records in the result set. Apex cursors for Data 360 DMOs expire 24 hours after creation, and `System.InvalidQueryLocatorException` is thrown if it expires before processing completes. For example, this code creates a cursor for the `Individual__dlm` DMO. ```java public with sharing class DataChunkProcessor implements Queueable { private Database.Cursor cursor; private Integer position; public DataChunkProcessor() { // Initialize cursor with DC SOQL this.cursor = Database.getCursor('SELECT Name__c, Email__c FROM Individual__dlm'); this.position = 0; } public void execute(QueueableContext context) { // Fetch a chunk of 200 records without hitting SOQL query row limits or heap limits List records = cursor.fetch(position, 200); // Process records for (Individual__dlm rec : records) { // Business logic } this.position += records.size(); // Chain the next job if more records are left if (this.position < cursor.getNumRecords()) { System.enqueueJob(this); } } } ``` Use the `Limits` class to get Data 360 cursor instance and Data 360 cursor row limits. SOQL queries against DMOs consume Data Services credits from your Data 360 subscription. See [Data Cloud License Billing and Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_cloud_license.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Cursors](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_cursors.htm) - [_Apex Reference Guide_: System.Limits Class](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_methods_system_limits.htm#apex_System_Limits_getDataCloudCursors) # Process Document Extractions Directly from Amazon S3 Folders Accelerate document processing and expand storage flexibility by adding Amazon S3 as a supported file source in Document AI for Health. When creating a Document Extraction Request, select files directly from an S3 folder in addition to standard content files. Document AI for Health scans the designated folder, retrieves the eligible files, and completes the extraction seamlessly, without requiring manual file transfers to Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud User, and Document AI permission sets. **How:** Set up Amazon S3. Then, set up file access in Amazon S3. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance_pdf_ingestion_idp.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ External File Storage with Amazon S3 for Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_external_file_storage_amazon_s3.htm&language=en_US) # Process Documents with Additional Large Language Models in Document AI Get higher extraction accuracy and faster processing for complex documents with the latest large language models (LLMs). Choose from Gemini 3 Flash, GPT 5.4, or Claude Sonnet 4.6. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai.htm&language=en_US) # Process Fulfillment Orders in Bulk with Wave Picking Process up to 10 orders in a single trip by grouping product quantities across multiple orders into one picklist. Instead of picking items order by order, you can pick everything at once, reduce store travel time, and help high-volume stores stay on schedule. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, edit a layout and add the **Picklist Management** deep link. ![Deep Link Picker Menu in CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/262_rn_wave_picking.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Wave Picking for Fulfillment Orders in Salesforce POS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_orders_fulfill_wave_picking.htm&language=en_US) # Process Group Enrollments, Endorsements, and Renewals in Parallel at Scale Your reps can run bulk enrollment, endorsement, and renewal operations across multiple group accounts at the same time, or generate mutually exclusive censuses in bulk for the same account concurrently. Families within a single census also process in parallel, so large-group onboarding and renewal cycles complete in hours instead of days. If a family or group fails to process, the remaining operations complete and reps can review the failure in a detailed error report. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. # Process Hardware Assets Faster with the Mobile Barcode Scanner Stockroom managers, inventory auditors, and IT fulfillers scan barcodes and QR codes on hardware asset tags to look up records and process orders using the Salesforce mobile app. The Mobile Barcode Scanner uses device cameras, eliminating the need for third-party SDKs, AppExchange packages, or dedicated hardware. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with IT Service and the Hardware Asset Management add-on. **Who:** Users need the appropriate Hardware Asset Management permissions to perform scanning actions. The Hardware Asset Management IT Fulfiller permission set provides access to fulfillment and return processing. Users with broader Hardware Asset Management roles, such as Asset Manager and Inventory Manager, can also perform these actions based on their assigned permissions. **Why:** With the Mobile Barcode Scanner, you can: - Scan up to 20 assets in a single session with multi-scan continuous mode, so stockroom workers process receiving faster. - Catch fulfillment errors before they ship. The app immediately flags any mismatch between a scanned device and a fulfillment order line item. For example, scanning an iPhone for a MacBook Pro triggers an instant flag. - Recover from missing records without leaving the workflow. If a scanned serial number doesn't match an existing asset, users can try again the scan or enter the serial number manually. They can also create the asset directly from the scan screen. # Process India Payments Seamlessly in WhatsApp Conversations You can now process your payments securely and seamlessly in a WhatsApp conversation with your customer. The Payment Messaging component now supports WhatsApp. Service reps can send secure, direct payment requests to customers. Customers can complete the transaction instantly without leaving the conversation, boosting your conversion, and creating a better customer experience. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce isn't responsible for any payment processes or failures. In case of a payment failure, contact your payment provider to resolve the issue. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced WhatsApp and Unified Conversational Platform (UCP) channels. WhatsApp Payment support is currently available in conversations with customers located in India. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** For more information on how to process payments in a WhatsApp conversation, see [Add WhatsApp Pay](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_add_whatsapp_pay.htm&language=en_US). # Process Large Data Volumes Scale your implementation to handle increased usage and larger data volumes without slowing down performance. Staging transformation, increased LLM processing limits, and the newly introduced Small Language Model (SLM), help reduce credit consumption and prevent activation failures during onboarding. Channel-specific data pipelines process data faster for your users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited editions with Data Cloud enabled, and the Customer Exprc Intel add-on. # Process Large Enterprise Quotes with Enhanced Stability Manage your large enterprise deals with a robust, optimized processing engine. Your sales reps can execute bulk Move, Add, Change, Delete (MACD) operations without timeouts or system instability. High-volume datasets previously caused transaction failures and governor limit errors, leading to breakdowns in the quoting workflow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. # Process Large Quotes at Scale with Enhanced Enterprise Sales Management Capabilities Process large-scale quotes with hundreds of bundles and thousands of line items without hitting resource limits or session timeouts. Background cloning duplicates high-volume item sets without exceeding capacity constraints, and trimmed cart retrieval reduces payload sizes to eliminate resource limit errors and stay within platform limits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** Use the `noResponseNeeded: true` flag in the `cloneItems` API and enable trim response options in the `getCartItems` API. In `b2bSampleAppCard`, update the `getCartItems` parameters for `b2bOfferConfig`, `b2bQuoteSummaryConfig`, and `b2bOrderSummaryConfig`. # Process More File Types in Intelligent Context Intelligent Context allows a variety of file types to create an accurate search index. Upload the following file types to any Intelligent Context workspace: .docx, .html, .jpeg, .pdf, .png, .pptx, .txt. Then, create and publish your search index for improved search accuracy. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is Generally Available (GA) from May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Intelligent Context in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_intelligent_context.htm&language=en_US) # Process More Pages and Larger Files in Document AI You can now process up to 100 pages (increased from 25) totaling 25 MB (increased from 10 MB) in batch processing mode. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Limits and Guidelines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_limits_and_guidelines.htm&language=en_US) # Process More Records for Each Transaction Increase the number of records persisted for each transaction to reduce saving cycles and improve efficiency for high-volume operations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**. In Records Persisted per Transaction, select either 200 or 500 records. The default value is 200. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Transaction Processing and Attribute Handling (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_manage_transaction_processing_and_attribute_handling.htm&language=en_US) # Process Multiple Outcomes from Decision Tables in Context-Aware Expression Sets Leverage the power of decision tables that return multiple outputs from a single input within context-aware expression sets. Previously, expression sets could only process a single matching result from a decision table lookup, even if the table was configured to return multiple matches. Now, you can retrieve a list of all matching outcomes and use them in subsequent calculation or logic steps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine and Context Service are enabled. **How:** First, configure a decision table to return multiple outputs and set its result filter to **Output Order**. Then, in Expression Set Builder, add a **Lookup Table** step and select a decision table configured for multiple results. Finally, click **Map Variables** and select **Process multiple decision table outputs**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: How Result Filters Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.bre_how_decision_table_result_filter.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Process Multiple Outcomes from Decision Tables in Expression Sets Use decision tables that return multiple outputs from a single input in standard expression sets, even in orgs that don't use Context Service. Previously, only expression sets built on a context definition could process more than one matching result from a decision table lookup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. **How:** In Expression Set Builder, add a Lookup Table step and select a decision table that's configured to return multiple outputs. Click **Map Variables**, and turn on the option to process multiple decision table outputs. Expression Set Builder maps the decision table outputs by creating the required list variables. # Process Multiple Records with Screen Flows from List Views and Related Lists Run bulk operations without updating records individually or building complex workarounds. Configure a mass quick action on either a list view or related list to trigger a screen flow that receives the selected record IDs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Setup, go to Object Manager and select the object where the quick action lives. You can either use an existing Flow action or create an action of type Flow in Buttons, Links, and Action. For list views, add the flow quick action in the List View Button Layout page. For related lists, add the quick action to the related list in Page Layouts. ![The properties menu for the Contacts related list in the Account object](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_mass_quick_action.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Mass Quick Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.mass_quick_actions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Process Payments Seamlessly in WhatsApp Conversations Process your payments instantly and seamlessly in WhatsApp while having a conversation with your customer. The Payment Messaging component now supports WhatsApp. Sales reps can now send secured direct payment requests to customers. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced WhatsApp and Unified Conversational Platform (UCP) channels. WhatsApp Payment support is currently available in conversations with customers located in Brazil and India. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Customers can complete the transaction immediately without leaving the conversation, boosting conversion and creating a better customer experience. **How:** For more information on how to process payments in a WhatsApp conversation, see [Add WhatsApp Pay](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_add_whatsapp_pay.htm&language=en_US). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce isn't liable for any payment failures. In case of a payment failure, Meta recommends that you contact the payment provider to resolve the issue. # Process Price Change Endorsements for Milestone Billing Process mid-term endorsement price changes with automatically generated delta transactions. Keep milestone plans and billing schedules accurate while minimizing manual billing adjustments. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions of Digital Insurance. # Process Price Change Endorsements for Upfront and Term-Based Billing Ensure accurate and consistent invoicing for endorsement pricing changes by generating and applying delta transactions based on the billing model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions of Digital Insurance. # Process Record Updates at Scale with CSV Upload Handle large-scale record updates by uploading a CSV file of unique identifiers directly to a batch job. Bypass traditional database query limits by using asynchronous processing to handle up to 50,000 records per upload without complex filter logic. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Batch Management is available. **Why:** Replace the need for predefined database queries with a direct file-based approach for adhoc tasks. For example, if a vendor provides a spreadsheet of 20,000 assets that require a status update, upload that CSV directly to the batch job. The file upload restricts processing to specific records listed. **How:** Select the **Use records from a file** option when creating a Batch Job. In your flow, pass the CSV's Content Document ID into the automatically exposed contentDocumentId attribute in the Batch Management invocable action to trigger the run. # Process Recurring Gift Commitments Concurrently To continue to support donor stewardship, NextGen commitment batch processing automates logic and handles lifecycle transitions. For example, NextGen processing auto-closes completed commitments or alerts staff to missed installments, without the bottlenecks of legacy sequential processing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled. **Who:** Users with the FundraisingAccess permission set can use Agentforce Nonprofit. To use Fundraising with Agentforce Education, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education, and then create and assign a permission set to your users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Rollups and Lists Templates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_start_configure_new_data_processing_engine.htm&language=en_US) # Process Small Datasets Faster with On-Demand Processing Transform small to medium datasets and write back results in near real time without waiting for scheduled windows. Configure definitions to run in on-demand mode to perform ad hoc data validations and processing from Salesforce objects, context definitions, or CSV files. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine and Data Processing Engine On Demand are available. **Who:** To use this feature, you need the Data Processing Engine On Demand permission set license and the Run Data Processing Engine Definitions On Demand permission set. **How:** In the Data Processing Engine builder, create a definition and select **On-Demand Processing** as the processing type. ![Definition with on-demand processing](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_data_processing_engine_ondemand.png) # Process Smart Approvals Faster by Skipping Condition Checks Give approval designers the option to skip the evaluation of the entry conditions in an approval step within a smart approval process. Help them save approval processing time by skipping unnecessary condition checks from resubmission evaluation based on your workflow’s context. For instance, if the submitted record description is empty during resubmission, designers can skip the condition if it’s irrelevant to the evaluation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or Revenue Cloud Advanced license where Advanced Approvals is enabled. **Who:** To skip conditions from smart approval evaluation in an approval workflow, you need the Manage Flow user permission. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Flows**. Open the flow that has Smart Approvals turned on, and then open the approval step’s Properties tab. In the Smart Approval Skip Conditions field, enter the sequence numbers of the entry conditions that you want to skip from smart approval evaluation, separated by commas. # Process Tabular Data with the Excel Agent (Beta) The Excel Agent (beta) can now process CSV files as tabular inputs and outputs, not just individual field values. Perform row-level calculations or add calculated columns across an entire dataset in a single automated task. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Operations workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Operations license, contact your Salesforce account executive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To use tabular data with the Excel Agent, Agentforce Operations requires two separate tasks. Set up one task to collect CSV files and one task that uses the Excel Agent. You can't collect CSV files and use the Excel Agent in the same task. In the CSV collection task, in the **Request information** section, add a document field for the CSV file you want to use with the Excel Agent. In the task that uses the Excel Agent, for **Description**, identify the **Share information** input field, describe its column structure, and specify the row-level operations to perform. Also identify the **Request information** output fields and what to store in each. Operations can include flagging values that exceed a threshold or adding a calculated column. The Excel Agent supports tabular data only when it generates a new Excel file, so don't upload an Excel file to **Documents**. In the **Share information** section, add the CSV document field from the CSV collection task. Optionally, add single-value fields that the agent uses as parameters in its logic, such as a threshold value. In the **Request information** section, add a document field for the agent's output. When a workflow based on the blueprint runs, the agent outputs CSV results to the document field in the **Request information** section. The agent also generates a calculation audit workbook (.xlsx) that shows how the task completed its calculations. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tabular Data Tasks with the Excel Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_ai_agents_excel_tabular_data_tasks.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Process Unstructured Data with Your Preferred LLM Parse and preprocess unstructured data using any supported large language model (LLM). Previously, you could use only GPT-4o for LLM-based Parsing and LLM-based Visual preprocessing. Now, you can override the default GPT-4o selection to use the LLM that best fits your business needs and your content. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting July 2026. **How:** This enhancement applies to both Intelligent Context and search index configurations. While GPT-4o remains the default option, you can select a different LLM. Select carefully, because you can't modify the LLM after you publish an Intelligent Context configuration or save a search index. To verify your selection, view the selected LLM on the Search Index details page. Only LLMs approved for use by your admin are available for selection. If your admin turns off a model that is currently in use, previously processed content remains accessible. However, the search index fails to process any further content. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Model Provider Access](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_model_provider.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Hybrid Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_hybridsearch_index_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Vector Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_create_vector_index_config.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Intelligent Context Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_intelligent_context_create_configuration.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Process Word and PowerPoint Files Natively in Document AI Batch Jobs Use Document AI to process Microsoft Word (.docx) and PowerPoint (.pptx) files in batch jobs. Extract structured data from your high-volume documents, such as offer letters, pitch decks, and legal contracts. Process files up to 10 MB or 25 pages without converting them to PDF first. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in August 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai.htm&language=en_US) # Product Catalog Management Manage product data in the cache by generating, refreshing, or emptying it, offering flexible options to synchronize data efficiently. Product Catalog Management now supports higher configurable limits for searchable and filterable attributes, which improves product discovery for large catalogs. Users can select more than 20 products during product discovery and add them to a transaction. - **[Simplified Product Data Cache Refresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_simplified_product_data_cache_refresh.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now easily manage product data in the cache by generating the cache for all products, refreshing existing products, or emptying the entire cache. This enhancement provides flexible, controlled options to synchronize your data. You can choose the action that best meets your cache management requirements for maximum efficiency. End-users benefit from optimal loading times and access to the latest product details via the Product Detail API. - **[Select More Products During Product Discovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_select_more_products_during_product_discovery.htm&release=260&type=5)** Select more than 20 products during product discovery and add them to a transaction. The updated Bulk Product Details API now retrieves comprehensive details for a greater number of products simultaneously. This change benefits customers who frequently select multiple products from a category, leading to faster and more efficient transactions. - **[Find Products Faster in Large Catalogs with Increased Search Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalogfind_products_faster_in_large_catalogs_with_increased_search_limits.htm&release=260&type=5)** Product Catalog Management now supports higher configurable limits for searchable and filterable attributes and fields. This enhancement helps customers with large product catalogs to improve product discovery using more flexible search criteria. - **[New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_management_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** Specify Enterprise Product Catalog (EPC) as a catalog source, and extend Product Details API to support your unique custom fields and objects. You can also get product classification details for EPC with the new API enhancements. # Product Catalog Management Define ramp groups upfront to automate selections in Product Discovery and Configurator. Sales reps can create quotes and orders directly from the product catalog while viewing real-time updates and receiving recommendations of compatible products. By nesting products under a parent variation, sales reps can quickly view properties and add the correct product variant to the transaction. - **[Build Transactions Faster with Rule-Based Discovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_build_accurate_transactions_with_rule_based_discovery_and_preview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create quotes and orders without leaving the product catalog. Sales reps see real-time transaction updates, receive recommendations of compatible products, and add products directly to quotes or orders. Previously, sales reps viewed multiple pages to verify product compatibility and view the progress of their transactions. - **[Apply Consistent Ramp Selection During Product Discovery and Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_ensure_consistent_ramp_selection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Select whether to add products to current or subsequent groups before viewing the product list. Now, when you add products to current or subsequent groups in Product Discovery, the Configurator honors the selection and applies the correct ramp group when saving the transaction. Previously, the Configurator stored products only in the current group. This smooth handoff eliminates manual rework when structuring complex ramp deals. - **[Expand Your Product Offerings with Product Variations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_expand_your_product_offerings_with_product_variations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Group products that share a design but differ in specific attributes under one parent product. During product discovery, sales reps can view parent variations and configure variant properties to select a specific product variant. They can then add the configured product directly to a quote or order. Previously, sales reps searched for each product variation as an individual product. By grouping related products, sales reps spend less time searching the catalog and build quotes faster. - **[Show Precise and Consistent Pricing with Extended Decimal Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_show_precise_and_consistent_pricing_with_extended_decimal_support.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure up to six decimal places to standardize unit-level prices and discount fields that appear on Product Discovery, Quote, and Order pages. This formatting makes sure that prices show consistently across the user interface without changing the underlying database values. Previously, these pages inconsistently showed either full database values or values truncated to two decimal places. - **[New Connect REST APIs in Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_management_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** List and search product classifications that originate from either Enterprise Product Catalog (EPC) or Product Catalog Management (PCM) catalog sources. Also, manage multiple variants of a product more effectively by finding and setting up different properties before you place your quote or order. - **[New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Product Discovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_discovery_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make sure that every transaction is accurate by running configuration rules that identify issues and provide rule messages in the API response. This immediate feedback helps you understand constraints during the discovery phase and avoid issues during the transaction processing. You can also use rule-based recommendations to guide buyers toward the appropriate products for their specific needs. - **[New and Changed Invocable Actions in Product Discovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_discovery_new_changed_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make sure that every product choice in your automation is valid by running configuration rules against a specific transaction or context ID. You can identify issues during the discovery and search phases. - **[runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_runtime_industries_cpq_namespace.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Integrate real-time configuration checks into your Apex classes to catch product violations during discovery and selection. The runtime\_industries\_cpq namespace includes a new property that enables configuration rules for a specific transaction ID or transaction context ID. # Product Catalog Management Set attribute display orders across levels to guide reps through configurations, and easily convert simple products into bundles without creating records. Replace the generic cog icon with a clear text button, and hide the Add button to prevent incorrect selections. Automate cache invalidation to maintain accurate product details, and cache list prices for instant updates. Quickly locate items by typing any part of a Product Name, Product Code, or Product SKU by using prefix and partial search. - **[Simplify Product Configuration with Custom Attribute and Category Ordering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_display_order_attributes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your sales reps navigate complex configurations by arranging attribute categories and attributes in a logical sequence. Previously, you couldn’t control the display order of attribute categories, and attributes appeared alphabetically by name. You can now set or change the display order at the Product Classification, Product Subclassification, or Product level. Products inherit the ordering from their classification, and sales reps see the sequence in the Configurator UI. - **[Reuse Existing Simple Products as Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_reuse_existing_simple_products_as_bundles.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Convert your existing simple products into bundles with a quick update to the product type. Previously, transitioning a simple product into a bundle required building a separate product record. - **[Guide Sales Reps Through Product Setup with Dynamic UI Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_guide_sales_reps_through_product_setups_with_dynamic_ui_controls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your sales reps a clear starting point for configuring products by replacing the generic cog wheel icon with a custom text button. A text button provides clear, immediate direction that is easier to spot than the standard icon. You can also hide the Add button for static or configurable products or both, which prevents sales reps from adding products incorrectly. With UI and performance enhancements, product discovery is more intuitive, and you can track the progress of adding or deleting a product. - **[Discover Products Faster by Using Price Book Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_discover_products_faster_using_price_book_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When browsing large catalogs with minimal price book overlap, you could encounter situations where no products or only a few products appeared. With price book filtering, you can now see complete product lists when browsing catalogs. This early filtering retrieves only products associated with the selected price book, so sales reps see relevant results without wading through the full catalog. - **[Find Products with Prefix Matching and Partial Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_find_products_with_prefix_matching_and_partial_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Index and Search now support prefix matching for Product Name or Product Code, or Product SKU fields when marked as searchable. For more flexibility, partial search helps sales reps find products by typing any portion of Product Code or Product SKU, including the beginning, middle, or end, without needing exact formatting or delimiters. - **[See Instant Updates in Product Discovery While Building Quotes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_see_instant_updates_in_product_discovery_while_building_quotes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add or remove products with instant feedback as you build a quote in Product Discovery. Product Discovery uses optimistic UI patterns when Transaction Preview, Configuration Rules, Product Recommendations, and Auto Save settings is turned on. Badges highlight products added to prevent duplicate selections. Quote totals and transaction previews refresh in the background without blocking your page. Previously, sales reps waited for loading indicators to complete after every product selection, which slowed down multi-product quoting. - **[Get Accurate Product Details with Automated Product Cache Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_get_accurate_product_details_with_automated_product_cache_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automatically invalidate stale cache data and retrieve up-to-date product information whenever product details change. Product Catalog Management Cache recursively identifies all impacted products and clears their cached data. Subsequent requests retrieve updated details instantly without manual cache refreshes or administrative intervention. - **[Get Faster Product Pricing with List Price Caching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_get_faster_product_pricing_with_list_price_caching.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Retrieve product details and pricing faster when building quotes. Product Catalog Management now stores list prices from price book entries alongside product details in the cache. Pricing is read directly from the cache instead of resolved through a pricing procedure, providing sales reps with immediate pricing updates. - **[Changed Connect REST APIs in Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_changed_connect_rest_api_response_body.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Present a product's attribute categories in a consistent, predetermined order. The single and bulk Product Detail APIs now return the display sequence of each attribute category in the response. - **[runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_runtime_industries_cpq_namespace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Work with product variations and units of measure during product discovery and selection. The runtime\_industries\_cpq namespace includes new classes and properties that represent a product's variation attributes, variation class, child variations, and units of measure. # Product Catalogs Include More Searchable and Filterable Fields Previously, the search index was limited to 25 searchable fields and 50 filterable fields. Now, you can have a total of 100 searchable and filterable fields, enabling you to allocate resources strategically for larger, more complex product catalogs. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To enable this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Mark Product Fields as Searchable or Not Searchable for a B2B Commerce Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_search_mark_fields.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Product Search Filters for a B2B Commerce Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_search_add_filters.htm&language=en_US) - [_B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide_: Search Data Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/guide/b2b-b2c-comm-data-model-search-limits.html) # Product Configurator Deliver clear, localized troubleshooting guidance with full translation support for every run-time message. Complete complex bundle configurations faster by using a streamlined interface to edit attributes and clone product instances directly from component option cards. Improve configuration performance with non-blocking UI behavior for options, and troubleshoot configurations with configuration logs. Access the Configurator API by using a Lightning web component, and use Lightning Message Service events to update fields in a third-party Configurator component. - **[Accelerate Troubleshooting for Global Teams with Translation Support for Run-Time Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_translation_support.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide your sales reps with localized messages for warnings, errors, or other information in the Configurator. Set up custom labels from Constraint Builder for translating all run-time messages defined within a constraint model. Use bulk label generation to accelerate the label setup. Reuse existing labels easily with autocomplete options in CML Editor and Visual Builder. Boost adoption and reduce confusion with the capability to define clear, understandable messages in local languages for troubleshooting and guidance. - **[Improve Usability with a More Flexible and Intuitive Configurator Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_flexible_configurator_interface.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sales reps can gain better control of their product configurations with a more streamlined Configurator interface. Make informed decisions faster by viewing, comparing, and editing product attributes and context fields directly on the component option cards. Easily add multiple instances of a dynamic product or clone product instances with their current configurations. These enhancements, providing flexibility and a more consolidated view, help sales reps complete bundle configurations faster with fewer clicks and less scrolling. - **[Enable Non-Blocking UI Behavior for Attributes and Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_non_blocking_for_options.htm&release=260&type=5)** With non-blocking UI behavior for attributes and options, you can change multiple values on a product without waiting for system response, to speed up the configuration process. After the changes load, actions including Save, Save and Exit, Cancel, and Update Prices are available. - **[Use Configuration Logs to Debug Configurations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_configuration_logs.htm&release=260&type=5)** Generate and review configuration logs to analyze configuration behavior and address inefficiencies. Use the configuration logs to make sure that your configurations perform as expected. - **[Access Configurator API More Easily by Using a Lightning Web Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_config_api_lwc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use a wire adapter with a Lightning web component to access Configurator API. The wire adapter simplifies the process for fetching data, compared to using Connect API. Use Configurator API to build a custom configurator UI and incorporate existing first-party configurator UI components as needed. - **[Update Sales Transaction Fields in a Third-Party Configurator UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_lms_update_sti_fields.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Lightning Message Service (LMS) events to update all fields that are set up as editable on a sales transaction item, including custom fields, for third-party configurator UI components. With the increased flexibility, third-party components can easily communicate with Data Manager in the product configurator flow. - **[Updates in Default Product Configurator Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_flow_updates.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Default Product Configurator flow has new attributes. If you’ve cloned the Default Product Configurator flow before Spring ’26, manually map the new attributes in your customized flow, or clone the default flow and apply your customizations again. # Product Configurator Define constraints for quote groups or ramp segments to ensure accurate product combinations. Include product defaults such as attributes, attribute values, and fields when you import products from Product Catalog Management. Group Product Configurator messages together by a specific value, such as grouping constraint violations across a set of related line items. - **[Define Constraints for Quote Groups and Ramp Segments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_rules_for_quote_groups_and_ramp_segments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** In Constraint Rules Engine, define constraints that apply to products in a group to get more precise control over complex quotes. Define constraints for a specific segment in a ramp deal for accurate product combinations, validation, and pricing within a quote group or a ramp segment. - **[Load Product Defaults into Constraints](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_load_product_defaults.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now dynamically include product defaults such as attributes, attribute values, custom fields, and standard fields that are defined in Product Catalog Management (PCM) when you import products from PCM to a constraint. Including defaults results in faster and more accurate quoting, better consistency across quotes, and an improved user experience for sales reps. - **[Updates in Default Product Configurator Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_flow_updates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Default Product Configurator flow has new attributes. If you cloned the Default Product Configurator flow before Summer ’26, manually map the new attributes in your customized flow, or clone the default flow and apply your customizations again. - **[Changed Connect REST API in Product Configurator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_changed_connect_rest_api_response_body.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Group Product Configurator messages together by a specific value. For example, you can group constraint issues across a set of related line items. - **[Improve Performance for Constraint Models with Many Mapped Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_skip_type_generation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the skipTypeGeneration property to reduce the storage size and improve the performance of constraint models that map many products to a single type. # Product Configurator Prevent Constraint Rules Engine from altering specified attributes or relations when it satisfies a constraint. Calculate the quantity of child products per instance of the parent product, rather than the quantity of child products across all bundles. - **[Prevent Constraint Conflicts When Sharing Attributes and Relations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_guardrails_annotation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prevent the constraint engine from altering specified attributes or relations when it satisfies a constraint. Use the guardrails annotation in a constraint to define protections at the constraint level, instead of on individual attributes and relations. Annotating the constraint prevents conflicts with other constraints that share the same elements. - **[Enforce Per-Bundle Product Requirements Regardless of Order Size](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_instance_quantity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Write constraint rules that validate child product quantities per bundle instance. Previously, when a customer ordered multiple bundles, the constraint engine validated against the total end quantity of child products across all bundles. When you turn on Instance Quantity in Revenue Settings, the engine validates against the per-bundle quantity, so rules that enforce per-bundle quantities succeed. - **[Optimize Performance for Revenue Management (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_optimize_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This update optimizes the Configuration API to speed up processing times in Product Configurator. Enable the test run in a sandbox environment to confirm that the optimizations work with your setup. This update is available starting in Winter ’27. - **[Updates in Default Product Configurator Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_flow_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Default Product Configurator flow has new attributes. If you cloned the Default Product Configurator flow before Winter ’27, manually map the new attributes in your customized flow, or clone the default flow and apply your customizations again. - **[Changed Object in Product Configurator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_changed_object.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the updated ProductConfigurationFlow object in Product Configurator. - **[Changed Connect REST API in Product Configurator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_changed_connect_rest_api_request_body.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Control what the Configuration API returns by specifying only the fields that your Configurator screen needs. The Configuration API now returns a targeted set of fields in the configurator response. # Program and Case Management Manage the complete participant lifecycle with greater speed and accuracy. Potential participants can now browse programs as guest users on your Experience Cloud site to increase engagement. When participants apply, guide staff through a streamlined intake for one or many programs with real-time eligibility checks. Finally, capture service delivery faster with optimized mobile attendance tracking and accelerate your Data 360 readiness with updated data kits. - **[Lower the Barrier to Entry with Guest Access for Program Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_progran_case_management_lower_the_barrier_to_entry.htm&release=260&type=5)** Potential participants can now browse your programs and benefits on an Experience Cloud site without creating an account. Guest users can explore your offerings to determine if a program is a good match. When they’re ready, they can easily submit a referral to begin the intake process, which reduces friction and increases engagement with your nonprofit. - **[Simplify On-The-Go Attendance Tracking for Your Staff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management_simplify_on_the_go_attendance_tracking.htm&release=260&type=5)** Taking attendance for benefit sessions is now faster and easier for staff working in the field. The attendance experience is optimized in the Salesforce mobile app to facilitate quick data capture. Staff can use their phones or tablets to find sessions or participants, update single or multiple participant records at once, and save their work with confidence. Capturing data in real time reduces administrative work and improves accuracy, so that your team spends less time on data entry and more time on your mission. - **[Streamline Participant Intake with a Guided Work Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management_streamline_participant_intake.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Intake app guides intake coordinators through a more efficient enrollment process with the Create Application flow to create new intakes quickly. When enrolling a participant in multiple programs, form sections are now deduplicated, so your users only enter overlapping information once. Separately, the Complete Application flow automates the creation of enrollment records and cases, which provides a smooth hand-off to case managers. - **[Confirm Participant Program Eligibility in Real Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management_confirm_participant_program_eligibility.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save staff time, reduce manual errors, and improve the participant application experience by checking participant eligibility for programs instantly. Create robust eligibility criteria that are unique to each program, and check a participant’s eligibility against their participant record on an application with the Business Rules Engine. Intake coordinators can see a participant’s status, which helps them make faster decisions and prevent non-compliant enrollments. - **[Accelerate Data 360 Readiness for Program and Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management_accelerate_data_360_readiness.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily bring the latest objects and fields into Data 360, formerly Data Cloud, with updates to the existing Program and Case Management data model objects (DMOs). Attributes for Attendance were added to the Benefit Session and Program Enrollment DMOs as well as additional attributes for Benefit Type and Referral DMOs. - **[New and Updated Objects in Program and Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_case_management_updated_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and updated Program and Case Management objects. # Program and Case Management Assist case managers and simplify program administration with AI-driven insights and streamlined setup. Use the Participant Summary subagent to quickly review a client’s history. Use the Participant Management agent in Slack to automate documentation tasks with single-command efficiency. - **[Streamline Administrative Tasks with the Enhanced Participant Management Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_management_streamline_administrative_tasks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Boost case manager productivity by using Agentforce to automate documentation and follow-up tasks directly from your daily workspace. This update migrates the Participant Management agent to the new Agentforce Builder. The agent helps users log notes, create tasks, and manage benefits within Slack. - **[Prepare for Client Meetings Faster with Agent-Prepared Participant Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_management_prepare_for_client_meetings.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Review a participant’s history and program involvement in seconds by using the Participant Summary subagent of the Participant Management agent. The subagent analyzes recent interaction notes, benefit disbursements, upcoming tasks, and related records to provide a consolidated view of a client’s progress. Use these insights to foster more empathetic conversations and focus your time on the participant's immediate needs rather than manual research. # Program and Case Management Give program participants a self-service way to track applications, enrollments, benefits, disbursements, and referrals by using a preconfigured Experience Cloud portal template, cutting staff inquiries. - **[Drive Participant Engagement and Save Staff Time with the Program Participant Portal Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_management_participant_portal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give participants secure self-service access to their programs, applications, enrollments, benefit assignments and disbursements, and referrals, so they can engage when and where it’s convenient for them. The new Program Participant Portal Experience Cloud template includes preconfigured pages, navigation, and components, so staff spend less time on routine inquiries and more time on high-value work. # Promote Zero Copy Configurations Without Recreating Connections Promote zero copy configurations across environments with different database structures without deleting and recreating connections. Edit the target database, schema, or table for zero copy data streams after you deploy a data kit. The connection updates in place and preserves your downstream data model mappings, segments, and activations. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in June 2026. # Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta) Pricing designers can set up promotions that users apply to transactions. Developers can use objects and APIs to manage promotions on sales transactions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. - **[Increase Sales by Using Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_increase_sales_using_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Empower pricing designers to create manual and automatic promotions that offer discounts on products and categories. Designers define promotion eligibility based on rules and sales channels, and specify how to evaluate multiple applied promotions. Show your users, such as sales reps, partners, and customers, these promotions when they browse products and catalogs. Apply automatic promotions to lines when users add products to transactions. Users can apply manual promotions when they configure products and manage lines. They can see applied discounts in the price waterfall and the applied promotions on assets. They can also apply promotions when they amend or renew assets. - **[New and Changed Objects for Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_promos_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Store and access promotion-related data with these new objects and changes to existing Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, objects. - **[New and Updated Connect REST APIs for Promotions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_connect_api_resource_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify the sales workflow by verifying and applying discounts accurately by using details of eligible promotions. # Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications Use promotions to help businesses‌ influence buying decisions and accelerate growth. Sales reps can view and apply promotions to quote and order during configuration in the Transaction Line Editor, and see real-time price adjustments reflecting discounts in the price waterfall. Sales reps can view applied promotions on assets, and amend, renew, and cancel products that have promotions. These capabilities offer greater control and efficiency in managing sales and revenue strategies. - **[Apply Promotions to a Quote and an Order to Boost Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_apply_promotions_to_a_quote_and_an_order_to_boost_sales.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance your sales strategy with configurable promotions. Easily configure promotion details, including type, duration, and eligibility, and add coupons for manual promotions. View and apply tailored promotions to a quote and an order directly from the configurator or the Transaction Line Editor to acquire new customers or deepen relationships with existing ones. Your sales team has the flexibility to close every deal with the best offer. You can also apply manual promotions on the quote and order record page. - **[Quickly Create Orders from a Quote with Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_quickly_create_orders_from_a_quote_with_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance the efficiency of sales reps by automating the creation of orders from a quote with promotions based on different criteria, such as recipients, fields, or groups. - **[Simplify Subscription Changes for Products with Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_simplify_subscription_changes_for_products_with_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help your sales reps support existing customers by making it easy to update products with active promotions when a customer wants to make changes. Sales reps can handle products efficiently and accurately during amendment, renewal, and cancellation of products that have active promotions. This capability ensures that ‌customers can amend, renew, or cancel products that have promotions, providing a frictionless experience for sales reps. - **[New and Changed Objects for Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_new_and_changed_objects_for_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and updated Promotions objects. # Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications Drive sales with flexible promotions designed for subscription buyers. Launch coupon campaigns with redemption limits, establish term-based discounts with commitment periods, and define promotion capabilities with advanced stackability rules. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. - **[Apply Term-Based Promotions to Boost Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_apply_term_based_promotions_boost_sales.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Offer partial-term discounts on subscription products to attract customers. Sales reps define promotions with specific benefit durations, such as 100% off for the first 3 months or 25% off for 6 months. Set commitment periods to prevent customers from reapplying the same promotion or combining non-stackable promotions. View time-based adjustment breakdowns and maintain promotion visibility throughout the subscription lifecycle. - **[Drive Customer Engagement with Coupon-Based Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_drive_customer_engagement_coupon_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Issue coupon codes to customers that unlock promotional discounts when redeemed. Sales reps create multiple coupon codes for a single promotion, set redemption limits per buyer or across all buyers, and track usage to control campaign reach. - **[Define Promotional Compatibility with Advanced Stackability Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_define_promotional_compatibility_stackability.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Define which promotions can coexist on the same product and in which priority order they apply. Organize promotions into groups and subgroups with evaluation criteria that determine whether multiple promotions stack or whether only the first eligible promotion applies. Protect campaign profitability by preventing customers from combining incompatible offers while enabling strategic bundled discounts. # Promotions in Revenue Management Pricing designers can set up promotions that users apply to transactions. Developers can use objects and APIs to manage promotions on sales transactions. - **[Increase Sales with Promotions in Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_increase_sales_with_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create manual and automatic promotions that discount individual products or entire categories. Target the right buyers by defining promotion eligibility with rules and sales channels. Control discount stacking by specifying how to evaluate multiple promotions that apply to the same transaction. Manage promotions on sales transactions programmatically with objects and APIs. - **[New and Changed Objects for Promotions in Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_promotions_new_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Store and access promotion-related data with these new objects and changes to existing Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, objects. # Prompt Builder Simplify daily workflows by using prompt templates to bring generative AI into Salesforce experiences. Create, test, revise, customize, and manage prompt templates that use CRM data through merge fields referencing record fields, flows, related lists, and Apex. Prompt Builder provides tools to design effective prompts and securely connect your data with large language models (LLMs). - **[Ground Prompts with Live Web Data with Web Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_web_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring real-time web data into your prompts with Web Action in Prompt Builder. Get live information from external sources, control where results come from, and include citations to verify responses. - **[Pass Outputs Between Actions in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_prompt_template_data_piping.htm&release=260&type=5)** Pass data between actions in Prompt Builder to create dynamic and flexible workflows. Use data from prompt templates, flows, Apex, or retrievers to drive downstream actions and generate more contextual responses. - **[Use Prompt Templates as Actions in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_prompt_template_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add prompt templates as actions. Invoke one prompt template from another to build consistent and modular prompt workflows. - **[Monitor Token Usage and Response Time in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_performance_insights.htm&release=260&type=5)** Understand how your prompt runs with the centralized Performance Insights panel. View generation metrics such as response time, token usage, and masked values in one place while testing your prompt templates. - **[Add New Inputs to Existing Prompt Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_configurable_inputs.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add new inputs to an existing prompt template in Prompt Builder. Add an object, free text, or data model objects directly from the Resources panel and include them in your template. - **[Manage Actions and Inputs in the Resources Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_resources_panel.htm&release=260&type=5)** Prompt Builder introduces an enhanced Resources panel that simplifies how you manage actions and inputs. Add new actions and configure existing ones, such as flows, Apex, and retrievers, directly in Prompt Builder. - **[Prompt Performance Metrics Is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_retire_performance_metrics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Prompt Performance Metrics is scheduled for retirement in Spring '26. - **[Structure Prompt Template Output with Custom Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_lightning_type.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define structured, predictable prompt responses by using custom Lightning types to control output fields and data types. - **[Improved Prompt Template Batch Processing with Supported Models in Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_prompt_template_batch_improvements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Some model providers now support batch processing natively, increasing the maximum number of requests per job. When using models that support native batch processing in Flow, there is a limit of 50,000 items per day. - **[Use Anthropic Models to Process More Data with Native Provider Batch Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_anthropic_native_batch.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now batch more requests to Anthropic Claude Haiku 4.5 and Anthropic Claude Sonnet 4.5 via Apex and Flow. When using models that support native provider batch processing, there is a limit of 10,000 items for each job in Apex. # Prompt Builder Simplify daily workflows by using prompt templates to bring generative AI into Salesforce experiences. Create, test, revise, customize, and manage prompt templates that use CRM data through merge fields referencing record fields, flows, related lists, and Apex. Prompt Builder provides tools to design effective prompts and securely connect your data with large language models (LLMs). - **[Create Prompt Templates with AI Assist (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_ai_assist.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build prompt templates faster using generative AI with AI Assist in Prompt Builder. Describe what you want your prompt to accomplish in natural language, and AI Assist creates a structured Jinja-based prompt template with recommended inputs and grounding data. - **[Build Intelligent Prompt Templates with Conditional Logic (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_conditional_logic.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build intelligent prompt templates with conditional logic using the new Block Editor experience. Authors can now add `if`, `else if`, and `else` statements directly within prompts to create branching logic based on input variables. Built on Jinja templating syntax, conditions support comparison operators and can reference merge fields from grounded data. The visual block-based interface makes it easy to structure complex conditional flows without writing raw syntax, enabling more sophisticated and context-aware generative AI interactions. - **[Author Prompts Faster with the Block Editor (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_block_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Work more efficiently with the new Block Editor for Prompt Builder. The Block Editor provides a visual, block-based authoring experience with keyboard shortcuts, copy/paste functionality, and intuitive navigation. Create and organize complex prompts faster using drag-to-select, multi-block selection, arrow key navigation, and quick keyboard commands for common actions like save, preview, and version control. - **[Use Keyboard Shortcuts in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_keyboard_shortcuts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Work faster in Prompt Builder with keyboard shortcuts for common actions. Save time by using quick key combinations instead of clicking buttons for save, preview, version, and activation operations. - **[View Prompt Template Dependencies Across Your Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_references.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify where your prompt templates are used so you can understand the impact of your changes before you make them. When you attempt to delete a prompt template, a references modal displays a list of flows, agents, Apex invocable actions, and other integrations that currently use that template. - **[Deploy and Version Control Prompt Templates with the Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_mdapi_versions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prompt Builder templates are now fully supported in the Salesforce Metadata API (MDAPI), enabling deployment automation, version control, and CI/CD integration. Use Salesforce CLI, SFDX, or third-party deployment tools to retrieve, deploy, and track changes to prompt templates alongside your other metadata. - **[Customize Managed Prompt Templates with Overrides](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_overrides.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize prompt templates delivered through managed packages by creating your own versions. When a template is configured as overridable, create and activate local versions of the template without modifying the original packaged template. - **[Govern Prompt Response Languages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_open_response_language.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage prompt response languages with automatic and manual controls in Prompt Builder. Restrict responses using allowed languages, or allow prompt instructions to define the language when needed. Maintain compliance and consistency across all generated content. # Prompt Performance Metrics Is Scheduled for Retirement Prompt Performance Metrics is scheduled for retirement in Spring '26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. **When:** This feature will be retired in Summer '26. **Why:** Previously, enabling Gen AI Audit and Feedback automatically activated Calculated Insights, which could result in credit consumption even when Prompt Builder Feedback and Metrics wasn’t in use. While this behavior was later updated, some customers were impacted. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Salesforce Prompt Performance Metrics Will No Longer Be Available Starting Summer '26](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005315835&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Prompt Performance Metrics in Prompt Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_enable_prompt_performance_metrics.htm&language=en_US) # Prorate with High-Velocity and Short-Term Sales Models Set Weekly as the proration frequency for a product to align subscription pricing with short-term service contracts and high-velocity consumption models. Previously, the system supported only annual, semiannual, quarterly, or monthly cycles. When you set a product's proration frequency to weekly, the pricing engine calculates the subtotal by multiplying the unit price by the number of 7-day cycles in the term, including partial weeks. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Products**. To calculate subtotals based on a 7-day cycle, select **Weekly** as the proration frequency on a subscription or consumption product record. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Weekly Proration Examples](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_weekly_proration_examples.htm&language=en_US) # Prospecting Agents Automate prospect research with Agentforce and free up your sales reps to grow relationships and close deals. Draw on data from Salesforce accounts and reports and integrate third-party resources. - **[Generate Prospects with Prospecting Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_use.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create a Prospecting Agent to do the research for you and generate the best available prospects. Use Salesforce report data to influence prospecting, and integrate with ZoomInfo to draw on more directories. Assign suggested prospects to sales reps so they can take action faster. - **[Amplify Your Prospecting Capabilities with Multiple Prospecting Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_prospecting_multiple.htm&release=260&type=5)** By deploying multiple Prospecting agents, you can customize agent configurations to suit each of your sales teams and maintain a steady stream of ideal prospects across multiple accounts. # Prospecting Center is Scheduled for Retirement Prospecting Center is scheduled for retirement on April 1, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. # Protect Active Connector Settings in Data 360 Sandbox Ensure configuration stability and reduce the manual work required to re-authorize connections in Data 360 sandboxes. If a connector is active in the target org, DevOps data kit deployments now ignore changes to connector attributes to avoid overwriting your settings. This protection applies to all data stream connectors. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. It is not available in Government Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available starting in March 2026. **How:** To begin data ingestion for connectors, activate the connection in the target org. View connector details on the Data Stream Bundle page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations for Sandbox in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_cloud_sandbox_consideration.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Address and Payment Changes with CSRF Tokens In SFRA 8.0.0, address delete, set-default address, and payment-instrument delete require a cross-site request forgery (CSRF) token. The account routes also change from GET to POST, and the token travels in the request body. Consent tracking uses the CSRF-protected ConsentTracking-SetConsent endpoint, and SFRA removes ConsentTracking-SetSession. Update callers that omit the token or still use GET, and upgrade the base cartridge with the version-aligned 8.0.0 plugin set. **Where:** This change is compatible with SFRA v8.0 and later for B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_GitHub_: storefront-reference-architecture](https://github.com/SalesforceCommerceCloud/storefront-reference-architecture/blob/master) - [_GitHub_: Bootstrap 5 Migration Guide for Storefront Reference Architecture](https://github.com/SalesforceCommerceCloud/storefront-reference-architecture/blob/master/bootstrap-5-migration.md) # Protect Against Phishing by Using Platform Authentication Systems Strengthen security by using platform-based authentication systems, including Touch ID and Face ID on Apple devices, Windows Hello, or passkeys, to log in to Marketing Cloud Engagement. Platform authentication methods are considered phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (PR-MFA) systems. Marketing Cloud Engagement also supports other PR-MFA systems, such as authentication with hardware-based devices such as Yubikey. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **When:** Support for platform-based authentication methods became available on July 30, 2026. In a future release, all Marketing Cloud Engagement accounts will be required to use MFA with either a platform authentication system or a hardware authentication device (support for hardware-based authentication became available in Summer ’20). # Protect and Categorize Documents with Dynamic Watermarking Protect your documents and indicate their status by adding dynamic text watermarks during the document generation process. Automatically label documents as Draft, Internal Only, or with specific record data, and reduce the risk of unauthorized sharing or the accidental use of obsolete versions. This feature is available only for simple text. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Events Starter Pack license, and the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Text Watermark to a Document Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_add_textbased_watermarks.htm&language=en_US) # Protect and Recover Your Data with Backup & Recover Next Salesforce Backup & Recover Next is now a native Salesforce feature that helps you safeguard your Salesforce data by automatically generating daily backups of your data. Use these backups to identify and recover quickly from data loss or corruption. Rather than manage your backups externally, you can enable and manage them directly in your org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’26. **Who:** Backup & Recover is available for customers in GovCloud and the Japan region. **How:** To add the required licenses to your org, contact your Salesforce account executive. # Protect Campaign Profitability with Promotion Groups Control which promotions coexist on the same product and their priority order. Organize promotions into groups and subgroups to determine whether offers stack or only the first eligible promotion applies. Prevent customers from combining incompatible offers while maintaining strategic bundled discounts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud — Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Promotion Evaluation and Stackability in Subscriber Lifecycle Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_slm_b2b_promotion_evaluation_and_stackability_in_media_slm.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Claim Budgets with Automated Reserve Checks at Payment Time Set loss and expense reserves directly on each claim to establish a financial plan for the overall claim, alongside the reserves your adjusters already maintain on each claim coverage. At payment time, standard payments stay within the loss and expense limits you set at both the claim and coverage levels, and ex-gratia payments complete with a warning so your adjusters can handle exceptional cases. Supervisors can look up every reserve change with the amount and reason for each adjustment. After each payment, your adjusters see the remaining reserve at both the claim and coverage levels. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. # Protect Confidential Cases with Case Visibility Policies Control who can see confidential cases by defining visibility rules directly on the case object with the Policy Engine. When a policy is deployed, access to a confidential case is limited to the person who logs it, members of any queue the case is assigned to, users added to the case team, and users who have the HR Case Investigator custom permission. Previously, filing a confidential case required the public complaint case junction entity; now you work with the case object alone. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Performance, and Enterprise editions with HR Service. Confidential case creation is supported in Employee Service Aura sites and in Unified Portal (LWR) sites. **Who:** Users see a confidential case only if they log the case, belong to a queue the case is assigned to, are added to the case team, or have the HR Case Investigator custom permission. Admins deploying a policy need permissions to create custom fields and to edit case record layouts. **How:** To deploy a policy, an admin creates a custom field, adds the field to the case record layout, and then deploys the policy from the card on the **Employee User Settings** page in Setup. The custom permission is deployed automatically with the policy. To route confidential cases, the admin also configures a confidential queue and sets up case assignment rules based on the custom field. For an Employee Service Aura site, adding the field to the record layout makes the confidential case control appear automatically. For a Unified Portal site, add the custom field to the flow so that the checkbox to lock a confidential case appears. Policies are switched off by default until an admin turns them on. # Protect Connections to Your External APIs and MCP Servers with Agentforce Policies Create policies to protect connections to your external API and MCP servers so that agent tools can securely and properly access those services. Control access, set usage limits, and support governance standards. **Where:** Agentforce Gateway Policies is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting the week of May 18, 2026, with full availability planned for the end of May 2026. **How:** From Setup, enter Policies in the Quick Find box, and select Policies to create policies from prebuilt templates and apply them to your connections. Configure usage limits and tool restrictions. Apply policies either manually by selecting specific connections or automatically through matching criteria that target connections by source or name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Gateway Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_gateway_policies.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Custom Object Access with Unified Employee License Restrictions The Unified Employee license doesn't support access to custom objects, unless the objects are part of a security-reviewed managed package from AppExchange. This restriction protects sensitive custom object data from being exposed to broader access than the license is designed for. As a result, you can't assign profiles, permission sets, or permission set groups that include restricted custom objects to Unified Employee licensed users. Also, you can't add restricted custom objects to profiles, permission sets, or permission set groups currently assigned to those users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To give users full access to custom objects, upgrade their user license to one that grants broader access, such as the Salesforce Platform user license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Unified Employee License Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_license_types_salesforce_unified_employee.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Customer Data Throughout Your Backup History with Data Privacy Requests Anonymize or correct personally identifiable information across every backed-up instance of a customer record in Backup & Recover Next. Create a single request for a record instead of finding and changing each historical instance separately. Apply your company’s privacy policies consistently to backed-up data while supporting right-to-be-forgotten and right-to-rectification requests. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in September 2026. **Who:** To create a data privacy request, you need the Submit Data Privacy Requests permission. To view existing requests, you need the View Data Privacy Requests permission. To cancel a request before it's committed, you need the Cancel Pending Data Privacy Requests permission. **How:** In Backup & Recover Next, go to the **Settings** tab, select **Data Privacy**, and create a request. Upload a CSV file containing the records and fields that you want to anonymize or correct. Each file can contain up to 50,000 rows, including the header row. Backup & Recover Next validates the file before submission. If the file contains invalid values or doesn’t meet the file requirements, an error message explains what to correct. Requests take 48 hours to be committed. You can cancel a request before it’s committed, but you can’t cancel it afterward. # Protect Customer Deliveries with Order Disruption Insights in Slack Act on Agentforce order disruption insights directly from Slack without switching to the Salesforce dashboard. The Salesforce Order Management app delivers the top five insights to your designated Slack channel to help you respond faster and protect customer delivery promises. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To enable Slack alerts, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Feature Settings** and select **Order Management**. Select **Setup** and enter your **Slack Channel ID**. ![Insights in Slack](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/om_insights_slack_integration.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Proactive Fulfillment Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_proactive_alerts.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Customer Privacy with Automatic Call Recording Redaction Automatically redact sensitive information, such as credit card numbers and personally identifiable information (PII), from call recordings. Reduce compliance risk and protect customer data without manual effort. Meet regulatory requirements, including Payment Card industry Security Standard (PCI DSS) and General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), while preserving call quality and context for training and review. Reduce Quality Analyst effort with AI-powered automated evaluation of every voice, messaging, and email-to-case interaction. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **Who:** To configure redaction from audio recordings, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** From Setup, go to the Recording and Transcription page and turn on Sensitive Data Redaction for Audio Recordings. # Protect Form Visitor Privacy A new device-validation check on Account Engagement-hosted forms helps you collect visitor information more securely. Now, when someone visits a form, eligible fields are pre-filled only if the visitor uses the same device on which the field information was last collected. Previously, the form showed pre-filled information across multiple devices. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with any Marketing Cloud Account Engagement edition. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis in February 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Capture Leads with Forms and Form Handlers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.pardot_forms.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Margins by Routing Discount Approvals on Quotes with an AI Agent (Beta) Use an AI agent to build a discount-approval process on quotes in Revenue Management with Advanced Approvals so every deal gets the right sign-off before it closes. The agent routes deals by discount size, escalates the largest discounts to a second approver, and auto-approves deals within policy. Before any submission, the agent previews routing at several discount levels so you can confirm that each deal reaches the right approver. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To build and deploy the approval flow, you need the View Setup and Configuration and Customize Application permissions, along with the Advanced Approvals permission sets. **How:** With your org authenticated to Salesforce CLI and no approval flows yet in place, describe your discount rules to an AI agent in plain language. The agent reads your Advanced Approvals state and builds an auto-launched flow approval process. The flow also includes a Smart Approvals rule that auto-approves within-policy deals and skips the work item. For exceptions, an Override Approval Work Item action runs only when the work item's status is Assigned. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Quote Discount Approvals with an AI Agent (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.set_up_quote_discount_approvals_with_an_ai_agent_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Protect OCAPI Integrations with Under Attack Mode When you turn on Under Attack Mode for an eCDN storefront zone, selected Open Commerce API (OCAPI) requests continue without a browser challenge. You can protect storefront pages during an attack without interrupting OCAPI integrations that use the exempt paths. Calls to other storefront paths can still be challenged, so use targeted custom rules and rate limiting when you need to protect those paths. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, click **Administration** | **Sites** | **Embedded CDN Settings**. Open the zone menu, select **Configure Zone**, and turn on **Under Attack Mode**. Under Attack Mode presents a browser check to every unique visitor to storefront pages but doesn't challenge these OCAPI requests: - Shop, Data, Meta, and Batch API requests - Dynamic Imaging Service URLs - The OCAPI access-token endpoint Under Attack Mode isn't available on SCAPI zones, so calls to your SCAPI hostname aren't affected. Server-to-server, headless, and mobile calls to other storefront paths, such as custom controllers and webhooks, can still be challenged and fail while Under Attack Mode is on. For path-specific attacks, use pretested custom rules with a Managed Challenge action for cart and checkout page loads and rate-limiting rules for add-to-cart and order-submission requests. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Under Attack Mode for an eCDN Zone](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_enable_under_attack_mode.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Protect Order Integrity by Restricting Cart Fulfillment Switching Prevent downstream order errors by locking active carts to their initial fulfillment type. You can configure these restrictions to safeguard complex workflows for made-to-order and off-the-shelf products. You can also receive clear on-screen notifications and resolution paths when the app blocks a restricted transition. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Store Fulfillment**. Edit Omni Settings and turn on **Limit Cross-Channel Fulfillment Switching**. ![Omni Settings in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_lockomni.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Enabling Omni Settings in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_modules_enabling_omni_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Quote and Order Consistency with a UI Loader for Asynchronous Processes Show a blocking loader on quote and order pages while asynchronous bulk processing is running. Users get immediate visual feedback that quote or order data is being updated, including when processing starts in another browser tab, session, or source, such as an agent or API call. Blocking interactions during processing helps prevent conflicting edits and partial states. The loader activates through a platform event that you configure, requiring no changes to your data model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** In CPQ Configuration Setup, set the value of `ESMUILoaderEnabled` to `true`. # Protect Sensitive Data by Recording Only Key Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Moments Now your call center reps decide exactly when to capture video during a live VRA interaction. With On-Demand Session Recording, call center reps can manually start and stop recording multiple times in a single session. They can selectively record specific portions, like confirming proof of installation, verifying a serial number or demonstrating a fix, so sensitive data outside key moments is never captured. Previously, VRA recorded the entire session. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package and Visual Remote Assistant installed. **How:** Go to the App Launcher and search for Visual Remote Assistant Configuration. Select **Session Recording Settings** and enable On-Demand Session Recording. To view and play a session's recorded clips after the call, open the session record in Salesforce Visual History and click **Session Recording**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Protect Sensitive Setup Data by Removing Elevated Permissions from Runtime Users Your runtime users can now perform contract lifecycle operations without the View Setup and Configuration permission. Previously, they needed this elevated permission to access org-level setup data for contract lifecycle tasks, such as creating and editing documents in the Microsoft 365 Word add-in, creating contracts from quotes, and managing electronic signatures. The user experience remains unchanged while sensitive setup configuration data stays protected. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license or with the Salesforce Contracts license. # Protect Service Reps’ Privacy in Business-Initiated Outbound Messaging Replace your Service reps’ first and last name with your Company Name in the disclaimer that’s sent to a Message End User the very first time that you send them a Business-Initiated Outbound message. Use this in conjunction with Aliases to ensure that reps’ private information is protected. **Where:** This applies to Enhanced Messaging. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** In Messaging Settings, click the name of your channel. Edit and select **Show business name as sender**. Then click **Add Language** under Messaging Consent Settings. Edit your Help Response and save your changes. ![Show business name as sender field on Messaging Settings page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_show_business_name.png) ![Help Response field on the Add or Edit Language modal.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_business_name.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send a Message to a Customer in an Enhanced Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_agent_initiated_outbound_0.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Store Sales During Outages with Centralized Offline Controls Switch registers to offline from a centralized dashboard during network disruptions or scheduled maintenance. Managing offline events centrally eliminates configuring individual devices on the floor, keeping checkout lines moving and preventing lost sales. Real-time event tracking, immutable audit logs, and safeguards against accidental scope reduction ensure operational control throughout an incident. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Offline Event Management** and create a new offline event. ![Offline Event Management in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_offlineevent.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Offline Events for Point of Sale Registers (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_settings_create_offline_event.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Storefront Next Access via Business Manager Control access to your storefronts by using the Business Manager site configuration. Grant access to Managed Runtime environments associated with your storefronts only to users with a basic authentication password. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important The Protected Storefront feature is disabled by default. To enable it for your organization, contact Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. Business Manager features are part of the B2C Commerce 26.6 release. #### See Also - [_Storefront Next Guide_: Limit Access to a Storefront Under Development](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/sfnext/guide/sfnext-protect-storefront.html) # Protect Unsaved Changes in Embedded MFE Widgets (Developer Preview) Prevent accidental data loss when users navigate away from a page with unsaved widget changes. The platform prompts users to confirm before discarding their work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The Dev Channel provides access to features that are not generally available and have been designated as pilot, beta, limited release, or developer preview. Their use is at the Customer's sole discretion and is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/). **How:** In the widget, check that the bridge is connected, then dispatch a `trackdirtystate` event via the MFE Bridge when the user modifies data: ``` if (bridge.isConnected()) { bridge.dispatchEvent(new CustomEvent('trackdirtystate', { detail: { isDirty: true, instanceId: bridge.instanceId, label: 'Product Registration' } })); } ``` The event requires three fields: - `isDirty` — `true` when the widget has unsaved changes, `false` after save or reset. - `instanceId` — use `bridge.instanceId` to identify this widget instance. - `label` — (optional) a descriptive name shown in the confirmation dialog (for example, "Product Registration Form"). When setting `isDirty` as true and no label is provided, the dirty-state modal displays an "unsaved changes" dialog with no label. Navigation protection covers two scenarios: - **In-app navigation** (clicking Salesforce tabs, links, or navigation items): The platform shows a modal listing dirty widgets by their label. Users choose to continue (discard changes) or cancel (stay on page). - **Browser actions** (refresh, close tab, back button, address bar): The browser shows its native `beforeunload` confirmation. This dialog text can't be customized. When multiple MFE widgets on the same page have unsaved changes, a single modal lists all dirty widgets by label. # Protect Users from Losing Unsaved Work in Embedded Apps Salesforce's standard unsaved-changes warning now covers embedded apps, so users are warned before they navigate away from work in progress. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and LWR-based Experience Cloud sites in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce where English is the default language. This change doesn't apply to Aura sites or the Salesforce mobile app. **When:** This feature is available starting September 14, 2026. **Who:** This change is for developers who build embedded apps and who can create Lightning web components. **Why:** Prevent users from accidentally losing unsaved work in an embedded app when they navigate away. **How:** When your embedded app has unsaved changes, mark the view as dirty through the platform SDK. Salesforce then shows its standard navigation-confirmation dialog if the user tries to leave. # Protect Your Billing Integrity by Enforcing IT Hardware Asset Scope Fence your hardware asset management lifecycle processes to run strictly on eligible IT hardware assets. By replacing scattered validation checks with a centralized mechanism, your organization ensures consistency across all workflows and APIs. This guardrail prevents accidental bulk modifications to non-hardware domains and blocks untagged assets from bypassing metering. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with IT Service. **Who:** To manage and run these lifecycle operations, you need a Hardware Asset Management permission set, such as Asset Manager, Inventory Manager, or IT Fulfiller. **Why:** Centralized validation integrates directly into standard refresh, reclaim, and disposal flows, automatically skipping and flagging ineligible records during bulk operations. # Protect Your Customers with Up-to-Date Security Contacts Give your customers faster protection during security events by keeping verified security contacts on file for your AgentExchange listings. All ISV partners must now designate contacts in the Partner Console, keep them up to date, and confirm them every six months. Salesforce Product Security uses this information solely for incident response. **Where:** This change applies to the AgentExchange Partner Console. **When:** This change will go into effect on August 12, 2026. **Who:** All ISV partners with published listings or connected orgs must provide security contact information. **Why:** During critical security events, speed matters. When a vulnerability affects an AgentExchange listing, Salesforce Product Security needs to reach the appropriate contact from your security team immediately. Having current contacts protects your customers and helps us respond to threats faster. **How:** The next time you log in to the Partner Console, you see a security contact form that you must complete before accessing any console features. Provide contact information for your security leadership team, including names, email addresses, and phone numbers. Every six months, the console prompts you to review and confirm these contacts are still accurate. We recommend using a distribution list or shared inbox to ensure continuity if team members change. To make sure you get our emails, avoid generic email usernames for your distribution lists. For example, security@example.com might get flagged as spam. A username like security+example@example.com is more likely to be delivered. For details, see [Role-Based Email Addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.pardot_admin_role_based_email_address.htm&type=5&language=en_US). To make updates to your security contacts at any time, go to Company Info in the Partner Console. This information is used solely for security incident response and isn’t shared with sales or marketing teams. # Protect Your Data with the OAuth 2.0 Demonstrating Proof-of-Possession (DPoP) Extension Secure your client apps with the Demonstrating Proof-of-Possession (DPoP) extension. DPoP cryptographically binds OAuth access and refresh tokens to your client. To use a token, clients must prove that they own the private key. Even if a threat actor steals an OAuth token, they can’t use it to access your data. **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic for both external client apps and connected apps. External client apps are available in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Connected apps are available in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. For more information about which flows and endpoints support DPoP, see the resources at the end of this release note. **When:** Available on a rolling basis starting October 5, 2026. **How:** In your external client app or connected app OAuth settings, enable “Require DPoP (Demonstrating Proof of Possession).” Then, implement DPoP in your client-side code. As part of your implementation, your client must generate special JSON Web Tokens (JWTs) called DPoP proofs. To easily generate DPoP proofs, use the new JWTUtil.generateDPoPProofForToken(httpMethod, httpUri, dpopCert, nonce, token) Apex method. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 DPoP Guide](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_dpop_guide.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 DPoP Supported Flows and Endpoints](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_dpop_supported_flows.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Your Integrations with Automatic Client Secret Revocation If we detect specific security threats related to an API integration in your account, we automatically revoke the client secret for the installed package. For example, if we detect that a client secret is exposed in a public repository, we revoke it, notify admins by email, and display a notification message in Marketing Cloud Engagement. If a follow-up security review determines that the secret isn’t compromised, we automatically restore it. This feature is enabled by default. Admins can’t turn it off. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. # Protect Your Salesforce Org and Users by Scanning Files for Malware (Beta) For improved security in your Salesforce org, files are now scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. When a user tries to upload a file, the process is blocked if the scanned file is malicious. If a malicious file is uploaded via the API, it’s scanned asynchronously, and it appears in the new Malicious Files (Beta) list. When a user attempts to download an existing file, the download is blocked if it’s malicious. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Files accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Performance, Unlimited, Contact Manager, and Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Scan files for viruses or malware is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’26. For details about timing and eligibility, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Who:** File owners, or users who have access to a file that was shared with them, can view a file even if it’s malicious. To access the Malicious Files (Beta) list and all identified malicious files or to download malicious files, you need the Manage Malicious Files (Beta) user permission. To only download malicious files, you need the Download Malicious Files (Beta) user permission. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Files, and then select **Salesforce Files** | **General Settings**. The setting **Scan files for viruses or malware (beta)** is turned on by default. If a new file isn’t scanned during the initial upload, it’s scanned asynchronously and added to the Malicious Files List (Beta) if it contains malware. ![Salesforce Files Settings in Setup, with the new preference for scanning files enabled](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/rn_260_experience_cloud_files_malware_scan.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Malware scanning in Salesforce Files flags only files that have a high probability of being malicious. If you require more stringent scanning, consider using one of Salesforce's malware scanning partners. #### See Also - [_Idea Exchange_: Salesforce.com should do virus scan on all the uploaded files](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0B8W00000GddmUUAR/salesforcecom-should-do-virus-scan-on-all-the-uploaded-files) - [_Salesforce Help_: Malware Scanning for Salesforce Files (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.collab_files_malware_scan.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Your Storefront with Hardened File Upload Security To improve security, Business Manager now enforces multi-factor authentication (MFA) to import or upload JavaScript files and HTML files that contain scripts. JavaScript and HTML files viewed through WebDAV or the Folder Browser no longer execute within Business Manager, but you can still download them locally. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Upload in B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_data_upload.htm&language=en_US) # Protect Your Work with a Dedicated CRM Analytics Recycle Bin (Generally Available) Safeguard your critical analytics by moving deleted dashboards and lenses to a dedicated recycle bin instead of losing them forever. View, manage, and restore these assets to their original state while automatically pausing associated subscriptions and notifications during the retention window. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To recycle a dashboard or lens, in edit mode, select **Move to Recycle Bin** from the Action menu. ![Move to Recycle Bin.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin_ga.png) Access the Recycle Bin on the Home page to manage your deleted assets. You have a 30-day window to restore items before they are permanently removed. ![Recyle bin with a warning that assets are deleted in 30 days.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin_ga_2.png) Starting in Winter ’27, moving a dashboard or lens with a Slack subscription to the Recycle Bin hides the subscription instead of permanently deleting it. When you restore the asset, the subscription resumes automatically. # Protect Your Work with the CRM Analytics Recycle Bin (Beta) Safeguard your critical analytics by moving deleted dashboards and lenses to a dedicated recycle bin instead of losing them forever. View, manage, and restore these assets to their original state while automatically pausing associated subscriptions and notifications during the retention window. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Recycle Bin is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To access this feature, contact Salesforce support. **How:** To recycle a dashboard, enter edit mode and choose **Move to Recycle Bin** from the Action menu. ![Move dashboard to recycle bin](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin_1.png) Access the **Recycle Bin** on the Home page panel to manage your deleted assets. You have a 30-day window to restore any items before they are permanently removed. ![Manage deleted assets in Recycle Bin](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin_2.png) # Provide AI Assistance on Experience Cloud Site Record Pages Show contextual AI recommendations and actions directly on record detail pages, such as cases, orders, or bookings. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations. Available on: - Aura Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template - LWR Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template **Who:** Available to users who access record pages and admins who configure the experience. **Why:** When users view a record detail page, the system shows contextual guidance and relevant actions in a side panel. Users can ask questions about the record and perform related actions without leaving the page. The interface features a conversational assistance panel and context-based action tiles that respond to the record the user views. # Provide Autonomous Transfer Credit Estimates to Prospective Students with Agentforce Help prospective students with application decisions by making transfer credit estimates readily accessible in the Transfer Credit Agent (beta). Estimate credits that are transferable into an institution or learning programs right in an agent session to reduce response time for evaluations. Save previous estimates to give students continuous access. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license and the applicable Agentforce add-on licenses are enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The Transfer Credit Agent is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** Transfer Credit Agent (beta) is available later in Spring 2026. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure Transfer Credit Agent (beta). Any user, including guest users, can use Transfer Credit Agent (beta). **How:** To turn on Transfer Credit Agent (beta), from Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**. Under Set Up Agentforce for Education Cloud, turn on **Student Recruitment Agent (Beta)**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transfer Credit Agent for Education Cloud (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_transfer_credit_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Clear Feedback on Cart Operations with Transient Messages Receive immediate, custom feedback when your sales reps update quote line items in the Enterprise Sales Management cart. Clear warning, error, and success messages explain why an operation succeeded or violated a business rule. If cardinality, attribute, validation, or pricing errors occur, reps can view the custom error details and continue updating the cart, but they can't submit the cart until they resolve all errors, keeping workflows clean, focused, and accurate. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** Configure pre-hooks to validate requests and block errors, or configure post-hooks to enrich payloads. Use these hooks to populate the `messages` array in the `multiEditCartItems` API response with validation errors, success messages, or custom warnings. # Provide Constituents a Self-Service Tax Portal Deploy a secure, constituent-facing web portal where individual taxpayers can view tax filing information including status, refund details, and income sources. The portal is built on the Taxpayer 360 Data Model. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Public Sector Solutions, Data 360, and Experience Cloud. **How:** Configure a Data Space, set up Data Governance Policies, and connect your agency's taxpayer records by using Data 360. Then configure Identity Resolution and deploy the Public Sector Tax and Revenue Portal template. ![Public sector tax and revenue portal template start page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_pss_oct_tax_portal.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tax and Revenue Management for Agentforce Public Sector (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_tr_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Customers Visibility into Their Wallet Balances Improves self-service adoption by giving your customers access to real-time wallet balances and existing consumption records. The Billing Self-Service Portal template now includes a wallet page where users can access wallet details without additional configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.um_usage_management.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Billing in Revenue Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Members More Time to Use Activity-Based Points Provide members more flexibility by adding a grace period to their point expiration dates, or by exempting points from expiration. Define reinstatement windows so your customer service representatives can easily reinstate points that expired within a time frame. Define different grace periods and reinstatement windows based on currency type and tier. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **How:** From the Loyalty Program Currency page of a redeemable currency that uses the activity-based expiration model, create Loyalty Program Currency Extension Period records. Clone and activate these Data Processing Engine definitions: the Identify and Update Activity Dates for Loyalty Program Members definition and the Expire with Grace Period Activity Based Non-Qualifying Points definition. Then, schedule the definitions to run periodically based on your business requirements. To reinstate expired points, run the Reinstate Points invocable action. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Points Extension and Reinstatement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_set_up_points_extension_and_reinstatement.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Schema-Level Prompts to Guide Extraction in Document AI for Data 360 Achieve higher precision in your Document AI models by providing global instructions that apply to the entire document rather than to specific fields or tables. Set instructions to ignore specific sections or define a primary extraction language, ensuring your models handle complex documents with better context. These global instructions allow you to guide model behavior across the full scope of a document, making it easier to manage multi-language extractions and excluded content. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in February 2026. **How:** In Document AI, when you manually configure document schema, navigate to the dedicated **Schema** tab to specify your prompt. For example, enter a prompt such as “Ignore the part of the document marked in red” in the **Prompt (Optional)** field. Click **Test** to verify the behavior and select **Save**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Document Schema Configuration Without a Source Object](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai_new_config_no_source.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Self-Service and Assisted Tariff Comparison Give prospective customers the ability to compare utility service rates and make informed decisions about their purchases directly in your customer portal. Existing customers can browse energy products, compare personalized offers, and complete their enrollment online. During the enrollment process, customers can update their billing address. Also, the system can capture new address details for the customers to establish the required location and service point records automatically. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Tariff Comparison for Experience Cloud_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_tariff_comparison_for_experience_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Service Reps Dynamic, Real-Time Issue Resolution Guidance for Messaging Sessions Service Assistant brings real-time, conversational issue resolution guidance to messaging sessions. Service reps receive dynamic, step-by-step service plans that adapt instantly to live conversations and automate plan steps with agent actions. In addition, service reps can receive additional, on-demand support using the agent chat box. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** Service Assistant for Messaging supports Enhanced Chat, Facebook, and WhatsApp channels. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Service Assistant for Messaging, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set and Messaging Eligibility Flow Access custom permission set that grants access to the messaging session eligibility flow. - To use Service Assistant for Messaging, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set and the Messaging Eligibility Flow Access custom permission set that grants access to the messaging session eligibility flow. - To generate service plans for messaging sessions, the ServicePlanner User requires the Agent Messaging Access custom permission set that includes these permissions. - App permission: Access Conversations Entries - Messaging Sessions object permission: Read, View All Fields **Why:** Previously, Service Assistant only provided issue resolution guidance for cases. Now, Service Assistant is an autonomous, real-time agent for messaging sessions that adapts in real time to fluid conversations. **How:** To set up Service Assistant for Messaging, go to the Service Assistant Setup page and complete the messaging configuration steps, which include creating eligibility criteria, turning on Service Assistant for messaging, and adding the component to the messaging session record page. You can reuse your existing Service Assistant agents, subagents, and actions for messaging, or create dedicated agents specifically for messaging channels. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_msg.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Assistant for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_msg_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Multiple Agents in Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_multiple_agents.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Multiple Agent Record Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ma_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Service Reps Dynamic, Real-Time Issue Resolution Guidance for Messaging Sessions Service Assistant brings real-time, conversational issue resolution guidance to messaging sessions. Service reps receive dynamic, step-by-step service plans that adapt instantly to live conversations and automate plan steps with agent actions. In addition, service reps can receive additional, on-demand support using the agent chat box. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** Service Assistant for Messaging supports Enhanced Chat, Facebook, and WhatsApp channels. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Service Assistant for Messaging, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set and Messaging Eligibility Flow Access custom permission set that grants access to the messaging session eligibility flow. - To use Service Assistant for Messaging, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set and the Messaging Eligibility Flow Access custom permission set that grants access to the messaging session eligibility flow. - To generate service plans for messaging sessions, the ServicePlanner User requires the Agent Messaging Access custom permission set that includes these permissions. - App permission: Access Conversations Entries - Messaging Sessions object permission: Read, View All Fields **Why:** Previously, Service Assistant only provided issue resolution guidance for cases. Now, Service Assistant is an autonomous, real-time agent for messaging sessions that adapts in real time to fluid conversations. **How:** To set up Service Assistant for Messaging, go to the Service Assistant Setup page and complete the messaging configuration steps, which include creating eligibility criteria, turning on Service Assistant for messaging, and adding the component to the messaging session record page. You can reuse your existing Service Assistant agents, subagents, and actions for messaging, or create dedicated agents specifically for messaging channels. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_msg.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Assistant for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_setup_msg.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Assistant Record Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_plan_processing.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Grounding with Messaging Session Record Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_record_data_msg.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: General Permissions for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_permissions_mandatory.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Assistant for Messaging Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_permissions_messaging.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Service Reps Dynamic, Real-Time Issue Resolution Guidance for Voice Calls Service Assistant brings real-time, conversational issue resolution guidance to voice calls. During voice calls, service reps receive dynamic, step-by-step service plans that adapt instantly to the live conversation. Service Assistant provides resolution guidance grounded in your knowledge base and can complete tasks directly with agent actions. Service reps can also get on-demand support from the Service Assistant chat box. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. The Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons are required. **Feature support:** Service Assistant for Voice is supported with these telephony models and providers: - Salesforce Voice (Native Voice) - Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (third-party telephony), which includes: - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect **When:** Service Assistant for Voice is available starting September 4, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Service Assistant for Voice, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set and the Voice Call Eligibility Flow Access custom permission set that grants access to the eligibility flow that determines which types of voice calls can have a service plan. - To use Service Assistant for Voice, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set and the Voice Call Eligibility Flow Access custom permission set that grants access to the voice call eligibility flow. - To generate service plans for voice calls, the Service Planner User requires the Agent Voice Access custom permission set with these app permissions: - Access Conversation Entries - View All Voice and Video Calls **Why:** Previously, Service Assistant provided issue resolution guidance only for cases and messaging sessions. Now, Service Assistant brings real-time resolution support to voice calls. It persistently monitors the voice call transcript and proposes and updates resolution steps in real time. **How:** To set up Service Assistant for Voice, go to the Voice tab of the Service Assistant Setup page and complete the voice configuration steps, which include creating eligibility criteria, granting users access, turning on Service Assistant for Voice, and adding the component to the voice call record page. If you have Service Assistant for Case or Messaging, you can reuse your existing Service Assistant agents, subagents, and actions for voice, or create dedicated agents for voice. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sp_vc.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Service Assistant for Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_setup_vc.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Assistant Record Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_plan_processing.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Grounding with Voice Call Record Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_record_data_vc.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ General Permissions for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_permissions_mandatory.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Service Assistant for Voice Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_permissions_voice.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Service Assistant for Case](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_setup_case.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Service Reps with Immediate Case and Customer Context with Case Catch-Up & Insights Instead of spending time catching up on case details, your service reps now get a 360-degree view of a customer and key case details directly within the Service Assistant component. When a rep opens a case record, Case Catch-Up & Insights displays AI-generated summaries of the case, associated account, customer sentiment, and case health score. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Case Catch-Up & Insights, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder and Prompt Template Manager permission sets. - To use Case Catch-Up & Insights, service reps need the Service Planner User and Prompt Template User permission sets. - The ServicePlanner User (agent user) doesn’t require any specific permissions to access this feature. **Why:** Previously, service reps had to manually review the case details and associated account and contact details. Now, Service Assistant generates a unified card with customizable insights: Engagement Summary, Account Summary, Opening Sentiment, and Analytics. Service reps have critical case information in one place to help them gather context and start resolving an issue faster and more efficiently. **How:** Case Catch-Up & Insights is available for setup without needing to complete the full Service Assistant setup, including creating a Service Assistant agent. The only Service Assistant-specific setup required to access Case Catch-Up & Insights is that you turn on Service Assistant for Case from the Service Assistant Setup page and add the Service Assistant component to the case record page. To enable Case Catch-Up & Insights, turn on Case Catch-Up & Insights from the Setup page and then turn on each insight you want to show to service reps. Afterward, go to Prompt Builder to activate the default prompt template for each insight you turned on. You can use the templates as is or configure them to your business requirements. ![Case Catch Up & Insights in the Service Assistant Component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_ccui.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Case Catch-Up and Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ccui.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Case Catch-Up and Insights Prompt Template Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ccui_pt.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Case Catch-Up and Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ccui_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Service Reps with Immediate Case and Customer Context with Case Catch-Up & Insights Instead of spending time catching up on case details, your service reps now get a 360-degree view of a customer and key case details directly within the Service Assistant component. When a rep opens a case record, Case Catch-Up & Insights displays AI-generated summaries of the case, associated account, customer sentiment, and case health score. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Case Catch-Up & Insights, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder and Prompt Template Manager permission sets. - To use Case Catch-Up & Insights, service reps need the Service Planner User and Prompt Template User permission sets. - The ServicePlanner User (agent user) doesn’t require any specific permissions to access this feature. **Why:** Previously, service reps had to manually review the case details and associated account and contact details. Now, Service Assistant generates a unified card with customizable insights: Engagement Summary, Account Summary, Opening Sentiment, and Analytics. Service reps have critical case information in one place to help them gather context and start resolving an issue faster and more efficiently. **How:** Case Catch-Up & Insights is available for setup without needing to complete the full Service Assistant setup, including creating a Service Assistant agent. The only Service Assistant-specific setup required to access Case Catch-Up & Insights is that you turn on Service Assistant for Case from the Service Assistant Setup page and add the Service Assistant component to the case record page. To enable Case Catch-Up & Insights, turn on Case Catch-Up & Insights from the Setup page and then turn on each insight you want to show to service reps. Afterward, go to Prompt Builder to activate the default prompt template for each insight you turned on. You can use the templates as is or configure them to your business requirements. ![Case Catch Up & Insights in the Service Assistant Component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_ccui.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Case Catch-Up and Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ccui.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Case Catch-Up and Insights Prompt Template Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ccui_pt.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Case Catch-Up and Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ccui_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Transfer Credit Estimates to Prospective Students with Agentforce (Generally Available) Help prospective students with application decisions by making transfer credit estimates readily accessible in the Transfer Credit Agent, now generally available. Estimate credits that are transferable into an institution or learning program right in an agent session to reduce response time for evaluations. Save previous estimates to give students continuous access. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license and the applicable Agentforce add-on licenses are enabled. **When:** The Transfer Credit Agent is generally available starting in June 2026. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure the Transfer Credit Agent. Unauthenticated guest users can use the Transfer Credit Agent, but only the users with verified email addresses can receive and save transfer credit estimates. **How:** The Summer '26 release includes more field-level access requirements. If you have a beta version of the Transfer Credit Agent, update access to these fields in your cloned Education Cloud AI Agent Access permission set. - Learning: Read for Previous Learning Version, Revised Learning Version, Learning System ID, and Version - Learning Course: Read for Previous Learning Version, Revised Learning Version, Learning System ID, and Version - Learning Equivalency: Read for Status #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transfer Credit Agent for Education Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_transfer_credit_agent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Transfer Credit Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_transfer_credit_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Users with a Consistent Medical Insights Experience on Web and Mobile Give sales reps faster access to contextual insights by enabling a Medical Insights feed tab in the Life Sciences Commercial web app through a custom UI, bringing the same structured view to both the platforms. Group related insights in a parent-child hierarchy in the Life Sciences Cloud Mobile app. Link goal assignments to a parent medical insight record and use the goal definition you created to populate goal definitions. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license, the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, the Agentforce for LifeSciences Cloud add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud Mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** In Insight Settings within the Admin Console, enable the custom tab and set the Medical Insights Feed tab as the default for the appropriate profile. Assign the Life Sciences Field Sales Representative or Life Sciences Field Medical permission set to users, and create an object metadata cache configuration for GoalAssignment and GoalDefinition. In the Medical Insight page layout, include the Child Medical Insight related list and generate the metadata cache. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Medical Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_medical_insights_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior. **Where:** This change applies to API version 66.0 and later. This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** The no-argument constructor instantiates your Apex classes when Apex code, REST API, or flows call invocable actions. Constructor visibility prevents instantiation failures and run-time errors. This change was originally introduced as the “Enforcing No-Argument Constructor” release update, which is no longer enforced. If you haven't enabled that release update, this versioned change implements the requirement. **How:** Provide a global no-argument constructor with appropriate visibility for your custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters inside the package. Use the default constructor or explicitly define your own. If your class has no explicit constructors, Apex provides an implicit no-argument constructor with the same access level as the class: ``` global class MyInvocableClass { @InvocableVariable(required=true) global String accountName; @InvocableVariable global Integer priority; // No explicit constructor - Apex provides an implicit global no-argument constructor } ``` When you add a constructor with parameters, Apex no longer provides the implicit no-argument constructor. Apex requires that you add a no-argument constructor with appropriate visibility: ``` global class MyInvocableClass { @InvocableVariable(required=true) global String accountName; @InvocableVariable global Integer priority; // Constructor with parameters global MyInvocableClass(String accountName, Integer priority) { this.accountName = accountName; this.priority = priority; } // Explicit no-argument constructor now required global MyInvocableClass() { } } ``` #### See Also - [Enforcing No-Argument Constructor on Apex Classes Used for Invocable Action Parameters (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_release_update_enforce_perm_requirements_on_built_in_apex_classes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When this update is enabled, you get access to certain built-in Apex classes that are available to be used as invocable action parameters. Additionally, this update enforces the visibility of the no-argument constructor on any class. This update was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. Starting in Spring ’26, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend that you enable it. This release update was previously named Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs.") - [_Apex Developer Guide_: InvocableVariable Annotation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_annotation_InvocableVariable.htm) # Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters in API Version 66.0 and Later If you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update, a versioned change now implements this requirement. Starting in API version 66.0, Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be public for non-packaged classes or global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Enforcing No-Argument Constructor on Apex Classes Used for Invocable Action Parameters (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_release_update_enforce_perm_requirements_on_built_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "When this update is enabled, you get access to certain built-in Apex classes that are available to be used as invocable action parameters. Additionally, this update enforces the visibility of the no-argument constructor on any class. This update was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. Starting in Spring ’26, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend that you enable it. This release update was previously named Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs.") # Provider Engagement Compliance Support Early Post-Marketing Phase Vigilance (EPPV) and Medical Information Delivery (MID) regulatory requirements by using Agentforce Life Sciences' Provider Engagement Compliance. To establish compliance during new product launches, configure periodic communication cycles. Sales reps can track compliance cycles to make sure that the regulatory requirements are met. - **[Streamline Provider Engagement Compliance with Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_streamline_pecc_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create compliance templates to save time and effort in defining cycles every time you create a compliance plan for an account. Then associate the template with all accounts that require monitoring. When you create a compliance plan for an account, Salesforce generates the account's personalized compliance cycles based on the associated template and the dates of the account's compliance plan. - **[Track Provider Engagement Compliance More Efficiently with Automated Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_manage_pecc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify an account's compliance cycle status, such as Due Soon, using color-coded indicators. Sales reps can now create a visit for a cycle with just a few clicks. Salesforce automatically marks a cycle as complete when sales reps sumbit their finding for the associated visit. To maintain accurate compliance records, reps can provide a reason when they skip a cycle. Based on template configuration, Salesforce automatically deletes or recreates cycles when sales reps stop or restarts a compliance. # Provision and Secure Proxied Custom Domains for Your Sender Authentication Package Set up and protect custom domains for your Sender Authentication Package (SAP) that go through a proxy rather than routing directly to Marketing Cloud Engagement. When you configure a proxy for domains hosted by Marketing Cloud Engagement, end-to-end connectivity and security are verified automatically so you can manage domains without manual checks. **Where:** This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement Pro+, Corporate+, and Enterprise+ editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Self-Hosted DNS for Custom Domains Routed Through a Proxy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_es_self_hosted_dns_for_domains_with_proxy.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Public Sector Transform IT service delivery with Agent-First IT Support for Public Services. Accelerate hiring and simplify license discovery with Agentforce. Streamline investigative case management setup by using Salesforce Go, collect fees directly on your portal with Inbound Payments, and support complex reporting needs by generating larger documents. Public Sector Solutions is now Agentforce Public Sector. You may see references to Public Sector Solutions in our application and documentation. - **[Deliver Agent-First IT Support to Public Sector Employees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_public_sector_itsm.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide modern, AI-powered IT service management to your public sector employees with the full suite of Agentforce IT Service capabilities. Resolve issues faster by giving your employees conversational, personalized, AI-driven support in the most convenient channel. Accelerate self-service by using topics and actions provided in the Employee Request Management agent template. Use the topics and actions in the IT fulfiller agent template to reduce repetitive manual work and accelerate issue resolution. Use Data 360 to enrich responses and reduce manual intervention for routine tasks. - **[Agentforce for Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_agentforce_for_public_sector.htm&release=260&type=5)** Accelerate hiring by using an AI agent to match qualified candidates to job positions based on skills, specializations, and location. Assist job seekers on your recruitment site with an agent that answers questions about hiring policies and processes. Help constituents identify necessary licenses and permits and answer their questions by deploying an agent grounded in your agency’s policy manuals. - **[Enhance Benefit Assistance with Comprehensive Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_benefit_management_updates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Capture essential details about a constituent, such as living arrangements and benefit duration, to help caseworkers make informed decisions about their benefit eligibility. Use eligibility reason codes to track eligibility determination, and record key dates of benefit issuance, closure, and notification to support the benefit assistance lifecycle. - **[Collect Fees for Public Sector Services with Inbound Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_inbound_payments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help constituents pay for services, such as license and permit applications, directly on your public facing portal. By using Inbound Payments, you can embed a secure checkout flow into your Experience Cloud site. This integration helps constituents settle fees digitally and gives agency employees real-time visibility into payment status, reducing manual reconciliation and ensuring compliance before application approval. - **[Generate Larger Documents for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_generate_larger_documents.htm&release=260&type=5)** Generate documents up to 300 MB to help with complex reporting needs, like investigative case files with high-resolution images or large data records. Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, now packages this enhancement directly, so you can create large files without hitting previous size constraints. - **[Enhance Agentforce Public Sector Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_go_icm.htm&release=260&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, discover, set up, and configure Investigative Case Management features, and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about the features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. - **[New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects. - **[New APIs in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_new_changed_apis.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new API in Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects. ## New and Enhanced Common Features for Public Sector Solutions Agentforce Public Sector includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend and customize Agentforce Public Sector based on your business needs. - [Accounting Subledger](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_accounting_subledger.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Consolidate data between Salesforce CRM and your accounting system. Understand how and where funds are received, paid, and allocated. - [Action Launcher](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_action_launcher.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Extend action recommendations by using contextual information from service records to determine user intent. - [Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_action_plans.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Customize the quick actions on an action plan template record page. Include document checklist items in actions plans for financial accounts. Learn about the life events in a client’s household at a glance. - [Actionable Relationship Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_arc.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) View many-to-one relationship type records on an Actionable Relationship Center (ARC) graph. - [Batch Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_batch_management.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Use related object fields to control eligibility criteria and to group records for processing. Make the most of the new enhancements to fast-track batch job runs. All Spring '26 Batch Management changes are available for a limited set of process types, excluding the Flow process type. - [Business Rules Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_business_rules_engine_intro.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Experience improved scalability in decision tables with increased limits for invocations, output results, columns, and row processing. Expression sets enhancements include support for the IF function, automatic element naming, proactive alerts for constraint violations, and improved Salesforce Flow integration. Deploy rules to context definitions with improved stability. Monitor decision table actions in a centralized dashboard with real-time status and error details. Simplify the discovery and setup Business Rules Engine features with Salesforce Go. Clarify decisions with automated explanations for nested expression sets. Control how your expression set handles null values and no matches in decision tables based on your business requirements. - [Compliant Data Sharing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_compliant_data_sharing.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Compliant Data Sharing custom object record owners can now delete custom object participant records by using a new setting. - [Context Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_context_service_intro.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Manage large context definitions with more ease by using the enhanced context definition mapping user interface with inline search and improved sort and filter abilities. Map extended context definitions to custom data spaces that contain preprocessed, harmonized, and unified data from multiple sources. Context Service now supports Second-Generation Managed Packaging (2GP). You can now package and deploy deactivated context definitions. Guided extensibility prevents mapping conflicts by enabling custom mappings only for allowed inherited nodes and attributes, ensuring stable upgrade experiences. - [Criteria-Based Search and Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_criteria_based_search_and_filter.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Use Criteria-Based Search and Filter to design a search experience for your users. You can configure a search based on a single object that unifies complex sets of data, such as inventory and aggregated customer information that’s otherwise spread across multiple objects and fields. Criteria-Based Search and Filter can be customized to meet varied business requirements. - [Discovery Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_discovery_framework.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Easily present forms in the user's preferred language by storing assessment questions and responses in multiple languages. Keep historical data accurate by mapping each response to the specific version of the question, ensuring compliance. Save time by creating assessment questions with Generative AI so that you can generate, edit, and refine questions by using natural language instructions. - [Data Processing Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_processing_engine.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Preview how your definitions transform data and instantly validate and debug definition design right for the builder. Create and run definitions in Data 360 companion orgs. Use a unified view to track the performance and key metrics of definitions. Get actionable recommentations for failed runs and download failed records to debug faster. Find and focus the Data Processing Engine canvas on nodes that you want to work on. - [Fundraising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Give your staff and donors powerful tools for managing gifts. Donors can handle common requests, like changing recurring gifts, by using the self-service Donor Support Agent (beta). Free up your staff by customizing the Gift Entry Grid with templates and custom Lightning Web Components for faster processing. You can now add up to 50 designations to a single gift and backdate transactions for gift commitments, all from within the Gift Entry Grid. New object updates also help you track in-kind donations and add multiple designations. Streamline workflows, improve data accuracy, and provide Relationship Officers with clear, gift-specific views, with dynamic Flexcards for gift planning. - [Grantmaking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_grantmaking.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Adopt the Application Form object to future-proof your application process and ensure access to future platform enhancements. To improve completion rates, all form components are now mobile-friendly for a better user experience on any device. You can also require specific file attachments to prevent incomplete applications. - [Interest Tags](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_interest_tags.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Use sharing rules to extend sharing access to users for Tag Categories. - [Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Validate your workflows built with Omniscripts and Flexcards end-to-end by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. For a fast, scalable experience, add Omniscripts and Flexcards to Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Experience Cloud sites (pilot). Get immediate help with an Omnistudio component or element with the Omnistudio Assistance AI Agent (pilot). With accessibility improvements for Omniscripts and Flexcards, create inclusive workflows and solutions for customers and users with disabilities. Filter empty records in Omnistudio Data Mapper Extract and Turbo Extract components with the Is Null operator. - [Program and Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rn_program_case_management.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Manage the complete participant lifecycle with greater speed and accuracy. Potential participants can now browse programs as guest users on your Experience Cloud site to increase engagement. When participants apply, guide staff through a streamlined intake for one or many programs with real-time eligibility checks. Finally, capture service delivery faster with optimized mobile attendance tracking and accelerate your Data 360 readiness with updated data kits. - [Rollup Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rollup_definitions.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Configure multiple record rollup definitions within one LWC component for improved data visualization. Set up on-demand record rollup definitions quickly and efficiently using the guided setup. Help business executives make more informed decisions by using the enhancements to record rollup definitions. # Public Sector Bring taxpayer data together with Taxpayer 360 and show it to constituents on a self-service portal. Agentforce helps handle routine tax inquiries with complex cases passed to human agents. Let constituents apply for multiple benefit programs in one application and check their eligibility across programs. Adapt claims submission forms to your workflows, and use Outbound Payments to extract invoice data. Guide applicants through license and permit intake with Agentforce, and collect service fees with Inbound Payments. Engage job candidates with AI-powered self-service and targeted recruitment campaigns. Schedule constituent visits, inspections, and other interactions, and assign the right worker to each location. Use semantic search to find relevant content in files stored in Amazon S3. - **[Tax and Revenue Management for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ps_tax_rev_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tax agencies get a unified and comprehensive view of the taxpayer, while providing a self-service web portal where constituents can directly access their own tax information. Agentforce helps handle routine inquiries with complex cases passed to human agents. - **[Benefit Management for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ps_benefit_mgmt_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Constituents and their authorized representatives can now apply for multiple government benefit programs in a single, unified application instead of completing a separate application for each one. As applicants enter their information, they are checked for eligibility for each program at the same time, and known details are prefilled from existing records to reduce repetitive data entry. The result is faster, lower-error intake for constituents and consolidated, more consistent workflows for caseworkers and supervisors. - **[Outbound Payments for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ps_outbound_payments_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Capture standardized rates for services in your catalog to adjudicate and approve payment. Define costs for benefit and non-benefit programs, from court translators to nutrition assistance. - **[Claims Submission for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ps_claims_submission_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Streamline claims processing and service delivery for public benefit programs. Authorize and track service delivery, customize claim submission forms, and use AI to extract invoice data. These capabilities help agencies accelerate claim processing, reduce manual processing, and maintain visibility throughout the service delivery lifecycle. - **[License, Permit, and Inspection Management for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ps_lpi_mgmt_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Guide applicants through license and permit applications with an agent-assisted intake experience. The intake flow unifies multiple licenses into a single application, fills fields from uploaded documents, and lets applicants pause and resume. Constituents pay application fees directly on your portal, and inspectors add unplanned tasks during a visit. Address search finds locations and addresses by name instead of by generated ID. - **[Talent Recruitment Management for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ps_trm_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Engage candidates faster with AI-powered self-service and targeted recruitment campaigns. - **[Workforce Scheduling for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Schedule the appointments, home visits, and inspections that constituents depend on, and get the right worker to each location on time. Constituents book time with case workers and intake officers, and agency employees schedule home visits for inspections, investigations, and case history collection. Dispatchers coordinate employees and contractors from one operations console, and mobile workers record observations and access case data offline at the job site. - **[Track Supplier Risk Across Your Multi-Tier Supply Chain (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_supply_chain_resiliency_pilot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Surface supplier risks before they disrupt mission-critical programs. The new Supply Chain Resiliency data model is highly flexible and extendable and gives program managers and contracting officers a real-time view of risk across every tier of the supply chain, from supplier networks and bill-of-materials structures to the programs and contracts they affect. Act on vulnerabilities early, keep essential services running, and configure the model to fit your agency's needs. - **[Discover Amazon S3 File Content Semantically with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_external_storage_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Stop manually reviewing files to find what you need. Investigators, compliance officers, and other users can easily locate specific information across petabytes of files stored in Amazon S3 by conversing with an Agentforce AI agent, or directly from a record page using the External Storage Semantic Search component. Semantic search uses AWS services such as Amazon Bedrock and Amazon Kendra to understand intent, not just keywords. For example, a query for "suspect fled the scene" also finds files mentioning "absconded," or videos where someone says "ran away," across text in documents, spoken words in videos, and text within images. - **[Accelerate Setup with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_salesforce_go_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Go expands its support for Agentforce Public Sector, introducing a single setup location for key features. Discover External Storage Search, Licensing and Permitting, and Recruitment Campaigns capabilities on Salesforce Go and take advantage of expanded configurability across all Public Sector features for a more tailored implementation experience. - **[New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_new_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector objects. - **[New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_new_changed_connect_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector APIs. - **[New Connect in Apex Class in Benefit Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_benefit_mgmt_connect_in_apex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This Connect in Apex class is new. - **[New Connect REST API and Apex Methods in Tax and Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_tax_rev_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Retrieve a taxpayer's activity and profile through the new Tax and Revenue resources. Get the logged-in taxpayer's filings, documents, payments, refunds, and assessments for a tax year scoped to just the views you need, and get a taxpayer profile with the tax years that have filings on record. - **[New Invocable Actions in Public Sector Solutions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_tax_rev_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Retrieve a taxpayer’s profile and tax-year activity from Flow with new invocable actions for Tax and Revenue Management. - **[Public Sector Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_benefit_mgmt_public_sector_namespace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Determine eligibility, calculate benefit amounts, and manage application data directly from Apex using new classes in the PublicSectrSltn namespace. These classes mirror the ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityConnect Connect in Apex methods so you can build the integrated application experience in your own Apex logic. ## New and Enhanced Common Features for Public Sector Public Sector includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend and customize Public Sector based on your business needs. - [Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_action_plans.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Customize the quick actions on an action plan template record page. Include document checklist items in actions plans for financial accounts. Learn about the life events in a client’s household at a glance. - [Criteria-Based Search and Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_criteria_based_search_and_filter.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Use Criteria-Based Search and Filter to design a search experience for your users. You can configure a search based on a single object that unifies complex sets of data, such as inventory and aggregated customer information that’s otherwise spread across multiple objects and fields. Criteria-Based Search and Filter can be customized to meet varied business requirements. - [Discovery Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_discovery_framework.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Use Generative AI to validate uploaded documents and prefill linked fields in Discovery Framework assessment forms. - [Grantmaking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_grantmaking.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Adopt the Application Form object to future-proof your application process and ensure access to future platform enhancements. To improve completion rates, all form components are now mobile-friendly for a better user experience on any device. You can also require specific file attachments to prevent incomplete applications. - [Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Validate your workflows built with Omniscripts and Flexcards end-to-end by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. For a fast, scalable experience, add Omnscripts and Flexcards to Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Experience Cloud sites (pilot). Get immediate help with an Omnistudio component or element with the Omnistudio Assistance AI Agent (pilot). With accessibility improvements for Omniscripts and Flexcards, create inclusive workflows and solutions for customers and users with disabilities. Filter empty records in Omnistudio Data Mapper Extract and Turbo Extract components with the Is Null operator. - [Unified Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_unified_catalog.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) Expedite fulfillment times for high-volume requests like password resets by using dedicated tracking and tailored workflows. Transfer complex Service Process packages, including all rules and flows, reliably between different orgs without manual fixes. ​​Capture the most current and relevant inputs by directly updating service record attributes within the service design process. Control Service Process availability by using complex qualification logic that designers can easily build and deploy. Optimize your Service Process creation with improved attribute organization, support for more data types, and clearer display of record information. Equip service reps and internal request fulfillers to validate product eligibility for customers and employees by using the Check Product Eligibility Agentforce action. ## Public Sector Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Outbound Payments**: [Authorize and Track Service Delivery Access Across Benefit and Non-Benefit Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_authorize_track_services.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agencies can now authorize and track service delivery for operational services like court translators, expert witnesses, and investigative consultants—as well as service-based benefits to constituents like nursing support and nutrition assistance with Service Authorization and Service Delivery.") - Updated to move the release note from the Outbound Payments section to the Claims Submission section. The release note content wasn’t updated. (Updated the week of October 19th, 2026) - **Outbound Payments**: [Customize Claims Submission Forms and AI-Based Invoice Extraction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_customize_claims.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Government agencies can now adapt Claims submission forms in Experience Cloud to match their workflows—adding custom fields, simplifying provider intake, and automating invoice data extraction with Unstructured Document Processing.") - Updated to move the release note from the Outbound Payments section to the Claims Submission section. The release note content wasn’t updated. (Updated the week of October 19th, 2026) - **Talent Recruitment Management for Agentforce Public Sector**: [Run Targeted Recruitment Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_recruitment_campaigns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Recruitment teams need a proactive way to engage candidates in their talent pool, not just wait for applications. With recruitment campaigns, you can segment your talent pool by skills and past applications to reengage candidates with personalized opportunities. Nurture passive talent over time with confidence, knowing campaigns target only candidates who consented to communications.") - Added a note about the workaround to complete the Agentforce Marketing Intial Setup stage in Salesforce GO. (Updated the week of October 12th, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [Deflect Taxpayer Inquiries Automatically with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_taxpayer_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Handle your highest-volume taxpayer questions related to refund status, tax balance breakdowns, and filing status inquiries with the Tax Advocate agent. Embed the agent directly on the taxpayer web portal. Taxpayers interact with a conversational AI in natural language and receive real-time, personalized answers grounded in Taxpayer 360 data.") - Added a release note about the general availability of the Tax Advocate agent. (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [Build a Unified Taxpayer 360 Profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_tax_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The new Taxpayer 360 Data Model covers identity and household details, income summary, filing status, and payment history, giving tax agents a complete constituent profile in one view without switching between systems. Connect your data by using Data 360 while keeping your existing system as the source of record.") - Updated the release note to announce the Tax and Revenue Management Data Kit. (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [New Connect REST API and Apex Methods in Tax and Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_tax_rev_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Retrieve a taxpayer's activity and profile through the new Tax and Revenue resources. Get the logged-in taxpayer's filings, documents, payments, refunds, and assessments for a tax year scoped to just the views you need, and get a taxpayer profile with the tax years that have filings on record.") - Updated the release note with new URL endpoints for the Tax Revenue Profile and Tax Constitutent Activity resources. (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") - Added a release note with the new metadata type for Tax and Revenue Management features. (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [New Invocable Actions in Public Sector Solutions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_tax_rev_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Retrieve a taxpayer’s profile and tax-year activity from Flow with new invocable actions for Tax and Revenue Management.") - Added a release note with the new invocable actions for Tax and Revenue Management features. (Added the week of October 12, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Talent Recruitment Management for Agentforce Public Sector**: Answer Candidate Questions Instantly with Agentic Self-Service for Talent Recruitment Management (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Tax and Revenue Management for Agentforce Public Sector**: [Deflect Taxpayer Inquiries Automatically with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_taxpayer_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Handle your highest-volume taxpayer questions related to refund status, tax balance breakdowns, and filing status inquiries with the Tax Advocate agent. Embed the agent directly on the taxpayer web portal. Taxpayers interact with a conversational AI in natural language and receive real-time, personalized answers grounded in Taxpayer 360 data.") (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature isn’t quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. # Public Sector Features Released by Month Public Sector features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. ## July 2026 | Functional Area | Release Note | | --- | --- | | Unstructured Document Processing | [Extract Data from Documents Stored in Amazon S3 Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_udp_external_storage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Unstructured Document Processing now extracts data from files stored in Amazon S3, not just files stored natively in Salesforce. Agencies can extract data from documents, such as resumes, without first moving those files into Salesforce.") | ## June 2026 | Functional Area | Release Note | | --- | --- | | Grantmaking with Agentforce | [Give Grant Seekers Instant Answers with a Dedicated Support Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_grant_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Applicant and Grantee Support Agent draws from your uploaded PDF grant documents and Salesforce Knowledge articles to answer common grant seeker questions in real time. Instead of fielding repetitive eligibility and application questions, your grant management team can focus on higher-value work.") | # Public Sector Namespace Determine eligibility, calculate benefit amounts, and manage application data directly from Apex using new classes in the PublicSectrSltn namespace. These classes mirror the ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityConnect Connect in Apex methods so you can build the integrated application experience in your own Apex logic. ## New Classes ManageApplicationDataService Class Save, update, or delete the data a constituent enters in a benefit application by calling the `manageApplicationData` method. This method backs the integrated application and mirrors the `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityConnect.manageApplicationData` Connect in Apex method. BenefitsEligibilityService Class Evaluate a constituent's benefit eligibility and calculate benefit amounts from Apex. This class implements the `Callable` interface and wraps the `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityConnect.evaluateBenefits` and `ConnectApi.IntegratedEligibilityConnect.calculateBenefitAmounts` Connect in Apex methods. # Publish Agentforce Solutions with MCP Servers on AgentExchange Help customers understand your Agentforce solutions by detailing your preconfigured Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers on AgentExchange. You can specify the number of MCP servers in your solution and add details about the tools and resources they contain. These details help customers understand what your MCP servers offer and how they enable Agentforce agents to interact with internal and external tools and resources. **Who:** This change impacts Salesforce ISV partners with Agentforce partner applications. **Why:** Customers and Agentforce admins use AgentExchange to discover, filter, and install prebuilt MCP servers that address their specific business needs. Highlighting your MCP servers, along with their specific tools and resources, helps customers and admins understand the capabilities, support, and integration options your solution offers before they install it. **How:** On the partner console, navigate to the Fill in the Basics page (1) for your Agentforce solution listing. Specify the number of MCP servers (2) included in your package to show the available tools and resources. For each MCP server, click **\+ Add Tool (3)** and **\+ Add Resource (4)** to enter the names and brief descriptions of the tools and resources. When your listing is published, the listing card on AgentExchange indicates to customers that your solution contains MCP servers alongside other Agentforce assets such as agents, subagents, and actions. ![The Agentforce Solution Information section showing the fields for the number of MCP servers, tools, and resources.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/development/appexchange_partner_console_publish_mcp_servers.png) # Publish Batch DMO Activations On-Demand Automate your workflows by triggering Batch DMO activations with the Connect API. This update eliminates the need for manual UI interactions, allowing you to integrate and initiate activations directly through your own external systems. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in April 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Help_: Data 360 Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/connectapi/references/spec#tag/Activations/paths/~1ssot~1activations~1%7BactivationId%7D~1actions~1publish/post) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: New and Changed Connect REST API Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&language=en_US) # Publish Large Dashboard Layouts with Full-Width Printing Make sure that your wide charts and tables print clearly without clipped data by using the new full width option. Switch from the standard A4 width to a full-viewport layout to use the extra horizontal space on A3 or larger paper sizes. All dashboard widgets update to occupy the available space for a polished physical report. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Developer Edition and Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** For full width printing, select **Print Preview** then click **Use Full Width**. ![Use Full Width button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_dashboard_full_width_print_2.png) Use the available properties in the Print menu to render your dashboard content. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create PDF Files and Print Your Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_print.htm&language=en_US) # Publish Preference Pages for Different Audiences Create and publish independent preference pages that are tailored to specific target audiences. Marketers can select the preference page URL as a merge field to make sure that recipients see only relevant subscriptions. This update preserves distinct brand identities for separate business units or customer segments. # Publish Split Territories with the Rules You Choose When a geographic assignment rule is large enough to split into child territories, choose whether to publish non-boundary assignment rules on the parent territory or on each child territory. The **Parent territory** option remains the default and matches the previous behavior. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. A Sales Planning add-on license is required. **Why:** When you publish manual assignments to Sales Territories, Territory Planning leaves existing manual assignments in place. **How:** From an alignment with geographic territories, select **Publish to Sales Territories** and specify the publish settings. If a territory is too large, select the option to split it into child territories. For the Publish non-boundary assignment rules on field, select **Parent territory** or **Child territories**.![publish territories](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/publishsplitterritories.png) # Purchase a Standalone License for Data Detect You can now acquire Data Detect without purchasing the full Shield bundle. The system is configured to validate the presence of this new, dedicated license and provide access to all Data Detect functionality. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **Why:** If you need the flexibility for Data Detect to understand your Personally Identifiable Information (PII) exposure. Or, you want to run a scan before investing in full-scale remediation. # Push Flare Content into Data 360 Import your organization's MadCap Flare technical documentation into Data 360 using the Flare Push Connector. Configure Flare to publish HTML5 content via SFTP to a Data 360 staging area, where it's automatically ingested, harmonized, and indexed for semantic search so that Agentforce agents can use it to answer questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This feature is generally available as of August 2026. **Who:** The change is available to users with a System Administrator profile or the Data Cloud Architect permission set. **Why:** Push Connectors introduce a new data ingestion pattern for Data 360. Instead of Data 360 pulling data from external systems, you configure the source system to push content to Data 360 when and how you choose. This approach gives you more control over when and how content is published, making it ideal for content management systems like MadCap Flare where content updates follow a publishing workflow. **How:** Set up an SFTP staging area in Data 360 and generate SSH keys. Configure MadCap Flare to push HTML5 content to the staging area whenever you publish. In Data 360, create a Push Connector pointing to your staging area, then create an Unstructured Data Lake Object (UDLO) to process the incoming content. Optionally, enable content harmonization and semantic search to make your documentation searchable across your organization. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Flare Push Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-flare-connector.html) # Push Heretto Content into Data 360 Import your organization's Heretto content into Data 360 using the Heretto Push Connector. Configure Heretto to publish content via SFTP to a Data 360 staging area, where it's automatically ingested, harmonized, and indexed for semantic search so that Agentforce agents can use it to answer questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This feature is generally available as of August 2026. **Who:** The change is available to users with a System Administrator profile or the Data Cloud Architect permission set. **Why:** Push Connectors introduce a new data ingestion pattern for Data 360. Instead of Data 360 pulling data from external systems, you configure the source system to push content to Data 360 when and how you choose. This approach gives you more control over when and how content is published, making it ideal for content management systems like Heretto where content updates follow a publishing workflow. **How:** Set up an SFTP staging area in Data 360 and generate SSH keys. Configure Heretto to push content to the staging area whenever you publish. In Data 360, create a Push Connector pointing to your staging area, then create an Unstructured Data Lake Object (UDLO) to process the incoming content. Optionally, enable content harmonization and semantic search to make your documentation searchable across your organization. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Heretto Push Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-heretto-connector.html) # Push IXIA CCMS Content into Data 360 Import your organization's IXIA CCMS content into Data 360 using the IXIA CCMS Push Connector. Configure IXIA CCMS to publish content via SFTP to a Data 360 staging area, where it's automatically ingested, harmonized, and indexed for semantic search so that Agentforce agents can use it to answer questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This feature is generally available as of August 2026. **Who:** The change is available to users with a System Administrator profile or the Data Cloud Architect permission set. **Why:** Push Connectors introduce a new data ingestion pattern for Data 360. Instead of Data 360 pulling data from external systems, you configure the source system to push content to Data 360 when and how you choose. This approach gives you more control over when and how content is published, making it ideal for content management systems like IXIA CCMS where content updates follow a publishing workflow. **How:** Set up an SFTP staging area in Data 360 and generate SSH keys. Configure IXIA CCMS to push content to the staging area whenever you publish. In Data 360, create a Push Connector pointing to your staging area, then create an Unstructured Data Lake Object (UDLO) to process the incoming content. Optionally, enable content harmonization and semantic search to make your documentation searchable across your organization. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: IXIA CCMS Push Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-ixia-ccms-connector.html) # Push Tridion Content to Data 360 Import your organization's Tridion content into Data 360 using the Tridion Push Connector. Configure Tridion to publish content via SFTP to a Data 360 staging area, where it's automatically ingested, harmonized, and indexed for semantic search so that Agentforce agents can use it to answer questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This feature is generally available as of August 2026. **Who:** The change is available to users with a System Administrator profile or the Data Cloud Architect permission set. **Why:** Push Connectors introduce a new data ingestion pattern for Data 360. Instead of Data 360 pulling data from external systems, you configure the source system to push content to Data 360 when and how you choose. This approach gives you more control over when and how content is published, making it ideal for content management systems like Tridion where content updates follow a publishing workflow. **How:** Set up an SFTP staging area in Data 360 and generate SSH keys. Configure Tridion to push content to the staging area whenever you publish. In Data 360, create a Push Connector pointing to your staging area, then create an Unstructured Data Lake Object (UDLO) to process the incoming content. Optionally, enable content harmonization and semantic search to make your documentation searchable across your organization. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Tridion Push Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-tridion-connector.html) # Push Unstructured Content Over SFTP to Data 360 Import unstructured content from any source system into Data 360 using the SFTP Unstructured Connector. Push content via SFTP to a Data 360 staging area, where it's automatically ingested, harmonized, and indexed for semantic search so that Agentforce agents can use it to answer questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This feature is generally available as of August 2026. **Who:** The change is available to users with a System Administrator profile or the Data Cloud Architect permission set. **Why:** Push Connectors introduce a new data ingestion pattern for Data 360. Instead of Data 360 pulling data from external systems, you configure the source system to push content to Data 360 when and how you choose. The SFTP Unstructured Connector gives you this same control for any source system that can publish over SFTP, without requiring a connector built for a specific content management system. **How:** Set up an SFTP staging area in Data 360 and generate SSH keys. Configure your source system to push unstructured content to the staging area whenever you publish. In Data 360, create an SFTP Unstructured Connector pointing to your staging area, then create an Unstructured Data Lake Object (UDLO) to process the incoming content. Optionally, enable content harmonization and semantic search to make your content searchable across your organization. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: SFTP Unstructured Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-sftp-unstructured-connector.html) # Put Agentic AI to Work on Common HR Tasks with a Prebuilt Agent Library Automate common HR tasks by using dedicated agents from the prebuilt agent library. Your employees can autonomously view payroll and update personal information, while managers can efficiently approve leave requests and manage performance goals. These agents help users complete tasks faster and reduce manual administrative work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Performance, and Enterprise editions with Agentforce HR Service. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Unified Employee License, Agentforce permission set licenses, and these add-on licenses: Agentforce Employee Agent and Employee Hub HR Service Workspace. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Agentforce Studio**. Click **New Agents** and select the specific agents your organization needs, such as Direct Deposit Management, Employee Case Management, and Employee Leave Management. After activation, employees can access these agents through the Salesforce chat interface or the Salesforce mobile app. # Qualify Contacts and Person Accounts with Agentforce Seamlessly qualify Contacts and Person Acocunts to build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your Agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Sales Cloud and Einstein for Sales. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This functionality is available beginning April 12, 2026. **Why:** Previously, Qualification supported only Lead records. Now, you can use Qualification for Contacts and Person Account records as well. This enhancement enables Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing Agents to qualify a broader range of prospects. **How:** From Salesforce Go, go to the agent configuration for Inbound Lead Generation or Lead Nurturing, then navigate to the Qualification section and select the desired object(s). # Qualify Contacts and Person Accounts with Agentforce Seamlessly qualify Contacts and Person Accounts to build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales and Einstein for Sales. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This functionality became available starting April 12, 2026. **Why:** Previously, Qualification supported only Lead records. Now, you can use Qualification for Contacts and Person Account records as well. This enhancement enables Lead Generation and Lead Nurturing Agents to qualify a broader range of prospects. **How:** From Salesforce Go, go to the agent configuration for Inbound Lead Generation or Lead Nurturing, then navigate to the Qualification section and select the desired object(s). # Quality Management Improve the quality of customer interactions by evaluating reps against objective criteria and generating performance insights. - **[Standardize Performance Reviews with Custom Evaluation Forms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_quality_mgmt_custom_evaluation_forms.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build objective assessment criteria by creating structured evaluation forms tailored to specific interaction types. Design discovery framework–based forms with scored questions and required rationales for each response. Apply a unified grading standard to reduce subjectivity and ensure consistency across evaluations. Deliver clear, actionable feedback to agents to maintain peak performance standards for service reps. - **[Expand Evaluation Coverage Types with Case](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_quality_mgmt_case.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To capture a broader view of how reps are performing, expand quality assessments beyond voice calls and messaging sessions to include cases. Build evaluation forms tailored to specific interaction types using scored questions and required rationales for each response. A unified grading standard reduces subjectivity and gives reps clear, actionable feedback across all interaction types. # Quality Management Improve the quality of customer interactions by evaluating reps against objective criteria and generating performance insights. - **[Evaluate Every Interaction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_evaluate_every_interaction.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Automatically evaluate every customer service interaction across voice calls, messaging conversations, and email-to-case exchanges using AI. Match the appropriate evaluation form based on interaction attributes. Achieve full evaluation coverage of customer interactions, identify coaching opportunities for service reps across all channels, and track service quality trends without increasing QA team workload. # Query 10 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 10 more Setup objects, including ApexClass, ApexPage, and PlatformEventChannel. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting in October 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **How:** The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them. - [ApexClass](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_apexclass.htm) - [ApexPage](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_apexpage.htm) - [DataWeaveResource](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_dataweaveresource.htm) - [DebugLevel](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_debuglevel.htm) - [FieldRestrictionRule](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_fieldrestrictionrule.htm) - IntegArtifactDef - [PlatformEventChannel](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_platformeventchannel.htm) - [PlatformEventMigration](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_platformeventmigration.htm) - [PlatformEventSubscriberConfig](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_platformeventsubscriberconfig.htm) - [RestrictionRule](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_restrictionrule.htm) # Query and Enhance Data with Insights Get the most out of your data in Data 360 by creating calculated, streaming, or real-time insights. - **[Connect and Visualize Data 360 Data with Microsoft Power BI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_query_power_bi.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access and analyze your Data 360 data directly within Microsoft Power BI Desktop and Gateway with the Power BI Connector for Salesforce Data 360. Execute read-only SQL queries to retrieve data so you can easily build dashboards. This connector eliminates the need for complex workarounds that require external systems. - **[Dive Into Customer Shopping Cart Behavior with Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_insights_shopping_cart.htm&release=260&type=5)** With the new insight template for shopping carts you can understand customer interactions with their shopping carts, from adding items to completing or abandoning purchases. With this feature’s view of the customer's journey through the checkout process, you can identify trends, pinpoint abandonment reasons, and optimize conversion. - **[Enhance Real-Time Personalization with Lakehouse Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_lakehouse_with_real_time_insights.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain deeper insights into customer preferences by incorporating Data Model Objects (DMOs), related to your real-time data graphs, into your real-time insights. # Query Archived Data from Deleted Objects in Archive Apex Archive Apex Data Query now supports querying archived data from objects deleted from your production schema. Previously, deleting an object from production made its archived data inaccessible. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This feature is available in both Archive 2.0 (Apex) and the Archive managed package (SDK). **When:** Effective Summer '26 **Why:** Delete objects to clean up your schema and still query their archived data. Previously, deleting an object from production made its archived data inaccessible. **How:** This capability is automatically available when you use Archive Apex Data Query. No setup or configuration is required. When you query archived data, Archive now includes objects that have been deleted from your production schema. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Archive Apex Data Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.archive_apex_data_queries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Query Data 360 More Precisely Use the new SET OPTIONS clause in SOQL queries to specify Data 360 dataspaces and control how NULL and empty string values are handled. When querying Data 360 data lake objects, add the clause at the end of your SOQL query to get more precise results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in editions with Data 360. # Query Data Graphs Fields and Subgraphs with Projections Use Data Graph projections to retrieve the specific fields and data model objects (DMOs) you need from your Data Graphs. Projections reduce data transfer sizes and enable you to tailor Data Graph responses for specific use cases like LLM grounding, agent workflows, and downstream applications. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available in July 2026. **Why:** With projections, you can select specific fields across the graph hierarchy, filter records within DMOs using comparison operators, and alias fields to match downstream system requirements. This optimization is valuable for reducing LLM context sizes and improving API performance. **How:** Add the `projectionFields` and `projectionFilters` query parameters to your Data Graph lookup API requests. Specify fully qualified field paths using dot notation from the root DMO, and use comparison operators (=, >=, <=, >, <) to filter records. For example: `projectionFields=[UnifiedIndividual.ID,UnifiedIndividual.FirstName,UnifiedIndividual.Case.CaseNumber]&projectionFilters=[Case.CreatedDate>='2024-01-01']`. You can also alias fields for downstream integration using the `=` syntax: `UnifiedIndividual.ID=customer_id`. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Get Data Graph Data with Lookup Keys](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-query-guide/references/data-cloud-query-api-reference/c360a-api-v1-data-graphs-lookup.html) # Query More Objects in Setup with Agentforce Use natural language to get information about 18 more Setup objects via the Setup agent, making it faster to audit your org’s settings and understand relationships between different Setup components. For example, ask the Setup agent about connected apps, permission sets, or bot configurations without navigating through multiple Setup pages. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change takes effect in June 2026. **How:** The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them. Items with an asterisk (\*) don’t appear in list views. - [BotDefinition](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_botdefinition.htm) - [BotVersion](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_botversion.htm)\* - [ConnectedApplication](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_connectedapplication.htm) - [CustomPermission](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_custompermission.htm)\* - [DecisionTable](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_decisiontable.htm)\* - [DecisionTableParameter](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_decisiontable.htm#DecisionTableParameter)\* - [ExternalClientApplication](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_externalclientapplication.htm) - GenComputingSummaryDef\* - InsBillingConfig\* - LightningOutAppComponent\* - LightningOutAppDeployment - LightningOutAppHost - [MessagingChannel](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_messagingchannel.htm)\* - ObjectFieldValueMapping\* - [PermissionSetGroupComponent](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_permissionsetgroupcomponent.htm)\* - [PermissionSetTabSetting](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_permissionsettabsetting.htm)\* - [RelationshipGraphDefVersion](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_relationshipgraphdefinition.htm#subtype_RelationshipGraphDefVersion)\* - [StaticDynamicValMapping](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.agentforce_it_service_dev_guide.meta/agentforce_it_service_dev_guide/tooling_api_objects_staticdynamicvalmapping.htm)\* # Query Your Analytics Data in Natural Language with CRM Analytics MCP Server (Beta) CRM Analytics MCP server is a Salesforce-hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) server. Connect AI assistants such as Claude, Cursor, GitHub Copilot, and ChatGPT to your analytics data. With one OAuth connection, business users, developers, and admins can query governed CRM Analytics data in natural language, without building a custom integration. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience. CRM Analytics MCP server is available in production, sandbox, and scratch orgs. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note CRM Analytics MCP server is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To turn on CRM Analytics MCP Server, go to Setup, search for MCP Servers in Quick Find, and select it under API Catalog. Create an external client app (ECA) that uses OAuth 2.0 with Proof Key for Code Exchange. Then connect your MCP client using the server URL. Each user completes OAuth individually, so every request runs with the connected user's permissions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable CRM Analytics MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mcp_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Quick Create and Quick Clone Are Now Available for Government Cloud With the Quick Create technology, you can create a Full sandbox from a production org hosted on a Hyperforce instance faster than the legacy method. With the Quick Clone technology, you can replicate a Developer, Developer Pro, Partial, or Full sandbox hosted on a Hyperforce instance faster than the legacy method. While performance varies by org, most customers see processing times two to three times faster with Quick Create and Quick Clone than with the legacy methods. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important If you’re creating a Full sandbox from a production org hosted on a Hyperforce instance, your sandbox is created using the Quick Create technology by default. If you're cloning a Developer, Developer Pro, Partial, or Full sandbox hosted on a Hyperforce instance, your sandbox is cloned using the Quick Clone technology by default. However, because of resource limitations within the shared infrastructure, sandbox creation or cloning on Hyperforce instances can sometimes fall back to the legacy methods, rather than the faster Quick Create or Quick Clone method. **Where:** This change applies to Government Cloud. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Sandbox](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.data_sandbox_create.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Clone a Sandbox](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.data_sandbox_clone.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Best Practices for Salesforce Sandbox Creation and Refresh Times](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.data_sandbox_what_impacts_sandbox_creation_time.htm&language=en_US) # Quick Pages Go from business need to trusted solution fast by using natural language to build and refine custom pages in Salesforce for presentations, meeting prep, pipeline reviews, or whatever you need. # Quickly Access Enhanced Chat v2 Deployment Options in Agentforce Builder Spend less time switching between setup pages for Enhanced Chat v2 deployments. You can now preview an Enhanced Chat channel's deployment or copy its code snippet from the channels table in Agentforce Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 15, 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Builder, open an Agentforce Service agent and add the Enhanced Chat v2 connection. On the Explorer panel, select Routing under Enhanced Chat v2. Click ![Menu icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/ctx_dropdown_icon.png) next to a channel's deployment in the Enhanced Chat Channels table. To open the deployment's preview page, select **Preview Deployment**. To copy its code snippet, click **View Code Snippet**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Connect a Service Agent to Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_deploy_enhanced_chat_v2.htm&language=en_US) # Quickly Create a Salesforce Mobile App and Pages in Setup with Agentforce (Pilot) Agentforce builds custom mobile apps and home pages tailored to your specific roles, data, and components. After analyzing your workflow, it proposes a structured plan and executes the build once you approve the design. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Mobile App and Page Creation with Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_salesforce_app.htm&language=en_US) # Quickly Create Orders from a Quote with Promotions Enhance the efficiency of sales reps by automating the creation of orders from a quote with promotions based on different criteria, such as recipients, fields, or groups. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **Who:** To create orders from a quote, you need the Revenue Cloud for Communications Features permission set. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Create Orders from a Quote with Promotions_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_manage_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Quickly Develop Lightning Web Components in a Real-Time Preview of Your LWR Site (Generally Available) Local Dev detects changes in your source code and updates your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) site preview so you don’t have to redeploy code or manually refresh your browser. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the last release. **Where:** This change applies to [LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have at least [one active community license](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_license_types_communities.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in your org to use this feature. **How:** Starting in Spring ’26, the `sf lightning dev site` command doesn't support the `--ssr` flag. To learn how to set up and run Local Dev for your LWR site, see [Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Preview Components with Local Dev](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Preview Components with Local Dev](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/get-started-test-components.html) # Quote Insurance and Non-Insurance Products from One Org When your reps quote a non-insurance product, the Revenue Management workflow applies—with quantity-based pricing and external tax—and quotes convert into contracts and orders. When they quote an insurance product, the Digital Insurance workflow applies—with risk-based rating, premium proration, and internal tax and fee calculation—and quotes convert into policies. Both workflows exist in the same org and apply based on the quote type. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance and Revenue Management. # Ramp Deals Enhance pricing accuracy and billing flexibility for multiyear ramp deals. Apply compound price uplifts to match enterprise escalation patterns, and backdate amendments, renewals, and cancellations to correct billing for past periods. - **[Backdate Amendments, Renewals, and Cancellations for Ramp Deals to Adjust Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_backdated_arc_for_ramps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sales reps can now set past effective dates on amendments, renewals, and cancellations for ramped assets. Previously, these transactions required effective dates of today or later, and teams had no way to correct billing for past periods in Salesforce. - **[Apply Compound Price Uplifts to Multiyear Ramp Deals to Adjust Pricing Over Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_ramp_deal_compound_uplift.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Select between standard and compound uplift modes for multiyear ramp deals. Standard uplift applies a fixed percentage against the original list price for every segment. Compound uplift builds each segment's price on the net price from the prior segment to match the annual escalation pattern common in enterprise contracts. # Rate Complex Quotes Faster by Processing Quote Line Items in Parallel Determine which products in a bundle can be priced independently by generating a dependency graph. The graph identifies groups of products that have no cross-dependencies. When your users rate a quote that includes the bundle, the rating engine processes each group simultaneously and then rolls up the prices to determine the net unit price. For example, on an auto policy with three vehicles, the rating engine prices each vehicle and its associated coverages as independent groups at once, instead of sequentially. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. # Re-enable a Disabled Salesforce CRM Connector Data stream Field Resume data ingestion for a previously disabled field in a Salesforce CRM data stream. If a field becomes relevant again, you can re-enable it without creating a new data stream. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** In the Data 360, on the **Data Streams** tab, select the Salesforce CRM connector data stream. Click **Add Source Field** or redeploy the existing data stream. You can also enable a field using the Data 360 Connect REST API. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: updateDataStream](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/connectapi/references/spec?meta=updateDataStream) - [_Salesforce Help_: Disable or Re-enable a Salesforce CRM Connector Data Stream Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.c360_a_crm_disable_or_reenable_data_stream_field.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Salesforce CRM Data Stream](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.c360_a_create_crm_data_stream.htm&language=en_US) # Reach Audiences from One Streamlined Flow Category Create flows based on audience data from a single, streamlined flow category: audience flow. Select a data source—List, Segment, Record, or Campaign—based on your use case. The segment audience replaces the segment-triggered flow, bringing consistency across audience-based flows. The list, record, and campaign options are based on new flow types. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience for Starter Suite, and Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions. **Why:** Marketers create audience-based flows using a range of data sources. A dedicated audience flow experience simplifies how you create and manage flows. **How:** Start a new flow and select the audience flow. Select and configure an audience data source. Audience sources include members of a list, segment, or campaign, or specified record criteria. # Reach Customers Globally with Agentforce Contact Center Serve customers in more than 30 countries with Agentforce Contact Center using a Bring Your Own Carrier model. Keep your existing telephony carrier contracts and phone numbers, or use a Salesforce-certified regional carrier. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **How:** Add your phone numbers in E.164 format, along with type, country, capabilities, and call direction, and create a trunk that carries inbound and outbound voice traffic to connect your telephony infrastructure to Salesforce. After your numbers sync successfully, use them to create voice channels. Verified Bring Your Own Carrier numbers appear in your existing number lists with a Bring Your Own Carrier flag, so you can spot them quickly. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bring Your Own Carrier to Agentforce Contact Center (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_byocarrier.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reach Customers on RCS as a Service Messaging Channel Give your service teams a native RCS (Rich Communication Services) channel for customer conversations. Customers can start an RCS conversation and be routed to a human agent in the Service Console or to an Agentforce agent for automated support. Previously, RCS was available only for outbound and marketing use cases that required Marketing Cloud. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited Editions for Service Cloud editions with the Agentforce Contact Center Digital and RCS add-ons. **Why:** With RCS as a service channel, you can: - Handle inbound RCS conversations in the Service Console alongside your other messaging channels, with the customer's contact and case context in one place. - Route conversations to the right destination based on your Omni-Channel routing logic. A human agent queue or an Agentforce agent. - Deflect common queries and offer support outside business hours by connecting an Agentforce agent to the RCS channel. **How:** From Unified Messaging in Setup, add RCS as a channel and complete the setup flow to procure a verified, RCS-enabled code. On the RCS code details page, activate Agent and Bot Conversational Support, and map your Messaging Components to the RCS messaging format so agents can use them in conversations. To automate responses, configure Omni-Channel Routing in the RCS channel settings to target an Agentforce agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Unified RCS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_rcs_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reach Customers with In-App Notifications for Proactive Service Deliver proactive service outreach through mobile in-app notifications in addition to email. Customers who build mobile apps with Salesforce Mobile Publisher can now notify users on the surface they use most, such as a companion app for a connected device. Meeting customers where they already are increases the reach and adoption of your proactive service scenarios. **Where:** This change applies to Aura and LWR Experience Cloud sites accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Email is the only outreach channel supported as of the 260 release. Adding in-app notifications lets you reach customers on mobile-first surfaces where post-purchase service and resolution actions increasingly take place. **How:** In-app notifications are delivered through the Universal Notification Service and Salesforce Mobile Publisher's notification infrastructure. Add in-app notification as a fulfillment channel when you configure a proactive service scenario. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Proactive Service for Self-Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.proactive_service_for_self_service.htm&language=en_US) # Reach Emergency Services by Using Bring Your Own Carrier Numbers Calls to emergency numbers pass straight through to your carrier when dialed from a Bring Your Own Carrier voice number. Calls to emergency numbers are treated as standard outbound calls and routed through your carrier's normal call routing. Work with your telephony carrier to understand its emergency-calling capabilities and compliance obligations. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) # Reach Shoppers in Any Locale with Agentic Commerce Search You can now use Agentic Commerce Search for B2C Commerce storefronts in any locale. Previously, Agentic Commerce Search supported only English locales. No action is required. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. # Reach the Right Healthcare Professionals with Automatic Email Selection on Mobile To improve engagement and response rates, the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app now selects the best opted-in email addresses automatically. Email recipients now also appear in the same order as on the desktop site for a consistent experience across devices. The recipient list is ordered based on the preference rank on contact point email records, with ranked addresses appearing first in ascending order, unranked addresses appearing next, and ties broken alphabetically. Your field users can also select different available email addresses based on your organization's consent settings. **Where:** This feature is available in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad) in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud and the Agentforce for Life Sciences Cloud add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Customize and Send Emails](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_email_customize_send.htm&language=en_US) # Reach WhatsApp Recipients with Usernames via Business-Scoped User IDs Maintain contact continuity with WhatsApp users when they hide their phone numbers with usernames. Import contacts with Business-scoped User IDs (BSUIDs), send outbound messages when phone numbers aren't available, and track message engagement across both identifiers. Marketing Cloud supports Meta's BSUID, which identifies users who enable username privacy. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on # Reach WhatsApp Users with Usernames Using Business-Scoped User IDs Maintain contact continuity with WhatsApp users when they hide their phone numbers with usernames. Import contacts with Business-scoped User IDs (BSUIDs), send outbound messages when phone numbers aren't available, and track message engagement across both identifiers. Marketing Cloud supports Meta's BSUID, which identifies users who enable username privacy. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. # Reach Your Customers with Messaging Channels Enhance your marketing reach with messaging channels featuring capabilities such as targeted in-app messages, two-way emails, UTM links for tracking SMS campaigns, and interactive WhatsApp templates. - **[Engage Mobile App Customers and Track Their Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_mam.htm&release=260&type=5)** Boost mobile app marketing and engagement with targeted in-app messages and near real-time flash notifications. Gain insights into customer behavior by tracking custom events like clicks, screen views, and purchases. - **[Extend Your Marketing with New SMS Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sms.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use UTM links to track the performance of your SMS campaigns and simplify how you acquire short codes for the United States and Canada. - **[Transform Email Interactions with Smarter Engagement and Deliverability Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_email.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance your email marketing and customer engagement with new conversational email capabilities, improved deliverability, and clearer reply management. Create dynamic two-way campaigns, boost inbox placement with streamlined Dedicated IP support. - **[Enhance WhatsApp Conversations with New Message Types and Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_whatsapp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Drive engagement with new interactive message templates for time-sensitive offers, business contacts, and stickers. Customers in Brazil can now receive payment options directly in the chat. Also, improve your delivery rates for marketing templates with Marketing Messages Lite. # React Apps With Salesforce Multi-Framework, you can build and reuse React apps directly from your Salesforce org. - **[Develop React Apps with Salesforce Multi-Framework (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_build.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build React apps on the Headless 360 platform using Salesforce Multi-Framework. Whether you prefer to code by hand or speed up development with Agentforce Vibes, now you can create, test, and deploy React apps for both consumers and enterprises. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the last release. - **[Get Record Data in Your React Apps with Data SDK and GraphQL (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_data_sdk.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Data SDK provides a type-safe and consistent way to access data in React web apps. It handles complex implementation details like authentication and CSRF validation, while your code focuses on the GraphQL queries and mutations to access and update record data. - **[Preview a Single React Component in Visual Studio Code (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_live_preview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To run a real-time preview of a React component directly inside Visual Studio Code (VS Code) or Code Builder, use the Live Preview VS Code extension. This extension is now generally available for React components, and there are no changes since the beta release. # React Apps (Beta) With Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta), you can build and reuse React apps directly from your Salesforce org. To use record data in your React apps, use Data SDK and GraphQL. - **[Build and Use React Apps in Salesforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_build.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build React apps directly from your Salesforce org using Salesforce Multi-Framework. Whether you prefer to code by hand or speed up development with Agentforce Vibes, now you can create, test, and deploy React apps for both consumers and enterprises. Use your existing React apps with your Salesforce data and metadata to produce rich experiences that work across all devices and platforms. - **[Get Record Data in Your React Apps with Data SDK and GraphQL (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_apps_data_sdk.htm&release=260&type=5)** Data SDK provides a type-safe and consistent way to access data in React web apps. It handles complex implementation details like authentication and CSRF validation, while your code focuses on the GraphQL queries and mutations to access and update record data. # Read Agent Column Outputs as Formatted Text in Grid The output preview for Agent columns in Agentforce Grid shows formatted text instead of raw JSON, so results are easier to read at a glance. A JSON tab is still available in the preview for cases where you want to inspect the raw output. Previously, Agent column previews showed raw JSON by default, requiring manual parsing to understand the results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Available the week of August 3, 2026 #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Grid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid.htm&language=en_US) # Read Data More Easily with Optimized Table Layouts Read data more easily with responsive column widths and optimized spacing inside tables in Enterprise Sales Management. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **Why:** These enhancements improve readability across devices and zoom levels. - Responsive column width on browser zoom: The Summary, Location, Subscriber, and Asset Viewer tables now automatically adjust column widths when you zoom. Previously, zooming out left empty space and fixed columns, making data hard to read. This improvement applies to both Salesforce Classic and Guided Journey. - Optimized Offer Assigned column width: The Offer Assigned column in the Location and Subscriber tables now takes less space, leaving more room for the data-heavy columns. # Real-Time Offer Management Use Real-Time Offer Management to create targeted promotions and deliver tailored offers across channels. Real-Time Offer Management comprises Global Promotions Management and Offer Management. Use Global Promotions Management to create promotions from prebuilt templates, define eligibility rules and rewards, and manage promotional budgets. Use Offer Management to target specific customer segments with tailored messaging, route offers through approval workflows across teams, and deliver personalized content via email, messages, web, mobile, and other channels. - **[Create and Manage Promotions with Global Promotions Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_gpm.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Drive sales with Global Promotions Management. Create promotions from predefined templates to define eligibility, audience, conditions, rewards, and limits. Ensure consistent customer experiences and prevent excessive discount stacking by choosing how multiple eligible promotions are applied. Identify the most relevant promotions for each customer with personalization and distribute those promotions. - **[Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offer_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create offers that align with your business and customer engagement goals. Use an intuitive designer and preset approval workflows to create channel-specific offer creatives and expedite cross-team sign-offs. Leverage Agentforce to replicate top-performing offers and generate AI-driven creative treatments instantly. Automate delivery across your ecosystem using prebuild outreach templates and content blocks to reach customers with content at the optimal time. Close the loop and make data driven decisions by linking orders and customers with offers. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Learn About Real-Time Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.rtom_introduction.htm&language=en_US) # Real-Time Offer Management Create more relevant promotions and customize how they are adjudicated with personalized targets. Add flexible promotion stacking rules, earlier coupon validation, and create custom eligibility logic around your own business logic instead of a standard template by using tabular rules based promotions. Turn a campaign brief into a fully drafted offer or promotion in minutes with Agentforce and show offers directly into your own mobile app with the Mobile SDK. Set up offer communication content once and update automatically across SMS, push notifications, and WhatsApp. Give your partners and community users the guided tools to build and manage their own promotions and offers. - **[Global Promotions Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_gpm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tailor every promotion to how each customer actually shops, instead of applying the same discount to everyone. Get granular control on how multiple promotions combine on a single order, so shoppers get compelling deals without unintended discount stacking. Build promotions around your own business logic instead of fitting into a standard template. - **[Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rtom_offers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Turn a campaign brief into a fully drafted offer or promotion in minutes, complete with rules and rewards ready for your review. Put those personalized offers directly into your own mobile app, so customers see them wherever they're already shopping. Set up your messaging once and let updates carry automatically across SMS, push, and WhatsApp. Give your partners and community users the same guided tools to build and manage their own promotions and offers. ## Real-Time Offer Management Features Released by Month Real-Time Offer Management features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. ### August 2026 - **Offer Management**: [Manage Offers and Promotions from the Real-Time Offer Management Unified Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_unified_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage promotions and offers more efficiently from one workspace. Move between planning, creation, and performance analysis in one place, without switching apps.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Offer Management**: [Set Up Offer Management Faster with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_unified_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage promotions and offers more efficiently from one workspace. Move between planning, creation, and performance analysis in one place, without switching apps.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Offer Management**: [Make Smarter Decisions with the Offer Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Make smarter offer decisions by seeing previous offer performance across products, categories, market segments, and engagement channels in one place. Compare results and adjust existing offers to reach your targets. Relaunch your most successful offers and focus future offers on the combinations that drive stronger engagement and business outcomes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Offer Management**: [Control Which Offers Appear in Offer Personalised Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_personalised_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deliver more relevant offer recommendations by controlling which offers the recommender considers for each customer. When you create an offer recommender in Salesforce Personalization, apply ready-made filters or build your own from offer details and related information in a Data 360 data graph.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) # Reauthenticate Using MFA for Security Tasks Some critical actions, such as changing security settings for an account, require Marketing Admins to reauthenticate. This change doesn’t apply to orgs that use single sign-on. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **When:** Step-up authentication was enforced beginning on July 30, 2026. # Rebuild Search Indexes Without Downtime Rebuild search indexes in Data 360 without service interruptions. When you initiate an index rebuild, Data 360 creates a version of the search index in the background while users continue to query the current search index. After the rebuild is complete, the system automatically switches to the new index with no downtime. Your users experience consistent, accurate search results throughout the process. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in June 2026. **How:** Trigger a full rebuild of the index from the search index list page or the object record view. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Rebuild a Search Index Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_rebuild_search_index.htm&language=en_US) # Recall a Sent Offer with Withdraw Offer Partners can now withdraw a private offer after sending it to a customer, but before the customer accepts or rejects it. Use Withdraw Offer when your pricing has changed, terms need updating, or an offer went to the wrong customer. When a partner withdraws an offer, the status changes to Withdrawn in both the partner org and the customer org, and the customer can’t act on it. **Where:** This change applies to partners using the Go-To-Market app. **Why:** Withdraw Offer is available only when an offer is in Sent status. Partners can't withdraw a Draft offer or an offer that's already been accepted, rejected, voided, or expired. Offer withdrawal can't be reversed. To offer terms again, a partner must create a new offer. **How:** From your org, open a sent offer and click **Withdraw Offer**. Confirm that you want to withdraw the offer. After you withdraw, the customer can’t accept or reject it. After the partner confirms, both the partner org and the customer org update to Withdrawn. # Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects With Change Data Capture, you can now receive notifications of record changes for new objects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Select the objects for which you want to get notifications on the Change Data Capture page in Setup or create a custom channel. You can now receive change events for these objects. ## Sales - AccountTeamMember #### See Also - [_Change Data Capture Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.change_data_capture.meta/change_data_capture/cdc_intro.htm) # Receive Near Real-Time Notifications with New Eventing Framework (Pilot) React to data and processing changes in B2C Commerce by using the B2C Commerce eventing framework. In the 26.6 release, the eventing framework introduces support for two new asynchronous event notifications related to replications. B2C Commerce plans to add support for more events in later releases. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **Why:** Use the eventing framework to keep storefront data accurate and sync order or search information without manual tracking. **How:** In Business Manager, from App Launcher, go to **Administration** | **Operations** | **Event Routing**. Configure endpoints for event routing and define event mappings. Use the provided JSON schemas to parse event payloads for custom integrations and business workflows. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Eventing in B2C Commerce (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_event_types.htm&language=en_US) # Receive Slack Notifications for Multisite Quote and Auto Quote Data Sync Sales representatives receive a Slack notification when multisite quote or auto quote data synchronization completes. This Slack integration keeps the representatives informed without disrupting their work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities and Agentforce Sales for Slack. **Who:** Sales representatives need the Agentforce Sales for Slack permission set to receive notifications. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Slack for Multisite and Auto Quotes_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_agentforce_for_communications_billing_resolution.htm&language=en_US) # Receive Slack Notifications for Site Bulk Upload in Multisite Your sales reps get a Slack notification when bulk site data is uploaded to a multisite quote. This Slack integration streamlines the process helping sales reps to receive real-time updates without disrupting their work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities and Agentforce Sales for Slack. **Who:** Sales representatives need the Agentforce Sales for Slack permission set and Sales Cloud for Slack app to receive notifications. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Activate the Send Notification Flow_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_activate_the_send_notification_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Reclaim All Employee Hardware in One Bulk Action Process hardware returns for departing employees with a single action. Asset managers can initiate bulk reclamation from an employee record, multi-select employees from a list view, or upload a CSV file for asynchronous batch processing. Employees receive one consolidated email detailing all assets requiring return, instead of separate notifications for each device. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the IT Service add-on. **Who:** To run list view or CSV-based offboarding, you need the Hardware Asset Management - Asset Manager permission. **Why:** Offboarding employees with assets like laptops, monitors, and phones previously required separate reclaim processes. These separate processes created administrative overhead and confused employees with multiple return notifications. Bulk reclamation generates one parent service request per batch. It creates one child service request and return order per employee, listing assets as line items. Employees receive one consolidated email with all assets requiring return and a link to select their return method and confirm shipping or drop-off details. The batch processing architecture handles large offboarding events of 100 or more employees without triggering the system limits that previously caused timeouts. # Recommend a Package Version to Your Subscribers You can now encourage your subscribers to upgrade to a specific version of a package by setting a recommended version. When you set a package version as the recommended version, your subscribers see an **Upgrade to Recommended Version** option on the Installed Packages page in their org. Only released package versions can be the recommended version. **Where:** This change applies to second-generation managed packaging. **How:** Promote a package version to the released state. Run the `sf package update` CLI command and specify the version in the `--recommended-version-id` flag. If a subscriber has a package version installed in their org that’s lower than the version you set for the `--recommended-version-id` flag, the subscriber sees the **Upgrade to Recommended Version** option on the Installed Packages page. ![The Upgrade to Recommended Version link on a subscriber's Installed Packages page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_packaging_recommended_version.png) #### See Also - [_Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Recommend a Specific Package Version to Your Subscribers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg2_dev.meta/pkg2_dev/sfdx_dev_dev2gp_recommended_version.htm) # Recommend Actions Contextually on Any Record Page Extend recommendations beyond voice and messaging sessions to Case, Incident, or Account records. Action Launcher automatically identifies the user’s intent from contextual data like the case subject and description in your catalog app. Action Launcher then shows your contact center agents the relevant next action. Admins gain flexibility and control by configuring and deploying their own prompt templates to tailor how Action Launcher determines the best action by using generative AI. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Unified Catalog. **How:** In Lightning App Builder, select the component that you want to add a template for. Then, select a template from the Action Launcher Prompt Template field. ![Lightning App Builder properties - Action Launcher](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_Action_Launher.png) # Recommend Offers Across Catalogs Using Indirect Signals Create custom objectives that enable your deep learning models to discover meaningful associations between direct and indirect signals across catalogs. For example, when your customer completes an online inquiry form for a loan, machine learning can map that indirect signal to display a relevant promotional offer for low-rate financing. You can also include related DMOs in your content schema to enhance offer recommendations by targeting channel-specific content for new or infrequently used offers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create a Custom Objective for Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_recommender_create_custom_obj_for_offers.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure a Personalization Content Schema](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_content_schema_configure.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer Docs:_ Offer DMO](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dmo-mapping/guide/c360dm-si-offerdmo-dmo.html) - [_Salesforce Developer Docs:_ Offer Treatment DMO](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dmo-mapping/guide/c360dm-si-offertreatmentdmo-dmo.html) # Reconcile More Data with Expanded Data True-Up Capacity The Microsoft 365 Word Data True-Up feature now handles more than 200 field tokens and includes support for line item tokens, improving reconciliation across contract fields and detailed line item values. Data True-Up also supports reconciling data sourced from related records, such as quotes and opportunities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license, or with the Salesforce Contracts license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: How to Keep Contract Line Items in Sync with Data True-Up](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_datatrueup_lineitems.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reconcile Payment Advice and Bank Data with Lockbox Processing Accelerate cash collection by automating payment reconciliation between payment advice records and bank statements. Billing uses Document AI to extract payment data from payment advice documents, checks, emails, or other payment advice records and automatically matches the payment data against available bank statements. Your accounts receivable team can then review all matched and unmatched transactions in the reconciled payment records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To reconcile payments and review results, you need the Billing Admin and Data Cloud Architect permission sets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automate Payment Reconciliation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_payment_reconciliation.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai.htm&language=en_US) # Record Audio-Only Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Sessions for Privacy and Compliance Capture VRA sessions with audio only to meet regulatory requirements, reduce visual privacy risk, and lower cloud storage costs. Agents keep full live video during the call, but only the voice stream is saved to the session archive. The result is a verifiable voice audit trail that keeps personally identifiable information (PII) out of your stored recordings. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package and Visual Remote Assistant installed. **How:** Go to the App Launcher, search for Visual Remote Assistant Configuration, and go to the Session Recording Settings section and enable **Audio-Only Recording**. After you turn it on, VRA sets session audio toggles to active by default, so every recorded session captures the voice stream and no video file is saved. Review archived voice recordings in the Visual History component. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Record Personalized Voicemail Greetings for Inbound Calls Deliver personalized calling experiences with pre-recorded voicemail greetings that play when your reps can’t take an inbound call. Reps can record up to ten greetings to meet specific requirements. Any messages left by the callers are stored in your rep’s personal voicemail box for review at any time. If your reps have assigned phone numbers to themselves, they can link them to specific voicemail greetings to provide the most relevant message. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce Voice with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Who:** This feature is available for reps with the Manage Voicemail Greetings user permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Record Personalized Voicemail Greetings for Inbound Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_personal_grtng.htm&language=en_US) - [Directly Manage Your Caller Identity with Autonomous Phone Number Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_phone_assign.htm&language=en_US) # Record Personalized Voicemail Greetings for Inbound Calls Deliver personalized calling experiences with prerecorded voicemail greetings that play when your reps can't take an inbound call. Reps can record up to 10 greetings to meet specific requirements. Any messages left by the callers are stored in your rep's personal voicemail box for review at any time. If your reps have assigned phone numbers to themselves, they can link them to specific voicemail greetings to provide the most relevant message. **Where:** This feature can now be enabled in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony Previously, this feature was available only in orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Who:** This feature is available for reps with the Manage Voicemail Greetings user permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Record Personalized Voicemail Greetings for Inbound Calls (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_personal_grtng.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony Apex Reference_: VFSProvider](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_pt_developer_guide.meta/voice_pt_developer_guide/voice_pt_apex_reference.htm) - [_Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform_: ConversationVendorInfo](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_conversationvendorinfo.htm) # Record Voice Calls for SIP and Dynamic Routing Channels Record voice calls between customers and the Agentforce Voice agent on your SIP and Dynamic Routing voice channels. Use recordings to support quality assurance reviews, agent coaching, and compliance initiatives. To easily distinguish speakers during playback, recordings are stereo-separated, with the customer on one channel and the agent on the other. Each recording is stored as an MP3 file and automatically linked to its voice call record for easy access. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **When:** This change is available starting July 16, 2026. **How:** In the SIP / Dynamic Routing tab of the Agentforce Voice Setup page, turn on Voice Call Recording. ![Turn on Voice Call Recording toggle in the Agentforce Voice Setup page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/agentforce_voice_sip_voice_call_recording_toggle.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Turn on Voice Call Recording and Transcription When Using SIP or Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_record_voice_calls.htm&language=en_US) # Recover Faster from Quote and Order Calculation Errors Process large quotes and orders faster with improved batching algorithms and support for nested line items. Use a REST API to manually change stuck calculation states to Failed so that your teams can quickly retry transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Who:** To use this feature, you need the Large Transaction permission. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Revenue Settings, and then select **Revenue Settings.** Turn on Large Transaction Processing. # Redeploy Data Kits Containing Data Graphs Redeploy data kits that contain deployed data graphs without errors or setup interruptions. If a data graph hasn’t changed since its previous deployment, Data 360 leaves it unchanged and marks that part of the deployment as successful. This update ensures reliable, repeatable deployments, so deployment flows continue across repeated deployment attempts. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** Previously, redeploying a data kit failed when a data graph in the kit was already deployed and had no changes. Retrying the deployment could leave it in an unrecoverable error state. Data graph deployments are now idempotent: an unchanged, previously deployed data graph is treated as successfully deployed. As a result, the data kit redeployment succeeds. **How:** No action is required. Redeploy the data kit as usual. Data 360 leaves previously deployed data graphs that have no changes unchanged and marks them as successful. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Redeploy a Data Kit When Its Data Graph Is Deployed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_redeploy_datakit_for_dg.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce Asset Shrinkage with Automated Return Reminders Make sure that employees complete asset returns on time with automated reminder notifications. When you initiate a reclaim, the system creates a draft service request. It sends configurable email or Slack reminders until the employee confirms their shipping address and returns the asset. Service level agreements (SLAs) drive the reminder cadence and escalate to the employee's manager or HR contact when thresholds are breached. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the IT Service add-on. **Why:** Asset shrinkage occurs when employees don't return hardware during offboarding or refresh cycles. Previously, reclaim initiation sent a single email with no follow-up mechanism or trackable record. When you initiate a reclaim, the system creates a service request in Draft status. This Draft status gives you immediate visibility into which employees haven't responded. Asset managers can track pending returns on a dashboard. Service request SLAs trigger while the request stays in Draft status, sending reminders until the employee submits shipping details. Return order SLAs trigger after the request moves to New status, sending reminders until the employee ships or drops off the device. Deduplication logic prevents duplicate requests if you click **Send** multiple times, and asset managers can cancel abandoned Draft service requests to halt the SLA and prevent infinite reminder loops. **How:** To set the reminder cadence, configure the default notification templates and SLAs for both service requests and return orders. # Reduce Checkout Errors and Stay Compliant with Vertex Partial Tax Exemption Support Stores that use the Vertex tax engine can now apply partial tax exemptions at checkout, which reduces errors and helps maintain compliance. Previously, a partial exemption caused a cart error. Store associates had to complete the transaction without applying the customer's valid exemption, risking overcharges and compliance issues. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Integrate Vertex in Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_3p_int_tax_vertex.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reduce Compliance Risk with Granular Inventory Permissions Restrict access to specific inventory modules by configuring permissions for transfers, adjustments, and cycle counts. This change replaces the single inventory permission with separate permission settings for each inventory module, giving you the flexibility to define access for different roles. By limiting access to specific modules, you prevent operational risks and maintain tighter control over your store data. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Advanced | CMS User Management | Roles**. Create a role or edit an existing role. To manage permissions for individual inventory modules, set Inventory to none (1). Then select the permission level for adjustments, transfers, and cycle counts (2). ![Role Permission Screen in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_inventorymodule_permissions.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Point of Sale CMS Roles (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_configure_cms_roles.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce Contract Risks by Analyzing Every Redline with AI Identify and classify risks in redlined contracts by comparing changes against your document playbook directly from the Microsoft 365 Word add-in. Review modified clauses, detect deviations from your company standards, see clause-level risk findings with an overall risk rating (critical, high, medium, or low), and get recommended mitigation suggestions. Rerun the risk analysis after each round of edits to see how the contract changes affect the overall risk rating. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license or with the Salesforce Contracts license. You also need the Data 360 and Einstein Foundations licenses. **Who:** To run contract risk analysis, you need the CLM Runtime User, Prompt Template User, Contracts AI User, Microsoft 365 Word User, and Document Playbook User permission sets. **Why:** Contract negotiations often involve multiple revisions, making it hard to consistently evaluate every change against your organization's playbook standards. Without the right context, risky changes in redlined contracts can slip through unnoticed. AI-powered risk analysis automatically surfaces deviations, classifies them by risk level, and recommends mitigations so that negotiated contracts stay aligned with your company's standard contract governance policies. **How:** Before you run a risk analysis, make sure that document playbook setup is complete and that an active document playbook is available. Turn on the Contract Risk Analysis org preference. Then, open the contract document in the Microsoft 365 Word add-in and run the risk analysis. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Contract Document Risk Analysis (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_document_risk_analysis.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reduce Duplicate Records with More Out-of-the-Box Match Rules Build more complete customer profiles with less manual setup. The Marketing Cloud Engagement Identity Resolution ruleset now ships with additional match rules that use fuzzy name matching combined with normalized email, phone, and address fields. These rules identify records about the same person even when data contains typos, formatting differences, or alternate spellings. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Engagement+ Edition. # Reduce Errors in Expression Set Conditions with Picklist Value Suggestions Select from a dropdown of valid values in the Expression Set Builder when you write a List Filter condition on a picklist-type context variable instead of manually entering it. Use type-ahead search to quickly find a value in a long list, and get an immediate warning if you enter values that the picklist doesn't allow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine and Context Service are enabled. **How:** In Expression Set Builder, add or edit a List Filter condition and select a picklist-type context variable. Expression Set Builder loads the field's valid values into a dropdown. # Reduce Event Consumption with Smarter Loyalty Transaction Journal Creation Configure Loyalty Management to create transaction journals during real-time processing only when transactions result in record changes or meet promotion requirements. This optimization applies only to real-time processing via the Transaction Journals Execution API, with no impact on batch processing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** Loyalty Management creates transaction journals during real-time processing only when a loyalty program process performs one of these actions. - Credit or debit points - Issue or redeem vouchers - Assign badge - Issue game rewards - Change member tier - Update member attribute values Loyalty Management tracks member attribute values by using engagement attributes or promotion party usage records. - Create, update, or delete records - Send email - Run flow - Run program process **How:** In Setup, find and select **Loyalty Management Settings**. Turn on **Transaction Journal Creation for Reward or Write Activities Only**. # Reduce Flow Failures Caused by Record Lock Contention Flows automatically try again when they encounter a record lock error during transaction initialization. When multiple processes try to update the same record simultaneously, the flow waits 10 seconds and makes one more try. This delay gives the other process time to complete and release the lock. This change applies to schedule-triggered flows with run-time API version 62.0 or lesser. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** When Salesforce updates a record, it temporarily locks that record to prevent conflicts. Previously, if a flow and another process tried to update the same record at the same time, the flow failed with an `UNABLE_TO_LOCK_ROW` error. This release reduces these failures by automatically trying again after a short delay. # Reduce Fulfillment Costs and Improve Customer Satisfaction by Canceling BOFIS Orders Up to the Moment of Shipment Avoid unnecessary shipping costs and improve customer satisfaction by canceling Buy Online, Fulfill in Store (BOFIS) orders at any point before shipment, including after packing. Previously, the POS removed the cancel option once an order was packed or marked ready to ship, forcing store associates to complete and ship unwanted orders, increasing costs and complicating returns. Now, you can cancel right up to the moment of shipment, reducing wasted fulfillment effort, cutting unnecessary shipping expenses, and resolving last-minute customer cancellation requests quickly and efficiently. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In the POS app, go to the pack page for any BOFIS order and cancel any order that hasn’t shipped yet. ![Packing Screen in Point of Sale](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_cancel_bofis.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Buy Online, Pickup In Store (BOPIS) and Buy Online, Fulfill In Store (BOFIS) Orders (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_orders_fulfill_bopis_bofis.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce No-Shows with Automated Patient Journeys Reach patients at the right moment in their care journey. With Marketing Journeys, you can send HIPAA-compliant, personalized email and text reminders across the full appointment lifecycle, from scheduling and waitlists to completed visits. Personalized, well-timed outreach keeps patients engaged, so you fill more appointments, recover open slots, and protect revenue. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health, and Data Cloud for Marketing add-on licenses. **How:** Turn on Marketing Cloud Next Gen. Clone a prebuilt template, personalize its content with patient and appointment details, and then activate the template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Marketing Journeys for Referral Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_referral_management_marketing_journeys.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce Overhead by Recompiling Only Invalid Apex Classes and Triggers Return compilation results for Apex classes and triggers with validation errors, instead of recompiling the entire org. Access the compilation results through Setup or the Tooling API endpoint. Salesforce automatically identifies only classes and triggers that require recompilation, reducing compilation overhead and minimizing potential runtime errors. Routinely perform this targeted recompilation to prevent runtime delays during peak traffic. **Where:** This feature is available in API version 68.0 and later. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To retrieve results for invalid Apex classes or triggers, make a POST request to the new Tooling API endpoint /services/data/vXX.X/tooling/apexCompileResults. The request body must be the empty JSON object `{}`. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/tooling/apexCompileResults HTTP/1.1 Authorization: Bearer Content-Type: application/json {} ``` Here’s an example JSON response body. ```json { "status": "PARTIAL_FAILURE", "results": [ { "name": "MyInvalidClass", "namespace": "MyNamespace", "success": false, "problems": [ { "line": 14, "column": 9, "message": "Variable does not exist: var1" } ], "warnings": [] }, { "name": "MyClassWithWarnings", "namespace": "OtherNamespace", "success": true, "problems": [], "warnings": [ { "line": 0, "column": 0, "message": "Apex API version 16.0 is scheduled for retirement. Update to the latest API version to avoid compile failures" } ] } ] } ``` You can recompile invalid Apex classes and triggers in Setup. In the Quick Find box, enter and select **Apex Classes** or **Apex Triggers**. Then click **Compile only invalid classes** or **Compile only invalid triggers**. If the compilation is successful, you see a confirmation message. If the compilation is unsuccessful, you see a list of errors or warnings for each affected class or trigger. ![The “Compile only invalid classes” button on the Apex Classes page in Setup](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_apex_compile_invalid_apex.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Successful compilation via the “Compile only invalid classes/triggers” buttons or the `/apexCompileResults` endpoint doesn’t update the corresponding `isValid` field of the affected Apex classes or triggers. The value remains `false`. #### See Also - [_Tooling API_: Retrieve Compilation Results for Invalid Apex with the apexCompileResults Resource](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.api_tooling.meta/api_tooling/intro_rest_resources_recompile_invalid_apex.htm) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.code_manage_packages.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Define Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.code_define_package.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Define Apex Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.code_define_trigger.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reduce Pricing Errors and Improve Deal Transparency on Ramp Deals Calculate each segment's price uplift from the previous segment's uplift percentage instead of the original list price. Previously, uplifts on a ramp deal were always calculated from the product's original list price, so a 3-year deal with a $100 list price and a 10% annual uplift increased by $10 every year. Many multi-year agreements instead call for uplifts that compound: each year's increase applies to the prior year's already-uplifted price, not the original list price. Without compounding, sales teams calculated these prices manually outside the system, creating a risk of errors and reducing deal transparency for approvers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Pricing Procedures**. In your pricing procedure, on the Price Revision pricing element, select the compounding calculation method. To control uplift percentages by product, region, or term, use decision table rules together with the new UpliftCalculationMethod context tag. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use the Price Revision Element in a Pricing Procedure](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_use_the_price_revision_element_in_a_pricing_procedure.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce Resolution Time with File Sharing in Enhanced Chat v2 Give service reps the context they need to resolve inquiries faster. Customers can now share files such as screenshots, receipts, and PDFs with service reps in Enhanced Chat v2 sessions. Sharing files with AI agents isn't available yet. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of July 13, 2026. **How:** During a conversation with a service rep, your customers can click the attachment button in the chat window, choose one or more files, and then send the attachments with or without a message. You can control the allowed file types and maximum file size in your channel's Messaging Settings Setup page. By default, customers can send images, documents, and text files, up to 5 MB each. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Choose Supported File Types for End Users in Enhanced Chat](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.enhanced_chat_customer_file_types.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Compare Enhanced Chat v1 to Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.enhanced_chat_feature_comparison.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce Sales Loss Because of Gift Card Compatibility Connect your Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, to any gift card vendor by using the new Gift Card SPI. You can now integrate specialized providers to check balances, activate cards, and process redemptions directly in the POS. This SPI makes sure that your checkout process supports the specific gift card services your business requires. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Custom Connectors** and configure the **GIFT\_CARD\_SERVICE SPI**. ![Customer Connectors Configuration Screen in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_gift_card_provider_SPI.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer:_ Gift Card SPI (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/retail-cloud/references/gift-card-spi?meta=Summary) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Gift Card Support in POS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_gift_card.htm&language=en_US) # Reduce Scrolling in Screen Flows with Stacked Radio Button Groups Use the Radio Button Group component to add horizontally or vertically stacked choices to your screen flows that you add to Aura and LWR sites. This layout reduces scrolling and provides a modern, easy-to-scan alternative to traditional radio buttons or dropdown lists. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Save Screen Space with Radio Button Groups in Screen Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_save_screen_space_with_radio_button_groups_in_screen_flows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the new Radio Button Group screen component to present horizontally (desktop) or vertically (mobile devices) stacked choices that are compact and easier to scan. The Radio Button Group component functions like the traditional Radio Buttons component where users select a single option at run time, but their choices appear horizontally or vertically stacked. The horizontal or vertical orientation reduces scrolling and provides a modern alternative to traditional radio buttons, checkboxes, or picklists.") # Reduce Setup Time for Usage Products with a Guided Workflow Use the enhanced user interface to set up anchor and pack usage products. The guided workflow leads you through defining base products, resources, and policies. Built-in validations for each usage record help ensure data integrity before activating product and related records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license or the Revenue Cloud Advanced and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses. **How:** From a product list view or record page, select **Configure Usage Properties**. Follow the prompts, and then click **Activate**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Usage-Based Product Setup with Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.um_usage_product_setup_with_guided_workflow.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reduce Storage Bloat and Keep Records Clear by Deleting Outdated Case Milestones Delete case milestones in bulk through Data Loader or programmatically via Apex to reclaim data storage consumed by outdated milestone records. Previously, milestone records accumulated indefinitely on cases, with no supported way to delete them. This resulted in higher storage costs for high-volume organizations. Now, you can delete outdated milestones, such as when a case is reclassified and earlier milestones become irrelevant. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Setup, go to **Entitlement Settings**. Select **Allow admins to delete case milestones** checkbox and save. Admins can then delete milestones directly with Data Loader or Apex. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Deleting Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sla_agentic_milestones_for_cases_beta.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Insert, Update, or Delete Data Using Data Loader](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.dataLoader.meta/dataLoader/inserting_updating_or_deleting_data.htm) # Reference Users with More Flexibility in Setup with Agentforce (Beta) When you chat with the Setup agent, you can now reference or locate users with their email, username, first name, last name, and role. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Management in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_user_management.htm&language=en_US) # Referral Management Get new Referral Management features up and running quickly by using a guided setup workflow. Convert unstructured fax referrals into structured records by using Document AI for Health and assign referral predictive intelligence scores based on time in the queue. - **[Accelerate Patient Access and Referral Management Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_patient_access_referral_management_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance your referral ecosystem and reduce administrative overhead by using a guided setup to deploy Patient Access features. Help your intake coordinators get ready to triage cases quickly with AI-powered priority scoring and automated document processing. Review preconfigured referral rules and establish data extraction from unstructured fax sources by following the clear, step-by-step instructions. Direct links to setup pages and detailed help articles guide you through every stage of the setup journey. - **[Triage Referrals with AI-Powered Scoring and Automated Intake](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_document_ai_patient_access.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage the entire referral journey in a centralized process to reduce manual data entry and increase patient engagement. Help your users queue referrals by assigning predictive intelligence scores based on time in the queue and clinical urgency. Also, convert unstructured fax referrals into structured records by using Document AI for Health. - **[Automate Prior Authorization Necessity Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_prior_authorization_submissions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Save time and accelerate patient care by automatically verifying if prior authorization is required for a referral. Referral intake coordinators can now focus their expertise on patients, as the integration automatically manages clinical service request prior authorization necessity verification. This simplified process elevates efficiency, making sure that patients receive care quickly. - **[Track Referral Progress with Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_action_plan.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Intake coordinators can now see exactly where a referral stands and what’s still left to do without parsing status fields or checking multiple records. Agentforce Health includes a built-in action plan template for referral management. Each Clinical Service Request gets an action plan that shows which tasks are complete and which still need attention. Action plans update automatically as the referral progresses through intake, eligibility verification, authorization, patient and provider outreach, and appointment scheduling, giving intake coordinators full visibility into a referral's progress and status. # Referral Management Give your teams real-time visibility into the full referral lifecycle so they can spot bottlenecks and reduce patient leakage. Answer patient calls at any hour with a conversational voice agent that verifies identity and books appointments without a live rep. Keep referrals aligned between your electronic health record system and Agentforce Health automatically, giving teams one source of truth for internal and external referrals. - **[Configure Referral Management Through Conversation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure Health Referral Management without clicking through dozens of setup pages by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow walks you through Clinical Service Request page layouts, referral creation flows, provider search integration, case automation, and orchestration. Optional acts cover eligibility and benefits verification, prior authorization, predictive scoring, patient and provider outreach, and the Experience Cloud guest portal. - **[Answer Patient Calls Around the Clock with Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_agentforce_voice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give patients a faster path to care, even when call volume spikes. Patients call in and reach a conversational AI voice agent that verifies their identity and understands requests in natural speech. The agent can schedule appointments or add the patient to appointment waitlists without waiting for a live representative. Your contact center handles more demand without adding staff and reserves live representatives for the calls that need a human. - **[Sync Referrals Automatically Between Your EHR and Agentforce Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_ehr_sync.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep referrals in sync between your electronic health record (EHR) system and Agentforce Health in near real time, with no manual reentry. Agentforce Health now listens to HL7 messages from your EHR to create referral records automatically, updates the record status as appointments are scheduled and completed, and writes referrals back to the EHR. Your teams track internal and external referrals from one source of truth instead of piecing them together across separate systems. - **[Track the Full Referral Lifecycle with Tableau Next Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_tableau_next_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Gain real-time referral visibility from first touch to completed visit. Tableau Next Dashboards help referral teams find bottlenecks, reduce patient leakage, and recover lost revenue. # Referral Marketing Connect outbound engagements with business units in Marketing Cloud Next. Use unified segments to enhance audience targeting and companion org data graphs to improve data accuracy. - **[Accelerate Engagement by Connecting Journeys to Marketing Cloud Business Units](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_marketing_mc_business_units.htm&release=260&type=5)** Connect outbound engagements to Marketing Cloud Next business units. Use journeys to send promotion launch emails to your target audience. Marketing Cloud Next business units help you control information access and sharing based on defined user roles. - **[Data 360 for Referral Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_marketing_data_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance your audience targeting by using unified indvidual segments and improve data accuracy by setting up data graphs in companion orgs. # Referral Marketing Organize and manage budgets for promotions and campaigns. - **[Manage and Organize Promotion Budgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_manage_and_organize_promotion_budgets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Define campaign and promotion budgets, then reconcile allocated funds against actual spend. Create a budget hierarchy based on your business requirements. For example, nest promotion-specific budgets under a parent campaign-level budget. Use the Salesforce Platform capabilities to reconcile the allocated budgets with actual spend and to control liability. - **[New and Changed Objects in Referral Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_and_changed_objects_referral_marketing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new object in Referral Management. # Referral Marketing Implement SMS-based friend referrals for mobile-first markets, track promotion performance with Tableau dashboards, and simplify widget integration with Lightning Out 2.0. - **[Boost Referral Conversion in Mobile-First Markets with SMS Notifications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_boost_conversion_mobile_first_markets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Advocates can now refer friends by using mobile numbers. When an advocate enters a friend's mobile number in the Refer A Friend widget, Referral Marketing sends a text message to the friend. Configure your widget to capture mobile numbers, email addresses, or both, so advocates can use the communication method they prefer. You can send text messages only when you use Marketing Cloud Next as the communication method. - **[Monitor Referral Promotion Performance by Using Tableau Next Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_monitor_promotion_performance_tableau_next.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your marketing managers insights into referral participation, conversion rates, and financial performance. Marketing managers track advocate engagement, friend sign-ups, and friend activities. They can also measure revenue generated and reward liability to assess promotion success. These capabilities were previously available only in CRM Analytics, but now they’re also delivered through Tableau Next to improve scalability and provide expanded functionality. - **[Simplify Referral Widget Deployment with Lightning Out 2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_referral_simplify_widget_integration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Embed widgets into your external sites or Experience Cloud sites with auto-generated HTML snippets. Built on Lightning Out 2.0, the widgets reflect any changes that you make to design, content, or behavior immediately, without redeploying code. Previously, you had to manually embed widgets and re-embed them after every change. ## Referral Marketing Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Refine a Document AI Configuration with Drafts (Generally Available) Refine your Document AI extraction schema across multiple work sessions by saving each iteration as a draft. You can continue to edit prompts and test the draft before publishing to production. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Salesforce Shield Platform Encryption. **Why:** Document AI configurations often require iterative changes. With drafts, you can test prompts, compare LLM outputs, and adjust fields without affecting production until you're ready to publish. **When:** This feature is generally available June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Document AI Configurations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai_manage_configs.htm&language=en_US) # Refine Agent Accuracy with More Business Preferences You can now add up to 50 business preferences to your semantic model. This gives you more flexibility to define your organization's unique terminology and data logic. While this increase from 20 allows for more granular guidance, remember that preferences add tokens to the agent's prompt. Because larger prompts can increase response times, we recommend prioritizing concise, high-value instructions to minimize latency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. **When:** This update is available starting in January 2026. **How:** In the Semantic Model Builder, add up to 50 preferences to guide the agent's interpretation, output, and formatting. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Best Practices for Adding Business Preferences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_biz_preferences_bestp.htm&language=en_US) # Refine Case Comments with AI-Powered Writing Tools Service reps can now use AI-powered writing tools directly in the case comment editor to polish, expand, or summarize comment drafts while preserving their intended meaning. Reps can also refine comments by entering specific instructions, based on the guidance that admins configure in the Refine Case Comment prompt template. The tools can revise either an entire comment or selected text. This feature helps teams communicate consistently and spend less time editing comments. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce for Service and Einstein for Service enabled. **Who:** Users need the Prompt Template User permission set. **How:** - Turn on **Einstein** for your org. - In **Prompt Builder**, review or edit the instructions in the out-of-the-box **Refine Case Comment** prompt template. - In **Support Settings**, select **Agentforce Writing Tools for Case Comments**. In the case comment editor, reps click **Revise** or **Refine with Instructions**. Reps review the suggested text, and then accept or reject it before posting the comment. ![Agentforce Writing Tools for Case Comments checkbox in Support Settings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_cases_refine_with_ai_setting_in_support_settings.png) ![Revise and Refine with Instructions options in the New Case Comment window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_cases_refine_case_comment_tools_in_case_comment_window.png) # Refine Duplicate Prevention for Shopper Profile Sync Configure three matching rules and three corresponding duplicate rules to prevent duplicate person accounts when Shopper Profile Sync creates or updates shopper records. The updated three-rule model replaces the previous single matching rule and standard duplicate rule, which didn't cleanly distinguish guest records from registered records or let a newly registered shopper claim a prior guest account. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce orgs connected to B2C Commerce through Shopper Profile Sync. **How:** In your connected Salesforce org, from Setup, create the Registered Shopper, Guest Shopper, and Registered Claims Guest matching rules, and then create the three corresponding duplicate rules. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Person Account Duplicate Rules for Shopper Profile Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_set_up_person_account_duplicate_rules_for_shopper_profile_sync.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Refine Existing Service Replies Workflows with the Hide Post Button You now have the choice to expose the Post button in the Service Replies component. When the Post button is hidden, your service reps place the reply into chat and modify it before sending. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on, or to the Agentforce 1 Service Edition. **How:** In Setup, under Einstein Service Replies, enable the **Hide Post Button** toggle. ![The Setup page for Service Replies, with the Hide Post Button toggle enabled.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_service_replies_hide_post.png) # Refine Multi-Subscriber Access with New Settings Give your sales reps access to the Multi-Subscriber feature by enabling the new Subscriber Based Quoting and Ordering settings. Enabling this setting helps align your implementation with subscriber-based business requirements. This change ensures that reps maintain the necessary access to manage their subscriber-specific transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. **How:** From Setup, go to Revenue Cloud for Communications Settings, and turn on **Subscriber Based Quoting and Ordering**. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Turn On Subscriber Based Quoting and Ordering_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_multi_subscribers_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Refine Multisite Access with New Settings Give your sales reps access to the Multisite feature by enabling the new Location Based Quoting and Ordering settings. Enabling this setting helps align your existing implementation with specific location-based business requirements. This change ensures that reps maintain the necessary access to manage their location-specific transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. **How:** From Setup, go to Revenue Cloud for Communications Settings, and turn on **Location Based Quoting and Ordering**. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Turn On Location Based Quoting and Ordering_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_multisite_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Refine Product Discovery with the Availability and Eligibility Interfaces Provide an effortless browsing experience to the users and sales reps. Streamline the product discovery process by utilizing the integrated Availability and Eligibility interfaces within the Get List of Products API. The Availability interface filters out products unavailable for delivery, based on geographic or physical aspects. The Eligibility interface checks if you qualify to purchase products based on specific data and business rules. Sales reps can use this two-step dynamic process to identify the most relevant promotions and expedite the checkout process. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license and the necessary permissions to configure and use Standard Cart APIs. # Refine Record Selection with Enhanced IN Operator Support Process specific records directly from business workflows by passing a collection of record IDs into a batch job. Replace simple text variables with dynamic collection variables by using the IN operator to increase filtering precision and target only the records selected for the business workflow. Pass a list of up to 200 selected records directly into a batch job run to make accurate data updates and reduce the risk of unintended changes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Batch Management is available. **Why:** Eliminate the need for complex, predefined filter logic by limiting the job to selected records. For example, rather than running a job for every asset in Damaged status, an inventory manager can select 5 specific devices and use the IN operator to process only those unique IDs. **How:** When configuring the batch job, set the condition to use the IN operator, for example, assetId IN assetIds. Map the condition to a flow input variable that uniquely identifies each record being processed. # Refine Semantic Models with Tableau Agent: Semantic Modeling (Beta) Enhance your semantic models with tighter integration of your data and your business concepts through AI suggested relationships and generated descriptions. Ask the Tableau Agent to suggest a refinement or apply a change to the open semantic model. Review the edits and then save or discard them. Those edits stay unsaved until you save or discard them. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Agent: Semantic Modeling is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to the Semantic Model Builder in Data Cloud and in Tableau Next editions with the Tableau Next standard license. To use this feature in Data Cloud, the Tableau Next standard license is required. Tableau Agent appears on the new canvas. The builder opens on the new canvas. To use Tableau Agent after you switch to the classic canvas, switch back to the new canvas. **How:** Before you use Tableau Agent: Semantic Modeling, turn on **Semantic Model Curation (Beta)** in Data Cloud and Tableau Next. In Data Cloud, click the Setup icon, click **Setup**, and then select **Tableau Next** > **Tableau Next Features**. In Tableau Next, click **Administration**, click **Settings**, and then, under General Settings, click **Tableau Next Features**. In the Semantic Model Builder, open a semantic model and select **Tableau Agent: Semantic Modeling**. Describe the change, or select a suggested prompt. Review the edits in **Review Changes**, and review each request in **Assistant Log**. Pending edits, including edits that you make on the canvas in the same session, stay unsaved until you save them. Discard them to return to the last saved model. After you save, the Tableau Agent stays open. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Using Tableau Agent: Semantic Modeling in Tableau Semantics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_tableau_agent_semantic_modeling_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Refine User Access with a New Permission Set Simplify permission management by granting precise access to Revenue Cloud for Communications features. The Comms Sales Features permission set is renamed to Revenue Cloud for Communications Features. To maintain access to the necessary flow, connect APIs, and multisite features, use the Revenue Cloud for Communications Features and CME Sales Features permission sets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Assign Permission Sets to Use Revenue Cloud for Communications_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_assign_permission_sets_for_communications_cloud_sales.htm&language=en_US) # Refine User Access with New Global Promotions Management Permission Sets Enhance data security and administrative control by transitioning users to new Global Promotions Management permission sets. Assign permission sets in precise groupings to control data access based on business requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management. ![Updated permission sets for Global Promotions Management.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_gpm_new_permission_sets.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Role-Based Permissions for Global Promotions Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_setup_permissions.htm&language=en_US) # Refine User Access with New Loyalty Management Permission Sets Update your user assignments with new permission sets to ensure that your admins and loyalty program managers maintain the correct access to Loyalty Management features. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. ![Old permission sets vs new permission sets in Loyalty Management](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/loyalty/loyalty_permission_set_new.png) # Refine Web Search Results by Using Excluded Domains Exclude up to 10 domains from Search the Web agent action results to ensure your agents retrieve relevant information. Excluded domains are configured per action and apply regardless of the selected search provider. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of July 13, 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Builder, open the General Web Search subagent and expand the Search the Web action. Next to Excluded Domains, create a variable, and in the Default Value field, enter up to 10 excluded domains as a comma-separated list. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Excluded Domains for the Search the Web Agent Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_customize_excluded_domains.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Variables in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_builder_variables_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Refined Email Security Signals, New Substitute Email Control, and Severity Updates Email security and Experience Cloud site signals use refined criteria that reduce noise in your findings. A substitute email signal checks how your org sends email from unverified domains. When your org meets the substitute email criteria, you can disposition email authentication and email domain verification findings. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Security Health Review is available only to Signature Success customers. The Health Assessments Agent requires the Foundations add-on. To ask about access, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Why:** These refinements remove findings for Salesforce-managed domains and sites, so you can focus remediation on the issues that affect your org. **How:** These changes apply automatically the next time you generate a report. ## New Controls Added The Use of Substitute Email for Unverified Domain control (AP-16) checks how your org sends email from unverified domains. The signal flags orgs that use the default substitute email address and orgs that have no verified way to send email. To resolve the finding, use a verified org-wide email address, a verified authorized email domain, or an active DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key. ## Refined Signal Criteria - The domain ownership verification signals (AP-09, IAC-08) no longer flag salesforce.com, which Salesforce manages. These signals now account for your substitute email setting. - The email domain verification signal (AP-09) no longer lists unverified email domains that have a matching DKIM key as affected items. - The Experience Cloud site signal (SCM-22) no longer includes sites that Salesforce generates automatically. ## Severity and Classification Changes - The email authentication (AP-05) and email domain verification (AP-09) signals change from Mandated to Critical when your org meets the substitute email control (AP-16). With Critical severity, you can disposition these findings. - The email authentication signal (AP-05) is now raised only when the email domain verification signal (AP-09) finds an unverified domain. When all your email domains are verified, AP-05 changes to Critical. # Refined Signal Criteria, New MFA Coverage, and Severity Updates Signal criteria, definitions, and risk classifications are refined to better reflect current security best practices and emerging threats. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available exclusively to Signature Success customers. The Health Assessments Agent requires the Foundations add-on. To inquire about access, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Who:** Users with the System Administrator profile can generate reports. **Why:** These refinements help you prioritize remediation efforts and maintain a stronger security posture aligned with Salesforce security enforcements. ## New Controls Added MFA and Phishing Resistant MFA enforcement signals help you evaluate your org's compliance with multi-factor authentication requirements and identify areas where phishing-resistant authentication methods can strengthen security. ## Severity and Classification Changes Several signals receive updated severity levels to better reflect their security impact: - Missing DKIM email authentication signal upgraded from High to Critical, emphasizing the importance of email authentication in preventing spoofing and phishing attacks. - Wildcard URL in allow list findings reclassified from Critical to Medium, differentiating the risk level compared to lack of HTTPS. - Profiles with zero active users now receive lower severity for missing IP restrictions, focusing remediation efforts on profiles that actively affect user access. ## Signals Temporarily Removed Third-party app signals related to secrets requirement in flows are temporarily removed pending redesign. These signals return in a future release with improved detection and guidance. ## Reporting Improvements All reports generated after this release use a static identifier, making it easier to track and compare reports over time. ## Bug Fixes and Corrections Several reporting issues are resolved: - Incorrect guest user visibility findings no longer appear in reports. - Standard Report Visibility finding now correctly reflects the security posture when visibility is disabled. - Trusted IP range at the network finding is updated with the corrected title **Absence of restricted Network Access**. # Refresh State Manager Data Call the refresh() action on a built-in state manager to fetch the latest data from the server. Use refresh() to update state managers that expose list- or query-shaped data, such as related list records, without reconfiguring the state manager or reloading the page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **How:** Call `refresh()` on a state manager instance when its `status` is `loaded`. The action returns a `Promise` that resolves after the state manager's `data` property contains the refreshed data. For more information, see [Refresh Action](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-state-managers-use.html#refresh-action) in the Lightning Web Components Developer Guide. # Refresh Tableau Next Data with Excel and CSV File Updates Maintain a single source of truth by replacing existing data with updated Excel and CSV files. Use the same upload interface to support Excel files up to 10 MB and CSV files up to 100 MB. This process preserves your established data structures while enabling you to work with the latest records available. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To refresh your data, open the Data Lake Object for the selected table and click **Replace Data…** then **Upload File**. Review the data preview and confirm that the formatting is correct before finalizing the update to your existing data object. Tableau Next determines whether to use synchronous or asynchronous processing based on the file size and the number of columns. ![Replacing a data file with an updated version.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_reupload_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Update Data Lake Objects with Excel and CSV File Refreshes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_refresh.htm&language=en_US) # Refresh Timesheet Data on Mobile with a Pull-Down Gesture Refresh timesheet data by using the familiar pull-down gesture on the home, timesheet details, work orders, meals and gifts, history, and time-off pages. **Where:** This feature is available in the Salesforce Field Service mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Pull Down Refresh_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_pull_down_refresh.htm&language=en_US) # Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days To protect your data, Salesforce limits how long an idle OAuth refresh token can stay valid. With the enforced idle time-to-live (TTL) setting, refresh tokens expire if they haven’t been used for 30 days. For integrations that don’t use refresh tokens, this control caps the access token lifetime at 30 days from the last login date. At the time of enforcement, Salesforce immediately expires refresh tokens that have been idle for more than 30 days, along with long-running access tokens where the last login date was more than 30 days ago. As a result, users can be logged out and background integrations can be required to request new access tokens. Before Salesforce enforces this change, review how your apps behave when OAuth tokens expire. **Where:** Applies to external client apps and connected apps, including apps that are installed in subscriber orgs. External client apps are available in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Connected apps are available in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce already enforces this limit for these external client apps and connected apps: - Partner Apps. See [Salesforce Connected Apps & ECA Security Controls - Partner App FAQs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005387798&type=1&language=en_US). - Apps created in July 2026 and later. See [OAuth Security Controls Are Enforced for New External Client Apps and Connected Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_controls_new_apps.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** Salesforce enforces this change in sandboxes on a rolling basis starting on October 21, 2026. This change is enforced in production orgs, scratch orgs, and Developer Edition orgs on a rolling basis starting on November 4, 2026. **Why:** Threat actors can use stolen OAuth tokens to get access to your Salesforce data. This change limits the window of opportunity to use a stolen or leaked token. To enforce this change, Salesforce enables the OAuth setting Limit Idle Refresh Token Time-to-Live (TTL) to 30 Days for all connected apps and external client apps. Although the text under the setting indicates that you can contact Salesforce Customer Support to change the setting, that option is no longer available after enforcement. ![External client app settings with idle refresh token TTL limit enforced](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_refresh_token_ttl.png) **How:** With the limit enabled, your app’s refresh token policies change. For some policies, Salesforce doesn’t automatically update the UI and metadata to reflect the new behavior. To fix any inconsistencies, update your app. See these instructions for [external client apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.eca_limit_idle_refresh_token_ttl.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and for [connected apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.connected_app_limit_idle_ttl.htm&type=5&language=en_US). After Salesforce enforces this control, here are the impacts: 1. Immediate expiration of all existing refresh tokens that have remained unused for 30 days or longer and all existing access tokens where the last login date was more than 30 days ago. 2. Ongoing enforcement of the new control. After enforcement, unused refresh tokens expire when they hit 30 days of inactivity. Long-running access tokens expire 30 days after their last login date. Here’s how these impacts apply to different types of integrations:
Integration What Happens? Action Required
Background integrations that use refresh tokens

If the refresh token has been idle for more than 30 days, Salesforce returns this error:

{
"error":"invalid_grant",
"error_description":"expired access/refresh token"
}

The app must request a new access token and refresh token.

 Make sure that the integration uses stored refresh tokens to request new access tokens upon revocation. If refresh tokens expire, the integration must reauthorize the app.
Interactive end-user apps that use refresh tokens If the refresh token has been idle for more than 30 days, Salesforce revokes the current access token and logs out the user. The end user must log in again.
Flows that don’t use refresh tokens

If the flow uses long-running access tokens, these tokens now expire 30 days after their last login date. When they expire, Salesforce returns this error:

{
"error":"invalid_grant",
"error_description":"expired access/refresh token"
}

The app must request a new access token.

 None. Your integration performs the initial flow again to get a new access token.
For more information about this change, see [Security Change: Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005461275&type=1&language=en_US). # Refund Available Credit Balances to Customer Accounts Your accounts receivable or collections team can now issue refunds for credit balances available on an account. Billing automatically reduces the outstanding credit balance when a refund is issued. Previously, you could only issue referenced refunds against payments, but with this enhancement, you can issue an available credit balance as a refund to a customer’s preferred payment method. You can issue refunds against credit memos or credit memo lines. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To process unreferenced refunds, you need the Payment Admin or the Payment Operations User permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**. In the Credits, Payments, and Refunds section, go to Credits, Payments, and Refunds Application. To issue refunds against credit memos, select **Header Level**. To issue refunds against credit memo lines, select **Line Level**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Refund Available Credit Balances to Customer Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_unreferenced_refunds.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Refund Shipping Fees Accurately on Multi-Shipment Returns Streamline returns and exchanges for orders with multiple delivery groups. Select specific products or whole shipments to return, and see shipping fee refunds update. This updated experience keeps refund summaries accurate and prevents duplicate shipping fee refunds. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Checkout**. Expand **Shipping** and turn on **Allow Shipping Fee Refund**. ![Allow Shipping Fee Refund setting in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_shipping_fee_refund.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Enable Shipping Fee Refunds for Multi-Shipment Orders for Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_returns_shipping_fee_refunds.htm&language=en_US) # Regional Edge Routing Label Was Changed To help you select a routing method for Salesforce Edge Network, the label for the regional method now includes your region name. The functionality and availability of this option are unchanged. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** Regional routing for Salesforce Edge Network is available in orgs on a Hyperforce instance in Japan. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select **My Domain**. In the Routing and Policies section, click **Edit**. If regional routing is available for your org, the label for that routing method includes your region name. ![Example updated label: "Use Salesforce locations in Japan only"](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/edge_network_regional_label.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Route My Domain Through Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network_route_my_domain.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Register and Manage MCP Servers with Headless Tools Deliver Headless 360 solutions for Model Context Protocol (MCP) for Agentforce. Bring your preferred headless development tools and frameworks to register external MCP servers and manage their allowlisted assets. Shift development from UI-driven interactions to agentic, customer-driven implementations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Headless support, including the MCP for Agentforce skill, is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** Use Connect REST API endpoints described in the [API Catalog Connect REST API Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/api-catalog-connectapi/references/api-catalog-connectapi). Optionally, use the MCP for Agentforce skill, which comes with the [agentforce-adlc plug-in](https://claude.com/plugins/agentforce-adlc) and is available in the [Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills#salesforce-skills-library) (see [Manage MCP Servers](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/blob/main/skills/agentforce-generate/SKILL.md#manage-mcp-servers) in the SKILL.md file). #### See Also - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: MCP Solutions for Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/mcp.html) # Register External Agents Without API Calls Set up external agents for memory extraction and context without writing API code. Use a new form in Agent Config to register agents by entering basic details. Data 360 provisions the data graphs, DLOs, DMOs, connectors, and search indexes for your agents to access curated context. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in August 2026. **How:** In Data 360, go to Agent Config and click **New**. Fill in the agent name, agent API name, data space, and profile DMO fields, and then click **Save**. The agent is registered and ready to use in integrations and APIs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Agent Registration](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentic-memory-context/guide/agentic-memory-agent-registration.html) # Register Partner Deals Faster with Conversational AI Give channel partners a conversational way to register deals in Agentforce or WhatsApp without navigating complex portal pages. Guided prompts collect the required deal information and help reduce manual registration work. Channel managers can launch co-selling capabilities faster, accelerate deal cycles, and track pipeline requests. **How:** Deploy the prebuilt Agentforce Deal Registration skill, which uses four out-of-the-box invocable actions. Integrate the conversational flow with your Partner Portal workflows to prompt partners automatically for the information required to register a deal. # Regression Test Your Agent Across Versions in Agentforce Testing Center Run the same test suite against different agent versions without re-creating your tests. See which changes improve performance and which introduce regressions, with version-aware test run history that lets you trace results back to specific updates. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 17, 2026. **Why:** As you iterate on an agent, you need to know which version you're evaluating and catch regressions when you update. Agent-level test suites make testing version-aware so you can validate a specific version before promoting it and compare results across versions using test run history. **How:** In Testing Center in Agentforce Studio, the test wizard now includes an **Agent Version** selector that defaults to the latest version of your agent. ![A new test suite with the agent version selector highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_testing_version.png) To run the same test suite against a different version, select a new version from the dropdown — no need to re-create the suite. Switching versions clears the current results in the test worksheet, but previous results remain available in test run history. The Run History includes the Agent Version so you can see which version each run tested. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up and Run Tests in Agentforce Studio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_studio_testing_center_setup_tests.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reinforce Brand Identity with Toll-Free Caller ID Numbers Configure a toll-free number (TFN) as your org-wide Caller Line Identification (CLI) for outbound calls. Customers see a consistent, recognizable "return to base" number on callbacks, which helps improve answer and response rates. Previously, toll-free numbers were restricted from use as CLI, limiting admins to standard numbers for outbound caller ID. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **How:** Configure a toll-free number as your org-wide CLI in your outbound calling settings. # Reinstate Canceled Policies in Insurance Brokerage Restore canceled policies directly from the policy record and resume coverage from a specified date. The Reinstate action creates a new policy version based on the last canceled state, helping you quickly recover policies while maintaining continuity and audit history. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions of Insurance Brokerage. **How:** From the insurance policy record page, click Reinstate or invoke the Reinstate API to restore a canceled policy. The system creates a new policy version with coverage effective from the reinstatement date through the original policy term. A corresponding transaction is generated to reflect the financial impact of reinstating the policy. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Policy Reinstatement (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_brokerage_policy_reinstatement.htm&language=en_US) # Release Note Changes Read about what changes were made after the release notes were published. Changes are separated by product and with the most recent changes first. The dates indicate the week that changes to the release note were made. Review the individual release note availability details. The Salesforce Spring ’26 Release Notes were first published the week of December 15, 2025. - **[Salesforce Overall Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce overall. - **[Salesforce Release Update Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce release updates. - **[Agentforce & Einstein Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Agentforce and Einstein. - **[Analytics Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Analytics. - **[Commerce Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Commerce. - **[Salesforce Customization Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce customizations. - **[Salesforce Development Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce development. - **[Experience Cloud Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Experience Cloud. - **[Field Service Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Field Service. - **[Hyperforce Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Hyperforce. - **[Industries Cloud Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Industries. - **[Industries Common Feature Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Industries common features. - **[Marketing Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Marketing. - **[MuleSoft Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for MuleSoft. - **[Omnistudio Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Omnistudio. - **[Revenue Cloud Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Revenue Cloud. - **[Sales Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Sales. - **[Automation Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Automation features, such as Salesforce Flow and Agentforce Supply Chain. - **[Security, Identity, and Privacy Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Security, Identity, and Privacy. - **[Service Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Service. ## Salesforce Overall Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce overall. ### Week of April 20, 2026 [Streamline Metadata and Data Deployment with DX Inspector (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dx_inspcector_deploy_metadata_and_data.htm&release=260&type=5 "Maintain data integrity by moving specific metadata and configuration data changes from your current Salesforce org to a target org in a single orchestration from DX Inspector. This feature scans your org to identify metadata and data dependencies, preventing deployment failures caused by missing dependencies. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the last release.") Updated the release note to state that this feature is now enabled by default in user's org. ### Week of April 13, 2026 [Streamline Metadata and Data Deployment with DX Inspector (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dx_inspcector_deploy_metadata_and_data.htm&release=260&type=5 "Maintain data integrity by moving specific metadata and configuration data changes from your current Salesforce org to a target org in a single orchestration from DX Inspector. This feature scans your org to identify metadata and data dependencies, preventing deployment failures caused by missing dependencies. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the last release.") Added release notes for metadata and data deployment using DX Inspector, which is now generally available. [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Updated to reflect that Salesforce plans to make the option for a substitute email for users with unverified domains available in late April 2026 ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Track Your Service Cloud Automated Asset Discovery Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_service_cloud_itsm.htm&release=260&type=5 "Track and monitor consumption for assets that are discovered automatically through the Configuration Management database (CMDB) in Digital Wallet. Consumption is calculated using the MAX aggregation method, which reflects the maximum mark of active assets discovered during a daily interval. Your credits are drawn down when an item is commissioned and returned to the credit pool, or when an item is decommissioned, retired, or disposed of.") Track your consumption in Digital Wallet for assets that are discovered automatically through the Configuration Management database (CMDB). [Monitor Data 360 Profiles with Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_dw_data_360_profiles.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use Digital Wallet to monitor your per-day consumption of Data 360 profiles in production environments.") Use Digital Wallet to monitor your per-day consumption of Data 360 profiles in production environments. [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Clarified that verification is required for email-sending domains added after February 25, 2026. Previously, we referred to these domains as “new” domains. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Updated the dates when verification of the allowlisted domains is required due to a minor delay in the rollout of Spring ‘26, patch 11. Added a link to a new knowledge article about determining your allowlisted email-sending domains. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Added a new related release note to the “See Also” links. [Track Your MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0 in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_automation_credits.htm&release=260&type=5 "MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0 is now available in Digital Wallet. Track daily and monthly consumption against your remaining capacity, identify usage trends for better budgeting and buying decisions, and configure proactive custom notifications to reduce surprises.") Learn about how to track MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0 in Digital Wallet. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Added details about a new option for a substitution email, clarified the timing and added a link to the schedule for this change, and clarified the scope of this change. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") This change is now deployed with Spring ’26, patch 11. The deadline for verification of recently used email domains in sandboxes changed from March 30, 2026, to April 7, 2026. Added details about a new option coming in Spring ’26, patch 11, and clarified the scope of this change. ### Week of March 5, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Clarified that domain verification applies to system-generated emails, and that active email-sending domains are notified for verification through February 25, 2026. The update also specifies that this change. [Update Your mTLS Certificates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_mtls_certs.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you use publicly trusted certificates for mTLS (Mutual Transport Layer Security) and the Public Root CA (certificate authority) is in the Chrome Trusted Root List, transition to separate certificate hierarchies. Google Chrome is enforcing policy changes that limit the use of those certificates to TLS (Transport Layer Security) server authentication only.") Updated to reflect that Google postponed the enforcement date for the policy change from June 15, 2026 to March 15, 2027. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") Added a release note to announce that email domain verification is now required to send emails from Salesforce. [Track Your Data 360 Flex Credits Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_vbm.htm&release=260&type=5 "When Data 360 Services Credits move to Flex Credits, you’ll have a single, fungible pool of credits for both Data 360 and Agentforce. This transition also provides access to volume-based multipliers, which automatically reduce costs as monthly consumption increases, enabling you to scale your operations more economically. The Volume-Based Multipliers feature is in beta in languages other than English.") Pay less as you use more with Data 360 Flex Credits volume-based multipliers. [Gain Business-Specific Insights with Digital Wallet Custom Consumption Tags](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_custom_tagging.htm&release=260&type=5 "Track and optimize your consumption through your specific business lens. Custom consumption tags empower you to gain deeper, business-specific insights by creating and managing your own tags to track consumption based on unique categories, such as department and cost center.") Categorize your consumption data through your business-specific lens. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Create Audience Segments and Send Emails Directly from List Views](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_list_view_emails.htm&release=260&type=5 "Strategic messaging just got faster. Now, you can define audience segments directly from the Lead and Contact lists you’re already using. When you filter your Contacts or Leads and click Send Email, Salesforce now automatically creates a corresponding audience segment. Reach the right people at exactly the right time without leaving your list view.") Added a release note to announce the ability to create audience segments while sending emails from Lists. Removed: [Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Optimized Upsert and Delete Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sdp_integrate_optimized_upsert_delete_ga.htm&release=260&type=5 "Decrease processing time with quicker data recipe runs. Instead of processing all rows in the snapshot data, the optimized upsert and delete actions run incrementally on subsets of the snapshot data, resulting in faster runs. This feature is now generally available.") This feature remains available as Beta for Spring '26. [Accelerate DX Inspector Data Deployment with SOQL](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_deployment_with_soql.htm&release=260&type=5 "Speed up your deployment process from DX Inspector by using SELECT queries to define the records that you want to deploy. Enter Salesforce Object Query Language (SOQL) queries to fetch specific records and fields from your source org. This feature is a faster alternative to filters, enabling you to fetch data based on complex criteria instantly.") Added a release note to announce the new SOQL filtering feature for metadata and data deployment in DX Inspector. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [Styling Change to Read-Only Checkboxes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_styling_change_checkbox.htm&release=260&type=5 "When you view a record, read-only checkboxes no longer specify the disabled attribute, so screen readers can now announce the state and value of the checkboxes. Read-only checkboxes now display with hover text \"True\" or \"False\".") Added a release note about a styling change on checkboxes that are displayed on a record page. [Get Ready for IPv6](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_ipv6_ready.htm&release=260&type=5 "To help mitigate the IP address scarcity of IPv4, Salesforce is working behind the scenes to support IPv6. If you use an IP allowlist to restrict network traffic or you restrict access to Salesforce via IP address, consider implementing a preferred alternative. Otherwise, prepare to update your allowlists to include IPv6 addresses.") Removed a sentence about the publication of IPv6 addresses for Government Cloud orgs. Salesforce plans to contact our Government Cloud customers directly when the IPv6 addresses are available. ### Week of January 5, 2026 [Update Your mTLS Certificates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_mtls_certs.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you use publicly trusted certificates for mTLS (Mutual Transport Layer Security) and the Public Root CA (certificate authority) is in the Chrome Trusted Root List, transition to separate certificate hierarchies. Google Chrome is enforcing policy changes that limit the use of those certificates to TLS (Transport Layer Security) server authentication only.") Added a release note about upcoming industry requirements for Mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) certificates. ## Salesforce Release Update Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce release updates. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_username_password_flow_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5 "In Winter ’27, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead.") Announced a new release update. ## Agentforce & Einstein Changes Latest release notes updates for Agentforce and Einstein. ### April 7, 2026 [Improve Web Search Results By Using an Additional Search Provider Option](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_search_provider_option.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Search The Web agent action now supports You.com as a search provider, expanding the available options for processing web search requests. Previously, the provider was specified by using a text input and supported only BrightData and OpenAI. Now, the configuration includes a selection list for selecting the search provider. If the selection list isn't available in the existing configuration, replace the action with a new copy from the asset library.") Added an additional search provider and a selection list for choosing the provider in the Search The Web agent action. Removed: Connect Your Companion Org Data to Agents via the Agentforce Data Library This feature isnʼt quite ready, so we removed it for now. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Convert Audio to Text with Speech To Text Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_speech_to_text_action.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the Speech To Text action to convert audio files into text during agent interactions and automated workflows. Agents can accept an audio file ID and return a transcript for use in conversations or downstream automation. The action supports multiple languages and common audio formats such as MP3, WAV, FLAC, OGG, OGA, AMR, MPEG, MPGA. The Speech To Text action is available in the Agentforce Builder, Flow, REST, and Apex.") Added additional supported audio file formats for the Speech To Text action. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Improve Web Search Results By Using Allowed Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_domain_restriction.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Search The Web agent action now supports specifying allowed domains to filter web search results. You can enter up to 10 allowed domains to limit search results to approved websites. Allowed domains are configured per action and don’t affect Trusted URLs defined in Salesforce Setup. If no domains are specified, web searches follow the default provider behavior and are not restricted by domain. For existing agents, admins must re-add the Search The Web agent action in the Agentforce Builder to access the allowed domains setting.") Updated the Allowed Domains image that highlights the Configuration Input field. ## Analytics Changes Latest release notes updates for Analytics. ### Week of April 27, 2026 [Expand Reporting Capabilities with More Row-Level Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data360_reports_row_level_formulas_increased.htm&release=260&type=5 "Save time on reporting and generate deeper insights by including up to three row-level formulas in your Data 360 reports. Calculate values directly in the report without adding formula fields on an object. For example, calculate both the commission rate and the time-to-close metric in a single report without adding a formula field on the object. Previously, reports supported only one row-level formula.") Updated with three row-level formulas instead of five. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Improve Write to Data 360 Output Performance with Optimized Append, Upsert, and Delete Actions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_optimized_wdc_operations_beta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Decrease processing time when writing to Data 360 by overwriting existing Data Lake Objects (DLO) using optimized output operations. Instead of processing all rows of the output data, the optimized append, upsert, and delete actions run incrementally on subsets of the output data, resulting in faster runs.") Add a release note to announce using optimized output operations when writing from CRM Analytics to Data 360. This feature is Beta for Spring '26. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_territory_hierarchy_security_predicates_ga.htm&release=260&type=5 "Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0. Reference the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only reference user data. This feature is now generally available.") Added a release note to announce that using territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates is now generally available. Removed: [Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Optimized Upsert and Delete Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_optimized_upsert_delete_ga.htm&release=260&type=5 "Decrease processing time with quicker data recipe runs. Instead of processing all rows in the snapshot data, the optimized upsert and delete actions run incrementally on subsets of the snapshot data, resulting in faster runs. This feature is now generally available.") This feature remains available as Beta for Spring '26. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [Accelerate Data Updates in Using Unique IDs for External Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_user_primary_key_external.htm&release=260&type=5 "Now you can specify an external object field as a unique ID to function as a primary key for that object. Use defined primary keys to update massive datasets in minutes by only processing changed records. For example, a nightly sync for a two-billion-row sales transaction object now processes only the 500,000 new or changed records instead of the entire dataset.") Added information on specifying an external object field as a unique ID to function as a primary key for that object. [Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=260&type=5 "Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release.") Added information on upgrading Salesforce external input and output connections to use OAuth 2.0 for authentication. [Gain Full Control over Number Widget Tooltips](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_dashboard_number_tooltip.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now suppress tooltip bubbles on number widgets when a custom message isn't provided. This change allows for a more streamlined visual presentation, displaying tooltips only when they contain relevant information.") Included information that the tooltip setting ensures tooltips only appear when they provide meaningful information. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Use Existing Report Settings When Adding Tables to Dashboards (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_retain_report_table_settings.htm&release=260&type=5 "Save time and reduce manual configuration of report settings, such as groupings, custom formulas, and bucketing when adding lightning tables to dashboards. This feature reduces the risk of errors and ensures that the tables in the dashboard retain the same configuration as the report. This feature is now generally available.") Updated the How section to remove the requirement to enable the **Apply report settings to dashboard tables** setting under Reports and Dashboards Settings. ## Commerce Changes Latest release notes updates for Commerce. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=260&type=5 "Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.") Added a release note about new `variationCount` property in the Product Variation Info output representation. Removed: Catch System Security Issues Early with Anomaly Detection This feature isnʼt quite ready, so we removed it for now. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [Search Products for Price and Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_search_products.htm&release=260&type=5 "Find products in your catalog that are missing prices or out of stock by using the new Price and Inventory filters in Advanced Search. You can also search for products that have prices or are in stock.") Clarified that this update is available in staging instances only. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Point of Sale Version 11.7.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_11_7_1.htm&release=260&type=5 "The 11.7 release occurs between February 23 and March 2, 2026.") Added testing dates and version release for 11.7. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Accelerate Conversions with Predictive Product Suggestions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_predictive_product_suggestions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Help buyers find relevant products faster by showing bestsellers and suggestions. Bestselling products appear before a buyer begins typing in the search bar. Suggested products appear when a buyer enters at least three characters. Previously, predictive product suggestions were available only in D2C stores. Now, they’re also available in B2B stores.") Added a release note about helping buyers find relevant products faster by showing bestselling products and product suggestions in search. ### Week of January 26, 2026 Removed: Identify Products At Risk of Being Unsearchable This feature isnʼt quite ready, so we removed it for now. ## Salesforce Customization Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce customizations. ### Week of April 27, 2026 [Discover AgentExchange Solutions Faster with Improved Search Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_discover_solutions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Find the right solutions on AgentExchange by typing your search queries using natural language. The intent-first semantic search capability understands your business goals by providing dynamic guidance as you type, to speed up your discovery process.") Corrected the information about the top recommendations/top searches. [Discover Specific Agentforce Subagents and Actions in AgentExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentexchange_discover_agentforce_assets.htm&release=260&type=5 "Speed up development of agents by finding prebuilt Agentforce assets such as subagents and actions, on AgentExchange. You can find an Agentforce asset and add it to an agent without leaving Agentforce Builder by browsing the AgentExchange marketplace in the Asset Library.") Replaced the term "Topics" with "Subagents". ### Week of April 13, 2026 [Track Development Activities in Your Org with DX Inspector Activity History](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dx_inspector_activity_history.htm&release=260&type=5 "View a chronological timeline of key development activities, including commits, deployments, and reviews, to enhance transparency and support quicker issue resolution. Search by activity name, type, status, or date, and access detailed error messages for failed events.") Added a release note about new activity history option available in DX Inspector. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Customization Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Some Customization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from March 2026 through April 2026.") Added a page to capture monthly releases for Customization features. This update contains a host of new Setup with Agentforce (Beta) enhancements. [Use Updated State Codes for Picklists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization_iso_codes_picklists.htm&release=260&type=5 "When you use standard country/territory address picklists, some country and territory states/provinces have special considerations for their state codes. You can now access the updated state codes for Canada and Japan in Salesforce orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Spring ’26 and later, helping you maintain data quality.") Corrected that updated state codes for Canada and Japan in Salesforce orgs are available based on when the standard country/territory picklists were configured. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_apex_sharing_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update is available starting in Spring ’26.") Clarified instructions on verifying whether your Salesforce org is impacted. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Button Order Was Updated on User Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_user_buttons.htm&release=260&type=5 "For a more consistent navigation experience, the Cancel button now appears first when you edit user records in Setup.") Added a release note about a user interface change in user records. [Open Setup Pages in a Dedicated Tab (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_setup_tab.htm&release=260&type=5 "In Salesforce orgs that have enabled Setup with Agentforce, Setup pages open in a single dedicated tab instead of overwriting the Setup Home page. Now you can context switch between Home, agent conversations, and Setup pages without losing work.") Added a release note about new navigation behavior in Setup with Agentforce. ## Salesforce Development Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce development. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [User Interface API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps.") Added Event and Task to the User Interface API supported objects list. ### Week of April 20, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added new values to the existing invocationTargetType field on the GenAiFunction metadata type. ### Week of April 13, 2026 [New CLI Commands That Support Vibe Coding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli_vibe_coding.htm&release=260&type=5 "When you vibe code apps and agents with Agentforce Vibes, it completes some of its tasks with Salesforce CLI commands. You can also run these commands yourself at the terminal or command prompt.") Added a release note to announce new Salesforce CLI commands that support vibe coding. [Vibe Coding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use natural language prompts to build React apps, Lightning apps, and agents with Agentforce Vibes.") and[React Apps (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react.htm&release=260&type=5 "With Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta), you can build and reuse React apps directly from your Salesforce org. To use record data in your React apps, use Data SDK and GraphQL.") Added release notes to announce several enhancements to vibe coding with Agentforce Vibes, along with React app support on the Agentforce 360 Platform. [Local Dev is Now Live Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_live_preview.htm&release=260&type=5 "To better reflect the real-time nature of component, Experience site, and Lightning app previews, Local Dev is now called Live Preview."), [Preview a Single Lightning Web Component in Your Browser (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_single_component.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use Single Component Live Preview to run a real-time preview of a Lightning web component in your browser. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release."), and [Preview a Single Lightning Web Component in Visual Studio Code (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_vscode_lwc.htm&release=260&type=5 "To run a real-time preview of a Lightning web component directly inside VS Code or Code Builder, use the Live Preview Visual Studio Code extension. This extension is now generally available for Lightning web components.") Added release notes to announce changes to Live Preview, which was previously called Local Dev. [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added a release note to announce the new UIBundle metadata type for React apps. ### Week of April 10, 2026 [Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters in API Version 66.0 and Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_constructor_visibility_invocable_custom_classes_v66.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update, a versioned change now implements this requirement. Starting in API version 66.0, Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be public for non-packaged classes or global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior.") Added a release note to clarify constructor visibility requirements for custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters. [Calls to Invocable Actions Are Validated for Constructor Visibility Requirements in API Version 66.0 and Later](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_rest_constructor_visibility_invocable_action_parameters_v66.htm&release=260&type=5 "Starting in API version 66.0, REST API calls validate that custom Apex classes used as invocable action parameters have visible no-argument constructors. If the constructor isn't visible with appropriate access modifiers, the API call fails. This versioned change applies to Salesforce if you haven't enabled the Enforcing No-Argument Constructor release update. Previously, API calls succeeded even if the constructor wasn't visible. In API version 66.0 and later, the API call fails if the constructor lacks appropriate access modifiers.") Added a pointer topic to inform REST API users about constructor visibility validation for invocable action parameters. [Modernize Your Application Release Lifecycle with Next Generation DevOps Center (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devops_center_next_gen.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage releases from a click-based central hub that improves team collaboration across change and release tasks. You can use Agentforce to resolve complex merge conflicts and deployment failures with natural language prompts. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release, such as support for Bitbucket, data deployment, and the ability to combine work items to fix conflicts.") Added release notes for DevOps Center, which is now generally available. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") Added a release note to announce the new IssueCreditMemo and renew\_assets\_summary Apex namespaces. [Download Agentforce Vibes Usage Data as a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_csv.htm&release=260&type=5 "Now you can export key Agentforce Vibes metrics for your orgs over the last 30 days as a CSV file. Previously, Vibes usage data wasn’t available to view.") Added a release note to announce the new CSV download tool for Agentforce Vibes data. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the new AUTHENTICATION\_CONTEXT\_CLASS\_REFERENCE field on the Login Event Type of the EventLogFile object. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [Work with More MCP Tools for LWC Development (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_mcp_tools.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build apps faster with MCP tools for LWC development.") Updated the release note to announce new and changed MCP tools for the Salesforce DX MCP server. Also added a release note for the `experts-validation` toolset. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Analyze Your Most Popular Pages with Usage Insights (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_usage_insights.htm&release=260&type=5 "Identify your most used pages and evaluate their performance by reviewing desktop usage data in the Usage Insights (beta) tab. Use actionable data on page views, daily active users, and experienced page time to pinpoint performance bottlenecks and focus on your most popular pages.") Added a release note to announce the beta release of Usage Insights. [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=260&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") Added a release note to announce the ability to get the current user’s User record. Added a release note to announce the ability to get page layout metadata for objects. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the ability to set a pickup time for the LocationShippingCarrierMethod object. Added a release note to announce additional change types for the OrderSummaryChange object. Added a release note to announce sharing is now available for the SalesChannel object. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [New Data Mask and Seed (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed.htm&release=260&type=5 "Secure your sandbox data by using the new Salesforce Data Mask and Seed (beta). Admins and dev teams can define Data Mask policies and use them to mask sensitive sandbox data, such as proprietary, restricted, government-regulated, and personally identifiable information (PII).") Added release notes to announce the upcoming release in mid-April 2026 of the new Data Mask and Seed (beta). Admins and dev teams can secure their sandboxes by using the new Data Mask and Seed to mask sensitive sandbox data. [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=260&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Winter ’27.") Updated the enforcement of this release update to Winter ’27 and added a link to the enforcement schedule. Updated to reflect that Salesforce recommends testing for this release update after June 18, 2026. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the new PushUpgradeCustomization object, which package developers can use to enable subscribers to block push upgrades to their org. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Work with More MCP Tools for LWC Development (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_mcp_tools.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build apps faster with MCP tools for LWC development.") Updated the release note to announce changes to LWC MCP tools. [New and Changed Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_components.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build UI easily with these new and changed components.") Added a release note to announce manual image upload support (developer preview) for `lightning-input-rich-text`. [New Targets for Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_targets.htm&release=260&type=5 "These targets are new.") Added a release note to announce a new target, `lightning__PropertyEditor`, that enables a component to be used as a custom property editor in an Experience Builder component. [Run SOQL Queries in User Mode as the Automated Process User](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_WithUserModeQuery.htm&release=260&type=5 "In API version 66.0 and later, you can now run SOQL queries containing the WITH USER_MODE clause as the Automated Process User. In API Version 65.0 and earlier, such queries fail unless they are run explicitly in system mode.") Added a release note to announce a versioned behavior change for running SOQL queries in Apex. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Create Full Sandboxes for Large Production Orgs Faster with Quick Create](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dev_environments_sandbox_quick_create.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Quick Create technology is now available for production orgs larger than 1 TB that are hosted on Hyperforce instances. While performance varies by org, most customers see processing times two to three times faster with Quick Create than the legacy method. With this capability, you can focus more time on developing and testing solutions, and less time waiting for sandboxes to build. Previously, the Quick Create technology was available only for production orgs up to 1 TB.") Added a release note to announce that the Quick Create method of creating Full sandboxes on Hyperforce instances is now available to production orgs larger than 1 TB. [Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with Agentforce DX and Agent Script (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_afdx_nga_beta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use pro-code tools, such as VS Code and Salesforce CLI, to build hybrid reasoning Salesforce agents. These new types of agents have both the predictability that your business demands and the creativity that large language models (LLMs) make possible.") Updated the existing release note that announced the beta in December 2025 to say that the feature is Generally Available as of February 18, 2026. Added the new and changed features since the beta. [Manage Package Upgrades with Customized Push Upgrades](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_customized_push_upgrades.htm&release=260&type=5 "Customized push upgrades enable partners and customers to manage the push upgrade lifecycle. With this feature, partners can grant select customers the ability to block push upgrades. Customized push upgrades are especially useful for highly regulated environments where strict compliance and validation protocols require control of upgrade timing and version oversight. This feature provides the granular control necessary to ensure compliance and system stability during version transitions.") Added a release note to announce that Salesforce Partners can now can grant select customers the ability to block push upgrades. ### Week of February 16, 2026 [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=260&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") Added a release note to announce improved reference documentation. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added an entry to state that the ApexLimitEvent object has been removed. [Accelerate Release Management with Next Generation DevOps Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_next_generation_devops_center.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage your release process with a click-based interface that serves as a central hub for DevOps tasks. Resolve complex issues like merge conflicts using natural language prompts and AI-powered assistance. The next-generation DevOps Center supports non-source-tracked environments and removes the need for package installations.
") Added a release note to announce next generation DevOps Center. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [UTAM Documentation Moves to Salesforce Developers Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_utam_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5 "UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) documentation hosted on utam.dev has moved to the Salesforce Developers site. The utam.dev site won’t be updated further.") Added a release note to announce the move of the utam.dev documentation to the [Salesforce Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/get-started-utam.html) site. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce two new fields,MalwareScanDate (beta) and MalwareScanStatus (beta) on the ContentDocument and ContentVersion objects. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the new ContentSizeLong field on these objects: AttachedContentDocument, AttachedContentNote, CombinedAttachment, ContentFolderItem, ContentNote, ContentVersion, FolderedContentDocument, and OwnedContentDocument. [Monitor Sandbox Copy Progress in Greater Detail with an Updated UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandbox_copy_progress.htm&release=260&type=5 "The updated UI for sandbox copies and refreshes now provides a detailed visual progress bar and real-time status updates for each stage. Users gain greater insight and transparency into the process, enabling better tracking of sandbox progress and completion.") Updated When section to clarify that the new UI is available starting in March 2026. [Define Object-Based Custom Lightning Types with JSON Schemas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_object_metadata.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create LightningTypeBundle metadata to define data structures by using JSON Schema. Build flexible, object-based types for use in Experience Builder, Prompt Builder, and other supported Salesforce applications. Define schemas directly in the metadata to simplify development and deployment.") Added a release note to announce object-based custom Lightning types feature. [Create Object-Based Custom Lightning Types in Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_object_setup.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the Object option in Setup to define a JSON object structure so that you can create custom Lightning types. Build flexible types for use in Experience Builder, Prompt Builder, and other supported Salesforce applications. Optimize your configuration workflow by manually defining schemas to deliver solutions faster.") Added a release note to announce object-based custom Lightning types feature in Setup. ### Week of February 2, 2026 [Manage Page Errors with Error Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_error_console.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable the Error Console to capture and display component and page errors without interrupting your work in Salesforce. The console collects non-fatal errors so you can see them when it’s convenient for you, and they don’t require interaction. Fatal errors still show in modal error panels that you must dismiss before continuing. Fatal errors are also collected in the Error Console for later inspection.") Added links to admin documentation. Removed: The Timeout of Outbound Messages Is Reduced to 20 Seconds from 60 Seconds This release note was republished in error. It was originally published in Summer '25 and the change was reverted during that release cycle. The timeout of outbound messages is 60 seconds. Removed: Identify Outbound Messages in Queue with a Renamed Heading This release note was republished in error. It was originally published in Summer '25. [Salesforce Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_updates.htm&release=260&type=5 "Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.") Updated the Salesforce Lightning Design System WCAG 1.4.11 standard release note to reflect a recent fix for styling highlighted text. [Enhance DevOps Center Security with External Client Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devops_center_external_client_apps.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use external client apps to configure and manage single sign-on (SSO) and OAuth authorization for DevOps Center. DevOps Center is transitioning from connected apps to improve security. From Spring’ 26, when installing DevOps Center in a new org, you now create an external client app instead of a connected app.") Added a release note to announce that users installing DevOps Center managed package must create an external client app instead of a connected app. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added an entry to announce the new ai field on the existing LightningComponentBundle metadata type. [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") Added a release note to announce the new RulesAppln Apex namespace. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Work with More MCP Tools for LWC Development (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_mcp_tools.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build apps faster with MCP tools for LWC development.") Added an announcement for the `create_lds_graphql_mutation_query` and `guide_utam_generation` MCP tools. Removed: Improve Type Safety with the LWC TypeScript Converter MCP Tool (Beta) This feature isn’t quite ready, so we removed it for now. [Use Complex Template Expressions in Your Lightning Web Components (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_cte.htm&release=260&type=5 "Add sophisticated presentation logic to your Lightning web component template files, and remove extra code from your component implementation. A component that renders a user interface can now use complex JavaScript expressions directly in its HTML template file. Use complex template expressions anywhere you use basic properties.") Added link to developer guide documentation. [Use DataWeave in Transformations with Nested SOQL Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_DWSupportQueryResults.htm&release=260&type=5 "DataWeave supports nested SOQL queries, which improves development time and enables easy integration and efficiency with your transformations. We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange.") Added a release note about DataWeave support of nested SOQL queries. [New Connect in Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes are new.") Added entries to announce the new Apex NamedCredentials methods for updating or deleting a named credential, an external credential, or an external auth identity provider. ### Week of January 12, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added an entry to announce the new isCanvasPluginEnabled field on the existing ExtlClntAppConfigurablePolicies metadata type. [Lightning Component Library Is Retiring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_component_library_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5 "It’s time to say goodbye to the Lightning Component Library, our legacy hub of Lightning component information. The legacy Component Library pages will redirect users to the new Lightning Component Reference in the Spring ’26 release. The tools for Lightning Web Security and Lightning Locker are also scheduled to redirect to their new locations.") Added an announcement that the legacy Lightning Component Library is retiring. [LWS Trusted Mode Enablement Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_lws_trusted_mode_discontinued.htm&release=260&type=5 "In Spring ’26, we’re no longer enabling Lightning Web Security (LWS) Trusted Mode. Salesforce briefly released LWS Trusted Mode in Winter ’26. We re-evaluated LWS Trusted Mode and decided to make it available only as a beta service in the same Winter ’26 release. This feature gives customers great responsibility for the security of scripts allowed to run in their org. We want to make sure that the customers that enable LWS Trusted Mode have a strong security posture both as a company and built into their processes.") Added an entry to state that Salesforce is no longer enabling LWS trusted mode. [API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_lws_distortion_changes.htm&release=260&type=5 "Lightning Web Security (LWS) includes new security protections with more distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions are also available.") Added a list of distortion changes in Lightning Web Security (LWS). ## Experience Cloud Changes Latest release notes updates for Experience Cloud. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [LWR Sites Use the User's Date and Time by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_time_zone.htm&release=260&type=5 "To standardize behavior across LWR sites, system dates and times, such as when a record is created, now use the user's locale. Previously, some LWR sites used the org's default time zone instead of the user's locale. If you need to modify this default setting, contact Salesforce Customer Support.") Added a release note for changes to system dates and times in LWR sites. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Launch a Flow When a User Changes a File (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_flow_trigger.htm&release=260&type=5 "To launch a flow when a user creates, updates, or deletes a file, set up the flow so that it triggers on the Content Document or Content Version objects. Use this new feature to create flows that work with documents in Salesforce Files or Salesforce CRM content. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange.") Added a release note announcing new flow triggers for Salesforce Files. [Protect Your Salesforce Org and Users by Scanning Files for Malware (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_malware_scan.htm&release=260&type=5 "For improved security in your Salesforce org, files are now scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. When a user tries to upload a file, the process is blocked if the scanned file is malicious. If a malicious file is uploaded via the API, it’s scanned asynchronously, and it appears in the new Malicious Files (Beta) list. When a user attempts to download an existing file, the download is blocked if it’s malicious. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange.") Clarified the Where section by noting that this feature is available only to orgs hosted on Hyperforce. ## Field Service Changes Latest release notes updates for Field Service. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Get More Precise Travel Time Calculations with Upgraded Maps Data for the Republic of Ireland](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_maps_data_update_ireland.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve schedule efficiency and reliability with enhanced Maps data specifically for the Republic of Ireland that reflects the recent changes to lower speed limits. Field Service Maps data now incorporates the updated regulations providing more accurate routing and travel time estimations. This update ensures that your schedules are more consistent with the speed limit changes, reducing late arrivals and providing a more stable day of service.") Updated the release note to announce the addition of the Agentforce for Field Service page. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [Get More Precise Travel Time Calculations with Upgraded Maps Data for the Republic of Ireland](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_maps_data_update_ireland.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve schedule efficiency and reliability with enhanced Maps data specifically for the Republic of Ireland that reflects the recent changes to lower speed limits. Field Service Maps data now incorporates the updated regulations providing more accurate routing and travel time estimations. This update ensures that your schedules are more consistent with the speed limit changes, reducing late arrivals and providing a more stable day of service.") Added release note for maps update for the Republic of Ireland. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Handle Service Resource Absences Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_agentforce_resource_absence.htm&release=260&type=5 "Reduce dispatcher overhead and minimize service disruptions when mobile workers are unavailable. Mobile workers can now report absences for the current day directly with Agentforce via Slack or the Field Service mobile app. Agentforce then logs the absence on the Gantt and reassigns their appointments to available workers. For appointments that can’t be reassigned, Agentforce reaches out to the customers to find the next suitable time—keeping your field operations running smoothly.") Added a release note for the service resource absences solution in Autonomous Scheduling with Agentforce. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Streamline Image Management by Retrieving Multiple Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Images](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_vra_retrieve_images.htm&release=260&type=5 "Efficiently capture multiple VRA session images at once and store them directly in Salesforce with the VRA Mass Image Retrieval screen flow. Centralizing these images on related records ensures easy access to historical session images for review and follow-up.") Added release note for retrieval of visual remote assistant images. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Boost Mobile Worker Productivity with Enhanced App Stability and Quicker Startup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_mwt_fsapp_productivity.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve operational efficiency with architectural enhancements that enable faster data priming and reduced memory consumption. Mobile workers now benefit from increased app startup reliability, accelerated data synchronization, and reduced crash rates.") Added release note for overall mobile app stability and performance improvements. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Field Service iOS Mobile App Support on iOS 17 and iPadOS 17 Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260patch_ios17ipados17_app_support_discontinued.htm&release=260&type=5 "As of this release, iPad and the mobile app no longer supports iPadOS 17, iOS 17 and earlier versions.") Added release note for iOS 17 and iPadOS 17 mobile app support. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Get More Precise Travel Time Calculations with Upgraded EU Maps Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_maps_data_update.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve schedule efficiency and reliability with enhanced Maps data for more accurate routing and travel time estimations that better reflect real-world traffic patterns. Field Service Maps data for EU customers now incorporates travel speed fluctuations throughout the day. With travel times typically increasing during peak periods, this granular update ensures your schedule is grounded in reality, reducing late arrivals and providing a more stable day of service.") Added release note for EU maps update. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [Get More Optimal Scheduling with Updated Service Objective Scoring Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_updated_service_objectives.htm&release=260&type=5 "Achieve improved scheduling outcomes that match your business priorities with refined grading formulas that better reflect your configured service objective weights. The impact of the Skill Preference and Skill Level objectives has doubled. And, the Resource Priority objective now relies on a fixed scale of 1 to 10 instead of the priority values sent in each optimization request, so that the schedule ‌‌outcome is more predictable. Previously, some underlying calculations reduced the intended impact of an objective's assigned weight.") Removed mention of Same Site objective grading formula update. [Control Bulk Status Change Icon Visibility for Bundled Service Appointments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_260_fieldservice_mobile_bulk_status.htm&release=260&type=5 "Avoid mishaps by disabling the Bulk Status Change Icon for Bundled Service Appointments in the Field Service mobile app. Previously, the icon was visible by default. Mobile workers could easily change the status of all bundled appointments with a single tap, potentially causing issues for customers with specific validation rules.") Updated attribute key name. ### Week of January 12, 2026 Improve Sales Strategies with Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Session Transcriptions Removed this release note. ## Hyperforce Changes Latest release notes updates for Hyperforce. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Scan Files for Malware (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce_experience_files_malware_scan_beta.htm&release=260&type=5 "For improved security in your Salesforce org, files are now scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. Most new files are scanned when they’re uploaded to an org, and most existing files are scanned when they’re downloaded from an org.") Added a release note about malware scanning for Salesforce Files (beta) in Hyperforce orgs. ## Industries Cloud Changes Latest release notes updates for Industries. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [New and Changed Agentforce Financial Services Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with new and updated Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud, objects.") Added the release notes to announce the new and changed objects for Transaction Dispute Management. ### Week of April 30, 2026 [Move Data Directly into Financial Account and Related Objects with Salesforce Integration User License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_move_data_directly_into_financial_account_objects_with_integration_user_license.htm&release=260&type=5 "Move data from external systems directly into Financial Account and related objects via API without assigning additional Agentforce Financial Services licenses. Integration Users now have default Create, Read, Update, Delete, View All, and View All Fields permissions on the Financial Account Management Standard Objects.") Added a release note to announce that Integration Users can now move data directly into Financial Account and related objects via API using the Salesforce Integration User License. ### Week of April 27, 2026 [New and Changed Metadata Type in Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_metadata_type.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make the most of the new and changed metadata types in Manufacturing.") Added a release note to announce a new field in SalesAgreementSettings metadata type. [Manage the Complete Visa Dispute Lifecycle in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_manage_visa_dispute_lifecycle_one_place.htm&release=260&type=5 "Reduce data entry errors and centralize dispute resolution operations with the Transaction Dispute Management integration to Visa Resolve Online (VROL). Handle both Visa allocation and collaboration dispute flows, and cover complex arbitration stages, directly in Salesforce. Protect customers from fraudulent transactions and avoid manual data transfer between systems with this integration.") Added a release note to announce the integration of Transaction Dispute Management with Visa. [Unify Your Card Dispute Intake Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_unify_card_dispute_intake_process.htm&release=260&type=5 "Capture disputes for both Visa and Mastercard transactions with the same intake form. Avoid switching between multiple systems for card transactions. Create accurate dispute cases with a prebuilt Visa-compliant questionnaire specific to each dispute reason. Review all captured details in the summary screen for final verification.") Added a release note to announce the support for capturing Mastercard and Visa transaction disputes with one intake form. [Strengthen Dispute Cases with Supporting Transaction Evidence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_strengthen_dspt_cases_trxn_evidence.htm&release=260&type=5 "Support dispute specialists to prove that a disputed charge is inconsistent with a cardholder’s normal purchase behavior or part of a fraudulent trend. Build a clear history before the dispute case moves to pre-arbitration by associating past, settled transactions as reference to the current Visa dispute.") Added a release note to announce the support for associating past, settled transactions as reference to current Visa transaction dispute. ### Week of April 13, 2026 [Connect Your Student Information System with Learning Management Systems](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_connect_sis_with_learning_management_systems.htm&release=260&type=5 "Synchronize data between your student information system (SIS) and learning management systems (LMS) by using MuleSoft Anypoint or Flow connectors. Connect to Canvas, Moodle, Blackboard, and D2L Brightspace by using the out-of-the-box Anypoint connectors, or use a Flow-based Canvas connector for simpler use cases with fewer transformations.") Added a release note to announce the integration between student information system and learning management systems by using MuleSoft Anypoint or Flow connectors. ### Week of April 06, 2026 [New Apex Namespace in Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_namespace_ind_mfg_sample_mgmt_apex.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn more about the new Apex namespace available in Manufacturing.") Added a release note to announce the new ind\_mfg\_sample\_mgmt\_apex namespace and its classes available with Manufacturing. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [Einstein Quick Quote for Enterprise Sales Management is Scheduled for Deprecation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_einstein_quick_quote_for_esm_is_scheduled_for_deprecation.htm&release=260&type=5 "Einstein Quick Quote for Enterprise Sales Management is scheduled for deprecation in Winter `27. After the deprecation, you can no longer use Einstein Quick Quote in Enterprise Sales Management orgs on Winter `27 and later.") Added a release note to announce depreciation of Billing and Usage Assistant in Communications. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Changed Metadata Types in Agentforce Net Zero](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_netzero_new_changed_metadata_type.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the changed Agentforce Net Zero, formerly Net Zero Cloud, metadata types.") Added release note about new field `isWasteUom` added on the existing SustainabilityUom metadata type. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [New and Changed Objects in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Insurance objects.") Updated the list of new and changed objects to announce the new ClaimLossDate field on the Claim object. [New Connect REST APIs for Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new Connect REST APIs for Education.") Added release note about two new Connect REST APIs for Learning Equivalency: GET learning equivalency list and GET learning equivalency by ID. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Consumer Sales in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_consumer_sales_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=260&type=5 "Introducing Consumer Sales for business-to-consumer (B2C), your comprehensive solution for effective and consistent customer management, built on the powerful Salesforce Platform. Use persistent cart, standard Salesforce objects, Connect REST APIs, and a rich portfolio of Revenue Cloud functionalities. With the enhanced B2C Sales Journey, empower your admins and developers to capitalize on the growing subscription market by using an enhanced cart-based sales journey, specifically designed for residential, and small business users.") Added a release note to announce Consumer Sales in Communications. [New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new and changed Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, objects.") Clarified the permission set license requirements for several new objects and fields in the Agentforce Public Sector new and changed objects topic, including PaymentCart, RegulatoryTrxnFee, and BenefitAssignment. Removed the ApplicationFormRelatedCode object and the OrderItem.RegulatoryTrxnFeeId field pending feature availability. [Changed Metadata API in Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_metadata.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the updated Education Metadata API.") Added a release note about a new field in AccountingSettings metadata type to enable Data Cloud Runtime for Accounting Subledger. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Billing and Usage Assistant is Scheduled for Deprecation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_billing_and_usage_assistant_is_scheduled_for_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5 "Billing and Usage Assistant is scheduled for deprecation in Summer `26. After the deprecation, you can no longer use Billing and Usage Assistant in Communications orgs on Summer `26 and later.") Added a release note to announce depreciation of Billing and Usage Assistant in Communications. [New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") Updated the list of new and changed objects to announce that the ApplicationId field on the ApplicationDecision object is a polymorphic relationship field. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Unlock Retail Banking Performance with Analytics Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_optimize_retail_banking_dashboards.htm&release=260&type=5 "Gain powerful insights into your retail banking operations, customer engagement, and lead management with the dashboards in the Retail Banking Insights app. Use the dashboard to identify customers at risk that lack recent activity to prioritize crucial follow-up actions. Apply the analytics to understand customers better, enhance decision-making and drive business growth.") Added a release note about retail banking dashboards. [Experience Hands-Free Field Execution in Consumer Goods Cloud Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_speech_to_text_cg_mobile_app.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give your sales reps a hands-free experience with voice-activated notes, powered by speech-to-text integration, even when they’re offline. Additionally, they can use their voice to capture survey data or update orders in the app using speech-to-text and prompt template APIs when they’re online.") Modified the title and added See Also link. [Get Accrual Data Directly in Tactic Funds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_configure_accrual_writebacks.htm&release=260&type=5 "Configure the write-back of accrual amounts into tactic funds. The aggregated accrual output is updated in the tactic fund to inform the key account manager of what the current accrued liabilities and other financial metrics are.") Added See Also link. [Get Accurate Financials for Tier Tactics and Growth Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_accrual_tier_tactics.htm&release=260&type=5 "Key account managers (KAMs) can calculate accruals for tier tactics and growth programs. Accrual calculations for tier tactics provide KAMs with an accurate picture of liabilities throughout the entire promotional lifecycle.") Added See Also link. [Choose Which Promotion Fields to Show in a Customer Business Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_configure_promotion_tab.htm&release=260&type=5 "Show only the relevant fields on the Promotions tab to help key account managers focus on the data they need to analyze a promotion or hide the page entirely. The account manager can select a promotion link to go to the promotion’s page. Translate the field labels in any Salesforce-supported language.") Added See Also link. [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") Added a release note to announce the new Apex namespace and its classes available with Insurance. ### Week of February 02, 2026 [Changed Metadata Type in Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_metadata_type.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make the most of the new metadata type in Automotive.") Added a release note about new metadata API to manage funding workbench. [New and Changed Metadata Type in Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_metadata_type.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make the most of the new and changed metadata types in Manufacturing.") Added a release note about new metadata API to configure purchase order management setting. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [New and Changed Objects in Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_new_objects.htm&language=en_US) The Disease Surveillance objects requires some adjustments, so we’ve removed it for now. [Use Agentforce for Health Cloud in Government Cloud Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_gov_cloud_compliant.htm&language=en_US) Added a release note announcing that Agentforce for Health Cloud features are now available in a Government Cloud. [New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") Added information about the LearningEquivalencyLearning and DocumentChecklistItem objects. [New and Changed Metadata Type in Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_metadata_type.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make the most of the new and changed metadata types in Manufacturing.") Added a release note about new metadata API to manage and allocate inventory orders. [New Invocable Actions in Insurance Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new invocable actions in Insurance to create and manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and group census members and their associated insurance plans.") Added information about the new product rating invocable actions available with Insurance Quoting. [New Connect REST APIs in Insurance Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create billing schedules from insurance policy transactions to generate financial records for policy lifecycle events. Modify claim coverage payment details, recalculate loss item adjustments, and process ex gratia payments to accelerate claims resolution and maintain financial accuracy. Evaluate plan eligibility for group census members to support accurate enrollment decisions. Use the multi-root policy APIs to create and manage multiple root and child policies under a single parent policy, improving flexibility in policy administration. With the insurance quoting API, generate rating input details to streamline product rating processes, improving operational efficiency.") Added information about the new rating details resource available with Insurance Quoting. ### Week of January 19, 2026 Removed: New Agentforce Financial Services Jumpstart Bundles This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it while we make improvements. [New Invocable Actions in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new invocable actions in Insurance to create and manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and group census members and their associated insurance plans.") Added information about the new invocable actions available with Insurance Group Benefits. [New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create billing schedules from insurance policy transactions to generate financial records for policy lifecycle events. Modify claim coverage payment details, recalculate loss item adjustments, and process ex gratia payments to accelerate claims resolution and maintain financial accuracy. Evaluate plan eligibility for group census members to support accurate enrollment decisions. Use the multi-root policy APIs to create and manage multiple root and child policies under a single parent policy, improving flexibility in policy administration. With the insurance quoting API, generate rating input details to streamline product rating processes, improving operational efficiency.") Added information about the new Connect REST APIs available with Insurance Brokerage to manage billing transactions. Added information about the new Connect REST APIs available with Insurance Group Benefits to manage group census member plans. [Summarize Valuable Information with the Pre-Meeting Assistance Agent Topic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_banking_rltnship_assistance_tearsheet.htm&release=260&type=5 "Help your front office teams prepare for client interactions by generating summary documents from one or more objects directly within an agent conversation. With the Pre-Meeting Assistance topic, the Banking Relationship Assistance agent template uses the Create Summary Document action to produce tearsheets in the Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, or PDF formats. Users can quickly generate documents by specifying the name, template, and format using data from records.") Added a release note announcing that Banking Relationship Assistance agent template now includes agent topic to create summary documents. [New Connect REST API for Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn more about the new connect API resources available in Manufacturing.") Added a release note about new connect REST API to manage product specifications for sample management. ### Week of January 12, 2026 Removed: Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with Voice Support This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it while we make improvements. [New Invocable Actions in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new invocable actions in Insurance to create and manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and group census members and their associated insurance plans.") Added information about the new invocable actions available with Insurance Claims Management. [New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create billing schedules from insurance policy transactions to generate financial records for policy lifecycle events. Modify claim coverage payment details, recalculate loss item adjustments, and process ex gratia payments to accelerate claims resolution and maintain financial accuracy. Evaluate plan eligibility for group census members to support accurate enrollment decisions. Use the multi-root policy APIs to create and manage multiple root and child policies under a single parent policy, improving flexibility in policy administration. With the insurance quoting API, generate rating input details to streamline product rating processes, improving operational efficiency.") Added information about the new Connect REST APIs available with Insurance Claims Management. [New Connect in Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_connect_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new methods to manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and billing schedules.") Added information about the new Connect in Apex classes for Insurance Claims Management. [Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_changed_connect_api_requests.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new properties in insurance to specify the sub-coverage during calculating adjustments for a loss item, provide either the date or both the date and time of reported loss. Simplify the policy renewal process in insurance brokerage by removing the requirement to explicitly specify whether a renewal is with the same carrier.") Added information about the new properties that are added to the existing request bodies. [Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_changed_connect_api_responses.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new properties in Insurance to track the claim loss date, see the rule set evaluation results during multi-root policy processing, and track the start and end dates for the standings evaluation period.") Added information about the new properties that are added to the existing response bodies. ### Week of January 5, 2026 [Streamline Loan Application Intake and Audit with Discovery Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_digital_lending_loan_application_audit_with_discovery_framework.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use Discovery Framework to create questionnaires for customers who apply for secured or unsecured loans. Surface the questions in a guided application experience built with Omnistudio, and embed the experience in custom apps or sites. Capture applicant responses about loans, collateral assets, and financial details in Discovery Framework assessments for further processing, and to support auditing and traceability during compliance checks. To get a head start on designing the application experience, customize or replicate the prebuilt components in the Discovery Framework sample template for Digital Lending.") Added a release note announcing that Digital Lending now includes a prebuilt Discovery Framework template. [New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") Added information about changes to the existing CourseOffering and CourseOfferingParticipant objects. [Explore Learning Programs and Request Details Directly in Campus and Program Finder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_request_for_info_campus_program_finder.htm&release=260&type=5 "Make the request for learning program information intuitive. Create a card view for learning programs in Campus and Program Finder. Provide a button for applicants, students, and families to request more information about specific learning programs conveniently.") Added When section to indicate that the feature is available later in Spring 2026. [Centralize Course Collaboration in Slack with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_centralize_course_operations_in_slack_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage Course Operations workflows in Slack with Agentforce. Faculty can create channels for each course offering, maintain accurate participant lists, and publish a syllabus canvas in the same space where communication already happens. Real-time updates and easier access to course resources provide students with a unified academic experience.") Corrected Where section by updating the first license in the list to Education Cloud. [New Invocable Actions in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new invocable actions in Insurance to create and manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and group census members and their associated insurance plans.") Added information about the new invocable actions to manage multi-root insurance policies. [New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create billing schedules from insurance policy transactions to generate financial records for policy lifecycle events. Modify claim coverage payment details, recalculate loss item adjustments, and process ex gratia payments to accelerate claims resolution and maintain financial accuracy. Evaluate plan eligibility for group census members to support accurate enrollment decisions. Use the multi-root policy APIs to create and manage multiple root and child policies under a single parent policy, improving flexibility in policy administration. With the insurance quoting API, generate rating input details to streamline product rating processes, improving operational efficiency.") Added information about the new Connect REST APIs available with Insurance Policy Administration. [New Connect in Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_connect_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new methods to manage multi-root insurance policies, claims, and billing schedules.") Added information about the new Connect in Apex classes available with Insurance Policy Administration. [New Connect REST APIs in Channel Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_chrm_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn more about the new connect API resources available in Channel Revenue Management.") Added a release note about new connect REST API to setup and configure a specific program rebate type in Rebate Management. Added a release note about new connect REST API to automate stock rotation and inventory replacement in Stock Rotation. ## Industries Common Feature Changes Latest release notes updates for Industries common features. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [Einstein Summary Is Now AI Summary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_engagement_einstein_summary_rebranded_to_ai_summary.htm&release=260&type=5 "Boost productivity and eliminate manual workflows by letting users generate instant, in-context insights from record pages and home pages by using prompt templates. Einstein Summary is now rebranded to AI Summary. The component now provides cross-object insights, multimodal analysis, and personalized summaries, evolving from a simple record summarization tool. We’re in the process of updating the name in the UI and documentation. During the rebranding, the previous name still appears in a few places.") Added a release note announcing that Einstein Summary is now rebranded as AI Summary. [Preserve Customizations and Inheritance When Cloning Context Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ctx_preserve_inheritance.htm&release=260&type=5 "When you clone an extended context definition, you can now maintain its inheritance from the parent standard definition. This enhancement ensures that your cloned definitions, including all custom nodes, attributes, and mappings, remain eligible for upgrades in future releases. Previously, cloning an extended definition broke the link to the standard source, requiring manual rework to apply upgrades.") Added the release note about preserving customizations and inheritance for cloned context definitions. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Route Voice Calls to Collections and Recovery Agents with Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_collections_voice_support.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Collections and Recovery Customer Assistance template now supports the voice channel helping service agents to handle Collections queries efficiently. By using the voice channel, borrowers can find collection plan details, request payment extensions, and add representative contact details. Real-time understanding of conversations provides a more natural experience during high-stress interactions such as debt recovery. The reasoning engine identifies intent from spoken dialogue to provide relevant answers and take corrective actions autonomously.") Added a release note announcing Agentforce Voice support for Collections and Recovery Customer Assistance. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added information about the new timelineObjectDefinitions field on the existing Translations metadata type. ### Week of January 12, 2026 Removed: Enhance Mapping Integrity with Guided Extensibility Removed the Enhance Mapping Integrity with Guided Extensibility release note for Context Service. [Monitor Decision Table Actions in a Centralized View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_decision_table_action_status_dashboard.htm&release=260&type=5 "Monitor all your decision table actions in a dashboard that shows real-time status and error details. Easily filter and sort tables to prioritize attention, ensuring critical business logic is always current and reliable.") Added the How section for accessing the Log tab. [New and Changed Objects for Fundraising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Fundraising objects.") Changed the object note to reflect that the new GiftDesignationInformation field is on the GiftEntry object. ## Marketing Changes Latest release notes updates for Marketing. ### Week of April 13, 2026 [Brand and Personalize Web Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_content_forms.htm&release=260&type=5 "Personalize landing pages with dynamic content and design custom preference pages that reflect your brand for a consistent experience across the customer journey.") Added timing details for preference pages updates. Removed: Track Engagement History with Tableau Next Information on this feature can now be found in [Measure Marketing Engagement on Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_unified_engagement_history_dashboard.htm&release=260&type=5 "Visualize interactions for every lead, contact, account, and person account record with a Unified Engagement History Dashboard. Sales reps and marketers can use these dashboards to see how leads and contacts interact with marketing campaigns and assets."). [Measure Marketing Engagement on Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_unified_engagement_history_dashboard.htm&release=260&type=5 "Visualize interactions for every lead, contact, account, and person account record with a Unified Engagement History Dashboard. Sales reps and marketers can use these dashboards to see how leads and contacts interact with marketing campaigns and assets.") Added information about Unified Engagement History Dashboards. ### Week of March 23, 2026 Removed: Define Rotation Policies for Client Secrets This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s back up. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [Improve Precision in Salesforce Data Entry Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_mc_connect.htm&release=260&type=5 "We increased the precision of Salesforce Data Entry events in Journey Builder. The Is Updated operator on Entry Criteria now compares a field's before and after values to more accurately detect any changes to CRM objects, so that more contacts can enter journeys at the right time. For example, a contact whose Onboarding Status field changes from In Progress to Completed now correctly qualifies for journey entry, allowing automation based on specific customer lifecycle changes.") Added a release note to announce the increased precision of Salesforce Data Entry events in Journey Builder. [Improve Security for Client Secrets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_security.htm&release=260&type=5 "Align your API integrations with good security practices by rotating your client secrets regularly.") Added a release note to announce a new policy for the expiration of client secrets for API integrations. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Marketing Cloud Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_engagement.htm&release=260&type=5 "Marketing Cloud Engagement delivers personalized customer journeys across marketing, advertising, commerce, and service.") Removed Spring ’26 release dates. ### Week of February 23, 2026 [Extend Your Marketing with New SMS Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sms.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use UTM links to track the performance of your SMS campaigns and simplify how you acquire short codes for the United States and Canada.") Added a release notes about short code procurement in Marketing Cloud Next and updated the parent title and description. [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_other_features.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Spring ’26.") Added a release note to announce several new and updated data model objects (DMOs) that you can use to ingest marketing content metadata. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Duplicate Marketing Cloud Engagement Users in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_admin.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Added a release note about copying the information and permissions for existing Marketing Cloud Engagement users and adding them to Marketing Cloud Next. [Marketing Cloud Account Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Added a release note about improved form security. [Engage Customers with Two-Way Conversational Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_email.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Removed references to "Two-way" for conversational email. [Engage Customers with Two-Way, Conversational Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_campaigns_agent.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Removed references to "Two-way" for conversational email. [Engage Mobile App Customers and Track Their Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_mam.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Added availability information for mobile in-app messages and custom mobile app events. [Engage Mobile App Customers and Track Their Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_mam.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Updated the title for flash sending to mention that it’s a pilot feature. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [Updates to Related Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_add_ons.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Added links to related Flow Builder updates. [Measure Accurate SMS Engagement with Bot-Click Detection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_messaging.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) Removed Journey Builder reference. [Brand and Personalize Web Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_content_forms.htm&language=en_US&type=5&release=260) Removed the note on progressive profiling for forms. This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ### Week of January 12, 2026 [Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_parent.htm&release=260&language=en_US) Added Spring ’26 Marketing Release webinar information. [Transform Your Emails, Campaigns, and Data with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_mc_next.htm&language=en_US) Added availability information for data unification functionality. ## MuleSoft Changes Latest release notes updates for MuleSoft. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Map Your Custom Flows and Apex Actions to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_tools_to_custom_mcp_servers_from_flows_and_apex_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use API Catalog to map your custom flows and Apex invocable actions to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. Quickly make your custom business logic available for use as MCP server tools.") Added a release note about making your business logic in flows and Apex invocable actions available as tools in custom Salesforce MCP servers. [View Manually Registered External MCP Servers in API Catalog (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_view_external_manual_mcp_servers.htm&release=260&type=5 "View external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers in API Catalog that you manually register in Agentforce Registry or install from AgentExchange packages.") Added a release note about viewing external MCP servers in API Catalog that you register in Agentforce Registry or install from AgentExchange. [Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_mulesoft.htm&release=260&type=5 "Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce.") Updated the release note to announce that this feature is generally available in May 2026. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [MuleSoft Integration Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_integration_intelligence.htm&release=260&type=5 "Maximize uptime and optimize performance with Integration Intelligence. Extend the value of your MuleSoft telemetry with Integration Intelligence to provide long-term analytics. Centralize metrics, logs, and traces in Salesforce Data 360. Gain visibility into historical trends and systemic patterns that go beyond real-time monitoring. Use the Integration Intelligence Lightning app to access pre-made and custom Tableau Next dashboards for unified API and application insights. Use agent-assisted analysis to quickly find the cause of problems. Access these operational insights directly from Anypoint Platform with single sign-on.") Updated the release note to announce that this feature is generally available in March 2026. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_mulesoft.htm&release=260&type=5 "Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce.") Updated the release note to announce that this feature is generally available in April 2026. [Create and Manage Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_salesforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create and manage Salesforce hosted Model Context Proxy (MCP) servers in API Catalog. View a list of standard and custom MCP servers and create custom servers.") Updated the release note to announce that this feature is generally available in April 2026. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_mulesoft.htm&release=260&type=5 "Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce.") Added a release note about making MuleSoft MCP servers available as agent actions to use in Salesforce. [Create and Manage Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_salesforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Create and manage Salesforce hosted Model Context Proxy (MCP) servers in API Catalog. View a list of standard and custom MCP servers and create custom servers.") Added a release note about viewing and creating Salesforce MCP servers by using API Catalog. [View External Services in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_external_services.htm&release=260&type=5 "REST API specifications added in the External Services page automatically appear in your API catalog's External Services list view. View details and activate actions by using API Catalog, but head back to External Services to edit API details.") Added a release note about viewing and activating actions for External Services by using API Catalog. [Manage MuleSoft Sync in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_manage_mulesoft_api_sync.htm&release=260&type=5 "Control your MuleSoft sync directly from your API catalog. Stop and restart the sync without using background operations.") Added a release note about managing MuleSoft sync in API Catalog. [View Apex REST APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_apexrest.htm&release=260&type=5 "With the Apex REST integration with API Catalog, which is now generally available, you can bring Apex APIs into your API catalog. In your Apex code or by using API Catalog, you can activate and make invocable and agent actions available to use.") Added a release note announcing the general availability of viewing and activating actions for Apex REST APIs by using API Catalog. [View AuraEnabled APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_auraenabled.htm&release=260&type=5 "With Apex AuraEnabled support in API Catalog, which is now generally available, you can bring your Apex AuraEnabled APIs into your API catalog. Activate actions to make the Apex AuraEnabled controller methods available as actions to use in Agentforce.") Added a release note announcing the general availability of viewing and activating actions for AuraEnabled APIs by using API Catalog. [View Named Query APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_named_query_api.htm&release=260&type=5 "With Named Query API support in API Catalog, which remains in beta, you can bring your Named Query APIs into API Catalog. Activate actions to make the Named Query APIs available as actions to use in Agentforce.") Added a release note announcing the continuation of the beta of viewing and activating actions for Named Query APIs by using API Catalog. Removed: MuleSoft API Governance for Salesforce (Beta) This feature isn’t quite ready, so we removed it for now. ## Omnistudio Changes Latest release notes updates for Omnistudio. ### Week of April 13, 2026 [Seamlessly Migrate from Vlocity Industries Managed Package or Omnistudio Foundation Package with Standard Data Model to Omnistudio Standard Runtime by Using the Omnistudio Migration Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_migrate_std_dm_foundation_std_runtime.htm&release=260&type=5 "Automate and simplify your Omnistudio component migration with the new Omnistudio Migration Assistant, a Salesforce CLI plug-in. The tool helps you migrate your components such as Flexcards, Omniscripts, Data Mappers, Integration Procedures, Omni Global Auto Numbers, custom labels, and related objects such as Apex classes, FlexiPages, Experience Cloud pages, Lightning web components (LWCs) from the Vlocity Industries managed package or Omnistudio Foundation package with standard data model to Omnistudio standard runtime.") Removed outdated instruction. Contacting Salesforce Customer Support is no longer required for deployment. ### Week of February 16, 2026 [Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_accessibility.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build inclusive user interfaces by using the accessibility enhancements in Flexcard and Omniscript elements. These enhancements cover many accessibility requirements, such as enhanced screen reader announcements, easier navigation, and a more powerful UI experience. Some enhancements are only available when you turn on the Runtime Accessibility setting in the Flexcard and Omniscript designers. For instance, this setting unlocks new properties for elements such as Radio, Radio Group, Block, and Data Table. Other changes apply even without turning on this setting, such as new custom attributes for icons, autocomplete options in several elements, and so on.") This release note is amended to better reflect the changes made for each element. Additionally, the changes mentioned for Data Table have been removed. We'll let you know if we bring them back. ### Week of January 5, 2026 [Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_accessibility.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build inclusive user interfaces by using the accessibility enhancements in Flexcard and Omniscript elements. These enhancements cover many accessibility requirements, such as enhanced screen reader announcements, easier navigation, and a more powerful UI experience. Some enhancements are only available when you turn on the Runtime Accessibility setting in the Flexcard and Omniscript designers. For instance, this setting unlocks new properties for elements such as Radio, Radio Group, Block, and Data Table. Other changes apply even without turning on this setting, such as new custom attributes for icons, autocomplete options in several elements, and so on.") The name of the setting for accessibility has been changed from Accessibility to Runtime Accessibility on the UI and in this release note. ## Revenue Cloud Changes Latest release notes updates for Revenue Cloud. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [New Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes.") Added a release note to announce the new blngDsptIssueCreditMemo invocable action. [New Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes.") Added a release note to announce the new blngSvcExtendInvoiceDueDate invocable action. [New Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes.") Added a release note to announce the new blngSvcSuspendBilling invocable action. [New Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes.") Added a release note to announce the new blngSvcUpdateBillToContact invocable action. [New Invocable Actions in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dro_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage complex sales transactions more effectively by decomposing and orchestrating quotes or orders independently. Use the new invocable actions to improve the operational efficiency of a sales process.") Added a release note to announce the new orchestrateTransaction invocable action. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [New Connect REST API in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable troubleshooting and improve the reliability of transaction processing.") Added a release note to announce the new APIs to initiate a swap, upgrade, or downgrade action. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [New and Updated Connect REST APIs for Promotions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_connect_api_resource_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Simplify the sales workflow by verifying and applying discounts accurately by using details of eligible promotions.") Added a release note to announce the updates to Product Discovery APIs to use and fetch applicable promotions. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [New Invocable Actions in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve financial accuracy and reduce manual effort by automating the credit and payment application and the credit memo voidance processes.") Added a release note to announce the new generateStatementOfAccount invocable action. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Tailor Your Approval Process with Custom Business Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_modify_custom_fields_on_approvals.htm&release=260&type=5 "Capture business-specific data by modifying custom fields on approval entities through Apex triggers, custom actions, or directly from the record’s details page. For example, automate priority assignments on new approval work items by using triggers, or calculate profit margins during high-discount reviews by using custom actions. Previously, custom field updates weren’t supported on approval entities.") Added a release note to announce custom field modification on approval objects. [Verify Approval Decisions with Field History and Attachments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals_verify_approval_decisions_with_history_and_attachments.htm&release=260&type=5 "Review and record the complete audit trail of your approval records by tracking your feed and the field history. Additionally, reviewers and submitters can attach relevant files to the approval records to minimize interruptions in the approval process.") Added a release note to announce history tracking and file attachment support on approval objects. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Find the Subscription Management Documentation in a New Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_subscription_management_documentation.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Subscription Management admin documentation has moved to a PDF.") Added a release note to announce the new format of the Subscription Management admin documentation. ### Week of February 2, 2026 [New Tooling API Object in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dro_new_tooling_object.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new Tooling API object to connect the business data in an object to the orchestration logic by using the orchestration type.") Added a release note to announce the new OrchestrationPlanCtxMapping Tooling API object. ### Week of January 26, 2026 [New Invocable Action in Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advanced_approvals_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Skip manual decisions and approve automatically by providing an override decision at each approval step. Use the new invocable action to fetch related record details.") Added a release note to announce the new getPreviousRelaRecDetails invocable action. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Update Sales Transaction Fields in a Third-Party Configurator UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_lms_update_sti_fields.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use Lightning Message Service (LMS) events to update all fields that are set up as editable on a sales transaction item, including custom fields, for third-party configurator UI components. With the increased flexibility, third-party components can easily communicate with Data Manager in the product configurator flow.") Added information to clarify that only fields set up as editable can be updated using LMS events. ### Week of January 12, 2026 [Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Pricing designers can set up promotions that users apply to transactions. Developers can use objects and APIs to manage promotions on sales transactions.") Updated the title to indicate that the feature is a beta service and added a note. [Increase Sales by Using Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_increase_sales_using_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Empower pricing designers to create manual and automatic promotions that offer discounts on products and categories. Designers define promotion eligibility based on rules and sales channels, and specify how to evaluate multiple applied promotions. Show your users, such as sales reps, partners, and customers, these promotions when they browse products and catalogs. Apply automatic promotions to lines when users add products to transactions. Users can apply manual promotions when they configure products and manage lines. They can see applied discounts in the price waterfall and the applied promotions on assets. They can also apply promotions when they amend or renew assets.") Updated the title to indicate that the feature is a beta service. [New and Changed Objects for Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_promos_new_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Store and access promotion-related data with these new objects and changes to existing Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, objects.") Updated the title to indicate that the feature is a beta service. [New and Updated Connect REST APIs for Promotions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_connect_api_resource_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Simplify the sales workflow by verifying and applying discounts accurately by using details of eligible promotions.") Updated the title to indicate that the feature is a beta service. ### Week of January 5, 2026 [Increase Sales by Using Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_increase_sales_using_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Empower pricing designers to create manual and automatic promotions that offer discounts on products and categories. Designers define promotion eligibility based on rules and sales channels, and specify how to evaluate multiple applied promotions. Show your users, such as sales reps, partners, and customers, these promotions when they browse products and catalogs. Apply automatic promotions to lines when users add products to transactions. Users can apply manual promotions when they configure products and manage lines. They can see applied discounts in the price waterfall and the applied promotions on assets. They can also apply promotions when they amend or renew assets.") Updated the license requirements in the Where section. Removed: Update Prices Faster by Using Instant Pricing This capability was available from Spring ’24. [Resolve Billing Inquiries and Disputes Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_dispute_management.htm&release=260&type=5 "Manage billing inquiries and disputes through a standardized, end-to-end dispute management process. Install pre-built service process templates easily from the Unified Catalog. Billing specialists or customer service representatives can initiate cases, and quickly capture, validate, and resolve common inquiries, all from a single catalog. Billing portal users can raise service requests through the self-service portal.") Clarified the availability of this feature in the When section. [Void Posted Invoices Directly from the Invoice Record with a Quick Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoice_void.htm&release=260&type=5 "Simplify invoice corrections with the Void Invoice quick action. Billing users can now void posted invoices directly from the Invoice record, in addition to using the existing API-based approach.") Added information about the new feature. ## Sales Changes Latest release notes updates for Sales. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [Access More Einstein Activity Capture Standard Seats](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_standard_no_seat_limit.htm&release=260&type=5 "Support your growing sales teams by providing a matching number of Einstein Activity Capture Standard seats for every Sales Cloud license. This update removes the previous 100-seat limit per org, so now, all your users can sync their email, calendar, and contact data. Larger teams can migrate from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture without leaving users behind.") Added names of the two permission set licenses that now exist. ### Week of April 27, 2026 Removed: Get AI-Generated Summaries for Your Deals This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's ready. ### Week of April 13, 2026 [Send Email for Users with an Unverified Email Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can't verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user's display name and reply-to address remain unchanged, but the From address uses email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com, where UniqueId is your org ID or Experience Cloud site ID. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Updated to reflect that Salesforce plans to make this feature available in late April 2026. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Send Email for Users with an Unverified Email Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can't verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user's display name and reply-to address remain unchanged, but the From address uses email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com, where UniqueId is your org ID or Experience Cloud site ID. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Clarified that the substitution email has no impact on the reply-to address. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [Automate Qualification with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_auto_qual.htm&release=260&type=5 "Seamlessly qualify records and build a stronger pipeline with Agentforce for Sales. This enhancement allows your Agent to determine how strong of a fit a prospect is based on their conversation and how well they meet your Ideal Customer Profile (ICP). Qualification helps sales reps focus on high-potential deals, improving overall efficiency and conversion rates.") Updated the Agentforce Qualification feature to support Contacts and Person Accounts in addition to Lead records. [Send Email for Users with an Unverified Email Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can't verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user's display name and reply-to address remain unchanged, but the From address uses email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com, where UniqueId is your org ID or Experience Cloud site ID. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Clarified that the substitution domain includes the site ID for Experience Cloud site users only. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Synced Calendar Overlay Is Retiring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_retire_calendar_overlay_final.htm&release=260&type=5 "If Show Synced and Captured Events is turned on, Einstein Activity Capture users access a view-only copy of events from Microsoft or Google on their Calendar. Some customers mistook the view-only events as duplicate calendar entries, so we’re retiring this feature.") Corrected that the calendar overlay and the related setting are no longer available in all orgs, regardless of when the feature was enabled. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Accelerate Transcription and Insights with Vendor Transcripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_eci_vendor_transcripts.htm&release=260&type=5 "With Vendor Transcript Processing, your sales teams can quickly access call summaries and critical call insights. Sales managers can quickly deliver coaching tips to their reps and see how they’re doing. Existing ECI customers can toggle the feature on. New customers have it auto-enabled and can’t turn it off.") Updated to share resources for turning on automatic transcription for different video providers. ### Week of February 16, 2026 [Set Unique Thresholds for Automatic Contact Creation from Emails and Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_autocreate_contacts.htm&release=260&type=5 "Automatic contact creation from email and calendar events is now available with Sync Email as Salesforce Activity. We’ve added separate thresholds for emails and events to improve this setting, giving you control over contact creation based on the context of user interaction. For example, set a higher threshold for emails (three or four interactions) and a lower threshold for events (one meeting) to prioritize capturing contacts who are actively building relationships with sales reps. Like before, the new contact record is associated with an existing relevant account record.") Added for early March release. [Enhance Contact Records Automatically with Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_automatic_contact_enhancements_now_with_sync_email.htm&release=260&type=5 "Automatic Contact Enhancement is now available if Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is turned on. Automatic Contact Enhancements uses generative AI to scan users’ email activity for important buyer details. Salesforce automatically updates contact records with information such as seniority level, department group, and other buyer attributes. This feature saves sales reps time on manual data entry and helps maintain content-rich profiles for more accurate buyer relationship maps.") Added for early March February release. [Automatically Relate New Contacts to Past Email and Event Records with Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_retroactive_matching_with_sync_email_enabled.htm&release=260&type=5 "Sales reps now see important relationship information directly on their records instead of only in the activities timeline. When a contact or lead is created, Salesforce automatically associates it with relevant email and event activity from the past 30 days. Manually and automatically creating a new contact or lead triggers this matching process.") Added for early March February release. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Access Agentforce from Your Outlook Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_outlook_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Leverage the power of Agentforce directly from your Outlook integration to prepare for meetings, summarize records, and trigger custom actions.") Updated the When statement to indicate that the feature enhancement is available in February. [Take Advantage of Improved Participant Matching for Microsoft Teams Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_eci_insight_process.htm&release=260&type=5 "We’ve improved participant matching for Microsoft Teams video calls. You no longer need your email matched to your data source. We’re more effectively using calendar and meeting data to get email participant info, so record matching for these calls works better automatically.") Updated to mention the record syncing feature and the requirement to reconnect for admins. [Use Call Transcripts from Gong](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_eci_gong.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now use call transcripts from Gong with Einstein Conversation Insights and Salesforce AI. Use Gong transcripts with our out-of-the-box agents like Lead Nurturing agent, Sales Management agent, and throughout the platform.") Updated to mention the retrieval of existing transcripts. ### Week of February 2, 2026 [Guide Your Daily Activities with an AI-Driven Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give sellers clarity on their goals and help them take the right actions faster with a consolidated workspace that surfaces key metrics, AI-driven recommendations, and actionable insights in one place. When you turn on Sales Workspace, it replaces the traditional Seller Home to provide a smarter, more proactive daily selling experience.") Updated the When section to indicate that the feature is available in February. [Get Your Agentic Sales Org Ready in a Few Clicks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ai_powered_selling.htm&release=260&type=5 "AI-Powered Selling Initial Setup simplifies configuration for new and existing orgs. It automatically turns on base Sales features and agents and assigns your sellers the correct permissions. Your sales teams get a consistent, ready-to-use sales environment immediately.") Updated the When section to indicate that the feature is available in February. ## Automation Changes Latest release notes updates for Automation features, such as Salesforce Flow and Agentforce Supply Chain. ### Week of April 20, 2026 [Synthesize Speech with the Text To Speech Action (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_synthesize_text_to_speech.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now transform plain text to Base64-encoded audio string for alerts, accessibility features, guided experiences, and voice-enabled automation using the Text To Speech flow action. The action supports text input of up to 500 characters and generates spoken audio that can be used in downstream flow logic or custom playback scenarios. By using this action, you can generate speech directly within automations without configuring or managing external services. The action now supports outputting the generated audio as a file by using the new fileOutput parameter. This action is available in REST, Flow, and Apex.") Added support for returning audio as a file output in the text to speech invocable action. When the file output parameter is set to true, the action returns generated audio as a file instead of Base64-encoded output. [Create, Evolve, and Summarize MuleSoft for Flow: Integration Flows with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_create_mfi_flows_with_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build, modify, and summarize MuleSoft for Flow: Integration flows by using natural language prompts in Agentforce. Use the Agentforce side panel to generate new integration automations in real time or evolve the logic, mappings, and configurations of existing flows. You can also generate flow summaries of varying lengths and add them to flow descriptions to help others understand your integration logic.") Added information about using Agentforce to generate summaries of new and existing MuleSoft for Flow: Integration flows. Summaries provide a high-level overview of flow logic, configurations, and modified objects, and can be added directly to flow descriptions. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 2 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Enforcing No-Argument Constructor on Apex Classes Used for Invocable Action Parameters (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_release_update_enforce_perm_requirements_on_built_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "When this update is enabled, you get access to certain built-in Apex classes that are available to be used as invocable action parameters. Additionally, this update enforces the visibility of the no-argument constructor on any class. This update was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. Starting in Spring ’26, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend that you enable it. This release update was previously named Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs.") Added information about the versioned change that applies in API version 66.0 and later when the release update isn't enabled. [Test Record-Triggered and Autolaunched Flows with Isolated Test Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_test_isolated_test_data.htm&release=260&type=5 "Run flow tests without affecting your org’s data. Use isolated test data with Apex Test Setup in record-triggered and autolaunched flows, and Set Test Input Values for autolaunched flow variables. Flow tests require predictable data. When you use org data for testing, anyone can change that data and your tests can start to fail. Record IDs differ between sandbox and production, so tests that pass in one environment can fail when you deploy to another. We added a way to create isolated test data when the test runs, just like Apex Test Setup creates data at run time. Your flow test data stays consistent so you can deploy it across environments. Isolated test data is available only for record-triggered and autolaunched flows.") Added release note about flow tests with isolated test data and support for flow tests in autolaunched flows. ### Week of March 30, 2026 [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note for the new Skip value in the Result field on the FlowTestResult object. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 2 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Trigger Flows with Third-Party Connector Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_trigger_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector triggers only in External System Change-Triggered flows to poll for matching data and process changes for specific connectors. The triggers check the external system for matching data and process the changes.") Added QuickBooks Online to the list of connectors with new triggers. [Return Records from External Systems by Using Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_retrieve_records_using_filters.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the Get Records action in Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central Connector to return records based on custom filter logic. Configure filters to return records from external systems that match your specified conditions.") Added a release note for returning records from external systems by using filters for Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central Connector. ### Week of March 16, 2026 [Extract Data from Digital and Scanned Documents by Using MuleSoft for Flow: IDP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mulesoft_for_flow_idp.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use MuleSoft for Flow: IDP to transform unstructured and semistructured data into structured, actionable output, enabling automation of document-based workflows. Organizations get lots of unstructured and semistructured documents that have important business data. But getting and processing this information by hand is time-consuming and can introduce mistakes. With MuleSoft for Flow: IDP, you define what data to extract through custom configurations. You set confidence thresholds for automatic processing, and route low-confidence results for human review to verify accuracy. Manage your document processing configurations on the Document Processing tab in the Automation app.") Added release note for MuleSoft for Flow: IDP (Generally Available). [Create, Evolve, and Summarize MuleSoft for Flow: Integration Flows with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_create_mfi_flows_with_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build, modify, and summarize MuleSoft for Flow: Integration flows by using natural language prompts in Agentforce. Use the Agentforce side panel to generate new integration automations in real time or evolve the logic, mappings, and configurations of existing flows. You can also generate flow summaries of varying lengths and add them to flow descriptions to help others understand your integration logic.") Added evolving MuleSoft for Flow: Integration flows with Agentforce functionality. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 2 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added 15Five, BambooHR, and Microsoft Entra ID to the list of connectors with new actions. [Limit the Number of Records Returned in a Flow Using QuickBooks Online Connector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_limit_the_number_of_records_returned.htm&release=260&type=5 "Refine your flows with sorting options when using QuickBooks Online connector. Limit the number of records returned to optimize performance and ensure that your users have access to the most relevant data.") Added a release note for limiting the number of records returned in QuickBooks Online Connector. ### Week of March 2, 2026 [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") Added new methods for the Invocable namespace. Removed: Monitor Performance for Active and Previously Run Flows on the Canvas This feature isn’t quite ready, so we removed it for now. See [Known Issue: Flow Occurrences / On Canvas Analytics for On-Core Flows Has Been Turned Off](https://help.salesforce.com/s/issue?id=a02Ka00000mlvjtIAA). [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 3 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added Microsoft Azure to the list of connectors with new actions. ### Week of February 16, 2026 [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added Freshservice, HashiCorp Terraform, Infoblox, Okta, and OneLogin to the list of connectors with new actions. [Use Third-Party Connectors with Full Support (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_beta_third_party_connectors_now_generally_available.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these now fully supported, previously-beta third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems.") Added Freshservice to the list of connectors that are now generally available. ### Week of February 9, 2026 [Salesforce Flow Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate.htm&release=260&type=5 "Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with Flow Integration. Get help from AI to optimize and automate your supply chain business processes with Agentforce Supply Chain.") Salesforce Flow Release Notes are now in the Automation section to accommodate other automation products, such as Agentforce Supply Chain. [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added details about the new timeoutPathUsage field for the existing FlowActionCall subtype of Flow metadata. [Removed: MuleSoft for Flow: IDP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mulesoft_for_flow_idp.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use MuleSoft for Flow: IDP to transform unstructured and semistructured data into structured, actionable output, enabling automation of document-based workflows. Organizations get lots of unstructured and semistructured documents that have important business data. But getting and processing this information by hand is time-consuming and can introduce mistakes. With MuleSoft for Flow: IDP, you define what data to extract through custom configurations. You set confidence thresholds for automatic processing, and route low-confidence results for human review to verify accuracy. Manage your document processing configurations on the Document Processing tab in the Automation app.") This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's back up. [Set Up the Agentforce Panel Without Admin Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_agentforce_panel_setup.htm&release=260&type=5 "Users can now quickly transition to the Agentforce panel and access new features such as creating, summarizing, or evolving a flow. This feature doesn’t consume generative AI credits.") Added guidance on how to enable required org permissions. [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 3 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added HubSpot and Notion to the list of connectors with new actions. [Use Custom Fields in More Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_use_custom_fields_in_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access and map custom fields from third-party connectors when configuring a flow. Include custom data in your integration logic to track specific data points.") Added a release note announcing custom fields support in HubSpot and Notion connectors. ### Week of February 2, 2026 [Add Approval Submissions to Record Pages Without Custom Buttons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_request_approval_component.htm&release=260&type=5 "Add a component for your users to submit records for approval without you creating a custom button. The Request Approval component works in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder. Configure built-in options for approver selection and submission comments.") Updated references to first approver to be an approver. [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 30 beta connectors and 6 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Trigger Flows with Third-Party Connector Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_trigger_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector triggers only in External System Change-Triggered flows to poll for matching data and process changes for specific connectors. The triggers check the external system for matching data and process the changes.") Added Jamf Pro to the list of connectors with new triggers. [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added Sumo Logic to the list of connectors with new actions. [Use Third-Party Connectors with Full Support (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_beta_third_party_connectors_now_generally_available.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these now fully supported, previously-beta third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems.") Added Sumo Logic to the list of connectors that are now generally available. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added a release note about the new testType field on the FlowTest metadata type. [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 2 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. ### Week of January 12, 2026 [Organize Data Table Records with Column Sorting at Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_sort_data_table.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable users to organize their view of records directly in the flow screen. By clicking column headers, users can sort records alphabetically or numerically at runtime. Previously, the Data Table component displayed records in a fixed order, requiring users to scan manually to find what they needed.") Added a release note about sorting data table records at runtime. [Edit Records Directly in the Data Table at Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_edit_data_table.htm&release=260&type=5 "Configure the Data Table component of a screen flow to support record editing at runtime. Previously read-only, the Data Table component now lets users modify values for specific field types. Confirmed changes are stored in the editedRows output parameter, making it easy to update records in Salesforce.") Added a release note about edit data table records at runtime. [Use Third-Party Connectors with Full Support (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_beta_third_party_connectors_now_generally_available.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use these now fully supported, previously-beta third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems.") Added a release note announcing the general availability of the Bird third-party connector. [Trigger Flows with Third-Party Connector Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_trigger_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector triggers only in External System Change-Triggered flows to poll for matching data and process changes for specific connectors. The triggers check the external system for matching data and process the changes.") Added a release note announcing new triggers in three existing third-party connectors, including Google Calendar, HubSpot, and Microsoft Outlook. [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added a release note announcing new actions in existing third-party connectors, including Asana, Bird, NetSuite, and QuickBooks Online. [See Where Actions Are Used in Agentforce Builder and Prompt Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automation_app_action_hub_details_page.htm&release=260&type=5 "Find which Agentforce agents and prompt templates reference standard and custom invocable actions by using the Action Hub tab in the Automation Lightning app. Previously, the Action Hub tab only showed action usage across Flow Builder. Check the Usage tab to view specific agents and prompt templates that reference an action before you make changes. Track execution counts for flows, Apex, and REST invocations that use this action.") Added information about execution metrics in the Action Hub details page. [Preview Files Natively in Screen Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_extend_file_preview.htm&release=260&type=5 "Eliminate friction in document-based processes by enabling your users to review file content directly within a screen flow. The new File Preview screen component removes the requirement to download files externally, ensuring more streamlined document review and approval workflows.") Updated to mention the original availability date for the File Preview screen component feature in Winter ’26. ### Week of January 5, 2026 Monitor Performance for Active and Previously Run Flows on the Canvas Clarified how to use the feature. [Retain Debug Configurations Within Flow Editing Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_debug_setup_debug_values_persist.htm&release=260&type=5 "Preserve debug configurations when you save changes to your flow. Debug inputs such as triggering record values, debug options, and input variable values now remain set when you save flow changes within your Flow Builder session. Refreshing your browser or closing Flow Builder clears all debug settings. To clear debug settings manually, click Reset Debug Settings.") Added information about **Reset Debug Settings** button. [Other Changes to Flow Approval Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_other_changes.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn about improvements to Flow Approval Processes.") Added information about **Reset Debug Settings** button to the first bullet point. [Other Changes to Flow Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_orchestrator_other_changes.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn about improvements to Flow Orchestration.") Added information about **Reset Debug Settings** button to the first bullet point. ## Security, Identity, and Privacy Changes Latest release notes updates for Security, Identity, and Privacy. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [Stay Informed About MFA Changes with an In-App Reminder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_mfa_banner.htm&release=260&type=5 "To help you and your users prepare for upcoming multi-factor authentication (MFA) security requirements, Salesforce added an in-app reminder. If your org isn’t compliant with new MFA requirements, all users see a banner that alerts them about the upcoming changes.") Added a release note to announce a new in-app reminder for MFA compliance. [Prepare for Step-Up Authentication with an In-App Prompt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_step_up_prompt.htm&release=260&type=5 "With upcoming step-up authentication requirements, Salesforce prompts users to verify their identity for sensitive actions, such as report exports. To help users prepare, Salesforce now prompts them to register a verification method.") Added a release note to announce a new post-login prompt to register verification methods. [Limit the Idle Refresh Token TTL (Time-to-Live) to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_idle_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=260&type=5 "Protect your data from unauthorized use of old, idle refresh tokens. For improved external client app and connected app security, set a 30-day limit to the idle refresh token TTL, which is the amount of time a refresh token can be inactive before it expires. The idle TTL works as a sliding window: each time the token is used within the 30-day period, its idle TTL resets.") Removed note about English-only UI labels. [Lock OAuth Security Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_app_banner.htm&release=260&type=5 "To secure your external client apps and connected apps, you can now lock specific OAuth security controls to prevent further edits. These security controls include the settings to require PKCE (Proof Key for Code Exchange) and to enable refresh token rotation. If these controls are enabled, you now see a banner that prompts you to review and lock them.") Removed note about English-only UI labels. ### Week of April 20, 2026 [Lock OAuth Security Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_app_banner.htm&release=260&type=5 "To secure your external client apps and connected apps, you can now lock specific OAuth security controls to prevent further edits. These security controls include the settings to require PKCE (Proof Key for Code Exchange) and to enable refresh token rotation. If these controls are enabled, you now see a banner that prompts you to review and lock them.") Updated this release note to announce UI label changes. Removed: Focus Security Investigations with Anomaly Triage This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's ready. Removed: Follow Incident Timelines for Investigations This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's ready. Removed: Get Remediation Plans for Security Incidents This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's ready. ### Week of April 6, 2026 [Prepare for Email to Become the Default Login Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_identity_email_login_default.htm&release=260&type=5 "Starting in September, email-based login becomes the default login experience for the UI of login.salesforce.com and test.salesforce.com. This update creates a unified login process and simplifies the experience for your users. While your users can still choose to log in with a username and password, prepare them for email to appear as the primary option.") Added a release note to prepare for log in with email address to become the default login experience. [Allow OAuth Refresh Tokens Only in Certain IP Ranges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_identity_refresh_token_ip_allowlist.htm&release=260&type=5 "Secure your external client apps and connected apps by restricting OAuth refresh tokens to known network locations. This security enhancement ensures that refresh tokens are rejected if they originate from an IP address outside of your defined ranges. Your developers can now prevent unauthorized token use even if a valid token is compromised.") Added a release note to announce IP range allowlists for refresh tokens. [Verification Method Order Is Changed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_verification_method_order.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce now uses this order of precedence for identity verification methods: built-in authenticators, security keys, Salesforce Authenticator, and third-party authenticator apps. Previously, this was the order of precedence: the Salesforce Authenticator mobile app, built-in authenticators, security keys, and third-party authenticator apps. This change affects verification method registration, multi-factor authentication (MFA), and device activation. As part of this change, we changed the \"Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with Salesforce Authenticator\" setting to \"Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with built-in authenticators.\" The updated label is currently English-only. Translations are scheduled to be available in April 2026, but this is subject to change.") Updated the translation timeline in this release note. [Customize Batch Sizes to Optimize Privacy Policy Jobs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_batch_sizes.htm&release=260&type=5 "Improve privacy policy job performance by manually specifying the number of records processed in each batch. By adjusting the batch size, you can help your jobs stay within governor limits and find the ideal balance between stability and speed.") Added a release note to announce the new option to manually set the number of records processed per batch in Privacy Center policy jobs. [Set Up Passwordless Login with Passkeys (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_passkey_login.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give users a fast, easy, and phishing-resistant alternative to passwords. Passwordless login with passkeys is now generally available. With this feature, users can log in with a built-in authenticator (such as Touch ID or Face ID) or a security key (such as a YubiKey or mobile device). Look forward to fewer password resets, fewer login issues, and happier users.") Updated this release note to announce that passkeys are now generally available. [Troubleshoot Formatting Issues in SCIM Payloads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_scim_error.htm&release=260&type=5 "Resolve JSON payload issues when managing user identity with the System for Cross-Domain Identity Management (SCIM). When you send an incorrectly formatted payload to a SCIM endpoint, Salesforce now returns a descriptive error message.") Added a release note to announce a new SCIM error message. [Limit the Idle Refresh Token TTL (Time-to-Live) to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_idle_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=260&type=5 "Protect your data from unauthorized use of old, idle refresh tokens. For improved external client app and connected app security, set a 30-day limit to the idle refresh token TTL, which is the amount of time a refresh token can be inactive before it expires. The idle TTL works as a sliding window: each time the token is used within the 30-day period, its idle TTL resets.") Added a release note to announce a new security control for OAuth refresh tokens. [Lock OAuth Security Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_app_banner.htm&release=260&type=5 "To secure your external client apps and connected apps, you can now lock specific OAuth security controls to prevent further edits. These security controls include the settings to require PKCE (Proof Key for Code Exchange) and to enable refresh token rotation. If these controls are enabled, you now see a banner that prompts you to review and lock them.") Added a release note to announce that you can now lock certain OAuth security controls. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Heading Was Added to Salesforce Login Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_page_update.htm&release=260&type=5 "For a more intuitive login experience, we added a clear “Salesforce login” heading to several login pages.") Added a release note to announce a change to Salesforce login pages. [Improved Support for IPv6 and Private IPs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_ip_ranges.htm&release=260&type=5 "We significantly increased the IPv6 address limit for trusted IP ranges and profile IP ranges, and we now exclude private IPs from 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255 when calculating the total. If your IPv6 ranges are now under the new limit of 2^99 (2 to the power of 99), users can log in from allowlisted IPs without completing device activation. We apply this limit separately from the IPv4 limit, which is still 16,777,216.") Added a release note to announce that the IPv6 limit for IP allowlists is higher and that some private IPs are now excluded when calculating the total. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_username_password_flow_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5 "In Winter ’27, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead.") Added a release note to announce a new release update. [Check Authentication Method Strength with the SAML Assertion Validator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_saml_validator.htm&release=260&type=5 "We made it easy to check for strong authentication methods in SAML responses from your single sign-on (SSO) identity provider. You can now use the SAML Assertion Validator to check the strength of Authentication Method Reference (AMR) and Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) values. Previously, the SAML Assertion Validator showed you ACR values but not AMR values, and it didn't include any information about their strength.") Added a release note to announce enhancements to the SAML Assertion Validator. [Verification Method Order Is Changed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_verification_method_order.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce now uses this order of precedence for identity verification methods: built-in authenticators, security keys, Salesforce Authenticator, and third-party authenticator apps. Previously, this was the order of precedence: the Salesforce Authenticator mobile app, built-in authenticators, security keys, and third-party authenticator apps. This change affects verification method registration, multi-factor authentication (MFA), and device activation. As part of this change, we changed the \"Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with Salesforce Authenticator\" setting to \"Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with built-in authenticators.\" The updated label is currently English-only. Translations are scheduled to be available in April 2026, but this is subject to change.") Updated this release note to announce a change to the setting that controls which verification methods users see first. [Replace Instanced URLs in API Traffic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_domains_instanced_api.htm&release=260&type=5 "To prevent disruption after infrastructure updates that change your instance name, replace instanced URLs in API traffic with your org’s My Domain login URL. Support for instanced URLs in API traffic ends in Winter ’27.") Updated the enforcement of this release update to Winter ’27. ### Week of February 23, 2026 Removed: Customize Batch Sizes to Optimize Privacy Policy Jobs This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's ready. [Verification Method Order Is Changed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_verification_method_order.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce now uses this order of precedence for identity verification methods: built-in authenticators, security keys, Salesforce Authenticator, and third-party authenticator apps. Previously, this was the order of precedence: the Salesforce Authenticator mobile app, built-in authenticators, security keys, and third-party authenticator apps. This change affects verification method registration, multi-factor authentication (MFA), and device activation. As part of this change, we changed the \"Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with Salesforce Authenticator\" setting to \"Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with built-in authenticators.\" The updated label is currently English-only. Translations are scheduled to be available in April 2026, but this is subject to change.") Added a release note for changes to the order of precedence for identity verification methods. ### Week of February 16, 2026 [Enhanced Security for Named Credentials in Managed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_named_credentials_developer_controlled.htm&release=260&type=5 "By default, as of this announcement, named credentials added to a managed package are now developer controlled and can’t be updated. Therefore, subscribers (customers) can’t edit the named credentials after package installation. This change prevents malicious automation from silently changing the endpoint URL.") Added a release note to announce that named credentials added to a managed package default to developer controlled. ### Week of February 9, 2026 Customize Batch Sizes to Optimize Privacy Policy Jobs Added a release note to announce the new option to manually set the number of records processed per batch in Privacy Center policy jobs. ### Week of February 2, 2026 [Encrypt Newly Supported Fields with Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_encrypt_new_fields.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now encrypt the Comments field on these objects: Business Operations Process Participant, Compliance Control Participant, Compliance Policy Participant, Validation Procedure Participant, Financial Account Participant, and Regulation Participant. On the Case object, you can encrypt the Rich Text Area for Case Description field. On the Provider Activity Goal Limit object, you can encrypt the Source System Identifier field.") Added a release note to announce new standard fields that are supported with Shield Platform Encryption. [Ignore Errors While Processing Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_ignore_errors.htm&release=260&type=5 "Configure your Privacy Center policies to ignore object processing errors. When errors are ignored, the job session continues to the next object on the policy instead of stopping completely. This option is useful if validations or business logic produce errors that you know are safe to ignore. Keep in mind that ignoring object processing errors can cause accidental data loss or modification.") Added a release note to announce the new option to ignore object processing errors in Privacy Center policies. [Bypass Automations While Processing Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_bypass_automations.htm&release=260&type=5 "There’s a new way to bypass automations while processing records in Privacy Center. Instead of modifying individual triggers or validation rules, you can select a bypass setting at the object or policy level. This approach bypasses all triggers and validations for the selected objects on a policy, or for the entire policy.") Added a release note to announce a new way to bypass automations while processing records in Privacy Center. ### Week of January 19, 2026 [Create an External Client App in a Scratch Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_identity_create_eca_in_scratch_org.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build local external client apps in your scratch org. Before Spring '26, local external client apps couldn't be created on scratch orgs. At that time, the only way to get an external client app on a scratch org was to package it and associate it with an existing external client app on a Dev Hub org.") Added a release note to announce the ability to create external client apps in scratch orgs. ### Week of January 12, 2026 [API-Only Users Are Blocked from Bridging into UI Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_singleaccess_frontdoor.htm&release=260&type=5 "To improve security, users with the API Only User permission can no longer bridge into UI sessions by using the frontdoor URL generated by the /services/oauth2/singleaccess endpoint, also known as UI Bridge API. This change can break integrations that unintentionally grant UI access to API-only users.") Fixed a mistake with the error message that's returned for API-only users. [Extend Your Custom Apps with the Ability to Update and Delete Named Credentials from Apex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_named_credentials_update_delete_nc.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now update or delete a named credential, an external credential, or an external auth identity provider from Apex. ISVs and partners that build managed package apps can use these new Apex methods for automated setup and more flexible management of external system integrations. If a customer uses a managed package that programmatically updates the endpoint URL for a named credential or any URL fields on its related external credential or auth identity provider, the Enabled for Callouts field on the named credential is turned off until an admin manually reviews and enables it.") Added a release note to announce new Apex methods to update or delete a named credential, an external credential, or an external auth identity provider. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note for the removal of the OptionsAppIssueJwtTokenEnabled field on the ConnectedApplication object. ### Week of January 5, 2026 [Device Activation Is Required for Single Sign-On](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_sso_device_activation.htm&release=260&type=5 "As part of ongoing measures to uplift security, we’re enforcing a new device activation requirement for users who log in via single sign-on (SSO). We’ll require device activation if the SSO provider doesn’t use authentication methods that meet Salesforce security standards. We’re enforcing this requirement in phases based on the type of identity provider.") Added a release note to announce upcoming changes to the device activation requirement. ## Service Changes Latest release notes updates for Service. ### Week of March 23, 2026 [Convert Approved SMS Codes to SMS Channels in Service Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_sms_code_conversion.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now convert your approved SMS codes to SMS channels in bulk or individually from Setup.") Added release notes about converting your approved SMS codes to SMS channels in bulk or individually. [Manage Activation and Deactivation of Enhanced Messaging Channels in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_sms_bulk_activation.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now activate and deactivate enhanced SMS messaging channels in both sandbox and production environments, either in bulk using a CSV file or individually at the record level.") Added release notes about activating and deactivating enhanced SMS messaging channels in both sandbox and production environments. [Support for Migration of SMS Channel Metadata from Sandbox to Production and Vice Versa](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_metadata_migration.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now migrate SMS channels metadata from a sandbox org to a production org using metadata APIs and the tools that you're comfortable with.") Added release notes about migrating SMS channels metadata from a sandbox org to a production org and vice versa. [Manage Brands, Campaigns, and SMS Code Requests from Production Only](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_sms_regulatory_compliance.htm&release=260&type=5 "Your changes to brands, campaigns, and SMS code requests are now restricted to production environments.") Added release notes about brands, campaigns, and SMS code requests now being restricted to production environments. [Process Payments Seamlessly in WhatsApp Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_whatsapp_payments.htm&release=260&type=5 "Process your payments instantly and seamlessly in WhatsApp while having a conversation with your customer. The Payment Messaging component now supports WhatsApp. Sales reps can now send secured direct payment requests to customers.") Added release notes about WhatsApp Pay. ### Week of March 9, 2026 [Get More Done in the Lightning Article Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_knowledge_lightning_editor.htm&release=260&type=5 "Write knowledge articles more efficiently with the improved \"What You See Is What You Get\" (WYSIWYG) Lightning Article Editor, which shows exactly how your content appears in real time. Take advantage of its streamlined features to create top-notch content.") Clarified the behavior of ordered lists in the Lightning Article Editor. ### Week of February 16, 2026 Removed: Uncover Real-Time Insights During Customer Interactions This feature isn’t quite ready yet. While we're getting it done, we’re taking down the release notes. [Get More Done in the Lightning Article Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_knowledge_lightning_editor.htm&release=260&type=5 "Write knowledge articles more efficiently with the improved \"What You See Is What You Get\" (WYSIWYG) Lightning Article Editor, which shows exactly how your content appears in real time. Take advantage of its streamlined features to create top-notch content.") Clarified the behavior of ordered lists in the Lightning Article Editor. ### Week of February 09, 2026 [New and Changed GraphQL APIs in Configuration Management Database](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_cmdb_graphql_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the GraphQL API to query, search, and manage configuration items in the Agentforce IT Service configuration management database (CMDB).") Added release notes about new GraphQL API operations `getComponentsByCiId`, `deleteCI`, `updateCIById`, and `upsertCIRelationship`. Added release notes about changes to existing GraphQL API operations `ciById`, and `searchCI`. Added release note about new authorization method for CMDB GraphQL API. ### Week of January 19, 2026 Removed: Easily View Original Case Attachments This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it while we make improvements. ### Week of January 5, 2026 [New and Changed GraphQL APIs in Configuration Management Database](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_cmdb_graphql_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the GraphQL API to query, search, and manage configuration items in the Agentforce IT Service configuration management database (CMDB).") Added release notes about new GraphQL API operations `ciById`, `searchCI`, `getStatus`, and `upsertCI`. . # Release Note Changes Read about what changes were made after the release notes were published. Changes are separated by product and with the most recent changes first. The dates indicate the week that changes to the release note were made. Review the individual release note availability details. The Salesforce Summer ’26 Release Notes were first published the week of April 20, 2026. - **[Salesforce Overall Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce overall. - **[Salesforce Release Update Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce release updates. - **[Agentforce Platform Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Agentforce Platform. - **[AI Relationship Research Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest Release Notes updates for AI Relationship Research. - **[Analytics Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Analytics. - **[Automation Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Automation. - **[Commerce Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Commerce. - **[Salesforce Customization Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce customizations. - **[Salesforce Development Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce development. - **[Experience Cloud Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Experience Cloud. - **[Field Service Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Field Service. - **[Hyperforce Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Hyperforce. - **[Industries Cloud Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Industries. - **[Industries Common Feature Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Industries common features. - **[Marketing Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Marketing. - **[MuleSoft Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for MuleSoft. - **[Omnistudio Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Omnistudio. - **[Revenue Management Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release note updates for Revenue Management. - **[Sales Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Sales. - **[Salesforce CMS Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Salesforce CMS. - **[Security, Identity, and Privacy Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Security, Identity, and Privacy. - **[Service Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Latest release notes updates for Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud). ## Salesforce Overall Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce overall. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [New Invocable Actions in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the new invocable actions to build alert flows for Digital Wallet Product Limits and License Utilization.") Use the new invocable actions to build alert flows for Digital Wallet Product Limits and License Utilization. [Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_coworker_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Coworker is generally available starting in August 2026. Your autonomous AI teammate immediately knows your business, is connected to Salesforce CRM, and can connect to Slack and Data 360 objects - all while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work.") Agentforce Coworker is generally available starting in August 2026. Agentforce Coworker is your AI-powered agent, connecting all your work tools into one conversational interface. [Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_list_sends.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place.") Quickly send emails to your Contact and Lead lists with the redesigned List Sends experience. [Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_list_sends.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away, without the extra processing step it used to require. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings message configuration and audience selection together on a single page.") Send emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away in Salesforce Foundations with the redesigned List Sends experience. ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Grant Record Access for the Cancel Appointment Flow Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_cancel_appointment_action_record_access.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Make sure that users who run the Cancel Appointment flow action have access to the service appointment records that they cancel. The action now verifies the access of the user running the flow to a service appointment before it cancels the appointment. Previously, the action didn't check this access, so users could cancel service appointments that they couldn't otherwise access.") Added a release note. The Cancel Appointment flow action now requires the user running it to have access to the service appointment record that they cancel. [Track Digital Wallet Product Limits Utilization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_product_limits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track your product limits in Digital Wallet to stay on top of your usage and proactively plan for your organization's capacity needs. The Product Limits tab provides a single view of your purchased allowances and utilization, helping you manage overall product limits consumption. You can also build a flow that automatically notifies specific users when your usage reaches set thresholds, such as 80% or 100%.") Track your product limits in Digital Wallet to stay on top of your usage and proactively plan for your organization's capacity needs. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Track Your Rich Communication Services Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_messaging_rich_comm_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your Salesforce Message Credits – Rich Communication Services (RCS) consumption in Digital Wallet. RCS enables you to deliver rich, interactive customer experiences, and is a vehicle for conversational AI experiences.") Track and analyze your Salesforce Message Credits – Rich Communication Services (RCS) consumption in Digital Wallet. [Track Your Revenue Management Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_rev_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your Agentforce Revenue Management consumption for Dynamic Revenue Orchestration, Gross Merchandise Value, and Price Per Order in Digital Wallet.") Track and analyze your Agentforce Revenue Management consumption for Dynamic Revenue Orchestration, Gross Merchandise Value, and Price Per Order in Digital Wallet. [Address Implementation Health Risks with Advisements (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advisements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Advisements (Beta) delivers intelligent, org-specific recommendations to resolve implementation health issues before they cause critical incidents. Advisements include targeted findings, step-by-step remediation guidance, and automatic verification upon completion.") Advisements (Beta) delivers intelligent, org-specific recommendations to resolve implementation health issues before they cause critical incidents. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Get Notified When Your License Utilization Crosses Alert Thresholds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_license_utilization_alerts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Optimize license investment by configuring alerts to proactively manage both potential license shortfalls and unused assignments. Set thresholds to receive notifications when license assignment percentages are running high to determine if you require more licenses or can identify licenses that can be reclaimed and reallocated across your organization.") Optimize license investment by configuring alerts to proactively manage both potential license shortfalls and unused assignments. [Gain Visibility for Purchased Product Quantities in License Utilization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_license_utilization_quantity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "In Digital Wallet License Utilization, view the exact quantity of each product purchased to make sense of the total licenses provisioned in your org.") View the exact quantity of each product purchased to make sense of the total licenses provisioned in your org. [Pinpoint Specific Licenses with the License Utilization Search and Filter Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_license_utilization_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "See only certain products and licenses in Digital Wallet License Utilization by using the search and filter features. Save time and focus on the licenses that matter most.") See only certain products and licenses in the License Utilization tab by using the search and filter features. [Track Your IT Hardware Asset Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_it_ham.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your IT hardware asset consumption in Digital Wallet. Hardware Asset Management (HAM) process provides visibility into all physical IT assets to effectively manage their lifecycle and minimize risk, and optimize usage and costs.") Track and analyze your IT hardware asset consumption in Digital Wallet to manage usage and costs. [Track Your Unlimited Buying Model Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_unlimited_buying_model.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track your uncapped consumption for products sold with the unlimited buying model. Your consumption card shows usage for the contractual cycle. It clearly lists the total credits consumed during your agreement, and displays your exact contract start and end dates.") Track your uncapped consumption for products sold with the unlimited buying model, such as Agentforce (via Agentic Enterprise License Agreements). [Track Your Salesforce Message Credits - Partner Connect in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_sms_partner_connect.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your Salesforce Message Credits (SMS) Partner Connect consumption in Digital Wallet. Partner Connect enables you to integrate third-party SMS providers directly into Marketing Cloud Connect.") Track and analyze your Salesforce Message Credits (SMS) Partner Connect consumption in Digital Wallet. [Track Your Agentforce Service Contact Center Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_service_contact_center.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your Agentforce Contact Center telephony consumption in Digital Wallet. Usage is metered automatically and billed as Agentforce Contact Center voice credits. Understanding what gets billed, how credits are calculated, and where to monitor usage helps contact center administrators stay on top of costs and avoid surprises.") Track and analyze your Agentforce Contact Center telephony consumption in Digital Wallet. [Track Your Agentforce Self Service Login Consumption in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_ai_self_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your Agentforce Self Service Login consumption in Digital Wallet. Agentforce Self Service Login grants authenticated portal users unlimited self-service sessions per login.") Track and analyze your Agentforce Self Service Login consumption in Digital Wallet. [Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_coworker_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Coworker is your autonomous AI teammate that immediately knows your business. It’s connected to Salesforce CRM and can connect to Slack and Data 360 objects, while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work.") Agentforce Coworker is now in beta — an AI assistant built into Salesforce that lets you ask questions and take action using natural language. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Share Consumption Tags Data with Your Account Team](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_consumption_tags_sharing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Share your Digital Wallet consumption tags data with us. When you opt in, your account team gains visibility into the same granular usage insights you see, enabling us to become a strategic partner in optimizing your Salesforce investment. Sharing is completely optional and can be enabled or disabled at any time from the Digital Wallet setup page.") Share your consumption tags data to receive enhanced support and maximize your Salesforce investment. ### Week of June 8, 2026 [Streamline Billing by Managing Your Invoices in Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_invoices.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Generate and send invoices directly from the new Invoices tab. Create an invoice from an opportunity or quote, then email the PDF to your customer when you close a deal. Email invoices directly with a single click, or download invoices for your own records and send them through your other channels.") Invoicing is now available in Salesforce Foundations. ### Week of June 1, 2026 [Update Your Data Pipelines for the Chat Transcript Storage Migration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_pipelines_chat_transcript.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To optimize platform performance and reduce latency, Salesforce Agentforce Service is migrating chat transcript storage from the Salesforce Platform to Amazon Web Services (AWS). Because legacy methods for querying transcript data directly from the platform will be unavailable, you must transition your data pipelines, BI layers, and integrations to use the new features.") Salesforce Agentforce Service is migrating chat transcript storage from the Salesforce Platform to Amazon Web Services (AWS). [PDF Retirement and Redirection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_pdf_redirects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "We're retiring older PDFs and redirecting their URLs to the equivalent topics on Salesforce Help.") We're retiring many older PDFs and redirecting their URLs to the equivalent topics on Salesforce Help. ### Week of May 18, 2026 [Track Your MuleSoft Credits in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_wallet_mule_credits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and analyze your Mule Credits consumption in Digital Wallet. A Mule Credit is a fungible currency that allows you to draw down from a single capacity pool as you consume services across MuleSoft.") Track your Mule Credits consumption, a fungible currency that allows you to draw down from a single capacity pool. ## Salesforce Release Update Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce release updates. ## Agentforce Platform Changes Latest release notes updates for Agentforce Platform. ### Week of September 7, 2026 Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it as of September 8, 2026. Check the Winter ʼ27 release notes for the latest. ### Week of August 24, 2026 [Override the Recording and Transcription Setting for SIP and Dynamic Routing Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_recording_override.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can now override the Record Voice Calls with Agents setting for individual agents on these types of Agentforce Voice calls. Previously, this override was available for PSTN calls only.") This feature is available starting August 21, 2026. [Enable Guidance Plans for Cases with a Toggle](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_gp_case.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Guidance Plans toggle on the Service Assistant Setup page is back. Use it to enable or disable guidance plans for cases. If you’re already using guidance plans, the toggle is enabled by default. If you’re using dynamic plans, it’s disabled.") This feature is available starting August 19, 2026. Earlier this release, we removed the toggle, but now added it back. [Know When Service Plan Creation is in Progress with a Status Indicator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Service reps now see a status indicator in the component that signals a service plan is being created. Previously, the component gave no indication that a plan was in progress, so reps had to wait until the plan summary appeared without knowing whether anything was happening.") Updated to mention the new floating summary card behavior for dynamic plans, which is available starting August 19, 2026. Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads This feature is now planned to be available by August 28, 2026. Previously, the release note stated that the feature was available starting on August 21, 2026. [Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default in Winter ʼ27](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_auto_enable.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "In Winter ʼ27, we plan to turn on the Agentforce platform for all orgs with Agentforce access. New orgs will be enabled by default. We’ll remove the Agentforce setting from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is provisioned at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing.") This change is now planned for Winter ʼ27. Check the Winter ʼ27 release notes for the latest updates. ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Service Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_asa_clt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Now you can validate your Agentforce Service agent’s custom responses in Agentforce Builder. Custom Lightning types (CLTs) are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. When you preview a conversation with a Service agent connected to Enhanced Chat v2, CLTs in agent actions render as your customers see them.") This feature is now available, so we're reinstating the release note as of July 24, 2026. [Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Service Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_asa_clt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Now you can validate your Agentforce Service agent’s custom responses in Agentforce Builder. Custom Lightning types (CLTs) are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. When you preview a conversation with a Service agent connected to Enhanced Chat v2, CLTs in agent actions render as your customers see them.") This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it as of July 21, 2026. We’ll let you know when it’s back up. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Customize Conversation Recommendations in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_conversation_reco_script_view.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can now customize conversation recommendations for Agentforce Employee agents in Canvas view, in addition to Script view. Conversation recommendations refer to both welcome recommendations, which appear on the welcome screen when the Agentforce panel opens, and recommendations that the agent suggests during a conversation. Use them to guide employees to your most relevant and frequently used actions.") Updated to reflect Canvas view support for conversation recommendations, in addition to Script view. [Create Agents in the New Builder Only](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_legacy_agent_creation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The New Agent button is no longer available in the legacy Agentforce Builder in Setup. You can now create agents in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio only. This change doesn’t affect your existing agents in the legacy builder. You can continue to edit, activate, version, and otherwise manage them. We recommend upgrading your agent from the legacy builder to the new builder, which creates a version of your agent in the new builder. The new version includes all of the original agent’s subagents, actions, system messages and settings, data, and connections, converted to Agent Script.") Updated to reflect that the previously announced change goes into effect this week. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Set Context Variables Faster for More Accurate Agent Previews](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_preview_context.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When you preview an agent, it’s easier to find where to set initial variables so your agent’s preview behavior accurately reflects your user’s context. Previously, you viewed and edited variable values in the Variables tab in the bottom panel, next to Trace. Now you set and override variable values in the new Context Variables tab, which is more discoverable at the start of a session. We’ve also added an icon to warn you when your agent uses a linked variable that’s set for you in production, but isn’t set in preview—for example, a value that’s filled from the Messaging Session object when your agent is live on a Messaging channel. To track variable values throughout the session, you can still use the Variables tab in the bottom panel.") Added a release note announcing the new Context Variables tab in the Preview panel in the new Agentforce Builder. This feature was previously released the week of June 15, 2026. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Easily Upgrade Agents from the Legacy Builder to the New Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_upgrade.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Upgrade an agent from the legacy Agentforce Builder in Setup to the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio, with just a few clicks. Previously, you had to manually recreate your agent in the new builder. Now, you simply specify the agent and version that you want to upgrade, and then we create a new version in the new builder for you. The upgraded agent includes all of the original agent’s subagents, actions, system messages and settings, data, and connections, converted to Agent Script. Plus, after you upgrade, Agentforce can optimize your agent for Agent Script to improve your agent’s reliability and performance.") Updated the with the new release date of the feature, which is now the week of May 18, 2026. [Unlock Agent Interoperability with MCP for Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Empower your agents with capabilities across providers with Model Context Protocol (MCP) for Agentforce. MCP is an open standard for seamlessly connecting AI models to external systems. We’ve built an MCP client into Agentforce, so the complex, manual work of integrating systems–including API connectivity, authentication, and data access–is done for you. MCP for Agentforce and its suite of features makes it easy for you to register and manage MCP servers, create policies to govern agent behavior, and give your agents secure access to MCP server tools.") Updated the with the new release date of the feature, which is now the week of May 18, 2026. [Protect Connections to Your External APIs and MCP Servers with Agentforce Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_gateway_policies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create policies to protect connections to your external API and MCP servers so that agent tools can securely and properly access those services. Control access, set usage limits, and support governance standards.") Updated the with the new release date of the feature, which is now the week of May 18, 2026. ## AI Relationship Research Changes Latest Release Notes updates for AI Relationship Research. ### Week of August 03, 2026 [AI Relationship Research](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_ai_relationship_research.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "AI Relationship Research is an AI-powered feature that automatically discovers, analyzes, and presents relationship intelligence about the people and organizations connected to your Salesforce records. It scans multiple data sources such as your CRM records, public web content, and Data 360 simultaneously and provides the top-ranked connections directly within your workflow, so you can act on them without leaving Salesforce.") Added Release Notes for AI Relationship Research. ## Analytics Changes Latest release notes updates for Analytics. ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Generate Semantic Models Using the CRM Analytics Metadata Bridge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_metadata_bridge.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the CRM Analytics Metadata Bridge to create a semantic layer from your most-used CRM Analytics dashboards. The bridge analyzes your dashboards, creates the relevant objects in Data 360, and generates a valid semantic model from your CRM Analytics data in four steps: selection of source CRM Analytics dashboards, data lake object (DLO) creation, data model object (DMO) mapping, and semantic model generation. Use your semantic model in your Tableau Next workspace to build metrics, visualizations, based on the semantic layer and provide your users with conversational analytics.") Added a release note for the new CRM Analytics Metadata Bridge feature. [Extend an Existing Semantic Model with CRM Analytics Dashboards (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_metadata_bridge_extend.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the CRM Analytics Metadata Bridge to add data from your CRM Analytics dashboards to an existing Customer 360 (C360) semantic model in Tableau Next, without changing the original model. The extend flow analyzes your most-used dashboards, compares them against a base semantic model, and generates a new semantic model that includes only the additional objects and fields you select.") Added a release note for the Extend an Existing Semantic Model feature in the CRM Analytics Metadata Bridge. [Generate Semantic Models Using the Reports Metadata Bridge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_metadata_bridge.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Reports Metadata Bridge to create a semantic layer from your most-used Lightning Experience report types. The bridge analyzes your reports, creates the relevant objects in Data 360, and generates a valid semantic model in four steps: selection of source reports, data lake object (DLO) creation, data model object (DMO) mapping, and semantic model generation. Use your semantic model in your Tableau Next workspace to build metrics, visualizations, based on the semantic layer and provide your users with conversational analytics.") Added a release note for the new Reports Metadata Bridge feature. [Extend an Existing Semantic Model with Lightning Experience Reports (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_metadata_bridge_extend.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Reports Metadata Bridge to add data from your Lightning Experience report types to an existing Customer 360 (C360) semantic model in Tableau Next, without changing the original model. The extend flow analyzes your most-used reports, compares them against a base semantic model, and generates a new semantic model that includes only the additional objects and fields you select.") Added a release note for the Extend an Existing Semantic Model feature in the Reports Metadata Bridge. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Plan Your Next Steps with Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_forecast.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can see a metric’s predicted performance and plan accordingly with forecasting for metrics in Tableau Next. For example, a metric’s forecast shows that sales for a specific category are going to exceed your current inventory level. And because the metric’s forecast is grounded in historical data, you can be confident in planning your next steps. Forecasting can be used with or without goals or thresholds.") Added a Release Note about metric forecasting in Tableau Next. ### Week of June 15, 2026 Removed: Plan Your Next Steps with Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. [Protect Your Work with the CRM Analytics Recycle Bin (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_analytics_recycle_bin.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Safeguard your critical analytics by moving deleted dashboards and lenses to a dedicated recycle bin instead of losing them forever. View, manage, and restore these assets to their original state while automatically pausing associated subscriptions and notifications during the retention window.") Added a Release Note on moving deleted dashboards and lenses to a dedicated recycle bin to safeguard critical analytics. ## Automation Changes Latest release notes updates for Automation. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 4 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added 3 connectors that have new actions. [Trigger Flows with Third-Party Connector Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_trigger_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use third-party connector triggers only in External System Change-Triggered flows to poll for matching data and process changes for specific connectors. The triggers check the external system for matching data and process the changes.") Added 1 connector that has new triggers. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 7 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. ### Week of June 9, 2026 [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") Added 1 connector that has new actions. ### Week of June 2, 2026 [Provide Visible No-Argument Constructors for Custom Apex Classes Used as Invocable Action Parameters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_constructor_visibility_invocable_custom_classes_v66.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Apex classes used for invocable action parameters must have a visible no-argument constructor. The constructor must be global for packaged classes invoked from outside the package. Use API version 65.0 or earlier with the release update disabled to maintain the previous behavior.") Updated the release note to reflect that the constructor must be global. ### Week of May 25, 2026 [Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_apps_industries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Streamline and automate end-to-end processes for your sales, service, marketing, commerce, and revenue teams, and industry-specific workflows.") Moved release notes for Batch Management, Business Rules Engine, Context Service, Data Processing Engine, and Omnistudio from the Industries section to the Automation section. [Flow Record Details Column Names Were Changed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_list_view_column_names_changed.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "We renamed two column headers in the flow record details page in Setup for clarity. Progress Status is now labeled Status, indicating the status of the running flow. The previous Status column is now named Activation Status, indicating whether the flow is active or not.") Updated the release note with corrections. The release note was corrected to state that the changed columns are located in the flow record details page in Setup, not the flow list view in Lightning. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") Added 2 generally available connectors to the existing connectors list. [Update Screen Flows with Natural Language Prompts (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_agentforce_for_flow_is_now_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The capabilities to create, summarize, and evolve a flow with Agentforce have moved from generally available back to beta. After the generally available launch, these features didn't consistently deliver the accuracy needed for complex workflows. These capabilities remain accessible in Flow Builder while improvements to performance and reliability are underway.") Updated the content to indicate that evolving a screen flow with Agentforce is now a beta feature. Also clarified that to use this feature users must opt in by selecting the **Agentforce flow automation (Beta)** setting in **Process Automation Settings**. [Simplify the User Workflow with the Open a Page Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_actions_open_a_page.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Launch Salesforce records or any external URL directly from your flow, including between screen transitions, by adding the Open a Page action. Open related information, such as a newly created opportunity, in a separate tab without requiring users to exit the flow.") Added this feature back to the release. [Notify Users with the Show Toast Message Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_actions_show_toast_message.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide immediate feedback by showing non-intrusive status updates or error messages during flow screen transitions. This new declarative action shows a temporary toast message at the top of the viewport to keep your users informed without disrupting their current task. You can also include dynamic linking to Salesforce or an external page. You no longer need to create complex workarounds to communicate success or failure between screens.") Added this feature back to the release. ### Week of April 28, 2026 Removed: Create and Use Agentforce Agents Directly in Flow Builder This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. Removed: AI Agent Actions Now Use the Create Agent Element We removed this release note because the feature it depends on isn't ready yet. ### Week of April 20, 2026 Removed: Simplify the User Workflow with the Open a Page Action This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. Removed: Notify Users with the Show Toast Message Action This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ## Commerce Changes Latest release notes updates for Commerce. ### Week of August 24, 2026 [Build New Customer Realms on SCAPI Instead of OCAPI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_new_customer_realms_scapi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give new customers a single, modern REST API for their custom implementations with SCAPI, the Salesforce Commerce API. Starting September 1, 2026, Business Manager no longer offers OCAPI settings for new customer realms. SCAPI provides the long-term support and extensibility to build on. Existing customers who provision a new realm after that date and need OCAPI settings can request access by contacting Salesforce Customer Support.") Added a release note about using SCAPI instead of OCAPI for custom implementations. [Manage Content in Site-Wide Regions with Content Blocks (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext_content_blocks_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Keep content consistent across the entire storefront by creating content blocks in site-wide regions in Page Designer, including headers and mega menus. Instead of recreating content for each individual page, create the content once and apply it everywhere. Site-Wide Regions for Content Blocks, now generally available, helps you maintain brand consistency and save time when updating promotional messages or navigation elements that appear site-wide. Preview your changes in Page Designer without switching user interfaces.") Added a release note about the general availability of content blocks in site-wide regions in Page Designer for Storefront Next and PWA Kit storefronts. [Build Boost and Bury Rules Dynamically Based on Active Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_8_boostandbury_activedata.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build boost and bury rules with data metrics instead of relying on static product attributes to reflect current shopper behavior. You can now create rules dynamically based on performance metrics, including sales velocity, order count revenue, and impressions. You can only use system and custom") Updated setup instructions. ### Week of July 27, 2026 [Generate Consistent Image URLs in Jobs with Job Hostnames](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_job_hostnames_image_urls.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When B2C Commerce generates image URLs in a job context, such as a catalog export, it can now use the job hostnames from your site's aliases file. These URLs match your other job-generated URLs, so you no longer need custom code to correct the hostname.") Added a release note about using job hostnames when generating image URLs in a job context. ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Manage Checkout Integrations with Commerce Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_apps.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Install and configure Commerce apps for payments, tax, and shipping from the Commerce Apps page in Business Manager. Use one-time setup tasks instead of fragmented manual processes. Monitor integration health, control where Commerce app components appear in your storefront, and view real-time status updates for your checkout providers.") Added a release note for installing and configuring Commerce Apps. [Deploy Commerce Apps Across Instances with Data Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_comm_apps_data_replication.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Install and configure the Commerce App Package (CAP) on a staging instance and then publish the package to production using the new SITE_COMMERCE_FEATURE_STATE replication group. Run code replication before data replication to deploy cartridge dependencies first and prevent run-time errors when configuration tasks reference custom code or hooks.") Added a release note for deploying Commerce Apps across instances. [Monitor Commerce App Integration Health with Connection Status Reporting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_comm_app_connection_health.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Assess whether your Commerce apps are healthy, degraded, unhealthy, or unknown directly on the installed app screen in Business Manager. Catch broken integrations early with real-time visibility, clear error messages, and timestamps that pinpoint when issues occurred. Resolve connection problems faster with specific remediation steps, such as reauthenticating or updating credentials, before they affect your storefront operations.") Added a release note for assessing the connection health of Commerce Apps. [Manage Content for Site-Wide Regions in Storefront Next with Content Blocks (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext_content_blocks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Manage content for headers and announcement banners consistently across your entire storefront by creating content blocks in site-wide regions. Instead of recreating content that appears across your entire storefront for each individual page, create the content once and apply it everywhere. Maintain brand consistency and save time when updating promotional messages or navigation elements that appear site-wide. Preview your changes directly from Page Designer without switching user interfaces.") Fixed a broken link to the beta feature documentation. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Protect Storefront Next Access via Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_access_protection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Control access to your storefronts by using the Business Manager site configuration. Grant access to Managed Runtime environments associated with your storefronts only to users with a basic authentication password.") Added a release note to indicate that the Protected Storefront feature is disabled by default. Customers must contact Salesforce to enable it. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Guide Shoppers to Products with Boost and Bury Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2c_boost_bury.htm&release=260&language=en_US) An admin can turn on the Visual Merchandising workspace for users. It's not necessary to contact Salesforce
Customer Support. Disregard that statement in the release note. [Evaluate Promotional Campaigns with Improved A/B Tests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_ab_test_improvements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Test the effectiveness of your promotions by using a streamlined A/B test interface. Set the rank, precedence and priority directly in the Promotions experience of the test segment. Use validated dates during test creation, and view date and time values in your local time zone.") Added a release note for A/B tests. [Create Campaigns for B2C Commerce Storefronts with an Improved UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_campaigns_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The refreshed campaigns interface for B2C Commerce storefronts makes configuration clearer, and shows date and time values in the site's time zone.") Added a release note about an updated UI for creating campaigns. [Manage Category Slicing and Product Variations in Visual Merchandising](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_visual_merchandising_variations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Visual Merchandising is now the central place to complete category-level slicing and see all product variants within a category. Access these common tasks right from the dropdown menu on a product card so you no longer leave the merchandising flow.") Added a release note about configuring category slicing and product variations. [Keep Your Figma Design Kit and Storefront Next Code in Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_figma.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Maintain a single source of truth for your brand tokens and components between the Figma design kit and your Storefront Next code. Use the Storefront Next Figma agent plugin to duplicate the official design kit for your brand, sync your brand colors and typography from code to Figma, and reflect component changes from code to Figma and vice versa. When you publish the Figma Code Connect mappings, your Figma components show your real React code in dev mode.") Updated this release note to mention the Storefront Next Figma agent plug-in, which replaces the now deprecated Figma-to-Component tool set of the B2C DX Model Context Protocol (MCP) server. The previous title of this topic was "Generate Storefront Next Components from Figma Designs." ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Curate Your Product Listings in ChatGPT Using Catalog Feed Integration with OpenAI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_openai_product_feed.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Reach shoppers in ChatGPT by sending a curated product feed to OpenAI. Map B2C Commerce product fields to the channel fields that OpenAI expects, filter which products are included, and preview the feed before turning on the daily sync. Maintain accurate product titles, prices, images, and availability in ChatGPT without writing custom code.") Added a release note for OpenAI Product Feed Integration. ### Week of June 8, 2026 Removed: Improve Storefront Responsiveness with Faster HTTP Timeouts This feature isn't quite ready, so we removed it for now. [Storefront Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Next.") Added See Also links to related documentation for Storefront Next release notes. ### Week of June 1, 2026 Removed: Automated Timestamp Naming for New Carts We have temporarily removed the new naming convention, Untitled Cart - \[Date\] \[Time\]. New carts will revert to the previous default naming style while we refine the feature for a smoother experience. [Update Products Faster with Bulk Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_26_6_bulk_replication.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Update multiple products by using existing granular data replication tools. Publish your bulk changes directly from Business Manager. Bulk updates require enabling granular data replication and assigning permissions to replicate data.") Added a release note to clarify that bulk data replication is available only for product assets. ### Week of May 25, 2026 [Storefront Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_sfnext.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Next.") Added release notes for Storefront Next (Generally Available). ### Week of May 18, 2026 [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Removed the field OrderPaymentSummaryId from the PaymentGatewayLog object. [Improve Buyer Efficiency by Using Advanced Carts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_multicart.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Your B2B store buyers can now simplify complex procurement by staging products across multiple independent carts. While the checkout is streamlined through the default cart for now, buyers can seamlessly categorize upcoming projects or save curated lists for future reference without losing track of items.") Added a release note to announce that you can now contact your account executive to turn on multiple shopping carts for buyers. ## Salesforce Customization Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce customizations. ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_apex_recalc_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26.") Clarified that Apex triggers are impacted by this change. ### Week of July 6, 2026 [Build Customizable Command Center Pages with a New Page Type](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lab_command_center.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build role-specific Command Center experiences with the new Command Center Page. Assign pages to user groups, customize by profile, and use grid layouts. Create multiple specialized pages within a single app, unlike standard home pages which are limited to one per app.") Added a release note to announce the new Command Center Page type. [Get More Org Health and Usage Metrics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_health_usage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With the Org Health and Usage dashboards you can monitor even more of your Salesforce org's health and performance metrics. Track the performance of your Lightning Experience sites and discover how to improve it. Identify custom component errors and review user access health and optimization opportunities. Review and take action on release updates that affect your org.") Added detail to this release note to announce that you can now check for data that’s exposed to unauthenticated guest users in your Experience Cloud sites. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [Do More with External Services Binary File Improvements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ext_services_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "External Services now provides a 100-MB file size limit for binary file operations, optional custom filename input in Flow Builder, and smarter file name resolution with a defined priority order.") Added a release note to announce external services feature enhancements. ## Salesforce Development Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce development. ### Week of August 17, 2026 [Write Once and Render Rich Native UI on Multiple Surfaces with Headless Experience Layer (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hxl_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Headless Experience Layer (HXL) to single-source rich UI widgets that render natively on target surfaces to meet users where they are. Author a widget declaratively, bind it to a Custom Lightning Type, and configure a hosted Model Context Protocol server to enrich conversations across external AI agents.") Added a release note to announce the Headless Experience Layer. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added release notes for a new supported login subtype value for the OAuth device flow. [Customize Custom Lightning Type Output with HXL Widgets (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_widgets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Custom Lightning types now support widgets for output customization, expanding beyond Lightning Web Components (LWCs). Create a renderer UI that works across Salesforce apps and on third-party platforms through the Model Context Protocol (MCP).") Added a release note to announce widget support in LT. [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added a release note to announce the new UiWidgetBundle metadata type. ### Week of August 10, 2026 [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’27.") Added information that this update is postponed to Spring ’27. [Control Your Salesforce Edge Network Routing with Self-Serve Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_control_edge_network_routing_with_self_serve.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can now manage your network routing with self-serve options available on the My Domain Setup page and maintain connection reliability without contacting Salesforce Customer Support each time.") Added a release note highlighting that most Edge routing options are self-serve. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_modules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Do more with these new and changed modules for LWC.") Added a release note to announce three LWC modules for Commerce API. [Track Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentic_development.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Now, you can track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs with the Agentic Development dashboard. To access this dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. Previously, this data was only available as a CSV file download.") Added a release note to announce the release of the Agentic Development dashboard (Developer Preview). ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Preview a Single React Component in Visual Studio Code (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_live_preview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To run a real-time preview of a React component directly inside Visual Studio Code (VS Code) or Code Builder, use the Live Preview VS Code extension. This extension is now generally available for React components, and there are no changes since the beta release.") Added a release note to announce that the Live Preview Visual Studio Code Extension is generally available for React components. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") Added a release note to announce platform capabilities. [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_data_sdk.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Data SDK provides a type-safe and consistent way to access data in React web apps. It handles complex implementation details like authentication and CSRF validation, while your code focuses on the GraphQL queries and mutations to access and update record data.") Added a release note to announce that Data SDK is generally available. [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added an entry for the `pendingSecondaryEmailAddress` and `secondaryEmailSenderEnabled` fields on the existing Network metadata type. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added an entry for the new `OptionsSecondaryEmailSenderEnabled`, `PendingSecondaryEmailAddress`, and `VerifiedSecondaryEmailAddress` fields on the existing Network object. [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") Added a release note to announce the new Managed Content GraphQL API. [Quick Create and Quick Clone Are Now Available for Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandbox_quick_copy_gov_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With the Quick Create technology, you can create a Full sandbox from a production org hosted on a Hyperforce instance faster than the legacy method. With the Quick Clone technology, you can replicate a Developer, Developer Pro, Partial, or Full sandbox hosted on a Hyperforce instance faster than the legacy method. While performance varies by org, most customers see processing times two to three times faster with Quick Create and Quick Clone than with the legacy methods.") Added a release note to announce that the Quick Create and Quick Clone features are now available for Government Cloud. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the availbility of DevOpsEnvDeployment object. [Verify Your Email-Sending Domain for Trialforce Branded Email Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_verify_email_domain.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Starting July 18, 2026, you must have a verified email-sending domain in order to publish a new Trialforce branded email set. If you have existing branded email sets, verify your email-sending domains before November 10, 2026 to continue sending system welcome emails from your custom branded email addresses. This requirement ensures compliance with a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email.") Added a release note to announce that the email-sending domains associated with Trialforce branded email sets must be verified. ### Week of July 6, 2026 [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’27.") Updated the release note to specify that you can test this change after August 10, 2026. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") Added information about the new `setCustomHeaders()` and `getCustomHeaders()` methods in the `SingleEmailMessage`class. [Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use UserInfo.getSessionId() to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex.") Added instructions to check whether currently installed managed packages can execute anonymous Apex. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added the `RcsResponse` value in the interactionType field on the existing FlowWaitEvent subtype of the Flow metadata type. [Enforced Maximum Number of Actions in a Boxcar Request](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_actions_limit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The maximum number of Aura actions allowed within a single boxcar (XHR) request is 250. This limit was first announced in Summer ’23, but was not actively enforced.") Added a release note to announce the enforcement of the maximum number of Aura actions in a request. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added release note to announce the availbility of DevOps Centre Testing objects. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added entries for the new `IndivRelatedRecord`, `Never`, and `Activation` values and fields on FlowStart; the new FlowActionCallPath metadata type; and new `activationSchema` and `TriggerJourney` values on RecommendationStrategy subtypes. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added entries for the new DataSpaceId field and new flow type values on FlowRecordVersion. [Analyze Your Most Popular Pages with Usage Insights (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_usage_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Identify your most used pages and evaluate their performance by reviewing desktop usage data in the Usage Insights tab. Use actionable data on page views, daily active users, and experienced page time to pinpoint performance bottlenecks and focus on your most popular pages. This feature was previously in beta, and is now generally available.") Added a release note to announce that Usage Insights is generally available. [Boost Lightning Experience Performance with Embedded ApexGuru Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apexguru_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To improve Lightning Experience performance, use tailored ApexGuru recommendations embedded in your Lightning Experience Insights dashboard for optimizing slow Apex actions.") Added a release note for ApexGuru Insights. [New and Changed Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build UI easily with these new and changed components.") Added a change for `lightning-output-field`. [Changed Aura Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aura_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "These components have changes.") Added a change for `lightning:outputField`. [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the availbility of DevOps Centre objects `WorkItemComponent` and `WorkItemEvent`. ### Week of June 8, 2026 [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added a release note to announce the availbility of DevOps Centre objects. [Get Record Data in Your React Apps with Data SDK and GraphQL (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_react_data_sdk.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Data SDK provides a type-safe and consistent way to access data in React web apps. It handles complex implementation details like authentication and CSRF validation, while your code focuses on the GraphQL queries and mutations to access and update record data.") Added a release note to announce several changes to Data SDK. [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") Added the `unescapedHtmlSanitization` field for the SessionSettings metadata type. [Preview Lightning Type Components Using Live Preview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_preview_comp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can now use Live Preview to see Lightning web components in real time when building custom UI editors and renderers for Lightning types. With the Salesforce Live Preview extension in VS Code, you can preview and test UI changes directly in your workspace.") Added a release note to announce Preview feature in LT. [Generate Custom Lightning Type Bundles with Agentforce Vibes Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_skills.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Vibes now includes a built-in Salesforce skill that helps you generate custom Lightning type metadata faster. It can draft your schema.json and, when you need custom behavior, generate editor.json and renderer.json files for your Lightning web components. This reduces manual setup and helps you configure custom editors and renderers more consistently.") Added a release note to announce LT Skill. [Apex: New and Changed Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") Added the sfsqlquery namespace with new classes for executing Data 360 SQL queries in Apex. [Apex Triggers Always Run in a “without sharing” Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_triggers_system_mode.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Apex triggers now always run in a without sharing context. Previously, nested triggers enforced sharing rules in certain edge cases. However, in API version 67.0 and later, database operations within trigger bodies, including SOQL queries, SOSL queries, DML statements, and Database methods, run in user mode unless system mode is explicitly specified. User mode overrides the trigger’s without sharing context and effectively enforces a with sharing context in the trigger body.") Clarified the default access mode of database operations within trigger bodies in API version 67.0 and later. ### Week of June 1, 2026 [New and Changed Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build UI easily with these new and changed components.") Clarified the accessibility changes for `lightning-datatable`. [Changed Aura Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aura_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "These components have changes.") Clarified the accessibility changes for `lightning:datatable`. [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") Moved the release notes for accessibility enhancements from the **Enforced with This Release** section to **Scheduled to Be Enforced in Winter ’27**. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Date Pickers, Popovers, Bottom Utility Bars, Record Headers (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_datepicker_recordheaders_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first. This update was first available in Winter ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27.") Updated the enforcement schedule and added screenshots to the release note. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_page_headers_modals_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This is the beginning of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. Expect accessibility enhancements to other UI elements in future release updates. This update was first available in Summer ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27.") Updated the enforcement schedule and added screenshots to the release note. [Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use UserInfo.getSessionId() to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex.") Clarified that this release update controls the behavior of existing managed packages. New managed packages with namespaces created in Summer ’26 and later are blocked from anonymous Apex code execution, regardless of whether the subscriber enables the release update. [login.database.com Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_login_database_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring login.database.com in June 2026. Update all login.database.com references to login.salesforce.com.") Added a release note to announce this retirement. ### Week of May 25, 2026 [Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.") Added a release note to announce reference documentation improvements. [Preview Features with Salesforce Release Manager (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce Release Manager, your organization can preview and test upcoming features in sandboxes by using the Development (Dev) channel. Salesforce Release Manager accelerates innovation, improves long-term quality, and provides you with greater control over feature consumption. Your feedback helps us improve the feature quality and shape the future of the product.") Added a release note for the right-to-left (RTL) improvements that are available in the Dev channel. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.") Added entries to announce Bot Utterance Intent Prediction Resources. [User Interface API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps.") Added event and task to the User Interface API supported objects list. Support for these objects was added late in API version 66.0. This API version 67.0 release note is for visibility. [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") Added a release note to announce that event and task objects are generally available. [Build Mobile Experiences with Custom Lightning Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_mobile_metadata.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Agentforce Mobile SDK now supports custom Lightning types. Use these types to structure, validate, and display complex agent data in your mobile apps—giving you more control over how information appears to users.") Added a release note to announce custom Lightning types (Metadata) support for Agentforce Mobile SDK. [Assign Custom Lightning Types to the Agentforce Mobile SDK](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lt_mobile_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Define custom Lightning types for the Agentforce Mobile SDK to control how agent data is structured and displayed in your mobile apps. Create and manage these types by using the Lightning Types Setup UI.") Added a release note to announce custom Lightning types (Setup UI) support for Agentforce Mobile SDK. [Scratch Org Storage Limit Has Increased](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scratch_orgs_data_limit_increase.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The data storage limit for a scratch org is now 500 MB. Previously, the limit was 200 MB.") Added a release note to announce that the data storage limit for a scratch org has increased to 500 MB. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") Added an entry for the TestCategory, TestName, and TestNamespace fields on the existing ApexTestResult object. [Tooling API New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.") Added an entry for the TestCategory, TestName, and TestNamespace fields on the existing ApexTestResult object. [New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_modules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Do more with these new and changed modules for LWC.") Added a release note to announce the new experience/blockBuilderApi module. ### Week of April 27, 2026 [Preview Features with Salesforce Release Manager (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_release_manager.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce Release Manager, your organization can preview and test upcoming features in sandboxes by using the Development (Dev) channel. Salesforce Release Manager accelerates innovation, improves long-term quality, and provides you with greater control over feature consumption. Your feedback helps us improve the feature quality and shape the future of the product.") Updated the Dev channel logo for Salesforce Release Manager and removed the Accelerated channel. Also removed the right-to-left (RTL) improvements from the Dev channel. [Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.") Added entries to announce Translation Workbench export and import job resources. [Avoid Workflow Disruptions by Enabling Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Jobs (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_async_limit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Prevent abrupt execution failures and limit exceptions if your org exceeds its daily asynchronous job limit. You can now enqueue Queueable and future method jobs up to a new elastic limit, which is twice the size of your org’s licensed daily limit. Asynchronous jobs that surpass the licensed daily limit are processed at a throttled rate.") Updated the screenshot to show the Percent of Asynchronous Apex Used banner on the Apex Jobs page when the org reaches its licensed daily limit. [Write Cleaner Code by Using Multiline Strings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_multiline_string.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Declare Apex strings that span multiple lines without using repeated string concatenation. To interpolate values into regular and multiline strings, use the new String.template() instance method instead of the existing String.format() static method. These features make your Apex code easier to write, read, and maintain, especially when you construct HTTP payloads and other large text blocks.") Corrected the whitespace in the `String.template` code sample so that the `Assert.areEqual` statement evaluates correctly. ## Experience Cloud Changes Latest release notes updates for Experience Cloud. ## Field Service Changes Latest release notes updates for Field Service. [Field Service release notes changes are listed here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice.htm&language=en_US). ## Hyperforce Changes Latest release notes updates for Hyperforce. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [New Products and Features Available in Government Cloud Plus - Defense](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hf_govcloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Get additional capabilities for your Salesforce Government Cloud Plus - Defense organization with newly available products and features.") Updated the date and list of features coming to Government Cloud Plus - Defense. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce_access_salesforce_in_more_regions_with_hyperforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Hyperforce is available in 18 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. Salesforce opened a new Hyperforce region in Cape Town, South Africa, in July 2026.") Change Generally Available (GA) date for Hyperforce South Africa from May to July. ### Week of May 25, 2026 [Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce_access_salesforce_in_more_regions_with_hyperforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Hyperforce is available in 18 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. Salesforce opened a new Hyperforce region in Cape Town, South Africa, in July 2026.") Added Israel to the list of available countries for ACRC. ### Week of May 18, 2026 [Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce_access_salesforce_in_more_regions_with_hyperforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Hyperforce is available in 18 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. Salesforce opened a new Hyperforce region in Cape Town, South Africa, in July 2026.") Added India to the list of available countries for ACRC. ## Industries Cloud Changes Latest release notes updates for Industries. ### Week of July 27, 2026 [Empower Students with Self-Service Financial Planning Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_empower_students_selfservice_financial_planning_tools.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give your students intelligent self-service tools to proactively plan their financials by using the Student Financials Agent. Reduce financial stress and administrative inquiries as your students manage payments and view real-time account balances.") Updated the Where section of the release note to reflect the required licenses. [Manage Financial Accounts with Enhanced Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_manage_financial_accounts_enhanced_visibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide a workflow for your student accounts team to generate invoices for students based on approved billing schedules. Simplify the collection of receivables and improve institutional cash flow by using integrated secure payment processing. Student advisors update account status and ownership quickly and accurately, providing proactive financial control for your university.") Updated the Where section of the release note to reflect the required licenses. [Transform the Student Financial Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_transform_student_financial_experience.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide students with a clear view of their financial obligations through a unified dashboard for real-time billing, secure payments, and disbursed aid or scholarships. Reduce administrative inquiries by offering a single place for students to access invoices, running balances, and full payment histories. Save your staff time with automated account reconciliation that offers granular control and visibility.") Updated the Where section of the release note to reflect the required licenses. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Streamline Consent Capture and the Opt-Out Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_consent_quick_action_opt_out.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Add the Capture Consent quick action to the Account and Visit record pages so your reps can capture consent without navigating through multiple screens. To further optimize interactions with healthcare professionals, disable repetitive confirmation windows during the opt-out process.") Added a release note to announce improvements to the Consent Management feature in Agentforce Life Sciences. [New and Changed Metadata Types for Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_metadata_types_manufacturing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Manufacturing metadata types.") Added a release note to announce the new IndustriesMfgSampleManagementSettings metadata type for Manufacturing. Added a release note to announce the new enableMfgAgentsExprcCloud field on the IndustriesManufacturingSettings metadata type. [Extract Data from Documents Stored in Amazon S3 Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_udp_external_storage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Unstructured Document Processing now extracts data from files stored in Amazon S3, not just files stored natively in Salesforce. Agencies can extract data from documents, such as resumes, without first moving those files into Salesforce.") Added a release note to announce the availability of extracting data from documents stored in Amazon S3. ### Week of July 06, 2026 [Replicate Insurance Setup Data Between Orgs with Ease](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_replicate_setup_data_between_orgs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Copy an insurance product model from your sandbox org to your production org with a single Salesforce CLI command and the standard dataset definition. Get the products, attributes, and other related records that make up the product hierarchy without manually recreating or linking records. Create your own dataset definitions to copy setup data in other standard or custom objects from one org to another.") Added a release note to announce the new Setup Data Transfer feature for Insurance. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Changed Metadata Type for Agentforce Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_auto_metadata_types.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the updated Agentforce Automotive, formerly Automotive Cloud, metadata type.") Added a release note to announce the new enableAutomotiveServiceAgents field on the IndustriesAutomotiveSettings metadata type. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Save Custom Presentations Without Unexpected Warnings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_custom_presentations_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When your field users use Save As to create a copy of a custom presentation, they now continue working on the new copy right away. They can close the presentation immediately after saving without seeing a misleading warning about unsaved changes. The Save As behavior now matches familiar content authoring tools so that your users can duplicate and prepare custom presentations without interruption.") Added a release note to announce improvements to the Save As behavior for custom presentations. [New and Changed Connect REST APIs for Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn more about the new and changed Connect REST API resources available in Manufacturing.") Added a release note to announce the new serializedProductIds, sourceLocationId, instanceReservations, deallocations, and unbatchedSerializedProductIds properties available. Added a release note to announce the new Process Additional Transaction resource available. [Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about the latest features from Agentforce Education (formerly Education Cloud) that boost productivity throughout your organization. Support recruitment, admissions, academic operations, student success, advancement, and alumni engagement with the latest CRM and student information system (SIS) capabilities.") Updated the New and Enhanced Common Features for Industries section in the Agentforce Education release notes to include the ability to store files with Amazon S3. [Financial Summary Other Improvements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_financial_summary_other_improvements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give your students more visibility into their accounts and take advantage of flexible component layouts in your portal builder.") Added a release note to announce improvements to the financial summary. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Update LifeSciConfigRecord Files for New Profile Naming Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_update_profile_assignments_config_deployments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "LifeSciConfigRecord metadata files now use human-readable file names instead of org-specific profile IDs for profile-level and user-level configuration records in hierarchical categories. Records that follow the [CategoryName]_[ProfileId or UserId] naming convention, such as those created through the Admin Console, are affected. The assignedTo field on LifeSciConfigRecords with a custom profile assignment also includes a Custom- prefix. These changes prevent duplicate record errors and failed deployments when you move configuration records between orgs.") Added a release note to announce new human-readable file naming for LifeSciConfigRecord metadata deployments. ### Week of June 1, 2026 [Streamline Event Planning and Execution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_event_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Drive greater operational efficiency with an intuitive event management framework that guides users through every stage of the event lifecycle. Use flexible workflow paths to surface role-specific actions that serve as built-in guardrails, keeping your events on track and compliant. Enforce budgetary constraints to monitor event expenses and manage event logistics with ease. On the day of the event, seamlessly complete event execution steps—from attendee sign-in to feedback collection—all from a single record page.") Added a When section to specify the date on which the Event Management feature is available to customers. Removed: Enhance Your CI/CD Workflows to Version and Deploy Insurance Data This feature isnʼt quite ready, so we removed it for now. ### Week of May 25, 2026 Removed: Extend Banking Service Assistance to the Voice Channel This Agentforce Financial Services feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. [Email Template Territory Filtering Was Improved in the Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_email_template_filtering.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Life Sciences Customer Engagement now uses territory content template assignment records to connect email templates to their approved territories and sync metadata to the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. This change filters email templates so that users see only the templates that are assigned to their current active territory. Previously, field users saw email templates from all territories in the mobile app.") Added a release note to announce email template territory filtering improvements in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. [Streamline Event Planning and Execution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_event_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Drive greater operational efficiency with an intuitive event management framework that guides users through every stage of the event lifecycle. Use flexible workflow paths to surface role-specific actions that serve as built-in guardrails, keeping your events on track and compliant. Enforce budgetary constraints to monitor event expenses and manage event logistics with ease. On the day of the event, seamlessly complete event execution steps—from attendee sign-in to feedback collection—all from a single record page.") Added a release note to announce the new Event Management feature in Agentforce Life Sciences Cloud. ### Week of May 18, 2026 [Edit Multiple Tasks at Once for the Action Plans and Action Plan Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_action_plan_edit_multiple_tasks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Avoid editing each task field individually. Edit the task values from the tasks list view on action plans and action plan templates.") Added a release note to announce the ability to edit multiple tasks at once for action plans and action plan templates. [Streamline Claim Intake with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_streamline-claim-intake-with-agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Claims Employee Service Assistance agent to help customer service representatives create a first notice of loss (FNOL) when customers report a loss or incident. The agent retrieves policy information and guides representatives through the details to ask for the FNOL based on the policy type. The agent reduces manual effort for representatives and helps them capture complete and consistent intake information.") Updated the When section to clarify feature availability in sandbox and production orgs. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Move Data Directly into Financial Account and Related Objects with Salesforce Integration User License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_move_data_directly_into_financial_account_and_related_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Move data from external systems directly into Financial Account and related objects via API without assigning additional Agentforce Financial Services licenses. Integration Users now have default Create, Read, Update, Delete, View All, and View All Fields permissions on the Financial Account Management Standard Objects.") Added a release note to announce that the integration users can now move data directly into Financial Account and related objects via API using the Salesforce Integration User License. Removed: Streamline Field Interactions with Flexible Visit Types This Agentforce Life Sciences feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ### Week of May 4, 2026 [Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_changed_connect_api_responses.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the new property in Financial Services to track the status of an asynchronous bulk hierarchy validation request.") Added a release note to announce the new asyncRequestId property in the Flexible Hierarchy Bulk Validation Details response body available with Financial Services. [Get Started Faster with Transaction Dispute Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_get_started_faster_tdm_solution.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Reduce manual setup effort with a ready-to-use bundle of preconfigured settings, metadata, and sample data for Transaction Dispute Management. Avoid the overhead of setting up individual features separately. Install the Transaction Dispute Management Solution with a single click in your Sandbox or Trial org. Use the included sample data to explore features, or bring your own data to validate against your requirements. Demo the solution to your business stakeholders, or use it as a starting point for your own customizations.") Added a release note to announce the new Transaction Dispute Management Solution in Salesforce Go. [Get Started Faster with a Prebuilt Template for Complaint Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_get_started_with_uc_cmplnt_mgmt_template.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Deliver a consistent service experience by bringing complaint management directly into the Unified Catalog with a new prebuilt template. Capture every customer complaint through the template with predefined data attributes and a guided intake form. The public complaint record created upon submission links directly to your products, services, and financial accounts. The automatic linkage eliminates manual data mapping, so your teams gain accurate analytics, faster trend analysis, and reliable audit reporting.") Added a release note to announce the new Manage Complaints service process template in Unified Catalog. ### Week of April 20, 2026 [Agentforce for Enterprise Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_agentforce_for_enterprise_quoting.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Streamline complex deals with Agentforce. Use Enterprise Sales Management APIs and invocable actions to build agent actions and subagents that handle specific time consuming tasks to eliminate manual effort and accelerate sales velocity. ") Added a parent topic for Agentforce. [Changed Connect REST APIs in Digital Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_changed_connect_api_requests.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enhance underwriting process by defining rule-specific details in the request to target precise constraints for insurance product clauses and control how underwriting rules are evaluated.") Added a release note to announce the new billingRecord property available with Insurance Policy Administration. ## Industries Common Feature Changes Latest release notes updates for Industries common features. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [Capture Donor Meeting Notes and Tasks with the Donor Engagement Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_capture_donor_meeting_notes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Help major giving officers transform raw meeting notes into structured interaction summaries and follow-up tasks. The Donor Engagement Agent converts informal notes into organized records containing key discussion points, donor sentiment, and next steps. These records save critical donor intelligence so you don’t lose the details.") Added a release note to announce the new Donor Engagement Agent. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Give Grant Seekers Instant Answers with a Dedicated Support Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pss_grant_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Applicant and Grantee Support Agent draws from your uploaded PDF grant documents and Salesforce Knowledge articles to answer common grant seeker questions in real time. Instead of fielding repetitive eligibility and application questions, your grant management team can focus on higher-value work.") Added a release note to announce the new grant support agent. ### Week of June 08, 2026 [Changed Criteria-Based Search and Filter Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cbsf_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Criteria-Based Search and Filter Connect REST API.") Added a release note to announce the new field in connect API resources available with Criteria-Based Search and Filter. ### Week of May 25, 2026 Removed: Grant Business Users Access to Batch Management This feature isnʼt quite ready, so we removed it for now. [Moved to Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_apps_industries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Streamline and automate end-to-end processes for your sales, service, marketing, commerce, and revenue teams, and industry-specific workflows.") Release notes for Batch Management, Business Rules Engine, Context Service, and Data Processing Engine have moved. [New Connect REST APIs for Process Compliance Navigator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_process_compliance_navigator_connect_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Identify how changes to regulation and compliance policy clauses affect your compliance framework by performing asynchronous bulk impact analysis and retrieving job results.") Added a release note to announce the new connect API resources available with Process Compliance Navigator. ### Week of May 11, 2026 Removed: Process Multiple Outcomes from Decision Tables in Context-Aware Expression Sets Removed the Process Multiple Outcomes from Decision Tables in Context-Aware Expression Sets release note for Business Rules Engine. We'll let you know if we bring it back. ## Marketing Changes Latest release notes updates for Marketing. ### Week of August 17, 2026 [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_other_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Summer ’26.") Added a note for the new option to manage the sales data kit independently in Marketing Cloud Next setup. Also added a note about marketing completion actions in Flow. ### Week of August 10, 2026 [Analyze B2B Marketing Impact with Ready-to-Use Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_b2bam.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "B2B Analytics for Marketers brings account, opportunity, campaign, engagement, and attribution data into Tableau Next dashboards. Marketing teams can review account-based marketing performance, pipeline influence, campaign return, deal velocity, and attribution from one analytics experience. Use the dashboards to understand which marketing programs support pipeline and revenue, then apply those insights to planning, budgeting, and strategy.") Added a release note for B2B Analytics for Marketers. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [Align Marketing and Sales Teams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sales_alignment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Identify buying groups and nurture opportunities with the new Agentforce Account Nurturing Agent. Maintain tone, voice, and brand consistency with enhancements to Distributed Marketing and Alerts. Plus, sales users can use the new Distributed Marketing Agent to find the right email templates and get engagement insights on distributed messages.") Added a note for API that launches Distributed Marketing and Alerts from custom Lightning Web Components. [Track Loyalty Points with Improved Precision](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_track_points_with_improved_precision.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Loyalty Management now shows points rounded half up to four decimal places in Salesforce UI fields and rule actions. This change reduces cumulative rounding discrepancies to provide the high precision required by industries such as retail and financial services. The enhanced precision is also beneficial for programs supporting multiple currencies and complex point conversions. The actual stored values remain unchanged, and underlying calculations aren’t affected.") Added a note explaining that Loyalty Management now displays points rounded half up to four decimal places across Salesforce UI fields and rule actions. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Align Marketing and Sales Teams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sales_alignment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Identify buying groups and nurture opportunities with the new Agentforce Account Nurturing Agent. Maintain tone, voice, and brand consistency with enhancements to Distributed Marketing and Alerts. Plus, sales users can use the new Distributed Marketing Agent to find the right email templates and get engagement insights on distributed messages.") Added that marketers can preapprove subject lines and preheaders, in addition to images and phrases, for use in email templates. Also added that Distributed Marketing and Alerts supports sending to person accounts. [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_other_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Summer ’26.") Added a release note for the Subscriptions dashboard in Marketing Performance. [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_other_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Summer ’26.") Added a release note about WhatsApp Username BSUID support. [Optimize WhatsApp Campaigns with Ad Tracking and In-Chat Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_whatsapp.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Close deals quickly and accurately measure ad spend effectiveness with new WhatsApp integration capabilities. You can now automatically track inbound WhatsApp conversations from your Meta ads and send payment options to customers in India directly within a chat.") Added a release note about WhatsApp Username BSUID support. [Create and Design Content with Ease](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_content.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Get more control over how your marketing content looks, reads, and reaches global audiences. Strengthen brand consistency with custom web fonts, go multilingual with content variants, and tap into live Salesforce data for deeper personalization. Plus, capture web tracking consent with customizable banners in Salesforce CMS and expand your reach with plain text email support.") Added a release note about progressive profiling for forms. ### Week of July 6, 2026 [Disable Open and Click Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae_tracking.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To support evolving tracking and privacy regulations in the EU, you can now control whether email opens or clicks are tracked in the emails you send. Four email tracking settings are now available on the Account Engagement Settings page for each business unit. Choose whether to enable or disable tracking on opens, implied opens, links, or advanced metrics.") Added a release note for new tracking pixel settings in Account Engagement. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_other_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Summer ’26.") Added a release note for bypass consent check feature. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Elevate Your Messaging with Rich Communication Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_rcs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Add Rich Communication Services (RCS) to your multichannel marketing strategy to deliver interactive, branded mobile experiences to your customers. After you configure RCS and verify your sender identities, marketers can use the RCS Message content type in Salesforce CMS to build high-engagement messages featuring text, media, rich cards, and interactive suggestions.") Added India to RCS supported countries and fixed broken link. Removed: Deliver a Consistent Brand Experience with Custom Fonts This feature isn't quite ready, so we're removing it for now. We'll let you know when it's back up. ### Week of May 25, 2026 [Publish Preference Pages for Different Audiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_consent_pref_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create and publish independent preference pages that are tailored to specific target audiences. Marketers can select the preference page URL as a merge field to make sure that recipients see only relevant subscriptions. This update preserves distinct brand identities for separate business units or customer segments.") Added a release note about consent preference pages. [Sync All Campaign Members with One Click](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae_refresh_campaign_member_sync.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Refresh Sync button to quickly sync all prospects for all of your connected campaigns at the same time. Business units with fewer than 500,000 prospects and 2,500 connected campaigns can refresh the sync every 7 days.") Added information about a new way to refresh Campaign Member Sync. [Build and Manage Effective Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_campaigns.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Improve campaign performance and team productivity with AI-driven automation, collaborative Slack integration, and enhanced messaging. Accelerate workflows by using new Agentforce templates and flow templates, and increase subscriber engagement with branded virtual contact cards and rich MMS messages.") Added a See Also link for Slack campaign collaboration. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_other_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Summer ’26.") Added a release note about Marketing Performance being renamed to Marketing Performance Intelligence. [Build and Manage Effective Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_campaigns.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Improve campaign performance and team productivity with AI-driven automation, collaborative Slack integration, and enhanced messaging. Accelerate workflows by using new Agentforce templates and flow templates, and increase subscriber engagement with branded virtual contact cards and rich MMS messages.") Fixed broken link for contact card release notes. [Other Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_other_features.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes that we made in Summer ’26.") Added a release note about the retirement of some security ciphers. [Upload DLT Templates to Send SMS Messages in India](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_sms_dlt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To send SMS messages in India and adhere to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) regulations, upload Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) templates to Marketing Cloud Next. Reduce spam and improve message deliverability, ensuring your SMS campaigns in India reach customers without delay.") Added release notes for SMS DLT templates feature. ## MuleSoft Changes Latest release notes updates for MuleSoft. ### Week of July 20, 2026 [Assess Security Risk Scores for MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_risk_score.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Check the risk score of external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers during registration. Salesforce conducts an automatic security scan that returns a Low, Medium, or High risk score to help you evaluate the security of MCP servers.") Added a release note to announce that API Catalog now shows a security risk score for external MCP servers during registration. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [Simplify API and MCP Server Management with the API Catalog Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use API Catalog REST Connect API to organize and simplify access to APIs and MCP servers in your catalog. Discover and browse APIs, inspect API versions and operations, and register and manage MCP servers. Use this API as part of your headless solutions, for example to register an external MCP server to use with Agentforce.") Added a release note to announce that you can now manage APIs and MCP servers by using the API Catalog Connect REST API. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [View Connect REST APIs in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_view_connect_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "A growing set of Connect REST APIs automatically appear in your API catalog. Automate your tasks and processes by discovering and using actions that are based on Connect REST API operations.") Added a release note to announce that you can now view Connect REST APIs in API Catalog. [Map Connect REST API Actions to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_mcp_server_tools_from_connect_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use API Catalog to map Connect REST API invocable actions to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your Connect REST API operations available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT.") Added a release note to announce that you can now map Connect REST APIs to your custom Salesforce MCP server tools. [Manually Register External MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_reg_mcp_servers_ext_manual.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Expand your catalog by manually registering external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. After registration, the servers are automatically available to use in Agentforce.") Added a release note to announce that you can now register external MCP servers manually using API Catalog. ### Week of June 8, 2026 [Map Your Agents to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_tools_to_custom_mcp_servers_from_agents.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use API Catalog to map your agents to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your Agentforce agents available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT.") Updated this release note to add information about how to add multiple tools based on a single Agentforce agent. [Map Prompt Templates to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_tools_prompt_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use API Catalog to map prompt templates to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your prompt templates available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT.") Added a release note to announce that you can now map prompt templates to your custom Salesforce MCP server tools. [Add Annotations to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_annotations_to_tools.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Add annotations to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers to give hints about their behavior. Examples of annotations you can select are Read-only, Destructive, Idempotent, and Open-world.") Added a release note to announce that you can now add annotations to your custom Salesforce MCP server tools. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Map Your Agents to MCP Server Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_add_tools_to_custom_mcp_servers_from_agents.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use API Catalog to map your agents to tools in your custom Salesforce MCP servers. These tools make your Agentforce agents available through Salesforce-hosted MCP servers to external clients like Claude or ChatGPT.") Added a release note about making your agents available as tools in custom Salesforce MCP servers. [Discover Manually Registered MCP Servers in API Catalog (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_ext_manual.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "In your catalog, view your Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers that you manually register in Agentforce Registry or install from AgentExchange packages.") Added a release note that this feature is generally available on a rolling basis starting the week of May 18, 2026, with full availability planned for end of May 2026. [Bring MuleSoft MCP Servers into API Catalog (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_mcp_servers_ext_mulesoft.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Sync Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers from Anypoint Exchange and make them available to use in Salesforce.") Added a release note that this feature is generally available on a rolling basis starting the week of May 18, 2026, with full availability planned for end of May 2026. [View Named Query APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_view_named_query_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The capability of bringing your Named Query APIs into API Catalog and activating their actions to use in Agentforce is now generally available.") Added a release note that this feature is generally available. ## Omnistudio Changes Latest release notes updates for Omnistudio. ### Week of June 8, 2026 [Invoke Autolaunched Flows in Omnistudio Flexcards (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_autolaunched_flows_in_flexcards_pilot.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Streamline your development process and use existing or new autolaunched flows in Flexcards. Reuse existing business logic by using autolaunched flows as a native data source in Flexcards, bringing the power of Flow’s background automation to your digital experiences.") Fixed a broken link. [Accessibility Enhancements in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_os_accessibility_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Deliver more inclusive digital experiences with comprehensive accessibility, usability, and consistency enhancements across Omnistudio runtime components. These updates follow Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 best practices to improve navigation for screen reader and keyboard users.") Fixed some accessibility change descriptions. ## Revenue Management Changes Latest release note updates for Revenue Management. ### Week of June 22, 2025 [Find the Salesforce CPQ Documentation in a New Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cpq_documentation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Salesforce CPQ admin documentation has moved to a PDF.") Added a release note to announce the new format of the Salesforce CPQ admin documentation. ### Week of May 18, 2026 [Change from Higher to Lower Billing Frequencies on New Sale Orders and Quotes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_frequency.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Your sales representatives can update the billing frequency on new sale orders and quotes, from longer pricing terms such as semi-annual or annual, to shorter billing cycles such as monthly or quarterly, and vice versa. When the order is activated, Billing automatically generates accurate billing schedules with appropriate billing period amounts based on the updated billing frequency.") Added release note for changing billing frequency from higher to lower values on new sale orders and quotes. [Invoice Risk Score](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoice_risk_score.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Identify invoices at risk of late payment and focus collection efforts where they matter most. Categorize invoices into risk levels to guide follow-ups and reduce overdue payments. Use these insights to drive timely actions and improve cash flow visibility.") Added release note for invoice risk score. [New Invocable Action in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_new_invocable_action_in_transaction_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Automate the cloning of quotes and orders along with their related records to streamline sales processes and reduce manual effort.") Added a release note for the deepCloneSalesTransaction invocable action. ## Sales Changes Latest release notes updates for Sales. ### Week of July 27, 2026 [Track Deal Progress with Sales Methodology Suggestions from Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_management_sales_methodology_suggestions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Sellers can now use Pipeline Management to update sales methodology criteria and confidence levels for opportunities. View suggestions in the Agent Activity column, or update the fields at any time in the Sales Methodology tab in the Pipeline Inspection side panel. The agent's suggestions are based on notes, calls, and emails, so you can feel confident that they're grounded in timely, meaningful data.") Added a release note to announce enhancements to agent suggestions for sales methodology. [Upgrade Microsoft® Exchange Web Services to Microsoft® Graph in Lightning Sync Before October 2026](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_ls_ews_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Microsoft announced the retirement of Exchange Web Services (EWS) for Microsoft Office 365 starting October 2026. Lightning Sync configurations that use EWS won’t capture or sync data after this retirement. To avoid service disruption, upgrade to the Microsoft Graph authentication method in Lightning Sync setup now.") Updated recommendation to upgrade to Microsoft Graph without migrating Lighting Sync to Einstein Activity Capture. [Prepare for the Lightning Sync Retirement and Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_ls_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Lightning Sync is scheduled to retire in 2027. Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture to continue syncing contacts and events between Microsoft® or Google applications and Salesforce. Use the Lightning Sync migration tool to complete the process.") Changed the Lighting Sync retirement timeline from April 2027 to 2027. A specific date will be announced when available. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Added information about the new option to specify an organization-wide email address for the outgoing email. [Notify Users About Unverified Email Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_notify_users_unverified_domain.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "As part of the requirement for email domain verification, Salesforce sends email notifications to users whose email addresses use an unverified domain. Users receive a notification if emails that they recently sent from Salesforce weren’t delivered or if they can’t send email from Salesforce when email domain verification is enforced. To control whether Salesforce sends one of these emails when your org gets Summer ’26, update a Deliverability setting.") Updated the screenshot to reflect updated language above the checkbox. [Check Your Domain’s Verification Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_check_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid email delivery failures for emails sent from Salesforce, check your domain’s verification status. Salesforce now sends emails only from verified domains.") Updated the screenshot to reflect changes unrelated to this feature. [Identify and Manage Active Contacts in Pipeline Inspection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection_contact_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Identify stakeholder gaps and focus on deals that need more attention by seeing which contacts are actively engaged in a deal. Find the new Contacts column to see a count of people involved in activities, such as emails and meetings, within the last 30 days.") Added the Who section. Removed: **Track Deal Progress with Sales Methodology Suggestions from Agentforce** This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s back up. [Sales Engagement Data Is Now Native to The Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sales_engagement_on_core.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Sales Engagement metrics for new customers are stored natively on the Salesforce Platform. For existing customers, data migration begins in June. With this change, email engagement tracking now captures only the first and last engagement of each engagement type per email, rather than total engagement counts. The Sale Engagement Performance dashboard will be deprecated in October.") Updated the description to clarify that we now only capture data of the first and last engagement of each engagement type per email. Also added a screenshot of the updated Engagement tab showing the latest engagement. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified.") Updated the target dates when Salesforce plans to enable the substitute email address in all orgs. Removed language about updating temporary email domain allowlists. [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Updated the dates when Salesforce plans to enable this change in all orgs. ### Week of June 8, 2026 [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Updated to reflect that Salesforce enables this feature in all orgs starting in June 2026. [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified.") Updated to reflect that Salesforce enables the substitute email domain and updates your temporary allowlist of email-sending domains in June 2026. [Import Authorized Email Domains into a Sandbox](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_auth_domain_copy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To skip DNS updates each time that you create a sandbox, specify the authorized email domains in production to copy to sandboxes. Then import them all into a sandbox with one click.") Clarified when Salesforce deploys this feature. [Improve Sales Summary Quality with Enhanced Prompt Template Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents_sales_summaries_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Your agents now have a more uniform experience when summarizing sales records. We simplified prompt instructions and integrated record snapshots for the Lead Summary, Contact Summary, and Deal Summary prompt templates. These changes improve data accuracy and provide a consistent format across prompt templates without any manual configuration.") Added a release note to announce changes to sales summaries prompt templates. ### Week of May 11, 2026 Removed: Improve Sales Summary Quality with Enhanced Prompt Template Instructions This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s back up. [Event Data Is Now Stored on the Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_events_move_to_platform.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Event data synced through Einstein Activity Capture is now stored on the platform. This update is automatic and requires no action on your part. Meeting invitees included in past events who don’t have a contact, lead, or user record no longer appear in Meeting Digest. However, invitees without records included in upcoming events appear in Meeting Digest. Also, users outside of an Einstein Activity Capture configuration no longer see event data on the activity timeline. If you move these users into a configuration, data from the previous 180 days populates their timeline.") Added this release note because the release timing of this update has changed. This is now appearing on a rolling basis starting in May, not March, of 2026. [Empower Partners to Deliver Compliant Brand Experiences at Scale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pc_distributed_marketing_for_partners.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable partners to deliver consistent, brand-compliant customer experiences directly from their Experience Cloud sites. With Co-Branded Emails for Partners, partners can personalize and send marketing content at scale without leaving their portal.") Removed Beta tag and note since the release note is for a GA feature ### Week of May 4, 2026 [Check Your Domain’s Verification Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_check_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid email delivery failures for emails sent from Salesforce, check your domain’s verification status. Salesforce now sends emails only from verified domains.") Updated the screenshot. [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") Updated the screenshot. [Sales Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sales_planning.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries.") Added screenshots of the functionality. [Prepare for the Lightning Sync Retirement and Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_ls_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Lightning Sync is scheduled to retire in 2027. Migrate to Einstein Activity Capture to continue syncing contacts and events between Microsoft® or Google applications and Salesforce. Use the Lightning Sync migration tool to complete the process.") Added April 2027 as the retirement date for Lightning Sync. ## Salesforce CMS Changes Latest release notes updates for Salesforce CMS. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [Improve Semantic Search with the Latest CMS Base Data Kit and Search Index](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_base_data_kit_v2_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Deploy the 2.0 version of the CMS Base data kit to improve AI-powered search results. The latest version contains a new content taxonomy transform, and it builds a search index based on taxonomy terms. This search index enables AI-powered search to find tagged CMS media content when the tag matches the semantic meaning of the search keyword. Previously, these searches returned media content when only its metadata, such as its title, semantically matched the search keyword.") Added a release note to announce version 2.0 of the CMS Base data kit, which builds a new search index to improve semantic search. [Use the New Managed Content GraphQL API to Search for CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_managed_content_graphql_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The new Managed Content API family provides GraphQL operations for searching and retrieving CMS content. With this API, developers can search content across CMS channels, sites, or UI bundles, filter by content type and taxonomy, retrieve localized content variants, access delivery details, and paginate through search results.") Updated the release note to reflect that new `SearchIdentifiers` are available, which enable search across sites and UI bundles. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Use the New Managed Content GraphQL API to Search for CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_managed_content_graphql_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The new Managed Content API family provides GraphQL operations for searching and retrieving CMS content. With this API, developers can search content across CMS channels, sites, or UI bundles, filter by content type and taxonomy, retrieve localized content variants, access delivery details, and paginate through search results.") Added a release note to announce the new Managed Content GraphQL API. ### Week of July 6, 2026 [Deploy the CMS Base Data Kit to Ingest Content into Data 360 (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_base_data_kit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To support experiences that are driven by content metadata, such as AI-powered search for content, deploy the CMS Base data kit. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. You can now more easily deploy the data kit from a single, simplified page in Setup.") Added a release note to announce that the CMS Base data kit is generally available, and it can be more easily deployed from a simplified setup page. ## Security, Identity, and Privacy Changes Latest release notes updates for Security, Identity, and Privacy. ### Week of August 17, 2026 [Migrate Packaged and Distributed Connected Apps to External Client Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_only_local_ecas_stage_creds.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the OAuth Staged Credentials Connect REST API endpoint to manage the OAuth key and secret for only local external client apps. The initial release note and the help topic for this feature didn't specify that credentials can't be staged and rotated for packaged external client apps.") Added a release note to specify that only local external client apps can use the OAuth Usage endpoint to stage and rotate OAuth client credentials. [Migrate Packaged and Distributed Connected Apps to External Client Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_migrate_ca_to_packaged_eca.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Safeguard your org from security risks by migrating your packaged and distributed connected apps to packaged external client apps. Use the connected app migration tool to create a packaged external client app. Migrate connected apps that are packaged in first-generation or second-generation managed packages as well as those distributed to other internal orgs to packaged external client apps. Customer OAuth flows, tokens, and active sessions remain valid through package upgrade, so there's no need to reconfigure or reauthorize for the packaged external client app.") Added a release note to announce the new migration tool option to create a packaged external client app from a packaged or distributed connected app. [Monitor Usage of the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_device_flow_subtype.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To monitor usage of the OAuth 2.0 device flow, use the new OAuth Device login subtype. This new login subtype helps you identify affected apps to prepare for upcoming restrictions to device flow usage. Previously, usage of the device flow was tracked under the OAuth Web Server login subtype.") Added a release note to announce a new login subtype to monitor device flow usage. [Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_device_flow_restrictions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow.") Updated the title to clarify that this change is a release update. [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_user_agent_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension.") Updated the title to clarify that this change is a release update. ### Week of August 10, 2026 Removed: Enable PKCE and Refresh Token Rotation for Connected Apps and External Client Apps This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. [Manage Consent at Scale with Global Consent Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_global_consent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Centralize your consent management with a single, scalable system of record. Instead of navigating multiple complex objects to find a customer's privacy preferences, use an attribute-based model to manage billions of consent interactions. Build reusable templates so that data processing activities and marketing campaigns honor the most current customer preferences.") Added a release note to announce the new Global Consent Manager feature. ### Week of August 3, 2026 [Host Multi-Framework Apps Securely on the Salesforce App Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_host_multi_framework_apps_on_salesforce_app_domain.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Securely host React and other multi-framework web apps on the salesforce.app domain. Add *.my.salesforce.app to your allowlist to use browser-native isolation that separates third-party dependencies from Lightning Experience and internal Salesforce components. The Salesforce app domain isn't available on Alibaba Cloud or Salesforce Government Cloud.") Added a release note to announce the availability of the Salesforce App Domain (.my.salesforce.app), which provides browser-native isolation for React and other multi-framework apps. [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_unpw_flow_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead.") Updated this release note to clarify that the username-password flow is blocked in orgs that are created in Summer ’26 and later. [Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_device_flow_restrictions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow.") Added a release note to announce this release update. [OAuth Security Controls Are Enforced for New External Client Apps and Connected Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_controls_new_apps.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Starting in July 2026, Salesforce enforces OAuth security controls for new external client apps and connected apps. The Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension is required for apps that use the authorization code grant type. For apps that use the refresh token flow, Salesforce requires two controls: refresh token rotation and a 30-day limit to the time-to-live (TTL) for idle refresh tokens.") Updated this release note with a behavior change. PKCE is now automatically enabled for all new connected apps and external client apps, not just apps that use a localhost or custom scheme callback URL. ### Week of July 13, 2026 [Security Center Essentials (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Security curious? Check out Security Center Essentials, a powerful dashboard that shows your org’s Health Check score plus six other fundamental Security Center metrics at no additional cost.") Added a release note to announce that Security Center Essentials is now generally available. [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_unpw_flow_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead.") Updated the enforcement date for this release update. [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_user_agent_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension.") Added a release note for this new release update. [View Phishing-Resistant, Standard, and Weak MFA Methods in the SAML Assertion Validator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_saml_validator_enhancement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the SAML Assertion Validator to determine whether your single sign-on (SSO) provider satisfies multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirements, including phishing-resistant MFA for privileged users. The validator now shows you whether your SSO provider’s authentication signals are classified as phishing-resistant, standard, or weak. Previously, it only classified values as strong or weak.") Added a release note to announce enhancements to the SAML Assertion Validator. [Encrypt Backup & Recover Next Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_backup_recover_next.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Backup data presents the same compliance and security risks as live data. Protect your data backups with Shield Platform Encryption for Backup & Recover Next. Encrypt backups with tenant-specific root keys that you control. These root keys secure and control the data encryption keys used to encrypt backups at rest. You can generate a root key in Setup, use Bring Your Own Key (BYOK) to upload a key, and rotate root keys.") Added a release note announcing Shield Platform Encryption coverage for backups made with Backup & Recover Next. [Get New Security Center Alert Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_new_alert_metrics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Security Center has several new Permissions metrics to enhance your organization's security posture and ensure that users have appropriate system access.") Updated this release note to include a new Security Center metric: Monitor Modify Transaction Security Policies. Also updated the release note title from "New Alert Metrics." [Added, Removed, and Reclassified Single Sign-On Authentication Signals for Multi-Factor Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_new_amr_acr_values.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "For multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirements, Salesforce has added support for some single sign-on (SSO) authentication signals and removed support for others. Salesforce has also reclassified several signals from phishing-resistant to standard.") Updated this release note to include removed and reclassified values. Changed the title from "New Supported Single Sign-On Authentication Signals for Multi-Factor Authentication." [Identity Verification Is Required to Register New MFA Verification Methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_mfa_identity_verification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirements are enforced in your org, users must verify their identity to register new verification methods. Users can verify their identity with another verification method that's already registered on their account. If they don't have a registered verification method, Salesforce sends a one-time verification code to their email address or phone number.") Added a release note to announce a new MFA security change for verification method registration. [Passkey-First MFA Registration and Improved Passkey Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_passkey_registration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Passkeys are one of the most secure, fastest, and easiest ways to log in to Salesforce, and we want all users to experience their security and usability benefits. Passkeys are now the first verification method that users see for multi-factor authentication (MFA) registration, regardless of your org’s previous identity verification settings. We also simplified the passkey registration and login experiences. Instead of separate experiences for built-in authenticators and security keys, we now have unified passkey experiences.") Updated this release note to clarify that changes to identity verification settings are scheduled to take effect at a later date. ### Week of July 6, 2026 [Passkey-First MFA Registration and Improved Passkey Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_passkey_registration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Passkeys are one of the most secure, fastest, and easiest ways to log in to Salesforce, and we want all users to experience their security and usability benefits. Passkeys are now the first verification method that users see for multi-factor authentication (MFA) registration, regardless of your org’s previous identity verification settings. We also simplified the passkey registration and login experiences. Instead of separate experiences for built-in authenticators and security keys, we now have unified passkey experiences.") Updated this release note with clarifications about changes to identity verification settings. ### Week of June 29, 2026 [OAuth Security Controls Are Enforced for New External Client Apps and Connected Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_controls_new_apps.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Starting in July 2026, Salesforce enforces OAuth security controls for new external client apps and connected apps. The Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension is required for apps that use the authorization code grant type. For apps that use the refresh token flow, Salesforce requires two controls: refresh token rotation and a 30-day limit to the time-to-live (TTL) for idle refresh tokens.") Added a release note to announce new security requirements for apps that you create in July 2026 and later. [Manage Passkeys and Security Keys With Ease](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_passkeys_page.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "It's now much easier to set up and manage phishing-resistant verification methods for passwordless login and multi-factor authentication (MFA). On the new Passkeys page in your personal settings, you can view your registered passkeys and security keys, set up new ones, and delete ones that you no longer use.") Added a release note to announce a new page to manage passkeys in personal settings. [Usability Improvements for MFA Registration Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_mfa_registration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To improve the multi-factor authentication (MFA) user experience, we updated the pages where users select a verification method. The updated pages use clearer terminology that is less technical and more user-friendly. They also highlight passkeys as a recommended method, which guides users toward faster, easier, and more secure MFA. These changes improve the user experience for enforcement of the multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement for employee users.") Added a release note to announce improvements to the user experience for MFA registration. [Passkey-First MFA Registration and Improved Passkey Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_passkey_registration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Passkeys are one of the most secure, fastest, and easiest ways to log in to Salesforce, and we want all users to experience their security and usability benefits. Passkeys are now the first verification method that users see for multi-factor authentication (MFA) registration, regardless of your org’s previous identity verification settings. We also simplified the passkey registration and login experiences. Instead of separate experiences for built-in authenticators and security keys, we now have unified passkey experiences.") Added a release note to announce improvements to the passkey user experience. [Prepare for Login Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_changes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce plans to make two changes to simplify and improve your login experience. Starting in June 2026, Salesforce prompts users to enter only their username as the first login step. And starting in August 2026, login with an email address becomes the default experience.") Updated this release note with changes to the rollout timeline for the username-first login experience. ### Week of June 22, 2026 [Package External Client Apps in First-Generation Managed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_1gp_ecas.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Package external client apps in first-generation managed packages to distribute them to other orgs. Create an external client app with Packaged distribution state, add it to your managed package, and install it in subscriber orgs alongside other packageable components.") Added a release note to announce the ability to package external client apps in first-generation managed packages. [Prepare for Login Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_changes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce plans to make two changes to simplify and improve your login experience. Starting in June 2026, Salesforce prompts users to enter only their username as the first login step. And starting in August 2026, login with an email address becomes the default experience.") Updated the release note to indicate that log in with email by default doesn't apply to My Domain login pages and added information about automated testing. [Avoid Email Disruption with Automatic June Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_email_substitution_june_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is taking steps to help prevent email delivery disruption when Salesforce removes your temporary email-sending domain allowlist. Starting June 23, 2026, we turn on a substitute email address for unverified domains.") Updated the target rollout dates when Salesforce plans to enable the substitute email address for Government Cloud orgs. Clarified how this setting helps when you add users with a new email domain. Updated the “How” section to clarify when no action is needed. [Enable Native Browser Authentication for iOS Before Passkey Enforcement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_adv_auth_passkey_enforcement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Before you enable passkey enforcement for mobile SDK apps on iOS, turn on native browser authentication in My Domain. Otherwise, users who register passkeys are permanently locked out of your mobile app and must reinstall it or clear app data to recover.") Added a release note to communicate the need to enable native browser authentication for iOS in My Domain on mobile SDK apps before requiring passkeys. [Test Step-Up Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_test_step-up-auth.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To prepare for upcoming security requirements, you can now enable step-up authentication for different setup areas in your org. With step-up authentication, Salesforce prompts users for periodic authentication to take certain actions. To control how often users are prompted, configure the step-up authentication period. The maximum period is 2 hours.") Updated a release note to describe exemptions to the step-up authentication requirement. ### Week of June 15, 2026 [Avoid Email Disruption with Automatic June Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_email_substitution_june_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is taking steps to help prevent email delivery disruption when Salesforce removes your temporary email-sending domain allowlist. Starting June 23, 2026, we turn on a substitute email address for unverified domains.") Updated the target rollout dates when Salesforce plans to enable the substitute email address. Removed language about updating temporary email domain allowlists. [Disabling External Client Apps Now Blocks SAML Login](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_eca_saml_disable_enforcement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "We fixed a security gap where external client apps still allowed SAML single sign-on (SSO) using Salesforce as an identity provider, even when the app or its SAML plugin was disabled. Now, for SSO to work, both the app and the SAML plugin must be enabled. If either one is disabled, the SSO login fails.") Added a release note to announce a security update for external client apps. [Test Step-Up Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_test_step-up-auth.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To prepare for upcoming security requirements, you can now enable step-up authentication for different setup areas in your org. With step-up authentication, Salesforce prompts users for periodic authentication to take certain actions. To control how often users are prompted, configure the step-up authentication period. The maximum period is 2 hours.") Updated this release note to announce a new setting and minor improvements to the behavior. [Automate Data Compliance with Agentforce in Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Discover and resolve potential compliance issues in your org with a proactive, AI-powered experience. Configure your compliance framework with standard regulations like GDPR and CCPA, run automated metadata and compliance scans, and get remediation suggestions to improve your compliance score.") Added a release note to announce the new Agentforce in Privacy Center feature. ### Week of June 8, 2026 [Avoid Email Disruption with Automatic June Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_email_substitution_june_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is taking steps to help prevent email delivery disruption when Salesforce removes your temporary email-sending domain allowlist. Starting June 23, 2026, we turn on a substitute email address for unverified domains.") Added a release note to announce changes that Salesforce makes starting in June 2026 to help prevent email disruption. [Add a Security Contact for Incident Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_add_security_contact.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide security contact information so that Salesforce can send security alerts and communications to this contact. For the security contact email address, we recommend that you use a monitored distribution list. The security contact information is now required on the Company Information page in Setup. To make sure that you continue to receive security alerts, make a plan to review these fields on a regular basis.") Added a release note about the security contact fields on Company Information page. [Added, Removed, and Reclassified Single Sign-On Authentication Signals for Multi-Factor Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_new_amr_acr_values.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "For multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirements, Salesforce has added support for some single sign-on (SSO) authentication signals and removed support for others. Salesforce has also reclassified several signals from phishing-resistant to standard.") Added a release note to announce new supported authentication signals for phishing-resistant and standard MFA. [Manage Field-Level Encryption with an Upgraded UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_fle_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can now set up and maintain your Field-Level Encryption (FLE) policy directly from the Shield app. The new UI makes it easier to review encryption blockers, enable or disable encryption for fields, and update encryption schemes. The legacy UIs for managing FLE are still available in Setup and in the Shield Extension managed package.") Updated this release note to announce when the Field-Level Encryption page is available in the Shield app. ### Week of June 2, 2026 [Track Security Investigation Performance with Average Resolution Time and Risk Score (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_agentforce_avg_res_risk_score.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Monitor your Salesforce security investigation effectiveness in Security Center with Agentforce. Average Resolution shows how quickly your team resolves security incidents and whether resolution times are trending up or down compared to the previous 30 days. Risk Score helps you prioritize investigations by categorizing each incident as low, medium, or high risk.") Added a release note about new Security Center with Agentforce features: Average Resolution and Risk Score. ### Week of May 25, 2026 [Find Admin Security Content for the Platform in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_consolidated_help.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about the Salesforce Platform security features available to all admins in the new Secure Your Salesforce Org tile on Salesforce Help. The curated content covers how to configure key security features and guides you to Salesforce-recommended baseline security settings.") Added a release note about a new section of Salesforce Help for Salesforce Platform security features that apply to every Salesforce admin. [Test Step-Up Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_test_step-up-auth.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To prepare for upcoming security requirements, you can now enable step-up authentication for different setup areas in your org. With step-up authentication, Salesforce prompts users for periodic authentication to take certain actions. To control how often users are prompted, configure the step-up authentication period. The maximum period is 2 hours.") Added a release note to announce option to test the new step-up authentication security level for certain setup areas. [Valid Session Is Always Required for Email Address Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_email_verification_session.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To improve security, Salesforce now requires a valid session for all email address changes. If a user doesn’t have a valid session, Salesforce prompts them to log in to complete the email address change. Previously, Salesforce required a valid session only if the setting “Require identity verification for email address changes” on the Identity Verification page was enabled.") Updated this release note to announce that login during email address changes no longer requires device activation. ### Week of May 18, 2026 [Valid Session Is Always Required for Email Address Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_email_verification_session.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To improve security, Salesforce now requires a valid session for all email address changes. If a user doesn’t have a valid session, Salesforce prompts them to log in to complete the email address change. Previously, Salesforce required a valid session only if the setting “Require identity verification for email address changes” on the Identity Verification page was enabled.") Added a release note to announce new behavior for email address changes. [Prepare for Login Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_changes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce plans to make two changes to simplify and improve your login experience. Starting in June 2026, Salesforce prompts users to enter only their username as the first login step. And starting in August 2026, login with an email address becomes the default experience.") Added a release note to announce upcoming changes to the Salesforce login experience. ### Week of May 11, 2026 [Adopt Salesforce Edge Network for Your Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_adopt_edge_network_domain.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To strengthen security, Salesforce requires you to route your domain URLs through Salesforce Edge Network.") Added a release note to announce that routing domain URLs through Salesforce Edge Network is required. [Security Center with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_with_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Security Agent now streamlines your workflow with consolidated investigations that group related anomalies to reduce alert fatigue. Gain full context via an automated Incident Timeline and follow standardized, step-by-step remediation plans tailored to each threat to accelerate resolution and reduce manual correlation.") Added a release notes section for Security Center with Agentforce (Beta), including release notes for three beta features: Security Investigations with Anomaly Triage, Incident Timelines for Investigations, and Remediation Plans for Security Incidents. ## Service Changes Latest release notes updates for Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud). [Agentforce Service release notes changes are listed here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service.htm&language=en_US). # Release Note Changes This log tracks changes that we made to the Salesforce Release Notes after the initial publication during the week of August 17, 2026. Applicable changes are also listed at the beginning of the section about each product. - We’ve added entries that announce new release notes in the month that the feature first became available. - We’ve included entries that document changes and removals in the month that we made the release note update. - For feature availability dates, check the When section of each release note. Sometimes a feature availability date is also in the log. Go quickly to changes for a product on this page. - [Salesforce Overall](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Agentforce and Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to the published release notes.") - [AIforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These are the additions and changes included in this release.") - [Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - Industries - [Automotive](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Consumer Goods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Energy and Utilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Financial Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Life Sciences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Media](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to the published release notes.") - [Net Zero](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Nonprofit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to the published release notes.") - [Common Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - Marketing - [Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Marketing Cloud Account Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Marketing Cloud Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Marketing Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Salesforce Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly. Check back soon for the latest updates.") - [Loyalty Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Real-Time Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Real-Time Offer Management features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Referral Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Partner Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Public Sector Solutions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to the published release notes.") - [Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Security, Identity, and Privacy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") - [Salesforce for Slack Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We made these additions and changes to published release notes.") ## Salesforce Overall Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **General Enhancements**: [Simplify the Foundations Setup Experience with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_go_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Go is now your primary setup experience for Foundations, putting key setup options on one page. Marketing setup items, like Marketing Cloud enablement and Profile Unification, move to a dedicated setup page that you access from the Foundations on Go page. The previous Foundations Setup node stays in Setup and redirects you to the Foundations on Go page, where previously enabled features show as turned on.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Added Who information explaining that a Salesforce Foundations license provides access to the entire Foundations on Go page. - Added information about the Prerequisites section and the Update Licenses button. - **Salesforce Overall**: [Get Contextual Help in the Flow of Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_in_app_help_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Help Agent, a conversational AI assistant, is now available directly inside the Salesforce platform in select suites and editions. Users can access context-aware guidance directly within the app, tailored to their specific permissions and current workflow. This integrated experience provides faster, personalized answers and support access without switching tools or repeating context.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Added availability in Unlimited Edition starting in October 2026. - Updated Enterprise Edition availability to indicate September 2026. - **General Enhancements**: [Manage Org Responsibilities for Your Org (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_org_responsibilities.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Designate the people and partners critical to your org's success on the Org Responsibilities page in Setup. Specify at least one Security Contact and Primary Admin Contact, and a Partner of Record if applicable. Salesforce uses this information for org- or account-level communications such as security notifications and product or success plan updates. If you don't provide assignments for all of the Org Responsibilities sections, Salesforce reminds you regularly when you go to Setup.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **General Enhancements**: [Create and Update Records with Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_agentforce_coworker_create_update_records.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask Agentforce Coworker to create or update a Salesforce CRM record. It evaluates your permissions, identifies fields to change, validates picklist values, and presents a proposed change for your review.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **General Enhancements**: [Search Google Workspace in Real Time with Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_agentforce_coworker_federated_google_workspace_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Connect Google Drive, Gmail, and Google Calendar to Agentforce Coworker as federated search sources. Federated search queries Google in real time, so results always reflect your current Google Workspace with no data ingestion required.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **General Enhancements**: [See Delegated Agents' CLT Responses in Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_coworker_clt_hxl_delegation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Some Agentforce agents are built to return a custom Lightning type (CLT) response, such as a card, badge, button, table, or chart, instead of plain text, including agents built with Headless Experience Layer (HXL) widgets. Previously, Agentforce Coworker converted these CLT/HXL responses to markdown during delegation. Now, it passes the CLT response through unchanged. If a delegated agent isn't built to return a CLT or HXL response, you still see a markdown summary. Agentforce Coworker's own answers always use markdown.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Archive**: [Check Your Encryption Key Status in Archive Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_encryption_key_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Archive Settings shows the status of the Shield Platform Encryption key that protects your archived data. The status can be Active, Encrypting, Decrypting, or Key Inactive. Monitor it so you can restore access quickly if the key becomes inactive.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Added steps for activating an inactive key from Setup. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Agentforce and Generative AI Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### January 2027 - **Supported Models**: [OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 Family Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_openai_4o_41_family_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "OpenAI GPT-4o and GPT-4.1 family model requests will be rerouted January 14, 2027.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting January 14, 2027. ### December 2026 - **Supported Models**: [GPT-5 Family (GPT-5, GPT-5-Mini, GPT-5-Nano, GPT-5-Pro) and O3 / O3-Pro Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "GPT-5 Family and O3 / O3-Pro model requests will be rerouted December 11, 2026.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting December 11, 2026. ### November 2026 - **Supported Models**: [Azure OpenAI o3 Family and o4-mini Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_openai_o3_family_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Azure OpenAI o3 family and o4-mini model requests will be rerouted November 11, 2026.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting November 11, 2026. ### October 2026 - **Agentforce Builder**: [The Agentforce Assistant Is Now Agent Optimizer (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_agent_optimizer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The integrated AI assistant in Agentforce Builder is now called Agent Optimizer, which better reflects how it helps you build, troubleshoot, and improve your agent. Previously, the assistant was called the Agentforce assistant, and the current beta experience was called the Agentforce Development Agent. The chat window heading is now Agent Optimizer, the Ask Agentforce button is now Ask Optimizer, and the setting that controls beta access is now Disable Agentforce Optimizer (Beta) in Agentforce Builder. These updates apply only to Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 26, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Control Conversational Memory for AI Agents Across Your Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory_toggle_conversation_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can now control conversational memory for all AI agents and users across your org with a single setting. When you turn off conversational memory, agents stop creating memories and using existing ones, even if individual agents have memory enabled. Existing memories are preserved but aren't used while the setting is off. The Memory & Preferences icon also disappears from the Agentforce panel. Previously, you turned conversational memory on or off only for individual agents in Agent Script.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Legacy Agent Builder Changing Reasoning Engine from GPT-4o to GPT-5.6 Luna](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_legacy_builder_model_change.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The legacy Agentforce Builder is implementing an on/off switch to change the reasoning engine to GPT-5.6 Luna on October 15, 2026.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026.) - Updated instructions to change reasoning engine. - **Agentforce Coworker**: [Build Reusable Skills for Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A skill packages instructions, context, and tools into a reusable workflow for an AI agent. A prompt template returns one generated response. A skill runs a repeatable, multi-step task and can run tools, such as querying records or sending email. Create and publish the skill in Skill Builder, and then run it from Skills in Agentforce Coworker.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Haiku 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_haiku_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Haiku 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Automatically End Agentforce Voice Calls and Route by Disconnect Reason](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_auto_hangup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your voice-enabled agent a clean way to end calls, and share the reason each call ended with your telephony vendor. Agentforce Voice agents end their side of a call when a caller stops responding or the call reaches its maximum duration. Enable Auto-Hangup per agent at the connection level so that the agent also ends the call when it determines that it has fully addressed the caller's request. For partner telephony, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor, which can use the disconnect reason, such as Customer Intent Fulfilled, to decide how to handle each call.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting in late October 2026. This changed from the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [GPT-6.1 Sol Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_sol_6_1.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The GPT-6.1 Sol model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Sonnet 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_sonnet_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Sonnet 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability:** [Use the New Sessions and Intents View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_session_controls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Review processed and unprocessed sessions together, save the views you use most, and evaluate or export sessions from one workspace.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Transfer Calls to Agentforce Voice Using Real-Time Streaming](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_realtime_streaming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You no longer need a dedicated static phone number or a SIP trunk configuration to route calls to your voice-enabled agent. With Real-Time Streaming, Amazon Connect can stream call audio directly to Agentforce over a WebSocket connection.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Automatically End Agentforce Voice Calls and Route by Disconnect Reason](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_auto_hangup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your voice-enabled agent a clean way to end calls, and share the reason each call ended with your telephony vendor. Agentforce Voice agents end their side of a call when a caller stops responding or the call reaches its maximum duration. Enable Auto-Hangup per agent at the connection level so that the agent also ends the call when it determines that it has fully addressed the caller's request. For partner telephony, turn on Auto Disconnect in Agentforce Voice Setup so that control returns to your vendor, which can use the disconnect reason, such as Customer Intent Fulfilled, to decide how to handle each call.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Grid**: [Build and Analyze Agentforce Grid Worksheets in Plain Language with Grid Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_grid_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe what you want to build or analyze in the Grid Agent sidebar, and Grid Agent configures columns or answers questions about your data. For example, ask Grid Agent to \"Create a column that summarizes each case description.\" After you review and approve the proposed action, Grid Agent creates and configures the column. To analyze your data, ask a question such as \"What patterns do you see in the Sales Stage column?\" The sidebar is open by default.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: Build and Activate Agents with a Simpler Versioning Process (Removed the week of October 12, 2026) - This change wasn't quite ready and was reverted the week of October 5, 2026. The release note has been removed. To activate your agent, commit your agent first. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Agents Now Default to Error Mode for File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload_default.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce agents that can receive file uploads from a client now default to error mode, so you have more control over agent file handling. Previously, agents that can receive files defaulted to auto mode, and your agent decided how to handle the file. In error mode, when someone uploads a file, the agent sends a customizable error message. If you want your agent to accept file uploads, you must add the file upload parameter to your agent’s script and specify a mode. If you don't want your agent to accept file uploads but you don't want it to send an error message, you can specify the disabled mode in the file upload parameter of your agent's script. You can also control which clients can accept file uploads.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [GPT-6 Luna, Sol, and Astra Are Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The GPT-6 Luna, Sol, and Astra models are ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use these models in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Opus 5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_5_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Opus 5.5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Claude Opus 5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Claude Opus 5 model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Free and Trial Orgs Have New Rate Limits and Model Access Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_new_limits_free_trial.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These changes may affect Developer Edition (DE) Orgs, Trailhead Playgrounds, and more.") (Added and then updated the week of October 12, 2026) - These changes take effect starting the week of October 5, 2026. Release note updated to reflect new limits. - **Prompt Builder**: [Conditional Logic in Prompt Templates Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_conditional_logic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Conditional logic in generative AI prompt templates is generally available. Add if, else if, and else blocks so that one prompt template adapts based on grounded data.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Prompt Builder**: [Format Prompt Instructions with Text Styling in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_block_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Block Editor now supports rich text formatting in generative AI prompt templates. Headings, lists, bold, italic, underline, and dividers are preserved through save, Preview, and generative AI at run time.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Prompt Builder**: [Ground Prompt Templates with Microsoft Office, Text, and Email Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_file_input.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Prompt templates in Prompt Builder can ground generative AI requests with Word documents, spreadsheets, presentations, text, CSV files, and email files, in addition to PDF and image files.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability**: [See Knowledge Sources in Agentforce Session Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_knowledge_sources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See Salesforce Knowledge articles and external sources your agent used in a session. Open a session from Sessions & Intents to review which sources were used to support the agent’s responses.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability**: [Track Voice Latency and Speech Metrics in Session Trace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_voice_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Spot long Agentforce Voice silences and inspect speech-to-text and text-to-speech timing in Session Trace, including word-level automatic speech recognition (ASR) confidence. A clock icon flags abnormal agent silence.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Observability**: [Review Updated Agentforce Observability Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_observability_metric_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Several Agentforce Observability metric names and formulas changed. Compare latency and completion trends with the new labels, and review Success Rate with the updated calculation. Agent Interaction Duration is removed from dashboard templates.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Legacy Agent Builder Changing Reasoning Engine from GPT-4o to GPT-5.6 Luna](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_legacy_builder_model_change.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The legacy Agentforce Builder is implementing an on/off switch to change the reasoning engine to GPT-5.6 Luna on October 15, 2026.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026.) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Dynamic Default Model Selection for New Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_agents_new_defaults.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting October 15, 2026, new agents created in Agentforce Builder default to an optimal model selected for them.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. - **Agentforce Interoperability**: [Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_mcp_per_user_auth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Allow Agentforce Employee agents (AEA) to act on behalf of individual users with user-based Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. With per-user authentication, your users can access an external MCP server with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Eliminate shared service-user tokens and ensure a clear per-user audit trail.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Let Agentforce Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Agent Memory, your Agentforce agents recall relevant details from your users' past conversations, so your users don't have to repeat themselves. Agents also reference profile details, such as a user's name, from the first message, so responses feel personalized from the start. Previously, agents had no memory of past conversations, so your users had to restate the same details every time they started a new conversation with an agent.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Updated the title to avoid confusion with Help Agent. The title was "Help Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users." - **Agentforce Voice**: [Global Expansion for Agentforce Voice with Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_global_expansion.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To expand the reach of Dynamic Routing, we are continuously adding local phone numbers in more countries throughout this release.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added this topic to summarize all newly added local numbers for this release. We added local numbers for Columbia and Singapore starting the week of October 5, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 2.5 Pro, Flash, and Flash-Lite Reroute Date Approaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_2_5_reroute.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Gemini 2.5 Pro, Flash, and Flash-Lite model requests will be rerouted October 20, 2026. Gemini 2.5  Pro and 2.5 Flash will be rerouted to Gemini 3.5 Flash, and Gemini 2.5 Flash-Lite will be rerouted to Gemini 3.5 Flash-Lite. We recommend that you test your prompts and applications with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - Models will be rerouted starting the week of October 20, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 3.8 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_8.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Gemini 3.8 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Model is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 5, 2026. ### September 2026 - **Agentforce Builder**: [Spend Less Time on Manual Testing with the Agentforce Assistant (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_dev_preview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Agentforce assistant no longer just suggests changes to your agent. Now it can test them for you, too. When the assistant suggests a change, it automatically runs previews in simulate mode to validate your agent’s basic functionality and its performance against variations and edge cases. Then it iterates until your agent behaves as expected, so you can accept the assistant’s changes with less manual verification. You can also prompt the assistant to test your own changes. For example, ask it to run a specific subagent through different personas and refine based on the results.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: Build and Activate Agents with a Simpler Versioning Process (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. - **Einstein Bots**: [Upgrade Einstein Bots to Agentforce Service Agent (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_bots_upgrade_tool.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Upgrade Agent tool, previously available in beta, is now generally available. Use the tool to convert an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent. The tool creates the new agent separately, so your existing bot remains available while you review and configure the new agent.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis starting the week of July 27, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Service and Employee agents now support file uploads in production and preview conversations, so you can help your agents resolve more inquiries. When you add file upload support to your agent, your users can share screenshots, receipts, and PDFs by attaching a file in the chat window. Your agent can interpret the image or PDF content and answer questions, and it can add the file to a Salesforce record or use the file as context. File uploads are supported for agents connected to web clients on Enhanced Chat v1, Enhanced Chat v2, and Lightning Experience.") (Updated the week of September 21, 2026) - Updated the release note to reflect the new release timing. Feature is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Let Agentforce Agents Remember What Matters to Your Users (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agent_memory.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Agent Memory, your Agentforce agents recall relevant details from your users' past conversations, so your users don't have to repeat themselves. Agents also reference profile details, such as a user's name, from the first message, so responses feel personalized from the start. Previously, agents had no memory of past conversations, so your users had to restate the same details every time they started a new conversation with an agent.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of September 21, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Preview Custom Lightning Types in Agentforce Builder with Fewer Steps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_clt_preview_local.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Preview Custom Lightning types (CLTs) in Agentforce Builder for actions you create or customize directly in an agent. CLTs are used to customize the UI for agent action inputs and outputs for a more branded, interactive experience. Previously, CLTs didn't render in preview for actions created or customized in an agent in Agentforce Builder. You had to recreate the action in the asset library. You also had to commit your agent before CLTs rendered at all. Now, CLTs render for actions in preview no matter where you created or modified them, or whether your agent is in a draft or committed state.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of September 21, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Learn How to Optimize an Agent by Analyzing Production Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_optimize_agent_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We added documentation that shows you how to headlessly analyze production data to identify suboptimal agent responses. Your AI assistant identifies root causes, turns them into durable test cases, and suggests fixes, which you validate against a full test suite in your testing environment, such as a sandbox, before promoting to production.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Documentation available starting the week of September 21, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Learn How to Build and Deploy an Enhanced Chat Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_build_enhanced_chat_agent_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We added documentation that shows you how to build a chat agent, test and activate it, and deploy it to an Enhanced Chat v2 channel. This example shows you how to complete the steps by using headless (using an AI coding assistant), Canvas (using the Salesforce UI), or Agent Script (using code) paths.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Documentation available starting the week of September 14, 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Learn How to Ground an Agent with an Agentforce Data Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_ground_agent_adl_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We added documentation that shows you how to develop an agent, ground it with an Agentforce data library, test, and activate it. This example shows you how to complete the steps by using headless (using an AI coding assistant), or Canvas (using the Salesforce UI) paths.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Documentation available starting the week of September 14, 2026. - **Enhanced Chat v2**: [Help Customers Continue Ended Sessions in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ecv2_continue_conversation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After a messaging session times out or ends in Enhanced Chat v2, customers can easily resume it by clicking Continue Conversation in the chat window.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis for Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter '27 starting the week of August 31, 2026. - **Enhanced Chat v2**: [Give Customers a Smoother Conversation Experience in Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ecv2_conversation_view_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enhanced Chat v2 now delivers a smoother, easier-to-follow conversation experience. When a customer sends a message, it stays in view while the response loads instead of scrolling out of sight, so customers can read replies in context. The avatar now appears above the Send Message text field for a cleaner layout.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 31, 2026. - **Agentforce Connections**: [Control How Agent Action Outputs Appear on a Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_render.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Always format an agent action's output the same way on a specific connection with the render nested inline action. If you don't specify an adaptive response format, Agentforce decides which one to use during the conversation. You can also format an action's output as JSON so that a connection can receive the action's structured data directly. And, with show_and_return nested inline action, you can now tell the agent to send a response and end reasoning at the end of an action.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Agents**: [Give AI Agents More Context with File Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_file_upload.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Service and Employee agents now support file uploads in production and preview conversations, so you can help your agents resolve more inquiries. When you add file upload support to your agent, your users can share screenshots, receipts, and PDFs by attaching a file in the chat window. Your agent can interpret the image or PDF content and answer questions, and it can add the file to a Salesforce record or use the file as context. File uploads are supported for agents connected to web clients on Enhanced Chat v1, Enhanced Chat v2, and Lightning Experience.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available on a rolling basis starting the week of September 21, 2026. This feature was previously announced in Summer ʼ26, but it wasn't quite ready yet. - **Field Generation**: [Field Generation Refinements Now Respect Your Selected Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen_model.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Previously, follow-up responses from Einstein in the field generation panel used the Salesforce default LLM instead of the model assigned to your field generation prompt template. Follow-up and refinement responses are now generated from the model that you selected in the prompt template.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting in September 2026. - **Field Generation**: [Keep Field Generation Responses Focused on Business Use Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "By default, field generation follow-up refinement requests aren't validated to ensure relevance to business requests. This means users can make unrelated, non-business requests within the field generation panel. To steer users back to your specific business goals, turn on the new Validate Field Generation Refinements setting in Setup. This limits the agent's focus entirely to field generation-related activity, ensuring your Einstein credits are spent only on relevant business use cases.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting in September 2026. - **Agentforce Connections**: [Customize Agent Behavior Across Channels with Connection Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_connection_instructions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Guide how your agent reasons and responds on the Messaging, Service Email, or Marketing Email connection with customizable connection instructions. For example, you can tell the agent to ignore disclaimers in emails or to use a specific response format for certain messages.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Connections**: [Customize Agent Responses with Dynamic Messaging Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_custom_response_format.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create custom response formats based on messaging components, including the enhanced link, question with static options, question with dynamic options, time selector, and form components. Use the output of an agent action to populate dynamic content in your custom response formats. For example, have an agent action gather the details for a return request and then populate a custom form for the customer.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Builder**: [Easily Compare and Merge Agent Versions in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_agentforce_compare_versions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Copy improvements from one agent version to another with a few clicks. You can now compare two versions and merge changes from one into another in Canvas and Script view.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Pass Context with Custom SIP Headers and Disconnect with REFER in Agentforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_sip_headers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Capture custom SIP X-headers from inbound calls to deliver contextual information, such as customer intent, language preference, or case history. Configure your escalation and fallback flows to return or modify headers using the SIP REFER method when disconnecting or transferring calls.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Dynamic Routing for Agentforce Voice Is Now Available in Japan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_japan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dynamic Routing now supports local phone numbers in Japan. To connect to the voice-enabled agent, call the reserveRoutableNumber API, and then forward the call to the local number.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting September 3, 2026. - **Agentforce Platform Settings**: [Agentforce Platform Enabled by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_auto_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In Winter ’27, the Agentforce platform is enabled by default for all orgs with Agentforce access, as granted by SKUs, licensing, and editions. New orgs are enabled at creation, and existing orgs will be auto-enabled. The Agentforce setting will be removed from the Agentforce Agents page in Setup, so you can build, test, and deploy agents with one less step. The platform is enabled at no additional cost and there are no changes to billing.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - This change automatically applies to new orgs created in Winter ʼ27 and is planned for existing orgs on a rolling basis, starting in September 2026. - **Agentforce Development**: [Move Agents Between Orgs More Easily with Simplified Agent Metadata Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_metadata.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting in API version 68.0, we’ve streamlined Agentforce agent metadata types to make it easier to retrieve and deploy agents. Previously, moving an agent from sandbox to production required at least three metadata types. Plus, you had to manually add every Apex class, flow, and prompt template associated with an agent action, making sure to indicate the correct agent version. With the new AiAgentDefinition and AiAgentDefinitionVersion types, Salesforce CLI now retrieves the agent and all its dependencies automatically.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - This change is available starting with preview sandboxes the week of August 24, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Agentforce Voice Now Enforces the Limit on Procured Phone Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_enforce_phone_number_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Voice now enforces the Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) limit on the number of phone numbers that you can procure. In production orgs, your Agentforce Voice license determines the limit. In sandbox and trial orgs, the limit is 10 phone numbers regardless of your license. Previously, these limits weren't enforced.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Show Full Conversation History in Post-Call Transcripts for Agentforce Voice Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_post_call_transcript.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Enhance Conversation component in the Service Console now displays consistent transcripts during and after a voice call handled by a voice-enabled agent. When the agent transfers the call to a service rep, the voice call record for the rep-customer conversation (VC1) now shows both the agent-customer and rep-customer transcripts after the call, matching what was visible during the call. Previously, VC1 showed both transcripts during the call but dropped the agent-customer transcript after the call ended.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. - **Agentforce Voice**: [Enable Flexible Call Recording Control Within Conversations via Toolkit API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_voice_pause_resume_recording_with_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce developers and admins can now use the Salesforce Voice Toolkit API to pause and resume call recordings without the Control Call Recording user permission. Previously, these users needed this permission. This permission is still required to use the pause and resume controls in the Salesforce UI.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of September 7, 2026. ### August 2026 - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 3.7 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_7.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Gemini 3.7 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 17, 2026. - **Agentforce Interoperability**: [Extend Agentforce Solutions with Multi-Agent Orchestration (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_multi_agent_orchestrate.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Extend your agent’s capabilities with Multi-Agent Orchestration for Agentforce. Connect your Agentforce agent with other specialized Agentforce agents in your Salesforce org. Together they collaborate on complex tasks to deliver amazing outcomes for your business.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 17, 2026. - **Supported Models**: [Gemini 3.6 Flash Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_flash_3_6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Gemini 3.6 Flash model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Feature available starting the week of August 10, 2026. - **Service Assistant**: [Know When Guidance Service Plan Creation is in Progress with a Status Indicator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sra_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Service reps now see a status indicator in the component that signals a service plan is being created. Previously, the component gave no indication that a plan was in progress, so reps had to wait until the plan summary appeared without knowing whether anything was happening.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Removed the mention of dynamic plans no longer showing the Service Plan summary cards until they're ready and the "Service Assistant is working on it" status indicator appearing instead. These changes aren't available anymore. ## Analytics Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### OCTOBER 2026 **Tableau Next** - **Tableau Agent**: [Step Up to the Next Generation of Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_av_nga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you're curious to try out Tableau Agent for conversational analytics in Tableau Next, now is a good time to start. Creating an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Agentforce Studio gives you an enhanced analytics experience, plus access to next-generation Agentforce technology and capabilities. Basing the agent on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template requires no additional set up steps in the Agentforce Builder—you automatically get the Data Analysis subagent and all of the capabilities required for conversational analytics.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Compare Proportions and Show Hierarchies with Packed Layouts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_packed_layout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use treemaps to visualize category and subcategory hierarchies and compare each category’s share of the total. Create packed bubble charts to compare relative values across categories and quickly identify the largest and smallest contributors. Container panes in the Packed layout visually group marks to show how sub-categories roll up into categories.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Track Totals and Category Contributions Over Time with Area Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_area_charts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Visualize each category’s share of the total with the stacked, colored bands of Tableau Next area charts. Spot changes in overall volume and the distribution across categories over time. Choose continuous area charts to show values along an axis or discrete area charts to show values under separate headers.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Choose When to Save Visualization and Semantic Model Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_explicit_save.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Changes you make to Tableau Next visualizations and their underlying semantic models from the Viz Builder are no longer saved automatically. Updates to the visualization while exploring the data, like choosing a different chart type, don’t automatically overwrite the saved version. Similarly, modifications to the underlying semantic model, like creating a calculated field, aren’t saved until you choose to save them. The Viz Builder indicates that you have unsaved changes so you can choose whether to save your updates.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Customize Marks with New Formatting Options](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_marks_formatting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Style marks to highlight your data and make Tableau Next visualization elements easier to distinguish. Adjust border width and color to define mark edges, and change opacity to make overlapping marks easier to see. Round bar corners for a softer appearance, and apply dashed styles to line marks, reference lines, and forecast lines. Format headings, body text, and links on marks to improve readability and emphasize key details.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Draw Comparisons with Grand Totals and Subtotals Across Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_totals_subtotals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Compare individual values with subtotals for their groups and grand totals for all groups in a Tableau Next visualization. Add grand totals and subtotals to bar charts, stacked bar charts, and crosstabs, plus grand totals to line charts. Display totals and subtotals for nested groups and multiple measures horizontally or vertically. Choose which totals and subtotals appear before or after crosstab detail rows and columns. Hover over stacked subtotal or grand total bar segments to see their values in tooltips.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Customize Visualization Titles with Rich Text](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_title_text_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give Tableau Next visualizations descriptive titles that convey what the data shows. Include related information, such as the workspace the visualization belongs to and fields used in the chart, to provide context. Format titles with font, size, color, emphasis, and alignment options to make them easy to read. Save time when you add visualizations to a dashboard by displaying their titles so you don’t need to create separate text widgets.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Highlight Table Values with Badges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_table_badge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Scan key information faster by applying a badge effect to text and numbers in Tableau Next tables. Customize badge colors to make differences between field values easier to recognize. For example, distinguish opportunity stages with colored badges to track deal progress. Or, compare profit margins across product categories to identify strong and weak performance.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Show or Hide Missing Values in Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_viz_show_missing_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Identify gaps in your records by showing dates or bins with no corresponding data in Tableau Next visualizations. For example, show every month in a sales chart to identify months with no recorded sales activity. Or, hide dates or bins with no recorded data for a cleaner look when the gaps aren’t relevant to your analysis.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Reuse Dashboard Extensions with Dynamic Data Binding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_extensions_dynamic_binding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a Tableau Next dashboard extension with custom Lightning Web Components (LWC) once, and reuse it with different data to meet a range of business needs. With dynamic data binding, select the semantic model and map its fields in the Properties panel instead of changing the extension’s code. Using the same extension across models means fewer separate versions to maintain. For example, build a custom sunburst chart with Lightning Web Components (LWC) and reuse it to analyze opportunity pipelines or product sales.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Manage How Tableau Next Dashboards Appear on Different Screens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_screen_appearance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dashboard authors now have more control over how Tableau Next dashboards appear when screen space is limited. You can set a minimum dashboard width so a horizontal scroll bar appears when the screen is narrower than that width. Keep long text contained by defining overflow and wrapping in text widgets. Also, page links in navigation widgets move into an overflow menu to prevent crowding the dashboard.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Style Multiple Dashboard Widgets at Once](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_style_multiple_dashboard_widgets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build and update Tableau Next dashboards faster by applying formatting changes to multiple widgets in one action. When you select widgets of the same type, the styling panel shows their shared type-specific options, such as text color and font size for filter widgets. When you select different widget types, the panel shows only the widget-level styles common to all selected widgets.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Replace Source Files to Keep Google Drive Data Lake Objects Current (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_replace_gdrive_dlo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can now replace a source file in an existing Google Drive data lake object (DLO) when the file is outdated. Select a file from the original or a different Google Drive connection without recreating the DLO or its refresh schedule. You can also switch file types, such as from CSV to XLSX, when the replacement file or sheet matches the DLO schema.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Manage Pre-Production Analytics Assets in Exploratory Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_rename.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Personal Orgs are now known as Exploratory Orgs. Keep building, analyzing, and promoting your analytics assets as before. This terminology update applies across your workspaces and administrative settings without affecting existing features, assets, or permissions.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Exploration and Action**: [Get Data Alerts for Goals, Thresholds, or Important Changes to Tableau Next Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_data_alerts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Tableau Agent: Data Alerting to spend more time taking action and less time checking dashboards. Set a schedule that works for you, and choose the type of alerts you want to receive: progress toward goals or thresholds, unusual changes to metric values, or period-over-period changes to your metrics. When you create a goal or threshold, alerts are sent by default. Alerts are sent to your email and also appear under the Notifications icon (bell) in Tableau Next.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Exploration and Action**: [Tableau Agent: Data Alerting Is Generally Available for Metrics and Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_data_alerts_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Tableau Agent: Data Alerting, formerly called Inspector Proactive Data Alerts, is now generally available. Users can ask Agentforce or Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP) to send them alerts for queries about metrics or their dataset. For example, ask to get an alert when the total number of open high-priority cases exceeds 10. The conditions for your alert are checked once per day, and if the conditions are met, a notification is sent to channels chosen by your admin—desktop, mobile, or Slack.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) **CRM Analytics** - **Data Integration**: [Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release.") (Updated the week of October 15, 2026) - Updated the release note to clarify that end of support for **Username** and **Password** settings is on October 27—31, 2026. **Data 360 Reports and Dashboards** - [See Relevant Report Data by Using Organizational Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data360_reports_org_hierarchies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Filter Semantic Data Model reports to help your users focus on the report data that matters to their role. By defining role or manager hierarchies, you can provide a focused view of organizational data and simplify reporting across teams. Managers can easily analyze their team’s records or view all records.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Updated the release notes title to clarify that the feature applies to Data 360 Reports and not Data 360. ### SEPTEMBER 2026 **Tableau Next** - **Tableau Agent**: [Ask Questions About Organization Hierarchy with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_org_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask Tableau Agent critical business questions like \"What's my team's revenue?\" or \"How is my region performing?\" without the need for separate metric definitions for each organizational level.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Clone Assets and Their Lineage for Safe, Isolated Editing in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_deep_clone.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deep cloning copies a dashboard or visualization together with chosen parts of its lineage, re-pointing all references to the new copies so nothing breaks. Before committing, a preview shows exactly how many assets will be created. The operation is atomic: if any part fails, the entire clone rolls back with no partial copies left behind.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Identify App-Originated Assets in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_badge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Quickly distinguish which assets in your workspace originated from an app. This visual badge marks every out-of-the-box app, so analysts can distinguish between what assets users with Limited Viewer licenses can see.This badge removes guesswork and speeds up collaborative customization planning. When you hover over the badge, you can see the originating app, version, installation date, and whether the asset is deployed or used on a Salesforce page. Cloned assets don't retain the badge.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Track Where Your Tableau Next Dashboards Are Embedded](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embed_details.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "From the detail panel of any dashboard, see the Lightning pages it's embedded in, with a direct link to each location. Users without access to a page see a count of restricted pages instead of a link. Analysts with a Creator license can use this view to spot actively used dashboards and navigate straight to the page where an asset lives.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Explore Data with Agents in Personal Orgs (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agents_exploratory_org_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sync Concierge and the SDM Agent to a Personal org so that analysts can experiment with agent-assisted analytics without affecting production. Agent metadata syncs when you create the Personal org or turn on AI features. If an agent changes after the initial sync, turn AI features off and on to bring the latest agent metadata into the Personal org.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Workspaces**: [Develop Analytics in a Personal Org and Promote Your Changes (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Personal orgs provide a safe space to combine Tableau Next production data with your own datasets. You can experiment with models and visualizations, and refine your analysis without affecting trusted production content. Share workspace assets with other analysts for feedback, then promote completed work to your production org for broader use.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Create Waterfall Charts in Tableau Next More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_waterall_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new Waterfall thumbnail in the Show Me pane to help you identify the fields required to create a waterfall chart. You also no longer need to manually create additional fields to visualize the cascading effect that shows how values increase or decrease across stages. For example, assess amounts across opportunity stages in a waterfall chart to see how each stage contributes to the total and identify where to focus your efforts.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Visualizations**: [Customize Tooltips in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_visualization_custom_tooltips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Include the most relevant context for a visualization by choosing the fields and details to show in custom tooltips. Format tooltip text, customize text and background colors, and adjust background opacity to emphasize key information and present insights clearly. Add Include and Exclude command buttons so users can filter the visualization directly from a data mark..") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Author Accessible Tableau Next Dashboards with Keyboard Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_keyboard_nav.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Navigate the dashboard canvas and customize widget properties entirely through standard keyboard keystrokes. Use arrow keys to shift focus across grid items, press Enter to dive into container layers or context menus, and press Escape to ascend levels. This built-in accessibility enhancement complies with Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 Level AA mandates without setup. Previously, creating and editing dashboards was inaccessible to screen-reader and keyboard-only users.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Dashboards**: [Show Embedded Dashboards on Tablets and Customized Header Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_lwc_tablet.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deliver mobile analytics and cleaner page layouts by embedding dashboards that render correctly on tablet devices. Reduce visual clutter by hiding the dashboard title without removing essential user actions, such as download as image. You can configure these header preferences directly within the app builder to customize the workspace layout. Embedded dashboards previously blocked tablet rendering and lacked independent title visibility settings.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Sharing and Embedding**: [Understand App Creation from Templates with Visual Representations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_template_visualizer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See how your Tableau Next app templates process assets as apps are created and updated, so you can build templates faster and troubleshoot installation failures. Templates use JSON chain files to create and update app assets in the correct order, and JSON rule files to define how an app is created. The template builder turns chain and rule files into readable visualizations of tasks, transformations, and dependencies.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Sharing and Embedding**: [Share Configurable Insights with Template Builder (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_dashboard_template_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the template builder to create Tableau Next dashboard templates with clicks, not code. Then, share your templates to the Marketplace to improve the efficiency of dashboard design and best practices. You can add configuration steps for installation, so users can add data and details for their own custom dashboards.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Sharing and Embedding**: [Create App Templates from Your Tableau Next Workspace (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_app_template_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create reusable app templates from your Tableau Next workspaces and share them across orgs. An app template is your workspace's data and insights resources collected as a package. When users install an app from the template, they get the same workspace functionality, with all resource relationships preserved, whether installing in the same org or a different one.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Exploration and Action**: [Use Improved Metric Layout for Insights at a Glance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_metric_redesign.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "It’s faster and easier than ever to understand your data with the redesigned metric card layout. Quickly understand your metric’s value and progress toward your goal. New metrics use the redesigned layout by default. After you save your dashboard so that metrics use the new layout, you can’t switch back to the legacy layout.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Development**: [Embed Tableau Next Assets Faster with SDK Onboarding for AI Coding Assistants](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_embedding_sdk_onboarding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get up and running faster when embedding Tableau Next analytics in your web apps using the built-in onboarding skill for AI coding assistants. The packaged SKILL.md walks your assistant through the Embedding SDK's APIs and configuration to generate integration code using the current SDK version. This release also adds per-org session management functions, custom welcome and avatar image properties for the AnalyticsAgent component, and a smaller runtime bundle.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) **Tableau Semantics** - [Set Scalable Targets with Data-Defined Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_data_goal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create dynamic goals based on a measure in the semantic data model. When an analyst creates a metric in the semantic data model, users can apply filters and follow the sub-metric. Anyone who filters or follows a sub-metric inherits the data-defined goal, and Tableau automatically displays the goal that matches the metric’s filters and time period, if one is available. For example, you can create a data-defined goal based on the win rate measure. If the team has a data-defined goal for a win rate of 30%, and the West territory has its own goal of 28%, then users who filter the sub-metric to the West territory see the correct goal—28%. This way, users don’t need to create individual goals for each sub-metric, and your team stays in sync working towards the same goal.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) **CRM Analytics** - **Data Integration**: [Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - [Query Your Analytics Data in Natural Language with CRM Analytics MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bi_mcp_server.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "CRM Analytics MCP server is a Salesforce-hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) server. Connect AI assistants such as Claude, Cursor, GitHub Copilot, and ChatGPT to your analytics data. With one OAuth connection, business users, developers, and admins can query governed CRM Analytics data in natural language, without building a custom integration.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) **Reports and Dashboards** - [Embed Lightning Reports in Your Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_embed_reports_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed Lightning reports directly in your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites with a native Lightning web component. Users can then create charts and tables, apply conditional formatting, view trend reports, collaborate with Chatter, and edit records inline without leaving the Experience Cloud site. Previously, Lightning reports were available only in Aura-based Experience Cloud sites.") (Updated the week of September 21, 2026) - Updated the How section to clarify that the users should turn on the org pref for the feature in Reports and Dashboards Settings. ### AUGUST 2026 **Tableau Next** - No changes since the initial publication. **Tableau Semantics** - No changes since the initial publication. **Reports and Dashboards** - [Embed Lightning Reports in Your Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rd_embed_reports_lwr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed Lightning reports directly in your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites with a native Lightning web component. Users can then create charts and tables, apply conditional formatting, view trend reports, collaborate with Chatter, and edit records inline without leaving the Experience Cloud site. Previously, Lightning reports were available only in Aura-based Experience Cloud sites.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Updated the How section to clarify that the users should contact Salesforce Customer Support to turn on the feature. - Show Only Matching Records Across Blocks in Joined Reports (Beta) (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. **Data 360 Reports and Dashboards** - Find the Right Report Type Faster with Improved Report Search (Beta) (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. **CRM Analytics** - No changes since the initial publication. ## Automation Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Flow Builder**: [Find a Record in a Collection Without Loop Elements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_collection_filter_criteria.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get the record that you need from a collection without looping. Create a Collection Filter Criteria resource with filter and sort criteria for your record collection. The resource returns the first matching record when other elements reference it. If you're working with records that contain related records, such as an Apex-defined data type, you can also filter on child relationships. You can use criteria on child records to filter the parent record. Previously, isolating a record from a collection in an autolaunched or screen flow meant chaining loop, decision, and assignment elements together.") (Updated the week of October 26) - Changed the title from Filter Collections Without Loop Elements to Find a Record in a Collection Without Loop Elements. - Corrected to state that the resource returns a single record, not a collection. - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Delete Approval Submission Records to Meet GDPR Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals__approval_record_deletion_gdpr.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Fulfill GDPR and other compliance requests to delete customer data relating to approvals. When you delete a parent record, Salesforce deletes related approval submissions in a terminal state and cancels in-progress ones. You can then delete the canceled approval submissions related to the deleted parent record.") (Updated the week of October 19) - Updated to clarify what's automatically deleted with the parent record and what's canceled by a scheduled job. - **Flow Builder**: [Build Flows Through Conversation with Flow Author (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_flow_author_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe what you want your flow to do, and Flow Author generates a deployable flow based on your confirmed intent. Flow Author supports autolaunched, record-triggered, schedule-triggered, and screen flows.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Reduce Flow Failures Caused by Record Lock Contention](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_catch_field_size_violations_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Avoid run-time failures by validating field length constraints when you design and save a flow. If a Create Record or Update Record element sets a record field to a text value that's too long, Flow Builder shows a warning. By identifying the specific field and the value that exceeds the limit, this validation helps you catch configuration errors before they cause run-time failures.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Corrected to state that Create Records and Update Records elements are affected, not Assignment elements. - **Omnistudio**: [Control Which Objects Guest and Community Users Can Query in Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_flexcard_datasource_allowlist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Protect your org data by specifying which objects Experience Cloud guest users and authenticated community or portal users can query through Omnistudio. Omnistudio now blocks SOQL queries and SOSL searches that external users run through the HandleData() and HandleDataCards() methods unless every object in the query is on an allowlist that you maintain. Allowed queries run in user mode, so the user's object permissions, field-level security, and sharing rules apply.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Reduce Flow Failures Caused by Record Lock Contention](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_row_lock_retry_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flows automatically try again when they encounter a record lock error during transaction initialization. When multiple processes try to update the same record simultaneously, the flow waits 10 seconds and makes one more try. This delay gives the other process time to complete and release the lock. This change applies to schedule-triggered flows with run-time API version 62.0 or lesser.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Updated to clarify which flows this change affects and the number of retries made. - **MuleSoft for Flow: Integration**: [Enhance Data Exchange with Newly Added Third-Party Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_enhance_data_exchange_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use these newly added third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems and to facilitate data and information exchange between different systems.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Updated to include four new connectors. - **Flow Approval Processes**: [See New and Outdated Approval Work Items Without a Manual Refresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_orchestration_work_guide_refreshes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Orchestration Work Guide component automatically shows the status of your approval work items as they change. New work items get a New badge. Work items that someone else completed are disabled and have an Outdated badge instead of disappearing from the list. Badges and completed work items remain until you leave the page or manually refresh it.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Flow Orchestration**: [See New and Outdated Orchestration Work Items Without a Manual Refresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_orchestrator_work_guide_refreshes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Orchestration Work Guide component automatically shows the status of your orchestration work items as they change. New work items get a New badge. Work items that someone else completed are disabled and have an Outdated badge instead of disappearing from the list. Badges and completed work items remain until you leave the page or manually refresh it.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **AI Relationship Research**: [Get AI Relationship Research Insights Directly in Your Agentforce Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_airr_get_insights_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask the Agentforce AI Relationship Research agent for insights about an account or contact and see the key people and companies connected to that record without leaving the conversation. The AI Relationship Research Agent identifies the relevant record, surfaces the key people and companies connected to it, explains each relationship, and provides supporting evidence. It also turns those connections into actionable insights, recommending who to engage and the best path to reach them.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Screen Flows**: [Evaluate Conditional Visibility Rules with Reactive Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screen_reactive_formulas_visibility_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reference reactive formulas directly in conditional visibility rules for flow screens. Reactive formulas evaluate correctly in flow screen conditional visibility rules, so you can build more responsive screen experiences. Previously, conditional visibility didn't support referencing formulas that included components on the same screen.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Feature available September 29, 2026. - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Debug, Suspend, and Resume Flow Approval Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_new_record_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Approval admins can now suspend, resume, and debug approval submissions and their associated orchestration runs. Suspending and resuming gives you greater control over in-progress approval submissions. The Debug action provides run-specific diagnostic information for in-progress, suspended, and errored approval submissions.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Filter Records by Multi-Select Picklist Fields with the Contains Operator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_contains_with_multiselect_picklist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Contains operator on multi-select picklist fields now works in Get Records, Delete Records, Update Records, and schedule-triggered flow entry criteria. Previously, when you used the operator with a multi-select picklist field in these elements, it caused a run-time error.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Build Flows Faster with Auto-Generated Element Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_auto_generated_labels.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flow Builder automatically generates element labels based on the properties that you configure. As you build, labels update automatically, eliminating repetitive data entry. When you manually edit a label, Flow Builder preserves your changes.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Removed the statement that an Agentforce license is required. ### September 2026 - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Limit Approval Work Item Visibility to Keep Review Steps Confidential](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_work_item_sharing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Prevent reviewers at one step from viewing the work items assigned to reviewers at other steps. You can now set the sharing model to private to control who can view each work item, independent of approval submissions. By default, access to an approval submission extends to all its associated work items. To grant read access to other users or groups, create criteria-based sharing rules on the approval work item object.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **MuleSoft for Flow: Integration**: [Integrate Flows with External Systems by Using Third-Party Connector Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mfi_get_more_ways_to_act_on_flows_with_third_party_connectors.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use third-party connector actions in any flow to integrate with an external system for specific connectors.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Clean up Flows Faster with the Unused Resources Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_unused_resources_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Identify and remove unneeded resources from your flows by using the new Unused filter in the Flow Builder Toolbox. When you make significant changes to large and complex flows, unused resources often remain behind and clutter your workspace. Narrow the list to items with no recorded usage, making it faster to find what you need.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Corrected the How section to state that this feature is available in both auto-layout and free-form modes, not just auto-layout. - **Screen Flows**: Evaluate Conditional Visibility Rules with Reactive Formulas (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. We'll let you know when it's back up. - **Flow Builder**: Classify and Discover Flows with Flow Tags (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Flow Builder**: Find the Right Flow Element Faster with Redesigned Search and Categories (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Flow Builder**: [Filter Collections Without Loop Elements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_collection_filter_criteria.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get the record that you need from a collection without looping. Create a Collection Filter Criteria resource with filter and sort criteria for your record collection. The resource returns the first matching record when other elements reference it. If you're working with records that contain related records, such as an Apex-defined data type, you can also filter on child relationships. You can use criteria on child records to filter the parent record. Previously, isolating a record from a collection in an autolaunched or screen flow meant chaining loop, decision, and assignment elements together.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Monitor Flow Performance Right on the Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_embedded_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "View flow performance data directly on the Flow Builder canvas to identify performance bottlenecks without relying on logs or external reporting tools. Previously, on-canvas insights were available only for flows triggered by Data 360. Embedded analytics aren't available for screen flows or Flow Orchestration.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Flow Approval Processes**: [Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_request_approval_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give submitters up to 10 autolaunched flow approval processes to select from with the Request Approvals component.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Removed references to the Experience Builder version of the component. - **Flow Builder**: [Split Flow Paths by Date or Field Value Without Expressions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_decision_split_by_date_field.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Split by Date and Split by Field Value decision types to route individuals based on common conditions without building expressions. Choose a field to determine the split, define your paths, and configure values by using simple inline pickers.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Flow Builder**: [Compare Versions of Data 360 and Agentforce Marketing Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_version_comparison_additional_types_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flow Version Comparison supports Data 360-triggered flows and Agentforce Marketing flow types. Agentforce Marketing flow types include segment-triggered, automation event-triggered, and API event-triggered flows. Version comparison also works across all audience sources in segment-triggered flows and shows changes in both table and canvas views.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added When section. - **Flow Builder**: [Navigate Flow Builder More Efficiently with Keyboard Shortcuts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_keyboard_navigation_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use arrow keys to move through the auto-layout canvas from element to element, including across fault paths and other branching paths. You can also cut, copy, and paste elements with standard keyboard shortcuts. These improvements make Flow Builder a more productive environment for users who prefer keyboard navigation over mouse-based interaction.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added two shortcuts to the How section. - **Flow Testing and Debugging**: [Test Flows with Primitive Collection Inputs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_test_debug_inputs_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Test different input values by populating primitive collections directly in the Flow Builder debugger. Previously you could only test single input values, not collections. Try various scenarios without editing your flow, reducing development time and improving test coverage. For example, if your screen flow or autolaunched flow accepts a text collection of IDs as an input variable, you can now populate that collection directly in the flow debugger.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Narrowed the scope to primitive collections only (removed record collections) and added Setup step to the How section. - **Flow Testing and Debugging**: [Test Flows with Specific Records by Entering a Record ID](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_test_with_static_ids_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enter a static 15-character or 18-character record ID directly in the Flow Builder debugger to debug flows with specific records. This option helps test flows that use objects with limited searchability, such as Cases or Campaign Members, without digging through lookup results.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added Setup step to the How section. - **Flow Error Handling**: Reduce Limit Failures in Scheduled Flows with Dynamic Batch Sizing (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Screen Flows**: Set the Window Size for a Screen Flow Quick Action (Removed the week of August 17, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Flow Builder**: [Group Elements to Organize and Simplify Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_group_elements_together_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Organize related elements into named, collapsible groups to simplify complex flows. Label and describe logical sections of your flow by using groups, then collapse them to hide detail and focus on the larger picture.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Added When section. - **Business Rules Engine**: [Manage Null Values in CSV-Based Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bre_csv_decision_table_null_handling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Decision tables that use a CSV file store empty cells as null values. If you add the literal string \"null\", it's treated as invalid. For boolean columns, empty cells default to false. If you have existing CSV files with empty strings that you didn't intend as null values, update the CSV file to reflect your intended behavior.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) ## Commerce Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **B2B Commerce**: [Maintain Multiple Carts Simultaneously (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_advcart.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With advanced cart management for B2B Commerce, now generally available, buyers can have multiple independent carts, each organized for a different project. Buyers can name, rename, or delete a saved cart to keep their procurement organized.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Split Shipment, Apply Coupons, and Add Gifts to a Saved Cart](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_savedcarts_couponsgifts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let your B2B buyers configure multi-address shipping, add gift wrapping and messages, and apply coupon codes in their cart by adding new components to your pages. Buyers can also apply different coupons to different carts without the need to switch to the default cart.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Request Quotes and Checkout from Saved Carts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_quotes_checkout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let B2B buyers request quotes and complete checkout from any saved cart. Buyers can manage multiple purchasing scenarios simultaneously without switching between carts or losing progress. Previously, you needed to switch to the default cart.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Organize Your Carts by Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_savedcarts_sortpage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "B2B buyers can now sort their cart list by created or modified date. The cart list shows the default cart at the top along with the four most recently modified carts.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Collaborate on B2B Orders with Shared Cart Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_sharecart.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Simplify complex purchasing workflows as B2B Commerce buyers can now share carts with team members on their account. Buyers can grant view, edit, or check out access to facilitate internal approvals without sharing login credentials. Team members can easily track active collaborators and manage shared carts.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Speed Up Bulk Ordering by Using a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_savedcart_importexport.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Populate a cart with multiple line items in a single action by importing a CSV file. If a buyer has a large or complex order, they no longer need to add products one at a time. Before checkout, you can export to a CSV file to review, edit, or share order details outside the storefront. Prepare or update cart contents in spreadsheet workflows and then move data into B2B Commerce.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **B2C Commerce**: [Prevent Store Product Discrepancies with Partial POS Syncs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_pos_partial_sync.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your product information up to date without waiting on a full catalog sync. Set up a delta sync schedule to update only what's changed, such as product modifications, price changes, and translated details. Shoppers see the same accurate product details whether they're browsing online or standing at the register.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### August 2026 - [Add Product Media and Attachments from External URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_productmediaurl.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Attach images, videos, and other files to a product by using an external URL instead of uploading files to Salesforce CMS. Previously, you had to store a media file in Salesforce CMS before you could add it to a product. After you set this option in your org settings, it applies to all stores in your org.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **B2C Commerce**: [Measure Shopper Agent Analytics with Agentforce Commerce Client](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_agent_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Understand how much conversion and revenue your B2C Shopper Agent drives across your Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) storefront. Track agent-influenced orders, the conversion rate, and average order value (AOV) in one place. Compare agent-influenced performance against your site-wide baselines to see how much impact the agent drives. Analytics data comes from the Agentforce Commerce Client, now delivered by the plugin_commerce_client cartridge, which replaces the retired plugin_shopper_agent cartridge.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Access B2B Store Pages with Enhanced Permission Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_store_page_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Updated permission settings bring enhanced security to your B2B store pages. In the Starter, Pro Suite, and Freemium editions, after you upgrade to Winter '27, B2B Commerce users without the Commerce Admin permission will no longer have access to store pages. Assign the Commerce Admin permission set to restore their access.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Automatically Release Reserved Resources for Failed Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_releaseresources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When an order fails, you can now release the items that have been reserved to prevent inventory mismatch. Separately configure payment reversal in your B2B store for failed orders. Alternatively, you can configure your own post-order cleanup mechanism for failed orders.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Automate Email Notifications for Failed Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_automatefailedorderemails.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Notify buyers when a cart wasn't converted to an order. If a cart has a Failed status, an Order Creation Failure email is sent to the buyer. The email isn't sent for carts that are pending.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [View When Orders Are in Pending or Failed State](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_postorder264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Buyers in your B2B store can now see if their order is pending or failed immediately after placing the order. Previously, the confirmation page showed no record of the order if it was pending or failed. Pending orders prior to this release don't appear in Order History.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Update Stores Prior to Summer '25 That Use Place Order Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_placeorderintegration264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you have a B2B store that was created before Summer '25 that uses Place Order orchestration, it's excluded from the Order Ingestion job—a background process in which Checkouts and carts become orders. The Order Ingestion job now skips carts and checkout sessions from B2B stores that still use Place Order orchestration from before Summer '25.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **B2B Commerce**: [Apply Pricing Adjustments to Subscription Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_subscription_pricing_adjustments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Volume-tiered pricing adjustments now apply to subscription products in purchase, amendment, and renewal flows. Use the same pricing rules for subscription and non-subscription products to manage pricing across mixed catalogs, with support for both standard and contract pricing.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) ## Data 360 Release Note Changes by Month These are the additions and changes included in this release. ### October 2026 **Cross Cloud** - **Data Processing Engine**: [Control Currency Handling for Data Processing Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dpe_currency_conversion.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US)(Added week of Aug 10, 2026) - This feature will be available week of October 2, 2026 (R1 release) - **Analytics**: [Manage Pre-Production Analytics Assets in Exploratory Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_exploratory_org_rename.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US)(Added week of Oct 12, 2026) **Get Started** - **General Functionality**: [Simplify Your Navigation with the Updated Data 360 Menu](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_nav_resources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reduce tab overload and access enablement material directly from the updated Data 360 navigation and resource pages. The left side navigation groups related features together, so you can move through your work more smoothly.") (Updated week of Oct. 5, 2026) - This release has been delayed until October. **Connect and Unify** - **Data Cloud One**: [Connect Companion Sandboxes Without Manual Metadata Cleanup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_dc1_hydratable_sandbox.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate time-consuming metadata cleanup when connecting companion sandboxes to a Data Cloud One Home org sandbox. If companion sandbox orgs are created or refreshed after October 09, 2026, you can usually retain metadata in the companion org sandbox when establishing the companion connection.") (Updated week of October 8, 2026) - **Salesforce CRM Connector**: [Fix Data Stream Extraction Issues by Bulk Disabling Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_crm_connector_bulk_disable_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Fix a Salesforce CRM connector data stream that's in error status or fails to refresh. Review the data stream fields, identify the fields with errors, and disable them in bulk. Permission changes, field deletions, and other issues that block extraction cause these errors.") (Updated week of October 15, 2026) **Process and Enrich** - **Salesforce Catalog**: [Ground Users and Agents in Your Metadata with Salesforce Catalog (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_salesforce_catalog_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Discover, reuse, and build on your metadata with Salesforce Catalog. Powered by Data 360, the catalog extracts, ingests, and indexes your metadata and makes it easily available to your users and AI agents through natural language queries. Access the catalog by using the Metadata Grounding MCP server in any AI interface, such as ChatGPT, Claude, or Agentforce Vibes. Query and discover metadata such as objects, fields, or Lightning Web Components (LWC).") **Use Search in Data 360** - **Retrievers**: [Build Data 360 Retrievers with Custom SQL Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_custom_sql_retriever.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Define, test, and create retrievers with SQL queries directly in the retriever user interface (UI) without switching between the Query Editor, Apex, and Prompt Builder. Use parameterized queries to build reusable retrievers and query other Data 360 objects such as data model objects (DMO), data lake objects (DLO), and Calculated Insights in the retriever UI.") - **Retrievers**: [Test Inactive Retrievers and Versions in Retriever Playground](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_retriever_playground_inactive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Test inactive retrievers and retriever versions in Retriever Playground without activating them first. Previously, you ran tests only against active retrievers. Select a version to evaluate, run test queries, and refine retrieval before activating a version for production. View retriever metrics in card or table view.") - **Retrievers**: [Measure Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) Effectiveness with Advanced Retriever Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_retriever_playground_score_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Objectively measure the performance of your RAG application in Data 360 with additional evaluation metrics in the Retriever Playground. When you test a retriever with a question and reference answer in advanced mode, the Retriever Playground generates a context precision score. The context precision score measures how well the retriever ranks relevant chunks higher than irrelevant ones for a test question based on a reference answer. A higher precision score indicates that the relevant chunks in the retrieved context are placed at the top of the ranking.") (Updated the week of September 07, 2026) **Explore and Optimize** - **Secondary Indexes**: [Schedule Secondary Index Refreshes and Lower Refresh Costs with Incremental Rebuilds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_secondary_index_incremental_refresh_scheduler.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Choose how often each secondary index refreshes, and let Data 360 rebuild only the portion of an index that changed instead of rebuilding the entire index. Previously, every secondary index was fully rebuilt on a fixed daily schedule. Now incremental rebuilds refresh only changed data, reducing refresh cost and data freshness lag. The scheduler lets you set the refresh frequency that best balances freshness against cost.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Data Graphs**: [Simplify Data Graph Monitoring with Distinct Metadata and Refresh Status Indicators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_two_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Monitor and troubleshoot your data graphs with new, separate status indicators for metadata and refresh processes. These statuses enable you to get a clearer view of your data graph's state, identify issues on the spot, and determine if your data graph is ready to be queried.") (Added week of October 12, 2026) - **Data Graphs**: [Prevent Duplicate Matches in Data Graph Refresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2027_winter_dg_refresh_empty_string_join_keys.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Data graph refresh now treats an exact empty string on a text join key like a null value, so empty keys don't match each other. It removes duplicate matches caused by rows where upstream processes stored missing values as empty strings. Your data graphs complete refresh more reliably, and related rows stay accurate.") (Added week of October 12, 2026) - **Data Graphs**: [Edit Streaming Data Graphs with Incremental Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2027_winter_edit_streaming_data_graphs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use streaming data graphs to keep customer profiles current with drift-free updates. Now you can edit a streaming data graph after it's created and apply incremental changes without rebuilding it. Add or adjust related objects and attributes to evolve your data graph as your data model grows.") (Added week of October 12, 2026) **Segment and Act** - **Segments**: [Create and Manage Segments with the Data 360 MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_mcp_segments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create, update, and publish Data 360 segments by describing the audience to an AI client connected to the Data 360 MCP server. The server builds the filters, counts the members, and publishes the segment the same way the segment canvas does.") (Added week of October 12, 2026) - **Data Actions**: [Send Data Action Events to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_kinesis_data_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Amazon Kinesis as a data action target to send change data capture events from Data 360 to your Kinesis data stream for downstream processing. Data actions track create, update, and delete events as they occur, so downstream systems process those changes. Applications and processes that consume Kinesis streams receive current Data 360 data.") (Added week of October 12, 2026) - **Segments**: [Validate Your Segment Logic with Filter Population Breakdown](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_filter_population.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See how each filter shapes your audience before you activate it. From segment builder, generate a filter population breakdown to compare the individual and cumulative impact of every Include and Exclude filter, side by side. Each filter shows how many people it matches on its own and the running audience count as filters apply from top to bottom. You can pinpoint which filters are most restrictive, which are redundant, and how exclusions reduce the audience.") (Added week of October 12, 2026) - **Segments**: [Keep Segment Publish Schedules Consistent Across Time Zone Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_segment_publish_schedule_time_zone.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your publish schedules accurate when your Salesforce org time zone changes or daylight saving time (DST) transitions occur. When you first save a segment, Data 360 uses the org-level time zone that your Salesforce admin sets. Scheduled publishes preserve that local wall-clock time. Review the expanded guidance to understand which changes trigger a segment save and how spring-forward and fall-back days affect daily, hourly, weekly, and monthly schedules.") (Added week of October 5, 2026) - **Data Cloud Profile Engagements Widget**: [Migrate to the Data 360 Engagement Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_migrate_to_the_data_360_engagement_timeline.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) (Added week of Aug 10, 2026) - This feature will be available week of October 2, 2026 (R1 release) - **Data 360 Engagement Timeline**: [Data 360 Engagement Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_360_engagement_timeline.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) (Added week of Aug 10, 2026) - This feature will be available week of October 2, 2026 (R1 release) - **Copy Field Enrichments**: [Expand Field Type Compatibility for Copy Field Enrichments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_expand_field_type_compatibility_for_copy_field_enrichments.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) (Added week of Aug 10, 2026) - This feature will be available week of October 2, 2026 (R1 release) - **Copy Field Enrichments**: [Transform and Integrate Data with Picklist-Dependent Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transform_and_integrate_data_with_picklist_dependent_fields.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) (Added week of Aug 10, 2026) - This feature will be available week of October 2, 2026 (R1 release) ### September 2026 **Connect and Unify** - **Data Cloud One**: [View All Companion Connection Eligibility Errors at Once](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_dc1_connection_errors_at_once.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When a companion org connection fails eligibility checks, all unmet conditions are now displayed together in one place, instead of one at a time. This lets you fix all issues before retrying.") (Added week of Sep. 10, 2026) - **Private Connect**: [Connect Data 360 to Databricks on Azure with a Salesforce-Managed Private Network Route](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_private_connect_multicloud_databricks_azure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Private Connect Multicloud for Data 360 to establish a secure, private connection between Data 360 and your Databricks data source on Azure. Salesforce provisions and maintains the Azure private endpoints on your behalf—no AWS or Azure configuration required on your end. Data never enters the public internet; it stays on the private network route you create.") (added week of Sep. 28, 2026) **Process and Enrich** - **Intelligent Context**: [Render Source Documents Consistently for Intelligent Context Citations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_intelligent_context_harmonized_citations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Harmonize your source content into a single, consistent schema to provide a uniform, renderable view across all source documents. With a harmonized schema, citations open in-app and highlight the specific text chunk from the source document.") (Added week of Sep. 7, 2026) **Explore and Optimize** - **Data Graph**: [Redeploy Data Kits Containing Data Graphs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_redeploy_datakit_containing_dg.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Redeploy data kits that contain deployed data graphs without errors or setup interruptions. If a data graph hasn’t changed since its previous deployment, Data 360 leaves it unchanged and marks that part of the deployment as successful. This update ensures reliable, repeatable deployments, so deployment flows continue across repeated deployment attempts.") (Added week of Sep. 7, 2026) **Segment and Act** - **Activations**: [Use Shortcuts in Activation to Simplify Attribute Selection and Filtering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_activation_shortcuts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reuse attribute shortcuts from segmentation when you add attributes and filters in activation. On the activation canvas, your marketers select preconfigured attributes without navigating complex data model paths. You create shortcuts in the segment builder, and those same curated attributes are available in both the attribute and filter workflows for activation enrichment, keeping attribute definitions consistent across your organization.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) - **Ad Audiences**: [Activate Audiences to LY Ads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_ad_audiences_ly_ads_activation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use LY ads as a native activation destination in Data 360. You can activate segments directly to LY ads for use in targeted advertising campaigns and insights reporting.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) - **Data 360 Marketing Agent**: [Segment and Activate Audiences with the Data 360 Marketing Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_marketing_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Data 360 Marketing Agent to build segment audiences from a natural-language description. Describe what you want, and the agent works in the Agentforce panel to complete the request. In this release, the agent creates a segment from your description, or adds filters to a segment you have open on the segment canvas.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) - **Data 360 Marketing Agent**: [Build a Segment by Describing It](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_marketing_agent_build_segment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe an audience in natural language, and the Data 360 Marketing Agent produces the matching filter criteria. The agent creates a new segment, or adds filters to the segment you have open on the canvas. It builds standard and nested segments, and filters can include calculated insights.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) - **Clean Rooms**: [Run Multiple Queries in the Same Clean Room Collaboration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_crc_run_multiple_queries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run any query defined in your clean room's collaboration template. If the use case contains multiple queries, select the query that you want to run each time.") (Added week of Sep. 7, 2026) - **Clean Rooms**: [Schedule Clean Room Queries to Run on Segment Publish](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_crc_schedule_queries_seg_pub.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Schedule a query to run automatically each time its consumer segment publishes, so your clean room insights stay current. Scheduled queries are available only for Salesforce-provided collaboration templates.") (Added week of Sep. 7, 2026) ### August 2026 **Connect and Unify** - **Unstructured Data Connectors**: [Ingest Microsoft OneNote Content into Data 360 (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_onenote_unstructured_connector_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Expand your unstructured data ingestion to include content stored in Microsoft OneNote. With the Microsoft OneNote Unstructured connector, ingest notebook pages and their embedded attachments from SharePoint team notebooks into Data 360 to power AI and search experiences. This feature is now generally available.") (Added week of Aug. 24, 2026) **Process and Enrich** - **Document AI**: [Configure Document AI Faster with the Data 360 MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_headless_mcp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build, test, and activate Document AI configurations through natural-language conversation with an AI agent, without navigating the UI. Connect an AI agent, such as Claude or Cursor, to the Data 360 MCP server to generate document schemas, verify extraction accuracy, and publish them for production use.") (Added the week of Aug. 21, 2026) - **Data Graph**: [Enhance Data Security with Granular Governance for Data Graphs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_dg_granular_gov.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enable granular access control for your data graphs. Instead of the previous all-or-nothing access model, Data 360 now automatically prunes restricted fields, masks data, and excludes unauthorized child data model objects (DMOs) based on your governance policies.") (Added the week of Aug. 17, 2026) **Analyze and Predict** - **AI Models**: [Predict Numeric Outcomes with Advanced Regression Loss Functions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_loss_functions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Analyze skewed data and predict specific percentiles rather than average values by selecting the Gamma or Quantile regression loss function in Model Builder. Using a loss function that aligns with your prediction goal enables the model to prioritize predictions that matter for the use case.") (Added week of Aug. 24, 2026) - **AI Models**:[Group Records Dynamically with Unsupervised Clustering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_unsupervised_clustering.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To identify natural groupings and anomalies in your data quickly, cluster records dynamically without training or maintaining a reusable model. Unsupervised clustering uses pre-trained algorithms to group similar records. Use the capability to explore data, combine information from multiple columns into a single variable, or summarize millions of rows into a few meaningful clusters. For example, group related product or category records to preprocess data, and use the resulting cluster labels as variables in downstream forecasting or multi-class models.") (Added week of Aug. 24, 2026) - **AI Models**:[Accelerate Predictive Model Setup with Preconfigured Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before you train a predictive model, specify a preconfigured template in Model Builder instead of building from scratch. Templates are available only for specific use cases. When you select an available template, Model Builder prepopulates the model details, variables, filter conditions, and a recommended algorithm to help you train an accurate model faster. You can review and customize these settings in the guided setup flow before training the model.") (Added week of Aug. 24, 2026) - **AI Models**:[Predict Purchase Likelihood with the Propensity to Buy Template (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_propensity_to_buy_template.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Predict which customers are likely to buy a product or category within a specified period by using the Propensity to Buy template in Data 360. This preconfigured setup automatically combines data from standard data model objects (DMOs) to train a model that calculates purchase likelihood. Use the resulting scores to identify high-value customer segments, target campaigns, and trigger automated campaigns, flows, and Agentforce actions downstream.") (Added week of Aug. 24, 2026) **Segment and Act** - **Data Shares**: [Use the Snowflake Zero-Copy V2 Connector for Enhanced Data Sharing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_snowflake_v2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Share data with Snowflake using the Snowflake zero-copy V2 connector. Authenticate with OIDC and act on change data with streams and tasks. Create a data share and a Snowflake V2 data share target, link them, and query your data as a mounted Snowflake database without duplicating it. Previously, Data 360 used username and password-based OAuth through the legacy Snowflake data share target.") (Added week of Aug. 17, 2026) - **Activations**: [Use Attributes from a Third-Party Identity Provider for Ad Audiences Partner Activations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_id_boost_ad_audiences.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Identity Boost from clean room collaborations in the activation flow for Ad Audiences partner targets. Enrich Data 360 records with more identifiers, such as email addresses and phone numbers, to improve audience matching before activation.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) - **Ad Audiences**: [Improve Match Rates for Ad Audiences Partner Activations with Identity Boost](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ad_audiences_identity_boost.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reach more of your audience by enriching your first-party customer data with attributes such as email addresses and phone numbers. Collaborate with a certified identity provider in a clean room, then use the enriched data to create activations to Ad Audiences partners. Fill coverage gaps in your customer records without manual data appends or third-party data purchases.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) - **Ad Audiences**: [Activate Audiences to Reddit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ad_audiences_reddit_activation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Reddit as a native activation destination in Data Cloud. You can activate segments directly to Reddit for use in targeted advertising campaigns and insights reporting.") (Added week of Aug. 31, 2026) **Build and Share** - **Code Extension**: [Run Custom Python Transformations on Zero-Copy Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_winter_code_ext_zero_copy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With code extension in Data 360, you can run custom Python batch transformations on a data lake object (DLO) backed by a zero-copy connector, or on a data model object (DMO) mapped from that DLO. The connector accesses the data directly on the external platform without copying it. Your code extension script runs the same custom Python transformations on zero-copy data as it does on any other DLO or DMO in Data 360.") (Added the week of Aug. 24, 2026) ## Field Service Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Field Service Mobile**: [Update the Field Service Mobile App to Protect Against Stolen Tokens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_mobile_refresh_token.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Refresh Token Rotation (RTR) protects your Salesforce data by issuing a new refresh token every time the Field Service mobile app authenticates. This feature closes a gap where a threat actor tries to use a stolen token to access your org and your data. With RTR, a stolen token stops working almost immediately. This works in tandem with the previously announced refresh token idle security feature.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Field Service Mobile**: [Filter Out-of-Stock Products on the Products Consumed Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_mobile_out_of_stock_consumed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Technicians can now use the Include Out of Stock toggle on the Products Consumed tab to show or hide out-of-stock products, just as they can on the Inventory tab. Turn on the toggle to show out-of-stock products, or turn it off to hide them and save scrolling time when working only with in-stock items. Previously, this toggle was available only on the Inventory tab.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Updated the When section to reflect that the feature is available from October and not from August, as previously stated. - **Scheduling Console**: [Focus on a Single Crew in the Gantt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_crew_filter_gantt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help your dispatchers focus on a specific crew by filtering the Gantt view to show only that crew's members. When your dispatchers coordinate a specific crew's work, they access the crew filter from the crew popover or a resource row. Your dispatchers dismiss the filter chip anytime to return to the full view.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Stay Oriented with Smart Scheduling Console Defaults](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_scheduling_console_defaults.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let your dispatchers automatically view today's date when reopening the scheduling console—eliminating manual navigation back to the present day. For time horizons up to 3 weeks, today appears as the first visible day; for 1 month or longer, the first day of the current week appears first. A blue circle marks today so your dispatchers can always find their bearings, while refresh keeps their active working view intact.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Spot Holidays Across Territories and Resources with Gantt Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_holidays_gantt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Holidays now appear as non-working time directly on the Scheduling Console Gantt, so your dispatchers can recognize holiday dates and understand why work cannot be scheduled during these times. An indicator marks each holiday; view the details to confirm which territory's Operating Hours record applies. This ensures your dispatchers know exactly which calendar they're following when scheduling across multiple territories.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Focus Dispatchers on What Matters Most with Color-Coded Appointment Indicators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_color_palette.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help your dispatchers focus on what matters most with clear, color-coded appointment indicators. Custom color palettes surface SLA risks, work types, customer tiers, and vehicle types across Gantt, appointment list, and map views. Visual cues let dispatchers spot urgent appointments and take immediate action without clicking into individual records, and switch palettes as operational focus shifts throughout the day.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Bundle Service Appointments Directly in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_bundle_service_appointments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dispatch appointments more efficiently by grouping related appointments that should be handled by the same resource into bundles. Dispatchers can assign and dispatch them as a single unit—right from the Gantt and list, without context-switching. A dedicated icon makes bundles instantly recognizable, and a popover displays all members. Dispatchers create bundles based on your policies with an intuitive modal, then track and manage them seamlessly alongside individual appointments.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Agentforce for Field Service**: [Create a Customer Outreach Scheduling Agent in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_agentforce_customer_outreach.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Free up dispatchers to work on more complex tasks by getting Agentforce to reach out to customers to rebook appointments, or schedule maintenance appointments. The Field Service Customer Outreach Scheduling agent now also sends interactive reminders to customers about their upcoming appointments, reducing no-shows to save mobile workers time. You can also set up the agent to ask customers for confirmation to promote resource utilization, and handle cancellations to increase customer retention.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Field Service Mobile**: [Filter Out-of-Stock Products on the Products Consumed Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_mobile_out_of_stock_consumed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Technicians can now use the Include Out of Stock toggle on the Products Consumed tab to show or hide out-of-stock products, just as they can on the Inventory tab. Turn on the toggle to show out-of-stock products, or turn it off to hide them and save scrolling time when working only with in-stock items. Previously, this toggle was available only on the Inventory tab.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Corrected the short description and How section to accurately describe the Include Out of Stock toggle's behavior on the Products Consumed tab. - **Field Service Mobile**: [Boost Field Productivity with Native Salesforce Mobile Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_mobile_native_flows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Flows in the Field Service mobile app now run on native architecture, providing faster performance and stronger offline capabilities. Technicians get quicker load times, smoother navigation, and lower storage usage. Flow screens now match the design of standard record forms, so expect UI changes across many fields and controls.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Added a When section noting the phased rollout across the 264 patch release, 264.1, 264.2, and 264.3. - **Field Service Mobile**: [Keep GIS Data On-Premises with ArcGIS Enterprise Support for Native GIS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_native_gis_arcgis_enterprise.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run Native GIS on ArcGIS Enterprise to keep your GIS data on-premises. Previously, Native GIS worked only with ArcGIS Online. Use the same maps, feature layers, and Esri licensing you already rely on, without moving your data to the cloud.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Visualize Multi-Day Service Appointments with Accurate Work Segments and Utilization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_multiday_service_appointments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Multi-day service appointments in Scheduling Console break down into distinct work, travel, weekend, holiday, lunch, and absence segments instead of rendering as one solid block, and totals appear on the service appointment tile, in the tooltip, and in the details panel. Utilization for multi-day service appointments counts only actual work hours, so the numbers match what. Lunch breaks are hidden inside multi-day bars for easier reading on long-running rows, and a dedicated marker distinguishes multi-day service appointments from short-cycle ones at every zoom level.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Find Resources Faster with Flexible Gantt Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_gantt_flexible_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let your dispatchers quickly locate the right resources by combining standard filters (Resource Type, Skills, Availability) with your organization's custom attributes. Custom filters are automatically generated from your Service Resource Filter Field Set, so no additional setup is needed at runtime. Dispatchers can also exclude resources with all-day absences to assign work only to those available to receive it, enabling more confident scheduling decisions.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Scheduling Console**: [Reschedule Appointments Faster by Dragging Them Onto the Gantt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_drag_drop_gantt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Move a scheduled appointment from the appointment list or the map directly onto the Gantt to reschedule it, instead of locating it there first. Drop it onto the resource and time slot you want, cutting out extra clicks and context switching.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Field Service Mobile**: [Filter Out-of-Stock Products on the Products Consumed Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_mobile_out_of_stock_consumed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Technicians can now use the Include Out of Stock toggle on the Products Consumed tab to show or hide out-of-stock products, just as they can on the Inventory tab. Turn on the toggle to show out-of-stock products, or turn it off to hide them and save scrolling time when working only with in-stock items. Previously, this toggle was available only on the Inventory tab.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Field Service Scheduling Console**: [Start New Customers on the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_default_new_customers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "New customers automatically get the Scheduling Console as their default dispatcher experience and can no longer access the Classic Dispatch Console. Existing customers keep their current Dispatch Console access.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Field Service Scheduling Console**: [Orchestrate Complex Work Chains Seamlessly in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_complex-work.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Easily manage complex work chains and dependent service appointment sequences right on the Gantt. Visual chain indicators and dependency popovers clearly show how appointments link together, while moving an anchor appointment automatically shifts downstream steps. Outside the Gantt, dispatchers can search and bulk-edit chains across territories. A wider side panel displays multilevel dependencies, and clear unscheduling options make it simple to update a single appointment or an entire chain. Additionally, AI-assisted error messaging pinpoints broken links to speed up fixes, while map and list view highlights ensure chained appointments are instantly recognizable. The result is faster schedule resolution, reduced downtime for field technicians, and a more dependable customer experience.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Field Service Scheduling Console**: [Navigate Long-Term Schedules Effortlessly in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_long_views.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Boost operational flexibility and drive business efficiency by planning schedules up to 6 months in advance in the Scheduling Console. The console moves beyond fixed limits with standard 2-week views, 1-month layouts, and up to 3 custom views. Interactive ruler navigation streamlines drill-downs to save dispatch effort. Optional ISO week numbers and flexible weekend settings keep teams aligned, prevent double-booking errors, and protect non-working days.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Field Service Scheduling Console**: [Access Actions Easily from the Right-Click Menu](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_right_click_menu.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get to the actions directly from the right-click menu. Previously, actions were only accessed from the Gantt and list view headers and popovers.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) ## AIforce Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Nonprofit**: [Turn On and Configure Fundraising with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Admins and implementation partners can ask an AI agent to turn on Fundraising, assign permission sets, create a default gift designation, and turn on related features. The agent also offers to set up these optional enhanced features: interest tags, interaction summaries, record alerts, life events, and timeline. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required working through multiple pages in Setup.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Nonprofit**: [Turn On and Configure Volunteer Management with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_volunteer_mgmt_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "AI agents can turn on Volunteer Management, assign permissions sets, configure initiatives, create records, and run day-to-day tasks. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required a coordinator or partner working in the Salesforce UI.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights.") and [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - In both release notes, corrected the editions where the feature is available. In the second release note, also added the Needs Approval setting. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Query 10 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 10 more Setup objects, including ApexClass, ApexPage, and PlatformEventChannel.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce MCP Servers**: [Discover Org Metadata with the Metadata Grounding MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_metadata_grounding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Metadata Grounding MCP Server gives AI agents a semantic understanding of your org's metadata. This enables development agents to discover and reuse metadata such as standard and custom objects and fields, Lightning web components (LWC), users, permission sets, flows, Apex classes, and so on. Build faster with any coding agent by finding exactly what you need through natural language queries. Queries are performed against Salesforce Catalog, where your org metadata is stored and indexed.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Data Cloud Again Required for Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_data360_req.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Due to changes in how Setup with Agentforce works, Data Cloud is no longer an optional prerequisite in the Setup with Agentforce enablement process.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - To prevent confusion, we also removed the release note from September about Data Cloud being no longer required for Setup with Agentforce. ### September 2026 - **Consumer Goods**: [Define and Customize Promotions with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_promo_ai_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural-language instructions in a supported AI coding environment such as Claude Code to configure how Salesforce creates, updates, and copies promotions through the Promotion Business Object API. This automation replaces manual workflow creation, entity registration, and JSON editing, which prevents namespace-prefix and payload errors. Your key account managers can launch promotions faster, apply configurations consistently, and avoid planning errors.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Consumer Goods**: [Set Up and Customize Trade Promotion Effectiveness Analytics in a Single Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_tpe_single_guided_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Trade Promotion Effectiveness analytics on Tableau Next from scratch by using your preferred AI coding agent. Prebuilt skills from the Salesforce Skills library automate the setup; Data Kit, connector, app, and transform. After install, the agent customizes the Promotion Analysis dashboard to the KPIs you actually calculate, adds your custom writeback KPIs, and removes unused defaults that show empty. It keeps those KPIs aligned to the connector so no selectable KPI shows blank.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Financial Services**: [Set Up Flexible Hierarchies with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_flexible_hierarchies_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In a supported AI coding environment, describe the hierarchy nodes you need. A headless workflow then generates the hierarchy type configuration, including node definitions and relationships. Previously, you configured each definition and relationship individually in Setup. Use this workflow to set up hierarchy types for advisory teams, branches, or business units faster.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Build Complex Loyalty Promotions with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure complex promotions that use the Accrual Events and Engagement Trail templates through a conversational, AI-assisted workflow. Describe your requirements in plain language to an AI tool, and the tool creates the underlying qualifiers and milestones as you confirm each detail. Define limits to control liability, and configure multiple promotions independently of each other.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Enrich Your Loyalty Program with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_rewards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create vouchers, games, and badges to increase member engagement by describing what you want to an AI tool. The tool creates the underlying record — with the discount, expiration, game rewards, or badge validity details you specify — and activates it for you. Configure each one independently, in any order, to keep building out your loyalty program's offerings.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Enroll Loyalty Members and Resolve Service Cases with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_member_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your service representatives and marketing managers can enroll members through AI tools by using natural language prompts. Service representatives can also manage loyalty tiers, points, and vouchers. The tool creates and updates the corresponding records in Loyalty Management. Each request is processed independently, so resolving one member's case doesn't affect another member's records.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Onboard Partners into Your Loyalty Ecosystem with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_partners.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your marketing managers can bring an external partner into your loyalty program's ecosystem through a guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates the partner account and maps the partner's product catalog and categories. Your managers can also set up prepaid packs and a points conversion ratio, and create joint promotions.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Set Up Loyalty Programs with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_program_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your loyalty program in plain language to an AI tool, and set it up in one guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates your loyalty program, tier model and related qualifying-point currency, redeemable currency, accrual and redemption activities, and tier benefits and tier assessment rules. After you create the necessary records, the tool activates your program.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Salesforce MCP Servers**: [Connect AI Assistants to Salesforce CMS with the Content Read-Only and Content Write MCP Servers (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_cms_content.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Content Read-Only MCP server, now generally available, and the Content Write MCP server are Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers that enable AI assistants to connect to Salesforce CMS. Since the beta release, the Content Read-Only server has added 18 tools to access many types of CMS content and resources. Previously, it had only 3 tools that searched only for image and brand content. The new Content Write server provides 15 tools to create and manage enhanced CMS workspaces, content, variants, folders, and channels.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Clarified that Agentforce Vibes is the only supported MCP client for these MCP servers. - **Health**: [Set Up Intelligent Care Management with a Conversational Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_icm_set_up_with_an_conversational_asst.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Intelligent Care Management through a simple conversation with your AI assistant instead of navigating multiple setup pages. Validate prerequisites, assign recommended permissions, enable the Discovery Framework, and configure Care Plans, Goal Assignment, automatic sharing, and Care Gap Detection. Optionally, enable AI-powered assessment features and MCG Care Guidelines. Add assessment, care plan, and care gap components to the Patient Account page to help care coordinators manage patient care. Validation at each stage helps you complete setup more quickly and with fewer configuration errors. If you skip an area, you can return later and resume setup based on your org’s metadata.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Insurance**: [Set Up Insurance Products with an AI Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_set_up_products_with_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get your Digital Insurance org up and running and create insurance products with an AI coding assistant, reducing manual effort and setup errors. Have the AI assistant check licenses and settings and complete the initial org setup required for product configuration. Describe the product that you want to offer in natural language, or provide its structure in a CSV or JSON file. Review and confirm the product structure, and the assistant creates the product, coverages, benefits, and attributes from your specifications.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Life Sciences**: [Prepare Life Sciences Cloud for a Field Rep’s First Visit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_prepare_first_visit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI coding agent to take a package-ready Life Sciences Cloud org from initial configuration to a field rep's first visit. The headless workflow configures territories and users, deploys the required metadata, creates minimal test data, and regenerates the mobile metadata cache for synchronization. Field reps get a working Visit foundation on the web, with data prepared for synchronization to an enrolled iPad.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Life Sciences**: [Set Up Key Account Management Faster with an AI Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_key_account_management_with_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automate the multi-step Key Account Management (KAM) implementation process by using an AI coding agent that handles all the prerequisite setup tasks—like permission set assignments and stakeholder picklist creation. Get standardized goals and tasks that you import directly into account plans and territory business plans. Use natural-language utterances to provide record data for the KAM user, territory, account, product, or the stakeholders—or confirm the data that’s supplied by your agent. Built-in guardrails help you stay compliant: the agent asks for your explicit approval before taking any org-wide action and verifies record data against your org before submitting changes. Complete the implementation process at your own pace by pausing and resuming sessions as needed.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Meeting Concierge**: [Set Up Meeting Concierge with an AI Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_meeting_concierge_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI-assisted workflow in a supported coding environment to set up Meeting Concierge end-to-end in an existing Financial Services org, without navigating multiple setup pages or relying on specialized setup knowledge.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Explore 124 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 124 additional Setup objects, including OpportunitySplitType, AccountRelationshipShareRule, and ContentAsset. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Agentforce Vibes**: [Agentforce Commerce Vibes for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_commerce_vibes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. The Agentforce Commerce Vibes VS Code extension brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Financial Services**: [Configure Home Loan Origination with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_digital_origination_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure digital origination for home loans by describing the product and origination journey that you want. Your AI coding assistant coordinates setup across product catalogs, pricing, application intake, disclosures, document requirements, stage management, participant access, and the underwriter console to reduce manual configuration across each area.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Accelerate Home Health Setup with AI-Guided Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_home_health_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Save setup time and reduce manual errors by configuring Home Health with an AI coding assistant. Validate prerequisite licenses, install the Field Service managed package, and generate core metadata instantly. Activate critical scheduling flows, establish mobile clinician access, and build self-service patient portals without navigating multiple setup pages. Integrate advanced budget management and connect Agentforce to equip your care coordinators with intelligent home healthcare capabilities. You can also skip specific steps during your initial deployment and resume progress later to maintain flexibility.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Build Provider Search with a Conversational Setup Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_provider_search_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Provider Search in Health without navigating the full Data Pipelines and search configuration UI by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies prerequisites, turns on Data Pipelines and standard data sync, seeds healthcare facility and practitioner records, and configures criteria-based search, guest user access, and an AI-powered Patient and Member Services agent for provider matching.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Configure Referral Management Through Conversation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Health Referral Management without clicking through dozens of setup pages by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow walks you through Clinical Service Request page layouts, referral creation flows, provider search integration, case automation, and orchestration. Optional acts cover eligibility and benefits verification, prior authorization, predictive scoring, patient and provider outreach, and the Experience Cloud guest portal.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Roll Out Agentforce Health Foundations from a Prompt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_foundations_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Agentforce Health Basic Setup without clicking through readiness checks, feature toggles, and layout builders by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow validates prerequisites, turns on the Agentforce Health Console, Data Protection and Privacy, Translation Workbench, Contacts to Multiple Accounts, and Person Accounts. It then creates Patient and Provider record types and page layouts and adds the Patient Card and Timeline components to your Lightning pages.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Health**: [Set Up Appointment Scheduling from Your AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_iam_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Health Intelligent Appointment Management without hand-configuring every scheduling object by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies Person Accounts and provider data, turns on Data Pipelines and Provider Search, connects Salesforce Scheduler through a Named Credential, and sets up service territories, resources, users, appointment modes, work types, statuses, and the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler console component.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Insurance**: [Configure Agency Billing Faster with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_agency_billing_ai_coding_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe the agency billing outcome you want in plain language, and let a coding agent guide you through the configuration. Choose how much you want to review before changes apply, from approving each step individually to running the full setup with minimal intervention. The agent configures legal entities, billing treatments, tax and payment rules, accounting, permissions, and license checks for you, so you don't have to work screen by screen through Setup and the guided wizard. When setup is complete, the agent creates a policy so you can verify the configuration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Analyze Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_agentic_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Analyze Multi-Framework App Performance in Scale Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Generate the Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard to review key performance metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps. The dashboard displays up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days. For each app, you can drill down within the dashboard to see more detailed metrics.")(Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Automate Managed Package Post-Install Configuration with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_post_install_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the dx-pkg-post-install-configure AI Skill to automate post-install configuration for any Salesforce managed package directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. After you install a package, describe your setup task in plain language, and the skill handles the configuration for you.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Create and Track Trial Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trialforce_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your trial orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, two skills help you create trial, Developer Edition, and Trialforce orgs, and track when your orgs expire.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Create, Compare, and Manage Scratch Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scratch_orgs_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your scratch orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, five skills help you create and manage scratch orgs, org shapes, and scratch org snapshots, compare orgs for drift, and track org expiration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Expand the Salesforce Development Plugin with Specialized Capabilities and Guided Workflows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_cc_plugin_disclosure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Bring capabilities into Salesforce Development when your project requires features beyond the core plugin. Open a project and describe your task. Guided workflows combine AI Skills, Salesforce CLI, hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers, agents, hooks, and commands to help you build, test, and deploy. You approve each recommended plugin installation and review the proposed changes before applying them.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Manage Dev Hub from Your Coding Client with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devhub_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new dx-org-devhub-configure AI Skill to enable and manage your Dev Hub directly from your AI coding client by using natural-language prompts.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Manage the Full Lifecycle of Your Sandboxes with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandboxes_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your sandboxes directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, three skills help you create, refresh, and activate sandboxes, and generate and apply post-copy configuration files.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Sales**: [Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Configure Clean Energy Program Management Console with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_cep_management_console_with_ai_assistance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up a clean energy program management console in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable outcome, program, and benefit management preferences, create users, assign permission sets, and deploy supporting metadata and flows. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Configure Tariff Comparison with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_tariff_comparison_with_a_coding_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up tariff comparison in your Energy & Utilities org from scratch by using generative AI coding agents. Instruct your AI agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the tariff comparison feature, assign permissions, configure sharing settings, and create standard and integration user. This automated path replaces manual setup tasks so you can deploy and verify the configuration in fewer steps.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Direct an Agent to Configure Multisite Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_direct_an_agent_to_configure_multisite_quoting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure multisite quoting end-to-end in your Energy & Utilities sales org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable features, assign permissions, configure product record types, and set up fields on the quote and order objects. This automated path eliminates manual, UI-heavy configuration so that you can quickly deploy and verify your setup.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Energy & Utilities**: [Set Up New Connections by Using Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_set_up_new_connections_by_using_generative_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure new connections in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the org preference, clone profiles, create users, configure field-level security, and add a milestone tracker. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Asset Management**: [Set Up Timesheets with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_set_up_timesheets_with_an_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure timesheets and labor cost optimization in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable settings, assign permission sets, and configure the Field Service mobile app. This automated path replaces manual, multi-page setup tasks so that you can verify your configuration’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Media**: [Optimize Media Sales Configuration with AI Developer Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_intro.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your target setup in plain language to an AI developer tool to configure proposal and media plan flows in Media Cloud. Instead of manually navigating multiple setup pages, guide Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes to generate and wire your configurations, including pitch-deck generation. This automated configuration path accelerates implementation, so you verify the generated flows instead of assembling them page by page.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Automate SLA Management Setup and Maintenance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_entitlements_headless_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up SLA Management end-to-end without navigating multiple Setup pages. The sla-management-setup skill creates SLA policies, milestone types, milestones, and milestone actions. It can also be used to activate SLA policies and define conditions for auto-application of entitlements to incoming records, such as cases, incidents, and work orders. Use the skill to verify your configuration and manage SLA policy versions and update rules.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Configure SMS Messaging Channels with a Headless Claude Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless_sms_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Launch an Enhanced SMS channel in minutes with a Claude skill that configures auto-response messages, consent settings, channel activation, and routing in one guided workflow. The service_de_headless_sms_configure skill asks what you need, then handles the entire setup across APIs and configuration pages. Previously, this level of setup required switching between multiple Setup pages.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Create and Deploy an Enhanced Chat Channel with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_enhanced_chat_headless_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use two new AI Skills in Claude to create, update and deploy a headless Enhanced Chat channel from natural-language instructions, without using the UI setup wizard. The service-digital-engagement-channel-configure skill reads your channel details, including routing, verification, and pre-chat fields, from the prompt and deploys the channel to your org. The service-digital-engagement-deployment-configure skill then generates the Embedded Service Deployment and a starting embed code snippet for your website or app.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Service**: [Set Up Email-to-Case in One Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_email_set_up_email_to_case_headless_360.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up a standard Email-to-Case channel through one guided conversation with the Headless 360 agent. Provide a customer-facing support address and choose who owns new cases, then the agent configures the case-handling prerequisites, Email-to-Case settings, and routing address. This API-driven workflow replaces a multipage setup process and can be safely repeated for each service email address.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Build Your Course Catalog with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_build_course_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give a coding agent your existing course data, such as CSV or PDF files, or a catalog webpage. Replace hours of manual data entry with a standardized and consistent process so that students and advisors access an accurate catalog. The coding agent creates course records, including linked lecture and lab courses, and links each course to its provider, such as the college or department that offers it.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Configure Your Agentforce Education Org with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_configure_education_org.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a correctly configured Agentforce Education org from the start. Describe your institution's goals and priorities to a coding agent. It reads your org's current state and turns on the right Agentforce Education features across domains, such as Student Success, Recruitment and Admissions, and Academic Operations. This guided process reduces setup time and configuration errors.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Create a Student Recruitment Agent with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_create_student_recruitment_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Offer your recruitment teams an Agentforce agent that answers prospective students' admissions questions, captures inquiries, and registers them for campus tours and events. Describe your recruitment process to a coding agent. The coding agent turns on the required platform features, configures the permissions and Data 360 grounding, and creates the Student Recruitment Agent in draft for you to customize and deploy.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Plan Your Academic Calendar with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_plan_academic_calendar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Define an academic calendar that keeps registration, enrollment, and student communications accurate without manual data entry. Provide your institution's key academic dates to a coding agent, or point it to CSV or PDF files, or a webpage. It validates your dates, identifies overlaps and conflicts, creates the academic year, term, and session records, and adds registration windows and deadlines.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Grant Setup with Agentforce Access More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_permset.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To enable Setup with Agentforce access, you previously had to assign two separate permission sets: Use Setup with Agentforce and Prompt Template User. The Setup with Agentforce User permission set group combines both permissions, so it's faster and easier to enable your users to work with Setup with Agentforce.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Enable Setup with Agentforce Faster with the Redesigned Enablement Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_enablement_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get up and running with Setup with Agentforce more quickly using the streamlined enablement page. Follow a guided, step-by-step setup experience that helps you manage prerequisites, features, and permissions in fewer steps.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Explore 190+ More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects4.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on over 190 additional Setup objects, including AuthConfig, RevenueSourceObjectConfig, and UiFormulaRule. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Manage Multiple Users at Once in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_bulk_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Perform bulk actions on multiple users at once. Select users individually or select all, then tell the Setup agent what to do—for example, freeze a batch of departing employees or reset passwords after a security incident. You can also skip manual selection and tell the agent which users to act on. Bulk actions are available only for the User object.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [View Profile Access Summary and Apply Permission Changes with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_profile_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask whether a named profile grants object access, field-level security, a user permission, custom permissions, and external client applications or which profiles grant a given permission. You no longer open each profile in Setup and click through object, field, and layout pages.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Summarize Permission Sets, Profiles, and Permission Set Groups with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_ps_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask Agentforce for Setup to summarize what a permission set, profile, or permission set group grants, and get a quick answer in chat instead of opening the record detail page. Each summary includes object access, field permission counts, high-risk permissions, how many users are assigned, and the first five objects with access. Permission set group summaries show the net effect of any muting permission set, and permission set summaries include the required license. Permission set, profile, and permission set group summaries include custom permissions.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [View and Reorganise Your Role Hierarchy with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_role_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a user role or update an existing one with Agentforce for Setup. Describe the role you need or the change you want, then review the recommendation and confirm it before you save it to your org. Previously, you created and edited roles only from the Roles page in Setup.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Summarize Your Org Admins' Security Compliance in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_summarize_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language to get a summary of your org's compliance with phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) mandates. Check the status of all users with the System Administrator profile, Modify All Data, View All Data, Customize Application, or Author Apex permissions.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Send Reset Password Emails and Freeze Accounts for Multiple Users in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_freeze_reset_in_bulk.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language to send a reset password email to groups of users. Also, freeze or unfreeze several user accounts at the same time. These actions that were initially available for only one user at a time can now be taken for users with shared characteristics.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Builder Central**: [Plan, Build, and Preview Apps and Agents with Salesforce Builder Central (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_builder_central.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe the app or agent you want in plain language, and Salesforce Builder Central helps you plan it, build it, and preview it in one workspace. Start from a suggested prompt or your own description. Then see what the Build Agent builds, validate it in a preview org, and deploy to a sandbox.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: Removed the release note claiming that the Setup agent can enable and disable the Dynamic Actions on Mobile setting. This capability isn't available at this time. (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - **Service**: [Create a Messaging Channel with a Headless Claude Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless_channel_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Launch a new Facebook, WhatsApp, LINE, or Apple Messages for Business channel in just minutes with a new Claude skill. The service_de_headless_channel_configure skill asks what channel type you need, and proceeds to configure the entire setup across multiple applications, incorporating APIs, and setting up a routing solution. Previously, this level of context-switching in channel setup took over 15 minutes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education**: [Build a Multi-Campus Institutional Hierarchy with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_build_multi_campus_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Establish and maintain your multi-campus institutional hierarchy without hours of manual setup. Describe your campus structure to a coding agent, or point it to an existing spreadsheet, webpage, or text description. The coding agent builds the account hierarchy that represents your institution, including campuses, colleges, and departments, and lays a reliable foundation for enrollment, reporting, and role-based access.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Platform**: [Equip Your AI Coding Agent with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "AI Skills give your AI coding agent expertise in areas like Lightning Web Components, Flow, and Apex, so it follows Salesforce patterns and best practices instead of providing generic coding guidance. Add the curated collection from the sf-skills repository to Claude Code, Codex, or another AI coding CLI. In Agentforce Vibes, AI Skills are installed, enabled, and updated for you automatically.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Setup with Agentforce**: [Explore Over 100 Additional Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects3.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on over 100 additional Setup objects, including AIApplication, AuraDefinitionBundle, and LightningComponentBundle. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Data 360**: [Configure Document AI Faster with the Data 360 MCP Server](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_document_ai_headless_mcp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build, test, and activate Document AI configurations through natural-language conversation with an AI agent, without navigating the UI. Connect an AI agent, such as Claude or Cursor, to the Data 360 MCP server to generate document schemas, verify extraction accuracy, and publish them for production use.") (Added the week of August 21, 2026) - **Automation**: [Generate Flow Test Scenarios with Agentforce for Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_test_generate_using_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Skip the manual setup and let Agentforce for Flow Headless draft your test scenarios from a terminal, without opening Flow Builder. Use Agentforce for Flow Headless to create test scenarios for record-triggered, autolaunched, and Data Cloud-triggered flows without leaving your terminal environment. Through your connected terminal, you can generate comprehensive test scenarios for your flow, including success, fault, and edge-case paths.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **MuleSoft**: [Anypoint Platform Command-Line Interface](https://docs.mulesoft.com/release-notes/cli/anypoint-platform-cli-4) (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Platform**: [Simplify API and MCP Server Management with the API Catalog Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US) (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Sales**: [Set Up Pipeline Management Faster with the Pipeline Management Configuration Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_pipeline_management_setup_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A configuration skill for Agentforce Pipeline Management transforms the manual setup navigation with natural-language prompts. Tell the skill which text fields you want configured on opportunities, and it handles the required setup steps for you—getting your sales teams to AI-driven opportunity updates faster. Reps can review and approve suggestions in Pipeline Inspection, or admins can turn on autonomous mode so the agent applies updates on its own.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Service**: [Set Up a Help Agent in One Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_set_up_a_help_agent_in_one_guided_workflow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Setting up a Service Cloud Help Agent requires coordinating agent configuration, knowledge grounding, Enhanced Chat deployment, escalation routing, and testing. The service-helpagent-coordinate skill brings those tasks into one guided workflow that configures and deploys each part, so you can set up a working Help Agent faster without switching between tools") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) ## Hyperforce Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Automotive Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 - **Metadata API**: [Summarize open claims by field into counts from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Metadata API**: [Find service territories near a location from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Communications Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 Enterprise Sales Management [Delete Discounts on Large Enterprise Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_delete_discounts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your sales reps working in the cart when they remove a discount from an enterprise quote or order with up to 50,000 line items. For Standard Runtime carts that exceed a configurable line-item threshold, Enterprise Sales Management completes the removal in the background and notifies the rep. Previously, the same action often failed on large carts, which left the discount in place and stalled the deal.") ### October 2026 Enterprise Sales Management [Speed Up Quoting with Product Location and MACD Request PDF Uploads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_speed_up_quoting_by_pdf_uploads.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Upload Product Location PDFs or move, add, change, and disconnect (MACD) request PDFs to an existing quote in Enterprise Sales Management. Intelligent Document Processing (IDP) extracts row data and matches it to premises, service accounts, and the product catalog. Users then generate Quote Members and Quote Line Items (QLIs) from the matched records.") [Apply Mass Discounts on Large Enterprise Quotes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_apply_mass_discounts_on_large_quotes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Process mass discounts on enterprise quotes containing up to 50,000 total line items and over 4,000 root items without system failures. Background processing now handles these large quotes in smaller batches, so you no longer hit the previous limit of about 3,600 root items. Previously, mass discounts failed on quotes with about 4,000 or more root line items when too many root item IDs were processed at once.") [Remove Promotions from Large Quotes Without Timing Out](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_remove_promotions_from_large_quotes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep large enterprise quote sessions responsive when you remove a promotion from a bundle in Enterprise Sales Management. Removal targets only the line items tied to the promotion instead of evaluating every line item in the quote. When a removal affects a large number of line items, the deletion moves to the background automatically and shows an in-progress status and confirmation instead of an unresponsive screen.") ## Consumer Goods Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Trade Promotion Management**: [Build More Reliable Automated Tests for Trade Promotion Management Grids](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_build_automated_testsxml.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create resilient browser tests for Trade Promotion Management (TPM) grids and the Trade Planning page with stable, versioned HTML data attributes. To create the test automation scripts that interact with TPM data grids, use the automation attributes. Identify grids, rows, columns, cells, and Trade Calendar promotion groups without relying on generated CSS classes, pixel positions, React structures, or Document Object Model (DOM) child order. The attributes don’t affect grid calculations, stored data, permissions, or user interactions.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the Reliable Automated Tests for Trade Promotion Management Grids. - **Trade Promotion Management**:[Gain Full Insight into Trade Promotion Management P&L Calculations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_insight_pnl_calcuation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get complete visibility into the calculation logic behind Trade Promotion Management (TPM) profit and loss (P&L) values. Use Calculation Insights to review key performance indicators (KPIs) for the current context, trace formulas and dependencies across the calculation chain, and troubleshoot unexpected values without escalating for investigation.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the new Calculation Insights tool. - **Trade Promotion Management**: [Find Values Quickly by Searching Picklists in Promotion Wizards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_searchable_picklists.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Search picklists in promotion wizards to find values quickly without scrolling through every option. Type part of a name to narrow the list as you go, especially on long lists, such as Promotion Template, Account, and Brand. Search works for standard fields and custom attributes when a Salesforce admin enables it for that picklist. Use search when you create, copy, derive, or edit promotions.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the Search Picklist feature in Promotion Wizard. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Education Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Education**: [New Metadata Types in Education](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_metadata_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new Education Cloud metadata types.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Agentforce Education Setup**: [Configure Your Agentforce Education Org with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_configure_education_org.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a correctly configured Agentforce Education org from the start. Describe your institution's goals and priorities to a coding agent. It reads your org's current state and turns on the right Agentforce Education features across domains, such as Student Success, Recruitment and Admissions, and Academic Operations. This guided process reduces setup time and configuration errors.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education Setup**: [Plan Your Academic Calendar with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_plan_academic_calendar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Define an academic calendar that keeps registration, enrollment, and student communications accurate without manual data entry. Provide your institution's key academic dates to a coding agent, or point it to CSV or PDF files, or a webpage. It validates your dates, identifies overlaps and conflicts, creates the academic year, term, and session records, and adds registration windows and deadlines.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Education Setup**: [Build Your Course Catalog with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_build_course_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give a coding agent your existing course data, such as CSV or PDF files, or a catalog webpage. Replace hours of manual data entry with a standardized and consistent process so that students and advisors access an accurate catalog. The coding agent creates course records, including linked lecture and lab courses, and links each course to its provider, such as the college or department that offers it.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce for Education**: [Create a Student Recruitment Agent with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_create_student_recruitment_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Offer your recruitment teams an Agentforce agent that answers prospective students' admissions questions, captures inquiries, and registers them for campus tours and events. Describe your recruitment process to a coding agent. The coding agent turns on the required platform features, configures the permissions and Data 360 grounding, and creates the Student Recruitment Agent in draft for you to customize and deploy.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Metadata API**: [Process access delegation requests from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Education**: [Keep Student Records Accurate as Curricula Evolve with Course Versioning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_evolve_curricula_with_course_versioning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Capture course changes without rewriting students' academic history or duplicating course records. Registrars create another version of a course when they rename the course, change credits, or update prerequisites to maintain a clear record of changes. Preserve the version that a student completed across their progress and degree audits, while running multiple versions simultaneously to serve different cohorts. Because any version satisfies the same program requirement, program plans remain accurate as courses evolve.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Updated link to help documentation. ### August 2026 - **Agentforce Education Setup**: [Build a Multi-Campus Institutional Hierarchy with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_build_multi_campus_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Establish and maintain your multi-campus institutional hierarchy without hours of manual setup. Describe your campus structure to a coding agent, or point it to an existing spreadsheet, webpage, or text description. The coding agent builds the account hierarchy that represents your institution, including campuses, colleges, and departments, and lays a reliable foundation for enrollment, reporting, and role-based access.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Appointment Management**: [Student Appointment Scheduling Other Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_student_appointment_scheduling_other_changes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a more relevant booking experience with configurable labels, required comments, dynamic scheduling topics, and flexible advisor and team visibility. Display advisor taglines and profile details to help students select an advisor who meets their needs. Filter scheduling topics based on the selected advisor or team to reduce booking errors.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) ## Energy and Utilities Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - [Accelerate Agentforce Energy & Utilities Setup with Solution Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_accelerate_eu_setup_with_solution_bundles.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Accelerate the set up and configuration of features, such as Tariff Comparison and Multisite quoting by using Salesforce GO solution bundles. By centralizing these complex workflows into a single setup location, Salesforce Go helps you implement with greater speed and precision. This streamlined approach makes it easier to scale operations, reduce time from configuration to comparing tariffs or managing multisite quotes.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Setup with AI coding agent**: [AI Force for Energy & Utilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_ai_coding_agents_for_energy_utilities.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure your Energy & Utilities features faster by using Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes coding agents to automate complex setups. Direct your AI agent to enable features, assign permissions, and deploy supporting metadata for tariff comparison, multisite quoting, new connections, and clean energy program management console. This automated path removes manual, UI-heavy setup tasks so you can deploy and verify your org's configuration in fewer steps.") - [Configure Tariff Comparison with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_tariff_comparison_with_a_coding_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up tariff comparison in your Energy & Utilities org from scratch by using generative AI coding agents. Instruct your AI agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the tariff comparison feature, assign permissions, configure sharing settings, and create standard and integration user. This automated path replaces manual setup tasks so you can deploy and verify the configuration in fewer steps.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Direct an Agent to Configure Multisite Quoting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_direct_an_agent_to_configure_multisite_quoting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure multisite quoting end-to-end in your Energy & Utilities sales org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable features, assign permissions, configure product record types, and set up fields on the quote and order objects. This automated path eliminates manual, UI-heavy configuration so that you can quickly deploy and verify your setup.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Set Up New Connections by Using Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_set_up_new_connections_by_using_generative_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure new connections in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the org preference, clone profiles, create users, configure field-level security, and add a milestone tracker. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Configure Clean Energy Program Management Console with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_configure_cep_management_console_with_ai_assistance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up a clean energy program management console in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable outcome, program, and benefit management preferences, create users, assign permission sets, and deploy supporting metadata and flows. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Financial Services Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - [Create Agents for Financial Services in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_agentforce_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build and customize agents for your financial services use cases in the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio. The Agentforce Financial Services agents are now available in the new builder, which uses guided setup, built-in AI assistance, and Agent Script-powered workflows to help you create agents that follow your business rules. Preview, test, trace, and debug agent behavior to deliver higher-quality experiences with less development effort. More financial services agents move to the new builder in upcoming releases.") (Updated the week of October 8, 2026) - - Added information about the availability of two Financial Services Cloud templates in the new Agentforce Builder: Banking Service Customer Assistance and Banking Service Employee Assistance. - [Intelligent Referral Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_referral_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automatically fill referral details to speed up submission and reduce entry errors. Customize how referrals are routed across your organization by selecting an assignment rule engine and setting up assignment rules. Show customized confirmation messages following a referral submission to improve communication clarity and drive user engagement.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - - Added a release note to announce the Intelligent Referral Management enhancements. - [Households for Agentic Advisor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_households.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Guide users through adding, editing, and deleting household relationships by using prebuilt, flow-driven Actionable Relationship Center (ARC) graphs.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - - Added a release note to announce the Households for Agentic Advisor enhancements. - [Keep Flexible Hierarchies in Sync Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_flexible_hierarchies_sync.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automate the maintenance of rule-based flexible hierarchies by using scheduled flows. Because underlying business data changes frequently, rule-based hierarchies can fall out of sync with their defined rules. Instead of manually auditing and updating hierarchies, schedule the prebuilt flows to proactively identify out-of-sync hierarchies and re-run their rules to bring them back into alignment.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - - Added a release note to announce the Flexible Hierarchies enhancement. ### September 2026 - [Create Calculation and Analysis Worksheets for Origination Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_origination_worksheet.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Origination Worksheet to perform pricing and affordability calculations across front, middle, and back-office origination processes. Relationship managers can calculate pricing, while reviewers and operations teams can analyze financial stability, cash flow, and tradeline data to evaluate an applicant’s eligibility for financial product offerings.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - The generative AI enhancement that lets you define and refine calculation logic isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know after it’s back up. - [Set Up Flexible Hierarchies with a Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_flexible_hierarchies_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In a supported AI coding environment, describe the hierarchy nodes you need. A headless workflow then generates the hierarchy type configuration, including node definitions and relationships. Previously, you configured each definition and relationship individually in Setup. Use this workflow to set up hierarchy types for advisory teams, branches, or business units faster.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - [Configure Home Loan Origination with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_digital_origination_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure digital origination for home loans by describing the product and origination journey that you want. Your AI coding assistant coordinates setup across product catalogs, pricing, application intake, disclosures, document requirements, stage management, participant access, and the underwriter console to reduce manual configuration across each area.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - [Set Up Meeting Concierge with an AI Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_meeting_concierge_ai_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI-assisted workflow in a supported coding environment to set up Meeting Concierge end-to-end in an existing Financial Services org, without navigating multiple setup pages or relying on specialized setup knowledge.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - [New Connect REST APIs in Financial Services Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_connect_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Connect REST APIs help customers, and partners integrate with Salesforce software and UIs.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) ### August 2026 - [Meeting Concierge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_meeting_concierge_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help your advisors prepare for, manage, and follow up on client meetings more efficiently with the latest Meeting Concierge enhancements.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ## Health Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Home Health**: [Upgrade Home Visit Scheduling with Dynamic Calendar and List Views](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_home_health_list_calendar_views.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Customize the enhanced Home Health Visits Lightning component to show critical fields across both calendar and list views. The component now defaults to the calendar view, helping schedulers review immediate and long-term care visits by seamlessly switching between day, week, 15-day, month, and year layouts. Provide scheduling teams with visual cues by assigning custom colors to up to 10 distinct visit statuses. Boost productivity by allowing schedulers to perform key actions such as verifying visits, managing custom actions, and filtering records directly from the calendar interface. Your team can also reschedule visits by dragging them within supported calendar views.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Digital Health Insurance**: [Speed up Medicare Plan Enrollments with a Guided Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_dhi_medicare_sales.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Boost productivity during high-volume enrollment seasons by guiding sales representatives step by step through Medicare plan sales, including Medicare Advantage, Prescription Drug, and Special Needs plans, all in one flow. Capture Scope of Appointment consent automatically to stay CMS compliant. Speed up fact-finding by instantly checking prescription drug formularies, verifying in-network provider tiers, and booking consultations within the 48-hour rule. Cut administrative overhead by completing enrollments conversationally, from disclaimer to signature, without switching between multiple carrier log ins.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Agentforce Health Foundations**: [Roll Out Agentforce Health Foundations from a Prompt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_agentforce_foundations_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Agentforce Health Basic Setup without clicking through readiness checks, feature toggles, and layout builders by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow validates prerequisites, turns on the Agentforce Health Console, Data Protection and Privacy, Translation Workbench, Contacts to Multiple Accounts, and Person Accounts. It then creates Patient and Provider record types and page layouts and adds the Patient Card and Timeline components to your Lightning pages.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Home Health**: [Accelerate Home Health Setup with AI-Guided Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_home_health_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Save setup time and reduce manual errors by configuring Home Health with an AI coding assistant. Validate prerequisite licenses, install the Field Service managed package, and generate core metadata instantly. Activate critical scheduling flows, establish mobile clinician access, and build self-service patient portals without navigating multiple setup pages. Integrate advanced budget management and connect Agentforce to equip your care coordinators with intelligent home healthcare capabilities. You can also skip specific steps during your initial deployment and resume progress later to maintain flexibility.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Intelligent Appointment Management**: [Set Up Appointment Scheduling from Your AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_iam_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Health Intelligent Appointment Management without hand-configuring every scheduling object by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies Person Accounts and provider data, turns on Data Pipelines and Provider Search, connects Salesforce Scheduler through a Named Credential, and sets up service territories, resources, users, appointment modes, work types, statuses, and the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler console component.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Provider Search**: [Build Provider Search with a Conversational Setup Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_provider_search_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Provider Search in Health without navigating the full Data Pipelines and search configuration UI by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies prerequisites, turns on Data Pipelines and standard data sync, seeds healthcare facility and practitioner records, and configures criteria-based search, guest user access, and an AI-powered Patient and Member Services agent for provider matching.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Referral Management**: [Configure Referral Management Through Conversation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_referral_management_setup_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Health Referral Management without clicking through dozens of setup pages by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow walks you through Clinical Service Request page layouts, referral creation flows, provider search integration, case automation, and orchestration. Optional acts cover eligibility and benefits verification, prior authorization, predictive scoring, patient and provider outreach, and the Experience Cloud guest portal.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Integrated Care Management**: [Set Up Intelligent Care Management with a Conversational Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_icm_set_up_with_an_conversational_asst.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set up Intelligent Care Management through a simple conversation with your AI assistant instead of navigating multiple setup pages. Validate prerequisites, assign recommended permissions, enable the Discovery Framework, and configure Care Plans, Goal Assignment, automatic sharing, and Care Gap Detection. Optionally, enable AI-powered assessment features and MCG Care Guidelines. Add assessment, care plan, and care gap components to the Patient Account page to help care coordinators manage patient care. Validation at each stage helps you complete setup more quickly and with fewer configuration errors. If you skip an area, you can return later and resume setup based on your org’s metadata.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Grants Management**: [Integrate Grants Management in Agentforce Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_grant_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Streamline your healthcare funding programs, from application intake and credential verification to milestone disbursements, by integrating Grants Management in Agentforce Health. Skip building custom grant solutions by using built-in objects for funding programs, individual applications, requirements, and disbursements. Automate applicant verification with National Provider Identifier lookups, and evaluate grant applications in a unified review workspace. Maintain accountability and compliance by tying disbursements to the required milestone documentation.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Document AI for Health**: [Identify the Correct Template for Document Extraction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_doc_ai_auto_identify.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reduce processing overhead and simplify document extraction with template auto-identification. Save time and improve template selection accuracy as the system selects the best match from multiple similar templates. For batch files, the system uses folder timestamps to associate each file with the correct template when multiple active templates share a source folder. It processes each file only once and creates a single Document Extraction Record (DER), which prevents duplicate requests and reduces extraction costs. If no template matches, the system creates a DER in an unidentified state so users can review the document, assign the correct template, and retry extraction without losing track of the file.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Health Engagement**: [Ingest External Care Gap Data into Agentforce Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_health_engagement_external_data_ingestion.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Health Cloud External Care Gap Integration data kit to ingest and map care gap record from external Electronic Medical Record (EMR) or Electronic Health Record (EHR) systems to standard Health Cloud data model objects. Populate the pre-packaged Ingestion API streams in your org and unlock the schemas and data mappings required for patient and member outreach. Trigger existing segments, data graphs, and automated email or SMS flows for all patients, regardless of whether the care gap records reside in Salesforce or an external health system.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Home Health**: [Transform Home Healthcare with Comprehensive Patient Visit Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_home_health_visit_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Drive better patient outcomes by equipping your care teams with automated, clinically rich home visit summaries. Eliminate time-consuming manual record preparation by offering your team hands-free, read-aloud pre-visit briefings designed for travel. Generate comprehensive post-visit notes immediately after each appointment to connect new visit details with the patient’s history, ensuring accurate follow-up planning and seamless continuity of care.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Home Health**: [Automate Home Healthcare Assessments with Ambient Listening](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_home_health_ambient_listening.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Transform patient conversations into completed assessments by using ambient AI. Help your clinicians focus entirely on the patient during home visits while the AI transcribes conversations in real time, suggests responses for assessment fields, and significantly reduces post-visit documentation. Leverage intuitive, per-field prompts to help your clinicians take full control as they simply review the suggestions and choose between their own notes and the AI input to finalize the assessment responses.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Integrated Care Management**: [Drive Faster Care Interventions with AI-Generated Assessment Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_icm_assessment_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Empower your care managers to condense lengthy assessments into concise insights so they can instantly compare historical data and spot critical health trends. Link extracted details directly to source records so care managers can confidently verify summaries within the broader context of the assessment and the person 360 profile. Surface highly relevant recommendations directly within the summary by using standard and custom actions. Accelerate overall decision-making by presenting the right interventions upfront to help your team schedule appointments, create referrals, and update care plans without ever navigating away.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ## Insurance Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - [Simplify Claim Filing for Policyholders with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_simplify_claim_filing_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give policyholders a faster way to report a loss and file a claim over the phone or in your customer portal with the Claims Service Customer Assistance agent. The agent verifies a policyholder's identity, collects incident details, creates a claim, and emails the claim and case details for the policyholder's reference. Policyholders can also request a callback from a customer service rep at any time during the call for further assistance. With the agent completing the claim intake for the routine cases, your customer service reps can focus on helping policyholders with complex claims.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Brokerage**:[New Invocable Actions in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new invocable action to preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy hierarchy without creating or updating changes.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Brokerage**:[New Connect REST APIs in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_brokerage_connect_api_resources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage insurance policies at scale by creating draft endorsements, completing endorsements, issuing, and reinstating multiple policies in bulk. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Brokerage**:[New Connect in Apex Methods in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_brokerage_connect_in_apex_methods.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage insurance policies at scale by endorsing, creating draft endorsements, issuing, canceling, and reinstating policies individually or in bulk using Connect in Apex methods. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) ### September 2026 - [Set Up Insurance Products with an AI Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_set_up_products_with_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get your Digital Insurance org up and running and create insurance products with an AI coding assistant, reducing manual effort and setup errors. Have the AI assistant check licenses and settings and complete the initial org setup required for product configuration. Describe the product that you want to offer in natural language, or provide its structure in a CSV or JSON file. Review and confirm the product structure, and the assistant creates the product, coverages, benefits, and attributes from your specifications.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - [Configure Agency Billing Faster with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_brokerage_agency_billing_ai_coding_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe the agency billing outcome you want in plain language, and let a coding agent guide you through the configuration. Choose how much you want to review before changes apply, from approving each step individually to running the full setup with minimal intervention. The agent configures legal entities, billing treatments, tax and payment rules, accounting, permissions, and license checks for you, so you don't have to work screen by screen through Setup and the guided wizard. When setup is complete, the agent creates a policy so you can verify the configuration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Group Benefits**:[New Connect REST APIs in Group Benefits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_group_benefits_connect_api_resources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Group Benefits Connect APIs to support end-to-end group insurance workflows, including census, quote, contract, and policy lifecycle management. The APIs also support post-insurance operations, such as policy and contract endorsements and renewals, helping accommodate individual life events, changes in carrier offerings or regulations, and ongoing benefits administration.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Group Benefits**:[New Invocable Actions in Group Benefits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_group_benefits_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Streamline mid-term adjustments for group census member plans, and efficiently cancel and endorse group census member policies. Additionally, create endorsement or renewal quotes directly from insurance contracts and generate group census records to automate complex policy lifecycle processes group census members.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Brokerage**:[New Connect REST APIs in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_brokerage_connect_api_resources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage insurance policies at scale by creating draft endorsements, completing endorsements, issuing, and reinstating multiple policies in bulk. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Brokerage**:[New Connect in Apex Methods in Brokerage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_brokerage_connect_in_apex_methods.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage insurance policies at scale by endorsing, creating draft endorsements, issuing, canceling, and reinstating policies individually or in bulk using Connect in Apex methods. Preview rolled-up premium amounts for a draft insurance policy without persisting changes.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - **Group Benefits**:[New Connect in Apex Methods in Group Benefits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ins_group_benefits_connect_in_apex_classes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use these new Connect in Apex methods to clone and map group census data, issue, endorse, and renew contracts from quotes, and generate or refresh census members.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ## Life Sciences Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Order Management**:[Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_release_highlights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Order Management for Agentforce Life Sciences gives field reps a complete, end-to-end experience from setup to signature. Build and submit quoted orders from anywhere—web or mobile, online or offline—and finalize deals on-site. Run consistent, accurate in-store audits with Store Check to catch stock gaps and compliance issues as they happen. Every quoted order reflects the same trusted, calculated pricing everywhere that your reps sell. And with everything centralized in one setup location, get your org up and running fast.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Added a disclaimer clarifying the scope and associated costs. - **Account Management**: [Find Accounts Faster with Relevance-Based Search on the iPad](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_relevance_based_account_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Spend less time scrolling through an undifferentiated mix of Account Search results to find the account you’re looking for. The improved Account Search now surfaces the strongest account matches first, prioritizing results by relevance rather than alphabetically. Dynamic filters help you switch between address-only matches, account-only matches, and a consolidated view, eliminating the need to drill into individual results to pinpoint the field matched. Earlier, Account Search produced a single list of accounts in alphabetical order, with no indication of the matching field.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the Relevance-Based Account Search enhancement in Account Management. - **Engagement Planning**: [Configure Time Off Territory Categories to Meet Your Organization’s Scheduling Needs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_planning_configurable_tot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Represent your organization's unique downtime categories by configuring time off territory (TOT) events, such as company celebration days, training, and regulatory duties. Apply TOT rules to these downtime categories to specify whether users can schedule these TOT events alongside other activities, reducing scheduling conflicts, and staying aligned with your organizational policies.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Focus Attendee Data Entry on Samples and Marketing Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_execution_restrict_attendee_entries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep product details and discussions consistent across all attendees in a group visit while supporting per-attendee data entry where regulations require it. Show only the Samples, Direct to Practitioner, and Marketing Items sidebars on the Attendee Visit Engagement page if they’re available. Product details from the parent visit apply to all attendees automatically, so your field users can focus on capturing only the data that's specific to each individual attendee.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Host Twilio Remote Sessions from the Desktop Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_execution_remote_engagement_web_twilio.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Field users can now use Twilio to conduct remote sessions with healthcare professionals (HCPs) from their desktop without relying on external video tools. The remote session stays within the context of the visit so that sales reps can capture presentation metrics, device data, and consent or product signatures for each participant. HCPs join remote sessions by using a secure link on any device without installing an app. Previously, remote engagement with Twilio was available only in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Request Remote Consent Signatures from Participants on Mobile Phones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_execution_remote_consent_smartphone.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your field users can request and capture consent signatures from healthcare professionals (HCPs) who join remote sessions on their phones, in addition to product and sample signatures. HCPs review consent topics, opt in or opt out, and provide electronic signatures. Previously, requesting consent signatures required HCPs to join from a laptop or desktop.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Access Custom LSC Apps Offline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_lwc_bundle_priming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your field reps immediate access to offline-enabled Life Sciences Cloud (LSC) apps without a prior connected session. During each sync, the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app downloads custom app bundles to field reps' devices.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Resolve GraphQL Queries Offline in Custom LSC Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_offline_graphql.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your custom Life Sciences Cloud (LSC) apps working for field reps when their devices lose connectivity. When a rep is offline, the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app resolves GraphQL queries from your custom Lightning web components (LWCs) against the data that's synced to the device.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Combine Multiple Components in a Single LSC App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_compose_life_sciences_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build richer, more complex Life Sciences Cloud (LSC) apps for your field reps without hitting the single-app limit in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. A single LSC app on the Home Page or on a tab in a Lightning record page can now contain multiple nested custom Lightning web components (LWCs). Design a component one time, such as a list, a card, or a menu, and reuse it across multiple LSC apps.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Event Management**: [Support Faster Managed Event Record Creation with Fewer Clicks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_event_management_event_type_mappings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automatically classify a managed event based on its record type, instead of entering the same information twice. Use event type mappings to support more reliable reporting and eliminate data mismatches and inconsistencies in downstream workflows.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the Event-Type Mapping enhancement in Event Management. - **Event Management**: [Streamline the Managed Event Participant Creation Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_event_management_participant_type_mappings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Extend participant type assignments beyond the standard participant types to any Managed Event Participant record type of your choice. Specify a record type once instead of re-entering participant type and role details across multiple steps. Create records faster and with fewer errors by automatically populating the Event Management Participant Type, Event Management Participant Role, and the Event Management Participant Type Role Mapping fields in the Managed Event Participant records.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the Participant-Type Mapping enhancement in Event Management. - **Intelligent Content**: [Capture Detailed Interaction Data Within Presentation Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_in_content_interaction_tracking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Go beyond page views to gain deeper visibility into how healthcare professionals (HCPs) engage with your presentation content. Use the trackInteraction function in your HTML slides to track specific interactions within each presentation page, such as button taps, link clicks, and video plays. Life Sciences Customer Engagement captures the account and visit details with each interaction so that you can report on presentation effectiveness and refine your content strategy.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Intelligent Content**: [Track Email Fragment Usage Across Your Field Team](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_email_fragment_usage_tracking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See which email fragments your sales reps include when corresponding with healthcare professionals (HCPs). Report on fragment usage across email templates, products, and time periods to measure content effectiveness. Sending an email generates a Life Science Email Fragment record for each included fragment, capturing a snapshot of that fragment's version and content. Subsequent edits to a fragment don't affect existing tracking records, so you always have an accurate, auditable history of what your reps communicated.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Intelligent Content**: [Work Faster in the Content Library and Presentation Player](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_intelligent_content_player_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Field users can now open inquiries and start surveys for the main account directly from the presentation player menu without interrupting the interaction. On the desktop site, Inquiry and Survey quick actions are also available for each account in the Attendees list, providing a consistent experience across devices. In the mobile app, the content library now shows four presentation thumbnails per row, making it easier to find the correct content. Updated button styling makes navigation easier, and drag handles make slide reordering smoother in custom presentations.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Intelligent Content**: [Reach the Right Healthcare Professionals with Automatic Email Selection on Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_field_email_best_email_mobile.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve engagement and response rates, the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app now selects the best opted-in email addresses automatically. Email recipients now also appear in the same order as on the desktop site for a consistent experience across devices. The recipient list is ordered based on the preference rank on contact point email records, with ranked addresses appearing first in ascending order, unranked addresses appearing next, and ties broken alphabetically. Your field users can also select different available email addresses based on your organization's consent settings.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Intelligent Content**: [Expand Data 360 Insights by Using Email Fragment and Presentation Data Streams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_email_fragment_data_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enrich your Data 360 integrations with new and updated bundles in the Life Sciences Data Kit. A new Email Message Fragment data model object and data stream capture the fragments that your sales reps include in each sent email. Expanded Email Message data stream mappings capture send status, scheduling, consent, and template details. Updated Presentation Click Stream Entry data stream mappings record in-content interactions, such as video plays and button taps.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - [New and Changed Objects for Life Sciences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_new_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and changed Life Sciences objects.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added an entry for the new DowntimeCategory field on the TerritoryUserDowntime object. - Added entries to the Intelligent Content section. ### September 2026 - **Engagement Planning**: [Set Up Key Account Management Faster with an AI Coding Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_key_account_management_with_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automate the multi-step Key Account Management (KAM) implementation process by using an AI coding agent that handles all the prerequisite setup tasks—like permission set assignments and stakeholder picklist creation. Get standardized goals and tasks that you import directly into account plans and territory business plans. Use natural-language utterances to provide record data for the KAM user, territory, account, product, or the stakeholders—or confirm the data that’s supplied by your agent. Built-in guardrails help you stay compliant: the agent asks for your explicit approval before taking any org-wide action and verifies record data against your org before submitting changes. Complete the implementation process at your own pace by pausing and resuming sessions as needed.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Engagement Execution**: [Prepare Life Sciences Cloud for a Field Rep’s First Visit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_prepare_first_visit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI coding agent to take a package-ready Life Sciences Cloud org from initial configuration to a field rep's first visit. The headless workflow configures territories and users, deploys the required metadata, creates minimal test data, and regenerates the mobile metadata cache for synchronization. Field reps get a working Visit foundation on the web, with data prepared for synchronization to an enrolled iPad.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Engagement Planning**: Configure Time Off Territory Categories to Meet Your Organization’s Scheduling Needs (Removed the week of September 21, 2026) - [New and Changed Objects for Life Sciences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_new_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and changed Life Sciences objects.") (Updated the week of September 21, 2026) - Removed the entry for the DowntimeCategory field on the TerritoryUserDowntime object. - **Event Management**: [Strengthen Data Monitoring by Using the New Event Management Trigger Handlers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_customer_engagement_event_management_new_trigger_handlers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep data consistent, accurate, and audit-ready by using the new trigger handlers. Ensure that utilization limits remain in sync with changes in Managed Event or Managed Event Participant records. Stay compliant by blocking or flagging record updates that bypass monetary caps. Make sure that event data stays current by automatically refreshing expense buckets when estimated expenses or participant allocations change.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Updated the How section to include the trigger handler names. ### August 2026 - [New and Changed Objects for Life Sciences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lsc_order_management_new_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and changed Life Sciences objects.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added entries for the new IsVerbalConsent and ConsentDocumentReference fields on the CommSubConsentCmplSnpsht object. ## Manufacturing Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Media Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### September 2026 - [Accelerate Media Sales Configuration with AI Developer Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_intro.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your target setup in plain language to an AI developer tool to configure proposal and media plan flows in Media Cloud. Instead of manually navigating multiple setup pages, guide Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes to generate and wire your configurations, including pitch-deck generation. This automated configuration path accelerates implementation, so you verify the generated flows instead of assembling them page by page.") - [Accelerate Ad Catalog Setup with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_ad_catalogs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure ad product catalogs in Advertising Sales Management by describing your target setup to an AI agent. Instead of navigating multiple setup pages by hand, guide your agent through catalog intake, audit, and remediation to generate your catalog configurations. This conversational setup path speeds up catalog launches and replication, so you verify your ad product lines instead of building them by hand.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Build Ad Inventory Datasets Headlessly with AI Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_ad_inv_calendar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reset and build representative ad inventory datasets in provisioned Media Cloud orgs conversationally and headlessly through an AI coding agent. Instead of running manual data loads or running custom scripts, describe your test data requirements to the agent to generate and populate the database automatically.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Discover Ad Products and Check Availability Faster with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_discover_ad_prods_check_avails.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Direct an AI agent to discover matching ad products and check inventory availability from an ingested campaign brief. Instead of manually cross-referencing targeting, availability, and the product catalog across separate setup pages, guide the agent to chain these configurations for you. Review the discovered ad products instead of cross-referencing each system by hand, accelerating product discovery and calendar verification.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Configure Proposals and Media Plans with AI Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_proposals_media_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your target setup in plain language to an AI developer tool to configure proposal and media plan flows in Advertising Sales Management. Instead of manually navigating multiple setup pages, guide Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes to generate and wire your configurations, including pitch-deck generation. This automated configuration path accelerates implementation, so you verify the generated flows instead of assembling them page by page.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - [Configure Request for Proposal Document Intake with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_headless_request_for_proposal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure Request for Proposal (RFP) summary structure by describing the format you require to an AI agent. Instead of mapping extraction fields to opportunity fields by hand, guide the agent through the setup, and it generates the mappings for you. You verify the setup instead of building it by hand, which accelerates onboarding for new RFP formats.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - Read-Only Media Plans: [Prevent Changes to Finalized Media Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_readonly_media_plan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Protect your finalized media plans from accidental and unauthorized changes. Configure the media plan grid and side panel to switch to read-only mode for specific quote statuses, such as In Approval or Closed. Also, turn off all create and update actions on the inventory and spot calendar grids and prevent users from adding placements to read-only quotes.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) - Advertising Inventory Calendar Enhancements: [Accelerate Media Planning with an Enhanced Inventory Calendar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_monthly_adv_inv_management_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Help your media planners work faster with a more streamlined and customizable advertising inventory calendar. They can quickly identify available slots with accurate status colors, view dates in UTC, set default templates, and resolve issues faster with custom validation messages.") (Added the week of September 07, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Net Zero Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Nonprofit Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Volunteer Management**: [Turn On and Configure Volunteer Management with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_volunteer_mgmt_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "AI agents can turn on Volunteer Management, assign permissions sets, configure initiatives, create records, and run day-to-day tasks. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required a coordinator or partner working in the Salesforce UI.") Added the week of October 16, 2026 ### September 2026 - **Metadata API**: [Recalculate household names and greetings from a flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Industries Common Features Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Fundraising**: [Turn On and Configure Fundraising with Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_agentic_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Admins and implementation partners can ask an AI agent to turn on Fundraising, assign permission sets, create a default gift designation, and turn on related features. The agent also offers to set up these optional enhanced features: interest tags, interaction summaries, record alerts, life events, and timeline. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required working through multiple pages in Setup.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Added a release note to the Fundraising release notes. - **Fundraising**: [Automatically Generate and Maintain Household Names](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_auto_household_naming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep household account names accurate and professional as family dynamics change. Define formula-based naming patterns to automatically recalculate household names whenever you add, remove, or update members. The naming engine listens for changes to household membership and member details and then recalculates names in real time.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is available only to Nonprofit Cloud. - **Fundraising**: [Create Households for Person Accounts During Gift Entry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fundraising_automate_household_gift_entry.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add donors to households directly from the Gift Entry Grid or the Business Process API without building separate automation. Gift officers can reduce manual steps and keep donor data organized by creating households during gift entry. Partners can programmatically create households in bulk by using gift or commitment payloads. Donor records stay complete from the point of entry, immediately closing reporting gaps.") - Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is available only to Nonprofit Cloud. ### September 2026 - **Program and Case Management**: [Drive Participant Engagement and Save Staff Time with the Program Participant Portal Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_program_management_participant_portal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give participants secure self-service access to their programs, applications, enrollments, benefit assignments and disbursements, and referrals, so they can engage when and where it’s convenient for them. The new Program Participant Portal Experience Cloud template includes preconfigured pages, navigation, and components, so staff spend less time on routine inquiries and more time on high-value work.")(Added the week of September 7, 2026) - Added a release note to the Program and Case Management notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Marketing Cloud Next Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Reporting and Analytics**: [Analyze B2B Marketing Impact with Ready-to-Use Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_b2bam.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "B2B Analytics for Marketers brings account, opportunity, campaign, engagement, and attribution data into Tableau Next dashboards. Marketing teams can review account-based marketing performance, pipeline influence, campaign return, deal velocity, and attribution from one analytics experience. Use the dashboards to understand which marketing programs support pipeline and revenue, then apply those insights to planning, budgeting, and strategy.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Updated the Where section to remove Growth editions. B2B Analytics for Marketers is available with Advanced editions. - ****Email and Messaging****: [Choose the Best Content with Recommenders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_choose_with_recommenders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automatically select the best content for each email recipient at send time. ML-based Recommenders use each recipient's profile and engagement history to pick an optimal image file from a pool that you define. The recommender keeps learning from opens and clicks to improve future selections.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Updated the title. - **Distributed Marketing and Alerts**: [Add Approved Attachments to Email Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_dm_attachments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting in November 2026, marketers can attach files to email templates. To make sure that important documents are always included in emails sent from templates, marketers can mark attachments as required. If enabled, Distributed Marketing and Alerts senders can also upload their own files from a content workspace.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Feature available in November 2026. - ****Channels****: [Prepare for the WhatsApp Account Model Update](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_whatsapp_wame.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta is separating business phone numbers from provider-specific templates and billing through its WhatsApp Account Model Evolution update. You can now use a single WhatsApp phone number across Salesforce and another provider simultaneously without disrupting existing journeys, templates, or API integrations.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Landing Pages and Forms**: All topics (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Removed the release notes for Manage Landing Page Site Configuration with Marketing Sites, Personalize Landing Pages with Handlebars and AMPscript, Build Landing Pages and Forms with Custom HTML, and Connect Forms and Landing Pages to More Data Sources. These features aren't quite ready yet, so we removed them for now. - Moved the Show or Hide Dependent Form Fields Based on User Input release note to the [Content Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_content_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your marketing workspaces tidy when you delete folders and content in bulk. Establish a single source of truth for your brand with Brand Center and a unified brand kit. You can also personalize and report on content blocks with scripting, and create dynamic content that you can reuse across channels.") section. - **Distributed Marketing and Alerts**: [Add Approved Attachments to Email Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_dm_attachments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting in November 2026, marketers can attach files to email templates. To make sure that important documents are always included in emails sent from templates, marketers can mark attachments as required. If enabled, Distributed Marketing and Alerts senders can also upload their own files from a content workspace.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the ability to attach required files to email templates. - **Agentforce**: [Turn Marketing Leads into Qualified Sales Pipeline with the Buyer Engagement Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_buyer_engagement_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Buyer Engagement agent automatically handles inbound lead generation and high-volume outbound lead nurturing across your marketing channels. It pairs your campaign communications with two-way agentic conversations, so sales and marketing work from one shared view of every buyer. Configure the agent to send personalized emails, handle web chat, qualify leads, and book meetings—all integrated with your campaigns and brand kits.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Updated the How section of the release note to reflect the new Buyer Engagement agent setup page in Salesforce Go. - Agent setup now includes steps to create a Buyer Engagement data graph for more personalization. - Agent setup now includes steps to deploy the conversation data kit and turn on conversation transcripts to give the agent more context. - The Forward to Bot/Agent action gives users more control over Buyer Engagement agent behavior in Flows. Now, when you select the Agentforce Service Agent routing type, you can manage channel settings. - **Channels**: [Do More with RCS Messaging in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_rcs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Marketers can now build interactive mobile experiences, manage RCS campaigns directly from the Campaign tab, control business unit access, and track the performance of the Send RCS Message flow element in Flow Builder.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Updated the list of enhancements to include conversational billing for RCS. - **Content Management**: [Reuse Agentic Content Blocks in Email, SMS, MMS, and RCS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_reuse_agentic_content_blocks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your marketers a multi-channel content block that they can create, save, and publish once, then add to their agentic content for email, SMS, MMS, and RCS channels. Keep shared text and media in one place instead of maintaining separate email and landing page blocks. When marketers edit the parent agentic content block, it automatically updates across all messages that use it.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Added a release note for reusable agentic content blocks. - **Agentforce**: [Turn Marketing Strategy Into Executable Plans with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_pln_oper_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Marketing Planning and Operations agent to build connected marketing programs and goals aligned with your company's planning hierarchies. You can create tiered programs and goals that cascade from company leaders to your teams, or standalone programs and goals focused on targeted business objectives. The agent gives back time to your team for strategy and creative work instead of manual planning tasks.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Marketing Planning and Operations**: [Simplify Marketing Planning and Operations Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_pln_oper_setup_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce Go, you can set up Marketing Planning and Operations and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. If you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Marketing Planning and Operations**: [Execute Diverse Strategies with Goal-Driven Marketing Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_pln_oper_hierarchy_programs_goals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build planning hierarchies tailored to different parts of your marketing organization, so each team executes their marketing plans the way they prefer. Marketers can design marketing programs at different hierarchy levels to translate strategy into marketing work that your teams own and run. Set program goals to break down the strategy into tangible targets, then watch the results roll up automatically to reveal progress across the entire hierarchy.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Marketing Planning and Operations**: [Connect Campaigns to Programs and Goals They Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_pln_oper_campaigns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Execute day-to-day campaign work from a dedicated Planning and Operations tab. You can connect campaigns to their programs so your team sees the strategic context each campaign supports. Cascade campaign results up through program goals to reveal each campaign's contribution to company strategy and business objectives.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Marketing Planning and Operations**: [Scale Operations with Built-In Compliance, Easy Coordination, and Unified Calendar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_pln_oper_execution_governance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Execute marketing programs and campaigns by building and using proven tactics and tactic templates to accelerate delivery. Compliance reviews keep programs and campaigns aligned with brand, regulatory, and policy standards before execution. See your entire marketing program and campaign schedule across all hierarchy levels to identify conflicts and timing gaps instantly. Also, coordinate team effort through tasks, approvals, and Slack without context-switching.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Content Management**: [Build Personalization Once and Reuse It Across Every Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_reuse_personalization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access data sources, build expressions, and create dynamic content blocks once, and then reuse them in your SMS, WhatsApp, RCS, push, and in-app messages in Content Builder. The Data Sources tab organizes Salesforce records, data graphs, offers, Apex, events, and activations into Inputs, Data, and Expressions so you find and apply them the same way in every channel. Use content resource picker to insert merge fields and expressions across every channel. Personalization tokens and dynamic content blocks resolve to the same values for the same recipient across channels. Set up UTM link parameters once, and Marketing Cloud appends them automatically to every tracked link in any content across your workspaces.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Added details about content resource picker usage and UTM parameter support. - **Distributed Marketing and Alerts**: [Launch Distributed Marketing and Alerts from Custom Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_dm_launch_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "As previously announced in Summer '26, an admin can now build a custom Lightning Web Component that opens the Distributed Marketing and Alerts window from anywhere in Salesforce. Previously, non-marketing users could open the window only from built-in areas in Salesforce. Now, to let non-marketing users send personalized messages in context from the same place they browse content, use the supported API to pre-fill the window with a specified audience, campaign, or flow.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Republished the release note to update the Where section to reflect the required licenses. Added a See Also link to a configuration guide. - **Marketing Content**: [Automate UTM and Custom Parameter Tagging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_manage_link_parameters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To measure how audiences engage across messaging channels, automate your link tagging, eliminating the need to add and maintain link parameters manually for every link. Apply standard UTM (Urchin Tracking Module) parameters for all links used in a business unit, content record, or individual link. Add a fallback value to each parameter so links stay tagged even when an editor doesn't add specific parameters.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Setup and Admin**: [Import a Data Extension into a Marketing Object](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_data_extension_marketing_object.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Copy a data extension's columns, data types, primary keys, and records from Marketing Cloud Engagement into a Marketing Object in one step. The data extension import is a one-time copy of available data. That is, if you add data to the data extension, those changes don’t appear in the marketing object, and vice versa.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Setup and Admin**: [Build a Marketing Object Schema from Scratch](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_marketing_object_schema.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When you know your data structure but don't have data to import yet, you can now build a marketing object’s schema from scratch. Define fields, data types, and primary keys. Once your schema is ready, add records by importing a CSV file or using API.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Setup and Admin**: [Load and Query Marketing Object Data at Scale with Bulk API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_marketing_object_bulk_api.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run high-volume inserts, upserts, and queries on marketing object records using Bulk API. To manage marketing object schemas programmatically, use the Metadata API. If you use Salesforce APIs for other data operations, apply the same tooling to marketing data without adopting a separate integration path.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Setup and Admin**: [Test Marketing Object Changes in a Sandbox and Sync with Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_marketing_object_sandbox.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In Winter ’27, we also added sandbox support and syncing enhancements. Test marketing object schema changes in a sandbox before deploying to production, and sync marketing object data with Data 360 for use in your messages and flows. Schemas replicate automatically from production on sandbox refresh, so no manual setup is needed.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Landing Pages and Forms**: [Show or Hide Dependent Form Fields Based on User Input](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_dependent_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure dependent field rules in Form Builder to show a field only when it's relevant. For example, when a user selects the United States in a Country field, a State field appears. Instead of maintaining separate forms for every audience or region, build one form that dynamically adapts to user input. If a user changes an answer that affects the dependent field’s relevance, the information is removed so that no contradictory data reaches your Flow or Data 360. Add up to 50 visibility rules per form, nested up to two levels deep.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - **Email and Messaging**: [Test Personalized Content as Any Recipient](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_preview_test.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Extend message preview and testing to list, individual, and campaign recipient types across email, SMS, WhatsApp, mobile app, and RCS. For each recipient type, verify personalized content with sample Apex input and content variable values from an activation, event, Salesforce record, or Apex class. To fix errors before you send, review and edit the rendered JSON output directly.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Added a When section to inform about the release timeline. - **Development & APIs**: [Create and Manage Content Programmatically Using Connect API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_development_apis_content.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Connect API to manage all types of content in your Marketing Cloud Next Content Management System (CMS). Create and modify SMS, WhatsApp, and mobile app messages. Manage your landing pages, forms, brands, images, videos, expressions, and tracked links. Create folder structures in your content workspace and view the items in specific folders.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Edited to clarify that you use Connect API to edit content. - Updated list of supported content types to include content workspace folders. - **Email and Messaging**: [Archive High-Volume Emails in Your Own Cloud Storage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_email_archiving.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Store copies of your sent marketing emails directly in your Microsoft Azure cloud storage with Data 360. This archive option supports high sending volumes, so that large senders can keep copies of every sent email without hitting the Salesforce Archiving throughput ceiling. After archiving, query and retrieve email copies from the storage location on your own schedule.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Removed Amazon S3 as a supported storage location for archiving emails. ### August 2026 - **Agentforce**: [Generate More Qualified Leads with the Buyer Engagement Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_buyer_engagement_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Buyer Engagement agent automatically handles inbound lead generation and high-volume outbound lead nurturing across your marketing channels. It pairs your campaign communications with two-way agentic conversations, so sales and marketing work from one shared view of every buyer. Configure the agent to send personalized emails, handle web chat, qualify leads, and book meetings—all integrated with your campaigns and brand kits.") (Added the week of August 30, 2026) ## Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 - **Email**: [Disable Email Open and Click Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae_email_tracking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To support evolving tracking and privacy regulations, you can now control whether email opens or clicks are tracked in the emails that you send. Email tracking settings were added on the Account Engagement Settings page for each business unit. Choose whether to enable or disable tracking on opens, links, or advanced metrics.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) ## Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - [Reuse Marketing Cloud Engagement Images in Marketing Cloud Next Content Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_engagement_images.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access and insert Marketing Cloud Engagement images directly in Marketing Cloud Next Content Builder by using Digital Asset Management (DAM) Connect, without manual downloads. Images update automatically when the source asset changes.") (Added the week of October 26, 2026) - [Prepare for the WhatsApp Account Model Update](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_whatsapp_wame.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta is separating business phone numbers from provider-specific templates and billing through its WhatsApp Account Model Evolution update. You can now use a single WhatsApp phone number across Salesforce and another provider simultaneously without disrupting existing journeys, templates, or API integrations.") (Added the week of October 11, 2026) - [Prepare for WhatsApp Service and Utility Message Pricing Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_whatsapp_pricing_utility_services.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta is now charging on a per-message basis for WhatsApp service messages and utility messages sent within the Customer Service Window. These message types were previously free. As a result, on November 1, 2026, Salesforce is updating its pricing to reflect Meta’s new charges. If you exceed your entitlements, message delivery continues, however overage billing can apply.") (Added the week of October 11, 2026) - [Other Changes in Marketing Cloud Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_other_features.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Learn about other changes we made in Winter ’27.") (Added the week of October 13, 2026) - Added note about updated TLS version 1.3. ### September 2026 - [Monitor the Security Posture of Your Account with the Security Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_security_dashboard_view.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get a single view of security settings for your Marketing Cloud Engagement account with the Security Dashboard. View an overall health score, review security factors grouped by category, and identify high-priority improvements, all in one place. To share your security posture with stakeholders, export a branded PDF report.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Updated to clarify that the feature isn't available on Hyperforce. - [Prepare for the Retirement of Emotional Tone Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_emotional_tone_widget.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Emotional Tone Insights widget on the Einstein Copy Insights dashboard retires in late September/early October 2026. This widget offers limited insight value, so it's retiring to keep the dashboard focused on more impactful data. There's no replacement widget for Emotional Tone Insights, and you don't need to take any action.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - [Skip Template Pre-Approval for WhatsApp Utility Messages with Direct Send](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_category_mismatches.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "WhatsApp Direct Send eliminates the manual pre-approval step for utility messages, reducing operational bottlenecks in your messaging workflow. Unlike the traditional template lifecycle, Direct Send templates reach recipients without waiting for prior approval. Your teams deploy utility messages faster and at higher volumes.") (Updated the week of September 21, 2026) - Clarified that the feature enables marketers to send utility messages directly without pre-approval of the message template. - Added information about the availability of the feature. - [Avoid Duplicate Email Sends in Journey Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_journeys_duplicate_sends.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Prevent unnecessary sends by deduplicating email addresses in journeys. If your entry source data extension contains multiple contact keys with the same email address, deduplication ensures that each recipient receives only one copy of the email from each email activity in a journey within the specified lookback period.") (Added the week of September 16, 2026) - [Identify Journey Issues on a Consolidated Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_journeys_notification_dashboard.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "View issues, warnings, and other information related to your journeys in one place with the Journey Notifications dashboard. Each notification flags the affected journey and the issue type. Use this information to prioritize fixes and reduce time spent identifying issues.") (Added the week of September 16, 2026) ### August 2026 - [Troubleshoot Decision Splits with More Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_decision_split.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Journey Health dashboard now offers detailed logging for decision split elements, including detailed contact data. This feature enables faster, more effective debugging of path routing and contact journeys.") (Added the week of August 28, 2026) ## Marketing Intelligence Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - [Get Data-Driven Recommendations for Campaign Performance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mc_mi_campaign_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Budget Reallocation in Marketing Intelligence to analyze your campaign performance and get AI-powered recommendations for reallocating your daily budget. Set a target metric, select your campaigns, and apply the recommendations you want.") (Added the week of October 18th, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Salesforce Personalization Release Note Changes by Month Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly. Check back soon for the latest updates. ### October 2026 - [Explore Salesforce Personalization Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_sp_learning_map.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get up to speed on Salesforce Personalization with Trailhead modules, videos, blogs, developer guides, and Help topics curated in a learning map in Salesforce Help. Follow each stage, from your first look at the product through setup, configuration, testing, analysis, and advanced use cases with Agentforce.") (Added the week of October 19th, 2026) - [Update Experiment and Attribution Analytics on Demand](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_exp_attrib_on_demand_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See the latest experiment or attribution results without waiting for the next scheduled analytics update. Personalization users can now launch analytics updates from an experiment or attribution record, up to one time per hour. Previously, these analytics were updated only on a 24-hour schedule.") (Added the week of October 19th, 2026) - [Drive B2B Sales with Objective-Based Account Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_drive_b2b_sales_with_objective_based_account_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Guide your sales teams to the right next product or offer by using objective-based recommenders on account profiles. Objective-based recommenders can now analyze key account attributes like industry, revenue, and account type along with real-time engagement signals. By combining these data points, objective-based recommenders deliver products or offers tailored to specific business goals, such as driving upsells or cross-sells. For example, a sales rep working to renew a healthcare account can surface complementary products that similar healthcare accounts have already purchased. Extend the same intelligence to self-service account portals to serve tailored content when partners or buyers log in.") (Added the week of October 12th, 2026) - [Extend Personalization Campaigns with Added Strategy and Channel Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_campaign_strategy_channel_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enhance Personalization campaigns by using new Recommendations & Offers strategy and Mobile channel delivery options. Select the Recommendations & Offers strategy to define custom rules or use AI and machine learning to deliver content based on individual behavior and preferences. Select the mobile channel option to personalize a mobile app experience.") (Added the week of October 5th, 2026) ### August 2026 - [Analyze Experiment Results with the Data Visualization Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_data_viz_tab.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Review A/B test results and compare variations against your control cohort to know when results are ready to act on. Summary cards surface the best-performing variation and its odds of winning. A performance chart and daily enrollment chart show the trend over time.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - [Deliver Personalized Mobile Experiences Without Rebuilding Your App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_personalize_mobile_lowcode.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With low-code mobile personalization, your team builds mobile experiences from a set of reusable building blocks. After a developer defines the components and content zones one time, business users can create, preview, and publish personalized experiences on their own, without writing code or shipping an app update. Personalized content renders natively in your app, and customer interactions are sent to Data 360 to sharpen future personalization. Low-code mobile personalization supports iOS, Android, React Native, and Flutter apps.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) ## Loyalty Management Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 - **Loyalty Management**: [Set Up Loyalty Programs with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_program_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Describe your loyalty program in plain language to an AI tool, and set it up in one guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates your loyalty program, tier model and related qualifying-point currency, redeemable currency, accrual and redemption activities, and tier benefits and tier assessment rules. After you create the necessary records, the tool activates your program.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Enrich Your Loyalty Program with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_rewards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create vouchers, games, and badges to increase member engagement by describing what you want to an AI tool. The tool creates the underlying record — with the discount, expiration, game rewards, or badge validity details you specify — and activates it for you. Configure each one independently, in any order, to keep building out your loyalty program's offerings.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Onboard Partners into Your Loyalty Ecosystem with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_partners.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your marketing managers can bring an external partner into your loyalty program's ecosystem through a guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates the partner account and maps the partner's product catalog and categories. Your managers can also set up prepaid packs and a points conversion ratio, and create joint promotions.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Build Complex Loyalty Promotions with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure complex promotions that use the Accrual Events and Engagement Trail templates through a conversational, AI-assisted workflow. Describe your requirements in plain language to an AI tool, and the tool creates the underlying qualifiers and milestones as you confirm each detail. Define limits to control liability, and configure multiple promotions independently of each other.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Loyalty Management**: [Enroll Loyalty Members and Resolve Service Cases with AI Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_member_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your service representatives and marketing managers can enroll members through AI tools by using natural language prompts. Service representatives can also manage loyalty tiers, points, and vouchers. The tool creates and updates the corresponding records in Loyalty Management. Each request is processed independently, so resolving one member's case doesn't affect another member's records.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Real-Time Offer Management Features Released by Month Real-Time Offer Management features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. ### August 2026 - **Offer Management**: [Manage Offers and Promotions from the Real-Time Offer Management Unified Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_unified_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage promotions and offers more efficiently from one workspace. Move between planning, creation, and performance analysis in one place, without switching apps.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Offer Management**: [Set Up Offer Management Faster with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_unified_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Manage promotions and offers more efficiently from one workspace. Move between planning, creation, and performance analysis in one place, without switching apps.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Offer Management**: [Make Smarter Decisions with the Offer Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Make smarter offer decisions by seeing previous offer performance across products, categories, market segments, and engagement channels in one place. Compare results and adjust existing offers to reach your targets. Relaunch your most successful offers and focus future offers on the combinations that drive stronger engagement and business outcomes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Offer Management**: [Control Which Offers Appear in Offer Personalised Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_offers_personalised_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deliver more relevant offer recommendations by controlling which offers the recommender considers for each customer. When you create an offer recommender in Salesforce Personalization, apply ready-made filters or build your own from offer details and related information in a Data 360 data graph.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ## Referral Marketing Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Partner Cloud Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - [Enable Partners to Create Joint Business Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_partners_create_joint_business_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give partners more control over joint business planning with custom permission sets. Partners can create and delete Joint Business Plans and Account Plans. Joint Business Plan list views show opportunities for the partner account based on the shared entity.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Book Appointments on Partner Calendars with Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_connect_partner_calendars.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give customers up-to-date appointment times by connecting partner users’ Google Calendar or Microsoft 365 calendars to Salesforce with Einstein Activity Capture. Salesforce Scheduler checks partners’ availability in real time and books appointments directly on their calendars. Partners authenticate once for a secure scheduling experience.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Launch Partner Enablement Faster with Prebuilt Track Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_track_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create partner enablement programs more quickly with prebuilt track templates for common partner journeys. Each template provides a ready-made program structure with exercises and measures that you can tailor to your business. Partner success managers spend less time building programs from scratch and deliver consistent enablement experiences at scale.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Track Partner Activity Across Customer Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_track_partner_customer_activity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let customers view partner users' availability and book meetings with them directly. Calendar connections give channel managers more visibility into partner interactions with customers, improve partner productivity, and help communications comply with local regulations. Previously, partner users managed their schedules in personal tools, so channel managers couldn't track when or how often partners engaged with customers.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Automate Objective Management and Link Records for Joint Business Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_automate_joint_business_plan_objectives.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep joint business plan objectives current by automatically linking and unlinking qualifying records. Background jobs update eligible records every 24 hours or on demand, reducing manual record management. Use standard objects such as Account, Opportunity Line Item, Order, and Order Item to define business objectives.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - [Register Partner Deals Faster with Conversational AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud_register_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give channel partners a conversational way to register deals in Agentforce or WhatsApp without navigating complex portal pages. Guided prompts collect the required deal information and help reduce manual registration work. Channel managers can launch co-selling capabilities faster, accelerate deal cycles, and track pipeline requests.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) ## Platform Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **AgentExchange Partners**: [Verify Email-Sending Domains to Create New Templates and Trialforce Source Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_identify_domain_verification.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Due to a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email, you must verify the email-sending domains associated with your Trialforce branded email sets. Starting in Winter ’27, you must verify the email-sending domains in your Trialforce management org (TMO) to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your TMO in previous releases. If you’ve already set up a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain, the associated email sets are automatically verified and you don’t need to take further action.") (Updated the week of October 26, 2026) - Updated the release note to clarify that email-domain verification is now required to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your Trialforce management org (TMO) in previous releases. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") (Updated the week of October 26, 2026) - Updated availability dates for controlling unauthenticated guest user access to GraphQL API. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Updated the release note with a phased enforcement schedule. - **Lightning Components**: [AI Tags for LWCs and Aura Components Are No Longer Supported](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_ai_tags_unsupported.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Starting in Winter '27, the platform throws an error if you add an tag to Lightning web component configuration files or the equivalent tag to Aura component design bundles. Components that included these tags before the Winter '27 release continue to work as expected. Previously, you could implement these tags to add AI descriptions for custom components.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **DevOps**: [Catch Deployment Errors Early with Validate-Only Deployment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_validate_only_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run a validate-only deployment to find deployment errors, Apex test failures, and code coverage issues before you promote your changes to the target org. Validate-only deployment doesn't modify the target org or merge branches, so you can investigate and fix problems risk-free. When a validation succeeds and stays eligible, complete the promotion within 10 days without rerunning Apex tests.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Salesforce Mobile App**: [Control Which External Domains Can Frame Your Visualforce Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_iframe_trusted_domains.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "External domains can frame your Visualforce pages or surveys in an inline frame (iframe) only when you add them to an allowlist. To let a trusted site load a Visualforce page or survey in an iframe, add its domain in Session Settings and set the iframe type to Visualforce Pages. Domains that aren't on the allowlist can't frame your pages.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Mobile Publisher Apps** : [Update Your Mobile Publisher App for Stronger Mobile Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_rtr_ec_apps_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To defend against stolen-credential and token-replay attacks, Salesforce is enabling Refresh Token Rotation (RTR). Because refresh tokens keep users signed in without re-entering passwords, updating your app for RTR support ensures their access remains secure and uninterrupted.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Added an entry to the Sharing section about the SharingReason metadata type. - **Apex: New and Changed Items**: [Custom Sharing Reason Available on Standard Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_standard_sharing_reasons.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Grant record access on standard objects by referencing a custom sharing reason (row cause) in Apex, the same way you do for custom objects. Previously, programmatic shares on standard objects were limited to the Manual row cause. A share that uses a custom sharing reason isn't deleted when the record owner changes, and a descriptive reason appears on the record's sharing page.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Agentic Mobile Apps**: [Create Native Mobile Apps for Employees and Customers with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_agentic_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Skip months of development and design work: Describe the app that you want, using natural language, and Agentforce builds a mobile app for you. Quickly build apps for your employees or for your customers, by using natural language prompts. Design and preview the layout, publish to the App Store and Google Play, and analyze usage, all in one connected flow.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Mobile App**: [Update Your Branded App for Stronger Mobile Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_rtr_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To defend against stolen-credential and token-replay attacks, Salesforce is enabling Refresh Token Rotation (RTR). Because refresh tokens keep users signed in without re-entering passwords, updating your app for RTR support ensures their access remains secure and uninterrupted.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Added an entry to the Marketing section about the new MarketingObject metadata type. - **API Catalog**: [Authenticate to External MCP Servers with Per-User Credentials in API Catalog and Headlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_per_user_auth_ext_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Let your users access an external MCP server through OAuth 2.0 browser flows with their own credentials instead of a shared system-to-system connection. Register the server with an external credential that provides per-user authentication.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **API Catalog**: [Create Custom Salesforce-Hosted MCP Servers Headlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_catalog_connect_rest_api_custom_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create custom Salesforce-hosted MCP servers through the API Catalog Connect REST API. Use the API in headless workflows to create servers that expose tools and prompts to Agentforce and supported MCP clients.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Digital Wallet**: [Check Out the New Digital Wallet Home Page and Left-Side Navigation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_home_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Digital Wallet app’s home page serves as your central hub to monitor and manage your Salesforce investment. The new left-side navigation menu eliminates tab overload and groups related Digital Wallet features together so you can quickly find what you’re looking for. And you now have direct access to view billing information, such as invoices and contracts, in Digital Wallet.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - The Digital Wallet app’s home page serves as your central hub to monitor and manage your Salesforce investment. - **Digital Wallet**: [Digital Wallet Consumption Analytics Dashboard Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_ca_dash_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We’ve enhanced the Consumption Analytics Dashboard to improve the information it provides and enable some key Tableau Next features.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - We’ve enhanced the Consumption Analytics Dashboard to improve the information it provides and enable some key Tableau Next features. - **Digital Wallet**: [Export License Utilization Data from Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_license_export.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Export your license utilization data to a CSV file to review it holistically or analyze it in an external business intelligence (BI) tool.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - Export license utilization data to a CSV file for further analysis. - **DevOps**: [Save Time by Importing Jira Work Items into Lifecycle Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_jira_integration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Connect your Jira workspace to import Jira work items into Lifecycle Center, removing the need to manually reenter work details. Once connected, search, filter, and bulk-import work items while retaining their original summaries and descriptions. Lifecycle Center creates corresponding work items that maintain a permanent reference back to their original Jira work items, ensuring full traceability between systems.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Globalization**: [User Interface Language Translations to Catalan and Basque Are Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization_ui_lang_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Improve the experience of Catalan and Basque speakers with user interface language support for Service Cloud and Agentforce Public Sector. Catalan and Basque UI text falls back to Spanish when translations aren’t available.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Globalization**: [Review Updated Label Translations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization_review_label_translations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these languages: Arabic, Basque, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - Translations or updated translations for these languages are available in October 2026: Basque, Bulgarian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, French, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese. ### September 2026 - **Digital Wallet**: [Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in Scratch Orgs in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_scratch_orgs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Gain full visibility into developer-driven costs by monitoring Agentforce Vibes consumption in Digital Wallet.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Track Agentforce Vibes consumption in scratch orgs. - **Salesforce CMS** [Delete Content and Folders in Bulk in Enhanced CMS Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_bulk_delete.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Delete folders and content in bulk to keep your enhanced CMS workspace organized. Delete any item of CMS content, even when it’s published, and when you delete a folder, everything within it gets deleted too. Previously, deletion was limited to one unpublished content item at a time from the content detail page, and to empty folders only. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Updated the release note to clarify that this feature is available starting September 28, 2026. - **Platform**: [Manage Change, Releases, and AI Governance in One Place with Lifecycle Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_rebrand.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Next Generation DevOps Center is now Lifecycle Center. Bring governance, change and release management, and real-time analytics together in one place to manage your application lifecycle. Your existing projects, pipelines, environments, and work items continue to work as before under the new name.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Added a release note announcing that Next Generation DevOps Center is now Lifecycle Center. - **Platform**: [Govern Coding Agents at Scale with Lifecycle Center Governance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lifecycle_center_governance_beta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Lifecycle Center Governance includes predefined policies organized by category. Policies are defined and managed in Lifecycle Center, then applied to coding agents in Agentforce Vibes. Each policy groups rules that define and monitor coding agent behavior. Each rule maps to enforcements—such as Code Analyzer checks—that apply automatically when enabled. Enable or disable individual rules to tailor enforcement to your org's needs.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Platform**: [Access Your Schedule Hands-Free with Siri Shortcuts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_siri_shortcuts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Quickly view your schedule, review recent conversations, or record meetings using voice commands with the new Siri Shortcuts integration. You can now ask Siri to display your upcoming or past meetings without opening the app. You can also launch meeting transcriptions right from those displayed events.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Platform**: [Screen Rotation Now Supported on Android 17 Tablets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_tablet_rotation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Salesforce app now rotates smoothly on Android 17 tablets, fitting both horizontal and vertical screens. The app interface automatically adjusts to portrait or landscape mode as users rotate their tablets, ensuring a continuous visual workflow without requiring admin configuration.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Customization**: [Monitor Org Health and Usage from Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_org_health_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You no longer have to turn on Salesforce with Agentforce to monitor your orgs health and usage metrics. Org Health and Usage is now available in Setup for all admins. It provides insights into the health of your org and opportunities to improve it. It shows metrics for security, performance, trust, usage, and more. It also ranks the metrics based on severity, so the metrics that need your attention appear first.") (Added the week of September 15, 2026) - Enhanced documentation to provide more details about metrics, refined Apex metrics and severity definitions, and updated UI for greater clarity. - **Salesforce Lightning Design System**: [Give Your Users the Option of Dark Mode (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_dark_mode_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dark mode for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) themes is now generally available, so your users can switch to a darker appearance whenever they want. You can also upload a dark-mode version of your company's logo to match. Dark mode presents light-colored text and visual elements on a dark background, which reduces eye strain in low-light conditions and improves readability.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Added a release note about new Error and FailedAssertions fields on the FlowTestResult object. - **Platform**: Control Component Visibility with New Picklist Field Visibility Rule Operators (Removed the week of September 14, 2026) - Removed this release note because the feature isn't available. - **AgentExchange Partners**: [Manage Dev Hub from Your Coding Client with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devhub_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new dx-org-devhub-configure AI Skill to enable and manage your Dev Hub directly from your AI coding client by using natural-language prompts.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **AgentExchange Partners**: [Create and Track Trial Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trialforce_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your trial orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, two skills help you create trial, Developer Edition, and Trialforce orgs, and track when your orgs expire.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Packaging**: [Automate Managed Package Post-Install Configuration with an AI Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_packaging_post_install_ai_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the dx-pkg-post-install-configure AI Skill to automate post-install configuration for any Salesforce managed package directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. After you install a package, describe your setup task in plain language, and the skill handles the configuration for you.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Sandbox and Scratch Orgs**: [Manage the Full Lifecycle of Your Sandboxes with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandboxes_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your sandboxes directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, three skills help you create, refresh, and activate sandboxes, and generate and apply post-copy configuration files.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Sandbox and Scratch Orgs**: [Create, Compare, and Manage Scratch Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scratch_orgs_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use AI Skills to manage your scratch orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, five skills help you create and manage scratch orgs, org shapes, and scratch org snapshots, compare orgs for drift, and track org expiration.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Generate Multi-Framework Insights in Scale Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_mfw.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Now, you can access actionable metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps inside of Scale Center. The Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard analyzes up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Platform**: [Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in DevOps Center with Agentic Development (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_devops_agentic_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Apex: New and Changed Items**: [System namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Removed the `Limits.getLimitDataCloudFlexCredits` and the `Limits.getDataCloudFlexCredits` methods from the System namespace section. These methods aren’t quite ready yet, so we removed them for now. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Added an entry to the Customization section about the removal of the enableAuraSecStaticResCRUCPref field on the LightningExperienceSettings metadata type. - Added an entry to the Development section about the enableAsyncApexElasticExecutions and the enableBlockPackagedApexExecAnon fields on the ApexSettings metadata type. - **Platform**: [Keep Field Generation Responses Focused on Business Use Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "By default, field generation follow-up refinement requests aren't validated to ensure relevance to business requests. This means users can make unrelated, non-business requests within the field generation panel. To steer users back to your specific business goals, turn on the new Validate Field Generation Refinements setting in Setup. This limits the agent's focus entirely to field generation-related activity, ensuring your Einstein credits are spent only on relevant business use cases.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Platform**: [Field Generation Refinements Now Respect Your Selected Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_prompt_builder_template_field_gen_model.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Previously, follow-up responses from Einstein in the field generation panel used the Salesforce default LLM instead of the model assigned to your field generation prompt template. Follow-up and refinement responses are now generated from the model that you selected in the prompt template.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Platform**: Control Component Visibility with New Picklist Field Visibility Rule Operators (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Platform**: [Build Reusable Quick Action Experiences with Page-Based Quick Actions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lab_quick_action_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create quick actions based on accessible, reusable action layouts using the same authoring tool you use for Lightning pages. Build a quick action page one time in Lightning App Builder and associate it with multiple quick actions. Configure dynamic visibility rules, organize fields into sections, and set field behavior—all in one familiar interface. When you update the quick action page, your changes apply to all actions that use it, giving you a consistent, efficient way to manage action experiences.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added entries to the Customization section about new Quick Action Page-related changes on the FlexiPage and QuickAction metadata types. - **Digital Wallet**: [Gain Deeper Visibility into Slackbot Usage via Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wallet_slackbot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Track and monitor your Flex Credits Slackbot consumption in Digital Wallet. After your organization opts into this feature, Slackbot Consumption draws on Flex Credits after your plan's pre-allocated message allowance is exhausted. Flex Credit billing is only supported for connections to production Salesforce orgs.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Track and monitor Slackbot Consumption on the Flex Credits consumption card. - **Salesforce Lightning Design System**: [Customize Components with the SLDS 2 Styling API and Component-Level Hooks (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_c_level_hooks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "We're expanding our styling hook system with a full Styling API that now includes component-level hooks. Use the Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) Styling API component-level styling hooks to gain granular control over individual design components without affecting global styling hooks or other components.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a link to the component-level styling hooks documentation and information on how to sign up for the developer preview. ### August 2026 - **Platform**: [Monitor Org Health and Usage from Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_org_health_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You no longer have to turn on Salesforce with Agentforce to monitor your orgs health and usage metrics. Org Health and Usage is now available in Setup for all admins. It provides insights into the health of your org and opportunities to improve it. It shows metrics for security, performance, trust, usage, and more. It also ranks the metrics based on severity, so the metrics that need your attention appear first.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added access to Org Health and Usage for users who haven't enabled Setup for Agentforce. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note about the new MCETransformationsSettings metadata type. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note about new date operator values on Flow and FlowTest metadata types. - **Apex**: [Process Data 360 Data Model Objects with Apex Cursors (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_cursors_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Apex cursors with Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) to process large SOQL query result sets in manageable chunks. Create a cursor with Database.getCursor(), retrieve records with Cursor.fetch(), and get the result set size with Cursor.getNumRecords(). Monitor Data 360 cursor rows, cursor instances, and Data 360 Flex Credit limits as you process DMO records.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note to announce that Apex Cursors now support Data 360 DMO queries. - **Lightning Components**: Use Complex Template Expressions in Your Lightning Web Components (Generally Available) (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature became generally available in a previous release. - **Apex: New and Changed Items**: [SF\_Archive namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_nc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added release notes to announce SF\_Archive namespace methods for testing your Apex without making live callouts to archived data. - **Experience Cloud**: [Experience Builder Agent (Beta) Is Discontinued](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_eb_agent_beta_discontinued.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Experience Builder Agent, previously announced as a beta feature for enhanced LWR sites, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. If you created an Experience Builder Agent during the beta, you can no longer use it. If you didn’t turn on this feature during the beta, you can no longer enable it.")(Added the week of August 31, 2026) - The Experience Builder Agent, previously announced as a beta feature, is discontinued as of Winter ’27. - **Experience Cloud**: Add Multiple Flow Approval Processes to a Record with the Request Approvals Component in Experience Builder (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Added a release note to announce the new FlowSettings field for controlling the Enable the Automation Lightning App org preference in Process Automation Settings via Metadata API. - **Apex**: [Handle Larger Datasets with Increased Apex Heap Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_heap_limit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Handle larger datasets and perform more complex operations without hitting heap constraints. Increased Apex heap limits reduce the chance of encountering runtime limit errors that interrupt business processes. The Apex heap limit for synchronous transactions increases from 6 MB to 10 MB, and the limit for asynchronous transactions increases from 12 MB to 25 MB.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Updated the availability of the “Enforce the Summer ’26 Apex heap limit” button to all Winter ’27 nonproduction orgs. Previously, it was stated that the button would be available only until all production orgs were upgraded to Winter ’27. - **Apex**: [Reduce Overhead by Recompiling Only Invalid Apex Classes and Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_recompile_invalid_apex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Return compilation results for Apex classes and triggers with validation errors, instead of recompiling the entire org. Access the compilation results through Setup or the Tooling API endpoint. Salesforce automatically identifies only classes and triggers that require recompilation, reducing compilation overhead and minimizing potential runtime errors. Routinely perform this targeted recompilation to prevent runtime delays during peak traffic.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Clarified the behavior of the “Compile only invalid classes” and “Compile only invalid triggers” buttons in Setup. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [GraphQL API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_graphql.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See what’s new with GraphQL API.") and [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - Added release notes to announce that admins can control guest user access to GraphQL API. - **Lightning Components**: [Accelerate Lightning Development with LWC Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Vibes now includes skills that provide guidance across the entire LWC lifecycle, covering accessibility, data, design, development, documentation, migration, testing, security, and quality review. Each skill is automatically applied when your task matches, so you can generate LWC code quickly based on the latest best practices.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Lightning Components**: [Changed Aura Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aura_components.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "These components have changes.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Removed the color picker update on `lightning:input` as it isn’t ready for external use. - **Lightning Components**: [New and Changed Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_components.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build UI easily with these new and changed components.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Removed the color picker update on `lightning-input` as it isn’t ready for external use. - **API**: [Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 Through 40.0 Are Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_retirement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Platform API versions 31.0 through 40.0 are being deprecated and retired.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Added release notes to announce to admins that API versions 31.0–40.0 will be deprecated in Summer '27 and retired in Summer '28. - **API** (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - Removed a no longer relevant release note informing admins that API versions 21.0–30.0 were being retired in Summer '25. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Added a release note about accessing related Data Model Object records in a Record Query Flow. - Added a release note about running a flow explicitly in user context. - **API: New and Changed Items**: [Tooling API New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Added a release note about running a flow explicitly in user context. ## Public Sector Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Outbound Payments**: [Authorize and Track Service Delivery Access Across Benefit and Non-Benefit Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_authorize_track_services.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agencies can now authorize and track service delivery for operational services like court translators, expert witnesses, and investigative consultants—as well as service-based benefits to constituents like nursing support and nutrition assistance with Service Authorization and Service Delivery.") - Updated to move the release note from the Outbound Payments section to the Claims Submission section. The release note content wasn’t updated. (Updated the week of October 19th, 2026) - **Outbound Payments**: [Customize Claims Submission Forms and AI-Based Invoice Extraction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_customize_claims.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Government agencies can now adapt Claims submission forms in Experience Cloud to match their workflows—adding custom fields, simplifying provider intake, and automating invoice data extraction with Unstructured Document Processing.") - Updated to move the release note from the Outbound Payments section to the Claims Submission section. The release note content wasn’t updated. (Updated the week of October 19th, 2026) - **Talent Recruitment Management for Agentforce Public Sector**: [Run Targeted Recruitment Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_recruitment_campaigns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Recruitment teams need a proactive way to engage candidates in their talent pool, not just wait for applications. With recruitment campaigns, you can segment your talent pool by skills and past applications to reengage candidates with personalized opportunities. Nurture passive talent over time with confidence, knowing campaigns target only candidates who consented to communications.") - Added a note about the workaround to complete the Agentforce Marketing Intial Setup stage in Salesforce GO. (Updated the week of October 12th, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [Deflect Taxpayer Inquiries Automatically with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_taxpayer_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Handle your highest-volume taxpayer questions related to refund status, tax balance breakdowns, and filing status inquiries with the Tax Advocate agent. Embed the agent directly on the taxpayer web portal. Taxpayers interact with a conversational AI in natural language and receive real-time, personalized answers grounded in Taxpayer 360 data.") - Added a release note about the general availability of the Tax Advocate agent. (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [Build a Unified Taxpayer 360 Profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_tax_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The new Taxpayer 360 Data Model covers identity and household details, income summary, filing status, and payment history, giving tax agents a complete constituent profile in one view without switching between systems. Connect your data by using Data 360 while keeping your existing system as the source of record.") - Updated the release note to announce the Tax and Revenue Management Data Kit. (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [New Connect REST API and Apex Methods in Tax and Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_tax_rev_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Retrieve a taxpayer's activity and profile through the new Tax and Revenue resources. Get the logged-in taxpayer's filings, documents, payments, refunds, and assessments for a tax year scoped to just the views you need, and get a taxpayer profile with the tax years that have filings on record.") - Updated the release note with new URL endpoints for the Tax Revenue Profile and Tax Constitutent Activity resources. (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [Metadata API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_meta.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.") - Added a release note with the new metadata type for Tax and Revenue Management features. (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Tax and Revenue Management for Public Sector**: [New Invocable Actions in Public Sector Solutions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_tax_rev_invocable_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Retrieve a taxpayer’s profile and tax-year activity from Flow with new invocable actions for Tax and Revenue Management.") - Added a release note with the new invocable actions for Tax and Revenue Management features. (Added the week of October 12, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Talent Recruitment Management for Agentforce Public Sector**: Answer Candidate Questions Instantly with Agentic Self-Service for Talent Recruitment Management (Removed the week of August 24, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Tax and Revenue Management for Agentforce Public Sector**: [Deflect Taxpayer Inquiries Automatically with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_taxpayer_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Handle your highest-volume taxpayer questions related to refund status, tax balance breakdowns, and filing status inquiries with the Tax Advocate agent. Embed the agent directly on the taxpayer web portal. Taxpayers interact with a conversational AI in natural language and receive real-time, personalized answers grounded in Taxpayer 360 data.") (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature isn’t quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ## Revenue Management Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Billing**: [See Product Charges Together on an Invoice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoice_line_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See invoice lines grouped by product, including usage resources that belong to the same usage product. Invoice Line Summary rolls related lines into one hierarchy, so you can understand and explain one-time, recurring, usage, overage, and milestone charges without scanning the invoice line by line.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Billing**: [Automate Billing Schedule Reconciliations for Early Renewals of Future-Dated Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_billing_schedule_reconciliations_for_early_renewals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate manual financial reconciliation when customer contracts undergo early renewals for future-dated orders. Billing automatically detects transactions with superseded timelines and issues a negative billing schedule to eliminate the risk of double-billing. Simultaneously, Billing generates a new positive billing schedule for the updated renewal to maintain billing accuracy.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Billing**: [Manage Saved Payment Methods in Aura Experience Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_saved_payment_method_aura_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add the Saved Payment Methods for Aura component to any Experience Cloud site built by using Aura templates. Your customers can add, view, delete, or set a saved payment method as the default for their account on the site for faster and frictionless payments.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Go Accelerators for Revenue Cloud**: [Revenue Cloud Accelerators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_management_accelerators.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Start with prebuilt foundations and sample usage data. Create quotes with less data entry, and manage quote documents and e-signatures from Salesforce. Check orders before activation, and connect fulfillment to Field Service without building every process from scratch.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Product Catalog Management**: [Reuse Existing Simple Products as Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_reuse_existing_simple_products_as_bundles.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Convert your existing simple products into bundles with a quick update to the product type. Previously, transitioning a simple product into a bundle required building a separate product record.") (Added the week of September 29, 2026) - **Product Configurator**: Let Constraint Rules Assign Child Product Quantities in Bundles (Removed the week of October 5, 2026) - **Transaction Management**: [Generate Documents for Quotes via CLM](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_docgen_clm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Generate quote documents that mirror what your reps see on screen, including nested product groups up to 5 levels deep. CLM Document Generation now displays groups, subgroups, and bundles in the same order and structure as your quote, even for quotes with up to 15,000 line items and 1,000 bundles. Configure your quote template to show group hierarchy using indentation, bullets, or color, so proposals are easy for customers to follow") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Transaction Management**: [Stack Renewals on Termed Assets with an Active Future-Dated Renewal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_renewal_stacking_of_termed_assets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Renew a termed asset even when it has an active future-dated renewal. Each new renewal quote and order builds on the end date of the most recently created renewal, so you can stack multiple renewals for a single asset. Previously, when a future-dated renewal existed on an asset, sales reps waited for the renewal activation before renewing that asset again.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Large Transactions**: [Clone Large Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_large_txn_clone_quotes_orders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sales reps no longer run into a line-item ceiling when cloning their biggest quotes and orders. The Clone API processes these large-scale clones asynchronously, returning a context ID and an async operation tracker ID so you can follow progress. When a clone finishes, reps see a completion alert, and any failures show a specific, actionable error message instead of a generic one.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Salesforce Go for Revenue Cloud**: [Launch the Revenue Cloud Solution for Subscription Selling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_launch_the_revenue_cloud_solution_for_subscription_selling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Install the Revenue Management Subscription Selling solution in an empty sandbox from Salesforce Go with a working reference configuration. The installation turns on Revenue Cloud foundations and configures your org with sample subscription products, price books, and more, giving you the experience of a Revenue Cloud implementation for subscription-selling use cases. Start quoting and placing orders immediately with a baseline configuration. Use this solution as a starting point, and then refine the configuration for your production rollout.") (Updated the week of September 29, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Set Up Revenue Management in Minutes with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_setup_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask an AI agent to set up Revenue Management in a new org through a guided conversation. The agent enables Revenue Management and sets up the Context Service, Salesforce Pricing, and Product Discovery foundation. It also activates the standard price book and assigns the admin the permission sets that their role requires. What normally takes hours of clicking through Setup now takes about 15 minutes.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Build a Revenue Management Product Catalog Just by Describing It to an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_build_product_catalog_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Tell an AI agent what you want in a product catalog, and skip building each catalog record by hand. From a plain-language request, the agent creates a catalog, a category to organize your products, the products themselves, a selling model that sets how you sell each product, and a list price for each product on the standard price book. The agent works in order, reuses selling models and categories, and flags prices that don't match a product's selling model before creating the records. When you ask the agent to check its work, it reads the catalog back from your org and reports which products are ready to sell.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Set Up Revenue Management Pricing in Plain Language with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_setup_pricing_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Price an existing product by describing what you want to an AI agent instead of clicking through price books, selling model options, and price adjustment schedules across separate objects. Working through the Revenue Management Pricing API, the agent surfaces a product's current pricing and adds a second way to sell the product, such as by offering a one-time product as a monthly subscription. The agent also authors a volume discount and handles ongoing price and tier changes. To prove that the discount applies, the agent prices the product at several quantities and reads the pricing waterfall for each.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Set Up Product Configuration Rules Conversationally with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_setup_config_rules_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Author product configuration rules on a standalone product by describing what you want in plain language. An AI agent writes, validates, and activates each rule for you in CML Editor so reps configure and sell your products correctly.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Protect Margins by Routing Discount Approvals on Quotes with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_discount_approval_routing_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI agent to build a discount-approval process on quotes in Revenue Management with Advanced Approvals so every deal gets the right sign-off before it closes. The agent routes deals by discount size, escalates the largest discounts to a second approver, and auto-approves deals within policy. Before any submission, the agent previews routing at several discount levels so you can confirm that each deal reaches the right approver.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Salesforce Document Generation**: [Handle Document Generation Timeouts with Configurable Retry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation_retry_timeout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When document generation takes longer than expected, users can retry the request from Omniscript or the Generate Document experience instead of starting over. Admins can set a custom timeout on the generate-and-preview Lightning web component so users see a retry option within a predictable window.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Salesforce Contracts**: [Use Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_lpp_licenses.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Now you can pair Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Starter or Lightning Platform Plus, reducing licensing costs for organizations that need contract lifecycle management without full CRM capabilities. Some Salesforce Contracts capabilities depend on features that aren't included with Lightning Platform licenses. Previously, Salesforce Contracts required a Core CRM license, such as Sales Cloud or Service Cloud.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Product Catalog Management**: [runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_runtime_industries_cpq_namespace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Work with product variations and units of measure during product discovery and selection. The runtime_industries_cpq namespace includes new classes and properties that represent a product's variation attributes, variation class, child variations, and units of measure.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Added new classes and properties for working with a product's units of measure. - **Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Packages**: [Review and Complete Actions for Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Package Security Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cpq_and_advanced_approvals_managed_package.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security enhancements for the Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals managed packages address vulnerabilities that could affect your implementation. Review the enhancements and complete any applicable actions to keep your implementation secure and functional.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Security enhancements will be available effective September 3, 2026. ### August 2026 - **Product Catalog Management**: Reuse Existing Simple Products as Bundles (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ## Sales Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Momentum**:[Momentum](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_momentum.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give sales teams a connected view of their customer interactions with Momentum. Momentum automatically captures upcoming meetings, emails, and recorded customer conversations and structures them in Salesforce. With this AI-powered data foundation, your sales teams can access rich data alongside participant and related-record context. What’s more, this data foundation unlocks features like Executive Briefs and Call Coaching, empowering your teams to take their Momentum to the next level.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - [Capture and Review Sales Conversations with Momentum](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_momentum.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Share rich contextual data about customer interactions with your sales teams. Momentum automatically captures recorded sales conversations and structures them in Salesforce alongside relevant insights and any deal risks. Your reps can better prepare for scheduled calls, and review recordings, call summaries, and next steps with ease. And with Momentum’s data foundation, your teams can see these insights, buying signals, and deal risks surfaced in relevant areas across Salesforce.") - [Stay Informed with Executive Briefs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_executive_briefs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Executive Briefs give your sales managers and leaders a scheduled, consolidated summary of your team's most recent conversation insights, delivered right in Slack. Instead of reviewing individual call insights, subscribers receive a summary that highlights key findings, supporting quotes, and opportunities to act.") - [Use Call Coaching on Video Calls to Drive Seller Success](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_call_coaching.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Define and track key competencies to standardize coaching for your sales teams. Call Coaching works across video calls for Momentum or Einstein Conversation Insights users. You can use an agent for AI-powered evaluations or manually evaluate calls if you don’t have Agentforce for Sales.") - [Update Key Fields Based on Momentum Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_field_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your sales reps time back by automating the field updates that normally eat into their day. Momentum works with Pipeline Management and Account Management to turn relevant information from calls into field updates, so reps spend less time on data entry and more time selling. Choose whether to apply updates automatically or show suggestions for reps to review in Pipeline Inspection or the Account Intelligence View. If you use Sales Methodology with Pipeline Management, you can also get suggestions for updating sales methodology criteria.") - [Share Customer Praise from Recorded Calls with Smart Clips](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_smart_clips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automatically turn customer praise from recorded sales calls into short, shareable video clips. When Smart Clips detects praise in a recorded call, it generates a clip with the customer’s video, account name, transcript quote, and a link to the full call. Smart Clips then posts the clip to a Slack channel that your team follows.") - **Email Configuration**: [Specify Which Email Domains Require Address Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_set_verification_requirements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If a trusted integration or admin manages your users’ email addresses in Salesforce, specify which domains require email address verification. By default, this user-level verification is always required to send email from Salesforce. For each authorized email domain, you can require email address verification only when users change their email address, or disable address verification entirely. Previously, you contacted Salesforce Customer Support to disable email address verification.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Corrected the scope of the setting. Email-to-Case [routing addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.customizesupport_configuring_routing_addresses.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and Experience Cloud site [sender email addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.networks_customize_email.htm&type=5&language=en_US) always require address verification. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Corrected the editions where the feature is available and added the Needs Approval setting. - **Spiff**: [Enhance Salesforce Spiff Mobile App Security with Multi-Factor Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spiff_mobile_mfa.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build your culture of trust, for your company and customers, by adding another layer of protection for users who log in to the Spiff mobile app. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) reduces the risk of unauthorized access to systems by requiring users to provide two or more verification factors. When multi-factor authentication (MFA) is turned on, after a user enters a password, the app asks for a code from an authenticator app before it opens Spiff. Previously, the mobile app didn't support MFA, so users couldn't complete sign-in when MFA was required.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce to Salesforce**: [Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Clarified that as of Summer ’26, there won't be any product bug fixes or enhancements, but you can still log support cases. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Activity Platform Hyperforce Infrastructure**: [Host Activity Platform Data in the Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) Region](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_new_ap_anz_cell.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Activity Platform Hyperforce infrastructure is now available in the ANZ region for Agentforce Sales features, including Einstein Activity Capture, Einstein Conversation Insights, Inbox, and Sales Engagement. Hosting your email and calendar data locally helps you meet data residency requirements and provides your sales teams with faster sync times and reduced latency.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Sales Engagement**: [Unify Sales and Marketing Email Engagement Data in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_unify_sales_mktg_engagement_data_dc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Bring sales email engagement data into Data 360 alongside marketing email engagement data. Use unified engagement data to create a complete view of email interactions across your sales and marketing teams.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Sales Engagement**: [Get Email Engagement Push Notifications in More Browsers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_engagement_push_notifications_more_browsers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sellers can now get browser push notifications in Salesforce and in the Microsoft Outlook extension when leads engage with sales emails. Previously, push notifications were available only in the Google Chrome extension.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Email Configuration**: [Maintain Your Email Verification Exception (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_maintain_verfication_exception.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you previously disabled user email verifications through Salesforce Customer Support, configure an authorized email domain setting to maintain your exception and to preserve your users' ability to send email. When this release update is enforced, Salesforce removes the existing domain allowlists that disable email verification. This update is available starting in Winter '27 and is enforced on December 1, 2026.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Clarified that a Deliverability setting controls address verification for new email addresses but doesn’t affect verification requirements for address change verification. - **Pipeline Forecasting**: [Generate Accurate Forecasts with Forecasting Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_forecasting_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Forecasting Agent supports your entire forecasting cycle. The agent analyzes pipeline changes, calls out deals that need your attention to hit quota, and helps you complete forecast submissions, automating the manual work along the way. Drawing on opportunity scores and deal insights for richer data, Forecasting Agent works within your existing flow and tailors its responses to what's happening in your pipeline.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Email, Calendar, and Integrations**: [Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in January 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sfo_retiring.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Product retirement date moved from December 2027 to January 30, 2027. - **Email, Calendar, and Integrations**: [Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in January 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sfo_retiring.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Product retirement date moved from December 2027 to November 1, 2026. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Agentforce Sales Management**:[Set Up Automated Account Management Field Updates with the New Guided Configuration in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automated_acct_mgmt_field_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new guided setup in Salesforce Go to configure automated account field updates within Account Management. Add fields, choose the update method for each field, enter instructions, and activate or deactivate each field configuration.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Sales Management**: [Set Up Pipeline Management Field Updates Faster in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_pipeline_experience_setup_experience.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For new Pipeline Management users, setup in Salesforce Go includes a more streamlined way to configure opportunity field updates. The new Automate Field Updates section introduces a guided workflow that simplifies setup by automating steps that previously required manual configuration.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Spiff**: [Populate Documents with Live Quota Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spiff_2026_aug_21.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dynamic merge fields in Salesforce Spiff now include a rep's quota value, not just the name of their assigned quota table, so document templates always reflect current quota data without a manual spreadsheet upload.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Spiff** [Check Export Availability Before You Run a Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spiff_2026_aug_18.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Check whether Salesforce Spiff can process an export before you run it. A status indicator at the top of the Reporting tab shows whether the commission engine or reporting pipeline is actively processing data, so you know when a UI or API export is available. Hover over the info icon next to the indicator to see when the status last refreshed.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Prospecting**: View Prospecting Agent Activity (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Sales Account Plans**: [Get a Complete Sales Account Plans Setup Experience in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_account_plans_setup_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Setting up Account Plans in Salesforce Go now includes a full, guided configuration experience instead of linking out to the legacy Setup page. Turn on Account Plans and access every required and advanced setup step from a single location. You can also give users the required object and field access through one permission set instead of configuring access object by object.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Einstein Activity Capture**: [Fine-Tune Which Emails and Events to Exclude from Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_more_exclusions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use keywords to automatically detect and exclude from capture emails that contain specific words or phrases. Use wildcard rules to exclude calendar events and email messages associated with specific web domains. Also, sensitive data detection now excludes emails with the word 'confidential' as a prefix in Outlook and Gmail message subjects. Outlook messages with a sensitivity level value of ‘confidential’ or ‘private’ are excluded. Previously, Einstein Activity Capture supported only exact-match for domain exclusions, and sensitive data detection only excluded email with certain personally identifying information included in the body of the message.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - The basic sensitive data detection setting now excludes emails that have “confidential” in the subject line. - **Einstein Activity Capture**: [Fine-Tune Which Emails and Events to Exclude from Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_more_exclusions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use keywords to automatically detect and exclude from capture emails that contain specific words or phrases. Use wildcard rules to exclude calendar events and email messages associated with specific web domains. Also, sensitive data detection now excludes emails with the word 'confidential' as a prefix in Outlook and Gmail message subjects. Outlook messages with a sensitivity level value of ‘confidential’ or ‘private’ are excluded. Previously, Einstein Activity Capture supported only exact-match for domain exclusions, and sensitive data detection only excluded email with certain personally identifying information included in the body of the message.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Removed advanced sensitive content detection and exclusion setting. - **Agentforce Sales Management**: [Set Up Pipeline Management Faster with the Pipeline Management Configuration Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_pipeline_management_setup_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A configuration skill for Agentforce Pipeline Management transforms the manual setup navigation with natural-language prompts. Tell the skill which text fields you want configured on opportunities, and it handles the required setup steps for you—getting your sales teams to AI-driven opportunity updates faster. Reps can review and approve suggestions in Pipeline Inspection, or admins can turn on autonomous mode so the agent applies updates on its own.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) ## Security, Identity, and Privacy Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Identity and Access Management**[Monitor App Security Controls on the Insights Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_monitor_app_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Review the security controls of the external client apps and connected apps in your org on the Insights page. Verify that your apps are compliant, and manage their security controls. Monitor the status of both enabled and disabled apps whether they are local or developed outside your org.")(Added the week of October 26, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**[Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To protect your data, Salesforce limits how long an idle OAuth refresh token can stay valid. With the enforced idle time-to-live (TTL) setting, refresh tokens expire if they haven’t been used for 30 days. For integrations that don’t use refresh tokens, this control caps the access token lifetime at 30 days from the last login date. At the time of enforcement, Salesforce immediately expires refresh tokens that have been idle for more than 30 days, along with long-running access tokens where the last login date was more than 30 days ago. As a result, users can be logged out and background integrations can be required to request new access tokens. Before Salesforce enforces this change, review how your apps behave when OAuth tokens expire.")(Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Clarified that access tokens are revoked only if they have been in use for longer than 30 days. - **Security Enhancements**: [Security Enhancements May Require API Reauthentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_require_api_reauthentication.htm&language=en_US) (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Clarified when automated security actions take place and how to resume after session termination. - **Other Changes**: [Improve Page Load Performance on Custom Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_improve_page_load_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Speed up page loads in Chrome on custom pages that reference external scripts by adding the defer attribute to your script tags. Custom pages include those in managed packages, such as Apex pages, Visualforce pages, and Lightning container components.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Security Center Essentials**: [Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials_response_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Security automatically takes containment action when it detects a threat, and the Response Log in Security Center Essentials records every completed response in detail. Each entry shows the action type, status, affected entity, and timestamps for the detection and the response. The read-only log helps you quickly distinguish resolved threats from issues that still need attention.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_response_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When Salesforce Security detects a threat, it automatically takes containment action on your behalf. The Response Log in Security Center shows each response in detail, including action type, status, target entity, and timestamps for the threat detection and the response. Because the log shows only completed actions, you can quickly distinguish resolved threats from items that still need your attention.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Security Enhancements**: [Security Enhancements May Require API Reauthentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_require_api_reauthentication.htm&language=en_US) (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Security Center Essentials**: [Get Permissions Metrics in Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials_permissions_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Center Essentials has several new Permissions metrics. Use them to enhance your organization's security posture and ensure that users have appropriate system access.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Classify Fields by Sensitivity and Other Key Attributes in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_classify_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Assign and manage field classifications for fields across all objects in your connected orgs from Security Center. Classify fields individually or in bulk with sensitivity levels, compliance categories, data ownership, and more.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Unify Security Data and View Insights with Security Mesh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_security_mesh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Mesh simplifies your security operations by unifying security data from internal and external sources into a single format in Security Center. These security findings help you identify and respond to threats more effectively.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Monitor MCP Server Configurations in Security Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Center includes an MCP Servers metric for monitoring configured Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers across your organization's connected Salesforce tenants. MCP servers are external integrations that connect Salesforce AI agents to external tools and data sources. Use the metric to check risk scores, detect suspicious server URLs, and audit who configured each server and when.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Monitor External Client App Configurations in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_external_client_apps_metric.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Center includes an External Client Apps metric for tracking external app configurations across your organization's connected Salesforce tenants. The metric provides detailed visibility into authentication and security policy settings—including authorization dates, granted scopes, and usage data—for each tenant where apps are installed. Alerts notify you when external client apps are added or removed.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Privacy Center**: [Manage Consent at Scale with Global Consent Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_global_consent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Centralize your consent management with a single, scalable system of record. Instead of navigating multiple complex objects to find a customer's privacy preferences, use an attribute-based model to manage billions of consent interactions. Build reusable templates so that data processing activities and marketing campaigns honor the most current customer preferences.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**: Migrate Packaged and Distributed Connected Apps to External Client Apps. (Removed the week of September 7, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**: [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Are Blocked in New Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_user_agent_flow_blocked.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To support the retirement of the OAuth user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows, Salesforce blocks these flows in new orgs. If you try to use the user-agent flow in a new Winter ’27 org, it fails with an invalid_grant error. For better security, use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension instead.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**: [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_useragent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Updated to add a note stating that Salesforce blocks these flows in new Winter ’27 orgs. - **Identity and Access Management**: [Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To protect your data, Salesforce limits how long an idle OAuth refresh token can stay valid. With the enforced idle time-to-live (TTL) setting, refresh tokens expire if they haven’t been used for 30 days. For integrations that don’t use refresh tokens, this control caps the access token lifetime at 30 days from the last login date. At the time of enforcement, Salesforce immediately expires refresh tokens that have been idle for more than 30 days, along with long-running access tokens where the last login date was more than 30 days ago. As a result, users can be logged out and background integrations can be required to request new access tokens. Before Salesforce enforces this change, review how your apps behave when OAuth tokens expire.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Shield Platform Encryption**: [Encrypt Archive App Data with Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_archive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Archived data requires the same protection as your production data. Encrypt sensitive data stored in your archives in a single click with root keys managed in Shield Platform Encryption. You can apply Salesforce-managed keys, bring your own keys (BYOK), or use Shield External Key Management (EKM) to access keys stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS).") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Security Center:** Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center (Removed the week of September 21, 2026) - - - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Security Center Essentials:** Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center Essentials (Removed the week of September 21, 2026) - - - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ### August 2026 - **Prefix**: [Create a Messaging Channel with a Headless Claude Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless_channel_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Launch a new Facebook, WhatsApp, LINE, or Apple Messages for Business channel in just minutes with a new Claude skill. The service_de_headless_channel_configure skill asks what channel type you need, and proceeds to configure the entire setup across multiple applications, incorporating APIs, and setting up a routing solution. Previously, this level of context-switching in channel setup took over 15 minutes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Prefix**: [Security Enhancements May Require Users to Reset Passwords](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_users_reset_passwords.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Because the security of your data is our number one priority, Salesforce is enhancing login security. If we detect a security-related issue with a user’s login information, such as credential stuffing, we revoke all of the affected user’s active sessions and refresh tokens and initiate a forced password reset. In addition, the user receives an automated email with instructions to reset their password.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) ## Service Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Get Clearer, More Natural WhatsApp Voice Messages from Your AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_whatsapp_voice_messages_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your customers now hear WhatsApp voice messages with a more natural accent and better pronunciation, so your AI agent speaks clearly to them. Your AI agent reads account, contract, and ID numbers digit by digit, which helps customers catch every number the first time.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Share a WhatsApp Number Across Providers with Meta's Account Model Evolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wa_wame.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta's WhatsApp Account Model Evolution (WAME) separates business phone numbers from partner-specific templates and billing. One WhatsApp number can serve multiple business solution providers (BSPs), each with its own template library and billing. Meta migrates existing accounts automatically, so your WhatsApp messaging keeps working with no reconfiguration or additional license.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Messaging - RCS**: [Reach Customers on RCS as a Service Messaging Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rcs_service_channel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your service teams a native RCS (Rich Communication Services) channel for customer conversations. Customers can start an RCS conversation and be routed to a human agent in the Service Console or to an Agentforce agent for automated support. Previously, RCS was available only for outbound and marketing use cases that required Marketing Cloud.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Messaging - Conversation Data API**: [Delete Conversation Data Directly from Flow or Apex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_delete_conversation_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Previously, deleting conversation data required a custom REST API integration with External Client App authentication. Call the Conversation Data API delete operations from Flow or Apex instead, and Salesforce handles authentication for you. You can now remove messaging end users and their data, or delete specific conversations, processing up to 50 records per call.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Service Replies**: [Pick Up Transferred Chats with Proactive Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_proactive_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When your service rep accepts a handoff from Agentforce or another service rep, two grounded replies and one contextual reply appear before the customer sends another message. Suggestions draw on the existing transcript and knowledge articles, so the first response continues the conversation.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Service Replies**: [Reply to Every Question in a Message with Multi-Intent Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_multi_intent_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When a customer message asks more than one question, Service Replies now detects multiple intentions in that customer message, then shows a separate grounded reply for each one. Previously, search queries built from the whole service conversation blended multiple intentions, or answered only the most pertinent question.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Einstein Article Recommendations**: [Resolve Every Issue in a Case with Multi-Intent Article Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_multi_intent_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Article Recommendations for Cases now identifies up to three distinct intents when a case raises more than one problem. Agentforce builds a targeted search for each intent, and merges the results into a ranked list of articles for your agents to use in their response. Previously, a single search query built from the whole case let the most prominent topic crowd out articles for other issues the customer mentioned.") (Removed the week of October 19, 2026) - Deferred to a future release. - **Customer Signals Intelligence**: [Track Sentiment in Command Center for Service V2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_csi_track_sentiment_in_command_center_v2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Spot at-risk interactions as they happen in the Command Center for Service V2. Customer Signals Intelligence sentiment appears in the In-Progress Work component as the User Sentiment column, with Positive, Neutral, or Negative indicators next to active work items.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Customer Signals Intelligence**: [Drive Faster Service Decisions on Calls with Real-Time Sentiment Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_csi_sra_voice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Customer Signals Intelligence brings real-time sentiment insights to voice calls. Now your service team gets the same visibility for calls that it has for case and messaging. Reps see sentiment shift as a voice conversation unfolds, and supervisors use trend data across calls to make data-driven staffing decisions. This visibility helps your team maintain service consistency and handle high-pressure voice interactions with confidence.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Knowledge**: [Reuse Existing Content by Cloning a Knowledge Article](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_knowledge_clone_article.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Save time and maintain consistency by starting a new article from an existing one, copying its fields and attached files. Instead of recreating an article from scratch, you start from a proven structure and tailor it for a new context, product, or audience.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Knowledge**: [Keep Knowledge Article Images Private After You Archive or Restrict an Article](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_knowledge_image_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce now checks the status and public visibility of a Knowledge article version before it serves any image embedded in the article. Previously, an image stayed reachable at its direct URL for guest and unauthenticated visitors even after you archived the article version or made the article internal only, which inadvertently exposed content intended for retirement.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Interact with Agentforce Using WhatsApp Voice Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_whatsapp_voice_messages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "WhatsApp users can now send voice messages to your Agentforce agent on WhatsApp instead of typing. WhatsApp users can switch between voice and text within the same conversation. Agentforce replies in whichever format the WhatsApp user used, voice for voice, text for text.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - **Messaging - Conversation Data API**: [Update Conversation Entries After They're Created with the Conversation Data API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_update_conversation_entries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Conversation Data API to update the content of existing conversation entries instead of deleting and recreating them. With this endpoint, you can correct a message's text without deleting and recreating the entry, update the payload for non-text entries, such as attachments, and associate or update related records on an entry after it's created.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Prepare for WhatsApp Service and Utility Message Pricing Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wa_pricing_changes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta is charging on a per-message basis for two WhatsApp message types that were previously free: Service messages and utility messages sent within the Customer Service Window. Salesforce will update its pricing to reflect Meta’s new charges, effective November 1, 2026.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Messaging - Enhanced Chat**: [Give New Orgs the Latest Enhanced Chat Experience by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_enhanced_chat_v2_default.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "New orgs that turn on chat now start with Enhanced Chat v2 instead of Enhanced Chat v1. Admins get v2's improved capabilities without any extra configuration or opt-in step. Orgs that already have chat enabled on v1 or v2 keep their current setup; this change affects only net-new chat deployments. Starting new orgs on Enhanced Chat v2 means admins configure chat once and get the actively developed client from day one, instead of setting up on Enhanced Chat v1 and having to migrate to v2 later.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Slack Integrations Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 - **Slackbot in Salesforce**: [Search, Summarize, and Take Action with Slackbot in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps_slackbot_salesforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Slackbot, your personal agent for work, is built into Salesforce, not just Slack. Because Slackbot has the same context and access to information that you do, it works across both systems from wherever you are in Salesforce. Get caught up quickly, plan next steps for a customer deal, and find key information fast.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. ## Salesforce Suites Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Salesforce Suites**: [Manage Salesforce Users and Data with the Salesforce Add-On for Gmail (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_google_workspace_gmail_add_on.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Salesforce add-on for Gmail to view and edit key records, and manage users without leaving Gmail.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Salesforce Suites**: [Draft Emails Faster with the Email Authoring Agent in Starter Suite and Pro Suite](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_email_authoring_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get to a ready-to-send marketing email draft faster. Describe the email that you want to send, and the Email Authoring Agent uses generative AI to build a draft with a recommended layout. Refine the tone, messaging, and content in a conversation with the agent, or edit the email yourself.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Suites**: [Learn How to Close Deals and Use Coworker in the Getting Started Tab in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_getting_started_learning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Customers who are new to Salesforce can get more out of their suites faster with additional learning content in the Getting Started tab. The Close Your First Deal guided workflow teaches you how to manage opportunities in Salesforce from start to close. The Meet Agentforce Coworker video shows you how to work with the agent to summarize records, get suggested next steps for accounts, and make the most of your workday.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Suites**: [Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_coworker.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Coworker is available for new customers in Starter Suite and Pro Suite editions beginning October 2026. Your autonomous AI teammate immediately knows your business and is connected to Salesforce CRM while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Release Notes for Features Released Monthly For some products, Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year. - [Agentforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_platform.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality, security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Agentforce platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest and greatest.") - [Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Automation features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - Commerce - [B2B Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_b2b_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Many B2B features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January through April 2026.") - [B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c.htm&release=260&type=5 "Check out the latest features and updates from B2C Commerce.") - [Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos.htm&release=260&type=5 "Check out the latest features and updates from Point of Sale.") - [Customization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Some Customization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from March 2026 through April 2026.") - [Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_c360_truth.htm&release=260&type=5 "Data 360 features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included in the Spring 2026 release are generally listed under February.") - Industries - [Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_communications_features_released_by_month.htm&release=260&type=5 "Communications features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Financial Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_financial_services_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Financial Services features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates.") - [Industries Common Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_industries_common_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Industries Common Features features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates.") - [Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5 "Many Sales features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January 2026 through April 2026.") - [Salesforce Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates. When announced, changes included in the Spring release will appear under January ’26.") - [Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service.htm&release=260&type=5 "Service Cloud is now Agentforce Service. You may see references to Service Cloud in our application and documentation. Learn about the latest features from Service to supercharge productivity across your organization. Service features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information.") - [Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_monthly_updates.htm&release=260&type=5 "View the patch updates for Field Service desktop and mobile applications.") Monthly release notes aren’t the same as changes to previously published release notes as noted in Release Notes Changes. # Release Notes for Features Released Monthly For some products, Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year. - [Agentforce Platform Features by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_platform.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality, security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Agentforce platform changes are released as often as weekly, so check back again soon for the latest and greatest.") - [Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Automation features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Customization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Some Customization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from April 2026 through August 2026.") - [Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_c360_truth.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Data 360 features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included in the Summer ’26 release are generally listed under June 2026.") - [Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Some Experience Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from April 2026 through August 2026.") - [Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge team productivity and operations in and out of the field.") - Industries - [Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_communications_features_released_by_month.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Communications features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Energy & Utilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_energy_utilities_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Energy & Utilities features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Financial Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_financial_services_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Financial Services features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates.") - [Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Health features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insurance_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Insurance features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Life Sciences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_life_sciences_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Life Sciences features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Media](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Media features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - Marketing - [Loyalty Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_loyalty_monthly_releases.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Loyalty Management features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates.") - [Partner Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Accelerate business growth by expanding partner connectivity and advancing data transparency through secure record sharing and synchronization. Deliver consistent customer experiences by using brand-compliant marketing content directly within Experience Cloud sites.") - [Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Revenue features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases.") - [Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in Salesforce applications and documentation. Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge sales team productivity and operations. The Summer ’26 release includes updates and announcements happening from May through August 2026.") - [Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge support team productivity and operations.") - [Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Tableau Next features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions.")Tableau Next Monthly release notes aren’t the same as changes to previously published release notes as noted in Release Notes Changes. # Release Updates Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations. Every time a release update is created, it gets scheduled to be enforced in a future release. We announce each update and its schedule here as soon as that schedule is known, but occasionally, updates are postponed or canceled. If that happens, we let you know in the section that describes that specific release update. Often, release updates provide a Test Run option so you can enable an update and examine any changes to your org, including changes to customizations, before that update’s Complete Steps By date. You can view attachments in the Salesforce mobile app, but you can’t edit them. To view release updates, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select **Release Updates**. ## Enforced with This Release These updates are scheduled to be enforced this release. [Escape the Label Attribute of Elements to Prevent Cross-Site Scripting in Visualforce Pages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vf_escape_apex_inputfield_label_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "To prevent malicious code from executing in cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks on your Visualforce pages, this release update escapes the label attribute of your tags. This update was first available in Winter ’23.") To prevent malicious code from executing in cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks on your Visualforce pages, this release update escapes the label attribute of your `` tags. First available in Spring ’23, this update is enforced in Spring ’26. [Update References to Legacy Host Names (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_domains_update_legacy_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "Prevent disruption for your customers and end users when the temporary redirection of legacy (non-enhanced) Salesforce host names ends. With this release update, those redirections end in all orgs. First available in Spring ’25, this update is enforced in Spring ’26.") Prevent disruption for your customers and end users when the temporary redirection of legacy (non-enhanced) Salesforce host names ends. With this release update, those redirections end in all orgs. First available in Spring ’25, this update is enforced in Spring ’26. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’26 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Date Pickers, Popovers, Bottom Utility Bars, Record Headers (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_datepicker_recordheaders_ru_260.htm&release=260&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_page_headers_modals_ru_260.htm&release=260&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This is the beginning of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. Expect accessibility enhancements to other UI elements in future release updates.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This is the beginning of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. [Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_multi_config_saml_release_update.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports single sign-on (SSO) with only one identity provider. We’re giving you a final reminder that with Summer ’26, we’re no longer supporting the single-configuration SAML framework. To make sure that your SSO configurations don’t break, migrate to our newer multiple-configuration SAML framework, which supports SSO with multiple identity providers instead of just one. If you don’t migrate, your SAML SSO configurations will stop working when this release update is enforced in Summer ’26.") If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports single sign-on (SSO) with only one identity provider. We’re giving you a final reminder that with the Summer ’26 release, we’re no longer supporting the single-configuration SAML framework. To make sure that your SSO configurations don’t break, migrate to our newer multiple-configuration SAML framework, which supports SSO with multiple identity providers instead of just one. If you don't migrate, your SAML single sign-on configurations will stop working when this release update is enforced in Summer ’26. [Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_x_retirement_release_update.htm&release=260&type=5 "The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) authentication provider is being retired. This update breaks any single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Salesforce-managed X app. To avoid disruptions, create a custom X app and update your SSO configurations.") The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) authentication provider is being retired. This update breaks any single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Salesforce-managed X app. To avoid disruptions, create a custom X app and update your SSO configurations. [Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex Blob.toPdf() (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_system_blob_topdf.htm&release=260&type=5 "With this update enabled, the Apex Blob.toPdf() method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform.") With this update enabled, the Apex `Blob.toPdf()` method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Winter ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Adopt Authorized Email Domains (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adopt_authorized_email_domains.htm&release=260&type=5 "If you previously worked with Salesforce Customer Support to disable email change verifications, set up authorized email domains instead. Salesforce is retiring the existing exemption process for disabling this feature, and authorized email domains provide the same benefit. This update is available starting in Spring ’26.") If you previously worked with Salesforce Customer Support to disable email change verifications, set up authorized email domains instead. Salesforce is retiring the existing exemption process for disabling this feature, and authorized email domains provide the same benefit. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Cards, Docked Containers, Menu Lists, and Panels (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_cards_docked_containers_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of cards, docked containers, menu lists, and panels when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of cards, docked containers, menu lists, and panels when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_username_password_flow_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5 "In Winter ’27, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead.") In Winter ’27, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=260&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Winter ’27.") To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Winter ’27. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Spring ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow.") Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_apex_sharing_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update is available starting in Spring ’26.") To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update is available starting in Spring ’26. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_260rn.htm&release=260&type=5 "In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API login() call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available.") In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API login() call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. # Release Updates Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations. Every time a release update is created, it gets scheduled to be enforced in a future release. We announce each update and its schedule here as soon as that schedule is known, but occasionally, updates are postponed or canceled. If that happens, we let you know in the section that describes that specific release update. Often, release updates provide a Test Run option so you can enable an update and examine any changes to your org, including changes to customizations, before that update’s Complete Steps By date. You can view attachments in the Salesforce mobile app, but you can’t edit them. To view release updates, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select **Release Updates**. ## Enforced with This Release These updates are scheduled to be enforced this release. [Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_saml_multi_config.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports single sign-on (SSO) with only one identity provider. We’re giving you a final reminder that with Summer ’26, we no longer support the single-configuration SAML framework. To make sure that your SSO configurations don’t break, migrate to our newer multiple-configuration SAML framework, which supports SSO with multiple identity providers instead of just one. If you don’t migrate, your SAML SSO configurations will stop working when this release update is enforced in Summer ’26.") If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports single sign-on (SSO) with only one identity provider. We’re giving you a final reminder that with Summer ’26, we no longer support the single-configuration SAML framework. To make sure that your SSO configurations don’t break, migrate to our newer multiple-configuration SAML framework, which supports SSO with multiple identity providers instead of just one. If you don’t migrate, your SAML SSO configurations will stop working when this release update is enforced in Summer ’26. [Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_twitter_provider_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) authentication provider is being retired. This update breaks any single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Salesforce-managed X app. To avoid disruptions, create a custom X app and update your SSO configurations.") The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) authentication provider is being retired. This update breaks any single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Salesforce-managed X app. To avoid disruptions, create a custom X app and update your SSO configurations. [Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_release_update_sort_apex_batch_action_result_by_request_order.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With this update enabled, Apex batch action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful requests are at the bottom.") With this update enabled, Apex batch action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful requests are at the bottom. [Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex Blob.toPdf() (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_system_blob_topdf.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With this update enabled, the Apex Blob.toPdf() method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform.") With this update enabled, the Apex `Blob.toPdf()` method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Winter ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Adopt Authorized Email Domains (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_adopt_authorized_email_domains.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "If you previously worked with Salesforce Customer Support to disable email change verifications, set up authorized email domains instead. Salesforce is retiring the existing exemption process for disabling this feature, and authorized email domains provide the same benefit. First available in Spring ’26, this update is enforced in Winter ’27.") If you previously worked with Salesforce Customer Support to disable email change verifications, set up authorized email domains instead. Salesforce is retiring the existing exemption process for disabling this feature, and authorized email domains provide the same benefit. First available in Spring ’26, this update is enforced in Winter ’27. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_page_headers_modals_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This is the beginning of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. Expect accessibility enhancements to other UI elements in future release updates. This update was first available in Summer ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This is the beginning of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Date Pickers, Popovers, Bottom Utility Bars, Record Headers (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_datepicker_recordheaders_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first. This update was first available in Winter ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Cards, Docked Containers, Menu Lists, and Panels (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_cards_docked_containers_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of cards, docked containers, menu lists, and panels when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of cards, docked containers, menu lists, and panels when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. [Enable Profile Filtering (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_profile_filtering_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To improve the security of your Salesforce org, the Profile Filtering setting is enabled by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update is available starting in Summer ’26.") To improve the security of your Salesforce org, Salesforce is enabling the Profile Filtering setting by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update is available starting in Summer ’26. [Modify Transaction Security Policy Permission](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_em_modify_tsp_perm.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The new Modify Transaction Security Policy (TSP) permission provides an extra layer of control and security for your policies. This permission is required to create, delete, and update TSPs, and it supports Step-up Authentication for additional security. Users with only the Customize Application permission are now restricted to view-only access.") The new Modify Transaction Security Policy permission gives you an extra layer of security control for your TSPs. This user permission is needed to perform create, delete and update TSPs. Users with the Customize Application permission are now restricted to view-only access. [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_unpw_flow_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead.") In Winter ’27, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Spring ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for To Do Lists and Lightning Dual Listboxes When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_todo_listboxes_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of To Do lists and Lightning dual listboxes when viewed at high magnification. This is part of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of To Do lists and Lightning dual listboxes when viewed at high magnification. This is part of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. [Remove Non-Public Fields from Custom Object Data in Aura Action Responses (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_rus_remove_nonpublic_fields_ru_262.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to avoid JavaScript errors or missing data. Use only API-supported fields in your components to ensure that your data displays correctly.") To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. [Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow.") Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. [SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_262rn.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API login() call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available.") In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_apex_recalc_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26.") To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26. [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’27.") To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Spring ’27. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use UserInfo.getSessionId() to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex.") Block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code blocks. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use `UserInfo.getSessionId()` to obtain a session ID, and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex. This update strengthens subscriber org security. ## No Scheduled Enforcement Date These updates have no planned enforcement date at this time. The list can include previously announced and previously postponed release updates. [Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_globalization_enable_icu_locale.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "With this update, the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats in Salesforce. Locales control the format for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, numeric values, and the start day of the week. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe. This update was first made available in Winter ’20. Orgs that haven’t already switched to ICU locale formats are encouraged to manually update.") With this update, the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats in Salesforce. Locales control the format for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, numeric values, and the start day of the week. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe. This update was first made available in Winter ’20. Orgs that haven’t already switched to ICU locale formats are encouraged to manually update. [Enforcing No-Argument Constructor on Apex Classes Used for Invocable Action Parameters (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_release_update_enforce_perm_requirements_on_built_in_apex_classes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When this update is enabled, you get access to certain built-in Apex classes that are available to be used as invocable action parameters. Additionally, this update enforces the visibility of the no-argument constructor on any class. This update was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. Starting in Spring ’26, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend that you enable it. This release update was previously named Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs.") When this update is enabled, you get access to certain built-in Apex classes that are available to be used as invocable action parameters. Additionally, this update enforces the visibility of the no-argument constructor on any class. This update was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26. Starting in Spring ’26, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend that you enable it. This release update was previously named Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs. # Release Updates Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations. Every time a release update is created, it gets scheduled to be enforced in a future release. We announce each update and its schedule here as soon as that schedule is known, but occasionally, updates are postponed or canceled. If that happens, we let you know in the section that describes that specific release update. Often, release updates provide a Test Run option so you can enable an update and examine any changes to your org, including changes to customizations, before that update’s Complete Steps By date. You can view attachments in the Salesforce mobile app, but you can’t edit them. To view release updates, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select **Release Updates**. ## Enforced with This Release These updates are scheduled to be enforced this release. [Assign Use Any API Auth Permission for SOAP login() (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_login.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To authenticate with the SOAP API login() operation, all users must have the Use Any API Auth user permission assigned to them. Users without the Use Any API Auth user permission can no longer authenticate with SOAP API login() and will encounter an error. Beginning December 1, 2026, this requirement is enforced uniformly across all orgs and environments (production, pre-production sandboxes, etc.). You can run tests in advance using the Release Update in Setup.") To authenticate with the SOAP API login() operation, all users must have the Use Any API Auth user permission assigned to them. Users without the Use Any API Auth user permission can no longer authenticate with SOAP API login() and will encounter an error. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Cards, Docked Containers, Menu Lists, and Panels (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_cards_docked_containers_ru_262.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of cards, docked containers, menu lists, and panels when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of cards, docked containers, menu lists, and panels when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Winter ’27. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Date Pickers, Popovers, Bottom Utility Bars, Record Headers (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_datepicker_recordheaders_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. Make sure to enable that update first. This update was first available in Winter ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of date pickers, popovers, bottom utility bars, and record headers when viewed at high magnification. This release update is dependent on the Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% release update. This update was first available in Winter ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for Page Headers and Modal Windows When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_page_headers_modals_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This is the beginning of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. Expect accessibility enhancements to other UI elements in future release updates. This update was first available in Summer ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of page headers and modal windows when viewed at high magnification. This update was first available in Summer ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’27. [Enable Profile Filtering (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_profile_filtering_enforced.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve the security of your Salesforce org, the Profile Filtering setting is enabled by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Winter ’27.") To improve the security of your Salesforce org, the Profile Filtering setting is enabled by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Winter ’27. ## Scheduled To Be Enforced Before Spring ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced before Spring ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Maintain Your Email Verification Exception (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_maintain_verfication_exception.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you previously disabled user email verifications through Salesforce Customer Support, configure an authorized email domain setting to maintain your exception and to preserve your users' ability to send email. When this release update is enforced, Salesforce removes the existing domain allowlists that disable email verification. This update is available starting in Winter '27 and is enforced on December 1, 2026.") If you previously disabled user email verifications through Salesforce Customer Support, configure an authorized email domain setting to maintain your exception and to preserve your users’ ability to send email. When this release update is enforced, Salesforce removes the existing domain allowlists that disable email verification. This update is available starting in Winter ’27 and is enforced on December 1, 2026. [Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_device.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow. This update is available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on November 30, 2026.") To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow. This update is available starting in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on November 30, 2026. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Spring ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Conceal Personal Information Fields from Guest Users (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_conceal_pii_guests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set field visibility for guest users without affecting your settings for other external users. Turn on Independent Guest Field Masking to hide certain fields specifically from guest users. This update adds a new Guest_PersonalInfo_EPIM field set so that you can secure guest-facing fields without changing what portal users see.") Set field visibility for guest users without affecting your settings for other external users. Turn on Independent Guest Field Masking to hide certain fields specifically from guest users. This update adds a new Guest\_PersonalInfo\_EPIM field set so that you can secure guest-facing fields without changing what portal users see. This update was first available in Winter ’27 and is enforced in Spring ’27. [Enable Accessibility Enhancements for To Do Lists and Lightning Dual Listboxes When Zoom Is Greater Than 200% (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_accessibility_todo_listboxes_ru_262.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of To Do lists and Lightning dual listboxes when viewed at high magnification. This is part of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines.") To help meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.2 for Resize and Reflow, enable Lightning Experience to adapt the behavior of To Do lists and Lightning dual listboxes when viewed at high magnification. This is part of our effort to comply with WCAG 2.2 Resize and Reflow guidelines. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Spring ’27. [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_useragent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027.") Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027. [Remove Non-Public Fields from Custom Object Data in Aura Action Responses (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_rus_remove_nonpublic_fields_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to avoid JavaScript errors or missing data. Use only API-supported fields in your components to ensure that your data displays correctly. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Spring ’27") To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to avoid JavaScript errors or missing data. Use only API-supported fields in your components to ensure that your data displays correctly. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Spring ’27. [Render Visualforce Pages as Accessible (Tagged) PDFs (Beta) (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vf_accessible_pdf_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With this update enabled, Visualforce pages rendered with renderAs=\"pdf\" use the accessible PDF rendering engine, which produces tagged PDF/UA output. Tagged PDFs include the document structure and metadata that assistive technologies such as screen readers rely on. This update is available starting in Winter ’27.") With this update enabled, Visualforce pages rendered with `renderAs="pdf"` use the accessible PDF rendering engine, which produces tagged PDF/UA output. Tagged PDFs include the document structure and metadata that assistive technologies such as screen readers rely on. This update is available starting in Winter ’27 and is enforced in Spring ’27. [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_unpw.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. This update was first available in Spring ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’27, but we postponed the enforcement date to February 20, 2027.") When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. This update was first available in Spring ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’27, but we postponed the enforcement date to February 20, 2027. [Roll Back Platform Event Trigger Transactions on Unhandled Exceptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_roll_back_platform_event_trigger_transactions_on_unhandled_exceptions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "This update rolls back the transaction of a platform event Apex trigger when it throws an unhandled exception, so that partially written records are no longer committed.") When this release update is enforced, transactions of a platform event Apex trigger are rolled back when the trigger throws an unhandled exception so that partially written records are no longer committed. [Salesforce Connect Cross-Org Adapter Legacy Authentication Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_connect_xorg_legacy_auth_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The password and OAuth 2.0 authentication methods for the Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter are being retired. These authentication methods rely on the SOAP login() call, which is being retired. The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. Migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method.") The password and OAuth 2.0 authentication methods for the Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter are being retired in Spring ’27. Migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method. [Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow.") Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. [SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_login_retirement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API login() call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available.") In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_apex_recalc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26.") To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26. [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production.") To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production. [View Setup Audit Trail Permission to Access Setup Audit Trail (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_audit_trail.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Control access to Setup Audit Trail with the dedicated View Setup Audit Trail permission. Admins can provide access without granting the broader View Setup permission, supporting the principle of least privilege. Existing access is preserved automatically. For new users who require Setup Audit Trail access, assign the permission through a profile or permission set.") Control access to Setup Audit Trail with the dedicated View Setup Audit Trail permission. Admins can provide access without granting the broader View Setup permission, supporting the principle of least privilege. Existing access is preserved automatically. For new users who require Setup Audit Trail access, assign the permission through a profile or permission set. This update is enforced in Spring ’27. ## Scheduled To Be Enforced Before Summer ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced before Summer ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. ## Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’27 These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’27. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed release updates. [Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use UserInfo.getSessionId() to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex.") To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use `UserInfo.getSessionId()` to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex. This update was first available in Summer ’26. [Migrate All Connected Apps to External Client Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_migrate_all_connected_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your integrations supported by migrating to external client apps. In Summer '27, Salesforce is ending support for connected apps. Connected apps will keep working, but Salesforce will no longer fix bugs or provide support for the integrations and authorization flows that use them. This update is available starting in Winter ’27 and is enforced for production instances in Summer ’27.") Keep your integrations supported by migrating to external client apps. In Summer '27, Salesforce is ending support for connected apps. Connected apps will keep working, but bug fixes, integrations, and authorization flows will no longer be supported. This update is available starting in Winter ’27 and is enforced for production instances in Summer ’27. [Optimize Performance for Revenue Management (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_optimize_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "This update optimizes the Configuration API to speed up processing times in Product Configurator. Enable the test run in a sandbox environment to confirm that the optimizations work with your setup. This update is available starting in Winter ’27.") With this update, the Configuration API is optimized to reduce configuration processing times when using Product Configurator. Enable the test run in a sandbox environment to confirm that the optimizations work with your setup. This update is available starting in Winter ’27. ## Canceled Updates These updates were announced in a previous release but are now canceled. They were removed from the Release Updates node and aren’t enforced. The list can include previously announced and previously postponed release updates. [Adopt Authorized Email Domains (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_adopt_authorized_email_domains.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "This update has been canceled and replaced by the Maintain Your Email Verification Exception update.") This update has been canceled and replaced by the Maintain Your Email Verification Exception update. # Reliability Changes in Data Processing Engine Run Data Processing Engine (DPE) definitions faster and with greater data integrity from data sources such as Data 360 objects, Salesforce objects, and CSV files. Track runs that finish with partial failures. In Monitor Workflow Services, a definition run and its tasks show the Completed with Failures status when a run finishes but contains unprocessed or failed records, such as a data sync that completes with record-level failures. Prevent the deactivation of active runs. You can’t deactivate a definition while a run is in progress. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Reload Failed Child Objects Before Running a Restore When you run a restore that includes child objects, some objects can fail to load. Reload failed child objects without restarting the restore activity, and include them before you run the restore. Previously, objects that failed to load were excluded from the restore. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In the preview restore, select a failed object and click **Reload Objects**. # Removal of Hosted Content for Omnistudio for Managed Packages Some readme files and sample data packs have been removed from Omnistudio for Managed Packages help. We'll let you know if we bring them back. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. # Remove Contacts Automatically from an Active Engagement Flow Add the new Exit from a Flow element to stop sending contacts irrelevant communications when they meet a specific goal or condition. Previously, removing contacts required manual intervention or complex custom logic. Now, you can choose to remove contacts from all versions of the selected flow or only the most recent version. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite, Salesforce Foundations, Data 360, and Marketing Cloud Advanced and Growth editions. **Who:** In Marketing Cloud editions, this feature is available to users with the Exit from a Flow permission. The permission is enabled by default. # Remove Individuals from Flows Externally via API Remove individuals from flows when external systems trigger exits via API. For example, exit customers from flows when they complete an order or when they reach a specified status. This update provides more flexibility to coordinate flow exits with external systems. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Foundations, Marketing Cloud Growth, and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** Configure exit rules that can be triggered via API. Use the new REST API endpoint to exit individuals from flows programmatically. When API calls are received, individuals are immediately removed. API-driven exit rules work across segment-triggered flows, automation event-triggered flows, and on-demand flows. # Remove Multiple Users from Enablement Programs Efficiently Save time and effort while removing users from your Enablement programs. With the automated bulk user removal flow, you can filter and remove a large number of users from your programs with less manual work. Previously, you could remove only one user at a time from a program. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required. **How:** On the user removal window, filter the assigned and enrolled users by their profile, role, and public group. Select all the matching users and remove them from the program. ![User removal window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_programs_bulk_user_removal.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Remove Users from an Enablement Program](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.enablement_programs_unassign.htm&language=en_US) # Remove Non-Public Fields from Custom Object Data in Aura Action Responses (Release Update) To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to avoid JavaScript errors or missing data. Use only API-supported fields in your components to ensure that your data displays correctly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the **Maintenance** tab. **Why:** When Aura actions return custom object records, the response currently includes internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. With this update, those non-public fields are filtered out of the response. Only fields that are part of the supported Salesforce API continue to be returned. If your Lightning components use internal system fields from custom object data returned by Aura actions, those fields are no longer available after this update is enforced. Affected components may display missing data or encounter JavaScript errors. **How:** Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to ensure they use only supported, publicly documented fields. Enable the release update in a sandbox environment and test all Lightning components and pages that process custom object data. If you encounter errors, update affected components to remove references to non-public system fields and use only API-supported fields. # Remove Non-Public Fields from Custom Object Data in Aura Action Responses (Release Update) To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to avoid JavaScript errors or missing data. Use only API-supported fields in your components to ensure that your data displays correctly. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Spring ’27 **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the **Maintenance** tab. **Why:** When Aura actions return custom object records, the response currently includes internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. With this update, those non-public fields are filtered out of the response. Only fields that are part of the supported Salesforce API continue to be returned. If your Lightning components use internal system fields from custom object data returned by Aura actions, those fields are no longer available after this update is enforced. Affected components may display missing data or encounter JavaScript errors. **How:** Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to ensure they use only supported, publicly documented fields. Enable the release update in a sandbox environment and test all Lightning components and pages that process custom object data. If you encounter errors, update affected components to remove references to non-public system fields and use only API-supported fields. # Remove Promotions from Large Quotes Without Timing Out Keep large enterprise quote sessions responsive when you remove a promotion from a bundle in Enterprise Sales Management. Removal targets only the line items tied to the promotion instead of evaluating every line item in the quote. When a removal affects a large number of line items, the deletion moves to the background automatically and shows an in-progress status and confirmation instead of an unresponsive screen. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management, where Standard Cart APIs are enabled. # Rename and Delete Apps Directly from the App Header Manage your custom Business Manager apps more efficiently by renaming or removing them directly from the app header. Rename an app to match your business terminology, or permanently remove an app you no longer use to reduce workspace clutter. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** From the app header, click the **ellipsis** next to the app's name, and select **Rename** or **Delete**. ![Rename and delete Apps](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/b2c_rename_delete_app_header.png) # Rename Archive App Features to Align with Salesforce Standards Archive app features have new names to align with Salesforce core products. The widget is now the Archive component, and the Archive SDK is now Archive Apex. These updates create a consistent experience for admins and developers working across the platform. **How:** These label changes are automatically applied. # Render Source Documents Consistently for Intelligent Context Citations Harmonize your source content into a single, consistent schema to provide a uniform, renderable view across all source documents. With a harmonized schema, citations open in-app and highlight the specific text chunk from the source document. **Where:** This update is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in September 2026. **Why:** Without harmonization, source documents render in varying formats, and in-app highlighting isn't possible. Knowledge harmonization restructures source documents to be used with Intelligent Context, so the harmonized preview can look different from the original formatting or layout. This difference is expected and is part of the harmonization process. **How:** After you upload your source file, go to the **Edit Configuration** section in the preview window. Then turn on **Harmonize source file** in the knowledge harmonization dropdown. To preview, select **Harmonized** in the preview. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Intelligent Context Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_intelligent_context_create_configuration.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Content and Knowledge Harmonization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_harmonize_content_for_consistent_viewing.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Render Visualforce Pages as Accessible (Tagged) PDFs (Beta) (Release Update) With this update enabled, Visualforce pages rendered with `renderAs="pdf"` use the accessible PDF rendering engine, which produces tagged PDF/UA output. Tagged PDFs include the document structure and metadata that assistive technologies such as screen readers rely on. This update is available starting in Winter ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Contact Manager editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Render Visualforce Pages as Accessible (Tagged) PDFs is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** Salesforce enforces this release update in Spring ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your My Domain name or instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** When you enable this update, Visualforce pages that use `renderAs="pdf"` are rendered by the accessible PDF engine. The generated PDFs are tagged (PDF/UA) and include the structural information and metadata required for accessibility. You don't need to change your Visualforce markup. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Render Visualforce Pages as Accessible (Tagged) PDFs (Beta), follow the testing and activation steps. Enable the update in a sandbox, review the PDFs that the accessible PDF engine generates, and verify that the output is correct before the update is enforced in production. # Renew Customer Contracts in the Go-To-Market App Partners can create, send, and fulfill renewal offers for existing customer contracts directly in the AgentExchange Go-To-Market (GTM) app. Each renewal offer pre-populates with the customer's current entitlement, which includes the initial order and all add-ons. Partners can edit existing products, quantities, pricing, and contract terms instead of rebuilding the contract by hand. When the customer accepts, billing and provisioning run automatically on the contract anniversary date. **Where:** This change applies to partners using the AgentExchange GTM app. **When:** This feature is available to partners starting October 15, 2026. **Why:** Renewals close the gap between initial sale and contract expiration so partners retain and grow revenue at the most critical moment in the customer lifecycle. With renewal offers, you can: - Renegotiate the entire contract in one offer, including changes to products, quantities, per-unit pricing, and contract length. - See a unified, pre-populated view of the customer's current entitlement, drawn from the initial order and all co-termed add-ons. - Review a summary of changes for product, quantity, and pricing changes, and confirm it before the offer goes to the customer. **How:** Create a new offer and select the Renewal offer type (1). Review the pre-populated offer items, and confirm the contract changes. When your offer looks correct, click **Send to Customer** (2). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note A renewal is a complete cancel-and-replace action. The renewal order must include every product and license the customer keeps going forward, because any product left off the offer is de-provisioned. On the new service start date, the system calculates the net license delta and provisions or de-provisions accordingly. ![Renewal offer showing a 'Renewing Order' banner: contract ends Janury 31, 2026; new service period starts on the contract anniversary date.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/development/rn_agentexchange_gtm_renewals.png) For new and existing partners, the partner order expiration notifications are disabled by default. Because these notifications are flow templates, you must clone a template before you can activate it. To turn on notifications, from Setup, enter Flows in the Quick Find box, and select Flows. Locate the GTM renewal partner order expiration flow template, open it, and select Save As New Flow. Enter a name and label for the new flow and save it, then click **Activate** on the new flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activate or Deactivate a Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_distribute_activate.htm&language=en_US) - [_ISVforce Guide_: Create a Renewal Offer](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/isvforce/guide/partner-marketplace-get-started.html#create-a-renewal-offer) # Renew Expiring Group Insurance Contracts for a New Term Your reps can prepare a renewal quote for an expiring contract, carry forward unchanged contract terms and member benefits, and update terms agreed with the employer for the next benefit year. They can apply negotiated loyalty pricing and renewal-effective taxes and fees. They can also reflect approved benefit-class changes and apply coverage eligibility based on how long the group has been associated with the carrier and regulatory compliance or offerings. After the renewal terms are finalized, automate contract creation for the next period and link it to the prior contract for auditability. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How**: Use the Generate Quote from Insurance Contract API or set up a screen flow that invokes the Create Quote from Insurance Contract invocable action to generate a renewal quote. Stage the renewed terms and reprice the quote. Use the Renew Contract API or set up a screen flow that invokes the Renew Insurance Contract invocable action to finalize the quote and create the contract for the next term. # Renew Member Policies for the Next Contract Term Renew eligible member policies for the next contract term when a renewed contract is available and the renewal enrollment window opens. Update the member roster and benefit plan elections through the renewal census, and then create new policies for eligible members and their dependents in a single bulk operation instead of renewing each policy individually. Each renewed policy links to its predecessor, where applicable, to preserve renewal history and ensure a consistent transition to the renewed contract. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How:** Create a renewed contract for the next coverage period, then create a Renewal group census. Upload the census and click **Renew Policies**. Alternatively, use the Group Renewal API to renew eligible member policies asynchronously. # Renew Policies at Scale with Bulk Processing for Single and Multi-Root Policies Renew a large volume of policies in a single bulk process that supports both single-root and multi-root policies. Manage peak renewal loads efficiently with a common workflow for different policy structures. Generate renewal quotes, make policy updates, and renew policies for both annual and custom terms. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. **How:** Use the Renew Insurance Policies action to initiate renewals for eligible policies, including multi-root policies, as part of scheduled or automated renewal processes. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Insurance Policy Bulk Renewal Implementor Journey (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_policy_bulk_renewal.htm&language=en_US) # Renew Ramped Assets Early to Secure Future Revenue Proactively strengthen customer relationships and increase lifetime value by renewing multi-year ramp schedules before they expire. Sales reps can select ramped assets for early renewal to terminate existing segments and consolidate subscriptions under a single, forward-looking ramp schedule. Get accurate financial reporting by generating credit lines for terminated periods while your reps negotiate new terms for the renewal period. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on Multiple Ramp Schedules Per Transaction. Sales reps initiate the renewal from the asset view. On the Set Renewal Term page, override the renewal term and select a new start date. Create the ramp schedule. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Renew Group Ramp Assets Early (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_early_renewal_of_ramped_assets.htm&language=en_US) # Reorder Configurable Products in One Click Reorder previously purchased configurable products and bundles without manual reconfiguration. When buyers reorder, their original selections flow directly into the cart. This one-click process saves time for repeat-orders and reduces the risk of configuration errors. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** On the order history page, buyers select **Buy Again** to reorder configurable products with their previous configurations. ![Reorder Configurable Product](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_262_comm_reorder_configurable_products.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configurable Products and Bundles for B2B Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_product_configurator.htm&language=en_US) # Reorder Portal Creation Is Deprecated Creating a reorder portal is no longer supported as of March 2026. If you have existing reorder portals, they continue to function as expected. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Repeat Groupings in Compare Tables with Repeat Row Values You can now configure a compare table to replicate group dimension values on every row with Repeat Row Values. Tables with group dimensions, such as name or product, automatically repeat the group value on every row. This enhancement helps improve readability of large datasets without constant scrolling back to the first occurrence. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Create or edit a compare table on your dashboard. Click the Formatting icon and expand the Layout section. Click **Repeat Row Values**. ![Compare table with Repeat Row Values on.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_dashboard_repeat_row.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Table Widget to Show Record Details and Create Calculated Columns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_table_add_flex.htm&language=en_US) # Replace Expired or Refreshed Environments to Maintain Pipeline Integrity Connect new sandboxes or scratch orgs to your pipeline when existing environments expire, are deleted, or refresh. DevOps Center automatically restores the complete branch state, including metadata and configuration data. Your new environment stays in sync while stage activities pause to prevent promotion conflicts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in **Professional (API access required)**,**Enterprise**, **Performance**, **Unlimited**, and **Developer** editions. This change isn't supported in Government Cloud Plus. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting in August 2026. **Who:** This change is available to users with a DevOps Center Admin permission. **Why:** When a sandbox refreshes or a scratch org expires, DevOps Center loses its connection to that environment. Replacing the environment restores this connection and ensures your team can continue working without losing committed changes. For development environments, DevOps Center moves unpromoted work items to the new environment and syncs changes from the pipeline branch. For pipeline environments, DevOps Center moves connected work items and deploys changes from the pipeline branch. **How:** To replace a development environment, from the DevOps Pipelines tab, select your pipeline, click the down arrow icon under **Approved Work Items**, and select **Replace Environment**. To replace a pipeline environment, click the down arrow icon on the pipeline stage and select **Replace Environment**. After you select a replacement environment and log in, DevOps Center deploys the pipeline branch to the new environment. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Replace a Development Environment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_replace_dev_environment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Replace a Pipeline Environment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_replace_pipeline_environment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Replace Instanced URLs in API Traffic To prevent disruption after infrastructure updates that change your instance name, replace instanced URLs in API traffic with your org’s My Domain login URL. Support for instanced URLs in API traffic ends in Winter ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com. #### See Also - [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=260&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Winter ’27.") # Replace Instanced URLs in API Traffic To prevent disruption after infrastructure updates that change your instance name, replace instanced URLs in API traffic with your org’s My Domain login URL. That traffic stops in sandboxes in this release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions except Database.com. #### See Also - [Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_update_instanced_urls_in_api_traffic.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production.") # Replace Source Files to Keep Google Drive Data Lake Objects Current (Beta) You can now replace a source file in an existing Google Drive data lake object (DLO) when the file is outdated. Select a file from the original or a different Google Drive connection without recreating the DLO or its refresh schedule. You can also switch file types, such as from CSV to XLSX, when the replacement file or sheet matches the DLO schema. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Replace Data in Google Drive is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To enable the feature, in Tableau Next Administration, go to**Settings** > **Tableau Next Features**, and turn on **Beta Connectors**. To use the feature, open the DLO for the Google Drive source, and click the **Replace Data** button. Select the Google Drive connection that contains the replacement data. Select the replacement file or sheet. The source can use a different file if another DLO isn’t already using it. Confirm that the field names and data types match the existing DLO schema. ![Select a Google Drive connection dialog listing connections such as Sales Operations Drive, with Title, Workspace, Last Modified By, and Last Modified columns](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_replace_gdrive_dlo.png) # Replace your Messaging Permission Set License We’re replacing the Messaging User permission set license with a new one named Messaging Unlimited. To avoid interrupting feature access, if you upgrade your Messaging licensing model from Digital Engagement to Agentforce Contact Center Digital, assign the new permission set license to your Messaging users. If you’re still using Digital Engagement, no action is needed. **Where:** This change applies to all orgs with the Agentforce Contact Center Digital add-on. [View supported editions for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** The Messaging Unlimited permission set license is available starting on February 23, 2026 with the release of Agentforce Contact Center. **How:** After you acquire the Agentforce Contact Center Digital add-on, remove the “Send One-to-Many Messages” user permission from any Messaging permission sets. This permission is related to SMS broadcast messaging, a legacy feature, and can’t be used with the new permission set license. Then, for each user that needs access to Messaging, un-assign the Messaging User permission set license and assign the new Messaging Unlimited permission set license. You can assign it individually from the Users page in Setup, or in bulk from the Company Information page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Assign a Permission Set License to a User](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_permissionset_licenses_assign.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Give Users Access to Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_permissions_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Upgrading to Credits-Based Messaging with Agentforce Contact Center Digital](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_accd_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Replicate Insurance Setup Data Between Orgs with Ease Copy an insurance product model from your sandbox org to your production org with a single Salesforce CLI command and the standard dataset definition. Get the products, attributes, and other related records that make up the product hierarchy without manually recreating or linking records. Create your own dataset definitions to copy setup data in other standard or custom objects from one org to another. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. **When:** This feature is available starting June 10, 2026. **How:** Install the [plugin-data-setup-transfer](https://github.com/salesforcecli/plugin-data-setup-transfer) Salesforce CLI plugin, authenticate to your source and target orgs, and run the `sf data setup transfer` command with the built-in dataset definition or your own dataset definition file. #### See Also - [_GitHub_: plugin-data-setup-transfer README](https://github.com/salesforcecli/plugin-data-setup-transfer/blob/main/README.md) - [_GitHub_: Data Transfer User Guide](https://github.com/salesforcecli/plugin-data-setup-transfer/blob/main/doc/data-transfer-user-guide.md) # Replicate Only the Price Books That You Need Reduce system load and update pricing for specific sites faster by replicating individual price books. You can replicate up to 25 price books at a time. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, go to **Administration | Replication | Data Replication**. Click **New** and select **Individual Price Book Selection**. ![Price books listing in Business Manager](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_26_3_replicate_pricebooks.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Data Replication Process in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_create_data_replication_process.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Replication Tasks in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_data_replication_tasks.htm&language=en_US) # Reply to Every Question in a Message with Multi-Intent Service Replies When a customer message asks more than one question, Service Replies now detects multiple intentions in that customer message, then shows a separate grounded reply for each one. Previously, search queries built from the whole service conversation blended multiple intentions, or answered only the most pertinent question. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on, or the Agentforce 1 Service Edition. **When:** Multi-Intent Detection becomes available only after Salesforce activates it in your org. If you don't see the Enable Multi-Intent Detection toggle in Setup, contact your Salesforce account team to confirm activation. **How:** In Setup, go to **Service** > **Service Cloud Einstein** > **Einstein Reply Recommendations**. Turn on Multi-Intent Detection, then save your changes. The setting stays off until you enable it, so your service reps keep the current reply behavior. After you turn it on, each suggested reply includes an intent label. Messaging, including Service Replies in Agentforce Service Assistant, shows one grounded reply for each of the top two intents, plus one contextual reply. If no intent returns a grounded reply, messaging shows the contextual reply only. # Report Export Transaction Security Policy A new Transaction Security Policy (TSP) is available to enhance data protection across all orgs. This policy monitors report events and triggers Step-up Authentication if a user attempts to export more than 10,000 records through the user interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Initially, the new policy is disabled by default. In July, it will be enabled by default for all existing and new customers. Admins can disable or edit the policy at any time to fit their specific security requirements. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. # Report On Actions Taken and Dismissed in Sales Workspace Improve recommendation quality by measuring how sellers respond to prioritized signals. You can easily see which signal types get action and which get dismissed over a 90-day retention period. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions with the Sales Foundation add-on. **How:** From Reports, create a report with the Home Page Recommendations report type under Administrative Reports. You can also create a custom report type that uses Prioritized Recommendation and Prioritized Recommendation Item. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Report On Signals Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_workspace_report_on_suggestions.htm&language=en_US) # Report on Insurance Attributes with Custom Report Types To support detailed analysis and regulatory reporting with attribute names and values in the same report as related insurance records, build reports and dashboards on granular policy, participant, asset, and coverage attribute data. Create a custom report type, and add the Insurance Policy Attribute, Insurance Participant Attribute, Insurance Asset Attribute, and Insurance Coverage Attribute objects as related objects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and Insurance Brokerage are enabled. # Report on Messaging Sessions that Relate to a Case Select Messaging Sessions as a related object on the Cases object in a custom report type. Previously, you couldn’t view messaging sessions per case using a custom report type. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced Messaging channels and Enhanced Chat. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** In the Custom Report Types Builder, select **Cases** as the primary object and fill out the rest of the report type details. On page 2 of the builder, choose **Click** to relate another object, and select **Messaging Sessions**. Finish building your report. ![Page 2 of the Custom Report Type Builder with Cases selected as the primary object and Messaging Sessions being selected as the related object.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_cases_and_messaging_sessions.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create a Custom Report Type in the Enhanced Custom Report Type Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.reports_enhanced_defining_report_types.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Report on Messaging Activity in Service Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_reporting.htm&language=en_US) # Report on Multiple Currencies in Data 360 Reports Analyze global revenue more accurately with currency support in Data 360 reports. Users can view original and converted currency values in a selected report currency to compare data across regions and business units. In multi-currency orgs, Data 360 reports use converted values for totals, sorting, filtering, and grouping, helping teams analyze currency data consistently. After multiple currencies are enabled, you can’t turn off the setting. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To use currency conversion in Data 360 reports, activate multiple currencies in your org and confirm that currency fields are mapped correctly. In the report editor, locate the converted currency field in the Fields panel (1) and drag it into the Columns section (2). Select the report currency at the bottom of the report editor (3) to view the converted currency column in a specific currency, and then save the report (4). ![Multicurrency reporting in Data 360 reports](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dcr_multicurrency_reports.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Currency Support in Data 360 Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_reports_multicurrency_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Multiple Currencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.admin_currency.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Your Personal or Organization-Wide Currency](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_currency_set.htm&language=en_US) # Report on Service Reps’ Time Between Session Acceptance and First Response You asked, we listened. It’s now possible to report on the time it takes for a Service rep to respond to a messaging session after first accepting it. Service Rep Accept to First Response Time is a new value on the MessagingSessionMetricType field of the MessagingSessionMetrics object. Previously, it was just possible to report on the time it took for a Service rep to initially respond after a session transfer (either to them or to a queue that they’re in) was initiated. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced Messaging channels and Enhanced Chat. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Docs_: MessagingSessionMetrics](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_messagingsessionmetrics.htm) # Reporting and Analytics More powerful reporting is now at your fingertips with B2B Analytics for Marketers. Plus, get SMS performance metrics when you view an active flow, and enjoy improved click rate reporting with bot detection. - **[Analyze B2B Marketing Impact with Ready-to-Use Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_b2bam.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** B2B Analytics for Marketers brings account, opportunity, campaign, engagement, and attribution data into Tableau Next dashboards. Marketing teams can review account-based marketing performance, pipeline influence, campaign return, deal velocity, and attribution from one analytics experience. Use the dashboards to understand which marketing programs support pipeline and revenue, then apply those insights to planning, budgeting, and strategy. - **[Track SMS Flow and Engagement Metrics in Flow Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sms_flow_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Monitor performance metrics for your Send SMS Message flow element without leaving Flow Builder. Open an active SMS flow and select the Analytics tab to see run metrics such as total runs, average duration, and a success-versus-error breakdown. You can also view SMS engagement metrics, including SMS sends, delivery rate, click-through rate, and opt-out rate. - **[Measure Accurate SMS Click Rates with Bot Click Detection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sms_bot_click_detection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** View real customer engagement with the SMS click rate metric that separates human clicks from automated bot activity. With new human-verified and bot-generated click metrics in Data Cloud, you can report on true customer interest and configure your SMS and MMS flows to respond only when a real person taps a link. - **[Track Mobile Push Performance in Your Content Performance Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_mobile_push_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** View push performance alongside email, SMS, and WhatsApp data in one place with the Mobile Push tab. KPI cards show key push metrics, each with a period-over-period percent change. Use the Platform filter to compare iOS and Android results, or scroll to the Engagement table and filter by Date Range or Campaigns to review individual activity. # Reports and Dashboards REST API The Analytics Download API has new parameters for enhanced functionality. ## Changed Resources: Four new parameters to use when downloading Analytics assets. ### Analytics Download | Parameter | Description | | --- | --- | | includeData | Indicates whether to include data in the download (`true`) or not (`false`). | | pageId | The page ID of the Lightning dashboard to download. | | pageSize | The page size of the download. Valid values are: `A3`, `A4`, `LEGAL`, and `LETTER`. | | savedViewId | The saved view ID of the Lightning dashboard to download. | For more information, see the [Reports and Dashboards REST API Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_analytics.meta/api_analytics/sforce_analytics_rest_api_intro.htm). # Republish Your Marketing Cloud Next Landing Pages (Release Update) Your Marketing Cloud Next landing pages may be hosted on infrastructure that’s out of date. When you republish a page, your content automatically moves to the currently supported infrastructure. The content on the page remains as is. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** October 2026 **Why:** The infrastructure that hosts Marketing Cloud Next landing pages is retired periodically, as improved infrastructures are released. A landing page that you haven’t published in a while can be hosted on an outdated infrastructure, which can lead to degraded page performance. **How:** Check when your marketing landing pages were last published. In your Content Workspace for Marketing Cloud, open the Settings menu and select **Publication Calendar**. If the publication date for a landing page is older than 6 months, republish the page. # Request App Installs and Updates From Your Admin (Beta) If you don't have permission to install apps, send a request to install or update an app directly from Agentforce Builder, with a business justification. Your admin gets an email and can install or reject the request. You're notified by email either way. **Where:** This change is available in Agentforce Builder and Agentforce Registry for free and free-trial AgentExchange listings in non-production orgs. **Who:** This change impacts Agentforce Builder users who don't have permission to install apps. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** Agent builders without install permission previously had no way to request installation directly. Their only option was to mark interest and hope the publisher followed up, with no visibility into status or who to ask internally. This feature gives them a direct path to request installs and track progress. **How:** To browse and request an app from AgentExchange, from the App Launcher, find and select Agentforce Studio, and then open your agent. To browse subagents, from Explorer, click the **+** icon. To browse actions, from Explorer, select a subagent, then click the **+** icon. Select **Add from Asset Library**, then **Browse AgentExchange**. Open a listing and click **Send Request** (1). ![Request access dialog for a subagent, showing a business justification field and the Send Request button called out as step 1](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_from_agent_builder_send_request.png) # Request Custom Pricing Directly from AgentExchange Listings You can now initiate private offer discussions directly from a partner's AgentExchange listing. This feature simplifies how you negotiate custom terms and pricing, so you can start the conversation without ever leaving the marketplace. **Where:** This change applies to the AgentExchange website. **When:** This update is effective as of April 2026. **Why:** Previously, finding a path to request custom pricing or private offers was a manual process. Now, if a partner uses this feature, you can see a **Request Private Offer** button on their listing page. Skip the back-and-forth and request custom terms immediately, shortening the procurement process. When you select **Request Private Offer**, the system sends your contact details and request specifics directly to the partner’s sales team. **How:** To receive private offers, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Offers Marketplace, and select it. Select **Opt-in to Partner Offers and Agree to Terms and Conditions to turn on Private Offers**. Agree to the terms to allow third-party negotiations within Salesforce. To request a private offer, visit the product page on AgentExchange. Click **Request Private Offer**, and enter your details. Select **Request Offer**. The partner receives your lead and contacts you to discuss the request. # Request Quotes and Checkout from Saved Carts Let B2B buyers request quotes and complete checkout from any saved cart. Buyers can manage multiple purchasing scenarios simultaneously without switching between carts or losing progress. Previously, you needed to switch to the default cart. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting on October 20, 2026. **How:** In Experience Builder, add the Product Detail Purchase Options, Cart Menu, Cart Container, and Cart Detail components to the Product, Cart, Checkout, and My Profile pages. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Cart Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_customize_multicart.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: LWR Store Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_components.htm&language=en_US) # Request Remote Consent Signatures from Participants on Mobile Phones Your field users can request and capture consent signatures from healthcare professionals (HCPs) who join remote sessions on their phones, in addition to product and sample signatures. HCPs review consent topics, opt in or opt out, and provide electronic signatures. Previously, requesting consent signatures required HCPs to join from a laptop or desktop. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Remote Signatures for Remote Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_remote_engagement_set_up_signatures.htm&language=en_US) # Require Unanimous Approval for Approval Steps Assigned to Groups Require all group members to approve their work items before an approval step can proceed. When you configure an approval step with unanimous approval, every member receives an approval work item. If any member rejects, the approval step is rejected. If all members approve, the approval step is approved. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. It’s available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, all Einstein 1, and Developer editions. **Why:** Previously, an approval step assigned to a group was completed when the first member responded. To require input from multiple people, you created a separate approval step for each approver. Now, manage multi-stakeholder reviews and compliance requirements within a single step. **How:** To require all group members’ approval, select **Require unanimous approval** when configuring the approval step. When the approval step runs, the submission’s orchestration run creates an approval work item for each group member and sends personalized email notifications. The Work Guide shows individual approval work items for each approver. Admins can view the parent work item that tracks overall progress for the approval step. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note You can’t reassign approval work items from steps that require unanimous approval. If a member rejects their work item, the submission’s orchestration run changes pending child work item statuses from Assigned to Withdrawn. The approval step is then rejected. # Required: Upgrade the Tableau Next Embedding SDK to v2.0 Version 2.0 of the Tableau Next Embedding SDK includes a back-end upgrade to Lightning Out 2.2.3. You must upgrade to v2.0 to continue embedding Tableau Next content. If you don’t upgrade, existing apps and websites using the Tableau Next Embedding SDK will stop working. Developing and using embedded assets don’t change with this upgrade. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting July '26. **Why:** The SDK now depends on `@salesforce/lightning-out@2.2.3`, renamed and upgraded from `@lightning-out/application@2.1.2`. **How:** Install the Tableau Next Embedding SDK v2.0 using this command: ``` npm install @salesforce/analytics-embedding-sdk --save ``` #### See Also - [_Tableau Next Embedding SDK v2.0_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/sdk/references/sdk-js-v2/README.html) # Reschedule Appointments Faster by Dragging Them Onto the Gantt Move a scheduled appointment from the appointment list or the map directly onto the Gantt to reschedule it, instead of locating it there first. Drop it onto the resource and time slot you want, cutting out extra clicks and context switching. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting August 24, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Actions in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_actions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Research and Analyze Enterprise Content with Data 360 Notebook AI (Generally Available) Transform scattered information into organized resource libraries with Data 360 Notebook AI. This feature, which is now Generally Available, includes some changes since the beta release. Upload all your personal files, web links, and enterprise sources into one intelligent workspace and start asking questions. Turn your research into authoritative, sharable enterprise content, and eliminate tribal knowledge silos across your organization. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Not available: Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Why:** Use Notebook AI to complete a request for proposal (RFP) from a customer. Or, find solutions to complex support cases by exploring the resources available for research. For example, account executives can upload documents such as an RFP from a government agency, industry guidelines for RFPs, and personal notes from customer meetings. Then, they can start asking questions regarding customer requirements and get answers from the sources. Finally, they can export their analysis into a PDF for future reference. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore and Research Content with Notebook AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_notebook_ai_research_analyze.htm&language=en_US) # Reserve Routable Phone Numbers for Agentforce Voice from More Countries Dynamic Routing now supports local phone numbers in Ireland, Israel, and Mexico. To reserve a number, call the reserveRoutableNumber API. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting August 14, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers Implementation Guide_: Reserve a Routable Number](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_developer_guide.meta/voice_developer_guide/voice_rest_reserve_routable_number.htm) # Reset Product Selections and Filters with a Single Click Transition easily between dynamic and fixed product planning. With the Clear All button, key account managers can reset all product selections and filter criteria for a promotion with a single click. The button is active during the planning, preparation, and modeling phases. You can also customize it by using EARights. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Trade Promotion Management. **How:** On the promotion template, select **Show Clear All in Manage Products**. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Create a Promotion Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.tpm_task_create_a_promotion_template.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: Manage Your Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.tpm_concept_manage_your_products.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Resize Embedded Apps Automatically to Fit Their Content The embedding frame grows and shrinks to fit your app's content automatically, so users don't see extra scrollbars or clipped content. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud LWR and Aura sites, and the Salesforce mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce where English is the default language. **When:** This feature is available starting September 14, 2026. **Who:** This change is for developers who build embedded apps and who can create Lightning web components. **Why:** Show the embedded app at its natural size without manual height settings or nested scrollbars. **How:** Auto-resize is on by default, so you don't configure anything. So that the frame can size to your content, avoid fixed full-viewport heights such as `height: 100vh` in your app, which can cause a resize loop. # Resolve Automotive Finance Requests Automatically with AI Agents Deploy autonomous agents to handle routine service requests for Automotive loans and leases, eliminating human touch for high-volume, repetitive queries, which optimizes staffing and improves first-contact resolution rates. Verify users, understand requirements, and resolve issues like address updates or fee reversals instantly. This automation reduces cost-to-serve while providing your customers with immediate support availability. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive, Agentforce Employee Agent Add-On, and Vehicle and Asset Finance Foundation enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Industries Service Process, Industry Service Excellence, and Vehicle and Asset Finance Foundation permission sets. **How:** To set up the Asset Finance Customer Management agent, on the Agentforce Agents setup page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the Asset Finance Customer Management template in the Legacy Agent Builder and configure out-of-the-box topics, including: - **Address Update**: Update account and financial account addresses. - **Fee Reversal**: Process reversals for maintenance or service fees. - **Financial Account Details**: Retrieve balances, statements, and transaction histories. - **Funds Transfer**: Set up payments between financial accounts. - **Loan Payoff**: Get timely information on loan balances and payment details. Deploy the agent across multiple channels, such as phone, WhatsApp, and your community sites, to provide seamless customer access. # Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with New Banking Service Employee Assistance Subagents Boost productivity and eliminate multi-screen navigation for your service reps with the new subagents to Banking Service Employee Assistance. Service reps can handle a wider range of complex banking inquiries, such as payment deferrals, card activations, standing instructions, directly from Agentforce conversations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud), Agentforce Employee Agent add-on, Universal Credit Metering, and Einstein for Financial Services Add-On are enabled. The Agentforce Employee agent uses Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. **Who:** To use the Banking Service Employee Assistance template and subagents, users need these permission sets and permission set licenses. - Industry Service Excellence permission set - Financial Services Cloud Extension, Financial Services Cloud Basic, Financial Services Cloud Service, or Financial Services Cloud Standard permission set license - Omnistudio User permission set - Business Rule Engine Runtime permission set - Unified Catalog Admin - Unified Catalog Agent **Why:** Use the prebuilt subagents included in the Banking Service Employee Assistance template. - Card Activation: Helps service reps raise a request to activate a customer's card and configure their domestic and international usage settings. - Report and Replace a Card: Helps service reps raise a request to report a customer's credit or debit card as lost, stolen, destroyed, or ATM-captured, and order a replacement. - Check Number Inquiry Request: Helps service reps inquire about the status and details of a customer's issued check. - Standing Instruction Management: Helps service reps raise a request to add, modify, or cancel a standing instruction on a customer's financial account. - Payment Deferral: Helps service reps raise a request to defer payments on a customer's loan (such as personal or home loans), check eligibility, and generate new payment terms. - Payment Due Date Modification: Helps service reps raise a request to modify the recurring payment date for a customer's loan (such as personal or home loans), verify eligibility, and update the payment schedule. - Card PIN Management: Helps service reps raise a request to securely reset customer card PINs. Guides the service reps through necessary security checks based on reason for the reset, such as reviewing transactions for security concerns, or configuring other card controls for new cards, before creating a case for the request. **How:** To get started with Agentforce banking service for customers, complete the setup and configuration for Banking Service Employee Assistance subagents. Then, from Setup, turn on Einstein generative AI from the Einstein setup page and Agentforce. Next, to set up a Banking Service Employee Assistance agent, on the Agentforce Agents setup page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the **Banking Service Employee Assistance** template in the Legacy Agentforce Builder. #### See Also - [Banking Service Employee Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agent_service_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Billing Inquiries and Disputes Efficiently Manage billing inquiries and disputes through a standardized, end-to-end dispute management process. Install pre-built service process templates easily from the Unified Catalog. Billing specialists or customer service representatives can initiate cases, and quickly capture, validate, and resolve common inquiries, all from a single catalog. Billing portal users can raise service requests through the self-service portal. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To install and deploy service process templates, you need these permissions: - UnifiedCatalogAdminPsl permission set group - Unified Catalog Admin permission set - Omnistudio Admin permission set - Billing Admin permission set To manage billing inquiries and resolve disputes, you need the Billing Operations User or the Billing Customer Service User permission set. To use the Self-Service Billing portal, your users need these permissions: - UnifiedCatalogCommunityUserPsl permission set group - Unified Catalog Community User permission set - Omnistudio User permission set - Billing Experience Cloud User permission set **How:** In Setup, find and select **All Sites**. Click **New**, select the **Self-Service Billing Portal** template, and customize it as necessary by using these service process templates. - Suspend Billing - Update Bill To Contact on Invoice - Invoice Charge Dispute - Extend Invoice Due Date - Other Billing Inquiries #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Billing Dispute Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_dispute_management_enable.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Billing Disputes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_manage_disputes.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Billing Inquiries with the Billing Service Assistance Agent Provide the Billing Service Assistance Agent to customers, partners, and sales reps. The agent handles common billing inquiries, such as checking account balances, verifying upcoming payment dates, accessing invoice documents, and reviewing payment plans for specific invoices. Support teams can view real-time financial insights and invoice charge breakdowns, which significantly reduces billing case volume. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with Revenue Cloud Billing license. It also requires these add-ons. - Chatbot Enabled license - Customer 360 Audiences Corporate license - Einstein GPT Platform - Einstein GPT Prompt Builder - Einstein GPT Copilot - Agentforce Service Agent - Agentforce Service Agent Manager - Flex Credits Metering **When:** Billing Inquries for Billing Service Assistance Agent is available starting the week of June 5, 2026. **Who:** To use Billing Service Assistance Agent, community users need these permission sets. - Billing Experience Cloud User - Billing Einstein Experience Cloud User - Prompt Template User #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Collections for Accounts in Billing (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_collections.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Claims Queries Faster by Using Data 360 Zero-Copy Claims Actions Give your payer contact center reps the tools to resolve member and provider claims queries more efficiently by using adjudicated claims data. By using Data 360 claims actions, agents can now fetch adjudicated claim records directly from external systems via zero-copy integration. Agents can use the adjudicated claim records to provide payer contact center reps quick access to high-level summaries and specific claim details, such as status, denial reasons, and patient responsibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. To access the agent action, users also need the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting Feb 13, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** On the Contact Center Settings page in Setup, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. Then, follow the guided setup in the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations and Limitations for Agentforce for Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_user_agentforce_for_health_cloud_billing_consideration.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Common Billing Inquiries Quickly with Billing Employee Assistant Access critical billing information through conversational AI. Help billing teams retrieve payment plan details, latest bill details, account summaries and outstanding balances quickly. Billing teams can identify upcoming payment due dates and amounts within the assistant, without checking individual Billing records. Make it easier to respond to billing queries that require reviewing multiple invoice and payment records. Accelerate response time and reduce manual navigation across billing records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud. It requires the Revenue Cloud Billing license, Flex Credits Metering add-on, and the Agentforce Employee Rep add-on. **Who:** This feature is available to billing admins and billing operations users who have access to the Billing Employee Assistant template and the Agentforce and Billing permission sets. **How:** From Setup, turn on Einstein and Agentforce. Create an agent by using the Billing Employee Assistant template and activate it. # Resolve Complaints Faster with the Complaint Management Assistance Agent Give complaint handlers a head start by delegating repetitive manual work to the Complaint Management Assistance agent. The agent searches and analyzes standard operating procedures, complaint assessments, and past complaints to find similar complaints and propose the correct course of action. Use these insights to create effective resolution summaries and generate professional responses to close complaints with greater confidence. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud, the Agentforce Employee Agent add-on, Universal Credit Metering, and Einstein for Financial Services add-on. The Agentforce Employee agent uses Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. **How:** In Setup, in the Agentforce settings, create an agent by using the Complaint Management Assistance template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Complaint Management Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agent_cmplnt_mgmt_assist_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Compliance Gaps with Issue Management Identify, track, and resolve compliance issues across your organization directly from a unified system. Create issues directly from policies, risks, controls, or audit findings and assign them to the right teams or owners. Teams can seamlessly track remediation progress through structured action plans and tasks, and ensure timely resolution using SLA policies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Issue Management is enabled. **Why:** Centralize the issue register and SLA tracking to resolve vulnerabilities on time while providing stakeholders real-time visibility into compliance status. # Resolve Customer Issues with Banking Service Employee Assistance on Slack Banking Service Employee Assistance brings customer context, relevant knowledge, and in-workflow actions into Slack, so service reps no longer have to switch between banking systems to resolve customer issues. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Foundations or Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note The Agentforce Employee agent consumes Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. **Why:** Time spent toggling across banking systems slows response times and increases the chance of missed context, which can affect customer satisfaction and compliance. Banking Service Employee Assistance reduces the friction by bringing customer context, knowledge, and actions directly into Slack, enabling reps to resolve issues faster without leaving the conversation. **How:** From Setup, go to **Agentforce Studio** and build an agent using the **Banking Service Employee Assistance** template. Add the Slack connector under Connections, then grant the agent access by enabling it on each service rep's permission set. In Slack, open **Manage Salesforce Organization** to map your Slack users to their Salesforce accounts, then activate the agent. Finally, turn on Slackbot access so you can reach the agent directly in Slack. #### See Also - [Setup and Manage Agentforce in Slack](https://slack.com/intl/en-in/help/articles/36218109305875-Set-up-and-manage-Agentforce-in-Slack#enterprise-subscriptions-3) - [_Salesforce Help_: Banking Service Employee Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agent_service_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Date Conflicts When Creating Timesheets Across a Date Range When you create timesheets for a date range and some dates already have a timesheet, exclude just the conflicting dates and create the timesheet with the remaining dates. Lists the exact conflicting dates, and reverts the exclusion if you change your mind. Previously, a date conflict blocked timesheet creation until you manually adjusted the range. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with ASLM and Field Service Plus for Energy & Utilities. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Manage Timesheets_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_manage_timesheets.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Use Timesheets_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_use_timesheets.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Every Issue in a Case with Multi-Intent Article Recommendations Agentforce Article Recommendations for Cases now identifies up to three distinct intents when a case raises more than one problem. Agentforce builds a targeted search for each intent, and merges the results into a ranked list of articles for your agents to use in their response. Previously, a single search query built from the whole case let the most prominent topic crowd out articles for other issues the customer mentioned. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in orgs with Data Cloud provisioned and Agentforce Article Recommendations for Cases already enabled. **When:** Multi-Intent Detection becomes available only after Salesforce activates it in your org. If you don't see the **Enable Multi-Intent Detection** toggle in Setup, contact your Salesforce account team to confirm activation. **How:** In Setup, go to Service > Service Cloud Einstein > Article Recommendations for Cases, and confirm that you’re using the **Get Recommendations on Cases** flow. Turn on **Enable Multi-Intent Detection**, then save your changes. Multi-Intent Detection isn't available in orgs using the **Get Generative AI Recommendations for Cases** flow instead. # Resolve Field Name Conflicts in Managed Package SOQL Queries Prevent duplicate field name errors in managed Apex SOQL queries when your package fields and a subscriber’s custom fields share the same name. Set the `explicitNamespace` property on a `Database.QueryOptions` object and pass it as a bind variable in the SOQL `SET OPTIONS` clause. Without requiring an explicit namespace, Apex interprets both fields as belonging to your package namespace, failing the unique field name requirement enforced in API version 34.0 and later. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Field name collisions between managed packages and subscriber orgs can cause package failures. Previously, there was no mechanism for managed Apex code to explicitly control namespace resolution in SOQL. For example, if a managed package with the namespace `ExPackageNS` had an `Age__c` field and a subscriber created a custom field `Age__c`, queries for both fields simultaneously resulted in a duplicate field name error. Additionally, there was no mechanism for the managed Apex code to query for just the subscriber’s field. Now, by setting the `explicitNamespace` property as a query option, the package field resolves to `ExPackageNS__Age__c` instead. Queries without the `SET OPTIONS` clause preserve their existing behavior, so the change is backward compatible. **How:** Create a `Database.QueryOptions` object through its builder methods, including `.withExplicitNamespace(true)`. Pass the object as a bind variable in the `SET OPTIONS` clause, and then pass the query to `Database.query()` or `Database.queryWithBinds()`. Here’s a dynamic SOQL query created with `Database.query()`. ```java Database.QueryOptions opts = Database.QueryOptions.builder() .withExplicitNamespace(true) .build(); List results = Database.query( 'SELECT Id, Name, Age__c, ExPackageNS__Age__c FROM Account SET OPTIONS :opts', AccessLevel.USER_MODE); ``` Here’s a dynamic SOQL query created with `Database.queryWithBinds()`. ```java Database.QueryOptions opts = Database.QueryOptions.builder() .withExplicitNamespace(true) .build(); List results = Database.queryWithBinds( 'SELECT Id, Name, Age__c, ExPackageNS__Age__c FROM Account SET OPTIONS :opts', new Map{ 'opts' => opts }, AccessLevel.USER_MODE); ``` #### See Also - [_IdeaExchange_: Support Dynamic SOQL No-Shadowing Option](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0B8W00000Gdh9rUAB/support-dynamic-soql-no-shadowing-option) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Prevent Field Name Collisions in Managed SOQL Queries](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_manpkgs_dynamic_soql.htm) - [_Apex Reference Guide_: Database.QueryOptions Class](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_class_Database_QueryOptions.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Namespace Prefixes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_namespace_prefix.htm) - [_SOQL and SOSL Reference_: SOQL SET OPTIONS Clause](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.soql_sosl.meta/soql_sosl/sforce_api_calls_soql_select_set_options.htm) # Resolve Fulfillment Issues Proactively with Agentforce (Pilot) Manage location exclusions and order rerouting through a conversational interface. By using a single text prompt, your routing agent can block specific locations for a set time or rescue unfulfillable orders, such as those with damaged goods. Previously, mitigating these disruptions required time-consuming manual intervention. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce Agentic Order Routing is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or your written Unified Pilot Agreement, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service consumes Einstein Requests, as applicable, and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To set up Agentic Order Routing (pilot), contact your Salesforce account executive. # Resolve GraphQL Queries Offline in Custom LSC Apps Keep your custom Life Sciences Cloud (LSC) apps working for field reps when their devices lose connectivity. When a rep is offline, the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app resolves GraphQL queries from your custom Lightning web components (LWCs) against the data that's synced to the device. **Where:** This feature is available in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only) in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. **How:** Turn on offline support for the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. Then build your queries with the `graphql` wire adapter in the `lightning/uiGraphQLApi` module. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Supported and Unsupported LWC Adapters for Offline Use](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_custom_lwc_apps_offline_adapters.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Issues Faster with Centralized, Multi-channel Alert Management Track issues across all Log Center data sources from a unified management page. Create alerts for various activities, such as events, log streaming, and anomaly detection. Expand your notification channels to Slack and PagerDuty to quickly inform technical teams. Reduce notification noise with state-aware alerts that fire when an issue is new, ongoing, or resolved. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In the Log Center, select **Alerts**. On the Alert Management tab, click **Create Alert**. Select the alert mode, and configure the thresholds, time intervals, and channels. ![Unified Alert Management Page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/b2c_unified_alert.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Log Center Alerts in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_log_center_alerts.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Issues Faster with Interactive Pre-Work Briefs Empower mobile workers to ask follow-up questions, clarify job details, and request specific documentation directly through an interactive Pre-Work Brief widget. Powered by Agentforce, users get grounded responses based on work order history, troubleshooting guides, and asset data without manually re-entering the context. Mobile workers stay in their flow of work while accessing relevant procedures or documents, customer site compliance, and historical case data through simple text. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **How:** Initiate a conversation with Agentforce by tapping the follow-up button or entering a prompt. ![Interactive Pre-Work Brief](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_fieldservice_interactive_pwb.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Pre-Work Brief for Field Service Mobile Workers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_einstein_pre_work_brief.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Product Feed Failures Faster with Enhanced Error Logging Pinpoint exact data issues in your product full feed uploads without combing through thousands of rows. The feed error logs page now includes row numbers, record IDs, affected columns, and invalid values so you can identify failures immediately. You can also download a dedicated correction file to reference alongside your original upload for troubleshooting. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. ![Feed error log with row-level error details in Point of Sale CMS.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_export_error_logs.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ View Feed Logs in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_data_feeds_manage_logs.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Shipment Variances Quickly with the ASN Discrepancy Report Track and review shipping mismatches directly within the POS app when scanned inventory doesn’t match expected quantities. The receiving discrepancy report highlights short or over counts in red alongside receiving details, dates, and approval tracking. You can also export findings to a CSV file for seamless downstream auditing. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** To view the report in CMS, go to **Inventory | ASN Report**. Configure the search fields and check the Discrepancy Report option. To view the report on the POS app, configure the Receiving Discrepancy Report deep link. ![ASN Discrepancy Report in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_discreportcms.png) ![Receiving Discrepancy Report in Point of Sale app](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_discreportdl.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ View Advanced Shipping Notice Report in Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_reports_asns.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Similar Meanings to Improve Agent Accuracy (Beta) Use AI to resolve overlapping data definitions and improve agent accuracy. The similarities feature in Semantic Model Optimization (Beta) identifies synonyms, acronyms, and semantic overlaps to prevent ambiguity. For example, similarities can distinguish between Closed Won Deals Amount and Closed Won Deals Amount by Period, so agents don't misinterpret the data. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Similar Meanings AI Optimization is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This update is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** To access AI-powered setup for semantic models, users need the Tableau+ license. **How:** In Semantic Analytics Builder, open the Optimize Model panel and select the Similarities card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Resolve Overlapping Data Definitions with Similar Meanings (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_similarities.htm&language=en_US) # Resolve Student Absences with the Attendance Management Agent Keep student attendance records accurate and campus teams aligned with automated absence tracking. Use a Marketing Cloud Next event-triggered flow to send families text messages (SMS). Build an inbound Omni-Channel flow that directs them to explain unexpected absences in a natural conversation with a voice agent. The Attendance Management Agent captures the parent's explanation and updates the student's official attendance record. It then notifies the responsible instructor in Slack right away. Both families and instructors get the same picture of where students are and why. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where these licenses and add-ons are enabled. - Education Cloud - Einstein for Education Cloud add-on - Data 360 - Marketing Cloud Next with the Salesforce Message Credits - SMS add-on, and at least one Salesforce SMS Code Lease add-on - Applicable Salesforce Voice add-on license - Applicable Agentforce add-on licenses - Slack For more support on Marketing Cloud Next, Salesforce Voice, and Agentforce add-on licenses, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Who:** Users with these permission sets can configure the Attendance Management Agent. - Education Cloud Full Access - Education Cloud Advanced Academic Operations Admin Access - Data Cloud Architect to set up SMS prerequisites - Marketing Cloud Admin or Marketing Cloud Manager to send SMS - The appropriate [Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_user_perms.htm&type=5&language=en_US) or [Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_setup_assign_permissions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) permission set to configure inbound call routing **How:** First, turn on Advanced Academic Operations. Next, create the Attendance Management Agent. Then, build a Marketing Cloud Next event-triggered flow to send SMS, build an inbound Omni-Channel flow to route incoming calls, and configure Agentforce Education flows to update attendance records and notify instructors. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Attendance Management Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_attendance_management_agent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Advanced Academic Operations in Your Org (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_advanced_academic_operations.htm&language=en_US) # Respond Faster and More Accurately to Customers with Service Replies in Service Assistant Quickly respond to customer messages during a messaging session with Service Replies in Service Assistant. Service Assistant now supports service replies, allowing reps to reply to customers even faster. By automatically surfacing context-aware responses grounded in the conversation and your knowledge base, Service Assistant displays each reply alongside the service plan steps. This provides service reps with a more comprehensive resolution workflow directly, eliminating the need to switch to a separate Service Replies component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support**: This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Messaging with Enhanced Chat, Facebook, and WhatsApp channels. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Service Replies for Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need these permissions. - Service Planner Builder - Service Replies User - Prompt Template Manager - Data Cloud Architect (only required if grounding replies with a data library) - To use Service Replies for Service Assistant, service reps need these permission sets. - Service Planner User - Service Replies User **How:** Service Replies is available for setup without completing the full Service Assistant setup, including creating a Service Assistant agent. The only Service Assistant-specific setup required to access Service Replies in Service Assistant is to turn on Service Assistant for Messaging from the Customize Experience by Object section on the Service Assistant setup page, and then add the Service Assistant component to the record page. Afterward, complete the Service Replies for Chat setup, and turn on Service Replies for Service Assistant on the Service Replies setup page. Replies are then generated in the component after the first message. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_msg_sr.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Replies for Chat](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=reply_recs_generative_ai_chat_set_up.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Replies for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_sr.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Replies for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_sr_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Respond Faster and More Accurately to Customers with Service Replies in Service Assistant Quickly respond to customer messages during a messaging session with Service Replies in Service Assistant. Service Assistant now supports service replies, allowing reps to reply to customers even faster. By automatically surfacing context-aware responses grounded in the conversation and your knowledge base, Service Assistant displays each reply alongside the service plan steps. This provides service reps with a more comprehensive resolution workflow directly, eliminating the need to switch to a separate Service Replies component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support**: This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Messaging. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up Service Replies for Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need these permissions. - Service Planner Builder - Service Replies User - Prompt Template Manager - Data Cloud Architect (only required if grounding replies with a data library) - To use Service Replies for Service Assistant, service reps need these permission sets. - Service Planner User - Service Replies User - To surface service replies in the Service Assistant component, the ServicePlanner User (agent user) requires these permission sets. - Service Replies User - Prompt Template User **How:** Complete the Service Assistant for Messaging setup and Service Replies for Chat setup. Then, in the Service Replies Setup page, turn on Service Replies for Service Assistant. Afterward, replies are generated in the component after the first message. ![Service Assistant for Messaging](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_msg_sr.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Replies for Chat](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=reply_recs_generative_ai_chat_set_up.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Replies for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_sr.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Replies for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_sr_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Respond to Growth with Early Ramp Renewal When customers with ramped pricing need to renew early, start the term at any point in their current schedule: year 1, year 2, or later. The renewal automatically extends coverage beyond the original end date, recreates subsequent segments with updated dates and the latest catalog rates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From an active ramped usage asset, create a renewal quote and select **Override Renewal Term**. Select a start date during the current asset lifecycle. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Early Renewal of Ramped Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_early_renewal_of_ramped_assets.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # REST API These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in Platform REST API version 66.0. ## New Calls Convert Base64 audio to text using the Convert Base64 Speech To Text invocable action Make a POST request to the new /services/data/v66.0/actions/standard/voiceToText resource to convert Base64-encoded audio to text and return the transcription as output. Convert text to audio using the TextToSpeech invocable action (Beta) Make a POST request to the new /services/data/v66.0/actions/standard/textToSpeech resource to convert text to a Base64-encoded audio string. Convert audio files to text using the SpeechToText invocable action Make a POST request to the new /services/data/v66.0/actions/standard/speechToText resource to convert an audio file to text and return the transcription as output. ## Changed Calls Add file output support to the TextToSpeech invocable action (Beta) The TextToSpeech action now supports an optional fileOutput parameter to return generated audio as a file output. By default, the response continues to return a Base64-encoded audio string. Monitor query limit usage for scheduled flows and scheduled paths Make a GET request to the existing /services/data/vXX.X/limits resource to obtain the new ScheduledFlowRunLimit and ScheduledPathRunLimit values. # Restore Data That was Cleared from a Data Extension The Recycle Bin in Contact Builder now includes a Cleared Data folder. When you use the Clear Records button to remove all records in a data extension, that data moves to the Cleared Data folder and remains there for 30 days. If you unintentionally clear the data from a data extension, you can restore it into a new data extension. **How:** From the Data Extensions tab in Contact Builder, select **Recycle Bin** | **Cleared Data**. Select the data to restore, and then click **Restore**. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Manage Data Extension Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_cab_data_extensions_manage_records.htm&language=en_US) # Restore Files and Attachments from Backups Include files and attachments during data restoration for a more comprehensive recovery of your records. This feature ensures that restored records include all associated information and external references. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. # Restore Incident Creation for Customer Community Plus Users Resolve automated flow failures that prevented Customer Community Plus users from creating incidents via email or the portal. By correctly populating the Reported By field with Person Account records, the system now ensures incidents are properly linked to the employee’s profile and visible in the My Reported Incidents list view. The underlying flow logic now validates both User and Person Account objects, restoring full Email-to-Incident functionality and maintaining a seamless support experience for all portal users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** No manual configuration is required. The system now automatically identifies the correct account type to ensure incident records generate successfully and display accurately in the user's portal view. # Restore Records with Hierarchical Relationships Recover parent records and their related child records in a single, dependency-aware operation to maintain data consistency and reduce recovery time. This capability identifies deleted relationships and uses an interactive tree visualization to help you select specific deleted records for recovery. By maintaining referential integrity, save time and ensure data consistency. This approach reduces Recovery Time Objectives (RTO) by automating the discovery and restoration of child records. This capability ensures that you don’t lose the relationships between the parent and child objects to accurately return data to its previous state. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** To use this feature, your users need the Run Restore permission. **How:** During the Compare job, the system discovers the record hierarchy. # Restore Specific Fields with Field-Level Recovery Select which object fields to restore from a backup to avoid overwriting valid changes in unselected fields. This control ensures that the restore process updates only necessary data on target records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Run Restore permission. **How:** From the Object Viewer page, click the settings icon and select Fields to Restore. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Restore Specific Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.backup_recover_restore_specific_fields.htm&language=en_US) # Restrict Login Access to SOAP API Enhance security by controlling who can authenticate using SOAP API login() with the new Any API Auth permission. The permission is enforced by default in newly created orgs. You can choose to enable it in existing orgs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **How:** For existing orgs, you can enable this feature in Setup. Select **Enable SOAP API login() to users with the Use Any API Auth user permission** option. #### See Also - [_SOAP API Developer Guide_: `login()`](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api.meta/api/sforce_api_calls_login.htm) # Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps (Release Update) To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow. **Where:** This change applies to connected apps and external client apps in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update by blocking the device flow for non-compliant apps on November 30, 2026. A non-compliant app is any app that has the device flow enabled but doesn't meet these criteria: - External client app - Distribution state set to local - Localhost callback URL - No other OAuth flows are enabled in the app settings ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note All connected apps that have the device flow enabled are non-compliant. Starting in August 2026, these changes take effect: If the device flow is enabled for any local external client app, you see this banner: "The OAuth device flow is enabled. Only use this flow with devices that run on limited input or display capabilities, such as Smart TVs, appliances, and other Internet of Things (IoT) devices." This banner appears even if an app is compliant with the new requirements. If an app with the device flow enabled is non-compliant, there's an additional banner and some new behavior: - You see this warning banner: "This app has the OAuth device flow enabled, but doesn’t meet new security requirements. To continue using the device flow, switch to a local external client app with a localhost callback URL and don’t use the app with any other OAuth flows. [Learn more.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_device_flow.htm&language=en_US)" - You can't save changes to the app when the device flow is enable. You get this error: "The OAuth device flow is supported only for local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. Disable the device flow or switch to a local external client app that you don’t use with any other OAuth flows." - If you disable the device flow on a connected app or on a packaged external client app, you see a warning popup for this new behavior: "After you save this change, you can’t undo it. To use the device flow again, you need a local external client app with a localhost callback URL." If the device flow is disabled for a non-compliant app: - (Connected apps only) The option to enable the device flow is now locked and hidden. - (Packaged external client apps only) The option to enable the device flow is grayed out. To enable the device flow, update the app's distribution state to local. - (Local external client apps with a non-localhost callback URL only) If you try to enable the device flow, you see a warning popup for this new behavior: "Enabling the device flow automatically sets the callback URL to https://localhost, removes all other callback URL values, and disables all other OAuth flows. These changes can affect your integrations." **Why:** This security update protects your Salesforce data. By restricting how and when the device flow can be used, Salesforce can prevent illegitimate use of the device flow. The device flow is intended only for apps that run on devices with limited input or display capabilities, such as Smart TVs, appliances, and other Internet of Things (IoT) devices. **How:** When this release update is enforced, the device flow will only work for local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. The device flow will no longer work for connected apps, packaged external client apps, or local external client apps that don't have a localhost callback URL. To continue using the device flow without disruption, update your apps to meet these requirements. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps, follow the testing and activation steps. # Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps (Release Update) To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow. This update is available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on November 30, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to connected apps and external client apps in all editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update by blocking the device flow for non-compliant apps on November 30, 2026. **Why:** This security update protects your Salesforce data. By restricting how and when the device flow can be used, Salesforce can prevent illegitimate use of the device flow. The device flow is intended only for apps that run on devices with limited input or display capabilities, such as Smart TVs, appliances, and other Internet of Things (IoT) devices. **How:** When this release update is enforced, the device flow will only work for local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. The device flow will no longer work for connected apps, packaged external client apps, or local external client apps that don't have a localhost callback URL. To continue using the device flow without disruption, update your apps to meet these requirements. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Restrict User Access to Sensitive Data When Pricing Quotes and Orders Give your users the ability to price quotes and orders even when they don’t have access to underlying sensitive data required for pricing. Enhance security and limit the access to sensitive data, such as product costs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on **Elevated Data Access for Pricing Quotes and Orders**. Then, set restrictive field and object permissions for users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Revenue Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_turn_on_quote_and_order_capture.htm&language=en_US) # Restructure Tableau Next Dashboard Layouts with Multi-Widget Selection You can now select multiple widgets to manage your dashboard layouts with greater precision. Move a group of widgets to a new tab or update widget styles in seconds. This flexibility enables you to focus on high-level dashboard organization rather than repetitive individual widget adjustment. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To select multiple dashboard widgets, press **Command** (macOS) or **Control** (Windows) on your keyboard and click them individually, or use your mouse to drag a selection box around the group of widgets you want to include. This simultaneous selection enables you to perform collective editing across the entire group in a single action. ![Moving a group of widgets to a new page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_multi_select_widget.png) You can drag the group to reposition it on the layout, delete multiple widgets at once, or use page actions to move selections to a different tab. Additionally, you can copy and paste the widgets to duplicate layouts. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Restructure Tableau Next Dashboard Layouts with Multi-Widget Selection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_multi_widget.htm&language=en_US) # Resume Conversations with Chat History on Experience Cloud Site You can view and resume previous conversations with the AI concierge across sessions and devices. Each interaction is stored as a conversation thread linked to the user's account, capturing messages, timestamps, and completed tile actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations. Available on: - Aura Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template - LWR Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template **Who:** Available to authenticated users who can view and resume conversations. **Why:** The AI concierge stores each interaction as a conversation thread linked to the user's account. You can reopen previous conversations and continue requests across sessions and devices. Conversation history includes messages, timestamps, and completed tile actions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Messaging Channels for Agentforce Orchestrators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.ai_agent_parent_deploy_messaging.htm&language=en_US) # Resume Omniscripts Across Users with Enhanced Save for Later Deliver seamless, collaborative customer journeys where different users can start, save, and resume the same Omniscript. Previously, Save for Later had limitations that often resulted in restrictions of its usage. In Summer '26, these limitations have been removed. You can now share Omniscript saved session records with the Sharing option. For example, an internal service representative can start an application on behalf of a customer and share a link with the customer to complete it. Similarly, a guest user can save their progress and resume it later as an authenticated user. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Save and Resume an Omniscript](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_save_and_resume_an_omniscript_9465.htm&language=en_US) # Resume Paused Data Scans Pick up where you left off by resuming scans that stopped, skipped, timed out, or completed with errors to finish scanning records that weren’t scanned yet. Resumed scans use the settings from the initial run even if your policy configurations changed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **When:** This functionality is available starting in October 2026. **How:** To resume a scan, click **Resume Scan** from the scan's policy page. # Retail Execution Field users can cancel uncompleted visits, orders, and documents on the field. Prevent record duplication and improve data accuracy with enhanced checks for listing classifications. Enhance your retail execution capabilities with new and updated data objects for better tour and route management. - **[Cancel Visits, Documents, and Orders on the Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_visit_cancellation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give hybrid users and drivers the ability to cancel visits, orders, and delivery documents from their mobile device. Reduce manual communication when external factors, such as traffic, payment issues, or inventory problems, prevent the completion of a visit or order. Configure cancellation reason and geolocation tracking requirements to maintain audit trails for field operations. - **[Experience Hands-Free Field Execution in Consumer Goods Cloud Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_speech_to_text_cg_mobile_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your sales reps a hands-free experience with voice-activated notes, powered by speech-to-text integration, even when they’re offline. Additionally, they can use their voice to capture survey data or update orders in the app using speech-to-text and prompt template APIs when they’re online. - **[Maintain Listing Classification Data Integrity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_listing_classification.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Listing Module on the New Listing Classification page is now a picklist that matches the entries on the Edit page. When your users create or update listing classifications the user experience is consistent. To prevent duplicate records, the application also checks for unique combinations of Product Category and Listing Module for an account. - **[New and Changed Objects for Retail Execution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Retail Execution objects. # Retail Execution Retail Execution for Consumer Goods now runs directly on the Salesforce Platform, unlocking next-level enterprise scale, speed, and deployment flexibility. Built on a unified object model, Retail Execution connects Consumer Goods Cloud with B2B Commerce through shared orders and pricing, giving you one source of truth across channels. Field teams share standard master data across on-platform systems, clouds, and Internal Organization Units (IOUs). To align territories and operate in a modern Lightning UI, field teams manage the business by using Enterprise Territory Management (ETM). Developers can customize mobile experiences, data models, and operational rules in both the platform and managed package versions. Improve Consumer Goods order accuracy with Capture Accurate Consumer Goods Orders with Penny Perfect Calculator and Penny Perfect Calculator for Consumer Goods Orders. - **[Introducing Retail Execution on the Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retial_introducing_re_on_salesforce_platform.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Retail Execution for Consumer Goods moves onto Salesforce Platform and runs on standard Salesforce objects and capabilities instead of the managed package architecture. This move marks an ongoing shift for Consumer Goods Cloud, beginning with Retail Execution Merchandising activities on both desktop and mobile, and order taking on desktop. - **[New Data Model and APIs for Retail Execution on the Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_new_data_model_apis_salesforce_platform.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Retail Execution for Consumer Goods on the Salesforce Platform includes a new data model built on standard Salesforce objects. Consumer Goods Retail Execution Connect APIs are also part of this release. Use these APIs to plan store visits, create and prepare assessment tasks, and manage assortment products. Retrieve product surveys and store checks for a visit and save survey answers. Additional resources keep account hierarchies, assortments, and promotion channels in sync across internal organization units, and deploy mobility field sets for Retail Execution objects. - **[Plan and Complete Store Visits with Assortments and Activities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_plan_and_complete_store_visits_assortments_activities.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your merchandisers plan and complete store visits with confidence. Schedule visits manually or generate them automatically from recurring visit schedules and planned retail store routes. Define the products each store carries and the activities, such as store checks and surveys, that merchandisers perform during each visit. On their mobile devices, merchandisers can complete visits, perform activities, and record results while in the store. - **[Capture Accurate Consumer Goods Orders With Penny Perfect Calculator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_capture_accurate_cg_orders_with_penny_perfect_calculator.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help telesales reps capture complex Consumer Goods orders accurately with guided workflows, reusable order specifications, flexible units of measure, integrated discounts, and penny-perfect pricing. Reps can consistently handle market-specific assortments, package sizes, and prices while keeping essential customer, product, and pricing details available throughout order entry. This consistency helps reduce pricing, billing, and fulfillment errors. - **[Penny Perfect Calculator For Consumer Goods Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_penny_perfect_calculator_for_cg_orders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give Consumer Goods reps accurate prices for complex orders with a configurable enterprise pricing calculator that reflects your ERP pricing logic. More than 35 calculation types support customer and product hierarchies, multiple units of measure, discounts, promotions, taxes, free goods, accruals, and surcharges. Customer-specific pricing and automatic unit conversions ensure consistent calculations across ordering channels, reducing manual adjustments and invoice disputes. # Retain Debug Configurations Within Flow Editing Sessions Preserve debug configurations when you save changes to your flow. Debug inputs such as triggering record values, debug options, and input variable values now remain set when you save flow changes within your Flow Builder session. Refreshing your browser or closing Flow Builder clears all debug settings. To clear debug settings manually, click Reset Debug Settings. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Retain Original Asset Pricing During Modifications Preserve original asset prices during Move, Add, Change, Delete (MACD) operations in Enterprise Sales Management by defining attributes in Industries CPQ. Now, pricing calculations run only when you modify a price-impacting attribute, such as a manual override, applied discount, or quantity change. Updates to non-price attributes no longer trigger automatic repricing. Industries CPQ identifies these attributes via attribute-based pricing. This feature requires Standard Cart APIs to be enabled. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management and Standard Cart APIs enabled. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Preserve Original Asset Prices for MACD in Enterprise Sales Management (Managed Package)_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_preserve_original_asset_prices_for_macd_in_esm.htm&language=en_US) # Retain Original External Key Values in Package Manager When you deploy entities with Package Manager, the original external key value that’s specified in the originating account is retained. Journey Builder entry sources keep the event definition key value specified in the originating account. This feature makes it easier to deploy objects called by external APIs by removing the need for manual intervention. **Where:** Journey Builder changes apply to Corporate and Enterprise editions, and to Professional editions with the Journey Builder add-on. Other changes apply to any Marketing Cloud Engagement edition. **Why:** These entities are supported. - Journey Builder Entry Source Event Definition Key - Data Extension External Key - Shared Data Extension External Key - Email Triggered Send External Key - Email User-Initiated Send External Key # Retirement of Data 360 Reference Guide The Data 360 Reference Guide has been retired. **Where:** Content from the Reference Guide moved to the following Data 360 guides and references: - [Data 360 Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dev/guide/dc-get-started.html) - [Data 360 DMO and Mapping Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dmo-mapping/guide/c360dm-model-data.html) - [Data 360 Engagement Mobile SDK Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-engagement-mobile-sdk/guide/c360a-api-engagement-mobile-sdk.html) - [Data 360 Integration Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/references/data-cloud-ingestionapi-ref/c360-a-api-ingest-data.html) - [Data 360 Query Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-query-guide/guide/query-guide-get-started.html) - [Salesforce Interactions SDK Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/salesforce-interactions-sdk/guide/c360a-api-salesforce-interactions-web-sdk.html) **How:** Navigate to Salesforce Help ([help.salesforce.com](http://help.salesforce.com)), and under Product Documentation click **View all products**. Then click the product tile for Data 360 and look for the relevant guide. # Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update) In Winter ’27, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. **Where:** This change applies to Lighting Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. If you don't see this release update, you already have the username-password flow blocked, and this change doesn't affect you. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. This release update is currently English-only. Translations are scheduled to be available in late March 2026. **Why:** This update improves security and better protects your Salesforce data. The username-password flow directly passes the user’s credentials in HTTP requests, which presents security risks. **How:** All connected app integrations that use the username-password flow will no longer work. As an app developer, update your integrations to use a more secure flow. For end user login and authorization, use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. For server-to-server integrations, use the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow. For apps that you didn't develop, contact the app developer. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Special Scenarios](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_username_password_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Block Authorization Flows to Improve Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_disable_username_password_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Web Server Flow for Web App Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_web_server_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_pkce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials Flow for Server-to-Server Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_client_credentials_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update) When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. **Where:** This change applies to Lighting Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. If you don't see this release update, you already have the username-password flow blocked, and this change doesn't affect you. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update on February 20, 2027. This update was first announced in Spring ’26. It was originally scheduled to be enforced with the Winter ’27 major release, but we changed the enforcement date. As part of this change, Salesforce prevents you from using the OAuth username-password flow in orgs that are created in Summer ’26 and later. On the OAuth and OpenID Connect Settings page, the option to allow OAuth username-password flows is disabled and grayed out. **Why:** This update improves security and better protects your Salesforce data. The username-password flow directly passes the user’s credentials in HTTP requests, which presents security risks. **How:** All connected app integrations that use the username-password flow will no longer work. As an app developer, update your integrations to use a more secure flow. For end user login and authorization, use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. For server-to-server integrations, use the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow. For apps that you didn't develop, contact the app developer. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Special Scenarios](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_username_password_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Block Authorization Flows to Improve Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_disable_username_password_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Web Server Flow for Web App Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_web_server_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) Extension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_pkce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials Flow for Server-to-Server Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_oauth_client_credentials_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update) When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. This update was first available in Spring ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’27, but we postponed the enforcement date to February 20, 2027. **Where:** This change applies to Lighting Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. If you don't see this release update, you already have the username-password flow blocked, and this change doesn't affect you. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update on February 20, 2027. As part of this change, Salesforce prevents you from using the OAuth username-password flow in orgs that are created in Summer ’26 and later. On the OAuth and OpenID Connect Settings page, the option to allow OAuth username-password flows is disabled and grayed out. **Why:** This update improves security and better protects your Salesforce data. The username-password flow directly passes the user’s credentials in HTTP requests, which presents security risks. **How:** All connected app integrations that use the username-password flow will no longer work. As an app developer, update your integrations to use a more secure flow. For end user login and authorization, use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. For server-to-server integrations, use the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow. For apps that you didn't develop, contact the app developer. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Retrieve Details of Records that Failed Writeback Download the details of the records that definitions failed to write back. You can individually download the failed records for each Writeback Object node with failed records. Use the failed record details to diagnose issues in the definition or the records that caused the write back to fail. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. **How:** Open a definition run. Click **Tasks**. Click the quick action next to a Writeback Object node with failed records and click **Download Failed Records**. # Retry Failed Restore Attempts Recover data more effectively by retrying restore attempts that didn't complete successfully. This feature provides a direct way to address restoration errors without starting the entire process over. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Run Restore permission. **How:** From the restore results screen, click Retry Restore. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Retry Failed Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.backup_recover_retry_restore.htm&language=en_US) # Return Records from External Systems by Using Filters Use the Get Records action in Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central Connector to return records based on custom filter logic. Configure filters to return records from external systems that match your specified conditions. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To manage MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connections, you need the Manage Integration Connections permission. For full access to flow types and features in Flow Builder—including Einstein and Agentforce for Flow—the Manage Flow permission is required. To create and edit External System Change-Triggered flows in the Automation app regardless of sharing settings, you need Manage Flow, or the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows and View All Non-Admin Flows permissions. To create and edit these flows when they are owned by or shared with you, you need the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows permissions. To use MuleSoft for Flow: Integration templates, you need the Create or Edit Flows or View Flows permission. Non-admins also need the App Framework Manage Template permission to use these templates. **How:** Select the **Get Records** action in Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central Connector and add the conditions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Designing an External System Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_concepts_design_external_system_change_triggered_flows.htm&language=en_US) # Return Users to Their Previous Page After Session Timeout In all LWR sites, authenticated users are now returned to the page they were viewing before their session ended. Previously, the session timeout notification redirected users to the login page, and upon logging back in, they were returned to the Home page. **Where:** This change applies to [LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Reuse Agentic Content Blocks in Email, SMS, MMS, and RCS Give your marketers a multi-channel content block that they can create, save, and publish once, then add to their agentic content for email, SMS, MMS, and RCS channels. Keep shared text and media in one place instead of maintaining separate email and landing page blocks. When marketers edit the parent agentic content block, it automatically updates across all messages that use it. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on # Reuse Autolaunched Flow Logic Across Your Flexcards (Generally Available) Set an active autolaunched flow as a Flexcard data source or invoke a flow directly from a Flexcard action. Reuse existing autolaunched flow logic across your Flexcards to keep business logic centralized. The autolaunched flow data source is available in the Omnistudio standard designer. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Experience Cloud sites in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Flexcards**. From the Flexcards list view, open an existing Flexcard or create a new one. In the standard designer, open the Setup panel and go to the Datasource section. From the Data Source Types dropdown, select **Autolaunched Flow**. In the Autolaunched Flows field, search for and select the active autolaunched flow that you want to run. In the Input Map section, click **Import**, select an autolaunched flow key-value map, and click **Import**. Save your changes. To run an autolaunched flow from a card interaction instead, add an Action element, set the action type to Data, and select **Autolaunched Flow**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Autolaunched Flows in Flexcards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_configure_a_data_source_on_a_flexcard_35864.htm&language=en_US) # Reuse Content Across Page Designer Pages with Content Asset Binding Bind component attributes to content asset attributes to reuse content across multiple pages and update it from a single location. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, select **Administration** | **Global Preferences** | **Feature Switches**. Turn on **Enable Page Designer Data Binding**. Then, in Page Designer, select a component and click **Select Content Asset** in the right pane. Choose a content asset and bind its attributes to the component. When you update the content asset, the changes appear automatically on every page that uses it. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Binding Components to Content Assets (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_pd_content_assets.htm&language=en_US) # Reuse Dashboard Extensions with Dynamic Data Binding Build a Tableau Next dashboard extension with custom Lightning Web Components (LWC) once, and reuse it with different data to meet a range of business needs. With dynamic data binding, select the semantic model and map its fields in the Properties panel instead of changing the extension’s code. Using the same extension across models means fewer separate versions to maintain. For example, build a custom sunburst chart with Lightning Web Components (LWC) and reuse it to analyze opportunity pipelines or product sales. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To reuse the extension with different data, select it in the dashboard. In the Properties panel, select a semantic model and map its fields. # Reuse Existing Content by Cloning a Knowledge Article Save time and maintain consistency by starting a new article from an existing one, copying its fields and attached files. Instead of recreating an article from scratch, you start from a proven structure and tailor it for a new context, product, or audience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Knowledge add-on license. **How:** Open a Knowledge article and click **Clone**. In the Clone Article dialog, set the title and URL name, choose whether to include attached files with **Copy attached files**, and select fields to copy under Article Fields. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Clone a Knowledge Article (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.knowledge_article_clone.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reuse Existing Simple Products as Bundles Convert your existing simple products into bundles with a quick update to the product type. Previously, transitioning a simple product into a bundle required building a separate product record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** On the product record, change the product type to bundle. # Reuse Marketing Cloud Engagement Images in Marketing Cloud Next Content Builder Access and insert Marketing Cloud Engagement images directly in Marketing Cloud Next Content Builder by using Digital Asset Management (DAM) Connect, without manual downloads. Images update automatically when the source asset changes. **Where:** This change applies to Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. **When:** This feature is planned for availability after November 20, 2026. **Who:** To configure Marketing Cloud Engagement as a DAM Connect provider, you need the Marketing Admin permission. Your marketing specialists and content managers can browse, search, and insert images in Content Builder. # Reuse Modular Content Across Articles with Knowledge Blocks Knowledge Blocks are modular, reusable units of content — like a legal disclaimer or company address — that you create once and insert into any article as a managed, read-only block. When you publish a new version of a block, every article using it reflects the change automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Knowledge add-on license. **When:** Knowledge Blocks is available starting on September 24, 2026. **Why:** In most knowledge bases, the same content is copied into hundreds of articles, requiring you to find and update every copy when changes occur. With Knowledge Blocks, you can: - Manage repeating content in one place. Enable Auto Update and Auto Publish on a block and a single publish propagates your change and republishes every article using it. - Give knowledge authors a consistent single source of truth, so content stays accurate and uniform across your knowledge base. - Give knowledge managers an audit trail of every change, with full version history for accountability and compliance. **How:** In Setup, go to the Enhanced Knowledge Settings page and turn on Knowledge Blocks. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Reuse Content Across Articles with Knowledge Blocks (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.knowledge_blocks_about.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Reuse Widgets Across Tableau Next Dashboards and Workspaces Accelerate dashboard creation and maintain design consistency by using the familiar shortcuts to copy and paste widgets across different pages and workspaces. You're now able to transfer the widget's specific formatting and style, while ensuring visual standards are consistent across your dashboards. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To duplicate a widget, select the widget in the dashboard then use the keyboard shortcuts to copy and paste. On macOS: Press **Command+C** to copy and **Command+V** to paste. On Windows: Press **Ctrl+C** to copy and **Ctrl+V** to paste. # Reveal Patterns in Data Faster with Groups and Bins Segment dimension values into meaningful groups to compare performance across segments without changing the underlying data. For example, categorize states into Top 10, Bottom 10, and others based on profit ratio to highlight leading and underperforming states at a glance. Bucket continuous measure values into evenly sized bins to understand how data is distributed within ranges. For example, create bins on Sales to build a histogram that shows how order values are spread across ranges and identifies which bins contain the most orders. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To create a group, from a dimension field’s context menu, select **Create Group**. Name the group, define group members, and assign values to each member. To group unassigned values, select **Group Ungrouped Values**. Save the group. ![Create Group dialog box in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_group_create.png) ![Tableau Next chart with grouping applied](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_groups.png) To create a bin, from a measure field’s context menu, select **Create Bin**. Name the bin and specify the bin size. Save the bin. ![Histogram in Tableau Next created using bins](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_bins.png) # Reveal Recurring Trends in Radial Line Charts Visualize a measure over a repeating sequence to spot cyclical and seasonal patterns in a Tableau Next radial line chart. Compare multiple groups across the same cycle, such as months of the year, to identify where peaks, dips, and patterns align or differ. Because the beginning and end of the sequence appear next to each other, you can easily see whether trends continue seamlessly or change abruptly across the cycle boundary. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, compare monthly sales across product categories to identify seasonal trends. And quickly spot where sales trends follow similar patterns or diverge throughout the year. **How:** To create a radial line chart, click the ![radar chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_radial_line_thumbnail.png) thumbnail in the Show Me pane. From the Data pane, drag a date field, such as **Month** to **Slices**. Drag the measure that you want to visualize to **Rings**. Optionally to compare multiple groups, drag a dimension, such as **Product Category** to **Color**. ![Radial line chart tracking monthly sales across product categories](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_viz_radial_line_chart.png) # Revenue Cloud Accelerators Start with prebuilt foundations and sample usage data. Create quotes with less data entry, and manage quote documents and e-signatures from Salesforce. Check orders before activation, and connect fulfillment to Field Service without building every process from scratch. - **[Build Revenue Management Faster with Prebuilt Design Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_build_revenue_management_foundations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Install Revenue Management capabilities and select prebuilt components for common implementation work. Add sample usage products and rate cards, refresh product qualification, pricing, and rating rules, or start orchestration when an order activates. You spend less time assembling a working implementation. - **[Create Quotes Faster with Opportunity Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_create_quotes_faster_with_opportunity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Autofill quote fields from opportunity data when your sales reps start from an opportunity or the quote list view. If the opportunity has a price book, Quote Autofill from Opportunity copies the price book to the quote in the background. Your sales reps spend less time entering deal details. - **[Share Quote Documents and Track E-Signatures from Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_share_quote_documents_and_track_e_sign.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Share draft quote PDFs by email and manage quote documents for e-signature without leaving Salesforce. Your sales reps can generate a quote document from a template, send it through DocuSign, and track the envelope status on the quote. Your sales reps spend less time exporting, uploading, and checking signature status. - **[Validate Orders Before Activation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_validate_orders_before_activation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Apply configurable activation checks before an order becomes active. An activation gate keeps orders from moving forward until they satisfy your conditions. - **[Connect Order Fulfillment to Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_order_fulfillment_to_fieldservice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Start with a sample Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator plan that connects fulfillment to Field Service. The plan creates work orders from fulfillment steps and waits for field work to finish. After you map Field Service status and configure the resume rule, fulfillment resumes when field work is complete. # Revenue Cloud for Communications on Salesforce Platform Discover, set up, and configure Revenue Cloud for Communications features with Salesforce Go. Boost your customer acquisition and revenue by applying customizable promotions to quotes and orders during configuration. Implement Consumer Sales to enable a comprehensive business-to-consumer (B2C) sales journey, built on the Salesforce Platform for managing residential and small business customers. By leveraging a unified B2B and B2C logic on the same org, communications service providers can accelerate the launch of consumer offers using ‌the common pricing rules and product catalogs. Learn more about these and other enhancements in Revenue Cloud for Communications. - **[Communications Cloud Sales Is Now Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_communications_cloud_sales_is_now_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=260&type=5)** We have updated product documentation and in-app wording to reflect the renaming of Communications Cloud Sales to Revenue Cloud for Communications. This name change doesn’t affect the functionality of Revenue Cloud for Communications. During the naming transition, the old name might still appear in some Salesforce resources. - **[Simplify Revenue Cloud for Communications Feature Configuration and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_simplify_revenue_cloud_communications_feature_configuration_and_setup.htm&release=260&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure Revenue Cloud for Communications features, and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Revenue Cloud for Communications products and features from Salesforce Go. - **[Refine User Access with a New Permission Set](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_refine_user_access_with_new_permission_set.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify permission management by granting precise access to Revenue Cloud for Communications features. The Comms Sales Features permission set is renamed to Revenue Cloud for Communications Features. To maintain access to the necessary flow, connect APIs, and multisite features, use the Revenue Cloud for Communications Features and CME Sales Features permission sets. - **[Transform Product Discovery with New Flow and Context Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_transform_product_discovery_with_new_flow_and_context_definitions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance product discovery by transitioning users to use the Multi-Recipient: Discover Products flow and MultiRecipientProductDiscovery context definitions for browsing the products from the Browse Catalog page. If you've implemented the configuration for the Browse Catalog page before Spring ‘26, we recommend that use the new product discovery flow and context definitions, the Multi-Recipient: Discover Products flow and MultiRecipientProductDiscovery context definitions. - **[Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_manage_and_apply_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use promotions to help businesses‌ influence buying decisions and accelerate growth. Sales reps can view and apply promotions to quote and order during configuration in the Transaction Line Editor, and see real-time price adjustments reflecting discounts in the price waterfall. Sales reps can view applied promotions on assets, and amend, renew, and cancel products that have promotions. These capabilities offer greater control and efficiency in managing sales and revenue strategies. - **[Consumer Sales in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_consumer_sales_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=260&type=5)** Introducing Consumer Sales for business-to-consumer (B2C), your comprehensive solution for effective and consistent customer management, built on the powerful Salesforce Platform. Use persistent cart, standard Salesforce objects, Connect REST APIs, and a rich portfolio of Revenue Cloud functionalities. With the enhanced B2C Sales Journey, empower your admins and developers to capitalize on the growing subscription market by using an enhanced cart-based sales journey, specifically designed for residential, and small business users. # Revenue Cloud for Communications on Salesforce Platform Sales reps can manage complex transactions with the new Sales Transaction Line Editor on the quote and order record pages. Reps can create and manage subscriber-based quotes and orders for new and existing customers, and enjoy flexible subscriber data management. Boost your customer acquisition and revenue by applying customizable promotions to carts and orders during configuration, and asset during assetization. Learn more about these and other enhancements in Revenue Cloud for Communications. - **[Manage Quotes and Orders with the Enhanced Line Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_manage_quotes_and_orders_with_the_enhanced_line_editor.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve visibility with the streamlined, single-grid layout and the clean, spreadsheet-like interface in the Sales Transaction Line Editor. Sales reps can filter and sort quote and order lines, and use a side panel to view details and apply promotions. If you’ve implemented the configuration for line editor before Summer '26, we recommend using the Sales Transaction Line Editor on the quote and order record page. - **[Multisite in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_multisite_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** We updated the namespace for the Upload CSV flow to make it compatible with the latest architectural updates. Provide users access to the Multisite feature by enabling the new Location Based Quoting and Ordering settings. - **[Multi-Subscriber in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_multi_subscriber_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve the accuracy of your sales cycles by managing subscriber-based quotes and orders for new and existing customers. Manage offers for multiple subscribers without cloning the offer for each subscriber to improve performance and scalability. Sales reps can create, configure, and apply‌ offers to an empty subscriber group. Create multiple orders from a single quote based on different criteria such as subscribers, subscriber groups, or fields to improve productivity and system usability. - **[Consumer Sales in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_consumer_sales_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Promotions in consumer sales increase revenue by offering targeted discounts from product discovery to the final order. Boost sales by providing greater control and efficiency in managing sales and revenue strategies. - **[New and Changed Objects in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_new_and_changed_objects_for_rev_cloud_for_comms.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and updated Revenue Cloud for Communications objects. # Revenue Cloud for Communications on Salesforce Platform Define linear relationship between products and product classifications that persist from quote to asset. Create coupon-based promotions with redemption limits, offer term discounts with commitment periods, and organize promotions into stackability groups to protect profitability. Speed up implementation with automated Salesforce Go, and extend functionality with new Connect REST APIs for managing product relationships and tracking coupon redemptions. - **[Set Up Revenue Cloud for Communications Features Faster with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_set_up_features_faster_salesforce_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate your Revenue Cloud for Communications implementation with fully automated setup through Salesforce Go. Product Discovery settings configure automatically, which removes manual steps from your initial setup. Use the Salesforce Go solution to set up the location-based pricing feature for multi-site configurations, manage product catalogs, pricing procedures, and customizable promotions for quotes and orders. - **[Define Product Dependencies with Linear Relationships](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_define_product_dependencies_linear_relationships.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Model real-world dependencies between products and classifications without locking them into a bundle. With the Relies On relationship type, specify that one product (the source) relies on another (the related product). Each product keeps its own price, term, and lifecycle. When a sales rep adds a product with a Relies On rule to a quote or an order, the system links it to an eligible related product, or prompts to choose one if multiple products match. The relationship flows from quote to order to asset and persists through amendments, keeping dependencies accurate across the lifecycle. - **[Promotions in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Drive sales with flexible promotions designed for subscription buyers. Launch coupon campaigns with redemption limits, establish term-based discounts with commitment periods, and define promotion capabilities with advanced stackability rules. - **[Update Your Context Definition to ConsumerSalesContext](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_update_your_context_definition_to_consumersalescontext.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure Revenue Cloud for Communications with the ConsumerSalesContext context definition extensions. Previously, pricing procedures and rule libraries referenced the extensions of SalesTransactionContext context definition. Update your pricing procedures and rule libraries to use the ConsumerSalesContext context definition extensions. - **[Consumer Sales in Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_consumer_sales_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Validate cart configurations and convert them to orders directly from the Communications Service Console, bridging digital self-service with representative-assisted support. Accelerate cart repricing with delta pricing that recalculates only changed line items and their dependencies rather than repricing the entire cart, reducing response times for large carts with complex pricing. - **[New and Changed Object for Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_new_and_changed_objects_for_rev_cloud_for_comms.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed objects in Revenue Cloud for Communications. - **[New Connect REST APIs for Revenue Cloud for Communications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comms_new_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the new resources available with Revenue Cloud for Communications to address your business requirements. # Revenue Features Released by Month Revenue features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. ## July 2026 | Functional Area | Release Note | | --- | --- | | Transaction Management | [Preserve Group Ramp Schedules When Cloning Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_preserve_group_ramp_schedules_when_cloning_quotes_and_orders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Your sales reps can now clone quotes and orders with group ramp schedules while retaining the original schedule structure. Amendment and renewal quotes with ramp schedules also preserve ramp and segment relationships after cloning. This update reduces manual corrections and helps maintain accurate ramped transactions.") | | Functional Area | Release Note | | --- | --- | | Product Configurator | [Improve Performance for Constraint Models with Many Mapped Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator_skip_type_generation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the skipTypeGeneration property to reduce the storage size and improve the performance of constraint models that map many products to a single type.") | ## August 2026 | Functional Area | Release Note | | --- | --- | | Transaction Management | [Adjust Start Dates and Extend Ramp Segments on Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_adv_ramp_amendments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Sales reps and deal teams can now change the start date of an auto-generated ramp schedule on an amendment quote. They can also extend the final ramp segment directly or add more segments during an amendment or early renewal quote. Previously, these adjustments required abandoning the existing quote and starting over.") | | Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator | [Orchestrate End-to-End Fulfillment Across Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator and Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dro_om_end_to_end_fulfillment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Now you can fulfill orders that span both Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator and Order Management in one coordinated process. Order Management typically fulfills physical goods, while Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator fulfills digital and service items. For example, when a customer orders a smart lock with professional installation, Order Management ships the lock while Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator schedules the install. Each system fulfills its own items and stays in sync throughout the order lifecycle, so you get a single, consistent experience across fulfillment, changes, and cancellations.") | # Revenue Management Learn about new features and enhancements for Agentforce Revenue Management. Revenue Cloud is now Agentforce Revenue Management. You may see references to Revenue Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Discover More Agentforce Revenue Management Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revcloud_go_unlock_more_revcloud_in_salesforce_go.htm&release=260&type=5)** We've made ease-of-use enhancements with Salesforce Go by supporting more features related to Agentforce, Contracts, Document Generation, and Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator. - **[Promotions in Agentforce Revenue Management (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_cloud_promotions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Pricing designers can set up promotions that users apply to transactions. Developers can use objects and APIs to manage promotions on sales transactions. - **[Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage product data in the cache by generating, refreshing, or emptying it, offering flexible options to synchronize data efficiently. Product Catalog Management now supports higher configurable limits for searchable and filterable attributes, which improves product discovery for large catalogs. Users can select more than 20 products during product discovery and add them to a transaction. - **[Salesforce Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_pricing.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define pricing rules across complex, multi-level quotes by using conditional ascending propagation and cross-field horizontal calculations. Simplify pricing logic with conditional IF statements. Accelerate debugging by using auto-numbered steps and element descriptions in the now-renamed Revenue Cloud Operations Console. Improve troubleshooting accuracy with Advanced Price Log Settings and seamlessly deploy entire pricing workflow structures by packaging procedure plans. - **[Product Configurator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver clear, localized troubleshooting guidance with full translation support for every run-time message. Complete complex bundle configurations faster by using a streamlined interface to edit attributes and clone product instances directly from component option cards. Improve configuration performance with non-blocking UI behavior for options, and troubleshoot configurations with configuration logs. Access the Configurator API by using a Lightning web component, and use Lightning Message Service events to update fields in a third-party Configurator component. - **[Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage complex deal structures easily by creating multiple ramp schedule groups, and amend ramped and nonramped assets in a single transaction. Set up quote line import effortlessly in multicurrency orgs, and automatically populate records related to imported quote lines. Handle transactions easily with advanced filtering, automated and persistent line sorting, and faster instant pricing. Process amendment, renewal, or cancellation transactions before the start date of an existing future-dated order. - **[Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals.htm&release=260&type=5)** As an approval designer, use custom flow logic to auto-approve resubmitted records. Approve high-value record requests faster by overriding approval conditions easily. Enhance your smart approval logic by configuring step conditions with eight additional data types and up to 30 conditions for approval stage and step criteria. Create detailed approval email templates for up to 8 different notification reasons, giving reviewers all the necessary context to act on the request directly from their email. - **[Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dynamic_revenue_orchestrator.htm&release=260&type=5)** Extend orchestration capabilities to any business transaction. Insert custom logic between decomposition and plan generation to derive and update fulfillment data. Prevent callout step failures as they are paused during external system downtime. Migrate rules efficiently between Salesforce orgs. Use Decomposition Workspace for better clarity and graphical rule design for Enterprise Price Catalog products. Orchestrate Industries Configure, Price, Quote orders through direct integration with Enterprise Price Catalog and orchestrate move and change of plan orders. - **[Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_usage_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve the efficiency of your usage model by streamlining product setup using validation tools and automating asset creation for complex usage products. Enhance pricing consistency and accuracy through rate capture, proactively monitor daily usage and overages to mitigate unexpected charges, and expand real-time visibility into customer wallet balances within Experience Cloud sites. - **[Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing.htm&release=260&type=5)** Maintain accurate billing, reduce manual effort, and strengthen a reliable quote-to-cash process. Keep billing precise during complex updates and simplify customer inquiry with end-to-end dispute resolution process. Allocate shared charges across all parties and maintain consistent, audit-ready records. Streamline tax reporting with enhanced regional identifiers and product details. Manage payment adjustments easily and define custom rules to retry failed payments. Buyers can save their preferred payment methods for faster checkout. - **[Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts.htm&release=260&type=5)** Contract authors and template designers have greater control over how they structure, style, and review contract content. Improvements to section behavior, clause formatting, and profile-based access help maintain consistent layouts, protect sensitive content, and make sure that the intended users participate in internal reviews. Expanded reconciliation and token capabilities keep data accurate across contracts, line items, and related records. Large and complex documents are more responsive during editing, comparison, and check-in. Document Template migration improvements further preserve document structure and clause relationships as they move between Salesforce orgs. - **[Salesforce Document Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Generate clearer documents with precise data by applying data filters, transformation logic, and richer token coverage. These updates help make sure that structured content, nested values, and line item details are present accurately. Generate large documents more efficiently, even when they include substantial content or complex formatting. Achieve consistent in-browser previews by using the hybrid file handling setting. Remove interim previews in Omniscripts to keep only the final version and reduce storage use. - **[Agentforce for Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_for_revenue.htm&release=260&type=5)** Support partner quoting with rule-based product recommendations and expand billing data access for internal teams. Improve invoice charge explanations for community users. Identify token over-consumption with automated generation of targeted token pack quotes. - **[Find the Subscription Management Documentation in a New Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_subscription_management_documentation.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Subscription Management admin documentation has moved to a PDF. # Revenue Management Learn about new features and enhancements for Agentforce Revenue Management. Revenue Cloud is now Agentforce Revenue Management. You may see references to Revenue Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Revenue Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Revenue features and changes are released on a monthly basis. Check this page for the latest releases. - **[Enhanced Setup Experience with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_go.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Expedite revenue recovery and minimize overdue payments by using automated dunning journeys. Improve your setup experience through new Price Management and Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator updates. - **[Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Define ramp groups upfront to automate selections in Product Discovery and Configurator. Sales reps can create quotes and orders directly from the product catalog while viewing real-time updates and receiving recommendations of compatible products. By nesting products under a parent variation, sales reps can quickly view properties and add the correct product variant to the transaction. - **[Salesforce Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_pricing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Scale your pricing logic with CSV-based decision tables, sync decision tables at the recipe level, and map more variables in the Map Line Item element. - **[Product Configurator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Define constraints for quote groups or ramp segments to ensure accurate product combinations. Include product defaults such as attributes, attribute values, and fields when you import products from Product Catalog Management. Group Product Configurator messages together by a specific value, such as grouping constraint violations across a set of related line items. - **[Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage quotes and orders more efficiently with improved performance and flexibility across the transaction lifecycle. Review product attributes in Sales Transaction Line Editor and work with highly configurable products by using increased attribute capacity and an improved layout in the editor. Simplify deal management by cloning transactions with all related records, managing ramp schedules, and selling product variations. Gain better insight into quote data and tax information, and control access to pricing processes. - **[Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_adv_approvals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve approval workflows with Slack. Preview the dependency between approval steps for a submission. Invoke actions, such as Recall and Reassign Approval Work Item, by using Apex and autolaunched flows. - **[Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dynamic_revenue_orchestrator.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Accurately process complex, multi-segment amendments by using timeline-aware fulfillment. Trigger proactive orchestration steps before specific context dates or deadlines by using negative delays. Create reusable, dynamic templates by using custom parameters in auto tasks. Monitor orchestration processes with customizable fulfillment reports and migrate rule and condition data across environments. - **[Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_usage_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reduce setup errors with a guided interface that validates configuration steps before activation. Use a single API to activate a usage product and its related records. - **[Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Billing brings together every aspect of your revenue operations, keeping transactions accurate and up to date while handling cancellations, amendments, billing frequency changes, and milestone-based adjustments automatically. Stream invoices faster with invoice batch runs, and shift daily and weekly invoice schedules automatically to the next working day when they fall on a holiday or weekend. Payments consolidate across invoices and refunds process automatically, while additional payment methods together with one-click payment options elevate the entire payment experience. Pass level 2 and level 3 data to your payment gateways. Automate the end-to-end dunning lifecycle, from early reminders to manual escalation, while a 360° account view helps track balances. Speed up billing inquiry and dispute resolution with clearer visibility and guided case creation, and manage billing arrangements efficiently. Enhancements to Create Standalone Billing Schedules API simplify amendments, renewals, cancellations, and mid-subscription billing frequency changes. - **[Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extract contract data at scale from external repositories by using bulk extraction pipelines designed for high-volume processing. Extract contract data from individual documents with flexible pipelines that support model selection and prompt templates. Route contract approvals through multilevel and conditional approval workflows by using Advanced Approvals. Generate localized documents that reflect user language, currency, and regional settings. Keep selected tokens unchanged in generated documents when no value is provided to support workflows such as e-signature processing. - **[Salesforce Document Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Represent complex business data with hierarchical bundles and grouped data. Protect documents and indicate their status with dynamic text watermarks. Navigate long documents efficiently with automatically updated tables of contents for DOCX and PDF outputs. Generate and preview documents from record pages and flows by using the Generate Document component. Add requests to active document generation batches without restarting batch jobs. - **[Agentforce for Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform your collections and billing operations by identifying high-risk accounts and prioritizing overdue invoices. Improve your billing health with automated account summaries and data-backed dunning strategies. Provide instant support to your customers and partners by offering real-time insights into account balances, payment dates, and invoice details. Identify high-value opportunities by automatically converting resource usage into real-time financial impact within the Consumption Agent. - **[Find the Salesforce CPQ Documentation in a New Format](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cpq_documentation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce CPQ admin documentation has moved to a PDF. # Revenue Management Learn about new features and enhancements for Agentforce Revenue Management. Revenue Cloud is now Agentforce Revenue Management. You may see references to Revenue Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Simplify Revenue Cloud Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_salesforce_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure Revenue Management features, all from a single location in Setup. This release adds the ability to configure high tech order orchestration from a prebuilt template for common order scenarios. Discover and configure key Billing features such as Invoice Management, Tax Calculation, Invoice Document Delivery, and Accounting Sub-Ledger for Accounts Receivables with guided setup steps, videos, and help resources. - **[Revenue Cloud Accelerators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_management_accelerators.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Start with prebuilt foundations and sample usage data. Create quotes with less data entry, and manage quote documents and e-signatures from Salesforce. Check orders before activation, and connect fulfillment to Field Service without building every process from scratch. - **[Promotions in Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Pricing designers can set up promotions that users apply to transactions. Developers can use objects and APIs to manage promotions on sales transactions. - **[Large Transactions and Quote Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_large_txn.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Process quotes and orders with up to 15,000 line items without timeouts or performance bottlenecks. Asynchronous processing keeps sales reps and billing teams working while calculations, synchronization, and document generation run in the background. Configure products, apply pricing rules, and generate documents for complex transactions with thousands of lines, nested bundles, and multilevel grouping. - **[Product Catalog Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set attribute display orders across levels to guide reps through configurations, and easily convert simple products into bundles without creating records. Replace the generic cog icon with a clear text button, and hide the Add button to prevent incorrect selections. Automate cache invalidation to maintain accurate product details, and cache list prices for instant updates. Quickly locate items by typing any part of a Product Name, Product Code, or Product SKU by using prefix and partial search. - **[Salesforce Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_pricing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Apply compounding uplifts to ramp deal segments, scale your pricing logic with pricing recipes and procedures for each cloud, and reusable list variables. Set weekly as a proration frequency, and get standard decimal notation in pricing API responses. - **[Product Configurator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_configurator.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prevent Constraint Rules Engine from altering specified attributes or relations when it satisfies a constraint. Calculate the quantity of child products per instance of the parent product, rather than the quantity of child products across all bundles. - **[Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve flexibility and productivity when managing quotes, orders, and asset lifecycle changes. Configure procedure plans for specific industries, backdate asset transactions, maintain time zone accuracy throughout the asset lifecycle, and update prices through price amendments. Work more efficiently in Sales Transaction Line Editor with enhanced filtering, automatic refresh, and configurable action buttons. Tailor transaction pages with Dynamic Forms. - **[Ramp Deals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ramp_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhance pricing accuracy and billing flexibility for multiyear ramp deals. Apply compound price uplifts to match enterprise escalation patterns, and backdate amendments, renewals, and cancellations to correct billing for past periods. - **[Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advanced_approvals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reach every active member of an assigned group or queue in Slack through direct messages or channels. Keep approvals moving during planned absences with Advanced Approval Delegation. Protect sensitive approval work items in multistep approvals with separate sharing settings that limit reviewer visibility. - **[Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dynamic_revenue_orchestrator.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Orchestrate ramp deals. Submit amendments, renewals, and cancellations, and roll them back before they take effect. Keep actions, quantities, and dates accurate by using time-aware assets. Fulfill ramped asset amendments, apply staged assetization to ramped segments, sequence multiyear orchestration steps by time period, and align dependencies among fulfillment steps by using custom fulfillment scopes. Speed up design by cloning fulfillment workspaces, and gain visibility into multiyear orders with the enhanced Decomposition Viewer. - **[Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_usage_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Renew usage subscriptions at the right time to keep pace with your customers' changing needs. Start renewals early when the business expands, or restore a service after expiration to win back customers. Adjust rates and grant quantities for both standard and ramped pricing schedules while maintaining asset continuity. - **[Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Billing introduces key enhancements for flexible revenue operations such as weekly billing, new-sale ramp details, billing frequency changes during amendments, alongside catch-up bill runs and billing forecasts. Accelerate cash collections and recover bad debts by using tracking and visualization tools for collections. Expand payment capabilities and enhance payment flows by using self-service digital wallets, regional payment options, Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) and Aura Experience Cloud components, payment reconciliation, and credit balance refunds. Extend the Revenue Standard Tax Engine for custom tax rules and orchestrate the entire checkout flow with the Checkout API. - **[Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve contract governance by bringing existing business guidelines and rules into Salesforce Contracts with document playbooks. Run a risk analysis to identify deviations from your guidelines in redlined contracts. Simplify contract operations by reducing runtime user permission requirements and track recipient signing progress for document envelopes. Salesforce Contracts is now available in Government Cloud environments. Add clauses from your clause library to quotes as Quote Special Terms. - **[Salesforce Document Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build consistent, accurate documents by using reusable clauses for Salesforce Document Generation. Clauses in the Clause Library support both merge tokens and placeholder tokens. Quote Special Terms support placeholder tokens only. Reference clauses in document templates so templates stay current as clause content changes. Rich text tables now retain their formatting in generated Word documents, including pricing tables, comparison charts, and data summaries. - **[Agentforce for Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rev_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage approval workflows more efficiently with the Approval Agent. - **[Review and Complete Actions for Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Package Security Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cpq_and_advanced_approvals_managed_package.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security enhancements for the Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals managed packages address vulnerabilities that could affect your implementation. Review the enhancements and complete any applicable actions to keep your implementation secure and functional. - **[Go from Setup to Approvals in Revenue Management Faster with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_set_up_with_ai_agents.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Instead of clicking through Setup by hand, configure Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, through a conversation with an AI agent. The agent sets up your org; builds a product catalog; configures pricing, discounts, and product rules; and sets up discount approvals. The agent reads your org's state and confirms a plan before writing, then verifies the result. ## Revenue Management Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Billing**: [See Product Charges Together on an Invoice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_invoice_line_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See invoice lines grouped by product, including usage resources that belong to the same usage product. Invoice Line Summary rolls related lines into one hierarchy, so you can understand and explain one-time, recurring, usage, overage, and milestone charges without scanning the invoice line by line.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Billing**: [Automate Billing Schedule Reconciliations for Early Renewals of Future-Dated Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_billing_schedule_reconciliations_for_early_renewals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate manual financial reconciliation when customer contracts undergo early renewals for future-dated orders. Billing automatically detects transactions with superseded timelines and issues a negative billing schedule to eliminate the risk of double-billing. Simultaneously, Billing generates a new positive billing schedule for the updated renewal to maintain billing accuracy.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Billing**: [Manage Saved Payment Methods in Aura Experience Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_saved_payment_method_aura_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add the Saved Payment Methods for Aura component to any Experience Cloud site built by using Aura templates. Your customers can add, view, delete, or set a saved payment method as the default for their account on the site for faster and frictionless payments.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Go Accelerators for Revenue Cloud**: [Revenue Cloud Accelerators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_management_accelerators.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Start with prebuilt foundations and sample usage data. Create quotes with less data entry, and manage quote documents and e-signatures from Salesforce. Check orders before activation, and connect fulfillment to Field Service without building every process from scratch.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Product Catalog Management**: [Reuse Existing Simple Products as Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_catalog_reuse_existing_simple_products_as_bundles.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Convert your existing simple products into bundles with a quick update to the product type. Previously, transitioning a simple product into a bundle required building a separate product record.") (Added the week of September 29, 2026) - **Product Configurator**: Let Constraint Rules Assign Child Product Quantities in Bundles (Removed the week of October 5, 2026) - **Transaction Management**: [Generate Documents for Quotes via CLM](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_docgen_clm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Generate quote documents that mirror what your reps see on screen, including nested product groups up to 5 levels deep. CLM Document Generation now displays groups, subgroups, and bundles in the same order and structure as your quote, even for quotes with up to 15,000 line items and 1,000 bundles. Configure your quote template to show group hierarchy using indentation, bullets, or color, so proposals are easy for customers to follow") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Transaction Management**: [Stack Renewals on Termed Assets with an Active Future-Dated Renewal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_renewal_stacking_of_termed_assets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Renew a termed asset even when it has an active future-dated renewal. Each new renewal quote and order builds on the end date of the most recently created renewal, so you can stack multiple renewals for a single asset. Previously, when a future-dated renewal existed on an asset, sales reps waited for the renewal activation before renewing that asset again.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Large Transactions**: [Clone Large Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_large_txn_clone_quotes_orders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sales reps no longer run into a line-item ceiling when cloning their biggest quotes and orders. The Clone API processes these large-scale clones asynchronously, returning a context ID and an async operation tracker ID so you can follow progress. When a clone finishes, reps see a completion alert, and any failures show a specific, actionable error message instead of a generic one.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - **Salesforce Go for Revenue Cloud**: [Launch the Revenue Cloud Solution for Subscription Selling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_launch_the_revenue_cloud_solution_for_subscription_selling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Install the Revenue Management Subscription Selling solution in an empty sandbox from Salesforce Go with a working reference configuration. The installation turns on Revenue Cloud foundations and configures your org with sample subscription products, price books, and more, giving you the experience of a Revenue Cloud implementation for subscription-selling use cases. Start quoting and placing orders immediately with a baseline configuration. Use this solution as a starting point, and then refine the configuration for your production rollout.") (Updated the week of September 29, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Set Up Revenue Management in Minutes with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_setup_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask an AI agent to set up Revenue Management in a new org through a guided conversation. The agent enables Revenue Management and sets up the Context Service, Salesforce Pricing, and Product Discovery foundation. It also activates the standard price book and assigns the admin the permission sets that their role requires. What normally takes hours of clicking through Setup now takes about 15 minutes.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Build a Revenue Management Product Catalog Just by Describing It to an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_build_product_catalog_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Tell an AI agent what you want in a product catalog, and skip building each catalog record by hand. From a plain-language request, the agent creates a catalog, a category to organize your products, the products themselves, a selling model that sets how you sell each product, and a list price for each product on the standard price book. The agent works in order, reuses selling models and categories, and flags prices that don't match a product's selling model before creating the records. When you ask the agent to check its work, it reads the catalog back from your org and reports which products are ready to sell.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Set Up Revenue Management Pricing in Plain Language with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_setup_pricing_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Price an existing product by describing what you want to an AI agent instead of clicking through price books, selling model options, and price adjustment schedules across separate objects. Working through the Revenue Management Pricing API, the agent surfaces a product's current pricing and adds a second way to sell the product, such as by offering a one-time product as a monthly subscription. The agent also authors a volume discount and handles ongoing price and tier changes. To prove that the discount applies, the agent prices the product at several quantities and reads the pricing waterfall for each.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Set Up Product Configuration Rules Conversationally with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_setup_config_rules_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Author product configuration rules on a standalone product by describing what you want in plain language. An AI agent writes, validates, and activates each rule for you in CML Editor so reps configure and sell your products correctly.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Set Up Revenue Cloud with AI Agents**: [Protect Margins by Routing Discount Approvals on Quotes with an AI Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue_discount_approval_routing_with_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an AI agent to build a discount-approval process on quotes in Revenue Management with Advanced Approvals so every deal gets the right sign-off before it closes. The agent routes deals by discount size, escalates the largest discounts to a second approver, and auto-approves deals within policy. Before any submission, the agent previews routing at several discount levels so you can confirm that each deal reaches the right approver.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Salesforce Document Generation**: [Handle Document Generation Timeouts with Configurable Retry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation_retry_timeout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When document generation takes longer than expected, users can retry the request from Omniscript or the Generate Document experience instead of starting over. Admins can set a custom timeout on the generate-and-preview Lightning web component so users see a retry option within a predictable window.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Salesforce Contracts**: [Use Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_lpp_licenses.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Now you can pair Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Starter or Lightning Platform Plus, reducing licensing costs for organizations that need contract lifecycle management without full CRM capabilities. Some Salesforce Contracts capabilities depend on features that aren't included with Lightning Platform licenses. Previously, Salesforce Contracts required a Core CRM license, such as Sales Cloud or Service Cloud.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Product Catalog Management**: [runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_runtime_industries_cpq_namespace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Work with product variations and units of measure during product discovery and selection. The runtime_industries_cpq namespace includes new classes and properties that represent a product's variation attributes, variation class, child variations, and units of measure.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - Added new classes and properties for working with a product's units of measure. - **Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Packages**: [Review and Complete Actions for Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Package Security Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cpq_and_advanced_approvals_managed_package.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security enhancements for the Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals managed packages address vulnerabilities that could affect your implementation. Review the enhancements and complete any applicable actions to keep your implementation secure and functional.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - Security enhancements will be available effective September 3, 2026. ### August 2026 - **Product Catalog Management**: Reuse Existing Simple Products as Bundles (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. # Review AI-Suggested Tasks Before Saving Agentforce Actions now automatically add tasks to the Meeting Follow Up Tasks Action Plan and show in the Meeting Follow Up Tasks component without requiring a page reload. After a meeting, advisors select the Create or Update Tasks Agentforce Action to review AI-suggested tasks. The New Records to Create section shows new task suggestions, with editable fields for Subject, Description, Assigned To, and Due Date. The Existing Records with Suggested Updates section shows existing tasks with recommended changes highlighted. Advisors can edit the Subject, Description, Assigned To, Due Date, and Priority before saving. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting Aug 18, 2026. **How:** After a meeting, advisors select **Create or Update Tasks** from the Agentforce Actions panel. Review the suggested new records and updates to existing records. Edit fields to meet your business needs, select the tasks to keep, and then save changes. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ View and Explore a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_navigate.htm&language=en_US) # Review All Impacted Split Invoices Before Posting, Voiding, or Deleting See all related split invoices before acting on an invoice created through a billing arrangement. The Split Invoices tab on the Invoice page shows all linked invoices across accounts. Actions taken on one split invoice trigger the same action on all related invoices. This visibility prevents unintended financial consequences when posting, voiding, or deleting split invoices. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To view all related split invoices, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** From the Invoice page, open the Split Invoices tab to view related split invoices. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Billing Arrangements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_billing_arrangements.htm&language=en_US) # Review and Adjust Activity Plans in the Mobile App Your field reps no longer need a laptop to take part in the activity plan review cycle. Now they can review their assigned goals on the go, adjust interaction targets, add or remove accounts, and submit changes for approval—right from the mobile app on their iPad with an internet connection. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activity Plan Review](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_activity_plans_review.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Tab for Activity Plan Reviews](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_activity_plans_create_tab.htm&language=en_US) # Review and Complete Actions for Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Package Security Enhancements Security enhancements for the Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals managed packages address vulnerabilities that could affect your implementation. Review the enhancements and complete any applicable actions to keep your implementation secure and functional. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals managed packages in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. **When:** These enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting September 3, 2026. **How:** Review [Security Enhancements to Salesforce CPQ and Advanced Approvals Managed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005459632&type=1&language=en_US) to determine whether they affect your Salesforce org and complete the required actions that apply to your implementation. Depending on your implementation, you may need to upgrade your package, update user permissions, migrate to a supported API, or modify affected customizations. # Review and Comply with Connected App and ECA Security Requirements To ensure the highest level of trust and security for Customer Data, Salesforce is further strengthening security controls. We’ve added two additional mandatory OAuth security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions. These mandatory requirements must be implemented by partners by May 2026. **Where:** Additional mandatory OAuth security requirements apply to any Connected App or External Client App (ECA) that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. **When:** OAuth security requirements must be implemented for any CAs/ECAs by May 11, 2026. **Why:** Additional mandatory OAuth security requirements consist of the following: - Refresh Token IP Range Allow list: Restrict OAuth refresh tokens to known network locations by defining allowed IP ranges. - Idle Refresh Token Time-to-Live (TTL): Sets a 30-day limit to the idle refresh token TTL, which is the amount of time a refresh token can be idle before it expires. **How:** In your ECA or Connected App settings: - Turn on **Limit Idle Refresh Token Time-to-Live (TTL) to 30 Days**. In the app’s policies page, the Refresh Token Policy heading indicates that the idle TTL limit is enforced. - Define allowed IP ranges and turn on **Enforce Refresh Token IP Allowlist**. The system then automatically validates the request IP against these stored ranges during the token exchange process. - Self-attest. After all changes are implemented, partners must self-attest that the app is onboarded to these security controls and all relevant client changes are complete. After the attestation is made, the security controls are locked and can’t be disabled. ISVs are allowed to update the IP ranges in the Connected App or ECA configuration if needed. To self-attest and lock the security controls, click **Review Controls** at the top of the Connected App or ECA setup page. The Review Controls box is only available when at least one of the security controls is turned on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Limit the Idle Refresh Token TTL (Time-To-Live) to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_idle_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=260&type=5 "Protect your data from unauthorized use of old, idle refresh tokens. For improved external client app and connected app security, set a 30-day limit to the idle refresh token TTL, which is the amount of time a refresh token can be inactive before it expires. The idle TTL works as a sliding window: each time the token is used within the 30-day period, its idle TTL resets.") - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Allow OAuth Refresh Tokens Only in Certain IP Ranges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_identity_refresh_token_ip_allowlist.htm&release=260&type=5 "Secure your external client apps and connected apps by restricting OAuth refresh tokens to known network locations. This security enhancement ensures that refresh tokens are rejected if they originate from an IP address outside of your defined ranges. Your developers can now prevent unauthorized token use even if a valid token is compromised.") # Review and Comply with New and Upcoming Security Requirements To protect against evolving cybersecurity threats, Salesforce strengthens security controls. Salesforce requires email domain verification to send email. Starting in June 2026, Salesforce enforces other controls, including Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) for all users, phishing-resistant MFA for Salesforce admins, and login IP address restrictions. And in Winter ’27, Salesforce retires the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app. Review each requirement for scope and edition notes in the linked articles. **When:** Effective dates vary by security control. - Email domain verification is required on a rolling basis starting in March 2026. See [Mandatory Sending-Email Domain Verification Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316660&type=1&language=en_US). - Domain URLs must route through Salesforce Edge Network starting July 11, 2026. See [Adopt Salesforce Edge Network for Your Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_adopt_edge_network_domain.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce requires additional security controls starting in June 2026. - In Winter ’27, Salesforce retires the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. The Winter ’27 deployment starts in August 2026 for sandboxes and in September 2026 for production. **Why:** For more information on the requirement for email domain verification, see [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified."). Here are some of the additional security controls that take effect in June 2026. For more information, see [Prepare for New Security Control Requirements in June 2026](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005317465&type=1&language=en_US). - MFA for all employee license users, including MFA for sandbox access. This requirement applies to Salesforce direct UI and single sign-on (SSO) logins, including previously exempted users. - Phishing-resistant MFA for Salesforce admins. - Step-up verification for sensitive actions, including some report downloads. - Restrictions on login IP addresses in profiles. In Winter ’27, Salesforce retires the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. See [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_unpw_flow_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead."). # Review and Comply with Upcoming Security Requirements To protect against evolving cybersecurity threats, Salesforce regularly strengthens security controls. Review new requirements for access controls, email verification, and connected apps and external client apps that access Salesforce data via OAuth (Open Authorization) flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app. Review each linked release note for scope and edition details. Security requirements for Marketing Cloud Engagement differ. See [Review New and Upcoming Security Requirements for Marketing Cloud Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_upcoming_security_requirements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To protect against evolving security threats, Salesforce updates security requirements. Review the newest authentication and login requirements for Marking Cloud Engagement accounts."). **When:** These changes are enforced starting in November 2026. Review each linked release note for specific enforcement dates. **Why:** These release updates improve access controls. - [Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_block_exec_anon_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To strengthen subscriber org security, block managed package session IDs from authenticating anonymous Apex code. If you enable this update, installed managed packages can no longer use UserInfo.getSessionId() to obtain a session ID and then use the session ID to execute anonymous Apex.") - [Enable Profile Filtering (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_permissions_profile_filtering_enforced.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve the security of your Salesforce org, the Profile Filtering setting is enabled by default. Profile filtering prevents users from viewing profile names other than their own unless they’re assigned the View All Profiles permission. If a user’s role requires them to see all profile names, assign them the View All Profiles permission before this release update is enforced. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Winter ’27.") - [Remove Non-Public Fields from Custom Object Data in Aura Action Responses (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_rus_remove_nonpublic_fields_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To improve security, Salesforce is removing non-public system fields from custom object data returned in Aura action responses. This update filters out internal system fields that aren’t part of the public Salesforce API. Review your Lightning components that process custom object data to avoid JavaScript errors or missing data. Use only API-supported fields in your components to ensure that your data displays correctly. This update was first available in Summer ’26 and is enforced in Spring ’27") - [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_apex_recalc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26.") - If you use [Aura, LWR, or Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US), also see [Conceal Personal Information Fields from Guest Users (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_conceal_pii_guests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set field visibility for guest users without affecting your settings for other external users. Turn on Independent Guest Field Masking to hide certain fields specifically from guest users. This update adds a new Guest_PersonalInfo_EPIM field set so that you can secure guest-facing fields without changing what portal users see.") These release updates tighten security for connected apps and external client apps that access Salesforce data via OAuth (Open Authorization) flows. - [Migrate All Connected Apps to External Client Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_migrate_all_connected_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep your integrations supported by migrating to external client apps. In Summer '27, Salesforce is ending support for connected apps. Connected apps will keep working, but Salesforce will no longer fix bugs or provide support for the integrations and authorization flows that use them. This update is available starting in Winter ’27 and is enforced for production instances in Summer ’27.") - [Restrict the OAuth 2.0 Device Flow to Local External Client Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_device.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To secure the OAuth 2.0 device flow, Salesforce is restricting this flow to local external client apps with a localhost callback URL. To prepare for this change, review your usage of the device flow and update your connected apps and external client apps to meet the new criteria. For connected apps, you must migrate to external client apps to continue using the device flow. This update is available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on November 30, 2026.") - [Retirement of OAuth 2.0 Username-Password Flow for Connected Apps (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_unpw.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When this release update is enforced, we'll stop supporting the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. This update will break all connected app integrations that use this flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth 2.0 web-server flow or the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow instead. This update was first available in Spring ’26 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’27, but we postponed the enforcement date to February 20, 2027.") - [Salesforce Connect Cross-Org Adapter Legacy Authentication Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_connect_xorg_legacy_auth_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The password and OAuth 2.0 authentication methods for the Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter are being retired. These authentication methods rely on the SOAP login() call, which is being retired. The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. Migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method.") - [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_useragent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027.") These changes improve the security of email sent from Salesforce. - If you previously disabled user email verification through Salesforce Customer Support, see [Maintain Your Email Verification Exception (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_maintain_verfication_exception.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you previously disabled user email verifications through Salesforce Customer Support, configure an authorized email domain setting to maintain your exception and to preserve your users' ability to send email. When this release update is enforced, Salesforce removes the existing domain allowlists that disable email verification. This update is available starting in Winter '27 and is enforced on December 1, 2026."). - If you own a Trialforce org, see [Verify Email-Sending Domains to Create New Templates and Trialforce Source Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_appexchange_trialforce_identify_domain_verification.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Due to a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email, you must verify the email-sending domains associated with your Trialforce branded email sets. Starting in Winter ’27, you must verify the email-sending domains in your Trialforce management org (TMO) to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your TMO in previous releases. If you’ve already set up a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain, the associated email sets are automatically verified and you don’t need to take further action."). **How:** To review the release updates, from [Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.basics_nav_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US), in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For each release update, follow the testing and activation steps. For other changes, see the linked release note for details. #### See Also - [Explore Features That Support MFA and Email Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_supporting_mfa_email.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "As security threats shift quickly, Salesforce develops features to help you meet the latest requirements. Review new features that support multi-factor authentication (MFA) and email domain verification.") - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Review and Select AI-Suggested Records with Clearer Labels Labels on the Create or Update Records component are clearer and more informative so that your advisors can review and select records more efficiently. Table headers guide advisors through reviewing and selecting AI-suggested records, and button text and status labels are more descriptive throughout the component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting September 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View and Explore a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_navigate.htm&language=en_US) # Review Apex Code for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior To help you prepare your Apex code for changes to sharing recalculation behavior, Salesforce created a release update that walks you through identifying and fixing affected code. For more information, review the related release note and the Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior release update in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_apex_sharing_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update is available starting in Spring ’26.") # Review Client Secret Statuses on the Installed Packages Summary Page Review the status of active and staged client secrets for each installed package in your account on the Installed Packages page in Setup. For each package, the summary shows the revocation and expiration status for the client secret, the client ID, and the number of days since the last authentication call. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. # Review Cost Impact and Make Better Policy Lifecycle Decisions Understand the financial impact of policy lifecycle changes before processing them. Compare previous and updated costs at census summary and individual member levels, including premiums, taxes, and fees. Review attribute-level changes for root products and coverages alongside cost breakdowns across members, dependents, plans, and coverages to understand how proposed changes affect pricing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How:** From a Group Census record, click Review Cost Impact to open the cost comparison view. Compare previous and updated costs, net changes, and event counts, then drill down to member, dependent, plan, and coverage details before processing policy lifecycle operations. # Review De-Duplication Activity for Unified WhatsApp New logic ensures that you contact the most recently added individual in a Unified WhatsApp channel, and new error codes explain why other duplicate individuals weren’t contacted. Previously, there wasn’t logic to choose an Individual, and there weren’t error codes to explain why we made the choice. **Where:** This change applies to Unified WhatsApp in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for Marketing Cloud Engagement Growth and Advanced Editions. **Why:** If a Unified Individual has multiple associated individuals, each with the same phone number, we only contact one Individual. We chose the latest Individual that was created with that phone number. We introduced three new error codes to help explain why an individual wasn’t contacted. - SF-3025 - The message wasn't sent because the recipient's phone number wasn't a valid E.164 number. Correct the phone number and try again. - SF-3045 - The message wasn't sent because the recipient's phone number is associated with a different individual ID. - SF-3035 - The message wasn't sent because a contact record wasn't found. **How:** To view the Individuals associated with a Unified Individual, and to see error messages explaining which Individuals were or weren’t contacted, create a Data Cloud Data Explorer view. For a Data Lake Object view, add the Error Code and Not Sent Reason columns. For a Data Model Object view, add the Messaging Error Code and Error Message columns. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ WhatsApp Engagement Data in Unified Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_whatsapp_engagement.htm&language=en_US) # Review Deal Risks and Activity Trends in Pipeline Forecasting Make accurate forecasts by reviewing deal risks, methodology scores, and contact insights directly in the forecasting pipeline. Sales reps and managers can interact with new columns to see agent activity, deal risk alerts, and activity heatmaps. They get a clear view of their pipeline without leaving the page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Sales reps and managers can select the columns they want to view in their Opportunities list. # Review Field Access Across Profiles, Permission Sets, and Permission Set Groups Save time by reviewing field-level security for a specific field in all profiles, permission sets, and permission set groups. Instead of going to individual Setup pages, you can view this information in one place in the Field Access Summary in Object Manager. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **How:** In Setup, go to Object Manager, and then select an object. In the sidebar, select **Field Access**. Select a field to review how its access is configured. ![The field access summary for the Description field on Account.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/field_access_summary.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View the Field Access Summary in Object Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_field_perms_summary.htm&language=en_US) # Review Flow Errors and Warnings with the Redesigned Validation Panel Focus on building flows without constant validation interruptions. The validation panel now stays closed when you open a draft flow so that you can review errors and warnings only when you’re ready. The redesigned panel shows issues in organized cards grouped by element. Click a card title to open that element’s property panel and fix the issue. Consistent validation patterns across all elements make handling errors more predictable in Flow Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Review Large Sales Agreements Faster with Increased Page Size Speed up the review and update process for your large Manufacturing Sales Agreements (MSAs) by increasing the number of product lines displayed per page from 5 to up to 20. This higher page size reduces the number of page loads required to view full agreements and significantly improves visibility across large MSAs. **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. **Who**: This feature is available to users with the Manufacturing Sales Agreements permission set. **Why**: When sales agreements include a large number of products, a fixed view requires extensive page navigation and clicking, which is time-consuming for reviewers. By allowing users to see more records in a single view, this enhancement minimizes navigation effort and accelerates the management of agreements with many products. # Review Member-Level Premiums for Greater Pricing Transparency Review individual member and dependent costs during group quoting instead of relying only on aggregated totals at the root product or coverage level. Persist member-level premiums, taxes, and fees after rating to improve pricing visibility. Capture prorated costs based on quote start and end dates for contract terms and endorsements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How:** Rate a quote using the Member Stored census rating type, then open View Member Level Cost from the quote line item to review premiums, taxes, fees, and dependent cost details. # Review New and Upcoming Security Requirements for Marketing Cloud Engagement To protect against evolving security threats, Salesforce updates security requirements. Review the newest authentication and login requirements for Marking Cloud Engagement accounts. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **When:** The enforcement dates vary per feature. [Step-Up Authentication in Marketing Cloud Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005389128&type=1&language=en_US) was enforced on July 30, 2026. Salesforce enforces the other requirements over time. See the linked release notes for details. **Why:** Here are the other security requirements for Marketing Cloud Engagement accounts. - [Prepare to Rotate Client Secrets for Installed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_client_secrets_rotate.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "All installed package client secrets that you haven’t rotated since March 25, 2026 expire on September 30, 2026. All client secrets generated after March 25, 2026 have a 180-day expiration period, beginning on the day they’re generated. In the days before each client secret expires, you receive email notifications and see banner notifications in Marketing Cloud Engagement.") - [Configure Your Login Allowlist Based on Recommended IP Ranges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rn_mce_security_allowlist_recommendations.htm&language=en_US) - [Update Single Sign-On Accounts to use MFA](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rn_mce_security_update_sso_mfa.htm&language=en_US) - [Protect Against Phishing by Using Platform Authentication Systems](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=rn_mce_security_platform_authentication.htm&language=en_US) #### See Also - [Explore Features That Support MFA and Email Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_supporting_mfa_email.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "As security threats shift quickly, Salesforce develops features to help you meet the latest requirements. Review new features that support multi-factor authentication (MFA) and email domain verification.") - [Review and Comply with Upcoming Security Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_upcoming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To protect against evolving cybersecurity threats, Salesforce regularly strengthens security controls. Review new requirements for access controls, email verification, and connected apps and external client apps that access Salesforce data via OAuth (Open Authorization) flows.") # Review Prior Authorization Data Faster by Using Data 360 Zero-Copy Tools With Data 360 tools, agents can now fetch prior authorization records directly from external systems via zero-copy integration. Then, agents can use the records to provide payer contact center reps quick access to high-level summaries and specific prior authorization details, such as status or denial reasons. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. To access the agent actions, users also need the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** On the Contact Center Settings page in Setup, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. Then, follow the guided setup steps in the Configure Agentforce for Prior Authorization section on the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Review Recent Pipeline Run Success Rates The new Last 30 Runs column shows how many of a pipeline’s last 30 runs completed successfully. Use this broader view to identify intermittent failures that can affect data freshness, even when the latest run succeeds. Open the failure details to review and reprocess failed runs. **How:** In Marketing Intelligence, on the Data Management tab, select **Data Pipelines** and review the Last 30 Runs column. ![New last thirty runs column](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mc_mi_last_thirty_runs.jpg) # Review Redline Differences in a Comparison Document Get full visibility of changes when reviewing contract versions. You can generate a comparison document that highlights added, edited, and deleted content relative to the base version. This enhancement makes it easier to understand changes introduced during redlining across contract document versions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license, or with the Salesforce Contracts license. **Who:** To compare contract versions, you need the CLM Admin User or CLM Runtime User permission set. # Review Tasks and Approvals from an Experience Cloud Site Provide a unified interface for employees and managers to review tasks, approvals, and required actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations. Available on: - Aura Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template - LWR Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template **Who:** Available to users assigned permissions for Agentic Search capabilities, such as access to Agentic Enterprise Search and Unified Catalog features. **Why:** Managers can review and approve requests directly within the Experience Cloud site interface. Employees can view pending tasks, onboarding steps, compliance actions, and request updates. Tiles show key information such as requester details, policy status, costs, and required actions. # Review the Accuracy of Extracted Data with Confidence Scores Improve extraction accuracy and save review time with a confidence score next to each extracted field. Help your public health investigators and case intake specialists identify values that fall within a defined low-confidence range and require an additional manual review. Strengthen validation, minimize errors, and maintain high-quality health records by concentrating efforts only on fields that require attention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud with the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on license. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud User, Disease Surveillance, and Document AI for Health permission sets. **How:** To configure the low-confidence score range, in Setup, go to the Document AI for Health page. Click **Create Extraction Template** and define the score range. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance_pdf_ingestion_idp.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_disease_surveillance_intelligent_doc_processing_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Review the Accuracy of Extracted Data with Confidence Scores in Document AI Optimize and save human review time by assigning confidence scores next to each extracted field with the Connect API. Identify values that fall within a defined low-confidence range and require an additional manual review. Strengthen validation, minimize errors, and maintain high-quality records by concentrating efforts only on fields that require attention. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in February 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Help_: Data 360 Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/connectapi/references/spec?meta=extractDocumentAIConfigData) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: New and Changed Connect REST API Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_api.htm&language=en_US) # Review the History of Scheduling and Optimization Requests with Activity Reports (Generally Available) Use Activity Reports to get information on scheduling and optimization requests that you run. You can generate an activity report for a specific request type and easily identify whether it succeeded or failed. For example, generate a report on a Global Optimization request that failed. The report output details the reasons for the failure, allowing you to take action and troubleshoot the issue quickly. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select **Scheduling**. Then, enable activity reports under General Logic. To access activity reports, from the App Launcher, find and select **Optimization Center**. ![Activity Reports in the Optimization Center](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/fieldservice_activity_reports.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Review the History of Scheduling and Optimization Requests with Activity Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.pfs_activity_reports.htm&language=en_US) # Review Timesheets with Enhanced Summary Views Review timesheet summaries with more comprehensive information before submitting for approval. See regular time, time and half, and double time details. Filter aggregated summaries by pay period and week. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and the Salesforce Field Service mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Summary View Enhancements with Pay Cycle Filtering_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_summary_view_enhancements_with_pay_cycle_filtering.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Use Summary View Filters_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_use_summary_view_filters.htm&language=en_US) # Review Updated Agentforce Observability Metrics Several Agentforce Observability metric names and formulas changed. Compare latency and completion trends with the new labels, and review Success Rate with the updated calculation. Agent Interaction Duration is removed from dashboard templates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Foundations or Agentforce 1 Edition. Agent Optimization and Agent Analytics must be enabled. **When:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **Who:** To use Agent Observability, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. To view Agent Analytics dashboards, users also need the CRM Analytics User or Einstein Analytics Plus permission set. **How:** Review these metric updates in Agent Analytics dashboards and session views. - **Agent Response Latency** (formerly Time to First Token) measures the duration from the end of a user message to the start of the agent response. - **Turn Completion Rate** (formerly Agent Response Rate) tracks the share of user turns that received an agent first token within 60 seconds. - **Abandonment and deflection** calculations now require at least one user message in the session. When a session qualifies as both abandoned and deflected, the updated formula classifies it as deflected. - **Success Rate** now measures interactions that have at least one completed action step and no step errors. It no longer measures engaged interactions without errors. - **Agent Interaction Duration** is removed from dashboard templates. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Model and Calculated Fields for Agent Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_agent_analytics_data_model.htm&language=en_US) # Review Updated Label Translations To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these languages: Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Dutch, Finnish, French, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Slovenian, Thai, and Turkish. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions. **How:** See [Review Spring '26 Updated Label Translations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005232558&type=1&language=en_US) and download the attached list of changes. If you want to use a different translation for tab and field labels, you can change the name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Rename Object, Tab, and Field Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_rename.htm&language=en_US) # Review Updated Label Translations To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these languages: Chinese (Simplified), Dutch, Finnish, German, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish, and Spanish (Mexico). **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in Group, Essentials, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** See [Review Spring '26 Updated Label Translations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005318054&type=1&language=en_US) and download the attached list of changes. To use a different translation for tab and field labels, you can change the name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Rename Object, Tab, and Field Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_rename.htm&language=en_US) # Review Updated Label Translations To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these languages: Arabic, Basque, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in Group, Essentials, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** In Winter '27, the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names changed for Arabic, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Danish, Dutch, Finnish, German, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Spanish (Mexico), and Thai language users. Additionally, translations or updated translations for Basque, Bulgarian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, French, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese are available as of October 2026. **How:** See [Review Winter '27 Updated Label Translations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005390922&type=1&language=en_US) and download the attached list of changes. To use a different translation for tab and field labels, you can change the name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Rename Object, Tab, and Field Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_rename.htm&language=en_US) # Revise Claim Coverage Payment Details to Make Corrections Edit details such as the payee or the claim amount for a claim coverage payment. Calculate the new adjusted amount and update the limit tracking for accurate audit trails. Previously, you deleted a claim coverage payment detail record and created a new one to update details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementAddOn, DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementPCAddOn, DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementCCAddOn, DigitalInsuranceProductAdministrationAddOn, DigitalInsurancePolicyAdministrationAddOn, DigitalInsuranceProductRuntimeCCAddOn, and DigitalInsuranceProductRuntimePCAddOn licenses. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Perform Actions on Payment Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claim_perform_actions_on_payment_details.htm&language=en_US) # Reward Customer Loyalty with Member Pricing Across Your Store Offer discounted member pricing on the POS app to keep loyal customers coming back and encourage more membership signups. When a store associate loads a member profile or scans a membership card at checkout, eligible items automatically switch to member pricing. Any manual price overrides that have been implemented are automatically recalculated after the switch to member pricing, so associates can spend less time adjusting prices and more time serving customers. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Checkout | Membership**. In the **Membership Customer Group** field, enter the name of the customer group you want to treat as members. ![Membership Customer Group field in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_member_pricing.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Member Pricing in Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_member_pricing_configure.htm&language=en_US) # Reward Loyal Shoppers with Dynamic Member Pricing Offer exclusive, better pricing to signed-up members compared to regular customers automatically. By setting up a Fixed Price promotion that references member pricing stored in your product data, the system dynamically applies member-specific prices at checkout. This automation ensures identified members receive the correct price while you manage all pricing details within your product fields. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Promotions | Fixed Price**. Configure the Amount Expression field with the product field containing your member prices, and set the customer group type to define which customers receive member pricing. ![Fixed Price Promotion configuration screen showing Amount Expression field in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.2_pos_globalpricing.png) ![Fixed Price Promotion configuration screen showing Customer field in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.2_pos_globalcust.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create Promotions in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_modules_promotions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Common Promotions Examples in Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_modules_common_promotion_examples.htm&language=en_US) # Roll Back Platform Event Trigger Transactions on Unhandled Exceptions This update rolls back the transaction of a platform event Apex trigger when it throws an unhandled exception, so that partially written records are no longer committed. **Where:** This change will apply to Developer, Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change will be enforced with the Spring '27 release. # Roll Out Agentforce Health Foundations from a Prompt Configure Agentforce Health Basic Setup without clicking through readiness checks, feature toggles, and layout builders by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow validates prerequisites, turns on the Agentforce Health Console, Data Protection and Privacy, Translation Workbench, Contacts to Multiple Accounts, and Person Accounts. It then creates Patient and Provider record types and page layouts and adds the Patient Card and Timeline components to your Lightning pages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. You can run the setup skills using an AI coding assistant, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). _Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **How:** Connect your AI coding assistant to your org through the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta) and Salesforce CLI. Type a plain-language request to set up Health Cloud. For example, “Set up Health Cloud in this org”. Your assistant selects the necessary skills and guides you through the rest of the setup. Some steps still require manual actions. The assistant flags those steps when they come up. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Headless 360 MCP Servers (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Basics for Agentforce Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.admin_planning.htm&language=en_US) # Roll Up Only the Lowest-Tier Values in Hierarchy Nodes Choose whether a parent record's value counts toward its hierarchical rollup total in on-demand definitions. Exclude parent record values so that an aggregate field rolls up only the lowest-tier values from records with no children. Use this option when only the lowest-level records carry the values you want to combine across varying hierarchy depths. Previously, a hierarchical aggregate always included every record's own value. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine and Data Processing Engine On Demand are available. **Who:** To use this feature, you need the Run Data Processing Engine Definitions On Demand permission set. **How:** In the Data Processing Engine builder, open an on-demand definition and add a Hierarchy node. For each aggregate field where you want to exclude the parent's value, select **Include only the lowest-tier values**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Aggregate Data Across Multilevel Hierarchies in Data Processing Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dpe_hierarchical_aggregation.htm&language=en_US) # Rollup Definitions Configure multiple record rollup definitions within one LWC component for improved data visualization. Set up on-demand record rollup definitions quickly and efficiently using the guided setup. Help business executives make more informed decisions by using the enhancements to record rollup definitions. - **[Make More Informed Decisions with On-Demand Record Rollup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rollup_definitions_ondemand_rollup.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and improve efficiency for your business executives by enabling them to refresh record rollup results instantly. Help them make better decisions by making sure that the data they're working with is always up-to-date and accurate. Business executives can get the latest rollup results without waiting for scheduled refresh cycles. Enable or disable On-Demand Record Rollup as needed based on your business requirements. - **[View Multiple Record Rollup Results in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rollup_definitions_view_multiple_rollup_results.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and effort by configuring multiple record rollup definitions in the new LWC component. Business executives can give more personalized advice to clients by viewing multiple rollup results, such as the assets, financial accounts, and policies associated with a household on the household record page. If on-demand record rollup is enabled for a record rollup definition, your business executives can instantly update the rollup results, enabling them to make informed decisions based on the up-to-date rollup results. - **[Configure On-Demand Record Rollup Easily with the New Guided Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rollup_definitions_ondemand_guided_setup.htm&release=260&type=5)** Complete the tasks required to set up and configure on-demand record rollup for rollup definitions by using the On-Demand Record Rollup guided setup. # Rotate Your Certificates More Frequently If you use features that rely on certificates, update the related certificates more frequently. An industry-wide change decreases the maximum allowed Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate lifespan over the next 3 years. As of March 15, 2026, the maximum lifespan for new certificates is 200 days. Also, Salesforce plans to stop public certificate rotation announcements on July 6, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all editions of the Salesforce mobile app. As we reach each milestone, the lifespans apply to new certificates that a public Certificate Authority (CA) signs, regardless of whether you, Salesforce, or a third party purchases the certificate. Existing certificates keep their expiration dates, and self-signed certificates aren't subject to the new lifespans. **When:** In August 2025, the Certification Authority Browser Forum (CA/Browser Forum) [announced](https://cabforum.org/2025/04/11/ballot-sc081v3-introduce-schedule-of-reducing-validity-and-data-reuse-periods/) a phased approach to shorten the lifespan for new TLS certificates. That lifespan decreased from 398 days to 200 days on March 15, 2026. It decreases to 100 days on March 15, 2027 and to 47 days on March 15, 2029. As certificates rotate more frequently, Salesforce plans to stop the existing announcements for certificate changes for first-party (1P) production orgs through the [Certificate Changes Trailblazer Community group](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/groups/0F9300000001oAF). Salesforce plans to end these announcements on July 6, 2026. **Why:** Salesforce complies with the guidance of the CA/Browser Forum, the organization that sets most Web Public Key Infrastructure (WebPKI) rules. Their TLS Server Baseline Requirements change regularly. Those requirements are outside of Salesforce control, and certificate vendors are bound by the same rules. **How:** Review your certificate use and plan to rotate the certificates that you own more frequently and stop using certificate pinning. To receive notifications about upcoming certificate expirations for certificates that are stored in your org, assign the Expired Certificate Notification permission to specific admins. To automate the creation and update of self-signed and CA-signed certificates in Salesforce, use the Certificate Metadata API type. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Certificates in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_keys_policy_and_rotation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Expired Certificate Notification Permission](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_keys_set_expired_certificate_notification_permission.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Metadata API Developer Guide_: Certificate](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_certificate.htm) # Route Agentforce Voice Calls Globally with Dynamic Routing Expand call routing globally with Dynamic Routing, a new communication protocol for Agentforce Voice. PSTN is limited to the US and Canada. SIP requires a dedicated integration with a vetted telephony partner. Dynamic Routing removes both barriers. It works worldwide and doesn't require a SIP trunk or telecom resale agreement. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 22, 2026. **How:** For every incoming call, configure your telephony system to create a VoiceCall record in Salesforce and obtain a temporary, dynamic routing number. Finally, transfer the call to the Agentforce agent by using this phone number. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create the Channel for Agentforce Voice with SIP or Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_voice_channel_sip.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Telephony Vendor Settings When Using Dynamic Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_voice_dynamic_routing_telephony_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Route Agentforce Voice Calls Using SIP Take advantage of the internet’s cost-effective and flexible virtual connection. Route calls to an Agentforce Service agent using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). This protocol transmits calls over the internet. Previously, you could route these calls with a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) phone number only. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This feature is available starting from February 26, 2026. **How:** To set up Agentforce Voice with SIP, in the Agentforce Voice setup page, click the SIP tab. This tab walks you through the setup steps. ![The SIP tab shows the steps for configuring Agentforce Voice with SIP.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/service/agentforce_voice_setup_sip_tab.png) To become a verified partner telephony provider for Agentforce Voice with SIP, check out [Support Agentforce Voice with SIP](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce-partner/guide/agentforce-voice-sip-setup.html). #### See Also - [Connect a Service Agent to Partner Telephony](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_connect_telephony_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Route Agentforce Voice Calls Using SIP Take advantage of the internet’s cost-effective and flexible virtual connection. Route calls to an Agentforce Service agent using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). This protocol transmits calls over the internet. Previously, you could route these calls with a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) phone number only. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This feature was available starting from February 26, 2026. **How:** To set up Agentforce Voice with SIP, in the Agentforce Voice setup page, click the SIP tab. This tab walks you through the setup steps. ![The SIP tab shows the steps for configuring Agentforce Voice with SIP.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/agentforce_voice_setup_sip_tab.png) To become a verified partner telephony provider for Agentforce Voice with SIP, check out [Support Agentforce Voice with SIP](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce-partner/guide/agentforce-voice-sip-setup.html). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Connect a Service Agent to Partner Telephony in the Legacy Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_connect_telephony_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Route B2C Commerce Events to External Systems (Generally Available) Configure connectors in Business Manager to send platform events, including `sf.cc.order.placed`, to your external systems. When a platform event doesn't represent the business event that you want to send, declare and send a custom event from your cartridge. B2C Commerce eventing, now generally available, was previously available as a pilot feature. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, configure a connector for the endpoint that receives events, and enable the event types that you want to send to it. To send a custom event, declare the event name in the cartridge package.json file and call `dw.event.EventManager` from a script. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Eventing in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_event_types.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Route Contract Approvals with Advanced Approvals Manage complex contract approval workflows by using Advanced Approvals with Salesforce Contracts. Route approvals through multilevel chains, conditional routing based on contract fields such as contract value, and approval groups such as legal or finance teams. Approvers receive notifications and approve or reject contracts directly from email. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Salesforce Contracts license. **Who:** To configure and manage advanced approval flows, such as review, recall, cancel, override, and reassign, you need the CLM Admin permission set license. To submit, recall, review, and reject approvals, users need a CLM Runtime permission set license. **Why:** Contract approval processes often involve multiple stakeholders and different approval paths depending on business rules. For example, contracts above a defined price threshold can require approval from both legal and sales managers before moving to a final approval step by a sales vice president. Advanced Approvals supports these multistage approval scenarios with parallel and serial approval steps. **How:** Create an approval workflow by configuring Advanced Approvals configuration in Revenue Management. Create a contract type configuration for the Advanced Contract Approval Flow. Submitting a contract for approval starts the Advanced Approvals process instead of the standard platform approval process. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Contract Approval Processes in Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=ind.sf_contracts_approvals_concept.htm&type=5) # Route Experience Cloud Site Conversations to Agentforce Orchestrator with Omni-Channel Use Omni-Channel Messaging Settings to associate your Experience Cloud site with an Agentforce Orchestrator configuration. Connect site conversations to the appropriate AI agents, personalization signals, and backend workflows without custom development. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for an additional cost. To purchase, contact your Salesforce account executive. - Aura Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template - LWR Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template **Who:** Available to admins who configure Messaging Settings and Omni-Channel routing. **Why:** Previously, Messaging Settings supported routing only to Enhanced Bots or Live Agents. You can now select Agentforce Orchestrator as a Messaging Setting type and associate it with a configuration ID created during Orchestrator setup. This configuration connects the site conversation interface to AI agents, personalization signals, and backend services without custom development. **How:** From Setup, enter Messaging Settings in the Quick Find box and select **Messaging Settings**. Create a new Messaging Setting or edit an existing one and select **Agentforce Orchestrator** as the type. # Route Outbound Calls to Service Reps After Customers Answer Create more personalized outbound customer experiences by connecting callers to the right service rep. After a customer answers your outbound call, qualify them through IVR or Agentforce interactions, then route them to the most appropriate rep based on their needs, or connect them directly to their account rep. Previously, outbound flows could connect customers only to IVR or Agentforce experiences, requiring workarounds to reach reps. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **How:** In Flow Builder, configure the Initiate Outbound Flow Action and add routing actions to connect customers to queues, skill-based routing targets, or specific service reps after the call connects. Set a fallback queue to handle calls if the flow encounters an error or terminates unexpectedly. # Route Outbound Emails Through Your Own Mail Servers Meet compliance mandates by routing marketing emails through your own mail servers instead of the public internet. Configure an email relay, assign sending domains, and authorize IP addresses. To maintain deliverability, email relay supports the full delivery lifecycle, including bounces, replies, and complaints. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Email Relay](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_email_set_up_email_relay.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Route Referrals to Specialists with Referral Assignment Engines Increase conversion rates and reduce client handoff friction by creating referral assignment rules tailored to your organization’s operational needs. Use Key‐Value‐Based Assignment for direct field‐level matching, or choose Expression Set‐Based Assignment to evaluate multiple conditions. Switch engines as your business scales without losing existing rules. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **Why:** Referral routing requirements vary as organizations expand their product lines and client tiers. For simple, direct matching on field criteria, such as referral type or estimated value, use Key‐Value‐Based Assignment. For complex scenarios, such as routing that combines asset thresholds, territory rules, and team capacity, use Expression Set‐Based Assignment. You can match routing complexity to your organization’s operational goals, and you can upgrade your routing logic without re-creating saved rules. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Intelligent Referral Management, and select **Intelligent Referral Management**. Click **Referral Assignment Rules**, select a referral assignment engine, and create a rule. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Referral Assignment Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_referral_management_setup_assignment_rules.htm&language=en_US) # Route Service Requests to the Right Reps by Using Omni-Channel Reduce wait times by automatically routing service requests to the most suitable and available service reps. Each request reaches a rep with the right skills and capacity for faster resolution. Use the guided setup assistant to configure Omni-Channel for service requests in a few clicks. Define queues, add service representatives, and configure routing and presence settings easily. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This feature requires IT Service Management with IT Asset Management or Employee Service. # Route Users Where They Need to Be with Context-Aware Custom Notifications Custom notifications now carry precise navigation intent, instantly landing users on a specific destination, such as the quote summary tab, ESM summary, ESM loaction, or a custom link. Use the API to create custom notifications complete with redirect-ready metadata, cutting out manual navigation and keeping operational workflows seamless. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** Send notifications through the exposed API and include metadata that identifies destination context. On click, the notification framework resolves metadata and opens the configured page or tab. Extend metadata conventions for custom use cases when implementation teams need nonstandard UI routing. # Route Voice Calls to Collections and Recovery Agents with Agentforce Voice The Collections and Recovery Customer Assistance template now supports the voice channel helping service agents to handle Collections queries efficiently. By using the voice channel, borrowers can find collection plan details, request payment extensions, and add representative contact details. Real-time understanding of conversations provides a more natural experience during high-stress interactions such as debt recovery. The reasoning engine identifies intent from spoken dialogue to provide relevant answers and take corrective actions autonomously. **Note**: The user interface of this product is available in English only and may not be fully supported in other languages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience of multiple Industries clouds with the Collections and Recovery add-on license. **How:** Create an agent by using the Collections and Recovery Customer Assistance template and connect the agent to Telephony. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Collections and Recovery Assistance for Customers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.agent_ref_collections_setup_customer_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Route Voicemails and Desk Phone Calls with Unified Routing Unified Routing now supports voicemails and desk phone calls. This feature reduces wait times, improves rep productivity, and provides an efficient Omni-Channel experience. You can use this feature only if your telephony provider supports it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony Service Cloud Voice is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony Developer Guide:_ Unified Routing for Desk Phone (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_pt_developer_guide.meta/voice_pt_developer_guide/voice_pt_unifiedrouting_deskphone.htm) # Route Work Based on Original Request Date Prioritize work items based on when they were first requested instead of when they entered a queue. Use original record timestamps to keep older tasks at the front of the queue. This helps you prioritize transferred work items or callback retries based on their initial request time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Routing work items based on their original creation date instead of their queue entry time prevents retried requests from losing their place in the backlog. For example, you can route a callback based on when the customer originally called, even after multiple retry attempts. This approach keeps your wait times accurate and provides a more consistent experience for your users and customers. **How:** Open a flow in the Flow Builder. Add the **Route Work** action to the flow, and in the **Set Additional Input Values** section, add the original date the work item was requested in the **Request Date** field under the **Work Item Request Date** section.This input is available when you route work to a queue, a skill, or a specific rep. The flow sets this value at run time to determine the routing priority for the work item. ![The Work Item Request Date option in Set Additional Input Values](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_omni-channel_requested_date_time2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prioritize Work Items with Custom Request Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omnichannel_prioritize_work_items_with_custom_request_date.htm&language=en_US) # Routing Save time and effort by automatically routing work items with Omni-Channel. Take advantage of the latest features to achieve optimal results. - **[Monitor Your Hybrid Service Team with Command Center for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_supsr_renm.htm&release=260&type=5)** Omni-Channel Supervisor is now Command Center for Service in Enhanced Omni-Channel. Only the name has changed. You retain all the features and tools you already use to monitor your teams and optimize performance, now available under Command Center for Service. Standard Omni-Channel retains the Omni-Channel Supervisor name. # Routing Save time and effort by automatically routing work items with Omni-Channel. Take advantage of the latest features to achieve optimal results. - **[Transfer Your Salesforce Voice Agentforce Agent Conversations to a Service Rep in Agentforce Contact Centers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_AI_afcc_convo.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make sure that your customers always get the help they need by escalating complex issues from an AI agent to a service rep in Salesforce Voice channels. By using the Escalation topic and an outbound Omni-Channel flow, your Agentforce agents can now easily route Salesforce Voice conversations along with their full history to the right destination. Agentforce Contact Centers in the Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) model now fully support these escalation capabilities. - **[Control Queue Access for Superiors in the Role Hierarchy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_queues_hierarchies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To better control record sharing, use the Grant Access Using Hierarchies setting on queues to choose whether records shared with queue members are also shared with their superiors. Previously, superiors were always added to queues by default and often received too many email notifications. - **[Standard Omni-Channel Is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_stnd_eol.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Standard Omni-Channel is scheduled for retirement in Summer ‘26. To make sure that your users maintain their routing workflows and gain access to the latest features, Salesforce automatically upgrades your org to Enhanced Omni-Channel during the Summer ‘26 rollout. - **[Schedule Work Items to Route at a Specific Date and Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_schedule_work.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now set a specific date and time for work items to to be routed in the future instead of adding them immediately to the routing backlog. This change helps your teams manage callbacks and follow-ups by matching work with available reps only when the scheduled time passes. Supervisors can also track these scheduled items directly within the Command Center for Service backlog. - **[Route Work Based on Original Request Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_custom_requested_date.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prioritize work items based on when they were first requested instead of when they entered a queue. Use original record timestamps to keep older tasks at the front of the queue. This helps you prioritize transferred work items or callback retries based on their initial request time. - **[Stabilize Rep Experience by Preventing Calls Before Reps Are Ready](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_connector_readiness.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep Omni-Channel from assigning work to your service reps before their telephony connector has fully loaded. Voice Connector Readiness Check lets reps know that Salesforce is still working to make them available and prevents them from receiving work. After single sign-on (SSO) is complete and their Voice connector is ready, the calls come rolling in. By default, an additional base-level check makes sure that reps are accurately configured for the contact center before they can access voice or blended (voice plus other channel) presence statuses. - **[Connect Your Users to AI Agents and Enhanced Bots Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_connect_users_to_ai_agents_faster.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate unnecessary communication steps when routing to bots to make routing more efficient. Conversations now skip the pending service request process and move directly to an accepted state. Your users receive immediate responses because bots join conversations without waiting for synchronous confirmation. - **[Customize Your Supervisor Experience with Command Center for Service V2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_cc_for_service_v2.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform how your supervisors monitor contact center operations. Build custom layouts that display real-time and historical metrics side-by-side with other Lightning App Builder components. Command Center for Service V2 introduces a flexible and modular workspace that you can configure using the Lightning App Builder. - **[Filter by Team in Command Center for Service V2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_filter_team_ccv2.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Teams filter in Command Center for Service V2 to narrow your views by team. Available in any Command Center for Service V2 Live Cards and In-Progress Work component that supports filtering, supervisors can use it to focus on segments like Tier 1 Support, Escalations, or Sales. - **[Monitor Customer Sentiment in the In-Progress Work Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_monitor_sentiment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View real-time customer sentiment in the In-Progress Work component with the User Sentiment column. Supervisors can quickly identify interactions requiring attention by viewing sentiment indicators (Positive, Neutral, or Negative) alongside active work items. - **[Monitor Wait Time and Presence Status with Live Cards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_wait_time_presence_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track customer wait times and service rep availability with Live Card metrics in Command Center for Service V2. Use Wait Time to see wait times of all work items in the backlog and Presence Status to understand count of service reps with the indicated presence status. # Routing Save time and effort by automatically routing work items with Omni-Channel. Take advantage of the latest features to achieve optimal results. - **[Set Up Omni-Channel with a Guided Skill Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omni-channel_headless360_set_up_omni_channel_with_a_guided_skill_workflow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up Omni-Channel faster with the service-omni-channel-setup-coordinate skill, which guides you through configuring routing, queues, users, presence statuses, permissions, and supervisor access in one workflow. The skill detects and reuses your existing configuration and creates what's missing where supported. - **[Monitor Service Reps with the Service Reps Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_monitor_service_reps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get a comprehensive overview of your service reps' real-time status and current work with the Service Reps component in Command Center for Service V2. Monitor your team's presence, capacity, workload, and active work distribution in a single consolidated list view. - **[Gauge Your Backlog with the Backlog Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_backlog_component.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get a unified view of all backlogged work waiting to be routed to service reps with the Backlog Lightning App Builder component in Command Center for Service V2. See skills-based, queue-based, and direct-to-agent-based work items and their wait times in a consolidated list view. # Run Backups Multiple Times a Day Protect your organization's data with more frequent backups in Backup & Recover Next. Choose how often to automatically run your backups in a day, up to every hour. These backups use a new dedicated retention tier with a default of 14 days (configurable from 1 to 30 days). **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **How:** From the Schedule Settings page, configure your backup frequency. Backups start at the next scheduled slot based on your configuration. If a backup is still running when the next one is scheduled to start, the system skips the overlapping backup to prevent conflicts. # Run Business Rules Engine Logic in Agentforce Connect your activated expression sets and decision tables as reference actions in Agentforce so your agents can run eligibility checks, calculations, and other business logic during conversations. In Agentforce Studio, add an expression set or decision table as an API reference action, map its inputs and outputs, and give the agent instructions on when to invoke it. With Business Rules Engine actions in Agentforce, your agents can give consistent, rule based answers during a live conversation without waiting for a handoff. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine and Agentforce are enabled. **How:** In Business Rules Engine, activate an expression set or decision table. In Agentforce Studio, create an agent action, select **API** as the action type, and select **Expression Sets** or **Decision Tables** from the action category to view a list of available expression sets or decision tables. Only activated expression sets built without a context definition are available as actions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Agent Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_agentforce_create_agent_action.htm&language=en_US) # Run Custom Logic After Multi-Site Copy Completes Trigger custom post-processing logic reliably after multi-site copy operations finish in Enterprise Sales Management. Run external pricing web services, send seller notifications, and handle custom errors only after the enterprise quote is fully populated from the working cart, eliminating premature execution failures. Previously, custom post-processing logic was unreliable because the asynchronous operation returned a Batch Job ID immediately rather than waiting for the copy to finish. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **How:** Use the Enterprise Sales Management API to integrate with the new post-hook in the multi-site configuration batch process. The post-hook runs automatically after batch completion. # Run Custom Python Transformations on Zero-Copy Data With code extension in Data 360, you can run custom Python batch transformations on a data lake object (DLO) backed by a zero-copy connector, or on a data model object (DMO) mapped from that DLO. The connector accesses the data directly on the external platform without copying it. Your code extension script runs the same custom Python transformations on zero-copy data as it does on any other DLO or DMO in Data 360. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This feature isn't available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in August 2026. **Why:** Transforming a zero-copy DLO or a DMO mapped from that DLO streamlines data pipelines and reduces storage overhead. - Skip the ingestion step and the storage cost associated with copying large, external platform datasets into Data 360. - Your Python code needs no special configuration or formatting to work with a zero-copy DLO or DMO. Whether the data is federated from the zero-copy source or ingested natively, your script runs the same way. **How:** To set up and run Python transformations on zero-copy data, configure a supported zero-copy connector, and create a federated data stream that generates the DLO. If your script reads DMOs, map the DLO to a DMO in that data space. Next, write your custom script using the Code Extension plugin for the Salesforce CLI, and validate the script locally. Finally, deploy the script to Data 360, and then run it by creating a batch data transform. For setup details and the list of supported zero-copy sources, see [Read Zero-Copy Data in Code Extension](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-code-ext/guide/read-zero-copy-sources.html). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Help_: Read Zero-Copy Data in Code Extension](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-code-ext/guide/read-zero-copy-sources.html) - [_Salesforce Developer Help_: Write and Validate Custom Scripts](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-code-ext/guide/author-custom-script.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Zero Copy Data Federation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=data.c360_a_byol_data_federation.htm&type=5) # Run Data Processing Engine Definitions On Demand Channel Revenue Management (ChRM) now supports the On-Demand Data Processing Engine (DPE) license across the Channel Partner Inventory Tracking, Rebate Management, and Advanced Rebate and Accruals Management add-ons. Build your own DPE-On-Demand definitions and run them based on your business requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where the Channel Partner Inventory Tracking, Rebate Management, or Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced add-on licenses are enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the On-Demand Data Processing Engine permission set license, RunDpeDefinitionsOnDemand. **How:** The On-Demand DPE license is included automatically. See Also: [Process Datasets in Near Real Time with On-Demand Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dpe_on_demand.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Run Deep Research Across Multiple Sources in Notebook AI Use Deep Research in Notebook AI to generate comprehensive research reports from your CRM data, uploaded documents, enterprise search results, and web sources. Submit a research question, review the AI-generated research plan, customize it, and run Deep Research to produce a structured report with inline citations that you can query and share. Manual research across scattered enterprise data is time-consuming and prone to human error. Deep Research pulls insights simultaneously from multiple sources, saving hours of manual work. The completed reports become reusable resources. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available in July 2026. **How:** In your Notebook AI workspace, make sure that you added relevant resources. In the chat section, enter a detailed research question. Turn on **Deep Research** and click **Submit**. Notebook AI generates a research plan listing the specific tasks and data sources it will use. Click **Edit Plan** to modify or remove tasks. Optionally, you can add a report template. To start the analysis, click **Run Research**, and then to track progress, click the **Show Thinking** tab. When complete, click **View** to open the report. You can download the report as a PDF and ask follow-up questions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Run Deep Research Across Multiple Sources in Notebook AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_notebook_ai_deep_research.htm&language=en_US) # Run Definitions in Data 360 Companion Orgs Enhance your multi-org setup by creating definitions in companion orgs to transform data from data model objects (DMOs), data lake objects (DLOs), and calculated insights. You can decouple central business processes orchestrated in the home org from local processes managed in companion orgs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. # Run Flexcards and Omniscripts Offline on Mobile Devices Keep field work moving in areas with poor or no connectivity. Your mobile users can open, complete, and submit Flexcards and Omniscripts entirely offline, without waiting on live server calls or timing out in remote locations. Data operations, input validations, and calculations run on the device. Completed actions queue locally and sync to Salesforce in sequence after a connection returns. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Experience Cloud sites in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. Offline Flexcards and Omniscripts are supported in the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_omnistudio_standard.htm&language=en_US) # Run Masking Jobs with Flexible Execution You now have more control over when to mask your data. With the new Data Mask and Seed (beta), you can manually run masking jobs or schedule them to run later. This flexibility helps you align data preparation with your team’s development cycles and maintenance windows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Data Mask and Seed is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available for commercial customers based in the AMER region beginning on April 9, 2026. During the beta period, a single Salesforce region serves all users. When the tool becomes Generally Available, Salesforce automatically redirects users to their closest Salesforce region. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Because of the region redirect, masking job history from the new Data Mask and Seed’s beta period isn’t available after the tool becomes Generally Available. If you decide to retain your masking job history from the beta period, document your job results before the general availability release. **Who:** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available to AMER region commercial customers, but not Government Cloud customers. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note When the new Data Mask and Seed becomes Generally Available, it will also be available to Government Cloud customers. **How:** During the beta period, the new Data Mask and Seed doesn’t automatically bypass workflows, triggers, or validation rules. Therefore, before running a masking job, manually turn off any necessary Salesforce automations and then re-enable them after job completion. The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available as a native, Salesforce app that requires no installation. In the App Launcher, search for and select **Data Mask and Seed (Beta)**. # Run Multiple Queries in the Same Clean Room Collaboration Run any query defined in your clean room's collaboration template. If the use case contains multiple queries, select the query that you want to run each time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Data 360 in Enterprise Edition. This feature isn't available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** Clean room collaborations are based on collaboration templates, which can contain multiple use cases and multiple queries for each use case. Previously, a collaboration was limited to one query. To run another query from the template, you had to create a separate collaboration. Now, a collaboration is based on a use case, and you can run any query defined for that use case. Select the appropriate query for each run. **How:** On the Set Up Query page for the collaboration, select the query that you want from Query Name before you run it. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Queries in Clean Rooms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_crc_queries_in_clean_rooms.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Run My Day Give your wealth advisors a centralized, prioritized home page that shows daily meetings, client alerts, and ranked insights so they can act on high-impact signals without switching between systems. - **[Prioritize High-Impact Actions with Run My Day](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_run_my_day.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your wealth advisors a prioritized home page that centralizes daily meetings, client alerts, and actionable insights so they can act on high-priority signals without switching between systems. Run My Day provides a continuously updated view of high-impact actions anchored by an advisor's meeting schedule and driven by system-ranked signals. # Run Outbound Engagements in the Background and Keep Working Outbound engagements and templates are now created asynchronously in the background. Continue working while creation completes, and receive an automatic notification when it finishes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Outbound Engagement and Marketing Cloud Next. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: How Outbound Engagement Works](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.outbound_engagement_how_it_works.htm&language=en_US) # Run Promotions on Sites Powered by Experience Cloud Show eligible promotions to logged-in customers on Experience Cloud site pages. When customers place an order from site pages, eligible promotions are evaluated and applied on the order. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited editions with Global Promotions Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Run Promotions on Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_run_promotions_on_experience_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Run Quality Tests at Every DevOps Center Pipeline Stage Enforce quality standards on your release changes and minimize production downtime with DevOps Center Testing. Integrated directly into DevOps Center pipelines, DevOps Center Testing evaluates changes before they reach production. Automated test evaluation streamlines application lifecycle management (ALM) by giving your development and quality assurance teams visibility throughout the release cycle, reducing manual effort and improving production stability. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in **Professional**, **Enterprise**, **Performance**, **Unlimited**, and **Developer** editions. DevOps Center Testing isn't supported in Government Cloud and Government Cloud Plus environments. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting June 17, 2026. **Who:** DevOps Center Testing is available to all customers with DevOps Center access. **How:** DevOps Center Testing is available to all DevOps Center users by default. Configure your test providers, test suites, and quality gate criteria to start enforcing quality across your pipeline stages. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Testing in DevOps Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.next_generation_devops_center.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Run Queries with the Data 360 Direct API Execute SQL queries directly against your Data 360 data with the new Data 360 Direct API. This API is optimized for high-volume integrations and bulk-extraction workloads of Data 360 data. **Where:** This change applies to the Data 360 Query API in all Data 360 editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in June 2026. **Why:** The Data 360 Direct API is a natural fit for BI and analytics tools, and any system that integrates with Data 360 over HTTP. **How:** For API endpoint details and authentication requirements, see Data 360 Query Guide: [Query Data using Query API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-query-guide/references/data-cloud-query-api-reference/c360a-api-queryservices-overview.html). # Run Salesforce Scheduler Flows More Efficiently in Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Sites Get a faster and more secure scheduling experience with Scheduler Lightning Web Components in LWR sites. All Salesforce Scheduler flow components are now available as Lightning Web Components, making them compatible with LWR sites. Previously, some flow components used Aura components and were limited to Aura-based sites. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled. **How:** From Lightning App Builder, drag and drop the new components into your flows. # Run Segment-Triggered Flows at The Right Time with More Scheduling Options Run segment-triggered flows on customizable schedules for more control and precision. For example, run a flow every hour to ensure you're working with the latest data, or schedule flows to run only on weekdays to avoid weekend sends. New scheduling options include Hourly, Daily on Weekdays, Weekly on specific days, Monthly on specific days, and Yearly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Foundations, Marketing Cloud Growth, and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** Go to the Start element configuration panel for a segment-triggered flow and select from the expanded scheduling options. ![Segment-triggered flow schedule options](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_segment_schedule_options.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Message Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.mktg_campaigns_message.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Run Self-Optimizing Agentic Campaigns Agentic campaigns take the complexity out of personalized marketing by selecting the right campaign, channel, content, and timing for each individual customer. Marketers get full visibility into what the agent is doing, with the ability to define how much it handles autonomously. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **How:** To enable marketers to create custom content for customers, you can set up the new agentic content or use content from any content management system (CMS). Turn on all applicable campaign goal options for the marketers to select from. Marketers can select one of the enabled goals per campaign. **When:** Available in late October 2026. For the agent to determine which campaign is best for each individual who qualifies for multiple campaigns, set up the AI-driven Adaptive Campaign Audiences (beta) feature. # Run SOQL Queries in User Mode as the Automated Process User In API version 66.0 and later, you can now run SOQL queries containing the WITH USER\_MODE clause as the Automated Process User. In API Version 65.0 and earlier, such queries fail unless they are run explicitly in system mode. **Where:** The feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Run Tableau Next with Unmetered Usage New Tableau Next licenses offer unmetered use of certain analytics features, including most data queries and AI usage of Analytics agents. Unmetered usage does not consume credits. For example, when a logged-in user with the unmetered permission creates a dashboard, explores a metric, or asks data questions with Concierge, the usage is unmetered. **Where:** Unmetered usage is available in Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Tableau Next is also included in Agentforce 1 editions, Marketing Intelligence, and Government Cloud. **Who:** Users need one of the unmetered licenses. - Tableau Next Creator - Tableau Next Consumer (Unmetered) - Unmetered User Based Access Tableau Next **How:** To grant users access to available unmetered services and features, assign the **Access includes unmetered Analytics Insights and Agentic Analytics workloads** permission. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Unmetered Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_about_unmetered_usage.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Assign Unmetered Tableau Next Licenses and Permission Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_unmetered.htm&language=en_US) # Run Targeted Recruitment Campaigns Recruitment teams need a proactive way to engage candidates in their talent pool, not just wait for applications. With recruitment campaigns, you can segment your talent pool by skills and past applications to reengage candidates with personalized opportunities. Nurture passive talent over time with confidence, knowing campaigns target only candidates who consented to communications. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, Talent Recruitment Management, and Marketing Cloud are enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note During the Recruitment Campaigns setup in Salesforce Go, the Deploy Data Streams stage is unavailable if certain actions are in progress in Agentforce Marketing. For workaround details, see the [Marketing Setup using Salesforce Go Fails on the "Create CMS Workspace and CMS Site" step](https://help.salesforce.com/s/issue?id=a02g700000AT73ZAAT) knowledge article. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Talent Recruitment Management Specialist Access permission set. **How:** From the gear menu or the main Setup menu, select **Salesforce Go**. Then search for Recruitment Campaigns. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Recruitment Campaigns (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_recruitment_campaigns_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Run Tasks on Demand to Meet Regulatory and Customer Deadlines With on-demand task execution in Stage Management, you select one or more eligible tasks for the record's current stage, log a reason and comments, and run the tasks immediately. While most business processes are planned, you can run a task on the spot to handle nuanced scenarios that fall outside your planned process. On-demand execution helps you meet a regulatory requirement, handle a customer request, or correct an error outside the standard flow. On-demand tasks run one time, and Stage Management tracks every execution on the stage transition record. This includes who ran it, which task, why, and when. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Stage Management. **Who:** To run on-demand tasks, you need the Stage Management On-demand User permission set. To mark step definitions as eligible for on-demand execution and manage the list of on-demand reasons, you need the Stage Management Design User permission set. **How:** Mark a step definition as on-demand eligible in the Stage Management builder, and define the reasons users can select from, such as Regulatory Requirement, Customer Request, or Error Correction. With the Stage Management On-Demand User permission, you select one or more eligible tasks, enter a reason, add optional comments, and run the tasks immediately. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add an On-Demand Step Definition](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.stage_management_add_on_demand_step.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace Integrate real-time configuration checks into your Apex classes to catch product violations during discovery and selection. The runtime\_industries\_cpq namespace includes a new property that enables configuration rules for a specific transaction ID or transaction context ID. ## New Property in Existing Classes Get details of the executed configuration rules Use the new `configurationRules` property in the existing `ProductListRepresentation`, `ProductConfigurationRulesOutputRepresentation`, and `ProductConfigurationRulesOutputRepresentation` classes. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/apex_namespace_runtime_industries_cpq.htm) # runtime\_industries\_cpq Namespace Work with product variations and units of measure during product discovery and selection. The runtime\_industries\_cpq namespace includes new classes and properties that represent a product's variation attributes, variation class, child variations, and units of measure. ## New Classes Get the details of a product's variation attribute set Use the new `ProductVariantAttributeSetOutputRepresentation` class constructors and properties. Get the details of a variation attribute in a product's variation attribute set Use the new `ProductVariantAttributeOutputRepresentation` class constructors and properties. Get the details of a variation attribute value Use the new `ProductVariantAttributeValueOutputRepresentation` class constructors and properties. Get the details of a product's unit of measure Use the new `ProductUnitOfMeasureOutputRepresentation` class constructor and properties. ## New Properties in Existing Classes Get the variation class of a product Use the new `productClass` property in the existing `ProductDetailsRepresentation`, `ProductOutputRepresentation`, `ProductListRepresentation`, `BulkProductDetailsRepresentation`, `SearchProductsRepresentation`, and `GuidedSelectionRepresentation` classes. Get the child variations of a product Use the new `childVariationIds` property in the existing `ProductDetailsRepresentation`, `ProductOutputRepresentation`, `ProductListRepresentation`, `BulkProductDetailsRepresentation`, `SearchProductsRepresentation`, and `GuidedSelectionRepresentation` classes. Get the variation attribute set of a product Use the new `variationAttributeSet` property in the existing `ProductDetailsRepresentation`, `ProductOutputRepresentation`, `ProductListRepresentation`, `BulkProductDetailsRepresentation`, `SearchProductsRepresentation`, and `GuidedSelectionRepresentation` classes. Get the number of variations for a product Use the new `variationsCount` property in the existing `ProductListRepresentation`, `SearchProductsRepresentation`, and `GuidedSelectionRepresentation` classes. Get the categories of a product Use the new `productCategories` property in the existing `SearchProductsRepresentation` class. Get the sequence of an attribute category Use the new `sequence` property in the existing `AttributeCategoryOutputRepresentation` class. Get the units of measure for a product Use the new `productUnitOfMeasures` property in the existing `ProductDetailsRepresentation`, `ProductListRepresentation`, `BulkProductDetailsRepresentation`, `SearchProductsRepresentation`, and `GuidedSelectionRepresentation` classes. #### See Also - [_Revenue Management Developer Guide_: Product Discovery Apex Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/apex_namespace_runtime_industries_cpq.htm) # Safeguard Data Integrity By Resolving Duplicate Prior Authorization Request Cases Improve payer workflow and ensure clean and accurate prior authorization request data. Close duplicate prior authorization request cases by using the new Identify and Resolve Duplicate Prior Authorization Request Cases flow. Detect potential duplicate case records and present the records to users for quick comparison and resolution. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Health Cloud Utilization Management, Data Cloud Architect, and Data Cloud User permission sets. **How:** From Setup, go to the Utilization Management Settings page, and turn on Deduplication of Prior Authorization Requests. Then, go to the Data Cloud One setup tab and follow the guided setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Prior Authorization Request Deduplication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_utilization_mgmt_prior_auth_request_deduplication_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Identify and Resolve Duplicate Prior Authorization Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_utilization_mgmt_resolve_duplicate_prior_auth_requests.htm&language=en_US) # Sales Learn about the latest features and updates to grow your pipeline and increase the efficiency of your sales teams. Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Sales Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5)** Many Sales features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January 2026 through April 2026. - **[AI Agents for Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agents.htm&release=260&type=5)** Scale your sales team by using sales agents. - **[Sales Fundamentals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_features_core.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify the setup of basic features and AI-agents for your sales teams with just a few clicks. And, get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. - **[Einstein Conversation Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_eci_top.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get your generative AI features bundled together with call summary and generative conversation insight capabilities under a single feature. We’re also making speedy call processing more widely available with Vendor Transcript Processing. If you have Salesforce 1 Sales Edition, access deal closing recaps. More ECI data is available on the Salesforce Platform. Your sales teams can use call transcripts from Gong with ECI. And we’ve improved participant matching for Microsoft Teams video calls. - **[Pipeline Inspection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_pipeline_inspection.htm&release=260&type=5)** Standardize how your sales reps qualify deals and improve win rates with a structured sales methodology. - **[Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_enablement_guidance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Drive revenue growth for sales territories, and manage users for your Enablement programs efficiently. - **[Sales Performance Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm.htm&release=260&type=5)** Refine territory design in complex markets by assigning shared boundaries to multiple sales areas. Distribute financial targets directly to accounts while accounting for existing bottom-up goals. Plus, streamline the sales planning process by generating quota plans based on territory alignments to keep data synchronized. - **[Email, Calendar, and Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_features_microsoft_integration.htm&release=260&type=5)** Adopt authorized email domains. Accurately monitor event and email syncing with detailed insights and reports. Capture and report on email as an activity with the Sync Email as Salesforce Activity feature. Prepare for the retirement of Exchange Web Services and its impact on email-related features and products. Salesforce for Outlook retires in December 2027. - **[Other Changes in Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_other_changes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Review and anticipate other changes that can impact your sales team. # Sales Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in Salesforce applications and documentation. Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge sales team productivity and operations. The Summer ’26 release includes updates and announcements happening from May through August 2026. ## August 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Agentforce Engagement
Agentforce Sales Management
Einstein Conversation Insights
Leads
## July 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Agentforce Engagement
Agentforce Sales Management
Agentforce Prospecting
Pipeline Inspection
Sales Engagement
Other Changes
## June 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Agentforce Sales Management
Email Configuration
Pipeline Inspection
Sales Workspace
Other Changes in Sales
## May 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Agentforce Engagement
Agentforce Sales Agent for Gemini
Agentforce Sales Management
Einstein Conversation Insights
Einstein Activity Capture
Email Configuration
Lightning Sync
Pipeline Inspection
Sales Account Research
Sales Engagement
Salesforce for Outlook
Salesforce Inbox
Salesforce Maps and Salesforce Maps Advanced
Sales Performance Management
Territory Planning
Other Changes in Sales
#### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes:_ Spring ’26 Sales Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Spiff Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.rn_spiff.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Sales Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in our application and documentation. Learn about the latest features from Sales to supercharge sales team productivity and operations. Sales features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. ## Sales Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to the published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Momentum**:[Momentum](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_momentum.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give sales teams a connected view of their customer interactions with Momentum. Momentum automatically captures upcoming meetings, emails, and recorded customer conversations and structures them in Salesforce. With this AI-powered data foundation, your sales teams can access rich data alongside participant and related-record context. What’s more, this data foundation unlocks features like Executive Briefs and Call Coaching, empowering your teams to take their Momentum to the next level.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - [Capture and Review Sales Conversations with Momentum](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_momentum.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Share rich contextual data about customer interactions with your sales teams. Momentum automatically captures recorded sales conversations and structures them in Salesforce alongside relevant insights and any deal risks. Your reps can better prepare for scheduled calls, and review recordings, call summaries, and next steps with ease. And with Momentum’s data foundation, your teams can see these insights, buying signals, and deal risks surfaced in relevant areas across Salesforce.") - [Stay Informed with Executive Briefs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_executive_briefs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Executive Briefs give your sales managers and leaders a scheduled, consolidated summary of your team's most recent conversation insights, delivered right in Slack. Instead of reviewing individual call insights, subscribers receive a summary that highlights key findings, supporting quotes, and opportunities to act.") - [Use Call Coaching on Video Calls to Drive Seller Success](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_call_coaching.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Define and track key competencies to standardize coaching for your sales teams. Call Coaching works across video calls for Momentum or Einstein Conversation Insights users. You can use an agent for AI-powered evaluations or manually evaluate calls if you don’t have Agentforce for Sales.") - [Update Key Fields Based on Momentum Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_field_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your sales reps time back by automating the field updates that normally eat into their day. Momentum works with Pipeline Management and Account Management to turn relevant information from calls into field updates, so reps spend less time on data entry and more time selling. Choose whether to apply updates automatically or show suggestions for reps to review in Pipeline Inspection or the Account Intelligence View. If you use Sales Methodology with Pipeline Management, you can also get suggestions for updating sales methodology criteria.") - [Share Customer Praise from Recorded Calls with Smart Clips](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_ci_smart_clips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Automatically turn customer praise from recorded sales calls into short, shareable video clips. When Smart Clips detects praise in a recorded call, it generates a clip with the customer’s video, account name, transcript quote, and a link to the full call. Smart Clips then posts the clip to a Slack channel that your team follows.") - **Email Configuration**: [Specify Which Email Domains Require Address Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_set_verification_requirements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If a trusted integration or admin manages your users’ email addresses in Salesforce, specify which domains require email address verification. By default, this user-level verification is always required to send email from Salesforce. For each authorized email domain, you can require email address verification only when users change their email address, or disable address verification entirely. Previously, you contacted Salesforce Customer Support to disable email address verification.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Corrected the scope of the setting. Email-to-Case [routing addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.customizesupport_configuring_routing_addresses.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and Experience Cloud site [sender email addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.networks_customize_email.htm&type=5&language=en_US) always require address verification. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Corrected the editions where the feature is available and added the Needs Approval setting. - **Spiff**: [Enhance Salesforce Spiff Mobile App Security with Multi-Factor Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spiff_mobile_mfa.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build your culture of trust, for your company and customers, by adding another layer of protection for users who log in to the Spiff mobile app. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) reduces the risk of unauthorized access to systems by requiring users to provide two or more verification factors. When multi-factor authentication (MFA) is turned on, after a user enters a password, the app asks for a code from an authenticator app before it opens Spiff. Previously, the mobile app didn't support MFA, so users couldn't complete sign-in when MFA was required.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce to Salesforce**: [Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_salesforce_to_salesforce_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Clarified that as of Summer ’26, there won't be any product bug fixes or enhancements, but you can still log support cases. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Create and Update Records in Salesforce in Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude_write.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With Salesforce in Claude, you can now create and update Salesforce records directly from Claude with the same field-level validation rules enforced in Lightning Experience. Previously, all Salesforce in Claude activity was read-only or created drafts for manual review.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Activity Platform Hyperforce Infrastructure**: [Host Activity Platform Data in the Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) Region](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_new_ap_anz_cell.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Activity Platform Hyperforce infrastructure is now available in the ANZ region for Agentforce Sales features, including Einstein Activity Capture, Einstein Conversation Insights, Inbox, and Sales Engagement. Hosting your email and calendar data locally helps you meet data residency requirements and provides your sales teams with faster sync times and reduced latency.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Sales Engagement**: [Unify Sales and Marketing Email Engagement Data in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_unify_sales_mktg_engagement_data_dc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Bring sales email engagement data into Data 360 alongside marketing email engagement data. Use unified engagement data to create a complete view of email interactions across your sales and marketing teams.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Sales Engagement**: [Get Email Engagement Push Notifications in More Browsers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_engagement_push_notifications_more_browsers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sellers can now get browser push notifications in Salesforce and in the Microsoft Outlook extension when leads engage with sales emails. Previously, push notifications were available only in the Google Chrome extension.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) - **Email Configuration**: [Maintain Your Email Verification Exception (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_maintain_verfication_exception.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If you previously disabled user email verifications through Salesforce Customer Support, configure an authorized email domain setting to maintain your exception and to preserve your users' ability to send email. When this release update is enforced, Salesforce removes the existing domain allowlists that disable email verification. This update is available starting in Winter '27 and is enforced on December 1, 2026.") (Updated the week of October 5, 2026) - Clarified that a Deliverability setting controls address verification for new email addresses but doesn’t affect verification requirements for address change verification. - **Pipeline Forecasting**: [Generate Accurate Forecasts with Forecasting Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_forecasting_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Forecasting Agent supports your entire forecasting cycle. The agent analyzes pipeline changes, calls out deals that need your attention to hit quota, and helps you complete forecast submissions, automating the manual work along the way. Drawing on opportunity scores and deal insights for richer data, Forecasting Agent works within your existing flow and tailors its responses to what's happening in your pipeline.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Email, Calendar, and Integrations**: [Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in January 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sfo_retiring.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release.") (Updated the week of September 28, 2026) - Product retirement date moved from December 2027 to January 30, 2027. - **Email, Calendar, and Integrations**: [Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in January 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sfo_retiring.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Product retirement date moved from December 2027 to November 1, 2026. - **Salesforce in Claude**: [Access Salesforce Context Without Leaving Claude (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_in_claude.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get deal health, pipeline risk, and account context surfaced directly in your Claude conversation, backed by your org's live Salesforce data. A secure Salesforce MCP (Model Context Protocol) connection and pre-built skills put these insights a request away, so there's no separate integration to build. This beta is read only at launch. Claude surfaces Salesforce data and insights.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Agentforce Sales Management**:[Set Up Automated Account Management Field Updates with the New Guided Configuration in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automated_acct_mgmt_field_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the new guided setup in Salesforce Go to configure automated account field updates within Account Management. Add fields, choose the update method for each field, enter instructions, and activate or deactivate each field configuration.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Sales Management**: [Set Up Pipeline Management Field Updates Faster in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_pipeline_experience_setup_experience.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For new Pipeline Management users, setup in Salesforce Go includes a more streamlined way to configure opportunity field updates. The new Automate Field Updates section introduces a guided workflow that simplifies setup by automating steps that previously required manual configuration.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Spiff**: [Populate Documents with Live Quota Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spiff_2026_aug_21.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Dynamic merge fields in Salesforce Spiff now include a rep's quota value, not just the name of their assigned quota table, so document templates always reflect current quota data without a manual spreadsheet upload.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Spiff** [Check Export Availability Before You Run a Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spiff_2026_aug_18.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Check whether Salesforce Spiff can process an export before you run it. A status indicator at the top of the Reporting tab shows whether the commission engine or reporting pipeline is actively processing data, so you know when a UI or API export is available. Hover over the info icon next to the indicator to see when the status last refreshed.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Agentforce Prospecting**: View Prospecting Agent Activity (Removed the week of August 31, 2026) ### August 2026 - **Sales Account Plans**: [Get a Complete Sales Account Plans Setup Experience in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_account_plans_setup_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Setting up Account Plans in Salesforce Go now includes a full, guided configuration experience instead of linking out to the legacy Setup page. Turn on Account Plans and access every required and advanced setup step from a single location. You can also give users the required object and field access through one permission set instead of configuring access object by object.") (Added the week of August 24, 2026) - **Einstein Activity Capture**: [Fine-Tune Which Emails and Events to Exclude from Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_more_exclusions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use keywords to automatically detect and exclude from capture emails that contain specific words or phrases. Use wildcard rules to exclude calendar events and email messages associated with specific web domains. Also, sensitive data detection now excludes emails with the word 'confidential' as a prefix in Outlook and Gmail message subjects. Outlook messages with a sensitivity level value of ‘confidential’ or ‘private’ are excluded. Previously, Einstein Activity Capture supported only exact-match for domain exclusions, and sensitive data detection only excluded email with certain personally identifying information included in the body of the message.") (Updated the week of August 24, 2026) - The basic sensitive data detection setting now excludes emails that have “confidential” in the subject line. - **Einstein Activity Capture**: [Fine-Tune Which Emails and Events to Exclude from Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_more_exclusions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use keywords to automatically detect and exclude from capture emails that contain specific words or phrases. Use wildcard rules to exclude calendar events and email messages associated with specific web domains. Also, sensitive data detection now excludes emails with the word 'confidential' as a prefix in Outlook and Gmail message subjects. Outlook messages with a sensitivity level value of ‘confidential’ or ‘private’ are excluded. Previously, Einstein Activity Capture supported only exact-match for domain exclusions, and sensitive data detection only excluded email with certain personally identifying information included in the body of the message.") (Updated the week of August 17, 2026) - Removed advanced sensitive content detection and exclusion setting. - **Agentforce Sales Management**: [Set Up Pipeline Management Faster with the Pipeline Management Configuration Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_agentforce_pipeline_management_setup_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A configuration skill for Agentforce Pipeline Management transforms the manual setup navigation with natural-language prompts. Tell the skill which text fields you want configured on opportunities, and it handles the required setup steps for you—getting your sales teams to AI-driven opportunity updates faster. Reps can review and approve suggestions in Pipeline Inspection, or admins can turn on autonomous mode so the agent applies updates on its own.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes:_ Summer ’26 Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales.htm&language=en_US&type=5&release=262) # Sales Agreements Easily manage large sales agreements by viewing up to 20 product lines per page. The enhanced filtering capability helps you quickly narrow down the list of associated products, making it faster to track, analyze, and update specific product details in large sales agreements. - **[Review Large Sales Agreements Faster with Increased Page Size](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_optimize_schedule_views_to_manage_large_sales_agreements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Speed up the review and update process for your large Manufacturing Sales Agreements (MSAs) by increasing the number of product lines displayed per page from 5 to up to 20. This higher page size reduces the number of page loads required to view full agreements and significantly improves visibility across large MSAs. - **[Locate Products Faster with Improved Sales Agreement Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_sales_agreement_with_enhanced_filters.htm&release=260&type=5)** Managing large volumes of products within Sales Agreements often requires users to narrow down information quickly and focus on specific products, schedules, or metrics. The enhanced filter capabilities make this easier by allowing users to apply multiple, precise conditions directly on the Sales Agreement data grid. Users can filter by product lines, schedules, and any field corresponding to Sales Agreement Product Schedules, including custom fields, to view only the data most relevant to their updates. This improvement supports faster navigation, more targeted updates, and greater efficiency when working with Sales Agreements. # Sales Engagement Boost productivity and handle prospects quicker with our Sales Engagement tools. Sales Engagement data is now stored directly on the Salesforce Platform. For pricing details, contact your Salesforce account executive. Sales Dialer is also available for an extra cost as an add-on license. - **[Sales Engagement Data Is Now Native to The Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sales_engagement_on_core.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales Engagement metrics for new customers are stored natively on the Salesforce Platform. For existing customers, data migration begins in June. With this change, email engagement tracking now captures only the first and last engagement of each engagement type per email, rather than total engagement counts. The Sale Engagement Performance dashboard will be deprecated in October. - **[Prospecting Center is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_prospecting_center_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prospecting Center is scheduled for retirement on April 1, 2026. - **[View Updated Sales Engagement Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_hvs_updated_engagement_data.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales Engagement data is stored natively on the Salesforce Platform and is now available in new and updated reports and in the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. Use these assets to review more consistent engagement data and drill into trends more easily. - **[Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard Is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_hvs_performance_dashboard_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard is scheduled for retirement in November 2026. Access Sales Engagement data from the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. # Sales Engagement Sales Engagement data is now stored directly on the Salesforce Platform. For pricing details, contact your Salesforce account executive. Sales Dialer is also available for an extra cost as an add-on license. - **[Unify Sales and Marketing Email Engagement Data in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_unify_sales_mktg_engagement_data_dc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring sales email engagement data into Data 360 alongside marketing email engagement data. Use unified engagement data to create a complete view of email interactions across your sales and marketing teams. - **[Get Email Engagement Push Notifications in More Browsers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_engagement_push_notifications_more_browsers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sellers can now get browser push notifications in Salesforce and in the Microsoft Outlook extension when leads engage with sales emails. Previously, push notifications were available only in the Google Chrome extension. - **[View Updated Sales Engagement Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_hvs_updated_engagement_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sales Engagement data is stored natively on the Salesforce Platform and is now available in new and updated reports and in the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. Use these assets to review more consistent engagement data and drill into trends more easily. - **[Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard Is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_hvs_performance_dashboard_retirement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard is scheduled for retirement in November 2026. Access Sales Engagement data from the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. # Sales Engagement Data Is Now Native to The Salesforce Platform Sales Engagement metrics for new customers are stored natively on the Salesforce Platform. For existing customers, data migration is scheduled to begin in June. With this change, the Sales Engagement Performance dashboard will be deprecated in October. Metrics are shown in a custom report instead. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** New Sales Engagement customers get access to Sales Engagement on the Salesforce Platform starting in March. Existing customers get access on a rolling basis starting Summer ’26. **Why:** With Sales Engagement data stored on the Salesforce Platform, you can now: - Drill into each engagement type, accessing better insights. - View the most relevant data from the past 90 days. - Add Sales Engagement data within Flow. ![Updated Sales Engagements interface with new button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_sales_engagement_button.jpg) ![New design for Sales Engagement data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_sales_engagement_insights.jpg) # Sales Engagement Data Is Now Native to The Salesforce Platform Sales Engagement metrics for new customers are stored natively on the Salesforce Platform. For existing customers, data migration begins in June. With this change, email engagement tracking now captures only the first and last engagement of each engagement type per email, rather than total engagement counts. The Sale Engagement Performance dashboard will be deprecated in October. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and is available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** New Sales Engagement customers get access to Sales Engagement on the Salesforce Platform starting in March 2026. Existing customers get access on a rolling basis starting Summer ’26. **Why:** With Sales Engagement data stored on the Salesforce Platform, you can now: - Drill into each engagement type, accessing better insights. - View only the most relevant engagements. - Add Sales Engagement data within Flow. ![Updated Sales Engagements interface with new button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_sales_engagement_button.jpg) ![New design for Sales Engagement data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_sales_engagement_insights.jpg) ![The Engagement tab updated to only show the latest engagements.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_engagement_latest.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Sales Pipeline Visibility and Forecasting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.high_velocity_sales.htm&language=en_US) # Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard Is Scheduled for Retirement The Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard is scheduled for retirement in November 2026. Access Sales Engagement data from the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and is available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** This change takes effect in November 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Sales Engagement Documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.high_velocity_sales.htm&language=en_US) # Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard Is Scheduled for Retirement The Sales Engagement Performance Dashboard is scheduled for retirement in November 2026. Access Sales Engagement data from the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and is available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** This change takes effect in November 2026. # Sales Features Released by Month Many Sales features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again for the latest updates. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January 2026 through April 2026. ## April 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Agentforce Sales App in Gemini (Beta)
Agentforce Pipeline Management
Agentforce Qualification
Prospecting Agents
Einstein Activity Capture
Email Configuration
Other Changes in Sales
Pipeline Inspection
Sales Account Research
Agentforce Sales Management
## March 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Einstein Activity Capture
Agentforce for Sales
Prospecting Agents
Email Configuration
Einstein Conversation Insights
## February 2026
Agentforce Sales App in ChatGPT (Beta)
Agentforce Lead Nurturing
Lightning Sync for Microsoft® Exchange®
Agentforce Sales Management
Outlook Integration
Einstein Conversation Insights
## January 2026
FEATURE AREA Release Note
Agentforce Lead Nurturing
# Sales Fundamentals Simplify the setup of basic features and AI-agents for your sales teams with just a few clicks. And, get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. - **[Get Your Agentic Sales Org Ready in a Few Clicks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ai_powered_selling.htm&release=260&type=5)** AI-Powered Selling Initial Setup simplifies configuration for new and existing orgs. It automatically turns on base Sales features and agents and assigns your sellers the correct permissions. Your sales teams get a consistent, ready-to-use sales environment immediately. - **[Guide Your Daily Activities with an AI-Driven Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give sellers clarity on their goals and help them take the right actions faster with a consolidated workspace that surfaces key metrics, AI-driven recommendations, and actionable insights in one place. When you turn on Sales Workspace, it replaces the traditional Seller Home to provide a smarter, more proactive daily selling experience. - **[Personalize Sales Account Research with Custom Field Mapping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_account_research_custom_fields.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. Previously, Account Research only saved results in standard Salesforce fields. Now, your reps can populate the exact fields needed for your unique business use cases. # Sales Fundamentals Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. Keep deals on track by reviewing AI-generated suggestions for opportunity next steps in Sales Workspace. - **[Drive Deal Progress with Prioritized Suggestions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace_prioritized_suggestions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep deals on track by reviewing AI-generated suggestions for opportunity next steps in Sales Workspace. Sellers can also stay on top of communications by acting on reminders to reply to overdue emails from key leads and contacts. - **[Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_feature_core_accounts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get more value from your Account Research prompts by mapping results to custom text fields on Accounts or Account Plans. - **[Leads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_features_core_leads.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help your reps keep more context as they work leads. Preserve email conversation history when leads are converted to contacts. # Sales Fundamentals Personalize the Sales Workspace home page with custom recommendations, improved agent quick actions, escalated case risk signals, and reporting on how sellers act on prioritized suggestions. Set up sales account plans directly from Salesforce Go with a guided configuration experience. - **[Show Custom Signals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace_custom_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create signals using your business logic or AI reasonings and show them in Sales Workspace’s suggestions feed. Write recommendation records with Flow or Apex, associate an action, and activate the signal definition so sellers see guidance that fits how your teams sell. - **[Open Agentforce Assist from Sales Workspace Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace_agent_assist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give sellers contextual help for related records without leaving Sales Workspace. You can configure a platform action to open Agentforce Assist directly from a prioritized signal. - **[Spot Escalated Cases That Put Deals and Accounts at Risk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace_escalated_case_risk.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep deals on track by giving sellers prioritized signals when an escalated open case is tied to an important opportunity or bookmarked account. Sellers can review the case directly from the feed or post in Slack without leaving Sales Workspace. - **[Report On Actions Taken and Dismissed in Sales Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_workspace_action_reports.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve recommendation quality by measuring how sellers respond to prioritized signals. You can easily see which signal types get action and which get dismissed over a 90-day retention period. - **[Get a Complete Sales Account Plans Setup Experience in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_account_plans_setup_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Setting up Account Plans in Salesforce Go now includes a full, guided configuration experience instead of linking out to the legacy Setup page. Turn on Account Plans and access every required and advanced setup step from a single location. You can also give users the required object and field access through one permission set instead of configuring access object by object. # Sales Management User Permission Set Group Has Changes The Sales Management User permission set group no longer contains the Data Cloud User permission set. With this change, you can now use Agentforce Pipeline Management if your Salesforce org has Data Cloud One. If you customize your agent by using Agentforce Data Library or other features associated with the Data Cloud User permission set, assign it to users manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry edition. **When:** The updated Sales Management User permission set group is available in early February 2026. **How:** To assign the Data Cloud User permission set, on the Agentforce for Sales page in Salesforce Go, locate the Pipeline Management section. Go to the Manage User Access step and click **Manage**. On the Data Cloud User tab, assign the permission set to users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Pipeline Management Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_mgmt_perms.htm&language=en_US) # Sales Pages Optimized for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 To align with the new Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) Salesforce Cosmos theme, we implemented style updates across several Sales pages. Get an enhanced user experience, particularly when you use SLDS 2 or dark mode. They’re also visible when you use an SLDS 1 theme. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Dark mode is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud. **How:** You see changes to Account Plans, Forecasting, Pipeline Inspection, Prospecting Center, and the Intelligence Views for leads, contacts, and accounts. ![The previous Pipeline Inspection view before style updates](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_other_changes_pipeline_inspection_standard.png) For example, the metrics in Pipeline Inspection were in a blue header previously. They now show in a simplified view with no colors. ![The updated Pipeline Inspection view in the Salesforce Cosmos layout](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_other_changes_pipeline_inspection_cosmos.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Cosmos Theme and SLDS 2 Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.customize_ui_enhancedlex.htm&language=en_US) # Sales Performance Management Refine territory design in complex markets by assigning shared boundaries to multiple sales areas. Distribute financial targets directly to accounts while accounting for existing bottom-up goals. Plus, streamline the sales planning process by generating quota plans based on territory alignments to keep data synchronized. - **[Salesforce Maps and Salesforce Maps Advanced](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_maps.htm&release=260&type=5)** Map crucial proprietary and third-party data when you integrate it with your Salesforce data. Reveal sales opportunities on partner sites. And visualize planned field visits compared with past visit metrics. - **[Sales Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sales_planning.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries. - **[Salesforce Spiff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_spiff.htm&release=260&type=5)** Discover the latest enhancements that improve your incentive compensation management experiences. # Sales Performance Management Enhance territory accuracy, field productivity, and data integration with a modernized Sales Planning experience. View segment criteria and inherited rules directly to resolve assignment conflicts, and use updated design patterns to reduce clicks for key actions like assigning and locking units. Administrators can now customize routing engine constraints to prioritize specific KPIs, such as minimizing travel time or maximizing time in-store. Additionally, map proprietary data during integration, reveal sales opportunities on partner sites, and visualize planned field visits against past metrics. - **[Salesforce Maps and Salesforce Maps Advanced](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_maps.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Map crucial proprietary and third-party data when you integrate it with your Salesforce data. Reveal sales opportunities on partner sites. And visualize planned field visits compared with past visit metrics. - **[Sales Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sales_planning.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries. - **[Salesforce Spiff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_spiff.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Discover the latest enhancements that improve your incentive compensation management experiences. # Sales Performance Management Enhance security for users who log in to the Spiff mobile app with multi-factor authentication (MFA). Populate compensation documents with live quota values, and check export availability on the Reporting tab before you run a UI or API export. - **[Sales Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sales_planning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries. - **[Salesforce Spiff](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_spiff.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Discover the latest enhancements that improve your incentive compensation management experiences. # Sales Planning Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries. - **[Design Territories with Shared Boundaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_tp_overlappingboundaries.htm&release=260&type=5)** Refine your territory design in densely populated areas by allowing a single boundary, such as a postal code, to be assigned to multiple sales areas. This new capability is supported only for live data alignments and gives you more customization when modeling complex geographic territories like New York City or London. Units, however, can still only be assigned to a single area. Utilize area-level assignment rules to ensure units are correctly mapped when areas overlap. - **[Allocate Financial Targets to Accounts in Territory Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_tp_accnttargets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Distribute top-down financial targets directly to accounts within Territory Planning. You can split targets evenly, weight them based on criteria like annual revenue, or distribute by defined segments. To ensure realistic planning, the allocation logic respects existing bottom-up targets set by the field. This alignment simplifies the transition from territory design to quota planning. - **[Enjoy Improved Performance in Territory Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_territory_planning_performance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create territories for your sales teams with confidence, efficiency, and trust. Territory Planning provides enhanced security, reliable scalability, and better performance for some resource-intensive functionality. - **[Create Alignment-Based Quota Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_quotaplanning.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline the planning process by creating quota plans directly from existing territory alignments. Planners can now view account-level details and metadata within the quota planning interface to inform target setting. Because the plans share data, updates to territory models flow into the quota plan, ensuring assignments and targets remain synchronized. - **[Sales Planning Version 1 is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sales_planning_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sales Planning version 1 is scheduled for retirement in Summer ’26. # Sales Planning Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries. - **[Work Faster with a Modernized Territory Planning Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_tp_enhanced_interface.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Experience a more intuitive, consistent design across Sales Planning that simplifies your daily workflows. Modernized design patterns reduce clicks for key actions, such as assigning and locking units to specific areas. Streamline your territory alignments and manage complex datasets with greater speed. - **[Prevent Rule Conflicts with Enhanced Segment Rule Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_tp_enhanced_rule_visbility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Ensure accurate territory alignments by viewing segment criteria and inherited rules directly within the planning interface. This update surface parent segment rules and flags area-level assignment conflicts in the header, allowing you to resolve overlaps before they impact your data. - **[Differentiate Sales Goals with Currency and Quantity Targets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sp_goal_type_config.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain flexibility in your planning process by defining whether goals are currency-based or quantity-based. Stylize targets to reflect specific metrics, such as revenue growth in your default currency or unit counts for new logos. This ensures your goals are presented clearly and accurately across all Sales Planning views. - **[Sales Planning Version 1 is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_sales_planning_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales Planning version 1 is scheduled for retirement in Summer ’26. # Sales Planning Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with current Salesforce data. And distribute work fairly among sales teams that don't rely on geographic boundaries. - **[Territory Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_territory_planning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Import custom Area fields into an alignment, and run a flow or Lightning web component from the alignment. Carve postal-code territories in Taiwan, Vietnam, and Mexico, and choose where non-boundary rules publish when a territory splits. Track assignment-rule and locked-unit changes, keep legend filters across sessions, and give planning teams edit access to alignments. # Sales Planning Version 1 is Scheduled for Retirement Sales Planning version 1 is scheduled for retirement in Summer ’26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Sales Planning in English only and with Web Services API enabled. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Sales Planning version 1 Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005224374&type=1&language=en_US) # Sales Planning Version 1 is Scheduled for Retirement Sales Planning version 1 is scheduled for retirement in Summer ’26. **Where:** Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Sales Planning in English only and with Web Services API enabled. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Sales Planning version 1 Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005224374&type=1&language=en_US) # Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement Drive revenue growth for sales territories, and manage users for your Enablement programs efficiently. - **[Enablement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_enablement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Optimize your sales territory performance and easily remove multiple users from your Enablement program. # Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement Guidance Center icon appears only when Sales Programs (including Partner Tracks and Enablement Lite), Guidance Sets, or Learning Paths are in use, and that nothing is removed or turned off. - **[Guidance Center and In-App Guidance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guidance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Guidance Center icon appears only when Sales Programs (including Partner Tracks and Enablement Lite), Guidance Sets, or Learning Paths are in use, and that nothing is removed or turned off. # Salesforce B2B Commerce Features Released Monthly Many B2B features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. The Spring ’26 release includes updates happening from January through April 2026. ## April 2026 | Product AREA | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Marketing Cloud for Commerce | Marketing Consents | [Deliver Localized Consent Information to Global Buyers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_localizedmarketingconsents.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build trust with your international buyers by providing consent requests in their preferred language. Buyers now see consent messaging in the language that they've selected on the storefront.") | | Commerce Search | Synonym Rules | [Improve Search Relevance with Synonym Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_synonym_rules.htm&release=260&type=5 "Guide B2B Commerce buyers to the right products by mapping common search terms to catalog names. Create synonym rules to account for typos, slang, or interchangeable terms such as \"couch\" and \"sofa.\" Use one-way rules to direct specific terms to a product, such as mapping \"phone charger\" to \"lightning cable\". Use two-way rules to treat terms as equal in both directions. Assign rules to locales to deliver a consistent search experience across languages.") | | Commerce Subscriptions | Renew Subscriptions | [Allow Your Buyers to Renew Multiple Digital Subscriptions at One Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_renew_bulksubscriptions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Buyers can now renew multiple subscriptions in bulk. Similar to individual subscriptions, bulk renewals occur automatically after the current term ends, preventing service interruptions.") | | Commerce Additional Features | Mobile Publisher | [Turn Your B2B Store into a Branded Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_branded_mobile_apps.htm&release=260&type=5 "Give buyers a native mobile shopping experience by turning your B2B store into a branded app for Google Play and the Apple App Store. Buyers can securely browse catalogs, manage carts, and complete purchases from their mobile device. Incorporate features such as push notifications, biometric login, location services, and QR and barcode scanning to increase engagement.") | ## March 2026 | Product AREA | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Commerce Additional Features | Reorder Portal Creation | [Reorder Portal Creation Is Deprecated](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_removereorderportaltemplate.htm&release=260&type=5 "Creating a reorder portal is no longer supported as of March 2026. If you have existing reorder portals, they continue to function as expected.") | ## February 2026 | Product AREA | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Commerce Components | Changed LWR Store Components | [New and Changed Commerce LWR Store Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_lwr_store_components.htm&release=260&type=5 "Build richer, more dynamic storefront experiences with Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) store components. New components improve the user experience by providing merchandisers with greater customization options for streamlining workflows. Updated components support more flexible layouts, enhanced accessibility, and additional configuration settings.") | # Salesforce B2B Commerce Features Released Monthly Many B2B features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from May through August 2026. ## August 2026
Product AREA Feature Release Note
Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping Cart Export and Import Speed Up Bulk Ordering by Using a CSV File
Commerce Search Product Curation Boost or Bury Products with Attribute-Based Merchandising Rules
Search Intelligence Dahsboard Explore Buyer Search Data and Behavior with Smarter Dashboards
## July 2026
Product AREA Feature Release Note
Commerce Search Pin Products on Category Page Highlight Strategic Products with Category Page Pinning
Facet Value Sorting Optimize Product Discovery with Facet Value Sorting
Index up to 10,000 Buyer Group Entitlements per Catalog Item Index More Buyer Group Entitlements in B2B Commerce Search
## June 2026
Product AREA Feature Release Note
Agentforce for B2B Commerce Agentforce Merchandising for B2B Commerce Turn Account Insights into Smarter Commerce Decisions with the Enhanced Merchant Agent
Agentforce Merchandising for B2B Commerce Set Up Products in Slack
Commerce Store Pages Commerce Pricing Set Exact Prices with Override Adjustments
Commerce Subscriptions Third-Party Payment Gateway Integration for Subscriptions Automate Subscriptions with Third-Party Gateways and Saved Payment Methods
## May 2026
Product AREA Feature Release Note
Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping Multiple Carts Improve Buyer Efficiency by Using Multiple Carts
New and Changed Components for Multiple Carts New and Changed Commerce LWR Store Components
Commerce Additional Features Headless B2B Storefronts with React Reference App Build Headless B2B Storefronts Faster by Using React Reference App
# Salesforce CLI Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application lifecycle. We release new versions of Salesforce CLI weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md). - **[Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements. - **[New CLI Commands That Support Vibe Coding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli_vibe_coding.htm&release=260&type=5)** When you vibe code apps and agents with Agentforce Vibes, it completes some of its tasks with Salesforce CLI commands. You can also run these commands yourself at the terminal or command prompt. # Salesforce CLI Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application lifecycle. We release new versions of Salesforce CLI weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md). - **[Keep up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements. # Salesforce CLI Salesforce CLI release notes now appear in the Headless 360 section. #### See Also - [Salesforce CLI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Salesforce CLI to author Agentforce agents, create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application lifecycle.") # Salesforce CLI Use Salesforce CLI to author Agentforce agents, create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application lifecycle. We release new versions of Salesforce CLI weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://github.com/forcedotcom/cli/blob/main/releasenotes/README.md). - **[Keep up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tools_cli_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements. # Salesforce CMS Previously known as Sidebar Extensions, Extensions in CMS have an improved development workflow. Build extensions to add more productivity tools to your CMS content workflow, such as third-party generative AI tools or tone and grammar editors. When you work with external content providers, you can now choose which providers are available to your workspace and where to save files from these systems. - **[Create Content More Efficiently by Using Improved Extensions in Salesforce CMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_extensions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add more productivity features to your content workflow, such as third-party generative AI tools, tone and grammar editors, and translators with Extensions in CMS. Formerly known as Sidebar Extensions, Extensions now appear in a floating panel in the content editor. Use the new development workflow to build more complex extensions for specific content types, and customize the size and behavior of the floating panel. - **[Take Control of Assets from External Content Providers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_external_providers.htm&release=260&type=5)** Several new settings make it easier to manage external assets in an enhanced CMS workspace. Choose which providers are available to your workspace for greater administrative control, and specify where to save the files. Previously, you could only save external assets directly in the workspace, but now you can choose your preferred folder. - **[Use Data Model Objects for CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_data_model_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** To support experiences driven by content metadata, use content-related data model objects (DMOs). Ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS, a DAM system, or an external CMS into Data 360. - **[Use the CMS Base (Beta) Data Kit to Ingest Content into Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_base_data_kit_beta.htm&release=260&type=5)** To support experiences that are driven by content metadata, such as semantic search for content, deploy the new CMS Base (Beta) data kit. When you use this data kit, Data 360 can ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS. The data model objects (DMOs) released in Spring ’26 are available in Data 360 after you install the data kit. # Salesforce CMS The CMS Base data kit is now generally available, and you can deploy it more easily from a simplified setup page. Deploy the data kit to support features such as semantic and AI-powered search for content. Developers can use the new Managed Content GraphQL API to search for CMS content. - **[Deploy the CMS Base Data Kit to Ingest Content into Data 360 (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_base_data_kit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To support experiences that are driven by content metadata, such as AI-powered search for content, deploy the CMS Base data kit. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. You can now more easily deploy the data kit from a single, simplified page in Setup. - **[Improve Semantic Search with the Latest CMS Base Data Kit and Search Index](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_base_data_kit_v2_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy the 2.0 version of the CMS Base data kit to improve AI-powered search results. The latest version contains a new content taxonomy transform, and it builds a search index based on taxonomy terms. This search index enables AI-powered search to find tagged CMS media content when the tag matches the semantic meaning of the search keyword. Previously, these searches returned media content when only its metadata, such as its title, semantically matched the search keyword. - **[Use the New Managed Content GraphQL API to Search for CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_managed_content_graphql_api.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The new Managed Content API family provides GraphQL operations for searching and retrieving CMS content. With this API, developers can search content across CMS channels, sites, or UI bundles, filter by content type and taxonomy, retrieve localized content variants, access delivery details, and paginate through search results. # Salesforce CMS Salesforce CMS release notes now appear in a dedicated Platform section, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. #### See Also - [Salesforce CMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_cms.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more in enhanced CMS workspaces with the Brand content type and the bulk deletion feature. Brands are now available in general CMS workspaces, and you can use them for React web apps. Efficiently clean up your workspace by deleting dozens of content items and folders all at once. Deploy the latest version of the CMS Base data kit for improved AI-powered search results.") # Salesforce CMS Do more in enhanced CMS workspaces with the Brand content type and the bulk deletion feature. Brands are now available in general CMS workspaces, and you can use them for React web apps. Efficiently clean up your workspace by deleting dozens of content items and folders all at once. Deploy the latest version of the CMS Base data kit for improved AI-powered search results. - **[Create and Manage Brands in Enhanced CMS Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_brand_content_type.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Brand content type is now available in all enhanced CMS workspaces. Create a brand in CMS for your React app and customize its colors, typography, buttons, borders, and more. Previously, the Brand content type was available only to marketing workspaces in Marketing Cloud Next. - **[Delete Content and Folders in Bulk in Enhanced CMS Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_bulk_delete.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Delete folders and content in bulk to keep your enhanced CMS workspace organized. Delete any item of CMS content, even when it’s published, and when you delete a folder, everything within it gets deleted too. Previously, deletion was limited to one unpublished content item at a time from the content detail page, and to empty folders only. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Improve Semantic Search with the Latest CMS Base Data Kit and Search Index](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_v2_data_kit_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deploy the 2.0 version of the CMS Base data kit to improve AI-powered search results. The latest version contains a new content taxonomy transform, and it builds a search index based on taxonomy terms. This search index enables AI-powered search to find tagged CMS content when the tag matches the semantic meaning of the search keyword. Previously, these searches returned tagged content only when the tag matched the search keyword exactly. # Salesforce Connect The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. - **[Build More Secure Integrations with Cross-Org Adapter Support for Named Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_connect_xorg_named_credentials.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. The SOAP login() call is being retired, and password authentication, and OAuth 2.0 authentication won't be supported in the future, so we recommend that you migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method. # Salesforce Connect The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. - **[Salesforce Connect Cross-Org Adapter Legacy Authentication Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_connect_xorg_legacy_auth_retiring_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The password and OAuth 2.0 authentication methods for the Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter are being retired. These authentication methods rely on the SOAP login() call, which is being retired. The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. Migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method. # Salesforce Connect Cross-Org Adapter Legacy Authentication Is Being Retired (Release Update) The password and OAuth 2.0 authentication methods for the Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter are being retired. These authentication methods rely on the SOAP login() call, which is being retired. The cross-org adapter now supports named credentials for authentication. Migrate any cross-org adapter external data sources to use named credentials, a more robust and secure authentication method. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The cross-org adapter legacy authentication methods are being retired in Spring ’27. To avoid disruption, migrate any cross-org adapter data sources to named credentials authentication. To get the major-release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com), search for your My Domain name or instance, and then click the maintenance tab. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Define an External Data Source for Salesforce Connect Cross-Org Adapter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.xorg_add_external_data_source.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Platform SOAP API login() Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005132110&type=1&language=en_US) # Salesforce Contracts Contract authors and template designers have greater control over how they structure, style, and review contract content. Improvements to section behavior, clause formatting, and profile-based access help maintain consistent layouts, protect sensitive content, and make sure that the intended users participate in internal reviews. Expanded reconciliation and token capabilities keep data accurate across contracts, line items, and related records. Large and complex documents are more responsive during editing, comparison, and check-in. Document Template migration improvements further preserve document structure and clause relationships as they move between Salesforce orgs. - **[Control Section Name Visibility When Inserting Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_section_name.htm&release=260&type=5)** Template designers and contract authors can choose whether a section name appears in the generated document. Previously, section name always appeared. They can now delete section names in the Microsoft 365 editor when they don’t want it to appear in the generated document. The section name remains visible under the Section tab in the Microsoft 365 add-in panel to manage section content. - **[Preserve Formatting When Inserting Clauses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_clause_formatting.htm&release=260&type=5)** Clauses now retain their defined indentation, line spacing, lists, fonts, and other rich text formatting defined in the clause library when inserted into a document. Previously, inserting clauses into a Microsoft 365 template and contract document caused the document styles to override the clause’s original formatting. - **[Assign Profile-Based Access for Sections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_section_level_locking.htm&release=260&type=5)** Control who can update sensitive content, including token values, by limiting section-level access to specific profiles. During template creation, the designer can select which profiles can edit a section for contract authoring and internal review. - **[Control Internal Reviewers Based on Users or Profiles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_internal_reviewers.htm&release=260&type=5)** Contract authors can choose between a user-based or profile-based mode when initiating internal reviews. Prevent unintended edits and keep review activities focused on the appropriate participants. - **[Reconcile More Data with Expanded Data True-Up Capacity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_datatrueup.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Microsoft 365 Word Data True-Up feature now handles more than 200 field tokens and includes support for line item tokens, improving reconciliation across contract fields and detailed line item values. Data True-Up also supports reconciling data sourced from related records, such as quotes and opportunities. - **[Review Redline Differences in a Comparison Document](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_compare_redlines.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get full visibility of changes when reviewing contract versions. You can generate a comparison document that highlights added, edited, and deleted content relative to the base version. This enhancement makes it easier to understand changes introduced during redlining across contract document versions. - **[Improve Document Accuracy with Advanced Data True-Up Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_token_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Data True-Up token processing now supports nested object structures and reference fields up to one level, including related objects, such as opportunities and quotes. You can pull token values from related records rather than only from contracts, improving reconciliation accuracy for complex data. Support for reference fields on custom objects also helps keep contract data aligned with information stored across your data model. - **[Migrate Templates Across Salesforce Environments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_template_migration.htm&release=260&type=5)** Move Microsoft 365 document templates between Salesforce orgs while preserving clause references and section-level access controls. For example, move templates from a sandbox to a production org. This process helps maintain template integrity across orgs and environments. Before migrating templates, use a data migration tool to transfer the clause records, clause versions, and profile data to the target org. After you migrate the template, the built-in key mapping aligns the clause and profile references with the corresponding clause records in the target org. - **[Manage Document Check-In Behavior with Configurable Async Processing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_async_checkin_setting.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce latency and timeouts when checking in large documents with asynchronous processing. Check-in occurs asynchronously when a document contains more than 200 doc elements, such as sections, clauses, and tokens in the Microsoft 365 document. Async check-in is enabled by default, but you can disable it to make all check-ins run synchronously. - **[Find Content in Sections and Clauses Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_search.htm&release=260&type=5)** Contract authors can navigate large documents more easily with the new search field on the Sections and Standalone Clauses tabs of the Microsoft 365 add-in. The search results update with each keystroke and show only matching items in the panel, helping you locate the right content quickly without manual scrolling. Search also expands collapsed sections when it finds relevant results. - **[Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies in Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_contracts_changed_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Content Link Load and Data Sync APIs include enhancements to reduce multiple per-field queries into a single grouped fetch request for improved performance. # Salesforce Contracts Extract contract data at scale from external repositories by using bulk extraction pipelines designed for high-volume processing. Extract contract data from individual documents with flexible pipelines that support model selection and prompt templates. Route contract approvals through multilevel and conditional approval workflows by using Advanced Approvals. Generate localized documents that reflect user language, currency, and regional settings. Keep selected tokens unchanged in generated documents when no value is provided to support workflows such as e-signature processing. - **[Extract Contract Data from External Repositories in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_bulk_data_extract_from_mutliple_contract_docs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extract contract fields and clauses from large volumes of documents stored in external repositories, such as Amazon S3 and Google Cloud Storage, without copying files to Salesforce. Submit multiple documents in a single request and process them through an extraction pipeline designed for contracts created outside of Salesforce. Define prompt-based descriptions in extraction templates to extract metadata and clauses from contract details. Select the appropriate processing pipeline, such as Document AI for smaller files or Intelligent Extraction for large documents, and review the results in bulk extraction reports. - **[Extract Data from External Contracts with Flexible Single Extraction Pipelines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_extract_data_from_external_contracts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extract contract fields and clauses from external documents and import them into Salesforce as structured data. Run single extraction without an AWS Textract license by using Document AI or Multimodal APIs for smaller files, and Intelligent Extraction for large documents. Configure and test clause extraction with prompt templates, and select the model that fits your use case. Store prompts in context attributes to persist configurations across mapping changes, and review results with the improved template preview experience. - **[Route Contract Approvals with Advanced Approvals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_advanced_approval_integrations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage complex contract approval workflows by using Advanced Approvals with Salesforce Contracts. Route approvals through multilevel chains, conditional routing based on contract fields such as contract value, and approval groups such as legal or finance teams. Approvers receive notifications and approve or reject contracts directly from email. - **[Generate Documents in User Locale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_user_locale_settings.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate documents that reflect user-specific language and regional settings, including translated text, locale-specific currency, and date and time formats. Control localization for document generation requests to apply consistent formatting across outputs. For more granular control, manage localization for context definitions to selectively apply translations or retain original values. Document rendering depends on the selected font, so select fonts that support the required languages or use language-specific templates when needed. If localization is turned off, document data follows the org’s default language and regional settings. - **[Preserve Unresolved Tokens with Bypass Tokens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_preserve_unresolved_tokens.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Apply bypass tokens to keep specific tokens unchanged in generated documents when no value is provided. For example, an Adobe Sign signature token {{Sig\_es\_:signer1:signature}} now remains in the generated document when no value is provided instead of being removed and breaking the signing workflow. Define a bypass list of tokens to skip replacement during document generation. Tokens in the bypass list remain unchanged unless a value is provided, while other tokens continue to follow the default behavior and are replaced with empty values. - **[New and Changed Objects in Document Generation and Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_newandchanged_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with these new and changed Document Generation and Contracts objects. - **[Changed Connect REST APIs in Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_contracts_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure document templates with a context transformation name and specify additional input for extraction context mappings. Use the response to verify the input used during extraction. # Salesforce Contracts Improve contract governance by bringing existing business guidelines and rules into Salesforce Contracts with document playbooks. Run a risk analysis to identify deviations from your guidelines in redlined contracts. Simplify contract operations by reducing runtime user permission requirements and track recipient signing progress for document envelopes. Salesforce Contracts is now available in Government Cloud environments. Add clauses from your clause library to quotes as Quote Special Terms. - **[Apply Contract Governance Policies Consistently with Document Playbooks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_document_playbooks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Put your standard contract governance policies to work without starting from scratch. Upload your existing rule definitions in PDF, DOCX, or XLSX format, and Salesforce Contracts stores each file as a versioned document playbook. Manage the playbook lifecycle by creating, activating, archiving, and deleting versions as your policies evolve. Customize contract governance to your business by designing unique playbooks for each contract record type. - **[Reduce Contract Risks by Analyzing Every Redline with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_risk_analysis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Identify and classify risks in redlined contracts by comparing changes against your document playbook directly from the Microsoft 365 Word add-in. Review modified clauses, detect deviations from your company standards, see clause-level risk findings with an overall risk rating (critical, high, medium, or low), and get recommended mitigation suggestions. Rerun the risk analysis after each round of edits to see how the contract changes affect the overall risk rating. - **[Protect Sensitive Setup Data by Removing Elevated Permissions from Runtime Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_eliminate_privileges_runtime_users.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your runtime users can now perform contract lifecycle operations without the View Setup and Configuration permission. Previously, they needed this elevated permission to access org-level setup data for contract lifecycle tasks, such as creating and editing documents in the Microsoft 365 Word add-in, creating contracts from quotes, and managing electronic signatures. The user experience remains unchanged while sensitive setup configuration data stays protected. - **[Track Recipient Signing Progress for Document Envelopes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts_track_recipient_signing_progress.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Know exactly where a contract is in the signing process and keep deals on track. Update an envelope's status to view each recipient's signing progress for the contract. - **[Author Contracts in Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts_govcloud_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Government agencies and public sector organizations can now author, route, and generate contracts in Salesforce environments using Salesforce Contracts. Before enabling, work with your Salesforce account executive to confirm that the Context Service and Document Processing Engine are onboarded in your Salesforce org. - **[Add Clauses to Quotes from Your Clause Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts_add_clauses_to_quotes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before generating a document, sales reps can now search and add pre-approved clauses to quotes, such as standard warranty disclaimers, payment terms, delivery conditions. Reps can then customize standard language with deal-specific details. Choose which clauses are available by adding them to the Quote Special Terms component in your Quote page layout. - **[Use Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_contracts_lpp_licenses.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Now you can pair Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Starter or Lightning Platform Plus, reducing licensing costs for organizations that need contract lifecycle management without full CRM capabilities. Some Salesforce Contracts capabilities depend on features that aren't included with Lightning Platform licenses. Previously, Salesforce Contracts required a Core CRM license, such as Sales Cloud or Service Cloud. - **[New and Changed Objects in Document Generation and Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_contracts_newandchanged_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with these new and changed Document Generation and Contracts objects. - **[New Connect REST APIs in Salesforce Contracts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_contracts_new_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring AI-assisted risk review and playbook standards into your contract workflows. Start an asynchronous risk analysis for a contract document version and a poll for its findings. Also, create a playbook version from a content document, and retrieve the playbook content chunks that best match a passage of contract text. # Salesforce Data Pipelines Securely access your Amazon Redshift data by using a virtual private connection. Take advantage of OAuth functionality in your Microsoft Azure SQL Database connection. - **[Securely Connect Your Private Redshift Data to CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sdp_integrate_redshift_vpc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate data from your private Amazon Redshift data warehouse into Salesforce Data Pipelines. Use a virtual private connection (VPC) to make sure that all data transfer happens over an internal network, bypassing the public internet for enhanced security and compliance. - **[Use OAuth Security with Your Microsoft Azure SQL Database Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sdp_integrate_azure_oauth.htm&release=260&type=5)** Increase data security by connecting to Microsoft Azure SQL Database using OAuth 2.0 authentication. You can now provide Azure authentication values directly, eliminating the need for a separate external authentication provider setup. - **[Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sdp_integrate_salesforce_external_oauth.htm&release=260&type=5)** Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP `login()` API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. - **[Accelerate Data Updates Using Unique IDs for External Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sdp_integrate_user_primary_key_external.htm&release=260&type=5)** Now you can specify an external object field as a unique ID to function as a primary key for that object. Use defined primary keys to update massive datasets in minutes by only processing changed records. For example, a nightly sync for a two-billion-row sales transaction object now processes only the 500,000 new or changed records instead of the entire dataset. # Salesforce Data Pipelines Inspect your Data Prep recipes for performance and troubleshooting. Export recipe schedules for your external calendar. Upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager. - **[Increase Performance and Reliability with the Salesforce Data Pipelines Recipe Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_pipelines_integrate_recipe_inspector.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the recipe inspector to troubleshoot issues and improve performance. Deep-dive into your recipe jobs to view the detailed information at each stage of the flow. Monitor individual node performance and status. You can quickly identify a slow join or a transformation node that failed to make fixes immediately. - **[Export Recipe Schedules to Your External Calendar for Easy Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_pipelines_integrate_recipe_schedule_export.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Export your Salesforce Data Pipelines recipe schedules as calendar format (ICS) for quick reference and visibility in your calendar. For instance, share a recipe's run schedule with stakeholders in other teams to coordinate data readiness and reporting deadlines. - **[Simplify Recipe Backup with Direct Upload and Download in Data Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_pipelines_integrate_recipe_upload_download.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Save time and clicks accessing your Salesforce Data Pipelines recipe JSON for backups or editing. Now you can upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager, without opening the recipe editor. - **[Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Optimized Upsert and Delete Actions (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_pipelines_integrate_optimized_upsert_delete_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Decrease processing time with quicker data recipe runs. Instead of processing all rows in the snapshot data, the optimized upsert and delete actions run incrementally on subsets of the data resulting in faster runs. This feature is now generally available. - **[Output Your Salesforce Data Pipelines Data to Azure Data Lake (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_pipelines_integrate_azure_data_lake_output_connection_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Write your data from Salesforce Data Pipelines into Microsoft’s Azure Data Lake with the Azure Data Lake output connector. Write recipe output datasets as one or more .csv files to your data lake, improving your overall business processes with better data. For example, you can output processed and transformed customer service data to help your team improve customer satisfaction. This feature is now generally available. # Salesforce Development Claude Code Plugin Build apps and agents on the Salesforce Platform with the Salesforce Development Claude Code plugin. - **[Build Salesforce Apps Faster with the Claude Code Plugin](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_cc_plugin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language prompts to develop Salesforce apps with the Salesforce Development plugin for Claude Code. The plugin detects your Salesforce DX project environment and provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. You get AI-powered assistance to build, update, and maintain apps efficiently and quickly. - **[Expand the Salesforce Development Plugin with Specialized Capabilities and Guided Workflows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_cc_plugin_disclosure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring capabilities into Salesforce Development when your project requires features beyond the core plugin. Open a project and describe your task. Guided workflows combine AI Skills, Salesforce CLI, hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers, agents, hooks, and commands to help you build, test, and deploy. You approve each recommended plugin installation and review the proposed changes before applying them. # Salesforce Document Generation Generate clearer documents with precise data by applying data filters, transformation logic, and richer token coverage. These updates help make sure that structured content, nested values, and line item details are present accurately. Generate large documents more efficiently, even when they include substantial content or complex formatting. Achieve consistent in-browser previews by using the hybrid file handling setting. Remove interim previews in Omniscripts to keep only the final version and reduce storage use. - **[Filter Context Data for Document Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_context_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Apply a context filter in the template designer so that generated documents include only the data that meets your criteria. Select from predefined filters that support up to 5 conditions to fetch precise and relevant data from your context definitions. Adding a filter at design time avoids extra inputs, reduces errors, and delivers consistent and high-quality document output. For example, filter order items to include only products priced above a certain threshold, and sort them by quantity so that the generated document highlights the most relevant items. Document Generation in the Omnistudio managed package doesn’t support Context Service. - **[Transform Context Data Before Generating Documents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_apex_plug_in.htm&release=260&type=5)** Generate documents with clean, standardized, and business-ready data content by transforming the context data using the sample Apex plug-in. Run the Apex plug-in after context hydration to adjust formatting, grouping, string manipulation, token value changes, and other lightweight changes to meet business needs. This capability enables advanced transformation logic for scenarios that filtering alone can’t address. For example, transform flat line items into a bundle with child products so that the document shows each bundle with its related components. You can also group line items by category or region so that the document presents organized sections with related items together. Document Generation in the Omnistudio managed package doesn’t support this Apex plug-in. - **[Generate Larger Documents with Expanded File Size Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_large_file_support.htm&release=260&type=5)** Scale document generation to support larger outputs, generating single PDF, DOCX, or PPTX files up to 200 MB. This enhancement enables high-volume, media-rich, and evidence-heavy use cases and helps you generate complete documents in one pass without splitting content or assembling files outside Salesforce. - **[Preview Documents by Using Hybrid Setting Across Contracts and Omniscripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_previewer.htm&release=260&type=5)** The PDF document previewer provides secure in-browser previewing when you configure Salesforce file upload and download security settings. The PDF previewer now works with the hybrid file handling setting instead of relying only on the execute-in-browser option. The hybrid file handling setting improves preview consistency across browsers and Experience Cloud sites. - **[Manage Preview Document Storage in Omniscripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_delete_icon.htm&release=260&type=5)** Document reviews often involve regenerating the preview several times, resulting in multiple stored files and increased storage consumption. You can now easily discard intermediate previews by clicking the delete icon in Omniscripts to keep only the final version, reducing costs and achieving storage organization. # Salesforce Document Generation Represent complex business data with hierarchical bundles and grouped data. Protect documents and indicate their status with dynamic text watermarks. Navigate long documents efficiently with automatically updated tables of contents for DOCX and PDF outputs. Generate and preview documents from record pages and flows by using the Generate Document component. Add requests to active document generation batches without restarting batch jobs. - **[Generate Documents with Hierarchical Bundles and Grouped Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_heirarchicalbundles_and_grouped_data.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transform data to capture hierarchical relationships, groupings, and calculated values in generated documents. For example, build nested product bundles and organize quote line groups with their associated line items for a clearer document output. Apply grouping logic, such as grouping by selling model, price range, or quantity conditions, to present data in meaningful sections. Apply formulas to derive calculated values. Improve document accuracy by using Context Services and Data Processing Engine (DPE) to process large datasets. - **[Protect and Categorize Documents with Dynamic Watermarking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_dynamic_watermarking.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Protect your documents and indicate their status by adding dynamic text watermarks during the document generation process. Automatically label documents as Draft, Internal Only, or with specific record data, and reduce the risk of unauthorized sharing or the accidental use of obsolete versions. This feature is available only for simple text. - **[Navigate Complex Documents with an Automated Table of Contents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_toc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver a superior reading experience by automatically updating accurate, clickable tables of contents (ToC) for your DOCX and PDF documents. The automated ToC eliminates manual formatting by recognizing document hierarchies and calculates page numbers after data merging and dynamic content expansion. - **[Generate Documents from Record Pages and Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_generate_document_component.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate and preview documents directly from record pages or flows by using the Generate Document Lightning Web Component. Add the component to a Lightning record page to generate and attach Microsoft Word, Microsoft PowerPoint, and PDF documents. Simplify setup, remove Omnistudio licensing dependencies, and extend document generation to more UI-driven use cases. This component supports merging up to 10 PDF files. - **[Add Document Generation Process Requests to Active Batches](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sf_docgen_add_docgen_while_batch_runs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Add Document Generation Process (DGP) requests to a Document Generation Batch Process (DGBP) even after the batch starts running. Continue updating batches in New, In Progress, or Queued status without waiting for the batches to complete. This enhancement provides flexibility for large or evolving workloads, and it reduces the requirement to recreate batches. You can’t update a DGBP with additional DGPs after the batch status changes to completed. Previously, you could only update batches in the new state. # Salesforce Document Generation Build consistent, accurate documents by using reusable clauses for Salesforce Document Generation. Clauses in the Clause Library support both merge tokens and placeholder tokens. Quote Special Terms support placeholder tokens only. Reference clauses in document templates so templates stay current as clause content changes. Rich text tables now retain their formatting in generated Word documents, including pricing tables, comparison charts, and data summaries. - **[Populate Clause Content with Merge and Placeholder Tokens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation_clause_merge_placeholder_tokens.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add tokens to clauses so that account names, payment terms, discount amounts, and other data flow automatically into your contract language. Merge tokens pull data from Salesforce records via Omnistudio Data Mapper or Context Service. Placeholder tokens contain default values like strings, dates, currencies, and percentages. - **[Eliminate Manual Template Updates When Clause Content Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation_clause_tokens_runtime_resolution.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Avoid manual updates when clause language and terms change. Apply clause tokens to a document template to make sure that every generated document uses the current approved content. Then when a clause changes, the generated documents automatically include the updated content. - **[Generate Documents That Include Tables in Rich Text Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation_rich_text_tables.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Include tabular content, such as pricing tables, comparison charts, or data summaries, in your generated documents. When you copy a static table from an external source into a rich text field, the formatting, structure, and colors persist in the generated Word document. Only static table content is supported. You can’t use dynamic tokens in the table. - **[Handle Document Generation Timeouts with Configurable Retry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_document_generation_retry_timeout.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When document generation takes longer than expected, users can retry the request from Omniscript or the Generate Document experience instead of starting over. Admins can set a custom timeout on the generate-and-preview Lightning web component so users see a retry option within a predictable window. # Salesforce DX MCP Server The Salesforce DX MCP Server is a specialized Model Context Protocol (MCP) implementation designed to facilitate interaction between LLMs and Salesforce orgs. Use the DX MCP Server and its tools to enter natural language prompts in your IDE to execute standard DX tasks, such as syncing metadata, running Apex and agent tests, and creating scratch orgs. We release new versions of the Salesforce DX MCP Server as needed. Read the release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://github.com/forcedotcom/mcp/tree/main/releasenotes#readme). #### See Also - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Salesforce DX Developer Guide: Salesforce DX MCP Server and Tools (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_mcp.htm) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Other Salesforce MCP Solutions for Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/mcp.html) # Salesforce DX MCP Server The Salesforce DX MCP Server is a specialized Model Context Protocol (MCP) implementation that facilitates interaction between LLMs and Salesforce orgs. Use the DX MCP Server and its tools to enter natural language prompts in your IDE to execute standard DX tasks, such as syncing metadata, running Apex and agent tests, and creating scratch orgs. We release new versions of the Salesforce DX MCP Server as needed. Read the release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://github.com/forcedotcom/mcp/tree/main/releasenotes#readme). #### See Also - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Salesforce DX Developer Guide: Salesforce DX MCP Server and Tools (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_mcp.htm) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Other Salesforce MCP Solutions for Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/mcp.html) # Salesforce DX MCP Server The Salesforce DX MCP Server is a specialized Model Context Protocol (MCP) implementation designed to facilitate interaction between LLMs and Salesforce orgs. Use the DX MCP Server and its tools to enter natural language prompts in your IDE to execute standard DX tasks, such as syncing metadata, running Apex and agent tests, and creating scratch orgs. We release new versions of the Salesforce DX MCP Server as needed. Read the release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://github.com/forcedotcom/mcp/tree/main/releasenotes#readme). #### See Also - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Salesforce DX Developer Guide: Salesforce DX MCP Server and Tools (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_mcp.htm) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Other Salesforce MCP Solutions for Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/mcp.html) # Salesforce Enables Managed Rulesets for Enhanced and Custom Domains That Are Migrated to Cloudflare CDN Beginning in 2026, Salesforce is migrating all enhanced and custom domains serving Digital Experiences that use the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) from Akamai to Cloudflare. Starting with the Spring ’26 release, all enhanced and custom domains that use the Salesforce CDN service use the Cloudflare CDN as the default service provider. For enhanced security, we're also enabling managed rulesets. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) using the CDN accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The migration occurs from January through June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Edit Settings for the Salesforce CDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.community_builder_cdn_edit_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Salesforce Enforces Security Reviews for Private AgentExchange Listings To ensure the highest level of trust and protection for customers, solutions can't be installed from private or unpublished AgentExchange listings until the solutions have passed the Salesforce security review. The install and demo buttons are disabled on listing pages with unreviewed solutions. **Where:** This change applies to private AgentExchange listings accessed through the AgentExchange website. **When:** This change goes into effect on August 12, 2026. **Who:** This change affects partners who use private listing URLs to distribute solutions to customers. Partners with security-reviewed solutions can continue using private listings for controlled distribution. **Why:** The AgentExchange Security Review requirements apply regardless of the listing type used for a partner application. This update protects customers by making sure that private listing URLs install only solutions that have met these requirements. # Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor. These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components, Aura components, and Visualforce. We release new versions of the extensions weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items/salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode/changelog). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/sfvscode-extensions/guide/vscode-overview.html) # Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor. These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components, Aura components, and Visualforce. We release new versions of the extensions weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items/salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode/changelog). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/sfvscode-extensions/guide/vscode-overview.html) # Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor. These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components, Aura components, and Visualforce. We release new versions of the extensions weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about [recent updates](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items/salesforce.salesforcedx-vscode/changelog). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/sfvscode-extensions/guide/vscode-overview.html) # Salesforce Files With the new Scan files for viruses or malware (beta) setting, users are blocked from uploading or downloading malicious files. The file size limit has increased from 2 GB to 10 GB. And to keep your files list organized and tidy, you can now enable more users to delete files that they don’t own. Several of these features are ones that you requested on IdeaExchange. - **[Protect Your Salesforce Org and Users by Scanning Files for Malware (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_malware_scan.htm&release=260&type=5)** For improved security in your Salesforce org, files are now scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. When a user tries to upload a file, the process is blocked if the scanned file is malicious. If a malicious file is uploaded via the API, it’s scanned asynchronously, and it appears in the new Malicious Files (Beta) list. When a user attempts to download an existing file, the download is blocked if it’s malicious. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Manage Files up to 10 GB in Salesforce Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_new_size_limit.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Files has increased the file size limit from 2 GB to 10 GB. The increased limit is available to Files home, libraries, and on a record’s Files related list, but not to files uploaded to Chatter or LWR sites in Experience Cloud. - **[Allow More Users to Delete Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_delete_files.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage files in Salesforce more efficiently by assigning the new Delete Salesforce Files permission to your users. With this permission, a user can delete any file that they have access to view. Previously, only a Salesforce admin or the file owner could delete a file. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Launch a Flow When a User Changes a File (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_flow_trigger.htm&release=260&type=5)** To launch a flow when a user creates, updates, or deletes a file, set up the flow so that it triggers on the Content Document or Content Version objects. Use this new feature to create flows that work with documents in Salesforce Files or Salesforce CRM content. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange. - **[Transition from Microsoft ACS to Azure Portal for Files Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_acs.htm&release=260&type=5)** In April 2026, Microsoft is retiring Microsoft Azure Control Services (ACS), which means that this authentication approach is no longer supported for Files Connect. If your org uses Microsoft ACS, update your Files Connect authentication configuration to use Azure Portal instead. # Salesforce Flow Release Notes Have Moved You can now find Salesforce Flow release notes in the Automation section of the release notes. For the latest Salesforce Flow release notes, see [Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate.htm&release=260&type=5 "Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with Flow Integration. Get help from AI to optimize and automate your supply chain business processes with Agentforce Supply Chain."). # Salesforce for Outlook Full product retirement for Salesforce for Outlook is scheduled for December 2027. If you’re sticking with Salesforce for Outlook for now, you can access past release notes about the current version from the Trailblazer Community. - **[Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in December 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sfo_retiring.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release. # Salesforce for Outlook (Retiring) Full product retirement for Salesforce for Outlook is scheduled for December 2027. If you’re sticking with Salesforce for Outlook for now, you can access past release notes about the current version from the Trailblazer Community. - **[Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in December 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_sfo_retiring.htm&release=260&type=5)** For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release. # Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in December 2027 For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** When Salesforce for Outlook is retired, it will no longer sync contacts, events, or tasks. Admins and users also lose access to Salesforce for Outlook features, such as the side panel. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce for Outlook Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000393445&language=en_US&type=1) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Salesforce for Outlook to the Next-Generation Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.app_for_outlook_setup_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Trailblazer Community:_ Salesforce for Outlook Release Notes](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/files/06930000005lu7RAAQ?tab=overview) # Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in December 2027 For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** When Salesforce for Outlook is retired, it will no longer sync contacts, events, or tasks. Admins and users also lose access to Salesforce for Outlook features, such as the side panel. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce for Outlook Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000393445&language=en_US&type=1) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Salesforce for Outlook to the Next-Generation Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.app_for_outlook_setup_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Trailblazer Community:_ Salesforce for Outlook Release Notes](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/files/06930000005lu7RAAQ?tab=overview) # Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in January 2027 For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce for Outlook retires on January 30, 2027. It was previously scheduled for retirement in December 2027. **How:** When Salesforce for Outlook is retired, it will no longer sync contacts, events, or tasks. Admins and users also lose access to Salesforce for Outlook features, such as the side panel. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce for Outlook Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000393445&language=en_US&type=1) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Salesforce for Outlook to the Next-Generation Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.app_for_outlook_setup_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Trailblazer Community:_ Salesforce for Outlook Release Notes](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/files/06930000005lu7RAAQ?tab=overview) # Salesforce for Slack Integrations Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from anywhere. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note For information about updates in previous releases, see [Salesforce for Slack Integrations Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.salesforce_for_slack_rns.htm&language=en_US). # Salesforce for Slack Integrations Beginning in Summer ’26, Salesforce channels are available by default in new orgs in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Use the new Slack panel on record pages in Salesforce for a more streamlined user experience with Salesforce channels. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note For information about updates in previous releases, see [Salesforce for Slack Integrations Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.salesforce_for_slack_rns.htm&language=en_US). - **[Sell Smarter in Slack: Agentforce Sales and the New Go Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_agentforce_sales_for_slack.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Sales is now available directly in Slackbot, bringing Sales agents into your Slack workflow. A new dedicated Go page makes setup fast and easy for admins. - **[Enjoy Slack-Powered Collaboration in New Salesforce Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_default_on.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce channels bring Slack directly into Salesforce, and now they’re easier to access than ever. Salesforce channels are set up and ready to go in orgs created in Summer ’26 and later—no manual configuration required. - **[Access Salesforce Channels in the Slack Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_panel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The new Slack panel offers a streamlined way to view and collaborate in Salesforce channels. You can open and close the panel with one click, so it takes up less room on a record page when you aren't using it. #### See Also - [_Slack Help Center_: Slack updates and changes](https://slack.com/help/articles/115004846068-Slack-updates-and-changes) # Salesforce Forecasting Sales reps and managers can interact with new columns to see agent activity, deal risk alerts, and activity heatmaps. - **[Review Deal Risks and Activity Trends in Pipeline Forecasting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_opportunity_insights_pipeline_forecasts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Make accurate forecasts by reviewing deal risks, methodology scores, and contact insights directly in the forecasting pipeline. Sales reps and managers can interact with new columns to see agent activity, deal risk alerts, and activity heatmaps. They get a clear view of their pipeline without leaving the page. - **[Generate Accurate Forecasts with Forecasting Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_forecasting_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Forecasting Agent supports your entire forecasting cycle. The agent analyzes pipeline changes, calls out deals that need your attention to hit quota, and helps you complete forecast submissions, automating the manual work along the way. Drawing on opportunity scores and deal insights for richer data, Forecasting Agent works within your existing flow and tailors its responses to what's happening in your pipeline. # Salesforce Foundations Define audience segments directly from the Lead and Contact lists you’re already using. Use the new Email Builder Lite to create and send batch emails to your Sales contacts and leads. Tableau dashboards are now in the Marketing App. - **[Create Audience Segments and Send Emails Directly from List Views](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_list_view_emails.htm&release=260&type=5)** Strategic messaging just got faster. Now, you can define audience segments directly from the Lead and Contact lists you’re already using. When you filter your Contacts or Leads and click **Send Email**, Salesforce now automatically creates a corresponding audience segment. Reach the right people at exactly the right time without leaving your list view. - **[Automate Your Outreach with a Lighter, Faster Email Builder App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_email_builder_lite.htm&release=260&type=5)** Now it's easier than ever to connect with your customers. The new Email Builder Lite lets you quickly create and send batch emails to your Sales contacts and leads. Choose from a library of ready-made layouts, or build your own with our new component-based authoring experience. All emails you create are automatically saved to your CMS Content Workspace for easy access and reuse. It's all accessible right from your Sales list views, so you can automate your outreach via an intuitive interface, without having to open another tab. - **[Gain Deeper, More Intuitive Insights from Your Marketing Data with Tableau in the Marketing App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_tableau_in_marketing.htm&release=260&type=5)** The marketing dashboards in Salesforce Foundations have just gotten an upgrade, courtesy of Tableau! Once configured, you'll find these new visualizations under the Performance Tab, helping you see what's working and optimize your marketing strategy faster than ever. # Salesforce Foundations Prioritize your best prospects with People Scoring. Gain deeper customer insights by tracking engagement across internal and external web pages. Quickly send emails to your Contact and Lead lists with the redesigned List Sends experience. Streamline billing by generating and sending invoices directly from the new Invoices tab. - **[Prioritize Your Top Leads with People Scoring in Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_people_scoring.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stop guessing which prospects are ready to become customers. People Scoring evaluates both how well leads and contacts fit your ideal customer profile and how actively they're engaging with your marketing. By assigning points for specific behaviors and demographic traits, you can build smarter segments and ensure you're sending the right message to the right person at the right time. - **[Turn Web Traffic into Actionable Insights with Web Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_web_tracking.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build a more insightful picture of your customers' journeys by tracking engagement from both internal and external web pages. By capturing real-time visitor activities, you can build high-intent segments and deliver more personalized marketing experiences. - **[Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_list_sends.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away, without the extra processing step it used to require. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings message configuration and audience selection together on a single page. - **[Streamline Billing by Managing Your Invoices in Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_invoices.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate and send invoices directly from the new Invoices tab. Create an invoice from an opportunity or quote, then email the PDF to your customer when you close a deal. Email invoices directly with a single click, or download invoices for your own records and send them through your other channels. # Salesforce Foundations Quickly send emails to your Contact and Lead lists with the redesigned List Sends experience. Simplify Foundations setup with Salesforce Go, with core setup options on a single page. - **[Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_list_sends.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away, without the extra processing step it used to require. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings message configuration and audience selection together on a single page. - **[Simplify the Foundations Setup Experience with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_go_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Go is now your primary setup experience for Foundations, putting key setup options on one page. Marketing setup items, like Marketing Cloud enablement and Profile Unification, move to a dedicated setup page that you access from the Foundations on Go page. The previous Foundations Setup node stays in Setup and redirects you to the Foundations on Go page, where previously enabled features show as turned on. ## Salesforce Foundations Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Salesforce Functions Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions. - **[Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_functions_retired.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term ends. # Salesforce Functions Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions. - **[Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_functions_retired.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term ends. # Salesforce Functions Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions. - **[Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_functions_retired.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term ends. # Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term ends. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions. For the end-of-life timeline and more information on migrating your functions, see [Salesforce Functions Retirement](https://devcenter.heroku.com/articles/salesforce-functions-retirement/) on the Heroku Dev Center. #### See Also - [_Developer Doc_: Salesforce Functions Release Notes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/functions/guide/release-notes-intro.html) # Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term ends. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions. For the end-of-life timeline and more information on migrating your functions, see [Salesforce Functions Retirement](https://devcenter.heroku.com/articles/salesforce-functions-retirement/) on the Heroku Dev Center. #### See Also - [_Developer Doc_: Salesforce Functions Release Notes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/functions/guide/release-notes-intro.html) # Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term ends. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions. For the end-of-life timeline and more information on migrating your functions, see [Salesforce Functions Retirement](https://devcenter.heroku.com/articles/salesforce-functions-retirement/) on the Heroku Dev Center. # Salesforce Go Accelerate your IT service management configuration with a new automated setup for Enhanced Chat that configures queues, flows, and routing instantly. Take advantage of the two simplified solution bundles to clearly distinguish between core IT processes and an enhanced features such as AI and Analytics. These updated bundles include streamlined initial setup critical components, and sample data to significantly reduce manual configuration time. - **[Accelerate IT Service Management Setup with Consolidated Solution Bundles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_sf_go_solution_bundles.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get your IT Service organization up and running faster with a consolidated, single-card experience. We have combined previous solution bundles into one Agentforce IT Service Initial Setup card, significantly simplifying the installation process. Admins can now select which solution bundle to deploy and also they can deploy both data and metadata or only metadata. - **[Speed Up Enhanced Chat Setup for Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_enhanced_chat.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline the deployment of the Enhanced Chat feature for IT Service with a new setup experience. Replace a series of complex manual configurations by using the new section Set Up Enhanced Chat on the Agentforce for IT Service feature Set Up page. # Salesforce Health Insights Salesforce Health Insights checks your org against Salesforce standards and ranks recommendations for Product Adoption and Implementation Health, all in one view inside your org. Ask the built-in Health Insights Agent about any finding to get a step-by-step remediation plan. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important Salesforce Health Insights is available exclusively to Signature Success Plan customers on Salesforce Platform. Contact your Customer Success Manager if you have more questions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience for customers with a Signature Success Plan on Core products, at no extra cost. Sales Cloud and Service Cloud orgs get Product Adoption and Implementation Health. Government Cloud orgs and other Core orgs, such as Data 360, Marketing on Core, and Platform orgs, get Implementation Health only. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting October 27, 2026. **Who:** Users with the System Administrator profile have access by default. To give other users access, assign them a permission set with one of these permissions: - View Health Assessments to view insights, run scans, and download reports - Manage Health Assessments to view insights, run scans, download reports, and disposition findings We recommend giving access only to technical and security users. To use the Health Insights Agent, your org needs Agentforce turned on and an Einstein generative AI entitlement, such as Salesforce Foundations. **Why:** Instead of piecing together org health from the Customer Success Score, Security Health Review in Setup, and manual reviews, you now get findings ranked by severity, so you know what to fix first. Health Insights covers two areas: - **Product Adoption** shows License Utilization, the percentage of provisioned Sales Cloud and Service Cloud user licenses that were active at least once in the past 30 days. It also shows Product Outcomes, such as Grow the Number of Customers, Improve Pipeline, and Improve Customer Loyalty. Each outcome unlocks when you use a feature that supports it. For each outcome, you get up to three Feature Recommendations, ranked by expected return and based on how your org is configured and used. - **Implementation Health** scans your security settings, including authentication, user permissions, data security, API, and compliance settings. It also scans Process Automation for workflow rules and legacy actions to migrate to record-triggered flows. Health Insights ranks the findings from Critical to Compliant and lists Salesforce Mandates, the baseline controls that every org must meet, first. Find security gaps, and find legacy automation before that automation stops running at retirement. You can also see which licenses and capabilities you pay for but don't use. Your Customer Success Manager sees the same insights, so your success conversations start from shared data. **How:** You don't need to install anything. When the rollout reaches your org, open **Salesforce Health Insights** from the App Launcher, or click the **Org Health** tile on Setup Home. To get current Security and Process Automation findings, click **Run New Scan** on the **Implementation Health** tab. You can run one scan per org per week, and results stay available between scans. Product Outcomes refresh weekly, and License Utilization and Feature Recommendations refresh monthly. You can export the results as a CSV or PDF file. In orgs that meet the agent requirements, the Health Insights Agent is on by default, and agent conversations don't use Flex Credits. In other orgs, the agent is off, but the dashboard views still work. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Health Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005389434&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Success Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/success-plan) - [_Trailhead:_ DF26 Explore Salesforce Health Insights](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/users/strailhead/trailmixes/df-26-explore-salesforce-health-insights) - [_Video:_ Salesforce Health Insights Overview](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/q4vrzBvgcZNGwCzNqaaopZ) # Salesforce Inbox Check out the latest improvements to Salesforce Inbox. - **[Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_migration.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transition your Inbox’s Microsoft 365 authentication method from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption. - **[Simplify Meeting Scheduling with a Redesigned Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_inbox_meeting_scheduling.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give prospects a simpler and quicker way to schedule meetings with your sales team. When a user receives a scheduling link generated from Insert Availability in the Lightning Experience Email Composer, Gmail extension, or Outlook add-in, they’re taken to the new interface. # Salesforce Inbox Check out the latest improvements to Salesforce Inbox. - **[Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_migration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your emails, events, and contacts syncing without disruption by transitioning your Inbox’s Microsoft Office 365 connection to Microsoft Graph by October 1, 2026. Microsoft is retiring Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026, making Microsoft Graph the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication. # Salesforce Inbox Check out the latest improvements to Salesforce Inbox. - **[Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_migration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Transition your Inbox’s Microsoft 365 authentication method from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption. # Salesforce Lightning Design System Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) includes the resources to create user interfaces consistent with Salesforce Lightning principles, design language, and best practices. - **[Give Your Users the Option of Dark Mode (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_dark_mode_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Dark mode for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) themes is now generally available, so your users can switch to a darker appearance whenever they want. You can also upload a dark-mode version of your company's logo to match. Dark mode presents light-colored text and visual elements on a dark background, which reduces eye strain in low-light conditions and improves readability. - **[Accelerate Lightning Development with SLDS AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Speed up your development with three AI skills that help you apply and validate your Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) design code and migrate your SLDS 1 code to SLDS 2. These skills, available in Agentforce Vibes, guide you through SLDS patterns, catch compliance issues, and convert legacy code to modern standards, all directly in your development workflow. - **[Customize Components with the SLDS 2 Styling API and Component-Level Hooks (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_c_level_hooks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We're expanding our styling hook system with a full Styling API that now includes component-level hooks. Use the Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) Styling API component-level styling hooks to gain granular control over individual design components without affecting global styling hooks or other components. - **[Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slds_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes. # Salesforce Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and Lightning Experience. **How:** Improve your user interface (UI) with these recent updates to SLDS component designs. - To improve accessibility, we made a small color adjustment to the SLDS 1 theme Lightning Blue. - We added two new component designs for empty state and illustration. Both are implemented as Lightning base components, `lightning-empty-state` and `lightning-illustration`, and they’re available as beta features. - The empty state component is designed to show visuals that adapt to your brand, helpful messages, and guidance when there’s no content to display. - The illustration component is designed to add visuals that adapt to your brand, and enhance communication and engagement. - The `lightning-illustration` component currently can display the same illustrations as `lightning-empty-state` without descriptive text or buttons. We’re working on more illustrations to use with `lightning-illustration`. - Depending on the SLDS version in your org, both the illustration and empty state components switch between SLDS 1 and SLDS 2 automatically. Additionally, SLDS 2 illustration and empty state colors are optimized for dark mode. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Empty state component, illustration component, and dark mode are a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of these pilot or beta services is at the Customer's sole discretion. - To meet the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 1.4.11 standard for non-text accessibility, we updated the root `::selection` styling to use the system color keywords `Highlight` and `HighlightText`. This change allows the user agent, or web browser, to control the styling of highlighted and selected content. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Display Consistent Empty State Illustrations With Theme Support (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_empty_state_illustration.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the new lightning-empty-state component to add meaningful visuals and content to your components that show empty states. This component displays the latest Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) empty state illustration and correctly sizes it for the container, simplifying your UI development. The SVG illustrations automatically adjust to the user's selected theme, and can adapt to dark mode in SLDS 2 themes, for a consistent look and feel across your app. The new lightning-illustration component displays the same set of illustrations without text.") - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Styling Change to Highlighted and Selected Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_styling_change.htm&release=260&type=5 "To meet the Web Content Accessibility Guideline (WCAG) 1.4.11 standard for non-text accessibility, we changed the styling of highlighted and selected content throughout the Lightning UI. Previously, we applied our own styling to show when content was highlighted or selected, but have determined that the styling didn’t meet this WCAG standard. Now when you highlight or select content, the Lightning UI uses the styling applied by the user agent, which is your browser or device. The user agent determines the color contrast ratio.") # Salesforce Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates Use the new `lightning-combobox` variant to create button-like, pill-shaped styling. To provide better visual context for your users, you can also add icons to the combobox container and to individual combobox options. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and Lightning Experience. **When:** These changes are in Summer ’26. We improve SLDS frequently. **Why:** With these updates, designers can create more visually engaging and intuitive interfaces, specifically for results pages and other complex implementations where icons help distinguish between different options or actions. ![An example SLDS lightning-combobox variant.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_lightning_combobox.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Lightning Design System 2_: Combobox](https://www.lightningdesignsystem.com/2e1ef8501/p/31c42a-combobox) # Salesforce Maps and Salesforce Maps Advanced Map crucial proprietary and third-party data when you integrate it with your Salesforce data. Reveal sales opportunities on partner sites. And visualize planned field visits compared with past visit metrics. - **[Control Access to Layers and Folders in Salesforce Maps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spm_maps_folder_permissions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Folder permissions are centralized to make sure access control is consistent. Salesforce Maps automatically hides layers within restricted folders from search results, Recents lists, and Plot on Load. Also, new capacity limits are in place to optimize performance and to make sure that users only interact with authorized data. - **[Gain Better Performance with the Enhanced Salesforce Maps Mobile Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spm_maps_retirement_mobile.htm&release=260&type=5)** The enhanced mobile experience is now the default, improving performance and design consistency. Users switch automatically, but you can revert to the legacy version until its retirement in Summer ’26. # Salesforce Maps and Salesforce Maps Advanced Map crucial proprietary and third-party data when you integrate it with your Salesforce data. Reveal sales opportunities on partner sites. And visualize planned field visits compared with past visit metrics. - **[Customize Route Optimization with Advanced Routing Profiles](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spm_maps_adv_advance_routing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maximize field representative productivity by customizing the constraints and penalties used by the routing engine. Instead of a one-size-fits-all approach, administrators can now create profiles that prioritize specific business KPIs, such as minimizing travel time or maximizing time in-store. This flexibility reduces operational costs and ensures high-priority accounts receive the attention they require. # Salesforce MCP Servers Salesforce MCP Servers connect your AI tools and agents to Salesforce data, metadata, and actions through the open Model Context Protocol (MCP). Use these servers to build, automate, and extend Salesforce workflows directly from MCP-compatible clients. - **[Connect AI Assistants to Salesforce CMS with the Content Read-Only and Content Write MCP Servers (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_cms_content.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Content Read-Only MCP server, now generally available, and the Content Write MCP server are Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers that enable AI assistants to connect to Salesforce CMS. Since the beta release, the Content Read-Only server has added 18 tools to access many types of CMS content and resources. Previously, it had only 3 tools that searched only for image and brand content. The new Content Write server provides 15 tools to create and manage enhanced CMS workspaces, content, variants, folders, and channels. - **[Discover Org Metadata with the Metadata Grounding MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mcp_servers_metadata_grounding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Metadata Grounding MCP Server gives AI agents a semantic understanding of your org's metadata. This enables development agents to discover and reuse metadata such as standard and custom objects and fields, Lightning web components (LWC), users, permission sets, flows, Apex classes, and so on. Build faster with any coding agent by finding exactly what you need through natural language queries. Queries are performed against Salesforce Catalog, where your org metadata is stored and indexed. # Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding) With Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding), embed your existing web apps directly in a Salesforce page and exchange data, styling, and events over a secure channel. - **[Embed External Web Apps with Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding) (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_external.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Embed an external web app directly in a Salesforce page instead of sending users to a separate tab or window. Salesforce hosts your app in a secure, sandboxed iframe with the lightning-ui-embedding base component and exchanges data, styling, and events over a supported protocol. This feature is now generally available. - **[Exchange Data Between Salesforce and an Embedded App (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_data_exchange.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sync data and UI state in both directions between Salesforce and your embedded app over a secure, versioned channel, so the app can react to host state and send updates back. - **[Show an Embedded App in the User's Language (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_localization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce host passes its locale to your embedded app, so the app can render its interface in the Salesforce user's language. - **[Give Embedded Apps a Consistent Salesforce Look (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_theming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce passes styling values into your embedded app as CSS custom properties, so the app can match host colors, spacing, and other design values. - **[Resize Embedded Apps Automatically to Fit Their Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_resize.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The embedding frame grows and shrinks to fit your app's content automatically, so users don't see extra scrollbars or clipped content. - **[Protect Users from Losing Unsaved Work in Embedded Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_dirty_state.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce's standard unsaved-changes warning now covers embedded apps, so users are warned before they navigate away from work in progress. - **[Make Embedded Regions Accessible to Screen Reader Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_accessibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The embedding frame exposes an accessible name, so screen reader users understand what the embedded region contains. - **[Build Embedded Apps in Your Preferred Web Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_frameworks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding) works with standards-based web apps, so you can build the app you embed in the web framework you already use. - **[Build the Embedding Bridge Without a Salesforce Package](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_protocol.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Communicate with the Salesforce host directly over the sf-embedding protocol in plain JavaScript, with no dependency on a Salesforce package. - **[Start UI Embedding Projects Faster with a CLI Template (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_cli.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Scaffold a ready-to-edit Lightning web component that's preconfigured for Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding) with a Salesforce CLI template command. - **[Learn UI Embedding from Working Sample Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lc_ui_embedding_recipes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Explore runnable sample apps that show how to embed external web apps with Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding). # Salesforce Migrates Enhanced and Custom Domains Serving Digital Experiences to Cloudflare CDN Beginning in 2026, Salesforce is migrating all enhanced and custom domains serving Digital Experiences that use the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) from Akamai to Cloudflare. Starting with the Spring ’26 release, all enhanced and custom domains that use the Salesforce CDN service are created using the Cloudflare CDN as the default service provider. You can manually migrate custom domains to the Cloudflare CDN ahead of the Salesforce-initiated migration. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) using the CDN accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The migration occurs from January through June 2026. **How:** To manually migrate your custom domain, from Setup, enter Domains in the Quick Find box and select **Domains**. From the list of domains, select the domain to edit. Select **Use the Cloudflare® CDN to serve this domain**. After the domain has migrated, you receive a notification. Click **Activate** to begin using the migrated domain. ![Domains Setup page showing the Use the Cloudflare® CDN to serve this domain option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/cdn_cloudflare.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Serve Your Experience Cloud Site with the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.domain_mgmt_salesforce_cdn.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Salesforce Mobile App Use Single sign-on for faster logins and work on tasks directly from notifications. - **[Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_feature_overview_table.htm&release=260&type=5)** Our latest round of new and improved Salesforce mobile app features makes it easier to access Salesforce on the go. # Salesforce Mobile App Boost your team's productivity on the go with new mobile features that simplify your workday, from a faster email-based login to a redesigned, central home page for easy access to your most important data. You can now act on business changes instantly with one-tap push notifications and use AI-powered transcription to automatically capture meeting notes and follow-up tasks. These updates significantly reduce manual data entry and admin overhead, leaving you more time to focus on your clients. - **[Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_feature_overview_table.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Our latest round of new and improved Salesforce mobile app features makes it easier to access Salesforce on the go. # Salesforce Mobile App Stay productive on the go with new mobile features designed to simplify your workday. You can now follow up on meetings effortlessly by using AI-generated suggested next steps, while hybrid cloud and on-device AI audio processing ensures that every detail is captured reliably. Also, with Post-Meeting Voice Notes built into the Salesforce mobile app, you can record critical post-meeting context right when you need it. - **[Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile_feature_overview_table.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Our latest round of new and improved Salesforce mobile app features makes it easier to access Salesforce on the go. # Salesforce Mobile App Requirements Have Changed Salesforce revises the requirements for using the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. Learn about the mobile platform requirements and the devices that we use for feature and performance testing as we continue to improve the Salesforce experience. ## Mobile Platform Requirements The Salesforce mobile app is supported on phones and tablets that meet these mobile platform requirements. | Operating System and Version Requirements | | --- | | Android 11.0 or later, Android WebView 90.0 or later | | iOS 17.0 or later | To allow for innovation and to keep Salesforce current in the rapidly evolving mobile market, minimum platform requirements are subject to change at the sole discretion of Salesforce, with or without advance notice. ## Mobile Devices Used for Salesforce Testing Salesforce performs automated and manual testing of the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android on a select set of mobile devices. Salesforce periodically updates our test devices based on usage and new device releases. Here’s the current list of devices.
Platform Phones Tablets
Android
  • Pixel 10
  • Pixel 9 / 9 Pro
  • Pixel 7 / 7 Pro
  • Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra
  • Samsung Galaxy S23/23 Ultra
  • Samsung Galaxy S22/22 Ultra
  • Samsung Galaxy S21
  • Samsung Galaxy S20 / S20+
  • Samsung Galaxy Tab S6
  • Samsung Galaxy Tab S7
  • Samsung Galaxy Tab A (8 inch)
iOS
  • iPhone 17 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 17 / iPhone 17 Air
  • iPhone 16 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 16 / 16 Plus
  • iPhone 15 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 15 / 15 Plus
  • iPhone 15 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 14 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 14 / 14 Plus
  • iPhone 13 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 13
  • iPhone 12 Pro / Pro Max
  • iPhone 12
  • iPhone XR
  • iPhone 11
  • iPhone SE
  • iPad Pro (10.5 inch - 12.9 inch)
  • iPad Pro (9.7 inch, 6th generation and later)
  • iPad Air 3rd Gen
  • iPad Mini 5th Gen
Using the mobile app on untested devices can lead to various functional and performance issues. Salesforce may not be able to replicate specific issues on untested devices or due to manufacturer-specific customizations. In certain situations, Salesforce may not be able to resolve a specific issue on untested devices which can lead to downtime and production impact. To allow for innovation and to keep Salesforce current in the rapidly evolving mobile market, the list of Salesforce-tested devices is subject to change at the sole discretion of Salesforce, with or without advance notice. # Salesforce Multi-Framework Build Salesforce Multi-Framework apps with Angular, now supported in addition to React, and manage them alongside your Lightning apps in App Manager. Package and distribute your apps with second-generation managed packaging (2GP), and access more platform capabilities with the Data SDK. Use Content MCP servers to work with Salesforce CMS content, and apply custom brands to your React apps with the Brand Toolkit. And generate actionable performance insights for your most-used Multi-Framework apps using Multi-Framework Insights (Beta). - **[Build Multi-Framework Apps with Angular](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_angular.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Angular joins React as a supported frontend framework for Salesforce Multi-Framework. Build web apps with Angular and the standard Angular CLI, and run them directly on the Salesforce Platform with access to Salesforce data, security, and governance. As with React, you can build internal-facing apps for employees and external-facing apps for customers and partners. - **[Manage Your Multi-Framework Apps More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_manage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage your Multi-Framework apps alongside your other Lightning apps in App Manager in Setup. Create an app using Builder Central or Agentforce Vibes, and view the details of apps you've already deployed. - **[Package and Distribute Your Multi-Framework Apps with 2GP](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_packaging.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Whether it’s for your own org or you’re a consulting partner or ISV, now you can package, distribute, and install Multi-Framework apps using second-generation packaging (2GP). Choose unlocked packages for apps that you want to keep editable, or use managed packages to distribute locked, namespaced internal apps through AppExchange. - **[Access More Platform Capabilities with the Data SDK](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_data_sdk.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve developer efficiency by creating your own reusable code with extensions or use the label extension to retrieve custom labels. Attach per-request headers to your GraphQL calls, localize your app using the i18n module, and manage the host UI from your app. - **[Analyze Multi-Framework App Performance in Scale Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Generate the Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard to review key performance metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps. The dashboard displays up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days. For each app, you can drill down within the dashboard to see more detailed metrics. - **[Access and Add Salesforce CMS Content to Multi-Framework Apps with New Content MCP Servers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_cms_mcp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you vibe code Multi-Framework apps, Agentforce Vibes can use the Content Read-Only MCP server, now generally available, and the new Content Write MCP server to access and manage Salesforce CMS resources. With these Salesforce Hosted MCP servers and tools, you can agentically access and customize enhanced CMS content and publish that content to your React app. - **[Apply Custom Brands to React Apps with the Brand Toolkit (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_brand_toolkit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To apply a brand to your React app, use the new Brand Toolkit in the Live Preview VS Code extension. Get a published, approved Salesforce CMS brand from your org and customize it if you like. Or you can create a new brand based on a public URL or from scratch. Save the brand in your local VS Code project. When you’re satisfied with the brand’s look and feel, apply it to your app with a ready-to-use prompt for Agentforce Vibes. - **[Embed Your Multi-Framework App as a Microfrontend (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_mfw_microfrontend.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Surface a deployed Multi-Framework app inside Lightning Experience pages or Experience Cloud site pages as a microfrontend. With Salesforce Microfrontend, Salesforce hosts your app in a secure, sandboxed iframe and gives it a channel to communicate with the surrounding page. # Salesforce My Trust Center The Salesforce My Trust Center is the single place to find crucial updates and communications about the availability of your Salesforce products, services, and tenants. - **[Stay Up to Date with the Salesforce My Trust Center (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trust_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor incidents, major releases, patch releases, and maintenance updates. Improve global collaboration with localized labels and standard messaging in supported platform languages. View dates in your browser's preferred format, and review system times in 24-hour notation. # Salesforce My Trust Center The Salesforce My Trust Center is the single place to find crucial updates and communications about the availability of your Salesforce products, services, and tenants. - **[Track Salesforce My Trust Center Sandboxes, Read Translated Updates, and Extend Access](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trust_site.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** My Trust Center now supports sandbox tenants, translates free-form event updates in near real time, and offers view-only access to users without a full Salesforce license. Track status across all your environments, read updates in your preferred language, and extend visibility to more of your team. # Salesforce Order Management Modify and customize routing logic through agents and UI-based rule groups. Receive tailored suggestions for your org from the Order Management agent. Provide more accurate delivery estimations to more users. - **[Salesforce Order Management Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_om_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from April through July 2026. See the Spring ’26 Release Notes for previous months. - **[Agentforce for Salesforce Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Order Management agent to temporarily exclude fulfillment locations from routing. - **[Chatter is Turned Off by Default on New Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_chatter_turned_off_new_orgs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Chatter is turned off by default in all new orgs. For any features in these orgs that require access to Chatter functionality or the Chatter APIs, turn on Chatter. - **[Mitigate Supply Chain Issues with Proactive Fulfillment Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_proactive_alerts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage supply chain disruptions before they impact your customers. Agentforce continuously monitors your orders to flag at-risk locations so that you can intervene early. Get recommended changes to your order routing logic to help fix the root causes of order disruption. With proactive alerts, reduce last-minute fixes, save your reps’ time on exception handling, and protect your customer delivery promises. - **[Manage Order Routing Logic with UI-Based Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_manage_routing_logic_through_rules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Update routing and fulfillment logic directly in the UI and reduce lengthy, manual updates in Salesforce Flow. Create a rule group and add either custom rules or preconfigured rules: inventory availability, location proximity, overstock, and split optimization. Add weights to the rules in your group for greater routing customization. - **[Use Custom Routing Rule Logic for Delivery Estimations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_delivery_estimation_routing_rules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide customers with more accurate delivery estimations by using your store’s custom routing logic to calculate estimation. Assign a routing rule group as the routing logic, and delivery estimations use that logic when determining the shipping time. - **[Modify Routing Logic with Custom Weighted Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_custom_weighted_rules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create custom weighted rules to refine routing logic. Custom weighted rules score locations based on standard and custom objects. - **[Get Insight into Order Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_routing_explainer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View the details of order routing and location selection on the new Routing Explanation panel of the fulfillment order page. The explanation panel provides a breakdown of a location’s scores and why it was selected. - **[Avoid Markdowns by Routing Orders to At-Risk Locations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_markdown_avoidance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create markdown avoidance routing rules to prioritize products from locations that face upcoming markdowns. - **[Compare Simulations of Routing Rule Groups to Optimize Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_simulation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Simulate how your order history would’ve performed under the conditions of a different rule group, and compare that simulation to the actual order routing. Run multiple simulations to compare various routing groups, and use the simulated data to choose the rule group that performs best. - **[Manage Physical and Digital Products in a Unified Order View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_manage_physical_and_digital_products_in_a_unified_order_view.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Bring physical logistics and digital orchestration together in one order summary by integrating Order Management with Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator (DRO). Your service agents and fulfillment teams can track fulfillment for orders that contain physical items and digital line items without switching systems. - **[Cancel and Return Orders Without Disrupting Fulfillment Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_cancel_and_return_orders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Cancel digital items or return physical items from your orchestrated orders while keeping fulfillment plans intact. With new flows for Order Management, you can freeze a plan, cancel digital line items that haven't reached the point of no return, and process returns for physical items. After reconciliation, the plan is automatically updated and unfrozen. If you abandon a cancellation midway, use the unfreeze flow to recover and resume normal operations. - **[Expand Region and Shipment Coverage for Delivery Estimations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_expanded_delivery_estimations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now provide delivery estimations for customers in the UK and Canada. We’ve also added Royal Mail and Canada Post to the list of supported carriers. - **[Improve Delivery Estimation Accuracy by Using Processing Times](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_processing_times.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create location-specific or item-specific processing times to more accurately predict how long it takes to fulfill an order. - **[Configure Paths on the Return Order and Shipment Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_add_paths_return_shipment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure a path on the bottom of the Return Order and Shipment objects so that customer service reps can track the progress of a task. - **[Set the Reserved at Location Field in Standard Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_add_reserved_location_to_reports.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The option to set Reserved at Location is supported on all standard reports. - **[New Invocable Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_new_invocable_actions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use new invocable actions for Salesforce Order Management. # Salesforce Order Management Check out the latest features and updates from Salesforce Order Management. - **[August 2026](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_august_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** These Order Management features are available as of August 2026. - **[September 2026](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_september_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** These Order Management features are available as of September 2026. - **[October 2026](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_october_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** These Order Management features are available as of October 2026. # Salesforce Order Management Features Released Monthly The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from April through July 2026. See the Spring ’26 Release Notes for previous months. ## August 2026 | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Delivery Estimations | Use Processing Times to Improve Delivery Estimation Accuracy | [Improve Delivery Estimation Accuracy by Using Processing Times](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_processing_times.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create location-specific or item-specific processing times to more accurately predict how long it takes to fulfill an order.") | | Order Management | Manage Physical and Digital Products | [Manage Physical and Digital Products in a Unified Order View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_manage_physical_and_digital_products_in_a_unified_order_view.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Bring physical logistics and digital orchestration together in one order summary by integrating Order Management with Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator (DRO). Your service agents and fulfillment teams can track fulfillment for orders that contain physical items and digital line items without switching systems.") | | Order Management | Cancel and Return Orders | [Cancel and Return Orders Without Disrupting Fulfillment Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_cancel_and_return_orders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Cancel digital items or return physical items from your orchestrated orders while keeping fulfillment plans intact. With new flows for Order Management, you can freeze a plan, cancel digital line items that haven't reached the point of no return, and process returns for physical items. After reconciliation, the plan is automatically updated and unfrozen. If you abandon a cancellation midway, use the unfreeze flow to recover and resume normal operations.") | | Routing | Compare Simulations of Routing Rule Groups to Optimize Fulfillment | [Compare Simulations of Routing Rule Groups to Optimize Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_simulation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Simulate how your order history would’ve performed under the conditions of a different rule group, and compare that simulation to the actual order routing. Run multiple simulations to compare various routing groups, and use the simulated data to choose the rule group that performs best.") | ## May 2026 | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Reports | Set the Reserved at Location Field in Standard Reports | [Set the Reserved at Location Field in Standard Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_add_reserved_location_to_reports.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The option to set Reserved at Location is supported on all standard reports.") | | Returns and Shipments | Configure Paths on the Return Order and Shipment Objects | [Configure Paths on the Return Order and Shipment Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_add_paths_return_shipment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Configure a path on the bottom of the Return Order and Shipment objects so that customer service reps can track the progress of a task.") | | Routing | Modify Routing Logic with Custom Weighted Rules | [Modify Routing Logic with Custom Weighted Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_custom_weighted_rules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create custom weighted rules to refine routing logic. Custom weighted rules score locations based on standard and custom objects.") | | Routing | Use Routing Rules to Avoid Markdowns | [Avoid Markdowns by Routing Orders to At-Risk Locations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_markdown_avoidance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Create markdown avoidance routing rules to prioritize products from locations that face upcoming markdowns.") | # Salesforce Overall Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall. - **[General Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_enhancements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Spring ’26 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience. - **[Archive App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage growing data volumes and improve system performance by autoarchiving old or inactive data. Keep only important and reliable information in production. - **[Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_overview.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define audience segments directly from the Lead and Contact lists you’re already using. Use the new Email Builder Lite to create and send batch emails to your Sales contacts and leads. Tableau dashboards are now in the Marketing App. - **[Salesforce Data Pipelines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_data_pipelines.htm&release=260&type=5)** Securely access your Amazon Redshift data by using a virtual private connection. Take advantage of OAuth functionality in your Microsoft Azure SQL Database connection. - **[Salesforce Scheduler](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get a faster, more secure, and more efficient Salesforce Scheduler experience with enhancements that include Scheduler flow components in LWR sites, increased service resource capacity for appointments, and a simplified flat list view for waitlist participants. - **[Trust Site Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_trust.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Trust site is the single place to see the status of Salesforce services and products, upcoming availability impacting activities, and availability-related communications. # Salesforce Overall Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall. - **[General Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Summer ’26 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience. - **[Archive App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage growing data volumes and improve system performance by autoarchiving old or inactive data. Keep only important and reliable information in production. - **[Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_overview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prioritize your best prospects with People Scoring. Gain deeper customer insights by tracking engagement across internal and external web pages. Quickly send emails to your Contact and Lead lists with the redesigned List Sends experience. Streamline billing by generating and sending invoices directly from the new Invoices tab. - **[Salesforce Data Pipelines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_data_pipelines.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Inspect your Data Prep recipes for performance and troubleshooting. Export recipe schedules for your external calendar. Upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager. - **[Salesforce Scheduler](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Align waitlist participant cards with your business-specific service order by mapping a custom field to the card's sequence slot. Surface meaningful error messages when appointment actions fail business validation in the My Appointments Console. Ensure that your custom Lobby Management dashboard components automatically reflect the active service territory when a greeter changes the selection. - **[Salesforce My Trust Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_trust.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce My Trust Center is the single place to find crucial updates and communications about the availability of your Salesforce products, services, and tenants. - **[Address Implementation Health Risks with Advisements (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advisements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Advisements (Beta) delivers intelligent, org-specific recommendations to resolve implementation health issues before they cause critical incidents. Advisements include targeted findings, step-by-step remediation guidance, and automatic verification upon completion. # Salesforce Overall Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall. - **[General Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Winter '27 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience. - **[Archive App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage growing data volumes and improve system performance by autoarchiving old or inactive data. Keep only important and reliable information in production. - **[Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly send emails to your Contact and Lead lists with the redesigned List Sends experience. Simplify Foundations setup with Salesforce Go, with core setup options on a single page. - **[Salesforce My Trust Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_trust.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Salesforce My Trust Center is the single place to find crucial updates and communications about the availability of your Salesforce products, services, and tenants. - **[Salesforce Scheduler](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build agents that help your customers book their own appointments in the new Agentforce Builder. Show only the times a partner user can actually meet, so bookings don't collide with the meetings they keep outside Salesforce. - **[Get Contextual Help in the Flow of Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_in_app_help_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Help Agent, a conversational AI assistant, is now available directly inside the Salesforce platform in select suites and editions. Users can access context-aware guidance directly within the app, tailored to their specific permissions and current workflow. This integrated experience provides faster, personalized answers and support access without switching tools or repeating context. - **[Advisements (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_advisements_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Advisements (beta) is an in-app experience that delivers intelligent, org-specific recommendations directly to admins with step-by-step remediation guidance for improving implementation health. Each advisement is automatically tracked and verified for completion, giving you clear visibility into your org's health. ## Salesforce Overall Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **General Enhancements**: [Simplify the Foundations Setup Experience with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_foundations_go_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Go is now your primary setup experience for Foundations, putting key setup options on one page. Marketing setup items, like Marketing Cloud enablement and Profile Unification, move to a dedicated setup page that you access from the Foundations on Go page. The previous Foundations Setup node stays in Setup and redirects you to the Foundations on Go page, where previously enabled features show as turned on.") (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Added Who information explaining that a Salesforce Foundations license provides access to the entire Foundations on Go page. - Added information about the Prerequisites section and the Update Licenses button. - **Salesforce Overall**: [Get Contextual Help in the Flow of Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_in_app_help_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Help Agent, a conversational AI assistant, is now available directly inside the Salesforce platform in select suites and editions. Users can access context-aware guidance directly within the app, tailored to their specific permissions and current workflow. This integrated experience provides faster, personalized answers and support access without switching tools or repeating context.") (Updated the week of October 12, 2026) - Added availability in Unlimited Edition starting in October 2026. - Updated Enterprise Edition availability to indicate September 2026. - **General Enhancements**: [Manage Org Responsibilities for Your Org (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_org_responsibilities.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Designate the people and partners critical to your org's success on the Org Responsibilities page in Setup. Specify at least one Security Contact and Primary Admin Contact, and a Partner of Record if applicable. Salesforce uses this information for org- or account-level communications such as security notifications and product or success plan updates. If you don't provide assignments for all of the Org Responsibilities sections, Salesforce reminds you regularly when you go to Setup.") (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **General Enhancements**: [Create and Update Records with Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_agentforce_coworker_create_update_records.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Ask Agentforce Coworker to create or update a Salesforce CRM record. It evaluates your permissions, identifies fields to change, validates picklist values, and presents a proposed change for your review.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **General Enhancements**: [Search Google Workspace in Real Time with Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_agentforce_coworker_federated_google_workspace_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Connect Google Drive, Gmail, and Google Calendar to Agentforce Coworker as federated search sources. Federated search queries Google in real time, so results always reflect your current Google Workspace with no data ingestion required.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **General Enhancements**: [See Delegated Agents' CLT Responses in Agentforce Coworker](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_coworker_clt_hxl_delegation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Some Agentforce agents are built to return a custom Lightning type (CLT) response, such as a card, badge, button, table, or chart, instead of plain text, including agents built with Headless Experience Layer (HXL) widgets. Previously, Agentforce Coworker converted these CLT/HXL responses to markdown during delegation. Now, it passes the CLT response through unchanged. If a delegated agent isn't built to return a CLT or HXL response, you still see a markdown summary. Agentforce Coworker's own answers always use markdown.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Archive**: [Check Your Encryption Key Status in Archive Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_archive_encryption_key_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Archive Settings shows the status of the Shield Platform Encryption key that protects your archived data. The status can be Active, Encrypting, Decrypting, or Key Inactive. Monitor it so you can restore access quickly if the key becomes inactive.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - Added steps for activating an inactive key from Setup. ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Salesforce Payments Accelerate checkout and reduce abandonment by dynamically hiding unnecessary shipping fields for digital goods. Offer one-time password authentication so that buyers can quickly retrieve their saved payment and account details. - **[Use Adyen with Salesforce Payments Without a Commerce License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_adyen_sfpayments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now easily automate payment collections by using Adyen with Salesforce Payments without a Commerce license. Previously, Adyen integration was available only if you had Commerce and Gross Merchandise Volume (GMV) licenses. - **[Streamline Adyen Integration for Single Currency Merchants](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_adyen_singlecurr.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect your Adyen gateway to Salesforce even if your organization uses a single currency. Previously, Adyen support was limited to only multi-currency orgs. Now, you can leverage Adyen for Pay Now transactions, ensuring a consistent and reliable experience across all supported payment providers. - **[Create Payment Links with Pay Now Prime Using Your PPO License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_paymentswithppo.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Pay Now Prime is now available with a Price Per Order (PPO) license. Previously, this feature required a Gross Merchandise Volume (GMV) license. With Pay Now Prime, PPO customers can now create payment links with products. Previously, PPO customers could only generate payment links with a predefined amount. - **[Speed Up Pay Now Payments with One-Time Password Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_262_otppayment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Buyers can now save their shipping address and payment information for a faster checkout experience. Buyers can opt to log in with a one-time password (OTP) and retrieve their saved payment details and contact information. - **[Streamline Checkout with Dynamically Hidden Shipping Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_262_hide_shipping.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make it easier for your buyers who are purchasing services and digital goods to checkout by asking only for the necessary information, such as billing details. The payment page now dynamically hides shipping address fields for purchases that don’t require a shipping address. # Salesforce Payments Offer your B2B buyers more payment options with new methods across Stripe and Adyen integrations. Reduce payment friction and support more international customers at checkout. - **[Pass Custom Gateway Metadata in a Pay Now Payment Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_payments_custom_metadata.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Merchants can now add their own metadata to a payment link and match transactions to their invoices, order numbers, or internal IDs. The Custom Metadata field on the Payment Link object passes details, such as an invoice ID, to your payment gateway. Merchants can then later reconcile these details against the accounting system. - **[Add Amazon Pay as a Saved Payment Method](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_payments_spm_amzpay.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In addition to Apple Pay and Google Pay, B2B buyers can now save Amazon Pay as a payment method. Amazon Pay is available through Stripe payment gateways. - **[Offer More Stripe and Adyen Payment Methods at Checkout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_payments_morecheckoutoptions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add popular global debit and installment methods to your B2B Commerce stores to reduce payment friction for your international customers. Stripe integrations now support direct debit from Canadian Automated Clearing House (ACH) and Pre-Authorized Debit (PAD), and New Zealand Bulk Electronic Clearing System (BECS). Adyen integrations support Affirm, Klarna, and Bancontact. # Salesforce Personalization Salesforce Personalization in Marketing Cloud Next enhancements includes updates for both the Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization products. Learn about the latest features and updates to enhance personalized experiences across Salesforce clouds. - **[Personalization Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back soon for the latest updates. - **[Recommend Offers Across Catalogs Using Indirect Signals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_recommend_offers_using_indirect_signals.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create custom objectives that enable your deep learning models to discover meaningful associations between direct and indirect signals across catalogs. For example, when your customer completes an online inquiry form for a loan, machine learning can map that indirect signal to display a relevant promotional offer for low-rate financing. You can also include related DMOs in your content schema to enhance offer recommendations by targeting channel-specific content for new or infrequently used offers. - **[Jump Start Your Personalization Journey with a Preconfigured Recommender Use Case](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_preconfig_use_case_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Intended for new Salesforce Personalization customers, this set up option creates and deploys all assets, including a profile data graph, to support a recommender-based Personalization use case. Creating and deploying a use case requires that no profile data graphs exist in the data space that you plan to deploy the use case to. - **[Streamline Personalized Content Creation and Deployment with Personalization Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_create_personalization_campaigns.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build Personalization Campaigns using a guided configuration workflow. Following a step-by-step creation model, this workflow helps to simplify creating, mapping, testing, and deploying personalized content using a more intuitive, user-friendly configuration process. - **[Guide Personalization Configuration With Default Profile Data Graph to Data Space Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_default_profile_dg_to_ds_assgmnt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can assign default profile data graphs to specific data spaces, providing selection guidance for Salesforce Personalization configurations. After the data graph is assigned, it is automatically populated as the default data graph whenever you select its associated data space in a Salesforce Personalization configuration. You can always override the default value by selecting a different profile data graph in the configuration. You can also edit or delete the assignment at any time. - **[Tailor Recommendations for Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_tailor_recommendations_for_accounts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify the best opportunities for your B2B customers by using rule-based recommenders for account records. Profile data graphs in rule-based recommenders use account profiles, instead of individual or unified individual profiles, to find the best suited recommendations. This enhancement enables sales teams and portals to serve recommendations based on account-specific insights, such as industry type, past purchases, or support cases. For example, if an account in the healthcare sector frequently purchases specific medical supplies, your rule-based recommenders can suggest related sterilization products. - **[Personalize Decisions with Related Attributes and Calculated Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_personalize_decisions_with_rltd_attrib_and_calc_insgt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Craft impactful customer experiences by including related attributes and calculated insights as merge fields in personalization decisions. When configuring these multi-value attributes, simply apply sort criteria to precisely specify which value to return. This enhancement expands on your existing capability to embed direct profile attributes and segment memberships into your personalization responses. - **[Build and Customize Personalization Experience Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_build_customize_experience_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build and customize experience templates directly in the Salesforce Personalization app to determine how personalized content, such as hero banners or product carousels, appears to customers. Use preconfigured global templates to jump start your work, or code a custom template from the ground up. Experience templates control how your personalization campaigns and personalization points render on your websites or mobile applications. - **[Build Your Personalization Strategy with Individual Objects in Data Kits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_build_strategy_individual_objects_datakits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Import specific personalization components from a data kit only when you need them. Instead of a full data kit deployment, use a data kit during object creation to populate settings for your engagement signals, personalization points, and response templates. - **[Deliver Consistent Recommendations with Fallbacks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_deliver_consistent_recomms_with_fallbacks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate empty or partially filled recommendation blocks by selecting a relevant
 fallback recommender to fill open slots. When a primary recommender with restrictive filters
 returns insufficient items, the fallback recommender automatically provides additional suggestions
 to complete the set. This safety net protects the integrity of your campaigns and ensures that
 your users always get a full list of recommendations. At the same time, Salesforce Personalization
 avoids duplicate recommendations and ensures that each item is suggested only once per set of
 results. - **[Organize Campaign and Segment Folders with Targeted Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_perms_to_organize_segment_campaign_folders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage campaign and segment folders based on specific campaign and segment permissions instead of relying on a single, high-risk administrative permission. This permission update is more isolated and eliminates cross-entity folder management to protect your dataset structures from accidental modifications. Review and update your custom roles to make sure that your team retains the required folder access under the updated permission structure. - **[Filter Recommendations Using Date and Numeric Placeholders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_dynamic_context_variables_date_numeric_filters.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Recommender filter conditions for number and date fields now accept Salesforce merge field placeholders, so the filter value is resolved at runtime instead of being set at design time. Use placeholders like `{!MinDate}` or `{!MaxAge}` to build flexible recommenders that respond to the context of each personalization request. # Salesforce Personalization Salesforce Personalization in Marketing Cloud Next enhancements includes updates for both the Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization products. Learn about the latest features and updates to enhance personalized experiences across Salesforce clouds. - **[Explore Salesforce Personalization Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_sp_learning_map.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get up to speed on Salesforce Personalization with Trailhead modules, videos, blogs, developer guides, and Help topics curated in a learning map in Salesforce Help. Follow each stage, from your first look at the product through setup, configuration, testing, analysis, and advanced use cases with Agentforce. - **[Update Experiment and Attribution Analytics on Demand](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_exp_attrib_on_demand_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See the latest experiment or attribution results without waiting for the next scheduled analytics update. Personalization users can now launch analytics updates from an experiment or attribution record, up to one time per hour. Previously, these analytics were updated only on a 24-hour schedule. - **[Drive B2B Sales with Objective-Based Account Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_drive_b2b_sales_with_objective_based_account_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Guide your sales teams to the right next product or offer by using objective-based recommenders on account profiles. Objective-based recommenders can now analyze key account attributes like industry, revenue, and account type along with real-time engagement signals. By combining these data points, objective-based recommenders deliver products or offers tailored to specific business goals, such as driving upsells or cross-sells. For example, a sales rep working to renew a healthcare account can surface complementary products that similar healthcare accounts have already purchased. Extend the same intelligence to self-service account portals to serve tailored content when partners or buyers log in. - **[Enhance Marketing Cloud Campaigns with Salesforce Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_campaigns_in_mkt_campaigns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create, map, test, and deploy personalized content in your Marketing campaigns with the Personalization campaigns guided workflow. - **[Extend Personalization Campaigns with Added Strategy and Channel Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_campaign_strategy_channel_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhance Personalization campaigns by using new Recommendations & Offers strategy and Mobile channel delivery options. Select the Recommendations & Offers strategy to define custom rules or use AI and machine learning to deliver content based on individual behavior and preferences. Select the mobile channel option to personalize a mobile app experience. - **[Analyze Experiment Results with the Data Visualization Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_data_viz_tab.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Review A/B test results and compare variations against your control cohort to know when results are ready to act on. Summary cards surface the best-performing variation and its odds of winning. A performance chart and daily enrollment chart show the trend over time. - **[Deliver Personalized Mobile Experiences Without Rebuilding Your App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_personalize_mobile_lowcode.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With low-code mobile personalization, your team builds mobile experiences from a set of reusable building blocks. After a developer defines the components and content zones one time, business users can create, preview, and publish personalized experiences on their own, without writing code or shipping an app update. Personalized content renders natively in your app, and customer interactions are sent to Data 360 to sharpen future personalization. Low-code mobile personalization supports iOS, Android, React Native, and Flutter apps. ## Salesforce Personalization Release Note Changes by Month Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly. Check back soon for the latest updates. ### October 2026 - [Explore Salesforce Personalization Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_sp_learning_map.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get up to speed on Salesforce Personalization with Trailhead modules, videos, blogs, developer guides, and Help topics curated in a learning map in Salesforce Help. Follow each stage, from your first look at the product through setup, configuration, testing, analysis, and advanced use cases with Agentforce.") (Added the week of October 19th, 2026) - [Update Experiment and Attribution Analytics on Demand](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_exp_attrib_on_demand_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See the latest experiment or attribution results without waiting for the next scheduled analytics update. Personalization users can now launch analytics updates from an experiment or attribution record, up to one time per hour. Previously, these analytics were updated only on a 24-hour schedule.") (Added the week of October 19th, 2026) - [Drive B2B Sales with Objective-Based Account Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_drive_b2b_sales_with_objective_based_account_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Guide your sales teams to the right next product or offer by using objective-based recommenders on account profiles. Objective-based recommenders can now analyze key account attributes like industry, revenue, and account type along with real-time engagement signals. By combining these data points, objective-based recommenders deliver products or offers tailored to specific business goals, such as driving upsells or cross-sells. For example, a sales rep working to renew a healthcare account can surface complementary products that similar healthcare accounts have already purchased. Extend the same intelligence to self-service account portals to serve tailored content when partners or buyers log in.") (Added the week of October 12th, 2026) - [Extend Personalization Campaigns with Added Strategy and Channel Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_campaign_strategy_channel_updates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enhance Personalization campaigns by using new Recommendations & Offers strategy and Mobile channel delivery options. Select the Recommendations & Offers strategy to define custom rules or use AI and machine learning to deliver content based on individual behavior and preferences. Select the mobile channel option to personalize a mobile app experience.") (Added the week of October 5th, 2026) ### August 2026 - [Analyze Experiment Results with the Data Visualization Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_data_viz_tab.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Review A/B test results and compare variations against your control cohort to know when results are ready to act on. Summary cards surface the best-performing variation and its odds of winning. A performance chart and daily enrollment chart show the trend over time.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) - [Deliver Personalized Mobile Experiences Without Rebuilding Your App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_personalize_mobile_lowcode.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "With low-code mobile personalization, your team builds mobile experiences from a set of reusable building blocks. After a developer defines the components and content zones one time, business users can create, preview, and publish personalized experiences on their own, without writing code or shipping an app update. Personalized content renders natively in your app, and customer interactions are sent to Data 360 to sharpen future personalization. Low-code mobile personalization supports iOS, Android, React Native, and Flutter apps.") (Added the week of August 17, 2026) # Salesforce Personalization in Marketing Cloud Next Salesforce Personalization in Marketing Cloud Next enhancements includes updates for both the Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization products. Learn about the latest features and updates to enhance personalized experiences across Salesforce clouds. - **[Personalization Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_personalization_features_released_by_month.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Personalization and Marketing Cloud Personalization features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest updates. When announced, changes included in the Spring release will appear under January ’26. - **[Localize Recommendations for Salesforce Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_localize_recommendations.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver recommendations in your customers' preferred languages by configuring localization in Personalization Setup. Mapping locale-related fields to specific attributes ensures customers see translated content relevant to their region. You can also define fallback attributes to provide recommendations when a locale is unspecified. - **[Capture More Relevant Engagement Data for Evaluation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_added_es_filter_operators.htm&release=260&type=5)** We’ve enhanced engagement signal filtering to include a variety of filter operators. These operators enable you to more easily evaluate only relevant engagement data for custom objectives, attribution models, and experiments. - **[Accelerate Data 360 Web Connector Setup with the Marketing Cloud Personalization Sitemap Converter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_sitemap_converter.htm&release=260&type=5)** Automatically identify and modify components in a Marketing Cloud Personalization sitemap that are incompatible with Data 360. This tool helps to better align your Marketing Cloud Personalization sitemap with the Data 360 sitemap format, creating a more closely compatible version and providing a detailed report for any necessary manual updates. Use this conversion tool to reduce the manual effort required for complex sitemap transformations. - **[Use Customized Web Data Streams to Capture Engagement Data in Data 360 for Salesforce Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_web_data_streams.htm&release=260&type=5)** We’ve improved the Marketing Cloud Personalization metadata transfer tool to include custom web data streams. Use these streams to more efficiently transfer your current Marketing Cloud Personalization behavioral events, identity, and contact point email data to Data 360 for use by Salesforce Personalization. To help facilitate metadata transfer, we’ve included a new profile engagement metadata transfer data kit (Persnl Prfl Engmt Metadata Transfer) in the .zip file generated by the metadata transfer tool. - **[Maximize Revenue with Impactful Promotion Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_max_rev_with_impactful_promotion_recommendations.htm&release=260&type=5)** To ensure promotions stay relevant and drive purchases, the new out-of-the-box recommender uses real-time engagement signals and order history to suggest offers your customers are likely to use. This update simplifies handling promotions that are indirectly tied to products, ensuring customers see the most impactful offers. After configuring profile and item data graphs with the necessary Data 360 entities in Salesforce Personalization, you’re all set to add this capability to any personalization point. - **[Personalize Decision Responses with Merge Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_personalize_decision_responses_with_merge_fields.htm&release=260&type=5)** You are no longer limited to one-size-fits-all messages in decision responses. Deliver personalized decision responses to your users by adding merge fields from profile data graphs. Include direct attributes such as your user’s first name in decision responses or segment IDs to use in personalization campaigns in third party apps. For instance, personally greet a user and display their current loyalty points in an infobar. This flexibility ensures every interaction is tailored to the individual, turning generic notifications into meaningful, data-driven touchpoints. - **[Use Real-Time Calculated Affinities to Gain Customer Preference Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_rt_calculated_affinities.htm&release=260&type=5)** Calculated affinities measure characteristics that indicate a customer’s interest in or liking of an object. Create and use real-time calculated affinities with personalization point targeting rules, segments, and recommendation filters to generate highly focused personalized content based on customer preferences. - **[Build Data 360 Sitemaps for Personalization Using the Sitemap Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_data_360_sitemap_builder.htm&release=260&type=5)** Create Data 360 sitemaps and schema using a low-code to no-code Chrome extension tool. - **[Sort Rule-Based Recommendations Meaningfully](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_sort_recommendations_for_recently_viewed.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now sort recommendations using direct attributes from item data graphs or calculated insights from profile data graphs. For example, to display the most recently viewed products at the top of your recommendations, configure the recommender to sort products by the engagement date and time in descending order. With this flexibility, you can rank recommendations based on specific user interactions such as favorited items, direct item attributes such as inventory count, or external intelligence such as brand affinity score from an external system. - **[Show or Hide Recommendations Based on Date and Time](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_refine_recommendation_filters_date_time_operators.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide more precise targeting by using the new Is Before Current DateTime and Is After Current DateTime operators in a recommendation filter. These operators show or hide recommendations based on the current date and time. - **[Automate Testing Using Experimentation as a Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_experimentation_api.htm&release=260&type=5)** Run experiments across web and server-side environments by integrating the new Experiment Connect and Runtime Experiment Assignment APIs directly into your workflows. Automate winner selection testing and deploy relevant customer experiences without manual intervention. - **[Set Up Salesforce Personalization With an Improved Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_rt_setup_ui_updates.htm&release=260&type=5)** We’ve reorganized some Salesforce Personalization Setup pages to improve the foundational data and intelligence setup experience. This updated workflow changes how you select and manage data spaces for Salesforce Personalization data deployment and intelligence dashboard installation. - **[Extend Marketing Cloud Personalization Data with Marketing Cloud Next for Personalization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_extend_mc_pers_data_mcn.htm&release=260&type=5)** Using purpose-built tools, quickly and efficiently transfer Marketing Cloud Personalization metadata and catalog data to portable files, and use existing processes to import it into Data 360 for use with Salesforce Personalization. - **[Personalize Mobile Experiences with Engagement Mobile SDK](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_personalize_mobile_experiences.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Personalization module within the Engagement Mobile SDK queries the Personalization service to deliver targeted content to your iOS and Android apps. By integrating with the Data 360 module, you capture customer interactions and build behavior profiles. Use the returned data to drive real-time personalization decisions. - **[Curate Website Content with Agentforce Adaptive Websites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_persnl_curate_website_content_agentforce_adaptive_websites.htm&release=260&type=5)** Guide your users through every step of their website browsing journey by dynamically curating relevant, context-aware site content in real time. Agentforce Adaptive Websites displays the right recommendations, images, and adapts messaging tone based on real-time user behavior signals from an SDK combined with your data. Keep your customers engaged and assist them in accomplishing their mission without leaving your brand’s site. # Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 Through 40.0 Are Being Retired Salesforce Platform API versions 31.0 through 40.0 are being deprecated and retired. **Where:** This change affects these API versions. Bulk API 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0 SOAP API 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0 REST API 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0 ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This change affects all REST APIs that use URIs beneath `/services/data/v_XX.X_/`, including: - Bulk API - Connect REST API - IoT REST API - Lightning Platform REST API - Metadata API - Place Order REST API - Reports and Dashboards REST API - Tableau CRM REST API - Tooling API **When:** After deprecation (Summer '27), API versions 31.0–40.0 will no longer receive security updates or bug fixes. After retirement (Summer '28), API calls to versions 31.0–40.0 will fail. All integrations must use API version 41.0 or later. # Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 Through 40.0 Are Being Retired Salesforce Platform API versions 31.0 through 40.0 are being deprecated and retired. **Where:** This change affects these API versions. Bulk API 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0 SOAP API 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0 REST API 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0 ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This change affects all REST APIs that use URIs beneath `/services/data/v_XX.X_/`, including: - Bulk API - Connect REST API - IoT REST API - Lightning Platform REST API - Metadata API - Place Order REST API - Reports and Dashboards REST API - Tableau CRM REST API - Tooling API **When:** After deprecation (Summer '27), API versions 31.0–40.0 will no longer receive security updates or bug fixes. After retirement (Summer '28), API calls to versions 31.0–40.0 will fail. All integrations must use API version 41.0 or later. # Salesforce Point of Sale Check out the latest features and updates for Salesforce Point of Sale. To review earlier release notes, see [Point of Sale Release Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_releases.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_pos_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from April through July 2026. See the Spring ’26 Release Notes for previous months. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.3.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fourth_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The 12.3.1 release occurs between July 31 and August 6, 2026. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.2.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_third_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The 12.2.1 release occurs between June 25 and July 2, 2026. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.1.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_second_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The 12.1.1 release occurs between May 29 and June 4, 2026. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.0.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_first_container.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The 12.0.1 release occurs between April 22 and 29, 2026. # Salesforce Point of Sale Check out the latest features and updates from Salesforce Point of Sale. To review earlier release notes, see [Retail Cloud Modern POS Release Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_releases.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_comm_pos_monthly.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Winter ’27 release includes updates happening from August 2026 through December 2026. See the Summer ’26 Release Notes for previous months. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.5.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_second_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The 12.5.1 release occurs between September 30, 2026 and October 7, 2026. - **[Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.4.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_first_container.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The 12.4.1 release occurs between August 28, 2026 and September 3, 2026. # Salesforce Point of Sale Features Released Monthly The Summer ’26 release includes updates happening from April through July 2026. See the Spring ’26 Release Notes for previous months. ## July 2026 (12.3.1) | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Core Platform | Catalog unification across channels | [Maintain Consistent Product Information Across Online and Store Sales Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_catalog_unification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "View unified product data synced automatically from B2C Commerce to Point of Sale. With catalog unification, B2C Commerce becomes the source of truth for product information, eliminating duplicate data entry and ensuring accuracy across sales channels. Products, scheduled feeds, and field mappings become view-only in CMS Hyperforce.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Centralized offline event controls | [Protect Store Sales During Outages with Centralized Offline Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_offline_controls.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Switch registers to offline from a centralized dashboard during network disruptions or scheduled maintenance. Managing offline events centrally eliminates configuring individual devices on the floor, keeping checkout lines moving and preventing lost sales. Real-time event tracking, immutable audit logs, and safeguards against accidental scope reduction ensure operational control throughout an incident.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Customer 360 clienteling configuration | [Customize In-Store Experiences with Customer 360 for Clienteling in Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_customer_360_clienteling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Configure Customer 360 in Point of Sale to give store associates a unified view of customer data from Commerce or Service. Select providers for individual modules, including customer profiles, wish lists, online carts, addresses, order history, and loyalty, to match your commerce architecture. With real-time access to cross-channel customer information in the POS app, associates can deliver personalized service and build stronger customer relationships.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Cart fulfillment switching restrictions | [Protect Order Integrity by Restricting Cart Fulfillment Switching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fulfillment_switching.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Prevent downstream order errors by locking active carts to their initial fulfillment type. You can configure these restrictions to safeguard complex workflows for made-to-order and off-the-shelf products. You can also receive clear on-screen notifications and resolution paths when the app blocks a restricted transition.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Enhanced BOPIS item-level cancellations | [Streamline In-Store Fulfillment with Enhanced BOPIS Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_bopis_enhanced.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Optimize store operations by managing item cancellations directly within the packing workflow. Store associates can process full or partial item cancellations during packing, reprint identical packing slips, and release canceled order inventory back to stock by using the new unpack flow. The app also surfaces pickup deadlines so your team can prioritize expiring orders.") | | Checkouts & Payments | Adyen tokenization and partial capture | [Streamline Mixed Cart Checkouts with Adyen Tokenization and Partial Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_adyen_tokenization.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Adyen payment gateways now secure card tokens during Endless Aisle and mixed cart transactions to effortlessly handle future reauthorizations. The gateway prompts customers for clear payment consent, immediately capturing the in-store total while authorizing the remaining balance. This enhancement works with card terminals and tap-to-pay payments. Previously, Endless Aisle order flows lacked card tokenization support.") | | Checkouts & Payments | Digital contract signing workflow | [Streamline Digital Agreement Signing During Checkout with an Enhanced User Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_digital_contract.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Guide customers through the required digital contracts smoothly during the checkout process. Automatically prompt customers to log in, view required contract layouts based on product attributes, and complete multiple documents sequentially by using a direct flow. This update makes sure that the app collects and verifies all necessary signatures before placing an order.") | | Security & Access Management | Enterprise single sign-on integration | [Centralize Point of Sale Security with Enterprise Single Sign-On](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_enterprise_sso.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Connect Point of Sale to your primary identity provider, such as Azure AD (Entra ID) or OneLogin, through Salesforce Identity. Centralizing access management helps enforce corporate password policies and reduces security risks across retail locations. You can log in with your corporate credentials, streamlining app access and reducing password fatigue on the floor.") | | Tax & Compliance | Avalara VAT integration | [Streamline Global Compliance with Avalara Value-Added Tax Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_avalara_vat.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Sync accurate tax data effortlessly by implementing the latest Avalara compliance requirements. Send tax-inclusive pricing fields directly in your requests to ensure Avalara uses the correct base amount for calculations. The system also maps the returned external tax ID to downstream systems to simplify your auditing workflows. You can activate these features instantly using a simple toggle in your CMS settings.") | | Tax & Compliance | Line-level tax itemization on receipts | [Display Itemized Line-Level Taxes and Fees Directly on Receipts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_line_level_tax.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Itemize specific item taxes and regional fees directly beneath individual products on printed and electronic receipts. Configure eligible tax codes in your tax settings to display fees only when applicable, maintaining clean, clutter-free receipts, speeding up checkout times, and reducing post-purchase customer inquiries.") | | Tax & Compliance | Real-time tax and fiscal monitoring | [Prevent Transaction Failures with Real-Time Tax and Fiscal Connector Monitoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_tax_fiscal_monitoring.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track tax software and fiscal middleware health in real time with automated performance monitoring. Set up custom alerts to catch latency spikes, errors, and timeouts across supported providers, enabling quick shifts to fallback processing before impacting checkout. Configuring location-specific threshold settings provides granular control over system stability and reduces manual coordination during outages.") | | Inventory & Operations | ASN receiving discrepancy report | [Resolve Shipment Variances Quickly with the ASN Discrepancy Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_asn_discrepancy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Track and review shipping mismatches directly within the POS app when scanned inventory doesn’t match expected quantities. The receiving discrepancy report highlights short or over counts in red alongside receiving details, dates, and approval tracking. You can also export findings to a CSV file for seamless downstream auditing.") | | Promotions & Pricing | Exchange price match automation | [Eliminate Manual Price Adjustments During Promotional Product Exchanges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_exchange_price_match.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Maintain consistency for your customers by automatically honoring original discount prices during an exchange. This update removes the need for store associates to manually override pricing when an item's original promotion is no longer active.") | ## June 2026 (12.2.1) | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Inventory & Operations | Manager approval for ASN discrepancies | [Strengthen Inventory Accuracy and Compliance with Manager Approval for Receiving Discrepancies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_manager_approval_receiving_discrepancies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Improve inventory accuracy and accountability by requiring manager authentication and approval for all Advanced Shipping Notice (ASN) receiving discrepancies. Managers can review, approve, or audit quantity variances before finalization, with all actions logged in an event file for complete traceability. This controlled workflow reduces receiving errors, enhances loss prevention visibility, and strengthens compliance controls.") | | Promotions & Pricing | Dynamic member pricing | [Reward Loyal Shoppers with Dynamic Member Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_dynamic_member_pricing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Offer exclusive, better pricing to signed-up members compared to regular customers automatically. By setting up a Fixed Price promotion that references member pricing stored in your product data, the system dynamically applies member-specific prices at checkout. This automation ensures identified members receive the correct price while you manage all pricing details within your product fields.") | | Franchise & Multi-Store Management | Expanded store-level custom fields | [Scale Multibrand Receipt Management with Expanded Store-Level Custom Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_multibrand_receipt_custom_fields.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Expand store customization capabilities with more custom fields (CustomString2 through CustomString11) and corresponding print tags available for configuring stores, enabling dynamic receipt content by brand, region, and print method. You can manage multiple brands with distinct receipt requirements within a single CMS instance, reducing operational complexity and improving efficiency.") | | Promotions & Pricing | Associate-controlled promotion overrides | [Simplify Discount Management with Associate-Controlled Promotion Overrides](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_associate_promotion_overrides.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable associates to select whether transaction-level discounts override or stack with promotions, eliminating complex per-promotion configurations. Associates can apply manual discounts that supersede all active promotions with a simple selection, streamlining workflows for returns, price matching, and special circumstances.") | | Customer Experience | Real-time promotional price checks | [Improve Sales Floor Efficiency with Real-Time Promotional Price Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_realtime_promotional_price_checks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You no longer need to add items to the cart just to see promotional pricing. Use the Price Check button directly on the Product Detail Page (PDP) to instantly view the final discounted price for any variant. This streamlined workflow saves time, keeps voided cart data clean, and helps your team provide faster, more confident customer service.") | | Franchise & Multi-Store Management | Enforced reporting visibility | [Secure Your Franchise Data with Enforced Reporting Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_enforced_reporting_visibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Store-level restrictions on reports ensures that franchise users see only their own data. Successful orders, customer signups, audit logs, and reconciliation reports now display only data from a user's specific franchise ID. These changes prevent unauthorized access to cross-franchise data while hiding irrelevant reports to simplify the user experience.") | ## May 2026 (12.1.1) | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Checkouts & Payments | Add-ons pre-selected by default | [Increase Add-On Revenue and Speed Up Checkout with Pre-Selected Product Add-Ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_auto_add_ons.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Drive higher attach rates with add-on toggles that are enabled by default on the product detail page. Pre-selected toggles reduce transaction friction and speed up checkout without requiring associates to manually select each add-on.") | | Checkouts & Payments | Process BORIS exchanges in-store | [Grow In-Store Sales by Supporting Online Order Exchanges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_online_order_exchanges.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Process exchanges for Buy Online, Return In Store orders directly in the POS app. Previously, the system blocked adding new items to the cart for online returns. You can now help customers exchange online purchases for different items in person, keeping revenue in your stores and reducing return shipping costs.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Enhanced Customer 360 profile data | [Build a Complete Customer View with Enhanced Customer 360 Profile Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_enhanced_customer360.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Customer 360 now displays richer customer information and cross-channel shopping activity. Configure PS tags to show government ID and company details including tax IDs and business addresses. You can also view customer wishlists from your commerce system, and add those items directly to the cart.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Date-picker for all fulfillment | [Deliver Consistent Checkout Experiences with Date Selection for All Fulfillment Methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_date_selection_omni.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Offer delivery and pickup date selection for store-based shipments and auto-routed pickups, not just standard shipping. The date-picker component now supports all omnichannel fulfillment methods at the delivery group level. This extended date-picker support eliminates the need for custom date-selection implementations and enables you to configure schedules to match your business requirements.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Add store ID to orders | [Track Multistore Orders More Efficiently with Store ID in Order Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_storeid_ordernumbers.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Include store identifiers directly in order numbers for faster order tracking and fulfillment. You can customize the order number prefix to add the store ID automatically to every online order, eliminating extra lookup steps when processing orders from multiple locations.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Find products with device camera | [Fulfill Orders Faster with Visual Product Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_visual_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Search for products by capturing photos with the POS device camera instead of relying on text and barcodes. This visual approach speeds up product identification during order fulfillment for omni-channel orders, reducing errors and helping store associates locate items more quickly and accurately.") | | Customer Experience | Remote payment status report | [Eliminate Manual Follow-Ups and Close Payments Faster with the Remote Pay by Link Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_remote_pbl_deeplink.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "View all remote payment activities in a consolidated report on the POS app. Visual alerts in the queue notify associates when a customer completes a remote payment, eliminating the need for manual follow-ups. Identify failed or expired payment links at a glance to resolve issues quickly and keep transactions moving.") | | Tax & Compliance | Sync restocking fees to OMS | [Synchronize Restocking Fee Data with Salesforce Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_restocking_oms.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate manual reconciliation and keep your order and payment records accurate by posting restocking fee details directly to Salesforce Order Management. Gain precise visibility into custom payment attributes throughout the refund process, giving your finance and operations teams the real-time data they need to act faster and close the books with confidence.") | | Tax & Compliance | Store-level tax reference codes | [Scale Global Operations with Granular Tax Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_granular_tax_config.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Manage multiple tax accounts across a large organization by configuring reference codes at the store level. This update enables stores in different regions or under different brands to perform tax calculations that use separate profiles. By specifying a store record field for these codes, you gain localized control over tax auditing while maintaining a global fallback for simplified administration.") | | Franchise & Multi-Store Management | Sequential Global Blue document numbers | [Streamline Global Blue Tax-Free Refunds and Stay Compliant in Italy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_globalblue_countries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Activate Global Blue tax-free issuance in Italy and automatically generate sequential document numbers for Global Blue tax forms, ensuring compliance with fiscalization requirements for the tax-free flow. This update enables merchants in Italy to maintain the required consecutive numbering across all tax-free documents directly within the POS. Merchants can also track these documents through their entire lifecycle with records stored permanently on the associated order.") | | Franchise & Multi-Store Management | Auto-sync promotion changes downstream | [Automate Franchise Promotion Monitoring and Eliminate Manual Oversight](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_promo_webhook.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Monitor promotion changes across your franchise with automated event triggers. Automated triggers capture create, update, and delete events and send the modified promotion data to your downstream systems. This event-driven integration eliminates manual synchronization and provides consistent promotional strategies across locations.") | ## April 2026 (12.0.1) | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Core Platform | Manage Warranties at the Point of Sale | [Increase Warranty Revenue and Reduce Friction at the Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_dynamic_warranty.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Give your store associates the flexibility to offer the right warranty coverage at the right moment without creating order management headaches. The POS system automatically calculates warranty options based on eligible cart subtotals. With the right approval policy, associates can adjust warranty coverage for specific products at the point of sale. Also, you can require warranty checks before completing checkout. This capability integrates with a new warranty retrieval SPI, enabling a straightforward way to connect your current warranty catalog to the POS experience.") | | Core Platform | Cancel Fulfillment Orders Up Until Shipment | [Reduce Fulfillment Costs and Improve Customer Satisfaction by Canceling BOFIS Orders Up to the Moment of Shipment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_cancel_bofis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Avoid unnecessary shipping costs and improve customer satisfaction by canceling Buy Online, Fulfill in Store (BOFIS) orders at any point before shipment, including after packing. Previously, the POS removed the cancel option once an order was packed or marked ready to ship, forcing store associates to complete and ship unwanted orders, increasing costs and complicating returns. Now, you can cancel right up to the moment of shipment, reducing wasted fulfillment effort, cutting unnecessary shipping expenses, and resolving last-minute customer cancellation requests quickly and efficiently.") | | Core Platform | Configure Role Permissions for Inventory Modules | [Reduce Compliance Risk with Granular Inventory Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_inventorymodule_permission_roles.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Restrict access to specific inventory modules by configuring permissions for transfers, adjustments, and cycle counts. This change replaces the single inventory permission with separate permission settings for each inventory module, giving you the flexibility to define access for different roles. By limiting access to specific modules, you prevent operational risks and maintain tighter control over your store data.") | | Core Platform | Configure Franchise Users | [Empower Franchise Managers with Scoped Access Control and Independent POS Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_franchise_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate unauthorized data exposure and reduce operational dependency on corporate admins by giving franchise managers direct control over their store's functions. You can create franchise-specific roles and users, link store associates directly to their franchise, and enforce granular CMS visibility. This feature ensures franchise users see only the data relevant to their locations, drives operational autonomy at the store level, reduces administrative overhead, and safeguards data integrity across your entire franchise network.") | | Core Platform | Configure Status Indicators for Fulfillment Orders | [Prioritize Orders and Reduce Late Fulfillments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_order_sla.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Get the visibility you need to handle pickup and shipping orders in the right order. The POS app now highlights time-sensitive orders in the fulfillment list. A green indicator shows that an order is on track, an orange indicator shows that it’s nearing the deadline, and a red indicator shows that the deadline has passed.") | | Cart | Added Card on File Support for Adyen | [Improve Checkout Flow with Reliable Card on File Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_card_on_file.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Keep your checkout lines moving by giving store associates instant access to customers' stored payment methods, including during multitender sales. When an associate selects a customer profile with a saved credit card, the POS retrieves the card information via tokens from the profile to facilitate secure transactions through your Adyen terminal. This updated framework mitigates previous scenarios that disabled card on file transactions. Guest checkout still requires a physical card. During the point of sale flow, confirm the shopper’s identity before payment.") | | Offline | Configure Product Images for Offline Mode | [Improve Sales in Offline Mode with Accurate Product Images](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_product_offline_images.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Show product images on the POS app during offline transactions. Previously, offline mode showed only a default image instead of the product image, which made it harder to identify items. Now, you can find products faster and continue serving customers without interruption during offline transactions.") | | Payments | Automatically Track Remote PBL Payments | [Streamline Remote Checkout with Real-Time Payment Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_remote_pbl.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Free store associates from manual tracking to focus on customers. The POS system automatically updates order statuses and sends an e-receipt to the customer upon successful payment. Previously, associates spent time checking payment statuses and issuing receipts. Store managers can also monitor remote payment status in the POS app. Previously, expired payment links tied up inventory reservations and required manual intervention to resolve.") | | Payments | Apply BOGO to Lowest Qualifying Item | [Ensure Accurate BOGO Pricing and Simplify Returns with Lowest-Price Discounting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_bogo_discounts_lowest_item.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Eliminate pricing inconsistencies at checkout and streamline returns and exchanges by applying Buy One, Get One (BOGO) discounts to the lowest-priced qualifying item in the cart. Previously, the POS applied discounts to the first qualifying item added, which caused pricing discrepancies during returns and exchanges, leading to customer friction and potential revenue loss. Now, the POS automatically calculates the discount based on the lowest-priced qualifying item, ensuring accurate pricing every time, reducing cashier errors, and delivering a seamless customer experience across purchases, returns, and exchanges.") | | Payments | New SPI for Integrating Gift Card Providers | [Reduce Sales Loss Because of Gift Card Compatibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_gift_card_provider_spi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Connect your Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, to any gift card vendor by using the new Gift Card SPI. You can now integrate specialized providers to check balances, activate cards, and process redemptions directly in the POS. This SPI makes sure that your checkout process supports the specific gift card services your business requires.") | | Tax | Support for Nontaxable Scenarios with Vertex | [Eliminate Checkout Disruptions for Nontaxable Scenarios with Vertex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_tax_errors_vertex.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Avoid tax calculation errors in cases where a region or item isn't subject to tax and no exemption rule is configured. Previously, transactions involving nontaxable regions or items without an exemption rule triggered calculation failures. These failures disrupted the checkout experience and required manual intervention or a support request to Vertex.") | | Tax | Configure Global Blue Stores in Bulk | [Configure Tax Free Integrations Faster for All Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_global_part_bulkconfig.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To save time, upload a CSV file to configure tax-free settings for Global Blue across all your locations. You can now manage shop IDs, API credentials, and desk IDs in bulk rather than editing each store individually. The system validates your data and maps the data to the correct store automatically.") | | Tax | New SPI for Fiscalizing Transactions | [Expand into New Markets with Fiscal SPIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fiscal_spi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Expand your global footprint by connecting local fiscal engines to your retail workflow. Fiscalization SPIs connect your Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, to systems that handle country-specific tax, and fiscal requirements, so you can complete checkout without interruption.") | # Salesforce Point of Sale Features Released Monthly The Winter ’27 release includes updates happening from August 2026 through December 2026. See the Summer ’26 Release Notes for previous months. ## September 2026 | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Franchise Management | Flexible, franchise-ready promotions | [Grow Regional Sales with Flexible, Franchise-Ready Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_franchise_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Franchise admins can manage promotions for their assigned stores while safely viewing corporate-wide campaigns without the ability to edit them. Corporate admins retain full oversight, editing localized campaigns as needed. Corporate admins can apply promotions to any franchise or combination of franchises, so they can run effective regional or local sales campaigns.") | | Loyalty & Membership | Member pricing across the store | [Reward Customer Loyalty with Member Pricing Across Your Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_member_pricing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Offer discounted member pricing on the POS app to keep loyal customers coming back and encourage more membership signups. When a store associate loads a member profile or scans a membership card at checkout, eligible items automatically switch to member pricing. Any manual price overrides that have been implemented are automatically recalculated after the switch to member pricing, so associates can spend less time adjusting prices and more time serving customers.") | | Returns & Exchanges | Shipping fee refunds on multi-shipment returns | [Refund Shipping Fees Accurately on Multi-Shipment Returns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_shipping_fee_refund.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Streamline returns and exchanges for orders with multiple delivery groups. Select specific products or whole shipments to return, and see shipping fee refunds update. This updated experience keeps refund summaries accurate and prevents duplicate shipping fee refunds.") | | Payments & Tenders | Multi-tender in-store Pay by Link | [Boost In-Store Checkout Flexibility with Multi-Tender Pay by Link](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_multitender_pay_by_link.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Accept split-tender payments that combine in-store Pay by Link with other payment types, such as cash or reward points. Apply partial amounts across multiple tenders within a single order, and watch the remaining balance update as you take each payment. Each order keeps a full tender transaction history automatically to simplify order management and refund handling.") | | Promotions & Discounts | Configurable price correction and promotion stackability | [Prevent Double-Discounting and Speed Up Checkout by Controlling Promotion Stacking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_price_correction_stackability.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep promotions from stacking on top of manual price corrections so associates apply a total price with less math and fewer mistakes. Simpler pricing shortens associate training and moves customers through checkout faster during peak periods. Stores that prefer to combine both discounts can keep the current stacking behavior instead.") | | Reporting & Analytics | Net sales reporting across performance reports | [Maximize Store Profitability with Net Sales Reporting Across Performance Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_net_sales_reporting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "See financial metrics that reflect true earnings after discounts, promotions, and refunds. Net sales figures now appear across key dashboards and downloadable reports, including revenue by time period, register summaries, and store reconciliation views. Monitor real store profitability and export complete datasets for deeper financial analysis.") | | Returns & Exchanges | No-receipt returns for product bundles | [Keep No-Receipt Bundle Returns Accurate and Fraud-Resistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_nrr_bundle_returns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sale associates previously returned no-receipt bundles as a single item, without accounting for what's inside. Now, associates confirm each item in the bundle, which improves inventory accuracy and lowers the risk of return fraud from generic, un-itemized overrides.") | | Checkout | Ignore state field for configured countries | [Complete International Addresses Faster by Skipping Unnecessary State Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_ignore_state_countries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Point of Sale now skips the state field for countries that don't require one. Previously, every address needed a state regardless of country, which slowed down checkout and risked incorrect data. Now, the address form adjusts automatically based on the country the store associate selects, so the associate can complete a shipping or billing address faster.") | | Receipts | Custom PunchOut item attributes on email receipts | [Improve Custom Order Accuracy with Clear Email Receipt Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_punchout_receipt_attributes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Format PunchOut custom item attributes, such as fabric, color, and configuration, as readable details on email receipts instead of raw JSON text. Configure which fields display, such as choice and description labels, to match how these details appear in the cart and on printed receipts. Customers get consistent, accurate documentation of their custom order across every receipt type.") | | Receipts | Custom product attributes on receipts | [Boost Post-Purchase Transparency with Tailored Product Details on Receipts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_product_receipt_attributes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build customer trust and simplify order verification by showing clear, relevant product attributes directly on receipts. Including specific item details like brands or tax codes on both physical and digital receipts gives customers complete post-purchase clarity. Detailed line items help lower post-sale support requests and ensure consistent compliance across all your retail touchpoints.") | | Taxes | Partial tax exemption support with Vertex | [Reduce Checkout Errors and Stay Compliant with Vertex Partial Tax Exemption Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_vertex_partial_tax_exemption.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Stores that use the Vertex tax engine can now apply partial tax exemptions at checkout, which reduces errors and helps maintain compliance. Previously, a partial exemption caused a cart error. Store associates had to complete the transaction without applying the customer's valid exemption, risking overcharges and compliance issues.") | | Devices & Hardware | Support for iOS 27 | [Keep Business Moving on iOS 27 with Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_ios_27_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update your store devices to iOS 27 with confidence that checkout, returns, and payments keep working. Point of Sale now supports iOS 27, so you can stay current on security and performance without disrupting store operations. Point of Sale continues to support iOS 18 and iOS 26.") | ## August 2026 | Product Area | Feature | Release Note | | --- | --- | --- | | Core Platform | Enriched product bundle data across sales and fulfillment | [Apply Full Bundle Data Consistently Across Sales, Returns, and Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_product_bundles_v2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Product bundles now carry richer data, including pricing, images, and promotions, for a better shopping experience. Bundle rules apply consistently across sales, returns, exchanges, and fulfillment. Receipts and logs reflect bundle details accurately, giving you cleaner records and reliable order management end-to-end.") | | Security & Access Management | Automated CMS access expiration and support role | [Strengthen CMS Access Controls with Automated Expiration and a New Support Role](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_cms_access_expiration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Reduce security risk and manual cleanup with new access controls for CMS users. Set expiration periods to automatically revoke CMS access after a set time, instead of manually tracking and deleting temporary accounts. This same update also adds a view-only CMS support role, giving your team a safer way to troubleshoot issues without granting full access.") | | Omnichannel & Fulfillment | Shipping fees for backorder and pickup later | [Give Customers Accurate Shipping Costs for Shipping and Pickup Later Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_shipping_fees_backorder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give customers accurate, transparent shipping costs no matter how they choose to receive their order. You can now extend fee calculations beyond standard shipping to cover pickup-later orders, with the flexibility to apply or remove fee requirements as needed. This capability provides clearer pricing at checkout and more control over shipping strategy across fulfillment options.") | | Feeds & Data Management | On-demand product catalog exports | [Save Time and Reduce Manual Work with On-Demand Product Catalog Exports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_export_product_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Generate a complete, accurate CSV export of your product catalog on demand, executed at run time whenever you need it. This process gives you a self-serve way to check your production catalog data for issues and fix them yourself, without waiting on a support ticket to get access to production data.") | | Feeds & Data Management | Enhanced feed error logging | [Resolve Product Feed Failures Faster with Enhanced Error Logging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_export_error_logs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Pinpoint exact data issues in your product full feed uploads without combing through thousands of rows. The feed error logs page now includes row numbers, record IDs, affected columns, and invalid values so you can identify failures immediately. You can also download a dedicated correction file to reference alongside your original upload for troubleshooting.") | # Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.0.1 The 12.0.1 release occurs between April 22 and 29, 2026. The release is available to test April 22, 2026. ABM date: May 7, 2026. Hyperforce Production date: May 4, 2026. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The ABM date was updated from 4/29 to 5/7 due to a postponement of the POS Version 12.0.1 GA deployment. The delay was made to avoid pushing updates during high-volume regional trading windows (including Japan's Golden Week holiday period). We appreciate your patience. Your testing team may find the available version 12.0.1 (27630) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Increase Warranty Revenue and Reduce Friction at the Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_dynamic_warranty.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your store associates the flexibility to offer the right warranty coverage at the right moment without creating order management headaches. The POS system automatically calculates warranty options based on eligible cart subtotals. With the right approval policy, associates can adjust warranty coverage for specific products at the point of sale. Also, you can require warranty checks before completing checkout. This capability integrates with a new warranty retrieval SPI, enabling a straightforward way to connect your current warranty catalog to the POS experience. - **[Improve Checkout Flow with Reliable Card on File Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_card_on_file.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your checkout lines moving by giving store associates instant access to customers' stored payment methods, including during multitender sales. When an associate selects a customer profile with a saved credit card, the POS retrieves the card information via tokens from the profile to facilitate secure transactions through your Adyen terminal. This updated framework mitigates previous scenarios that disabled card on file transactions. Guest checkout still requires a physical card. During the point of sale flow, confirm the shopper’s identity before payment. - **[Eliminate Checkout Disruptions for Nontaxable Scenarios with Vertex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_tax_errors_vertex.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Avoid tax calculation errors in cases where a region or item isn't subject to tax and no exemption rule is configured. Previously, transactions involving nontaxable regions or items without an exemption rule triggered calculation failures. These failures disrupted the checkout experience and required manual intervention or a support request to Vertex. - **[Streamline Remote Checkout with Real-Time Payment Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_remote_pbl.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Free store associates from manual tracking to focus on customers. The POS system automatically updates order statuses and sends an e-receipt to the customer upon successful payment. Previously, associates spent time checking payment statuses and issuing receipts. Store managers can also monitor remote payment status in the POS app. Previously, expired payment links tied up inventory reservations and required manual intervention to resolve. - **[Ensure Accurate BOGO Pricing and Simplify Returns with Lowest-Price Discounting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_bogo_discounts_lowest_item.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate pricing inconsistencies at checkout and streamline returns and exchanges by applying Buy One, Get One (BOGO) discounts to the lowest-priced qualifying item in the cart. Previously, the POS applied discounts to the first qualifying item added, which caused pricing discrepancies during returns and exchanges, leading to customer friction and potential revenue loss. Now, the POS automatically calculates the discount based on the lowest-priced qualifying item, ensuring accurate pricing every time, reducing cashier errors, and delivering a seamless customer experience across purchases, returns, and exchanges. - **[Reduce Fulfillment Costs and Improve Customer Satisfaction by Canceling BOFIS Orders Up to the Moment of Shipment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_cancel_bofis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Avoid unnecessary shipping costs and improve customer satisfaction by canceling Buy Online, Fulfill in Store (BOFIS) orders at any point before shipment, including after packing. Previously, the POS removed the cancel option once an order was packed or marked ready to ship, forcing store associates to complete and ship unwanted orders, increasing costs and complicating returns. Now, you can cancel right up to the moment of shipment, reducing wasted fulfillment effort, cutting unnecessary shipping expenses, and resolving last-minute customer cancellation requests quickly and efficiently. - **[Reduce Sales Loss Because of Gift Card Compatibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_gift_card_provider_spi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect your Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, to any gift card vendor by using the new Gift Card SPI. You can now integrate specialized providers to check balances, activate cards, and process redemptions directly in the POS. This SPI makes sure that your checkout process supports the specific gift card services your business requires. - **[Configure Tax Free Integrations Faster for All Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_global_part_bulkconfig.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To save time, upload a CSV file to configure tax-free settings for Global Blue across all your locations. You can now manage shop IDs, API credentials, and desk IDs in bulk rather than editing each store individually. The system validates your data and maps the data to the correct store automatically. - **[Expand into New Markets with Fiscal SPIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fiscal_spi.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Expand your global footprint by connecting local fiscal engines to your retail workflow. Fiscalization SPIs connect your Point of Sale app, formerly Retail Cloud Modern POS, to systems that handle country-specific tax, and fiscal requirements, so you can complete checkout without interruption. - **[Reduce Compliance Risk with Granular Inventory Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_inventorymodule_permission_roles.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Restrict access to specific inventory modules by configuring permissions for transfers, adjustments, and cycle counts. This change replaces the single inventory permission with separate permission settings for each inventory module, giving you the flexibility to define access for different roles. By limiting access to specific modules, you prevent operational risks and maintain tighter control over your store data. - **[Improve Sales in Offline Mode with Accurate Product Images](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_product_offline_images.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show product images on the POS app during offline transactions. Previously, offline mode showed only a default image instead of the product image, which made it harder to identify items. Now, you can find products faster and continue serving customers without interruption during offline transactions. - **[Empower Franchise Managers with Scoped Access Control and Independent POS Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_franchise_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate unauthorized data exposure and reduce operational dependency on corporate admins by giving franchise managers direct control over their store's functions. You can create franchise-specific roles and users, link store associates directly to their franchise, and enforce granular CMS visibility. This feature ensures franchise users see only the data relevant to their locations, drives operational autonomy at the store level, reduces administrative overhead, and safeguards data integrity across your entire franchise network. - **[Prioritize Orders and Reduce Late Fulfillments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_order_sla.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get the visibility you need to handle pickup and shipping orders in the right order. The POS app now highlights time-sensitive orders in the fulfillment list. A green indicator shows that an order is on track, an orange indicator shows that it’s nearing the deadline, and a red indicator shows that the deadline has passed. # Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.1.1 The 12.1.1 release occurs between May 29 and June 4, 2026. The release is available to test May 29, 2026. ABM date: June 4, 2026. Hyperforce Production date: June 4, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 12.1.1 (27710) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Increase Add-On Revenue and Speed Up Checkout with Pre-Selected Product Add-Ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_auto_add_ons.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Drive higher attach rates with add-on toggles that are enabled by default on the product detail page. Pre-selected toggles reduce transaction friction and speed up checkout without requiring associates to manually select each add-on. - **[Eliminate Manual Follow-Ups and Close Payments Faster with the Remote Pay by Link Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_remote_pbl_deeplink.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View all remote payment activities in a consolidated report on the POS app. Visual alerts in the queue notify associates when a customer completes a remote payment, eliminating the need for manual follow-ups. Identify failed or expired payment links at a glance to resolve issues quickly and keep transactions moving. - **[Grow In-Store Sales by Supporting Online Order Exchanges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_online_order_exchanges.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Process exchanges for Buy Online, Return In Store orders directly in the POS app. Previously, the system blocked adding new items to the cart for online returns. You can now help customers exchange online purchases for different items in person, keeping revenue in your stores and reducing return shipping costs. - **[Deliver Consistent Checkout Experiences with Date Selection for All Fulfillment Methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_date_selection_omni.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Offer delivery and pickup date selection for store-based shipments and auto-routed pickups, not just standard shipping. The date-picker component now supports all omnichannel fulfillment methods at the delivery group level. This extended date-picker support eliminates the need for custom date-selection implementations and enables you to configure schedules to match your business requirements. - **[Synchronize Restocking Fee Data with Salesforce Order Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_restocking_oms.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate manual reconciliation and keep your order and payment records accurate by posting restocking fee details directly to Salesforce Order Management. Gain precise visibility into custom payment attributes throughout the refund process, giving your finance and operations teams the real-time data they need to act faster and close the books with confidence. - **[Fulfill Orders Faster with Visual Product Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_visual_search.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Search for products by capturing photos with the POS device camera instead of relying on text and barcodes. This visual approach speeds up product identification during order fulfillment for omni-channel orders, reducing errors and helping store associates locate items more quickly and accurately. - **[Build a Complete Customer View with Enhanced Customer 360 Profile Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_enhanced_customer360.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customer 360 now displays richer customer information and cross-channel shopping activity. Configure PS tags to show government ID and company details including tax IDs and business addresses. You can also view customer wishlists from your commerce system, and add those items directly to the cart. - **[Scale Global Operations with Granular Tax Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_granular_tax_config.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage multiple tax accounts across a large organization by configuring reference codes at the store level. This update enables stores in different regions or under different brands to perform tax calculations that use separate profiles. By specifying a store record field for these codes, you gain localized control over tax auditing while maintaining a global fallback for simplified administration. - **[Streamline Global Blue Tax-Free Refunds and Stay Compliant in Italy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_globalblue_countries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Activate Global Blue tax-free issuance in Italy and automatically generate sequential document numbers for Global Blue tax forms, ensuring compliance with fiscalization requirements for the tax-free flow. This update enables merchants in Italy to maintain the required consecutive numbering across all tax-free documents directly within the POS. Merchants can also track these documents through their entire lifecycle with records stored permanently on the associated order. - **[Track Multistore Orders More Efficiently with Store ID in Order Numbers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_storeid_ordernumbers.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Include store identifiers directly in order numbers for faster order tracking and fulfillment. You can customize the order number prefix to add the store ID automatically to every online order, eliminating extra lookup steps when processing orders from multiple locations. - **[Automate Franchise Promotion Monitoring and Eliminate Manual Oversight](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_promo_webhook.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor promotion changes across your franchise with automated event triggers. Automated triggers capture create, update, and delete events and send the modified promotion data to your downstream systems. This event-driven integration eliminates manual synchronization and provides consistent promotional strategies across locations. # Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.2.1 The 12.2.1 release occurs between June 25 and July 2, 2026. The release is available to test June 26, 2026. ABM date: July 2, 2026. Hyperforce Production date: July 2, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 12.2.1 (27802) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Strengthen Inventory Accuracy and Compliance with Manager Approval for Receiving Discrepancies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_manager_approval_receiving_discrepancies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve inventory accuracy and accountability by requiring manager authentication and approval for all Advanced Shipping Notice (ASN) receiving discrepancies. Managers can review, approve, or audit quantity variances before finalization, with all actions logged in an event file for complete traceability. This controlled workflow reduces receiving errors, enhances loss prevention visibility, and strengthens compliance controls. - **[Reward Loyal Shoppers with Dynamic Member Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_dynamic_member_pricing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Offer exclusive, better pricing to signed-up members compared to regular customers automatically. By setting up a Fixed Price promotion that references member pricing stored in your product data, the system dynamically applies member-specific prices at checkout. This automation ensures identified members receive the correct price while you manage all pricing details within your product fields. - **[Simplify Discount Management with Associate-Controlled Promotion Overrides](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_associate_promotion_overrides.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enable associates to select whether transaction-level discounts override or stack with promotions, eliminating complex per-promotion configurations. Associates can apply manual discounts that supersede all active promotions with a simple selection, streamlining workflows for returns, price matching, and special circumstances. - **[Scale Multibrand Receipt Management with Expanded Store-Level Custom Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_multibrand_receipt_custom_fields.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Expand store customization capabilities with more custom fields (CustomString2 through CustomString11) and corresponding print tags available for configuring stores, enabling dynamic receipt content by brand, region, and print method. You can manage multiple brands with distinct receipt requirements within a single CMS instance, reducing operational complexity and improving efficiency. - **[Secure Your Franchise Data with Enforced Reporting Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_enforced_reporting_visibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Store-level restrictions on reports ensures that franchise users see only their own data. Successful orders, customer signups, audit logs, and reconciliation reports now display only data from a user's specific franchise ID. These changes prevent unauthorized access to cross-franchise data while hiding irrelevant reports to simplify the user experience. - **[Improve Sales Floor Efficiency with Real-Time Promotional Price Checks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_realtime_promotional_price_checks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You no longer need to add items to the cart just to see promotional pricing. Use the Price Check button directly on the Product Detail Page (PDP) to instantly view the final discounted price for any variant. This streamlined workflow saves time, keeps voided cart data clean, and helps your team provide faster, more confident customer service. # Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.3.1 The 12.3.1 release occurs between July 31 and August 6, 2026. The release is available to test July 31, 2026. ABM date: August 6, 2026. Hyperforce Production date: August 6, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 12.3.1 (27907) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Maintain Consistent Product Information Across Online and Store Sales Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_catalog_unification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View unified product data synced automatically from B2C Commerce to Point of Sale. With catalog unification, B2C Commerce becomes the source of truth for product information, eliminating duplicate data entry and ensuring accuracy across sales channels. Products, scheduled feeds, and field mappings become view-only in CMS Hyperforce. - **[Protect Store Sales During Outages with Centralized Offline Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_offline_controls.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Switch registers to offline from a centralized dashboard during network disruptions or scheduled maintenance. Managing offline events centrally eliminates configuring individual devices on the floor, keeping checkout lines moving and preventing lost sales. Real-time event tracking, immutable audit logs, and safeguards against accidental scope reduction ensure operational control throughout an incident. - **[Customize In-Store Experiences with Customer 360 for Clienteling in Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_customer_360_clienteling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure Customer 360 in Point of Sale to give store associates a unified view of customer data from Commerce or Service. Select providers for individual modules, including customer profiles, wish lists, online carts, addresses, order history, and loyalty, to match your commerce architecture. With real-time access to cross-channel customer information in the POS app, associates can deliver personalized service and build stronger customer relationships. - **[Protect Order Integrity by Restricting Cart Fulfillment Switching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_fulfillment_switching.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prevent downstream order errors by locking active carts to their initial fulfillment type. You can configure these restrictions to safeguard complex workflows for made-to-order and off-the-shelf products. You can also receive clear on-screen notifications and resolution paths when the app blocks a restricted transition. - **[Streamline In-Store Fulfillment with Enhanced BOPIS Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_bopis_enhanced.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Optimize store operations by managing item cancellations directly within the packing workflow. Store associates can process full or partial item cancellations during packing, reprint identical packing slips, and release canceled order inventory back to stock by using the new unpack flow. The app also surfaces pickup deadlines so your team can prioritize expiring orders. - **[Streamline Mixed Cart Checkouts with Adyen Tokenization and Partial Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_adyen_tokenization.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Adyen payment gateways now secure card tokens during Endless Aisle and mixed cart transactions to effortlessly handle future reauthorizations. The gateway prompts customers for clear payment consent, immediately capturing the in-store total while authorizing the remaining balance. This enhancement works with card terminals and tap-to-pay payments. Previously, Endless Aisle order flows lacked card tokenization support. - **[Streamline Digital Agreement Signing During Checkout with an Enhanced User Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_digital_contract.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Guide customers through the required digital contracts smoothly during the checkout process. Automatically prompt customers to log in, view required contract layouts based on product attributes, and complete multiple documents sequentially by using a direct flow. This update makes sure that the app collects and verifies all necessary signatures before placing an order. - **[Centralize Point of Sale Security with Enterprise Single Sign-On](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_enterprise_sso.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Connect Point of Sale to your primary identity provider, such as Azure AD (Entra ID) or OneLogin, through Salesforce Identity. Centralizing access management helps enforce corporate password policies and reduces security risks across retail locations. You can log in with your corporate credentials, streamlining app access and reducing password fatigue on the floor. - **[Streamline Global Compliance with Avalara Value-Added Tax Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_avalara_vat.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sync accurate tax data effortlessly by implementing the latest Avalara compliance requirements. Send tax-inclusive pricing fields directly in your requests to ensure Avalara uses the correct base amount for calculations. The system also maps the returned external tax ID to downstream systems to simplify your auditing workflows. You can activate these features instantly using a simple toggle in your CMS settings. - **[Display Itemized Line-Level Taxes and Fees Directly on Receipts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_line_level_tax.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Itemize specific item taxes and regional fees directly beneath individual products on printed and electronic receipts. Configure eligible tax codes in your tax settings to display fees only when applicable, maintaining clean, clutter-free receipts, speeding up checkout times, and reducing post-purchase customer inquiries. - **[Prevent Transaction Failures with Real-Time Tax and Fiscal Connector Monitoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_tax_fiscal_monitoring.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track tax software and fiscal middleware health in real time with automated performance monitoring. Set up custom alerts to catch latency spikes, errors, and timeouts across supported providers, enabling quick shifts to fallback processing before impacting checkout. Configuring location-specific threshold settings provides granular control over system stability and reduces manual coordination during outages. - **[Resolve Shipment Variances Quickly with the ASN Discrepancy Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_asn_discrepancy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Track and review shipping mismatches directly within the POS app when scanned inventory doesn’t match expected quantities. The receiving discrepancy report highlights short or over counts in red alongside receiving details, dates, and approval tracking. You can also export findings to a CSV file for seamless downstream auditing. - **[Eliminate Manual Price Adjustments During Promotional Product Exchanges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_exchange_price_match.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain consistency for your customers by automatically honoring original discount prices during an exchange. This update removes the need for store associates to manually override pricing when an item's original promotion is no longer active. # Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.4.1 The 12.4.1 release occurs between August 28, 2026 and September 3, 2026. The release is available to test August 28, 2026. ABM date: September 3, 2026. Hyperforce Production date: September 3, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 12.4.1 (27986) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Save Time and Reduce Manual Work with On-Demand Product Catalog Exports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_export_product_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Generate a complete, accurate CSV export of your product catalog on demand, executed at run time whenever you need it. This process gives you a self-serve way to check your production catalog data for issues and fix them yourself, without waiting on a support ticket to get access to production data. - **[Resolve Product Feed Failures Faster with Enhanced Error Logging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_export_error_logs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Pinpoint exact data issues in your product full feed uploads without combing through thousands of rows. The feed error logs page now includes row numbers, record IDs, affected columns, and invalid values so you can identify failures immediately. You can also download a dedicated correction file to reference alongside your original upload for troubleshooting. - **[Strengthen CMS Access Controls with Automated Expiration and a New Support Role](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_cms_access_expiration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce security risk and manual cleanup with new access controls for CMS users. Set expiration periods to automatically revoke CMS access after a set time, instead of manually tracking and deleting temporary accounts. This same update also adds a view-only CMS support role, giving your team a safer way to troubleshoot issues without granting full access. - **[Give Customers Accurate Shipping Costs for Shipping and Pickup Later Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_shipping_fees_backorder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give customers accurate, transparent shipping costs no matter how they choose to receive their order. You can now extend fee calculations beyond standard shipping to cover pickup-later orders, with the flexibility to apply or remove fee requirements as needed. This capability provides clearer pricing at checkout and more control over shipping strategy across fulfillment options. - **[Apply Full Bundle Data Consistently Across Sales, Returns, and Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_product_bundles_v2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Product bundles now carry richer data, including pricing, images, and promotions, for a better shopping experience. Bundle rules apply consistently across sales, returns, exchanges, and fulfillment. Receipts and logs reflect bundle details accurately, giving you cleaner records and reliable order management end-to-end. # Salesforce Point of Sale Version 12.5.1 The 12.5.1 release occurs between September 30, 2026 and October 7, 2026. The release is available to test September 30, 2026. ABM date: October 7, 2026. Hyperforce Production date: October 1, 2026. Your testing team may find the available version 12.5.1 (28038) available to test in their TestFlight application. - **[Grow Regional Sales with Flexible, Franchise-Ready Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_franchise_promotions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Franchise admins can manage promotions for their assigned stores while safely viewing corporate-wide campaigns without the ability to edit them. Corporate admins retain full oversight, editing localized campaigns as needed. Corporate admins can apply promotions to any franchise or combination of franchises, so they can run effective regional or local sales campaigns. - **[Refund Shipping Fees Accurately on Multi-Shipment Returns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_shipping_fee_refund.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Streamline returns and exchanges for orders with multiple delivery groups. Select specific products or whole shipments to return, and see shipping fee refunds update. This updated experience keeps refund summaries accurate and prevents duplicate shipping fee refunds. - **[Prevent Double-Discounting and Speed Up Checkout by Controlling Promotion Stacking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_price_correction_stackability.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep promotions from stacking on top of manual price corrections so associates apply a total price with less math and fewer mistakes. Simpler pricing shortens associate training and moves customers through checkout faster during peak periods. Stores that prefer to combine both discounts can keep the current stacking behavior instead. - **[Boost In-Store Checkout Flexibility with Multi-Tender Pay by Link](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_multitender_pay_by_link.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accept split-tender payments that combine in-store Pay by Link with other payment types, such as cash or reward points. Apply partial amounts across multiple tenders within a single order, and watch the remaining balance update as you take each payment. Each order keeps a full tender transaction history automatically to simplify order management and refund handling. - **[Reward Customer Loyalty with Member Pricing Across Your Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_member_pricing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Offer discounted member pricing on the POS app to keep loyal customers coming back and encourage more membership signups. When a store associate loads a member profile or scans a membership card at checkout, eligible items automatically switch to member pricing. Any manual price overrides that have been implemented are automatically recalculated after the switch to member pricing, so associates can spend less time adjusting prices and more time serving customers. - **[Complete International Addresses Faster by Skipping Unnecessary State Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_ignore_state_countries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Point of Sale now skips the state field for countries that don't require one. Previously, every address needed a state regardless of country, which slowed down checkout and risked incorrect data. Now, the address form adjusts automatically based on the country the store associate selects, so the associate can complete a shipping or billing address faster. - **[Maximize Store Profitability with Net Sales Reporting Across Performance Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_net_sales_reporting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See financial metrics that reflect true earnings after discounts, promotions, and refunds. Net sales figures now appear across key dashboards and downloadable reports, including revenue by time period, register summaries, and store reconciliation views. Monitor real store profitability and export complete datasets for deeper financial analysis. - **[Keep No-Receipt Bundle Returns Accurate and Fraud-Resistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_nrr_bundle_returns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sale associates previously returned no-receipt bundles as a single item, without accounting for what's inside. Now, associates confirm each item in the bundle, which improves inventory accuracy and lowers the risk of return fraud from generic, un-itemized overrides. - **[Improve Custom Order Accuracy with Clear Email Receipt Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_punchout_receipt_attributes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Format PunchOut custom item attributes, such as fabric, color, and configuration, as readable details on email receipts instead of raw JSON text. Configure which fields display, such as choice and description labels, to match how these details appear in the cart and on printed receipts. Customers get consistent, accurate documentation of their custom order across every receipt type. - **[Boost Post-Purchase Transparency with Tailored Product Details on Receipts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_product_receipt_attributes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build customer trust and simplify order verification by showing clear, relevant product attributes directly on receipts. Including specific item details like brands or tax codes on both physical and digital receipts gives customers complete post-purchase clarity. Detailed line items help lower post-sale support requests and ensure consistent compliance across all your retail touchpoints. - **[Reduce Checkout Errors and Stay Compliant with Vertex Partial Tax Exemption Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_vertex_partial_tax_exemption.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Stores that use the Vertex tax engine can now apply partial tax exemptions at checkout, which reduces errors and helps maintain compliance. Previously, a partial exemption caused a cart error. Store associates had to complete the transaction without applying the customer's valid exemption, risking overcharges and compliance issues. - **[Keep Business Moving on iOS 27 with Point of Sale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pos_ios_27_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Update your store devices to iOS 27 with confidence that checkout, returns, and payments keep working. Point of Sale now supports iOS 27, so you can stay current on security and performance without disrupting store operations. Point of Sale continues to support iOS 18 and iOS 26. # Salesforce Pricing Define pricing rules across complex, multi-level quotes by using conditional ascending propagation and cross-field horizontal calculations. Simplify pricing logic with conditional IF statements. Accelerate debugging by using auto-numbered steps and element descriptions in the now-renamed Revenue Cloud Operations Console. Improve troubleshooting accuracy with Advanced Price Log Settings and seamlessly deploy entire pricing workflow structures by packaging procedure plans. - **[Streamline Complex Quote Calculations with Smarter Price Propagation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_streamline_complex_quote_calculations_with_smarter_price_propagation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage complex, multi-level quotes by defining formulas that calculate and propagate discounts and totals throughout the quote hierarchy. Simplify pricing configuration for complex quote structures with up to 5 levels of nesting. Build consistent pricing flows by using ascending propagation to conditionally roll up totals and discounts to the parent level. Use horizontal calculations to compute values based on other fields within the same quote line or group. - **[Package Your Pricing Workflow Seamlessly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_seamlessly_package_your_pricing_workflow.htm&release=260&type=5)** Migrate entire pricing solutions across Salesforce orgs by adding procedure plans directly to your deployment package. Transfer the complete execution flow of pricing and discovery procedures to reduce manual setup effort. Deploy your validated pricing workflow with speed and accuracy to ensure immediate consistency in every target org. - **[Troubleshoot Pricing Elements with Advanced Price Log Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_troubleshoot_pricing_elements_with_advanced_price_log_settings.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Advanced Price Log Settings to collect detailed diagnostic data for complex pricing elements. The logs capture input values and complete exception details for elements such as Attribute-Based Price, Derived Price, and other logic-heavy elements. This framework streamlines troubleshooting and performance analysis so that admins can identify the root cause of issues. - **[Build Pricing Logic with Conditional IF Statements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_build_pricing_logic_with_conditional_if_statements.htm&release=260&type=5)** Solve complex pricing scenarios by using conditional IF statements and nested logic directly within the Formula-Based Pricing element. Pricing designers can now replicate complex business logic, such as intricate claculations for product pricing by using basis points or advanced logic for promotional discounts, without relying on custom code. This enhancement optimizes procedure readability and accelerates debugging. - **[Accelerate Debugging of Pricing Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_accelerate_debugging_of_pricing_flows.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use auto-numbered steps and element descriptions in a pricing procedure to improve readability and provide a clear visual map of the execution path in the Pricing Operations Console. The numbering automatically adjusts when elements are added or moved, reducing manual effort and supporting faster, more accurate troubleshooting across pricing procedures. - **[Pricing Operations Console Is Now Revenue Cloud Operations Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_operations_console_is_now_revenue_cloud_operations_console.htm&release=260&type=5)** To better align with the data it presents, the Pricing Operations Console is now renamed to Revenue Cloud Operations Console. This change does not affect the console's functionality or user experience. Product documentation and in-app terminology have been updated to reflect this change. # Salesforce Pricing Scale your pricing logic with CSV-based decision tables, sync decision tables at the recipe level, and map more variables in the Map Line Item element. - **[Use CSV-Based Decision Tables in Pricing Procedures](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_use_csv_based_decision_tables_in_pricing_procedures.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Integrate large datasets into your pricing logic by looking up data in CSV-based decision tables. This alternative to standard or custom object sources supports all elements under pricing usage types. Manage up to 100,000 rows for non-versioned and single-versioned tables by importing your CSV definitions. - **[Sync Decision Tables for Any Pricing Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_sync_decision_tables_at_the_recipe_level.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Keep your pricing data current by syncing all the decision tables for any pricing recipe. Previously, you could sync only the default recipe. - **[Map More Variables in the Map Line Item Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_map_more_variables_in_the_map_line_item_element.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain more granular control over main and subline items by mapping up to 100 variables in the Map Line Item element. Previously, the limit was 50. - **[Changed Connect REST APIs in Salesforce Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_pricing_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sync pricing data for a pricing recipe and view the currency code used during pricing execution in API log records. # Salesforce Pricing Apply compounding uplifts to ramp deal segments, scale your pricing logic with pricing recipes and procedures for each cloud, and reusable list variables. Set weekly as a proration frequency, and get standard decimal notation in pricing API responses. - **[Reduce Pricing Errors and Improve Deal Transparency on Ramp Deals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_reduce_pricing_errors_and_improve_deal_transparency_on_ramp_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Calculate each segment's price uplift from the previous segment's uplift percentage instead of the original list price. Previously, uplifts on a ramp deal were always calculated from the product's original list price, so a 3-year deal with a $100 list price and a 10% annual uplift increased by $10 every year. Many multi-year agreements instead call for uplifts that compound: each year's increase applies to the prior year's already-uplifted price, not the original list price. Without compounding, sales teams calculated these prices manually outside the system, creating a risk of errors and reducing deal transparency for approvers. - **[Keep Calculated Values in Context with Local List Variables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_keep_calculated_values_in_context_with_local_list_variables.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Define local list variables directly within a pricing procedure to store and reuse calculated values across elements. Previously, storing a calculated value required creating a context tag or constant within the Pricing Procedure Builder ahead of time. Now, create, edit, and map list variables as you build your procedure, and reference them in the Price Waterfall. - **[Tailor Pricing Rules for Multiple Industry Clouds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_tailor_pricing_rules_for_multiple_industry_clouds.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Segment pricing recipes and pricing procedures by industry clouds using the Subtype field. Each cloud now gets its own default recipe and decision tables, instead of sharing one recipe that forced teams to coordinate unrelated pricing rules. Element lookups in a procedure now show only the decision tables from that subtype's default recipe, so pricing teams manage their metadata independently. - **[Prorate with High-Velocity and Short-Term Sales Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_prorate_with_short-term_and_high-velocity_sales_models.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set Weekly as the proration frequency for a product to align subscription pricing with short-term service contracts and high-velocity consumption models. Previously, the system supported only annual, semiannual, quarterly, or monthly cycles. When you set a product's proration frequency to weekly, the pricing engine calculates the subtotal by multiplying the unit price by the number of 7-day cycles in the term, including partial weeks. - **[Avoid Integration Parsing Errors from Pricing API Decimal Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_pricing_avoid_integration_parsing_errors_from_pricing_api_decimal_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Pricing Connect API returns numeric values in standard decimal notation instead of scientific notation. For example, the API returns 10000000 instead of 1E+7. - **[New and Changed Connect REST APIs in Salesforce Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_pricing_new_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Clone a pricing recipe along with its pricing recipe table mapping records, and optionally assign a different pricing usage subtype to the cloned pricing recipe. Streamline pricing recipe setup by retrieving valid pricing element types for a specific pricing usage subtype in a single API request, which reduces invalid configurations by returning only the elements supported by the selected context. Improve design-time governance and support multi-cloud operations by restricting context definitions and pricing procedures to vertical-specific options. # Salesforce Scheduler Get a faster, more secure, and more efficient Salesforce Scheduler experience with enhancements that include Scheduler flow components in LWR sites, increased service resource capacity for appointments, and a simplified flat list view for waitlist participants. - **[Run Salesforce Scheduler Flows More Efficiently in Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_salesforce_scheduler_flows_lwr_sites.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get a faster and more secure scheduling experience with Scheduler Lightning Web Components in LWR sites. All Salesforce Scheduler flow components are now available as Lightning Web Components, making them compatible with LWR sites. Previously, some flow components used Aura components and were limited to Aura-based sites. - **[Add More Service Resources to Appointments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_add_more_service_resources_to_appointments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Scheduler now supports adding up to 20 mandatory service resources to a single appointment in appointment booking flows. Now, when scheduling an appointment in the user interface, you can add more service resources and find the right slot. This change supports complex scheduling scenarios, such as tribunals, court hearings, panel reviews, team presentations, and so on. - **[Easily View Waitlist Participants With a Flat List](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_easily_view_waitlist_participants_with_a_flat_list.htm&release=260&type=5)** More efficiently manage large waitlists with a flat waitlist of participants. This change improves the readability of waitlists by grouping and displaying waitlist participants in a single list ordered by check-in time. When enabled, you can also use custom appointment groups. Previously, participants were always grouped by work type group. - **[Aura Components in Salesforce Scheduler Flows Are Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_aura_components_in_scheduler_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5)** Aura Components in Salesforce Scheduler Flows are scheduled for retirement on February 14, 2027. You can continue to use the Aura components until that date, but we recommend transitioning to LWR sites for modernized scheduling flows. - **[Other Changes to Salesforce Scheduler](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_other_changes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about other small but important improvements to Salesforce Scheduler. # Salesforce Scheduler Align waitlist participant cards with your business-specific service order by mapping a custom field to the card's sequence slot. Surface meaningful error messages when appointment actions fail business validation in the My Appointments Console. Ensure that your custom Lobby Management dashboard components automatically reflect the active service territory when a greeter changes the selection. - **[Show the Category-Specific Position on Waitlist Participant Cards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_show_category_specific_position_on_waitlist_participant_cards.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Align waitlist participant cards with your business-specific service order by mapping a custom field to the card's sequence slot. When you map a custom field, the card header shows that field's value instead of the system-generated global index. For example, a participant who's first in line for a service category can appear fourth in the global sequence. Mapping a custom field to the sequence slot corrects this mismatch, and lobby greeters see the position that matches the actual call order. Previously, cards always showed a global sequential number that didn't reflect category-specific priority. - **[Help Users Resolve Appointment Errors Faster with Custom Validation Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_help_users_resolve_appointment_errors_faster_with_custom_validation_messages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When an appointment action fails, give users a clear message of why the action was blocked. You can define messages for the Start Appointment, End Appointment, and Accept Appointment actions. Previously, the UI showed a generic error message even when you configured custom validation logic, leaving users without guidance. - **[Keep Custom Lobby Components in Sync with Territory Selections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_keep_custom_lobby_components_in_sync.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain data accuracy in the Lobby Management dashboard now that custom components can be updated when a greeter changes the active service territory. Salesforce Scheduler now publishes a default Lightning Message Service (LMS) message that keeps waitlists, appointments, and custom data views consistent. Previously, custom components had no standardized way to detect a territory change. - **[Grant Record Access for the Cancel Appointment Flow Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_cancel_appointment_action_record_access.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make sure that users who run the Cancel Appointment flow action have access to the service appointment records that they cancel. The action now verifies the access of the user running the flow to a service appointment before it cancels the appointment. Previously, the action didn't check this access, so users could cancel service appointments that they couldn't otherwise access. # Salesforce Scheduler Build agents that help your customers book their own appointments in the new Agentforce Builder. Show only the times a partner user can actually meet, so bookings don't collide with the meetings they keep outside Salesforce. - **[Create Salesforce Scheduler Agents in the New Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_create_scheduler_agents_in_agentforce_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The new Agentforce Builder now supports Salesforce Scheduler agents, so you can build agents to assist your customers in scheduling appointments. The agents you build appear in the agent list views in the Agentforce Studio app and Agentforce Agents Setup pages. Regardless of where you launch them, these agents always open in Agentforce Builder for a consistent experience. - **[Check Partner Calendar Availability Before Booking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ls_check_partner_calendar_availability_before_booking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Scheduler now checks a partner user's connected external calendar for busy and free times, so customers see only the slots when the partner is genuinely available. Previously, partner users managed their schedules in personal tools, so scheduling flows couldn't account for meetings booked outside Salesforce. # Salesforce Shield Shield product enhancements make it easier for you to extend security policies to more of your data. Database Encryption is generally available in all regions. Data Detect now scans 100 objects and unlimited fields and Field Audit Trail storage limit increases from 60 to 200. Real-Time Event storage is turned on by default. The Shield app now has setup assistants and simpler access requirements. - **[Get Shield Setup Assistants and Usage Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_shield_app_setup_assistants.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Shield app now includes Setup Assistants for Data Detect, Field Audit Trail, Event Monitoring, and Platform Encryption. Maximize your Shield implementation by staying up to date on key setup tasks, ranging from user access to feature activation. Monitor and maintain your setup with at-a-glance insights, including usage metrics, data trends, and job statuses. - **[Simplify How Users Access the Shield App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_shield_app_access.htm&release=260&type=5)** If your users have the required permissions to access either Data Detect, Event Monitoring, or Platform Encryption, then they can view the Shield app by default. Previously, the View Shield App Pages user permission was required to view the app. Now, that permission is required only for users who lack other Shield-related access privileges. - **[Event Monitoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_em.htm&release=260&type=5)** Strengthen your security posture with automatic data storage by default for Report, ListView, Login, LoginAs, and Logout events, ensuring critical audit data is available from day one. Additionally, the Operation field in ApiEvent now tracks delete activities, providing deeper insight into critical data changes. - **[Data Detect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_data_detect.htm&release=260&type=5)** Data Detect scan scope and scale increase to handle 100 objects with unlimited fields. You can now scan for custom keywords alongside structured sensitive data to improve regulatory compliance and flag sensitive internal terminology. With the availability of a Standalone License for Data Detect, you can understand your Personally Identifiable Information (PII) exposure. Or, run a scan without needing to purchase the full Shield bundle. - **[Field Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_fat.htm&release=260&type=5)** Field History Explorer enables users to download metadata and revert changes to tracked fields. The increased limit of 200 tracked fields per object further supports broader auditing needs and stricter compliance standards. - **[Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce friction in the encryption process with Database Encryption, now generally available in all regions. Bring Your Own Key for Data 360 opens more root key management options. # Salesforce Shield Shield improvements cut down on clicks and save you time. Scan more of your data, including encrypted data, in more detail with Data Detect. You can also schedule and automate Data Detect scans. Manage your field-level encryption policy, check for encryption blockers, and download field history changes directly in the Shield App. New Profile ID and Role ID fields for all real-time events make it easier to build Transaction Security policies via the Condition Builder. - **[Data Detect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_data_detect.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Data Detect now offers enhanced capabilities for continuous compliance monitoring through automated, recurring (weekly, monthly, or yearly) scans. In addition, you can scan to include precise keyword and phrase matching by using user-defined dictionaries, greatly improving compliance adherence and content moderation. Broaden your data privacy reach by scanning encrypted text-based fields like Text, Long Text Area, Rich Text Area, Text Area, and text (encrypted). Data Detect supports field scanning with Field level Encryption or Classic Encryption for fields, but encryption does increase the total scan time by approximately one and a half times. You can now enjoy easier data review with excerpt snippets coupled with important security controls. - **[Event Monitoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_em.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** New event IDs and Transaction Security Policy controls improve the overall security posture of orgs and their users. - **[Field Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_fat.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Field History Explorer now allows users to download field history changes for any record directly from the page - **[Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Start managing your Field-Level Encryption (FLE) policy from the Shield app. Prepare for the legacy FLE experience retirement from Setup in Winter ’27. Sync large amounts of data to your active key with fewer delays. # Salesforce Shield Use Data Detect to scan Data 360 data lake objects (DLOs) and create Data Detect policies with an improved guided flow. Encrypt archived data with Shield Platform Encryption. - **[Data Detect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_data_detect.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create Data Detect policies in one guided flow where you select objects and define scan criteria. Scan Salesforce data and Data 360 data lake objects (DLOs) to discover sensitive data across your organization. - **[Field Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_fat.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring Field History Explorer and tracked field changes into your record pages with Lightning components. - **[Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Encrypt data archives in the Archive app with dedicated root keys. # Salesforce Sites Display the Specified Favicon Only Salesforce Sites now support an empty value in the Site Favorite Icon field. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Sites and [Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Visualforce Sites Display Only the Specified Favicon](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experience_cloud_visualforce_favicon.htm&release=260&type=5 "Visualforce sites now support an empty value in the Site Favorite Icon field. The small icon appears in browser tabs, bookmarks, and search results for your site. Previously, when no icon was specified, users could see the Salesforce logo.") # Salesforce Spiff Discover the latest enhancements that improve your incentive compensation management experiences. Go to [Salesforce Spiff Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.rn_spiff.htm&language=en_US). # Salesforce Spiff Discover the latest enhancements that improve your incentive compensation management experiences. Go to [Salesforce Spiff Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.rn_spiff.htm&language=en_US). # Salesforce Spiff Discover the latest enhancements that improve your incentive compensation management experiences. For Salesforce Release Notes published prior to September 1, 2026, go to [Salesforce Spiff Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.rn_spiff.htm&language=en_US). - **[Enhance Salesforce Spiff Mobile App Security with Multi-Factor Authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_spiff_mobile_mfa.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build your culture of trust, for your company and customers, by adding another layer of protection for users who log in to the Spiff mobile app. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) reduces the risk of unauthorized access to systems by requiring users to provide two or more verification factors. When multi-factor authentication (MFA) is turned on, after a user enters a password, the app asks for a code from an authenticator app before it opens Spiff. Previously, the mobile app didn't support MFA, so users couldn't complete sign-in when MFA was required. - **[Check Export Availability Before You Run a Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spiff_2026_aug_18.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Check whether Salesforce Spiff can process an export before you run it. A status indicator at the top of the Reporting tab shows whether the commission engine or reporting pipeline is actively processing data, so you know when a UI or API export is available. Hover over the info icon next to the indicator to see when the status last refreshed. - **[Populate Documents with Live Quota Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_spiff_2026_aug_21.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Dynamic merge fields in Salesforce Spiff now include a rep's quota value, not just the name of their assigned quota table, so document templates always reflect current quota data without a manual spreadsheet upload. # Salesforce Spring ’26 Release Notes The Spring ’26 release helps companies to accelerate their journey to becoming an Agentic Enterprise by combining human expertise and AI agents — giving every team the insights, automation, and tools they need to deliver better customer experiences with confidence. ## What's New This Release - [Release Resource Hub](https://www.salesforce.com/products/innovation/spring-26-release/). Demos, webinars, and more ways to explore all our latest innovations. - [Admin Release Countdown Blog](https://admin.salesforce.com/blog/2025/admin-spring-26-release-dates-countdown). Important dates to mark on your calendar for Spring '26. - [Release Overview Deck (ROD)](http://sfdc.co/2fp55). Create internal training for your users, review setup screens, and learn how to use features. - [Release Matrix](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/files/069KX000005bLWWYA2?tab=overview). Quickly see which features immediately affect your users. - [Spring '26 Pre-release Signup](https://www.salesforce.com/form/signup/prerelease-spring26/). Sign up for a pre-release org to get early access to the new features. - [Spring '26 Release Highlights Module](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/spring-26-release-highlights/). Get the release Trailhead badge. - [Release in a Box](https://org62.my.salesforce.com/sfc/p/#000000000062/a/ed000001hZrZ/pWAR4nYW3eETntDZBxdDB6xJxfiFH_A6ZF1IE5vTZl8). Use this kit to prepare for the new release and share with your users. ## Release Readiness Essentials - [Release Readiness Trailblazers](https://salesforce.com/success-releasereadiness). Access resources and experts for all things release readiness. To help us track and respond to your feedback, use a hashtag that indicates the release, such as #Spring26Feedback. - [Trust Status Maintenance Site](https://status.salesforce.com/products/all/maintenances). See sandbox and other release dates and times. To see your maintenance dates, select Instances and your instance. - [Sandbox Refresh Calculator](https://sandbox-preview-prd-24f76e67b11e.herokuapp.com/), [Preview Video](https://bit.ly/SandboxRefreshVideo), and [Preview Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=Summer-21-Sandbox-Preview-Instructions&language=en_US&mode=1&type=1). Plan if and when to refresh your sandboxes. Learn how to navigate the sandbox preview process. Get early access to new features in your sandbox. - [Certification Release Maintenance Schedule](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/help?article=Certification-Release-Maintenance-Schedule). Keep your certification updated in Trailhead. - [Prepare for Salesforce Releases](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/en/content/learn/trails/sf_release_prep). Use Trailhead to create your release strategy. ## Release Notes Tips - Use the table of contents to browse through release notes by product. You can also search and filter to zero in on the news that matters the most. - Your browser’s settings determine the language that you see. To change the website language, scroll to the bottom of this page and use the language switcher in the website footer. - [Salesforce Known Issues](https://help.salesforce.com/s/issues) are listed separately. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Until the new release is available to you, links from release notes to Salesforce Help, implementation guides, developer guides, and other documentation don’t work. And sometimes the links point to material from the previous release. Some of our documentation has preview versions available several weeks before the release. To access a preview version on [Salesforce Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs), select **Preview** from the Documentation Version dropdown list. - **[Release Notes for Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_features_released_monthly.htm&release=260&type=5)** For some products, Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year. - **[Release Note Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=260&type=5)** Read about what changes were made after the release notes were published. Changes are separated by product and with the most recent changes first. The dates indicate the week that changes to the release note were made. Review the individual release note availability details. - **[How and When Do Features Become Available?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_feature_impact.htm&release=260&type=5)** Some features affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your users beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from the new functionality. - **[Salesforce Overall](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall. - **[Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations. - **[Agentforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein.htm&release=260&type=5)** Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI. - **[Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_analytics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Tableau Next, Lightning reports and dashboards, Data 360 reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau. - **[Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate.htm&release=260&type=5)** Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with Flow Integration. Get help from AI to optimize and automate your supply chain business processes with Agentforce Supply Chain. - **[Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_commerce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Commerce enhancements include features for B2C Commerce, B2B Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, and Order Management. - **[Customization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization.htm&release=260&type=5)** Complete Setup tasks more efficiently with the help of an AI assistant with Setup with Agentforce (beta). Import and export translation files more easily with enhancements to the Translation Workbench. - **[Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_c360_truth.htm&release=260&type=5)** Data 360 features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included in the Spring 2026 release are generally listed under February. - **[Deployment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deployment.htm&release=260&type=5)** Whether you’re an admin using point-and-click tools or a developer writing code, these enhancements help you deploy your changes to a target org. - **[Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_development.htm&release=260&type=5)** Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations. - **[Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make your Aura and LWR site pages more discoverable to AI-powered search engines and improve the precision of AI-generated answers with generative engine optimization. Create richer HTML content for Aura and LWR sites and enjoy greater design flexibility on LWR sites with expanded HTML allowlists and more readily available standard LWR components. Updates to Salesforce files make it easier for users to manage, delete, upload, and download files. The ability to create custom property types and editors for Aura and LWR sites is now generally available. - **[Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice.htm&release=260&type=5)** See what’s new in Agentforce Field Service, formerly Field Service, to help your team deliver on performance and customer service. - **[Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Products and features from Data 360, Marketing Cloud, Platform, MuleSoft, and Tableau Cloud are now available in more Hyperforce regions. Hyperforce Assistant introduced a new way to find hard-coded references. The Hyperforce public IP ranges now include addresses for inbound connections, in addition to existing outbound addresses. Prepare for IPv6 if you use IP allowlists. - **[Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_industries.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements across the Industries clouds. - **[Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_parent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Personalize every moment of engagement across the customer lifecycle and drive growth for your business with the latest features and enhancements from Salesforce Marketing apps. - **[MuleSoft](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mulesoft.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise. Streamline operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. You can design, develop, govern, and share APIs and integration apps and host them in the cloud or on-premises. - **[Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Salesforce mobile app now uses single sign-on for faster logins and notifications that lets you work on tasks. Create mobile and offline ready Lightning Web components with Mobile MCP tools. - **[Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnistudio.htm&release=260&type=5)** Validate your workflows built with Omniscripts and Flexcards end-to-end by using the UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) framework. For a fast, scalable experience, add Omnscripts and Flexcards to Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Experience Cloud sites (pilot). Get immediate help with an Omnistudio component or element with the Omnistudio Assistance AI Agent (pilot). With accessibility improvements for Omniscripts and Flexcards, create inclusive workflows and solutions for customers and users with disabilities. Filter empty records in Omnistudio Data Mapper Extract and Turbo Extract components with the Is Null operator. - **[Partner Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud.htm&release=260&type=5)** Start managing the full partner lifecycle in one place with tools built directly into Salesforce. Use Partner Cloud to recruit, onboard, enable, and co-sell with partners while giving them secure access to the data and workflows they need. Bring together key capabilities like deal registration, incentives, training, and performance tracking so your team can scale indirect sales and improve partner relationships. Partner Cloud helps you do more with the partners you already have—faster, and with less manual work. - **[Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements for Agentforce Revenue Management. - **[Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about the latest features and updates to grow your pipeline and increase the efficiency of your sales teams. Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in our application and documentation. - **[Salesforce CMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms.htm&release=260&type=5)** Previously known as Sidebar Extensions, Extensions in CMS have an improved development workflow. Build extensions to add more productivity tools to your CMS content workflow, such as third-party generative AI tools or tone and grammar editors. When you work with external content providers, you can now choose which providers are available to your workspace and where to save files from these systems. - **[Salesforce Flow Release Notes Have Moved](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_flow_moved.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now find Salesforce Flow release notes in the Automation section of the release notes. - **[Salesforce for Slack Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from anywhere. - **[Security, Identity, and Privacy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security.htm&release=260&type=5)** Redirections end for legacy host names, including instanced host names in API calls. Connected app creation is disabled by default for all Salesforce orgs. Salesforce Backup & Recover is now a native app. And, Privacy Requests fulfill your customers' Right to Be Forgotten requests. - **[Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Service Cloud is now Agentforce Service. You may see references to Service Cloud in our application and documentation. Learn about the latest features from Service to supercharge productivity across your organization. Service features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. - **[Other Salesforce Products and Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_other_products.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get the latest information on these new features. - **[Legal Documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_compliance_docs.htm&release=260&type=5)** We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents. - **[Previous Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_previous_release_notes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find information about previously announced features in the release note archive. # Salesforce Suites Send emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away with the redesigned List Sends experience. - **[Learn How to Close Deals and Use Coworker in the Getting Started Tab in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_getting_started_learning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Customers who are new to Salesforce can get more out of their suites faster with additional learning content in the Getting Started tab. The Close Your First Deal guided workflow teaches you how to manage opportunities in Salesforce from start to close. The Meet Agentforce Coworker video shows you how to work with the agent to summarize records, get suggested next steps for accounts, and make the most of your workday. - **[Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_list_sends.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. You can also use an agent to build a new audience list. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place. - **[Agentforce Now Included in Free Suite](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_agentforce_in_free.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get Agentforce with Free Suite. Chat with an AI agent in plain language to manage business tasks and surface key insights. - **[Integrate Your External App Data with Salesforce Suites Using Prebuilt Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_integrate_external_app_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep your business data in sync and skip the manual data entry by connecting your favorite external apps directly to Salesforce Suites. Powered by MuleSoft and Flows, our new prebuilt integrations create a secure bridge between Salesforce and the tools you use every day. - **[Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_coworker.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Coworker is available for new customers in Starter Suite and Pro Suite editions beginning October 2026. Your autonomous AI teammate immediately knows your business and is connected to Salesforce CRM while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work. - **[Draft Emails Faster with the Email Authoring Agent in Starter Suite and Pro Suite](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_email_authoring_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get to a ready-to-send marketing email draft faster. Describe the email that you want to send, and the Email Authoring Agent uses generative AI to build a draft with a recommended layout. Refine the tone, messaging, and content in a conversation with the agent, or edit the email yourself. - **[Manage Salesforce Users and Data with the Salesforce Add-On for Gmail (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_google_workspace_gmail_add_on.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Salesforce add-on for Gmail to view and edit key records, and manage users without leaving Gmail. ## Salesforce Suites Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Salesforce Suites**: [Manage Salesforce Users and Data with the Salesforce Add-On for Gmail (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_google_workspace_gmail_add_on.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Salesforce add-on for Gmail to view and edit key records, and manage users without leaving Gmail.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Salesforce Suites**: [Draft Emails Faster with the Email Authoring Agent in Starter Suite and Pro Suite](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_email_authoring_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Get to a ready-to-send marketing email draft faster. Describe the email that you want to send, and the Email Authoring Agent uses generative AI to build a draft with a recommended layout. Refine the tone, messaging, and content in a conversation with the agent, or edit the email yourself.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Suites**: [Learn How to Close Deals and Use Coworker in the Getting Started Tab in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_getting_started_learning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Customers who are new to Salesforce can get more out of their suites faster with additional learning content in the Getting Started tab. The Close Your First Deal guided workflow teaches you how to manage opportunities in Salesforce from start to close. The Meet Agentforce Coworker video shows you how to work with the agent to summarize records, get suggested next steps for accounts, and make the most of your workday.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Salesforce Suites**: [Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker in Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites_coworker.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Coworker is available for new customers in Starter Suite and Pro Suite editions beginning October 2026. Your autonomous AI teammate immediately knows your business and is connected to Salesforce CRM while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Salesforce Summer ’26 Release Notes The Summer ’26 Release brings the vision of the Agentic Enterprise to life — enabling humans and AI agents to work together across the business to unlock productivity, deepen customer relationships, and accelerate growth on a trusted platform. ## What's New This Release - [Release Resource Hub](https://www.salesforce.com/products/innovation/releases/). Demos, webinars, and more ways to explore all our latest innovations. - [Admin Release Countdown Blog](https://admin.salesforce.com/blog/2026/admin-summer-26-release-countdown). Important dates you’ll want to mark on your calendar for Summer '26. - [Release Overview Deck (ROD)](https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1_afsaklkutNFHq4n9QXOFB-hP6gYYw1P3-7nguVrpg8/edit?slide=id.g3b1a4c06741_2_9792#slide=id.g3b1a4c06741_2_9792). Create internal training for your users, review setup screens, and learn how to use features. - [Release Matrix](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/files/069KX000006AZ1RYAW?tab=overview). Quickly see which features immediately affect your users. - [Summer '26 Pre-release Signup](https://www.salesforce.com/form/signup/prerelease-summer26/). Sign up for a pre-release org to get early access to the new features. - [Summer '26 Release Highlights Module](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/summer-26-release-highlights). Get the release Trailhead badge. - [Release in a Box](https://www.salesforce.com/en-us/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/documents/release-notes/summer26-release-in-a-box.pdf). Use this kit to prepare for the new release and share with your users. ## Release Readiness Essentials - [Release Readiness Trailblazers](https://salesforce.com/success-releasereadiness). Access resources and experts for all things release readiness. To help us track and respond to your feedback, use a hashtag that indicates the release, such as #Summer26Feedback. - [Trust Status Maintenance Site](https://status.salesforce.com/products/all/maintenances). See sandbox and other release dates and times. To see your maintenance dates, select Instances and your instance. - [Sandbox Refresh Calculator](https://sandbox-preview-prd-24f76e67b11e.herokuapp.com/), [Preview Video](https://bit.ly/SandboxRefreshVideo), and [Preview Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=Summer-21-Sandbox-Preview-Instructions&language=en_US&mode=1&type=1). Plan if and when to refresh your sandboxes. Learn how to navigate the sandbox preview process. Get early access to new features in your sandbox. - [Certification Release Maintenance Schedule](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/help?article=Certification-Release-Maintenance-Schedule). Keep your certification updated in Trailhead. - [Prepare for Salesforce Releases](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/en/content/learn/trails/sf_release_prep). Use Trailhead to create your release strategy. ## Release Notes Tips - Use the table of contents to browse through release notes by product. You can also search and filter to zero in on the news that matters the most. - Your browser’s settings determine the language that you see. To change the website language, scroll to the bottom of this page and use the language switcher in the website footer. - [Salesforce Known Issues](https://help.salesforce.com/s/issues) are listed separately. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Until the new release is available to you, links from release notes to Salesforce Help, implementation guides, developer guides, and other documentation don’t work. And sometimes the links point to material from the previous release. Some of our documentation has preview versions available several weeks before the release. To access a preview version on [Salesforce Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs), select **Preview** from the Documentation Version dropdown list. - **[Release Notes for Features Released Monthly](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_features_released_monthly.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** For some products, Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year. - **[Release Note Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Read about what changes were made after the release notes were published. Changes are separated by product and with the most recent changes first. The dates indicate the week that changes to the release note were made. Review the individual release note availability details. - **[How and When Do Features Become Available?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_feature_impact.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Some features affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your users beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from the new functionality. - **[Salesforce Overall](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall. - **[Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations. - **[Agentforce & Einstein](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI. - **[Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_analytics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Tableau Next, Lightning reports and dashboards, Data 360 reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau. - **[Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with Flow Integration. Get help from AI to optimize and automate your supply chain business processes with Agentforce Supply Chain. Automate cross-departmental and industry-specific processes with Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries. - **[Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_commerce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Commerce enhancements can include features for B2C Commerce, B2B Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Order Management, Salesforce Payments, and Point of Sale. - **[Customization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** More granular list view permissions let users share their list views without giving them the ability to edit all of your org's list views. Help your users stay synchronized, thanks to support for 27 more canonical time zones in accordance with IANA standards. Get more robust and secure authentication with the Salesforce Connect cross-org adapter's support for named credentials. - **[Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_c360_truth.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Data 360 features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included in the Summer ’26 release are generally listed under June 2026. - **[Deployment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deployment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Whether you’re an admin using point-and-click tools or a developer writing code, these enhancements help you deploy your changes to a target org. - **[Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_development.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations. - **[Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Malware scans for Salesforce Files are now generally available. Upload files as large as 10 GB to an Aura or LWR site. Use a suite of AI-assisted Self-Service components in your Aura or Lightning Web Runtime site to deliver personalized self-service experiences. Enable people who use public email services to send email from your site. Turn on Chatter in new orgs to add or access Chatter-dependent features in Aura and LWR sites. - **[Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge team productivity and operations in and out of the field. - **[Headless 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Headless 360 features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Find the lastest release notes that support headless functionality including Agentforce Vibes, Headless Experience Layer (Beta), and Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers. - **[Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Advanced Cross-Region Continuity is now available in the EU, with faster recovery times in all available regions. Salesforce B2C Commerce is available on Hyperforce in the US. Several products are newly available for Government Cloud Defense. - **[Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_industries.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements across the Industries clouds. - **[Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_parent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Personalize every moment of engagement across the customer lifecycle and drive growth for your business with the latest marketing features and enhancements from Salesforce. - **[MuleSoft](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mulesoft.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise. Streamline operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. - **[Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Voice is now generally available for integration in your mobile apps with the Agentforce Mobile SDK. The Salesforce mobile app now supports AI-powered meeting transcriptions. Enjoy improved project management in Mobile Publisher. - **[Partner Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate business growth by expanding partner connectivity and advancing data transparency through secure record sharing and synchronization. Deliver consistent customer experiences by using brand-compliant marketing content directly within Experience Cloud sites. - **[Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements for Agentforce Revenue Management. - **[Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in Salesforce applications and documentation. Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge sales team productivity and operations. The Summer ’26 release includes updates and announcements happening from May through August 2026. - **[Salesforce CMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The CMS Base data kit is now generally available, and you can deploy it more easily from a simplified setup page. Deploy the data kit to support features such as semantic and AI-powered search for content. Developers can use the new Managed Content GraphQL API to search for CMS content. - **[Salesforce for Slack Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Beginning in Summer ’26, Salesforce channels are available by default in new orgs in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Use the new Slack panel on record pages in Salesforce for a more streamlined user experience with Salesforce channels. - **[Security, Identity, and Privacy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prepare for new and upcoming security enhancements. Restore data more effectively and gain control over backup operations. Ensure your integrations stay connected by switching to unique, branded web addresses. Meet standard regulations with AI-driven insights. - **[Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge support team productivity and operations. - **[Other Salesforce Products and Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_other_products.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get the latest information on these new features. - **[Legal Documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_compliance_docs.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents. - **[Previous Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_previous_release_notes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Find information about previously announced features in the release note archive. # Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update) Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Contact Manager, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The Salesforce to Salesforce retirement is enforced in phases. - **Spring ’26:** You can no longer turn on Salesforce to Salesforce in an org. The feature continues to function if it was enabled before Spring ’26. - **Summer ’26:** Support for Salesforce to Salesforce is discontinued. - **Spring ’27:** Salesforce to Salesforce is fully retired in all orgs and no longer functions. To get the major-release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com), search for your My Domain name or instance, and then click the maintenance tab. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. To avoid disruption, migrate any integrations to one of the alternatives. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce to Salesforce Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005103355&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Decision Guide:_ Data 360 Provisioning](https://architect.salesforce.com/decision-guides/data-360-provisioning) # Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update) Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Contact Manager, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The Salesforce to Salesforce retirement is enforced in phases. - **Spring ’26:** You could no longer turn on Salesforce to Salesforce in an org, but the feature continued to function if it was enabled before Spring ’26. - **Summer ’26:** In this release, support for Salesforce to Salesforce is discontinued. - **Spring ’27:** Salesforce to Salesforce is fully retired in all orgs and no longer functions. To get the major-release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com), search for your My Domain name or instance, and then click the maintenance tab. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. To avoid disruption, migrate any integrations to one of the alternatives. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce to Salesforce Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005103355&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Decision Guide:_ Data 360 Provisioning](https://architect.salesforce.com/decision-guides/data-360-provisioning) # Salesforce to Salesforce Is Being Retired (Release Update) Salesforce to Salesforce is being retired in Spring ’27. Salesforce has more powerful and integrated solutions that align with modern business needs. To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for the Salesforce to Salesforce product, make sure that you migrate your integrations to one of these recommended solutions: Partner Cloud, Data Cloud One, MuleSoft Anypoint, or MuleSoft for Flow. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Contact Manager, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The Salesforce to Salesforce retirement is enforced in phases. - **Spring ’26:** You could no longer turn on Salesforce to Salesforce in an org, but the feature continued to function if it was enabled before Spring ’26. - **Summer ’26:** There won’t be any bug fixes or enhancements made to Salesforce to Salesforce, but you can still log support cases. - **Spring ’27:** Salesforce to Salesforce is fully retired in all orgs and no longer functions. To get the major-release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com), search for your My Domain name or instance, and then click the maintenance tab. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. To avoid disruption, migrate any integrations to one of the alternatives. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce to Salesforce Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005103355&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Decision Guide:_ Data 360 Provisioning](https://architect.salesforce.com/decision-guides/data-360-provisioning) # Salesforce Voice Manage every part of voice communication, from procurement to post-call analysis, with Salesforce’s new built-in voice offering. You get complete unification with Omni-Channel routing and simplified presence synchronization for your service reps. This unified experience is powered by several critical, seamlessly integrated components built directly on the Salesforce platform. Enjoy deeper customization, tighter alignment, and the ability to fully leverage Agentforce capabilities. - **[Simplify Agentforce Contact Center Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_setup_on_go.htm&release=260&type=5)** With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure Agentforce Contact Center features all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. - **[Directly Procure and Manage Numbers and Channels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_number_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Procure and configure new phone numbers in a few simple steps, eliminating setup delays and external vendors. Configure your default Caller Line Identification (CLI) so that your service reps can begin making calls immediately. Create an optimized customer service experience by routing inbound communications from various channels, like phone, SMS, and WhatsApp, to queues or flows. - **[Streamline Communication with WhatsApp Voice Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_wa_voice.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline support workflows, reduce telecommunication costs, and deliver a streamlined communication experience by enabling digital voice calls initiated directly from WhatsApp. Service reps can manage these calls alongside other channels in a unified Service console. This feature helps improve first-call resolution and customer satisfaction. - **[Scale Support Capacity by Integrating AI Agents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_iva.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce costs and customer wait time by using Agentforce Service agents to handle repetitive requests 24 hours a day. Your service reps can focus on more complex, high-value interactions‌. - **[Streamline Service Operations with Interactive Voice Response](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_ivr.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce service rep workload for low-complexity issues, reduce customer wait times and transfer rates, and improve first-call resolution with Interactive Voice Response (IVR). Your customers can use self-service options for simple tasks while also making sure that they’re intelligently routed to the correct service rep or department. - **[Align Your Brand Voice Using Configurable In-Call Media](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_manage_media.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver a consistent, professional, and compliant caller experience while giving admins full control over in-call audio. Admins can configure, organize, and assign media file URLs for greetings, announcements, and hold music. This feature makes it easier to apply branded and compliance-related audio across multiple interaction points. - **[Track Usage with Comprehensive Reporting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_reporting.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain end-to-end visibility into contact center performance with customizable, out-of-the-box historical reports in Command Center for Service. Supervisors can track trends, evaluate service rep and agent performance, and make data-driven decisions directly within the Command Center for Service along with viewing the current real-time insights. - **[Increase Outreach Efficiency with Integrated Calling Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_agent_exp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Equip your reps to make calls effortlessly via a dial pad, copy-paste, or a simple click-to-call function. This integrated approach not only increases your team's efficiency and reduces misdials, but also captures all call activity. With this data, you can better analyze and optimize your outreach strategies, leading to more effective sales engagement and an improved customer experience. - **[Stay Compliant by Recording and Transcribing Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_record_and_transcribe_calls.htm&release=260&type=5)** Remove dependency on third-party telephony partners and fulfill critical operational and compliance needs. Use transcription and recording to evaluate and train your service reps, maintain an authoritative record for dispute resolution, and adhere to regulatory compliance requirements. For granular recording and transcription capabilities, add specific actions to Omni-Channel flows. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Offer Phone Support with Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_salesforce_voice.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers Explore the latest Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (formerly Service Cloud Voice) enhancements that empower reps and supervisors to more efficiently and effectively resolve customer issues over the phone. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Service Cloud Voice is now Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers. While we’re tidying up our content to update the name everywhere, you will see the previous name until we replace it, including in the app itself. - **[Track Your Telephony Models with New Salesforce Voice Names](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_scv_rename.htm&release=260&type=5)** As Service Cloud Voice becomes Salesforce Voice to take advantage of the latest AI innovations and capabilities, we are also renaming its underlying telephony models. We group these models as Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers to distinguish them from our native Salesforce Voice. We have updated the name on the landing page, but updates to the UI and documentation are in progress. You still see the previous names in the app and documentation until we fully replace them. There's no setup required, and the updated names appear automatically as they roll out. - **[Get the Latest Amazon Connect Contact Center Version 20.1](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_cc20_1.htm&release=260&type=5)** Update your contact center to version 20.1 to unlock the latest Service Cloud Voice features. This version automatically refreshes JSON Web Tokens (JWTs) every five minutes to ensure uninterrupted transcriptions during long calls and provides optimized resource management during stack updates. You also gain improved security updates and advanced health diagnostics for your contact center environment. To test the updates before they go live in production, deploy them to your sandbox first. - **[Scale Your VoiceCall Object with More Custom Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_customfield.htm&release=260&type=5)** For greater flexibility, the maximum number of custom fields for the standard VoiceCall object is increased to 300. This update improves data capacity and avoids the architectural complexity of creating custom objects or polling other standard objects to store voice-related data. - **[Manage Contact Center Groups and Queues in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_bulk_queuegrps.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and reduce manual data entry when managing your contact center. Admins can now use the Bulk API to create contact center groups and queues in bulk. This enhancement improves admin efficiency, supports large contact centers, and enables more comprehensive data management. - **[Add Flexibility to Unified Routing Transfers by Routing Calls to a Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_omni_routing_transfer_flow.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify the decision process for your reps by configuring voice call transfers with Omni-Channel Flows. This Omni-Channel Unified Routing enhancement unlocks more dynamic routing capabilities, allowing you to use complex business logic and skill-based criteria within a flow to determine the next transfer target. - **[Route Voicemails and Desk Phone Calls with Unified Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_unifiedrouting_deskphn.htm&release=260&type=5)** Unified Routing now supports voicemails and desk phone calls. This feature reduces wait times, improves rep productivity, and provides an efficient Omni-Channel experience. You can use this feature only if your telephony provider supports it. - **[Minimize Abandoned Calls with Queued Callbacks for Omni-Channel Unified Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_omni_routing_callbacks.htm&release=260&type=5)** Respect customers’ time, save telephony minutes, and keep callers from abandoning their calls by giving them the option to request a callback without losing their place in a queue. When a rep accepts a contact request in Omni-Channel, an outbound call to the customer starts automatically. The initial inbound call, contact request, and outbound call are all linked for easy rep reference. This feature is available for contact centers using Omni-Channel Unified Routing. - **[Use Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_voicemail_drop.htm&release=260&type=5)** When an outbound call reaches voicemail, you can disconnect the call to automatically leave your default pre-recorded message. While the system plays the message, you can move on to your next task immediately, increasing your productivity. You can record multiple messages and select one as your default. - **[Link Voice Calls to Their Source Records Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_voicecall_link.htm&release=260&type=5)** When you initiate an outbound call by using Click-to-Dial from a custom object, or a contact role on a Case or Opportunity, the resulting VoiceCall record now automatically establishes a lookup relationship to the source record. This change removes the need for manual linking and reduces the need for customization with Flows or Apex triggers. Previously, this automatic linking was available only for Account, Case, Contact, Lead, Opportunity, CollectionPlan, and ContactRequest records. - **[Get Actionable Error Messages for Failed Outbound Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_error_mes.htm&release=260&type=5)** When an outbound call fails to connect, reps now have descriptive and actionable error messages directly in the Omni-Channel widget, which helps them to take immediate corrective action. This feature improves rep productivity and helps increase successful call connection rates. - **[Get the Latest Enhancements for Your Amazon Connect Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_cc_20.htm&release=260&type=5)** Update your contact center to version 20.0 to unlock the latest Service Cloud Voice features. This version introduces a Lambda layer for running service health checks, and contact flows and subflows for voicemail drop. To test the updates before they go live in production, deploy them to your sandbox first. - **[Update Your United States AWS Billing Address for Accurate Emergency Calling Fees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_billingaddress.htm&release=260&type=5)** As of March 1, 2025, AWS charges emergency calling fees for Amazon Connect based on the subaccount billing address. By default, Salesforce uses its own address for Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect customers with companies in the United States. To ensure correct charges and compliance with local regulations, update your AWS account to reflect your company’s address instead. - **[Open CTI Is Scheduled for Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice_opencti.htm&release=260&type=5)** Open CTI is in maintenance mode and is scheduled for retirement on February 28, 2028. Effective immediately, Open CTI is deprecated and unavailable for newly created Agentforce Service orgs. We recommend transitioning your telephony integration to Service Cloud Voice to take advantage of the latest telephony innovations and native AI capabilities. # Salesforce Winter '27 Release Notes The Winter '27 release helps businesses turn AI into trusted, measurable impact, enabling agents to understand the business, work across systems, and get more done. With deeper intelligence, expanded automation, and industry-specific innovation, organizations can move beyond experimentation and put AI to work across their business with confidence. ## Learn More About the Release - [Release Readiness Hub](https://www.salesforce.com/products/innovation/releases/): Keep up with the latest news, demos, blogs, and webinars. - [Admin Release Countdown Blog](https://admin.salesforce.com/blog/2026/admin-winter-27-release-countdown): Mark on your calendar for important dates. - [Top 10 Updates in the Winter '27 Release](https://www.salesforce.com/news/stories/winter-2027-product-release-announcement/): Learn about the top innovations. - [Winter '27 Release Highlights Module](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/winter-27-release-highlights/): Get the release Trailhead badge. - [Release Overview Deck (ROD)](https://sfdc.co/VldoG): Create internal training for your users, review setup pages, and learn how to use features. - [Release Matrix](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/feed/0D5KX00000pPZmY0AW): Quickly see which features immediately affect your users. ## Changes to the Release Notes - We removed the separate Features Released Monthly page. Find out information about features released monthly in [Release Note Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "This log tracks changes that we made to the Salesforce Release Notes after the initial publication during the week of August 17, 2026. Applicable changes are also listed at the beginning of the section about each product."). - We updated the look of Release Note Changes to group updates by month. We’ve also switched to bullets for easier scanning. The Release Note Changes page continues to log changes, additions, and deletions to release notes made after the initial publication. - We added Release Note Changes by product. To view these changes, go to the main product landing page, such as Salesforce Overall, Agentforce, or Analytics. - We consolidated sections so that Platform includes release notes for Customization, Deployment, Development, Experience Cloud, and Mobile & Salesforce CMS. ## Release Readiness Essentials - [Trust Status Maintenance Site](https://status.salesforce.com/products/all/maintenances). See sandbox and other release dates and times. To see your maintenance dates, select Instances and your instance. - [Release Readiness Trailblazers](https://salesforce.com/success-releasereadiness). Access resources and experts for all things release readiness. To help us track and respond to your feedback, use a hashtag that indicates the release, such as #Winter27Feedback. - [Sandbox Refresh Calculator](https://sandbox-preview-prd-24f76e67b11e.herokuapp.com/), [Preview Video](https://bit.ly/SandboxRefreshVideo), and [Preview Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=Summer-21-Sandbox-Preview-Instructions&language=en_US&mode=1&type=1). Plan if and when to refresh your sandboxes. Learn how to navigate the sandbox preview process. Get early access to new features in your sandbox. - [Certification Release Maintenance Schedule](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/help?article=Certification-Release-Maintenance-Schedule). Keep your certification updated in Trailhead. - [Prepare for Salesforce Releases](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/en/content/learn/trails/sf_release_prep). Use Trailhead to create your release strategy. ## Release Notes Tips - Use the table of contents to browse through release notes by product. You can also search and filter to zero in on the news that matters the most. - Your browser’s settings determine the language that you see. To change the website language, scroll to the bottom of this page and use the language dropdown in the website footer. - [Salesforce Known Issues](https://help.salesforce.com/s/issues) are listed separately. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Until the new release is available to you, links from release notes to Salesforce Help, implementation guides, developer guides, and other documentation don’t work. And sometimes the links point to material from the previous release. Some of our documentation has preview versions available several weeks before the release. To access a preview version on [Salesforce Developers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs), select **Preview** from the Documentation Version dropdown list. - **[Release Note Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_change_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** This log tracks changes that we made to the Salesforce Release Notes after the initial publication during the week of August 17, 2026. Applicable changes are also listed at the beginning of the section about each product. - **[How and When Do Features Become Available?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_feature_impact.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Some features affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your users beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from the new functionality. - **[Salesforce Overall](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall. - **[Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations. - **[Agentforce and Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Supercharge your workforce productivity and efficiency with Agentforce and generative AI. - **[AIforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** AIforce features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Find the lastest release notes that support headless functionality including Agentforce Vibes, Salesforce Multi-Framework, and Salesforce MCP Servers. - **[Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Tableau Next, Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau. - **[Automation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder, Flow Approval Processes, and Flow Orchestration. Automate cross-departmental and industry-specific processes with Automation for Customer 360 Apps and Industries. - **[Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_commerce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Commerce enhancements can include features for B2C Commerce, B2B Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce Order Management, Salesforce Point of Sale, and Salesforce Payments. - **[Customization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Customization release notes now appear in a dedicated Platform section, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. - **[Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_c360_truth.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Data 360 features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included in the Winter '27 release are generally listed under October 2026. - **[Deployment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deployment.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deployment release notes now appear in the DevOps section of Platform, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. - **[Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Development release notes now appear in a dedicated Platform section, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. - **[Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Experience Cloud release notes now appear in a dedicated Platform section, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. - **[Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service. - **[Hyperforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hyperforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce plans to make Hyperforce available on Google Cloud and MuleSoft available on Government Cloud Plus and Government Cloud Plus – Defense later this year. Sandbox Quick Create and Quick Clone are available for all Government Cloud versions. Salesforce Edge Network offers self-service routing options. - **[Industries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_industries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements across the Industries clouds. - **[Marketing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_marketing_parent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Personalize every moment of engagement across the customer lifecycle and drive growth for your business with the latest features and enhancements for marketing. - **[MuleSoft](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mulesoft.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise. Streamline operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. - **[Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mobile.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Mobile release notes now appear in a dedicated Platform section, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. - **[Partner Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_partner_cloud.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accelerate business growth by expanding partner connectivity and advancing data transparency through secure record sharing and synchronization. Deliver consistent customer experiences by using brand-compliant marketing content directly within Experience Cloud sites. - **[Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_platform.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Explore the latest Platform enhancements designed to help you build, secure, and scale custom applications and automated workflows with greater speed and flexibility. - **[Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_public_sector_solutions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring taxpayer data together with Taxpayer 360 and show it to constituents on a self-service portal. Agentforce helps handle routine tax inquiries with complex cases passed to human agents. Let constituents apply for multiple benefit programs in one application and check their eligibility across programs. Adapt claims submission forms to your workflows, and use Outbound Payments to extract invoice data. Guide applicants through license and permit intake with Agentforce, and collect service fees with Inbound Payments. Engage job candidates with AI-powered self-service and targeted recruitment campaigns. Schedule constituent visits, inspections, and other interactions, and assign the right worker to each location. Use semantic search to find relevant content in files stored in Amazon S3. - **[Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_revenue.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about new features and enhancements for Agentforce Revenue Management. - **[Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sales Cloud is now Agentforce Sales. You may see references to Sales Cloud in our application and documentation. Learn about the latest features from Sales to supercharge sales team productivity and operations. Sales features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. - **[Salesforce CMS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce CMS release notes now appear in a dedicated Platform section, making it easier to find infrastructure, API, and foundational updates. - **[Salesforce Suites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_suites.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Send emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away with the redesigned List Sends experience. - **[Security, Identity, and Privacy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prepare for security enhancements with MFA and email domain verification. Find and recover backup data with more control. And discover sensitive data across your org with Data Detect in Salesforce Shield. - **[Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge support team productivity and operations. - **[Slack Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from anywhere. - **[Other Salesforce Products and Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_other_products.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get the latest information on these new features. - **[Legal Documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_compliance_docs.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents. - **[Previous Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_previous_release_notes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Find information about previously announced features in the release note archive. # Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement (Release Update) The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) authentication provider is being retired. This update breaks any single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Salesforce-managed X app. To avoid disruptions, create a custom X app and update your SSO configurations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** Some X authentication providers use an X app that Salesforce manages. With the Salesforce-managed X app, you can leave the consumer key and secret blank when you set up the authentication provider. In Spring ’24, Salesforce removed the ability to use the Salesforce-managed X app for new authentication providers, but continued to support it for existing authentication providers that were created before Spring ’24. Now, the Salesforce-managed X app is being fully retired. Instead, you must use a custom X app and specify its consumer key and secret in your authentication provider configuration. With a custom X app, you have more control over your SSO configuration. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This release update doesn’t affect authentication providers that are associated with the [X Ads for Marketing Intelligence (MI) Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-xadsemi-connector.html). **How:** If an X authentication provider uses the Salesforce-managed app, it stops working when this release update is enforced. Users can no longer use the authentication provider to log in via SSO. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure an X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_provider_twitter.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for the Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228382&type=1&language=en_US) # Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement (Release Update) The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) authentication provider is being retired. This update breaks any single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Salesforce-managed X app. To avoid disruptions, create a custom X app and update your SSO configurations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** Some X authentication providers use an X app that Salesforce manages. With the Salesforce-managed X app, you can leave the consumer key and secret blank when you set up the authentication provider. In Spring ’24, Salesforce removed the ability to use the Salesforce-managed X app for new authentication providers, but continued to support it for existing authentication providers that were created before Spring ’24. Now, the Salesforce-managed X app is being fully retired. Instead, you must use a custom X app and specify its consumer key and secret in your authentication provider configuration. With a custom X app, you have more control over your SSO configuration. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Note This release update doesn’t affect authentication providers that are associated with the [X Ads for Marketing Intelligence (MI) Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-xadsemi-connector.html). **How:** If an X authentication provider uses the Salesforce-managed app, it stops working when this release update is enforced. Users can no longer use the authentication provider to log in via SSO. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure an X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_provider_twitter.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for the Salesforce-Managed X (Formerly Twitter) Authentication Provider Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228382&type=1&language=en_US) # Sample Management Streamline the sampling lifecycle with Sample Management to ensure sample requests are complete, governed, and ready for fulfillment. Drive operational efficiency by centrally orchestrating sampling for standard catalog products and capturing detailed requirements for custom products. Track request progress through configurable stage management to improve visibility and control. Reduce manual effort and accelerate requirement processing through document uploads or optional AI-assisted extraction. - **[Orchestrate Sample Requests for Standard Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_manufacturing_sample_managament_std.htm&release=260&type=5)** Simplify the sampling process for standard catalog products configured as samples by creating requests directly from opportunities, leads, visits, or sales agreements. Add products quickly through a guided flow, referencing price books to support accurate product selection. Monitor request status using configurable stage management for timely approvals and controlled sample distribution. - **[Streamline Custom Product Requirements Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_manufacturing_sample_management_custom.htm&release=260&type=5)** Capture custom product requirements either using the sample request workflow or independently. Track details like size and material alongside nonfunctional needs such as performance or compliance, while maintaining a clear version history for transparency. Improve efficiency and reduce manual effort by uploading requirement documents and optionally using Generative AI to extract and auto-populate specification details for faster review. # Sandbox and Scratch Orgs Sandbox and scratch orgs are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test new or existing features, configurations, and custom applications. - **[Manage the Full Lifecycle of Your Sandboxes with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandboxes_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use AI Skills to manage your sandboxes directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, three skills help you create, refresh, and activate sandboxes, and generate and apply post-copy configuration files. - **[Create, Compare, and Manage Scratch Orgs with AI Skills](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scratch_orgs_ai_skills.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use AI Skills to manage your scratch orgs directly from your AI coding client. AI Skills are packaged instruction sets that give AI coding clients specialized knowledge for building on the Salesforce platform. When you describe what you want in natural language, five skills help you create and manage scratch orgs, org shapes, and scratch org snapshots, compare orgs for drift, and track org expiration. - **[Data Mask & Seed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Secure your sandbox data by using Salesforce's Data Mask & Seed. Admins and dev teams can define masking policies and use them to mask sensitive sandbox data, such as proprietary, restricted, government-regulated, and personally identifiable information (PII). # Sandbox Quick Create and Quick Clone Available for Government Cloud With Quick Create, you can create a full sandbox from a production org hosted on a Hyperforce instance faster than the legacy method. With Quick Clone, you can replicate a Developer, Developer Pro, partial, or full sandbox hosted on a Hyperforce instance faster than the legacy method. While performance varies by org, most customers see processing times two to three times faster with Quick Create and Quick Clone than with the legacy methods. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Database.com editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Sandbox Quick Create and Quick Clone are Now Available for Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sandbox_quick_copy_gov_cloud.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US) # Sandbox Users with Non-Unique Usernames Can't Be Unfrozen You can't unfreeze a sandbox user if their username exists in another sandbox instance. This change prevents duplicate usernames for active, unfrozen users. To unfreeze a user with a non-unique username, update the username to a unique value. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. This change applies only to sandbox orgs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Freeze or Unfreeze User Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_freeze.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Usernames and Passwords](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.basics_intro_usernames_passwords.htm&language=en_US) # Save an In-Progress Home Healthcare Assessment to Complete Later Support uninterrupted care delivery by enabling clinicians to complete assessments at the right time instead of in a single session. Clinicians can now capture partial responses during visits, pause when needed, and resume seamlessly across desktop and mobile devices without losing data. Reduce rushed submissions, encourage more complete and reliable patient information, and improve field reliability regardless of location. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Home Health add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Home Health Clinician permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Assessments for Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health_setup_assessments.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Complete Assessments During Home Healthcare Visits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_home_health_complete_assessments.htm&language=en_US) # Save and Reuse Cart Configurations with Templates Expand quote or order accuracy by using preconfigured and approved configuration templates from the existing carts. The templates are Get, Search, Apply, Save, and Delete. These templates store specific product hierarchies, attributes, and price adjustments to ensure consistent configurations. Manual bundle configuration causes inconsistent pricing and slows the sales cycle. Templates capture expert best practices to streamline onboarding and scale operations effectively. Sales reps can quickly populate new quotes and orders, cutting down on repetitive manual data entry. **Where:** This change applies to Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **How:** Save a validated quote or order configuration as a template. Set the template status to **Approve**, and the configuration can be applied to a new target cart using global or invocable APIs. # Save Custom Presentations Without Unexpected Warnings When your field users use Save As to create a copy of a custom presentation, they now continue working on the new copy right away. They can close the presentation immediately after saving without seeing a misleading warning about unsaved changes. The Save As behavior now matches familiar content authoring tools so that your users can duplicate and prepare custom presentations without interruption. **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 22. **Why:** Previously, when a user selected Save As, they stayed in the original custom presentation instead of moving to the new copy. If they then tried to close the original, a warning incorrectly told them that they had unsaved changes. Now, Save As moves the user into the new copy, where all changes are saved, and no warning appears when they close the presentation. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Custom Presentations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_intelligent_content_custom_presentations.htm&language=en_US) # Save Digital Wallets for Future Invoice Payments When you add digital wallets to a payment method set, customers can save options like Apple Pay and Google Pay in the Self-Service Billing Portal. They can then reuse those payment methods for future invoices or set them as their default. Saved digital wallets appear in their saved payment methods. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To use the self-service billing portal, your users need the Billing Experience Cloud User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Saved Payment Methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_saved_payment_methods.htm&language=en_US) # Save Money by Hiding the Real-Time Translations Preview Bar Reduce calls to Agentforce Speech Foundation, each of which can consume flex credits if your free limit is reached, by hiding the Real-Time Translations preview bar. When the bar is hidden, a service rep won’t see a translation preview as they type, but their message will be translated when sent to the end user, calling Agentforce Speech Foundation just once. **Where:** This applies to Enhanced Chat and Enhanced Messaging. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** To prevent the translation preview bar from appearing in the agent console, select **Hide translation preview** in the Enhanced Conversation component properties. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Add Messaging to the Service Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.livemessage_create_console_app.htm&language=en_US) # Save Partial Survey Responses for up to 999 days You can now save partially completed survey responses for up to 999 days, extending the time window from the previous 15-day limit. You can now configure this duration from anywhere between 1 and 999 days. The Partial Survey Settings are also located in the Default Settings. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Feedback Management - Starter or Feedback Management - Growth is enabled. **How:** When you create or clone a survey on the New survey page, select **Save partially completed survey responses after a specified time window**, and set the time window between 1 and 999 days. The response status changes from Started to Partially Completed after the configured window period, and these responses are stored in survey objects. You can select or deselect the Incomplete Survey Settings from the Default Settings even after the survey has been activated. ![Save Partial Survey Responses upto 999 days.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_feedback_management_save_999_days.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Salesforce Feedback Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_setup_surveys_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Analyze Survey Responses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_analyze_responses_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare the Supported Capabilities for Each License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_add_on_license.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Save Partial Survey Responses from Guest Users Partially Completed Survey Responses are saved automatically for unauthenticated guest users. Previously, this functionality was available only for authenticated users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Feedback Management - Starter or Feedback Management - Growth is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Salesforce Feedback Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_setup_surveys_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Analyze Survey Responses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_analyze_responses_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare the Supported Capabilities for Each License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_add_on_license.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Save Quote and Order Rate Card Entries Automatically Provide accurate and consistent usage pricing by generating rate card entries for quotes and orders whenever quotes are saved. The system captures catalog rates when the quote is saved, which prevents rate changes even if the catalog is updated later. This feature maintains stable pricing during quote reloads and also preserves backward compatibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Get Started with Revenue Cloud Developer Resources](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.260.0.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/rlm_get_started.htm) - [_Salesforce Help_: Saving Usage Rates for Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_saving_usage_rates_for_quotes_and_orders.htm&language=en_US) # Save Screen Space with Radio Button Groups in Screen Flows Use the new Radio Button Group screen component to present horizontally (desktop) or vertically (mobile devices) stacked choices that are compact and easier to scan. The Radio Button Group component functions like the traditional Radio Buttons component where users select a single option at run time, but their choices appear horizontally or vertically stacked. The horizontal or vertical orientation reduces scrolling and provides a modern alternative to traditional radio buttons, checkboxes, or picklists. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change also applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In a screen flow, drag the Radio Button Group component to your screen element. This example has a radio button group with three choice-based options for delivery speed: Standard, Express, and Overnight shipping. ![Radio Button Group component configured with Standard, Express, and Overnight choices and a default value of Standard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_radio_button_group_configure.png) Here’s how the radio button group looks at run time. ![The Delivery Speed radio button group includes options for Standard, Express, and Overnight](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_radio_button_group_runtime.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Radio Button Group Screen Input Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_screencmp_radio_button_group.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Save Time and Reduce Manual Work with On-Demand Product Catalog Exports Generate a complete, accurate CSV export of your product catalog on demand, executed at run time whenever you need it. This process gives you a self-serve way to check your production catalog data for issues and fix them yourself, without waiting on a support ticket to get access to production data. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Feeds | Export Jobs** and create the **Product Catalog Export** job. ![Product Catalog Export job in Point of Sale CMS.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_export_product_catalog.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure and Manage Export Jobs in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_data_feeds_manage_export_jobs.htm&language=en_US) # Save Time by Importing Jira Work Items into Lifecycle Center Connect your Jira workspace to import Jira work items into Lifecycle Center, removing the need to manually reenter work details. Once connected, search, filter, and bulk-import work items while retaining their original summaries and descriptions. Lifecycle Center creates corresponding work items that maintain a permanent reference back to their original Jira work items, ensuring full traceability between systems. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. API access is required in Professional Edition. This change isn't available in Government Cloud Plus or EU Operating Zone. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting in October, 2026. **Who:** To connect a Jira workspace, you need the Lifecycle Center Admin permission. To import Jira work items, you need the Lifecycle Center Admin or Lifecycle Center User permission. **How:** From the Manage Features pane on Lifecycle Center Home tab, turn on the Jira integration. Connecting your Jira workspace is a one-time, org-level setup. From the Work Items tab, select **Import from Jira** to start the import process. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Integrate Jira with Lifecycle Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_jira_integration.htm&language=en_US) # Save Time by Setting Instant Pricing to Active by Default Instant Pricing provides users the ability to recalculate prices immediately when they edit a line, instead of only upon saving the transaction. Simplify transaction management by turning on Instant Pricing by default on quote and order pages. Users can turn off Instant Pricing if needed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on **Instant Pricing Active by Default**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Revenue Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_turn_on_quote_and_order_capture.htm&language=en_US) # Save Time Generating Shifts from Patterns or Capacity Plans Generate multiple shifts at once from a shift pattern or capacity plan, and automatically assign them to eligible service resources. Shifts that can't be automatically assigned remain in Tentative status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Analyst and Workforce Engagement Planner permission sets can generate shifts from patterns or capacity plans. **How:** From the App Launcher, open **Schedule Manager** and create shifts from a pattern or capacity plan. Specify the required fields, and optionally enable automatic assignment of the generated shifts. After creating the shifts, view them on the Schedule Manager grid. # Save Time Sending Follow-Up Emails in Meeting Concierge The Generate Follow-up Email action now automatically populates recipient emails from the Meeting Playbook's related records and meeting attendees. Your advisors review the recipients and email content, and then send follow-up emails to clients without leaving the app. Previously, advisors copied and pasted recipient information manually before sending. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting September 2026. **How:** In Meeting Concierge, select the **Generate Follow-up Email** action. Review the content and then send the email. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View and Explore a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_navigate.htm&language=en_US) # Save Time with Incremental Data Kit Upgrades for Loyalty Management Save time after you upgrade your Loyalty Management license by installing only the additional components. Each data kit builds on the previous one: Starter, Growth, and Advanced. For example, if you have the Growth license, you install the Loyalty Management Starter and Loyalty Management Growth data kits. Later, if you upgrade to Advanced, you install the Loyalty Management Advanced data kit, adding only the additional components. Previously, installing the Growth or Advanced data kit reinstalled all underlying components. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management and Data 360. # Scalability Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale. - **[Plan and Peak Load Test with Scale Test](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_test.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Test Reports tab on the Test Execution page to see how your test performed. View important takeaways about Requests per Second (RPS), throttles, and governor limits. On the New Booking page, enter inputs for trial runs, including date, time, and the anticipated size of the final test. - **[Deploy Scalable Apps with Scale Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center.htm&release=260&type=5)** Generate on-demand insights. Use the Lightning Experience Insights (Beta) page to get insights about Experienced Page Time (EPT) and slow pages. Use Database Insights to improve SOQL performance. The Org Overview page gives you weekly insights about errors during peak hours. - **[Optimize Pages with Lightning Experience Insights (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_lex_insights.htm&release=260&type=5)** Analyze performance trends and improve slow pages, components, and actions using Lightning Experience Insights. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. Now, you can generate these insights for production orgs with low page views and for all sandbox orgs. The Key Insights section includes new settings to improve org performance. Finally, the new format and documentation of the High Impact, Slow Performing Pages table make critical insights easier to understand. - **[Analyze Your Most Popular Pages with Usage Insights (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_usage_insights.htm&release=260&type=5)** Identify your most used pages and evaluate their performance by reviewing desktop usage data in the Usage Insights (beta) tab. Use actionable data on page views, daily active users, and experienced page time to pinpoint performance bottlenecks and focus on your most popular pages. - **[Optimize Code with ApexGuru](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apexguru.htm&release=260&type=5)** ApexGuru is now available in Salesforce Code Analyzer for VS Code and Code Builder, offering inline visibility into performance hotspots while writing Apex. Scan Apex classes directly in the IDE, receiving inline recommendations with context and severity. # Scalability Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale. - **[Plan and Peak Load Test with Scale Test](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_test.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Scale Test's streamlined interface to run large-scale tests with greater precision. A revamped booking flow now integrates Trial Run Accuracy data for better load predictions. Leverage production hotspot data for realistic scenarios with sandbox test creation. - **[Deploy Scalable Apps with Scale Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Scale Center is more powerful with the general availability of Org Overview, Database Insights, and LEX Performance Insights. You can now visualize request trends for prescriptive peak-hour recommendations and pinpoint expensive SOQL queries with integrated execution plans via Plan Analyzer. You can turn on Scale Center for five Standard (non-SysAdmin) users per org. - **[Analyze Your Most Popular Pages with Usage Insights (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_usage_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify your most used pages and evaluate their performance by reviewing desktop usage data in the Usage Insights tab. Use actionable data on page views, daily active users, and experienced page time to pinpoint performance bottlenecks and focus on your most popular pages. This feature was previously in beta, and is now generally available. - **[Optimize Code with ApexGuru](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apexguru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** ApexGuru introduces generally available support in DX MCP. Detect and fix antipatterns directly within agentic IDE workflows. This update adds GPT-4.1 powered detection for advanced antipatterns like Redundant SOQL, DML in Loops, and SOQL in Loops. Also, new Test Case Insights help you identify inefficient test code to improve overall coverage and quality. The Salesforce Code Analyzer extension enables real-time scanning during the development lifecycle. - **[Boost Lightning Experience Performance with Embedded ApexGuru Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apexguru_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To improve Lightning Experience performance, use tailored ApexGuru recommendations embedded in your Lightning Experience Insights dashboard for optimizing slow Apex actions. # Scalability Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale. - **[Analyze Scale Test Results with Agentforce for Scale](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_test.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Scale Test now includes Agentforce for Scale actions at no additional cost. Ask Agentforce for Scale to analyze your test results, summarize performance trends, and recommend next steps in plain language, without leaving your testing workflow. - **[Monitor Org Health with Scale Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access Scale Center where you already work. Receive performance alerts and run investigations from Slack. Get root cause analysis and Scale Insights through Agentforce without opening the Salesforce UI. - **[Generate Multi-Framework Insights in Scale Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_scale_center_mfw.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Now, you can access actionable metrics for your most-used Multi-Framework apps inside of Scale Center. The Multi-Framework Insights (Beta) dashboard analyzes up to ten apps with the most total page views over the last seven days. - **[Find Duplicate Code and Scan from Your IDE with ApexGuru](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apexguru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** ApexGuru now detects exact and near-duplicate Apex code so you can reduce redundancy and simplify maintenance, with results ranked by the number of characters you can remove. You can also scan Apex code for antipatterns from agentic IDEs, including Cursor, VS Code, and Agentforce Vibes. # Scale and Manage Your Marketing Operations Marketing admins can now manage a growing business and marketers can make content from one business unit available to others with these updates that we’re releasing for Summer ’26. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition. **Why:** Business units include these enhancements: - Create up to 150 business units. - Deactivate obsolete business units. - Assign web-hosted custom fonts to each business unit. - Maintain brand consistency by posting content from a business unit to the common assets library so that other business units can copy that content to their own workspaces. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Business Units in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.bu_get_started_with_business_units.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Data Ingestion with Enhanced Large File Support You can now handle large-scale data imports more efficiently with increased file limits. The maximum file size is now 2 GB with 100 columns for CSV files, and 100 MB with 500 columns for XLSX files. These expanded limits apply to file uploads from your local machine, enabling you to import massive and complex datasets without external data preparation tools. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Adding Data to a Tableau Next Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Enablement to More Users with Streamlined Setup Experience Discover and set up Enablement for your sales teams in a unified experience with Salesforce Go. Assign permissions directly in Salesforce Go, and monitor usage to ensure users are getting the most out of Enablement. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. To find and set up Enablement, go to the Features tab or search for Enablement. ![Enablement feature page on Salesforce Go](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_programs_go_setup.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Global Communications with Expanded IVR Languages and Voice Profiles Support callers in their local language with an expanded library of 11 new regional dialects - English (UK), German (Germany), French (France), Spanish (Spain), Italian (Italy), Dutch (Netherlands), Portuguese (EU), Japanese (Japan), Hindi (India), English (Australia), and Finnish (Finland). Access gender-based voice profiles and simplified configuration tools to deliver personalized text-to-speech interactions. Automated default profiles ensure that your callers always hear a natural voice, even if a specific profile isn't manually selected. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Who:** To configure Interactive Voice Response in your org, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** From your Omni-Channel flow, use the Play Prompt action and set language and voice profile. # Scale Global Operations with Granular Tax Configuration Manage multiple tax accounts across a large organization by configuring reference codes at the store level. This update enables stores in different regions or under different brands to perform tax calculations that use separate profiles. By specifying a store record field for these codes, you gain localized control over tax auditing while maintaining a global fallback for simplified administration. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Integrations | Tax Engine Configuration**. Edit a configuration and configure the **Store Tax Field Name**. ![Tax Engine Configuration Screen in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_taxEngineStorefield.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Integrate Tax Engines (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_3p_int_tax_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Hardware Deployment with Fulfillment Orders Deploy physical assets to your employees with a modern logistics framework. Group multiple requested products under a single order based on the source location by using the Fulfillment Order and Fulfillment Order Line Item objects. Replace single-product transfers with this new data model to support scalable AI-driven automations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service that has Hardware Asset Management enabled. **Why:** Optimize your logistics by organizing shipments by location rather than processing individual items. Prevent stockouts and provide real-time inventory counts by using soft reservations that dynamically track quantities before specific assets are hard-allocated. Maintain a permanent audit trail of hardware assignments by using the Asset Timeline, which links fulfillment order line items to specific serialized assets. # Scale Multibrand Receipt Management with Expanded Store-Level Custom Fields Expand store customization capabilities with more custom fields (CustomString2 through CustomString11) and corresponding print tags available for configuring stores, enabling dynamic receipt content by brand, region, and print method. You can manage multiple brands with distinct receipt requirements within a single CMS instance, reducing operational complexity and improving efficiency. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Stores**. Edit a store and configure the custom fields under Other Attributes. ![Store Other Attributes screen showing custom string fields in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.2_pos_storefields.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Store Creation Field Descriptions (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_settings_store_creation_field_descriptions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Print Tags (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_layouts_receipts_tags_config_print.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Operations with Built-In Compliance, Easy Coordination, and Unified Calendar Execute marketing programs and campaigns by building and using proven tactics and tactic templates to accelerate delivery. Compliance reviews keep programs and campaigns aligned with brand, regulatory, and policy standards before execution. See your entire marketing program and campaign schedule across all hierarchy levels to identify conflicts and timing gaps instantly. Also, coordinate team effort through tasks, approvals, and Slack without context-switching. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition. **When:** This functionality is available starting in late October 2026. ![Calendar view showing marketing programs and campaigns laid out over time.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mktg_pln_oper_calendar.png) ![Collaboration options including tasks, approvals, and Slack integration in a marketing program.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mktg_pln_oper_collaboration.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Marketing Governance in Marketing Planning and Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_components_governance.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Marketing Tactics in Marketing Planning and Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_tactics.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Stay on Top of Your Marketing Work in Marketing Planning and Operations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_manage.htm&language=en_US) - [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") - [_Connect REST API Developer Guide:_ Marketing Planning and Operations Connect REST API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_components_goals.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Record Updates and Deletions and Get More Flexibility Assigning Elements in Loops You can now update or delete up to 250 records in a single operation using Update and Delete Record elements in Data Capture flows. In addition, with the removal of validation restrictions you can use Assignment elements following Create, Update, or Delete operations within a loop. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS . #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build a Data Capture Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_data_capture_buildflow.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Service Assistant Across More of Your Business with Multiple Agents Create multiple Service Assistant agents that are specialized with specific subagents and instructions to provide tailored support for particular business units, products, or channels. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 add-on licenses. This feature also requires the Service Planner Add-on license. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case and Messaging. **When:** This feature is available for Service Assistant for Case starting June 30, 2026. The feature is in preview for Service Assistant for Messaging and is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up multiple Service Assistant agents, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To create service plans on records assigned to different agents, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - The ServicePlanner User (agent user) doesn’t require any specific permissions to access this feature. **Why:** Previously, you were limited to a single Service Assistant agent. Now, you can create up to 150 agents, each equipped with specific subagents, instructions, and data libraries so that you can tailor support to specific business units, products, or record types. **How:** To configure record assignment across multiple Service Assistant agents, ensure your eligibility flow is active and you have at least two Service Assistant agents created with subagents. Then, build an autolaunched flow based on your business needs that routes records to your agents. We don't provide a flow template. Afterward, connect it to Service Assistant in the Setup page and set a default agent. A default agent is used when the flow returns an empty or null value or the agent assigned to the record is deactivated. If you have an active Service Assistant implementation before the general availability of this feature, your existing agent is automatically set as the default agent. To open the video in full screen, click [here](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/gBd3Bwy2t1XzDo711hQd2C). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multiple Agents in Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_multiple_agents.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Multiple Agent Record Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ma_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Video_: Setting Up Multiple Agents in Service Assistant](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/gBd3Bwy2t1XzDo711hQd2C) # Scale Service Assistant Across More of Your Business with Multiple Agents Create multiple Service Assistant agents that are specialized with specific subagents and instructions to provide tailored support for particular business units, products, or channels. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 add-on licenses. This feature also requires the Service Planner Add-on license. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case, Messaging, and Voice. **When:** This feature is available for Service Assistant for Case starting June 30, 2026. The feature is in preview for Service Assistant for Messaging and is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up multiple Service Assistant agents, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To create service plans on records assigned to different agents, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - The ServicePlanner User (agent user) doesn’t require any specific permissions to access this feature. **Why:** Previously, you were limited to a single Service Assistant agent. Now, you can create up to 150 agents, each equipped with specific subagents, instructions, and data libraries so that you can tailor support to specific business units, products, or record types. **How:** To configure record assignment across multiple Service Assistant agents, ensure your eligibility flow is active and you have at least two Service Assistant agents created with subagents. Then, build an autolaunched flow based on your business needs that routes records to your agents. We don't provide a flow template. Afterward, connect it to Service Assistant in the Setup page and set a default agent. A default agent is used when the flow returns an empty or null value or the agent assigned to the record is deactivated. If you have an active Service Assistant implementation before the general availability of this feature, your existing agent is automatically set as the default agent. To open the video in full screen, click [here](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/gBd3Bwy2t1XzDo711hQd2C). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multiple Agents in Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_multiple_agents.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Multiple Agent Record Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_ma_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Video_: Setting Up Multiple Agents in Service Assistant](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/gBd3Bwy2t1XzDo711hQd2C) # Scale Support Capacity by Integrating AI Agents Reduce costs and customer wait time by using Agentforce Service agents to handle repetitive requests 24 hours a day. Your service reps can focus on more complex, high-value interactions‌. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. **Who:** To set up and manage AI agents, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. To use AI agents, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Rep (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** Create a voice-enabled agent, and then use an Omni-Channel flow to route calls to the agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Add AI Agents to your Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_iva.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Scale Up Lead Nurturing Activity with Automatic Limit Management Agentforce now manages the Lead Nurturing prospect outreach queue automatically so that agents can nurture large numbers of prospects simultaneously while respecting email send and LLM request limits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Lead Nurturing add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **Why:** Previously there was a maximum number of prospects assignments per day. Now, users can keep adding prospects while Agentforce manages the queue automatically. The queue gives highest priority to reply emails, then intro emails and nudges. # Scale Your Architecture with Increased Data Graph Limits Build more comprehensive data architectures by creating up to 25 data graphs in a single deployment. Previously, the limit of 10 data graphs restricted your ability to scale across multiple departments or specialized workflows. With this increased capacity, you can deploy multi-domain architectures and specialized data graphs for different AI agents to ensure each use case has the data structure it requires. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Limits and Guidelines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_limits_and_guidelines.htm&language=en_US) # Scale Your VoiceCall Object with More Custom Fields For greater flexibility, the maximum number of custom fields for the standard VoiceCall object is increased to 300. This update improves data capacity and avoids the architectural complexity of creating custom objects or polling other standard objects to store voice-related data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony Service Cloud Voice is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform:_ VoiceCall (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_voicecall.htm) # Scan All Categories for Eligible Promotions Increase efficiency by selecting only the parent category that’s eligible for a promotion. Marketing managers can now skip selecting large sets of eligible child categories. The Eligible Promotions API and the Promotion Evaluation and Execution API now check promotion eligibility of products across five levels of its related category hierarchies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management. **How:** To add the CartLineProductCategoryHierarchy\_\_std node, go to Context Definitions in Setup and sync the CartDetailGetEligiblePromotion definition. Then, map the node’s tags in the Global Promotions Management rule library. Deactivate and reactivate your running promotions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Custom Context Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_setup_context_service_custom.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Rule Libraries for Promotion Context Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_setup_context_service_rule_library.htm&language=en_US) - [_Loyalty Management Developer Guide_: Eligible Promotions List (POST)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.loyalty.meta/loyalty/connect_resources_eligible_promotions.htm) - [_Loyalty Management Developer Guide_: Promotion Execution (POST)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.loyalty.meta/loyalty/connect_resources_promotion_execution.htm) # Scan Data 360 for Sensitive Data with Data Detect Protect sensitive information across your data platform with Data Detect scanning for Data 360. Data Detect helps you identify sensitive data in large batches across Data Lake Objects (DLOs), automatically targeting all text fields when you select a DLO. A single scan policy supports up to 100 DLOs across multiple data spaces, giving you a consolidated view of sensitive data exposure. Data Detect usage with Data 360 consumes credits in the Data Queries usage type. You can resume Data 360 scans after they've stopped. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This feature requires the Salesforce Shield add-on subscription or the Data Detect add-on license, and Data 360 licenses (Data Cloud Provisioning, Data Spaces, Storage Beyond Allocation). **How:** With Data 360 provisioned and DLOs populated with records, create a scan policy in Data Detect and select the DLOs you want to scan. Data Detect scans all text fields in each selected DLO and displays aggregate results. # Scan Encrypted Fields for Sensitive Data in Data Detect Now, you can broaden your data privacy reach by scanning encrypted text-based fields. Data Detect supports scanning for Text, Long Text Area, Rich Text Area, Text Area fields, and text (encrypted) with Field Level Encryption or Classic Encryption. Scanning encrypted fields does take longer. If you include encrypted fields in your scan, your total scan time can increase by approximately one and a half times. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses.
**Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **Who:** To view results from scans that include fields with Classic encryption, you need the **View Encrypted Data** permission. # Scan Files for Malware (Beta) For improved security in your Salesforce org, files are now scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. Most new files are scanned when they’re uploaded to an org, and most existing files are scanned when they’re downloaded from an org. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Files accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Performance, Unlimited, Contact Manager, and Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Scan files for viruses or malware is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’26. For details about timing and eligibility, contact your Salesforce account executive. #### See Also - [Protect Your Salesforce Org and Users by Scanning Files for Malware (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_files_malware_scan.htm&release=260&type=5 "For improved security in your Salesforce org, files are now scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. When a user tries to upload a file, the process is blocked if the scanned file is malicious. If a malicious file is uploaded via the API, it’s scanned asynchronously, and it appears in the new Malicious Files (Beta) list. When a user attempts to download an existing file, the download is blocked if it’s malicious. This feature was developed based on your idea on IdeaExchange.") # Scan Files for Malware in Salesforce Files (Generally Available) For improved security in your org, files are scanned for malware in Salesforce Files. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. The setting “Scan files for viruses or malware” now appears in the new Malware Scanning page in Setup. On this page, a new setting enables notifications about malicious files for users with the Manage Malicious Files permission. Also, you can now assign the Manage Malicious Files permission to any standard user. Previously, only admins had this permission. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Files accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Performance, Unlimited, Contact Manager, and Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce. **Who:** Users who want to access the Malicious Files list, download malicious files, and get notified when a malicious file is detected require the Manage Malicious Files user permission. Users who want to only download malicious files require the Download Malicious Files user permission. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Files, and then select **Salesforce Files** | **Malware Scanning**. The setting **Scan files for viruses or malware** is turned on by default. If a new file isn’t scanned during the initial upload, it’s scanned asynchronously and, if it contains malware, added to the Malicious Files list. To turn on notifications for users with the Manage Malicious Files permission, select **Notify users when a malicious file is detected**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Malware scanning in Salesforce Files flags only files that have a high probability of being malicious. If you require more stringent scanning, consider using one of Salesforce’s malware scanning partners. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Malware Scanning for Salesforce Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.collab_files_malware_scan.htm&language=en_US) # Scan for Custom Keywords with Data Detect Improve operational and regulatory compliance by identifying specific, sensitive exact words or phrases within your data. You can now optionally scan for custom keywords alongside structured sensitive data (custom patterns) when creating a Data Detect policy. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **Why:** Custom keywords help you proactively mitigate risk by quickly flagging sensitive internal terminology like project code names or internally flagged risk terms. # Schedule and Automate Customer Callbacks Give customers the option to schedule a callback for a specific date and time. Automatically route scheduled callbacks to an available rep and initiate the call to the customer once the rep accepts the callback assignment. Preserve the customer's original queue position and automatically retry failed connections based on configured retry settings. Reduce abandoned calls and build customer trust with reliable, on-time callback experiences. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) **Who:** To configure a Scheduled Callback flow, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. # Schedule and Generate Invoices for Insurance Policies Easily configure billing preferences for insurance policies, including tax and proration policies, in a purpose-built object. Set up invoice schedulers to generate invoices at regular intervals or generate on-demand invoices. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Insurance Brokerage SKU is enabled. **How:** From the Insurance Policy record page, click **New** on the Insurance Policy Billing Information related list. Enter the required billing information and save your changes. Then, generate invoices automatically based on billing schedules or generate on-demand invoices. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Schedule Invoice Generation for Insurance Policies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ins_brokerage_billing_schedule_invoice_generation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Schedule and Optimize Field Work with Workforce Scheduling Dispatch workers to constituent locations based on scheduling considerations defined in your scheduling policies, such as skills, availability, and travel time. Plan efficient routes and use resource schedule optimization, in-day optimization, or global optimization to improve field-work schedules. Developers can add scheduling and optimization to custom apps with unified scheduling APIs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. An add-on license for Workforce Scheduling is also required. **Why:** Public sector agencies get best-in-class field scheduling and optimization natively on Core, without relying on third-party solutions. Use field scheduling to: - Manage inspections for building permits and licensing compliance. - Oversee environmental and food safety audits for commercial facilities. - Schedule in-home treatments and health assessments to deliver care directly to constituents. **How:** Enable field scheduling in Setup, and configure resources, territories, work types, availability, scheduling policies, and routing. Review the Workforce Scheduling developer documentation to integrate with APIs. # Schedule and Track Coaching Sessions from Calendar Coordinate coaching schedules and field visits from the calendar. Coaches can create Enablement Coaching sessions from the calendar grid and see them immediately, helping prevent scheduling conflicts. Employees see sessions only after coaches share them, so evaluations remain private while they’re being planned. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **How:** In the Admin Console, admins configure calendar event metadata to map Enablement Coaching sessions to calendar views. Coaches then create sessions from the calendar grid or the Enablement Coaching tab. Salesforce automatically creates the associated calendar events. # Schedule Appointments in Agentforce Public Sector with Workforce Scheduling (Generally Available) Workforce Scheduling adds appointment capabilities to Agentforce Public Sector (formerly Public Sector Solutions) so your employees and constituents can schedule and manage on-site and virtual appointments across your organization. Employees and constituents are able to self-schedule appointments through multiple channels, including online portals, mobile apps, call centers, and in-person interactions. Managers get real-time visibility into team schedules, workloads, and appointment status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on for Agentforce Public Sector. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. **When:** Available after April 21, 2026. **How:** From Salesforce Go, turn on **Workforce Scheduling**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Workforce Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_ws.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Field Service and Operations for Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_workforce_scheduling_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Workforce Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_get_started.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Workforce Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_set_up_workforce_scheduling.htm&language=en_US) # Schedule Clean Room Queries to Run on Segment Publish Schedule a query to run automatically each time its consumer segment publishes, so your clean room insights stay current. Scheduled queries are available only for Salesforce-provided collaboration templates. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Data 360 in Enterprise Edition. This feature isn't available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** Recurring analyses, such as a weekly audience overlap, depend on fresh data. Running each query manually takes time and can result in outdated insights. When you schedule a query on segment publish, it runs on the segment's publish cadence. You can still run the query on demand, and a manual run doesn't change its schedule. **How:** On the Set Up Query page for the collaboration, select **Schedule based on segment publish** for Run Options, then choose the consumer segment and enter a schedule name. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Queries in Clean Rooms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_crc_queries_in_clean_rooms.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Scheduled Queries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_crc_manage_scheduled_queries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Schedule Meetings Directly Within Conversations Manage Google or Outlook meetings using natural language directly within your conversational flow. IT teams can now schedule meetings without opening a calendar app or leaving the chat interface. By automating scheduling through Agentforce, IT teams can instantly find and book available slots during a support interaction. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** Users need access to the IT Service Fulfiller agent to use these actions in Teams, Slack or the portal. # Schedule Onsite Interactions with Agency Employees Schedule in-office appointments between constituents and agency employees for any context, such as a case or complaint. Onsite interactions use the Interaction object, so scheduling works within your public sector workflows without a third-party solution. Constituents can schedule their own interactions from Experience Cloud sites, and staff review scheduled interactions with a Manager View component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and supported Experience Cloud sites in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. An add-on license for Workforce Scheduling is also required. **Why:** Onsite scheduling supports appointments that involve multiple individuals and assets across public sector objects. Agencies manage in-office interactions natively, without relying on third-party scheduling tools. **How:** Enable field scheduling in Setup, and configure resources, territories, work types, availability, scheduling policies, and routing. Review the Workforce Scheduling developer documentation to integrate with APIs. # Schedule Orchestration Steps with Negative Delays Initiate proactive actions based on custom context dates, such as sending reminders or initiating checks before an invoice due date. By using negative delay values you can schedule future-dated orchestration steps to occur before a specific event. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Enter a negative value in the Delay field when using a custom context date in fulfillment step definitions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Steps for Future Execution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dro_configure_steps_for_future_execution.htm&language=en_US) # Schedule Rooms and Equipment Alongside Staff with Asset Scheduling for Interactions Book rooms and equipment, such as meeting rooms, with Asset Scheduling for interactions. Schedule, reschedule, or cancel interactions with assets to better manage your workforce and resources. Treat physical resources like your service resources, which helps office environments where an appointment requires both a person and a specific room or piece of equipment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on license for Public Sector Solutions. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Who:** To manage asset resources, your users need field-level access to the Asset field on the Service Resource object. # Schedule Secondary Index Refreshes and Lower Refresh Costs with Incremental Rebuilds Choose how often each secondary index refreshes, and let Data 360 rebuild only the portion of an index that changed instead of rebuilding the entire index. Previously, every secondary index was fully rebuilt on a fixed daily schedule. Now incremental rebuilds refresh only changed data, reducing refresh cost and data freshness lag. The scheduler lets you set the refresh frequency that best balances freshness against cost. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in October 2026. **Why:** Incremental rebuilds are best suited to engagement data lake objects (DLOs) and objects that change at most every 24 hours. Because refreshing an index consumes credits, refreshing more frequently increases consumption. Choose a refresh frequency that keeps your index fresh enough for your queries without refreshing more often than your data changes. **How:** Incremental rebuilds apply automatically to your existing secondary indexes at their current schedule. To view or change the refresh frequency for an index, in Data 360 navigate to the Secondary Indexes app. # Schedule Service Appointments Visually in the New Scheduling Console by Dragging From the Map Drag unscheduled service appointments from the map directly onto the Gantt to bring geographic context to your visual scheduling. Open the map alongside the Gantt in the Scheduling Console, or spread them across dual monitors for a flexible setup across screens. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and [Aura sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** Assign the **Access Scheduling Console Map** permission from the Field Service Dispatcher Permissions permission set in Setup to let users drag service appointments from the map onto the Gantt. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Actions in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Schedule Television and Radio Ad Spots with the Spot Calendar Use the spot calendar to distribute television and radio advertisements across daily, weekly, or broadcast periods. Your sales reps can manually override distributions to balance spots across the campaign flight. Sales reps can export current distributions to share with external partners or for offline review. This tool includes built-in validations to prevent scheduling errors and maintain accurate spot counts throughout the media plan. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Spot Calendars for Linear Media Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_linear_spot_calendar_learn.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Spot Calendar for Linear Media Planning](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_linear_spot_cal_configure.htm&language=en_US) # Schedule URL Redirect Activation and Expiry Set Online From and Online To dates on a URL redirect so that it activates and expires automatically, without manual Business Manager changes. Schedule redirects ahead of product go-lives, category changes, and seasonal campaigns. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, go to **Merchant Tools** | **SEO & Discoverability** | **URL Redirects**. Create or edit a redirect, and set the **Online From** and **Online To** dates. The redirect activates and expires automatically based on your site's time zone. To review or clean up scheduled redirects, use the **Online From** and **Online To** list columns and the **Schedule Status** filter in advanced search. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Redirect from a B2C Commerce URL (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_creating_a_redirect_from_a_digital_url.htm&language=en_US) # Schedule Work Items to Route at a Specific Date and Time You can now set a specific date and time for work items to to be routed in the future instead of adding them immediately to the routing backlog. This change helps your teams manage callbacks and follow-ups by matching work with available reps only when the scheduled time passes. Supervisors can also track these scheduled items directly within the Command Center for Service backlog. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Open a flow in the Flow Builder. Add the **Route Work** action to the flow, and in the **Set Additional Input Values** section select the **Schedule work item routing** checkbox. Select the **Schedule a date and time** option and enter the date and time for the work item to be routed in the **Scheduled Date and Time field**. This field is available when routing to a queue, skill, or a specific rep. It automatically populates the scheduled time on the Pending Service Routing object. The field and value carry over to the agent work record. ![The Schedule work item routing option in Set Additional Input Values](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_omni-channel_scheduled_work.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Schedule Work Items for Future Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omnichannel_schedule_work.htm&language=en_US) # Scheduling Console Keep your dispatching experience seamless, accessible, and high-performing with the Scheduling Console. - **[Start New Customers on the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_default_new_customers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** New customers automatically get the Scheduling Console as their default dispatcher experience and can no longer access the Classic Dispatch Console. Existing customers keep their current Dispatch Console access. - **[Orchestrate Complex Work Chains Seamlessly in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_complex-work.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Easily manage complex work chains and dependent service appointment sequences right on the Gantt. Visual chain indicators and dependency popovers clearly show how appointments link together, while moving an anchor appointment automatically shifts downstream steps. Outside the Gantt, dispatchers can search and bulk-edit chains across territories. A wider side panel displays multilevel dependencies, and clear unscheduling options make it simple to update a single appointment or an entire chain. Additionally, AI-assisted error messaging pinpoints broken links to speed up fixes, while map and list view highlights ensure chained appointments are instantly recognizable. The result is faster schedule resolution, reduced downtime for field technicians, and a more dependable customer experience. - **[Navigate Long-Term Schedules Effortlessly in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_long_views.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Boost operational flexibility and drive business efficiency by planning schedules up to 6 months in advance in the Scheduling Console. The console moves beyond fixed limits with standard 2-week views, 1-month layouts, and up to 3 custom views. Interactive ruler navigation streamlines drill-downs to save dispatch effort. Optional ISO week numbers and flexible weekend settings keep teams aligned, prevent double-booking errors, and protect non-working days. - **[Access Actions Easily from the Right-Click Menu](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_right_click_menu.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get to the actions directly from the right-click menu. Previously, actions were only accessed from the Gantt and list view headers and popovers. - **[Visualize Multi-Day Service Appointments with Accurate Work Segments and Utilization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_multiday_service_appointments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Multi-day service appointments in Scheduling Console break down into distinct work, travel, weekend, holiday, lunch, and absence segments instead of rendering as one solid block, and totals appear on the service appointment tile, in the tooltip, and in the details panel. Utilization for multi-day service appointments counts only actual work hours, so the numbers match what. Lunch breaks are hidden inside multi-day bars for easier reading on long-running rows, and a dedicated marker distinguishes multi-day service appointments from short-cycle ones at every zoom level. - **[Find Resources Faster with Flexible Gantt Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_gantt_flexible_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let your dispatchers quickly locate the right resources by combining standard filters (Resource Type, Skills, Availability) with your organization's custom attributes. Custom filters are automatically generated from your Service Resource Filter Field Set, so no additional setup is needed at runtime. Dispatchers can also exclude resources with all-day absences to assign work only to those available to receive it, enabling more confident scheduling decisions. - **[Reschedule Appointments Faster by Dragging Them Onto the Gantt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_drag_drop_gantt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Move a scheduled appointment from the appointment list or the map directly onto the Gantt to reschedule it, instead of locating it there first. Drop it onto the resource and time slot you want, cutting out extra clicks and context switching. - **[Spot Holidays Across Territories and Resources with Gantt Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_holidays_gantt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Holidays now appear as non-working time directly on the Scheduling Console Gantt, so your dispatchers can recognize holiday dates and understand why work cannot be scheduled during these times. An indicator marks each holiday; view the details to confirm which territory's Operating Hours record applies. This ensures your dispatchers know exactly which calendar they're following when scheduling across multiple territories. - **[Focus on a Single Crew in the Gantt](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_crew_filter_gantt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your dispatchers focus on a specific crew by filtering the Gantt view to show only that crew's members. When your dispatchers coordinate a specific crew's work, they access the crew filter from the crew popover or a resource row. Your dispatchers dismiss the filter chip anytime to return to the full view. - **[Stay Oriented with Smart Scheduling Console Defaults](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_scheduling_console_defaults.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let your dispatchers automatically view today's date when reopening the scheduling console—eliminating manual navigation back to the present day. For time horizons up to 3 weeks, today appears as the first visible day; for 1 month or longer, the first day of the current week appears first. A blue circle marks today so your dispatchers can always find their bearings, while refresh keeps their active working view intact. - **[Focus Dispatchers on What Matters Most with Color-Coded Appointment Indicators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_sc_color_palette.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your dispatchers focus on what matters most with clear, color-coded appointment indicators. Custom color palettes surface SLA risks, work types, customer tiers, and vehicle types across Gantt, appointment list, and map views. Visual cues let dispatchers spot urgent appointments and take immediate action without clicking into individual records, and switch palettes as operational focus shifts throughout the day. - **[Bundle Service Appointments Directly in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_264_bundle_service_appointments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Dispatch appointments more efficiently by grouping related appointments that should be handled by the same resource into bundles. Dispatchers can assign and dispatch them as a single unit—right from the Gantt and list, without context-switching. A dedicated icon makes bundles instantly recognizable, and a popover displays all members. Dispatchers create bundles based on your policies with an intuitive modal, then track and manage them seamlessly alongside individual appointments. # Scratch Org Storage Limit Has Increased The data storage limit for a scratch org is now 500 MB. Previously, the limit was 200 MB. **Where:** This change applies to Developer, Group, Professional, and Enterprise editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Scratch Orgs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_scratch_orgs.htm) - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Supported Scratch Org Editions and Allocations](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_scratch_orgs_editions_and_allocations.htm) # Screen Flow Updates Sort and edit records in the Data Table component at runtime. Customize screen flows with component-level style overrides. Add colorful, a11y-compliant text to your screens with the new Message component. Streamline document-based screen flows with the File Preview component. Visualize and track progress with the Kanban Board component (beta). - **[Organize Data Table Records with Column Sorting at Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_sort_data_table.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable users to organize their view of records directly in the flow screen. By clicking column headers, users can sort records alphabetically or numerically at runtime. Previously, the Data Table component displayed records in a fixed order, requiring users to scan manually to find what they needed. - **[Edit Records Directly in the Data Table at Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_edit_data_table.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure the Data Table component of a screen flow to support record editing at runtime. Previously read-only, the Data Table component now lets users modify values for specific field types. Confirmed changes are stored in the editedRows output parameter, making it easy to update records in Salesforce. - **[Tailor Screen Flows to Your Audience with Component-Level Styling Overrides](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_component_style_overrides.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver a personalized screen flow experience to your customers. Customize a variety of style properties for your screen flows, like background color, border color, border weight, border radius, text color, buttons, and more. Any styling changes you set override your org or Experience Cloud site’s default theme. - **[Add Visually Distinct and Accessible Messages to Screen Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_message_component.htm&release=260&type=5)** With the new Message screen component, you can add an eye-catching a11y-compliant message to a screen to show information, a success, an error, or a warning. - **[Visualize and Track Record Progress with Kanban Boards in Screen Flows (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_kanban_board.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the new Kanban Board component to show records as cards in columns that represent workflow stages, without custom Lightning implementations. Your users gain instant visibility into record progress and record details without leaving the flow. The Kanban Board is read-only, so users can’t drag cards between stages at run time. - **[Preview Files Natively in Screen Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_extend_file_preview.htm&release=260&type=5)** Eliminate friction in document-based processes by enabling your users to review file content directly within a screen flow. The new File Preview screen component removes the requirement to download files externally, ensuring more streamlined document review and approval workflows. - **[Find and Select Flow Resources More Easily in Screen Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_enhanced_resource_selection.htm&release=260&type=5)** Flow Builder extends the enhanced resource selection experience to screen elements. For example, improved grouping makes it easier for you to find the resources that you need, user-friendly labels are shown instead of API names, tooltips with descriptions are available so you know more about what resource you’re selecting, and the search experience allows for nested searches with breadcrumbs to keep track of where you are. - **[Open Screen Flows in Lightning Experience with a URL (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_flow_urls.htm&release=260&type=5)** Launch screen flows in Lightning Experience and Lightning console apps with a new standardized URL format. Opening flows in Lightning has several benefits, such as faster performance, keeping your users in Lightning console apps, and providing a more consistent browser experience. You can also pass information into your flow through its URL. The new URL format also supports the Salesforce Cosmos theme, and flow local actions. #### See Also - [_Release Notes_: Compare Screen Flow Versions to Track Changes More Efficiently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_mgmt_compare_screen_flow_versions.htm&release=260&type=5 "Use the Compare Versions feature to automatically track what’s changed between any two versions of a screen flow. View changes to screen flow elements, resources, fields, properties, components, and styles between flow versions.") # Screen Flow Updates Evolve screen flows using natural language. View and access related records from data table lookup columns. Override the styles of more screen flow components. - **[Update Screen Flows with Natural Language Prompts (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_update_screen_flows_with_natural_language_prompts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Iterate quickly on user-facing screen flows and reduce the risk of manual configuration errors. Previously, you could use AI to modify record-triggered, schedule-triggered, external system change-triggered flows, and flows that use connectors as actions. Now, use generative AI to modify your existing screen flows by describing the changes with natural language prompts in the Agentforce panel. Add, remove, or change screen and action elements without manually adjusting logic in Flow Builder. - **[View Related Record Names and Open the Related Record from Data Table Lookup Columns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_view_related_record_names_and_hyperlink_data_table.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Display a human-readable record name instead of a Salesforce ID at run time when your Data Table column is a lookup field. Additionally, choose to make the related record name a hyperlink that opens the related record in a new browser tab at run time. You can view and navigate to the related record's page without complex workarounds. - **[Customize Screen Flows with Styling Overrides in More Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_more_component_styling_options.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tailor screen flows to your audience with expanded styling options. You can now customize the look and feel of more screen flow components. The new supported components are Action Button, Address, Choice Lookup, Dependent Picklists, Email, Lookup, Name, Phone, Slider, Toggle, and URL. - **[Add Static Resource Images to Display Text Without Leaving Flow Builder (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_find_and_upload_static_resource_images_from_the_display_text.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Seamlessly browse for and upload static resource images directly from within the Display Text component. The Image option, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. Previously, to add a static resource image, you went to the Static Resources page in Setup to get the names of existing images and then used them in the component. Now, in a streamlined two-step process, you can search for existing images, upload new ones, and add alternate text all from within the screen flow. - **[Save Screen Space with Radio Button Groups in Screen Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_save_screen_space_with_radio_button_groups_in_screen_flows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new Radio Button Group screen component to present horizontally (desktop) or vertically (mobile devices) stacked choices that are compact and easier to scan. The Radio Button Group component functions like the traditional Radio Buttons component where users select a single option at run time, but their choices appear horizontally or vertically stacked. The horizontal or vertical orientation reduces scrolling and provides a modern alternative to traditional radio buttons, checkboxes, or picklists. - **[Expose the Flow Runtime Version to Custom Screen Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_expose_runtime_api_version.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Control how your custom component for screen flows acts based on the flow runtime version with the new `flowRole` attribute. In your Lightning web component, create a property that has the attribute `flowRole="flowRuntimeApiVersion"`. Then use the value of that property at runtime to execute conditional logic. Retain functionality in older flows while incorporating newer features in the same component. #### See Also - [Simplify the User Workflow with the Open a Page Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_actions_open_a_page.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Launch Salesforce records or any external URL directly from your flow, including between screen transitions, by adding the Open a Page action. Open related information, such as a newly created opportunity, in a separate tab without requiring users to exit the flow.") - [Notify Users with the Show Toast Message Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_actions_show_toast_message.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide immediate feedback by showing non-intrusive status updates or error messages during flow screen transitions. This new declarative action shows a temporary toast message at the top of the viewport to keep your users informed without disrupting their current task. You can also include dynamic linking to Salesforce or an external page. You no longer need to create complex workarounds to communicate success or failure between screens.") - [Expose Style Settings for Your Custom Flow Screen Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_styling_hooks.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Let flow authors customize Lightning web components (LWC) by adding styling hooks to your code. The hooks define which properties an author can adjust in Flow Builder, such as colors and dimensions to match branding needs.") # Screen Flow Updates Process multiple records at once by running a screen flow from a mass quick action on a list view or related list. Capture time values with the new Time screen component. Reference reactive formulas in conditional visibility rules on flow screens. - **[Process Multiple Records with Screen Flows from List Views and Related Lists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screen_mass_quick_action_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Run bulk operations without updating records individually or building complex workarounds. Configure a mass quick action on either a list view or related list to trigger a screen flow that receives the selected record IDs. - **[Capture Time Values with the Time Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_time_component_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Time component in a flow so your users can schedule service appointments, book reservations, and other scheduling needs. You can then use the component's output to update records or perform other tasks within the flow. - **[Evaluate Conditional Visibility Rules with Reactive Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screen_reactive_formulas_visibility_264.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reference reactive formulas directly in conditional visibility rules for flow screens. Reactive formulas evaluate correctly in flow screen conditional visibility rules, so you can build more responsive screen experiences. Previously, conditional visibility didn't support referencing formulas that included components on the same screen. # Screen Rotation Now Supported on Android 17 Tablets The Salesforce app now rotates smoothly on Android 17 tablets, fitting both horizontal and vertical screens. The app interface automatically adjusts to portrait or landscape mode as users rotate their tablets, ensuring a continuous visual workflow without requiring admin configuration. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce Mobile App for Android. **When:** This change is available starting October 21, 2026. # Seamlessly Book and Schedule Multiday Service Appointments Increase productivity by booking and scheduling appointments that span multiple days. Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization services, including the Schedule, Get Candidates, Optimize, and Book Appointment actions, now fully support multiday appointments with arrival window commitments. For example, you can now book appointments for long installation jobs without needing workarounds. A maximum search horizon of 30 days is supported, and appointments must fit completely within that window to appear as available slots. For example, if you search a 30-day horizon for a 7-day appointment, slots in the last 6 days of the horizon don't appear. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. To book a slot, use the Book Appointment action on a service appointment record. If the action isn't available, add the Book Appointment quick action to your page layout. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Schedule Appointments from the Record Feed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.pfs_booking.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Seamlessly Create and Troubleshoot WhatsApp Account Setup in Salesforce and Meta On October 1, 2026, Meta’s Embedded Signup Flow v2 and v3 are deprecating. Salesforce will support Embedded Signup v4 at the time of this change. The Meta screens in our Unified WhatsApp or Service WhatsApp sign-up flows will have a different look and feel, allowing customers to create a WhatsApp Business Account or troubleshoot issues directly with Meta while staying in the Salesforce flow. **Where:** This change applies to Unified WhatsApp or Service WhatsApp setup. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Meta Documentation_: Embedded Signup: Versions](https://developers.facebook.com/documentation/business-messaging/whatsapp/embedded-signup/versions) - [_Meta Documentation_: Embedded Signup: V4](https://developers.facebook.com/documentation/business-messaging/whatsapp/embedded-signup/version-4) # Seamlessly Import External Remediated Content into Life Sciences Cloud Use the Content Ingestion API to ingest remediated content from external digital asset management systems into Life Sciences Cloud. The source-agnostic REST API loads prepared ZIP packages (CLM presentations), PDFs, and preconfigured email templates, while automating territory distribution and activation. **Where:** This feature is available with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **Who:** Content Ingestion API is available to users with a MuleSoft Anypoint Platform subscription. Integration users require custom permission sets that are based on the Life Sciences Commercial and Salesforce API Integration licenses, along with access to the mapped Life Sciences Cloud objects and fields. # Seamlessly Migrate from Vlocity Industries Managed Package or Omnistudio Foundation Package with Standard Data Model to Omnistudio Standard Runtime by Using the Omnistudio Migration Assistant Automate and simplify your Omnistudio component migration with the new Omnistudio Migration Assistant, a Salesforce CLI plug-in. The tool helps you migrate your components such as Flexcards, Omniscripts, Data Mappers, Integration Procedures, Omni Global Auto Numbers, custom labels, and related objects such as Apex classes, FlexiPages, Experience Cloud pages, Lightning web components (LWCs) from the Vlocity Industries managed package or Omnistudio Foundation package with standard data model to Omnistudio standard runtime. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Use the Omnistudio Migration Assistant version 2.0.0-rc.59 or later. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The Omnistudio Migration Assistant doesn’t support migrating Omni Global Auto Numbers if you’re migrating from Omnistudio Foundation package and standard data model to Omnistudio standard runtime. **Where:** This feature is available in all Salesforce editions. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who are migrating from Vlocity Industries managed package or Omnistudio Foundation package with standard data model to Omnistudio standard runtime. **Why:** Use the Omnistudio Migration Assistant to streamline and accelerate your migration process. The tool offers these key benefits: - Automates complex migration tasks and reduces manual efforts. - Ensures configuration consistency across environments. - Replaces legacy wrappers with standard runtime wrappers. - Updates namespace references and cleans record names automatically. - Validates components with built-in checks and detailed assessment and migration reports. - Identifies components that are ready for migration, require manual action, or are skipped or failed, all in one place. **How:** To use the Omnistudio Migration Assistant, first install the tool by using Salesforce CLI. After installation, run the tool in Assess mode in your production and testing sandboxes to evaluate your org’s migration readiness and generate an assessment report. Carefully review the report and resolve any issues identified. After all pre-migration issues are addressed, run the tool in Migrate mode to automatically migrate your components to the standard data model and Omnistudio standard runtime. After the migration completes, review the migration reports to verify that your components were successfully migrated and are functioning as expected. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Migrate Omnistudio Components from Vlocity Industries Managed Package and Standard Data Model to Omnistudio Standard Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_migrate_omnistudio_standard_data_model_to_standard_runtime.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Migrate Omnistudio Components from Omnistudio Foundation Package and Standard Data Model to the Omnistudio Standard Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_migrate_omnistudio_foundation_std_dm_to_std_runtime.htm&language=en_US) # Seamlessly Migrate Your Employees from Customer Community Plus to Unified Employee License Replace fragmented licensing and streamline administration by migrating your employees to the Unified Employee License (UEL). This opt-in, identity-only migration preserves user IDs, usernames, and record ownership. Unifying your employee persona reduces identity inconsistencies across IT Service, HR Service, and Slack. After you migrate your employees to UEL, you can’t go back to Customer Community Plus (CCP). **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited edition with HR Service. **Who:** This migration is available to existing customers currently using CCP or Platform licenses for their employees. **Why:** Maintaining dual user models within an organization often creates broken reporting structures and workflow complications. This migration establishes a single, authoritative identity for each employee, making sure that individuals can request services, fulfill tasks, and collaborate within a single session across different clouds. **How:** Before starting the migration, make sure that your org has sufficient UEL licenses. Set your external sharing model for accounts, contacts, and cases to private. Pause all your data sync operations. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter CCP to UEL Migration, and then select **CCP to UEL Migration**. Enable Unified Employee License Migration and then click **Start Migration**. After migration, manually update feature-level configurations, like sharing rules and approval flows. # Search All Node Types at Once in Flexible Hierarchies Record name searches span all configured entity types in a hierarchy simultaneously. When your hierarchy managers or end users select a result, the entity type filter stays set to All so they can continue navigating without resetting the search. Previously, finding records across entity types required switching the entity type selector between searches. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Flexible Hierarchies**. Open a hierarchy and select the Graph View or Grid View. In the search bar, the entity type is set to **All** by default. Enter a search term to find matching nodes across all configured entity types in one pass. # Search for Locations and Addresses by Name Select location and address records naturally instead of looking through auto-generated IDs. The new Location Address Picker component provides a user-friendly way to find addresses within your flows and Omniscripts, displaying a map when a location and address are selected. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. **How:** Add the Location Address Picker component to your screen flow, or add the `runtime_gov_aps__locationAddressPickerOmni` custom Lightning web component (LWC) to an Omniscript. The component outputs the Location ID, Address ID, and formatted display string. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Location and Address Search (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_location_address_search.htm&language=en_US) # Search for Multiple Product IDs in the Product List Speed up your search by entering multiple product IDs in the search bar. You can use spaces, commas, colons, semicolons, or line breaks to separate the IDs. If the product IDs contain special characters, separate them with line breaks to ensure that every ID is included. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Product Lists for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_product_lists.htm&language=en_US) # Search Google Workspace in Real Time with Agentforce Coworker Connect Google Drive, Gmail, and Google Calendar to Agentforce Coworker as federated search sources. Federated search queries Google in real time, so results always reflect your current Google Workspace with no data ingestion required. **Where:** This change applies to Agentforce Coworker in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available the week of September 21, 2026. **Who:** To configure federated Google Workspace sources, admins need the Salesforce Admin role and the Agentforce Coworker Admin permission set. To search connected sources, users need the Access\_Ai\_Search (API name) permission set group. Searches respect each user's existing Google permissions. **Why:** Unlike the Data 360 Google connectors, which ingest and index your content ahead of time, federated search queries Google live. Your users get answers from their Google content without leaving Salesforce and without waiting for data to be ingested. For example, someone can ask Agentforce Coworker to surface a contract in Google Drive, an email thread in Gmail, or an upcoming meeting on their calendar, and the results stay current. **How:** In Setup, an admin adds each Google app as a data source and supplies a Google Cloud OAuth client ID and secret, then registers the callback URL in Google Cloud. After setup, each user connects their individual Google account from the **Ask** button or the **All Connections** menu. For exact steps, see [set up federated Google Workspace sources](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-a-setup-home.html#set-up-agentforce-coworker). # Search Products for Price and Availability Find products in your catalog that are missing prices or out of stock by using the new Price and Inventory filters in Advanced Search. You can also search for products that have prices or are in stock. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce, and is available only in developer, sandbox, and staging instances. This feature isn't available if: - You have more than 2.4 million products in the catalog - The number of products in the larger catalog when multiplied by the number of sites is greater than 10 million If this feature is disabled in your instance because of these restrictions and you want to enable it, contact your account executive. **How:** In Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Products and Catalogs** | **Products**. Click **Advanced**, and in the Related Information section, select values for the Price and Inventory fields. ![Use the Price and Inventory filters in Advanced Search.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_b2c_search_products.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Find a Product Using Advanced Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_advanced_product_search.htm&language=en_US) # Search, Summarize, and Take Action with Slackbot in Salesforce Slackbot, your personal agent for work, is built into Salesforce, not just Slack. Because Slackbot has the same context and access to information that you do, it works across both systems from wherever you are in Salesforce. Get caught up quickly, plan next steps for a customer deal, and find key information fast. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Starter, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Slack customers on a Slack Enterprise or Business+ plan (Business+ is limited to 15 messages per person per week in Salesforce editions other than Enterprise or Unlimited). For Slack customers on all other plans, this change applies to Enterprise and Unlimited editions, due to Digital Wallet requirements. **When:** Slackbot in Salesforce is available starting in September 2026. **Who:** To use Slackbot in Salesforce, users need the Slackbot UI permission. To connect Salesforce and Slack, you need the Salesforce admin and Slack Salesforce Admin system roles. To turn on Flex Credit usage, you need the Salesforce admin role. **Why:** Slackbot brings context from Slack and Salesforce into one place, so you get the full picture of your work without switching tabs. For example, on a stalled opportunity, Slackbot surfaces the latest on the deal, recent Slack conversations about it, and any open cases tied to the record. Instead of piecing that together yourself, you get a quick digest and walk into your next call already caught up. **How:** Slackbot in Salesforce requires setup. Connect your Salesforce org to Slack, turn on Slackbot in Slack, and turn on Flex Credit usage in both Salesforce and Slack. Then add the Slackbot UI permission to a permission set and assign it to your users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up and Manage Slackbot in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.slack_slackbot_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Work with Slackbot in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.slack_slackbot_usage.htm&language=en_US) # Secure Data Access for Pricing with Elevated Permissions Have business continuity during sales transaction pricing while protecting sensitive data from unauthorized access. Turn on Elevated Data Access for Pricing Quotes and Orders and Procedure Plan Orchestration for Pricing and restrict fields from the context by using custom Apex hooks. The pricing engine accesses the data internally to make sure that a transaction price is correct, but users without field-level security can’t query, view, or modify the fields used to calculate pricing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on Elevated Data Access for Pricing Quotes and Orders and Procedure Plan Orchestration for Pricing. Then, create an Apex class for your Pricing Procedure Apex hook. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Secure Data Access for Pricing with Elevated Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_elevated_data_access_for_pricing.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Your Procedure Plans With Apex Hooks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_customize_pricing_procedures_with_apex_hooks.htm&language=en_US) # Secure Excel Exports by Disabling Formulas Protect your data and reduce security risks when exporting reports as Excel files. Add a straight apostrophe (') before field values that start with characters such as equals (=), plus (+), minus (-), etc., to prevent spreadsheet programs from misinterpreting these cell values as formulas. This protects from potential data manipulation or unintended code execution. Previously, this feature was supported only for CSV exports. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. Select **Disable Formulas in Exported Reports**. In the text box, along with the default characters, you can enter additional characters to detect at the start of field values using commas to separate them. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Disable Formulas in Exported Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_disable_formulas_in_exported_reports.htm&language=en_US) # Secure IT Hardware End-of-Life with Asset Disposal Workflows Ensure data security, environmental responsibility, and regulatory compliance when disposing hardware. Asset managers can now group retired assets into comprehensive disposal orders and enforce critical predisposal tasks like data sanitization. They can also upload official certificates of disposal to secure an audit trail. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service and the Hardware Asset Management add on license. **Who:** This change applies to users with the Asset Manager, Inventory Manager, Inventory Auditor, or Finance Manager permission sets. # Secure Your Connected App and External Client App Solutions All AppExchange Partners must follow new security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions to ensure the highest level of trust and security for Customer Data. These requirements apply to any Connected App or External Client App that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. These updates include mandatory Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) and Refresh Token Rotation (RTR) enablement to prevent authorization code interception and token theft. Implementing these standards ensures these CAs or ECAs meet the latest Salesforce security protocols and safeguard Customer Data. Failure to comply may result in the Partner Application’s AppExchange de-listing and/or Salesforce’s temporary or permanent suspension of the Partner Application’s interoperation with Salesforce’s services. **Where:** Any Connected App or External Client App that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. **When:** Mandatory security requirements must be implemented for any CAs/ECAs by May 11, 2026. **Why:** Detailed security configurations like RTR and PKCE provide critical defense layers against threat actors. **How:** For any Partner Applications with CAs or ECAs that are included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs, update your CA or ECA definitions to enable PKCE and Refresh Token Rotation within your app configurations and implement relevant changes in the client code. #### See Also - [Connected App and External Client App Security Requirements for AppExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005232552&type=1&language=en_US) # Secure Your Connected App and External Client App Solutions All AgentExchange Partners must follow new security requirements for Connected App (CA) and External Client App (ECA) solutions to ensure the highest level of trust and security for Customer Data. These requirements apply to any Connected App or External Client App that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. These updates include mandatory Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) and Refresh Token Rotation (RTR) enablement to prevent authorization code interception and token theft. Implementing these standards ensures these CAs or ECAs meet the latest Salesforce security protocols and safeguard Customer Data. Failure to comply may result in the Partner Application’s AgentExchange de-listing and/or Salesforce’s temporary or permanent suspension of the Partner Application’s interoperation with Salesforce’s services. **Where:** Any Connected App or External Client App that is included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs. **When:** Mandatory security requirements must be implemented for any CAs/ECAs by May 11, 2026. **Why:** Detailed security configurations like RTR and PKCE provide critical defense layers against threat actors. **How:** For any Partner Applications with CAs or ECAs that are included or used in connection with a Partner Application, provided or created by the Partner, and in use by more than two customer production orgs, update your CA or ECA definitions to enable PKCE and Refresh Token Rotation within your app configurations and implement relevant changes in the client code. #### See Also - [Connected App and External Client App Security Requirements for AppExchange](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005232552&type=1&language=en_US) # Secure Your Franchise Data with Enforced Reporting Visibility Store-level restrictions on reports ensures that franchise users see only their own data. Successful orders, customer signups, audit logs, and reconciliation reports now display only data from a user's specific franchise ID. These changes prevent unauthorized access to cross-franchise data while hiding irrelevant reports to simplify the user experience. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Franchises in Salesforce POS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_manage_franchises.htm&language=en_US) # Securely Connect Your Private Redshift Data to CRM Analytics Integrate data from your private Amazon Redshift data warehouse into CRM Analytics. Use a virtual private connection (VPC) to make sure that all data transfer happens over an internal network, bypassing the public internet for enhanced security and compliance. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Salesforce Private Connect is required. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select **Private Connect**. Create an outbound connection, and then on the Named Credentials page, create external and named credentials. In Data Manager, on the Private tab, create a connection for the Redshift Private Connector. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Amazon Redshift Private Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_redshift_vpc.htm&language=en_US) # Securely Connect Your Private Redshift Data to CRM Analytics Integrate data from your private Amazon Redshift data warehouse into Salesforce Data Pipelines. Use a virtual private connection (VPC) to make sure that all data transfer happens over an internal network, bypassing the public internet for enhanced security and compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Salesforce Date Pipelines is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Salesforce Private Connect is required. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select **Private Connect**. Create an outbound connection, and then on the Named Credentials page, create external and named credentials. In Data Manager, on the Private tab, create a connection for the Redshift Private Connector. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Amazon Redshift Private Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_connectors_redshift_vpc.htm&language=en_US) # Security Marketing Cloud Engagement introduces several security enhancements to help you protect your account and data. These updates include a consolidated security dashboard for monitoring health scores, logging of Data Extension access in Advanced Audit Trail, and support for phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (PR-MFA) methods, such as Touch ID and Face ID. Admins can also manage login allowlists by using recommended IP ranges. Step-up authentication protects against unauthorized access by requiring admins to reauthenticate before performing critical security tasks. A summary dashboard provides at-a-glance information about the API client secrets for your installed packages, and client secrets are revoked automatically if they’re compromised. - **[Monitor the Security Posture of Your Account with the Security Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_security_dashboard_view.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get a single view of security settings for your Marketing Cloud Engagement account with the Security Dashboard. View an overall health score, review security factors grouped by category, and identify high-priority improvements, all in one place. To share your security posture with stakeholders, export a branded PDF report. - **[Monitor Data Extension Access Events with Advanced Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_data_extension_access_monitor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Advanced Audit Trail now indicates when a user or API consumer views data in a Data Extension for compliance with data privacy regulations such as GDPR. Use audit logs to see which users accessed subscriber data and when they accessed it. - **[Protect Against Phishing by Using Platform Authentication Systems](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_platform_authenticator_login.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Strengthen security by using platform-based authentication systems, including Touch ID and Face ID on Apple devices, Windows Hello, or passkeys, to log in to Marketing Cloud Engagement. Platform authentication methods are considered phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (PR-MFA) systems. Marketing Cloud Engagement also supports other PR-MFA systems, such as authentication with hardware-based devices such as Yubikey. - **[Configure Your Login Allowlist Based on Recommended IP Ranges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_allowlist_recommended_ips_review.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Marketing Cloud Engagement tracks IP addresses used to log in to your accounts over the past six months and provides recommended ranges for your allowlist. After you review the suggested ranges, add IP ranges to your allowlist with a few clicks. - **[Reauthenticate Using MFA for Security Tasks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_step_up_authentication.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Some critical actions, such as changing security settings for an account, require Marketing Admins to reauthenticate. This change doesn’t apply to orgs that use single sign-on. - **[Update Single Sign-On Accounts to Use MFA](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_sso_mfa_amr_acc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Accounts that use single sign-on must implement MFA systems with Authentication Method Reference (AMR) and Authentication Context Class Reference (ACC) claims. This requirement provides the highest level of security between your identity provider and Marketing Cloud Engagement. - **[Prepare to Rotate Client Secrets for Installed Packages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_client_secrets_rotate.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** All installed package client secrets that you haven’t rotated since March 25, 2026 expire on September 30, 2026. All client secrets generated after March 25, 2026 have a 180-day expiration period, beginning on the day they’re generated. In the days before each client secret expires, you receive email notifications and see banner notifications in Marketing Cloud Engagement. - **[Protect Your Integrations with Automatic Client Secret Revocation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_compromised_secrets_revoke.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If we detect specific security threats related to an API integration in your account, we automatically revoke the client secret for the installed package. For example, if we detect that a client secret is exposed in a public repository, we revoke it, notify admins by email, and display a notification message in Marketing Cloud Engagement. If a follow-up security review determines that the secret isn’t compromised, we automatically restore it. This feature is enabled by default. Admins can’t turn it off. - **[Review Client Secret Statuses on the Installed Packages Summary Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_installed_packages_summary_view.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Review the status of active and staged client secrets for each installed package in your account on the Installed Packages page in Setup. For each package, the summary shows the revocation and expiration status for the client secret, the client ID, and the number of days since the last authentication call. - **[Review New and Upcoming Security Requirements for Marketing Cloud Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_upcoming_security_requirements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To protect against evolving security threats, Salesforce updates security requirements. Review the newest authentication and login requirements for Marking Cloud Engagement accounts. # Security and Sharing Now that Salesforce requires domain-level and user-level verification to send email from a site, enable people who use public email services to send messages from the site. - **[Enable All Site Users to Send Email](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_email_substitution.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce now requires both domain-level and user-level verification to send email. Enable users whose email domains you can't verify to send email from your sites. For example, enable people who use public email services such as yahoo.com or icloud.com to send messages from a site. - **[Send Sensitive Emails Securely with a Secondary Sender Email Address](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experience_secondary_sender.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Guard against relay interception by sending sensitive emails from your Aura or LWR site directly from Salesforce Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) instead of your corporate email relay. To ensure that emails that contain sensitive data, like the Forgot Password email, follow a more secure path, set up a verified secondary sender address. Use secondary sender to meet strict security requirements and align with DMARC standards without modifying your primary domain’s DKIM settings. - **[Pinpoint Fields with Sensitive Data to Hide from Guest Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_hide_fields_guest_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** A new warning icon next to field names in the Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report identifies fields that potentially expose personal information. For example, on the account object, the icon flags fields with revenue data or address and contact information. You can review these fields case by case to decide whether to change their sharing rules to hide the fields—and their data—from unauthenticated users. # Security and Sharing Specify the From address that each Experience Cloud site uses to send email on behalf of a user with an unverified email domain. Designate a secondary sender email address to send more securely emails that contain sensitive data. Identify and hide fields that contain sensitive information from guest users while keeping these fields visible to portal users. - **[Send Site Emails from a Verified Address with Email Domain Substitution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_domain_substitution.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Specify the From address that each Experience Cloud site uses to send email on behalf of a user with an unverified email domain. If your org has more than one site or brand, you can match each site's outgoing email to its own branding, instead of using a single org-wide address. Substitution is off by default, and you turn it on per site, so you decide where it applies. - **[Pinpoint Fields with Sensitive Data to Hide from Guest Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_hide_sensitive_fields_guest_users.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A new warning icon next to field names in the Guest User Sharing Rule Access Report identifies fields that potentially expose personal information. For example, on the account object, the icon flags fields with revenue data or address and contact information. You can review these fields case by case to decide whether to change their sharing rules to hide the fields—and their data—from unauthenticated users. - **[Send Sensitive Emails Securely with a Secondary Sender Email Address](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_secondary_sender.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Guard against relay interception by sending sensitive emails from your site directly from Salesforce Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) instead of your corporate email relay. To ensure emails that contain sensitive data, like the Forgot Password email, follow a more secure path, set up a verified secondary sender address. Use secondary sender to meet strict security requirements and align with Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance (DMARC) standards without modifying your primary domain’s DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) settings. Secondary sender was first released in late Summer ’26. - **[Conceal Personal Information Fields from Guest Users (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_conceal_pii_guests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set field visibility for guest users without affecting your settings for other external users. Turn on Independent Guest Field Masking to hide certain fields specifically from guest users. This update adds a new Guest\_PersonalInfo\_EPIM field set so that you can secure guest-facing fields without changing what portal users see. # Security Center Optimize your security posture with centralized alerting across all tenants and enhanced visibility into Login Anomalies via dedicated dashboards. Gain deeper insights into permission assignments while streamlining response times through consolidated investigations and automated remediation plans. - **[Monitor Login Anomaly Events Across Environments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_monitor_login_anomaly_events.htm&release=260&type=5)** A new Login Anomaly event is now available in the Threat Detection metric and dashboard, significantly enhancing the monitoring of suspicious logins. - **[New Permission Metrics for Comprehensive Monitoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_new_permission_metrics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain more granular control and deeper security insight with new permission metrics. Monitor expanded permission assignments, including details on when and how a permission was assigned, covering security, connected applications, and AI agents. - **[Set Alerts at the Child Tenant Level](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_set_alert_child_tenant.htm&release=260&type=5)** Set up alerts easily across all organizations, whether they are parent or child tenants. # Security Center New Alert metrics are available to enhance the security posture of your organization. - **[Get New Security Center Alert Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_new_alert_metrics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Security Center has several new Permissions metrics to enhance your organization's security posture and ensure that users have appropriate system access. - **[Security Center with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_with_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Security Agent now streamlines your workflow with consolidated investigations that group related anomalies to reduce alert fatigue. Gain full context via an automated Incident Timeline and follow standardized, step-by-step remediation plans tailored to each threat to accelerate resolution and reduce manual correlation. # Security Center With Security Center, easily identify sensitive or regulated data across all your objects and assign sensitivity levels, compliance categories, and data ownership with Field Classification. Track automated security responses on the Response Log. With Security Mesh, seamlessly bring together internal and external security data into an OCSF-compliant format. Track Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers across connected tenants to monitor risk scores and audit setup activity. Use the External Client Apps metric to monitor authentication settings, security policies, and usage data across connected tenants. - **[Classify Fields by Sensitivity and Other Key Attributes in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_classify_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Assign and manage field classifications for fields across all objects in your connected orgs from Security Center. Classify fields individually or in bulk with sensitivity levels, compliance categories, data ownership, and more. - **[Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_response_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When Salesforce Security detects a threat, it automatically takes containment action on your behalf. The Response Log in Security Center shows each response in detail, including action type, status, target entity, and timestamps for the threat detection and the response. Because the log shows only completed actions, you can quickly distinguish resolved threats from items that still need your attention. - **[Unify Security Data and View Insights with Security Mesh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_security_mesh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security Mesh simplifies your security operations by unifying security data from internal and external sources into a single format in Security Center. These security findings help you identify and respond to threats more effectively. - **[Monitor MCP Server Configurations in Security Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security Center includes an MCP Servers metric for monitoring configured Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers across your organization's connected Salesforce tenants. MCP servers are external integrations that connect Salesforce AI agents to external tools and data sources. Use the metric to check risk scores, detect suspicious server URLs, and audit who configured each server and when. - **[Monitor External Client App Configurations in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_external_client_apps_metric.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security Center includes an External Client Apps metric for tracking external app configurations across your organization's connected Salesforce tenants. The metric provides detailed visibility into authentication and security policy settings—including authorization dates, granted scopes, and usage data—for each tenant where apps are installed. Alerts notify you when external client apps are added or removed. # Security Center Essentials Security Center Essentials offers seven new Permissions metrics and a Response Log that lets you track automated threat containment actions taken to protect your org, all at no additional cost. - **[Get Permissions Metrics in Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials_permissions_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security Center Essentials has several new Permissions metrics. Use them to enhance your organization's security posture and ensure that users have appropriate system access. - **[Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials_response_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Security automatically takes containment action when it detects a threat, and the Response Log in Security Center Essentials records every completed response in detail. Each entry shows the action type, status, affected entity, and timestamps for the detection and the response. The read-only log helps you quickly distinguish resolved threats from issues that still need attention. #### See Also - [_Trailhead:_ Security Center Essentials: Quick Look](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/security-center-essentials-quick-look) # Security Center Essentials (Generally Available) Security curious? Check out Security Center Essentials, a powerful dashboard that shows your org’s Health Check score plus six other fundamental Security Center metrics at no additional cost. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** The Security Center Essentials rollout starts the week of July 13, 2026, and continues through August 2026. **Who:** Available to users with the View Security Center Pages system permission. **Why:** The Security Center Essentials dashboard gives you a high-level snapshot of seven key security metrics, including your Security Health Check score based on the Salesforce Baseline Standard or a custom baseline you create and set as the default. From the dashboard, you can drill down to get metric details. See how many connected apps your org has installed and who installed them, review details for managed and unmanaged packages, and monitor Login IP and Trusted IP ranges. ![Security Center Essentials Security Landscape page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_sce_security_landscape.png) **How:** Security Center Essentials is enabled in Production orgs and Full and Partial Copy sandboxes. From the App Launcher, enter Security Center. Have a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox? Look for the banner that prompts you to turn the feature on. ![Security Center Essentials enablement banner for dev and dev pro sandboxeser](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_sce_banner.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_center_essentials.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Security Center with Agentforce (Beta) The Security Agent now streamlines your workflow with consolidated investigations that group related anomalies to reduce alert fatigue. Gain full context via an automated Incident Timeline and follow standardized, step-by-step remediation plans tailored to each threat to accelerate resolution and reduce manual correlation. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Security Center with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. - **[Track Security Investigation Performance with Average Resolution Time and Risk Score (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_agentforce_avg_res_risk_score.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor your Salesforce security investigation effectiveness in Security Center with Agentforce. Average Resolution shows how quickly your team resolves security incidents and whether resolution times are trending up or down compared to the previous 30 days. Risk Score helps you prioritize investigations by categorizing each incident as low, medium, or high risk. - **[Focus Security Investigations with Anomaly Triage (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_agentforce_triage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** See related security anomalies consolidated into a single investigation. The Security Agent correlates anomalies from the same user session or user activity within 24 hours, creating an investigation only when it identifies a unique threat. This approach reduces alert fatigue and directs your security team to the core incident. - **[Follow Incident Timelines for Investigations (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_agentforce_timeline.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Understand the full context of a security incident by seeing related activities on an Incident Timeline. Security Agent analyzes Event Monitoring logs to provide a complete view of what happened before, during, and after an anomaly was detected. This context eliminates manual data correlation and accelerates the investigation process. - **[Get Remediation Plans for Security Incidents (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_agentforce_remediation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** See standardized, step-by-step guidance to resolve security incidents after they’ve been investigated. Security Agent provides a remediation plan tailored to the detected anomaly, guiding you through the necessary steps to contain the threat and reduce the risk of it happening again. # Security Enhancements Prepare for new and upcoming security enhancements. - **[Review and Comply with New and Upcoming Security Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_upcoming.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To protect against evolving cybersecurity threats, Salesforce strengthens security controls. Salesforce requires email domain verification to send email. Starting in June 2026, Salesforce enforces other controls, including Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) for all users, phishing-resistant MFA for Salesforce admins, and login IP address restrictions. And in Winter ’27, Salesforce retires the OAuth 2.0 username-password flow for connected apps. - **[Avoid Email Disruption with Automatic June Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_email_substitution_june_update.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce is taking steps to help prevent email delivery disruption when Salesforce removes your temporary email-sending domain allowlist. Starting June 23, 2026, we turn on a substitute email address for unverified domains. - **[Add a Security Contact for Incident Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_add_security_contact.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide security contact information so that Salesforce can send security alerts and communications to this contact. For the security contact email address, we recommend that you use a monitored distribution list. The security contact information is now required on the Company Information page in Setup. To make sure that you continue to receive security alerts, make a plan to review these fields on a regular basis. - **[Find Admin Security Content for the Platform in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_consolidated_help.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the Salesforce Platform security features available to all admins in the new Secure Your Salesforce Org tile on Salesforce Help. The curated content covers how to configure key security features and guides you to Salesforce-recommended baseline security settings. # Security Enhancements Prepare for new and upcoming security enhancements, and review new features that support multi-factor authentication and email domain verification. - **[Review and Comply with Upcoming Security Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_upcoming.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To protect against evolving cybersecurity threats, Salesforce regularly strengthens security controls. Review new requirements for access controls, email verification, and connected apps and external client apps that access Salesforce data via OAuth (Open Authorization) flows. - **[Explore Features That Support MFA and Email Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_supporting_mfa_email.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** As security threats shift quickly, Salesforce develops features to help you meet the latest requirements. Review new features that support multi-factor authentication (MFA) and email domain verification. - **[Security Enhancements May Require Users to Reset Passwords](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_users_reset_passwords.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Because the security of your data is our number one priority, Salesforce is enhancing login security. If we detect a security-related issue with a user’s login information, such as credential stuffing, we revoke all of the affected user’s active sessions and refresh tokens and initiate a forced password reset. In addition, the user receives an automated email with instructions to reset their password. - **[Security Enhancements May Require API Reauthentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_require_api_reauthentication.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Because the security of your data is our number-one priority, Salesforce is further enhancing the security of our APIs. If Salesforce detects suspicious API data-access behavior, we trigger automated actions in order to protect the account. In most cases, these actions include terminating user sessions and notifying the org admins via email. In more critical instances, when we detect extremely unusual behavior, these actions include freezing the user, revoking all access granted to them, and notifying the org admins via email. To resume after session termination, the user must log back in. To unfreeze a user, contact your Salesforce admin. # Security Enhancements May Require API Reauthentication Because the security of your data is our number-one priority, Salesforce is further enhancing the security of our APIs. If Salesforce detects suspicious API data-access behavior, we trigger automated actions in order to protect the account. In most cases, these actions include terminating user sessions and notifying the org admins via email. In more critical instances, when we detect extremely unusual behavior, these actions include freezing the user, revoking all access granted to them, and notifying the org admins via email. To resume after session termination, the user must log back in. To unfreeze a user, contact your Salesforce admin. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Freeze or Unfreeze User Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_freeze.htm&language=en_US) # Security Enhancements May Require Users to Reset Passwords Because the security of your data is our number one priority, Salesforce is enhancing login security. If we detect a security-related issue with a user’s login information, such as credential stuffing, we revoke all of the affected user’s active sessions and refresh tokens and initiate a forced password reset. In addition, the user receives an automated email with instructions to reset their password. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Users may contact their admin for help with resetting their password. To reset a user’s password as an admin, go to **Setup**, use the **Quick Find** box to find and select **Users**, select the user’s name, and click **Reset Password**. The user receives an email that contains a link and instructions to reset the password. Review [considerations for resetting passwords](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.resetting_and_expiring_passwords.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Reset Passwords for Your Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.resetting_and_expiring_passwords.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Reset Your Forgotten Password](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.retrieving_forgotten_passwords.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ System Administrator Guide: Reset Multiple User Passwords in Bulk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000384753&type=1&language=en_US) # Security Health Review Security Health Review evaluates your org against Salesforce security best practices and provides on-demand security posture reports with remediation guidance. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Health Assessments, and then click **Health Assessments**, **Security Health Review**. | Feature | Available | | --- | --- | | [Refined Signal Criteria, New MFA Coverage, and Severity Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_review_refined_signal_criteria.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Signal criteria, definitions, and risk classifications are refined to better reflect current security best practices and emerging threats.") | June '26 | | [Generate On-Demand Security Posture Reports with Health Assessments Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_review_about.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Generate on-demand security posture reports and get step-by-step remediation guidance with the Health Assessments Agent. Evaluate your org against Salesforce security best practices across authentication, permissions, data security, API configurations, and compliance. Ask questions about specific findings, get remediation guidance, and track progress across scans.") | April '26 | # Security Health Review Security Health Review evaluates your org against Salesforce security best practices and provides on-demand security posture reports with remediation guidance. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Health Assessments, and then click **Health Assessments**, **Security Health Review**. | Feature | Available | | --- | --- | | [Refined Email Security Signals, New Substitute Email Control, and Severity Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_review_refined_email_signals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Email security and Experience Cloud site signals use refined criteria that reduce noise in your findings. A substitute email signal checks how your org sends email from unverified domains. When your org meets the substitute email criteria, you can disposition email authentication and email domain verification findings.") | October '26 | | [Security Health Review 2.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_review_shr2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Health Review replaces the PDF-only experience with an interactive report viewer built directly into Setup. You get a continuous, actionable view of your org's security posture, complete with findings management, remediation tracking, and disposition workflows. A full audit trail records every report, disposition, and remediation action for governance and compliance.") | August '26 | # Security Health Review 2.0 Security Health Review replaces the PDF-only experience with an interactive report viewer built directly into Setup. You get a continuous, actionable view of your org's security posture, complete with findings management, remediation tracking, and disposition workflows. A full audit trail records every report, disposition, and remediation action for governance and compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Access is limited to Signature Success customers. The Health Assessments Agent requires the Salesforce Foundations add-on. Contact your Salesforce account executive to inquire about access. **Who:** Users with the Customize Application or Modify All Data permission have access by default. To grant access to additional users, assign the View Health Assessments or Manage Health Assessments permission. **Why:** This table describes the new capabilities. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_tip.png) Tip Some features, including the new Mandatory signal category, only take effect in new reports. Generate a new report to use the latest features. | New Capability | What It Does | | --- | --- | | Interactive report viewer | Reports render in Setup with an Executive Summary, severity tiles, a remediation progress bar, and a full findings table. To switch between previous reports, use the Viewing dropdown. | | PDF and CSV export | Download reports as a PDF for executive stakeholders, or as a CSV for data analysis outside Salesforce. | | Salesforce Mandated Critical Controls | Mandatory controls appear at the top of the report, separate from severity tiers. These cannot be dispositioned. | | Findings tab | Filter and search active findings by severity, security domain, and remediation status. Export to CSV. | | Remediation tracking | Record progress on individual findings (Open, In Progress, Blocked) without affecting active severity counts. | | Disposition | To formally exclude findings, use Accept Risk, Mitigated by Alternative Control, or Not Applicable. Dispositioned findings move to the Customized Controls tab. | | Customized Controls tab | Lists all dispositioned findings with disposition type, classifying user, and expiration date. | | Compliant Controls tab | Lists all controls that passed the Ideal Salesforce Org Security Hardening Benchmark. | | User Activity Log | Full audit trail of report generation, disposition, and remediation actions, with timestamp, user, and finding ID. | # Security, Identity, and Privacy Redirections end for legacy host names, including instanced host names in API calls. Connected app creation is disabled by default for all Salesforce orgs. Salesforce Backup & Recover is now a native app. And, Privacy Requests fulfill your customers' Right to Be Forgotten requests. - **[Backup & Recover Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Backup & Recover Next is now a native app. Manage backups and recover data directly in your org with a refreshed user interface and automatic region detection. - **[Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_domains.htm&release=260&type=5)** Redirections end for legacy host names, including instanced host names in API calls. And if a third party serves your custom domain, update the target host name. - **[Identity and Access Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_auth_and_identity.htm&release=260&type=5)** Connected app creation is disabled by default for all Salesforce orgs. The Salesforce-managed app for the X (formerly Twitter) auth provider is being retired. Create a Canvas app with an external client app. Migrate SAML-enabled connected apps to external client apps. - **[Named Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_named_credentials.htm&release=260&type=5)** Update or delete a named credential, an external credential, or an external auth identity provider from Apex. Named credentials added to a managed package are now developer controlled and can’t be updated. - **[Health Check](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_check_changes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Health Check now provides deeper insight by tracking seven new configurable security settings, including MFA status, SAML enablement, and session management controls. Users can also configure who receives notifications whenever your Salesforce security health check score changes. - **[Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center.htm&release=260&type=5)** Explore Privacy Requests as a new way to fulfill Right to Be Forgotten (RTBF) requests from your customers. Additionally, you can now ignore object processing errors, bypass automations at the object or policy level, and manually customize batch sizes to optimize privacy policy job performance - **[Salesforce Shield](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_shield.htm&release=260&type=5)** Shield product enhancements make it easier for you to extend security policies to more of your data. Database Encryption is generally available in all regions. Data Detect now scans 100 objects and unlimited fields and Field Audit Trail storage limit increases from 60 to 200. Real-Time Event storage is turned on by default. The Shield app now has setup assistants and simpler access requirements. - **[Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center.htm&release=260&type=5)** Optimize your security posture with centralized alerting across all tenants and enhanced visibility into Login Anomalies via dedicated dashboards. Gain deeper insights into permission assignments while streamlining response times through consolidated investigations and automated remediation plans. - **[Other Security Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_other_changes.htm&release=260&type=5)** Quickly see the impact of each violation in the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations list. # Security, Identity, and Privacy Prepare for new and upcoming security enhancements. Restore data more effectively and gain control over backup operations. Ensure your integrations stay connected by switching to unique, branded web addresses. Meet standard regulations with AI-driven insights. - **[Security Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Prepare for new and upcoming security enhancements. - **[Backup and Recover Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain more control over backup operations, with the ability to start and stop backups on demand. - **[Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_domains.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Route your domain URLs through Salesforce Edge Network. - **[Identity and Access Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_auth_and_identity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use login history and login events to see Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) values sent by SSO identity providers. Protect your data by switching to the OAuth 2.0 web-server or client credentials flows before the username-password flow stops working. - **[Named Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_named_credentials.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you create an external auth identity provider, the callback URL is constructed using the org’s My Domain name. - **[Security Health Review](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_review.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Security Health Review evaluates your org against Salesforce security best practices and provides on-demand security posture reports with remediation guidance. - **[Security Center Essentials (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Security curious? Check out Security Center Essentials, a powerful dashboard that shows your org’s Health Check score plus six other fundamental Security Center metrics at no additional cost. - **[Health Check](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_check_changes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Health Check has received several new signals to help keep your org secure, and admins now receive weekly notifications by default. - **[Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Centralize customer consent and automate data compliance across Privacy Center. With Global Consent Manager, store consent in a single, scalable system of record and manage billions of consent interactions across your marketing and data processing activities. With Agentforce in Privacy Center, use AI-powered metadata scans and remediation suggestions to detect potential issues and help meet regulations, such as GDPR and CCPA. - **[Salesforce Shield](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_shield.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Shield improvements cut down on clicks and save you time. Scan more of your data, including encrypted data, in more detail with Data Detect. You can also schedule and automate Data Detect scans. Manage your field-level encryption policy, check for encryption blockers, and download field history changes directly in the Shield App. New Profile ID and Role ID fields for all real-time events make it easier to build Transaction Security policies via the Condition Builder. - **[Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** New Alert metrics are available to enhance the security posture of your organization. - **[Other Security Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_other_changes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Identify and remove malformed trusted URLs. Use a smaller Content Security Policy (CSP) header size to reduce failures when other sites serve content from your org. # Security, Identity, and Privacy Prepare for security enhancements with MFA and email domain verification. Find and recover backup data with more control. And discover sensitive data across your org with Data Detect in Salesforce Shield. - **[Security Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prepare for new and upcoming security enhancements, and review new features that support multi-factor authentication and email domain verification. - **[Backup and Recover Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_bar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Find and recover backup data with more control. Search backup history for specific records, download metadata for use with your deployment tools, and reload child objects that fail when previewing a restore. These updates help you locate the data you need and address incomplete results without restarting your work. - **[Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_domains.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Redirections end in sandboxes for instanced URLs in API traffic. And if a third party serves your custom domain, update the target host name. - **[Identity and Access Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_auth_and_identity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Replace your connected apps with external client apps. - **[Named Credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_named_credentials.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Named credentials now support custom CA certificates. - **[Salesforce Health Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce Health Insights checks your org against Salesforce standards and ranks recommendations for Product Adoption and Implementation Health, all in one view inside your org. Ask the built-in Health Insights Agent about any finding to get a step-by-step remediation plan. - **[Security Health Review](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_health_review.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security Health Review evaluates your org against Salesforce security best practices and provides on-demand security posture reports with remediation guidance. - **[Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_essentials.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Security Center Essentials offers seven new Permissions metrics and a Response Log that lets you track automated threat containment actions taken to protect your org, all at no additional cost. - **[Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_center.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Centralize customer consent across Privacy Center. With Global Consent Manager, store consent in a single, scalable system of record and manage billions of consent interactions across your marketing and data processing activities. - **[Salesforce Shield](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_shield.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Data Detect to scan Data 360 data lake objects (DLOs) and create Data Detect policies with an improved guided flow. Encrypt archived data with Shield Platform Encryption. - **[Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With Security Center, easily identify sensitive or regulated data across all your objects and assign sensitivity levels, compliance categories, and data ownership with Field Classification. Track automated security responses on the Response Log. With Security Mesh, seamlessly bring together internal and external security data into an OCSF-compliant format. Track Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers across connected tenants to monitor risk scores and audit setup activity. Use the External Client Apps metric to monitor authentication settings, security policies, and usage data across connected tenants. - **[Other Security Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_other_changes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add chrome extensions as a trusted URL/URI to secure your Experience Cloud site. Manage your own root certificates instead of relying on a shared global trust store. ## Security, Identity, and Privacy Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Identity and Access Management**[Monitor App Security Controls on the Insights Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_monitor_app_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Review the security controls of the external client apps and connected apps in your org on the Insights page. Verify that your apps are compliant, and manage their security controls. Monitor the status of both enabled and disabled apps whether they are local or developed outside your org.")(Added the week of October 26, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**[Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To protect your data, Salesforce limits how long an idle OAuth refresh token can stay valid. With the enforced idle time-to-live (TTL) setting, refresh tokens expire if they haven’t been used for 30 days. For integrations that don’t use refresh tokens, this control caps the access token lifetime at 30 days from the last login date. At the time of enforcement, Salesforce immediately expires refresh tokens that have been idle for more than 30 days, along with long-running access tokens where the last login date was more than 30 days ago. As a result, users can be logged out and background integrations can be required to request new access tokens. Before Salesforce enforces this change, review how your apps behave when OAuth tokens expire.")(Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Clarified that access tokens are revoked only if they have been in use for longer than 30 days. - **Security Enhancements**: [Security Enhancements May Require API Reauthentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_require_api_reauthentication.htm&language=en_US) (Updated the week of October 19, 2026) - Clarified when automated security actions take place and how to resume after session termination. - **Other Changes**: [Improve Page Load Performance on Custom Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_improve_page_load_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Speed up page loads in Chrome on custom pages that reference external scripts by adding the defer attribute to your script tags. Custom pages include those in managed packages, such as Apex pages, Visualforce pages, and Lightning container components.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Security Center Essentials**: [Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials_response_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce Security automatically takes containment action when it detects a threat, and the Response Log in Security Center Essentials records every completed response in detail. Each entry shows the action type, status, affected entity, and timestamps for the detection and the response. The read-only log helps you quickly distinguish resolved threats from issues that still need attention.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_response_log.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When Salesforce Security detects a threat, it automatically takes containment action on your behalf. The Response Log in Security Center shows each response in detail, including action type, status, target entity, and timestamps for the threat detection and the response. Because the log shows only completed actions, you can quickly distinguish resolved threats from items that still need your attention.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Security Enhancements**: [Security Enhancements May Require API Reauthentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_require_api_reauthentication.htm&language=en_US) (Added the week of October 5, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Security Center Essentials**: [Get Permissions Metrics in Security Center Essentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_center_essentials_permissions_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Center Essentials has several new Permissions metrics. Use them to enhance your organization's security posture and ensure that users have appropriate system access.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Classify Fields by Sensitivity and Other Key Attributes in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_classify_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Assign and manage field classifications for fields across all objects in your connected orgs from Security Center. Classify fields individually or in bulk with sensitivity levels, compliance categories, data ownership, and more.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Unify Security Data and View Insights with Security Mesh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_security_mesh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Mesh simplifies your security operations by unifying security data from internal and external sources into a single format in Security Center. These security findings help you identify and respond to threats more effectively.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Monitor MCP Server Configurations in Security Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_mcp_servers.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Center includes an MCP Servers metric for monitoring configured Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers across your organization's connected Salesforce tenants. MCP servers are external integrations that connect Salesforce AI agents to external tools and data sources. Use the metric to check risk scores, detect suspicious server URLs, and audit who configured each server and when.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Security Center**: [Monitor External Client App Configurations in Security Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_security_center_external_client_apps_metric.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Security Center includes an External Client Apps metric for tracking external app configurations across your organization's connected Salesforce tenants. The metric provides detailed visibility into authentication and security policy settings—including authorization dates, granted scopes, and usage data—for each tenant where apps are installed. Alerts notify you when external client apps are added or removed.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Privacy Center**: [Manage Consent at Scale with Global Consent Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_privacy_global_consent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Centralize your consent management with a single, scalable system of record. Instead of navigating multiple complex objects to find a customer's privacy preferences, use an attribute-based model to manage billions of consent interactions. Build reusable templates so that data processing activities and marketing campaigns honor the most current customer preferences.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**: Migrate Packaged and Distributed Connected Apps to External Client Apps. (Removed the week of September 7, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**: [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Are Blocked in New Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_user_agent_flow_blocked.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To support the retirement of the OAuth user-agent and hybrid user-agent flows, Salesforce blocks these flows in new orgs. If you try to use the user-agent flow in a new Winter ’27 org, it fails with an invalid_grant error. For better security, use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension instead.") (Added the week of September 14, 2026) - **Identity and Access Management**: [OAuth User-Agent and Hybrid User-Agent Flows Retirement (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_oauth_useragent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce is retiring the OAuth user-agent flow and the OAuth hybrid user-agent flow. For better security, update your integrations to use the OAuth web-server flow or hybrid web-server flow with the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. This update was first available in late Summer ’26 and is enforced on February 20, 2027.") (Updated the week of September 14, 2026) - Updated to add a note stating that Salesforce blocks these flows in new Winter ’27 orgs. - **Identity and Access Management**: [Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To protect your data, Salesforce limits how long an idle OAuth refresh token can stay valid. With the enforced idle time-to-live (TTL) setting, refresh tokens expire if they haven’t been used for 30 days. For integrations that don’t use refresh tokens, this control caps the access token lifetime at 30 days from the last login date. At the time of enforcement, Salesforce immediately expires refresh tokens that have been idle for more than 30 days, along with long-running access tokens where the last login date was more than 30 days ago. As a result, users can be logged out and background integrations can be required to request new access tokens. Before Salesforce enforces this change, review how your apps behave when OAuth tokens expire.") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Shield Platform Encryption**: [Encrypt Archive App Data with Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_archive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Archived data requires the same protection as your production data. Encrypt sensitive data stored in your archives in a single click with root keys managed in Shield Platform Encryption. You can apply Salesforce-managed keys, bring your own keys (BYOK), or use Shield External Key Management (EKM) to access keys stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS).") (Added the week of September 21, 2026) - **Security Center:** Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center (Removed the week of September 21, 2026) - - - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. - **Security Center Essentials:** Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center Essentials (Removed the week of September 21, 2026) - - - This feature isn't quite ready yet, so we removed it for now. ### August 2026 - **Prefix**: [Create a Messaging Channel with a Headless Claude Skill](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless_channel_skill.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Launch a new Facebook, WhatsApp, LINE, or Apple Messages for Business channel in just minutes with a new Claude skill. The service_de_headless_channel_configure skill asks what channel type you need, and proceeds to configure the entire setup across multiple applications, incorporating APIs, and setting up a routing solution. Previously, this level of context-switching in channel setup took over 15 minutes.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) - **Prefix**: [Security Enhancements May Require Users to Reset Passwords](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_users_reset_passwords.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Because the security of your data is our number one priority, Salesforce is enhancing login security. If we detect a security-related issue with a user’s login information, such as credential stuffing, we revoke all of the affected user’s active sessions and refresh tokens and initiate a forced password reset. In addition, the user receives an automated email with instructions to reset their password.") (Added the week of August 31, 2026) # See a Modernized Look for Your AgentExchange Solution Listings Your AgentExchange solution listing detail page has a modernized look and feel that helps buyers evaluate listings faster. Specs, security, support, reviews, and pricing appear in a cleaner layout with improved navigation on desktop, tablet, and mobile. The update is automatic and changes presentation only, so you don’t republish or reformat your listing. **Where:** This change applies to the AgentExchange solution listing detail page. # See Agent Actions and Tools Without Leaving Flow Builder See key agent metadata, including action names, types, and brief descriptions, directly on the agent's information panel in the Flow Builder canvas, without opening the full record or navigating to Agentforce Builder. The expanded view helps you quickly assess what an agent is capable of while staying in Flow Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. It's available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Sales, Agentforce for Service, or Agentforce Platform add-on. To purchase, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Why:** When you're troubleshooting or modifying a flow that another admin built, expand the agent's information panel to see which actions the agent uses without switching context to Agentforce Builder. The panel shows each action's name, type, and description, so you can spot gaps or unexpected configurations during testing. The view reflects the current state of any agent, including agents that you or another admin last configured in Agentforce Builder rather than Flow Builder. **How:** In Flow Builder, select the **Run Agent** element and then select an agent. Expand its information panel to see the agent's assigned actions, including each action's name, type, description, and API name. ![The Flow Builder canvas shows a Run Agent element with its information panel open. The Subagents and Actions section lists Agent Router and Reservation Management. The Get Available Time Slots action is expanded to show its action type, description, and API name.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_enhanced_metadata_view.png) # See Deal Alerts at a Glance in Pipeline Inspection The new Alerts column in Pipeline Inspection shows a count of the most urgent deal insights, so sales reps can quickly spot and address at-risk opportunities. The alerts shown depend on your enabled features. For example, insights about service cases appear only if you use Cases. For consistency, the Needs Attention header in the Insights section of the side panel is now also called Alerts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Sales. **When:** The Alerts column is available in Pipeline Inspection starting in mid-June 2026. **How:** To add the Alerts column to the Pipeline Inspection view, click the gear icon and select **Select Fields to Display**. Move Alerts to the Visible Fields list and click **Save**. In the Pipeline Inspection list view, hover over the count to preview the top three alerts. Click to open the side panel for more details. ![The Alerts column in Pipeline Inspection showing the top three alerts for an opportunity. The Insights tab in the side panel shows details about each alert.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/pipeline_inspection_alerts_popover.png) # See Decision Table Status at a Glance from the List View The Decision Table list view now includes a Status column showing whether tables are active or inactive, so you can check a table's state without opening its detail page. Sort by status to quickly find inactive tables that need attention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. # See Delegated Agents' CLT Responses in Agentforce Coworker Some Agentforce agents are built to return a custom Lightning type (CLT) response, such as a card, badge, button, table, or chart, instead of plain text, including agents built with Headless Experience Layer (HXL) widgets. Previously, Agentforce Coworker converted these CLT/HXL responses to markdown during delegation. Now, it passes the CLT response through unchanged. If a delegated agent isn't built to return a CLT or HXL response, you still see a markdown summary. Agentforce Coworker's own answers always use markdown. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of September 28, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 editions. **How:** No setup needed. When Agentforce Coworker delegates to an agent that returns a CLT or HXL widget, you see that agent's CLT response directly instead of a markdown summary. Otherwise, you see a markdown summary as before. To learn more, see [Search Agent and Agent Delegation in Agentforce Coworker](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-customize-delegate-agent.html). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Search Agent and Agent Delegation in Agentforce Coworker](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-customize-delegate-agent.html) # See How AI Speeds Up Your AgentExchange Security Review The ISVforce Guide now explains how Salesforce uses AI to speed up the AgentExchange security review. AI assists human reviewers, and people still make the final decision on each review. Your package code stays on infrastructure that Salesforce manages. **Where:** This change applies to AgentExchange. **Why:** AI tools help Salesforce review ore accurately, so you can list on AgentExchange sooner. To protect your package code and data, the AI runs through the Einstein Trust Layer. Its safeguards include: - Data masking - Zero data retention - Toxicity detection - Prompt injection defense - Audit logging # See Instant Updates in Product Discovery While Building Quotes Add or remove products with instant feedback as you build a quote in Product Discovery. Product Discovery uses optimistic UI patterns when Transaction Preview, Configuration Rules, Product Recommendations, and Auto Save settings is turned on. Badges highlight products added to prevent duplicate selections. Quote totals and transaction previews refresh in the background without blocking your page. Previously, sales reps waited for loading indicators to complete after every product selection, which slowed down multi-product quoting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. # See Knowledge Sources in Agentforce Session Details See Salesforce Knowledge articles and external sources your agent used in a session. Open a session from Sessions & Intents to review which sources were used to support the agent’s responses. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Foundations or Agentforce 1 Edition. Agent Optimization and Agent Analytics must be enabled. **When:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **Who:** To use Agent Observability, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. To view Agent Analytics dashboards, users also need the CRM Analytics User or Einstein Analytics Plus permission set. **How:** Open a session from the **Sessions & Intents** page. Knowledge articles and external sources will appear in the session log page under **Sources**. ![Chat session showing the Sources panel with the rental-policy knowledge source used for an agent response](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_observability_knowledge_sources.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_use.htm&language=en_US) # See More Detailed and Actionable Insights on Lead Nurturing Agent Activity In the redesigned Agent Control Center, sales managers can see more detail about the overall health, performance, and activity of their team's prospects and ensure they are progressing smoothly through your funnel. Track your Lead Nurturing agents’ prospect outreach and monitor how many leads, contact, or person accounts are assigned to the agent, how many have been emailed, replied, booked a meeting, and more. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud and the Agentforce Lead Nurturing add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **How:** To navigate to the Agent Control Center, go to the Sales app and click the **Agentforce SDR** tab. The Control Center includes tabs for the four main agent metrics. To see more detailed information about agent activity and success, click a tab. Records Assigned The total number of records currently assigned to an agent. This number includes the totals for Active Outreach, Completed Outreach, and Incomplete Outreach. Active Outreach The number of records currently being engaged by an agent. - Pending Outreach - The number of records currently scheduled to receive the initial outreach email. These emails are queued but not yet sent. - In Progress - The number of records that have been sent at least one email. - Needs Review - The number of records with agent emails waiting for review by the prospect record owner or their manager. These emails can be edited, approved, or canceled from the list view. This number appears only when **Require Manual Approval** is turned on in the agent setings. If **Send as Seller** is also turned on for the agent, only the record owner can approve emails sent on their behalf. Completed Outreach The number of records an agent has finished engaging. - Replied - The number of records that have replied to an agent email. This number doesn’t include records in other categories, such as Meeting Booked or Opted Out. - Meeting Booked - The number of records that have booked a meeting through the agent outreach. - Total Qualified - The number of records that have been rated “hot” by the agent. This number appears only when Qualification is turned on in the agent setup. - Opted Out - The number of records that opted out of email. - No Response - The number of records that never replied to the agent’s emails. - Canceled - The number of records manually canceled by a Salesforce user. Canceling agent outreach immediately stops emails from being sent to the prospect. Incomplete Outreach The number of records encountered errors during outreach. - Errors - The number of records that encountered errors during an outreach attempt. - Eligible for Retry - The number of records with errors that can be tried again. These errors can be caused by agent configuration or user permission issues. You can resolve those issues and retry the outreach. To retry an agent outreach, select a prospect from the list and choose **Retry Agent Outreach** from the row-level action menu. Click a sub-metric within the tab to see only the records for that sub-metric. ![The enhanced Agentforce Control Center.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/sales_agents_ctrl_ctr.png) Sales managers can filter results by time period, agent, object, and record owner. You can also choose which columns to display in the list views. For records with outreach errors, you can retry the outreach and resolve errors more easily. If your agent has Require Manual Approval turned on, the Active Outreach tab shows the number of pending emails awaiting review. Sales managers or reps can click to review or approve emails directly from the Control Center. ![Review pending agent emails in the Control Center.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/sales_agents_ctrl_ctr_rbs.png) Each list view in the Control Center can display a maximum of 2000 records. Downloading more data could compromise Control Center performance. # See More of Your Flow with a Denser Canvas The Flow Builder canvas is now more compact, so you can see more of your flow without scrolling or zooming. Element cards now show the element type and API name in an info tooltip to reduce visual clutter. The End element is now an icon instead of a full card, making it clear there's nothing to configure. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Open any flow in Flow Builder to see the denser canvas. To view an element's type, hover over the info icon on the element card. # See New and Outdated Approval Work Items Without a Manual Refresh The Orchestration Work Guide component automatically shows the status of your approval work items as they change. New work items get a New badge. Work items that someone else completed are disabled and have an Outdated badge instead of disappearing from the list. Badges and completed work items remain until you leave the page or manually refresh it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. Flow Approval Processes is also supported in Government Cloud and Government Cloud Plus. # See New and Outdated Orchestration Work Items Without a Manual Refresh The Orchestration Work Guide component automatically shows the status of your orchestration work items as they change. New work items get a New badge. Work items that someone else completed are disabled and have an Outdated badge instead of disappearing from the list. Badges and completed work items remain until you leave the page or manually refresh it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. Flow Approval Processes is also supported in Government Cloud and Government Cloud Plus. # See Permission Changes Affecting Guest and Agent Users To better protect your data, we now show a banner when you edit permissions for a permission set, permission set group, or profile that’s assigned to or created for an unauthenticated guest user or agent user. This notification helps you verify that the permissions and access settings included in these features are appropriate for the sensitivity of your data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **When:** This feature is available in July 2026. **How:** We show this banner on several Setup pages, including profile, permission set, and permission set group detail pages, as well as summary pages. ![Profile page for editing permissions with an agent user access warning.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agent_profile_warning.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Securely Share Your Experience Cloud Sites with Guest Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.networks_secure_community.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Agent Execution Context and Data Access by Type](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_execution_data.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Best Practices for Agent User Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_user.htm&language=en_US) # See Product Charges Together on an Invoice See invoice lines grouped by product, including usage resources that belong to the same usage product. Invoice Line Summary rolls related lines into one hierarchy, so you can understand and explain one-time, recurring, usage, overage, and milestone charges without scanning the invoice line by line. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **When:** This change is available in the October 2026 monthly release. **Who:** To view invoice line summaries, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** On an invoice record, open the Invoice Line Summary tab. Expand a product to review its related lines, including usage resources grouped under the same usage product. Turn on Hide Zeros to hide rows whose line amount is zero, and filter columns to find a product, charge type, date, quantity, or amount. Review Total Amount, Total Tax, and Total with Tax in the summary bar. Switch the summary bar between Horizontal and Vertical, or use Auto to match the available space. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If the Invoice Line Summary tab isn't on your invoice page, add the Invoice Line Summary component in Lightning App Builder. # See Relevant Report Data by Using Organizational Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports (Beta) Filter Semantic Data Model reports to help your users focus on the report data that matters to their role. By defining role or manager hierarchies, you can provide a focused view of organizational data and simplify reporting across teams. Managers can easily analyze their team’s records or view all records. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Organizational Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** Before using organizational hierarchy filters,make sure that the User and User Role Data Model Objects (DMOs) are available. In the Semantic Data Model authoring page, define a role hierarchy or manager hierarchy for the semantic model used by your report. Then, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. Then, select **Enable Organizational Hierarchy in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)**. In the report editor, click the **Filters** tab and select **Add Organizational Filter** from the dropdown. ![Selecting the organizational filter option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dcr_selecting_org_hierarchy.png) Under the Organizational Hierarchy section, click the filter to select the hierarchy type and scope of data based on your organization. ![Selecting the hierarchy type and scope of records for organizational hierarchy](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_dcr_selecting_hierarchy_type_scope.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Organizational Hierarchies in Data 360 Reports (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_reports_org_hierarchies.htm&language=en_US) # See When Customers View Your WhatsApp Messages Build trust and efficiency with read receipts for Enhanced WhatsApp channels. Your service reps and customers now get confirmation when their messages are viewed, which creates a more transparent conversation. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced WhatsApp channels in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Contact Center Digital. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** The Service Console shows a Read status, which helps service reps understand whether a customer is active and thinking or hasn't seen the message yet. Customers see the standard WhatsApp double blue check when a service rep views their message, confirming that their request is being handled. **How:** By default, this feature is turned off. To show read receipts in a conversation, see [Show Read Receipts and Typing Indicators in Your Conversation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_show_read_receipts_typing_indicators.htm&language=en_US). # See Where Actions Are Used in Agentforce Builder and Prompt Builder (Beta) Find which Agentforce agents and prompt templates reference standard and custom invocable actions by using the Action Hub tab in the Automation Lightning app. Previously, the Action Hub tab only showed action usage across Flow Builder. Check the Usage tab to view specific agents and prompt templates that reference an action before you make changes. Track execution counts for flows, Apex, and REST invocations that use this action. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The Action Hub is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** From the Automation Lightning app, select the **Action Hub** tab. Click an action to view its detail page. The detail page includes the action's execution metrics in the last 14 days along with label, type, Rest API endpoint, and description. The Usage tab displays the list view for Agentforce Builder and Prompt Builder, in addition to Flow Builder. Click the agent label or template name listed under the Agentforce Builder or Prompt Builder tab to open the referenced item directly in its builder interface. ![Action Hub details page of Send Email action](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_ala_action_hub_details_page.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automation App: Action Hub (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_ala_action_hub_list_detail.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # See Your Partner of the Year Badge on Your AgentExchange Listing If you won a Partner of the Year award, your AgentExchange listing displays a badge in the listing header and Achievements section. Buyers evaluating your listing can see that recognition. You can’t search or filter listings by this award yet. **Where:** This change applies to eligible AgentExchange listing detail pages. Learn more about this program at [Announcing the 2027 Salesforce Partner of the Year Award Winners](https://www.salesforce.com/blog/announcing-the-2027-salesforce-partner-of-the-year-award-winners/). # Segment and Act Create segments in Data 360 to understand, filter, and then use unified data for marketing and other purposes. Share your data with external data sources, create data actions, creation activation targets and activations, build flows, or enrich your Salesforce org with Data 360 data. # Segment Audiences with the Data 360 Marketing Agent Use the Data 360 Marketing Agent to build segment audiences from a natural-language description. Describe what you want, and the agent works in the Agentforce panel to complete the request. In this release, the agent creates a segment from your description, or adds filters to a segment you have open on the segment canvas. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in August 2026. **How:** The Data 360 Marketing Agent is available by default to all users who have the required permission set. Go to the Segments page, click the **Agentforce icon** in the global header, and select **Data 360 Marketing Agent**.To disable the feature, go to Data Cloud Setup. In the Quick Find box, type **Feature Manager** and select it. Click **Disable** next to Data 360 Marketing Agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About the Data 360 Marketing Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_marketing_agent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Data 360 Data Q&A Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_enable_data_qna_agent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Segment Canvas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_segment_canvas_interface.htm&language=en_US) # Select Additional Users for Prospecting Instruct your agent to prospect on accounts owned by non-prospecting users and assign the prospects from those accounts to prospecting users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change is available starting in mid-August. **How:** Create a prospecting agent or modify an existing one. In the Assign Prospects page, go to **Advanced Prospecting Settings** and select the non-prospecting users whose accounts the agent will research. Then in the Route Prospects from Unassigned Accounts section, select the prospecting users who should receive the prospects from those accounts. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Select Additional Users for Prospecting Instruct your agent to prospect on accounts owned by non-prospecting users and assign the prospects from those accounts to prospecting users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change became available in mid-August. **How:** Create a prospecting agent or modify an existing one. In the Assign Prospects page, go to **Advanced Prospecting Settings** and select the non-prospecting users whose account the agent will research. Then in the Route Prospects from Unassigned Accounts section, select the prospecting users who should receive the prospects from those accounts. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Select Data Space for a Context Mapping Use the power of Data 360 for your extended context definition by changing a mapping to a custom data space. Reduce the possibilities of mapping errors by selecting a data space that contains preprocessed, harmonized, and unified data from multiple sources for all data model objects (DMOs). **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service and Data Cloud is enabled. **How:** Go to Context Definitions in Setup, and select an extended context definition with standard DMO mappings. Click **Map Data**. To map your context definition to a custom Data Space, click **Select Dataspace** next to a standard context mapping with DMOs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Map to a Custom Data Space](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.context_service_map_to_a_custom_data_space.htm&language=en_US) # Select Gemini for Agentforce Select Google Gemini for LLM requests in Agentforce. This option is an alternative to the existing Salesforce Default option, which uses OpenAI, and the AWS-Hosted option, which uses Anthropic. The Google Gemini option uses Gemini 3.5 Flash. Google Gemini is supported for agents built in the new Agentforce Builder only. Don't select Google Gemini if you have active agents created in the legacy Agentforce Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **How:** To select the Google Gemini model option for Agentforce, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring and select **Einstein Audit, Analytics, and Monitoring Setup**. Choose Google Gemini in the Select the Model for Agentforce section. The model option selection applies to all Agentforce agents. If you previously created any prompts or custom actions or topics for Agentforce, test them after switching your model option. For consistency, update custom agent actions to use Gemini 3.5 Flash on Vertex AI (Google). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Select Agentforce Model Option](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_select_model_provider.htm&language=en_US) # Select More Products During Product Discovery Select more than 20 products during product discovery and add them to a transaction. The updated Bulk Product Details API now retrieves comprehensive details for a greater number of products simultaneously. This change benefits customers who frequently select multiple products from a category, leading to faster and more efficient transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** To increase the limit, contact Salesforce Customer Support. # Select Specific Salesforce Objects to Refine Document Processing in Document AI Get precise, targeted document processing that pulls data only from the files you care about. Select only the Salesforce objects whose attachments you want Document AI to process, such as accounts or contacts. As you add or remove attachments, Document AI keeps the extracted data up to date so your document schemas stay focused on the records that matter. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This update rolled out in May 2026. **How:** After establishing your Salesforce CRM connector, find the Content Document Version UDMO in Data 360. In Document AI, generate a schema configuration starting from a source object, and designate **Content Document Version**. Next, before you activate your schema, select the specific Salesforce object containing the files you want to evaluate. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up a CRM Salesforce Org Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_set_up_crm_connection.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Document Schema Configuration Manually](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai_new_config_manual.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai.htm&language=en_US) # Select Writeback Operation Types for Data 360 Objects Choose the writeback operation type that fits data processing needs for data model objects (DMOs) and data lake objects (DLOs). Select Insert, Upsert, or Overwrite as the writeback operation type for the target in the Writeback Object node. These options cater to more business requirements, such as appending new engagement data or updating existing profile records without replacing the entire dataset. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. ![Writeback action types for DLOs and DMOs.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_data_processing_engine_writeback_action_type.png) # Select Your Backup Storage Region for Data Residency Compliance Choose the region where your Backup & Recover data is stored during onboarding to meet regulatory requirements and align with your disaster recovery strategy. You select your preferred region from a list of available regions, and all backup data for your org is stored in that location. Once you select a region, you can't change it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **How:** When you first open Backup & Recover Next, select **Select Region** and choose your region. Once activation completes, you can configure your backup settings. # Self Service Deliver smarter, more efficient customer service with improved proactive detection, AI-guided troubleshooting, real-time personalization, and streamlined Self-Service. Enhanced detection tools, interactive troubleshooting, unified profiles, Activity Timelines, and a personalized Pending Task banner create more contextual experiences, while Agentic Portals offer accurate session-based AI billing and faster Dynamic Q&A, boosting responsiveness and reducing support needs. - **[Build Proactive Service Scenarios with the New Detection and Segmentation UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_build_proactive_service_scenarios_with_the_new_detection_and_segmentation_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure the what and who of proactive service scenarios with a new detection UI that helps you define event-based or scheduled triggers and dynamically identify affected customers. This capability completes the detection stage of the Proactive Service lifecycle and supports rule-based outreach powered by Data Cloud and event activity. - **[Guide Your Users Through Interactive Troubleshooting for Proactive Scenarios](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_your_users_through_interactive_troubleshooting_for_proactive_scenarios.htm&release=260&type=5)** Help service reps proactively resolve customer issues by generating AI-driven troubleshooting plans when no automation exists. Service reps define a scenario prompt during campaign planning, and Agentforce Service agent uses it to guide customers through a tailored troubleshooting session after they open an outreach. This approach broadens coverage of proactive issues, accelerates resolution, and captures conversation traces to improve future troubleshooting plans. - **[Give Your Users Personalized Self-Service with a Unified Customer Profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_give_your_users_personalized_self_service_with_a_unified_customer_profile.htm&release=260&type=5)** Surface a real-time, unified customer profile to deliver personalized, context-aware self-service. You can read up-to-date attributes, activity history, and insights like sentiment and automatically write new activity data as users interact. Your users benefit from fewer forms to fill out, faster completion, and a more relevant self-service journey. - **[Help Experience Cloud Site Users Track Their History with a Personalized Activity Timeline Wrapper](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_help_experience_cloud_site_users_track_their_history_with_a_personalized_activity_timeline.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your Experience Cloud site users a clear view of their activity history with an in-page timeline wrapper that highlights logins, case updates, messages, Website Engagement, and Web Search Engagement events. Site members can quickly understand what has happened, where they left off, and what has changed since their last visit, without navigating multiple pages. - **[Guide Experience Cloud Site Users with a Proactive Pending Task Banner](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_experience_cloud_site_users_with_proactive_pending_task_banner.htm&release=260&type=5)** The personalized Pending Task banner on the Experience Cloud site homepage helps users see and act on high-priority tasks as soon as they log in. These recommendations are based on the user’s profile, recent activity, and AI-powered insights. - **[Bill AI Self-Service Usage More Accurately with Session-Based Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bill_ai_self_service_usage_more_accurately_with_session_based_tracking.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get more accurate billing for AI powered Self Service activity by tracking usage per authenticated login session.This feature groups all AI interactions, like Knowledge Article Summary or Dynamic Q&A within a single session, providing usage reports that reflect how customers engage with Agentic Portal features. - **[Improve Dynamic Q&A Performance with Persisted Questions and Answers for Authenticated Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_improve_dynamic_q_a_performance_with_persisted_questions_and_answers_for_authenticated_users.htm&release=260&type=5)** Dynamic Q&A now loads faster and reduces Large Language Model (LLM) calls by persisting generated questions and answers for authenticated users. Previously, Dynamic Q&A regenerated a new set of questions each time an authenticated user viewed an article. The feature now stores the generated questions, which improves performance and gives users quicker access to relevant answers. - **[Monitor Proactive Service Campaign Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_monitor_proactive_service_campaign_performance.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain a unified view of your service campaign performance with the campaign analytics dashboard. You can monitor outreach, open rates, completion rates, bounce rates, and individual customer progress to assess campaign health and week-over-week trends. Use these insights to identify issues, follow up with customers, and measure campaign return on investment (ROI). # Self Service Configure Agentforce Orchestrator to route your Experience Cloud site conversations to the right AI agents and workflows. Deliver a unified Concierge experience with an intelligent prompt bar, suggestion themes, a persistent sidebar, and a dedicated homepage that combines AI-assisted components in one interface. Guide users to resolve requests with dynamic content tiles and contextual AI assistance on record pages. Personalize interactions for authenticated users based on their engagement data, and track site activity with Self-Service Analytics to measure effectiveness and improve AI recommendations. - **[Bill Self-Service Help Agent Usage by Resolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bill_self_service_help_agent_usage_by_resolution.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Help Agent now supports resolution-based billing, where your customers are charged per successfully resolved guest user interaction instead of per Agentforce action. A resolution is counted when the conversation ends without escalation to a human agent, and the charge for that resolution is deducted from the customer's Digital Wallet balance. This outcome-based model aligns cost with actual value delivered, making Self-Service deployments more predictable and cost-effective. - **[Configure Agentforce Orchestrator for Your Experience Cloud Site Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_configure_agentforce_orchestrator_for_your_experience_cloud_site_interactions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure Agentforce Orchestrator to route interactions from your Experience Cloud site to the correct AI agents and service workflows. Define agent assignments, personalization signals, and routing configurations that support AI-driven self-service experiences on your site. - **[Route Experience Cloud Site Conversations to Agentforce Orchestrator with Omni-Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_route_experience_cloud_site_conversations_to_agentforce_orchestrator_with_omni_channel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Omni-Channel Messaging Settings to associate your Experience Cloud site with an Agentforce Orchestrator configuration. Connect site conversations to the appropriate AI agents, personalization signals, and backend workflows without custom development. - **[Deliver Personalized Recommendations to Your Experience Cloud Site Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deliver_personalized_recommendations_to_your_experience_cloud_site_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deliver personalized greetings, prompt suggestions, and recommendations to authenticated users. The recommendations are based on engagement data that Data 360 captures from your Experience Cloud site. - **[Guide Your Users with an Intelligent Prompt Bar on Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_your_users_with_an_intelligent_prompt_bar_on_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide a unified input field on your Experience Cloud site where users can search for information, start conversations, or trigger automated actions. The prompt bar interprets user intent and returns answers, actions, or conversations within the same interface. - **[Surface Prompt Suggestions on Your Experience Cloud Site with Suggestion Themes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_surface_prompt_suggestions_on_your_experience_cloud_site_with_suggestion_themes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show prompt suggestions on your Experience Cloud site by using suggestion themes. Users can select a suggestion to start a request or retrieve information. - **[Help Users Navigate Your Experience Cloud Site with the Concierge Sidebar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_help_users_navigate_your_experience_cloud_site_with_the_concierge_sidebar.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide a persistent navigation panel on your Experience Cloud site that combines traditional site navigation with recommended actions and chat resources. - **[Launch the Concierge Home Experience on Your Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_launch_the_concierge_home_experience_on_your_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide a dedicated homepage that combines the prompt bar, suggestions, and navigation components in a unified AI-assisted interface. - **[Provide AI Assistance on Experience Cloud Site Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_provide_ai_assistance_on_experience_cloud_site_record_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Show contextual AI recommendations and actions directly on record detail pages, such as cases, orders, or bookings. - **[Resume Conversations with Chat History on Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_resume_conversations_with_chat_history_on_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can view and resume previous conversations with the AI concierge across sessions and devices. Each interaction is stored as a conversation thread linked to the user's account, capturing messages, timestamps, and completed tile actions. - **[Track User Engagement on Experience Cloud Site with Self-Service Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_track_user_engagement_on_experience_cloud_site_with_self_service_analytics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Capture analytics on interactions across your Experience Cloud site to measure engagement and improve AI recommendations. - **[Review Tasks and Approvals from an Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_review_tasks_and_approvals_from_an_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide a unified interface for employees and managers to review tasks, approvals, and required actions. - **[Configure Actions and Agents for Agentic Search on Your Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_configure_actions_and_agents_for_agentic_search_on_your_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Define which agents handle search topics and which actions users can complete directly from search results on your Experience Cloud site. - **[Insert Enterprise Knowledge Article URLs into Case Emails (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_insert_enterprise_knowledge_article_urls_into_case_emails_beta.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Control how knowledge article links in case email replies open by directing customers to articles within your Experience Cloud site. # Self Service Build Self-Service portals faster with a guided setup wizard, automatic messaging deployment, proactive troubleshooting, and mobile notifications. - **[Deploy Messaging Automatically During Agentic Portal Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy_messaging_automatically_during_agentic_portal_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up Enhanced Chat (formerly Messaging for In-App and Web) without manually configuring messaging channels or embedded service deployments. During Agentic Portal setup, the system provisions and deploys Enhanced Chat for you, so your Agentforce Customer Service Portal agent or Help agent is accessible on your site as soon as setup finishes. - **[Reach Customers with In-App Notifications for Proactive Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_reach_customers_with_in_app_notifications_for_proactive_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deliver proactive service outreach through mobile in-app notifications in addition to email. Customers who build mobile apps with Salesforce Mobile Publisher can now notify users on the surface they use most, such as a companion app for a connected device. Meeting customers where they already are increases the reach and adoption of your proactive service scenarios. - **[Guide Customers Through Troubleshooting Steps with a Reusable Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_customers_through_troubleshooting_steps_with_a_reusable_action_pilot.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add guided troubleshooting to proactive service scenarios without building a separate Agentforce topic and action for each one. A general-purpose troubleshooting action grounds responses in your Knowledge articles and summarized case history, then presents customers with relevant, step-by-step resolution steps. Interactive confirmations let customers move through each step at their own pace in the Agentforce Service Agent conversation. - **[Set Up Your Agentic Portal Faster with a Guided Setup Wizard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_set_up_your_agentic_portal_faster_with_a_guided_setup_wizard.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build a Self-Service Agentic Portal that takes you from Salesforce Go through site creation, feature configuration, component setup, review, and one-click deployment. Select or create your Agentforce Customer Service Portal agent or Help agent, set up Enhanced Chat, add a Knowledge page, and select personalization and data graph options without leaving the wizard, and watch a live preview update as you adjust each component. Records are created progressively at each step, so your portal takes shape as you go. - **[Set Up a Help Agent in One Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_set_up_a_help_agent_in_one_guided_workflow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Setting up a Service Cloud Help Agent requires coordinating agent configuration, knowledge grounding, Enhanced Chat deployment, escalation routing, and testing. The service-helpagent-coordinate skill brings those tasks into one guided workflow that configures and deploys each part, so you can set up a working Help Agent faster without switching between tools # Self-Service Transform the employee experience with an AI search-powered portal that unifies the service catalog, knowledge, and asset management. Improve transparency by providing employees with a centralized hub to monitor the real-time lifecycle and activity of their tickets. Streamline IT operations and simplify user access by transitioning to structured service request workflows and a unified employee licensing model. - **[Centralize Support Issue Tracking in My Tickets and Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_centralize_support_issue_tracking_in_my_tickets_amp_requests.htm&release=260&type=5)** My Tickets and Requests is a dedicated hub on the self-service portal where employees can track and manage the lifecycle of their submitted IT requests. It consolidates incidents, service requests, and cases into a list view that you can filter and search. The hub provides visibility into the fulfillment process with detailed progress timelines and the ability to add comments to open tickets. - **[Simplify User Onboarding with the Unified Employee License (UEL)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_unified_employee.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline the provisioning of new employees and simplify access management by utilizing the IT Service Portal Employee User permission set license (PSL), Unified Employee License (UEL) and the standard Unified Employee profile. This new licensing model replaces the need for custom Customer Community Plus (CCP) profiles, and you can create an Employee record from a User record with a single click. This process applies only when you create new employee users. Existing users modeled as employees with a CCP license and profile are unaffected. New UEL users maintain the same access and permissions as existing CCP users. - **[Manage IT Assets by Using a Service Request Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transition_it_asset_management_requests_to_structured_service_request_workflow.htm&release=260&type=5)** Streamline IT Asset Management by transitioning the process of provisioning IT requests from a generic Case record to a dedicated Service Request workflow. Standardize the lifecycle for hardware refresh and reclaim tasks, and provide purpose-built structures for fulfillment, SLAs, and assignment hierarchies. By separating demand generation from general support, you gain superior operational visibility and more accurate performance metrics. - **[Restore Incident Creation for Customer Community Plus Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_selfservice_etoinc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Resolve automated flow failures that prevented Customer Community Plus users from creating incidents via email or the portal. By correctly populating the Reported By field with Person Account records, the system now ensures incidents are properly linked to the employee’s profile and visible in the My Reported Incidents list view. The underlying flow logic now validates both User and Person Account objects, restoring full Email-to-Incident functionality and maintaining a seamless support experience for all portal users. # Self-Service Transform how employees interact with IT by providing an AI-driven self-service portal that unifies the service catalog, enterprise knowledge, and asset management. Streamline AI access through the new licenses and consolidate employee identity with the Unified Employee migration tool. - **[Control Access to AI Capabilities in the Agentforce Employee Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_agentforce_employee_portal_ai_licenses.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Restrict AI capabilities to authorized users. The Dynamic Question and Answer and Knowledge Summary features in the Agentforce Employee Portal now require an AI add-on license. To ensure security, these components appear only for users with the required permission. - **[Accelerate Your Transition to Unified Employee Licensing with Bulk Migration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_uel_migration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transition your existing employee users from Customer Community Plus (CCP) licenses to the Unified Employee License (UEL) at scale. Use the bulk migration tool to move all your employees in one operation instead of updating them individually while preserving existing user IDs and record ownership. Perform mandatory pre-migration validations, map existing CCP profiles to new Unified Employee profiles, and track progress through status reports. Note that this change is permanent, and once the migration process begins, you can no longer create new users with CCP profiles. - **[Personalize the Portal with Customizable Ticket Detail Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_customize_ticket_detail_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Replace predefined portal layouts with fully customizable page layouts to meet specific department needs. Rapidly deploy new record types for tickets, such as IT incidents or HR onboarding requests, without writing custom code or requiring engineering bandwidth. Specify exactly which fields appear in the Details panel based on the object. The interface dynamically assigns the correct layout based on the user profile and the specific record type to guarantee a highly contextual experience for your employees. - **[Centralize Compliance Tasks in the Employee Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_cmpl_employee_portal.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Provide your employees with a seamless way to manage all their compliance responsibilities from a single place. Employees can easily search for active policies, complete required acknowledgments, and fulfill evidence requests directly from the self-service portal. Ensure your employees always access the most current standards because the self-service portal automatically publishes active policies in real-time. Provide your compliance teams with high visibility into policy adherence and evidence request fulfillment. - **[Associate External Articles and View Suggestions on Incidents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_enterprise_knowledge.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** IT service reps can find and link knowledge from external systems directly to incidents by using Enterprise Knowledge, powered by Data 360. Create a comprehensive knowledge base for your IT service desk by using both Salesforce native and external knowledge. View these associations in a related list on the Incident record to minimize context switching and help resolve IT issues with greater accuracy. To further accelerate resolution, the app automatically surfaces suggested articles based on the incident details. # Self-Service Give employees a self-service experience on the Employee Services portal that fits how your teams work. Control which fields and buttons appear on the ticket list, ticket details, and approval list pages without writing code. Offer the portal in employees' preferred languages, and keep employees connected to IT with comments and a feed directly on their tickets. Turn resolved incidents, problems, and change requests into reusable Knowledge articles with Agentforce, so employees can find answers on their own. - **[Tailor Employee Portal Pages to Your Service Needs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_portal_tailor_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Align the portal with your unique business processes by controlling what appears on the ticket list, ticket details, and approval list pages of the Employee Services portal. Choose which fields and buttons employees see, without writing code. For example, show only the fields relevant to your service model, or control if employees can close or reopen tickets. Employees get a simplified experience focused on resolving issues, while admins gain the flexibility to customize the interface. - **[Collaborate on Tickets with Comments on the Employee Services Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_portal_ticket_comments_feed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep employees and IT teams connected on a ticket itself in the Employee Services portal. On incidents, cases, and service requests, employees can stay informed using the ticket feed. On incidents and cases, employees can also post, reply to, and delete comments and even attach files on incidents. - **[Help Employees Access the Portal in Their Preferred Language](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_portal_language_selector.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help employees use the Employee Services portal in a Salesforce supported language they prefer. Employees can switch the portal's display language themselves by using the Language Selector component. The interface language changes, but data in your records stays in its original language. - **[Turn Resolved Incidents, Problems, and Changes into Knowledge Articles with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_knowledge_generation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Capture fixes as reusable knowledge once an issue is resolved, instead of writing articles from scratch or skipping them altogether. From an incident, problem, or change request, draft a structured Salesforce Knowledge article grounded in that record's details, either from the Enterprise Knowledge Component on the record or by asking the Agentforce agent. To shape what Agentforce writes, create Knowledge Creation prompt templates grounded on each record type. # Sell Configurable Products in Your B2B Store Streamline procurement and reduce the need for sales rep involvement by offering products that buyers can configure and purchase. Pricing updates as the buyer adds or changes the configuration. Buyers can discover products through search, configure them to their needs, and either place an order or request a quote via a self-service flow. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Revenue Cloud Advanced is enabled. **How:** Set up Product Configurator for your store. In Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, define the product’s configurable attributes and add pricing rules. ![Configurable products.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_260_comm_configurable_product.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Configurable Products in a B2B Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_configurable_products.htm&language=en_US) # Sell External Products as SaaS or Professional Services with the Go-To-Market App Sell External SaaS and Professional Service Products, including implementation, training, alongside your Salesforce apps using private offers in the Go-To-Market (GTM) app. Previously, you had to bill customers separately outside the GTM app, for these external offerings. Now, you can give customers one consolidated invoice for software and services, all from the Salesforce platform. **Where:** This change applies to Partners using the AgentExchange Go-To-Market (GTM) app. **When:** This feature is available to Partners starting October 15, 2026. **Why:** In addition to a Partner Application - Salesforce Package Product, you can: - Include implementation services, training, consulting, premium support, or external SaaS Product Offerings as line items on the same private Offer as your Salesforce application. Customers receive a consolidated invoice through the GTM app instead of separate bills from different systems. - Price external professional service Offerings with flexible billing options. Use recurring billing for ongoing services that co-term with your Salesforce app, or use a one-time charge type for fixed-price engagements billed up front. - Add professional services during the Order Term through Add-On Offers to support customer expansion or additional implementation needs. **How:** Work with your Partner Account Manager (PAM) to set up Partner Product Catalogs (PPCs) for your External Product - SaaS or External Product - Professional Service offerings. If you don't have a PAM, open a support case to request this capability. When you create a Partner Provisionable Product (PPP) in the GTM app, select a Product type: **Partner Application - Salesforce Package**, **External Product - SaaS**, or **External Product - Professional Service**. Then select the applicable Charge Type (recurring or one-time) and Product Catalog, describe your custom unit and Product, and choose the appropriate tax category. For private offers, define a monthly per-unit price for recurring items, or a flat price with an end date for one-time items. Customers see all line items together in the offer view and receive one consolidated invoice. ![New Partner Product dialog with External Product - SaaS and External Product - Professional Service as Product Type options for selling partner-delivered software and services.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/development/rn_agentexchange_gtm_external_products.png) # Sell Product Variations in Quotes and Orders Sales reps can now sell different versions of a single base product, such as size or color, after you set up product variations in your catalog. Find and add product variations to quotes and orders by using Browse Catalog and Quick Add on the Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE). Sales reps can view the specific variation attributes in the side panel to ensure accuracy before saving. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** Set up product variation offerings in your catalog. Sales reps can use the row-level Change action to switch easily between variations in their quote or order. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Product Variations in Quotes and Orders (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_product_variation_use_in_transaction_management.htm&language=en_US) # Sell Smarter in Slack: Agentforce Sales and the New Go Page Agentforce Sales is now available directly in Slackbot, bringing Sales agents into your Slack workflow. A new dedicated Go page makes setup fast and easy for admins. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Cloud Enterprise, Unlimited, Agentforce 1, and Developer Editions. Requires Slack Business+ or higher editions. **When:** This feature is available in August 2026. **Why:** Sales reps can now interact with Agentforce Sales agents directly in Slackbot. Powered by the new Agentforce Sales MCP (Model Context Protocol) server, Agentforce Sales in Slack connects your CRM data, AI agents, and full business context to your Slack workspace. Actions taken in Slack automatically sync back to Salesforce, keeping your records and forecasts up to date. Agentforce Sales in Slack includes Pipeline Management functionality. Salesforce also introduces the Agentforce Sales in Slack Go page, which centralizes all onboarding requirements into a few streamlined steps. The page enables admins to get up and running without any manual MCP server configuration. ![Agentforce Sales in Slack Go Page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/agentforce_sales_in_slack_go_page.png) **How:** Salesforce admins turn on Agentforce Sales in Slack from the new Agentforce Sales in Slack Go page. # Sell Smarter in Slack: Agentforce Sales and the New Go Page Agentforce Sales is now available directly in Slackbot, bringing Sales agents into your Slack workflow. A new dedicated Go page makes setup fast and easy for admins. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Cloud Enterprise, Unlimited, Agentforce 1, and Developer Editions. Requires Slack Business+ or higher editions. **When:** This feature is available in August 2026. **Why:** Sales reps can now interact with Agentforce Sales agents directly in Slackbot. Powered by the new Agentforce Sales MCP (Model Context Protocol) server, Agentforce Sales in Slack connects your CRM data, AI agents, and full business context to your Slack workspace. Actions taken in Slack automatically sync back to Salesforce, keeping your records and forecasts up to date. Agentforce Sales in Slack includes Pipeline Management functionality. Salesforce also introduces the Agentforce Sales in Slack Go page, which centralizes all onboarding requirements into a few streamlined steps. The page enables admins to get up and running without any manual MCP server configuration. ![Agentforce Sales in Slack Go Page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/agentforce_sales_in_slack_go_page.png) **How:** Salesforce admins turn on Agentforce Sales in Slack from the new Agentforce Sales in Slack Go page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Sales in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.slack_agentforce_sales_for_slack_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Sell Subscription Product Bundles in Your Commerce Store Bundle similar subscription products together, enabling buyers to add multiple related subscriptions to their cart in one action. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with a Revenue Cloud Advanced license and a Commerce Cloud Growth or Advanced license. #### See Also - [Create Subscription Product Bundles in Your B2B Commerce Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_subscription_createproductbundles.htm&language=en_US) # Send Approved Emails, SMS, and WhatsApp Content Level up your connected Account Engagement content with Marketing Cloud Next. Distributed Marketing and Alerts shares marketing-approved templates with Salesforce Platform users, while Engagement Studio now offers steps that trigger SMS and WhatsApp sends through On-Demand Flows. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next for Account Engagement. ## Build Email Templates for Non-Marketing Users Distributed Marketing and Alerts is a platform-based feature that functions similarly to Sales Emails and Alerts. Orgs with Marketing Cloud Next for Account Engagement can try it out after an admin enables the feature and adds the required Lightning web components to record pages. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Distributed Marketing and Alerts Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_dm_overview.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Distributed Marketing and Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_distributed_marketing.htm&language=en_US) ## Send SMS and WhatsApp Messages in Engagement Studio Upgrade your marketing strategy with expanded messaging functionality. You can now add SMS and WhatsApp message types to your Engagement Studio programs, making it possible to reach prospects on their preferred channels. Extend the automation capabilities of your marketing campaigns by selecting On-Demand Flows from Salesforce to your Engagement Studio programs. To view the On-Demand Flows that are built in Flow Builder, use the Send to Flows action in Engagement Studio. This feature consumes add-on credits for SMS or WhatsApp messages. # Send Custom Business Data to Meta with Custom Attributes Enhance your ad optimization by sending proprietary, non-standard data points, such as loyalty tiers or lead quality scores, to Meta. Use custom attributes to go beyond standard conversion fields to trigger more sophisticated ad delivery based on your unique business signals. By passing these bespoke attributes through the Meta Conversions API, you improve targeting precision and enrich your performance reporting. **Where:** This feature is available in Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Ad Audiences license. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. **How:** To add a custom attribute, map it to the appropriate Data Cloud Attribute when you map your data for activation. # Send Customers an Automated Email Confirming Their Scheduling Agent Request Automate a confirmation email to notify customers that their Agentforce request was successful. This timely communication improves customer experience and gives clear visibility into the outcome of customer requests. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Field Service and Foundations, or Einstein 1 Field Service Edition or Agentforce 1 Field Service Edition. **How:** Create an agent from the Scheduling or Agentforce Service Agent templates to get the latest version of the Appointment Management for Field Service topic. The flows referenced by the topic’s actions now include a subflow that automatically sends a confirmation email to the customer. In the Field Service: Send Confirmation to Customer flow, open the sendEmail variable and change the default value to True. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Autonomous Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_einstein_agentforce_scheduling_configure.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Send Data Action Events to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Use Amazon Kinesis as a data action target to send change data capture events from Data 360 to your Kinesis data stream for downstream processing. Data actions track create, update, and delete events as they occur, so downstream systems process those changes. Applications and processes that consume Kinesis streams receive current Data 360 data. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in October 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Actions in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_actions_cdp.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up an Amazon Kinesis Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_set_up_an_amazon_kinesis_target_connection.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Action Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_an_amazon_kinesis_data_action_target.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Data Action in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_a_data_action_in_customer_data_platform.htm&language=en_US) # Send Data Transformation Results to Virtual Objects Save the output of CRM Analytics or Data 360 runtime definitions to Apache HBase-backed virtual objects and view records in your Salesforce org. Previously, you could write back target data only to standard and custom objects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. **How:** In your definition, add a Writeback object node with an Apache HBase-backed virtual object as the target object. To match records correctly, choose the virtual object's external ID field as the mapping field. # Send Email for Users with an Unverified Email Domain Enable users whose email domains you can't verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user's display name and reply-to address remain unchanged, but the From address uses `email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com`, where UniqueId is your org ID or Experience Cloud site ID. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. This change has no impact on trial orgs. **When:** Salesforce plans to make this feature available in late April 2026. **Why:** Consultants, Experience Cloud site users, and Salesforce Site users often have email domains that you can't add to your verified list. And you can’t verify the domains for public email addresses, such as yahoo.com. When you enable this feature, those users can send email from Salesforce while preserving their display names. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Deliverability, and then select **Deliverability**. Select **Use a substitute email address for unverified domains**, and then save your changes. ![Checkbox on the Deliverability page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/substitute_unverified_domains.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send Email for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_substitute_domain.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_general_verify_email_domain.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified.") # Send Email Messages Using Activation Data In activation-triggered flows, to include data from the activation in the Send Email Message action, use the $ActivationData variable in the email. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions, and requires Data 360. # Send Emails with Direct Email Send API Use Direct Email Send API to send emails to one or more recipients programmatically. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **Why:** Previously, to send messages from the API in Marketing Cloud Next, you created an on-demand flow, and then used the API to trigger the flow. With Direct Email Send API, you create the send definition for an email, and then send messages when needed, without creating a flow. **How:** First, create an email send definition, which contains the content, sender profile, and feature configuration for the email. Next, use Direct Email Send API to identify the recipients, preview the message, and send it. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Send Transactional Messages with Direct Email Send API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/marketing/marketing-cloud-growth/guide/mc-manage-transactions-messages-direct-send.html) # Send Emergency Callout Notifications to Service Resources Notify field service resources of emergency callouts with push notifications on the Salesforce Field Service mobile app. The notification opens a callout detail screen showing the work order, earliest permitted start time, service address, work type, and asset, along with dispatcher comments. The service resource can accept or decline the callout with a single tap, or open the full work order for more context. Responses are reflected on the dispatcher's callout roster. Notifications expire automatically if a service resource doesn't respond within the configured time frame. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Energy & Utilities - Growth, Field Service for Energy & Utilities and Contractors for Energy & Utilities. **How:** Configure an Emergency Callout Notification custom notification type and bind it to the Salesforce Field Service iOS and Android apps in Notification Delivery Settings. Activate the Send Emergency Callout Notifications, Expire Emergency Callout Attempt, and Initiate Call Out flows. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Emergency Management_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_emergency_management.htm&language=en_US) # Send Events with the Other Category via the Server-to-Server API The **Server-to-Server** (S2S) API now supports the `Other` event category. Correctly classify events from sources such as Agentforce, IoT devices, retail POS systems, and business process workflows. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This feature is also available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. **How:** From **Data Cloud Setup**, select **Web and Mobile SDK**, and then create a **Server-to-Server** connection. Upload your JSON Event Type schema, and set the **Event Category** to `Other` for events that don't fit the `Profile` or `Engagement` categories. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_: Schema Quick Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-mobile-web-sdk-schema-quick-guide.html) # Send Field Service Technicians to a Custom LWC from a Push Notification Custom notifications in the Field Service mobile app now support Target Page Reference, in addition to Target ID. Route your technicians to a specific destination—such as a custom Lightning web component tab—when they tap a notification. Previously, tapping a custom notification could only open a record page, so technicians had to hunt for the relevant tab or field. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **How:** In Flow Builder, add the **Send Custom Notification** action, and set **Target Page Reference** to a JSON page reference—for example, a `standard__component` reference to a custom Lightning web component tab—instead of (or alongside) **Target ID**. When the technician taps the notification in the Field Service mobile app, the app navigates to the page reference. If both Target Page Reference and Target ID are set on the same notification, the page reference takes priority. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Custom Notification Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_actions_sendcustomnotification.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Push Notifications for the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_push_notifications.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Send High Throughput Flash Messages to Targeted Mobile Audiences Send high throughput messages to mobile app users with flash sending, which supports up to 5 million messages in 90 seconds. You can now segment users by custom attributes, such as interests in politics or sports, to subscribe them during device registration. When you send a flash message, select your target audience to make sure that every user receives relevant content. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Mobile App Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_setup_mobile_app.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send Flash Message Marketing Flow Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_mktg_send_flash_message.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Send Level 2 and Level 3 Data for Payments Made Through Apex Adapters You can now include Level 2 and Level 3 enhanced data in your payment requests to payment gateways. This feature enables Billing to pass detailed transaction information, such as line items, shipping details, and tax metadata, directly to payment gateways through Apex adapters. When the payments batch engine runs, it automatically includes the enhanced metadata in the payment gateway logs. By providing this granular data, your business can qualify for lower interchange fees for transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To send level 2 and level 3 payment data, you need the Payment Admin or the Payment Operations User permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**, and then turn on L2 and L3 Data Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Level 2 and Level 3 Payment Data via Your Payment Gateways](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_send_l2_l3_data.htm&language=en_US) # Send Level 2 and Level 3 Payment Data Through a Native Payment Gateway Pass Level 2 and Level 3 enhanced transaction data in your payment requests to Stripe and Adyen native payment gateways. The payment batch run automatically includes the enhanced metadata in the payment gateway logs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To send Level 2 and Level 3 payment data, you need the Payment Admin or the Payment Operations User permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**, and then turn on Level 2 and Level 3 Data Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Level 2 and Level 3 Payment Data Through Your Payment Gateways](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_send_l2_l3_data.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Send Mass Notifications or Wait for Events with Asynchronous Broadcast Flows You can now set broadcast flows to run asynchronously. By running the flow asynchronously, you can send notifications to larger audiences or to add Wait elements to the flow. That means you can resume the flow after a certain event triggers, like if a customer opens an email. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Broadcast flows are also available for Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions with Data 360. **How:** To run a broadcast flow asynchronously, in the Start element, select **Async** as the run type. With asynchronous broadcast flows you can add Wait elements to the flow. If an asynchronous broadcast flow is referenced in another flow through a subflow element, the asynchronous broadcast flow starts in a separate transaction while the parent flow continues. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Broadcast Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_broadcast_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Send Post-Order Notifications via SMS and WhatsApp Reach shoppers on their preferred channels by sending post-order notifications through SMS and WhatsApp in B2C Commerce with Agentforce Marketing. SMS and WhatsApp join email as supported channels for post-order shopper notifications. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **Who:** This feature is available to admins who have the B2C Commerce with Agentforce Marketing license. **How:** To set up SMS or WhatsApp notifications: - For WhatsApp: connect your WhatsApp Business Manager account to your org and import a message template into your CMS workspace. - For SMS: configure an SMS channel to generate sender codes. - In Data Cloud, assign a channel number to each Communication Subscription to link your shoppers' consent records to a specific notification channel. - Configure the notification flows in Flow Builder. # Send Records from List Views to Grid for AI Analysis Send to Grid is an action now available on Salesforce list views. It sends your selected records directly into a new or existing Grid, with columns configured from your list view fields. From the Grid, you can add AI, formula, agent, and action columns to run bulk workflows on the data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Available starting the week of August 17, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add List View Records to an Agentforce Grid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid_list_view_data.htm&language=en_US) # Send Reset Password Emails and Freeze Accounts for Multiple Users in Setup with Agentforce Use natural language to send a reset password email to groups of users. Also, freeze or unfreeze several user accounts at the same time. These actions that were initially available for only one user at a time can now be taken for users with shared characteristics. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Freeze or Unfreeze User Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_freeze.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Reset Passwords for Your Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.resetting_and_expiring_passwords.htm&language=en_US) # Send Sensitive Emails Securely with a Secondary Sender Email Address Guard against relay interception by sending sensitive emails from your Aura or LWR site directly from Salesforce Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) instead of your corporate email relay. To ensure that emails that contain sensitive data, like the Forgot Password email, follow a more secure path, set up a verified secondary sender address. Use secondary sender to meet strict security requirements and align with DMARC standards without modifying your primary domain’s DKIM settings. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Secondary sender is available starting in July 2026. **How:** In Setup, verify the email-sending subdomain for your secondary sender email address. System-generated emails from an unverified email-sending domain aren’t delivered, even if you verify the From email address. To add a secondary sender email address, go to **Workspaces** | **Administration** | **Emails** for your site. Select **Secondary Sender Email** and enter an email address. ![The secondary sender section of the Emails configuration page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/secondarysender.png) After you verify the email address, emails that contain sensitive information are sent directly from Salesforce via the secondary sender email address and don't route through your company's Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server. Site emails that don’t contain sensitive information—such as Welcome New Member messages sent to existing internal or single sign-on (SSO) users who don’t require password credentials—are sent via your configured email relay and network sender address. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Email Sent from Experience Cloud Sites for Email Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.networks_customize_email.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Requirements to Send Email from Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_verification_requirements.htm&language=en_US) # Send Sensitive Emails Securely with a Secondary Sender Email Address Guard against relay interception by sending sensitive emails from your site directly from Salesforce Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) instead of your corporate email relay. To ensure emails that contain sensitive data, like the Forgot Password email, follow a more secure path, set up a verified secondary sender address. Use secondary sender to meet strict security requirements and align with Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance (DMARC) standards without modifying your primary domain’s DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) settings. Secondary sender was first released in late Summer ’26. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Setup, verify the email-sending subdomain for your secondary sender email address. System-generated emails from an unverified email-sending domain aren’t delivered, even if you verify the From email address. To add a secondary sender email address, go to **Workspaces** | **Administration** | **Emails** for your site. Select **Secondary Sender Email** and enter an email address. ![The secondary sender section of the Emails configuration page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/secondarysender.png) After you verify the email address, emails that contain sensitive information are sent directly from Salesforce via the secondary sender email address and don't route through your company's Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server. Site emails that don’t contain sensitive information—such as Welcome New Member messages sent to existing internal or single sign-on (SSO) users who don't require password credentials—are sent via your configured email relay and network sender address. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Email Sent from Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.networks_customize_email.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Requirements to Send Email from Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_verification_requirements.htm&language=en_US) # Send Service Responses Faster with Agentforce Article Recommendations Help your service reps quickly address customer messaging and voice conversations by automatically suggesting relevant knowledge articles. Agentforce Article Recommendations use Data Cloud vector search to match case context against your knowledge base, so service reps spend less time hunting for answers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and **Enterprise**, **Performance**, and **Unlimited** editions. Agentforce Article Recommendations isn't available in partner edition orgs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Agentforce Article Recommendations for Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.agentforce_article_recs_for_cases_set_up.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Agentforce Article Recommendations for Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.agentforce_article_recs_for_conversations_set_up.htm&language=en_US) # Send Site Emails from a Verified Address with Email Domain Substitution Specify the From address that each Experience Cloud site uses to send email on behalf of a user with an unverified email domain. If your org has more than one site or brand, you can match each site's outgoing email to its own branding, instead of using a single org-wide address. Substitution is off by default, and you turn it on per site, so you decide where it applies. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Salesforce offers two ways to set the From address for email sent on behalf of a user with an unverified email domain. An org-wide substitute email address, set on the Deliverability Setup page, applies across your org. This site-specific setting lets you specify a From address for each Experience Cloud site. In either case, the sender email address must be verified and use a verified email domain, or the email fails. If you turn on email domain substitution for a site, that site's verified sender email address takes precedence, even when your org uses a substitute email address. If you don't turn on email domain substitution for a site, Salesforce uses your org's substitute email address instead, when one is set. If you don't turn on either option, Salesforce suppresses email sent on behalf of a user with an unverified email domain. **How:** In Experience Workspaces, go to **Administration** | **Emails**, and then select **Enable Email Domain Substitution**. Substitution uses the address in your site's Sender Email Address field, so verify that address and its domain first. ![The email domain substitution section of the Emails configuration page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/domainsubstitution.png) #### See Also - [Set the From Address for Email Sent for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_email_auth_substitute_owea.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Select an organization-wide email address to use as the From address when Salesforce sends email for users with an unverified email domain. With this option, outgoing email uses a From address that reflects your company’s brand.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Email Sent from Experience Cloud Sites for Email Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.networks_customize_email.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Email for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_substitute_domain.htm&language=en_US) # Sending Session IDs in Outbound Messages Is Being Removed To align with modern security best practices, you can no longer send session IDs in outbound messages starting February 23, 2026. Instead, use OAuth to authenticate. When this change goes into effect, the new outbound message form won't include the option to send a session ID, the IncludeSessionId flag in the API will be ignored and set to FALSE, and the element of an outbound message payload won't include a session ID. **Where:** This change applies to Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** The week of February 23, 2026. **How:** Follow the guidance in [Authorize Apps with OAuth](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.remoteaccess_authenticate.htm&type=5&language=en_US) instead of using a session ID. # September 2026 These Order Management features are available as of September 2026. - **[Preview Order Delivery Estimations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_om_de_preview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the delivery estimations preview to predict when items and orders will be delivered, using conditions such as locations, shipping methods, and specific date ranges. You can also preview when a Buy Online, Pickup In Store (BOPIS) order will be available for pickup. # Service Service Cloud is now Agentforce Service. You may see references to Service Cloud in our application and documentation. Learn about the latest features from Service to supercharge productivity across your organization. Service features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. ## May '26 | Product Area | Release Notes | | --- | --- | | [Knowledge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_knowledge.htm&release=260&type=5 "Organize articles hierarchically with Knowledge Maps for easier navigation. Create knowledge articles efficiently with the enhanced Lightning Article Editor. Unified Knowledge retires in Summer ’26, so migrate to Data 360 connectors.") | [Elevate Your Knowledge Experience with Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_enterprise_knowledge.htm&release=260&type=5 "Unify all your organizational knowledge and modernize your knowledge experience with Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge powered by Data 360. With Enterprise Knowledge, you can integrate native Salesforce knowledge with external knowledge ingested through Data 360 to create a comprehensive knowledge base. By leveraging Data 360’s unified data and search infrastructure, it enhances Service Cloud’s knowledge management capabilities, providing a streamlined experience for users to find, ground, and engage with knowledge. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the Beta release.") | ## April '26 | Product Area | Release Notes | | --- | --- | | [Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_it.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn about the latest features from Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve issues instantly with AI-driven automation to shift from manual ticketing to proactive service. Improve employee productivity by eliminating routine tasks and streamlining IT operations through Slack and Microsoft Teams. Lower operational costs and elevate the employee experience with a unified platform powered by Agentforce.") | [Monitor Enterprise CI Usage with CMDB Enterprise and Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_cmdb_digital_wallet.htm&release=260&type=5 "Track Enterprise configuration item (CI) usage with the CMDB Enterprise add-on. Enterprise configuration items represent any CI that isn’t an end-user endpoint, such as servers, cloud resources, application services, and network devices. Digital Wallet provides visibility into active Enterprise CIs so you can monitor usage and understand how your environment evolves.") | | [Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_it.htm&release=260&type=5 "Learn about the latest features from Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve issues instantly with AI-driven automation to shift from manual ticketing to proactive service. Improve employee productivity by eliminating routine tasks and streamlining IT operations through Slack and Microsoft Teams. Lower operational costs and elevate the employee experience with a unified platform powered by Agentforce.") | [Restore Incident Creation for Customer Community Plus Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_selfservice_etoinc.htm&release=260&type=5 "Resolve automated flow failures that prevented Customer Community Plus users from creating incidents via email or the portal. By correctly populating the Reported By field with Person Account records, the system now ensures incidents are properly linked to the employee’s profile and visible in the My Reported Incidents list view. The underlying flow logic now validates both User and Person Account objects, restoring full Email-to-Incident functionality and maintaining a seamless support experience for all portal users.") | | [Service Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights.htm&release=260&type=5 "Equip service reps with an all-in-one look at their workload using the My Service Performance dashboard.") | [Get Real-Time Data with My Service Performance Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_servins_performance_dashboard.htm&release=260&type=5 "Provide your service reps with a consolidated view of their work with the My Service Performance dashboard. This dashboard shows key metrics like resolution times, and case load in real time. Reps can use these insights to track progress against benchmarks and manage their workload more effectively.") | ## March '26
Product Area Release Notes
Einstein for Service Send Service Responses Faster with Agentforce Article Recommendations
Messaging
Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers Track Your Telephony Models with New Salesforce Voice Names
Agentforce IT Service
## February '26
Product Area Release Notes
Salesforce Voice
Agentforce IT Service
Messaging
Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers
## January '26
Product Area Release Notes
Agentforce IT Service
Agentforce Service Assistant
Agentforce Employee Agent
Case Management
Email
Messaging
Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers
Customer Signals Intelligence
Einstein for Service
Einstein Service Replies
Entitlements and Milestones
Feedback Management
HR Service
Knowledge
Self Service
Service Adoption Service Setup and Service Setup Assistant Retiring in New Orgs
Routing
- **[Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_channels.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC) is an AI-first contact center within Salesforce that redefines customer engagement. See what's new in your AI-first contact center. - **[Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_it.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about the latest features from Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve issues instantly with AI-driven automation to shift from manual ticketing to proactive service. Improve employee productivity by eliminating routine tasks and streamlining IT operations through Slack and Microsoft Teams. Lower operational costs and elevate the employee experience with a unified platform powered by Agentforce. - **[AI Agents for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ai_agents_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** With AI agents for Service, employees quickly complete common business tasks with Agentforce Employee Agent. Service reps close cases faster using case resolution guidance provided by Agentforce Service Assistant. - **[Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_case_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your reps enhanced tools to streamline case management and accelerate communication. Provide instant context through a unified Case Timeline, Quick Text for standardized responses, and original attachment visibility directly on the case record. - **[Customer Signals Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customer_signals_intelligence.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get going faster with a more streamlined setup experience. Empower your reps to address customer needs more effectively with real-time insights. Updated prompts that you can further edit for your specific business needs. Enable faster performance for large data volumes with improved capacity and higher processing limits while reducing costs. - **[Einstein for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get role-based, AI-generated case overviews with Enhanced Summaries. Track the adoption of Einstein for Service and monitor operational KPIs with the Service AI Adoption & Analytics dashboard. Switch to Enhanced Summaries, as Work Summaries for Case (beta) is scheduled for retirement on June 30, 2026. - **[Einstein Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_service_replies.htm&release=260&type=5)** Translate customer replies to inquiries automatically, and have your service reps responses translated automatically for customers. - **[Entitlements and Milestones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_entitlements_milestones.htm&release=260&type=5)** Define rules to automatically pause milestone timers when the next step is outside a service rep's control. Use Agentforce SLA Summary for comprehensive performance analytics. Get real-time visibility into milestone status across parent and child records to ensure better coordination and alignment across all teams contributing to resolution. - **[Feedback Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_feedback_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable deeper customization and reliability for your surveys. Drive brand consistency using Custom CSS for flexible styling, and ensure better readability on desktops and small screens with the revamped Matrix Survey Question View. You can now configure partial response saving for up to 999 days, and save partial responses automatically for unauthenticated guest users. - **[HR Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hr_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Onboard new users with Unified Employee License (UEL), a standard license with simplified administration and wall-to-wall coverage that expands feature support for new users. Provide a trusted channel for all employees with confidential case reporting for secure management of workplace issues. - **[Knowledge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_knowledge.htm&release=260&type=5)** Organize articles hierarchically with Knowledge Maps for easier navigation. Create knowledge articles efficiently with the enhanced Lightning Article Editor. Unified Knowledge retires in Summer ’26, so migrate to Data 360 connectors. - **[Self Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_self_service.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deliver smarter, more efficient customer service with improved proactive detection, AI-guided troubleshooting, real-time personalization, and streamlined Self-Service. Enhanced detection tools, interactive troubleshooting, unified profiles, Activity Timelines, and a personalized Pending Task banner create more contextual experiences, while Agentic Portals offer accurate session-based AI billing and faster Dynamic Q&A, boosting responsiveness and reducing support needs. - **[Service Adoption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_adoption.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about changes we're making to the Service Setup app and Service Setup Assistant. - **[Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and effort by automatically routing work items with Omni-Channel. Take advantage of the latest features to achieve optimal results. # Service Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge support team productivity and operations. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Service Cloud is now Agentforce Service. You may see references to Service Cloud in Salesforce applications and documentation. - **[Service Monthly Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_monthly_rns.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest features from Service. Service features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. - **[Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_channels.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Contact Center (AFCC) is an AI-first contact center within Salesforce that redefines customer engagement. See what's new in your AI-first contact center. - **[Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_it.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest features from Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve issues instantly with AI-driven automation to shift from manual ticketing to proactive service. Improve employee productivity by eliminating routine tasks and streamlining IT operations through Slack and Microsoft Teams. Maintain an audit-ready posture with IT compliance management that centralizes end-to-end governance. Gain total visibility over your hardware lifecycle to optimize IT costs from procurement to disposal. Lower operational costs and elevate the employee experience with a unified platform powered by Agentforce. - **[AI Agents for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ai_agents_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest AI agent feature in Agentforce Service. - **[AI Solutions for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_ai_solutions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhanced Summaries are now available in your locale language. Work Summaries for Enhanced Messaging sessions and Voice calls are also available in your locale language. - **[Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_case_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance case management and improve support rep productivity with new collaboration tools. Resolve cases faster by merging duplicate cases in Omni-Channel queues. Use a new Agentforce action to identify the best available experts to solve a case. Capture detailed problem statements in a rich text editor and draft case comments with generative AI. - **[Customer Signals Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customer_signals_intelligence.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Optimize support performance with real-time sentiment insights for case, voice and chat. Organize granular contact data into structured, meaningful groups to identify customer pain points quickly. - **[Entitlements and Milestones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_entitlements_milestones.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Optimize your service performance and maintain high standards with new tools designed to automate, predict, and communicate SLA progress. Ensure near-perfect compliance by leveraging Agentforce to autonomously complete routine milestones like first responses, and use proactive risk scoring to identify and prioritize cases nearing SLA breach based on real-time data. - **[Feedback Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_feedback_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get detailed insights into survey analytics with Tableua Next dashboards. - **[HR Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hr_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Enhance your workforce operations with a streamlined suite of HR tools designed to accelerate service delivery and build employee trust. These updates introduce prebuilt service templates, simplified setup configurations, and confidential case reporting to ensure efficiency and data privacy. By optimizing the unified portal experience and unifying licenses, you can provide a more personalized, consistent, and professional environment for your organization. - **[Service Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With just one Tableau Next Creator license, analysts can now customize out-of-the-box data models and dashboards to fit unique business needs, delivering tailored insights to the entire team without requiring additional user licenses. - **[Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_replies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Refine existing Service Replies workflows with the Hide Post Button. Agentforce Service Assistant offers instant responses your service reps can use. Translate Service Replies in additional languages. - **[Knowledge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_knowledge.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get AI-generated answers in the Enterprise Knowledge component. Unified Knowledge retires in Summer ‘27, so migrate to Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge. - **[Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Save time and effort by automatically routing work items with Omni-Channel. Take advantage of the latest features to achieve optimal results. - **[Self Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_self_service.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure Agentforce Orchestrator to route your Experience Cloud site conversations to the right AI agents and workflows. Deliver a unified Concierge experience with an intelligent prompt bar, suggestion themes, a persistent sidebar, and a dedicated homepage that combines AI-assisted components in one interface. Guide users to resolve requests with dynamic content tiles and contextual AI assistance on record pages. Personalize interactions for authenticated users based on their engagement data, and track site activity with Self-Service Analytics to measure effectiveness and improve AI recommendations. # Service Learn about the latest features and updates to supercharge support team productivity and operations. - **[Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_contact_center.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See the latest updates for contact center solutions from Salesforce. Choose between Agentforce Contact Center, a fully native, AI-first experience, and Partner Contact Center, a flexible contact center solution that integrates a third-party CCaaS provider with Salesforce. Explore what's new in contact centers and shared capabilities like Messaging. - **[Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_it.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest features in Agentforce IT Service, the conversation-first IT service solution. Resolve tickets faster with AI-driven automation and give employees a unified, proactive service experience. - **[AI Agents for Service Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ai_agents_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the latest AI agent feature in Agentforce Service. - **[AI Solutions for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_ai_solutions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** AI Solutions for Service expands language support across summaries, extends Work Summaries to Voice calls and Enhanced Messaging sessions, and grounds Service Replies for Email in your Enterprise Knowledge sources. - **[Case Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_case_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Work cases faster and more consistently with new AI and localization tools built right into the case record. Reps can translate Case Subject and Description fields on the fly, and refine case comments with AI-powered tone and clarity suggestions — all without leaving the workspace. - **[Customer Signals Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customer_signals_intelligence.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enjoy Customer Signals Intelligence benefits with unmetered experience signals. - **[Entitlements and Milestones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_entitlements_milestones.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Delete case milestones so records only include milestones relevant to the case. Keep case views accurate and avoid storage bloat from outdated or wrongly associated milestones. - **[HR Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_hr_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Power HR Service agents with a Cornerstone integration, and expand your prebuilt Agentforce library with agents that let employees query pay and rewards, track shift schedules, and complete onboarding tasks. Deploy HR Service to Microsoft Teams with a single click, and cover more employee scenarios with five templates added to your HR workflow library. - **[Knowledge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_salesforce_knowledge.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reuse modular content across articles with Knowledge Blocks. Draft articles from any record using custom prompt templates with Einstein Knowledge Creation, and prevent duplicate articles with Knowledge Similarity. - **[Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Save time and effort by automatically routing work items with Omni-Channel. Take advantage of the latest features to achieve optimal results. - **[Self Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_self_service.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build Self-Service portals faster with a guided setup wizard, automatic messaging deployment, proactive troubleshooting, and mobile notifications. - **[Service Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help supervisors keep their teams on track with service level agreements (SLAs) by using a pre-built SLA Performance dashboard. ## Service Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### October 2026 - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Get Clearer, More Natural WhatsApp Voice Messages from Your AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_whatsapp_voice_messages_improvements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Your customers now hear WhatsApp voice messages with a more natural accent and better pronunciation, so your AI agent speaks clearly to them. Your AI agent reads account, contract, and ID numbers digit by digit, which helps customers catch every number the first time.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Share a WhatsApp Number Across Providers with Meta's Account Model Evolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wa_wame.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta's WhatsApp Account Model Evolution (WAME) separates business phone numbers from partner-specific templates and billing. One WhatsApp number can serve multiple business solution providers (BSPs), each with its own template library and billing. Meta migrates existing accounts automatically, so your WhatsApp messaging keeps working with no reconfiguration or additional license.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Messaging - RCS**: [Reach Customers on RCS as a Service Messaging Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_rcs_service_channel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Give your service teams a native RCS (Rich Communication Services) channel for customer conversations. Customers can start an RCS conversation and be routed to a human agent in the Service Console or to an Agentforce agent for automated support. Previously, RCS was available only for outbound and marketing use cases that required Marketing Cloud.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Messaging - Conversation Data API**: [Delete Conversation Data Directly from Flow or Apex](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_messaging_delete_conversation_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Previously, deleting conversation data required a custom REST API integration with External Client App authentication. Call the Conversation Data API delete operations from Flow or Apex instead, and Salesforce handles authentication for you. You can now remove messaging end users and their data, or delete specific conversations, processing up to 50 records per call.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Service Replies**: [Pick Up Transferred Chats with Proactive Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_proactive_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When your service rep accepts a handoff from Agentforce or another service rep, two grounded replies and one contextual reply appear before the customer sends another message. Suggestions draw on the existing transcript and knowledge articles, so the first response continues the conversation.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Service Replies**: [Reply to Every Question in a Message with Multi-Intent Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_multi_intent_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When a customer message asks more than one question, Service Replies now detects multiple intentions in that customer message, then shows a separate grounded reply for each one. Previously, search queries built from the whole service conversation blended multiple intentions, or answered only the most pertinent question.") (Added the week of October 12, 2026) - **Einstein Article Recommendations**: [Resolve Every Issue in a Case with Multi-Intent Article Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_multi_intent_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Agentforce Article Recommendations for Cases now identifies up to three distinct intents when a case raises more than one problem. Agentforce builds a targeted search for each intent, and merges the results into a ranked list of articles for your agents to use in their response. Previously, a single search query built from the whole case let the most prominent topic crowd out articles for other issues the customer mentioned.") (Removed the week of October 19, 2026) - Deferred to a future release. - **Customer Signals Intelligence**: [Track Sentiment in Command Center for Service V2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_csi_track_sentiment_in_command_center_v2.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Spot at-risk interactions as they happen in the Command Center for Service V2. Customer Signals Intelligence sentiment appears in the In-Progress Work component as the User Sentiment column, with Positive, Neutral, or Negative indicators next to active work items.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) - **Customer Signals Intelligence**: [Drive Faster Service Decisions on Calls with Real-Time Sentiment Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_csi_sra_voice.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Customer Signals Intelligence brings real-time sentiment insights to voice calls. Now your service team gets the same visibility for calls that it has for case and messaging. Reps see sentiment shift as a voice conversation unfolds, and supervisors use trend data across calls to make data-driven staffing decisions. This visibility helps your team maintain service consistency and handle high-pressure voice interactions with confidence.") (Added the week of October 19, 2026) ### September 2026 - **Knowledge**: [Reuse Existing Content by Cloning a Knowledge Article](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_knowledge_clone_article.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Save time and maintain consistency by starting a new article from an existing one, copying its fields and attached files. Instead of recreating an article from scratch, you start from a proven structure and tailor it for a new context, product, or audience.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Knowledge**: [Keep Knowledge Article Images Private After You Archive or Restrict an Article](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_knowledge_image_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce now checks the status and public visibility of a Knowledge article version before it serves any image embedded in the article. Previously, an image stayed reachable at its direct URL for guest and unauthenticated visitors even after you archived the article version or made the article internal only, which inadvertently exposed content intended for retirement.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Interact with Agentforce Using WhatsApp Voice Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_whatsapp_voice_messages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "WhatsApp users can now send voice messages to your Agentforce agent on WhatsApp instead of typing. WhatsApp users can switch between voice and text within the same conversation. Agentforce replies in whichever format the WhatsApp user used, voice for voice, text for text.") (Updated the week of September 7, 2026) - **Messaging - Conversation Data API**: [Update Conversation Entries After They're Created with the Conversation Data API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_update_conversation_entries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use the Conversation Data API to update the content of existing conversation entries instead of deleting and recreating them. With this endpoint, you can correct a message's text without deleting and recreating the entry, update the payload for non-text entries, such as attachments, and associate or update related records on an entry after it's created.") (Added the week of September 7, 2026) - **Messaging - WhatsApp Messaging**: [Prepare for WhatsApp Service and Utility Message Pricing Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_wa_pricing_changes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Meta is charging on a per-message basis for two WhatsApp message types that were previously free: Service messages and utility messages sent within the Customer Service Window. Salesforce will update its pricing to reflect Meta’s new charges, effective November 1, 2026.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) - **Messaging - Enhanced Chat**: [Give New Orgs the Latest Enhanced Chat Experience by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_enhanced_chat_v2_default.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "New orgs that turn on chat now start with Enhanced Chat v2 instead of Enhanced Chat v1. Admins get v2's improved capabilities without any extra configuration or opt-in step. Orgs that already have chat enabled on v1 or v2 keep their current setup; this change affects only net-new chat deployments. Starting new orgs on Enhanced Chat v2 means admins configure chat once and get the actively developed client from day one, instead of setting up on Enhanced Chat v1 and having to migrate to v2 later.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Service Adoption Learn about changes we're making to the Service Setup app and Service Setup Assistant. - **[Service Setup and Service Setup Assistant Retiring in New Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_ssa_retirement.htm&release=260&type=5)** In Salesforce orgs created in Spring ‘26 or later, including sandbox orgs, the Service Setup app and Service Setup Assistant will no longer be available. These features will still be available in maintenance mode in orgs created before Spring '26. # Service Insights Equip service reps with an all-in-one look at their workload using the My Service Performance dashboard. # Service Insights With just one Tableau Next Creator license, analysts can now customize out-of-the-box data models and dashboards to fit unique business needs, delivering tailored insights to the entire team without requiring additional user licenses. - **[View Service Insights on Connected Companion Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights_dc1_compatibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service Insights is now compatible with Data Cloud One. Streamline multi-org architecture by letting users of connected companion orgs access Service Insights features. - **[Customize Service Insights Tableau Next Analytics Apps for Your Business](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights_customize_apps_license.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Take control of your analytics experience by customizing the pre-built apps directly in Tableau Next—no need to start from scratch. With at least one Tableau Next Creator license, analysts can now edit the out-of-the-box semantic data model to add calculated fields and metrics tailored to their business. Customized content remains accessible to all Limited Consumer users in the embedded experience, so your entire team benefits from the changes. - **[Access Unified Analytics in the Service Insights App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights_unified_analytics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Reach all Agentforce Service analytics from a single hub in the Service Insights App. Distinct setup nodes for Customer Signals Intelligence and Service AI Adoption, and dashboard labels help you find operational, sentiment, or AI adoption insights without hunting across separate tools and setup areas. - **[Ground Tableau Agent Answers in Your Organization's Language and Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights_tableau_agent_context.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service Insights delivers pre-packaged business preferences curated for supervisors, service leaders, and knowledge managers, so Tableau Agent understands your organization's terminology, KPI definitions, and business context out of the box. Preferences load automatically into your semantic model and inherit from the base model, and you can override them to reflect your organization's context. As a result, Tableau Agent's answers read like they come from an internal subject matter expert instead of a generic bot. - **[Validate and Calibrate Tableau Agent Answers with Verified Questions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights_tableau_verified_questions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Service Insights is AI-ready with over 75 calibrated questions, so Tableau Agent gives accurate, relevant answers. The questions are pre-checked against the Service Insights semantic model and aligned to supervisor, service leader, and knowledge manager personas. Override any verified question or create your own to reflect your organization's needs. Answers stay optimized and hallucinations drop, so you can roll out AI at scale with more confidence. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Tableau Next App Features by License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.service_insights_customize_apps.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Service Insights Help supervisors keep their teams on track with service level agreements (SLAs) by using a pre-built SLA Performance dashboard. - **[Track SLA Compliance with the SLA Performance Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_insights_sla_perf_dashboard.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your supervisors a pre-built view of how well their teams meet service level agreements (SLAs) in Service Insights. The SLA Performance dashboard shows compliance rates, milestone breach trends, and breach patterns by case type and severity, so supervisors can spot bottlenecks and coach the right agents. # Service Management Accelerate service delivery and governance by deploying preconfigured request workflows and direct third-party integrations. Improve release reliability and data accuracy through automated field validations and proactive conflict detection. Prioritize incidents for high-priority users, demote major incidents, convert incidents to service requests, and give your IT team a holistic view of employees. - **[Accelerate Catalog Deployment with Ready-to-Use Service Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_catalog_templates.htm&release=260&type=5)** Speed up your service catalog rollout by deploying predefined workflows for standardized IT requests. Benefit from prestructured attributes, intake forms, and automated fulfillment flows with templates that span critical areas, including IT, hardware, software, facilities, employee lifecycle, and identity management. Eliminate ad hoc communication, reduce help desk workload, and track and audit every request automatically. - **[Automate Access and Streamline Provisioning with External Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_catalog_connectors.htm&release=260&type=5)** Deploy service catalog items that use direct API integration with external systems, dramatically reducing complex configuration. Eliminate manual error in data collection with enhanced intake flows that use external connectors to query third-party data, such as a list of available software. Reduce help desk workload and eliminate user wait times by automating high-frequency requests, such as account unlocking and secure access provisioning, with fulfillment flows. - **[Prioritize Issues Using Service Management Privileges](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_prioritize_vip_users.htm&release=260&type=5)** Ensure critical employee issues receive immediate attention by using Service Management Privileges. Admins can now assign privileges to employees and set a specific access threshold to identify incidents requiring special handling. When an incident is created or reported by an employee whose access level meets this threshold, a banner is displayed on the Incident record page of the fulfillers. The distinct visual cue streamlines triage, ensuring your most important stakeholders receive prioritized resolution without manual intervention. - **[Demote Major Incidents When Business Impact Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_demote_major_inc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Maintain flexibility in your support processes by de-escalating major incidents when impact and severity decrease. Authorized users can demote a major incident back to a standard incident without disrupting existing approval work items or ongoing resolution efforts. Align your IT help desk's response with the actual business needs, and allow for dynamic adjustments as situations stabilize. - **[Do More with the Redesigned Agentforce Employee Self-Service Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_launch_the_agentforce_it_service_self_service_portal.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform your employees' interaction with the IT desk, making it faster, simpler, and more efficient. The redesigned Agentforce Employee Center portal introduces AI Search that provides instant, summarized answers and suggested next steps, helping employees resolve issues immediately without logging a ticket. The portal also unifies the service catalog, knowledge base, and asset management processes into a single, intuitive interface. - **[Prevent Outages with CI-Based Change Conflict Detection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_prevent_outages_ci_based_conflict_detection.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce change failure rates and ensure a stable IT environment by gaining early visibility into potential conflicts. When multiple change requests target the same configuration item (CI) during an overlapping implementation timeframe, conflicts are identified and captured automatically. Change fulfillers and managers can view these records to collaborate and resolve them. Replace manual cross-referencing and prevent IT teams from inadvertently disrupting the same CI simultaneously. - **[Create Service Requests from Incidents when Appropriate](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_reclassify_inc_sr.htm&release=260&type=5)** IT teams can create service requests from incidents when the reported issue represents a user need, such as access or provisioning, rather than a service disruption. Creating a service request routes the request through the correct fulfillment workflow, and avoids incident-specific timelines and SLAs. - **[Track IT Service Requests Using Dedicated Service Request Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_track_sr_using_dedicated_sr_rec.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage IT service requests using the new Service Request record instead of the generic Case record. IT teams can use a specialized data model that includes attributes designed specifically for request fulfillment, to manage high-volume, repeatable tasks efficiently. By distinguishing service requests from cases and incidents, you ensure the right process, SLAs, and reporting model is applied to every IT task. - **[Access Comprehensive Employee Data with Employee 360 Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_employee_360.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your IT help desk a centralized, 360-degree view of all employee assets, service requests, support cases, and historical interactions to maximize operational efficiency. Support reps can quickly troubleshoot active issues, review past support trends, and access critical employee data without switching context. Reps can then use these details to create service requests for employees and deliver personalized support that drastically reduces resolution times. - **[Strengthen Data Integrity with Default Field Validations for Changes and Releases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_default_field_val_change_rel.htm&release=260&type=5)** Admins can now activate default field validations for change requests and releases to automatically prevent common errors, such as invalid date ranges or missing required fields. These preconfigured checks enforce data consistency during both record creation and updates. By safeguarding data integrity without manual oversight, IT teams can maintain accurate, reliable, and auditable records. - **[Extend Release Schedules and General Events Beyond 14 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_extend_release_schedule.htm&release=260&type=5)** Release managers can now plan and schedule IT service releases and related calendar events without a 14-day duration limit. This gives teams more flexibility to plan, track, and manage longer-running releases without changing existing release behavior or using workarounds. # Service Management Standardize structured change approvals through Change Advisory Boards (CAB). Connect email conversations directly to incidents with advanced threading and increase service governance and operational consistency with flexible field mappings. Create incidents on behalf of others and get additional fields for reporting. Access more service catalog request templates and new external connectors for IT and business operations. - **[Streamline Change Approvals with Change Advisory Boards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_manage_change_approvals_with_cab.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Standardize change reviews and approvals by organizing requests with Change Advisory Boards (CAB). Automate change request approvals through structured CAB processes such as scheduling and conducting formal reviews and integrating meetings directly with the IT Service Calendar. Use existing notification channels to keep stakeholders informed. - **[Calculate IT Change Request Risk Scores Consistently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_change_risk_calculation_enhanced.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Change risk scores are now calculated consistently whether users complete the risk assessment questionnaire or the system automatically recalculates risk when change attributes are updated. Questionnaire responses are saved for historical tracking and audit trails. - **[Manage More IT and Business Operations with Service Catalog Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_manage_more_it_and_business_ops_with_service_catalog_templates.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extend your service catalog with request templates and fulfillment flows for IT and business operations. Use request templates for access management, infrastructure provisioning, security, and workplace services. Templates include approval and fulfillment workflows where applicable. Standardized templates for key service areas help you accelerate catalog adoption, reduce setup effort, and make sure that requests follow governed workflows. - **[Connect Email Conversations to Incidents with Advanced Threading](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_inc_mgmt_connect_email_conv_to_inc.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Avoid duplicate incidents and fragmented conversations by automatically linking email replies to the original record. The system securely identifies the incident using a unique ID in the email subject, body, or metadata to maintain accurate threading. All conversations remain connected within the email chain and are also available on the incident record feed. With a unified view of the complete conversation, both service reps and employees have the full context needed to respond quickly. - **[Configure Field Behavior for More Efficient Record Creation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_inc_mgmt_config_field_behavior_for_rec_creation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Control how fields populate and display when creating related records for Incident-to-Problem, Incident-to-Change, Problem-to-Change, and Change-to-Problem relationships. Map both standard and custom fields to autofill data, or specify additional fields for manual input during the creation process. Required fields continue to display even if mappings are removed, ensuring data integrity. - **[Create Incidents for Others Without Leaving Your Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_inc_mgmt_create_inc_for_others.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create incidents on behalf of others directly from Slack, Microsoft Teams, the employee portal, or the console. Incidents capture both the user who creates the record and the user affected by the issue, so teams can log tickets accurately without switching systems. Triage issues faster, establish clear ownership, and improve resolution efficiency by capturing details at the point of discovery. - **[Improve Reporting Accuracy with Automatically Captured Change and Incident Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_imp_report_accuracy_with_auto_captured_change_closure_and_inc_res.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you close a change request, the Closed Date is automatically set. This helps reduce inconsistencies in closure and resolution data that impact KPI calculations and reporting. For incidents, the Resolved By field is populated on resolution and cleared if the incident is reopened, while resolution notes are retained for context. - **[Automate Service Catalog Workflows with New External Connectors](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_automate_service_catalog_workflows_with_new_ext_conn.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extend service catalog automation with new external connectors across identity, collaboration, DevOps, IT operations, and infrastructure systems. Use templates and API-driven actions to improve end-to-end automation coverage across your systems. # Service Management Optimize service desk operations to help IT teams prioritize high-value users, resolve incidents faster through email and comments, manage service request lifecycles, and gain comprehensive insights through console enhancements. - **[Proactively Identify and Communicate Customer Issues by Connecting Your Customer Service and IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_proactive_svc_ops.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Connect IT Service Management and Customer Service Management to close the visibility gap between customer service and IT teams with Proactive Customer Operations. Give your service reps the information they need to handle customer-impacting incidents and planned changes before customers report them. Link customer cases to the underlying incident with AI-powered suggestions from the Service Assistant, and for any incident or change request, automatically identify impacted accounts, assets, and customers using Configuration Management Database (CMDB) data. Keep your customers informed with broadcast updates, cutting inbound ticket volume and shifting support from reactive break-fix to proactive engagement. - **[Improve Incident Communication with Ticket Comments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_ticket_comments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Communicate clearly on incidents and service requests by using dedicated ticket comments. Separate deliberate human updates from system-generated activity, providing a clean resolution narrative for AI agents, requesters, auditors, and IT reps. Comments support rich text formatting, file attachments, visibility controls, and single-level threading. - **[Enhance Email-to-Incident with Rich Content, Templates, and Error Handling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_email_to_incident_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create and respond to incidents via email with enterprise-grade features including rich HTML support, email templates with merge fields, automatic draft saving, scheduled sending, and intelligent error handling. These enhancements reduce manual work and help IT teams with reliable incident resolution even during high-volume periods or system issues. - **[Accelerate Support for VIP Employees with Automatic Entitlement Assignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_incident_privilege_entitlement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Ensure high-priority employees such as VIPs receive faster support by automatically assigning entitlements to incidents reported by them. A flow checks the reporting employee's service management privileges and applies the appropriate entitlement to the incident. If the reporting employee has a service management privilege tagged as VIP, the entitlement allows faster SLA response and resolution times for your most important users. - **[Simplify Incident Ownership with Streamlined Assignment Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_simplified_incident_ownership.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce confusion and simplify incident assignment by using a clear ownership model. Use the Incident Owner field for individual ownership and the Assigned Group field for group ownership. Additionally, the Assigned Group field now accepts only public groups, not queues, maintaining a clear distinction between queue-based routing via Incident Owner and team-based work assignments via Assigned Group. - **[Improve Service Desk Visibility with Console Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_console_enhancements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Gain better visibility into cross-process relationships and standardized risk assessment with key console improvements. Link cases and service requests to incidents, problems, and change requests for 360-degree customer views. Compare change risk consistently with a normalized risk score, calculated from historical data and change characteristics, on a 1-100 scale so that you can prioritize and compare changes on equal footing. - **[Analyze Field History with Reporting and Audit Trails on IT Service Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_console_history_reporting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create reports for objects such as Incident History, Service Request History, Problem History, Change Request History, or Release History to audit field changes. Create custom reports on these objects to demonstrate compliance with internal and regulatory requirements and to pinpoint where tickets stall so that you can improve your service processes. - **[Route Service Requests to the Right Reps by Using Omni-Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_svcreq_omnichannel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Reduce wait times by automatically routing service requests to the most suitable and available service reps. Each request reaches a rep with the right skills and capacity for faster resolution. Use the guided setup assistant to configure Omni-Channel for service requests in a few clicks. Define queues, add service representatives, and configure routing and presence settings easily. - **[Manage Service Request Lifecycles by Using Stage Transitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_svcreq_stagemgmt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give service teams full visibility and control over service request lifecycles. Each request moves through defined stages with its own tasks, transitions, and approvals to make sure that every request follows a consistent, structured process. - **[Guide IT Reps with Process Steps and Employee Context on Service Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_svcreq_path_card.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your IT service reps follow the fulfillment lifecycle by adding the visual Path component to show clear steps and status requirements on Service Request records. The Employee Profile Card displays requestor details in the sidebar, giving teams a unified view of both the process and the person. - **[Monitor Service Operations with Dynamic Dashboards for IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_dynamic_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure role-based dashboards that automatically show users only the data they have access to. Quickly configure dashboards for IT managers to monitor trends, SLA compliance, and team performance across incidents, problems, changes, and releases. Configure fulfiller dashboards so IT reps can track their assigned work, priorities, and resolution progress. Add operational or personalized fulfiller views to the home page of the Agentic IT Service Desk app for quick access to key metrics. - **[Gain Executive Visibility with IT Leader Dashboard Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_service_it_leader_dashboard.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Track critical IT service performance with the IT Leader Dashboard. View comprehensive metrics across incident management, change management, and CMDB operations in a unified executive view. Make informed decisions about resource and service improvement initiatives based on real-time operational data. # Service Monthly Release Notes Learn about the latest features from Service. Service features are released as often as monthly, so check here for the latest information. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Service Cloud is now Agentforce Service. You may see references to Service Cloud in our application and documentation. ## August ‘26
Product Area Release Notes
Agentforce Contact Center: Workforce Engagement Management
Agentforce Service Assistant
Service Insights
Customer Signals Intelligence Access the Customer Signals Intelligence Dashboard from the Service Insights App
Routing
Agentforce Contact Center: Messaging
## July '26
Product Area Release Notes
Agentforce Service Assistant
Agentforce Contact Center: Voice
Agentforce Contact Center: Messaging
## June '26
Product Area Release Notes
Agentforce Contact Center: Messaging
Service Insights
HR Service
Knowledge
Routing
## May '26
Product Area Release Notes
Agentforce Contact Center: Voice
Agentforce Contact Center: Email
Agentforce Contact Center: Messaging
Agentforce Contact Center: Messaging: Bring Your Own Channel
AI Agents for Service Cloud: Agentforce for HR Service
AI Solutions for Service
Case Management
Customer Signals Intelligence
Entitlements and Milestones
Feedback Management
HR Service
Knowledge
Routing
Self Service
# Service Process Automation Use the prebuilt financial service process templates to help you get started. Upgrade the service process self-service experience for customer community users with the enhanced Financial Services Client Portal template. From AI-generated knowledge summaries to context-aware quick chats and service processes catalog, deliver intelligent, connected support experiences with ease. - **[Build Service Processes Faster with Prebuilt Templates in Unified Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_build_service_processes_service_templates_ucm.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access prebuilt financial service process templates in Unified Catalog and deploy them with a single click to include all associated data, metadata, and dependencies. While you can still create service processes in Service Process Studio, creating service process definitions from prebuilt templates is now unique to the Unified Catalog. - **[Speed Up Resolutions for Service Processes with Agentic Self-Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_service_process_automation_client_portal.htm&release=260&type=5)** Unify the customer self-service experience in the Financial Services Client portal template with new AI-powered components. Your users can view AI-generated summaries and the most common related questions, ranked by popularity, directly on a service process knowledge article page. Select a word or phrase in a service process knowledge article to trigger a quick chat that uses this context to provide context-aware answers. View service processes that are deployed using Unified Catalog on the service catalog page. In addition, with the Associated Service Processes component, users can launch actions, such as order a checkbook, from relevant articles. # Service Replies Refine existing Service Replies workflows with the Hide Post Button. Agentforce Service Assistant offers instant responses your service reps can use. Translate Service Replies in additional languages. - **[Refine Existing Service Replies Workflows with the Hide Post Button](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_refine_service_replies_workflows_hide_post.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You now have the choice to expose the Post button in the Service Replies component. When the Post button is hidden, your service reps place the reply into chat and modify it before sending. - **[Translate in More Languages with Translate Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_translate_in_more_languages_with_translate_service_replies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Translate Service Replies now supports Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Hebrew, Korean, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, and Thai. You need a minimum of 1,000 closed chat transcripts in a language to deliver replies in that language. # Service Replies Service Replies now detects up to two intents in one customer message, then shows a separate grounded reply for each intent that finds a knowledge article. - **[Pick Up Transferred Chats with Proactive Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_proactive_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When your service rep accepts a handoff from Agentforce or another service rep, two grounded replies and one contextual reply appear before the customer sends another message. Suggestions draw on the existing transcript and knowledge articles, so the first response continues the conversation. - **[Reply to Every Question in a Message with Multi-Intent Service Replies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_multi_intent_service_replies.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When a customer message asks more than one question, Service Replies now detects multiple intentions in that customer message, then shows a separate grounded reply for each one. Previously, search queries built from the whole service conversation blended multiple intentions, or answered only the most pertinent question. # Service Replies for Email Service Replies for Email can now ground suggested replies in Enterprise Knowledge sources. - **[Ground Your Service Replies for Email in Enterprise Knowledge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_service_replies_email_ek_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Generate suggested Service Replies for Email based on your company's internal and external knowledge sources, such as SharePoint, Confluence, internal wikis, and PDF manuals. Service Replies for Email connects to Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge, retrieving relevant articles from your index in real time to generate suggested email replies for your service reps. Each suggested reply includes a citation link to its source document, so reps can verify the information before they respond. # Service Setup and Service Setup Assistant Retiring in New Orgs In Salesforce orgs created in Spring ‘26 or later, including sandbox orgs, the Service Setup app and Service Setup Assistant will no longer be available. These features will still be available in maintenance mode in orgs created before Spring '26. **Where:** The Service Setup app and Service Setup Assistant were available in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** For setup help with Service features, use Salesforce Go. Like Service Setup Assistant and the Service Setup app, Go offers onboarding and setup assistance for new Salesforce orgs. In orgs created before Spring '26: - If the Service Setup Assistant is already on, its sample data and configurations remain. - If it isn’t on yet, you can still turn it on to install the sample data and configurations. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Features Included in the Service Setup Assistant (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.console_lex_update_service_setup_assistant.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Set Alerts at the Child Tenant Level Set up alerts easily across all organizations, whether they are parent or child tenants. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change applies to customers with the Security Center add-on subscription. # Set and Achieve Career and Life Goals with Agentforce: Student Goals (Generally Available) Help students get specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goal recommendations with AI-powered guidance based on their profile, preferences, and assessment insights by using the Student Goals Agent, which is now generally available. Assist students in getting campus resource recommendations, including courses, support programs, and involvement groups that can keep students on track to achieve their goals. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Education Cloud license, Einstein For Education Cloud, and the applicable Agentforce add-on license. **Who:** - Advisors with the Education Cloud Full Access and Agentforce for Education Cloud permission sets can configure and use the assistive Student Goals Agent in Education Cloud. - Students with the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud, Einstein For Education Cloud, and Agentforce for Education Cloud permission sets can use the autonomous Student Goals Agent in the Experience Cloud site. # Set Coding Agent Guardrails with DevOps Center Governance (Developer Preview) Six predefined policies are available out of the box. They cover critical risks such as SOQL injection, unauthorized data access, destructive commands, and direct deployments to production. Govern how coding agents operate across your Salesforce org with DevOps Center Governance. This feature provides a centralized policy enforcement layer. It guides coding agents and developer actions that violate your organization's security and compliance rules across Agentforce Vibes coding agents— at the point of action. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note In this release, all policies are Salesforce-defined and apply to Agentforce Vibes coding agents. Governance must be configured from the Hub org. Sandbox orgs are connected to the Hub org to import governance policies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in **Professional** (API access required), **Enterprise**, **Performance**, **Unlimited**, and **Developer** editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This change is in developer preview and is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer. Its use is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting July 31, 2026. **Who:** This change is available to users with a DevOps Center Admin permission set to enable policies. Agentforce Vibes users to view active policies in read-only mode. **Why:** As AI tools become capable of writing code, deploying changes, and running commands autonomously, organizations need a reliable way to ensure those actions stay secure and compliant. DevOps Center Governance guides coding agents to enforce your rules automatically, without requiring developers to manually apply standards each time. **How:** In the next-generation DevOps Center **Home** tab, click **Manage Features**, and then turn on **Governance**. View **Policy Controls** in the **Governance** tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Get Started with Governance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_governance_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Set Conditions and Reentry Criteria for Event-Triggered Flows For event-triggered flows, you can now specify additional trigger conditions with fields from the specified primary data model object. You can also now set reentry criteria, so you can specify whether an individual can rejoin the flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** To set additional trigger conditions, edit the Start element. Go to the Additional Criteria section and click **Add Condition**. To qualify for the event, records must meet the additional requirements you specify. The record can meet the criteria you set at any point in time. We check records whenever the record is created or updated. In the Can Rejoin Flow? section, you can decide whether an individual can rejoin the flow if they happen to trigger the event again. You can set trigger constraints so an individual re-enters the flow whenever they trigger it again, they can reenter the flow if they’ve already completed a flow run, or if they can trigger the flow only once. ![Additional criteria options for an event-triggered flow.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud_additional_conditions_re_entry.png) # Set Context Variables Faster for More Accurate Agent Previews When you preview an agent, it’s easier to find where to set initial variables so your agent’s preview behavior accurately reflects your user’s context. Previously, you viewed and edited variable values in the Variables tab in the bottom panel, next to Trace. Now you set and override variable values in the new Context Variables tab, which is more discoverable at the start of a session. We’ve also added an icon to warn you when your agent uses a linked variable that’s set for you in production, but isn’t set in preview—for example, a value that’s filled from the Messaging Session object when your agent is live on a Messaging channel. To track variable values throughout the session, you can still use the Variables tab in the bottom panel. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 15, 2026. **How:** To set variables before you start a preview conversation, open the Context Variables tab and specify values for any variables. ![The preview panel in Agentforce Builder open to the Context Variable tab](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/agentforce_preview_context.png) When you start a preview conversation, the view switches from the Context Variables tab to the Summary tab, where you see the Interaction Summary of your agent’s behavior. You can switch between the tabs at any time. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Test Your Agent in Agentforce Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_test_in_builder.htm&language=en_US) # Set Exact Prices for Subscription Products with Override Adjustments Set a fixed selling price for subscription products instead of calculating a discount from the current product price. Use the Override adjustment type to specify the exact price for each product selling model. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud Advanced Edition. **How:** In Store Settings, turn on **Advanced Pricing for Commerce Powered by Revenue Cloud**. When you create or edit a Price Adjustment Tier, select **Override** as the tier type, and select a product selling model for the subscription product. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Tiered Pricing for a B2B Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_pas.htm&language=en_US) # Set Exact Prices with Override Adjustments Apply a flat selling price instead of calculating a discount from the product's current price by using the Override adjustment type. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud Advanced Edition. **How:** In Store Settings, turn on Advanced Pricing for Commerce Powered by Revenue Cloud. When you create or edit a Price Adjustment Tier, select **Override** as the tier type. In Experience Builder, go to Product page, remove the **Tiered Discounts** component, add the **Pricing Tier Table** component, and then publish the store. ![Manage price adjustments by using Override as the adjustment type](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_262_9_comm_override_pricing.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Tiered Pricing for a B2B Commerce Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_pas.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Pricing for Commerce Powered by Revenue Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_advanced_pricing_for_commerce_stores.htm&language=en_US) # Set Field Values Directly for Apex-Defined Inputs Directly set Apex-defined input parameter values in the action property panel, reducing resources and elements in your flows. Each field appears with its own input, eliminating separate variable creation and value assignment. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. It’s available in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** When you’re configuring an action with an Apex-defined input parameter in Flow Builder, Complex Type Configurator is the default input mode. The action element property panel expands the single Apex-defined input parameter to show its individual fields. If the Apex-defined input parameter contains nested Apex-defined types, all fields appear inline with labels showing the full field path. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Complex Type Configurator isn’t available for all input parameters, including parameters that support collections or multiple selection. ![Input parameter expanded to show individual fields for an Apex-defined type](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_complex_type_configurator_nested_types.png) Enter a value or select a valid resource for all fields you want to set. # Set Invoice Target Dates by Calendar Day or Billing Period Count Adapt invoice processing for complex billing scenarios with dynamic target dates in invoice batch runs and Invoice API. Set target dates based on a specific calendar day of the month or a fixed number of billing periods instead of static day offsets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To schedule invoice runs, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Billing Batch Scheduler**. Create an invoice scheduler, or edit a draft or inactive one, and set the target date by calendar day of the month or by a fixed number of billing periods. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate Invoices Automatically Based on Billing Schedules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_automate_invoice_run_schedules.htm&language=en_US) # Set Multi-Year Contract Terms for Private Offers Partners can send private offers with 24-month or 36-month contract terms, in addition to the standard 12-month term. Multi-year terms bill annually, and customers see the full contract length on the offer before accepting. Previously, every private offer was limited to a 12-month term. **Where:** This change applies to eligible partners using the AgentExchange Go-To-Market (GTM) app. **When:** This feature is available to partners starting October 15, 2026. **Why:** Multi-year terms help you close deals with customers who want to lock in pricing and commitment beyond a single year, without leaving the GTM app to negotiate a custom contract outside the platform. **How:** Contract terms are set to 12 months by default. If you want to offer 24-month or 36-month terms, work with your Partner Account Manager (PAM) to have it enabled for your account. Once it's enabled, you select a 24-month or 36-month term in the Create Offer flow. #### See Also - [_ISVforce Guide_: Create and Send Offers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/isvforce/guide/partner-marketplace-get-started.html#create-and-send-offers) # Set Scalable Targets with Data-Defined Goals Create dynamic goals based on a measure in the semantic data model. When an analyst creates a metric in the semantic data model, users can apply filters and follow the sub-metric. Anyone who filters or follows a sub-metric inherits the data-defined goal, and Tableau automatically displays the goal that matches the metric’s filters and time period, if one is available. For example, you can create a data-defined goal based on the win rate measure. If the team has a data-defined goal for a win rate of 30%, and the West territory has its own goal of 28%, then users who filter the sub-metric to the West territory see the correct goal—28%. This way, users don’t need to create individual goals for each sub-metric, and your team stays in sync working towards the same goal. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Create a Tableau Next metric from a workspace in the semantic layer, or edit an existing metric. In the Data-Defined Goal, set the name, operator, measure, time dimension, granularity, and aggregation for your goal. When you choose a measure in the semantic data model, it serves as the reference for your goal. ![The New Metric modal set to the Create Goal page where a user can create a data-defined goal.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_defined_goal.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Data-Defined Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_data_goal.htm&language=en_US) # Set the Default List View for Pipeline Inspection Users Decide whether users see My Pipeline or a public list view as the default when they open Pipeline Inspection for the first time. When the setting is on, My Pipeline is the default. When it's off, users start on the public list view that's first alphabetically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Sales. **When:** This setting is available on a rolling basis starting in early July 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Pipeline Inspection, and then select **Pipeline Inspection Setup**. In the Make "My Pipeline" the Default List View for New Users section, turn the setting on or off. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set the Default List View for Pipeline Inspection Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_inspection_set_default_list_view.htm&language=en_US) # Set the From Address for Email Sent for Users with Unverified Domains Select an organization-wide email address to use as the From address when Salesforce sends email for users with unverified domains. With this option, outgoing emails use a From address that reflects your company's brand. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. **When:** Salesforce plans to make this feature available June 23–July 3, 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Deliverability, and then select **Deliverability**. Select **Use a substitute email address for unverified domains**, and then for Substitute Email Address, select an organization-wide email address. Only verified addresses that have Allow All Profiles enabled and use a verified email domain appear in this list. ![The Substitute Email Address selector field](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/substitute_unverified_domains_owea.png) If no substitute address is selected, Salesforce sends email for those users from `email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com`, where UniqueId is your Experience Cloud site ID or org ID. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send Email for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_substitute_domain.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") - [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified.") # Set the From Address for Email Sent for Users with Unverified Domains Select an organization-wide email address to use as the From address when Salesforce sends email for users with an unverified email domain. With this option, outgoing email uses a From address that reflects your company’s brand. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. **When:** This feature was first released in late Summer ’26. **Why:** The Substitute Email Address on the Deliverability page defines your org-wide substitute email address for unverified email domains. For each Experience Cloud site, you can specify a different From address for email sent on behalf of site users with an unverified email domain. See [Send Site Emails from a Verified Address with Email Domain Substitution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_domain_substitution.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Specify the From address that each Experience Cloud site uses to send email on behalf of a user with an unverified email domain. If your org has more than one site or brand, you can match each site's outgoing email to its own branding, instead of using a single org-wide address. Substitution is off by default, and you turn it on per site, so you decide where it applies."). **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Deliverability, and then select **Deliverability**. Select **Use a substitute email address for unverified domains**, and then for Substitute Email Address, select an organization-wide email address. ![The Substitute Email Address selector field](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/substitute_unverified_domains_owea.png) Only organization-wide email addresses that meet all of these conditions appear in the list. The email domain is verified, the email address is verified, and “Allow All Profiles to Use this From Address” is enabled. If you don’t select a substitute address, Salesforce sends email for those users from `email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com`, where UniqueId is your Experience Cloud site ID or org ID. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send Email for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_substitute_domain.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Organization-Wide Email Addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.orgwide_email.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Set the Reserved at Location Field in Standard Reports The option to set Reserved at Location is supported on all standard reports. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available as of May 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.customize_reports_and_dashboards.htm&language=en_US) # Set Unique Thresholds for Automatic Contact Creation from Emails and Events Automatic contact creation from email and calendar events is now available with Sync Email as Salesforce Activity. We’ve added separate thresholds for emails and events to improve this setting, giving you control over contact creation based on the context of user interaction. For example, set a higher threshold for emails (three or four interactions) and a lower threshold for events (one meeting) to prioritize capturing contacts who are actively building relationships with sales reps. Like before, the new contact record is associated with an existing relevant account record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. The feature is also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When**: This feature is available in production starting early March 2026. **Who:** This feature is available in Einstein Activity Capture when Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is turned on. **How:** From Setup, enter Contact Creation Automation in the Quick Find box. Turn on Automatic Contact Creation, if you needed, and set separate thresholds for events and emails. The threshold maximum value is 10 and the minimum value is 1. If you set up Einstein Activity Capture before Spring ‘26 and migrate to Sync Email as Salesforce Activity, the existing value in Automatic Contact Creation is used for the new email and event threshold values. If you set up Einstein Activity Capture in Spring ‘26 or later, the default threshold for both emails and events is 3. ![Einstein Activity Capture setting where you control the thresholds for automatically creating contacts from emails or events.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eac_autocreate_contact_settings.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Automatic Contact Creation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.contacts_autocreation_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Guidelines for Using Sync Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_email_activity.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up a Help Agent in One Guided Workflow Setting up a Service Cloud Help Agent requires coordinating agent configuration, knowledge grounding, Enhanced Chat deployment, escalation routing, and testing. The service-helpagent-coordinate skill brings those tasks into one guided workflow that configures and deploys each part, so you can set up a working Help Agent faster without switching between tools **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud. The service-helpagent-coordinate skill runs in supported AI coding environments that have access to the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills). **When:** The skill is available in the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) as of July 31, 2026. **Who:** Admins and developers setting up a Help Agent. **How:** In a supported AI coding environment with access to the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills), run the service-helpagent-coordinate skill and respond to the prompts to configure the agent, knowledge source, Enhanced Chat, escalation routing, and preflight checks. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Skills GitHub repo_: Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) - [_Salesforce Help_: Creating a Help Agent in Minutes with Quick Service Agent Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_quick_configuration.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Agentforce Contact Center with Headless Configuration Setting up Agentforce Contact Center requires coordinating number procurement, channel creation, queue generation, and call routing assignments. The service-agentforce-contact-center-coordinate skill brings these tasks into an automated workflow that configures and deploys each part, so you can set up a working contact center faster without logging in to the Salesforce interface. **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud. The service-agentforce-contact-center-coordinate skill runs in supported AI coding environments that have access to the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills). **When:** The service-agentforce-contact-center-coordinate skill is available in the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) as of August 27, 2026. **Who:** Admins and developers setting up Agentforce Contact Center. **How:** In a supported AI environment, issue natural language prompts, such as "procure a 10DLC number in the US and set up a voice channel," to run the service-agentforce-contact-center-coordinate skill. The system automatically handles the underlying Connect APIs, queue creation, and flow assignments under the hood. # Set Up Agentforce Financial Services from One Place Turn on the essential capabilities for Agentforce Financial Services from a single page with Financial Services Initial Setup. Follow a single checklist for required configuration steps so you don't spend time finding where to configure each step. Review adoption paths to identify features that match your business goals. Track setup progress and permission set license usage from one location, so you can plan ahead for license assignments. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services. **How:** From the gear menu, select **Salesforce Go**. Search for Financial Services Initial Setup, and then click **Keep Going**. Turn on Financial Services Initial Setup to enable the essential capabilities, and then complete the remaining configuration steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Financial Services Initial Setup in Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_fncl_svcs_initial_setup_go.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Agentforce for Prior Authorization and Provider Network Status Quickly Help your payer contact center reps be productive from day one by using the enhanced guided setup to configure Agentforce for prior authorization and provider network status and search. Review flows and configure subagents and actions by following easy-to-understand steps. Direct links to the in-app setup pages and comprehensive help articles keep you focused and on track. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** On the Contact Center Settings page in Setup, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. Then, follow the Configure Agentforce for Prior Authorization and Configure Agentforce for Provider Network Status and Search guided setup steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Agentforce for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_agentforce_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Agentforce Lead Nurturing Faster with Guided Configuration When you’re ready to create a Lead Nurturing agent, the new guided setup experience in Salesforce Go saves you time and simplifies the process by automating several steps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce SDR add-on. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. **Why:** The guided setup process reduces the number of steps and lets you configure and test your agent all in one place. Setup takes care of tasks like creating a user record for the agent, assigning it permissions, and configuring Einstein Activity Capture. **How:** From Salesforce Go, click **Agentforce for Sales** and follow the instructions. ![The Agentforce Lead Nurturing guided setup page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_af_ln_setup.png) # Set Up AI-Assisted Self-Service Experiences on Aura and LWR Sites Configure and deploy a suite of AI-assisted Self-Service components on your Experience Cloud site, including Agentforce Orchestrator, the prompt bar, suggestion themes, dynamic content tiles, the Concierge sidebar, and chat history. Together, these components deliver personalized, conversational Self-Service experiences for authenticated and guest users. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have at least [one active community license](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=platform.users_license_types_communities.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in your org to use this feature. #### See Also - [Configure Agentforce Orchestrator for Your Experience Cloud Site Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_configure_agentforce_orchestrator_for_your_experience_cloud_site_interactions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Configure Agentforce Orchestrator to route interactions from your Experience Cloud site to the correct AI agents and service workflows. Define agent assignments, personalization signals, and routing configurations that support AI-driven self-service experiences on your site.") - [Route Experience Cloud Site Conversations to Agentforce Orchestrator with Omni-Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_route_experience_cloud_site_conversations_to_agentforce_orchestrator_with_omni_channel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use Omni-Channel Messaging Settings to associate your Experience Cloud site with an Agentforce Orchestrator configuration. Connect site conversations to the appropriate AI agents, personalization signals, and backend workflows without custom development.") - [Deliver Personalized Recommendations to Your Experience Cloud Site Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deliver_personalized_recommendations_to_your_experience_cloud_site_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Deliver personalized greetings, prompt suggestions, and recommendations to authenticated users. The recommendations are based on engagement data that Data 360 captures from your Experience Cloud site.") - [Guide Your Users with an Intelligent Prompt Bar on Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_guide_your_users_with_an_intelligent_prompt_bar_on_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide a unified input field on your Experience Cloud site where users can search for information, start conversations, or trigger automated actions. The prompt bar interprets user intent and returns answers, actions, or conversations within the same interface.") - [Surface Prompt Suggestions on Your Experience Cloud Site with Suggestion Themes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_surface_prompt_suggestions_on_your_experience_cloud_site_with_suggestion_themes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Show prompt suggestions on your Experience Cloud site by using suggestion themes. Users can select a suggestion to start a request or retrieve information.") - [Help Users Navigate Your Experience Cloud Site with the Concierge Sidebar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_help_users_navigate_your_experience_cloud_site_with_the_concierge_sidebar.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide a persistent navigation panel on your Experience Cloud site that combines traditional site navigation with recommended actions and chat resources.") - [Launch the Concierge Home Experience on Your Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_launch_the_concierge_home_experience_on_your_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Provide a dedicated homepage that combines the prompt bar, suggestions, and navigation components in a unified AI-assisted interface.") - [Provide AI Assistance on Experience Cloud Site Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_provide_ai_assistance_on_experience_cloud_site_record_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Show contextual AI recommendations and actions directly on record detail pages, such as cases, orders, or bookings.") - [Resume Conversations with Chat History on Experience Cloud Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_resume_conversations_with_chat_history_on_experience_cloud_site.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "You can view and resume previous conversations with the AI concierge across sessions and devices. Each interaction is stored as a conversation thread linked to the user's account, capturing messages, timestamps, and completed tile actions.") - [Track User Engagement on Experience Cloud Site with Self-Service Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_track_user_engagement_on_experience_cloud_site_with_self_service_analytics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Capture analytics on interactions across your Experience Cloud site to measure engagement and improve AI recommendations.") # Set Up and Customize Trade Promotion Effectiveness Analytics in a Single Guided Workflow Set up Trade Promotion Effectiveness analytics on Tableau Next from scratch by using your preferred AI coding agent. Prebuilt skills from the Salesforce Skills library automate the setup; Data Kit, connector, app, and transform. After install, the agent customizes the Promotion Analysis dashboard to the KPIs you actually calculate, adds your custom writeback KPIs, and removes unused defaults that show empty. It keeps those KPIs aligned to the connector so no selectable KPI shows blank. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Trade Promotion Management. Requires active Data 360 and Tableau Next limited viewer license or other applicable Tableau licenses. **Who:** Salesforce admins and builders by using an AI coding agent connected to the org. **How:** Use prebuilt agent skills with an AI coding assistant connected to the org. The agent runs the setup, then customizes the Promotion Analysis dashboard to your writeback KPIs, including custom KPIs, and drops unused defaults. It asks permission before it runs setup scripts and guides you through any manual steps. # Set Up and Monitor Flow Logging in One Place Gain visibility into flow performance with the new Flow Logs tab in the Automation Lightning app. Data 360 stores flow run metrics and provides real-time flow performance insights. Use the Flow Logs tab to set up Data 360, configure flow logging, and track performance for enabled flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In the Automation Lightning app, select the **Flow Logs** tab. From this tab, set up Data 360 in your org, enable flow logging, and view all the flows that are currently logging data. ![Flow Logs tab in the Automation Lightning app](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_automation_app_flow_logs_tab.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor Flow Performance with Flow Logs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_ala_flow_logs_tab.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Set Up Appointment Scheduling from Your AI Coding Assistant Configure Health Intelligent Appointment Management without hand-configuring every scheduling object by using a conversational setup assistant in your AI coding assistant. The setup flow verifies Person Accounts and provider data, turns on Data Pipelines and Provider Search, connects Salesforce Scheduler through a Named Credential, and sets up service territories, resources, users, appointment modes, work types, statuses, and the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler console component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Health Cloud Appointment Management, and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. You can run the setup skills using an AI coding assistant, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). _Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **How:** Connect your AI coding assistant to your org through the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta) and Salesforce CLI. Type a plain-language request to set up Health Cloud, followed by Intelligent Appointment Management. For example, “Set up Health Cloud in this org” and "Set up Intelligent Appointment Management in this org". Your assistant selects the necessary skills and guides you through the rest of the setup. Some steps still require manual actions. The assistant flags those steps when they come up. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Headless 360 MCP Servers (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Intelligent Appointment Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.set_up_intelligent_appointment_management.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Automated Account Management Field Updates with the New Guided Configuration in Salesforce Go Use the new guided setup in Salesforce Go to configure automated account field updates within Account Management. Add fields, choose the update method for each field, enter instructions, and activate or deactivate each field configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. **When:** This feature is available in sandbox orgs beginning September 4, 2026. **Why:** The new setup introduces a guided experience for setting up automated account updates in Account Management which reduces manual configuration work and helps admins apply a consistent setup pattern for account field updates **How:** From the gear icon, select **Salesforce Go**, and search for Agentforce for Sales. Turn on Agentforce. Then, turn on Account Management and follow the steps in the Account Management setup section. To set up your account field updates, go to the Automate Field Updates section. Then, click **Manage** and follow the guided steps. # Set Up Automotive Features with a Single Click Install preconfigured solutions for Agentforce Automotive in Salesforce Go. Deploy Connected Vehicle and Auto Finance Service Process configurations with a single click. Deploy Connected Vehicle and Auto Finance Service Process configurations with a single click, which automatically enables settings and loads sample data for rapid value realization. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Automotive. **Who:** Available to admins who set up and configure automotive capabilities. **How:** From Setup, search for Salesforce Go. On the Initial Setup tab, filter by Automotive to view available solutions. The Connected Vehicle solution includes Actionable Event Orchestration templates and Remote Actions (Door Lock/Unlock, Send Notifications). The Service Process Templates solution includes Payment Deferral and Due Date Change. Select a solution to view its details, then click Install. The system automatically enables preferences, deploys configurations, and loads sample data. After installation, review deployed components and navigate to feature-specific pages for validation. # Set Up Co-Branded Emails for Partners in Salesforce Go Use the new Salesforce Go experience to set up Co-Branded Emails for Partners more easily. With the guided setup experience, vendors can now enable required distributed marketing capabilities, assign the right permissions, and complete Experience Cloud site setup from a single location with fewer manual handoffs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce for Sales. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. To find and set up Co-Branded Emails for Partners, go to the Features tab or search for Co-Branded Emails for Partners. # Set up Data Graphs in Companion Orgs Verify a member's Data 360 segment using data graphs in companion orgs. Previously, you could use data graphs only in the home org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Referral Marketing and Data 360. # Set Up Data Graphs in Companion Orgs Verify a member's Data 360 segment by using data graphs in companion orgs. Previously, you could use data graphs only in the home org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management and Data 360. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Data Cloud for Global Promotions Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_setup_data_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Data Graphs in Companion Orgs Verify a member's Data 360 segment by using data graphs in companion orgs. Previously, you could use data graphs only in the home org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management and Data 360. # Set Up Email-to-Case in One Guided Workflow Set up a standard Email-to-Case channel through one guided conversation with the Headless 360 agent. Provide a customer-facing support address and choose who owns new cases, then the agent configures the case-handling prerequisites, Email-to-Case settings, and routing address. This API-driven workflow replaces a multipage setup process and can be safely repeated for each service email address. **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud. The service-email-to-case-configure skill runs in supported AI coding environments that have access to the Salesforce Skills repository. **When:** The skill is available in the Salesforce Skills repository as of August 28, 2026. **Who:** Admins and developers setting up Email-to-Case. **How:** Ask the Headless 360 agent to set up Email-to-Case. The agent: - Confirms the target org and checks for an existing Email-to-Case configuration. - Prompts you for the customer-facing support address, default case owner or queue, and automated case user. - Validates and deploys the required case settings and routing address through the Metadata API. - Confirms that the settings and routing address were successfully deployed. - Optionally verifies the setup by checking that a real inbound email creates a case and a linked incoming email message. The agent creates a reusable deployment package and verification artifacts so that you can review, audit, and rerun the setup. It doesn’t use browser automation or Apex. Optionally, ask the agent to create or assign an Agentforce Service Agent for the email channel. The agent can configure the Agentforce agent to respond to inbound emails and hand unresolved cases off to the designated human case owner. # Set Up Flexible Hierarchies with a Coding Agent In a supported AI coding environment, describe the hierarchy nodes you need. A headless workflow then generates the hierarchy type configuration, including node definitions and relationships. Previously, you configured each definition and relationship individually in Setup. Use this workflow to set up hierarchy types for advisory teams, branches, or business units faster. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services, and requires access to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Connect an AI coding assistant to your org through the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta), and ensure that your org is connected to Salesforce CLI. Describe your goal to set up a flexible hierarchy. The assistant turns on the feature and creates the hierarchy type, including node definitions and relationships. Review the generated definitions and relationships, make any necessary adjustments, and confirm to apply the configuration to your org. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _Headless 360 MCP Server_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) # Set Up Industries Sales Concierge Agent with a Single Click Install the Industries Sales Concierge Agent bundle to set up the metadata and sample records required to work with the Industries Sales Concierge Agent. The bundle enables the pre-requisite features, lets you assign permission sets, installs the required metadata and sample data, and gives you a single view of all the setup steps along with the enablement links. This setup is available only to the employee-facing (Agentforce Employee Agent) side of Industries Sales Concierge agent. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This setup applies to the employee-facing (Agentforce Employee Agent) side of Industries Sales Concierge. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Manufacturing. **Who:** Available to admins who set up and configure manufacturing capabilities. **How:** From Setup, search for Salesforce Go. On the Initial Setup tab, filter by Manufacturing to view available solutions. Install the Industries Sales Concierge Agent bundle to enable the pre-requisite features, assign the permission sets, and install the required metadata and sample data. Follow the single view of setup steps and the enablement links to expedite deployment and reach operational readiness faster. # Set Up Insurance Products Faster with an Agentic Advisor Use Insurance Design Advisor to check your product configuration against everything a quote or policy flow needs. The advisor validates selling models, pricebook entries, pricing procedures, attributes, user permissions, context definitions, and more, and then returns structured validation results with step-by-step remediation guidance. Ask in natural language through Agentforce or use your desired MCP client. Validations run independently and you see every issue in a single pass, rather than discovering them one at a time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2, 2026. # Set Up Insurance Products with an AI Assistant Get your Digital Insurance org up and running and create insurance products with an AI coding assistant, reducing manual effort and setup errors. Have the AI assistant check licenses and settings and complete the initial org setup required for product configuration. Describe the product that you want to offer in natural language, or provide its structure in a CSV or JSON file. Review and confirm the product structure, and the assistant creates the product, coverages, benefits, and attributes from your specifications. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance, and requires access to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Connect your AI coding assistant, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, to your org with Salesforce CLI and to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Start a conversation and have the agent check your licenses and settings and complete the initial org setup. Describe the insurance product to create, or provide its structure in a CSV or JSON file, and respond to the agent’s prompts. Review and confirm the product structure, make any adjustments, and apply the configuration to your org. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _Headless 360 MCP Server_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) # Set Up Intelligent Care Management with a Conversational Assistant Set up Intelligent Care Management through a simple conversation with your AI assistant instead of navigating multiple setup pages. Validate prerequisites, assign recommended permissions, enable the Discovery Framework, and configure Care Plans, Goal Assignment, automatic sharing, and Care Gap Detection. Optionally, enable AI-powered assessment features and MCG Care Guidelines. Add assessment, care plan, and care gap components to the Patient Account page to help care coordinators manage patient care. Validation at each stage helps you complete setup more quickly and with fewer configuration errors. If you skip an area, you can return later and resume setup based on your org’s metadata. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. You can run the setup skills using an AI coding assistant, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, that's connected to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). _Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at_ [_Agreements - Salesforce.com_](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) _or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the_ [_Product Terms Directory_](https://ptd.salesforce.com/)_. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion._ **How:** Use the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta) to connect your AI coding assistant to your org. Then enter a plain-language prompt, such as “Set up Intelligent Care Management” or “Configure ICM.” The assistant identifies the appropriate skills and walks you through the configuration. For MCG Care Guidelines integration, securely configure the named credentials, API endpoints, decision tables, and integration definitions. To enable Care Gap Detection, define clinical measures that align with your organization’s protocols before care gaps are shown to users. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Hosted MCP Servers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Headless 360 MCP Servers (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Basics for Agentforce Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.admin_planning.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Key Account Management Faster with an AI Coding Agent Automate the multi-step Key Account Management (KAM) implementation process by using an AI coding agent that handles all the prerequisite setup tasks—like permission set assignments and stakeholder picklist creation. Get standardized goals and tasks that you import directly into account plans and territory business plans. Use natural-language utterances to provide record data for the KAM user, territory, account, product, or the stakeholders—or confirm the data that’s supplied by your agent. Built-in guardrails help you stay compliant: the agent asks for your explicit approval before taking any org-wide action and verifies record data against your org before submitting changes. Complete the implementation process at your own pace by pausing and resuming sessions as needed. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter permission set, the Life Sciences Commercial Admin permission set, and the Life Sciences Key Account Management permission set. **How:** Add these skills to your AI coding agent in Claude Code and Agentforce Vibes, and start a conversation with your agent. - [life-sciences-kam-coordinate](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/life-sciences-kam-coordinate) - [life-sciences-prerequisites-validate](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/life-sciences-prerequisites-validate) - [life-sciences-territory-configure](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/life-sciences-territory-configure) #### See Also - [_GitHub_: Salesforce Skills Library](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Help: Key Account Management for Customer Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_key_account_management_customer_engagement.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Life Sciences Customer Engagement Using a Prebuilt Solution Get started quickly with predefined objects, configurations, and sample data. The Agentforce Life Sciences Customer Engagement Solution turns on settings and installs core metadata, system configurations, FlexiPages, page layouts and business records required to try out the Life Sciences Customer Engagement core functionality. Using sample data, explore features for key personas, such as field users, account managers, and medical science liaisons. Or use your own business data to validate the solution against your specific requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **How:** From the Setup menu, select **Salesforce Go**. Go to the Initial Setup tab and select Agentforce Life Sciences Customer Engagement Solution. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Customer Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_setup_life_sciences_cloud_customer_engagement_features.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Loyalty Programs with AI Tools Describe your loyalty program in plain language to an AI tool, and set it up in one guided, conversational workflow. The tool creates your loyalty program, tier model and related qualifying-point currency, redeemable currency, accrual and redemption activities, and tier benefits and tier assessment rules. After you create the necessary records, the tool activates your program. **Where:** This change applies to Loyalty Management in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and requires access to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To use this workflow, you need the Loyalty Management permission set. **How:** Connect your AI tool, such as Agentforce Vibes or Claude Code, to your org with Salesforce CLI and to the Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta). Then, in your conversation with the AI tool, describe the loyalty program. The AI tool asks for the details it needs and creates each record as you confirm it. To create tier benefits, you can also upload a spreadsheet that contains your tier benefits and benefits mapping. #### See Also - [_Developer Guide:_ Headless 360 MCP Server](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [Agentforce Vibes Overview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Loyalty Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_manage_programs.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Loyalty Program Currencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_program_currencies.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage and View Transaction Journals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.manage_and_view_journals.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Tier Assessment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.tier_assessment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Set Up Marketing Cloud Next in One Place with Salesforce Go Complete your entire Marketing Cloud configuration from the Initial Setup page in Salesforce Go without switching between multiple setup screens. Install the marketing app, deploy data streams, complete prerequisites, and configure Identity Resolution. Filter by Channels, Einstein, Optimization, or Analytics to find specific capabilities quickly. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Marketing Cloud Next with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Meeting Concierge with an AI Assistant Use an AI-assisted workflow in a supported coding environment to set up Meeting Concierge end-to-end in an existing Financial Services org, without navigating multiple setup pages or relying on specialized setup knowledge. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Headless 360 MCP Server is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** Meeting Concierge setup is a high-effort, high-risk undertaking for teams without deep platform knowledge. Errors or delays push back the AI-assisted meeting experience that advisors depend on to prepare for, run, and follow up on client reviews. The AI-assisted workflow removes that barrier so firms can deploy faster and with more confidence. **How:** First, install, activate, and connect to the [Headless 360 MCP server](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html). If using Claude Code, also install the [Claude Code Plugin](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_cc_plugin.htm&language=en_US&release=264&type=5). All of the skills are available to you through the MCP server. Next, in a supported AI coding environment, run the Meeting Concierge setup skill and describe your meeting playbook. Review the generated playbook configuration, make any necessary adjustments, and apply the definition to your org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Hosted MCP Server](http://sfdc.co/usage_headless) - [Build Salesforce Apps Faster with the Claude Code Plugin](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_headless360_cc_plugin.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) # Set Up Mobile Features and Notifications Using the External Client App Framework (Beta) With three new plugins, you can now use an external client app to configure mobile features. The mobile app plugin for external client apps enables mobile-specific features, such as screen lock upon a custom timeout value. The push notification plugin enables a mobile app’s push notifications for an Android or iOS device. With the new notifications plugin, you can configure your mobile app to receive custom notifications. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The mobile app, push notifications, and notifications plugins for External Client Apps are pilot or beta services that are subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of these pilot or beta services is at the Customer's sole discretion. #### See Also - [Enhance Your Mobile App With Three New Plugins for External Client Apps (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_external_client_apps_mobile_notifications_push_plugins.htm&release=260&type=5 "You can now configure mobile features and notifications using the External Client App framework. With the new mobile app plugin for external client apps, you can set up mobile-specific features, such as screen lock upon a custom timeout value. With the new push notification plugin, you can enable a mobile app’s push notifications for an Android or iOS device. With the new notifications plugin, you can configure your mobile app to receive custom notifications.") # Set Up New Connections by Using Generative AI Configure new connections in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable the org preference, clone profiles, create users, configure field-level security, and add a milestone tracker. This automated path replaces manual configuration so that you can verify your setup’s end state instantly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions with Energy & Utilities Growth. **Who:** To use this feature, administrators need the Salesforce DX setup permissions and access to a Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes coding agent. **How:** Configure the Salesforce Headless 360 MCP server and connect your agent client to the target org. Prompt the agent to set up new connections and program management for your org by using the configured Headless 360 MCP server and follow the interactive guidance. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _Headless 360 MCP Server_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [Developer Guide: _Salesforce Headless 360_](https://developer.salesforce.com/developer-centers/headless-360) - [Salesforce Help: _New Connections Setup with AI Tools_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_new_connections_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Offer Management Faster with Salesforce Go Set up Offer Management faster and more consistently with a guided Salesforce Go experience. Complete key user-access, Data 360, and data kit tasks in one flow, and automatically create and map Offer Treatment record types and page layouts. Reduce manual configuration, avoid missed setup steps, and get your teams ready to launch offers sooner. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Offer Management, Global Promotions Management, and Data Cloud are available. **When:** This change is available starting in Summer '26. **How:** To set up Offer Management, select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Then search for Drive Sales and Engagement with Promotions and Offers. # Set Up Omni-Channel with a Guided Skill Workflow Set up Omni-Channel faster with the service-omni-channel-setup-coordinate skill, which guides you through configuring routing, queues, users, presence statuses, permissions, and supervisor access in one workflow. The skill detects and reuses your existing configuration and creates what's missing where supported. **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud. The service-omni-channel-setup-coordinate skill runs in supported AI coding environments that have access to the Salesforce Skills repository. The service-omni-channel-setup-coordinate skill calls several other Omni-channel skills for example, service-omni-base-settings-configure for core settings, service-omni-queue-routing-config-deploy for queue routing, and service-omni-presence-status-deploy for presence setup. All the other Omni-Channel skills can be called individually as well. **When:** The skill is available in the Salesforce Skills repository as of September 4, 2026. **Who:** Admins and developers who set up and manage Omni-Channel. **How:** In a supported AI coding environment connected to your Salesforce org, with access to the Salesforce Skills repository, run the service-omni-channel-setup-coordinate skill or a specific Omni-Channel skill and respond to the prompts. The guided workflow can enable Omni-Channel settings and configure agents, supervisors, service channels, routing configurations, queues, queue membership, presence statuses, permissions, and the Command Center for Service. For Case and VoiceCall, it can also create and activate record-triggered queue-based or skills-based routing flows. The skill reuses and reconciles existing resources to help prevent duplicate configuration. For Incident and MessagingSession, the skill verifies and adopts existing routing configuration, but it doesn’t create a missing queue, routing configuration, or routing flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_GitHub repo: Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) # Set Up Order Management Features from a Single Location Use Salesforce Go to discover and set up Order Management features in one location, as well as access help and content resources. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license, the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and the Revenue Lifecycle Management add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** From Setup, select **Salesforce Go**. Select **Agentforce Life Sciences**, and turn on **LSC Order Management** and **Store Check**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Order Management with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=ind.lsc_order_management_setup_om_basics.htm) # Set Up Passwordless Login with Passkeys (Generally Available) Give users a fast, easy, and phishing-resistant alternative to passwords. Passwordless login with passkeys is now generally available. With this feature, users can log in with a built-in authenticator (such as Touch ID or Face ID) or a security key (such as a YubiKey or mobile device). Look forward to fewer password resets, fewer login issues, and happier users. **When:** Passwordless login with passkeys was originally released as a beta feature in Spring ’26. As of April 2026, it's generally available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **Who:** This feature is available only for internal users, such as employees, who log in to your Salesforce org. It isn't available for Experience Cloud site users. **Why:** Passkeys are phishing-resistant, making them more secure than password-based authentication. They're also more convenient for users. Because passkeys inherently use multiple factors for authentication, they satisfy the Salesforce multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement. So, if users log in with a passkey, they aren't prompted to provide a second factor for authentication, saving time and effort with each login. Passkeys are based on the Fast IDentity Online (FIDO) authentication standard. For more information on the benefits of passkeys, see the [FIDO documentation](https://www.passkeycentral.org/introduction-to-passkeys/how-passkeys-work). **How:** On the Identity Verification page in Setup, enable passwordless login with passkeys. To make built-in authenticators or security keys available to users, enable them as verification methods in your org. Then, direct users to complete these two tasks: set up a built-in authenticator or security key, and save their username by logging in and selecting the "Remember me" checkbox on the login page. Users can then log in by clicking their saved username and using their registered built-in authenticator or security key. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Passwordless Login with Passkeys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.identity_passkey_login.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Passwordless Login with Passkeys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.identity_passkey_login_enable.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Pipeline Management Faster with the Pipeline Management Configuration Skill A configuration skill for Agentforce Pipeline Management transforms the manual setup navigation with natural-language prompts. Tell the skill which text fields you want configured on opportunities, and it handles the required setup steps for you—getting your sales teams to AI-driven opportunity updates faster. Reps can review and approve suggestions in Pipeline Inspection, or admins can turn on autonomous mode so the agent applies updates on its own. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Sales add-on, and in Agentforce 1 Sales Edition. **Who:** Admins need View Setup and Modify Metadata, Manage AI Agents, Manage Agentforce Employee Agents, and Assign Permission Sets permissions to set up the agent. Sales reps who use the agent's suggestions need access to Pipeline Inspection. **How:** Invoke the `sales-agentforce-pipeline-management-configure` skill from the [public Git repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills/sales-agentforce-pipeline-management-configure). Prompt the skill by entering a prompt in your AI coding assistant describing what you want to set up. For example: "Configure Agentforce Pipeline Management for my Sales org for Next Step and Risk fields." The skill walks through the required setup steps and applies the configuration for you. # Set Up Pipeline Management Field Updates Faster in Salesforce Go For new Pipeline Management users, setup in Salesforce Go includes a more streamlined way to configure opportunity field updates. The new Automate Field Updates section introduces a guided workflow that simplifies setup by automating steps that previously required manual configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. **When:** This feature is available in sandbox orgs beginning on September 4, 2026. **Who:** This new setup is only visible to orgs that haven't configured Pipeline Management before. Orgs that already have Pipeline Management set up don't see any changes to their setup in Salesforce Go. **How:** From the gear icon, select **Salesforce Go**, and search for Agentforce for Sales. Turn on Agentforce. Then, turn on Pipeline Management and follow the steps in the Pipeline Management setup section. To set up your opportunity field updates, go to the Automate Field Updates section. Then, click **Manage** and follow the guided steps. # Set Up Product Configuration Rules Conversationally with an AI Agent (Beta) Author product configuration rules on a standalone product by describing what you want in plain language. An AI agent writes, validates, and activates each rule for you in CML Editor so reps configure and sell your products correctly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. The Constraint Rules Engine isn't available in Government Cloud. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Confirm that your org has Revenue Management and the Constraint Rules Engine turned on, that the product and its attributes are in the catalog, and that you set up pricing. Install Salesforce CLI and connect your AI agent to your org as an authenticated admin user. Then describe the rules that you want in plain language and approve the agent's proposed rules when it prompts you. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Product Configuration Rules with an AI Agent (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.set_up_product_configuration_rules_with_an_ai_agent_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Products in Slack Connect Slack with your B2B Commerce merchant agent so that you can create products and view account information directly from Slack instead of signing in to Salesforce for each task. Keep common workflows in one place. Configure subscription products and bundles through a simple conversation, replacing a manual, multistep process across multiple screens. **Where:** This feature is available in B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Developer, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Slack Help Center_: Connect Salesforce and Slack](https://slack.com/intl/en-in/help/articles/30754346665747-Connect-Salesforce-and-Slack) # Set Up Quote Line Import Easily When Multiple Currencies Are Enabled Quickly configure quote line imports by using the new prebuilt Data Processing Engine definition template when your Salesforce org uses multiple currencies. This template reduces the manual setup steps previously required to add and map currency fields. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** When you set up quote line items import, use the Data Processing Engine definition template, Create Quote Line Items from a CSV File in Multi-Currency Orgs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Quote Line Items Import](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_quote_line_item_import.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Recording and Transcription in One Workflow With the service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill, you can toggle recording and transcription on or off for your organization's voice calls using natural language prompts. This change accelerates configuration time because you don't need to log into the Salesforce interface to make these changes. The service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill automatically applies default configurations for the recording format, such as MP3, and the transcription engine, such as the default low-latency model. **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud. The service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill runs in supported AI coding environments that have access to the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills). **When:** The service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill is available in the [Salesforce Skills repository](https://github.com/forcedotcom/sf-skills/tree/main/skills) as of August 27, 2026. **Who:** Admins and developers setting up recording and transcription in their Agentforce Contact Center. **How:** In a supported AI environment, issue natural language prompts, such as "enable transcription and recording for my org," to run the service-native-voice-recording-transcription-configure skill. The system handles toggling the features while keeping the default formats and engines intact. # Set Up Revenue Cloud for Communications Features Faster with Salesforce Go Accelerate your Revenue Cloud for Communications implementation with fully automated setup through Salesforce Go. Product Discovery settings configure automatically, which removes manual steps from your initial setup. Use the Salesforce Go solution to set up the location-based pricing feature for multi-site configurations, manage product catalogs, pricing procedures, and customizable promotions for quotes and orders. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **How:** From the gear menu or the main Setup menu, select **Salesforce Go**. Then search for the feature name. # Set Up Revenue Management in Minutes with an AI Agent (Beta) Ask an AI agent to set up Revenue Management in a new org through a guided conversation. The agent enables Revenue Management and sets up the Context Service, Salesforce Pricing, and Product Discovery foundation. It also activates the standard price book and assigns the admin the permission sets that their role requires. What normally takes hours of clicking through Setup now takes about 15 minutes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To run the setup, you need a Salesforce admin with these permissions: View Setup and Configuration, Modify All Data, Manage Users, Manage Profiles and Permission Sets, and Assign Permission Sets. Grant Customize Application so that the agent can deploy pricing procedures and page layouts. Provision the Revenue Management permission set licenses before setup begins. The agent verifies this first. **How:** Before you start, set up the org with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license, install Salesforce CLI and your agent tooling, and connect the agent to the org as an authenticated admin user. Then ask the agent to set up Revenue Management and confirm the plan it proposes. The agent runs the setup and gives you a summary when it's done. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Revenue Cloud with an AI Agent (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.set_up_revenue_cloud_with_an_ai_agent_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Revenue Management Pricing in Plain Language with an AI Agent (Beta) Price an existing product by describing what you want to an AI agent instead of clicking through price books, selling model options, and price adjustment schedules across separate objects. Working through the Revenue Management Pricing API, the agent surfaces a product's current pricing and adds a second way to sell the product, such as by offering a one-time product as a monthly subscription. The agent also authors a volume discount and handles ongoing price and tier changes. To prove that the discount applies, the agent prices the product at several quantities and reads the pricing waterfall for each. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Before you start, complete initial setup for Revenue Management, turn on Pricing, and add a selling model option to the product that you want to price. Then authenticate Salesforce CLI to your org, connect a supported AI agent as an authenticated admin, and describe your pricing changes in plain language. The agent confirms that your setup is complete, proposes each change for your approval before writing, and verifies the result by reading the pricing waterfall. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Revenue Cloud Pricing with an AI Agent (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.set_up_revenue_cloud_pricing_with_an_ai_agent_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Salesforce Personalization With an Improved Workflow We’ve reorganized some Salesforce Personalization Setup pages to improve the foundational data and intelligence setup experience. This updated workflow changes how you select and manage data spaces for Salesforce Personalization data deployment and intelligence dashboard installation. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [Install Salesforce Personalization Data and Personalization Intelligence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_setup_install_data_and_intelligence.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up the Agentforce Panel Without Admin Configuration Users can now quickly transition to the Agentforce panel and access new features such as creating, summarizing, or evolving a flow. This feature doesn’t consume generative AI credits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1. **Who:** To access the Agentforce panel, Agentforce must be enabled for your org and you must have the `AgentforceEmployeeAgent` or `AIEmployeeAgents` org permissions. To enable these permissions, contact Salesforce Customer Support or your account executive. Verify feature availability with your account executive. **How:** In the Einstein panel, click **Migrate to Agentforce** when modifying a flow. Or, when creating a new flow, select **Draft with AI** and Agentforce activates automatically if all requirements are met. ![The Migrate to Agentforce button in the Einstein panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_migrate_to_agentforce.png) # Set Up Timesheets with an AI Agent Configure timesheets and labor cost optimization in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable settings, assign permission sets, and configure the Field Service mobile app. This automated path replaces manual, multi-page setup tasks so that you can verify your configuration’s end state instantly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Asset Service Lifecycle Management and Field Service Plus for Energy & Utilities. **Who:** To use this feature, administrators need the Salesforce DX setup permissions and access to a Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes coding agent. **How:** Configure the Salesforce Headless 360 MCP server and connect your agent client to the target org. Prompt the agent to set up timesheets for your org by using the configured Headless 360 MCP server and follow the interactive guidance. #### See Also - [Developer Guide: _Headless 360 MCP Server_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) - [Developer Guide: _Salesforce Headless 360_](https://developer.salesforce.com/developer-centers/headless-360) - [Salesforce Help: _Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization Setup with AI Tools_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_timesheets_labor_cost_optimization_ai_tools_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Set Up Workforce Scheduling for Your Entire Workforce Turn on Workforce Scheduling and configure onsite and field scheduling. Assign access, configure scheduling and optimization policies, and include supported employees, named contractors, and partner workers in scheduling decisions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. An add-on license for Workforce Scheduling is also required. **How:** In Salesforce Go, select **Workforce Scheduling** to assign user access and create work types and service territories. Then, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Workforce Scheduling, select **Basic Settings**, and turn on **Onsite Scheduling** and **Field Scheduling**. Configure scheduling policies, optimization, and routing in Setup. # Set Up Your Agentic Portal Faster with a Guided Setup Wizard Build a Self-Service Agentic Portal that takes you from Salesforce Go through site creation, feature configuration, component setup, review, and one-click deployment. Select or create your Agentforce Customer Service Portal agent or Help agent, set up Enhanced Chat, add a Knowledge page, and select personalization and data graph options without leaving the wizard, and watch a live preview update as you adjust each component. Records are created progressively at each step, so your portal takes shape as you go. **Where:** This change applies to Aura and LWR Experience Cloud sites accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Start from the Agentic Portal card on the Salesforce Go page, which enables the required permissions, preferences, and permission set licenses in a single step. In the wizard, enter a site name and URL to create the site, select and configure features inline, and set up components such as Personalized Greetings, Suggestion Themes, Chat History, and Unified Catalog Actions alongside a live preview panel. Review your configuration and deploy the portal in one click, or choose Edit in Builder Mode for advanced changes. # Setup and Admin It's easier than ever to enable and manage features in Marketing Cloud Next with Salesforce Go. Enjoy more control over marketing objects, streamline your web tracking setup, and more. - **[Set Up Marketing Cloud Next in One Place with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_go_setup_enhancement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Complete your entire Marketing Cloud configuration from the Initial Setup page in Salesforce Go without switching between multiple setup screens. Install the marketing app, deploy data streams, complete prerequisites, and configure Identity Resolution. Filter by Channels, Einstein, Optimization, or Analytics to find specific capabilities quickly. - **[Extend Marketing Cloud Next Access to Platform Plus Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_platform_user_license.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Marketers with a Platform Plus user license can perform all marketing workflows, including campaign creation and email sends. Assign the Marketing Cloud Manager and Data 360 permission sets to grant users access to campaigns, contacts, leads, and more than 30 custom objects. - **[Republish Your Marketing Cloud Next Landing Pages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_repub_landingpage_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your Marketing Cloud Next landing pages may be hosted on infrastructure that’s out of date. When you republish a page, your content automatically moves to the currently supported infrastructure. The content on the page remains as is. - **[Add New Fields and Individual Records Easily to Marketing Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_add_fields_records_marketing_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To make quick corrections, add test data, or capture one-off entries, add fields to your marketing objects and enter individual records directly in Data Explorer. Add fields to empty or data-populated objects and modify field properties without affecting existing data. To enter a small number of records, skip the CSV upload and enter values directly. - **[Manage the Sales Data Kit Independently](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_sales_data_kit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The sales data kit is now an optional, on-demand component in Marketing Cloud Next setup. Previously bundled with required marketing data kits, it has its own dedicated section so you can choose if and when to deploy it. You can also manage its updates independently from your other data kits. - **[Centralize Your Web Tracking and Consent Banner Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_go_web_tracking.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** On a new page in Salesforce Go, set up and configure web tracking across your marketing landing pages and external sites faster. To protect the privacy of your site visitors, create a custom banner to collect consent to track their activities. Learn more about these features and get help with configuration by using the resources and links within Salesforce Go. - **[Build a Marketing Object Schema from Scratch](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_marketing_object_schema.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you know your data structure but don't have data to import yet, you can now build a marketing object’s schema from scratch. Define fields, data types, and primary keys. Once your schema is ready, add records by importing a CSV file or using API. - **[Test Marketing Object Changes in a Sandbox and Sync with Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_marketing_object_sandbox.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Winter ’27, we also added sandbox support and syncing enhancements. Test marketing object schema changes in a sandbox before deploying to production, and sync marketing object data with Data 360 for use in your messages and flows. Schemas replicate automatically from production on sandbox refresh, so no manual setup is needed. # Setup with Agentforce Simplify administrative tasks by using the new AI-powered agent in Setup. - **[Simplify and Speed Up Admin Tasks with Setup with Agentforce (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Work with an AI agent to complete tasks, manage your Salesforce org, and troubleshoot issues directly in Setup. Setup with Agentforce makes you more productive by streamlining tasks and reducing clicks. Instead of navigating to multiple Setup pages and researching best practices, simply chat with the Setup agent to get guidance and help completing your work. This feature, now generally available, includes improved agent responses and more supported tasks since the initial beta release. - **[Manage Access to Setup with Agentforce with a Standard Permission Set](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_perm_set.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To allow users to enable and use Setup with Agentforce, assign them the Use Setup with Agentforce permission set, which includes the identically named Use Setup with Agentforce user permission. This standard permission set simplifies the configuration process, as you previously were required to create a custom permission set that included this permission. - **[The Use Setup with Agentforce Permission Is Required for Enablement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_permission.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** For easier permissions management, the Use Setup with Agentforce permission is required to turn on Setup with Agentforce. Previously, the Customize Application permission was sufficient to enable Setup with Agentforce, and the Use Setup with Agentforce permission was required only to use the feature. - **[The Legacy Agent for Setup Can No Longer Be Enabled](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_legacy.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Setup with Agentforce (beta) has replaced the Agent for Setup that was previously released in March 2025. Setup with Agentforce supports many more Setup tasks and is updated automatically with new functionality. The Agent for Setup is no longer being updated and can’t be enabled in new Salesforce orgs. For orgs that previously enabled Agent for Setup, the agent is still available, but we recommend that you start using Setup with Agentforce when possible. - **[View Item Details in an Expanded Agentforce Side Panel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_drill_in.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View full record details without leaving your current Setup page. Instead of opening a new Setup tab, expand the Setup with Agentforce side panel to review details in context. If you need more space to view details, you can open the conversation in a new Setup page. - **[Get More Org Health and Usage Metrics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_health_usage.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** With the Org Health and Usage dashboards you can monitor even more of your Salesforce org's health and performance metrics. Track the performance of your Lightning Experience sites and discover how to improve it. Identify custom component errors and review user access health and optimization opportunities. Review and take action on release updates that affect your org. - **[Manage More Record Access Features in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_more_sharing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now create criteria-based sharing rules on accounts as well as ones that grant access to roles. The agent also provides information on existing sharing sets in your Salesforce org when you ask questions such as “Give me a list of all sharing sets.” - **[Compare Permissions and Assignments of Users More Easily Using Setup With Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_compareusers.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can troubleshoot user access differences faster with enhanced comparison tools in Setup with Agentforce. Compare permissions for any two users, profiles, permission sets, or permission set groups, including object and user permissions. User-to-user comparisons also show differences in permission set groups, permission sets, public groups, and queue assignments. For two users, we support assignment comparison. For all other combinations, we support permission comparison only. The enhanced comparison capabilities provide actionable insights to reduce administrative time spent diagnosing access discrepancies. - **[Query More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects1.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language to get information about 18 more Setup objects via the Setup agent, making it faster to audit your org’s settings and understand relationships between different Setup components. For example, ask the Setup agent about connected apps, permission sets, or bot configurations without navigating through multiple Setup pages. - **[Access More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects2.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on nine more Setup objects. - **[Start Setup Tasks Faster with the Prompt Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_prompt_library.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Browse ready-made prompts for Setup areas such as user access, flows, and org health, to quickly start a conversation with the Setup agent. Select a prompt to add it to your conversation instead of writing your own request from scratch, and then send it as-is or customize it first. # Setup with Agentforce Simplify administrative tasks by using the new AI-powered agent in Setup. - **[Query 10 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects6.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 10 more Setup objects, including ApexClass, ApexPage, and PlatformEventChannel. - **[Data Cloud Again Required for Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_data360_req.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Due to changes in how Setup with Agentforce works, Data Cloud is no longer an optional prerequisite in the Setup with Agentforce enablement process. - **[Explore 124 More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on 124 additional Setup objects, including OpportunitySplitType, AccountRelationshipShareRule, and ContentAsset. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them. - **[Grant Setup with Agentforce Access More Easily](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_permset.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To enable Setup with Agentforce access, you previously had to assign two separate permission sets: Use Setup with Agentforce and Prompt Template User. The Setup with Agentforce User permission set group combines both permissions, so it's faster and easier to enable your users to work with Setup with Agentforce. - **[Enable Setup with Agentforce Faster with the Redesigned Enablement Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_enablement_page.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get up and running with Setup with Agentforce more quickly using the streamlined enablement page. Follow a guided, step-by-step setup experience that helps you manage prerequisites, features, and permissions in fewer steps. - **[Manage Multiple Users at Once in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_bulk_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Perform bulk actions on multiple users at once. Select users individually or select all, then tell the Setup agent what to do—for example, freeze a batch of departing employees or reset passwords after a security incident. You can also skip manual selection and tell the agent which users to act on. Bulk actions are available only for the User object. - **[View Profile Access Summary and Apply Permission Changes with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_profile_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Ask whether a named profile grants object access, field-level security, a user permission, custom permissions, and external client applications or which profiles grant a given permission. You no longer open each profile in Setup and click through object, field, and layout pages. - **[Summarize Permission Sets, Profiles, and Permission Set Groups with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_ps_summary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Ask Agentforce for Setup to summarize what a permission set, profile, or permission set group grants, and get a quick answer in chat instead of opening the record detail page. Each summary includes object access, field permission counts, high-risk permissions, how many users are assigned, and the first five objects with access. Permission set group summaries show the net effect of any muting permission set, and permission set summaries include the required license. Permission set, profile, and permission set group summaries include custom permissions. - **[View and Reorganise Your Role Hierarchy with Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_role_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create a user role or update an existing one with Agentforce for Setup. Describe the role you need or the change you want, then review the recommendation and confirm it before you save it to your org. Previously, you created and edited roles only from the Roles page in Setup. - **[Summarize Your Org Admins' Security Compliance in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_summarize_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language to get a summary of your org's compliance with phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) mandates. Check the status of all users with the System Administrator profile, Modify All Data, View All Data, Customize Application, or Author Apex permissions. - **[Send Reset Password Emails and Freeze Accounts for Multiple Users in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_freeze_reset_in_bulk.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language to send a reset password email to groups of users. Also, freeze or unfreeze several user accounts at the same time. These actions that were initially available for only one user at a time can now be taken for users with shared characteristics. - **[Explore 190+ More Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects4.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on over 190 additional Setup objects, including AuthConfig, RevenueSourceObjectConfig, and UiFormulaRule. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them. - **[Create Related List Enrichments with Agentforce for Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_create_related_list_enrichments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Agentforce for Setup to create and review Related List Enrichments through a conversation instead of manual configuration. Describe the related list you want, and the agent asks for the details it needs and adds it to the record page for you. - **[Customize the Org Health and Usage Metrics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_health_usage_admin_controls.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Organize the metrics displayed on your Org Health and Usage dashboard to show what matters most to your business. By default, all of your metrics are displayed on the Active Metrics page. You can mark them as “Favorite” or “Hidden”. The metrics marked Favorite also appear on the Favorite tab, and metrics marked Hidden move to the Hidden tab. All metrics are displayed in order of severity to make it easier to act on the items that need the most attention. - **[Explore Over 100 Additional Objects in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_objects3.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural language with the Setup agent to get details on over 100 additional Setup objects, including AIApplication, AuraDefinitionBundle, and LightningComponentBundle. The Setup agent now has read access to these objects, but can’t create, update, or delete them. # Setup with Agentforce (Beta) Simplify administrative tasks by using the new AI-powered agent in Setup. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. - **[Streamline Administrative Tasks with Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_beta.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce’s new agent-driven Setup experience integrates Setup with an AI assistant to simplify administrative tasks. Chat with the agent to issue commands or ask questions by using natural language. The agent makes activities like creating objects and flows, managing user access, and troubleshooting formulas more intuitive and efficient, reducing navigation and clicks. - **[Chat with the Setup Agent in More Languages (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_language.htm&release=260&type=5)** Setup with Agentforce now has beta support for Catalan, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. Previously, only English was supported. - **[Open Setup Pages in a Dedicated Tab (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_setup_tab.htm&release=260&type=5)** In Salesforce orgs that have enabled Setup with Agentforce, Setup pages open in a single dedicated tab instead of overwriting the Setup Home page. Now you can context switch between Home, agent conversations, and Setup pages without losing work. - **[Updated Permission Requirements for Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_permissions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Previously, you were required to assign users the Execute Prompt Templates user permission to allow access to the Setup agent. Now, you can assign users either the Execute Prompt Templates or Customize Application user permission. Alternatively, in place of the Execute Prompt Templates permission, you can assign the Prompt Template User standard permission set. The Use Setup with Agentforce user permission remains required as before. - **[Get Enhanced Conversation Recommendations in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_personalization.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use engagement insights to improve search recommendations and agentic conversations for selected users in Setup with Agentforce (Beta). When enabled, this feature uses Data 360 to collect and process page views, record changes, and other user run-time data for a more personalized Setup with Agentforce experience. - **[Get Information About Key Org Health and Usage Metrics with Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_health_and_usage.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Org Health and Usage dashboard now has even more information about your org's health and performance metrics. Use this dashboard to track your org's Security Health Check score, get an overview of your Apex health, and review login errors. - **[Quickly Create a Salesforce Mobile App and Pages in Setup with Agentforce (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_mobile_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Agentforce builds custom mobile apps and home pages tailored to your specific roles, data, and components. After analyzing your workflow, it proposes a structured plan and executes the build once you approve the design. - **[Open Newly Created Flows in Flow Builder from Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_open_flows_in_flow_builder.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transition smoothly from conversational, AI-generated flow creation to fine-tuning the results. After you create a flow in Setup with Agentforce, use the new links to open it directly in Flow Builder for review and modification. The links remain available as long as the tab where Agentforce created the flow is open. - **[Troubleshoot Access Using the Setup Audit Trail (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_sat.htm&release=260&type=5)** Find out why a user lost or gained access with the Setup agent. The Setup agent now answers questions such as “Why can’t Erica Douglass manage users anymore? What changed?” by reviewing recent changes in the Setup Audit Trail. The agent looks at Setup Audit Trail updates related to permission sets, permissions set groups, profiles, roles, user access policies, organization-wide defaults, and user records when determining the reason. - **[Build Data Models Faster with Data Model Management Enhancements (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_data_model.htm&release=260&type=5)** With data model management you can use a conversation-centric UI to create custom objects, fields, and relationships. There are a number of enhancements to data model management in Setup with Agentforce. When you work with objects and fields, you can now include Percent and Currency field types. This update includes a tabular format for fields and a summary explanation of the action output to improve data visibility. You can also independently update object and field labels and API names for more flexibility during the customization process. Finally, we added linking for existing objects and fields so you can view their details in Object Manager. - **[Explore Setup with Agentforce Capabilities (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_capabilities.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn what tasks the Setup agent can help with right from the source. You can get an overall summary of the Setup agent’s capabilities or information about a specific area. For example, ask, “What can you do?” or “What can you do related to user access management?” - **[Manage Queues with Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_queues.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now create and manage queues through a conversation with the Setup agent, rather than navigating to multiple Setup pages. When making updates, you can modify queue details such as its name, support emails, supported objects, and routing configurations. For easier management, you can also ask the Setup agent for a list of all queues and public groups. - **[Use Both API Names and Labels to Reference Features (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_reference.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now generate flow summaries and reference formulas, permission sets, and other features in Setup with Agentforce using either their API name or label. The generated flow summary references the precise API names of objects and fields that the flow interacts with. Using the API names allows you to easily find what you’re looking for and to avoid ambiguity when multiple features and flows have similar labels. - **[Reference Users with More Flexibility in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_user.htm&release=260&type=5)** When you chat with the Setup agent, you can now reference or locate users with their email, username, first name, last name, and role. - **[Troubleshoot External Client App Access in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_eca.htm&release=260&type=5)** To resolve access issues more efficiently, the Setup agent can help you determine whether a user has access to an external client app (ECA) through a permission set or profile. Ask the agent a question such as, “Can you check whether Kathy Cooper has access to external client application Example Integration?” # SFRA Release Notes for B2C Commerce Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) releases. For release notes published before Spring ’26, see [SFRA Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_sfra_release_notes.htm&language=en_US) on Salesforce Help. - **[Change the Order of the Payment Methods for Your SFRA Storefront](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra_checkout_express_payment_methods.htm&release=260&type=5)** Arrange the sequence of payment methods in Business Manager so that shoppers see your preferred options first. Organize Checkout and Express Checkout payment methods for your payment zones. This feature replaces the previous static list. - **[Boost International Sales with Expanded Payment Methods for Your SFRA Storefront](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra_expanded_payment_methods.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide shoppers with familiar, localized payment methods. You can now offer Amazon Pay for Stripe and TWINT for Adyen as native Salesforce Payments options. - **[Manage Express Payment Visibility Across Your SFRA Storefront](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra_express_checkout_display.htm&release=260&type=5)** Control where express payment buttons appear on your SFRA storefront using toggles in Business Manager. You can now enable or disable express payment components for the Checkout, Cart, Mini-Cart, and Product Detail pages without modifying code. # SFRA Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA). To see SFRA release notes published before Spring ’26, see [SFRA Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_sfra_release_notes.htm&language=en_US&type=5) on Salesforce Help. # SFRA Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA). To see SFRA release notes published before Spring ’26, see [SFRA Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.b2c_sfra_release_notes.htm&language=en_US&type=5) on Salesforce Help. - **[SFRA 8.0](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra_rn_8_0_release_je.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The B2C Commerce Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) 8.0 release. # SFRA 8.0 The B2C Commerce Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) 8.0 release. ## Release Highlights - **[Improve Storefront Accessibility with Bootstrap 5](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra_bootstrap5.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The SFRA 8.0.0 base cartridge has been upgraded from Bootstrap 4 to Bootstrap 5. See the SFRA repository for a merchant migration guide and the migration skill to assist with the migration. - **[Protect Address and Payment Changes with CSRF Tokens](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sfra_csrf_hardening.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In SFRA 8.0.0, address delete, set-default address, and payment-instrument delete require a cross-site request forgery (CSRF) token. The account routes also change from GET to POST, and the token travels in the request body. Consent tracking uses the CSRF-protected ConsentTracking-SetConsent endpoint, and SFRA removes ConsentTracking-SetSession. Update callers that omit the token or still use GET, and upgrade the base cartridge with the version-aligned 8.0.0 plugin set. # Shape Strategies by Using Collaborative Medical Insights Capture observations directly from field interactions in the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app to understand trends and guide engagement strategies. Validate findings through peer upvoting and hierarchical grouping to make sure that high-priority concerns surface quickly. Drive informed execution plans in your team by using insights and shared knowledge to identify opportunities and mitigate risks effectively. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Medical Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_medical_insights_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Share a WhatsApp Number Across Providers with Meta's Account Model Evolution Meta's WhatsApp Account Model Evolution (WAME) separates business phone numbers from partner-specific templates and billing. One WhatsApp number can serve multiple business solution providers (BSPs), each with its own template library and billing. Meta migrates existing accounts automatically, so your WhatsApp messaging keeps working with no reconfiguration or additional license. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited Editions for Service Cloud editions. **When:** This change is available from Meta to all customers by October 2026. **Why:** When your WhatsApp number is shared with another provider, conversation routing determines which partner receives each inbound message. Assign Salesforce as the primary partner in Meta to receive and own conversations for the message categories that Salesforce handles. Be aware of these limitations: - Salesforce supports only the primary provider role. Standby partner, escalation partner, and AI conversation summary are not supported. - Salesforce doesn't pass a conversation to another provider or accept one passed to it. - Each BSP manages opt-out processing independently. An end user who opts out through one provider can still receive messages from another. To mitigate this risk, use a single BSP or manually align consent across providers. - You can't use Unified Conversation Platform (UCP) together with Enhanced WhatsApp on the same phone number. **How:** No setup is required for backward compatibility. Meta handles the account migration automatically. To use conversation routing on a shared number, add Salesforce as a partner through Embedded Signup in Meta. Set Salesforce as the primary provider for each message category that Salesforce handles. Don't add Salesforce to the partners with conversation access (standby), and don't designate Salesforce as the escalation partner. # Share Billing Details with Your Students Provide direct access to billing features so that your students can view detailed invoices, payment schedules, and installment plans. Consolidate account balance inquiries when you combine multiple actions into a unified flow that displays refund, payment, and credit memo balances. Use enhanced academic term enrollment logic to improve fee breakdown accuracy for students who review term-specific charges. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud, Revenue Cloud Advanced, and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses, and the applicable Agentforce add-on license are enabled. For more support, contact your Salesforce account executive. **Who:** Advisors who have the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure and use the Student Financials Agent in Education. Students who have the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud, Billing Experience Cloud User, and Billing Einstein Experience Cloud User permission sets can use the Student Financials Agent in Experience Cloud sites. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Student Financials Agent for Education Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_student_financials_agent_for_education_cloud.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Student Financials Agent Subagents and Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_student_financials_agent_topics.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up the Student Financials Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_the_student_financials_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Share Configurable Insights with Template Builder (Generally Available) Use the template builder to create Tableau Next dashboard templates with clicks, not code. Then, share your templates to the Marketplace to improve the efficiency of dashboard design and best practices. You can add configuration steps for installation, so users can add data and details for their own custom dashboards. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Open your dashboard for edit, and then select **Generate Template** from the action menu to open the template builder. ![Generate Template option in the dashboard action menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_generate_dashboard_template.png) Using the template builder, you can define the dashboard template's metadata, such as a description and preview image, to provide context about its purpose. Then, you can save the template for more editing or add it to the Marketplace to make it accessible to other users. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Build Dashboard Templates for Your Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_build_marketplace.htm&language=en_US) # Share Consumption Tags Data with Your Account Team Share your Digital Wallet consumption tags data with us. When you opt in, your account team gains visibility into the same granular usage insights you see, enabling us to become a strategic partner in optimizing your Salesforce investment. Sharing is completely optional and can be enabled or disabled at any time from the Digital Wallet setup page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Users with the Customize Application user permission can turn on the Sharing Preference in setup. **Why:** Sharing your consumption data unlocks enhanced support to help you: - Identify potential issues, such as bottlenecks or under utilization, before they impact your operations. - Provide tailored advice to optimize your spending strategy, based on your specific usage trends. - Maximize your investment. **How:** From Setup, find and select **Digital Wallet**. In the Consumption Tags sharing section, turn on the **Sharing Preference**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Actionable Insights with Standard Consumption Tags](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_usage_tags_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Share Customer Praise from Recorded Calls with Smart Clips Automatically turn customer praise from recorded sales calls into short, shareable video clips. When Smart Clips detects praise in a recorded call, it generates a clip with the customer’s video, account name, transcript quote, and a link to the full call. Smart Clips then posts the clip to a Slack channel that your team follows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. Smart Clips requires Momentum with call recording enabled and a connected Slack org. **When:** This feature is available in late November 2026. **Why:** With clips delivered to Slack, your team can review customer praise without searching call records or watching complete recordings. Sales managers review real customer feedback, and sales reps learn from teammates’ clips and identify talk tracks and positioning that resonate with customers. **How:** From Salesforce Go, navigate to the **Smart Clips** page under Features. As prerequisites, turn on Momentum and connect a Slack workspace to your Salesforce org. Then turn on **Smart Clips**. ![Smart clips setup page on Salesforce Go.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/smart-clips_go_setup.png) To deliver clips, configure Wall of Love Clips (ready-to-use clip type that captures customer praise). Select a connected Slack workspace and an existing Slack channel, or create a Slack channel. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note In this release, Smart Clips supports delivery to public Slack channels only. Private channels are hidden from the channel selection list. ![Configure delivery channel for wall of love clips.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/smart_clips_delivery_channel.png) # Share Engagement SMS Codes with Marketing Cloud Next You can now use your existing United States and Canada SMS short codes and long codes in Marketing Cloud Next. Reprocuring them is no longer necessary, so you can unify your messaging strategy and manage outbound and inbound traffic for both Journey Builder and Flow Builder from a single code. **How:** In Marketing Cloud Next, go to Setup. Click **Add Codes** and select **Codes from Marketing Cloud Engagement**. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Share Marketing Cloud Engagement SMS Codes with Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_unified_sms.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Share Enterprise Google Drive Connections Across Tableau Next Workspaces (Beta) Create a Google Drive connection to give all Tableau Next workspace users access to enterprise data without creating duplicate connections. You can easily discover and import shared CSV, XLSX, and Google Sheets files without needing individual credentials or manual file transfers. You also gain centralized connection management that keeps team data aligned while simplifying workspace setup. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Google Drive Connector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** Salesforce admin privilege is required to set up a Google Drive connection. **How:** To add your data, go to the Workspaces tab and select an existing workspace or create a one. Select Connect to New Data or Add and select From Connector. Click the **Google Drive** connector and give it a name. Confirm the checkbox and click Sign In. ![Searching for the Google Drive connector in the Connectors Catalog.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_google_connector_beta.png) # Share Offers with Customers and Partners on Experience Cloud Sites Increase user engagement and sales by showing offers to customers and partners on Experience Cloud sites. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management. **When:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Run Offers on Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_experience_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Share Presentations as Unique Email Links Maximize the impact of your content by enabling field users to send presentations as links in preapproved email templates. By using email links, healthcare professionals (HCPs) can view content in a dedicated portal without downloading email attachments. Manage when presentations are available so that HCPs always see the most up-to-date content, and maintain access controls by defining when links expire. Use rich engagement data—including pages viewed, time spent per page, and the HCP’s navigation path—to optimize presentations for future engagements. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Send Presentations as Links](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_intelligent_content_send_as_link.htm&language=en_US) # Share Quote Documents and Track E-Signatures from Salesforce Share draft quote PDFs by email and manage quote documents for e-signature without leaving Salesforce. Your sales reps can generate a quote document from a template, send it through DocuSign, and track the envelope status on the quote. Your sales reps spend less time exporting, uploading, and checking signature status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Who:** To design quote document templates, admins need the DocDesigner permission set. **How:** In Salesforce Go, click **Quote Negotiation and E-Signature**. Install **Draft Quote Sharing**, **Quote Document Generation and E-Signature**, or both bundles in a sandbox. # Share Reports and Dashboards Folders Using Usernames Securely share report and dashboard folders using precise usernames. Search for users by their usernames, and reduce the risk of sharing sensitive information with the wrong users. Previously, only the name was shown. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Share a Lightning Report or Dashboard Folder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_folders_share_enhanced.htm&language=en_US) # Share Your Security Excellence with a Partner Trust Center Showcase your security excellence to buyers by adding a dedicated link to your trust center on your AgentExchange listings. Adding a direct link to your security center builds credibility with customers and prevents delays in the sales cycle. The link appears on the listing page under Provider Details in the Overview tab and in the More Details tab under Need Help? **When:** This feature is available now. **How:** In the Partner Console, go to Company Info and enter your secure URL in the Trust Center field. The system enforces HTTPS protocols to ensure a secure connection for your users. # Sharing Select whether records shared with queue members are also shared with their superiors in the role hierarchy. Review the release update to address new sharing recalculation behavior. Salesforce is also changing how criteria-based sharing rules are recalculated so that organization-wide default updates process faster. - **[Choose Whether to Grant Access Using Role Hierarchies for Queues](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_queues_hierarchies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new Grant Access Using Hierarchies setting to restrict record sharing to only specified queue members. Previously, records shared with a queue were always shared with the queue members’ superiors in the role hierarchy. This setting provides greater control over your users’ record access and prevents superiors from receiving unnecessary email notifications. - **[Update Organization-Wide Defaults Quicker and More Reliably](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_owd_parallel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To process changes to organization-wide defaults faster, related criteria-based sharing rules are now recalculated in parallel rather than sequentially. This improvement is most noticeable if you have many sharing rules. You can monitor the progress of the recalculation on the Background Jobs page. - **[Extend Access for Unified Employee License Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_all_restricted_users_group.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage user sharing access with the All Restricted Employees group, which includes only users with the Unified Employee License. By using this group, you can quickly extend access for users with a Unified Employee License. - **[Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sharing_apex_recalc_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26. # Sharper Transcription and More Natural Voice for Agentforce Voice Your voice agents now deliver sharper transcription and better natural speech output—no configuration or restart required. Transcription is more accurate in noisy environments, with accented speech, and with specialized terminology. Non-English personas also now support custom International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) or Carnegie Mellon University (CMU) pronunciations, giving them the same customization options as English-speaking agents. **Where:** Available in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 1, 2026. **Why:** Transcription accuracy is noticeably better in noisy environments, with accented speech, and with specialized terminology. Voice output is more natural and human-sounding, and multilingual fidelity is better across all supported languages, including languages that are currently in beta. Transcription accuracy improvements apply to English personas. # Shield Platform Encryption Reduce friction in the encryption process with Database Encryption, now generally available in all regions. Bring Your Own Key for Data 360 opens more root key management options. - **[Encrypt Your Entire Database (GA Release)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_260_security_pe_de_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Database Encryption is generally available worldwide. It began its deployment in Winter '26. Due to the pace of the controlled release, some regions lagged in enabling the new feature. Database Encryption allows you to sort, filter and reference encrypted data without functional or performance tradeoffs. You can still apply Field Level Encryption to individual fields if required. - **[Bring Your Own Key to Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_260_security_pe_dc_byok.htm&release=260&type=5)** Platform Encryption for Data 360 customers can now make use of the Bring Your Own Key (BYOK) feature of Shield Platform Encryption. When you supply your own root key, you get the benefits built into Salesforce Shield Platform Encryption, plus the extra assurance that comes from exclusively managing your own key material. For Data 360, BYOK supports root keys only. Data 360 then manages all DEK creation and wrapping using the root key. To be compatible with Salesforce BYOK, use a PKCS#8 encrypted, Base64 encoded 4096 RSA key pair with appropriate headers and footers. - **[Encrypt Newly Supported Fields with Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_encrypt_new_fields.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now encrypt the Comments field on these objects: Business Operations Process Participant, Compliance Control Participant, Compliance Policy Participant, Validation Procedure Participant, Financial Account Participant, and Regulation Participant. On the Case object, you can encrypt the Rich Text Area for Case Description field. On the Provider Activity Goal Limit object, you can encrypt the Source System Identifier field. # Shield Platform Encryption Start managing your Field-Level Encryption (FLE) policy from the Shield app. Prepare for the legacy FLE experience retirement from Setup in Winter ’27. Sync large amounts of data to your active key with fewer delays. - **[Manage Field-Level Encryption with an Upgraded UI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_fle_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now set up and maintain your Field-Level Encryption (FLE) policy directly from the Shield app. The new UI makes it easier to review encryption blockers, enable or disable encryption for fields, and update encryption schemes. The legacy UIs for managing FLE are still available in Setup and in the Shield Extension managed package. - **[Prepare for a Consolidated Field-Level Encryption Experience in Winter ’27](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_consolidated_fle.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce plans to retire the legacy Field-Level Encryption (FLE) experience from Setup in Winter ’27. When this change occurs, users are redirected to the new FLE experience in the Shield app, which is available starting in Summer ’26. Your existing FLE policy and all related functionality are preserved while we roll out these UI enhancements. - **[Increased Record Limit for Encryption Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_encryption_limit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now run self-service background encryption on objects containing up to 40 million records. The larger limit threshold means that you can expect fewer delays when syncing data to your active key. - **[Encrypt Backup & Recover Next Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_backup_recover_next.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Backup data presents the same compliance and security risks as live data. Protect your data backups with Shield Platform Encryption for Backup & Recover Next. Encrypt backups with tenant-specific root keys that you control. These root keys secure and control the data encryption keys used to encrypt backups at rest. You can generate a root key in Setup, use Bring Your Own Key (BYOK) to upload a key, and rotate root keys. - **[Field Limits for Analysis and Email Notification of Analyzer Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_field_limits_and_email_notifcation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** A 100-field limitation ensures your analysis jobs will complete successfully. We also send you an email when your analysis completes. - **[Know How Fields for Analysis Are Divided Among Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_fields_for_analysis_by_object.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You now have better insight into how fields for analysis are divided among the objects in your org. # Shield Platform Encryption Encrypt data archives in the Archive app with dedicated root keys. - **[Encrypt Archive App Data with Shield Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_pe_archive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Archived data requires the same protection as your production data. Encrypt sensitive data stored in your archives in a single click with root keys managed in Shield Platform Encryption. You can apply Salesforce-managed keys, bring your own keys (BYOK), or use Shield External Key Management (EKM) to access keys stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS). # Shift Scheduling Plan and manage worker shifts and coverage for onsite and field work. - **[Plan Workforce Coverage with Shift Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_shift_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create and manage shifts for workers who handle onsite appointments, field work, or both. Use shift templates and recurring patterns, account for holidays and extended shifts, and give workers a desktop view of their assigned shifts. # Shop AgentExchange with Recommendations Tailored to Your Org When you're logged in and have selected an org, the AgentExchange homepage highlights listings that match your edition, products, and industry. Previously, every visitor saw the same generic trending apps regardless of which org they were working in. If you manage more than one org, pick the one you want from a searchable list at login, then switch anytime from the org badge in the header. **Where:** This change applies to the AgentExchange website. **Who:** This applies to users who are logged in with a Trailblazer ID that has at least one connected Salesforce org. **How:** Select an org with one click on the login screen. You don't need to separately authenticate into that org. Your selection appears as a badge in the top navigation (1). To switch orgs, expand the org menu and select Switch org (2). Search by name (3), or click the star icon (4) next to your most-used org to move it to the top of the list. ![Org menu expanded with the org name (1) and Switch org link (2) highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_appexchange_org_switcher.png) ![Choose your org dialog with the search field (3) and star icon (4) to favorite an org.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_choose_org.png) Your list of orgs shown is driven by the email preferences you've set in your Trailblazer settings. Only orgs linked to the email you've selected there will show up. If an expected org isn’t showing up, expand the org menu and select **Settings**. Go to **Email Preferences** (5) and switch to the correct email (6) from there. ![Email Preferences page with the Email Preferences nav item (5) and email address dropdown (6) highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_email_switch.png) If you have exactly two valid orgs, you’ll see the org picker. Even with one valid org, you'll get **Recommended for You** content. ![Recommended for you section showing solution cards personalized to the org's installed apps and agents.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/rn_agentexchange_recommended.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature also requires functional cookies to be enabled. If they're disabled, the feature stops working on your next page refresh. See more: [Salesforce Privacy Information](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/privacy/) # Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce The Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce, powered by Agentforce, helps shoppers through their product discovery and purchasing journey. Shoppers can “chat” with the Agent and receive assistance with product search and recommendations, learn about promotions, get answers to frequently asked questions, and count on secure checkout. - **[Shopper Agent Powered by Agentic Commerce Search is Redesigned](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_agent_new_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Set up and deploy the B2C Shopper Agent quicker with a new streamlined setup. Product discovery is now powered by Agentic Commerce Search to deliver more accurate and contextual results. It’s also easier to configure the agent by using the new Agentforce Builder and Agent Script. When a shopper starts a conversation with the agent, a new Agentforce Commerce Client with an improved interface replaces Enhanced Chat. - **[Shopper Agent Now Uses Your Store's Gross Tax Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_agent_gross_tax.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Shopper Agent now automatically detects and respects your gross taxation configuration in cart and checkout flows across SFRA and PWA storefronts. No additional setup is required. All cart operations—adding and removing items, updating quantities, and applying coupons and promotions—reflect the gross prices that shoppers see in the storefront. # Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce Storefronts The Shopper Agent for B2C Storefronts, powered by Agentforce, guides shoppers through their product discovery and purchasing journey. Shoppers can “chat” with the Agent and receive assistance with product search and recommendations, learn about promotions, get answers to frequently asked questions, and count on secure checkout. - **[Measure Shopper Agent Analytics with Agentforce Commerce Client](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopper_agent_analytics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Understand how much conversion and revenue your B2C Shopper Agent drives across your Storefront Reference Architecture (SFRA) storefront. Track agent-influenced orders, the conversion rate, and average order value (AOV) in one place. Compare agent-influenced performance against your site-wide baselines to see how much impact the agent drives. Analytics data comes from the Agentforce Commerce Client, now delivered by the plugin\_commerce\_client cartridge, which replaces the retired plugin\_shopper\_agent cartridge. # Shopper Agent Now Uses Your Store's Gross Tax Configuration Shopper Agent now automatically detects and respects your gross taxation configuration in cart and checkout flows across SFRA and PWA storefronts. No additional setup is required. All cart operations—adding and removing items, updating quantities, and applying coupons and promotions—reflect the gross prices that shoppers see in the storefront. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_agent_guided_shopping.htm&language=en_US) # Shopper Agent Powered by Agentic Commerce Search is Redesigned Set up and deploy the B2C Shopper Agent quicker with a new streamlined setup. Product discovery is now powered by Agentic Commerce Search to deliver more accurate and contextual results. It’s also easier to configure the agent by using the new Agentforce Builder and Agent Script. When a shopper starts a conversation with the agent, a new Agentforce Commerce Client with an improved interface replaces Enhanced Chat. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** These features are available July 30, 2026. **How:** In Salesforce, set up the B2C Shopper Agent and install the Agentforce Commerce Client. Then, in your Commerce storefront, update the Shopper Agent configuration and deploy the agent to your site. Your deployment steps vary based on whether your storefront type is SFRA, PWA, or SFNext. ![Commerce Shopper Agent Setup page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_b2c_shopper_agent_setup_new.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Shopper Agent for B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_agent_guided_shopping.htm&language=en_US) # Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce Storefronts The Shopping Agent for B2C Storefronts, powered by Agentforce, guides shoppers through their product discovery and purchasing journey. Shoppers can “chat” with the Agent and receive assistance with product search and recommendations, learn about promotions, get answers to frequently asked questions, and count on secure checkout. - **[Drive Conversions with Full Shopping Agent Support for SFRA](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopping_agent_sfra_support.htm&release=260&type=5)** Guest shoppers can now browse products, ask questions, manage carts, and complete purchases using Apple Pay or Google Pay without leaving the Shopping Agent on your SFRA storefront. This end-to-end support reduces implementation effort for developers and provides shoppers a direct, frictionless path to purchase. Only guest shoppers are supported. - **[Launch the Shopping Agent from More Places in Your PWA Kit Storefront](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_shopping_agent_launch_locs_all.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your customers more ways to chat with the Shopping Agent for B2C Commerce by providing various launch locations. Provide agent access from the site header, within a shopper’s search suggestions, or as a floating icon at the bottom of each storefront page. # Show an Embedded App in the User's Language (Generally Available) The Salesforce host passes its locale to your embedded app, so the app can render its interface in the Salesforce user's language. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud LWR and Aura sites, and the Salesforce mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Partner Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce where English is the default language. **When:** This feature is available starting September 14, 2026. **Who:** This change is for developers who build embedded apps and who can create Lightning web components. **Why:** Give users a consistent experience by showing the embedded app in the same language as the rest of Salesforce. **How:** Salesforce dispatches the host locale to the embedded app through a custom event. Your app reads the locale and renders its own interface in that language. Localizing your app's content and labels remains your app's responsibility. # Show Application Deadlines with Date and Time Let applicants see the exact date and time when an application closes. Set an application close date and time on the application timeline record, and the portal displays the deadline in each applicant's local timezone. To enforce the deadline, create a validation rule that prevents submissions after the close date and time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can set the application close date and time. Users with Education Cloud for Experience Cloud Access, Education Cloud Reviewer, and Education Cloud Limited Access can view the deadline. **How:** On the application timeline record, enter the deadline date and time in the new Application Close Date Time field. The portal displays the deadline in the applicant's local timezone. When the field is empty, the portal displays the Application Close Date value without a time. To prevent late submissions, create a validation rule on the application object. To include the close time in the Student Recruitment Agent's deadline responses, update your Data Cloud setup for the Application Timeline field. The agent returns the close time in UTC rather than the applicant's local timezone. # Show Custom Lightning Web Components in the Agentforce Chat Window on Mobile Show custom Lightning Web Components as agent action responses in the Agentforce chat window on the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. Previously supported only on the desktop site, you can now deliver these same custom visual experiences to your field users by configuring a custom Lightning type bundle with a mobile renderer. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license or the Agentforce for Life Sciences Cloud add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting the week of July 20, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to all users. End users need the permissions assigned by the Agentforce agent configuration. **How:** Configure your custom Lightning type bundle to include a `renderer.json` file in the `lightningMobileGenAi` directory. On the mobile app, LWC components receive parameters through the `CurrentPageReference` wire adapter with a `c__` prefix instead of through the `@api value` attribute used on the desktop site. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Custom Lightning Web Components in the Agentforce Chat Window](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_custom_lwc_apps_agentforce_chat.htm&language=en_US) # Show Custom Signals Create signals using your business logic or AI reasonings and show them in Sales Workspace’s suggestions feed. Write recommendation records with Flow or Apex, associate an action, and activate the signal definition so sellers see guidance that fits how your teams sell. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions with the Sales Foundation add-on. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Workspace Signals, and then select **Workspace Signals**. Click **Create Signal Types** and follow the setup flow to define the signal. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Show Your Own Signals on Sales Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_workspace_custom_suggestions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Choose the Action for a Custom Signal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_workspace_custom_suggestion_actions.htm&language=en_US) # Show Embedded Dashboards on Tablets and Customized Header Controls Deliver mobile analytics and cleaner page layouts by embedding dashboards that render correctly on tablet devices. Reduce visual clutter by hiding the dashboard title without removing essential user actions, such as download as image. You can configure these header preferences directly within the app builder to customize the workspace layout. Embedded dashboards previously blocked tablet rendering and lacked independent title visibility settings. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Lightning App Builder, add the Tableau Next Dashboard component to a page and select your dashboard. To hide the dashboard title while leaving action buttons active, click **Hide Dashboard Header** in the dashboard properties. Select a **Tablet** option from the display mode dropdown in the top header to preview tablet rendering, then save and activate the page. # Show Full Conversation History in Post-Call Transcripts for Agentforce Voice Calls The Enhance Conversation component in the Service Console now displays consistent transcripts during and after a voice call handled by a voice-enabled agent. When the agent transfers the call to a service rep, the voice call record for the rep-customer conversation (VC1) now shows both the agent-customer and rep-customer transcripts after the call, matching what was visible during the call. Previously, VC1 showed both transcripts during the call but dropped the agent-customer transcript after the call ended. **Where:** Available in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and Salesforce Voice add-ons. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of September 7, 2026. **How**: To show both transcripts in VC1 after the call, create the voice call record before transferring the customer to the service rep, and enable **Connect Related Voice Calls** to link VC1 to the agent's voice call record (VC2). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Recommended Call Flow for Handling Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_recommended_call_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Connecting Related Voice Calls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_connect_related_voice_calls.htm&language=en_US) # Show KPI Values in Radial Charts Highlight aggregate metrics alongside visualizations in Tableau Next by including KPI values in radial charts. For example, track total sales in the center of a donut chart while breaking down sales by category. Or, monitor sales quota attainment with a radial bar chart that compares progress toward sales goals across regions. You can format a KPI value as a number or percentage and add the visualization to a dashboard to monitor key metrics. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To add a KPI, drag a measure or calculated field from the Data pane to **KPI** in the Analytics section. To format the KPI, select a formatting option from its context menu. ![Adding a field as a KPI to a Tableau Next radial chart](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_kpi_radial_add.png) ![Applying formatting to a KPI in a radial chart](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_kpi_radial_format.png) # Show Only Applicable Work Step Actions Turn off the Not Applicable action so your technicians see only the Work Step actions their process uses. When your business process recognizes only completed and not-started work, the Not Applicable action is clutter that technicians can select by mistake—sometimes breaking downstream automation. Now you can hide the action from the Work Step action menu in the Field Service mobile app with a single setting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **Who:** To change the setting, you need the Customize Application permission. **Why:** For high-volume work plans, a single wrong tap can break a downstream billing or automation trigger. Hiding the action removes that failure mode without changing your data or your reports. **How:** In Setup, go to **Work Plans** and select **Hide the Not Applicable option on Work Steps**. The setting is off by default, so your technicians see no change until you enable it. After you save, the change reaches mobile devices on the next sync—technicians don't need to log out and back in—and the action stays correctly hidden even when they work offline. Not Applicable remains a valid Work Step status that you can still set through record edits, the API, Apex, flows, and data import. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View and Complete Work Plans on the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_work_plans_complete_with_mobile.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Show or Hide Dependent Form Fields Based on User Input Configure dependent field rules in Form Builder to show a field only when it's relevant. For example, when a user selects the United States in a Country field, a State field appears. Instead of maintaining separate forms for every audience or region, build one form that dynamically adapts to user input. If a user changes an answer that affects the dependent field’s relevance, the information is removed so that no contradictory data reaches your Flow or Data 360. Add up to 50 visibility rules per form, nested up to two levels deep. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **How:** In Form Builder, give each field a label and a unique name. Select the field you want to show or hide, and in the rules tab, under Visibility Rules, select New Rule. Choose how you want conditions evaluated, pick a controlling field, operator, and a value. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Dependent Fields on a Form](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_create_dependent_fields.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Show or Hide Missing Values in Visualizations Identify gaps in your records by showing dates or bins with no corresponding data in Tableau Next visualizations. For example, show every month in a sales chart to identify months with no recorded sales activity. Or, hide dates or bins with no recorded data for a cleaner look when the gaps aren’t relevant to your analysis. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In the Viz Builder, open the menu for a date or bin field on the **Columns** or **Rows** shelf. **Show Missing Values** is selected by default. ![Date field menu showing missing values selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_show_missing_values.png) # Show or Hide Recommendations Based on Date and Time Provide more precise targeting by using the new Is Before Current DateTime and Is After Current DateTime operators in a recommendation filter. These operators show or hide recommendations based on the current date and time. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Recommendation Filter Operators](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_recommender_filters_operators.htm&language=en_US) # Show Personalized, Real-Time Offers in Your Mobile Apps Connect your iOS and Android apps to Real-Time Offer Management APIs by using the Mobile SDK. Show tailored promotions to your mobile users during active sessions. Review updated sample apps for a reference implementation. **Where:** This change applies to custom iOS and Android mobile apps that you build. Real-Time Offer Management is available in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Real-Time Offer Management. **How:** Add the RTOM Mobile SDK to your app as a Swift Package (iOS) or a Gradle dependency (Android), then authenticate to your Salesforce org through a connected app. #### See Also - [_Github_: iOS Sample App](https://github.com/loyaltysampleapp/RTOMMobileSampleApp) - [_Github_: Android Sample App](https://github.com/loyaltysampleapp/RTOMSampleApp-Android) # Show Precise and Consistent Pricing with Extended Decimal Support Configure up to six decimal places to standardize unit-level prices and discount fields that appear on Product Discovery, Quote, and Order pages. This formatting makes sure that prices show consistently across the user interface without changing the underlying database values. Previously, these pages inconsistently showed either full database values or values truncated to two decimal places. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** Turn on Decimal Places for Unit Price from the Revenue Settings page. After you turn on the setting, enter the number of decimal places that you want to configure. # Show Precise Discounts in the Price Waterfall Show your sales reps discount percentages and amount adjustments in the price waterfall with the correct decimal precision. Percentage discounts show up to two decimal places, and amount adjustments follow the currency scale. Help sales reps understand discount values accurately and remove the confusion caused by rounded percentages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Show Priority Insights and Actions on Client Record Pages Configure the Insights and Actions component to show your advisors portfolio changes, life events, and engagement signals directly on the client record page. Your advisors act on client needs without leaving the record, so they respond before opportunities pass. Customize which insights and actions appear for each advisor and keep your advisors focused on their most important client relationships. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Agentic Advisor**. Go to the Client Detail section. Next to the relevant record page for your data model, click **Go to Lightning App Builder**. In the Lightning App Builder, click the **Insights and Actions** component. In the **Select Run My Day Configuration** field, select a configuration, then set the maximum number of insights to show, and then activate the page. #### See Also - [Set up and Configure Insights and Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_client_details_insights_actions_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Show Promotions to People in Their Preferred Language Increase usage of promotions and assist sales motions by showing promotions to in-store employees and sales reps who manage assisted sales in the preferred language. Show customers promotions in their language on Experience Cloud sites. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Translation Workbench, and then select **Translation Workbench**. Turn on **Data Translation and Translation Workbench**. Translators can translate promotions directly on Promotion records. ![Translate Promotions in Global Promotions Management.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_gpm_translations.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Turn on Translations for Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_setup_translations_for_promotions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Translate Promotions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_translate_promotions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Run Pricing Promotions for Global Audiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.global_promotions_management_run_pricing_promotions_for_global_audiences.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Show Real-Time Typing Indicators to Customers Give your customers the conversational experience they expect. A typing indicator now appears when a service rep composes a message in a WhatsApp session, so customers know a reply is on the way. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced WhatsApp channels in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Contact Center Digital. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** When a service rep starts typing, customers see an immediate typing status, which reassures them that their message is received and a reply is in progress. This real-time visibility reduces customer uncertainty and prevents duplicate messages. **How:** By default, this feature is turned off. To show a typing indicator in a conversation, see [Show Read Receipts and Typing Indicators in Your Conversation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_show_read_receipts_typing_indicators.htm&language=en_US). # Show Same-Address Attendees in the Sidebar Speed up data entry for group visits, such as Lunch and Learns, with smarter attendee suggestions. By default, the Attendees sidebar in Visit Engagement now shows the top five accounts that work at the same organization under the Same Address section. It also shows the top five affiliations. Related Contact Point Address data highlights the people physically present at the location so sales reps can identify and add relevant attendees with a single click. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). # Show Shoppers Approaching Discounts Inform shoppers how close their cart is to unlocking order and shipping promotions. Add configurable, ready-to-use components to your storefront to display messages such as "You're $10 away from free shipping.” Display a progress bar to indicate how close an order is to achieving a discount. You can turn on the components for mini-cart, cart items, cart order summary, and checkout. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Ordering** | **Commerce Apps**. In the Additional Setup section, for Approaching Discounts, click **Get Started**. Install and configure Approaching Discounts. ![Install and configure Approaching Discounts.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_b2c_approaching_discounts.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Commerce Apps for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_commerce_apps.htm&language=en_US) # Show Summary Rollup Metrics in Flexible Hierarchies for Executive-Level Insights Help business leaders make faster, data-backed decisions during live business reviews by providing visibility into aggregate metrics directly on hierarchy nodes. Users can compare metric values across hierarchy nodes, from individual accounts to child rollups and total aggregates, to uncover performance trends and drive accountability across teams. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** Turn on the org preference for summary rollup, and configure the measure type in the corresponding hierarchy type. Create and run the Data Processing Engine definition to roll up the metric value and populate the flexible hierarchy node summary records. To view the values from the App Launcher, find and select **Flexible Hierarchies**, open your hierarchy, and click a node. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Setup and Configuration of Summary Rollups in Flexible Hierarchies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_flexible_hierarchies_setup_summary_rollups.htm&language=en_US) # Show the Category-Specific Position on Waitlist Participant Cards Align waitlist participant cards with your business-specific service order by mapping a custom field to the card's sequence slot. When you map a custom field, the card header shows that field's value instead of the system-generated global index. For example, a participant who's first in line for a service category can appear fourth in the global sequence. Mapping a custom field to the sequence slot corrects this mismatch, and lobby greeters see the position that matches the actual call order. Previously, cards always showed a global sequential number that didn't reflect category-specific priority. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled. **How:** From Lightning App Builder, map a custom field to the **Custom Ordering Field** on the Lobby Management page. When you map a field, Lobby Management suppresses the standard sequence number prefix. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Lobby Management Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.ls_customize_lobby_management_page.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Sequence Number on Waitlist Participant Cards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.ls_customize_waitlist_participant_card_sequence.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Show the Guidance Center Icon Only When You Use It The Guidance Center icon appears in the global header when a user has Sales Programs, Guidance Sets, or Learning Paths. Sales Programs include Partner Tracks and Enablement Lite, and Learning Paths include company-assigned and suggested items. Only users with those features see the icon. Programs, Guidance Sets, learning assignments, and other content stay in place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Previously, the icon also appeared for help content, Salesblazer content, Agentforce, and Copilot, and admins saw it in every org. Those conditions no longer display the icon. Agentforce and Copilot still use the underlying panel from their own entry points. There's no setting to turn off the Guidance Center. # Show Your Advisors the Most Relevant Client Details with the Household Snapshot Component Give your advisors immediate access to the primary member contact details and key account details directly on the household record page. Free your advisors from switching between records, so they focus on strengthening client relationships rather than searching for information. Customize what your advisors see on Household Snapshot to match their client portfolio. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Agentic Advisor**. Go to the Client Detail section. Next to Household Record Page or Household Record Page for Managed Package depending on your data model, click **Go to Lightning App Builder**. In the Lightning App Builder, click the **Household Snapshot** component. In the component properties, select the primary member and account fields that you want to show, and then activate the page. #### See Also - [Set Up and Configure Household Snapshot](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_client_details_household_snapshot_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Showcase and Sell Products or Services Directly in WhatsApp Conversations Showcase your inventory and start a sales journey directly within a WhatsApp conversation. Instead of redirecting customers to external websites, use the Catalog message component to send your entire catalog, a single-product message, or a multi-product message. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced WhatsApp and Unified Conversation Platform (UCP) channels in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Contact Center Digital. [View required editions.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** To get started, upload your product or service inventory to Meta's Commerce Manager. Connect your uploaded catalog to your WhatsApp Business Account (WABA). Then, from Setup, enter Messaging Components in the Quick Find box, and then select **Messaging Components**. Click **New Component** and then select **Catalog**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Sell Products and Services during WhatsApp Conversations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_sell_products_whatsapp.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Catalog Component Properties](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_catalog_comp_prop.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Example: Apex Classes for Catalog Messaging Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_catalog_apex_examples.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Send a Meta Product Catalog in WhatsApp](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_catalog_tutorial.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Showcase Products and Services with WhatsApp Carousel Templates Create carousel templates to send interactive, horizontally scrollable cards to customers on WhatsApp. You can use media card carousels with image or video headers and action buttons, linked to your Meta catalog for in-chat browsing and ordering. A carousel contains between two and 10 cards, and agents send them during messaging conversations on both UCP and Enhanced WhatsApp channels. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Digital Engagement add-on. **Why:** Carousel templates deliver rich, visual content for a range of customer interactions: - Display product recommendations, promotional offers, or best sellers with images and direct action buttons. - Share travel packages, hotel options, or appointment slots with interactive booking buttons. **How:** In Setup, go to the Messaging Components page and create a notification component. Click **Add Format**, select **External Template**, and link it to your WhatsApp Business Account. Select the **Marketing** category and choose the category as a media card. Define between 2 and 10 cards, each with an image or video header, body text, and up to two buttons including quick reply, phone number, or URL buttons. All cards in a carousel must share the same component structure for consistent display. Activate the template to submit the template to Meta for approval. After Meta approves the template, you can start using the template. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create WhatsApp Carousel Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_whatsapp_carousel_templates.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Showcase Your Expertise with a Redesigned Consultant Listing on AgentExchange Show buyers a clear, up-to-date picture of your team's strengths, specializations, and recent track record with redesigned AgentExchange consultant listing pages. Listing metrics now focus on your current capabilities and recent project history instead of lifetime counts. **Where:** This change applies to AgentExchange. **Why:** Previously, your consultant listing displayed lifetime project counts and metrics that didn't reflect your current capabilities. The redesigned page gives buyers a clearer, more current picture of your strengths, specializations, and recent track record. Your listing includes these updates. The redesigned pages include these updates. **Competencies** Consulting Partners earn competencies based on their proven capability in a given product or industry. |   | Accredited | Expert | | --- | --- | --- | | What it means | Demonstrated capability delivering Salesforce solutions | Consistent delivery excellence at scale | | Projects delivered | 2 or more | 15 or more | | Average project CSAT | 4.0 or higher (from at least 1 returned survey) | 4.4 or higher (at least 5 completed surveys from at least 5 unique customers) | | Certifications achieved | 4 or more | 30 or more | **Resources tab** Partners upload case studies and white papers directly to their listing page which display in a new tab alongside existing listing content. **Filtered reviews** Filter reviews by Project Review or Community Review. The existing Badge filter is renamed to Reputation. **Summit Consulting Partner badge** Top summit-tier partners display a badge on their listing page, making it easier to identify top-tier Consulting Partners at a glance. Your listing metrics now reflect project activity from the current and prior fiscal year only. Lifetime project counts no longer appear. Certifications and Projects are trackable via your Partner Community dashboard. # Signature Page Screen Snapshot Ensure total audit readiness with a robust compliance enhancement that captures the exact context of an acknowledgement by a Health Care Provider (HCP). The Signature Page Snapshot automatically captures an image of the signature screen, including sample products, disclaimer text, and scrolled areas at the moment of sign-off. The snapshot is automatically attached to the visit record, providing verifiable proof of what's signed. This feature secures audit trails even if system configurations or legal text change in the future. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). # Simplified Payloads for Create Standalone Billing Schedules API Your developers can now use the enhanced Create Standalone Billing Schedules API to pass minimal, intent-based requests for these operations—amendments to billing frequency, end date, field, price, and quantity, renewals, and cancellations. If you don't pass the data for required Billing fields such as unit price and total price in case of amendments, Billing can now automatically compute these details based on historical transaction context or billing schedule group ID. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note These operations are supported only in Revenue Cloud Billing and aren’t recommended for use in an integrated Salesforce org with Revenue Cloud Advanced and Revenue Cloud Billing. In an integrated org, continue to use asset and order-based amendment processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [Changed Connect REST API in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Create Standalone Billing Schedules API now supports simplified data exchange. Whether you are performing a price amendment or renewal, you can send high-level request details while the system manages the granular billing adjustments. You can also change billing frequencies mid-subscription, including shifts from annual to monthly terms, directly at the billing schedule group level. This enhancement handles complex proration and calculates the correct billing period amounts when pricing and billing frequencies differ.") - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Create Standalone Billing Schedules API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/connect_resources_create_billing_schedules_from_any_transaction.htm) # Simplified Product Data Cache Refresh You can now easily manage product data in the cache by generating the cache for all products, refreshing existing products, or emptying the entire cache. This enhancement provides flexible, controlled options to synchronize your data. You can choose the action that best meets your cache management requirements for maximum efficiency. End-users benefit from optimal loading times and access to the latest product details via the Product Detail API. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** Open the product catalog management cache flow and click the action element. Select a cache action to manage the product details in the cache. # Simplify Agentforce Contact Center Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure Agentforce Contact Center features all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. ![Agentforce Contact Center page in Salesforce Go](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/service/afcc_go.png) **How:** Select Salesforce Go from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Go to the **My Clouds** tab to see what’s available in Agentforce Contact Center. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simplify Agentforce Field Service Feature Discovery and Setup Realize maximum business value faster with Agentforce Field Service, formerly Field Service. Accelerate deployment with bulk tools for onboarding technicians and dispatchers, alongside simplified setups for Data Cloud, assets, and service agreements. Experience seamless automation with data capture rules that link service appointments, work orders, and work order line items to flows instantly, while customizable dashboards and mobile tools ensure teams remain highly responsive to changing field conditions. And, you can now scale your workforce with Agentforce to deliver personalized service for any type of on-site work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in Agentforce 1 Sales Edition. **Who:** To view Salesforce Go, you must have the View Setup and Configuration user permission. To turn on features in Salesforce Go, you must have the Customize Application user permission. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Go to the **My Clouds** tab to see what’s available in Field Service. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify and Speed Up Admin Tasks with Setup with Agentforce (Generally Available) Work with an AI agent to complete tasks, manage your Salesforce org, and troubleshoot issues directly in Setup. Setup with Agentforce makes you more productive by streamlining tasks and reducing clicks. Instead of navigating to multiple Setup pages and researching best practices, simply chat with the Setup agent to get guidance and help completing your work. This feature, now generally available, includes improved agent responses and more supported tasks since the initial beta release. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Salesforce orgs are allocated 500 free Setup agent actions per month across all users in the org. This limit resets on the first of the month. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This limitation is contractual in nature and may not be enforced in the Services as a technical matter. Customers are responsible for reviewing usage and enforcing such limitations, and Salesforce may audit usage at any time through the Services. **When:** This feature is generally available starting late May 2026. **Why:** Setup with Agentforce supports many administrative tasks, including: - Managing users - Troubleshooting user access - Managing permission sets, permission set groups, organization-wide defaults, and sharing rules - Creating custom objects and fields - Creating and managing flows - Getting information from Salesforce Help - Navigating to the right Setup page to complete a task - Creating a custom report type - Creating Lightning pages - Creating, modifying, and getting an explanation of formulas - Getting information about org health, usage, and licenses You can also ask the Setup agent, “What can you do?” for more details about specific Setup areas. **How:** To enable this feature, in Setup, go to **Setup with Agentforce**. After assigning permissions and completing Agentforce and Data 360 prerequisites, enable **Setup with Agentforce**. Refresh the page. You can start a conversation with the agent from Setup Home or on any other Setup page by clicking the **Ask Agent for Setup** button (![Ask Agent for Setup button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/setup_with_agentforce_button.png)). ![Setup Home with highlight on Setup with Agent conversation area.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/setup_with_agentforce_ga.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_configuration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore What Setup with Agentforce Can Do](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_capabilities.htm&language=en_US) - [_Trailhead_: Setup with Agentforce: Quick Look](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/agentforce-for-setup-quick-look) # Simplify API and MCP Server Management with the API Catalog Connect REST API Use API Catalog REST Connect API to organize and simplify access to APIs and MCP servers in your catalog. Discover and browse APIs, inspect API versions and operations, and register and manage MCP servers. Use this API as part of your headless solutions, for example to register an external MCP server to use with Agentforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** This feature is generally available in June 2026. **How:** Follow the API Catalog Connect REST API documentation to learn how to use the API. #### See Also - [_API Catalog Connect REST API_: Get Started](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/api-catalog-connectapi/) - [_Connect REST Developer Guide_: Quick Start](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.chatterapi.meta/chatterapi/quickstart.htm) - [_Salesforce Help_: API Catalog for Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Appointment Scheduling Setup in Agentforce Education System administrators get clear guidance at every stage to quickly set up appointment scheduling topics, assign staff, and complete all prerequisite steps. This feature drastically cuts down on configuration time and reduces errors. Staff members now have a simplified experience to manage their own and their colleagues’ availability with a few clicks. Institutions can configure scheduling quickly and accurately by using intuitive guidance and education-aligned language. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Appointment Data Using Manage Appointments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_prepare_elements_appointment_scheduling.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Advisor Availability (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_manage_advisor_availability.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Appointment Scheduling with Unified Scheduling Flows Use guided flows to schedule, reschedule, and cancel onsite and field appointments for visits, interactions, or service appointments. Guests can verify their identity by email and manage appointments without creating an account. Constituents can manage upcoming appointments, and attendees can join group appointments from an invitation link. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and supported Experience Cloud sites in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. An add-on license for Workforce Scheduling is also required. **How:** Add the appropriate Workforce Scheduling flows and appointment components to supported record pages, actions, and Experience Cloud sites. In Flow Builder, clone the standard flows to customize fields, default values, and screens. # Simplify Asset Management in Tableau Next Workspaces New visualizations, connections, or data models created from referenced assets automatically go into your current workspace. In Tableau Next, analytical assets created in one workspace can be referenced in another workspace. When you open a referenced asset, such as a visualization or semantic model, anything new you create from it is automatically placed in the workspace where you opened it. This new behavior adds assets in the workspace users expect them and simplifies asset management for authors. You can also share assets and clone referenced assets inside your current workspace from the asset’s action dropdown list. Also, when you open a referenced asset, you see an icon indicating that it’s referenced, whether you have view-only permissions, and if the asset extends from a base asset. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Open a referenced asset and use the asset builder actions to create an asset in your active workspace. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tableau Next Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_workspace.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Asset Service Lifecycle Management Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure Asset Service Lifecycle Management features, and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Asset Service Lifecycle Management products and features, and if you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Automotive, Communications, Energy & Utilities, Field Service, and Manufacturing, where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Go to the My Clouds tab, click **View All** on the relevant cloud cards, for example, Communications. Find the Manage Asset Service Lifecycle feature set. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Business Rules Engine Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover and set up Business Rules Engine features, and track feature usage, all from a single location. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Business Rules Engine features from Salesforce Go. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Case Merging with the Revamped Case Merge UI Configure case merging from a consolidated setup page. The revamped setup page brings together settings for Case Merge, Enhanced Case Merge (Beta), and Case Merge for Omni-Channel (Beta). Enhanced Case Merge (Beta) provides access to Duplicate Rules and Matching Rules. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** The updated interface organizes case merge settings into clearer layouts. Existing duplicate detection and matching logic continues to apply. From the consolidated setup page, you can: - Turn Case Merge, Enhanced Case Merge (Beta), and Case Merge for Omni-Channel (Beta) on or off. - Specify whether duplicate cases are retained or deleted after a merge. - Set the default status, such as Closed, for applicable duplicate cases. - Open Duplicate Rules and Matching Rules to configure duplicate detection. - Create a custom case status based on your requirements. **How:** From **Setup**, enter Case Merge in the Quick Find box, and then select **Case Merge**. Enable the **Enhanced Case Merge (Beta)** toggle. Configure duplicate case status preferences, Duplicate Rules, and Matching Rules. # Simplify Claim Filing for Policyholders with an AI Agent Give policyholders a faster way to report a loss and file a claim over the phone or in your customer portal with the Claims Service Customer Assistance agent. The agent verifies a policyholder's identity, collects incident details, creates a claim, and emails the claim and case details for the policyholder's reference. Policyholders can also request a callback from a customer service rep at any time during the call for further assistance. With the agent completing the claim intake for the routine cases, your customer service reps can focus on helping policyholders with complex claims. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 19, 2026. # Simplify Communications with Generic Events Use a generic event in flows to create outbound engagement templates for basic sending use cases. Send messages from a list view, such as a thank-you message when a member redeems a reward, without defining complex, event-specific types. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Outbound Engagement and Marketing Cloud Next. **How:** When you create an automation event-triggered flow, in the Start node, click **Select Event.** From the Event Library, select Outbound Engagement Content List Send Event that triggers the flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: How Outbound Engagement Works](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.outbound_engagement_how_it_works.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Consent Management Between Marketing Products Keep your customers' communication preferences consistent and compliant by syncing consent data between Marketing Cloud Account Engagement and Marketing Cloud Next. Start by mapping static public lists in Account Engagement to subscriptions in Marketing Cloud Next. When a customer’s preference changes in one product, their status in the other product updates automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, and Premium editions that have access to Marketing Cloud Next. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automatically Match Overall Email Consent Between Account Engagement and Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mcae_match_email_consent_with_marketing_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Coordination of Home Healthcare Across Patient Locations Address complex scheduling needs, optimize resource allocation, and ensure uninterrupted patient care by associating multiple home visit locations with a single patient. Give patients greater control by allowing them to select from various addresses, such as billing, shipping, or any saved address for temporary or seasonal homes. If the preferred address isn't linked to the patient, schedulers can easily add it during the scheduling process. This flexibility helps to save the time and effort involved in navigating through multiple pages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Home Health add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Manage Home Health permission set license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize Multi-Address Scheduling of Home Visits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health_customize_multi_address_scheduling.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simplify Cross-Functional Analysis by Using Multi-Model Filtering You can now analyze disparate semantic data models (SDM) simultaneously through a single dashboard interaction. A selection in one filter widget can now filter metrics and visualizations powered by entirely separate semantic data models. For example, filter different date fields across different objects with a single filter widget. This update eliminates duplicate filters and simplifies the dashboard experience for your users. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In the dashboard editor, select a filter widget and open the Actions panel. To bind the widget to fields in other semantic data models, click **Update Filter**. For each model you want to include, select the target field that corresponds to your filter. After they’re mapped, the filter widget updates all connected visualizations, including widgets built on different semantic data models. ![Setting up a filter for separate semantic data models.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_sdm_filter.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Simplify Cross-Functional Analysis by Using Multi-Model Filtering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_sdm_filter.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Custom Domain Management with a Stable Target Host Name If a third party serves your custom domain and your org uses Salesforce Edge Network, reduce your effort and the risk of downtime during Salesforce maintenance. Work with your third-party provider to update the domain’s target host name to your org’s My Domain login URL, which continues to work when your Salesforce instance changes. The current target host name works until your instance name or Hyperforce cell changes. We recommend that you update the target host name before your next org migration. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Sites and [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This change applies only to custom domains with the domain configuration “Use a third-party service or CDN to serve the domain.” **Why:** Custom domains serve your Digital Experiences or Salesforce Sites on a domain that you own, such as https://www.example.com. When a third-party service or content delivery network (CDN) serves your custom domain, the target host name routes your domain traffic to your Salesforce org. If that host name changes, your custom domain stops working until your third party updates the domain configuration to match. Until you update your target host name to your My Domain URL, that host name contains your Salesforce instance or Hyperforce cell, which can change during an org migration. My Domain login URLs continue to work when those values change. For this change, a backend process publishes a Salesforce Edge Network configuration. That process appears in the Setup Audit Trail as `Publish Edge For Byo Cdn Releasable Action`. **How:** To get the target host name for your custom domain, in Setup, find and select **Domains**. Then click the name of your domain. ![The Target Host Name field on the Domain Details page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/custom_domain_target_hostname.png) Work with your third-party provider to update the domain’s target host name to the value in the Target Host Name field. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prerequisites for a Custom Domain That Uses a Third-Party Service or CDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.domain_mgmt_enable_https.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: View Your Custom Domain Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.domain_mgmt_view.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simplify Custom Domain Management with a Stable Target Host Name If a third party serves your custom domain and your org uses Salesforce Edge Network, reduce your effort and the risk of downtime during Salesforce maintenance. Work with your third-party provider to update the domain’s target host name to your org’s My Domain login URL, which continues to work when your Salesforce instance changes. The current target host name works until your instance name or Hyperforce cell changes. We recommend that you update the target host name before your next org migration. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Sites and [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This change applies only to custom domains with the domain configuration “Use a third-party service or CDN to serve the domain.” **Why:** Custom domains serve your Digital Experiences or Salesforce Sites on a domain that you own, such as https://www.example.com. When a third-party service or content delivery network (CDN) serves your custom domain, the target host name routes your domain traffic to your Salesforce org. If that host name changes, your custom domain stops working until your third party updates the domain configuration to match. Until you update your target host name to your My Domain URL, that host name contains your Salesforce instance or Hyperforce cell, which can change during an org migration. My Domain login URLs continue to work when those values change. For this change, a backend process publishes a Salesforce Edge Network configuration. That process appears in the Setup Audit Trail as `Publish Edge For Byo Cdn Releasable Action`. **How:** To get the target host name for your custom domain, in Setup, find and select **Domains**. Then click the name of your domain. Work with your third-party provider to update the domain’s target host name to the value in the Target Host Name field. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prerequisites for a Custom Domain That Uses a Third-Party Service or CDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.domain_mgmt_enable_https.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: View Your Custom Domain Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.domain_mgmt_view.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Edge Network](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_edge_network.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Dashboard Designs with the Filter and Parameter Widget Create interactive dashboards with the versatile filter and parameter widgets that focus on your analytical goals. Use the properties panel to select how your filter or parameter widget appears, such as a list, toggle, or input box. This flexibility enables you to change the visual layout at any time without recreating your work. You can now build more interactive dashboards that help your users explore data and model different scenarios with ease. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To set up a filter, add the filter widget to your dashboard and select a filter field. On the Widget tab, locate **Show As** to select a list or toggle display. To set up a parameter, add the Parameter widget to the dashboard. Click Add Parameter and select a parameter in your workspace. # Simplify Data Graph Monitoring with Distinct Metadata and Refresh Status Indicators Monitor and troubleshoot your data graphs with new, separate status indicators for metadata and refresh processes. These statuses enable you to get a clearer view of your data graph's state, identify issues on the spot, and determine if your data graph is ready to be queried. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in October 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Graph Statuses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_graph_status.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Data Interactions with State Managers for LWC (Generally Available) Group and manage data and its related logic more effectively within your apps with state managers. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note State managers aren’t available in Experience Cloud. **Why:** State management in Lightning Web Components (LWC) helps you group and manage data and its related logic more effectively within your apps. A state manager provides a structured way to handle application state, making it easier to share data across components, manage complex data interactions, and separate data concerns from presentation logic. Using state managers, pro-code developers can decouple data-related concerns from component logic. Moving data access out of individual components and into a dedicated state layer helps the Salesforce platform manage data more efficiently. This separation is especially useful for complex applications with many synchronized components, as data is managed separately from user interface concerns. **How:** State management is described in detail in the Lightning Web Components Developer Guide. The documentation is expanded from the beta, and includes additional code examples. The list of built-in state managers is changed in Summer ’26. Details of built-in state managers are available in [`lightning/stateManager*` State Managers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-state-managers.html). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Manage State Across LWC Components with State Managers](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/state-management.html) # Simplify Definitions with Multiple Formulas in a Single Node Sequence formulas within a single formula node to use prior calculation results and keep related logic together. Create definitions easily with complex formulas and layered calculations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dpe_formula.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Discount Management with Associate-Controlled Promotion Overrides Enable associates to select whether transaction-level discounts override or stack with promotions, eliminating complex per-promotion configurations. Associates can apply manual discounts that supersede all active promotions with a simple selection, streamlining workflows for returns, price matching, and special circumstances. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** On the POS app, apply a transaction discount to the cart. Select whether the discount overrides or stacks with promotions. ![Transaction Discount dialog showing options to stack with or override promotions in Point of Sale app](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.2_pos_transactionoverride.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Discounts and Price Corrections for POS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_configure_discounts_corrections.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Feature Discovery and Setup Salesforce Go now supports a broader range of partner engagement features that you can configure and manage from a single location in Setup. Implement features faster, reduce context switching, and simplify setup across your org. With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure key features such as Agentforce for Channel Revenue Management, Channel Partner Inventory, Design Registration Price Protection, Rebate Management, Ship and Debit Claim Processing, and Stock Rotation from one place with guided support. Easily access help content and setup resources to learn about features and complete configuration seamlessly. For more details on how to discover and set up features with Salesforce Go, see [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US&type=5) **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. # Simplify Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure Disclosure and Compliance Hub features and discover additional Net Zero features from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero Growth license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Feature Discovery and Setup Discover, set up, and configure Fundraising, Program Management, and Case Management features from a single location in Setup. Use Salesforce Go to track all feature usage from this centralized hub. You can also learn more about specific features and get help with configuration. Simply access the provided content resources and links to get started. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** Salesforce admins can set up Fundraising, Program Management, and Case Management with Salesforce Go. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Feature Set Up and Discovery with Salesforce Go (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Feature Discovery and Setup for Public Sector Deliver role-based agents that automate processes for public sector employees and provide consistent service to constituents across digital channels. Salesforce Go offers additional support for Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions. From a single setup location, build and deploy agents to support Compliance Management, Licensing and Permitting, and Talent Recruitment Management. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, is enabled. **How:** From Setup, click the gear icon (![gear icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/gear.png)), and then select **Salesforce Go**. Select **Cloud** and select **Public Sector** to show the Feature Sets available in Go. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Constituent Agent for LPI Assistance with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_lpi_assistance_with_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Recruitment Assistance with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_recruitment_assistance_with_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Job Recommendation with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_job_recommendation_with_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Candidate Sourcing with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_candidate_sourcing_with_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer Guide_: Public Sector Standard Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.psc_api.meta/psc_api/api_psc_overview.htm) # Simplify FERA Emissions Reporting for Scope 3 Category 3 Compliance Streamline the process of tracking and reporting Fuel and Energy-Related Activities (FERA) emissions and Transmission and Distribution losses under Scope 3 Category 3. You can now calculate and report both direct and upstream emissions from fuel and energy consumption for stationary and mobile assets, including electric vehicles, without creating duplicate energy use records. This feature aligns with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero Growth license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Electricity Lifecycle Emissions Factor Set Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.netzero_setup_enable_add_netzero_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Other Lifecycle Emission Factor Set Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.netzero_setup_enable_add_netzero_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Other Lifecycle Emission Factor Set Item Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.netzero_setup_enable_add_netzero_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Fulfillment with Actions on the Service Request Manage fulfillment and return orders directly from the service request page. For organizations with a single stockroom, fulfillment and return orders generate automatically when service requests reach processing status. Review line item details and action buttons on the service request page, then add assets, allocate inventory, mark items as shipped, and confirm delivery without switching pages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This feature is available in Hardware Asset Management orgs with the IT Service add-on. **Why:** Fast Path mode eliminates unnecessary workflow steps. Fulfillment and return orders generate automatically when service requests move to Processing or Fulfillment status, which removes the need for manual sourcing initiation. When Fast Path activates, the standard Sourcing and Return Planning buttons are hidden or turned off to prevent duplicate workflows. # Simplify Health Cloud Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, discover and set up Health Cloud features, and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Household Creation Experience with a Configuration-Driven Setup Reduce household onboarding time for your users by configuring exactly which sections and fields they see when creating households. You can configure all the essential elements, including the primary member, relationship definitions, household account settings, and record types. Minimize maintenance costs and support data governance by configuring the system to dynamically render household creation screens based on the data model, either Managed Package or Standard. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **Why:** Previously, setting up Households required completing prerequisite tasks across multiple disconnected setup pages, increasing setup complexity and delaying implementation. **How:** From Setup, go to the Households page, and turn on Households. Click **Set Up Households**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create a Household Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_households_create_configuration.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify How Users Access the Shield App If your users have the required permissions to access either Data Detect, Event Monitoring, or Platform Encryption, then they can view the Shield app by default. Previously, the View Shield App Pages user permission was required to view the app. Now, that permission is required only for users who lack other Shield-related access privileges. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. Access to the Shield app requires either the Salesforce Shield, Event Monitoring, Field Audit Trail, Data Detect, or Shield Platform Encryption add-on license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Grant Access to Shield](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.shield_access_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simplify Incident Ownership with Streamlined Assignment Fields Reduce confusion and simplify incident assignment by using a clear ownership model. Use the Incident Owner field for individual ownership and the Assigned Group field for group ownership. Additionally, the Assigned Group field now accepts only public groups, not queues, maintaining a clear distinction between queue-based routing via Incident Owner and team-based work assignments via Assigned Group. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce IT Service Management. **How:** For new orgs created after Winter '26, the legacy Assigned User field is hidden by default and it's also inaccessible via API. Update any integrations to use Incident Owner instead. For existing orgs, you can use the Assigned User field, but we recommend that you transition to the streamlined model for future implementations. For all workflows, use Incident Owner to assign incidents to individual users or queues, and use Assigned Group to assign incidents to teams. # Simplify Intermediary Firm Onboarding for Digital Lending Speed up registration for intermediary firms with automated workflows for due diligence, verification, and approval. Track every step, document, and communication in one portal to keep the process transparent. Use integrations to check licenses and backgrounds, reducing manual work and risk. After approval, automatically set up the intermediary account and transfer employee management to the firm admin. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Digital Lending permission set. # Simplify Inventory Counting Across Parent and Child Locations Perform inventory counts across hierarchical structures, such as warehouses or service fleets, without creating separate plans for each room, aisle, or field service vehicle. Using the Location Hierarchy, you can easily define parent and child locations, so selecting a parent location in a plan automatically displays all its associated child locations. Inventory managers can then select child locations and bulk add or choose product items to create a single, comprehensive inventory count plan. **Where**: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. **Who**: This feature is available to users with the Inventory Count Manager and Inventory Count User permission sets. **Why**: Previously, an Inventory Manager had to create a separate inventory count plan for every location where inventory was stored. For organizations with a high number of child locations such as a warehouse with hundreds of rooms, this was time-consuming and error-prone. This enhancement reduces administrative effort by allowing inventory managers to define a single, overarching plan at the parent location. # Simplify LinkedIn CAPI Activation with the Conversion Type Filter  Filter conversion rules by type when you integrate Data 360 with the LinkedIn Conversion API (CAPI). Mapping the "type" field is now optional during attribute matching and reduces manual data entry errors. **Where:** This feature is available in Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Ad Audiences license. **When:** This feature is available starting in April 2026. **Who:** To create integrations with LinkedIn CAPI, users need an Ad Audience license and the Data Cloud Architect or Data Cloud Activation Manager permission set. **How:** To filter conversion rules, select a conversion type from the dropdown menu on the Event Selection screen. You can also select a conversion rule to filter the type automatically. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer_:  LinkedIn Conversion API Connector](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-int/guide/c360-a-linkedincapi-connector.html) # Simplify Loyalty Widget Deployment with Lightning Out 2.0 Embed widgets into your external sites or Experience Cloud sites with auto-generated HTML snippets. Built on Lightning Out 2.0, the widgets reflect the changes that you make to design, content, or behavior immediately without redeploying code. Previously, you had to manually embed widgets and re-embed them after every change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **How:** On the Widget Designer page, click **Embed**. Copy the generated HTML code and add it to your sites. # Simplify Manufacturing Sales Order Pricing with Advanced Calculations Calculate precise prices directly on manufacturing sales orders using enterprise-grade pricing capabilities. Configure the pricing engine to mirror your ERP system's logic, supporting over 35 pricing calculation types, including customer hierarchies, volume discounts, promotions, and surcharges, to eliminate manual calculations and ensure invoice consistency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Manufacturing. **Who:** To set up and use pricing, users need the Advanced Pricing for Manufacturing, BRERuntimeAddOn, BREDesignerAddOn, Salesforce Pricing Admin, Salesforce Pricing Design Time User, Salesforce Pricing Manager, Salesforce Pricing Run Time User, Context Service, Data Processing Engine, and supporting licenses. **How:** In Setup, turn on **Advanced Pricing for Manufacturing**, enable Context Definitions, and configure Salesforce Pricing. Load your ERP pricing data, then add the Pricing Details component to Order record pages so users can view the full pricing calculation for each transaction. For more details, see [Calculate Advanced Pricing for Sales Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.ppp_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simplify Manufacturing Setup with Salesforce Go Discover Distributor Management capabilities and Tableau Next Apps on Salesforce Go, and leverage expanded configurability across all Manufacturing features for a tailored, one-stop setup experience. Access help content and setup resources to quickly learn features and complete configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Simplify Marketing Planning and Operations Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can set up Marketing Planning and Operations and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. If you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition. **When:** This functionality is available starting in late October 2026. **How:** Select Salesforce Go from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Filter by Marketing Cloud Next to find the Marketing Planning and Operations feature. ![Marketing Planning and Operations feature in Salesforce Go.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mktg_pln_oper_go.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Discover and Set Up Marketing Planning and Operations with Salesforce Go](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_setup_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Meeting Scheduling with a Redesigned Interface Give prospects a simpler and quicker way to schedule meetings with your sales team. When a user receives a scheduling link generated from Insert Availability in the Lightning Experience Email Composer, Gmail extension, or Outlook add-in, they’re taken to the new interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** This change became available in December 2025. **How:** In Inbox, insert a scheduling link. ![New meeting scheduling interface.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_meeting_scheduling_ui.jpg) # Simplify Multi-Year Quoting by Using a Guided Ramp Schedule Use a guided flow to generate multi-year ramp schedules instead of manually cloning segments. Include trial periods, and select whether to place prorated segments at the beginning or end of a contract to align with your customer's needs. Sales reps can preview and fine-tune the entire schedule before saving changes to the quote. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on Ramp Deals for Groups in Quotes and Orders and Multiple Ramp Schedules Per Transaction. In Set Up Flow for Creating Ramp Schedules, provide the API name of the flow to use when creating a ramp schedule. To use trial segments, turn on Trial Segments for Group Ramp Schedules. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Ramp Schedule with Trial or Prorated Segments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_ramp_schedule_with_trial_and_proration_segments.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Offer Management Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure Offer Management features, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Customer Loyalty products and features, and if you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can purchase add-on licenses for some features directly from Salesforce Go. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management. **How:** Select Salesforce Go from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Navigate to the My Clouds tab to see what’s available in Customer Loyalty. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Omnistudio Component Deployments with Clean Metadata Use Clean Metadata Deployment to manage and deploy Omnistudio components with the same tools and processes you already use for standard Salesforce metadata. Deploy them by using Salesforce CLI, change sets, and first-generation (1GP) and second-generation (2GP) packages in the same pipeline as your Lightning web components, flows, Apex classes, and similar metadata. Each component exposes a single version, dependencies are detected automatically, and source files use clean, version-agnostic names. Previously, deploying Omnistudio components required extra steps to work around the limitations of the old metadata. **Where:** This change applies to Omnistudio on the standard runtime and standard designer. If you're on the managed package runtime and designer, migrate to the standard runtime and designer to use Clean Metadata Deployment. **Why:** With Clean Metadata Deployment turned on, you get these improvements. - Atomic deployment: Deploy Omnistudio changes together with other Salesforce metadata types in one deployment. - Automatic dependency detection: Automatically include a component's dependencies when you retrieve or deploy it. This detection applies to first-generation packages. - Single-version management: Work with only each component's active version instead of scanning a long list to find the right one, and create a version in the target org each time you deploy. - Readable diffs: Give reviewers consistent, readable diffs of your deployed Omnistudio changes. - Packaging support: Package the metadata in 1GP and 2GP packages. - Sandbox copy support: Copy your Omnistudio components automatically when you create a full or partial copy sandbox. - Source tracking: Track changes between your local project and a scratch org or sandbox as you create, update, or delete Omnistudio components. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Omnistudio Settings, select **Omnistudio Settings**, and turn on Clean Metadata Deployment in both the source org and the target org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio_: Clean Metadata Deployment for Omnistudio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_clean_metadata_deployment.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify On-The-Go Attendance Tracking for Your Staff Taking attendance for benefit sessions is now faster and easier for staff working in the field. The attendance experience is optimized in the Salesforce mobile app to facilitate quick data capture. Staff can use their phones or tablets to find sessions or participants, update single or multiple participant records at once, and save their work with confidence. Capturing data in real time reduces administrative work and improves accuracy, so that your team spends less time on data entry and more time on your mission. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Program Management is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Program and Case Management for Experience Cloud permission set, or the Advanced Program Management permission set, can take on-the-go attendance. # Simplify Product Catalog Maintenance by Bypassing Unsynced Items Keep your storefront running smoothly even when your external inventory and Salesforce product catalog aren't in sync. The Eligible Promotions and the Promotion Evaluation and Execution APIs no longer reject items that aren’t yet synced to the Salesforce catalog. Instead, the APIs ignore the unsynced products in a cart and apply line-level and cross-line level promotions only to the synced items. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. # Simplify Product Configuration with Custom Attribute and Category Ordering Help your sales reps navigate complex configurations by arranging attribute categories and attributes in a logical sequence. Previously, you couldn’t control the display order of attribute categories, and attributes appeared alphabetically by name. You can now set or change the display order at the Product Classification, Product Subclassification, or Product level. Products inherit the ordering from their classification, and sales reps see the sequence in the Configurator UI. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth, Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Reorder Attribute Categories and Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_catalog_reorder_attribute_categories.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Product Migrations with Automated Image Replication Product images are now included when you replicate products from staging to production. Granular replication bundles internal product images in a zip file and places the images in their correct locations during the import process. Previously, product images weren't transferred, so you had to move them manually. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** To replicate product images, in Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Administration** | **Site** | **Global Preferences** | **Feature Switches**. Turn on Granular Replications Feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Replicate Products with Granular Replication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_replicate_products_with_granular_replication.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Program and Case Management Feature Setup Configure Program Management, Case Management, and Outcome Management features with detailed, step-by-step guidance in Salesforce Go. Complete the entire setup process from a single page without navigating away. You can also track feature usage and access content resources to get started quickly. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** Salesforce admins can configure Program Management, Case Management, and Outcome Management features with Salesforce Go. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US&type=5) # Simplify Quoting and Policy Configuration through Guided Flows With the Product Configuration Lightning Web Component, users can immediately see how policy attribute changes affect the premium, enabling efficient, real-time quote generation. This component for Omnistudio accepts multiple rating inputs and calls the Insurance Rating POST and PATCH APIs to update attribute values for specific coverages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Insurance Product Configuration Lightning Web Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_product_config_lwc.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Real-Time Data Graph Configuration Streamline your setup process by removing the Record Caching and User Session Length settings in the Consumption Limits section for real-time data graphs. These settings don’t impact your credit consumption or billing. This update simplifies configuration and helps you focus on settings that directly impact Data 360 usage. When creating a real-time data graph, the Real-Time Consumption Limits section no longer includes the Record Caching or User Session Length fields. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in July 2026. # Simplify Recipe Backup with Direct Upload and Download in Data Manager Save time and clicks accessing your CRM Analytics recipe JSON for backups or editing. Now you can upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager, without opening the recipe editor. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Data Manager, on the Recipes tab, use the dropdown menu to upload or download your recipe JSON. ![The upload and download recipe actions.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_recipe_list_actions.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Download and Upload Recipes ph conref="../../../resources/relnotes.xml#relnotes/help\_disclaimer"/>](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_job_recipe_upload_download.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Recipe Backup with Direct Upload and Download in Data Manager Save time and clicks accessing your Salesforce Data Pipelines recipe JSON for backups or editing. Now you can upload and download your recipes directly from Data Manager, without opening the recipe editor. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Data Manager, on the Recipes tab, use the dropdown menu to upload or download your recipe JSON. ![The upload and download recipe actions.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_recipe_list_actions.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Download and Upload Recipes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_integrate_job_recipe_upload_download.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Referral Widget Deployment with Lightning Out 2.0 Embed widgets into your external sites or Experience Cloud sites with auto-generated HTML snippets. Built on Lightning Out 2.0, the widgets reflect any changes that you make to design, content, or behavior immediately, without redeploying code. Previously, you had to manually embed widgets and re-embed them after every change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Referral Marketing. **How:** On the Widget Designer page, click **Embed**. Copy the generated HTML code and add it to your sites. # Simplify REST API Version Management You can now use `latest` instead of a numbered version in a REST API URI. Your request is routed to the most recent REST API version that is supported by your org. This is indicated in the response of the List Available REST API Versions resource. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in API Enabled Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **How:** In a REST API URI, as seen in the following example, replace the version segment `vXX.0` with `latest`. ``` https://.my.salesforce.com/services/data/latest/sobjects/Account ``` #### See Also - [_REST API Developer Guide_: Introducing Lightning Platform REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_rest.meta/api_rest/intro_rest.htm) # Simplify Retail Deposit Account Origination with the Discovery Framework Template Guide applicants through deposit account originations with a prebuilt Omniscript template. Capture personal, employment, and source of funds information while accelerating the process by using new Digital Origination capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Lending. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Retail Deposit Account Origination](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_lending_deposit_account_origination.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Revenue Cloud Feature Discovery and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, and configure Revenue Management features, all from a single location in Setup. This release adds the ability to configure high tech order orchestration from a prebuilt template for common order scenarios. Discover and configure key Billing features such as Invoice Management, Tax Calculation, Invoice Document Delivery, and Accounting Sub-Ledger for Accounts Receivables with guided setup steps, videos, and help resources. - **[Launch the Revenue Cloud Solution for Subscription Selling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_launch_the_revenue_cloud_solution_for_subscription_selling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Install the Revenue Management Subscription Selling solution in an empty sandbox from Salesforce Go with a working reference configuration. The installation turns on Revenue Cloud foundations and configures your org with sample subscription products, price books, and more, giving you the experience of a Revenue Cloud implementation for subscription-selling use cases. Start quoting and placing orders immediately with a baseline configuration. Use this solution as a starting point, and then refine the configuration for your production rollout. - **[Orchestrate High Tech Order Scenarios by Using a Prebuilt Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_dro_hightech_orch_with_salesforce_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Extend Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator with a preconfigured orchestration plan in Salesforce Go that’s built for common high tech order scenarios. Skip the manual setup work and start from a template designed around industry-specific order orchestration. - **[Configure Billing Features Faster](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_features_with_salesforce_go.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Salesforce Go to discover and configure Invoice Management, Tax Calculation, Invoice Document Delivery, and Accounting Sub-Ledger for Accounts Receivables. Guided setup steps, videos, and help resources walk you through configuration so you spend less time configuring these Billing features. # Simplify Revenue Cloud for Communications Feature Configuration and Setup With Salesforce Go, you can discover, set up, configure Revenue Cloud for Communications features, and track feature usage, all from a single location in Setup. Learn more about features and get help with configuration by accessing content resources and links. Explore more Revenue Cloud for Communications products and features from Salesforce Go. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Go to the **My Clouds** tab to see what’s available in Revenue Cloud for Communications. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Discover and Set Up Revenue Cloud for Communications Features with Salesforce Go_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_discover_and_set_up_revenue_cloud_for_communications_features_with_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Discover and Set Up Features with Salesforce Go_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_salesforce_go.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Score Analysis with AI-Powered Insights Understand the factors driving CSI score trends by using Insight Summary. This AI-generated summary provides an immediate explanation of the top two composite scores that impacted the all-up CSI score during a period. Powered by Tableau Next's Metric Insight Summaries, these insights provide clarity on how specific dimensions influence CSI scores to build company-level decision confidence. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note CSI Score is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** CSI Score is available starting in March 2026. **How:** To enable CSI Score (beta), contact your Salesforce account executive. ![AI Insights.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_csi_score_insights.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Work with CSI Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.csi_score_work_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Metric Insight Summaries in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.csi_score_work_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: About Metric Insight Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_insight_summaries.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Segment Filters with Reusable Attribute Shortcuts Save frequently used segment filter attributes and their complex data model paths as shortcuts. You can select saved configurations from a dedicated library tab instead of navigating multiple data model objects and paths manually while building segments. Focus on filter values rather than underlying data structures and apply consistent filter criteria across segments. Starting in August 2026, you can also use attribute shortcuts for activations. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in July 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Attribute Shortcut](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_attribute_shortcut.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Build a Segment with Attribute Shortcuts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_build_segment_attribute_shortcuts.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Subscription Changes for Products with Promotions Help your sales reps support existing customers by making it easy to update products with active promotions when a customer wants to make changes. Sales reps can handle products efficiently and accurately during amendment, renewal, and cancellation of products that have active promotions. This capability ensures that ‌customers can amend, renew, or cancel products that have promotions, providing a frictionless experience for sales reps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **Who:** To amend, renew, or cancel products, you need the InitiateAmendment API, InitiateRenewal API, and InitiateCancellation API permission set. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Amend, Renew, and Cancel Assets with Promotions_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_manage_promotions_in_revenue_cloud_for_communications.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Testing with a Default Domain (Generally Available) Accelerate time to market by using a preconfigured, Salesforce-managed default hostname for testing in development, staging, and production environments. The default domain, which is provisioned when you create a realm, has embedded CDN capabilities, eliminating the need to manually configure DNS settings. To maintain security, development and staging instances require user credentials. Production instances have a Block All firewall rule applied by default. Configure Allow rules to grant access. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note If you don’t have a vanity domain configured for your Production instance, the Block All rule causes issues with Page Designer and Preview functions. To ensure these functions work as expected, configure a vanity hostname or create a custom firewall rule to allow specific IPs or User Agents in the Default zone. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **When:** This feature, originally scheduled for 26.3, is now scheduled for release in all realms by May 29, 2026. **How:** By default, eCommerce, Business Manager, Storefront, Preview, and Toolkit traffic routes to the default domain. To override this routing, configure a vanity hostname in your aliases file (**Merchant Tools** | **SEO & Discoverability** | **Aliases**). A vanity domain defined in the aliases file is prioritized, with the default domain used as a fallback only when no vanity hostname is configured. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Default Domain Support for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_default_domain.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Hostname Aliases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_hostname_aliases.htm&language=en_US) - [_Known Issue_: B2C Commerce Default Domain Hostname Incorrectly Takes Precedence as Default Preview URL Hostname](https://help.salesforce.com/s/issue?id=a02Ka00000mnCET) # Simplify the Foundations Setup Experience with Salesforce Go Salesforce Go is now your primary setup experience for Foundations, putting key setup options on one page. Marketing setup items, like Marketing Cloud enablement and Profile Unification, move to a dedicated setup page that you access from the Foundations on Go page. The previous Foundations Setup node stays in Setup and redirects you to the Foundations on Go page, where previously enabled features show as turned on. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Who:** Accessing the Foundations on Go page requires your Salesforce Foundations license, which grants you access to the Home app, Email Builder, and the Foundations navigation. Other licenses, such as Data Cloud and Agentforce, don't control access to the page, and features that need those licenses show their own messages. **How:** From Setup, enter Foundations in the Quick Find box and select **Salesforce Foundations**. Click **Get Started**, and then turn on features directly from the setup page. Marketing-related setup items, such as Marketing Cloud enablement and Profile Unification, use a separate configuration process from the linked Marketing Foundations setup page. ![The new Foundations setup page with key setup steps, such as turning on Foundations and enabling Data Cloud, on a single page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_foundations_go_setup.png) Turning off individual options within a feature group doesn't change the feature's overall status as enabled. To turn off a feature completely, turn off all its options. After you turn on a feature, refresh the Foundations on Go page to see its updated status. If you selected only some of the recommended licenses on the previous Foundations setup page, the Foundations on Go page shows a Prerequisites section. Click **Update Licenses** to add the missing licenses. For more information, see [Salesforce Foundations Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_salesforce_foundations_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Foundations Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_salesforce_foundations_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simplify the User Workflow with the Open a Page Action Launch Salesforce records or any external URL directly from your flow, including between screen transitions, by adding the Open a Page action. Open related information, such as a newly created opportunity, in a separate tab without requiring users to exit the flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In the Properties panel, select **Open a Page**. Choose whether to open a Salesforce record or an external page, and fill out the specified fields. # Simplify Transactions with Calculation-Driven Rounding for All Currencies Process cash payments and international orders compliantly. Salesforce POS supports calculation-driven rounding for zero and two-decimal currencies recognized by the International Organization for Standardization 4217. Rounding rules apply at the final sales calculation step, ensuring precise transaction totals and consistent sales and tax reports. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management** | **Store Settings** | **System** and set the Number of Decimals Supported by Currency. Save your changes. ![POS CMS settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_11.8_currency.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Currency Rounding in Retail Cloud POS (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_cash_rounding_in_retail_pos.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify User Onboarding with the Unified Employee License (UEL) Streamline the provisioning of new employees and simplify access management by utilizing the IT Service Portal Employee User permission set license (PSL), Unified Employee License (UEL) and the standard Unified Employee profile. This new licensing model replaces the need for custom Customer Community Plus (CCP) profiles, and you can create an Employee record from a User record with a single click. This process applies only when you create new employee users. Existing users modeled as employees with a CCP license and profile are unaffected. New UEL users maintain the same access and permissions as existing CCP users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Simplify Validation for Document Checklists Items Define a multilevel object hierarchy and specify the exact fields against which documents need to be validated, based on the Document Checklist Item’s category and type. Reduce user friction and increase validation accuracy by helping users focus on required data points across related records. Improve efficiency by defining which fields need to be validated for a specific document checklist item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud, and Document Checklist Item. **How:** From Setup, find and select **Advanced Document Validation**. On the Document Validation Definition page, create an object relationship to define the hierarchy against which a document checklist item is validated. Then, map a document’s type to a field group. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Document Validation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_advanced_document_validation.htm&language=en_US) # Simplify Workforce Management Discovery and Setup Use Salesforce Go to discover and configure Workforce Management features from a single location in Setup. Access feature information, configuration guidance, and related resources to help you set up Workforce Management. **How:** Select **Salesforce Go** from the gear menu or the main **Setup** menu. On the Features tab, search for **Workforce Management** or browse to it in the **Manage an Agentforce Contact Center** feature set. # Simplify Workforce Scheduling Feature Discovery and Setup Use Salesforce Go to discover, set up, and configure Workforce Scheduling features, all from one location in Setup. Access content resources and links to learn more about features and get help. Easily configure features related to appointments, Event Management, Engagement Channels, Object Mapping, and Scheduling Policies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Scheduling is bundled as an add-on license for Public Sector Solutions. For more information, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** Select Salesforce Go from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Go to the My Clouds tab to see what’s available in Workforce Scheduling. # Simplify Your Flow Builder Layout by Collapsing Branching Elements Manage complex flows more efficiently by hiding unnecessary detail on the canvas. Now you can collapse and expand branching elements with Flow Builder, including Wait, Decision, Loop, Path Experiment, and Async Actions, helping you focus on the key parts of your flow. To ensure a consistent workflow, Flow Builder remembers your specific expand and collapse preferences. This layout is saved automatically and locally in your browser, making it easier to return to your work without changing the view for other users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Collapse and expand branching elements in the Flow builder canvas by clicking ![Collapse](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_chevron_down.png) or ![Expand](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_chevron_right.png) next to an element’s name. ![Flow Builder canvas showing the Collapse icon next to an element with branching paths](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_collapse_and_expand.png) # Simplify Your Navigation with the Updated Data 360 Menu Reduce tab overload and access enablement material directly from the updated Data 360 navigation and resource pages. The left side navigation groups related features together, so you can move through your work more smoothly. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available starting October 2026. **How:** Existing customers can enable or disable the left side navigation, from **Feature Manager** in **Data Cloud Setup**. Select **Enable** next to **Data 360 Left Side Navigation**. Existing users who have customized their navigation or pinned tabs must reset their settings. Edit navigation settings from the pencil icon. Select **Reset Navigation to Default** and click **Save**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_product_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Simulate Tariff Comparisons Using Dynamic Runtime Usage Weights Sales reps and customers can model energy usage and calculate real-time cost scenarios by adjusting usage distribution directly in the Tariff Comparison component. Compare customized plan variations side by side with standard product options to view potential savings and support data-driven decisions. Custom runtime scenarios automatically update the recommendation logic to highlight the most cost-effective tariff. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Tariff Comparison_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ene_tariff_comparison.htm&language=en_US) # Site Performance Reduce the risk of downtime for custom domains that are served by a third party. For Visualforce sites, leave an empty value in the Site Favorite icon field and show your site visitors a cleaner browser tab. In 2026, Salesforce begins to migrate enhanced and custom domains that use the Salesforce Content Delivery Network to the Cloudflare CDN. - **[Simplify Custom Domain Management with a Stable Target Host Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_target_host_name_update.htm&release=260&type=5)** If a third party serves your custom domain and your org uses Salesforce Edge Network, reduce your effort and the risk of downtime during Salesforce maintenance. Work with your third-party provider to update the domain’s target host name to your org’s My Domain login URL, which continues to work when your Salesforce instance changes. The current target host name works until your instance name or Hyperforce cell changes. We recommend that you update the target host name before your next org migration. - **[Visualforce Sites Display Only the Specified Favicon](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experience_cloud_visualforce_favicon.htm&release=260&type=5)** Visualforce sites now support an empty value in the Site Favorite Icon field. The small icon appears in browser tabs, bookmarks, and search results for your site. Previously, when no icon was specified, users could see the Salesforce logo. - **[Salesforce Migrates Enhanced and Custom Domains Serving Digital Experiences to Cloudflare CDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_cloudflare_cdn.htm&release=260&type=5)** Beginning in 2026, Salesforce is migrating all enhanced and custom domains serving Digital Experiences that use the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) from Akamai to Cloudflare. Starting with the Spring ’26 release, all enhanced and custom domains that use the Salesforce CDN service are created using the Cloudflare CDN as the default service provider. You can manually migrate custom domains to the Cloudflare CDN ahead of the Salesforce-initiated migration. - **[Finish Updating Your Legacy Force.com Site URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_update_forcedotcom_urls.htm&release=260&type=5)** To ensure continued access to your sites, update references to your old site URLs that end in force.com. Redirections from those site URLs stop working in this release. Look for references to those URLs in Salesforce, such as in knowledge articles, and outside Salesforce, such as integrations and links in your marketing materials. # Skip Template Pre-Approval for WhatsApp Utility Messages with Direct Send WhatsApp Direct Send eliminates the manual pre-approval step for utility messages, reducing operational bottlenecks in your messaging workflow. Unlike the traditional template lifecycle, Direct Send templates reach recipients without waiting for prior approval. Your teams deploy utility messages faster and at higher volumes. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **When:** This feature is planned for availability after November 2026. # Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Free Suite, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Foundations, Marketing Cloud Growth, and Marketing Cloud Advanced. **When:** This feature is available starting mid-August. **Why:** With the redesigned List Sends experience, you can: - Skip segment creation entirely with Actionable Lists, which process your audience directly from your Contact or Lead list instead of requiring a Data 360 segment. - Get emails out faster on time-sensitive campaigns. List-based sends no longer require segment processing, which can delay delivery or cause failed sends. - Configure your message on one page instead of clicking through separate modal pages. Audience, message type, and save location are all visible together, so it's easy to see what's done and what's left. **How:** From the Marketing app, access Leads or Contacts and apply a filter to select your intended recipients. Click **Send Email** to start the workflow. ![The single-page experience for defining the message type, audience, and save location of an email defined from a list view.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/marketing/rn_mktg_list_sends.png) In Free Suite, emails go out immediately. Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Foundations, and Marketing Cloud editions add the option to schedule sends for later. In Free Suite, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, and Foundations, access List Sends from Marketing Home. In Marketing Cloud editions, access List Sends from the Contacts or Leads list view. # Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** This feature is available starting mid-August. **Why:** With the redesigned List Sends experience, you can: - Skip segment creation entirely with Actionable Lists, which process your audience directly from your Contact or Lead list instead of requiring a Data 360 segment. - Get emails out faster on time-sensitive campaigns. List-based sends no longer require segment processing, which can delay delivery or cause failed sends. - Configure your message on one page instead of clicking through separate modal pages. Audience, message type, and save location are all visible together, so it's easy to see what's done and what's left. **How:** From the Marketing app, access Leads or Contacts and apply a filter to select your intended recipients. Click **Send Email** to start the workflow. ![The single-page experience for defining the message type, audience, and save location of an email defined from a list view.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_mktg_list_sends.png) In Free Suite, emails go out immediately. Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Foundations, and Marketing Cloud editions add the option to schedule sends for later. In Free Suite, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, and Foundations, access List Sends from Marketing Home. In Marketing Cloud editions, access List Sends from the Contacts or Leads list view. # Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Foundations Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away, without the extra processing step it used to require. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings message configuration and audience selection together on a single page. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **When:** This feature is available starting mid-August. #### See Also - [Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_list_sends.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place.") # Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Foundations Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists right away, without the extra processing step it used to require. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings message configuration and audience selection together on a single page. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **When:** This feature was available starting mid-August. #### See Also - [Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mktg_list_sends.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place.") # Skip the Wait When Sending Emails to Contact and Lead Lists in Salesforce Suites Send promotional, transactional, or relational emails to your Contact and Lead lists without the extra processing step it used to require. Previously, sending emails from lists required creating a Data 360 segment, which introduced delays and occasional failed sends. The redesigned List Sends experience also brings the initial message configuration and audience selection steps into a single page. You can also use an agent to build a new audience list. Design your message without clicking through separate pages or losing your place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Free Suite, Starter Suite, and Pro Suite. **When:** This feature is available starting mid-August. **Why:** With the redesigned List Sends experience, you can: - Skip segment creation entirely with Actionable Lists or the audience creation agent, which process your audience directly from your Contact or Lead list instead of requiring a Data 360 segment. - Get emails out faster on time-sensitive campaigns. List-based sends no longer require segment processing, which can delay delivery or cause failed sends. - Configure your message on one page instead of clicking through separate pages. Audience, message type, and save location are all visible together, so it's easy to see what's done and what's left. **How:** From the Marketing app, access Leads or Contacts and apply a filter to select your intended recipients. Click **Send Email** to start the workflow. ![The single-page experience for defining the message type, audience, and save location of an email defined from a list view.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_mktg_list_sends.png) In Free Suite, emails go out immediately. In Starter Suite and Pro Suite, you can also schedule sends for later. Access List Sends from Marketing Home. # Slack Integrations Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from anywhere. - **[Sell Smarter in Slack: Agentforce Sales and the New Go Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_agentforce_sales_for_slack.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Agentforce Sales is now available directly in Slackbot, bringing Sales agents into your Slack workflow. A new dedicated Go page makes setup fast and easy for admins. - **[Search, Summarize, and Take Action with Slackbot in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps_slackbot_salesforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Slackbot, your personal agent for work, is built into Salesforce, not just Slack. Because Slackbot has the same context and access to information that you do, it works across both systems from wherever you are in Salesforce. Get caught up quickly, plan next steps for a customer deal, and find key information fast. - **[Slack Integrations Archived Release Notes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps_archive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Slack Integrations release notes from Summer ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. To find updates from Winter ’25 through our last release, select a release from the drop-down menu in the toolbar. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Slack Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=slack.slack_integrations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Slack Help:_ Slack Updates and Changes](https://slack.com/help/articles/115004846068-Slack-updates-and-changes) ## Slack Integrations Release Note Changes by Month We made these additions and changes to published release notes. ### September 2026 - **Slackbot in Salesforce**: [Search, Summarize, and Take Action with Slackbot in Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_slack_apps_slackbot_salesforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Slackbot, your personal agent for work, is built into Salesforce, not just Slack. Because Slackbot has the same context and access to information that you do, it works across both systems from wherever you are in Salesforce. Get caught up quickly, plan next steps for a customer deal, and find key information fast.") (Added the week of September 28, 2026) ### August 2026 - No changes since the initial publication. # Slack Integrations Archived Release Notes Slack Integrations release notes from Summer ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. To find updates from Winter ’25 through our last release, select a release from the drop-down menu in the toolbar. For the most accurate and current information about Slack Integrations, always refer to help documentation instead of release notes.
Included Releases PDF Link
  • Winter ’22 to Summer ’24
 Salesforce for Slack Integrations Release Notes, 2022-2024
# SOAP API These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in REST API version 67.0. ## Changed Calls login() `login()` is unavailable in API version 65.0 and later. `login()` returns an HTTP status code of 500 and the exception code `UNSUPPORTED_API_VERSION` in API version 65.0 or later. # SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update) In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. **Where:** This change affects these SOAP API versions: 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0, 41.0, 42.0, 43.0, 44.0, 45.0, 46.0, 47.0, 48.0, 49.0, 50.0, 51.0, 52.0, 53.0, 54.0, 55.0, 56.0, 57.0, 58.0, 59.0, 60.0, 61.0, 62.0, 63.0, 64.0 This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all API-enabled Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** You can continue to use login() in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 until Summer ’27 is released. At that time, login() in these SOAP API versions will be retired and unavailable. When login() in these SOAP API versions is retired, applications using login() in these SOAP API versions will experience disruption. The requests will fail with an error message indicating that the login() endpoint has been deactivated. **How:** Before Summer ’27 is released, customers and partners must modify or upgrade their applications to use external client apps for authentication. See [SOAP API login() Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005132110&type=1&language=en_US). Test the retirement’s impact on your org by enabling the test run in release updates. The test run disables the SOAP API login() call in your org. # SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update) In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. **Where:** This change affects these SOAP API versions: 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0, 41.0, 42.0, 43.0, 44.0, 45.0, 46.0, 47.0, 48.0, 49.0, 50.0, 51.0, 52.0, 53.0, 54.0, 55.0, 56.0, 57.0, 58.0, 59.0, 60.0, 61.0, 62.0, 63.0, 64.0 This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all API-enabled Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** You can continue to use login() in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 until Summer ’27 is released. At that time, login() in these SOAP API versions will be retired and unavailable. When login() in these SOAP API versions is retired, applications using login() in these SOAP API versions will experience disruption. The requests will fail with an error message indicating that the login() endpoint has been deactivated. **How:** Before Summer ’27 is released, customers and partners must modify or upgrade their applications to use external client apps for authentication. See [SOAP API login() Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005132110&type=1&language=en_US). Test the retirement’s impact on your org by enabling the test run in release updates. The test run disables the SOAP API login() call in your org. # SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update) In Summer ‘27, the SOAP API `login()` call in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 will no longer be supported and no longer be available. **Where:** This change affects these SOAP API versions: 31.0, 32.0, 33.0, 34.0, 35.0, 36.0, 37.0, 38.0, 39.0, 40.0, 41.0, 42.0, 43.0, 44.0, 45.0, 46.0, 47.0, 48.0, 49.0, 50.0, 51.0, 52.0, 53.0, 54.0, 55.0, 56.0, 57.0, 58.0, 59.0, 60.0, 61.0, 62.0, 63.0, 64.0 This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all API-enabled Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** You can continue to use login() in SOAP API versions 31.0 through 64.0 until Summer ’27 is released. At that time, login() in these SOAP API versions will be retired and unavailable. When login() in these SOAP API versions is retired, applications using login() in these SOAP API versions will experience disruption. The requests will fail with an error message indicating that the login() endpoint has been deactivated. **How:** Before Summer ’27 is released, customers and partners must modify or upgrade their applications to use external client apps for authentication. See [SOAP API login() Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005132110&type=1&language=en_US). Test the retirement’s impact on your org by enabling the test run in release updates. The test run disables the SOAP API login() call in your org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: External Client Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.external_client_apps.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update) With this update enabled, Apex batch action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful requests are at the bottom. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** Currently, error-prone requests are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful requests are at the bottom. With this change, action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. **How:** After this update is applied, Apex batch action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. Then, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. To get the Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order release update, follow the testing and activation steps. # Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update) With this update enabled, Apex batch action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful requests are at the bottom. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** Currently, error-prone requests are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful requests are at the bottom. With this change, action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. **How:** After this update is applied, Apex batch action results are shown in the order that the requests are received. Then, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. To get the Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order release update, follow the testing and activation steps. # Sort Functionality on the Product Catalog Is Retired The sort functionality on the Product Catalog is no longer available in Enterprise Sales Management. This feature is retired in Winter '27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. # Sort Rule-Based Recommendations Meaningfully You can now sort recommendations using direct attributes from item data graphs or calculated insights from profile data graphs. For example, to display the most recently viewed products at the top of your recommendations, configure the recommender to sort products by the engagement date and time in descending order. With this flexibility, you can rank recommendations based on specific user interactions such as favorited items, direct item attributes such as inventory count, or external intelligence such as brand affinity score from an external system. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure a Rule-Based Recommender](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_recommender_configure_rule_based.htm&language=en_US) # Specify the Number of Async Jobs to Delete Use the new method overload for `purgeOldAsyncJobs()` to specify the number of oldest, completed async jobs in your org to purge. Providing an upper bound for the number of records to delete enables incremental progress when large volumes of records are to be deleted. **Where:** This feature is available in API version 66.0 and later. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Specify the number of completed async jobs to delete, starting from the oldest jobs that finished before the specified date. This example shows how to delete up to 1000 job records for jobs that finished before today’s date. ```java Integer maximumNumberOfJobsToDelete = 1000; Integer count = System.purgeOldAsyncJobs( Date.today(), maximumNumberOfJobsToDelete ); System.debug('Deleted ' + count + ' old jobs.'); ``` #### See Also - [_Apex Reference Guide_: purgeOldAsyncJobs(dt, numOfJobs)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_methods_system_system.htm#apex_System_System_purgeOldAsyncJobs_2) # Specify Which Email Domains Require Address Verification If a trusted integration or admin manages your users’ email addresses in Salesforce, specify which domains require email address verification. By default, this user-level verification is always required to send email from Salesforce. For each authorized email domain, you can require email address verification only when users change their email address, or disable address verification entirely. Previously, you contacted Salesforce Customer Support to disable email address verification. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com. **Why:** This feature affects users’ ability to send email from Salesforce. It has no impact on user account verification or the user’s ability to log in to Salesforce. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Authorized Email Domains, and then select **Authorized Email Domains**. Click **Edit** next to a domain, then for Require Address Verification to Send Email, select **Always**, **For Updated Addresses Only**, or **Never**. ![The Require Address Verification to Send Email field on an Authorized Email Domain.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/auth_domain_require_address_verf.png) This setting affects verification for user email addresses, user return email addresses, and [organization-wide email addresses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.orgwide_email.htm&type=5&language=en_US). If you select Never for one or more authorized email domains, Salesforce restricts email address updates to help protect against impersonation fraud. In that case, only users with the Manage Users or Modify All Data permission can update email addresses and return email addresses on user accounts. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Use a Verified Domain for User-Level Email Verification](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_verification_user_bypass.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Speed Fulfillment with AI Sourcing Recommendations An AI agent evaluates hardware requests and recommends the optimal fulfillment path based on inventory availability and logistics. The Sourcing Agent checks local inventory first, then internal transfers from other locations. Review and accept recommendations in Guided Fulfillment mode, or turn on autonomous mode so the agent creates fulfillment orders automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the IT Service add-on. **Who:** To configure autonomous sourcing, you need the Manage Inventory, Customize Application, and Manage Agents permissions. **Why:** Manual sourcing decisions slow fulfillment when multiple inventory locations are available. When IT Fulfillers review inventory across stockrooms manually, it increases operational overhead and delays request processing. The Sourcing Agent applies a consistent sourcing logic, evaluating requests by strict priority: local inventory nearest to the requester, then internal transfers from other locations calculated by geocode proximity. In Guided Fulfillment mode, access the agent in the Agentforce panel within Salesforce, Slack, or Microsoft Teams to review recommendations and confirm shipments and transfers manually. Fulfillers can also customize the underlying autolaunch flow to enforce custom cross-border logic if needed. In autonomous mode, the agent creates fulfillment orders automatically for requests that meet configured criteria. Connection failures or reservation errors appear directly in the Proactive Assistance interface. **How:** To turn on autonomous sourcing, turn on Hardware Asset Management, enable Generative AI, and turn on the sourcing agent preference in Setup. # Speed Up Agentforce Listing Creation Draft and publish your listings faster. When you upload a new solution, the Partner Console scans its agents, subagents, and actions to populate the listing. You can review and change the descriptions before you publish your listing. If you update to a new version, all your previous customizations stay exactly as they are. **Where:** This change is available in the AgentExchange Listing Builder for Agentforce solutions. **Why:** With this upgrade, you can spend less time marketing, and more time building. Quickly create product listings without starting from scratch, and create clarity by using automated scanning to determine exactly what your solution does. ![Partner Console scans the solution and populates the listing.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/development/rn_appexchange_260_partnerx_releasenote_nga.png) **How:** To use the new Agentforce listing tools, go to the Partner Console. Create an Agentforce solution listing or open an existing one. Select the software package and version that you want to use. The Partner Console automatically fills in the details. Review the titles and descriptions for your agents, actions, and subagents. Save your changes and publish your listing. The information for each of the agents, actions, and subagents is prefilled. After you open and review, the section is ready to publish. # Speed Up App Store and Google Play Approvals with Salesforce Mobile App Permission Get your branded Salesforce mobile apps into users' hands faster with the expansion of App Permissions for Device Capabilities. Previously available only for Experience Cloud apps, these customizable permission settings are now available for the Salesforce mobile app. By providing clear justifications for device access, such as Camera, Photos, and Location, directly in your Mobile Publisher project, you ensure compliance with the latest Apple and Google privacy guidelines, reducing the risk of app rejections. **Where:** This change applies to Mobile Publisher for the Salesforce mobile app on iOS and Android. # Speed Up Bulk Actions by Selecting Entire Result Sets Instantly Act on up to 2,000 matching records at once instead of gathering them batch by batch. Select the records already loaded in the data table, then use the contextual banner to instantly expand your selection to all matching records (up to 2,000) and pass them directly to existing action frameworks like Flow, Omnistudio, and Lightning Web Components. No more scrolling through small batches to perform bulk actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Experience Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Criteria-Based Search and Filter add-on license (or the Criteria-Based Search and Filter for Experience Cloud add-on license for Experience Cloud users). **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Criteria-Based Search and Filter system permission. **How:** Click the **Select All** checkbox on the data table to select the records currently loaded on the page. This selection triggers a contextual banner, which lets you expand your selection to all matching records (up to 2,000) and pass them to a configured Flow, Omnistudio, or custom Lightning Web Component (LWC) action. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Use Criteria-Based Search and Filter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.criteria_based_search_filter_use.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Bulk Ordering by Using a CSV File Buyers with large or complex orders no longer need to add products to their cart one at a time. You can now populate a cart with many line items in a single action by importing a CSV file. Export to a CSV file to review, edit, or share order details outside the storefront before checkout. Prepare or update cart contents in spreadsheet workflows and then move data into B2B Commerce. **Where:** This feature applies to B2B Commerce with Advanced Cart enabled. **How:** In Expeirence Builder, add the Import and Export components to the cart page. Cart export runs asynchronously. # Speed Up Bulk Ordering by Using a CSV File Populate a cart with multiple line items in a single action by importing a CSV file. If a buyer has a large or complex order, they no longer need to add products one at a time. Before checkout, you can export to a CSV file to review, edit, or share order details outside the storefront. Prepare or update cart contents in spreadsheet workflows and then move data into B2B Commerce. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting on October 20, 2027. **How:** In Experience Builder, add the Cart Detail component to the cart page, and add the Cart Exports page to the My Account navigation. Republish your store for the changes to take effect. Cart export and import run asynchronously. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Cart Import and Export](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_cartimportexport.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Cart Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_customize_multicart.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: LWR Store Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_components.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Candidate Sourcing with Agentforce Skill Matching Accelerate hiring by quickly surfacing qualified talent based on specialized skills for quicker review and decision-making. The agent helps recruiters identify candidates for a job position by matching specific skillsets and job specializations. The agent creates leads for the shortlisted candidates to track outreach, and sends emails inviting them to apply. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Public Sector Solutions is enabled with: - Agentforce for Public Sector - Public Sector - Service - Agentforce 1 Edition #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Candidate Sourcing with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_candidate_sourcing_with_agentforce.htm&language=en_US&type=5) # Speed Up CMDB Setup with Import Enhancements Set up CMDB faster with improvements to the Configuration Item (CI) import workflow. Updated field mapping, clearer validations, and intuitive guidance reduce errors during data onboarding. Teams can upload CI records with greater accuracy and fewer iterations, helping organizations move from initial data load to operational readiness sooner while maintaining high data quality from the start. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph is enabled. **Who:** To import configuration items, users must have the IT Service Configuration Item Type Manager permission. **Why:** Import is a primary onboarding method for CMDB. Better mapping and clearer validation reduce rework and help teams configure their CMDB faster. **How:** From the Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph app, you can go to **Import Configuration Items** or **All Configuration Items** to import CIs. # Speed Up Complaint Resolution Drive quicker response times to critical complaints with immediate alerts to assignees in Slack. Assignees without Slack access receive email notifications so they don’t miss critical complaint updates. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the FSC Service, Financial Services Cloud Basic, Financial Services Cloud Standard, or Financial Services Cloud Extension permission set. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find, and select **Flows**. Open the Send Slack Notification to Complaint Owner flow, and click **Save As New Version**. Customize this flow to suit your business requirements. Make sure that you’ve completed the Slack setup and configuration in your org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup and Configuration of Slack for Complaint Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_setup_config_slack_for_complaints.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Contract Midterm Adjustments and Renewals by Generating a Baseline Census When your reps and your clients’ HR admins prepare to update contract terms or member details, they can start with a shared census built from an existing group insurance contract. The census includes demographic details for members and dependents, along with employee classes and plan selections drawn from policies active on a selected change date. HR admins check the census and provide roster or member updates, and your reps use the updated census to prepare renewal or endorsement quotes. With this common starting point, both teams can turn sooner to the changes that matter and spend less time reentering and reconciling census data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. **How**: Use the Generate Census API or set up a screen flow that invokes the Generate Census invocable action. Census generation runs asynchronously. # Speed Up Custom Label Updates in Translation Workbench Save time by updating custom labels directly within the Translation Workbench user interface, instead of navigating to the Custom Labels setup section. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **How:** To update custom label translations from the Translation Workbench, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Translate, and then select **Translate**. To enter new values, select **Custom Label** from the Setup Components and double click the Custom Label Translation column. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Translate Custom Labels](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.cl_translate_edit.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Metadata Available for Translation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.translatable_customizations.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Data 360 Setup with Simple Start Remove manual configuration and sync your standard Salesforce CRM objects directly to Data 360. Instead of spending weeks installing standard app bundles, automatically sync your Salesforce CRM object metadata, including data streams, data lake objects (DLOs), and data model object (DMO) mappings. You consume usage-based credits only when you manually activate data streams and ingest data. **Where:** This feature is available in Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This feature is available only for syncing `Account` and `Contact` objects for new Data 360 users. **When:** This feature is available and automatically enabled for new org tenants provisioned starting in July 2026. **Who:** To view the resulting data streams, turn on the View All Data permission in the Data Cloud Connector permission set. **How:** Simple Start provisions data streams in an inactive status. To begin the flow of data, from the App Launcher, find and select **Data Streams**. Select the data streams, and click **Activate**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Simple Start in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_simple_start.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer Help_: Data 360 DMO and Mapping Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dmo-mapping/guide/c360dm-model-data.html) - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 Simple Start Guide](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/rel1/doc/en-us/static/pdf/Data360_SimpleStart_Guide.pdf) # Speed Up Decision Table Refreshes with Parallel Processing and Automatic Incremental Refreshes After the full refresh completes on the first activation, decision table refreshes now default to processing only what changed instead of reprocessing the entire dataset. Also multiple tables can refresh at the same time instead of queuing one behind another. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Refresh a Decision Table](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.bre_refresh_decision_table.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Enhanced Chat Setup for Agentforce IT Service Streamline the deployment of the Enhanced Chat feature for IT Service with a new setup experience. Replace a series of complex manual configurations by using the new section Set Up Enhanced Chat on the Agentforce for IT Service feature Set Up page. Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. Why: This setup enables and configures necessary Omni-Channel settings, and creates routing configurations and queues for your inbound chat requests. It also activates and deploys the IT Service Employee Agent template, and creates the underlying flows required for routing conversations to the appropriate agent. By handling the complex tasks automatically, this new setup leaves only the security-specific tasks such as adding trusted URLs to CORS for manual completion. # Speed Up Google Wallet Integration by Using the Android SDK Sample App Use the updated reference app in the Android mobile SDK to quickly deploy Google Wallet functionality for your loyalty program. From the My Profile page of the app, members can now link their membership cards to their Google Wallet accounts by using the Add to Google Wallet button. After linking, the app automatically syncs vouchers associated with the membership cards to their Google Wallet accounts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Mobile SDK for Loyalty Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mobile_sdk_ios.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Integrate Loyalty Management With Google Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_integrate_loyalty_with_google_wallet.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Large Quote Operations with Automatic Context Reuse Edit large quotes and orders more efficiently with a single session context for each transaction. Reusing the context eliminates repeated context creation and keeps your data consistent and up to date as you make changes. Context reuse is enabled automatically for large transactions, so no setup is required. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Speed up Medicare Plan Enrollments with a Guided Flow Boost productivity during high-volume enrollment seasons by guiding sales representatives step by step through Medicare plan sales, including Medicare Advantage, Prescription Drug, and Special Needs plans, all in one flow. Capture Scope of Appointment consent automatically to stay CMS compliant. Speed up fact-finding by instantly checking prescription drug formularies, verifying in-network provider tiers, and booking consultations within the 48-hour rule. Cut administrative overhead by completing enrollments conversationally, from disclaimer to signature, without switching between multiple carrier log ins. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud, Digital Insurance Policy Admin, and Digital Insurance Product Admin add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting October 12, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users who have the Digital Health Insurance, Digital Health Insurance for Partner Community, Medicare Sales for Digital Health Insurance, Medicare Sales for Partner Community User, Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud User, or Data Pipelines Base User permission set. Users also need the Use Medicare Sales user permission. **How:** From Setup, turn on Digital Insurance, Data Pipelines, Person Accounts, Provider Search, and Salesforce Scheduler for Health Cloud. Then, add the Medicare Sales Flow action to the Person Account record page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Medicare Sales Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_dhi_set_up_medicare_sales_flow.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Enroll a Beneficiary in a Medicare Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_user_medicare_sales_application.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Pay Now Payments with One-Time Password Authentication Buyers can now save their shipping address and payment information for a faster checkout experience. Buyers can opt to log in with a one-time password (OTP) and retrieve their saved payment details and contact information. **Where:** This change applies to Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Pay Now is enabled. **How:** From your store’s home page, click **Store**. Click **Buyer Access**, and enable Self-Registration. ![Payments Self-Registration option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/comm_self_reg.png) Buyers will then be able to opt in to save their payment information and other contact details. ![Buyer Self-Registration and OTP Opt in Page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/comm_buyer_self_reg.png) # Speed Up Queries and Improve Data Handling with Data 360 SQL (Beta) Enhance data handling, strengthen security, and speed up query responses by using Data 360 SQL. New compact form queries and custom SQL queries now run on Data 360 SQL by default. Existing custom SQL queries continue to use legacy SQL, and you can manually switch them to Data 360 SQL for improved performance. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Improved Data Handling with Data 360 SQL is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **How:** Select a lens that contains a custom SQL query. In the custom SQL query editor, click the **SQL Version** dropdown and select **Data 360 SQL**. ![Change to Data 360 SQL version](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_migrate_to_data360_SQL.png) In the confirmation window, click **Change to Data 360 SQL**, and then click **Update**. You can't change the SQL version of a query back to Legacy SQL once you have changed it to Data 360 SQL. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Migrate CRM Analytics Queries to Data 360 SQL (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_migrate_queries_to_data360_sql.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Quoting with Product Location and MACD Request PDF Uploads Upload Product Location PDFs or move, add, change, and disconnect (MACD) request PDFs to an existing quote in Enterprise Sales Management. Intelligent Document Processing (IDP) extracts row data and matches it to premises, service accounts, and the product catalog. Users then generate Quote Members and Quote Line Items (QLIs) from the matched records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **Who:** To upload request PDFs and generate quote records, you need the Intelligent Document Processing add-on license. **How:** An admin configures the Product Location and MACD document types in custom metadata, including field mapping, validation, value normalization, and match rules. Turn on Einstein Prompt Builder so Intelligent Document Processing can match products and normalize values. Your users upload a request PDF to an existing quote and generate Quote Members and Quote Line Items from the matched rows. # Speed Up Referral Submissions with Auto-Filled Referrer Fields Reduce intake errors by automatically populating referrer details on intake forms. When you turn on Auto-Populate Referrer Details, intake forms automatically populate the referrer’s name, email address, and phone number from the submitter’s user record. By default, Auto-Populate Referrer Details is turned off, so referrer fields remain blank until users enter the details manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Intelligent Referral Management, and select **Intelligent Referral Management**. Click **Referral Intake Configurations**, and then turn on Auto-Populate Referrer Details. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Auto-Populate Referrer Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_referral_management_update_referrer_details.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Rep Actions with Keyboard Shortcuts in Agentforce Contact Centers In Agentforce Contact Centers, reps can now configure and use keyboard shortcuts for quick controls on their softphone. Keyboard shortcuts improve rep productivity, reduce response times, and enhance accessibility. Previously, this feature was available only for Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US&type=5). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Keyboard Shortcuts for Quick Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omni_keyboard_shortcuts.htm&language=en_US) # Speed Up Resolutions for Service Processes with Agentic Self-Service Unify the customer self-service experience in the Financial Services Client portal template with new AI-powered components. Your users can view AI-generated summaries and the most common related questions, ranked by popularity, directly on a service process knowledge article page. Select a word or phrase in a service process knowledge article to trigger a quick chat that uses this context to provide context-aware answers. View service processes that are deployed using Unified Catalog on the service catalog page. In addition, with the Associated Service Processes component, users can launch actions, such as order a checkbook, from relevant articles. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud, and the Agentforce Service Agent add-on. **Who:** This feature is available to users with a Customer Community or Customer Community Plus license, and with a Knowledge license when accessing knowledge-related features. Site builders need the appropriate permissions to configure the Dynamic Q&A component in Experience Builder. **How:** To generate article summaries and dynamic Q&A, turn on Service AI Grounding in Setup and configure the required prompt templates. For the Quick chat component to use your knowledge base, create a data library and assign it to the agent created by using Agentforce Service Agent template available in the Agent Builder. To display associated service processes, configure Unified Catalog Management (UCM) and associate knowledge articles with specific services. # Speed up Semantic Model Queries with Recommendations Find and fix the modeling choices that slow your queries and raise compute costs, such as inefficient join settings or a mix of live and local data sources. Scan a semantic model from the Optimize Model panel, review each recommendation, and apply the changes you want without leaving the model. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Tableau Semantics is enabled. **How:** From the **Semantic Layer** tab, open a semantic model, and click **Optimize Model**. The scan returns a Model Health rating and, on the Performance tab, a card for each recommendation type that summarizes what the scan found. To see the affected relationships, click **Review**, and then apply or dismiss each recommendation. These recommendation types are available. - **Cardinality**: Set a relationship's cardinality to **One-to-One** or **Many-to-One** so that the query engine can skip deduplication logic. This setting speeds up queries by up to 50%. - **Match case insensitivity**: Turn off case-sensitive comparison on joins where the column data has no case variations. ![Performance cards after a model scan](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_semantics_perf_recomm_tabs.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Performance Recommendations for Semantic Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_performance_recommendations_overview&language=en_US) # Speed Up Service Intake Setup with the Enhanced Service Process Builder Define attributes and curate associated product collections in one intuitive workspace. Service process designers can add attributes from the selected process type as well as context definitions and custom sources. Reduce setup friction and get service intakes ready faster by configuring attributes and products on one page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Unified Catalog. **How:** On the Attributes & Products page in Service Process Builder, click **Add**. Define your attributes and products in the New Page window. ![Add attributes and products page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_newpage.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Designer Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.uc_service_designer_components.htm&language=en_US) # Spend Less Time Diagnosing Agent Errors with More Actionable Error Messages During preview conversations, Agentforce Builder shows more detailed error messages for some platform services, replacing errors that were silent or difficult to diagnose. When a service encounters a problem during a preview conversation, you can open the Trace tab to see what went wrong. All error messages include a link to documentation covering possible causes, troubleshooting steps, and guidance on when to contact Salesforce Customer Support. This change doesn't affect end user-facing error messages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** Improved error messages are available for an initial subset of platform services the week of August 3, 2026. We're continuing to expand error messages for services on a rolling basis. **How:** Start a preview conversation with your agent in Agentforce Builder. When a platform service encounters an error, open the Trace tab to see the error message and a link to supporting documentation. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Agentforce Service Errors](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/agentforce-service-errors.html) # Spend Less Time on Manual Testing with the Agentforce Assistant (Beta) The Agentforce assistant no longer just suggests changes to your agent. Now it can test them for you, too. When the assistant suggests a change, it automatically runs previews in simulate mode to validate your agent’s basic functionality and its performance against variations and edge cases. Then it iterates until your agent behaves as expected, so you can accept the assistant’s changes with less manual verification. You can also prompt the assistant to test your own changes. For example, ask it to run a specific subagent through different personas and refine based on the results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce Development Agent is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of September 28, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build, Extend, and Troubleshoot Your Agent with AI Assistance (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_optimize_dev.htm&language=en_US) # Split Flow Paths by Date or Field Value Without Expressions Use the Split by Date and Split by Field Value decision types to route individuals based on common conditions without building expressions. Choose a field to determine the split, define your paths, and configure values by using simple inline pickers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Marketers frequently want to route paths based on a simple value like the date, but the standard Decision element required manually writing expressions or formulas. These split types reduce the steps and expertise required. **How:** From Flow Builder, add a Decision element to your flow. Select **Split by Field Value** to route based on a field value, or select **Split by Date** to route based on the current date. Define your paths and configure values with the inline picker. # Split Shipment, Apply Coupons, and Add Gifts to a Saved Cart Let your B2B buyers configure multi-address shipping, add gift wrapping and messages, and apply coupon codes in their cart by adding new components to your pages. Buyers can also apply different coupons to different carts without the need to switch to the default cart. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting on October 20, 2027. **How:** In Experience Builder, add the Product Detail Purchase Options, Cart Menu, Cart Container, and Cart Detail components to the Product, Cart, Checkout, and My Profile pages. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Cart Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_customize_multicart.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: LWR Store Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_components.htm&language=en_US) # Spot Escalated Cases That Put Deals and Accounts at Risk Keep deals on track by giving sellers prioritized signals when an escalated open case is tied to an important opportunity or bookmarked account. Sellers can review the case directly from the feed or post in Slack without leaving Sales Workspace. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions with the Sales Foundation add-on. **How:** On the Sales Workspace page, look for escalated cases in the All Signals section. To post about an escalated case in Slack, click **Post in Slack** next to the escalated case signal. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Post About an Escalated Case in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_workspace_post_escalated_case_in_slack.htm&language=en_US) # Spot Holidays Across Territories and Resources with Gantt Visibility Holidays now appear as non-working time directly on the Scheduling Console Gantt, so your dispatchers can recognize holiday dates and understand why work cannot be scheduled during these times. An indicator marks each holiday; view the details to confirm which territory's Operating Hours record applies. This ensures your dispatchers know exactly which calendar they're following when scheduling across multiple territories. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting October 18, 2026. # Spread Tuition Payments with Flexible Payment Plans Offer your students flexible payment options by spreading tuition across multiple installments. Configure monthly, quarterly, or custom schedules that match your billing cycles. Automate payment collection through integrated gateways while your students track their plan status and upcoming auto-debits in real time from the learner portal. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud, Revenue Cloud Advanced, and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses are enabled. **Who:** Advisors with Education Cloud Full Access, Billing Operations User, and Payment Operations User permission sets can use this feature. Students who have the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud and Billing Experience Cloud User permission sets can use this feature. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**, and turn on **Set Up Student Financial Account Management**. To manage billing and payments settings, click **Configure Billing and Payments**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Your Learner Portal with Student Financials (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_learner_portal_student_financials.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Payment Plans (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_payment_plans.htm&language=en_US) # Stability and Accuracy Enhancements for CME Managed Package We made several updates across cart promotions, basket-to-cart conversion, Template APIs, attribute processing, and delta deployments. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) managed package. **Why:** Industries CPQ operations has these enhancements. - Updated cart logic keeps shared promotions active for remaining offers when one offer is disconnected, preventing unintended deactivation during simultaneous modifications. - Disconnected promotions are accurately processed and converted to disconnected Order Price Adjustment records during the basket-to-cart API flow, preventing them from being incorrectly reapplied as new promotions. - The Search Template API supports filtering by both Tag IDs and Tag Values. It returns a clear, actionable error instead of returning all records when a search, filter, or sort parameter fails validation. - The Delete Template API enforces a safe-by-default workflow, preventing force deletion of Approved Templates unless the ForceDelete parameter is explicitly provided in the API call. - You can manage large attribute sets and successfully replace offers without field length errors or null pointer failures when running EPCProductAttribJSONBatchJob. - GetOffers and GetOfferDetails APIs consistently return the AttributeCategory node when the V2 Attribute Model is enabled, ensuring reliable client integrations even when JSONAttribute\_\_c is null. - You can deploy products with promotional attribute overrides independently in delta deployments. Post-processing now automatically repopulates override ID references without requiring the associated promotion to be included. # Stabilize Rep Experience by Preventing Calls Before Reps Are Ready Keep Omni-Channel from assigning work to your service reps before their telephony connector has fully loaded. Voice Connector Readiness Check lets reps know that Salesforce is still working to make them available and prevents them from receiving work. After single sign-on (SSO) is complete and their Voice connector is ready, the calls come rolling in. By default, an additional base-level check makes sure that reps are accurately configured for the contact center before they can access voice or blended (voice plus other channel) presence statuses. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** There are two levels of validation, a Voice connector readiness check and a base-level check. - The **Voice connector readiness check** is a system validation that waits for SSO and Voice connector loading. It is on by default for Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) and contact centers with Omni-Channel Unified Routing and can’t be turned off. For Amazon contact centers with blended routing (where a partner routes calls while Omni-Channel routes other work such as cases), turn on the Voice Connector Readiness Check setting in Contact Center Details. Other partner contact centers with blended routing can’t currently opt into this check. - The **base-level check** is new by default in Summer ‘26. This check is for all contact centers with Salesforce Voice, regardless of telephony model. If this check fails, reps can’t switch to voice or blended presence statuses. For Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony), the base-level check makes sure that reps have appropriate permission sets assigned and that there’s a voice channel set up for Salesforce Voice. For Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect, Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony, and Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect, the base-level check makes sure that reps have appropriate permission sets assigned and are users in a contact center. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note If unintended Voice connection errors appear in your console, review the presence configuration mapping for reps. See the Salesforce Knowledge Article: [Validate Readiness for Omni-Channel Voice and Blended Presence Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005318906&language=en_US&type=1). ![Omni-Channel showing still connecting, successfully connected, and a failure state.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_voice_connector_readiness.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prevent Reps from Receiving Calls until SSO is Complete](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_connector_readiness.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Troubleshoot Salesforce Voice, How Do I Troubleshoot Omni-Channel Login and SSO Issues section](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_troubleshooting_tips.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: Validate Readiness for Omni-Channel Voice and Blended Presence Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005318906&type=1&language=en_US) - [Troubleshoot Error and Information Codes for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_troubleshoot_error_info_code.htm&language=en_US) # Stabilize Rep Experience by Preventing Calls Before Reps Are Ready Keep Omni-Channel from assigning work to your Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony reps before their telephony connector has fully loaded. Voice Connector Readiness Check lets reps know that Salesforce is still working to make them available and prevents them from receiving work until single sign-on (SSO) is complete and their Voice connector is ready. By default, an additional base-level check makes sure that reps are accurately configured for the contact center before they can access voice or blended (voice plus other channel) presence statuses. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **How:** There are two levels of validation, a Voice connector readiness check and a base-level check. - The Voice connector readiness check is a system validation that waits for SSO and Voice connector loading. New for Winter ’27, you can turn on the Voice Connector Readiness Check setting in Contact Center Details for Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony contact centers with blended routing (where a partner routes calls while Omni-Channel routes other work such as cases). The setting is on by default for partner contact centers using Omni-Channel Unified Routing and for Agentforce Contact Center. - The base-level check was new by default in Summer ’26. This check is for all contact centers with Salesforce Voice, regardless of telephony model. If this check fails, reps can't switch to voice or blended presence statuses. For details, see this [Knowledge Article](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005318906&type=1&language=en_US). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If unintended Voice connection errors appear in your console, review the presence configuration mapping for reps. See the Salesforce Knowledge Article: [Validate Readiness for Omni-Channel Voice and Blended Presence Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005318906&language=en_US&type=1). ![Omni-Channel showing still connecting, successfully connected, and a failure state.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_voice_connector_readiness.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prevent Reps from Receiving Calls until SSO is Complete (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_connector_readiness.htm&language=en_US&type=5) - [_Salesforce Help_: Troubleshoot Salesforce Voice, How Do I Troubleshoot Omni-Channel Login and SSO Issues section](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_troubleshooting_tips.htm&language=en_US&type=5) - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: Validate Readiness for Omni-Channel Voice and Blended Presence Status (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005318906&language=en_US&type=1) - [Troubleshoot Error and Information Codes for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_troubleshoot_error_info_code.htm&language=en_US&type=5) # Stack Renewals on Termed Assets with an Active Future-Dated Renewal Renew a termed asset even when it has an active future-dated renewal. Each new renewal quote and order builds on the end date of the most recently created renewal, so you can stack multiple renewals for a single asset. Previously, when a future-dated renewal existed on an asset, sales reps waited for the renewal activation before renewing that asset again. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** With renewal stacking, you can: - Process each termed asset's next renewal the moment it's ready, instead of waiting for an existing future-dated renewal to activate. Your renewal desk and sales reps keep quotes and orders moving without manual workarounds. - Renew the same termed asset multiple times ahead of schedule, when a customer wants to lock in pricing early or align renewal terms across bundled assets. The renewal dates stay accurate no matter how many renewals you stack. Renewal stacking applies only to termed assets and their regular asset bundles. We don't support renewal stacking for ramped assets, usage-based assets, or derived pricing plan assets. # Stage Management Handle more complex, regulated workflows with tighter control over how records move through their lifecycle. - **[Manage Complex Workflows with More Stage Transition Conditions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_stage_management_manage_complex_workflows.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure up to 20 conditions per stage transition, increasing the previous limit of five. Provide more granular control for complex business workflows, specifically those in regulated industries. By increasing the criteria count, you make sure that records satisfy all eligibility checks before they progress through the record lifecycle. # Stage Management Run eligible tasks on demand to meet regulatory and customer deadlines or handle work outside the standard process flow. - **[Run Tasks on Demand to Meet Regulatory and Customer Deadlines](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_stage_management_on_demand_tasks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With on-demand task execution in Stage Management, you select one or more eligible tasks for the record's current stage, log a reason and comments, and run the tasks immediately. While most business processes are planned, you can run a task on the spot to handle nuanced scenarios that fall outside your planned process. On-demand execution helps you meet a regulatory requirement, handle a customer request, or correct an error outside the standard flow. On-demand tasks run one time, and Stage Management tracks every execution on the stage transition record. This includes who ran it, which task, why, and when. # Standard DMOs, Data Bundles, and Mappings (Developer Preview) Salesforce now offers standard data model objects (DMOs), data bundles, and mappings out of the box for new customers. These DMOs feature a new schema distinct from the previous versions, which are now referred to as legacy DMOs. **Where:** This documentation is available as a developer preview. Documentation isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other information is subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. **When:** This change is available starting in May 2026. **Why:** Use these resources to model and harmonize your data in Data 360 using consistent, standardized objects that work across all your data environments. Field names may appear different in the UI to align with the previous legacy DMOs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Model Data in Data 360](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dmo-mapping/guide/c360dm-model-data.html) # Standard Facebook Messenger Channels to Stop Working in June If you haven’t yet upgraded your Standard Facebook Messenger channels to enhanced channels, upgrade now to avoid a service interruption. These channels, which were retired on Feb. 14, 2026, will stop working during the week of June 1, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Standard and Enhanced Facebook Messenger in sandbox and production. [View supported editions.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** For channel upgrade steps, see [Upgrading from Standard to Enhanced Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_upgrade.htm&type=5&language=en_US). After you upgrade your last Standard Messaging channel, upgrade your routing method from Standard to Enhanced Omni-Channel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare Standard and Enhanced Facebook Messenger Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_facebook_compare.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Standard Omni-Channel to Enhanced](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omnichannel_upgrade_standard_to_enhanced.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Trailhead:_ Upgrading to Enhanced Messaging](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/upgrading-to-enhanced-messaging) - [Standard SMS Channels to Stop Working in July](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_262_sms_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "If you haven’t yet upgraded your Standard SMS channels to enhanced channels, upgrade now to avoid a service interruption. These channels, which were retired on Feb. 14, 2026, will stop working during the week of July 1, 2026.") # Standard Omni-Channel Is Scheduled for Retirement Standard Omni-Channel is scheduled for retirement in Summer ‘26. To make sure that your users maintain their routing workflows and gain access to the latest features, Salesforce automatically upgrades your org to Enhanced Omni-Channel during the Summer ‘26 rollout. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Performance editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Upgrade Standard Omni-Channel to Enhanced](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omnichannel_upgrade_standard_to_enhanced.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Knowledge Article_: Standard Omni-Channel Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=004868010&type=1&language=en_US) # Standard SMS Channels to Stop Working in July If you haven’t yet upgraded your Standard SMS channels to enhanced channels, upgrade now to avoid a service interruption. These channels, which were retired on Feb. 14, 2026, will stop working during the week of July 1, 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Standard and Enhanced SMS in sandbox and production. [View supported editions.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** For channel upgrade steps, see [Upgrading from Standard to Enhanced Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_upgrade.htm&type=5&language=en_US). After you upgrade your last Standard Messaging channel, upgrade your routing method from Standard to Enhanced Omni-Channel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Compare Standard and Enhanced SMS Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_sms_compare.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Standard Omni-Channel to Enhanced](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.omnichannel_upgrade_standard_to_enhanced.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Trailhead:_ Upgrading to Enhanced Messaging](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/upgrading-to-enhanced-messaging) - [Standard Facebook Messenger Channels to Stop Working in June](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_262_fb_retirement.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "If you haven’t yet upgraded your Standard Facebook Messenger channels to enhanced channels, upgrade now to avoid a service interruption. These channels, which were retired on Feb. 14, 2026, will stop working during the week of June 1, 2026.") # Standard Volume Platform Events End of Life Standard volume platform events will be retired on December 15, 2026. Easily migrate your standard volume platform events to high volume platform events with the click of a button to prepare for this change. **Where:** This change applies to Developer, Enterprise, Professional, and Unlimited editions. **When:** Migrate your standard volume platform events to high volume platform events before December 15, 2026. **Why:** Standard volume platform events are being retired. **How:** Ensure all publish activity has stopped and all subscribers, including triggers and flows, are done processing. Navigate to Setup —> Platform Events and click the migration button. This will migrate all of your standard volume platform events to high volume platform events. You will receive an email when each migration is complete. It usually takes about 15 minutes to migrate each standard volume platform event, but the migration could run for longer in rare circumstances, up to 24 hours. While the migration is running, publishes won't work and you'll be unable to create new triggers or flows until the migration finishes. # Standardize and Secure Grant Application Evaluation Stages Bring consistency and control to grant evaluation workflows. Create reusable Action Plan Templates to standardize multi-stage reviews, and enable Compliant Data Sharing to restrict reviewers to only the sections relevant to their expertise. Previously, application evaluations required manual reviews at every grant cycle, creating fragmented review experience that introduced delays and the risk of reviewer bias. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Nonprofit Cloud and Agentforce Public Sector customers with Grantmaking. **How:** To create an Action Plan Template for evaluations, from the App Launcher, find and select **Action Plan Templates**. Click **New**, select **Application Form Evaluation** as the target object, and then add evaluation sections as template items after you save the template. ![New Action Plan Template window.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_grmk_evaluation_templates.png) To enable granular section visibility, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Compliant Data Sharing, and then enable it for the **Application Form Evaluation Section** entity. ![Object enablement settings with the Application Form Evaluation Section object highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_grmk_cds.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Reusable Evaluation Workflows for Grant Applications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.grmk_set_up_reusable_evaluation_workflows.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Control Reviewer Access to Evaluation Sections with Compliant Data Sharing (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.grmk_enable_cds_evaluation_sections.htm&language=en_US) # Standardize Business Performance with the Updated Metric Creation Flow Build a single source of truth by centralizing logic, sentiment, and trends in the Semantic Layer and applying them across data models. The updated flow ensures that every team across your organization measures success by using the same standards and definitions. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud and Tableau Next, which are available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Metrics in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_metrics.htm&language=en_US) # Standardize Contact Point Setup with Activation Templates Use activation templates to define and save reusable contact point selection logic for your segment-triggered flows. You can consistently apply channel selections, source priority configurations, and filters across multiple campaigns without manual reconfiguration. These templates maintain consent compliance and reduce errors by standardizing how your organization selects the correct contact points. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Segment-Triggered Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_segment_triggered.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Activation Templates for Segment-Triggered Flow Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_activation_template.htm&language=en_US) # Standardize Deal Qualification with Sales Methodology Evaluate deal health and improve win rates with a structured sales methodology to qualify and manage your opportunities. Define key fields, scoring levels, and guidance so your sales teams follow a consistent process and capture essential deal details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud. **When:** Sales Methodology is available on April 04, 2026. **How:** From the gear menu, select **Salesforce Go**, and then search for Sales Methodology. Turn on Sales Methodology and complete the steps. # Standardize Goodwill Claim Initiation with Pre-built Service Process Template Introduces a pre-configured service process template for initiating goodwill claims through a guided Omniscript experience. Supports both dealer initiated and OEM call center initiated requests for consistent capture of goodwill claim request. Reduces manual setup effort by providing a ready to activate orchestration and UI flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Manufacturing Cloud is enabled. **How:** Enable required org preferences and assign relevant permission set licenses. Create and activate a new Omniscript version and configure ProductId in Omniscript Set Values. Clone and modify the OOTB GwOrch record-triggered flow orchestration, then activate the updated service process template. Add the Action Launcher component to the Account record page for user access. # Standardize Performance Reviews with Custom Evaluation Forms Build objective assessment criteria by creating structured evaluation forms tailored to specific interaction types. Design discovery framework–based forms with scored questions and required rationales for each response. Apply a unified grading standard to reduce subjectivity and ensure consistency across evaluations. Deliver clear, actionable feedback to agents to maintain peak performance standards for service reps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Who:** To manage and assess quality, you need Agentforce Contact Center Quality Manager or Agentforce Contact Center Quality Analyst permission sets. To view quality scores, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Quality Viewer permission set. # Standardize Point Expiration by Using Current Date Standardize your point expiration processes by using real-time calculations with a capability to check whether the run date for a Data Processing Engine definition is in the future. The future run date is automatically replaced with the current date. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** These enhanced Data Processing Engine definition templates now verify the run date. - Reset Qualifying Points - Expire Fixed Non-Qualifying Points - Expire Activity Based Non-Qualifying Points - Expire Fixed Non-Qualifying Points Using Aggregated Expiration Ledgers - Expire Non-Qualifying Points Using Traceability Loyalty Ledgers - Expire Fixed Non-Qualifying Points Using Aggregation Ledgers and Trace Ledgers **How:** To get the latest updates, replace the existing Data Processing Engine definition templates with the enhanced templates. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Processing Engine Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.data_processing_engine_jobs.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Consolidation of Fixed-Type, Non-Qualifying Points for Expiration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.consolidated_fixed_non_qualifying_points.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Standardize Remediation Tasks with Prebuilt Action Plans Eliminate inconsistent responses and missing documentation by assigning predefined remediation tasks to your compliance team. Predefined action plan templates cover standard strategies such as Mitigate, Transfer, Accept, or Avoid, so that every control failure follows a proven protocol. By replacing manual task creation with standardized workflows, you maintain a structured framework for corrective actions and a reliable, audit-ready trail for every gap. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Risk Management is enabled. **How:** From the Tasks related list on a Risk record, click **New Plan**. # Standardize Your Service Request Fulfillment Boost collaboration by creating action plans that define specific, repeatable task sequences for service requests in Unified Catalog, such as equipment orders or access requests. Users can now rely on automated assignments and due dates to ensure that every request follows a compliant, documented process. Previously, action plans were available only for cases and incidents. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Unified Catalog and Action Plans. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Action Plans and Service Processes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.uc_action_plans_and_service_processes.htm&language=en_US) # Start Daily and Weekly Invoice Schedules on Working Days Configure daily and weekly invoice runs to start on working days. Along with monthly schedules, daily and weekly invoice runs can now start on a working day if the original date falls on a holiday or weekend. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To schedule invoice runs, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Billing Batch Scheduler**. To schedule daily and weekly invoice runs that exclude holidays and weekends, click **New Invoice Scheduler**, and then select **Exclude holidays and weekends** while configuring the daily or weekly batch run. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate Invoices Automatically Based on Billing Schedules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_automate_invoice_run_schedules.htm&language=en_US) # Start Every Interaction with an AI-Generated Summary Help your reps quickly understand who they're speaking with and why they're calling. New AI-generated summaries pull data in parallel from Agentforce Health objects and Data 360 to create a unified view of member plan details, claims, clinical information, and provider data. Every conversation starts with full context, so reps spend their time helping, not hunting through tabs and systems. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2, 2026. **How:** From Setup, go to the Health Generative AI Setup page and follow the guided setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Health Generative AI Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_gen_ai_summaries.htm&language=en_US) # Start Grid Workflows Faster with Reusable Templates Grid Templates let builders save a fully configured Grid, including columns, prompts, queries, and logic, as a reusable starting point for others in the org. Browse the Template Library when creating a Grid, select a template, and start with columns already configured so you can add rows and run workflows immediately. Grids created from a template are independent copies; changes to the original Grid or the template don’t affect them. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Available starting the week of August 17, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Grid Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_grid_templates.htm&language=en_US) # Start Messaging Service Plans Automatically Service reps start issue resolution for messaging sessions faster with the automatic execution of dynamic service plans once the service plan summary is generated. This feature removes the need for service reps to click Start Plan and allows your service reps to focus on fast-paced, live customer interaction and receive a service plan right away. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature support**: This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Messaging with Enhanced Chat, Facebook, and WhatsApp channels. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To turn on Service Replies for Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To use the feature, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - To start plans automatically, the ServicePlanner User requires the Agent Messaging Access custom permission set that includes these permissions: - App permission: Access Conversations Entries - Messaging Sessions object permission: Read, View All Fields **How:** Complete the Service Assistant for Messaging setup and then turn on Start Plans Automatically from the Messaging tab of the Service Assistant Setup page. When turned on, there’s no Start Plan button shown in the component. ![Auto start messaging service plans shown in the component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_auto_start.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Assistant for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_msg_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Start Messaging Service Plans Automatically Service reps start issue resolution for messaging sessions faster with the automatic execution of dynamic service plans once the service plan summary is generated. This feature removes the need for service reps to click Start Plan and allows your service reps to focus on fast-paced, live customer interaction and receive a service plan right away. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature support**: This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Messaging. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To turn on Service Replies for Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To use the feature, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - To start plans automatically, the ServicePlanner User requires the Agent Messaging Access custom permission set that includes these permissions: - App permission: Access Conversations Entries - Messaging Sessions object permission: Read, View All Fields **How:** Complete the Service Assistant for Messaging setup and then turn on Start Plans Automatically from the Messaging tab of the Service Assistant Setup page. When turned on, there’s no Start Plan button shown in the component. ![Auto start messaging service plans shown in the component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_auto_start.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Assistant for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_msg_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Start New Customers on the Scheduling Console New customers automatically get the Scheduling Console as their default dispatcher experience and can no longer access the Classic Dispatch Console. Existing customers keep their current Dispatch Console access. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** The Scheduling Console is the default for new customers starting August 24, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Work in the Field Service Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Start Setup Tasks Faster with the Prompt Library Browse ready-made prompts for Setup areas such as user access, flows, and org health, to quickly start a conversation with the Setup agent. Select a prompt to add it to your conversation instead of writing your own request from scratch, and then send it as-is or customize it first. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in August 2026. **How:** Next to the prompt bar on Setup Home, click **Browse Prompt Library** to see example prompts organized by category, such as Getting Started, Flows, Identity, Lightning Pages, Org Health, and User Access. Select a prompt and click **Use Prompt** to add it to the conversation box. If the prompt includes placeholder text in brackets, such as \[User\] or \[Permission Name\], replace the placeholder with your own value, and then send the prompt to the Setup agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use the Prompt Library for Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_prompt_library.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore What Setup with Agentforce Can Do](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_capabilities.htm&language=en_US) # Start UI Embedding Projects Faster with a CLI Template (Beta) Scaffold a ready-to-edit Lightning web component that's preconfigured for Salesforce Microfrontend (UI Embedding) with a Salesforce CLI template command. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce CLI. **Who:** This change is for developers who use the Salesforce CLI to build embedded apps. **Why:** Skip the setup boilerplate and start from a working embedding component. **How:** Run the `sf template generate ui-embedding` command to generate a Lightning web component that's preconfigured to embed an external app. Then set the component's `title` attribute and your app's URL. # Start Up to 2,500 Workflows from a CSV File Use a full-page wizard to upload CSV data and start up to 2,500 workflows at a time. The wizard supports blueprints with document fields and includes validation that reduces failures from invalid or missing data. The previous workflow creation limit was 500, and the product didn’t support blueprints with document fields. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Operations workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Operations license, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** From the Blueprints page, open the blueprint’s menu by clicking the three dots. Select **Bulk create via CSV** to run the full-page wizard. Upload your CSV. The Review step validates data to reduce failures. The workflows run automatically after creation. ![Create multiple workflows wizard showing data validation](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_bulk_create_workflows.png) # Start Your Tableau Next Developer Journey Get started on your custom Tableau Next implementations with the new Tableau Next ISV/Developer Guide. This resource details setting up developer environments, deploying assets, and covers all available developer tools for Tableau Next. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Tableau Next ISV/Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/tableau-next-isv-dev/guide) # Stay Ahead of SLAs with Multichannel Notifications Take control of your service-level agreements for service records (SLAs) by sending notifications for channels such as, Email, Slack, In-App, and Teams. Configure SLA milestone actions to send notifications for warnings, violations, and completion events to a specified audience. IT teams no longer monitor timers and can respond proactively to approaching or breached deadlines. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** To manage SLA policies, milestones, and notifications, you need the Customize Application user permission and the Notifications Designer permission set. **How:** Create a notification by setting the Usage Type to SLA. Create or edit an SLA policy, add milestones, and define milestone actions for warning, violation, or completion. For each action, select the notification you created. Activate the SLA policy to apply notifications to records. # Stay Compliant by Limiting the Number of Events Each Account Can Attend Spend less time checking event attendance counts before adding participants to an event. Get real-time warnings and blocks while adding attendees who exceed their limit. Log discrepancies automatically for audit and reporting purposes. Quickly assess utilization counts by processing accounts in bulk with the new Recalculate Account Utilization Count batch job. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** In the Developer Console, create Provider Activity Measure Type records to set up account utilization limits. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Account Utilization Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management_account_utilization_limits.htm&language=en_US) # Stay Compliant by Recording and Transcribing Calls Remove dependency on third-party telephony partners and fulfill critical operational and compliance needs. Use transcription and recording to evaluate and train your service reps, maintain an authoritative record for dispute resolution, and adhere to regulatory compliance requirements. For granular recording and transcription capabilities, add specific actions to Omni-Channel flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. **Who:** To turn on recording and transcription, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** To record and transcribe calls, go to Call Recording and Transcription in Setup and turn on call recording or transcription for your contact center. After you turn on these settings, recordings and transcripts are available on the Voice Call record for review, quality management, and compliance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Enable Recording and Transcription](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_enable_recording_and_transcription.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Stay Informed About MFA Changes with an In-App Reminder To help you and your users prepare for upcoming multi-factor authentication (MFA) security requirements, Salesforce added an in-app reminder. If your org isn’t compliant with new MFA requirements, all users see a banner that alerts them about the upcoming changes. ![New in-app banner to alert users about upcoming security changes](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/security_in_app_reminder.png) **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** The in-app reminder is available on a rolling basis starting in May 2026. Salesforce enforces MFA security controls starting in June 2026. **How:** The banner appears if your org meets any of these criteria: - Single sign-on (SSO) is configured. - On the Identity Verification page in Setup, the Require multi-factor authentication (MFA) for all direct UI logins to your Salesforce org setting is disabled. - Users have the Waive Multi-Factor Authentication for Exempt Users permission. - Phishing-resistant MFA methods (security keys and built-in authenticators) aren’t enabled as available verification methods. The banner is visible to all users on every page that they access in Salesforce. Users can’t dismiss the banner. #### See Also - [Review and Comply with New and Upcoming Security Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_enhancements_upcoming.htm&language=en_US) # Stay Informed About Path Experiment Outcomes Users who activate flows now receive automatic in-app notifications when path experiments are completed. Notifications cover winner selection, fallback handling, and inconclusive outcomes. This change keeps flow creators informed without requiring additional setup. If the activating user is deactivated, no notification is sent. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Path Experiment Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_path_experiment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Stay Informed with Executive Briefs Executive Briefs give your sales managers and leaders a scheduled, consolidated summary of your team's most recent conversation insights, delivered right in Slack. Instead of reviewing individual call insights, subscribers receive a summary that highlights key findings, supporting quotes, and opportunities to act. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce 1 Edition. Momentum, which includes call capture, transcriptions, and Foundational Insights, is required to set up Executive Briefs. **When:** This feature is available in November 2026. **Who:** Admins configure Executive Briefs in Salesforce Go setup. Users who are assigned the required permission set and are subscribed to a brief receive Executive Briefs in Slack. **Why:** Sales managers and leaders often need a faster way to identify trends across many calls. Executive Briefs consolidate selected Foundational Insights, such as deal blockers and customer feedback, into a single scheduled narrative. The briefs deliver timely insights based on the most recent conversation data. **How:** From Salesforce Go, navigate to the **Executive Briefs** page under Features. Then click **Get Started**. Confirm Momentum and Slack prerequisites, and assign permission sets to your subscribers. Create a brief: enter a name, add brief criteria, choose the Foundational Insight types, and set a weekly or monthly schedule. Add up to 25 subscribers and activate the brief. Subscribers receive the brief in Slack as a canvas that updates on each scheduled run. # Stay Informed with Inspector Proactive Data Alerts for Tableau Next in Slack (Beta) Slack is where it all happens. And now you can receive alerts with insights about your Tableau Next metrics right in Slack. For example, ask Agentforce to alert you when a metric reaches its goal. After you set up Agentforce in Slack, your data alerts are sent to you in Slack. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** After you set up Agentforce in Slack, open a metric, and tell Agentforce what you want to be notified about. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Inspector Proactive Data Alerts for Tableau Next (Beta) in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_data_alerts_slack.htm&language=en_US) # Stay on Top of Overdue Premiums with Collections Manage overdue invoices and reduce the risk of unpaid premiums with Collections. Easily see outstanding policy invoices, follow up on missed payments, and record payment commitments from policyholders. ​​Automated reminder emails help recover overdue amounts more efficiently and support steady cash flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Insurance Brokerage SKU is enabled. **How:** From the App Launcher, open **Collection Plans** and create a new plan. Select the account and contact, choose a reason, set the usage type, and add any optional details. Save the plan to begin tracking overdue balances and follow-up activity. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Collections for Accounts in Billing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_collections.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Stay Oriented with Smart Scheduling Console Defaults Let your dispatchers automatically view today's date when reopening the scheduling console—eliminating manual navigation back to the present day. For time horizons up to 3 weeks, today appears as the first visible day; for 1 month or longer, the first day of the current week appears first. A blue circle marks today so your dispatchers can always find their bearings, while refresh keeps their active working view intact. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting October 12, 2026. # Stay Secure with Proactive Health Check Notifications Configure who receives weekly notifications if your Health Check score decreases. These alerts keep admins informed without the need for manual monitoring. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Effective April 15, 2026, notifications will be enabled by default for System Admins of Production orgs. To opt out, manually disable notifications via the Security Health Check settings in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. GovCloud isn’t currently supported. **Why:** This change alerts users to recent changes in their security posture. **How:** From Setup, enter Health Check in the Quick Find box, then select Health Check. Turn on the Notify all System Admins toggle to send notifications to anyone with a System Administrator profile. Alternatively, use the Recipients lookup field to add individual users or external email addresses. # Stay Up to Date with the Salesforce My Trust Center (Generally Available) Monitor incidents, major releases, patch releases, and maintenance updates. Improve global collaboration with localized labels and standard messaging in supported platform languages. View dates in your browser's preferred format, and review system times in 24-hour notation. **Where:** These changes apply to [my.trust.salesforce.com](https://my.trust.salesforce.com/). **Why:** These new capabilities have been added to Salesforce My Trust Center, now generally available. - Clearer event types—Identify incidents (red), major releases (green), patch releases (yellow), and maintenance (purple) events by color-coded labels. - Localized experience—Collaborate across global teams with localized labels and standard messaging in [supported platform languages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.faq_getstart_what_languages_does.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Thai isn't available. - Language picker—Use the language picker at the bottom of Salesforce My Trust Center pages to switch language preferences. - Consistent date and time display—View locale-aware dates and 24-hour time notation to compare timelines across regions. - Patch release visibility—Subscribe to patch release notifications for Agentforce Sales, Agentforce Service, and Marketing Cloud Engagement. **How:** To access Salesforce My Trust Center, go to [Trust.salesforce.com](https://trust.salesforce.com) or [Status.salesforce.com](https://status.salesforce.com). Click **Log In**, and then log in with your [Trailblazer account credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.trailblazer_id.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Step Up to the Next Generation of Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next If you're curious to try out Tableau Agent for conversational analytics in Tableau Next, now is a good time to start. Creating an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Agentforce Studio gives you an enhanced analytics experience, plus access to next-generation Agentforce technology and capabilities. Basing the agent on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template requires no additional set up steps in the Agentforce Builder—you automatically get the Data Analysis subagent and all of the capabilities required for conversational analytics. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions, and to Data 360. **Who:** Admins, analysts, and developers who want to create agents for conversational analytics in Tableau Next. **When:** Starting in October '26, admins must create and edit new agents based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Agentforce Studio. The legacy V1 template is being deprecated, and agents based on the legacy V1 version of the template will stop working at the end of 2026. - In October '26, admins must use Agentforce Studio to create a new agent based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template. The template now supports creating a custom agent by using Agent Script. - Agents created before July '26 (based on the legacy template) will continue to work until the end of 2026. If you are using a V1 agent, you should now provision a new agent Analytics and Visualization V2 template. - Agents created between July '26 and October '26 based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template will continue work. However, these agents can't be customized. **Why:** Tableau Agent enabled for conversational analytics includes the following built-in capabilities: improved accuracy and consistency, more guided alternatives, more advanced reasoning, and a broader range of deep analysis. - **Improved answer accuracy.** Agents produce more reliable and reasonable responses across a variety of question types. In addition the agent now enforces stronger adherence to business context and guidance. - **Advanced reasoning and narrative generation**. The agent now provides more informative narratives and rationale behind its conclusions to help you understand the reasoning behind an answer. Responses include useful observations and high-level insights in addition to answers to questions. - **Progressive reasoning updates**. As the agent thinks about your question, it provides transparent updates about its reasoning process. - **Deeper context and memory for conversations**. Refine questions, refer to previous questions and answers in a session, or ask natural follow-up questions without having to remind the agent of the context. Conversations with the agent are more accurate and effective because the agent remembers you asked and manages context in back-and-forth conversation. - **Guided alternatives**. When the agent can't answer a question directly, it suggests alternative questions or directions to support further exploration. - **Metadata awareness and discoverability**. Users can ask the agent "What questions can you answer?" or "How is the ACV metric defined?" to better understand what data is available and how to query it. Users can ask the agent what data objects, fields, metrics, dimensions, and semantic definitions are available in the data. - **Expanded visualization types**. In addition to bar charts, line charts, and table charts, the agent now supports donut charts, scatter plots, and heatmaps. Users can ask to change an existing visualization type for quick exploration of the same data through different perspectives without needing to re-ask a question. - **Added question types**. Additional question patterns are now available in the agent, including: - **Composite questions**: Users can ask questions that require more complex queries and self joins to analyze similarities and gaps in the data. For example, "Which accounts have similar sales to ACME?" - **Period-over-period analysis**: Users can ask the agent to compare metrics across time periods, such as month over month, year over year, or year to date. For example, "What's the MoM change in closed opps in the last 6 months?" - **Top / bottom contributor analysis**: Users can ask the agent to identify leading or lagging segments driving performance. For example, "Which regions contribute most to the sales growth in the current quarter?" - **Statistical analysis**: Users can ask about distribution and statistical correlation. For example, “What’s the distribution of deal sizes for closed opportunities?” Additionally, in October '26 and later, advanced Tableau Next developers can further customize the out-of-the-box Tableau Agent by adding logic and additional subagents to achieve more complex goals. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Developers who want to customize the agent must always start with the pre-built agent functionality that comes with the Analytics and Visualization V2 template. When you create the agent, Agentforce provisions the new agent as a subagent in the new Agentforce Builder. Developers can then customize that agent. After an agent is customized, the admin and developer are responsible for testing and maintaining their custom agent. **How**: Enhanced conversational analytics are available through agents based on the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Tableau Next. For information on required permissions and detailed set up instructions, see [Set Up Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agentforce_templates.htm&language=en_US&type=5) and [Create a Tableau Agent for Conversational Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_data_analysis_subagent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in Tableau Next help. #### See Also - [Set Up Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=tua_admin_enable_agentforce_templates.htm&language=en_US) - [Create a Tableau Agent for Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_data_analysis_subagent.htm&language=en_US) - [About Conversational Analytics in Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_questions.htm&language=en_US) - [Plan Your Tableau Agent Implementation for Conversational Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_ai_concierge_plan.htm&language=en_US) # Stop Running Data Scans Immediately halt a running data scan rather than waiting for it to finish. Stop processes triggered by error or shift priorities without generating unwanted results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **How:** From the scan’s policy page, click **Stop Scan**. # Store a WhatsApp Business-Scoped User ID in Salesforce To align with Meta’s privacy improvement that allows WhatsApp users to optionally select a username and hide a phone number, we store the username in a new MessagingEndUser object field. Find this new username, known as a Business-Scoped User ID (BSUID), in the MessagingExternalUserKey field. Previously, WhatsApp users were identified by their phone number, which continues to reside in the MessagingPlatformKey field. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced WhatsApp channels. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US). **When:** As early as June 2026, businesses can send messages to a user’s BSUID if the user’s phone number isn't available. The rollout date varies by country, so see the WhatsApp documentation for details. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes:_ Get Ready for WhatsApp Username Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_bsuid.htm&language=en_US) - [_WhatsApp Documentation:_ Business-scoped user IDs](https://developers.facebook.com/documentation/business-messaging/whatsapp/business-scoped-user-ids/) - [_Salesforce Developer Documentation:_ MessagingEndUser](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_messagingenduser.htm) # Storefront Next Check out the latest features and updates from Storefront Next. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note For the initial v1.0.0 release of Storefront Next, the Storefront Next release notes are part of the B2C Commerce release notes to maximize visibility of this major launch. Going forward, find the release notes for Storefront Next features in the [Storefront Next Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/sfnext/guide/sfnext-get-started.html) on Salesforce Developers. # Storefront Next Version 1.0.0 Release Storefront Next is generally available for production use as of June 9, 2026. Build fast, personalized commerce experiences using modern web technologies, such as React 19 and React Router 7. Deliver performance without sacrificing personalization. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note For the initial v1.0.0 release of Storefront Next, the Storefront Next release notes are part of the B2C Commerce release notes to maximize visibility of this major launch. Going forward, find the release notes for Storefront Next features in the [Storefront Next Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/sfnext/guide/sfnext-get-started.html) on Salesforce Developers. - **[Deliver Personalized Shopping Experiences at Scale with Storefront Next (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Storefront Next is a full-stack React framework that combines server-side rendering with client-side navigation to deliver performant and personalized shopping experiences. Save time and effort by using an automated workflow in Business Manager to set up your storefront. With the B2C Developer Toolkit and agent skills, get help with storefront development and convert your Figma design to code. Merchants can customize the storefront in Page Designer, which renders React components natively. Customers can converse with the Shopper Agent to find products.")** Storefront Next is a full-stack React framework that combines server-side rendering with client-side navigation to deliver performant and personalized shopping experiences. Save time and effort by using an automated workflow in Business Manager to set up your storefront. With the B2C Developer Toolkit and agent skills, get help with storefront development and convert your Figma design to code. Merchants can customize the storefront in Page Designer, which renders React components natively. Customers can converse with the Shopper Agent to find products. - **[Create Storefront Next Faster with Automated Setup in Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_business_manager_storefront_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "No need to manually set up API clients, Managed Runtime (MRT) projects and environments, and make the initial storefront deployment—storefront setup does it all for you. The automated setup creates a storefront with an eCDN default domain and certificate. Choose to have your storefront code stored in a GitHub repository and authenticate to GitHub. After setup completes, you can view, clone, delete your MRT environment, and edit some settings. If you have PWA-Kit storefronts created earlier in MRT, you can display them in Business Manager and have all your storefronts available in one interface.")** No need to manually set up API clients, Managed Runtime (MRT) projects and environments, and make the initial storefront deployment—storefront setup does it all for you. The automated setup creates a storefront with an eCDN default domain and certificate. Choose to have your storefront code stored in a GitHub repository and authenticate to GitHub. After setup completes, you can view, clone, delete your MRT environment, and edit some settings. If you have PWA-Kit storefronts created earlier in MRT, you can display them in Business Manager and have all your storefronts available in one interface. - **[Manage Storefront Next Environments Preconfigured with eCDN](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_managed_runtime_ecdn.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Managed Runtime (MRT) environments that storefront setup or you create in Business Manager are preconfigured with the embedded content delivery network (eCDN). Native eCDN support for Storefront Next provides better performance and security, a default domain for your storefront, and eCDN security features. The default domain, *.my.cc.salesforce.com, is automatically mapped to the *.exp-delivery.com MRT domain, and you don't need to set up a proxy.")** The Managed Runtime (MRT) environments that storefront setup or you create in Business Manager are preconfigured with the embedded content delivery network (eCDN). Native eCDN support for Storefront Next provides better performance and security, a default domain for your storefront, and eCDN security features. The default domain, \*.my.cc.salesforce.com, is automatically mapped to the \*.exp-delivery.com MRT domain, and you don't need to set up a proxy. - **[Manage Storefront Next Page Content in Page Designer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_page_designer.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Merchants can now use Page Designer to add and customize these Storefront Next pages: Home Page, About Us, Product Detail Page (PDP), and Product Listing Page (PLP). These pages include layout and content components. After an administrator has set up the storefront in Business Manager, merchants can set component properties, and target campaigns and promotions in component settings.")** Merchants can now use Page Designer to add and customize these Storefront Next pages: Home Page, About Us, Product Detail Page (PDP), and Product Listing Page (PLP). These pages include layout and content components. After an administrator has set up the storefront in Business Manager, merchants can set component properties, and target campaigns and promotions in component settings. - **[Preview Your Storefront in Business Manager with Shopper Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_preview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Verify how your storefront looks based on shopper context, including customer groups, date and time, source code triggers, and qualifiers. Use the preview feature to test changes to products, pricing, and marketing strategies before deploying to production. This process helps you verify that your site displays correctly for scenarios like upcoming sales or seasonal campaigns.")** Verify how your storefront looks based on shopper context, including customer groups, date and time, source code triggers, and qualifiers. Use the preview feature to test changes to products, pricing, and marketing strategies before deploying to production. This process helps you verify that your site displays correctly for scenarios like upcoming sales or seasonal campaigns. - **[Deliver Richer Shopping Experiences with the Storefront Next Market Street Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_richer_experience.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "The Market Street retail template offers an enriched My Account page, Product Listing Page (PLP), and Product Detail Page (PDP). The template provides a proven blueprint, which saves implementers and merchants time and enables them to focus on brand differentiation and integration rather than page design. The product pages include components for a wishlist, store locator, in-store pickup, inventory status, enriched product tiles, and a popup to add a product to the cart. You can also include product reviews and ratings by connecting to a third-party service. The My Account page contains recent orders, the wishlist, payment methods, as well as other new features.")** The Market Street retail template offers an enriched My Account page, Product Listing Page (PLP), and Product Detail Page (PDP). The template provides a proven blueprint, which saves implementers and merchants time and enables them to focus on brand differentiation and integration rather than page design. The product pages include components for a wishlist, store locator, in-store pickup, inventory status, enriched product tiles, and a popup to add a product to the cart. You can also include product reviews and ratings by connecting to a third-party service. The My Account page contains recent orders, the wishlist, payment methods, as well as other new features. - **[Get Optimized Storefront Performance with a New Architecture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_architecture.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Storefront Next uses React Router 7 framework mode, which renders pages on the server for initial page loads and reduces client-heavy processing in the browser. The Storefront Next server-side personalization delivers tailored content and data without sacrificing performance. Storefront Next uses Tailwind and shadcn/ui for CSS styling and components, which results in smaller storefront bundles and improved Core Web Vitals.")** Storefront Next uses React Router 7 framework mode, which renders pages on the server for initial page loads and reduces client-heavy processing in the browser. The Storefront Next server-side personalization delivers tailored content and data without sacrificing performance. Storefront Next uses Tailwind and shadcn/ui for CSS styling and components, which results in smaller storefront bundles and improved Core Web Vitals. - **[Build and Test UI Components in Storefront Next with Storybook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_storybook.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Storefront Next includes Storybook, an open-source front-end tool for building, viewing, testing, and documenting React UI components. Use Storybook to explore the built-in Storefront Next components, build components in isolation, run automated tests, and create component documentation. Using Storybook for component development leads to easier component discoverability, faster development, higher component quality, and reduced regressions.")** Storefront Next includes Storybook, an open-source front-end tool for building, viewing, testing, and documenting React UI components. Use Storybook to explore the built-in Storefront Next components, build components in isolation, run automated tests, and create component documentation. Using Storybook for component development leads to easier component discoverability, faster development, higher component quality, and reduced regressions. - **[Build and Administer Storefront Next with AI Agents and the CLI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_agentic_developer_toolkit.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Use the Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit to build your storefront and manage administration tasks with AI agents, a CLI, and an MCP server. The toolkit includes agent skills and plug-ins that enable you to perform tasks by writing a prompt in your preferred AI coding agent. Examples of supported agents include Agentforce Vibes, Claude Code, Cursor, and GitHub Copilot (VS Code and CLI). With agent skills, AI agents can build storefronts, deploy cartridges, manage jobs, create sandboxes, and perform many other tasks from the terminal or directly inside your IDE. No need to write code from scratch, memorize CLI commands, or click through Business Manager. Use the CLI from the terminal to automate repeatable administration tasks.")** Use the Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit to build your storefront and manage administration tasks with AI agents, a CLI, and an MCP server. The toolkit includes agent skills and plug-ins that enable you to perform tasks by writing a prompt in your preferred AI coding agent. Examples of supported agents include Agentforce Vibes, Claude Code, Cursor, and GitHub Copilot (VS Code and CLI). With agent skills, AI agents can build storefronts, deploy cartridges, manage jobs, create sandboxes, and perform many other tasks from the terminal or directly inside your IDE. No need to write code from scratch, memorize CLI commands, or click through Business Manager. Use the CLI from the terminal to automate repeatable administration tasks. - **[Keep Your Figma Design Kit and Storefront Next Code in Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_next_figma.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Maintain a single source of truth for your brand tokens and components between the Figma design kit and your Storefront Next code. Use the Storefront Next Figma agent plugin to duplicate the official design kit for your brand, sync your brand colors and typography from code to Figma, and reflect component changes from code to Figma and vice versa. When you publish the Figma Code Connect mappings, your Figma components show your real React code in dev mode.")** Maintain a single source of truth for your brand tokens and components between the Figma design kit and your Storefront Next code. Use the Storefront Next Figma agent plugin to duplicate the official design kit for your brand, sync your brand colors and typography from code to Figma, and reflect component changes from code to Figma and vice versa. When you publish the Figma Code Connect mappings, your Figma components show your real React code in dev mode. - **[Protect Storefront Next Access via Business Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_storefront_access_protection.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Control access to your storefronts by using the Business Manager site configuration. Grant access to Managed Runtime environments associated with your storefronts only to users with a basic authentication password.")** Control access to your storefronts by using the Business Manager site configuration. Grant access to Managed Runtime environments associated with your storefronts only to users with a basic authentication password. - **[Streamline Checkout with Address Autocomplete in Storefront Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_address_autocomplete_sfnext.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Reduce shoppers’ keystrokes and errors at the most abandonment-prone step of checkout with address autocomplete. During checkout, a shopper now needs to enter only three characters of their shipping or billing address to instantly receive Google-powered recommendations. When the shopper selects an address from the list of recommendations, Google completes the remaining address fields.")** Reduce shoppers’ keystrokes and errors at the most abandonment-prone step of checkout with address autocomplete. During checkout, a shopper now needs to enter only three characters of their shipping or billing address to instantly receive Google-powered recommendations. When the shopper selects an address from the list of recommendations, Google completes the remaining address fields. - **[Boost Checkout Conversion in Storefront Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_one_click_checkout_sfnext.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Offer shoppers a streamlined checkout experience and reduce cart abandonment. When a first-time shopper checks out, they can now save their shipping and payment information for future use and create an account with your store. When a registered shopper returns to make another purchase, the shopper only needs to enter their email and a verification code to check out. Their shipping and payment information is automatically filled in. Shoppers always have the option to check out as a guest.")** Offer shoppers a streamlined checkout experience and reduce cart abandonment. When a first-time shopper checks out, they can now save their shipping and payment information for future use and create an account with your store. When a registered shopper returns to make another purchase, the shopper only needs to enter their email and a verification code to check out. Their shipping and payment information is automatically filled in. Shoppers always have the option to check out as a guest. - **[Build and Deploy Storefront Extensions Faster with the Commerce Apps Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_b2c_commerce_apps_framework.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Bundle front-end UI components, back-end logic, or both into a Commerce App Package (CAP). Deploy the package through one automated command instead of handling cartridge uploads, path configuration, and data imports manually. Choose from three build approaches for varying levels of control, including UI-only, backend-only, or fullstack apps. The Commerce Apps Framework currently supports Tax, Ratings & Reviews, Loyalty, Digital Asset Management, Product Visualization, and Analytics domains with more domains coming soon.")** Bundle front-end UI components, back-end logic, or both into a Commerce App Package (CAP). Deploy the package through one automated command instead of handling cartridge uploads, path configuration, and data imports manually. Choose from three build approaches for varying levels of control, including UI-only, backend-only, or fullstack apps. The Commerce Apps Framework currently supports Tax, Ratings & Reviews, Loyalty, Digital Asset Management, Product Visualization, and Analytics domains with more domains coming soon. # Stream and Download eCDN Logs from Business Manager Monitor and troubleshoot your eCDN traffic directly from the Logs tab on the Configure Zones page. Use Logpush to stream HTTP Requests, Firewall Events, or Page Shield Events continuously to Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Azure Blob Storage, Datadog, or Splunk, with up to 2 active jobs per zone. Use Logpull to download request logs from the past 7 days on demand with no destination setup required. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, go to **Administration** | **Sites** | **Embedded CDN Settings**, and then select **Configure Zone**. Select the **Logs** tab to configure Logpush jobs and download logs. ![Logpull interface in the Logs tab](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_ecdn_logpull.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Logpush and Logpull for an eCDN Zone (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_zone_logs.htm&language=en_US) # Stream Invoices Faster with Upgraded Invoice Batch Runs Invoices now stream into Salesforce when an invoice batch run starts. Billing teams can start reviewing, sending, and collecting payments on invoices immediately, without waiting for the entire job to complete. Additionally, when monitoring invoice batch runs, you now see a single batch management job instead of three separate processing steps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Invoice Batch Run Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_invoice_batch_run.htm&language=en_US) # Streaming API Replay Tightening Starting with API version 68.0, the Streaming API server emits a per-channel replay watermark in ext.replay on every successful /meta/connect response. Clients can use this watermark to update their replay ID on resubscription without waiting for events to be delivered—enabling faster syncing since older events no longer need to be reprocessed. **Where:** This change applies to Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. # Streaming of Login Events Available to All Customers All customer orgs now have access to LoginEvent streaming. This allows them to have real-time visibility into login activities, which can be streamed easily. Storage is only available with a Shield or Event Monitoring license. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change was made for Spring '26 and is available to all customers. **How:** You must manually enable LoginEvent streaming from within the Event Manager. # Streamline Account Research and Strategy with Agentforce Account Management Use Agentforce Account Management to conduct deep research on accounts, build strategic positioning statements, and prepare for sales team meetings. Create comprehensive briefings with company demographics, business priorities, key performance indicators (KPIs), industry trends, and more to anchor your entire sales strategy. When you save time with Agentforce Account Management, you can focus more on what really matters: building strong relationships with customers. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access the actions. **When:** Agentforce Account Management became available on a rolling basis starting January 5, 2026. **How:** From the gear icon, select **Salesforce Go**. On the Salesforce Go Home page, search for Agentforce for Sales. Turn on **Account Management** and complete the steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Sales Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_sales_mgmt_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Account Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.account_mgmt_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Video:_ Agentforce Account Management](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/bYwrFxrnQYVVNZiAWTbpEd) # Streamline Action Plan Template Assignments in Care Plan Workflows Simplify care planning with automatic filtering of action plan template versions during template assignments. Guide your team seamlessly through assignments for problem definitions, goal definitions, and care plan templates without any configuration guesswork. Enforce accurate data entry by showing only the template versions that perfectly match the selected associated object, usage type, and target object. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Integrated Care Management, and Care Plans Access permission sets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Integrated Care Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_integrated_care_management.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Administrative Tasks with Setup with Agentforce (Beta) Salesforce’s new agent-driven Setup experience integrates Setup with an AI assistant to simplify administrative tasks. Chat with the agent to issue commands or ask questions by using natural language. The agent makes activities like creating objects and flows, managing user access, and troubleshooting formulas more intuitive and efficient, reducing navigation and clicks. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early January 2026. **Who:** To use Setup with Agentforce, users must have these permissions: Use Setup with Agentforce and Execute Prompt Template. Users must also have access to the Data 360 default data space and the required permissions for the task they want to perform. **Why:** Setup with Agentforce is available from every page in Setup. You can chat with the agent in the Agentforce panel while still viewing and navigating through Setup. And when necessary, the conversation can transition into a full-sized agentic experience that opens new conversations in different console tabs and includes a canvas to display rich content such as record details, list views, and metadata previews. ![Setup with Agentforce full screen conversation](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/setup_agentforce_full_screen_conversation.png) Setup with Agentforce also updates the Setup Home page released in Winter ’26 with a prompt bar, org health and usage metrics, and conversation recommendations to get you started working quickly with an agent to complete common tasks. ![Setup Home page with Agentforce enabled](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/setup_agentforce_home_beta.png) The new Setup agent supports many more Setup tasks than the previously released Agent for Setup, including: - Managing users - Troubleshooting user access - Managing permission sets, permission set groups, organization-wide defaults, and sharing rules - Creating custom objects and fields - Creating and managing flows - Getting information from Salesforce Help - Navigating to the right Setup page to complete a task - Creating a custom report type - Creating Lightning pages - Fixing issues and getting an explanation of formulas - Getting information about usage and licenses **How:** Before enabling Setup with Agentforce, [ensure that Data Cloud is set up in your org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_setup_provision.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Then, if you haven’t yet, enable [generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&language=en_US&type=5) and then enable [Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_enable.htm&language=en_US&type=5). To enable Setup with Agentforce, from Setup, enter Agentforce in the Quick Find box, and then click and turn on **Setup with Agentforce (Beta)**. Then refresh your browser. On Setup Home, start a conversation by using the prompt bar, conversation recommendations, or the Ask Agentforce buttons in the Org Health and Usage section. On any other Setup page, click the **Ask Agent for Setup (Beta)** button (![Ask Agent for Setup button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/setup_agentforce_chat_button.png)). During the conversation, you see record details, list views, documentation, and other items that you can expand for additional information. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Winter '26 Release Notes_: Complete Tasks More Efficiently with the New Setup Home Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_customization_general_setup_home.htm&release=258&language=en_US) # Streamline Administrative Tasks with the Enhanced Participant Management Agent Boost case manager productivity by using Agentforce to automate documentation and follow-up tasks directly from your daily workspace. This update migrates the Participant Management agent to the new Agentforce Builder. The agent helps users log notes, create tasks, and manage benefits within Slack. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Program Management is enabled. **When:** The Participant Management agent template is available starting the week of June, 5, 2026. **Who:** - Admins with the Manage AI Agents and the Agent Platform Builder permission sets can use the template to build and activate new agents. - Users with the Programs Assistive AI permission set can use the Program Management generative AI features. - Users with the Create Referral permission can manage referrals. - Users with the Interaction Summary permission set can manage interactions and interaction summaries. - Users with the Advanced Program Management or the Education Cloud Full Access permission sets can use Program Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Einstein Generative AI (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Participant Management Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.prog_case_mgmt_prog_mgmt_participant_management_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Advertising and Subscriber Management Setup Discover and configure your new media and subscriber features faster with Salesforce Go. Save time by configuring your AI agents for ad proposals from a single location in Setup. Also, discover new capabilities for linear media planning and subscriber lifecycle management directly within this space. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. # Streamline Adyen Integration for Single Currency Merchants Connect your Adyen gateway to Salesforce even if your organization uses a single currency. Previously, Adyen support was limited to only multi-currency orgs. Now, you can leverage Adyen for Pay Now transactions, ensuring a consistent and reliable experience across all supported payment providers. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Pay Now is enabled. **How:** This change is available by request. To turn on this feature, contact your Salesforce Account Executive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Pay Now](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.pay_now_intro_prereqs.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Asset Reclamation with Return Orders Simplify the logistics of reclaiming hardware from employees by using the Return Order and Return Order Line Item objects. Previously, returning assets relied on Product Transfer records designed for stockroom-to-stockroom movement. Now you can track hardware returning to inventory, route devices to multiple locations simultaneously, and automate inventory quantity updates upon receipt. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** To use this feature, add the Return Orders related list to the Service Request and Location record page layouts, and configure your reclaim routing flows. # Streamline Billing by Managing Your Invoices in Salesforce Foundations Generate and send invoices directly from the new Invoices tab. Create an invoice from an opportunity or quote, then email the PDF to your customer when you close a deal. Email invoices directly with a single click, or download invoices for your own records and send them through your other channels. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **When:** This feature is available on June 13, 2026. **How:** To grant access to the Invoices tab, go to Setup. In the Quick Find box, enter and select Salesforce Foundations. Under Foundations Apps and Features, turn on Invoice Management. # Streamline Care Plan Updates with the Enhanced Workflow Get a clean and structured care plan and reduce administrative overhead when you update care plan elements. Care managers can add new problems, goals, and interventions to a care plan’s existing hierarchy without duplicating the care plan elements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Care Plans Access permission set. **How:** No additional configurations required. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Update Care Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_integrated_care_management_update_care_plans.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Cart Operations and Data Updates with Advanced Caching Provide an effortless user experience in the Industries CPQ cart operations. Guarantee uninterrupted availability for critical pricing updates and configuration data. This capability extends even to massive datasets with the high-performance Enhanced Caching Mode. **Where:** This change applies to both Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions with the Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license and the necessary permissions to configure and use Standard Cart APIs. **How:** From the CPQ configuration Setup, enable the **EnableEnhancedCompileCachingMode** setting. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Learn About Enhanced Caching Mode for Compiled Cart Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_learn_about_enhanced_caching_mode_for_compiled_cart_data.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Cash Flow with Automated Payment Processing Automate the collection of payments for policy invoices and processing of refunds for policy changes or cancellations. Settle open balances promptly and maintain accurate financial reporting by applying payments directly to policy invoices. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Insurance Brokerage SKU is enabled. **How:** From the App Launcher, open **Billing Batch Schedulers**, and create a Payment Scheduler. Give it a name, choose when and how often to run payments, set any needed matching criteria, and activate the scheduler. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Payments Using Payment Schedules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ins_brokerage_billing_process_payments_with_payment_schedules.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Catalog Maintenance with Bulk Product Actions and More Export Options Reduce time spent on day-to-day catalog operations by copying, deleting, and exporting products directly from a Product List. Copy up to 1,000 products and delete up to 200 products at a time, using fewer steps to maintain your product catalog. When exporting, choose to extract specific products, search results, or entire catalogs to a CSV or XML format. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Product Lists for B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_product_lists.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Change Approvals with Change Advisory Boards Standardize change reviews and approvals by organizing requests with Change Advisory Boards (CAB). Automate change request approvals through structured CAB processes such as scheduling and conducting formal reviews and integrating meetings directly with the IT Service Calendar. Use existing notification channels to keep stakeholders informed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** To create CAB definitions, schedule meetings, and authorize change requests for CAB meetings, you need the Change Advisory Board Manager permission set. **Why:** Replace ad hoc change approvals with a structured process that reduces deployment risks. By centralizing reviews within CABs, you make sure that reviewers vet and document every update for better stability and audit readiness. **How:** From Setup, open Salesforce Go and go to **Change Management**. Turn on **Change Advisory Board Management** and **Change Advisory Board Approvals**. # Streamline Checkout with Address Autocomplete in Storefront Next Reduce shoppers’ keystrokes and errors at the most abandonment-prone step of checkout with address autocomplete. During checkout, a shopper now needs to enter only three characters of their shipping or billing address to instantly receive Google-powered recommendations. When the shopper selects an address from the list of recommendations, Google completes the remaining address fields. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next for B2C Commerce. **When:** The Storefront Next release is on June 9, 2026. Business Manager features are part of the B2C Commerce 26.6 release. **How:** To use address autocomplete, set up Storefront Next. For production instances, in Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **SEO** | **Aliases**. Specify your hostnames in the alias file and save your changes. ![Enter three characters of the shipping address for recommendations.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_address_autocomplete.png) #### See Also - [_Storefront Next Guide_: Configure Address Autocomplete for Storefront Next](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/pwa-kit-managed-runtime/guide/sfnext-address-autocomplete.html) # Streamline Checkout with Dynamically Hidden Shipping Fields Make it easier for your buyers who are purchasing services and digital goods to checkout by asking only for the necessary information, such as billing details. The payment page now dynamically hides shipping address fields for purchases that don’t require a shipping address. **Where:** This change applies to Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Pay Now and Commerce are enabled. **How:** From your store’s home page, click **Checkout**. Under Pay Now, turn on **Hide Shipping Address**. ![Hide Shipping Address option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/comm_hide_shipping.png) # Streamline Claim Intake with Agentforce Use the Claims Employee Service Assistance agent to help customer service representatives create a first notice of loss (FNOL) when customers report a loss or incident. The agent retrieves policy information and guides representatives through the details to ask for the FNOL based on the policy type. The agent reduces manual effort for representatives and helps them capture complete and consistent intake information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **When:** Claims Service Employee Assistance is available starting the week of June 29, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Claims Service Employee Assistance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claims_svc_emp_asst.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Claim Payment Approvals with Built-In Financial Authority Controls Keep your claims team focused on adjudicating claims while high-value payments reach the right manager for approval automatically. Adjusters submit payments with instant visibility into whether each one falls within their authority and managers receive high-value approval requests directly in their queue. Your team no longer needs to track down approvers manually or wait on email chains for a high-value payment to clear. Claims get paid faster, compliance is maintained without extra effort, and every decision is on record. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. # Streamline CMDB Management with Conversational AI Manage your Configuration Management Database (CMDB) lifecycle in Slack, Microsoft Teams, or Salesforce using natural language. Configuration Item (CI) owners and CMDB managers can now find, update, delete, and bulk manage records through a AI-powered conversational interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Maintaining an accurate CMDB often requires navigating complex forms and running manual cleanup scripts. This feature brings data management into your primary collaboration tools, allowing your team to respond to proactive alerts and execute updates instantly via chat. By reducing the friction of manual data entry and streamlining bulk operations, you ensure that your IT landscape is always accurately reflected in your records. **How:** Use natural language within Agentforce chat in Salesforce, Slack, or Microsoft Teams to search, update, delete, and bulk manage configuration items. # Streamline CMDB Setup with Explicit Tenant Provisioning Provision CMDB and Service Graph to create the required CMDB environment and prepare your org for configuration. Provisioning creates a dedicated CMDB tenant and enables the required licenses and services. Complete provisioning before configuring CMDB in Salesforce Go. Monitor provisioning status and retry if a previous attempt failed. **Where:** Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph is enabled. **Who:** To provision CMDB and Service Graph, users must have the View Setup and Configuration permission. **Why:** CMDB requires a dedicated tenant and supporting services before configuration begins. The new Provisioning Settings page provides clear visibility into provisioning status, displays job stages, and allows admins to rerun provisioning if it fails. You can make sure that CMDB is fully prepared before setup continues in Salesforce Go. **How:** From Setup, enter CMDB in the Quick Find box and select **CMDB and Service Graph** under Feature Settings. Review the Provisioning Status section. If the status shows Not Provisioned or Failed, click **Provision CMDB**. Provisioning runs in the background and progresses through different stages. When the status shows Provisioned, you can click **Configure CMDB using Salesforce Go** to complete setup. # Streamline Communication with WhatsApp Voice Calls Streamline support workflows, reduce telecommunication costs, and deliver a streamlined communication experience by enabling digital voice calls initiated directly from WhatsApp. Service reps can manage these calls alongside other channels in a unified Service console. This feature helps improve first-call resolution and customer satisfaction. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. This feature is available for WhatsApp numbers in the US, Canada, Mexico, and Brazil. **Who:** To set up WhatsApp voice calling, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** To set up WhatsApp voice, go to Communication Channels in Setup and use the guided workflow to create and activate a WhatsApp voice channel. After it’s set up, service reps can handle WhatsApp voice calls in the Service Console. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Call Escalation for WhatsApp Voice Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_call_escalation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Complex Quote Calculations with Smarter Price Propagation Manage complex, multi-level quotes by defining formulas that calculate and propagate discounts and totals throughout the quote hierarchy. Simplify pricing configuration for complex quote structures with up to 5 levels of nesting. Build consistent pricing flows by using ascending propagation to conditionally roll up totals and discounts to the parent level. Use horizontal calculations to compute values based on other fields within the same quote line or group. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Price Propagation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_price_propagation.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Compliance Mapping with Impact Analysis Identify how changes to regulation and compliance policy clauses affect your compliance framework by using Impact Analysis for Process Compliance Navigator. Manually identifying how new or updated regulation and policy clauses relate to existing records is time-consuming. This leaves organizations vulnerable to compliance gaps. Impact Analysis automates the discovery of these relationships so you can visualize how updates affect your entire compliance ecosystem. Prompt Templates provide specific instructions and constraints to ensure the LLM identifies relevant correlations between clauses, controls, and processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Process Compliance Navigator and Data 360. **Who:** Impact Analysis for Process Compliance Navigator is available to Salesforce users with Compliance Admin permission, Prompt Template Manager or Prompt Template User permission, and Data 360: Data Cloud Architect or Data Cloud User permission. **Why:** Use Compliance Impact Analysis to map the impact of regulatory and policy changes by automatically identifying related business processes, policies, regulations, and controls. Use semantic search to find these dependencies, streamline the update process, and reduce manual compliance mapping. **How:** On the Regulation Version, Regulation Clause Version, Compliance Policy Version, and Compliance Policy Clause Version record, click **Launch Impact Analysis** to analyze potential impacts across regulations, policies, controls, and business processes. Then map those records to the current regulation or compliance policy record. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Regulatory Change Management for Compliance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite_reg_change_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Consent Capture and the Opt-Out Experience Add the Capture Consent quick action to the Account and Visit record pages so your reps can capture consent without navigating through multiple screens. To further optimize interactions with healthcare professionals, disable repetitive confirmation windows during the opt-out process. **Where:** This feature is available in: • Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. • Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure the Capture Consent Quick Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_consent_management_capture_consent_quick_action.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Consent Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_consent_management_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Capture a Customer's Consent and Communication Preferences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_consent_management_update_consents.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Custom Product Requirements Capture Capture custom product requirements either using the sample request workflow or independently. Track details like size and material alongside nonfunctional needs such as performance or compliance, while maintaining a clear version history for transparency. Improve efficiency and reduce manual effort by uploading requirement documents and optionally using Generative AI to extract and auto-populate specification details for faster review. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing enabled. **Who:** To use Sample Management, users need the Manage Sample Management permission. # Streamline Data Access with Context Definitions Define business context in your validation procedures with context definitions. A context definition acts as a structured data layer and translator that organizes data so that you can easily map and access relevant information across multiple objects. For example, to enforce compliance and prevent customer harassment, debt collection agencies must follow regulations that limit the number of times that they can call a customer. By using a context definition, you can now validate contact data, such as call frequency and time zone fields, before an agent initiates a call. The validation procedure passes in contact record data to validate it for compliance, ensuring agents adhere to all call limitations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Process Compliance Navigator. **How:** Create a context definition by choosing nodes, defining their relationship, adding attributes, and applying context tags. Add the context definition context ID to the validation procedure. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Compliance Navigator: Configure a Validation Procedure (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite_validation_procedure_configure.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Data Migrations by Managing Gift Validations Gain more control over your fundraising data by pausing gift validations during initial imports and delta loads. To prevent migration errors and reduce manual rework, turn off some validations for gift transactions, commitment, and schedules. Pause gift validations in Fundraising Settings, or with the Business Process API. After completing your migration, easily re-enable these rules to preserve ongoing data integrity while referencing a new, comprehensive list of all gift validation requirements. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled. **Who:** Users with the FundraisingAccess permission set can use Agentforce Nonprofit. To use Fundraising with Agentforce Education, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education, and then create and assign a permission set to your users. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Fundraising, and select **Fundraising Settings**. Scroll down the page to Pause Gift Validations and pause the gift validations to ease your data migration. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Fundraising Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_configure_fundraising_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Nonprofit Cloud Developer Guide_: Fundraising Business APIs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.nonprofit_cloud.meta/nonprofit_cloud/npc_fundraising_business_api_rest_reference.htm) # Streamline Deal Registration with Partner Deal Registration Agent Topic Partners can now register new deals more efficiently using the Partner Deal Registration agent topic, which guides them through lead creation with conversational assistance, proper record type selection, and referral code application. **Why:** Partners can now register deals more efficiently with conversational assistance for lead creation, record type selection, and referral code application. **How:** The Partner Deal Registration agent topic is automatically included in all new Partner Success Agents. For existing agents, manually add the topic. # Streamline Dealer Sales Operations Boost dealer sales productivity by using AI assistance to quickly and effectively coordinate diverse sales tasks. Industries Sales Concierge for Partners enable dealer sales reps to search for assets, parts and accessories, create opportunities, generate quotes, capture trade-in appraisal requests and send email to customers with relevant information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Manufacturing add-on license. **Who:** To use the Industries Sales Concierge for Partners sub agent, users need the Criteria-Based Search and Filter, Scheduler, Partner Lead Management, and the Manage Appraisals and Valuations permission sets. **How:**To give partner users the ability to manage sales for customers by using an AI agent, in Setup, on the Agentforce Agents page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the Industries Sales Concierge for Partners agent in Agent Builder. Partners can launch the Agentforce panel from an Experience Cloud site and specify an utterance, such as Search for GenPro Generator. # Streamline Digital Agreement Signing During Checkout with an Enhanced User Experience Guide customers through the required digital contracts smoothly during the checkout process. Automatically prompt customers to log in, view required contract layouts based on product attributes, and complete multiple documents sequentially by using a direct flow. This update makes sure that the app collects and verifies all necessary signatures before placing an order. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Product** and edit the Digital Contract Configuration. ![Digital Contract Configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_digitialcontracts.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Digital Contracts for Products (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_orders_special_types_digital_contracts.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Disaster Recovery with Automated Status Migration Automatically migrate rep statuses to a backup contact center when you activate Disaster Recovery for Amazon Connect. Additionally, activating disaster recovery is disabled until your Amazon Connect replication is complete, allowing a seamless transition to the backup contact center. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce Voice with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect (also available for Voice manually integrated with your Amazon Connect instance) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Disaster Recovery for Amazon Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_disaster_recovery_amazon_connect.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Distributor Procure-to-Receive Operations Manage distributor procurement through a unified system for creating purchase orders and handling goods receipts. By managing the end-to-end workflow from order placement to receipt within a single system, distributors can accurately fulfill downstream customer demand while maintaining a single source of truth with the manufacturer. This integrated process supports standard, serialized, and batch products and syncs inventory based on received quantities, ensuring greater accuracy and operational control. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Manufacturing Cloud is enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Manage Purchase Orders and Manage Goods Received Notes permission sets. **Why:** Traditional fragmented procurement processes lead to delayed fulfillment. Moving these workflows into a single org ensures that manufacturers and distributors collaborate on the same real-time data. This allows distributors to refill inventory efficiently to meet demand, while built-in traceability and stage management maintain a permanent, tamper-proof audit trail for all logistics transactions. **How:** In Setup, search for **Purchase Order Management** and enable the feature. To support batched and serialized tracking, enable **Criteria-Based Search and Filter (CBSF)**, **Inventory Search and Transfer**, and the **Inventory Batch Management** in Inventory Settings. Set up **Account-Account Relationships** for supplier visibility, **Enterprise Territory Management** for distributor segmentation, and **Stage Management** for managing order stages. # Streamline Embedding of Tableau Next Analytics in Experience Cloud Eliminate the need for custom SDK implementations and extensive coding to embed Tableau Next components. Experience Cloud admins can now embed Tableau Next dashboards, visualizations, and metrics in Experience Cloud sites by using drag-and-drop components. Easily configure display properties and filters for embedded Tableau Next analytics in Experience Builder. Embedded analytics automatically respect each signed-in user's access and session context, delivering personalized data securely. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Who:** - To view embedded Tableau Next analytics components, users need a Customer Community Plus or Partner Community license, a Tableau Next Consumer permission set, and the View Tableau Next Analytics on Experience Cloud pages user permission. - To add embedded Tableau Next components, users additionally need the Create and Set Up Experiences user permission and Manager or Editor access to the respective Tableau Next content. - To assign an audience to the embedded component, users need the View Setup and Configuration user permission and must be a member of the site. They also need an appropriate contributor role that provides access to Experience Builder, such as Experience admin, Publisher, or Builder. **How:** In Experience Builder, click **Components**. Then drag a Tableau Next dashboard, visualization, or metric component onto the page. Search for and select the Tableau Next asset by name, then configure display properties and filters. # Streamline Employee Services with AI-Powered Agents Help public sector employees resolve complaints, find qualified candidates, and access licensing information through AI-powered agents adapted from Public Sector Solutions. These Agentforce agents assist HR staff and hiring managers with complaint resolution workflows, skills-based candidate sourcing, and license and permit policy guidance. Employees can interact with agents on your Employee Experience portal for faster self-service and streamlined HR processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, is active. Requires Employee Experience for Public Sector add-on and relevant Agentforce licenses for agent topics. **Why:** Previously, PSS agents were designed only for constituent-facing workflows, limiting HR departments from using AI capabilities for employee services. With these enhancements, complaint resolution, candidate sourcing, and LPI assistance agents are adapted to work with internal employees. HR staff can consolidate complaint data, identify similar cases, and draft resolution communications. Hiring managers can extract skills from job postings, retrieve qualified internal candidates, and send personalized outreach emails. Employees can access policy documents and determine applicable licenses and permits without manual research. **How:** In Setup, configure subagents for Complaint Resolution, Skills-based Candidate Sourcing, and LPI Assistance based on your HR use cases. Then, activate the agents on your Employee Experience portal or configure integrations to let employees and HR staff interact with agents in their preferred channels. For LPI Assistance, upload relevant policy documents to enable the agent to answer licensing and permitting questions. # Streamline Enhanced Chat v2 Conversations with the Latest Improvements Build customer trust and empower service reps with popular Enhanced Web Chat features that are now available for Enhanced Chat v2 deployments. Prevent abandoned sessions by setting business hours and showing your customers their estimated wait time and queue position. Protect your deployments from automated threats with reCAPTCHA verification. Also, elevate the customer experience with a custom chat window header and downloadable conversation transcripts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of February 2, 2026. **How:** Before you begin, review the requirements and conditions for each feature. For example, you can only use queue position after you enable Enhanced Omni-Channel Routing and set the deployment’s routing type to Omni-Queue or Omni-Flow. You can set up estimated wait time, queue position, conversation transcript downloads, and reCAPTCHA verification on the Messaging Settings Setup page. To customize the chat window header and add business hours, edit your deployment on the Embedded Service Deployment Settings Setup page. For more information about these features, see [Optimize Enhanced Chat](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_optimize_miaw.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Compare Enhanced Chat v1 to Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.enhanced_chat_feature_comparison.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Event Planning and Execution Drive greater operational efficiency with an intuitive event management framework that guides users through every stage of the event lifecycle. Use flexible workflow paths to surface role-specific actions that serve as built-in guardrails, keeping your events on track and compliant. Enforce budgetary constraints to monitor event expenses and manage event logistics with ease. On the day of the event, seamlessly complete event execution steps—from attendee sign-in to feedback collection—all from a single record page. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting June 25, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Event Management Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Events](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_manage_events.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Evidence Collection and Verification for Compliance Replace disjointed email threads and spreadsheets with a centralized, auditable system to create, assign, and track evidence requests. Subject matter experts fulfill requests by uploading files or linking secure documents, while built-in verification and locking mechanisms ensure auditors receive accurate, read-only data. Reduce manual effort and accelerate audit readiness by providing stakeholders real-time visibility into your compliance status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Evidence Management is enabled. # Streamline Flow Integrations with External Services Support for Any Type You can now create an external service based on an OpenAPI schema that supports any shape by using schema: {}. When you use the external service action in Flow, you don’t need an Apex class or a Transform element. The data is sent directly to the external endpoint regardless of the objects, fields, and values it contains. If the schema of your data changes, flows continue to work. You save time and effort because Flow integrations are easier to create and maintain. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions that have Data 360 provisioned in API version 68.0 and later. **Why:** Previously, sending a record to an external endpoint required an Apex class that matched the record field-for-field, a Transform element to copy every field, and manually maintaining that class whenever the schema changed. **How:** In your OpenAPI Schema (OAS), register your external endpoint with `schema: {}` for the request body parameter. In Flow Builder, connect the record variable directly to the external service action’s body input. Flow automatically serializes the record to JSON and sends it to your endpoint. You can use this capability in activation-triggered flows and standard flows. Keep in mind that the external API must handle any data validation. You can also use a mixed structure in your spec that combines typed parameters with an any type body. For example, define typed query parameters, path parameters, or headers for event metadata while keeping the request body as any type. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Schema Definitions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.external_services_schema_def_definition.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure an HTTP Callout Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_http_callout_configure.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Fulfillment of Ramped Asset Amendments When you add ramp segments or cancel future ones, Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator (DRO) updates the fulfillment order line items and related assets, regardless of your organization's time-aware fulfillment settings. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Decompose and Fulfill Ramp Deal Orders (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dro_ramp_deal_decomposition.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Gift Entry with Flexible Tools Improve your gift processing efficiency with key updates to Fundraising objects. Gift entry now supports $0 gift transactions, so that you can track non-monetary gifts and in-kind donations. You can also add up to 50 designations to a single gift and backdate transactions for gift commitments, all from within the Gift Entry Grid. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled. **Who:** Users with the FundraisingAccess permission set can use Fundraising in Agentforce Nonprofit, formerly Nonprofit Cloud. To use Fundraising with Agentforce Education, formerly Education Cloud, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education, and then create and assign a permission set to your users. # Streamline Global Blue Tax-Free Refunds and Stay Compliant in Italy Activate Global Blue tax-free issuance in Italy and automatically generate sequential document numbers for Global Blue tax forms, ensuring compliance with fiscalization requirements for the tax-free flow. This update enables merchants in Italy to maintain the required consecutive numbering across all tax-free documents directly within the POS. Merchants can also track these documents through their entire lifecycle with records stored permanently on the associated order. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Integrations | Tax-Free Integrations**. Edit Global Blue and turn on **Generate Tax-Free Document Number**. ![Tax-Free Global Blue Configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_italyGB.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Global Blue in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_global_blue_config_cms.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Global Compliance with Avalara Value-Added Tax Integration Sync accurate tax data effortlessly by implementing the latest Avalara compliance requirements. Send tax-inclusive pricing fields directly in your requests to ensure Avalara uses the correct base amount for calculations. The system also maps the returned external tax ID to downstream systems to simplify your auditing workflows. You can activate these features instantly using a simple toggle in your CMS settings. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Store Settings | Tax** and turn on **Is VAT enabled for this merchant**. ![VAT settings in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_avalaravat.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Integrate Avalara (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_3p_int_tax_avalara.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Goodwill Repair Claims with a Prebuilt Service Process Simplify the intake and fulfillment of goodwill repair requests by using an omni-based, prebuilt service process, improving customer experience and reducing costs. Dealers or original equipment manufacturers can use the Goodwill Repair service process to easily select vehicles or assets for a customer, review the existing warranty coverage details, select a work order, and add comments related to those work orders to be used for addressing the goodwill request. A case is created with the request details for the dealer, where they can view past work orders of a customer, determine the goodwill contribution percentages to be applied to line items, and provide reasoning for their decisions. Once a claim is raised, the claim amounts and payment detail records are updated automatically. An email is sent to the customer with the relevant details, improving service efficiency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive, Industry Service Excellence, Omnistudio Runtime, Unified Catalog, and Warranty Lifecycle Management enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Automotive Foundation User, Industry Service Excellence, Omnistudio Admin or Omnistudio User, Unified Catalog Admin, and Warranty Lifecycle Management permission sets. **How:** On an Account page, initiate a Goodwill Repair request from the Action Launcher. Users can also launch the service process from an Experience Cloud site. # Streamline Image Management by Retrieving Multiple Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Images Efficiently capture multiple VRA session images at once and store them directly in Salesforce with the VRA Mass Image Retrieval screen flow. Centralizing these images on related records ensures easy access to historical session images for review and follow-up. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package and Visual Remote Assistant installed. **How:** Run the VRA Mass Image Retrieval screen flow, select a reference record, and define a session date range. The flow triggers a custom process that retrieves the selected images from secure cloud storage, saves these images as Salesforce files, and automatically links them to the session record for easy bulk management. ![VRA Mass Image Retrieval Screen Flow with fields for customer reference number and session date range"](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/field_service/VRA_Image_Retrieval.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline In-Store Fulfillment with Enhanced BOPIS Flows Optimize store operations by managing item cancellations directly within the packing workflow. Store associates can process full or partial item cancellations during packing, reprint identical packing slips, and release canceled order inventory back to stock by using the new unpack flow. The app also surfaces pickup deadlines so your team can prioritize expiring orders. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, edit an app config and go to **Modules | BOPIS / Store Fulfillment**. Turn on **BOPIS Item Level Cancelation** and **Enable Item Level Cancellations for BOPIS in Pack Flow**. ![BOPIS configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_cancelbopis.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Buy Online, Pickup In Store (BOPIS) Orders in Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_orders_fulfill_bopis.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Inventory Counting Across Locations Easily manage inventory counts across hierarchical structures, such as warehouses or service fleets, without creating separate plans for each room, aisle, or field service vehicle. Using the Location Hierarchy, you can easily define parent and child locations, so selecting a parent location in a plan automatically displays all its associated child locations. Inventory managers can then select child locations and bulk add or choose product items to create a single, comprehensive inventory count plan. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Automotive, Communications, Energy and Utilities, Manufacturing, and Media, where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Inventory Count Manager and Inventory Count User permission sets. # Streamline IVR Flows with Variable-Based Media Selection Build more flexible IVR journeys by allowing the Play Prompt node to fetch media assets based on real-time variable values. Whether you’re switching prompts for a specific marketing campaign or a local dialect, a single node can now handle multiple audio outcomes. This approach eliminates redundant branches, making your IVR flows easier to manage and scale across different customer segments. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Who:** To configure Interactive Voice Response in your org, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** From your Omni-Channel flow, use the Assignment element to create a variable for your media and then use the variable to set the media value in the Play Prompt action. # Streamline Loan Application Intake and Audit with Discovery Framework Use Discovery Framework to create questionnaires for customers who apply for secured or unsecured loans. Surface the questions in a guided application experience built with Omnistudio, and embed the experience in custom apps or sites. Capture applicant responses about loans, collateral assets, and financial details in Discovery Framework assessments for further processing, and to support auditing and traceability during compliance checks. To get a head start on designing the application experience, customize or replicate the prebuilt components in the Discovery Framework sample template for Digital Lending. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Digital Lending. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Deploy Discovery Framework Sample Template for Digital Lending](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_lending_deploy_discovery_framework_sample_template.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Manufacturing Orders with Guided Order Capture Confidently handle complex order specifications and dynamic pricing without risking billing or fulfillment errors. Use guided workflows with integrated pricing, reusable order specifications, assortments, and multi-unit-of-measure conversions to ensure correct billing and delivery roles across manufacturing orders. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Manufacturing. **Who:** To set up and capture orders, users need the Order Capture for Manufacturing, Industries Service Excellence, and pricing-related licenses. **How:** In Setup, turn on **Order Capture**. Configure your reference data and create order specifications to define order behavior. After setup, sales reps can launch the Service Console for Telesales, open an account to view order overviews, and create or update orders. For more details, see [Drive Accurate Order Capture with Integrated Pricing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.advanced_orders_for_telesales.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Metadata and Data Deployment with DX Inspector (Generally Available) Maintain data integrity by moving specific metadata and configuration data changes from your current Salesforce org to a target org in a single orchestration from DX Inspector. This feature scans your org to identify metadata and data dependencies, preventing deployment failures caused by missing dependencies. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the last release. **Where:** This feature is available in all sandboxes and scratch orgs accessed through Lightning Experience. The metadata and data deployment feature is available in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting on April 22, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to sandbox and scratch org users with the Customize Application user permission in the source and target orgs. **How:** To access this feature, open the DX Inspector Panel, and then click the **Change Management** tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Develop and Deploy with DX Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.develop_and_deploy_with_dx_inspector.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Metadata Selection for Apex Action Inputs Developers can streamline metadata record selection for users who configure Apex actions in Flow Builder. When defining their Apex actions, developers assign setup entity types to input parameters. Then users can select from valid records in Flow Builder, avoiding errors when they configure the action. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. It’s available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Developers configure setup entity types for input parameters by using three InvocableActionExtension metadata attributes. The required `SetupReferenceObjectNameForAutomaticSetup` attribute specifies which metadata type provides the selection options. Supported types include CustomMetadata, NamedCredential, StaticResource, Report, and Document. The optional `SetupReferenceObjectLabelForAutomaticSetup` attribute customizes the label shown in Flow Builder for the metadata record field. This label defaults to Name. The optional `SetupReferenceFilterConditionForAutomaticSetup` attribute applies a filter condition to limit which metadata records appear in the picker for Flow Builder users. ``` ActionParameter MyAction.myParameter SetupReferenceObjectNameForAutomaticSetup String NamedCredential SetupReferenceObjectLabelForAutomaticSetup String Credential Name SetupReferenceFilterConditionForAutomaticSetup String Type = 'External' ``` When developers package their Apex actions for distribution, Salesforce automatically detects the metadata dependencies and includes them in the package. In Flow Builder, users select metadata records by developer name for the configured Apex action input parameters. The action receives the resolved metadata record ID at run time. Referential integrity prevents users from selecting invalid records and protects in-use metadata records from deletion. # Streamline Mixed Cart Checkouts with Adyen Tokenization and Partial Capture Adyen payment gateways now secure card tokens during Endless Aisle and mixed cart transactions to effortlessly handle future reauthorizations. The gateway prompts customers for clear payment consent, immediately capturing the in-store total while authorizing the remaining balance. This enhancement works with card terminals and tap-to-pay payments. Previously, Endless Aisle order flows lacked card tokenization support. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Integrations | Payment Gateways** and edit an Adyen configuration. Select **Endless Aisline** under Payment Tokenization Events. Under Manual Payment Settings, turn on **Mixed Cart Payment: Partial capture**. ![Adyen payment gateway configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_adyentoken.png) ![Adyen payment gateway configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.3_pos_adyentoggle.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Adyen Payment Gateway Information (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_hardware_ayden_gateway_info.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Object Type Selection for Generic SObject Action Inputs The action property panel now provides better context during configuration for actions with generic sObject parameters. When the action panel opens, it shows all parameters, including non-object parameters such as Text or Boolean. Object-related input parameters such as record fields appear when you select the object type for each sObject parameter. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. It’s available in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Previously, non-object-related input parameters appeared only after you selected objects for each sObject parameter. This delay limited access to important configuration options. Now, all non-object inputs appear immediately when you open the action property panel, while object-related inputs appear as you make selections. This workflow enhancement provides better visibility into configuration requirements from the start. **How:** Add an action element that references an action with generic sObject parameters to your flow. The action property panel opens immediately and shows all input parameters, including non-object-related parameters. For each sObject parameter, select the object type from the picklist. The input field associated with that object appears immediately after selection. Continue selecting objects for the remaining sObject parameters and configuring all shown inputs. # Streamline Participant Intake with a Guided Work Flow The new Intake app guides intake coordinators through a more efficient enrollment process with the Create Application flow to create new intakes quickly. When enrolling a participant in multiple programs, form sections are now deduplicated, so your users only enter overlapping information once. Separately, the Complete Application flow automates the creation of enrollment records and cases, which provides a smooth hand-off to case managers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Program Management is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Advanced Program Management, Form Framework User, Action Plans, and the Track Application permission sets can track participants through the intake process. # Streamline Permissions for Agentforce for Service on Email The setup process for Agentforce for Service on Email is simpler now that the Customize Application permission requirement for the Automated Case User under Support Settings is removed. Your implementation is now more secure and easier to manage. **Where:** This change applies to Service Email. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.customizesupport_email_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Previously, the Automated Case User required the Customize Application permission to enable Agentforce to process and respond to emails automatically. Eliminating this dependency aligns with security best practices and the principle of least privilege. You no longer need to grant broad administrative access to the system user responsible for automated email actions. **How:** Review the Automated Case User profile or permission set to safely remove the Customize Application permission if it was granted only for Agentforce functionality. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Support Settings, and then select **Support Settings**. Identify the user listed as the Automated Case User. Remove the Customize Application permission from this user. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Make sure that the Automated Case User retains the necessary access to cases, emails, and any specific fields required for your service workflows. # Streamline Personalized Content Creation and Deployment with Personalization Campaigns Build Personalization Campaigns using a guided configuration workflow. Following a step-by-step creation model, this workflow helps to simplify creating, mapping, testing, and deploying personalized content using a more intuitive, user-friendly configuration process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. # Streamline Pre-Work Brief with Rich Text Boost mobile worker productivity by transforming Pre-Work Brief from plain text into a rich resource. You can now use Markdown formatting to create content that is easier to read and structure, significantly improving clarity for complex instructions. Additionally, this update supports embedded hyperlinks, allowing mobile workers to access external resources, like collaboration channels and visual aids, without leaving their workflow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **How:** Configure briefs in Prompt Builder or Flow Builder by utilizing Markdown syntax to organize content with structural elements like paragraphs, bold or italicized text, and lists. The update also supports the insertion of clickable URLs that open directly in the device’s default browser or specific applications, ensuring mobile workers have immediate access to the data they need. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Pre-Work Brief for Field Service Mobile Workers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_einstein_pre_work_brief.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Provider Engagement Compliance with Templates Create compliance templates to save time and effort in defining cycles every time you create a compliance plan for an account. Then associate the template with all accounts that require monitoring. When you create a compliance plan for an account, Salesforce generates the account's personalized compliance cycles based on the associated template and the dates of the account's compliance plan. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Provider Engagement Compliance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_engagement_execution_provider_compliance_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Quoting for Partners by Using Agentforce Help your partner users accelerate their sales cycle with the Revenue Quote Management agent template. By connecting the Agentforce Employee agent to their site by using Embedded Messaging, partners gain access to powerful, advanced quoting agent actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Agentforce Employee Agent and the Partner Community add-on licenses. **How:** Set up Embedded Messaging in your Experience Cloud partner site. Route chats to the Revenue Quote Management agent by using an Omni-Channel flow, and add the embedded messaging component to the partner site so that partners can chat with the agent directly from the portal. # Streamline Rebate Processing with Advanced Accrual and Payout Management Optimize rebate and accrual operations by leveraging the Data Processing Engine (DPE) on Data 360 to model granular calculations that match real commercial agreements, including flat, tiered, and growth-based structures. The new capabilities automatically handle mid-period rate or benefit updates, adjusting accruals and payouts dynamically to eliminate manual rework. This gives Finance teams a clear, at-a-glance view of accrual summaries while efficiently generating accurate, auditable rebate payouts at scale. See [Channel Revenue Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_channel_revenue_management.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Recall Inquiries with a Prebuilt Service Process Simplify the intake and fulfillment of recall inquiry service process requests by using a prebuilt screen flow. Customer support reps can efficiently verify an asset's recall status and assist customers in locating authorized dealers for booking appointments. Easily view the list of assets with an open recall for a customer account, and check its relevant details such as the associated product service campaign and the preferred partner. A case is created and automatically closed post fulfillment of the service process request and an email is sent to the customer with the relevant recall inquiry details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Product Service Campaign Management, Unified Catalog, Industries Service Excellence, and Industries Field Service enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Product Service Campaign, Industry Service Excellence, and Unified Catalog Admin permission sets. **How:** On an Account page, initiate a recall inquiry request from the Action Launcher. # Streamline Refund Requests and Transaction Disputes Manage overpayments, duplicate charges, and other transaction-related issues by using a prebuilt service process. Service reps can provide a smooth customer experience and resolve disputes quickly on behalf of customers by using the Transaction Dispute template from Unified Catalog, improving operational efficiency. Automate the initial intake by fetching customer financial data, capturing the required list of transactions, and categorizing disputes based on predefined reasons. Users can also upload supporting documentation and complete required assessment questionnaires in the same flow to ensure faster resolution. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive, Vehicle And Asset Finance Foundation, Industries Service Excellence, Unified Catalog, and Omnistudio Runtime enabled. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Automotive Foundation User, Vehicle and Asset Finance Foundation, Industry Service Excellence, Product Catalog Management Designer, Omnistudio Admin or Omnistudio User, Unified Catalog Agent, Unified Catalog Community User, and Unified Catalog Admin permission sets. **Why:** High call volumes and fragmented data often lead to poor customer experiences during financial disputes. This prebuilt service process solves these issues by providing a single source of truth for financial account transactions. It reduces manual validation effort for service reps while offering customers a transparent way to track their cases and re-upload documents as needed. **How:** On an Account or a Financial Account page, initiate a Transaction Dispute request from the Action Launcher. Customers can launch the service process from an Experience Cloud portal. # Streamline Remote Checkout with Real-Time Payment Sync Free store associates from manual tracking to focus on customers. The POS system automatically updates order statuses and sends an e-receipt to the customer upon successful payment. Previously, associates spent time checking payment statuses and issuing receipts. Store managers can also monitor remote payment status in the POS app. Previously, expired payment links tied up inventory reservations and required manual intervention to resolve. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **When:** This change is available in builds 11.8.1 and later. **How:** In CMS, edit your Cart Options layout and create a deep link to open the Remote Pay by Link Que from checkout in the POS app. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure PBL in Point of Sale CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_pbl_cms_configure.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ PBL POS App Flow (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_pbl_pos_app_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Remote Support by Routing Visual Remote Assistant via Omni-Channel Improve workload distribution efficiency by managing VRA sessions within the unified Omni-Channel workflow. By integrating VRA, Omni-Channel uses real-time presence and capacity tracking to support call center rep availability and route sessions only to those with the capacity to handle them. Call center reps can handle these live video interactions through their standard workflow, providing a better customer experience. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package, Visual Remote Assistant installed, and Omni-Channel enabled. Application sharing is supported on Android and iOS, depending on OS capabilities. **How:** Go to the App Launcher and search for Visual Remote Assistant Configuration. Select and enable **Omni-Channel Enablement**. Set up Omni-Channel routing, queues, and presence. VRA sessions are routed through Omni-Channel and the call center rep presence and capacity is automatically updated during active sessions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Omni-Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.service_presence_intro.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Revenue Collection with the Dunning Orchestration Solution Accelerate your collections process and reduce overdue invoices with an automated dunning experience. With the Dunning Orchestration Solution, you can automatically manage payment reminders by using Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator templates. Design segment-based dunning journeys to target specific customer groups for a more efficient revenue recovery. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From the Initial Setup tab, filter Cloud by Revenue and Category by Data Pack to view the Dunning Orchestration Solution. ![Rev Go Dunning Solution](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/revenue/rev_go_dunning.png) #### See Also - [Automate Dunning Workflows by Using Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_dunning_orchestration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Dunning Orchestration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_configure_dunning_orchestration.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Risk Management Lifecycle with Enhanced Workflows and Assessments Streamline the end-to-end risk lifecycle and replace fragmented spreadsheets with a formal, auditable process. Provide stakeholders with a precise view of your organization's risk posture, and accelerate implementation by using a centralized risk scenario library, related compliance controls, and autonomous background monitoring. Use the Business Rules Engine to instantly update inherent and residual risk scores based on integrated stakeholder surveys. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Risk Management is enabled. **Why:** Centralized templates and automated calculations eliminate the administrative overhead of manual risk assessments and prevent duplicate data entry. By employing background actions to monitor environment changes, you ensure that new risks are identified and linked to remediation plans in real-time. # Streamline Service Operations with Interactive Voice Response Reduce service rep workload for low-complexity issues, reduce customer wait times and transfer rates, and improve first-call resolution with Interactive Voice Response (IVR). Your customers can use self-service options for simple tasks while also making sure that they’re intelligently routed to the correct service rep or department. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. **Who:** To edit flows, you need the Manage Flows permission set. To add IVR to your flow, you need the Agentforce Contact Center Admin (Salesforce Voice) permission set. **How:** To add IVR, add the Play Prompt and End Call invocable action to your Omni-Channel flow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Add IVR to Your Omni-Channel Flow in Agentforce Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_add_ivr.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline Student Financials with Agentforce Help students efficiently manage their accounts with the Student Financials Agent, which includes topics and actions that call on preconfigured flows and invocable actions. Students can chat with the agent to view their current balances, ask for fee breakdowns, and request more information about specific fees. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license and the applicable Agentforce add-on license are enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure the Student Financials Agent. Additionally, logged in student users can use the Student Financials Agent. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**. Enable **Turn On Student Financial Account Management Agent**. # Streamline Subscriber-Based Quoting and Ordering Align with subscriber business requirements by enabling the subscriber-based quoting and ordering settings. Boost sales rep efficiency by automating subscriber data entry, applying offers to subscriber groups, and generating multiple orders from a single quote. Streamline your quoting and ordering workflows by enabling sales reps to add subscriber data through automated CSV file uploads or manual entry quickly. Assign products to the entire subscriber selections simultaneously from the product catalog page. Boost performance by applying offers to subscriber groups in a single representation. This capability removes the requirement to clone offers for every individual subscriber. Increase efficiency by automating the creation of multiple orders from a single quote. Use specific criteria like subscribers, fields, or group to make sure that every transaction is accurate and tailored to your business. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud Advanced. # Streamline Support with the New Financial Aid Inquiry Agent Use the Financial Aid Inquiry Agent to assist prospective students, applicants, current students, and staff with inquiries related to financial aid, including questions about policies, processes, application statuses, and outstanding requirements. The agent provides immediate and accurate responses to common financial aid questions, delivering reliable information to help users make financial aid decisions faster. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license and the applicable Agentforce add-on license are enabled. **When:** The Financial Aid Inquiry Agent is generally available starting in August 2026. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure the Financial Aid Inquiry agent. Additionally, logged-in student users can use the Financial Aid Inquiry agent. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**. Enable **Turn On Financial Aid Inquiry Agent**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Financial Aid Agent for Agentforce Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_financial_aid_agent_for_agentforce_education.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline the Complete Activation Workflow with Activation Templates Use activation templates to streamline the complete activation workflow across all supported destination platforms. Templates provide reusable, shared definitions for contact point selection, activation membership filtering, and enrichment data. These definitions reduce manual configuration steps and improve consistency across activations. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activation Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_activation_template.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_activation_template.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use an Activation Template When Creating an Activation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_use_activation_template.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Streamline the Managed Event Participant Creation Process Extend participant type assignments beyond the standard participant types to any Managed Event Participant record type of your choice. Specify a record type once instead of re-entering participant type and role details across multiple steps. Create records faster and with fewer errors by automatically populating the Event Management Participant Type, Event Management Participant Role, and the Event Management Participant Type Role Mapping fields in the Managed Event Participant records. **Where**: This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:**In the Admin Console, go to the Event Management tile, and create participant type mappings. #### See Also - [https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc\_event\_management\_participant\_type\_mappings.htm](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management_participant_type_mappings.htm&language=en_US) - _Salesforce Help:_ Participant Type Mappings # Streamline the Management of WhatsApp Templates Build and manage Utility and Marketing WhatsApp templates directly in Salesforce. You can now create, edit, submit for approval, publish, and delete these template types in Messaging Component Builder. By managing WhatsApp templates directly in Salesforce, you save time and minimize synchronization issues with your WhatsApp Business account (WABA). Previously, you created the WhatsApp templates and managed them in your WhatsApp Business account, and then import them into Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to enhanced WhatsApp channels. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **How:** To create a template, in the Messaging Component Builder, apply the External Template format to a Notification messaging component. To submit it to Meta for approval, activate the template. ![Sample WhatsApp template](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/service/messaging_component_whatsapp_template_preview.png) # Streamline the Management of WhatsApp Templates Build and manage Utility and Marketing WhatsApp templates directly in Salesforce. You can now create, edit, submit for approval, publish, and delete these template types in Messaging Component Builder. By managing WhatsApp templates directly in Salesforce, you save time and minimize synchronization issues with your WhatsApp Business Account (WABA). Previously, you had to create the WhatsApp templates and manage them in your WhatsApp Business account, and then import them into Salesforce. **Where:** This change applies to enhanced WhatsApp channels. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** First, make sure that the org where you create the template has a unique WhatsApp Business Account (WABA) associated with it. A sandbox org and production org should each be associated with separate WABAs, for example. This ensures that Meta knows where to send the approved template. To create a new template, in the Messaging Component Builder, apply the External Template format to a Notification messaging component. To submit it to Meta for approval, activate the template. ![Component Builder with the External Template format selected and rich content displayed in the Template Preview panel.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/messaging_component_whatsapp_template_preview.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ WhatsApp Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_whatsapp_templates_2.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Transfer Credit Evaluations for Students Create and manage transfer equivalency relationships and the entire transfer credit process from a unified interface that automatically matches and suggests credits. Registrars can use the guided process to review submitted documentation and to articulate credit transfer requests. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**, and turn on Review Transfer Credits. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transfer Credit (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_transfer_credit.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Your Authoring Workflow with Workspace Integration Access available metrics and visualizations from your dashboard workspace now in a convenient panel. Find relevant assets with the new search bar and add them to your dashboard. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To add a workspace asset to a dashboard, put the dashboard into Edit mode. Select an asset from the Content tab and add it to the dashboard. ![Adding an image to a dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_workspace_integration.png) To add assets from another workspace, use the search window at the top. To find metrics and visualizations in the current workspace, use the search bar at the bottom. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Integrate Workspace Asset into Tableau Next Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_workspace.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Your Business Processes with Agentforce Supply Chain Agentforce Supply Chain (formerly known as Regrello) transforms supply chain business processes with automated workflows. Use AI-generated blueprints and email-integrated work to improve operational accuracy and simplify partner collaboration. **Where:** This feature applies to an Agentforce Supply Chain workspace that's external to Salesforce for an additional cost. To purchase an Agentforce Supply Chain license, contact your Salesforce account executive. **When:** Agentforce Supply Chain is available starting in February 2026. **Why:** This new feature from Regrello revolutionizes supply chain business process management. - Error-prone, manual processes are standardized into digital workflows to help minimize costly mistakes. - Repetitive tasks are automated to save time and give employees time to focus on high-value, strategic work. - Automated workflows are set up easily with AI or from scratch with the straightforward interface. - Tasks can be assigned to AI agents that use complex reasoning and predictive decision-making to handle sophisticated tasks, such as checking for expired certificates, invoice auditing, fraud review, and contract compliance, contributing to significant cost savings. - Users can complete work through email and web forms, eliminating the need for onboarding or signing into a separate system. Workers can easily complete forms, approve or reject tasks, and provide any needed information. - Employees, vendors, and partners can collaborate more easily with processes securely embedded into existing workstreams. **How:** When the workspace is ready, you receive an email with information on how to access your Agentforce Supply Chain workspace. To generate a business process blueprint with AI, upload documents, such as spreadsheets and whiteboard photos. ![Creating a blueprint by using AI and uploaded documents](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_afsc_upload_documents.png) Agentforce Supply Chain generates a process blueprint for you like this one. ![Generated blueprint from uploaded docs](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_afsc_generated_blueprint.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Optimizing and Automating Business Processes with Agentforce Supply Chain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_afsc_about.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Your Data Prep by Writing to Multiple Data 360 Outputs in a Single Recipe Consolidate your data prep processes by writing to multiple Data 360 data lake objects (DLO) in a single CRM Analytics recipe. Minimize issues with recipe run limits by consolidating your data prep into one recipe. For example, input your data and use filter nodes to write two distinct, filtered subsets, one to the Marketing DLO and one to the Sales DLO, in a single recipe execution. This reduces complexity and keeps your transformations organized. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In the CRM Analytics recipe editor, ingest your data and add filter nodes. Then output your transformed data to multiple output nodes. Each output node writes to a unique Data 360 DLO. ![A recipe with multiple input, filter, and output nodes for writing to Data 360.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrated_wdc_multi_output.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Write Recipe Output to Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_output_results_dc.htm&language=en_US) # Streamline Your Tasks with New Data 360 Navigation (Beta) Organize your tasks and reduce tab overload with the updated Data 360 navigation structure. Enable the left side navigation to group related features and optimize your end-to-end flow and next steps. **Where:** This feature applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Left side navigation is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting in April 2026. **How:** To enable the left side navigation, go to **Feature Manager** from **Data Cloud Setup**. Select **Enable** after **Data 360 Left Side Navigation (Beta).** Due to a known limitation, existing users who have customized their navigation items and have pinned tabs, must reset their navigation settings. Select the pencil icon to view **Edit Data Cloud App Navigation Items**. Click **Reset Navigatation to Default** and then click **Save**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started Using Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/data/help/en-us/data_cloud/topics/getstarted/c360_a_product_considerations.xml) # Streamline Your Workflow with Instant Processing and Real-Time Updates Accelerate your workflow by processing line items individually, enabling immediate interaction without the delay of waiting for all tasks to complete together. Improve the interface's responsiveness by using platform events to refresh media grids instantly as updates happen. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Media Cloud- Advanced. **How:** In the Ad Availability View Configuration object, create a configuration by using the enableasyncpostsave configuration setting. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Optimize Media Plans for Elaborate Advertiser and Agency Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.media_ad_sales_management_setup_partial_hydration.htm&language=en_US) # Strengthen CMS Access Controls with Automated Expiration and a New Support Role Reduce security risk and manual cleanup with new access controls for CMS users. Set expiration periods to automatically revoke CMS access after a set time, instead of manually tracking and deleting temporary accounts. This same update also adds a view-only CMS support role, giving your team a safer way to troubleshoot issues without granting full access. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Advanced | CMS User Management | Users**. Edit a user and configure the **Login Access Expiry** field. ![Login Access Expiry field for a CMS user in Point of Sale CMS.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_pos_cms_access_expiration.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Add a Point of Sale CMS User (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_create_cms_users.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Point of Sale CMS Roles (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_configure_cms_roles.htm&language=en_US) # Strengthen Data Integrity with Default Field Validations for Changes and Releases Admins can now activate default field validations for change requests and releases to automatically prevent common errors, such as invalid date ranges or missing required fields. These preconfigured checks enforce data consistency during both record creation and updates. By safeguarding data integrity without manual oversight, IT teams can maintain accurate, reliable, and auditable records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** Open the Change Management or Release Management feature page in Salesforce Go. Turn on Default Field Validations. # Strengthen Data Monitoring by Using the New Event Management Trigger Handlers Keep data consistent, accurate, and audit-ready by using the new trigger handlers. Ensure that utilization limits remain in sync with changes in Managed Event or Managed Event Participant records. Stay compliant by blocking or flagging record updates that bypass monetary caps. Make sure that event data stays current by automatically refreshing expense buckets when estimated expenses or participant allocations change. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** Activate the following trigger handlers via the Admin Console's Trigger Handler Administration tile. - EstExpensePtcpAllocMonetaryCapsHandler - EstimatedExpenseMonetaryCapsHandler - EstimatedExpPtcpAllocImmutabilityHandler - ExpenseParticipantImmutabilityHandler - MngEventParticipantImmutabilityHandler - MngEventAcctUtilLmtsHandler - MngEventPartAcctUtilLmtsHandler #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Your Org Ready for Event Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management_get_org_ready.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Monetary Cap](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management_monetary_cap.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Account Utilization Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management_account_utilization_limits.htm&language=en_US) # Strengthen Dispute Cases with Supporting Transaction Evidence Support dispute specialists to prove that a disputed charge is inconsistent with a cardholder’s normal purchase behavior or part of a fraudulent trend. Build a clear history before the dispute case moves to pre-arbitration by associating past, settled transactions as reference to the current Visa dispute. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the OmniStudio Admin, OmniStudio User, and Financial Services Cloud Extension or FSC Service permission sets. # Strengthen Document Builder with Robust Service Architecture Document Builder now runs on a robust, high-scale framework designed to handle your most complex business document needs. This architectural evolution ensures consistent performance and reliability as your organization’s volume of work orders and service appointments grows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Strengthen Employee Trust with Confidential Case Reporting Give your employees a secure channel to report confidential workplace issues, such as harassment, discrimination, or misconduct. Employees can report these issues directly from the employee portal or with Agentforce. Agentforce detects sensitive language and creates a confidential case for tracking to ensure that the case is automatically flagged and discreetly routed only to authorized HR reps. Admins manage access and routing of cases based on case categories to ensure employee privacy and accurate resolution **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition with HR Service. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the Employee Hub Community User add-on permission set license, Agentforce permission set licenses, and these add-on licenses: Agentforce Employee Agent, Employee Hub Community User, Employee Hub HR Service Workspace, and Confidential Case Management User. **How:** Employees can report confidential issues by using the employee portal or Agentforce: - Employee Portal: On the Employee Portal, go to the Help Center tab and click **New Confidential Case**. Provide details, review, and submit the case for your case ID. A corresponding public complaint record is automatically created to route the issue discreetly to the right personnel. - Agentforce: Agentforce detects sensitive language in chat (for example, harassment, abuse, unsafe) and offers a confidential case or human HR connection. If a case is created, it’s flagged as confidential and routed discreetly. # Strengthen Inventory Accuracy and Compliance with Manager Approval for Receiving Discrepancies Improve inventory accuracy and accountability by requiring manager authentication and approval for all Advanced Shipping Notice (ASN) receiving discrepancies. Managers can review, approve, or audit quantity variances before finalization, with all actions logged in an event file for complete traceability. This controlled workflow reduces receiving errors, enhances loss prevention visibility, and strengthens compliance controls. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Store Management | Associates | Approval Policy Configuration**. Configure the ASN Discrepancy Approval policy. ![Create Associate Approval Policy dialog showing ASN Discrepancy Approval configuration in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_12.2_pos_asnapproval.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Advanced Shipping Notice (ASN) Receiving (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_inventory_asn_receiving.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Policy Features (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_approval_policy_features.htm&language=en_US) # Strengthen Partner Collaboration with Stock Rotation Incentives Facilitate manufacturer–partner collaboration by enabling structured product returns or scrap of unsold stock in exchange for incentives. Promote timely replacement of aging inventory by defining programs with allocated partner budgets. Streamline operations by integrating partner submission, eligibility validation, claim creation, and budget tracking into a single incentives framework. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Sales Cloud or Industries Cloud with the Channel Revenue Management add-on. **Who:** To use Stock Rotation Execution, users need a Stock Rotation license and either the Use Stock Rotation Admin User permission or the Use Stock Rotation Standard User permission. # Strengthen Prospect Strategy by Creating Slack Research Channels and Canvases with Agentforce Integrate research workflows directly with Slack to accelerate decision making and improve collaboration across advancement teams. Give researchers and relationship officers a shared space to evaluate high-impact prospects. Researchers can build channels, publish canvases, and produce insights without leaving Slack. Relationship officers can join prospect-specific channels and review curated canvases. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where these licenses and add-ons are enabled. - Fundraising - Slack - Applicable Agentforce add-on licenses **Who:** To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set. To use Fundraising with Agentforce Education, formerly Education Cloud, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education, and then create and assign a permission set to your users. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Fundraising Settings**, and then under Access Fundraising Research in Agentforce, turn on **Philanthropic Research Topics in Agentforce**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Philanthropic Research Topics in Agentforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_philanthropic_research_topics_in_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Structure Prompt Template Output with Custom Lightning Types Define structured, predictable prompt responses by using custom Lightning types to control output fields and data types. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Platform, or Einstein/Agentforce add-ons. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of January 5, 2026. **Why:** Previously, configuring JSON responses without an output schema relied solely on prompt instructions. Defining a custom schema guarantees that the output matches the required format, enabling reliable integration with automated systems. **How:** In Template Settings, select a response format. Create a custom Lightning type in the builder if the one you need doesn’t exist. You can review the generated response in the selected format by clicking Save & Preview. **Who:** Available to users with the **Prompt Template Manager** permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build and Manage Lightning Types for Prompt Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_build_manage_lt.htm&language=en_US) # Student Appointment Scheduling Other Changes Create a more relevant booking experience with configurable labels, required comments, dynamic scheduling topics, and flexible advisor and team visibility. Display advisor taglines and profile details to help students select an advisor who meets their needs. Filter scheduling topics based on the selected advisor or team to reduce booking errors. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Only users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure appointment data for the learners portal. Only users with the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud Access permission set can access the portal. **Why:** Admins can now customize the scheduling experience and provide more context to students. - Show an advisor's tagline along with their name to help students select an advisor who meets their needs. - Give students more information about an advisor by showing a profile card with selected service resource fields. - Customize booking-page labels to match your institution’s terminology. - Select whether students see assigned advisors only, unassigned teams only, or both, so that each page presents relevant booking resources. - Filter scheduling topics dynamically by showing only topics that the selected advisor or team supports. - Prompt students for preparation details by making the comment field mandatory and setting a custom label. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up the Account Record Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_account_record_page.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up an Experience Site for Appointments in Education Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_set_up_exp_site_appts.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Schedule Appointments for Students (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_schedule_appointments_for_students.htm&language=en_US) # Student Recruitment Agent for Agentforce Education (Generally Available) Use Student Recruitment Agent, now generally available, to help your institution assess and recruit new students. The agent can answer questions about your institution, programs, and admissions processes. The agent can also help students apply. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license and the applicable Agentforce add-on license are enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can configure the Student Recruitment Agent. Additionally, logged-in student users can use the Student Recruitment Agent. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Set Up Education Cloud**. Turn on **Turn On Student Recruitment Agent**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: **Student Recruitment Agent for Agentforce Education** (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_agent_student_recruitment_agent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Style Multiple Dashboard Widgets at Once Build and update Tableau Next dashboards faster by applying formatting changes to multiple widgets in one action. When you select widgets of the same type, the styling panel shows their shared type-specific options, such as text color and font size for filter widgets. When you select different widget types, the panel shows only the widget-level styles common to all selected widgets. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In the dashboard editor, command-click widgets or drag a selection box around several widgets. Select widgets of the same type to edit their shared type-specific styles together. For example, select multiple filter widgets to change their text color and font size, or select multiple visualizations to apply common chart formatting. If you select different widget types, apply the widget styles that they share. # Styling Change to Highlighted and Selected Content To meet the Web Content Accessibility Guideline (WCAG) 1.4.11 standard for non-text accessibility, we changed the styling of highlighted and selected content throughout the Lightning UI. Previously, we applied our own styling to show when content was highlighted or selected, but have determined that the styling didn’t meet this WCAG standard. Now when you highlight or select content, the Lightning UI uses the styling applied by the user agent, which is your browser or device. The user agent determines the color contrast ratio. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Why:** Meeting accessibility standards helps your UI support all of your users. # Styling Change to Read-Only Checkboxes When you view a record, read-only checkboxes no longer specify the `disabled` attribute, so screen readers can now announce the state and value of the checkboxes. Read-only checkboxes now display with hover text "True" or "False". **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. **Why:** Meeting accessibility standards helps your UI support all of your users. **How:** In Lightning Experience, the change applies to record pages that use LWC. When you view a record, fields and checkboxes are read-only. A read-only checkbox on a record page displays these behaviors. - If selected, a read-only checkbox displays a gray checkmark ![selected checkbox with a gray checkmark](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/260_checkbox_selected.png) only. Previously, a read-only checkbox that's selected displays a checkmark enclosed in a disabled gray checkbox. - If not selected, a read-only checkbox displays as an empty checkbox with a dotted icon ![checkbox with a dotted icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/260_checkbox_false.png). Previously, a read-only checkbox that's not selected displays a disabled gray checkbox. - If required, a read-only checkbox displays without an asterisk because it can’t be checked or unchecked. On a list view, checkboxes in a column also display with the updated styling. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Record pages that use Aura components, such as the record pages for Campaign and Task, continue to display read-only checkboxes with a gray border when selected ![selected checkbox with a gray border](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/260_checkbox_aura_selected.png) and when not selected ![checkbox with a gray border](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/260_checkbox_aura_false.png). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Standard Objects Support for Record Home Pages](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/reference-objects-lwc-record-home.html) # Submit Pre-Repossession Assessments for Manager Review and Approval Add a governance gate before the repossession request moves to active repossession. Once all pre-repossession assessments are completed, a Submit for Approval action routes the request to a reviewer. The manager reviews each assessment response and accepts or rejects it with comments. Rejected assessments return to the specialist, who redoes and resubmits them; the record shows approved versus rejected assessments throughout, creating a clear decision audit trail. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive Cloud and the Collections and Recovery capability. **Who:** Repossession analysts submit assessments; repossession reviewers review and approve or reject them. Assign the Industries Repossession Management permission set with the appropriate persona permission (Repossession Analyst User or Repossession Reviewer User). **How:** After completing the assessments, select the configured Submit for Approval action. The reviewer selects Review Assessment, accepts or rejects each response with comments, and approves or rejects the repossession request. To rework a rejected assessment, select Add Assessment, choose the assessment (applied to the whole repossession or to a specific vehicle), and resubmit. # Submit Records for Approval by Using the Request Approval Component Your credentialed site visitors can now submit records for approval directly from your site. Add the Request Approval component to an object detail page. Then configure the component to require submitters to select an approver and add comments about their request. The Request Approval component works only with Flow Approval Processes, not with Classic Approval Processes. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and in [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [Add Approval Submissions to Record Pages Without Custom Buttons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_request_approval_component.htm&release=260&type=5 "Add a component for your users to submit records for approval without you creating a custom button. The Request Approval component works in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder. Configure built-in options for approver selection and submission comments.") # Submit Records for Approval by Using the Request Approval Component Add the Request Approval component to record pages to integrate autolaunched flow approval processes into your record pages. Configure the component in Lightning App Builder to require submitters to select the first approver and add comments about their approval request. The component works only with Flow Approval Processes, not with Classic Approval Processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Release Notes_: Add Approval Submissions to Record Pages Without Custom Buttons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_automated_approvals_request_approval_component.htm&release=260&type=5 "Add a component for your users to submit records for approval without you creating a custom button. The Request Approval component works in both Lightning App Builder and Experience Builder. Configure built-in options for approver selection and submission comments.") # Subscribe to Dashboard Widgets in Experience Cloud Sites (Beta) Keep your community users informed with dashboard widget subscriptions in your Experience Cloud sites. Send automated updates to your external users via email or portal notifications based on their selected schedules and filters. CRM Analytics enforces portal profiles and sharing rules so that your community users only see authorized data. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Dashboard Widget Subscriptions in Experience Cloud Sites is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Who:** To subscribe to CRM Analytics dashboard widgets, community users need the Use Subscription Emails user permission. Depending on the type of portal user, assign one of these permission sets. - For partner users, assign the Analytics Cloud - Wave Community Users permission set. - For customers, assign the CRM Analytics For Community Logins or CRM Analytics For Community Members permission set. Standard permission sets for community users don't include the Use Subscription Emails permission. To download, share, view, and subscribe to dashboard widgets in Experience Cloud sites, admins must create a custom permission set along with the required system permissions. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, and then click **Settings**. Select **Enable Subscriptions for Experience Cloud Users (Beta)**. Then, in the Experience Cloud site settings for dashboards, select **Enable Subscriptions**. To start a subscription, select **Subscribe** from a widget’s action menu. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Subscribe to CRM Analytics Assets in Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_subscriptions_for_community_users.htm&language=en_US) # Subscribe to Data 360 Live Widgets in CRM Analytics Keep users informed with scheduled email snapshots of CRM Analytics dashboards and widgets powered by Data 360 live datasets. Choose hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly delivery, and set the delivery time and time zone to meet recipients’ needs. Recipients see only the data that they’re authorized to access based on their existing permissions. For example, a customer support manager can receive hourly email snapshots of a case escalation widget using Data 360 live data to stay informed about critical issues throughout the day without manually checking the dashboard. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To start a subscription from a Data 360 live widget, in run mode, select **Subscribe** from the widget’s action menu. ![Selecting the Subscribe option for a lens using Data 360 as the data source.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_widget_subscriptions_dc.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Scheduled Updates with Email Subscriptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_subscriptions.htm&language=en_US) # Subscription Lifecycle Management Capture subscription market share across your B2B and B2C markets by using configurable promotions and new B2C cart-based features. Make sure that the best offers reach the right customers by applying tailored promotions and manual coupons directly in the configurator or Sales Transaction Line Editor. Provide anonymous shoppers with an API-first cart-to-asset experience to capitalize on the growing subscription market. - **[Close Deals Faster with Configurable Promotions and Coupons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_slm_b2c_promotions_sales.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Give your sales reps the flexibility to apply tailored promotions and manual coupons directly within the configurator or Sales Transaction Line Editor. You can easily define eligibility and duration to make sure that the best offers reach the right customers. Apply promotions directly to quotes, orders, amendments, and renewals. Promotions applied to a quote automatically carry over during order generation. - **[Capture Subscription Market Share with B2C Sales Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_slm_b2c_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Capitalize on the growing subscription market by using a cart-based sales journey designed for residential and small business users. Increase your revenue by offering configurable promotions. The API-first cartto- asset experience provides a digital interface where anonymous shoppers can easily find, configure, and purchase products. Simply assign the Consumer Sales User permission set to grant your sales reps precise access to the required Connect REST APIs and objects. - **[Streamline Subscriber-Based Quoting and Ordering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_slm_multi_subscriber.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Align with subscriber business requirements by enabling the subscriber-based quoting and ordering settings. Boost sales rep efficiency by automating subscriber data entry, applying offers to subscriber groups, and generating multiple orders from a single quote. Streamline your quoting and ordering workflows by enabling sales reps to add subscriber data through automated CSV file uploads or manual entry quickly. Assign products to the entire subscriber selections simultaneously from the product catalog page. Boost performance by applying offers to subscriber groups in a single representation. This capability removes the requirement to clone offers for every individual subscriber. Increase efficiency by automating the creation of multiple orders from a single quote. Use specific criteria like subscribers, fields, or group to make sure that every transaction is accurate and tailored to your business. - **[Apply Promotions to Cart in Consumer Sales to Boost Sales](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_slm_promotions_to_cart.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Boost sales by integrating Global Promotions Management (GPM) with the consumer sales API suite. Easily configure promotion details, including type, duration, and eligibility, and add coupons for manual promotions. This enhancement provides consistent promotion and discount details from the cart through to the finalized order and asset during assetization. Your sales team has the flexibility to close every deal with the best offer. - **[Manage Quotes and Orders with the Enhanced Line Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_media_slm_line_editor.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve visibility with the streamlined, single-grid layout and the clean, spreadsheet-like interface in the Sales Transaction Line Editor. Sales reps can filter and sort quote and order lines, and use a side panel to view details and apply promotions. If you’ve implemented the configuration for the line editor before Summer '26, we recommend by using the Sales Transaction Line Editor on the quote and order record page. # Summarize Billing Transactions in a Statement of Account Get a consolidated view of all billing transactions for an account and its related accounts by using the Generate Account Statement quick action. You can create account statements directly from Account records, apart from using the Generate Account Statement API. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To generate account statements, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Accounts**. Open an Account record, and click **Generate Account Statement**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Statement of Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_account_statement.htm&language=en_US) - [_Revenue Cloud Developer Guide_: Generate Account Statement API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/actions_obj_generate_statement_of_account.htm) # Summarize Billing Transactions with a Statement of Account Use Generate Account Statement API to generate a single account statement that summarizes invoices, payments, credits, debits, and refunds of an account and its related accounts. Give customers a unified view of all billing activity in their account and its hierarchy. Automate the generation of these account statements by using the Generate Statement of Account invocable action in custom flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Statement of Account](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_account_statement_api.htm&language=en_US) # Summarize Client Meeting Details with the Financial Advisor Assistance Agent for FSC Managed Package Transform the wealth advisor's daily workflow within the Financial Services Cloud Managed Package by using the FinServ Package Financial Advisor Assistance Agent. The agent integrates AI-powered insights to automate routine tasks, including client data aggregation, meeting preparation, and portfolio performance summarization. It provides wealth advisors by delivering actionable, financial insights derived from client portfolios and current market trends. **Where:** This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Employee agent add-on. The Agentforce Employee agent uses Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. **Who:** FinServ Package Financial Advisor Assistance agents are available to Salesforce users with a Financial Services Cloud permission set, Financial Services Cloud Managed Package, Agentforce Default Agent user permission, Einstein for Financial Services user permission, Execute Prompt Templates user permission, Financial Advisor Assistance setting. **How:** To set up FinServ Package Financial Advisor Assistance agent, install the Financial Services Agents Unmanaged Package. Then, select the FinServ Package Financial Advisor Assistance agent on the Agentforce Agents Setup page. The agent template includes two topics: FinServ Package Wealth Agent Meeting Preparation and FinServ Package FinServ Package Wealth Advisor Client Post Meeting Follow Up. # Summarize Content with Notebook AI Get AI-generated summaries of your research resources with the built-in Summarize Content action. Extract insights from uploaded documents, such as research papers, complex engineering diagrams, or product documentation, and generate a concise summary without reading through all your sources manually. You can then copy or export the summary into a PDF to use as a starting point for proposals or knowledge base articles. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available in May 2026. **How**: In your Notebook AI workspace, select one or more resources from your personal library, and then click **Summarize Content**. Notebook AI generates a summary for each selected file. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Explore and Research Content with Notebook AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_notebook_ai_research_analyze.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage AI Notebooks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_notebook_ai_manage_notebooks.htm&language=en_US) # Summarize Permission Sets, Profiles, and Permission Set Groups with Setup with Agentforce Ask Agentforce for Setup to summarize what a permission set, profile, or permission set group grants, and get a quick answer in chat instead of opening the record detail page. Each summary includes object access, field permission counts, high-risk permissions, how many users are assigned, and the first five objects with access. Permission set group summaries show the net effect of any muting permission set, and permission set summaries include the required license. Permission set, profile, and permission set group summaries include custom permissions. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **How:** To summarize a permission set, profile, or permission set group, ask Agentforce in Setup. For example, enter Summarize the Sales Ops Advanced permission set, Summarize the Sales User profile, or Summarize the Contractor permission set group. Agentforce shows the summary in the chat, with related follow-up prompts and a link to the full detail view for object access and custom permissions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Access Managemement in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_user_access.htm&language=en_US) # Summarize Provider Claims on Demand in Payer Contact Center Resolve provider claim inquiries faster with the enhanced Claims Service Assistance subagent. Reps can now ask the payer contact center agent about provider claims by using natural language. The subagent retrieves and summarizes claims by the provider's National Provider Identifier (NPI), claim ID, or service date range. Reps can quickly access details such as payment status, amounts, and processing errors via a formatted summary card, helping them focus on callers instead of searching for records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** In Setup, on the Contact Center Settings page, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. On the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center tab, follow the guided setup steps in the Configure Agentforce for Claims section. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Agentforce for Claims](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_configure_agentforce_claims.htm&language=en_US) # Summarize Valuable Information with the Pre-Meeting Assistance Agent Topic Help your front office teams prepare for client interactions by generating summary documents from one or more objects directly within an agent conversation. With the Pre-Meeting Assistance topic, the Banking Relationship Assistance agent template uses the Create Summary Document action to produce tearsheets in the Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, or PDF formats. Users can quickly generate documents by specifying the name, template, and format using data from records. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. The Agentforce Employee agent uses Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. **How:** To set up the Banking Relationship Assistance template, on the Agentforce Agents Setup page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the Banking Relationship Assistance in the Legacy Agent Builder. Or add the Pre-Meeting Assistance topic from the asset library. Instruct your relationship managers to engage with the AI Assistance in the commercial banking console app. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Banking Relationship Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.admin_relationship_assistance.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agent Topic: Pre-Meeting Assistance for Relationship Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agent_rela_asst_topic_premeeting.htm&language=en_US) # Summarize Your Org Admins' Security Compliance in Setup with Agentforce Use natural language to get a summary of your org's compliance with phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) mandates. Check the status of all users with the System Administrator profile, Modify All Data, View All Data, Customize Application, or Author Apex permissions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Passwordless Login with Passkeys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.identity_passkey_login_enable.htm&language=en_US) # Supplier Engagement Engage your suppliers directly in sustainability reporting with a self-service portal to submit data, complete scorecards, and track spend, emissions, and risk in support of your Scope 3 target-setting goals. - **[Accelerate Scope 3 Reporting with Supplier Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_accelerate_scope_reporting_with_supplier_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Collect and track Scope 3 emissions with a complete, end-to-end Supplier Management experience in Supplier Engagement. Create a prebuilt supplier management portal with single-click setup in Salesforce Go. Suppliers get a branded self-service portal to complete sustainability scorecards through a guided four-step wizard that saves their progress at each step. Customize form fields per step in Experience Builder without code, and capture sustainability, cost, risk, and procurement data with standard fields on the SustainabilityScorecard object, including SBTi targets and emissions assurance levels. - **[New and Changed Objects in Supplier Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_new_and_changed_objects_in_supplier_engagement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the updated Supplier Engagement objects. # Support All Quantitative Metrics for CSRD Reporting Support all required quantitative metrics for European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) E2, E3, E4, and E5 in your Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive disclosures by using the enhanced data model and data mappers. This feature provides comprehensive assistance for your environmental, social, and governance reporting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero Growth license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: ESRS Standards](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.netzero_cloud_dev_guide.meta/netzero_cloud_dev_guide/netzero_esrs_report.htm) # Support Applicants to Sign and Manage Their Application Submissions Add control and flexibility to your dynamic admissions applications. Give applicants the option to digitally sign their applications when they’re ready to submit. Offer the flexibility to cancel unsubmitted applications and withdraw submitted ones. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can set up and use this feature. Users with the Education Cloud Reviewer and the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud Access permission sets can use this feature. **How:** Existing users must update cloned versions of the Education Cloud for Experience Cloud Access permission set to give Read and Edit access to the Submitted field on the Individual Application object. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Application Submission and Management Options for Applicants (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_configure_edit_view_confirm_submit.htm&language=en_US) # Support Diverse Healthcare Document Types with Custom Document Extraction Templates Help your public health investigators and case intake specialists process a wider range of documents, including PDF, JPG, and PNG files, by using custom extraction templates for specific healthcare scenarios. Improve operational efficiency, reduce manual data entry, and get faster access to accurate, structured data that maps correctly to your Health Cloud data model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud with the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on license. **Why:** Custom extraction template offers extensive controls over context definition, prompt description, LLM selection, and object and field level configuration. These controls help you improve the extraction accuracy and reduce the chances of missing important data. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud User, Disease Surveillance, and Document AI permission sets. **How:** To create a custom extraction template, in Setup, go to the Document AI for Health page. Click **Create Extraction Template**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance_pdf_ingestion_idp.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_disease_surveillance_intelligent_doc_processing_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Support Faster Managed Event Record Creation with Fewer Clicks Automatically classify a managed event based on its record type, instead of entering the same information twice. Use event type mappings to support more reliable reporting and eliminate data mismatches and inconsistencies in downstream workflows. **Where**: This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:**In the Admin Console, go to the Event Management tile, and create event type mappings. #### See Also - [https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc\_event\_management\_event\_type\_mappings.htm](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_event_management_event_type_mappings.htm&language=en_US) - _Salesforce Help:_ Event Type Mappings # Support Flexible Billing With Weekly Cadences Serve customers who prefer frequent billing cycles, whether it’s every week or every 6 weeks, by selecting weekly frequency on quotes and orders. Billing automatically prorates the billing period amounts and generates billing schedules for the chosen weekly cadence. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Billing Frequencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_frequency_change_flow_impact.htm&language=en_US) # Support for Migration of SMS Channel Metadata from Sandbox to Production and Vice Versa You can now migrate SMS channels metadata from a sandbox org to a production org using metadata APIs and the tools that you're comfortable with. **Where:** This change applies to Messaging for WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger, Apple Messages for Business, SMS, and LINE. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** When you move the metadata from the sandbox to production, the channel is deactivated in sandbox and activated in production, and vice versa. **How:** For more information on how to migrate the SMS channel metadata, see [Moving Messaging Data Between Sandbox and Production](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_move_sms_channel_metadata_sandbox.htm&language=en_US). # Support for Snowflake Instances on Different AWS Regions Private Connect now supports Snowflake instances that are located in a different AWS region than Data 360. **Where:**Everywhere Private Connect is currently available. **When:** Available in December 2025 **Why:** Organizations that have established AWS PrivateLink as a requirement for their security posture for Snowflake can now create private Zero Copy Federation connections, even when the Snowflake instance is in a different region. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Private Connect for Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_private_connect_data_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Support Larger-Scale Assets with Extended Asset Line Numbering Maintain unique identifiers for high-volume accounts by expanding your asset identification scale. You can manage up to 9,999,999 root assets without any duplicate numbering issues during assetization. This enhancement ensures line number uniqueness within the context of each account. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities managed package. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Industries CPQ license and the necessary permissions to configure the system. It’s supported on both the Classic and Standard Cart APIs. **How:** From the CPQ Configuration Setup, enable the ExtendedLineNumberModeEnabled CPQ custom setting. Enabling this setting is permanent and irreversible to ensure continuous data integrity. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Extended Asset Line Numbering for Large Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_configuring_extended_asset_line_numbering.htm&language=en_US) # Support Milestone Plans for Amendments Apply milestone plans to amended billing schedules. When you activate an amendment order with a negotiated milestone plan or milestone-enabled billing treatment, Billing links the milestone plan to the updated billing schedules and recalibrates the plan based on the amendment amount and date. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To configure milestone plans for amendments, you need the Billing Admin permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**. Turn on Milestone Plans for Amendments to automate the creation and recalculation of milestone plans during amend transactions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generated Billing Schedule Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_view_billing_sched_group.htm&language=en_US) # Support More Callers Across Europe with Extended IVR Language Options Configure IVR prompts in four additional European languages: Finnish, Swedish, Danish, and Polish. These languages work with text-to-speech prompt playback and follow the same language resolution behavior you use today, so your existing IVR flows continue to work without a hitch. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with this [telephony model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) # Support More Product Category Share Records The Trade Calendar now loads a larger number of Product Category Share (PCS) records for a single user. To support large category hierarchies and broad sharing, turn on the optimized category-loading setting. This setting loads data more efficiently, raises the supported limit to 13,000 assignments and shows a message if users exceed it. Previously, the page sometimes failed to load without indicating the cause. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Trade Promotion Management. **How:** To turn on the feature, ask your administrator to configure the `Enable_Optimized_PCS_Read` system setting. You can turn off the setting at any time without migrating data or changing the schema. This setting automatically applies to both Smart UI versions of the Trade Calendar. User access is unchanged. Only the way the data loads changes. #### See Also - [Soft Limits of Trade Calendar](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.tpm_reference_trade_calender_soft_limits.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Support More Time Zones Maintain global data accuracy with support for all Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) canonical time zones. Get more precise regional mappings and standardized naming conventions across the platform, helping your users stay synchronized regardless of their location. The new time zone information is available automatically in your time zone settings. Previous time zone information remains available through Apex and APIs for backward compatibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in Group, Essentials, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** These time zones have updates. - **Global Administrative Support:** You can now use Coordinated Universal Time (Etc/UTC), which provide stable, unchanging offsets from Greenwich Mean Time for technical and administrative use. The administrative zones range from GMT-12:00 (Etc/GMT+12) to GMT+14:00 (Etc/GMT-14). - **Argentina:** The Catamarca, Cordoba, Jujuy, and Mendoza time zones are organized under the America/Argentina path. - **Chile:** Chile Summer Time is now available for the Coyhaique region. - **Faroe Islands:** The spelling of the time zone identifier appears correctly as Faroe. Previously, it was Faeroe. - **Greenland:** The location name for West Greenland Time is now Nuuk. Previously, it was Godthab. - **Mexico:** The time zone for Chihuahua is now available in Central Standard Time. Ciudad Juarez now includes specific mappings for Mountain Standard Time and Mountain Daylight Time, and Ojinaga transitioned to Central Time. - **Myanmar:** The primary city identifier is Yangon. Previously, it was Rangoon. - **Pacific Islands:** The location identifier for the Phoenix Islands is now Kanton, and the name has been changed to Pohnpei, formerly Ponape. - **United States:** To reflect its regional administration, the identifier for Louisville, Kentucky is now America/Kentucky/Louisville. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Supported Time Zones](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_supported_timezone.htm&language=en_US) # Support More Users with Enhanced Chat v2 Accessibility Improvements Reach more users with a more accessible Enhanced Chat v2 experience. We’ve improved keyboard focus management, accessible names for controls, screen reader citations, and mobile navigation on Android. Enhanced Chat continues to align with WCAG 2.2 Level AA and you can track resolutions through the Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT). **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 17, 2026. #### See Also - [Product Accessibility Conformance Reports](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/508_accessibility/) - [_Salesforce Help_: Compare Enhanced Chat v1 to Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.enhanced_chat_feature_comparison.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Support Multitender Flows for In-Store Pay by Link The in-store pay by link workflow now supports multitender scenarios. The workflow also verifies that the entire order amount is paid before returning an approved status to store associates. The system now validates that the sum of all payments equals the full order total before finalizing the sale. Previously, the POS app incorrectly treated a partial payment as a completed transaction and immediately showed the confirmation page. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure PBL in Retail Cloud CMS (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_checkout_pbl_cms_configure.htm&language=en_US) # Support Producer Split Management for Person Accounts Manage Producer Split Assignments and Producer Split Role Assignments on Person Accounts. Previously available only for Business Accounts, these capabilities are now supported on Person Accounts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and Insurance Brokerage are enabled. **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 29, 2026. # Support Regional Tax Compliance by Capturing Header-Level Tax Totals Add efficiency to tax reporting by adding flexibility to your existing tax strategy. Prevent rounding discrepancies that can occur on transactions with thousands of tax lines. Capture overall tax totals in the transaction header while preserving detailed calculations at the line level. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To configure tax capture at the header level, you need the Billing Admin permission set. **How:** In Setup, find and select **Billing Settings**. To capture taxes at the header level, select **Invoice** from the Credit and Payment Application Level picklist. This automatically enables the Capture Tax at Header option on the Tax Engine records. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Tax Engine Provider and Tax Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_tax_engine_and_engine_providers_create.htm&language=en_US) # Support Secure Multi-App Sessions in Visual Remote Assistant Promote a secure and focused support environment with specific app selection for multi-app VRA sessions. Call center reps can now initiate sessions that support multiple customer applications while customers select a single app for viewing. This targeted app selection ensures privacy by exposing only the relevant data, strengthening session security and providing more efficient troubleshooting for customers who manage multiple apps. Previously, call center reps could initiate sessions that support only one app. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package and Visual Remote Assistant installed. Multi-app selection is supported on Android and iOS, depending on OS capabilities. **How:** Go to the Invite Page, select the **Application Sharing** mode. If a customer has multiple associated apps, they’re prompted to select the relevant app before the session begins. If only one app exists, the session starts automatically. During the session, only the selected app is visible to the call center rep. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Support Skills-Based Planning with Work Skill Groups Create work skill groups by selecting specific skills, either individual skills or combinations of skills, that represent incoming work patterns to support your staffing decisions. Before you create the work skill group, review work volume from the last 30 days and the number of service resources with at least the selected skills. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Workforce Engagement Analyst and Workforce Engagement Planner permission sets can view and create workloads. **How:** Add the **Work Skill Groups** tab to your app. Create and manage reusable work skill groups, and review work volume and service resource metrics for each skill combination. # Supported Models Learn about support for new large language models (LLMs) for embedded features, such as Prompt Builder. Also, stay up-to-date with model deprecations and reroute dates. - **[Prepare for Claude 3.7 Sonnet Reroute Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_3_7_sonnet_reroute.htm&release=260&type=5)** Claude 3.7 Sonnet is deprecated on Amazon Bedrock (Anthropic). Claude 3.7 Sonnet model requests will be rerouted to Claude Sonnet 4.5 on February 26, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. - **[Prepare for Claude 3 Haiku Reroute Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_3_haiku_reroute.htm&release=260&type=5)** Claude 3 Haiku is deprecated on Amazon Bedrock (Anthropic). Claude 3 Haiku model requests will be rerouted to Claude Haiku 4.5 on February 26, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. - **[Prepare for Gemini 2.0 Flash and 2.0 Flash Lite Reroute Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_2_flash_reroute.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gemini 2.0 Flash and Gemini 2.0 Flash Lite are deprecated on Vertex AI (Google). Gemini 2.0 Flash and Gemini 2.0 Flash Lite model requests will be rerouted to Gemini 2.5 Flash and Gemini 2.5 Flash Lite respectively on February 20, 2026. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new models in Prompt Builder and Einstein Studio as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. - **[Use NVIDIA Nemotron 3 Nano 30B on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_nvidia_nemotron3_nano.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for NVIDIA Nemotron 3 Nano 30B as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Gemini 3.1 Pro on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_3_1_pro.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for Gemini 3.1 Pro as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Gemini 3 Pro (Beta) Is Retiring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_3_pro_retiring.htm&release=260&type=5)** This preview model from Google is retiring. Since Gemini 3 Pro was in Beta and will never be generally available, the model is retiring and will not be automatically rerouted. We recommend that you migrate your applications away from Gemini 3 Pro (Beta) as soon as possible. During migration, update and test each part of your application with the replacement model that we recommend, which is Gemini 3.1 Pro (Beta). - **[GPT 5.1, GPT 5.2, and Claude Opus 4.5 Are Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_beta_to_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** These models were previously available as beta models. They're now ready for use in production. You can use these models in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_3_1_flash_lite.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use GPT 5.4 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_4.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for GPT 5.4 as a beta model. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Claude Sonnet 4.6 on the Einstein Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_sonnet_4_6.htm&release=260&type=5)** Claude Sonnet 4.6 is generally available. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Einstein Studio Is Now AI Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_ai_models.htm&release=260&type=5)** Einstein Studio is now called AI Models in Data 360. During this transition, you may see a mix of the new and previous terms in our documentation and UI. - **[Understand the Tokens Per Minute Model Limit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_tpm_limit.htm&release=260&type=5)** For service protection, there's a new tokens per minute (TPM) limit per org for each model. We measure an org's model usage against the sum of input and output tokens in one minute. If the TPM limit for a model is exceeded, an error is returned. - **[Use GPT 5.4 on the Einstein Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_4_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** GPT 5.4 is generally available. It was available as a beta model earlier in Spring ’26. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Claude Opus 4.6 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_4_6.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for Claude Opus 4.6 as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Claude Opus 4.7 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_4_7.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for Claude Opus 4.7 as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use GPT 5.4 Mini on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_4_mini.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for GPT 5.4 Mini as a beta model. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use GPT 5.5 on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_5.htm&release=260&type=5)** We added support for GPT 5.5 as a beta model. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. # Supported Models Learn about support for new large language models (LLMs) for embedded features, such as Prompt Builder. Also, stay up-to-date with model deprecations and reroute dates. - **[Einstein Models API Access Restricted for Experience Cloud Guest Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_access_restricted_for_guest_users.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Unauthenticated Experience Cloud guest users can no longer access the Einstein Models API. Requests from these users now return an HTTP 403 response. - **[GPT-5.6 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_6.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The GPT-5.6 Luna, Terra, and Sol models are ready for use in production with a rate limit of 5,000 requests per minute. Use these models for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template. - **[GPT-5.5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_5_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This model was previously available as a beta model. It’s now ready for use in production. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[GPT-5.4 Mini Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gpt_5_4_mini_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This model was previously available as a beta model. It’s now ready for use in production. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Claude Sonnet 5 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_sonnet_5_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This model is ready for use in production with a rate limit of 1,000 requests per minute. Use this model for certain functionality, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Claude Opus 4.8 on the Einstein Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_4_8.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Claude Opus 4.8 is generally available. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Claude Opus 4.7 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_4_7_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This model was previously available as a beta model. It’s now ready for use in production. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_3_1_flash_lite_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This model was previously available as a beta model. It’s now ready for use in production. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Use Gemini 3.5 Flash on the Einstein Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_gemini_3_5_flash.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gemini 3.5 Flash is generally available. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Increased Limits for Large Language Model Generation Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_increased_limits.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The maximum requests per minute (RPM) for generation requests per org has increased from 1,000 to 2,000. This change means that an org can make up to 2,000 requests per minute across all the available models. Due to the available capacity from model providers, the RPM limit can vary for each individual model. The RPM and tokens per minute (TPM) limits have increased for several models. - **[Use Nemotron 3 Super 120B on the Einstein Platform (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_nvidia_nemotron_3_super.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** We added support for Nemotron 3 Super 120B as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Claude Opus 4.6 Is Generally Available](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_opus_4_6_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** This model was previously available as a beta model. It’s now ready for use in production. You can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. - **[Prepare for Claude Sonnet 4 Reroute Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_models_claude_sonnet_4_reroute.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Claude Sonnet 4 model requests will be rerouted to Claude Sonnet 4.6 on May 26, 2026 because Claude Sonnet 4 is in the Legacy state on Amazon Bedrock. We recommend that you test your prompts and apps with the new model in Prompt Builder and AI Models as soon as possible, because expected responses can change. # Surface Offer Recommendations in Real-Time by Using Salesforce Personalisation Turn real-time customer signals into revenue by surfacing the most relevant offers that motivate purchases, boost order values, and deepen engagement. Recommend offers by analyzing online behavior such as site interactions, past purchases, and browsing patterns with Salesforce Personalisation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management and Salesforce Personalisation. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_personalize.htm&language=en_US) # Surface Prompt Suggestions on Your Experience Cloud Site with Suggestion Themes Show prompt suggestions on your Experience Cloud site by using suggestion themes. Users can select a suggestion to start a request or retrieve information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations. Available on: - Aura Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template - LWR Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template **Who:** Available to guest and authenticated users. Admins must assign the guest user profile when configuring a suggestion theme for it to appear to guest users. **Why:** Suggestion themes help users discover common prompts and support scenarios quickly. The system combines rule-based and AI-driven recommendations to surface relevant prompts. Configure up to five suggestion themes per profile. Each suggestion theme groups related prompts and maps them to specific agents and action topics. **How:** In Experience Builder, open the Suggestion theme component settings and configure suggestion themes, prompts, and visibility rules. # Switch Between Standard and Managed Package Runtimes and Designers in the Same Org Use Omnistudio Hybrid to access both managed package and standard designers within the same org. If you’re on a managed package runtime and designer, you can create all new components directly in the standard designer and standard runtime to experience a refreshed layout and improved performance. By default, Omnistudio Hybrid is enabled for managed package users to maintain metadata consistency while providing a reliable path to modern workflows. Continue managing your existing legacy components in the managed package designer while building your new components on the standard designer. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note To maintain stability, components created in the standard designer are exclusive to that environment. To move your existing legacy components to the Omnistudio standard runtime and standard designer, migrate your components by using the Omnistudio Migration Assistant. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the managed package runtime or standard runtime, and managed package designers. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for Omnistudio for Managed Packages_: Omnistudio Hybrid](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.os_omnistudio_hybrid.htm&language=en_US) # Switch to a Stable Target Host Name for Your Custom Domain If a third-party service or content delivery network (CDN) serves your custom domain, simplify your maintenance. Work with your third-party provider to change the target host name to your org’s My Domain login URL. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This change applies only to custom domains with the domain configuration “Use a third-party service or CDN to serve the domain.” #### See Also - [Simplify Custom Domain Management with a Stable Target Host Name](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_experiences_target_host_name_update.htm&release=260&type=5 "If a third party serves your custom domain and your org uses Salesforce Edge Network, reduce your effort and the risk of downtime during Salesforce maintenance. Work with your third-party provider to update the domain’s target host name to your org’s My Domain login URL, which continues to work when your Salesforce instance changes. The current target host name works until your instance name or Hyperforce cell changes. We recommend that you update the target host name before your next org migration.") # Sync All Amazon Connect Queue Types to Your Contact Center Configure and sync voice-only, messaging-only, and mixed (voice and messaging) Amazon Connect queues to contact center groups. When you add, update, or remove queues, channel mapping automatically enables or removes the appropriate voice and chat channels. Use contact center version 22.0 or later for messaging queue support. Previously, queue sync enabled only voice channels, which could leave chat channels orphaned and cause inconsistent routing profiles. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&language=en_US&type=5). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&language=en_US&type=5). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Messaging Queue Support for Amazon Connect Contact Center Groups (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_messaging_queue_sync.htm&language=en_US) # Sync All Campaign Members with One Click Use the Refresh Sync button to quickly sync all prospects for all of your connected campaigns at the same time. Business units with fewer than 500,000 prospects and 2,500 connected campaigns can refresh the sync every 7 days. **Where:** This change applies to all Account Engagement editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Sync Campaign Members](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.campaigns_pardot_campaign_member_sync_members.htm&language=en_US) # Sync Decision Tables for Any Pricing Recipe Keep your pricing data current by syncing all the decision tables for any pricing recipe. Previously, you could sync only the default recipe. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** To sync decision tables for a specific pricing recipe, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Pricing Recipes, and then select **Pricing Recipes**. Locate the recipe that you want to update, and then select the **Sync** action. # Sync Large Quotes to Opportunities Without Interruption Sync quotes with up to 15,000 line items to opportunities asynchronously to prevent timeouts and maintain performance. Background processing keeps sales reps working without interruption. Enable this capability in Revenue Settings for both standard and large quotes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Revenue Settings, and then select **Revenue Settings**. Turn on Asynchronous Opportunity Sync. # Sync Management Sync performance evaluation is simplified with the new Named Query Analyzer tool. Sales reps can now manage Case and Order objects directly in the Consumer Goods Cloud mobile app in online and offline modes. - **[Diagnose Sync Performance Easily with Named Query Analyzer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_sync_nq_analyzer.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get a clear view of the execution of complex named queries and the handling of large data volumes in the Named Query Analyzer tool. Admins can use this tool to spot sync configuration issues and take steps to resolve them. - **[Manage Orders and Cases Offline in Consumer Goods Cloud Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_sync_reserved_keywords.htm&release=260&type=5)** Customizers can build offline scenarios using objects with names as reserved keywords such as, Case. Sales reps can add and edit Case and Order objects directly in the Consumer Goods Cloud mobile app, even in offline mode. Sales reps can also address customer issues and process orders during store visits. # Sync Quote to Opportunity Sync a quote's line items to its associated opportunity's line items when reps add, update, or delete items on the quote. This runs the sync in the background and returns a tracking ID so you can monitor its progress, and returns an error if the quote isn't associated with an opportunity. The capability to sync quote and opportunity line items helps keep opportunity records accurate as quotes change and reduces the manual effort required by sales reps to update opportunity line items themselves. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** To sync a quote's line items to its opportunity, use the Sync Quote to Opportunity action. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select Revenue Settings. Turn on Asynchronous Opportunity Sync. Then create a flow that triggers when you want the sync to run, checking the quote's IsSyncing field before invoking the Sync Quote to Opportunity action, which can also be triggered manually or via Apex. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Background Opportunity Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_large_tran_set_up_background_opportunity_sync.htm&language=en_US) # Sync Referrals Automatically Between Your EHR and Agentforce Health Keep referrals in sync between your electronic health record (EHR) system and Agentforce Health in near real time, with no manual reentry. Agentforce Health now listens to HL7 messages from your EHR to create referral records automatically, updates the record status as appointments are scheduled and completed, and writes referrals back to the EHR. Your teams track internal and external referrals from one source of truth instead of piecing them together across separate systems. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud and MuleSoft. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Appointment Management permission set and the MuleSoft Administrator user permission. **How:** From Setup, find and select **MuleSoft Direct**. Then, enable, configure, and deploy the HL7 V2 ORM Process API - Implementation Template and the HL7 V2 SIU Process API - Implementation Template. #### See Also - [_MuleSoft Exchange:_ Health Cloud HL7 v2 SIU Listener - Implementation Template](https://anypoint.mulesoft.com/exchange/org.mule.examples/hls-sfdc-siu-listener/minor/1.3/) # Sync WhatsApp Engagement and Conversion Events to Meta using CAPI Sync engagement and conversion events from WhatsApp channels to Meta using the Meta Conversions API (CAPI) in Data 360. Track real-time interactions and improve ad attribution with these events. **Where:** This feature is available in Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Ad Audiences license. **When:** This feature is available starting in April 2026. **Who:** Users need an Ad Audience license and the Data Cloud Architect or Data Cloud Activation Manager permission set to create integrations with Meta CAPI. **Why:** Previously, WhatsApp interactions weren't easily linked to ad performance.Build precise custom audiences and lower your Cost per Acquisition (CPA) by providing Meta a complete picture of the customer journey. Use events such as product inquiries, catalog views, and completed bookings to link interactions to ad performance. **How:** Configure a DMO activation to a Meta Conversion API Target, and select **Business Messaging - WhatsApp** in the Source picklist. # Synced Calendar Overlay Is Retiring If Show Synced and Captured Events is turned on, Einstein Activity Capture users access a view-only copy of events from Microsoft or Google on their Calendar. Some customers mistook the view-only events as duplicate calendar entries, so we’re retiring this feature. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. It’s also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** The view-only calendar overlay and the Synced and Captured Events setting in Einstein Activity Capture are retiring and are no longer available. ![The Google Calendar view-only event looks like a duplicate, but it’s not.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_eac_calendar_overlay_retires_final.png) # Synchronize Inventory Counts with Asset Status Mapping Keep your product item rollups perfectly synced with the real-world state of your hardware. When you map asset statuses to specific quantity categories, the system automatically updates fields such as Quantity Available or Quantity Damaged whenever an asset's state changes, preventing stock discrepancies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Why:** Total physical inventory counts often hide the true operational state of your stock. You can map a single asset status to one or multiple quantity fields simultaneously. For example, marking an asset as Reserved can automatically update both Quantity on Hand and Quantity Allocated, providing the granular visibility needed for accurate sourcing. **How:** From Setup, go to the **Asset Management Status Qualifier** page to define how asset statuses impact your inventory counts. Create mapping records that link statuses to specific product item quantity fields. Additionally, ensure you map your service request codes to the appropriate service request statuses during initial setup. # Synchronize Restocking Fee Data with Salesforce Order Management Eliminate manual reconciliation and keep your order and payment records accurate by posting restocking fee details directly to Salesforce Order Management. Gain precise visibility into custom payment attributes throughout the refund process, giving your finance and operations teams the real-time data they need to act faster and close the books with confidence. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Integrations | OMS Configuration**. Edit an OMS configuration and map the Refund Fee Amount POS field under **Payment Field Mappings**. ![OMS Configuration Screen in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_omsPayments.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Supported Refund Fees (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_cms_settings_supported_refund_fees.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure the Salesforce (SF) Order Management System (OMS) in CMS (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_adv_config_sf_int_sfoms.htm&language=en_US) # Synthesize Speech with the Text To Speech Action (Beta) You can now transform plain text to Base64-encoded audio string for alerts, accessibility features, guided experiences, and voice-enabled automation using the Text To Speech flow action. The action supports text input of up to 500 characters and generates spoken audio that can be used in downstream flow logic or custom playback scenarios. By using this action, you can generate speech directly within automations without configuring or managing external services. The action now supports outputting the generated audio as a file by using the new fileOutput parameter. This action is available in REST, Flow, and Apex. **Where:** The Convert Text To Speech action is available in Flow Builder and can be added to autolaunched, record-triggered, and event-triggered flows. **How:** In Flow Builder, add an Action element to your flow. In the Action field, search for convert text to speech, select the action, and provide the required input values such as input text, voice speed, voice stability, and voice ID. To generate the output as a file, set the fileOutput parameter to true. # Tableau Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration. - **Tableau Cloud** is a secure, fully hosted, cloud-based, self-service platform. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See [Tableau Cloud Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/whatsnew_online.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Desktop** is a data visualization tool. Use the intuitive, drag-and-drop interface to discover hidden insights and make impactful business decisions. See [Tableau Desktop and Web Authoring Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/whatsnew_desktop.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Prep** is a data preparation tool. Use it to clean, shape, and combine data for analysis in Tableau. See [Tableau Prep Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/prep/en-us/prep_whatsnew.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Server** is a secure, on-premises solution for deploying Tableau in your own environment. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See [Tableau Server Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/server-linux/en-us/whatsnew_server.htm) for the latest updates. To learn more about Tableau products, go to [Tableau Help](https://www.tableau.com/support/help). # Tableau Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration. - **Tableau Cloud** is a secure, fully hosted, cloud-based, self-service platform. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See [Tableau Cloud Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/whatsnew_online.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Desktop** is a data visualization tool. Use the intuitive, drag-and-drop interface to discover hidden insights and make impactful business decisions. See [Tableau Desktop and Web Authoring Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/whatsnew_desktop.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Prep** is a data preparation tool. Use it to clean, shape, and combine data for analysis in Tableau. See [Tableau Prep Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/prep/en-us/prep_whatsnew.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Server** is a secure, on-premises solution for deploying Tableau in your own environment. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See [Tableau Server Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/server-linux/en-us/whatsnew_server.htm) for the latest updates. To learn more about Tableau products, go to [Tableau Help](https://www.tableau.com/support/help). # Tableau Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration. - **Tableau Cloud** is a secure, fully hosted, cloud-based, self-service platform. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See [Tableau Cloud Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/whatsnew_online.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Desktop** is a data visualization tool. Use the intuitive, drag-and-drop interface to discover hidden insights and make impactful business decisions. See [Tableau Desktop and Web Authoring Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/whatsnew_desktop.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Prep** is a data preparation tool. Use it to clean, shape, and combine data for analysis in Tableau. See [Tableau Prep Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/prep/en-us/prep_whatsnew.htm) for the latest updates. - **Tableau Server** is a secure, on-premises solution for deploying Tableau in your own environment. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See [Tableau Server Release Notes](https://help.tableau.com/current/server-linux/en-us/whatsnew_server.htm) for the latest updates. To learn more about Tableau products, go to [Tableau Help](https://www.tableau.com/support/help). # Tableau Agent: Data Alerting Is Generally Available for Metrics and Data Tableau Agent: Data Alerting, formerly called Inspector Proactive Data Alerts, is now generally available. Users can ask Agentforce or Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP) to send them alerts for queries about metrics or their dataset. For example, ask to get an alert when the total number of open high-priority cases exceeds 10. The conditions for your alert are checked once per day, and if the conditions are met, a notification is sent to channels chosen by your admin—desktop, mobile, or Slack. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Proactive Intelligence in Tableau Next to Monitor Data and Take Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_data_alerts_about.htm&language=en_US) # Tableau Next Tableau Next integrates the #1 analytics platform with Agentforce context-aware AI and the Data Cloud semantic layer that unifies business knowledge across your organization. Build and deliver personalized, contextual, and actionable insights for every user, backed by Salesforce enterprise-grade performance, security, and scalability. Tableau Next features and updates are released monthly. Check back in this section throughout Spring ‘26 to learn about enhancements in the Tableau Next open data layer, semantics, visualizations, integrated actions, and analytics apps. - **[Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=260&type=5)** Tableau Next features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. - **[Run Tableau Next with Unmetered Usage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_unmetered.htm&release=260&type=5)** New Tableau Next licenses offer unmetered use of certain analytics features, including most data queries and AI usage of Analytics agents. Unmetered usage does not consume credits. For example, when a logged-in user with the unmetered permission creates a dashboard, explores a metric, or asks data questions with Concierge, the usage is unmetered. - **[New Features for Agentforce for Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agentforce.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get proactive insights, ask questions about your data, and accelerate data preparation with Agentforce for Analytics in Tableau Next. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_workspaces.htm&release=260&type=5)** A Tableau Next workspace organizes your data analysis and facilitates creating new analytical assets, cloning, and referencing assets from Data Cloud or other workspaces. Within workspaces, you have tools for data analysis, including data connections, a semantic model builder and metric creator, and visualization and dashboard builders to share findings with others. Live data connections ensure that your analyses stay up to date. - **[New Features for Data in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_models.htm&release=260&type=5)** Bring in data from any source and inspect it to ensure data integrity. Create a single source of truth for reliable, governed, reusable models, and streamlined data management. - **[New Features for Semantics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_semantics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Tableau Semantics, the the AI-powered semantic layer, maps your raw data to business-friendly terms and logic, the key to building reusable models and metrics that provide contextual, consistent, trusted insights. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_insights.htm&release=260&type=5)** Compose visualizations and dashboards with world-class analysis tools. Explore data and surface insights that you can act on by building visualizations on related data in your workspace to draw conclusions and make business decisions. Take data visualization to the next level with dashboards, where you can add interactivity, enhance data exploration, and provide a clear overview of the critical information that you need in one place. - **[New Features for Exploration and Action with Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_everywhere.htm&release=260&type=5)** Explore and refine metrics to show you the insights most relevant for your work, and stay on track by setting metric goals. Launch integrated flows and actions in Salesforce. And take it all on the road with Tableau Next Mobile. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_development.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage External Client Apps for authentication directly from Tableau Next. Embed the AnalyticsAgent to generate natural language insights, visualizations, and proactive alerts in your external apps. Use the Tableau Next ISV/Developer guide to learn about developer solutions, including tools, packaging, and development orgs. - **[Tableau Next Highlights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_last_highlights.htm&release=260&type=5)** Don’t miss any Tableau Next features. Recap or dive deeper into the Winter ’26 features and learning opportunities. # Tableau Next As Salesforce’s end-to-end, agentic analytics experience, Tableau Next integrates the #1 analytics platform with Agentforce’s context-aware AI and the Data Cloud semantic layer that unifies business knowledge across your organization. Build and deliver personalized, contextual, and actionable insights for every user, backed by Salesforce’s enterprise-grade performance, security, and scalability. Tableau Next features and updates are released monthly. Check back in this section throughout Summer ‘26 to learn about Tableau Next enhancements. - **[Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Next features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. - **[New Features for Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get proactive insights, ask questions about your data, and accelerate data preparation with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Setup and Administration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_setup_enable.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Setup and configuration are simplified with Tableau Next’s administration window. Follow the Add User workflow to assign the right permissions for the different data roles in your organization. Visit the Settings tab to enable Slack app integration, Agentforce, Semantics options, and other Tableau Next features. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_marketplace_overview.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Next Marketplace centralizes all templates for metrics, semantic models, dashboards, and visualizations. Tableau Next templates, including out-of-the-box, custom and AgentExchange packages, are tailored for your data and presentation needs. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Home and Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_workspaces.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** A Tableau Next workspace organizes your data analysis and facilitates creating new analytical assets, cloning, and referencing assets from Data Cloud or other workspaces. Within workspaces, you have tools for data analysis, including data connections, a semantic model builder and metric creator, and visualization and dashboard builders to share findings with others. Live data connections ensure that your analyses stay up to date. - **[New Features for Data in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_data_models.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Explore large data lake objects (DLOs) and data model objects (DMOs) directly from your Tableau Next workspaces. Perform data transformations using the in-app builder in Tableau Next, bringing an intelligent, self-service data prep flow directly to your analytics workflow. - **[New Features for Semantics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_semantics.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Semantics, the the AI-powered semantic layer, maps your raw data to business-friendly terms and logic, the key to building reusable models and metrics that provide contextual, consistent, trusted insights. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_insights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Compose visualizations and dashboards with world-class analysis tools. Explore data and surface insights that you can act on by building visualizations on related data in your workspace to draw conclusions and make business decisions. Take data visualization to the next level with dashboards, where you can add interactivity, enhance data exploration, and provide a clear overview of the critical information that you need in one place. - **[New Features for Sharing and Embedding Tableau Next Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_share_embed.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create reusable app templates from your Tableau Next workspaces and share them across orgs. Install, manage, and monitor Salesforce-provided and custom app templates. - **[New Features for Exploration and Action with Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_everywhere.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Explore and refine metrics to show you the insights most relevant for your work, and stay on track by setting metric goals. Launch integrated flows and actions in Salesforce. And take it all on the road with Tableau Next Mobile. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_development.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the App Template Framework to customize and manage your app templates. Upgrade to the Tableau Next Embedding SDK v2.0 to continue embedding analytics assets in your external apps. - **[Tableau Next Highlights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_last_highlights.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Don’t miss Tableau Next features from the last release. Recap or dive deeper into the Spring ’26 features and learning opportunities. # Tableau Next As Salesforce’s end-to-end, agentic analytics experience, Tableau Next integrates the #1 analytics platform with Agentforce’s context-aware AI and the Data Cloud semantic layer that unifies business knowledge across your organization. Build and deliver personalized, contextual, and actionable insights for every user, backed by Salesforce’s enterprise-grade performance, security, and scalability. Tableau Next features and updates are released monthly. Check back in this section throughout Winter ‘27 to learn about enhancements in Tableau Next’s open data layer, semantics, visualizations, integrated actions, and analytics apps. - **[New Features for Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get proactive insights, ask questions about your data, and accelerate data preparation with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_workspaces.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A Tableau Next workspace organizes your data analysis and facilitates creating new analytical assets, cloning, and referencing assets from Data Cloud or other workspaces. Within workspaces, you have tools for data analysis, including data connections, a semantic model builder and metric creator, and visualization and dashboard builders to share findings with others. Live data connections ensure that your analyses stay up to date. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_create_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compose visualizations and dashboards with world-class analysis tools. Explore data and surface insights that you can act on by building visualizations on related data in your workspace to draw conclusions and make business decisions. Take data visualization to the next level with dashboards, where you can add interactivity, enhance data exploration, and provide a clear overview of the critical information that you need in one place. - **[New Features for Sharing and Embedding Tableau Next Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_share_embed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Visualize the chains and rules your Tableau Next app templates use to process assets during app creation and updates. - **[New Features for Exploration and Action with Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_everywhere.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Explore and refine metrics to show you the insights most relevant for your work, and stay on track by setting metric goals. Launch integrated flows and actions in Salesforce. And take it all on the road with Tableau Next Mobile. - **[New Features for Tableau Next Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_development.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Tableau Next Embedding SDK onboarding skill to use AI coding assistants to create your embedding integration faster. - **[Tableau Next Highlights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_last_highlights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Don’t miss any Tableau Next features from the last release. Recap or dive deeper with top resources from Summer ’26. # Tableau Next Apps for Manufacturing Accelerate decision-making across manufacturing operations with Tableau Next Apps. Manufacturing Insights and Service Revenue Analytics deliver data-driven dashboards that provide clear visibility into sales agreement performance and service revenue streams through embedded analytics. Identify revenue gaps, monitor performance trends, and enable faster, more informed financial and operational decisions. - **[Track Key Accounts and Sales Agreement Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_analyze_revenue_trends_with_the_sales_agreement_performance_dashboard.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Get the Manufacturing Insights app to evaluate overall business health, analyze account performance, and measure revenue realization. Use Key Account Manager Home, Account Agreement Performance, and Sales Agreements Overview dashboards to compare planned targets against actual results. Identify revenue gaps, track agreement health, and surface whitespace opportunities across account portfolios. Embedded dashboards enable faster detection of performance issues and support timely corrective action. - **[Analyze Your Service Revenue Streams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_identify_growth_opportunities_with_the_protect_and_grow_my_business_dashboard.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain comprehensive visibility into your service revenue streams using the Service Revenue Analytics app. Use the Service Revenue Analytics dashboard to assess recurring and non-recurring revenue mix, identify key revenue drivers, and track growth opportunities across customers and assets. Connect service operations with financial outcomes to drive more predictable and diversified revenue growth. # Tableau Next Features Released by Month Tableau Next features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. ## April ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Agentforce for Analytics Use Agent Scoping to Support Contextless Questions in Concierge
Setup and Organization

Simplify Asset Management in Tableau Next Workspaces

Narrow Your Tableau Next Search Results with the Data Space Filter

Get Guided Help to Kickstart Your New Workspace
Data

Use the Data Interpreter to Move Data from Upload to Insights (Beta)

Monitor Your Data Objects and Connections in Tableau Next (Beta)
Semantics

Use the C360 Semantic Data Model in Each of Your Data Spaces

Unlock Account Growth or Service-Risk Insights with New Tableau Next Metric Templates (Beta)
Visualization

Analyze How Location Impacts Data with Point Maps

Track How Values Flow Across Stages with Sankey Charts

Highlight Data Patterns in Tables with Color Encoding

Reveal Patterns in Data Faster with Groups and Bins

Add Percent of Total Using Quick Table Calculations

Get Customized and Interactive Dashboards with Parameter Actions

Simplify Dashboard Designs with the Filter and Parameter Widget

Model Custom Variables with Parameter Inputs

Extend Dashboard Capabilities with Custom Lightning Web Components

Jumpstart Visualization Creation with Marketplace Templates

Install New Dashboard Templates to Prioritize Sales Opportunities or Optimize Your Service Agent
Exploration and Action Stay Informed with Inspector Proactive Data Alerts for Tableau Next in Slack (Beta)
Tableau Next Development

Generate Answers Directly from Tableau Next with MCP Server

Manage External Client Apps Directly in Tableau Next

Embed the Analytics and Visualization Agent in Your External Apps
## March ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Setup and Organization

Move Workspace Assets and Dependent Assets to Another Workspace
Data

Upload Excel Files Directly to Your Tableau Next Workspace (Generally Available)

Refresh Tableau Next Data with Excel and CSV File Updates
Visualization

Navigate Levels of Detail Faster with Dimension Hierarchies

Forecast Trends in More Chart Types

Manually Resize Table Columns for Better Readability

Perform Deeper Analysis with Finer Time Granularity

Brand Your Tableau Next Dashboards with the New Image Widget

Personalize User Experiences with Dynamic Default Values

Streamline Your Authoring Workflow with Workspace Integration

Reuse Widgets Across Tableau Next Dashboards and Workspaces
Tableau Next Development Start Your Tableau Next Developer Journey
## Feburary ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Agentforce for Analytics Concierge: Analytics Q&A Supports Multiple Semantic Models in Dashboards
Setup and Organization

Visually Identify Your Workspace Assets with Card View

Track and Expand Asset Reach with Enhanced Sharing Tools

Add Multiple Assets to Your Workspace at Once

View Semantic Models with Restricted Fields or Data Objects
Data

Scale Data Ingestion with Enhanced Large File Support

Boost Query Performance for External Data with Data Acceleration

Get Your Data Connections with the Tableau Next Connector Catalog

Locate Data Tables Quickly with Enhanced Connection Search

Update Existing Data Lake Objects Directly in Your Workspace
Semantics

Jumpstart Semantic Model Creation with Marketplace Templates

Build and Navigate Complex Models With the Improved Semantic Builder Canvas

Accelerate Your Insights with Metrics Templates in the Marketplace (Beta)

Create Semantic Models Faster with Auto-Generation (Beta)

Resolve Similar Meanings to Improve Agent Accuracy (Beta)
Exploration and Action

Add Context to Your Metric by Using Thresholds

Use Salesforce Go to Streamline Setup for Tableau Next with Slack
## January ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Agentforce for Analytics Concierge: Analytics Q&A Enhanced to Use Single Path for Questions
Semantics

Refine Agent Accuracy with More Business Preferences

Use New Behaviors in Some Tableau Semantics Functions

Use New Behaviors in More Tableau Semantics Functions (Release Update)

Control Visibility of Expected Range Alert Insight Type in Metric Definitions

#### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Winter ‘26 Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=258&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Summer ‘25 Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=256&language=en_US) # Tableau Next Features Released by Month Tableau Next features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. ## August ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Tableau Agent Accelerate Tableau Next Data Analysis Through Conversations (Limited Beta)
Setup and Administration Access Unified Business Context with the Auto-Installed C360 Semantic Model
Marketplace

Install AgentExchange App Packages Directly from Marketplace
Data

Verify Data Interpreter Results and Inspect Original File Layouts (Beta)

Clean and Update Unformatted Excel Data Automatically with Data Interpreter (Generally Available)

Share Enterprise Google Drive Connections Across Tableau Next Workspaces (Beta)

Clean and Transform Data for Analysis Directly in Tableau Next (Generally Available)
Semantics

Inherit and Override Business Preferences Across Extended Semantic Models

Move Verified Questions To A New Org Using A Data Kit

Build and Navigate Semantic Models with Smart Canvas

Override Calculated Fields and Metrics in Extended Semantic Data Models

Manage Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics (Beta)

Add Predictive Insights to Semantic Models (Beta)
Visualization and Dashboards

Easily Replace Semantic Models in Visualizations

Take Action on Predictions in Visualizations and Dashboards

Continue Analyzing Dashboard Visualizations in Context

Analyze and Visualize Tableau Next Data with MCP-Compatible AI Clients (Beta)

Bring Salesforce Organizational Hierarchies into Tableau Next (Beta)

Format Tableau Next Visualizations and Dashboards with Greater Control

Analyze Performance Across Multiple Measures with Radar Charts

Reveal Recurring Trends in Radial Line Charts

Explore Geographic Trends with Choropleth Maps

Build and Customize Tableau Next Dashboards More Efficiently

Maintain Visual Consistency with Embedded Tableau Next Analytics in Dark Mode

Enhance Tableau Next Dashboards with Redesigned Filter and Parameter Widgets
Sharing and Embedding

Streamline Embedding of Tableau Next Analytics in Experience Cloud

Bring Custom Fonts to Embedded Tableau Next Dashboards in Experience Cloud
Exploration and Action

Experiment with New Tableau Next MCP Capabilities Before They Reach General Availability (Beta)
## July ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Tableau Agent (fka Agentforce for Analytics)

Get Ready for Enhanced Conversational Analytics with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next
Data

Accelerate Dashboard Insights with Enhanced Document Search and Automated Refreshes for Google Drive

Monitor Data Assets in Tableau Next (Generally Available)

Analyze Data Assets in Tableau Next
Semantics

Validate and Calibrate Agent Responses with C360 Semantic Model Questions and Business Preferences

Generate Semantic Models Using the CRM Analytics Metadata Bridge

Extend an Existing Semantic Model with CRM Analytics Dashboards (Beta)

Generate Semantic Models Using the Reports Metadata Bridge

Extend an Existing Semantic Model with Lightning Experience Reports (Beta)
Visualization and Dashboards

Show KPI Values in Radial Charts

Group Table Rows to Organize and Summarize Data

Get Intuitive Browsing Across All Dashboard Pages with the Navigation Widget

Identify Key Performance Drivers with Cross-Metric Dashboard Summaries

Enable Mobile Access with Embedded Tableau Next Dashboards
Exploration and Action

Enjoy Simplified Setup for Slack and Tableau Next

Get Answers from Slackbot Grounded by the Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP)

Plan Your Next Steps with Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next
Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce

Explore Analytics Assets with Unmetered Access in Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce
Tableau Next Development

Required: Upgrade the Tableau Next Embedding SDK to v2.0
## June ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Agentforce for Analytics Optimize the Model Response of Tableau Agent to Fit Your Workflow
Setup and Administration

Implement Tableau Next in Minutes Instead of Hours

Gain Visibility Into User Interactions with Tableau Next Auditing (Beta)
Home and Workspaces

Ingest Salesforce CRM Data Directly into Tableau Next (Beta)
Data

Use the Data Interpreter to Refresh Excel Files
Semantics

Build and Refine Semantic Models Faster with Semantic Modeler (Beta)
Visualization and Dashboards

Discover Cyclic Data Patterns with Five New Radial Chart Types

Create Point Maps from Geographic Fields

Keep or Exclude Data Directly in Tableau Next Visualizations

Download Tableau Next Visualization Data as a CSV File

Update Selected Dashboard Widgets with Targeted Parameter Updates

Embed Live Metrics Directly into Tableau Next Text Widgets
Sharing and Embedding

Manage and Monitor Installed Apps and Templates from Setup
Exploration and Action

Compare Different Periods in Tableau Next Metrics
## May ‘26
Functional Area Release Note
Marketplace

Accelerate Tableau Next Asset Creation With Marketplace Templates
Home and Workspaces

Customize Tableau Next Files with Centralized Editing

Upload Data to a Tableau Next Workspace by Using Google Drive (Beta)

Multitask During Data Ingestion with the New Data Ingestion Drawer

Clone Referenced Assets and Dependencies in a Tableau Next Workspace

Find and Create Assets Right from the Tableau Next Home Page
Semantics Override Semantic Definitions in Extended Semantic Models
Visualization and Dashboards

Draw More Granular Comparisons with Reference Lines

Aggregate Dimensions as Attributes in Tableau Next

Tableau Next’s Suggest Panel Is Now the Show Me Panel

Optimize Tableau Next Dashboard Loading with Configurable Data Modes

Simplify Cross-Functional Analysis by Using Multi-Model Filtering

Restructure Tableau Next Dashboard Layouts with Multi-Widget Selection

Format Dashboards Faster with Bulk Widget Styling
Sharing and Embedding

Create App Templates from Your Tableau Next Workspace (Beta)
Exploration and Action

Generate Answers Directly from Tableau Next with MCP Server
Tableau Next Development

Accelerate Tableau Next Custom Development with the App Template Framework
#### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Spring ‘26 Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=260&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Winter ‘26 Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=258&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Summer ‘25 Tableau Next Features Released by Month](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tua_features_released_by_month.htm&release=256&language=en_US) # Tableau Next for Manufacturing Accelerate decision-making across manufacturing operations with Tableau Next Apps. Manufacturing Insights delivers data-driven dashboards that give clear visibility into account performance, product demand, and pricing through embedded analytics. Use the Account Performance Insights to identify revenue gaps, spot churn risks, and evaluate overall account health to prioritize high-value retention and growth. The Product Demand Insights tracks planned versus actual demand across accounts, enabling you to spot sales trends early and align supply with market demand. Pricing Insights help you evaluate price elasticity, analyze account discount ranges, and measure price sensitivity to protect margins during negotiations. - **[Keep Manufacturing Orders on Track from Booking to Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_tableau_order_status.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Monitor every order tied to an account across its lifecycle with the Account Insights Order Status dashboard. Spot at-risk or stalled orders, see which ones need attention first, and follow up before fulfillment slips. Key account managers stay ahead of order issues and keep commitments on track. - **[Assess Manufacturing Account Health and Retention Risk](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_tableau_account_health.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See which accounts need attention and which are ready to grow, at a glance. Review planned business at a glance, identify which accounts need follow-up for incoming orders, and separate high-performing accounts from those at risk of churn. Relationship length and customer lifetime value help you prioritize retention and growth. - **[Compare Planned vs. Actual Product Demand Across Manufacturing Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_tableau_product_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Know which products are winning and which accounts are behind plan, without building the report yourself. Identify top-selling products, see which ones trend up or down for your accounts, and find the accounts contributing most to a product's sales. Compare actual demand against plan to measure demand realization and surface the accounts behind any shortfall. - **[Align Demand Plans with Product Demand Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_tableau_product_demand.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build demand plans based on actual demand, not just best estimates. See which products and accounts are driving the highest planned and forecasted order volumes, so teams can prioritize inventory allocations and procurement ahead of need. Give demand planners a clear, forward-looking view to balance supply with expected orders and make more informed planning decisions. - **[Benchmark Manufacturing Pricing and Elasticity Across Accounts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mfg_tableau_pricing_insights.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Walk into a pricing negotiation knowing exactly how much room you have. Compare a product's price for one account against all accounts, and review price elasticity across accounts. Understand discount flexibility and how price changes affect demand before you negotiate. # Tableau Next Highlights Don’t miss any Tableau Next features. Recap or dive deeper into the Winter ’26 features and learning opportunities. ## Tableau Next Winter ’26 Highlights
Functional Area Resources
Agentforce for Analytics

Salesforce Help: About Agentforce Tableau

Salesforce Help: Ask Questions About Shared Metrics and Dashboards in Slack Using Agentforce for Analytics
Setup, Data, and Workspaces

Tableau Help: Tableau Next Setup Guide

Salesforce Help: Set Up Tableau Next Personal Orgs

Salesforce Help: Data Governance in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Unlock Self-Service Analysis and Data Exploration in Your Tableau Next Personal Org
Semantics

Salesforce Help: The C360 Semantic Model

Salesforce Help: Semantic Model AI Optimization

Salesforce Help: AI-Generated Descriptions in Semantic Models

Trailhead: Semantic Model Optimization for Analysis in Tableau Next

Visualizations and Dashboards

Salesforce Help: Applying Reference Lines to Tableau Next Visualizations

Salesforce Help: Use Dashboard Templates from the Marketplace

Salesforce Help: Apply Conditional Formatting to Visualize Dashboard Data Performance

Salesforce Help: Adjust Dashboard and Widget Formatting
Sharing and Embedding

Salesforce Help: Build Dashboard Templates for Your Marketplace

Salesforce Help: Add a Tableau Next Visualization to a Lightning Page

Salesforce Help: Add a Personalized View of Metrics That a User Follows with the Tableau Next Following Component

Salesforce Help: Manage Access to Assets in Tableau Next
Exploration and Action

Salesforce Help: Receive Inspector Proactive Data Alerts in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Share Previews of Tableau Next Metrics, Dashboards, and Visualizations in Slack

Trailhead: Tableau Next on Mobile Quick Look
Tableau Next Development

Developer Guide: Tableau Next Embedding SDK

Analytics Included Apps

Salesforce Help: Measure Success with Service Insights

Salesforce Help: Agentforce Analytics Powered by Tableau Next

Learning Resources

Salesforce Help: Data to Decisions: Data 360 and Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Tableau Next Features on Companion Orgs

Tableau Developer Center

Tableau Next Trailblazer Community
# Tableau Next Highlights Don’t miss Tableau Next features from the last release. Recap or dive deeper into the Spring ’26 features and learning opportunities. ## Tableau Next Spring ’26 Highlights
Functional Area Resources
Setup and Workspaces

Salesforce Help: Data Governance and Sharing In Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Manage Embedding Authentication with External Client Apps

Trailhead: Workspace Strategy in Tableau Next
Data

Salesforce Help: Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP) Server

Salesforce Help: Connect to Data Sources with the Connector Catalog

Salesforce Help: Turn on Acceleration for Data Connections

Salesforce Help: Update Data Lake Objects with Excel and CSV File Refreshes

Salesforce Help: File Upload Processing Modes and Limits

Salesforce Help: Monitor Your Data in Tableau Next
Semantics

Salesforce Help: Semantic Foundations for Agentforce in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Generate a Semantic Model with Data Pro

Salesforce Help: Accelerate Semantic Model Creation with Marketplace Templates

Salesforce Help: Resolve Overlapping Data Definitions with Similar Meanings

Trailhead: Tableau Semantics (Updated)
Agentforce for Analytics

Salesforce Help: Agentforce for Analytics (Expanded Section)

Salesforce Help: Concierge: Analytics Q&A in Tableau Next (Expanded Section)

Salesforce Help: Set Up Agent Scoping for Concierge

Salesforce Help: AI and Data Usage in Tableau Next
Metrics

Salesforce Help: Use Metric Templates from Marketplace

Salesforce Help: Create Goals and Set Thresholds with Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Get Inspector Proactive Data Alerts for Tableau Next in Slack
Visualizations and Dashboards

Salesforce Help: Create a Point Map to Compare Values Across Locations

Salesforce Help: Visualize Data Intensity and Patterns in Heat Maps

Salesforce Help: Use Visualization Templates from the Marketplace

Salesforce Help: Personalize Dashboard Visuals with the Image Widget

Salesforce Help: Customize Dashboards with Dynamic Default Values

Salesforce Help: Model Hypothetical Scenarios by Using Parameter Inputs

Salesforce Help: Navigate Dashboards with Parameter Actions

Salesforce Help: Integrate Workspace Assets into Tableau Next Dashboards
Tableau Next Development

Developer Guide: Tableau Next ISV/Developer Guide

Developer Guide: Set Up and Manage Authentication with External Client Apps

Developer Guide: Embed the Analytics and Visualization Agent

Developer Guide: Integrate Custom Lightning Web Components in Tableau Next Dashboards with the Extensions SDK
Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce

Salesforce Help: Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce

Salesforce Help: CSI Score (Beta)

Learning Resources

Salesforce Help: About Unmetered Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Tableau Next Learning Resources

Tableau Next Trailblazer Community
# Tableau Next Highlights Don’t miss any Tableau Next features from the last release. Recap or dive deeper with top resources from Summer ’26. ## Tableau Next Summer ‘26 Highlights
Functional Area Resources
Setup and Administration

Salesforce Help: Guided Tableau Next Setup

Video: Tableau Next Security Model: Data Access Control

Salesforce Help: About Tableau Next Auditing (Beta)

Salesforce Help: Select a Model Response Type for Tableau Agent
Tableau Agent

Salesforce Help: About Conversational Analytics in Tableau Agent

Salesforce Help: Analyzing Data with Tableau Agent: Data Connection and Analytics Creation
Semantics

Salesforce Help: Create and Refine Semantic Models with Semantic Modeler (Beta)

Salesforce Help: Override Semantic Definitions in a Composed Semantic Model

Salesforce Help: Tune the C360 Semantic Model for AI Readiness

Salesforce Help: Develop with Tableau Semantics
Tableau Next MCP

Developer Guide: Tableau Next MCP Server Developer Reference

Salesforce Help: Get Trusted Answers in Slack with the Tableau Next Model Context Protocol (MCP)

Salesforce Help: Tableau Next MCP Beta Server (Beta)

Blog: How to Set Up Intelligence Briefs with Tableau Next and Slackbot Skills
Data

Salesforce Help: Batch Data Transforms in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Monitor Your Data in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Visualize Your Data in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Keep File-Based Connections Current

Salesforce Help: Search File-Based Connections with Enhanced Search
Marketplace

Salesforce Help: Tableau Next Marketplace

Salesforce Help: Install App Packages from AgentExchange in Tableau Next Marketplace
Metrics

Salesforce Help: Metric Insights in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Use Metric Forecasting in Tableau Next

Salesforce Help: Metrics and Goals in Tableau Next
Visualizations

Salesforce Help: Compare Contributions to a Total with Pie Charts

Salesforce Help: Show Part-to-Whole Relationships with Donut Charts

Salesforce Help: Analyze Seasonal Patterns with Nightingale Rose Charts

Salesforce Help: Compare Progress Toward Goals with Radial Bar Charts

Salesforce Help: Identify Hotspots Across Cyclical Time Periods with Radial Heatmaps

Salesforce Help: Evaluate Cyclical Patterns with Spoke Bar Charts

Salesforce Help: Group Dimension Members to Simplify Analysis

Salesforce Help: Create Bins from Measure Values
Dashboards

Salesforce Help: Consolidate Multi-Metric Overviews on Tableau Next Dashboards

Salesforce Help: Build Automated Navigation for Multi-Page Tableau Next Dashboards

Salesforce Help: Optimize Dashboard Loading with Query Cache

Salesforce Help: Simplify Cross-Functional Analysis by Using Multi-Model Filtering

Salesforce Help: Configure a Case Insights Dashboard

Salesforce Help: Format Dashboards Faster with Bulk Widget Styling

Salesforce Help: Restructure Tableau Next Dashboard Layouts with Multi-Widget Selection

Salesforce Help: Optimize Dashboard Visibility for Mobile Devices
Templates

Salesforce Help: Monitor and Manage Templated Apps

Salesforce Help: Manage Templates

Salesforce Help: Build App Templates from Your Tableau Next Workspace (Beta)
Development

Developer Guide: App Template Framework Developer Guide

Developer Guide: Tableau Next Embedding SDK v2.0

Developer Guide: Tableau Next REST API docs: Dashboards

Developer Guide: Tableau Next Connect REST API Resources Overview
Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce

Release Note: Explore Analytics Assets with Unmetered Access in Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce

Release Note: Validate and Calibrate Agent Responses with C360 Semantic Model Questions and Business Preferences

Webinar: Unlock Insights Across Salesforce with Purpose-Built Analytics powered by Tableau Next
# Tableau Next’s Suggest Panel Is Now the Show Me Panel To better represent the experience it provides, the Suggest panel is now called Show Me. During this transition, you may see a mix of the new and previous terms in our documentation and UI. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. # Tableau Semantics Tableau Semantics, the AI-powered semantic layer, maps your raw data to business-friendly terms and logic, the key to building reusable models and metrics that provide contextual, consistent, trusted insights. - **[Set Scalable Targets with Data-Defined Goals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_data_goal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create dynamic goals based on a measure in the semantic data model. When an analyst creates a metric in the semantic data model, users can apply filters and follow the sub-metric. Anyone who filters or follows a sub-metric inherits the data-defined goal, and Tableau automatically displays the goal that matches the metric’s filters and time period, if one is available. For example, you can create a data-defined goal based on the win rate measure. If the team has a data-defined goal for a win rate of 30%, and the West territory has its own goal of 28%, then users who filter the sub-metric to the West territory see the correct goal—28%. This way, users don’t need to create individual goals for each sub-metric, and your team stays in sync working towards the same goal. - **[Speed up Semantic Model Queries with Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_performance_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Find and fix the modeling choices that slow your queries and raise compute costs, such as inefficient join settings or a mix of live and local data sources. Scan a semantic model from the Optimize Model panel, review each recommendation, and apply the changes you want without leaving the model. - **[Add Verified Queries to a Tableau Next Data Kit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_add_verified_queries_data_kit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add verified questions to a data kit, and Tableau Next packages them with the semantic model that they belong to. Previously, you re-verified each question after every deployment. - **[Test a Single Verified Query in Tableau Next Q&A Calibration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_single_verified_query_regression.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Check whether your verified queries still return the right answers after you change a semantic model. When you open a verified question in Q&A Calibration, Tableau Agent answers it and compares the query logic with the verified query that you saved. If the logic differs, the question is reclassified as Regression, and Tableau Agent stops using the verified query as guidance. - **[Refine Semantic Models with Tableau Agent: Semantic Modeling (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_semantics_tableau_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhance your semantic models with tighter integration of your data and your business concepts through AI suggested relationships and generated descriptions. Ask the Tableau Agent to suggest a refinement or apply a change to the open semantic model. Review the edits and then save or discard them. Those edits stay unsaved until you save or discard them. # Tailor AI-Generated Content with Customizable AI Actions Customize AI prompts and field mappings to align AI-generated content with your organization's unique processes and terminology. Reduce manual corrections by configuring how AI creates change requests, incidents, and problems from existing records. Tailor email drafts for internal teams and requesters to match your communication standards. Adjust ticket filtering prompts to align with organizational workflows so that AI can understand your service desk's specific context and deliver accurate, relevant results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce IT Service Management. **How:** In Setup, search for and select **Prompt Templates**. Select a template and modify the prompt text to include organization-specific terminology, business rules, and field requirements. Save and activate your customized template. # Tailor Employee Portal Pages to Your Service Needs Align the portal with your unique business processes by controlling what appears on the ticket list, ticket details, and approval list pages of the Employee Services portal. Choose which fields and buttons employees see, without writing code. For example, show only the fields relevant to your service model, or control if employees can close or reopen tickets. Employees get a simplified experience focused on resolving issues, while admins gain the flexibility to customize the interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. This feature is available for Employee Services portal sites that use the Agentforce Employee Center template. **How:** In Experience Builder, select the ticket list, ticket details, or approval list component and configure its settings. # Tailor Microsoft Teams Views to Your Business Needs Customize list views in Microsoft Teams by adding, removing, and reordering columns to help teams focus on what matters most for their roles. Get started quickly with preconfigured views for tickets, service catalog, and approvals, and adapt the interface as your business grows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Tailor Pricing Rules for Multiple Industry Clouds Segment pricing recipes and pricing procedures by industry clouds using the Subtype field. Each cloud now gets its own default recipe and decision tables, instead of sharing one recipe that forced teams to coordinate unrelated pricing rules. Element lookups in a procedure now show only the decision tables from that subtype's default recipe, so pricing teams manage their metadata independently. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Pricing Procedures** or **Pricing Recipes**. Create a procedure or recipe by selecting a subtype from the Pricing Usage Sub Typedropdown field. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Pricing Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_create_new_pricing_recipe.htm&language=en_US) # Tailor Recommendations for Accounts Identify the best opportunities for your B2B customers by using rule-based recommenders for account records. Profile data graphs in rule-based recommenders use account profiles, instead of individual or unified individual profiles, to find the best suited recommendations. This enhancement enables sales teams and portals to serve recommendations based on account-specific insights, such as industry type, past purchases, or support cases. For example, if an account in the healthcare sector frequently purchases specific medical supplies, your rule-based recommenders can suggest related sterilization products. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Recommender Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_recommender_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure a Rule-Based Recommender](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_recommender_configure_rule_based.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer Docs:_ Request Personalization](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/marketing/einstein-personalization/guide/decisioning-api-request-personalization.html) # Tailor Screen Flows to Your Audience with Component-Level Styling Overrides Deliver a personalized screen flow experience to your customers. Customize a variety of style properties for your screen flows, like background color, border color, border weight, border radius, text color, buttons, and more. Any styling changes you set override your org or Experience Cloud site’s default theme. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change also applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have at least one active community license in your org to use this feature. **How:** To customize the look for your screen, edit a screen. On the Screen Properties panel, select the **Style** tab. On the Style tab, you can set the styles for the header, container, and footer of your screen. You can customize the styling for these components: Checkbox, Checkbox Group, Currency, Date, Date/Time, Display Text, Number, Long Text Area, Multi-Select Picklist, Password, Picklist, Radio Button, Repeater, Section, and Text. ![Screen with component style overrides](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_screen_component_style_overrides.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Example: Build a Dynamic Sales Pipeline View in a Screen Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_example_screen_kanban_board.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Tailor the Gift Entry Experience Customize the Gift Entry Grid to match your unique fundraising processes. Admins can create and manage multiple templates, select an active gift entry template on Gift Batch, add or remove columns, and integrate custom Lightning components for tasks like payment processing. Build a targeted and efficient experience that helps your users capture the right gift data quickly and accurately. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled. **Who:** - Admins with the FundraisingAccess permission set and the Agentforce Default Admin permission set can set up the agent. - Users with the FundraisingAccess permission set can use Fundraising in Agentforce Nonprofit, formerly Nonprofit Cloud. - Admins of Fundraising with Agentforce Education, formerly Education Cloud, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education and then create and assign a permission set to your users. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Gift Entry, and select **Gift Entry Settings**. Turn on the **Gift Entry Grid** and create and manage your templates. # Tailor the Scheduling Console to Your Team's Workflow from One Settings Page Customize the Scheduling Console to give dispatchers the tools they need to work efficiently, directly from the Scheduling Console Settings page. Manage visibility, actions, layout, and scheduling behavior in a single place, without switching between multiple setup areas. You can adjust Gantt visibility, add custom actions for records and specific console sections, configure the service appointment layout, and manage scheduling behavior settings. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and [Aura sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** To access the Settings page, from Setup, enter Scheduling Console Settings in the Quick Find box, then select **Scheduling Console Settings**. You can also access the page from the Scheduling Console page in Salesforce Go. Go to the Migrate to the Scheduling Console section and click **Set It Up** next to **Customize the Scheduling Console**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_customize_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Tailor Vehicle Selection Options by Service Resource Profile for Flexible Timesheet Entry Set up vehicle selection so that your field service Service Resources can use either vehicle, vehicle definition, or asset architecture based on their user profile. Assign vehicle, vehicle definition, or asset options to specific profiles, so each Service Resource sees only the fields relevant to their work when creating timesheets on mobile devices. Your Service Resources can then associate the vehicle with a timesheet to allocate time to the vehicle's usage. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Asset Service Lifecycle Management and Field Service Plus for Energy & Utilities. **Who:** Salesforce admins with the Labor Cost Optimization Admin permission set can configure the Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization app. To select a vehicle in the Salesforce Field Service Mobile App, you need the Labor Cost Optimization Resource and FieldServiceMobileStandardPermSet permission sets. **How:** From Setup, go to Advanced Timesheet and Labor Cost Optimization Settings, and select **Page Layout Control** in the Vehicle selection options. Then assign Time Sheet Entry Layout to different Service Resource profiles. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Configure Vehicle Selection_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_tmsht_configure_vehicle_selection.htm&language=en_US) # Tailor Your Approval Process with Custom Business Data Capture business-specific data by modifying custom fields on approval entities through Apex triggers, custom actions, or directly from the record’s details page. For example, automate priority assignments on new approval work items by using triggers, or calculate profit margins during high-discount reviews by using custom actions. Previously, custom field updates weren’t supported on approval entities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or Revenue Cloud Advanced license where Advanced Approvals is enabled. **Who:** To create an Apex trigger, you need the Author Apex permission. To create custom actions on approval pages, you need the Customize Application permission. # Tailor Your Pricing Strategy to the Needs of Each B2B Store All stores no longer need to adhere to the same pricing procedure. You can now build custom procedure plans that link specific context definitions to your pricing rules and assign them to individual stores. Add custom logic before and after a pricing procedure to automate pricing without relying on manual workarounds. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud Advanced Edition. **How:** Enable **Advanced Pricing for Commerce**, and then turn on **Pricing Procedure Plan**. Create a procedure plan from the template, and link your pricing procedure. Optionally, link Apex pre-execution and post-execution hooks to modify inputs or transform price outputs, and then assign the procedure plan to your store. ![Image of the Pricing Settings page with Pricing Procedure Plan enabled](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_262_comm_procedure_plan.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Pricing Procedure Plans for B2B Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_pricing_procedure_plans.htm&language=en_US) # Take Action on Predictions in Visualizations and Dashboards Surface machine learning predictions in Tableau Next visualizations and dashboards with the Predict() function defined in the semantic model. Compare historical data and predicted outcomes side by side in a visualization to identify trends, risks, and opportunities. Access prediction scores, drivers, and recommendations right where you visualize data and take action faster. Use prediction fields in calculated fields, filters, and aggregations to refine and extend your analyses. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, after analysts add prediction fields to a sales dashboard, sales reps can compare historical performance with predicted outcomes. When they identify a low likelihood-to-close score, they can investigate the prediction drivers and take steps to revive the opportunity. **How:** To create a prediction field, create a Predict entity in the Semantic Model Builder. Select an existing machine learning model and bind the model inputs to semantic model fields. Choose additional insights, such as top drivers and recommendations, and save the definition. # Take Advantage of Agentforce IT Service for Public Sector Achieve compliance and reduce risk by standardizing how you deliver IT support services across every channel. Use AI and process automation to optimize IT operations, reduce costs, and improve the efficiency of public services for every government agency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, is enabled. #### See Also - [Agentforce IT Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_agentforce_it.htm&language=en_US) # Take Advantage of Improved Participant Matching for Microsoft Teams Calls We’ve improved participant matching for Microsoft Teams video calls. You no longer need your email matched to your data source. We’re more effectively using calendar and meeting data to get email participant info, so record matching for these calls works better automatically. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **How:** To access improved participant matching and related record matching, admins need to reconnect their Microsoft Teams accounts. Improved participant matching is then automatically available to Einstein Conversation Insights users that use Microsoft Teams for calls. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Einstein Conversation Insights Related Record Matching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.ci_related_record_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Take Control of Assets from External Content Providers Several new settings make it easier to manage external assets in an enhanced CMS workspace. Choose which providers are available to your workspace for greater administrative control, and specify where to save the files. Previously, you could only save external assets directly in the workspace, but now you can choose your preferred folder. **Where:** This change applies to enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To manage external assets in an enhanced workspace, click **![Gear icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/gear.png)** | **External Assets**. Select which folder to use for saved assets. And choose one or more available providers to make them accessible from the workspace. If you previously installed external providers in Winter ’26, you must reselect the providers to make them available again in the workspace. ![Manage external assets window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/cms/external_provider.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Content from External Providers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.cms_content_external.htm&language=en_US) # Take Ownership of your Data Residency on Unified WhatsApp Define the specific country or region where your WhatsApp data is stored at rest on Meta's side. By giving you control over data residency for each individual phone number, we help you meet your internal compliance and regulatory requirements. **Where:** This applies to Unified WhatsApp in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions for Marketing Cloud Engagement Growth and Advanced Editions. **How:** On the Your Numbers page in Setup, click to open the settings page for your Unified WhatsApp number. Deactivate any active capabilities, then make a selection from the Data Residency Region (Meta) dropdown. After you receive a green confirmation message, reactivate your capabilities. ![Your Numbers page with the Data Residency Region (Meta) field.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_data_residency.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Choose Your Unified WhatsApp Data Residency](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.uwa_data_residency.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ WhatsApp Unified Messaging Channel Capabilities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_whatsapp_comparison.htm&language=en_US) # Take the Guesswork out of Agent Building with Improved AI Assistance (Beta) We’ve upgraded the embedded AI assistant in Agentforce Builder, so you can focus on what your agent should do instead of how to build it. It asks more targeted follow-up questions to understand your intent and shape a plan, then proposes and explains changes before applying them. When it makes changes, you can trust it to generate valid Agent Script. And when you use it for troubleshooting, it more accurately diagnoses issues and proposes more effective solutions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce Development Agent is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](http://Salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** The improved Agentforce assistant is available automatically in Agentforce Builder. But if you prefer the previous experience, you can opt out of the beta. In Setup, from the Einstein Setup page, turn on **Disable Agentforce Development Agent (Beta)**. # Talent Recruitment Management for Agentforce Public Sector Engage candidates faster with AI-powered self-service and targeted recruitment campaigns. - **[Collect Consent from Applicants](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_recruitment_set_up_consent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Run compliant recruitment marketing campaigns by collecting applicant consent directly in your career site. Applicants can now provide their consent when they create a profile or submit an application, enabling targeted outreach to your talent pool. Previously, there was no built-in way to capture and store applicant communication preferences during the application process. - **[Run Targeted Recruitment Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_recruitment_campaigns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Recruitment teams need a proactive way to engage candidates in their talent pool, not just wait for applications. With recruitment campaigns, you can segment your talent pool by skills and past applications to reengage candidates with personalized opportunities. Nurture passive talent over time with confidence, knowing campaigns target only candidates who consented to communications. - **[Automate Recruitment, Education, and Interaction Workflows with Action Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_psc_automate_workflows_action_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Action Plans are now available for Position, Job Position, Recruitment Requisitions, ContactContactRelation, PersonEducation, and Interaction objects. Agencies automate repeatable business activities by generating predefined tasks for these objects. This reduces manual effort, ensures required activities are completed consistently, and provides visibility into task progress and completion. # Target Marketing Triggers More Precisely with New Configuration Options Help your marketers reach the shoppers most likely to convert. Refine who qualifies for a trigger by setting custom inactivity criteria, excluding shoppers who have already purchased, and filtering for high-intent shoppers based on product page visits. Match triggers to your own data with configurable engagement values and channel mapping. **Where:** **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **Why:** Refine who qualifies for each trigger so your marketers reach the shoppers most likely to convert. - For abandonment triggers, set the criteria that qualify a shopper as inactive, such as no purchase, no cart activity, no website activity, or no product page visit. - Exclude shoppers who bought the visited product or any product during the lookback period, so you don't send back-in-stock, low-inventory, or price-drop messages to customers who have already converted. - Filter for high-intent shoppers by setting a minimum number of product page visits. - Configure engagement values to match your custom data instead of hard-coded defaults. - Map Contact Point data model objects (DMOs) to determine which channels each trigger can use for outbound messages. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Custom Engagement Values for Marketing Triggers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_custom_dmo_values.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Tax and Revenue Management for Agentforce Public Sector Tax agencies get a unified and comprehensive view of the taxpayer, while providing a self-service web portal where constituents can directly access their own tax information. Agentforce helps handle routine inquiries with complex cases passed to human agents. - **[Build a Unified Taxpayer 360 Profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_tax_dmo.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The new Taxpayer 360 Data Model covers identity and household details, income summary, filing status, and payment history, giving tax agents a complete constituent profile in one view without switching between systems. Connect your data by using Data 360 while keeping your existing system as the source of record. - **[Provide Constituents a Self-Service Tax Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_tax_portal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deploy a secure, constituent-facing web portal where individual taxpayers can view tax filing information including status, refund details, and income sources. The portal is built on the Taxpayer 360 Data Model. - **[Deflect Taxpayer Inquiries Automatically with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_264_ps_taxpayer_agentforce.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Handle your highest-volume taxpayer questions related to refund status, tax balance breakdowns, and filing status inquiries with the Tax Advocate agent. Embed the agent directly on the taxpayer web portal. Taxpayers interact with a conversational AI in natural language and receive real-time, personalized answers grounded in Taxpayer 360 data. # Tax Management Maintain financial accuracy by canceling and voiding credit memos and by supporting regional requirements with tax identifiers, tax codes, and header-level tax totals. - **[Maintain Tax Compliance with Credit Memo Voiding and Recovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_credit_memo_recovery_void.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve financial accuracy by recovering credit memos that are in error or pending states. You can also void posted credit memos and automatically create debit memos for them. - **[Calculate Precise Tax for Products with Enhanced Tax Treatment Item Resolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_tax_treatment_item_resolution.htm&release=260&type=5)** Achieve greater flexibility when calculating taxes for different products across legal entities. Use tax treatment items within a tax treatment to assign specific tax codes to each product, supporting countries that require product-specific tax codes. - **[Support Regional Tax Compliance by Capturing Header-Level Tax Totals](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_capture_taxes_at_header.htm&release=260&type=5)** Add efficiency to tax reporting by adding flexibility to your existing tax strategy. Prevent rounding discrepancies that can occur on transactions with thousands of tax lines. Capture overall tax totals in the transaction header while preserving detailed calculations at the line level. - **[Calculate Taxes with the Standard Tax Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_implement_standard_tax_engine.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure and apply taxes directly in the Billing app with the standard built-in tax engine for simple tax use cases. Capture multiple tax rates, set tax effective dates, and configure the priority of tax calculation. - **[Meet Tax Compliance by Capturing Tax Identification Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_tax_identification_details.htm&release=260&type=5)** Meet regional compliance regulations by using tax identifiers and other tax details on the billing account. Send this information automatically to tax engines when using our tax interface to support tax compliance. # Tax Management Adapt tax calculations to your business needs without writing Apex code. - **[Extend the Revenue Standard Tax Engine to Match Your Tax Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_billing_extend_tax_engine.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Apply tax rates based on custom attributes, such as product category, customer attributes, or exemption criteria, without writing Apex code. Extend the Revenue Standard Tax Entries decision table with custom input and output fields, and automatically populate invoice tax line and credit memo tax line fields with matched values. # Territory Planning Import custom Area fields into an alignment, and run a flow or Lightning web component from the alignment. Carve postal-code territories in Taiwan, Vietnam, and Mexico, and choose where non-boundary rules publish when a territory splits. Track assignment-rule and locked-unit changes, keep legend filters across sessions, and give planning teams edit access to alignments. - **[Plan Territories Using Custom Area Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_custom_area_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Import up to 20 custom fields from the Area object into an alignment, and then view and update the values while you plan. You see the fields in the legend and in the area editor, and you filter, sort, and search them the same way you work with other area attributes. Field-level security applies, so you edit only the fields you can access. Previously, area attributes came only from a CSV import. - **[Launch Flows and Components from an Alignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_alignment_custom_actions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add a Lightning web component or a flow as a custom action so your planners finish planning work from an alignment. You name the action and select the component or flow. Your planners start the action from the alignment toolbar. The action opens in the alignment and passes the alignment ID and the current focus to the component or flow. - **[Carve Territories with Postal Codes in More Countries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_postal_code_countries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use 5-digit postal codes to carve geographic territories in Taiwan and Vietnam. In Mexico, use 5-digit contiguous postal codes. Add a boundary from an alignment, and then plan territories in those countries the same way you plan other geographic territories. - **[Publish Split Territories with the Rules You Choose](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_split_territory_rules.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When a geographic assignment rule is large enough to split into child territories, choose whether to publish non-boundary assignment rules on the parent territory or on each child territory. The **Parent territory** option remains the default and matches the previous behavior. - **[Track Assignment Rule and Locked Unit Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_assignment_rule_history.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In alignment history, review the assignment-rule criteria that changed and see when a rule is deleted. History also records when units are locked or unlocked. Previously, a rule event stated that something changed but did not include the criteria, and lock and unlock actions were not recorded. - **[Keep Legend Filters Across Alignment Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_legend_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your planners see the same legend filters the next time they open an alignment, including after a browser refresh. Territory Planning saves the filters for each planner, on every legend tab, for that alignment only. The setting stays off until you turn it on. If a filter refers to a field that is no longer an alignment attribute, Territory Planning removes that filter and warns the planner. - **[Give Planning Teams Edit Access to Alignments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_planning_team_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add a user to the planning team for a segment or for an entire sales plan, and grant Territory Planning access. When that user opens a segment they can access, they can edit the alignments for that segment. # Test a Single Verified Query in Tableau Next Q&A Calibration Check whether your verified queries still return the right answers after you change a semantic model. When you open a verified question in Q&A Calibration, Tableau Agent answers it and compares the query logic with the verified query that you saved. If the logic differs, the question is reclassified as Regression, and Tableau Agent stops using the verified query as guidance. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Tableau Next, open Q&A Calibration. From All Questions, open a question classified as Verified or Regression. The regression test runs after Tableau Agent responds. If the query logic matches, the test passes and the question stays verified. To compare the expected query with the actual query, click **Review Analysis**. If the test fails, update the verified query to match your semantic model changes. If the verified query is still incorrect, calibrate the semantic model. After you change the semantic model, click **Retest** to run the test again. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Regression Testing for Verified Queries in Q&A Calibration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_regression_testing_verified_queries.htm&language=en_US) # Test Archive Callouts in Apex with Mock HTTP Responses Mock archive callouts in your Apex test classes to test Archive Apex functionality without making actual HTTP requests to the archive service. Previously, customers couldn't mock archive callouts, which prevented complete unit testing of Apex code that uses Archive Apex. **Where:** This change applies to Archive 2.0 in Developer, Enterprise, and Performance editions with the Archive add-on license. **How:** In your Apex test class, call `SF_Archive.ArchiverAccessor.setMock` and pass in your mock `HttpCalloutMock` implementation before testing Archive Apex methods. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Archive Apex Testing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.archive_apex_testing.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Test Elastic Limits by Overriding the Asynchronous Apex Job Limit in Nonproduction Orgs To test the behavior of asynchronous Apex jobs during elastic processing, override the standard 24-hour rolling asynchronous Apex job limit in a nonproduction org. A lower override value triggers elastic processing sooner, so you can see how asynchronous jobs behave before you turn on elastic limits in production. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. The override applies only to nonproduction orgs, such as sandboxes, Developer Edition orgs, and scratch orgs. **Why:** Previously, elastic limits were available only in production and demo orgs, which made this behavior difficult to test without exceeding your org’s standard 24-hour rolling asynchronous Apex job limit. **How:** In a nonproduction org, go to the Apex Settings page in Setup and enable the “Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (beta)” setting. Then set the “Asynchronous Apex job limit override for nonproduction orgs” setting to a lower value than your standard limit. Leaving the field empty causes the org to default to the standard limit. Alternatively, you can configure the override by using the `ApexSettings` Metadata API type. ![The “Asynchronous Apex job limit override for nonproduction orgs” setting on the Apex Settings page in Setup. The value is set to 250.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_apex_elastic_limits_test.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note In nonproduction orgs, the override value takes effect regardless of whether you turn on the elastic limits setting. If enabled, the elastic limit is either twice the override value or your org’s licensed standard limit, whichever is lower. To observe elastic behavior, you must turn on the elastic limits setting and set an override that’s lower than your org’s licensed standard limit. For example, if your standard limit is 250,000 jobs and you set an override of 250 jobs, the elastic limit is 500 jobs. If you leave the override field empty, the limit remains at 250,000 jobs, triggering standard limit exceptions rather than testing elastic behavior. #### See Also - [Avoid Workflow Disruptions by Enabling Elastic Limits for Batch Jobs (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_elastic_limits_batch.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The elastic limits beta feature is now available to Batch jobs in addition to future methods and Queueable jobs. Elastic limits helps prevent execution failures and limit exceptions when your org exceeds its standard rolling 24-hour asynchronous job limit. With this feature, you can continue to enqueue asynchronous jobs up to a higher elastic asynchronous job limit. If asynchronous jobs surpass the standard limit, the system throttles the processing rate of in-flight Batch jobs and limits new Batch jobs to 1 active job at a time.") - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Apex Jobs (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_limits_elastic_limits.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Execution Governors and Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_gov_limits.htm) - [_Metadata API_: ApexSettings](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_apexsettings.htm) # Test External Services and HTTP Callouts in Apex Integration Tests (Developer Preview) Write Apex integration tests that call real HTTP endpoints, including external service endpoints, without requiring mock callouts. Integration tests relax callout restrictions and transaction rollback semantics, so you can validate real service interactions and assert on actual side effects in your scratch org. With the new `@BeforeClass` annotation, you can now set up test data shared across methods within an integration test class. **Where:** This feature is available to scratch orgs in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Developer editions. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important This feature is available as a developer preview. This feature isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don’t implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. **Why:** Previously, Apex integration tests were available only for Agentforce and Data 360 interactions. With this release, integration tests allow HTTP callouts to any endpoint, including External Services configured via Named Credentials. Validate a full request-response cycle against actual external systems in scratch orgs and catch issues that mocks can’t surface, such as serialization mismatches, authentication failures, and timeout behavior. **How:** To use integration tests, first enable the ApexIntegrationTests feature in your scratch org definition file. ```json { "orgName": "My Company", "edition": "Developer", "features": ["ApexIntegrationTests"] } ``` To write an integration test class, use the `@IntegrationTest` annotation on the class and each test method. To set up test data shared across all methods, use the `@BeforeClass` annotation. Use the `@TearDown` method to clean up data committed during test method execution. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If a mock is registered via `Test.setMock()`, the mock takes precedence over real callouts. Remove mocks to test real endpoints. ```java @IntegrationTest public with sharing class ExternalServiceIntegrationTest { @BeforeClass static void setup() { Account a = new Account(Name = 'PaymentTestAccount'); insert as user a; // Platform auto-commits. No commitTestOnly() needed in @BeforeClass } @IntegrationTest public static void testExternalServiceCallout() { Account a = [SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE Name = 'PaymentTestAccount' WITH USER_MODE]; // Real HTTP callout — no mock required Http h = new Http(); HttpRequest req = new HttpRequest(); req.setEndpoint('callout:PaymentGateway/verify/' + a.Id); req.setMethod('GET'); HttpResponse res = h.send(req); Assert.areEqual(200, res.getStatusCode()); Assert.isTrue(res.getBody().contains('verified')); } @TearDown public static void tearDown() { delete [SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE Name = 'PaymentTestAccount']; } } ``` To run an integration test, use the Tooling API REST resource /services/data/vXX.X/tooling/runTestsAsynchronous/. You can run only one concurrent integration test asynchronously. Synchronous testing isn’t available for integration tests. #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Integration Tests (Developer Preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_testing_integration_testing.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: BeforeClass Annotation (Developer Preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_annotation_BeforeClass.htm) - [_Tooling API_: Run Tests Asynchronously](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.264.0.api_tooling.meta/api_tooling/intro_rest_resources_testing_runner_async.htm) - [_Salesforce Help_: External Services](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.external_services.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Test Flows in a Dedicated Test Mode (Beta) Switch between building your flow and testing it in one place, and reuse saved test scenarios so you don't reenter inputs every time. Use Test Mode in Flow Builder to debug and save test scenarios in autolaunched and record-triggered flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Test Mode is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** Previously, debugging and flow testing lived in separate parts of Flow Builder. Now, you can do both in Test Mode. Run a one-off test scenario to track down an issue, then save that setup so you can run it again anytime. Or add assertions (conditions that evaluate expected results) so a reusable test scenario reports pass or fail when you run it. That's scenario testing automation. You can confirm that the flow works now and still works after you make changes. **How:** From Setup, in Quick Find, enter Process, and then select **Process Automation Settings**. Then, select **Flow Test Mode (Beta)**. In Flow Builder, click **Test** to open Test Mode and set up a test scenario. The flow canvas switches to a test view so you can focus on test scenario setup and expected results. Limited editing of the flow is available in Test Mode. ![Test Mode in Flow Builder](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_automate_flow_test_mode_general.png) If you have no saved test scenarios, the test setup panel opens. Enter your inputs, such as which record triggers the flow or values for variables, then click **Run Scenario** to run the test scenario. After a run, save the current setup as a new test scenario by clicking **Save Scenario**. When you have saved test scenarios, open a scenario to see or edit its setup, run it, or run multiple scenarios. ![List of test scenarios in Test Mode](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_automate_flow_test_mode_list.png) To run automated tests, select **Scenario Testing Automation**. Then add assertions to the test. Assertions are conditions to evaluate during the test run. You can view the coverage of your saved test scenarios that have assertions. Coverage shows that all elements and paths ran successfully. Failed tests don't count toward test coverage. ![Coverage of a test scenario that shows in Test Mode](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_automate_flow_test_mode_coverage.png) To switch back to build mode, click **Build**. If you switch tests or modes without saving, you lose any unsaved changes to a test scenario. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Testing Your Flow in Test Mode (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_test_mode.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Test Flows in Isolation with Mock Outputs for Action and Subflow Elements (Beta) Test your autolaunched and record-triggered flows more reliably with mock outputs for Action and Subflow elements. Define consistent test data for external callouts and subflow responses without depending on live systems or external services. Mock outputs are available in autolaunched flows and record-triggered flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Why:** Previously, testing flows with Action elements that make external callouts or include Subflow elements required live connections to external systems or complete subflow execution, which made testing unpredictable when external services were unavailable or returned inconsistent data. Mock outputs let you define what data Action and Subflow elements return during test runs, so scenarios validate flow logic, not external dependencies. When you mock a callout Action element, the flow skips the actual HTTP request and uses your predefined response. When you mock a Subflow element, the flow skips the referenced flow's execution and uses the mock output you specify. Mock outputs are particularly valuable for testing: - Action elements with HTTP callouts to external APIs that are rate-limited or unavailable - Action elements that invoke Apex methods with complex dependencies - Flows that include Subflow elements, without executing the referenced flows - Fault paths that are difficult to trigger with live data **How:** From Setup, in Quick Find, enter Process, and then select **Process Automation Settings**. Select **Flow Test Mode (Beta)**. From the Flow Builder canvas, select **Test** to open Test Mode. Click the Action element or Subflow element that you want to mock. In the element's properties panel, click **Scenario Output**. Click **Use Mock Output** to enable mock output for this element. ![Action element properties panel in Test Mode, with the Scenario Output tab selected and an output field showing a JSON value.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/264_rn_automate_flow_test_mock_output.png) Define the mock output data for each output or copy the output values from a previous debug run in the debug history. Save your test scenario and run the test scenario. The flow uses your mock output instead of executing the Action element or Subflow element. # Test Flows with Primitive Collection Inputs Test different input values by populating primitive collections directly in the Flow Builder debugger. Previously you could only test single input values, not collections. Try various scenarios without editing your flow, reducing development time and improving test coverage. For example, if your screen flow or autolaunched flow accepts a text collection of IDs as an input variable, you can now populate that collection directly in the flow debugger. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Setup, in Quick Find, enter Process, and then select **Process Automation Settings**. Then, select **Flow Test Mode (Beta)**. In Flow Builder, open a flow that takes primitive collections as input variables. Open the debug panel and populate values for your primitive collection variables. The debugger uses these values for the test run without modifying your flow. # Test Flows with Specific Records by Entering a Record ID Enter a static 15-character or 18-character record ID directly in the Flow Builder debugger to debug flows with specific records. This option helps test flows that use objects with limited searchability, such as Cases or Campaign Members, without digging through lookup results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From Setup, in Quick Find, enter Process, and then select **Process Automation Settings**. Then, select **Flow Test Mode (Beta)**. In Flow Builder, open a flow to debug. Use the debug panel to enter a static record ID manually in the input variable. Flow Builder fetches the record details automatically during the test run. # Test Inactive Retrievers and Versions in Retriever Playground Test inactive retrievers and retriever versions in Retriever Playground without activating them first. Previously, you ran tests only against active retrievers. Select a version to evaluate, run test queries, and refine retrieval before activating a version for production. View retriever metrics in card or table view. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in October 2026. **How:** From the AI Models **Retrieve** option, select an inactive retriever or version and select **Test**. Select a test mode, modify the retriever configuration, enter a test question, and review the results. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize, Test, and Validate Retrievers with Retriever Playground](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_ai_retriever_test.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Retriever Metrics and Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_ai_retriever_test_metrics.htm&language=en_US) # Test Marketing Object Changes in a Sandbox and Sync with Data 360 In Winter ’27, we also added sandbox support and syncing enhancements. Test marketing object schema changes in a sandbox before deploying to production, and sync marketing object data with Data 360 for use in your messages and flows. Schemas replicate automatically from production on sandbox refresh, so no manual setup is needed. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **Who:** To deploy marketing object changes via change sets, you need the Manage Marketing Objects permission. **Why:** Full sandboxes include a copy of record data so testing reflects real-world conditions without manual setup. Deploy validated schemas to production using standard Salesforce change sets. Sync marketing object data with Data 360 and use activation results directly in your messages and flows. Marketing Cloud Next manages the data stream and DLO automatically when a new marketing object is connected. # Test Multiple Records in Segment-Triggered Flows in Debug Test up to 10 records simultaneously. Use the debug panel to instantly verify how different customers move through your flow. This update helps you quickly identify issues across diverse customer profiles before activation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. Use of segment-triggered flows requires Data 360. **How:** When testing a segment-triggered flow, use checkboxes to select up to 10 records from the segment member list. Run the debugger and view the debug panel to cycle through each result, filter by errors or successes, and monitor the path highlighted on the flow canvas for the currently selected record. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Test and Debug Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_test_debug.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Identity Resolution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_pers_identity.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Message Campaigns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.mktg_campaigns_message.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Test Personalized Content as Any Recipient Extend message preview and testing to list, individual, and campaign recipient types across email, SMS, WhatsApp, mobile app, and RCS. For each recipient type, verify personalized content with sample Apex input and content variable values from an activation, event, Salesforce record, or Apex class. To fix errors before you send, review and edit the rendered JSON output directly. **When:** The Preview and Test enhancements become available for different channels in phases throughout October 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on ![The Preview window, showing preview settings for a sample recipient with content variable and Apex input values next to the rendered message](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_264_mktg_preview_test.png) # Test Prompt Templates in Agentforce Testing Center (Beta) Surface patterns and edge cases missed in smaller-scale testing when you run tests at scale. Test your prompt templates by selecting Prompt Templates as the test type in Agentforce Testing Center. Build test cases and manage test suites, all in a spreadsheet-inspired interface that makes it easier to validate and debug. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a beta service. Customers may opt to try this beta service in their production environments. Any use of the beta service is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at [Agreements and Terms](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/). **When:** Batch testing for prompt templates is available starting the week of June 29, 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Testing Center, create a test suite and select **Prompt Template** as the test type. Under Attachment, click **Upload Files**. Select your test file and, when the upload is complete, click **Done**. ![Testing Center in Agentforce Studio with New Test Suite menu open and Prompt Template selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_prompt_template_testing.png) Run up to 1,000 test cases per file. Select scorers such as coherence, conciseness, completeness, factuality, adherence, and response assertion. Run your tests and review your results in the workbook. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up and Run Tests in Agentforce Studio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_studio_testing_center_setup_tests.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Review, Revise, and Repeat: Ensure That a Prompt Template Is Effective](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_review_revise.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Test Record-Triggered and Autolaunched Flows with Isolated Test Data Run flow tests without affecting your org’s data. Use isolated test data with Apex Test Setup in record-triggered and autolaunched flows, and Set Test Input Values for autolaunched flow variables. Flow tests require predictable data. When you use org data for testing, anyone can change that data and your tests can start to fail. Record IDs differ between sandbox and production, so tests that pass in one environment can fail when you deploy to another. We added a way to create isolated test data when the test runs, just like Apex Test Setup creates data at run time. Your flow test data stays consistent so you can deploy it across environments. Isolated test data is available only for record-triggered and autolaunched flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in April 2026. **Why:** Add isolated test data so that tests use dedicated, reusable data. Tests stay reliable because the system matches records using the field values you choose (for example, email or phone), not internal IDs that change between runs. You select which fields uniquely identify each record, so tests run consistently and are easier to maintain. Flow tests use test data that you define in Apex. The test run rolls back, so your org’s live data isn’t changed. Run flow tests for autolaunched flows in addition to record-triggered flows. **How:** In Flow Builder, click **View Tests**, then click **Create**. To use isolated test data, click **Test Setup**. For Apex Test Setup, select an existing Apex class. Then select key fields to identify unique records in the isolated test data. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Before you create the flow test, use an Apex test class that has a test setup method. ![Test Setup and Apex Test Setup option when creating a flow test](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/260_rn_automate_flow_test_isolated_test_data_01.png) To create a flow test for an autolaunched flow, click **Set Test Input Values**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Automatically Test Record-Triggered, Autolaunched, and Data Cloud-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_test_record_data_cloud_triggered.htm&language=en_US) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Using Test Setup Methods](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_testing_testsetup_using.htm) # Test Step-Up Authentication To prepare for upcoming security requirements, you can now enable step-up authentication for different setup areas in your org. With step-up authentication, Salesforce prompts users for periodic authentication to take certain actions. To control how often users are prompted, configure the step-up authentication period. The maximum period is 2 hours. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** To understand when the step-up authentication requirement is enforced, see [Prepare for the upcoming Step-up Authentication requirements on Report Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321566&type=1&language=en_US). The "Require periodic step-up authentication" setting is available for testing starting on May 27, 2026. These changes are available on a rolling basis starting June 15, 2026. - A new setting for Reports and Dashboards, "Require periodic step-up authentication when exporting" is available for testing. - When step-up authentication is enabled, it's required regardless of high-assurance settings in Session Settings. Previously, step-up authentication worked only if the Session Security Level for MFA was set to high-assurance. [Learn more about session security levels.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_sessions.htm&language=en_US) - Duplicate settings on the Access Policies page are hidden when step-up authentication is enabled. A link points you to the Identity Verification page to manage these settings. These exemptions are available on a rolling basis starting on June 29, 2026. - Step-up authentication isn't required when the user’s [profile has Login IP restrictions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.login_ip_ranges.htm&type=5&language=en_US) configured and the IP address has not changed between login and report download. Range limits are already enforced for this configuration. - Step-up authentication isn't required when the user’s [profile has Login IP restrictions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.login_ip_ranges.htm&type=5&language=en_US) configured and Enforce login IP ranges on every request is enabled in Session Settings for the org. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Identity, and then select **Identity Verification**. In the Session Security section, find the setup area and select **Require periodic step-up authentication**. For Reports and Dashboards only, you have the option to select **Require periodic step-up authentication when exporting**. With this option, users can view reports without being challenged for step-up authentication, in contrast to the behavior when **Require periodic step-up authentication** is enabled. For the Step-Up Authentication Period, enter a value from 1 to 120 minutes. The default value is 120. While a user is interacting with the setup area (for example, viewing or exporting a report), Salesforce periodically prompts them for reauthentication. To complete step-up authentication, users can use these methods: - Salesforce multi-factor authentication (MFA) method, such as a passkey (built-in authenticator or security key) or an authenticator app. - Email or phone number-users who don’t have a registered MFA method, such as single sign-on (SSO) users, can get a one-time password sent to them. Salesforce doesn’t require the email address or phone number to be verified. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for the Upcoming Step-up Authentication Requirements on Report Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321566&type=1&language=en_US) # Test Without Consuming Einstein Requests or Flex Credits in Testing Center Run tests in Agentforce Testing Center without consuming Einstein Requests or Flex Credits. Testing is unmetered, so you can test your agents as much as you need. **What:** Testing in Agentforce Testing Center doesn't consume Einstein Requests or Flex Credits. You can run tests without affecting your Einstein Requests or Flex Credits usage. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** Unmetered testing is available starting the week of August 17, 2026. **How:** No action required. Test runs in Agentforce Testing Center are automatically unmetered. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Data 360 queries from Agentforce Testing Center are still metered. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Testing Center Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_testing_center_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # The Agentforce Assistant Is Now Agent Optimizer (Beta) The integrated AI assistant in Agentforce Builder is now called Agent Optimizer, which better reflects how it helps you build, troubleshoot, and improve your agent. Previously, the assistant was called the Agentforce assistant, and the current beta experience was called the Agentforce Development Agent. The chat window heading is now Agent Optimizer, the Ask Agentforce button is now Ask Optimizer, and the setting that controls beta access is now Disable Agentforce Optimizer (Beta) in Agentforce Builder. These updates apply only to Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 26, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **How:** The Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder beta experience is available automatically. But if you prefer the previous assistant experience, you can opt out of the beta. In Setup, from the Einstein Setup page, turn on **Disable Agentforce Optimizer (Beta) in Agentforce Builder**. This setting controls the chat experience and agent capabilities. It doesn’t affect any UI changes. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build, Extend, and Troubleshoot with Agent Optimizer in Agentforce Builder (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_optimize_dev.htm&language=en_US) # The Legacy Agent for Setup Can No Longer Be Enabled Setup with Agentforce (beta) has replaced the Agent for Setup that was previously released in March 2025. Setup with Agentforce supports many more Setup tasks and is updated automatically with new functionality. The Agent for Setup is no longer being updated and can’t be enabled in new Salesforce orgs. For orgs that previously enabled Agent for Setup, the agent is still available, but we recommend that you start using Setup with Agentforce when possible. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is effective April 2026. #### See Also - [https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup\_agentforce\_overview.htm](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) # The New Agentforce Builder Is Now Generally Available Build powerful, predictable agents with the new Agentforce Builder in Agentforce Studio, now generally available. With Agent Script at its core, you can combine logical expressions and natural language prompts to create agents that follow sophisticated, multi-step workflows. With in-depth agent previews, trace, and debugging, you can release those agents to production with confidence. And with AI assistance built right into the text editor-inspired interface, you can get help at any stage. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Additional UI language support is planned for April 2026. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available starting February 20, 2026. **Why:** The new Agentforce Builder debuted in beta in December 2025. Since then, we’ve been hard at work on usability enhancements to make the builder easier to use. - Agent creation and management: - The default Agentforce Service agent template is now supported in the new builder, so you can get started with out-of-the-box topics and actions for customer-facing use cases. Previously, you could only create an Agentforce Employee agent from a template and an Agentforce Service agent from scratch. [Learn more.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - You can delete all versions of an agent from the All Agents list in Agentforce Studio, or you can delete one or all versions of an agent from the builder. Previously, you couldn’t delete agents created in the new builder. [Learn more.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_versions_delete.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - Agents created in the legacy builder are now visible in the All Agents list in Agentforce Studio, so you can see all of your agents in one place. Agents created in the legacy builder open in the legacy builder. - Canvas view: - You can create and edit utility actions (escalate, set variables, and transition) in Canvas view. Previously, you could only create utility actions in Script view. [Learn more.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_canvas.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - When you’re editing a topic, you can view and edit the details for any resource you reference without leaving the topic. Simply hover over a topic, action, or variable to view details for that resource. Or click on the resource to edit the label and description (and even more fields for custom variables). - We’ve made it easier to copy and paste content to and from the Canvas. Plus, we’ve added support for more keyboard shortcuts, including familiar favorites (Ctrl or Cmd+c to copy) and some handy new ones (Ctrl or Cmd+a+a to select the contents of an entire block of instructions). - Welcome messages: Agent welcome messages now support context variables, so you can personalize how your agents greet your customers and employees. [Learn more.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_setup_system_messages.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - Agent previews: In the Interaction Details panel of a preview conversation, you can show or hide system events in the trace view. System events are hidden by default, so you can focus on your agent’s actions, reasoning, and responses. Plus, when you click into an event, you can expand the JSON for that event to full screen, so it’s easier to view your agent’s complete prompt. [Learn more.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_test_in_builder.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Agentforce Studio**, and then select **Agents**. Click **New Agent** to create your first Agent Script-powered agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Build Enterprise-Ready Agents with the New Agentforce Builder](https://sfdc.co/build_agents) # The New Data Mask & Seed (Generally Available) Secure your sandbox data by using Salesforce's new Data Mask & Seed. Admins and dev teams can define Data Mask policies and use them to mask sensitive sandbox data, such as proprietary, restricted, government-regulated, and personally identifiable information (PII). The new Data Mask & Seed is a native Salesforce app and not a managed package. Being a native app, it requires no installation and the Salesforce platform automatically applies all necessary updates. Now generally available, Data Mask & Seed includes several new updates since its recent Beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Essentials, Performance, Professional, Starter Suite, and Unlimited editions (all Lightning Experience editions). Data Mask & Seed is available for customer production use, including Government Cloud, in all Salesforce regions. Salesforce automatically redirects users to their closest Salesforce region. **When:** Data Mask & Seed is generally available starting in mid-July 2026. **Who:** To access and work with the new Data Mask & Seed application, assign users the following Permission Set License and Permission Set. Make sure to assign the Permission Set License before assigning the Permission Set: - **Data Mask And Seed User** Permission Set License - **Data Mask and Seed User** Permission Set **How:** Data Mask & Seed is a native Salesforce app that requires no installation. In the App Launcher, search for and select **Data Mask & Seed**. ## Work with Data Mask & Seed's Redesigned and Localized User Interface Configure data masking tasks more easily with a redesigned, intuitive interface. The updated experience provides well-organized displays and clear messaging to simplify navigation and the configuration process for admins and developers. New for the app's generally available release, the localized UI is available in each of the Salesforce supported languages. ## Detect Personally Identifiable Information Proactively The new Data Mask & Seed automatically identifies object fields in masking policies that contain personally identifiable information (PII). During policy configuration, the feature provides a suggested Mask With option for these object fields. Suggesting Mask With options reduces the manual effort required to secure sensitive data in your sandbox environments. You can always modify the suggested Mask With option for an object field. ## Consistent Field Masking Across Objects Data Mask & Seed applies the same masking value to identical fields that are found across multiple objects in your masking policy. For this masking processing to be applied, all of the following conditions must be met: - The masking job's total record count can't exceed 20,000,000 records. - Identical fields across policy objects must share all of the following characteristics: - Same Field Name (not Field Label) - Same Data Type — for example, Email, Text, Date, Phone, LongText - Same Mask With value (masking rule) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note When a masking job exceeds 20,000,000 records, Data Mask & Seed runs the job, however, without applying the Consistent Field Masking Across Objects feature. ## Preserve Existing Data Distributions in Your Sandbox Data Mask & Seed analyzes the distribution of field values within an object's records during a sandbox masking job. In doing so, masking preserves the original frequency and proportion of field values across the records of each object. Developers work with realistic datasets that mirror your production data patterns while keeping sensitive information secure. For example, if 55% of your Contact records have the City value Abu Dhabi, 25% have the City value Tokyo, and 20% have the City value Nicosia, masking preserves that ratio of City values in the masked Contact object. For this masking processing to be applied, the following condition must be met: - The masking job's total record count can't exceed 20,000,000 records. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note When a masking job exceeds 20,000,000 records, Data Mask & Seed runs the job but doesn't preserve existing data distributions in the sandbox. ## Filter Object Records New for the app's generally available release. In policies, use a filter to specify the subset of object records that you want masked. A policy filter contains one or more conditional statements that a masking job applies when evaluating which object records to mask. Data Mask & Seed provides you with several filter conditions or the ability to customize filter conditions by using logical operators. ## Bypass Automations New for the app's generally available release. At the start of masking jobs, Data Mask and Seed automatically bypasses Salesforce automations enabled for the sandbox. The affected automations are any custom workflow rules, triggers, validation rules, and automations from installed managed packages. You don't bother with manually disabling and reenabling these automations for the sandbox. ## Get Precise Detail from Informative Masking Job Error Messages Effectively troubleshoot masking jobs with error messages that provide precise details, including problematic record IDs and offending fields. Masking job error messages also include a link to documentation explaining common errors. By identifying specific records and fields that cause issues, you can immediately address data integrity problems in your sandbox and get it ready for use. ## Run Masking Jobs with Flexible Execution You now have more control over when to mask your data. You can either manually run masking jobs immediately or schedule masking jobs to run in the future - either single job runs or periodic job runs. This flexibility helps you align data preparation with your team's development cycles and maintenance windows. ## Automate Data Masking with Run on Refresh New for the app’s generally available release. Protect your sandbox data by using the Run on Refresh feature. Designate a policy to run a masking job automatically every time a sandbox is created or refreshed in your org. By automating the masking process, you prevent exposing sensitive production data in a newly created or a refreshed sandbox. You also eliminate the task of remembering to initiate manual masking. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Protect Sensitive Data with Data Mask & Seed](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.data_mask_and_seed.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # The New Data Mask and Seed (Beta) Secure your sandbox data by using the new Salesforce Data Mask and Seed (beta). Admins and dev teams can define Data Mask policies and use them to mask sensitive sandbox data, such as proprietary, restricted, government-regulated, and personally identifiable information (PII). - **[Mask Sensitive Data by Using Data Mask and Seed (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed_native_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is a native Salesforce app and not a managed package. As a native app, users don’t hassle with managed package installation. Instead, the Salesforce platform automatically applies necessary app updates. - **[Work with the Data Mask and Seed’s (Beta) Redesigned User Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure data masking tasks more easily with a redesigned, intuitive interface. The updated experience provides well-organized displays and clear messaging to simplify navigation and the configuration process for admins and developers. - **[Proactively Detect Personally Identifiable Information with Data Mask and Seed (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed_proactive_pii_detection.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) automatically identifies object fields in masking policies that contain personally identifiable information (PII). During policy configuration, the feature provides a suggested “Mask With” option for these object fields. Suggesting “Mask With” options reduces the manual effort required to secure sensitive data in your sandbox environments. You can always modify the suggested “Mask With” option for an object field. - **[Maintain Field Value Distribution with Data Mask and Seed (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed_maintain_field_value_distribution.htm&release=260&type=5)** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) analyzes the existing distribution of field values across your sandbox object records during a masking job. This process makes sure that the masked data reflects the original frequency and proportion of values for each field type. Your developers can work with realistic datasets that mirror the statistical profile of your production environment while keeping sensitive information secure. - **[Get Precise Detail from Informative Masking Job Error Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed_informative_masking_job_error_messages.htm&release=260&type=5)** Effectively troubleshoot masking jobs with error messages that provide precise details, including problematic record IDs and offending fields. Masking job error messages also include a link to documentation explaining common errors. By identifying specific records and fields that cause issues, you can immediately address data integrity problems in your sandbox and get it ready for use. - **[Run Masking Jobs with Flexible Execution](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_data_mask_and_seed_flexible_masking_job_execution.htm&release=260&type=5)** You now have more control over when to mask your data. With the new Data Mask and Seed (beta), you can manually run masking jobs or schedule them to run later. This flexibility helps you align data preparation with your team’s development cycles and maintenance windows. # The Summarize Case Quick Action for Service Assistant Is Being Retired The Summarize Case quick action that appears in the steps of guidance service plan for Service Assistant for Case is being retired starting June 30, 2026 due to the retirement of Work Summaries for Case. After the quick action is retired, you can't summarize a case directly from a plan step or the post or feed tabs. Instead, use the Enhanced Summaries component to draft case summaries that include service plan information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 add-ons. **Feature Support:** This change applies to Service Assistant for Case with guidance plans. **When:** The Summarize Case quick action is retired starting June 30, 2026. **Why:** Due to the Work Summaries for Case (Beta) retirement and replacement with Enhanced Summaries, the Summarize Case quick action is no longer supported in Service Assistant. However, the invocable action included in the Summarize Case for Service Assistant prompt template is still supported and can be used in the new Enhanced Summaries component. **How:** - Enable Enhanced Case Summaries and add the component to the case record page. See [Set Up Enhanced Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.enhanced_summaries_set_up.htm&language=en_US&type=). - If you haven’t already, [Set Up the Summarize Case Prompt Template for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_sc_pt.htm&type=5&language=en_US). The steps provide guidance for creating a version of the Summarize Case prompt template and adding Service Assistant-specific prompt text and the `getPlanDataEnhanced.servicePlanInfo` invocable action. When configured, the Enhanced Summaries component includes service plan information in the summary. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Work Summaries for Case (Beta) Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_case_summaries_beta_retirement.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enhanced Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.generative_ai_enhanced_summaries.htm&language=en_US) # The Use Setup with Agentforce Permission Is Required for Enablement For easier permissions management, the Use Setup with Agentforce permission is required to turn on Setup with Agentforce. Previously, the Customize Application permission was sufficient to enable Setup with Agentforce, and the Use Setup with Agentforce permission was required only to use the feature. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change takes effect in June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Grant Permissions to Use Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_permissions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_configuration.htm&language=en_US) # The WITH SECURITY\_ENFORCED SOQL Clause is Removed  To run a SOQL or SOSL query in user mode, use the `WITH USER_MODE` clause instead of the `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` clause. Apex classes set to API version 67.0 and later that include `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` don’t compile. **Where:** This versioned change applies to API version 67.0 and later. The change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** `WITH USER_MODE` replaces `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` because of these additional advantages. - `WITH USER_MODE` accounts for polymorphic fields, such as Owner and Task.whatId. - `WITH USER_MODE` processes all clauses in the SOQL `SELECT` statement including the `WHERE` clause. - `WITH USER_MODE` finds all FLS errors in your SOQL query, while `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` finds only the first error. Furthermore, in user mode, you can use the `getInaccessibleFields()` method on `QueryException` to examine the full set of access errors. **How:** To avoid compilation errors in API version 67.0 and later, replace all instances of `WITH SECURITY_ENFORCED` in your code with `WITH USER_MODE`. ```java Account acc = [SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE Name = 'Singha' WITH USER_MODE LIMIT 1]; ``` #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide:_ Set an Access Mode for Database Operations](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_enforce_usermode.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Security and Sharing Model](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_security_sharing_chapter.htm) # Timeline Use Tasks and Events as data sources in your vertical Timeline configurations to improve activity visibility. - **[View Tasks and Events on the Vertical Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_timeline_vertically_view_tasks_events.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve activity visibility by including Tasks and Events as data sources in your vertical Timeline configurations across Industries. Standard fields, such as Assigned To, now display as clickable links rather than record IDs, making it easier to navigate between related records. Expand the chronological view of interactions by enabling Tasks and Events for Timeline via the User Interface API. To see custom Task fields in your timeline, add them to your page layouts. # Timesheet and Labor Cost Optimization Enhancements Enable field technicians to associate assets with timesheets and capture detailed information by using configurable forms. Technicians can update verified timesheets to maintain accuracy, while supervisors and admins control the visibility of entry fields to match operational needs. Service resources can use Agentforce to handle time-tracking tasks like creating and verifying timesheets. - **[Agentforce for Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_agentforce_for_timesheets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve the productivity of your service resources by integrating Agentforce AI capabilities into your workforce management processes. Service resources can use dedicated Agentforce actions to create, manage, and verify their timesheets efficiently. - **[Associate Assets and Equipment with Timesheets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_associate_assets_equipment.htm&release=260&type=5)** Track the usage of heavy equipment and other assets by associating them directly with timesheets and individual timesheet entries. Field technicians can now input asset details when creating or updating their timesheets. - **[Capture Details with Configurable Forms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_capture_details_forms.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance data collection in the field by configuring data capture forms on the Field Service mobile app. By using Flows and Lightning Web Component cards, you can create custom forms for technicians to capture specific details on the home page and the Timesheets page. - **[Control Timesheet Entry Field Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_control_entry_visibility.htm&release=260&type=5)** Align the Timesheets app with your operational needs by controlling the available fields for technicians. You can now configure specific fields, such as a custom picklist for delay reasons, to appear when a technician creates or edits a timesheet entry. - **[Update Verified Timesheets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_update_verified_timesheets.htm&release=260&type=5)** Keep timesheets accurate without waiting for supervisor approval to reopen them. Field technicians can now add, update, or delete timesheet entries even after a timesheet is in the verified state. When you add a new entry to a verified timesheet, the system updates the start and end times of the parent timesheet entry. # Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization Improve timesheet accuracy for payroll processing with automatic idle time creation and enhanced summary views. Streamline correction workflows for rejected timesheets, and easily refresh data on mobile. - **[Edit and Delete Timesheets By Using Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_edit_delete_timesheets_agentforce.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Field technicians can edit and delete timesheets and timesheet entries by using natural language commands through Agentforce. Update multiple timesheets at once by editing fields, change categories in bulk, or remove entries, all through a single conversation. - **[Manage Crew Timesheets in the Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_crew_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Crew leads can create and manage timesheets for their crew members directly in the Field Service mobile app. Start and end shifts for selected crew members, submit timesheets on their behalf, and view crew member time-off requests and timesheet history. When crew members log timesheets for the day, the filled crew card appears below the timesheets summary card, giving crew leads quick visibility into their team's time entries. - **[Create Multiple Timesheets for a Date Range](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_ft_bulk_create_timesheets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Generate multiple timesheets for a date range directly from your mobile app. A separate timesheet is created for each day in the range, with built-in duplicate prevention to ensure data accuracy. - **[Review Timesheets with Enhanced Summary Views](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_enhanced_summary_views_timesheets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Review timesheet summaries with more comprehensive information before submitting for approval. See regular time, time and half, and double time details. Filter aggregated summaries by pay period and week. - **[Create Automatic Idle Timesheet Entries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_automatic_idle_time_entry_creation.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automatically fill gaps between timesheet entries with idle time to ensure complete records for payroll processing. Create idle timesheet entries instead of extending existing entries, helping maintain accurate records of productive work time versus idle or transition time between tasks. - **[Edit and Resubmit Rejected Timesheets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_edit_resubmit_rejected_timesheets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Fix errors in rejected timesheets by using the same capabilities as verified timesheets, correct issues identified by supervisors, and resubmit for processing. This streamlines the correction workflow and reduces delays in timesheet processing and payroll. - **[Refresh Timesheet Data on Mobile with a Pull-Down Gesture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_pull_down_refresh_mobile.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Refresh timesheet data by using the familiar pull-down gesture on the home, timesheet details, work orders, meals and gifts, history, and time-off pages. # Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization Improve timesheet accuracy with flexible timesheet entry. Your crew leads can create timesheets with different date ranges, instead of entering one date at a time. Exclude the conflicting dates while creating a timesheet, and admins control the visibility of entry fields to match operational needs. - **[Tailor Vehicle Selection Options by Service Resource Profile for Flexible Timesheet Entry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheets_vehicle_selection_options.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up vehicle selection so that your field service Service Resources can use either vehicle, vehicle definition, or asset architecture based on their user profile. Assign vehicle, vehicle definition, or asset options to specific profiles, so each Service Resource sees only the fields relevant to their work when creating timesheets on mobile devices. Your Service Resources can then associate the vehicle with a timesheet to allocate time to the vehicle's usage. - **[Create Timesheets for a Crew Across a Date Range](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheets_create_across_date_range.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Crew leads can create timesheets for multiple crew members over a range of dates in a single action, instead of entering one date at a time. Timesheets are generated in the background, and the crew lead receives a notification when the job finishes. Your crew leads can manage time entries by creating bulk timesheets for up to 50 members in one request, spanning 35 days in the past or future. Crew leads can also view their last three requests directly on the landing page. - **[Resolve Date Conflicts When Creating Timesheets Across a Date Range](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheets_resolve_date_conflicts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you create timesheets for a date range and some dates already have a timesheet, exclude just the conflicting dates and create the timesheet with the remaining dates. Lists the exact conflicting dates, and reverts the exclusion if you change your mind. Previously, a date conflict blocked timesheet creation until you manually adjusted the range. - **[Control Timesheet Entry Item Field Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_timesheets_control_field_visibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Align the Timesheets app with your operational needs by controlling the available fields for timesheet entry items. Configure specific fields to appear when a technician creates or edits a timesheet entry item. - **[Set Up Timesheets with an AI Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aslm_tmsht_set_up_timesheets_with_an_ai_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure timesheets and labor cost optimization in your Energy & Utilities org by using generative AI coding agents. Direct your AI coding agent, such as Claude Code or Agentforce Vibes, to enable settings, assign permission sets, and configure the Field Service mobile app. This automated path replaces manual, multi-page setup tasks so that you can verify your configuration’s end state instantly. # Toggle Intelligent Context Processing On or Off in Agentforce Data Libraries Enable or disable Intelligent Context processing for file-based data libraries. Intelligent Context improves retrieval accuracy for tables and infographics, and is enabled by default. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce. **When:** The Intelligent Context toggle is available starting the week of June 29, 2026. **Why:** Intelligent Context processing consumes additional Data Cloud credits. If you want to reduce credit usage for a library, you can turn it off—but note that retrieval accuracy for tables and infographics will be lower. ![Toggle on for Intelligent Context processing in Agentforce Data Library.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_data_library_toggle.png) **How:** In Setup, when you create an Agentforce Data Library, click the Intelligent Context toggle to turn it on or off. After you save the library, you can’t turn Intelligent Context on or off later. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Upload Files to Agentforce Data Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.data_library_file_upload.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Billing Considerations for Agentforce Data Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.data_library_billing.htm&language=en_US&type=5) # Tooling API Filter Test Discovery API results by using the new `category` query parameter. Access more metadata through new and changed Tooling API objects. The Tooling API Reference and Developer Guide contains all Tooling API information. - **[Tooling API Changed Calls and Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_behavior.htm&release=260&type=5)** These resources are new or have changes. - **[Tooling API New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects. # Tooling API Get built-in and custom Apex type information by using the Apex Symbol API. Retrieve compilation results for invalid Apex classes and triggers. Filter Test Discovery API results by test level. Access more metadata through new and changed Tooling API objects. The Tooling API Reference and Developer Guide contains all Tooling API information. - **[Tooling API Changed Calls and Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_behavior.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** These resources are new or have changes. - **[Tooling API New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects. # Tooling API Changed Calls and Resources These resources are new or have changes. ## Changed REST Resources Filter Test Discovery API results by test category Make a GET request to the existing `/services/data/v66.0/tooling/tests` resource. The new query parameter is `category`. Existing categories are `apex` and `flow`. #### See Also - [Filter Test Discovery API Results by Test Category](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_apex_unified_testing_category.htm&release=260&type=5 "To retrieve only flow tests or only Apex tests, use the new category query parameter in calls to the Test Discovery API endpoint. Previously, you could filter tests only by namespace prefix and test method visibility. Filtering by test category is helpful in orgs with large test suites across different namespaces.") # Tooling API Changed Calls and Resources These resources are new or have changes. ## New REST Resources Get Apex type information with the Apex Symbol API (Beta) Make a GET request to the new `/services/data/v.XX.X/tooling/symbols` resource. Retrieve compilation results for invalid Apex classes or triggers Make a POST request to the new `/services/data/vXX.X/tooling/apexCompileResults` resource. ## Changed REST Resources Filter Test Discovery API results by test level Make a GET request to the existing `/services/data/vXX.X/tooling/tests` resource. The new query parameter is `testLevel`. It replaces the deprecated `showAllMethods` parameter, which is availabe only in API version 67.0 and earlier. # Tooling API New and Changed Objects Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects. ## Customization Identify the asset related to an external service registration Use the registrationProviderAsset field on the existing ExternalServiceRegistration type. Available in API version 66.0 and later. ## Mobile Represents an individual action definition within a custom notification type Use the new CustomNotifActionDef (Beta) object. This object is available in API versions 66.0 and later. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Actionable notifications is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. Represents a collection of related actions associated with a custom notification type Use the new CustomNotificationActionGroup (Beta) object. This object is available in API versions 66.0 and later. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Actionable notifications is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. ## Sales Represents the configuration for engagement insight types for voice and video call insights. Use the new EngagementInsightType object. This object is available in API versions 65.0 and later. ## Service REMOVED: The IsInboundReceiptsEnabled, IsRoutingWorkResultEnabled, and IsTypingIndicatorDisabled fields on the ConversationChannelDefinition object are removed Use the EventCapabilitiesIsInboundAcknwOptionExposed field instead of IsInboundReceiptsEnabled. Use the EventCapabilitiesIsRoutingWorkResultSupported field instead of IsRoutingWorkResultEnabled. Use the EventCapabilitiesIsTypingIndicatorOptionHidden field instead of IsTypingIndicatorDisabled. REMOVED: The HasInboundReceipts and HasTypingIndicator fields on the CustomMsgChannel object are removed Use the EventCapabilitiesIsInboundAcknowledgementEnabled field instead of HasInboundReceipts. Use the EventCapabilitiesIsTypingIndicatorDisabled field instead of HasTypingIndicator. Define integration configuration for external conversation participants Use the new ExtConvParticipantIntegDef object. This object is available in API versions 66.0 and later. # Tooling API New and Changed Objects Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects. ## Customization BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The DoesIncludeBosses field on the existing Group object is available for queues Use the DoesIncludeBosses field to indicate whether records shared with users in the queue are also shared with users higher in the role hierarchy. ## Data 360 Group ActivationPlatform output files by user Use the `PER_USER` value in the OutputGrouping field on the existing ActivationPlatform object. Available in API version 66.0 and later. Classify data sources with more values in DataStreamDefinition object Use the `Ad_Audience_Insights`, `Auxiliary`, `Clean_Room`, `Deletion_Records`, and `Problem_Records` values in the existing `DataStreamDefinition` field type. Available in API version 67.0 and later. ## Development Create a non-preview sandbox during the transition from one Salesforce major release to another Use the IsNonPreview field on the existing SandboxInfo object. Query test results by test category, test class, or namespace Use the TestCategory, TestName, TestNamespace fields on the existing ApexTestResult object. Introduced in API version 65.0, these fields have been added to the Tooling API Reference Guide. # Tooling API New and Changed Objects Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects. ## Marketing Define a top-level marketing hierarchy group Use the new MarketingHierarchyGroupDef object. Define a level in a marketing hierarchy and set its depth Use the new MarketingHierarchyNodeDef object. Associate hierarchy levels with a hierarchy group Use the new MarketingHierarchyGroupNodeDef object. Set rules for a hierarchy node Use the new MktHierGrpNodeRuleDef object. ## Sales Specify which authorized email domains require email address verification Use the new IsEmailChangeVerfRqr field and the existing IsEmailVerificationRequired field on the existing AuthorizedEmailDomain object. ## Salesforce Flow Run a flow explicitly in user context Use the new UserMode value on the existing RunInMode field on the FlowVersionView object. Define an Intelligent Document Processing definition for data extraction or classification Use the new DocProcDefinition object. Manage versions of an Intelligent Document Processing definition Use the new DocProcDefinitionVer object. ## Service Define sensitive-data redaction rules for voice and messaging Use the new SensitiveDataRuleElmntGrp object. Redact sensitive data with predefined named-entity types Use the new SensitiveDataRuleElmnt object. Configure org-level telephony settings for Agentforce Contact Center Use the new VoiceTelephonyDefinition object. Override org-level telephony settings at the group, profile, or user level Use the new VoiceTelephonyGroupOvride, VoiceTelephonyProfileOvride, or VoiceTelephonyUserOvride objects. Manage BYOC telephony and trust settings for Agentforce Contact Center Use the new TelephonyProvider object. Configure SIP settings for secondary telephony integrations in BYOC Use the new SecondaryTelephonyProvider object. Map organizations to trusted telephony carrier configurations in BYOC Use the new TrustedTelephonyProvider object. Manage outbound SIP routing for secondary telephony in BYOC Use the new ScndTelephPrvdOtbdDtl object. # Topics Are Now Subagents To more accurately reflect platform capabilities, agent topics are now called subagents, and the Topic Selector is now called the Agent Router. There are no changes to functionality. During this transition, you may see a mix of the new and previous terms in our documentation and UI. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available starting the week of April 6, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce Glossary of Terms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_glossary.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Subagents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_topics.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Subagent Classification and Routing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_topics_routing.htm&language=en_US) # Trace Individual Paths Through Flows with View Flow Run for Individual Troubleshoot specific customer issues by viewing the exact execution path that an individual took through a flow run. This capability shows you which branching paths were followed, what elements were completed, and where the individual potentially encountered errors or delays. This detailed view helps administrators investigate specific customer complaints, verify personalization logic, and identify bottlenecks for specific contacts in your marketing automation flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced for automation event-triggered and segment-triggered flows with Data 360 element-level logging enabled. **Who:** Users with the the Marketing Cloud Admin and Marketing Cloud Manager permission sets. **How:** To trace a specific individual's execution path, open a completed flow in Flow Builder, click ![View Additional Analytics](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/automate_flow_build_view_additional_analytics.png), and select **View Flow Run for Individual**. ![Flow Builder canvas showing the View Flow Run for Individual button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_view_flow_run_for_individual.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View Individual Record Runs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_monitor_individual_record_runs.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Trace Points and Create Subtypes for Activity-Based Currencies Identify accrual transactions that act as the source of points consumed during redemptions for currencies with the activity-based expiration model. By linking these transactions, you can track liability across various promotions and partners. You can also create currency subtypes to control which points are accrued or redeemed. Previously, you were able to trace points and create subcurrencies only for currencies with the fixed-duration expiration model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management - Growth or Loyalty Management - Advanced. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Trace Usage of Points](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_trace_usage_of_points.htm&language=en_US) # Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in DevOps Center with Agentic Development (Developer Preview) Use the Agentic Development dashboard to track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs. To access the dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. In the latest release of Agentic Development, you can access more granular data on model usage. Also, you can enable Developer-Level Insights (Developer Preview) in DevOps Center to see individual user analytics. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional (API access required), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change isn't supported in Government Cloud Plus. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentic Development is available as a developer preview. Agentic Development isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. **When:** These updates to Agentic Development are available starting the week of September 14, 2026. **Who:** Only users with the DevOps Center Administrator permission set can turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. After it’s enabled, users with the DevOps Center User permission set can view the Agentic Development tab in DevOps Center on the Analytics page. **How:** To turn on this feature, open DevOps Center. Expand the card for your GitHub integration, and next to **Features & Integrations**, click **Manage**. Then click the toggle to turn on **Analytics**. Developer activity appears in the dashboard only when you have installed Agentforce Vibes Extension. It can take up to 24 hours to appear after you record a session. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Access Agentforce Vibes Usage with Agentic Development (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_agentic_development.htm&language=en_US) # Track Agentforce Vibes Usage in Scratch Orgs in Digital Wallet Gain full visibility into developer-driven costs by monitoring Agentforce Vibes consumption in Digital Wallet. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**. Select Consumption Cards, then locate the Flex Credits consumption card. Click **View Consumption Details**, then select the orgs for which you want to see Agentforce Vibes consumption. Scratch orgs now appear in the View By list. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Developer Guide_: Agentforce Vibes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/agentforcevibes/guide/afv-overview.html) # Track Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview) Now, you can track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs with the Agentic Development dashboard. To access this dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. Previously, this data was only available as a CSV file download. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional (API access required), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change isn't supported in Government Cloud Plus. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentic Development is available as a developer preview. Agentic Development isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **Who:** Only users with the DevOps Center Administrator permission set can turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. After it’s enabled, users with the DevOps Center User permission set can view the Agentic Development tab in DevOps Center on the Analytics page. **How:** To turn on this feature, open DevOps Center. Expand the card for your GitHub integration, and next to **Features & Integrations**, click **Manage**. Then click the toggle to turn on **Analytics**. Developer activity appears in the dashboard only when you have installed Agentforce Vibes Extension. It can take up to 24 hours to appear after you record a session. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Access Agentforce Vibes Usage with Agentic Development (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_agentic_development.htm&language=en_US) # Track Agentforce Vibes Usage with the Agentic Development Dashboard (Developer Preview) Now, you can track and analyze Agentforce Vibes data from across your orgs with the Agentic Development dashboard. To access this dashboard, turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. Previously, this data was only available as a CSV file download. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional (API access required), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change isn't supported in Government Cloud Plus. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentic Development is available as a developer preview. Agentic Development isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality in production with these commands or tools. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **Who:** Only users with the DevOps Center Administrator permission set can turn on the Analytics tab of DevOps Center. After it’s enabled, users with the DevOps Center User permission set can view the Agentic Development tab in DevOps Center on the Analytics page. **How:** To turn on this feature, open DevOps Center. Expand the card for your GitHub integration, and next to **Features & Integrations**, click **Manage**. Then click the toggle to turn on **Analytics**. Developer activity appears in the dashboard only when you have installed Agentforce Vibes Extension. It can take up to 24 hours to appear after you record a session. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Access Agentforce Vibes Usage with Agentic Development (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.devops_center_agentic_development.htm&language=en_US) # Track AI Performance with Service AI Adoption & Analytics Access business impact and adoption of Einstein for Service with a dashboard that directly correlates AI usage with operational key performance indicators (KPIs). Track agent performance by analyzing key metrics such as Average Handle Time (AHT) and As-Is Usage to identify where AI usage drives positive outcomes and efficiency. Use these insights to enhance decision-making, track ROI, manage AI features, and provide data-driven coaching for your service reps. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Service Cloud. It’s also available in Einstein for Service Edition. **When:** The Service AI Adoption and Analytics feature is available starting on April 21, 2026. **Who:** The dashboards are part of the Einstein for Service analytics app. You need the Data Cloud admin permission set, Tableau Limited Viewer license and permission sets, and Service data kit. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Track AI Adoption with Service AI Adoption and Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.service_ai_adoption_analytics_intro.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track and Expand Asset Reach with Enhanced Sharing Tools Identify which stakeholders have access to specific assets like marketing campaign dashboards at a glance. By integrating sharing management into the detail panel, you can verify your audience and instantly share content with additional colleagues. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** You can see the detail panel for an asset by selecting Details in the drop-down menu next to the asset. The Access section of the details panel shows a list of users and groups with access, along with their assigned roles for that asset (Viewer, Owner, or Editor). Select Manage to add, remove, or change sharing permissions for the asset. ![Asset detail panel with Share section](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_work_detail.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Access to Assets in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_share_access.htm&language=en_US) # Track Appointment API Usage with Digital Wallet See how autonomous agents consume your Intelligent Appointment Management APIs. When an Agentforce agent books, cancels, updates, or searches for appointments, slots, or resources through Connect REST APIs, Digital Wallet meters the usage as part of the Flex Credits card. Track your agent API consumption in your Digital Wallet dashboards, where the system aggregates usage by type. Metering runs in the background with no impact on API performance or reliability and excludes patient data from usage events. Digital Wallet meters only autonomous agents (Einstein Service Agent users) and excludes standard user calls. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health cloud and Data cloud add-on licenses. **How:** No additional configuration is required. Digital Wallet automatically meters usage for the Book Appointment, Cancel Appointment, Update Appointment, Get Slots, and Get Resources APIs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Digital Wallet for Appointent Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_appointment_management_digital_wallet.htm&language=en_US) # Track Assets in Microsoft Teams Employees can track and manage their assigned hardware from within the Microsoft Teams app. By providing employees with a clear view of their assigned devices alongside direct links to request assistance, you make sure that IT teams receive accurate, asset-specific data for every support ticket. Employees can now access their asset details and report issues in one place, reducing the need to navigate multiple tools. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service, and Microsoft Teams. # Track Assignment Rule and Locked Unit Changes In alignment history, review the assignment-rule criteria that changed and see when a rule is deleted. History also records when units are locked or unlocked. Previously, a rule event stated that something changed but did not include the criteria, and lock and unlock actions were not recorded. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. A Sales Planning add-on license is required. **Why:** Alignment history includes this detail: - History records create, modify, and delete as separate events. When several parts of a rule change, history lists the previous and current values for each change. - History records a lock or unlock event for each area. It lists up to 10 unit names, then a count of any additional units, and it records the method, such as a legend action or a CSV import. A CSV import includes the file name. **How:** Open the **History** tab on an alignment, or open Territory Planning Home, after a rule change or a lock or unlock. ![history events](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/historyevents.png) # Track Attempts to Use Uninstalled Connected Apps You can now track denied attempts to use connected apps that aren't installed in your org (uninstalled apps for short). By tracking these denied attempts, you can identify both legitimate and suspicious attempts to use uninstalled apps. You can decide whether to allow usage of the app or to block it entirely. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions. **Why:** To prevent unauthorized access to your data, Salesforce [automatically denies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005132365&type=1&language=en_US) attempts to use uninstalled connected apps unless a user has the Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps user permission. This user permission is intended only for highly trusted users, like admins. As a result, non-admin users can be blocked from using uninstalled apps that have legitimate use cases. Now that you can track denied attempts, you can easily see when a user is stuck in this situation. To allow these users to access legitimate apps from trusted developers, install these apps. By tracking denied attempts, you can also see if a threat actor is trying to use connected apps to get access to your org. To tighten security, block suspicious apps. Blocking a connected app ends all sessions and prevents further usage, even for users with the Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps user permission. **How:** On the Connected Apps OAuth Usage page in Setup, review the Denied Attempts Due to Usage Restriction column. You can also review the date and time of the most recent denied attempt. ![Connected Apps OAuth Usage page with new columns "Denied Attempts Due to Usage Restriction" and "Last Denied Attempt Due to Usage Restriction."](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/connected_app_oauth_usage.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Current OAuth Connected App Sessions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.connected_app_manage_current_sessions.htm&language=en_US) # Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center When Salesforce Security detects a threat, it automatically takes containment action on your behalf. The Response Log in Security Center shows each response in detail, including action type, status, target entity, and timestamps for the threat detection and the response. Because the log shows only completed actions, you can quickly distinguish resolved threats from items that still need your attention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Security Center add-on license. Available at no cost in Developer Edition. **When:** This feature is available in mid-October 2026. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select Security Center. On the dashboard, under Security Landscape, click **Response Log**. To see details for a specific action, click the action's link. ![Security Center response log showing 10 success responses for the Step-Up MFA Reauthorization action.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sc_response_log_list.png) ![Security Center response log popup showing details of a Step-Up MFA Reauthorization action, including Status, Action Performed By, and Timestamps.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sc_response_log_detail.png) # Track Automated Security Responses in Security Center Essentials Salesforce Security automatically takes containment action when it detects a threat, and the Response Log in Security Center Essentials records every completed response in detail. Each entry shows the action type, status, affected entity, and timestamps for the detection and the response. The read-only log helps you quickly distinguish resolved threats from issues that still need attention. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Security Center add-on license. Available at no cost in Developer Edition. **When:** This feature is available in mid-October 2026. **Who:** To access the Response Log, you need the View Security Center Pages system permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select Security Center. Security Center Essentials appears. On the dashboard, under Security Landscape, click **Response Log**. To see details for a specific action, click the action's link. ![Security Center Essentials response log showing 10 success responses for the Step-Up MFA Reauthorization action.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sce_response_log_list.png) ![Security Center Essentials response log popup showing details of a Step-Up MFA Reauthorization action, including Status, Action Performed By, and Timestamps.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sce_response_log_detail.png) # Track Cancellation Progress with the Canceling Status Batch runs now show the Canceling status while the in-progress batch job parts finish processing when you cancel a batch job. After all in-progress batch job parts complete, the batch run status changes to Canceled. The Canceling status is available only for certain process types depending on your licenses. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Batch Management is available. # Track Changes to Context Definitions with Setup Audit Trail Gain visibility into how your context definitions are modified over time. Setup Audit Trail now captures create, update, and delete actions across context definitions and their related configurations, including context nodes, attributes, tags, mappings, and filters. Setup Audit Trail also captures create and delete actions of transforms in Context Service. Review audit logs to troubleshoot configuration issues and meet governance requirements with documented change history retained for 180 days. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Context Service is enabled. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Audit Trail, and then select **View Setup Audit Trail**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor Setup Changes with Setup Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_monitorsetup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Configuration Changes with the CI History Tab Review how Configuration Items (CIs) change over time by using the CI History tab in a CI record page. The History tab shows who made each update, when it occurred, and what changed. Discovery updates also appear as part of the audit trail. Validate data accuracy, troubleshoot unexpected changes, and maintain a clear record of CI activity across manual edits and discovery processes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph is enabled. **Who:** Users must have the IT Service Configuration Item Owner permission. **Why:** CI records often change during normal operations, discovery scans, and configuration updates. The CI History tab provides a reliable audit trail that improves transparency, supports compliance needs, and helps teams understand the sequence and impact of changes. **How:** From the App Launcher, open the **Salesforce CMDB and Service Graph** app. In the navigation pane, go to **All Configuration Items**. Click the required CI record and then select the **History** tab. Review grouped entries that show the action type, actor, timestamp, and the old and new values for each update. Filter entries by user, date, or action to focus on specific events. # Track Deal Progress with Sales Methodology Suggestions from Agentforce Sellers can now use Pipeline Management to update sales methodology criteria and confidence levels for opportunities. View suggestions in the Agent Activity column, or update the fields at any time in the Sales Methodology tab in the Pipeline Inspection side panel. The agent's suggestions are based on notes, calls, and emails, so you can feel confident that they're grounded in timely, meaningful data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on license, or included in Agentforce 1 Sales or an Industry Edition. To access the actions, each user needs the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on. **When:** This change is available starting in late-July 2026. **How:** From Setup, turn on and configure Pipeline Management and Sales Methodology to enable the schedule-triggered flow. # Track Development Activities in Your Org with DX Inspector Activity History View a chronological timeline of key development activities, including commits, deployments, and reviews, to enhance transparency and support quicker issue resolution. Search by activity name, type, status, or date, and access detailed error messages for failed events. **When:** This change applies to all sandboxes and scratch orgs accessed through Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting on April 22, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to sandbox, scratch org, and Developer Edition (DE) org users with the Customize Application user permission. **How:** From the DX Inspector panel, click ![DX Inspector Panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/customization/setup_dx_inspector_panel.png) to access this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Develop and Deploy with DX Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.develop_and_deploy_with_dx_inspector.htm&language=en_US) # Track Digital Wallet Product Limits Utilization Track your product limits in Digital Wallet to stay on top of your usage and proactively plan for your organization's capacity needs. The Product Limits tab provides a single view of your purchased allowances and utilization, helping you manage overall product limits consumption. You can also build a flow that automatically notifies specific users when your usage reaches set thresholds, such as 80% or 100%. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Not available in sandboxes. **Who:** Product Limits is available to users with the View Product Limits user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, then click the Product Limits tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) # Track Email Address Verification Across User Domains Get a list of the email domains used in your active users’ email addresses and return email addresses. The User Email Domains page in Setup also includes verified and unverified address counts for each domain. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com. **Why:** Salesforce requires user-level and domain-level email verification. Users verify their email address via a verification link. Email domain verification requires an active DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or a verified Authorized Email Domain for the email domain—the part after the at (@) symbol. If a user sets a different return email address, verification of that email address and email domain is also required. Salesforce only sends email from a user’s email address when all verification requirements are met. Use the User Email Domains list to identify the email domains to verify. You can also use that information to decide whether to use a substitute email address for users with unverified email domains. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Email Domains, and then select **User Email Domains**. To populate the table, click **List Domains**. ![User Email Domains page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/email_user_domains.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Identify Your Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_domains_identify.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Requirements to Send Email from Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_verification_requirements.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Email Fragment Usage Across Your Field Team See which email fragments your sales reps include when corresponding with healthcare professionals (HCPs). Report on fragment usage across email templates, products, and time periods to measure content effectiveness. Sending an email generates a Life Science Email Fragment record for each included fragment, capturing a snapshot of that fragment's version and content. Subsequent edits to a fragment don't affect existing tracking records, so you always have an accurate, auditable history of what your reps communicated. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. **How:** From the Admin Console, select **Email**, and then select **Email Settings**. Under Tracking Settings, select **Track email fragment usage**. To use fragment tracking on the mobile app, set up an object metadata cache configuration for the Life Science Email Fragment object with this SOQL Filter Condition: `CreatedDate = TOMORROW`. On the object metadata cache configuration for Life Science Email Template Fragment, set the Attachment Download Method to **Cache**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage and Share Email Fragments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_email_manage_fragments.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Mobile App Configuration for Emails](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_email_dbschema_metadata.htm&language=en_US) # Track Email Template Usage on Case Records Monitor how frequently and recently users apply specific email templates. Now, the Last Used Date and Times Used fields update on email templates when used from the Lightning email composer on cases. **Where:** This change applies to Service Email. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.customizesupport_email_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Previously, the Last Used Date and Times Used fields tracked template usage only when a user manually selected a template by using the Send an Email button. Monitoring template engagement required custom Apex triggers or flows. Get better visibility into which templates effectively support your processes, so you can identify high-performing templates and retire outdated ones. # Track Emergency Callout Compliance with Audit Trails Maintain a complete audit trail of all callout decisions to demonstrate compliance with labor union contracts and regulatory requirements. Every callout attempt records the service resource seniority rank, notification time, response, and response time. The audit trail helps you avoid union grievances and financial penalties by proving that eligible, higher-priority service resources weren't overlooked during emergency dispatches. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Energy & Utilities - Growth, Field Service for Energy & Utilities and Contractors for Energy & Utilities. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Emergency Management_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_emergency_management.htm&language=en_US) # Track Financial Deals in Business Relationship Plans to Meet Revenue Goals Eliminate manual updates to account plan objectives — financial deals now sync automatically so you always have an accurate view of progress toward your revenue goals. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud) and Deal Management enabled. **Why:** Previously, tracking financial deal progress against account objectives required manual updates, creating lag and risk of inaccurate reporting. This change automates that sync so measures always reflect current deal stages. As deals move through stages like prospecting, negotiation, and closed-won, the current value updates automatically so your measure always reflects the latest progress toward your objective. **How:** For admins: From the **Account Plans** page in Setup, create and activate calculation definitions (rules that determine how financial deal data maps to an objective measure). For financial advisors and relationship managers: Open an account record page and create an account plan. On the **Objectives** tab, create an objective and add a measure by selecting a calculation definition, specifying a target value, and selecting related financial deals. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Business Relationship Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_business_relationship_plan.htm&language=en_US) # Track Flow Changes Over Time with Edit History For flows that support versioning, view a timeline of each save, preview what changed, and restore previous logic. Drill into element-level details, create a new version from a past save, or copy the logic into a different flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Flow Builder, open the **Edit History** panel to see save history for your current flow version. Select a saved instance to preview it and see what changed. Expand **Details** to see which elements changed, then click an element name to see its change details. Select **Save as New Version** to restore a previous instance as a new flow version, or **Save as New Flow** to copy your logic into a separate flow. # Track Fulfillment Object Fields Track up to 20 fields from fulfillment orders and fulfillment order products in the Field History Tracking page. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise editions. **When:** This feature is available as of August 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Field History Tracking Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.tracking_field_history.htm&language=en_US) # Track Grant Login Access Activity With Login As Event To help protect sensitive data in production and sandbox environments, you can now monitor when users provide login access using the Grant Account Login Access setting. This can be tracked using the Login As event and trigger Transaction Security Policies that automatically alert your admins or block access. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. **Why:** This change enables users to protect sensitive data integrity and prevent unauthorized changes. # Track Granular Replication and Shopper Sign-Ups in Real Time (Pilot) The B2C Commerce eventing framework, introduced as a pilot in the 26.6 release, adds four new event types with the 26.7 release. Three granular replication events, `sf.cc.replication.granular.completed`, `sf.cc.replication.granular.failed`, and `sf.cc.replication.granular.incomplete`, report per-object results for products, price tables, and content assets, indicating which individual object IDs succeeded and which failed. A fourth event, `sf.cc.shopper.registered`, fires when a customer profile is created and committed. This event is site-specific, so you can configure a different endpoint for each site. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The B2C Commerce eventing framework is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, from App Launcher, go to **Administration** | **Operations** | **Event Routing**. Configure endpoints and define event mappings for the new event types. The framework sends a structured JSON payload to your configured endpoint each time an event fires. For details about the new event types, including payload and header information, see [Set Up Eventing in B2C Commerce (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_event_types.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Eventing in B2C Commerce (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_event_types.htm&language=en_US) # Track How Values Flow Across Stages with Sankey Charts Analyze how values change across stages or categories as they move through a process or workflow with Sankey charts in Tableau Next. Compare the magnitude of flows between stages to identify which paths contribute the most and where values drop off and need attention. Visualize complex many-to-many relationships clearly, showing how multiple inputs distribute across different outcomes. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, in a Sankey chart, evaluate how different traffic sources progress through your website, and compare which journeys produce the highest order values and where customer conversions decline. **How:** To create a Sankey chart, select the ![Sankey chart thumbnail in the Suggest pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_sankey_thumbnail.png) thumbnail from the Suggest pane. Add traffic source, entry point, and final outcome to **Levels**, and order value to **Links**. Optionally, color flows by outcome to make traffic patterns easier to spot. ![Sankey chart in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_viz_sankey.png) # Track Interactions on the Salesforce Calendar for Financial Services Help financial advisors plan their schedules and prepare for upcoming client engagements by visualizing interaction dates directly on the Salesforce Calendar. The centralized view enables users to closely track meetings and follow-ups without switching between applications. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). # Track Inventory Changes with Automated Transaction Logs Automated transaction logs track inventory quantity changes across the asset lifecycle. Each ledger entry captures what changed, when it changed, and the business process that triggered the change, along with the related fulfillment order line item, asset activity, or return order line item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with IT Service. **Why:** Inventory changes weren't consistently tracked across an asset's full lifecycle, creating uncertainties where inventory could be incorrectly depleted without an audit trail. Now, the system automatically generates transaction records: - Reserving inventory creates a Reserved transaction. - Sending a fulfillment order logs an Outbound Shipped transaction. - Receiving a fulfillment order logs a Delivered transaction. - Receiving a return order logs an Order Received transaction. - Marking an asset as damaged or on hold triggers an Adjusted transaction. Each transaction includes a link to the related fulfillment order line item, asset activity, or return order line item. The link can also relate to an inventory item reservation or product transfer, establishing a complete audit chain. Accurate availability counts derived from product item inventory prevent assets from being allocated multiple times. If a single operation modifies multiple inventory categories, the system generates independent transaction records for each change. Product Item Transaction (PIT) records document Quantity On Hand changes, while Product Item Additional Transaction (PIAT) records document Quantity Allocated, Quantity Soft Reserved, Quantity Damaged, and Quantity On Hold changes. # Track IT Hardware Asset Management Usage with Subscription-Based Billing Monitor IT Hardware Asset Management usage based on the number of eligible managed IT hardware assets in your org. Consumption is metered through Salesforce Digital Wallet, giving visibility into asset counts and usage trends over time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service that has Hardware Asset Management enabled. **When:** This change is available when Agentforce IT Hardware Asset Management becomes generally available in the Summer ’26 release. **Why:** Digital Wallet provides a clear view of your managed hardware assets against your purchased entitlement. Monitor consumption trends during the billing cycle and automatically exclude disposed assets from your active usage counts. **How:** To use IT Hardware Asset Management credits, contact your Salesforce account executive about upgrading to Agentforce IT Hardware Asset Management. Usage details are available in Digital Wallet through consumption cards. # Track IT Service Requests Using Dedicated Service Request Records Manage IT service requests using the new Service Request record instead of the generic Case record. IT teams can use a specialized data model that includes attributes designed specifically for request fulfillment, to manage high-volume, repeatable tasks efficiently. By distinguishing service requests from cases and incidents, you ensure the right process, SLAs, and reporting model is applied to every IT task. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** To manage service requests, you need Create and Read access on Service Request. # Track Key Accounts and Sales Agreement Performance Get the Manufacturing Insights app to evaluate overall business health, analyze account performance, and measure revenue realization. Use Key Account Manager Home, Account Agreement Performance, and Sales Agreements Overview dashboards to compare planned targets against actual results. Identify revenue gaps, track agreement health, and surface whitespace opportunities across account portfolios. Embedded dashboards enable faster detection of performance issues and support timely corrective action. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud and Data Cloud enabled. **Who:** To use the Manufacturing Insights dashboards, users need the Manufacturing Sales Agreements Psl and Tableau Next User permission sets. **How:** In Setup, select Salesforce Go from the gear menu and select Tableau Next Apps for Manufacturing. Click **Get Started**, turn on the feature, and follow the instructions. # Track Link Engagement with UTM and Custom Link Parameters To measure how audiences engage across messaging channels, automate your link tagging, eliminating the need to add and maintain link parameters manually for every link. Apply standard UTM (Urchin Tracking Module) parameters for all links used in a business unit, content record, or individual link. Add a fallback value to each parameter so links stay tagged even when an editor doesn't add specific parameters. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **How:** Configure parameters in the **Web Tracking** section of Marketing Setup. Enter values for standard UTM parameters or create custom parameters. To set parameters for a specific business unit, use the **Manage Link Parameters** section on the business unit record page. # Track Loyalty Points with Improved Precision Loyalty Management now shows points rounded half up to four decimal places in Salesforce UI fields and rule actions. This change reduces cumulative rounding discrepancies to provide the high precision required by industries such as retail and financial services. The enhanced precision is also beneficial for programs supporting multiple currencies and complex point conversions. The actual stored values remain unchanged, and underlying calculations aren’t affected. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** Here’s the list of loyalty program process rule actions that now show four decimal places for point-related fields. - Credit Points - Debit Points Here’s the list of point-related fields that show up to four decimal places in the Salesforce UI.
Object Affected Fields
LoyaltyLedger Points
LoyaltyMemberCurrency
  • PointsBalance
  • TotalPointsAccrued
  • TotalPointsRedeemed
  • TotalPointsExpired
  • ExpirablePoints
  • BalanceBeforeReset
  • TotalEscrowPointsAccrued
  • EscrowPointsBalance
  • TotalEscrowRolloverPoints
  • PointsBalBeforeSecondLastReset
LoyaltyProgramPartnerLedger Points
LoyaltyPgmPtnrLdgrSummary TotalPoints
LoyaltyAggrPointExprLedger
  • ExpirationPoints
  • RedeemedPoints
LoyaltyLedgerTraceability Points
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The values returned by APIs, such as the Credit Points to Members API and Debit Points from Members API, aren’t affected. # Track Loyalty Promotion Effectiveness with Interactive Tableau Next Dashboards Evaluate promotion effectiveness, member participation, and financial liabilities by using the new in-app and embedded Tableau Next dashboards. While these dashboards were previously available in CRM Analytics, they are now delivered through Tableau Next to improve scalability and provide expanded functionality. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** Loyalty Management now provides the in-app Promotion Performance Dashboard. Use it to evaluate promotional campaign effectiveness, user engagement, and financial liabilities. If necessary, filter performance views by program name, promotion name, and duration to isolate specific datasets. Loyalty Management provides these embedded dashboards: - Promotion Performance Left Embedded: Evaluate promotional product sales impact and engagement by tracking key performance metrics. Use the Product Leaderboard to compare individual products across revenue generated, transaction counts, and participant breakdowns. - Promotion Performance Right Embedded: Track a promotion’s performance, duration, and financial liability. Toggle views to analyze the performance by revenue, transaction, and order metrics. # Track Milestones for New Utility Connections Monitor the progress of new connection applications with an interactive Milestone Tracker component on the Individual Application record page. The component displays milestones and their associated tasks in a configurable table, showing start dates, target end dates, actual completion dates, and current status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions with Energy & Utilities - Growth. **How:** On the Individual Application record page, drag the **Milestone Tracker** component onto the page layout. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _New Connections and Program Management_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.energy_new_connections_and_program_management.htm&language=en_US) # Track Mobile Push Performance in Your Content Performance Dashboard View push performance alongside email, SMS, and WhatsApp data in one place with the Mobile Push tab. KPI cards show key push metrics, each with a period-over-period percent change. Use the Platform filter to compare iOS and Android results, or scroll to the Engagement table and filter by Date Range or Campaigns to review individual activity. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **Who:** To access the Content Performance Dashboard, you need the View All Reports or Dashboard Viewer permission. **How:** Open a content record and select the Performance tab, then select the Mobile Push tab. # Track Multistore Orders More Efficiently with Store ID in Order Numbers Include store identifiers directly in order numbers for faster order tracking and fulfillment. You can customize the order number prefix to add the store ID automatically to every online order, eliminating extra lookup steps when processing orders from multiple locations. **Where:** This change applies to Point of Sale. **How:** In CMS, go to **Advanced | Order Number Range Config** and create a configuration. Add {storeId} to the prefix. ![Order Number Range Configurations Window in Point of Sale CMS](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_pos_orderNum.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Order Number Prefixes for Point of Sale (can be out of date or unavailable during preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.rt_pos_order_number_range.htm&language=en_US) # Track Offer Performance and Drive Data-Driven Decisions Bridge the gap between offer delivery and final sales by linking orders with offers that drove them and by mapping offers with the customers who used them. Evaluate performance against predefined goals to identify exactly which offers boosted revenue and which customer segments engaged most effectively. Take data-driven decisions when planning new offers, modifying existing offers, and refining marketing strategies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Design Offers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_create.htm&language=en_US) # Track Partner Activity Across Customer Interactions Let customers view partner users' availability and book meetings with them directly. Calendar connections give channel managers more visibility into partner interactions with customers, improve partner productivity, and help communications comply with local regulations. Previously, partner users managed their schedules in personal tools, so channel managers couldn't track when or how often partners engaged with customers. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **Who:** To enable calendar connections for partners, you need the PartnerEAC add-on license. **How:** Assign the Partner EAC User permission set to Partner Portal users. In Einstein Activity Capture, create a Partner EAC configuration with all sync options disabled and locked, and then assign partner users to the configuration. Partners connect their Google Calendar or Microsoft Office 365 accounts through the portal. Einstein Activity Capture securely stores the OAuth tokens, which Salesforce Scheduler retrieves on demand to check partner availability when customers schedule meetings. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Manage Partner Tracks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.pem_manage_partnertracks.htm&language=en_US) # Track Past Refresh Events in Data Graph Refresh History View a detailed historical log of past data graph refresh and activation events directly within the user interface. This new feature provides comprehensive visibility into your data processing pipelines, allowing you to see exactly when a data graph was last refreshed, the duration of the processing cycle, total record counts, and the success or failure status of past runs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in June 2026. **Why:** These insights help you monitor data freshness, optimize your scheduling, and troubleshoot failed refreshes with precision. Because this is a read-only metadata display, it delivers these visibility improvements without consuming any additional credits. **How:** This feature is auto-enabled for all customers. To view the historical log, go to the Data Graph tab in Data 360. Next to an active data graph, select Refresh History. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Graph Refresh History](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_graph_refresh_history.htm&language=en_US) # Track PCI Compliance Alerts for Your eCDN Zone Stay informed about PCI compliance status for your eCDN zone directly from the Configure Zones page. The new Notifications tab surfaces PCI alerts so you can monitor compliance without leaving Business Manager. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, go to **Administration** | **Sites** | **Embedded CDN Settings**, and then select **Configure Zone**. Select the **Notifications** tab to view PCI compliance alerts. ![Notifications tab showing PCI compliance alerts](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_ecdn_notifications.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Notifications for an eCDN Zone (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_configure_zone_notifications.htm&language=en_US) # Track Per-Level Taxes on Line Items (Generally Available) Beginning with B2C Commerce 26.10, Multiple Tax Levels is generally available to all merchants. Your tax-provider integration can now store individual tax items on a line item, such as federal, state, county, or local tax. B2C Commerce aggregates those items into one tax amount and uses that amount for totals. There is nothing to turn on. Behavior is opt-in: if a line item has no tax items, you still set the aggregated tax value directly. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce in all editions. Shopper Baskets, Shopper Orders, and Shopper Customers return the breakdown. Script API uses `LineItem.setTaxes()` and `LineItemTax`. **How:** Set up to 10 `LineItemTax` objects on a line item in a basket calculation hook. Each tax item requires an ID and a rate. Value is optional; if you omit it, the platform computes it. SCAPI returns the aggregate on `tax` and `taxRate`, and the breakdown in `taxItems` as `id`, `rate`, and `value`. Custom attributes are supported on `LineItemTax`. Order export includes `tax-items` from version 26.5. Salesforce Order Management receives the individual tax items, including custom attributes when the same custom attribute ID exists on both systems. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multiple Tax Levels in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_multiple_tax_levels.htm&language=en_US) # Track Performance Metrics in Merchandising App View key metrics, trends, and recommendations directly on your Business Manager Merchandising App. Monitor business performance and identify opportunities for improvement. Use the Merchant Agent to monitor and explain metrics, such as product conversion rate, inventory turnover, or selling velocity by size, and recommend actions. **Where:** This change applies to Business Manager in B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, open the **Merchandising App** to view performance insights. ![Merchandizing Insights](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/b2c_merchandizing_insights.png) # Track Permission Dependencies More Easily When you update permissions or apps in the enhanced profile user interface, you see any additional changes required to keep dependent permissions in alignment after previous updates. Previously, these changes occurred in the background, but were visible only in the Setup Audit Trail. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **How:** After you save changes to user permissions, object permissions, or assigned apps, review any additional permission changes. ![The permissions save confirmation modal, depicting updates to assigned apps and permission alignment from previous changes](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_perm_dependencies_modal.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable the Enhanced Profile User Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_profiles_about_enhanced_ui.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Permission Dependencies and Alignment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.users_perm_dependencies.htm&language=en_US) # Track Policies and Regulations that Govern Your Assets Improve the traceability of your regulated hardware and software assets by mapping regulation clause versions, compliance policy clause versions, and compliance control versions to an asset. Use this structure to maintain a record of the policies and regulations governing your assets, visualize control relationships, report on coverage gaps, and demonstrate adequate control implementation for compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Process Compliance Navigator. **How:** On a regulation clause version, compliance policy clause version, or compliance control version record page, add an asset to the Asset related list. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Compliance Navigator: Map a Regulation Clause Version to an Asset (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite_asset_regulations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Process Compliance Navigator: Map a Compliance Policy Clause Version to an Asset (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.business_compliance_suite_asset_policies.htm&language=en_US) # Track Policy Limits with Flexible Duration Types Reset policy limits at the end of a calendar year or on a specific override date, or enforce lifetime limits that don’t reset. Previously, you could only reset limits at the end of a policy term. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementAddOn, DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementPCAddOn, DigitalInsuranceClaimManagementCCAddOn, DigitalInsuranceProductAdministrationAddOn, DigitalInsurancePolicyAdministrationAddOn, DigitalInsuranceProductRuntimeCCAddOn, and DigitalInsuranceProductRuntimePCAddOn licenses. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Considerations and Limitations for Product Attribute Scope Mapping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claim_prd_att_scope_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: Create a Product Attribute Scope](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claim_create_prd_att_scope.htm&language=en_US) # Track Prediction Drift for Predict Jobs and Batch Transforms Monitor prediction drift and variable drift for models used in predict jobs and batch transforms. Drift charts appear in the same model monitoring interface used for live inferences, so you can spot accuracy risks without switching views. Previously, AI models monitored drift only for live inferences made through flows and APIs. Now, Data 360 compares incoming job data against reference training data to identify potential accuracy issues early, before they affect business decisions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This functionality is available starting in October 2026. **How:** Turn on drift monitoring from **Feature Manager** in Setup. Then in Data Cloud (Data 360), on the **AI Models** tab, open a model and enable drift monitoring at the model level on the **Settings** tab. Review the model's prediction and variable drift charts to assess whether your model is performing as expected. If model drift is significant, retrain the model with new data that includes the factors contributing to the drift. # Track Product Swap, Upgrade, and Downgrade Amendments Make sure that transactions are transparent and accurately track the intent of every sale change. Agentforce Revenue Management now natively supports Swaps, Upgrades, and Downgrades as distinct amendment types, which boosts the efficiency of your sales reps. New connections among the related quote line items, order items, and asset actions make sure that these transactions are recognizable and auditable. Sales reps save time and effort used in the previous method that simply recorded them as a cancellation and new product sale. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Who:** To process product swaps, upgrades, and downgrades, users need the Amend Assets user permission. # Track Provider Engagement Compliance More Efficiently with Automated Updates Identify an account's compliance cycle status, such as Due Soon, using color-coded indicators. Sales reps can now create a visit for a cycle with just a few clicks. Salesforce automatically marks a cycle as complete when sales reps sumbit their finding for the associated visit. To maintain accurate compliance records, reps can provide a reason when they skip a cycle. Based on template configuration, Salesforce automatically deletes or recreates cycles when sales reps stop or restarts a compliance. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** Configure compliance templates and care programs for Salesforce to automatically generate and associate cycles with the appropriate accounts and field territories. In a compliance template, define restart behaviors of cycles during interruptions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Conduct Provider Engagement Compliance Visits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_engagement_execution_provider_compliance_conduct_visits.htm&language=en_US) # Track Public Sector Outbound Payments and Financial Disbursements Centralize the tracking of financial transactions for benefit programs, social insurance, and provider management. Use the Outbound Payments data model and the Generate Payment Instructions invocable action to generate payment instructions for external finance systems. Accurate payment tracking helps your agency maintain a detailed audit trail and improve the transparency of approved payments in Agentforce Public Sector. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector, formerly Public Sector Solutions, is enabled. **Who:** Agency employees need the Public Sector Foundation-Advanced user-license. Individual constituents need Customer Community for Public Sector community license. Users must have the Outbound Payment Access for Public Sector Solutions permissions set. Experience Cloud users require the Outbound Payment Access for Public Sector Solutions for Experience Cloud Users permission set. **How:** To use Outbound Payments, complete the setup steps outlined in [Set Up Outbound Payments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_outbound_payments_setup.htm&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Outbound Payments for Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.aps_outbound_payments_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Track Quote and Tax Data with Enhanced Object Visibility You can now track deal changes and business processes more efficiently with reports on Quote Line Item History and Quote Action records. Improve tax transparency, and view, edit, and add custom tax amounts by using the new Quote Item Tax Item object. Customize the Quote list view by adding custom buttons and quick actions to manage bulk updates or automated quote creation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select **Report Types**. Click **New Custom Report Type** and select **Quote Action** or **Quote Line Item History** as the primary object. To add custom buttons to Quote list views, go to the List View Button Layout in the Quote in Object Manager. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Add, Remove, or Create Buttons For Salesforce List View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000386168&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Track Object Field History (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.tracking_field_history_for_standard_objects.htm&language=en_US) # Track Ramp Deal Details on Billing Schedules See ramp identifiers on billing schedules for new-sale ramp deals. Billing populates ramp-specific fields, such as Ramp ID, Segment ID, Segment Name, and Segment Type, to identify ramp segments and explain pricing details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Track Real-Time Customer Onboarding and Session Activity in Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Give your call center reps real-time visibility into the customer's onboarding journey and session milestones with the Session Activity panel. Call center reps can track customer progress like link delivery, Terms and Conditions acceptance, and device permission grants for camera, microphone, and location. Previously, these details were hidden behind secondary tabs or brief pop-up notifications, leaving call center reps unsure whether a customer was stuck or had declined access. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package and Visual Remote Assistant installed. **How:** When a session starts, the Session Activity panel opens as the default view on the right side of the VRA workspace. As a customer moves through the onboarding flow on their mobile browser, each milestone updates with live checkmarks and timestamps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Recipient Signing Progress for Document Envelopes Know exactly where a contract is in the signing process and keep deals on track. Update an envelope's status to view each recipient's signing progress for the contract. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Salesforce Contracts license. **How:** To view an envelope’s details and status, on a contract record, click **Update Envelope Status**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Workflow for Updating an Envelope Status (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_workflow_for_updating_an_envelope_status.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Referral Progress with Action Plans Intake coordinators can now see exactly where a referral stands and what’s still left to do without parsing status fields or checking multiple records. Agentforce Health includes a built-in action plan template for referral management. Each Clinical Service Request gets an action plan that shows which tasks are complete and which still need attention. Action plans update automatically as the referral progresses through intake, eligibility verification, authorization, patient and provider outreach, and appointment scheduling, giving intake coordinators full visibility into a referral's progress and status. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud add-on license. **When:** The Referral Management Action Plan feature is available starting in June 2026. **Why:** Action plans simplify referral tracking for intake coordinators by centralizing task status in one place. The three-field system (Status, StatusReason, and Action Plan) provides clarity at every stage: Status shows where the referral is in its lifecycle, Status Reason explains blockers, and individual tasks track specific work completed or remaining. The action plan reduces administrative overhead and minimizes the risk of missing required steps. **How:** On the Referral Management Settings page in Setup, follow the guided setup steps in the Basic Clinical Service Requests Setup section for action plans. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get to Know the Referral Management Action Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_referral_management_action_plan.htm&language=en_US) # Track Regulatory Compliance and Prioritize Risk Exposure Actively manage your internal policies and risk evaluations to stay compliant. Analyze key metrics, such as policy lifecycle status and residual risk trends, to identify compliance gaps and focus leadership attention on material vulnerabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** To access the app, you need the Data Cloud admin permission set, the Tableau Limited viewer license and permission sets, and the Agentforce IT Service Cloud data kit. # Track Revenue Execution Across Your Pipeline with Communications Sales Insights Gain real-time visibility into your revenue pipeline across opportunities, quotes, and orders with Communications Sales Insights. Track closed-won revenue, identify stalled quotes and high-value deals that need attention, and detect operational risks such as failed orders or activation issues. Align sales leaders, revenue operations teams, and account managers to improve forecast accuracy and reduce revenue leakage. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Agentforce for Communications and Communications Cloud Advanced. **Who:** To set up Communications Sales Insights, you need the System Administrator profile. To view the analytics, you need a Data Cloud User license and Tableau Next Consumer license. **How:** From Setup, go to Communications Cloud, then select **Services Setup**. In the Data Cloud Configurations section, assign the Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set and create your data stream. Then, in the Communications Sales Insights section, install the Sales Insights App. View analytics on the dashboards from the app. ![View dashboards.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/comms/rn_comms_sales_insights.png) #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Communications Sales Insights_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_sales_insights.htm&language=en_US) # Track Salesforce My Trust Center Sandboxes, Read Translated Updates, and Extend Access My Trust Center now supports sandbox tenants, translates free-form event updates in near real time, and offers view-only access to users without a full Salesforce license. Track status across all your environments, read updates in your preferred language, and extend visibility to more of your team. **Where:** These changes apply to [my.trust.salesforce.com](https://my.trust.salesforce.com/). Sandbox tenant support is available for Agentforce Sales, Agentforce Service, and Salesforce Industries. **Who:** To see My Trust Center tenant status without a full Salesforce license, users need the Unified Employee license and a custom profile for My Trust Center visibility. **Why:** This release brings these enhancements to My Trust Center: - **Sandbox support:** View incidents, releases, and maintenance for your sandbox tenants, and subscribe to notifications to support release planning, Hyperforce IP allowlisting by region, and environment readiness. - **Real-time AI translation:** Free-form event updates appear in your language automatically as they're posted. Historical posts aren't backfilled. - **Broader visibility:** More team members can monitor tenant status without a full Salesforce license or access to your org. **How:** To access My Trust Center, go to [Trust.salesforce.com](https://trust.salesforce.com) or [Status.salesforce.com](https://status.salesforce.com). Click **Log In**, and then log in with your [Trailblazer account credentials](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.trailblazer_id.htm&type=5&language=en_US). To read updates in your preferred supported platform language, use the language picker in the page footer. To extend view-only access, create a custom profile for My Trust Center visibility, and assign it and the Unified Employee license to eligible users. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Give Users Visibility into Salesforce My Trust Center Without a Full License](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mytrust_visibility_unified_employee.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Security Investigation Performance with Average Resolution Time and Risk Score (Beta) Monitor your Salesforce security investigation effectiveness in Security Center with Agentforce. Average Resolution shows how quickly your team resolves security incidents and whether resolution times are trending up or down compared to the previous 30 days. Risk Score helps you prioritize investigations by categorizing each incident as low, medium, or high risk. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Security Center add-on license. This change also applies to Developer Edition. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Security Center with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This functionality is available June 2, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to customers with a Security Center license and the Agentforce add-on. To get full functionality, customers also need an Event Monitoring license. **Why:** Average Resolution Rate and Risk Score targets investigation performance and helps your team focus on the most critical threats first. ![Investigations section showing that the average resolution time is being calculated, with a message indicating the 30-day average resolution time will appear here when completed.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/agentforcein_in_security_center_time_to_resolution.png) **How:** View these new metrics in Security Center's Investigations tab. Average Resolution appears on the Security Investigations tab. Risk Score appears in the Summary section when you click an Investigation card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Resolve Security Anomalies by Using Security Center with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_center_agent_resolve_anomalies.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Sentiment in Command Center for Service V2 Spot at-risk interactions as they happen in the Command Center for Service V2. Customer Signals Intelligence sentiment appears in the In-Progress Work component as the User Sentiment column, with Positive, Neutral, or Negative indicators next to active work items. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Enhanced Omni-Channel orgs with Command Center for Service V2 turned on. You also need the Customer Signals Intelligence Add-On or Service Rep Assistant. **Who:** To view the Sentiment column, supervisors need the Access Command Center for Service V2 permission . To configure component columns in the Lightning App Builder, admins need the Customize Application permission. **How:** In the Lightning App Builder, add the **Sentiment** column to the **In-Progress Work** component. ![Sentiment column in the In-Progress Work tab of Command Center for Service V2](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_csi_command_center_sentiment.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes:_ Monitor Customer Sentiment in the In-Progress Work Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_omnichannel_monitor_sentiment.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US) # Track Service Rep First Response Time Automatically Use a new field value to capture the time (in seconds) between when a conversation is routed to a Service rep or queue, and when a service rep first responds. Service Rep First Response Time is a new value on the MessagingSessionMetricType field of the MessagingSessionMetrics object. Previously, identifying how quickly a rep responded after a session transfer required complex LWC development or API callouts to the ConversationEntry object. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced Messaging channels and Enhanced Chat. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&language=en_US). **Why:** Routing is triggered either when an end user sends a message that initiates routing, or when an agent or bot decides to route the conversation to a human. By automating this timestamp, Salesforce provides parity with legacy Chat features and ensures a smoother migration to Enhanced Messaging. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Report on Messaging Activity in Service Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_reporting.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developer Documentation:_ MessagingSessionMetrics](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_messagingsessionmetrics.htm) # Track Service Request Performance and SLA Compliance Use service request data to measure your team’s performance against key service metrics. By syncing service request data with Data 360, you can visualize resolution summaries and status changes alongside your existing incident and case data. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Unified Catalog, and Data 360. **Why:** Use this unified view to identify bottlenecks and monitor critical trends such as: - Total volume of service requests raised - Breakdowns of requests by status, priority, and assignee - Detailed resolution times and SLA compliance metrics - Request trends evolving over time # Track SLA Compliance with the SLA Performance Dashboard Give your supervisors a pre-built view of how well their teams meet service level agreements (SLAs) in Service Insights. The SLA Performance dashboard shows compliance rates, milestone breach trends, and breach patterns by case type and severity, so supervisors can spot bottlenecks and coach the right agents. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Service Insights with Entitlement Management. **How:** From Setup, go to the Service Insights setup page. For **Enable Service Cloud Features**, click **Enable**. Turn on Entitlement Management, and then deploy case milestone data. After this is successfully completed, the dashboard is visible. If Entitlement Management isn’t available in your org, the dashboard isn’t visible. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Deploy Case Milestone Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.service_insights_deploy_case_milestone_data.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track SMS Flow and Engagement Metrics in Flow Builder Monitor performance metrics for your Send SMS Message flow element without leaving Flow Builder. Open an active SMS flow and select the Analytics tab to see run metrics such as total runs, average duration, and a success-versus-error breakdown. You can also view SMS engagement metrics, including SMS sends, delivery rate, click-through rate, and opt-out rate. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations and SMS add-ons - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations and SMS add-ons - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations and SMS add-ons #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ View Embedded Element Analytics and Detailed Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_monitor_on_canvas_insights.htm&language=en_US) # Track Supplier Risk Across Your Multi-Tier Supply Chain (Pilot) Surface supplier risks before they disrupt mission-critical programs. The new Supply Chain Resiliency data model is highly flexible and extendable and gives program managers and contracting officers a real-time view of risk across every tier of the supply chain, from supplier networks and bill-of-materials structures to the programs and contracts they affect. Act on vulnerabilities early, keep essential services running, and configure the model to fit your agency's needs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Agentforce Public Sector is enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Supply Chain Resiliency for Public Sector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. To enable Supply Chain Resiliency, contact your Salesforce account executive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Supply Chain Resiliency (Pilot) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.psc_supply_chain_resiliency.htm&language=en_US) # Track the Complete Student Journey with the Recruitment and Admissions Funnel Monitor prospective and admitted students from first inquiry through enrollment with visibility across the recruitment funnel. The Tableau Next Recruitment and Admissions Performance Center dashboard tracks volume, conversion rates, and stage velocity across Suspect, Prospect, Applicant, Admitted, Enrolled, and Registered stages. Enrollment teams identify bottlenecks, measure progress against goals, and take action where it matters most. Know at a glance which stages are on track and where to focus outreach to meet enrollment targets. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where these licenses are enabled. - Education Cloud - Data 360 - Tableau Next **Who:** Users with these permission sets can install Tableau Next Analytics dashboards. - Education Cloud Full Access - Data Cloud Architect - Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin Users with these permission sets can view Tableau Next Analytics dashboards. - Education Cloud Full Access - An appropriate Tableau Next permission set and its required Data 360 permission set. See [Tableau Next Permission Sets and Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_permsets_licenses.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For information about your Tableau Next permission sets, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Recruitment and Admissions Performance Center Dashboard (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_recruitment_admissions_dashboard.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") # Track the Full Referral Lifecycle with Tableau Next Dashboards Gain real-time referral visibility from first touch to completed visit. Tableau Next Dashboards help referral teams find bottlenecks, reduce patient leakage, and recover lost revenue. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Health and Data 360. This change requires Tableau Cloud provisioned with your Salesforce org. **How:** In Setup, enable Tableau Next. Also in Setup, on the Referral Management Settings page, find the Health Tableau Next for Referral Analytics card and deploy the data kit. Then, access your TabNext Workspace to view and customize the dashboard for your reporting needs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Tableau Next Dashboard for Referral Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_referral_management_tableau_next_dashboard.htm&language=en_US) # Track Totals and Category Contributions Over Time with Area Charts Visualize each category’s share of the total with the stacked, colored bands of Tableau Next area charts. Spot changes in overall volume and the distribution across categories over time. Choose continuous area charts to show values along an axis or discrete area charts to show values under separate headers. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, track monthly order quantities by region in a single chart to see changes in total demand and how that demand is distributed across regions. **How:** In the Show Me pane, click the ![Discrete area chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_areachart_discrete_thumbnail.png) thumbnail for a discrete area chart or ![Continuous area chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/tua_areachart_continuous_thumbnail.png) thumbnail for a continuous area chart. Drag **Order Date** to **Columns** and **Quantity** to **Rows**. Set Order Date to **Month** and aggregate Quantity as **Sum**. Drag **Region** to **Color**. Drag **Quantity** to **Label** to review the quantity for each region at each month. ![Stacked area chart showing monthly order quantities by region](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_areachart.png) # Track Unusable Inventory to Maintain Accurate Available Stock Levels Capture and classify inventory that is damaged, expired, lost, or otherwise unusable during receiving and inventory transfer, reflect its impact on available quantity, and preserve traceable quantity-change history, including for batch and serialized products. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience across multiple clouds where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Inventory Search and Transfer or Inventory Replenishment User permission sets. **Why:** Track damaged, expired, lost, or stolen goods separately so your available inventory reflects what you can actually fulfill without custom fields or manual workarounds. For example, a distributor receives 1,000 units, records 100 as damaged and 100 as expired, then transfers the expired stock to a junk location. Available quantity excludes the 200 unusable units, while their reasons and inventory changes remain traceable. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Inventory Management General Settings**, and then enable **Inventory Management for Unusable Quantities**. Users can then categorize inventory as unusable during receiving and transfer operations by selecting an Inventory Status and a Status Reason (Damaged, Expired, Lost, Stolen, or custom values). # Track Usage with Comprehensive Reporting Gain end-to-end visibility into contact center performance with customizable, out-of-the-box historical reports in Command Center for Service. Supervisors can track trends, evaluate service rep and agent performance, and make data-driven decisions directly within the Command Center for Service along with viewing the current real-time insights. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. **Who:** To get reports, you need the admin role and permission in your org. **How:** To access out-of-the-box metrics reports on Omni-Channel, Voice, and Case metrics reports, you must have the Agentforce Contact Center add-on license. After enabling Enhanced Omni-Channel, admins can get more metrics from the Service Cloud Reports page in Setup. Supervisors can view the reports and dashboards that are shared with them from the Reports tab in the Command Center for Service or from the Service Cloud Reports and Dashboards folders. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Prebuilt Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.afcc_sv_configure_reports.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Track User Engagement on Experience Cloud Site with Self-Service Analytics Capture analytics on interactions across your Experience Cloud site to measure engagement and improve AI recommendations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations. Available on: - Aura Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template - LWR Experience Cloud sites that use Build Your Own Template **Who:** Available to admins who monitor analytics and to users whose interactions generate engagement data. **Why:** Analytics instrumentation captures site events such as prompt queries, tile interactions, navigation clicks, and session activity. These signals help track engagement, measure self-service effectiveness, and improve recommendation accuracy. The system anonymizes guest user data and links authenticated user interactions to their account. # Track User Engagement with Time Tracking in the Data 360 Web SDK Automatically track user engagement metrics, including time on page and session duration, with the Time Tracking feature. Monitor user activity and send events when specific engagement thresholds are reached. Use these metrics to understand how users interact with your content. **Where:** This change applies to the Web SDK. This feature is also available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in May 2026. **How:** To prevent accidental tracking in production, the Time Tracking feature is disabled by default. To turn on this feature, configure the service through the `dataCloud` option in `SalesforceInteractions.init()` and set `enabled` to `true`. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Interactions SDK_: Time Tracking](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/salesforce-interactions-sdk/guide/c360a-api-time-tracking.html) - [_Salesforce Interactions SDK_: Capture Web Interactions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/salesforce-interactions-sdk/guide/c360a-api-salesforce-interactions-web-sdk.html) # Track Vehicle Locations During Repossession with Telematics Capture time-stamped vehicle location sightings from telematics so collections specialists always know where a vehicle is during recovery. During active repossession, capture location sightings for a vehicle from asset and vehicle telematics events. Each sighting is recorded with a timestamp on the asset, giving collections specialists a running location history to coordinate recovery and support compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Automotive Cloud and the Collections and Recovery capability. **Who:** Automotive Foundation User, Vehicle and Asset Finance Foundation, and Industries Repossession Management permission sets. **How:** From the Repossession Console app, review location sightings on the vehicle's Asset Location records, populated from telematics events or other integrated data sources. # Track Versions and Automate Logic for Action Plans and Templates Maintain audit trails and historical reporting by using the Version Number field in action plan templates. Capture the template type to trigger downstream automation and apply processing logic across care programs. The action plan captures the values as a static snapshot, maintaining accuracy even if the template changes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Action Plans permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer:_ ActionPlan](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_actionplan.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer:_ ActionPlanTemplate](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_actionplantemplate.htm) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Action Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.admin_set_up_action_plan_templates.htm&language=en_US) # Track Voice Latency and Speech Metrics in Session Trace Spot long Agentforce Voice silences and inspect speech-to-text and text-to-speech timing in Session Trace, including word-level automatic speech recognition (ASR) confidence. A clock icon flags abnormal agent silence. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Foundations or Agentforce 1 Edition. Agent Optimization and Agent Analytics must be enabled. **When:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 12, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **Who:** To use Agent Observability, users need the Access Agentforce Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. To view Agent Analytics dashboards, users also need the CRM Analytics User or Einstein Analytics Plus permission set. **How:** Open a Voice session. A clock icon marks long agent silence. Low-confidence words in the transcript are highlighted so you can review possible speech-to-text errors. On the **Trace** tab, review Speech to Text and Text to Speech processing metrics, including word-level ASR confidence scores. ![Voice session Trace tab showing Speech-to-Text and Text-to-Speech steps, a clock icon on a long agent silence, and a highlighted low-confidence transcript word](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_observability_voice_metrics.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_use.htm&language=en_US) # Track Where Your Tableau Next Dashboards Are Embedded From the detail panel of any dashboard, see the Lightning pages it's embedded in, with a direct link to each location. Users without access to a page see a count of restricted pages instead of a link. Analysts with a Creator license can use this view to spot actively used dashboards and navigate straight to the page where an asset lives. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Detail panel of a dashboard with Details and Usage tabs. The Usage tag says Used in Pages: 1 and lists the page: Cases by Reason and Priority](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_embed_detail.png) #### See Also - [Add a Tableau Next Visualization to a Lightning Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_embed_viz.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Agentforce Self Service Login Consumption in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your Agentforce Self Service Login consumption in Digital Wallet. Agentforce Self Service Login grants authenticated portal users unlimited self-service sessions per login. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the Agentforce Self Service Login consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Agentforce Service Contact Center Consumption in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your Agentforce Contact Center telephony consumption in Digital Wallet. Usage is metered automatically and billed as Agentforce Contact Center voice credits. Understanding what gets billed, how credits are calculated, and where to monitor usage helps contact center administrators stay on top of costs and avoid surprises. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the Contact Center Credits consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Learn About Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.service_learn.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Data 360 Flex Credits Consumption in Digital Wallet When Data 360 Services Credits move to Flex Credits, you’ll have a single, fungible pool of credits for both Data 360 and Agentforce. This transition also provides access to volume-based multipliers, which automatically reduce costs as monthly consumption increases, enabling you to scale your operations more economically. The Volume-Based Multipliers feature is in beta in languages other than English. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **Why:** By creating a “unified currency” for Data and AI, you can use Flex Credits for Data 360, and Agentforce actions, voice, and prompts without paying for capacity you’re not using. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the Flex Credits consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your IT Hardware Asset Consumption in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your IT hardware asset consumption in Digital Wallet. Hardware Asset Management (HAM) process provides visibility into all physical IT assets to effectively manage their lifecycle and minimize risk, and optimize usage and costs. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the IT Hardware Assets consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: IT Asset Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.it_srvcs_asset_mgmt_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0 in Digital Wallet MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0 is now available in Digital Wallet. Track daily and monthly consumption against your remaining capacity, identify usage trends for better budgeting and buying decisions, and configure proactive custom notifications to reduce surprises. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0 consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_MuleSoft Help_: MuleSoft Automation Credits 3.0](https://docs.mulesoft.com/general/mulesoft-automation-credits-3-0) # Track Your MuleSoft Credits in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your Mule Credits consumption in Digital Wallet. A Mule Credit is a fungible currency that allows you to draw down from a single capacity pool as you consume services across MuleSoft. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the **Consumption Cards** tab, and then locate the Mule Credits consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Digital Wallet-Enabled Consumption-Based Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_enabled_products_rate_cards.htm&language=en_US) - [_MuleSoft Help_: Understand Mule Credits Usage and Rates](https://docs.mulesoft.com/general/mule-credits-usage-and-rates) # Track Your Permission Sets and Licenses with New Salesforce Voice Names As Service Cloud Voice becomes Salesforce Voice to take advantage of the latest AI innovations and capabilities, we’re also renaming the permission sets, and permission set licenses. The updated names appear automatically for you and provide a consistent terminology experience across your setup. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** The updated names appear automatically in the UI, and no setup is required. The updated names are: | Old Name | New Name | | --- | --- | | Contact Center Admin | Salesforce Voice Contact Center Admin | | Contact Center Agent | Salesforce Voice Contact Center Rep | | Contact Center Supervisor | Salesforce Voice Contact Center Supervisor | | Contact Center Admin (Partner Telephony) | Salesforce Voice Contact Center Admin (Partner Telephony) | | Contact Center Agent (Partner Telephony) | Salesforce Voice Contact Center Rep (Partner Telephony) | | Contact Center Supervisor (Partner Telephony) | Salesforce Voice Contact Center Supervisor (Partner Telephony) | | Delegated Contact Center Admin | Salesforce Voice Delegated Contact Center Admin | | Service Cloud Voice Permission Set | Salesforce Voice Permission Set | | Service Cloud Voice User | Salesforce Voice with Amazon User | | Service Cloud Voice User (Partner Telephony) | Salesforce Voice User (Partner Telephony) | # Track Your Revenue Management Consumption in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your Agentforce Revenue Management consumption for Dynamic Revenue Orchestration, Gross Merchandise Value, and Price Per Order in Digital Wallet. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate these consumption cards. - Dynamic Revenue Orchestration - Revenue Cloud Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) - Revenue Cloud Price Per Order (PPO) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Digital Wallet-Enabled Consumption-Based Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_enabled_products_rate_cards.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Rich Communication Services Consumption in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your Salesforce Message Credits – Rich Communication Services (RCS) consumption in Digital Wallet. RCS enables you to deliver rich, interactive customer experiences, and is a vehicle for conversational AI experiences. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the Salesforce Message Credits - RCS consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Digital Wallet-Enabled Consumption-Based Products](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_enabled_products_rate_cards.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Salesforce Message Credits - Partner Connect in Digital Wallet Track and analyze your Salesforce Message Credits (SMS) Partner Connect consumption in Digital Wallet. Partner Connect enables you to integrate third-party SMS providers directly into Marketing Cloud Connect. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the Salesforce Message Credits - Partner Connect consumption card. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Service Cloud Automated Asset Discovery Consumption in Digital Wallet Track and monitor consumption for assets that are discovered automatically through the Configuration Management database (CMDB) in Digital Wallet. Consumption is calculated using the MAX aggregation method, which reflects the maximum mark of active assets discovered during a daily interval. Your credits are drawn down when an item is commissioned and returned to the credit pool, or when an item is decommissioned, retired, or disposed of. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the Consumption Cards tab, and then locate the CMDB Enterprise consumption card. #### See Also - [Monitor Enterprise CI Usage with CMDB Enterprise and Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_it_srvcs_cmdb_digital_wallet.htm&release=260&type=5 "Track Enterprise configuration item (CI) usage with the CMDB Enterprise add-on. Enterprise configuration items represent any CI that isn’t an end-user endpoint, such as servers, cloud resources, application services, and network devices. Digital Wallet provides visibility into active Enterprise CIs so you can monitor usage and understand how your environment evolves.") - [_Salesforce Help_: About Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_about.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Cloud Billable Usage Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.service_cloud_billable_usage_types.htm&language=en_US) # Track Your Telephony Models with New Salesforce Voice Names As Service Cloud Voice becomes Salesforce Voice to take advantage of the latest AI innovations and capabilities, we are also renaming its underlying telephony models. We group these models as Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers to distinguish them from our native Salesforce Voice. We have updated the name on the landing page, but updates to the UI and documentation are in progress. You still see the previous names in the app and documentation until we fully replace them. There's no setup required, and the updated names appear automatically as they roll out. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Performance editions. Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (formerly Service Cloud Voice) is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** The updated telephony model names are: - Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect is now Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect. - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony is now Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony. - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect is now Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect. # Track Your Telephony Models with New Salesforce Voice Names As Service Cloud Voice becomes Salesforce Voice to take advantage of the latest AI innovations and capabilities, we are also renaming its underlying telephony models. We group these models as Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers to distinguish them from our native Salesforce Voice. The updated telephony model names appear automatically for you and provide a consistent terminology experience across your setup. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **How:** The updated names appear automatically in the UI, and no setup is required. The updated telephony model names are: - Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect is now Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect. - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony is now Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony. - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect is now Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect. # Track Your Unlimited Buying Model Consumption in Digital Wallet Track your uncapped consumption for products sold with the unlimited buying model. Your consumption card shows usage for the contractual cycle. It clearly lists the total credits consumed during your agreement, and displays your exact contract start and end dates. **Where:** Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **Who:** Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. **Why:** With the unlimited buying model, you have uncapped usage over your contract term with no volume limits. Consumption products sold with the unlimited buying model, such as Agentforce (via Agentic Enterprise License Agreements), provide you with access to Salesforce products for a fixed upfront price, delivering complete cost predictability without the fear of overages or shortfalls. By removing these traditional roadblocks, this model empowers you to rapidly experiment, deploy, and scale your AI initiatives confidently across the enterprise. You have access to the same consumption insights and analytics experience in Digital Wallet regardless of buying model. **How:** From the App Launcher, select **Digital Wallet**, click the **Consumption Cards** tab, and then locate consumption cards with the Unlimited badge. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor Usage for Consumption-Based Products in Digital Wallet](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.wallet_monitor_usage.htm&language=en_US) # Trade Promotion Management Get better visibility of financial metrics throughout promotion planning and execution phases by writing back accrual amounts into tactic funds. Enhance engine capabilities by supporting accrual calculations for tiered tactics and growth programs. Help centralize data for advanced sales and promotion analysis by integrating Trade Promotion Management data with Data 360. - **[Get Accrual Data Directly in Tactic Funds](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_configure_accrual_writebacks.htm&release=260&type=5)** Configure the write-back of accrual amounts into tactic funds. The aggregated accrual output is updated in the tactic fund to inform the key account manager of what the current accrued liabilities and other financial metrics are. - **[Get Accurate Financials for Tier Tactics and Growth Programs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_accrual_tier_tactics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Key account managers (KAMs) can calculate accruals for tier tactics and growth programs. Accrual calculations for tier tactics provide KAMs with an accurate picture of liabilities throughout the entire promotional lifecycle. - **[Integrate Trade Promotion Management Data with Data 360 for Enhanced Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_integrate_with_data_360.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance visibility into Trade Promotion Management (TPM) writeback KPIs in Data 360 by centralizing your data. Get a comprehensive view of product sales, promotion impact, and business trends by analyzing TPM data alongside external B2B and B2C data. Easily access and validate the writeback KPI data within Data 360. - **[Configure Trade Calendar and Account Plan Views with Smart UI Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_promotion_phase_tc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your key account managers a more focused user experience by customizing the promotion phases that appear in the trade calendar and account plan views based on their sales organization. Meet specific market needs and business requirements by defining the type of product selection available for each sales organization. - **[Choose Which Promotion Fields to Show in a Customer Business Plan](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_configure_promotion_tab.htm&release=260&type=5)** Show only the relevant fields on the Promotions tab to help key account managers focus on the data they need to analyze a promotion or hide the page entirely. The account manager can select a promotion link to go to the promotion’s page. Translate the field labels in any Salesforce-supported language. - **[New and Changed Objects in Trade Promotion Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the new and changed Trade Promotion Management objects. Changes span across areas such as fields, page layouts, and picklist values related to configuring Promotion tab for Customer Business Plans and other features. - **[Changed APIs in Trade Promotion Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_changed_apis.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the changed APIs in v66 and later. # Trade Promotion Management Switch between dynamic and fixed product planning and start over by using the Clear All button to remove existing filter and product selections. Aggregate Bill of Materials (BOM) component values directly on standard products within a customer business plan to highlight their impact on P&Ls. The promotion and tactic volume APIs now support both Salesforce IDs and external IDs for the promotion and tactic fields. Compare planned versus actual KPIs with the new Promotion Analysis and Tactic Analysis dashboards to identify top and least-performing promotions, tactics, and products. - **[Reset Product Selections and Filters with a Single Click](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_prd_pln_clear_all.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Transition easily between dynamic and fixed product planning. With the Clear All button, key account managers can reset all product selections and filter criteria for a promotion with a single click. The button is active during the planning, preparation, and modeling phases. You can also customize it by using EARights. - **[View Bill of Materials Impact on P&Ls by Aggregating Component Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_bom_impact.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Configure the KPI definition to aggregate BOM component values, such as volume or spend, directly on standard products within a customer business plan. Provide valuable insights into aggregation at the customer plan level to users who manage high volumes of BOM displays. Get accurate P&L tracking, even when specific promotions exclude standard products. - **[Changed Objects in Trade Promotion Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_new_changed_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the updated Trade Promotion Management objects. - **[Changed APIs in Trade Promotion Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_changed_apis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Do more with the changed APIs in version 67.0 and later. - **[Make Informed Promotion Decisions with Real-Time Performance Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_trade_performance_insights_tableau_next.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain visibility into promotion performance and make data-driven decisions with Promotion Analysis and Tactic Analysis dashboards. These Tableau Next dashboards compare planned versus actual KPIs to help you identify top and least-performing promotions, tactics, and products. Your key account managers access these insights directly in Trade Promotion Management workflows to plan more effective promotions. # Trade Promotion Management Configure promotions faster and streamline Tableau Next analytics setup with prebuilt skills from the Salesforce Skills library. Increase the usability and flexibility of trade calendar and account plan pages by adapting their headers to customer business processes. Aborting a job chain from Apex immediately stops a backlog of accumulated jobs from delaying business-critical processing. This process prevents queue delays that could otherwise stretch beyond a day. Drive better trade promotion results with an optimized planning experience tailored to your users' daily workflows. You can now adapt grid navigation to fit your planners' needs and support more Product Category Share records per user on the trade calendar. You can create resilient browser tests for TPM grids, search picklists in promotion wizards to find values quickly, and use Calculation Insights to review KPIs in context. - **[Define and Customize Promotions with an AI Coding Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_promo_ai_assistant.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural-language instructions in a supported AI coding environment such as Claude Code to configure how Salesforce creates, updates, and copies promotions through the Promotion Business Object API. This automation replaces manual workflow creation, entity registration, and JSON editing, which prevents namespace-prefix and payload errors. Your key account managers can launch promotions faster, apply configurations consistently, and avoid planning errors. - **[Set Up and Customize Trade Promotion Effectiveness Analytics in a Single Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_tpe_single_guided_flow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Set up Trade Promotion Effectiveness analytics on Tableau Next from scratch by using your preferred AI coding agent. Prebuilt skills from the Salesforce Skills library automate the setup; Data Kit, connector, app, and transform. After install, the agent customizes the Promotion Analysis dashboard to the KPIs you actually calculate, adds your custom writeback KPIs, and removes unused defaults that show empty. It keeps those KPIs aligned to the connector so no selectable KPI shows blank. - **[Customize Trade Planning Pages with a Developer API](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_customize_trade_pln_pages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tailor Trade Calendar and Account Plan headers to meet customer business needs with a Lightning Web Component API. Preserve familiar workflows and reduce customization, maintenance, and upgrade effort without replacing core logic or making extensive Apex changes. Customize header and toolbar slots and control toolbar button visibility without modifying managed code. Respond to page changes by listening to state-change events. Programmatically trigger grid refreshes or start the process of creating a promotion. - **[Support More Product Category Share Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_trade_calendar_product_category_share_record_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Trade Calendar now loads a larger number of Product Category Share (PCS) records for a single user. To support large category hierarchies and broad sharing, turn on the optimized category-loading setting. This setting loads data more efficiently, raises the supported limit to 13,000 assignments and shows a message if users exceed it. Previously, the page sometimes failed to load without indicating the cause. - **[Manage Trade Promotions with User Experience Enhancements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_user_experience_enhancement.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Help your key account managers plan trade promotions more smoothly with three automatic improvements. Numeric fields in Promotion Information, Tactic Information, and the Create Promotion wizard now match your locale. Long-text fields, such as Promotion Comment, now wrap and expand. You can also reverse a Collapse All grid action on the Volume Planning and Spend Planning cards with one click. - **[Changed Apex Class in Trade Promotion Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_abort_job_chain.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Do more with changed Trade Promotion Management Apex class. - **[Build More Reliable Automated Tests for Trade Promotion Management Grids](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_build_automated_testsxml.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create resilient browser tests for Trade Promotion Management (TPM) grids and the Trade Planning page with stable, versioned HTML data attributes. To create the test automation scripts that interact with TPM data grids, use the automation attributes. Identify grids, rows, columns, cells, and Trade Calendar promotion groups without relying on generated CSS classes, pixel positions, React structures, or Document Object Model (DOM) child order. The attributes don’t affect grid calculations, stored data, permissions, or user interactions. - **[Gain Full Insight into Trade Promotion Management P&L Calculations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_insight_pnl_calcuation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Get complete visibility into the calculation logic behind Trade Promotion Management (TPM) profit and loss (P&L) values. Use Calculation Insights to review key performance indicators (KPIs) for the current context, trace formulas and dependencies across the calculation chain, and troubleshoot unexpected values without escalating for investigation. - **[Find Values Quickly by Searching Picklists in Promotion Wizards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tpm_searchable_picklists.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Search picklists in promotion wizards to find values quickly without scrolling through every option. Type part of a name to narrow the list as you go, especially on long lists, such as Promotion Template, Account, and Brand. Search works for standard fields and custom attributes when a Salesforce admin enables it for that picklist. Use search when you create, copy, derive, or edit promotions. # Transaction Dispute Management Reduce manual data entry by connecting directly to leading payment networks. Capture every transaction detail with a single, unified intake form that works for all major card types. Collect specific information for Automated Clearing House (ACH) disputes with a guided questionnaire. Submit disputes for unlisted transactions, and retain your selections as you move through the intake form. Speed up the dispute stage setup process with pre-configured stage definition templates. - **[Manage the Complete Visa Dispute Lifecycle in One Place](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_manage_visa_dispute_lifecycle_one_place.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce data entry errors and centralize dispute resolution operations with the Transaction Dispute Management integration to Visa Resolve Online (VROL). Handle both Visa allocation and collaboration dispute flows, and cover complex arbitration stages, directly in Salesforce. Protect customers from fraudulent transactions and avoid manual data transfer between systems with this integration. - **[Unify Your Card Dispute Intake Process](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_unify_card_dispute_intake_process.htm&release=260&type=5)** Capture disputes for both Visa and Mastercard transactions with the same intake form. Avoid switching between multiple systems for card transactions. Create accurate dispute cases with a prebuilt Visa-compliant questionnaire specific to each dispute reason. Review all captured details in the summary screen for final verification. - **[Expand Your Dispute Intake to ACH Transactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_expand_intake_ach_transactions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Collect detailed information from the start for Automated Clearing House (ACH) disputes. Extend the prebuilt guided dispute intake form to capture ACH disputes alongside card transactions. The intake form includes specific questions tailored for ACH cases to reduce data entry errors. - **[Increase Dispute Intake Flexibility for Service Representatives](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_increase_intake_flexibility.htm&release=260&type=5)** Service representatives can now create transactions directly in the dispute intake form for immediate dispute submission. This flexibility expands dispute coverage to transactions that aren't available for selection, such as those transactions not yet recorded in the core banking system. - **[Strengthen Dispute Cases with Supporting Transaction Evidence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_strengthen_dspt_cases_trxn_evidence.htm&release=260&type=5)** Support dispute specialists to prove that a disputed charge is inconsistent with a cardholder’s normal purchase behavior or part of a fraudulent trend. Build a clear history before the dispute case moves to pre-arbitration by associating past, settled transactions as reference to the current Visa dispute. - **[Accelerate Mastercard Dispute Stage Setup with a Prebuilt Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fsc_accelerate_mc_dspt_stage_setup.htm&release=260&type=5)** Set up a compliant dispute process quickly by using the new stage management template for Mastercard. The template auto-populates the stage definition with preconfigured steps and transitions. The steps automatically point to the correct Omniscripts and integration definitions to eliminate manual mapping errors. # Transaction Management Manage complex deal structures easily by creating multiple ramp schedule groups, and amend ramped and nonramped assets in a single transaction. Set up quote line import effortlessly in multicurrency orgs, and automatically populate records related to imported quote lines. Handle transactions easily with advanced filtering, automated and persistent line sorting, and faster instant pricing. Process amendment, renewal, or cancellation transactions before the start date of an existing future-dated order. - **[Autopopulate Default Child Lines and Attributes During Quote Line Import](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_automate_child_line_attribute_creation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Speed up quoting and improve accuracy by using the new Data Processing Engine definition to autopopulate default records related to imported quote lines. When users import quote lines from CSV files, the import process populates default child lines for bundled products, and default quote line item attributes and their values. Users can also import static product bundles and products with static attributes. - **[Set Up Quote Line Import Easily When Multiple Currencies Are Enabled](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_set_up_quote_line_import_faster.htm&release=260&type=5)** Quickly configure quote line imports by using the new prebuilt Data Processing Engine definition template when your Salesforce org uses multiple currencies. This template reduces the manual setup steps previously required to add and map currency fields. - **[Manage Complex Deals and Amendments by Using Multiple Ramp Schedule Groups](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_consolidate_complex_deals.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable your users to create and manage multiple, independent ramp schedule groups on a single quote or order to handle complex deal structures. Users can also amend non-ramped and ramped assets—including ramped assets with different asset state period dates—in a single transaction. Sales reps can perform complex actions, such as “rip and replace,” to remove assets and add new ones in a single transaction. - **[Enrich Navigation by Using Advanced Filtering](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_accelerate_navigation_with_advanced_filtering.htm&release=260&type=5)** Your sales reps and partners can now filter all quote and order lines including ramped lines, errored lines, and unconfigured lines by using predefined filters. They can also create advanced filters to target specific fields, operators, and values. They can manage complex transactions easily by applying filters across all groups or selected groups. - **[Automate Consistent Line Item Sequencing on Quotes and Orders (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_consistent_line_item_sequencing_of_quotes_and_orders.htm&release=260&type=5)** Sales reps can control how line items show up on quotes and orders by introducing an automated and persistent sort order. Line items now appear in the sequence in which they're added. Automatic Line Item Sequencing (pilot) maintains item order when converting a quote to an order, and resolves the unpredictable item order shuffling that previously occurred in processing. Sales reps can also manually reorder items, providing the reliable sequencing needed to adjust the order of items to meet specific business needs. - **[Show Precise Discounts in the Price Waterfall](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_enhance_discount_precision_in_the_price_waterfall.htm&release=260&type=5)** Show your sales reps discount percentages and amount adjustments in the price waterfall with the correct decimal precision. Percentage discounts show up to two decimal places, and amount adjustments follow the currency scale. Help sales reps understand discount values accurately and remove the confusion caused by rounded percentages. - **[Track Product Swap, Upgrade, and Downgrade Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_swap_upgrade_downgrade_amendments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Make sure that transactions are transparent and accurately track the intent of every sale change. Agentforce Revenue Management now natively supports Swaps, Upgrades, and Downgrades as distinct amendment types, which boosts the efficiency of your sales reps. New connections among the related quote line items, order items, and asset actions make sure that these transactions are recognizable and auditable. Sales reps save time and effort used in the previous method that simply recorded them as a cancellation and new product sale. - **[Modify Upcoming Orders with Future-Dated Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_future_dated_order_amendments.htm&release=260&type=5)** Edit any order that has a future start date to reflect customer-requested changes. Save sales reps time and effort used in the previous method that recorded the changes as a cancellation and new product sale. Your sales team can now perform all transaction amendment types, including adding, swapping, upgrades, or product quantity changes to orders with future start dates. Keep customer orders up-to-date and accurate. - **[Restrict User Access to Sensitive Data When Pricing Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_restrict_user_access_sensitive_data.htm&release=260&type=5)** Give your users the ability to price quotes and orders even when they don’t have access to underlying sensitive data required for pricing. Enhance security and limit the access to sensitive data, such as product costs. - **[Save Time by Setting Instant Pricing to Active by Default](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_save_users_time_instant_pricing_active.htm&release=260&type=5)** Instant Pricing provides users the ability to recalculate prices immediately when they edit a line, instead of only upon saving the transaction. Simplify transaction management by turning on Instant Pricing by default on quote and order pages. Users can turn off Instant Pricing if needed. - **[Changed Object in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_changed_objects_in_transaction_management.htm&release=260&type=5)** Do more with the changed UserUIPreference object in Transaction Management. - **[New Connect REST API in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enable troubleshooting and improve the reliability of transaction processing. - **[New and Changed Invocable Actions in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_new_and_changed_invocable_actions.htm&release=260&type=5)** Get flexible and granular control over grouped asset pricing during renewal. Also, streamline the process of replacing existing assets. - **[Changed Tooling API Object in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_tooling_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=260&type=5)** Gain more control over rate synchronization and ensure pricing consistency across transactions. # Transaction Management Manage quotes and orders more efficiently with improved performance and flexibility across the transaction lifecycle. Review product attributes in Sales Transaction Line Editor and work with highly configurable products by using increased attribute capacity and an improved layout in the editor. Simplify deal management by cloning transactions with all related records, managing ramp schedules, and selling product variations. Gain better insight into quote data and tax information, and control access to pricing processes. - **[Enhance Attribute Visibility in the Sales Transaction Line Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_enhance_attribute_visibility_in_the_sales_transaction_line_editor_side_panel.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now view up to 200 product attributes for each quote line in the Sales Transaction Line Editor side panel. Attributes use defined display names, and attributes marked as hidden are excluded to improve clarity. - **[Work More Efficiently with the Enhanced Sales Transaction Line Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_sales_transaction_line_editor_layout.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** The Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE) no longer has a fixed height limit, providing more room to work. The STLE now scales to fill the browser window, maximizing the page real estate to provide a larger, more comprehensive view of quotes and orders. Your sales reps can efficiently view and edit more line items in a single view, with less page scrolling. - **[Preserve Group Ramp Schedules When Cloning Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_preserve_group_ramp_schedules_when_cloning_quotes_and_orders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now clone quotes and orders with group ramp schedules while retaining the original schedule structure. Amendment and renewal quotes with ramp schedules also preserve ramp and segment relationships after cloning. This update reduces manual corrections and helps maintain accurate ramped transactions. - **[Clone Quotes and Orders with All Related Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_clone_quotes_and_orders_with_complete_related_records.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now clone quotes and orders while retaining all related records, including custom objects, bundles, standalone lines, ramps, and associated actions for amendment, renewal, and cancellation quotes. This enhancement reduces manual rework and maintains consistency with the original transaction. - **[Sell Product Variations in Quotes and Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_product_variations_in_quotes_and_orders.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales reps can now sell different versions of a single base product, such as size or color, after you set up product variations in your catalog. Find and add product variations to quotes and orders by using Browse Catalog and Quick Add on the Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE). Sales reps can view the specific variation attributes in the side panel to ensure accuracy before saving. - **[Simplify Multi-Year Quoting by Using a Guided Ramp Schedule](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_guided_ramp_schedules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use a guided flow to generate multi-year ramp schedules instead of manually cloning segments. Include trial periods, and select whether to place prorated segments at the beginning or end of a contract to align with your customer's needs. Sales reps can preview and fine-tune the entire schedule before saving changes to the quote. - **[Renew Ramped Assets Early to Secure Future Revenue](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_early_renewal_of_ramped_assets.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Proactively strengthen customer relationships and increase lifetime value by renewing multi-year ramp schedules before they expire. Sales reps can select ramped assets for early renewal to terminate existing segments and consolidate subscriptions under a single, forward-looking ramp schedule. Get accurate financial reporting by generating credit lines for terminated periods while your reps negotiate new terms for the renewal period. - **[Adjust Start Dates and Extend Ramp Segments on Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_adv_ramp_amendments.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Sales reps and deal teams can now change the start date of an auto-generated ramp schedule on an amendment quote. They can also extend the final ramp segment directly or add more segments during an amendment or early renewal quote. Previously, these adjustments required abandoning the existing quote and starting over. - **[Handle Complex Product Configurations with More Attributes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_handle_complex_product_configurations_with_increased_attribute_capacity.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Manage complex and highly configurable quotes in standard transactions by increasing the number of product attributes up to 10,000 across all quote lines. - **[Process More Records for Each Transaction](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_process_more_records_per_transaction_with_increased_persistence_size.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Increase the number of records persisted for each transaction to reduce saving cycles and improve efficiency for high-volume operations. - **[Strengthen Document Builder with Robust Service Architecture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_tm_docbuilder_performance_for_high_volume_data.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Document Builder now runs on a robust, high-scale framework designed to handle your most complex business document needs. This architectural evolution ensures consistent performance and reliability as your organization’s volume of work orders and service appointments grows. - **[Track Quote and Tax Data with Enhanced Object Visibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_quote_objects_visibility.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now track deal changes and business processes more efficiently with reports on Quote Line Item History and Quote Action records. Improve tax transparency, and view, edit, and add custom tax amounts by using the new Quote Item Tax Item object. Customize the Quote list view by adding custom buttons and quick actions to manage bulk updates or automated quote creation. - **[Secure Data Access for Pricing with Elevated Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_secure_data_access_for_pricing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Have business continuity during sales transaction pricing while protecting sensitive data from unauthorized access. Turn on Elevated Data Access for Pricing Quotes and Orders and Procedure Plan Orchestration for Pricing and restrict fields from the context by using custom Apex hooks. The pricing engine accesses the data internally to make sure that a transaction price is correct, but users without field-level security can’t query, view, or modify the fields used to calculate pricing. - **[Changed Connect REST API in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_changed_connect_rest_api_request_bodies.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Query a specific set of fields on an sObject rather than all fields to improve performance. Use the enhanced Read Sales Transaction API to accept an sObject name along with the specific field names to query. - **[New Invocable Action in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_new_invocable_action_in_transaction_management.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automate the cloning of quotes and orders along with their related records to streamline sales processes and reduce manual effort. # Transaction Management Improve flexibility and productivity when managing quotes, orders, and asset lifecycle changes. Configure procedure plans for specific industries, backdate asset transactions, maintain time zone accuracy throughout the asset lifecycle, and update prices through price amendments. Work more efficiently in Sales Transaction Line Editor with enhanced filtering, automatic refresh, and configurable action buttons. Tailor transaction pages with Dynamic Forms. - **[Limit a Procedure Plan to a Specific Industry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_prevent_cross_industry_pricing_errors_with_subtype.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Prevent pricing errors when you have multiple industries in a single org by defining which industry or vertical the procedure plan applies to. Use the new Subtype field to make sure that your plan shows only the pricing procedures matching the specific subtype. Then, when you configure a Life Sciences or Commerce procedure plan, you can add only pricing procedures intended for the selected industry or vertical. - **[Gain Transaction Flexibility with Backdated Asset Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_backdate_asset_transactions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now apply past effective dates to amendment, cancellation, and renewal transactions for standard and ramped assets. They can also apply past effective dates to transfer and swap transactions for standard assets. Backdated asset transactions keep contract terms, billing schedules, and invoices aligned with the intended effective dates. - **[Maintain Time Zone Accuracy for Asset Lifecycle Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_managment_preserve_original_time_zones_for_asset_lifecycle_changes.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Time Zone is now stored on the asset and populated to amendment, renewal, and cancellation transactions. Start and end dates remain consistent with the asset's original local time zone, so sales reps can manage subscriptions across different time zones without manual time zone conversions. - **[Gain Pricing Flexibility with Price Amendments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_update_quote_and_order_prices_with_price_amendments.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now use price amendments to update the sales price on quote lines or the unit price on order lines without modifying quantities, attributes, or bundle configurations. Updated prices are reflected throughout the standard order and billing processes. - **[Accelerate Transaction Updates with Advanced Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_filter_transactions_by_product_name_in_the_sales_transaction_line_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Your sales reps can now use advanced filters to quickly isolate quote and order lines by product name, custom fields, and fields on related records. Focus updates on relevant lines in complex transactions to save time, reduce rework, and improve accuracy when updating pricing and terms. - **[Generate Documents for Quotes via CLM](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_docgen_clm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Generate quote documents that mirror what your reps see on screen, including nested product groups up to 5 levels deep. CLM Document Generation now displays groups, subgroups, and bundles in the same order and structure as your quote, even for quotes with up to 15,000 line items and 1,000 bundles. Configure your quote template to show group hierarchy using indentation, bullets, or color, so proposals are easy for customers to follow - **[Edit Accurate Quotes and Orders in Sales Transaction Line Editor with Autorefresh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_stle_enhance_autorefresh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE) and Transaction Summary now refresh automatically when a custom flow, Apex trigger, or Agentforce action changes the quote or order your sales reps are viewing. Sales reps see the latest line items without reloading the page manually, so their work on quotes and orders always reflects the most current data. The Refresh tab now reliably reloads the STLE data. - **[Organize Sales Transaction Line Editor Actions into Button Groups for Efficient Editing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_stle_enhance_button_groups.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE) header actions with a new, visual admin UI instead of a text box. Organize actions into button groups, set how many actions show in each group, and add as many groups as your business needs. Ten action groups are visible, with the remaining groups placed in an overflow menu. Existing text box configurations carry over automatically, keeping your sales reps' experience the same until you're ready to reorganize. - **[Build Focused Quote Line Item and Order Product Pages with Dynamic Forms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_dynamic_forms_for_quote_line_items_and_order_products.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tailor what users see on quote line item and order product records by upgrading their Lightning pages to Dynamic Forms. Place individual fields and field sections anywhere on the page, and set visibility rules so that users see only the fields relevant to their transaction. Previously, these two objects supported page layouts only. - **[Sync Quote to Opportunity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_sync_quote_to_opportunity.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Sync a quote's line items to its associated opportunity's line items when reps add, update, or delete items on the quote. This runs the sync in the background and returns a tracking ID so you can monitor its progress, and returns an error if the quote isn't associated with an opportunity. The capability to sync quote and opportunity line items helps keep opportunity records accurate as quotes change and reduces the manual effort required by sales reps to update opportunity line items themselves. - **[Changed Connect REST API in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_changed_connect_rest_apis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the enhanced Read Sales Transaction API to discover available batches, then retrieve only the batches that you need in parallel. - **[New Invocable Action in Transaction Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_new_invocable_action_in_transaction_management.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep forecasts up to date by syncing quote line items to opportunity line items so that your sales teams get consistent data with less manual effort. Changes to quote line items update the matching opportunity line items, but not the reverse. To use this action in a flow or other automation, turn on Asynchronous Opportunity Sync in Revenue Settings. - **[Stack Renewals on Termed Assets with an Active Future-Dated Renewal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_transaction_management_renewal_stacking_of_termed_assets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Renew a termed asset even when it has an active future-dated renewal. Each new renewal quote and order builds on the end date of the most recently created renewal, so you can stack multiple renewals for a single asset. Previously, when a future-dated renewal existed on an asset, sales reps waited for the renewal activation before renewing that asset again. # Transcribe Spoken Audio with the Convert Base64 Speech To Text action You can now capture spoken audio from a microphone and convert it to text for hands-free updates, faster data capture, and voice-enabled automation using the Convert Base64 Speech To Text flow action. The action processes Base64-encoded audio content and returns transcription output for use in downstream flow logic. **Where:** The Convert Base64 Speech To Text action is available in Flow Builder and can be added to autolaunched, record-triggered, and event-triggered flows. **How:** In Flow Builder, add an Action element to your flow. In the Action field, search for convert base64 speech to text, select the action, and provide the required Base64-encoded audio input. # Transfer Calls to Agentforce Voice Using Real-Time Streaming You no longer need a dedicated static phone number or a SIP trunk configuration to route calls to your voice-enabled agent. With Real-Time Streaming, Amazon Connect can stream call audio directly to Agentforce over a WebSocket connection. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions, and [Salesforce Voice add-ons](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** This feature will be available on October 16, 2026. **How:** Create a Messaging channel for Agentforce Voice and select the Real-Time Streaming communication protocol. Then configure AWS access and authentication to connect your Amazon Connect instance to Agentforce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Channel and Telephony Settings for Real-Time Streaming](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agentforce_voice_realtime_streaming_channel_and_telephony_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Transfer Your Salesforce Voice Agentforce Agent Conversations to a Service Rep in Agentforce Contact Centers Make sure that your customers always get the help they need by escalating complex issues from an AI agent to a service rep in Salesforce Voice channels. By using the Escalation topic and an outbound Omni-Channel flow, your Agentforce agents can now easily route Salesforce Voice conversations along with their full history to the right destination. Agentforce Contact Centers in the Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) model now fully support these escalation capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Performance editions. Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony) is available in Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud) with the Agentforce Contact Center add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transfer Conversations from an Agent with an Omni-Channel Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_escalation.htm&language=en_US) # Transform and Integrate Data with Picklist-Dependent Fields Admins can now map source fields to picklist target fields during copy field enrichments, allowing for more flexible data transformation and integration with picklist-dependent fields. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. # Transform Context Data and Write Data to JSON with Data Processing Engine Use Data Processing Engine (DPE) to read data from context definitions and write it to JSON to support high-volume data transformations for processes such as document generation. Use DPE in place of Apex plug-ins to scale transformations for complex product hierarchies and groupings without hitting governor limits. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine and Data Processing Engine On Demand are available. **Who:** To use this feature, you need the Data Processing Engine On Demand permission set license and the Run Data Processing Engine Definitions On Demand permission set. **How:** In a DPE definition, select a context definition as the data source. To send transformed data to downstream processes, create a JSON type Writeback Object node. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Context Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.context_service.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Integrate Data Processing Engine with Context Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dpe_integrate_context_service.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Transform a Context Definition](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ctx_transform_with_dpe.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Context Data at Scale with Data Processing Engine Enhance your business processes such as document generation by using the power of Data Processing Engine (DPE) to transform context data. Use DPE to read data directly from context objects, apply complex logic such as hierarchical rollups or groupings, and write the results back to a JSON structure. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Professional, and Unlimited editions where Context Service and Data Processing Engine are available. **Who:** To create a transformation definition, users need the DocGen Designer permission set. To create documents by using Context Service with Data Processing Engine, users need the DocGen Runtime permission set. **How:** Create a transformation definition from the Transform tab of a context definition in Setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Document Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_docgen_overview_one.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Processing Engine](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.dpe_intro.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Context Data Before Generating Documents Generate documents with clean, standardized, and business-ready data content by transforming the context data using the sample Apex plug-in. Run the Apex plug-in after context hydration to adjust formatting, grouping, string manipulation, token value changes, and other lightweight changes to meet business needs. This capability enables advanced transformation logic for scenarios that filtering alone can’t address. For example, transform flat line items into a bundle with child products so that the document shows each bundle with its related components. You can also group line items by category or region so that the document presents organized sections with related items together. Document Generation in the Omnistudio managed package doesn’t support this Apex plug-in. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Managament, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Events Starter Pack license, and the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To use an Apex plug-in with Context Service for Salesforce Document Generation, you need the DocGen Designer permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transform Token Data with Context Service for Document Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_docgen_transform_plugin.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Transform Context Data in Large Transactions Apply Data Processing Engine (DPE) transforms to context data in large transactions, so you can shape and localize high-volume data before it's merged into documents. Transformation definitions run against Revenue Management transactions, such as quotes and orders with thousands of line items. Previously, DPE-based transforms in the Context Service were available only for standard transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **How:** On the Transform tab of a context definition, create a transformation definition in the Data Processing Engine. You can then use the definition in Salesforce Document Generation for standard and large transactions. # Transform Digital Customer Experience with Agentforce Banking Service Customer Assistance Support your customers with an AI-powered self-service that autonomously creates cases for banking inquiries and helps them with their queries. The agent securely verifies customer identity to access sensitive account information. This integrated verification helps customers complete tasks without switching screens. For complex service requests, the agent conversationally escalates the interaction to live service representatives with full context. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud. The Agentforce Service agent uses Flex Credits under the Salesforce Foundations Entitlements model. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Fee Reversal Request agent topic in Banking Service Customer Assistance is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and the applicable terms, such as Non-GA Agentforce, Non-GA Open AI LLM Provider, and Non-GA Credit Consumption in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. The Non-GA Services are used in conjunction with GA Services which consume paid credits or entitlements (“entitlements”). Any corresponding consumption of entitlements arising from Customer’s use of the Non-GA Services shall not give rise to any refund or credit rights. **Who:** To use the Banking Service Customer Assistance template and agent topics, users need these permission sets and permission set licenses. - Salesforce Foundations Standard permission set - Industry Service Excellence permission set - Financial Services Cloud Extension, Financial Services Cloud Basic, Financial Services Cloud Service, or Financial Services Cloud Standard permission set license - Omnistudio User permission set - Business Rule Engine Runtime permission set **Why:** Use the prebuilt agent topics included in the Banking Service Customer Assistance template. - Address Update Request: Helps customers update their account-related and financial account-related addresses. Identifies and selects the specific address to change, gathers the new details, and creates a case for the update. - Financial Account Statement Request: Helps customers request copies of checking or savings account statements. Collects details regarding the specific account, statement period, and delivery method, and creates a case for fulfillment. - Financial Account Balances Request: Helps customers view the financial account balances associated with a specific account. Identifies the relevant financial account, and provides current details such as available and total balances. - Financial Account Transactions Request: Helps customers identify the relevant account, and shows the history including deposits, withdrawals, and payments. - Card Lock Management Request: Captures customers requests to lock or freeze a card temporarily or to unlock or reactivate a previously locked card. - Funds Transfer to Own Account Request: Helps customers set up one-time or recurring fund transfers between savings and deposit accounts, including loan and credit card payments. Collects necessary payment details, and creates a case for the fund transfer. - Report Credit or Debit Card Request: Helps customers report their credit or debit card as lost, stolen, destroyed, or captured by an ATM. Shows the necessary card details, and creates a case to block the card to prevent unauthorized use. - Fee Reversal Request (beta): Helps customers reverse the fees charged to their financial accounts. Assists in identifying the specific transaction to reverse by showing relevant details, and submits the reversal request for processing. **How:** To get started with Agentforce banking service for customers, complete the setup and configuration for Banking Service Customer Assistance topics. Then, from Setup, turn on Einstein generative AI from the Einstein setup page and Agentforce. Next, to set up a Banking Service Customer Assistance agent, on the Agentforce Agents setup page, click **New Agent**. Then, select the **Banking Service Customer Assistance** template in the Legacy Agent Builder. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Enable Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_enable.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Enable Financial Account Management Standard Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_admin_enable_financial_account_management.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Banking Service Customer Assistance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_agent_service_cust_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Email Interactions with Smarter Engagement and Deliverability Enhancements Enhance your email marketing and customer engagement with new conversational email capabilities, improved deliverability, and clearer reply management. Create dynamic two-way campaigns, boost inbox placement with streamlined Dedicated IP support. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with access to Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. ## Engage Customers with Conversational Email Turn one-way email broadcasts into dynamic, two-way interactions. Conversational Email engages customers through responsive, threaded conversations that are powered by Agentforce agents. Capture high-intent replies, resolve customer queries, and deliver personalized support, without leaving the Salesforce platform. Use Campaign Agent to easily create two-way conversational campaigns. Provide a user utterance or select an option in the campaign brief, and Campaign Agent generates a preview of a standard two-way email campaign. It automatically includes the flow elements needed to support two-way conversations with the Default Agent. Flow Builder enhancements, including Wait Until Response and conversation forwarding enable customers to convert any existing one-way campaigns to two-way campaigns. ## Reduce Complexity with Managed Dedicated IPs Your email sends are now automatically assigned dedicated sending resources, allowing you to focus on creating engaging messages while Salesforce optimizes delivery in the background. Internal services continuously monitor shared and dedicated IP pools and rebalance traffic to ensure optimal delivery performance. This capability dynamically adjusts IP assignments based on sending volume and delivery trends. ## Improve Email Experience with Native RMM Forwarding We improved Reply Mail Management (RMM) forwarding to provide customer replies in full HTML formatting, mirroring modern email clients. Marketing specialists see clean, readable emails with preserved context—replacing the previous plain-text experience. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Configure Reply Mail Management for a Unified Messaging Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=um_channel_email_rmm.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Transform Home Healthcare with Comprehensive Patient Visit Summaries Drive better patient outcomes by equipping your care teams with automated, clinically rich home visit summaries. Eliminate time-consuming manual record preparation by offering your team hands-free, read-aloud pre-visit briefings designed for travel. Generate comprehensive post-visit notes immediately after each appointment to connect new visit details with the patient’s history, ensuring accurate follow-up planning and seamless continuity of care. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud, Home Health, and Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on to access the agent action. **When:** This feature is available starting August 31, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Context Service Runtime, Data Cloud User, Einstein Field Service User, Health Cloud Foundation, Home Health Assistive Agent, and Prompt Template User permission sets. **How:** From Setup, go to the Health Cloud settings page, and turn on Einstein for Health Cloud. On the Agentforce Agents page, turn on Agentforce. Create an agent for Home Health mobile and add the Home Healthcare Visit Summary subagent from the asset library to the agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Home Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Transform Life Sciences Data with Data 360 Seamlessly integrate Data 360 with Life Sciences Cloud by using the Life Sciences data kit. Streamline your Account Management data by using the preconfigured data stream bundles that harmonize data from various objects. The data kit includes five ready-to-use bundles: Activity Plan, Marketable Product, Presentation, Provider Visit, and Sales Territory Account. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Data 360, Life Sciences Cloud license, Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 for Life Sciences Customer Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_customer_enagagement_data_360.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Pricing Capabilities in Tariff Comparison with a New Context Definition Enhance the pricing capabilities by transitioning users to the ConsumerSalesContext context definition for comparing tariffs. If you've implemented the configuration for the tariff comparison before Winter ‘27, we recommend that you use the new ConsumerSalesContext context definition. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Tariff Comparison_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.ene_tariff_comparison.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Product Discovery with New Flow and Context Definitions Enhance product discovery by transitioning users to use the Multi-Recipient: Discover Products flow and MultiRecipientProductDiscovery context definitions for browsing the products from the Browse Catalog page. If you've implemented the configuration for the Browse Catalog page before Spring ‘26, we recommend that use the new product discovery flow and context definitions, the Multi-Recipient: Discover Products flow and MultiRecipientProductDiscovery context definitions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud for Communications. **How:** Assign CME Sales Features permission set to users to access the Multi-Recipient: Discover Products flow and MultiRecipientProductDiscovery context definitions. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up Product Discovery in Revenue Cloud for Communications_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_product_discovery_in_communications_cloud_sales.htm&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: _Set Up Qualification Rules for SMB Fiber Products_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_set_up_qualification_rules_for_smb_fiber_products.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Slack Alerts Into Structured Notifications with Rich Details Replace plain-text Slack alerts with structured notifications with labeled sections and action buttons. Use one click to scan alert details quickly and take action directly in Slack, such as request approvals, incident acknowledgements, or status updates. Your admins can visually design notifications by using live previews and templates to speed up response times on critical alerts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Transform Slackbot Into Your IT Assistant Use natural language conversations with Slackbot to resolve complex IT issues. Chat naturally to handle IT issues such as password resets, software access, hardware orders, and account provisioning. Agentforce completes complex requests instantly in the background, eliminating wait times and service desk bottlenecks. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Transform the Student Financial Experience Provide students with a clear view of their financial obligations through a unified dashboard for real-time billing, secure payments, and disbursed aid or scholarships. Reduce administrative inquiries by offering a single place for students to access invoices, running balances, and full payment histories. Save your staff time with automated account reconciliation that offers granular control and visibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud, Revenue Cloud Advanced, and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses are enabled. **Who:** Users with these permission sets can use this feature: - Education Cloud Full Access - Billing Operations User - Payment Operations User # Transform Your Customer Experience with Voice-Enabled Agents in Enhanced Chat v2 Scale your operations and decrease agent handle time by offering customers a more engaging and accessible way to interact with your service agents. With Agentforce Voice for Enhanced Chat v2, customers can seamlessly switch between text and voice mode. Easily set up a voice-enabled service agent and customize it to meet your unique business needs in Agentforce Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **How:** Before you get started, turn on Agentforce and set up Agentforce Voice. To enable Agentforce Voice for Enhanced Chat v2, in Setup enter Messaging Settings in the Quick Find box and select **Messaging Settings**, choose your Enhanced Chat v2 channel. To turn on the feature, select the toggle next to **Allow Agentforce Voice for Enhanced Chat**. In the new Agentforce Builder, open an Agentforce Service agent and add the Enhanced Chat v2 connection. You can customize and test your agent’s voice settings on the Voice Settings page. ![Voice Settings page in Agentforce Builder](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_ecv2_voice_settings.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Connect a Service Agent to Enhanced Chat v2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.service_agent_deploy_enhanced_chat_v2.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Persona of Your Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_configure_voice_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Your Emails, Campaigns, and Data with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement New features improve campaign reporting and data compatibility for Marketing Cloud Next. Marketers can now send Engagement emails via flows, create lockable email templates for use by platform users, and view unified reporting in context. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement. ## Build Email Templates for Non-Marketing Users Distributed Marketing and Alerts functions similarly to the Distributed Marketing functionality that you’re used to. Orgs with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement can try it out after an admin turns on the feature and adds the required Lightning web components to record pages. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Distributed Marketing and Alerts Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_dm_overview.htm&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Distributed Marketing and Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_distributed_marketing.htm&language=en_US) ## Enhance Campaign Reporting with Related Emails The Marketing Cloud Next campaign record experience continues to evolve for Engagement customers, making it easier for marketers to view, manage, and report on multichannel orchestration. You can now send Marketing Cloud Engagement emails from flows in the Marketing App. On campaign records, we added the Engagement email send element in the Next Steps section and a unified report to the Performance tab. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Automate Marketing Cloud Engagement Emails from Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_mktg_send_mce_email.htm&type=5&language=en_US) ## Unify Legacy Engagement Data for Marketing Cloud Next Now you can unify your legacy Marketing Cloud Engagement data to use with Marketing Cloud Next. To make sure that incoming and existing Engagement data is compatible with newer features, such as Marketing Performance reports, update your data configuration. Previously, some users with an older data model couldn’t unify their Engagement data in Marketing Cloud Next. **Where:** These changes don’t apply to most Engagement customers. To confirm if your account requires this configuration, from Salesforce Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Marketing Cloud Engagement and then select **Unify Data**. If Setup doesn’t include a Unify Data page, the changes don’t apply to your org. **When:** Data unification for legacy Marketing Cloud Engagement data is available later in Spring '26. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Unify Legacy Engagement Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mke_unify_data.htm&language=en_US) # Transform Your Scheduling Experience with the New Scheduling Console Empower your team to manage complex Field Service scheduling operations with an intuitive and sleek console built on Lightning Web Components for peak usability and productivity. Designed to reduce cognitive load, this high-performance interface supports multi-screen configurations, ensuring your dispatchers stay efficient, focused, and responsive. The scheduling console is also available to Experience Cloud site users. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and [Aura sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. **How:** In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. Under Permission Sets, select **Field Service Dispatcher Permissions** or create a permission set for your dispatchers. Then, from Object Settings, enable the Scheduling Console tab, and under Manage Assignments, assign users the permission set. For quick setup, go to Salesforce Go and select **Scheduling Console**. ![The new scheduling console](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/fieldservice_scheduling_console.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Work in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_parent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Scheduling Console to an Experience Builder Site](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.pfs_scheduling_console_community.htm&language=en_US) # Transition from Microsoft ACS to Azure Portal for Files Connect In April 2026, Microsoft is retiring Microsoft Azure Control Services (ACS), which means that this authentication approach is no longer supported for Files Connect. If your org uses Microsoft ACS, update your Files Connect authentication configuration to use Azure Portal instead. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Files Connect accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Authentication Provider for SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business Using Azure Portal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.admin_files_connect_sp_online_auth.htm&language=en_US) # Translate and Refine Product Details with AI (Beta) Speed up localization across multiple locales by using AI to translate and refine product information directly from product lists. This feature requires enabling Agentforce Merchant Agent and providing the agent Business Manager permissions. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. To enable this feature, contact your Salesforce admin. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Translating and refining product details with AI is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Service Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** Thi feature is available August 2026. **Who:** Merchants and merchandising admins with these licenses: - Salesforce user license (or Starter Suite with Salesforce Foundations) - Flex Credits (usage-based, required Salesforce Foundations) - Agent user license for each Business Manager user - Unmetered User Based AI permission set license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Merchant Agent Setup for B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_merchant_agent_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Merchandising with the B2C Merchant Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_merchandise_using_the_merchant_agent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Translate and Refine Product Information with AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_translateandrefinewithai.htm&language=en_US) # Translate Data into Insights with Channel Revenue Management Data Kit Get unified, accurate, and standardized rebate program data using the Channel Revenue Management data kit. Automatically stream the data from Salesforce Core to Data 360 and map rebate program definitions directly to Standard Data Model Objects (DMOs), creating a single source of incentive data. This unified architecture serves as the foundation for Tableau Next Dashboards, enabling embedded, interactive analytics that accelerate decision-making. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced and Data Cloud are enabled. **Who:** This feature is available to users with Rebate and Accruals Management Advanced permission. **How:** In Setup, search for **Data Kits**. Select the Channel Revenue Management data kit and click **Target Deploy**. # Translate Data into Insights with Warranty Management Datakit Stream Salesforce Core data into Data 360 and map it to Standard Data Model Objects (DMOs) to create unified and standardized warranty data. This consistent, reliable data foundation powers Tableau Next dashboards, enabling embedded, interactive analytics that support faster decision-making. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Manufacturing and Data Cloud are enabled. **How:** In Setup, search for **Data Kits**. Select the Warranty Management data kit and click **Target Deploy**. # Translate Enhanced Chat Sessions with the Messaging User Language Field Your support reps can now handle multilingual conversations more accurately by routing translation settings through the Messaging User Language field. The translation component automatically detects and applies the language specified in this field, even if the user sends messages in a different language. If a user requests a switch to another language, reps can update the field directly on the record and refresh the component to continue translating in the new language. This update ensures that your reps always have the correct context and translation tools available during active chat sessions. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced Chat and Enhanced Messaging. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Who:** Users with the Real-Time Translations permission set license and the Translate Enhanced Conversations user permission. **How:** To enable this feature, contact Salesforce Support. Salesforce automatically detects the user's language and translates the rep's reply. To change the language of a messaging session, open the session in the Omni-Channel widget. In the Information section, edit the **Messaging User Language** field. ![The Messaging User Language field in a messaging session.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_enhanced_chat_sessions_with_messaging_user_language_field.png) # Translate in More Languages with Translate Service Replies Translate Service Replies now supports Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Hebrew, Korean, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, and Thai. You need a minimum of 1,000 closed chat transcripts in a language to deliver replies in that language. **Where:** This change applies to Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Service add-on, or to the Agentforce 1 Service Edition. **Who:** Translate Service Replies is only available for customers with MIAW enabled and the Real Time Translation permission set. **How:** For replies based on the conversation context, Agentforce detects the language and drafts replies accordingly. Service reps can also set their user language to receive replies in that language. To translate a customer's message, click the **Translate** link that appears in the Service Console. # Translate Structured Chat Messages Inline Translate structured messages in chat into your preferred language using automatic translation. When the system detects a different language, a translation prompt appears to convert the text instantly. Your service reps can seamlessly toggle back to the original text at any time. Unlike text messages, structured messages are not translated at the time of sending. They are sent in the language configured by the admin in the organisation. On the conversation transcript, the content is translated into the reps or end user’s language for viewing. **Where:** This change applies to Enhanced Chat and Enhanced Messaging. [View required editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **Who:** Users with the Real-Time Translations permission set license and the Translate Enhanced Conversations user permission. **How:** To enable this feature, contact Salesforce Support. ![Translating structured chat messages inline](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_messaging_translate_structured_chat_messages_inline.png) # Triage Incidents Automatically with AI When an employee reports an incident, AI automatically triages it before the IT team gets involved. Automated processes analyzes the incident against past incidents, resolution notes, and knowledge articles, to identify incomplete fields, detect duplicate records, and identify relationships to active major incidents. Notifications are sent to the employee through Slack, Chatter feed, or email so that employees can add comments or close the incident based on the triage results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service. **How:** To automatically triage and categorize incidents for prioritization and routing, go to Setup, enter Incident Management in the Quick Find box, and select **Incident Management**. On the Incident Management Settings page, turn on Automatically Triage Incidents. # Triage Issues Directly from the Flows List View Monitor flow health with the new Element Error Rate column. This column shows the percentage of flow elements that resulted in errors during the flow’s last occurrence. A green success icon indicates a 0% error rate, while a yellow warning icon represents an error rate from 1% to 100%. Identify and triage actionable problems without opening individual flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite, Salesforce Foundations, Data 360, and Marketing Cloud Advanced and Growth editions. **How:** The Element Error Rate column appears by default in the Flows list view for flows that are in active, finishing, canceled, or completed status. For more granular data, add columns for Element Errors and Element Runs. # Triage Referrals with AI-Powered Scoring and Automated Intake Manage the entire referral journey in a centralized process to reduce manual data entry and increase patient engagement. Help your users queue referrals by assigning predictive intelligence scores based on time in the queue and clinical urgency. Also, convert unstructured fax referrals into structured records by using Document AI for Health. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, and Data Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud Architect, and Document AI for Health permission sets. **How:** Set up Document AI for Health with ready-to-use referral templates to automate record creation for clinical service requests (referrals) and person accounts. You can also configure dynamic rules to automatically set processing stages like Accepted or Manual Review Required. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Referral Management in Agentforce Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_referral_management_clinical_data_model.htm&language=en_US) # Trigger Automation Event-Triggered Flows When CRM Records Change Now you can trigger an automation event-triggered flow when a prospect, lead, or contact record changes, or when a record related to a prospect, lead, or contact record changes. For example, send a personalized email to a contact when a case is closed, or trigger a follow-up flow that notifies a lead owner when an opportunity moves to a new stage. This update helps you engage customers immediately when key business events occur, with prospect, lead, or contact data available for personalization in your messages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Foundations, Marketing Cloud Growth, Marketing Cloud Advanced, and Data 360 editions. **How:** Create an automation event-triggered flow and select “Prospect, Lead, Contact or Related Record Change” as the trigger type. Select the triggering Prospect, Lead, or Contact object, or an object that has a relationship field with the Prospect, Lead, or Contact object. If the selected object isn’t Prospect, Lead, or Contact, select the related Prospect, Lead, or Contact object. Then configure when to trigger and set entry conditions. The triggering object becomes available as a variable in the Flow Resource Panel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Individual Related Record Event](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_ref_event_individual_related_record_event.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Trigger Data 360 Activations Directly from a Flow (Beta) Create an API activation in Data 360 and trigger it from Flow Builder by using an API call. API activation expands where and how you can initiate activations. You can trigger activations mid-flow, precisely when they’re most impactful, independent of how a flow is triggered. This gives you the flexibility to start activations based on any Salesforce event, independent of a segment publish schedule. For example, a newly onboarded customer hasn’t claimed their welcome bonus via email. You can now invoke an activation to retarget them on Meta or Google Ads using a single Flow. This real-time response enables more dynamic and effective customer engagement. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note API Activation is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This functionality is available as a beta service starting in January 2026. **How:** In Feature Manager, turn on the API Activation feature. From Data Cloud Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Feature Manager, and then select API Activation (Beta). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an API Activation in Data 360 (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_api_activation.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Segment-Triggered Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_segment_triggered.htm&language=en_US) # Trigger Flows Faster on Order Events with a REST API Send transactional messages faster by calling a REST API that starts the flow directly. The new Order Return, Order Shipment, and Order Status Change events in the Event Library accept API calls with order data. Flows process order events in approximately 3 seconds instead of 7–10 minutes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **Why:** The Event Library includes a pre-built schema for hierarchical order data, so you can map nested line items in Flow Builder without building a custom event structure. **How:** In Flow Builder, select the **Order Return**, **Order Shipment**, or **Order Status Change** event from the **Event Library**, for example to trigger a flow when an order is confirmed. Send POST requests with customer information, order details, and line items to trigger the flow. # Trigger Flows with Third-Party Connector Triggers Use third-party connector triggers only in External System Change-Triggered flows to poll for matching data and process changes for specific connectors. The triggers check the external system for matching data and process the changes. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To manage MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connections, you need the Manage Integration Connections permission. For full access to flow types and features in Flow Builder—including Einstein and Agentforce for Flow—the Manage Flow permission is required. To create and edit External System Change-Triggered flows in the Automation app regardless of sharing settings, you need Manage Flow, or the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows and View All Non-Admin Flows permissions. To create and edit these flows when they are owned by or shared with you, you need the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows permissions. To use MuleSoft for Flow: Integration templates, you need the Create or Edit Flows or View Flows permission. Non-admins also need the App Framework Manage Template permission to use these templates. **Why:** These third-party connectors have new triggers. - Google Calendar - Jamf Pro - HubSpot - Microsoft Outlook - QuickBooks Online **How:** Use new third-party connector triggers in External System Change-Triggered flows. # Trigger Flows with Third-Party Connector Triggers Use third-party connector triggers only in External System Change-Triggered flows to poll for matching data and process changes for specific connectors. The triggers check the external system for matching data and process the changes. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To manage MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connections, you need the Manage Integration Connections permission. For full access to flow types and features in Flow Builder—including Einstein and Agentforce for Flow—the Manage Flow permission is required. To create and edit External System Change-Triggered flows in the Automation app regardless of sharing settings, you need Manage Flow, or the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows and View All Non-Admin Flows permissions. To create and edit these flows when they are owned by or shared with you, you need the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows permissions. To use MuleSoft for Flow: Integration templates, you need the Create or Edit Flows or View Flows permission. Non-admins also need the App Framework Manage Template permission to use these templates. **Why:** These third-party connectors have new triggers. - Automox **How:** Use new third-party connector triggers in External System Change-Triggered flows. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Designing an External System Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_concepts_design_external_system_change_triggered_flows.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Flow with a Third-Party Connector as a Trigger](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_build_flow_esct_third_party_as_trigger.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Understand MuleSoft for Flow: Integration Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_concepts_understand_mfi_features.htm&language=en_US) # Triple DES for SAML Single Sign-On Is No Longer Supported The Triple Data Encryption Standard (Triple DES) algorithm is no longer supported for SAML single sign-on (SSO). If your configuration still uses Triple DES, users can’t log in via SSO. This change applies to all SSO configurations that use the Triple DES algorithm, whether you use Salesforce as an identity provider or as a service provider. To improve security, use the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithms, AES 128 or AES 256, instead. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **Why:** The Triple DES algorithm uses a cryptographic key that’s too short to be secure. The AES 128 and AES 256 algorithms use longer keys that make these algorithms harder to attack. For more information about encryption algorithm security from the National Institute of Standards and Technology, go to [https://csrc.nist.gov/pubs/sp/800/131/a/r3/ipd](https://csrc.nist.gov/pubs/sp/800/131/a/r3/ipd). **How:** If you use Salesforce as an identity provider, check your connected app SAML configuration. First, go to your connected app Web App Settings and check the Block Encryption Algorithm setting. If Block Encryption Algorithm is set to Triple DES, update your configuration to use a more secure algorithm. On the service provider, update your settings to decrypt the new algorithm. ![SAML identity provider settings with Block Encryption Algorithm setting highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_triple_des.png) If you use Salesforce as a service provider, check with your identity provider to see what encryption algorithm they use. If they use the Triple DES algorithm, work with your identity provider to use a more secure algorithm and to generate a new decryption certificate. In Salesforce, update the Assertion Decryption Certificate in your SAML Single Sign-On Settings. ![SAML service provider settings with Assertion Decryption Certificate highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_decryptioncert.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure SSO with Salesforce as a SAML Service Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_saml.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce as a SAML Identity Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_sfdc_idp_saml_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Triple DES for SAML Single Sign-On Stops Working in Summer ’26 In Summer ’26, SAML single sign-on (SSO) configurations that use the Triple Data Encryption Standard (Triple DES) algorithm will stop working. This change applies to all SSO configurations that use the Triple DES algorithm, whether you use Salesforce as an identity provider or as a service provider. To improve security, use the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithms, AES 128 or AES 256, instead. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions. **When:** Triple DES will stop working in Summer ’26. There’s no change to Triple DES support in Spring ’26, but we recommend that you update your SAML configurations as soon as possible. **Why:** The Triple DES algorithm uses a cryptographic key that’s too short to be secure. The AES 128 and AES 256 algorithms use longer keys that make these algorithms harder to attack. For more information about encryption algorithm security from the National Institute of Standards and Technology, go to [https://csrc.nist.gov/pubs/sp/800/131/a/r3/ipd](https://csrc.nist.gov/pubs/sp/800/131/a/r3/ipd). **How:** Before Summer ’26, update your configurations to use the AES 128 or AES 256 algorithm. The steps to update your configuration are different depending on whether you use Salesforce as an identity provider or as a service provider. - If you use Salesforce as an identity provider, check your connected app SAML configuration. First, go to your connected app Web App Settings and check the Block Encryption Algorithm setting. If Block Encryption Algorithm is set to Triple DES, update your configuration to use a more secure algorithm. On the service provider, update your settings to decrypt the new algorithm. ![Block Encryption Algorithm setting with value set to Triple DES in connected app Web App Settings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/triple_des_connected_app_spring26.png) - If you use Salesforce as a service provider, check with your identity provider to see what encryption algorithm they use. If they use the Triple DES algorithm, work with your identity provider to use a more secure algorithm and to generate a new decryption certificate. In Salesforce, update the Assertion Decryption Certificate in your SAML Single Sign-On Settings. ![Assertion Decryption Certificate field in SAML Single Sign-On Settings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/security/triple_des_sso_spring26.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure SSO with Salesforce as a SAML Service Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_saml.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce as a SAML Identity Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_sfdc_idp_saml_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Access Using the Setup Audit Trail (Beta) Find out why a user lost or gained access with the Setup agent. The Setup agent now answers questions such as “Why can’t Erica Douglass manage users anymore? What changed?” by reviewing recent changes in the Setup Audit Trail. The agent looks at Setup Audit Trail updates related to permission sets, permissions set groups, profiles, roles, user access policies, organization-wide defaults, and user records when determining the reason. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Access Management in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_user_access.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot and Fix Flow Errors with Agentforce (Beta) Use generative AI to diagnose design-time issues in saved flows and run-time failures in active flows. Identify the root cause of errors and understand remediation options in natural language by using Ask Agentforce (beta). Use the Fix issue option for AI to automatically fix the flow and avoid manual troubleshooting. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Verify Agentforce 1 editions feature availability with your account executive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Ask Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To use the Agentforce side panel for the first time, provision and turn on [Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_setup_provision.htm&language=en_US&type=5), enable Agentforce from Agentforce Agents in Setup, and then turn on [Einstein generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Next, open any flow, open the Einstein side panel, and click **Migrate to Agentforce**. ![The Einstein side panel with the Migrate to Agentforce button highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_migrate_to_agentforce.png) If you previously used the Agentforce side panel, first deactivate and delete your existing Flow Automation Agent. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Agentforce Agents, and then select **Agentforce Agents**. Open the more actions menu for the Flow Automation Agent, select **Open in Builder** (1), and deactivate the agent. Exit Agentforce Builder, and from the more actions menu for the Flow Automation Agent, delete the agent (2). ![The Flow Automation Agent in setup with the options to open the agent in builder and delete the agent highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_deactivate_agent.png) Then, open any flow in Flow Builder, open the Einstein panel, and click **Migrate to Agentforce**. To debug a saved flow or a failed active flow, debug the flow. From the debug details panel, click **Ask Agentforce (Beta)** and turn it on. ![Ask Agentforce button in the Debug Details panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_ask_agentforce.png) Review the AI-generated root cause analysis of the problem (1). If AI can automatically fix your flow, click **Fix issue** (2). ![AI-generated debug analysis of the problem with the Fix Issue button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_fix_issue.png) The flow is updated with the fixes on the canvas. Save the updated flow as a new version. If AI can't fix the flow, it provides steps to fix it. Make the changes manually. Save the updated flow as a new version. Optionally, run the debug again. For record-triggered flows, optionally click **Convert to Test** to convert the debug run to a test and add assertions to prevent future failures. #### See Also - [Set Up the Agentforce Panel Without Admin Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_builder_agentforce_panel_setup.htm&release=260&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Troubleshoot Flow Errors with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_test_troubleshoot_flow_errors_with_agentforce.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Data Processing Engine Definitions with Debug Mode Pinpoint and resolve issues in Data Processing Engine (DPE) definitions faster by debugging them directly in the DPE builder for CRM Analytics runtime. Instead of waiting for full writeback runs or creating temporary nodes, reduce troubleshooting time by inspecting filtered datasets and intermediate transformation stages before the final writeback. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. **How:** In the Data Processing Engine builder, click **Run Definition** and select the debug options. Set data source filters and select up to 20 transformation nodes to inspect. After the run completes, go to Monitor Workflow Services to review the output record counts for each selected checkpoint node and download record results in CSV format to verify data transformations. # Troubleshoot Decision Splits with More Data The Journey Health dashboard now offers detailed logging for decision split elements, including detailed contact data. This feature enables faster, more effective debugging of path routing and contact journeys. **Where:** These changes apply to Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. # Troubleshoot External Client App Access in Setup with Agentforce (Beta) To resolve access issues more efficiently, the Setup agent can help you determine whether a user has access to an external client app (ECA) through a permission set or profile. Ask the agent a question such as, “Can you check whether Kathy Cooper has access to external client application Example Integration?” **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Access Management in Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_user_access.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Formatting Issues in SCIM Payloads Resolve JSON payload issues when managing user identity with the System for Cross-Domain Identity Management (SCIM). When you send an incorrectly formatted payload to a SCIM endpoint, Salesforce now returns a descriptive error message. **Where:** This change applies to all editions. **How:** Any improper formatting in your SCIM JSON payload can trigger this error. Here’s the new error message: ``` { "message": "Processing/execution error: check the format of your request payload. If you still have issues, contact Support and share this error ID: {error ID}", "errorCode": "UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION" } ``` Previously, Salesforce returned a generic error message for this scenario: ``` { "message": "An unexpected error occurred. Please include this ErrorId if you contact support: {error ID}", "errorCode": "UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION" } ``` Here’s an example scenario for this error. In this request to update a User object, the `value` attribute is incorrectly formatted as an array: `"value": [ { "nickName": "user2"}]`. To fix the error, remove the square brackets `[]` so that it’s formatted as an object: `"value": { "nickName": "user2"}` ![Warning](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_warning.png) Warning This example shows an incorrectly formatted payload. It’s for demonstration only. ``` PATCH https://mycompany.my.salesforce.com/services/scim/v2/Users/ { "schemas": [ "urn:ietf:params:scim:api:messages:2.0:PatchOp" ], "Operations": [ { "op": "replace", "value": [{ "nickName": "user2" }] } ] } ``` #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Salesforce User Identities with SCIM](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.identity_scim_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Hierarchy Validations with Record-Level Insights Identify and resolve hierarchy validation errors directly from record-level logs that show which hierarchies were processed and why they failed, reducing time spent searching system logs. Export these errors to a CSV file for an efficient audit process. A detailed report of flexible hierarchy validation job run and validation job run item records helps teams manage system resources and schedule heavy jobs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Flexible Hierarchy Validation Job Runs**. Select a job to view its details, and then click **Download Validation Error Report**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Review Hierarchy Validation Errors and Download the Error Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_flexible_hierarchies_download_error_report.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Ingestion Errors with Problem Records DLOs Automatically capture and isolate data that fails during the ingestion process with the Problem Records Data Lake Object (DLO). Instead of losing data due to formatting errors or system mismatches, Data 360 isolates these specific records into this DLO for easier troubleshooting. **Where:** This change applies to all structured ingest connectors, Web and Mobile App connectors, and Ingestion APIs. **When:** This feature is available starting in April 2026. **How:** You can monitor and manage ingestion health through three key areas: - Data Stream Fields UI: View the specific name of the associated Problem Record DLO. - Refresh History UI: Track the total count of failed records per ingestion run. - Data Explorer UI: Inspect the actual content of the Problem Record DLO to identify the root cause of the failures. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitoring Data Stream Problem Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_datastream_dlo_problem_record.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Ingestion Errors with Problem Records DLOs Automatically capture and isolate data that fails during the ingestion process with the Problem Records Data Lake Object (DLO). Instead of losing data due to formatting errors or system mismatches, Data 360 isolates these specific records into this DLO for easier troubleshooting. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Not available in Government Cloud. **When:** Previously limited to S3, GCS, and Azure Storage, the Spring 2026 update extends support to all structured ingest connectors. **How:** Monitor and manage ingestion health through three key areas: - **Data Stream Fields:** View the specific name of the associated Problem Record DLO. - **Refresh History:** Track the total count of failed records per ingestion run. - **Data Explorer:** Inspect the actual content of the Problem Record DLO to identify the root cause of the failures. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitoring Data Stream Problem Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_datastream_dlo_problem_record.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Pricing Elements with Advanced Price Log Settings Use Advanced Price Log Settings to collect detailed diagnostic data for complex pricing elements. The logs capture input values and complete exception details for elements such as Attribute-Based Price, Derived Price, and other logic-heavy elements. This framework streamlines troubleshooting and performance analysis so that admins can identify the root cause of issues. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Salesforce Pricing, and then select **Advanced Price Log Settings**. Turn on advanced logs for the elements that you want to debug. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Price Log Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.pricing_advanced_price_log_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Troubleshoot Subscriber Issues Faster by Enabling Debug Logs You can now self-serve enabling a subscriber’s access to managed Apex debug log entries by using the License Management App (LMA). Use debug logs to troubleshoot issues that are specific to the subscriber’s interaction with the managed package. Previously, a subscriber’s access to debug logs showing ENTERING\_MANAGED\_PKG could only be granted by opening a Salesforce Partner Support case. **Where:** This change applies to first- and second-generation (2GP) managed packages. **How:** In the LMA, find the subscriber’s org, then enable debug logs for the package namespace. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_important.png) Important You enable debug logs for all managed packages in the namespace, rather than for individual managed packages. When you enable debug logs for a namespace, logs from Apex code execution in that namespace become visible in the subscriber org. Because multiple packages can share a namespace in 2GP, enabling debug logs for 2GP means enabling logs for all managed packages in the namespace. #### See Also - [_Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Debug Subscriber Orgs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg2_dev.meta/pkg2_dev/apex_debugging_sub_org.htm) - [_First-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide_: Debug Subscriber Orgs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pkg1_dev.meta/pkg1_dev/apex_debugging_sub_org.htm) # Trust Site Enhancements The Trust site is the single place to see the status of Salesforce services and products, upcoming availability impacting activities, and availability-related communications. - **[Personalized Trust Is Now Salesforce My Trust Center (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_trust_site.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) provides authenticated access to service health information tailored to your specific Salesforce products and services. Based on customer feedback, the renamed Salesforce My Trust Center (beta) has been improved. Subscribe to notifications, access 1 year of extended incident and maintenance history with enhanced navigation, and view details on org location and MyDomain information. Also, the public Status site now supports Heroku and Spiff. # TSP Notification Requirement Change The requirement for a notification user in Transaction Security Policies (TSPs) is now optional. Existing policies are not effected. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. # Turn Account Data into Visit-Ready Briefings Help your users prepare for scheduled healthcare professional (HCP) and healthcare organization (HCO) visits by providing them with intelligent, personalized account insights. Configure Account Summarization to aggregate key account data with scheduled visits so that Briefings can create curated, contextual audio segments including visit history, prescribing trends, and key talking points. Users can access these briefings as podcasts through the Life Sciences Cloud Mobile app’s built-in audio player. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license, the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, the Agentforce for LifeSciences Cloud add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud Mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **How:** From Setup, use the Life Sciences for Customer Engagement Setup flow to configure Briefings. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Field Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_field_insights.htm&language=en_US) # Turn Account Insights into Smarter Commerce Decisions with the Enhanced Merchant Agent Track account risk, revenue trends, and inventory signals in one conversational experience for B2B Commerce. Use the merchant agent to monitor account health, identify business objectives and inventory risks, launch targeted win-back promotions, and manage static product bundles with fewer manual setup steps. **Where:** This feature is available in B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Developer, and Unlimited editions. **How:** After you enable the required B2B Commerce, Data Cloud, and Agentforce capabilities, deploy the merchant agent metadata package. Configure the relevant topics and functions. Then use natural-language prompts to retrieve insights, draft promotions, and run bundle configuration actions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_copilot_standard_actions.htm&language=en_US) # Turn Auto-Scroll On or Off for the Service Assistant Component You can now turn auto-scroll on or off for the Service Assistant component. With dynamic service plans, Service Assistant creates plan steps quickly as the record updates in real-time and automatically scrolls service reps to the latest step at the bottom of the component when it's generated, even if a rep is still working on previous steps. Previously, auto-scroll was always on and you couldn't turn it off. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is in preview and is available starting on the date specified in the When section. The date is subject to change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 editions. This feature requires the Service Planner Add-on and Adaptive Experience Add-on licenses. **Feature Support:** This feature is available in Service Assistant for Case, Messaging, and Voice. **When:** This feature is available starting September 30, 2026. **Who:** To configure auto-scroll for the Service Assistant component, admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. **How:** Auto-scroll is turned on by default. To turn auto-scroll off, open Lightning App Builder for the record page that Service Assistant is added to. Select the Service Assistant component to open the component settings, and then deselect **Auto-Scroll to New Messages** and save your page layout. ![Auto-scroll example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_auto-scroll.png) # Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker (Beta) Agentforce Coworker is your autonomous AI teammate that immediately knows your business. It’s connected to Salesforce CRM and can connect to Slack and Data 360 objects, while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce Coworker is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements.Salesforce.com or a written Unified Beta Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service is at the customer's sole discretion. The Non-GA services are used in conjunction with Generally Available Services which consume paid credits or entitlements ("entitlements"). Any corresponding consumption of entitlements arising from Customer's use of the Non-GA Services shall not give rise to any refund or credit rights. **Where:** This beta is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Editions. **When:** This beta is available starting in June 2026. **Who:** To turn on and configure Agentforce Coworker, admins need the Salesforce Admin role and the Agentforce Coworker Admin permission set. To use Agentforce Coworker, users need the Access\_Ai\_Search (API name) permission set group. **Why:** To learn how Agentforce Coworker can benefit your work, see [Agentforce Coworker Benefits and Use Cases (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-benefits-and-use-cases.html). **How:** To enable Agentforce Coworker, see [Turn On Agentforce Coworker](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-turn-on-infrastructure.html). # Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker (Generally Available) Agentforce Coworker is generally available starting in August 2026. Your autonomous AI teammate immediately knows your business, is connected to Salesforce CRM, and can connect to Slack and Data 360 objects - all while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 editions in orgs where Agentforce Coworker hasn’t been [auto-enabled](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005388192&type=1&language=en_US). **When:** The feature is generally available starting August 4, 2026. **Who:** To turn on and configure Agentforce Coworker, admins need the Salesforce Admin role and the Agentforce Coworker Admin permission set. To use Agentforce Coworker, users need the Access\_Ai\_Search (API name) permission set group. **Why:** To learn how Agentforce Coworker can benefit your work, see [Agentforce Coworker Benefits and Use Cases](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-benefits-and-use-cases.html). **How:** To enable Agentforce Coworker, see [Turn On Agentforce Coworker](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/agentforce-coworker/guide/agentforce-coworker-turn-on-infrastructure.html). # Turn Every Search into Action with Agentforce Coworker in Salesforce Suites Agentforce Coworker is available for new customers in Starter Suite and Pro Suite editions beginning October 2026. Your autonomous AI teammate immediately knows your business and is connected to Salesforce CRM while maintaining your existing governance, permission-based access, and data classification. Agentforce Coworker also acts on your behalf by orchestrating agents, completing complex tasks, and driving work forward from wherever you work. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter Suite and Pro Suite editions. **When:** The feature is generally available to new customers starting October 20, 2026, and will be available to existing customers in coming months. **How:** For new customers, Agentforce Coworker is turned on by default. Users can access Coworker by clicking **Ask** next to the search bar. To turn off Coworker, go to Advanced Setup. Type Coworker in the search box, then click **Get Started with Agentforce Coworker** and switch off the **Agent Actions** toggle. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Third party data ingestion for Agentforce Coworker is not supported in Starter Suite and Pro Suite Editions. An error message will appear in Coworker Advanced Setup in the Manage Data section for Starter Suite and Pro Suite customers. The Coworker Skills feature is not supported in Starter Suite and Pro Suite editions. # Turn Marketing Leads into Qualified Sales Pipeline with the Buyer Engagement Agent The Buyer Engagement agent automatically handles inbound lead generation and high-volume outbound lead nurturing across your marketing channels. It pairs your campaign communications with two-way agentic conversations, so sales and marketing work from one shared view of every buyer. Configure the agent to send personalized emails, handle web chat, qualify leads, and book meetings—all integrated with your campaigns and brand kits. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentic content isn't supported in Government Cloud. See [Marketing Cloud Next in Government Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.government_cloud_marketing_cloud.htm&language=en_US&type=5). **When:** This feature is available starting August 2026. **How:** To get started, select Salesforce Go from the gear menu or from the main Setup menu. Then on the Buyer Engagement tile, click Set Up. Turn on the Buyer Engagement agent template, configure the required settings for each marketing channel that you want your agent to use, and then use the guided setup to build your first agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up a Buyer Engagement Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_agent_buyer_engagement.htm&language=en_US) # Turn Marketing Strategy Into Executable Plans with Agentforce Use the Marketing Planning and Operations agent to build connected marketing programs and goals aligned with your company's planning hierarchies. You can create tiered programs and goals that cascade from company leaders to your teams, or standalone programs and goals focused on targeted business objectives. The agent gives back time to your team for strategy and creative work instead of manual planning tasks. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Marketing add-on and: - Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on Marketing Cloud Next Advanced edition and the Agentforce for Marketing add-on. **When:** This functionality is available starting in late October 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up the Marketing Planning and Operations Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_pln_oper_setup_agent.htm&language=en_US) # Turn On and Configure Fundraising with Agents Admins and implementation partners can ask an AI agent to turn on Fundraising, assign permission sets, create a default gift designation, and turn on related features. The agent also offers to set up these optional enhanced features: interest tags, interaction summaries, record alerts, life events, and timeline. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required working through multiple pages in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Developer, and Agentforce 1 Nonprofit editions where Fundraising is available. **When:** The Fundraising setup skill is available in the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) beginning the week of October 19, 2026. **Who:** Admins and implementation partners with an Admin profile and an edition that includes a Fundraising license can turn on and configure Fundraising. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note An agent acts with the permissions of the authenticated user and can't exceed them. **How:** You can use Agentforce Vibes, Claude Code, or another connected agent to set up Fundraising with the nonprofit-fundraising-configure agent skill. For Agentforce Vibes, no installation is necessary. Agentforce Vibes installs, enables, and updates AI skills automatically. You can manage them from the Skills page, under Toolkit, in Agentforce Vibes. For Claude Code with Salesforce CLI, install the [Salesforce Development plugin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/overview.html), which provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. First, connect to the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html). Then, ask the agent to set up Fundraising. For example, ask the agent to: - Set up Fundraising for my org - Turn on Fundraising and create a default gift designation - Assign Fundraising permission sets to my users The agent checks for a Fundraising license and if Person Accounts is on. Then it provides a plan that includes turning on Person Accounts and Fundraising, if applicable. The agent asks for your confirmation before it turns on Person Accounts and Fundraising, then it assigns permissions, or changes settings. After you turn on Fundraising or Person Accounts, you can't turn them off. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use AI Tools for Fundraising (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_ai_tools.htm&language=en_US) # Turn On and Configure Volunteer Management with Agents AI agents can turn on Volunteer Management, assign permissions sets, configure initiatives, create records, and run day-to-day tasks. Work from the command line or another agent channel. Previously, these tasks required a coordinator or partner working in the Salesforce UI. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Developer, and Agentforce 1 Nonprofit editions where Volunteer Management is enabled. **When:** Volunteer Management skills are available in the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html) beginning the week of October 19, 2026. **Who:** Users with an Admin profile and an edition that includes a Volunteer Management license can turn on and configure this feature. During setup, Salesforce assigns the Manage Volunteer Data permission set to the Salesforce admin. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note An agent acts with the permissions of the authenticated user and can't exceed them. **Why:** Use these new agent skills to organize and run Volunteer Management from the command line or any agent channel. - **industries-volunteermanagementsettings-configure**: This Volunteer Management setup skill turns on the app and assigns the Manage Volunteer Data permission set to the admin. It also creates standard users and sets their permissions. - **nonprofit-volunteer-management-model-get**: This Volunteer Management data model skill gives the agent a mental model to map your stated intent on the correct objects and fields. The agent uses it to determine which objects and fields require action. It also maps field-level security, object relationships, and the model's design principles. All other Volunteer Management skills reference this one. - **nonprofit-volunteer-management-structure-generate**: This Volunteer Management structure skill classifies the volunteer program type and determines which Salesforce objects and records to configure. Get a recommended record structure for your programs, including whether you need a Volunteer Initiative hierarchy, reusable positions, shifts, and qualifications. The agent asks how your organization uses volunteers, explains the trade-offs, and creates records only after you confirm the plan. - **nonprofit-volunteer-management-records-create**: This Volunteer Management skill builds and populates records. Get a recommendation on field priorities, which fields to populate, and which fields are required. Receive guidance for each field before the agent creates records with your input. **How:** You can use Agentforce Vibes, Claude Code, or another connected agent to set up and configure Volunteer Management. For Agentforce Vibes, no installation is necessary. Agentforce Vibes installs, enables, and updates AI Skills automatically. You can manage them from the Skills page, under Toolkit, in Agentforce Vibes. For Claude Code with Salesforce CLI, install the [Salesforce Development plugin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/salesforce-skills-plugins/guide/overview.html), which provides Salesforce-specific skills and org context through hosted Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. First, connect to the [Headless 360 MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hosted-mcp-servers/guide/headless-360-mcp.html). Then, describe the org that you want to set up. The coding agent configures the baseline settings. After the agent turns on Volunteer Management and assigns the permission sets, ask the agent to complete tasks so you can use Volunteer Management. For example, ask the agent to: - Help me build out Volunteer Management - Help me understand how Volunteer Management objects relate to each other - Help me plan Volunteer Management - Add Distribution Center to the LocationType values - Help me create a volunteer initiative - Create job positions in my org - Add five weekly shifts to the {volunteer initiative name} job positions The agent asks clarifying questions to help you configure and get started with Volunteer Management. # Turn on CDN for All Lightning App Static Resources Extend the Lightning components framework content delivery network (CDN) to serve all of the static resources for your Lightning apps. Previously, the CDN served only static resources for Lightning pages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experiences in Group, Essentials, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Go to **Setup** | **Security** | **Session Settings** and check **Serve all Lighting app static resources through CDN**. You can only turn on this preference if you also enable Lightning CDN for your org. If the **Enable Content Delivery Network (CDN) for Lightning Component framework** settings is off, then the option to enable **Serve All Lightning App Static Resources Through CDN** is grayed out. This option is also gray if you've already enabled both settings. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Lightning CDN to Load Applications Faster](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.lightning.meta/lightning/perf_cdn.htm) # Turn Quotes into Orders with Self-Service Checkout Speed up the purchasing process by letting B2B buyers transition a quote into the cart for checkout. A buyer can move approved quotes to purchase items at negotiated prices without the assistance of a sales rep or copy items from unapproved quotes to purchase them at list price. Get buyer attention sooner by providing authenticated users and unauthenticated guest users an option to request quotes directly from the Product page. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Experience Builder, drag the Request Quote component to your Product Detail page. To move an approved quote to the cart, buyers open the quote and click **Accept & Buy**. To add the Request for Quote button to the Product page, remove the **Product Detail Purchase Options** component and add it again. In the **container** slot, drag in the **Request Quote for Product** component. Then, select **Product Detail Purchase Options** and under **Add to List Button**, select **Show as Link**. ![Image showing the Quote Details page with an option to accept and buy](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_262_comm_quote_to_cart.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Quotes in B2B Store](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_request_for_quote.htm&language=en_US) # Turn Resolved Incidents, Problems, and Changes into Knowledge Articles with Agentforce Capture fixes as reusable knowledge once an issue is resolved, instead of writing articles from scratch or skipping them altogether. From an incident, problem, or change request, draft a structured Salesforce Knowledge article grounded in that record's details, either from the Enterprise Knowledge Component on the record or by asking the Agentforce agent. To shape what Agentforce writes, create Knowledge Creation prompt templates grounded on each record type. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Agentforce IT Service. # Turn Web Traffic into Actionable Insights with Web Tracking Build a more insightful picture of your customers' journeys by tracking engagement from both internal and external web pages. By capturing real-time visitor activities, you can build high-intent segments and deliver more personalized marketing experiences. **Where:** This change applies to [supported editions for Salesforce Foundations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.base_editions.htm&language=en_US). **How:** To add tracking and a consent banner to your landing pages, review your consent banner settings, then add the banner integration to your Marketing Landing Pages site. To track activity on a landing page that uses a custom domain, add a custom URL for that domain in Setup and define the path as `/lp`. To set up external tracking, create a website connector, and then create the embed code that you add to your external site. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Web Tracking in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_consent_tracking_parent.htm&language=en_US) # Turn Your B2B Store into a Branded Mobile App Give buyers a native mobile shopping experience by turning your B2B store into a branded app for Google Play and the Apple App Store. Buyers can securely browse catalogs, manage carts, and complete purchases from their mobile device. Incorporate features such as push notifications, biometric login, location services, and QR and barcode scanning to increase engagement. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Use Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud to package your existing B2B store as a mobile app and publish it to app stores. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.branded_apps_exp_cloud.htm&language=en_US) # Unarchive Up to 1,000 Records at Once from Archive Search Unarchive up to 1,000 records at once directly from Archive Search results instead of unarchiving records one at a time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Restore multiple records in a single operation instead of unarchiving them one at a time. This reduces manual effort and speeds up data recovery workflows. **How:** In the Archive App, open the **Archive Search** tab. Enter your search criteria and select **Search**. Make sure that results show a single object and 1,000 records or fewer. Select the gear icon, then select **Unarchive Search Results**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Unarchive from Archive Search or the Archive Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.archive_unarchive_from_archive_search_or_widget.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Unblock Connected App OAuth Installations in Pre-2018 Developer Orgs Your users can now install connected apps in Developer edition orgs created before 2018 by using the OAuth flow. The system automatically adds the Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps user permission to the org, which you then assign to users, to enable the installation. Previously, the OAuth flow blocked this installation in these legacy orgs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Developer editions. **How:** To install connected apps in pre-2018 Developer Edition orgs via OAuth, your users need the Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps user permission. This permission is added to the org automatically, but you must assign it to the appropriate users, profiles, or permission sets. # Uncover More Relationships by Choosing Which CRM Objects to Search Configure your AI Relationship Research templates to search custom CRM objects in addition to standard objects such as Interaction Summary, Task, Email Message, and Case. By including the custom objects where your business data resides, AI Relationship Research uncovers relationships hidden in unstructured data that standard-object searches don't detect. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To use AI Relationship Research, your org requires an AI Relationship Research license, a provisioned Data 360 org, and Einstein Generative AI enabled. Assign the AI Relationship Research Admin permission set to admins who set up and configure the feature, and the AI Relationship Research User permission set to end users who generate and view relationship insights. **How:** From Setup, go to AI Relationship Research and create a configuration. Select an anchor object, such as Account, and then select the CRM data source to view a grid of source objects. The grid shows each object's searched fields, relationship to the anchor object, and current record count in your org. Use the record counts to determine whether an object contains enough data to affect performance, and select or deselect objects to control what gets searched. To include a custom object, add it to the configuration, select the fields to search, and define its relationship path to the anchor object by entering the relationship name instead of the field label. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help for AI Relationship Research_: AI Relationship Research Source Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.airr_source_objects.htm&language=en_US) # Understand an Agent at a Glance with an Agent Summary Quickly review a new agent or confirm that an agent is set up the way you intended before you activate it. Agentforce Builder now generates and shows a visual summary of the agent and its subagents on the first page in Canvas view. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** Open an agent in Agentforce Builder. You see its summary on the Agent Definition page that includes parts of the agent, including its details, router, and subagents. ![An agent summary on the Agent Definition page in Canvas view showing the agent's details, router, and subagents.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_einstein_agentforce_summary.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Building Agents in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_canvas.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Understand App Creation from Templates with Visual Representations See how your Tableau Next app templates process assets as apps are created and updated, so you can build templates faster and troubleshoot installation failures. Templates use JSON chain files to create and update app assets in the correct order, and JSON rule files to define how an app is created. The template builder turns chain and rule files into readable visualizations of tasks, transformations, and dependencies. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From the Templates page in Tableau Next, select an app template to open it, and select **Chains** or **Rules**. On the Chains page, view chains as a graphical task list or as raw JSON. ![Chain visualization showing tasks and dependencies in the template builder.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_templates_view_chains.png) On the Rules page, organize rules by asset or file and review macros and constants. ![Rules visualization showing rule actions and conditions in the template builder.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_templates_view_rules.png) These pages are read-only. To modify a chain or rule, download the template, edit its JSON files, and upload the updated template. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Template Chains and Rules in Template Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_build_app_template_visualizer.htm&language=en_US) # Understand Asset Discovery Activity by Using the Discovery Sources Card View and analyze asset discovery activity by using the Discovery Sources card in a Configuration Item (CI) record. Use audit fields to understand when a configuration item was first discovered, last updated, or rescanned by each discovery source. The Discovery card on the CI record also displays timestamps for agentless scans, agent scans, cloud connectors, and API-based integrations. The fields give you insights into asset freshness and help verify that discovery jobs are running as expected. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service where Discovery is enabled. **Who:** Users must have the IT Service Configuration Item and IT Service Asset Discovery permissions. **Why:** Discovery audit fields improve visibility into CMDB data quality. Teams can confirm when an asset was last scanned, identify stale records, and troubleshoot discovery coverage issues more quickly. **How:** From the Salesforce CMDB & Service Graph app, go to **All Configuration Items** or **My Configuration Items** in the navigation pane. Open the required CI record and review the Discovery Sources card to see the audit fields. # Understand the Tokens Per Minute Model Limit For service protection, there's a new tokens per minute (TPM) limit per org for each model. We measure an org's model usage against the sum of input and output tokens in one minute. If the TPM limit for a model is exceeded, an error is returned. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of April 20, 2026. **How:** To see the TPM limit for each Salesforce-managed model, see [Large Language Model Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_llm_limits.htm&language=en_US) in Salesforce Help. # Understand Why You Win or Lose with Opportunity Closing Recaps Unlock scalable sales intelligence and trend analysis by replacing unstructured, manual notes with generative AI for closing recaps. Generated recaps automatically capture the specific drivers behind deal outcomes, such as pricing, competitors, or product gaps. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Agentforce 1 Sales Edition and Agentforce for Sales add-on license. **Who:** This change applies to customers who turn on Einstein Conversation Insights for the first time starting in Spring ‘26. The Deal Recap feature applies to all opportunities, and data is viewable to users with the Deal Recap Standard User permission set and who also have access to the specific opportunity. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Deal Recap is currently not supported for existing Einstein Conversation Insights customers whose data is scheduled for migration to the Salesforce Platform in Summer ‘26. See [Einstein Conversation Insights Data Is Moving to the Salesforce Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eci_to_core_announcement.htm&release=258&type=5&language=en_US). **Why:** Deal recap provides a deeper understanding of your pipeline health by transforming unstructured opportunity data, conversation insights, and so on, into actionable data. By automatically compiling conversation and activity details into structured deal recaps, sales reps save time while capturing specific drivers behind deal outcomes. With this structured approach, managers gain instant clarity on individual deals, and sales leaders can identify and act on trends across the entire organization. **How:** From Setup, select **Salesforce Go**. Then search for the Einstein Conversation Insights feature. Scroll down to find Unlock Advanced Functionality with Generative AI and turn on **Opportunity Closing Recap**. ![Einstein Converstaion Insights page on Salesforce Go to turn on Opportunity Closing Recap.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eci_enable_deal_recap.png) # Unified Catalog Expedite fulfillment times for high-volume requests like password resets by using dedicated tracking and tailored workflows. Transfer complex Service Process packages, including all rules and flows, reliably between different orgs without manual fixes. ​​Capture the most current and relevant inputs by directly updating service record attributes within the service design process. Control Service Process availability by using complex qualification logic that designers can easily build and deploy. Optimize your Service Process creation with improved attribute organization, support for more data types, and clearer display of record information. Equip service reps and internal request fulfillers to validate product eligibility for customers and employees by using the Check Product Eligibility Agentforce action. - **[Build Tailored Workflows for Standardized Service Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_build_tailored_workflows_for_standardized_service_requests.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce turnaround times for transactional service requests like new software installations and hardware upgrade requests. Use service requests to manage and track all your high-volume, one-time fulfillment tasks. Anchor your request workflows on the Service Request object with specialized Service Level Agreements (SLAs) to give request fulfillers dedicated insight into fulfillment metrics and the request backlog. Provide request-specific tasks to expedite processing. Empower requestors to self-serve their needs with workflows designed for requests that don't require manual intervention. - **[Enhance Service Process Portability by Using Guided Template Deployment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_enhance_service_process_portability_by_using_guided_template_deployment.htm&release=260&type=5)** Export and import a complete service process package—including intake forms, flows, eligibility rules, and agent actions—across Salesforce orgs. The deployment wizard guides you through the necessary configurations, which ensures reliability and eliminates manual post-deployment tasks. Use the out-of-the-box templates to recreate service processes that were previously defined in the Service Catalog app. Unified Catalog doesn’t support the migration of those specific Service Catalog-created processes. - **[Control Service Object Updates Directly in Service Design](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_control_service_object_updates_directly_in_service_design.htm&release=260&type=5)** Service designers can now directly create, view, and select attributes from the service object, then add them as Service Process Attributes. This process eliminates the need to rely on system admins for context definition and mapping. You can specify default values or make these fields available for user entry, ensuring your primary record captures the relevant, up-to-date inputs. - **[Design Flexible Eligibility Rules with Granular Logic Control](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_design_flexible_eligibility_rules_with_granular_logic_control.htm&release=260&type=5)** Empower your designers to create and manage eligibility rules without technical help, speeding up decision-making and providing only relevant service processes. The intuitive, modular UI guides you through defining complex qualification and disqualification logic across all your service offerings. Designers can now implement flexible conditions at the rule level, giving you control over the logic, freeing you from the limitations of a rigid structure. - **[Verify Product Eligibility on Behalf of Customers and Employees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_product_eligibility_action_update.htm&release=260&type=5)** Empower service reps and internal request fulfillers to check whether customers and employees are eligible for a product. Add the Check Product Eligibility Agentforce action to assisted service processes to accelerate fulfillment by offloading entitlement validations to AI agents. - **[Other Enhancements to Unified Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_other_enhancements_to_unified_catalog.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn about the other attributes enhancements that optimize the service process creation experience in Unified Catalog. - **[New Connect REST APIs in Unified Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_unified_catalog_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** Learn more about the new resources available with Unified Catalog. # Unified Catalog Set up service intakes quickly by managing all requirements within a single workspace. Expand your service catalog instantly by using prebuilt, bulk-ready templates. Move your configurations between orgs securely while avoiding the manual effort of remapping data. Ensure team consistency with automated task sequences and deadlines for every request. Identify bottlenecks and monitor team performance through a unified data dashboard. - **[Speed Up Service Intake Setup with the Enhanced Service Process Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_speed_up_service_intake_setup_with_the_enhanced_service_process_builder.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Define attributes and curate associated product collections in one intuitive workspace. Service process designers can add attributes from the selected process type as well as context definitions and custom sources. Reduce setup friction and get service intakes ready faster by configuring attributes and products on one page. - **[Deploy Multiple Service Processes from the Template Library](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy_multiple_service_processes_from_the_template_library.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Build your service catalog faster by selecting several prebuilt templates to install in one go. Designers can preview templates, customize service process details, and activate processes on creation. The system automatically generates a service process asynchronously for each template and tracks the progress on the Installation History tab. You can retry installing failed templates to make sure that your catalog is complete. - **[Deploy Service Processes and Dependencies Across Orgs More Securely](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy_service_processes_and_dependencies_between_orgs_more_securely.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate the complexity of migrating service process data and metadata. Use Salesforce CLI to handle record ID transformation and dependency loading. Instead of manually exporting records and remapping IDs, bundle a process and its supporting flows into a .zip file for instant deployment. This automation maintains the integrity of your tests by making sure that the exact configuration from your sandbox reaches the target orgs. - **[Standardize Your Service Request Fulfillment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_standardize_your_service_request_fulfillment.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Boost collaboration by creating action plans that define specific, repeatable task sequences for service requests in Unified Catalog, such as equipment orders or access requests. Users can now rely on automated assignments and due dates to ensure that every request follows a compliant, documented process. Previously, action plans were available only for cases and incidents. - **[Track Service Request Performance and SLA Compliance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_track_service_request_performance_and_sla_compliance.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use service request data to measure your team’s performance against key service metrics. By syncing service request data with Data 360, you can visualize resolution summaries and status changes alongside your existing incident and case data. - **[Get Service Process Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_get_svc_process_details.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the Get Service Process Details flow action to retrieve attribute values and related product requests for a service process tied to a Case, Incident, or Service Request. This utility action supports fulfillment flows by making data from the product request section on the Attributes & Products tab available to downstream flow elements. # Unified Catalog Configure intake forms with the Create Service Catalog Request invocable action and deploy them consistently across all your orgs without manual rework. Requestors and fulfillers can update intake form field values after submission with admin-controlled permissions that keep changes within defined boundaries. See parent and child attributes on a single page so that your team makes faster decisions without switching between records. Add the Unified Catalog component to LWR sites so that requestors can submit requests on high-performance portals. - **[Build Reusable Service Intake Forms with Custom Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_build_reusable_service_intake_forms_with_custom_components.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Eliminate manual reconfigurations when migrating service processes between orgs by configuring intake forms once using the Create Service Catalog Request flow invocable action. The system deploys your configuration consistently across orgs, supports custom Lightning web components, and captures comprehensive attribute data for every request. - **[Modify Request Details After Submission](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_modify_request_details_after_submission.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Speed up fulfillment and give requestors and fulfillers the flexibility to update field values as needed. When designing service processes, you can decide which attributes are editable in each status, and who can edit them. These settings make sure that updates happen within defined boundaries while the requests are active. - **[Display Context Attribute Values on Request Records](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_display_context_attribute_values_on_request_records.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give your reps and requestors the necessary context without forcing them to switch between screens. This immediate visibility into the parent and child level attributes helps decision-making. For example, when reviewing a customer case, reps see the case priority and related case comments together. - **[Deploy Components on Lightning Web Runtime Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_deploy_components_on_lightning_web_runtime_lwr_experience_cloud_sites.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create faster self-service experiences by adding the Unified Catalog component to your LWR site. Requestors can browse catalog categories, search for items, and submit requests on a high-performance portal. # Unified Knowledge Is Being Retired Unified Knowledge is scheduled for retirement in Summer ’26. You can continue using it until then, but we recommend migrating to Data 360 connectors to ingest your external knowledge into Salesforce, helping Agentforce deliver accurate responses. Data 360 connectors offer many of the features that you love from Unified Knowledge, plus improved file size handling, enhanced innovation, and better data storage and pipeline capabilities. Currently, they support Agentforce grounding, and more functionalities will be added before the expected deprecation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition and all other editions with the Knowledge add-on license. **How:** In June 2026, support for Unified Knowledge connectors will be removed and you won’t be able to access or use Unified Knowledge connectors. To avoid service interruptions, migrate to Data 360 connectors before they retire. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Unified Knowledge Is Being Retired](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005101356&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Migrate from a Unified Knowledge Source to a Data Cloud Connector for Agentforce Grounding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005101390&type=1&language=en_US) # Unified Knowledge Is Being Retired Unified Knowledge is scheduled for retirement in Summer ’27. You can continue using it until then, but we recommend migrating to Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge, powered by Data 360. By using Data 360 connectors, you can ingest your external knowledge into Salesforce and integrate it with your native Salesforce Knowledge, creating a single, comprehensive knowledge base. Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge includes many of the features you love from Unified Knowledge, plus improved file size handling, enhanced innovation, and better data storage and pipeline capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited edition and all other editions with the Knowledge add-on license. **How:** In June 2027, support for Unified Knowledge connectors will be removed and you won’t be able to access or use Unified Knowledge connectors. To avoid service interruptions, migrate to Salesforce Enterprise Knowledge before they retire. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article:_ Unified Knowledge Retirement Extended to June 2027](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005101356&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Migrate from a Unified Knowledge Source to a Data Cloud Connector for Agentforce Grounding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005101390&type=1&language=en_US) # Unified Scheduling Schedule, optimize, and automate onsite and field appointments from shared tools. - **[Manage Onsite and Field Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_manage_field_work.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage onsite and field work in one scheduling solution with Workforce Scheduling for Agentforce Public Sector. Dispatchers can schedule appointments for visits and inspections, plan efficient schedules, manage employees and contractors from one console, and support mobile workers offline. - **[Schedule Onsite Interactions with Agency Employees](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_onsite_interactions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Schedule in-office appointments between constituents and agency employees for any context, such as a case or complaint. Onsite interactions use the Interaction object, so scheduling works within your public sector workflows without a third-party solution. Constituents can schedule their own interactions from Experience Cloud sites, and staff review scheduled interactions with a Manager View component. - **[Manage Your Workforce in the Workforce Scheduling Operations Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_operations_console.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manage onsite and field work from one console with Gantt, list, and map views. Dispatchers can review resource availability and travel time, schedule work with drag-and-drop, and identify scheduling-policy violations. Dispatchers can also schedule appointments, optimize resources, automatically schedule work, and find qualified candidates for field work. - **[Simplify Appointment Scheduling with Unified Scheduling Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_unified_scheduling_flows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use guided flows to schedule, reschedule, and cancel onsite and field appointments for visits, interactions, or service appointments. Guests can verify their identity by email and manage appointments without creating an account. Constituents can manage upcoming appointments, and attendees can join group appointments from an invitation link. - **[Automate Appointment Management with the Workforce Scheduling Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Workforce Scheduling agent to coordinate appointment management tasks across onsite and field work. The agent can schedule, reschedule, and cancel appointments and provide appointment information. # Unify Attendance Signals into One Trusted Record Transform attendance from an isolated administrative task into a reliable early indicator of student engagement. The attendance data model captures signals from instructors, parents, devices, and systems and resolves them into one trusted outcome for each student. Staff and advisors act on accurate attendance data through analytics and agent experiences to support at-risk students proactively. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license is enabled. **Who:** Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Attendance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_attendance.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: New and Changed Objects in Agentforce Education (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_edu_new_and_changed_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Do more with the new and updated Education objects.") # Unify Data Use identity resolution to consolidate data from different sources into comprehensive views of your customers and accounts in Data 360. - **[Simplify Real-Time Data Graph Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_dgbilling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your setup process by removing the Record Caching and User Session Length settings in the Consumption Limits section for real-time data graphs. These settings don’t impact your credit consumption or billing. This update simplifies configuration and helps you focus on settings that directly impact Data 360 usage. When creating a real-time data graph, the Real-Time Consumption Limits section no longer includes the Record Caching or User Session Length fields. - **[Speed Up Data 360 Setup with Simple Start](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_speedup_data360_setup_with_simple_start.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Remove manual configuration and sync your standard Salesforce CRM objects directly to Data 360. Instead of spending weeks installing standard app bundles, automatically sync your Salesforce CRM object metadata, including data streams, data lake objects (DLOs), and data model object (DMO) mappings. You consume usage-based credits only when you manually activate data streams and ingest data. - **[Deploy Data Graphs Across Data Spaces with Deterministic Naming](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_dg_dsnaming.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Deploy data graphs with the same base name to multiple data spaces in the same org. When you deploy a data graph through a data kit workflow ( UI and POST API) specifically, Data 360 prefixes the API name with the target data space name, so your data graphs coexist across data spaces without naming collisions. - **[Optimize Identity Resolution by Segregating B2B and B2C Data with Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ir_filters.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Segregate B2B and B2C records within the same data space to run identity resolution on different audience types by using preprocessing data filters. Process smaller sample datasets to safely test, audit, and refine your matching rules before deploying them to full production workloads. Preprocessing filters act as an upstream layer and use conditional logic applied directly to source data model objects to create broad, partition-like environment boundaries. Filtering out unneeded records optimizes credit consumption by ensuring that identity resolution processes only the records that you need. # Unify Data Views with Global Filters Create a focused, consistent view of your data by applying global filters to your semantic models. A global filter applies constraints at the model level to ensure that all reports and dashboards use the same baseline data and irrelevant records aren’t included. You can’t use a global filter with a published data source—in this case, apply filters directly in the Tableau data source. **Where:** This change applies to Data Cloud and Tableau Next, which are available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Global Filters in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_global_filters.htm&language=en_US) # Unify Data with Enhancements to Data 360 for Account Engagement To unify customer interactions across touchpoints, you can now connect Account Engagement data from Data Cloud One companion orgs. Plus, install the required data kits with a single click when you connect an Account Engagement business unit to Data 360. Previously, you had to install or update the engagement activity data streams on a separate page in Data 360 Setup. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with any Marketing Cloud Account Engagement edition. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Ingest Account Engagement Data into Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mcae_data_cloud_import.htm&language=en_US) # Unify Institutional Data with Semantic Model Updates Maintain a trusted view of student, academic, and advancement data across your institution. Coordinated updates to Education semantic models equip your teams to adopt new data structures and standardized definitions. Establish a reliable, institution-wide foundation for consistent reporting, trusted insights, and AI-ready data. The semantic data model is now available in a data kit and with your Tableau Next app. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud and Data 360 licenses are enabled. To install the semantic data model with the Tableau Next app, a Tableau Next license is also required. **Who:** Users with these permission sets can create and maintain the semantic model by using the Education data kit. - Education Cloud Full Access - Data Cloud Architect Users with these permission sets can install the Tableau Next app. - Education Cloud Full Access - Data Cloud Architect - Tableau Next Admin #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Semantic Data Model for Education Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_create_sdm_for_education_cloud.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Education Cloud Data Model Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.ec_education_cloud_data_model_objects.htm&language=en_US) # Unify Marketing and Support Journeys with RCS Messaging Channel Offer your customers an interactive support experience with the Rich Communication Services (RCS) messaging channel. Your service reps can now view the text-based context of past marketing messages and handle inbound RCS inquiries directly within the Service Console. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions for Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions. All editions require an RCS add-on. To use conversational RCS, Digital Engagement add-on is necessary. **Who:** RCS is supported if you're a Marketing Cloud user, or a combined Marketing and Agentforce Contact Center (formerly Service Cloud) user with an Agentforce Contact Center Digital license. It isn’t supported if you're an Agentforce Contact Center-only (AFCC-only) user. **Why:** You can use RCS as a new Unified Messaging channel to reach your customers. For now, only text format is supported in the Service Console; RCS rich media isn’t supported yet. **How:** From Setup, enter RCS in the Quick Find box, and then select **RCS Sender Agents**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ RCS Overview](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_rcs_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Unified RCS Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_rcs_agent_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ RCS Supported Countries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_rcs_supported_countries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ RCS Conversational Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_rcs_conversation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Unify Sales and Marketing Email Engagement Data in Data 360 Bring sales email engagement data into Data 360 alongside marketing email engagement data. Use unified engagement data to create a complete view of email interactions across your sales and marketing teams. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited editions. Sales Engagement is available at an additional cost in Professional and Enterprise editions, and with Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting in mid-October 2026. **How:** To set up the capability to unify your email engagement data in Data 360, from Setup, enter Sales Engagement in the Quick Find box and select **Sales Engagement Settings**. Turn on Sales Engagement, and then go to Einstein Activity Capture to set up email syncing. In **Sales Engagement Settings**, in the Track Performance and Success section, expand **Unify Email Engagement Data**, and follow the steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Configure Data 360 Storage for Sales Email Engagement Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.hvs_setup_configure_data_cloud_storage_engagement_data.htm&language=en_US) # Unify Security Data and View Insights with Security Mesh Security Mesh simplifies your security operations by unifying security data from internal and external sources into a single format in Security Center. These security findings help you identify and respond to threats more effectively. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Security Center license. Security Mesh requires Data 360. Event Monitoring data usage requires the Event Monitoring add-on subscription. **When:** This feature is available starting mid-September 2026. **Who:** Users with the View Security Mesh and Manage Security Mesh permissions can access Security Mesh. Additional permissions are required for Data 360 and Event Monitoring. **How:** From the App Launcher, open Security Center, and then select the **Security Mesh** tab. Follow the prompts to set up your environment by selecting or creating a data space and workspace. After your environment is configured, select **New Signal Definition** and follow the prompts to configure your security signals. After you complete the setup, you can view insights from the left navigation menu. ![Security Mesh Sankey Diagram](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sc_security_mesh_insights.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Unify Security Data and View Insights with Security Mesh](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_center_security_mesh.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Unify Service Workflows Within Microsoft Teams Integrate your IT service processes directly into Microsoft Teams to create a high-productivity workspace for employees and support reps. Employees can now resolve issues independently through a conversational AI experience powered by Agentforce, which provides instant troubleshooting and knowledge browsing. Managers can accelerate service delivery by approving or rejecting employee requests natively via actionable notifications, while IT support reps can rapidly swarm complex incidents by collaborating with experts in dedicated, record-linked channels. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce IT Service and Microsoft Teams. **Who:**Users must have the Microsoft Teams for IT Service permission set. # Unify SMS Messaging and Consent for Marketing Cloud Next The United States and Canada SMS short and long codes that you use in Marketing Cloud Engagement are now supported for next-gen messaging. Marketers can also map consent across apps to sync the subscriber’s status and help maintain compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with any Marketing Cloud Engagement + edition. - **[Share Engagement SMS Codes with Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_sms_codes.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** You can now use your existing United States and Canada SMS short codes and long codes in Marketing Cloud Next. Reprocuring them is no longer necessary, so you can unify your messaging strategy and manage outbound and inbound traffic for both Journey Builder and Flow Builder from a single code. - **[Manage Consent with More Flexibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_consent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Marketers can now map consent from Marketing Cloud Engagement lists and publication lists to communication subscriptions in Marketing Cloud Next. After you map the lists, a subscriber’s status syncs each time that they update their consent. This change enables you to maintain compliance when you send messages from either app. - **[Publish Preference Pages for Different Audiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_consent_pref_pages.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create and publish independent preference pages that are tailored to specific target audiences. Marketers can select the preference page URL as a merge field to make sure that recipients see only relevant subscriptions. This update preserves distinct brand identities for separate business units or customer segments. # Unify the Advisor-Client Meeting Lifecycle with Meeting Concierge Manage the advisor-client meeting lifecycle, from preparation to follow-up, in a single interface. Meeting Concierge eliminates the need for financial advisors to switch between calendars, note-taking tools, and custodian systems. Powered by Agentforce, your advisors get AI-generated meeting prep summaries, video playback with live transcripts, and automated post-meeting follow-up drafts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting Aug 18, 2026. **Why:** Advisors can review and approve AI-suggested actions, edit summaries inline, and work through guided checklists at every stage of the meeting. Customize playbook components to gather context, manage agendas, and document outcomes across pre-meeting preparation, in-meeting facilitation, and post-meeting follow-up. **How:** To get started, assign permissions and then set up Einstein Generative AI and Action Plans. Then, in Setup, build a playbook from scratch or a template. Use Prompt Templates, Action Plan Templates, Flows, and Agentforce Actions to configure the cards. View the playbook on the Meeting Playbook record page. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Meeting Concierge](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Unify Your Card Dispute Intake Process Capture disputes for both Visa and Mastercard transactions with the same intake form. Avoid switching between multiple systems for card transactions. Create accurate dispute cases with a prebuilt Visa-compliant questionnaire specific to each dispute reason. Review all captured details in the summary screen for final verification. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Financial Services, formerly Financial Services Cloud. **Who:** To use this feature, users need the OmniStudio Admin, OmniStudio User, and Financial Services Cloud Extension or FSC Service permission sets. # Unify Your Marketing Data for Complete Performance Visibility Bring paid media, owned channels, and CRM insights together in a single intelligence framework. Analyze attribution models, track pipeline impact, and understand how marketing drives revenue without manual data stitching. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Marketing Intelligence in Marketing Cloud Next. ## Analyze Marketing Performance with Unified Marketing Intelligence Evaluate your marketing initiatives across every touchpoint, journey stage, and segment from a single, centralized experience in Marketing Cloud. This unified analytics framework connects data from across your marketing apps and surfaces AI-generated insights based on your active channels. Now available across paid and owned media, use multi-touch attribution and segment intelligence to understand cross-channel performance, reduce reporting gaps, and make faster decisions. ## Track Account Engagement with Unified B2B Marketing Dashboards See how every marketing touchpoint affects account progression, pipeline, and revenue from a single dashboard. Built on the Unified Marketing Intelligence framework, these dashboards provide consistent attribution, goal management, and high-performance analytics. Now, track buying-group activity across all channels in one place to easily understand impact and make data-driven decisions. # Universal Anomaly Event The Universal Anomaly Event provides a standardized way to identify and categorize anomaly threat detection events across multiple domains. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change is available to users with the Event Monitoring or Salesforce Shield license. **Why:** This event acts as a unifying anomaly classification layer. Use the subtype field to identify anomaly types available via Shield Event Monitoring. The Universal Anomaly Event does not currently include detailed anomaly payloads or detection-specific metrics. Use the Universal Anomaly Event to understand which threat detection events are triggered while using reports and dashboards to analyze threat detection patterns. # Unlock Account Growth or Service-Risk Insights with New Tableau Next Metric Templates (Beta) Get a quicker start with pre-built composite metric templates for the Sales Insights and Service Analytics Agent semantic models. Installing these metrics provides instant insights into your account growth readiness and service-risk adjusted win scores. You can quickly prioritize account action, assessing which accounts have full-funnel readiness or identifying ideal expansion targets based on a combination of strong win rates and low service escalations. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Next Metric Templates is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** 1. In Tableau Next, click **Administration**, and then click **Settings**. 2. On the General page, enable **Metric Templates in Tableau Next Marketplace (Beta)**. 3. From your Tableau Next workspace, click **Add** and select **Metrics (Beta)** ![The metric option in the Add menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_add_metric_to_workspace.png) 4. Select the composite metric template that you want to use and walk through the flow to create your metric. ![The composite metric templates in the Tableau Next Marketplace.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_composite_metric_mrktplc_templates.png) To use Sales and Service data, the Tableau Next metric templates require the prior installation of the associated data kit and data bundles. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure the Account Growth Readiness Score Composite Metric](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_account_growth_composite_metric.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure the Service-Risk Adjusted Win Score Composite Metric](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_service_risk_composite_metric.htm&language=en_US) # Unlock Agent Interoperability with MCP for Agentforce Empower your agents with capabilities across providers with Model Context Protocol (MCP) for Agentforce. MCP is an open standard for seamlessly connecting AI models to external systems. We’ve built an MCP client into Agentforce, so the complex, manual work of integrating systems–including API connectivity, authentication, and data access–is done for you. MCP for Agentforce and its suite of features makes it easy for you to register and manage MCP servers, create policies to govern agent behavior, and give your agents secure access to MCP server tools. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 Editions. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting the week of May 18, 2026, with full availability planned for end of May 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Registry, register third-party MCP servers, or easily discover and add them from partner providers in AgentExchange. You can also use activated MuleSoft and Salesforce-hosted servers from API Catalog. After connecting, allowlist the server tools. The server tools are automatically added as agent actions to the Agentforce asset library. Then, add the actions to your agents in Agentforce Builder. Use reasoning instructions to define how and when they should be used, just like other agent actions. In Agentforce Gateway, create and apply policies to govern usage and behavior, including rules for specific agents and server tools. You can apply policies manually or automatically by rules. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: MCP for Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_mcp.htm&language=en_US) # Unlock Agentic Shopping and Cross-Cloud Experiences by Connecting B2C Commerce to Salesforce With just a few clicks, create a trusted data exchange between B2C Commerce and a dedicated Salesforce org. By connecting your B2C Commerce instance to a Salesforce org, you can access cross-cloud experiences like Shopper Agent, Merchant Agent, Shopper Profile Sync, and Shopper Notifications. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce and Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Business Manager, go to **Administration** | **Global Preferences** | **Salesforce Connection**. Click **New Connection**. Log in to your Salesforce org. Click **Allow** to authorize the connection. ![Warning](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_warning.png) Warning Refreshing a connected Salesforce sandbox org breaks the connection. If you refreshed your connected Salesforce sandbox org and need help with repairing the connection, contact Salesforce Customer Support. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Connect Your B2C Commerce Instance to Salesforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_connected_comm_salesforce_connection.htm&language=en_US) # Unlock Deeper Insights with Improved Data Management Unify custom datasets, streamline processing, and integrate more campaign sources. This release empowers you to extend the Semantic Data Model (SDM) and enrich your data. These updates give you cleaner data and better attribution insights to make more confident decisions. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Marketing Intelligence in Marketing Cloud Next. ## Customize Field Mappings in API Data Pipelines You can now map unmapped source fields from API connectors directly to the Semantic Data Model. Bring additional data into Marketing Intelligence by adding custom destination fields to predefined mappings or create entirely new mappings for unique fields. Standard system mappings remain locked to ensure stability. ## Run Multi-Touch Attribution per Conversion Event Configure Multi-Touch Attribution (MTA) for specific conversion events and their associated engagement signals. Create distinct attribution setups for different conversion events, such as purchases versus sign-ups, within a single Data Space. Compare attribution models side-by-side to analyze how interactions contribute to each unique outcome. ## Expand the Data Model with Business-Specific Data You can now expand the standard marketing data model to include business-specific entities, such as Influencers, or internal tracking fields like Project Codes. Use custom schema to map these unique data points directly into the Semantic Data Model for a more complete view of your marketing performance. ## Access More Data Sources with New API Connectors Bring in more campaign and performance data with new API connectors. Simplify data ingestion from additional platforms, making it easier to unify and analyze cross-channel marketing performance. We’ve also increased the reprocessing limit, allowing you to reprocess data for any 30-day date range. New connectors include: - Adform - Criteo Marketing - Criteo Retail - Kakao Ads - LinkedIn Company # Unlock Deeper Insights with Improved Data Management Gain greater control, visibility, and efficiency across your marketing data with streamlined connections, automated pipelines, and deeper insights into data quality and customer journeys. **Where:** These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Salesforce Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Marketing Intelligence in Marketing Cloud Next. ## Manage Data Source Connections from a Centralized Interface Monitor and maintain all your marketing data source connections in a single, intuitive view. A unified interface helps you identify which connection is linked to which source and highlights expired or failing authentications to prevent gaps in your reporting. You can now resolve connection issues with one-click reauthentication and spend less time navigating multiple settings pages. **How**: To view all your connections, in Data Management, go to Connection Management. ## Monitor Pipeline Health with Metadata Logs Gain full visibility into your data processing with a unified interface for tracking pipeline execution history and health. Monitor key details such as row counts, data dates, and processing status to ensure your data is accurate and up to date. Expand pipeline rows to inspect specific data streams or transform components so you can quickly identify and resolve failures. **How**: To view pipeline health, click Process Log on the pipeline record page. ## Ingest Data Automatically with Pipeline Email Addresses Automatically ingest CSV attachments into Marketing Intelligence by sending them to a unique, auto-generated email address. Simplify integration with legacy systems, external BI tools, or manual workflows, reducing manual uploads and keeping your data current. **How**: In Setup, enable Automate Data Retrieval with Email. After you create a pipeline, find the generated email on the pipeline record page. ## Ingest Customized Data with New Custom Connectors Create custom data streams for Adobe Analytics, Facebook Ads, Google Ads, and Google Analytics 4 by selecting the exact fields that you want to ingest for each data object. These connectors map directly to provider APIs so that you can bring in custom event parameters and non-sampled data to meet your specific reporting requirements. ## Discover Where Conversions Stall with Funnel-Based Attribution You can now define sequential steps across the customer journey to identify precisely where users lose momentum. By applying First-Touch or Last-Touch attribution models to custom-built funnels, you can quantify the impact of specific interactions, from marketing campaigns to site-wide engagements on final conversion. Use this granular visibility to identify friction points and optimize the end-to-end path, improving ROI and scaling successful user behaviors **How**: In Data Management, select Touch-Based Attribution. # Unlock Retail Banking Performance with Analytics Dashboards Gain powerful insights into your retail banking operations, customer engagement, and lead management with the dashboards in the Retail Banking Insights app. Use the dashboard to identify customers at risk that lack recent activity to prioritize crucial follow-up actions. Apply the analytics to understand customers better, enhance decision-making and drive business growth. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** To create a Retail Banking Insights app, you need the Data Cloud Architect permission set, Tableau Limited Viewer license and permission set, and Financial Services data kit. # Update and Customize Solutions Safely Keep your deployed solutions current by installing new bundles or upgrading to newer versions. Get automatic notifications when updates are available. To protect your org’s unique setup, use custom inputs to tailor the deployment to your business needs and preview potential metadata conflicts before installation begins. Your selections and inputs are saved automatically, so you can pause and resume the update without losing your progress. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** From the gear menu or the main Setup menu, select **Salesforce Go**. On the Initial Setup tab, click **Update** on the solution with an update available. # Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update) To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update is available starting in Spring ’26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **How:** Review the release update in Setup for information on identifying and fixing your Apex code and flows. Only some Salesforce orgs are affected by this change, so we recommend reviewing the criteria outlined in the first step before starting the remaining testing. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Asynchronous Sharing Recalculation After Group Membership or Role Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005103630&type=1&language=en_US) # Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update) To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **How:** Review the release update in Setup for information on identifying and fixing your Apex code and flows. Only some Salesforce orgs are affected by this change, so we recommend reviewing the criteria outlined in the first step before starting the remaining testing. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Asynchronous Sharing Recalculation After Group Membership or Role Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005103630&type=1&language=en_US) # Update Apex Code and Flows for Changed Sharing Recalculation Behavior (Release Update) To optimize performance after large-scale updates to groups or roles, Salesforce now performs some sharing recalculations asynchronously. If Apex code and flows require that share records be updated immediately, the code and flows can break when this release update is enforced. Update Apex classes, tests, triggers, and flows that update group membership or roles if they rely on synchronous sharing recalculation. This update was first available in Spring ’26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **How:** Review the release update in Setup for information on identifying and fixing your Apex code and flows. This update affects your org only if all of the following are true: - Your org has large data volumes and a very high ownership data skew. For example, a single user owns hundreds of thousands of records of the same object. - Your org has Apex code or flows that modify group membership or roles. - Your org has Apex code or flows that rely on the immediate availability of updated share records after updates to groups or roles. If your org doesn't meet all of these criteria, asynchronous sharing recalculation is less likely to affect your Apex code and flows, and you may not need to take further action.If your org meets all of these criteria, test and update your Apex code and flows before Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '27. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Asynchronous Sharing Recalculation After Group Membership or Role Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005103630&type=1&language=en_US) # Update API Integration to Use /dwsso/oauth2 Endpoint The `/dw/oauth2` endpoint is now deprecated in favor of the more performant `/dwsso/oauth2` endpoint. Salesforce plans to remove the `/dw/oauth2` endpoint in February 2027. Until February 2027, plan for incremental reductions in rate limits for the `/dw/oauth2` endpoint. To avoid service disruption, update your API integrations, including redirects from `/dw/oauth2`, to use the `/dwsso/oauth2` endpoint before February 2027. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Account Manager originally announced the deprecation of `/dw/oauth2` in the 1.46.4 release notes. See [Update Oauth Endpoints](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.account_manager_rn_tokenendpoint_disabled.htm&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Deprecation of /dw/oauth2 Endpoint](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000927357&type=1&language=en_US) # Update athenahealth Patient Records Directly from Health Cloud Connect Health Cloud and the athenahealth Electronic Health Records (EHR) to support real-time data write-back for patient records. Eliminate context switching and duplicate data entry, and give your care team immediate access to the most current patient data. Improve the efficiency and the overall quality of care by helping your care team capture and share the most up-to-date patient information from your Health Cloud org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud and is available to customers who use MuleSoft and athenahealth. **When:** This feature is available starting Feb 13, 2026. **How:** Enable and configure the athenahealth Integration Client MuleSoft app, and then update the instructions for your patient data management agent. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: athenahealth Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_appointment_management_athenahealth_integration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for System Integrations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_appointment_management_prepare_system_integrations.htm&language=en_US) # Update Business Manager Cartridges to a More Secure Format Business Manager cartridges that use the deprecated pre-2.6 extension format no longer load. Update your cartridges to the current format to maintain functionality. **Where:** This change applies to Business Manager in B2C Commerce. **How:** If a deprecated cartridge is in your cartridge path, you’re notified on the Code Deployment screen and alerts display on the Admin dashboard. ![Code Deployment Screen](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_cartridges_warning.png) ![Admin Dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_cartridges_alert.png) # Update Cart Page Layouts with New Cart Components Ensure your B2B Commerce stores use the latest page architecture by migrating to the Cart Container component. The Multiple Carts List page is renamed to Cart List page and the Multiple Cart Detail page is no longer supported. To ensure that your buyers can access and manage their carts without interruption, remove the legacy components and add the new components. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** The Advanced Cart Management feature is available by request. To turn on this feature, contact your Salesforce Account Executive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Advanced Cart Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_customize_multicart.htm&language=en_US) # Update Case Grounding Data in Real Time as Fields and Comments Change Service Assistant for Case now regenerates the current dynamic plan step in real time when a case field is updated, a case comment is added, or an existing comment is edited. Previously, Service Assistant tracked case field and comment updates but didn't apply them until the active step was completed and the next step was created. Automatic regeneration only occured for new case emails. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1. Service Assistant for Case with dynamic plans requires the Service Planner add-on and Adaptive Experience add-on licenses. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case with dynamic plans. For guidance plans, Service Assistant continues to track the fields and object updates and incorporates the new data when service reps manually redraft the plan. **When:** This change is available starting September 30, 2026. **Who:** - To turn on context updates for case fields and comments, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To view updated case field and comment data in plan steps, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. **How:** From the Service AI Grounding Setup page, select the case fields and objects you want to ground on. Then, on the Case tab of the Service Assistant Setup page, turn on Dynamic Plans. In the Update Plans with Case Signals section, turn on Update Plan Context When Case Fields Change, Update Plan Context When Case Comments Change, or both. If you enable grounding on Case Emails through Service AI Grounding, Service Assistant tracks email updates and regenerates the active step by default. ![Re-grounding case data](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_regrounding.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Grounding with Case Record Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_record_data_case.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Service Assistant for Case](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_setup_case.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Dynamic Plan Context Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_dp_context.htm&language=en_US) # Update Conversation Entries After They're Created with the Conversation Data API Use the Conversation Data API to update the content of existing conversation entries instead of deleting and recreating them. With this endpoint, you can correct a message's text without deleting and recreating the entry, update the payload for non-text entries, such as attachments, and associate or update related records on an entry after it's created. **Where:** This change applies to orgs with Enhanced Messaging and the Conversation Data API enabled. Edition availability matches the existing `GET /conversation-entries` endpoint. **How:** To call this endpoint, you need the same access as other Conversation Data API endpoints: an External Client App configured with an Execution User who has the API Only User permission. To update entries, send a **PATCH** request to `/conversation-entries` with the `conversationIdentifier` query parameter, and include the entries to update in the request body. Use `messageText` for entries with a Text format type, or `abstractMessagePayload` for other format types. Each entry is processed independently, and the response's `isSuccess` field, along with each entry's success value, tells you whether the update succeeded. This endpoint shares its rate limit with `GET/conversation-entries`: 90 requests per user per minute. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Docs_: updateConversationEntries](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/service/conversation-data-api/references/conversation-data-api-reference?meta=updateConversationEntries) # Update Custom Cookies to Comply with RFC 6265 Standards To close security gaps, B2C Commerce has upgraded third-party libraries to adhere to RFC 6265 cookie compliance. Custom storefront code that emits noncompliant cookies, such as a domain attribute with a leading dot or invalid characters, now fails. Update your cookie-handling code in your On-Demand Sandbox instances to be compliant with the RFC 6265 standard. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. # Update Einstein Activity Capture and Migrate Email Before the Automatic Update Update Einstein Activity Capture and migrate previously captured email to Salesforce activity data prior to the automigration. When you update and migrate your email, all new and previously captured emails are synced, stored, and available to platform tools and operations. If you don’t complete the process yourself, we automatically update Einstein Activity Capture and migrate your email. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. The feature is also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** The date for the automigration is unique to each org. Notifications will be sent on a rolling basis starting early June 2026. Check your Einstein Activity Capture settings for your timeline. **How:** To migrate your email now, in Einstein Activity Capture settings, click **Update & Migrate**. Follow the prompts to select which data to capture for new email (the full email body or header information only) and to select how much previously captured email data to migrate. ![Update and migrate now to decide your settings. If you automigrate, your org gets the default settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eac_autoupdate_coming.png) If you don’t act before your automigration date, we update Einstein Activity Capture and migrate your email data for you. We select the full email capture option for all new email. You can edit this setting in your configuration after the migration is complete. And, we migrate all previously captured email, based on the maximum retention period set in your org. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Update Einstein Activity Capture and Migrate Email to Salesforce Activity Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_migrate_to_sync_email_as_activity.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Considerations for Syncing Email as Salesforce Activity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_email_activity_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Activity 360 Reporting, Activity Metrics, Activities Dashboard Upcoming Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=004633781&type=1&language=en_US) # Update Existing Data Lake Objects Directly in Your Workspace You can now manage data visibility and system speed in your workspace. This update supports actions such as reassigning data sources to different data spaces and renaming fields that align with business terminology. Also, you can improve data performance by setting custom refresh intervals and acceleration for faster data retrieval. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To rename fields, from your workspace open or add an external data source. Click **Customize Data Lake Object** and locate the column you want to rename. Type in a new name and save it. ![Selecting Customize Data Lake Object.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_edit_dlo.png) To reassign a Data Lake Object to a different data space, click **Create Data Lake Object**. Click **Edit** in the Data spaces assigned section and select the data space you want. To begin a full or incremental refresh, click **Edit** in the Accelerate Data section. ![Selecting a new data space.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_edit_dlo_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Adding Assets to a Data Space](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_assets_to_data_space.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enabling Acceleration for Data Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_enable_acceleration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Caching or Acceleration in Data Federation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_accelerated_data_lake_objects.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Zero Copy Data Federation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_byol_data_federation.htm&language=en_US) # Update Existing Flow Approval Processes to Run Background Steps Synchronously When Actions Support It Background steps that call synchronous actions now run synchronously, reducing end-to-end latency for your running flow approval processes. Previously, any background step containing an Action element ran asynchronously, regardless of whether the action itself was synchronous. To take advantage of this change in existing flow approval processes, update the flow approval process’s API version to 68.0 or later. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. **How:** To opt in, open the flow approval process’s version properties in Flow Builder and set API Version for Running the Flow Approval Process to 68.0 or later. Flow approval processes running an earlier API version keep the previous asynchronous behavior. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Background Steps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_concepts_background_step.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Update Existing Orchestrations to Run Background Steps Synchronously When Actions Support It Background steps that call synchronous actions now run synchronously, reducing end-to-end latency for your orchestration runs. Previously, any background step containing an Action element ran asynchronously, regardless of whether the action itself was synchronous. To take advantage of this change in existing orchestrations, update the orchestration's API version to 68.0 or later. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Editions, Agentforce 1 Editions, and Developer editions. **How:** To opt in, open the orchestration's version properties in Flow Builder and set API Version for Running the Orchestration to 68.0 or later. Orchestrations running an earlier API version keep the previous asynchronous behavior. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Orchestration Background Steps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.orchestrator_concepts_steps_background.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Update Experiment and Attribution Analytics on Demand See the latest experiment or attribution results without waiting for the next scheduled analytics update. Personalization users can now launch analytics updates from an experiment or attribution record, up to one time per hour. Previously, these analytics were updated only on a 24-hour schedule. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. **How:** From an experiment or attribution configuration record, click **Update Analytics Now**. Manual updates run separately from scheduled analytics processing and don’t interrupt or change scheduled updates. For reliable results, wait at least 24 hours after you start an experiment or create an attribution configuration before you run a manual update. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ View Experiment Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_exp_analytics_view.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ View Attribution Intelligence for Active Attribution Configurations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_analytics_attrib_config_view.htm&language=en_US) # Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update) To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement to Winter ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update on a rolling basis shortly after Winter ’27 deployment. For specific enforcement dates, see [End-of-Support Schedule for Incorrect Instanced URLs in API Traffic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228941&type=1&language=en_US). If you enable this change before the related known issue is resolved, SOAP login URLs via Visualforce pages can return a 400 Bad Request error. Salesforce plans to deploy a fix for that issue June 16–18, 2026, so we recommend that you test this change after June 18, 2026. **Why:** Salesforce is decommissioning the service that supports hard-coded references to an incorrect instance name in API application traffic routing. This approach helps make sure that integrations continue to function smoothly while improving security, because My Domain URLs are unique to each org. **How:** Replace instanced URLs in your API calls with your My Domain login URL. Test this change after June 18, 2026. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select **My Domain**. Under Redirections, enable **Block API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL**. If you enable this change before June 19, 2026, SOAP login URLs via Visualforce pages can return a 400 Bad Request error. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: End-of-Support Schedule for Incorrect Instanced URLs in API Traffic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228941&type=1&language=en_US) - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update) To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’27. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions except Database.com. **When:** This update is postponed to Spring ’27. Salesforce enforces this update in phases. For specific enforcement dates, see [End-of-Support Schedule for Incorrect Instanced URLs in API Traffic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228941&language=en_US&type=1). **Why:** Salesforce is decommissioning the service that supports hard-coded references to an incorrect instance name in API application traffic routing. When you use your My Domain login URL for API traffic, that login method continues to work after your org is moved to another Salesforce instance. Also, because My Domain names are unique, requiring your org’s My Domain login URL adds another layer of security. **How:** Replace instanced URLs in your API calls with your My Domain login URL. To test this change, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select **My Domain**. Under Redirections, enable **Block API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL**. If you enable this change before the related known issue is resolved, SOAP login URLs via Visualforce pages can return a 400 Bad Request error. To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: End-of-Support Schedule for Incorrect Instanced URLs in API Traffic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228941&type=1&language=en_US) - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic (Release Update) To prevent disruption when Salesforce ends support for API traffic that uses an incorrect instanced URL, make sure that API traffic to your org uses the org’s My Domain login URL. First available in Summer ’25, this release update was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26, but we postponed enforcement to a phased schedule that starts in October 2026 in sandboxes and January 2027 in production. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions except Database.com. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in phases. For specific enforcement dates, see [End-of-Support Schedule for Incorrect Instanced URLs in API Traffic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005228941&language=en_US&type=1). **Why:** Salesforce is decommissioning the service that supports hard-coded references to an incorrect instance name in API application traffic routing. When you use your My Domain login URL for API traffic, that login method continues to work after your org is moved to another Salesforce instance. Also, because My Domain names are unique, requiring your org’s My Domain login URL adds another layer of security. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Update Instanced URLs in API Traffic, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Update Key Fields Based on Momentum Insights Give your sales reps time back by automating the field updates that normally eat into their day. Momentum works with Pipeline Management and Account Management to turn relevant information from calls into field updates, so reps spend less time on data entry and more time selling. Choose whether to apply updates automatically or show suggestions for reps to review in Pipeline Inspection or the Account Intelligence View. If you use Sales Methodology with Pipeline Management, you can also get suggestions for updating sales methodology criteria. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce 1 Edition. **When:** This functionality is available in November 2026. **How:** From Salesforce Go, go to the Agentforce for Sales page. To set up field updates or suggestions for opportunity fields, turn on Pipeline Management. To set up field updates or suggestions for account fields, turn on Account Management. After turning on the feature, go to the Automate Field Updates section to manage your field updates. ![The Automate Field Updates step in Pipeline Management and Account Management setup](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_field_updates_go.png) A guided setup walks you through configuring your fields, selecting the update method, and adjusting the instructions for how to structure the output. ![The guided setup for configuring a field update](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_field_updates_config.png) To enable suggestions for Sales Methodology criteria updates, set up both Pipeline Management and Sales Methodology. These updates require user approval and can’t be customized. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up a Sales Methodology](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_inspection_set_up_methodology.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Agentforce Pipeline Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.pipeline_mgmt_setup_new.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Agentforce Account Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.account_mgmt_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Best Practices for Writing Field Update Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_sales_mgmt_field_update_instructions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Update LifeSciConfigRecord Files for New Profile Naming Format LifeSciConfigRecord metadata files now use human-readable file names instead of org-specific profile IDs for profile-level and user-level configuration records in hierarchical categories. Records that follow the `[CategoryName]_[ProfileId or UserId]` naming convention, such as those created through the Admin Console, are affected. The `assignedTo` field on LifeSciConfigRecords with a custom profile assignment also includes a `Custom-` prefix. These changes prevent duplicate record errors and failed deployments when you move configuration records between orgs. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **Who:** This change affects admins and developers who retrieve and deploy LifeSciConfigRecord metadata between orgs by using Metadata API or Salesforce CLI. **Why:** Previously, LifeSciConfigRecord files for hierarchical-type categories with profile or user assignments included org-specific profile or user IDs in the file name, for example, `AccountSearchSettings_00eXXXXXXXXXXXXYAE`. Because IDs differ between orgs, deploying these files to another org created duplicate records or caused validation errors instead of updating the existing configuration. **How:** When you retrieve LifeSciConfigRecord metadata for hierarchical-type categories from a Summer '26 org, file names use this format: - Standard profile: `{Category}-{ProfileName}.lifeSciConfigRecord` - Custom profile: `{Category}-Custom-{ProfileName}.lifeSciConfigRecord` - User-level: `{Category}-User-{Username}.lifeSciConfigRecord` For any LifeSciConfigRecord with a custom profile assignment, the `assignedTo` field also includes a `Custom-` prefix, for example, `Custom-Medical Sales Representative`. Standard profiles don't require a prefix. To update existing files, rename the files to match the new format and add the `Custom-` prefix in the `assignedTo` field as applicable. Or, retrieve the metadata from a Summer '26 org to get files in the correct format automatically. During deploy, Salesforce detects the marker in the file name and resolves the profile or username to the correct ID on the target org. If a matching record exists, it's updated. If no match exists, a new record is created. #### See Also - [_Life Sciences Cloud Developer Guide_: LifeSciConfigRecord](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.life_sciences_dev_guide.meta/life_sciences_dev_guide/meta_lifesciconfigrecord.htm) # Update Organization-Wide Defaults Quicker and More Reliably To process changes to organization-wide defaults faster, related criteria-based sharing rules are now recalculated in parallel rather than sequentially. This improvement is most noticeable if you have many sharing rules. You can monitor the progress of the recalculation on the Background Jobs page. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor Background Jobs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.monitoring_background_jobs.htm&language=en_US) # Update Product Assets Faster with Bulk Replication Update multiple products by using existing granular data replication tools. Publish your bulk changes directly from Business Manager. Bulk updates require enabling granular data replication and assigning permissions to replicate data. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **When:** This feature first released in Spring ‘26 with the 26.5 B2C Deployment. **Why:** The original release note incorrectly stated that bulk replication is available for price books and content assets. It’s currently available only for products. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Granular Data Replication (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_granular_data_replications.htm&language=en_US) # Update Product Attributes in Bulk on Large Quotes by Using an Asynchronous API Update product attributes across multiple quote line items in a single request, eliminating manual, line-by-line configuration. The Bulk Attribute Update API processes large-scale updates asynchronously in the background, for fast, accurate quote configuration, even for complex deals with hundreds of line items. You can trigger this API using the Update Attributes in Bulk Invocable Action from various automation contexts including Flows, agents, Integration Procedures, and more. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. **Who:** This feature is available to sales reps who use Enterprise Sales Management workflows. **How:** In the CPQ Config Settings, set the value of ESMBulkAttributeUpdateEnabled to true. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Update Attributes in Bulk Invocable Action_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.comms_update_attributes_in_bulk_invocable_action.htm&language=en_US) # Update References to Legacy Host Names (Release Update) Prevent disruption for your customers and end users when the temporary redirection of legacy (non-enhanced) Salesforce host names ends. With this release update, those redirections end in all orgs. First available in Spring ’25, this update is enforced in Spring ’26. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this release update in Spring ’26. To get the major-release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com), search for your My Domain name or instance, and then click the maintenance tab. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The task that disables legacy redirections is completed gradually after the major release. Usually that task finishes within a few hours after you get the release, but it can take up to 24 hours. To control the timing of when those redirections stop in your org, disable legacy host name redirections from the My Domain page in Setup. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Update References to Legacy Host Names, follow the testing and activation steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prepare for the End of Redirections for Non-Enhanced Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_redirections_non_enhanced.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enhanced Domains Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.domain_name_enhanced_timeline.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Release Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_ru.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing customizations.") # Update Sales Transaction Fields in a Third-Party Configurator UI Use Lightning Message Service (LMS) events to update all fields that are set up as editable on a sales transaction item, including custom fields, for third-party configurator UI components. With the increased flexibility, third-party components can easily communicate with Data Manager in the product configurator flow. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Lightning Message Service for Third-Party Configurator UI Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_configurator_third_party_configurator_ui_component_lightning_message_service.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Update Screen Flows with Natural Language Prompts (Beta) Iterate quickly on user-facing screen flows and reduce the risk of manual configuration errors. Previously, you could use AI to modify record-triggered, schedule-triggered, external system change-triggered flows, and flows that use connectors as actions. Now, use generative AI to modify your existing screen flows by describing the changes with natural language prompts in the Agentforce panel. Add, remove, or change screen and action elements without manually adjusting logic in Flow Builder. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 editions feature availability with your account executive. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Evolving flows with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To use the Agentforce panel for the first time, provision and turn on [Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_setup_provision.htm&language=en_US&type=5), and then turn on [Einstein generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US). From Setup, go to the Process Automation Settings page and select **Agentforce flow automation (Beta)**. Next, open any flow, click ![The Einstein icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_einstein.png), and then click **Migrate to Agentforce**. ![The Einstein side panel with the Migrate to Agentforce button highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_migrate_to_agentforce.png) If you previously used the Agentforce panel, open a preexisting screen flow, open the panel, and describe the modifications you want to make. To prevent manual conflicts, the flow locks while Agentforce generates the changes. If the changes don’t meet your requirements, revert the most recent modification. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Evolve a Flow with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_evolve_flow_with_einstein.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Update Selected Dashboard Widgets with Targeted Parameter Updates Update specific Tableau Next metrics instantly without triggering a full-page refresh of surrounding widgets. This enhancement updates the previous behavior where modifying any parameter initiated a global reload of the active page. Authors can isolate parameter changes to a select set of dependent widgets. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To specify which parameters a widget can receive or ignore, select the widget then go to the Widget tab. Click **Receive Dashboard Parameters**. ![Receive Dashboard Parameters dropdown menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_dashboard_parameter_update.png) From there, you can select one of four settings: **All** (the default) accepts all dashboard filters. **Include** applies only to the selected filters that you select. **Exclude** ignores selected filters that you select. **None** ignores all filters for metrics to remain static. # Update Single Sign-On Accounts to Use MFA Accounts that use single sign-on must implement MFA systems with Authentication Method Reference (AMR) and Authentication Context Class Reference (ACC) claims. This requirement provides the highest level of security between your identity provider and Marketing Cloud Engagement. **Where:** This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions. **When:** This requirement isn’t enforced in the current release. In a future release, all accounts that use single sign-on must meet this requirement. **How:** Work with your identity provider to make sure that your system meets these standards. # Update Site Assets Faster with Bulk Replication Update multiple products, price books, or content assets by using existing granular data replication tools. Publish your bulk changes directly from Business Manager. Batch updates require enabling granular data replication and assigning permissions to replicate data. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Granular Data Replication (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_granular_data_replications.htm&language=en_US) # Update Stores Prior to Summer '25 That Use Place Order Orchestration If you have a B2B store that was created before Summer '25 that uses Place Order orchestration, it's excluded from the Order Ingestion job—a background process in which Checkouts and carts become orders. The Order Ingestion job now skips carts and checkout sessions from B2B stores that still use Place Order orchestration from before Summer '25. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce. #### See Also - [_B2B Commerce Developer Guide_: API Comparison](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/guide/b2b-comm-checkout-place-order-api-comparison.html) - [_B2B Commerce Developer Guide_: Streamlined Place Order](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/guide/b2b-d2c-comm-streamlined-place-order.html) # Update Tasks and Events in Lightning Web Components with the User Interface API Bring activities into your custom Lightning Web Components (LWC) by leveraging the User Interface API’s support for Task and Event objects. Now, instead of manually coding layouts, security settings, and other metadata from scratch, quickly build a custom LWC that automatically syncs with your existing configurations. With User Interface API support for Task and Event objects, you can also include activities in screen flow record fields. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions and in Professional Edition with API access enabled. **Why:** We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange. Although the Task and Event objects have full support within screen flows, these objects aren’t yet available for Dynamic Forms, list views, or standard flows. And, the `IsRecurringSet` and `IsReminderSet` fields on the Task object aren’t supported in the User Interface API. **When:** This feature was rolled out to customer sandboxes in February 2026. The rollout to production begins on April 13, 2026 and is expected to be completed by mid-May, 2026. #### See Also - [_Idea Exchange:_ Support Task and Event Objects in UI API with LWC](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0B8W00000GdXHsUAN/support-task-and-event-objects-in-ui-api-with-lwc) - [_User Interface API Developer Guide:_ Get Started with User Interface API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started.htm) # Update the Field Service Mobile App to Protect Against Stolen Tokens Refresh Token Rotation (RTR) protects your Salesforce data by issuing a new refresh token every time the Field Service mobile app authenticates. This feature closes a gap where a threat actor tries to use a stolen token to access your org and your data. With RTR, a stolen token stops working almost immediately. This works in tandem with the previously announced refresh token idle security feature. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. **How:** We include RTR automatically in the Field Service mobile app v264.1 and later—no setup is required. Your team must update their devices from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store to v264.1 or later before January 18, 2027. After this date, devices running older versions experience periodic forced logouts, and mobile workers lose any unsynced work on the device when logout occurs. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Refresh Token Idle TTL Is Limited to 30 Days](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_refresh_token_ttl.htm&release=264&type=5&language=en_US) - [Download for iOS: Apple App Store](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/salesforce-field-service/id1163307568) - [Download for Android: Google Play Store](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.salesforce.fieldservice.app&hl=en_US) # Update the Namespace for Upload CSV Flow Update your integrations to reflect the new namespace for the Upload CSV flow. This change ensures that your processes remain compatible with the latest architectural updates. Your admins must use the runtime\_rev\_mltrcpnt namespace to call this flow successfully. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. **How:** Replace the runtime\_industries\_comms\_\_UploadCSV namespace with runtime\_rev\_mltrcpnt\_\_UploadCSV in your code and API calls. Review any custom components or scripts that trigger the Upload CSV flow to prevent service interruptions. # Update the Status of Multiple Clauses at Once Change the status of many regulation or policy clause versions in a single action, instead of updating each one manually. Moving clauses through their lifecycle one at a time is slow and error-prone. Bulk status updates let you advance multiple clauses through their lifecycle—for example, from Draft to Review to Approved to Published—with one selection and confirmation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Regulation Management and Policy Management are enabled. **How:** From the Regulation Clause Versions or Policy Clause Versions list view, select multiple clause versions, choose the target status from the menu, and confirm in the dialog. A progress bar shows the status of the bulk update, and invalid transitions are blocked. # Update Verified Timesheets Keep timesheets accurate without waiting for supervisor approval to reopen them. Field technicians can now add, update, or delete timesheet entries even after a timesheet is in the verified state. When you add a new entry to a verified timesheet, the system updates the start and end times of the parent timesheet entry. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. # Update Your Branded App for Stronger Mobile Security To defend against stolen-credential and token-replay attacks, Salesforce is enabling Refresh Token Rotation (RTR). Because refresh tokens keep users signed in without re-entering passwords, updating your app for RTR support ensures their access remains secure and uninterrupted. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Your branded app was built on a version that predates RTR support. When Salesforce enables RTR for your app, users still on the older build will be signed out and unable to log back in until you publish an updated version. Because you control which version of your branded app is live in the app stores, this update is yours to make. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. **When:** This change is available starting October 21, 2026. **How:** Update your app to the latest version after October 21, 2026, so your users can remain logged in to your app. # Update Your Context Definition to ConsumerSalesContext Configure Revenue Cloud for Communications with the ConsumerSalesContext context definition extensions. Previously, pricing procedures and rule libraries referenced the extensions of SalesTransactionContext context definition. Update your pricing procedures and rule libraries to use the ConsumerSalesContext context definition extensions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. # Update Your Context Definition to Use New Promotion Capabilities Enhance sales transactions by using the updated SalesTransactionItemPriceAdjustment node in Consumer Sales Context context definition. If you've extended Consumer Sales Context context definition in Spring ‘26, make sure to extend the updated the Consumer Sales Context context definitions to use promotion capabilities. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Communications Cloud Advanced. # Update Your Custom Components for Use in Setup with Agentforce (Beta) Make your custom Aura and Lightning web components accessible to Agentforce in Setup by adding AI-related component and property descriptions to their js-meta.xml and .design files. AI component and property descriptions are used only in orgs that have Setup with Agentforce (beta) enabled. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early January 2026. **Why:** When Setup with Agentforce is enabled, the Setup agent can recommend custom components when creating a Lightning record page from a user utterance. For the Setup agent to successfully analyze whether your custom component fits the requirements for it to be included on the suggested record page, the component must contain an AI-related description of what it does and descriptions of its properties. **How:** For detailed instructions, see the [Lightning Web Components Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/use-config-for-agentforce.html) or the [Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.lightning.meta/lightning/components_config_for_app_builder_design_files.htm). #### See Also - [Streamline Administrative Tasks with Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_setup_with_agentforce_beta.htm&release=260&type=5 "Salesforce’s new agent-driven Setup experience integrates Setup with an AI assistant to simplify administrative tasks. Chat with the agent to issue commands or ask questions by using natural language. The agent makes activities like creating objects and flows, managing user access, and troubleshooting formulas more intuitive and efficient, reducing navigation and clicks.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Update Your Data Pipelines for the Chat Transcript Storage Migration To optimize platform performance and reduce latency, Salesforce Agentforce Service is migrating chat transcript storage from the Salesforce Platform to Amazon Web Services (AWS). Because legacy methods for querying transcript data directly from the platform will be unavailable, you must transition your data pipelines, BI layers, and integrations to use the new features. **Where:** This change applies to Agentforce Service in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. View [supported editions for messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.messaging_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and [supported editions for voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **When:** This nonreversible change applies to the remaining customer organizations in rolling phases starting June 20, 2026. **Why:** Moving to AWS ensures better scalability and faster data retrieval for your service orgs. Advance notification of this infrastructure shift was previously distributed via Legal sub-processor alerts to opted-in customers and is also published on the official [Salesforce Infrastructure and Sub-processors](https://www.salesforce.com/en-us/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/documents/legal/misc/salesforce-infrastructure-and-subprocessors.pdf) (I&S) documentation. **How:** To prepare for this deployment, update your data pipelines and integrations immediately so you don’t lose access to your query data. Review the full transition details on how to [access conversation data](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/service/messaging-object-model/guide/messaging-object-model-access-data.html) to guide your migration. # Update Your Meeting Playbook Structure When Plans Change Advisors can now change the Meeting Playbook Definition on a Meeting Playbook record. When their meeting goals shift, advisors can switch to a playbook structure that better fits the agenda or the details that they want to capture. The playbook stages update to the selected definition, and the status resets to In Prep so that advisors can start preparing with the updated structure. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **When:** Meeting Concierge enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting Aug 18, 2026. **How:** On a Meeting Playbook, click **Change Playbook Definition** and select the definition that fits the updated agenda. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ View and Explore a Meeting Concierge Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_meeting_concierge_navigate.htm&language=en_US) # Update Your Mobile Publisher App for Stronger Mobile Security To defend against stolen-credential and token-replay attacks, Salesforce is enabling Refresh Token Rotation (RTR). Because refresh tokens keep users signed in without re-entering passwords, updating your app for RTR support ensures their access remains secure and uninterrupted. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Your branded app was built on a version that predates RTR support. When Salesforce enables RTR for your app, users still on the older build will be signed out and unable to log back in until you publish an updated version. Because you control which version of your branded app is live in the app stores, this update is yours to make. **Where:** This change applies to [LWR and Aura Experience Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) sites accessed through Mobile Publisher apps in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This change is available starting October 21, 2026. **How:** Update your app to the latest version after October 21, 2026, so your users can remain logged in to your app. # Update Your mTLS Certificates If you use publicly trusted certificates for mTLS (Mutual Transport Layer Security) and the Public Root CA (certificate authority) is in the Chrome Trusted Root List, transition to separate certificate hierarchies. Google Chrome is enforcing policy changes that limit the use of those certificates to TLS (Transport Layer Security) server authentication only. **Where:** This change applies to [certificate-based authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_certificate_based_auth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and [API client certificates that enforce TLS mutual authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_keys_uploading_mutual_auth_cert_api.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Certificate-based authentication is available in Personal, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **When:** Google Chrome enforces these policy changes on March 15, 2027. However, some customers have reported related issues upon certificate renewal. **Why:** Google Chrome Root Program Policy v1.7 prevents the purchase and use of dual-use certificates that are issued by Public Root CAs in the Chrome Trusted Root List. The new policy requires dedicated Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) hierarchies for different certificate purposes. In other words, the policy separates certificates that identify websites (Server Authentication) from certificates that identify clients or users (Client Authentication). **How:** Although Google is making this change, we’re announcing it here so that you can prevent disruption, including issues with access to Salesforce. Review the [Upcoming Mandatory Changes to Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005237282&type=1&language=en_US) knowledge article and complete the recommended steps. That article includes the guidance that Salesforce can provide about this change. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Customer Support can’t troubleshoot issues related to this change beyond sharing the information published in that knowledge article. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Upcoming Mandatory Changes to Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005237282&type=1&language=en_US) # Update Your mTLS Certificates If you use publicly trusted certificates for mTLS (Mutual Transport Layer Security) and the Public Root CA (Certificate Authority) is in the Chrome Trusted Root List, transition to separate certificate hierarchies. Google Chrome is enforcing policy changes that limit the use of those certificates to only TLS (Transport Layer Security) server authentication. **Where:** This change applies to [certificate-based authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_certificate_based_auth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and [API client certificates that enforce TLS mutual authentication](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_keys_uploading_mutual_auth_cert_api.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Certificate-based authentication is available in Personal, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions. **When:** Google Chrome enforces these policy changes on March 15, 2027. However, some customers have reported related issues upon certificate renewal. **Why:** Google Chrome Root Program Policy v1.7 prevents the purchase and use of dual-use certificates that are issued by Public Root CAs in the Chrome Trusted Root List. The new policy requires dedicated Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) hierarchies for different certificate purposes. In other words, the policy separates certificates that identify websites (server authentication) from certificates that identify clients or users (client authentication). **How:** Although Google is making this change, we’re announcing it here so that you can prevent disruption, including issues with access to Salesforce. Review the [Upcoming Mandatory Changes to Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005237282&type=1&language=en_US) knowledge article and complete the recommended steps. That article includes the guidance that Salesforce can provide about this change. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce Customer Support can’t troubleshoot issues related to this change beyond sharing the information published in that knowledge article. #### See Also - [_Knowledge Article_: Upcoming Mandatory Changes to Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005237282&type=1&language=en_US) # Update Your United States AWS Billing Address for Accurate Emergency Calling Fees As of March 1, 2025, AWS charges emergency calling fees for Amazon Connect based on the subaccount billing address. By default, Salesforce uses its own address for Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect customers with companies in the United States. To ensure correct charges and compliance with local regulations, update your AWS account to reflect your company’s address instead. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect Service Cloud Voice is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). **How:** To update your company address, see the instructions in this Salesforce Knowledge Article: [Update Your AWS Account Billing Address for Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005108661&language=en_US&type=1). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Confirm Your Tax Registration Number (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_setup_confirm_tax_registration.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Frequently Asked Billing Questions for Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_amazon_faqs.htm&language=en_US&type=5) # Updated Feature for Grants Management Managed Package Verify nonprofit tax status with a modernized API integration. The Grants Management tax status search glossary now protects the stability of your due diligence tools by using the latest direct-to-provider API model. This new system provides a more efficient way to get essential compliance data. Your users retain the same familiar experience while benefiting from a more secure and sustainable technical architecture. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Grants Management is enabled. # Updated Objects and Fields in Grantmaking Do more with the updated Grantmaking object. Identify the action plan template that’s related to the funding award requirement Use the new AppInActionPlanTemplate field on the existing FundingAwardRequirement object. # Updated Objects and Fields in Grantmaking Do more with the updated Grantmaking object. Identify users who have access to an application form evaluation section Use the new AppFormEvalSectionPtcp object. # Updated Permission Requirements for Setup with Agentforce (Beta) Previously, you were required to assign users the Execute Prompt Templates user permission to allow access to the Setup agent. Now, you can assign users either the Execute Prompt Templates or Customize Application user permission. Alternatively, in place of the Execute Prompt Templates permission, you can assign the Prompt Template User standard permission set. The Use Setup with Agentforce user permission remains required as before. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_configuration.htm&language=en_US) # Updates in Default Product Configurator Flow The Default Product Configurator flow has new attributes. If you’ve cloned the Default Product Configurator flow before Spring ’26, manually map the new attributes in your customized flow, or clone the default flow and apply your customizations again. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** Update your Configurator flow with the latest attributes so that new features work as expected and you get a seamless configuration experience. The ID of the transaction context for which the Configurator is launched Use the new Transaction Context ID attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. A boolean value that indicates whether to display the product attributes within the option card Use the new Display Option Card Attributes attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Option Groups flow component. The number of product attributes to be displayed within the option card Use the new Option Card Attributes Limit attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Option Groups flow component. A boolean value that indicates whether to display the Clone option within the product option card Use the new Display Clone Option attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Option Groups flow component. A collection of Apex ProductConfig\_\_Promotions records that contain the promotions eligible for the product Use the new Eligible Promotions attribute. It's of Input type on the Product Configurator Summary flow component and of Output type on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. A boolean value that indicates whether the messages component is fixed in position when scrolling Use the new Messages in Fixed Position attribute. It's of both Input and Output types on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component, and of Input type on the Product Configurator Messages, Product Configurator Transaction Header, and Product Configurator Summary flow components. A collection of Apex ProductConfig\_\_Message records that contain alerts, warnings, and errors encountered by the component Use the new Messages attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Transaction Header and Product Configurator Summary flow components. A boolean value that indicates whether the section displaying price totals in the Summary component is shown at run time Use the new Price Total Summary Section Visibility attribute. It's of Input type on the Product Configurator Summary flow component and of Output type on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Clone and Customize the Default Product Configurator Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_configurator_clone_the_default_product_configurator_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Updates in Default Product Configurator Flow The Default Product Configurator flow has new attributes. If you cloned the Default Product Configurator flow before Summer ’26, manually map the new attributes in your customized flow, or clone the default flow and apply your customizations again. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** Update your Configurator flow with the latest attributes so that new features work as expected and you get a seamless configuration experience. A boolean value that indicates whether Amendment, Renewal, and Cancellation (ARC) validation runs during product configuration Use the new ARC Validation Enabled attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Clone and Customize the Default Product Configurator Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.product_configurator_clone_the_default_product_configurator_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Updates in Default Product Configurator Flow The Default Product Configurator flow has new attributes. If you cloned the Default Product Configurator flow before Winter ’27, manually map the new attributes in your customized flow, or clone the default flow and apply your customizations again. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Why:** Update your Configurator flow with the latest attributes so that new features work as expected and you get a seamless configuration experience. The context definition that determines which context attributes are available for the Configuration API to query Use the new Context Definition attribute of both Input and Output types on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. The context node within a selected context definition that contains the attributes that are available for the Configuration API to query Use the new Context Node attribute of both Input and Output types on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. The context attributes that are available in a selected context node for the Configuration API to query Use the new Context Attributes attribute of both Input and Output types on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow component. The API name of the transaction record's parent object Use the new Origin attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Option Groups component. A boolean value that indicates whether instant pricing is turned on by default at runtime Use the new Instant Pricing attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Data Manager flow. A boolean value that indicates whether the product name field on the option cards is read-only Use the new Read-Only Product Name attribute of the Input type on the Product Configurator Option Groups flow component. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Clone and Customize the Default Product Configurator Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=ind.product_configurator_clone_the_default_product_configurator_flow.htm) # Updates to Related Features Looking for other features in Marketing Cloud Next? Check out these updates to related features, such as Flow Builder and Data 360, as well as Account Engagement, Engagement, and Intelligence. ## Flow for Marketing Cloud - [Flow Marketing Cloud Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud.htm&language=en_US): New scheduling options, duplicate management, enhancements to Path Experiments, and more. ## Marketing Cloud Account Engagement - [Unify Data with Enhancements to Data 360 for Account Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae_data_360.htm&release=260&type=5 "To unify customer interactions across touchpoints, you can now connect Account Engagement data from Data Cloud One companion orgs. Plus, install the required data kits with a single click when you connect an Account Engagement business unit to Data 360. Previously, you had to install or update the engagement activity data streams on a separate page in Data 360 Setup.") - [Send Approved Emails, SMS, and WhatsApp Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae_content.htm&release=260&type=5 "Level up your connected Account Engagement content with Marketing Cloud Next. Distributed Marketing and Alerts shares marketing-approved templates with Salesforce Platform users, while Engagement Studio now offers steps that trigger SMS and WhatsApp sends through On-Demand Flows.") - [Match Overall Email Marketing Consent with Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mcae_consent.htm&release=260&type=5 "Send promotional emails with confidence. You can now match overall email consent between Account Engagement prospects and Marketing Cloud Next records. To track overall email consent changes between the two apps, turn on Consent Matching in the Account Engagement Settings tab in the Lightning App.") ## Marketing Cloud Engagement - [Transform Your Emails, Campaigns, and Data with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mce_parent_mc_next.htm&release=260&type=5 "New features improve campaign reporting and data compatibility for Marketing Cloud Next. Marketers can now send Engagement emails via flows, create lockable email templates for use by platform users, and view unified reporting in context.") ## Marketing Intelligence - [Marketing Intelligence in Marketing Cloud Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_mc_mi_marketing_intelligence.htm&release=260&type=5 "Marketing Intelligence in Marketing Cloud Next delivers more control, flexibility, and insight in Spring ’26. Expand your data model, unify more sources with new API connectors, gain deeper visibility with enhanced dashboard views, and optimize campaigns with improved objective-based insights.") # Upgrade Einstein Bots to Agentforce Service Agent (Beta) Use the Upgrade Agent tool on Agentforce Labs to upgrade an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent. The tool creates the new agent separately, so your existing bot remains available while you review and configure the new agent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The Upgrade Agent tool is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the [Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 10, 2026. **How:** Access the Upgrade Agent tool on [Agentforce Labs](https://labs.agentforce.com/upgrade-agent). #### See Also - [Help: Upgrade an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.bots_service_asa_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Upgrade Einstein Bots to Agentforce Service Agent (Generally Available) The Upgrade Agent tool, previously available in beta, is now generally available. Use the tool to convert an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent. The tool creates the new agent separately, so your existing bot remains available while you review and configure the new agent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting the week of July 27, 2026. **How:** Access the Upgrade Agent tool on [Agentforce Labs](https://labs.agentforce.com/upgrade-agent) or through Claude Code. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Upgrade an Einstein Bot to an Agentforce Service Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.bots_service_asa_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Upgrade Home Visit Scheduling with Dynamic Calendar and List Views Customize the enhanced Home Health Visits Lightning component to show critical fields across both calendar and list views. The component now defaults to the calendar view, helping schedulers review immediate and long-term care visits by seamlessly switching between day, week, 15-day, month, and year layouts. Provide scheduling teams with visual cues by assigning custom colors to up to 10 distinct visit statuses. Boost productivity by allowing schedulers to perform key actions such as verifying visits, managing custom actions, and filtering records directly from the calendar interface. Your team can also reschedule visits by dragging them within supported calendar views. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Home Health add-on licenses. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Manage Home Health permission set license. **How:** In the Lightning App Builder, place the Home Health Visits Lightning component on the Person Account or Service Resource record page and configure the component. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up the Home Health Visits Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_home_health_visits_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph Transition your Einstein Activity Capture’s Microsoft 365 authentication from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption. Proactive notifications and a single-click tool make the migration process smooth. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. It’s also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** The update is available if Einstein Activity Capture is configured to use Microsoft 365. If you’re setting up Einstein Activity Capture with Microsoft 365 starting in Spring ’26, you’re automatically authenticated by using Microsoft Graph. **Why:** This migration is essential to align with Microsoft’s evolving security standards and to avoid potential disruptions as EWS reaches its end of life in October 2026. By transitioning to Microsoft Graph, Salesforce makes sure that your organization remains compliant and competitive, with improved support for modern features and enhanced user-level authentication. **How:** Before and during migration, make sure that your Azure admin has granted Microsoft Graph consent. Then, use the upgrade tool to complete the upgrade. ![Einstein Activity Capture setting where you start the Microsoft Graph migration process.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_eac_graph_upgrade.png) If Einstein Activity Capture is configured to use User-Level OAuth, users must reconnect to their Microsoft 365 accounts to complete the connection migration. #### See Also - [Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_migration.htm&release=260&type=5 "Transition your Inbox’s Microsoft 365 authentication method from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_ews_graph.htm&language=en_US) - [Deprecation of Exchange Web Services in Exchange Online](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/clients-and-mobile-in-exchange-online/deprecation-of-ews-exchange-online) # Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph Transition your Einstein Activity Capture’s Microsoft Office 365 authentication to Microsoft Graph by August 3, 2026, to keep your data syncing without disruption when Microsoft retires Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026. Microsoft Graph is the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication. Proactive notifications and a single-click tool make the upgrade process smooth. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. It’s also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** The upgrade is available if Einstein Activity Capture is configured to use Microsoft 365. If you’re setting up Einstein Activity Capture with Microsoft Office 365 starting in Spring ’26, you’re automatically authenticated by using Microsoft Graph. **Why:** This upgrade is essential to align with Microsoft’s evolving security standards and to avoid potential disruptions as EWS reaches its end of life in October 2026. By transitioning to Microsoft Graph, Salesforce makes sure that your organization remains compliant and competitive, with improved support for modern features and enhanced user-level authentication. **How:** Before and during the upgrade, make sure that your Azure admin has granted Microsoft Graph consent. Then, use the upgrade tool to authorize the connection and complete the transition. ![Einstein Activity Capture setting where you start the Microsoft Graph migration process.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_eac_graph_upgrade.png) If Einstein Activity Capture is configured to use User-Level OAuth, users must reconnect to their Microsoft 365 accounts to complete the connection upgrade. #### See Also - [Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_migration.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Keep your emails, events, and contacts syncing without disruption by transitioning your Inbox’s Microsoft Office 365 connection to Microsoft Graph by October 1, 2026. Microsoft is retiring Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026, making Microsoft Graph the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Migrate Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_ews_graph.htm&language=en_US) - [_Microsoft:_ Deprecation of Exchange Web Services in Exchange Online](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/clients-and-mobile-in-exchange-online/deprecation-of-ews-exchange-online) # Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph Transition your Einstein Activity Capture’s Microsoft Office 365 authentication to Microsoft Graph, to keep your data syncing without disruption when Microsoft retires Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026. Microsoft Graph is the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication. Proactive notifications and a single-click tool make the upgrade process smooth. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. It’s also available with the Einstein for Sales, Sales Engagement, and Revenue Intelligence add-ons. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** The upgrade is available if Einstein Activity Capture is configured to use Microsoft 365. If you’re setting up Einstein Activity Capture with Microsoft Office 365 starting in Spring ’26, you’re automatically authenticated by using Microsoft Graph. **Why:** This upgrade is essential to align with Microsoft’s evolving security standards and to avoid potential disruptions as EWS reaches its end of life in October 2026. By transitioning to Microsoft Graph, Salesforce makes sure that your organization remains compliant and competitive, with improved support for modern features and enhanced user-level authentication. **How:** Before and during the upgrade, make sure that your Azure admin has granted Microsoft Graph consent. Then, use the upgrade tool to authorize the connection and complete the transition. ![Einstein Activity Capture setting where you start the Microsoft Graph migration process.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_eac_graph_upgrade.png) If Einstein Activity Capture is configured to use User-Level OAuth, users must reconnect to their Microsoft 365 accounts to complete the connection upgrade. #### See Also - [Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_migration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Transition your Inbox’s Microsoft 365 authentication method from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_ews_graph.htm&language=en_US) - [_Microsoft Learn:_ Deprecation of Exchange Web Services in Exchange Online](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/clients-and-mobile-in-exchange-online/deprecation-of-ews-exchange-online) # Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph Transition your Inbox’s Microsoft 365 authentication method from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** The update and migration is available if Inbox and Einstein Activity is set up to use Microsoft 365. If you’re setting up Inbox with Microsoft 365 starting in Spring ’26, you’re automatically authenticated by using Microsoft Graph. **Why:** This migration is essential to align with Microsoft’s evolving security standards and to avoid potential disruptions as EWS reaches its end of life in October 2026. By transitioning to Microsoft Graph, Salesforce makes sure that your organization remains compliant and competitive, with improved support for modern features and enhanced user-level authentication. **How:** Before and during migration, make sure that your Azure admin has granted Microsoft Graph consent. Then, use the upgrade tool to complete the upgrade. Users are required to reconnect to their Microsoft 365 accounts to complete the connection transition. ![Inbox setting where you start the Microsoft Graph migration process.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_upgrade.png) #### See Also - [Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_graph_ga.htm&release=260&type=5 "Transition your Einstein Activity Capture’s Microsoft 365 authentication from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption. Proactive notifications and a single-click tool make the migration process smooth.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Migrate Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.inbox_graph_migration.htm&language=en_US) - [Deprecation of Exchange Web Services in Exchange Online](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/clients-and-mobile-in-exchange-online/deprecation-of-ews-exchange-online) # Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph Keep your emails, events, and contacts syncing without disruption by transitioning your Inbox’s Microsoft Office 365 connection to Microsoft Graph by October 1, 2026. Microsoft is retiring Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026, making Microsoft Graph the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** The upgrade is available if Inbox and Einstein Activity is set up to use Microsoft Office 365. If you’re setting up Inbox with Microsoft 365 starting in Spring ’26, you’re automatically authenticated by using Microsoft Graph. **Why:** This upgrade is essential to align with Microsoft’s evolving security standards and to avoid potential disruptions as EWS reaches its end of life in October 2026. By transitioning to Microsoft Graph, Salesforce makes sure that your organization remains compliant and competitive, with improved support for modern features and enhanced user-level authentication. **How:** Before and during the upgrade, make sure that your Azure admin has granted Microsoft Graph consent. Then, use the upgrade tool to consent and complete the upgrade. Users are required to reconnect to their Microsoft Office 365 accounts to complete the connection transition. ![Inbox setting where you start the Microsoft Graph migration process.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_upgrade_new.png) #### See Also - [Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_graph_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Transition your Einstein Activity Capture’s Microsoft Office 365 authentication to Microsoft Graph by August 3, 2026, to keep your data syncing without disruption when Microsoft retires Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026. Microsoft Graph is the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication. Proactive notifications and a single-click tool make the upgrade process smooth.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Migrate Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.inbox_graph_migration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Microsoft:_ Deprecation of Exchange Web Services in Exchange Online](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/clients-and-mobile-in-exchange-online/deprecation-of-ews-exchange-online) # Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Inbox to Microsoft Graph Transition your Inbox’s Microsoft 365 authentication method from Exchange Web Services (EWS) to Microsoft Graph, which is more modern, secure, and scalable. Microsoft is retiring EWS in October 2026, so switch to Microsoft Graph to avoid service disruption. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in February 2026. **Who:** The update and migration is available if Inbox and Einstein Activity is set up to use Microsoft 365. If you’re setting up Inbox with Microsoft 365 starting in Spring ’26, you’re automatically authenticated by using Microsoft Graph. **Why:** This migration is essential to align with Microsoft’s evolving security standards and to avoid potential disruptions as EWS reaches its end of life in October 2026. By transitioning to Microsoft Graph, Salesforce makes sure that your organization remains compliant and competitive, with improved support for modern features and enhanced user-level authentication. **How:** Before and during migration, make sure that your Azure admin has granted Microsoft Graph consent. Then, use the upgrade tool to complete the upgrade. Users are required to reconnect to their Microsoft 365 accounts to complete the connection transition. ![Inbox setting where you start the Microsoft Graph migration process.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_sales_productivity_inbox_graph_upgrade_new.png) #### See Also - [Upgrade Microsoft 365 Authentication in Einstein Activity Capture to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_eac_graph_ga.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Transition your Einstein Activity Capture’s Microsoft Office 365 authentication to Microsoft Graph, to keep your data syncing without disruption when Microsoft retires Exchange Web Services (EWS) in October 2026. Microsoft Graph is the new, secure, and scalable standard for authentication. Proactive notifications and a single-click tool make the upgrade process smooth.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Migrate Inbox to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.inbox_graph_migration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Microsoft Learn_: Deprecation of Exchange Web Services in Exchange Online](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/clients-and-mobile-in-exchange-online/deprecation-of-ews-exchange-online) # Upgrade Microsoft® Exchange Web Services to Microsoft® Graph in Lightning Sync Before October 2026 Microsoft announced the retirement of Exchange Web Services (EWS) for Microsoft Office 365 starting October 2026. Lightning Sync configurations that use EWS won’t capture or sync data after this retirement. To avoid service disruption, upgrade to the Microsoft Graph authentication method in Lightning Sync setup now. **Where:** Lightning Sync is available in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change affects Lightning Sync configurations that use org-wide OAuth 2.0 with EWS to connect to Microsoft Office 365 or Microsoft Exchange Service Account. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Outlook Integration And Sync. Follow the process to complete the upgrade. When you’re done, you can continue to use Lightning Sync, but we recommend migrating to Einstein Activity Capture. Lightning Sync is scheduled to retire in 2027. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Lightning Sync from Exchange Web Services to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_ews_to_graph.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_move_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Einstein Activity Capture Authentication from EWS to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_ews_graph.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Upgrade Microsoft® Exchange Web Services to Microsoft® Graph in Lightning Sync Before October 2026 Microsoft announced the retirement of Exchange Web Services (EWS) for Microsoft Office 365 starting October 2026. Lightning Sync configurations that use EWS won’t capture or sync data after this retirement. To avoid service disruption, upgrade to the Microsoft Graph authentication method in Lightning Sync setup now. **Where:** Lightning Sync is available in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** This change affects Lightning Sync configurations that use org-wide OAuth 2.0 with EWS to connect to Microsoft Office 365 or Microsoft Exchange Service Account. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Outlook Integration And Sync. Follow the process to complete the upgrade. When you’re done, you can continue to use Lightning Sync, but we recommend migrating to Einstein Activity Capture. Lightning Sync is scheduled to retire in 2027. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Lightning Sync from Exchange Web Services to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_ews_to_graph.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Move from Lightning Sync to Einstein Activity Capture](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.lightning_sync_move_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Upgrade Einstein Activity Capture Authentication from EWS to Microsoft Graph](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eac_ews_graph.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP `login()` API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** 1. In Salesforce setup, configure an External Client App (ECA) for OAuth authentication. 2. In your Salesforce external connections, select the OAuth authentication type. 3. Add the **Client ID** and **Client Secret** values in the connection settings. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The **Username**, **Password**, and **Service URL** settings are no longer supported. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_salesforce_external_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_output_salesforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_260rn.htm&release=260&language=en_US) # Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP `login()` API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** 1. In Salesforce setup, configure an External Client App (ECA) for OAuth authentication. 2. In your Salesforce external connections, select the OAuth authentication type. 3. Add the **Client ID** and **Client Secret** values in the connection settings. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The **Username**, **Password**, and **Service URL** settings are no longer supported. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_connectors_salesforce_external_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_connectors_output_salesforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_260rn.htm&release=260&language=en_US) # Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP `login()` API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** 1. In Salesforce setup, configure an External Client App (ECA) for OAuth authentication. 2. In your Salesforce external connections, select the OAuth authentication type. 3. Add the **Client ID** and **Client Secret** values in the connection settings. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note The **Username**, **Password**, and **Service URL** settings are no longer supported. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_salesforce_external_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_output_salesforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_upcoming_retirement_260rn.htm&release=260&language=en_US) # Upgrade to OAuth Security for Your Salesforce External Connections Increase data security by using OAuth 2.0 authentication with your Salesforce external input and output connectors. The SOAP login() API isn't supported after v64. To maintain data sync, you must upgrade all existing Salesforce external connections to use OAuth before the Winter ‘27 release. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** 1. In Salesforce setup, configure an External Client App (ECA) for OAuth authentication. 2. In your Salesforce external connections, select the OAuth authentication type. 3. Add the **Client ID** and **Client Secret** values in the connection settings. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Salesforce external input and output connectors using the **Username**, **Password**, and **Service URL** settings cease to function after October 27—31, 2026. Until then, data syncs for existing connections still work with warnings in the job logs. After support ends, the data syncs fail. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce External Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_salesforce_external_settings.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_output_salesforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: SOAP API login() Call in SOAP API Versions 31.0 Through 64.0 Is Being Retired (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_soap_login_retirement.htm&release=264&language=en_US) # Upgrade Your User Experience with Salesforce Cosmos Design The new Salesforce Cosmos Design includes interactive circular elements, legible fonts and icons, inviting cues, and higher-contrast colors. Cosmos Design is enabled by default starting with B2C Commerce Version 26.5. You can also switch back to an earlier UI. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** To switch to an earlier UI style, in Business Manager, select **My Profile Settings** | **Preferences** | **Preferred UI Style**. ![Salesforce Cosmos Design](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/rn_comm_b2c_default_cosmos_ui.png) #### See Also - [_Trailhead:_ Discover the New UI](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/de/content/learn/modules/enhanced-lightning-ui-quick-look/discover-enhanced-lightning-ui) # Upload Customer Site Data in Bulk Automate data entry by enabling sales support staff to upload customer site data quickly by using a CSV file. You can upload site information, map the columns, and preview data before starting the full upload process. You can also add site data manually. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Agentforce Energy & Utilities. # Upload Data to a Tableau Next Workspace by Using Google Drive (Beta) Import files such as Excel, CSV, and Google Sheets from your My Drive and Shared Drives with the Google Drive connector. To control who can see and use data, set up a service or shared account to manage broad access permissions effectively across your company. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Google Drive connector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Who:** To turn on the Google Drive connector on your org, contact your Salesforce account representative. **How:** To add your data, go to the Workspaces tab and select an existing workspace or create a one. Select Connect to New Data or Add and select From Connector. Click the Google Drive connector and give it a name. Confirm the checkbox and click Sign In. ![Searching for the Google Drive connector in the Connectors Catalog.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_google_connector_beta.png) Through the Google Drive connector, you get access to your files that includes all XLSX, CSV, and GSheet files accessible by the connected Google Account. ![Reviewing a file through the Google Drive connector.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_google_connector_beta_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Connect to Data Sources with the Connector Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connector_catalog.htm&language=en_US) # Upload DLT Templates to Send SMS Messages in India To send SMS messages in India and adhere to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) regulations, upload Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) templates to Marketing Cloud Next. Reduce spam and improve message deliverability, ensuring your SMS campaigns in India reach customers without delay. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions for Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the SMS add-on. **How:** In Marketing Cloud Setup, an admin can upload DLT templates on the India DLT Headers & Templates page. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Guide for Sending SMS Messages to India](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_sms_india.htm&language=en_US&type=5) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Upload India DLT Headers and Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.um_channel_sms_dlt_template_upload.htm&language=en_US&type=5) # Upload Excel Files Directly to Your Tableau Next Workspace (Generally Available) Expand your data exploration by bringing local Excel files into your workspace to create native Data Cloud assets without complex integrations. You can upload files up to 100 MB and 500 columns, enabling you to build custom datasets for high-level analysis. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In a new or existing workspace, click **Add** or **Connect to New Data** and select **From File Upload**. After selecting an Excel file and verifying the sample data, click **Create Data Lake Object** to finalize the ingestion. ![Creating a data lake object for an Excel table.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_excel_connector_ga.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: File Upload Processing Modes and Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_upload_limits.htm&language=en_US) # Upload Larger Files to Experience Cloud Sites You can now upload files up to 10 GB to an LWR site via the File Upload component. Previously, the limit was 2 GB. **Where:** This change applies to [LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [New and Changed Lightning Web Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_lwc_components.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Build UI easily with these new and changed components.") - [_Lightning Component Reference_: File Upload](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-component-reference/guide/lightning-file-upload.html?type=Develop) # Upsell and Cross-Sell Products for Service with Agentforce Use Agentforce to empower every technician and service rep, regardless of their expertise, to identify and propose upgrades or add-ons for specific assets or recommend new products during customer interactions. The agent navigates users through product discovery, clarifies user intent for accuracy, and identifies the most relevant product options based on customer needs. It then helps generate quotes for selected products and capture quote approval. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Automotive, Communications, Energy and Utilities, and Manufacturing. To access it, you must have Asset Service Lifecycle Management, the Industries Field Service add-on, and the industry-specific Agentforce add-on enabled. **How:** In Setup, turn on Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Then, assign the Agentforce permission set to your users and configure the Upsell and Cross-sell agent topic. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: _Agentforce for Product Upsell and Cross-sell in Service_](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.aslm_agentforce_for_product_upsell_and_cross_sell_in_service.htm&language=en_US) # Upsell and Cross-Sell Products for Service with Agentforce Use Agentforce to empower every technician and service rep, regardless of their expertise, to identify and propose upgrades or add-ons for specific assets or recommend new products during customer interactions. The agent navigates users through product discovery, clarifies user intent for accuracy, and identifies the most relevant product options based on customer needs. It then helps generate quotes for selected products and capture quote approval. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Manufacturing add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Manufacturing Edition. # Usability Improvements for MFA Registration Pages To improve the multi-factor authentication (MFA) user experience, we updated the pages where users select a verification method. The updated pages use clearer terminology that is less technical and more user-friendly. They also highlight passkeys as a recommended method, which guides users toward faster, easier, and more secure MFA. These changes improve the user experience for enforcement of the multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement for employee users. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** This change is available starting in July 2026. **How:** The MFA user experience depends on your org settings. If you've [customized MFA registration to show all permitted verification methods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_optimize_verification_method_registration.htm&language=en_US), users see this page after they enter their username and password. ![Choose a Verification Method page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_choose_verification_method.png) Otherwise, MFA registration starts with the strongest permitted method, such as a passkey. In that case, the user sees this page if they opt to register a different verification method. When logging in with MFA, users see a similar page to choose from among their already-registered verification methods. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note These pages display verification methods only if you've [made them available to your users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mfa_config_available_verifiers.htm&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Multi-Factor Authentication for Salesforce Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_overview_2fa.htm&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for MFA Enforcement for All Employee Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321561&type=1&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article_: Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&type=1&language=en_US) # Usage Management Improve the efficiency of your usage model by streamlining product setup using validation tools and automating asset creation for complex usage products. Enhance pricing consistency and accuracy through rate capture, proactively monitor daily usage and overages to mitigate unexpected charges, and expand real-time visibility into customer wallet balances within Experience Cloud sites. - **[Expedite Product Setup by Using Usage Product Validator](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_product_validator.htm&release=260&type=5)** Verify cross-object configurations when you set up Usage and Rating objects on your product record pages. Eliminate manual navigation across multiple related records by making sure that critical issues are flagged early during setup. - **[Save Quote and Order Rate Card Entries Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_get_accurate_and_consistent_catalog_rates_with_quote_and_order_rate_card_entries.htm&release=260&type=5)** Provide accurate and consistent usage pricing by generating rate card entries for quotes and orders whenever quotes are saved. The system captures catalog rates when the quote is saved, which prevents rate changes even if the catalog is updated later. This feature maintains stable pricing during quote reloads and also preserves backward compatibility. - **[Generate Assets for Usage Products with Order Item Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_automate_asset_creation_for_usage_products.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Create or Update Asset From Order Item Action API to create assets for usage-based products. Create assets directly from order products, including ‌products with grant binding and rate selection. This method correctly assetizes usage products, preserves binding relationships, and automatically applies the appropriate rates during asset creation. - **[Avoid Unexpected Charges by Monitoring Daily Usage and Overages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_daily_rating.htm&release=260&type=5)** View your current usage and updated overages on your summaries throughout the billing period. Find the provisional balance on the Wallets page under your usage summary, which updates daily to reflect your current consumption and remaining balance. Help users make informed decisions about purchasing additional packs or commitments. Manage costs more efficiently by avoiding unexpected overage charges before invoice generation. - **[Provide Customers Visibility into Their Wallet Balances](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_provide_wallet_visibility_to_experience_cloud_users.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improves self-service adoption by giving your customers access to real-time wallet balances and existing consumption records. The Billing Self-Service Portal template now includes a wallet page where users can access wallet details without additional configuration. - **[New Connect REST APIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_usage_management_connect_api_resources.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve data integrity and compliance with enhanced validation for usage-based products. Access detailed consumption insights for accurate billing and reporting. # Usage Management Reduce setup errors with a guided interface that validates configuration steps before activation. Use a single API to activate a usage product and its related records. - **[Reduce Setup Time for Usage Products with a Guided Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_guided_setup.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the enhanced user interface to set up anchor and pack usage products. The guided workflow leads you through defining base products, resources, and policies. Built-in validations for each usage record help ensure data integrity before activating product and related records. - **[New Connect REST API in Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_usage_management_new_connect_rest_api_resources.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Streamline your configuration by activating a usage product and its related records in a single API request. This update eliminates the manual effort of navigating multiple pages to activate each record separately. # Usage Management Renew usage subscriptions at the right time to keep pace with your customers' changing needs. Start renewals early when the business expands, or restore a service after expiration to win back customers. Adjust rates and grant quantities for both standard and ramped pricing schedules while maintaining asset continuity. - **[Adapt Subscriptions When Customer Needs Change](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_renew_active_usage_assets_early.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When your customer's business grows or their requirements change, renew their active usage assets before the assets expire instead of canceling them and placing another order. Adjust rates and grant quantities to meet your customer's current needs while maintaining asset continuity. - **[Respond to Growth with Early Ramp Renewal](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_renew_ramped_usage_assets_early.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When customers with ramped pricing need to renew early, start the term at any point in their current schedule: year 1, year 2, or later. The renewal automatically extends coverage beyond the original end date, recreates subsequent segments with updated dates and the latest catalog rates. - **[Win Back Customers by Restoring Lapsed Subscriptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_renew_expired_usage_assets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Restore service when usage subscriptions expire and bring back customers with updated rates and grant quantities. Preserve the asset history for reporting continuity. - **[Prevent Usage Summary Failures by Updating Overridden Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_update_overridden_flows_with_dpe_v4.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Update your overridden Usage Management flows to use version 4 of the Data Processing Engine (DPE) definitions and prevent usage summary failures. Version 3 DPE definitions are no longer supported and can’t be opened, edited, or run. - **[New and Changed Objects in Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_um_new_and_changes_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Review the fields that are removed in Usage Management and update your integrations to use the corresponding objects. # Use Adyen with Salesforce Payments Without a Commerce License You can now easily automate payment collections by using Adyen with Salesforce Payments without a Commerce license. Previously, Adyen integration was available only if you had Commerce and Gross Merchandise Volume (GMV) licenses. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Salesforce Payments. **How:** This change is available by request. To turn on this feature, contact your Salesforce Account Executive. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Pay Now](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.pay_now_intro_prereqs.htm&language=en_US) # Use Agent Actions to Improve Provider Network Searches Help your payer contact center reps quickly find provider network statuses and search for in-network providers. New agent actions connect with external systems via the FHIR System Integration in Real Time Using Generic FHIR Client API app so your payer contact center reps can accurately address common questions about provider network details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, Agentforce for Health Cloud, Data Cloud, and MuleSoft add-on licenses. To access the agent actions, users also need the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Contact Center for Health Cloud permission set, the Contact Center Agent for Health Cloud permission set, and the Use Contact Center AI Assistive Agent user permission. **How:** On the Contact Center Settings page in Setup, turn on Contact Center for Health Cloud. Then, follow the guided setup steps in the Configure Agentforce for Provider Network Status and Search section on the Agentforce for Payer Contact Center tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce for Payer Contact Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_pcc_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) # Use Agent Scoping to Support Contextless Questions in Concierge Admins in Tableau Next can define a secure, approved list of semantic models for each analytics agent that uses the pre-built Data Analysis subagent to power the Concierge: Analytics Q&A experience. Analysts can view the approved list of semantic models for an agent, but can't modify the list. Agent Scoping controls which semantic models can be searched by an analytics agent when a user asks a question using Concierge with no dashboard or metric context. Contextless situations include when Concierge is being used in Slack or embedded in a page with no Tableau Next assets. The list of approved semantic models defined for an agent is called a fallback list. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Fallback lists of semantic models can only be created for active agents that use the Data Analysis subagent with the Analyze Data action. The active agents can be based on the Analytics and Visualization agent template or a custom agent based on the Agentforce Employee Agent template. When a user asks questions in Concierge with a dashboard or metric context, the agent uses the semantic models associated with the dashboard or metric instead of the fallback list of approved models. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** Available starting in April 2026. **How:** In Tableau Next, admins can select Agent Scoping, select an active agent, and add semantic models from the same org to create a fallback list of semantic models for contextless surfaces. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Agent Scoping](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agent_scoping.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Concierge: Analytics Q&A in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_questions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Supported Questions and Surfaces for Concierge: Analytics Q&A](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_surfaces_questions.htm&language=en_US) # Use Agentforce Commerce Vibes to Build a B2C Commerce Storefront Delegate multistep development tasks to an autonomous agent in VS Code that understands your storefront project and B2C Commerce instance. Agentforce Commerce Vibes brings agentic AI development to Storefront Next, SFRA, and PWA Kit storefronts. Write prompts to build and administer your storefronts, or use one of the sample prompts. The agent determines the best approach and works directly in your workspace. **Where:** This change applies to Storefront Next, Composable Storefront, and SFRA in B2C Commerce. **When:** The Agentforce Commerce Vibes extension is available starting August 31, 2026 in the Visual Studio Marketplace. **Why:** Use Agentforce Commerce Vibes to work on an existing or new storefront. - Use chat to describe what you want to build, debug, or understand. - Take advantage of best-in-class AI models while benefiting from the Salesforce Trust layer. - Use Plan Mode for complex, multi-layer tasks: describe your feature, review and iterate on the plan, and then approve the plan to start execution. - Review every agent-made change with line-by-line diffs and accept or reject individual files. - Manage prebuilt B2C Commerce skills and the B2C DX Model Context Protocol server, which are based on the [Agentic B2C Developer Toolkit](https://salesforcecommercecloud.github.io/b2c-developer-tooling/), and persistent team rules from the Toolkit tab. **How:** Install the Agentforce Commerce Vibes extension from the VS Code Marketplace. In VS Code, open the Agentforce Commerce Vibes panel to access the Welcome page, the Chat interface, and the Toolkit tab. ![Welcome page of Commerce Vibes offering options to create a storefront](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_vibes_welcome.png) #### See Also - [_Agentforce Commerce Vibes Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-vibes/guide/cv-agentforce-commerce-vibes.html) - [_Visual Studio Marketplace: Agentforce Commerce Vibes_](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=salesforce.salesforce-commerce-vibes) # Use Agentforce for Health Cloud in Government Cloud Orgs Agentforce for Health Cloud features are now available in a Government Cloud or Government Cloud Plus environment. For information on the available features, see [Agentforce for Health Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_agent_templates_topics_actions_health_cloud.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce for Health - GovCloud license. # Use Agentforce to Engage with Multiple Stakeholders to Collect ESG Data: ESG Data Collection Use the ESG Data Collection Agent to engage with multiple stakeholders and collect environmental, social, and governance (ESG) information. Based on the query, collect the data through the agent actions, process the information, and take further actions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero Cloud Growth license or the Net Zero Cloud User add-on license and the Agentforce for Net Zero Cloud add-on license. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. To purchase the Agentforce for Net Zero Cloud add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Agents Setup, and then select **New Agent**. Then create the ESG Data Collection agent based on the Agentforce Employee Agent template and follow the guided setup steps. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agentforce for Data Collection Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.netzero_setup_data_collection_agent.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Standard Agent Action Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_actions_ref.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Einstein Generative AI Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_solutions.htm&language=en_US) # Use Amazon S3 Activation Target with Custom File Configuration in Batch DMO and API Activations Gain control over how your data is delivered to Amazon S3. The Amazon S3 activation target introduced in May 2026 now supports batch DMO and API activations, in addition to segment activations. Customize file names, define specific folder paths, and manage connections centrally with global IDP-based authentication. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Not available in Government Cloud. **When:** This feature is available starting in July 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a File Storage Activation Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_cloud_file_storage_activation_target.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Release Notes_: Customize Amazon S3 Activation Target File Paths and File Names for Seamless Integrations (May 2026)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_customize_amazon_s3_activation_target_file_paths.htm&release=262&type=5&language=en_US) # Use and Build AI Models Create your own predictive models or connect to external AI models using Data 360. - **[Explore Advanced Capabilities in the New AI Models Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_predictive_ai_models_update.htm&release=260&type=5)** Go beyond standard predictive models and unlock advanced AI capabilities in Data 360. The Einstein Studio tab is now the AI Models tab—a simplified, centralized experience for building and managing AI models. - **[Build Predictive Models Faster with the Enhanced Einstein Studio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_predictive_model_enhanced_model_creation.htm&release=260&type=5)** Save time and identify the appropriate predictive model for your use case with the enhanced Einstein Studio workflow. By choosing your model type—binary, regression, or multiclass (Beta)—before you select data, this improvement accelerates model creation. - **[Explore Predictive Model Lineage from Your Model Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_predictive_model_lineage_list_view.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily track a model's lifecycle and get a traceable history of your predictive model-from training to deployment and downstream usage in Data 360. Einstein Studio now offers enhanced governance and observability that enables you to view a model's lineage directly from the model details. Get improved model auditing, transparency, and trust. Model lineage also streamlines troubleshooting and impact assessment when you retain a model in a production environment. # Use and Build AI Models Create your own predictive models or connect to external AI models using Data 360. - **[Use Clustering to Uncover Hidden Patterns in Structured Data (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_structured_clustering_ga.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Automatically group similar data into meaningful cohorts with clustering models in Data 360. Train the model on structured data and run inferences through a batch data transform or streaming predict job to assign new records to saved clusters. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the last release. - **[Build Predictive Models with the New Default Runtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_new_runtime.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use the new default runtime when building predictive models in Data 360. The new runtime supports new algorithms, such as clustering and forecasting, and is the foundation for long-term model building capabilities. - **[Deliver Richer Outcomes with Multiclass Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_multiclass.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Make highly targeted data-driven decisions in Data 360 by using multiclass models. Unlike binary models that predict only two outcomes, multiclass models classify data into up to 50 distinct categories. This capability, which is now generally available, includes enhancements since the beta release. - **[Predict Future Trends with Time Series Forecasting (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_forecasting.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve demand planning and revenue estimates by identifying trends and seasonality in your data with forecasting in Data 360. This capability is now generally available.. - **[Improve Engagement with Sentiment Analysis (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_sentiment_analysis.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Gain deeper insights into customer feedback with sentiment analysis in Data 360 to analyze text, such as reviews, surveys, emails, and chat transcripts. Uncover how customers feel about your brand, products, and experiences. This feature is now generally available and includes some changes since the beta release. - **[Drive Actionable Insights with Topic Classification (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_topic_classification.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Extract meaningful insights from unstructured text by using a pre-trained model in Data 360 for zero-shot topic classification. This capability is now generally available and includes some changes since the beta release. - **[Get Deeper Insights with Structured Clustering (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_structured_clustering.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Go beyond basic segmentation with clustering models in Data 360. Automatically group customers, uncover patterns in structured data, and validate results with built-in metrics. - **[Monitor Predictive Model Drift (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_monitor_drift.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use predictive model drift monitoring (beta) in Data 360 to track deviations in live inferences compared to training data. You can detect shifts, understand contributing variables, and retrain a model before accuracy drops. # Use Anthropic Models to Process More Data with Native Provider Batch Processing You can now batch more requests to Anthropic Claude Haiku 4.5 and Anthropic Claude Sonnet 4.5 via Apex and Flow. When using models that support native provider batch processing, there is a limit of 10,000 items for each job in Apex. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of February 2nd. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Prompt Template Batch Processing](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/prompt-template-batch-job.html) # Use Apex Cursors for Expanded SOQL Query Result Support (Generally Available) Use Apex cursors and pagination cursors to work with large SOQL query result sets in manageable parts. This feature, now generally available, includes enhancements since the beta release. Standard cursors, when combined with queueable Apex, address the limitations of batch Apex. Pagination cursors are designed for UI elements, such as multipage record lists. Both Apex cursor types can traverse forwards and backwards through result sets and can handle high-volume, high-resource processing. **Where:** This feature is available in API version 66.0 and later. The feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Apex standard cursors offer an efficient alternative to batch Apex for processing large result sets. If you use an Apex batch job, you must set the batch size to the smallest value that stays within platform limits. The batch size is the same across the entire result set, so processing that result set can require an increased number of transactions. In contrast, using an Apex cursor with a chain of queueable jobs gives you flexibility in how many records are processed with each transaction. This approach provides better utilization of the asynchronous Apex limit. Calling `Cursor.fetch()` still counts against the SOQL query limit, and the rows fetched count against the SOQL query row limit. **How:** This feature, now generally available, includes these enhancements. - A `PaginationCursor` class to implement pagination in a UI. Calling the `PaginationCursor.fetchPage()` and `PaginationCursor.fetchDeleted()` methods count against the SOQL query limit, and the rows fetched count against the SOQL query row limit. - Debug log events to track cursor operations. - Updated cursor governance limits. The maximum cumulative number of new cursor rows per 24-hour period is 100 million. - These new methods to track usage against new governor limits. - `Limits.getApexCursors()` and its upper bound `Limits.getLimitApexCursors()` method - `Limits.getApexPaginationCursors()` and its upper bound `Limits.getLimitApexPaginationCursors()` method - `Limits.getApexPaginationCursorRows()` and its upper bound `Limits.getLimitApexPaginationCursorRows()` method - Cursor and pagination cursor support in AuraEnabled serialization and deserialization. You can serialize a cursor in an `@AuraEnabled` response and deserialize a cursor as an input parameter in an `@AuraEnabled` method. #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Cursors](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_cursors.htm) - [_Apex Reference Guide_: Cursor Class](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_class_Database_Cursor.htm) - [_Apex Reference Guide_: PaginationCursor Class](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_class_Database_PaginationCursor.htm) - [_Salesforce Developer Limits and Allocations Quick Reference_: Apex Governor Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.salesforce_app_limits_cheatsheet.meta/salesforce_app_limits_cheatsheet/salesforce_app_limits_platform_apexgov.htm) # Use Attributes from a Third-Party Identity Provider for Ad Audiences Partner Activations Use Identity Boost from clean room collaborations in the activation flow for Ad Audiences partner targets. Enrich Data 360 records with more identifiers, such as email addresses and phone numbers, to improve audience matching before activation. **Where:** This feature is available in Data 360 in Enterprise edition with an Ad Audiences license. Creating clean room packages require Data 360 in Developer Edition. This feature isn't available in Government Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available starting in August 2026. **How:** Configure Identity Boost in a clean room collaboration. Then create an activation for an Ad Audiences partner target by selecting the identity provider from the active collaboration. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation for an External Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_external_activation_platform_activations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Clean Room Collaboration and Invite a Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_crc_create_collaboration.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Batch DMO Activations in Activation-Triggered Flows Trigger flows using a batch data model object (DMO) activation and activate complete datasets, including profiles, engagement history, and large-scale product recommendations to destinations powered by activation-triggered flows. Moving beyond segment-based activations, batch DMO activations export high-volume engagement and product data to analytics, marketing, and personalization platforms inside or outside of Salesforce. Use this data to power customer interactions, improve decision-making, and meet regulatory compliance. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in the Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This change is available starting in February 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Batch DMO Activation in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_dmo_activation.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Automate Data Delivery with Activation-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_activation_triggered_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Use Batch DMO Activations, More Flow Elements, and Debug with Enhanced Activation-Triggered Flows Use batch data model object (DMO) activations to trigger a flow, so that you can utilize full DMO datasets in your automations. Take advantage of activation data in SMS messages with the Send SMS action, now enabled in activation-triggered flows. You can now also use the Wait Until Event element. Debugging is now available to troubleshoot and test your flow. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Activation-triggered flows are also available for Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions with Data 360. #### See Also - [Flow Marketing Cloud Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Personalize email messages using content variables from Email Content Builder. View a flow's history and restore from earlier saves. Use flow features and elements across all marketing flow types. Send individuals to a new flow while maintaining their progress in the original flow. Automaitcally remove contacts with the Exit from a Flow element.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Automate Data Delivery with Activation-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_activation_triggered_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Use Both API Names and Labels to Reference Features (Beta) You can now generate flow summaries and reference formulas, permission sets, and other features in Setup with Agentforce using either their API name or label. The generated flow summary references the precise API names of objects and fields that the flow interacts with. Using the API names allows you to easily find what you’re looking for and to avoid ambiguity when multiple features and flows have similar labels. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Setup with Agentforce is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement, if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption term in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Enabling this pilot or beta service consumes Data 360 credits and is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting in early March 2026. **Why:** These features can now be referenced by both API names and labels. - Flow summaries - Permission sets - Permission set groups - Profiles #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Use Call Coaching on Video Calls to Drive Seller Success Define and track key competencies to standardize coaching for your sales teams. Call Coaching works across video calls for Einstein Conversation Insights users. You can use an agent for AI-powered evaluations or manually evaluate calls if you don’t have Agentforce for Sales. **Where:** This feature requires Einstein Conversation Insights and is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. **When:** This feature is available in late August 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with access to Einstein Conversation Insights. **Why:** See call evaluations from the Coaching tab on video call records. ![Video call record page with Coaching tab](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_call_coaching2.png) See ratings for competencies that you want to track for your sales teams, including review notes for each of the competencies. And leverage AI-powered coaching to deliver feedback to your reps automatically. **How:** Call Coaching can be enabled from the Agentforce for Sales page. From Salesforce Go, navigate to the **Agentforce for Sales** page under Features. Then enable Call Coaching. After you’ve turned on Call Coaching, select and customize the call competencies that are important to your teams. Select and edit template competencies, or create custom competencies that fit your team’s needs. ![Set Up Competencies modal](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_call_coaching_modal2.png) You can always set up and manage competencies from the **Coaching Competencies** page from Agentforce for Sales or from Salesforce Go under Features. For AI-powered evaluations, a coaching agent handles your evaluations. After the feature’s turned on and you’ve set up competencies, recorded calls for Einstein Conversation Insights users get evaluated automatically. For orgs not using Agentforce for Sales, you can still configure and rate competencies manually. Evaluations can’t be edited after they’re submitted, and manual rating isn’t available for orgs with Agentforce for Sales. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Call Coaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.ci_call_coaching.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Call Coaching on Video Calls to Drive Seller Success Define and track key competencies to standardize coaching for your sales teams. Call Coaching works across video calls for Momentum or Einstein Conversation Insights users. You can use an agent for AI-powered evaluations or manually evaluate calls if you don’t have Agentforce for Sales. **Where:** This feature requires Momentum or Einstein Conversation Insights and is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. Agentforce for Sales is required for AI evaluations, but is not required to manually evaluate calls. **Why:** See call evaluations from the Coaching tab on video call records. ![Coaching tab on video call record page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_call_coaching1.png) See ratings for competencies that you want to track for your sales teams, including review notes for each of the competencies. And leverage AI-powered coaching to deliver feedback to your reps automatically. **How:** Call Coaching can be enabled from the Agentforce for Sales page. From Salesforce Go, navigate to the **Agentforce for Sales** page under Features. Then enable Call Coaching. After you’ve turned on Call Coaching, select and customize the call competencies that are important to your teams. Competencies are the behaviors that you want your sales reps to follow. Select and edit template competencies, or create custom competencies that fit your team’s needs. ![Set Up Competencies modal](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_call_coaching_modal1.png) You can always set up and manage competencies from the **Coaching Competencies** page from Agentforce for Sales or from Salesforce Go under Features. You can have up to 8 active competencies. ![Manage Competencies modal](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/ci_call_coaching_manage1.png) For AI-powered evaluations, a coaching agent handles your evaluations. After the feature’s turned on and you’ve set up competencies, recorded calls for Momentum or Einstein Conversation Insights users get evaluated automatically and each of the competencies are assigned a score based on the rep's performance. For orgs not using Agentforce for Sales, you can still configure and rate competencies manually on a 3-rating scale and add related notes. Evaluations can’t be edited after they’re submitted, and manual rating isn’t available for orgs with Agentforce for Sales. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Call Coaching](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.ci_call_coaching.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Call Summaries and Generative Insights Across All Calls We’re combining the call summary and generative conversation insight features together. The combined features work across both voice and video calls, are available to all ECI users without additional licenses or costs, and are automatically enabled for orgs using generative AI features. **Where:** This feature requires Einstein Conversation Insights and is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. **When:** This feature is available in March 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with access to Einstein Conversation Insights. **Why:** Get call summaries automatically for all ECI calls. A standard call summary includes the summary itself, the customer impression, and any next steps. ![video call record with call summary shown](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eci_summary_record.png) Admins can also create custom insights for their video calls. Using generative AI, get answers to things such as customer sentiment or deal terms surfaced for sales conversations automatically. We’ve increased the limit of available generative insights to eight. ![Generative Insights tab on video call record](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eci_gen_insight.png) **How:** The combined Call Summaries and Generative Conversation Insights feature is automatically enabled for orgs already using Call Summaries or Generative Conversation Insights. From Salesforce Go, enter Einstein Conversation Insights under Features. Then enable **Generative ECI**. ![Generative ECI setting in Salesforce Go](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eci_gen_eci_setting.png) No new permission sets are required. References to Call Summary and Generative Insights as separate standalone features are no longer shown in Setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Call Summaries and Generative Conversation Insights Powered by Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.eci_call_summaries.htm&language=en_US) # Use Call Transcripts from Gong You can now use call transcripts from Gong with Einstein Conversation Insights and Salesforce AI. Use Gong transcripts with our out-of-the-box agents like Lead Nurturing agent, Sales Management agent, and throughout the platform. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **When:** This feature is available in late February 2026. **Why:** Use your Gong transcripts with Einstein Conversation Insights features. This includes insights about customer conversations related to objections, next steps, and select keywords. And level up with more features such as automatic call summaries, out-of-the-box agents, and a dashboard of relevant signals and conversations. **How:** To integrate with Gong, from Salesforce Go, enter Einstein Conversation Insights under Features. If you’re not using Einstein Conversation Insights already, be sure to [set up ECI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.call_coaching_setup.htm&language=en_US). In the **Connect Transcription Provider** section, click **Go to Setup** for the Gong setting and follow the steps provided to install the managed package from AppExchange. ![Gong setting in Salesforce Go](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/eci_gong_setup.png) For more details about setting up Gong, see [Set Up Gong Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005314247&type=1&language=en_US). You can also request to import call transcripts created before Gong was connected to Salesforce. New transcripts from Gong are processed once each day. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Einstein Conversation Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.call_coaching.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Gong Integration with Einstein Conversation Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.ci_setup_transcription_providers.htm&language=en_US) # Use Call Transcripts from Gong You can now use Gong call transcripts from with Einstein Conversation Insights and Salesforce AI. Level up with automatic summaries, a dashboard of relevant signals, and insights into customer objections, next steps, and relevant keywords. Use Gong transcripts with our out-of-the-box agents like Lead Nurturing agent, Sales Management agent, and throughout the platform. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in Starter, Pro, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. **How:** To integrate with Gong, from Salesforce Go, enter Einstein Conversation Insights under Features. If you’re not using Einstein Conversation Insights already, be sure to [set up ECI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.call_coaching_setup.htm&language=en_US). In the Connect Transcription Provider section, click **Go to Setup** for the Gong setting and follow the steps provided to install the managed package from AppExchange. For more details about setting up Gong, see [Set Up Gong Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005314247&type=1&language=en_US). You can also request to import call transcripts created before Gong was connected to Salesforce. New transcripts from Gong are processed once each day. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Gong Integration with Einstein Conversation Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.ci_setup_transcription_providers.htm&language=en_US) # Use Case Feed as the Latest Grounding Source to Strengthen Service Plans Adding Case Feed data to Service Assistant improves the accuracy and relevance of Service Plans. This richer, more contextual case activity enables the assistant to deliver more informed, relevant recommendations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This feature is part of the Spring '26 release. **Who:** - To enable case feed grounding for Service Assistant, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To draft service plans with information from Case Feed, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - To include Case Feed data in case summaries and drafted service plans, the ServicePlanner User (agent user) requires access to the case feed. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select **Service AI Grounding**. On the Service AI Grounding Setup page, under Additional Object Grounding Options, select **Include Case Feed** and save your changes. ![The 'Service AI Grounding Setup' page showing the 'Include Case Feed' checkbox selected under the 'Additional Object Grounding Options' section.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_sp_grounding_case_feed.png) # Use Claude Opus 4.6 on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for Claude Opus 4.6 as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of April 27, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Claude Opus 4.7 on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for Claude Opus 4.7 as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of April 27, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Claude Opus 4.8 on the Einstein Platform Claude Opus 4.8 is generally available. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This model is available starting the week of June 15, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Claude Sonnet 4.6 on the Einstein Platform Claude Sonnet 4.6 is generally available. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This model is available starting the week of April 13, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** Use Prompt Builder, Einstein Studio, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Clustering to Uncover Hidden Patterns in Structured Data (Generally Available) Automatically group similar data into meaningful cohorts with clustering models in Data 360. Train the model on structured data and run inferences through a batch data transform or streaming predict job to assign new records to saved clusters. This feature, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the last release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in June 2026. **Why:** Clustering uncovers patterns that are difficult to detect through manual analysis. Segment audiences, analyze products, prioritize accounts, and continuously classify new records into established clusters without labeled data. Evaluate model quality before activation with advanced training metrics, and build trust through built-in explainability that surfaces the top factors that drive each cluster assignment. **How:** From the AI Models tab in Data 360, select **Cluster** to create a clustering model. To run inferences from your activated model, open the model’s Integrations tab, and then configure a batch data transform or predict job. #### See Also - [Get Deeper Insights with Structured Clustering (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_predictive_model_structured_clustering.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Go beyond basic segmentation with clustering models in Data 360. Automatically group customers, uncover patterns in structured data, and validate results with built-in metrics.") # Use Complex Template Expressions in Your Lightning Web Components (Beta) Add sophisticated presentation logic to your Lightning web component template files, and remove extra code from your component implementation. A component that renders a user interface can now use complex JavaScript expressions directly in its HTML template file. Use complex template expressions anywhere you use basic properties. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Complex template expressions is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions. **Why:** One superpower of Lightning Web Components is the templating system, which uses the virtual DOM to render components intelligently and efficiently. Complex template expressions extends this capability to include a comprehensive subset of JavaScript expressions, enabling more dynamic and expressive templates while maintaining your components' performance characteristics and security model. **How:** Complex template expressions can be used anywhere basic properties could previously be used. You must set the `apiVersion` of your component to 66.0 or later to enable complex template expressions for that component. For documentation and examples, see [Template Expressions](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/create-components-html-expressions.html) the Lightning Web Components Developer Guide. # Use Configuration Logs to Debug Configurations Generate and review configuration logs to analyze configuration behavior and address inefficiencies. Use the configuration logs to make sure that your configurations perform as expected. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Who:** To use configuration logs, you need the Product Configuration Constraints Designer permission set. **How:** To view configuration logs for the recorded configuration steps, launch the Revenue Cloud Operations Console app and click the Configuration Logs tile on the Home tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Troubleshoot Product Configurations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.revenue_product_configuration_logs.htm&language=en_US) # Use CRM Analytics Datasets in Data 360 (Generally Available) Take advantage of the latest Data 360 features while retaining the functionality of CRM Analytics recipes. Write and schedule your custom CRM Analytics recipes to output your transformed data directly to Data 360 data lake objects (DLO). Then you can use your CRM Analytics data to create calculated insights, semantic models, and Data 360 reports and dashboards. This feature, now generally available, includes a change since the last release: Users can now select a category on the DLO. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics and Data 360 are available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** For example, prevent churn with a DLO built from your transformed CRM Analytics recipe that calculates a Churn Risk Score for each customer. Calculate the score from factors like case escalations and declining purchases, and add it to the unified profile. Then, create a high-risk customer segment in Data 360 to start a Marketing Cloud retention journey. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Analytics, then select **Settings**. Select **Enable CRM Analytics recipe to write output dataset to Data Cloud** and then save your changes. In Data Manager, in the recipe editor, specify **Data Cloud** as the Write To value in your output node. ![The Data Cloud option for a recipe output note.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_bi_integrate_write_to_data_cloud.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Write Recipe Output to Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_output_results_dc.htm&language=en_US) # Use CSV-Based Decision Tables in Pricing Procedures Integrate large datasets into your pricing logic by looking up data in CSV-based decision tables. This alternative to standard or custom object sources supports all elements under pricing usage types. Manage up to 100,000 rows for non-versioned and single-versioned tables by importing your CSV definitions.  **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** To use CSV-based decision tables in your pricing procedures, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Decision Tables, and then select **Decision Tables**. Create an advanced decision table with CSV as the source object, and then associate the table with a pricing recipe. # Use Custom and Custom Collection Types in Invocable Action Output Parameters Simplify complex data structures in flows by using Custom and Custom Collection types for output parameters in invocable actions. Custom and Custom Collection types support sObject types, Apex-defined types, and other Custom type fields. Using Custom types instead of custom Apex actions reduces the number of Apex-based actions Flow Builder loads, which improves Flow Builder load performance. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** This solution provides a scalable way to work with complex data while staying within the Apex governor limits defined for your org. You can’t create resources of the Custom or Custom Collection type. # Use Custom Fields in More Third-Party Connectors Access and map custom fields from third-party connectors when configuring a flow. Include custom data in your integration logic to track specific data points. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To manage MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connections, you need the Manage Integration Connections permission. For full access to flow types and features in Flow Builder—including Einstein and Agentforce for Flow—the Manage Flow permission is required. To create and edit External System Change-Triggered flows in the Automation app regardless of sharing settings, you need Manage Flow, or the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows and View All Non-Admin Flows permissions. To create and edit these flows when they are owned by or shared with you, you need the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows permissions. To use MuleSoft for Flow: Integration templates, you need the Create or Edit Flows or View Flows permission. Non-admins also need the App Framework Manage Template permission to use these templates. **Why:** These third-party connectors support accessing and mapping custom fields. - Asana - HubSpot - Notion - Zendesk **How:** Determine which fields to use within the action to return custom fields from a third-party connector. Add an Assignment element to your flow. Under Set Variable Values, click **Add Assignment** and add a custom field to map. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Third-Party Connectors Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_ref_third_party_connectors.htm&language=en_US) # Use Custom Flow Templates from a Campaign Save time when you use a custom flow template with a campaign. Create a flow from a custom flow template and relate it to a campaign with a single click—no manual linking required. On the campaign record, use the Browse Templates option to select a custom flow template. Previously, using a custom template required marketers to create the flow and campaign separately and manually link the records. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on # Use Custom Routing Rule Logic for Delivery Estimations Provide customers with more accurate delivery estimations by using your store’s custom routing logic to calculate estimation. Assign a routing rule group as the routing logic, and delivery estimations use that logic when determining the shipping time. **Where:** This change applies to Order Management in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Routing via Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_routing_rules_overview.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up a Delivery Estimation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.om_del_est_create_estimation.htm&language=en_US) # Use Customized Web Data Streams to Capture Engagement Data in Data 360 for Salesforce Personalization We’ve improved the Marketing Cloud Personalization metadata transfer tool to include custom web data streams. Use these streams to more efficiently transfer your current Marketing Cloud Personalization behavioral events, identity, and contact point email data to Data 360 for use by Salesforce Personalization. To help facilitate metadata transfer, we’ve included a new profile engagement metadata transfer data kit (Persnl Prfl Engmt Metadata Transfer) in the .zip file generated by the metadata transfer tool. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Transferring Marketing Cloud Personalization Metadata](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_pers_mcn_for_pers_metadata_transfer.htm&language=en_US) # Use Dark Mode in More Editions (Beta) You can now enable dark mode for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) themes in Free Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, and Developer edition orgs. Previously, dark mode was available only for Salesforce Starter Suite orgs. Dark mode shows light-colored text and visual elements on a dark background, which lays the foundation for richer theming opportunities and more customization of Lightning base components. With dark mode enabled, your users can select an appearance that reduces eye strain in low-light conditions and enhances readability. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 and Lightning Experience in Free Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Dark mode is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To enable dark mode, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Themes and Branding and select it. Click **New Theme**, or click ![Dropdown icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/down_120.png) next to an existing SLDS 2 theme and then select **Edit**. In the Dark Mode section, select **Let users enable dark mode**. ![Enable dark mode from the edit theme page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_260_slds_dark_mode.png) Save your changes and then activate the theme. After you enable dark mode, a user can click their profile image and select how they want Salesforce to appear. Not all Salesforce apps and features are fully optimized for dark mode yet, including: - Analytics, reports, and dashboards - Rich text editors and their outputs - Builders - Setup To share feedback about dark mode, see the [Trailblazer Community Design Trailblazers](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/groups/0F94S000000Gvbx). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Your Org with Themes and Branding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.brand_your_org_in_lightning_experience.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Lightning Experience Display](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.user_overview_lex.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Cosmos Theme and SLDS 2 Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.customize_ui_enhancedlex.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Dark Mode in More Editions and Features (Beta) Enable dark mode for Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) themes in Performance and Unlimited edition orgs. And in all editions where dark mode is available, you can now upload a dark-mode version of your company’s logo for SLDS 2 themes. Dark mode shows light-colored text and visual elements on a dark background, which lays the foundation for richer theming opportunities and more customization of Lightning base components. With dark mode enabled, your users can select an appearance that reduces eye strain in low-light conditions and enhances readability. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 and Lightning Experience in Performance and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Dark mode is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** To enable dark mode, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Themes and Branding and select it. Click **New Theme**, or click ![Dropdown icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/down_120.png) next to an existing SLDS 2 theme and then select **Edit**. In the Dark Mode section, select **Let users enable dark mode**. ![Enable dark mode from the edit theme page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_262_slds_dark_mode.png) Save your changes and then activate the theme. After you enable dark mode, a user can click their profile image and select how they want Salesforce to appear. Not all Salesforce apps and features are fully optimized for dark mode yet, including: - Analytics, reports, and dashboards - Builders - Setup To share feedback about dark mode, see the [Trailblazer Community Design Trailblazers](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/groups/0F94S000000Gvbx). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Your Org with Themes and Branding](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.brand_your_org_in_lightning_experience.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Personalize Lightning Experience Display](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.user_overview_lex.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Salesforce Cosmos Theme and SLDS 2 Availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.customize_ui_enhancedlex.htm&language=en_US) # Use Data 360 Credits for Enriched Indexing When you turn on and build an Enriched Search Index, Data 360 reports usage against the Intelligent Processing usage type. Previously, LLM calls that generated enriched chunks were billed under the Agentforce Generative AI usage type as Standard Prompts. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting October 2026. **How:** This update requires no additional setup. Continue to create vector and hybrid search indexes with enriched chunks. In Digital Wallet, review consumption for the Data 360 Intelligent Processing usage type. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Billing Considerations for Unstructured Data and Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_unstructured_data_billing_considerations.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enriched Indexing of Content Chunks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_enriched_index.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Hybrid Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_hybridsearch_index_create.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Vector Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_create_vector_index_config.htm&language=en_US) # Use Data 360 Document AI in Government Cloud Orgs Use Data 360 Document AI to process and analyze documents within the Government Cloud operating boundary while meeting strict compliance and security requirements. Automate data extraction from unstructured data sources such as resumes or legal documents without leaving your secure environment. Document AI extends its AI-powered document processing capabilities to government organizations, using the OpenAI (GPT 4 Omni) large language models hosted in Microsoft Azure. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in March 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Document AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_document_ai.htm&language=en_US) # Use Data Model Objects for CMS Content To support experiences driven by content metadata, use content-related data model objects (DMOs). Ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS, a DAM system, or an external CMS into Data 360. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 and enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Data 360, use these data model objects to ingest CMS content metadata. - DigitalContent - DigitalContentChannel - DigitalContentElectronicMedia - DigitalContentPublishChannel - DigitalContentRelationship - DigitalContentSpace - DigitalContentSpaceChannel - ElectronicMedia - ContentTaxonomyModel - ContentTaxonomy - ContentTaxonomyRelatedTerm - ContentTaxonomyTerm - ContentTaxonomyTermRelObject - ContentTaxonomyTermRelType - ContentTaxonomyTermRelationship # Use DataWeave in Transformations with Nested SOQL Queries DataWeave supports nested SOQL queries, which improves development time and enables easy integration and efficiency with your transformations. We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange. **Where:** This feature is available in API version 66.0 and later. This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Previously, when performing transformations involving subqueries or nested SOQL queries with parent-child relationships, Apex failed with a DataWeaveScriptException. #### See Also - [_Idea Exchange_: Add Support for Nested SOQL Queries in DataWeave](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0BHp000019OkXyMAK/add-support-for-nested-soql-queries-in-datawave) # Use Date Data Type in Advanced CSV-Based Decision Tables Advanced CSV-based decision tables now support the Date data type, so you can define input and output columns that match date values directly, without time components. Previously, CSV-based decision tables supported DateTime but not Date as a standalone data type. Teams that needed to evaluate or return date-only values had to use DateTime as a workaround. Now you can define Date columns directly, keeping your decision table data clean and aligned with date-only fields in your org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. **How:** When creating an advanced CSV-based decision table, select **Date** as the data type for an input column. Upload your CSV file with date values in the supported format. When the decision table runs, it evaluates date inputs and returns date outputs as expected. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Supported Data Types and Operators in Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.supported_data_types_and_operators_in_decision_tables.htm&language=en_US) # Use Date Operators in Decision Logic Create date-based branching with date operators in Decision elements. Select operators such as Is Today, Is Anniversary of Today, and Last Number of Days when a condition uses a date data type. This update helps you model recency and milestone logic without formula workarounds. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic, for all flow types. It’s available in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Decision element conditions previously offered limited date comparison options. The expanded operators improve consistency with other comparisons in Flow Builder and support clearer logic for time-based outcomes. **How:** In a Decision element, add or edit a condition that uses a date data type, and select a date operator. Configure the resource, operator, and comparison details to match your outcome paths. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Decision Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_decision.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Decisions, Add Exit Rules, and More with Enhancements to Activation-Triggered Flows In activation-triggered flows, you can now use the Decision element, add exit and reentry conditions, pause an active flow, and in the Transform element, map activation data up to 5 levels deep. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Activation-triggered flows are also available for Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions with Data 360. **How:** To add exit rules and set reentry conditions, edit the flow’s Start element. You can reference the $ActivationData system variable to set exit rules based on the activation. To set reentry conditions, select a value for the Can Rejoin Flow field. Always is the default value and means an individual can reenter a flow before they exit. After completion means individuals can enter a flow only after they exit it. Never means that an individual can’t enter the flow again. To pause an active flow, click the **Pause** button in the button bar. The button changes to a Resume button when paused. When a flow is paused, processing stops at each element and its people and data are held until you resume the flow. After you resume the flow, everything that was held is processed at one time and then the flow continues as usual. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Activation-Triggered Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_activation_triggered_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Use Digital Insurance Alongside the Insurance Managed Package or Insurance CRM Launch new products faster on the flexible Digital Insurance platform while you manage existing products, policies, and claims in the same org. Eliminate the overhead of administering separate orgs or rebuilding custom integrations extensively. Manage products, quotes, policies, and claims using solution-specific workflows and keep the transactional data, metadata, and automations segregated based on the originating solution. Although Digital Insurance can coexist with Insurance CRM or the Insurance managed package, these solutions don't interoperate. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance, and Insurance CRM or the Insurance Industries and Insurance Industries Extension managed packages. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Insurance Coexistence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_admin_coexistence.htm&language=en_US) # Use Dynamic Redirect Rules in Aura Sites Redirect users from your Aura site to another URL without any coding. Configure dynamic redirect rules that use a pattern to identify a URL from your site and redirect it. Previously, dynamic redirect rules were available only for LWR sites. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** Configure dynamic redirect rules in the URL Redirects area of your site’s Administration workspace. ![URL Redirects user interface, showing where you can import the CSV file](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/seo_url_redirects.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Redirect Users to Your Aura and LWR Site Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.networks_url_redirects.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Einstein Conversation Insights with Starter and Pro Suite Use many of the call analysis features from Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI) in Starter and Pro Suite. The initial ECI feature set doesn't include generative AI features and other advanced functionality. **Where:** This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Agentforce 1 Sales editions. And now, we also support Starter and Pro Suite. **When:** ECI features are available in Starter and Pro Suite in March 2026. **How:** To use ECI in Starter and Pro Suite, integrate your video provider from the **Home app**. After an admin configures the provider, end users need to link their accounts to start getting their calls processed by ECI. The initial ECI release in Starter and Pro Suite doesn’t include generative AI features like call summaries and generative conversation insights. Conversation Hub is also not available in Starter and Pro Suite. # Use Embedded CDN Capabilities for On-Demand Sandboxes Provision a Default Domain hostname with full B2C Commerce embedded content delivery network (eCDN) capabilities for newly provisioned On-Demand Sandbox (ODS) instances. Use eCDN features, such as edge caching and web app firewalls, and test storefront configurations and security rules in a sandbox that closely mirrors your production setup. The storefront host for ODS instances changes from .dx to .my, including for already-provisioned sandboxes. Business Manager, WebDAV/code upload, jobs, and the Sandbox API remain on the .dx host. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** Salesforce automatically enables eCDN for newly provisioned ODS instances via the CDN API. Update external integrations (CORS allowed-origins, third-party whitelists, test URLs) to reference the new .my storefront hostname. The .my certificate is Salesforce-managed and publicly trusted, so no TLS reconfiguration is required. View and manage the eCDN zone, including security and routing rules, in Embedded CDN Settings in Business Manager. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Embedded CDN (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_embedded_cdn.htm&language=en_US) # Use Existing Report Settings When Adding Tables to Dashboards (Generally Available) Save time and reduce manual configuration of report settings, such as groupings, custom formulas, and bucketing when adding lightning tables to dashboards. This feature reduces the risk of errors and ensures that the tables in the dashboard retain the same configuration as the report. This feature is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, and Unlimited editions. **How:** When adding a Lightning table to your dashboard, select **Use table settings from report**. ![Selecting import report table settings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_rd_use_report_settings.png) # Use External Data Vendors with Prospecting Agents Connect Prospecting Agents to your own external data vendor by replacing the standard Prospecting actions with Apex classes or autolaunched flows that preserve the expected inputs, outputs, and response JSON. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change is available starting in early July. **How: Create** Apex classes with InvocableMethod or autolaunched flows and custom agent actions to replace the standard agent actions Prospecting Agent calls on. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Use Your Own Data Vendor with Prospecting Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_use_own_data_vendor.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide:_ Create Custom Actions Using Apex Invocable Method](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/ai/agentforce/guide/agent-invocablemethod.html) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up an Autolaunched Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_conversation_intelligence_autolaunched_flow_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Use Flow Elements and Features Across All Marketing Flow Types Flow features and element availability are now consistent across all marketing flow types. This means that features and elements like Wait and Decision are available across all of the different marketing flow types. Consistency across marketing flow types makes it easier to seamlessly switch between the different marketing flows without worrying about element compatibility or feature availability. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. # Use Flows with Data 360 Licenses and Increased Rate Limits Use segment-triggered, automation event-triggered, and on-demand flows in Data 360 with a Data 360 license. For example, create flows that trigger on segments or events or trigger flows via API from external systems. Create and use custom automation events in your flows. Data 360, Marketing Cloud Growth, and Marketing Cloud Advanced customers can now process up to 15 million actions per hour per org. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Data 360, Marketing Cloud Growth, and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** Create and activate segment-triggered, automation event-triggered, and on-demand flows just as you do with a Marketing Cloud license. Create custom automation events in your event library and use them in automation event-triggered flows. The increased rate limit is automatically applied to your org. Marketing Cloud-specific actions, such as messaging actions, still require a Marketing Cloud license. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_concepts_type.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Formula Mode for Action Inputs Without Creating Resources Skip creating formula resources for action element input parameters. When configuring action input parameters in the Action element property panel, you can now select Formula mode to create formulas. This change reduces clutter in your flows. View formula previews in the action element property panel and edit them at any time, making your configurations easier to read and maintain. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. It’s available in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To use Formula mode for an action input, select **Formula** in the mode picklist. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Formula mode isn’t available for all input parameters, including parameters that support collections, multiple selection, or sObjects. ![Mode picklist dropdown with Formula selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_mode_picker_formula.png) Click **Add Formula**. ![Formula Builder in the Formula panel](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_formula_panel.png) Create your formula and check the syntax. # Use Fully Qualified Keys for Data Differentiation in Companion Orgs You can now use fully qualified keys (FQK) within companion orgs and use the associated filtering to differentiate data in companion orgs. Previously, this feature was only available in home orgs. Companion orgs function as child branches to a central home org and enable large enterprises to process and share data from a single Data 360 instance. A fully qualified key, also referred to as a "key qualifier," acts as a specific tag or signature that you can add to a data stream to help differentiate overlapping or duplicate data. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** [Configure A Key Qualifier Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_add_or_view_key_qualifier.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in your home org. Then wait at least 10 minutes for the companion org to sync with the home org. # Use Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for Gemini 3.1 Flash Lite as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of March 30, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, Einstein Studio, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Gemini 3.1 Pro on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for Gemini 3.1 Pro as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of March 23, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, Einstein Studio, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Gemini 3.5 Flash on the Einstein Platform Gemini 3.5 Flash is generally available. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This model is available starting the week of June 1, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use GPT 5.4 Mini on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for GPT 5.4 Mini as a beta model. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of May 4, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use GPT 5.4 on the Einstein Platform GPT 5.4 is generally available. It was available as a beta model earlier in Spring ’26. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. Use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This model is generally available starting the week of April 27, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use GPT 5.4 on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for GPT 5.4 as a beta model. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of April 6, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, Einstein Studio, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use GPT 5.5 on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for GPT 5.5 as a beta model. This geo-aware model uses OpenAI or Azure OpenAI to service LLM requests. The same underlying model is used by OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of May 4, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use Improved Metric Layout for Insights at a Glance It’s faster and easier than ever to understand your data with the redesigned metric card layout. Quickly understand your metric’s value and progress toward your goal. New metrics use the redesigned layout by default. After you save your dashboard so that metrics use the new layout, you can’t switch back to the legacy layout. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** New metrics use the redesigned layout by default. Edit an existing dashboard to use the new layout. # Use JWT-based Access Tokens with SOAP API SOAP API now supports JWT-based access tokens from Salesforce OAuth flows. This feature provides parity with REST API authentication mechanisms and enables secure token sharing with external services. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **How:** Configure your connected app or external client app to issue JWT-based access tokens instead of opaque access tokens. Include the JWT-based access token in the `sessionId` element of the SOAP API request header. #### See Also - [_SOAP API Developer Guide_: Security and the API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api.meta/api/sforce_api_concepts_security.htm) # Use Keyboard Shortcuts in Prompt Builder Work faster in Prompt Builder with keyboard shortcuts for common actions. Save time by using quick key combinations instead of clicking buttons for save, preview, version, and activation operations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or included in Agentforce 1 Editions. Generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **How:** To view all available shortcuts while working in Prompt Builder, press Ctrl+/ (Windows) or Cmd+/ (macOS) to open the Keyboard Shortcuts menu. You can quickly perform actions without leaving your keyboard, such as saving your template (`Ctrl+s` or `Cmd+s`) or creating a new version (`Ctrl+Shift+S` or `Cmd+Shift+S`). **Why:** Keyboard shortcuts improve efficiency for power users who create and manage multiple prompt templates. Quick access to save, preview, and version control actions streamlines the authoring workflow. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Keyboard Shortcuts in Prompt Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_keyboard_shortcuts.htm&language=en_US) # Use LLM-Based Parsing and Preprocessing on DMOs with File Attachments Process Data 360 data model objects (DMOs) that include a file attachment by selecting LLM-based parsing and preprocessing options. You can also view the process history metrics for these search indexes. Previously, LLM-based parsing and preprocessing options and process history metrics weren’t available for search indexes built with file attachment unstructured data model objects (UDMOs). **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting July 2026. **Why:** LLM parsing and preprocessing options process files more effectively and retrieve all available content that AI agents need. These options also provide you with fine-grained control over the data extraction process. Process history metrics provide detailed insights into the search index pipeline. **How:** Set up file attachment ingestion in Data 360 by deploying content data streams. Then create a search index on any DMO and select **Include File Attachments** to process related file attachments. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: LLM-based Parsing and Preprocessing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_llm_parsing_preprocessing.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Ingest File Attachments from All Salesforce Objects to Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_unstructured_data_connect_content_document.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Hybrid Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_hybridsearch_index_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Vector Search Index with Advanced Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_create_vector_index_config.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Rebuild a Search Index Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_rebuild_search_index.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Mixed Expiration Models for Subtypes of Activity-Based Currencies Improve liability management by creating currencies with the Activity With Mixed Subcurrencies expiration model. The parent currency uses activity-based expiration while subtypes can use fixed or activity-based expiration. Previously, all subtypes inherited the expiration model of the parent currency. You can also configure traceability on these currencies to link redemption transactions to source accrual transactions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** For example, you want reward points that don't expire as long as members stay active, but you want promotional and partner points to expire within a specific time frame. Then, here's how to set up the currencies: - Create a parent currency, Member Points, with the Activity with Mixed Subcurrencies expiration model. - Create a subtype, Reward Points, that inherits the activity-based expiration from the parent. - Create two subtypes, Promotion Points and Partner Points, with fixed-duration expiration. This setup gives members long-term value from their reward points while encouraging timely redemption of promotional and partner points. **How:**This feature is available only on request. Contact your Salesforce account executive. # Use More Agentforce Financial Services Objects with Data Cloud Unify client data across channels by ingesting Lead, Case, and Financial Account Transaction objects from Financial Services Cloud into Data Cloud. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud is enabled. # Use More Contextual Data in Claims Adjustment and Policy Limit Calculations Pass contextual details, such as network type and discount codes, into your custom calculation logic for adjusting the claim amount or tracking policy limit consumption. Previously, you could send only the claimed amount, adjusted amount, and the count limit to your calculation logic. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Contextual Data in Custom Calculations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_claim_contextual_data_in_custom_calculations.htm&language=en_US) # Use More Data Types in CSV-Based Decision Tables CSV-based decision tables now support Percentage, Currency, and Date/Time columns. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Supported Data Types and Operators in Decision Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.supported_data_types_and_operators_in_decision_tables.htm&language=en_US) # Use Multiple Hostnames and Locales in Hybrid Auth Redirect URIs You can now configure multiple hostnames and locales for hybrid authentication (Hybrid Auth) redirect URIs. Support Social Login and third-party identity provider logins in SFRA pages by setting redirect URIs that use subdomains, locales, or locale-mapped domains. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **When:** In Business Manager, update your Hybrid Auth configuration to include the necessary hostnames and locale-specific paths for your redirect URIs. Separate redirect URI variations by using the pipe delimiter. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developers_: Hybrid Authentication](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/commerce-api/guide/hybrid-authentication.html) # Use Nemotron 3 Super 120B on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for Nemotron 3 Super 120B as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of May 25, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, AI Models, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use New Behaviors in More Tableau Semantics Functions (Release Update) Certain number functions (ASIN, POWER, ACOS, LOG, COT, and LN), if given invalid input, return a query failure rather than return Null. In addition, Regex functions use the RE2 library rather than ICU. Check existing content to see if you must take action to prevent breaking changes before these updates are released. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in March 2026. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. **Why:** These changes ensure data integrity and improve performance. **How:** Calculations that use invalid inputs cause query failures (number functions) or different handling of certain regex functions. Review existing calculated fields to prevent breaking changes. **Updated number functions** - ASIN, POWER, ACOS, LOG, COT, and LN - Previously: Invalid input returns Null - Now: Query failure **Updated regex functions** Empty string handling. The RE2 engine handles empty strings and "zero-width" matches differently than the previous library. In RE2, an empty pattern is considered a match at every possible position (including the start of the string). Updated Regex Functions | Calculation | Old Behavior (ICU) | New Behavior (RE2) | | --- | --- | --- | | REGEXP\_REPLACE('', '()', 'newstring') | '' (i.e. empty string) | 'newstring' | | REGEXP\_REPLACE('', '', 'newstring') | '' (i.e. empty) | 'newstring' | | REGEXP\_REPLACE('tableau', '', 'replace') | 'tableau' | 'replacetableau' | | REGEXP\_MATCH('string', '') | FALSE | TRUE | **Unsupported syntax** RE2 prioritizes speed and security by excluding features that require complex backtracking. If your current calculated fields use the following syntax, they will need to be modified to not use the syntax in this table. Unsupported Syntax | Feature | Unsupported Syntax Example | Description | | --- | --- | --- | | Backreferences | (abc)\\1 | Referencing a previously captured group within the same regex. | | Lookahead | (?=...) or (?!...) | Checking if a pattern exists (or doesn't) ahead of the current position without "consuming" characters. | | Lookbehind | (?<=...) or (? # Use New Behaviors in Some Tableau Semantics Functions Now certain DATE functions, if given invalid input, return a query failure rather than attempt to fix incorrect logic or return Null. This change ensures data integrity and closer alignment with Data 360 and improves performance. Check existing content to see if you must take action. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Calculations that use invalid functions can cause query failures. Review existing calculated fields to prevent breaking changes. Make sure that they don’t rely on the "rounding" behavior of the date/time function. Updated Date Functions - MAKEDATE - Previously: Invalid input rounds to the nearest valid date, such as MAKEDATE(2025-03-32) returned 2025-04-01 - Now: Query failure - MAKETIME - Previously: Invalid input rounds to the nearest valid time, such as MAKETIME(19, 4, 61) returned 1899-12-30T19:05:01 - Now: Query failure - DATE and DATETIME - Previously: Invalid input returns Null - Now: Query failure #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Calculated Field Formula Functions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_calc_fields_formula_functions.htm&language=en_US) # Use New EventBus.publishWithAccessLevel() Methods for Better Access Control The EventBus class has a new set of publishWithAccessLevel() methods that mimic the existing publish() methods and take a required non-null AccessLevel parameter. These new methods are recommended over the existing publish() methods because they more clearly define the type of access needed by the Apex code. **Where:** This change applies to Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. # Use New Messaging Engagement DMO Fields Unified WhatsApp users can access the following new fields on the Messaging Engagement Data Model Object (DMO). **Where:** This change applies to Unified WhatsApp, which is available in: - Enterprise and Unlimited Editions for Service Cloud. - Growth or Advanced Editions for Marketing Cloud Next. - Pro+, Corporate+, and Enterprise+ Editions for Marketing Cloud Engagement. **How:** Access the following new fields on the Messaging Engagement Data Model Object (DMO). - Message Pricing Category - Referral Click Id - Referral Source Id - Referral Source Type - Send Time Parent Social Id - Send Time Social Id - Send Time Username - Sender Account #### See Also - [_Salesforce Developer Documentation:_ Messaging Engagement DMO](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-dmo-mapping/guide/c360dm-message-engagement-dmo.html) # Use NVIDIA Nemotron 3 Nano 30B on the Einstein Platform (Beta) We added support for NVIDIA Nemotron 3 Nano 30B as a beta model. To use a beta model, you must first turn on beta generative AI models in the Einstein Setup page. After you turn on beta generative AI models, you can use this model in any supported feature, such as in a prompt template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This model is available starting the week of February 16, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to Salesforce customers with Data 360 and Einstein permission sets. **How:** To turn on beta generative AI models, go to the Einstein Setup page. Use Prompt Builder, Einstein Studio, and the Models API to build and test prompts with all our supported models. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Large Language Model Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_large_language_model_support.htm&language=en_US) - [_Agentforce Developer Guide_: Supported Models](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/einstein/genai/guide/supported-models.html) # Use OAuth Security with Your Microsoft Azure SQL Database Connection Increase data security by connecting to Microsoft Azure SQL Database using OAuth 2.0 authentication. You can now provide Azure authentication values directly, eliminating the need for a separate external authentication provider setup. **Where:** This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Azure, configure your connected app, SQL server, and database for OAuth authentication. In Salesforce, add the client ID, client secret, and Azure tenant values to your Microsoft Azure SQL Database connection. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Microsoft Azure SQL Database Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_microsoft_azure_sql_db_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Use OAuth Security with Your Microsoft Azure SQL Database Connection Increase data security by connecting to Microsoft Azure SQL Database using OAuth 2.0 authentication. You can now provide Azure authentication values directly, eliminating the need for a separate external authentication provider setup. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Azure, configure your connected app, SQL server, and database for OAuth authentication. In Salesforce, add the client ID, client secret, and Azure tenant values to your Microsoft Azure SQL Database connection. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Microsoft Azure SQL Database Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sdp_connectors_microsoft_azure_sql_db_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Use Page Ranges to Extract Relevant Information from Documents Extract data more precisely from specific sections of a document with Document AI for Health. Public health investigators and case intake specialists can now select page ranges to process only the relevant information. After extraction, map the values to existing records to correctly associate data and reduce manual corrections. Review extracted data directly on the record page to validate information faster. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Agentforce for Health Cloud add-on licenses. **When:** This feature is available starting June 5, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Data Cloud User, Disease Surveillance, and Document AI permission sets. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Document AI for Health](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_disease_surveillance_pdf_ingestion_idp.htm&language=en_US) # Use Phishing-Resistant Verification Methods for Multi-Factor Authentication Account Manager now supports additional phishing-resistant verification methods, including passkeys, security keys, and built-in platform biometric authenticators such as Touch ID, Face ID, and Windows Hello. After you enable phishing-resistant methods on the organization detail page, Account Manager users can register those methods and use them at login. Phishing-resistant methods use FIDO2/WebAuthn to bind credentials to Account Manager, so attackers can't reuse them on a spoofed site. We highly recommend that Admin users register with one of the phishing-resistant verification methods. **Where:** This change applies to Account Manager for B2C Commerce. **How:** From your organization detail page, select the phishing-resistant verification methods that you want to allow. Users see the newly allowed methods when they register a verification method or add one from their account information. ![MFA Verification Method Settings on the organization detail page, showing Phishing-Resistant Verification Methods (Built-In Authenticator, WebAuthn-Compliant Security Keys) and Standard Verification Methods (Salesforce Authenticator, TOTP Authenticator Apps).](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/commerce/b2c_rn_phishing_resistant_mfa_verifiers.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Register Verification Methods for Multi-Factor Authentication in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_register_verification_methods_for_mfa.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Verify Your Identity with Multi-Factor Authentication in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_verify_with_mfa.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Register a Passkey for Identity Verification in B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_register_a_passkey_for_identity_verification.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Register a Security Key for WebAuthn Identity Verification in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_register_a_security_key_for_webauthn_identity_verification.htm&language=en_US) # Use Post-Meeting Notes to Update Household Records Your users can review and confirm household record update suggestions directly from the Post-Meeting Follow-Up tab of the Meeting Playbook, immediately after a client meeting. The Update Household action analyzes meeting notes to surface household record update suggestions, capturing key client context — so records stay accurate with less manual data entry. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **Why:** Previously, updating household details after a client meeting required advisors to go to individual household records, which often caused context loss and delays. **How:** From the App Launcher, find and select **Meeting Playbooks**. Click the relevant playbook record linked to the household. Go to the Post-Meeting Follow-Up tab, and click **Update Household**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Update Household Records from a Meeting Playbook](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_households_update_from_meeting_playbook.htm&language=en_US) # Use Programmatic Anchor Clicks for Same-Origin URLs In version Spring '27 and later, when Lightning Web Security (LWS) is enabled, opening the same-origin Salesforce URLs in a new tab via `window.open(url)`, or with `'_blank'` throws a `LockerSecurityError`. Replace these calls with a detached programmatic anchor click to safely handle same-origin navigation and downloads. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Web Security (LWS) starting from Spring '27. **Why:** Attempting to open same-origin Salesforce URLs in a new tab using `window.open(URL)` , or with `window.open(URL, '_blank')` throws a `LockerSecurityError`. **How:**To perform same-origin downloads or open same-origin links in a new tab, replace `window.open()` calls with a programmatically created, detached `a` element. ```java const a = document.createElement('a'); a.href = url; // Clears the href denylist (e.g., /apex/...) a.target = '_blank'; // Use '_blank' for new tab or omit for same tab a.rel = 'noopener noreferrer'; a.click(); // Keep detached; DO NOT append to body or head ``` If you need to navigate within the same tab, you can set `a.target` to `'_top'`, `'_self'`, or `'_parent'`, or continue using `window.open(url, '_top')`. # Use Prompt Templates as Actions in Prompt Builder Add prompt templates as actions. Invoke one prompt template from another to build consistent and modular prompt workflows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of April 6, 2026. **Why:** Previously, prompt templates operated independently, which limited reuse. This update introduces a new action type that chains prompt templates, simplifying maintenance and supporting modular prompt design. **How:** In Prompt Builder, select add a new action and select an existing prompt template. Configure the inputs for the selected template, and include its response as part of your main prompt. When the prompt runs, the referenced template runs first, and the response merges in the final response. You can also view performance insights, including latency and token usage, for each template in the Performance Insights panel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Prompt Templates as Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_use_prompt_template_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add a Prompt Template as an Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_add_action_prompt_template.htm&language=en_US) # Use Public API Clients with Account Manager Account Manager now supports authorization code grant flows with Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) for public API clients. Securely exchange OAuth tokens for client apps that can’t safely store a client secret. PKCE provides a more secure authentication flow for single-page, native mobile, and desktop apps. **Where:** This change applies to Account Manager for B2C Commerce. **How:** Create an API client and set the client authentication type to public, or convert an existing, private API client. Account Manager then uses PKCE for the access token exchange, replacing the need for a client secret with a code verifier and challenge. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add an API Client in B2C Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_account_manager_add_api_client_id.htm&language=en_US) # Use Quick Text in Case Comments With Quick Text, reps can quickly add predefined text snippets, including dynamic merge fields to Case Comments. Quick Text standardizes internal and external communication, keeps notes consistent, and saves time by reducing repetitive manual typing. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** This capability extends the efficiency and standardization benefits of Quick Text to internal collaboration tools along with external tools. Admins create and store Quick Text messages in shared folders. Reps can insert these messages which can contain dynamic merge fields, like Contact.FirstName that are automatically replaced with data based on the related case contact. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Quick Text Settings. Turn on Quick Text on the Quick Text Settings page. For Case Comments, admin must also turn on the **Rich Text for Case Comments** org preference in Support Settings. Your reps can access Quick Text by using the insert button or the Quick Text icon in the Case Comments editor. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Standardize Responses with Quick Text](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.quick_text_setting_up.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Real-Time Calculated Affinities to Gain Customer Preference Insights Calculated affinities measure characteristics that indicate a customer’s interest in or liking of an object. Create and use real-time calculated affinities with personalization point targeting rules, segments, and recommendation filters to generate highly focused personalized content based on customer preferences. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Personalization add-on. #### See Also - [Calculated Affinities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.persnl_calculated_affinities.htm&language=en_US) # Use Related Data Objects to Build Richer Clusters Build richer clusters to enrich customer profiles, identify similar accounts or products, or provide variables for downstream models. Select a data model object (DMO) as the primary data source and add variables from related DMOs and calculated insight objects (CIOs). Alternatively, use a CIO as the primary data source. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Data 360. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** Combine attributes from related objects to uncover patterns that aren’t apparent when you analyze individual fields. Unlike clustering that generates new clusters on every run, a trained model retains its cluster definitions, and consistently assigns new records to the same groups. Label each cluster, review confidence scores and top contributing factors, and apply the results across Salesforce. **How:** In Data Cloud, go to the AI Models tab and select **Cluster**. Choose a cluster model, select your source DMO or CIO, and choose the fields you want to analyze. Configure and train the model, then assign descriptive labels to your clusters. # Use Related Object Fields to Build Granular Record Controls Optimize batch job filters with conditions that use related object fields to make sure jobs process only records relevant to the business process. A job that rejects presented quotes for lost opportunities on cold accounts can use filters on Opportunity and Account fields to include only relevant quotes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Batch Management is available. ![Related object filters in batch jobs.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_batch_management_filters.png) # Use Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Licenses Now you can pair Salesforce Contracts with Lightning Platform Starter or Lightning Platform Plus, reducing licensing costs for organizations that need contract lifecycle management without full CRM capabilities. Some Salesforce Contracts capabilities depend on features that aren't included with Lightning Platform licenses. Previously, Salesforce Contracts required a Core CRM license, such as Sales Cloud or Service Cloud. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced, or Salesforce Contracts license. **Who:** To use Salesforce Contracts, you need a Core CRM license (Sales Cloud or Sales and Service Cloud), a Lightning Platform Starter license, or a Lightning Platform Plus license. Contact your Salesforce account executive for more information. **How:** Assign a Salesforce Platform or Salesforce Platform Login user license and the CLM Admin User or CLM Runtime User permission set to your user. Additional setup includes profile configuration, object permissions, and sharing settings. See [Set Up Salesforce Contracts for Lightning Platform Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_lightning_platform_licenses.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Considerations for Salesforce Contracts on Lightning Platform Licenses (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.sf_contracts_considerations_lpp_licenses.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Salesforce Go to Streamline Setup for Tableau Next with Slack Use Salesforce Go to start collaborating with Slack and Tableau Next even faster. Admins can follow the prompts in Salesforce Go to start using Tableau Next with Slack, so users can start collaborating with Tableau Next metrics right where they’re working in Slack. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From the Salesforce Go page, search for “[Collaborate with Slack and Tableau Next](https://login.salesforce.com/lightning/setup/page/featureset/tableau_slack_integration/home?topic=SalesforceGo)” and follow the prompts to configure the settings for using Tableau Next in Slack. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Slack for Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_slack_collab.htm&language=en_US) # Use Search in Data 360 Ground search on unstructured and structured data in Data 360 to use generative AI, improve analytics, and use automation tools. - **[Add Context to Chunks with Prepend Fields from Data Model Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_SI_prependfields.htm&release=260&type=5)** You can now use prepend fields to add additional metadata that provides context for chunks generated from UDMOs. For example, if your search index configuration includes unstructured data from webcrawler or sitemap connectors, metadata fields such as Labels, Title, or URL can provide additional context to each generated chunk. Prepending these fields improves accuracy of RAG responses in Agentforce. Previously, prepend field chunking was available only for search indexes created from DMOs. - **[Combine Docling Parsing with LLM-Based Image Processing for Accuracy and Cost-Efficiency](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_docling_llm_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Enhance retrieval augmented generation (RAG) responses with information extracted from images, such as flowcharts or diagrams, by enabling LLM-based image processing. When you select the Docling parser, which brings together multiple open-source models to understand document layout and tables, optionally turn on LLM-based image processing for accurate responses with optimal costs. - **[Customize Retrievers with Advanced Filter Conditions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_retriever_filters.htm&release=260&type=5)** Include custom logic, define multiple dynamic filters, and use the Like operator to define filter conditions in Einstein Studio for Retrievers. Retriever filter conditions now support more data types, such as Boolean and Date values. Previously, filter conditions supported only one dynamic filter and were limited to text and number data types. - **[Fine-Tune, Test, and Optimize Retrievers in Retriever Playground (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_retrieverpg_ga.htm&release=260&type=5)** Customize, test, and validate retriever responses in the Data 360 Einstein Studio Retriever Playground. A misconfigured retriever can lead to irrelevant output, erode user trust, and increase costs. You can verify response accuracy directly in the playground without making calls to an LLM or performing manual testing in local environments. - **[Measure Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) Performance with Retriever Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_spring_retrievermetrics.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use evaluation metrics in the Einstein Studio Retriever Playground to objectively measure the performance of your RAG application. When you test a retriever in advanced mode, the playground generates a context recall score based on a reference answer. # Use Search in Data 360 Ground search on unstructured and structured data in Data 360 to use generative AI, improve analytics, and use automation tools. - **[Rebuild Search Indexes Without Downtime](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_search_index_rebuild.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Rebuild search indexes in Data 360 without service interruptions. When you initiate an index rebuild, Data 360 creates a version of the search index in the background while users continue to query the current search index. After the rebuild is complete, the system automatically switches to the new index with no downtime. Your users experience consistent, accurate search results throughout the process. - **[Preview and Validate Citations in Retriever Playground](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_retriever_playground_citations.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Test retriever citations in the Data 360 retriever playground to ensure accurate retrieval augmented generation (RAG) responses. Configure standard and custom citations for retrievers, select test data, and verify that citation links for retrieved chunks come from expected sources. Debug misconfigured citation setup or broken links in the playground before deploying retrievers in AI systems. - **[Create, Manage, and Test Retrievers in Data Cloud One Configurations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_Retrievers_CRUD_DC1.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Data 360 AI Models to build and evaluate retrievers in Data Cloud One companion orgs. You can also view and use retrievers created in Data Cloud One home orgs. Previously, the AI Models option wasn’t available in Data Cloud One companion orgs. - **[Use Search Indexes and Intelligent Context with Platform Encryption](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_search_platform_encyption.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create search indexes and intelligent context when Data 360 platform encryption is turned on. Previously, you couldn't use these features if platform encryption was turned on. - **[Fine-Tune, Test, and Optimize an Ensemble Retriever](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cdp_2026_summer_ensemble_retriever_test.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Customize, test, and validate ensemble retriever responses in the Data 360 Retriever Playground. Avoid irrelevant output, eroded user trust, and increased costs by verifying response accuracy directly in the playground without calling an LLM or manually testing in local environments. # Use Search Indexes and Intelligent Context with Platform Encryption Create search indexes and intelligent context when Data 360 platform encryption is turned on. Previously, you couldn't use these features if platform encryption was turned on. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting June 2026. **How:** No additional setup is required. If platform encryption is already turned on in your org, search indexes and intelligent context are available in Data 360. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Platform Encryption for Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_platform_encryption_for_data_cloud.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Search for AI, Automation, and Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_search_index_ground_ai.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Intelligent Context in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_intelligent_context.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Setup with Agentforce to Manage Contact Center Users Using Setup with Agentforce, chat with an AI agent to add or remove users from your contact center and set up any quick connect configurations. Instead of navigating through multiple Setup menus, prompt the agent to describe what you need and accomplish your tasks without excessive clicks. **Where:** This change is available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Salesforce Voice with Amazon Connect - Salesforce Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect (also available for Voice manually integrated with your Amazon Connect instance) [View supported editions for Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) **Who:** To use Setup with Agentforce, purchase the EinsteinGPTPlatformAddOn and AgentforceBuilderAddon licenses for your account. Additionally, assign the OrgPermissions.AgentforceSetupV2 org permission set and the Use Setup with Agentforce user permission set to enable the feature. **How:** To configure your agent, go to the Einstein Generative AI page in Setup and turn on Einstein Generative AI. Next, go to the Agentforce Agents page and turn on Agentforce. Finally, turn on Setup with Agentforce (Beta) and follow the on-screen instructions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Contact Center Users with Setup with Agentforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_setup_manage_users_ai.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Use Shortcuts in Activation to Simplify Attribute Selection and Filtering Reuse attribute shortcuts from segmentation when you add attributes and filters in activation. On the activation canvas, your marketers select preconfigured attributes without navigating complex data model paths. You create shortcuts in the segment builder, and those same curated attributes are available in both the attribute and filter workflows for activation enrichment, keeping attribute definitions consistent across your organization. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This functionality is available starting in September 2026. **How:** In Data 360, create attribute shortcuts in the segment builder. Then, when you create or edit an activation, select those shortcuts from the activation canvas to add attributes or apply filters. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activation for Data 360 Segments](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_activation_for_a_segment.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Attribute Shortcut](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_create_attribute_shortcut.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Related Attributes to an Activation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_activate_data_related_attributes.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Filters to the Activation Membership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_activation_membership_filtering.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Filters to Contact Points in Activation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_contact_point_filtering.htm&language=en_US) # Use Smart Content Search to Find Relevant Presentations Improve the quality of your search results by using Data 360 to create a search index of the content in presentation files. While online, field users can search for presentations by using either keywords or conceptual terms and phrases, making it easier to find the most relevant materials. Previously, search results included only standard keyword-based matches on presentation names and metadata properties. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Data 360, the Life Sciences Cloud license, and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **Who:** Salesforce admins with the Data Cloud Architect permission set can configure a search index. To use content-based search in the content library, users need the Data Cloud User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Smart Content Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_intelligent_content_smart_content_search.htm&language=en_US) # Use Static Resource Images to Display Text in Screen Flows (Generally Available) Seamlessly browse for and upload static resource images directly from within the Display Text component. In the Display Text component, you can search for existing images, upload new ones, and add alternate text all from within the screen flow. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To search static resource images from the Display Text component, you need the View Setup and Configuration user permission. To upload static resource images from the Display Text component, you need the Customize Application user permission. **Why:** Static resource images are packageable, persistent, and reliable. They remain available even when you deploy the flow to a different org or Experience Cloud site. You can also track exactly where a static resource image is used. This visibility helps you maintain referential integrity and make informed decisions during long-term maintenance. **How:** In the Display Text component, click ![The image icon in the Display Text screen component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_display_text_cmp_image.png), and then select **Add Image from Static Resources**. #### See Also - [Add Static Resource Images to Display Text Without Leaving Flow Builder (Generally Available)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_find_and_upload_static_resource_images_from_the_display_text.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Seamlessly browse for and upload static resource images directly from within the Display Text component. The Image option, which is now generally available, includes some changes since the beta release. Previously, to add a static resource image, you went to the Static Resources page in Setup to get the names of existing images and then used them in the component. Now, in a streamlined two-step process, you can search for existing images, upload new ones, and add alternate text all from within the screen flow.") # Use Structured Data Model Objects as Sources Select a structured data model object (DMO) as a source to build your Intelligent Context configurations. To save and create the index, select up to 30 records from the DMO at a time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Build a precise search index directly from structured data without reformatting and converting it to a file. For example, index your employee records stored in a DMO to power an internal support agent that answers questions by using up-to-date structured data. No manual file exports are required. **When:** This feature is available starting in August 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Intelligent Context in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_intelligent_context.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create an Intelligent Context Configuration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_intelligent_context_create_configuration.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Tailored Gift Visualizations for Each Planned Gift Type Access eight dynamic visualizations that automatically adapt to the structure of each planned gift type using Flexcards in the Gift Planning app. These Flexcards present the most important details at a glance, helping relationship officers quickly assess value, timelines, and stewardship needs. Select a gift type to get a layout that shows only the fields that matter, streamlining review and data entry. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled. **Who:** To use Fundraising with Agentforce Education, formerly Education Cloud, turn on Fundraising in Agentforce Education, and then create and assign a permission set to your users. To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Visualizations for Planned Gift Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.fundraising_visualizations_for_gift_types.htm&language=en_US) # Use the Branch Element in Context-Aware Expression Sets In an expression set that uses a context definition, add the List Branch element to build if-then-else rule conditions directly on list data. Each incoming list item is processed by the first branch whose condition it satisfies. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Business Rules Engine and Context Service are enabled. **How:** In an expression set that has a context definition, open Expression Set Builder, and drag the List Branch element from the Elements panel to the canvas. Define a condition for each If branch, and add supported elements such as calculations, lookup tables, and subexpressions within a branch. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Step Elements to Build Your Expression Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.step_elements_in_expression_sets.htm&language=en_US) # Use the C360 Semantic Data Model in Each of Your Data Spaces On the updated Setup page, view all of your available data spaces, and install a distinct version of the C360 Semantic Model in any of them. With more than one data space, you can segregate your data, metadata, and processes into categories, such as brand, region, or department, and then enable users to see and work with data specific to their category. Previously, you could only add the C360 Semantic Model in the default data space. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Data Cloud. Tableau Next is available in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Apps, and select **Intelligent Apps > C360 Semantic Model**. Open the dropdown menu for the data space where you want to add the C360 Semantic Model, and select **Install**. ![C360 Semantic Model Setup page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/c360_a_sl_c360sdm_setup_install.png) The Setup page adds a tab for each installed C360 Semantic Model, where you can view monitoring and resources information. When installed in a data space that is not the default, the name of the tab includes the data space name as a prefix, for example, “AMER - C360 Semantic Model.” #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set up the C360 Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_c360sdm_setup_task.htm&language=en_US) # Use the CMS Base (Beta) Data Kit to Ingest Content into Data 360 To support experiences that are driven by content metadata, such as semantic search for content, deploy the new CMS Base (Beta) data kit. When you use this data kit, Data 360 can ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS. The data model objects (DMOs) released in Spring ’26 are available in Data 360 after you install the data kit. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions supported by Data 360. See [Data 360 edition availability](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_dc_editions.htm&language=en_US). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The CMS Base data kit is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. The Non-GA Services are used in conjunction with GA Services which consume paid credits or entitlements ("entitlements"). Any corresponding consumption of entitlements arising from Customer's use of the Non-GA Services shall not give rise to any refund or credit rights. **When:** This feature is available starting April 15, 2026. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter CMS and select **Salesforce CMS**. Turn on **Ingest CMS Content into Data 360 (Beta)**. Then, from Data Cloud Setup, deploy the CMS Base (Beta) data kit. #### See Also - [Use Data Model Objects for CMS Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_cms_data_model_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "To support experiences driven by content metadata, use content-related data model objects (DMOs). Ingest content metadata from Salesforce CMS, a DAM system, or an external CMS into Data 360.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Ingest CMS Content into Data 360 (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.cms_base_data_kit_setup.htm&language=en_US) # Use the Data Interpreter to Move Data from Upload to Insights (Beta) The Data Interpreter for Tableau Next automates the cleaning of unformatted Excel files. It identifies and resolves common spreadsheet issues such as multi-row headers, merged cells, and rows containing titles or notes. The Data Interpreter’s transforms formatting issues without requiring manual edits to the original file. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Data Interpreter is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** In a new or existing workspace, click **Connect to New Data** or **Add**, and then select Upload File. To resolve formatting issues, click **Run Data Interpreter**. ![Running Data Interpreter on an Excel file with duplicate columns.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_interpreter.png) The Data Interpreter generates a refined version of your file for review. It handles complex layouts by automatically splitting multiple tables on a single sheet into distinct datasets. ![Data Interpreter resolved duplicate columns.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_interpreter_2.png) # Use the Data Interpreter to Refresh Excel Files You can now use the Data Interpreter during Excel (.xlsx) file re-uploads to refresh Data Lake Objects built from non-standard layouts. A sheet selector enables you to identify specific sub-tables rather than relying on automatic matching logic. This control makes sure that updated data ranges ingest correctly without manual restructuring. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** To update a specific table, go to its Data Lake Object and select **Replace Data**. To add your revised Excel file, click **Upload File**, then select the source table to overwrite the current one. Finally, initiate the data interpreter by clicking **Run**. ![Selecting a source table for the data interpreter.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_excel_refresh_interpreter.png) # Use the Enhanced Proxy Zone Framework To improve security and performance, all deprecated proxy V1 zones are now migrated to the V2 zone configuration. This update enhances reliability for ghost routing and traffic splitting. Manage all custom hostnames under the more efficient V2 framework. If your site still uses legacy zones, migrate them to proxy zones. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **When:** The migration of all proxy zones from V1 to V2 was completed on March 3, 2026. Migration from legacy zones to proxy zones is planned for completion by August 15, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Migrate a Legacy Zone to a Proxy Zone](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_migrate_legacy_zone_to_proxy_zone.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: eCDN Proxy Zone FAQ](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_ecdn_proxy_zone_faq.htm&language=en_US) # Use the Login for Admin Option in the Salesforce Mobile App for Secure Access Meet new security requirements with ease using the Login for Admin option in the Salesforce mobile app. This new menu option enables phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) by using advanced, browser-based authentication. When you log in as an admin, you can use passkeys: the fastest and most secure way to access your org. Simply enter your username, and the app prompts you to verify your identity with a passkey or password. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note If your Salesforce org is already configured with Advanced Authentication (Native Browser) and the application is using the My Domain login server for the org, then you don't have to use the Login for Admin option. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. **When:** This change will be available starting June 29, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to all Salesforce mobile app users, with the Login for Admin option designed for admin users who need to meet phishing-resistant MFA requirements. **How:** To use Login for Admin, tap the Settings icon on the login screen and select **Login for Admin**. The app guides you through the secure authentication process, including registering or logging in with a passkey if your org has passkeys enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Starting in June 2026, all users see an updated login experience. After entering your username and tapping Log In, Salesforce prompts you to enter your password or use a passkey (if enabled). This streamlined two-step flow makes passwordless login easier and more secure. ![The Login for Admin option on the Salesforce mobile app log in screen.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mobile_login_admin.png) #### See Also - [_Release Notes_: Prepare for Login Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_changes.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developers_: Phishing-Resistant MFA via Login for Admin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/mobile-sdk/guide/gs-whatsnew.html#phishing-resistant-mfa-via-login-for-admin) - [_Knowledge Article_: Security-Related Product Updates to the Salesforce Platform: User Identity, Data Protection, and Access Controls](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005317465&type=1&language=en_US) # Use the Login for Admin Option in the Salesforce Mobile App for Secure Access Meet new security requirements with ease using the Login for Admin option in the Salesforce mobile app. This new menu option enables phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) by using advanced, browser-based authentication. When you log in as an admin, you can use passkeys: the fastest and most secure way to access your org. Simply enter your username, and the app prompts you to verify your identity with a passkey or password. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If your Salesforce org is already configured with Advanced Authentication (Native Browser) and the application is using the My Domain login server for the org, then you don't have to use the Login for Admin option. **Where:** This change applies to the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android. **When:** This change will be available starting June 29, 2026. **Who:** This feature is available to all Salesforce mobile app users, with the Login for Admin option designed for admin users who need to meet phishing-resistant MFA requirements. **How:** To use Login for Admin, tap the Settings icon on the login screen and select **Login for Admin**. The app guides you through the secure authentication process, including registering or logging in with a passkey if your org has passkeys enabled. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Starting in June 2026, all users see an updated login experience. After entering your username and tapping Log In, Salesforce prompts you to enter your password or use a passkey (if enabled). This streamlined two-step flow makes passwordless login easier and more secure. #### See Also - [_Release Notes_: Prepare for Login Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_security_login_changes.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Developers_: Phishing-Resistant MFA via Login for Admin](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/mobile-sdk/guide/gs-whatsnew.html#phishing-resistant-mfa-via-login-for-admin) # Use the New Managed Content GraphQL API to Search for CMS Content The new Managed Content API family provides GraphQL operations for searching and retrieving CMS content. With this API, developers can search content across CMS channels, sites, or UI bundles, filter by content type and taxonomy, retrieve localized content variants, access delivery details, and paginate through search results. **Where:** This feature is available in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting July 9, 2026. **How:** Access the Managed Content API through the `managedContent` field on the `Query` operation type. Here’s an example of a keyword search for English content across two CMS channels. This search returns paginated results with content details, delivery details, and channel details. ``` query searchContent { query SearchManagedContent { managed_content { search { searchContentInChannels( searchIdentifiers:{ channelIds: ["0apSB0000000001","0apSB0000000002"] } keyword: "product announcement" language:"en_US" pagination:{ offset:0, limit:25 } ) { total pageSize items { managedContentId managedContentKey title contentType language taxonomies managedContentChannelDeliveryDetails { contentUrl publishedDate managedContentChannelDetails { id name type } } } } } } } ``` #### See Also - [_CMS Developer Guide_: Managed Content GraphQL API Family](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/cms/guide/managed-content-intro.html) # Use the New Sessions and Intents View Review processed and unprocessed sessions together, save the views you use most, and evaluate or export sessions from one workspace. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions with Salesforce Foundations or Agentforce 1 Edition. **When:** This functionality is available on a rolling basis in Salesforce orgs upgraded to Winter ’27 starting the week of October 19, 2026. Go to [trust.salesforce.com](http://trust.salesforce.com) for exact dates. **Who:** To use Agentforce Studio in Agentforce Observability, assign the Access Agent Optimization and Data Cloud User permission sets. ![Sessions and Intents view showing the Recent Sessions saved view, filters, and the Evaluations, Settings, and Export controls](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_agentforce_observability_session_controls.png) **How:** In Agentforce Studio, under **Observe & Optimize**, select **Sessions & Intents**. The default **Recent Sessions** view includes processed and unprocessed sessions. To open the previous view, select **Sessions with Intents** from the View menu. Use **Settings** to customize columns, create saved views, and pin views that you reuse. Use **Evaluations** to create and manage reusable AI scorers and feedback templates. Use **Export** to download the list as a CSV or send selected sessions to Agentforce Grid. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Analyze Data with Agent Optimization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_optimize_use.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use the Scheduling Console Without Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization Dispatchers can now work in the Scheduling Console even if Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization isn’t enabled in your org. They can perform core scheduling operations from the list view or Gantt, find candidates, drag appointments to reschedule, and use Global, In-Day, and Resource Schedule Optimization. Features that rely on Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization—such as HERE Maps routing, Complex Work, Multi-Day Work, and Dynamic Gantt actions (Fix Overlaps, Fill-In Schedule, Group Nearby, and Reshuffle)—aren’t supported. Previously, the Scheduling Console required Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available starting in late August 2026. **How:** In Salesforce Go, under **Scheduling Console**, make sure that you turn on **Update Field Service Integration Permission**. # Use the Service Assistant Chat to Receive Additional Resolution Assistance Service reps can now interact directly with Agentforce Service Assistant with an agent chat box. When working a service plan, service reps can receive extra resolution support by using the agent chat box to ask Service Assistant questions, look up knowledge information, and draft emails and service plan summaries without leaving the Service Assistant component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case and Messaging. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up agent chat for Service Assistant Chat, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To use Agent Chat, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - The ServicePlanner User (agent user) doesn’t require any specific permissions to access this feature. **Why:** Previously, service reps relied only on the structured steps within a service plan to work. Now, they can use the Agent Chat interface to interact directly with Service Assistant for both guidance and dynamic plans to ask questions, look up account details and knowledge articles, and execute actions on demand, all without leaving the component. The chat experience for Service Assistant has context of the entire plan, conversation history, and record details to deliver grounded and accurate support. For Service Assistant, the chat experience is powered by the General CRM and General FAQ subagents, which grant Service Assistant access to gather and query information beyond the record details. Each subagent comes with standard actions, like Get Record Details and Draft and Revise Email. You must add these subagents to your agent. **How:** Add the General FAQ and General CRM subagents to your Service Assistant agent. For dynamic service plans available for both Service Assistant for Case and Messaging, the chat interface is available by default when you turn on dynamic plans for each object in the Service Assistant Setup page. For guidance service plans available for Service Assistant for Case, you must turn on Chat with Service Assistant in the Guidance Plans section of Case tab in the Service Assistant Setup page. For Case, only one plan type can be enabled at a time: dynamic or guidance. ![Service Assistant chat](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_chat.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Assistant Agent Chat](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_chat.htm&language=en_US) # Use the Service Assistant Chat to Receive Additional Resolution Assistance Service reps can now interact directly with Agentforce Service Assistant with an agent chat box. When working a service plan, service reps can receive extra resolution support by using the agent chat box to ask Service Assistant questions, look up knowledge information, and draft emails and service plan summaries without leaving the Service Assistant component. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Agentforce for Service or Agentforce 1 add-ons. This feature requires the Service Planner and Adaptive Experience add-ons. **Feature Support:** This feature is supported in Service Assistant for Case, Messaging, and Voice. **When:** This feature is available starting July 21, 2026. **Who:** - To set up agent chat for Service Assistant Chat, Salesforce admins need the Service Planner Builder permission set. - To use Agent Chat, service reps need the Service Planner User permission set. - The ServicePlanner User (agent user) doesn’t require any specific permissions to access this feature. **Why:** Previously, service reps relied only on the structured steps within a service plan to work. Now, they can use the Agent Chat interface to interact directly with Service Assistant for both guidance and dynamic plans to ask questions, look up account details and knowledge articles, and execute actions on demand, all without leaving the component. The chat experience for Service Assistant has context of the entire plan, conversation history, and record details to deliver grounded and accurate support. For Service Assistant, the chat experience is powered by the General CRM and General FAQ subagents, which grant Service Assistant access to gather and query information beyond the record details. Each subagent comes with standard actions, like Get Record Details and Draft and Revise Email. You must add these subagents to your agent. **How:** Add the General FAQ and General CRM subagents to your Service Assistant agent. For dynamic service plans available for both Service Assistant for Case and Messaging, the chat interface is available by default when you turn on dynamic plans for each object in the Service Assistant Setup page. For guidance service plans available for Service Assistant for Case, you must turn on Chat with Service Assistant in the Guidance Plans section of Case tab in the Service Assistant Setup page. For Case, only one plan type can be enabled at a time: dynamic or guidance. ![Service Assistant chat](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_sra_chat.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Service Assistant Agent Chat](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_chat.htm&language=en_US) # Use the Snowflake Zero-Copy V2 Connector for Enhanced Data Sharing Share data with Snowflake using the Snowflake zero-copy V2 connector. Authenticate with OIDC and act on change data with streams and tasks. Create a data share and a Snowflake V2 data share target, link them, and query your data as a mounted Snowflake database without duplicating it. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This change isn’t available in Government Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available in sandbox and production environments on a rolling basis starting in August 2026. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important You can’t create a legacy Snowflake data share target. Migrate existing data shares that use a legacy Snowflake data share target to a Snowflake V2 data share target. Verify the connection and make sure that data shares linked to the Snowflake V2 data share target work before you unlink them from the legacy Snowflake data share target. Downstream pipelines and dashboards then keep receiving data without interruption. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Share Data with Snowflake V2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_access_data_from_snowflakev2.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Migrate Data Shares with Legacy Snowflake Data Share Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_migrate_data_shares_legacy_snowflake.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use the Snowflake Zero-Copy V2 Connector for Enhanced Data Sharing Share data with Snowflake using the Snowflake zero-copy V2 connector. Authenticate with OIDC and act on change data with streams and tasks. Create a data share and a Snowflake V2 data share target, link them, and query your data as a mounted Snowflake database without duplicating it. Previously, Data 360 used username and password-based OAuth through the legacy Snowflake data share target. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. This change isn’t available in Government Cloud. **When:** This functionality is available in sandbox and production environments on a rolling basis starting in August 2026. **How:** In Data 360, create a data share and a Snowflake V2 data share target, then link them. In Snowflake, accept the share and query the data as a mounted database. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_important.png) Important You can’t create a legacy Snowflake data share target. Migrate existing data shares that use a legacy Snowflake data share target to a Snowflake V2 data share target by October 31, 2026. Verify the connection and make sure that data shares linked to the Snowflake V2 data share target work before you unlink them from the legacy target. Downstream pipelines and dashboards then keep receiving data without interruption. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Share Data with Snowflake V2](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_access_data_from_snowflakev2.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Migrate Data Shares with Legacy Snowflake Data Share Target](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_migrate_data_shares_legacy_snowflake.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Third-Party Connectors with Full Support (Generally Available) Use these now fully supported, previously-beta third-party connectors in flows for no-code connectivity to external systems. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited editions with the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license and Agentforce 1 editions. Verify Agentforce 1 edition feature availability with your account executive. **Who:** To manage MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connections, you need the Manage Integration Connections permission. For full access to flow types and features in Flow Builder—including Einstein and Agentforce for Flow—the Manage Flow permission is required. To create and edit External System Change-Triggered flows in the Automation app regardless of sharing settings, you need Manage Flow, or the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows and View All Non-Admin Flows permissions. To create and edit these flows when they are owned by or shared with you, you need the Create or Edit Flows and View Flows permissions. To use MuleSoft for Flow: Integration templates, you need the Create or Edit Flows or View Flows permission. Non-admins also need the App Framework Manage Template permission to use these templates. **Why:** These third-party connectors are now generally available. - Bird - Freshservice - Sumo Logic #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Third-Party Connectors Reference](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_ref_third_party_connectors.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Designing an External System Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_concepts_design_external_system_change_triggered_flows.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Flow with a Third-Party Connector as an Action](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_build_flow_esct_third_party_as_action.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Flow with a Third-Party Connector as a Trigger](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_build_flow_esct_third_party_as_trigger.htm&language=en_US) # Use Third-Party Web Components in LWC (Generally Available) You can integrate third-party web components into your Lightning Web Components (LWC) apps without rewriting them. To render them as native web components in LWC templates, use lwc:external. This feature is now generally available, with no changes since the last beta release. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. **How:** For more information on LWC support for external web components, see [Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Use Third-Party Web Components in LWC](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/create-use-third-party-components.html). # Use Transform Mode for Action Inputs Without Adding Transform Elements Define and edit your data transformations directly within the Action property panel, simplifying complex data-mapping tasks. When configuring an action element’s input parameters, select Transform mode to define data transformations without adding transform elements to your flow. Transform mode helps keep your flows cleaner by reducing the number of elements required for data manipulation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. It’s available in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To use Transform mode for an action input, select **Transform** in the mode picklist. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Transform mode isn’t available for all input parameters, including parameters that support collections or multiple selection. ![Picklist that shows selected Transform option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_mode_picker_transform.png) Click **Transform Data Mapping**. ![The Transform Mapping panel for a target Apex-defined type](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_transform_panel_start.png) Select a source and define your field mappings. ![Transform mode panel with source record variable fields mapped to target Apex-defined type fields](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_transform_panel.png) Close the Transform Mapping panel. After you complete the transformation, the input parameter in the Action property panel updates to reflect the configured mapping. You can click this field at any time to view or edit your transformation settings. ![Input parameter in property panel after transform mapping](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/262_rn_transformed_input_parameter.png) # Use Unlimited MuleSoft Connectors in Segment-Triggered, Activation-Triggered, and Broadcast Flows For segmentation and activation use cases, MuleSoft for Flow: Integration connectors no longer consume automation credits for segment-triggered, activation-triggered, and broadcast flows. You can use MuleSoft connectors in these flow types without a MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license. Other flow types still require the MuleSoft for Flow: Integration add-on license. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Activation-triggered flows are also available for Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions with Data 360. #### See Also - [Flow Marketing Cloud Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Personalize email messages using content variables from Email Content Builder. View a flow's history and restore from earlier saves. Use flow features and elements across all marketing flow types. Send individuals to a new flow while maintaining their progress in the original flow. Automaitcally remove contacts with the Exit from a Flow element.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Automate Data Delivery with Activation-Triggered Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_activation_triggered_flow.htm&language=en_US) # Use Updated Empty Value Placement in List View Sorting When you sort a list view, blank fields, or null values, now are treated as the highest value in the dataset. For example, let’s say you have a column with the data 5, 9, null, and 2. If you sort this column in ascending order, you see 2, 5, 9, null. Previously, Salesforce treated blank fields as the lowest value, so that in the example given, you saw the data as null, 2, 5, 9. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. # Use Updated State Codes for Picklists When you use standard country/territory address picklists, some country and territory states/provinces have special considerations for their state codes. You can now access the updated state codes for Canada and Japan in Salesforce orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Spring ’26 and later, helping you maintain data quality. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **Why:** For Canada, the state/province name Yukon Territories (YT) is available in orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Winter ’26 and earlier. The state/province name Yukon (YT) is available in orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Spring ’26 and later. For Japan, the state codes for 02 (Aomori), 05 (Akita), and 23 (Aichi) and their state/province names have changed. - 02 is the state code for the state/province Aomori for orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Spring ’26 and later. For orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Winter ’26 and earlier, the state code is 23. - 05 is the state code for the state/province Akita for orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Spring ’26 and later. For orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Winter ’26 and earlier, the state code is 02. - 23 is the state code for the state/province Aichi for orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Spring ’26 and later. For orgs where standard country/territory picklists were configured in Winter ’26 and earlier, the state code is 05. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Standard Countries and Territories for Address Picklists](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_state_country_picklists_standard_countries.htm&language=en_US) # Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex `Blob.toPdf()` (Release Update) With this update enabled, the Apex `Blob.toPdf()` method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the **Maintenance** tab. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex Blob.toPdf(), follow the testing and activation steps. With this update enabled, calls to `Blob.toPdf()` automatically use the Visualforce PDF rendering service. `Blob.toPdf()` still accepts any string as an argument, and still returns a `Blob` result. Other than using a different PDF rendering engine, the shape of `Blob.toPdf()` is unchanged. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_important.png) Important The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers an expanded range of fonts, and the default font is changed from `sans-serif` to `serif`. If your PDF string doesn’t include explicit font styling, this change might result in different line lengths, and different line and page breaks for PDFs rendered compared to the old service. See [Fonts Available When Using Visualforce PDF Rendering](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/pages_output_pdf_supported_fonts.htm) for additional details. For more details on the features and limitations of the Visualforce PDF rendering service, see [Render a Visualforce Page as a PDF File](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/pages_output_pdf_renderas.htm) in the Visualforce Developer Guide. # Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex `Blob.toPdf()` (Release Update) With this update enabled, the Apex `Blob.toPdf()` method for PDF rendering uses the same rendering service as Visualforce. The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers improvements such as additional fonts and multibyte character support. This change makes PDF rendering more consistent on the Salesforce Platform. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to [Trust Status](https://status.salesforce.com/), search for your instance, and click the **Maintenance** tab. **How:** To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select **Release Updates**. For Use Visualforce PDF Rendering Service with Apex Blob.toPdf(), follow the testing and activation steps. With this update enabled, calls to `Blob.toPdf()` automatically use the Visualforce PDF rendering service. `Blob.toPdf()` still accepts any string as an argument, and still returns a `Blob` result. Other than using a different PDF rendering engine, the shape of `Blob.toPdf()` is unchanged. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important The Visualforce PDF rendering service offers an expanded range of fonts, and the default font is changed from `sans-serif` to `serif`. If your PDF string doesn’t include explicit font styling, this change might result in different line lengths, and different line and page breaks for PDFs rendered compared to the old service. See [Fonts Available When Using Visualforce PDF Rendering](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/pages_output_pdf_supported_fonts.htm) for additional details. For more details on the features and limitations of the Visualforce PDF rendering service, see [Render a Visualforce Page as a PDF File](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/pages_output_pdf_renderas.htm) in the Visualforce Developer Guide. # Use Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls (Beta) When an outbound call reaches voicemail, you can disconnect the call to automatically leave your default pre-recorded message. While the system plays the message, you can move on to your next task immediately, increasing your productivity. You can record multiple messages and select one as your default. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these [telephony models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_telephony_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect - Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony from Amazon Connect Service Cloud Voice is available in Agentforce Sales (formerly Sales Cloud), Agentforce Service (formerly Service Cloud), and Government Cloud with the Service Cloud Voice add-on license. It’s also available in Agentforce for Industries built from Sales or Service. [View supported editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_editions.htm&type=5&language=en_US). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Voicemail Drop is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Use Voicemail Drop for Outbound Calls (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.voice_voicemail_drop.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Use Wait Elements and Test Flows with Broadcast Flow Enhancements Asynchronous broadcast flows now support wait elements. You can also now test broadcast flows in debug. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Activation-triggered flows are also available for Marketing Cloud Growth and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions with Data 360. #### See Also - [Flow Marketing Cloud Updates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_marketing_cloud.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Personalize email messages using content variables from Email Content Builder. View a flow's history and restore from earlier saves. Use flow features and elements across all marketing flow types. Send individuals to a new flow while maintaining their progress in the original flow. Automaitcally remove contacts with the Exit from a Flow element.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Create a Broadcast Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_create_broadcast_flow.htm&language=en_US) # User Interface API Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps. - **[New and Changed User Interface API Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** These resources are new or have changes. - **[Changed User Interface API Response Bodies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** These response bodies have changes. - **[Supported Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=260&type=5)** All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API. #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started.htm) ## New and Changed User Interface API Resources These resources are new or have changes. ### Records Get the values for all the picklist fields of a specific record type The GET request to the existing `/ui-api/object-info/{objectApiName}/picklist-values/{recordTypeId}` resource is now available in Connect in Apex in the `ConnectApi.RecordUi` class. See Records in [New Connect in Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_connect_in_apex_classes.htm&release=260&type=5 "These classes are new."). ## Changed User Interface API Response Bodies These response bodies have changes. ### Records Field This response body has these new properties. - `defaultValue`—Default value for the field. - `defaultedOnCreate`—Indicates whether the field is defaulted when created. ## Supported Objects All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API. To view new objects that are auto-enabled for User Interface API, see [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=260&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects."). These standard objects aren’t new to your org but are new for User Interface API. - CustomPermission - Event - JournalReason - PermissionSetLicense - Task These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API, and they’re newly supported for list views and most recently used list views. - SharingRecordCollection - SharingRecordCollectionItem #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide_: Supported Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started_supported_objects.htm) # User Interface API Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps. - **[New and Changed User Interface API Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** These resources are new or have changes. - **[Changed User Interface API Response Bodies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** These response bodies have changes. - **[Supported Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API. #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started.htm) ## New and Changed User Interface API Resources These resources are new or have changes. ### Session CSRF Get the Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) token for your session to protect requests from malicious third-party sites forgeries Make a GET request to the new `/ui-api/session/csrf` resource. New response body: CSRF Token ## Changed User Interface API Response Bodies These response bodies have changes. ### Actions Platform Action This response body has these new properties. - `pageDeveloperName`—For flexipage-backed quick actions, the developer name of the FlexiPage, resolved server-side from `QuickActionDefinition.ComponentId`. - `targetParentField`—The lookup field on the target object that points to the target parent record. - `targetRecordTypeId`—For flexipage-backed quick actions, the target record type ID from the QuickActionDefinition. ### Lists List Object Info This response body has these new and changed properties. - `publicCreateable`—Indicates whether the context user can create a public list view for the object. - `publicOrSharedCreateable`—This property is deprecated. In version 67.0 and later, we recommend using `publicCreateable` or `sharedCreateable`. - `sharedCreateable`—Indicates whether the context user can create a shared list view for the object. ### Themes Theme This response body has this new property that is reserved for future use. - `brandImageDarkMode` ## Supported Objects All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API. To view new objects that are auto-enabled for User Interface API, see [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects."). These standard objects aren’t new to your org but are new for User Interface API. - Attachment - AuthProvider - BatchJobDefinition - BatchJobPart - CartItemPriceAdjustment - Event ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note User Interface API added support for the event object late in API version 66.0. - Task ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note User Interface API added support for the task object late in API version 66.0. - UserUiPreference - WorkforceCapacity - WorkforceCapacityPlan These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API, and they’re newly supported for list views and most recently used list views. - ActionPlan - BatchJob - BatchJobPartFailedRecord - ContentNote - CreditMemo - Crisis - EmployeeCrisisAssessment - Payment These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API and for list views, and they’re newly supported for most recently used list views. - SvcCatalogItemDef #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide_: Supported Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started_supported_objects.htm) # User Interface API Build Salesforce UI for native mobile apps and custom web apps. - **[Changed User Interface API Response Bodies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** These response bodies have changes. - **[Supported Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_ui.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API. #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started.htm) ## Changed User Interface API Response Bodies These response bodies have changes. ### Actions Platform Action These properties aren’t available in this response body. - `pageDeveloperName` - `targetParentField` - `targetRecordTypeId` These properties were previously documented as available in API version 67.0. ## Supported Objects All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API. To view new objects that are auto-enabled for User Interface API, see [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects."). These standard objects aren’t new to your org but are new for User Interface API. - LoyaltyAggrPointExprtLedger - VideoCallParticipant - VideoRecording These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API, and they’re newly supported for list views and most recently used list views. - ReceivedDocument #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide_: Supported Objects](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started_supported_objects.htm) # User Interface Language Translations to Catalan and Basque Are Generally Available Improve the experience of Catalan and Basque speakers with user interface language support for Service Cloud and Agentforce Public Sector. Catalan and Basque UI text falls back to Spanish when translations aren’t available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and the Salesforce mobile app in Group, Essentials, Starter Suite, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Catalan and Basque are generally available as user interface languages beginning in October 2026. **Why:** Before October 2026, Catalan and Basque translations are undergoing in-app testing and aren't final, so review translations carefully to ensure accuracy. These translations don’t overwrite translations stored in the Translation Workbench or renamed labels. These user interface languages apply to all organizations and are enabled for all customers in Service Cloud and Agentforce Public Sector. **How:** To revert these changes, manually update your translation settings to your preferred language. To manage end-user languages, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Language Settings, and then select **Language Settings**. Change the setting, add or remove available languages, and click **Save**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Interface Language Support](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.faq_getstart_language_support_ui.htm&language=en_US) # Users Can Now View Flow Dependencies Non-admin users can now view flow dependencies for their marketing flows in the Automation app. Previously, only users with the Manage Flow permission had access to this information. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience. It’s available in Foundations, Marketing Cloud Growth, and Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. # Using Catalog Feed Integration with Google to Reach Shoppers Syndicate your catalog to Google by sending a curated product feed to Google Merchant Center. Map B2C Commerce product fields to the channel fields that Google expects, filter which products are included, and preview the feed before turning on the daily sync. Maintain accurate product titles, prices, images, and availability on Google without writing custom code. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce and is available in the United States only. To use Catalog Feed Integration with Google, you need a Google Merchant Center account, where you retrieve the SFTP credentials that B2C Commerce uses to deliver the feed. **When:** Catalog Feed Integration with Google is generally available with the B2C Commerce 26.8 release. **How:** In Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **AI & Social Integrations** | **Google**. On the General Settings tab, enter your SFTP credentials from Google Merchant Center. On the Catalog tab, configure field mappings and product filter rules, preview the feed, and then turn on the daily sync. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Catalog Feed Integration with Google (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_google_feed_overview.htm&language=en_US) # UTAM Documentation Moves to Salesforce Developers Site UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) documentation hosted on utam.dev has moved to the Salesforce Developers site. The utam.dev site won’t be updated further. **When:** The utam.dev site redirects to the UTAM Developer Guide at [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam) in March 2026. **How:** With the move to the Salesforce Developers site, you can expect minor navigational changes. The horizontal menu at the top of the page redirects to these pages in the new site. - Downloads: [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/downloads.html](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/downloads.html) - Grammar: [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/references](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/references) - Guide: [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/get-started-utam.html](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/get-started-utam.html) - Salesforce apps: [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/test-sf-applications.html](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/test-sf-applications.html) - Tools: [https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/tools.html](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/utam/guide/tools.html) Several pages continue to be available in the utam.dev site and won't be redirected. - [Tutorials](https://utam.dev/tutorial/introduction) - [Generator Playground](https://utam.dev/tools/generator-playground) # Utilization Management Enhancements Quickly identify and resolve duplicate prior authorization request cases to ensure clean and accurate data. Accelerate the approval of non-duplicate prior authorization requests by using the new deduplication flow. - **[Safeguard Data Integrity By Resolving Duplicate Prior Authorization Request Cases](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_utilization_management_deduplicate_prior_authorization_requests.htm&release=260&type=5)** Improve payer workflow and ensure clean and accurate prior authorization request data. Close duplicate prior authorization request cases by using the new Identify and Resolve Duplicate Prior Authorization Request Cases flow. Detect potential duplicate case records and present the records to users for quick comparison and resolution. - **[Instantly Approve Non-Duplicate Prior Authorization Requests](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_health_utilization_management_autoapprove_prior_authorization_requests.htm&release=260&type=5)** Reduce manual review time for payers and accelerate prior authorization approvals by using the Automatically Approve Prior Authorization Requests flow. The flow uses an expression set to instantly approve eligible non-duplicate prior authorization requests, updates the claim status to Approved, and closes the associated case. Ensure faster service and improve satisfaction for members and providers by reducing administrative burdens. # Utilize Data Cloud Capabilities for Offers Map your offer data to Data Cloud using new Data Model Objects (DMOs) to centralize offer, offer treatment, offer product, and segment data. Utilize these DMOs to find the eligible offers for individual customers. Your team can run offers with creative assets and use Data cloud Customer Segments for offer communication. Data Cloud also helps in personalizing the user’s shopping experience by surfacing offers relevant to the customer’s recent activities on the shopping site. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Real-Time Offer Management and Data 360. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data 360 for Offer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.offers_setup_data&language=en_US) # Valid Session Is Always Required for Email Address Changes To improve security, Salesforce now requires a valid session for all email address changes. If a user doesn’t have a valid session, Salesforce prompts them to log in to complete the email address change. Previously, Salesforce required a valid session only if the setting “Require identity verification for email address changes” on the Identity Verification page was enabled. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** When Salesforce first released this change with Summer ’26, users without a valid session were prompted for [device activation (if applicable based on browser recognition and IP allowlisting)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.device_activation_orgs.htm&language=en_US) during their login. Starting in late May 2026, device activation is no longer required for these logins. **How** Here's how email address changes work based on your identity verification settings. - If “Require identity verification for email address changes” is enabled: Salesforce prompts users to verify their identity to complete email address changes. If a user doesn't have a valid session, Salesforce prompts them to log in. - If “Require identity verification for email address changes” is disabled: users can complete email address changes without verifying their identity. If a user doesn't have a valid session, they must log in. ![Identity Verification page in Setup with "Require identity verification for email address changes" setting highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_email_verification_setting.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Define Identity Verification Settings for Your Orgs and Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_auth_setup_identity_verification.htm&language=en_US) # Validate and Calibrate Agent Responses with C360 Semantic Model Questions and Business Preferences The C360 Semantic Model now comes with a large set of potential questions that your users might ask Tableau Agent with conversational analytics. In Tableau Next Q&A Calibration, you can view the answers to the questions to verify the agent’s accuracy. With your input, the agent can respond consistently and accurately to semantically similar questions. The C360 Semantic Model also includes Business Preferences that define sales, service, and marketing terms to provide additional context for the agent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience with Data 360 and Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** In Tableau Next, in the left pane, click **Q&A Calibration**. In the Semantic Model menu, select the **C360 Semantic Model**. The Q&A Calibration window has pre-populated questions for you to test against your data. All of the questions are initially classified as **Needs Validation** until you test them and change the classification. You can also correct inaccurate answers, remove irrelevant questions, and add your own questions. Some questions aren’t needed because they refer to objects in the C360 Semantic Model that your org doesn’t use. For questions you don’t want, open the menu in that row and select **Delete**. The Business Preferences help Tableau Agent to correctly assess business terms that are used in the standard Salesforce objects included in the C360 Semantic Model. To add your own preferences, you can extend the model. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Use Calibration to Improve Accuracy in Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_qa_calibration.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Business Preferences for Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_biz_preferences.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: The C360 Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_c360sdm_intro.htm&language=en_US) # Validate and Calibrate Tableau Agent Answers with Verified Questions Service Insights is AI-ready with over 75 calibrated questions, so Tableau Agent gives accurate, relevant answers. The questions are pre-checked against the Service Insights semantic model and aligned to supervisor, service leader, and knowledge manager personas. Override any verified question or create your own to reflect your organization's needs. Answers stay optimized and hallucinations drop, so you can roll out AI at scale with more confidence. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To use Tableau Agent, users need the Tableau Next Standard Consumer license. To modify the business preferences, users need the Tableau Next Creator license. **How:** Tableau Next analysts or administrators set up the Analytics Agent and mark the questions as verified. Then override any verified question or create your own to reflect your organization's needs. # Validate and Optimize Your React Apps for Production (Developer Preview) Check that your React apps meet quality standards with the validation framework in Agentforce Vibes. The validation framework runs a workflow against a set of validators for code quality, security, and accessibility. It returns a readiness score and quality grade to help you get your apps ready for production. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in sandbox and scratch orgs only. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The validation framework for React apps is available as a developer preview. This feature isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality developed with these commands or tools. **When:** This feature is available starting April 15, 2026. **How:** The validation framework comprises several Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools, which are available via the Salesforce DX MCP server in the `experts-validation` toolset. - `validate_and_optimize`—Validates code quality by running the Code Analyzer, Security, and Accessibility validators. - `score_issues`—Consumes the validator findings to compute an overall readiness score from 0 to 100 and assigns a quality grade, such as review-for-production, prototype, or draft. To start the validation workflow, open your app project in Agentforce Vibes and use prompts to ask about validating your React app. For example, you can enter prompts such as: - Validate and score `componentName` - Run `validate_and_optimize` on this component for accessibility only - Is my app production-ready? ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Before you create and run tests for your app, consider running the validation workflow. Apply any necessary fixes in the app so you don't include anti-patterns into tests. After your tests pass, run the validation workflow again to confirm that your fixes resolved any issues and that no regressions remain. The validation workflow runs these validators. - Code Analyzer: Uses the `run_code_analyzer` tool to identify code issues, such as for ESLint, Apex, JavaScript, and copy paste detection. - Security: Uses the `guide_lws_security` tool to identify risky browser patterns, DOM access, sandbox escapes, unsafe script/style injection, and common anti-patterns. - Accessibility: Uses the `guide_component_accessibility` tool to identify accessibility issues and provides fixes and guidance that are aligned to WCAG and Salesforce standards. After the validators run, you receive a list of identified issues with actionable recommendations and the option to fix them automatically. #### See Also - [_Agentforce Vibes Developer Guide_: Validate and Optimize Your React Apps (Developer Preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/einstein-for-devs/guide/devagent-mcpvalidate.html) # Validate Complex Configurations with Constraint Rules Engine With Constraint Rules Engine (CRE), use constraint-based logic to validate complex product configurations. This feature supports deeply nested bundles, cross-product dependencies, and multi-instance insurance scenarios. CRE ensures accurate quoting by preventing invalid selections while you transition from Business Rules Engine to a constraint-driven model. For Insurance, Constraint Rules Engine is currently only supported for exclusions, clauses and configuration rules. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Digital Insurance. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Constraint Rules Engine Adoption for Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_advanced_configurator.htm&language=en_US) # Validate Coupon Codes Before Customers Apply Them Improve the checkout experience for promotions with multiple coupons by supporting manually entered coupon codes. Automatically check whether a customer's inputted code is valid and applicable to their current cart before applying the discount. The new Coupon Validation API quickly evaluates coupon existence, active date ranges, redemption limits, and cart-level eligibility. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Global Promotions Management. # Validate Documents During Upload and Prefill Assessment Forms with AI Use AI-Powered Document Upload Validation and Prefill to extract information from uploaded documents and populate linked fields in Discovery Framework assessment forms. Configure validation rules that stop a noncompliant upload or warn users before they continue. Spend less time entering information manually, and receive immediate feedback about document upload issues. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Discovery Framework. **How:** To turn on AI-Powered Document Upload Validation and Prefill, go to **Discovery Framework** settings in Setup. Then, in the Omniscript builder, configure validation rules to either block an incorrect upload or warn the user before they continue. # Validate Domain Information More Often If you use features that rely on certificates, prepare to perform Domain Control Validation (DCV) more often. An upcoming industry-wide change decreases the maximum domain validation reuse period of time for Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificates over the next 3 years. As of March 15, 2026, the maximum period for domain validation reuse for new certificates is 200 days. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all editions of the Salesforce mobile app. The time period applies to new certificates that a public Certificate Authority (CA) signs, regardless of whether you, Salesforce, or a third party purchases the certificate. **When:** In August 2025, the Certification Authority Browser Forum (CA/Browser Forum) [announced](https://cabforum.org/2025/04/11/ballot-sc081v3-introduce-schedule-of-reducing-validity-and-data-reuse-periods/) a phased approach to shorten the maximum period of time during which domain validation information may be reused for new TLS certificates. That time period decreased from 398 days to 200 days on March 15, 2026. It decreases to 100 days on March 15, 2027, and to 10 days on March 15, 2029. **Why:** Salesforce complies with the guidance of the CA/Browser Forum, the organization that sets most Web Public Key Infrastructure (WebPKI) rules. Their TLS Server Baseline Requirements change regularly. Those requirements are outside of Salesforce control, and certificate vendors are bound by the same rules. **How:** Review your certificate use. If you get your own certificates, plan to perform Domain Control Validation more often. # Validate Ingested Data Faster with Pivot Tables Explore raw values and validate ingestion results in a prefiltered pivot table opened from an existing data pipeline. Marketing Intelligence automatically creates the pivot table with data from the selected pipeline, reducing the need for spreadsheet workarounds. **How**: In Marketing Intelligence, open a prefiltered pivot table from a data pipeline to review ingested data. ![Showing how to access the pivot table option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_mc_mi_pivot_table.jpg) # Validate Logic and Debug Data 360 Runtime Definitions Faster with Data Preview Validate definitions during the design phase by previewing node-level data transformations. Confirm that configurations meet business needs and identify logic errors early. Data preview is available for Data 360 and CRM Analytics definitions. Debug configurations in a controlled environment before saving or running definitions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. **How:** In the Data Processing Engine builder, click **Generate Data Preview** and configure settings to view node output records. Use input variables to simulate runtime conditions and apply filters to isolate specific data. To verify transformation, inspect node output records and trace data flow across nodes. # Validate Logic and Debug Faster with Data Preview Validate your definition design instantly during creation. Generate data previews to verify that your configuration meets business needs and to identify logic errors. Use input variables to simulate different runtime conditions and apply data source filters to isolate specific datasets. Easily search the results to check whether definitions are working as expected. Intuitively correlate the results with node configurations and visualize how data flows across nodes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Processing Engine is available. **How:** On the Data Processing Engine builder, click **Generate Data Preview**. Enter input variable values and select data source filters. Click **Apply Settings**. Click a node to preview the results for the node. ![Data preview in Data Processing Engine definition.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_data_processing_engine_preview.png) # Validate Loyalty Program Data Integrity Identify discrepancies in your imported data by running prebuilt Data Processing Engine definitions. Use the definitions to validate member point balances and loyalty ledger traceability records for redeemable points with a fixed-duration expiry model. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty Management. **Why:** The Validate Loyalty Traceability Ledgers definition checks whether: - The total consumed points in trace ledgers exceed the available points. - Points were debited after expiration. - The calculated point balance doesn't match the current point balance. - The points in the debit ledgers and trace ledgers don't match. The Validate Member Currency Balances for Loyalty Programs definition checks whether the sum of the member current and escrow balances doesn't match the ledger or aggregated totals. **How:** Clone and run the Validate Member Currency Balances for Loyalty Programs and the Validate Loyalty Traceability Ledgers definitions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Validate Loyalty Program Data Integrity After Import](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.loyalty_validate_loyalty_program_data_integrity.htm&language=en_US) # Validate Notification Delivery and Accuracy Before Activation Test your notifications against sample records before activation to make sure that they reach the right recipients through the correct channels. Validate how notifications render across selected channels so they’re accurate and complete. Verifying your configuration helps you avoid errors, reduce rework, and keep notifications ready for production use. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise, and Performance Editions with Agentforce IT Service. **Who:** To create and manage notifications, you need the Notifications Designer permission set. **How:** From Setup, go to **Multi-channel Notifications**. Open or create a notification and click **Test Notification**. Select a sample record, choose your channels, and specify recipients. Click **Send Test** to preview the notification and verify how it's delivered across selected channels. # Validate Orders Before Activation Apply configurable activation checks before an order becomes active. An activation gate keeps orders from moving forward until they satisfy your conditions. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **How:** In Salesforce Go, click **Quote to Order Conversion**. Install **Order Activation Gate Checks** in a sandbox. # Validate Orders with External Service Callouts During Checkout Use the Place Order Validation extension to connect your checkout flow to external systems by making synchronous Apex callouts during streamlined checkout. Validate order details, such as inventory availability or customer credit status, against an ERP or other external system before completing a transaction. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. #### See Also - [_B2B Commerce Developer Guide_: Place Order Service Extension Example](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/guide/extension-provider-examples.html) - [_B2B Commerce Developer Guide_: CheckoutPlaceOrder Apex Class](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/references/comm-apex-reference/CheckoutPlaceOrder.html) # Validate Production Readiness During a Release Upgrade by Using a Non-Preview Sandbox During the transition from one Salesforce major release to another, sandboxes get upgraded on different timelines based on their release type. Preview sandboxes provide early access to new features and are upgraded approximately 6 weeks before production orgs, while non-preview sandboxes are upgraded as the major release upgrade completes. Between the completion of a major release upgrade and the start of the next release upgrade, we attempt to create preview sandboxes by default when you create or refresh a sandbox. Now, you can choose to create a non-preview sandbox during this window of time. Previously, you could create a non-preview sandbox during this time window only by contacting Salesforce Customer Support. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Developer Pro, Partial Copy, and Full sandboxes. **When:** The ability to opt into a non-preview sandbox is available after the rollout of the Summer ’26 major release is complete. **Why:** With a non-preview sandbox, you can continue testing changes in an environment that’s identical to your production org without potential issues from the next release upgrade. **How:** Contact Salesforce Customer Support to enable this feature. After this feature is enabled, select **Request Non-Preview** to create or refresh a sandbox during a release transition. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: What are Preview and Non-Preview Sandboxes?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.data_sandbox_preview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Salesforce Sandbox Preview Instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000391927&type=1&language=en_US) # Validate Visits on Save and Return Warnings from Custom Scripts Give your field teams earlier feedback by extending custom validation scripts to run when users save a visit, not just when they submit or sign. Scripts can now return warnings that let users acknowledge an issue and choose to continue, in addition to errors that block the action. For example, use a custom script to warn users in one market when they approach a visit threshold while preventing users in another market from saving or submitting. **Where:** This change is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This change is available starting the week of June 22, 2026. **How:** To take advantage of these enhancements, update your Visit Action Validation custom scripts. - To validate on save, add `Save` to the list of actions your script checks in the `actionName` environment option. Your script can respond differently to each specific action that triggers validation—`Save`, `Submit`, or `Sign`. - To warn users without blocking them, return `status: "warning"` in your script results. Users see a confirmation dialog and can choose to continue or cancel. - If your existing scripts call `runCustomScriptValidations`, you can now remove it. Scripts that include the method continue to work. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Visit Action Validation Scripts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_custom_scripts_example_visit_action_validation_script.htm&language=en_US) # Validate Visual Remote Assistant (VRA) Permissions and User Access Easily from the Configuration Panel Check that permission sets and users have the required VRA access permissions from the new Access Validation tab. Easily identify missing permissions and resolve installation, setup, or upgrade issues quickly and efficiently. Previously, you couldn’t verify whether a permission set or user had VRA access permissions, often leading to manual checks, setup errors, and a longer troubleshooting cycle. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package and Visual Remote Assistant installed. **How:** Go to the App Launcher and search for Visual Remote Assistant Configuration. On the Access Validation tab select a permission set or user and click **Validate**. The results show only missing permissions, making it easier to pinpoint and fix access issues. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_intro_visual_assistance.htm&language=en_US) # Validate Your Segment Logic with Filter Population Breakdown See how each filter shapes your audience before you activate it. From segment builder, generate a filter population breakdown to compare the individual and cumulative impact of every Include and Exclude filter, side by side. Each filter shows how many people it matches on its own and the running audience count as filters apply from top to bottom. You can pinpoint which filters are most restrictive, which are redundant, and how exclusions reduce the audience. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in October 2026. **How:** In segment builder, click **Generate Population Breakdown**. To open the latest report, click **View Population Breakdown**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate a Filter Population Breakdown for Your Segment](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_generate_filter_population_breakdown.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: View Filter Population Breakdown](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_filter_population_breakdown_report.htm&language=en_US) # Verification Method Order Is Changed Salesforce now uses this order of precedence for identity verification methods: built-in authenticators, security keys, Salesforce Authenticator, and third-party authenticator apps. Previously, this was the order of precedence: the Salesforce Authenticator mobile app, built-in authenticators, security keys, and third-party authenticator apps. This change affects verification method registration, multi-factor authentication (MFA), and device activation. As part of this change, we changed the "Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with Salesforce Authenticator" setting to "Show all verification method registration options instead of starting with built-in authenticators." The updated label is currently English-only. Translations are scheduled to be available in April 2026, but this is subject to change. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Identity Verification Methods for Multi-Factor Authentication (Salesforce Orgs)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mfa_manage_verifiers.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Methods for Verifying Your Identity](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.activating_computer.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Register an Identity Verification Method for Salesforce Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.basics_identity_register_verifiers.htm&language=en_US) # Verify Approval Decisions with Field History and Attachments Review and record the complete audit trail of your approval records by tracking your feed and the field history. Additionally, reviewers and submitters can attach relevant files to the approval records to minimize interruptions in the approval process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or Revenue Cloud Advanced license where Advanced Approvals is enabled. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Related Lists for Approval Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.approvals_related_lists.htm&language=en_US) # Verify Data Interpreter Results and Inspect Original File Layouts (Beta) Inspect and validate Excel data cleanup by using the new Review Results (Beta) option. After running Data Interpreter, open the results menu to see detailed descriptions of detected formatting adjustments alongside a preview of your original file. Reviewing these explanations makes sure that your data ranges appear correct without needing to re-open the source file. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Review Data Interpreter Results is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Upload an .xlsx file and run Data Interpreter. After processing finishes, click **Review Results (Beta)** on the cleaned sheet to view the detected formatting issues. To view a snapshot of your source file, click **View Original**. ![Selecting a source table for the data interpreter.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_data_excel_interpreter_results_beta.png) # Verify Email-Sending Domains to Create New Templates and Trialforce Source Orgs Due to a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email, you must verify the email-sending domains associated with your Trialforce branded email sets. Starting in Winter ’27, you must verify the email-sending domains in your Trialforce management org (TMO) to create a new associated Trialforce source org (TSO) for a branded email set. This requirement also applies to new templates generated from TSOs associated with your TMO in previous releases. If you’ve already set up a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain, the associated email sets are automatically verified and you don’t need to take further action. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note If you need help identifying your TMO, contact Salesforce Customer Support. **Where:** This change applies to Trialforce branded email sets in Salesforce Classic. Trialforce branded email sets are available in Developer Edition. **When:** Starting July 18, 2026, you must have a verified email-sending domain in order to publish a new Trialforce branded email set. Starting in Winter ’27, you must verify the email-sending domains in your TMO to create a new associated TSO for a branded email set and to create new templates from TSOs associated with your TMO in previous releases. For existing templates, you must verify your email-sending domains before November 10, 2026 to continue using your custom branded email addresses instead of a substitute address, similar to orgId@sf-customer-mail.com. **How:** From Setup in your TMO, use the Quick Find box to find and select **Branding**. Then, click **Email Sets**. In the list of published email sets, review the Verified Email Domain column. For any email sets that don’t have the Verified Email Domain column checked, verify the associated email-sending domain. You can verify the domain by either creating a DKIM key or setting up an authorized email domain. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine How to Verify Your Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&language=en_US) - [_ISVforce Guide_: Create Branded Emails](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.packagingGuide.meta/packagingGuide/trialforce_creating_branded_emails.htm) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Spring ’26 Email-Sending Domain Verification Requirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316090&type=1&language=en_US) # Verify Extracted Document Data in a Single Flow Give your reviewers a way to verify and correct extracted document data without orchestrating multiple flows. The flow pauses at the Extract Data from Document action and resumes automatically after a reviewer submits corrections. Send every extraction for review, or only the low-confidence extractions based on the confidence thresholds in your document processing configuration. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional (with API access add-on), Performance, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. Edit or delete document processing configurations in the Automation app. This feature is available with the MuleSoft for Flow: IDP add-on license. **How:** Add an **Extract Data from Document** action to your flow and configure the **Human Review Settings** section. Select when to require review: **Never**, **Only when needed** (based on confidence score), or **Always**. Optionally assign reviews to specific users. Reviewers access pending reviews in the **Human Reviews** tab of the Automation app, where they validate extracted data against the original document and submit corrections. Each extracted value shows a confidence score, so reviewers can prioritize the fields most likely to need correction, and they can use **Save Changes** to save their work in progress and finish the review later. If a reviewer marks the review as incorrect and records why, the flow follows its fault path. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Extract Data from Digital and Scanned Documents](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_concepts_document_processing.htm&language=en_US) # Verify Nonprofit Tax Status with a Modernized API Integration The Grants Management tax status search glossary now protects the stability of your due diligence tools by using the latest direct-to-provider API model. This new system provides a more efficient way to get essential compliance data. Your users retain the same familiar experience while benefiting from a more secure and sustainable technical architecture. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Grants Management is enabled. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Remote, and select **Remote Site Settings**. Add a remote site for the Candid Premier API URL (https://api.candid.org/premier/v4/). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tax Status Search Glossary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.gm_tax_status_search_2.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help Knowledge Article_: Grants Management Tax Status Verification Upgrade (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005313655&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Configure Tax Status Search (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sfdo.gm_configuretaxstatussearch.htm&language=en_US) # Verify Product Eligibility on Behalf of Customers and Employees Empower service reps and internal request fulfillers to check whether customers and employees are eligible for a product. Add the Check Product Eligibility Agentforce action to assisted service processes to accelerate fulfillment by offloading entitlement validations to AI agents. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions with Unified Catalog and applicable Agentforce add-on licenses. **Why:** The Agentforce action now includes an input to specify the account, contact, or user for product eligibility verification. The enhanced flow that runs the action validates that the service process and the requestor are eligible for the product. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Check Product Eligibility with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.uc_check_product_eligibility_with_agentforce.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Unified Catalog | Check Product Eligibility](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_check_product_eligibility.htm&language=en_US) # Verify Your Email Domain Ownership To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email addresses are verified. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. This change has no impact on trial orgs. This change doesn't affect emails sent through Gmail™ and Office 365® (Outlook) integrations or via Einstein Activity Capture tool (“Inbox”). Emails that end in @gmail.com, @hotmail.com, or @outlook.com are also exempt from the domain-level verification requirement. And domain verification isn’t required for Marketing Cloud or Marketing Cloud Advanced emails. **When:** In existing orgs, Salesforce generated a temporary allowlist of email-sending domains used over several weeks in January and February 2026 For more information, see [Determine Your Temporarily Allowlisted Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316952&type=1&language=en_US). These changes take effect shortly after your org gets Spring '26, patch 11. - Verification is required for all email-sending domains added after February 25, 2026, regardless of whether you add the domain to a new or existing org. - Verification is required for existing email-sending domains that aren’t allowlisted. - In sandboxes, verification of the allowlisted domains is required starting April 14, 2026. - In all other orgs, including production, verification of the allowlisted domains is required starting May 4, 2026. For more information, see these knowledge articles: [Mandatory Sending-Email Domain Verification Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316660&type=1&language=en_US) and [Spring ’26 Email-Sending Domain Verification Requirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316090&type=1&language=en_US). **Why:** This change affects emails sent from Salesforce and related automations with an email-sending domain that Salesforce doesn't own, including system-generated emails. For example, if your users' email addresses are in the format `name@example.com`, verify that you own `example.com`. Similarly, Salesforce can't send system-generated emails from an organization-wide address with an unverified domain, even if the individual email address is verified. **How:** Verify each of your email-sending domains. Each domain and subdomain requires separate verification via an active DKIM key. If you can’t use a DKIM key, configure a verified entry in the Authorized Email Domains list in Setup. To minimize disruption, enable a substitute email address for unverified domains. From Setup, in the Quick Find Box, enter Deliverability, and then select **Deliverability**. Select **Use a substitute email address for unverified domains**, and save your changes. Salesforce plans to make that option available in late April 2026. #### See Also - [Send Email for Users with an Unverified Email Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=260&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can't verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user's display name and reply-to address remain unchanged, but the From address uses email@UniqueId.sfcustomeremail.com, where UniqueId is your org ID or Experience Cloud site ID. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") - [Check Your Domain’s Verification Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_check_domain_verification_status.htm&release=260&type=5 "To avoid email delivery failures for emails sent from Salesforce, check your domain’s verification status. Salesforce now sends emails only from verified domains.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Requirements to Send Email from Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_verification_requirements.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Verify a Sending Email Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Set Up Secure DKIM Keys](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.emailadmin_setup_dkim_key.htm&language=en_US) # Verify Your Email Domain Ownership To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Salesforce Free Suite and Database.com. This change has no impact on trial orgs. This change doesn't affect emails sent through Gmail™ and Office 365® (Outlook) integrations or via Einstein Activity Capture tool (“Inbox”). Emails that end in @gmail.com, @hotmail.com, or @outlook.com are also exempt from the domain-level verification requirement. And domain verification isn’t required for Marketing Cloud or Marketing Cloud Advanced emails. **When:** In existing orgs, Salesforce generated a temporary allowlist of email-sending domains used over several weeks in January and February 2026. For more information, see [Determine Your Temporarily Allowlisted Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316952&type=1&language=en_US). Salesforce is rolling out this change gradually. The rollout began in March 2026. See [Mandatory Sending-Email Domain Verification Timeline](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316660&type=1&language=en_US). **Why:** This change affects emails sent from Salesforce and related automations with an email-sending domain that Salesforce doesn’t own, including system-generated emails. For example, if your users’ email addresses are in the format `name@example.com`, verify that you own `example.com`. Similarly, Salesforce can’t send system-generated emails from an organization-wide address with an unverified domain, even if the individual email address is verified. For more information, see [Spring ’26 Email-Sending Domain Verification Requirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316090&type=1&language=en_US). **How:** Verify each of your email-sending domains. Each domain and subdomain requires separate verification via an active DKIM key. If you can’t use a DKIM key, configure a verified entry in the Authorized Email Domains list in Setup. To minimize disruption, enable a substitute email address for unverified domains. On the Deliverability page in Setup, select **Use a substitute email address for unverified domains**, and then save your changes. To help prevent disruption due to undelivered email, Salesforce enables that setting in all orgs June 23–July 3, 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Determine How to Verify Your Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create a DKIM Key](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.emailadmin_create_secure_dkim.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Keep Email Flowing for Users with Unverified Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_substitute_unverified.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Enable users whose email domains you can’t verify—such as users with public email addresses, consultants, and site users—to send email from Salesforce. With your substitute email address, the user’s display name remains unchanged, but the From address uses an organization-wide email address or an email address that ends with .sfcustomeremail.com. This option also applies to system-generated emails and emails sent via shared email accounts with an unverified domain.") - [Check Your Domain’s Verification Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_check_status.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid email delivery failures for emails sent from Salesforce, check your domain’s verification status. Salesforce now sends emails only from verified domains.") - [_Salesforce Help:_ Requirements to Send Email from Salesforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_email_verification_requirements.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Verify Your Email-Sending Domain for Trialforce Branded Email Sets Starting July 18, 2026, you must have a verified email-sending domain in order to publish a new Trialforce branded email set. If you have existing branded email sets, verify your email-sending domains before November 10, 2026 to continue sending system welcome emails from your custom branded email addresses. This requirement ensures compliance with a Salesforce security enhancement for outbound email. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note If you’ve previously set up a DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) key or an authorized email domain for your email-sending domain, the associated branded email sets are automatically verified. You don’t need to take further action. **Where:** This change applies to Trialforce branded email sets in your Trialforce management org (TMO). Trialforce branded email sets are available in Salesforce Classic in the Developer edition. **When:** Starting July 18, 2026, you must use a verified email-sending domain to publish a new branded email set. Before November 10, 2026, you must verify the email-sending domains for your existing branded email sets. **Why:** If you don’t verify email-sending domains by November 10, 2026, your existing branded email sets will send email from a substitute email address, similar to orgId@sf-customer-mail.com. Your email sets will use the substitute email address until the email-sending domain is verified. **How:** In your TMO, verify each email-sending domain of your branded email sets. To verify an email-sending domain, you can either create a DKIM key or set up an authorized email domain. #### See Also - [Verify Your Email Domain Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_sales_productivity_email_domain_verify.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "To avoid disruption in email sent from Salesforce, verify the domains that you own with a DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) key or an authorized email domain. As part of our ongoing efforts to strengthen the security of our email services, email domain verification is now mandatory. Salesforce no longer delivers emails from unverified domains, even if the email address is verified.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine How to Verify Your Email-Sending Domains](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.security_user_email_verification_domain_auth.htm&language=en_US) - [_ISVforce Guide_: Create Branded Emails](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.packagingGuide.meta/packagingGuide/trialforce_creating_branded_emails.htm) - [_Knowledge Article:_ Spring ’26 Email-Sending Domain Verification Requirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005316090&type=1&language=en_US) # Vibe Coding Use natural language prompts to build React apps, Lightning apps, and agents with Agentforce Vibes. - **[Develop Apps Directly from the Agentforce Vibes Welcome Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_welcome.htm&release=260&type=5)** With the new welcome page for Agentforce Vibes, it’s now easier to start building apps and agents using natural language inside a secure, context-aware IDE. Available as part of the Agentforce Vibes IDE and Agentforce Vibes extension, the welcome page helps you start building agents, Lightning Experience apps, and React apps on the Agentforce 360 Platform. Select your starting point, choose from several templates and sample apps, and ease into vibe coding. - **[Develop React Apps with Agentforce Vibes and Salesforce Multi-Framework (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_react.htm&release=260&type=5)** Build, load, and deploy React apps on the Agentforce 360 Platform using Salesforce Multi-Framework. Vibe code enterprise-grade apps using natural language prompts while Agentforce Vibes handles scaffolding, metadata, and more in real time. - **[Brand and Add Images to Your React App with the Content Read-Only MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_react_brand_images_with_mcp.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use natural language prompts to apply a saved brand to your entire React app or to find and add images to individual app pages or sections. When you enable the Content Read-Only Model Context Protocol (MCP) server in your org and configure it in Agentforce Vibes Extension, Agentforce Vibes can use server tools to access published brands and images from Salesforce CMS. - **[Develop Lightning Apps by Using Agentforce Vibes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_lightning_app.htm&release=260&type=5)** Transform your ideas into custom Lightning apps that extend CRM workflows directly in Lightning Experience. Through conversations with Agentforce Vibes, build full Lightning apps complete with custom objects and fields, complex business logic, and dynamic UI components. Agentforce Vibes IDE and the Agentforce Vibes extension in VS Code are preloaded with Salesforce hosted MCP server connections and Salesforce skills that support all stages of Lightning app development. - **[Build Agents Faster Using Agentforce Vibes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_agents.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Agentforce Vibes welcome page to jump-start your agent development. Explore a sample agent project or use natural language prompts to build your agent with Agentforce DX and Agent Script. - **[Get High-Quality Metadata Using the Experts MCP Server (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_md_experts_mcp.htm&release=260&type=5)** The Metadata Experts MCP Server is a Salesforce Platform-hosted solution that provides high-quality metadata. It enables governed, self-service access to expert intelligence for Agentforce Vibes, allowing LLM agents to safely execute metadata actions. - **[Generate High-Quality Metadata Using Salesforce Skills in Agentforce Vibes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_md_experts_skills.htm&release=260&type=5)** Salesforce Skills in Agentforce Vibes use Salesforce best practices and architectural guardrails to help you generate high-quality Salesforce metadata. - **[Validate and Optimize Your React Apps for Production (Developer Preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_validate_and_score.htm&release=260&type=5)** Check that your React apps meet quality standards with the validation framework in Agentforce Vibes. The validation framework runs a workflow against a set of validators for code quality, security, and accessibility. It returns a readiness score and quality grade to help you get your apps ready for production. - **[Integrate the Agentforce Conversation Client in React Applications](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_acc.htm&release=260&type=5)** Integrate the Agentforce Conversation Client (ACC) directly into your React web applications using Agentforce Vibes to provide seamless conversational AI for employee use cases. This integration leverages the Lightning Out platform as a Lightning Web Component Interface (LWCI), allowing you to embed a branded conversational UI into non-LWC tech stacks without managing complex connectivity. # View a New Metadata Sync Status for Schema Version Mismatches When your Data 360 home org and companion org have mismatched schema versions, Data Cloud One now shows a new Schema Version Error status so that you can quickly identify why metadata syncing paused. Already synced metadata remains fully usable while the mismatch is unresolved, and syncing resumes when the schema versions match again. Previously, you couldn't distinguish a schema version mismatch from other sync failures. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available in June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Cloud One Companion Connection Statuses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_companion_connection_statuses.htm&language=en_US) # View Accurate Line Item Revenue for Order and Shipping Discounts in Reports & Dashboards Previously, reports & Dashboards showed negative revenue on line items that cost less than an equal share of an order or shipping discount. Every line item received the same share of that discount. Now, each line item receives a share that matches its value. The shares still add up to the full discount. **Where:** This change applies to Reports & Dashboards and to analytics data available through the B2C Commerce Intelligence Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) driver. **When:** This change is available in the 26.10 release. **How:** You don't configure this allocation. Line-item GMV and the allocated order and shipping discount columns reflect each line's share of the discount. These amounts stay the same: - Order and shipping discount totals - Product discounts - Order-level tax allocation - Shipping-cost allocation #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Reports & Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_reports_and_dashboards.htm&language=en_US) - [_B2C Commerce Developer Guide_: Revenue Field Guide and Calculation Logic for the B2C Commerce Intelligence JDBC Driver](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/b2c-commerce/guide/jdbc_field_guide_and_calculation_logic.html) # View Action Input Descriptions More Easily Save time configuring flow actions. You can now hover over the infobubble next to an action input variable to view its description without including it. Upfront informational text helps you quickly understand why to use an input before deciding to assign it a value. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Flow Builder, add an action element. Locate an input parameter and hover over or click the infobubble next to it to view the description. ![Set Input Values configuration of an action with infobubble of Final Actions highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_action_input_field_infobubble.png) # View Agents That Use an External MCP Server Before you change or delete an external MCP server, check which Agentforce agents use its tools. If agents use the server, you can't delete it until you remove the server from those agents. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Agent usage details for external MCP servers are generally available in August 2026. **How:** In Setup, go to API Catalog MCP Servers and select **External Servers**. Select an external MCP server, and then select the **Usage** tab. The **Agents** table lists every agent that uses at least one tool from that server. To delete a server that's in use, remove it from each listed agent first, and then retry the deletion. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Register External MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_manage_manual_external_mcp_servers.htm&language=en_US) # View All Billing Arrangement Relationships from Account and Invoice Records View owned and billed billing arrangement relationships directly from the Invoice and Account records. On Account records, the Billing Schedule Groups Owned related list shows groups that an account owns, and the Billing Schedule Groups with Billing Arrangement related list shows groups where the account is the billing account in active billing arrangements. On Invoice records, the Related Invoices with Same Billing Arrangement related list shows that all invoices billed based on the same billing arrangement, making it easy to identify and go to related split invoices. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To view owned and billed billing schedule groups for an account, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Billing Arrangements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_billing_arrangements.htm&language=en_US) # View All Companion Connection Eligibility Errors at Once When a companion org connection fails eligibility checks, all unmet conditions are now displayed together in one place, instead of one at a time. This lets you fix all issues before retrying. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **Why:** Previously, eligibility conditions were validated one at a time. You'd fix an issue, retry, and only then discover the next blocking condition. This often required several retry cycles before a connection succeeded. Now, all unmet conditions are checked together and shown together in the same view, so you can address everything up front. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Convert a Data Cloud Home Org to a Data Cloud One Companion Org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_prepare_home_org_for_dcone.htm&language=en_US) # View an Email as a Web Page Give recipients a better viewing experience by adding a link to a secure, web-based version of your email. This personalized link resolves at send time to your branded domain, making sure that recipients see your content exactly as intended, right in their browser. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** The View as Web Page feature is available starting in November 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create an Email in Code View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_content_email_html_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View and Align Out-of-Territory Accounts on the Desktop Site Now view and align accounts outside your current territory directly from affiliation lists on the desktop site. Manage your activities more efficiently with immediate access to summaries of affiliated accounts. Previously, this feature was available only on the Life Sciences Cloud mobile app. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). # View and Export Sensitive Data Excerpts in Data Detect Scan Results Quickly identify the types of sensitive data within your records by viewing an ‘excerpt’ of ‘found value’ snippets right in your scan results. Enjoy easier data review with important security controls. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses.
**Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Salesforce Shield or Data Detect Licenses. **Who:** To view or export sensitive data excerpts, assign the 'Manage user access to view detected sensitive data in the results of the Data Detect scan' permission only to specific users. These users can be Data Security Administrators or Internal Auditors, all who require it for a defined task. This permission is disabled by default. **How:**Follow security best practices when using this feature: - Grant the required permission only to specific users, such as Data Security Administrators or Internal Auditors, who require it for a defined task. - Only enable the user permission for the duration of the specific audit or verification task, and immediately revoke it afterward to minimize the window of data exposure. # View and Link to Related Records from Screen Flow Data Tables Show record names instead of Salesforce IDs in Data Table lookup columns in screen flows that you add to Aura and LWR sites. For easier navigation, turn the record name into a link that opens the related record in a new browser tab. **Where:** This change applies to [Aura and LWR sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. #### See Also - [View Related Record Names and Open the Related Record from Data Table Lookup Columns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_automate_flow_screens_view_related_record_names_and_hyperlink_data_table.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Display a human-readable record name instead of a Salesforce ID at run time when your Data Table column is a lookup field. Additionally, choose to make the related record name a hyperlink that opens the related record in a new browser tab at run time. You can view and navigate to the related record's page without complex workarounds.") # View and Reorganise Your Role Hierarchy with Setup with Agentforce Create a user role or update an existing one with Agentforce for Setup. Describe the role you need or the change you want, then review the recommendation and confirm it before you save it to your org. Previously, you created and edited roles only from the Roles page in Setup. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** When: This feature is available starting in September 2026. **How:** From Setup with agentorce, ask the agent to create a new user role or update existing user roles. To reorganise an existing hierarchy, create and edit roles. Validation runs as you make changes. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Access Managemement in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_user_access.htm&language=en_US) # View and Restore Flow Version Edit History View a history of saved changes to a flow version and restore earlier saves. Each time you save a flow version, the system adds a new save instance to your history. See past saves with the date, user, and a summary of elements added, edited, or deleted. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience for Starter Suite, and Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions. **Why:** Edit history is a record of saves where you can roll back to a previous save without starting a new flow version. Having this history supports auditing, compliance, and safer iteration. **How:** Save your flow version to add a save instance to the edit history. If a flow has unsaved changes, save before opening history. Open the **Flow Edit History** panel to view the list of saves. Select a save to preview it. To restore a save, select it and click **Restore**. # View and Track Your Schedule with the Schedule Tab Monitor assigned shifts, shift segments, and absences across desktop and mobile. Review upcoming work, stay informed about schedule changes, and request time off from a unified scheduling experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Users with the Shift Scheduling Agent or Workforce Engagement Agent permission set can view shift assignments and schedules. **How:** On desktop, from the App Launcher, find and select **Worker Calendar** to view schedules in **Month**, **Week**, or **Day** view and review shift segments. On mobile, access **Shift Hub** to view upcoming shifts or **Shift Schedule** to review weekly schedules and shift details. Submit absence requests directly from desktop or mobile. # View Apex REST APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available) With the Apex REST integration with API Catalog, which is now generally available, you can bring Apex APIs into your API catalog. In your Apex code or by using API Catalog, you can activate and make invocable and agent actions available to use. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **How:** Deploy an Apex REST class for an API that's activated for use in Agentforce. The deployment automatically adds the OpenAPI document and associated metadata to your API catalog. If your code includes tags to activate API actions, the deployment activates the actions. You can also activate and deactivate actions by using API Catalog. View the Apex APIs in the Apex list view in the catalog. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bring Apex APIs into API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_bring_apex_apis_into.htm&language=en_US) # View athenahealth API Consumption in Digital Wallet Monitor your entitlement usage and credit consumption in real time by using Digital Wallet and leverage these data-driven insights to plan and scale your healthcare operations. Digital Wallet for Agentforce Health provides pricing transparency for athenahealth API operations and helps you avoid unexpected overages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and Data Cloud add-on licenses. This change applies to customers who have the athenahealth integration enabled. **How:** Define entitlements and usage types to track activity, and then create and activate a rate card in Digital Wallet. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ athenahealth Integration](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.hc_admin_appointment_management_athenahealth_integration.htm&language=en_US) # View AuraEnabled APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available) With Apex AuraEnabled support in API Catalog, which is now generally available, you can bring your Apex AuraEnabled APIs into your API catalog. Activate actions to make the Apex AuraEnabled controller methods available as actions to use in Agentforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **How:** Make sure that Agentforce for Developers is installed from the Salesforce Extension Pack. Deploy a class with AuraEnabled methods. The deployment automatically adds the OpenAPI document and its metadata to your API catalog and generates agent actions. You can also activate and deactivate actions by using API Catalog. View the AuraEnabled APIs in the AuraEnabled list view in the catalog. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bring Apex APIs into API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_bring_apex_apis_into.htm&language=en_US) # View Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) Values in the Login History and Login Events You can now use the login history and login events to see Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) values sent by your single sign-on (SSO) identity provider. Use this information to determine whether your identity provider uses a strong or weak authentication method. SSO logins with strong ACR values can skip device activation. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **How:** Go to the Login History in Setup. Create a view that includes the new Authentication Context Class Reference column (1). ![Login History with the new Authentication Context Class Reference column highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/security_acr_login_history.png) For OpenID Connect SSO, this column contains the value of the `acr` claim in the ID token. In this example, the value is `urn:okta:loa:1fa:any` (2). ``` { "sub": "XYZ...", "name": "Admin User", "email": "companyemail@example.com", "ver": 1, "iss": "https://MyIdentityProvider.com", "aud": "XYZ...", "iat": 1775666586, "exp": 1775670186, "acr": "urn:okta:loa:1fa:any", "..."//additional claims omitted } ``` For SAML SSO, this column shows you the value of the `AuthnContextClassRef` element in the SAML response. In this example SAML response excerpt, the value is `urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport` (3). ``` urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport ``` You can also use Event Monitoring to view ACR values in the LoginEvent and LoginEventStream objects. #### See Also - [New and Changed Objects](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_api_objects.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Device Activation for Salesforce Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.device_activation_orgs.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Single Sign-On](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.sso_about.htm&language=en_US) # View Bill of Materials Impact on P&Ls by Aggregating Component Values Configure the KPI definition to aggregate BOM component values, such as volume or spend, directly on standard products within a customer business plan. Provide valuable insights into aggregation at the customer plan level to users who manage high volumes of BOM displays. Get accurate P&L tracking, even when specific promotions exclude standard products. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1, and Agentforce 1 editions with Consumer Goods Cloud Trade Promotion Management. #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Read BOM Component Writeback Data into Customer Business Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.tpm_concept_bom_compt_aggr_cbp.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Clear Information on Loading Stages During App Startup Keep mobile workers informed with real-time progress updates on the app's loading status, eliminating guesswork about background processes. Previously, the home screen displayed a static Field Service logo with no visibility into the loading progress. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app in Android and iOS. ![Mobile loading screen](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/field_service/mobile_loading.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Using the Field Service Mobile App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_use_app.htm&language=en_US) # View Connect REST APIs in API Catalog A growing set of Connect REST APIs automatically appear in your API catalog. Automate your tasks and processes by discovering and using actions that are based on Connect REST API operations. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** This feature is generally available in June 2026. **How:** View the list of Connect REST APIs in the **Connect** list view in your catalog. View API details to see the available actions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bring APIs into API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_bring_apis_into.htm&language=en_US) # View Engagement Activity on Opportunity Records Quickly access engagement data associated with a deal. Add a Unified Engagement History dashboard to the Opportunity record to visualize how contacts are interacting with your emails, forms, and page views. **Where:** This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, and Premium editions that have access to Marketing Cloud Next. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Account Engagement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mcae_mc_campaigns.htm&language=en_US) # View External Services in API Catalog REST API specifications added in the External Services page automatically appear in your API catalog's External Services list view. View details and activate actions by using API Catalog, but head back to External Services to edit API details. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View APIs in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_view_apis.htm&language=en_US) # View Flow Approval Process Automation Usage in the Approvals Lightning App Quickly identify dependencies for your flow approval processes with the new Usage subtab. Select the Manage All Flow Approval Processes tile to open the All Flow Approval Processes list view. Select a flow approval process or version, then click Usage. The subtab shows automations that the selected item uses or automations that use the selected item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To view the flows that a flow approval process version uses or the flow versions that use a flow approval process, you must have the Manage Flow user permission. **How:** On the Usage subtab for a selected flow approval process, view the flows versions that use the flow approval process and how they reference it. On the Usage subtab for a selected flow approval process version, view the flows that the version uses and how it references them. ![A screenshot that shows an example the flow that a flow approval process version uses](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_automated_approvals_flow_approval_process_flow_usage.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine Flow Usage in a Flow Approval Process Version](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_manage_flow_approval_process_flow_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine Flow Approval Process Usage in Flow Versions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_manage_flow_approval_process_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Automation Usage Component to View Flow Approval Process Dependencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_automated_approvals_manage_add_usage_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Flow Usage in the Automation Lightning App Understand flow dependencies with the new Usage subtab in the Automation Lightning app. The subtab shows bidirectional relationships, including which automations a flow version uses and which automation versions depend on that flow. This visibility helps you assess the impact of changes before modifying or deactivating flows. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To view the automations that a flow version uses or the automation versions that use a flow, you must have the Manage Flow user permission. **Why:** We delivered this feature due to your idea on IdeaExchange. **How:** In the Automation Lightning app, select the **Flows** tab. On the Usage subtab for a selected flow, view the automation versions that use the flow and how they reference it. On the Usage subtab for a selected flow version, view the automations that the version uses and how it references them. ![A screenshot that shows an example the flow that a flow version uses as a screen action](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_usage.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View Flow Dependencies in the Automation Lightning App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_monitor_view_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine Automation Usage in a Flow Version](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_monitor_view_flow_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine Flow Usage in Automation Versions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_monitor_view_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Automation Usage Component to View Flow Dependencies](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_monitor_manage_add_usage_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Historical Evaluation Scores to Track Employee Development See how coachees progress over time with side-by-side historical comparisons. When starting a coaching session, coaches and coachees can view scores from the most recent completed evaluation by using the same assessment template. Previous scores appear alongside current evaluations, making it easy to identify improvement areas and track progress. **Where:** This feature is available with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **How:** When coaches create a coaching session for an employee by using a template they’ve used before, the previous scores are automatically populated. Previous scores appear in the Evaluation tab alongside current responses. Switch the Show Previous Evaluation Score toggle on or off to focus on current performance or view historical comparisons. # View Invoices in a Centralized List on Order Records View all the invoices related to an order directly on the Order record page. The new All Invoices related list acts as a single source of truth, showing invoices generated by using invoice batch runs, Invoice Ingestion API, Invoice Creation API, and the Generate Invoice button. The list also includes invoices for the subsequent Amend, Renewal, or Cancellation orders. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To view the All Invoices related list on Order records, you need the Billing Admin, the Billing Operations User, or the Billing Customer Service User permission set. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Generate Invoices for Accounts or Orders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_invoice_generation_for_accounts_orders.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Create Standalone Invoices or Import External Invoices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.billing_invoice_creation.htm&language=en_US) # View Item Details in an Expanded Agentforce Side Panel View full record details without leaving your current Setup page. Instead of opening a new Setup tab, expand the Setup with Agentforce side panel to review details in context. If you need more space to view details, you can open the conversation in a new Setup page. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is effective July 2026. **How:** In Setup, open Agentforce and ask a question that returns results that can be expanded, such as the details of a record or a list of permission sets or new users. In the Agentforce panel, click **View Details** or ![Agentforce panel card expansion icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/setup_agentforce_expand_card_icon.png) to expand it and see more information, while remaining on the Setup page you were viewing. You can also click an item in a list view to expand the panel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_overview.htm&language=en_US) # View Manually Registered External MCP Servers in API Catalog (Beta) View external Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers in API Catalog that you manually register in Agentforce Registry or install from AgentExchange packages. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **When:** This feature is generally available in May 2026. **How:** After you register external servers in Agentforce Registry or install them from AgentExchange, the MCP servers automatically appear in API Catalog. In Setup, in API Catalog MCP Servers, select **External Servers**. Select a manual type server and view its details, including tools. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View Manual External MCP Servers in API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_view_manual_external_mcp_servers.htm&language=en_US) # View Marketing Engagement on Opportunity Records Monitor how contacts who are related to an opportunity have interacted with your marketing campaign assets—directly from the opportunity record. Sales reps can use this Unified Engagement History dashboard to visualize data related to emails, forms, and page views. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in: - Marketing Cloud Next Growth and Advanced editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, or Premium editions with the Salesforce Foundations add-on - Any Marketing Cloud Engagement+ edition with the Salesforce Foundations add-on **When:** This feature becomes available later in Summer ’26. SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Set Up Marketing Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_marketing_performance.htm&type=5&language=en_US) SEE ALSO | _Salesforce Help_: [Turn on Unified Engagement History Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mktg_admin_unified_dashboards_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Multiple Record Rollup Results in One Place Save time and effort by configuring multiple record rollup definitions in the new LWC component. Business executives can give more personalized advice to clients by viewing multiple rollup results, such as the assets, financial accounts, and policies associated with a household on the household record page. If on-demand record rollup is enabled for a record rollup definition, your business executives can instantly update the rollup results, enabling them to make informed decisions based on the up-to-date rollup results. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience of multiple Industries clouds. **How:** On the Lightning Record page of a rollup target object, drag the Show Multiple Record Rollup Results component from the Components panel to the Lightning page canvas. Select the rollup definitions that you want to show the results for and save the changes. # View Named Query APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Beta) With Named Query API support in API Catalog, which remains in beta, you can bring your Named Query APIs into API Catalog. Activate actions to make the Named Query APIs available as actions to use in Agentforce. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **How:** When you save a Named Query API in Setup or deploy Named Query API metadata to Salesforce, the Named Query API appears in API Catalog. You can then activate and deactivate actions by using API Catalog. View the Named Query API list in the Named Query API list view in your API catalog. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bring Named Query APIs into API Catalog (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_bring_named_query_apis_into.htm&language=en_US) # View Named Query APIs in API Catalog and Activate Actions (Generally Available) The capability of bringing your Named Query APIs into API Catalog and activating their actions to use in Agentforce is now generally available. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. **How:** When you save a Named Query API in Setup or deploy Named Query API metadata to Salesforce, the Named Query API appears in API Catalog. You can then activate and deactivate actions by using API Catalog. View the Named Query API list in the Named Query API list view in your API catalog. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Bring Named Query APIs into API Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.api_catalog_bring_named_query_apis_into.htm&language=en_US) # View Object Field API Names Directly in Masking Policies When you view or edit a masking policy, Data Mask & Seed displays each object field's unique API name instead of its label. An associated tooltip shows both the field's API name and label for easy reference. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Starter Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Data Mask & Seed is available for customer production use, including Government Cloud, in all Salesforce regions. Salesforce automatically redirects users to their closest Salesforce region. **When:** This Data Mask & Seed feature is generally available during October 2026. **Who:** To access and work with Data Mask & Seed, assign users the following Permission Set License and Permission Set. Make sure to assign the Permission Set License before assigning the Permission Set: - **Data Mask And Seed User** Permission Set License - **Data Mask and Seed User** Permission Set **How:** Data Mask & Seed is a native Salesforce app that requires no installation. In the App Launcher, search for and select **Data Mask & Seed**. Data Mask & Seed improved the user experience when creating and editing masking policies by incorporating the following UI update: - **Display object field's API name.** Data Mask & Seed displays each object field's unique API name instead of displaying its label, which is not necessarily a unique value. An associated tooltip shows both the field's API name and label. # View Orchestration Automation Usage in the Automation Lightning App Quickly identify dependencies for your orchestrations with the new Usage subtab. On the Orchestrations tab in the Automation Lightning app, select an orchestration or version, then click Usage. The subtab shows automations that the selected item uses or automations that use the selected item. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Who:** To view the flows that an orchestration version uses, you must have the Manage Flow user permission. **How:** On the Usage subtab for a selected orchestration version, view the flows that the version uses and how it references them. ![A screenshot that shows an example of flows that an orchestration version uses as orchestration step actions](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_orchestrator_orchestration_flow_usage.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Determine Flow Usage in an Orchestration Version](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.orchestrator_manage_orchestration_flow_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Add the Automation Usage Component to the Orchestration Record Version Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.orchestrator_manage_add_usage_component.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Path Comparison Analytics in Path Experiment Element Monitor path experiment results without leaving the Flow Builder canvas. The new Analytics tab in the Path Experiment element panel shows total participants, metrics, and confidence levels for path comparison. Monitor experiment results at a glance with this embedded summary, which is consistent with analytics available in other flow elements. To see in-depth analytics, click View Analytics. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud Advanced edition. **How:** Open the flow that contains a Path Experiment element. Select the Path Experiment element, then select the **Analytics** tab. ![Sample path experiment element analytics](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_path_experiment_element_analytics.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Path Experiment Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_path_experiment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Path Experiment History Understand what happened during your path experiments with the new History tab. View all changes since activation, including timestamps, who made changes, and whether actions were automated or manual. Track events like experiment start, winner selection, delayed group releases, and fallback handling. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud Advanced editions. **How:** Open the flow that contains a Path Experiment element. Select the Path Experiment element, then select the **History** tab. ![Sample path experiment element history](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_path_experiment_element_history.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Path Experiment Element](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_path_experiment.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Path Outcome Metrics for Path Experiment See path outcome metrics for path experiment elements in the analytics dashboard. View how each path in an experiment performs. Compare paths and choose a winner with better context. **Where:** This change is available in Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud Advanced edition. **Why:** Path outcome reporting makes it easier to review experiment results and make data-driven decisions about winning paths during and after the experiment. **How:** Open a flow that contains a path experiment element and has run or is active. Open the analytics dashboard from the Analytics tab by clicking **Open Details** and review the outcome column. # View Phishing-Resistant, Standard, and Weak MFA Methods in the SAML Assertion Validator Use the SAML Assertion Validator to determine whether your single sign-on (SSO) provider satisfies multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirements, including phishing-resistant MFA for privileged users. The validator now shows you whether your SSO provider’s authentication signals are classified as phishing-resistant, standard, or weak. Previously, it only classified values as strong or weak. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. **When:** This change is available on a rolling basis starting on July 15, 2026. **Why:** By determining verification method strength, you can easily check whether your SAML SSO provider meets Salesforce MFA requirements. This includes the MFA requirement for employee users and the stricter phishing-resistant MFA requirement for privileged users, such as admins. For more information, see these articles. - [Prepare for MFA Enforcement for All Employee Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=005321561&type=1) - [Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321563&type=1&language=en_US) **How:** First, obtain a SAML assertion from your SSO provider. To access the SAML validator, from Setup, use the Quick Find box to find and select **Single Sign-On Settings**. Click **SAML Assertion Validator**. Enter your SAML assertion and run the validator. The validator displays all Authentication Context Class Reference (ACR) and Authentication Methods References (AMR) values that Salesforce detected in the SAML assertion. For each value, the validator tells you whether it’s phishing-resistant, standard, or weak. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: MFA with an SSO Identity Provider](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.mfa_sso_thirdparty_idp.htm&language=en_US) # View Placeholders for Hidden Attributes in Enterprise Sales Quotes Get immediate context regarding attribute visibility in the Enterprise Sales Quote interface. When catalog configuration rules hide attributes, a placeholder UI label now appears rather than the fields disappearing. This UI label helps sales reps focus on customer-relevant data during the quoting process. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise Sales Management. ![Quote cart showing hidden attributes.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/communications/rn_comms_hidden_attributes.png) # View Policy Details in Insurance Brokerage Get a unified view of policy structure directly on the policy record. The Insurance Policy component displays policy data in a hierarchical tree, showing assets, coverages, participants, and rolled-up premiums to quickly understand the full policy in one place. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions of Insurance Brokerage. **How:** Add the Insurance Policy component to the policy record page using Lightning App Builder. Users can view the policy hierarchy, see premium, tax, and fee rollups, and select any policy line item to view its details and attributes in the side panel. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Insurance Policy Lightning Web Component for Brokerage (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.insurance_brokerage_policy_lwc.htm&language=en_US) # View Price and Inventory Data in the Product List Monitor your product stock levels and pricing strategies without leaving the product list. Add the new Price, Per Unit Price, and Available to Sell (ATS) columns to get a comprehensive view of your product data across locales. These columns provide the best price and real-time inventory quantities (OCI or native). For products using perpetual inventory, the ATS column displays Perpetual. The column values are based on your selected locale in Business Manager. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. **How:** In Business Manager, click App Launcher, and then select **Merchant Tools** | **Site** | **Products and Catalogs** | **Product List**. Use the column picker to add the new columns to your product list. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Product List Attributes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_set_product_list_attributes.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Product Lists for B2C Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=cc.b2c_product_lists.htm&language=en_US) # View Profile Access Summary and Apply Permission Changes with Setup with Agentforce Ask whether a named profile grants object access, field-level security, a user permission, custom permissions, and external client applications or which profiles grant a given permission. You no longer open each profile in Setup and click through object, field, and layout pages. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in September 2026. **How:** From Setup Home, start a conversation with Setup with Agentforce. Ask a question such as, “Does the Sales User profile have edit access on Opportunity?” or “Which profiles have the Customize Application permission?” #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: User Managemement in Setup with Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.setup_agentforce_user_management.htm&language=en_US) # View Prompt Template Dependencies Across Your Org Identify where your prompt templates are used so you can understand the impact of your changes before you make them. When you attempt to delete a prompt template, a references modal displays a list of flows, agents, Apex invocable actions, and other integrations that currently use that template. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Foundations and the Agentforce for Sales or Service add-on, or included in Agentforce 1 Editions. Generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. **When:** This feature is available starting the week of June 8, 2026. **Why:** Template References adds guardrails to protect your dependent resources and prevent breaking downstream integrations. You can identify dependencies before deleting or updating a template and better understand how widely templates are used across your org. **How:** When you modify or attempt to delete a prompt template, use the references view to evaluate the impact of your changes. To protect your integrations, you can't delete a template version that's in use, and you can't change the response format of an active template if it has existing references. To update a response format, first remove or update the existing references. Keep in mind that different template versions can have different reference counts, and changes to a referenced template apply to all dependent components. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Prompt Template References](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_template_references.htm&language=en_US) # View Prospecting Agent Activity Prospecting admins and sales reps can view their prospecting agents’ activity from the Agent Activity tab on the Prospecting page. Drill into each session to see how many records the agent searched and why it qualified or disqualified each one. Previously, reps saw only the prospects an agent surfaced, without visibility into the records it searched or excluded. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on, or in Agentforce 1 Sales and Industry Editions where included. Requires each user to have the Agentforce for Sales or Agentforce for an Industry add-on to access actions. **When:** This change is available starting in mid-August. **How:** On the Prospecting page, go to the **Agent Activity** tab. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Agentforce Prospecting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.sales_agent_prospecting_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Related Record Names and Open the Related Record from Data Table Lookup Columns Display a human-readable record name instead of a Salesforce ID at run time when your Data Table column is a lookup field. Additionally, choose to make the related record name a hyperlink that opens the related record in a new browser tab at run time. You can view and navigate to the related record's page without complex workarounds. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change also applies to [Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In a screen flow, add or edit a Data Table component. To view the name of a related record instead of its ID, select **Show related record name**. To make the column a hyperlink and open the related record in a new tab directly from the Data Table at run time, select **Link to record**. Both these fields are selected by default. ![Display Options for the lookup field with the Show related record name and Link to record selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_display_record_name.png) In this example, the Data Table displays a list of cases with the Account ID and Contact ID lookup fields. Show related record name and link to record options are selected in the first table (1). ![The Account Name and Contact Name fields showing hyperlinked related record names](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_lookup_with_record_name.png) In the second table (2), show related record name is selected, but link to record isn’t selected. ![The Account Name and Contact Name fields showing related record names](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_lookup_with_record_name_no_link.png) In the third table (3), show related record name and link to record are deselected. ![The Account Name and Contact Name fields showing Salesforce IDs](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_lookup_without_record_name_and_link.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Table Screen Input Component](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow_ref_elements_screencmp_data_table.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Semantic Models with Restricted Fields or Data Objects Analysts can view semantic models that contain objects or fields they haven't been granted access to. Restricted data objects or fields are masked or hidden, letting analysts see and test the model as a whole. This unblocks their ability to use the portions of the semantic model they have access to in visualizations and metrics. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 and Tableau Next in **Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.** #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Governance in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_data_governance.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Access to Semantic Models in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_sl_data_models_access_management.htm&language=en_US) # View Service Insights on Connected Companion Orgs Service Insights is now compatible with Data Cloud One. Streamline multi-org architecture by letting users of connected companion orgs access Service Insights features. **Where:** This change applies to Service Cloud in Lightning Experience. **Who:** To see Service Insights dashboards on companion orgs, you need the Tableau Einstein Included App Business User permission set. To set up Service Insights on companion orgs, you need the Data Cloud Architect permission set. # View Setup Audit Trail Permission to Access Setup Audit Trail (Release Update) Control access to Setup Audit Trail with the dedicated View Setup Audit Trail permission. Admins can provide access without granting the broader View Setup permission, supporting the principle of least privilege. Existing access is preserved automatically. For new users who require Setup Audit Trail access, assign the permission through a profile or permission set. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '27. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search for your instance, and then click the **maintenance** tab. **How:** Salesforce automatically enables View Setup Audit Trail on every profile and permission set that already has View Setup. For new profiles, permission sets, or users, enable View Setup Audit Trail explicitly. Salesforce admins aren't affected. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Monitor Setup Changes with Setup Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_monitorsetup.htm&language=en_US) # View Subflow Input and Output Variable Descriptions More Easily The infobubbles for subflow output variables now show the custom description set by the admin or developer. If no custom description is defined, improved default text guides you to assign a resource. Additionally, view descriptions for a subflow’s input resources in an infobubble even if the resource isn’t included. Previously, you had to enable the input resource to know whether you needed it. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** In Flow Builder, hover over the infobubble next to a subflow input resource to view its description without enabling it. ![Subflow element configuration page with infobubble of an input parameter highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_subflow_input_field_infobubble.png) For subflow outputs, hover over the infobubble in the View Output Resources list to see the variable’s name, label, type, and description. ![Subflow element configuration page with description of an output parameter highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_subflow_output_field_description.png) When you select Manually assign variables (advanced), the infobubble next to each output value shows the custom description, replacing the previous generic message. ![Subflow element configuration page with infobubble of an output parameter highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_builder_subflow_output_field_infobubble.png) # View Survey Analytics with Tableau Next Dashboards Use prebuilt Tableau Next dashboards to track how customer feedback evolves across lifecycle stages. Powered by Tableau, these dashboards provide richer visualizations and flexible analysis of feedback data across the entire customer journey. You can uncover survey insights and improve the customer experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions. **Who:** Users with the [Feedback Management Starter](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_feedback_management_starter.htm&type=5&language=en_US), or the [Feedback Management Growth](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.concept_feedback_management_growth.htm&type=5&language=en_US) licenses. The Data Cloud license and one of these Tableau Next licenses are also required: Tableau Next Creator, Tableau Next Consumer, or Tableau Next Limited Consumer. See [Tableau licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_permsets_licenses.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for the full list of applicable licenses. Assign the Data Cloud and Survey licenses to the Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set, the Data Cloud Architect permission to the user, and a default data space to the Data Cloud Architect permission set. **Why:** Service leaders and Customer Experience teams often lack the necessary visibility to pinpoint exactly where satisfaction drops during a customer's engagement. These dashboards address that gap by measuring data across lifecycle stages, so analysts can report on improvements and make strategic changes. **How:** These dashboards are enabled by default: - In-app dashboards: Response Distribution - Embedded dashboards: - Contact NPS - Account NPS - Case Customer Satisfaction - Contact Customer Satisfaction - Single Customer’s Net Promoter Score Lifecycle - Single Customer’s Customer Satisfaction Rating Lifecycle - Customer NPS Lifecycle - Customer CSAT Lifecycle # View Tableau Next Dashboards Anywhere on Mobile Monitor Tableau Next dashboards from your mobile device to stay connected to data in the field or on the go. This update offers a responsive user interface that minimizes the need for a desktop while upholding existing enterprise security protocols. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** From the Salesforce mobile app, tap **Tableau Next** in the toolbar. Tap the Browse tab, and tap a dashboard in the list or use Browse to search for one. # View Tasks and Events on the Vertical Timeline Improve activity visibility by including Tasks and Events as data sources in your vertical Timeline configurations across Industries. Standard fields, such as Assigned To, now display as clickable links rather than record IDs, making it easier to navigate between related records. Expand the chronological view of interactions by enabling Tasks and Events for Timeline via the User Interface API. To see custom Task fields in your timeline, add them to your page layouts. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **When:** This feature began rolling out to customer sandboxes in February 2026. The rollout to production began on April 13, 2026. #### See Also - [_User Interface API Developer Guide:_ Get Started with User Interface API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.uiapi.meta/uiapi/ui_api_get_started.htm) # View the FDE Badge on Your AgentExchange Listing The Forward Deployed Engineering (FDE) badge now appears on your AgentExchange listing once you reach FDE Partner Network status. The badge shows buyers that Salesforce recognizes your team’s skill in Agentforce implementation. **Where:** This change applies to consulting partner listings on AgentExchange. **Why:** The FDE badge helps your listing stand out to buyers. With it, you can: - Prove your Agentforce implementation skills right where buyers make decisions. - Set your listing apart from partners outside the FDE network. You don’t configure the FDE badge. After your firm earns Forward Deployed Engineering Partner Network status, the badge appears on your AgentExchange listing. To learn more, see [Agentforce FDE Ready](https://cloud.mail.salesforce.com/workshop-listing). # View the Financial Impact of Customer Usage with Consumption Agent The Consumption Agent now applies overage rates to usage data and calculates a real-time monetary amount for the overused resources, helping sales reps identify high-value opportunities. Use the information to generate a quote, which you can review and revise. You no longer need to manually convert technical units or tokens into currency. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses. **Where:** : This feature is available starting the week of June 5, 2026. **How:** From Setup, turn on [Einstein generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&language=en_US&type=5), and then turn on [Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_enable.htm&language=en_US&type=5). Add the Consumption Management topic to your agent. Then, turn on [Rate Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rm_enable_rate_management.htm&language=en_US&type=5) and [Usage Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.um_enable_usage_management.htm&language=en_US&type=5). #### See Also - [Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Consumption Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_agent_usage_topic_consumption_management.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Salesforce Help: Get Usage Details](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_ref_rev_usage_get_usage_details.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # View Updated Sales Engagement Data Sales Engagement data is stored natively on the Salesforce Platform and is now available in new and updated reports and in the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. Use these assets to review more consistent engagement data and drill into trends more easily. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and is available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** This change is available starting in mid-July 2026. **Why:** Storing engagement data natively on the Salesforce Platform provides more reliable, accurate, and consistent data across reports. This structural update gives you more flexibility to drill down into individual engagements and filter reports to analyze trends. **How:** Sales Engagement reports are in the Sample Sales Reports folder. Sales Engagement data and reports can also be accessed in the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Salesforce Sales Engagement Documentation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sales.high_velocity_sales.htm&language=en_US) # View Updated Sales Engagement Data Sales Engagement data is stored natively on the Salesforce Platform and is now available in new and updated reports and in the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. Use these assets to review more consistent engagement data and drill into trends more easily. **Where:** This change applies to Sales Engagement in Lightning Experience. Sales Engagement is available in Performance, Einstein 1, and Unlimited Editions, and is available for an extra cost in Professional and Enterprise Editions. Sales Engagement is also available for an extra cost in Service Cloud and Lightning Platform. **When:** This change became available starting in mid-July 2026. **Why:** Storing engagement data natively on the Salesforce Platform provides more reliable, accurate, and consistent data across reports. This structural update gives you more flexibility to drill down into individual engagements and filter reports to analyze trends. **How:** Sales Engagement reports are in the Sample Sales Reports folder. Sales Engagement data and reports can also be accessed in the Sales Engagement Sample Dashboard. # View When Orders Are in Pending or Failed State Buyers in your B2B store can now see if their order is pending or failed immediately after placing the order. Previously, the confirmation page showed no record of the order if it was pending or failed. Pending orders prior to this release don't appear in Order History. **Where:** This change applies to B2B Commerce. **How:** In Experience Builder, open the Order List component. Select **Show Pending and Failed Orders**, and publish the store. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Manage Pending and Failed Orders in B2B Commerce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_managependingandfailedorders.htm&language=en_US) # View Your Consumption Overages in Tokens Eliminate the manual effort involved in identifying token overages. Agentforce identifies token overage at the account level and help in creating quotes with appropriate token packs, which enables sales teams to upsell token packs easily. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license, the Revenue Cloud Billing license, and the Agentforce Employee Agent add-on license. **How:** From Setup, turn on Einstein generative AI and then turn on Agentforce. To enable this feature, add the Consumption Management topic to your agent, and then turn on Rate Management and Usage Management. To retrieve consumption details for a token resource, go to Agentforce Revenue Management and open an account. Click the Agentforce icon and enter your request in the chat. If needed, Agentforce asks for clarification and then provides‌ token details. You can then use the consumption details to generate a quote for review and revision. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Agent Topic: Consumption Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.rev_agent_usage_topic_consumption_management.htm&language=en_US) # Visual Studio Code Based Modeler Create detailed, well-formatted documents with improved readability and flexibility of PDF previews and printed documents for your users. Define custom page dimensions and configure correct date formats to ensure that documents are tailored to specific business needs and global audiences. - **[Customize Page Dimensions and Styles in Print Layout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_vs_code_customize_page_dimension_style.htm&release=260&type=5)** Design custom page dimensions and override default formatting by using the styles node. The style designed for a paragraph applies to all paragraph elements in the print layout. You can set the style name to paragraph, table, tand headings. Specifying attributes such as font size, margin, bold, and italics is optional. - **[Other Improvements in Visual Studio Code Based Modeler](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_vs_code_modeler_other_improvements.htm&release=260&type=5)** The PDF preview now automatically splits content pages, improving readability without affecting thermal printing. Adapt page layout rules to append more columns and apply center alignment. Configure day and year values in correct formats for all supported languages. # Visual Studio Code Based Modeler Enhance mobile security and data scoping efficiency by enabling system browser authentication. - **[Build and Customize Adaptive Mobile UI with the Visual Studio Code-Based Modeler](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_vs_code_based_modeler_build_and_customize_adaptive_ui.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Experience the modernized Consumer Goods Cloud mobile UI using the same mobile application across both managed package and on-platform data model versions. The Visual Studio Code Based Modeler serves as the single IDE for customizations across both legacy and new UIs on managed package and on-platform versions. With the unified configuration model and modern design system, you can build custom pages, Your Day, Customer 360, guided flows, editable cards, pill action, and UI components directly alongside your data structures and business logic. Managed package users can switch between the new Adaptive UI and the legacy UI. - **[Enable External Browser Login for Consumer Goods Cloud Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_retail_vs_code_modeler_external_browser_login.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Authenticate Consumer Goods Cloud mobile app users through the device's system browser rather than the standard embedded WebViews. This external browser login method supports modern enterprise security requirements that WebViews can’t, such as Microsoft Intune Conditional Access SSO, FIDO2/Passkeys, and biometric login. # Visualforce Visualforce contains a release update in Spring ’26, a continuation of an earlier release update. For more information on features affected by these changes, refer to the [Visualforce Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/). - **[Escape the Label Attribute of Elements to Prevent Cross-Site Scripting in Visualforce Pages (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vf_escape_apex_inputfield_label_ru.htm&release=260&type=5)** To prevent malicious code from executing in cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks on your Visualforce pages, this release update escapes the label attribute of your `` tags. This update was first available in Winter ’23. # Visualforce Sites Display Only the Specified Favicon Visualforce sites now support an empty value in the Site Favorite Icon field. The small icon appears in browser tabs, bookmarks, and search results for your site. Previously, when no icon was specified, users could see the Salesforce logo. **Where:** These changes apply to Salesforce Sites and [Visualforce sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **How:** To update the favicon, upload an image via the Site Favorite Icon field on the Site Edit page for your Visualforce site. ![Site Favorite Icon field on the Site Edit page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/experience_cloud/rn_260_favicon.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Create and Edit Salesforce Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.sites_creating_and_editing_sites.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Visualforce: New and Changed Items Check out what's new and changed for Visualforce. For more information on these enhancements, see the [Visualforce Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/). - **[Render Visualforce Pages as Accessible (Tagged) PDFs (Beta) (Release Update)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vf_accessible_pdf_ru.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With this update enabled, Visualforce pages rendered with `renderAs="pdf"` use the accessible PDF rendering engine, which produces tagged PDF/UA output. Tagged PDFs include the document structure and metadata that assistive technologies such as screen readers rely on. This update is available starting in Winter ’27. # Visualize and Track Record Progress with Kanban Boards in Screen Flows (Beta) Use the new Kanban Board component to show records as cards in columns that represent workflow stages, without custom Lightning implementations. Your users gain instant visibility into record progress and record details without leaving the flow. The Kanban Board is read-only, so users can’t drag cards between stages at run time. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note The Kanban Board screen component is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** Add the Kanban Board component to a screen and select a record collection whose records you want to show on the board. Then select a picklist field from Source Collection for column headers. You can select only picklist fields for column headers. The field order in the object metadata dictates the display order of columns. Finally, add the fields to show on record cards. In this example, we used a Get Records element to fetch all Opportunity records, and set its output as the source collection (1). We selected the StageName picklist for the board’s column headers (2). ![The Kanban Board design time configuration with the Source Collection Field and Column Source Fields selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_build_kanban_collection_column.png) We added the Opportunity Type, Closed Date, Description, Has Overview Task, and Amount fields to the card content (3). ![The Kanban Board design time configuration with Opportunity Type, Closed Date, Description, Has Overdue Task, and Amount fields selected for the card content.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_build_kanban_card_content_dt.png) We then grouped the records by Opportunity Type (4) and selected the Summary Field (5) to show aggregates for the columns and groups. ![The Kanban Board design time configuration with the Type field selected for Group Column Cards by field. The Show Summary field is selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_build_kanban_group_summary.png) Here’s the run-time view of the Kanban Board. ![The Kanban Board at run time.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/automate/rn_automate_flow_build_kanban_runtime_rt.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Screen Input Component: Kanban Board](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_ref_elements_screencmp_kanban_board.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Flow Example: Build a Dynamic Sales Pipeline View in a Screen Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.automate_flow_build_example_screen_kanban_board.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Visualize Billing Schedule Lifecycles with Timelines Gain instant visibility into billing schedule lifecycles with a timeline view on the Billing Schedule Group page. Track billing periods, amounts, statuses, and key milestones to help operations teams quickly identify outcomes and sales teams to demonstrate complex billing capabilities to prospects. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced or Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To view billing schedule lifecycles with a timeline, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. # Visualize Households with Enhanced Actionable Relationship Center (ARC) Graphs Reduce setup time with a prebuilt ARC graph on the default household record page, so your users can instantly visualize complex household connections. Your users can switch between Compact View and Detailed View to avoid information overload. You can further customize the graph with icon and image settings for a tailored visual experience. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited Editions with the Agentforce for Financial Services add-on license or included in Agentforce 1 Financial Services Edition. **How:** In Setup, search for and select **Actionable Relationship Center**. Click **New Relationship Graph**, and select **Household Graph** from the Default Templates tab, and then click **Create Graph**. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Customize Record Pages to Visualize Households with Actionable Relationship Center (ARC) Graphs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_households_customize_record_pages_arc.htm&language=en_US) # Visualize More Relationships on an ARC Graph Show records related to each other via a many-to-one relationship type in ARC. The many-to-one relationship type uses a lookup relationship to link many records from an object to a single record from another object. In ARC, it shows a lookup field from the child node to the parent node. You can add one-to-many or many-to-many nodes to the child node. Previously, you could create an ARC graph by using only one-to-many or many-to-many relationship types. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions. **Why:** See connections and related records in a household on an ARC graph by using the Party Relationship Group object and many-to-one relationship type in ARC. **How:** In Setup, create an ARC relationship graph. On the Properties tab, select relationship type as **Many-to-One**. # Visualize Multi-Day Service Appointments with Accurate Work Segments and Utilization Multi-day service appointments in Scheduling Console break down into distinct work, travel, weekend, holiday, lunch, and absence segments instead of rendering as one solid block, and totals appear on the service appointment tile, in the tooltip, and in the details panel. Utilization for multi-day service appointments counts only actual work hours, so the numbers match what. Lunch breaks are hidden inside multi-day bars for easier reading on long-running rows, and a dedicated marker distinguishes multi-day service appointments from short-cycle ones at every zoom level. **Where:** This change applies to the Scheduling Console in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Field Service. **When:** This feature is available in the Scheduling Console starting September 7, 2026. # Visualize Permission Set, Flow, and Agent Script Metadata The Metadata Visualizer now supports interactive visualizations for Permission Set, Flow, and Agent Script metadata. Visualize permission sets to see all permissions—including license details and a clear indicator for session-based permission sets—in a searchable, cascading structure, without reading through the underlying metadata XML file. Visualize flows as interactive diagrams to understand complex flows easily. The diagrams show execution paths, loops, and decision logic, helping you understand the flow without reading through the underlying flow metadata XML file. Visualize agent scripts as interactive diagrams to understand your agent structure and complex configurations quickly. The diagrams display the main agent and its subagents, helping you grasp the logic without reading hundreds of lines of raw script. #### See Also - [_Metadata Visualizer Extension_](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/md-visualizer/overview) # Visualize the Execution Path When Testing a Screen Flow Trace your screen flow’s path directly on the canvas to understand how it’s running. Now, when you finish manually testing a screen flow, the canvas highlights the path that the flow took. Previously, the flow test didn't show the path after it finished. The execution path shows when the flow test reaches one of these states: Completed, Paused, Waiting, or Error. The path leads to all elements touched during the flow execution, even if they weren’t part of the completed path. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. # Visualize the Full Account Network with Direct and Indirect Contacts Show all direct and indirect contacts of an account node directly from the hierarchy page to help your sales and service teams identify who influences each account. This centralized view helps teams understand relationship dynamics without navigating multiple records. Direct contacts have a primary relationship with an account, while indirect contacts are primarily associated with other accounts but can still influence this relationship. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Agentforce editions with Agentforce Financial Services (formerly Financial Services Cloud). **How:** From the App Launcher, search and select **Flexible Hierarchies**. Click the hierarchy with account nodes configured to show contacts. Click the node to view the related contacts. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Create Hierarchy Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_flexible_hierarchies_create_hierarchy_types.htm&language=en_US) # Visualize Your Data Without SQL in Data 360 Validate data quality and structure without using SQL. Powered by Data Lens, the Preview button in Data 360, provides a view of sample data and profiling insights. Data Lens maintains the same permission model as other Data 360 viewing applications, such as Data Explorer. Dynamic PII masking protects data displayed in the Preview window. The Preview button appears on Data Lens-powered tabs in Data 360. Currently, this includes Einstein Studio and Segmentations. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** The Preview feature is available starting December 2025. **Who:** The Preview feature is available to users with Data Explorer access. # Visually Enhance Your Business Manager with the New Cosmos UI The new Salesforce Cosmos Design includes interactive circular motifs, improved fonts and icons, inviting cues, and higher contrast colors. You can switch to the new UI or continue to use the earlier UI styles. **How:** To switch to the Salesforce Cosmos Design, in Business Manager, select **My Profile Settings** | **Preferences** | **Preferred UI Style: Modern Cosmos**. #### See Also - [_Trailhead_: Discover the New UI](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/de/content/learn/modules/enhanced-lightning-ui-quick-look/discover-enhanced-lightning-ui) # Visually Identify Your Workspace Assets with Card View Content creators who manage complex workspaces with many assets can now rely on card view thumbnails for better visual guidance. The card view displays a thumbnail on each card for dashboards and visualizations that you previously opened. Card view lets you easily choose the correct asset, improving efficiency and the overall authoring experience. **Where:** This change applies to Tableau Next in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. **How:** Workspace card view is enabled by default in Tableau Next. Select a card to open an asset or expand the thumbnail to see more detail. Saved changes to the asset generate a new thumbnail. ![A workspace with card thumbmails of visualizations and dashboards](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/analytics/rn_tua_card.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Tableau Next Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_workspace.htm&language=en_US) # Voice Explore enhancements to voice capabilities that support inbound service and proactive outbound engagement across your rep and AI workforce. - **[Salesforce Voice](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_afcc_sv_salesforce_voice.htm&release=260&type=5)** Manage every part of voice communication, from procurement to post-call analysis, with Salesforce’s new built-in voice offering. You get complete unification with Omni-Channel routing and simplified presence synchronization for your service reps. This unified experience is powered by several critical, seamlessly integrated components built directly on the Salesforce platform. Enjoy deeper customization, tighter alignment, and the ability to fully leverage Agentforce capabilities. - **[Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_voice.htm&release=260&type=5)** Explore the latest Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (formerly Service Cloud Voice) enhancements that empower reps and supervisors to more efficiently and effectively resolve customer issues over the phone. # Voice Explore enhancements to voice capabilities that support inbound service and proactive outbound engagement across your rep and AI workforce. To use our built-in telephony product, set up Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony). To connect your contact center to a third-party telephony provider, such as Amazon Connect, set up Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers (formerly Service Cloud Voice).
Product Area Release Notes
Salesforce Voice (Native Telephony)
Salesforce Voice with Telephony Providers
# Void Posted Invoices Directly from the Invoice Record with a Quick Action Simplify invoice corrections with the Void Invoice quick action. Billing users can now void posted invoices directly from the Invoice record, in addition to using the existing API-based approach. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Billing license. **Who:** To void invoices, you need the Billing Admin or the Billing Operations User permission set. **How:** To void an invoice, from the App Launcher, find and select **Invoices**. Open the posted invoice and click **Void Invoice**. # Volunteer Management Find qualified volunteers for open job shifts quickly with a generative AI agent. This action matches volunteers based on their skills, location, and availability. To streamline your data integration, use the new data model objects (DMOs) for Volunteer Management Intelligence. These DMOs reduce setup complexity and eliminate the need for tedious, error-prone manual mapping to Data 360. - **[Analyze Volunteer Data in Data 360 with Data Model Objects for Volunteer Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_volunteer_mgmt_analyze_volunteer_data.htm&release=260&type=5)** Combine the power of Data 360, formerly Data Cloud, with your Volunteer Management CRM data. Data model objects (DMOs) are now available in Data 360 for the entire Volunteer Management data model. - **[Manage Volunteer Shifts with the Shift Capacity and Coverage Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_volunteer_mgmt_manage_volunteer_shifts_with_an_agent.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily identify shifts that need sign-ups and find the right volunteers to fill them by using the Find Unfilled Shifts and Match Volunteers to Shifts custom actions with the Shift Capacity and Coverage Agentforce topic. The Find Unfilled Shifts action searches for shifts by open capacity, time range, and optionally by Volunteer Initiative or Job Position. The Match Volunteers to Shifts action matches volunteers to the shifts by time, location, and qualification requirements. # Web Console Web Console is a modern, lightweight, browser-based IDE built directly into Salesforce. Designed as a seamless replacement for legacy tools, it offers a unified development workspace powered by VS Code for Web without requiring local installations or complex setup. **Developer Console Availability** The Developer Console option is not visible by default in Setup. To enable it, navigate to Setup, enter `Development` in the **Quick Find** box, and select **Web Console**. Switch the **Enable Developer Console** setting to Active. If Web Console is set to Inactive, Developer Console activates by default to restore standard setup buttons. If both environments are set to Active, both options remain available from the Setup menu. Refer to [Enable Web Console](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/webconsole/guide/enable-ide.html) for details. **Key Highlights & Features** - **Legacy Tool Modernization:** Replaces aging environments like Developer Console and officially unsupported tools like Workbench with a fast, modern interface. - **In-Org Apex & SOQL Execution:** Write, test, and edit Apex code or run Salesforce Object Query Language (SOQL) queries natively within your org. - **Zero-Setup IDE:** Built on VS Code for Web, allowing pro-code and citizen developers to modify code anywhere directly from the browser. - **Universal Access:** Fully available and free across all [supported editions and environments](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/webconsole/guide/supported-orgs.html)—offering an accessible alternative to paid tools like Agentforce Vibes IDE. - **Cost Efficiency:** Empowers teams to perform quick direct modifications without relying on external local tools or heavy custom templates. # Weekly Notifications by Default Admins now receive weekly Health Check notifications from launch for new production orgs. These alerts keep admins informed without the need for manual monitoring. To opt out, manually turn off notifications via the Security Health Check settings in Setup. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. GovCloud isn’t currently supported. # Win Back Customers by Restoring Lapsed Subscriptions Restore service when usage subscriptions expire and bring back customers with updated rates and grant quantities. Preserve the asset history for reporting continuity. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. **Note:** Late renewal isn't available in orgs that have both the Revenue Cloud Advanced and Revenue Cloud Billing licenses with the Usage Management add-on. **How:** From an expired usage asset, create a renewal quote and select **Override Renewal Term**. Select a start date on or after the asset expiration date. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Renew Expired Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.qocal_renew_expired_assets.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Work Faster in the Content Library and Presentation Player Field users can now open inquiries and start surveys for the main account directly from the presentation player menu without interrupting the interaction. On the desktop site, Inquiry and Survey quick actions are also available for each account in the Attendees list, providing a consistent experience across devices. In the mobile app, the content library now shows four presentation thumbnails per row, making it easier to find the correct content. Updated button styling makes navigation easier, and drag handles make slide reordering smoother in custom presentations. **Where:** This feature is available in: - Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Life Sciences Cloud license and the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement add-on license, and where the Life Sciences Cloud for Customer Engagement managed package is installed. - Life Sciences Cloud mobile app for iOS (iPad only). **When:** This feature is available starting the week of October 5, 2026. **How:** In the Admin Console, configure the Inquiry and Survey quick actions. For each action, select the Intelligent Content location. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Add Actions for Presentations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_intelligent_content_add_actions.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Present Content to Your Customers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.lsc_intelligent_content_presentation_player.htm&language=en_US) # Work Faster in the Scheduling Console with Gantt Enhancements Get more done in the Scheduling Console without switching contexts. You can star service territories for quick access, enable appointment snapping to align dragged appointments precisely, view a resource's online status from the service resource popover, and create resource absences from the service resource popover or action bar. Appointment snapping and resource online status require admin configuration in Scheduling Console Settings. **Where:** This feature is available in Lightning Experience and [Aura sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.exp_cloud_basics_glossary.htm&type=5&language=en_US) accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed package installed. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Features of the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_features.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Popovers in the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_popovers.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Scheduling Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.fs_scheduling_console_customize_settings.htm&language=en_US) # Work Faster with a Modernized Territory Planning Interface Experience a more intuitive, consistent design across Sales Planning that simplifies your daily workflows. Modernized design patterns reduce clicks for key actions, such as assigning and locking units to specific areas. Streamline your territory alignments and manage complex datasets with greater speed. **How:** From the legend, select the units you want to manage and choose the Assign to Area action. Within the same workflow, you can toggle the option to Lock units to the area before saving your changes.![Screenshot of new UI](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/sales/rn_spm_newui.png) # Work in Arabic in the Field Service Mobile App (Beta) Give your Arabic-speaking technicians a Field Service mobile app in their language. The app is now available in Arabic on both iOS and Android. **Where:** This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Arabic support in the Field Service mobile app is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. # Work More Efficiently with the Enhanced Sales Transaction Line Editor The Sales Transaction Line Editor (STLE) no longer has a fixed height limit, providing more room to work. The STLE now scales to fill the browser window, maximizing the page real estate to provide a larger, more comprehensive view of quotes and orders. Your sales reps can efficiently view and edit more line items in a single view, with less page scrolling. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Agentforce Revenue Management, formerly Revenue Cloud, with the Revenue Cloud Growth or the Revenue Cloud Advanced license. # Work More Efficiently with the Redesigned Business Manager Interface Access version, updates, and POD details in the Business Manager navigation panel instead of the footer, which has been removed to reduce clutter. Instance and site time zone are available in a tooltip. **Where:** This change applies to B2C Commerce. # Work More Efficiently with the Revamped Work Order Overview Page Enhance performance with the fast-loading work order overview screen. Each tab and card on the overview page now loads independently, so you can access critical information faster. The modernized user interface has a sleeker look and feel and optimized screen space, so you now see more content at a glance. Previously, you had to wait for all the tabs to load before seeing the entire user interface. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions, and in the Field Service mobile app for Android. **How:** Tabs and cards load independently on the Work Order Overview tab. ![Mobile work orders](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/salesforce_release_notes/images/field_service/mobile_wo.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Customize the Layout of the Work Order Overview Screen](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.mfs_work_order_overview.htm&language=en_US) # Work Summaries for Case (Beta) Is Being Retired Work Summaries for Case (beta) is scheduled for retirement on June 30, 2026, and is in maintenance mode until then. You can continue to use Work Summaries for Case (beta) until that date, but we recommend transitioning to Enhanced Summaries. Enhanced Summaries offers role-specific summaries and more summarization features, which will help your service reps work more efficiently. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Service add-on or Einstein 1 Edition. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Work Summaries for Case is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** As of June 30, 2026, Work Summaries for Case (beta) will be removed and you can’t access or use Case Summaries. To avoid service interruptions, switch to Enhanced Summaries before that date. #### See Also - [_Release Notes:_ Get Role-Based Case Overviews with Enhanced Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_einstein_enhanced_summaries.htm&release=260&type=5 "Quickly catch up on cases with dynamic, AI-generated summaries tailored to your specific role and context. By surfacing only the essential information, Enhanced Summaries helps service reps and managers see precisely what is required for their role, reducing the time spent interpreting data and driving quicker, more informed customer interactions.") # Work Summaries for Case (Beta) Is Being Retired Work Summaries for Case (beta) is scheduled for retirement on September 30, 2026, and is in maintenance mode until then. You can continue to use Work Summaries for Case (beta) until that date, but we recommend transitioning to Enhanced Summaries. Enhanced Summaries offers role-specific summaries and more summarization features, which will help your service reps work more efficiently. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Service add-on or Einstein 1 Edition. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_note.png) Note Work Summaries for Case is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** As of September 30, 2026, Work Summaries for Case (beta) will be removed and you can’t access or use Case Summaries. To avoid service interruptions, switch to Enhanced Summaries before that date. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Show Role-Based AI-Generated Summaries with Enhanced Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.generative_ai_enhanced_summaries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Work Summaries for Case (Beta) Is Being Retired Work Summaries for Case (beta) is scheduled for retirement on September 30, 2026, and is in maintenance mode until then. You can continue to use Work Summaries for Case (beta) until that date, but we recommend transitioning to Enhanced Summaries. Enhanced Summaries offers role-specific summaries and more summarization features, which will help your service reps work more efficiently. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Service add-on or Einstein 1 Edition. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-264-0-0-production-enus/550ba85b-db1a-4608-9cd4-9a65ec96e1fa/images/icon_note.png) Note Work Summaries for Case is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** As of September 30, 2026, Work Summaries for Case (beta) will be removed and you can't access or use Case Summaries. To avoid service interruptions, switch to Enhanced Summaries before that date. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help:_ Show Role-Based AI-Generated Summaries with Enhanced Summaries](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.generative_ai_enhanced_summaries.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Work with Apex Code in Web Console (Beta) Build, debug, and deploy Apex in Web Console, a client-side IDE embedded directly in Salesforce. Web Console offers a modern developer experience where you can build SOQL queries, configure trace flags and debug log levels, and execute anonymous Apex. Web Console also opens automatically when you access Apex items via the Apex Classes, Apex Triggers, or Apex Jobs pages in Setup, so you can implement modifications without disrupting your workflow. **Where:** This feature is available to all orgs at no cost. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important Web Console is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](http://salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** This feature is available starting April 14, 2026 for Spring ’26 and later. **How:** To enable this feature, in the Quick Find box, enter Development, and then select **Web Console (Beta)**. Turn on Enable Web Console (Beta), and then refresh your browser window. Web Console (Beta) is now a dropdown item in the Setup menu. #### See Also - [Build, Debug, and Deploy Directly in Salesforce (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_web_console.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5 "Web Console is a modern, browser-based IDE built directly into Salesforce. Stop switching between tabs and external tools—stay in your flow and handle your entire workflow without leaving the platform.") - [_Web Console Developer Guide_: Work with Apex Code](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/webconsole/guide/work-with-code.html) - [_Salesforce Developers Blog_: Introducing Web Console (Beta): Code Where You Build on Salesforce](https://developer.salesforce.com/blogs/2026/04/introducing-web-console-beta-code-where-you-build-on-salesforce) - [_Enhance Salesforce with Code_: Manage Apex Classes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.code_manage_packages.htm&language=en_US) # Work with More MCP Tools for LWC Development (Beta) Build apps faster with MCP tools for LWC development. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note MCP Tools for LWC Development is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** The `lwc-experts` toolset includes several more tools to assist with LWC development. - `create_lds_graphql_mutation_query`: Provides guidance for creating GraphQL mutation queries - `explore_lbc_components`: Provides guidance on base component usage - `explore_slds_styling` (NON-GA): Provides guidance for SLDS styling hooks with support for exact lookup, fuzzy matching, prefix search, and wildcard patterns. - `explore_slds_blueprints` (NON-GA): Searches and explores Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) Blueprints by name, category, lightning component, SLDS class, or styling hook, returning full blueprint specs - `fetch_lds_graphql_schema`: Fetches GraphQL schema structure for Lightning Data Service - `guide_lbc_usage`: Provides an index of base components to help identify which components you can use - `guide_lo_migration`: Converts a Lightning Out (beta) host page into a Lightning Out 2.0 page - `guide_slds_blueprints` (NON-GA): Retrieves SLDS blueprints guidance, reference documentation, and a complete index of available blueprints by category - `guide_slds_styling` (NON-GA): Retrieve SLDS styling hooks guidance and reference documentation. - `guide_utam_generation` (NON-GA): Provides UI Test Automation Model (UTAM) Page Object generation guidelines and best practices - `reference_lwc_compilation_error`: Provides details for LWC compilation errors, including error patterns, possible causes, and recommended fixes - `test_lds_graphql_query`: Tests a GraphQL query against a connected Salesforce org and returns the result The `experts-validation` toolset is new. Use this toolset to validate and score LWC components for production readiness across accessibility, security, and best practices. The `experts-validation` toolset provides these MCP tools. - `validate_and_optimize`—Validates code quality by running the Code Analyzer, Data, LWC best practices, Security, and Accessibility validators. - `score_issues`—Consumes the validator findings to compute an overall readiness score from 0 to 100 and assigns a quality grade, such as review-for-production, prototype, or draft. `experts-validation` is also available for React apps in [Salesforce Multi-Framework](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_vibe_code_validate_and_score.htm&release=260&type=5 "Check that your React apps meet quality standards with the validation framework in Agentforce Vibes. The validation framework runs a workflow against a set of validators for code quality, security, and accessibility. It returns a readiness score and quality grade to help you get your apps ready for production."). These tools have changes: - The `orchestrate_lwc_slds2_uplift` (NON-GA) tool now analyzes LWC code along with SLDS Linter output to fix issues using SLDS 2 knowledge, and provides migration guidance for upgrading to SLDS 2. - The `explore_lds_graphql_schema` and `guide_lwc_slds2_uplift_linter_fixes` tools have been removed. - The `guide_lwc_security` tool has been renamed as `guide_lws_security`. - The ``` guide_lwc_accessibility ``` tool has been renamed as `guide_component_accessibility`. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Some tools are not yet generally available (NON-GA). To use NON-GA tools, specify the `--allow-non-ga-tools` flag in your DX MCP Server configuration. We recommend that you use the LWC MCP tools via Agentforce Vibes Extension. Agentforce Vibes is pre-configured with the Salesforce DX MCP Server (Beta). To enable the LWC MCP tools using other clients, such as Cursor or VS Code with Copilot, install the Salesforce DX MCP Server (Beta). #### See Also - [_Lightning Web Components Developer Guide_: Use MCP Tools for LWC Development (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lwc/guide/mcp-intro.html) - [_Salesforce DX Developer Guide_: Install and Configure the Salesforce DX MCP Server (Beta)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.sfdx_dev.meta/sfdx_dev/sfdx_dev_mcp_server.htm) # Work with More Space in the Activation Wizard Full-Screen Experience Configure activations in Data 360 with better visibility and workspace now that the activation wizard opens in full screen instead of a modal dialog. Move between different stages of activation configuration using the progress bar at the top of the screen. Your activation workflow, including all steps, fields, and actions, remains unchanged. **Where:** This change applies to Data 360 in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **When:** This feature is available starting in June 2026. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Activation and Activation Targets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_activation.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Work With Service Assistant After a Messaging Session Ends When a messaging session ends, service reps can finish wrap-up tasks such as asking for a session summary, drafting a follow-up email, asking knowledge questions, or getting general help using the agent chat. Service Assistant and the chat box stay available for 24 hours after the session closes, and all interactions are saved to the component feed. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 editions. This feature requires the Service Planner Add-on and Adaptive Experience Add-on licenses. **Feature Support:** This change applies to Service Assistant for Messaging. **When:** This change is available starting August 28, 2026. **Why:** Previously, the chat box became disabled as soon as a messaging session ended. Now the chat box stays active for 24 hours after the session ends, and Service Assistant remains active so service reps can complete wrap-up actions. Because the messaging session ended, the service plan also ends, and reps no longer receive proactive, step-by-step assistance from Service Assistant. They can still ask Service Assistant knowledge questions, run actions, and get help on demand using the chat. **How:** This change is on by default and requires no setup. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Service Assistant for Messaging](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_msg_setup.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Operational Considerations for Service Assistant](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.sp_considerations_ops.htm&language=en_US) # Work With Service Assistant After a Messaging Session Ends When a messaging session ends, service reps can finish wrap-up tasks such as asking for a session summary, drafting a follow-up email, asking knowledge questions, or getting general help using the agent chat. Service Assistant and the chat box stay available for 24 hours after the session closes, and all interactions are saved to the component feed. **Where:** This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein for Service, Agentforce for Service, and Agentforce 1 editions. This feature requires the Service Planner Add-on and Adaptive Experience Add-on licenses. **Feature Support:** This feature applies to Service Assistant for Messaging. For Service Assistant for Case, the Service Assistant agent and chat box are disabled immediately when the case is closed. **When:** This feature is available starting August 28, 2026. **Why:** Previously, the chat box became disabled as soon as a messaging session ended. Now the chat box stays active for about 24 hours after the session ends, and Service Assistant remains active so service reps can complete wrap-up actions. Because the messaging session ended, the service plan also ends, and reps no longer receive proactive, step-by-step assistance from Service Assistant. They can still ask Service Assistant knowledge questions, run actions, and get help on demand using the chat. **How:** This feature is on by default and requires no setup. # Work with the Data Mask and Seed’s (Beta) Redesigned User Interface Configure data masking tasks more easily with a redesigned, intuitive interface. The updated experience provides well-organized displays and clear messaging to simplify navigation and the configuration process for admins and developers. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Data Mask and Seed is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **When:** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available for commercial customers based in the AMER region beginning on April 9, 2026. During the beta period, a single Salesforce region serves all users. When the tool becomes Generally Available, Salesforce automatically redirects users to their closest Salesforce region. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note Because of the region redirect, masking job history from the new Data Mask and Seed’s beta period isn’t available after the tool becomes Generally Available. If you decide to retain your masking job history from the beta period, document your job results before the general availability release. **Who:** The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available to AMER region commercial customers, but not Government Cloud customers. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-salesforce_release_notes-260-0-0-production-enus/ba62a63b-6cd1-440e-8d24-e867afab0363/images/icon_note.png) Note When the new Data Mask and Seed becomes Generally Available, it will also be available to Government Cloud customers. **How:** During the beta period, the new Data Mask and Seed doesn’t automatically bypass workflows, triggers, or validation rules. Therefore, before running a masking job, manually turn off any necessary Salesforce automations and then re-enable them after job completion. The new Data Mask and Seed (beta) is available as a native, Salesforce app that requires no installation. In the App Launcher, search for and select **Data Mask and Seed (Beta)**. # Workforce Engagement Management Run a more efficient contact center and elevate the worker experience with native Workforce Engagement Management built into your CRM. Reduce operational costs and optimize staffing across every channel with predictive AI forecasting, capacity planning, and schedule management. Adapt quickly to changing demand with real-time intraday visibility, and improve customer interactions through objective quality evaluations and performance insights. - **[Workforce Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Forecast demand, plan capacity, and schedule your contact center workforce. Create workloads from historical queue data, generate forecasts, calculate staffing requirements by job profile, and automatically create and assign shifts. Monitor workforce activity with Intraday and support employee self-service with integrated work calendars. - **[Quality Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_quality_mgmt.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Improve the quality of customer interactions by evaluating reps against objective criteria and generating performance insights. # Workforce Engagement Management Run a more efficient contact center and elevate the worker experience with native Workforce Engagement Management built into your CRM. Reduce operational costs and optimize staffing across every channel with predictive AI forecasting, capacity planning, and schedule management. Adapt quickly to changing demand with real-time intraday visibility, and improve customer interactions through objective quality evaluations and performance insights. - **[Workforce Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Forecast demand, plan capacity, and schedule your contact center workforce. Create workloads from historical queue data, generate forecasts, calculate staffing requirements by job profile, and automatically create and assign shifts. Monitor workforce activity with Intraday and support employee self-service with integrated work calendars. - **[Quality Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_quality_mgmt.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Improve the quality of customer interactions by evaluating reps against objective criteria and generating performance insights. # Workforce Engagement Transitions to Workforce Management We updated experiences for forecasting, workloads, capacity planning, scheduling, and intraday management. As part of this transition, some capabilities are retired or replaced.The previous machine learning forecasting model and Real-Time Adherence are retired, and the legacy intraday management experience is replaced by Intraday Management in Service Cloud Command Center. Workload creation now uses agent work records instead of multiple Salesforce objects. Review the related release notes for information about forecasting models and other feature-specific changes. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Workforce Management is available for an additional cost as an add-on license. **Who:** Administrators and users of Workforce Management. # Workforce Management Forecast demand, plan capacity, and schedule your contact center workforce. Create workloads from historical queue data, generate forecasts, calculate staffing requirements by job profile, and automatically create and assign shifts. Monitor workforce activity with Intraday and support employee self-service with integrated work calendars. - **[Workforce Engagement Transitions to Workforce Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_intro.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** We updated experiences for forecasting, workloads, capacity planning, scheduling, and intraday management. As part of this transition, some capabilities are retired or replaced.The previous machine learning forecasting model and Real-Time Adherence are retired, and the legacy intraday management experience is replaced by Intraday Management in Service Cloud Command Center. Workload creation now uses agent work records instead of multiple Salesforce objects. Review the related release notes for information about forecasting models and other feature-specific changes. - **[Define Reusable Workloads from Historical Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_workloads.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use historical data from your Omni-Channel queues to build workloads for forecasting and workforce planning. Configure filters and aggregation settings to reflect your operational patterns. Workloads can be synced to append new data from the last update, so you can generate forecasts using the most recent information. - **[Generate Flexible Forecasts Using Reusable Workloads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_forecasts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create multiple forecasts from a single workload to evaluate different planning scenarios and compare outcomes without recreating workloads. If the selected historical data range extends beyond the current workload data, the system updates the workload before generating the forecast - **[Predict Demand with AI-Powered Moirai (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_moirai.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Use Moirai, Salesforce's time-series AI foundation model, to analyze historical workload patterns and generate demand forecasts. Moirai evaluates complex patterns across your contact center data to produce more accurate forecasts than traditional statistical models, so you can plan staffing with greater confidence. - **[Plan Capacity with Early Validation and Simplified Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_worforce_mgmt_capacity_plan.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Create capacity plans using a unified flow that brings key inputs together and validates setup before processing. Identify issues early, reduce errors, and move from planning to shift creation more efficiently. - **[Manage Shifts with Schedule Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_scheduling.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Administer shift assignments and workforce availability from a unified scheduling workspace. View schedules across day and week timelines, group shifts by service resource or job profile, and coordinate workforce coverage from a single interface. Assign and unassign shifts, update shift status, create shifts from templates and patterns, and view absence request blocks without leaving Schedule Manager. Shift segment editing continues to be available in the existing Shifts page - **[Monitor Staffing in Real Time with the Intraday Component in Command Center for Service](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_intraday.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** View scheduled, required, and net staffing in a unified staffing grid to identify coverage gaps and overstaffed or understaffed periods throughout the day. Compare staffing against demand, track shifts, shift activities, and resource absences, and make informed staffing adjustments from a single view. - **[View and Track Your Schedule with the Schedule Tab](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_schedule_tab.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Monitor assigned shifts, shift segments, and absences across desktop and mobile. Review upcoming work, stay informed about schedule changes, and request time off from a unified scheduling experience. - **[Optimize Schedules with Fatigue-Aware Rules (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_fatigue_aware_rules.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Balance operational demand with worker well-being by configuring fatigue-aware scheduling rules and optimization objectives. Define limits on consecutive high-intensity work, specify activities that reset fatigue, and configure resource break rules to help reduce worker exhaustion while maintaining staffing coverage. Use fatigue rules as hard constraints that prevent scheduling violations or as optimization objectives that allow the scheduler to favor healthier schedules while balancing operational requirements. - **[Collaborate with Teammates from the Salesforce Mobile App (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_mobile_app.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Stay connected with teammates and upcoming work from the Salesforce mobile app. View team members assigned to the same shift, access shift details, and start Slack conversations directly from your schedule. - **[Find Shift Coverage with Shift Agent (Pilot)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_shift_agent.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Maintain staffing levels when employees are unavailable by identifying suitable replacement candidates through Shift Agent. Review shift details, evaluate available workers, and create resource absences without manually coordinating coverage. Managers can request coverage by employee or shift and receive recommended candidates based on schedule availability and shift requirements. # Workforce Management Forecast demand, plan capacity, and schedule your contact center workforce. Create workloads from historical queue data, generate forecasts, calculate staffing requirements by job profile, and automatically create and assign shifts. Monitor workforce activity with Intraday and support employee self-service with integrated work calendars. - **[Simplify Workforce Management Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_discovery_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Salesforce Go to discover and configure Workforce Management features from a single location in Setup. Access feature information, configuration guidance, and related resources to help you set up Workforce Management. - **[Support Skills-Based Planning with Work Skill Groups](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_work_skill_groups.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create work skill groups by selecting specific skills, either individual skills or combinations of skills, that represent incoming work patterns to support your staffing decisions. Before you create the work skill group, review work volume from the last 30 days and the number of service resources with at least the selected skills. - **[Expand Workload Planning Across Multiple Work Sources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_workload_planning_sources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build workloads from Omni-Channel queue-based and skill-based work, Field Service service appointments, and custom objects for Mobile Workforce Management, then choose which dimensions to aggregate by — service channels, work skill groups, queues, regions, or work types. - **[Forecast Demand with Skills-Based Workloads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_skills_based_workloads.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create forecasts from completed workloads to predict future demand, including skill- and skill-group-level demand. Review historical and forecasted Volume and Average Handle Time by interval, channel, and skill group to support workforce planning. - **[Plan Staffing with Skills-Based Capacity Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_skills_based_capacity_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Select skill groups, channels, and job profiles, configure SLAs, and define work units to calculate staffing requirements for the skills your work requires. Valid job profile and skill group combinations are automatically identified based on shared skills, saving time and helping prevent manual mapping errors. - **[Compare Required and Available Staffing at a Glance on the Capacity Plan Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_compare_staffing_capacity_plan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** See how demand compares to available capacity right on the Capacity Plan record page. A chart shows required capacity against available capacity by job profile, and a detailed table breaks the comparison down further by job profile and channel. Shift requirements are no longer shown by shift templates, and shift creation is now available in Schedule Manager. - **[Monitor Net Staffing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_monitor_net_staffing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** View the Net Staffing Grid on Job Profile and Service Resource pages to quickly identify staffing gaps. - **[Balance Rest and Coverage with More Scheduling Rules](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_scheduling_rules.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure Rest Between Shifts, Rest Between Weeks, and Multiple Breaks rules to give schedule optimization more control over rest and coverage. Optimization enforces minimum rest between consecutive shifts and weeks, staggers breaks within set time windows, and schedules work and breaks at 15-minute intervals for greater precision. - **[Save Time Generating Shifts from Patterns or Capacity Plans](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_generate_shifts_patterns_plans.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Generate multiple shifts at once from a shift pattern or capacity plan, and automatically assign them to eligible service resources. Shifts that can't be automatically assigned remain in Tentative status. - **[Create Shifts Faster with Drag-and-Drop Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_drag_drop_shift_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Build shifts directly on the scheduling grid by dragging and dropping shift templates and patterns onto the resource and date you need. Quickly create and assign shifts without manually entering shift details. - **[Generate More Flexible Shift Schedules with Shift Patterns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_flexible_shift_patterns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Repeat shift pattern entries by specifying the number of Occurrences for each entry. When generating shifts from a pattern, you can also automatically assign service resources. Shifts that can't be auto-assigned are assigned a status in the Tentative status category. - **[Organize Shift Work with Shift Activities](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_shift_activities.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Plan work more precisely by breaking scheduled shifts into individual shift activities in Schedule Manager. Add multiple activities to a shift, update existing ones, or remove activities as plans change. Shift activities inherit the parent shift's time zone and move together when you switch the time zone toggle, so schedules stay consistent. - **[Manage Requests Without Leaving Schedule Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_manage_requests_schedule_manager.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Review and manage resource absence requests directly from Schedule Manager. Review request details in the context of the schedule and approve or reject requests with comments. You can also create and deploy approval flows from the Salesforce Go page. - **[Find Shifts Faster with Advanced Search and Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_advanced_search_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly find the shifts and service resources you need in Schedule Manager with advanced filters and search. Combine multiple filter criteria, search across supported records and fields, and save frequently used filter combinations for easier access. - **[Manage Schedules with Scheduling Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_scheduling_agent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use natural-language requests to view shift details, create absences, find candidates to cover shifts, or reassign shifts. The Worker Shift Agent provides your shift information for a requested time period. The Scheduling Agent provides shift information for a requested worker, creates absences, finds candidates to cover a shift, and reassigns shifts to a requested worker. - **[Optimize Intraday Staffing with Real-Time Adherence](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_real_time_adherence.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Spot staffing gaps faster and track schedule adherence right in the Intraday dashboard. Dynamic adherence scores, visual absence indicators, and color-coded status blocks compare scheduled activities against agents' active Omni-Channel statuses. Filter out-of-adherence agents by Job Profile or Service Territory, and set schedule allowance preferences to absorb minor variances. Platform events can trigger flow automation to handle your out-of-adherence process and notifications automatically, extending alerts to channels like Slack or email if an admin configures it. - **[Gain Visibility Into AI and Agent Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_ai_agent_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Evaluate contact center health faster in the Intraday Adherence Gantt. A dedicated AI workforce row shows hourly metrics for total interactions handled, escalation rates, and containment trends, plus predicted performance for upcoming intervals. Balance rep capacity against real-time AI containment trends to fine-tune resource allocation across channels. - **[Access Your Schedule Directly from Omni-Channel](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_schedule_from_omni_channel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Bring assigned shifts and scheduled activities into your Omni-Channel workspace. Now you can manage your schedule from the same place you manage your Omni-Channel status. The schedule automatically scrolls to the current time, making it easier to review your current and upcoming scheduled activities. - **[Improve the Worker Calendar Experience](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_worker_calendar.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Navigate the Worker Calendar with the keyboard, preview event details without leaving the page, pin the calendar to a custom Lightning page, and refresh it in place to see the latest shifts. - **[Get Real-Time Notifications About Shift Changes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_shift_notifications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Stay up to date with your schedule through real-time Shift Assigned, Shift Unassigned, Shift Starting Soon, and Clock Out Reminder notifications without requiring you to continually check your schedule. - **[Find and Request Open Shifts to Fill Coverage Gaps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_workforce_mgmt_open_shifts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Browse eligible open shifts based on skills, territory, labor rules, and schedule, and request shifts from desktop or the Salesforce mobile app. The system automatically checks eligibility before a request is submitted, helping reduce the manual effort required to fill coverage gaps. Managers can review and approve or decline requests, while workers can track request status and view approved shifts alongside their regular schedule and time off. # Workforce Scheduling Pull rooms, gear, and people together for every appointment and let guests and registered users manage their own bookings. Set shifts on a repeating schedule so coverage stays predictable and setup stops being a chore. Spread appointments evenly across your team so no one ends up overloaded. - **[Interactions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_ws_interactions.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Schedule physical spaces and equipment alongside staff so every appointment has the right people and gear lined up. Give visitors a way to book and update their own appointments through an email link. Let registered Experience Site users handle their own bookings and see upcoming and past activity in one place. - **[Automate Schedule Management with Recurring Shifts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_ws_recurring_shifts.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Establish consistent scheduling logic and a seamless experience for your admins and users. You can now automatically generate recurring shifts. Provide predictable scheduling behavior and a simpler configuration process. - **[Balance Workloads Across Service Resources with Load Balancing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_ws_load_balancing.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** Distribute appointments across your service resources with the new Load Balancing scheduling objective in Workforce Scheduling. Balance by number of appointments or total appointment duration, and set the time window to daily, weekly, or monthly, or custom. - **[Keep Scheduled Appointments Intact When You Convert Leads](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_262_ws_keep_appts_convert_leads.htm&release=262.0.0&type=5)** When you convert a lead with scheduled appointments, automatically update the appointment records to associate with an account, contact, or opportunity. The scheduled service appointments are automatically updated and your service resources keep their commitments. Also, any existing scheduling policies and assignments continue to apply to these converted records. # Workforce Scheduling (Generally Available) Workforce Scheduling provides an object-agnostic scheduling architecture that brings different experiences together into one cohesive product. Workforce Scheduling adds appointment capabilities to Agentforce Public Sector’s (formerly Public Sector Solutions) interaction object to allow workers and customers to book counseling sessions or benefit interviews. Workforce Scheduling also adds customized flows designed for interactions. Workforce Scheduling creates a cohesive experience built around your existing Agentforce Public Sector implementation, allowing your staff to efficiently coordinate your customers’ services. - **[Easily Schedule Interactions for Agentforce Public Sector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_ws_schedule_interactions_public_sector.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the power of Field Service scheduling for Agentforce Public Sector objects. Your workers can schedule, cancel, or reschedule appointments for interactions using enhanced scheduling flows powered by Salesforce Context Service, and see available resources and slots on one screen. - **[Simplify Workforce Scheduling Feature Discovery and Setup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_ws_simplify_setup.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use Salesforce Go to discover, set up, and configure Workforce Scheduling features, all from one location in Setup. Access content resources and links to learn more about features and get help. Easily configure features related to appointments, Event Management, Engagement Channels, Object Mapping, and Scheduling Policies. - **[Manage the Availability and Workload of Your Staff with the Manager Console](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_ws_manager_console.htm&release=260&type=5)** Easily give your managers a view of your territories, resources, and their appointments from the Manager Console. This calendar-like view features a multi-layer Gantt chart built with reusable and object-agnostic Lightning web components. See multiple days in a single view and search for resources or their appointments. Also, see and edit specific appointments from the console. - **[Customize Your Implementation with Unified Scheduling APIs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_fieldservice_260_ws_unified_apis.htm&release=260&type=5)** Use the Unified Scheduling APIs to easily build out or customize your solution for your business. These APIs easily integrate with a new and improved data model to better manage your appointments and related objects. # Workforce Scheduling for Agentforce Public Sector Schedule the appointments, home visits, and inspections that constituents depend on, and get the right worker to each location on time. Constituents book time with case workers and intake officers, and agency employees schedule home visits for inspections, investigations, and case history collection. Dispatchers coordinate employees and contractors from one operations console, and mobile workers record observations and access case data offline at the job site. - **[Set Up Workforce Scheduling for Your Entire Workforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Turn on Workforce Scheduling and configure onsite and field scheduling. Assign access, configure scheduling and optimization policies, and include supported employees, named contractors, and partner workers in scheduling decisions. - **[Unified Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_unified_scheduling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Schedule, optimize, and automate onsite and field appointments from shared tools. - **[Field Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_field_scheduling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Schedule, dispatch, and optimize field work like inspections, audits, and in-home visits. - **[Shift Scheduling](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_shift_scheduling.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Plan and manage worker shifts and coverage for onsite and field work. - **[Field App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=release-notes.rn_aps_workforce_scheduling_field_app.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give mobile workers an offline-first experience with their schedule and records. # Write Cleaner Code by Using Multiline Strings Declare Apex strings that span multiple lines without using repeated string concatenation. To interpolate values into regular and multiline strings, use the new `String.template()` instance method instead of the existing `String.format()` static method. These features make your Apex code easier to write, read, and maintain, especially when you construct HTTP payloads and other large text blocks. **Where:** This feature is available in all API versions. This feature applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. **Why:** Unlike `String.format()`, which relies on index-based placeholders, `String.template()` uses named variable placeholders with the `${variableName}` syntax. You can map values directly to descriptive keys, which eliminates the need to track array indices and makes your code easier to audit and maintain. **How:** To create a multiline string, surround a text block with three single quotes (`'''`). After the opening quotes, start the main text on a new line. Place the closing quotes either directly after the main text or on a new line. ```java String newCustomerJson = ''' { "Name" : "John Doe", "Type" : "New Customer", "Interests": [ {"id": "101", "sportName: "biking"}, {"id": "102", "sportName: "running"}, {"id": "103", "sportName: "football"} ] }'''; ``` To perform string interpolation, declare a string with named variables in the format `${variableName}`. Then call `String.template(Map valueMap)` on the string. Pass a map where the keys are the variables defined in the string, and the values are the corresponding substitutions for those variables. ```java String formatted = ''' { "Account": "${accountName}", "Last Updated": "${date}" }'''.template(new Map { 'accountName' => 'My Account', 'date' => DateTime.newInstance(2018, 11, 15) }); Assert.areEqual(''' { "Account": "My Account", "Last Updated": "2018-11-15 08:00:00" }''', formatted); ``` #### See Also - [_IdeaExchange_: Support multi-line String declaration in Apex](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0BHp000016LlqnMAC/support-multiline-string-declaration-in-apex) - [_IdeaExchange_: String Interpolation for Apex](https://ideas.salesforce.com/s/idea/a0B8W00000GdbtjUAB/string-interpolation-for-apex) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Primitive Data Types](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/langCon_apex_primitives.htm) - [_Apex Reference Guide_: String Methods](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_methods_system_string.htm#apex_System_String_methods) # Write Integration Tests for Agentforce and Data 360 in Apex (Developer Preview) Write end-to-end Apex tests that make callouts to Agentforce and Data 360. Integration tests relax callout restrictions and transaction rollback semantics, so you can validate real service interactions and assert on actual side effects in your scratch org, without mock callouts. **Where:** This change applies to scratch orgs in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Developer editions. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/images/icon_important.png) Important This feature is available as a developer preview starting in Summer ’26. This feature isn’t generally available unless or until Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters, and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time. **Why:** Standard Apex unit tests require mocking for callouts and roll back all data at the end of each test. That model works well for isolated logic, but it can’t exercise real interactions with Agentforce or Data 360. You also can’t test behavior that depends on committed transactions, such as field history tracking across updates. Integration tests overcome these limitations so that you can commit data mid-transaction, make real callouts to Agentforce and Data 360, and clean up test data with a dedicated teardown method. **How:** To use integration tests, first enable the ApexIntegrationTests feature in your scratch org definition file. ```json {   "orgName": "My Company",   "edition": "Developer",   "features": ["ApexIntegrationTests"] } ``` To write an integration test class, use `@IntegrationTest` on both the class and each test method. To commit test data mid-transaction, use the `IntegrationTest.commitTestOnly()` method. Finally, to clean up committed data, add a `@TearDown` method. ```java @IntegrationTest public with sharing class MyServiceIntegrationTest { @IntegrationTest public static void testServiceInteraction() { Account a = new Account(Name = 'Integration Test Account'); insert as user a; IntegrationTest.commitTestOnly(); Account result = [SELECT Id, Name FROM Account WHERE Id = :a.Id WITH USER_MODE]; Assert.areEqual('Integration Test Account', result.Name); } @TearDown public static void tearDown() { delete as user [SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE Name = 'Integration Test Account' WITH USER_MODE]; } } ``` To run an integration test, use the Tooling API REST resource `/services/data/vXX.X/tooling/runTestsAsynchronous/`. You can run only one concurrent integration test asynchronously. Synchronous testing isn’t available for integration tests. #### See Also - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Apex Integration Tests for Agentforce and Data 360 Services (Developer Preview)](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_testing_integration_testing.htm) - [_Tooling API_: Run Tests Asynchronously](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.api_tooling.meta/api_tooling/intro_rest_resources_testing_runner_async.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Build a Mocking Framework with the Stub API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_testing_stub_api.htm) - [_Apex Developer Guide_: Mock SOQL Tests for DMOs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.262.0.apexcode.meta/apexcode/MockSOQLTestsForDMOs.htm) # Write Once and Render Rich Native UI on Multiple Surfaces with Headless Experience Layer (Beta) Use the Headless Experience Layer (HXL) to single-source rich UI widgets that render natively on target surfaces to meet users where they are. Author a widget declaratively, bind it to a Custom Lightning Type, and configure a hosted Model Context Protocol server to enrich conversations across external AI agents. Present the structured output from a supported Agentforce action as an HXL widget in Agentforce conversations instead of using the default output presentation. In addition to using a Lightning web component UI override, a custom Lightning type can use an HXL widget as its renderer. Add buttons that invoke configured actions, such as sending follow-up requests to the agent. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience, and all Salesforce editions. Headless Experience Layer is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. **How:** From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Headless Experience Layer, and then click **Headless Experience Layer (HXL) Settings**. On the HXL settings page, enable **Headless Expeirence Layer (Beta)**. #### See Also - [Headless Experience Layer Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/hxl/guide/get-started.html) # Write Precise Agent-Level Instructions in Canvas View Spend less time writing agent-level instructions with a dedicated page in Canvas view. You can also add variables to agent-level instructions and format them with Markdown. **Where:** This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Foundations or Agentforce 1 editions. **When:** This change is available starting the week of August 3, 2026. **How:** In Agentforce Builder, open your agent. On the Explorer panel, select **Agent-Level Instructions** and then enter instructions in the System Instructions section. To reference variables, enter @ and then select a variable from the resource picker. ![The Agent-Level Instructions page in Canvas view](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-release-notes-salesforce_release_notes-262-0-0-production-enus/e945111b-3e0a-4011-accc-d5949363bfcc/salesforce_release_notes/images/rn_einstein_agentforce_agent_instructions.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Define Agent-Level Instructions and System Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_setup_system_messages.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Building Agents in Canvas View](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_canvas.htm&type=5&language=en_US)